General Knowledge Manual 2019.pdf

,i

PEARS'ON

GE K

@Pearson

-,",EDG' -~.'," .-'~-~'AIR"T" _-'.,' r;-.-' rL:J'O'RDE 'f., k .." \ ' , ,

, SHOWICK THORPE

~.•'"

...•;/'

ldl,

"t ~•..•.

Conte,n:ts

r!'

I

. -"li',~

)f .•. :.'

,-'

l

. ;,

Preface xv Photo Credits xvii Senior Editor-Acquisitions: Nandini Basu Senior Editor-Production: Vipin Kumar The aim of this publication is to supply information taken from sources believed to be valid and reliable. This is not an attempt' to render' any type of professional advice or analysis, rior. is it to be treated as such. While much care has been taken to ensure the veracity and currency of the information presented within, 'neither the publisher nor its authors bear any responsibility for any' damage arising from inadvertent omissions, negligence or inaccuracies (typographical or factual) that may have f0tWdtheir way into this book. ,.

:

Copyright

1 I

@

~~

.

",,' "f.c.x

!

.

"'"

Z019 Pearson India 'Education Services Pvt. Ltd

Solar System

Copyright @ 2016, 2017, 2018 Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd Copyright @ 2006,2007,2008,2009,2010, 20p, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd " Copyright @ 2003, 2004, 2005 Pearson Educa:tion (Singapore) Pte. Ltd This book is sold subject to the condition th~t it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher's prior written consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published and without a 'similar condition including this condition be~g imposed on the subsequent purchas.er 'and without limiting the rights under copyright reserved above, no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise), without the prior written permission of both the. copyright owner and the publisher of this book.

t

)'r

~1: ..

'Gj<.~ . ,.--,.1

J

" i<) -;I,

ISBN 978-93-530-6670'-3

.,

t. :\-,

;1

First Impression

,0

Published by Pearson India Education Servic~sPvt.

Head Office: 15th Floor, Tower-B,World Trade Tower,Plot No.1, Block-C, Sector-I?, Noida 201301, Uttar Pradesh, India. , Registered Office: 4th Floor, SoftwareBlock, ElnetSoftware City, TS-140, Block 2 & 9, Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Taramani, Chennai 600 113, Tamil Nadu, India. Fax: 080-30461003, Phone: 080-30461060' ': Web~ite:in.pearson.com, Email: [email protected] ,11'

,

-

"'

.J

..

':

•..

' . . . . . '.' . .

A.9

;

.

,.,

,,

Lithosphere

, , . , .. , . ,

Tides,

, , . , . , ,' .

A.39

,

. . .

A.40

,

A.44

, .. ,., .. ,., .

A.45

, ,

' ,

, .. , . , , "

A.33

A.33 A.36 A.37

, .. , . ,

"

,, ,

,,

"

. , Ocean,Currents " Shipping Canals .. , Major Rivers of the World

,

,,

~ ~~

~

#

-'1

(G'PS) .'. ,';':

•.

",'

.j: .. ,c ••••

',<

•.

Ii

,~~j~

, . , .j;

;. :

"

'".,

A.41 A.41

. A.4S . A.47 . A.48

'A:s6 ,I

\

'''r"nl

1

A Profile of the World

ASO

I

:.0'..

,,'"

The World We Live in. , , .. ', .,:

.A.50'

;~,

Chapter 2 . World Geogr~phy

ContinentS

J'.'(

: •...........

A.59

.t,

'.A.59

• ~, •• .":, • ". ;

; .. ;..

,A.59

~'.. ';' "'A.63

.. , .. ;'.::,

Asia , . . . . . . A.63 Africa ' ~ : ! ' ' .iJ.:'. A66 . .~ F: .. f :.~ North Amenca ' :.:',:'. ". A.68 South America. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . A.70 Europe : ::. , , ' ,A.71 Language Families of Europe .. : : '.. : .. " A.72 Antarctica ,::' .. '..•.. ,i"'A.73 Oceania/Australasia " '; .. , .. , ..'..... '.. ;A..73

<:,

"I".'

tl"

,

'.

. , .. .

,

I

, , . , . ,:.,, .. ~':. , , . .' . , . , . , .. , ,,,A.48

How it Works .Other'GPSSystems

A.12 A.18 A.19 A.20 A.20

, .. ,

,,,

,

, , .....

Global PositioningSystem

Principal Climates ofthe World:'.; ,:; .. ; .. ;';' ..'

A.24 . A.27 . A.27 . A.29 . A.29 . A.31 . A.33 . A.33

,

,

Time ....

A.IO

A.24

Shape and Structure of the Earth Composition .. ; 'GeologicalHistory Earth's Movements .. Seasons '.' Equinoxes and Solstices 'Eclipses ,-,.Spheres of the Earth

HYdrosphere

,

A.a

,

,,.

<"Rocks '.:'. Continents ,,.;Mountains

.

Printer in India by Saurabh Printers Pvt. Ltd.

':,

.

,,.,

,,

" Composition, Atmospheric Layers Winds ,

•'/ (btl

'Compositor: diacriTech, chennai

,,

A.3 A.4 A.6 A.7 A.8

Basic Knowledge about the Earth .. ,

At~osphere

{\l,l

',..'

Ltd, CIN: U72200TN2005PTC057128.

,,,

. . . . . .

Origin, Age, and Characteristics of the Solar System The Sun ' The Planets The Phases of the Moon Stars Constellation. '.' Asteroids, Meteors, and Comets

e:"1T~'

I',

A.3 A.3

.

Vastness of the Universe , Composition of the Universe Theories of the Universe Galaxy and the Local Group Hubble's Classification of Galaxies Cosmology and Cosmic Rays

,

.

A.3

Chapter 1 Physical Geography The Universe

"

..j'fN'~

ni~._<

A:80

CliIriaticDivisions of the World. ; .. ; , ' A.81 Koppen Clllnate Classification,.}!:.'; : •.......• , :,' A.84: . K6ppen-Geiger Climate.Classification .'..•.....•. :A.8S Major Natural Resources ....•. ~ , .. ; A.87 Countries Rich in Natural Resources ; ,. ,A91 Regional Groupirig of Countries '.' I:' I.. •. of the World ...................•. : . . . . ... A92 Economic Classification of C~~tries .. : .;.' of the World " , : :; : .. ' A.94' People of the "Y9rld.. .. .. . .. . ; '. A.!01 f

..'

'

r

A Glossary of GeographicalTerms World Architecture

....

,

,,.,.,,

"

.Wonders of the World .

'. " A.103

:,' , .. ,: ..

,":~~.Aj29

':" .. '.'..'.'.'A~129

.

l'

jj;'

l.;

.~•... .aol-'

Chapter 3 International Organizations. A;140 .

,tV'';''''~''

The United Natiqns,

.-t

., , ....

'.1:",

~~I

.,1)

f'i;"

, . , : .;.;: , . ,'.',:

Charter of the UN ..•....... '.' The uN Flag and th~.E,Inble~" .. :,' .' 11embership of the UN Organizations of the UN , UN Observations , , ": Agen~ies Rel(itedto theUnitedN(lti~~s

,p

}.-t~>h,;.•.

'c A.140

A140 , :.::;:":~d4i ,.. ;: . A.141 A.143 : . A.146 :. A.lSO

vi .:.' Pearson General Knowledge Manual .•

.. j.,_ if,

,,'

:-'O;,

'!_,~•.

~~{s,f"

+

~",'1:_J.t,"""';t ••

,.Content.s

~vi.i

~:.

1

The Commonwealth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A,156 Membership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. 'A:156 Commonwealth Secretariat , .. .;. A:157 TheNon-aligned.MovemEmt. '" ;.'.,"A158 Founder Members of the 'NAM' A,158 Basic Principles of the 'NAM'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A,158 Organizational Structure and Membership .... A,159

I

South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SMRC) Regional Centres : .. . 'SAARC Summits :. .. South Asian Free Trade Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l\i1eeting of SAARC Culture Ministers. . . . . . . .. Meeting of SAARC Energy Ministers. . . . . . . ..

A.160 A,160 A,161 A,161 A,161 A,162

TheEuropean Union " Five 'EU' Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. Important Treaties (Establishment) , Member States ,...................•...

A,162 A.162 A,163 A,163

Other World Organizations A,163 Caribbean Community (CARICOM) . . . . . . . . .. A,163 Organization of Petroleum Exporting . Countries (OPEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A,164 Arab League (League of Arab States) ';A,I64 .., " North Atlantic Treaty Organization ,\" (NATO) ... ,............................. A,164 .'The Group of 77 A,165 .lpe Group of Seven (G-7) .•........ '. . . . . . . .. A,165 Colombo Plan ; : . '. .. A,165 ;: Organization of American States (OAS) . . . . . .. A,166 Organization for EconOInic Cooperation ''', and Development (OCED) : A."166 \. '.Association of South-East Asian ,\ Nations (ASEAN) '.':'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A,166 '..' World Trade Oiganization ; .. ; A:,167 Organization of the IslamicCo"operation. .. A,167 Organization for Security andCo-9petation in Europe (OSCE) '" .. '. .. . . . .. A,168 " Council of Europe (CoE) : A,168 The Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... A,169 Collective Security Treaty Organization . (CSTO) , A,169 Eurasian Economic Unio~' (EEU) ' A,169 ~"'Turkic Council- : . :: : ;':',".< . . A:j69 " African Union C ••••••• : • : •• A,169 ,,'Union for the Meditertanean; c' :. A,170 ;.~ Coop~r~ti~n Coun~il forthe Arab States "/,.'" .. of the Gulf (GCC) : " A, 170 Union of South American Nations A,170 1 ,A~ia-Pacific Economic' Coope~ation . . •",' (APEC) : .. ' : . . . . . .. .. A,170 China-Japan-South Korea .,,' Trilateral Summits ' :'; ' :.: A,170 Shanghai C06perati~h Organisation (SCO) 'A':I71 ,

;

Well-Known Freedqm Fighters ~...• :.. , ... !nternational Figtl,res , ,... Prominent Figures of the . po" Indian Freedom MovemenL . . . . . . . . . . .. .. Exploration and Discoveries ',' , i;.•.•• WomenAchievers; •..... ' , : ''-~:'Firsts' in the World ;

Australia-New Zealand-United States (ANZUS) Security Treaty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A.171 Brazil-Russia-India-ehinaSouth Africa (BRICS) '. :: ..... :',"/;',.: :.:;J:: A,171 Colombia-Indonesia- Vietnam-EgyptTurkey-South Africa (CIVETS) "A:'.I71 Next Eleven (N-11) ; :'A,I72 l'y1exico-lndonesia-Nigeria-Turkey ,A)72 India-Brazil-South Africa (IBSA) Dialogue Forum : A,172 E-7 (Emerging-7) : :';A::I72 E-9 Nations ' ;; A,172 G-4 ; A.172 Uniting for Consensus A.173 G-8 (Group of Eight) ; . \',''A.173 G~6 (Group of Six) ' ;. ,A(173 G-(8+5) ' , '1lf\.173 G-15 " '.. ' ';'.' LA.:173 G-20 (Group of 20) .A.173 G-20 Summits A.173 G-24 (Group of 24) A,174 World Bank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A,174 International Monetary Fund (IMF). . . . . . . . . .. A.175 Asian Development Bru\k (ADB). . . . . . . . . . . .. A,176 Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectorial Technical and Economic ,~ ,. ":. Cooperation (BIMSTEC) A:176

ProrninentEconomists

General Knowledge

Languages '" .. " Language Families: Number of Speakers

Reiigions ofthe World. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. I

World's Great Personalities (Who's Who) Life Sketch of Great Personalities Abbreviated Titles of Some Well-known Figures ';

n

Ct:l~PTER 1 Intro,duction

~.-";" .. ';""; ;:.'; :,cA,256 ;'.; '.• ; .,,:~j,A:256 '";1',' •• '.'('.",; .• ; ••• ,hl. ,A,258

'C.'.~) •••

Intr~odu.ction of Events in the OlympiCs .... ; t••• ~" '''':261 ". 'Commonwealth'Games'.: .':\,-.1. 'cip.•:.' :'t!J~>.£.',~~jJ'A.264 Important Trophies and Associated .' .. ,1 !' to..: \i''f'~ Games ,.... . . . . . . . .. A.267 Places Associated with Sports. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. A.269 , . . t"' ~ Sports Authonty of indIa ... ;'0' ••••••••••••••• ' A270 Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education.'. ~.. , .. : . :".. : .. : :~.A.27f W",-,. Impoitanf Government Schemes . .' . . Relating to Sports ::: .. , :.',' ";(271 c. ',' National Youth Policy 2014\ A;-;27'2: National Scheme Relating'to Talent' ',' T"( J Search and Training ;.; : ,c;,:'; ."icA.2'l2 National Sports~Development Fund :; :'. :'. :'t.K273 World's Great Structures :;;; , :':\"K.273 "
.

.

I

.

.

'.'

B.3

.:'~:~~~: ::::::: :: ::::::::::::::::::::::::: :':::

1

I

I !

! !

Force: ; '. . . . . . . . Friction J • • ".E!}~rgy , ;. Surface Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work...................................... 'Periodic Motion, Wave and Fluid Mechanics.....

F-~'

'B.4

B.5 B.5 B.5 B.5 B.6 B.9

Heat and Thermodynamics ' ,B.ll Heat and Temperature B.11 Evaporation "',' .., ;.. . . . . . . .. ',' B.12 Latent HeaL :. . B.12 Transfer of Heat. , , .. , ' ; B.12 Radiation ' ,; ,.B.13 Convection ' . B.13. L~ws of Thermodynamics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.13 LightandOptics ~.. .. . . . . . . . . B.n Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.13 Phenomenon of Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 'B;~4 Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.15 Lenses '. . B.16 Characteristics of Image..................... B.17

~

~".~

••

.'

,"

~

1

,,~'

1T~~,~.1

.,,;l,<

8.3

~

-.

.

Physics

',~

A,254

Mechanics ' : 'B.3 'Matter ; ~' B.3 ~Mass. : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . ''13.4

1:

" A'.216 : .. "'"'A.216 :.•... " :' iA,234

.

''''t

Sports ., :.' Sport Festivals .............•. " Olympics., '".•....

~~

l.,

,

~!• ,,' •

i

l

~.

,;

' A;.187

Books '.. 1\.188' Famous Quotations ; " A,190 Noted Works by Indian Authors (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... A,195 Ancient Classical Writers : l;A~197 Ancient Books on Science and Medicine ; A~200 Some Famous Foreign Books ', .A.200 Some Important Books .. " '" A,201 Important Shakespeare Plays , '.j,:\.~97. Famous Books/Plays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A,203

A,243

International Awards and Honours .........•.. 'A245 -'"[Nobel Prize , , A,245 " Pulitzer Prize . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. A247 ...~amon Magsaysay Awards A248 <.Bboker Prize (Man Bookers Prize) '. A.249 /, ;Right Livelihood Award A,250 "",'l!mportant International Awards A,253

A.187

'.; A,188

A,237 A,238 A,239 A.242

Sc~.()ols ofThought . , ~ ',' ,' .. '..1 A:244 ,Ancient Philosophers and Thinkers ''','........•... A,245 '~r.;,"" •. ,

ImportantTreaties ;\.177NuclearNon~Proliferation Treaty (NPT) : ':':Aj77 , ". I Izmir Treaty '-KI77 Antarctic Treaty '}\)77 Kyoto Protocol ~)77 Libya Accord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Ap8 International Courts-At a Glance A)78

Chapter 4

,A,2~5 A,235

;

\ ~

J'-i .

_J

'J'1.

Sound .:.... , . ~...................•....... :: f. B.17 Characteristics . ; iU7 .~. Phenomena Related to Sound. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .B.17 Sound Waves and Music ,. :,: ".,;, 'B.17 Ultrasonic and Supersonic So~ds .. ~.. :~ . ' " .B.18 "Speed of Sound .. " : . .': .. ::' :'.. ,. B.18 . . . . .

-

c ••••••••••••

'.

'

-

Electricity ; r; ;'."." •••• : •• ".B.18 Electric Current ,., .'. :.\:., .. ;.. B.19 Heating Effect .of.Electricity ,. . . .. . . &19 Fuse Wire .. ,' ' , ' ,'..•.. .'. - '!' "B.19 MagneticEffect of Electricity ; ; . ;,/"B.19 Types of Electricity , " B.20 Household Wiring System.................. .B:20) c

Magnetism : .. '.:.. '. . . . . . . ...-, . . . . . . . .. . IB.20 . Magnets ,; -.,..' ",B.20 Magnetic Induction ; ......•... ' ~B.20 Magnetic Field of the Earth. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ' B.21 • _ ".J>t1-:.I# '~'l .j.j"l:~' -

.'~J'

'~"I

•

'1~'"

Modern Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -r'. . . .. . .... , B.21, .••••.•.• Non-conductors. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. , ~.21 Semiconductors . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . B.21 ,'~'i

.

_

_J'~~-

,

".~".

;jl.n~-.tlili

~ . _-~:~', :-, r ,("',

Importantlaws «;>fPhysics; .":.' .'. '.: .. /:<'. c •• !'.:" - ..Ar chim e d es 'p"rillClp .•...'I'" e. .~. .i-;'-;' . . .~ . ' ,1., . . h') . . . . .\. . . . . . . 'l!"

-

/

.~_.

B.22' '.B 22

. Avoga,qrds Law:.,' , '~..~.22) Newton's (1642-1727) Laws .. ,., : ':.,'". :.'l'J,'~B.22 Coulomb's (1738-1806) Law , . .B.22 Stefart's (1835-1883) Law , :.' B.22 Pascal's (1623-1662) Law : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.23 Hooke's (1635-1703) Law..... B.23 0,

r,r

l1li

, 11

viii .:. Pearson General Knowledge Manual

Lenz's (1805-1865) Law Dalton's (1766-1844) Law Faraday's (1791-1867) Laws Ohm's (1787~1854),Law , Phenomena and Important Terms of Physics Physics in Everyday life ,

Chapter 2

1

I I

. . . . . .

B.23 B.23 B.23 B.23 B.23

B.24

B.35

Chemistry

Elem,ents ". . . TyPes of Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.35 B.36 B.37

Metals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . .. Chemical Nature of Metals............ .Steel and Iron ;...... Non-metals '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alloys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minerals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.37 B.37 B.39 B.39 B.39 B.41

Che,mical Compounds ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemical Reaction and Chemical Change . . . . . Air Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Important Gases , ~. . . .• . . . .

B.42 B.42 B.47 B.47 'B:48

Industrial Chemistry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '.Glass...................................... . Cement : ' Organic Chemistry ~':':'.: ~....... . Carbon Compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..' Organic and lnorganicComp6unds '. . . . . . . . Carbon : ' '. . . . . Coal and Petroleum : , Liquefied Petroleum Gas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . "Synthetic Fibre ,'.................... , Synthetic Rubber :'. : . . . . , Radioactivity -: ~. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. X-rays ' ,'.. :. . .

B.49 B.49 B.49 B.49 B.49 B.50 13.50 'B.53 B.54' B.S5 13.55 B.55 B.55 'B.58

General. ....•......... , . :': :.. :: :: ' , Important Chemical Tests I Important Laws of Chemistry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Important Chemical Processes : .. : . . . . . . . .

B.58 13.58 B.59 B.59

Terrltinologies in Chemistry.

:

:'. .

......

Cheinical reactions i

': .. '.. '

B.61 8.64

'.~1

Cell Division

~

B.72

, ~~'" , : .':~:~ :. : . : . :,:';,,'1 : .. '.-:',('! :

/,,L'

"

'j\

, . 'B,72 B.72 : .. : . B.72

~..

R74

! .••

Chapter 5

Classification . of The living Organisms ,".. , . .. (fl" . B.74 . • Scientific Nomenclature : . :.. B.74 General Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.75

,.......

c:::

B.77 ''8.77 B.77

'"

I

B.92

Human Body

Intrdduction, . , ., , .. , ': , . AnCient IndIa. , , fudus Valley Civilization ~-01 The Vedic Period: The Aryans ',E;rerge~ce,of Mahajanapadas or Kingdoms............................ ,~"

!l;81 B.81 B.85 ,.

:T'

,

Amltomy and Physiology, .. , ,.......... B,92 Blood , ',,' 1B:92 Skeletal System (Bones) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B:94 Muscular System , J ,,)3.97 Organs of Human Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,113.97 Sense Organs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...-. ;-~'.-": B.IOl . .•.. Reproductive Organs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 'J~)06 Glands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. B.107 Human Cell, Genes and Heredity : B.109 Human Genetics '. 8;:111 Human Diet., 'Food Nutrients

,,

, .. , , .. ,

:

"

-,

..

if) Biosphere,

-".

~t,,,7 ..

., ,' ... , , . " _B;139

,

it112

, ..

B,l13 ',~;.13

.

• .;

, .. '..

.

,,

;

C.3

. C.3 -. ~, . , . , .. , C.3 . ~,. C.3 . C.6 ._ , C.lO

,

Medieval India , .. , ,., , . . . •. The Sultanate of Delhi (1206-1526 CE). . . . . . . . . I:h~Mughal Dynasty (1526-1540 " and 1555-1857). . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . ".I q. The ,a Marathas, the Sikhs and the Jats. . . . . . '. . . . Modern India , '" .. , . . . . . . . . . Ea~ India Company and British Rule. . . . . . . . . British Rule, . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . Vic~roys of india : '. . . .. . . .. . . . . . ..

I.

I

8.125

I

J

I

1.2:'

'.

.~

.,I' i'" l •. ~~ "lj

, .. \;t/

j

C.27 C.28 C.33 C.38 C.41 C.43 C.47 ,C.49

Indian'j:reedom Struggle ,, " . ,'£-.54 Fir~t War of Independence ' C.S4 British Rule After the 1857 Revolt . " -. ;, C56 Th~lndigo Revolt of 1859-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.57 Th.e:lndian National Congress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.57 Parntion of Bengal (October 16, 1905) '.' .. :' .<::.58 Swadeshi Movement (1905) " jC.58 Muslim League (1906) .C.58 Swaraj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.58 Smat Congress (December 26, 1907) . . . . . . . . . . C.59 Morley-Minto Reforms (1909). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.59

Recent Political History of India (Post-lndependenceHa), ... ~T;:.,;. '; ..,., ••• G.66 India-Irru.Rediately After Independence,. : ; .. ~,", C.66 First Border Disputes in ,Sovereign In.dia".: ... '.C:66: Pakistan War of. 1971. ~'.. " .. ;';. '. ' : :. . . . . G.66 J~ata Party co~is,tol'o~~r ;; ,. :'~.(;.66 Entry of Rajiv Gandhi ,' .. "J:;C67 i Presidential Rule 'in Assam. " : :'~':. '. : .. '. ' ,tC~67 The Punjab Problem , " C:6'7 l-

~

-

:.

"

II

T

Home Rule Movement (1915;-1916) ~C.59 Lucknow Pact (1916) ..... -~~ •........... :..... C.59' August Declaration of 1917, ;.'. .. . C.59 The Gandhian Era (1918-1947) :.. :C:59 Rowlatt Act (1919): ... '.' ~............• '_' . : . :);"C.59 Jallianwala Bagh Massacre (April 13, 1919.) . '_'; _ C.60 Khilafat Movement (1920), '.' ., .; : C.60 Non-cooperation Movement (1920) ; . !;: C.60 Chauri Chaura Incident (1922) , ;., C61 Swaraj Party (1923),. " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.61 Simon Commi~sion (1927) ,......... C61 Lahore Session (1929) 'J' •••••••••••• , ••••• '" .<::'61 Dandi March (1930) " ',"" C62 The First Round, TableConference (1930) . . . . .. ,<::'62 Gandhi-Irwin Pact (1931) , . . . . . . . . .. C.62 The Second RoundTable Conference (1931)....• C.62 The Communal Award (1932) .......• ,;....... 'C.63 Poona Pact (1932) '. . . . C.63 The Third Round Table Conference (1932) ,. , C.63' .The Government of India Act (1935) . . . . . . . . . . ,C:63, Demand for Pakistan (1940) C.631 Quit India Movement (1942-1945). . . . . . . . . . .. ,C64 Gandhiji's Fast '" . . . . . . . C.64 Cabinet Mission Plan (May 16, 1946) I. C.64 Azad I-lind Fauj " : C.64 Direct Action Campaign..................... C65 Interim Government. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.65 Formation of Constituent Assembly , .' 'C.65 Mountbatten plan aune 3, 194'7')' .'. .. • . . .'<::.65 The Indian Independence Act (1947) '.'~'." <::.65 Partition of India :'. ~:':.: : ' C.65

'-I

.

,.

Medical Science ..... , ... , ,'. , . . . . . . . . . .. 8.122 Medical Aids (Equipment) '13.122 Medical Treatment. ': . . . .. B.i23 Marvels of Medical Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B.i23 , . " .. ,

';t"f

t'

',:' ~, .. : '/.' ":",lB.1~6 ~, , B.137

INDIA

The ~~jputs (650-1200 CE) ••• , ••••••• , •••• '; • , • C.23 Oilier Dynasties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. ,C.24 (I

Di~eases ofthe HumanBody .. , , •... , . , .. ~}14 ,Types of Diseases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. ~.114 Agents of Diseases ~. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. B.115 Defence Mechanism Against Infection........ kli6 Common Diseases ;:....... B.118 Common Blood Diseases :. B.119 Diseases of the Eyes .'. . .. 13:119 Common Body Disorders -.• '. . . . . . .. -B.120 Eommon Drugs :-:"B:121

Glossary

•

'IX

~

Gro~h of Buddhism andJainism , , C.11 Bu'ddhism , .'.. ,-...•........... ".C.11 J~ihism...... C.13 Magadha Empire (6th-4th Century BCE). . . . . . . C.16 Alexander's Invasion (Greek Invasion)........ C.16 The Mauryan Empire (320-180 BCE) C.16 The Gupta Dynasty (320-550 CE) . • . . . . . . . • . . . C.20 Harshavardhana (606-647 CE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.22

:\1,,1

"

HistorYJof India and Freedom Struggle

:;f

.

Chapter 4

Medical Biochemistry.

Phenomena

.'~.-

.. ,,'-.

Chapter1.

p\.""1~"""~1

,~.

.

'1(J

Important

.,.Q

.••.•

;': .~(;j:~~,: .'.""8.134. : : .'~.~:f" B.135

,

Biosphere " ,. ~,~ Biogeochemical Cycles

SECTION C:

J.'

~'f ..•. rI

Glossary, ,., , .. , , , . , .. , . Botanical Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoological Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , ,

8.133 B.133 B.133 B.133 B.134

. ....".-

'-'Contents'~~.

"

•

••

""""'j

.,~~' •. ,

. Ecosystems and co~unities~':::'. Food Chain

.tt' ~

r

.~

Important Biological Phenomena .. , , . 'B.79 Photosynthesis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.79 Metabolism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ' It'-:9 Respiration , B.79 Fertilization : 8:80 Jj:''t~ Transprration . . . . . ,:};H.80 .

i

•

Co~munity and Ecosystem Dynamics. , .. " . . .. . Community Structure , '. Classification of Communities : . . . . . . . . .. 'uhange in Communities Over Time.......... , Disturbances of a Community "

'>

Classification of the Animal Kingdom (Animalae) .. ,., , Protozoa................ Metazoa

O•133

Ecosystem and Biosptlere ,

Classification ofthe Plant Kingdom (Plantae) ... ""fllJ.75 Parts of Plants , .. ',' . ;,taJ"B.76 M'odification of Plant Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.77

._

<;~apter 3 .G~neral Biology~l' . ' : (Botany and Zoology) Cell ,' , '., . Historical Background Structure

,..

'.

,

__ .•

!i.

•

~~q

,

•..

~ J

~

~

' ..

i"

-/

,

.•••.•

:.!~

r ••~;'

r' Ii,:

il!

Iljl

x.:., P.earsonGeneral

Knowledge Manual

. , COntents ,.:. 'xi

Assassination of Indira Gandhi .........•..... 11izoram Issue The Bofors Scandal Formation of National Front National Front Comes to Power . Mandai Commission. , Ayodhya Issue Chandra Shekhar becomes Prime Minister Unrest in Tamil Nadu and LTTE Assassination of Rajiv Gandhi .. , Rise of BJP in the Indian Political Scene No-confidence Test of Rao Government Beginning of Downfall of Congress (I) Hawala Scandal Story of Prime Minister for 13 Days Birth of the United Front , ,t K. Gujral as New Prime Mir\ister . Entry of Soma Gandhi in Politics .,k. R.Narayanan-First 'Daiit' President of fudia . : . Fall of Gujral's Government Sonia Gandhi, Congress (I)'s Trump Card Atal Bihari Vajpayee becomes 'PM' Again .. Congress Back-to Power in 2004 . General Elections; . , • Congress Remained iri Power in 2009 , General Election • BJP-Led NDAGained Power in 2014 Genera,l ElectiQn ,

Chapter 2

'oJ

' . . . . . . : .. . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.70 C.70

.

C.70

.

C.70

_-.

C.70

C.70

.

C99 C99 . C.100 . C.100 . . . . , .. .

~..

C.102 c'103 C.104 C.105 C.106 C.120

C.124 '.. 'C.125

State Council of Ministers ..........• '. '.. ~'. : ; ; """'The Chief Minister.' .. '! : The State legislatu're .1: ."': '. :' .' :' •. ' ' •. ~ .l-Legislative Council (Vidhan Parishad) .. ; : ,"AL'egislative Assembly (Vidhan Sabha) . . . . . . . .. iile"StateJudiciary " . High Court .' : Advocate-General

:'>;.':

C126 C.126 C127 C.127 C.128

~',': ;' .'. . . .. . ..

C128 C.128 C.129

Miscellaneous Constitutional Provisions. . . . . . .. General Elections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

C133 C.133

'::

P<;,liticalParties : :1'£;133 Special Position of Jammu and Kashmir . in the Indian,Union ~. C.134 Centre-State Relationships ' 'C.l34 Official Language , C.134 Constitutional Safeguards for SC/STs ':~C.135 Welfare of Minorities ' .-:lJ.:C135 Panchayats-as Rural Self-Governing '. Institutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C.136 Conduct of Business in the Parliament . , 'JC.138 • , .,." .• Motions and Resolutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C.140 Amendment of the Constitution. . . . . . . . . . . . .. C141 List of Schedules I Cl44 States and Union Territories of India , . . . . . .(:.145 The Budget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ,C.146

C~apter 3

C157

Population of India

Census .. " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ,C.157 Rural and Urban Population , .. , ,. literacy Rate , .............•..... National Population Policy, 2000 . . . . . . . . . . • . ..

C159 C160 C165

C.70

Constitution of India

DraJting of the Constitution .........•........ . Salient Features ", The Preamble ~ature of Citizenship in the Indian Republic '.' ", Fundamental Rights ~ Directive Principles " ~. I?uties of a Citizen of India .. : .' Machinery of the Union Goverpment. The Judiciary : : . Iinportant Commi~sions and Key . ""-.J Functionaries............................ The State Executive .... ',.........•.......... l

C.67 C.67 C.67 C.67 C.67 C.68 C.68 C.68 C.68 . C68 C.68 C.69 C.69 C.69 C.69 C.69 C.69 C70

Chapter 4

National Awards, Culture and Literature

C167

.,,1',1 :.

National Awards Republic Day Awards (Civilian Awards) ,. Gallantry Awards .........................• ' Other Awards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

€.167 C.167 ,C.167 C.168

Cul,tural and literary Activities " " (,q.170 Lalit Kala Akademi , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C.170 Sahitya AkadeIni , .. . . . .. . . .. C.170 Sangeet NatakAkadeIni "C:l71 Museums ',' "C:172 . Literature National Book Trust '. "C.173 Dances of India , '. C.173 Important Regional Dances C.175 Other Important Dances/Dance Dramas ' ' C.1?6 Musical Instruments and Musicians. . . . . . . . .. C.176

Chapter 5

d. f82

Geography of India

Geographical Position of India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C182 'Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C.182 . Dimensions C.182 Frontiers , : . . . . . .. . . .. C.182 Physical features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C:183 'Himalayan Range , .. ' :. 'C.183 -, Northern'Plains .. C.183 Deccan Plateau ' , C~i84 Coastal Plains " Cj85 Islands ' '<:::185

.,~.

.1

J

•..•.

u.~

Soils : , C.185 Alluvial Soil ....................•........ ,. C.185 Black Soil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. C.185

Red Soil. Laterite Soil

.

C.185 . C.185 . C186

'.'

River'Systems of India Himalayan System Deccan System Third River System

.

Climate Monsoons

C.186 . C.186 . C.187 '. C188

_ ;

C.188 . C189 . C190 . C.190 . C.190 . C.191

fores'ts in India I

Agriculture Land Utilization Agricultural Scenario in India Agricultural Marketing ' Agricultural Marketing 'Infrastructure (AMI) Marketing Reforms in Agriculture Sector Advances in Indian Agriculture : Policy Framework for Agricultural . Extension (PFAE) Green Revolution Fertilizers Irrigation

}

.

Important Monuments:

India

"

;

Goods and Services Tax (GST) The Constitution (One Hundred, and First Amendment) Act, 2016

~J

. C220 C.220 . C.220 . C.221 . C.226

Reforms Initiated By Niti Aayog : .. 'Reforms in Agrieulture ' : . , Reforming Medical Education .......•.......• ~_Digital Payments Movement , .. , Atallnnovation Mission . ~~dices Measuring States' Performance in ~. Health, Education and Water Managemen~ ... Suh-Group of Chief Ministers on Skill • Development :: ..

C227 (:'.227 C.227 C.227 C.228

C.256

Other Important Banks and financial. Institutions ' : . C264 NBFC & MFI. : .. C.264 Other Banks , : . C265 New Banks in Private Sectors ; . C.266 A Brief on Banking-Sector Reforms in India . <::.266 Monetary and Credit Policy . C.271 Insurance . C.271 Merger of General Insurance Companies . C.272 National Pension System . C.272 Social Security- Group Scheme . C.272 Social Security SchemeAam AadIni BiIna Yojana C.273 Insurance Regulatory . and I?evelopmentAuthori.t}' ... ".... ';~~:',' '1~}74

C220 .

C256

Banking System ;" : . \ C258 Composition of Banking,System: ;,........ C.258 Development of Banking System in India.. ... C.259 Narasimham Committee Report' '. , on Banking-Sector Reforms ' C.259 Reserve Bank of India , " . ~. . .. C.261 hnperial Bank of India " " C.262 Scheduled Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.262 Public Sector Banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C.263 Nationalization of Banks C.263

C204 C.204 C.204 C.207

'.

Planning in India . Historical Background : The NITI Aayog Organizational Structure of NITI Aayog '. Planning Commission:

" .. 1 C.253 '. . . . . . . . . . C.253 '.. C.253'

~,l"""

. C211

Indian Economy

., ... <j:~.247

Public finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C:254 Sources of Revenue : C.254 Annual Financial Budget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C:256 Public Debt : .. . . . . . . . . . . . .C.'256

. C207 . C.207 C.207 . C.207 . C207 . C209

.

Indian Tribes and Their Habitat

Ch~pter 6

. . . .

"

'"

Currency System " .....................• Historical Background Devaluation of Currency. :'.~

. C.193 . C.195 C.196 . C.196 . C201 . C.203

i

National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries National Parks Wildlife Sanctuaries Project Tiger Project Elephant

Ayushman Bharat .................•.

. C.191 . C.191

Mineta.1 Resources of India Other Minerals Indi~h States and Union Territories Irrdicin Cities on River Banks .........•.. T.d. '. Ind'Ian C"Ities ~Ulportant Hill Stations of India

Task Force on Elimination of Poverty' ." lqt,',~ ., in India " ' ~' I,C:228 Task Force on Agriculture Development .. : . . .. <::.228 Transforming India Lecture Series. . . . . . . . . . .. C.228 Planning Commission: : '." C.228 Five-Year Plans ',' . . . . . . . . .. C.229 . Poverty tine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C:233 Literacy antl Education :.... C.241

Disinvestment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Policy Framework National Investment Fund (NIP) urtit Trust of India (UTI)

. .. C276 ;. C276 ,. C.276 " C.277

C.228

Stock Exchanges " C.277 , Securities and Exchange Board of India .. ,'; .. " , C277

C:228

Mints and Presses

,

.-..

-".

.

•

'

,. -

'.'

. ~.

.-

.#

C277

11['

~I: I: I "

"I' "

i: 1,1 'II:

II'

111

1

,I

:11.

)(ii .:. PearsonGeneral

Knowledge Manual

Industrial Finance Institutions Industrial Finance Corporation of India (IFCI) The Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India Ltd (ICICI) Industrial Development Bank of India (IDBI) State Financial Corporations Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) Unit Trust of India (UTI) Industrial Reconstruction Bank of India (IRBI)

. C.278 . C278

"

. C278 . C278 . C279 . C279 . C279 . C279 . C.280 . C280 C280

Industries Background Large-Scale Industries .........•............. Various Organizations Connected with Industries Petroleum and Natural Gases

Chapter 7

I:i:

r "i \i'

flCl>ntral Government S&T Departments

',',

:!

Road Networks in India l~d23 History ," C.323 Other Facts About Roads in India '., ,C.,323 Classification of Roads in India and Authority Responsible ,,~~324 G.T. Road l,S;324 ,National Highways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.324 Road Transport and Road Safety " ,C:324

. C357 The Earth System Science'Organization :< .. '.. ~.l'C~382 National Centre for Antarctic ' ,-,.' DEtpa'rtment of Science and Technology . C357 \, Professional S&T Bodies in India . C358 \ and Ocean Research (NCAOR) ': :. .. C384 ,.Important Autonomous S&T Institutions of India. C358 Circumnavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. C386 " Science and Engm'eering Research Board . C359 "'''f. '"\ Department of Bio-Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C.386 , ~~~onal G~o~raphical Info~ati(jn System .... C359 . Centres QfExcellence and Innovation ,tNational MiSSIOnon Nano SCIence in Biotechnology (CEIB). . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. C386 '~LJ and Technology . C359 Bioinformatics ~. ',' . , '.' ',' . C386 -''::''N'). I Mi . Clim Ch' atlona SSIOnson ate ange . C359 The Biotechnology Information System,,, , '1National Science and Technology Network (BTISnet) : .. '...... C:387 .C.') Entrepreneurship Development Board ..... C359 The National Bio-resource Development" . :rNational Atlas and Thematic Mapping Board (NBDB) : C387 Organization . C360 International Centre for Ger1'@tic Engineering , (SUrvey of India . C361 and Biotechnology (ICGEB) : . . . .. C.387 "'National Map Policy Autonomous Institutions uhder l,t) ,.- (Rasht'rzya Manc h'tI ran N't') I I . C361 the Department of Biotechnology .... -.. : ~.~-C387 liN'" al'"~opograp hi'lD ~"ation ca ata Base . C361 PSUs under the Department r' Department of Atomic Energy . C361 of Biotechnology .'; .'.. C387 , , . ~ r ~. ' 'Atomic Energy Commission . C362 The Indian Council of Medical Research .. ; '.' '" C.387 fAtomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) . C363 List of ICMR Institutes/Centres ,.. C388 India's First in Medical Research ' IndlaisAtomic Research . C364 and Technology : .. '. ~. .'. . . . . . . . . . .. C388 , "-I3.Kabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) . C365 IN) . In'd'Ia ,uc Iear Power P'rojects ill . C365 The Indian Council of Agricultural Research. . . .. C.389 'Table-Atomic Power Plants ICAR Institutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C389 '-~.) (Un d er C ons tru con ti' ) . C367 Other Indian Research and Development 'lahle-Nuclear Power Projects for Starting Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .. G.391 .- ~,of Work during XII Five-Year Plan . C367 -<' Dep,!rtment of Scientific and Industrial Research .. C368 j

. C280 . C286

Communication and Transport Systems

Chapter 8

C333

Defence and Security

"')

f

C.297

Postal Services Postal Circles Quick Mail Service (QMS) Speed Post Services Agency Functions Telecommunications ~.. : .. ; Indian Telecom Sector New Frontiers of Growth , Projects in the Pipeline Media Newspapers and Periodicals , NewsAgencies All India Radio (AIR) Mann Ki Baat Doordarshan (DD)

. . . . . . . . . .

C.303 C303 C304 C306 G.308 C.308 C312 C312 C312 C312

Indian Railways . Rail Tracks . Administration . Traction . Public Undertakings (PSUs) and Other Organizations . Indian Railways-'Research and Development .

C.313 C313 C313 C314

Shipping , Shipping Corporation of India Stripping Companies Shipyards Training Institutions ' Major Ports in India N~tional Waterways

C.317 C317 C317 C.318 C318 C318 C319

System

. . . . . . :.

C316 C317

•

Indian Defence , .. , .. , , ;' C.333 ,", India's Defence Set-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C333 The Indian Armed Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..d.f:':,:o! C.334 " Integrated Defence Staff S:}34 The Chiefs of Staff Committee I.G:335 Battle Tanks , C.338 Indian Air force , C.338 Organizational Structure by Squadrons '. (:.339 Developments in Air Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C340 Chiefs of Air Staff : :'@;340 Indian Navy t ~.3~Q ' Organizational Hierarchy at Indian Navy '.0:341 Naval Authorities under Administrative Control of Flag Officers .' for Commanding Chiefs 'C341 A Peek into India's Naval Fleet ,/C::'341 Aircrafts and Helicopters C.342 Chiefs ,ofNaval Staff , C.344 Location of Defence Establishments .' C?344 The Department of Defence Production....... C345 i

,l;.

. C.297 . C.297 . C297 . C300 . C300 . C30l

Indian Communication

Areas of Maritime Interest for India. . . . . . . . .. ,C;319 Air Transport '. "C.31.9 I" Policy Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ,C.320 SWOT Anaysis of Indian Aviation ,'~;,~ Industry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C.320 Strategy Plan for Indian Aviation Industry .... I :£1b-.l J'C.321 ~ J Pawan Hans Helicopters Limited ,jS.~21 Airport Authority of India. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. C.322 Creation of Heliport ~ ,<;.323 j

iii \\1

C6nteiit~ .:~ iili

,

~~ '

.

Ind'ia's Internal SecuritY .. : '! C.347 Central Police Organizations , "0.3'47. Central Armed Police Forces L,G:349 Other Important Defence i no:' and Security Institutions , C,.350 Role of Women in the Armed Forces. . . . . . . . .. C351 ,": "

)

Chapter 9

"

-,.,:ot.

c:..~55

Science and Technology

History of National Policies for Science "and Technology in India Key Milestones Policy Vision-STI2013 Key Elements-STI 2013

:

' oj :.'.. ~C.355 C~355 : .. : ••Co356 ; . .. ~.356,

Science and Technology (S&nActivities in India. . . .

C356

d.••••••••

Chapter 10

Department of Space ,,'The ISRO

. C.369 . C370

India's Space Programme ,:Indian Space Establishments : Satellite Programme Li?paCeResearch Programme .,O!ner Space Science Missions :%cent GSLV South Asia Launch !gtportant Feats/Personalities Related ,t. " to Indian Space Programmes

. . . . . .

. C378

The Department of Defence Research and Development

. C378

India'sMissileProgramme :Agni System Ptithvi System Akash System trishul System .Nag System l}~tra Missile Brahmos Missile Other Missiles

. . . . . . . . .

Ministry of Earth Sciences

. C.382

C.371 C371 C373 C375 C376 C377

C380 C380 C380 C381 C381 C381 C381 C382 C382

National Insignia and Other Facts

Introduction

C.401 "

C.401

Nationallrisignia ' '. . .. National Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. National Emblem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. National Anthem Gana Gana Mana) . . . . . . . . .. National Song (Vande Mataram) . . . . . . . . . . . .. National Calendar (Saka) National Animal . .. National Bird "... National Flower, National Tree and National Fruit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. National Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. National Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Other Important Days. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. The People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. The Arts.,

C.401 C401 C.401 C402 C402 C402 C403 C403 C403 C403 C403 CA03 C404 CA04

General Elections and Political Parties. . . . . . . . .. Political Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

C405 C407

Record Makers (India)

"

C.409

World Records Held by India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Trade and Industry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

C.411 CAll

~r' I; xiv.:.

Pearson General KnowledgeManual

II: I

I,

Agriculture/Natural Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. CAll Buildings/Roads/Bridges 'S:.4ll Miscellaneous '.. , . '~"'ieA12

Individual Achievements India;s Superlatives.

, C.412

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

C.412

7'1 '

National Current Affairs A~sembly Elections 2018 Other National News News From States and Union Territories

I

II:

II.

~llli

I 'I

International CurrentAffairs The Trump--1
. . . .

D.3 D.3

, . . . . .

D.11

D.ll D,12 D.13 D.13 D.13

~.' :. . .

D:15 D.15 D.19 D.21

DA

D.7

"p.22

Sports & Tournament , FIFA World Cup 2018 (14til June-15th July, 2018) Commonwealth Games 2018 . (4th-15th April, 2018) Champions Trophy 2018 UEFA Cha~~ions League Football 2018 IPL 2018 EdItion : ,.~ Tennis Grand Slams 2018 ' Tournament Results : Award and Honours : Indian Economy: , . ., . .' ,'. . Overview. 'of Iridian Economy : '. Miscellaneous Economic Sector News

"J ~i , :,'~.. );>,22 ' lii,I.', (,[p,.23

,.~g.t4

:;~~P.2~ : ;)+Htj : . . D.24 : .it>.29 ,.J'D.34' ;

'.'D.41 'D.41 1 .... ,D.47'

.I'L •...

,

~:

<:i,l

" ':1 _,;1::

J oJ

Preface

We are pleased to announce the seventeenth edition of the book Pearson General Knowledge Manual 2019. This book has 'been developed anddesign~das an effeCtive preparatory book for most of the competitive examinations. It would also be useful as a general knowledge reference book for students in schools and colleges as well. We are honoured th~t the previous editions were praised and widely useci by; bo~ teachers and students in various fields. . I~ this new edition, the topics are covered in a thorough fashion with presentation of facts and recent updates spread across Politics, Economy, Science and Ted,'noIogy and National and International 'Events. Ne~ pedagogical featuxes ~n facts-based apRfqacho/ith features like 'Quick Facts', 'Key Terms' and 'Concept Link~' have been included for faster preparation. Each chapter has now two sets of exercise- Topic-wise practice questions are placed at end of the chapter for quick assessment and "Previous Years' Question Papers" of key examinations have been uploaded as online resource. While preparing these questions have referred last 5+ years' questions on UPSC, SSC,Banking, NDA, LIC, State Civil Service Examinations, and other important administrative examinations. We have also added colouredmaps of 16 pages which are embellished with fact files from authentic sources. Added information on geography, population and economy is also available on select maps.

we

,,:.d 1~/ f'ff

.. '.'

-..',

,\., l

>.~. i~#: ~,.

",: ••••. '. ,r~.

"9"

III

ill!

'iI

1:

I~'

~'I!', "

~I

:"~

This book is organized in four sections: The World, Everyday Science, India, and Current Affairs. Each section is carefully organized to categorize different subjects. The objective is to provide the vast subject in a structured

" and useful manner so as to familiarize candidates taking the examinations with the current t~ends and type of questions asked. Important data and useful information are tabulated for quick reyision. We have provided an online support with this edItion. It can be accestld atwww.pearsonecl. c(),in/ShowickThorpe. Students can' also' visit www. thorpeseducation.com for additional updates. As the World is changing at a very rapid pace, so dq the facts and figures. It would be an endeavor to constantly revise each edition of this' book.in order to keep it as up-to~date as possible. I hope readers will appreciate the book and coml!lentsj>suggestions in the direction of the development ofthe text are always welcome. Acknowledgements As Ialways say, any work of this nature could not have been attempted without reference to the works of others. In the preparation of this book, I have had to constantly consult numerous encyclopedias, dictionaries, yearbooks, atlases and textbooks on a variety of subjects. . I would like to express my heartfelt thanks to my late parents~Edgar Thorpe and Asha Thorpe without whose wholehearted support and inspiration this book would not. have been a reality. I am thankful teimy publisher for allowing me to keep my father's name on the cover of this book. I hereby acknowledge my indebtedness to all of.them.

Showick Thorpe

[P~otoCrredDts 1'\ I fc

it t,

Section A

Section (

A.3 (chapter opening: Earth and planets of solar system): photograph: NikoNomad. Shutterstock

C.3 (chapter opening: Ninth century Hindu temple from the Gupta period, at Baroli, Rajasthan, India): photograph: robertharding/ Alamy Stock Photo

A.59 (chapter opening: Aerial view of CanaiIDa Lagoon waterfalls at river Carrao in Venezuela. Tepuis (table mountains) in,the background): photograph MITO images GmbH/ Alamy Stock Photo A.140 (chapter ~pening: The flag of the United Nations): photograph: Steve Allen Travel Photography / Alamy Stock Photo A.187 (chapter opening: Famous landmarks around world on globe) photograph: Photomontage. Shutterstock

C.157 (chapter opening: A population of global people silhouettes walk under world map): photograph: Michael D Brown; copyright @ Shutterstock C.167 (chapter opening: Manipuri folk dance raslila; Manipur; India): photograph: Dinodia Photos/ Alamy Stock Photo I

Section B

C.182 (chapter opening: India, True Colour Satellite Image With Border): photograph: Universal Images Group North America LLC/ Alamy Stock Photo

B.3 (chapter opening: Examination of current and light bulbs in physics laboratory): photograph: Shaiith. Shutterstock

C.220 (chapter opening: Graphs, charts, business table. The workplace of business people): photograph: Sergey Nivens. Shutterstock

B.35 (chapter opening: Laboratory flasks with fluids of different colors): photograph: Sebastian Duda. Shutterstock

C.297 (chapter opening: Indian railway station): photograph: Jayakumar. Shutterstock

B.72 (chapter opening: Blue sea squirts (Rhopalaea sp.), Copton, Moalboal, province of Cebu, Negros, Philippines, Asia, Indo-Pacific Ocean): photograph: imageBROKER/ Alamy Stock Photo B.92 (chapter opening: Heart model): photograph: Tinydevil; copyright @ Shutterstock B.133 (chapter opening: Glasshouse): photograph: Profimedia.CZ a.s./Alamy Stock Photo

b

C.99 (chapter opening: Supx~me Court of India building; Delhi; India): photograph: Dinodia Photos/ Alamy Stock Photo

C.333 (chapter opening: kisan anti sandinista rebels miskito indian contras leaving for mission 1986): photograph: Mike Goldwater / Alamy Stock Photo C.355 (chapter opening: Electronics workers selecting chips at workstation in clean room laboratory): photograph: CuJtura Creative (RF)/ Alamy Stock Photo C.401 (chapter opening: Lion emblem on Ashoka pillar at Hanging Garden; Bombay Mumbai; Maharashtra; India): photograph: DinodiaPhotos/ Alamy Stock Photo

l

'jr'

",;, Srinagar

qq

).$'

'

f?

" p-',,' t5":':l~(

a-

'I'"

AN,'IY 11,' ,A,',1JR' It,

"'1'''''1''\ ,tl.-.,. (""

()) cu -, ,"'•..t'l,;;nlh-',

,

t,

'jp!--';""

,

-8' 'OOK

,-

10'

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright holder and publisher. The following pertains to all maps showing the external • @ Government

The responsibility The territorial

• The external

and coastlines

of India:

for the correctness

of internal details rests with the publisher.

waters of India extend into the sea to a distance of twelve nautical miles measured

• The administrative • The interstate North-Eastern

boundaries

of India, 2014.

headquarters

of Chandigarh,

boundaries

and coastlines of India agree with the Record/Master & Uttar Pradesh, Jharkhand

"I[

from the

Copy certified by Survey of India .

& Bihar and Chhattisgarh

The spellings of names in this map, have been taken from various sources.

' )}Ii

base line .

Haryana and Punjab are at Chandigarh .

boundaries between Arunachal Pradesh, Assam and Meghalaya shown on these maps are as interpreted Areas (Reorganisation) Act. 1971, but have yet to be verified .

• The state boundaries between Uttarakhand verified by the Governments concerned.

z

from the appropriate

i!!i~''''o""V !

'

& Madhya Pradesh have not been

I'::!

II~

&

INDIA: PHYSICAL

NATURAL

w _w

REGIONS

rpoLffICAL

POLITICAL

---.

INDIA

I

Total Area: 3,287,590 sq km . . . . : Total Population: 16,753,235 (ineludes National Capital Territory) States: 29

SCALE 1,73,000,000

1"1

India is the seventh-largest and second most populous country in the world. Its northern boundary is formed by the Himalayan range, while in the south, India forms a peninsula bound by the Arabian Sea, Indian Ocean, and Bay of Bengal. These features make India a distinct geographical entity.

\L

",

I,

PHYSICAL

,

I

,~ "

.\

\

Iso'

I

.~

-..

Sf•• :~.,

J'

Geographic Coordinates:

NATURAL REGI • ,;

D..... ".~

,.'

~-:

State (area): Rajasthan (342,239 sq km) Smallest State (area) : Goa (3,702 sq km)

Largest State (population): Uttar Pradesh (199,581,477) Smallest State (population): Sikkim (607,688) Total Districts: 672

.~

~ '"

.

Union Territories: 7

I Largest

't:~\i

INDIA

FACTS & FIGURES

Capital City: New Delhi

20 00' N, 77 00' E 0

0

Northem MO"o;""

'''''

The Northern

plams

..----l

TharDesert Peninsular

~<>

c

plateau

'The Costal PlaIns

i

l_lslands

H I _JIT:'-

,Iill".1

AFGHANIST AN

~-

I

N

Iii t, --_lQ:-

iili!1 'j!'i I

1.'1

Arabian Sea

~(t ; (IN~AI

MouthSof~re

\

G~"'~o.

, .1.--., ,

Arabian

i

, ,,

""

Ii; ~:.

Bay of Bengal

" ,, "

is:\--,

Islands

2SQ-5000m ~ '" ~ ,,:1":, ___

.• c 0° •

'0 0

0

(")

l~.

o-lOOm

Lnkshadweep Undia)

India border

ChQ;;ree

"'..

'\,

!1

Minicoy Island Eight Degree Chann"

II

lin d

'Utile

I

a

c e a n


J.(luJ~)

~

'>.:. e

~~

.

~

~~

-:?

~""'"''

o.

D''xl"I?e

Cltl1l/lld

MillicOlf t:{,>ltfD':\'rerCiumnd'

\

.

KllIcfwll

\

humd

I

AND

TOWNS

[j]

COlmtrycapital

•

State capital

o

Major towns

'1<''''00'''00''\

~J#v.0rfh Andanlll1l

:;

(1,,,/,,,1

. \

l,MiddlbAlidaman.

\

Barnm J.(/"dJil)

\

~~%

~

o. :Jlitatrmfllmatl +-'

~

00'

~

_~

gLitfleAndllll1lI'!.._

--

Sed

'lo"N'wb", ';;:

0-

\

Q',mlOrlll

~l
'7r:

,

Nagercoil

~~<'nt

'/ ~9":. 0;""""

Mnnnar

IIl<1iral'''; rel="nofollow">r'

!lndian

' \

175'

en'llt" Nl<;(i['ur\

~:,J"<1,ril/>,,;,,t

clto

~

Allap~~~a':n~

\ C.mn(ir'll

\

:..

~--~dall1ah

Erriak Kocm~~'

o Thiruvananthapuram

Set(

-;:. '(\tli':o~~ -;$9"

!\'lile

\

ellrNlCubal'

~G

o_

LnkShadweq.i7TmJ/ar.+------'1

_' ~FJ_- _

..~'Andama'lj

,, ,, ,, ,,

rf

I$hmds

Kavarattieo

Andl1/11llll

\

~

'

,_"

"J

.._ -.-.-.L-_.._.~__ 175'

~

-;,~~.

•.•.••,

_ljJO

i-"''; .

Bam."'l

Bay of Bengal CITIES

Middle Andamall

•

15°.

;::t

AmindirJjQ

fQ@o , ,."~~ SOllth Andaman\

~

,,

11J"~.

I~

IOQ-250m

SCALE 1,18,000,000

:i:::l ;:s

'\ "

T

"

__

NO,rl-IJAmlmn~n

",fll!!7

::t ~

'";:::: ~~ 1II.0r> \

AmindivPQ

,:

_~o_

~ • -~)I"." ;;-

" 200o-4000m

~' IOGo-2000m •......•..... -"<1 '.. Abo" 'OOOm ", 50o-1000m

co

, \

,,

LAND HEIGHT

,..'

,

Sea

~.\

"

"I

/q..J

180"

I,

I I

\

I ~

\

\950

:

i

'\

95°

"

1,9U'

I

SCALE 1,18,000,000

I

I

r' 1"11

i',~ II ll

REGIONS

NATURAL RESOURCES

--,--_

"Ii

....•••...

,--...--. '...- _------,,-"".~-~'"._-~

~ORTH-WESTERN

I

...........•..••.

fiUVER BAsrNS-~-: '-;--.:?-..."",,'-'~ r-"'--' .----._.,_. __..._,"_,,~Jil ••=.. Rivers and basins that 45 medium basin area

"

OF INDIA ,--'

their tributaries are the main channels of drainage and surface water supply in India, There are 13 major river serve 80 per cent of the total population and contribute to 85 per cent of the total river discharge There are river basins, which have a basin area between 2,000 and 20,000 sq km. These occupy 8 per cent of the total The minor basins have a combined basin area of about 2 lakh sq km. "-

"

'hv"

'HIMACHA~ ~~ESH,

North-western India is bordered on the north by the great Himalayas. The icy desert of Ladakh and the mountain states of Jammu and Kashmir and Himachal Pradesh give way to the Northern Plains which cradle the prosperous states of Punjab and Haryana, The union territory of Chandigarh is the shared capital of both Punjab and Haryana,

..~" /

~~ .. i' ,-,;;r. ~

'

JAMMU

CHINA

;)~-6/-1'-)

\~

INDIA

~~;-NDI~AR~'~-;;~ANA, & KASHMIR, PUNJAB

__,f

,}

1\'.

II,'

III"

Il'il

;',.l 'III, I ~~I;,:

w~, s

iI,-1

'I~~ ~ ~ !,

;~ 11~ ,I'.

LADAKH '" Sparsely populated

'.[i,'.1

':1

,.~ 1

it~

Ladakh, which accounts for two~thirds of Jammu and Kashmir's total area,

l'

1\'

I,'

800oo0.0.J

is a high altitude desert

~

Barak Brahmaputra

700000.0

Damoclar Ganga

~

:r~

,tl'\~ I' I r.I~.'

Godavari

600000.0

Indus

/

Kaldan

500000.0

Krishna Kaveri

74'

Luni

400000.0

Mahanadi Mahi Narmada

FACTS

300000.0

-- CAPITAL

Palar Ponnaiyar

il~" ,l, I'

& FIGURES )

a

Penner

(so

a

200000.0

Sabarmati Subarnarekha Tapi

POPULATION

LANGUAGES

KM)

Chandigarh

~-.11-4

1,054,686

Hindi,

Chandigarh

: 44,212

25353,081

Hindi

55,673

6,856,509

Hindi,

Pahari

222,236

12,548,926

Urdu,

Kashmiri,

Dogri,

Ladakhi

Chandigam

50,362

27,704,236

Punjabi

' T

-

Others

0.0 AREA

SCALE 1:18,000,000

------- --, ---,--- -

..•..

~--.,--_.,

OF RIVER

BASINS

1:5,000,000

Punjabi

Srinagar

Shimla

100000.0

Vaigai

AREA ,-

"['I

DELHI, UTIARAKHAND,

'-~-_.- .._-_.

rwg~TE'RN INPLA -

N ORU-IERN)ND:iA

,

----"'._,

DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI, DAMAN & DIU, GUJARAT, MAHARASHTRA, RAJASTHAN

UTIAR PRADESH

Trade and commerce has been the traditional occupation of India's western coastal states. By the late 19th century, textile mills, railway lines, and thriving manufacturing centres made Maharashtra and Gujarat the most industrialised states in the country. Rajasthan has rich mineral resources and is a major centre for tourism. Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Daman & Diu, former Portuguese colonies, were made into union territories in 1961.

The capital of India, New Delhi, has been a centre of political power for centuries. The architectural remains of the Mughal and British periods, with their contrasting styles, lend the city a historical atmosphere. Delhi is the largest commercial centre of northern India. Uttar Pradesh is India's most populated state. '"\

CHINA BET

.••.THE GANGA AT VARANASI The Ganga-one of the major rivers of India-flows through Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and West Bengal before draining into Sunderbans Delta in the Bay at Bengal.

N

<'VI]

p

,.:1

-t11.

z

< :I:

N

~.

w~,

W

E

~

5

S

Eo-< CJ)

<-rx:<

::r:: ~

I, ill'l'

Arabian Sea

FACTS STATE

/

U.T.

CAf>ITAL

& FIGURES POPULATION

LANGUAGES

491

342,853

Gujarati,

"EA

(so

M A

P R A D E SCALE

1:4,500,000

Dadra Nagar

D

s

and Haveli

Silvassa

KM)

Daman and Diu

Daman

112

242,911

Gujarati

Gujarat

Gandhinagar

196,024

60.383,628

Gujarati

Maharashtra

Mumbai

307,713

I 12,372,972

Marathi

Rajasthan

Jaipur

342,239

68,621,012

Hindi, Rajasthani ~,

- ~

-"

Hindi

"C

__

."..-~._.

SCALE

1:8,150,000

illll.;'1

I,I

it ,I"

Iill~!i "

CHHATIISGARH,

MADHYA PRADESH

The states of Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh lie at the heart of India. The Vindhya Range runs diagonally across Madhya Pradesh, marking a rough border between northern and southern India. Central India is home to one-fifth of the country's tribal communities and has almost a third of the country's forest cover. Excavated rock shelters and cave paintings indicate that some of the earliest human settlements were located here. Meandering rivers, wildlife sanctuaries, and medieval cities attract large numbers of visitors to the region.

I '[1'1.:

Ii

FACTS & FIGURES

ANDHRA PRADESH, GOA, KARNATAKA, KERALA, PUDUCHERRY,TAMIL NADU, TELANGANA The landscape, climate, and culturaltraditions of southern India are quite distinct. Most people of the region are of Dravidian descent. Tamil, spoken in Tamil Nadu, is one of the oldest literary languages in India. Hyderabad, common capital of Andhra Pradesh and Telangana, and Bengaluru in Karnataka are fast becoming high-tech cities with a major focus on information technology. Karnataka and Kerala are well known for their spice, tea, coffee, and rubber plantations. The latter has the highest rate of literacy in India.

1

11 I,' 1i

ll

w~,

UTTAR PRADESH

AREA

\ ; Andhra

POPULATION

LANGUAGES

(SQKM)

49~3ii6.i99

-.Te(~g~.urdu

Hyderabad

, 160,205-

Telangana

Hyderabad

114,840

35.193.978

Go,

Panaji

3.702

1.457,723

Konkani. Marathi

Bengaluru

191,791

61.130,704

Kannada

Kerala

Thiruvananthapuram

38,863

33.387,677

Malayalam

Puducherry

Puducherry

480

1,244,464

Tamil,Telugu, Malayalam, English

Pradesh

: Karnataka

L Tamil Nadu

Telugu, Urdu

Tamil

Clift 80°

4 'rrISG4~li

s

il: " llli :

~ ~

11,1

l,



II,iltl.'1 1

II'

1II'

"."1.. \

III

16"

II

,1\ :illi :,1 I! ,I

lilf

I ~i

d:i',

MAHARASHTRA N

w~, •• NARMADA The Narmada

RIVER

flows for 1.247 km

I!

across Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat before entering the Arabian Sea. This picture shows the Marble Rocks at Bhedaghat, where the river has cut a gorge SCALE

I

1:6,000,000

I

s

Arabian Sea

I SCALE ~

..••••••

,>- _ ~ ..•

~ _.

•

J

1:7,000,000

IND IAN OCEAN _.~..:ow

.••.KETTUVALLAM Originally used as ferries or to carry rice, these thatched boats, called kettuvallams. oft~~_~~"nverted into houseboats.

I

'i

IJ, I,

.I

ii 'I'i

'

1Ii' 1

BIHAR, JHARKHAND, ODISHA, SIKKIM,WEST BENGAL

,I "

ARUNACHAL

Once an ancient centre of learning and culture, Bihar has one of the world's oldest universities at Nalanda, It is also renowned for the Madhubani style of painting. Jharkhand is abundantly rich in minerals such as copper, coal, iron, and bauxite, Odisha is famous for its textiles, fine beaches, and ancient temples at Konarak and Puri. Home to the Royal Bengal tiger and Darjeeling tea, West Bengal stretches from the Himalayas in the north to the Bay of Bengal in the south, The 1M' state's capital, Kolkata, is the hub of .~~~ commercial and intellectual activity ": . g ... " I 86' in eastern India. The Himalayan kingdom of Sikkim became a part of India in 1975.

i!

t

III' ~i~!1

India's north-eastern region comprises seven states known as the "Seven Sisters", and is linked to the rest of India by a narrow strip

28'

~

diverse ethnic groups, languages, religions, climates, and landscapes. The largest of the states is Assam, spread along the valley of the Brahmaputra River.

7'J.

Meghalaya, literally "the abode of the clouds", boasts of one of the wettest places on the Earth-Cherrapunji Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, and Tripura are home to more than 100 different tribes with fascinating cultures. This .....• part of the country is also a border zone where India meets Bhutan, China, Myanmar (Burma), and Bangladesh.

Duar Behar

i ~II:,:'

1,

,Jill

o:l

~..!I', I

'?

I ~l

H I N A

of land. This relative isolation lends a distinctive quality to the lifestyle and culture of the area, which has an unusually

~C ~~,;a ~ M

!VEPA.l

I,

PRADESH, ASSAM, MANIPUR, MEGHALAYA, MIZORAM, NAGALAND,TRIPURA

Z

i,'; ','

~,•..•." ..............•. '.''"
~ ... ~.. "."<;" ~

., ~

"'~..

.' t""~"') ...'.'~.: .

. .'.,

< ~

.~

..... . .•. -

b

p=

~

ChaukanPass

GJ

MYANMAR

r-'

./',

'?

d

m

It

r:J';

~ .••NALANDA UNIVERSITY Once the most prestigious centres of learning in Asia, the Buddhist university of Nalanda, founded in the 5th century CE, had over

~ 4;-

5,000 international students and teachers, and a library of nine million

"\"'

manuscripts

"

C')

",'

'"

~"\"'

I

illilli

SCALE 1:5,000,000

.••TEA PICKING

v~

Bay

N

The state of Assam is the heart of India's tea country, though the crop is also grown in West Bengal's Darjeeling district and in the Nilgiri Hills of Tamil Nadu and Kerala.

of

Bengal FACTS

w~,

III

II~

(so

5

FACTS STATE

/

U.T.

& FIGURES AREA

Patna

94,163

Ranchi

79,714

32,966,238

Hindi

Bhubaneshwar

155,707

41,947.358

Odiya

Gangtok

7,906

607,688

Lepcha, Bhutia, Nepali, Limbu

Kolkata

88,752

91,347,736

Bengali

(SQKM)

Bihar

,J! III

,I~ \\

103,804,637

KM)

83,743

CAPITAL

II

r~lill

& FIGURES

AOEA

Hindi

MIZORAM'S CHERAWDANCE is performed at tribal festivals of the Mizos. who love music and Cheraw dance requires women to step agilely between bamboo poles

SCALE 1:6,000,000

L..

1,382,611

Monpa, Miji, Aka, Adi. Sherdukpen,

::e:~'M;r;;

78,438

31,169,272

22,327

2,721,756

Mampun

22,429

2,964,007

Khasl Garo

Aizawl

20,987

1,091,014

MIZO, English

Nagaland

Kohima

16,579

1,980,602

Angaml

Tripura

AgartaJa

10,492

3,671.032

Bengali,Kokborak

Mizoram

Ao

I

English

Chang, Lotha, Konyak. Serna 1

'r l!11

j I,

II 1111

"II

'i

ISLANgS

f

i~11 "II

ANDAMAN

r-

, The Andaman and Nicobar archipelago is a string of about 300 islands formed by a submerged mountain range in the Bay of Bengal Only 36 of these are inhabited, 24 in the Andamans and 12 in Nicobar Lakshadweep comprises 36 coral islands off the Kerala coast, of which , only 11 are populated. The government of India has declared many of these islands reserve areas for tribal groups. Their unspoilt beaches and rich marine life are tourist attractions.

~'ii 1

11,';1

FACTS

I

STATE

/

I

I L,ksh,dweep L_ -_.

\

-r .-=---- -

L.

ll

.

I

l1-

lil!l\

-='MA!!.f9At'JAP:i\QAS _

Hindi, Nicobarese.

ARYAN SETTLEMENTS

Bengali.

The Aryans. who came to the Indus region around 1500 BeE, extended their settlements, called Mahajanapadas. across the Gangetic Valley

Malayalam.

I

Malayalam

64,429

"--_. -

.

",,1/

'

~?

I

;

~d

I

"" ..•.

II ,,;t.OAmiUd.'.'1::- ~"l .•. c'I

11!!I"

A.I

__ --1

;'1,1;'" 11'1

.\

"~

Kovmtti 'J2

... ' ,I' . "'740

'" I I -\f"r-"",---+-, -, ~-

.II

TNDus VALLEy CiVILISATION-

Tamil.Telugu

R'4;

{}fhITbaNinni

379,944

Port Blair 8.249

; ~~c~:~~s~,nn~s

I----_~-- ..~ - /73-'---

.

---------------_.

LANGUAGES

POPULATION

I

-r;;

11!'I!

__ ._._----------------_._----------------------

OF INDIA

(SQ KM)

I

r~\~

_.. "1

& FIGURES

AREA

V.T.

I I

:

HISTORY

AND NICOBAR ISLANDS, LAKSHADWEEP

<'

Ill!

!

T,+-

12.;1

,I

1'1''':'

,I

",

1

s

I

9:""

t 1

Ill;

II[

,.

- -I'.1

~

g

lr.

I

II

~

,,

I

1P'__

I

I

1.f~'U""Yl'I"u1 E_ig~,__ " ~~~

SCALE

1,35,000,000

~~::

,I

.~-,,",-----,-

(..:0 ......•'. GUPTA EMPIRE (320-500 eE) The Gupta period was a time of great cultural flowering, with advances in sculpture, classical poetry, and drama.

s

+-_ _ _.'_._' SCALE

Ii> Ancient cities • Modern towns

1,35,000,000

UptA' EM pTg~ ~ ~"---'FIRST EMPIRE (321-189 BeE) India's first empire was founded in 321 BeE by Chandragupta Maurya. Ashoka, his grandson. became one of India's greatest rulers.

.i .-1...2:_""

I

SCALE

Important sites

..

i -----f.;~

:

"<J

,MAURYAR;&MPi[E

I I.

',p

Indus Valley Civilisation

,

Degree

,, ,

"<J

?

~

o

0

',p

I

~!

o

o

(f>

!

~r

0;;;° 0

If

I

'" -e

'!i

orr

!~~ <1--,1K'!::'~':'tjl'_ .! I q --1----"'---r- __ u1J,-

'.1_i2_.

I

'C.

I

N" e

'111

,I'?-

-0

i

oJ(avara

I

-r

Androft Island

Ca"nanore Is mls

I

il!!i

t

1<>

-1- -"""'''''ni-IJ~'''+~---_

Agattll:!tr:atti.

1£:.SUhdt:.,~

ll'J

I

9

.

1,5,000,000

_~j approx.

"I, 1,1 ongoda

,li: Ii

~NICQB*I.

1

'isthapura

Vengi

ISLANDS

rAvamukta

~WD~)

r.-

IMI

s

o~

~

-__------_ ..

.•. ANDAMAN

~

~

•..

&

AND NICOBAR ISLANDS

This Union Territory

of India in the Bay of Bengal is horne to several aboriginal and Onges

,, ,

0

D

_~.'"--._---- ---_ ..--

SCALE tribes such as the

'

"'ot

(J~Qo

o

J:

Palakka

'!i

,---~~-.

""

iarawas, Great Andamanese,

II-.

(Silka)

'Ganjam lantapura

"

Mauryan Empire

',p

Rockediet

\$

I

__ J "<J

PilJaredict

, Cl SCALE,~,35.000.000

~

Gupta Empire Route of samudragupta.s expedition

~r :Ii'

r

~I

I

I I I

~I~l 'ii'

MEDt~VAL

DE

INDff\~

---~

LH(SULTAN"ATE

--- ~- ..----r

.'=-~-"-:,-.'_dREfIT~~;YQJd'f'OF.I8~t

INp'IA IN:tl[~)8Tt!<::ENJtJ~Y

"

,

THE KHAL/IS

I!,,

EUROPEAN

(1290--1320)

G

..

~-'~"""'._--,--

SETTLEMENTS

After their arrival in the 16th century, European trading groups acquired land and fought numerous wars,

The rulers of the Khalii dynasty, who came from Afghanistan. included Alauddin Khalil. a ruthless leader who was known for his strict control over the economy.

i

i ,

,_, --'-----.,

both against one another and against Indian rulers

t

~ i, :11

g g

',I 'I

'I

;{u o

o.cl

Q

0

0

0

">,

,,

[!]

'>,

0

rli

o o o SCALE 1:35,000,000

•

'TucHTAbs (i3'io:"'i

j

.. ".,,---_

.. ,~

-

.... ---"".,.

',\,i,II:, 'u: , , !

'~'. ,",' .----.~

Capital

cities

0

I

Gurjara-Pratiharas Rashtrakutas Other South IndIan kingdoms .~

E1 Kingdom

_I. SCALE I:35:~,000 M

414) .•.~.".~,.

MUHAMMAD

i'

••••.

uq HA.!-~~JYlPI RE( 12.16-185

of Alauddin

r:J]

SCALE 1:35,000,000

British territory

X

'0

British victories

•

o 1755

Peasant revolts before 1857 Revolts led by religious groups before 1857

.1NDIAI N-19~47--'-.-'

INDiA AF"TElfI 858

Khalji

..•..

SCALE 1:35,000,000

"d ,, , '>, ~~O~~fnl~s %~r~yl~~~efs '0 Tribal revolts before 1857 Revolt of 1857 main centres Sepoy revolts before May 1857

Malik Kafur's march, AD 1310-11

7)_

THE GREAT MUGHALS

BIN TUGHLAQ

- ~, C "'"''--"ii ",' ~. .. 1('

A powerful and influential dynasty, the Mughals ruled for over 300 years. Under their rule. literature, architecture, sculpture, and painting reached new heights

Muhammad Bin Tughlaq was a learned man with interests in philosophy and calligraphy. He is remembered more for the failure of his ambitious schemes than his achievements

I' ,

",'

.----. L-.J C

o

o

,1[il\'I\:

:'11

cf

1

ocr

j'j

08,

oQ'

j'j

\:..'

,("'''-----

INDIA AFTER 1858

INDIA IN 1947

In the wake of the i857 rebellion, the administrative rights of the East India Company were annulled by the British Parliament, and the reigns of administration were taken over by Queen Victoria in 1858.

India achieved independence in August 1947. The government integrated more than 550 princely states, which had been partially independent under British rule.

.,

,-

o.

)

~

/-~

:II!

I

I "itl, ]

g

i~l, 0°, o'ttl

°

o~

(J¥Qo

'0

o

,, ,

0

SCALE 1:35,000,000

Empire of Muhammad

~

..•..

o

0,

0>,

SCALE 1:35,000,000

00

0>,

-~_-_..

Bin Tughlaq

0

,

0

'Q

CJ

0, '>, '0

'd

'>,

l

NICOBARIS.

o

or 0

ANDl~

~l

j'j

g

j

SCALE

1:35,000,000

- ~-~ ~~,_...

°0

E:jj

Under Akbar, 1566-1605

~ L...-...:J

Expansion under shah Jahan. 1627-1658 and Aurangzeb, 1658-1707

'0

(FR.) France NWFP North West Frontier Provinces PEPSU Patiala and East Punjab States Union

SCALE 1:35,000,000

~

NEFA

-===

Brltlshterrltory ____

I

._.~,

~~~~n~~s~;~~~~~~~nnd~ State I Provincial Boundary

, i

&

TOURISM

HERITAGE SITES

----"'_.,.,----""""-"._""""_.'_£~-~.,,_."", ..,.__ ...'.. _-----~. _."'-""'-------~ .......,.,"".--------------_._-_.

India possesses 23 cultural and 6 natural sites that are on UNESCO's World Heritage List Some of these attract thousands of domestic and foreign tourists every year. Tourism has emerged as a major foreign exchange earner for the country. In 20 II, 6.29 million foreign tourists visited India, and foreign exchange earnings were estimated at Rs 776 billion. The different heritage sites of the country are plotted on the map below, and their pictures and the dates of inclusion in UNESCO's list are featured on the next page.

_

--,

..•.•.. _~""" ..\ ".

{.

'-I

\.

..... ~

,,_J'_

~-"

,. ( Gulm"'g

Iii

i J

ii Leh

~nagM

-

.\'

TOURISM

AND HERITAGE

iii

Heritage tourism site

iii

Tourism site

SITES

''OJ,

:--

(.~

•

•...... -..

.I

r' ....... - ,/ ~ l...• Ii] Jaisalmer

l'bWi W0;&t~1i)

.\..

'-./

.-~ I

J7

,~

".-'::'-

;'

/

CHAPTER ONE Physical Geography CHAPTER TWO World' Geography CHAPTER THREE International Organizations CHAPTER FOUR General Knowledge

'"

Bay

Sea o

of:"r

Be nga,jgf1

Arabian

1;1",

'.

•

portBlair~' o"',',j'o

0

g

.. o

It,

o DO

.~ ,,0

0"

(':J

111111

Eight Degree Clumnd

:1 11

I n d

e a n ,.

_._--_. ---

SCALE 1,[8,000,000 ~-

----_. --'.- ----------_-\'

I

ysi'calp~~ Highlighted Topics

,(

• The Universe

•• Hydrosphere

• Solar System

• Tides

• Basic Knowl~dge. Cl'b'outthe Earth

• Time l'

• Atmosphere

'\, '". .:"1

..~''''''4!''

>..

,".'

.' i#.

"~,,.~

1

.Gl6bal Positioning System (GPS) ~ ,

l',

,.

_.d

• Lithosphere

"

THE UNIVERSE Philosophers in the ancient time defined the universe as a complex and uniform system. Greek philosopher, Pythagoras, fii"st termed the order of the universe as cosmos. The study of this cosmos, Le., the attempt to comprehend the implicit order within the whole of being, is known as cosmology.

Composition of the Universe

Vastness of the Universe ,Thevastness of the universe is clearly beyond normal comprehension. To develop a sense for astronomical distances, we need to consider a reduced~scale model of the universe. If the distance between the Earth and the Sun, (150 million km) is taken to be 2.5 cm, then the distance from the Earth to the nearest star would be 7.2 km. The distance from the Earth to the next galaxy, beyond the Milky Way, would be nearly 40,000 km.

others, mainly because the already established order was based on Aristotle's teachings. These new ideas were thought to dim.inish the role of humans in the universe, to undermine our importance.' We have expanded' our vision since then by putting enormous effort, painstaking observations, and an cOll.tinued desire to comprehend our surroundings.

.

Our present view of the universe began with the findings of Copernicus, Galileo, and Newton. What they. found at that time was highly opposed by

Untii about 'thirty years before, astronomers considered that the universe was composed almos,t entirely

Did You Know? What Is IAstronomiccil UnW and How Is It . Calculated?' .; " :;-', ...•....

The distance from the Earth to the Sun is called the a5tro~' nomical unit. Nowadays, the astronomical unit is 3eter' mined by bouncing radar signals off the planet Venus and measuring the time the signal takes to return.

.. ..... ____.1"

.,

~~r

I :~

A.4

I,

II !I

,I 11,,1"1' .I

,.~I I!

, I

ill I i

,Iii!

I! I

j

tli 1 1

of 'baryonic matter' (dark matter composed of protons and neutrons) and ordinary atoms. In the past few decades, there has been even more 'evidence suggesting there is something in the universe that we cannot see, perhaps some new form of matter.

1

,1

'\, , r, ;\':,1\

'i"i., ,'~

,I

WMAPand Dark Motter/Dark Energy

'll,

,tf:

(old Dark Matter It is believed that dark matter is made up of one or more types of sub-atomic particles. These particles very weakly interact with ordinary matter. Particle physicists see a number of reasonable candidates for the dark matter, and there is a possibility of coming to light many more new particles in near future. Dark Energy The first clear signs of dark energy in the universe were observed in the 1980s when astronomers were studying about the formation of clusters of galaxies. They could explain the observed distribution of galaxies more efficiently if dark energy were present, but the evidence found were not very enthusiastic. During the 1990s, scientists made use of the observations of supernova to find the expansion history of the universe, and they were very surprised to find that the expansion, instead of slowing down, appeared to be speeding up. Some of the astronomers feared that the supernova data were being misinterpreted, but the result has held up to this day. In 2003, the first WMAP results appeared showing that the universe was flat and that the dark matter composed merely 27% of the density needed to create a flat universe. If 6~~/,? of the ,~~~rgydensity is in th~ form of dark energy, it is adequate to find an answer to the question about the flatness of the universe and the seen accelerated expansion. Nature of the Dark Matter Astronomers do riot have information about the nature of the dark matter. They do not have proof how this mysterious material exerts a gravitational pull, but does not emit nor absorb light.

,1~1:l;'1 ,'I'

Ii

,

I" :

l", I

.'l

b

••.••

,.J

,.

of the cosmic microwave background fluctuation spectrum.

,

\

~

There are much reasonable estimation on the nature of the dark matter:

WMAP is a Nation91 Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) Explorer mission launched with an aim to make fundamental measurements of cosmology. The mission was launched in 2001. WMAP has proved to be highly successful. It has produced a fresh and standard model of cosmology. WMAP has been successful in measuring the fundamental parameters of the Big Bang model. The measurement includes the density and composition of the universe. It accurately calculates the relative density of baryonic and non-baryonic matter better than a few percentage of the overall density. It also successfully determines many properties of the nonbaryonic matter.The self-interactions of the non-baryonic matter, its mass and its interactions with ordinary matter influence the particulars

,i

i,l[1

\

_"------------------------1 Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP)

I

I

PhysicalGeogr~phy A.~

Chapter1

Brown Dwarfs:

"

If a star has a mass less than one-twentieth of the sun, it cannot produce enough heat to burn either hydrogen or deuterium. Therefore, it glitters because of its gravitational contraction. These dim objects are not enough glittering so that they directly seen by telescopes. Brown Dwarfs and a number of similar objects have been collectively named as MACHOs (MAssive Compact Halo Objects). Only gravitational lensing experiments can detect these MACHOs. There is a little possibility of the 'u~iverse being made up mostly of that baryonic matter if the dark matter is made mostly of MACHOs.' ,

Supermassive Slack Holes: These are believed to be power distant 'K'type quasars. Some astr;nomers believe that dark matter may be composed of copious numbers of black holes.

Did You Know?

New Forms 01 Matter: Particle physicists have speculated that there are new forces and new'types of partides present in the universe. One of the chief inspirations behind building 'supercolliders' is to try to create this matter in the laboratory. At the time of the Big Bang, the universe itself was very dense and hot. Therefore, it was a wongerful particle accelerator. Cosmologists believe that the dark matter may be made of particles took form shortly after the Big Bang. These particles varied from ordinary 'baryonic matter'. Cosmologists call these hypothetical particles WIMPs (Weakly Interacting Massive Particles) or non-baryonic matter.

Flat Universe Through the WMAP it was determined that the universe is fiat, from which it is understood that the mean energy density in the universe is equal to the critical density (within a 0.5% margin of error). This is equivalent to a mass density of 9.9 x 10-30 g/ cm3, which is equivalent to only 5.9

•

protons per cubic metre.

The total density of the universe (as of January 2015)can be shown as follows:

Theories of the Universe How did the universe take form? The studies of WMAP discovered that the universe took form nearly 13.7 billion years ago. The beginning of the universe took place in conditions of extreme ~ensity and temperature. From this immense primordial energy, all forms of life evolved. The initial movement of the universe that created ultimate particle

'.

Dark Energy (68%)

Figure A.l.l

WMAP determined that the universe is flat in shape

acceleration created and destroyed the elementary particles. When matter and antimatter met, they annihilated each other and created light. Antimatter is a matter that is made up of antiparticles. These particles have the same mass as ordinary matter, but have opposite values for other properties (e.g., charge). Therefore, if matter is made up of electrons, neutrons, and protons, the antimatter is composed of positrons, anti-neutrons, and anti-protons. It appears that there was a tiny fraction of more matter than' antimatter. So, when nature started to form, some matter was left with the universe and a tremendous amount of light. Today,WMAP calculates that there is more than a billion times light than matter. Astronomers proposed the following rival theories. By matching the predictions of each theory against the observed properties of the universe, they decide which fits the facts best. Of the following, the simplest-the Big Bang Theory-is the current favourite.

,. The Big Balig Theory According to this theory, the universe had its origin in a giant explosion about 18,000million years ago. The matter flung out from the explosion condensed into lumps called 'galaxies', which are still rushing outwards. As the universe grows old, the matter in it thins out. The expansion ~ontinues indefinitely. The Big Bang Theory received Its strongest confirmation when 'cosmic background

radiation' (the glow left over from the explosion itself) was discovered in 1964 by Amo Penziasand Robert Wilson, who won the Nobel Prize for this discovery. In 2003; NASA's Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe made measurements of the temperature of this 'cosmic microwave background' radiation to within millionth of a degree. From these measurements, scientists were able to deduce that our universe is 13.7 billion years old and that first generation stars began to form a mere 200 million years after the Big Bang.

2. The Inflation Theory Immediately following the Big Bang, the universe likely to began a period of exaggerated outward expansion; with matter flying outward faster than the current speed of light. This is the inflation theory, widely accepted in the astrophysics community. 3. The OscillatingUniverse Theory This theory, a variation of the Big Bang Theory, suggests that expansion of the universe will eventually slow down and stop fol~ lowed by contractioD of the galaxies ,into another Big' Bang. The universe, therefore, continues in endless cycles of expansion and contraction. Hence, the laws of nature may differ in each cycle. 4. The Steady-State Theory This is an alternative'view' to the Big Bang Theory. This theory says that the universe neither. originated instantly, nor will it ever die. According to this theory, as the universe expands, new matter is created to fill the space left.

, I i

I

!

I

1,11,

I

I~

d

I

Chapter 1

A.6

Therefore, the appearance of the universt: remains constant with time.

1"i

5. Heart of the Milky Way The presence of the Milky Way's huge black hole, discovered about 26,000 light years from the Earth, has long been suspected. The recent observations of a fast moving star that orbits close to the black hole, referred by astronomers as Sagittarius A * (its location in the sky is in the southern constellation). Calculations based on the behaviour of the star suggest the black hole has a mass 6f roughly 2.6 million times that of the Sun. Black holes remain the most exotic phenomena in the universe.

Iii II " 11

i 'iI i I

':,,1 1",

~l ' ,1 1.

~ I'

Galaxies are dotted-like islands throughout the universe. A galaxy is a huge congregation of stars that a~eheld together by the force of gravity. They are so big that sometimes they are called 'Island Universes'.

"11'1"

':\11.; I:

Galaxy and the LocalGroup

'1,i

-

'

Hilll:1 I. '

,

I~I:,

~CJ

,"

II: '

Quick Fac1ts

''"'

Galaxies

,,'

•

, :~, . I,:

t.".

~.

J,

"

> There exists many more galaxies, simibr to our galaxy ..

> The diameter of the Milky Way is about 105 light years. > The solar system revolves around the centre of the Milky

~:

Way at a speed of 285 km/s and completes one revolution in 224 x 106 light years.

, ,

!II '

Most of the galaxies appear to be scattered. in the space in a random manner, but there are many'galaxies that remain clustered into groups. The smallest are poor clusters of only a few dozen galaxies, while the largest rich clusters may contain thousands of galaxies. "k,i ")!I' As the universe expands, all galaxies and slus~~rs of galaxies move apart from each other at speeds ,that depend upon their distances. The furthest ordinary galaxy yet detected, Abell 1835IR 1916is 13,~~Q. :r.nillion light years away and is receding at 45% of*e speed of light. The most distant object in the universe )s, a galaxy seen by using Abell 2218 as a gravitational lens to discover it. This corresponds to a distance greater than 2 billion light years. Beyond ..this, astronomers are looking back to a time when the universe was born, and the detectable universe fades out.

Galaxy Features Black Holes The name given to immeasurably dense collapsed stars with such a strong gravitational nothing, not even light, can escape from them.:::The size of black holes is dependent upon the mass of the collapsed star. As they are invisible,' no ~lack hole has been detected directly. Their existence can only be inferred from the effect they have on'bther objects. "', Quasars These are cores of very active distant galaxies, possibly with black holes at their centres'.J'hey are point sources of radio waves. As the q~~sars are

> The galaxy closest to th~ Milky Way is' Andromeda 1,

Nebula, whicn is about 2.5 million lightyears from our galaxy.

1'1: •

,I",!

,

! lll",,1 ,,

away

Milky Way > It rotates around its centre, and the Sun takes 225

~I'

million years to complete one circle.

" lilll

.j

> It is 1 lakhlight years in diameter.

~I

> The central bulge is 10,000 20,000

light years acrossdnd light years thick. It contains only old sta'rs.

Iliilj

> The disc formed by the spiral arm is 3000 light years

,,:1"

> The Sun lie-s 30,000 light years from the centre of the galaxy, in the Orion Arm.

thick.

It)

> The centre of the galaxy is Sagittarius A. It is a source of

'l

'li

powerful radio waves that could be a block hole.

Did You Know? How '00 We Kno~.Th~t,the Millq(VVay Is , a Spiral Galaxy, and ,Not,Some'Other Kind of Flat System of Stars?

Physical Geography

too distant, light from them has taken a ,long time to reach to the Earth. When we look at a quasar, we are looking at a galaxy in a very early stage of its evolution.

MilkyWriy Our galaxy and the Milky Way is part of a poor cluster of about three dozen galaxies' called 'the Local Group'. The largest member of the Local Group is the Andromeda galaxy. The Milky Way is the second largest galaxy in this group; however, most of other galaxies in our Local Group are small. The most distant objects in the Local Group are M31, the Andromeda galaxy, and M33, all of them being more than 2 million light years away from our galaxy. The Milky Way is a collection of approximately a hundred billion stars that are gravitationally bound. Our Sun -is one such star that is located approximately 24,000 light years (or 8000 parsecs) from the core of the Milky Way and visible in the sky, is a spiral galaxy and has an invisible dark halo containing far more mass than can be accounted for in the form of luminous matter. The dark matter making up these dark holes is ,ofunknown composition. ,>

Atacama Large MillilTletreArray . ,

(ALMA)"

AlMA is the British Astronomyfocilily, being developed at Chainantor, 5000 m up in one..oLthe most illhospitab!e parts of the Atacama Desert of northern Chile. The aim of this £300 million facilily is to detect radiations at millimetre and sub-millimetre wavelengths, studying galaxies and planets that form in cold, dusty regions that cannot easily be studied in other wO\;ebands. AlMA will be 'the largest ground-based astronomy projeCt' ever. If will have' a network of 64, 12-metre radio telescopes. AlMA was inaugurated in 2013, butearly scientific observation with a partial array began in 201 1.

Hubble's Classification of Galaxies

Chandra X~RayObservatory The Chandra X-ray' Observatory is part of NASA's fleet of 'Great Observatories' along with theHubble Space Telescope, the Spitzer Space Telescope and the recently deorbited Compton Gamma Ray Observatory. Chandra allows scientists from around the world to obtain X-ray images of exotic environments to help understand the structure and evolution of the Universe. The Chandra X-ray Observatory programme is managed, by NASA's Marshall Center for the Science Mission Directorate, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC. • The Chandra X-ray Observatory is the world's most powerful X-ray telescope. It has eight times greater' re~?lution and will be. abl~ to detect sources more than 20 times fainter than any previous X-ray telesco1?e. • The Chandra X-ray Observatory, with its inertial upper stage and support equipment,' is the ~

~,----~----,-------,,-----_-

..•.••.•

~

~

The Milky Way has a radius of about 50,000 light years. The visible universe has a radius of about 15 billion light years or 3 lakh times the size of the Milky Way. Therefore, for an 8-centimetre-wide coffee cup as the ['v\ilky Way, the visible universe would be a sphere about 48 km (almost 30 miles) in radius. '

Why do we see diHerent constellations at diHerent times of year? As the Earth orbits the Sun, we see different constellations at different times of the year, and the Sun appears to move relative to the stars.

,j

~~~~~

•

I

'II'! I

~

If the Milky Way was the size of a coHee cup? .

"l-

.J

",..

Edwin Hubble, the American astronomer who was the first to study: galaxies .iif'detail, classifiedthem into three shapes:, elliptical, spiral, and barred spiral. A few galaxies' are iyregular. They do not fit into~this scheme. Hubble assumed that gale. axies might evolve from elliptical into spiral form as they age; ho~ever, astrono!llers. t09-.aydo ;not believe this to be true. Galaxies range in size from small dwarf elliptical ones, with perhaps 1 million stars, to spiral galaxies conta~~ing 300 billion stars, to giant elliptical galaxies-('that may be home to more than 10 trillion stars. The diamt:;ters of the galaxies range from 3000 light yea!s in dwarf elliptical galaxies to over 50,000 light years in giant elliptical galaxies.

,.I

We know it is not a kind of flat system of stars because when we look at the night sky, the Milky Way's stars are arrayed along a rather thin band across the sky t!J !5?rm the familiar Milky Way. Telescopically, we can 'study otlier galaxies and see that they come in three basic Iypes: spiral, elliptical, and irregular. The Milky Way cannot be of the last two categories, because no amount of juggling of position of the Sun in these Iypes of galaxies would give us the kind of night sky that we see. Therefore, by the process of elimi' nation: the Milky Way must be some kind of spiral gol9?
A..7

~f.

"':11 I I

".1

1

'; 'JI

A.S

:1' "

Physical Geography A.9

Chapter 1

III

I

largest and heaviest payload ever launched by any space shuttle.

"I

II

J 'Ii

• The Chandra X-ray Observatory's operating orbit takes it 200 times higher than the Hubble Space Telescope. During each orbit of the Earth, Chandra travels one-third of the way to the Moon.

!'

J ,,;'11

ill j

~

10,

~~ ,J ,

'1 ';1: ~,

i.l! ~

""Iii

'I

, i'l

.1'

PARAS Spectrograph and Discovery of Exoplanet In June 2018, Physical Research Laboratory (PRL),Ahmedabad, made India join the select league of nations which have discovered planets around starts, when its scientists discovered a sub-Saturn or super-Neptune exoplanet named EPIC 211945201b or K2-236b. It was discovered by measuring the mass of planet using the indigenously designed 'PRL Advance Radial-velocity Abu-Sky Search (PARAS)' spectrograph integrated with 1.2m telescope at PRL's ,Gurushikar Observatory in Mount Abu. The planet is 27 times mass of Earth and 6 times radius of Earth and revolves around a Sun-like star, some 600 light years away from Earth.

~'

'I I~~

' '~i\~"" : I !, ..

l~iU,

, ,ii")

Cosmology and Cosmic Rays It is a branch of astronomy that deals with the origin and evolution of the universe. After Edwin Hubble, in 1929, discovered that the universe is expanding, many astronomers believed that it had originated out of the Big Bang and various galaxies are flying apart ever since. Cosmic' rays are atomic particles from space, which travel close to thE!'speed of light. Most of them are protons, the nudei of hydrogen atoms, but the nuclei of heavier elements are also present. The slower cosmic-ray particles are ejected by solar flares. The more energetic 'particles are ,believed to result from stellar explosions. Primary cosmic rays, direct from outer space, would destroy or deform cells in

-

~-

living organism, but the Earth's atmosphere acts as a protective shield. . In cosmology, the study of the universe as a whole, researchers usually assume that the universe is homogeneous (the same everywhere) and isotropic (the same in all directions). This assump': tion is known as the cosmological principle. It implies that the universe cannot have a centre or an edge. If the universe were homogeneous, isotropic, infinite, and unchanging, the night sky would be bright because any line of sight would eventually intercept a star. The fact that the night sky is dark is called 'Olbers's paradox'. Its resolution lies in the fact that, regardless of whether or not the universe is infinite, we see only a finite part of it from the Earth-the region from which light has had time to reach to the Earth since the beginning of the universe.

~.

~

D Celestial :Sphere:

I,

Early astronomers, however, imagined, that the stars were attached to a vast celestial sphere centred on the Earth and that the motions of the heavens were caused by. the rotation of the celestial sphere abc;ut a fixe9 Edrth.

I

D Celestial Poies: The points wher~ ihe Earth's rotation

I I

'

axis intersects the cele~tial sphere are called the north and south celestial poles,. D

D

Celestial Equat~r:

The line where the Earth's"equo' torial plane cuts the' c~lestial sphere is the celestial equator.

Triangulation: Surveyors on the Earth use triangu' lotion to determine the distances to faraway objects. Astronomers use the same technique to measure the dis' tances to planets and stars.

D Cosmic Distance., Scale: The Cosmic distance scale is the family of distance'measurement techniques' by which astronomers chart the universe:"

SOLAR SYSTEM Earth is among the eight planets of our solar system, which also contains 156 moons revolving around, the planets, scores of comets (composed of frozen gases that hold together small pieces of rock and metallic minerals), more than 50,000 asteroids (objects made of rocks and/or metals that are mostly very small, but with few as large as several hundred kilometre in diameter), and millions of meteors (most of them the size of sand grains). The medium-sized star we call our Sun is the central body of the solar system and makes up m.ore th,an 99% of its total mass. The solar system is part of the Milky Way Galaxy, which consists of perhaps 200 billion (twenty thousand crore) stars arranged in a dark-shaped cloud that is 1 lakh light years (one light year is about a trillion kilometre) in diameter and 10,000 light years thick at the centre. The Milky

D Parallax: It is the apparent moti~n or" a foreground" object relative to a distant background osthe'observer's position changes. The larger the :baselfne, thedistcince between the two observation points,' the greater the parallax, The same basic geometric reasoning is used to determine the sizesof'objects whose distances are known, ';. , .' l

Why can the Hubble Space Telescope see distant galaxies, but not obiects beyond Pluto?

f

D Neutron Star:

A di~ star of high de.nsity at the end of its life cycle o?mposeg predominantly of entir~Jy C?f neutrons,

A! D Pulsars:

Probably rotatir1g~eutron stars, emitting inter-' mittent radio signals. f .

D Red Super Giants:.

Largestand among the brightest stars having a large moss, but low density (Example, Betelgeuse), . j "

D Red Giants:

Large stars in the latter stages of stellar evolution with diameters ,10-100 times that of the Sun.

o

Red Dwarfs:

Stars of srhall mass;'brid IOw'tempera. tures, which glow feebly. ".

]

The Hubble Space Telescope cannot seE;objects beyond Pluto, ,because the distant things are so luminous that even at their great distances they outshine the feeble sunlight that would be refleded from small bodies beyond the orbit of Pluto,

-

KeyTerms

~ay Galaxy is,only one of at least a billion galaxies In the universe'.

.KeyTerms

D Light Year: A light year is the distance covered by light in one year. The velocity of light is nearly

300,000 km/s. Astronomical distances are measured in light yeats.

'

Origin, Age, aild Charad!~istics of the Solar' System ~f' . Origin Even before the astronomers, knew the true extent and the age of the solar system, they beg~n to specu~ late on its origin. Perhaps the first truly sci~ntific system was put forward by Marquis de Laplace (France) in 1796. He propounded a theory: the Sun spinning rapidly as it contracted after its birth, threw off from its centre, rings of gase,ous material, each of which condensed into a separate planet. The most acceptable explanation of the origin of the planets is that they were formed from a disc of gas and dust spinning around a newly formed star, the Sun. Thus, a whirling cloud of gas and dust is believed to have been the origin of our solar system. Around the young Sun, the remains of the gas cloud were gradually smeared out into a disc, or solar nebula. Before the Sun began to glow brightly, the disc of gas resembled a freezing fog, with the lighter material on the outer edges. Matter within the disc collided, .and so coalesced into larger lumps. The lumps eventually swept each other up, forming large bodies in orbit around the Sun. Sometimes, several protoplanets merged and sometimes one body was captured in orbit around the other, like the Mo,?n and the Earth, thus giving final shape to our solar system.

Age, The asteroids are too small to be seen without a telescope, but sometimes'chunks of them crash into the Earth as meteorites. These rocks' ftom space' provided the first extra-terrestrial sample long before men brought back specimens from the'Moon.' The rate at which radioactive atoms decay is known "as radioactive decay and by measuring'the amount of .' ~..

A.1 0

Chapter 1

Physical Geography A.:t 1

layers of the sun. ' Movement of Stars The nightly motion 'of the stars across the sky is the result of the Earth's rotation on its axis.

,,;; '",

Twinkling of Stars We observe twinkling of stars due to constant change of refractive index of the medium between the star and the Earth because of temperature variation.

Extrasolar Planets Scientists and science fiction writers have long hypothesized the existence of extrasolar planets, but none were discovered until the 1990s. Today, over 100 extrasolar planets have been found and new ones are discovered each year. Extrasolar planets are too distant and too faint compared to the stars they orbit to be detected by telescopes. However, there are two powerful means of8etecting them. The transit method detects a planet's shadow when it transits (moves in front of) its host star. Alternatively"planet hunters employ the Doppler effect. As a planet orbits a star, the star experiences a slight gravitational pull towards the planet, causing the star to wobble as the planet moves. The telltale wobble is revealed by alternating red-shiftsand blue-shifts in a host star'sspectral emissions.

Pluto becomes a DWarf Planet On August 24, 2006, the International Astronomical Union (IAU) created an official definition of 'planet' as 'a celestial body that orbits a. star, but it is not itself a star, has sufficient mass for self-gravity to make it roughly spherical in shape, and has cleared the neighbourhood around its orbit.' According to this definition, Pluto, which was discovered in 1930 by Clyde Tombaugh, is no longer a planet. It has now been classified as a dwarf planet along with Ceres and Eris. Pluto'sfirst satellite, Charon, was discovered in 1978. Charon is more than half as wide as Pluto and the Pluto-Charon is considered a binary system by many researchers.

such decay in meteorites, scientists learned that the Sun and the planets (hence, the solar system) formed together about 4600 million years ago, a figure confirmed by the study of Moon rocks.

'.~"corl1parative Plari~tC)109y:Th'e sof~~s~s;~~i~~~:tj . sistsoftheSu~andeverythingthat orbits it; including the eight planets, the Moons that?r~it them, anq,th~ manic smallbodies found in.il)terplonetary sP9c~;Ihe~ci~n~e ofcorgparative planetology, compares and .contraststhel "propertietof' thed,iverse bodiesfou~din€th~>()t9~k~'>'~:' .,Je,mand elliE;where to understand betlE;)[tbetC0[1sJitior1s , under which planets form anddevelop", ~""',.,'

,

%

"-

<:" .,'

.

i>

.-

, ~ ~Lt

The Sun The Sun is made up of extremely hot gases. Its glowing surface is called the photosphere. Above the photosphere is the chromosphere (being reddish in colour), and beyond this layer i~ the corona that is visible during eclipses. 1he visible white light of the Sun is made up of seven colours: violet,' indigo, blue,. green, yellow, orange, and red. Superimposed on these are hundreds of dark lines called the Fraunhofer lines. Like all other stars, the Sun is,composed mainly of hydrogen. The Sun rotates from west to east, and each of the 'pl~ets revolves' 'around it from west to east.

---~~~~---

Moreover, most of them rotate from west to east on their own axis. Generally, planets move more slowly and have a lower temperature as their distanc~ from the Sun increases. The Sun and the surrounding stars generally move in almost circular orbits around the galactic centre at an average speed of about 285km/ s. The Sun, at this speed, takes 224 million years to complete one revolution around the galactic centre. This period is called a cosmic year or galactic year. At the core of the Sun lies a giant nuclear furnace, converting hydrogen' into helium at the rate of 600 million tonnes per second. Here, the temperature is approximately 15 million degree centegrade. The Sun, the controlling body of the Earth's solar system, is often described as an average star. Yet, the Sun's mass and luminosity are' greater than 80% of the stars that can be seen in the Earth's galaxy. On the other hand, most of the stars that can be easily seen on any Clearnight are bigger and brighter than the Sun, It is the Sun's proximity to the Earth that makes it appear tremendously large' andbright. The Sun is 4,00,000 times as bright as the full Moon and gives th~ Barth 6 million times as much light as do all other stars put together. A series of thermonuclear reactions involving the atoms of the elements of which Sun is composed produce heat and light, which make life possible on the Earth.

The globe of gas that forms the Sun can be visualized as a series of concentric shells of varying thickness. Within each shell, different processes take place. Let us study Figure A.1.2. 1. Core: Energy travels tlu:-oughtwo thick internal . 'layers on itsway from the Sun's cote to its surface. ,\' 'In the radiation zone, atoms absorb and' reradi'. ate electromagneticertergy generated in the Core; ',moving it towards the Sun's surface. The process ' is slow, taking perhaps a million years, because ".the X-raysand gamma rays from the core undergo countless collisions With atoms as they trace are 'indirect route through the radiation zone. 11,'~

PhOtosphere

Core Radiative zone Convective ZOne

Figure A.1.2

Layers of the Sun

2. Convection zone is a turbulent layer consisting of low density gases that are stirred by convection, a mode of heat transfer, At the bottorp:.of the convection zone, atoms of gas are heated by radiations from the radiation zone. As. the gases warm artd become less dense, they.rise to the Sun's sur~ace. The. gases emit energy into space from the surface in:the form of v:!sible light, ultraviole~ right, and infrared radiations. The a!9ms of gas in the convection zone, having i~9st some more ;dense, and sink back to the radiation zop-e.There, they become heated agam as they absorb radiations from the Sun's core. The heated gas atoms rise again, carrying energy from the bottom to the top of the convection zone, then losing it at the surface by radiation, and sinking again. This movement of gas atoms in the solar convection zone is the fcirriiliarpattern: of a convection cell, which Occursin:the Earth's atmosphere, pot of boiling water, and many other physical systems.

a

3. Photosphere:'The visible regions of the Sun are its surface and itsatmospher~.The S~'ssurface, called the photosphere (sphere:of light) is a glow~g, 6000 K plasma, probably ~bClllt 100 km thick. It emits most of the light we see. The photosphere featl1:resrelatively cool regions that appear as spots when viewed from the Earth called Sunspots. 4. Chromosphere: The layer of the Sun'satn1osphere just above the photosphere' is a transparent, 10,000km-thick shell of plasma called the ch~dmo~ sphere (sphere of colot.lJi),. seen' during ail' eclipse as a pinkish glow sutlounding the eclipsed Sun. Beyond the chromosphere are 'streamers and ill.: aments of -.outward-moving, high-temperature plasmas curved by the Sun's magnetic .field'., ' 5. Corona: The outermost layer or region6f the Sun's atn10sphere is the corona, extending out several million kilometre to where it merges into a whirl of high-speed protons .~~(r~lectrons-the solar wind. IUs. the solar wind/that powers the aurora borealis on the Ea~th,~~(;l. produces the tails of comets. Also in the corona are solar prominences, 'dense douds of plasITla. The clouds of plasma are pulled into lo
Table A.1.1

Important

.'.• _

Data ,About the Sun

v>, .,.'

, .. '

rFa~t$Value$'.1 Average distance of the Sun from the Earth rTh;'p~rotu~e

oJ..Iil. '.,'

.

.~

149 ~6 million km ," ,

bf ih~"~~-t~-; "~~-600o-~C "'---

I surface

"~.""",,-,~.~.="';"""';~'-"*'»""'V"""

Interior temperature

15 million degree centigrade ~~'~""O=

L~g~.~!~rlClI~l~~:,t:~.".,. ,.•. Roh:ition period (spinning) :r=-'."''''''--~---=~~-_=~'o"_",_#",,_,,

••••

,='-w-'''''

~J:~~~" million' km

-..,,-#,_,q.rl;_

; Travelling speed of the I Sun'sn Time taken by the Sun's rays to reach the Earth's surface

496.6

A9~,

_~:!:::!:'~ •.,Iife Chemkdl
s (8 min and 16.6 s) ' 5 billic:~,>::~s_

About 10 billion years

Hyd'Oge~7i%Hel;;;;'-11 26.5%; other elements 2.5%

. ,

~~1C~i~------------

--:--------------------

I

I

I.'1

'

' 1"1 ;1

A.12

~~

Chapter 1

Physical Geography

'!

_"""--'----------------1

Largest, most massive planet-Jupiter ,.."_.,,

The Sun and the entire solar system revolves around the centre of the Milky Way Galaxy. The Sun also rotates on its own axis,

~._- _.- --

.~-

r-'Most

-_.

Ii 'I

Chemical Composition of the Sun

I

l,iI

When sunlight is analysed with a spectroscope, it is found to consist of a continuous spectrum composed of all the, colours of a rainbow in order, crossed by many dark lines. The absorption lines are produced by gaseous material in the atmosphere of the Sun. Iron, nickel, and calcium are believed to be the principal contributors to the composition of the corona, all in state of. extreme attenuation and high ionization that indicates temperature in the order of a million degrees Fahrenheit.

'\I

,I'll ;

,I I I,

!

"i

Sunspots The Sun's photosphere is sometimes marked by Sunspots-patches of gas cooler than the gas around them. At 4000°C,they are still hotter than the surface of many stars. Astronomers believe that Sunspots occur when lines of magnetic forces break through the Sun's surface, thus preventing some of the heat from reaching that part of the Sun's surface. When the magnetic field around a Sunspot collapses, an eruption of energy occurs, which is known as solar flare. Sodium was the first metal detected by scientists, and since then more than 60 of the natural terrestrial elements have been identified in the Sun, all in gaseous form because of the Sun's intense heat.

ti'.:ll

" I

I

,Midnight Sun In the polar circles that is north of the Arctic Circle or south of the Antarctic Circle, the Sun shines for a considerably longer 'period and remains visible even at the local midnight. It is '" a natural phenomenon that occurs in the summer months in places around the summer solstice, approximately June 21 , in the north and December 22, in the south, If the weather remains clear the Sun can be seen for the full,24 hours.

I ~,

Hydrogen accounts for 71% of the Sun's mass, helium 26.5%,and all the other known elements, 2.5%.

Death of the Sun Like all stars, the Sun will spend most of its life in a state of stable size and light output, fuelled by nuclear reactions at its core that tum hydrogen into helium in a process similar to that which occurs in a hydrogen bomb. In the last 10% of its life, however, the Sun will go through a series of death throes that will radically change it. In the first stage, it will run out of hydrogen at its core, and will start to bum its helium. It will then swell into a red giant, roasting and engulfing the planets as far out as Mars. Finally, it will become so swollen and distended that it will lose more than half of its mass in space, a process that will last for about 50,000 years. What is left will be a white dwarf, a tiny star that slowly releases energy from its outer layer and cools. It will then become an invisible black dwarf Any planet that remains in orbit around the dead Sun will freeze in the intense coldness of space.

I' [', ~I

!iI~~I,\III ~11!~I\~1 "I 'I~l ,,/1 'I

Iii 1\

: In

What powers the Sun? As already mentioned, in the Sun'score lies a giant nuclear furnace, which ,converts hydrogen to helium at a rate of 600 million tonnes per second, The energy released by these reactions seeps from the core as radiation-mostly powerful X-rays-in all directions and heats the surrounding medium. It is this energy that powers the Sun. A similar process produces the energy as of a hydrogen bomb, but Sun is so massive that the force of its own gravity counteracts the expansive forces inside it.' .

-_.'

Fastest orbiting planet-Mercury -'---

- ._- • _

•••

-

._._

.~.••.• ~

.••••._~

.,._~

...••.

""

'''-'''---''~" ww.,=-""

•.

Venus

... __ .•.••.. ,~~

._~'"

.~-"~

..••••.

~

Rotational pole closest to ecliptie-UranlJs

..•••.... ,_._---..~.-,_~

__

__

..__

._"

, __

,_+_"_.~_-__

Pla~et with lar~est !Aoon-Jupiter

'_

Planet with tallest mountain-Mars

...,._.

Most .._...circular orbit-

'" "

--'---'-""--'._--"---~-'''-'-''-----,

L?~gest (Synoci!.c)~~y-Me~y

number of Moons (satellites)-Jupiter

Strongest magnetic fields-Jupiter '"'.M~.._'~

"'-'-.-,,--_.

__._~

L~~.(]!e~ ~(;).!:~ge_9~~sjty=..Earth _....

..._-.....,.. _._.._-._._ _--,

'" •• ~" _..w,o".~.""

__ ,.,~"

.••._.•••• ~ ••"••,.,',. __._.

Planet

..__ .... ,~."._~,-.

~''''---~-l

with Moon most eccentric orbit"

, __

"

•••.

....--.._'~_.

........,

.1

-.-

-...-....".

Neptune

•••••••• __

.~_ ... _._-

•••• _._~

! .J

•

Lowest average density-Saturn Hottest p/anet- Venus

~-~-

_

--'-'q"_..

...._" ... _-~-_.

NoMoons-Mercur~,

'-_._----, ..•. ~._~,._,~ •• --,

Ve~u~_ ~L.•

r

,i

Greatest amount of liquid, surface water-Earth

-----------

-- ....• -

...• -----

"

'Q

Mars

.,~ranus

"" g().'~

,

--====::-------, ", - -- - - - - - ::Venus,

. .

----~--

,

\

\

/

I

I

Mercury . J\ ",,/ I

SUN

~

~-_/ _~Eal't.!t' .;----

\ \ \

\ \

\I

, , I

"

I

"'"

I

/ /

/ /

I --

/

I

I

I

Jupiter //

I I I

The Planets The bodies revolving around the Sun (at the same time rotating on their own axis) are called planets. Most planets move on orbits whose eccentricities are quite small, so their paths differ only slightly from perfect circles. They have no light 6f their own but-shine by radiating the light they receive from the Sun. They all revolve around the Sun in elliptical orbits. Until about 200 years ago, only six planets were known. Three more planets were discovered later, the latest being Pluto (discovered in 1930), which is now considered a dwarf planet. Eight planets can now be identified (Figure A.1.3).

",>

-"-'-'-

'~"-='"'r'~

~' ,t-

i

Facts

Does the Sun move?

A.13

FigureA.l.3

Planets in Our Solar System

Characteristics The planets of the solar system are divisible into two groups with similar properties: (i) Terrestrial planets-are the inner planetsMercury, Venus/Earth/ and Mars-are solid and relatively small and dense. (ii) The Jovian or the giant planets-are the outer planets/ 'have many rings and satellites, and are composed primarily of hydrogen and helium gas. These are Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus/ and Neptune. These are called the Jovian planets,. because. their large "size and gaseous composition resemble Jupiter. Then/ there are dwarf planets Pluto and Eris/ Whichare far away from the Sun with orbital periods of 247.7years and 557 years. They are dwarf because of their sizes. Pluto has a diameter of 2300 km, while the diameter of Eris is 2400 km.

The planets of the solar system, in order of their mean distance from Sun/are Mercury, Venus, Earth/ Mars, Jupiter/ Saturn/ Uranus/ and Neptune: Both Uranus and Neptune are visible through good quality binoculars. Venus is nearly' as big as the Earth. Jupiter, the biggest planet. It is located at the centre of the planets in our solar system. The size of the planets becomes smaller and smaller as we move on either side of Jupiter (except Mars). All planets and planetoids (asteroids) revolve around.the Sun in, the same direction. Also/ the planets have rotatory motion in the same direction of their revolution around the Sun, the exceptions. being Venus and Uranus. All planets, except these two, .rotate.in the anti-clockwise direction (reference being North Pole to South Pole of the Earth). The planets appear to move rapidly among the'stars because of being closer. The stars are also in motion/ some of them at tremendous speeds, but they are all so far away that

T,"'1;r~"l

1111'1',' I'll J'

A.14

I"l,,' ,

Chapter 1 C u

,2 '-'90 = 1

,11\

_

,I' :1 I;

I',

1:1;

g , q.

-------------------------1

]~

Newtonian mechanics are the general physics principles that explain Kepler's laws of planetary motion. The tendency of a body to keep moving at constant velocity is called 'inertia'. The greater the body's mass, the greater its inertia. To change the velocity, a force must be applied. The rate of change of velocity, called 'acceleration', is equal to the applied force divided by the body's mass.

'I,

: I ,' "

I,i,

I

CIl •••.•.•

'\1' "

I

<'II:!I

:I~ I' ~~'\' ::'"

,III. I" ','

"

I

"I ,,'

Mercury

I! 11'1"', ,

• Mercury is the nearest planet to the Sun. • It rotates on its own axis in 58.65Earth days. • It takes 88 days to complete one revolution round the Sun. Thus, it is the fastest planet in our solar system. • Mercury has no satellite. • Due to Mercury's small size and weak gravitational field, it holds very little atmosphere, which is almost one-trillionth as dense as the Earth's atmosphere. • Mercury is a fairly bright object in the night sky. It is observed as an.evening star during MarchApril or as a morning star during September and October. It is seen near the Sun at Sunrise or Sunset.

111'"1",,,,'1,11'

ij:

I

~I.'

, . ~II:; III' I

I",,",, JI' " "I

I

!~ '.

I.\,~ I I,i,

l'

il:,1

j "111,:

'i

,~ ~"iI :1'

Venus . • Also known as the evening star and morning star, Venus is the brightest object in the sky after the Sun and the Moon. • It is'slightly smaller (500 km less in diameter) than the Earth and is the closest planet to the' Earth.; Venus. is also the hottest planet in our solar system. It has a weak magnetic belt. • Venus has a very dense atmosphere, opaque • cloud cover, and high' average temperaturetoo hot for oceans.

,"1

• The atmosphere of Venus is 96% CO2, which contributes to warming of Venus as CO2 blocks the escape of infrared radiations from its surface. • This, as well as, the proximity to the Sun makes Venus the hottest planet in our solar system. • Another difference between Venus and the Earth is how the two planets spin about their axes. • Venus takes 243 Earth days to make one full spin, and only 224.7 Earth days to make one revolution around the Sun. This means that a day on Venus lasts longer than a year. • Venus spins in a direction opposite to the direction of the Earth's spin. • A space traveller hovering about the solar system sees the Earth spinning anticlockwise and Venus spinning clockwise. , • Venus has no satellites like Jupiter, no rings like Saturn, and no ice caps like Mars. • It was named after the Roman Goddess of beauty.

_

'"

VI

x

:e

M

•••

• Mars is the fourth planet from the Sun. It is the next planet. after the Earth. Being favourably situat~d, it is brighter than most of the stars and is, therefore, ~own as the Red Planet. • It has two small satellites called Phobos (fear) and Deimos(terror). • It has polar caps similar to those of the Earth. Because of a tilt in its axis, the polar regiofls

~

~--

o

Q)

JQ

-&.~ gr---€ ~

'"

.-

u

CIl

o

CIl

V) (")

~

1:

VI

on

CIl

::s

-:EI

o

00

U

'"

o .- '.2 -'= VI

a;c'"

o',g~&

-0 C >-0c

a: 0> -n_

-s 0 '-::S, '= -:S

"'C C

u

!('

~

(h

>-

::> -0 ~ C

Eo>

l ..9 iY

(")

:(")

.2 o

•••

l~ °E_co ',.Ig

'E .2 ....

::s

E "I'

0

go~

o

.llOor--:

Q.

.s

~ UI c~ g.ae C

~

C

~V)


..!!

-I :e Q)

.0

C

o

__

.M

~~~

"

•••••.

ii:

_._

0

-= .-E

c _

c

--,

'-

'"

_

Q),

c' '" 0...2 0 .- ~ a.' c -c _

(3 ~ :;,

I

.-

i ~ E

0-

5 ~

~

I '" c

0 -0

x '0 (;! £

=E Sl, ~ '" =E ~:

IY

IY

lCO

,~

,0

~

0 'iii := I =E....

ly

lco ,N

lCO

:'fl

l'fl

I

,

,

I"

00

o

r--: ;:;

:~V) to.

l~. "I' .--

l~ ,~

10

N

(")

'~

J~

!(")

o

I,

-.0

'" >0 -0

E ,-.0

V)O '"

..c'

"I' -0 , (") C 'N 0 I t

, ..c'

o~

,>-'"

.g

-0

~

"I'

'-.0

!~

,N

,"I' o

-.0 V)

~ N ~

",,'

N

l~

,~ '-.0

;~

~

on C

::s

~

I~

,

...

'

0

,W

!

r-

f

IN

'''I'

c'

,1'-E

00'"

,N

V)(")

..c-o

..c'-0C

"I' C N 0

00

'">-

'"0

0 -0

Q)

~

>-

co

-.0

~ ~ V)

' co

'N N

lQ)

>-

0 0 0

,~

-.0

~~

0'"

0 0 co

(")

C

o ..c

,O~

(")

co

"U

..c E

N ~

N' "I'

00

,r--:

0

, -0 C C o ._

0

0' N

~

N

"I'

!~

E

o Q)

l~ iCO

,0 10

!co

... VI

~

...

J!!

...

'Q. ::s

.2o

,II)

...c:

co

~

~

I~ ,>-

I~ i~ 18 ,v)

I 00'

!

! ~

00 -.0

co

C

.=E

:;;;

;N I

u ::s ••. GI

I

c'

'E ~ (")N'"

'">0

j

;C'-i

's

:eoj j

~

~ U"),

-' 0'

Q)

2, '" U)

.

co

'-

E' I ..

I"

I

j ""6

V)

I~ cI)'': _ 0 _ Q) Q) C •... _ ~ C E' Q) co 0, 02;, 0) Coo C -0 '" 00 ...2 0 -, 0 EO", ~ 0 2' ...a 'Q. c: ~ 0

c, ....

NN

;~

....-£c

Vi +-:

i

j'

Y

o N

~

,~

i j

co

o ,.-o..c E, (")' coV)o,~-g~

CI) 0 •••.•. ..e-g-g_"'C ••.o~'-'= -e ';:.;: ~ 5 C <1>.2 -00

Qcfcf&&~~&

.:!:

Q)

C -0

,

x

1t

I':::?

V)~(,,)/N

.Q

Q)

..c 0

u.J -0 =E

""" Q) Q) 0)'

_4

l~ iO

~!!~

o

'" o

c' ",'

=: l!i.:

J2 .2

0

••. C COO

C

,x

'~ .


.•

0 '" 0 :

I~

,'

-",

;' V)

I'"o'

'" ~o I

0) lr,;;,,;

Vi

Q)

"

z~

::>

00

Q)

I

oJ!!

....

~

V)

0

9510

(/)

&

V)

0"

2

.... o

(5

"": -.0

't;

C Q)

V) '.

:Ei=oo

(/)

x

Q)

u

o

e

0

cO..c

Z -£...E

o EW

o

Mars

-

V)

,u 0Q.{ o

;,;

.2

Details about the planet Earth are given under a separate section on 'Basic Knowledge about the Earth'.

o

Q)

:e~1I) +

C

Earth

0

CD ~

C

x

r--: ~

I

:<>

'"o

~

Vi c Q. Q) ~1i;

(")

N

,"I' I~

00

-j

~ 0 C 0 .Ql, 0 -

/

IV)

V)

V)

,"

'"0 ~

V)

-0 _ C '" _' 0 0 0 CD .... :: E -'t; V) "cv""'O

i~

'~

~~o .~

00

co

I

I

r--:

CO)

"'
Q

C

1'1 I

on

i

'(") (")

Ix i-.o~

"x

o

.

(")

\

10

l~

'
,

1 .•.

0

10 l.~

co

10

l~

,~

~

(")

:;;

2 '">-

'M

j~

o

a (")

E

jV)

IC":!

0

lco

~~ their motion does not change their apparent positions sufficiently to be perceived. The nearest star is about 9000 tUnes farther away than most distant planet in our solar system. A few of the other larger objects found beyond Pluto are Varuna (2000), Ixion (2001), Quaoar (2002),and Sedna (2003). Table A.1.2 shows important data pertaining to planets in our solar system.

'00

•••

..~i-:E 11/8 ~e~-:E 0 u _ ~0.e~

0

V)

N

1

'It''!

1

-

OUI

Ii'

\

V)

I

o

(")

I

!

~

V)

0)0

'\~I

0

Q..2? VI"'C

0:

;~

1

1;, "I' Cu'

III

I

~

o

0

0

:c;;;-

To explain planetary orbits, Newton postulated that gravity attracts the planets to the Sun. Every object with any mass is surrounded by a gravitational field, whose strength decreases with distance according to an inverse-square law. This field determines the gravitational force exerted by the object on any other body in the universe. Newton's laws imply that a planet does not orbit the precise centre of the Sun, but instead that both the planet and the Sun orbit the common centre of mass of the two bodies. For an obiect to escape from the gravitational pull of another, its speed must exceed the escape speed of the second body. In this case, the motion is said to be unbound, and the orbital path is no longer an ellipse, although it is still described by Newton's laws.

'I

~ 0

(")

'0;;

I.!

'!

o

"I'

VI

::s C

e -~

"I' -.0

..Q 00

~ IGI C

{ I:!

Q)

....0

•... u 0

(3 ~

E C Q)

Q)

Z -£

U

lil

:11\ III; : I,'

Chapter 1

A.16

Physical Geography

Safurn

_----------------1' Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune have no solid surfaces, so that eliminates them rather thoroughly, Venus has such a thick atmosphere that it would crush you like an eggshell, The rest of the bodies, such as Mercury, Mars, Pluto, and the satellites of the giant planets are possibilities, but you would have to provide your own atmosphere to breathe and probably live below the surface to protect yourself from the extreme temperature changes and harmful radiation and cosmic rays from the Sun,

,I,

il

1

I

•

i

~

..

,

•

~,

""'\ ;"i

•

1~ 1\'' ',"lli',:\";1

,lll,t

III"' I!I! I,,, ,Ii~ ! II,}I

, !~"

: I~'

II:r

I'

'I",,~

'f

.'1,

:\

,

•

are exposed to sunlight alternately giving each hemisphere summer and winter. The seasons on Mars are nearly twice as long as Earth's because Mars takes nearly two years to orbit the Sun, When Mars is closest to the Earth, a situation that occurs once in every 15-17 years, its bright, ruddy colour outshines the brightest stars. Martian atmosphere is made up of about 95% CO2 and 0.15% oxygen. Yet its atmosphere is there, and do not trap heat as much as the Earth's or VetlUs's atmosphere do, making Mars cooler than the Earth. Due to these similarities with the Earth, astronomers speculated the existence of life on this planet.

[lOp

: 1

Quick IFacte

Recent Successful Mars Missions Undertaken

, 'I

"',

>- 1996~Mars,

", Globol Surveyor (NASA-USA) ,

>- 1996-Mar~

~athfinder (NASA-USAj'

>- 2001-Mars

OdY,ssey(NASA-USA)

>- 2003 -Mars

Express (ESA-Europe)

>- 2004-Spirit

(NASA-USA)

>- 2004-Mars

Opportunity (NASA-USA)

>- 2005-Mars

Reconnaissance Orbiter (NASA-USA)

>- 2007 -Mars

Phoenix (NASA-USAj

>- 2011 -Mars

Curiosity (NASA-USA)

I,,' ,I,

'

II

'I"

I'

'lill~I:, 1"I~I~i: ",II~I" ','I', II~ I,," I

I~l' ,,,I

I~

>- 2013 -Mars Orbiter Mission (Mangalyaan) (ISROlndia) >- 2013-':MAVEN

(NASA-USA)

>- 2016-Exomars Trace Gas Orbiter (ESA/Roscosmos Europe/Russia) >- 20 16-Schiaparelli

EDM lander (ESA Europe)

Neptune

• Saturn is an outer planet visible to the naked eye. It is second in size to Jupiter, and the least dense among all the planets. • The most spectacular feature of Saturn is its system of rings made up of a variety of separate particles that move independently in circular orbits. These rings are composed of chunks of frozen water and rocks, which are believed to be the material of a Moon that never formed or the remnants of a Moon torn apart by tidal forces. • All the rocks and the bits of matter that make up rings pursue independent orbits about Saturn. • Titan is its biggest satellite, having its own atmosphere.

Which planets would it be possible to live on?

• To probe this, two Viking missions were undertaken (Viking-I, which landed on Mars in July 1979and Viking-II in September 1979). • However, experiments carried out through these spacecraft revealed no traces of on Mars. Although there are questionable traces life in Martian meteorites found in Antarctica, landings on Mars show no evidence of current life at the surface.

Uranus

Jupiter • Jupiter is the largest planet in our solar system. It is about 11 times larger than the Earth. • Its volume is one and half times the volume of all the planets combined together. The most conspicuous aspect about Jupiter is its Great Red Spot. It is also known as the giant planet because of its huge size. • Jupiter's mass is greater than the combined masses of all the planets. • Due to its low density, however, Jupiter's mass is barely more than 300_timesEarth's. Jupiter's core is solid sphere, about 15 times as massiv~ as the entire Earth, and it is composed of iron, nickel, and other minerals. • Prominent satellites are Europa, Ganymede, and Callisto. Ganymede is the largest satellite in our solar system. • More than half of the Jupiter's volume is an ocean of liquid hydrogen. Beneath the hydro. gen ocean lies an inner layer of hydrogen compressed into a sort of liquid metallic state. • In it, all abundant conduction electrons that flow to produce Jupiter's enormous magneti~ field. • The strong magnetic field about the plane't captures high-energy particles and produces radiation belts 400 million times as energetic as Earth's Van Allen radiation belts. Radiation levels surrounding Jupiter are the highest ever recorded in space. l

A. ~ 7

• Uranus is the seventh planet from the Sun, It is not visible to the naked eye. • It is the first planet to be discovered telescopically. William Herschel, in 1781,identified it as a planet. • Since its discovery, Uranus has completed only two revolutions round. the Sun. It takes about 84 terrestrial years to circle round the Sun. • In 1977, astronomers discovered that Uranus was surrounded by a system of five faint rings. • Most prominent satellites of Uranus are Miranda, Ariel, Untbriel, and Titania . • The most unusual feature of Uranus is its tilt. Its axis is tilted 98° to the perpendicular of its orbit plarte, so it lies on its side. • Unlike Jupiter and Saturn, Uranus appears to have no internal source, of heat. It is a cold planet.

•

• Neptune is not visible to the naked eye, but can be seen through a ~mall telescope asa greenish star. • It is eighth in position from the Sun. • J. G~ Galle of Berlin, in 1846, discovered the Neptune planet. , • Till 1930, it was believed to be the farthest planet from the Sun, and the outermost i;nour solar system. • Triton and Nereid are the most conspicuous satellites of Neptune. Its' atmosphere is made up of mainly hydrogen ~d helium. Some arnount of methane and ammon~a are also presentfu Neptune's atmosphere. ,(, • Like Jupiter and Saturn, Neptune e~its a~out 2.5 times as much heat energy as' it receives from the Sun.

Pluto • From its discovery in 1930 until 2006, it was considered to be the ninth and ,the smallest planet in our solar system. '>.' • On August 24, 2006, the lAD-has reclassified Pluto as a dwarf planet. • At present, there are eight planets in our solar system (Figure A.1A) .

The Moon The Moon is the Earth's natural satellite, and the nearest neighbour in space. It revolves around the Earth while rotating on its own axis. Only 59% of its surface is directly visible from the Earth. Of all satellites in the solar system, the Moon is the largest in proportion to its primary body,.that is, the Earth. All other satellites

J

Figure A.1.4

Orbits of Pluto and Neptune

{n,,,

_1

I'll

Chapter1

A.iS ,I"

'I

"II

l

I'f'I i I

PhysicalGeography A.' ~

.

,..

~

I

around the Sun.

I'll

'j

',,""

,

1

1

'Ili'l1'1

'~I.''.'". :

1"1

f,

q0[3

..

-

:to.

,;j

Notable "Moons of Solar System

~:'!:' "

.,; ; I~

Martian Moons (Mars): Deimos and Phobos > Jovian Moon (Jupiter): Ganymede,'"Europa, >

t":,i

'11"'"I."~'III,"~ il"I'1

i

Quick Faots

Callisto, 10, Amaltheo, Euporie, Aitne,' -Autonbe, Sponde, Kalyke, Megaclite, !sonoe-

l

!, ':~ I

> I,

II

I,~:III

l

'II.I"'i,Ill:1

1

iI"

II:

Saturn's

Moons: Titan, Tethys, Dione, Iapetus, Enceladus, Hyperion, Phoebe, Pan

Mimas, •

> Uranian. Moons: Setebos,

Prospero, Sycorax, Oberon, Titanio,:'Umbriel, Ariel" , .: > Neptune's Moons: Triton, Nereid, Proteus, Laris~a, Despina, Galatea, Thalassa, Naiad Stephano, Caliban, Miranda, Puck

I,::!\", 11

The Phases of the Moon

I '

, ' ' \i ,1111 "

"II,

I::!II:IIIII JI"f ~.

I"

,

',~'

I!

':

111.'11'1

il'llllll

1,1', 1,I

'I

'1

1\ ':

0

==0

'

l'\~

,

~.

..• .',

I

• During the next seven days, we observe more and more of the Moon's Sunlit side, The Moon is going through its waxing crescent. phase ('waxing' means, increasing). • At the first quarter, the angle between the Sun, Moon, and Earth is 90".At this time, we see half the Sunlit part of the Moon. • During' the next week, we see more and more of the Sunlit part. The Moon is going through its waning gibbous phase ('gibbous' means, more than half).

Sunshine illuminates one-half of the Moon's surface. Each month, the Moon shows different 'amount of its Sunlit half as it circles around the Earth. • The Moon cycle begins with the new Moon. In this phase, its dark side faces the Earth and we observe darkness. This occurs when Moon is between the Earth and the Sun.

-~

'\~~

~:.-~ "

••••

e,~

=0

.1.)

.-

~ -',-

f,

.-~

.J'''fi-'l

~~Jl' :'..~.. ~.: u

~

~

\'lJlBl

~ .1P;(~~:tlii[.:,r •.. '~

;,1';

b

We see a full Moon when the Sunlit sid~>of),the Moon faces the earth squarely. At this time, the Sun, Earth, and the Moon are lined up, with the.Earth positioning in between .. The cycle reverses during the following two weeks, as we observe less,oLthe Sunlit side while the Moon continues moving on its orbit. The movement produces waning gibbous, 'l'g~t quarter, and waning crescent phase ('waning"mearis, shrinking). The time for one complete cycle is'aboUt 29.5 days* (The Moon actually orbits the Earth'onte in every 27.3 days relative to the stars. The 29.5'da'j's cycle is relative to the Sun and is due to the monoh of the Earth-Moon system as it revolves around the Sun). The Moon takes 27 days 7 h 43 min and nA1l to complete one revolution of the Earth. It rotates its axis in exactly the same time, Hence, from',the Earth we observe only one side of the Moon.

s

'1I',\.., :IJ'I 1,1: \i

,~

.•

,,,,

I

, i~l:..~i

~I

/'\"'~ ==0 ,."~;,,,'-=-=0 '

'I'

.!

lilsriJ@tIDll

@imlD@Dsp

: '

have sizes below 1/8 the size of the mother planet. The Moon is about 1/4th the size of its mother planet, the Earth. It takes about 1.3s for Moonlight to reach the Earth: whereas sunlight takes ab~ut 8 min and 16.6 s to reach the Earth. Moon's revolution time round the Earth and its rotation time on its axis is same. This is why we always see the same face of the Moon,

I'll 'I "

.••

-:~~

The reason for this is the tidal i~,te'ractionbetween the Earth and the Moon, the tidal interaction provides the Moon with the synchronous orbit and that results in keeping the same side of.the Moon always the Earth, Also, it is believed that the Moon once rotated more rapidly and orbited closer to the Earth, The large lunar equatorial bulge probably indicates this fact, The condition in which a body's rotation rate is simply related to its orbit period around some other body is known as a spin-orbit resonance, Similar tidal interaction between planet Mercury and the. Sun tends to influence Mercury's rotation rate and very strongly causing the planet to rotate non-synchronously and creating an eccentric orbit around the Sun. Notably, Mercury orbits exactly three times for every two orbits I

~.,'

...~

t.

Do you know why thes~ine side of Moon always faces'the Earth?

I II

1

~,

~C!11~

on .i

Dark Side of the Moon Gravitational forces between' the Earth and the Moon keep them in synchronous ro'tation. That is, the time the Moon takes to spin once on its axis is the same as it takes to orbit the EarthHo the same side of the Moon always faces us. The f,!T .•or 'dark' side was a mystery until October 1959,wh~!,\~e

Sovietspace craft 'Luna 3' sent back images Ofit. These revealed that it is more cratered than the near side and has only one mare. The lack' of Maria is probably due to the crust being :thickeron the far.side and, therefore, not cracking and releasing lava when hit by meteorites.

'Maria' on the Face of the Moon The smooth,. dark areas on the face ,.of the Moon resulted due to meteoritic impacts on its surface after its formation. the force of the impact~~racked the surface, causing lava to flood out. The cooled and solidified lava flows formed these smooth areas. Medieval astronomers named that romantically as seas or mares. Mare tranquillities (sea of trmi.quillity)and mare imperium (sea of SllOWers) are impo.rt<;tntMaria of Moon.

~.

.

Blue Moon It.is a natural phenomenon when two full Moons Occurin the same month. Important data about the moon are provided in TableA.1.3;' :

Stars are created in swirling clouds of cosmic dust and gas nebulae. Within the nebulae, strong gravitational forces are at work pulling particles together to fOrm.clumps called 'Bok. glok,ules'. ~s gravity 'pulls the particles closer and ,closer together, tempe~atures in these spinning masses soar to around 10 million degree centegrade. Under' such extreme conditions, hydrogen nuclei combine creating helium atoms in a process called 'nuclear fusion'. Energy is released and a pr?tostar ~sborn; Pr~to,s~arsc,?~densed__ in s:lquds of gas and dl;lst called 'ne~ulae'. ~ot all of 'tl).i~materials ends tlP as part fl sta.r~tl1e re,m~0jng dust can become planets, asteroids; or comets, or many rem'ahi:sas dust. The 'inexhau~nble.sou.rce or~nergy of the stars is due to tp~ EonverS}oJ~of hydrogen to helium. The Sun is,the closest star to the Earth. The distance betweeri thef E
ot'

Facts Distance be'~~en Earth and moon . .- ••• ~_

.. __

_.

~.

•

385,000 ._~._._,~

Diameter

-- ~ Orbital speed

.,:,~c... __

km --+-,"._"",,,":-_,_\

347 4 km '".~~_.

,,~.

_._.~

.•...."..~-_.

.- ...•.

,.,

..

-.

.--;

-- - •... ..•. ~ - ..••....•....•.. - _~._,--~~ ._ .',

~eriod of rotation on its axis

3683 km/s

"'"'" ....

; ..

r -

Classification System for Stars.'

Values 'i>'.,._.'

".

, '

Table A.l.3 About the Moon

,~,

,e

!J,'

Stars

r

.. ...,!U"t.~

'~,~~

* The Moon appears to more completely around the celestial sphere once in about 27.3 days, as observed from the Earth. This'is called 'sidereal month', and reflects the corresponding orbital period of 27.3 days. The Moon takes 29.5 days to return to the ~arne point on the celestial sphere as referenced to the sun because of the motion of the Earth around the sun and this is called 'synodic month'. (Lunar phases as or served from the Earth are correlated with the syrodic month,)

.

~'

-,

.'

..

..•..-

28 days (approx.) :

\

<~,

'.-

A classification system for stars, based upon the spectrum of light they emit, groups stars, as ,various spectral types. The sequence is:;O;-c-hottestblue' stars; B-hot blue stars; A,blue-white stars; F-white stars; G:-c-yellow.stars; K-orange stars;, and, M---;-coolest red stars.

,... ~~I"l"~ ,

II',

I"

A.20

PhysicalGeography'A.~1

Chapter1

Supernova

III!

III

I

'

A large star that explodes, :it is'thought, because of the exhaustion of its hydrogen; ,where': upon it collapses,' generating high temperatures and triggering thermonuclear reactions: A large part of its matter is thrown out into the space; leavirtg a res.:. idue that is termed as white dwarf star. Such events are rare, but at the time of explosion the starsbecome one hundredth miilion times brighter than' the Sim. A supernova waS sighted in 1987 some 170,000 light years to the Earth.

II"~ ,

I

i

Constellation

I :

~. A group of stars that ancient obs,ervers;s~w ~s being placed in pictorial configurations; usually representing my~!=ai heroes and beasts. These patterns have 1').0physicalsignifi!=ance, although they- ar~ a, useful means of labelling regions of the ,sky. The 88 constellations, span the. en~ire. sky, so that every astronomical object,Iies. in pn;cisely one of ~hem. Many of thein. named by the Greeks and Romans, or later by Arabs; however, in,the 17th and 18th centuries, the astronomers added others, inc~udingthose in the Southern Hemisphere that could not be seen by early astronomers of Mediterranean lands. 'Some major stars and theitrespectiveconstellations are Sirius (Canis Major), Canopus (Carina), Arctunis (Bootes), Rigil Kentaurus (Orion), Vega (Lyi:a); Capella (Aurige), Rigil (Orion), Pro~yon (Canis Millor), ~nd Betelgeuse (Orion).

,I ,1".,,,

1',1' \

,

I;~L

~"

:,

11

;~]1

1:1,1: "["': Ii,~'1'"1,,,' 1

.

.,1'[

1,,'' ' I

1'1

,

"

I:I'

I~lII"~". I.~i:I, 'l'I'\i,1 ,! i!l ,I

'1,'1,",'1,," '

1

:~.

01

)'

I

I

.

,

II.

'Asteroids, Meteors, and Comets ~~

'1""i,III,'1' il,I,;'1 1

I

I

, I

Ii'

,:II'.' ~

'II' II ,I'll,,:

~ I j,'!~, I '

'!

~. It is believed that asteroids are debris left over . from th~ formation the inner 'planets, and that' they a,re prevented from c9alescing into one large body tl1ei~tJ:0nggravitational pull of the nearby Jupiter planet: • Theyare too small to retaill any atmosphere of their own. They are called 'Trojan Asteroids'. " • ' They'ciicle around the Sun between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. The duration of their'i'evolution ~round the SU1).~ari~~tfO~ 3-~Oxea!~. • Astero1ds are also called 'planetoids' or small .planets a11d have 'a surface temperature of "'.•H •. ' about :.:.73°C. ,.' ;. The first 10minor planets include Ceres; Pallas, Juno, Vesta, Astraea, Heba, Iris, Flora, Metis, andHygiea. '. There are more than, 4,50,000 known asteroids . in our solar system. .

~y

1:11

';1.

(

ot

"

Ii

1E

Asteroids'

1 ,"1 ,

:1"

~',

Mars .

I

Venus Earth

I

Sun M~rqury

~~i-~J

~, 1 en'1il1

Figure A.loS

Main Asteroid Belt. O!

~I

j i:'i~::

:., .TheJargest ainong,tp.esejs Ceres with a'.diam.!:' . eter. of 1025.km, but'most of them are much smaller: \ I , ..;ii: ,~ ,, •~ •. The, _sm~~lestl a~teroid has a diameter ofC).bo,~t , 4--5km... '~'. _" . ." • AsterC?i~s!lre,t~o,fa~t t()be seen by the p,akeq., eye, with the exception of Vesta. • Their ~rbits are of low eccentricity, that isJmor~ drcularthan elliptical: . ); • Some asteroids, however, (Eros and IcarusY' . have' 'highly eccentric orbits. Such asteroids that have their orbits either across or close :to the Earth's orbit are labelled near-Earth aster'd or NEA ,', ,~. ',,' , J.J\'i 01S ' s..... " . '.-,',' II , • fh,e ~steroidbel~ is approximately 4,50,000mi~~ lion km from the Sun (Figure A.1.5). ;, >1

I

'I

, .'-~---

"I' fl.

It ~i

Near-Earth Objects (NEOs) Many comets and ast~!oicis that have been pushed by neighbouring plan~ts'm'to the Earth's neighbourhood are also known,;as the NEOs. The comets that are mostly mad~ up otwa~er ice with embedded dust particles were formed in:the cold outer planetary system, whereas the rocky asteroids were formed in the warmer inner, solar system. Till January 16, 2015, 12082 NEOs have been traced. Out. of these 866 are asteroids having a diameter of nearly 1 km or more. A total of 1534 NEOs have been categorised as Potentially Hazardous Asteroids (PHAs). ' i_,. ,f,

Near-Earth Population- Apollo (62% of known, asteroids); Men (6% of known asteroids); Ainor '(32% of knows asteroids); and lEO (6 known asteroids)." , .

Troian Astero(ds. These.asteroiq~ shar~ Jupiter's orbit, remaining 60° ahead of or behind that planet as it moves a~ound the Sun .

as a whole. Findings,indicate~thatthere are roughly 4700 PHAs with diameter larger, than 100 mJ.The discovery that manyPHAs tend to be bright'says soro.e~ thing about their composition; they. are more'Ukely to be, either ,stony"like granite, or metallic. This. type of information is important in assessing the space rocks~ potential hazards to the Earth. The composition of the bodies would affect how quickly they might bum up in our atmosphere if an encounter were to take place ..

Kirkwood Gaps The Kirkwood gaps in the main aster-

Meteors

Earth-crossing' ''Asferoids ' A' . few' . Ea'rth'-ci'ossing.' as'ter': oids hav~ orbits that intersect the Earthis orb~t and will probabiy collid.e'~ith our'pla'nef one' day: '

oid belt have been cleared by Jupiter's gravity,

What is Potentially. . Hazardous Asteroid .{PHA}? . ,

PHAs are those asteroids that make threateningly close approaches to the Earth according to their measured potential to do so. More particularly, all such asteroids' that have a ]TIinimum orbit. intersection distance (MaID) of 0~05AU oriess and an abs()lute magnitude (H) of 22.0 or less are believed to be PHAs. In simple words, asteroids that can't get any closer to the ~arth (Le.,MaID) than 0.05 AU (roughly 74,80,000km or 46,50,000 mi) or are smaller than about 150 m (500 ft) in diameter (i.e:, H = 22,0 with assumed albedo of 13%) are not considei'ea PHAs. This 'potential' to make close Earth approaches does not mean a PHA will impact the Earth. It only means that there may be a possibility for such a threat in future, By keeping a close look at these PHAs and keeping a trac~ of theit orbits, we caJ;l~e in a better position to make predictions about the close-approach statis~cs anq, thu~tb.eir potential to threate11the Earth. '. . ,

WISE Mission NASA's Wide~field Infrared, Survey

Explorer (WISE) spacecraft scanned the sky twice in infrared iight, before entering hibernation mode in early 201LIt catalogued hundreds of millions of, objects, including super luminous galaxies; stellar nurseries, and closer-to-home' asteroids. The infrared data allowed astronomers to make. good measure-' ments of the asteroids', diameter and, when 'combined with visible light obseniationS:'how much sUnlight they reflect. Observations from WISE have led to the best assessment yet of our solar system's populatio~ of Afiras, Afens, Apollqs, and 'Amors Atiras, Atens;AiT,bil~s, potentially hkzardous asteroids. The results reveal ri.~w and Ainors are •subgroups of. Near-Earth Aste-m-ids _, " ," "1 <."''t(: information .~b~ut' their. tot~i 'mimpers,' orlgms, .~d (NESs). These, asteroids have been grouped a~£2rdthe possible "dangers they ~ay pose. The new results' mg' 'to their orbits. As per orbital elements~":' f'JE9s come from the asteroid-hunting p()rtion of the WISE are aste'roids and comets that have perihelion ~ismission, called NEOWISE.The project sample(107 tance q less than 1.3 AU. Most of the NEOs.are:~J;f~rPHAs to make'predictions about the entire population oids that are known. as NEAs.' ., ,.-a/,

;It.~!;,\

• Meteors are tiny heavenly bodies we'oftens~e in the sky burning brightly when they enter the Earth's atmosphere. . .. ,~t" :~. ' uli \. • They are seen shooting' ata great sp~ed 'and producing a trail of light. Thisiresultsfrom'the 'entry' of a particle of matter ca!led meteoroid into. the Earth's~tinosphere;at~'spee?be~een 11-72'km'js.' , 1." •.. ,. ),,'1:, • The mass of individual particles extends from micron-size dust specks to complete 'asferoids wei~hihg thousands o~~(jnnes. ",,' .'''~'~l~f

~-.'

. _.'

't~ -'~'~:"

[lOp

,

Quick IFae~B

Meteorites Facts >-. About 1 tonne of meteorites hits the Earth every day. But, most of them are very small in size and go unnoticed, >- Meteorites hurtle through the atmosphere at speeds of 32-95 km/s. >- No person is known to have been killed by a meteorite fall, , >- Most meteorites are destroyed on impact, but large meteorites may leave behind a crater, which gives some idea of their size. Meteor Crater Arizona (USA.)discov' ered in 1871 had a diameter of 1265 m. The heaviest known meteorites were found at the following places: Hoba West, Namibia

60 tonnes

Ahnighito, West Greenla~d

34 tonnes

Bacubirito, Mexico

27 tonnes

Mbozi, Tanzania

26 tonnes

Agpalik; West Greenland

21 tonnes

Armanty, outer Mongolia

20 tannes

Chupaderas, Mexico

14 tonnes

Willamette, Oregon, USA

14 tonnes

P '"I.~I

,

I,

1

i'[II!1

,

11I

I'

A.22

Chapter 1

Physical Geography

1

1\'\1:

• ,It may bum up or fall on the Earth (known as falling stars) in theform of dust or fragments ,called meteorites, creating craters on the Earth's surface. • The largest known meteorite, weighing about 70 tonnes and consisting 9£ mainly iron and nickel, was found at Hoba in Namibia where it landed in prehistoric times.

,

Iii'

'111i

ii,' I,I'

I' "

Comets

,

\",

1~llll ,III! 1 I

'I'

'I' I, ,

, \I:I,',~I~I

,i,'i'!:~

:11\1~'I,' I~, "lil

direction and nearly in the same, ,plan,@~ithe planets. .. . hm(Y~ • The other group of comets is a vast r~aliIJihQf drifting icy bodies at the outermost fringes[J)~ the solar system. This is the Oort cloud. '~';" • Comets of the Oort cloud have 10ng:,Fe~ioq orbits (over 200 years). They do not orbit in ,a '\I\IIl\\)\1 srmple pattern as the KUIper Belt comets,do. " • Comets show an observable gleam.iJ:!{g<' fail: whereas asteroids do not. .. ....:,JlJi.iH •

"

<

\()

.oj..) .",Ja.s.O

• Comets derive their name from the Greek word Kometes, meaning, hair-like. • A comet's head consists of a coma made up of dust and gas. • Comets are made up of frozen gases that are stuck together by, materials consisting rocks and metals. From the head flows a tail consisting streams of dust and gas. • There are about 1,00,000 comets in our solar system. • There are two major groupings of comets in the solar system: One is Kuiper Belt-orbits the Sun is a wide track beyond Pluto's orbit. • Kuiper Belt comets have relatively short periods, less than200 years. They orbit in the same

Halley's (omet Named after Edmund Halleyibithe Halley's comet last appeared in 1986and it mayn:eap~ pear again after 76 years. In 1705, Halley sta!ed.~at the comets seen in 1531, 1607, and 1682 wereJinJact the same body that orbits the Sun every 76 yea)7s,,Idis statement that it would reappear in 1758-59.:~pro~~d correct. " {')i,nC)tw

(omet'Swift-Tuttle' It is a huge comet travelling •at "~~p~d . ", flC'"

of 60 km/ s on a' collision course with the Eafili ,.-qr' bh '. • ..•_,r.;."rll" August 17, 2116.The lAD noted that Swift-Tuttle was first sighted in 1862 and rediscovered in S~p.t~f[£7;r 1992.It is a 5 km wide ball of ice and rock an'd1f{f~6l: "~.6rm'?,," lides head on it would create an impact of. 20 ffiilh'bn ::>,,,,ve"'"', mega tonnes or about 1.6 million times the force ofllie , .11 ;,',m~1" 1

".""1'-iR~

"

t-fft;:f 1'1

ASTEROIDS

,-

CjIt

'-};.Jr'1'{<

I':'

,\I\,~~!I 111,1

1

Comets exists mostly in the Kupier Belt beyond the orbit of Neptune, and in Oort Cloud in the outer solar system.

,'

',I ,,!I

Probabl" comments outer solar system,

are formed in the

Dia,meters of the comets range between 1(}-40 kms. .

ll)\' ,

Asteroids exists mostly in the Asteroid Belt between orbits of Mars and Jupiter.

. ,; .Jtl.v .bJtI/

Probably, asteroids are formed inside the orbit of the Jupiter planet.

~tr_)1t'rl,

'.;:h

An asteroid's diameter range from the size of small rocks to more than 1000 kms.

Comets contain a lot of ice. • '.' along with rock, and hydrocarbons.

These are composed and metals .

of rock

A comet's surface is highly unstable and changeable, as ice boils off when com met approaches the Sun.

An asteroid's surface is solid and stable, showing craters where other objects have crashed

'H)9tr JI'':;;' t

H"d"

into it. Comets develop comas and tails as they approaches the Sun.

~jJi

, An asteroid's surface does not boil off, thus no coma or tails.

Orbit dm be disturbed to toss comet into elongted orbit, so we see it in the inner salay system.

An asteroid's orbit is stable and fairly circular. ( f:)l

May have contributed Earth's water.

large part of

Have left craters on earth, and may have caused mass extinctions, such as 'of the

"}"1 ,{ fl:,:)i

dinasours.

.,

:.~ ,

..

.'{. I ,1'

Hiroshima atomic bomb. Comet Shoemaker tLevy~9 This comet was discovered on March 24,1993, by scientists Carolyn and Eugene Shoemaker (husband and. wife team) along with a colleague David Levy and named after its dis~overers. The comet was' about six miles (10 km) long and weighed about 500 billion tonnes. .

'c' '~) ,

Naming iJf~steroicls ancl (omets Generally, the naming of Asteroids is done by their discoverers and comets are named after, their discoverers. When Italian astronomer Giuseppe Piazzi discovered the first asteroid which he named Ceres. Edmund Halley discovered a comet that was named 'Halley's Comet'. Asteroids are so many in numbers. That is why it is common that Asteroids are given both names and numbers. They are assigned mimbers"according to 'sequence. When the Italian discoverer GiuseppePiazzi discovered the first asteroid it was the first Ceres and assigned number 1. Whenever a new asteroid is discovered, its orbital elements are calculated then it is assigned with a number. Thereafter, the discoverer names' that asteroid. Sometimes several persons simultaneously discover a comet. In such a case, they are given an impersonal desigr).ation.When an instrument, and not <;l htpnan, disco.Jers a c6~et it is named after tha"tiri.strUment.. Names of non-periodic comets start with a 'C. Lost or disappeared comets have name~ that start with a 'D'. The names of periodic comets start with a 'P'. A comet whose orbit could not be calculated is called 'X'.

Dual Listings Some objects have featured in dual-listing. They are' listed both as asteroid and comet. It is because they were first categorised as asteroids, but later found to have of cometary charqcteristics. On the contrary, when comets are depleted of their surface volatile ices, they tum into aster?ids.

Difference Between the Asteroi~, Comet, Meteoroid, Mefeor, and Meteorjte? An asteroid is a large rocky body in the space orbiting the Sun. It is also known as 'planetoid' or 'minor planet'. On the.other hand; a meteoroid is a much' smaller object oiNting the Sun:"When a meteoroid enters the Earth's atmosphere, it bums and vaporizes, and turns into a meteor bra 'shooting' star'. ":'hen an asteroid or a large meteoroid survives its fiery passage thro'ugh'Jthe Earth's' atmosphere and strikes the Earth's'surface, it is known as a meteor. lte, Most of the comets produce meteoroid streams when their icy cometary nuclei pass near the Sun. This process releases the' dust particl.es embedded

,

.

A.23

in the cometary' ices..These meteoroid particles start following in the wake of the parent comet. Collisions between asteroids in' space' make. smaller' asteroidal fragments that sometimes strikethe'Eiirth's surface. A number of meteorites-are:subjeCt1to detailed chemical and physical study in the lflboratoriesacross the world far they are readily available. If throughly analysed, meteorites could be associated with particular asteroids, it could be useful in providing significant information on the chemical' composition and conditions' from which the:.parent'asteroid was formed about 4.6 billion years, ago. ' Asteroid

,.,;'

.

An asteroid is a comparatively small, inactive~ rocky object orbiting the-Sun. ..' Comet

J,

A comet is a comparatively small, occasionally'active object whose ices vaporize .in sunlight forrri.ing an atmosphere of dust and, gas and, sometimes, a tail of dust and/ or gas. Meteor

A meteor is a light :phenom~non resulting,from the vaporization of,meteoroid. when it enters, the Earth's atmosphere. It is als~ known as a sho~ting st~r, Meteorite

A meteorite is a meteoroid that su~vives its fiery passage through the Earth's atmosphere and lands upon the surface of the Earth.

Major Comet Events Since 1950s • In 1951, Dutch astronomer Gerard Kuiper first suggested the existence of ,idisc::shaped swarm of short-period comets that begins beyond the o~bit of Neptune arid extended pastPluto:. • Halley's Comet reappeared in 1986, sparking a worldwide effort to study it up close. Five satellites took readings from the'comefat Various distances. " • Between July 16 and.21; ,1994~,comet Shoemaker Levy-9 came closer to Jupiter and proke into 21 fragments that plunged ipto..,Jupiter, one by one, raising a:cloud ofdU:sfcreatin~fan . enormous amotinCofenergy and leaving the planet scarred. It was for the Jirst time in astronomical history that scientists had the chance of learning the consequences of comet strike into a planet. It is something that~appens once in 100 years. T~is.conisi?n also proviged a natural probe on Jupiter's atmosphere.

a

""~r, '1''1l(\1~\l il1

A.24

PhysicalGepgraphyA~25

Chapter1

III

"i:, ",

'lilli'

i li!1

,i

III

I,

i"ll,

~I ,

<

~l': t~' ",

,~I '.r 1""

Ii1'/,h

• ir!:

~

:;1 II ~

•

'.

",

", __ ~;'_ ~--r'""'";I'"

'"l

l""':'"'"--""''''''''':-

'",-',"

,"

L9~ita.1 ~ce~,!,i_~ty _. Perihelion ,1

'0.98

AU/147.1

i: " i ,~_

'" ""~w

s~.

._

"U

__ •••

__

•••

,",,-_._

_._

•. _"-'--

, ..••••

Ii

1.000038

11\1'1' 111111

•

I: I'"III! 'I. !

.. -'~

.";'

','

."':'-1"

,I

~

:

,.

~.~-~.".,..,,~-~

~.~i~e.~ ~o~!ion pe~!~ Axial tilt#~,M '., i;

II'

tropical years

.,'J"~

-';-,

••

~,'"~'

11.2 km/s ..••.•. --, .•~;, ~-,_.

._ .......-...-..•:...

<"'

O.9973 s~lar day~ "

0

''',23.45

r;--' -~_..~._-'---'-"---:"" .,._-.'.Magnetic axis tilt relative to 1 1 .so

~

rotation axis I

I

9J,

L i,U :

•.

,

~-

;'.,j"'

'ft'

: I,' ,-

.

*Acceleratia~ du~ tb gravify ..~t theE~rth:~ su;f~c~:: . . # Angle betWeen the Earth's rotatioiiaxfs'and perpendicular to the Earth'sorbital'plarie(theplane of the ecliptic)," ,

. t.,'

Figure A.1.6

layer of Earth

'1

(..i,'

.;.

":ft "'\.'\

}l"

-

I

f

.~l:t!'\.."-m

1

1'"

layers of the Earth • The Earth has a layered internal structu~e. The layers:.-the crust, mantle, and core-differ. in . composition. ~. • The, core consists of two distinct phases-a solid inner core and a liquid outer core. Each layer is a concentric sphere, so that, overall"the Earth's structure resembles that of a bo*~;~gg,

The (rust

~.:Ju

6,378 km

Did You Know?, Why is the Earth's crust is thicker beneath a mountain? Just as most of on iceberg remains below the 'sea level, likewise for mountains, Mountains sink until the upward buoyant force balances the downward gravitational force. Since mountains are very heavy, hence much of the ports must be 'Sunk' deep into the mantle to support its massive above-ground position.

Why does the asthenosphere

flows?

The asthenosphere flows because it is convecting heat from the Earth's interiors towards tbe surface of the Earth. It is to be understood thaI in the interior of the Earth the temperatures rises with increasing depth,

1

,..J

--.

0

9.80 m/s

---i'~'C~""-"""

E~cape 'speed

r~'-~:""-"""""

Jt1..

,-~.r

t;

. • The crust is the Earth's surface layer. Like an' eggshell, 'it is'thin, brittle; and can' crack.

The crust has two distinct regions-oceanic crust and continental crust. • Both portions of crust are llwch less dense than the Earth's' ~ai-ltle,' which consist~ of other kinds of rock. Thus, like ice floating.on w.ater, the low density, crust of the Earth floats atop the denser tpantle. ,.' ,

TheMantle • The mantle, like the crust, is rocky. Mantle rock contains . heavier ..elements than: that. of crust rock. Hence~ the mantle is deriser than the crust.

!

Most of the Ea:rth-82%of its'volume and 65% of its mass-is mcmtle. Earth's thickest layer___.. 2900 km'top to bottom. ';', " ,', l, "e • The upper mantle IS further "divided into' tWo zones'.;' ". L The uppermost zone, ,directly~.beneatl1.I"the crustal surface, is called the 'lithosph~re~; It is stiff, cool, and relatively breakable zone,like the crust. 2. Beneath the lithosphere lies a layer of -mantle called th~ ,'asthenosphere'.' 'Although' asthenosphere is solid, it actually flows once over periods of geologic tim~. ,.~at }~, veiy,s~o\oVly. The hour hand of a clock moves' about 10;000 times faster,than the 'flowing' asthenosphere. Its flow rate is ,so slow that even under close . examination, rock of the' asthe~osphere ;'ould appear rigid: Hence, the rigid lithosphere tides like a raft on the slowly flowing asthenosphere. Beneath the asthenosphere,. into the remaining 2200 km of lower mantle, the rock, becomes more rigidagain. " "",' .-'''''~ ,

!--"--_._,._-~-~"-, ..- ._""'~" 2 r Surface gravity. b_~_':~"- ..

uppermost . mantle

.

_

Orbital inclination 10 the ecliptic 0.01

.':'nl

."~.

1,,,,

million km

. I,'

Lithosphere . crust and ., ..'~

.••~ __

Sidereal orbital period •.•

.'.'_

,

lFac,:1ts ')'

--"""'''--'~

: i"

Crust 0-100 km thick

';l. ..•

No one ,has thus far~eenobl~ todrill a hole deep enough t~ penetrate the Earth's crust. In, the 196Q~, the, US scientists attemrtedto drill in the Eorth'sll,G'ntie., Dubbed.as 'P~~i;ct ~Mohole,.[~ftei .Mono;Qth'e Mohorovicic discontin'uity) the, effort was unsuccessftl and was, therefore, dubbed 'project Nohole':',Tl1e deep~sf hole ever 'drilled 'i~in northern Rus~b!:.Oh,tlie Kola Peninsula.' In,198?/o~er 19yeors of.drilllD9, the Kola well reached more than 12 km into the crust. Since then drilling was aban'donedo"\'ving to mounting costs and equipment failure',' , , .r" "",,'~, ••

million km

-,?,,' -.,-"',"----

'..... 29.7,9 kmis _._"._L_~__ .",...~~"

.••.••...-..

-

."+"-;~

~ -'- _~_~..:Q~ AU/152.1

_

Mean orbita,l ____

, II1IIi'~

'.'"

".,."".--.,

..._-

.£

.. ".

~.,.,{-,

~ ,

mi.llion km

~.~1!,

...._--.----,.,'-.""..~"'."-_.,

~phelion

1'~II'III:II!:

.'";.••..,...-c:.._

1.0AW/149.6

~'-""'""'.'''''----'--'-'''-

"-,,,,~"'~-.,

,

'.

The third pl~inet from the Sun

~""",-,,-'?:--"'--:'--

,9~~itOl semimaio~ axis

, 'I.

•

"

~ The'Earth's minimum~elief (which meahs, the differ~nce ,i ~.el~vati~n, b~tweerithe highest and .Iovyest'.poi nts) is '19,883 m ,!r about20Jmfro,rn th~ tsp of MtS\(1~iW to the bottom of Mariano Trench in the Pacific Ocean.

Pkmetary' Data of the Earth' '

~;,",,!:~~'_~

.

.

.,,1

,!X

, Earth

'h

~

The Earth is one of the planets of the solar system. It is in the third position from the Sun and is the fifth , l~rgest planet in the solar' system The planetary data of.the Earth are given in Table A.1A.

Table A.l.4

t

J:JPQuick

.••••j

• i

~I.~ l~uJlil'

'1'1

Q'

BASIC KNOWLEDGE ABOUT'THE EARTH

,'":~l

1~.I,',',~',1

, ,

• The Earth is' an oblate spheroid (ball flattened at the poles) that is almost spherical, flattened a little at the poles with a slight bulge at the centre (equator). • A cross-section through the North and South Poles has a diameter of 12,714 km as against the diameter of a cross-section through the equator, which is '12,757km. • There is flattening at the poles and bulging all around the equator. However, because the bulging is evenly distributed all around the globe, it has no effect on the circular shape of the equatorial cross-section (Figure A.1.6).

The Auroras

t~ t ~

~ "

Shope

These are the luminous occurrences in high altitudes of both hemispheres; called 'Aurora Borealis' or 'northern lights' in the Northern Hemisphere, and 'Aurora Australis' in the Southern Hemi~phere. The mechanisms that produce auroral display are not completely understood, but they are seen in many forms, including luminous curtains, arcs, bands, and patches.

1 "I :Il""

S.hape and Structure of the Earth

• On July 4, 2005, NASA's Deep Impact spacecraft travelled,268 million rrilles over a period of 6 months to blast a hole into comet Tempel 1. The crash emitted an energy amounting 4.5 tonnes of TNT, releasing a tremendous plume of dust and gases. Comets are believed to have been formed out of remaining dust and gases after our solar system formed 4.6 billion years ago. By blasting a crater into the surface of Tempel 1 and exposing its pristine iriterior, scientists hoped to examine the primordial remnants of our solar system to gain insight into its formation.

The (are

•.

".

~' ,"- ."1:

•

•

.A

r:' -,

.f

,

.' At the -centre 'of the Earth lies the core., . .' ' ~'," • The core has a radius of 3400-3500 km: Itcon'sists of two layers.,' ., ", (". ., '" ,I, . • A~ a whole, the.core occupies up toJ5.'Z'o_ofthe Earth's volume and 30% of its mass. The core is nearly .~ite .~~d~nse as th~:mantle b~c~us~' it is largely made of metalliciron'l .,

, ~i'

A~26

1

Chapter1

PhysicalGeog~aphy A~27

,

,

"'' ' '1 ,.",

! Layer

Thickness (km) Density(g/ cm3)

Crust.

5-70 km

; Co~'tin;rit~l7"crust,.::,~. ~'. Oceanic crust -

iii

.-'''''~---

~

"",'"

---_

•• __

.-

Core (radius)

3486 km oAo' .•.•_~

Outer core

Table A.l.6

.

•••

...",

••• ~_"

••... __

'

..

.f

Basaltic rock .•• _-,_

.".<-_.",-,,~..•,...

••.""~

•. __

.

••_~

9.9-12.8 g/cm...•3 ," -.""""""'_~:=,

.~.

_<, ... " ... ' •• ',.-.,

..

,0'_ .••.•., •••

-

-,_

.•••

---~

.•..

,.--

••••••• ",.~

li9~idi~?n,+_o~ygen,. sulphur, Solidiron + oxygen, sulphur, nickel

'

+,

~~ .. -~.

_".'

iN

._.

~

.:..,,--'"

-~

"""'r .... ''''.....

"

'*""

12,755 km 12,712 km 12,734 km .,..,,-

..;. •..

.. -.,..

~'-.'.Y,,~'--

40,075 km

••. , .•" .,

b

••••

'.

,

••

-

40,024 km . ._--

.

.,...... ..~"""'".~~.~.:..._

...• --....;oit,.;.~ ..~,..

."...,.""_."'

•.,'''''''",._."''''

..•.'''''''

-"._""~

km2

__~,~.-o",~~_w.,

i Totalla.nd area (29.08%1" ,--,---.'._

.

...--..-.~':-"''-:"",!"",'- ..... ,."--'''.>'i;:''

Total mass of the Earth. ~

'••.... -

.. ,.•••.•..••.~--.,...,-_.,

~--

"

"

. ",,_.•. - :-.,

.

Total volume of the Earth

~. __ --_._~--Y--'-~'--.'~. :",.. .. ~._._ _-

.

\ Approximate age of the Earth

IJ

•

_

••••

_

..••

.~.

~

.----"'

••••••

_""',,..

L __ ._-,_.

, ..".

~,_,.

.•.••

,.".

••••••••

_,

•.••

_,'

•••

__

,,...~

••.

~

_

1[1

t '~III!,llt

,l«'

.••• ':.~'"1!>"""",.

_..

5.972

• ,--.•.•,......-.""".-.--

24

10

X

---, __

~

I

-'-''''''-

.•...•...••... _ ..... ,..---_

: Density of core ~-"""'-'-"-""--""~

'j

.•... --...•.•..

-

~.......

..

Temperature at core

12

...•..•......"'.-~-_--.-.-... '

.•.. --

..

kg

IIIri~

I, "

I

-..•..

...•..-,

_ ....••.. ,.h.'~

3

km

~"."

__

•• u, •••••••

,

,.1

..-.-~.

.'

:",.,--'--"~~"'--',~.----.

• ..•........-~-

s ••.~

••

',",,'~~'

._

.•••

:

"."~'

+"

-:'--

.",--...,

Mt. Everest (8848 m above 'mean sea level) .-~--.

..---...--_--

~~

Shores.~rth;D.e~d

-,~ .. ~....,-_.

-

1. The inner core: It is blazing hot (approximate temperature range of 390Q-:--nOO°C), about as 'hot as the surface of the sUn. It is solid, due to intense pressure extended on the inner core . due to weight of the Earth. ; 2. The' outer cote: 'Less weight is exerted on the outer'core, which allows the iron and nickel to flow in a liquid state: Th~t liquid outer core spins.

-~- •••

•....••• ~--~''f':''"--~

.\01 'j

sea'l~vel

Tr~~~h'e~s;~hi,.e Philip~i;;;s,

._=-.-~~~_ ..•.....•."'~_. ~ ..•. 3

13.09 g/cm .. 4500°C

-l '"

1!:.;.Ylf'"

Sea (Israel, Jordan):396~"b~I;;~

-(P~'cific Ocean) 'i~the;Ma~iana's 10,900 m belpw sea level -'

Geological History

Geological history of the Earth refers ',to the evolutionary sequence. in which the geological events

365 days, 5 h, 48 min, and 45.51 s ,'''--'-'

.-

~ ..lI

"""

I'

IIIH\

_-~~:~ -..--._-.---_...-

'.:";,1';

The Earth is made up of more than 100 different elements. However, of this very large number, it is surprising that 8 elements make up 98% of the Earth's entire mass. The sum of the other elements is the remaining 2%. However, most of the iron on the Earth is concealed deep in the planets' inh::rior, where it forms the central core. Lighter elements, such as silicon and oxygen, are mostly distributed in the mid-to-outer portion of the planet (Figure A. 1.7). However, the composition of the Earth's crust to that of the Earth as a whole is practically the same with few elements appearing in both. The Per centages, how;ver, are quite diffef.e.~t. As e~pectt(d, the crust is composed of mostly lighter elements. 'fu fact, major part of the mass of the Earth's crust are the oxygen (O)'and Iron (Fe) about a fourth is the' element SilicoJil(Si) (Figure A.1.8). The dominance of oxygen in the Earth's crust becomes even more apparent when you. consider its abundance~ not by mass, but in terms of numbers of atoms: 63 of-every. 100 atoms making up the Earths' crust are oxygen atoms. fu the solid state, oxygen is not as important as a constituent of air. It makes up most of the Earths' Crust. The 10 most abundant elements on the Earth's crhst are: oxygen (46.1%), silicon (28.2%), . aluminium (8.23%), iron (5.63%), calcium (4.5%), sodium (2.36%), magnesium (2.33%), potassium (2.09%),titanium (0.565%), and hydrogen (0.14%). .,.. ..~J

'-"'-"'~-'

'7De~~~;p~'rt in~h~Ck;~'n~h~I~~gerD~;---" ':. . .'

, 'I,'" !'L"

•.

~

:..

•..•....

.•.

,,~,'_

1.08 x 10

.~. -"",.-..-,-.-- •• '-",.-,---_._ .•.. _.,~ .~----.

__ L6~~~tp~i~t~n the Earth';.~urface '

i,llll"

...-:~.~

j>-.,.

km

23 h, 56 min, and409

Highest point on the Earth's surface

"

••

4500 million years

x".-.",- .....,~""."._,"'''''''''''''--'

':1':"

1', 1,i11,1'

R ••

.

Time of rotation on its own axis ~.._"'-.--__ '.-_.__N ..'.__..,"'''= .. i Periodof revolution round th'eStln

I':1I:II,I,~ 1f 111

__

.""'.,

"••

2

361,149,700

1

, I' ~

__ --.__

.. ~'~-

~48,9:?~~20...!:m'2 ... __

Total water area (70.92%) ~

... ","'~~"',K~

6377 '510,100,500

«< •• ~:_

_.~

.~. ,

~_;kr,.,I

-

[E~'~~t~~i~I';~'9ius

\

t.

Iron + oxygen, sulphur, nickel :<"

_?~7~.k.m _ .' .. _~. 9gLcm __, 1216 km 12.8 g/cm3

--T~ai-~~rfdc~ ~rea '

""'.'," ~----

"i

'>"

..- •••

3:4-'!:.4~l~'}1~_ Rocks.i~du~i~g pe!ido!ite,,~~nit~

Ar:the poles.(MeridionQI). ".'

•••••• ~-_._~~~-,

-At the equator -At the poles -Mean diameter

tOrcumference-Atthe.,Equdtor "'

_---_

"1

'

Diameter

1., .•.

••. - ..,-,

Values

"--

~_,

T

Impc:>rtantData About the Earth

Facts

,...

....-.-_

3

Inner core (radius)

Ii

>h.--,.... •••

3.0 g/cm3

5-10 km

-'

Rock

!O-~2k~~:'~_...3:? ~Z~~3~ ~_ ....._. "._-

2885_~~_

i

iii,

•• ~".~

Composition

g/cm3

2.70-3.0

Mantle' I!

il'I"

.••••. -.y.- ••• "" • ..,

Composition

Characteristics of the Earth's Layers (Average Values)

Table A.l.S

"M"''''

..;'--~-,...'''--

'-.<'- ~ "-'

-~<~'~'!f" "

, r'.

'..•,: -••••.. ~

.,'.,Ii'~

:]:,,1,.,

'I

It causes the convention currents in the outer core; which have 'effects far outside the'Earth's surface. The moving iron and other ritetais produces a flowing electric charge---c-acurrent.' It is this electric current that creates the Earth's,lrtagnetic field. Data on iIDportartt Chatacteri~tics of the Earth's layers are shown in Table'1\.1:5. Vital data about the Earth are depicted ill Table'A1.6.

Others (1.9%) Sodium (0.2%) Aluminium(1.5%) --Calcium(1.8%)

j

Nickel (2.0%)

,.

.'1

,.r~".:'~"'"

~.

,;

Melting 'is prevented by the inten~~' pressure. from the . weight of the Earth above, j Atoms are crushed together so tightly that even high temperatures cannot budge them, Hence, the core remains. solid despite the high temperature. c;f."

Others (1.4%) Magnesium (2.1 %) Potassium (2.6%) Sodium (2.8%) Calcium (3.6%) Iron (5.0%)

Aluminium(8.1%)

'Figure A.l.8

'I

.:

Elements o'n t~e Earth's Gust r

,

.

r.

1_,

I'

'.,.'

....

occurred since the evolution of pl~et Earth~ Long before,' geologists could d~te rocks, 'they ,~ere ~ble to m~f,t;:a time-scale of the Eart~' s history in whish they divided time periods into various years, p,eriods, and epochs.' ,. . , Earlier'i.the. timings o('mairl, 'geo.l~gical events in the,Earth's E;v
Composition of.the Earth

'"1';"

lronisnormal"melting' p()inf is' 1535:C, yet the --,Earth's inner core' temperature. is greater than 4000°C. Why. does the inner corere:main.. ..solid?

f.,

..

J".

'l

.

Pre~a"!~ri~1.Era .. Figure A.l.7

m----.~t :,

"I).~~,:Y-f?u;~!'0Vr~~ j~L'

I'

,

',1;.' f ,.,

•. ,~' ..'

, • (This, era ~a!ks the origin of th~ Ear!h' about 4600 ptillion y~~rs ago and ends 570 million years ago.'

I: I,:t

T ... , ':'1 ,I ".;"'I'~.f,'"

I

., 'II'

"!I'

A.28

PhysicalGeography A.29

Chapter1

• The various eventS' that occurred in thiS era include formation of crust, continents, and oceans, birth of oldest' known rock (3900 million years old); origin of life (about 3300 million years ago); . and formation of the present-day atmosphere. • This is the longest era as per this classification of the history of the Earth.

'\"

Earth's Move~ents The Earth has two types ofrnovements, namely, rotation or daily motion andxevolution or annual motion. ;".' ~ ,

'~

II:" .

' , [

:'",

:;1, 1

,1..'" ,

»-

~ 'I

t~

t I.

Iji!, . '1'"

\

1

,~ 1:1,':'

t

:<';,,',

t~I~~' '".,

'I'IVI'I'~'~ 11:111"

'

:,II.i..;II~f.

I',

1'",1'

Aluminium

Figure A.1.9

,

Palaeozoic Era • This era lasts for 225 million years'"time(as shown in the Figure A1.9). • The Palaeozoic era contains six 'time-periods': (l)Cambriari period; (ii)' Ordo\rician period; ..' '(iil)Sih.hian'perioa.;' (iv) Devonian period; (v) Carboniferous pedod; and (vi) Permian period. ' .. • The geological events of importance are life comes ashore, Caledonian 'mountains rise, Appalachians, arid Central European mountains coming up. .

; ,:'1,.,1.1;1

H

~II' , 'I

I "11

I jl.

Mesozoic Era II

'I i." :11 ,',1'11.:

1

'II"!,I

1

,'. i~'

!~ril,:!

I'l\~~' II

d.

; '1)

Fossils are great time indicators, They are also very important environmental indicaiors, For example, certain present day corals are found in warrn tropical waters. When a similar fossilized coral is found, we can safely assume that the area wheredt was found was once covered by a warm and tropical shallow sea. Therefore, fossils help unravel the Earth's history. .

:'t:;i{':

11 '1 '

Iron (5.0%)

>-Mony Palaeozoic rocks are" economicdl.lyirnp6rlant. For example, much of the limeston~ quarried for building and industrial purpose, Thes;od deposits of Western Europe and eastern United States, were also formed during the Palaeozoic era,

.. '

,1'1

f.\'"

Calcium (3.6%)

•

I. Quick Facts

"

,[,

,O'I~

• This era started about 25Lmillion years ago and conclud~d about 65 riilllion years ago (see Figure Al.9). • This ,inc.1udes three main periods: (i) Triassic period; (ii) Jurassic period; and' (iii) Cretaceous period.,.,,, ',' ..... , • Maiil even!s can be listed as,Urals, rise up, Pangaea starts to break up (200-180 million.year? ago) and North-Atlantic starts to' open ",' Sotith'Atlantic starts to open 'up (14Q2:135 mil",'i lionyears'ago),'and India splitsfromAI1.t~rctica (100 million years ago). n' ,'".'

"up,

(8,1%)

,

y-

The Earth spins on its own imaginary axis from west to east once in every 24 hours (precisely 23 h, 56 min, and 40.91 s). It is alsocaUed 'diurnal o,rdaily motion'. The axis is aniinagina!,y line that runs from north to south and passes through the centre of the Earth. It always remains inclined at an angle of 661;20to the plane of the Earth's orbit (Figure A1.lO).

(2.6%)

Sodium (2.8%) ~r

"

Rotation

Others (1.4%) Magnesium (2.1%) 'Potassium

'~

r.

(elliptical) called. its 'orbit'. This journey of the Earth around the Sun is called; a 'revolution~.: It,is 'also called' annual motion' or 'yearly ,motion~ becauseit takes one solar year to complete the journey, which is, 3651,4days or 365.days, 6 h, 9 min, arid 9:54"s (Figure A!.l1). Directions of revolutions of'earth is shown in Figure A1.15,

f~'~ ~ ",or

'Long day short day

Geological events of the Earth

Equal day and nig~t

Cenozoic Era This era is the last one as per this classification. It starts about 65 million years ago after the 'Mesozoic era'. • This era is made up of two periods: (i) Tertiary period and(ii) Quaternary period. In this era, the periods were further divided into epochs of significance. 1. The Tertiary period contains 'the following five epochs: (i) Palaeocene, (ii) Eocene, (iii) .oligocene, (iv) Miocene, and (v) Pliocene. '~.' 2. Quaternary period can be. divided, int0~o epochs: (i) Pleistocene and (ii) Holocene.~tlolo" cene started some 10,000 years ago anq. is still on. Therefore, the current time can be put into Cenozoic Era, Quaternary Period, Holocene Epoch. The main developments ill' ~hisi\'era are formation of theRocki~s; Australia.':'splits away from Antarctica; India collides with Asia, and formation of the Himalayas and the::Alps range. ' .",~

Figure A.1.11

ERects of Revolution The Earth's revolution, causes a

I

change in,seasons.

I

South pole Figure A',1.10

Earth's Movement on its AXis

EHects of Rotation (i) Occurrence of day and night. (ii) The position of a place on the Earth can be fixed. (iii) Change in the direction of wind and ocean currents. Longest Days

and Nights longest day,'

,

North'ern Summer

Northern Hemisphere

Southern Hemisphere

June 22

Dec 22

Seasons

~.:

The Four Seasons ,

""""j

,.~

\~~ "

.",

,

s

~se'().sof'\

(shortest night) Shortest

day

--'D~t21~~-June

21

-,

(longest night)

1_ »-

Quick Facts

i

The oldest rock found is the 'Acosta Gneiss' in northwest- I ern Canada. Zircon crystals in the gneiss are dated back to 4.03 billion years, the original crystallization age before metamorphism. The oldest mineral, found in Australia, is a zircon crystal from sandstone. The zircon , is 4.4 billion years old. The survival of the zircon crystal may be evidence supporting the fact that the Earth cooled much faster than what scientists assumed earlier. 'Porpoise Cone' in Canada, a granitic rock, is over 3.8 billion years old.

I

EqualDays and Nights Days and nights are equal at the

/

equator throughout the year, because the circle of illumination always divides the equator into two equal parts,

Daysand Nights in India.

, Longerdays and shorter nights-in June; Shorterdays an~ lo~ger night;:-~

December .

Revolution While rotating'on its axis, the Earth also revolves arOund the Sun along an. almost. circular, path

'.' •

The annual motion of the Earth together with its inclined axis;' ther~fore;causes' the fo~r seasons of spring, sunlmer, a~tumn, and winter, (Figure A1.12).

"

~.

•

Figure A.1.12 •

,"

l. ~

~

-

•

Seasons Throughout the World .'-,'

<,.

~

&~

••

.'

:,.",

".~,

•

I~

..~;

Spring On March 21, the Sun is directly' overhead the';equator: This is theseasoIi Of spring itt the North Temperate Zone;... " • ~.

l;'

-."

.• '-

,

,l'f

),

t

Summer OnJune,21, the Sun.is directly overhead the Tt:opic of C~ncer.Thus, the North Temperate Zone experiencessummeL

~

P""'l'lfi'i~" 11','\1,

'

:'I\!, I'

)-'

"

:ri'

Physical Geography

Chapter 1

A.30

Autumn~' On S~ptember 23, the Sun returns to the

IIII II

I 1:1

equator, and the North Temperate Zone experiences the season of autumn.

I'j, I,

.

",

11>,.

~i

',i

,t: I'

1,,1.

1

I~

,I

I

Th~ time from one noon to the next is

called a solar.day.

\"

yearly path around the celestidt;~ 'sphere, or eq0ivolently, the plane of Earth'sorbit aro,L!~o:L the Sun, is called the ecliptic.

i ~

ifL,'

, I' ,(

f'I'

NP

il'lil1ii,r~i':'

H'

i:,)

~

I'II' " ' SP

!,~llil~:~::,11 f' ! !~;~"d-~!:.

------------

------

1,,'' '

11'1'r;1

What will happen if the Earth starts revolving around the Sun in a circular path instead of elliptical path?

"

•

nI~'11'

"

As the Earth revolves around the Sun, we have different seasons at different regions on the earth. Howeve~, if the Earth'sorbit becomes completely circular instead of elliptical, the difference between various seasons will be reduced drastically.

ecliptic ore .,-

Tipping of the Hemisphere:'

Because the Earth's axis is inclined,. to the ecliptic plane: we experience seasons, depending on which hemisphere (Northern or Southern) happens to be 'tipped' towards the Sun. ,

A~

N~/-----------~2"--

Qj

:> Summer Solstice: At the summer solstice, the Sun is highest in the sky, and the length of the day is greatest

,'II

:'\~',;!I.

,"'"

:> Zodiac: The constellCltionsIyingialongthe collectively calledlhe zodiac, );>

I,~II'

At the vernal and autumnal equinoxes, the Earth's rotation axis is perpendicular to the line joining the Earth to the Sun. For this reason, day and night are of equallengih.

\'c;f

j;~Eciiptic:'The 'S0n's • Ii

~

..

",';

)

SP 3 ",

:> Winter Solstice: At the winter solstice; the'Sun is lowest, and the 'day is shortest.

-

1,

1

Figure A.l.13

, .~{~

(a) Northern Summer, (b) Southern Summer

:> Tropical Year: 'The interval of ti~e from onevl;ti\6! equinox to the next is one tropical ye()r. • .n.H:, ';:' ,,:: ~~~jtt~~j Sidereal Year: The time requirrdfOrlhe •EarthJo complete one orbit ,iround the Sun~ relative 10 the,st(jrS,'! l,,,,' is one sidereal'year. ' • '. J'" '.'"~ • _~'_

How Seasons Change?

t

The Earth's axis is inclined at an angle of 661;20to the~plane of its orbit. As a result of this, the Earth is in different positions while revolving round the Sun. During the first half of an year, the Northern Hemisphere tilts towards the Sun resulting in longer days and experien'cing .summer season in the region. During this. period, the Southern Hemisphere experiences winter. During the second half of the year, the Southern Hemisphere tilts towards

'jI

I

1"

ll

'ill!i"!il

11,,iil':i'I,iilli

lit

,~i I',

,!,lll'

'\'1'1 i :I! "I~!II

~

••

~

"',

•

'I

,1:-"

~

'"

.~

f

/1

,

the Sun, and thus, experiences summer' aria~the Northern Hemisphere experiences winte'r '%lfing this period. ' ',". ,r;s:' ~ >~J,~f('::J~,1 •

Causes of Change in Seasons

f l •. ~

~'«:

-: .;,i:ll

(i) Revolution of the Earth around the Stiri:JP •. (ii) A fixed inclination (tilt) of the Earth's axis at , 66112°to the plarte of its orbit (Figure A.l:14).

FigureA.1.15

11'"

,

11

:

~,

\1 'iii

" ,I "

"\1 .,1

__,

SJ;/ 1 -'

--

Direction of Revolution of the Earth

Equinoxes Equinoxes are dates when the nights and days are equal. During these days, ,the Sun shines directly over the equator: Further, March 21, is the vernal (spring) equinox in the Northern }femisphere, and September 23, is the autumnal equinox; the seasonal term reversed for,the Southern Hemisphere (these dates vary slightly from year to year). The positional relationships of the Earth and the Sun are virtually identical on these two dates; and the following characteristics prevail: (i) The perpendicular rays of the Sun strike at the equator;

,.

Quick Faf!'ts

:> Very early in the Earths history (between 4.5 and 4,3 billion years agol, a Mars-sized object struck the Earth. The impact created tremendous he~tand produced orbiting debris that coalesced to form the Earth's Moon. The impact also knocked the Earth off its axis of rotation to the present tilt of 23.SO. Had the Earth'saxis of rotation not been tilted relative to the Sun, we would have no seasons on the Earth.

.! .",~

The time of the year when the difference between the length of days and nights is the largest is re~erred,.!? as solstice. During these days, th.e Sun ~hjnes vertically over a tropic (Figure A.1.16).Table A.1.7 shows the conditions at solstice. " On or around June 21, the North }'ole tilts towards the Sun and the Sun shines directly over the Tropic of Cancer. This is called 'summersolstice'.-On or aroun~;De.cember 22, the Earth isatl.the~opposite end of its orbit. The South Pole tilts tOwards the Sun and the North Pole away from it. This isc~lled'win~ ter sols~ce'. In the Northern Hemisphere,-days are longest and nights are shortest during the-summer solstice. Alternately, the days and nights are shortest and longest during the winter'solstiCe: Tne'feverse is true in case of the SoutJ:lern.H:e~sp'here. ""')Il(j~~

('-

••\.

I

Does the Earth have any other motion apart from the rotation about its around the Sun? ~', . ,.-.' ,,' '

Earth

•.

,.

"

.;>..

..,

~xis'at.'d'its 'r~vcm,tion " '.:

, ;~

~\,)W'

Sun ,

Earth's Orbits

Solstice

\i

,.1

/~L1<.

Figure A.l.14.

(iv) The equinoxes represent the midpoints in the shifting of direct rays of the Sun between the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn.

/"

Path of Orbit .

(ii) ~e ~cle of illumination just touches~oth poles; (iii) The periods of day light and darkne~s are each 12 h long all over the Earth, a situation that Occurson these two dates; and

~-

Equinoxes and Solstices

,

,

NP

SP @ A@

.~

11,

".,

When on the Earth the day and night are of equal length? ,

between successive risings .

of any given stari.isone sidereal day.

'

This is because the Earth revolves around the Sun, the solar day is a few minutes longer than the sidereal day.

r.t:;;li,.

~ Side~al Day: ',The time ctl

~ ,',,' Why is a solar day longer than sidereal day?

.~.(d'.'.

.,~~y.•

~;.:S~lar Day:

Winter On December 21, the Sun is at the Tropic of Capricorn, and the North Temperate Zone experiences winter. Figure A.1.13 shows Northern Summer. In the South Temperate Zone, the seasons are the reverse of those mentioned above, at the same time of theyeat. .

j;rms

,}~.,

","\

A.31

"

In addition to its rotation about its axisand its revolution around the Sun, the Earth has many other molions."One ofihe' ~ostimp~rtant of these is precession, the slow 'wobble; of the Earth's axis due to the influenceofthe Moon. As a result, the'sidereal year is slightly longer than the tropical year, a~d p~rticular constellations that happen to be visible during any given season change over the ~rse of thousands of years. "

th~

~..I' '::' 'II,'I.'~~.I.-'i.,rc I

, 't':l' A.32

Physical Geography .A;33

Chapter 1 i ~ ~J'l>I...,.

..

•s ...•

,,~

.:J:0

r'

;:y

.-

"

Eclipses When the light of the Sun or the Moon is obs~ured by another body, the Sun or Moon is saidto~e in eclipse.

.~

;z II

I,

_Sun

1;'

,Iil'l.I11' il!:'.11

'i.

o


~ %"?, ~~

.'-j"

7~

Earthat the Equinox

\i . J,~I;1' :, '1

II,' JI"."1'.)1 .~

,

~.

1

ll' .."1:

.:.i,~,.:.j:

I'

'1:I,ijll.

lunar Eclipse • The Moon is said to be in eclipse when the Earth comes between the Moon and the Sun, and this is called lunar eclipse. • The shadow cast by the Earth on the Moon is called an eclipse. • Lunar eclipse occurs only on a full Moon day. However, it does not occur on every full Moon day, because the Moon is not in the same posi~ tion in relation to the Earth and the Sun on every full Moon day. So, the lunar eclipse takes place once the Moon enters the Earth's shadow. • The eclj.pse may be partial, if only a portion of the Moon's surface is affected or,"total if the entire Moon is (temporarily) darkened.

!!liI1,,::'1 ,- 11ilt';"

,

-,.:l ••il(

1

'II' .~lll\

'I!! I

FigureA.l.16

Il~

Table A.l.7

'j

I

I

Conditions

1

6f

111

'.1 IlI11111'I,! ;1..11...1 ~

1

Capricorn

at the Tropic of Cancer

,1,,1 I,. . '

3. Higher Sun angleinJhe Southern Hemisphere, as comptiredtosame Iqtitude in the Northern

1.1 ,'1'1I"1(','I;i'I" ~1\

Northern Hemisphere summer; Southern Hemisphere winter'.

Northern Hemisphere winter; Southern Hemisphere . summe'r.

r~!

',ii'

Higher Sun angle in Northern Hemisphere, and composed to same latitude in the Southern.HelT!isphere, .'

____ ...;...~.~'w<_-.-----.-- ,-,.,--_.~ ..

I

Hemisphere

4. Day length increases with increasing latitude in the Southern Hemisphere -,,-,",---,"..•.. .. ...• ,_ ..•

---'--"

'-_._--"--_

.

: .5;.D~yl~~.gth.d~~~eas~.s.with

increqsing.latit~d~

. Northern Hemisphere. . ~ h"of daylight'--

r 6.' Equator recei;es~ •...

~._-_

...

~",-"-

-

-"'-,

7.

-

-,~

_. __

.....-=---Day length increases with increasing latif.udeinthe Hemisphere ~.,~

_--~'_ ,

..~,.'-,.-~-_._,,....

in the: .

,;._.--.-_

...

_.-

._~_._

..

__

~'--.'

..

_,~,-"'~.

-_.

Northern ~"

Day length decreasing with increasing latitude in the Southern

.. '.' Hemisphere ~ .----~A--Equ~~~r~~ive~.12.h.-ofd:0i~h-t._~._.'

--_._._.~_._-_ ..

..

_- ._----~.--_.~.-

.•" .._._-,,--

..'--'''-

-----_.

Circle of illumination touches the Arctic Circle on the Circle of illumination touches the Arctic Circle on thefacingl near side of the North Pole .., >";; .. '. sideoftheNorthPole ..' r~""-~;'_>a< ••....••.. _ .• _... _~_:c'_"~"'~":"-.:~' _~_....•.• ' ,--'- .•.-'.--_ ;_.. _- ~- __ n.....- ..._'_.•• ''-- _,<...- .......•.•. ."__ .. _~~.=~ ..u.. &, .. ,----.~~-._ •.. ', .... .... . ~ ~~ ~--" 8. C ...ircle of illumination touches the Antarctic Circle on .Circle of illumination touches the Antarctic Circle on the near the facing side .of the South Pole.. __ ..._. .. side ~of the South Pole _____ ' .,.;...._._. ~ ..~ .._.~_ ..•..... _" .. _~_-' __ ."" ~,.__ ,__ ~""'v._~'~-""""~--.

'

LJ

9: ;24

h of daylightfro'rri

[lo.-24h7d;;kness

Antarctic Cii'c1eto SouthPole

fr~m Arctic Circle ;~-North Pole

"

Solar Eclipse • The Sun is said to be in eclipse when the Moon comes between the Sun and the Earth. This is called in every solar eclipse, • There is either partial or total obstruction of the Sun's light when viewed from the Earth. • A solar eclipse occurs on a new Moon day, when the Moon is in line with the Sun. However, due to the inclination of the Moon's orbit, a solar eclipse does not occur on every new Moon day. ... • A solar eclipse occurs' when the Moon passes between the Earth and the Sun, so that a small part of the Earth's surface is plunged into shadow. • For observers in the umbra, the entire Sun is obscured, and the solar eclipse is' total. In the penumbra, a partial solar eclipse is seen.

a

June Solstice

1. ."

~1

at Solstice

I[)ecemJ:)ii sOliiice

'",

,Ifill 1'.1 •;

Earth at the Solstice

24 hof daylight from Arctic Cirde to.North

Pole

.trf;

24 h of darkness from An;;;rctic Circle t;s;,uth" Pole

'.~ "'. 'L

- Why Do Not Solar Eclipses Occur Exactly at Local Noon? Because' the geometry required for.a total solar eclipse has notfling to do with local noon. It has to do with when the lunar shadow that sweeps across your location during the time when the Sun is above the horizon. Ever so, it is possible for the Sun to be in full eclipse before it rises at your particular location! 4'

Spheres of the. Earth The surface of the Earth has four distinct spheres, as listed hereunder (Figure A.1.18). 1. Atmosphere: The cover of air that envelopes the Earth's surface. 2. Lithosphere: The top crust that includes the land . surface and the ocean floors. 3. Hydrosphere: The water surface that includes oceans, se<,ls,rivers, and lakes.

'

i~, 111

Did You Know? .•

1

Annular Eclipse If the Moon' happens to be too far from the Earth for its disk to completely hide the Sun, an arVlul,lt'ec,lipse Occurs.Because the Moon's orbit around the Earth is slightly inclined with respect to the ecliptic, solar and. lunar eclipses do not occur every month, but only a ~w times in every year (Figure A.1.17). .

4. Biosphere: The sphere where life exists, and is spread over all the above three spheres. ....

;

ATMOSPHERE

."".,

. ~.

".

:.

~ -The liquid,oceans.on our planet's surface' make .up the hydrosp~ere and the land and ocean floods lithosphere~ 'Above the'surface is the atmosphere, which is composed primarily of nitrogen and oxygen. The atmosphere is a gaseous envelope that surrounds a celestial body. The.terrestrial atm()sphere~'by nature of its composition, control of temperature artd'''shielding.effect aga1rlst solar radiation, makes life possible on the Earth. It covers both the land and the water surface. It is l>0!1!l<:i}0 the .Earth by the gravitational pull of the Earth. Higher still !i~s the ma~eto~phere, where charged particles from the Sun are trapped by the Earth's magnetidield.'" .. ' .:

.

,,'

Composition

-

.

.

The composition of the atmosphere changes as we' go higher from the Earth's'surface.up to about 'a height of ~Q,1<mfr?~tll~ :J;:aI1!i,the atmosphere is composed of: Nitrogen 78.09% Oxygen 20.95%

f

..... ''If'"" ..... i',:~l."

I

jt;

A.34

Physical

Chapter 1 Biosphere:

i ,::ll:~i:

1.1.1:

"

I~I': ,

il

I"

"ii'll I~"."1. ".'

Figure A.l.17 A

No Solar or lunar Eclipse

1,,

",11

; ),..!1 FU."I'~ Crust (Oceanic is up to 10 km thick; Continental is upto 40 km thick; main l?lements are oxygen ..,. 45% and silicon 27%)

Atmosphere: Thermosphere (80-120 km above sea level) Mesosphere (50-80 km above sea level) Stratosphere (15-50 km above sea level) TropoSphere (0-15 km above sea level)

I!, "1'"'.1''

.

.,

II::),

.",t

t~I;".~ '

Approximately from 5 km below sea level to 10 km above sea level.' \ The zone is oCQupied by organisms.

ll,t;' '1\

Geography A:~5

, ;;~,'C \

,,1'.11'

.~I

1< .• f

Irj .• 1 -!' "I

I

Outer core . J' (2000 km thick, semi-solid)

\"lo,:~n\;i'~,...:-'~~,."".

'~
Partial Solar Eclipse

I.~

1 I'

1>,:

I.;.:

, II,III.I;III:;.~ I

. ~

(,

Cclre

i. '

(1300

' km radius, solid)

~\'.

.',

~J~il!1:

1.11\

'Il'

,I

.;(~'l~.)

.~

11"1',

I iii11 \,tll~111

\

Figur~ A.l.17B

L,I

Partial Solar or lunar Eclipse

,.,ft.

Umbra Total Solar EClipse ,111

D'

Penumbra

Moon

•. U:fl'

1'1 1 'I . '11

'I

,

'I

'j

:•.•....

11

..

I" ,

" !'IIII~II'

I

:I

\ F~\

Penumbra

.:tr'"i:t: (lA.

.

I

;'\

I, .!

"I t..

Figure A.l.17C ~.

"

' .

..

Total Solar or Lunar Eclipse'

,;; .•..

j

"

Cross-sectional View of Atmosphere and Biosphere

Argon 0.93% Neon 0.0018% Carbon dioxide 0.03% Helium ' 0.005% Ozone 0.00006% Hydrogen 0.00005% After a height of 50 km above the Earth's surface, the atmosphere is IT.lCide up of,ato.micoxyg~n (01)' ozone (03)' helium, and hydrogen.

Atmospheric Pressure .,"if

!~

j

f

Figure A.l.18

Atmospheric pressure refers to the weight of the entire air column over a given point. A litre of air weighs about 1.3 g. Atthe sea level, tIle air pressu.re is around 1033'.6 g cm:2•Thisis referred to as oneatmosphere. Air pressure is normally highest at sea level and decreases rapidly with increasing altitude. The change in pressure with altitude is not constant~however.It is interesting to note that the altitude of about 16 km up, atmospheric pressure is only 10 per cent of its sea-level value; this is another way to say that most of the mass of the atmosphere is found relatively close to the ground. ' , .

.1

Atmospheric Moisture .

.' ,

I ~.

Atmospheric moisture;',occurs in three physical states-solid, liquid, and. gaseous-and can)pass freely from one.to another. The hydrologic cycle is a continuous interchange-between the atmosphere and. Earth, wi~hliquid,water evaporating into the:gaseous air and subsequently returning to the Earth as some form of falling moisture. , .1 -

Evaporation

"

,

/

TJ

It is the p'rocess w~ereby Fquid, m~is:ture (wCiter) changes to gaseous. moist:ur~ (~~teJ; vapour); it is accomplished by molecu~ar ,~sc.a.P.E!:, . and energy is stored as latent heat in th~ yap.~tlrt molecules. '. .

Humidity The amount of water vapour.irtthe\,~ii:";i& referred to as ,humi,dity,whi,ch can bt;,m~.a.sure(t~d) expressed in se~eral ways; .Absolute!:nll:J;l.jdityisr...~ dir,ec~.measure of. the amount of wa!~r,xapo~f jj~~, given volume of air, specific humidity. is thE;h!11as.~j of wat~r vapo~rin a given mass o(~ir, fl~d ;!E.;la!i'y~j humidity is the amount of water vapour ~.fut;\.jti!,; c;ompar,edwi~ ~~ Cl:mountthat.cou1d~e t~en;)~ the air were saturated. . ,; r ..,oo"b I

I"

.tl~'1'(1

r A.36

Chapter 1

Dew Point It is the temperature at which air becomes saturated.

.

High

Condensation

It is the opposite of. evapo~ation. Water vapour condenses to water, with a release of energy (latent heat) in the process. Most condensation takes place as a result of cooling by expansion in rising air. This adiabatic cooling is responsible for the formation of most clouds and, ultimately, of most precipitation. Clouds consist of visible collections of tiny water droplets or ice crystals. Fog and dew ate other notable forms of condensation. How much 'water vapour condenses at any given time and place is strongly influenced by the buoyancy (stability) ofthe air, which is an expression of horizontal density and temperature relationships.

Precipitation

In all its forms (rain, snow, sleet,' glai~, hail) results from a complex set of processes involving condensation nuclei, super-cooled water droplets, and minute ice crystals. These processes are set in motion when large masses of air are forced to rise by convective lifting, orographic lifting, frontal uplift or convergent lifting.

Clouds .

"

Clouds are the visible expression of condensation and provide perceptible eVI9,ence of, other things happening to atmosphere. At a .given time,. about 50 per cent. of:'the, Earth is cQ\Teredby clouds, the b~sic importance of which is that they are the source ofprecipitatioJL Not .all clouds precipitates, but all pr~cipitation comes from clouds. Clouds also are important because of their influence on radiant energy. They receive both insolation from above and terrestrial radiation from oelow; and then they either absorb, reflect~scatter, or reradiate ,this energy. This funCtion of clouds in the 'glopateri~rgybudget is important. ',.

, :~jlll !i

H II;

',Fi

Classifying Clouds

.II~ '~'l'

I '~!~II '1

',II

I

,I

Clouds 'can be 9£ various.' shapes and sizes. But~ certain' general' f6rrm~t'Of}clbuds'recur commonry. ,Moreover; the" yaHous 'cloua., forms are nobnallx found only at' certain" generalized alti~ t'ude".IOn"the basis 6hhese'twofactors clouds are cl~ssified. ", ' "<./ - . ' '.tdiThe' international' Classification scheme, classifies clouds into the following 3 forms, ,~ families, and io types.

Cirrus

Cirriform

Thin, whit~i

Cirrocumulus;

Cirriform

icy

Cirrostratus

Cirriform

ClridTl

,\q({)l\O\ :~02~'_..•f!

Mesopause.~' Themesopause's~Rarates the me'sosp~er~ from the next layer named as ionosphere.' '~, ~;Z~PI ".1,4,

Altostratus

low

Stratus

Stratiform.

Stratocumulus

Stratiform

N imbostratus

Stratiform

General o,ve~casL ,hl:l. ..:Jl .•..,.

:JcI.-::nu:. ",jm~';rl:

Cumulus

Vertical

Cumulonimbus "':}(,

AI!,,~sp~ericLayers

,,,\\\\?N;:

These,are the layets of air that lie above the Earth~sjsurface. The vertical pattern of temperature is complexlfIt consists a series of layers in which temperature,~alternatively decreases and increases. From the bottomitip, these thermal layers are called troposphere, stratosphere, mesosphere, thermosphere, and exosphere. In addition to these fiveprineipal names, we alsQJhave special names for the top of the first three layers: tropopause, stratopause,and mesopause. We uSEKthe -sphere name when talking about an entire layer and the -pause name when our interest is either ~ ~e upper portion of a layer or in the boundary betwe~n two layers. "u~H. .'

j

TrclPosphere The troposphere is the layer nearest, to the ',Earth's surface and ,extends from sea levehto a height of about" 15,km. This region is the den~est of' all the atmospheric' layers and: contains' water vapour, moisture, and ,dust. In this region, the temperature decreases as the height increases from; the Earth approximate 1°C per 165 km, called 'normal lap's rate'. All weather phenomenon are restri~t~g4to troposphere., , "

Tropopause

._

.

•

•

,_:;,.",'U,':

This is the layer that separates the troposl~her)eqmvest layer) ,the strato?pher~ (Vpper ayeI'. " .

t~~~

Stratosphere" ., This is the region of uniform temperature ext~nding from analt~tu.d~ of about 15'km above~the Earth to a height of about 50km. It is free from water vapour, clouds, and dust. -' , ~ M,esosphere This very cold region lies aboye,~the ozone~rich layer of the stratosphere. It extends from 50 or 80 km above the Earth's surface. ,

,

Ionosphere. The ionosphere lies immediately,abovetne mesosphere and ext~ntis from 60:;40,Okm.'\lbovethe Earth's surface. This layer contains ionized (or elec~ ~"",-"'''if'. trically charged) air that p~otects the Earth, ,(r9.'rrit1le falling meteorites (shootirig stars) as 'most of the~ burn out in this region.' It also prot~cts the Earth from the Harmful radiatioris of the Sun. Th~ ionosphere consists of-'O', 'E', and 'F' layers 'and includes the thermosphere and exosphere. 'h

. ~:I,".

!~

A:~1.

Physical Geography

,,'

,_'

,1,"1

.

\i - "

'if., ~

'I,'

.

Thermosphere This is the middle layer of the' ionosphere. Itjs~the region of the atmospherewhe!e tem~ perature is above 100°C. ' Exosphere The exosphere is th~ 'uppe'rm~sl';egio~ of the ionosphere and makes up the outer lirriitsof the atmosphere.' Here; the gravity' of the Earth is exceedingly. weak. The magnetic belt. of the, Earth; which is known as magnetosphere, extends to about 64,000km above the Earth' s surface; The exosphere is now con~idered as part of. the trl~gnetosphere. The outer boundary of the magnetosphere or the final boundary between the Earth and outer space is known asmagnetopause. "

• These winds were named.'trade wind'.becaus~ prior to the steam age, sailing ships car~g .trage goods d~pe,!l<;led..on thesewi,nds' l '''h'' / " -.' .v ..•.. .,~.. -'r' • Th,e trade winqsrb!ow' t6w'.lrds.•theeqtiato~ betw~eri 5°'-30~:n~rthand sO!Jthlatitude. ..'.'" j.,~1

.

Westerlies ,,'

-,"'>lif

•.• '

..

-"~''>-'.

, ;,

/

~

"l.••.....•.. :.

~,""'"

".

i

::

.'

"I-

.

'f'~~j",'

..• '.

",'

,.,,_~

,',<J

1'"

.'

... ~.r

I.t.~,.d

"

_:

.?, .•

~?'.:

;.

'.;

~i'''-

f,

_

.

F','r

I

'. ",

,-,;,)

'1;'

.j.':

". '. ....•.

l

•

,,--f •••

.J

,~-A'~~~~.~

I

~~ ." J' '...,;

~.

'i""

,;..

';'

'

-

~~

~:L.;Y1 -;,

•••• ~.

I

,.

•.•.,

'''lll

",

I

..••.~.
(i) Regular-winds, (Examples: trade wirids and westerlies) (ii) Periodical winds (Example: Monsoons) i'" (iii) Variable' winds, (Examples: Cyclortes and other local winds)!: . '",Jiit.:. ,~ ' .' :)

.1

:

t~~; ~:; ~'.. ''..•.•.

•••I

• ""' . ~

~,,t'. ,

i- "

""

<",

'.

,

• Trade wm'ds are steady air blowing~owards the equator frorrithe north~east and the south-east directions.' ..

\.

"f

Winds are classified into three broad groups. These are: ;:~,,,,. " .-, ",'

Trade Winds

,

• The monsoons are seasonal winds th'!-t,bJow bri~fly over India, Sri Lanka,'China/andnorthwest-Australia. - ,. ? • In. summer(' rriainlybec~use6f" high tempera-: fure over the Earth's' surface neart~eequator; the air' pressure :femains low.' Fot tpis ~~,?ason, mOistrain-oearing'wiitds blowili1fromthe sea towards the land. " r! . • A monsoon climate is 'marked by summei rains anci",winter'droughts.' ., , c-"'S' '," • 'There'are',t'wo~major monsoori"<systems'. (one' iri South Asia and the o.therm East'Asia); and two minor systems (in Australiaand,',West Africa); arid several other regions where monsoon t~h:.. d~rid~S'd~"elop (~~pedklly,in Ce:"ti~l AmeriJi ahdth~ south-eastern United States);"" .

'~.,.,"

Types of Wind

_""',~

':;.!(';," .,J.

Monsoons

.

Wind is air' in motion arid plays an important role in climatic variations on the Earth. Winds are 'recog~ nized by the'~irectiCm trom'which they blow. More importantly, the deflection' of wfud is caused, due to the rotation ofthe Earth. Winds are deflected to the right in the Northern Hemisphere, and'to the left in the Southern Hemisphere.

..

• The'~westeHies are,reg~lar win(l,s,:that,l?~o~ outside thetropics in the temperate 'zone."'The south~westerly winds blow:in~the: Northern Hemisphere and, the north-west~rly win~s)n 'the Southern Hemisphere. ", ~, '.,.' . '}',; '. '~, I~ • South oNO degrees latitude, the absence of "any .cl'< .land mass enables these winds to gatherd~rce, , and thus, theyaie knownasthe,roariii.g-forties (Figure A.1-;19). ;"',; ....:'", •.": ••;.

i.

Winds

")

,South Pole

",.

Figure A.1'.19

'.".,-

oJ',

i"l; .".

',J

CirciJlation of.AirProducing Winds -, ,. c

Trade

.~ ~

f ~

l"

"Ji;J

~

4.38

Chapter 1

Physical Geograpny

Did You Know? lhermal

Layer of Atmosphere

Thermal structure of the atmosphere suggests that temperature decreases with increasing altitude in the troposphere and ,mesosphere, and increases with increasing altitude in

it 1,-1'

I,,',

-

the stratosphere and thermosphere,

"1:1

",i,

-

I

"~' II:!

i

Borf1 is a..,~old, dry wp:td ,blowing outward,s\~~m Fronts When Uhlike air masses meet, a front~a' ionJ Hup.gary to the north of Italy.' '., l,'~'; of unsettled, sometimes stormyweather-is'eStaB~ Ka,tabatic win~s originate from cold upland at:e<;J.9.'":'l-11,9-lished between them. A warm front is the leading cascade towards lower elevation under influence. of edge of an advancing warm air mass; a cold front is gravity. These are particul~rly commol).in Gre~ni~A~ the leading edge of an advancing cold-air mass that is and Antarctica, where they come w:hippingg,tfSth,e displacing warm air; a stationary frorit is the boimdary edge~of the high, cold ice. sheet. . ")'}V{l';t between the'two passive air masses; an occluded £tont is formed ~hen a cold front overtakes a warm front. Mistral is a very cold wind that blows down frohi.'-lhe plateau of Central France from Alps to the Medit,e~: (yclones and Anticyclones Air masses and fro~ts are ranean Sea. It is a special type of KatabatiC wiNl!fii~ . ' ::'rrr~r/~.~ prominent [components of major migratory presIt gets channelled through a narrow valley (France's sure systems called 'mid-latitudes cyclones' and Rhone valley) where it develops high speed 'AHa 'mid-latitude anticyclones'. These systems dommate attamsconsiderable destructive power. .' •.:utl: mid-latitude circulation, particularly in winter. In Punasare cold; dry winds blowing down towarQsJn~ mid-latitude' cyclones, which are"the 'bcittlegrot.mds westernside of the Andes. ,:,., of tropical and polar air, dynamically and dramatiLevanter is a . easterly wind through st;1'ait.,:of cally changing weather conditions prevail, whereas . Gibraltar. . . -i.:r: mid-latitude anticyclone represent stable; non-stormy interludes:'" Vendavel is a westerly wind through strait of Gibri:l'ltar. Marinjs a south easterly wind from Mediterrilnea.n Hurricanes Hurricanes are low-latitude storms, tropto France. .~:' ical cyclones, characterized by strong winds and Gregalds a northeasterly wind blowing in Greece.: -i' heavy rainfalL They can form only over ocean surfaces. The general trajectory of hurricane movement Willy~willyis a tr.9picalcyclone in Australia. The dloie and the season of hurricane formation are well underCOrn:rrlori usage is dust-devils." • ";', "."1 stood, but the specific timing and path of movement ~[ are highly UI).predictable.';fhese storms often. cause Direction of the Wind Movement destruction in coastal areas, and also bring life-susWind, which is defined as horizontal air move~ent, taining rainfall, to inland regions. These storms isa response to a pressure difference. The dif~gB.~n are known by different names P1 different places: o~ wind moy~ment is determined l:>Ythe P~~~Nt:~e Hurricanes (North and Central America); Typhoons graqient, the Coriolis effect, and friction. Th~t:e, ,are d ..•. (western NC!:rthPacific); BaguiQs,(Philippine), and eIght bas~c.~resstlre-centnc CIrculatIon patt,~ms, simply cycl0I!es (in the Indian Ocean and Australia). four around" the low-pressure centres (cy~LQi\es) ,~,i11i"'.t A remarkable feature is the non-stQrmy'eye,of the and foW,.af(?~a the. high-presstir7 centres,(ff
Why Do Winds Blow?

i~Ii

I:"!

Wind movement is caused by the difference in air pressure on the Earth's surface, The air near the Earth's surface gets heated and being light in weight, rises to the higher regions; wf)ilecold air from the surrounding regions moves into this low pressure area to equalize the pressure of atmosphere, This movement of air from areas of high pressure to areas of low pressure is known as wind. '

"'

J

"II

;

_'"

"",

JIII\"1

jlii~!',~II:li\ : :" 'lll!,rl', ~ I"

"I'~","i

" ,;, I' , ,I,

; ~[1111'~!'iill' '~ ,I, I

t'

111 iH11!, II , l 'III' I i ;~: lijl

,

II

I

.

;)rr.,' .' '. .

. "

..

'

ChiilOOk is a hot dry wind blowing on the east or leeward'~ide 6f'ihe.•. Rocky MOuhtains'(North.America). . . f~" .."'. ' '. • . '. ... " As these winds gescerid from the mountams, they are pressed down and get heated. Fohen are the winds similar to Chinook, but are on the north of the Alps (Europe). Sirocco is a hot, moist wind that blows' frqm the Sahara desert and moves eastwards across the Mediterranean Sea.' ," Solano is ~~irr,lilar type of wind ?~owing from the So/lara to~ard~ t~e IOerici:ri. PeI).iruni!a.' .' ' Harmattan is a hot, dry wind blowing outwards from the interior: of West Africa. m rUiI'

~\!i

'.

i . ",

Other Types of-Winds

I i!:!j\,111\~,IIIII'I,'

II

.~.

•

J;

-~

:;J:,

'r

"1~

"'.

• The most notable environmental event; each year in South Asia is the ~ual burst of the summer monsoon. Inthisfirst of the two major ,monsoon systems, prominent,' onshore' winds .,......j _ . .~. , .. .spiral in .from the Indian Ocean, bringing ':,Hfe-givtngrains to the parched subcontinent. • In .winter, South Asia. is gominated. by out blo,wing dry air diverging ,gep.erally.from. the northeast. This flow is not ~ery different from I).ormaL~ortheCl.sttrad~sexcept for is ~owmoisture content.

.

.

:~

".

\

'.

,

-,"

'.

•

,._

_

'.

\.'

(t,

..'

,

Air Masses

. -.

~"J!~Jf.

o'

,

.

"

Ai

L .:~\~",

Large parcels '6f air in the troposphere that have&~ativelyuniform horizontal physical characteristitsffi-e referred'as air masses. When air masses"moveJawciy from their source regions, they cauSe significant Weatherchange'sas they go. ' " . 1,,01 ~' ~ •.' '';'1'"""'" ,fr>:' ~., ~ -. ~~,I rtf: 'J,'

H II J(1it'I ['h

by

The phenomenon' involving the upwelling- or downwelling of a fluid, su~h ~~.air or water: which heat is moved from onepldG:-tto anothe'r' is kri~wn as convection, In the atmosphere, 'the convection occurs in the troposphere;,the lowest region of Earth's atmosphere and is a known cause of surface winds and\veather. As the incoming'solar liltraviolet radiations are absorbed in the ozonel6y&Vthe ionosphere is kept ionized by high-energy rddiation and particles from the Sun. ' .J,

",..,

Localized Storms Other kinds of storms are more localized. And easte,rly.wave is a weak migratory system in the tropi>~stJ;y~iliu~d~r a~d iigtt~~;:~ t~~(1qo is the smallest of the storms, but has Immense destructive power. It'i~fthe most intense vortex in nature: a deep low-pressure cell surrotiriaek'byl ~ 'tri6lently whirling cylind~fof wind., ' 'J ' . Intertropical (onve;~eE~eJ~n.e' (IT(i), The, Z9n;' where air from two hemispheres meets is cal~ed 'ITC,?::.It is also referred as 'equatorial front' (a front is an area

A:30

:Whereunlike air masses .cometogether),\ or{.j~ter!f9Rl icalfront'~ and 'doldrums( !(thisl name' is !attributed to the fact that sail~g sliips,.we~~often. bec.a~~e(i:~ these latitudes). ~\TheIITCZis alzone. of q)rtverg~~ce and weak horizontal airflow;Jcharacter~ed':Tby;jfee:, bleanq erratic' winds. The'ITGZ~,often.appears'asta well-defined, relativelyrtarrow. cloud.band 'over' the oceans. Over continents, however, it is likely' to' be more diffused and indistinct, althoughthunderstoim activity is common. ,. .j~; fill, ,ol 'j

EI Nino ',During the normal conditions in' the.Pacific Ocean basin there are low.;erpressure conditions'm DarWin (northern Australia) and higher;) pressure conditions in Tahiti.. However, in every.)few ,years the high pressure develops'ovetnorthem "Australia and low pressure develops in the eastern. region near Tahiti; This 'seesaw' of pressure is known as Southern Oscillation. It was first recognized by.GilbertWa!~er in the first de.cade ofthe 29th S.t;~~:r;;,Rtiting the 1960sr meteor
j~..

.

La Nina Adding to the complexity is aimorenicently recognized componept ofthe.ENSO cyde;rta Nina. In some ways, LaNma is simpiy the opposite of the El Nino: the waters off South America becomes usually cool; the trade winds are strongerthan,usllal;the water off Indonesia are usually warm; the soutll-~estem United States is drier:thari usual whilt:i)sotithe~st Asii:tand northern Australia/ani w~tte;However, Nina' conditions are riot as prornirie~f or as pie<;i,ictable as those orEl Nino.' ," " -, .. 1.' .,"v

La

;.,'

t" :

LITHOSPHERE'

J,..l

{.

• The lithosphere is the topmost ,crust.;ofthe Earth;, ',." ,.. , . ,.,J _., " • The thickness the'lithosphere,varies between 35-50 km in continents,. and betWeen 6-12 kill . a:tthe:Ocean beas~ll"'; . "" ;' H,' ",H;IOO:,i}'. • ,The litM'spnere\iroilil.Ci:tiloun:taiks'is"thetitic~:est. reaching: up to ~(jot km"1nthe RighIh6J\:l!! tain''regi6hs:':Th~l,ilthC:~p' h~re"c8il]httifes '~lmat . . U"iL"'~'!h 1% of the total Earth's volume and 0.4% obts Il:las!,.. The :llPp~r~9~t,POr:tio~ ..qf~the:~arth's crustc0Il}prise_ss?-il,Sand, aDd rocks. I ,-. :',l)',,; • ApprQximately,,1(3rd of.the Earth's land sur;-, face is desert. i

of

•••••"••" _ ••••• .;..;.;.._...;.........;".".-:..._:...-.._

f

A.400Chapter.1

Sima,and,Sila

'.

Physical

layer~ . Sima (because o:ttits"twomo:?t

prominent mIneral compounds, silica. and,.magnes~um), is the ~ay,er,V\jhichfonTIs tl1e.!ieep ocean bCiSinfloors and underlies small. portion, of some continents as well. Sila is' the layer that' is believed to underlie only the. continents, .where .itsits as immense bodies of rock at partially embedded in the denserJayer below. This continental curst (sometimes called sial after its common constituent silica and aluminium).

Prin,iple of Isostasy ,It is related to the recognition' of differences petween.oceanic crust, continental crust and the mantle is the prindpleof isostasy. Irlsimplest tenns, the crust is floatirig on the den$er,deformable, mantle below. Isostasy means" the addition ot.,a significantamount of masson'to aportioh'of the curst causes the crust to sink, wher~as the 'remoVal' of a larg~ mass allows the crust to rise. ' Th~~ryQf Continental Ddh The generally.~erlv~dl theory o~ 'coptinental drift, notably ,expounded by Alfred ~~ge,1:wr.in. eqrly .1900s, was" rev'iv~cj.in th~ second half of.the 20th century ahd has become almost uni~~rsally accepted' as the concept,!Jf plate tectonics. It postulates a massive supercontinent called 'Panagea', which formed' from smaller continents about 450 million years ago, began to break up again into large section 'that have continuously 'moved away from onealiother imd now comprise the cont~mporary continen'ts.

Plate,'ie~onics Plate~m:ove"ap~rt at div~rgelit.bo~ndaries, .usually representeq"by an imders~a .moun~ tain range (call~d 'an ..ocl}an!c ,ridgE:(),:with .new • seafloor material being cre'ate<;iby ~e .upw~lling of hot magma from below. At a convergent boundary, plates moving in opposite dIrections mee( resulting in mountain building at the edges as oneplatesiid~s. (subducts) under the other. Afa tIans£6rpl b'o~dary, two plates slip past one' anoth~r,laterally; this does not usually produce major landforms butmay'result in fault movement and earthquakes. .-

I',

,..

'~

_

,j'1,

"

"'.

~

i ~:;,";.' .;. tu .)

~',.. ,

-.

#-

~

Volcamsm It is a general ter~. r tJ;1':lt P?y~rsj~ll processes in which the magma moves from "p~ The Earth's ",",'J' .,i mtenor to or near the-surface; (!. volcamsm (extrusive volcanism), intrusive vqlcanism, and deep'plutonic ~ctivity. j " . • . .,.••.'-' •. " .; . .,V)'i

•

E""U

Ht~

. J4 q"

l;.

-

I'~l

{,

",.l.r-,-

'1"~

'J~

I',;.

"

'•..

)l.~-.ltl.}:-i')''''''':'i1.i'J'",,!

•

~_-1.

".I"

••t~

'..

1,.

••.

.

"".

t.

-

.

.

Diastrophism J It refers to thedeforimition 'of the Earth's crust by bending" or breaking in response to. gre~t pressures exerted either from below or' from~ithin

the crust. The major diastrophic moveme~ts \lre,.~9.l£: ing and)aultiJ}g. , .".'

.r

Metamorphic Rocks'

,

,',.',

The Earth's crust IS fo~med o{n,.ineral .. . .". _ .' called '.. ~ r'~ocks~~ The rocks that form the substructure of our 'litho:' sphere are grouped hito three broad categorieS?)(

• These rocks were either igneous dr' sedimentary in nature. , • They metamorphose or change due to pressure, inten~e temperature, or the action of water and chemical actjvittes, . . Examples pf Metamorphic Rocks

Igneous Rocks

1. Slate is formed by compression of sedimentary rocks, e.g., shale and mudstone. ',' ,

Rocks, irl

"

,'r

• Igneous rocks are formed by the solidi#~ation of niolh~nmagma from the interior of the-Earth. • About 95% of the Earth's crust is mad~ 6f this ,' type of rock. ' 1 • In fact, all other types of rocks originate from these;r9C!<sand, therefore, they are also'called 'primary rocks'. ' .I • Igneous rocks are of three types: 1. Granite: These rocks are the major continental rocks.'" ;'.~n" 2. Basillt: These rocks are found on ocean f),oqr., 3. Volcanic: These' rocks are formed by the solidification of molten lava erupted by the volcanoes. c' ~ \

Sedimentary Rocks

i"

.1

\

E~amples of sedimentary rocks. .1..Gypsum, chalk, and limestone, which are .formed by the deposition' created by chemical aCtionor chemical sedimentation. 2; pe~t, lignit~;bi,tuminous coal, .aJ;lthracite that are formed by deposition of organic matter or marine'remains. 3.. Conglomerates,. like gravel, p~bbles and shingle, sandstone and shale-like layered clay or ci-;Iystori~'formed by the d~position of'sedimentsifi"water. " _ ••.

y

_'.

. ~'

Origin ofCcintinents' It is :believed that originally 'there was ':oruyo.ne landmass called' 3~imgaea'.)1:li~)..a!ge landmass, split into a nortI1e~'mass,,'Lalirasia',,~nd asolithern'onecalled 'Gondwanaland'. Fiom.tr.~se tWo land masses, the continents gradually drifted to where tney are now located aild;the process'is,"sti11 continumg. ' " ' . 1

I}.,

~

...;1.••

'.

•

-.

•

• ~.'

•

•.•

~!arQ~:s,t,,~~~.!!7~_~~i~ .,"--'~'-"-L-' Sma(lest continent Australia ...

2. Qua~tz;it~ is formed from seci.imentaryrocks, e.g., s,andstone:

'--~-,,'";

j"-\.'

•••.••

1

:"~'1'!

,J

--'-;,'"

.'

H.''''''

'"

Antarciicb in the,Southern) "1(' .j Hemisphere'; , <£h(V' .m,;;;:;")

Ice-covered . continent

3. Gneiss is formed by the metamorphosis of igneous rocks, e.g."granite.

~l

.'

A~;~;~t!C~ and A~~-~,u~_,_J

rJlJ?~dcontinents

~

"'."

,

,"

:'~'"'.::_

.:".

,"!~

'~J

<

"-i

A 1~.J1>~"J.'1' ~:.'"-,n"'(;:

-

Imp!Jrt,ant data ~bout.fue~r~a,
4. Marble Under intense heat, sedimentary rocks, like limestone turn into marble: "

Continents

";',:";

Mountains

The land surface '6f the Earth is made up 'Ofimmense land masses divided into seven continents and a great number of islands.' Tog~therr they cOVerabout 1/4th of the Earth's surfac~.

w: .• ~

r~;"

,1".'

Mountains are elevated land" mas€'es,~ivith p~a1<s (summit) small~r '.thiu.')the~~.~ase an~~ft~~, .h~i~~t above 300m.orlOOO ft. Slml1arelevahons' below 300 m or 1000ft are called'hills',,'w,.I1~(l,~> " . ~

"

• These rocks are formed from the sediment deposits on the ocean floors. • They comprise only about 5% of the Earth's crust, but cover about 75% of the total land sUiface. • Theserocks are made up of the weathered remains of igneous rocks, but they also contain organic matter from the remains of marine organisms. • Sedimentary rocks are formed in horizontal layers, called 'strata' and take millions of years 'to harden into rocks. • These rocks are also known as stratified rocks because of these layers.

Geograp6y A~41'

T

••

'

,

.-~

\~'r,;.

"

~"",

.,

.~

Ut''!.

Table A.l;8 "Area and Population of Continents and Th~ir.l-:lighestanlLo:w~st P6ints"',-,",",' ~!(., '.

"

. ~.' '. j •• '_

'.

'.

. ,I

-

-,

,,-.1 ',; ~ .•. ~.

'_

LOwest Point (8er~w'SeaLevel) r Asia',' ,

','

- Dead Sea (Israel;:, , Jordan); 4,13~-

'""

11.8 Agoncoguo" .. ' ..... '.' '. ...i . .......Argentina,.6962m >A"~~~~tic~~""""~'1";;OO~r~~"~.6''''''''''''''~vi~;;"M~ssif,~~~'~""B:'~tr~y

I AmerlgCl'

./ -,~'

Ie

,'II

','

_.. ,<;""=o~ 'O~''ii3"O"",,,,,,.,..,,,,,,,,=,,,",,,,,,,,,~~~='M't~''~_wmw=,,,,"''''''''''~'_",,,,,:~i''~.~Jmc=i«''''_,-,--...,

i Europe' --

•••••••

__

10.390 •• _~

•••• ~~

Australia'" rn

•••••

~-_

•• _~

.6.7. •• _ ••••

_"._,_

•• ~

_. '

.~~

.. _"''''~-"

.. _'''.

'O."~'.,.'.~.'."""'.""'7~'"

# ##

c6asf

.

:""~~

•

"

"",,",C>.,' .....

~-:...,,,

l"

Lake Eyre (South Aust~alia); 16 m##

4

.:~." .

,'''''.

.

."..

researche;s stay there.for several periods ~f time.

*'Figures are of Oceani~ (inCluding Australia), .•~PeninsularValdez-Arg~ntina

. ;.trench, 2538.m ;." ••••..••,;, .• • ':.~ .•

Mt. E.ibrus, Caspian Sea ; Russia,5633 m(Russio), 28 m 'v'~,"""",O .. '-:""--h=' ~ •• :'~

"

$ Antarctica has no indigeno~sinh~bit~nt~i

i~b~~~~J'

4897 m . _~~-~~~.

Mt.:Kosci~szko.' (NSW,2228m)* .'

.

.. (Arl;!entina),40

' ~

. •

", ,.

.

line is 40 m the below sea i~vii

Highest Mountain in Oceania PuncakJaya, 'Papua New GU,inea (5040 nil. Challenger Deep, Mariana Trench, W~stern Pacific Ocean (10,<12'4 m),

.;

.,..f'!'

'~0'f

:q~:P'

y:~

. ,,, ~. i

,',L.

(

,......-

1Il:::"-~!irl!FII' -,-------------------------

I:

A.42

Chapter 1

Physical GeogYaphy A~43, Important Data

Largest and highest mountain range

ilili

i~p~~~t

Andes, Alps,-Rockie~--'~~~~;

ranges

Young or new mountains have come into being after the continental drift started, with the breakup of the large land mass of Pangaea. The Himalayas, the Andes, the Rockies, and Alps are examples of new or young mountains. Old mountains are those that were formed in the pre~drift era long before the continental masses came together to form Pangaea. The Perinines (Europe), Appcilachians (America), and the Aravallis (India) are examples of old mountains ..

1:;'1'1

1

II~,,I! I'

{il';' iit '. Ilil

n

• They are formed when a mass of elevated land under strain cracks,' thus,~ leaving a higher elevation"standing between two, areas of lower elevation. • It may happen that the outer part sinks leaving an elevated central part, a crust block or block mountain. These are usually steep-sided. • The Vosges in France and the Black Forest mountains in western Germany cOme under this class of mountains (Figure A.1.21).

Two otherth;untains are sometimes claimed as the alternativ~ 'highest,moun!ains.on the Earth'. Mauna Kea in Hawaiiis the highest when measured from its 'base; it rises over, 10,000 m (33,000ft whenmeasured'fr6m its base on the mid-ocean floor, but only attains 4205 . ". m 3796ft) above sea level. };>'

1 mountain

.•. ,,.., ..• (

:

U ..

. '.:"

-"~:'Craie~'1h"J'" \~""/'" •• :'\.r + "

. , "~

,Ash,/. ,,_ j,.

Lava

~-

The summit of Chimborazo in Ecuador is 2168 m (7113 ftLfarther from the Earth'scertre (6384.4 km ';"'or"3967, 1 mil than' that'of Mt.Everest'(6382.3 km or 3965.8 mi!, because the Earth bulges at the equa- ,,' <. torA-,owever, Chimborazo attains a height of 6267 m Ii (20,561 ft) above the sea level. By this criterion it is the highest peak of the Andes.

Block mountain

};>

•

1....,.•.•

In 1954, after various figures had been rejected, the height of Mt. Everest was determined as 8848 m (29,028ft). The mountain's actual height and the claim !"that Everest is the highest mountain ".in.the worid have , l'''beendisp~ed.However,~additional'~~rveys'compl~i~d ,",',' in the early' 1990s continued to support evidence-that Everest is'the highest mountain in the'worid. In fact; the mountain is rising a few millimetres each year duJ"to geolo'gical forces. ,"<"--

Ii'

»> Global positioning system (GPS) has been instblled\bn

~

L 1'1.

Figure A.l.22 Fault

Fault

l

/

, ••.

-

("t.-

Volcano "-,

1'"'1

J ~.

•

I".

~

};>

,I.,:,

Types of Mountains

I',

I:!:

I.:

'"J'I,,'I

,II ~'," I

I

'f!t.ere'are broadly four ,types of mountains that are differentiated according to the mode of their origin or fcMhation. These are'listed hereunder. . ,.'

'j'

Fold Mountains • The mountains formed by the crumbling or folding of rocks, resulting in huge wrinkles or folds upon, the. Earth's surface as well as the ocean floors are called 'fold mountams'. • These are formed as a result of a series of earth-:quakes (Figure A.l.20).

iI

,I

't"Il:

I

f I'H,'

,

Hfmalaya':"'Karakoram in Asia, with the highest peak-Mt. Everest (8848 m),

t,

,,!,

father

I

i

the deepest spot in the ocean is deeper than the Everest's'height is the Challenger'deep': It is located in the Mariana Trench. It is so deep that if Everest'were to be pldced into. it, there would be more than 2 km of water coyering it -, ,,'f,' .(

};>

, 'Ii', ,J,,' '~'lh,,11

~ ..

'I "~,'II',' ,; 1,'I.,i"

I",

,

Stage 1

"I

(A)

==============:=====================

"

Stage 2 (B)

);>

Figure A.1.21

Mt. Everest far the purpose of detecting slight rate's'of geological uplift. " ',!j " .•.

i

,

\1)1111'

Stage 3 (e)

I

;i

~,;:. '1 1

l'i't

I~

,',db

• Ohe part is ridged up to f0rffi mountains':often of great height, while the other part is coyered by the'waters of the OGean. . di< • All big mountain systems have been.formed in this way-the Himalayas, Alps, Andes, Rockies, etc'

e". ~'

• A,mountain mass formed by the lifting up of land between faults (cracks in the rock ~trflta) or by sinking: of land outside the faults, are called 'block mountains'. 'v

-~~I f./ '-

• -

:,---~:<;;;;-t01'0>-';Y-Sq?0I*-4%i#*U;%;>

. ~. Geological Formatio!" ofMt. Everest -

.

, };>

};>

Kilauea volcano on Hawaii is the worid's most active v~lcano~ followed by'Etna in Italy and Piton de 10 Fournaise on La Reunion Island. After that, it is difficult to decide the exact order on the list, but the following are very close: Stromboli, Merapi, Erta Ale, 01 Doinyo Lengai, Unzen, Yasur, Ambrym, Arenal, ,Pacaya, Klyuchevsky, Sheveluch, and Erebus.

Many v.olcanoes have been in continuous 'eruption for decades. Etna, Stromboli, and Yasur have been erupt, ing for hundreds or thousands of years.

»> The four volcanoes that emit the mos(lava are: Kilauea (Hawaii!, Mt. Etna (Italy!, Piton de (Reunion), Nyamuragira, (DRCongo).

;-".

Ia Fournaise

"""""l%*AW;h;h'-A""'l'~" .... ,.' .. "'lii'.4 :.4lWi'?:= Y

-

);

v

.

'.il 1.. :1:'.1

• ."

.

Mt. Everest,like the rest of the Himalayas, rose from the floor of the ancient Tethyssea. The range was created when the Eurasian continental plate collided with th~ Indian sub~ontinental plate about 30-50 million 'Y~drs ago. Eventually, the marine limestone wos forced upward to become the characteristic yellow band on the top of Mt. Everest. Ben~ath the shallow marine rock lies the highly metamorphosed black gneiss (foliated or'layered rockl of the Precambrian er9, a' remnant. of the original' continental plates that collided and forced up the Himalayas. Mount Everest is covered with huge glaciers that descend from,the, maiFl peak On surface of the Earth there gfe e.normous slabs, or plat~s and their unhurried motion known as continental drift, or plate tectC?nics and its nearby satellite'peaks. The mountain itself is a pyramid-shaped horn, sculpted by the erC?sivepower of the,glO'Cial ice into causespnenomena, like earthquakes, volcanism, and mountain building, etc., whenever plates collide, move apart, or rub against three massive faces and three major ridges, which soar to the summit from the north, south; and' west and separate;the glaciers. one another. Scientists suggest that the movement of the plates is driven by convection in the Earth's mantle. We know. that the {ocky From the south side of the mountain, in a clockwise direction, the main glaciers are the Khumbu gladers, which ~ortheast upper '.ayer of the Earth that makes up the plates !lithosphere) and the semi:solid region in the upper mantle over which the plates slide ~fore turning southwest; the West Rongbuk glacier in the northwest; the Rongbuk glac'ier in the north; the East'R6ngbuk' glacier' (asthenosphere). As large convection currents in the asthenosphere transfer heat to the lithosphere, plumes of less dense magma,break In the northeast; and the Kangshung glacier in the east. Mount Everest is situated at the edge of the Tibetan Plateau (Qing Zang apart the plates at the spreading centres, causing motion of plates. Gooyuanl, on the border between Nepal and Tibet and is considered to be the highest mountain in the world. - ,'" .

P.l

"

t

~

FigureA'.1:20 . Fold Mountains

~,!I:1 I',

Formation of Block Mountains

Volcanic Mountains A volcano is a, mountain formed of material that has erupted from inside the Earth through an opening in the crust. SuperheatelJ molten rock matte~ called 'lava'. is erupted, forming a hill, conical in shape with a funnel-shaped hollow at its top called a 'crater'. It is estimated that there are about 850 active volcanoes, 80 of which ar,e on the ocean floor. Mt. Fujiyama in Japan, Mt. Vesuvius in Italy, and Chimborazo and Cotopaxi in Andes (South America)' are eXaJ;nples' of volcanic mountains. They are also called mountains of accumulation (Figure A.1.22).

Block Mountains (or Horst)

illl

,I

Interesting Inff)r!T'ation on Active Volcanoes of the World

Ii

f':i~~~;ff' .....• ." ...,'!(i1i1.1.~4!'?~fJllli!li!l!~1lIr.~.~;;1)~:.

flow

-

.

't!-

~_-••..

~,

'I[ili,il'

', ,

,

I

A.44

Chapter 1

Residual Mountains Mauntainsthat are deeply.disse,cted and 'reduced hy'weatheririg and river' action; are called 'residual mauntains'. The Catskill mauntains in New Yark are residual rnauntains. They are also. called 'mauntains af denudatian'" Data an majar mauntain peaks' are pravided in Table A1.9. Infarmatian an area af majar aceans af the warld is pravided in Table A1.10.

• • • •

HYDROSPHERE •

• The hydrosphere is th~ mantle af water caverirjg a greater part af the. Earth's surface due

to. which the Earth is also. .-:{ ,-, .... ~,....knawn as the ~Blue Planet':af aursalar system. ,,:,' "_ The oc;eansand seas camprise the hydrasphere. 2a It is estimated that abaut 36,17,40,OOOkm , r ."'-'70.8%aithe Earth's surfaceis<;:ayered by,water. About 70% af the warld's freshwater is stared as glacial iCe. \-;1 The Pacific Ocean camprises the largest 'part af aur hydrosphere and accupies an area af abaut 165.2 millian km2 ar35.25% af the Earth's Surface; which is mare than the tatal cQ~bined area af <,illthe continents. . ,I .r The average depth of the hydrosph~re r is abaut 3.5 km and the deepest paint is" the .

".'

.

.

'lC

Table A.l.9Principal

i :

l

~..

~~

Mountain Peaks

"j;

I

';,,

The depth an acean is me~sured ill fathom, a unit af length which is approxiffiately 4 ft. l"

t"

"t

fram the Earth's surface by rivers and ather water bodies are depasited in the acean, which make the ocean water salty. Salinity af the water in aceans is affected by the extent of evaparation af its surface and thevalume of fresh water added by rainfall, rivers, and icebergs. Enclased seas in tropical areas, like the Dead Sea and Sambhar lake af Rajasthan, are mare saline because af rapid evaparatian and less additian af fresh water. . The impartant salts dissalved in acean water are chlarine, sadi1!Il1,magnesium, sulphur, calcium, potassium, bromine, strantium, and baran and traces of other minar salts. .- -

',",1"

I i~

., II

TIDES

I

"."

~, I

I

i

~:

"1 ,

I~-"

I"

I

i"ilik

Table A.l.10

~I, '

INome

Area ImKm2)

. Pacific", ~ntic •.••..•... _.;_ ..~

'

.__ . __

llll:

~:r'

_,~,"

'-.-

_~ __ ._.

20.32 '14.05 :..4.19

•

Average Depth 1m)

~__

~~_.

__

20.45

---,

_.~.,.._..

.

Average depth (in) of the Southern ocean is in between 4000-5000 "

~

9

~

••

_.

__

3963

.u ",.--~~-

6.06

.__

..

.

_.

-~~

4500** 1205

"-"--''''''''''-~.,.~,--.

* The So:~the;n~cean was' a?p'iove~ by the International Hydrograp~ic 6rg~nizaiion

**

DeepestPoint 1m)

46.40 ", . 4028,10,994:' 9-0- ---'~'-3926'.----

.

. 68.55, .

.' .•

Southern* Arctic .. -

I'---_._.

'I:

SeaArea 1%)

155.55. '-76~76~----22-.

India'n...

~."

~l .

Oceans of the World.

meter.

in 2000.

-.

~'._'

. -8380-"~'l

...• - .. _.~.,~_.;~~~A-.-

-_.... •..

I' ~"l';"

7258,

- •.. _,-. ,.~_

--'

.. -

>.1"111 .•

-'"l

iL

'.• "

7235 " L~'l'0: 4665' I')' ..__ .~~

•.,_""""".M,.,,_~~~

• '. ~~-I

,

2

'(

Challenger deep, a part af the Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean, which is abaut 10,900m deep.

,iii ~

J~. 1'.'(.,1"i' id,! jl,l l

•.

I

.'

Scientists have used seismic studies and mathematical modelling to prove that Earth lia~'a"solidiron' inner 'cOre'suiroundea by a liquid outer core: This'also suggeststhat'densiJY of the E()rth'varies, from'greater at the innermost poini than the density of surface r~cks. A/so, the temperature at the 'centre of the Earth is extremely high-about the same temperature as the surface-of'the-SLfn.Scieritists studied the seismic waves that are produced' by earthquakes just below the Earth's~urface and travelling through mantle to the Edrth's interior. Also, scientists studied the cOmposition of the upper mantle by chemically analysing the material brought to the surface when a volcano erupts.

Why is the Ocean Water Salty? Variaus salts carried away

,\(~

II

A.45

Physical Geography

The waters af the aceans are held an the Earth by the farce af gravity. Hawever, there are ather- badies besides the Earth, which are trying to. draw all things tawards themselves. The mast important af them are the Maan and the Sun. Tides 0.1' the rise and fall in the level of the. oceans and seas is due to. the gravitatianal pullaf the Maan and the Sun. A rise in the water level is called 'high tide' and. a:fall is called 'law' 0.1' 'ebb tide' .. The tide praduced as a cansequence af the Maon and the Sun pulling the Earth in the same directian, is called 'spring tidt( It is the tide af maximum rise, occurring at the new ar full Maan af each manth . The tide producea: when the Maan and the S:un are at right angles to.th~ Earth, thus p'tilling in appasite ~irectians is calledn;eap tide. It is the tide af minimum nse, accurring during the first and third quarter af t~e Maan. Its amplitude is less than that af the spring' tide. ,

••••

raz

"u "";

t

"j

~

Other Fadors that Cause Tides In additian to. the gravitatianal pull af the Sun and the Mciol);'.theratations af the Earth and the Maan:ji.alsa ca~se tides. 'when a bady rotates on its axi~, lase abjects'tend to.oreak away from' the surface. In ather'wards, a centrifugal force is set up by Theratatian afthe Earth. Hawever, the Maan is, at the' 'same. time revalving round the Earth, and so.the real cause af the tides may be said to. be the centrifugal farce set up by the rotatian af the Earth and the Maan raund their camman centres (Figures A1.23 and A1.24).

Ocean .~urrents

'.

~ \

Ocean currents are streams af water crossing 'the aCean in the directian Qfprevailing winds. Ocean currents are af tWa types. These are: (i) warm currents that flaw fram a warm to. a cald regian, and (ii) coldctirrents that flaw from a cald to.a warm region. Amang the factars that influence the acean currents. are: (i) Ratatian af t11eEarth,.(ii) Revalutian of tlleEarth, and (iii) Air pressure and wind. Hawever, the denSIty af acean water daes not influence the acean: currents at all.

Important (urrents 1. Beginning in the Atlantic Ocean, the westerly winds drive the Cold Antardica current eastwards~ This turn~~o~thwards when it reaches the coast af Africa, it is known as the Benguela current. '. ~. .. 2. The. saut1}east trade winds hike this current westwards as the South Equatorial current. 3. Off Cape St Rague at the carner of Brazil, this current is pivided'inta twa. .... 4. One branch flaws sauthwest into. the Gulf af Mexico.a~the warm, Sauth Equatarial cuiie~t, which leaves the Gulf af Mexico. and flaws nartheast as: the. Warm Gulf stream. 'It widens aver the. Atlantic, a part flows as the North Atlantic Drift and warms the shares af the British Isles and narthern Eurape:

---:... _

I..••

~,c.~~~I"i , ;"',\,11'1'

, "i,ll, ":'[1;\1;'

A~46

Chapter 1

Physical Geography A.4'l

III '!!Ii !!';'1

'] Wl3

~

rum " ammn' hi

~""'

Differentiation is the physical phenomena by' which heavy material sinks to the centre of a planet while lighter material rises~t6~t~e surface. This suggests that the Earth must have been at least partially molten in the past. It could have occtmed due to the heat released during the Earth's formation and subsequent bombardment by material from interplanetary space and/or due to the release of the energy by the decay of radioactive elements present in the material from which the Earth was formed. "~' 'L

I,

.•

5. The other part of this current'turns southwards and under the influence of the north-east trade winds joins the North Equatorial current. 6. From the Arctic Ocean flows the cold Arctic current, flowing along the shores of Greenland, where it is called the Cold Labrador current. 7. The ocean currents of the northern Indian Ocean flow under the, influence of the monsoons. Those of the southern Indian Ocean follow the pattern of the Atlantic' and ,

"I

~ ~ iI !

'll

r

If

Pacific currents. The most important cu'rr~~flih this region is the Agulhas current., ~,{' J "l

••

',)-l5.

I;J

Influence of Ocean Currents Ocean currents influence the climate of the regions they pass through. Placeg!1Y1id~1 the influence of warm currents have a much waI'I'ner climate than lands in the same latitude, whichfiare under the influence of a cold current. If, 'HSf,' The Pacific Ocean is the biggest and deepestpcean in the world',dInn\;

\11

I"

•...

,-:)1/\

'.~>VJ! . N'

!'

,"in!

,.

,lSI

,~

Tide

,~~" )~

Advantages: The Panama Canal shortens the distance between Lorydon and San Francisco by about 9700 km, about 14,500 km between New York and San Francisco,and.\about 6500 km between New York and Japan. Following an agreement between Panama and the USA, this canal has been transferred to Panama in 2000. ' '",

s\

"110)

Spring tides

f) ..

,',;1•• 11 t ",,',In ,..• '-:~

(@)

()0

~¥ ~~

,-e , Moon

~ .YY'

'

I' ~::

Earth

,

>

ii' 'IIII'

I

j

."1/)1' r.t"

.•

•.

I,' i

'Neap'tides

f"i

o

("

,~

'.,

'-}

Sun

1

l\ t.

Moon

Suez Canal This canal connects the Mediterranean sea and theRed sea. It was builtin 1869by a French engineer Ferdinand de Lesseps.

~.
I'

••

.~/~ ~1

------

.~ i' ,. ,,','

. . -.' •Figure

A.1.24 ;Detailed View ofTide Formation

""

.

2,291,900

-,

'--_.',",_

.-

..Sea of Okhotsk

:t

... t" ••

"",..".~.-;"

"

:,~

'"'"

--

.-,.--,..

-

..'-'.'

East China Sea

'."'_.

__

.,

~"'-_~~

j

1547

'---,

.~,

,.

..

'~~'.

1,007,800 135.0 I,M".' ,-' '~--'-"-,-""~'797,700 87.0 '575,20"0" ~"-:-"9:r"~'

Sea oUapan

:''''---~'..."

'

Nor;hSea

..

•••

-..-_

..

_

__

••••

._J

.3?_~3_

.......,

~

491

.~

'-'~

__

'~

' __

"',

422,200

Baltic

55

--

.

Gulf of St. lawrence -~-

Table

236,600

148 .

-~

.A._ ••.

A.1.l2

'

62,000

Gulf of California

-]

..

,

438,000

Red Sea.ft

..

-,_~,."';"'..I..._~

I

180

Principal Wate~falls

IName

Location

Angel

Venezuela

;.I~gela :_. __ ~ ._'

-~o~h

Yosemite Ostr; M~rd;lqf.~s;~

739 ..:""

California ~N?rway---":

Ribbon

California.

S?~~y'K9marang. -

Guyana

Northern'Mardals Fossen '

Norway

-

.",97.9, , __.

,

Airie~==---850=:J

Advantages: The ,Suez canal. has short.ened the distance between ?outhampton and Mumbai by' about

-,

Height 1m) .

~"---_655

Venezuela . N~;i~aI9n.d,

-:=] I

610

~--~--~~O"'~._]

,~-:-,::J 491,:0. '

. ._.

'-._-_

1(468' , J

16, I.•• )'

•

c' '.

Some Facts About Straits

It runs between the Sea of Japan and" Sakhalinsk)" Zalim, covering a distance of 8QOkm. 1.'" ", ". ,,,t'i.:

Largest/Longest Strait Tatarskiy Proliv or Tartar Straits

Broadest Strait Davis Straits betwee~; Greeruand and

,'/

between Sakhalin Island and the Russian mainland.

I

'H;i;~~l.~y':__-~1,2~2,:i~~==...,--128

lIovizana Suth~~land

6500 km.

..

I

~5:92,800'.~..~~~~86"-
:Gulr~l~e;icb'~_l

'~'.f

I,

jl

i.. ,'1')

...

.••

.

,.,:,,)'W

'I" 1'1

'.'--.-.'..

Features: The Suez canal is 169 lap .long and 380 ft wide and 35 ft deep. It is one of the largest canals of the world and was nationalized by Col Nasser on July 26, 1956. "

'~

~ • .,..

'..•.

-

2647 . d-1429u

Area and average depth of the seas of the world are depicted in Table A.1.11.

,.~b

Moon

, Bering , .....•

..- .••.••..••••• -- __ ~_,.._.

.2Z~~200 2,965,800

~f~k~~~~'-~-~7,?£~_.

''II

:1:

Sun

~---

Mediterranean r.,

j'652 .

Features: The'Panama Canal is about 58 km long, 500 ft wide, and 45 ft deep. It was opened in 1914.

"'.'1ft

'ii'

Moon

_4

Average Depth 1m)

'.Andoman Sea

!,:\[

A.l.23

r--''*''~'--'-'''''''''''''~''

L~~~bbe~

10,',

,.j

2,319,000

PacificOceans with Colon and pa:a~ma ports. Table A.l.I0 provides data on the sea area and other details of the oceans of the world.

...Jr~

Figure

South China Sea

., ..

Area Ikm2)

J ,,'U')l.

,i,>

,d

Features: 98 km long, 40ft deep. It is an international canallinking.the North sea with the Baltic sea. Germany depe!,ds on the Kiel canal for navigation. It was opened in 1895. .

Seas of the World

IName

A shipping canal is a canal wide and deep enough to serve ships:.

Kiel Canal Between London and Baltic ports.

A.l.ll

Panama Canal This canal links the Atlantic and the

,i!!I]

I, .-1.1

Table

l.lli'tm ',";,{s"{

,~l, i:

;,

Shipping C••~als

Advantages: Shortens mileage between London and the Balticports by about 400 km.

S

1..'1,"1,'

Tidal effect of the Moon is nearly twice that of the Sun. this is the reason for the different in the size of the tidesas it depends on the orientations of the Sun and the Moon relative to the Earth. The gravitational effect of the Moon and the Sun, whichrois~Jidql bulge~ in the hydrosphere is the reason for the daily tides in the Earth's oceans. This tidal interaction .between the Earth and its satellite causes Earth'sspin to slow. This differential gravitational force is called a 'tidal force', even though no oceans or planet: are involved.' , '.:

'~' ,"'J~':j:

I

:_f;J,•••••• ~;)_

,%_,

.~

t

I

J

~ .•• -)~~.

~

.';

•

r..6•..."-:~.•n

~

the Baffin Islands with a width of about 338km.

r

•.••.•.."I""'"'!":-r,l""Ti

I

'I 1 \\:1'ii 1

:,',111

A.48

'1

ChapteE,1

Physical Geography

'

A.49

"

Narrowest Strait Between the Aegean Island of Euboea and the mainland of Greece.

Maior Rivers of the World Rivers are vital element in the Earth's water cycle, transporting water that falls as rain or snow back to the sea. In the process, rivers irrigate the land and provide rich habitat for wild life.

'I,

River Formation

~II

Water finds its own level, and ~urface water will tend chanri.elalong depressions and hollows and make its way, under, the influence of gravity, downhill to the se~. Rivers' are formed when small channels ,combine to become' a major feature. Rivers have their origins in the high grounds, and tend to be small, but fast:..flowirlg near their source, gradually growing larger, wider and slower~flowing farther down their length as tributaries join them and they appr?ach the sea.

,I, ,I

.' ':":i!' I"

l

il":~lil il

I;"

I

I "

I

'!III' II"

111"11\' iI ~

,illlill

~I'III\

~~III ~II'

'Ii]l

I"

1'1,

,hil:

'1IIil:

1111'

The Ea~th rot~.t~st~~ugh 3tiQo!J1?4 h or ~~;Jlyl' h or 1': in 4 min. Therefore, the local time varies at. the 'rate of 4 mini degree of longitude from the Greenwich time. For example, Kolkata is approximately 90° east of Greenwich. Therefore, Kolkata will be (90° x 4) 9f 6 h ahead of the time in London. ~

...

Standard Time

Standard time is the uniform time fixed By,!f'ea~h country. As the local time is found to vary constantly from one plain to another, there is an arrangement by which all places in a certain region agree to,,~se the same time. It is the Uniform time fixed in relktion to the mean time of a certain meridian that passes through it. For this purpose, the Earth is divided into 24 longitudinal zones, each, being 15° or 1 h apartin time. A difference of 1° in longitude at the Equatoi:is equivalent to nearly 111km and, therefore, we can say that after every 1675kmthetime varies by abouUhr. ,0.

Largest River The Amazon in South America, flow-

International Date line

ing into the South Atlantic ocean, is the largest river in the world. Though the Amazon river is 222 kin shorter in length than ,the Nile, it is stpl conSidered the largest river, because: • It is navigable by' deep sea steamers for over 3000km. • It has the highest river basin in the world (7 million km2). • It has some 15,000 tributaries, with the longest one having a length of 3200 km.

The International Date Line (IDL) is an ima~gtl~ry line on the surface of the Earth that runs from the North to the South Pole and demarcates the chaIige of one calendar day to the next. It passes through the middle of the Pacific Ocean, roughly folJ~ing the 180° longitude, but deviating to pass around some territories and island groups. The zero is at Greenwich (London), which gives ~s the Gr~~»}:Yis~ Mean Time (GMT). ~e ~2th zone is divided by_the 180th meridian, the International Date Line. S6~)-a-heh we consider '15° meridian on a world map o'lgfobe and count them in the eastward direction st~Hb1.g with Green~ich meridian (0°), you will find,thgtthe timeofthis meridian is 1h fast. The zonesto.the, east of this line are numbered from ,1--,-,12 with the .p_r~fix minus H indicating the number of hours to.1:Jf?Jsub .. tracted' to obtain the. Greenwich Time. The zO,nesto the ~estare also numbere,d 1-12 with the prefi)SRlus (+) which means, the number of hours that must be added to get the Greenwich Time. So, the time at Cairo is 2 hours ahead of-Greenwich, so it canbe;cal" culatedthat it is located at :30° E longitude. it )

Longest River The Nile in Egypt, flowing from the Mediterranean sea is the longest river in world6670 km from the sea shore. Table A.1.13 shows data on major rivers of the world.

'TIME, , local Time Parallels ,of longitude determine the time at a place. Local time is 12 noon when the Sun is exactly overhead. Local time varies, from Greenwich time (London) at the rate of four mini degree of longitude. The time of a place depends.on wheth;er it lies east or west of Greenwich. Af?the Earth rotates from west to east, the places' that lie to the east of Greenwich.are the first to receive sunlight. '

'~The

pid You Know?

.

_').1

'

,t,

world's rivers .contain only 0_0001% of the.Earth's

total water:

~ I)tlJ..' -, !)

hi

, \1~.

Important Rivers of the World

~

I.

River

length fm)

Location/Country

Nile 1(. , Africa/Egypt ~ Missou;i~Mi;sissippi-- N: America/USA - .

," .•:.'\:1 .•.•. <~,'1',

1'.

Source

't;

~Jo:")-~'Yt_;:,. .;~. -;J."

"~.J

..•. hJ.~_

s.••••""..•.

-.

~.,: ...•.• ::'

Outflow Into

.6670, . 6300

LakeVictoria .' R~iR;;dZMontana

A?40_

Tibet '. Mt. Tannu..Ola --~--

."

1:'.j,~l.

.i1IL.

. "

1_

"

,-~~ MErdi.te"'r~ne'cin~U. __' ~ • ~.~ J~I Gulf of Mexico ]

~:::~~"~_" -~~;i~;~18:az~~ ..~J~t-=~ ..~~~";;r~;~ .'.c.~. ~;~~;;;;;;.:,;",: .1 Hwang-Ho. Asia/C h,i,na Yenisei '.- _ .. _~.~ -Asi~/Sib-;ri~--'-~' lena

~.-

Niger~

~--

__. •

'Af~i~~Z~9~!i9~"~__

-'\

Congo

.

-'-5300---

-------4800

- .. E:r~~/R~;ia

--~~~_-]~2Q=....-=_ Si;;ra leon~ :4800

. ----"-1~~--'_ \....-.......,_. .... --._-.-,

"""""'-~-""'-=~ •.,-. __ . __

Ob

'Asia/Siberia ------

Indus

---'

- .••••.", .•---.-------

Danube

-

-,

.w,'

•

•••• ' •••• --

••

-

-~;....-~---,-,-

2900 2820

W=',~~.

"

',.'

I

,~--'-------~.-

i

/ '''-.,,-- -

.. -~,'

. '.

....••

~.. ~<_""c

_ i." t,.,;_~_~.

.;."" j

•••••••

Bay of Bengal

I

""-~.""~,~';";.~~":"~'.-~(..~/--'"-~

_""" •••••• ,•

Near Baden in Germany

Black Sea 'T

~__ __ ,~ '_~720,_- ...Alp_s ~ ,. ,3700_ Valdai PlateaufMoscow) •••••••••

l

:"C'.---- ,.~.~"7"7-"'---.-.J-~

Arabian Sea

Tibet

J .-

• '"f'_ _ ~ Gulf of Ob (Pacific)

Mt. Kailas

.>,.,~.,,~o>.<~"""'_'

B~~-,

_'_""_"T'_

"'_"

-

"

-'-'- .]

G~J~tJan!!~I._ Atlantic

__

!~~oslavi.~<_ ~ A::s~~~cc'_'_' .L,Asia/Russia _.

_._<,

_~~~~,~If.of

Altai Mountains ~----.-,

•. - - :'.;'.)

lapte~ Sea ofA~~~

••••

..-----.-.--------.

Europe/Austria, Hungary, Czech Rep., Slovakia and

" -.-' -«-Murray Darli~g Volga

~"_-'_a

3180 .

Asia/Indio ••• .. ,'

.

-rll

6~-'--

Confluence of Lualubo and luapula,'"'

4150

Asia/India and Pakistan

Brahmaputra

Amur

-, -'.

.• ---------------.--

"'

'. _ Pa~ifi.cOcecm' --A"rc!i;;-

_. ..'lak; B.aikal

Africa~Zaire

~f.-

.:<'\N

.

Table''A.1.13

-.:...,

.•

-

'-

¥<'<

4510

Asia/Siberia

----

-_.

-""_

•••

-

.!

_"" ;;;"';';";"-...-i: •.• _,' , , Indian Ocean. __.,.....:. __ j~ .. ...J Ca'spiariSea<j',"" I"

.----~._-.

-,

Pamirs,

-----"1:

-

Pacific Ocean at

I

the sea of Gkhotsk I' 1";'1

.,

Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)"

,-

Greenwich M~an Ti~~ is the' UK standard time. tt is based on the io~aiti~e '<;>t'therTI:eridianp~ssi~g through Greenw,ich near London.. ;". ._.

'I'

International Date' Line: The 180°' east meridian and

180° west meridian are one and'the'same line) rUnning over the PacificOceah, deviating at Fiji, Samoa; and Gilbert Islands.' The International Date' Line roughly corresponds to 1800east-west;merioian- of longitude that falls on the opposite side of the Greenwich meridian (Figure A.L25). When one crosses the Date Line east to west, the date'is to be advanced'by onf' day. Similarly, when one crosses the Date Line from west to east, the date is to be set back by one day. . When the Sun is directly over the 45° east merid- , Ian (i.e., it is 12 noon at 45° east),.1~t us say on Monday,it will be 9 a.m. at Greenwich, and at a place 1700 west of Greenwich it will be four minute past nine , ?n Sunday evening. If we go eastward from 45° east lIlSteadof westward, we find that at a place 90° east

."

J.

8

Noon

Monday . ~ .•

1

'I' "j1

9 a.ni. -

,"

,"

;",

.~o~,day" ,_"

'Figure'A.1.25 'International ,

~..

,.

r"

I

•

,:;,

','

J'

Date line' u:

.,~."1"".•.II,n.:;

ins 3 p.m. on Monday. 'At a place'179°;'east'ofGreenwich, it will' be 'four 'rrun to: ruri~'onVMoiid~y evening. 'When'we reach 1800~l'we"fm:olt-hatiHs9 p.m. on Sunday, if we have calCulated westWards' from

":1L;,~ A.50

" 'l'j1Ii'ili:

il:II'':

" I " 1::\1 :Ii 1

.

Daylight Saving Time'

1"ill,11

, I 'I'i',! ":""1

'III

1:1111"

I Ii I "~1, :illlll! , I"l" ,.J./I1}

,:~ '1

1

~'I~ I'll!!!,I,'i Ilh' i I

'~i,"I',I"'I'II,11,

,

:i',1,~I},,'

'I;

'/ I"NI!I "1 'III"I!I I 'II ~II" I,

'",'.'il:II'II'"

t,!':!I!IIIII'

1'1':,

II

I, '," I,:: ":1\'' 1,:1 III ',:1 I

11'"

",II 1

,

i"-

'jlll'"

Ili,I'I,

',,'

",',.....,,.Jnthewinter months, Russia, which spans over .,. .... ..h! , ',' . . 1:1 time zones; is always 1 h ahead of standard 'time. In the summer, Russians mm thefr clocks ahead one more hour. • Most of Canada uses DST~Some exceptions include the majority of SaskatchEwan and parts of north-eastern British Columbia. It was not until 1996 that Mexico adopted DST. Now, aIr-three Mexican time zones are on the same s'ehedule as the United States: Also, in 1996, members"of the .European Union agreed to observe a 'summertime period' froin the last Stlndayin March to the last Sunday in October.

\1

III,'.\":"

" i 111,1,"

'"

Daylight saving time (DST);also;t~ii~d' the 'summer time', is the 'practice of advaric~g clocks forward jtg';,gainadditional daylight during the early eve."tting: Some, int~resting. snippets on DST are given hereunder: . , • About 70 countries around the world observe daylight savingti~e in'some form or the other.

i\III'1 ,\1

.

the Greenwich, but 9 p,m. on Monday if we ,have calculated ,eastwards from Greenwich ,(Figure A.1.26). Therefore, we have-to draw a line somewhere near the meridian of 180"and agree to say that it is Sunday on one side and Monday on the other.

r"il\,!I' , III" II,'i:,"

I

Physical Geography ~.

,Chapter 1

>i";',",1,I'\,I'

I~" 1',1 ~!I"I'

, ~I"

,.\1

.~ 1111:

, JII\11 I ,:!!:IIII, ~"

'II~,!;

I~tl '~ III1

III"

• Most countries; near the equator, do not deviate from standard time. • In the Southern Hemisphere, where summer arrives in, what we in the Northern Hemisphere consider the '~inter 1J1onths, PST' is observed frot?:-lateOctober to lab~March. • Three large. regions in Australia do not participate in pST.'Western Australia, the Northern Territ~rY',jfand Queensland/stay on standard time ,throughout the years:1 The re.maining south-central and south-eastern sections of the continent (which is where Sydney and Melbourne are loc.ated),make the switch. This results in both vertical and horizontal time z~:mesDown,Under during the summer months. • China; spans five time zones, uses only one. The entire country is,always 8h ahead of Uciver'~al Tl~e and it does not- ~f;serve DST. Ip..J~PiP,,.;PST waJ'Jn:plemE;nted after the Y\'?rl9-YV~r,II;~y~t~~ U?_oc;~upa?ol1;",In 1952, it ,w~s il1;>~pd~nedbecause of, ~tr~llg.opposition . by J~I'~e~e f~~e.rs." ',' "

wmch

~ ..

I

l

.

A.51 .

.

Russian---;Russia has. deployed its global navigarestrict,ed,service ,that is en<;rypt~d and qeslgna:ted tion system' known as GLONASS., It was developed ---for ,use by. the. au!horized-goveri:tinent, departments Th~,scale usecation, to def~,e'2time during the same period as the GPS, but suffered from dealing with the national se~urity. on.the Earth. It is essentially the same as Gre~~wj\ch incomplete cqverage of the globe until the mid-2000s, ,",..IRNSS is. developed by lSRO (mdian,.,Space Mean Time (GMT). With the advent to the.9-tppUc but nowisfully~pel'ational worldwide, Res~a'rch Organization) as an,>autono,rno~s'i~gioh~l clocks, however, a new measurement of ti~,~i was European-::-The European" Union and other partsatellite navigation. system.; In .2913, ISRO operaintroduced (International-Atomic Time, TAl1;I~hich ner countries are d~veloping Galileo that will be fully tlonalized .!l new satelHte' navigation centre. within WilSmore ,accurate tl:tanthaLbased on the)l(lilli>~\on deployeciby2019. . ., .' the campus of ISRO Deep,Space.Network (DSN) at of the. Earth. Broadcast time signals, therliJf.Qr~, are Chinese-They have a regional system known as Byalalu (Karnataka, near Bangaluru). A total of seven not based on TAl plus or mirius a whole n1;lmJ?~r~of Beidou(f9r the Asian and the West Pacific' regions) satellites with the, prefix' 'IRNSS-1' consHmte the. seconds. Such a scale never vades by mQr,~;than and are"developing COMPASS as their global'sys,spacesegmentqf the IW,SS,.In July 291~(~RNSS,,"1A, 1 second from the Universal Time. '(() ,m~. tern. C0:M,:PASSwillbe operational by 2020. IRNSS-" the first of the sevensatelllte~:9f the,)RNSSconstel.~'£ibl India's regional navigation system, planned to be latiol) was launched and w!April,2014"the second , ' ,'il£;19.(1 operational by 2014, covering India and ~orthelTJ. sat~lIite, ~Ss-,IB, yvaslp.l1l1chedand'plasedin geoGLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) ffnibi' Indian Ocean. . synchronous, orbit In October '20l4/IRNSS~1C was ., .' " ,.::i\;\\t Japanese-Their' regional system is known as launched and subseq~!'lntl)':.iA.~oi%,(.~SS.the The -Global Positioning System (GPS) is a'i;',s~!~Wte Quazi-Zenith Satellite System. It cover only J\sia and fourth satellite was Ip.unched: ~emaining three navbased system used for -determining accurat~uPQsiOceania. igational satellites will be launched during 2015-16 tions on or near the Earth's surface. It was q~~~~pped Indian~IRNSS: The Regional Navigation Satellite and on completion it will pr~:nrideIndia w~th full in the 1970s,and 1980sby the US Defence DeRqr"t,ment Systemis structured to provide two services, (i) Civilnavigational satellite,system in place.!,"')"" .. to a\d in guiding rrussiles, navigating aircra£!~ua.!ld ian use-operi' for civilian use, and (ii)Military use-a " .' " .f controlling ground troops. Commercial applications now far outnumber military uses of the GPS. The sale of GP?;services brings in billions of dollars.in.~he US economy annually. What was born as a militarysystern'has become a great economic resource for 'the US government. '. ',~7

UniversalTimeJUn,

"

)' ""

,t-i,

lP;,

How it Works

f

The system.is based on a network of high~altitude satellitesc'i:>rlfigured so'that a minimum oHour satellites are iIi view o{ariy position of the EartllrEach satellite continually' transmits both idenHdcation and position.ing information that can be picked by the receivers ,on.'.the Earth. The distance:pbetween a g~ven receiver ;and each member in a group of four~(or more) sqtellites is calculated bYccompar. ing clocks stored in both units. Because, minimum of four satellites are used it is possible to. salculate the three-dimensional coordinates of the r~ceiverfs position. The system already has a<:curacy;greater thal); that of the best ofthe base maps. Commercial ard private users, can calculate positions"within 10 m accuracy. '''TtI.-

• t-\

~ '.

?

CD II: ,-

CD

~IOc$an '0

~ II:

,~.) ~}< ~ ~fff TalI ~~J

j'.>

I' I

~

o

+1

+3

+4

+6

+7

+8

+9

+10

+11

+12

-11"'

'::"10,., ~

:;""(

Other GPS Systems

+2

',' 1"';,

.\

FigureA.l.26

.<

Greenwich Mean Time

'

~1f"

~¥~.""'l

~'.:,. t •

"" "f'h!•• '

.. J.

:r~

'.

Since GPS is primarily as us resource, othe~ ~?-tion5 due to economic and other strategic reason~ are iJ1 process of developing such systems. These include:

.-.z

::~ '''v;':

IIiIIIIIIIIIII ••••••

:..-...-~~

l.....,j

P~"'I' , I 11\11 I!

A~52

Physical Geography A.53

Chapter 1 .

i'

1\11!l

16. Sun emits energy in the f.orm'.of elec'troiTiagnetic radiation. ,The'f.oll.owing help in the generati.on .ofs.olar energy. Arrange them in the right;sequence beginning fr.om the' starting '.of the cycle? ,. .

Ga» Topic.;wiseAssessment ,r1'

I,

5.

The Universe 1.

Haw did .originate?

the

big

bang

Turning-f.ork diagram is used in (a) (b) (c) (d)

the.ory

Scientists .observed that great energy is released when twa subat.omic particlesc.ollide (b) Scientists ob,served that the galaxies are m.oving away from .our galaxy at great speed (c) Scientists .observed the presence .ofana~cient explosive farce at the centre,.of the universe (d) Scientists .observed that there . were mare b.odies present near 'the centre .ofthe universe than at the, peripheral

Waif's system Hubble Sequen'ce Curtis disk systems NASAWASP Pr.oject

(a)

,,'I'

'Iill,'

""

',111

1

2.

1

.IJ!II!I

"

(b) (c) (d)

'il11111111

3.

(c)

lililillll,

(d)

4.

~llii!11,

,Itillil

Time' came int.o existence when humans were barn Time did ri.otexist before the event Time existed bef.ore the eVent. Time is superfi~ial .' _ ,.

,I' I.''Iilll

I ,ij"I'

,

\1' I

,I 1

7.

Which .of the f.oll.owing is/are cited by the scientists as evidence/ l;!vidences' far the 'c.ontinued expansian of universe? ' 2. Observati.on .of red shift phen.omenan in space 3. M.ovement .ofasteroids in space. 4. Occurrence' .of sup ern .ova expl.osi.o~sin ~pac~ . Select the, c!Jrrect;answer using the cades given bel.ow: (a) '1 and 2 (b) 2.only (c) 1,3 and 4 (d). N.one.of the ab.ove can be cited as evidence

h.olds true far the stars?

statements h,'

(a)

.The, larger the star's mass is, shorter its lifespan will bt~ (b) The larger the star's 111~,~is, larger its lifespan will (c) There is n.o c.orrelationbetween the star's mass anrllife'Span (d) The lifespan .ofthe star is fixed

1. Hydr.ogen is conve'rted t.o lielium at"'very high temperature and pressure . '

R~{,

,

(a)

The Earth is at the centre .ofthe universe (b) . The Sun is at the centre .ofthe universe (c) The c.osm.oswas .once a ball .offire (d) The c.osm.os will .one day became a ball .offire'

":-I'" "

""E

m",

(aY Their pattern (b) Their b.oundaries '.:,) (c) Their shape and sky c.o.ordinates (d) Their ancient name -

The scientists questi.on that the c.osmic rays are generated by ~he supern.ova remnants because (a) (b)

(c)

(d) 9.

Of the distance that is travelled by the rays The rays ~ave been .observed at higher energies ~han what supern.ova remnants can generate The f1uctuati.on between pr.otans and the nucleus is .opp.osite .ofth.ose f.ound in the supern.ova remnants All.ofthese

C.osmic rays help us in (a)

Determining th~ size .ofthe . universe (b) Understanding the relati.onship ,between dark matter and dark energy, (c) Understarlding the chemical ,ev.oluti.on .ofthe universe (d) • AII'.ofthese. • ' 10. Mu.ons and pions were disc.overed .. first in ' '. (a) S.olarflares , (b) " Particle accelerat.ors (c) C.osmic rays (d) Sun light

)( ;",

,,,,..r,q

13. What is the maj.or, problem' with the e,nc.ounter hyp.othesis?

(b) 8.

(c:) (d)

All the planets d.o nat rev.olve in the same directi.on \ •. The rogue planet sh.ould have been captured by the Sun's' gravitati.onal pull Hat gas expands and d.oe,~n.ot c.ontract Lumps .ofc.old gas c.ould nat f.orm'planets ,I I

(a) (b)

(d)

(b)

(c)

(d)

,"\

24.

(c) (d)

'~'.

'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

20. Which .ofthe f.o"IIOWlng planet has the highest tem peratu re? . (a) (b) (c) (d)

Mercury"" Venus Jupiter '" Pluta

,"

'0,.

•

.outer s.olar,system Venus and Mer,cury Earth and Mars'" jupiter and Mars

What is a'sh.o.oting star?

31. "1

(b) (Cl

(d)

\

A perfect sphere Flatter atthe poles Flatter at the pales and bulged .out at the equat.or I

'

Why is Eart~ spherical? (a)

Due t.o interacti.on between the 'gravi~ ..ofEarth and the Sun (b) The spherical shape is the l.owest energy state, thata gr.oup .of inatter can be in' (c) Due.t.o interacti.olTbetween the , gravity.of Earth and the M.o.on (d) N.one.of the~e _.., Tect.onic ii'ctivity, such' as v.olcanic erupti.ons and' earthquakes, are primarily caused by m'Qvement in the 10.-,_':)- ;"./'.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Crust Mantle.. Inner care. Outer care

The Hade'an E.on'.ofgeo'I~9ic ti~e

(a) (b)

•••

7 km flatter at the pales 14 km flatter atthe pales 21 km flatter atthe pales N.one .ofthese

By using advance drilling .proj!!cts , By meas.l,lring seismic waves By strategically conducting nuclear expl.osions'1 _ By stuaying'coht~oh~d dynamiteexpl.osf.oris' .,

I. Began with the birth ~f the s.olar system. \," II. Beg-an with the birth- .of the galaxy.""" III. Ended: with theJ.oTl11ati.oJ1,9fthe .oldest rocks_ -

(c) (d)

Earth is ab.out '(a) (b) (c) (d)

28.

.t.

pr.ojects' have

Haw ,do 'scientists tell'the care and crust apart from the mantle? . (a)

The Earth is

•

They are less than 1,00,000 km in diameter" " They are less than .one kil.ometre thick Ii,,,,' •• The ring particles 'd.o,n.ot c.ontain ice "' Scientists have f.ound the reasans far their, 9rigin

-_

(a) The .outet Care (b) -.The inner core (c) M.oh.or.ovicicdiscontinuitY (d) ..~~ne ~!,t~es~" ,j"

,-..

Near the Between Between Between

(c) (d)

27.

. ,.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'",

19. Which .of the f.oll.owing" statements holds true far the rings.of Saturn?

-

Asteroids are primarily f.ound

'''(b) " A perfect spheroid

26.

4,;r

The vari.ousdrilling been able t.oreach,

(a)

18. Uranus' blue c.ol.ouris the result.of

-'

.

30.

Basic Knowledge About the Earth 25.

.

Oceanic and c.ontinental crusts have appr.oximately same thickness,' "f:':;," (m ';, (b) Oceanic crust is thiCker than the c.ontinental crust (c) Thethid
32.

• :- .

Presence pf-c.ol.oured bands like th.ose of,jupiter , ,I, Uranus; ~ magnetic field, which is . nat ce~tred .on the ~entre .ofthe planet, Abs.orpti.on of red light by methane in the upper atm.ospliere N.one .ofthese

."

(a)

(a) . A camet which did nat burn in the Eartli'satm'.osphere (b) A mete.oroid which bec.omes visible up.on entering the Earth's atm.osphere , (C)Ah asteroi
kiss

When there is a presence.of large am.ount .ofdust particles When thedurati.on .ofsunlight is mare ~rt1

(b)

Sun contains mare around 75% .ofthe t.otal mass of the s.olar system l (t Sun and the jupiter t.ogether c.ontain mare than 99% 6f the t.otal mass .ofthe s.o'lar system (~ Jupiter c.ontains mare than 10% .ofthe t.otal mass .ofthe s.olar system .'; jupiter c.ontains at leasO% .ofthe t.otal mass .ofthe s.olar system

2 ~3 3 ~ 1 2~ 1 3 ~ 2

When the rays.of the Sun travel a greater distance When the .output.ofthe energy is

(c)

" (a) ,T.[1eyare nat s.oli'~ . . (b) Their pale regi.onsrev.olve faster than the equat.or regions , (c) They r.otate'in .opp.osite dirE~C, ti.on t6non:jovian pla.net~ (d) Their .orbit is hat prograd~"

(a)

~ ~ ~ ~

Which .ofthe f.oll.owing statements is true regarding crusts?", flt>"

Which.of the' fallowing b.odies are p.otentially the, most hazard.ous far Earth?, .,

'.'

23.

17. Under the f.oll.owing c.onditi.ons is the phen.omen.on .of 's.olar c.onstant' the highest? '

(a)

is

.

Select the c.orrect answer using the c.ode given bel.ow:

14. Which .ofthe f.oll.owingis true regard. ing the J.ovian planets?l

15. Which .of the foll.owing'statements true ab.o'ut .our s.olar system?'bIO

-'

.

29.

(a) Minar planets '(b)' C.omets' (c) '"Aster.oids (d) Sun''''

,

-~

(a) 1 (b) ,,2 (c) 3 (d) 1

"J,.

(a)

'

3. A vast quantity .of energy is generated by nuclear fusi.on

12. Internati.onal Astron.omical Uni.on \':~::k defines c.onstellati.ons by

Solar System

22.

l"-!G

'~~Hace

A camet can have (a) A gas tail (b) 'A dust tail (c) Both a gas and a dust tail (d) Neither a gas 'tail'Ii.or a dust tail

2. The energy finds its way t.o Sun's

Heli.ocentric the.ory states'that '

All the galaxies are similar Milky Way is similar to many .other galaxies in the universe Milky Way is unique, n.o .other galaxy is similar't.o it All the galaxies i~'the Mi(kyWay are unique

i. De~~cti.on'~f"micr.o:-:,avesin space

i

(a) ~Iliptical (b)'~' Spiral (c) Curative (d) 'Lenticular

Which .of the f.oll.owing statements h.olds true far the Milky Way?(a) (b)

'1\,11\11\1,

In the Hubble's c1assificati.oI'1,.ofgalaxies which .of the, f.o.IJ.owing type was c.onsidered as hyp.othetical by Hubble, .only t.o be rec.ognized later .on? ,,' ' '

Which .of the f.oll.owing statements ab.out time is true'acc.ording' t.o Big Bang the.ory? >' (a)

"I'\~lll'

6.

H. Which .of the"f.oll.owing

.i,' '~

21.

33.

Only I a.nly I( I and III lI'and I'll

',' ',}: .r

The mast remarkable feature .of the Pr.oter.oz.oicera is that (a) (b) (c) ,

..'

.

The .oceans' were farmed The c.ontinents were farmed The beginning andthe'en9.of th~ era were marked by widespread glaciati.ons (d) The first evidence of life is ..f.ound in this era "., " 34. What is Cambrianexpl.osi.on? (a)

An expl.osio'n in Cambria (England)which unc.oVered f.ossils' '''" .11. '"" A •• t,,"j"

(b)

Sudden' appearance .ofrri1ny different kinds .ofanimals hav-; ing skelet.ons/shells: An increase in the number.of fauna during de~giaciati.ons .of

'

-.(c) . .•.

Earth

',C)'

(d)

None'.of these

',

•.

S~, , l, "II"

Chapter 1

A.54

"II

35.

Which

of the following

(c)

is done by

relative dating? (a)

I I"l

(c) (d) 36.

The Cambrian (a) (b) (c)

ii,

(d) 37.

,• ,I

era began

43.

after the

(a) (b)

1,'li,'!I\\~1 i,

(c) I,; (d) 38. '"I,'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,,~ill~:: 40. 'i

'Ii

(d) 41.

I,V,

.l~, .,',

42.

(a),

I,

I

From North towards South

(d)

From South towards North

(b)

Pliocene era Oligocene era. Cretaceous e'ra Holocene era

(c) (d)

47.

(c) (d)

poles . None ofthese

'(b)

Has nO'effect

o~the rotation

A one second adjustment done every leap year for adjusting the atomic clocks A one second adjustment done due to irregularities in Earth rotations The difference between the rotation of the Earth and the Moon The difference between the rotation of the Earth with respect to Sun and with respect to stars

The time taken for the most advance rocket to reach the Moon One complete

-

,I •."

It is located in the Western Pacific Ocean, to the West of Marina Island " if),":

(b)

The trench was first founded during the Challenger ~;pedition in 1875 I The trench is about km long and an average wid'th of only 69 km ,(!,'J (-

(d)

(a) (b) (c) (d) 51.

by metro-

The division of the y,ear based on the dates of equinoxes and solstices " '.

The division of the year into four sea~ons of three months each (c) , The adjustment cif astronomical'seasons for difference between northern and southern hemisphere (d) None of these

id'l

52.

Summer solstice Winter solstice Vernal equinox Autumnal solstice

(a) (b) (c) (d)

54.

,

Which is safe to watch wlt:h'6fii: spe. cial equipment? ' "H I. Lunar eclipse II. Solar eclipse

59.

of the following

Hydrogen

(d)

Carbon dioxide

It refers to sudden and copious rainfall over a small area which often lasts for only a few minutes "

(b)

It refers to 50 mm rain over a period oftime

(c)

It is caused by rapid condensation of very high clouds It refers to th'understorm with little rain' '

Which of the foll?wing true?

statements

Barometric pressure is always more than atmospheric pressure .~ ':!~;

(d)

(b)

It is impossible

(c)

solar eclipses ir:' a y~ar I.to; Total solar eclipses is almost always foliowed hybrid

(d)

eclipse " : r: Total solar eclipses almost always follow hybrid eclipse

to have two

r

Which

of

the

(a) (b) (c) (d)

68.

69.

(a) (b) (c) (d) is

65.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

atmospheric Ir

"

The pressure exerted by all the .u"",.; . gases in the atmosphere combined together

(b)

Force exerted by the weight of the air 't,

66.

",",

II and 11(-'" III and I ' ,

r'

(d)

Noheofthese

-,

1 -,'

Prevailil)g winds Flow'from a single direction FloWfrom'multiple directions Flow in east west directions Flow in ;'orth so'uth direction

Geostrophic

(c) (d)

winds

Flow from convergence zone Blow from a single direction over a specific area of the Earth Always move in counter clockwise direction Travel along the edges of the high-pressure and low-pres- . sure.syst~ms

71.

,.

Which of the following hold true for we'sterii~s~'

statements

I. They are fed by polar easterlies II. They blow from the west at midlatitudes

is

Troposphere Thermosphere Ionosphere ,Stratosphere

IH.Are strongest in tile winter, when pressure over the pole is high (a) (b) (c) (d)

due to

Gravitational pull of Earth Gravitational pull of Moon Difference in atmospheric pressure None of these

Strongest winds occur in the area of (a) (b) (c)" . (d)

I and II

(b) (c)

(a) (b)

temperature

Only I I and II II and III III and I

Wind is caused primarily

state-

(a)

1:111 't.

70.

Almost all of the Earth's weather witnessed in (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

"

following

ments best describes pressure?

In the , decreases with height.

The flow of Wind is NOT affected by

ilL p~'ssure gradient force

temperature

Only II I and II II and III III and I

Onlyl / land II II and III III andl

L Coriolis effect IL Friction'

Atmospheric pressure is not dependent on the altituqe Atmospheric pressure changes with the altitude, but the change is too small to be relevant

I. Mesosphere II. Stratosphere III. Troposphere

Atmospheric pressure is always m~re than harometric pressure , , None of tne-se

statements

60.

1 "

63.

64.

(b)

It is rare to have two totC!l,solar eclipses in a year .,rrl

(a) (b) (c) (d)

What is a cloudburst?

\)1

(a)

by

(c)

(c)

It:

Increase in altitude leads to increase in the atmospheric pressure , Decrease in altitude leads to increase in the atmospheric pressure

In the increases with height.

Which of the following stat~ments holds trUe for the .Coriplis force? I. affects the direction of the wind ILlt affectsth,e speed of the wind ilL It affects the vertical movement of the wind'

I. Mesosphere II. Stratosphere III. Tr()posphere

Barometr~c pr~ssure and atmospheric preSSure are same

holds true for solar eclipses? ;~

62.

67.

Which 'of the 'following statements correctly describes the relationship between the altitude and the atmospheric 'pr~s"sure?:

(d)

Oxygen Argon"

(a)

'I

(d)

(c)

Logically, what does a continually rising air p'ressure indicate?

(d)

Number of air molecules ab,ov~,th.e.s~ ~~ce.', None of the~e;, ,

(b)

Logically, what does a continually rising air pressure indicate?

' t>}

.only I Only II Both I and II Neither I n'or II

Which

Helium Carbon dioxide

(a)

Which of the following lunar'~blipses are subtle arid hard to observe? Penumbral lunar eclipsE{' Partial lunar eclipse 'Tcitallunar eclipse Umbrallunar eclipse (d)

53.

58.

'l)

(a) (b) (c)

(c) (d~

(a) (b)

(t'

-,

Tilt in the Earth's axis The distance between the Sun and the Earth The rotation of the Earth All ofthese

logical seasons?

)n<;l

. ;'~, \ .

rotation of the

Sun One complete revolution of our galaxy Earth's rotation period relative to the stars

57.

(c)

.(a)

Advent of unsettled and , c10udYweather (b) Advent of a cyclone (c) Fine and settled weather (d) Fine and unsettled weather

~s

'",.11

Summer solstice Winter solstice Fall equinox Spring equinox

61.

(a)

,J)

In northern hemisphere on which of the following days can we hat~ peri. ods of, equal daylight and dark?, (a) (b) (c) (d)

56.

At the bottom of the~rEih
Vernal equinox is also known

Which .one of'the following gases is transparent to incoming solar radiations and opaque to ou.tgoing terrestrial radiations? (a) " Oxygen (b) . Nitrogen

2,5~
(c)

50.

"

(a)

at sea level

What do we understand

(b)

the, Earth Effect the rotation of the Earth . by slowing it down

".-\

48.

(a)

of

55.

The seasons are caused by (a) (b)

540 km per hour 1210 km per hour 1670 km per hour 3420 km per hour

this is not correct?

Stellar day means (a)

at the

Atmosphere

What is leap second?

we are in

The tidal fiction

;1

,I

(c)

(d)

46.

The speed of Earth's rotation (a) (b) (c) (d)

I'

From east towards west

(c)

pterosaurs ,Flowering plants were common

equator is 'I,HI,II

(b)

The rotation of the Earth

"li,l,

1~'lli:,

From west towards east

(b)

Mesozoic Cenozoic . Palaeozoic Pre-Cambrian

The Marina trench is the deepest part of the Oceans. Which one!awgngst the following statements regarding

10,800 km per hour 1,08,000 km per hour 10,80,000 km per hour 1,08,00,000 km per hour

(a)

(a)

(a) Is same for different latitudes (b) , Is ,different for different longitudes (c) Is slowest at the equator and , increases as we move towards

II!IIII;:

45.

Climate was tropical Most of the time Pangaea was centred on the equator The most cOmmon flying vertebrates, were the reptilian

39.Preserii:ly

1,1'

is

49.

The Earth rotates

Which era is also known as the 'Age of Dinosaurs'? (a) (b) (c) (d)

" il!!i!l\\

44.

The Marinoan ice age The age of trilobites Minnesotan volcanic explosions None of these

Which of the following statements NOT truefor Jurassic period

Effect the rotation of the Earth by increasing it up Effect on the Earth rotations cannot be determined

The Earth revolves around the Sun at the average speed of , (a) (b) (c) (d)

end of

Ii

!

(d)

Placing historical events in the correct order Yielding numerical results for establishing how many years ago the event happened Numerical dating Alpha numerical dating

(b)

A~65,

Physical Geography

il,i

High pressure gradient Low pressure gradient Medium press'ure gradient Pre~sure gradient'does not influence the wind speed

72.

Only I I and II II and III III and I

Which of the following true? (a) (b)

(c)

"

statements

is

.,.

The continental trade winds are colder than maritime trade winds The continental, trade winds are warm~r and d~ier than , ;.;'-;.' . o~ -'1'""'"1 ,J: ~ "..1 Hi maritime trade Winds The maritim'e t'i'ade'wirids:are

ana

warmer drier than the contin'entartrade'winds' -, ~_ .•.' ',~l'

.,...1'":' ":,-"",,,"

,.....-

L""':':'I

I,

,I

A~58 (d)

73.

i'1'1

The maritime trade winds and continentaltradewinds have approximately the same temperature

78.

(a) (I:»

(c)

(a)

Isthe area around ITCZ

(b)

Is the area where trade winds of two hemispheres meet

(c)

Is a seasonal, moistureladen trade wind.

(d)

None ofthese

Consider the, following

statements:

79.

1. Coriolis effect is zero at the Equator. 2. Corio lis effect poles. '3.

,I',i,l,

towards (b)

4: Corioli's effects are refitted to the increas,ing rotational velocity with increasing latitudes. '

",

"

-

'I

i

i,

I

(c)

are correct?"

(d)

,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I,

"1', ;,~II,1

;~II"

I

1 "II'1','1',11 ,,'

'11 ,1

;~IlI,

(a) (b)

1,2and3 1 and 3

(c)

1,2and4 2 and 4

(d)

81.

i

I

lithosphere 75.

1~111~1

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,:)11':1

:1

76.

illll:

I

83.

III. Te,xture IV. Weight V. Height

(a)

:

(a) I, II, and IV (b) I and III (c) II, III, and V " •••.(d) "JdVandV.

(b)

."

(c) '(d)

\1

~ "

77. 'Which ~oithefollov\;ing types ofrocks ca'n'Jbe'f~r;':'-ed by the remains of plant an8 anlmais? ' , , '~ ,io';'If"

I.

200

t,"

(a) , Metamorphic rocks (b) Sedim~ntary rocks (c) Igneous rocks (d) None ofthese

~

84.

(c)

lava

~Stl. ,

There are places:Which 2an experience one high tide but there must be-two low tides There are piaces which can experience one low tide but there' must be two high tides There are places which can experience one low tide and onehigh'tide

(d)

Th,e fo.rm~r is forme9 by;~<: ' magma and latter is formed by lava' ,. 't,) The former ing'and the The former ing and the

(c)

(d)

Neap tides are produced

,.

',..

(b) (c) (d)

.' ,

95.

1. ,The speed is considerably

,"

(b) (c) (d)

(a) ", (b) (c) (d)

(d)

1 and 2 only 2 and 3 only 1 only 1,2 and 3 only

.

Affected by the.velocity but not by (Ingle of a wave Affected by the angle but not the velocity of a ""ave Affected by the velocity and angle of awave Not affected by the velocity ~nd (Ingle of a wave

'Western boundary current Eastern boundary current Northern boundary current Southern boundary current .'

(b) (c) (d)

.;'

Two neap tides and one spring tide

~...,)

(d)

Two neap tides and two spring tides

How does the distance between the Earth and the' Sun 'affect the tides?

I

.~

3. North Atlantic Equatorial Current (a) (b) (c) (d)

1 only 2 and 3 only , 1 and 3 only' , 1,2and3

'..

I'

TIme (a) (b) (c) (d)

..

Warmseastern European ' countries ,C()olseastern European countries . .', Cools western European countries Warms western European countries

101. The strait that connects the Arabian Sea and the Bay. of Bengal is known

as: (a) (b) (c) (d)

,10..

104. The Sargasso Sea is alvast patch of Atlantic Ocean characterized by an abundance " of, floating brown seaweed called 'Sargassum'. This is formed due ,to, the, deposit of marine plants and refUs!! carried by the:' " . •. " ; . ~ ..•. -_...... . ...~. 1. North Atlantic Current , 2. Canary Current' '" ,

105. If you cross the date line movi[lg ~ast

there

One neap tide and one spring tide, .

Itbegins off the coast of Japan. and flows northward '

~'

100. The Gulf Stream (a)

The Sun, Moon, and,Earth are in alignment. The Sui, an'a 'Moon ~re atright angles to each other There is new Moon There isfull Moon

It has no effect on tides It enhances' tidal r~nges

rise and

The North Atlantic Drift is a

"

(c)

(a) (b)

reduced.

Longshore currents are (a)'

99.

",'

;;)

(b) (c) (d) 98.

One neap tide and two spring tides

• Neap tide, '~" lef) Spring tide' Lunar tide The Proxigean Spring tide

(a)

J

(b)

96.

It is similar to the' Gulf Stream . in the No;th Atlantic Ocean (b) - It transports warm, tropical . ' water, northward towards the polar regions •• " , (c) The warmwat~[ of the Kuroshio Current sustains the coral reefs of Japan ' .h~ ..

'<

,,,

..,'_H

(a)

height.

3. They appear as a' gentle fall of the sea.

when

Normally in each lunar month is/are (a)

',~)

Which of the'following is the"weakest tidE!?' ,c, ",', ",'.'b~ (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

'.1.1"

Which of the folloWing' statements relating to tsunami i~/are correct?

2. They attain enormous

Spring tides are' produced ,

':,)

,

Hydrosphere

94.

97.

A.~r

103. The Kuroshio isa north flowing ocean current on th.e west side of the North I'acific Ocean. Which one among the following statements. regarding this is not correct?

As tsunamis leave the deep water of the open sea and travel towards shallow water: -

The Sun, Moon, and Earth are in alignment The Sun and Moon are at right angles to each other There is new Moon There is ,full Moon

(c) (d)

is formed by fold. latter is noed), is formed by faultlatter is 'not~)

Kilimanjaro Mount Chimborazo Paricutin Mount Fuji

There will be no North-East Atlantic fishing grounds There will be no North-West Atlantic fishing grounds There V\1:illbe no fishing ground in the North Atlantic Ocean. Semi-arid condition of the Atlantic coast of the USA and Canada. would prevail

(b)

93.

(c) .' It reduces tidal ranges ,,': (d)" ..The effect is random and can" not be measured;

In the absence of Cold labrador Current, which one among the following would happen? (a)

The former is formed by lava where the latter is formed by ;)~) magma

Which of the following volcatroesis the most receritly formed volcano? (a) (b) (c) (d)

90.

(b)

(c)

,,t,'

I.

There is no difference between the two ',' Lava is liquid and magma is semi-solid Lava is within Earth and magma is outside Earth Magma'is within Earth and lava is outside Earth +.'

Igneous Sedimentary

Mauna Kea Mount Fuji K2 None 'of these

is

1 I

E~~
are formed when

92.

statements

(a)

(b)

(I:»

Radioa!=tive1Mtay' proviCfes an internal source '()f heat'tor til'e'Earth'. This helps in the form'ation' ot'which types of rocks?' • ,. (a) (b)

type

Which of the following true? '. \'~-,_ 'f1. },'

that

(d)

between

91.

(a)'

qO

Only II Both land II Neither I nor II

What is the ,difference and the magma?

~

The difference between the domeshaped mountains and volcanoes is (a)

89. '

j ,

mountain'

!,:

88.

(a) 'Only I '

.

v . .,'

.'d':

Mount Everest is the tallest'lnountain on Earth using sea level as base. Which is the tallest mountain' from top to bottom? (a) (b) (c) (d)

I. Can make mountains' II. Can destroy mountains (b) (c) (d)

1~ :

Volcanic mountains Fold mountains Fault block mountains None of these

Plateau mountains

82. ' Volcanic eruptions

Metanl0rphicrock's Sedimentary rocl(s Ig neous rocks _ Morphic rocks

I. Composition II. Colour

87.

found in

Igneous rocks are given names based upon,

100

(b) (d)

.,.

The colliding tectonic pJ,!~es cause folding of land The colliding tectonic plates (b) cause faulting of land The colliding tectoniC' plates: (c) push' up the land withoUt' fold. ing or filUlting jl:,,' (d) " None of these

is

of continental drift of land bridges of plate tectonics' of .internal structures

30

•

(a)

The Himalaya range approximately contains 'of the world's highest mountains. (a) (c)

Fossils are most frequently

Theory Theory Theory Theory

of the continents

Metamorphic All of the above

The most common on Earth is" (a) (b) (c) (d)

86.

They have a very fine-grained or even glassy texture They do not get hot enough to melt They cool very slowly over many thousands or millions of years until it solidifies All of these-

ing the origin called

1

I

Large numbers of living things die, pile up, and are compressed and cemented to forrn rock 'Pressure squeezes the flat or elongate minerals within a rock so the):: become aligned

85.

80. The current scientific theory explain-

Which of the ~tate,ments given above

~ I

MagMa is trapped deep inside the Earth Magma exits and cools outsiqe, of, or very near the Earth's surface' -

Which of the following statements holds true for metamorphic rocks? (a)

CorioliS effects 'are related to the decreasing rotational velocity with increasing'latitudes.

'~I
is more

(c) (d)

Plutonic igneous rocks form when

Doldrums

(d),' 74.

Physical Geography

Chapter1

106.

You You You You

subtract a day adda day, adcj,2 ho~rs subtractl:2'h9urs

. i~ us~d as-the zero-reference ' line I fori' astronomical observations. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Equator Greenwich Meridian, Washington Meridian None ofthese

107. Daylight saving time was f.irst used in Bering Hormuz Palk Malacca'

102. Which of the following as Belomor (anal? (a), ' Black sea ,canal (b) White sea canal , (c)" Red sea ca,nal (d) Blue sea canal

(a) (b) (c) (d) is also ~nown

United States of America. France Germany Britain

108. Which of the following time zones is used for calculating U)'C?

.

,(a) (b) (c) (d)

'

GMT +3 Gtvff+19 GMT-5 None ofthese

A.58

Chapter 1

109. Which of the following. hold true for the GMT? (a) (b) (c) (d)

statements

Jt is current time standard the world It ceased to be the world's standard since 1972 It ceased to be the world's standard since 1992 It ceased to be the world's standard since 2010

of time time time

(c) (d)

111. Global Positioning System depends on (a)' (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Global Positioning System System

High altitude satellites Medium altitude satellites low altitude satellites Ground-based nano satellites

112. GlONASS was developed

f-

110. Global Positioning designed by

(c) (d)

US Defense Department UDited Nations .

..

Europe South America

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,:-\.

,

114. Which of the following regional system? COMPASS BEII;>OU IRNSS CCPSA

is a Chinese

'\ \

;t;l.;>

~

..

,

"'\\

•"''1',' (

by

'

USA Russia France United Kingdom

was

;.:~

(a) (b)

The whole globe Asia and Oceania

-i1nr!t; AI ;)/(, ~ .,-tnu••

ill

III

l'

'11'1

Answers

'"Ii!I'I

Topic-wise Assessment

,'Il!t "~

1,1

1,,1\ ';'l~I~\1111,

:1: I ,~

't,t

b "

1. (b) 11. (a) 21. (c) 31. (b) 41. (c) 51. (c) 61. (b) 71. (b) 81. (a) 91. (d) 101. (c) 111. (a)

~'c_~d~

(!,),

..

't:

~,

.-

•• ',

..:. 't.

#

i

2. (b) 12. (b) 22. (c) 32. (c) 42. (b) 52. (a) 62. (a) 72. (b) 82. (c) 92. (a) 102. (b) 112. (b)

"':~

. I

Highlighted Topics

.

• The World We Live In

• A Glossary of Geographical

• Continents-Asia, Africa, North'America, South America, Europe

• World Architecture

.

Terms

~

3. 13. 23. 33. 43. 53. 63. 73. 83. 93. 103. lH.

(b) (c) (d) (c) (b) (a) (d) (a) (d) (b) (d) (b)

4. (d) 14. (a) 24. (a) 34. (b) 44. (a) 54. (a) 64. (a) 74. (a) 84. (a) 94. (a) 104. (d) 114. (b)

5. 15. 25. 35. 45. 55. 65. 75. 85. 95. 105.

(b) (b) (d) (a), (b) (d) (c) (b) (b) (d) (a)

6. 16. 26. 36. 46. 56. 66. 76. 86. 96. 106.

(d) (d) (c) (a) (d) (c) (a) (b) (c) (b) (b)

7. (b) 17. (d) 27. (b) 37. (d) 47. (a) 57. (d) 67. (a) 77. (b) 87. (a) 97. (b) 107. (c)

8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88. 98. 108.

(b) (c) (b) (a) (b) (a) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

9. (c) 19. (b) 29. (d) 39. (d) 49. '(a) 59. (a) 69. (a) 79. (b) 89. (c) 99. (a) 109. (b)

10. (c) 20.,,(b)

3
50:"(d) RQf (b) .70, (d) 80. (b) 90: (a) 100. (d) 110. (c)

!~l

.1

",;~,:;,i;~1Iri-;'}'-:::''.>_~

/7f(-/ !

-

III''I I

l

"4"'---0..)

1-;

,!,:l-.

THEWORLD.WE LIVE IN A Profile of the World • Total Area: 510.07 million kmz (70.9% of the world's surface is water and 29.1% is land). • Land Area: 148.94 million kmz (almost 46.5 times of the size of India).

Did You Know? The Curiou~ Case.of Taiwan' ~

Taiwan

operates

ficially world to

as an' independent

not recognized nations.

194

it would

a breakaway

• Nations: 193 sovereign and 13 non-sovereign, separately administered territories, making a total of 206 countries of which 193 are UN members.

relations with Taiwan.)

to maintain

province

diplomatic

have had to sever their formal (More than

100

It is of-

take the count up'

The People's Republic

• Water Area: 361.13 million kmz (97% salt, 3% fresh); total renewable water resources 53,790 km3.

tries willing

country.

as a country. by many of ihe

If recognized,

countries.

siders Taiwan

• Land Boundaries: Approx. 2.5 lakh km; not counting shared boundaries twice. China and ' Russia each shares borders with 14 other nations.

II

--

.~,

"' ...••

113. QZSS covers

NATO Interpol

,~

} 1.../ 1 \.

10.

(a) (b)'

!~Wor1q~{it6gr~lJfi .

countries,

of China

of China.

conCoun-

relations with China relations

however,

with Taiwan ..

maintain

unofficial

• Climate: Two large areas of cold and dry polar 'climates are separated by two rather narrow zones from a wide equatorial band of tropical to subtropical climates.

• Landlocked Nations: 46 nations are landlocked, out of which two nations, Liechtenstein and UZbekistan"are doubly landlocked.

• Terrain: The highest elevation is Mt ..Everest located at 8848 m (29,028 ft). The and lowest l~~d depression is the Dead Sea located at 418 m (1349 ft) below the sealevel.

• Coast Line:;Approx. 3.5 lakh km; 95 nations and other entities are islands having no borders with other,countries.

• . The greatest ocean depth is the Challenger Deep within the Mariana Trench at 10,924 m (35,840 ft) in the Pacific Ocean. J

•••• ~~ili.1

"

~!I:

A.60

World Geog@phy . A;1I1

Chapter2 \

'I'll

••• illil

Quick F~e.ts

1982 UN Convention on the Law of the

Sea I

II

Generally, the countries claim to their territo~ial sea boundaries are measured from the mean Iow-tidebaseline as per the 1982 UN Convention on the Law of the Sea:

I

"i I'

,I

11:1

);>'

TerritorialSea~ T2 nm,

)0>

Contiguous Zone--:-24

)0>

Exclusive Ecohomic Z6ne-200

'.

!III:II!I

1'llil~I:'.

,I I!'1i'11II!'

200 nm.

'I~!'

: I

. 'Iit:~,

."

.

• Natural Hazards: Large areas are subject to severe weather (tropical cyclones); natural disasters (earthquakes, landslides, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions, etc.).

"II'III!III'

illl! It

nm

An additional zones provide for exploitation' of continental sh~lf resources anG ,an exclusive fishing zone; boyndary situations with neighboring states prevent many countries from extending their fishing orteconomic zones to a full

"

; ; 1

nm, and

;11 111111 1

I :'

",1:1"

Iii

,'Iill 'I!I

,,,i,I

'il

,~i 'I,I

• Environniental Issues: Large areas are subject to, overpopulation, industrial disasters, pollutions,' (air, water, acid. rain,' and' toxic substances), loss of vegetation (overgrazing, defprestation, and desertification),. loss' of wildlife, sold degradation, soil depletion, and erosions; global warming becoming a greater concern. • Population: As of April 1, 2017, world's population is 7.49 billion approximately. • Population Indices: Growth rate (1.1% per year); birth rate (19.15 births/lOOO population); death rate (9.5 deaths/lOOO population); sex ratio (at birth 1.07 males/females, total population 1.014 males/females); infant mortality rate (total 36.58 deaths/10do live birth; males 38.49 deaths/lOOO live births; females 34.54 deaths/lOOO live births); life expectancy (total 67.2 (2010) years; males . 66.39 years; females 70.43 years); total fertility rate (2.43 childre~ born/females); hospital bed density (less than,3 beds/lOOO population). All population data estimates asofJuly 2014.

• Age-structures: 0--14 years: 25.79%.i (males 95,63,60il71/females 89,36,29,520);i,) 15-24 years: 16.61% (males 61,38,06;639/females 57,79,04,561);", 2~54 y"~a,~s:,4Q.78%j', (r,nales 1,47,87,39,525/ fem~.les. ol,44?2,44,79P; 55-64 years: 8.51% (m~les :t9,80,92,946t{emales 31,22,06,795); 65 years and, over: 8.3261~(males 26,54,53,689/ females 33~11,72,947). ,I • Urbanization: As of 2011, 52.1% of the'world's population is classified as Urban, with estimated rate of urbanization at 1.97% annual rate of change during 2010-15. • Largest Urban Agglomerations: Tokyo (Japan): 3,72,17,000; Delhi (India): 2,26,54,000; Mexico City (Mexico): 2,04,46,000; New York-Newark (USA): 2,03,52,000; 'Shanghai (China): 2,02,08,000; Sao Paulo (Brazil): 1,99,24,000; Mumbai, (India): 1,97,44,000; Beijing (China): 1,55;94,000; Dhaka (Ban'gladesh): 1,53,91,000; Kolkata (India): 1,44,02,000 (2011 estimates).

Bengali (2.66%), Portuguese (2.62%), Russian (2.12%), Japanese (1.8%); Standard German (1.33%), Javanese (1.25%).

industry: 30.7; services:, 63.3%) (all 2013 estimates). . " ~ :" • World Trade: Electrical tnachinery, including computers, 14:8%;'miri.eralfuels; indu'ding oil, coal, gas, and re.f.iriedprod~cts, 14.4%; nuclear reactors, boilers; and parts, 14.2%; automobiles including cars, trucks, and bus~s, 8.9%;.instiumentation in<;:luding scientific and precision instruments, 3.5%; plastics: and relate9- products, 3.4%; iron and'steel, 2.7%; orgamcchemicals, 2.6%; pharmaceutical products; 2.6%; diamonds, pearls, a,rtd precious ston,es, 1.9%, etc., (2013 . estimates). , ,~

• Religion: Ciitistianity(31 %) 'covers approximately the world's one-third of the population .(among Christians 'we have "Roman Catholic-15.5% of world' sp'oPlllation, Protestants~11.47%, Orthodox-3.72%, Others 3.1%). Muslim (23%, among them 20.24% constitute the Sunni population while 2.76%' .of world population is Shias) is .secondo.in the list followed by Hindu (15%), Buddhist (7%), Si:«h (0.35%), Jewis~ (0.22%), Baha'i (0.11%), other religions 10.95%, non-religious lO.36%, and atheists 2.01%. . , '

'

•

'.

.,.

,

.~

.•.

(':'

\

• Industrial.--.'. Indices:"' Industrial' 'produdion growth ra~e: 3.5%; labour f9rce: 3308' billion; unemployment rate (8.4%). .

• World Economy: Gross world product (GWP): $7431 trillion; GOP (purchasing' power parity): $87.25 trillion; GOP (real growth rate): 2.9%; GOP (per capita): $13,000; GOP composition, by sector of origin (agriculture: 6%;

Table A.2.1 shows d,Ha On area-wise biggest ten entities, and big and small countries'ot the world. . . -:. ". ~....

.)....td ••..

,

• Refugees and Internally Displaced PerTable A.2.1 'iArea-~ise Biggest Entities,?f the..Worid sons (lOPs): As per 2013 United .Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) o 8 report, approxir~l.ately :15.2 I?illion ;people Major Water Bodies .of the World Major Landmasses ,forcibly displaced worldwide (inclusive of 15.4 million refugees"937,000 asylum seekArea (in ers, and 28.8 million conflict lOPs: Another Water Bodies million km2) Landmasses 32.4 :lnillion lOPs were displaced by:r.-,c;l:t,}tra! Ocean - Pacific , 155.55 " Continen't-Asia disasters. •

-~.

"-

{M

• Stateless Population of the World:uN:H:CR estimates there were currently 10--12 million stateless persons by the end of 2012;' "J"d • HIV I AIDS Population: As per 2009 data, 0.8% mv IAIDS adult prevalence rate; HIV / AIDS accoUnted for 1.1 million deaths and more than 36.9 million people living with HIV / AIDS in the world. • Literacy Levels: Almost 86.3% of total world's population is literate (defined as personsl~ged 15 and over who can read and write) as on 2015.... • Languages: Mandarin Chinese has the highest percentage for 'first language' speakers in the world at 12.44%, followed by Spanish (4~85%), English (4.83%), Arabic (3.25%), Hindi (2.68%),

76.76

Ocean-Atlantic

----,

..---------,-

Sea-Mediterranean

._....,,~

24.47

~

b

.

~

,

.••

.._--J-._,

.••... '...

~~---~~,,~

0.785

Papua N~~ Guinea)

.~

Madagascar

0.58

17.81

COritinent~Antarctica

14.00

yv.--",,",",,~

...

n.

2.469

..••••••

t ~_~.(:~~

_

..

_""

__

••. -~: .••

Island-Greenland

,',

.•.•••..~.-~_._"""""_~"";~-

~.

""",;.;...;..~-!....-c ...:.!.~~_,

0.47

Sumatra (Indonesia)

_

10.39 _

' Contii1ent~Australia ~,r}J..__.l._, --

~_y

-,.-~~.:..-,-'

Continenf-South America

'

New Guinea (Indonesia,

America

.-_

~;:__ '_,",~ _-..~.l\t'

•

~.~._~,.w._,_~_~.~_ .

Continent-Europe --

"Greenkll;d'"

I

Area (in million /(m2) . , 2.16

Islands

30.06

' ,Continent-North

..:-.-----.;.,~.'. -~_,,

~-_...----, ••... ~,=-_,,---"- '.•.•••. ~~

Maj~r Islands in the World

Area (in million km2) , 44.56'

Continent-Africa'

; 68:55

Ocean-Indian

@}

of the World

_.~_

••••••• ':

~~

.•••••• ,

•••

_..-~_.

.-.- .. -. ---:;

_

~._.~ 2.166

~_.__

-

""",--:""",-_ .

7.74 i

;'~.--.:--,

,..

~_.. _._~_....

~.•.

.;.'

'H

~.~.---..

~~

..__...._-_~.

'

Victorja Island (Canada) Great Britai'n" (U~ited Kingdom) ',,' •

•••. _

•••

_~

__

•.•..•

__

-...

0.217 '0.209

•••.•

_w

_

,

1

II""""""

A~62

Chapter 2 .

World Geogcaphy A.63

I!II ,¥;,-.c,-

I!J;

., ;~:'

WORLD

»-

Recorded: Highes~Furnac~

Temperature

Ranch, CA, USA, july 10, 19 i 3 !56.7°C); stok, Antarctica, August '10, 2010 (~94.rC).

!,III"

»'I' '~

Creek Lowest-Vcr

Biggest Temperature Variation in One Day: 56°C (7 to -49°C) at Browning, Montana (USA) 23-24 january 1916.

:>

in 9 nations (Brazil, Colombia, Peru,Venezuela, Ecuador, Bolivia, Guyana, Surinam, French Guyana).

II~ 'I,

"1 ,1~1~ ,illi,

»-

,I,

»-

. I~i!I

»-

"

1

,!

,11<1

»-

•

t

~

•

1

Longes! Mou•.• t~in ,RQ.nge:An.~es~7000,~mlong,

"'II"

'!

»»-

km3.

»-

. ,I

Mongolian

<"."

»-

i'll.

'~I

~,

»-

,

fij" "

'~'1'''I~

Longest. Fres~wate~ Lake: Tanganyika?76p':~'~

n,

"it,i;)"!f~:L

A.

~ LongestRiver: The Nile.-Majn so'urce is LakeViCtoria~ '." in east central Africa. 'Fr~m its farthest stream in Burunai,dn eastern Africa, itextends 6670 km. ,

.

-.

.

.."

.

:>- Largest River Basin: The 70,45,000

km2:'

,

Amazon

~ ...,,'r"!"

covers' ob'out

,

);:..Largest Delta: The Ganges;ohd Brahmaputra riVers in -, Bangladesh and ..., India, coVers'an are'a of 75,000 -

»-

Most Rivers in a Country: China, 50,000.

979 m.

ktn2.

Angel Fairs,Venezuela

'

Largest Waterfall: Chutes de Khone (Khone Falls), Mekong River in Laos. Height70 m and 1?, 1?2 m3/s.

»-

Largest Swamp: The Pantanal, in Mato Grosso,

Longest

»-

Coastline: Canada's

"coastline at km (includes the coastline of 52,455 islands).

»-

Highest Plateau: Chino's Qinghai-Tibet

Plateau, m; area about 2.3 million km2

Lake in an Island i~ a Lake: The world's largest

Highest Lake: Lhagba Pool 6368 Tibet-China).

m (Himalaya-

Largest Sand Island:, Fraser off the coast of Queensland, Australia, 120 km"long. Area, 1,63,000

ha

~

.

KeyTerms

»~

»-

South Polar Region, 1,25,88,000

.

Floating National Park: The Keibul Lamiao, Manipur Indio is the only floating Notional Park in the world.

Russia is the bigge~t nation with an area of 1.7 lakh

km2

»-

I

Vaticaf)" city is the smalrest nation with an area of

0.44 km2

»-

China is the most populous country a population of 13.80 crore .

;,;f,

Asia

,.

• Asia is the largest Continent in the world. It is extended over nearly one-third of the land surface of the Earth (8.66%). • South Asia and Central Asi~ is bo!~!::r~~)y the Caucasus, the Indian Ocean, the Himalaya, China and the Russian Federation. The Eastern and South-east Asian regions are dominated by China. .' • South-east Asia is geographically divided into two regions, namely, Indochina (Myanmar, Cambodia, Lao PDR,Thailand, and Vietnam) and the Malay Archipelago (Brunei, East Timor, Indonesia, Philippines, Malaysia, and Singapore). • Geologically, the Malay archipela'go, being one of the most active volcano logical regions in the world, is interesting.

a

Shelf break

• The Middle East is known as the cradle of Western civilization.

a

From the break, the shelf descends towards the deep ocean floor known as continental slope.

• The Greek Empire, Roman Empire, Persian Empire and Ottoman Empire are among the great civilizations that developed and prospered in the Middle East.

is a point formed by an extension of continental shelf from coastline continent to a drop-off point.

Largest Desert: The Sahara, in North Africa, is the

Largest ice Desert: km2 ..

»-

A continental shelf is t~e edg~ of a continent that lies under the ocean.

largest desert in the world. Greatest width, 5150 km from east to west.

,,~

.,'

Did,You Know?

a

km2

Brazil, 1,09,000

Deepest Point in the Ocean: Challenger Deep,

• The north-east extent of Africa is occasionally delimited at the Isthmus 'of Suez; however, Sinai Peninsula of Egypt is often included in Africa for geopolitical reasons.

more, than , •

»-

m."

• The islands situated in the Pacific Ocean are often included in Australia giving it a name of Oceania or Australasia.

~-;1

Most Volcanoes Erupted in One Country: Largest Glacier: Antarctic-lambert (10 lakh :km2).

The land on the Earth's surface is, generally, partitioned into large, distinct landmasses known as continents. On this basis, various criterions adopted for classification, the number _of continents can either be five, six, or seven. According to the most common classification, there are seven continents, namely, Asia, Africa, North America, South America, Antarctica, Europe, and Australia (arranged according to size in decreasing order). Sometimes, Asia and' Europe are together considered as a large continent known as Eurasia. Likewise, North and South America are. referred to as the Americas, which makes the number of continents at six (or five, if the Eurasia theory is considered).

•

Longest Waterfalls: Iguazu Fairs, a series of 275 waterfalls covering 2.5 km.

lake inside a lake, Manitou Lake, is located on the world's largest lake island, Manitoulin Island on Lake Huron.

»-

border, 1637m."

»-

average height of 4500 (Sichuan). ' Illi'l

,',I',

volcanoes, 76 of which are still active volcanoes, making it the world's most active volcano country.

2,43,792 I~I'

"'i,

Deepest Lake: Russia's Lake Baika}, north ohjthe

»-' Wo~ld's Highest Waterfall:

, ,I,I

fill

,..

»-

Most Active Volcano Country: Indonesia has 147

Mariana Trench, western Pacific Ocean 10,924

»-

"

(Russia,Azerbaiian, Iron, Turkmenistan,.and Kazaknstan): . '.' - t.. {t.,f,.:

Largest Mountain: (in volume) Hawaii's Mauna Loa

1274japan.

"i

j

<~

volcano 40,000

',I,

I

•

500 km wide in some parts, average height of about 4000 m.

'"I!, ,}

\

Greatest Land Mountain Range: The Himalayas, which contains 96 of the world's 109 peaks of over 7315 m.

'1"

,"

?";,LargestLake: The salty Caspian Sea, 370.886 km2 .••.. 'C ", '.,' _., .'. ' :'~ ... , , ' t:.;ll't(':'

,

»-

",

long, maXimum 72 km Wide (DRCongo, Tanzania):

Largest Rainforest: Amazon 7 million km2, spread

-!,.!

~-.. ~_u

"

.(,

I

CONTINENTS

qOp Quick Facts

1\1

~-

I

The continent of North America includes the mainland up to the Isthmusof Panama, Greenland, and the Caribbean islands. To the easternmostpoint of Europe are situated the Ural Mountains and the Ural River;on the south-east is the Caspian Sea; and on the south are the Caucasus Mountains, the Blac:k'Sea , and the Mediterranean sea.' . . • Some parts of c~'untries such as Azerbaijan, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Russia, and Turkey fall within Europe as well as in Asia. However, the larger portions of these countries lie in Asia. These countries are regarded as the countries of both continents. ~rmenia

and Cyprus, lying completely in western Asia, are geo-politically European countries.

I.•••

'I" ir.;_.j A.64 :11

Chapter2 '

World Geog~apby A~65.

1 :'

• The Middle East is a historical and cultural sub-region of Africa-Eurasia, tradit~onally,' held to be countries or regions in South-west Asia. '

!

"ill'1,1

(Continued)

11-.

I

• Egypt, with its Sinai Peninsula situated Asia, is usually considered as a part of the 'Middle East', although most of the country geographically lies in North Africa.

(9r~a,

43,8 million km2

Area:

• Today, the Middle East is world's largest oil supplier and the cradle of war and religious fundamentalism.

> Population:

South

Kuwait

Main Religions: Confucianism 'a~d cianism, Buddhism; Daoism [Taoism), Animism, Hinduism, Sikhism, Islam The is the birthplace and spiritual centre of - Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.

Neo-ConfuShamanism, Middle ;East Zoroastrism, I"';':

iyrgyzstan laos ~panon Malaysia

4164,2 million (per cent of world pop-

~ofdi'ves

ulation: 59,5%)

Mongolia ,'1\111

.,. n'~, ...

.TableA.2.2.

I Country " '

~ii

'.

~,~~"

Details of the Asian

Capital

Nations

le<

Currency

..~~~nis.tan_. __K,~,~.~.., "" __._,._,:,,A~g.~?-".~_ . Armenia Yerevan Dram ""'~'''''---~"",,,," ""~'-r--.-.- -_._--._ .._~ _ ~~_ ._.."""-".,""~_ Azerbaijan Baku Manat AI.Manamah

Thimphu

Armenian, Russian ,",

Azerbaijani,

Bahrain Dinar

~

Christianity

=.""

,.••... ,-._._ .. ,-:'._'~ .. ~.. '7~'!'Y~"'_"_'_'

Turkic, Russian •••••

._.-

-'M

__

Isla~,Russian """,",_~

..2~~~, __

Bangia, Chakma, English ..•••~~~-~-""''''''_''''',.''-''''_'-_''-'''''''-''_'''~''_'.

'

__

Islam, Hinduism

,_-'"%)-,,...

'r

•

China

Beijing

YuanlRenminbi

Cyprus.

Lefkosia (Nicosia)

~ypru~ Pound/E.~ro

Gre..:~~!u~~sh, _E~g!is_h_._ .9~e_e~ Ort~odox, _1~la~

India

New Delhi

Indi~~ Rupees

Hind(, English, Regional lang" .

--,,~_.-'-~"'---'~""-

..•...

East Timor Georgia

Moscow Dili Tbilisi

--'_.~~, ----------,-.-.--'--. ,-

_v __~__ Russian ruble

•..."'

""-.-.' _ , ~.~_ ..~.___

us Dollar Lari

Georgian, Russian, Armenian,"

Indonesia

Jakarta

Rupiah

Bhasa, Indonesia, Javanese -

Iran

Teheran ,.

Iraq

V~_

••

Iraqi' Di'nar IUS Dollar

Arabic, Kurdi~~~ Assyrian

.""". _ ...._, ';

';. __

•....,_."'1;:._,.

T""

.,,-

"' __:';:.AL

--'-'---'-r"

'~._~.-

'M_'

_'

Persian, Turkic, Kurdish ~

--e

Islam;Christianity

_

Rial

';

Baghda~

'-",'"

.~

". __

."" ...• "

Jerusa lem • •

Shekel

~~yo

Jordan

Amman

Kazakhstan

Astana

yen •••....--

-'

.•

--~-_

,_.

.•• __

Japanese

Jordanian Dinar .•...' _._.-

__

...••..- ~_.,...

Tenge

...< ..•••~-----

..•..•.•...••. - .•• "._-~~

,~_~

, \1:)-

••

•

~_.

Shintoi~!'1L Buddhism

Arabic; English ........•.• ..--.._-

,

Judaism, Islam, Christianity _"~_~I ~o

.. --,"'"

,.

Islam _.' •....•..•

Kazak (Oazak), Russian

~'~--

.•• ...-..•. -- ..•• -_.~..•. ~.•......".-..-

~ -.,-

.-.-

-

•• ----

..Arab'ic, E~~Hsh

... ,~._,

"""'"""

---~_

..... _'-------y-._

Som

•••.••••

~,-

_.~~i.':.~~_

"7'

"

•• ~

~_._

..• ,

•.•• --,.-

----.

'Ringgit ~ __ ~.-_

Male'

_~._"_.

__

"_. __ ••..

.-.-----';"",

Kathmandu

__

'_"'--""'-

, .. ,.••.•••

v_

.~~~

__

----~.,

~

_.

Palestinian State

Undetermined

" ••• .-...----' ••••.--.-----.

--'~

Islam, Orthodox Church

(Continued)

•••..'--_

Buddhism;-Ch:rlsfianity

.,.+ _~ ...•....... _. ~~

••••..•••. __

,r __ •••

~._.

Tugrik

Mongolian,

Nepalese Rupee ,_" ~--""

~"_''''''.

Turkic, Russian

Nepali, English --- ..••• __ .,,1.

.~~

US Dollar

"'

.••••••••. ,

,.,......._"',

....

Buddhism, Islam Buddhi;rn

Peso

Doha

--"-'1

. Hlnduis~,:~_u~d ..~!s~, Islam

----w_.-:-.

Bal~tbi ..

Islam Islam

.•....•.. ~ .. _ ..

Christianity, Indigenous tribal

Arabic, Hebrew; English

Islam, Jewish, Christianity

.

--.. ~ ---

--.

--

'--

••...• \,

~~b.ic_, English

Islam

Riyadh (Royal) 1~2
Riyal

Arabic

Islam

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore Dollar

Multi,religious

.. ~!i Lanka

Malay, Chinese, Tamil, English . __ ._''''''_'4' -..h-.' ._ ,_ "'~,* __ ",w

Colombo (Off.)1t

Rupee -is;i tank~'n)

Sinhalese, Tamil, English

Isl~;~B'~ddhi~m: Christianity

Syria

b~;'~c~.s.

"

1

_

_~y!iCl~~?lJrl~ __.__

Taipei "'--_"'V'~--"'_..

".<1t

O,.,','

j

...-...,

Ban9~0~ _

•••.

'~_._

__

~

Chinese, Taiwanese .~_ ,_,_".~_".•~_ ___ ._

...Be::ht

Turkey.

Ankara

~s~g,!~_at

Un. Arab Emirates

Abu Dhabi

Dirham (UAE)

•••. '-

_"

.•.

. ~~().t __• _ ~...

~'.~

"",,-.

,YW__

.,-..-.-

Islam Buddhi~m, Islam

Kurdish '--..'Turkish, = .,_,_ ...-..-~..Arabic, _.... =- _''''~__~ .,._._.. .-_--.y, ..•.

IuAmen,

. 1~IClITI, ..~~ri:tia~ity

_"""_~_.

T~ai, Englis.h

Turkish Lira IEuro..•• __ ~~"_""""'.,

--.'''"'---._r.:' .. _'

...

R~9.~,.

''-'''0_''

Uzbek

Arabic, Persian

Islam

....,

~

"~-'--~~-~~ ..~.

-

Islam

Uthekistan

Tashkent

Uzbekistani Sum

Hanoi

Dong

Vietnamese, English, French

Vietnamese, Buddhist

Yemen

Sana'a

Rial

Arabic

Islam

Russi()n, Tajik

--~

!~!a~~.Orthodox q~rs.h __

Vietnam

.yz~~~,

>'''i

ConflJEia~ism, }aoism

=,.•c

Tajik, Russian

.••.••. _,,_

T&k~~nistan

'---.".••....... .,.- .~~._ .•='~.-

Ara~i,~~~IJ~dJsh,~Armenian

New..'"~Taiwan Dollar --.-~~= .,_,,._"..'M~~".~._.. Somoni

Dushanbe __

Thailand

' .

Palaun, English, Filipino

- ""~ '.",,,_.'- __ ..

Manila

.•

.

Islam

Dhivehi, French

Oatari ~i}'C1L'._"

Tajikistan

'",".,~_

t0aldivian

__.

Christianity, Islam

; "+;r:H'\t't"'r,

~_

~ufjya

Filipino, English

,J'8iw6n.

,,'

... ~.,....••••••.

Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism ..

--"'~Y--'-''''''''''--''-'~--

Koror

--, _.

••••

Urdu, Punjabi, Sindhi, Pashtu

. ----_.~-,y

,~,y.-_.J_

Fre!1~h.,_£n9Ii,sb __ ,_Js~I!I,_C;:h~s.t~~J.ty, Jev:ish

Pakistan Rupee ,

Palau

....•.•'_... .

Malaysian (Melayu). Engl~sh..'......

i~~~i~~)'-Ky~t---'-'-'''''-B"~rrn~s;------''--

.••.• _•••c"""""""".-, .. ,__.. _ , _~_.'.

.. 'Islam', Chr,istiani~i

Islam, Russian, Orthodox

lao, Fre~~h-,English

L~,?-a~~seP~!1,d_.. .~~bi~!

Ulaan Baatar Rangoon

'

..M"- __ ••... _~_,~

... ,~--.-..~_.,._.

Kyrgyz, Russian Kip

Kuala Lumpur . __ ...

-~

'v

Islam

Hebrew, Arabic, English ._--".~

Japan

Bishkek Vientia~eN;w

.'t,y, y:-- ~.,,;

'.10',

•......... ,

1'

Israel

•

Islam

~

,...

Islamabad

Buddhism,

G~~;g~~6rth~d~~lslami.j; _ .. ~-~-

.••..

Pakistan

Qatar

Russian orthodoxy, Islam, .._. Christianity, other orthodoxt' "-_."-:-."~',~~..,~~ -"-",~, m_~:;-~,Hi" -,\ Christianity, Islam, Buddhism '" .

Tetum, Portuguese

----

Buddhism,Christian,ity . Christian'ity, Conf~'~iani;~, _':

£~f{E! r. '

Hinduism, Islam, .• Christian'ity, Sikhism, 'r Buddhism, Jainism, .~ __etc. ~"'' '--._-~--,_

Russian

~.-.--

Arabic',E!lglish,

rS1l"OdiArabia

Confucianism,

ku;"'aiti Dinar

•••...

Omani ~i91

teuiJippines,

.~~ci.d.~i~rll

Chinese, English

Religion

Korean' -- Ko'~ea-;'-,Er,gii;h Buddhi~m

.

Budd_h!~L!",.induism~,."

..._.~hmer~_~r:=~'<:~L~~~!~~_~'..

Kuwait City -.---------

.. -.-

Muscat

"",.,'_~="'~ __ '_'~'~,•.."",.,,,,,,~,

'

Language

. Won '''--Wo~ ~ .----

_

Riel

r~'''-'--_. __.__ .. -......~,""'., ~_._.,., __ ._.L.~~'._. ,.,._~

'I"~! '"l

1

Orthodox

"",,,,,'''_

Phnom Penh

Russia

11

__

Pyongyang. S~oul-"-----


~:"<-.

• ".~-

_Mala2',_~_~~e~~~.~~.!3~_h_~ Islam~~~~~~~~.r:n,Chri~!iarity

,

i

__ ';_

Arabic~ ,English! FClrsi,Ur?~._lslam

"'1'(,

.,

,. __ .._"~ ..~,,,~

---

Brunei Dollar _. _~-...-, _~ _...

--~. -~~

"'- -.,..,,-

1',1"

~,--...••...

~:?al

>

."1'

Bander Seri Berawan ~ _"_ .. ~, .. ..;....:.1..-. . _ _ __ ~ .

. Cambodia

,

Islam

Dzong~ha,. ~ee9~i, T~bal

Brunei

l!,II,

Pushtu, Dari Persian

Ngultrum

'-~"'-'-"'-""""""---"-'~'-

i1

Religion

"-'_""_---.-,-

~~.n~Ic:d.:s,h.. __ .Dhak~.~ .• _ ..~"•.", .... Bhutan

Language ---",._..

- .. _.'~ .._~-"~_.... ,..... -

, Bahrain

~Myanmar '(Burma)

0'

Important

Currency

i!!I!"""".

Korea, North

Asia > >

Capital

:0

~

.-'.,.

.J':,"if

• South-west Asia lies from Iran [Persia] to Egypt . I'll:

Quick Facts

Islam, Orthodox Church

~-

:.Theseare membersof the EuropeanUnion, thoughtheyare geographicallyAsian; Cyprushas joined the EU,while Turkeyis a candidate memb~r. , IsroelproclaimedJerusalemas itscapitol in 1950, but almostajl [lations have theirembassiesinTelAviv, , IndiOhasnot been mentionedin thistable as the entireSectionC of the book deals with India., Adrnn,IAdministrativecapital); off, (Official capital)

r-"'H

,,,",if' "1\

ill

Chapter 2

.A.66

'1 !

World Geography A.67

I

i

TableA~2.3 (Continued)

i ,

VI

l

t',:

• Trans-Siberian Express, this rail route begins from Moscow through the Ural Mou~tains and across Asi~ to Vladivostok or{}he:Sea of Japan. It covers a distance of 9,289 km. The journey from Moscow to Vladivostok takes about 8 days 4 hours and 25,miDP,tes. There are 97 stops on the rail route. It crosses seven time zones. It is the longest railway line in the world. It is the third longest single continuous service in the world, after theMoscow~Pyongyang 10,267 km and the Kiev-Vladivostok ,085 km services;h)th of

~

~

n

which also follow the Trans-Siberian for much of their routes.iJ n ,ua~7i • Main language families over 1000 languages. The 240 Afro-Asiatic languages (285 million)"throughout East Africa, North Africa, the Sahel. The 100 Nilo-Saharan languages (30 million) in Chad, Ethiopia, Kenya, Sudan, Uganda, and northern Tanzanid.:The Niger-Congo (and Banthu) languages in Sub-Saharan Africa. Probably the largest language family in the world in terms of diff~(enl languages. The 50 Khoisan languages in southern Africa. The Khoi and San people are considered the original inhabitclt\rr!.:lhhis )11

, I'

'1~:'1

Comoros Islands DR Congo

part of Africa.

Capital

Currency

Moroni

Franc

--,c~'--~Kinsh~-s~-."-

Republic of Congo

Brazzaville

Cote d'ivoire

-F;~:;~

CFA Franc

••...•.

...•...:..

Yamoussoukro

Djibouti. Egypt

uup3

_ '..

; .~ .-

'-~Con~~lese

,

iq'(p3

l\Y;J\""'~,,,.,},,,'."",~,,

.....__

-.Diibo:~i--"

.......---..~-

French, ling~i~, -Ki~~wana-~

Cqiro

Monokutube ..

_=._'__ .M

••.

_"

••

_

~ "

.~

\.

Africa

•n!

rfCJ

• Africa is the second largest continent in the world. It is surrounded by the Mediterranean sea in the north, the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean in the east, and the Atlantic Ocean in the West. • Africa' also adjoins Asia at the Isthmus of the Suez. • Geograpjiically, it is about 8000 km from the most nottherly point, Cape Blanc (Ra's al Abyad) in .Tunisia (37°21' north) to the most southerly point, Cape Agulhas in South Africa (34°51'15" south), and 7700 krtt from Cape Verde (17°33'22"west), the westernmost point, to Ras Hafun in Somalia (51°27'52"east).

•

~

Ii

'. ~

ft

~

,,~:'m I.

Quick Facts )~':(-"

,t;;.

Africa" if.

'.

.

;

'l'1Ifflt:'

>- Area: 30.2 kmz (Earth's'lana area: 20.2%; 'Earth's surface: 5.9%)

I I

l.,

'1.;

I

>- Population:

1.116 billion (16.3% of the wo.si9:RgP-

ulation) ,"'~

. ,

~'.

.

,,',

""'.~"':'_~~l,('" "

"I

,

~ Main Religions: Nearly 46% of the Africa'ns are Christians and 40% are 'Muslims. Roughly,(,,12% of the Africans primarily fallow ,i:ndigenous African religions " • . .~ho.

I

{'.,.I

~l

W

~

Capital

fA~~-~.""

Benin

..~

---.w.'''>

Birr

-UbreviU;--'~'

CF,~~---'

Gambia, The ••

Ghana

_

Banjul

•..-v

•••••••••••••

.-.-...-_~

~_.

Guinea'

:.

-_~""

Ac:r-Cl .

y~

_..

••

~---

_

•••

-..

__

~~.<._

••••••••••••••

1'"--'-'''''--

.~.. _-

__ '........,.~v.~.

•

Pula

•

, __

•

••• _

Guinea.Bissau,Bissau .-

Kenya

-----.-.-

... -.' --.----

Nairobi

........---~,---, .. -.._-

lesotho

---

.••••

_~

•••

",_

.. ~ .. --_

_._'-' .•••._~

Verde Islands .•......

_._.

,01

_~i?~I~_~hri stian i~,.~

_v""""""~._.~_

._

....• _-_

~-----

-~---_

Cape Verdean Escudo A

••••..•••••

Bangui ..__ ,-__

__

._.....

-,'-

CFA Franc ~.,.,-. __ :..,.._.

N'Djamena

.

Monrovia --

••• -,-----

libya

.•.. - ••--.~--

.

•••••

-------..-.----.

.---,

......•••••

CFA Franc

'-

...--.-

..... -

'-, .•...

~~.-,."'_,

.••w,., .,.~',~ ..."'.

,. -"

..,'~"'

Tribal

••••

-"'--~'.

-~._-

-~

French, Arabic, Sara

••

~ristianity~

---

,' __ . _.J '--'

~~I~

J

• _

~.~.~

I

..

English, Sesotho, Zulu '''- •.--

~._-'.......

'''---

Malagasy

,

__

,.

-""'

•

,,"._- ..

-~

,""'.~--..;:.'""'-,

Arabic, French, Wolof

~ __

>'~... ,. __

Mauritius

i_;. ..... ~_.,,/;~_~'"

".-...•.

Port Louis

.Maurltian Rupee

Rabcit

Dirham

----_._,.~-~ Windhoek

Islam, christianity

Niamey

(Continued

,..-"'------....~

.~.._.,_Islam

_

Christianity,I~lam.

,

Christianity, Islam

__ •.••.•

~"

..•.

""'_

..

"'"."

••v~_.~

""'.''''''_'

.•'''_..w-

Islam

•.• ' •.• ~

,...'-."""'.. --- •••.r'__

. ---.-~'''''

.-.-.-...._~

..---

__

..

w••._,_~

•

Islam

CFAFranc'

_~.~-_-.- ~-~-.-.- ..._.-..- ..-.-.-. --, ..

.... -.--,

Naira

Saint-Denis

__ -'------~

.-----~--_._-

French Franc

English, Hausa, Yoruba ..••.

---

_.--.~,

Islam

...

-.

I -~------, ------1

Islam, Christianity ---.-,-,,-

)

..'~"--:-~

-'.-"7''"

, Christianity _--.-...-~~---_._--~---_ _._-~

French, Creole

..

Rwanda Franc

__

__ -..

Christianity, Lutheranism

.....

French

'i""

. -~

Islam, Hindu', Christianity

.....••.• ..,~---,.---,-,--.--.-

English, Afrikaans, Oshivambo

'.....

..

...

Islam

.,~ ..... ~_ .... - .. -.... _ .. -.. _ ... -_......_.

Abuja

Kigali

~n._

-";"~-_'_~'h""""

__

Arabic, French, Berber dialects

Namibian dollar ..

'--<-_.,., ~-

.. _'_' __

_~:ti<:ai

......,---.,,,-----"<-,.---......,.. .. Re'union

_.- ---.....-.......,

-'-'~""'''''~-''-~--'"'"-"-'--.--"'--=--"-.'--- ---.-..--....~ __ ..i.: __ .~_!~du~uese:.. BantlJ -::L Islam,. Chri~~~

__..,..t:!'apu..tb__

Namibia Niger

"--'

English, French, Creole, Hindi . "'''''~,. .•,= •.,..''''..,'~"<-'_

Mozambiq~:_~~

__

-

Ouguiya

.•.•_,.

_._.;~

' English, Chichewa

Nouakchott. .. _'~~--:

.._

._. __~

French

Mauritania t"'" :~,._~

J

Christianity, Islam

"',,",'-""'."_.~..".._--'''*''''_..-..<~.~-'--,.,..--_ ..,.",'*-- ~---.".,,~"-

French, Bombara

Rwanda

--~,''---

..-"

'~""_~'--"~-'-'---"

Malagasy, ~....•.. ~....---_.""'"' ...~.

...

1

-. __

Christianity, Tribal

__ ~<:bi:, ..!t~lian: English__

_ ~~.

--

Christianity, Islam

'~"">ow----~

Franc

,

---.-'-' ---_

English .••

_ ..,...•• '

Kwacha ...,

_~""""'~--'-'-A

.."""""._ .._u. __ -- .-...~~~

Islam, Christianity

.._.-

Maluti

' ••••• -.---.----

Lilongwe _ .. "',._-~.<~---

__ .....-_ ...._- -_.--

CFA Franc

.. _•..,..,-

Christianity, Islam) ',u' .••...".>;

-

Islam, Christian;!}'

---'''''-

Swahili, English

,.~.~..~ ...-""'.~.

..

.. ".~"" .. ,.,-"'".-..-,.'.

"'_<

Kenya Shilling

Liberia Dollar

••••• ~.'"'''-

Antananarivo

Nigeria

Christianity __

_..... _

. Portuguese, African. languages

Bamako

'-"'~--._---_.~'-"

French,Sangho, '

!r~b..?L:._,

Christianity, Islam ""11~

._.-

Isl~m, Christi~~ity'

Mali

.. ....",._.

Portuguese.,Criuolo

,.""-_--~ __ ......._..-- -_.'d"

CFA Franc

5hristianity,

l

Christianity _.

French, Native languages

':ri ..~~i . __ ... .. _ Liby~~ Dinar'

Madagascar

Morocco

Islam, CHristianity ( '>c -_._---,..<'~~ ."""'~.

_ __ -!ren:.h, ..:.
'\JoY

Christianity, Tribal

French, English.

.., ---

Islant

.. ',".""-

Set Swana, .__English ,....•••. ,__ .. -_.,'-' .. _._ .•...---=

CFA Franc '-',.---.-",-

Christianiiy,

French, Sudanic-AfHcan

._ ..!_u~n_~!:?~~_

~,- .~~-

•••-,.""~

,_._.~~~~."""*--~---

--.-'~

,

Praia

Republic___ .,_~_.~ .__ ._....,' __

•.

.. ,.•....• '-

__w.~...

'''''"_._

•• "

-"

. ---

_!~~ish....?~~loc~I.~~an

~ ... -,

•

----...

Guin~ari F~anc '."-'_"_'_"0'

••

-
•.

...,.

_

Islam, Christianity

.._._ .....~-_ ..... -

-._...__

..... ..•...

.-.-

'--.~~-m-,-C-h-r-is-tia-n-i-ty-

-.- __."""-:--_._----~ ..-~.__, _--,_.,'"- _ ",.-.-,,----=-- _---,..----_._-_.""'"

..Maseru

----,.-

Islam

French, English, Yoruba

AFCFranc

,Yaounde ._ ..

Central African

Chad

•••• ,~p

7_.'

.~.~.Lulll~r~

Cameroon '.,~~

Gaborone Ouagadoug~u

l~u~di

i Cape

CFA Franc

__

Burkina Faso

I

•. ,,_.-

Porto-Novo

'--.,~__~_

! Botswana _.

,--_._-.._._

._.

English, African

_-

Cedi _,'

..~~,-. '_-'.M. -.'-

Tigre

French, Fang, Myene

-.

Dalasi __

Conakry

'--~,,'-"--

--.~.

__ -'. -_ ].

Islam, Christianity

Amharic, Tigrigna

..._"...'".

.... _.-.

_.~..__. ,__----..,--. --I

._m ""--."--.- -- ~._.

"_'~'''

]

':!'~Christianity

Spanish, French, English ...• --.-.~Afa-r,-A-;~biC,

."--'.-~.~

Addis Ababa

Gabon

Religion

Language

Currency

-_.~_._-------<-,' ~"...,,,. _,

r--•.

~

Ethiopia

CFA Franc ...•. ~....-~N-akfa-~

~'--'--.,

ill :I~I

..--"~i7'-~

Malawi

Arabic and French Algiers .Dinar Luand~----N-ew-K-w-a-n-z-a--'---P-o-r,l'u-g-u-e-s-e, Bantu

Algeria

-_.------

~ ~

Important Details of African Nations

I Country

.._-,--\"

liberia

r

1:11'

.... -.--

~. .

"" ••J .

Table A.2.3

Malabo ... As~~~

-

..

'."'

"I'I', I"'~

Equatorial Guinea Eritrea"

1

__

•• I~I~~:Christian~~.'-

{

1

v.

' -:_.~.

Christianity, Islam

,------_._~--_:_,.~~_. --_.~

____.

_

Christianity

--F.rench~A;abic, S~mali: Af~;''-.'-_. -----., .. Arabic, English, French

Egyptian Pound ._._ .....,<~,..---_

•.•,'

~,-_._._,--_.-_ _._-_

~._.. _,-

'-"b~b~~;i~ra~-'--

.... ,,'_;.... __ ".._"""'_.-. __

'

Chr~stianity, Islam""'" ... I

French, African languages

.--._-_. -~----,.,---'~.~_.....-

-.-""7'"""""""-"'-"-~'--"---~--_.,

_-_ _

-

I

~.'

Islam, Chri~ianitY""

CFA Franc

':.

~"

Swahili, Arabic,' French

...•......• ~ ..

~.~

••. " _..

Religion

French, lingala,

_.,._-

.,

Language

':"'-._._~ _ r--- _-- -"'-..----.-~~''' _--~-'_ ..,.-.--.-------:'---------~------'._

-'''~,

j

~:,

. Country

_

..

_~

..-- ...• , ..

French, Kinyarwanda,

..

English

Christianity, Hinduism'

,

..

'

(Continued)

!

Chapter2

A.68

.

ICountry

"

Sao Tome and Principe __ ",.-.,.... ~ ..•• ',=_r--. Senegal

I

~'_.

~~.""

~,I

•. , •.. _n'

_~

Sierra Leone

Christianity

•••• ,.,

.y

__

~

i!. St. ._Helena .... -

-,"'or

~ -'

...

',"

.••.••••••

•.

_.~

• .-

-"

",---'

-

..'

..•

~_.

_~

ITogo

__

~_

--

...',

, .'

Tunisia

,,~ _ ____'___.~_'~'

""

English

•. ,'-

-

.

,

..

.'

•• ,--

'"

,--

"".. -_

-

,

.

_.

...,...,

_.,

--

••. ,--

,',

..

._.~ __

--.- ,,_~

.

__

-

._<e

----'-T--.----" ••-.--.-~

"'_. ~.-

.."""..,-,-~

Christianity, Islam

"'H" •..•• ""

._

.•

_V"~'~

•••••

_-'

Arabic, French

. .._,"'"'''.,,.''''',_".",..,

Swahili Ar~bt. Christianity, Islam,'" ' and Dadoma IOff.) ~~, • . ......,..,..

""'.-.-

Islam

"T."~.'''''''=".~'''.",-"-"--"""'.' __~_""""_"''''''''''-'-' w"""="""""~~,,._="

"'-'-~''''

.~.

,')1Ur",'

"-~~,.M'-_"

__~E~gli:h,~.~~s~.~~_lu_' 9dn~~_ .. "_.~h_r~~!ianity~~:lam Arabic, Hassaniyah, Spanish A-

..••••••••

Bem-b~~Lunda -.-

.. -""

,-~.

~

•• __

-o.__..

._' __ '

-.,

Islam

')'."jt,

Christianity, Islam'

--

- ---,,",",,--.--'~

English, Shona Ndebele

Christianity, Tribal

'10'1"

l'"

Parlially recognized stale (d,ispuled territory)

.

o~

..

the Caribbean Sea ranging from about 560 km to about 50 km. "

North America • Geographically, North America is bordered on the north by the Arctic Ocean, on the east by the North Atlimtic Ocean, on the south-east by the Caribbean Sea and on the south and west by . the North 'Pacific' Ocean; South America lies to the south-east. . • The islands of the West Indies delirieate a submerged former land bridge, which had connected North'.America and South America via ,. .. Florida. , . . • CentrafAmerica has an area of-about 5,40,000 km2 and a width between the Pacific Ocean and ,

,~

English

Bah~~i;;D~fiar---

E-;'gfish;Creoi~-------Ch;~iia-n'-i-ty---

Belize

Belmopan

Bermuda

Hamilton

.11

Cayman Isl~~ds

'{.

Cuba

Havana Roseau

-~,

>

",rtf

Quick Faots

.

-E~-gl~h'-".---'"

j

Ch~i;ti~nitY -'-,

.'-"--"'o.

Spanish, English

Cuban Peso"Sp~~'ish

-~'

Christianity

Doilar ~- Engri';h,F~~~h---_._-~

.•..•.., ., -----

--,--

--

'-_.

- Christianity

__

._-

-

Spanish "-~'---,

----.-

---. -_

, Christianity ~.,

East Caribbean Dollar

French

Ch~i~tianity

Spanish-"

"Christianity'

<:hr~stianity

L •.','

"

Guatemala

Guatemala

Quetzal

Haiti

Port-au-Prince

G~~d~-~" ---'

Honduras

Tegucigalpa

Lempira

Jamaica

Kingston

Martinique

Fort-de-France .-

'Plymouth

Nicaragua

M~nag\Ja--'-

Puerto Rico

"'-Cordov~

SI. Kittsand Nevis

Basseterre

SI. Lucia

Castries

... _. --- 'Spani~h.'

'Ch;istianity

--

' ..--

.~~,

US D~lIa;'-~~

. ----

~.'

~

."'_--.

.•.

__

--Cl-;ristianity --~

English ._.~

_

.' Orthodox Church

.••

_

~_

-.

_.

•

A

,

Chri~tianity

w__ ""~_'''''''

__

","","~"_,",,,,_

"_'

...

~

...

".

.• '

. r

__

Kingston

"C'_

~.~ ~,

- ..•..... _---_.

East Caribb;;;~Dofl~~"-Englisr,-Fr~~~h---" •.•

~

Christianity ,

'.~sp;;l;h~"Engli;h~-'-

East Caribbean Dollar. •. _

'. I'

Christid~iiY'--~""'"

. '"'~ ~

~,"~.

_.'~.'

__ ...J

Chrisi'ianity

Spanish, English

-

..:

"'Ch~isti;;nity

Spdnish---"-

..

Balboa/US Dollar

--.".,.,.~~

.. - -.

'.,. ___. 'Christianity.'

GoldCordobC;;.-'Spani~h~fr,gTi;r"-'--"" ~ .. '__"'.',"W'__

"'

--"----

s;,~e2Ie_._" _. Frenc~; Indigenous

EastCaribbea~DoliarEngii~h,

#~S~;Juo~' ---

-'c:"hristi;;~ity~--,

'--Engii~h, Ja;~i~(1n--~-e:lrTsti;niiY'''---'-''''

. Me;i'~~;P~~--

Panama City

-

--Sp;n!sh,-:-

Franc

'""',

Panama

"-'Fr~n~h,'~;e~l;-

'--'--J~;;~ic~~'Dollar

M~xico city'"''

Montserrat

East Caribbean Dollar), English, Frer]ch, . ,,,'r; Orth?dox Church, '-'. . . .. " Christianity. . ' Port-of-Spain Trin-id;J"and Tobago'" "~"E~glish,Hi~di, F;~~h~' Christia~iiY,-HinJuis~: d'' '; dollar Spanish Orthodox Church, Islam ' Washingt;~ IDC)- US""O'olla"r"..- -'En~i~h~'Sp~~i;h - - -Ch~i'sli;~ity -~, -' -'T

"-",-,--",,~,-,,-,-,,-,.,,---:,,,:_,

_."

I~r sand Caicos Islands

Cockburn Town

Virginia Island (USA)

Charlott~ A~;li~ ,

~in

" Engli~hf French,.."

J

...""' .•

Franc

k

-oJ

_)!

..••,~-"""""!~",~.-~~,-

Basse-Terre

United States

~

.

Chrisii~~ity.---.•" .. ~:.-"-----

Guadeloupe

'-

-,-. ..~.

Sf. George's

Mexico

,

,."

Grenada

,.

' •••..•... _1

,L_

....ch~i~tianitY.:-~,_.

.-.---.-.

._.

.,... r

,.~, "._" "'- ,--,'

C~I~-n:US'D~ikJr .-"---Sp~~ish,N;;h-u-;;---.

i'

> Religion: Christianity

Colon

---,-'

"".

J",

- Christianity

"-'~r

--English'''-'--

-----

.'

Ch~i~ti~~itY-'--: ~-

..... ,..,E;~.giish~F~;nch .. ----

C~Y;a~ isl~~d Dollar

• E';;;tC~~ibbean

--"

"

San-Sal~;dor- ,.

> Area: 24.49 Land; 16,5%)

r

'.,

EIS"lvador

SI.Vincent and the Grenadines .

million km2 (Per cenl of Earth's

.,Ca~adi;-~-DoTiar

'.

---'--Christiani~-----'

Dominican Peso

Trinidadand Tobago

WW¥kZP

SP~~i;h:'" .'-~Christian!ty'

~E~gl.i;h~

Santo Dom~ngo

NORTH AMERICA,

;

Bermud~n [>ollar

---

.Christianity

.. -'" Mayan ,. .....

Dominican Republic

"!'

Population: 565.26 million

....

''''.

- 'B'eliz~- Doli;;; , -_ .. -- '-E;gl~.

San Jose

'

};>

,._.

:B;;b~-d-;;;'D~lIar ~. -.

Ottawa .. George Town

Canada

Costa Rica

Christianity

French

....••. __

Kwach~' _ •••••••.

_.;:b.i"iJ\"

Isl?m, Christian, Triba" d,

.• ,

__ ~~ _-..._-~~ __ -_=_'"__=-,.,-

.•.•_-_----~~-

East Caribbean Dollar

N;-ssau----. ~ - B~idg"eiown--

Dominica

_ '.. _.~~~.~______--

•••••••

•.

Arabic, English, Nubian Islam, Tribal i ._." ..--_ ...', ""E~gli;~ Si$wati '~"~-------"---ii;nist,'ChristianiIY-'

,._ .__ ,_.,-<'<.,"""""~,~_,""'_,,......<.,_

.

,~.,--._"

Religious

St. John's'

.. ~~'"~'."-

Ugandan New Shillirig .

~w

#

Christianity, Hinduis!'T', Islam

.__. __

Language

,

African, Engttsh,.

'~~

Tunisia!:,Dinar

Kampala

- •.. T't~'.

w..-, __ ,._~ ..."'.

fZ~bi;;--'">_w'-aAl~i~--"'Zi~b~bw~~nDolI~;"~E~giish, L,_.----~.._. __,- . . ._,...-... .~._ ... _.,.-Zimbabwe Lusaka CFA Franc

1 "1'

~-••••..'"

Currency

,'.., '.. ' ".

Islam, Christianity

_

' .

Barbados

"'~

Islam

Pound Sterling

.~.,~_ •.

- '-

ft'--._--._ .•

..•••••

-------

...••.. ,,"_.

. _._!uni~.

Western Sahara#

~ .._

""

Somali, English, Arabic, Italian

South Sudanese Pound

....

~ __

""U";--"""-_~<

;~~(1~d?_

•

'."

Capital

Bahamas

-_ ..••.• ,.. •••.:;)'11'""

,----"

Details of N,orth Am~rican Nations,

Antigua and Barbuda

.-_.••• ---

Christianity, Hinduf~'.:n" ,.

-CFA'F~~;~-----' .'-T~~i~~i~~-Shilling"--'-'--English,

-

. Lome

II, II~i

,

- .-..

Islam

English, Mende, Temme, Krio

..... ~_.--.;"

"

... _"_

"

~,.._r.__

-...

••

"'''

Table A.2.4Important ~untry

,~l\1j1r

1

-~-

__ --..:,''---, ---,".,-

English

."'-

IAdmn)

•. ~ """'~' """""'~_

,

Khartoum Dinar Mbd~~~----~Lii;;gen

.-~-

.'

""~.

'T~~;~~ia--~'-"c--D;~~:Sai;;~

_..

111 11'::'

~,__ .•••••.

. _,

Juba "" __

-'----------.-..

Seselwa, Creole, English,

Somali Shilling

,

- ••..•. ---....--~--

.__~, __ ."__

Jamestown

Sudan (S:;a;ila~d'-'

I' ,1'[

__

-

~------_ .._._" •..• ~-

Leone

"_~

-

French, Wolof, Pulaar

"'''''''-,~~~~~~.

I5?1!I.~.. _.

~••• '...,.---,---~

-.....

,-_..,--"'-'---,-~

',,-''''-'

Pretoria IAdmn) Rand and Cape Town

~~

-

Seych:~lIes Rupee

"_.,

_,-----'--""

.. ---

'~'_'_""'''''~'''''''''-'-''''---~' .'''''''''' "'.-

Freetown

Republic of South Sudan

I

r~""_lP----•.•__ ._--_

CFA Franc

,_.~"_...

,,_.

,

..•.. """'-- __._~

South Africa

,'~.'

1

Portuguese

Mogadishu

I'

(lli,t

Sao Tome

Dobra,

Dakar

•.•_.__

il\

l

Religion

Somalia

,_,_'"''

ill

Language

.,~ •...••_ ".••-,-1_,,~.~_._' __ ."~' __"''''_'_ .-_'

,_,_~_.

"

Currency

Victoria

.,-"-----"_.-

',I~

CapitOl

.~._,_-~~'_'._:'._..,..._,....

Seychelles

I

-;~A:-~~'

(Continued')

TableA.2.3

,I .. Ii

World Geography A~6.9

Islands (British).' . "....R~ad T~:.vn

..:•......" .._,~---,_

US Dollar

T

'

"~_

US Dollar

2_",_, •._---..,...__ '"

English

"US-))~lIar '., , .. .,,,.. ••

-

..--:::: .. _.,

••••••••

~.,.,.

English, Spcini~h,"'French . ~~

••

,_,~.... _."

' Christianity '" Christianity

••

English

Christianity

~l

A.70

','I

'I

111,',

11 \

1\ ) ~i!

Iii,

II~'I :11

I

'~"""

.j

'~I~! '~I!II!' l!!llli lill"',,

-I, \'

'&6

• Latin America is the region of the America where Romance languages, derived from Latin, are officially or primarily spoken. • South America is, generally, considered a continent forming the southern portion of the American landmass, south and east of the Panama Canal transecting the Isthmus of Panama. • Central America, thus, has an area of about 5,40,000 km2• In this part, the 'width betWeen the Pacific Ocean and the Caribbean Sea ranging from about 350 to about 30 miles (560km to 50km) .. • Spanish is the predominant language spoken in the majority of the countries in South America. Portuguese is spoken primarily in Brazil, where it is both the official and the national language. French is also spoken in smaller countries, in the 'Caribbean, and French Guyana. Sev:" eral nations have their ownCre6le' languages, derived from European languages and various African tongues. Native American languages are spoken in several Latin American nations,

II"

II

World Geography,

South America

'il~'~,'"

11

Chapter2

Quick. IFacts ~

;.

»- Area: 17.84 million krn2 (12% of earth's surface) ".' ~ ,(,» Population: 42i73 ffiill~ol'\' (~.6?~ of tre ~~d) > Religion: Christianity

)~ ~-Ur

.•i'~~

mainly Peru, Ecuador, Guatemala, .,~olivia, Paraguay, and Mexico. ,:,:I ' • Nahuatl is one among the 62 native languages spoken by.the native people of Mexico:'!Along with Spanish, these languages are officially recognized by the government as the national languages. Guarani, along with Spanis~Ai~,the official language of Paraguay. It is spoken.bya majority of the population of this coun!!J':1f • Other European languages spoken in,iSouth America include Italian in Brazil andbAtgen. tina, German in southern Brazil, southern' Chile and Argentina, and the Welsh in southern Argentina. .(;

,'I,

~I'

Capital

.~~i>x,_',,..-.4"~''''''''

""",., .•,__

.~_,~.~,.,~._.,

Brazil f"'"':':''''''''''''''''

Colombia

''I Illil

t-•.... .-.<"""' __

i

._~._._--

...._.__

,,'..-

..,._

.••.

,~I

__

•••••.,,_,_._: •••'"""'-_~,~_~

__

.._."",.",,,v,~~,_,.,"

•.

¥

..••

""":'t;':""-- _','~~~

-'.!'~"->!",-

_.""""""'~
w___

US Dollar

Spanish, Quechua

Cayenne

Franc ••

French

..,~"".~

-'-r-- ~'-'

•. ~ ••

-::~.~\

Peru

," f

••.

__

'. .~;

___

._

.-_'P'

I Venezuela

__

~"""'~"'-'4"""--

,

•••••-.--_-

_

.- -'--.-~

-

~

.__

..

_ .• ~ ....••.•• _

..~_.....--

Caracas

-~."

"-"'-~

"i\'!"

'~"~'.M~",",-

_ ..~- '~'_.-,-~ ,.-- •...•... ..,...-,-'

•__ ••. -~~'-

..--

....,.--'

.-'-"-

-

"

-~ •••.• ~

••••

e' . -.,.. '-

,.---~,

--

..

:...-.

~-

~~ __

,.••• _

..

_.,,-.,.....-

...••• ---.",.----"'

..-;-..,

Spanish, Partunol

-.¥_--_.~'r ..__

.

.._=-"'c_~~''"'

Christidnity -Hi;,d~~~,bl~;:chris~i~nity .. __. ..._.__ '""_,__ Christianity

-.~.,.-,--,,--_

Albania Andorra Austria Belarus

...••••.• -----.

Christianity

Denmark Estonia Finland France Germany Gibraltar Greece Hungary

738.87

million(] 0.7% of the world)

»- Religion: Christianity, Islam,jewish .

. '.I

reach the far eastern c~ast of Vladivostok from Moscow). The European Union, comprising 27 member states, is the largest politi~al and~c:9. tity. ,1.:, nomIC~n " -, i _ _ _ ". I,"~" ",f

";

J-'1"',,/'~:,

Tirana ".w.._..-,....,., •• ...._~_,

.~i.•, .''k

..-..-~''',..._~_

.._

__

••.•.

"'-4"'

lek.

' .•••• ,.,..••••."-

....-.,.

..

'''"" ..,...,,____..-..'

__

..•.••••••••

Religion

Albanian (Task),Greek ''''

__

'" •• _.,_.''''''''''.

~

.

..,....

III

'

'",Isldm; Orthodox GhurchJ2 ,_.

~_.,

,

Iceland Republicof Ireland Italy ovo Kos

.

hi' '-.-..--

---

~tvla liechtenstein lithuania

_

J

-- _A~.!I9..1a V!l~ ..Euro . . Cata.lon~ Castilian, French l~-""",;,~~j~lqnLty_._._" . Vienna Euro German, Slovene ", Christianity , --.~~.--._ ..,--,.-...,--y--- _---,-~"#'_----,-...,~---- _ ..-----~_.- ".~~.'~ _~.-,--..""""".• ,~;--~..,....._~-"
Prague

$.. ..

.

.-J

----

" ~_._,,'--_ Bulgarian

--

'_d.

---,

~

-.-.;:..-Ku~_~7 Koruna

__

,h

••••

.._, ,..,-..-

•

~ .•

.s.hriitLal1.Lty - .. Bulgarian, Orthodox" Church " "

~C"~

-------.

-,-

-..:.--

..

-

•••••••••

~~

•. ,-~-~---

.,.,.-~"

.•••••

••••

j 1

-~

.£r£2!1;an,,-Czec~!..~.rOX9t- ..--",.S:h!~l2.I],Lt~"~)~!!!..-~~~.J Czech. Atheist, Christianity .'

.•~. Cip.i!lb,9,9i!i~.==-.~~_~.~6~.;=-_==~_h.".Panish,:XC!!oe~~,_Qerrna!!. __ luther9;~~,_~~;i~9.!lity_:j Tallinn Kroon Estonian, Russian, Ukrainian. lutheranism, Orthodox '-Hrl~kL.L~' __==.Eu!.9~._.. _.__'''_ Fin~;h, ~~edi~h=_-.=.~~~--iutb~'!!2i;m-:.~_.= __ j 'Paris ' E"uro French . .. Christianity and Islam " . ~'~""Jin .~.;._".1. __ -=-lyr~; Gibraltar Gibraltar Pound English, Spanish , .'. . Christianityl. ,. " ~ ~ .•...-.-- __ 'C_~'''K . \at.-_ ,_,~_,_ .~--'-_ ••... ~.-_.-'---"""'.,, ••.- ......,.c,:..;,.."" .. '," ... --......... ... __ .,,~,.. _.. " .._ .•.•••••••., Athens.,. Euro Greek, English, French Greek Orthodox Church . .. ,Budapest . Forint . Hungarian, (Magyars), .. ,,:Christianityi1lutheranism >k

..•.

-

__

.'

.~~~~~=:-~=-_~:.~=-~ht;;i9;1y_'!!2#~ =]

_------_.-----,------_._------

-

.

.:=J

.

Christianity

En~li~h, Su;jn~~ Hindustani, Javane~e.....•

Spanish

Christian~---

-- ...---..-".--.----,--.-------

Surinam G~r""~tch,

"""........--.-,------'

$

Christianity, Hinduism,)slam

Spanish, Quechua, Aymara

Bolivar

"",,'~ ~"'

Christianity

-

Spanish, Guarani

---"

-

......".w- __ •. _,

Nuevo Sol

.••.•.•. -,..-,---

•. _.

Christianity

..•. -_.,--~----------

Uruguay Peso

.....- .. - ~_

Christianity

-,-.-'--'"

.~,"_____

-~_

Christianity '"" .,

English, Hindi, Urdu

Guarani . '•...._.~

'Monteyideo •. ~9.. ~~"

"" .•... ,-----

• Guyan~se Dollar

Paramaribo'

.

Uruguay

__._w.. __

lima

_

rSurin~m I

,_

-,

...•......---.-

»-Population:

,

Currency "Language

"""'~"_~'_'--'",,,,,,-_.'--'

Christianity

Earth's kmd:6.7%)

;.'"

Capital

Croatia_",Zag~e Czech Republic

--""""".-,-,--~"',

_---w--------~-".-

Spanish

~'_d,'~""~-'-'-""""""'''''''''''~''~''~''~---'''-,-'''--~-~''-'_''''''''

,'"",,,"'._

,'.

Christianity, Islam

Colombian Peso '

...•..•.•. ,-,,"""

,_..~

Guinea, French --".-

.-.-'

..

...- --.,

Spanish

English

....,..

,._-,.~'~

~""

Falkland Pound

.;,<~ .••~._..••

........__.h -'...-----'"""

Portuguese, Spanish, English

-,,,,,.,,,,.>

..,."..,--,...,, ..,

'_W'-'~_'

--,,",,-,,<;

»- Area:.] 0.80 millionkm2 (Earth'ssurface area 2.0%;

Im~~rtant Details of European Nations

Country

Christianity

---='--~-:->.

Spanish, Quechua, Aymara _

Chilean Peso

=~_.,m0>O"_

"_~_

'''-_''

Port Stanley

~

H::1

".,,,,,,,,,,,_=,,,,_ .._.~W""

Quito

"""x.,=

'''''~

Spanish, English, Italian

Real,

...,._"""_,""

Guyana'" 'Georg~town r:-. "" i Paraguay Asuncion

1111

'''''' __

Santiago

:'4

Ilil:

.~_~~B

. Religious

'''''''''''-_._~~.

Falkland Islands L_ ••.

"',ii'

,c.+>M,,,

' Santafe' de Bogota

r:-""" I Ecuador

,'"1,,,1

~

Brasilia

..••• _j--~.;''"P''I><_'''-.~_._-

I__Chile ~._ .......=>""",_,....".,.,,_,_'

,I 'Iii,

.•••• _.,,,~.

~.;.;,

~..)::')0'

langu.

Argentina Buenos Aires Peso r;:--~-""--'----;""._~'_"-<1i"""~'_"'~"_~__"'''¥'''ft"_"""",:"",'''''!1"'-~'''''''_~P''' I Bolivia la Paz Boliviano j'-" .•. ,,,.

" "I~IIII'

Currency

TableA.2.6

Quick IFacts

Europe

.il.'

Belgium Bosnia and Herzegovina ... "'":;:'''-'--'''-''--''''''. ,----..~-, Bulgaria Sofia lev

ty,!U'

Important Details of Latin American Nations

ICoyntry

'

,

qOp

• Europe is a subcontinent or large peninsttl,a, forming the westernmost part of Eurasia(and west of Asia. -, • Europe is, bounded to the north 1?ythe Arctic Ocean, to'the west by the Atlantic Ocean, to the south by the Mediterranean Sea (subdivi~ions include the Adriatic Sea, Aegean Sea, Balearic Sea, Tyrrhenian Sea, Ionian Sea, and Ligurian Sea) Europe's eastern frontier is vague. • Europe is separated from Asia by Russia's Ural Mountains, and the Caspian Sea and Black Sea. The large~t part of the Russian Federations is part of Asia (By air it takes more than 8 hours to

. South America •

,. --. ','

Europe

,~,:,d.:) ~_

~;

"; "Il~111

Table A.2.5

"

'~"

A~7'1

_-'Re>:~i9.vj~~._:~~_-Jc:ela~<:~~~~~~~= Dublin Euro '-,-~-R?-rn.•e~'---_-=-~==--E-u-ro-~-. Pristina

,.

Vaduz . Vilnius' . -luxembo~ra

--=-~_.---=

E~9fu~,lcelg;;dic-"N.9!2I~==-Ch~~!i£~J}y:.:&~~n2ic Irish, English Christianity, Anglican ...•." ,-.., . II 'Church ~H ,- .:;:.•':!v-n !!£~~n! G~~a~~ Fre_l]ch=":" ~h;~tiall!ty;nd~

J

Euro and Serbian

Ar~bian. an.d .Serb.i<:ln(official), c, RO'!'SJ.,n. <;:alholic:;,o., ...w,1L ~_:", Jats __ .._~ _ latvian, lithuanian~ Russian lutheranism, ChristianLty_J Swiss Franc German; Alemannic dialect., ChristianitY••. : litas lithuanian, Polish, Rus;;;"n - Chri~fu;'niN; l;rthe~~~~

----E0~~

. __ "_.Bosnici~, Turkis~,~~"XL6.'lJ,L

<;

.~

.,

.Jrj~

'., ~-'-'(Contjnued}

_...----------------------------,..,......------

.d

1@i1) ~.

'1

A.72 Chapter2, ' ' '., , . Ta,ble.A.2.~,( Continu~d) ,

illi'l~

I. Country

i,I11

Capital

Luxembourg'

'Curren~~,.,

Skopje

, ,!,

~~~do~~~Malta r-,..'.. t!v\oIdova

!III

""'---"j"

--~._---~..

.

P6Ianc.V: . :r,._"""""'~~~

:'I~l;'':

;<""""'

! P2!!.ugal..::

,I~"

I

" Warsaw

__

""".''''~

.-

ro ... --"---"'---~.,. .'

_.__

Euro' ..

!'I~I

San:Ma'i-ino: IS~';bi-;;'~'"- _.

, 'I~!I~I

!

"

.,_~

"Slo~akia

'. ...

Bratislava..

.

__

• Son'Maririo. ----- Belg~de --_.."_~,_~_,

Spain'

.

' Madrid

v.~

~_

",.._~.-.~..-

~'-

--

...•.. .a.."'- _-r.",

~ ~.-. ~._. __ ~ "--""".,..•.. '..-

Romanian, Hungarian . +"_.

-

.

:'Switzerland ,"Ukraine

ill'

,',.'

L_ ...__ ..".'

'1'1' 'I

~Ik

United Kingdom

r.----~. --~

t Vatican

City

•.......-------~-"~"----

.".'

'E'ur6 . . .. . Italian,Sammorinese Serbi;n Ne~' -__ ' S~rbian -.- --.

,~';(j.).•. '.r:.'

:\<J.':',,
Slova~Hlmi:Ja'rian..

..

.....

.

. Spanish, Catalan, Galician

Pound Sterling

.. _.

Vatican City

Euro

. Language Families of 'Europe" I~II,

"

.:;' '",

,', ~

-t.•

, ,'",

• 'Germanic languages are spoken more or less in north-western Europe and some parts of central .Europe (Iceland" the .UmtedKingdom; . .Bander~Belgium,East Belgium, the Nether-lands; the ..Faroe--.Jslands,NorWay,'Luxembourg, Germany, Denmark, Switzerland,,' Sweden; Austria, ,Liechtenstein, the. Swedish-speaking ,municipalities of Finland and South Tyrol in Italy), '. .~ -' ,~ ; .

lill;1

11 ,1 1111

il"1 ',I"

"., ,1,'111

• Romance) (Spanish, .Fren~h iiJ:\d'P0rtug1jese) languages are spoken more or less in south-western Europe, as well.as Romama and' Moldova whicha're situate~'in Eastern Eu~ope (F;E)(Italy, ?pain, Portugal, France, Romania, Moldov~, _ Walloma-Belgium, Romandy, French-speaking

III ,Iii

j+

~.

..

•

• An Act called ~The Madrid Protocol' bems 'all mining activities in Antarctica, designating'the continent as a neutral reserve devoted to peace and science. . , ~I

----ch~isti<:ll)I~~--~_~!h;r;~ism

,

.

--

English, Welch, Scots Gaelic ,--.,~.---,<----' Italian, Latin, French

.

•

"

,

'_

:;,,1

Swit~erland, Romansh::spe~king Switzerland and Italian-speaking Swi~~erl~d), "!Ii. • ~lavic languages. are spoken in Cent~aJ, east. ern and South-eastern ...Europe (Belarus, Bosnia H~iiegovina; Bulgaria, . Croatia, the"Czech ~. . Repu1)lic,~~ Republic of Ma,cedoma, 11ohtene"gro Poland, Russia, Serbia,' Slovakia, S,lgvenia . . arl.dUkaine)~ " ""--,

and .","

t

:",

!

.','

'.

'

a

• Polynesia means many islands. These include New Zealand, the Hawaiian Islands, the Midway Islands, Samoa, American Samoa, Tonga, . Tuvalu, the Cook Islands, Niue, the' Pitcairn Islan9,s, Wallis and FutUna, French' Polynesia ' (Austral, Gambier, .Marquesas, Society, and Tomatoes islands), and Easter Island,

• Oceania ,Austr~lia along with New Zealand and the Pacific Islands is known as Oceania or Australa~~a; ,..

_<;:h!i.s.!ismity_ Christianity . ---.--. .•'.. '~",,----'--'-Christianity

~ 'j

• The Micronesia islan~s are all part 9f volcanic zone.

•

Christianity ... Christianity --"Orth;;d~x Chu~~--h-:---:'

"

• Micronesia means .small islands. These include the Marianas, Guam,' Wake Island, Palau, the. Marshall Islands, Ki.ribatl, Nauru, and the Federated States of Micronesia.

..cl~!.h.i.9D!~!!!:~Qf~Litl9~ity Oceania/Australasia

--Swiss Franc . French, German, Italian I:iryVnia"--Ukraini;~~--R~;~ian,. '.

._ ;,./:t., \5"

--'

ChristianitY"--~-----~

..--~ -------~.------~-~---_..~,-,--

,:....., .~

•. _-

'

."_"-.,__-- .~_~.._.__---,-, __ -..__ . ~i't''f;.>

_

~£h!i.s!L~ __ ~ty, t~9~-,

," Christianity • ---- .. , .--Orth~d;x' Ch~~rc1~~~

'" 'SJoY,<:lJc,~8u!1g(]?i~'l)-" --- -'

.. Euro' ".

• Antarctica has no official government. .It. is considered politically neutral and owned, by no nation, The Antarctica treaty of 1959 sets aside the ,continent as a scientific preserve, established freedom of scientific investigation, environmental protection and banned military activity in this continent.

""

.

~,_.--.-.

.

~".'1

.r, -

IIII!i

----:--

,'

B4i-'n' .... Kiev .- ---'- London

"'1.':-"'--",

• Melanesia means black islands. These include New Guinea (the lar~f~~tPacific island, which is divided into the nation of Pap~a Ne~ Guinea and, the Indonesian province of Irina" Jaya), New Caledoma, VanuattJ.~Fiji, and the Solomon Islands.

Antarctica

Orthodox Church, 'Christianity

Rus~an --'-__~--_-~-

Dinar ..---K~--r~~;-""~-"....

'7

_..•..-_._. -.'--.... ,----"

Christianity

--..,,,,..-,.......~~;,-,...---_._.

• The i?kcific Ocean has. an estimated 20,000 to 30,000 islands; the exact number has not been preci~ely'determined._ '-. .,

_'M

~'!,l

.~.- .....~~ --~ ..•. _._ ..-~

+.'P:9!tu9':J.~f!l,}~~ifa.!1.~~se<;hri~ti<:lnity,

• ------..

,-'--•••..

• Oceania, the smallest. contin,ent, is one of the most diverse and f~scinafing areas on the planet. . , .

• Other language,~Greek, Albanian (lliyrian),Ibero-Caucasian, Maltese (origin uncertafu); Arine~ man and the Basque (origin uncertain) language.

,

~.~

Lutheranism, Christianity

'

_,.~-'"

....

Church/J~is~

_ _9r!~-"d~~,<;:bY~b,_I~lam-

.rS;ed;;-~~"~~lm'-'=~=--= K~na ..,- -~- -~~j~~~i;b_~~ ~~' ~

,:,I~II ill

..,.---.:...J.w,--]h.-.-..'-_.-

Christianity

Polish

_'"

•••••

• Australasia is a term variably used to describe a region of'Oceailia~n:amely 'Australia; New Zealand, and neighbouring islands in the PaciflcOcean. ' \, .

• 'Celtic langpages (Gaelic and Brythomc lang~ages) .are ..sp~en in In~~land,?c~tlaT!d.,(UK), Wales (uK),.•. Cornwall (UK), the Isle 'of Man (a British CroWn dependency) and Brittany (within France). ". '

'

"'_.~s:~~!~ni1X-._.;.;..l..."'i'-

__

(lj,:k.?,:,ia~a~£tL

""""'~ ..••... _.,.--- ... -

@1?V~~9~~=~~~~.!iubli<:l!'<:l--=:=-~~=~t~i,a..~.Ji?IOL'

il'lIlilllll

••••,.,.-

.g.!!~odox

Bokmal and Nynorsk

Rouble __...••. __

.

•• ~--.~"._~.-

Dutch

Norwegian Kroner •.•••

Jewish,

:_-", ci~~o~~~,~.£~~~b)s!9~~ ChnsilOnlty \

~99 _. __

.......••........ '.,..."""'", _--_4""

Leu .

•••• ~~

_~rbian

.,.

' _E,~ffi;.,.~

,Moscow

.•.•••• --......--.,.--.~,._

Fr~n<;h,;~~fJlis~ I~ali(ln •

'Zloty

Bucharest

\ Russia

~

__Moldovat~~si.9i',

'~---w-'''~:~.<.---=~''''~.--''"''.''"~:o''''-

__

.llsbon---

__

Romania

__._n,_ ..-n

~•.~

Oslo

1 Norway

-;II

,__,"~~'--

Amstei-dam (Off,), __ ~Ha~l~JAdmn,) __

r:-;--

!ii'll

"

Vas!~~_-,",-~_

the Netherlands

-,=.~~S;d9~I;~~-~~!),~a~~. French, German, Maltese

~~_, '.

r~!1teneg~

!

.. -... -~.--"".-

Monaco-Ville

, Mo~~~_~6dgorica'

'i~

:=~-_~

Maltese Lira

..-.,,---------'-

• Baltic languages are spoken in .Lithuania and Latvia. (Estoma's language is part of the .F~o-Ugric family). .-

Religion

Luxembourgisn, FrenchChi"istianity, :,,',l ,,';' ',. -'. "'Islamic ','

~:~~-_~Di;?~.

__ :-; __Y:~I~~tta' , Chlslhau

'-7J,.-~_._---

Language

. , Euro ' ':-

'Iilil

WorldGeography A.73

.

';-".

T

.

,

.

.

.;

. ~,r'

'>'.

1"".

.-

,<;

.j,'"

,

~'

I

Main Religions in' Europe. Millions of Europeans professnb religion or are cltheislor ag'nostic,

• Areas with Roman Catholic populations:

Portugal, Spain;'Frar.Jce, Luxembourg, Belgium, south Netherlands, the Republic of Ireland, Scotleind, Northern Ireland, south and west Germany, south Switzerland, Italy, Malta"Austria, Hungary, Slovenia, CrOatia, the Croatian pO'rt;6f Bosni'Qand Herzegovina, Slovakia, th.eCzech Republic, Poland, wesLUkraine, 'Romania"some region in Latvia and Lithuania',IT~eretare large CathOlicniin"orities in England arid Wales, " ' ., .. ' '.

• ,,,, •. , --! . ~ ,.. " I ~ .c.?,--.• • Areas with significant orthodox pop~/ations: Many a.recisof Europe have a significant numberofotthodoxpopulafion • TlleUralic languages are divided int9:-three such areas are Albania, ,Armenia', 'Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria; Cyprus, Finland (Karelia),:Ges:!rg ia;, Greece, grouRs.ofwhich the Finnish languages are spoRepublic of Macedonia, Moldova, MohtEmegro;' Romania, Russia, Serbia, Ukraine: .'.' ken in Finland, Estoma and European,Russia, Areas with significant "'-";'testant populations: Norway,lceland,Sweden, Fil')land, Estonia, Latvia, theUK,,6e~mark, 'The' Vgric langu~g~s are spoken inI:llingarr • Germany, the Netherlands~and $witzeriandYfhere'are significantm!norities i~ France, Czech Rep.u,l;Jlic, HungarY and, indeed small and Siberian Russia. Turkic languages,are spominonties in most European countries, . ' . , '0' . ~ .. , ken in Turkey, Azerbaijan, the Turkish RepubliC .••.1'."'" .•.. 'i,J• ~reas with signifiCant Muslim population: Albania, Bosnia.and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Republic of Macedo' of ~()rthern Cyprus, parts ,of Bulgaria, Greece nla, Montenegro, Serbia (especially in Kos6voj, severo I republics of Rus'sia,Crimea in Ukraine: Turkey, Azerbaijan and Romama,Republic, of Macedonia,. Moldova ~eorgia, Also, Muslim 'immigrants in Germany, the UK, Benel'ux, Sweden and France, .'t. ... '., . .'. .., Russia, Ukraine, and Caucasus; r

,

,'!'..•

1'.>\,,';"

-

••••.

l"\~O;

.

'~

~'._'

. _________________

.~

liiiiiiiiiiiiii~~~==~~

I••••••

,

'I

Illlil

-

Chapter 2

A.74

World Geography

Table A.2.8

qOp

I"

~1Ilick IFac1te

,:1

Abadan

OCEANIA

'\

:> Main Language Families: There are many hundreds

km2 (0,54% of world)

:> Populcition: 39,92

j

million

(0,30%

of distinct languages in Oceania; Austronesian Ionguqges (Melanesian, Micronesian, "Polynesian), English, ,'ilai\d French

of the w
population)

I

:> Longest Reef: The Great Barrier Reef, situated off the

,~

languages are spoken in Papua New Guinea, Most com.

2027 km

:> Largest Cities: Adelaide, Australia; Perth, Australia;

Umilehi Point, Hawaii, USA, which descend 1010 m important rivers: Murray, D6r1ing)

:> Longest Straight Stret~h

:> Largest Desert: Great Sandy-northwestern Australia, km2; Great Victoria-southwestern km2 •

:> Highest

:> Largest

Sand

1,63,000

in

Australia:

,.I"Ii ••

:> Lowest Point: lake Eyre, Australia-16 m

.

Mariana Trench, western Pacific Ocean 10,924 m r (;

ha

\

One of the world's biggest oil refineries

-'--_"_7

_ ~____

Scotland

_.. ~_

_~_

....

~

_

-----""

Important

ICountry

",\1111

I,

Adelaide

South Australia

I'

AI Asnam

Algeria

Alexandria

Egypt

Antwerp

Belgium

Ii

:

Pag~ Pago

American Samoa

Religion

Language

Currency

Congregationalist, Christianity

Samoan, English

US Dollar

~_'_'""."'-

Australia

"-

".:.... ..-...:

""""'

••..,,,

""...

Fiji

Kiribati

11111

Marshall Islands New Zealand

r- .__ ._-, 'I,

I

~flgl~~h. ..•.

Fiji

English, Fiji, Hindi

Agc:n~

US Dollor

English

Chris!ianity

.Tarawa

Australian Dollar

English, Kiribati "

Christianity

Suva

GU~:lI~ .. _.' 1

Australian

Canberra

~~

Wellington

-_.~~---_ .. _._ .. _- '_ ...-

•• -"

.•••.

_-~.~

.

0arshall:~e, .<: .•

.._.~Christian.ity__• _.

.

-

,_~ "'.-"'"

,'~~

.-

."",

English

~..:w..,.,oJ..•. .,.-

_

I

~

'Seaport; city founded by Alexander the great

Colombia

Aswan

Egypt

---'-

------

---.--'"----,--

..~----- .---..-' _ ...-- ._...-

,..

.

--

_.-

-~

"

,._.....

~-4

'-'

.-.

-.~.

- __

._,"...:..,

..• __

-'---'.-"--.,-~

....-.--.-----

.------

••

---.

...

....------

-

'Iii

Tonga

more than 20,OOo"people

.~c

,.

_'

_,,_

"------

••

.....

_

••_•••.•

_

,,.,-------

--

....

--

"'C_',_.

'

._..

.• -

•

..

-.---~.~

,,~

Baghdad (Iraq)

Ancient centre of art, science and culture, remains of biblical tower/hanging gardens found here.

Bandung

Indonesia

Bangkok

Thailand

Barranacas

Mexico

._--

-

...•..

_.~

..-

- ~.~-_

--~._._-----,-,-/._--------

'-'-.

Spain

. World's fir~t urban settlement to be exclusively powered by solar energy" --.~ ""---".. ..~-~.--~._~~ .-_. ~ '.-~ .•.. .- .• Chief Port and commercial centre. Venue of the 1992 Summer Olympics

.~,_-4

__

I

._ ..- -'1

-

.u_ .. ~._

_

__

.J

Basra

Iraq

Principal port on the bank of the river Shatt-el.Arab near'the Persian Gulf

Belize

Central America

Formerly British Honduras which become independent on Sept 21, 1981, 156th member of the UNO

Benghazi

libya

Chief town and port on the Gulf of Sidra in Mediterranean ".--~,-,

"'~~""'y"---

" -

--

~

-

.,---•• -~._._

.,", •. '-''''-~

.....••.•.•• ----.'--..-----~~

--~_ ..,""---=-.

Sea

...•••--_:¥---~----

...,.._.---.-.....,-..---.-.............--

Bergen

Norway

Biggest city of Norway and seaport

Bethlehem

Israel

Birth place of Jesus Christ

Chicago

USA

Important trading city; meat packing is the chief industry

Cologne

Germany

Industrial centre, 'Eau-de-Cologne'

Cape Kennedy

USA

Mis~ile'I~~~chin~ ~entr~ ~ndHO

_._

~-

~~.."."--,, ..

USA

_.

"-

-

-

•...,_

••.••• --0'

"_

.•••••••••..•....•• __..•••. , .,.-...........

. .••... ~••

••. ~

_~

~f the-NASA~ nam'~d~Fter John'F. K~n~~d;.._,,- .....- , , .. _..

__

'!!

~1

---I

•....__J

HO of biggest car manufacturing company, Ford Motor ---.~'-

._----'...

._--'"

Dover

England

Seaport on the Strait of Dover Associated with political activities of Gandhiji

~_";..,,,-,.c-"""'-_--.

--_

.•!

is after its name

.-

--

.,~.'",.

--

South Africa

Noumea

Franc

France

Port Moresby

Kina

English~,_P~~gin,!:!i!.i.0.otu

Epsom

london

Famous Race Course

Essen

Germany

Coal mining, iron and steel industries

Geneva

Switzerland

European HO of the UN, former seat of the league of Nations; capital town Seaport in Mediterranean Sea .

Gettysburg

USA

Historical town, site of the American Civil War

-

Solomon Island Dollar

~-._-_

_.~...

..'

._~.,-,:;'"

--'

.

._,

.~

-

.-

--'y

---

'---"-""

--

_.'

•...•..' -,,-,

..

~.

;.-~...

;;,~.

!'pia_

Sa_~<:an.!Eng~s_h ..

Nuku'alofa

Pa'anga

Tongan .___._

-~'-"'-~'-'

-~

-

~

••••

....-

~-~

•••

-_.

_.-

"q,

C..hr~sti9~i~,.

--~ -'-Christianity .- ..•.-'--- _.__

English, Melanesian pidgin

..

Tala ~.

AO

Known a.s 'Venice of !he East'; ~~gest city_in ~hailand and ca!:ital

Dunkirk

..•. ~_ ... _._---" .•..

__

-First s:mmit conference of Afro-Asian ~~:~~ries was held here iOn1955

Christianity

...,.,.~

.••

~....-.--,._---------.----~ ,.--.

French,

.-

"_,' •. "

.

Babylon

.. -~-

• J

killed in vol~anic

Aswan Dam (13 km)

,,----.......

_.

Durban

Honiara

.-

'~.-"-

Christianity

_.

1 i

--.... -._..~.

Nauruan., ~ng!ish

--"-

Solomon Island

.----.

A tourist resort, one of the world's biggest -

.'~'

LP(]pua "ie.w Guinea

J

"~-~"'---l

largest city of New Zealand; sea. port

Detroit

Christianity

---

New Zealand

-

I

~__ ~

_

Auckland

.""._".~~,

S~ris.tia~i~._

_

Australian Dollar

Yaren

New Caledonia

-~_.'

Also called 'White City of Colombia', eruption •. ,--

~.~

-~

Seaport, diamond cutting, chip building, oil and sugar

'AO~

Armero

-.~

!he w~r1d's.~~:atest earthquake when 80%c~2'. w~s d:.stroyed_

..~

\

I'

_._ ._.~".:,?f

~,~

Christianity, Hinduism; islam

~

English, Maori

NZ Dollar y--

~

--

~.

US Dollar

Majuro

Nauru

- -

.__._

..

~,

------, ---.~-

. Tanning and textile industries

--..-,.

Details of Oceania

Capikll

,.

.

AO

. '~~~"""","'-"'-

.,

~~ .._.

-

Barcelona

I

Table A.2.7

""

Industrial city, seaport famous as the 'Granite City'

-

+

_~

-~

II III

----..-

:> Deepest Point in the Ocean: Challenger Deep,

Island: Fraser, off the coast of

Queensland, Australia, 12'0 kmlong.Area

Mountain

Kosciusko (2228 mI. Highest Mountain in Oceania Puncak Jaya, Papua New Guinea (5040 m)

km3, Mauna Loa is

volcano has a conient of 40,000 4170 m high

~ 1

Australia.

The part without any curves is 478 kmlong

Australia,

:> Largest Mountain (volume): Hawaii's Mauna Loa

,'1'

I1!~,'

of Railway:

--

"

~ d1

Importance

'~-

Brisbane, Australia; Melbourne, Australia; Sydney, Aus' tralia; and Auckland, New Zealand I'

:> Largest Lake: Eyre-South Australia, 9500 km2 (other

3,90,500 3,90,500

Aberdeen

'I'

monly spoken are Motu and Pidgin English

:> Highest Sea Cliffs: North coast of east Molokai, near

I

~pO

:> Most Languages in one Country: Overall,

coast of Queensland, Australia, stretches to a distance of

i

Iran = ..••.

:> Area: 8,525,989

Cities of the World

Country

~

I

I

Important

A.75

---.

___..

.

-'-"~"

.Christi51.nity

.

-,_.

._~<:hris!_i~,:Ltt. ..

Tuvalu

Funafuti

Australian Dollar

Tuvaluan~ English

C~ngr~gati~n(]list

Vanuatu

Port Villa

Vatu

Bislama, English, French

Christianity

..

'

-

'.'~

__

._ •••

T____

~_

•••. _.

...._----~.

_ •••

._

_ . ~ French port on the English Channel near the Belgian border

.~~.'~...

-- -_._.-

..,1 ,

- ...- ,

~..

-

~

•..

--,,-----,--

- .__

._- -

t'-c

----I

- - --_. -

IContinuedJ

.....,.

1':'1

TableA.2.8

I ~

Important

A famous British colony

~ICJ~fl~~

Scotl?~d

~if:lfles!-ship' ?~~~~_n.f:l_c:en!,".?; se<:'J:>?rt_.~

Greenwich

London

Observatory,

_

.,,

•..•

Hague

the Netherlands

Haifa

Israel

•. "

..•

_,~'

-P~ki~t~~----~_",",,'

""._,_"

.._.

.,__

-

., .•.~••• ~'_._•...,.~.,_ _ ...•.._ .. ~.~.~

"-,,

'" ••_~._,

..•~__

.~_.

__

._

..__

...

"'-

__....\_ ....

• _,,_.'_~

&...L.L'

__.h._«_

....

_

...

,,_

•••

.

'-_~_.

_

-'~-

_ ~__ .~~ !...l.a114~

,.~.,,,

•."~"'-."_"~


.• "'" ..~."',,>

..•

.. _,_'"',,.'"

_..-,.'.' .

. ..

.-...• ,.,~

n_~'

=--,. -_.- .."

,*",~)

__

.- -~. ~:r;:

Melbourne

Australia

Second largest city in Australia, woollen; Victoria ,Province. , '.'

Miami Baach

USA

A famous ve,nue for organizing, world beauty con~sts.

Milan

Italy

It is the largest city of Italy.

Mohenjo Daro

Pakistan

.. e -,--.-

Hollywood

I

'~l~:i;

- -,.----

iL..IstanblJl ~_._ ....•• "

USA

-_

.•'-.

.

--'-'--

Turkey". -" ... _ ..... ~-,_

..•• __ "."._

--_

._~.,-..""',~"""""'.

...•

,.-

Johannesburg South, Africa ...-. __.-...,-.--.-~~~_._ ~., _ ..~.-._ -Io.--~_.-

site-~f the Ind~s Valle;-~iviliz~ti~~"~-.\~

__

.~ __

._"."'_.~_._._,._

.... , ..

~.

.,_~

1

"'".. ""'"

'i

y"

c._

,_,"'.'~'

.,-_ ••.•••. _

_~~n~ahar III/II

~_"""

'"

•__ ~old

.!'f~ha~~~,_.

L~.an~Y:_..

..

--

" ..-_.-

-.,----

.• ----~

~

.-~

..

Mi~~_s

-.,.--.--

"""".,.,.

.•.

, .. --,~-~~-..--

..--.-

. •....

•

.._.. _•.

, :!":c:~~~~.centre

~ri L~_n..~(],__,_

...

,.

•.•., __

'_._._", __

,.!e:n.'pl~ofr.<:~t~JBudd~~s

USA

;~_..~~_..:.. ~ ...•,

i Karachi "M ..

'il'!.

_

."~.

__

~y

_. __ ~'.

!oot~L

"'1

t"-

,Iii

Chief-livestock trading centre ..••. ..,

'"'-:

"'---..-

Pakistan ~~.,-,..............

.-. •. '~ __

Kew Gardens

1

~,.'

''';~::''_'.--''w-

.

~.--

_.'

-~.-

London

'__ ' .....•-

__ ,,_.""

..,._.,

(,1'\'

_

~

_., ..

i Kimberley '--'-"-'-c-~Kirkuk

South Africa '~'. -"---,-" ---

_

1

y.

Leipzig

.,"'_.,.-. __

,-~.".

~_~~.~_.~_

_

.

......-,':'::"

...•..--~---..,.--...,,--.

_

~=.." .•'__

..•...__

__..9

.~_

"'v

...•',

~~

.• 1-.)

.•••••

__

.._-._

.,

__

~

...••••••..••.•

"""".""",

.. ",-

.,,_.

••••

_~

..

A,".~~

••••••••••••

: .

...-'-

.

..,6-;1

'''-''''.

~"'.......

---

~i

Liverpool

1'1,1

;r.'"'-

..~.- .

i London __

,

..-

, ~~_

.,-W"."

UK

.,,_...

.",~._--.,..._

Los Angeles

:1111

JI

UK,'

iP',,_.~---''-

Manchester,

..__.._..

-.._, ..--

UK ,.r y~_,,,,,,~,~

--".--

.. --.-

-

•• --.-

.. -~

Largest city of USA, film industry.. .. _~,_.~_".~.._._""._,- __

~a~~! ~rab~~__ , .•_

. ..-•-_."'

<

'" ,-,,,,,,-,,

__

~."

~

__

._.~

Cotton i,:"dustry.~' .. "_' :"-''''''''-'

•

,.-'''',.,

...••••••••

~

__ ~ """._' •••••.

_~Iac:..()f_p..!!grir:nag~ for0~~irns; ,,::

Saudi Arabia

'

,-.-_.~."".."''7

---

••

b~~~la_c:of

~''''"~......,.,__ ~.

, ..-

Proph_~M~amme9:

__

~_

•.••• ,_

.•••••••••

__

••

~'-'''''--~,.....-

.••

,_~.,~~

__

...........__..,

••••

-w- •...".,

__

."""*-' .. _

Place of pilgrimage for Muslims; birth place of Prophet Mohammed: second capital city

••

--

.

.

~.-_

".

Nagasaki

~

....•..,'7'~'?-';r;"':-' :-":~-~~'.-'.

Japan'

..•.

~

"'''-•••...-

. ---"";"~:

__

. '-~"'-"-~.".

..

40" .....•.

__

;""."-;:C-:'~- -

..

._.~_.

..-~_'

... -----

_,

•.-.~'...,...~,:.-~'

__

~_

••••••....•.• ~~-....

• ,-:,",,---..-

r

'---~'-...;~.

During the Second World War, an atom bomb was dropped 'in this city on Aug 1945. It is one Of the seaports in Japan. J . "''''. " . _._ ... "~---""'_ .... -.,--"._----_. .. ..• .. A holy place of the Christians, associated with the life of Christ.

__ ._-_ _ _---_ _-_ --

-,

..

Nazareth

Israel

New York

USA

Located on the HCdson river, it is al~adi~g commercial and financial centre of the'-' world. New York houses the'second':largest building.of the world, the Empire State'

New Orleans

USA

Cotton Market

-

~ .- .•.•- .. ""'"••..•-

'""t:"-

---

:~'~:

--- ..-~-

~

__ ..

_.~

__ .__ ~.~M'..

Buil~ing. The Statue of Li~er.2'~,s:,I?c~t:~i~!h~_s_ci~:. ~"'_.._'._

Olympia

Greece

.. =~

,,~_"w,

,~"",,-'---,._

The birth place of Olympic games.

~--

---

•. -----~--~.-.--...•.. - --_ .. -

"-~""""-'--.---..."",-

_

_"",." •••.. _.

.'

~._~

..

~~~

___..,. .."'.:_ ..

w.".

_.

__

.~~.

.. "f'/I

' _---.,.----..-._-_.

.,-- _~.~~ ..

••.....••...~-

,

..__

_

•

~.J--.

,

~_ ~ ..;'~')-"'i;~~.

__

••

._--j

.- ;l,".~l;,

__ .-

-----

-

-~---

Pisa

Italy

The Leanin.g Tower, which is one of the wonders of the world, is located in this city.)!

Quetta

Pakistan

A hill station, commands the entrance to' the Bolan Pass:"'/

Canada

A seaport.

Rome

Italy

It is the centre 6f'iheRomOn civilitotiona'nd buildings, capital city of Italy. . '_

Rotterdam

the Netherlands

F~m~~~-f~r it-;h7i~bui~ding~~d,fr~~ tobacco trading centres.

San Francisco

USA

Seaport, industrial centre, meat packing, autom6biles"7'

.1Sbo Paulo 'b:f'.< ••. """,

Brazil

The second largest city of Brazil, and famous for growing premium quality coffee.

Shatt-al-Arab

Iraq

'.,'

..

""

,.Quebec city

~._"

-~,

_

China

~=,_ .. --.., _~.~--.~,.~._

-

•

...•

~".:.,.

---'-'-."

..

.".

-_.

~_

""',.~ __

.._..c. .. ".v. ..•._~

.-."

. ••. ~.

m

~~-~

"..,~.~~-,

,-

__

.:--

.0 .•••.

.....;,....

..•... ~.""'""

• .. ,"",.,"",-.

.

_,."><;',.,

...'AO.~_

••

,.

'.''''"_''_.

" •

.••

.••••.

,,_;.,,~. __

_-, --_._. __

_

,.~.

__

"'''''''' ..•••.••,..••..~'''_~

_,--_.-

-_.._---_ _-,

__

__.. __~"..

_'~.

_

_,

.:-.

T~.,._.

_'.+,-

"

~__.-

I!.!s.!.~.::ity_of<;~~~da.'

.__

._ .... __

,..

_:

..".,. __...~_ .

__ ]

._'~."!":';)'\~':..:l

Struggle between Catholic and Protestant Christians took place here.

Belgium

Battle of Waterloo between the British dnd her allies and the French forces was 'fought.here, In.this battle,. Napoleon was defeated in 1815.

"I'"

~-~

D2h ,Zanzibar

.. _..

-~-~-_.

~a~ous

USA

~-:..

"

-~-~_

_

..~

•• ~.

_.-'--

~-

.. - ..,--

....------._.~---", •..--.--.-..".----

.~ •••..

.••.__

-~>w--;.. ;: .. ~.;-.; ..~.~,.;;.

- ...-..""'.'.7.'_~

-- .... "'..._

...__ .._~

.0:-- ....••.. -_.

largest national park in USA. It has about . . . _ •

"'.y.""';'

_-

----r-_.,:: ..,..~~-~~~~,.'"'

-

..

__

~

•.•••••

J

Tanzania

This place is famous as a clove producing place.

.•

-'

geysers and hot ~~W-oOP..

University of Switzerland -

3000

.~.--..u.~_' ...;.;..."._.--_. _'_'"_" ~__~. --'-... "-_".,.. ~-,"'.'.~ ..... _ ..__

Switzerland

••

'"- ~-

ior f:>r..~ei~g th_e_v:.!:'~e_:>~ t~n.~i~tou~~~n.'~nt~:.._.

It is the oldestand springs.~ ... '., .~.

,

waterways; witnessed early human settl'ements. _111'<\ 0>' .•One of.. the world's "al'lcient .... ..... - .... .. ..-._, ..... •.

Waterloo

Yellow Stone National Park

1

_ "~

•

-

~

Ireland

London

.J.

of ~he J~~~wned

'MIster

~1tT1bledon

..

",b'u{J

culture, have lar~re'number of histori~~11 .

"'"

.••••...... ....,

..~ _-.."..~-~""-~

I

~.~

The largest and mos! pop~I?'!.~_~ty of China.

Canada

_.~

~~d-s';;~1 indu~~ri~:.-I~i~;n;

~

--

..,-,-_.

_~~-_----- ---_ .....•.

..'

..""..,."_'''C •• --.,,,...._,_._''''''_''''-

.• -

•.. -

_"-

~-_..

_.

... _'.

.~

--- ,-

is located in this city. ,

_'~'_ "'_"b

..•.•••

j

9, .

..

..

r';.~'_'" .. ~

_

•.

I

-.t--l

-----.-.

A famous hill station.

V--Y"W","_"

secon~

?-

Pakistan

=•..... ,,~, .. ~~~

~_ ••••••"''''".--.,.".''

-'

Murree

'1

'••.•.. __ ."'.,..-M' __ .."'.•...,_~, __

-"'---"1

Beer manufacturing centre, a~d venue of th~ 1972 Olympi~'s. '

•...~.--,~.--~--

'" . ,:. "., -_.

--_

..-

:-1

.. '.•..

"'.-.--

Germany

"r',:--;--

, •. "

Third ~most populous city of the world, seaport, capital city __ ,.--.--- .. w. __

.:.~""""'-'-"'-",'"

,~-

~

.._

''-'''

~;--',.~-'-"

Munich

Toronto

,_w".

: Mecca

i

..__ ..._.M~_ ,_._._

USA

"_,----"'" "' ....• ~~

\ Madina

r'

~c~ _~

exporter "': ~'._--~_ ,," " . ..".....,.--_ ..n ...,..T_ Seaport, v_,w-~_-.-"... .- _, _. of milk .~_.-.-,..,-

•

j

It is the Russian capital and the biggest city of this country.

'~".,""n"'_~

••••••

o~~.

1

I J

~'----

Russia

I

t f J

... - •. _-~-

1:1

""

_...

"

••• '-~

Moscow

!lShanghai

I Lop ..,.......~,~.,_ Nor China of ..the nuclear .~. test explosion ........... _,_.,. __ .-----.. __ .".~.~._ ._Site _ " Chinese ..__ .. , _"A_.~' __._. _.._~ __ ._._,,~__., _ .. ~

~~

Canada

-

~~"'-

. "

_._.

--~.-.-~--,,~'-'

Montreal

..••............

Seaport, second largest city Russia. In World War \I it was sieged by Germany:'''. also an industrial town __ ._....-.-..-.,~._~,,".~_.. .. ,_~~~"m_,

~w

Industrial t~wn: -_~_._~

i~

.._--:-.

Diamond mining ... ~_... --,-,-- ...._- ,...__.~;.;----."-'''.'--'Oilfields'

Germany T __

Chief"- •. _".~--;~,.~--Seaport

_'-'--'-

~

111

"-'"-~"'-"r"""''''''''''~-'''''''''-'''';''--'

Botanical gardens

"._~"'-'--""

Russia 1

'

.....

leather goods, furniture, capital of "", • .

It is a historical site of the Indus Valley civilization . :'--;':'; . ~~•... One of the biggest trading centres in Canada.

'."."

Kansas •...... 1

'1

__

Seaport, formerly coiled 'Constantinople' ... ".. ..•• , •• - --••• ,,'....,...•.• - _.. ,.•~._ ..". , .• ~.. Gold Mines:

'OW'-'-"""-""'

i~o~g<:>c:>r)i~ ,__ ,_._•••~_ust~a.!!9. __

_.-

Film' industry .. _

.. ,~ .~-

- _.

.•.... ' ..

Hiroshima Japan Industrial town was known as 'Venice of Japan', ruined by the first atom bomR.a, . dropped by the USA in the Second World War on Aug 6, 1945; also a seap'C?rt Hon~lvlu '-'-. -H~:~~-I-sl-a-nd-'s-'- ... Tourist~esort~~~pitalcitY------'_._--~. -_ ..-.- --.-....~ __.._._ .. '.. '_.. __ ,...,. __ ._ ,_~,_._.". _ ~_ .. , _._ __, _.. ,.. _ ,. __ ._ . , ,., .. , ~ , ',

,1j~!,II',

I

Importance

_._.--'4_

...----.~ .....~.--..-".........-

r... r.-I\. r:r~::~T

~$~LJ t:'1ntlO(?_O~

J."

Country

IS:" "

,~

IIiII'

"-. ,.~ !(:.:.

,

Ancient trade centre, carpet and silk products manufacturing

..

Cities of the World

-


...._. ~"~.~. __ ..._-..._.A.,._.

__ .,. __ ,.__

'Cily

Important

,

Chief Seaport .a9~r-~~~ia~t~ri~:~I~~~~t;;;;_.

...

H~~ap~'--... '" .. ,',.,...._

"'=

A.2.8

'''"-''~''''

the time in all countries in calculated on the bcisis of Greenwi~h;mC'

Chief Sec:lport

Afghanistan

..~~

,,,._

.,"'"=_.--u..,_._ •.._.•.._"~.. ~"',,,."'_",.~

Heart _

~'~_r_~.!'~

Jea!..?f _~~()~!e_rn_.a~<:nClI"_C_0u.~ .:'f J~~t~:.

Germany •.-- -Cuba _.-, ~--..,._:._w.._.........,_.._.'._.~o~~

•.••...o<w.._~"., __

_

Means Time ~- .:-~... --,-- ... .•.. .. -.... .,~~--'. ..•.,,-- _ .. Seaport on Gotha connected to the Baltic Sea by a canal

Sweden

Hamburg Havana" -

',I,li

, ,()d~~_

Spain

_

Table

]

Importance

Gibraltar

l

e,A!"Jh:

I'

Cities of the World

Country

Goteb0~g.

I

I

World Geograpny A~ l7.

ICity .

,1\:,

,

Chapter 2

A.76

,I",

_._

.••._ ..••

,.,'.:

.'"

jl ;

'I

;'"

, '. '.'

•...1•..',.'"

", ~)ldt

Table A.2.9

.".',1':11

, ,I

•

Chapter 2

A.78

"

'I

[ci.,.

.1,'I,!'I

"I'

'~..••

I!i,

~.,,"

r

Myanmar

Kaladan

'.

,~"--~~,-"""",-'

Belgium'

Scheidt

..... ,",,,",-~-.~.~.~.,,~-.'~

(Continued)

\ '''. ,"',J-'

"), __ 'L-,'_'

IOld.N~m~

~. Zaire'

_

'>oM

Persia

••

!:~~!:~_1 ~_._',_~,_.__ J

Constantinop~,_", ..._~ __ Dhaka Dacca --'=~'~,~'-'~ .• Dahomey ,. ...,~~ DutchEast Indies Indonesia

Baghdad

~_.-.,...,..<-Y'<

Shatt-al-Arab

...

»=>=

Danube Berlin

Tuvalu

Formosa Gold Coast

Taiwan

Greenland

Kalaallit Nunaat the

.-

lSai~~~.

,,___

Salisbury

-~"~_"'",.,,._

ElliceIslands

~)' , -.,'

l!~wad ". Rhodesia

DutchGuyana" _•.... ~,_ ..•_ .._~J.!~2,~'_, __, ~..~._".,,_ EastTimor Lorosae

-,,=,*,--

England ',"

Avon

""')"S=< __

='_'~~~'"

~~~~lH,2._~i ..... ,:;_~~E(ln~,

1\

Hudson

Danube

Holland Kampuchea

al'ff

10 bnoJ

leni~g~ad ZimbaBwe)c,on

(f

1<.' !: '1f'.'

-"""",=>,,,,,--_._._,,,",-'

China

Yangtze-Kiang

===:J J

")J

F.'.i)

~J

~nds

Siam

__ ' __ ~!:faw~iian~lands _'__ . Thailand ,::ll.,. wCJ",vJ1?~~ West Afri~--'--' -Na~'ibj;-".-'~-' -"'-1 .....mmm..._A.M~.~~...

Spanish Gui~ea

~~_--J

__'

••.•...

Equ'~!oHcirGuiriea>, 1;\.$j'f'

1 '"

tSttirt;~~s!.,_~".~~_~ . V~!~E~~d-,.---.-,--..=. J Tanganyika and'Za~zib6r'

Cambodia

Tan,zanip"_"

_':

L,I

..--.-:~---

iUpper Volta

BourikinaFasso or Burkina

I

fu~

\

.

.

TableA.2.11?',GeographicaI.Epithets

.~~'~'

.... ,-

r~'~~~.==-~~'w~=~~,=~~,,-_

Geographical Epithets; a descriptive word or phrase added to or substituted-for a river, dty,or Ch~ngking

"/,1'

New Name Iranu': 1 ;ginbiN

"

SI. Lawren<:;65:'

.t:.. ~-~'JLT

i.~._,....., I ~ f •.• ,...

.Ho Cht~in~<;~ty Ha~are' ..:,,,' :,; ,~ \

.

'__--""A.~-

Bristol

I,

•

Congo

_ ....."""'_"~~~._'~~. '~" .. --c~"".'"~--.-"~

,Antwerp '-----'

TableA.2. 10

if ,

Country

Counitylllver]

Akyab

1~li!

,,"-'.-~-

Important Cities Situated on the RiverBanks

World GeographyA.79

__ '-__ww'_'

... '" a place9rlarid."tl)'~~,

.'''~

-' V

. ..

J'B'Y"'('

-- -=-~.~'"

<3~:,!!l~X Gdansk

Vistula

Poland

Rome

• ir"'::Jf1_:_~

Elbe Austria Warsaw

Poland

Bengal's Sorrow BlueMountains Britainof the South China's

New Zealand

Cityof Arabian Nights Baghdad (Iraq) " Cityof Dreaming _...•... Spires'; . ••_, ,Oxford•..,.•_ (Englcindr't; .',~;J ,-_, •._._., ..~_, ..,__,_ •..• Cityof Golden Gate San Francisco (USA) Cityof Magnifi"'- .".7m~."-.~~""";",:~,m:--~,_ .. _..'-, 'm--~_o~:¥==:"'""C<;i"<":"~0'''_"i''W='~''_''''~O'_",~_"?,=""",,:,~~~,"=-j0X"""'''=0~~''*:''~1

.)-'~.:t

10

\Ii

Table A.2.1 0 Chan"ged'names of some Citi~s/States, and Countries

Cityof Palaces " Cityof Popes Cityof Seven Hills',_ Cityof

Ntw.Name Abyssinia? "" ",,' . Basutoland

Ethiop!~:.~~~, Ankara

~ti~iti!1~.fond_,, __ ; Land '..

.,_~~nti<:; 2cean .Palestine: '-':,

Island Continenti," ,

Australia, ..

_~c'~_i"';'._".",-,::,_",~,:,_"~_,,,..;, .•,.,,:._:>C' __

F#""'.. _ ••

!lsland(lsle) of Pearls ~--~""-"'-''=::'-':-'''~'-.

Cockpit of Europe DarkContinent .. _,",m __ .,?,,,",,,,,",,,,,,,,,,_,,,,,_~,

Lesotho

Hermit Kingdom

t,=o,--~.<-~,,,,,,",,q,,...,,,~,,.~~,_=

"1""..

I

IIII~

\

I~'

III'

~iana,,". ,. _", __ , ",~<;?~)'ana,_ Burma Myanmar

r:::-.'

~

-----~ .. Hebrides

Me~opotamia

Botswana ~,,":w'~

.-

~pe Canaveral ~ .•~pe K~~~~y'_~~_~,., Ceylon Sri Lanka rch;~ti~-a------"-'--'"O-sl-o--

r

Nippon , .

I.~~

Japan

,",,,,,,,,,",,;«;o.~_,,,,~,,,,,,,,,,,,_.

Dairy of northern -",-,.,'-?,-'"-"",,,-~~,Emerald Island EmpireCity EternalCity

\

"~"";~N.,,

r~~~:E.!'l~9~~~_,,_ .",~"..~a~~i5l,__ .,."",.",;~ Nyasaland ~king - 1

Malawi) Beijing -'~-~-"~':

,~~u

_I

(Coritinue~

Garden of England

Kent (England)

" j,

!VI.<,;'"

",

~.'i- j

...

~~ of ~olden fl~:,~~~_Au~trali~ ., ----J Land of Kangar~()s_' Australi.a,. ,_ ". .'._:.. ._, r~"""~---"--,-~'.-""'~-W~~~""'W'_"""--~"

!1~_:_..~...

.,-.

_=~J

__ . ,_._. .;;;.

..~ _.~.,~ __

.__

LLa_~dof ~anada Monn La~9.9f g ,~al"m.. '." ,.,]
Garden of India _=---=~--B~ngalor~(lndia) Gate of Tears ,." Bab-el-mandab (Isr~elj

"C'

J

_.,_."""~_~~

c.C~,-_,-'''_.wu""'~~~.o~;".w.,~""",,,,,,,,,._._.~_~~~~,.,.0c'''.b,,,,_.,,,,,,,,,,,,"""'ck_,'_'_'v.'~""''''._~h,,''''-' . '~_'. '. ", ~ . f •.• "j L, -t,.

.r.--7~-----i~_-'~~'_ Bechuanaland ~ ._._,T,_..:..,y(..:",:.:..;~",~_,:;,~.

'I

Bahrain

'''-''_oH''','''''':7~=~''''_._'_~~_,

K~yto the_Me~!:~<:~:g~.~.~~ibr~~r",){.."" ow Canada .-i'f" .... Land of Cakes (or Oat cakes)" Scotland' .'

__,,,,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,_,_,,,,,-,,_

, ,~.,

.~:"'-";";"_";';';"""I

-~,

-~

:~

~:.

~

"""''''''''''''''~',

~,_,~._ .._~,J

lh

'J"'A~.'--,:,_

"\,ji

tiJ

~"==:=J

..•..•'-'-'•.•,,.1

(1~n~;j.Th~ f~ll:.~~~_. _ ...Barbdd~:,_'~ .. Land of theGoideni"... ; I Myanmar"t ,':A ~'., r~nd ofthe Humming Bird . ~.

.

T~~d-'---'--'--l ... .

.

.

..

.'

..

l~

•. "'"

"

"j~(Continued)

~

II"""""

'I

i1 A'~80

I

Table A.2.11

~!

,

..

~;

WorldGeog~aphyA;81

Chapter'2,

(Continued)

!Epithet

Country

land of the MidnightSun r".-.-----'-.

Norwdy

r land.. of the _.._._

RisingSun ",

__

--.._,._~_._

.__ .'__Japan .. __

~i'

._.,-'_. __ -:--....,-....1 .

••.•.•.-,..-_

•••••••••.


.__ ..Bhut,c:n. Thailand

....

_

f

l

,",._~

~.

...

,. ",.,

.,"

,•••• _~._~.~,_.

._. __ ._._.. _.. _ __ . ~~

"~

" ._

'1 '

I Pearl of the

I ~r1~I'

;

.~

~"""-~""l'

:.------O"'-.'""""'_,~,

Pacific

...-"'_-~'-f'"

.~.~.

_".

" •. ~

_....

,

_.

• ~.•.-~,.

'Il~il'

.•.

r

,.

.•• _

, .• "".",,~.,

, ..•.. .-_,~ ..d_.>c.,

.'_ ....

_.. __

-~

-:-.--.--

'.'Quaker city ~-

~

,--.

,

Balkans: '

"

Philadelphia'

".~'~-':1'-"'~~~"'.--:'':''"~'-----'''-~:-~--....-

Queen of the Adriatic

" I

:1~lii,

,

"""'_

...•••••• ' .,.....--' .••••

r

"ji'i"i,

-~~~

! SickMan ofEurope

.

__

••. ~

_~_~_,~

__

•••..

""'"'

_.-"--',,,

..

-~

.~.

..•

_,,~

(j1:)

,-~

....->'<.~ _

"'-"~__

(ii) South Temperate Zone: The region lying between 231;2°south (Tropic of Capricorn) and 661;2°south (Antarctic Circle) is'theSouth Temperate Zone. The zone covers' 25.99% of the Earth's surface.

~_

Rome

,,,,,.,.---'

,,,,"'-'-

... ,' __ " __~.",

y .•.

cl

Jama.i~o London

,;11

Both these zones have a marked annual range of temperature and are neither too hot nor too cold. Tosum up:"

t

.••.:""'""p

.'

"''rIIL

Sweden BritishColumbia Mexico

~ ,--,

"".

j

'-''T'- ~,...•..•.. -"I.~ "~-"--'-"--"--"'~f~

Budapl;lst ..

..••.. l.'

• The frig~~ zones, or polar regions,. have the coldest climate. • The Torrid Zones or tropical zone, also known as Tropics" have the hottest clirnate:-four annual seasons;' 'namely, spring, suinrner, autumri;andwinter, . occur in these areas. • The temperate zones are neither too hot nor too cold.

'~

---"'-r'-""r"::'-

.'

..'_'_',',

."J

Canaan

,-

-",""''''-'':'''''-,-.-.,

"""'__~

_

"",~

...;~ .:__ .._._"."'., __._.. ""'.,_ .. ..>h

•....•.

~ ,.-, ,~- ..,

~

_

,"""

.{

~~'"',.r4<,""

.

Bangkok(Thailand)and . .Alappuzha (India) ___ ..-"_,._ .•.•.--'- ~~_, _~_ "","....dI Veniceof.the North Stockholm, , '; . ,", -..

.•.. -;.--

.

_~

',1)-

Valleyof the East

..._.

__.

.. ,,~"',

'Twin CitY'

. The:P.amirs,(Tibet) Costa Rica - . . ~"""""''--'O"'-''_.'---' Puert6Rico .' .' .

...~._.,_

-..

~"''''-',-

r "-',--",,"-~---~"~".'.-~'--~-'' -' ; Queen of the Arabian Sea .~"".~ Kochi(Indio) , _ ._-_.,_ ,_._ _-~----. - ~,-~,p---,._-~. •.•

!~1ill'

,0'

.•••,--'-

.~.'"'

The Store House of the Wo'rld" ,

.. Venice

• Roof:otthe World '.. RichCoast ._., -, --_ •.RichPort

'111~1',

---.~--'--"

'

-

__

,."' ...•••..... r

:

'

The Saw Millof Europe ;The Se6 M6~nt~j~s-

., ..~

P6wer'Keg of Europe

A __

~,.,-,.~

t~,

:~jll~~~.~.(HE;lrcul.:~i_:;".. ,.. Straits,.of, ~bralt~r i Playground,ofEurope , ., Switzerland ~"

---~_.----,!~ ..

..~.

The Promisedland'

Guayaquil,port (Ecuador) .___

..•. ,

, The lsi?o! Spring _ The Modern Babylon

.._",_~

'M;~ma;

,._~_:

.'

.

c-:-~. ...---_-_.-.-"..,."...(B:~~-;----'"

7.[;;~~-;~~Pa~~d~ ..

I,ll

c

RiverHwang Ho

--O.-~~.;.__~.--

_,

The ImperialCity

Never, Never lciridPe6r1of Prairies(northAustralia) Antilles ' ' Cuba fPearl~f Orient'-"'~--H~ng K~ng-. -. ---..

:i"I".

••.

.....

,

.,

'The Battlefieldof Europe Belgium -rh~-D;~~-U~de;~"""-" '--ACstr~~ '-TheEye~fGreec;":' --Ath~n-s-'...~-

-~- ..

~_ -'-~- Osaka.. ..Uapan) _ .._ Manchester of the East ~--~...-'

("'---'

-;,~~

----_ ...•"-~

••

Temperate Zones: There are two temperate zones in the Earth. These are:, ," " ." '." ..... t" ,', . ,' .. (i) No~t~. Temperate 'Zone:" The, regi?n lying betWeen 231;2°north (Tropic of Cancer) and 661ho north (Arctic Circle) is the North Temperate Zone ..The zone covers' 25.99% o~ the Earth's surface.

.. \)'-\l'"

l ~pice G~~~'2.~flndi~ .:.._ ~~I? (India)__ .: Sugar Bowlof the World Cuba

_=--==, •.

[~ittle,V~~ic~'_==_==---=.~'I~~_~~~I~ .Mqther-in-lawof Europe Denmark

t,l'

••_.

.'

Country

S~rrow6f Chil')a ,.'•. ,,:' f

Finland

.. _.-_--_'_

Llc:n.~_ of Thunderbolt land of White'Elephants

,:1,'

IEpithet

.._, ... __ .... ~ ...

land of Thousand lakes ,.-

.

,

__

.. .-.,_,,.

"",,",~_,~'-."',

_

'MOE,"'_,,~""'

_ .._"*"'-J~.

Windy City

,, __

._'H'J.'

_"' __'

White City -Whit;M~~;~'G~av;~~.:'=" ,.•••. _-.,_

.....__

''"_,,:,f,....

:',

"", __

""--~~"---"",--'-~',,,,,,--_."'. ~

r-

..•.

,Chicago (USA),_ __ ''''''

'_''~ __ ''_---_ ~

...,. ~.,

_

j .•...,L.U.,

-~---_ .. -.,~~-;;--:---,-.-"'~._~_ .. -.

TristanDa Cunha

;J •••. :

.2"

,.

"

I

"

i ,','f.

"1'(

i.h

(c)' Cold cliiri~tic.iegiotls" . ~ ,,' \....

.•

....•..

.

~

...•• '.~..{

Hot Climatic Regions

-

'1.:;-

rO:<

~:,'

~

I,,]

.,~. .",. "'1 '

".'

J'.',

~: " . '"'

, ..

!-.) •.

.••

J-;.

_.

~t,.;1J"

.

,•.

:.

-

"'-.

.

\.

(ii) . South' {rigid Zone: The region lying between 661;2°south and 90° south between the AnI. arctic Circle and the S~uth Pole (south of Antarctic c;:ii:cle).It also remains extremely cold throughout the year, .

PRINCIPAL CLIMATES 'OF THE WORLD Climate is the average weather condition and' its seasonal,variationsprevailirig'in aiL area 'in general or over a 10ng,period.~The parallels of latituoe divide the Earth into ~iffer~l}t ~emp«;rate~on~~ or belts corresponding to different ~ypes of climate, such as: ,k, "." '.F';

i',11

+'1, Iii" "\ '11 1,( 11

Frigid Zones: Th~~e are

~o frigid zo:ri.e's~:

".

oj

.

1',~

"1._

'j-,

• Vegetations: Evergreen dense for~sts, rubber trees, cocoa, groundnuts, and P?:lnl.,tre'es. The . population is sparse (except Indonesia): '. 2. Summer Climatic Regions-Regions both sides of the eqll~t9r,.about.5° north and;;o',soutl1of '. equator to the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn. • Typical areas: Venezuela, \ Guy~a (S~uth Arnerfca);Sudan, ',Chad; . Niger, Mali, Uganda, arid: Kenya (Africa),' South interior Brazil (South. America), Angola, Zimbabwe, Zambia, and Tanzania (Africa) ..

ClimaticDivisions of the World

• Features: Sufficiently hot throughout the summer followed a long, dry season.

._

.

.

Torrid Zone:' The Torrid Zone is the region lying between 231;2°north and 231;2°south of the equator North Erig~4,,,.Jone: Tl\e !e~ion -lyi.~g between the Tropic of Canc~~,and the Tropic of Capbetween 6:61;2°north and 90° north from ricorn. It is the hottest zone because the Sun's rays tile Arctic Circle' to the North Pole (north ahnost vertically falls on this region. The zone covers of Arctic,Girc~e). It is aR.extremely,.cold belt! and' experience thecoidest c1ithate ' 39.78%'of the 'Earth's surface amounting maximum o. . the geographic~ zones, divided by the major circles ot throughout .the year. The zone covers latitUde. ,.,4:12% of the Earth's surface. ,

i(

i \

"

••

_----'-

•

'J'

'

:""

-

..•~;~

.. (I;

• ••-

0

~.'

(i)

.I1~,:

40° N

In both these .z.ones,,,.the Sun's' rays are excluded ehtirely for at least. ~.me~wholeday in a year. The zone covers 4.12%of the Earth's surface.

..

'.,

_.,"."

,~

•.

_'

,I

~

rtl7F

---0_

>-,

Ctropic of 400 ?~procorn' \ Aoo \1, "'.::::::7~1 s" -, . s IIIEquatorialClimate 0 Savanna Climate IIIIIl MonsoonClimate IIIill Hot DesertClimaticRegions

r~

.,.." :';:~. .

'I"

.-

-, ...

-

/

.....

-

I:

"

'"

1. Equatorial;Regions' (Hot .Belt~Regions between 0° and 5° north and south of the are locat.ed eq~ator. • Typical areas: Amazon .BasJrl in South America, West Indi~~,Congo B~siri,and Guinea Coast in Af*a, ~9, pC}!ts of ~ri Lanka, Indone~ia, and Malaysia. >.' • Features: As the Sun~s rays-perpendiCularlly fall.s on this region, the .temperaN_r~'remains high (27°C) throughout the year. This region very heavy rains also (200Q-2500n,:un).

1I11~llill ~IIII,:

.•.. -

~_

There are f0t¥- hot climatic regions (EigureA:2:1). '

A natural region isa' geographical unit, which contains countries or part,s of countries with almost uniform types of temperature, rainfall. and c:u~tivated and natural veg~tati,gp.',The wWld i~ divided into three main climatic zones: .

BelgiYrll_.,._, .., ...:' . Prairiesof-North Amel-ica

World' LoneliestIsland

Tur~ey

.••.*'"~ ..~

~

_,",'''''_'''

\{'Iorkshop~l~!<.?~~ ;'World's Bread Basket;

"",O'_hA

Belgrade ~G~i~;~"C()ci;(W;s(Africa)

. (a) Hot climatic regions .,' (brTemperate clliriaticregiorls:

.

'....

,__ ....:_._...

,

;Figure'A.2;'l Hot Clim~tic Reg'ions.

---'--

_

,...... ". ~,' \

'Iii r< ..... ,A~82.

'I,."~_.l,

'.

Iili' >~.,

'£~'l}

"

Ii

~

I, ""'1

"'ii

l

.j 'I

'I"!I'

.'#,

,, j

World Geogr.aphy. A.83

Summers are hot and moist, and winters are warm and dry. Scanty rainfall during the hottest' season followed by a long dry spell. It is also called 'Sudan' or 'Savannah type' or 'Tropical grassland type'. These regions are also known as 'the big game country' or 'a land of safari'. • Vegetations: Fairly dense forests with tall trees. Crops, like maize, cotton, bananas, ahd groundnut are largely grown; coffee and sugarcane are grown in areas which receive heavy' rainfall. The most common animals of this region are zebra, buffalo, antelope; giraffe, etc. Nativ~.$~ are '1ll0stly remain engaged iIi. hunting, cattl~farming, and agricultural activities. .~~.~ 3. MonsoonU:limatic Regions-Regions between South;f~~~.t:~sia including parts of Australia, ' .,..... Afrlca, al}H-rt.lUenca. . .~~.t'. . • Typic4l,&~~reas: India, Pakistan, Myanmar (Burma7~'w:.t'hailand;.Indo-China, Vietnam, parts o{Sri:Lanka, EtlR0pia, the Philippines and North Australia:'/"~. \.t;.].'Af_

rI

Ut'

.Chapter 2

•

• ~e~ture.~: ~emperaWJ~ remains . co~p~rabvely high throughoo;t~~heyear with distmct wet and .dry season~'(summer, rain, and winter). The climatic condition in the summer months of this region are moist and hot, .and the winter is warm and dry. • Vegetati.on: Agriculture is the prime occupation of the natives of this region. The main

agricultural crops produced here are .rice, wheat, maize, sugarcane; oilseeds" tea,' cot. ton, tobacco, and jute. Tpemonsoon regions are the 'most densely populated r~gioris in the world. 4. Hot Desert. Climatic Regions-These regions lies roughly both side 29-30° north and south of the equator oil the western sides of continents situated near the tropics. Hot deserts OCCUpy about one-fourth of the land surface. • Typical areas: South. California, North and West Mexico, the Sahara, Atacama,' Kalahari, the Western Australian desert, the Thar Or Indian desert, and the Arabian dese~t;:~i".: ..-"ti",' t,.~,,, • Features: Always very hot and aty,~~dt, and dry winds blow in the afternoon; great'Change of temperature between day and night-days are hot, nights are cold. • Vegetations: Cereals, like wheat, m~ize, mil. let (in some areas only), date palm;' cotton, tobacco, and dry fruits are grown iii. these regions.

Temperate Climatic Regions

1. Mediterranean .Climate Regionsc..,-:.They lie between 300~5° north and south of the equa. tor, particularly, on the western side of land masses ahd around the Mediterranean sea.

..

~

Iii

4QO N

~'II o

'f:?

4~

":~.

OCEAN

5

0

11.,1

- -- O~EAN- - - - - - -~ Tropic of

~

400 . Caprocorn

S_.

t'lllllJ

Mediterranean ~

China Type

Figure A.2.2

•

Steppe Type

IID!IDN.E. European EJ

Temperate Climatic Regions

• Vegetations: Olive and citrus are the most commonly ctVtivated fruits of these regions. Wheat is cultivated as a food crop. These are cqIled 'the regions of the three Ws (i.e., wheat, wool, and wine)." ,,, .• ,(;' '::. 2. China-type Climatic Regions (Temperate Mons 0 on)- Temperate monsoon," cliiriates are found on the eastern. side of landmasses between:30°-45°, c~vering ,area~' situated in the interior of the large contine~ts i,; of Asia and :Jl.J ,.'t North Amenca. ,. t 'J

I ••

I"

~_J

- - - -o .:.

~400

S Laurentian

-.

')~;r

LivestocKS'.-in.dudiiig-sheep-and goats are .reared. The natives of the Steppe region are --"_. called 'Kyrgyz', ..",.'V,,'l who are mostly nomadic. !,; •..• _ .•. Herbivorous;. ~als, like norse, donkey, sheep, etc;, are found here .. ii

•... '

"~';_'<.

~~,.',

.

\'1

'.•

I

(..

'J

1'"'

',,::,

.i".

~ •

4'

.'

.

• Typical g:reas:,.south-East ...,United States, Northand,Central China, New South Wales, eastern Victoria, northern New Zealand and _.

.

.A'

-

,

Japan. .' ,"J,"'")" ". ': ..... • Vegetations: The 'primeJ'occupation of' the natives' of t these areas are agriculture and silk rearing. Japanis an industrially developed country. Food crops, like .rice.a:nd tea are groWn over th.e hill slC?pes.Ins~~e areas corn, sugarcane, c'otton.;'tooAcc6,'iiUllets,and wheat are regularly growir.f.J.~.' ) , ,.~~:J.

10",'

.•••

:'

~

-,r'ff!l-t

J'~'-

,."

~r

3. Steppe-type Climatic Regions- These regions are also. called 'Temperate . Grasslapds'. These regi?I{~: inte~?r:O£ gr~at i~dmasses bC?*,,~tpl': Northern ,~ndl ?outhem Hemisphe~~s. ,,_ I", • • Typical areas: Prairies (North America), the Steppes.{{g\lra.s~a).ip tp.e' ~orthern' fjerrusphere, ,the p'amp,!s(Soutp.Arp.etica), the Velds (Africa), the Downs (Australia) in the Southern"Hemisphere., _ .

~ie.0:t~e

Temperlite Climatic R~~

INDIAN

.-.,

• Featuresi In all tl}ese areas, summers are hot and dry, and winters are mild and moist. The Mediterranean region receives rain in winter with an annl;lal rainfall of about 20-40 inches.

0

There are five types.of tempe~ate cliIp.a,ticregions (Figure A.2.2) in the world. These are as fQllows:

L

• Typical areas: NOrthern Calit0mia, Portugal, Spain, southerr:t',France~ItalYt',G~~.::ce, Tyrkey, Syria, Israel, Morocco, 1unisia,.Algeriai"Central Chile, Cape:Provrnce,' and~ south~west Australia:. ' .

• Features:-In these areas wiriters are long and severe, summers 'ShOrti1but, warm.' Annual rainfall 9f nearly,.20 inches. occurs in spring and early' summer. • Vegetations:" Large) grasslands •are', abundantly found'in these regions:/LWheat and maize are'cultivated as the pr~e f09d crops.

'

4. North:.west Europe~it-iype Climatic Re'gions. Tllese"tegjonsJie Between 45°-60° north and south of the Equator.. on the western "side of landmasses. . ,~d Y, • Typical- area~~. British Columbia, Canada, north-west Europe" including British Isles, south-western Sdihdiiul'via; Denmark, the Ne$erland~, Bel@{Im, western Germany, horth-~est France: northern Spain, southern Chile, Tasmania and southern islands of New Zealand. . • Fea,tures: Cool summers and,mild';winters with low r temperahtre and well-distributed rainfall. throughout theyear. JJ' ,'J;./! ;~, • Vegetations: peciduous forests form the natural v~,get,~ff(m~ ?tthe~~, ~egi?ps.;,D.ec~duous trees shed their leaves during certain seasons. ~r; ': " Wheat, barley and oilseeds are the main food crops cuitivated in thi~ne'gion: The coUntries of :tnese)regions are illdu;tri~iiY"a:dvanced. Mod~rn'and~scientific'mearis are applied in agricultUre'and ~anitil'a1far~int' ..

a

,

•

.'

."-" ¥

'~"':.

r

~'~.,

'.

J'.

',J.

r.rr

:~,--

j

•:

~__

..),.

-

5. Laurentian-type .. pima tic \I Regiotts- These regions lie. between45~,-60° .to i~the north of the.Equ<.\tpr\along, the,eastern .margins of the landmasses .. ,)",., fl' J Typical, areas: Eastern'-Ci:anadal' north-east 'USA; south-eastern Siberia, Manchuria, and ~northern Japan .. , i H'. ',,"1 "

.0

• F~aturf!s: lti"t1les'e'ieiioris; winters lare cold, summe~s •.are, warm. and., well-distributed rainfall is receiv~d.,tpioughout the year.. • Vegetations:. Mix~dtype Cleciduous and co:nifetouSTtfeest'areiwidely.found'iin these "'regions. wheat; \barl~y,F, oafs:-rriaiZe:soybean, and potatoes are cultivqte'd as'the food crops. t ..These' regions has, m:any~densely populated .,,~ 'andindusn-ia,lly,ad'V'anced countries;\ ....,. t"-..... 1 '.

"j

'"11 ~~, .'~'.'

".

.'

d (, j, •

f'1

.0'1.

. 1'.:.1. "

j

j'JT<)

"rL~f"J: ',nL. f':J:. i'l .H~ ! Regl~ns,.;'rl'\ ,,''1J1t •...:. I"')t, c;q~

:r-"'d

~ol~qH~otlC

';.)

".'1-' .• '-,

The .... Earth.rhas ,two-types' of. 'cold climatic'regions (Figure A.2.3); .1.1"" "1 . -. N ,'. 'r." . .

'1

iil!~ , '1

A!84

World Geogr,aphy A~85,

ChapterZ ". :

I'ill

~

:::']1

f::~;;., ".h" .1' ',ulu'(

I 40° N

~!I

••_

t -:..i':1<ji:>-

'~,,,' l,

,', \ '.'

'e=-

---::~~----c-cC)-~:

Tropic of 400 Caprocorn

"I

J'~-K1~{)'

S

'II

,'1'1')10

c::7

cJ

~

Savanna Climate

g

\ bSL

.

VJ '("~

S Mons "oon

Climate

','10110

,~-)~:9 '

,I

'ii/

Figure A.2.3

I'!!:I'!

""1. '. :,p

"

I:r'il

~li~lil'

'~'I I,II!;!'I';

~,I'" 111 1

,1:]1

;1"

,l ~ili

Ie

• Typical areas: Sib~ria, Finland, Scandinavia, , . arid'surroUnding areas ... 'e Features: wirit~~s are e~tre'rr~elyseyere when tempera hire falls 15elow O°C. SUmIners are warm :.and .the ,mean ,temperature remains , aroUnd 189C These regions receives rainfall . : in.the. sUmrrler months. ' • Vegetation: Evergreen coniferous forests are foUnd in some 'areas. These are the source of raw material for the paper industry. In the upper regions, reindeer is the most commonIyfound animaL It has great use to the' local inhabitants. Wood processing and forest-relat~d works are th~.main profession of ~e.R-apves<~f ~~ese ~eg~on~. . " !. 2., TU1J,dra-typeClimatic Regions'"-These regions lie to the north of the Taiga beyond 66lho north ".~,.()t~eJC\;t:t~uqe;/(.~) •.. :" .•.,,'h)'~ ,.; .1 Typifal ate.,!s:The porthern lowl~9,s, of Eur. , . 1C\;~!C\;"north.~a,naq.a'lAlaska,Greenland, and , . :,the, ~orth'IfoJ_~., ",•.' l ';J:' ,,' ,.,' 'i' ,. . .1F«:atures:,.~e,t climate of thes~', regions is extremely cold:-,Mos~"of the 'regions remains covered with snow'aJmost an the months of the year. Winters ~ 'lengthy ~~.~~f~~!fr~~spanned .. Summer temperafilie ~IS 'recOrded between 'l()...,12°C.;"tThese, i t:egiohs' - receives '. scanty rainfall ,with in ann\lala~er~ge record of _ ." l,

25 cm. Rainfall is usually under 25 crri..'lNative 'animals, including reindeer and polar beat can survive these' extreme-natured weather conditions. The native people of these regions ?!,e called /Eskinios' ..They' lead 'a nomadiCH1~1U1d depends upon polar animalS and fish fo:ti,£Qod, Gl, ~,"

'

_,

.

- ~. 1

.

~. ~Jl.)

j'

•

,i;qi::>:>'!

Koppen:ClimateClassification .

!'

~B'l~ji

,/il01t,

,'I'

The important variables. in defining climate are temperatUre andpredpitation.: The Kopperf'Efcheme classifies climate into five main categories; These are: ... "i ~ ' '~.

' "

.. ,

:

-".~"I:

.. _-

'f

{I" ,('

(a) Humid Tropical: Climates" that occur' in low-pressure zones and are dominated!by,the inter-tropiC~1 convergence are .'called 'humid tropical climates'. " . . ,-' ") ::\(b) Dry Climates: Climates that predorrlil:1ate in thesubtI'Opics, generapy, on the western !?~des of the continents, and in continental areas isolated from moisture sources are called 'dry climates'.' , /1'\1 I ; lmiG:, ' .

"

".'

1

.

,Sah~ara .

Koppen climate c1assilicationis one.of the m?st widely used climate classification systems. It was first published by Wladimir, Kop'pen in 1884, with several later modifications, later, by Koppen himself, notably in 191 8 and 1936. Later, German climatologist Rudolf Geiger worked alongside Koppen on chongesto the c1ass,itic;:atiqn system, which is sometimes referred to as the Koppen-Geiger climate classification' system.

"""/

,I

•

,

.~

•

,.

,'~

(

"0'

(c) Warm' Midlatitude ..Climates: Climates:dhat occur In subtropical areas OIl;the eCl;stern,s~des of the continents' arid on the west cok'SfS:at higher lati,tudes.; , I r " (d) Cool- Mfdlatitude. Climates: Climates that . ,occur \in ,continental areas, mostly in the northern ,hemisphere! are called.:cool Midlatitude climates'. c> (e) Polar i~limates:, qip:l~t~s ,that oCSur qt high . altitudesare,ca.lled .'polar clim,ates', ~ixth , categ~)I:Y(~) is mapped, in mountain ar~as.

1\

!

".

..

Koppen- Geiger dimatE~(Iassific~tion .f

I

'".I,;..~

.'1,

4..,'"

."

.

.

."

';,'')'.",,1,

1.. Tropical./i) Tropical Wet, and (ii) Tropical,Wet and Dry. ;', ': " . ,... 2. Dry---;(i)Arid, and (ii) Semi;-a,rid , .. ,,)

:-....

.

,-

,

,

l,j

Cer.~5!Ct~1~ -~-~,.4~O

~~iT~-;AI~bia '. ,Nubian

J'

fI

'

.,'

;.

TropicalClimates'

'..'. ,,,. ,-

There are two'types of Troplcalc~atic

~egi~ns.

TropicalWet Climates (Rain Fore~ts (Ii~ate) . , • Hot and muggy clImate through out'the year with temperature not below 18°C ever. Greater temperature difference between day and night, than betWeen summer and winter: '"" .ji~'7"/ -. .•.. • This climate is found usuallybetWeim 5-lOoC north or s6'uth latitude of,the'e"q~~toi .. !"

qes~rt

t ,.

~i

.',,.'.,

••

~

• Locations:' S.0gapo.~e:~p'afts ~f'~fa~il;lparts of South and' CentraVAmeri~a~Peril" and east coasts of C.osta Rica, and Ecuador.

:0-9Q]

340,000 64Z!00ol ;,?~?,OOO

~-:;===:---. v-

_,

\

..

North Africa

.

'.

''',.

:1:. :" .'

Tropical'Wet and-Dry C/ima;e (i;~P!i:~1 S~vann~M

T'

• Mostly Warm to, hot 'temperatUre ,with'.moderate' temperature fluctuation ,during.d,ay time and Jhroughout year. 1':. ,,:, •.d,-."; :{'I/ • Areas receive moderate rainfall~ with"we't summer and dry winter seasons.. ,."""'~"I" ,'~ ~"' •. ' • This climate is found'at theedg~s of:t,he tropical 'Yet. clitrlaJes, .th!o.ughout tne"t~opfcs'-between ..' ,25°Cn
'"

",~'I,.

t.I~II""~

..••

\

I

r"' ...."

~,j;

3. Moderat~(i) •• M~diterran~anl~', (ii),. Humid .' Subtrop,icjl" ap,d:Wi) Marine 'r~st coas,t. 4. Continep,tal-(i) Humid continental, and (ii) Subarctic. , 5. Polar'--'-(i)Tundra, (ii) Ice Cap; (iii) Highlands. \.

• 340;000 . '1',550,OOOJ :,.,,,') ~1;040,000;

."

This classification system is based on average annual precipitation;i"~verage monthly precipitation and average monthly temperature, It"divides '!:he',w:orld into five major climate regions. These are: '

_,,1(;"Q:QQQJ

_ ."

~!t!rk~;t?n __ , -"'---; Taklamakan ,China'

.

,

India , China

. tAustrali.9...nDesert ~,.8ustr9Iia . _~ Gobi .',:' .,jCeiltraIAsiarui:l\l~'.

,

\

, ,: ....

LThar Taklimakan

I

Area (km2) N6rth~fric_a .. ,,--,~/~Q9,000 Sy-ria and Saudi Arabia 1!~OO,OOO I South, Africa ~ _•..i ••. , '. ' -520,000

~abian Kalahari

~ "l

i," /

I

Tropical Deserts Country

-, I Name of Desert

;~~~~~Ii

Cold Climatic Regions

SilJerian.:,type 'Climatic Regions---'!.These regions include northern Europe, northern Asia and northern Canada, in the frigid temperature b.elt. '.'

Quick Facts

A famous Germah,c1imatologist, a meteorologist; and a scientist. After his studies in Russia, he went to Germany, Among his mosthotdble'contrioution i6 science was classifying the climate, which,. with some modifications, is still commonly used, Koppen made signif(cant contributions to variouSbranches of science,

')(i"jliA

t!"'"

I

,"V

Wladimir Peter Koppen '(1846-1940)

.,"nl.'1

't'

<

Dry Climates

, . :' .~' "

n~'I'""'f. ",.r. ,>~~r,~ ,~ '..,.

,',i

• ,; ,

.'~~-';C,,'

At..:.,

, .. j~l. -.~ ,1'

1b,.""I

Thet:e are two Wes of dry climatic,r.egions,. •

.

-

Arid Climate .• •

."

.

I'.

_.i,

"

.

-

,,:

,"

.'." I.

. . ~,~ '.....

.

Jj

",'

,

i .'

~~

~ j:.

,:,'.,i.tJ;" ':,:.'

..

.,f

,~,

l,

~

"'f'" i"

"

_"~"I

•

- '. This type indu<;ies "hot to very,hot/climates during the summer -m:onth~"and thild or cold climates~ur~g.w~te!, with scanty rainfall: • Subtropical deserts are found on western sides of the' "'continents about" 25Q3'O°C--latitudes. Mia~latitude j de~ierts' ill the ~'-ii1.tefiof"of~continents with cold erratic precipit~tion (sometimes in form of snow) is typical of this climate zone. -; L6cations:")'=>hoeiuXjuSA);. parts'.:oCMexico, .' r:nost o~'(irke,r' Austraii';\ larg~ "pprtions'-of northern AfriCa, and central Asia. '" ',. .l

~ ~,

_~.:.

•

.-.::

Semiarid Climate (Steppe) ,

•

.

_

.

~•

• Thes~"clliilat~s"a;e siriiiiar't(; the arid climates; but"a're hlodef~te; with'less of extreme highor "'fow'temperatures. ':"

~

~.""'fl'.illl:'".,.'. \

r

'I

A~86 .8hapter 2

World Geqgr,
"111111

~~:r I"/'i 'I'

~l' >Iii

~,ii!

I

"I"

!'!,i

• Typically situated, in areassurrQunding the deserts, with rainfall slightly higher than the arid climates, with relatively low precipitation.

situated on the western sides of continents wher~ prevailing vvind direction is from sea to land. .. , "1.9'1.,

• Locations: Denver (USA), parts of Australia and Africa, parts of Russia.

• Cool-to~mild winters and warm-to~rrt61iehte summers with moderate precipitati9!l" are ..I . typlca " . '/..'3 . • Locations: England, New Zealand'J?iyt~ of Alaska, most of France. ' '; ,.I

,_!~~j""

n

,.<

i'l,,II, "

Moderate Climates '

I,I,'

There are three types of moderate climatic regions.

~II i.','II:.:

Medit~rranean Climate (Subtropical Dry Summer)

I,"

".,'J

. • Warm to hot climates, rainy winters, and dry summers are the typical features. Located usually on the west side of the continents roughly between 30-45° latitude. .I: .

:111

I Jill

'1\.r'I'I.,.

" I

,

1 , "1"",":1 11,1 1

I

'willi!

l,}..

I ,, 'I

"';1

'." ;;~~~

.

'.-

.

,

11'1

.1. :.

:'lii~.III\\I!'

, III!'

• Thunderstorms, heavy rains and hurricanes are typical during summer.

,

• Interior of continents or the south-east coasts 'of continents between 25-40° latitudes are representative regions. '

:~\'!II;

\1j~ 11 "

J : 11:.

"11"

• Locations: A.tlanta, Houston, and most' parts .fl.oridain US~, parts, of' China, Sydney (f.ustralia). '

'1"1"

I'll'I ,I

1

111

'

i,~'III '1,'1

Marine West Coast Climat~s (Humid Oceanic Climates)" • ,$1~is(m<;i1 t~mperp.ture variatic;n,~C!~eto i~flu'lje~fe j?K],oce~I}s is typical a,9Po;,reg;jonsare

"',IiiII

ii' 'II[

I,

'Ii

~'";;(~~~ ":Ir:'~~"'1

ih

"tlcl"; ~

;",'A

'I',ill

-,-.' - Cl\(~~ /r.:'i~~,~~';,..., . f. ,?T "i"':

1III1.1["1 "wi,I., '~II'

l'l~ 1

I 'I

CLIMATE CHANGE:.'

".

• Locations: New York and Chicago in USA, and parts or China. ' "', \;;~n\!\l

.

• Westeily winds bring large storm systems moving from west to east causing rainfall (or snowJall),?uring the winter months.

1

'1

1"1111.,1,

II

• More precipitation across the. inlandJo,c;:ations during summers, with winter temper~gIre to be so low that it can lead to substantiaJ.::snowfall OF, per~istentj ~now.:cov:er"lwhi(:h.rrtowers daytime tempera~reeven more. , • " . , ,. ","1

• Warm to hot summe.rsand copl winters, with rainfall evenly distribt.tted throtighoutthe year.

1

,'"l

• Locations: San Francisco, Los Angeles, Seattle (USA), large parts of Italy, Athens (Greece), , t'Aadrid (Spain).

Humid Subtropical Climates

I"\ i,l: i'"i,I,I!II,'

. ,/\

Humid Continental Climates

"",

,;-hz

)\1

r'.~..;;).ry'" .'

.~

'/'1

',! ~.

Subarctic Climates

•~i

• Shortly-spanned summers and lengthy ~xtreme winters that freezes even in mid-summers are , typical.

.

>~ l'

~l-.

~~",

~};1i.J;;,.~ ." -LA

,

I

.

.In,,,JP

.':

_'.

.11 ;'.1

"

,~..

l"

..

'.

IceCapClimate

;

-to •• \

,f

•

~

Highland Climates .

• .

~

I,

J

,

r

-

J

'":.J.

• It is not defined as other climate types as these climates s~ts in mountainous regions where elevation plays a part in the.weath~r and' climate.

.~

•. ' ""<'1t~!Jr

U .j

bCd'l"

,

,

"

",'

~

~aiO(2~.a.I!ral.R,~~9ur~e,s ., '1'''~ . >hie:;

and

,atma

.. Rice

;.

~n)0'. ~

Natural repource~ 'are classified' as"biotic and abi~tic resources, Biotic or renewable resources consist,' of living things; such as forests and forest-r~lated pro~ucts, agricultural crops, animals, fodder, and wild and domestic ammals: Abiotic resources 'consi.~tof non-livingthi.I1gs, like minerals and fuel wllieh, are mostly non-ren~wable. .~ ~f

Agricultural Crops (a) Food, etops:Wheat,. , . maize.'t'l.:' yr-!

rice, barley, rye, oats, ,and .I";

,..,~ "'Vi"

/'1'\ "Uii\.'''"'C''

Fibre crops: Cotton, wool, silk, flax~aii.d-jute. (c) . Cash crops: Sugarcane, tobacco, vegetable oils, spices, rubb~r;'tea, coffee,larid:cocoa.'tl:':,' }. .,-\'

Minerals (a)

'''l-..'

-.;

':"'.>'"

,•.••;} '

J.

,<.1":'.'.0(,'

"

":i,

...•

,...,'", .~.1t "":""

Metallic:. Iron •ore, . copper, alumInium,. tin, lead, gold, and sih~~r, . , ..,.

","

-~~.--.' "

---

"

(b) NC}nm~tallic: C;oal,.rpJca, .t;l~gan~se, leum, and sulphur: '.. " ,'. (c) Atomic: Uranium, thorium:

petro.I'

Major Crops Other crops and their primary) producers: Barley (Russia; USA" China; Canada, ..UK, India);:clove (Tanzania); cocoa (Brazil, Ghana, Nigeria,Columbia, Ivory Coast); flax (Rus~ia, Belgium);,grotindnut (Indi,a, China); jute (Bangladesh, Inelia,China, Taiwan, Japan); rubber (Malaysia, Indonesia" Thailand, Sri Lanka); maiz~ (USA, China,.Brazil, Argentina); silk (Japan,' China; Korea;' IOdia,' tliTi<ey); :toba:2co (US.t?-,Russia, China,Indi~,',¥gypn .• , ,.~), /'" ", I

.i<>'

l-,L

",,,,,.,,'

1.

• ....=..

.

• Windward .. and leewarcisides,.lTIay ,have' severely diverse conditions owing to ~he extent of precipitation received.

:

;""

(b)

• It is the coldest climate of the'Earth. Precipitation is r~rean:d'almost always inform oisnow. Summer' tem.p~rature rarely .rises about the freezing poinf'imd winters are'tength and dark. • Locations: Greenland and most of Antarctica. ": ~

""t

'1

"j{

• Locations: British Columbia, QuelJec'd:?\d;most parts of Canada, Anchorage, Siberia, parts of t. Norway and Russia. . . , .' ,

.-'.

~. "

""',

,~..

• They ~ls,o.,exist along the outer fringes of Antarctica. • Locations: Parts of Russia, Antarctica and Canada ..

,~ttl ith'-> ..•. -"-

.,., -

,

,. ,> '

• It is ci0' witfi brief chilly summers and extremely cold winters. • Continuous' permafrost lies under much of treeless tV,ndra regions. Found on the riorthern edges of North America, Eurasian landmasses, and on nearby islands, .

~.j'!

":;'

"

~l

• Vertical zonation also depends on the revelation of a slope or peak.' .:.

bee~

,

'.. OA..-,:.'

• .Found mdstly in500s north latitude, and'rrl.ight occur as far as 70°north latitude~ ,t

~~ei.~~~ige£l?gic;f9.c~ls:,,~!Jch; as' platet!l9tR~.ics~~1I1.d volcan~c er,uptjons: a~~'cha~ges~ in' the'E9~PQSit!6~~~Jhfatm?sphere, s.?m,E;~an',~,99~~~u~~s" Incluc:Jmggl
TundraClimate

• 'Show arrives early in the fa.ll artdla~ts on the"ground through the early surimi:&r.This climat~gets most of its ptecipitcitihn in summers. '.tJj ,

,Jh, . 'h ".. 0 l' '" to)"l., d'1" "" ",,,,. ,; Earth's climate has,greatly varied during the past 2 million years, The average global te~p~raiures have been both higher ~nd much lower than today. Glaciers covered much of the Earth's}urface during ihe cold 'age:"" theldst of which ended aboui 12,000 years ago, Several possible causes fOr theSE!vciriati~ris' h~~e lplbposed, including ch'ang~s 'in'i~egeometrY of the Earth's orbiraround '0

Thereare fo~~'types ~f 'moder~te' clim~~c,;e.~~ns: . _' i

• Air temperature drops with cumulative elevation in the, mountains, so each range of height has fair.ly.dissimilar climate features. For exam- . pIe, the Climate at the foo.thiU,might be humid subtropical, and the clin:J.ateat,the peak might be tundra type. .

',"

• Locations: West coast of South Ame\ica,pars'ot MexicorUSA,and'Canada;'''' " " .

.

')""t;-;-':,

There are two types of moderate climatic regions:>

• Cold winters and mild-to-warm stlinIriers are typical with temperature difference throughout the year can be as high as 25-35°C.,\\\) "'0)

'I~,I,1111

I,

,\'b

• Located closer to the coastal areas, experience moderate t~m.perature, and makes less contrast ,b~tween summer and winter temperatures.

'I !

r,l

Continental Climates

polar Climates .

,""i

.~"11ih8j

f.•., '-.::

::~rnn~\.[._r

!~'

, I

A'~88 Chapter'2"

I;

WorldGeogr~QhyA~89

i

,"l 1

(Continued)

I

;-f--

Major wheat-producing;: ;.' ",f'

,I

i'll

•

Climatic Conditions Type of Soil

Type of Climate

Temp. Range

Sugarcane

Deep, loamy , well drained calcareous soil

Warm; mod~ra'te'r6infall during 'the growing ,season.

Arou:1nCl" 25°( '''~. ;;': ~

~ I' '--'--»'--

I Tea

I:,

'

Coffee

110 cm

:;-.

Main Producing Counhi~ . ,.", h' \:, "l! Bra-td,.Indla,<::'Ina, Thail.and,Mexico;!;? ' .(~

.._~--"

.."••••..,--~----'

Wdrm-and moist

~"""--.

•• ---

'Over

21°C

-",..-'..---

Hot and moist

""'_......

..

I" I •• ~

IMineral

"

------

~

1,(

--"-'

.------""-.

J

ILAsbestos , ,~

~,--,-_

_-x"~.. ",-.",~o

...=""",." .. ,..,,,, __

.•.•..._.,<, •••.

~_¥,

Mica

'."

_I'

r'-~~----=-.c_, -,-.'".

.,-",-,._~,--=,.--.~"""y~~".__

ICoal

Copper,:

"~~:lli'll

'_~'"

','

I _--"~~" ....•.......... ""-' '-'-

,..-.._

,,~o

__

":+-'-'_'.

"_"

Graphite

__ '> __

"'V~'

._-"""_"

__ '~

S

411

USA,Brazil,lndia"-'---'-L,----.--.__China, c_. ...:..-. .._, lead

---

'

...' .---.-~ ...-

1 ~,,',_,_J

,,-_,~ .... ~- ....., ~.c_ ",-.." ~

China, Russia,Israel, Kazakhstan.

IMercury

China, Kazakhstan,Chili, Russi~ _>;:"'~' __ ~'.... ,

lillllll,

-..1;.'

-,

-"',

"

'

,

.oJ '

~',

•...

* ",' ,"~~'.•.'~ :-

.

40°

N

Russia,Soud, Arabia, USA: China ,~,-.' Af;i~a, Ru~sia,c~nada,.z'i~bOb:~l

Mexico, China, Peru,Australia"RussiB

3i~"'.-'-" --c-~ii~!~I;d~~lI~.~Pe~~I()liv~~,~L~

=-

p

OCEAN

Australia,Norway, CIS,Chihc'-;Russi~:18 on

[Thorium ,. Jndia, USA-:-~r~I~;;d~'. Uranium ' Kazdkh~t6~:Canada, Australia, Niger, Namibia ':.'-Z-i-nc""-----C-h-i-na~,-A-us-tr-ali;;:~lndia, USA

S

~'II

) 0'

,_:

?-

Circle -- ~-Antarctic, -- _.- ------ -- - -- .------ -- - -- --- -- - ---- ----.

.••••••

':-"

"~

<'O'~.""

a .••.

-.

'"

"..,

"I,

<~".:

.~.

~.~

,

-

,\J"tI •••.

,-

,1

°1,'

iii

'1 ~

I,

t:.c ••••"""~i:,t..:.'

•..

"

-

_

l.

~,

'l"

~1'oo

~_

<."t

p

..~..:

...,,,"~ 0tc

. j.~, ..;'-~. \.

\.f

I

+i

~.. ,_.iL~r

~

••.

I.

1:"

'.i-:-,.' _.,

s

.' ~.

"

•

~

"

• •

-<;'

~

'

"

Tea-producing. tou ntries:' India, China; Sri Lanka;,)' . Bimghidesh,' ..Japan;'~t,"":' Indonesia~'ArgEmtinai"arid::,,', Kenya. ' " 'l/la A:l';.;ir j?' Coffee-produCIng couhtries: Brazil, Columbia, Venezuela, Guatemala, Haiti,'Jamaica, Ethiopia and Indonesia.

,;<

40° N

••

••.••

OCEAN

;J:

,

I:

400 S

,.

..

I

••

4"

~.

o

40°

"

••••

',I

~t'. "....,

I

t~

-"..'

;".,1)

lVIajortea 'and coffee~?, !..; Producing ar~as •.

ii'

'I:!

:.~;i(, ...' .' ~:~,. .\-~

South~eastern coast of USA, West fndies,'Nile Basin; ""-- /, 40 ,Central Asian Republics of : ~~ ____ .~~~I.F.~~~~-j
.'1:

h

'China;' india, I~~gn~sia,'and' . , ."." r.. Bangladesh. Other producers. are Brazil, ,Egypt,Nigeria', Italy, Myanmar, and Thailand. ~

..••. ,'~,

ar~~:,., '.,:~;.:,.,,~.,';~ . ,~~? -:!:

Major rice produCihii areas 4

1""1 ..•.

.,j'

Major c~~or;t-producing ",'-;j .

"-<,:::

CIS, Norway, Do~i~ican--'-

-

'.~

Titanium

China, USA, India Magnesium

•

0° "

Silver

China, Australia, USA, Peru

..-.....-,-------.-

I'" l.~A~ri'

AntarcticCircle ---- - -- ---- ----- - -- -- - --- -- --.-

_

China, India, Braz'i1,Korea

I" .'f.;,.J''-1

4;

:...~._:__, 1~~~1:~~~i~~ines, R~:s~~~:na~a'I_:

Petroleum

•

40°

--z~;

[Iron Ore ~1!lili

__

, Plati~~-'.-S-;uth

China, Australia, USA, Russia

'-""''',,"-~.:~.~

,,,,~.,,
Chile, China,-Peru,Australia

[gold ....

."~,.",,,,.., ..,.,-,,,,.

China, US~, India, Indonesia

~_u_,--",~__ ~,._._~

China, Russia; Finldrid,'USA

;'Ni~~--:C~;;;;d~,

Chromium, .', "Sduth Africa, Kazakhstan, India, Turkey

'1~I~illlll"1

't~

-

I

I Mineral~-~';ntries ...

.1

I

.; ..

' , Canada, Zimbabwe, ,_.. SouthAfrica ~, _

"i:

••..ftJC __

175-300 cm Brazil, Vietnam,- -;-. Colombia, 'Indone~ig'~ Ethiopia O() , C

China, Ru;sia, Canada, UAE

',-.

'.;

j'".~~.

..•

200-250 em China, India, KenY.(l:,Sri lanka, Vietnam

14°C-26°C

Countries

Aluminium

1!I~f

~

._ .... _

Important Minerals and Principal Producing Countries

"I'I, "I"!

'..

-~,.!~~

.------

I

\,~,

'~I

--~""~¥'",---"""

Deep, well. " drained (Le., _h_~L~!?p_e~L __ " Humus,rich in iron and potash, well-drained hill slopes

L ,H

Rainfall

1-

--',*-,,.--~,,.,,,,---.,,,

I

,

•••

Crop "~

"

~reas," '."".:"t''''l' ,".1 "t'" J China,rlhdia, US~:France,"";'~ , Russi1i;.Cana'da~Ukraine,:!~t. Steppe,regiohs'of thE;CIS, .IOG Australia, l,ihdArgentina. .

• h

AntarcticCircle

AntarcticCircle -_.:. --- ---.-- ----- - ----- --'. ------- --

..,............

IIIII'Y\ .,k

A;90

Chapter 2

WorldG,eog~apDY- ~~91

l

World's

p

Major Coal Reserves

1

USA, UK, France, Germany, Belgium,Pbland, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Russia, China, South Africa, India, and Australia. Chiha and USA together contributes about 60% of the total coal production in the world.

:1

\

~1\'!1

[

I

!I, 'L

USA, Japan, and Germany are the biggest manuiacturing~ regions. Iron-and steel,' , textiles, automobiles, petrochemicals, and, electronics are important manufacturing industries. Some industries are location .r leaders,' either because', .•. they provide raw materials to o,tl:ier industries, or they

40° N

0°

'1 OCEAN

f"

-----q--

OCEAN

Tropicof Capricorn 40° S

',1:1

"

o Antarctic Circle

Antarctic Circle --- --- -- --- --- -- --- -------- -----

"

World's

Mineral

0' ""

Countries Rich in Natural Resources

•

Table A.2.12

40° S

'1

Chief Exporter

Alur:ninium

USA

I.

,"::,-t":""'-"";'t---.

---_-',.,- -..

...•"

40. PACIFICN

40° N

---~----

,rJ t'.'

OCEAN

Tropic of Capricorn

<'1

Copper

S-

Antarctic Circle

---;---

----------------------------

.

Gold

Manganese

.... ~",....

..

.....,

USA

-~-~---1i_~~g~~~g __

.

.-,

India '--. "--------""-".-<",--,--", China

Wheat

Wood

---..,. --.J

Russia

Rice

Sugar

-(~C~ott-o-n-) -,--

~n-~~

(Woollen)

c~-~M~lay,_s_i~_'--~ Mexico

-,

---'----

_-_ ---

Indonesia ---~---..

-~

..

-

Malaysia

--~USA 'Australia

-------...

1

"",:-,~

t,;,..

..

¥

__

,,:\-t

~"",{

!

Paper '-----.

1,________

-~~:

Rubber

I Town

Belfast:"',

--

..a.:.:~.~~.a.~.J~~~.~.~~~.~.--J-- .

Finland,_~ussjg,_an9 tndi<;s__ __

Country

,r

LJJ-:/

,I'll

..

. Azerbaijan.~

.._.,- _I~ilancl

I

Type of Industry

Scotland (UK) Granite mining Ira~ -::-_-=--Oil Refi~~i'~~

IAbadan ~g.~~

Egypt,' F~a~c;'~-;CTi;~I;--

USA, UK, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Australia, Canada, Brazil, Indonesia;' and'Sri Lanka

Mni~r Industrial Towns

Baku

J~pan, Russi~,- ;

SI.o~!9~ 9€!~rna~~, ,?~d,B.~'Q~!iW USA, Germany, UK, Russia,'Japan, ,

l-_.. --,---.

Aberdeen

~

\

r" , --

Poland, Belgiu-m, Czech Republic,]'

-:-."~~:=J~!'fJ!(]5!e~bl!~d~_:" "'] -'----~-,---'-----

Silver

--.:=1

USA

Mica

Rubber

.~

I

IndustrJes._

---~~~~~;~~~~~:ia,

Chemicals

USA

Iron Ore Jute

~_. _._.-

M~ior

USA, Russia, Japan,'Germany,UK;l. France, and India

Brazil

Cotton

Tin

40~

m,~~

>

A.2.] 3

Chief Manufacturing Countries

. I

USA

Coffee

Table

[Textiles

"------,,---

)-.

If ,~

Goods

Coal

Antarctic Circle

World's Natural Gas; Reserves t'.."

1

and Their Chief Exporters

--

i~}r

Generally occurs in oil reserves- regions. The other _ producers are mainly USA; CIS, the Netherlands, Canada, Indonesia, and UK.

Goods

.....•

Table A.2.13 shows data on major industries.

Russia and USA are most resourceful with minerals. Canada, Brazil, Central Africa, China, and India areconsidered fairly ri~ in minerals. M9st of the EUropean countries and Japan have limited mineral resource. Table A.2.12 shows data on' goods and their chief exporters.

-- ------ --- -- - --- -- ------ -- --------

I,

-"..

req~ir~,sp~cl..alist firms to ,",i,," supply, parts. Manufacturing , . significantly contributes to the~ world economy.

Oil Reserves

Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Iran, UAE, Qatar, and Bahrain in West Asia, USA, Venezuela, Mexico, Russia, Georgia" Armenia, AZerb~ijan inthe'.NorihSea (shared byttie UK: Norway, Denmark, Germany, and the Netherlands), China and India also have extensive oil reserves. Saudi Arabia ' is the largest producers of mineral oil, followed by USA and Russia.

.

~100s

-------

1 ~~,

C?~;', 1'OJ)

World's Distribution - Manufacturing

11 1\

," Petroleum

~~-_-J '.<.

.. _..

S_h}pp~n-9-~--.-C~]

,,,;\," North Ireland' Shipbuilding, (Ulster) ; [&;;n.-o-s-A-ir-es- ..•.. A;;~ti~a--.-~y.p~~d~;ts

linen

--. -

1

'(Continued)

-

111 1 I.

A:92

WorldGeography A.93

Chapter2 ... ; 'f.

(Continued!

I Town

. Country

C9diz. .. Chi~;go-;-""-

ITown

Type of Industry

Spciir!' .' .....'. Cork.. U~'--""-Gra~ophon;-"-~

Melbourne

"

_._~--._

..

_--,

_"",,,P_'~_'

,'-,-"'''I!~---,.- .••.. _'

Detroit .. _~'_'r'"

~ . .--_

•.•••

"'~---~

"..

_

<

."~~

_' "-

._ .. _.~ --.",. ...•...••....

_~

Essex

.~_

.•...

....._r~__

Switzerland

Kansas

-

~'~~~ds_:~_-':

._--- ...,..,----_.~"'.~~ .

France

-'.

"".~ __ .. _._ ..-,..-._ ..••..•.. -.--."

__

.. ""-._

rT~h~an-'~'Tokyo

",.. _'._" .•

! Veni<:e_".__

~~T~~g.~a-rm-e-nt-.s. ~]

Vienna

'-

. .••

England (UK) .... _.,

._

",

..---

••

•

, •..• A_

•• _._

f,

~. ji 1\

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. , 6. 7.

".~

..

Cutlery

".~_.--'>.._--

... _.' ••• .J...<;.

North America

Bermuda; Canada; United States of America

-- '.

Europe and Central Asia

"

C~rp.-~~--' ..~"~"-T"

,, __

.

,

.

. .-'.-'.---.-._

.g~~~_M' ._

~~~,~~,t

Myanmar

'(;'

'.

These peninsulas ana islands lie to the east of India and to the south of Chino. •. .,:,.)

.West Asia (Middle East)""

ICountries ,'\...

'South Asia

I

Indio, Sri Lanka, \:)'. ) The~e countries'are also. .. Bangladesh, Bhutan" . called the countries of the ;Nepal, Pakistan and : Indian subcontinent. They are' Maldives . ': members of the. SAARC (South. ... , . Asian Association of Regional Co6perati~n): Pakistan is the most urbanized country of this region . . ,\,.

Description

-

.... ,'f

~~

:

....

Description

Iran, Iraq, Bahrain;' Oman; Qatar, Saudi . Arabia, Kuwait, UAE, . Jorda'n,Lebanon, Syria, Yemen, Israel, Turkey, Cyprus, Afghanistan, .'

These are regions, west ~;d South west of the Indian .. subcontinent, most of these lie on the eastern fringe of Africa and the Mediterranean.

,..---' ..... --.-.-~-~~-_ ,-,--_._--_.---'~----,.---'---..

; Wes!ern countries refer , to thIS area as the

...-.

Middle East.and in addit~on to these countnes they also mclude North African countries: Egypt, Sudan, Libya, Tunisia, Algeria and Morocco, Syria, which border Mediterranean Sea are collectively called the Levan!:--

i \

,,~.:~7~

.-- ...•. -._-;;-,.;-....:....'-~..",~,..-.~._-....-.-.

Albania; Andorra; Armenia; Austria; Azerbaijan; Belarus; Belgium; Bosnia and Herzegovina; Bulgaria; Channel Islands; Croatia; Cyprus; Czech Republic; Denmark; Estonia; Faroe Islands; Finland; France; Georgia; Germany; Gibraltar; Greece; Greenland; Hungary; Iceland; Ireland; Isle of Man; Italy; Kazakhstan; Kosovo; Kyrgyz Republic; Latvia; Liechtenstein; Lithuania; Luxembourg; Macedonia; Moldova; Monaco; Montenegro; Netherlands; Norway; Poland; Portugal; Romania; Russian Federation; San Marino; Serbia; Slovak Republic; Slovenia; Spain; Sweden; Switzerland; Tajikistan; Turkey; Turkmenistan; Ukraine; United Kingdom; and, Uzbekistan. I .~-t:,iY'::, :--~(7:,,---"'" --.< ~\-.';-' ~~...,.,..-~"7""~'-,.""":.:- ~;;:~._-T"t' .." .. -.:J-~-:J'--"'~""";'.-:-" ,:Fr~.•~~ Latin America Antigua and Barbudo; Argentina; Aruba; Bahamas, The; Barbados; Belize; Bolivia; Brazil; British Virgin. and the . Islands; Cayman Islands; Chile; Colombia; Costa,Rica; Cuba; Curacao; Dominica; Dominican,Republic;-' Caribbean .• ' Ecuador; EI Salvador; Grenadci; Guatemala; Guyana; Haiti; Hond~rhs;Jamaica; M~xi~?; ~iccirag~ai~'h\ " P!Jn,ama;Paraguay; Peru; Pue'rto Rico; Sint Maarten; (Dutch port); St. Kitts and Nevis; Lucio; St. , , Martin (French port); St. Vincent and the Grenadines; Suriname; Trinidad and Tobago;'Turks and Calcos r .. I "1' "d'" '.'.1 . I . II d' '.. I d ( S) " I., "I '." • ~ .' Is on s; Uruguay; y,' enezue 0, on Virgin Is on s U. ..' ".,. "",' _.

~

-..,j,._,,,,-,,.,,:~,,,,

.••••..••

••.

"t-

,

-~

?!:

~'~._.

-.----.,-

••.-~--'

•••,"-,-"'~,

• .:.,,"=,.-"

- .~'_

.."~.

'--'

._._,-~._~~~'

...;.~,_L

"

,0(.

Description

•

Oil fields

.

~

--,*,~ ... ,._-' _._---"

New Z~~a~~ir~pr.odu..:t~_

'Myanmar, "Thailand, Indonesia, Brunei, Cambodia, Singapore, Malaysia, . Philippines, Laos, and Vietnam

\.

ICountries

~

Rayon and textiJes

. Gloss

.

.•.•

'~;'l

"".

' ..

Iran Japan

..<-.

American Samoa; Australia; Brunei Darussalam; Cambodia; China; Fiji; French Polynesia; Guam; Hong Kong; Indonesia; Japan; Kiribati; Korea, Dem. People's Rep.; Korea, Rep.; Lao PDR; Macao SAR, China; Malaysia; Marshall Islands; Micronesia, Fed. Sts.; Mongolia; Myanmar; Nauru; New Caledonia; New Zealand; Northern Mariano Islands; Palau; Philippines; Samoa; Singapore; Solomon Islands; Taiwan; Thailand; Timor-Leste; Papua New Guinea; Tonga; Tuvalu; Vanuatu, and Vietnam. '

,.~~

Shipbuilding

Countries

South Asia South-east Asia West Asia ~ . East Asia and Pacific The Caribbean Central America LatinAmerica

,

EastAsia and pacific

~

Southeast Asia

From .(;lgeographical angle the generally accepted groi£ping of the ~ountries of the world' are as follows:

"I"

_

,~l

Shipbuilding _....

,.,

'il

'--

S'tring of archipelagos and islcinds around the Cariobean Sea in the ~ Atlantic Ocean which stretch from Florida {USA} to the Venezuelan' coasts (South America). These islands form the heartland of Caribbean culture. Other islands in the mid-Atlantic and on the northeastern fringe of Central America are also considered port of the Caribbean region, though there is a diversity in culture.

Ofher Major Groupings

HI

the Netherlands

•

__

Yenang Young

Regional Grouping of Countries of the World' '... .

territories of Barbados, Cuba, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Haiti, Jamaica, St. Lucio Tri,nidad and Tobago (dependent/ associated territories)Anguilla, Antigua, Guadeloupe, Montserrat, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands. --~_ .... .._-".. _.~'~'-"'--""'. ~._._... ~ .. ..~.__ ._.- ,.~ 2. Bahamas, Bermuda, Guyana, and Surinam.

-

~u~ar

._lta.l~ .__ . ."Austria

"">~,~

iWe~i~gton

Films, oil mining _._.'---_._. Silk

-._-'~

_.0.?uriti~.:.

. Rotterdam

-

oj'I:,tt

Sufferance y

••

•. "

.,.."~,,,,,AO'_~~

1. West Indies (Independent

Paper .'." '!on and st.~el.

England (UK)

•••

Por~.L~uis .... _ ..A",","-

.. _'

~_ .

Indio -

Sheffield

-.

Description

~'.-.,-,

Plymouth

~

'tF '

-, --~.-

Leather goods '.

Wine

Canada ,USA

__ ,

~--""'-',-

,"'"',;_._ ..__ ._.'''_.....••.....~ _,--, ~,"""_--'W_'~"_

Portugal

Ottowa r- .•.........._'-.. -. Pittsb~rgh

._

..

,.Cotton

.

N<:~~ay_--P~p~r

'.'~

Meat pocking •.~

._.__

'J""'-".

AJ~ti==~~~~;TdM~s'-

USA

_ . .-.~---"""-

' UK..

Bengaluru

Films

,~_Eng~ndj~L,~

Los A~geles .----..---_._,- _ ... --I Lyons

_.

Silk .-._~_._,~

~-

USA .. ..

Countries

"

,~ ..--"--".,;._.. ,._~c'

rO;l~'_.

h

Machinery, textiles c"ig'ars, Sugar •

,USA,

,Chocolate

---- _ Italy ~

New Orleans

Watches

'USA

.'

""."_..... ._.. ! Northampton

••

~ .._.,_..._~__ . -"--'Engineering " -- ~._-- _ '--".'~-'work -~,._

:)~ha~~~~b;;g-.s~Uih

" "k

,

England (UK)

HollyWood

:illl"

_.•..

Australia

Oporto

~._._ _-' .. -.-,.-----.(.. ...,.,---~~' ..7'.T---.-:-;~-.-'- .._~:-' ~.~~'

"I'

•...•..•.

Jute, linen

Glasgow Scotland (UK) 'H~~~~a .• '~~ ". G;b~:-' •••.•

1,.1

WoW

Optical and photographic instruments

(Scotland) UK

Geneva ),~

,._"_',,,

, .••• ,"_

Germany

Dundee

, .

__

"Auk;;~biI~s~-

USA

Dresden

~.

~.

Jute

Bangladesh

.--

........••

, .•... ,,_,-..'

Dhaka ~

.. _

.._----

, Milan

agriculture implements, J meat products I ,_~,t ._

Type of Industry

r-'''-----. '" '

., .

',-, .. ,._-----"

I'

Country

The Caribbean

Middle East and North Africa Sub-Saharan Africa

Far East

•.• ~-l...-._~,_

.•.'.•.._

Algeria; Bahrain; Djibouti; Egypt; iron; Iraq; Israel; Jordan; Kuwait; Lebanon; Libya; Malta; Morocco; Oman; Qatar; Saudi Arabia; Syrian Arab Republic; Tunisia; United Arab Emirates; West Bonk and Gaza, and Yemen.

"t'~-_._.r

".-'~ _ ..~~'-i"

~'-'----",

_ ---_.

-~-

;\?~'j:'-'-"--""

.•

~-.--_ .. :--

-~--"':-".

;....~--,r.t

;-;;_~_

Angola; Gambia; Rwanda; Benin; Ghana; sao Tome and Principe; Botswana; Guinea; Senegal; Burkina. 'Faso; Guin'ea-Bissau; Seychell~s;' B~rundi; Kenya; Sierra Leone; Cameroon; Lesotho; Somalia; Cabo ' Verde;'~iberia; Sou~hAfrica';'C~ntral African Republic; Madagascar; South Sudan; Chad; Malawi; :" -Suda'n;'Ccimoros;Mali; Swa'ziland;'DR Congo; Mauritania; Tanzania; Congo Republic;.Mauritius; Togo; •.~ Cote d'lvoire;Mozambique; Uganda; Eritrea; Namibia; Zambia; Ethiopia; Niger; Zimbabwe; Gabon; ", tligeria,"

. '

.~-.~::!;~.

ld,.,~,~",.~~._",~J:.:~_~_.'~21J.~j~

~Lo:~~'-c::~'_:.,'

For East in its usual sense is comparable to terms such as the Orient; which means East or the Eastern world; or simply the East. South-east Asia; the Russian For East; and occasionally the Indian Subcontinent

'-'<. j,

\ might be included in the For East to some extent. Traditionally the group includes: (i) East Asian Countries I (Chino [including Hong Kong and Macau]; Japan; Mongolia; North Korea; South Korea and Taiwan); i) (ii) South-east Asian Countries (Brunei; Cambodia; East Timor; Indonesia; Laos; Malaysia; Myanmar; Papua ' New Guinea; Philippines; Singapore; Thailand; Vietnam); and sometimes (iii) Russia For East as the North ;. Asian region.

-'

~---

L••

I:

11\"

•

1

~

:;

A.94

WorldGeography A.95

Chapter2

1'1,.,1

"

I

"I"!~ Groupings as per UN Membership. (Five Groups and 192+'1* members as of July 2017)"': -African

1111'

i

\•. ,c,.

Group (54 members)

-Asia.Pacific (53 members) -EE Group (23 members)

':i~1

'H,

, I,t,i\ "'1G j.e;"

-Latin American and Caribbean Group (GRULAC) (33 members) European and Others Group (WEOGI [28 members + 1 Observers Member State#)

-Western

i1~1

,I.t;.

J

.J ~

*Totol 192 members in 5 groups, and Kiribati [geographically in Oceania) is not included in the above groupings, #Since adoption of UN Assembly Resolution 67/19,

there are 2 observer states: (i) State of Palestine, and (ii) Holy See,

11

. Nul ",

Iii 'II,

Economic Classification of Countries 01 the World

',\1I' jlili'

, ~,

Today, th~ new.classifications and terminologies are being use~ to define yarious groupings. Some of the~e are discussed here. ,

: '"

i"I"

"II~ill,

On the Basis of Advancement

':"'11

Advanced Economies This term is used' by the Inter-

,",1'111'

~II,\";

" ,I. "lIi'l,

"li:II"" I 'I~l'

"~~i' ,Ill

';,1'1

national Monetary Fund (IMF) for the top group in its hierarchy of' advanc~d economies, countries iil. , tran~\:t!-,onancl developing countries: (it includes 28 advariced economies) Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Ko~g, Iceland; Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, 'South Koi~a, Luxemburg, the Netherlands, New Zealand, NorWay; Portugal, Singapore, Sp'ain, Sweden, Switzerland; ,Taiwan,lJ!(, and USA. This group aiso include' countries like Andorra, Bermuda, Faroe Island, Liechtenstein, Monaco, and San Marino that are included in the comprehensive group of 'developed coUntries': ' .;.

,

'

"

.'

q:.'

and Montenegro, Slovakia, Slovenia, Taj~~~, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, UzbekiStan; (Note: this ~b~pis ideritical to the group traditionally referred to 'fprmer iDV USSR/EE' except for the addition of Mongolia). . fil'.

.

.'

'.'

'i

On the Basis'of Gross ,National Income .,(World Bank"','-'01, {(:i" Classification) 1Iii n

Each year on July 1, the World Bank revises the Classification of the world's economies based oh'1'estimates of gross national income (GNI) per capita for the previous' year. The updated GNI per capitKiestimates are also used as input to the Bank'soperatlona! classification of economies"l~hich determine~::,tPeir lending eligibility. For the fiscCl,1 year 2018,the ,World Bank income~lassifications by GNI per capita;are as follows: ,.,'" ,I.. _ ,Low income: $1,005 or less in 2016; '. _ Lower middle income: $1,006 to $3,955; r:. _ Upper middle inc~me:' $3,956 to $12,235; J!J; ••

r

I~

are those less developed countries with rapid industrial development. Anotlrer' term ,for:thiSclass is 'emerging economies' .

-,-High income: $12,236 or mor~ " Low- and middle-income economies are sometimes classified as developmg economies. The term is used forconvenience~ It is riot intended to implX that aI economies' iIi the gr~up a~e experiencing simila: developments or that other economies have reacheC a preferre4,or fin,al,s~~ge,of gevelopment.

TransitionCountries " CoUntries in transition is a term used

31 low-Income Economies' ($1,005 or less)

Advanced O;veloping Cou~tries~~Newly Developin; Economies These'

by the' rMF for the middle group in: its hierarchy of ad~anced economics, countries in transition, and developing. countries. IMF 'statistics include " the f~llowing 28'countries in transition: Albania, 'Aimenia, Azerbaijan, Belcuus~Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia; Czech Republic, ;'Estorua~Georgia" Hungary, KizakhStan, Kyrgyzstan, ; Latvia; and Lithuania. The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Moldova, Mongolia, Poland, Romania, Russia, Serbia

,

'

,

These includl Afghanistan; Ben~n; Burkina Faso; Burundi; Cen tral African 'Republic; 'Chad; . Comoros; Conge Dem;.Rep; Eritrea; Ethiopia; Gambia, The; Guine: Guinea-Bissau; "Haiti; .Korea, Dem. People's ReF Liberia; 'Madagascar; Malawi; Mali; Mozambiqu Nepal;Nigei; Rwanda; Senegal; Sierra Leone; 50111. lia; South Sudan; Tanzania; Togo; Uganda; an Zimbabwe. '

-

I-

52 Lower-Middle Income Economies ($1,006 to $3,955) These include: Angola;, Arm~nia; Bangladesh; Bhutan; Bolivia; Cabo. '.1... Cambodia; Cameroon; Congo, ' . I , ~'~~' . Rep.; Cote d'Ivoire; Djibouti; 'Egypt; Arab' Rep.; "EI Salvador; Georgia; Ghana; Guatemala; Honduras; India; Indonesia; Jordan; Kenya; Kiribati; Kosovo; Kyrgyz Republic; Lao PDR; _Lesotho;, Mauritania; Micronesia, Fed. Sts.; Moldova; Mongolia; Morocco; Myanmar; Nicara~a; Nigeria; PakistaIl; ~~p_ua New Guinea; Plillippines; Sao Tome and -Principe; Solomon Islands;'Sri Lanka; Sudan; Swaziland; Syrian Arab Republic;I, Tajikistan; Tunor-Leste; Tunisia; , " Ukraine; Uzbekistan; Vanuatu; Vietnam; West Bank and Gaza; Yemen; Rep., and Zambia.

Verde;

, n.

l

!

t

•

.

,

~I

Li~chtenstein; Lithuania;f;LiIxe1l).bourg;Macao SAR, China; Malta; Monaco; ,Netherlands; New Caledonia; New,Zealand; N~rthern;Ma~icin~J~landS; Norway; 'U~\j ~ ._' -: Oman; Palau; Polahd; Portugal; Puerto ,Rico; Qatar; '~ J .•,,:. ': 'Lt",: ..1. - tn-,'. - -,~-'T-'f-'u S~ M~r,mo; Sau~,1 ;Arab}';l;,~eycl1elles;.S~gapo~;; Smt Maarten (Dutch par~);.SlovakRep.1!bli~;SI~)Ve!1la; Spain,; St. Kitts and Nevis; St. Martin (French part); r _ -~. Sweden;' Switzerland; Taiwan, China; Trinidad and rJ' Tobago; Turks !illd Caicos Islands; United Arab'Eritir-:ates; United" Kingdom; Unitea States;' Urugiiciy,'and ~ . Vrrgm Islands (U.S;~."t ' , ~,.l • 1.... ", "," , ••" '-

-'

'-,:,".'~,

". . .

"'"'::'

F'

I

_.,.1

.

+)",

•

'-

,r -

-,

j

'.

<1",1",'.

,~

_

.'

'.

. -

~

}r

,'14"

, '.

~

:-1'"

:'

.,r

.

1,

-

r'"'

~•• ~.~_H

'~..

,'~

~ ,'_

~

:' \

1

~I

On'fheB,~~is ofDev~loPrnent (I~~(lassifica:tion) , "

\1

" ,

_

56 Upper.Middle Income Economies ($3,956 to $12,235) , These include: Albania; Algeria; Arneii~an' Safuoa; Argentina; Azerbaijan; Bela'rus;'Belize; Bosnia 'and Herzegovina;Botswana; Brazil; Bulgaria; China; Colombia; Costa Rica; Croatia; Cuba;" Dominica; Dominican Republic; Equatorial,Guinea; Ecuador; Fiji;(GalJon; Grenada; Guyana; Iran; Iraq; Jamaica; Kazakhstan; Lebanon; Libya; Macedonia, FYR;' Malaysia; Maldives; Marshall Islands; Mauritius; Mexico; Montenegro; Namibia; Nauru; Panama;, Paraguay;. Peru; Romania;Russian Federation; Samoa; Serbia; South Africa; St. Lucia; SC Vincent and the Grenadines; Suriname; Thailanda Tonga; Turkey; Turkmenistan; Tuvalu;and, Venezuela;" , 78 High Income Economies, (SI2,235 or mote) These ihclude Andorra; Antigua and ,Barbuda; Aruba; Australia; Austria;Bahamas, The;,Bahrain; Barbados; ,Belgium; Bermuda;British Virgin Islands; Brunei Barussalam; Canada; Cayman Islands; Channel Islands; Chile; C.urac;ao;Cyprus; Czech' Republic; Derilll~i-('E~to~; Faroe Is~ands;Finland; France; French Polynesia; 1<0 rmany;GIbraltar; Gre~ce;Greenland;Guam;Hong M ng SAR,China; Hungary;: Iceland; Ireland;iIsle of an; Israel;Italy; Japan; Korea, Rep.; Kuwait; Latvia;

Developed (ountries" "The,top group m, the' hier~rchy

pf

developi,r:lg countries,. forme~ U$$R/,EE, arid LDCs; includes the market-orien!ed econ; .•Ber~uda! J Israel,' South Africa; and the: Euy;ojiean'mini:states; . ,'r - ,--'.' _. s' .'~,~ ~ also known as the First WoHd, high-income coUntries, the North, indu~trial couittrie~; geile,rally hiw~ ¥'per capita GUP in ~xcess of $15~000althc,nighNu~. O~CD countries and .South Africalnave figuie~ ,well un~er. $15,000 and 'eighf of; the excluded OPEEcountries have ,figures of more than $20,000;:'the DCSln1clude: Andorra, Australia, Austria, Belgium, ,•Bermuda, Canada, Denmark,1,Eiro';: Islands, .Fililand,' France, L.r r. Germany, q;eece, }ioly Se~, ,!S~ICU;d,.~~e,la~~ Is!~el, Italy, Japan,. Lieditenstein, ,LUxembourg, Malta, Monaco; the Netherlands, NZ;Norway; Portugal, Sili Marino, Sorttll Airi~~: sp!ak,'sw~aen, 'SWltieriarid: ,.,-tr"""~ "-' TUrkey,UK,'USA. (Note: Similar to'the IMF term 'advanced n~~onoIDi~;' th~'{ mcIJde~' Harig; South Korea,' Singapore, ana' .Taiw:an;":btif.drops .j.''1<,. .•..~' ~-:, "".IV" '~'. Malta, Mexico,South;,'Afiica, ana. TUrkey.)" ~:, ',~" . i:

~

.•

,-

".

"

.

.

,

~,

~':""f

U,'

~.

1'"-"

'.

-.,'

J~

'"',~'~""

~.

1.f.L

..

II .... "(-' ...

{-I"'"

.••

'

~

,',

•

-,.1

'~~-t'.,

0""

_

.r. ..

~ r~_~,~"

t'"

,:;'

-.•

,.;I..r

,_

.. •

J

-

.-

'l-"

~.'

•.•

'.

-

I!

new

... y~,,".fl._.,~~,~

,)1'-.•

',',

~'f".:'':f<J

.:'

"~i

J,_

.~

"'''"~

~fl:

~

.••..•""'r

.•..

J

Kong~ •

l

{('H"d:"

...

,-t.1JA"';':';~';'-';<

I.

Developing Countries, ' Aterni used by,the;1MEfor,the bot:.~ tom group'in its hierarchy, ofadvariced:economies; countries in transition and developing countries.' ,',.;;

, ilill 1IIIIi',

A.96

World GeQgr~pby ~~,~7

Chapter 2

IIII'!'

Less Developed' (ountrie~.. The' bbttOltl.group, llt'the'Nerar-' cliy 'of developing' couritries~ formerU5SR) /EE;' and less developing countries; mainly, countries and inde~ pend~nt a~~as with low levels:of output, liviRg stan-:dards ~d' technology; per capita GDPs are, generally, below $5006 and often, less than $1500; however, the group also includes a number of countries with high per capita incomes"areas of advanced technology and rapid rates of growth; includes the advanced developing countries, developing countries, Four Dragons (Four Tigers), least developed countries (LLDCs, low-income countries, middle-income countries, newlY'ffidustrializing economies (NIBs), the South, Third World,. tindetdeveloped countries.

'/1111r' "\ :111

11

!\1:

1

11

:1

1

'II

I':

I'

'1;1~

11';

Ii

Ill.

I,

111 ",

,.,

Least DiNe10Ped(ountrfes" Thes~i>group'of the less 'dev~l~

djJ,#lg cou.ntries ~tiallyidentifiedby

the Ut'J General ~s's;Mlbly in 1971 a$having no significant economic ,gi:owth;. per' capita GDPs normally les~' than. $'1,0'00, and low literacy rates; also known as' the undeveloped countries. , ,.'

(ou.ntrY~(~uping~'and Sub!groupings for the Analytical Studies of the UN World Economic Survey and Qther UN Repor1~ (The designation of country groups in the text and the tables is intended solelyfor statistical Crr analyticalcof?ve;i~ence and does not necessarily expr~sJ a/udg"ement about the stage reached by a'particuldrcountrfj or ifred 'in'the aevelopment 'process).' For analytical purposes; the folloWing groupings ,.af).dsub-groupings have been-used:'

Developed' EconomieS' (developed' market economies): TIiis' group iricll.!-desEurope,exc1l1ding t1}eEuropea!t triHisitt<;?neconomies Cariad(l'and the USA, Japan, Australia, and New'Zealand.' . Maior ,D~veloped,Economie~,(the

':!!llll

1.~ :,li;I,

III 1

1,11:

i

,jl

L-

Group' of Seven): This group 'iinclud~s,Canada,Fr:a~ce,',Ger:many, Italy, Jap~" Uniteq::-'Kingdom. of Great Britain and North~ ernitel~nd;and,the USA. . ,:. '~,

Leits~,~eveloped'(o~~trie~:' Th.isgwup includes Afghanistan, Apgola,' Banglaqesh,Ben~n, J?hl1tan, Burkiila Fasci~' Bui'uridi,' ' Cambodia, , Cape: Verde; Central Arri2anR~publ{~;: CKadi 'Com&6s, DR Congo (for~erly','Zair~)~ .[)jibo~ti, Eq~atq!ial 'Gt{in.e~,E~itrea, Ethibpi~,l Gambia, Guinea',Gtliiiea~Bissau; Haiti, I9~iBatt! l;ao" Pebplk' 5,J Democratic Relhiblici Lesoth?,:' LiberHi,' M?a,ag~s~?-,r;"M;?,la~i, Ma~dives~'Maii, Mauritama; Iy1oZ,aD1biq~e,,Myanmar, Nep,aE Niger; 3 Rwanda, Samoa~ Sd&Tome' and PrinCipe, Senegal, Sierra'Leone; Solomon' Islands/Sofualia~'Sudan;Togo, Tuvalu, Uganda,'United Reptiblic'ofTanzariia;;Vanu.;: afu; Yemen,' and'Zambia: ~,~, '0' , , .'

,.'

.

The European':Union, 'The' Ell ,includes' AU,stria, BergH.hn, "'i'.•. _'_(-'1"~-'"

_'\,',r,F.'

-;.

'"-'.,\~-

.'

~._t"-,

__

'

'-."

'-""\1

Denmark, Finlarid; France, Germany, Greece, Ireland Italy, Luxembo~rg, the Netherlands, Portu'gal; spa:in: Sweden, and Northern Ireland. " ,to;t

Economies in Transition Central and Eastern Europeantransition economies (CEETEs, sometimes cbntracted to 'Ea~t~rn Europe'): Albania, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, HJRg~ry, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, and successor states oflthe Socialist Fed~ral Republic of Yugoslavia, namel)tB~snia arid Herzegovina, Croatia, Slovenia, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, and Yugoslavla5Baltic states Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania. CIS: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Republic of Moldova, RUSSIanFederation,.Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, and Uzbekistan .. , ,

~ \uU,

Developing Economies " :These include Africa, Asiaarr~:f;.the Pacific (excluding Japan, Australia, New Zea'land, and the member states of CIS in Asia) Latin America and the Caribbean:' 'J~ .

..

.~bJj

<

"

,

,/

, , .

. -'.1 d.'

. .

SUb"groupings of Asia and the Pacific: these include, Western ;

'._

••.

_.

" ..•.

I

",'._ '.

'.

.

,

',.

"

1

~.

)\

Asia and. Islamic Republic of Iran (cQltlmonlycontraded to 'western Asia'): B'ahiam, Cyprus;'~Iran (islam.icRepublic of), Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon; 'oman,' Q'atar; Saudi Arabia~Syrii:i'rt1Arab Republic, Turkey, United ArabEmirates,Y~me;"?L

Indonesia, Ira.n,,(Islap:lic;,g~p~9lic; 9f),J!'~N/.K.l1YV,ai.t; ~~xe.~bQurg, M~lta'iN~~erlandsiPoland;' Portugal; Libyan Ara~.Jam~~r}yai. l\t!e~~~~r~,~jg~!!~:.f/9IliW~! ~19y,a~fgepu~li~/ Slovenia"Spain, Sw~den, Romania;. Qatar, SaudI Arabl~/. ?ynat;',A~ab:,R~Pll1:?hc,. arl4)Jnit,~.d.:Kingdo_m:,(. :: ',. :'t~Jikist~~, developing ~c?untries of the world. Turkrnenistim, 'Ukf~iite; ~nat U@ekistari:' Geo~gia; which is not a'hieinber 6f tHe CommoHwealtlio~ ing are the cO!TIpositions~f some of the most active dia, China, ~ijii'India,Ind~~,esia, ~ribati,':1-ao P.IiR~;: groupings inAhe WTO..,' , .', , Malaysia,. Malq.ives,MarshalL IsI~n.9.s,.MicroI}esi,a~; 1

::rpm,

co~~

r

.,.-

RegionalGroupS

.'

'

... .

ACP (African,:Caribbean; andPadficCotiritries)

~9

'L .

.I,'~

,~~l

'~',i

~.~ .....),

c

AS'EAN 5'

I

.

"1,;

'~"~:•...,).

"

'., ',',

•

. "'.,

'

' ,

•.... J... i'"

,

' ".

•

.li.,.""

••,'J."~.

".,,",.

~ "f.

"

",,"

,.

">:>';.,-, ::::.

.'

'

'.',

,,~.

c=omposed, of5~Cduntries: 'Indon.~sia~:.:Malaysia;r:hi~1 ippines;, Thailand;'andA1ietnam.'/ ;:l,.;'/"'~':"f I';>};.,.;;

MERCOSUR' (Cu~toms Union) :(Arg~ntina, Brazil, Paraguay, and Uruguay). '," , , . ~.

.

f

Ivlongolia, MYcUul).ar,r;'ratllU, ~epa1!.t~I.au~':P~pta, New {;uinea,IPhilippinE7S, SaI?J.~a;Solomgn;Islahds;, Sri Laf).ka,' J1:1.,ailah.d,Timoi;Leste~, T
.

African Group ,(All Afrk~ members) APEC (Asi~)S~cific E~onomi~ Co'opeJ:"ati~n) . " EU (European Union) ,

.•

".'

,I ,~ '

:O~"".""

•

\

1'.'

E~~iiJiniiaiid1eWlopingfi~rop.t.,Gdnlp~~~~?'~E:l~c~~~;~

.

Groupswith (ommon/nterest

Caims~roup (Co.mposed of agricultural,) ,exportingrta~ions' lobbying for: agricultural,trade '. libe~alizatiori)." (~~g~ntina, Australia, Bolivia:,Brazil~ Canada> Cl'lile,bc(H6:rrtbia, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Indon'~si~"l\1alaysla,' 'New Zealand, Pakistan, Paraguay, Peru; PHilippines> South Africa,ThailaA"d/Uruguay) " ,,' i '"' "

. tries:F~4 Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina,' Bulgarja.,.' ':'.•,:',.••:~ l: . ~~, ~' ,'" .,.r Croatia; Hungary" :ESo.soyo;.F,Y~¥acedon,ia!: ¥,~mt~- , /'1 \;{, ,Jf"'~ ~.', ,li''l,l,tU: n;'g~~, .Rolart..~~;~andtl:t.e,Pa~~f~c. (i.rWl~9.ing,(ihinC,l,}ll}less of,2? ':countries: ,.Afghanis!an,AlgeriaFBciliraiu", Djic;'. listed sep~rat~IY)lTh!~ grouPDa~ in som~, case.e.been bouti, Egypt,;, Irap." Ir?-q; Jordan;. Kt;lWait,~L~9aponi. subdivided into: China South A~ia::. BaD-gla,~~sh, L~bya, Mauritani~,. Moro~co, Omap, ~'alqs~a:n;Qatar,: . . '.". +--.,-. India, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka East Asia: all other furo Area Composed of 19 countries: Aus~ria, BelSaudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia,. United' Arab, de~elopin.g' ecoriomies in Asia and the Pacific. ~'ji.~ , " ",.,,"', 'f! gium, Cyprus, Estonia, finland, France, ,Germany, Eltlinltes, and Yem. '.' ..' .'. .~ . , Sub-grouping of Africa ,Sub-Sahar~n Africa, excluding Greece,Ireland; I~aly, Latvia; Lithuania, J;-ux~mb.9urg, ;,. G-I0 (Cgaji!ion of cOlilltrieslobbyirtg for agticuP Nigeria and South' Africa (commonlycontract~~ to Malta, Netherlanas;POI'tugal, Sio~ak)~epublic;' Sloture to betr'eated a's diverse~ah4special because of venia, and Spain. , . ";' .. "f~' , ',' " :'" 'sub-Saharan Africa'): All' of Africa, except Algeria, non-tra9:~ 'concerns): (kelartd, Israel, Japan;- Reptib-' Egypt, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya, Morocco, Nigeria, lic' of Korea, Liechtenstein, 'Mcniiitius,: Norway,' Maioradvanced econo~ies'(G7) Co~p~sed ~f 7c~untrie~,: Soutn Africa; Tunisia.";' ' . '' .l'~bl' Swit~~ilan,d, Ch~~sftaipei. Not ~o,~~coilfiisedw~th Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, U:nited KingForLpaititu:lar 'analyses, developing countries the~ro\1P of Ten C:~J:ltralBa~ers), -', . dom, and United States. ' have been subdivided into the following group's: , y;;2l! (C0a.l~ti~p_?f developIng, coun!r!.~~"press-:ing. for,~i;hb!tic>iJ.,~Jre~~rIl1?. of ~grisultUp~~'iri DCs' i-vith" Other advanced economies (Advanced ;economies "excluding ,GlNet.creditodoUlltries (uThese. irtcluaeBrunei, DarUssalam, some, flexibilitY JOf" developing' cout:ltries):;';(Aigen-, and euro area) Composed of 16 countries:' Australia, Kuwait/LibyanArab Jaltlahiriya; Oman, Qatar,Saudi , tina, Bolivia, Brazil, 'Chile, China, Cuba, ~Ectiador, Czech Republic, Denmark, Hong'Kong SAR,Iceiand, Arabia, Singapore; Taiwan Province of China,JUriited Egypt, Guatemaia,i:rl¥a: fuqone~ia:Mexico;'Nigeria", Israel, Korea, Macao SAR; New Zealand, Norway, Arab,EmirCites.j." '\ ,., ',. ~l,~,., {"""~{,' Puerto Rico, S~~cM;ariI}?,.,SingClP~:W~,~;y;;~en,?~it~" PakiE't~~;"Pa.ra:guay,Peru, Philippmes, South Africa" Net:~e6tof'co'';;'iriesTh~sehlcl~de all 'other de~~I<3ping zerland, and TaIwan Provmce of Chma. T~,a:P\a, ThaH~9-~.V~?guay, Vene;z;uela,Zimbabwe)., countries of the World. ' . ,:C:-:-2~'(Also :c;all~9..'FriE;I).ds,of .?pecial Prod uds' furop~an Union,s::
,~1"','

";'to'

'~.

.;-'

_,')

,

',.

J

,~

,."

.. 1

.

""<,

.'

"',

'

,r ••

.

>'

~ '.

."

. •

.••.•

'.

,I"

'! .,,".~ '1'.

•

.

,f,.-

-

0\'"

I'"

_

&"1

,

-,'"

••

....,

•••

t,'\".

>'

~

,t} v

.

~

•

r-'1•.

..

",

A.98

I

I,

,~'.i:'

II~:::I

,

"l!l,:

, ~lill; ~ I

,

,:,1,1,

I'

1

11"il: " 1"'1:'1'1 ,' II,J:,II';

"1

RAMs (Recently Acceded Members; they are argu. 8 ing for lesser commitments in the negotiations.o~S~use LoWestLifeExpectancyatBirlh 2015 data (publishedin 2016) of the liberalization they have undertaken as part of thei,r 'membership agreements): (Albania, A::iii:).~nia, Nations Male female Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Ecuador, FYR Macedbrua 1. Sierra leone ,49.3 50' Jordan, Kyrgyz Republic, Moldova, Mongolia,ekan: 2. Central Afri~;;Repubk"" ... 56~9rr'-'-~'"5-1-~ Panama, Saudi Arabia, Chinese Taipei, Ukraine ).~:) Non-Agricultural Market Access (N~) 3. Angola 50.9 49 .• -'p,._,_.,. --"--'l counter-ll (Gr~up of developing countries seek4. lesotho .7 57; ,. --,---"-"--'~r---'~ .. ,~51_--....~'~_. ~A,,-..t~' ing flexibilities to limit market opening in industrial 5. Chad , 51.7 Acf goods trade): These include Argentina, Bolivarian 6. Cote d'ivoire .'-_. Republic of Venezuela, Brazil, Egypt, India,~gone~ .. ~,. __ ., •.... " __ .~, sia, Namioia, Philippines, South Africa, Tunisi~~ 7. Nigeria 53.4 52 Paragraph 6 Countries (NAMA - refers to' para-6 8. Somalia -~. 53.5--~---4-8--' .. _ ..••• _ .. _. .. of th,efirst version of the NAMA text. In favour of1'€duc. 9. Mozambique 55.7 .. 49 ing the number of new bindings, they wouldhfive to contribute; except Macao, China): (Cameroon'I,S9ngo, 10. Cameroon 55.9 52 Cote d'Iyoire, Cuba, Ghana, Kenya, Macao, China, Mauritius, Nigeria, Sri Lanka, Suriname, Zimbabwe). Low-income Economies in Transition (Seeking ." to secure same treatment as LDCs): (Armenia,iKyrgyz ~~public, Moldovfl. Gt;orgia ~9rmally withqrew). Most Populous Cities of the World Friends of Ambition (Se~¥pg to maximiz~.tariff (Without Surrounding Suburban Areas) reductio,ns and achieve real market access): (AustraAs lia, Capada, Chile, Costa Rica, European COnUnunirecorded ties: Hong Kong, China, Korea, New Zealand, in the Norw:!lY,'Singapore, Switzerland, United Sta~~s). Year Populations LargestCities Tropiqtl products group (Seeking greater ,mar1. Shanghai (China) 242,56,800 2015 ket access for tropic~l products): (Bolivia, BoliVarian 2. Karachi (Pakistan} ",,",,.,k-.,.,~_~,,,",,.~._ ... 235,00,000,20J6 .. ' Repl,lblic of Ven~z~ela, Colombia, C()sta Ric~i;,Ecua•..__ h_..,,,~_,,.,__ ,.,.....--,,_ ..,;;." ... =_.•.•~."'.....J dor, £01Salvador, Honduras,' Guatema,la, NicaI~gua, 3. Beijing (Chinal, ..~,~~:~~,OOO .. Pal).ama, Peru). '

Bolivia, ,Botswana; China, Congo, Cote d'Ivoire, Cuba, Dominica, Dominican Republic, E1Salvador, Grenada, Guatemala, Guyana,' Haiti, Honduras, India, Indonesia, "Jamaica, Kenya, Repuplic of Korea, Mauritius, Madagascar, Mongolia, Mo~ambique, Nicaragua, Nigeria, Pakistan, PanaIha, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Senegal, Sri Lanka, Suriname, Tanzania, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkey, Uganda, Venezuela, Zambia, Zimbabwe). G-90 (Coalition of African, ACP, and LOCs): (Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belize, Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Central African Republic, Chad, Congo, Cote d'Ivoire; Cuba, DR Congo, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Egypt, Fiji,Gabon, The Gambia, Ghana, Grenada, Guinea, Guinea Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Jamaica, Kenya, Lesotho, Madagascar, Malawi, Maldives, Mali, Mauritania, Mauritius, Morocco, Mozambique, Myanmar, Namibia, Nepal,Niger, Nigena, Papua New Guinea, Rwanda, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Solomon Islands, South Africa, Suriname, Swaziland, T~ania, 'fogo, Trinida<;l,and Tobago, Tunis~a,.ug~da,',ZaIDbia, Zimbabwe). ' '. Sotton.,.-4 (Main, African Cotton prod1J.cers): (Benm, Burkina, Chad, and Mali). SVEs' (Small arid~Vulnerable Economies); (Barbados, Bolivia; Cuba, Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Fiji, Guatemala, Honduras, Mauritius, Mongolia, Nicaragua; -Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Trinidad andTobago) ..

III,

;.'1jI'l"\11

"

'1":1

,

,

Lowestpopu~on Density

I

Nations

Highest pop:tion>Density

Per km2

,Perkm2

Nations

'"

..

.

.-"

.--~

ill

il

r:-;:-:-:-

110. Namibia

I ~'

,

3.65

(World,Bank20)6 Data} .

8.' Ma!tf_:_., ~:.~(;!1~ 9. Bangladesh 1,266 ' 10. Maldives

1,252

Male

1. Japan

• __ "" •• _._____

.

\",n-

.

J/'to

-_.,_.~

..,~""_~o";;=

••.•••••••.•

80.5

3. Spain

.

r---'-"~"--"

.

r--""'''" --------------

.•

@)

o

5. Dhaka (Bangladesh)

LowestInfant Mortality Rate (Deaths per 1000 Birthsl Nations

6. Guangzhou (China)

_.i,.'-.~.....

1.Afghanistan'

11J(l.63

-"_" __

,

....

.

78.8. 79.4

-y~.------------..,.. _...:.-~~.- ._-...'.-~~..

__

:"""••.--"W<"".---:._

..__

._

.. :-_~

__

3. Mali .... 4. Som-;rr;;--

.•,-----

.•••.•••..•. ,-.--"-.~-"""'"-~.-.,

98.14. 3. Singapore '94.75-7.Ber~i:la

.._.,

..•.

---",,-,,_.-.~'.-

i'~

2.38

__

"...

" .:••..-"•.•_._ ..

~.

ItaIX" c , 9. Israel ~.r - ..__.-,I 10. Iceland

J .,

j

--_.~

10. Moscow (Russia)

---U'8

__,~",,_~_:;,>

2015

.",

_,

135,13,734

__

•••._,_

,-'~

,~~_.

.

10. Malawi

~3.]1

72.23

68.67

9. France

~,-,. .

Nations

l

10. Italy

.80~_. 80.6" 81.2

-'

'__ '_~-""".~"""""'

121,97,596

..

dF

1

~.",~ 84:..~....,..._J 84;3 ",,"-"'----., ,.\ 84.1

,."'"

~i

6.26

I

~ __

'

21),243,220 ..~- .. _,.

4'-

._.~.:.-

.••,-_._~

__ ..#

.•••••••

""~

.••

,.,_._.---I

.•

_~.~ __

._ ,.1_6:..~~

....•......•••••

.

_..__w_ 3.7?~.;'--- ---.....

-'1

1?~,7 44,376

~_~~.7

I

..'

7. Nigeria . 191,835,936 62 __2015 _.-, . r;~~I~d~~h"-1-64:a'27~718' ----'43.3 2016 ! ~-">..._---~ ....

L_ ..,.... ""'C'_.

....-_""" ..

,---

' __

9. Russian :'"

1 ..

-"-"-'''''''--~-'-r,

r

2015

j

.<

-'-'e

,----

-

143,375,006

, 126,045,211

..

"l

_

•.

0.03

."._",---

i 10. Japan

t -,.

~

--..J

Mar 1, 2011

,

'.-=-- ...._..w-.,1.6~', ••••-_-_

_~_6,3,~10,146

6. Pakistan _'

-

,342,512,706 - -23:62 . "--'I

326,474;013 ....-.-•.. ~

5. Brazil

1. The day of 5 bijli~n. '''-July 11, 1987 . -~_.-.-...-.~----_. -'-----""'"--~.-.-..-..~ 2. The day of 6 ~I!i.?n~~_ Oct 12, 199~

2. The Day of 7 billion

.

,••••• -_l".___-~._

1,388,232,693

~.lb._ .." .... ,•...

...• ~ .,.-- -.••. -..,.. .•••. -~~

World Population Milestones (Designated by the United Nations Population fund [UNPfJ)

3.25

--- ...•.•..-'""i

Population Living Below $ 1.25 : (ppp) Per day, %

.•...'1

~. United States F-~ _ .. -,.~.,",_ . ,.,...-.~

~

3.19

--~c......_~.

__ -__

Total Population 2017 est.

1. Chino

':'2.'1r,dia~--_

@)

'- .

:_~.7"-

t

,

..

f

G) World's Most Populous

y

-:-::!~]}~~__-~~:1~,~~~.

-~~

"l,,~

l_~:~"'~!2e.sia

-'-'-"""",,-~-

124;78;44720) •••••

85.5

_. ".~ . 85.~ " .. J .85.4

,

Federation

.. -.~~~_.-_._.--_.-~.-.""

"

.

:~,-,-J

;--

2017 '"-'--.

140,43,500

--'-'-"'\""'''''-'.-''~'''"","!-'

9. Mumbai (India)...

80.1

L.?.:-~~~!~rland __ ....._ .." _.~_1.:~ __ ",..,,-~5 7. Australia J:~80.9 84.4

.1

~5n6

-140,25,000 ..•....•. ._--, ....•

--

_--_

7. Istanbul (Turkey) 8.TokyoUapan)

'1'!84 2.0

.... 1.fv\on(]co

2. Ni~r"-."W~"'9(f12'~"~"2'.Japan' "

145,43,124 --~.~.~ .,'-

-"-~

..86.8

l

160~60,303

Highest Infant Mortality (Deaths per Natio~s 1000 Births)

.

---'."

~S..?~!~~O!.:9 5. France

;I

..

4. lagos (Nigeria)

I

female

:'-"_. "~._'_ - _.._ _ _.. ~ .._._,,, .._~ .. _., ._ e-.-.. ] !. ?.....s~gEP~~: _ . _.. . .~0~9 .._ .". ~?~1 _

;

-..2?2.~

,_"I

___ ----'-

~_~

"

8. A'ng~~ .. 9. Burkina Faso

,"

~'V._

I Nations

J~pan,

[~~8~1~~19.~dciT~.3.~~~~. . 9. libya ' 3.52

_.~.

!

"

•.


e

5. C~htral Af~ic6~~;a6.32 5. Sweden 2.72 Republic •. ,1'\\ . r ". I fl 6~Guinea-Bissau ",•. j'5'.'68=~=~:-1j.9129.~CW9_ '2.86 7. Chad. '..h85j"6 . 7.'Macau; '3~09

"r.

,

1:...

LGreenland 0.13 1.Monaco '"25,510 i"2."Falkland 0.15-" Macau 20:280 il--.-.o?---r:"":" Islands , ... 3: Mongolia 1.82 . 3. Singapore .. 8;,263, 4. Western . i.15~4~ Hong Kong -'"7,049 , Sahara 5~7~~ri~h. "---:i.-fi-'-s. Gi~ 3)74 . :;'G~yariciil ',L,.' 'I, ',~ . ",' [ 6. Guy;--=-:I~:I~ mrain 1,.~66_,. '7:'SltrfiiOMe "3!40 " '7. Vatic~~'CitYn, 1,820" 1.

1' .. __

Highestlife Expectancyat Birth2015 data (publishedin 2016)

-----5i3--~..~-50-.'1

C~~

I

.'.

World Geography .~A.99

Chapter 2

"..

,;~:,:-

0.35 !.

I).•

.~..

.

I

@) World Populati~n Mileston~s (Designated by the United I Nations Population fund [UNPfJ) !

"~.'"t'Th~Day __'

'-,~ _" .' 2024 ."~ _e(Expected)" ,_.. .

o(S billion

L~' The Da}'",?f9 billion

6. The Day of 10 billion

_ ..~~!!..~2045j~2'pe:.te_d)

.\ J

2056

--

!\Il' '{",I, w

A.1 00

Chapter 2

World Geo'grapl1y

1\,: 'I~I;

Ii

: "II:

IIIil,

4Dl Largest A9glomerations.(PopulationEstimates, Rank

,'"

1

Country

Population

Remark

Guangzhou-(Canton)

China

48,600,000

Northern, PearlRiv~rDelta; in~1.Dongguan; Foshan,' •. Jiangmen, Shimzhen, Zhongshan ,,' ,, o'~ --

t ~.-~.",~" __ -_-"",,-,,,-,,-""'_.

i 2

I~

_~

L4 5

,

'II'

7

r--8

I

..." ~, ,__

9

r-

l~li'

110

r 12 13 .

.~ .. __

-~

15 ~

Jak~rt~,

._.

31,100,000

India

.__,.__ -_-,==-_-__--~~~iS!~~ ,.,__

27,200,000

Korea (South) 24,800,000

Manila

._._ ..",,'_""~_.._.._

"

__ ~ .._==-'e,_w

Ml.Imbai

' .

.

Ciudad de Mexico

Ilill:

-

,.

',

,=_._.~ ..---.....-.~,"-""----.--'----'--.--."'_.,,'--.

incl. Nezahl.lalc6yotl, Ecatepec,Naucalpan

~

incl. Kalookan, Quezon City ~-

••••.•

; ..

.

. ' __--". .. ,

'.,

-----.-----,,---- ..-----

'. China.

J

._J

••• '-----~.-.

USA , ,Nigeria

~

7,70i"9<20

__ !

._

•••••

-"

incl. Himeji, Kobe, Kyoto, Sakai ~incl. A'l,aheim, Rive~,,~~~ ,

16,200,000

~.;

Germany ..

'JS.

UK

Italy Japan Indonesia

'.

• Source:The International Institute of Strategic'Studies. The Military Balonce 2015_ All fig'ures are estimates'only.,'~ ' • Under NATD weapon sharing, _ , •

'-=,: -:li

# Ukraine inherited- nuclear weapons, It has acceded to the nuclear non-proliferation treaty os nonnucl~or state (19941;t " ••••

People of the World

" ""

=--~_, ......,,:__

__

World Population: Based on the' World Bank Report and United Nations statistics, the world's population in2016is 7.4billion and will rise to 11.2billion by 2100.

',,~~-,=-~--' •••• "~:••"-_~.~~~" ' ._=~' ,

. ,,11"',

2.,_~=~_,_'~ ..=~_----==

.'

,I

i~c1.Haora

* Aggio~erations incl~d~ a ,~ent~alcity and n~ighbouring communities'-linked to ii (e,g.) by continuous built-up areas or commuters. Some agglomerations have'morethan one' cem\ral city_". ' . . -\.

'TJ6. 17.

# Ukraine is under suspension.,--

."----,

incl. AI-Jizah, Hulwan, Shubra al-Khaymah

_Russia ,__ - 17; :22~0-.92~ .--

France

20.

_

.

__}

'17,600,000

15.

19.

incl. Bridgeport, Newark, New Haven

7,4Q~LOOO_~_~:=_"'~'

India

,,"

90~.9j=-~-_--c---- __ : --,-,-.-.. '__'_"" __._'. 17,800,000

Vietnam

~.il'

20,700,000

---:--~anl:lladesL-17, Japan

13. __1,4.

~~'

21, 900,000", ""lndGuarulhos

.

,.-

22,300,000

"

I 1..

__

Mexico

~'-.~'~,

Bra~~

Kolkata

_~

inc;:1. Bhiwandi, Kalyan, Thane, Ulhasnagar,Vasai-Vira~

- -

_

S!i0 Paulo

•.

~'~~__

23,600,000

.,',

22,200,000

' Lagos'

__

,-"--,-~--~-----,---,',--~-.,

USA

Osaka

_F

India

~._~_""_.

._-~-----

'

~,,12.

...-..-

incl. Bucheon,Goyang, Incheon, Seongnam, Suweon

New York

..

.

.•••..••• ~-~.~---~-

24,100,000

._>.,., __'_ •...

__ I)tL_~,:'--..

Beijing

--

Philippines ..' ..,.

_.,~~~'N~.'."

~0"-Mo~10~s~w) 21

__ ••_._"_._..-

incl. Faridabad, Gha~iabad, Gurgaon

25,10QPO~. __

K~ung,!~pj~9~1:l,~~~~ !f0i9n~-,_~~=! 19' '. AI-Qa nirah (Cairo) 'Egypt 1-7,100,000

'~II

~_'

..-.-"-----".----'-----"""-~------,.--'----.,--.--~'

lJa -,11~l

incl. Suzhou

-.-__'

__ 28,~gO,0_~~,_,.i~~~~~9si,_~I:l0r, Dee5'~!,.Ia~g~E9nl:l,T~I:l:.~1:lSelatanl

.. ,_~don~:sia

Seoul

-_~,.-.,,--_'

....•.

incl. Chiba, Kawasaki, Maebashi, Sagamihara, Saitama,,! Utsunomiya,Yokohama "'._n_ "'" ""' ~- .• 1 ~--..

.._ -, I

_---.c ----

..• _'__

- -.'"'W,",'-,_

39,800,000

, China

Delhi

. Los Ang;le~ 17

~ ••'-------

._, '"' .'-._".____._-

-

IT4-~h~k~ .__ . ~llIi

...•...••.""""•. _

Shanghai

L_~__ j~~_~i 11

--''''.".-

Japan

...,.,,,.,~__ ."..

3

!I"

.__

Tokyo

"

't'- •

2017}

Name

,;1

"

(Continuec/)

Ari 0 1

1 .

I

~I': 'I

l

1,li

, ~I!

(Continue

:>

Populationestimates(Inbillions~

3,678 ttft 1970 4.478 tntt 1980 5.333 tftttt 1990 6.07 ftttttt 2000 6.7 tftttf. 2006 . 6.9 ttttttt ~ - ,).,1 _;, . '2011 7.25 tttttttt . MILESTONES 2014 Whenwill we reach 7.7 tttttttt nextbillionestimated 2020 8.1,ttttt.... .-1'---.. .. 8 in year'2024 '2025 L..y'" 8.75 ttttttttt 2035 ; ). 9.35 tttttttttt Y 9 in year2040 " 2045 9.5S:tttttttttt, . 2050 '. Y 10..in year2056 10.4 ttttttttttt ,'.., ..' .' 2075 0;

.

4"

~':<~, f'J\- ~.'

'~~lt~':.;. '.....

..'

i

••

~_

•••..

I

GrowthRate According to 2017 estimatt;~, the.popul~~ tion will likely f6'mcrease by 2.3 billiori'over'theneXt 36 years passing the;current 7.25billiont6 9:55billioh in 2050, and to 10 bollion bu year 2056. , Birth Rate: The birth rate '~ilich-cw"ag<{~s~irK~t~~O~~t 30.4/1000 in 1975, had reduced.to 28/1000 in the 1990s and was 25.6/1000 in 2000.Recent estimates of 2016 suggest the birthrate to be '18.5/1000.: '. .

,

.

~'l:

.

;,

J'J ....• ,.-.,.:~.-\

tti ~r/

r'....

~r'~~ ~~;t.

.:=""1 \ ~A

:'

Death Rate' The death rate estimated1at

123/1000 in 1975, reduced 10/1006''~ -th~1990s and was expected to reduce t~,9ii(job'by2000.For the year' 2016, it was 9.5deaths/10QQ.

to

"

>

~

>.

The annual iIlcrease in~the world population 'esh- , mated - " "., at 1.8% .•..," r,in2000; was'reduced to 1.1%in 2017. .'!. ,"'

__

ft.

•

Highest Birth Rate .Nige~ ~ .Africa is .repo~ted to have the highest birthrate iiC'thJ' tvorId,',.that !s, about 44.8/1000 of populati

. _',

~;;. " .. -c.

b RI:~n,t '4rh. ': - ;', •.

•

"I

I

' ~

Lowest ~e~th" Rate" Qat,ar: (1'.50/1000) ,as per 2015 estimates.

--

11'1\11'

I,' A~ 1 02

lillll~

I

Chapter 2

World Geography, A;-103 :=--Countries

-

:!II

Miscellaneous Facts About Population of- the World

,

~~

-=

The esiimate{population as o(August 15, 2017, i~ 7,524,786,QOO_ About 90% of the world's population lives in thtNbr'the,Hemisphere_ Out of this about 60% population live in Asia alone; and 30% lives in the temperate latitudes (mainly Europe), Gr, barely 1% lives beyond 60° north, au •

;",1"

•

~.'

Asia is the most densely populated continent in the world followed by Europe (including Ru~sia),South America and North Americe China is the world's most populous country with over 13,,888,232,693 people as on 15 August, 2017. About 18% of theo"",orla populat\on lives in China alone. The average density of population is estimated around 148 persons/km2 and that of IndioJis 45; persons/km2, The Chinese province of Macau (Macao) on the southern coast of China is the most densely populated t~:~itory, 4,61,833 in an area of 25 km2 with a density of 18,000 per km2.

Illi

.'

Name of Natives

Afghanistan

.

Belgium

Abhors

Mongolians

Afridis

Inhabitants of the north-west frontierin Pakistan

~-..-"-'

Denmark

.. --

Finland

, , III

:' '!I"

,~~

t

~ r,I

~

Tribe living in CentrarAsia

~WiS-'

~--pe-o-p-Ie-o-f-N~e-w-Z-';~Ic:~~

. Afghan

.. .."

'"

----

_.~--..

t~IOAfrikaner

..~J ~ •

'.,

i

Tribelivi~n .__. __ >~

-'0"

~

'j.;'

'

.

•

j

,

Wandering

'_,'

Maoris _____

I

'

';

Cossacks

Inhabitants of so~thern and eastern frontier Russia

FN-ip-p~o;~e

~.

II

~

Filipinos;'

II'III'}I

..

Gorkhas M~;tial

_ .. -:..

1""

'Hottentot;

~._J

AAexican

-f'.

.,

~ lJ

,I

Ass?m..

.

'

race o~Nepal.,-c"_. ~'.'

-

:,'"

_'I'"

_

f

•.•. ,

,-,

~ffris 'Kardart

Khasis

I

J

c.

,

~':"

'

•

Mar;ial race of South Africa

.

l -

.'

Sherpas' 1'.-----

ISlovenes L___ Swahili

J [

..Todas _______

__________________________

Tuareg

!

tic

Berber p:;ple

I

M05'L•. , __

_,~._

._.-

~ .... ---,---'-----,,_.

.' ~ __,,--;:

_

.

-c,'".,

oJ

Portuguese ,~""'

,"'fu~

.

,~"""'"'__._,_"

1

,......

~-------"'.'

-,

Sweden of

--

"""",'

.,.<,.-......,,_"" .._"

.. "

Spaniard

.

._-

•

Switzerland

Swede"

.".~

I '., 'Swiss

,--~~

f

_,---'-''''_-''',_.'_''''''''

1

,. '

.• .......,..-~~"'"'-,

.••••,.,,,J

"

I

Ancient Civilixatiol'ls Civilization Indus- valley Roman

-'---

I

Location River Indus

.'"""'-----_. ••_/

._'

Egyptian -.

Sumerian

-"-~-------, -'. "._------~ -...,

••?".

Rive~Tiber -...u __ .

'__

}

, __

River Nile

"

--

"_ ~!g~!~~~c!.th~ Eup~':9!~~ __ . j

Celtic

River Rhine (""

~

"?i

A GLOSSARY OF GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS

People living in former Yugoslavia: of Slavic origin " __ ,, People living in parts of Kenya and Tanzania

t

j.

slopes are called so because they gro~ ihlprofusionon. the upper slopes of the Alps, c'. ,";' '.'

~

.

:

..'

,.

,'

,

•• "

~

'j'

I

.t, ..' t.

~J~'

Alps The central, grea,testmountain,csystern:nof Europe, consisting of an arc of .fold mountpins run';' ning about S00kJ?:1..Its 'high,est peak is M6tlt Bi?ili~, .

•

,I .. ,!, ~.

t

,'....

.: l,

t...

'"';-

l

Altiplano A high plain in the Andes mountain~" Spe~; cjfically, it refers taa barren plateau 3960 mabo.v:e.the sea level in Bolivia.,_" ,'. ~ ,Vil" ,_

Altitude '.

" ''1

.. ,';

.; .• '1""l:;~4¥~'l.

.

Y'. ~.

(i) Height or elevation of a place measured above , sea level (usually, measured ill'feet or metres): (ii) Angular distance measured ,.vertica~y," for example; heavenly booy, abovethe~hc>rizon:) Since.sea level is contiliuously:changmg:with1;the,tides, a~tandard sealeveFaf Liv:erpool has, been, fixed, as the! mean sealevel. ,This. is the: zero line Jrom which theheight'of a place is measured (see mean sealevel): ','

Altocumulus It is a cloud fohi\ation ~ade'{Ip of s~aiE round, white, or.greY1c.lo~q~,masse.d c.!o.s~lytog~ttiir:' ataheightof?S.o0.:-6000m .. , 'j ,',j' In,-! ~",',vrtv,

Accretion It is the gradual building up of water-borne

Altostratus It is a tYPe'9f c~oud tnat forms a. glick, grey:'.

A pastoral nomad !i'ling in th!'l.Sahara dese~

Advedion It is the term used to refer to the m:o~ement

People liVing in South Africa; belonging to the Bantu family. _

of Warm air from tropical to tempenite.latitudes fromsea to land. .. ." ,

..~-..--

~~

faceby the rubbing action of wind, water, or ice and movementof debris. materials,such as mud and sand in.an area that is regularlyflooded. "

,., .__ "~

.•'

Alpines The typical plants of high mo~tain

Abrasion Wearing-away of parts of the, Earth's sur-j"

_- ._-_._-------'

'

and deposited in river beds. Tl1e,richest/agr,i~ultiual regions are on the fertile alluvial plains in thenuddle' or lower courses"of'rivers; fon~xample;' the'Gm;g~s' basin.' . . "',' ,',: ';'.t"

(~

,--._,',--

.

.

"~

r

_,~._A' '.-"

Natives of Nilgiri Hills "'.. _.__ ,_.-.,M '

western boundary warm current of south-west Indian Ocean that flows down the east coast of Afric~. The Agulhas Current is formed by the conflrience oillie warm Mozambique and East Madaga~ca:r' Curr~ritsJ which meet south-west of Mad,agascar. (See -B~rigitela Current). ,., . " ,f. 1\ ' '~'-')

4810 m.'.;

Tribe on the border of Tibet and Nepal ..•-_. ~.._"----~

Agulhas .current It is narrow and swift and1the iargest

~

Dutch .

_I"

._ ... _.,'_" __

.--"._,~-'._,,,,""~,,

r;-;--'--"---'-_._'-~'''-~'-"--I Zulus

" •••'''"-,,'.-i

Mongol

_ ._,

foimihgan area mtc{forest'. ".,r.;(~ ,'4:1\ 'S Agglomerate A mass, of broken rocks odumps of;lava thrown out by a volcano 'and cemented to£orirl.',ash:..

Alluvium The fine sand or silt,brought do~ by rivers .~

~,-=.~"_ .,.,,,,,.. ',.,,''',''.--.~ ..~,""="~~~.,,-

p~'

. AHorestation .. Planting of trees ori.barrenland~O'fhtrii~~

I

---~-:-.~_ ...

"D~scenda;;ts of Austric'rac~, now ii'ving in the forests of central and northern India~ Tribe of Meghalaya

._

. 1

_

Sarni people inhabited Lapland region, Lapland is a cultural region largely within the Arctic Circle in the north of the Scandinavian Peninsula.

'

of South-West Africa _

•••.

Original Inhabitants of North America;. (named so by Columbus who though that he had discovered India).

lSarni

l

,'Pastoral'nomads

j •.. ~".'

__

--,-...

___

the Netherlands

1'''''''''''''.--.--."..,.,

.

__ ."""'...,--1

,

'1"",

I

-,i

--I

'r~(~-T--";"--'--'-"'~--'-'-"--

~,.

'-.-

Term used for the In~h-a-b-ita-n-t-s-o-f-B-el-g-iu-m-.

,qi~~s;, "..~!II trjb.eof

I

.._-

. Natives of. P~ilippines

~mish .

,

~

....J

__ ._-~---j

Mexico

People I;-vin-' g-in Japan.----'-.-_,'-""""""

Red Indians

Ancient people of South India !'(Non-Aryans) . ., Inhabitants of the Arctic Circle and Greenland

'.-

__

'--,---------_._ ..

Inhabitants of Croatia

I Eskimos

_.

,...

Dark - skinned race of Africa

~~

,4,

••

A mixed tribe of A~~band AAorocco .,,_,_ . ... _,__ .

BI,anks

Ancient Dravidians of Central India

Dravidians

._

__

------"j~ish

----

! l

tribes of Ara,bia,and North Africa

,I'

!

, __

..- ...-.-.-

Malay

Portugal

~akist~n)--

Natives of . New Zealand • __ . ...

I f Moor.

Bils

[Croats

__

Waziristan

,-,-

Malaysia

Spain

:_i~_h~_~_~_~_~~_~_fa_t~_~_:;_,m_~_;~~_;_d .. l0 __ A_'u.~ __o~_wf_ia_ IiI~vv_iin.:Jd

Bedouins

~,

IMasuds

Pooplewho ;nvoded Bdta;no~

saxon~

'ill,:

• •

Dutch - born South African race

---~,

-_ ... -.__ .... _--_.

~

,;.d1~

..• ~

Greek

_

Inhabitants of Hungary

-

.•-.~-Fi~n--~--~--.----l

",'~'--~'---

Morocco Magyars

Cypriot C~ng~l~s;"

---[)~~e-'-""--'-'

Mongolia

J'I'

Iii

Kirgiz

living in the Assam region

..

Cyprus Congo

Ireland

I rTrib;~and Races

I Tribes and Ra~s

I

=_~~.~~g~--==-=== __]

~try

Greece

b

I

a~d 1h;irl;;habitants

sthF

or

or

ish blue sheet veil'araheignf6fabotit Sometimes, it causes heavy rain: I," -

.

•• t.->

~i-,

<

~

;'

\...,..

.~t!";'~'w'l

200~000

-,""I:' " •. i f'i.".-::"'~,;..

:'.'/

m:-~:.

_;-

Aleutian Low ana Icelandic Low. Along Ithe<.polar, front and'the'series o(
~

F

~

A.~O~Chapter

~ I'll '

2 ,I')

,: -' 'AntiCline"

"

.~

11

"'1 f

,

I'~IIII'

.•,:,:

• ~ :; ,'0J

t

~

.• ,

,

flattened out in the shape of a blacksmith's anvil (see cumulonimbUS).

Apogee and Perigee The position in the orbit of the Moon or any planet farthest from the Earth is called 'Apogee', and the point nearest to theEarth is called 'Perigee'. . ,

,\~~!II':

,As an adjective, the term describes the South Polar regions. 'noun, it refers to that part 'of Earth's sutface thcit lies within the Antarctic Circle (latitude 660 south). , ",' 'J ,,' ,

Asa

.~fiJJ.'~,

I •.•

',-.~.j

'.1."'

";

~.

f,.".

."

'_

Antq!~~ic Circle, It is an imaginary circle on the Earth at 23,50 from the South Pole. There is perpetual day dtiringsouthern mid~sumirter~ perpetual 'night ,drirmgsouthem midLwinter; OWing to 'the ihclmation ofthe'EartMiaxis; the' Sun'dot!s not set here on One day, around December 22, (southern"mid-~urii.mer) and, doe!,! not rise on one day, ,around Jun~i ,2~, (southern mid::'winter). , , .. lurj,.t

.

.

.J1{r

.'.

,.

•

Anticline and Syncline An anticline:isa fold with strata

'ii'III~,

I, ~

II t!111111

I'li

,lll

'r)

Figure A.2.4

Bending of Strata in Anticline'.~nd .Syncline 'n'

.".

(!,!p~ed)~and ..the direction of wind is measured, usua!1y in km/1,l or m/ s. ,

:'/'t,J:""" ~;

Aphelion It is the point in its orbit at which a heavenly

~

4ne,!,~m~ter" "It is'¥.l iJ;\strument by w,hich the velo<:ity

An;alHic

lil:,!IIIIII'

• ~

sloping' downwards 'em both 'sides from a' common crest.to'~form~an 'arch.. The top ot the' arch, being pressed>upward;is:the loosest and we~kest part and as such is quicRlyeroded. ASYncline is'il low"troughlike area in bedrock with rocks inclined'together from opposite sides'; The rocks'atthe lowestpar.t are under great pressure from all sides ,become compact and ~%1t'I~,d efgd,e SI?"Y~Y.i (F!guWA:~.4). ., "i't " . "

winds (see trade .

Anvil Cloud It is a Cumulonimbus cloud whose'top is

Andes, It is the mountain system which extends from north to south of ,South America along the'P9.cific co~st measuring abo~t 8000.kn).al!d forms the backbone of that contment. Its highest peak is Ojos del Salado, 7084 m. It is the highest mountain in the Southern Hemisphere and the second largest mounfciirt"rangem the World. ""

south isantitrade to the north and . . winds).

Anaerobic This .term is used. in describing animals capable of living without oxygen.

11 1!"

" 1\(

Australia and New Zealand the' Antipodes'BecauSt they are at the opposite end of the Earth.liAt th~ antipodes, both the seasons and day andJ1nigit are reversed. While one place experiences,,}Vinter the other faces summer. Change of seasof)., how, ever, does not apply to thean.tipodes of equatoria regions. The antipodes of any place on the eqUator~ also on the equator, and so has exactly the same sea, son, While it is noon at one place, it is mid!light a! the other. The antipodes of any region, being at th~ opposite'side of the world, differ from one'~a'hother by 12 hours in tlme. L",.. . ,. "'tt" ,

,,','

,

,

•

\1' (.f,

Antitrades (4ntitrade ., Winds) The. trade winds!;'.;;blow towards the. equator throughout the year fr()m th~ north-east and the south-east. The hot light ait:along the equqtor is pushed out and flows over the)trades "J

Northern Hemlspherefrictfon-Iayer pattern" .

,~

body or planet is farthest from the Sun. The Earth at this point Guly 14) is'a~out94 million (151 million km) from the Sun (see Perihelion).

Appleton Layer It is a layer in the ionosphere about 150--400km higp,that reflects radi<;>waves back to the Earth. It was named after Sir Edward Appleton, the physicist who discovered it (see Ionosphere).

Arable Land It is the 'land that is used for growing cropsor is suita~le for,~ultivation.

Arc of the Meridian'" It is, a measurement made along.a meridian (line of longitude) to discover accurately the shape and size 'oithe.Earth.

Archipelago A gro~p of islands. is called ' archipelag~'. Thename was odginally given by the Greeks, to t}:le Grecianarchipelago in the Aegean sea and has, since, beenextended to any group ofislands:The five main archipelagos are Indonesia, Japan; the ' PhiHppmes, New Zealand, and the British Isles. The largest archipelagic state in' th~' world; by area' and population, is Indonesia. The archipelago with the most islands is the Swedish East Coast Archipelago, which contains Stockholm, Archipelago and. connects' to the world's second largest archipelago, the Archipelago Sea in Finland. The prominent ,Archipelagos are the EastIndies, the West Indies and the frozen Archipelagosof northern Canada and Siberia. !

Arctic The regiJ~~ of the NbJ;'th!Pole th~t li~ near

outward from high pressui~' fegioIt ~t 'the 'cei-ltie toj\;a~d.s:..!he!QyVTpres~,"re; r.egio~ rotllld it. ,The:winds blow spirillly outwards in a clock;"YisedirectioniJlthe NorthemHemispherea.~d an anticlqckwise direction in the Southern Hemisphere (Figure A2.5). '. .

the pole; the region within the Arctic circle (latitude 66°32'north). .., ~,' 3" "

h~fl0.•. ~_ 'Ir.'!,

~' ',' .1::"h.

r

~- i,'

~,",f,(/.l;.i.'~

,f')

,. ",-J

An!ipod~~, PI~ce,(st)~a! ..~re '.rtijim~trical,ly?opposite ,to e~ch,9ther. r~~pl~,in ~!itah;~,':s?me!irnescall

j

',Ii

Anticyclonic divergent clockwise flow 1"-)'

~'r"'":

?'.

,.figu,reA.2.5:

-

Cyclonic convergent counterclockwise floW .

I',

-

1"-'

- t •... ~

<;:irculation of Air .in'Anticycl'c;ne (Northern Hemisphere),.. "',,

North Pole. During the mid-winter, North Pole witnesses perpetual night up "tosiXmonths. ..' "',' " .

,

'

Ardic Circle An imaginary circle on the Earth at a distanceof 23.5° from the North Pole. When the Sun is overhead on the Tropic of Cancer, all'places within theArctic circle haVe perpefual daylight: 'llie period ofcomplete daylight increases up to six months at the

~ '" -'

......~

,sea ,nor~f.th~:(~rctic cirCle surro~ding theN
Artesian Basin When a basin-shaped layer bf~porous rock on the Earth's crust' is trapped 'between layers of nonporous rock, water accumulates in the porous rock forming an artesian basjn. . .....

Artesian' Well Artesian' well is made'l;y boring dotvn to saturated layers of rock in an art~siah' L~yers, of impervious rock '(usuallyclay)~iten;ate with layers of s~d or chalk, with layei'6ff6ck, on the surface, which thus appears flat. All arte'sian well iStp::tad~by boring,throug~ th~ ~pper:J.aye.r~tc;!ay, and tapping the water-soaked layer afJsandorchalk below. The water usually gushes out, so~etiwe~to a height above ground ~evel.In India, .such'wells are found iil Hoshiarpur district of Punjab and~al).gra in l-liIriachal Pradesh;'''''''''' " t 1 "'I

basrrl.

a

'j

••....• "

. '.

.

';".'

...

•

.-

.

'_," 1',

"~,I

j

_~

','"

l"

:'"1

\:1:'

Ast~enosphere

Soft semiflui~: lay~rsor roc,k on whi<;h. the Barth's continents and ocean .floors float., The ~sthenospbere is ~ I;~rtpf :th~~~rthis,~a~tle"the ~e~.t of,whichis s<;>ljd both <;l1:?ove an':!be~~w. ", " .

Atmosphere 'The'envelope of mixed gases and',water vapour that surrounds the Earth up to a height of some 480 km. Dry air consists of about !8% nitrogen) 21% oxygen and argon; carbon' dioxide, helium 'and, some other gases make'up th~r~Inaining 1%.'Air.is r .. ta~t~less,.odp~rless, aI}? 9?lpl:1r~~~,~' Jhe a~,o~pp,~r~, varies at differentaltituqes and Jor. this reasonit is ,:!escribe'd0)ayer~., ::- ' , , ', .... " .'. ,~ .• •

'"

'J

1 ~'

••••..

'.

,,~"\

" .•• ~"J,'\J.iI.

~.

'~''':i;

Atmospheric Layers . The atmosphere! has' been divided into sub-spheres; according 'to ,the general, characteristics of temperatUre vahah6ns.'The various '.,;.J'-~'H~".~l. atlhospheilc layers are troposphere, ..stratospnere, ionospher~ and ex6~phe~e.. ,/.j ,'; ••'-1 I.• '; .' • ,:', ~. ',.'.

••.•

li

-<'.:

j!c!~.

!.'

....

) f-l'

to

~

,.

, l:

Atoll A ring~shaped, (circular) coral reef enclosing ~,11 ;1 ' •.. ' .' -"

.,1

":-'~:;'" ~_'.n

Arctic Ocea!, The part.of~~

~.,'

Anticyclone 'J~j-{'tmtiCyc1one~' ocdtirswhen \~ind~. blow

ill p t

#...1 05

World Geography

W1~,f\tl!ll).ti<:'.::r:his r~gion,of cont!as~ betw.e~n,cC?l~er air towards the poles and.,warmer,air t()w~rds the equator is the polar front. The weak and variable polar easterlies diverge from the polar high-pressure cells, p1lrti~ulariy the Antarctic high.'

"II

I

.;c-

"

..

"",'

''-<]1,'

~1~t'1(j:,~

a,lagoon (horse-~ho~,:typ~) 9f,~~g mt~.~h,e,se,a;A great mnnberof atolls occur m: the tr0plcal.parts of, the. Indian 1and~Pacifit ()ceans"and' are u'~ually pop~: ulated ~th ,coconut palIDs' (see 'Cor~l Reef, Lagoon).~ -'. ':- . r' ---~y-,1J..,. ,". '., .1.t: ~_. ".:~ ~, . Lakshadweepislands'in' ilie''Arabiari'Sea"are made of. '.' .: :. , 'r' ~"'~n ", r~:~''''. small coral atolls and reefs (Figure
:0/'-' 1"'.

••.•

-,

~; ", ~

,j

••

j

1"

••

f;1!:I"

I ,i~

,

"'1

111

~

A. lO&

Chapter2 WorldGeography ~:-107

jill,!,

... ,\,;

,~! 1~1

'~'/~

'11iI'

l ~

')+'

~ f1

Coral reef

rel="nofollow">1

_\,_,.'":000 ~". "

;.'1'

./

:..

."

Figure A.2.6

I"~, 1,I,il

I I

I'll f

I

Aureole

'IIIII!!'

',l"lllill

~ II!

I,

Atoll with Leeward Opening

Illi"I,

"

j

I 'I'i'l

, ,"il !1"lll ii'll

,ib

(i) A z~nearound an igneous rockintrusion which has been altered by the heat and chemicals generated during the intrusion bf the magma (hot molten rock). The magma which goes to make an ~trusion, frequently, bakes the rock with which it comes ill contacCand fluids front the magma permeate and react'withthe roc~. As a result, a certain area of the rock around the inhusion may be changed both physically and chemically. The greater the .size, the higher the temperature, and greater the fluid content of the intrusion; bigger will be the aureole. (ii) A corona of halo round the Sun. or Moon. .~.

.

Aurora Borealis/Aurora Australis Aurora Borealis is a phenom'erton 6f coloured' iights seen in the sky in. the Nohherri :Heini~phere,'mainly in the' higher latitudes. A similar phenomenon in the Southern Herriisphere is called' Aurora Australis'.

Avaltinche

A'destructive slide of snow'_' and rocks comJ . mon in high motiiltainous 'countries. Avalanches are" ~dmmon bcdti;r~hces in the Biinalayas (s~e Landslide). .,.' ','

~

'",.-

4-"

1'1

Axis' of the faith' Ani iill~ginary line through' the Earth

"A

,

I.~

,/,'

J

f t ~

~,

~

'.

'

y

around whi<;h the ,Earth spins. (rotates) once in 24 noms. the Earth's' axis runs from the North Pole to th~~~?p~~ol~\: !!.,~sJ ipS~~<;i,~()'~he/R\aceat an a:ngle of 2;3,'2~ .,J:he «;,Cl~ator is ,tp.e,c,i,rc~~r~!lce of the Earth. half-way betw;eenthepoles (F}g~r~A.2.7), ,

'.'.....

'

.

Bore (fagre) A tidal wave greit'h~'1ght '~<:!')1g.~~ which appears ill' the.jestuades',of cJrtafu~\river~ during fugh.or spring tides (see Estuary,Tidal,Wave)~

'f'"

'of

.'

.

,1'

.

'>.jJ. .",

".

Beach It is the sea shore. Figure A.2.7

Tilt of the Earth's Axis it.: It ;>:j~lP

',:\

Azimuth

(i) A horizontal bearing measured clockwise from a given direction; (ii) the horizontal angy.le; distance from a fixed reference direction to a.position, object or object referent, as to a great circle"intersecting a celestial bcidy, usually measur,ed cloc\<~ise in degrees along the horizon from a point due south. .

--'-'

Beaufort Wind Sca/el. An internationally accepted series of numbers dey~sed by Adrriiral Sir Fr~cis Beaufort in 1805to indic.c:l!edifferent wind strengths.

Bedrock Solid, unweathered rock lying beneath the soiland subsoiL Bight A wide bay (see ,. Bay). Bill A wide narrow cape or headlandjutting into the

~ f";

'/{,',

.

','

if

f'.;;,

lL-',

',j

''JIll,'

ters are snowy and sUIlUilersshort, for exanlple: the coniferous forest areas ..of the North Temperate 'Zori~ Arctic regions. 1 .i n Nol" iJ' f. !

"

H

1:

_

!

.";.

•

t

!. J.

~

N

,,/'f

<"' ~

j

;"

Break Water Is a barrier built;!Jlto the sea,wJ1jc~.pr?-

,

Bayou A marshy creek found in flat country, for, example along'the lower reaches of theMississippi river in the USA

•.

Borea/ The area in a cliinatic zone in' which. will':

Bay A wide open, curving arm of the sea or a lake within the coastline or shoreline (see Bight)..

iJ::l.to even finer particles' as they are carried off along by wind, water or ice.' .

"li"'i:,,I,

I

Atoll

Attr!tio~ The constant wearing down of pieces of rock

h\II'l'i

'Sima'.

crust. If occupied by an ocean or a lake, it is termed as ocean basin. If coal deposits are found ,in it, then it is called 'coal basin'. The area drained by a river and its tributaries is called a 'river basin'.

is the greatest development of atolls (ring-shaped coral islands). This region extends from 5° north of the equat~r to 25° south of it, and from 130° east to 1450 west. In this region, there are thousands of atolls.

'~'I"\

\

~~~

Atoll Valley A part of the western Pacific, where there

'~I:,I

Bora A"Cbld'and 'drywY,td;lwhicp. blows1along' th~ eastern coast of'the'Adriatic Sea and'northern,'."Italy m winter." I ...•. ~,.[ tb,rf, , 1:s.,:J Jhn'htti>q .edq

Basin An extef"sive hollow or trough in the Earth's

Atoll (b)'

Basaltic Layer ,!,he .layer at the bed"of the~oceari~floor that forms th~ thinnest part of the Earth s crust. For being rich in silica and magnesium, it is also called

tects the harbour ~d thes~~re, ag~~J.!f t,h~ Y~9~~!1! onslaught of th~ ~~ves. , _ 1ilf1 t '.. 'IT'n'Ii,)

Broad ,A lake-like sheet of water, usually, part Of2a close to the estuary of a sluggishrfvec ,J; ',," "1 J'" . ~"' _ .i. Bund An artificial emb~ent~ dyke,.o,~?~. :•.',;;;t rl

I

.

Bu~an A. blizzard .wh,ic,h blows, in ~i~~E~a~I,"\~~~ Blizzard). " .' 1, ,(, '! ,:, .., Butte A flat-topped.hill found in,relativ~ly flat teTraiIi' (FigureA.2.8). . 'j"j/,j ~'ill .•• ~i 6-br...•'" J ,.

'.'

~

BLitt~,

'" "i

.I'

;<,~.l

"irJ.

1 Hard rock

,I, 'tt'. ....

sea(seeCape, Headland, Peninsula, PoInt).

-""-il""

Azoic The term literaJly means ~without ,life'. It

~

I.' . :

r,. ..•~

Benguela Current The cold BengUela Current originates refers to the earliest .part of fuePre-cambrial) Era, fromupwelling of water from the cold depths of the . whentJ;l.ere was ho animal life, on the Eartll.:(see Atlantic Ocean agai~st the west coast of the contiPre-cambrian ~ra)., 3/ nent. As was believed earlier, it does not origmate U1" from Antarctic waters in the Soiith' Atlantic Ocean. Backing An anticlockwise change in the direction of Thecourses of the warm Agulhas current is along the the wind, for example, from north to north-west (see east coast of South Africa, and of the cold Benguela Figure A.~.8 Butte .' " .q Veering). <,,J':;. current is along the west coast, but the two currents '. Buy Ballot's Law (lS57). This la~ states th~t in th~ NorthBarometer. An instrument to measure atmbspheric do not 'meet' anywli.ere along the south, coast of ern Hemisphere the winds move anticlockwise round pressure. The aneroid barometer records atmospheric Africaas the Agulhas moves farther away, from Bencentres of low pressure clockwise round centres guelacurrent due to the westwmd drifH:n,the Indian pressure on a moving drum is called 'barogi~ph', A Ocean.(SeeAgulh~s Currel').t). , '. . of high pressure; the reverse being true for the Southpen shows pressure changes; hour by hour, as:a conern Herriisphere. '1" '" "', .1'... ....; '1',.,".n.l \ . •., tinuous line drawn on a graph paper fastened round Bio:phere The surface zone oithe Earth where living J the drum. A contiI)u~lly rising air pressure iB:.~icates things can exisLIt"extends Calms" of Cancer -'",'The,region' of high pressure' near the' a short distance into fil).e~d settled weather.~t Tfbpic of Cancer where the winds are'ughr'and'caIin!J the Earth's crust and upward up to that part of the "r,f ••\ I 'i.)(ql),T qrd Bdrrier Reef A coral reef lying parallel to the shl.?~eand atmosphere which contains sufficient. oxygen ,to Calms of Capricorn The belt of high pressure near the SUpportlife.. . separated from it by a wide stretch of deep water (see Tfbpicof.Capricorrt where'gehtl~ winp.s blo*.; .:; \lf~;l 'll .'. Coral Reef). .... ~ ~i~f: J;,' /~. h,t-.- "'lmJ(~JTl;J~ b":.'lr{ Blizzard A violent windstorm accompanied intense Cambrian Period A perioClin the Earth's history believed '\ coldand driving povy,gerysnow or ice crystals. Basalt A dark volcanic, fine-grained rock which often to be about 600rriillion'years'ago;l' .•.,;' ~','. \"':'.:"':~1 ""t.";""~lJ~' ',-,:_!- ""1 occurs in, shee!s of. great. thickness forrp.ed,,:bythe ~og Area of water-Io~ged; spongy'ground with'rot-' Campos The' tropiCal' grasslarids' or \ Sav~ah-of solidification of la~a. . '.' ",:0:u'g vegetation lyirig on the surface. Eventually,the Brazil,situatednorth'of 'the'equatorial forests of the\ ayerturns into a layer of peat (see Peat, Marsh). . Amazon basm. ',.<.:W ,"'1. ,~' "'\ ,'f. 'd. r:'" ."; , "

"',

'

.t ••.. l~

ana.

,.

!

~~

by

.; i'"

~

.

'I:

.1..,.'

.

J

. ,.

~)""-~>".f'"

.

J

" ..

,....... ; 1111111'

I~

,~

"~

Chapter 2 '

A,108

1~1

World Geography

Canal A canal is a man-made course of water dug for either transport or irrigation purposes. Examples: Panama Canal which links Atlantic Ocean with Pacific Ocean, and Suez Canal.

'I

Cancer, Tropicof A line of latitude at 23° 32/n~rth of the equator where the Sun shines directly overhead on June 21. It marks the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.

Canary Current Also known as Canaries, is a wide and slow moving current, named after Canary Island, is wind-driven surface current and is part of the North Atlantic Gyre. This eastern boundary current branches south from the North Atlantic Current and flows south-west 'about as far as Sen": egal where'iUurns west and later joins the Atlantic NorthEquatoria~ Current and in between its route .jarchipelago (islanqgroup or island chain) partially -hlocks Its flow. ' .'

.ii

•

,

"'I'

Canyon' (Canon) 'A, deep narrow valiey' with. almost

N

upright sides formed by the denudation of soft rock by rivers and rain water. The' GraDd Canyon on the Colorado River in theUSAis a fue example.

~.

Cape. The extreme end of a' l~d~ass 'that 'juts. out into the sea, for.e:(Cample,Cape Comorin in the south Indian peninsula (Figur~ A.2.9). :)"

~ ~ ~I

~

~ Land

I

1.-1'1'

•t

Cape

,

~ ,J,,~

'I

"

,I

•

Capricorn, Tropic of A line of latitude at 23° 32' south of the equator, wher~ the Sun shines directly overhead on,J)ecember 21. It marks the southern boundary of the ~ropical Zon~. '. .... •

,,'II

,'I

',,~

. rl-h

~Il....

....••..

1:J"...

.•

-~

",'I

_ .•

...6J~'t4

~".

!\-,

Cascade A series of.small,waterfalls.fJ.owing down a ~'~,~J;e.~e~~!ing~ta~s, ~ee~W~~S.rf~~~~), \,"

.,,'

,Catchment Area The area ,from which a river draws its water supply. 1.f)

1~»i ~ih

.~

',tJ

,',':

~."

,,(.' ,;

." i

~j.")

]....

" ~<

'Catarad ,It isa large ,waterfall opl.~e~i~sof.waterfalls, as one on the Nile (seeRapids, Wat~rfall).

"~~~

wispy

__

---o.__

",.'-: .. ::>. ,.;;;,.~ ~,' ...',• Continent , ,'".'I '

•• ,

, i'. ,'"

t,.

and

.....,;",.

, . ,. ,

,

'~J..~.

J

~"in-.:t,,>A_L>_;.jj,

'" ~

.lAll

,.

.'~'

~,"

,

; .; •Ocean Surface '

I

l

'lsiandAr~"1 qOritin,ent'I' '",

"

-',

I

• -1,

I

'.

I

.

j ~~..

i}

~

.'

''''i,.'

Cliff- A steep rock face. Cliffs onthesea

coast are formed by the wearing away action of the waves and'canyon cliffs'are cut by deep rivers. Glaciers also grind out cliffs between mountain sides.

;1'

Continental

-. 'j,

Ocean Trench

.

Cloud Burst A phenomenon in which a huge mass of moisture-carrying cloud bursts into a heavy down. pour on account of condensation of its entire volume of water vapour at the same time. "

!-,

..

-' ."

~ - ... ~

Figure ~;2.1 0

r_

Structure of Oceans

,1?

,.k ..

High western watershed

't

i'

.".

.,~t ~

•.

~

_~'.f).'

"_~'~

.

f(;.

•. -

/"1"','

,.",,~:,J :...

If

" Oil) ~'{'£'.

Confluence It is the point where two or more rivers

Core The dense, innermost P~!~~ of ~e E,ar.!h.~j,t~,e diameter ofabout 6950 km (see Crust, Mantl~).

meet.

Coriolis Force' The forceexert'ecl by'th~"E~rth's rota~

.,

. ,_~..,~t

Continents A great landmass. The Earth's su~fad~has seven great continents: (1)Asia, (2) Europe, (3)-Africa, (4) North America, (5) 'South America, (6) Australia, and (7) Anfarctica.

Continental shelf

',-'

Continental slope

,A

Continental Drift A theory exists that the confuents are not fixed, but slowly drifting in a westwa'}d1"direc. tion. German. scientist Alfred Wegener advocated thi~ theory in 1915. According to him, ab-c>,tlt 250 million years ago there was only onecontm~~t and o~~ ,?cean (;m the Earth. The landmass b~l?k..~iVP into smaner ~asses and began driftirig ,!-way,ang,lgradu. ally. ~he present seven continents w.ere forIl1e~l.This drift continu.es to take place. " DI.i;

FigureA.2. i1 . ~ections Across, a Typical. Continent ,

(oral Reef An' ~dge of rock in the' sea tnafis' composed,chiefly,~f the skeletons of small animals called 'reef-building coral polyps'. Those close to the shore are called 'Fringing Reef'; farther out they are called 'Barrier Reef': Largest coral formation: The Pacific Oceanhas the highest coral formation (FigureA,2.12). ,.' ,

, i

:'"

Continental Plateau ' A plateau is a table land or flatten~ hill rismg' abruptly from lowlands or the' sea. Tht Tablelands of South Africa is a fine example of conti' rientalplateau.' Contours or Contou; Unes A line on a' map whi~hjoinS a. places dfthe same'height above sea level (FigureA,2.11

,Convection

'."

,., 1

tion, together with 'the force due to pres~ure gradienti which causes the wind to deflect. A signifiCant impac.£ of the Coriolis effect is the apparent deflectioll ..of the wmds towards the right in the Northeni.'I-ieinisp~ere, and towardsth~ll~ft, in, ~ii.e.~o~!~~rn,Hemi: sphere. The faster the wind, the great~rthe d~87c~i0t;., Latitude influences the apparent deflection resulting from the Coriolis.Effect A free-moving object, such"a.s an'airplane heading east"or W~st, appears to deviate from its straig1}t-linepath,as the E~rth rotates beneath it Latitude also influences the degree ()f de~ec~on, Deflection is greatest. at the poles and ctecreases to zero at the equator. '. ,N9rth p!,le

'Growing /,coral

~

Small deviation , -,j

o?

,j'

"":1 .•.

.~ No ~Viati~n

"

f'

••

~

l'r

'. ~,

-. ~...

'.~.'~,"l'

Figure A:2.12,. Growth of Coral Reefs '~,'. ,

The upward flow ,ofai!' that J~as bee Cordil1ero A name':given specifically to the'motffi.taUY heated by; contact with. the Earth's surface, As rangeof the Andes ili' South'lAmerica-aria the'otner' ~arms, a,irexpands and rises, Cold air take~,jts pla~ ~eat ranges in No'rth Ainedca~'The wotd-'cordillera' at the surface andt in turn, heated (see AdvecJjon). IS derived from the Sparush word meaning"cnain'. .

stlazr

.

',t','

Continenfal Slope A contmental shelf extends 'kto the sea as~a. continental slope, descending to a depth o~ 2000 fathoms (see Continental Shelf).

,.Figure A.2.9 . Cape ~

with

~.... '

Continental Shelf (littora/) The shallow area of the sea surroundiIlg a landmass (maximum 600 ft deep 0: 100 fathoms).The boundary' of the continental shell which slopes gently towards the sea is called.~Conti. ,nental Edge' (Figure A.2.10).,

• Sea

i-

Cirrus . A type of high cloud fibrous~looking bands. " '

...,!-i;_~ p ~

'

~

~

Circumnavigation (Sailing Round the Earth)' Or sailing round the Ea,rth, , Ferdinand Magellan (1480-1521) ,the fam9us Portuguese navigator was the first to circum. navigate the world.

•• 109

Ii \-/

." ~

Corrasion The, wearing .away ofll,rivet: b~d by ~h.e. abrasive action of solid"'inaterial c~rried 1?y,the riyer (see Abrasion EroSion): " .

~

,.- • ~

."

J

l"

_~

~;~

1~

;':; I

,

-

L~I\

Corrosio~ The wearing !iway,()f rocks, as a ..r~s.ul.~6f~a chemical prl?cess(see Erosion, Figu!~A).13):

J.'

j',

Cosmic 'A tew' 'that- descrloes occurring' of ~ ~ artythini; . located in outer' space. . . .', ",

~,

.

.....;..

.

(

_

A.11 0

Chapter2

WorldGeography A:1 f 1

Cordillera

Deciduous Forests Forests of monsoon and\llrcoo temperate regions where trees shed theirAeave seasonally. ,', ,';)

Desiccation The gradual drying up ,of a region, either becauseof a change in climate or as a result of man., made interference.

Deciduous Fruit Apples, peats, plums, cherries, peache apricots are important deciduous fruits. ;,

Dew As air cools dew is formed by the condensation of water vapour in the atmosphere. During night the Earth c~ols more rapidly than air above it. The layers ofalr nearest to the Earth, therefore, coolsdown. Condensation takes place and moisture called /dew' is deposited on the ground, grass and other objects.

~, tJ

Deep Space Space beyond the boundaries of tr-t:;;sol system...,~, I

, FigureA.2.13

Section Across the Andes

Co-tidal Lines ' A line that joins places where a tidal wave reaches at the same time.

Crater Is the small mouth of a volcano. It is usually cup-shaped and'serves as a vent for lava to flow out of the volcano.

Crater Lake A lake formed in the crater of a volcano (seeCtater, Lake, Volcano).

Cie~k','A'small'stream; a smaller inlet or tidal estuary of a river. Crust The outer shell of the Earth about 16-15 km in thickness. Also called 'lithosphere'. (see Mantle, Core).

Cumulonimbus

A heavy dark cloud of great vertical depth towering upwards in huge, yoluminous masses, the top being 15,000 ft or more above the base. Cumulonimbus clouds are, usually, accompanied by a downpour. I"~

Cyclone A type, of tropical atmospheric disturbance,

Ii :1111 .;iJ

characterized by masses of air rapidly circulating clockwise in the southern and anticlockwise in the Northern Herrtispheres,abouta: low-pressure centre, usually, accompanied by stormy, often destructive, w~ather. As in the case of anticyclones, winds blowing north are, deflected to,'the east and those blowing south to the west, so that there is always an anticlockwise whirl in the Northern Hemisphere and a clockwis~'whiflin the Southern Hemisphere (see Anticyclone).

Dam A bairier built across a' river to block arid cori~ I

froltne

flo* ofw~ter.

'.

I

Date Line The Int~rnational D~te Line, fix~d by an 0

ipternatioluil "agteement follows' the 180 meridiari, except \.vhereJ it diverges to avoid land. The day, starts. on this, line ang sweeps westward with the Sun. "

~ '

on

Epicentre The point the Earth's 'surface) vertically above the seismic loctis (point of ofigiifofan~eaith'quake) is called,the 'epic~l}tre:." ",rf\ _' I 1'\:"'1.:\ Equator 'It is an irl1.aginary'horizontal 'line 'passing round the globe midway and- eqqidistant from 'the North Pole"and the South Pole. The equator'divides the Earth into two equal hemispheres. At the equator, the length of day and night are eq~a.IltJ:Y~}lgh.ou~ ~~ . . ,!~, /. lJ,,11.i year. H ere, Sun nses at 6' a.m. an d'oJ sets at 6"p.m. '

Delta A triangular tract of land formed by tli.et~cw mulation of silt at the mouth of a river, entetihg ill sea. Its resemblance to the Greek alphabe,t\iig~ltai Distributaries Branches of rivers which break up' into gives it this name. This name was first giv~~.Ko.th twoor more channels. delta of the Nile river. The Sundarbans in the sou Ganga-Brahmaputra delta, is the largest in theiwM Doldrums It is also known as Equatorial Belt of Calms, (75,000km2) (Figure A.2.14). :){ol the doldrums is a low pressure belt in the equatorial ",n. regions when the north-eastern and south-eastern .!f !y trade winds meet. The belt is characterized by high variablewinds, stormy weather, and heavy rains. ,

Equinox Time or date 'at which the Sun 'crosses the equator and day and wght are of equal length throughout the world. Spring equinox Occursaround March 22, and autumnal equinox occurs atound September 22.

11

!

Erosion The process by which all land is continually worn away by natural agents, like rain, rivers; sea, frost, winds, etc. A similar process known as weath~ ering (see Soil Erosion, Denudation).

q' .

Driving Forces of Atmosphere (Four forces) Earth's "gravitationalforce' on the atmosphere operates uniformly River_ worldwide.,Winds ate drive~ by the 'pressure gradient force' (air moves from areas of high pressl).re areas of low pressure), deflected by Coriolis force ~(seeCoriolis Effect), and dragged by the 'friction , ",Sea _Delta ~Iorce'(Earth's varied surfaces exert a drag on wind ~"!~lr~.l movements in opposition to the pressure gradient). Maps portray air pressure patterns using the isoFigureA.2.14 Formation of Delta .•." bars-an isoline that conneCts points of equal pres",1 sure. A combination of the pressure gradient and . ,:.. .~'{' Coriolisforces alone produces 'geostrophic winds', Denudation General wearing away of the ,EartR' . . " .of". which move parallel to isobars, which is a typical surface 'by various natural agents, like t!}e,5\ characteristic of winds above the surface frictional wind, rain, frost, running water, moving ice a, rayer. "1' ' i. . the sea. The process involves denudation or eri si\Jn; that is, wearing away of the land by,:hatu~ Dunes Sanddunes, generally,found in deserts, are ellipagents, transportation, that is, removal of the Ea~ ticalor crescent-shapedmounds of loose sand formed material by the natural agents from one .place) ~ytheactionof wind. A dune has a gentle slope on the another, and finally deposition, that is, 'denud windwardside and a steep slope on the leeward side. materials are deposited or accumulated in anot~ place. The whole process is carried out by hatw ~!JStDevil Is a dusty whirlwind about 100 ft in height and a few feet in'diameter with a low pressut:e zone agents.,n at the centre. .

Escarpment A steep in land cliff. An escarpment is found where layers of hard roc~ slope upwards to the surface over softer rocks below (FigUreA.2.l5).

,to

Escarpment

do,

_'_ ~SQ\\~;6~r":'""

~-""-''''~~,",

Figure A.2.15

iI

,J

j

~

•

'

the sinking of a lower'par,tof the river valley:An estuary is usually caused by tidal waves. ",

Exospher~' It is -the uppermost reg~o~ofjh~, ioI1osphere,!nd also, the fringe of tl1e atinosphere;, It li~s about 480 km from the Earth's surface with almost no 'air mple<;ules;' '

~

II

,

,~rthguake An earthquake is ash~~g,of.the Earth~s liYrface caused by movement of the Earth's crust. As ; th,e"interior of the E~~thcools: it'~~1idifies~d leaves $eil:c~sbetween the .layers of the E~rth. 'TI,1~'~~st \~~~~.Ear~ht~en falls or moves to fit itself into the, ~~UUQ1lg mtenor. Earthquakes are measured by seis.:ihOgraphs on a Richter scale.

'

,1;;

Fathom It is an {mit ofle,ngthto measure tlle depPl' of water. One fathotnisequal to 1.8m." ~.\, ,

~I

Depressed Seas Cases occur where the water!eveJ large fuland seas is below the general sea level: these seas, the ainount of inflow of fresrrwate lesstharFthe amoUnt lbs(in evapodition~CThe's are,' salty' rivers, continually bringing in ,:salt s~ tion; and pure water is lost in evapora{i,on. 11] seas are slowly drying up; forexan:'-ple, Dead Caspian Sea. - f!'

Escarpment and Dip Slope

Estuary Funnel-shaped mo~th '~f a 'rl~er caused ~y,

A,;

•

~"-,.,'w

.~

,

'

..,

,'

.' . , I

Faroe A is agr9.~p of)~lan1,s_l)1pg,~:tr~,A.tlan!~£, •

Ocean between Scotland and Iceland. This island ,.,,'t gJ;oupis also knov~rna~ ~sland of S~eeI?',' _," h\l>l: '_" '''.

.

,.

.

~

'.

)'1,.'

J~

~(.t~'~'IJ'

•••..

~:lI•••••.

Fault An' enormous crack or break in;the rock strata of the Earth's crust caUsed bY'horizontalor'vertical movements. The slipping of strata is'one of the causes of earthquakes (Figure A.2.16). ,r"" ,; l' ,.

r(I::ill " ~,Ii

A •.112

,Chapter2

World Geography A:113 ~ ..I1'1I.\Nlj=,~

Fauna, The animilllifeof

slow-moving waters at the edges of the flood plams. A continuation of this process leads to the bui1ding up of flood plains along 'the'edg~~ of the va~ey (Figure A,2.18): '

a ,region corresponqingt}o the term,Flora that signifies plant life;. ' "

II" 'il

Ferrel's Law The law which 'states 'that winds tend to be deflected to the right in the, Northern Hemisphere and to the left in the Southern Hemisphere, owing to the Earth's rotation.

Antarctic

Frigid Zones ,I; The regi6h' witiilii theiJ\~Ctic ciin'cr circles; that is, wit1ilii:23:5°:'bnhe'.Poles~Tlies~\'egi6ri~ exp~rience long, colg wint~.rs. "k" ' FringingReef The reef. aldng a coast separated narrow lagoon. (see Coral Reef). ,. '110

Full Moon and New Moon Full Moon' 'occurs when' the Earth comes between the Sun and the \Moon;, and New Moon occurs, when the Moon comes' betW~en the Earth and the Sun. \ .

Major Fishing Areas of the World Marine Areas: (A) Atlantic 'Ocean and adjacent Areas-Area 18 (Arctic Seah Area 21 (Atlantic;

Arrangement

Figure A.2.16

of Strata in

ci.,Ftfult~~ figure A.2.18

AB, Flood Plains;

eE, River Plain;

Fumarole A, hole or, vent in' the ground .in. volcanic regions through which fumes or gases escape.

DiRiver

~

',G

,Iii

i'lf,:;

\""J,l~ .(a'{~J'6'

'lW

illill

'I,

.,',:~Oq9;)

'llf1i "1;


)fliw

.'.;

Foehn

\m\;

,',iNl

'ro .!'~

IV, t

wind experienced in the northern: Alps, which; blows down the mountain valley (Swiss valleys). The Foehn is originally 'warm and damp. It deposits its moisture while crossing the mountains (it turns into ice) and reaches the lower slopes as a want,l, drywind.. .

~"f

n ~( il

, 'ilT

flril!ll:

':1~!fJ",~?

; y'3'

I

I

i:

,

'I !

north-west); Area 27 (Atlantic, north-east); Area 31 (Atlantic, western central); Area 34 (Atlantic, eastern central); Area 3~ (Mediterranean and Black Sea); Area 41 (Atlantic, South-west); Area 47 (Atlantic, south-east), (B) Indian Ocean-Area 51 (Indian Ocean, western); Area 57 (Indian Ocean, eastern). (C) Southem'Oceart"':"Area 48 (Atlantic, Antarctic); Area 58 (Indian Ocean, Antarctic, and Southern); Area 88 (Pacific, Antarctic). Pas~!ic Ocean-:-Area 61 (Pq~ific~,nC!rt~:tvest);Area 67 (Pacific, north-east); Area n (Pacific(,w~stern Centra!); Area 77 (Pacific,Eastern Central); Area 81 (Pacific,southwest); Area 87 (Pacific,south-east). ; Inland Watets: Area 01 (Africa~inland'waters);'Area 02 (North America-inland waters); Afelf'03' (South America-inland w~ters); Area 04 (Asia",,-;-iniaiidwaters); Area,05 (Europe-inland waters); Area 06H0c~ania:":"" inland waters); ,Area' 07 (Former USSR area~inlal1d' waters); Area 08 (Antarctica-inland waters). .

Fogand Mist Fog and mist are formed when condensation of water vapour in the air takes place near the Earth's surface and settles upon thedusf particles in the air. 'A fog is a cloud resting on the Earth; a cloud. is a fog floating high in the air' (Huxley). Fossils The remains of a plant or an animal; which have been buried and preserved over a long period in the rocks of the Earth's crust. Fossilization is, usually, confined to skeletons or hard parts of arlimals,,' .

Fiord (Fiord) Refers to a narrow, deep, long and steepj walled cliff, formed along the margin of a glaciat, coast. They are commonly found in Norway an Sweden (Figure A.2.17).

< -

.•••."J-

Geosyncline-, An enormous downward inverted arch inthe\Earth'~ciUst.."

curve

Geyser A form ~f decaying volcanic activity in which masses of water are throWn otitofa tube in the Earth, often to great heights like, a hot spring of water. ~

1,

..I '.l

".

',"

.'L-J." •••..,

'.•..-•..~

~v~

~

_'.-..~:,

'••

Glaciation The covering of a part of the Earth's surface byanicesheetora'glacierrr:"ifL -,',' l', c'S"';~ Glacier A "hugein~ss';of 'ice 'whIch! moves ("ery slowly fromfue 'snowline down a mountain"traIley (Figur~ A.2.19). ,', " ",::'.1;:' Global Circulation of the Atmosphere It results from the 'com~ btnation of two Plain f~~tors: ,Ufl~v~nh~~~g ,'?,Uh~ Earth~s surface, which sets up"convection cells, ~~~d the Earth's rotation. Note that there are six cell-like circulation patferns.prevai1ing,'~wiD.ds blow in:directions indicated by arrows as shwon in' Figure.A.220. ">11

J

,

,

.;

'i,l.r ';::5', ; ~'t'""

'.•. '

"

Where more snow m~Jts than aCGumulfltes, glacier ice is exposed, .>

-,

\

~ ...I

S'

'.'

MeltWater pools on'

c, fl '

',<

~

>

"

f.;~

"

11"

-,

"

•..

'1 i:

,

'lQ

J"-,J"

'.-J ,

'

,.

.J' ~

I.

, \~, ~J

_~':r .J ~'I J .J';;f');' dfl4.,. .•. '. . • CSource: Denver Museum ,'of Nature and SCiiliice:'J

Figure' A.2. 19

, f ..... ~""I

Glacier

j .' i...

'.

\V

J

,"'

t" . :.

? I

I

",1,"'.., .d ••

..•..

"

j"

:t~Ot~l{ff ',y) ~

,

.. ~' ".'

~'

,11:l't::\t::t-W

,"

,+,,1

~.~L''''

.-,!

~r,-~'~..,O(:<~l

1,./ )t

:l

'r'?'-~,

:_'11'1,\,'

~~ '.J '. ",J

t

Pooled water drains through crevasses and maul ins, ' breakil)g up ice and lubricating the glacier's base, ". l

, Threshold

i :,.-~

(J!

,Of.

-I

~I~:cie~'sSUrface"

~,

l:

"4:~h

",

ii'

•

,>...~he ,~

. ~h

Exposed ice, which is darker than snow, absorbs heat. ~

or

<

I

\

, ,Figure A.2.17 Fjord ;1 .~. * 'FloocJ:.Plain; Low-lying land by the side of a ri)~ , that. is regularly flooded when the river overflo its ,banks. During floods, rivers often rise to a f, const~t, level; sand and mud, are deposited by

'

62-101km/h.

White snow coiterusually reflects, sunshine;,protecting the ice below from melting,

'j'

4

Gale A strong wind that blows, at aJ2.~p~ed;.of

Dry,:warm

Flora The botanical (plant) life of a region or, of a geographical period.

il~

by,a

I

•. ,..;.

..

t ~r{i

r:'1

.j'

l ~-..~

.• 'l~(~l ~ ~;'Ljrl\..;dr}:.:;

~:ti~~'\ ~:.11,:~:1 1~''''!

-

:J

~',nt ... ,-

~

,-

'-iii.;

'.1,:

1

r

/'

J

,

1.:~,Lj..

r

"'....~ i-o 1

ot:lr,'.1

--

" . ""I

1

World Geography

A~114 Chapter 2

Also note the locations of the major prevailing winds, that is, the westerlies, easterlies, and trade winds.

Jetties and groynes

'.

High pressure N

-----)

c----: .

Low prnure

!

Hlg,hpressure

n

I

4 ••

4 '

-

~~s~11i~~~ ~60°

i

I

',J

Natural 0

N

- - --- - - - - - - ----

--

.

0

0

\ \\ \ \\ \_~c\!s~\~a~i1~~tSlW~~terries\ \"1 \ \ I Y 30 S

,

0

\ \ I

"'\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\~'

o ~\\\\\\~~~~\~600S

Figure A.2.21

.t:;

Examples of Great Circles

0,

Littoral drift pushes the sand up to the first jetty. The sand slips into the outgoing current jet and settles in deep water

Low pressure C-!PI$i(~art~r~l~s(

.

--.....)

,

High pressure S

Figure A.2.20' Global Circulation Patterns

Gorge An unusually deep and narrow valley with steep sides .. A ,gorge with great depth is called a cany'0J}.,

Granite It is one of the most important igneous rocks. It is hard, coarse-grained, ana. light-coloured.

Graphite It is a soft"mineral consisting of a form of

Groynes These are short walls built into the sea Ie

Gypsum The mineral from whi,ch plaster of Paris.

(linesofJatitude) drawn on a map.

made. Beds of gypsum are found near Paris~thus, II:

Great'Barrier Reef The largest coral reefs in the world, situated in the Coral Sea off the coast of north-eastern Australia. It extends from the Torres Strait, along the coast of Queensland almost to Southern New Guinea (about 2300 km long).

Great Circle A circle o!,-a sphe,re pa~sing through two opposite points (Poles). The equator is a great circle as its centre coincides with that of the Earth. Every parallel other than the equator is a small circle because its plane does not pass through the centre of the Earth. A great circle bisects the Earth into hemispheres (Figure A.2.21).

Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) It is the standard time of England which is based on the local time of the meridian passing through Greenwich near the London city.

.~'

Figure A.2.22 , ~ - -=: -.-..---==---'

Hachures Short lines drawn on a map to IUl;1 in t direction of maximum slope, which indicate the reli by ~eir thickness and spacing. Hachures give no infa mation about absolute attitude. These ate frequen~ used to denote precipitous slopes when the coun' spacing becomes too close for dosing (Figure A.2.'23:

FigureA.2.23

r

adjacent to the coast where ships.a~chor.

Hadley Cells The pair of convection cells between OO~30°nprth' and south which produce the prevailing wiiid~ are called 'Hardley Cells'. There are two other pairs:' rnaking a total of six ~ardley Cells on the Earth's surface as shown in the figure! below. Hardley cells describe the convective air movement that creates the persistent, global-scale prevailing winds.';

Shallow slope

name.

.•

Harbour.. Aharbour is the shallow portion: of the s~a

r

l

\0

,,'

-

rI£1. Steep slope' ,

~

Groynes~Used to Preserve Beach From Tidal Erosion '

Gulf Stream A warm current which emerges!from th, Gulf of Mexjco through the Florida Channel an: flows along the eastern coast of No~th Amefica.

Graticule " The" network of meridians and parallels

us locating the points on the compass.

where it will remain, being excluded from the coastal drift .• Beaches down-drift then starve for sand.

~l

Gulf An extensive inlet of the sea penetrating far mlc the land. The Persian Gulf in West Asia and the Gul of Mexico in Central America are two fine examples,

carbon. '

j

prevent erosion by the tides and, especially, to protect a beach from being washed away (Figure A.2.22).

Guinea Current A slow warm water current that floil to east along the Guinea coast of West Africa.

Great Bear A constellation of seven stars which helps

'~I

Groynes

\ \ \ \ \ \ S.~.\tr~~e\~i~~

,\j High pressure\,,--

I [',I

hj1'

harbour

r \"\\\\\~\\\'\""\\)\~\\\ LtLl \ UJUJ iT\ \ "

1111,

',t

~.t.jtl.adEl1i~dsJ

-- - - -----

\

,

-.L~

I I IIfl()rsell~ti~U;desJi ! I 11~! 30

) II -1-/ ,/ j.///./J J J / ../dOlclr6mU/ / .././J } ,/./j ) --4

Low pressure

,

,

N

I ! I W~$terlies iii

1)

'.J

to" ~

G I!-LI!_Lj~_klL!-L~~-L_,! '(ir((((((((((((fr~ I fIr ~J-L_

,

.

__ ~~I~~

Groynes (groins) are arti'fiCiiilheadl~r;ds that'slow down the littoral sand drift. Jetties deepen navigation channels to harbours.

A.115

Hachures Used to Indicate Slopes

~, .

~aH A lagoon \}sually kept open by a river flo ing through it. The long spit ot sand which sef rates thehaff from theope~ sea is eaJled 'Nehrur for example, the southern Baltic coast (see Lag()( (Figure A.2.24). Halo Round the Moon A ring of light or colour round' Kurlscnes Haft , Moon caused by the reflection of ice crystals on surface of the Moon. Frisches Haft Hamada A name given to large areas of the Sal< especially in Libya, where the surface is bare. FigureA.2.24~' Haffs on the Southern Baltic Coast .. rocky. ',,If

I

. ~"

~

Ii.,

i..,

._.,

•

I

",,""

-

.•<J.('~'"

I

Rising warm, moist air Descending cool, dry air Rising warm, moist air

i.

moist air

:'~

"1,1

~" .~

't, "';.,r

,,~'

\:"

A.116

World Geography A.117

Chapter 2

li!'1

I~I

lsohyet A line dra~ on a map join4lg places receiving equal amount of rainfall over a certain period of time.

Harmaffan

A strong, hot, dusty wind that blows over parts of western Africa from the Sahara desert.

,

Hemisphere The Earth is divided by the equator into two hemispheres, (half-spheres), namely, Northern and Southern Hemispheres.

Isohaline Lines on map joining points in sea or an oceanhaving equal salinity.

---------_.------_. 1=::=::=::=::,= \

\

Hinterland

A commercially linked area behind a seaport which supplies and distributes the bulk of exports and imports.

,------

-

i

High Seas The open sea or ocean beyond the territorial waters of a country.

Hoar-Frost Feather-like crystals of ice deposited on the ground in the same manner as dew.

'I",I',

'~'ll \1111,11','

"11';1:

I, '1,1111,[1

I' III

I

'lli

'l

, III

'I" lilt '11;1

,

!'!i~l!

'II.

~,

Horizon The boundary of the Earth observed from any given point. It is the line where the Earth (or sea) and the sky believed to meet. Horse Latitudes The horse latitudes are subtropical high-pressure zones circling the Earth around latitudes 30°-35° north and south of the equator. These are located mostly over the oceans. These zones lie between the trade winds and the westerlies and marked by high barometric pressure, calms, light changeable winds,' and fine weather. There is a reason behind this name. In the past, due to variable winds and little, precipitation, horse-carrying ships became becalmed; for Illanydays in these ~~mes.To save drinking water, the dead and dying horses were thrown overboard. Later, these zones were named as Horse Latitude.

Figure A.2.25

Iceberg, Showing the Proportion Under Water

Icecap A mass of ice, covering the land in polar regions. Huge ice caps, such as those that cover Ant. arctica and much of Greenland, are sometimes called 'Ice Sheets'.

Ice Fall The part of a glacier where sudden change of slopes has caused crevasses and broken the ice surface into pillars of ice.

Igloo (Snow Hut) The hut of an Eskimo family in the tundra region whicH is made of frozen ice. An igloois warmed by an oil lamp. -

Humus Organic matter in the soil derived from the

Ionosphere It is the layer of the atmosphere that lies

decomposition of animal and plant remains.

between the stratosphere and the exosphere. It extends from about 60-400 km above the Earth.

Hurricane A violent tropical cyclone originating in the Gulf of Mexico or Caribbean Sea, travelling north, north-west or north-east from its point of origin, and usually involving heavy rains and thunder.

Hydrosphere

The mantle of" water-the sea~ ,and oceans-eovering about two-thirds (70.8%) of the Earth' ~ surface. r ' , ,

IceAge A recent geological period when a great part of the land in the Northern Hemisphere was covered by ice. Iceberg Mass of ice which breaks away from the ends of great glaciers in the polar regions and drifts away as a solid mass (Figure A.2.25).

Island A smaller landmass surrounded from all sides

Hot

...,

\\

Isotherm The line drawn on a map to join places experiencing the same temperature at a particular time or over a particular period. landmasses like the Isthmus of Panama. The most important Isthmuses are: Panama joining North and South America, and the Isthmus of Suez joining Africa and Asia. Famous lagoons: Lagoon of Venice,the delta of the Nile is fringed with lagoons and lagoonswithin the Gulf of Mexico (Figure A.2.26).

',' 1

Night

lsoseismic Lines A line drawn on a map joining places experiencing equal intensity of shock in an earthquake.

Isthmus A narrow strip of land connecting two large

)y

Day

Isostasy The state of balance or equilibrium that is said to exist between highlands and lowlands of the Earth due to difference in the density of their respective rock material.

-6 ';.1:' ~

Ie..

.~~v.j',l. .•.

,r.~.!

Cold

Figure A.2.27 r

Cause

of Land and Sea,Breezes ".. •

l

'.

Kayak - The canoe of the Eskimoma~e by stietchllg animal skins on a framework of bones.'

,

Khamsin A hot and dry ,wind experienced in Egypt. It corresponds to Sirocco of North America. . 'Khamsin' is'the 'Arabic word fo:r50. This \villci blows for a period of 50 days. beginning from -April to June. , -. I

•

I

Kuro-siwo A warm ocean current that flows north-east along'the Paclfic coast of Kyushu, Shikoku 'and South. Honshu (Japan). ,,.' , ." Kuroshio Current A north-flowing ocean current on the west side of the North Pacific Ocean. It is also known as 'Black Tide' or 'Japan Current'; ,

Insular Climate The type of climate where the sea,

and have both vegetation and hUman settlements.

)-

Isoneph A line on a map joining places having equal average cloudiness over a certain period. (

International Date line (See Date line) rather than a land mass is the dominant influencing factor.

Hills Mountains usually less than 305 m in height

Japan, Current It is a warm PaclfiCcurrent -th.alflows north.wardsto Japan and eastwards to the coast of North ~erica, (Figure _A.2.27). The current resetp: bles the Gulf Stream in it/>course and effect. .

Land

Figure A.2.26

Isthmus

by sea.

LandBreeze It is .~ familiar phenomenon Ilear.the1~~~' Isobaric Lines (Isobars) . The lines drawn on a map~joining Abreeze that blows from the land to sea at rught as:a

places of equal atmospheric pressure at a particular resultof the fact"that land heats and cools more raptime or on a certain day. . . ~.•"~ idlythan the sea. During the day, the land gets heated Isobath A line drawn on a map joining points of equ<. and the air over'the land being hotter and lighter than that over the sea, a low pressure area is created depth on a seabed. overthe land. The hot air rises and cool air from the Isogonic Line A line drawn on a map joining places C' sea rushes towarCis the land, which is refei'red' hfas equal magnetic declination. sea breeze. At night, the land loses heat f.~ster than thesea. The air over the sea is, therefore, warmer and Isohel A line on a map joining places having eqUi. lighterthan over the land, and a breeze blows from duration OfsUnshine. theland towards the sea. '

Labrador Current, It is a cold current in the' North AtlaDtk Ocean which flows from the -Arctic Ocean south along the coast of Labrador and passes around Newfoundlan9-, continuing soutll along the east coast of Nova Scotia. It is' continuation of the West Greenland Current and the Baffin Island Current. (The commercial fisheries of the North-west Atlantic [Area 21, see Major Fishing Areas 6i'the World], particularly those for cod, have been important for five centuries. The region's marine environmJntis dominated by the cold Labrador Current, which flows southward to the Grand Banks, and by the warm Gulf Stream;. which flows north-eastwards from Cape Hatteras, seaward, of the 'continental shelf; it supplies relatively warm water to West Greenland.) Lagoon A narrow opening, fringing the coast and separated from the outer sea by a narrow spit of land (Figure A.2.28).

••.•

,....

. ....

L

A.118

World Geography A.1,19

Chapter 2

lava It is molten rock or magma which flows\ou\ from the interior of the Earth through the crater,of a volcano. ,,:,.',

leap Year It occurs once in every four years when February has 29 days. . ,~ 111'

leeward The side or c!-irectionwhich is sheltered:frorn the wind, e.g., by a range of mountains. Formation of Lagoons

Figure A.2.28

Stages in the Formation of a lagoon

landslides Sudden downhill movement of masses of rock and soil. They are caused by vibration from earthquake, and the wearing of loose rock and soil by heavy rain.

.~I

laterite

A reddish porous rock produced by weathering. Generally found in humid tropical regions, e.g., India, Malaysia, Indonesia, Sudan and parts of South America; Laterite is used in cement manufacturing.

"ll"'j".,

latitude

Latitude is an angular distance in degrees north or south of the equator. Lines of latitude are drawn parallel to the equator, hence, the length of a degree of latitude is same everywhere. They are also called the parallels of la,titude. The latitvde ()fa place is measured in angles (Figure A.2.29). '

1 :1

I _'L

i

I,ll

a half circle of the E~rth's surface from the North Pole to the South Pole. The meridian that passes through Greenwich (London) has been internationally accepted as the zero meridian and the meridian of Cape of Ta~mania forms a boundary line between the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean (Figure A.2.30). NP

Light Year It is an astronomical measure of distance. It counts the distance travelled by light in a single year. The littoral region of the ocean comprises the shallow waters adjacent to the sea coast and littoral countries are those that lie along the sea coast. north of the equatorial forests of the Amazon Basin (Spanish word for plains).

Figure A.2.30

loch A Scottish lake or 'a long, narrow area of the sea, ,

'

.

Nautical Mile A unit of length used in sea and aerial navigation. An international unit is equal to 1852m. In this sense, it is also called' air mile'.

Meridians

Mesa A flat-topped elevation with one or more cliff-

loam. Fertile soil consisting of sand, clay together

likesides. It is common in south-west USA.

with silt and humus.

Meseta It is the plateau of central Spain crossed by mountain rang~s.

local nme

12 noon at a place when the Sun is 'exactly overhead. It differs from the GMT at the tate o! 4 minutes/ degree of longitude. .

lode A thick vein of mineral ore found in rocks ora number of closely parallel veins.

longitude The longitude of a place measured as ar angle can be defined as its distance east or west ofthe Meridian of Greenwich. There are 360 equal divisiom or degrees with Greenwich (London) as 0°. longitudinal, Valley The valley exactly paraliel to z

during a particular season of the year. A complete reversal in. the direction of winds takes place from season to season. This is caused by the creation of large areas of higher and lower pressure on land and sea, alternately. In summer, due t9 a low pressure zone over the land caused by excessive heat, moist winds blow in from the Indian Ocean. In winter, a low pressure zone occurs over the sea resulting in cool, dry winds that blowout towards the sea.

Nomads People who move from place to place, and have no specific home. . '.

Lianos The vast tropical grasslands or Savannas,

found along the coast of north-western Scotland.

Monsoon,. ,It :is a type' of wind thatr.blows, regularly

Mountain Pass A comparatively low route across a mountain range. Passes usuq.lly occur where a river valley on one side has cut back so as to meet a valley on the other side.

Littoral The land adjacent to the coast of a country.

lunarDay The time taken by the Earth to rotate once in relation to the Moon is known as Lunar day, that is about 24 hours 50 minutes. This is because while the Earth rotates, the Moon also orbits about the centre0' gravity of the Earth and t~e Moon.

II'

Meridian Meridian is a line of longitude. It is an arc or

MidnightSun About mid-summer in the polar regions, the Sun remams above the horizon at least partially for24hours. Hence, it is visible at midnight. For' this reason,it is called the midnight Sun. !

•

Mirage During the hot day hours in deserts, presence ofair layers of different density creates an optical illusion.Image of a"sheet of water seem to appear. This is an example of mirage. Again, over polar waters, appearance of upside down ship and iceberg are also a mirage (Figure.1\.2.31). ~"..q ~

",~', &.

••. lO..o' '.

". Qlr ' ••••• '1)/

••••••••• O/,;.@. •.•.•..... t'l}o Warmer air

Nebula A misty faint pa~ch of light observed in the sky produced by a group of stars; too remGte-to be seen singly. . Oasis A fertile span in a desert where water and plants are found (Figure A.232). Ocean Current A steady movewent of some 'of the 'Yater in an ocean for fairly long di$tancesalong a definite path. Ocean currents are pdrnafily caused by the frictional drag of wind and occur worldwide at varying intensities, temperatures and speeds, both along the surface and at great depths in,the oceanic basins. The circulation around subtropical high-pressure cells in both hemispheres is notable on the ocean circulation map-these gyres are usually offset towards the western side of each ocean basis. (See, Western Intensifica~ tion; Upwelling Current and Downwelling Current; Thermohaline circulation). .

'1) 0,.. . ••••• : •••• ij.9-1

.

". ". 't

mountam range is known as longitudinill valley.

Lunar Month The interval of time in which the MoC' takes one complete, revolution round the Earth fro:" new Moon to new Moon; approximately 29.5 days, Magma The molten material which exists b~low t/', solid rock on the Earth's crust. It sometime~ emergt >... from a volcano as lava. ...,

Mean Sea l~vel (MSl) The average level of th~ ~ea,or t!:

I

Figure A.2.29

latitudes and longitudes'

standard level, used to calculate the height of a plat<

4~::-.

..::::~~~~ ..• '~

B======~=~I~~~~

.

====E====~==

Figure A.2.31

Mirage

"

Water Soaked

•.'

Figure A.2.32

Oasis .Formed

. , ,::

by Digging_I,

I...••

--r

>

it l

I

"

A~ 120

World Geography A;121

Chapter 2 :'I'

Major Ocean Currents and Their locations in the Oceans

'~

I:,

i.

,

,

"1111

~

{

'to t,

'~I'il

.,...,.?" We.t

1"11

'li',1

wlod.Jltll.tv~

Q

,<"

OCEAN CURRENTS AND SURFACE TEMPERATURES

, ,:1 '

!I:,I

o ,.

20 to 30°C Cold currents

0 10 to 20°C'

DO ,.

to 10°C

0 Sea-water

Warm currents

Pacific Ocean Currents Alaska Current; Aleutian Current; '1IIi'l ~1~III,lli: " :,I;'i"I!li"

,,/1,

]:1

11'1

'~Ill '~~l

CalifonUa Current; Cromwell Current; East Australia Current; Equatorial Counter Current; Humboldt Current; Indonesian Throughflow Current; Kamchatka Current; *Kuroshio Current; Mindanao Current; North Equatorial Current; North Pacific; *Oyashio Current; South Equatorial C~rrent.

Indian Ocean Currents Agulhas Current; East Madagascar Current; Equatorial Counter Current; Indian Monsoon Current; Indonesian Throughflow; Leeuwin Current; Madagascar Current; Mozambique Current; Somali Current; South Australian Current; South Equatorial Current; West Australian Current. Atla"tic Ocean Currents AgulhasCurient;

Angola Current; Antilles Current; 'Azores Current; Baffin Island Current; Benguela Current; Brazil Current; *Canaries Current; Cape Hom Current; Caribbean Current; East Greenland Current; East Iceland Current; Falkland Current; Florida Current; *Guinea Current; GUlf Stream Current; Irminger Current; *Labrador Current; Lomonosov, Current; Loop Current; North Atlantic Current; North Brazil C~rrent; North Equatorial Current; Norwegian Current; Portugal Current; Slope Jet Current; South Atlantic Current; South Equatorial Current; Spitsbergen Current; West Greenland Current. .

Ardic Ocean Currents East Greenland Current; Norwegian Current; Transpolar Drift'Stream Current.

_2° to O°C

0 Sea-ice

Ozone Hole Scientists discovered an 'ozone hole', over Antarctica in the. 1970s;as they have been measuring its size. It is not.Cl.)iteral.'hole' in an 'ozo~e .shiel,(t; Rather, the 'ozope,hole' is simply a large area of the stratosphere wifu extremely low levels of ozone. i Ozone Depletion Atmospheric ozone has been depleted (beyond its natural variation) as a result of the pres~ ence of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) in the atmosphere. (FCs are inert fat, molecules that were commonly used in air conditioners and aerosol propellants. Ozone depletion is seasonal, and, it occurs most markedly over Antarctica and, the North Pole,. because the frigid winters there favour, the fonnation of stratospheric ice crystals. Chlorine-containirig compounds cling ~othe crystals and react with them produces molecular chlorine C12. In the spring, 'wh~n sunlight returns, it fragments the molecular chlorine into ozone-depleting atomic chlorine: Cl2 + sunlight ~2Ct.

(average) below _2°C

_.~ EI Nino

Southern Ocean Current Antarctic Circumpolar _Currer' *Mentioned in detail in this section,

Ocean Gyre Any large system of rotating ocean current, particularly those involved with large win: movements, Gyres are caused by the Coriolis Effect pla,netary vortice~ along with horizontal ap.d vert, cal friction, which determine the circulation pattern from the wind curl. (Influence of the Coriolis Effec on westward intensification-because the CoriaL Effect is strongest near the poles, water flowing east ward at high latitudes sooner and is 'short circuitinf the gyre. At the equator the Coriolis Effect is nonexi.tent and the water flows westward until it encounter a blocking continent. Westward boundary current are, therefore, faster and 1eeper than the easter boundary currents, and the geostrophic hill is offsc to the west.) C

I'rImpas The temperate grasslands of South America (Argentina) stretching from, the Rio Negro in the south to Gran Cnaco in the north, and from the Andes to the Atlantic: ' Peat A dark brown or black organic mass found in wet, marshy ground.' It consists of partly rotten vegetation that has collected under waterlogged conditions over a long tirri~:In some parts of the world, it is used as fuel. '".

Peninsula A piece of land almost surrounded by water.Southern India isa peninsula (Figure A.2.33).

.

'

'

Piedmont Plateau A plateau situated, between a moun: tain range and a plain or sea, for example, the Patago~ man plateau of South America. ' Plane of Ecliptic A plane passing.through the Earth's orbit. Planetary Pressure Belts "TIlese are pressure' belts on the Earth's' surface. which cause the planetary. wmd system, viz.: .' ';J, ',1;. :,) I);

• Equatorial low pressure belt due to excessive heat. • Subtropical' high pressure belt 'O'nboth sides of the equator at about 30° north and' 30° south. • High pressure belt around 60° north and 60° south are temperate Jow pressure belts. • Polar regions are regions of perm~ent high pressure (Figure ~.2.34). . ' j

it",.:

I

'j

'!

/"'/

Temperate low pressure !westerlyj

'.' l~ari~bles ';'"

Sub-tropical high pressures

I

N.E.

/.

I

~;ade's'

I

Equatorial low P~~SUre S.E.

.\

Trades

\

Sub-tropical high pressure Brave west winds'

OceanGyres

\

\

Temperate low pressures

\

Major Gyres Indian Ocean Gyre, North Atlantic Gyre, South Atlantic Gyre, North Pacific Gyre, South Pacific Gyre y ..••__ "'"~ ~.__ •._,. ~__ ..-...--_.-"_. ,.w "" __ .••••_."'"' ._.__

\

\

olar high pressu~

Beaufort Gyre, Ross Gyre, Weddell G.t:-

Figure A.2.34

Oyashio Current It is a cold subarctic ocean current It flow south and circulates counterclockwise in l western North Pacific Ocean. It is also known asC Siwo, Okhotsk, or the Kurile Current.

Plateau A plateau is a flat-topped;'expanse of elevated land. produced by radial or vertical movement of the Earth's crust. A worn-out platea¥ is called a'dissected plate<;lu'and the plateau b~raere~ by cliffs is called 'table land', .. . ., ,

Peneplain A plain forl}led due to the wearing away of hillsand plateaux by denuding action.

'l~.

: Other Gyres

Perihelion When a, planet 'comes nearest to the ~SUn. The Earth reaches its perihelion in earlYJanuary.

Figure A.2.33 . Peninsula

Pressure Belts

Planetary Wind Belts" Integrated system of wind and air movement caused by the existence of permanent areas of high and low pressure on the Earth's surface. These belts and wind types are:

t.••

J!~'1111111

A:122

Chapter 2

• Equatorial calms (Doldrums) • • • •

1 I'~

I,ll

, '1 11

, ~I I,!

colours, i.e., red, orange, yellow, green, blue,AI!dig, and violet. .. '., ,"-f,::

Trade winds Prevailing westerlies Polar high Polar easterlies

Owing to the Earth's rotation, the winds instead of moving due north or due south, are deflected as per the Ferrel's law, which states that winds deflect to the right in the Northern Hemisphere and to the left in the Southern Hemisphere.

Polar Easterlies Polar winds that blowout

from the

polar high towards the temperate regions.

Polar Winds Extremely cold and strong winds that ~I;I

blow throughout the year in polar regions.

II'jl

Precambrian Era It is ,the time in the Earth's history

RiVer Loops River lo?ps ar~ fo~ed

where a river ~ows crOSS a gently slopmg plam, as m the case of the MissisRand ,A familiar name for' Wit Waters Rand, <¥'Iidgi a'ppi river, which has enormous loops. A loop originates about 75 km long which lies south of Joharinesbui:: ~ith an obstruction on one side,of the river. The water is 'the Gold-Reef City'. Ori this ridge the greafest' gal, directed against the opposite bank and begins to erode 't This occurs because the current is always strongest mines of the world are located. ~;. 1. ~JO at the outside of bend and slowest at the inside. Hence, Rain Shadow The le~ward side of a mountam.' lang, erosion rapidly occurs the outer side, while pebbles which receives little rainfall, since the rain-b~~rini and sand keep depositing at the inside of the loop. winds deposit their moisture on the mountaiils: 'IE , . . ,'I!', The process continues until formation of a. wtde loop. eastern slopes of the Western Ghats of the Deccani Meanwhile, the river cut through the neck of the piece an ideal example of rain shadow. . "';t" ' of land which projects into a loop. The time a river cut Rapids These are parts of river where the wateIA ra through the neck, it takes a new and easier course like . idly rushes over upturI,\ed rocks, often formingseri,' this.FinallY,the cut-off loop is separated from the river; of miniature waterfalls (Figure A.2.35). it is then known as an ox-bow (Figure A.2.37). Roaring Forlies The powerful westerly winds that-blo throughout the year over the ocean of the Southem Bank Hemisphere between 40°-60° south latitude. It is being eroded called the 'brave west winds'. j

..

)

World Geography

A.12~

Seismic Gaps The parts of plate .boundaries oceans where tsunamis occurs frequently.

in the

Sidereal Day The period of rotation of the Earth on its axis equal to 23 hours 56 minutes and 4 seconds. It is shorter than a mean solar day by about 4 minutes. Snowfield It ,i~ a region of' permanent snow which accumulates in a basin-shaped hollow at high altitude or on mountains. Snowline The height on mountains above which. snow remains in a solid state throughout the year (Figure A.2.38). -f'

Eqauator

20,000 Ft

...~J

I'

\: 1;1

!llilll'

:i'~I,!1

before the Cambrian period. It is the first of the four great geological periods. During this period, forms of life took place. This period ended about 600 million years ago.

Prime Meridian The 0° meridian which passes through Greenwich, a place near the London city. It is also known as the Greenwich meridian.

Ria It is a long narrow sea inlet created by flood, ing of a narrow valley. Unlike a fiord a ria ,g.e~pens towards the sea. These are mostly found irl.south. west Ireland and north-west Spain. These aFe also called 'river mouth'.

Quicksand A thick mass of wet, loose and unstable

Rih Valley A rift valley is formed when part

sand formed at the mouth of a river on the sea coast.

Rainbow A bow~shaped, seven-coloured band of light II'

seen in the sky when the Sun shines on a shower of rain. Sunlight is reflected from, the inner surface of the raindrops and is twice reflected (on entering and leaving). The light is broken up into its constituent

!llil

1,

Sea level

Figure A.2.38

Southern Ocean The nam~ give.n to .the ocean, wl:).ich completely circles the globe, south of the continental peninsulas and north of the Antarctic circle.

River Bar A sandbank which forms across the. mou& of a river; it often makes navigation difficult. .

Spa A watering place in Belgium,' famous for' mineral water springs. .. ';', '

a

/

Fault

Figure A.2.37

Ox-Bow Formation

Sand Dunes These are low-height hills of sand commonly found nearseas and deserts. In these areas dry sand blows inland, and piles up to form mounds or sand dunes. Sandstorm Sandstriftns are seen in the deserts. These

Rift valley

are highly dangerous. A sandstorm occurs when a strong wind lifts big amo~t of sand to a considerableheight and swept forwards in a great cloud.

Sa~gOSSO Sea It is a pa~t of the North Atlantic Ocean. It IS located between 29°-40° north latitude and 35075°West longitude,. so called on account of the large quantity of drifting'seaweed it contains. Figure A.2.35

Rapids

Height of the Snowline in Various latitudes

teau sinks be~een two faults (cracks), crea,ting ~ valley with a,lmost vertical slopes. The lowlan~ of Scotland (Figure A.2.36) is a fine example 'of riff" valley. .

Fault

~I

10,000 Ft

60° 70°

of, a pl~

River Basin The whole area of land drained by riverl\ A river basin is outlined by comparatively high Ian which sep~rah:s it from o~p.erriver basins.

III

.15,000 Ft

30°

Figure A~2.36Formation of RiftValley

Se~os The vast tropical forests of the Amazon and: its

tributaries.

"

}

Springs Occur where layers of porous rock lie over layers of impervious rock. Rainwater sinks through the porous rock until' it reiChesthe imperVious layer, flows along the surface of this layer until it reappears at the ground level as a spring.) Standard nme It is the based on Greenwich Mean Tille and adopted throughout the world. It is the uniform time fixed in a country with reference to the mean time of a certain meridian for the whole or substantial part of it. .:,;; " . .'

."

(j.

~."""',

'I

Steppe Temperate grasslands'6f Asia'ahd 'E~ope. These are the regions that lie ill Wand subtropical regions. , "

•

I[

""r

-

,

.'

I

~~"J

4,)

-

~.,~

Strait A narrow strip of water,coru::tectingtwo

large bodies of s~a~ater. Example~ Palk strait {Figu're1\.2.39).

Subtropi~; The re~ions betw~e~': 30~~5°, .~~rth' and between 25°-40° south are called 'subtropics'. Here, the trade winds blow in summer and the westerlies in winter. ' :

,

~l,l":I'ii A.124

World GeographyA~ 125

Chapter 2

TORNADO

Descending air

~dAR

,-

Funnel cloud with upward current

-~~-Sea-

.j Strait land

......".-~

~,I,

'('>~

~

I

(b)Strait

Figure A.2.39

~.~';.))l ',,-:~,.;/;/

(a) Spring Formation and (b) Strait

~ '-"

'~

/

SudQn A region which stretches across Africa, south of 'Egypt, and the Sahara and extends eqvator.

south to, the

can alter the rate of thermohaline oceans.

'follnd in the great Ganges and Brahmaputra Delta. . •

~'.

Summit

,t" .

: .

,

•

.

..•.. --"'

Figure A.2.41

Tornado

Tidal Bore A tidal bore is ,produced when a strong , tid< Tributary A very small river whichjoms a bigger one current meets a strong ~iver current. Usually,j! occur is called a tribthaiy. For example, the' Yamuna, is a in the funnel-shaped river mouths, where t.1}-:;re is, tributary ofthe Ganges;' ", ',' strong downward current met by a strong upwar Tropics Two pa~alJ71s,ofthe latitude ,theTropic ,ofCancer tidal current originated the sea (Figure A.2.40). , • 10I, 235° north of the equator, and the Tropic of Capric0!U Tidal Wave The expression used for wayes of"excep 235° south of the equator. The Sun positions: over 'the tionaI- size, although, they have no connection wit Tropicof Cancer during the northerri stimmer an<;i'over the tides. The waves produced by earthquakes an, theTropicof Capricorn during the southern summer.' hurricanes are also referred to as tida't waves.'j ' Tundra Region lying south of the Arcti~ 'ice dese;t. It Time Determination The difference in minutes between tt, stretches along the 'Arctic shores of Eur6pe; Asia ana Greenwich Tune and the local time at a place can b America. These plains are frozen to a ~great depth; derived by multiplying the longitude of a place.by fOll the inhabitants oHhese regions are called,'Eskimos' Tornado A violent spiralling storm of' f!le '?yclorr and their snow-built houses are called 'igloos'. Their prime mode of transport is "ciwheel-less cart dlled type which is very cornmon in the West Indies an a 'sledge'. The reindeer is the ~ommonly:'f()und anithe neighbouring parts ()f the USA (Figure A'.¥:41). mal in this region. Thelare the source of milk, meat, clothing, and materialJor tents (bones and skins) and also draws sledges. ,

'j

.,.. •.

•

Is the highest poin! of a mountain.

Shotts Shotts is thename of the plateau in north-west Africa. It is located between the,Atlas Mountains and the Tell.

.,I.

,

I

".

_

I

Shott A shott is also a shalloW lake, which turns dry in the hot season.

,1':11

l',l .ill

Tell. The Tell. is the most imp,?rtant region' of the 'Republic of~lgeria in North-West Africa. It is afertile coastal. strip' b~tween the Algerian plateaU: and the sea. Taiga A ,beltpf s~niferous forests Hemisphere, ,' , . ....' ~~- ".: e.g., Siberia. '.. Terai A, region. along the foothills which receives much of, the heavy the lower slopes. l.

"

.'

.

of the Northern "

40

"

Terrain ,The physical,characteristics

of the Himalayas rains that fall on

'"I":

True North It is a geographic meridian. AlttJ,ough, a compass is used to find the True North, it points somewhat east or west of True North at most places due to the magnetic declmation of the Earth. "

and features of

any stretch of the country.

t'

7J1irmohaline jq~~u!ati~nu" PVferences. in temperature and salinity produce density differences impOrtant to the flow of deep, sometimes vertical, ocean currents; this is' th~ Earth's ,thermohaline drculatiort~Travelling at slower! speeds' thart 'wind~ariven .surface'currents, the' 'thermohaline :circtilation hauls'larger volumes of water; There, is a scientific concern that increased surface temperatures in the oceans and atmosphere, coupled, with climate-related changes, in , salinity, u

:'.',

,.,

.',

,.

_

•

,.

J,

••• ,.

_("

•

•

,

IT

Figure A.2;40 ' Tidal Bore Produced.by Strong Tide Current Meeting Strong River Current

I'

',',""

Twilight The famt light

Tsunami It is a Japanese. word .. This term has ,been commonly accepted to define, a, huge seis~cC!-lly created sea wave. This type of waves are capable of causing substantial' devastation, in.:certain coastal areas, especially where undersea earthquakes occur. Though in the open ocean the waves height may: be less than 1 m, but these can rise to heights of)5m or more on entering shallow coastalwateis.The~ wave:" length in the open ocean is 1O(}"150kin> and the: rate of travel could reach'to about 1000 kID/hr. It may

over the

before sunrise. ': '.,:"

:,'

'

,

&ky after sunset or /,

Typhoon

A violent ~tor.mpf.the;cyclonic type. These storms occur in the seas ofLthe, 'east coasts of Asia, , fromPhilippinks,to'JapM.," ~' ,~

Upwelling andDownwellingcif Ocean (urrents Wherever in the ocean the surface water is sw:ept away from a coast, "", ,', ~ either by surface divergence (induced by the Cori\?lis force) or by offshore winds; an upwelling current occurs. This cool 'water, generally, is' nutrient-rich and rises 'from great depths to,ireplace':the"vacating water. In other portions of the sea, where theie' is an accumulation of water, the excess water gi~vitai:es do~nwqr,d, ,in dm-v;nw~llmg.•c.um;:r:t.,These. cl;lr:r:~nts -generate important mixll,1g~cllr~erit~}h,atflo':",}.llong the ocean floor travel the full extent' of the ocean basins, carrying heat energy; and;'salinity. ',' ~lt'm,I'.

.

,',

"I

circulation in th

"

'Sunderbans,' Th~ region of mangrove and swamp forest

""

~

travel extensive expans'es, as with tsunamis that had generated around the seismically'active coasts of the Pacific Ocean reached Hawaii on several occasions. • Tsunamis can ai~()'prodrtce ferocious volcanic explosions at or below sea':'level.:' ' .

'Valley A deep. depr,ession between' hills, ~f moun'tains; often carved outby:a river or a glacier. '

Veering A clockwise change in the direction of wind, e.g., north to north-east. ,,. " Volcano A mountain formed of material' that"has ~rupted f~orn ~e ,Ea~th; ~ volcano is an pp~~g)n the Earth's" crust thrQugh which superheated, molten matter called ~lavai is ej~cted; {isually" for~g ,a Nl,l conical in shape with a funnel~shaped hollow af its top called a 'crater'. ' ..... VitlcuH';;e The study o~gra.~e.c~~tii~tio~isc~lfe9- ~~j~culture'. Science, producti~:m, and studY-of grapes . Wadi A desert river' which remains largely 'dr~, except whenifed by'.ram:water. l' .', ". . ", Waterfall When a layer of hard rock lie~ over 'iay~~s of soffrock) the softer rock'below, is'worn away-arid the harder rock forms a still over which water- flows. Sudden falliof wa~er from the bed of a river to ~ great depth catis~q PY. .th~, oc~.~rreI).ge'.?f hard ,and steep rock is, thus, called ii' 'waterfall'. : ' ", _In

\,

-J

•

-••

,.J4

r,o .••h,

~1, ,~. : I

"1'~

~;,.... j'

,

;nrlr"'~~

';,

G

.••• "t".}••

1\ big ~c:ltet:faVor"is~!ies:of wat~rfalls, is called. a ~cataract'.A small waterfall. or. a series of small waterfalls ,resern~ling_steps ,is' called a :cascade', (Figure A.2A2).<,

I'.;

f"

"

,

".

Water. Parting ~ :rIle elevated- iand separating' the 'source of two different river systeins;'ci.lso called 'watershed'.

A.126

Chapter 2

World Geggraphy

A.127

"(1,

t

River

•

either hemispheres. The subtr~pical high-Pl';E7~~ure Important Geogrophico/Focfs cells on the Earth, generally between 20°-35° in ~ither hemispheres, are variously named as the Ber111uda ~estContinent high, Azores high, and Pacific high. 'r)

Soft

;::;

~

E ====Jl

I

FigureA.2.42

I

Wate~1

Section Showing the Origin of a Waterfall

Water Table The margin of the Earth below which the layers of soil are saturated with water. Westerlies Winds flowing

out of the subtropics to higher latitudes produce the 'westerlies' in

Western Intensification the trade winds COnVerge along the Inter Tropical Convergence Zone (IT.-eZ) and push enormous quantities of water that pile up along the eastern shore of continents in a pr
Closely Related Terms ITerms Points of Difference Avalanche and Glacier

,1?:9t1,

An avalanche is a mass of snow and rock which breaks away from mountains due to its heavy weight

I

A glacier is a mass of snow which moves frp,rp",!he snow line towards a valley due to gravity. " '

Australia

largest Ocean

Pacific (Pacific Ocean with depth of 11,033 (in metres) cita depth location of Mariana Trench)

SmallestOcean

.------.. ______

A bay is 0 wide inlet of sea where the land curves inwards. r---.---------.~"'--.~-.-.-.--' -~---_ ,gyclone and Acyclone is a region of low atmospheric pressure, IAnticlockwise Winds blow in towards the eye of the cyclone in an anticlockwise direction in the Northern Hemisphere . and clockwise in the Southern Hemisehere., Delta and A delta is a fan-shaped tract formed atthe mouth of Estuary,-_ a river. ~.. r:w===o< ....•....... .•.." "'_.,_.~'-----<"="""""~

~eres~he Earth~scrust. . .;;,~' A gulf is a large area of sea partly surrounded by land. . " "'" An anticyclone is a region of high atmospheric pressure. Winds. Blow outwards ond movem,:nt .'~ is'clockwise in the Northern Hemisphere and anticlockwise in,the Southern Hemisehere, __ '. An ~stuary is the V-shaped mouth of a single-j~~ mouthed river ••. that is widest near the sea. . /.,,' ,-'.' ~. ,.. "... :-f

<',---,---------,

:'Ili "1"

I

i

~ I

.-

,,'

4. i

IDistribu.t.aryand A distributa..r..y is a.r ..iv.e.r which leaves the main river A.tributary .is a... riv.er whicha.fter. flowing sepa.r.ateIYt .... ITributary a~d flows separ~ely. ..__ , i2,i!.11 and_.!!1!:!geswith a larg~..!i'yer. ... ,i Equinox and Equinox is"the time of the year when there are equal During a solstice, there are unequal days and; Solstice " days and nights.. nights. rHarbour and---A-h~rb~ou-r-is th~t p~rti6~-~ffh;;;Wh;;;$hips P;;~a~r-e-to-~-~--.;h~rethere areharbour~~'-~ (Port. . can dock. .. .. . ~ .._.. ,_"''--'__ ' .._'__ ..... ,.~_-,-.' 'J Gorge and , A gorge is a steep-~i~ed, deep and narrow valley. A cdnyon is deeper and bigger in size than'ct Canyon,,",..... . . .' gorge or valley. .. . ',;.;.,,, rtocal-Ti~--; and - local ~determined with reference to 12 .no~~;-s.tanda~ ..time is the time fixed for tf;-;. ~h'ale or . Standard Time when the Sun is exactly overhead the meridian a substantial part of the country, calculated with '. ______ .F' __ a"s.s_ing through thatelace. . ..... reference to the Mean Time of a recognized meridian, ~ Meridian Prime Meridion di~edthe Earth int~two e~~i---Equoto'r-dividesthe Earth into two p~:rts lah3rdlly and Equator " parts longitudinally and is used to measure theand,is used as a-base to measure distances north distance'west or east of it.' . ,Ito south. . ;,' .,;-

lowest Point on the Earth

,.

.

Dead Sea (Israel-Jordan)

Deepest point in the Ocean

j.

I

[Spring Tide and S.pring Tide is caused .by the grav.itat.i.o ...n.a..I..pJ ..I.'~.T.theNea. p Tide is seen wh..en th;S~n d;;dth; Mo~n. ,I. l!:'leaF' Tide Moon and the Sun together in the same direction. attract the Earth in opposite directions. Ice~nd Snow- ..-::I~eJis froze~~ater whkh"~overs ~;u~t~in-;-~~ihe : i; ~;;osph~ric';ap;;ur frozen i~to.ice'crystals -, ice caps. that.fall on the Earth in white flakes. , _

-S--;'6~

"-

1

_

__ ~al~yas

,,,,,,,;..j. :

_

~

,.,.1:

~_=__

..

Cer~? Ac.
m)_-_._._. __ ~

~--._ ,

... ~__llullia~aco (Chile)j67~~~,

Highest Plateau'

km2)

~.._ .._~ __

Nil!.J26,90 mL, ...,-

I

,

.20e riy~~~00nta~C1j~1~

Shortest River"_' __ -' _. __ , largest River Basin

'

~ ...

Amazon (6296 km)

.__ ,_

largest Estua:r.y_"_

..,_._._,,,

__

]

._.-'~~-~-J

..'

,"

'"

=_--. -_-.~-.-- ..-_-.-~. '

~

..

Caspian Sea

Deepest lake"_' _. __

..

lake Baika~S,i~eria _~

largest fresh waterlak=- __ ~_. Highest NavigC1~~~lak::. largest Bay -~.

, •. ,~ ..

' __

... _lag5~}itica5~~~e!~.~<:I!"'ia..___._, , ': - -" -', . .: ',' . . "\. -1"" ~ ,. Hudson Bay, northern Canada

.:03

. •

. .•'

aaai

.•_.__ ..._,

.._.,_, ,,

.

Deepest Gorg,e_"

..

He~':S9~Y':>~

Greatest Ocean Depth

Fundy~~~a

Scotia

-

.ta..rgestDelta

Sunderbans, Ganga Brah;;putra

_._.j.J~~-':b-Pii:--~--3S-;a-50~o~6-'k-m~--'--.

(HighestCapital City --.---~'~Paz ~hest Town ..--

: Sahara:"'(North America)'

----,-.

J

-

'

~=.,~-I

..

"~~---.--. ....

~::::~:~~:1~~c_-----.~-,_ .•

... -

, ~--

South China ~ea

BiggestDesert '~

---,,-~j -1

L!.?~__ ,__.._ . ,

largest Sea (not deepest) .-

,,_

,.••._._~_

..Challenger Deep (10,900 m), Pacific Ocean~' ..._~ _.•_.._,~yof

~

~

•

._J

_', __

.__ ~~_.

Gulf of Mexico (15,00,000 km2) Gr~~---'C~d-~""~~A~-;-;~---"'-'---'"

,oJ

Greatest Tides=- __

._, ~-._----.--.

l~k~ Mead at Bould:r Dam, USA,,_,

• ~_"'''_,

.~ __ ~

..,~,

, ";::1,d

,-=-.._=,~

--.2~~rther~.us1!2..(~?~l~)~

largest lake

,

I

lo-n-g-L-".-_~-----~ ..

Amazon (7180 km)

~:J

==-J

.-,-,_,_--..,,-_.-,-_-_.-. -_.-,_-.-.-_-,_-_-_-,_-

Tibet (4875 m high, area 2,00,000

..

..

Guallatiri (Chile)

Highest, Dormant Volcano ...

"R''',l

..•••

"

Bheinna Bhaile"

Highest, active Volcano

I

+

Marincl'Trench (the Philippines)

Highest Mo~~ains

largest Gulf largest Gorge

'J

Pacific (Indian O~eanwith a depth of 7,542 (in metres) at a depth Ib~ation o{ Jave Trench) . :

largest River (in volume)

Bay and Gulf

"~"~I ;. ,I

Arctic (Atlantic Oc.e.a.n with a depth ~f...9,460 (in metres) at a depth .Iocati~n o..f.'.-. Puerto Rico TrenchL. ,__ .. ,_ __ ..'~ .. _

Deepest Oce~Jn

tongest River__ "'.~ ..,~.__

:~:~

,

AmEirica

Highest, ExtinctV?lcano .

.

Smallest Continent

I~~:;~, ::~~;~~d~:~;~"tt:1~:;~:;~ 16:.~;,"d°d::O~':E~:h,:;~~~,::Johmo~;"1 L -:-_' ._. __.. ,,_ .. _._. __ ~,_, Fold

Asia

lowest Mountains

~G~

1111!1~li

..

largest North to South Stretch of land

'11,1'1'1

~Ii:r!'

, ~I ',=_

-, ',',

"

~~- .... ..~,

i

..

~~'-~.--.-~.=--' -.''~~~-,-,-' -=--~

in Banglad~sh (75,000 km2)

.

,ul

J

:-:-:-:-1'-. -,-.,,',--'-,,-.',- ,-)_-"-.-,,-I.~.-:._-

{Bolivia'Wench~-;n (Tibet)--.-----.--.--~

-'-~."'--"-" .'

'-"~, -.,-. __.

..• w,' , , "

y,

l<;:onfinued),

"

jJ'~ill:.:

II I.' I' d !i

'11~''11

:: ii

At~128 Chapter2'

':111,11' : ! ~• ~

',1

11111

WorldGeography, A~ 1,29

'1:1' , II'

(Continued)

..•

I Highest Village

Y

","

;-1fl {

"i'

Radcliffe Line Drawn up by Sir Cyril Radclif~e:'this line demarcates the' boundary between :md1a"and pakistan. " . I

AlJcanquiIchain the Andes mountains

""""'_"~_"'...=>~_,,,,,,,~,,*,=.~C'~".~~",, ..,=.,", ..,m" ,-"".',."",=~,~~_.~~,,,

..... ,""~...,_""_~_~"'''"'.'o.,

""" .... "",~.~-_.~"'.,_

LargestJsland

Greenland

Most Densely' Populated City' ,. iLeas! Populous .'

..,~m ..M=,.'_~~.<_~~,."",,~y"'~~_'"'~».=_~~,...,,==''',.,',_._.,~_.

__

,.,,-

'.1

i. _'""'

...•••••

••~".

'~"""""""'~'8"""~'~--r~,-"",-,~-_"",q-=",_

u):;. by

Germanyon its'border with France.

J

.'

•• ~".......

••••••

~ •••• ~

••.••

~.~.

__

.•• ~.

,~~

17th Parallel The 17th parallel defined the botui.dary

.. _.,._~_,.,.,,,,,,,,.,

.

_

Siegfried Line It!$ the line of fortification dr~wn

between North ,Vietnam and South Vietnam before the two were united.,,: '.

,~,_~"_.,~.~

Hottest

24th Parallel Is the line which Pakistan claims for . demarcation between India and Pakistan. This,however,is not recogllized by India. ' Northernmost Town

II

Ny Alesund, Spitsbergen (Norway) ~_'-.,~,~_~""=_o<_,, Mt.t'~--",",','-'

,-"-'~""'"~-~~""'-~-"_.""".".",, O"_~N_"'''8'~'<''«~==.='c'~~'''_.m'',__ ' I

38th Parallel Is the parallel of latitude which separates North Korea and South Korea.

-""'F'~-~'f"~~'-"'"'M."''''~¥=_~.~_~'o;=-'_'.~~~''''''_.""",,,~,,,,,~,,,,,,,,,=',"""""'","" __ ,

Ii

Highest Waterfall 7-"

~_"'O~"_'","~"'""",,~'~"

49th Parallel The boundary between the VS,A and

"_'_.'""0"__ "'_,~,,, ", ~.~'_'

llqrgest Atol'! l.,. ""', __ '~_M

~_

a

If)

'"

•..t~',. ~'.,,~-l.~r. j:'

Taungup Pass A'mountain withMyanmar.

'I

as Man;:Pass' and is' locat~d' i.rl,fu1';Nartd~'~De;i Biosphere ..reserve of Zanskar mountain range,'in Vttrakhand. ',' ," ',. '. ," >,",

corridor connection India

NathuLa Pass 'Co'rinectsIndian state Sikkim with Tibet. It is one of th~ three open trading passes betwe,en Indiaand China (other two are Shipki Lain Himachal Pradesh and Lipulekh 'in Vttrakhand) .. N~thu La Passis located near important Hindu and Buddhist pilgrimage site~ ~nd offers wide range of flora and fauna including ef.l~angered ground orchid, snow leopard,Tibetall;~orld, and black-winged kite .

I

I

II

. Fountain Hills,.Arizona Bratsk lake ,on Ango,ra river , "'" . . ... "', ' •.Islandsond Russio)$OOkll'1 . ,m=oi",_-""""",~::. __ .,__

'WC"_'_'''''_'''''''",*,m_~'~.•.''''",._._._o_''''

Broadest Strait

.''"'_' ..._,,=,,'''_",""""",-.,-,.--_o>.o

__

"'''''_=_~'''

__

-

.. -

'.

. .".. '

",;~~,-,,,<,,m-~-;;-""'&---~~"""""~"';'~~:"'~~~~:~t"l'i

..7~~

-- ••~_.~.~"-'''''''''~''''''''''~''F''~''--'~'~~''~-.-'~~-~'''~~~'''--'''~'''~''~''''''

OceClnCu[rent

kll'1

..~

wid~L, '.,.,'

!{rl

(4.8 m ~id~l

'~1

''''''''--'' __

t

~~

.t:

",

"

Durand line ,It tS,the line demarcating the bQunda~ies

l~1

..

,

IIIII I!

I II

I

I

Iii I

of India art(f'Afghanisfan. Ii\vas\lraWri up'in 1893by Sir Mortimer Durand:,India reco~zes the ,Durand line, but Afghanistan has yet not recognized it.

#indenburg Line It is theb~unda'ry diyidi~g Germany and Poland. The Germans retreated to this line in f917 durlng ..World War 1.: Maginot Line It is a 320 km line of fortification built by France~long its border with Germany before World War II, to protect its boundary from German attack.

.

\,

."1_'1.,_:

.:,'

t.

-"

"'.

Ii

_.

.1

,-''oj.

.:1", I

.

...Nokwakto~Clpids/Slil'l9'sb)lGhanrll;~I;.BritishGolymbia (Gal'lodq!•.... ;.•

Iinportont lines o'nd Boundories

WakhjirPass (or VakhjirPass) It;is a m9untain pass in the Hindu-Kush:or'IPiliriirs at the'eastern endofthe WakhanCorridor, the only pa,ssbetw~.enAfgh~i,stan and China, linliliiglWakh~n (Afgharlistah)'\~itn:,the Tashkurgan Tajik Autonomous County in Xinjiang (China). , . •. . ,.',

"

~''F==_,

Davis Strait (~etween Greenlard.and .B!JffinlsI9nd),(338 B;tWe~h'the _A;;~~A~~;[E;;boea:;~dt~';;~Jct~'i;F'S7t;ec~ A~;~;ctic Ci;cu-~~~Ia~~~':i~ddri~-~'~;;;~~--"--"""'"

Greatest Ocean.Current)

I Strongest

"

.';

.~"

'.

;"

.

.-'

l

."

L'~"'lx"'''''4'~!

,"

,

.'"

-.-""

'1'

,,,: ..-_

',"

~.•. "

"

.,;

.j •.••••

:-.tt~_"\,(::t~~.J~.,~,r,~"i'1'

. '......

"

.

'

~.

.

'

Jelep La This mountain pass connects Sikkiril'Ch1dia) to Lhasa of tibet region,

.••• ;

A d I'W "lti

'Sani Pass Thispa~~ connects' KwaZulu\.N~t;;l.1~CEciNj 'region of South Africa and Lesotho."'" ..t i "lkL'i ,;~ h-~{:: -~,

,

WORLD ARCHITECTURE Wonders of the World ",1

••.

. "'. ,.r

"

.~-

,

; ,;",'

I,,?,

The Seven Wonders of the Ailcient World

~~t,;-, -:-,.J

I

•. "~

'

~. --/ ,~,?'.•. ":'

.~~

.::: ~\~

.'

The Pyramids o(Egypt These were the royal t~Inbs built m.ore ~han4qOOyears ago for the Egyptial1 'rhara~h~, anohouse their mummified bodies surrounded by their .treasures. and persOllal belongings, th~y'"alre about 70'in:number: and represent 1200years of the ailcient Egyptian history. In'Jact, Pyramids refern:id:to by Antipaterwere three inmimbet:' " ,j

.

•

,I

(i) Pyramids of Khufu or Cheops (ii). Pyramids of Khaf-Ra orCh~phrerl.:'~""

,.1,

,

(i~i).Pyra'~ids of Menakaure ofMy~erinus' ,-~

~~ \ ..•.

-t",

,h "'.,

1> ••

""

~

bordersof India, China and Myanrriar..

"., ;~"n

j~

McMahon'line hDrawn' up by Sir Herny Mc11{non, 1

0"

•.

!~nt;~t

demarcates the'fhmtier of India and China: clilila die the Karakorun{~~ng~ ..~~~~k.ora.wpasi}sth~ ~~.ng~;md _tht:!. o!d not recognize the McMahon line and crbssediiili 196~: pass of the Ka~a~o.~p}lllY1;0tm~~jIl. '" ,', .,.. :, . . uo; trade route between Leh and Yarkant. The Saichen Order-Neisse Line It is the border between Poland an Glacieris in th~.i!a~terhKatako~a:mraIige and 'w~st'6f Germany, ~g along .the Order andNe!~se riYi thepass in the great Himala'yan Mo.untams. ..... . ers; adopted at the Poland Conference (August 1945 TOf¥gart,Pass Af:'~e~~te',~o~tai~"b~;der beh.ve~n after 'World War iL It was' recognized by Polahd an Kyrgyzstanancl.Chma., ',' " former East Germany in 1950 and by f6rfu~r Wes Germany in 1970. ,J

_..

'Quick

Facts'

'.

Karakoram Pass Situated between India and China. in

;;-

'! '~."~

t

' .•,' ... ,!>;;;

th~ Kulma Pass (als.~QolmaPass) .Is ,a. mount~in"B~ss acrossthe Pami'!!Il}0untains.on .the border .ofTajH
Mannerheim Line' It is the line of fortification

~:

k;. ...•.•

Diphu Pass A mountain pass 'atthe ..tri-point'ofthe

<.,

r'

BorasuPass, It is located on. the' Indian .side of. the Indo-China border. It connects the Indian state of Vttrakhand and 'Hrmachal Pradesh and ,was an old ,. ,-' • , ~ '," \:l trade route beween Doon v«;llleyand.Kinnaur valley.:

/.'

I:

f-~~M_~_'~_---,

tt'!fi}.e"J);"-~~:':l

"~-i~~"li

Dungri La . Connects India and Tibet .Also'known

"C

f

. -

Canada.

.• _,,

Longest Coral Reef

•

as

Khunjeiab Pass' (also known'.' r'; ,,\

•

.. ""'''''':~'''-,'~''''''''",_m''~,,,,'''--~,,",,,,,,,,,'4?'-=.',''-''''''t~~'!.-'-""'.'l':""",

"A.~

~~

Monaco" .

"W"""_-"="'~_=

~_~~~~_"m,_,

'._~.if~'.~~"',,"~~~'

Nunaat)

t",'ffl=""'-"-:'-'''''''''''''='-''''-''''~~~~-''""",-:.~~"",,":,,'

'~','.'.'"""".,. ~ __ ..,.'

r-

Seven 'Wonders of the Ancient World ." ~ ,

'

A Greek author Antipaterof Sidon (second century BeEI was the firstto listthe greatest monumentsand buildings as the' Seven Wonders of the world. Most of these structuresare now in ruins except the 'Pyramids of Egypt' which have survived.The number seven seems to hove had some meta' physical attraction for the ancient Greeks who considered it a magic number.

f, '4-:':

"-:~I ,

:,i~I,

A.130

Chapter2

The Great Pyramid (Horizon of Khufu)at Gizeh, situated on the.lower Nile (near Cairo), was 146.5 m in height and contained about 23,00,000 blocks of stones, each weighing about 2.5 t. Now, since the loss of its topmost stones and pyramidiorl, it has reduced to 137 m in height with a base of 230 m.

"

~~i"I "

The Colossus of Rhodes It was a bronze statue of the Greek Sun God Helios (Apollo) about 35 m tall, found in the port city of Rhodes, in the eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea. The Colossus was ,sculpted around 325-292 BCE by Charles of Lindus. It remained position~d till 672 CE when Turkey seized Rhodes and the statue was then sold. It was destroyed in 224 BCE in ,an earthquake.

.1'1~ I

.'1

The Hanging Gardens of Babylon The Hanging Gardens of 'iil"1 f

~, r,i

"

,I,

,\"

'ii

Babylon were built in the sixth century BCE by Nebuchadnezzar-II, near the Euphrates river (96 km south of modem Baghdad, Iran). The gardens consisted of a series of terrC\cesat about 23-91 m above the ground 'level on which flowers and trees were grown interspersed with fountains and reflectors. Water was store,! in a reservoir at the top of the terrace and was ,piped down to the trees. However, no trace of these gardens remains today.

The Mausoleum at Halicarnassus Also known as the Tomb of Mausolus, ,(the king of Caria in Asia Minor in 325 BCE) at Halicarnassus, a Hellenistic city on the northwest coast of Asia Minor, now Bodrum, Turkey. The mausoleum was made of marble and was built by his widow Queen Artemisia. It was destroyed before fifteenth century BCE in an earthquake.

'1"

'The Pharos of Alexandria The world's first known lighthouse (watch tower) 122m high, built in 270 BCE, on the island of Pharaohs at the entrance of the port of Alexandria (chief port of Egypt on the Nile delta). It was made of white marble, designed by the Greek architect Sostratus of CniduS and completed by king Ptolemy Philadelphus (265-247 BCE). The science of lighthouse 'construction called 'Pharology' started with this lighthouse. It was destroyed in an earthquake in 1375 CEo

III!

'The Statue of Zeus (Jupiter) at ,Olympia

II

t

The sta,tue of supreme Greek God Zeus was found in the valley of Olympia, ,province of Ellis near the west coast of the southern peninsula of Greece which was called 'Peloponnesus'. The statue made of wood and carvedwith gold and ivory was designed byPhidias in the fifth century BCE. It was destroyed'in a fire in Istanbul in 475 CEo

WorldGeography ".'13 i

The 'Temple of Artemis (Diana) at Jphesus (Rome) Situcit~d in Asia Minor at Ephesus, an ancient but now varilshed city on the eastern side of the Aegean Sea atthecsou!h of Smyrna (Turkey). Built of marble in the sixth cen. tury BCE in honour of Diana, the Greek virgip God, dess of hunt and the Moon, the temple wasJ2&.5 III by 68.5 m, and 18 m.high. It was rebuilt in fu~J:0ur!h century CE and destroyed by the invading G~~~in the ~r~ century CEo The fragments are prel'j~~~d in the Bntish Museum, London. , :I 'J'b! '<

-,-.,.1,

,'..-'

.

..JAU.,JA..

Seven Wonders of the Medieval World The list patteffi~d on the model of the Seven Wonders of the Anci~91'iW9rld includes: ~ -1 c,;17 1. 2. 3. 4,

The Colossus of ROII,le The Catacombs of Alexandria The Stonehenge in Britain The Great Wall of China

.

_.H9l~1

,'i 1; IC"1'N~., 1

m,'

, I'll

'",li' 5. The Leaning Tower of Pisa .,,..H 6. The Porcelain Tower of Nanking 7: The Mosque (Church) at St. Sophia in :J8 Constantinople ~ .••• Hh

',dl,

Seven Wonders of the Modern World There is no formal list of the modem wonders in view of the fact that the structures included therein ar~ always ~.,u~anger of bein~ superseded by ,th~ later structu\e.~:>.How, ever, ed1tors of the International Readers Dlge.i3t have selected ,the following wonders under the '~aption 'The Seven Wonders of the Modern World'. I

,

',\

,~,

"fif.{'

The TaiMahal of Agra, Built in '"'1631-1653 by the Mugha! . , f'"lI" emperor Shah Jahan in Agra as a mausole~lor his wife Mumtaz. It is a masterpiece of architectHre. The tomb is made of white marbles and inlaid with precious stones. The tomb of Shah Jahan also i~s adja, cent to the Taj Mahal. ' 'N

The Great .Wall of China Originally this great wall

Wi!!

built in, the' third century BCE to protect China frOIr nomadic, invaders from the north. Its constructio: was initiated by the first Chinese Emperor"Qin Sh I!~angd,i and, continued by the successive; emp~l' ors. It was completed during the reign of Chin Shi' Huang-ti (246-210 BCE). The wall has a"mainliJ1t length of 3460 km with a further ~860 !
a

.,.

shape to Syning ori~'the border of Turkestan. \Some 51.5krn of.wall was destroyed in 1966 and part of it was blown up in July 1979 to make way for a dam.

The Eastern Island Statues

Colossal, elongated he~ds9.5m high and carved from volcanic rock. The South Pacific island on which they stand was discovered on Easter (A Christian festival celebrating the resurrection of Christ) in 1722 by the Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen:' The statues are believed to have been made by the ancestors of the Polynesian inhabitants of the island.

some years before the birth ofc'Cfuist.' Whehibuilt: it hai:I the capacity ofJi1,50;00Q'which'increasedto , 3,85,000in;the third century CE!' "~-:' ~ •

•

•

.~~I

"!

Paris exhibition by Alexandre Gustave (1832-1923), a French civil engineer. It was made of wrought iron and is abo~t'300 m high, on the banks of river SeiIi.e. Now extended by a TV antenna to 320.75 m it weighs 7340 t. The whole iron edifice has 1792 steps. The Eiffeltower'took two years and tWo days to be completed at a cost of 77,99,401Franc.

The Mayan City of Tikal (Central America) Tikal, the ceremonial centre of the Mayan empire dates back to 300 BCE. It was rediSCOvered in 1848 by Guatemalan explorers. Situated in northern Guatemala, the temple and buildings include a pyramid of the Great Jaguar and a palace of the nobles.

TheSpace Shuffle The us Space Snuttle, Columbia, was

~...•. _~

T.' .•...

,~'-"

~~,!

••.••

-~!J

'".--..

of, the ~~llders ,~r,th~ Middle ages. The Le~g I'J;'ower'5'f Vis,a,is)P,.' rC?tH1Sl, marble, eight-storey bell tower, and weighs 14,453 t: It was constructed"by ,architect ,BonaImus':of Pisa around 1154 CEo It is 54.5 m high aJld the top is off the petpendicular by 5 m.,In 1983,'a 'temi?orary'metal ca?e w~s erected, a~o~~ th~, ~#~rgti-i~n~,~t~ It 1Ssa1d to have tilted over 1.26 mm durmg 1988. Prof. Giuseppe Toniolo, its/custodian"announced'in January 1989 that the rp,teat'whic'ri the towe;'s ~i worsened during 1988' ~~s¥l i~e~~th the',ayet~ge rate of tilting since 1932. However,'>the latest. mea': , ,- r', .", ~"""-lT r:~i 'it. - _ surements taken in 'Jime '1991 reveal tnat' the tower has spiung back by about 3 mm. ' " " .,~. h.. .1

tow~
•

Thefjffel Tower The Eiffel Tower was built for the 1889

t

The L~aning Tower,~f Pisa, ~e

,.

•

••••.

.•••

.•••

t

•

("'}

_.,...",

..

.•.. ,'j.

~

f ;0.'

•

•

,

,...

••

.J

.•-

l.t;j

1- .

<

'~~r

.f, .

,'..

.t

;

.

~

I

i..,'

.J

~.'•.~' l

Hagia Sophia Also called 'the Church of St: Sophia', Ii was built at Constantinople (Istanbul)~ aSCi'Christian cathedral by the Rotnan.EmperorJustinianin 531~38 CEo The Hagia Sophia was designed'in'the, form ofil Greek cross (80.7 m x 42.9,m) with a flattened dome set in a' cluster 'of cupolas and minarets. The Sultan of Turkey, Mohatnmed II, turned it intQ..a.mosque,in 1453 CEo •~

•

'.'

~'

• '"J

.::

launched from Cape Canaveral, Florida in 1981. It was designed to carry two or three ~~tro.nautsm!o the space, help build a space station, carry satellites into the space, and to retrieve and repair them in space.

The Porcelain Tower of Nanjing This is located in Nanjing, the ancient capital of South .~hina. The 'ochlgonC!J eight storey tower 80.6 m in height, was built in the early part of the fifteenth century. The Taiping revolutionists destroyed it in 1853. '; if .,-I-.,.,l

(harter Cathedral, This Gothic cathedral, built mthe twelfthand thirteenth centuries, stands on a hill overlooking the French market to'Yn of Charters. AIDong its glories are its stained-glass windows (173 in all) whichproduce a unique 'Chartres-blue' light.

Catacombs in Rome" Th~se have sculptures "of' early Christian era., which are, laid out .m,more",than 40 groups of subterranean labyrinths' or galleries and chambers c6vering 250 hectare's, at places descending to five storeys (21 m) below the' surface ofground.J j

Other Wonders of the World Stonehenge in England . It is a prehistoric ruin on the Salisbury plains South England in Wiltshireand one of the most important megalithic monuments of' Britain. Erected' between 1800 ahd 1500BCE, it is a"circular assemblance of huge stones, shaped and arranged in two rowedcircles,~ one within the other. The name 'Stonehenge' is derived from'stan-hengest' (stone stallion).

The Alhamb;a ,tilisis l~caied' in~Gr~ada "in ~Quthern Spain; and was built by conquering Arab moors. The Alhambra consists of fortress.called'Kalert'where .the ~~lls towers ,~r~~l~'in red~tone. , ~ ~ ' ~. The Colossl1sat Rome , It is 'One,of the largest amphitheatres'iIi. the world.. The co~strU~tion'of this three-storey struchire~as initiated by Emperor Vespasian and completed by emperor,Doinitian in 82 CEo fu238cE:a fourth.storeY'Y~s.added:,Jhe colossus had a capacity of about 70,000 persons. The co~t of construction was 1,00~00,OOO croWns and 12,OOO-slavesfwm Jerusalem were ernployeat~ build it. -,. ". _

The CircusMaximus. in Rome An amphitheatre in Rome ~tiUzedin the ancient tim~s for ch~riot ra~~s,'public games, etc. Built sometime in 605' BeE bY-king Tarquin,it was rebuilt and enlarged by Julius Caesar

'l(

and'

".

.

,'"

-

~,

"

'-

Chapter2.

A~132

iil',l

)

WorldGeography A.133 its move. for exhibition in Washington,DC an~i~ew. York City from December 14, 1962 to M~l.fch12,'1963'In 1987, it was repoited that the, original col~~!s 0 the painting had' been affected by the ch~mical applied on it for its preservation. ., :)l1i)11, \

The Sphinx The Sphinx is a large wingless,. human face, Lion.hewn out of solid stone, measuring (52.6 m) in width and 20.1 m in height. It is located in Gizeh . in Egypt and was built during the time of fourth dynasty about 3750 BCR Between the tWo extended paws is-f6und a granite altar with inscriptions.

',',)!l

Statue of Liberty

')

Mono Lisa- The Most Well"Known Pointing

"'i

i:',,'

j"

..•blY_

•. '.J

.

iJ~,.\

~q~..l

~,.1

.-,,{

~ Australia

E~.bl~~, Kangaro,o•..,

~~ngladesh Barbados

~at~~ lily Head of Trident

selgium This is a huge statue of a woman facing the sea/~wit a tablet in her left hand and a lighted torch in her Canada right hand. The tablet bears the inscription 'July 4 ,~p~~rk 1776', the date of American independence. It 'st~lndJi on the Bedloe Island in New York~6 m tall;•..bn ilDominica pedestal of about the same height, making,.~i.l.tot ~~any height of 93 m from the ground level to the tip of the torch. It is a replica of an identical statue whicn.'Jstirl,1 France stands on the bank of the river Seine in Parish-Thil: GUYana New York version was engineered by Gustave E!!felt India the builder of the Eiffel Tower. This statue was gifte ., Iran to US by France. . 1:>0 Ireland

The Moria Lisa, the portrait of a young.woman with a gentle smile on her face, is considered to be, the world's most valuable painting. Painted in 1504 by Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519) the great Italian artist, it measures 77 cm x.53 cm (30.5" x 20.9") and is noW preserved in th~, ~o,uve~, Paris. It is believed to portray either Mona (short of Madonna) Lisa Gherardini, wife of Francesco del Giocondo of Florence, or La Giaconda, mistress bfGuiliamo de Medici. It was pur': chased by Francis I, King of France in 1517 for 15.30 kg of gold. The Mona Lisa was assessed for insurance purposes at the highest figUre of US$'lO,OO,OO~OOO for

. l ~";

Countries and Their Emijlems .

]

:l)~~;

J,

Lion

,

,

J

.. ~ . "- j

;;

I

'

,.1

.':~:! ,";

,. ,... ,

-~=~ -..:~

-:1.. '

.:~

;1.

World-famous Structures" "

Structure

I

, '!II

AI-Aqsa Mosque" ' ~_¥'

__

>k

"'

_

<

Location

Importance

'Jerusalem

I~fam'sthird holiest place;~ I'.. ..

...." .••• ""''',., __

: Angkor Vat

-_''-- •.._'

.••.••.••••• _-_

== .._--_._.

Cambodia

__ ' ".7"""'"""-----,_-

....~''''. __

Big Ben

' Londo;'i

' ~--

--~---_._,-~

-

'

-

Berlin

Bridge 'of Sighs

Venice' (Italy) ~'

A bridge on which condemned prisoners had to pass over before being execut~d,

,~,~_ ..

~

The,,!:~adest str~in_t_he__w_o_r_ld_.

.__

_____

..".

• __

•

~

~...•'.

.

••••,.•.•~-._----

--~.•••.•

,._ _'

.,--.

=:J

r The ~ethe~lands New Zealand

1

White lily

.

~

'..~

~T

"'!

~Kaaba

L-

... __

:.•Spain ....

.vv

> •••

','

.~

Pentagon ,"'"

'

.

'-----J

._,-

.Canje, ef:7.?~~~~._,_. lioned Capital --

••• ..-

Rose

Moscow

(.-.~

_

~=~~.'-'-'

, C"""'''_'_,---?~-'''''

_

•••

~~~

~

'. :L

-

,

<

_

houses the mini~tryof defence of the USA. ~-,-----=~_-

__

An open ground attached to the Kremlin and used for processions and demonstrations.

_.

..."..-~.

: vya!!.~re.:!cl~_ :. ~ ~,E~~Y" york -, iWhite House Washington' 'VL'-

.

in Spain.

ii 'is ~ five-~i'de~building, ~hich •....

Israel

Seven.branched Candelabrum

Italy

White

.rt:oryCoast

Elep_~nt

Jopan

Chrysanthemum

..•..•..-.---

'.lo~don . :

I •..

.. ------------

I

Swaziland \o.~:._______

__

Orchid

~~~mgKong Lebanon

Ceder Tree

J:lt~embourg

lion with Crown

,

..•........•. -.,._-

,.--~...

_ ..

.-.

-

~

-

'"

"--

-

•••••.

~

.• Wh.'

-,

Turkey ,. ~United Kingdom ~""''''''."~=. __....

,,..

oo~,i>M,,~~.~_~=

~=

,T:)

•

_

,

lion and B~ab';;';;--~J lion' ); ., ",' ;;'~;,.;i' "

......•. '

lion . ,,---Sec'r'etary Bird ..J._..•.-_ .....

--r:J

l

.•••• _.

...."__

_ , .~ ._.._

r''"i' '~~-.-_._'~-,

..• ~._~

_.

~--'-----,'~--~.~~-~

. t. _

~

'

,.

Crescent and Star .....-"_--Rose

USA ' , Zimbabwe

J

Countriesand Their Parliaments

.. ,~•.....•.......•

--,._,-----,~--,! __

~

__

Golden Rod, Bald Eagle , Zimbabwe Bird -

'~'1

,\

M"

•• "

::

f!lifania Algeria ~g'ola ~~9 Argentina ~J~tralia Austria

__

----.--------------~.-

Stoc~>~~Cha.ng.eof !'Jew York. Official residence of the President of the US since 1 800

.--~.r::.. ".

~~mas Bangladesh

~!~ze

- 'Pe?Ei;;; A~;m~~L

NationaLPopula~. Assembly;,

._..N~;~~~~!.~~~ula~,6.,sse~bl>:_,

... 'The seat of BritishGovern~ent offices, the former residence of the Queen of • 'England. .

J.

~~fan

-

Bolivia

=:J

N5JtionalC;ongress .,,'. ..~-,- ...._- -"'~'~'W'~-'-"._-;':'-'--"1 Federal Parliament " , Bundesversammh:mg -

~

~~.,_

.-------

--_~'"

__

h

-

'.' ...•.•••..•••.•

._ . ...J

Nome

Botsw~na ",

"}

National Assembly-;,;

",=:1

National Conwess Parliament (House of Comm'ons ~nd, _ . House of Lords) r-------."~---.--- ,..-,- '-1 lBulgaria Narodno Sabranie .-J Cambodia ' "National Assembly -,~--< '''--''-.--------.. ---;""I Canada___. .~arliament (of Commons and Senatet J ~~azil . Britain';

__ ~..'''=

H_,_..

~'' __ .,__ ,.~'.,'' ,

.. ...,... _.

Cape Verde

"'_' ' ' ' ' ".

_ .. , .••••

_-:_

••••. __, \ __

'_.~.,., __ ; .• __

. '~;'' :'"-'.' ~

_"",

--_. '-~'--'~'-' u

Tson!:,!cJ , National Congress

"- ,.-_____

. People's National AssemoIY'1'

J

[Chi;;;:~a-;;d~~~~~~1 P~opl:! ..Con~e~' _" 'China~ National' Yuan (Natio~al Assembly) ,

_

National R~~olu~k,;;6~Assembl; -"

ICountry

'"",_,~,

._.52.~n~!(J-'-~s~e":l.bly _ ~tiyo Sangs~a~_ •. National Assembly

Benin

CEo

-----_.--.-------

~-=~,. -; ~

Shora

Columbia Congr~ss .. ._------"-.,.~_.",, ....., i Cuba National Assembly of People's Power.. - .~-"."----,------------ -_._ ..... _---."._ _-~ -~_ .J Denmark Folketing . l

,-~-.-

J

~-

,~--------~--_.-

,

.

,

'.":;'

lion and Elephant Eagle Humming bird-"-'-"j

" fTri.;id~'d;;dTobago ..... ~,.-------

'"

'

....

Cl?sed Crowns ". Eagle'

Syria .

~---'-,..-

.

_~~ ~~~~~ra~--:,:,~=~ . ,White Eagle -" ."',

L~!9-.~-I~_._-...-_-,,_-_-,'- __ Sierra Leone ~ L~ Lank_a_, : __ . Sudan ~

Lotus

,'7-'

Star and Crescent

[~n Ma~!,!»_. _ .._ S'poin

< .••

-

-"v-;:t",~:r::"'"~.-~,--~.~<~-~

\tVhi{J Hili]'"

.-.

_,

"

"_t_~onj_

rP~eu~ ~~~C!~i'~ea_, Poland . .. ..

lily '. . .•.~--"'-----, ~,l_"~,: .._...__

Atghanistan

-------'----

It is the inner shrine of the great Mosque of Mecca.

Washington

I,Red Square, Kremlin '_. ,~.:------.~r."~.._-•.--

•• _

Mecca

"~._____

.-_..

1~

One of thelarg'estpalaces

.. ",

Pakistan

Beach Sisserou Parrot C:-:;r~. il~we;

.J

lion" . . Sbuthe~n'cross, F~rn, Kiwi'

L~o~~_, ---.-__

-----.

_

1O,IDowning Street England Official residence of the Prime Minister of England. r-' .~-,--"""'-~. .-. '" ~ysee Palace France Official residence of Pre_si_d_e_nt __o_f_F,_ra_n_c_e_.

'Escurial .

,._z-""""-"""----'"'

World's tallest free-standing structure, 553.33 m high.

.:

Emblem The-S~y~'lnbo(symbolfo; ... 'fr~E:ldoinand/independence)

~.~=~-~~__ ] --:-'1--""-'

1':-')' " '.,.,""\'

'.-~:~

_

/ It is the Palace of the BritishMonarch since Queen Victoria's accession in 1837.

~T~ronto

.J_."

,~.."'

._

London

I C.N. Tower ••.•

The main gate hetween the erstwhile east and west Berlin. • __

Buckingham Palace

f

-~-:;'fOI,

Brandenburg Gat~

~.Broad~y. __

.i"

~-""',.-,-.,..--------)

A huge clock on the tower of the British Parliament installed in the year 1859 ..

,,

k.-,

'illll,

-_.___

A Hindu temple complex (LordVishnu's) built by the Khmer King Suryavarman-II Qsthe lar!:,!estreligious structure., '

I'-_ .•_--::--_."., '" " """,," -.-,-,-~,--~,-~'~", , durin!:,!1113-~O.-'---""'" It isconsidered ;:" :---,-'-" i

''~_'

r"

;'.~.o;~' ..•• "

!v\ong~lia.

'I

II

~

r Country

,"

~ •. :I' fi,~

~j' '•.~•

~ ~

,

...

..

...

(Continued)

1111

1

.1~.'.,! 1'1 I!II.I!:!

'I:

11 1,1" 1 . 1' ' I,

A.134

Chapter 2

World Geography .A.135

II); 'fopic:wi~e Assessment

(Continuedj "I

ICountry

Il; ~

Name

Ethiopia

Shergo

~~t

f

~l?le's

Finland

~ j'!1

rIii II:

THE WORLD WE LIVE IN

Staten Genera~

Landstraad

[Poland.

Guyana

National Assembly

__ ~

._

~_n ~

National Assembly

~._---_._-_.

~ __

-.J

People's Consultative Assembly

r Iran -

.....~-~~I~ __...__.--_. , _ ."..... . .. ..

Iraq

National Assembly

Peopl-e'sAs~~y~,_.=

South Africa

_

House of Assembly

[ipain

:C<:>..r!es "__

Sudan

and Seanad Eireann: Senate)

-"----.-~~

Israel '

,-

~

---l

Knesset

_ =---15I;_-t-.-' -.---'- ." .

r

Jordan Kenya

4'_ Nationa-I-A-s-se-m-b-Iy-",-----'

J

. __

National Assembly

[ Laos

..__ !eo~_~p.reme

Liberi,a ~ya

Assembly

Malaysia

pevia" Rakyat and Dewan Negara

(Maldives

Maili~

Mongolia

•

Great People's Khural

F

•

~ozambique

People's Assembly

Myanmar

Pyithu Hluttaw

i

:

'.

M_'

Gra~d .~'-a-I-~-~~~-~-~-~y===='

Venezuela

National Congress

Vietnam

National Ass~~~IY'_~_M

Yugoslavia

Federal Assembly

,--_.__ .•._._--_. Zambia

---_.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

__

_.

--'--_._- t

National Assembly

t '1<

'.~

1.",

i{

Tropicaldesert Temperategrasslands Equatorialregions Savannahregion

7.

It is the largestdesert (cold and hot) in the world (b) River Nile passesthrough this desert (c) Thereis no underground river in thisdesert (d) All of these

'\:-, ,

~

(c)

Downs

i .~

,,,":,",, I;j.'

It is the'seat'of International Jus'--:" ;l " tice Mission . i

- I

.•

It is' the; seat of International Court of Justice It is the largestcoastalcity of the world It Containsmaximum number of underground pathways in the world .

Velds

14. Londonissituatedon the banks6fMv~r

Steppes Prairies

Column I (Country)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Column II (Capital City)

Danube Clyde , Hudson Thames

",,

, .•

A. China

I. Moscow

B. Russia

II. Paris.

\,

1-"

;r

15. Match the countries name in c~iuri1n I with the religion that:dominatesit in eolumnll. ." '"ll,,'" ~.

)t.,

Country ,(Ci:>11JlTml)"

..

Religion (Cohimn' fl)~~UI<J)

A: . Algeri~;

.

I. Islam"

C. France

III. Beijing

D. Italy

IV. Rome

B. Rwanda.'

V, Milan

e.

,K

f"~

',')

II. Christianity_ ..

,

Libya

D. Lesotho A

B

C

D

(a)

I

II

IV

V

(b)

IV

V

I

II

(b)

(c) (d)

(c)

III

I

II

IV

(d)

V

IV

III

I

(a)

16.

Continents 11, Arrange the

following according to their size. I.

Which of the following statements holdstrue for the Saharadesert? (a)

-'."1.

1~',

10. Matchthe _!lameof the country in column I vvith.the name of the correct capital city-in column II.

(a) It is the world's highestwaterfall (b) It is the world's largestwaterfall (c) It is locatedin the desert (d) It remains frozen for three monthsin a year

-'-

"

(a) (b) (c) (d)

6. Angelfalls is unique because

Nationql Legislative Council ""-

(d)'

(a)

USA

5. Whichof the following natural regions isknownas'the big game country' or a landof safari?

1

Representative ~ssembly

rI;ire

9. Which~of the following temperate grasslandsare found in Eurasia?

Themeridianof Capeof Tasmania Themeridianof CapeTown Themeridial}of Wellington Themeridianof Perth

(b) China (c) Russia (d) Europe

Congress (House of Representatives and Senate) '.

rv;;uatu

(b)

World'shighestplateauis situated in (a)

- "

National Assembly

United States

~I I

4.

-. -"'.... ,._,_._.,~_.--~,.~~._--,....."...-~.....<""~-

~Y_'~

National Assembly G~'-ne--~--a-I P-e-o.-p-Ie-'s-C-o-n-g-r-es-s----I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Federal Assembly (Nationairat and Standerat Bundesver Sammilung)

Tunisia

~

'1 '

-~--'--',---~----'

People's Council

'.

3. Which meridian forms the boundary line between the Indian Ocean and the PacificOcean?

~.!i~~~~,_'~~ "-"..~~--_~~_.

Switzerland

"-,--------

--=

Liblandia

[waden

~-

.

"''''''''',---~--~-'''~'==''''-'''",,-..-,--

Swaziland

' __ .-J

National Assembly

Stalen

!

,

.' "

National Assembly

1~.~.~.~.~:;;;::~:~,;y .. J

(a) SinharajaF~~estReserve (b) KinabaluNatio~al Park (c) Congo Rainforest (d) AmazonRainforest

People's Assembly

ISomalia

Indonesia

'

1,''"/

13. Why is Hague,NetHerlaYid; fambus?

(a) The saltiestseain the world (b)' The largestlakein the world (c). The highest fresh water body in the world (d) Th~:iongestseain the world,

Amazonrainforestis spreadover (a) 3 nations (b) 9 nations (c) 19 nations (d) 27 nations

",' ..r"

~-P11

Caspianseais

2. Which of the following rainforests is the largestin size?

,;.j(.

: National Assembly_

Seychelles

•

Sansad

1.

._. __

Grand National Assembly

[Senegal

Althing

India

---_. __ ._---

2ei~_.

Romania

8.

AProfile of the World

Greenland

Kuwait

l1

[the"N;th~--:The

r Surinam

'~Ii~!

, .' ~U.

National Panchbya't' ,

Bundestag (Lower House) Bundesrat (Upper House)

Na.!!on~~s,:~.bl~

1£

:'11

"

",

Germany

Iceland

I

Nepal

Name

New Zealand Parliament (House of Representatives) , Norway __ ' 'Storting .. .. Papua New National Parliament Guinea

~gary

,il~

!

A~~bly~-=,-_'-'_-

Eduskunta

[!,:-a_n~_.

I

Country

.~.

12.

continents

Africa

II.

North America

III.

South America

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I, II and III II, III and I III, I and II I, III,andII

is the predominant language in the majority of countries of SouthAmerica (a) (b) (c) (d)

English Spanish Portuguese French

A I II

B II I

I

I

II

II

C I ..•. II II I

D II I II I

is known as cradle of the western civilisation., (a) (b) (c) (d)

South EastAsia Middle East FarAbroad South WestAsia

17. Matcht~e options in the column I with the.correetoptions in the column II. 'Column I (Countries)

. c6iJm~ II') c, (Capital Cities)

.,

.

A. Bulgaria B. Malta

e.

II. Valletta. " III.! Vienna

Sweden

D. Austria (a) (b) (c) (d)

A III II I IV

'.

I. ~t~.~kho!(t.1

. IV. Sofia)

b

B I

II

IV;

IV

III

i'"

III II

IV

C

I

he

'

II ill

)

..;

-

'111111\111111 1

! "II~I

1 "1

'I

1

Chapter 2

A.136

!III

'Ii ~ :1

18. Languages spoken in Italy and Fra,,!ce

25.

are also known as' I

'I'I

., ,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Germanic Languages Slavic Languages , , Romance Languages Baltic Languages

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Latvia Bosnia Lithuania

26.

in column I with the correct options in the column II

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Column (Capital

C,

III IV II I

IV II III III

B

C

D

III I IV II

IV II III I

I ill II

II

IV

III

of

27.

I II III IV

I.' II. III. IV.

D I IIi IV IV

Chile 'Uruguay 'Colombia Peru

28.

of of of of

32.

I. South Africa

IV. New Zealand

II.

The population

is densej

D

III.

II IV I II

IV I IV I

III III II III

IV. - The rainfall is less

33.

24. The Great Barrier Reef stretches to an approximate distance of (a) (b)

500 km 1000 km

(c) (d)

2000 km" 5000 km

29.

34.

Which of the following are true for Liverpool?

statements

I.

It is not a seaport

IL

It is exporter of milk on the

Only II I and II II and,lIl I, II and III

.

'I

"

35.

40.

:•.1 (, I;

tt

Summer climati<: regiqns Equatorial climatic regions Monsoon climatic regions None of these' , ,.

Which of the following statementl holds true for the Monsoon climatic

bank

of

~.

,",

are

Sudan climatic region Temperate monsoon region Temperate grassland region Laurentian type climatic region

46.

Rainfall normally occurs in summer Rainfall normally occurs in winters • Rainfallno'rmally'occurs spring None of these

,Hot and wet climate 'HoUma

.too, ,

..

moist Climate'

Which' of the following regarded as a food crop?'

Monsoon climatic region Temperate monsoon climatic region Steppe climatic region Tundra c1ima~ic region

is

not

Laurentian type climatic region Tundra type dimatic region Siberian type climatic region None of these

There are fairly dense forests with tall trees ' ,

(b) (c)

The heaviest rainfall occur during the hot season' Great change of teri1p~rature

(d)

between day and night All of these '

(a)

Savannah climatic regions

(b) (c) (d)

Temperate monsoon' Steppe'type, c1ir:natic region MediterranealJ, c1[mate regionS

(d)

Barley

Which of the following crop? (a) (b)

Rubber Wool,

(c)

Tobacco

(d)

Sugarcane

is NOT a cash

54.

is the

(a)

large~t

con-

48.

n... ~ -) ~

India

(b)

USA

(e)

China Canada

(d)

_~-'-'-__ has ,the installed nuclear production ity in the world. (il)

USA

(b)

Russia

largest capac-

(c) Japan(d) ,China 49.

China has (a)

The largest nuclear electricity

Major Natural Resources

generation capacity in the world (b) , The largest hy'dto 'eiectricity gen-

41. Which of the following

(c)

!!ration capacity in the world The largest nuclear fission

(d)

plant in the world All of these

resources are normally non-rerie'wable?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Biotic Abiotic Natural gas Biofuels

(a) (b) (c)

Food crop Fibre crop Cash crop".";'

(d)

None of these

(a)

Rice

(b) (c) (d)

Sugarcane Cotton,' ,,,' Coffee~'"

44, Coffee grows best.in (a) (b)

.If

57.

Countries,

falling,

l,Inder,

f.,,'

1. are also, called ,coun-

50.

Which of the following the maximum'

countries

has

ins~alled capacity

for

(a)

South Asia

renew-

(b) (c)

Southeast Asia West Asia

(d)

East Asia

generating electricity able sources? '

43. Black soil is good for growing regionl rain ;'

Oats ,CocCia

sumet:,.of coal in the world.

Eastern Canada falls under (a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c)

47.

in

42. Jute is considered as

(a)

Which of the following' normally receive maximum'

(c) (d)

Ie

'>l.;

__

39. A well-distributed rainfall throughout the year is a common feature of

V .

perpendicular

winters?

Thames"". (a) (b) (c) (d)

,

I and IV II, III and V I, lIIandV II and IV,

regions?

Myanmar Burma Bhutan Sri Lanka

It is situated

'

Sun ray's fall

(

was

(d)

(a) (b)

Which of the following climate regio~ is also known as Tropical'grassland? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Which of i:hE!f~'lIowing countries known as CeYlon?' ,

III"

(c)

The rainfall is heavy

this ,region" ,(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b)

~t't,

is sparse,,>'

"

45.

In Laurentian type climatic regions (a)

~q\latoria

The population

V.

38.

(f,)

I.

C

I, II and III

(a) (b) (c) (d)

scitements

the

B

(d)

(s') <'d)

,J.

'

People residing in ~_~ called 'Kyrgyz'.

(d)

regarding

region.

III. Germany

Only I I and II II and III

37.

;)~

of the following

'?

(d)

Monsoon'c1imatic region Temperate climatic region Hot climatic region'" Cold climatic region

'I,»

Temperate zones Island zones

are true

" '(c)"

A.137

(a) 'Rye • )qCi,

Frigid zones Torrid zones

Which

Steppe type dirmitic region'is a type of (a) (b) (c) (d)

,J}

I and II laiid III lIandiV IV and III

(c) (d)

Colunmll (Name of the Country)

,.

Sheep Goats Cows Buffaloes

Brussels:. Rome'<'j Paris Antwerp"

(a) (b)

II. Belg.ium

(a) (b) (c)

36.

,l»

Hottest climate is fo~~d in

"I'

Island Island Island Island

ty.',Q:c:i.tiesare

'.

Principle Climates of the World n'

Which of the following city/cities is/are situated on the, bank of river

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,

~b)

I. Bonn II. Cologne III. Rotterdam is NOT

.

.:d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Rhine?

IV I

followir)9

' •... ?' "

Match the options incolumn I with the correct choices in the column II

(a) (b) (c) (d)

IV. Brasilia

A

f

B

II I I II

A

23. The Faroe is a group of islands lying in the Atlantic Ocean between Scotland and Iceland. This island group is also known as (a) (b) (c) (d)

A

D. Hamburg

II City)

called Peso. (a) (b) (c) (d)

IV. Seaport

C. Durban

I. Santiago It Bogota III. Lima

22. The currency

D. Bergen

B. Auckland

21. Match the options

D. Colombia

III. Ship building

A. Antwerp

(~) .. Antarc~ica'

C. Chile

II. Temple of Tooth

Co'lumn I (Name of the City)

North America South America Europe

Column I (Name of the Country) A. Peru B.Brazil', '

I. Oil Refinery

B, Kandy C. Glasgow

WhichoUhi!

situi:lted', on ~he bank~ of the sall1e

31.

20. Greenland, the largesLisland in the world, is geographically situated in (a) (b) ,(c)

30.

river.

A. Abadan

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I and II II and III III and I I; II and III

I with II

Column II; (Famous. For;) ,

Calum!)"'. (City Nam~)

19. Baltic Languages are spoken in I. II. III.

Match,~heoptions in column the correct options in,column

World Geography

(a)

USA

(b)

Canada

(c)

Russia

(d)

China

from

tries of Indian subcontinent.

58.

Countries Rich in Notorol Resources 51. "

Hot longrairiy seaSons Cold climate with heavy moisture't. \.' i.

is 'the

,.

chief exporter of wheat in the world. ~,. (a)

USA

(b)

India

(c) (d)'

China Russia

,"

/

-~

~•. ~

59.

.•

-\

"-1

::/~.

Which of "the' following grouping also known as Middle East? ~ (a)

East Africa,'.,i:'--

(b)

South El.Jrope"~r

(c)

West AsiaH'i1",'"

(el)

Nort~ Afri~a

""",f

'is

"'v' '

,", .II

l~ ••••~

I",

The Caribbean generally ~efers'to (a) (b)

" " •. II, 'I .I'~j ,) ""I A country' An island "', , " I,: ~.;.

(c) (d)

Group of islailds1lt,II Group ~f cities" - ,.;,

,Cr' ' .J)

l...

A.138

Chapter 2

..World Geography A.139

60. .Which of the following countries is not considered as part of Far East?

jl

japan

ity rate?

(b)

Bhutan

(a)

Somalia

(c)

South Korea

(b)

Mali

(d)

China

(c) (d)

Nigeria Angola

Which of the following part of ASEAN - 5?

countries

68.

is

(a) Myanmar (b) China (c) . Philippines (d) Cambodia

69.

Which of the following countries NOT part of ASEAN - 5? (a) (b) (c) (d)

I,jl

1"'11 63.

(b) (c) (d)

65.

countries

71.

Afghanistan Malaysia Cambodia Ukraine

Estonia Ukraine Armenia Moldova

Iceland

II.

Australia

III.

Canada

75.

Chad

(b) (c)

Congo Angola

(d)

Botswana

Women

in

France

(b) (c) (d)

Hong Kong Australia japan

Which of the following the least bi rth rate?

have the among the

76.

countries

has

Group of islands

(b)

Group of islands under British control Group of islands under American control Group of islands in the Aegean

73.

(c) (d)

Hamar people Himba people

79.

Atlantic Ocean and Pacific Ocean

III, I, II and IV IV, I, II and III. II, III, I and IV IV, I, lila-nd 1.1.•

(b) (c)

Atlantic Ocean and Red Sea Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea

(d)

Red Sea and Pacific Ocean

Kalahari Sahara Arabia Patagonia

The .temple of Artemis was destroyed by

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

The The The The

89.

Colossus of Rhodes Mausoleum at Halicarnassus Pharos of Alexandria .. Statue of Zeus at Olympia

84. The Mona Lisa was purchased Francis I, King of France, for (a) (b) (c) (d)

by

90.

1530 pieces of gold 15.30 kg of gold 1530 kg of gold None of these

(a) (b)

80.

Hindenburg Line Durand Line Maginot Line McMohan Line

(d) to define

(b) 24th Parallel (d) 49th Parallel

Wonders of the World 81.

The list of seven wonders world was first compiled by(a) (c)

82.

Aristotle Anti pater

of the

(b) Plato (d) Socrates

Which of the following was NOT destroyed by an earthquake? (a) (b) (c) (d)

The The The The

Colossus of Rhodes Mausoleum at Halicarnassus Pharos of Alexandria Statue of Zeus at Olympia

95.

Floods Earthquake Invading Goths Invading Turks

91.

92.

Islam's most holiest place Islam's second most holiest place Islam's third most holiest place Islam's fourth most holiest place

__ (a) (b) (c).. (d)

93.

Is the present residence of President of USA Was the former residence of Queen of England Is the present residence of Prime Minister of England Is the seat of US Government

96.

94.

built as a

Christian Cathedral Christian Monastery Mosque Castle

97.

Gene~al ii'ssembly People's assembly National assembly Tsongdu

The parliament

of

~~

is

NOT known as National Congress.

The United Kingdom Mongolia "Bangladesh France

(a) - Ai'gentin~'

the emblem of Australia

White lily Kangaroo Shark Swastika

98.

(b)

Cambodia

(c) (d)

Bolivia Venezuela

Narodno of (a) (c)

99.

Beigium and Poland Syria and Zimbabwe .. France and Denmark Bangladesh and Italy

~1 '.

Austria Bulgaria

(a) (b)

Folketing Sharing

(c) (d)

Congress Althing

(b) Canada (d)' Cuba of Denmark is called

parliament

is called Assembly.

Belgium and NetheHimds Norway and Sri Lanka France and japan Poland and Syria .

I

Sabranie is the parliament

The parliament

100. The

Which of the following pairs of countries do NOT use almost similar emblem? (a) (b) (c) (d)

The Parliament of Bhutan is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

Which of the following pairs of countries use almost similar emblem? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Canada

Countries and Their Parliaments

Qena Gizeh Asyut ldfu

-,--_is

France

(b)

/

Rose is the emblem of (a) (b) (c) (d)

Maple leaf is used as emblem by (a)

(c) Italy (d) .. Spain

Countries and Their Emblems

King Tarquin Julius Caesar Emperor Vespasian Emperor Domitian

88. Hagia Sophia w~s originally (a) (b) (c) (d)

Which of the following separates North Korea from the South Korea? (a) (c)

(b) (c)

North and South Korea North and South Vietnam China and Taiwan USA and Canada

17th Parallel 38th Parallel

(a)

at Ephesus

Sphi,nx is located at (a) (b) (c) (d)

85. The construction of the Colosseum at Rome was completed by

(c) (d)

17th Parallel defines/used the boundary between (a) (b) (c) (d)

Panama Canalliriks (a)

living in

Which of the following lines demarcate the boundary between India and Afghanistan? (a) (b) (c) (d)

of the Scandinavian Peninsula. Who inhabited the Lapland?

..

A type of cuisine A type of wind A type of current An insect

first

87. White Hall 78.

Lapland is a cultural region largely within the Arctic Circle in the north

Sarni people Padaung people

is the' world's known lighthouse.,_

-

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Tuareg is a pastoral nomad the desert of (a) (b) (c) (d)

means

(a) (b)

.,..

Khasim is (a) (b) (c) (d)

77.

Sea where ancient ruins were found 72.

An animal A bird A canoe A tent

8.3

86. AI-Asqa Mosque at jerusalem is

(a)

(d)

Kayak is (a) (b) (c) (d)

Vatican City Greenland France japan

Archipelago

An attitude taken by the cap_ tain of a warship which does not allow forfear ;, The cap worn by natives of deserts for avoiding sun stroke A mass of ice covering Siberia A mass of ice covering the land in polar regions ":/i ~1

(a)

. IV. .Greenland (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

(a)

(c)

Arrange the .following countries according-to the density of population in decreasing order. I.

(a)

Miscellaneous is

Ice caps means

Which of the following countries has the highest life expectancy at birth?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Which of the following countries is NOT part of New Independent States? (a) (b) (c) (d)

66.

70.

Stop the spread of Communism Achieve black majority rule in South Africa Stop the spread of Capitalism Achieve independence for black majority states

Which of the following part of Near Abroad? (a) (b) (c) (d)

'1'1

Vietnam Indonesia Thailand Mongolia

Front Line States were established to (a)

64.

is

74.

(b)

lowest life expectancy following countries.

"I

62.

Among the following countries, which has the highest infant mortal-

(a)

Economic Classification of Countries of the World 61.

67.

...

of

National

(a) (b)

Afghanistan Benin

(c) (d)

Hungary Russia

Revolutionary

Answers Topic.wise Assessment 1. (b) 11. (a)

51. (a)

2. 12. 22. 32. 42. 52.

61. (c)

62. (d)

63. (b)

71. (a)

72. (a) 82. (c) 92. (b)

73. (a) 83. (c) 93. (d)

21. (a) 31. (b) 41. (b)

81. (c)

91. (a)

(d) (b) (d) (c) (b) (b)

3. 13. 23. 33. 43. 53.

(a) (b) (a) (a) (c) (c)

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54. 64. 74.

(b) (d)

5. (d)

6. (a) 16. (b) 2~. (b)

7. (b)

8. (b) 18. (c)

(b) (d) (b) (d) (d)

15. (a) 25. (c) 35. (d) 45. (c) 55. (a) 65 .. (a) 75. (c)

84. (b)

85. (d)

46. 56. 66. 76. 86.

(c)

87. (b)

88. (a)

94. (c)

95. (b)

96. (d)

97. (b)

98. (c)

(c)

(b) (d) (a) (b)

17. 27. 37. 47. 57. 67. 77.

(d) (d) (c) (c) (a) (d) (b)

48~(a)

36. (b)

28. (d)

38. (d)

9.(cY10. 19. (c), 20. 29. (a) 30. 39. (b) 40. 49. (b) 50. 59 ...(c) 60. 69. (c) 70. 79. (b) 80. 89. (c) 90. 99. (a) . 100. ..

58. (c) 68. (d) 78. (b)

(c) (a) (b)

(a) (d) , (b) (a) (t)

(b) (b)

I..••

•...

~.,'".~ .

...•. t~

.,.f ~•.

InternationalOrganizations A.141 originally 50 nations were invited to the San Francisco conference. Poland could not attend this meeting because formation of the new government was not announced. Therefore, in the UN charter dossier, provision for Poland's signature was reserved as it

was one of the original signatory of the UN declaration. The generally recognized government in Poland was formed on June 28,1945. It became a member of the UN by signing the charter on October '15~1945.

. Foundation Day of the UN

J

1

•••• Quick Facts. How the name, coined?

Hi9h,li~hleci Topics

~

• The United>Nations

.• The Eur6pean Union

.Jhe

• Other World Organizations

Commonwealth

• The Non-Aligned Movement

Maior areas century

1 11

1 \1

'II''

iO.il

li :

l

1

of. theUN,a,cti,vitiesin

the 21 st

THE UNITED. NATIONS.

Charter of the UN

The United Nations (UN) is an~association of sovereign states who have bound themselves by a charter (constitution) to maintain international peac~ and security. It is the world's largest internatiomflltl:organization, and a successor to the League of Nations. After the Second World War, the United Nations' Organization was formeddri October 24, 1945 to establish peace and security in the world and to prevent the world from the wars.

The charter or constitution of the UN was formed in October 1944, at the Dumbarton Oaks (Washington, DC) conference by the former Soviet Uni(~m,the United Kingdom, the United States of AmeriCa and China. The preamble of the charter was the work of Field Marshal Smuts. On June 26,1945, the UN charter was signed by the delegates of 49 countries at San Francisco (USA) with the aim of saving the succeed. ing generations from the scourge of war. There were

Evolution of fhe Idea of the UN

"

'\+

1941 -During the Second World War, a meeting was held between US president, Franklin D. Roosevelt, and Britain"s prime minister, Winston Churchill, when the idea of the UN first evolved and resulted phrasing of the Atlantic Charter, which contained a set of principles for global peace and co'operation among nations. "" :>.194.J-In October 1943, these leaders again met in Teheran (Iran). This time the Russian premier, Joseph Stalin joined the meer ing. All the leaders agreed in principle on the need for an effective medium to maintain international peace. The name 'United

1945-

The UNO formally carne into existence. India became one of the members of this organization. .

The UN Flag and the Emblem

~'l )

•Tr

Itislocated at FirstAvenue, UN Plo~a/.NeVY.Y6rkCitY,New" York,United Stotes2f America. The he6dquarlers Clfthe UN standon a J 7 acre trOGloflanddoncited byJohn D..Rocke' felleron Manhattan Island,' a suburb of New York.,There are 39 storeys,WhfChcan house about 8000 workers.

:>

Secretary-General:

AntonfO Guterres (Portygal)

Deputy Secrel(Jry~Gefteral: (Nigeria)

:> :>

General Assem&ly

(Fiji)

Amino} Mohammed

'. ;

President:

Economic ..andSo(iai

,Peter Thomso~

Council

.

President:

FrederickMusiiwa Makamure Shava(Zimbabwe)

----

:>

Security Counci, Presidenti'

i.

Membel1Ship of the UN

Headquarters.ofthe'UN'

Nations' was adopted at the suggestion of president Roosevelt :>

24,2015 .

The UN emblem was approved on December 7,1946. The UN General Assembly adopted the UN flag on October 20, 1947. The white UN emblem is superimposed on a light-blue background. The emblem consists of the global map projected from the North Pole and embraced in twin olive branches (symbol of peace). The UN flag is not to be subordmated to any other flag in the world.

» Peace and security » Climate change » Sustainable development » Human rights » Disarmament » Terrorism" » Gender equality » Governance » Humanitarian a~dihe~1themerg~~cies » Food Production, and' more' , .

:>

:> ,,'I

The first regular_session of the UN was held in London in January 1946. Trygve Lie (Norway) was elected the first Secretary-General of the UN.

The 10th Anniversary of the UN was celebrated on October

Present leaders

I,

First Regular Session of the UN

I

I

i':\il

was

Powers vested in its charter,"ohCl its unique international character, the United Nations Can take action on many is' suesconfronting bumanitYfi~ the,Z J sf century. Some of the.. main issuesare: ; ."Vi'.."

• Important Treaties

• South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SMRC).

11\

Nations, .

The US president,. Frci~kli~ D, .Roos~Velt used'the. name United Nations in the :Declaration.by United Nations' on ' January 1,1 942 durin'g the Second World War, when representativesof 26 nations pledged support to continue fighting together against the axis powers.

,[i

:Ii li,l /.!II!

United

The UN formally came into existence on October 24, 1945, when the governments of China, France, the United Kingdom, the former Soviet Union, the United States and a majority of the other states ratified the UN charter. The date, October 24, is celebrated as UN Day throughout the world ..

NikkiHoI~y

(USA)

Membership is open to all peace-loving countries that accept the obligations of the UN Charter and are able and willing to carry them out. .

Aclmission of Members New members are admitted to the General Assembly on the recommendation of the Security Council and two-thirds of the members of the General Assembly should vote in favour. Members are expelled or suspended in the same manner. Permanent Members There are five permanent members of the Security Council. These are, USA, UK, France, Russia, and China. Powers of the Permanent Members Each permanent mem- .. ber enjoys the power of veto. Every decision, other' than procedural, must have the positive concurring votes of the permanent members. If any of the permanent members rejects the proposal by exercising its veto, the proposal is rejected by the council, even though the other 14 members may favour the same.

,,,

, A.142

, "I

Chapter 3

Aims and Obiectives of the. UN The main objectives of the UN are:

II"

(i) to maintain peace and security in the world. (iil to work together to remove poverty, disease, illiteracy, and encourage respect for each other's rights of basic freedom. .

,Iii

(iii) to develor)riendly

relations amo~g~nations.•

(iv) to be a centre to help nations achieving the Common objectives.

Original Membership

When the UN Charter was signed, there were only 50 member countries. Today, the membership has increased to 193 countries, whereby almost all independent nations have become members. In 2015, the flags of Palestine and Italy see the two non-member observer states are raised alongside those of the 193 member states. Non-member states having received a standing invitation to partiCipate as observers in the sessions and the work of the General Assembly and maintaining permanent observer missions at head quarters.

International Organizations

NewMembers The list of new members since 1990is as

••

"Year

New Membership

1990

Namibia and Liechtenstein

<\'.'

7- ~

1991 '~j:

CONCEPT INTEGRATION

I"";!

"""

1994

999

~..

~

'W.o

><~"_'~'~'"

_._,_.

__

'''',,"'_ " ~

"'_,_.

="",:

African Group

\.

r'lf002 2006

I~IIII,~

f$1011

,I "

2000

.

'''_', __ '~'

0-.-,,-,

Kiribati; Nauru and Tonga' . ~---,,,,,,,,,",

llljllt

__ "d

•. ,,", ~_;t"",,'.>M""~

.~'''''''''_,

~. ~M"",~

);I>-

Until December 1991, both Belarus and Ukraine were integral parts of the USSRand not independent countries, but had separate . UN memberships. Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia and Slovenia, previously republics within the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslaviq, were' each granted full UN membership in May 199~:lyugoslavia continued to exist (changing its official title to Federal Republic of Yugoslavia in April 19921, but comprised only~lthe two republics of Serbia and Montenegro. Of the remaining republics, Macedonia, declared itself a sovereign state in November 199 J, and was admitted to the UN in April 1993, under the name of the former Yugoslav Republic Macedonia. In September 1992, the UN General Assembly voted to suspend Yugoslavia from participation in its proceedings until the new Yugoslav state applies and is allowed to fill the UN seats occupied by the former Yugoslavia. It was still permitted, however, to participate in the work of the UN organs other than Assembly bodies,

i

:'

);I>-

:lllll

);I>-

);I>-

);I>-

);I>-

);I>-

Czechoslovakia, which had been the member of the UN since 1945, ceased to exist as a single state ~:mDecember 31, 1992. In January 1993, as Czechoslovakia's legal successors, the Czech Republic and Slovakia were granted UN membership, and seats on subsidiary bodies which had previously been held by Czechoslovakia were divided between the two successor states. Russiaassumed the USSR seat in the General Assembly and its permanent seat in the Security Council in December 1991, f, lowing dissolution of the USSR. " Tanganyika was a member of the UN from December 1961 and Zanzibar was the member from December 1963. From Ap' 1964, the Republic of Tanganyika and Zanzibar continued as a single state, changing its name to United Republic of,Tanzan' in November 1964. • The Yemen Arab Republic (admitted to the UN as Yemen in 1947) and the People's Democratic Republic of Yemen (admitted Southern Yemen in 1967) merged to form the Republic of Yemen in May 1990, Sovereign countries not in the UN are: (i) Taiwan and (iii Vatican City. Indian Prime Ministers, Dr Manmohan Singh, in 2013 and Narendra Modi in 2014 and 2015, Assembly.'

addressed the UN Gener\ .

);I>-

.'

,.

._._"_.,E"' .., """"',,,",,,

-....--.

..~

.."' ...._.-. _

,'-...."'-

-.

-""""'-"'.Y_'»'-.'''''''~

(J 93rd

member.ofthe

Secretariat ~taffing (as on August 2014)-43,000 around the world. Current UN peace keeping operationsOfficial languages-Arabic, Russian, Spanish.

16,

Chinese, English, French,

Nobel'peace Priz~ 200 J was shared equally between UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan and the UN on December 10, 2001 .

,<~"._

• For all important decisions, a two-thirds majority of those present and voting is essential.

Montenegro (Former members: Yugoslavia) S~uth 'S~dan

24, 1945.

• It controls the UN Budget and elects new members on the recommendation of the Security Council. . ' .

Tuvalu and Serbia Switzerland and Timor-leste

193 member states.

in the UN Charter, except those with which the SC may be dealing.

,

_ ."

UN;

1

);I>-

Established-October

);I>-

~

I

',I 11,11,

);I>-

);I>-

Czech. Republic; Slovakia; The former Yugoslav j Republic of Macedonia; Eritrea; Monaco and Andorra _ .._.._•••._.:,:,i Palau

,I

\,

Membership-

);I>-

Armenia; Azerbaijan; Kazakhstan; Kyrgyzstan; Republic of Moldova; San Marino; Tajikistan; Turkmenistan; Uzbekistan; Bosnia and Herzegovina; Croatia; Slovenia; Georgia •••

1993

Jt'li,"

''''-'

._-

, ~

~

Estonia; Democratic People's Republic of Korea; Republic of Korea; latvia; Lithuania; Marshal/Islands and Micronesia (Federated States oij

Quick Facts

);I>-

•

1992

'III,

••

follows:

A.143

Organizations of the UN Theprincipal bodies of the UN are given as follows. (i) The General Assembly (GA) (ii) The Security Council (SC) (iii) The'.Economicand Social Council (iv) International Court of Justice (ICI) (v) Trusteeship Council (TC) (vi) Secretariat

• It also elects non-permanent members of the Economic and Social Council (ESC) as well as certain members of the Trusteeship Council. • For the purpose of. function, the General '. Assembly breaks up into seven main commit'yt~s, viz., Economic, Political, Social, Trust'eeship, Legal, Administration and a Special Political Committee. • All members have the right to be represented in each of these committees.

Meetings of the General Assembly The General Assembly meets every year in regular sessions beginning on the third Tuesday in September each year.

General Assembly Headquarters New York. Membership consists of all member-states of the UN. Each member-nation can sendfive de~e'gates,but each nation has only one vote. Position All ~ther UN bodies report to the General Assembly.. Fundion • The General Assembly discusses and makes recommendations on any subject mentioned

~J<

{"

,. The Eastern , , European Group

~,.

~,

The Latin American and Caribbean States (GRULAC)

The Western European and Others Group (WEOG)

11 11

A.144

International Organizations

Chapter 3 the SC during 1951-52, 1967-68, 1972-73, 1977-78, 1984-85 and 1991-92.

, Security Council Headquarters New York Membership Membership has now been raised to 15 members. There are five permanent members (China, France, Russia, the UK, and the USA) and 10 non-permanent members. The non-permanent members are elected by the General Assembly by a twothirds majority of the members present and voting. The non-permanent members are elected on the following basis: Afro-Asian countries (5members); Latin-American countries (2 members); West-European countries (2 members); East-European countries (1 member). ~,

Tenure In every two years, ten non-permanent members retires on rotation basis. The retiring members are not eligible for immediate re-election.

"

Presidency of the S( The presidency of the Security Council is held for one month by each member country, in rotation, in alphabetical order of their names. India assumed presidency of the Security Council on October 1, 1991, for a month.

, j

~unctions

!

,, ,i 1:-

• The Security Council is responsible for international peace and security. It can recommend peaceful solutions or, if necessary, may order use of force.to restore peace. • It is also responsible for 'admission of new members, suspension and/ or expulsion of old members. ". '. -t2W' • It elects judges together with the General Assembly for the International Court of Justice. • Any nation, irrespective of its membership of the UN, can put forth its problem before the Council. • As mentioned earlier, the five permanent members enjoy the power of veto. As a result, if any permanent member rejects a proposal, it is deemed to have been rejected by the Council, even though the other 14 members may be in favour of it. • However, for a speedy solution to problems, a convention has been agreed upon according to which any resolution pending unpassed in the Security Council due to a veto can be passed by the Council by a two-thirds majority of its members.

'.III III1

Representation' of India as a Non-Permanent Member

"

been represented. as a non-permanent

I •

India has member of

The Economic and Social Council Headquarters New York Membership It consists of representatives of 54 memo ber countries elected by a two-thirds majority of the General Assembly.

Tenure One-third of this council is elected every year to serve for a period of three years. One-third of the members (18) retires annually, but are eligible for immediate re-election.

Function The Economic and Social Council carries on the functions of the UN with regard to international, economic, social, cultural, educational, health and related matters. It also supervises the work of other UN bodies. The Council has th~ following regional economic commissions: (i) ECE (Economic Commission of Europe) with its headquarters located in Geneva. (ii) ESCAP (Economic and Social Commission for Asia) with its headquarters located in Bangkok. (iii) ECLA (Economic Commission for Latin,' America) with its headquarters located in Santiago. (iv) ECA (Economic Commission for Africa) with its headquarters located in Addis Ababa. (v) ECWA (Economic Commission for West' ern Asia) with its headquarters located if" Baghdad.

A.145

Obi~(tive$ TheTrusteeship"~oUnCil~lJspenoed?ReratioM onN6vember 1, 1994, wit~lhE(inOepyndence of Palau;thE(lost remaining United Notions trustterritory, on October] , 1994, ,By a resolutionadopted on May 25,] 994, the Council (:Jmenoed its rulesof procedure-to drop the obligation to meet anJjj)ally and agreeoto meet as required-"by its decis'ion or the decision of its president, ,or at the request ?f a majority of its membersor theGenyral Assembly or the ~eclJrity Council.

Secretary-Generals of the UNO 1. Trygve Lie (N0rw,ay): 1946-52 2, Dog Hammarskioeld (~weden): 1953-61 3, U, Thant (Myanrnar): 1901-7] 4, Dr KurtWaldhei,h'(Austrailia): I972~81' 5. javier Pere~,8eQ'tJr~dlfPerd): , Y;dS appointedo~ 1 january 1(1:82 for'a lerrnof,five years andre-elected for anothert~rm spanrJ)n~Ja~uary1986~91:\!r 6. Dr Boutros .Boutros,Ghali IEgypt:He theDeRLJty~ PrimeMi nister of Egypt, and \11105 appointed asthe sixth UN Secretary:GE(nerOlfrorn,.]992-96, 7. Kofi Anno~i':,'(Ghona):', He, was ,seventh Secretary~G~llerol'?f the He was firstSecr~ tory-General' t6,'be'el~~tJd:frodl¥the ronks of, Ui;! staff. Kofi Annan began his first term onjonLJary], t?91,On june 29, 2001, actingon'the recoml11endation by the Security C6u~ciI.;AheGen~roIAssembly appo.inted hil11, by acciamdtionJoa seconcfterm of office" beginning fromjanuary I, 2002 to December 3 1, 2006.

UN:

8, Boon Ki Moon!~olJth Kor~o):Heboldtheoffice of the UN Secretary-Gegerol'Jr~~.'Jcmuory ,1, 2007", December 31, 201 6. Boon Ki Moon completE;l9two successiveterms in the6ffice. '9, Antonio Guterre~(Portugall: He \IIIosPrime Minister of Portugalfrom] 995 to 2002. He assumeo office of the UN Secretary-Generofonjonuary ] /~~011 ••present.

The Charterpro,vides fciraninternational truste~sh,p system to safeguaro the interestsof inhabitants of'territories that are not yet fully self-go\lerni~g ohd which may be placed there""'under by Individual agr~ements' Theseare calleo 'trust territories' ona Ci'country that is entrusted with the administration of,atrust territory isknown os on administerihg country.

il'l ,

'I • R. S. Pathak, Chief Justice o{India, was elected judge of the International Court of Justic~ on April 18, 1989. He became the 'thirdIndian on whom this . honour was bestowed. ,Thel other :....two were B. N. Rao and Nagendra Singh. '

'.

Trusteeship Council Headquarters

,.

~.

It is at New York.

Membership There are five permanent members of the Security Council, includi,ng those nations who used to administer trust territories, and some additional members who were needed to maintain an equal bMartce between the administering and non-administering nations. • Meetings Regular meetings are held twice' decisions are made by a siniplernajority.

a year

and

Achievement of Trusteeship System . Ouf of the 411 territories whicIl were placed U11derthe Trusteeship SysteJU and administered by fhe USA~ 10 have become independent o'?have joined mdependent countries.

The Secretariat

Headquarters

Tenure Five years and eligible for re-eleCtion after the term expires.

Membership The International Court of Justice consis.. of 15 judges who are elected by the General Asse bly and the Security Council. No two judges can be the same nationality. ,Tenure These judges are elected for a term of ~ years. They are eligible for re-election after compll tion of tenure.

Fundions • The Inte~ational Court of Justice gives advisory opinion on legal matters to the bodies and special agencies of the UN when solicited, It considers legal disputes brought before them by nations.

II

Iii

II'

I

I,i

International Court of Justice f/edion of Judges The General Assembly elects the judges on the recommendation of the Security,CounCll. The president and vice president of the court are electedfor a period of three years. .

1,1',"

".

Headed by A Secretary-General who is appointed by the General Assembly on therecotnmendation of the Security Council. '

It is located at the Hague (Nether lands). Meetings can, however, be held elsewhere' necessary.

i

Membership

It consists of international civil servants who, while they belong to it, must forget their national loyalties and work for the interest of the UN. There are about 4000 'members of fhe Secretariat who are paid by the UN.

Functions • It is the chief administrative office of the UN, which coordinates and supervises the activities of the organization.

•••••

~. AI . I

dill 1

•

I,

'l~ A.146

International Organizations

Chapter 3

1.1111

(Continued)

UN Observations

II,',

'.' -\. ~"

UN's International Days :I!,

Jan 27

April 30

International Day of Zero Tolerance to 'Female Genital Mutilation (WHO) ff~)~-'.~.~".YV~!I~-R;dio.Pay-iUNIscOj ..- .

I

'II

Feb 20 r=-_.l Feb 21 ; L

World Day of Social Justice - .---.------....-'~" ,.'- '. International Mother language Day (UNESCO)' ' . __ ..-,- .•. _. - _..•• '" •.. -

Mar 1

Zero Discrimination Day (UNAIDS)

May.10-11 May 15 May 17

111'1111

.:~liiY!!c!llf!LQ.9Y-"". International Women's Day

Mar 8

rf6.9!_~'._._'."i~terriation9T

D..
Mar 2 i

Ilil'l :'1'1:

~Iil '1iI11~1

till

[M~.L?i~ '.__'.~~VV~~ld'.6~}'-f;;W~t~r

'11'1

IIll

..

Mar 23

I

World Meteorologicaroay -_.~_ ~ __ ..__ ..,-

. Mar 24

"i1II~

i

.I!I'I

,1"

Mar 25

hili I~';)~II

r LAp!ill April 4 "_,,,,,w,*~ __

111'1

,,,,"__

'..

(WMO)

World Tuberculosis Day (WHO) .' International.Day for the Right to' the Truth concerning Gross Human Rights ."'-':,{i£I9!!o.tl-s9~.9l.()r-.!_h~ Pjg!1Lty5~!.Y!c:t}ms, ••. International Day of remembrance.of the Victims of Slavery and the Transatlantic Slave Trade International Day of Solidarity with Detained and Missing...,._.,-*~~--. Staff Members '~1'-.~,~,_~-,!,,'_"$""'-~,-"'I""-"-""_""""""~"':' """"<Jj'

.

W~rJc!~~u!i~~Aw..~r.~!!e~sp'~y~.- ." International Day for Mine Awareness and Assistance in Mine Action ;April6--W~rnati';~TD~}'-~f . Development and Peace. . April 7 .

.,._..•.•.. _._~

,_'_~

~

__

--.-~,.._ .. _

'"'"-

..••..... _.

•.•."-•• --_.~

r"-"

-,"-

_ World Hcialth..~dWHS?L_.~

~.__ .__ . _.._.JLJ~~Sf9) .. April.25

tAPri!26-

0ay31

.,

June 5 June 6 June 8

Aug 30 Sept 5 Sept 8 Sept 12 Sept 15 Sept 16

,.

-

.

j.-

,,,,'do._

-'~,..-,'.

..c

~~

'_"',____

_.... "_

••.

--.~"",--.-.----.

'.~---_.-

Sept 26

June ~3 June 26

.•

(WIPO)

._ International Wi~?~~j~y International Day against Drug Abuse and IllicitTrafficking 'United Nations International Day in Support of Victims of Torture

1~t Saturday of July Uuly4) , July 11

~----

•• "..,.

-¥-,w-_"

'July l~ , July 18

~ -.. -•..•••"",.,,-'

••••• "~ "'''''''.~+- -"'..•.. ,---_..".•... ""~ .._-- -""' .. '-"!,'-"-.-"~-",'--""",

Ocl27 Oct31

.. ~.

'

"

Nov 2

'," ~:".""" .......,-"""",,:.

Nov 6

,,'"-

~orl~y'o~.th Ski!ls-P3Y.. _ Nelson Mandela International Day

United Nations Day for South-South Cooperation "-" -~ .._ •.... .__ .._.oI~atiory21 Do)' of Democrac)' ---1 International Day for the Preservation of the Ozone Layer

_ -

--

_

(Continued

1

_

...-..1

World Tourism Day l~.:!na..~I

_lnter!'9..!l2!!2l..Day...eLti()n.Vi
---

-W~~ldP?Jt:P~y w-Py)_"~=International "-_m~..

Day of the Girl Child

..

,

.1~ernation.~y.for~~,",Req~!l International Day of Rural Women

"""

-===J

.W~rld£.o
-'"~-"" ,_ - ----.--~-

United Nations Day

~~-

..~l

~otid ..pev~'.?fl!"ent l'lf()!.~t~q Day_--.:l W~r1d Day for Audiovisual Heritage

!

..

I Dec 2

International Day for Preventing the Exploitation of the Environment in War and Armed Conflict

IDec 5

'-"-.

--'---'~"-

International Vol~~y and Social Development.

L.

._........,

fo;E~~~~~"'l

I

~~J

World..?... oil..P.Eyj~AC?)_,_ ..~_ International Day Civil Aviation Day (ICAO)

Dec 7

[~

.

International Day of Disabled Persons'

t

International Anti.Corr~ption d..ay=-] Human Rights Day

1

International M_in

Dec 18

Day

~J

.

International Migrant's Day -

~~~d~~i~n~~~uma~--'

----------l

UN's International Years Various years have been declared. as International years by.the UN for its different projects. The folJpwjng are 'th~ International Years observed by the uN:

IYear

t

1

Dedicatedto .World Refugee Year

Interna.tio.n~1Heaf;h-~~dM;dic~1 R~~~a;chJ Year

~

1965

1

! 1967

~

! 1970

I

.~

International DayJ~ AboJition of SI?ve~Lj

Dec 3

961

DaL_ ..... _.. ."""._-_...-.... -..-.J-1 International Day to End Impunity for Crimes ~99inst Journalists

-

International Day o.f Sol.ida.rity.with the,. ~~estini~n People ...__ ... ""'.... . World Aids Day (WHO)

1959/1960

V{~.s

yYorid Television D~y

Nov 29

r Dec 20

."'~

Internatio~y for20leran-.:e (UN~~~OJ) World Toilet Day World Philosophy Day-3rd Thursday in November . _-....,....._. _ .... _ .._.... _

International Day for the Elimination of Violence against Women

[pec 9 Dec 10

..Day._ofOlder Per~ns

J

_J

.',."""""':".'="""""""".'".',.~""_.'.,,~~''lli_'M=_~------,

doy f~r the Tota{E1~inQti~r)

..~-

Nov 25

Dec 1

.•.• '".,.... :,M'~... -.'~ ..

'~ernational

..

Diabetes D9C .. '

Universal Children's Day

fN~v21

..

_._,Jnt.l:lr!1at!9in91Q.S1y~()l!~...9~ ..,_j World Marine Day (IMO}-Iast yve~k of September. .

"

~

Africa Industrialization Day (UNICEF) "',

.~._--,_-_._---_.,...,

World Habitat Dayc- 1sl Monday in October

Oct 9 Oct 11 Oct 13 Oct 15 Oct 16 Oct 17 Oct 24

.__1n.ter!'),()ti~51J.AI~i~sm ~~areness. Day International Day of Cooperatives \. '.' World- POflulation "' ~ .'.""'.Day..(UNFPA..I ---~_,

•. ~

World Sl:;ience Day for Peace and Development

World day of Rememb~ance for Road ... TrafficVictiins~3rd Sunday in November.

.... __

Nov 20

-l

__ 9f NlJ£=If}..<2r W~9P_g~L__ ~_ Sept 27 Oct 1 Oct 2 Oct 5

L--

Jl

""-_

Sept 21 Sept 25

Jun~ 12_."::'{~ ..r1d_P~y !\l:l.9~ns!C~l2b_o~r. .. Jun.e 14._ ..VV2r1d~9.9-9 Qon9! !?ay' (Wt!Q1 . June 15 ._.vv0~I~_E~~e~A~~~~f\~9"r~~;ss..g~y June 17 World Day to Combat, Desertification and _. __. __qr~g~t . ..... .._.. _

__ ~ __

__

World Malaria day (WHO) W~rld-I~II;~tu"~i' Pr;;rty Day

Aug 29

~orld.N ..0<;>b~~~C?~D9yj~~9L ..._. '.v,. esak', the Day of the FullMoon International Day of Innocent Children Victims of Aggression (\', . W;;ld E~vir~~~~;'tDay (UNEP)R~ssi~~ L~ng~~"gei:>-ayat-the-UN (in ~~ssic:n) ...._. ....• __ -.: World Oceans Day

. June 1 June 4

Day of. Remembrance of Victims of the RwdndoGenocide

~ril 12 __ ...0t~r:!ationaU?9y. o( t-j.~rTl£!1~ea<:~FI!g~!.. April 22 International Mother Earth Day . __ _ _ __ " .. _~._._~-April 23 World Book and Copyright Day

1

May2~ • May 29

I.'

of the Slave Trade and its Abolition .... (UNESC
-.1

June 20 World Refuge~Day ;Jun~ ~ 1"__ ... _"~t~!~9.ti.;;n'aLQ~y...~{)'9ga

Sp~rtk;~'''----'.

___,~ .. ,~,_. __

.May~~__

fNov 14

i

Dial?..~u~ ..and ~~J:m:.~._~~ .. In!E!!n.ationalD9), f2~ ~~I?gi~9'-Di~r.sity International Day to End ObstetriC' Fistula int~;:;:;~t~n6TDby ofUt,'ited Nati~ns .~eace..ke~pers

w",",,"~'"""~---"_ .

#.~

I

-_.~..!:'.c! DaY~9ainst Trafficking in Persons .,.. International Day of Indigenous People

I

...I~tern3..!i.~~.aIE~y_ C?LFamilies. ... ~: World Telecommunications and Information -- ...•...Society _.. ' ...•..Day- (ITU) .....- ..• q-:World Day for Cultural Diversity for i

May21

Nov 10

Nov 15 Aug 12 __... ~I!1.!..~f).()!i2..nal :r-outhDo)' ~ Aug 19 ;. International day of the World's I Nov 16 ., Indigenous Peoples Nov 19 'Inter;;;tk;nal D~-y-fo-r-t-h-e-R-e-m-e-m-b-r-a-nc-e--I Aug 23 --

(QE!gi~2L'"

May3 . May 8-9

r-:"":-'--:---~-- .--.----- " ..-~_. ....~.

LM2r:1.

Aug 9

~".

Feb 6

World Hepatitis Day (WHO) International Day -;fFr-ie-~-d-s~hi-p-----l

July 30

.~ D~y

.-

1

July 28

. World Day for Safety and Health at Work ~rR~rnembra~;f-;;-aiTVTc~ Chemical Warfore ,~~.--.,... International Jazz Day World Pre~sFreed~;;;D9Y. Time of Remembrance and Reconcilicfiion for Those Who LostTheir Lives During the Second World War .• World.t0igratqry"Bir_d"day.iPBEil~_' •

April 28 ApriT"2-
International Day of Commemoration in Memory of the victims of the Holocaust

rf~~f=. __ -'-~~~~0~~~~C:~9~~_D9Y (ytt-jgC_..

If

-

A.147

1968

---"----'-

International Cooperation Year Int~national Touris~}ea;"=_~ International H~rrlan Rights Year -1~;;;io;-aTEdu~ati;nY~~r.....-_...

-=--~] n

-1

(Continued)

:1

A.148

Chapter 3

International Organizations

(Continued)

I!i

"I"I

Dedicated to

!YeQr

: 2010

International Book Year

1972

.., ....,,--

----,.

'~--"---"-'-"'1

1973

<;:0l?e~_ni:':s.Y!l-9r __ ~ __ ",~.

1974

~C?~I~!.?pu.I_c:!io~~~~._,~ ... _.__

1975' 1\, ;

,

1

.'_.

1979 __ .

,

1981 __ ~-

~---_._-"".

''''".

..

-~--~--_,-..-._ ....

International Year of Ecotourism _.-~--_. _._._._ .... _ ~~ ..

1981

l..~ ... ',_',"

.. ~__~

"' __._ "'"

__

'"

Internat~l

_"""'<_'''''''_'''"'~'':'<'''~''''''I-

'_'"'_''''W''=_'",:!

1990

__ ._

_-_.,_.--, I

Y~arof Shelter for the Homeless """. ...•. --~., __ ...

-~-~.~ _.~---,-"''''---.'''''~_-'_

','I

,

" ..... ~.---.

International Year of Peace ag'ainst Slavery) and its Abortion . j .In~ernatio~IY;; of-Ri~~-:-" .._, - ~,--

1987'

1

..<---,.~"~-

,_...~

.

l 1986

,,' ii\1I I'I,~'

2012

..

International Youth Year

~~

:,

".~-=",-

World Communication Year, ,_u=,~,~.,~.,~~:" .,..•,' ._,;"_.","" "... ,'~_ .;.~""";",_,="""",:"_,,_,,,,,",_o---='_~_..'~'" .'"""" ,,",,'"

1985 I:

..

..

.~

International Literacy Year "

rt9
Year!

_ ..~ _~,~!

1995

International Year of Tolerance

1996---lnternafu;~dlY;~r • Poverty" ~.~".----------

_.'~-~.

1998 1999

'> ..• _ ..•• ,_.

__

=>
of the Eradi~~m; of

.~'

....•. _-

-.-

.~ ---:,,",,,,,,,,-...><,--,,

_

•

" .. _"".

__

--.~"_

•.'

"""_~

__

'

~,

International Year of MountClin's' ..2002 -_,_,~, __,_,_--",~,,-~----'_'_""-'---"2003

2004 '2005

Year of Freshwater ,International _ ... , ... ,..,_. __

.. __

V;;

~t~~n'~tiori~1 of De~~rts,and--Desertifici:iti~n,,' . ..

GQOO--' --'-I~ter~~tional

y,e.a'.r.of langUage.,.. . ~I International Year of Planet Earth; International Year of Potato '

2009

'" if'- -.

1978-1988 1980s 1980-1990. 1981-1990

-' I' -I

International Year to Commemorate the Struggle '-'I~ternerti~-n~a""I'Y-e";"a-T'-o-f-M-ic-ro-c-re~d"-j-t-~.~'-J

2006---

1960-1970 1970s 1971~1980

------

2000 ..International Year of the Culture of Pe~ce • 200f-~---ln-te-r-na-ti;n'~1 Year of Dialogue q~';n-g-'-l civilizations .~ ~~ """'-~-'----~""""""'"

Ini~~nati~naIY;a;of A~tro;~~; --_. Interr1ation~1Year of, Human Rights learning;lnternatio'nal Year of Natural Fibers; International Year of Reconciliation

.

P

International Year of Biodiversity;International Year of Rapprochement of Cultures; , International Year of Seafarer; International year of You!h(~gust 2010)0 Augu~t~)_ International Year for People of African Descent; Inter':lational Year of Chemistry;, ;; , International Year ofForests; Internati6n'al Year of Youth (August201 0 to August 201,1 ) .

-----

.

~-"

International Year of Co-operatives; International Year of Sustainable Energy for all i~;~rQ;;i6~al Y;a7~iQuin~~~~~~~ational

~2i,~?ter Corpordtion ~~~ _ International Year of Crystallography; 1!!~~!'l91~2!,~}-:~r,21J~!!,ilyfgr~~g~. International year of light and light-based 2015 Technologies; International Year of Soils 12916'----ln-te;-ational Year of Poises; Inte;~~tional\ ' YeargrCamelids '

..,,~-_._--....."

--------_._~-,--~~. --'-International Year of the Older Persons

to

".......-.-~, 2014

1073-1985

International Year of the Ocean ~_

'''20~--

Deai~ated

UN's International Decodes

l'19'-.~-4M__ -' .-~._-I~t~r2.~!i~n?1 Ye_a!of.,!he-Fa-m-l-ly-_,~~~~~= __~_]

r

.,~ ....._ .. 2011

International Year of the Disabled

~......"... .•_"".-~,,-.~---,..••........ _' --~-"-",-~~-"-"""-",------",,,",,,,-_._

i1983

__ .__ ..

._ International Women's Year; International Y~?r~f:t?lunt~:r~. __ <- ...,.._.._.... ~.."' l International Year of Children '''''''''_'_' __ '"",,_""-=-' '~ ,_~"'"" __ ---""'"'-c;

_.,....

FY~r

1983-1992 1983-1993 1988-1997 1990s . 1990-1999 1990-2000 199F2000

,'jS;

Communications Decade in Africa; United Nations Decade Against Drug Abuse; Fourth United Nations DevelopmentDecaoe." ,;- .- .J'. ,. 1993-2003 Third Decade to' Combat Racism and Racial Discrimination. 1994-2004 International Oecade of the World's " Indigenous Peopk,. . 1995-2004 United Nations Decade for Human Rights Educati~~ ... " . 1997-2006 First United Nations Decade for the Eradication of Poverty .. 2001-2010 International Decade for,a Culture of Peace and Non-Violence for the Chil-. dren of World. 2001-2010 '"~Decade of Roll Back Malaria in Developing Countries, particularly in Africa. 2001-2010 Second International Decade for the Eradication of Coloniali~~. 2003-2012 Vnited Nations L,iteracyDecade. . 2005-2015 United Nations Decaeje ,of Education Jor Sustainable Development. 2006--2016 Decade of Recovery and Sustainable Development of the Affected Regions (the third decade after the Chemobyl . disaster). 2008-2017 ,Second United Nations Decade for the Eradication of Poverty. 2010-2020 United Nations Decade for Deserts and the fight against Desertification, 2011-2020 Thiid International Decade for the Eradication of Colonialism; United . Natibns'Decadeon Biodiversity; Decade of Action for Road Safety. 2014-2024 United Natlons'DebitQe of Sustamable Energy for' AlL 2015-2024 International Decade for' People of African "Descent. .

United Nations Development Decade Disarmament Decade. Second United Nations Development Decade. United Nations Decade for Wom~D: Equality, Development and Peace. Transport and Communication De~9-ce for Africa. Inqustrial Development Decade for Afl'ica. , S~con9: Risa~mament Decade. ' '.0: International Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation Decade; Third United v. Nations Development Decade. United Nations Decade for Disabled Persons. ~ UN's Anniversories~. Second Decade to Combat Racisin and' racial Discrimination. ' ;.1 The UN observes milestones anniversaries of key World Decade for Culture Developmentl eVentsin its history. 'Third Disarmament Decade. Dedicated to United Nations Decade of Internation Law; International Decade for Natural 1998 50th Anniversary of the Universal Declaration Disaster Reduction. of Hum~n Rights ' ".InternatiortalDecade for the Eradica., ~2908 60thA~niversary ~f UN Pe~cekeepi;;----l 'i' tion 6fColonialishi. ;, ~i Operations; 6th Anniversary of the Universal 'Secolld Industrial Development Declaration of Human Rights ~ for Africa; Second Transport and

a¥j

I

I

(Continued)

I Year

",

,{,

~

Dedicated to

20th Anniversary.of the Adoption by the GAof the Convention of ~he Rights of the Child .. l ,..

2009

,"

-~"'"" ..~~=--~'--_'~',.~_.""

50th Anniversary of the Adoption of the Dedarationof the Granting of Independence

:2010

I

.• ;Iii

!

I

t10~foloni~C~u~t~e_s ~nd peo~~e_S_(D_e_C_em_be~j 25th Anniversary of the adoption of" ... Declaration of the Right to Development (4 December); 50th Anni~ersary of the death , of Dag Hammcirskjold (September 18); 25th Anniversaryohhe ChernobylDisaster (~pril,'"

2011

.~

A.149

.....

2012

-'---..;...~--------, th

....,;--_

l

.._-"".~,--''---..--.

6 Anniversary of the UN Disarmament Commission Uanuary 11); 40th Anniversary I of the Seabed Treaty (May 18); 20th Anniversary of the Declaration of the Rights i L ....~_.?i!v'inorities (Dece"1.b.=L!~)_.__ ___ i th 2014 20 An,niversqry.of the, International Year of the Family. , ~--'--'''-''-'-'''---'-"-'~'" -' _.,,--'-1 th , 2015 70 anniversary of UN I

I

The UN's Intern'otionol We'eks' . '

~~ The UN lrlternational W~eks ,are currently observed by the Uruted Nations with an unde~lying resolution that establishing the relation to the issue on that particular week (given below in parentheses). Dedicatedto

February

Fe~ruary 1-7, (1~tweek) World Interfaith.. "Harmony Week .. '

t-.~---~.~--

.----- ... -... -,-.-,_.'_. --l

' March

(March 21-27) Week of Solidarity with Peoples Struggling against Racism and racial Discrimination .

April

April 19:"23, Global Soil,week; (24-30 April) World Immunization Week (WHO)

"'--'-.-p

r.-:-.-..----'-'-~~.-

I May L~_~ ~

,_._"

August Qctober - " _

._

'

~h ",~'_"_"_."-"-"k'_~."--"-_".'"

' ..- ~.._..-!

I

May 4-10, UN Global Road Safety week; ~ (25-31 May) Week of Solidarity with the Peoples of .Non-Self-Governing Territories." '_.._-'~' _.••.... _ ~__ ... ..-. ~".~ .__ ~_ _._ __,'_ ._ (Au'fiustl-7) World Breastfeeding Week

(Oc;t~ber ;:-10lW~rldS"p"a~~W;k;" 30 October) Disarmament Week ..'-'=-._"'-'--~-'.~~ --. --,..... __ .~~ ~._-,. .--

November'

I

:'k

IMonth

...

(24~-1!

(November 9-15, the week in which November 11, falls) International Week of Science and Peace

'l

I!

'I', I~:

~--------------------

I"""""'

A.150

Chapter 3

International Organizations

:i~i~ ih

'"0

Agencies Related to the United Nations

Working in collaboration with the UN is various economic, social, scientific and technical fields are a group of intergovernmental organizations. These agencies are related to the UN through special agreements. ~"\" l.'"i"

(Continued) Name of Agency

Abbreviation

16. International

Date of Establishment

Headquarters

IDA

1960

Washington

I

Name of Agency 1. International labour organization

I

Abbreviation

Date of Establishment

Headquarters

ILO

1919

Geneva

I"!

i '2. -1;:rt;;~~t~;,~rAt;;';i;r;~;gy' iAEA~---'-"'i957 l_,_Ag~r!9Y_____-J~._.

I

3. Food and Agriculture Organization

Association

__ . ,,~-~, ..FAO

17. International Financ~

Purpose To promote social justice, improve conditions and living standard of workers and p[91;';l0te economic stability to promote peacefuj,Jjses

. "IFC ~,--

j

1955~, --

Corporation --

%~"-'---'~"'''''''~<.-~~

-.-"._". --'""~-~'-~'''-~'

18. International Monetary

... ''-'_~~'~n_~~~

.. A

1945

IMF

encouraging private enterprise in its member countries

""

•

Washington

Promotes i!1ternational monetary

Fund

,_~~.,of atomi~~!:'.E!!J1X •. ..• "_'_' Vienna To promote peaceful uses of atomic energy "'t

-

Purpose

An affiliate of the World 'Bank: aims to help underdeveloped counfries ra'ise living standards ~ -W-a-s-h-in-g-to'-n-P;,motesecono~ic develop;ent by

Development

Different UN Agencies

I~il

I!'

.~

co-aperation and expansion of international trade .

19. Inie;na~i-Ci~iTA~iatib~~-'ICAO"

1947 -

--Montreal-

Promotes safety of international aviation

organization

1945

and establishes international standards and

20. Universal Postal Union

1947

UPU

----

Berne

Improvise various postal services and

promotes international collaboration Set~ int;rnational regulations for radio.

'-'i947'-~-~'<-"G~';-;;..-

21. Internati~"'--'----Inj-'~Telecommunication Union

,:i~1

Telegraph, telephone and space radio

22. International Fund for Agricultural Development

i)

-'-"'''''''',-,'~'''o_ .. 0.'''--'''''

IFAD

~-~----'_--'-""'~-_'_-----,-""",_.,---23. United Nations Conference on Trade and Development

!'i

-".,,',.~_.

~i

~I

'UNCTAD .....

1977

Rome

--- ----.-,y .•.----~_..

",..-- ..---"'"""

1964

Geneva

UNITAR

1965

IMCO

1958

--'

New York

-'LJNRWA-~" {949 ---

Work for Palestine Refugees' in the North East --.-.--~.---.""---.~---.-'.--._~,

26, United Nations Fund for Population activities

----,,-

-

1967

,._

,'''=-r.'",,,~_. __

..•... __..0;-

__

,

~_,_'_._

-~_

Promotes international trade with a view to accelerate economic growth of developing ~ountries' . . . _,_ ._,._••

of world peace and security, and of economic and social progress ... ..fu;~id;~ f;;;~rh;alth'.~~-:;ic;~d~;cli;;:

...-.

",

: ~

j

Provides high priority tra.i~ing and research projects to help facilitate the UN objeCtives

...--.~~w.y;tk'"'-

~ ~ - '-

UNFPA

__

--.--------.-,.._-_-.n-

•.. 25, United Natio-n-;R;ji~f'd~d

communications '_'~,_,w_",.""

Finances agricultural projElcts to introduce, expand and improve food production and' raise nutritional levels n__

:..:-._ ..- .. ~.,,_.;I...,,_.. ~_,,__ ~_. __ .~., __ ., __ .__

24. United Nations Institute for Training and Research

8. Inter-government Maritime consultative Organization

A.151,

.'

" vocational training for those displaced in the Arab-Israel war

_.,,~

New York

__ ..~w.___...

•.........

._

..-.....

._.__

_'.

Studyjng population dynamics, collecting population data" formlilating and evolving

'I

population policie~, family planning and related programmes

,I

Organizafion of the .UN , ...•

11'1

'1 1\ 1

~

TrusteeshipCouncil 5 Permanent Membersof the SC plus nations administering the Trust Territories, headquartersat New York . J

Security Council 5 Permanent Members (US, Russia, China, France and BritainL lONon-permanent members serving for two years. A negative vote by a permanent member bars action by the SC and is called 'veto', headquarters at New York '-~'--'---

Sec.

._~-".------,--

Iu r~tanat Carries out day"tcx:lay . nclionsof the UN about 4000 :~ternationaloffice staff headed by ~ry.General

---_

.•

_.

__

•. ~-""""'

.••

"',.,.,~

.-

••••••

>~-.~

_.......--

--

••.

General Assembly Membership: All member nations, headquarters at New York

---,

--,----,--.--.

-- --

-.

International Court of Justice 15 Judges elected to serve for nine years, headquarters at The Hague

-'-

-.

,._ . ,

.__ ,

._ .

Economic and Sodal Council 54 members, one-third of the Council elected every year for a term of 3 years

.......••

..-~-

~=-=--=-

-~

.. -'~

_":--~':"'"

~

--=..c'-=~--=-:'

~-_o:::~~~

~

----

-.-._-_~

~

=;~~-

~

•••

CII.

[

]

60 WAYSTHE UNITED NATION WORKS.

t\) (")

= s:»

-0

.-+

~ ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

PEACE AND SECURITY

ENVIRONMI;NT.

INTERNATIONAL LAW

HUMANITARIAN AFFAIRS

23. Promoting

32. Seeking

39. Prosecuting

human rights;

solutions to climate ch,ange;

war criminals;

46. Assisting refugees;

DEV~~g~A~ENTHUMAN

RIG!"lTS

w

HEALTH

!.

!6. Promoting

1. Maintaining peace and security;

20. Improving literacy and. education in developing' countrie13;

development;

7. Alleviating rural poverty in developing countries;

2. Making peace;

8. Focusing on African development;

3. Preventing

21. Preserving

nuclear prOliferation; 9. Promoting women's wellbeing;

4. Clearing landmines;

10. Laying groundwork form business;

5. Combating terrorism

historic, cultural, architectural and' natural sites;

11. Supporting

industry in conutries;

developing

24. Fostering democ~acy;

22. Facilitating academic and cultural exchanges

25. Promoting self-determination and independence;

resolve major international disputes;

34. Protecting the environment;

26. Ending apartheid in south africa;

42. Promoting stabflity and order in the world's oceans;

35. Protecting the

36. Providing. safe

relations;

14. Promoting Economic 15. Improving aviation and .

44. Containing world drug problem;

38. Banning toxic chemicals

the rights of persons with disabilities;

in support of

54. Wiping out polio;

49. Reducing the . effects of natural disasters;

55. Eradicating smallpox;

HIVIAIDS;

56. Fighting tropical,giseases;

50. Providing tsunami relief;

51. Providing food to the neediest the

57. Halting the spread of epiqemics; 58. Pre,s.sing for universal immunization;

45. Encouraging creativity and innovation

30. Promoting

16. Generating worldwide

48. Helping disaster victims;

international crime;

37. Tackling fish stock depletion;

28. Promoting press freedom and freedom of expression;

Reform;

53. Responding to

43. Combating

drinking water; 28. Promoting Decent work;

47. Aiding palestinian refugees;

41. Helping to

ozone layer;

13: Improving global trade

commitment children;

countries to cope with climate change;

27. Promoting women's rights;

12. Fighting hunger;

shipping;

40. Strengthening international law;

33..Helping

52. Promoting reproductive and maternal health;

59. Reducing child mortality; 60. Protecting consumers' health

31. Improving the

17. Turning slums into decent human settlements;

plight of indigenous people

18. Providing' local access to a global network; .• 19. Improving global telecommunications

r~'~¥£' iA:~'-U~rt~;d

NationsSyste~------' . u~~~~~~~:~m~:onsHuman

~ '•...••• ~

~--

, •• ",'

-.'

UN Principal . Organs

) )i

(

. .1 j .0 Funds and Progra!!,"!,es i UNCTAD United Nations COnference

I

on Trade and Development

.

I.•ITC Inte~ationarTrade Centre'

Subsid~ry 60dies

" l

/

Main and other sessional committees , Disarmament CommiSsion] Human Rights Council ' International Law CommiSsion • Standing committees ~d adMc bodies' j

l...•.

(

secu.r".lty council~

r----~~

i Economic and:

lsocIal council J I

.'

(

I

,i

'

.'

I'


UN-Women Unite'd Nations Entity for Gender Equality and the Empowerment of Women WFP World Food Programme. .. . . ,/" Research and Tralmnglnstitutes" f UNICRI United Nations Interregional'

I'.'UNEPU.nit .... ed..Nations "E,

Crime and Justice Research Institute UNIDIR2 United Natioris Institute for Disarmament Research

lJ

n.virt>nm. ~~t.'. .. ' Programme ~" • . '. UNFPA United-Nations Population Fund

Subsi~ Bodies Counter-terrorism committees Intemational Criminal Tribunal . for Rwanda OCTR) Intemational Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (leT¥)

Militaly StaffCoITimittee Peacekeeping oPerations and political missions Sanctions committees (ad hoc)i Standing committees and ad hoc bodies

Functional Commissions

"'-._.,,!

l3 Regional

Crime Prevention and Criminal ' _ ,Justice . ,. .

Notes: • ,1 The United n~tions,its funds and programmes, the SPecialized agencies, IAEA "and MO are all members of the' United Nations System Chit Executives Boa1d for coordination (CEB). 2. UNRWA and UNIOIR report only to

A

~

•

wro

has. no reporting obligati9" tQ the GA, but contributes on an ad hoc

basis to GA and Economic and Social (ECOSOC) work oO,.inter alia. finance and development issues. S Specialized Agencies are autonomous organizations whose work is coordinated through ECOSOC Ontergovernmentaf leveQ and CEe (inter-secretariat level). 6 The Trusteeship Council suspended operation on 1 November 1994, as on 1 October 1994 Palau, the last United Nations Trust Territory, become independent. Council

for Africa .• Narcotic Drugs ECE EconomicrCommission ~ Population and Development Science and Technology for for Europe, . .' Development ECLAC Eco.norrucqomm,~lOf1 for Social Development Latin Amenca and the Canbbean Statistics ESCAP Economic and Social . Status of Women Commission for Asia and I Sustainable Development , the Pacific '" United Nations Forum on Forests ESCWA Economic and Social Commission for WesternAsia ,

(0

Departments andOffi~'--'

..

EOSG Executive Office of the .

1

This is not an Official do~ument of the United Nations, nor is it intended to' , be all inclusive. :'

Commissions . ." • '. ECA Economic Commission .

I

~.

3 IAEA reports to the Security Council , an.d the GA. ~.

:J Advis()ry)

UNISDR United Nations Intemational Strategy for Disaster Reduction UNOPS United NationsOffice for ProjectServices J':

"

:.-''''..

m

•• --

•••_._

•• "._'"""

•••.•• _ •••••.•.•

o •••.••...•••••••

, •. ~,'

•••.•••••••••••••

~......

•••

• ••_....

j (]

RelatedOrganizatioos' ',{. : CTBTO Preparatory Commission Preparatory : Commissionfor the ComprehensiVeNuclearTest-Ban,TreatyOrganization .~. '.. '.

I

OPCW.Organisation.. for the Prohibitionof:; . ¥ , ChernicalWeapons._ ", .

Secretary-General

-.

DGACM Department for GeneralAssembly ' and COnference.Managernent . DM Department of Management

I

L __ ~

,_

.•.

I ,~

Specialized Agencies 1,5

j J

.

','

..

UNWTO World Tourism Organization.

. . UPU Universal Postal Union i Organizat!o~of the UnitedNa,tions WHO World Health OrganiZation

i ICAO International Civil Aviation i OrganIZation' ~

'- i IFAD Intemational Fund for Other Bodies ", Agricultural Development .~ : ! ILO International Labour Committee for Development pOh~i i OrganiZation

!

0

..

OrganiZations Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues .' United Nations Group of ExPtiits ' on GeographiCalNames Other sessionaland standing

'

,

!

Organization • fCSfD Intemational Centre f~r InternationalTelecommunication Settlement of Investment DISputes i' Union • IDA International Development UNESCO United Nations Association Educational, Scientific and • IFC Intemational Finance I 'Cu~ural OrganiZation • Corporation

't

i

J

UNIDO United Nations Industrial . ! Development OrganJzation \~_._.,_._.

Office of Internal~;rsi9ht

• MfGA Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency

...

Serv:;;- -

5"

._

UNOI;)A ~ice f~r Disarh;ame~~;ffairs

~ =>

I

j.

OLA Office of LegalAffairs

UNOG United Nations Office at Geneva

UN-OHRLLS Office of the High Representative ,

OSAA Office of the Special Adviser on Africa SRSGlCAAC Office of the Special Representativeof the Secretary-General . for Children and Anned Conflict

of HumanitarianAffairs OHCHR Office of the United Nations High,Commissioner for Human Rights

. SRSGlSVC Office of the Special Representativeof the Secretary-GeneraJ on Sexual Violence in Conflict

"_._. __

.

Irru

DPKO Department of Peacekeeping

__

WMO World Meteorol.;gical OrganIZation • IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development .•

I

committees and expert, ad hoc and related bodies •

W1POWorld Intellectual Property OrganIZation

Worl Bank Group

c:mitt~f Experts on Public . j .! IMF International Monetary Fund n 'Co mm m'ittaeon , ,onN GovemmentaI"-.; Ii fMO International Maritime OOM . .

. Operations ' DSS Department of Safety and Security OCHA Office for the Coordination

.._'~.

''',

'1 FAO Food and Agriculture

.~PA De~artm~t :;f~Olitical Aff~;;;,---~OS

o

./

~-_._---__--_.-

i WTO1,4 World "-~,--_ .. TradeOrganIZation

J

Subsidiary Body Peacebuilding Commission

DPIDepartment of Public Information

DESA Department of Economic and Social Affairs DFS Department of Field Support

"-~c.

"

Other Entities • '" • UNAIDS Joint United Nations Programmeon HIVIAIDS . .' '. ,.- '.

I

f'.:'.-. _~,x"""",~""""",,,,_=,,~,".,",,~~,_,~,,,,_

\_~---'~'-----""'--'~""'--'---"",--,,,,,,--,-~-Trusteeship :", council6 r .

(GA).

o

I IAEA" 31ntemationaJAtomic EnergyAgency

Secretariatl

the ~GeneraJ Assembly

UNSSC United Nations System Staff College UNU United Nations University

UNRWA2 United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East

I:

[

UNRISD United Nations Research InstitUte for SOCialDevelopment

UNICEF United Nations Children's Fund UNODC United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime

"'\

l-.~~

.4

UNITAR United Nations Institute for Training and Research

UNHCR Office ofthe United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees

•

••.._

..

_.

I

..__

,__

.• ,

-1

•

•.. 'i: .••

o


.=>

~N'

i'a

o'

,. _

•.

=>

~

for the Least Developed Countries, Landlocked /', Developing Countries and Smaliistand . Developing States ! UNON United Nations Office at Nairobi UNOV United Nations office at Vienna

a

o'

=>

en

'~.

•••

'CII.

'W

----------~n

III'i"1

I

ill

,ill

I 1:1

A.i54

II

Chapter 3

The UN System: Principal Organs Global Challenges UN Tackles Everyday

I ':'\

q

II,il'll

,Ii 1,1

, .j

1

11 1

International Organizations

, ~

l'Ii': ,,:,:,1,1 ,"

,1,!~,1

'~i! I,~L 'I

• Provides food to 90 million people in 75 countries. • Vaccinates 58% ,of the world's children, saving 2.5 million lives a year. ' • Assists over 34 million refugees and people fleeing war, famine or persecution. • Combats climate change; works with 140 nations to prevent harmful mercury emissions. • UN keeps peace with 120,000 peacekeepers in 16 operations in 4 continents. • Fights poverty, helping 370 million rural poor achieve better lives in the past 30 years. • Protects and promotes human rights on site and through som~ 80 treaties! declarations. , • Mobilizes US$12.5 billion in humanitarian a~d to help people affected by emergellcies: . • Uses diplomacy to prevent conflict; assists some 50 countries a year with elections. • Promotes maternal health, saving the lives of 30 million women a year.

.-.

Quick Facts

UN and the Nobel Peace Prize' 2015 2014

Natio.nal Dialogue Quarter" ,'. Kailash Satyrthi and MalalqYousafzal

2013

Organization 'for the Prohibition of,Chemicai VVeapons ' ir ! Intergovemmental Panel on'Climate Change' (IPCe) and Albert Arnold (AI) Gore Jr.

2007 2005

United Nations, Kofi Annan

1988 1981

U!,ited Nations Peacekeeping Forces'

1961

L

Office of the UN'High,Commissioner gees " International labour Organization

,

I

for Refu' JlJ

United Nations Children's Fund Dog HammarskjOld gees Rolph Bunche )

.. "

!~

Year 2015': Sustainable Development:Goals (SGDs)

I,

'1"

I~

I

At the United Nations Sustainable Development Summit on September 25, 2015, world leaders adopted the 2030 Agenda .for Sustainable Development; which in~ludes a set. of 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) to end poverty, fight inequality and injustice, and tackle climate change by 2030. , The Sustainable Development Goals, otherwise known as the Global Goals, build on the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs); eight anti-poverty targets that the world committed to achieving by 2015. The MDGs, adopted in 2000, aimed at an array of issues that included slashing poverty, hunger, disease, gender inequality, and accesS to water and sanitation, Enormous progress' has heenmacie on the MDGs, showing the value of a unifyirlg agenda underpinned by goals and targets. Despite this success, the indignity of poverty has not been ended for all. : .' The ne",: SPG?,.and: the broader:sustainability agenda, go much further than the MDGs, addressing the root cause~ of poverty apd the universal need for development that works for all people. The Sustainable Development, Goals will now finish the job of the MDGs,.and ensure that no one is left behind.

No Poverty [End poverty in all its forrn~ everywhere] '.l • Goal 2: Zero Hunger [End hunger, achieve 'foo security and improved nutrition ~d pro: mote sustainableagriculture], _ Goal 3: Good Health and. Well-being ,,[Ens, healthy lives and promote well-being for aln Goal 4: Quality Education [Ensure inclusive an equitable 'quality education and promot~ lifelong learning opportunities for.a,~l] Goal 5: Gender Equality [Achieve gender equali and empower all ,~omen and girls]" Clean Water and Sanitation [Ensure acces Goetl6: to water and sanitation for all] Goal 7: Affordable and Clean Energy [Ens access to affordable, reliable, sustainabl and modem energy for all] 'Decent Work and Economic Growth [P' .GoaIS: mote inclusive and sustainable econo~ gr<,?wth,employment and decent work for ,-

Goal 1:

Goal 9:

Goal 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities ,[Make cities inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable]

• Target 3A: Eliminate gender: disparity in:primary and secondary education, preferably by 2005; and in all levels of education "nolafer than 2015.

Goal 13: Cl,~mate Action [Take urgent action to combat climate change and its i~pacts] Goal 14: Life Below Water [Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources]

Office of the U~ High1C6m0issi6n~rforRefu.

1950

Goal 3: Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women

Goal 12: Responsible Consumption and Produc,tion [Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns]

International Atomic Energy'Agency,: Mohamed EIBaradei .

2001

1969 1965

1

Industry, Innovation and Infrastructu, [B\lild resilient" infrastructure;. prom sustainable industrialization and fost' innovation]

Goal 15: Life on Land [Sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, halt and reverse land degradation, halt biodiversity loss] Goal 16: Peace And Justice Strong Institutions [Promote just, peaceful and inclusive societies] Goal 17: Partnerships for the Goals [Revitalize the "global partnership for sustainable development] AdditionCllcommitments to boost MDG achieve: rnent were announced, bringing the total to more than $2.5 billion.

Goal 1: Eradicate Extreme Poverty and Hunger • Target1A: Halve, between 1990and 2015, the proportion of people whose income is less than $1.25 a day. • Target IB: Achieve full and productive employment and decent work for all, including women and young p~ople.

Goal 4: Reduce ChildMortality

/

• Target 4A: Reduce by two thirds, between 1990 and 2015, the und~r-Jive mortality rate.

Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health

I !

IJ

illl

• Target SA: Reduce by three quarters, between 1990 and 2015, the maternal mortality ratio• Target 5B: Achieve, by 2015, universal access to reproductive health. '~

Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and Other OiseQses

,/

• Target 6A: Have _halted by 2615 and begun' to reverse the spread of HIV ! AIDS. • Target 6B: Achieve" by 2010, universal acce"ss to treatment for HIV / AIDS for all those who need it. • Target 6C: Have halted by 2015 'and begun to reverse the incidence of malaria and. other major diseases. ". -

GOQI7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability • Target 7A: Integrate the principles of sdst~~ .. able development into country polici7s and programmes anc;l reverse the loss of ~nv~roruhental resources.

.

,

• Target lC: Hc~lve,between 1990 and' 2015, the proportion of people who suffer ITom hunger.

• Target 7B: Reduce bi()diversity loss, achieving, by. 2010, a significant reduction in the rate of lc?ss.

Goal2: Achieve Universal Prlmary Education

• Target 7C: Halve, by 2015, the proportion of ,the population without sustainable access to safe drinking water and basic sanitation.

• Target 2A: Ensure that, by 2015, children everywhere, boys and girls alike, will be able to com_ plete a full course of primary schooling.

il

I

Goal 10: Required Inequalities [Reduce inequality within and among countries] L

.s;;:~

A.i55

• Target 70: -AclUeve,by 2020, a significant improvement in the lives of at least 100 million slUl?1 dwellers.

~eo of a Commo-n~ealthof Nations comprising Great Britain, the dominions and other territoriesof the BritishEmpire was firstaccepi~d ~ ,; ImpenalConference of 1926. In 1931, the :Statuteof VVestminsterrecognized the status the dominions and defined relations f\Neenthe BritishCrown and the dominions. In 1947, the office of the dominions was abolished and the Secretary of the C;:ommonwealth OSSUOied charge, Commonwealth Day: It is an opportunity to promote understanding on global, issues,-international co-operotion and the 'M::lfkofCommonwealthorganizations which aim to improve the livesof citizens. It is celebrated on the second Monday in Morch every year,

9t

~',..

1'1:

~---~------------------

-~........---.--~-

P

,I

I

International Organizations

A~156 Chapter 3 .~. ~~ l

Goal 8: Develop a Global ParfnershipforDevelopment

'r' .• '

• Target 8A: Develop further an ope!,; rule-based, predictable, non-discriminatory trading and financial system. • Target 8B:Address the special needs of least developed countries (LDCs). • Target 8C: Address the special needs of landlocked developing countries and smaH island developing States. • Target 8D: Deal comprehensively with the debt problems of developing countries. ' • Target 8E: ,In cooperation with pharmaceutical . companies,' provide access to affordable essential .drugs in dev~lopingcountries. .' Target 8F: In cooperation with the private sector, makea.vailable benefits of new technologies, especially'info~maticinand communications.

l'

'I I

,j,,, Iii

"1',1

1!111

III

•

I

I<'

III

~~r ,II ~I

,

;:

~.6-

•

Monitoring Aid Delivery 'The Integrated Implementation Framework was developed to rec'ord and mollitor financial as well as policy commitments made in support of the MDGs by UN Member States and other international stakeholders.'.' . More information available at United Nation website (www.un.org.;mlllona'iningoals/mews.Shtml)

'II, •

il

THE COMMONWEALTH

Iii'

~i

~; i:

>~

I

,111,

iI,I!11

the' Comirioriwealth, ~riginally called the 'British Commonwealth of Nations', was an assodation of sovereign and independent states th~t for~ally made up the British Empire. It is an evolving organization now with most of the states and dependencies that

,

I 111~~ •

.

'

~I

•

_I

• j")

.

~

J.:l'l.l,

;;':.:~f,

.rnrr

Membership

i.

. ",r~

As many as 53 member countries, which in~lude 30% of the world's people, constitute the Commonwealth. Its members are autonomous countries associated with Britain, equal in status and in no way subordinate to one another. Members ofIlthe Commonwealth are represented in other Commonwealth countries by diplomatic officers called,fJ,-ligh Commissioners', in plac~ of the Ambassadofi;who represent Non-Commonwealth counfries. He,ad of the Commonwealth: The British monarch (
Purpose and Ob;edives Commonwealth members belong to international bodies-regional, political and economic. Yet in all ,their international relations, ...• "

\'..,b:

~:.....

Countries that Left the Commonwealth .

t

";.~'

, .~.

~...

I"~"

~r)( '

~

• Ireland, arid Myanmar (Burma) left the Commonwealth when they became Republics in 1948 .

~-'1f;~

.

-,..

•

.

.

Member Countries (Members by Regions) Africa 1. Botswana; 2..Cameroo~: 3. Ghana; 4. K~nya; 5. Lesotho; 6. MalaWI;7. MauntIus; 8. MozambIque; 9. Namibia; 10. Nigeria; 11. Rwanda; 12. Seychelles;' 13. Sierra~Leone; 14.. South Africa; .15. Swaziland; 16. Uganda; 17. United Republic of Tanzania; and 18.Zambia.

~

_

'.

_

j

sp?~se, Zim?
--------_._"

---

.-"

)."

..

~

-,

.

Secretary~General: The

Commonwealth'Secretariat is the central body which has served the COnUnonwealth of Nations, since ,its establis~ent il'J.'1965, and responsible-for representing ..the " COIDmonwealth publicly. It is headed ,by the 'Commonwealth Se~retary-General wl),ois 'appointed by 'the.Co~on7 wealth Heads of Government for, a tenure 'of 4 years (renewable once). The position wascr~ated after the 14th Commonwealth Prime Ministers Conference in London in 1965. Since then, the following persons have held the post: ',. ,'" "'" "f: 1. Arnold Smith (Canada): 1965"':June30, 1975 2. Sir ShTidath Rafuphal (Guyarta)~'July':1,~jcjf5~ June 30, 1990, ", ., , "";'.' .>

j

20. 'Brunei Darussalam; 21. India; 22. Malaysia; 23. Maldives; 24. Pakistan;

3. ChiefE~ekCl ..~J'Y~~,ku(Nige~i~):J~Iy.~I~ ,199,9-, 31 March 2000 • .

25.Singapore and 26. Sri Lanka.' . Caribbean and Americas 27. Antigua" and Barbuda; 28.Bahamas, T~e;.29. Barbados; 30. Beliz~;31. Canada; 32. Dorruruca; 33. Grenada; 3:1. Guyana; 35.Jamaica; 36. Saint Lucia; 37. St. Kitts and Nevis; 38.St Vincent and The Grenadines; and 39. Trinidad andTobago; Europe 40...Cyprus; 41. Malta; and 42. The United Kingdom.'

4. Sir Don McKinnon (New Zealand): April 1, 2000-31 March 2008,',. :,: "1'" .-li ., ,;~" 1-r,"~' 5. Kamalesh Sharma (India): April 1, 2008-Ma~ch 31 2016 '. " . _' '.. ' _ 6. PatrIcIa, Sc;otland;B,aroness ~_cqtland (l!K): April 1, 2016-pres~nt. : ',_' . i

Pacific 43. Australia; 44. Fiji;)4S:Kiribati;:i46.'.Nauru; 47.New Ze~land; 48. Papua New Guinea; 49. Samoa; 50. Solomon Islands; 51. Tonga; 52. Tuvalu; and 53.Vanuatu.

!he Commonwealth has no permanent members as m the case of the UN. Its Secretariat operates from London. It is an international body at the service of all the member countries and' provides a central organization for Commonwealth activities. The seCretariat, situated at Marlborough House, Pall Mall,London, is headed by a Secretary-General. ,

• South Africa joined the Commonwealth as 51 sl member in May 1994, ' I~)i • Zimbabwe's membership WQSsuspended in 2002 on the grounds of alleged human rights violations by the governme,~t.,In r~

,

Asia 19. ' Bangladesh;

of the Commonwealth in 1989. ' • Fiji was expelled from the Commonwealth following a military takeover bf the country in 1987.

"

..,.....~~?,;::eq;;_..........-"-,..-..,-.,

,.

the Co~onwealth is a lillk betwe~n them and complements other' forms of co-operation within ~e diversity.All members of Commonwealth hold certam commonprinciples and it is by pursuing t4epe}deals andprinciples that the Commonwealth is able to influ~ enceinternational society for the benefit of mankind.

Commonwealth ,Secretariat

,1' \

'.'~

TheCommonwealth of Nations or the Commonwealth is n~t t.o be confus~~,With/the ~'?~~~;~~~/:;a,l~h.~,f !~dfpe'n:~e~l~tC:i7s (CIS).'~hiS is because,,CIS I,So regional organlzqtlon, a loose association of states, whosepartrclpatlngcountrles are former Sov,et,&~f)ublrcs. Itwas formed dwing the breakup of the Soviet Union. Although, the CIS has few supranational powers, it is aime9at being ,more'!han a purelysymbolic organization, nominally possessing cQordinaling powers in the realm of trade, finance; lawmaking and security: It has also pro~oted cooperation on cross-bordercrime,prevenJk:m. Some of the members of the CIS have establis(ledthe EurasianEconomic CommJunitywith the aim of creating a full-fledged common market. The Commonwealth of Nations, is sometimes called the 'British Comnib'nwealth' to differentiate it from the CIS (01$0 known as the RussianCommonwealth):However" the title 'British Com'rnonwealth', along with 'British Empire', is historic~ and should not be used to describe the modern Commonwealth'of Nations,' .' '

• South Africa withdrew in ,1961 . th • Pakistan withdrew in 1972 when Bangladesh was recognized and included in the Commonwealth. It rejoined as the 49 rriembe~

.'

\,

.!'J

.

'J~~/

.

I,

",

formerly made ,up the British Empire are no~.,.its 'members and few' hon-colomes' of erstwhile 'British Empire. . ,~. The Commonwealth has no written constitution. However, most of the countries of the Commonwealth have common constitutional features. The meirtbers are bound tog~ther by common ideals and iliW~~st. All members have an equal say regardless of ~~,~ize or economic stature. This ensures even the smallest member countries have a voice' in shaping. All'~embers subscribe to the Commonwealth's values. ,and principles outlined in the Commonwealth Charter..•

A.i5?

I

r

Important Meetings of the Commonwealth ,';C"

",

(i) Leaders' '~of'mefub'er ~ouritries shape co'in,tpon}-Vealth pql!~ies., an,~ ~r~~ritie~. ~ien..nial meeting of the Commonwealth Heads of Governmeritkhown as Commonwealth Heads of Government Meet .(CHOGM) is conducted in every 2 yrs where leaders meet to discuss issues alfecting the commonwealth and the wider world. . , (ii)'Annual meetings'of the 'Finance Ministers of the.member countries .. (iii) Regular meetings of ministers .of edl!-ca. tion, law health and' other ,appropriate ministries.

'"'11'

1;11'11

1

1 A.i5S

Chapter 3

International Organizations

The Commonwealth Family

1:1"

It is a network of associations, organizations and charities affiliated to the Commonwealth of Nations. Although associated with the Commonwealth, they are not integral part of the organization, and membership is on voluntary basis from within the membership of the Commonwealth. They are designed to advance the principles and policies of the Commonwealth itself. Some important affiliated organizations are listed hereunder:

I

i

'I j •.

ill'i 'I

Ilillllll

, 1: .iii

"i'I

1',1

(i) Commonwealth Games Federation (CGF) (ii) Commonwealth Foundation (iii) Commonwealth War Graves Commission (CWGC) (iv) Commonwealth of Learning (COL) (v) Commonwealth Business Council (vi) Commonwealth Press Union (CPU) (vii). Commonwealth Human Rights Initiatives (CHRI) (viii) Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan (CSFP) (ix) English~speaking Union (ESU) (x) Royal Commonwealth Society (RCS)

That story must now belong to the past. We prop()seto stand on our'own feet. We do not intend to be play.t~ings " of others.' Hence, in order to maintain the freedom of India and other independent nations, the concept of the Non-aligned Movement (NAM) was evolved:'

The principles adopted at the Bandung Confer~nce and accepted at the first summit meeting were: ,

.

2. The NAM celebrated its 50th anniversary in Belgrade on September 5-6,2011.

territorial , mit 'J

" i in each t5ther's J.

•

,I

(iv) Equality and mutual benefit (v) Peaceful co-existence

'IB!

'1',.:

ij

~'it

B

as

Later, these principles are collectively named Panchsheel. These are the basic guidelines for the functioning of the'NAM. Other meetings (such as the Bali Meet in-May 2011) are held between the official moments. J! ~

I:


NAMConference ]>t ,=••••

Year

Venue

September 1961,

,Belgrade (Yugoslavia)j"jJ

, .. ' . _..

;.?~d ... "gctoJ~.~

1. The G-15 was established in 1989 at Belgrade's NAM

~mm",

(i) Mutual respect for each other's integrity and sovereignty

~

3rd

r-4th'"

.~..,." ... _.-,

• ."

}i~

,,1

"~l

'i

,;25 ~',

£

96,tb, £qi[5?(I::gyptL.;" •.~ •.•• September lusaka (Zambia) ""541 1970d' "S~pt;mb;--' AIgi;';'(Algeria) ,_..",.' '73 1973

5th ,

Year

V;;;~e -,--

August 1976

Colombo (Sri lanka)

'

"6th

',-'

--

.

September 1979

7th i;;~th

"' __

.

..._

--"--'-'

~--"'.'-"¥'-".'''''-'''"=¥'''"''-''''.

---"'---"~"'-'-"-'--"

September

1Dth

September

1 ph

October 1995

:12th '.~''," 13th !J1.4th

,_._.

;---_.-,

.•.. _.

101 -t>-

' I

__

~J

108

~

..c'--., •..-------_,_ CC;Htagene

109 --...-...

September 192L__

Durban (South AfricaL~. __ ~_ .... ,:.

11 2

September

,Kuala lumpur

116

22q}~_._.~,_(~alaysia)_.,._, September' Havana'

.. ;

AlJgust

17th

201 50

1985

to

JZim~ab':Yet. Shorn EI Sheikh

"

I

.i

118

?O 1? . ,I~b.£9DJIE9P) Caracas (Venezuela)

2. India: Kishore Kant Bhargava (October 17 1989 to December 31, 1991)

4. Nepal: Yadav Kant Silwal" Uanuary 1, 1994 Decembe~ 31, 1995)

to

5" Pakistan: Naeem U. HasanUanuary , December 31, 1998)

to

1, 1996

6" Sri Lanka: NihalRodrigo Uanuary 1, 1999 to January 10,2002) . 7. Bangladesh: 0" A. M. A. Rahim Uanuary 11, 2002 I to Februa'ry 28, 2005)

..••~" •..,,_ ,'"~, 115

--, ..- .j~l!t£!t,...

',16th

1, Bangladesh: Abul Ahsan Uanuary '16, October 15, 1989)

3" Maldives: Ibrahim Hussain Zaki Uanuary 1, 1992 to December 31, 1993)

102

Jakarta (Indonesia)

._----

•

of the SAARe

"f

'.

,.,J~~9()~I(Jv.ia) .. ~ ..

. --"';"-,

July 2009

A

~'-'~'Y~.-

Belgrade

- --....

202~_ 15th

__

1'00

• Harare (Zimbabwe) ,

Quick Facts

Secretary,,-Generals I

New Delhi (Iridia)

September 1986 "

.•••

88

'..-.----.--..----..,' 94l

...._~.--.~,.,,"

9th

'l"'~"""'"

"~Countri;;]

Havana (Cuba) "" '

March 1983

19~ __

Basic Principles of the 'MAM'

(ii) Mutual non-aggression (iii) Mutual non-interference affairs

~~t

1?89 __

Bandung Conference: A conference of the like-minded countries was held in April 1955 in Indonesia (Band. ung). It became the forum for the birth of the NAM. Brioni Conference: The principles adopted at'the Bandung Conference were given a practical shape at Brioni (Yugoslavia) in July 1956, in an informal meeting between the three leaders, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru, Marshall Tito and Col. Nasser.

r

Did You Know?

of Yugoslavia of Indonesia of Egypt ,i'

THE NON-ALIGNED MOVEMENT ,The USA and the former USSR emerged as the two superpowers after the Second World War. At the same . time, imperialism was on the wane and the nations were gaining independence in Asia and Africa. The superpowers sought to win over as many small independent nations as possible. This led to a cold war between the former USSR, which led the socialist countries, and the USA, which posed as the leader of free democracies. India decided in the circumstances not to commit itself to any big power. At' this juncture, at the Asian Relations Conference in March 1957, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru put forth the novel concept of nopalignment for the common aspirations of the newly liberated COUrttriesof Asia and Africa. According to him, 'For too long, we, the people of Asia, have ~een petitioners in western courts and,chancelleries.

d~

The credit of evolving the concept goes to Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru. The other contributors were: (i) Marshal Tito-President (ii) Dr Sukarno-President (iii) G. A. Nasser-President

(Continued)

.-"-'-

Founder Members of the 'MAM'

A •.i59

120

Organizational Structure, and Membership There are 10 'Bandung Principles' that a candidate country has to follow to attain membership ofNAM. These principles: (1) Respect for fundamental human rights and for the purposes and principles of the Charter of the UN. (2) Respect for the sovereignty and territorial integrity of all nations. (3) Recognition of the movements for national independence. (4) Recognition of the equality of all races and of the, equality of all nations, large and small. (5) Abstention from intervention or interference in the internal affairs of another country. (6) Respect for the right of each nation to defend itself singly or collectively, in conformity with the Charter of the UN. (7) Refraining from acts or threatsof aggression or the use of force against the territorialintegrity ~r political independence of any country. (8) Settlement of all international disputes by peaceful means, in conformity with the Charter of the UN. (9) Promotion of mutual interests and ccroperation. (10)Respect for justice and international obligatioTls:~ . The requirements for membership of the NAM comcide with the key beliefs of the UN. Following t~e decisions taken at the Bandung and Brioni confere~ces,the first summit meeting of the NAM countries

8. ~hutan: Lyonpo Chenkyab Dorii (March 1, 2005 to February 29, 2008) 9. India: Sheel Kant Sharma (March 1, 2008 to February 28,2011) 10. Maldives: Fathimath Dhiyana Saeed (March 1,2011 to March 11, 2012) 11. Maldives: Ahmed Saleem (March February 28, 2014)

12,

2012

to

12. Nepal: Arjun BahadurThapa (March 1,2014-2017) 13. Pakista~:Ar:nj~ HussainB. Sial (March 1, 2017-present)

Apex and Recognized Bodies , SAARC has the following six apex bodies: 1. SAARC Chamber of Commerce and Industry (SeCI) . 2. SAARCLAW (South Asian Association for Regional Co, operation in Law), [lndia's'Hemant Batra in 2011 became the Secretary-General of SAARCLAW.] 3. South Asian Federation of Accountants (SAFA) 4. South Asia Foundation (SAF) 5. South Asia Initiative to End Viofence Against Children (SAlEVAC) 6~ ' Foundation of SAARC Writers and Literature(FOSWAL)

took place in Belgrade, in which 25 countries participated. This session gave birth to the NAM, when the basic principles of non-alignment were put forward and accepted by rp.embers, and NAM formally came into existence. South Africa joined the NAM as the 109th member in May 1994. f .

As of Today, the Movement has 120 Members and 17Observer Countries Argentina; Armenia; Bosnia and Herzegovina;'

r

1ill'II' ,III !I

InternationalOrgan!4ations A~1, ~J

Chapter 3

A.160 1,1:

Brazil; China; Casta Rica; GraCJ.tia;E.I,Si!.lvaciai; Kazakhstan; Kyrgyzstan; Mexico.; Mantenegra; Paraguay;Serbiil; Tajikistan; UkYaine and Uruguay , ;':

'Thereare;4Fofmer

MeinbersofNAM

.L Argentina (1973..,. 1991); Cypnls (1961-2004); Malta. n973c-2004) and Yugaslavia, including Federal Republic af Yugaslavia (19t?1~1962)...

SOUTH ASIAN ASSOCIATION FORREGIONAL CO.O~ElATION(SAARC)

,

Origin. ,of South 'Asian, Association,' for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) The igeaaf the SAARC was, first maated in 1979, by ,the former BanglCJ.desh ,President Zia-ur-Rehman, ;during his visit to.Sri Lanka, with theabjective af farming an assaciatian an the lines af the EEC or,Assaciatian,afSal,lth-East Asian,Natians (ASEAN).,.

:',11, ,ill;!I'11

: I.,

1. SAAA~~'~.gric:ultu:al<:;entr~ (S.t\9d?)::l~l,
.1

Date of Formation December 8, 1985 at Dhaka.

Members

3. SAARC Tuberculasis Kathmandu

Current members: (1)' Afghanistan;' (2) Bangladesh; (3) Bhutan; (4) India (5) Maldives (6) Nepal; (7) PakistaIl and (8) Sri Lanka.. . ,t

Centre

I

Observers (1) Australia; (2) China; (3) The Euro-

4. SAARC Dacumentatian Delhi

pean Unian (ED); (4) Japan; (5) Iran; (6) Mauritius; (7) Myanmar; (8) Sauth Karea and (9) United States.

5. SAARC Human Resaurces Centre (SHRDq, Islamabad

Centre (SDq, New Develapment

6. SAARC Caastal Zane Management (SCZMq, Maldives '.

,t')

Important Points

Sauth Africa has participated in meetings. " China has expressed interest in establishing special relatians with SAARC, ahd is supparted by Pal
(STq,

,Centre

7. SAARC Infa~matian Centre, (SIq,Nepal, 8, SAARC Energy Centre (SEq, Pakistap 9. SAARC Disaster (SDMq, India

Management,

Centre

10. SAARC Develapment Fund (SDF),Bhutari' 11. SAARC Farestry Centre (SFq,Bhutan .

.:':J

.,

"

.

",

12. SAARC Cultural Centre (Scq, Sri Lanka [34]

Purpose

(.~keYlerrrt$ }.

,"'1;,

__.

"",,

,

•• x':'-'r

,__ ,""';;:",,,,\,

,'" _~

"SAARC::Recog,nized'lOdies

,

,,'

*::""''i' _ '1,4t_',~A'-_; :,",' rel="nofollow"> -.,,:':c-~-.. ,__ %-",/<>' .>-''',:: Q" SMRCFU\f\i:,'SMRgFederafiqn~f~ni\'ershy \/VofTl8n. ot~-

:~

_',

Q AMDISA:Associafion of Mona~em~~tand,D~velopmenf ,';:, Insfifutio~sinSoufh,Asi().. ",' " ' .. ,'"~,' ,,'Q' SMRCR:' South As'i~n:A~sociciti9n' fgr, R~'gion~i ,I

"Coo,perptiqn o{"

,

,

._'

,f"'1.,."

QRSSC:Radioiogicd

_

.-~_

:-_"~,"-

~~'. :i~";(")

~'S.TF:, SAfRC' Jea2hers Fed~rafion

.I~il~

Q SSC:S:SMRC SurgicalCare,Sodely

~IIII I'

","1II '1','1,1,

,I 1'1

I

~

,"

SAFMA; South'Asian Free MeciiaAss~ciatiO[l

Q.' SW~: SMRC Women's Ass~ciafionJn Sri' Lanka. .Q,.HIMAWANTI: ,Hindukush Himdayanr<:;rassro9fs Wo~en's Natural ResourcesManagemenf Q FAPSS: Federatlon ..()fAssodbfionof. Eydi?tric Surgeons .,OfS.MRc Co~ntries'.. : . ......;.~' .;/. .'"Q'~SAFE: South,AS'i:~n:F~deratio'n:.Qf .Exch~nge~: "0 SFO: SMRr~F6deratioh

tl

SMNSO:S;ufhAsio' Organization

6fOncoiogisfs

.

A~sociafion of f~a'tional "

3rd

41h

<

" ':'

,"

Q SANEI: South Asian Nefwork. of Econorr:k: RE?seqrch Institute ',,, .,~ ..• ," ", .

5th

an January 16, 1987, by

.

.

f

6th 7th

l

First Secietary General . Mr Abul Ahsan,' a seniar diplomat afBiu1.gladesh, taak aver as the first Secretary General af the SAARC. '

,SARAD: SotJthAsian RegiPnql;'A~~o~,i.?tiori: t,DerlTlatoiogists, Venereol()gisfs qnd LE,prqlogists

,d

was apened at Kathmandu King Birendra of Nepal.

__ ::}''''''i'''',J-'

Sociely d SMR0 00unwes

1;(1

,

(iii) To. accelerate econamic grawth and cultUral develapment (iv) To.cambat terrarism

FirstSAARCSummit The first meeting af the SAARC was apenedin Dhaka an August 12, 1986, by the then Bangladesh President, (Lt. Gen H. M. Ershad), who taakaveras the first Chairman af-the SAARC. First sAAkc ISummit in 'India India hasted the second SAARCsiiminit in New Delhi in November 1986, when'farmer Prime Minister/late RajivGandhi, took aver as.the Chairman.

8th 9th

~?r12-14,1996

10th

j

1 ph

Ja;,4"':6, 2002

Maldives

12th 13th 14th 15th 16th th

17

1

th

Nov 10-11, 2011 'Addu (MaIClives) "-"""'''7'"~''''''''"''''''''r~~''''''''~--''~ __ '"'''4''''''1 N<:>vemb~r7014.', ',,' ,Kathmc:mdv(Nepal),')

Regi~n~~'(~~'t,es'

~

TheSAARC Secretariat is supported by the fallawing regianal centres 'established iIi. the memherst'ates to promate regional co-ape:r~tiali." ..,,' ""'~"

'Themes for 18th Summit was 'Building the Bridges" andior 18th :~mmits was 'Deeper Integration for ..Peoce and Prosperity'. Represented Indian in SAARC Summit: 14th..,.. 171h Summit (Dr Monmohan. Singh); 18th Summit (N;rendr~ 'Modi): '

"

"

,"

,I,,'

,

,

'

","fl"

8

.1<"'..

-...l'_ ••.

j •••••••

~__ "!:;_~

.~

1,\, ""

~~,r

<",

SAARC P"t;eferep.t}al. tra.dP1g Agreern~nt (S~l~TA).wa~ envisaged primarily a~ the first step tawards a qade liberalization regime, for' the SAARC member' states and the'transitian to a .sauth Asian 'Free:Trade Area (SAFTA) leading subsequently taivardsa Sauth Asian Custams Unian, Camman Market and ':Econainic Unian. The SAFTA agreement was signed in 2004 during the 12th,summit,heldin Pakistan resulting.in a free trade ar.eaotmore.thaiLr.615illiof,l.peap'le.spre~4 across Afghanistan, Bangladesh and 'Sri ',LiMa.' 'The SAFTA agreement 'came into farcem2006.'The member states ate canlmitted to."reducelchsfoms 'dlities;of all'traded gaads,ta zerob'y ,the year2016:'Ho.we~e¥; cab~gatically
or

I

;

"

. .

~

~l

n :. •

..j,-

•

• SAARC Cultural Centre is,a region?llqmtr~ e'stab!. Jishedbased an the'decisian madeby theheads~af state ar gavernmentof SAARCCountries' to.pra-, mate cultural caoperatian in order to. bring~the' peaple af SauthAsia claser ai:tdta projeCt'the'distinct identity af Sauth Asia. ,.,' "'"i. • The Centre is intended td functiari aS"a, majar meeting paint far the artistic communities of the member states. "'. J

Summit 1'1 2nd

Secretariat The permanent Secretariat af the SAARC

SDEF:SMRC DiplolTla EngineersFortJrn. A',"';

,d

,f~'~N..,:;~ -

M~eting of SAARC ,Culture M~riisters . '.

SAARC Summits

,i~,~;"

_-~_

;

.

(i) To.promate the welfare af the peaple af Sauth Asia .}Hr (ii) To. improve the environment af security in the regian

,'<

SouthiAsian Fre'e Trade Area :".:, .

T;b;-h~ld~-2016-""""'''~fa;;;6b1d~(Pd1i;;&nt

• The Centre '~ilI pravide the necessary 'facilities , and conditions' fOr' individUitlsand grOfrps{lin variausfields af interest to meet and interact in a canducive environment. {'; ~.'t;, • It is intended to. cater to. all farms af art, such as perfarmingarts' (e.g:, d;'u;,ce,ri1.usk, drama, theatre, puppetry and folk culture), visual art (e.g., painting, sculpture/film making,' phatagr~phy)' and literature as per the pravisians made in ,tlie SAARC Agenda far Culture. . ',' '. • The first meeting' of. the Centre's' : Gaverning Baard canvened 'in Calamba, Sri, Lanka in 2009, and in '2014 the third meeting'was held in New Delhi, India>Here, they adapb::d'the Delhi Resalutianas"a roadrnapforcultunil relatians in the SAARC regian far theperiad 2014~17.', • Amangother:tliings;theSAARC Culture Ministers unanimausly resalved to. declare 2016-17 as the SAARCYearafCultural Heritage.

was

1JS

. I

~

If'

~,

A.162

International Organizations .A:~1'G~

Chapter 3

1, For 2015-16, Bamiyan will be the SAARC cultural ~apital and the inauguration ceremony of Bamiyan as SAARC cultural capital will take place in April 2015. Also, it decided to promote SAARC culture online by launching a dedicated Sf\ARC website on culture, with emphasis on digitization of rare manuscripts, rare books and other articles of intangible cultural vSJlue The SAARC Culture Ministers agreed to meet in Bangladesh for the fourth Culture Ministers meeting. > )

2. The FifthMeeting of the SAARC Energy Ministers was held on the October 16-17, ening energy cooperation among the member countries of the organization.

2014; in New Delhi, with a view to strength. .n ;1

Meeting of SAARC Energy Ministers

1,1

II

I~, 'il

1IIIIi

If' li,l

ll

Il')l

The process o.fregio.nal co.o.peratio.n in energy secto.r began in January 2000, with the establishment o.f a Technical Co.mmittee an Energy. Thereafter, reco.gnizing that this vital area requires fo.cused attentio.n; the Co.uncil o.f Ministersappro.ved the crea~io.n o.f a specialized wo.rking group an energy in J?:nuarY ~W04to. co.nduct a study an the co.ncept o.f,the So.uth Asian Energy Ring and co.nstituted ministerial level en,ergy fo.rum thro.ugh the Islamabad declaratio.n o.f the 12th SAARC Summit. The first meeting o.f the SAARC.Energy Ministers was held at Islamabad, an Octo.ber 1, 2005, which decided the fo.rmatio.n o.f an expert group to. deliberate an the o.ptio.ns and po.tential o.f energy co.nservatio.n and energy efficiency measures and to. fo.rmulate a roadmap, far implementatio.n in the SAARC regio.n:' The expert gro.up fo.rmulated a ro.admap far implementatio.n by the member, states. The seco.nd meeting o.f the SAARC Energy Ministers was held an March 7, 2007, in New Delhi. The third meeting o.f the SAARC Energy Ministers was held in' Co.lo.mbo. (Sri Lanka:) an January 29, 2009. The fo.urth meetin.g o.fthe SAARC energy ministers was held in Dhaka (Bangladesh) an September 14-15, 2011. Under SAARC eneq~y

,I

co.o.peratio.n, the fo.llo.wing expert been co.nstituted: • • • •

Oil and gas-Bangladesh Electricity-India Renewable energy-Pakistan Techno.lo.gy/kno.wledge sharing energy efficiency, co.al, etc.)-India.

gro.ups !,lave

.

,

(inclusive'

of

.' ): ..

THE EUROPEAN UNION

These are flaunted by five ather impo.rt~rt bo.dies.

IName

These are: 1. European Eco.no.mic and So.cial Co.mmittee (express.es the opinio.ns o.fo.rganized civil so.ciety on e~o.no.micand so.cial issues) 2. Co.mmittee o.f Regio.ns (expresses the o.pinio.ns of regio.nal and lo.cal autho.rities) . 3. Euro.pean Central Bank (respo.nsible far mo.netary po.licy and managing the puro.) 4. Euro.pean Ombudsman (deals with citizen's complaints abo.q.t maladministration by any EU institutio.n o.r administrative bo.dy) 5. European Investment Bank (helps achieve EU objectives by financing investment protects).

i9. Hungary ,_. _ ..

A number o.fagencies and ather bo.dies co.mplete the system. The ~ule o.f law is fundamental to. the EU decisions, and procedures are based an the treaties, which are agreed by all the EU members.

Important Info

»»»I'

I'

In 2012, the EU was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for having contributed to the advancement of peace and reconciliation, democracy and huma~'Tights in Europe.

Important Tr~aties(Establishment)

On 201 2 July, Croatia ioined the EU and become the 28th member. The currency, Euro was introduced in Europe in 2002; it replOced the national currencies of most of the member countries of the European Union.

~_ ,--

".~~"~"

.. _ ~ig9.___

21 . lithuania

,,". ,,'

23. Poland'

•....- .

-_.'

_

n

••

_.

Five lEU' Institutions

~.~.. ~' -_ ".

,
Rome "~.

_,"",",~

s~ii~-" -,_.

~_.,.

....••._""' •...... ~~'*"'"'''',

27. Romania ."", ...",.- ----- ._28. Croatia

_

••••

,.~.,,~_. '" ...•••.

~ .•••.. ~"""'c"".~"_

~.~

~:1ii~ •.'''-'-~

'W",."

,,~.~.,..

.••. .-,.,,"'.,_

_- _ ~~

.- "-~._ ..

.•••

,.,....

.•

Q~

',-el{'

Jan 1, 1973 Jan 1~\i9i3•

.'.,.

16

Helsinki' .. '~?S;o~khol'm

'-'

•. '" -

-.

"-,.

__

._~.~.~

.

.. ...

Zagreb

July 1,201

* UK has officially notified' the European Union that it is leaving,the ~' . EU. UK has carried out a referendum in June 2016 to decid~'o;l '''.' Brexit (by merging the words Britain and exit we get theyvor9 r •.... Brexit). For the UK to leave the EU it had to invoke Article 50 6f the Lisbon Treaty which gives the two sides two years to agree the" ", terms of the split. Theres~ May,triggered this,process onMar29,,,.f i 2017, meaning the UK is scheduled to leave on Mar 29, 2019. If can be extended if all 28 EU'members agree. ',' ..\ _

::.

' :- . J~

,t-. '..

':t,

'.1.

.~

",'"

,1 ~i i,~.

j

Members 15 Full Member 1. Antigua and Barbuda Guly 4,

Jan 1, 1973

'1~~ 'i,1981 '"' j~~~i, i986~' ~~,~,_~,,.j,;,_",-_

.. JiJ.nl,

..,,,,,,,,, ..,..,,.

1995

Jan 1, 1995

". -

_ •.. _- ._.

!9"inn

-----~~---. _..

__

Co.o.rdinateseco.no.mic po.licies and develo.pment ,o.f member-states, fo.rrilUlates co.mmo.n external trade, tariff and po.licy and has programmes to. aid the less develo.ped member-co.un~ies.

"";'''''.","., .. ,,;o'~,~

' •._-

. Nicosia . '. . May 1, 2004 Pr~gue -_ .. ~ ;-2004

- ._. '-"~" . Estonia

'-''''>Ji''W''''_~~~'.'''

..

j~~ ,1995-'

. Cyprus. 17. Czech Repubii~'

18

.•. "

,,,:,,,~=,'-

Madrid " Jan 1, 1986 .. >Vi';~na•. _,_. ,.' • '1

14. Finland' 15. Sweden

".<~-~

,~.~"._

12. Spain 13. Austria'~"

~H

.....-._.

Purpose

,'+--~,.'""... ~~•.-..,

....

_':~"-}~~d~~"l"

9. United Ki!1gdom* London 10. Greece - - . "'Athen-s-' ..'-- 11. Portugal 7'- '-lisbo~ . - ~_•.

'I")

I"

Founder

Copenhagen .. 'bubli~ .~-.: ~

1. ~uropean Parliament (elected by the peo'ple of the member states) . 2. Co.uncil o.fthe EU (represents the go.vernments o.fthe member states)' 3. European Co.mmissio.n (driving farce and exec' utive bo.dy) ,~

, ......••.•. ~

Jan 1 '2007

-,.0.

.,' F?under .

Amsterdam

6. Germany _ ~_~. - .~B-;di; : •.wL

There ~~ five EU institutio.ns, each playing specific role:

.••.. _

Bucharest

August 1~1973 with its headquarters at Geo.rget9WI1, (Guyana). This o.rganizatio.n was f,Prmed .bythe Caribbean Free Trade Asso.ciatio.n (CARIFTA). "

Founder

. ~~x~m~~urg

5. Netherlands 7. Denmark a.lreland

:AI,

24.. _,_._ Slovakia .... Bratislava May '__ _.~. '. __,.. __ ._,_"._•....... _.,.. ... ,. _1, _ 2004 .,... ,_1 25. Slovenia Ljubljana. 'May 1,'2004' '26":'B~ig~ri; -"~. -J~n-1, 2007"-1

,-)

Founder \fb~n'cI~r

'-"

4. Luxembourg

"I.

4. Co.urt of Justice (ensure legal co.mplianct~'s) 5. Co.urt o.fAudito.rs (co.ntrol and management of the EU budget)

r

'J ~.•••• ~

,.

'1

MaY_l!1004 . May, 1, 2004

_Valletta _ Warsaw'

OTHER WORLD ORGANIZATION'S Ca,ribbean Community (CARICOM)

Accessiott

Brussels ";'Paris

1. Belgium ~>

May, 1, 2004

Established Cupital

Name

3. Italy

;

"'-0

,Vil,nius '. ."

t"-~-""~-~"'''-''''-''_.''.''''

~,?1.:-09~ __._

.1"

_ __ MayJ!~004

'.,....

Member States

2. France

_ ~----,

r MaYIJ'i20()~ "-,...•.....

(Note: Article 50is a plan for any country that wishes to exit the .' EU. It was created as part of the Treaty of lisbon' an cigieem~nt '-Jr •• :' signed up to by all EU states which became law in 2009:'Before thaI,," treaty. there was no formal mechanism for a country to leave the EU);,~•

(i) TreatY'o.fParis Guly 23, 1952) (ii) Treaty'~f Ro.me Ganuary 1, 1958) (iii) Merge! Treaty Guly 1, 1967) (iv) Treaty o.fMaastricht (No.vember 1, 1993) (v) Lisbo.nTreaty (December 1, 2009)

~o

,

,,-

20~':9tv~9.... _

t

Accession

Budapest ...

•

The EU evo.lved from Euro.pean Co.mmunity (Ee). It was farmed an February, 1992, and became effe,ctive an No.vember 1, 1993. The histo.rical ro.o.ts o.f ED lie in the Seco.nd Wo.rld War. The idea o.fEuro.peanfmtegratio.n was co.nceived to. prevent such killing' and destructio.n ever happening again. It was fir'shpropo.sed by the French foreign minister Ro.bert Schuman in a speech an May 9,1950. This date, the 'birthday' of what is no.w the EU is celebrated annually as 'Europe Day'. Headquarters o.fEU are at Brussels in Belgium. The EU family o.fdemocratic European cotU)tries are co.mmitted to. wo.rking to.gether far pea~e: and prosperity, nat a single state to.replace existing s.tates. Its member states have set up co.mmo.n institutions to which they delegate same o.ftheir so.vereignty that decisio.ns an specific matters o.fjo.int interest can be made demo.cratically at Euro.pean level. The pooling o.fso.vereignty is also. called 'European Integratio.n'. /'~of

qOp Quick Facts

Capital .

'M~;i

--'-,

._"I.'~y_l,_2.904

,

1974); 2. Bahamas (July 4, 1983); 3. Barbado.s (August 1, 1973); 4. Belize (May 1, 1974); 5. Dominica (May 1, 1974); 6. Grenada (May I, 1974); 7. Guyana (August 1,1973); 8. Haiti (July,2, .2002); 9. Jamaica (August 1, 1973); 10. Mo.ntserrat (May 1, 1974); 11. Saint Kitts and Nevis Guly 26, 1974); 12. Saint Lucia (May 1,1974); 13. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines (May I, 1974); 14. Suriname Guly4, 1995); 15. Trinidad and To.bago.(August 1, 1973). '

111 ...,-

1

.'

'II, I'

A.i64

Chapter 3

International OrganiZations

5 Associate Members

1. Anguilla Ouly 1999); 2. Bermuda Ouly 2,' 2003); 3. British Virgin 'Islands (Jtily'1"991)~ 4. Cayman Islal1ds (May 16, 2002); 5. Turks and Caicos Islands (July 1991)..

8 Observer Countries 1. Aruba (Country of the Kh"gdom of the Netherlands); 2. Colombia; 3. Curac;ao (Country of the Kingdom of the Netherlands); 4. Dominican Republic; 5. Mexico; 6. Puerto Rico (Commonwealth of the USA); 7. 5int Maarten (Country of the Kingdomof the Netherlands); 8. Venezuela.

II

Arab League (League of Arab States)

fn~'

Established

b; ", b:

the member nations was threatened politically, They agreed that an armed attac~ again~t any ,of}~~m would be countered by combmed action. . ....• " .

j

March 22,1945 with its headquarters at Cairo, which were later shifted to Tunisia, Tunis in 1979't'when Egypt's membership. was suspended. Aftedilraq's invasion of Kuwait in August 1990, the headqparters were shifted from Tunisia to Cairo. : ,.,'

Purpose!:~: .

"0.

1

To foster unity particularly among Muslim 'nations and maintenance of Arab solidarity. : ':..l

Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) Established OPEC is a permanent, intergovernmental organization created' at the Baghdad. Conference on September 10-14, 1960 by han, Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia and Venezuela with its headquarters at Geneva, Switzerland.-Theheqdquarterswere moved tQVienna in 1965. The intemationa~ oil companies' announcement that they were reducing prices of Middle East Crude oil led to the formation of the OPEC. Currently, as of July 2018, the Organization has a total of 15 Member Countries ..

II!i' "1111'

':1'

III

. -.1. L'

Members 22 Members

1. Algeria; 2. Bahrain; 3. Comoi-1;s; 4, Djibouti; 5.. Egypt; 6. Iraq; 7. Jordan; 8. ,,~If~ai~ 9. Lebanon; 10. Libya; 11. Mauritania; 12. M.orocco 13. Oman; 14. Palestine; 15. Qatar; 16. Saudi Arabia' 17. Somalia; 18. Sudan; 19. Syria (vacant); 20. Tunisia; 21. United Arab Emirates; 22. Yemen. >1 Currently, the League has 22 members, alt};.,?ugh Syria's participation has been suspendeq~r~ince November 2011 as a consequence of gov~,~#nent repression during the ongoing uprising and civnLwar. ~:)j

J

.1\

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO),

Members

Established

1. Iran (1960); 2. Iraq (1960); 3. Kuwait (1960); 4. Saudi Arabia (1960); 5. Venezuela (1960); 6; Qatar (1961); 7, ,Indonesia* (1962); 8, Libya (1962); 9. Ur:lited Arab Emirates (1967); .10. Algeria ,(1969); 11. Nigeria (1971); 12. Ecuador* (1973); 13. Gabon* (1975); 14. Angola (2007); 15. Equatorial Guinea (2017); 16. Congo (2018).

April 4, 1949 with its headquarters Belgium.

!

f,

Purpose

in Brussels, /-, J 'r1

The member. countriel' promised to maint~in and develop their individual and collective cap~~i!y to resist armed attack and consult each other i{i~ri:yof ,If

I 1. Article 5 of the North Atlantic treaty: It requires member states to come t
-

,

-

,,".'.'

'll

and was invoked for the first and only time after the September 11, 2001, attacks, after which troops were deployed t<;H~Jgha~ istan under the NATOled ISAF. '.. to

2. However, NATO has operated a range of additional roles since then, including sending trainers to Iraq, assisting in cou~!etpiraC) operations and'in 2011 enforCing a no-fly zone over tibya in accordance with U.N. Security CounCil Resolution 1973. .. , ,

. .'

.

.

.. II

3. 'Article 4 of the North Atlantic Treaty: It merely,invokes consultation among the NATO members, and has been invoked fot~r times (i) by Turkey in 2003 over the Iraq War, '(ii) in 2012 by Turkey over the Syrian Civil War after the downing of an unarm~~ Turkis~ F-4 'reconnaissanceiet, (iii) again by Turkey in 2012 after a mortar was fired at Turkey from Syria and (iv) by Poland!i.n 2014 following. the Russianinterven'tion in Crimea.' . ,,'

,";1: '11

"'M * ~cuador suspended,its membersbip in December '1992, but' rejoined OPEC in October 2007, Indonesia suspended its membe~shipi' Januaty'2009, reaCtivatedit again in January 2016, but decided to suspend'its membershiponce more at the 171 st Meeting ,of the.OPEC Conference on November 30, 2016. Gabon terminated itsme!TJbership inJanuary 19C?5.However, i.trejoined.theorganization inJuly)O 16 ~ .. .,

I, I

••

'

.~

,

Members 28

~

.'

Member

•

T

:.

;"

1'.

.

States 1.

Albania; 2.. . Belgium; 3. Bulgaria; 4, Canada; Netherlands; 5.. Croatia; 6. Czech Republic; 7. Denmark; 8. Estonia; 9. France; 10. Germany; 11. Greece; 12. Hungary; 13. Ic~l~d; 14.Italy; 15. Latvia; 16. Lithuania; 17. Luxembourg; 18.Netherlands; 19. Norway; 20. Poland; 21. Portugal;22. Romania; 23. Slovakia; 24. Slovenia; 25. Spain; 26.Turkey; 27. United Kingdom; 28. United States .

Purpose To defend the economic and trade inter.., ests of the developing nations of the world. Members As' of 2014, the group comprises all of UN members' (along with the Paiestinian AuthoritY) excluding the fo~lowing: . 1. All Council of Europe (CoE) members (with the exception of ~osrya anq Herzegovma); 2. All Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development members (with the exeep::. tion of Chile); 3. All CIS (full) members (with the exception of Tajikistan); 4. The new UN member South Sudan, along with two Pacific microstates: Palau and Tuvalu:

'.

,

,..

1. Those that left G-77 after joining Organization for Economic Cooperatio~ 'Pfv'e!~pP.1ent (OECD): Mexico, South Korea and New Zealand had signed the 'Joint Declaration of the Developing Countries' in 1963, but pulled out of the group before the formation of the G-77 in 1964 (it joined the OECD in 1973). ' 2. Thos~ that left G-77 after joining EU:Cyp~s, Malta and Romania ' 3. Those that left G-77 for other reasons: South Vietnam (was a founding member, but left the Group in 1975when the North Vietnamese captured Saigon); Yugoslavia (Bosnia and Herzegovina is the only part of former Yugoslavia that is currently in G-77);Palau Goined G-77in 2002 but left it in'Z004 going with Alliance of Small I1ilandStates).

'~~?

.

.-. t

J,' _".

,f'

\

The Group. of Seven. (G-7),.countr!es\. in~lude. the world's richest industrialized ' nations'::-tne" USA; Canad<;1,Jap,an."Get:rnapy, .~rance, !Italy~anq<.~ne..l}K:. The G..,7held its first summit in Paris to discuss the oil Srisis~ris-ing.f!o~ the'in~r~,!~e,,i~jb~:.prjf,e of~()il: by t~e O~EC TheG~7. $urr!l!lits f~ay~"oyerthe,years, given shape to ,the. overall response of these affluent nations' to' issues like"worldl-debt;'!tecgssio~.a~ong rv~ ,.}..,." ",-,"\, .~ "'-,' ',:-. J')..". ' .. themselves, GATT rOUnas' a~dj;lobal inflation.'The -t.t : G7 are the seven wealthiest major developed nations on Earth.-1)1eEU is also repr~sented.withinG7.'~, 'l~ ,

.

T

~

1

•

.

"''',-",!'

".

'~"

•..••

,":,i'"~

\.

_'

!

The Group of 77 was established ill 1964 under the auspices of the UN,.

FormerMembers

The'Grou' of Seven(G;"7):~'<~>'',f:." J' ,';'';';C'.T ._p r' -"f,1,'" ;,.~,' ",,,"f., ',"'1'.'

Colombo Plan

The Group of 77

A.i6S,

:.

..

~~'. ",'

-."

J t

:"1

.

,"

~..

.,

,"

~(',~

~

/

,A-

~

~.

.!t.;.J"'~'.i

',~ ,; ':',~" '. ;;~':l

..

~,.~.

I

•

,

,

->

,.,

"1'.

.0...:

.

" ,.

f'~:

L!!:", .~'.

The Coiq~bo Pl~ 'was establ~sheCi ~. 1.95,0'Wit,h11;~; headquarters in Coloinbo ... " ... d, ~~.~D .'

•.

f'

".",;

";,.t

•.

~It,

!

"t

:,.~f.....1

('I..,... ••...•.

~

Purpose To promote the ',developmentlOf the,newly. inq,ependent Asian member c:ountr:ie~. .'.

Members

Started. as a 'grou'p'8f'se~en'Commonwe~lth' ~~.J,:;l: ~~_ .-,' ,. coUntrIes, It has now 27 .l,..... membercountnes. 27 Current' ,. .' .. ..." .... 'I' ,.•. '... .. '. , members Afgh'arustan; Australia; ~anglaej.esh;.Bhutan; Brunei; Fiji;'Inc!ia; Iril:tdr{e'sia;Iia1l;'Japan;' Laos; Malay) sia;Maldives; Jvfongoli..~/My~ar;'Nepa(New'~ea~~ land; Pakistan; Papua New G1:unea;Plli,lippines; Saudi' J' \ Arabia; Singapore; South Korea; Sri Lcinka; Thailand; United States and Vietnam. 4 Former members Cam:: bodia; Canada; South Vieb)~ ~d United Ipngdom. 1.

•

••

..."'

,I

.",

'" '_~

-

"

••••.

0",,'

•

I 0

h

I.~..

-

•

J

'.'

.

1

..•

",,"

;

'I

"

Permanent Programmes of the 'Colombo Plan~ i.'~Progra~fue for Public Administration and Environment,(PPA'and' ENV)i 2:~Programme for PrivateSedo,r Dev'elopment' •

~

_.

;. .

~.,

:rfp

,.

••~-"

:,

'~'i..

,'('orl

". .! 1 -T,:),~ '.1

.,.

QuickJF81c1tG

~~'"_

,};>-

, , };>-

'

'';f'

,:

••

_

•

~

n":_-~:~'

,'~~,','.'_~~

')f'

I

Main Pc.rtS of the Movement , .

T

' ..

'

The International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC)Its 25-member committee has a unique authority under international humanitarian law to protect the life and dignity of the victims of international and internal armed conflicts: The ICRe waS awarded the Nobel Peace Prize on three occasions (in 1917, 1944 and 1963), The International Federation ~f Red Cross a'nd Red Crescent. Societies (fFRC)-, In 1963, the Federation , (then known as the League of Red Cross Societies) was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize jointly with the ICRe.

};>-

National

Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies-In

many countries, they are tightly linked to the respective national health care system by providing emergency medical services.

i

I I I

>

L

A.166

(PPSD), 3. Drug Advisory Programme (DAP), 4. Long-term Scholarships Programme (LTSP) iiI

1

Organization of American Stat,es (OAS)' The Organization of American States (OAS) was established on April 30, 1948, with its headquarters at Washington, DC, at the Ninth Conference of American State~ held at Bogota, Colombia.

PurPose' To foster American solidarity, and aid collabora-

:!'

tion of member countries to protect their independence, sove~ignty and boundaries. It has a membership now of nearly 35 nations of North and South America. Upon found~tion on 5 May 1948, th~ we~ 21 members: 1. Argentina; 2. Bolivia; 3. Brazil; .{ Chile; 5. 'Colombia; 6. Costa, Rica; 7. C1.!-ba;8. Dominican Republic; 9. Ecuador; lO.E1Salvador; 11.Guateinala; 12.Haiti; 13. Honduras; 14.Mexico; 15.Nicaragua; 16. Panama; 17. Paraguay; 18.Peru; 19.United States;20.Uruguay and 21.Venezuela. .' The later expansion of the OAS included: 1. Bar1:;'~dos(member since 1967); 2. Trinidad and Tobago (196~; 3. Jamaica (1969); 4.. Grenada (1975); 5. SuriI, . name (1977); 6. Dominica (1979); 7. Saint Lucia (1979); 8~Antigua' and BCl;rbuda(1981); 9. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines (1981); 10. Bahamas (1982); 11. Saint Kitts and Nevis (1984); 12. Canada (1990); 13. Belize (1991); and 1~. ruyana (1991).

I

j

.'

\']'1

",.1"1 ;,1

,i..::

'

li,,1 '

1:

;iii';!II::l

"

••

1

.

Org(jnization for Ec!»nomicCooperation and Development. (OCED) The OECD was established on September 30, 1961with its headquarters at Paris. The Organization for EuroRean Economic Cooperation (OBEC) became OECD in 1961'with the addition of non-European countries.

",~"III

'I' I,'

Purpose It seeks sustained economic growth, employment, higher standards of living and monetary stability among its member nations. ,

Members 34 countries: Australia; Austria; Belgium; Canada;' Chile; Czech Republic; Denmark; Estonia; Finland; France; Germany; Greece; Hungary; Iceland; Ireland; Israel; Italy; 'Japan; Luxembourg; Mexico; Netherlands; New Zealand; Norway; Poland; Portugal; Slovakia; Slovenia; South Korea; Spam; Sweden; Switzerland; Turkey; United Kingdom and United States. The DECD's headquarters are at the Chateau de la~Mue~te in Paris; France.

,

i \

I I:

I

International Organizations

Chapter 3

Association of South-East'Asian Nations (ASEAN) The ASEAN was established on August 9, 1967, with its headquarters at Jakarta, Indonesia.

,.World Trade Organization"

';•• " ."",', '~Qu,c~ .,0 ~~a~!~,~! ",', "

"

Heads (GAn)

,';";',

",

of

the

Precursor

Organi%qtion~ 'J,

"

'''>J..J'

1, The United King~om: EricWyndham White (1948'-'68), 2,' SWitz;rlcJnd:Olivier long (1968~80)' ,M.•, 3.' Switz~rFa~d:ArthurDunk~I(1980-:'93).. ,j,t~ , , .' ,'<J:' ":"Ji" ':" ",:,' ;.' ',-,.. '''.. .. ~,',' .' ,.'~' " ." 4. Republicoflreland: PeterSutherland (1993-95)" .' •• "'. "•. ~' ., . . .., .,l., ., '.", '<''till

.

~TheWorld Trade OrganJia.tion (WTO)'~which n!plaees '~theearlier General Agr~ement on TariffS and Trade t(GATf), came into effect from Jariuary 1, 1995; with ~thebacking of at least 145 founding members, includling India. The WTO comes as the third economic pillar ~ofworldwide dimensions, along with the World Bank I(WB) and the Internation~l Monetary Fund (IMF).

f

'

. WTO Qirector Genera,ls .lAs after 19~ 5 G6J1,was replaced by WTO):" " • ''''. '."

'"

r

,,"

T',"

'

5. Republic of Ireland: PeterSutherland (1995) 6. taly: Renato Ruggiero (1995-99) 7.;NeIAiZealand:Mike M0.ore f)?99-:2002) 8 ."Jhaila~d:'i SUf??cha~Paniich'p9Kd,i(2002-05) 9> Franc~:Pascallamy (2005=1,3) ." "". .10. Brazil: Roberto Azevedo (2013-incumbent) i"

~.

,,~

'

c'

".~'

'" , . .,J)" 'S,L J>,

"

-l>r

",~~ \( .f.

i1

Purpose To accelerate economic progress and .•maintain economic stability in Southeast Asia.

; \.

Members The ten member states are, Brunei,'ICambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar,~hilip. pines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. .. ~".-~ Two observers Trrnor-Leste and Papua New Guin~!'l:The organization was ,established in Thailand, withJ~alay' sia and the Philippines as other members. Indonesia, , Singapo~ and Brunei joined in 1984. The AS~AN is headed by a Secretary-General, who is elected o~\~ rota. tion basis, in alphabetical order, for a term of th:re~'years. The Asian F~e Trade Area (AFTA) was set up by 'all the ASEAN member states in October 1991 with a Viewto creating a common market in 15 years, with a cd'imnon tariff ~gim~ for manufactured goods (Common'lEffec' tive Preferential Tariff) as a first step. 0 In 2007, the ASEAN enhanced its diplomatic relations with the United States and aimed to c6Ihpiete all its free trade agreements with China, Japan/South Korea, India, Australia, and New Zealand by 2013 in line with the establishment of the ASEAN Economic Community by 2015. ~1 . In 2009, a Free Trade Agreement with theASEAN regional block of 10 countries and Australia;'and its close partner New Zealand was signed. "I In 2013, the ASEAN members, together with the group's,six major trading partners, Australiai,~hina, India, Japan, New Zealand and South Korea-met in Bali (Indonesia), on establishment of the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership. ~ .

.

...

•

fwrO's Role

•••

f\'.

• The WTO has powers to settle trade disputes between nations and to widen the principle of free trade to sectors, such as services and agriculture, and covers mo~ ~as than GATT, whose rules have been in operation for the past 47 years (GATT came into exiStencein 1947and operated until 1994 as it was replaced by WTO on January 1, 1995). • Under the GATT, the member-states accorded MFN Status (Most Favoured Nation) to another member in international trade. The MFN status provided that preferential trading agreements reached within one country should be extended to other countries. • Reciprocity has been a traditional principle of GATT/WTO, but is practicable only between developed nations due to their roughly matching economies. . • The WTO envisages the reduction in tariffs by more than one-third and is concerned with the further opening of markets~ It is expected that world trade would be stimulated strongly in the long run as a result of the efforts of the WTO. • Though 25 countries signed the Uruguay Round and are willing to .join WTO, all countries could not ratify the WTO Agreement in 1995. 'Therefore, it was decided that GATT and WTO should continue colaterrality for one more year. • The organization is attempting to complete negotiations on the Doha Development Round, which was launched in 2001 with an,explicit focus on addressing the needs of the developing countries. • The original GATT text (GATT 1947) is still in effect under the WTO framework, subject to the modifications of GATT 1994. • Arther;DUnkel's draft treaty for the Uruguay Round of the GATT was widely seen as the final chance for any breakthrough" in the stalemated GATT Round. • This round of talks had been particularly controversialbecause the GATT ambit was'being

expanded to cover not o'nly trade in'goods;.but also trade ill servicesi(GATS)Jintellectual'prop~ erty rights (TRIPS), ;and". trade-r~lateduihvesf. ment measures (TRIMS» .. i,.,,:: H"I By JU!1e 2012, .the future of the,.Poha1Rotind becape uncertain;. the work- programme,lists 21, subjects in which the ,QriginaLdeadliri.e,.of January 1, 2005, was missed,and},lhe r0tU1d was still incomplete. ,.' " . c.;.rn!.~ ,'1f.~, .::: The conflict between free ..trade on,lindustrial goods and services, but retention of protectionism on farm subsidies to domestic agricultural sec!br (requested by developed cotintries) 'ahd' the sub~ stantiation of the internationaf'libei-alization ~'of fair trade on agricultural products (requested by developing countries) remain the Illajor'o1:;'stades'. These points of contention' Kave .ruhdered'" any progress to launch new WTO nego~~ti6ris beyond the Doha Development Rou.n&'As a result of this impasse, the~ have been an incre~sii1:ghumber of bilateral free-trade agreement~\ signed: ,'; ,In August 2012, after 18 years of ~egotiationsi Russia joined the WTO. Ye~el). (in 2014), after Tajikistan (in 2013), were among the newest members of WTO. In 2015, Seychelles became the 161st WTO membe~: . . ' ..: .',' As of July 2012, there were vari6uspegotiati0Il groups in the WTOsystem for the current agri: cultural trade negotiation which is in the condition of stalemate. _ .fA , . II :

\r: '?~~~,<,

•

,'j

tr

A.167

•

•

•

• A trade facilitationagreementcalled"~e-B~li PacKage' Was reached by all the rtiember~liA December 2013. It was the fustc~:rriprehen~i~e agreement in the organization's history. ~l ~..:. '. TheWTO has been able to co;~r 'in 'it~ '1i ments the agriculture' and textile' sedoi~ ~hi'ch are the principal concerils 'fb~ith~jes~ de~'el::' .. "- L' '" ,f .••. "'1.1",,11 'T, ope d coun tr les. '-.

gfee!

f

~

"

. I

•

.. '

~.1.'!~

;,.

,

~C'''JJt.-•.

wro

Ministerial Conferences' . Vt(1996-Singapore,Sing~pore); 2nd (1998-Geneva, Switzerland);3rd (1999LWashirigl ton, USA); 4.th(2001;-Doha, Qatar); ~~ (20q~ancun, Mexico); 6th (2005--:fIong" Kong,. J:Iong Kong); j'th (2009--Geneva, Switzerland); 8th°(2011~eneva, Switzerland); 9th (20~3-:-Bali, Indonesia); lO~ (201s-:.: Nair~bi; 11th(i017--CNy~nos~~sL' ,;J, : ~-;:',,-;; I'

1

"

.

.

'.'!

I'

"

'"

..,.

t

-.~'

~

J

-lO

[

.

o.IiH,i

,2,

.

."

~

;'.l ,;,~,

Organiz~tio~, of' t~e .lsla'~iC'Co-opeicitWn .~:~.t<~ ...

!If_,,

,_;.",J~-"

,F,

"~4'

"1

J

... ~

'>,-li

.~J';..s.~,

.,..

The Organization of.the Islamic Co:'operation (OIC) was formred in~May 1971, following the summit meeting of Muslim 'heads Of'state RabatiMorocco

at

3

~:168Ghapter I;"

International Organizations A.'1'69

in September 1969, and the Islamic Foreign Ministers' Conference, in Jedd.:ah in March 1970 and in.Karachi, Pakistan in December 1970.

Members '57 coUntries' .

II,

;1

"'III

;\

Ii

Members before 1990: Afghanistan, Algeria, Chad, Egypt, Guinea; Indonesia, Iran, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebarion,' Libya, 'Malaysia; Mali, Mauritania, Morocco, Niger, Pakistan, ,,'Palestine, Sau.di. Arabia, Senegal, Sudan, Somalia, Tunisia, Turkey, Yemen, Bahrain, Oman, Qatar, Syria, United Arab Emirates, Sierra Leone, Bangladesh, Gabon, Gambia, Guinea-Bissau, Uganda, Burkina 'Faso, Cameroon, Comoros, Iraq, Maldives, Djibouti, Benin, Brunei and Nigeria. Members after, '1990: Azerbaijan, Albania, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikffitan;.Tttrkmenistan, Mozambique, Kazakhstan, Uzb~kistart/ Suriname, Togo, Guyana, and Cote d'Ivoire. Memberthaf withdrew: ZImbabwe (1993). observer states: Bosnia and Herzegovina (1994), Centrar~African :Repubiic (1997), North Cyprus (1979), thailand (1998) a;"a Ru:ssla (2005).. ' .. " . <

.'It~,

.,1 '. ~''''

".

, .,

•

•

coopet:ation in various areas ..of .national development, endeavours to ,eliminate- racism, safeguard holy places and contribute to world peace. I'

Oi'ganiza~ionfor Security and Co-operation in .Europi((O$CE), ,,:';;, '; ~~ The Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE) has its roots in;the 1973'Con:ference ()~, S~curity and C9-operation in Europe (CSCE). The 'collapse 'of the Sovi~t UI:tion required a change of role for the CSCE, The Charter of Paris for a New EUiope,signe4 oir 21'No.v~m1?er 1990, marked the b~g~g. ~f ~i~. change" Wit.~ !~~ changes capped b,)':th~ !~R~~ing CSC~.t~,.the.O~Cl;:,on 1 Janu~.ry'~29~"fpWj""Wg !hJ~re~ults oft~e c~m.f~renceheld m Buaapest, Hungary, in 1994. Its mandate includes ", ....•.'. '" . .' '....,.,. .~ issues, such Cl:Sarms confrol' arid the promotion of human rights, freedom oftlie press arid lair' elections. I_t:hasheadquarb~rs'in.vienna of Austria',',' .:". •• ' "

"

l'

J "

-..

.

' .. '".

.r

_

. -."

_'.'

~;

~t~~

-,

-

'"'j-

."

:11-11".j: Quick Facts.~., ,~ ,~"., ,.~ "" .~l;"

"

,4' A

'>10 •••

."e5TO ~nd' Domihant Russia" ' t'l" " • .,-. ." . -,'

" ''':1

.'

I

,1

'.:4 "

j.

';Russia's~ledr pre-einine'~c~'within ;he'~rganizationJifl;i;ts itsj "',;legiti,m?cy:,!'Jeith~r UZ8ekistan, nor Tu.r~menistan~ iY,~\aine, l' peorg!oi,.,AZerbalja~, ,.and the, three. Bgltlc Repu\2~~ are,' par!ies'to the'CSTo.lh 200q, Uzbekistan took steps to re-'I join the CSTO and the Eurasian.Economic Community, (Eu-,' rASECl,.botn organizotions dominated byRussia. M6~cow's~' ,nominal allies.in the CSTO are either.'oo weak (Kyrgy~stanL.i ,too self-centred(Armenial" or,notloyal enough (Tajikis!a~l,By ; 2007., the remaining' biggerCSTO members, Bela(~~ and Kazakhstan; were incrE,losinglyindepen:dent-minde~.'gussia:1 has supported multilat~ral dppro~JChes,including' CSTONA' TO-parity/in .Centrol',Asia,' but 'has been more effective in'l prombtingibilateral~elations Vvi.'h'itsfo'r~er republics~_Thisis1 t;ue,especiaily, in militclr{to-militarYcoritaclS: CSTO'Summitd in December 201 1 took placeih Moscow, Russia.

ih

'.

Pu;pose It .aims 't~' promote, ,Islamic solidarity and

.

~I

no

.

Tajikistan, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Unite~ King~ dom, United States, Uzbekistan and the Vatican City.

AIfdolTa,,'Atinenia,o'Afu;tria; J'Azerbcrijan,Belarus, Belgium;BOsnia ~d 'HeriegoVina, BUlgaria,Canada, Croatia,"Cyprus; Czech Rep~blic, Denmqrk, E~t?nia~.Finland, France; Georgia, Germarty, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, ~akhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Uechtenstt~in,Lithuania, LuXembourg,'Maced6rua, M31ta, Mol~ dova, Monaco, •.Mongolia, ,Montenegro,. Netherlands, Norway, ~olari.d,Portugal, Romania, Russia, San Marino, Serbia, .SJQyakia,Slovenia" Spain, iSweden! Switzerland, ..•..•.• 11

'li('

:,'

-' ..

_

",

I

.

TheCommonwealth of Independent States (CIS) In the wake of the disintegration of the Soviet Union, the now independent states of' the Russian Federation, Ukraine, and Belarus carne together to create the CIS, With the exception of Georgia and the Baltic States, the former Soviet Repub~ics joined, the CISby the end of the year. The CIS was not a platform for effective and mutually beneficial coopera-' tion. Instead, it was a club whose members merely exchanged views. The QIS is virtually moribund as a political organization. Only a tiny percentage of the agreements its members have s~gned since its inceptionin late 1991 have been implemented. ~t ,

Members Armenia,

Morocco, TUIlisia, Japan, South' Korea, Tli~landj Afghanistan, Australia. . Xl J

Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazak,hstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, .Tajikistan; Uzbekistan. ~:[Georgla, Turkmenistan and, and Ukraine cease, to be members]

Cou~cil of.,Europ,e,~(OE'ii)::J"

Collective Security Treaty Organization ((STO)

,

)I-i'

~

Partners for Co-operation Algeria, Egypt, Israel,:-Jordan~

The Council of ,Europe (CoE) promotes co-op-~rationJ between all the European nations in the domains 0 legal stanqards, human rights, democratic cj.~velop ment, the, rule of law and cultural cooperation. Ii work has resulted in standards, charters and.conven' tions to faciilit~te,~ooperatior:t between the F:..wope~ countries. Formed in 1949, the EoC is an independen b?dy~o~ thel(~U);llO~ev~r,the two do shai{~ert . common symbols, including t):l.eflag and.tl:te anthem. ,

'.

.

•

'.

'

~

."

:l'.

f

.

"

.

'.

: ,'.

,

.,

-

l.i

,I

JU,~

' ,

;;';'11

,"

]

'."

.l

Ii

Important bodies of-the CoE j(i) European Court of Hum Rights-enforces the European, Convention Human Rights; (ii) European. Pharmacopoeia com . , "i"I"" mission-sets the quality standards for pha,rmace tical products in Europe; (iii) CODEXTER"-:'"design to co-ordinate count,er-terrorism measures; (iv) 1')] European Commission for the Efficiency of Justl' (<;:EI?PJ)apd(v) .ot\nti-Doping Convention,and -, Convention agaiIlst Spectator V.iolence-for., prom' tionoUa!t.sport)through these co~v~ntions. II

Members J Th~ 57memhers of 'oseE tiriclud.:es:/Albahia;

United Kingdom, Greece, Turkey, Iceland, Germ;any, Austria, Cyprus, Switzerland,' Malta" P0t:~?gaJ, Spain, Liechtenstei~, San ~ari~o, Fi~land, Hu.ngary, Poland, Bulgan(;l,.Estoma, LithuaI\Ia,:Slov~ma, Czech Repliblic, Slovakia, Romania, Andorra, Latvia, Albania, Moldova, Macedonia,' Ukraine, Russia, Croatia, Georgia, Armenia, AzerbClijan, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Serbia, Monaco and Montenegro.

The' 47 member countries of the E1 includes: ,-Belgium;'-' Denmark,' France,' Irelan Italy/,I:.uxembourg;' Netherlands; N orway,.;Swed

Members

and: single policy in: the" sedorsdeteilnined'15y, 'the Treaty and international agreements within the Ufuon. o

Members

r

",

r ''''Jr~it:f't''':- ~

The Republic of Armenia, the Republic of Belarus, the Republic of Ka:zakhstap. anq the :Ru~~~an FeCleration:' . ",' i ',,' , .:; .. _,

• ....I-..

L•

.~

'

,

,

(STOmembers Ru~sia, Armenia, Belarus, "Kazakhstan; Ky!gyzstan, and Tajikistan, " ," ,\

'

Eurasian Economic Union '(EEU).' " ~e Eurasian Ec~nomiC Unio~ (EEU) is an int~:t:na~onal"organiz~tion for regi~nal,e~onomi~ integr~,ti6n., ~ has mternationallegal per~onality and. ISest~blished ./cEUthe Treaty on the '. EuraSIan EconoIllic Umon. ,The .. ca-'" provides for free movement c;>fgoods, services; "pltal and labour, pursues coordinated, harmonized

•

CJl

•.1 ~

Main Allies, The Supreme ,Eurasian. Economic (ouncil, Eurasian Intergovernmental Economic Council, Eurasian Economic Commission, the Court of the .Eurasian Economic Union.

i"':

"iiii

".I.

"i

ii'

Turkic Council \

, '",

....'

",

The founding agreement, of Turkic CoUncil defines comprehensive' coOperation .among Turkic" states as the organization's main objecti:"e~. Th~', 9otin~ Cil works on six ' <:ooperation 'processes ~nclu~ing, economy,. culture, education, transport, customs, anddiaspora. The Turkic Council function's asan umbrella orgaruzation for all othe~, ,~oop~r,a.~ion mechanisms like the Parliamentary Assembly of the Turkic.Speaking Countries (TURKPA);'the'Interna: tional Organization of Turkic'CUlture(TURKSOY); Tutkic Academy, -Turkic 'Cultural Heritage Fund, and Turkic Business Council. "., . ",~ i. ,

Members Azerbaijan,'Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Turk~y; The remai.niIlg tWo Tui-kic 'states, TurlqneiW>tan"an~ Uzbekistan, are not official members currently. . . .. . ~,1

The CIS had been unprdductive and has not'materialized into tI:1.epolitical-military pact that Mosc'ow had envisioned as a rival to NATO and the ED. In May 2002, the Collective' Security ,.Treaty' of the ~ CIS renamed itself the Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO), with: -tl:':~stated focus of preserving territorial integrity'and seeking clC?sercooperation with ot}{er'multilateral institutions, such as the UN, Organizatibn for Security ~nd Cooperation in Europe, Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO),and NATO. ' , .. _, _ .

\',

~ ~ .~

,

;. '\

African Union

A ,union consisting of 54 African states was estab.,. lished on 2001 in Addis Ababa, and. launched oJ! July 2002 in SouthAfrica to replac~ th~ Organisation of African Unity (OAU). It has two political centre~: Addis Abab'a in Ethopia (Seat of the African Union Commission) and Joharinesburg in South Africa,(Seat of the Pan-African Parliament), Currently, there, are" eight RECs (Regional,Economic C~inmunities) recog: nized by the AU, ea.ch established under a s~par?te. regional treaty. These are: .. ' ' ,. • ArabMaghreb Uni9!1(UMA) ,,') ."CommonMarket for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA) H

• Community Of Sahel-Saharan States (CEN-SAD) • East AfriCan Comrnuruiy (EAt) . " ". • 'Ec~~on;i~ C6~~ty .(ECCAS) • Economic Community' '(ECOWAS)

of the' Central African States ", of West African

States

I 11 'I

;:.1

,i

I

II,

i

~

A.170

~;

Chapter3

International:Organizations A~171. -

ll 'Ii

• Intergovernmental _Authority (IGf-D)' -

II, ii;

on Development -

• Southern Africa Development Community (SADC). ECOSOCC (Economic, Social and Cultural Council of AU) is an advisory organ developed similar to the European F:collOmk and Social Committee, -

I~I"

j ,I

II I,

Financial Institutions African Central Bank, Abuja (Nige-

,

ria); African Investment 13ank, Tripoli (Libya)" and African Monetary Fund, Yaounde (Cameroon).

I"~ i

1,1/l !l"

Members

Algeria, Angola, Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cabo Verde, Camerdon, Chad, Comoros, Congo Brazzayille, COte d'Ivoire, DR Congo, Djibouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, G,ujnea-Bissau, Kenya, Lesotho, Liberia, Libya, Mad,agascar, Malawi, Mali, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Nigeria, Rwanda, Sahrawi Arab Democratic Republic, Sao Tome apd' Principe, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Somalia, South Africa, South Sudan, Sudan,Swaziland, Tanzania,Togo, Tunisia" Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe. [Suspended Members: Central African Republic; Member Observers: Haiti, Kazakhstan, Latv:~a,Palestine, Serbia, Turkey, Former Member: Morocco].

III: .,'

~lli

\lliilIi

1'.1 Jll' '!I'i'll

IJI['

:j,I!: I, ,I,,!

Union for the Mediterranean

I, 1I,I

i

I'~~

Illil' ~ i iI "

I

1.1.'

I

I,

II

A multilateral partnership, created in July 2008, some European (28 members) and the Mediterranean Basin nations (15 members), from North Africa, the Middle East and Southeast Europe. It has its roots in the Euro-Mediterranean Partnership (the Barcelona Pro:cess), when a plan to create an autonomous Mediterranean Union was dropped. The Union has the aim of promoting stability and prosperity throughout the Mediterranean r~gion~, . 1 -

'MJ'hJber(

28 European members (A~stria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic;Denmark, Estonia, Croatia, Finland, France, Germany,-Greece,' Hungary, Ireland, Italy,Latvia, Lithuania, Luxemburg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia"Spain, Sweden, United.~gdom); and, 15 Mediterranean countrie~ (Albania, Algeria, Egypt, Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Pai~stinian, TUnisia,..Turkey Mauritania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, -Monaco, Montenegro, Morocco,). [01?server state: Libya, Syria (self~suspended on June 22, 2011)]. If i

I

Cooperation Council for the Arab States "of the Gul"(GCC) ,~ Originally ,known as Gulf Cooperation Council, the GCC is a regional trade bloc union havingaU?Arab nations of the Persian Gulf as its members. Ir~ isa notable exclusion. . 't.,:;~_

Members Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, S
",:~~ "',' ",' .;j~:,'~:"1':".",":~:::~-'T7;:":i?o~.,..", ..': ,. ,.. ,-", ..... ,. :':"','

Indio has been desperateIY/Cls,king.;for,>'f)1E)mbElvshiP"'<5f Asia-PacifiCEconomi,cjCOopevo!i.on!~P~9):jb6iY,;'psonJy ~,., allowed as an 09ser,~er,¥in~)tg.lj':17.All'1on~1,stherredsons~'.." cited weve that India,dqE)s' notfJ2n:1~r\Alithj pac.ific ()ceq~ which all the cuvv;n.tm~~bef0qo.::.otb'ern~ti~~slo9~r~9Jor,f theAPEC membE)?hiP:?~~ii999ijb?qlor CO,s~gRi~o'rq?J~~~j bia, Bangladesh, Eoki~tafl' jSnLa~ko,/\A.c:lc~H'j1}'\o,nSJ?llo; Laos,Panama, Ecuaoov, Guam arid C6lomoio"

focused on, maintaining strong international relations,the global economy and disaster relief. Under this,the first 'Leader Summit', was held at Fukuoka .U)I inJapan, and was proposed by South Korea at meeting outside the framework of the ASEAN (+3), so '\~i Union of South American Nations .,[t that three major' economies of East Asia can have a separateCOmmunityforum. The latet summits were: Two existing customs unions-MERCOSUR and the nd (Beijing,China in 2009); 3rd (Jeju, South Korea in 2 Andean Community of Nations (CAN) wereirif~gratth th ing as part of a continuing process of South Artlerican 2010);4 (Fukushima and Tokyo, Japan in 2011); 5 integration. The Union of South American I'{ations (Beijing,Chiriain 2012). The sixth summit is planned (UNASUR) became a legal entity in 2011as its\~onsti- at South Korea. There 'are annual 'Foreign Minster tutive treaty came into force dming the sulTliti~theld Summits'that are organized between members countriessince 2007.In 2015, the 7thsuch summit was held in Ecuador. 'n;. l~ atSeoulin South Korea. Administrative Centres The secretariat is located in Quito (Ecuador) and the parliament in Cochabamba (~olivia)

0

/ ~:~,;II,j

Members MERCOSUR Members (Argentina, Brazil,

ShanghaiCooperation Organisation (SCO) . ,

j

Also known as the Shanghai Pact, the Shanghai Cooperation' Organisation (SCO) was' established in 2001in Sli.anghai(China) when Uzbekistan was include into:'erstwhile 'Shanghai Five' (which was I establishedlll1996 as a Eurasian organization' with "
Paraguay, Uruguay, Venezuela); CAN Members (Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru); Oth~r~.Members (Chile, Guyana, Suriname); Observers:' Mexico, Panama. .i' ",

"

';'Lf

,,1

f

_ c'

..

'" Chile, Republic of China (Taiwan), Hong Kong, Indo' nesia, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico; Ne~ Z~alaI!~ Pap~a Australia-NewZealand-UnifedStCites New Guinea, People's Republicof China, Peru, Phil(ANZUS)Sec,~rity Treaty, , ippines, Russia, Singapore, South Korea, Thailand, United States, Vietnam. fi • The military;alliance which brings together Aus:t~C tralia and New Zealand' and, separately, Australia and the United States/Ito' co-:operate China;"Japan-South I(orea Trilateral Summits ~ilitary matters in the Pacific Ocean region, while , ' ;;\ Since 2008, trilateral summits .have been organized In present scenario the treaty looks at the c'onflicts . . between China, Japan and South Korea .that are Worldwide. ~'.; t

on

'

".::~!

Brazil;.Russia-l~dia"':Chin'a"';'S6uth 'Afriic(> (BIICS) .- .f: "

.

,

.. ,

.

.

{,l

..

:",1.'

'

...

'"j

. \'

,Of> ":'-:«. .,

Originally known as BRIC (Bra;z:il,Russia, India~nd China), it becameBRICS when'ill'2010 South Afric'a joined this league of major emergin,g"naHonaregoi1~ omies. The BRICS nations c0I!lprise approximately one-fifth of the world's total GWP (Gross World Product) and represents more than o~e-trurd .oftJ;te. world's population. After its St~ ~u~it h~ld_ ~ Durban of South Africa in 2m3, it con,te~ple~i fo~mulating a BRICSDeve~opment Bank, e~tablis-tUng~ contingency reserve arrangemrrt~ (CRA) with ~jn.-k tial size of US$ 100 billion, an~ setHp.g;up,of BR,!CS Business Council and BRICSThink Tank Council. on July IS, 2014, th~BRICS memberco~~tri~~:'f9~d.~~ the New Development Bank (NDV), previously referred to as the :BRICSDevelopment Ballk which is a multilateral de~elopment bank with' its. headqtia~ters based in Saghai (China). The current p~esident of NDV is K. V.Kamath from India. , "'."

DRICSSummits

BRICS's first summit was held in. 2009 at Yakaterinburg, Russia_Since then' there' hay~'been six summits: 2nd (Brasilia, Bra2:ilin 201O);3rd (SanyiC China in 2011-SouthAfrica attended as full'mem': ber); 4th' (New DeW;'''fu1:l'iain 2012); 5th (Durban, , South Africa in 2013)~6t~(Brasilia, Brazil in'2014); and 7th (Ufa, Russia in 2(15); 8th (Goa, India in 2016); 9th (Xiamen, China in 2017).

a

!.

.'

,;."

)

Potential Members many have membership Iran, Japan, Bangladesh BRICS.

Indonesia, Turkey, Mexico and Ger" been' mentioned as candidates' for-full of the BRICS, while Egypt, Argen~ina, Nigeria, Korea, Syria artd most recently have expressed interest in -joinihg '.-,,

Colombia-Indonesia-Vietnam-Egypt-Turkey;:' South Africa «IVErS) , ~".'", . ,~. ' +

•

A

"

:t '..

h~'

I

to

The group of six countries including, Columbia, Indonesia, Vietnam, Egypt, Turkey, and South Africa (CIVETS)is called the 'Favoured Emerging MinkeL The reasons behind this'entitlemenFare:these"countries are the diverse and dynamic econoniies; With relatively' younger and growing; population;' con;' trolled .inflation and'reasonably developed fmancial systems, etc. The CIVETSis also' considered'to be the' new-BRICS natIons due tO'their potential as the second-generation emerging economies. Alrt].1eCIVETS

t

M11'1',

, i:

members, except Colombia and South Africa, are also the 'Next Eleven' countries. This term was c6ir\ed by Robert Ward (Economic Intelligence Unit) in his research paper. The common challenges being faced by the CIVETS countries include ,unemployment, corruption and inequality.

I

'

Chapter 3

A.172

r'

I

I

~

Next, Eleven (N-11)

II I

~

,

i

This is a the group of high-potential countries, known as N-'ll (as these are 11 natio~s),that are considered to have the potential to be among the world's largest economies in .the 215t century. The eleven countries are: Bangladesh, Egypt, Indonesia, Iran, Mexico, Nigeria, Pakistan, Philippines, Turkey, South Korea and Vietnam. The term was coined by Jim O'Neill (of Goldman Sachs Investment Bank) who used mac~roecononi.ic stabiiity, politic;11 maturity, op~nness of trade and investment poliCies; and the quality of education as among the criteria for definingN-ll.

~I'

Mexico-Indonesia-Nigerig..;. Turkey'

•

Mefico-;~donesia-NigeriaTurkey (MINT) Represents a club of four nations that that are expected to'show strong growth and provide high returns for u;v~s~ors. over' the next ~me or two decades. MINT c~)Uritries'have, large. populations, favourable demographics and emerging econorrlies. The MINTs are also 'poised to become major exporters of both raw and finished goods, and Nigeria, Mexico and indonesia: are already'major oil exporters. Indonesia is also growing its coal exports to China; and Nigeria has the'largest economy in. Africa. Turkey may be ,the weak, link in the bunch, as it struggles with high inflation and. doesn't produce commodities. Still, investors hope that MINTs will, prove to be a, good ,investment as the BRICS did, with strong growth in GDP and stbck prices ..

,

~

India-Brazil;"South Africa (lBSA) Dialogue Forum '.

,

The, India-~razil-South Africa (IBSA) Dialogue Forum was formalized and launched through the adoption of the 'Brasilia Declaration' in 2003. Its creation recogni~ecJ, the necessity' of a process of dialogue among <jeveloping nations and countries of the south to counter their marginalization. The principles, norms and values' underpinning the IBSADialogue ForuII! are pa.rt~cipatory democracy,

International Organizations respect for. human righ~s,. the .Ru~e of Lq.~",~~d th strengthenmg of mulhlaterahsm. The IBS'A' Dit\ logue Forum brings together three large plutalistj:' .multicultural and multiracial societies from, thr, continents as a purely South-South grouping of lik, minded countries, committed to inclusive,susta~\ able, development, in pursuit of the well-being fo their people and those of the developing wodd. t' IBSA Summits: 15t (2006-Brazil); 2nd, (2007J: South Africa); 3rd (200S-India); 4th (20i'O-Ba' zil); 5th (20ll-South Africa); 6th (2013-Inqia); 7!r (2017-India). .~ '

Uniting fo~ Consen$us..

~,~1l ~~':',.~,~' .~~~' ~,,:,~'r,.\ t,'""""

.,"

G-8 (Group of Eight)

The G-S is a governmental forum of leading advanced economies in the world. It originated as G-6 with France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the UK ,and ~ .J ) •• E-7 (Emerging~7) the USA as members in 1975 and later 'in';1976 became G-7with inc~usion of Canada. G-7 came to be known The E-7 is a group of seven countries with~mer~. ing economies and are predicted to have ,larg~1 as the club cif seven wealthiest nations of the world. RussiajOint;d it in 1995 and the group became 'Group economies than the G-7 countries by 2020. The Eo! club includes-China, India, Brazil, Mexico~'Russ{~ of Eight' that represented top-ranked adyanced econIndonesia and Turkey. The E-7 was usedfitsfin tHe omies with" the largest GDP and with the highest Stern report byPriceWaterhoseCoopers .(n' 2006, national we~lth. Russia, however, was suspended since 2014, a~d GS in effect comprise seven nations However: in 2009 economist, Peter Marbe!.':)in h1s book Seemg the Elephant, used the term, E-7, to men. and the EU as the eight members (however, th~ EU tion emerging economies, but replaced Turk~y with has been repres~nted within GS since 19~~s). South Korea. ,'\.

•

~ .. l"

\';

E-9 Nations

)

~

G-6 (Group of Six)

The G-6 is referred to the six most POPUlOlfsnations in the EU (Germany, France, United Kfugdom, Italy, Spain and Poland) and was established in 2003 as G-5to deal with ~ssue~,such as imJ::!ligrati~n,law and order, and terrorism. G-5 became G-6 when Poland was includeel.'in 2006. .

uNESCO' s Edu~ation for All (EFA) initiatives'iciubb~ nine nations (Bangl~desh, ~razil, China, India, Ind~ nesia, Mexico, Nigeria and Pakistan) and stc{rtedt1j~ E-9initiative during the 1993 UN-EFA S~t hel~ in New Delhi. The E-9 Initiative has devel~ped ~ "':...;/.t organized platform for the member states to.:.5iiscu~~ G-(8+S) ..~ their practices related to education, skill and cultui, exchange, and analyse EFA-related progress. ;<: It is a select group of nations that consists of the leadj ers of the heads of government from the G7 nations, 0' i.e., GS minus Russia, (Canada, France, Germany, G-4 ~1 :r Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom, and the United The G-4 nations (Brazil, Germany, India and,dap~. States),plus the heads of government of the five lead~ support each other's bids for permanent seat~in th~ ing emerging economies (Braz~l, China, ~dia,M~~UN Security Council. G-4's primary aim so(.~ohavr, ico,and South AfriCa). The GS+SgrC111pwas'formed the permanent member seats in the Security,Counc~i in 2005 when Tony Blair,;then'Prirhe Minister of the Each of thes~' fom coUntries ,has figured aJ;ll~ng ~I ' United Kingdom, in his role as host of the 315t GS elected non-permanent members of the coun~il sinCJ ~ummit at Gleneagles, Scotland, mvited the leadthe, UN's establishment. Their economic and,politic~ mg emerging cbuntries to join the talks. ~e group influence has grown significantly in the last&ecad~~ accepted that'the ~xistence of ma:n~inade dimate reaching a scope compa~able to the permal:l~nt me1)l) change was beyond doubt, and tliat there"sh?uldbe a bers (P-5). Howt)ver, theG-4's bids are often~
.

.

• ~,

"J

"

.

f)i;..

I

.; , ,"

.

~

,).

The G-15was est~blished' in °19S9at Belgrade's NAM summit. An; informa1forum set up to foster cooperationand'provideinput for other ~terria:tional groups, such as the WTO and the' G':S. As, of today; if comprises 17 members are: Africa (1. Algeria, 2. Egypt, 3. Kenya, 4. Nigeria, 5. Senegal"and 6. ,Zimbabwe); Asia (7. India, S. Indonesia, 9. Iran, ,10., Malaysia, 11. Sri Larika); Latill: Ainerica and the' Caribbean (12. Argentina, 13.' Brazil; i4.'Chi1e~ "15.' jamaica, 16. MexiCo; 17. Ven~zuela)." e' The G-15 was established in' order to fUrther the pro~ess of~outh-south' co"operatj,on and :consultation on matters of tangible arid material interest to' the eco.,. noIDic perfo~e;mce-of developing co~tp.es. ~e~~t G-15 Summit was held in'MaJ.aysia 'iii. 1990;'and the 'fourth in India (1994). The fifteenth G..15 Summit was held in srI Lanka in 2012. " . ", ., .. 1, ,.';t o

.•.

G-20 (Group of 2;0). .

.,.:

~A

'

A club of 20dev~~op~g ~~t!0n,s ():low'~3,'members~ established in 200~;,!h~t e,rilerg~.d'd~t'i~g'the 5th Ministerial WTO Cbnferen'~k h~ld' ill 'Cancun, Mexico. The 'group of hati0l1s. rep~e'si~tsabov~, ~o~tlprd of the world's population and 7Q%of the ~orld:s.'£ar,ipers. It controls about one:fourth' of the' world's"agficultural exports. The G-2p".is'1).0,t'~'iritegr'll~par.t 6f the UN. ,. . O'

,

-

•

. -'.~..

~.'~ .3

; -~ ; .~

Members Argentina,' 'Bolivia; Braz~l;,; Chile, China, Cuba, Ecuador, Egypt, Guatemala, India, Indonesia, Mexico, ,Nigeria, Pakistan, Paraguay,:Peru, ,Philippines, South~,Africa, Tanq:ania, ,Thailand; :Uruguay, Vene?uela: Zimbabwe. The membership' of the' group has beertfluctuating' as Colbmbia, Cost~ ,Rica, Ecuador; El ~alvador,Peruand Turkey nas 'also; been members in the history of G-20.' ',: I.,

G-20' Summits, "

t.,.-

1

i'l .'t. ~(g,.,-. j"

f' ~~;

15t in 2008 (USA), 2nd in 2009 (UK) and .in. 2009 (USA), 4th in. 2010 (Canth ada) .and' 5 in' 2010 (South Korea), 6th in 2011 (France), .7th in 2012 (Mexico); Sth in ,2013 (Russia); 9th in 2014 (Australia), 10th in 2015 (Turkey)~ 11th in 2016* (China), 12th'in 2017 (Germany)., :' .. ,; ,

Heads of Government Summits 3rd

.r,2012 (¥eJ~~~.9!;~~13(M~scow).

T-20 s,u,J~i#.i~!9,k'iqnk)

Trade and InvestnienfPromotion Suinmits""2012 (Mexic6).

I I '~

'1). .

The G-S is a,movement to ptbfuote regional representation and to mcreasethenumber of non-permanent members in the United Nation's Security'Cou'ncil. The core members of the group ate Atgentiha, 'Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Indbnesia, Italy, Malta, Mexico, pakistan, South Korea, San Marino, Spain and Turkey.

A.173

.

,.......-1,1 '

A.174

Chapter 3

ada), 2002 (India), 2003 (Mexico), 2004 (Germany), 2005 (China), 2006 (Australia), 2007 (South Africa), 2008 (Brazil),2009(thrice in UK), 2010 (twice in South Korea and once Canada), 2011 (thrice in France, twice in USA), 2012 (twice in Mexico and once in USA), 2013 (once in Russia and twice in USA), 2014 (twice in Australia and once in US), 2015 (Turkey).

C-20 .Summits (Civil Society Delegates) 2014 Melborne, 2015

,

,

"qOnQ"iCl!( Facts,. _

~

'y&.

.~

\,

"

~

"."

,,'

"

'.-r.~ t"j"

,t!".

",'

World'al)k's ,~'•G0!oJls(f9r. tile vio,rld,', 'to ~I achieve by 2030)' ,"" I ,

• "," . ",' ''::''',11\i'j.' End extreme'P9verty,by decreasing the percent- 'I age of people living on less than $1,25 adayt9:normore ,j,

Goal J:

II

.than 3 %.

. . . .•. Promote shared prospentybyfostenngrthe, come groWth of'th~ bottom 40% for every country:

Goal 2:

In-,

Istambul.

Ministerial-level Summits (Labour and Employment Ministers)

!

2010

(USA), 2011 (France), 2012 (Mexico), 2013 (Russia).

:l ~III '

B.20 Summits (Business Leaders' Summit) 2012 (Mexico), 2013.(Rus.sia),2014 (Australia), 2015 (Turkey).

G~24 (Group of Twenty-Four) +1111'"

" I'~I'; ~Ii!

" '\II,~II' ,111111'

"Iilll!1

~li'I'1

1I1!li

,~, !~~I ,

OI!I

A.175

International Organizations

Ministerial-level Summits (Finance minister and Central Bank Governors) 1999 (Germany), 2000, (Canada), 2001 (Can-

[I

~

The Group of 24 (G-24), a chapter of the G-77, was established in 1971 to coordinate the positions of developing countries on international monetary and development finance issues and' to ensure that their interests were adequately represented iil negotiations on int~rnational monetary matters; Although membership in the G-24 is strictly limited to 24 countries, any member of the G-77 can join discussions. China has been a 'special invitee' since the Gabon meetings of1981. The group, whichis offici,illy called 'the Intergovernmental Group of Twenty-Four on International Monetary Affairs and Development', is not an organ of the IMF, but the IMF provides secretariat services for the Group.

Members Regi6n::-I (Afric'a): Algeria, Cote d'Ivoire, Egypt, Ethiopia, Gabon, Ghana, Nigeria, South Africa and the Democratic Republic of Congo; Region-II (Latin America arid the ,Caribbean): Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Guatel).'lala, Mexico, Peru, Trinidad and Tobago and Venezuela; Region-III (Asia): India, Iran, Lebanon, Pakistan, Philippines, Sri Lanka and Sy~ia.

World Bank With 188 members, the World Bank operates like a':cooperative, where member countries arerepres~nted by a Board of Governors, who are the key decision-maKers and policymakers of' this organization. Usually,' firiance ministers of the member countries are appointed as' the Governors of the World Bank

" "1}'1'

who meet annually at the Annual Meetings,' of 'the Boards of Governors of the World Bank GroUp.jand the IMP. The World Bank is a vital source of financial and technical assistance to the developing countries around the world. Established in 1944, the"World Bank Group is headquartered in WashingtonY:D.C. It has more than 10,000 employees in more than- 120 offices worldwide. ,PI,n

Regional Units of the World Bank ,Africa, East Asia and Pacific,Europe and Central Asia, Law America a.nd North A~erica, Middle East and North Africa, South Asia. ',..,

International Monetary Fund (lMF) .1 The International Monetary Fund (IMP) promotes international monetary cooperation and exchange rate stability, facilitates the balanced growth of international trade; and provides resources to help members in balance of payments difficulties or to assist in poverty ~~duction.

Membershil The IMP has 188 member countries. It is an independent international organization, which has its own governing structure, and finances. - charter, ..n Its member's are represented through a quota system broadly based on their relative size in the global economy.The IMF is a specialized agency within the meaning of the UN Charter, and its relationship with Iii"! the UN is' defined by a special agreement between President and Executive Directors The WB operate,s ,<}f!'y-to- the two organizations. Upon joining, each member day under the leadership and direction of th~rprescountry of the IMF is assigned a quota, based broadly ident, management and senior staff, and, tJ;ie"" vice on its relative size in the world economy. The IMF's presidents in charge of global practices, cross:sutting membership agreed in November 2010 ona major solutions areas, regions, and functions. The fiv~)argoverhaul of its quota system to reflect the changing est shareholders appoint an executive director,~';Vhile global economic realities, especially the increased other member countries are represented by..~!~cted weightof major emerging markets in the global econexecutive directors. As of April 2015, the,/~orld omy.IMP'grants loans only to its member countries. Bank Group President Jim Yong Kim chairs ,meet. ings of the Boards of Directors and is resp~6~sible How is Member~ OU!Jtain IMFSignificant A member'f? quota determines'that country's financial and organizafor overall management of the bank; The President tionalrelati9Il,ship with the IMF, including: is selected by the Board of Executive Directors for a five-year, renewable term. The Executive Di:r;ectors (i) Subscriptions (quota share)-A member's quota make up the Boards of. Directors of the WB. They, subscription determines the maximum amount generally, meet at least twice a week to oversee the of financial resources it is obliged to provide ban1<;'Sbusiness, including approval of loans and to tIle IMP. A member must pay its subscripguarantees, new policies, the administrative budget, tion iri full upon joining IMP: up to 25 per cent country assistance strategies, borrowing and finanmust be paid in SDRs or widely accepted curcial decisions. rencies (such as US dollar, euro, yen, or pound "';,

•.,J

I

1.

'I

j

The IMF Gold The IMFreserves a relatively large amount of gold among its assets, not only for reasons of financial soundness, but also to meet unforeseen contingencies, Gold played a cen, tral role in the international monetary system after the Second,Worid War. The countries that joined the IMF belween 1945-71, agreed to keep their exchange rates pegged in terms of the dollar and, in the case of the United States, the value of the dollar in terms of gold, This 'par value system' ceased to work after 1971, Until the late 1970s, 25 per cent of the member countries' initial quota subscriptions and "subsequent quota increases had to be paid for with gold. . Paytnent of charges and repayments to the IMF by its mem- ' bers.consti.tutedother sources of gold, "

I ,

(ii) Voting

power (voting' share)~The' quota largely determines a member's voqng power in IMF decisions. Each IMF member's votes are comprised of pasic votes and ,One,ad~i~ tionalvote for eac::hSDR 100,OOO:bf..quota. The, 2008 reform fixed the number' ofpasic votes at 5.507 per cent of totaivotes. ThJ current number of.basic votes represents clos~,to a tripling of the number prior totheimple~ mentation of the 2008reforms.

(iii) Access' tojinancing- The amount of financing a member can obtain' from the IMF (its access limit) is based on its quota. Fot 'example, 'under 'Stand-By' and 'Exb:inded' Arrangements', a member can borrow up to 200 per cent of its quota annually and 600' per 'cent cumulatively. However, access may be higher in exceptional circumstances. ." How IMF Fundions Through' its economic sl!rveillance, the IMF keeps track of the ec'onomic health of its member countries, alertirig them to. ris~1>on the ,j"

.J

World Bank Group Organizations

I

sterling), while the rest is pmd in'themember's own currency.

l,~:'

~ - International Bank for Reconstruction and , ~r' Development (IBRD) - International Development Association (IDA) - International Finance Corporation (IFCY[: \- Multilateral Investment Guarantee ,Agency (MIGA) ~. - International Centre for the Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) .,;

~,,--------------------

",.

.' l,:, ~ .

'?: ' ~

SpecialDrawing Right .

"

f.,

'

J'J

• ~

•

,..-

.

~

•

_

I,

,

SpecialDrawing 'Right (SDR) is an;nterna;ional reserve-asset, created by the IMF in 1969 to supplement the existingoffidal' res~'~es of membercountries, The SDR is neither a currency, nor a claim on the IMF. Rather, it is a potential' claim on the freely usable currenciesof IMF members, Holders of SDRs can obtain these currencies in exchange for their SDRs in Iwo waysAirst,'through,'the orrangementof voluntary exchanges belween members;' and second, by the ,IMF designating members with strong exterrial positions '0 purchaseSDRsfrom members with weak external positions. In addition to its role as a supplementary reserve asset, the SDRserves Os the unit of account of the IMF and some other international organizations. 1[1 addition to its role as a supplementary reserve asset,' ~erves cis the unit of account of the IMF and some other internatiof)a1organizotions. , .' " _.' ' ",

il

~ ~

I

",..

••

•••••••

1

",il); ~I~II

,!~

'j:

! I";

! I

II, '

A~ 176

Chapter 3 ..

International Organizations

horizon and providing policy advice. It als~ IE:nc1.s to . countries in difficulty, and provides techn1c~l assls::: tance and. training to. help countries improve economic management. This. work is; backed by IMF research and statistics. The,IMF workscwith other international. organizations to promote growth and poverty reduction. It also interacts with think tanks; . .civil society, and the media on a daily basis. It collaborates with other global/regionaL organizations in the following ways: , - It works in tandem with the World Bank." - It cooperates on financial stabilitY, ban.khtg . supervision; arid trade. '

'!l,

- It collaborates .with the United Nations: ~I

"'~,it is workfug:~l~sely with th/G-20 ..

:1

. - It works ort employment issues. -.Itengages with think tanks, civil society, and 'the'media. . . I

WI

i' "I"

III1

1-1",

I

;~I!III

,~

The IMFand the Turbulent Periods of the Global Economy • Cooperationaiid reconstruction'(194?71): As the : Seco~'d W:orlcl'Wa'r e~ds,the work"of rebuilding national economies' begins.' The IMF is charged 'with overseeihg the 'international monetary system .to '~nsure' exchar~e rate'.stability and ~~c.0ll!aging members to eliminate exchange restrIctions that hinder trade. ',' " ' • ,The endofthi;'Bret,ton Woods.System(1912~81): ,After 'the s'ystem'.o~ .fixed exchange rates collapses in 1971, countries are free to choose their exchange arrangement. Oil shocks occur in 1973-74 and 1979, and the IMF steps in to help countries deal with !he consequences. • Debt and 'painful reforms (1982'-89): The oil shocks lead to an iliternational debt crisis, and the IMF assists in coordinating the global response. . .;~o~iet;'<::,~hdn8e: jor, Eas~em' iur~pe . (lnd ~sian Upheaval (1990-2004): 'f4e IMF plays a central role In helpmg the, countries of the, former Soviet qloc. transiti~n from central plaI111iitgto market-driven economies. • Globalization and the. Crisis. (2005-:-present):The implications of.the continued rise of capital-flows ".for economic,policy and the stability of the inter- . "national financial system are still not entirely dear. The.current credit crisis and the food and oil price shock are. clear signs that new. challenges for the .IMF are waiting just aro.und.the corner.' .. 1

•

Asian Development Bank (ADB) .'.

by Myanmar); 4. Tourism (led 'by Thailand); 5: Technology (led by Sri LaIlka), and Fisheries (led by Founded in. 1966 with the 67 members (48 r,egionaI Thailand). 7,)Agrkulture (led by Myanmar), 8. Pubm~~~~rs and ~9 non-.regional, members), th~\~Sian lic Health (l~~ by Tliail~nd), 9. Pov~rty-Alleviation Development Bank aiJ;ns to make Asia and P~cifi (led by Nepal), 10. Counter-terronsm and Transfreefrom poverty. Thi,s:pank was founded: w,i!!"the, national Crime (led by India), 11. Environment vision of a financial institution that wouldbe,Asi . and Natural Disaster Management (led by India), in character and wou"ld foster economic gro~,tk an~' 12. Culture (led by Bhutan), 13. People ti:vPeople cooperation in the regi<)fl.The ADB has he~9-quar; Contact (led ~y Thailand), 14. Climate Change (led ters in Manila (Philippines) with 29 resident mis.: by BangladesJ:i). sions'and 3 representative offices in Tokyo (J:~pan),:' BIMSTEC'evolved from BIST-EC (Bangladesh, Frankfurt (Germany) and Washington DC .•.(USA) India, Sri Lanka, and Thailand Economic CoopTakehiko Nakao, as on April 2015, is the Pre~i4~nt a' eration) in 1997 when Myanmar wasinclud~d .41ADB. ADB was founded amid the post-war rehabil., the group. In 12003,-Bhutan and Nepal joined the itation and r~construction efforts in the earlyl96o~ group. The hea,dquarters of the BIMSTEC is located In 2014, ADih operations totalied $22.93 ;.kP1io~ in Dhaka (Bangladesh). India was its chairman $14.38, billion financed by the ADB and ;~pecia, in the year 2000, and 2006-09. Since 2005, ADB is funds, and $9.2 billion by co-financing paitners] BIMSTEC'spartner. India is one of the founder members of th~'ADB: Approximately, 1.7 billion people in the region are poor and unable to access essential goods, services IMPORTANT TREATIES assets and opportunities to which every hun\an i entitled. ' i.::; ..


.r'~.

'

I',F'

-

f:"

~:

.~,i

•

.,'

_

.,

?

\{)I

;"--,'.

.• ~

,

11;~~-

How is ADS governed?

The ADB's highest policy-makin body is the Board of Governors, which meetsrannu~ ally and comprises one representative' froin - eac member nation. including, 48 from the Asia>Pacifii and 19 from 'outside the region; Refer to the list 6 members. The Governors elect 12 members/of th Board of Directors. The ADB President, assisted by six Vice Presidents and a Managirig DireCtor GeneniJ, manages the business. ""9 .

'.

-

':L

Where Does ADS Get Its Funding? The ADB raises fund. througJ;t,b~n:dissues' onthe world's cap~tal.!narket$ It also. relies on.its members' contributions, retaine ea~gs frans~. verylQw interest rates. -f" .-~~.

.,.

i\;'>.t

hJ".'

,...

.'.:

t'

'.Ill

:

Bay of. Bengallniliative for Multi-Sectorial Technical and Economic Cooperation (BIMSTECf -

~.

J

•

•

«" •

•

. ~.

•

+,)

'I..

Found~d in J997, the 8 members of the Bay.of Beng Initiative for Multi~Sectorial Technical and Economt Cooperation (BIMSTEC) aims at 14 priority.secto covering all areas of cooperation including: ,1. Trad and It:\vestment (led by Bangladesh); 2. Transpo and Communication (led by India); 3. Energy (I

NuclearNon-Proliferation Treaty (NPT)

NPTis an agreement, signed on July 1, 1968,by which theUK, the USA and the former USSR cannot assist other countries in acquiring, technology to devel.op nuclear weapons. It was signed for aper;iod of 25 years.A global conference on the extension of the NPTin New York was held on 11 May 1995,.which decidedto extend the NPT indefinitely. The conferenceapproved a US-backed plan to make the 25-yearold pact permanent, perpetuating an internat~onal systemin which only five nations can legitimately possessnuclear weapons: Among the nations.thatare not parties to the NPTare Allgola, Comoros, Cook Islands,Cuba, Djibouti, Eritrea, India, Israel, Micronesia, Monaco, 'Oman, Pakistan, Tajikistan, United' Arab Emirates and Vanuatu. In other words, only India,Israel and Pakistan are' countries outside the treatywith undeclared nuclear arsenals and 'meaningfulnuclear capabilities. India has not joined the NPT,protesting against its discriminatory nature. ~akistaninsists that it would do so only if New Delhi SIgnsthe document. The NPT in its present form has put the nuclear 'haves' in a privileged position as regardsimplementation of a control system. They are ~lIowedto keep nuclear .weapons an~ all ot~er states ~veagreed not to acqUIre-them. IndIa, Pakistan and ~rael are among the few states that have refused to JOinthe NPT.

IZr,l~rrreqty

".

A.'f77 '.

,~'"

"';'J

The Izmir Treaty was signed on 28-November 1992 by' five foimer Soviet Republics (Kazakhstan; AZ~,i:~ baijan, Kyrgyzstan, TliIkmenistan' and: Uzbekistan); Afghanistan, Iran, Pakistan and Tur~7Yis -on:the way of creating a' huge .economic block .linking' EuroRe and Asia along the ancient silk route. Iran,Pakistan and Turkey are the founder members of the- Treaty, having signed it more than 25 years ago: . '1'.

,,-,

Antarctic Treaty Antarctica is an island continent measuringa]J~t1t ~~:5, million km2 which lies almost e~tirely,'1~theiAnt~ arctic Circle.Its surface. is composed of an ice.sheet over ..• rock and it is uninhabited except for researd1t;rs,and other workers in the course. of duty. It is, in general, an ownerless region. Twelve countries that had maintained research stations in Antarctica (Argentina,.Australia, Belgium, South Africa, Chile, France, Japan, New ;>,. Zealand, NorWay, the former USSR, the UK andllie USA) signed the Antarctic IJ'reaty,also calle9,the Wash~. ington Treaty,on D~cember 1, 1959.The treaty reserves the 'Antarctic "area south of 60 S la~tude for peaceful purposes, provides for intemation~ cooperation in'scientific investigation and rese;u:chand 'preserves, for ~e duration of treaty, the status quo with 'regard.t~ terri.torial sovereignty, rights and claims.'The treaty entered into force on June 23,1961. The 39 nations party to tJie treaty'meet bieimially. Decisions.taken by the sIgnato.: ries of the 1959Washington Treaty must be unanimous. .

.'.

•

"c'

"

0

Kyoto. Protocol ,

Responding to the concerns that human activities ~re increasing concentration of 'greenhouse gases' (such as carbon dioxide and methane) in the atmosphere, most nations of the world Joined together in '1992 to sign the UN framework convention on .climate change (UNFCC). It included a legally non-binding, voluntary pledge that the major industrialized/ developed nations would reduce their greenhouse gases emiSsion to 1990 levels by the year '2000. However, as awareness grew that human 'activities are having a discernible impact ort"global climate systems, a warming of the Ear~ that could result in significant impacts, such' as sea level' rise,' changes in weather patterns"and health effects-':"and as it became apparent that major nations such as US and Japan would meet the voluntary stabilization target by 2000-parties to the treaty dedded in 1995to enter •

d

H I'l,l

,.{

'.

•


II

~"'I'

~p

, 'I

.

,~:I

\':.<

,

,

"'''ii'!

Chapter 3

A.178

International Organizations

" ill" )""

III"'Ii

'~

into negotiations on a protocol to establish legally binding limitations or reduction in greenhouse emissions. The negotiations were held on December 1-11, 1997in Kyoto, Japan. Full completion of the protocol in December 1997,details a number of more difficult issues that remain to be negotiated and resolved. At the conference of the Parties (COP-4) held in November 2-13, 1998,in Buenos Aires, Argentina, it was apparent that the issue could not be resolved as had been expected during this meeting. Instead, parties established a 2-year 'Buenos Aires Action Plan' to deal with such issues, with a deadline for 2000 (COP-6). However, on 16 February 2005 Kyoto Protocol came into effect with ED leading the 'carbon revolution'. India signed the Kyoto Protocol in the year 2002: During the summit held in May 2013, ~91 countries and one regional economic organization

(the EC) have ratified the agreement, representil), over 61.6%of the 1990emissions from Annex~co~ tries. One of the 191 ratifying states-c-Canad~-ha: denounced the protocol. In 2011,Canada became th first signatory to announce its withdr~wai #b'm til. Kyoto Protocol.

Libya Accord

-

The Libya Accord (also known as Tripoli Agreerner.: or the Tripoli Declaration) was signed on FebruilI'\ 8, 2006, by Chadian President Idriss Deby,: Sud~, nese President Omar Hassan al-Bashir, arid"Libya; leader Muammar al-Gaddafi, effectively ending the 2, Chadian-Sudanese conflict that has devastated bor, der tow~s in eastern Chad and the Darfur regiono~ western Sudan since December 2005. .,

International Courts - At a Glance

'j ,

:~I,i

1 ,

,1

1 ,I:' J;

1:

",11

I,

,~II':III

Court of Justice

(Refer to details under UNO)

"",J'~'

,

: """, • -"'J

•

.•

'fll ; 'lJ,

,d

.r • ~~ (

"'.~

(b) (c)

(d) Consider the following about the UNO:

statements

1. The creation! of the UNO was a reflection of the ongoing quest for international peace during the Second World War.

i. the quest for international peace, and ii. all round welfare of the people of the world.

6.

Which of the statements above is/are cOrrect? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

(b) (e)

t

(c) (d) 7.

Which of the following is part of the main purposes of United Nations? (a) (b) (e)

:, (d)

To develop f~ieridly relations with the terrorists To keep peace in the World To be a centre for encouraging World Domination To establish democracy in member cou ntries

of

Arrange the list of following countries in the order in which they became members of the United Nations. -OJ', •.]' '. I. II. III. IV. (a) (b) (c) (d)

8.

(b) (c) (d)

9.

South Sudan Bosnia Switzerland Monaco I, III, IV and II II, IV, III and I III, II, I and IV IV, I, II and III

Which in the require (a)'

All the original signatories of the UN declaration are called permanent members All but one of the permanent

None of these

fo~' membership

Is first reviewed by the Security Council Cannot be reviewed by the Security Council Firs~goes to the General Assembly None ofthese

(b)

1 and 2 1 and 3 2 and 3 1 only

members have a right of veto Japan was requested to join as a permanent member but it refused' '

The application the UN .

I,••. , t,\

A"

10. In the General Assembly' .

(a) '(b)

(c)

r1(~";1 (

".,..'

of the following decisions General Assembly does' not two third majorities?

Q~estions related to peace and security Admission of new members Introduction of proposal Apppintment of General Secretary

Which of the following' statements hold true for the membership of General Assembly? (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

All the member States of UN are part of the General Assembly The members of the General Assembly are elected from the member States of UN The Security Council recommends member States for the General Assembly None ofthese

-;

The resolution cannot be Rassed without formcir\iote' -, The resoiution can be passed ,,' without formal vote ,if one half of the members agree to it by show of hands ~ , :' Voting is only, compulsory for the resolutions which require two-third majority ',' ,

(d)'

The resolutions can be passed without taking formai'votes' , . ,w."d {(1) 11. Who among the, following , has, been NOT been granted oi5ser~er status in' the General Assembiy?k' ", '.~' f ""~

given

Which of the following statements holds true for the permanent members of the Security Council?

UN,is empowered by its Crrarter to recognize any new State UN can give recognition to new States in certain cases UN cannot recognize a new State because UN is not a State UN cannot recognize a new , State unless the State makes, a formal application

(a)

3. The UN has resolved all the major global disputes including the Palestine dispute.

" (~ /'

League of Nations League of Free Nations The United Nations of the free world League cif Independent' nations

(d)

(d)

.J(~"

Which of the following statements holds true' about the creation of the new State and UN? (a)

(a) (b) (c)

~f1.f

'.

is the successor

2. The Charter of the UN explicitly mentions two vital objectives of the organization

(~-;

2. European Court of Justice (ECJ) Headquarters Luxembourg .~ Number ,ofJudges 10judges from different European nations tr Appointment of Judges Appointed by 10 member governments of EEC . Function Interprets EEC laws at request of national courts; deals with cases.brough! by states or individuals against EEC institutions, or vice versa .' ~ Jurisdiction Can settle disputes but cannot impose a fine or prison sentence to enforce decisions ' Wi f . 3. European Court of Human Rights Headquarters Strasbourg (France) Number of Judges 21, one from each of the 21 member nations Appointment of Judges Parliamentary Council, 3. Membefship 21 European nations .,~~~; Function Hears cases involving alleged breach of the 1950European conve_n,tion for the protection of human rights and fundamental freedom "! 4. ,International American Court of Human Rights, v, Headquarters San Jose, Costa Rica, ":; Number of Judges Seven '_,_, Appointment ofjudges Elected by General Assembly of Organization of American States,(QAS) Function Hears cases involv4lg interpretation/of the 1969American Convention on Human Rights It"

,:,~.J.. "." .•. >!To-.

5.

of

1~_ 1

l:)ntemational

',v

1. The United Nations

, t'

11'1

ra~).Topic:'wise.'Assessm~ni

TheUnited Nations

, ,J

A.179

If

'.

.

(a)

International Committee RedCross ';,: '. '"

(b)

Intemational Federation of Rea Cross and Red Crescent Societies International Federation for Developr;nent of Sports (. International Olympic ,Committee

(c) . (d)

of the '\" ,i'

12. Which of the following,statements hold true for the General Assembly? (a) (b) (c) (d)

All the other. UN bodies report to General Assembly" Most of the other UN bodies report to General Assembly Some of the other UN bodies report to General Assembly Very few other UN bodies report to GeneralAssembly ,,<, \. • •

~ I' ,'!'

13. In the Security Council memb~rs ha~e,:" (a) (b) (c) (d)

Two votes each ,Thr~e votes each~ Conditional Veto Absolute Veto

-','

~~

•

permanent ; ,.

~

...

,.;~, .

,',

J

14: Which of the following'statements

best describe the relationship' between the Security Council and Member States?

(a)

The decisions taken b/Secu'rltY Council are in the form of recommendatiOns and' Member State~ •'ha~e discretion in implementltion' (b) It is obligatory-for,Member', ' States to implement the deci, siondaken b)/-'SecuritY'Council (c) It iSnla~datoiY'io'rMember States ";!r'O "",1 ~_n, .,. . ,U",' ",' to implement the decisions taken by Security Council if General ASsemblY rectifies them., ' (d) .It is mandatory for Security Council to implement decisions taken by Member States ' L

I

'

.....••

'~

Ii I,

International Organizations

Chapter 3

A.~80

15. Non-permanent membersofSecudty Council are appointed for term of .

a

(a) (b) (c) (d)

One year Two years Three years Four years

(c) (d)

22. Which type of the following cases can be submitted tci the International Court , of Justice by United Nations organs? (a) (b)

16. 193rd member of the United Nations Organization was (a) South Sudan (b) , Zambia (c) Turkmenistan (d) Somalia

(d)

II,

10

19. Which of the following languages are official languages of the.lnternational Court of Justice? '

24. Which of the folloWing coudtries NOT part of Trusteeship CCluncil?

English English and French English, Russian and French English;'Spanish, Russian and French ,',

20. Which of the following statements hold .J true for the Internationai Cou'it of Justice?

.(a) (b) (c) (d)

III. Only states are eligible to appear before the Court in contentious cases IV. The Court is not a supreme court • ~o which national courts can turn

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1-

t{:

-

.'

~.

L Simple majority in General Assembly It Simple majority in Secuiity Council III. Abs'6lute majoritY in' General '

'
IV. Ab~olute m~joritY in Security Council. ,,', . 'I II ~\"

J....:

Org~Il'ization. . 13\!:'" • 11NL

Geneva Vienna Rome Montreal

';"t~!.{

(a)

United Fund United United Fund United

(b) (c)

,Ii

Nations Democracy Nations Defence Fund Nations Development

m', Nations Deleg!ltion FUrl

33. Match the name of the o'rg~nisationr Column I with the city iri':'which thl are headquartered in Col'u.'llnn II,

Council

WMO

B.

IDA

C.

IFAD

III

D.

UNITAR

IV

27.

was ,th~

~

,A

first

Se~retary

C:

(a), (b) (c)

(d)

.

~

,

Trygve Lie Dag Hammarskjold Boutros Boutros-Ghali None of these ' '

'

28. The Secretary General of the United Nations is appointed for a term of (a)" (b)

the Security,Council

I. United Nation. Institution Disarmament Research

(c)

II

IV

(d)

III

I

I("'!'IV

~.i1Tt'

1540 Committee" ~~;, Preparatory Commission for the NuclearcTest-BanTreaty Organization (.'Ii Organisation for th€'Prahibitic' of Chemical Weapons

Nations

received, the CoJumn II.

Noble

Guarantee

Column II (Year of receiving Noble Prize)

B. International Atomic Energy Agency

II 2005

departments daesNOT fall under the United Nations Secretariat?

C. Intergovernmental Penal of Climate Changes

III 1988

(a)

D. International labour Organisation

IV 1969

(a) (b)

I and II II and III

(c) (d)

III andl I, II and III'

'j

'-

'

37. Which of thE'! folJowing

(b) (c)

Department of Public Information Depart~ment of Safety and SecuritY ' , High Commissioner Rights

(d)

for Human

Office of the United Nations High Commissioner Refugees

for •.,

(c)

C

0

II

III

(b)

II

III

IV

(c)

IV

(d)

III

III II

39. Which of the following

,1ol'.,

(a)

.

After. the dissolution

II

I

(b)

of USSR, ':.

difference

IV

43. Arrange

(c)''

'"" "

the followinsfevents

of Nations

Declc~ration';'

bi

the

Principles'

ii, III and

(a)"

I,

(b)

II, IV, III and I'

IV'

Gam,es held

(c)

III, II, IV and I

(d)

IV, III, lI.and I "

~

"",.~'

.~,

,

.

;",

ofthe Commonwealth to the Commonwealth

(a)

Only I

(b)

Only II

(c) • 'Both landll

main, ~:fiffer-

and the Modern

(a)

Neither I nor II

(b)

can-

nations as

Qi the

country:"

Get ~_ preference based on the r . -:. ,.J I

population

,

of the country

~. .:.. ;' •..•..•. "'.'l't)- •. '

-"

".':.

(c), ~et preference based on the . ,. e~~'nomic.stat~s ()(fi,'e' country (d)

None o.fthese

46. Commonwealth by the

,

.

Secretariat is headed

"i'..'

Moder~ Commo':lwe~lthdoes

the member

Get preference based 'on the size

.,

"'I)">,'

't",;

not accept the validity of the

(a)

Secretary, General:

london

not

(b) (c)

The British Prime Minister' The British Monarch' ,

own allegiance to the British Crown

(d)

The Head of Commonwealth

Declaration,,,

Modern Commonwealth'does

and

,,-

45. In the, Commonwealth, Nat'ions

Modern ComfTlonwealth

in the

Commonwealth HistorY in the 'order in which they took place.

(d)

the, British Common, .

no~ have communist members

~

Ru's;i~'has lost its seat in the Sec~JityCouncii"

of

leaders

will desig~

.. Con~ti!ution , .' '. Il. Subscribe, to the. COmmonwealth Charter

Commonwealth? (C!)

statements

holds true for the membership Russiain the United Nations? .

Commonwealth None of these.

(d)

I. Subscribe

Other Impbrtontlilternational Organizations ence between

United Nations Development Programs

will be chosen

(c) .' The British Moniifch

.

B

wealth

'

IV. Commonwealth Scholarship Fellowship Plan setup

United Nations

Unit~d Nations High Commissioner for Refugees

the Hea'd

II. S'1uth Africa joins Commonwealth

'IV

is the

,

ana ~ill

III. First Commonwealth

I

41. What

-,'("7'-'

by the Common'wealth

Commonwealth

t.~

38. Which of the fo.llowing

Commonwealth

I: Singapore

A (a)

- ''I~.-.f:.'

The Successive Heads of the

44. All themembers

Office of the United Nations

J;

,nate the successive Heads ,of the

Column I (Name of the Body)

12007

.

~!\.'.~'

following'statements fot't~ 'lHe1d df the

of Commonwealth;' continue tbdo so

bodies in

Peace Prize in

of'the true

Moveme~t

r.'~.,n

r"

The British MonarcKis

I with the year in which they

A. United Nations Peacekeeping Forces.

the Near East

""ta)

for

III. United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in

(d)

34. Which of the followingdj(;'dies oft United Nations treport directly' Security Council? ."

(c)

Investment

the United

column

36. Which of the following agencies only repart to General Assembly

United Nations Peace Keeping Forces

I ,Ill\;' III IV"d\1I . III ' r'G I

. '

40. Match

."

Commonwealth?

(b)

Com'mission

(b)

II III

(a) (b) .

Committee

United Nations ChildreJ')'s Fund

I

_,

Three years Five years

Military'Staff Disarmament

(a)

General of the UN. o.

(c)

II. Multilateral Agency

42. Which holds

of USSR,

(d)

~ IV

.After the dissolution

in

both the General assembly and

,,,,D

(b)

LfsSR seat

•

'Russia assul)1ed the USSR seat in

badies have re~eived the' Noble Prize for Peace twice?

(a)

RU~~ia~ssuin~d the the Security CounCil

(d)

Non-AlignmeRt o(US'SR,

United Nations'Peacebuilding Commission

Geneva Ne~York

"

dis~olutlon

Counter-Terrorism

Rome

II

Afte'rthe

(a)

Wilshington

I

A.

.,.... '. ~

, i

Headquarter ...•• d. (Column II)

(c)

Committees

. (d) .' Modern CommoRwealth. _ Nations m'ust be'part oh,n

the Genera} Assembly

"_,}l

(b)

was estabOrganisation (Column I)

Russia assumed the USSR seat in

•

1

•• I"

After the disso.lution of USSR,

rity Council?,

'iorf~

.1

(d)

1966-76 1976-85 1986-95 1996-2005

~'

(a), ,I and II ," (b)' ,lan9IV_' .•)

Health

32. UNDEF stands for

26. UNO declared International Women's decade as: . ,

f..l II""

'i';

•. ~.

(b)

to' both General Assembly. and Secu-

l'::"dC

(d)

is

,f•.t

, ")'

Organisation '.11<.', Funds for Agriculture and Oil ,"t . "iH'l.l Food Articulation Orgilnisation

(b) (c)

,

,

UNICEF

(a)

league of Nations Charter of United Nations Directive of Security Council, Decision of General Assembly

(a) (b) (c) (d)

21. In order to be elected as a Judge of lriternationaltourt ofJustice an individualm'ust obtain" i' ' " , ~

(d)

lished under the

I '"

.

ICAO,

Committee on th~ ~ercise of the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People

35. Which of the follOWing ,bodies report

""C

i')

I and II . lI'and lilt' III and IV

'(df . IV'and

(c)

, 31. The World based at

Russia United Kingdom France Japan

25. The Trusteeship

I. It can try cases of war crimes II. It can try cases of crime against humanity ,

(a) (b) (c)

UNRWA UNDP

(c) (d)

The Court can only hear a . , dispute when requested to do so by one or more States (b) The Court is empowered to investigate and rule on acts of sovereign States" . (c) The Court can hear any dispute referred by the Security C;ouncil (d) The Court can hear any dispute referred by the General Assembly

5

,)

30. The acronym FAO stands,t5r , ,J! (a) Funds for Advance(j Organisations (b) Food andAgriculturebl

(a)

..(c) ,J5 " (d). fO

(a) (b) (c) (0)'

(a) (b)

of Justice?,

18. The International Court of Justice is composed ,of ~ __ ~Judges.

(d)

Nine years' Lifetime

29. Which of the following agencies, NOT based at New York?', lI:)l '

23. Which of the following statements hold true for the International Court

(a) One year (b) Two years (c) , Three y~ars , (d) " Four ye'ars

,(b)'

legal disputes bet';"een States Criminal proceedings under certain specific circumstances Requests for advisory opinion on legal questions None of these

(c)

17.' The members of the Economic and Social Council are elected for a period of

(a),

(c) (d)

II and III III and IV

A; 181

"

)l,l

t...llllll

~

,111',

1

'I,ll A~182

Chapter3

47. ~~

InternationalOrganizations A~ 183 is known

(c) (d)

as Com-

monwealth's Secretariat. (a) (b) (c) (d)

53.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'

To promote imperialism Restructuring of the interna-

Pakistan Zimbabwe Fiji None of these

To create an independent

path

59.

To encourage socialist

(a)

Asia-Africa Conference

(b)

The Conference for Common

(d)

(b)

(c)

(d)

The members of the Commonwealth of independent States automatically become members of the Commonwealth of

56.

the same The Commonwealth of Nations and the Commonwealth of independent States are not related to each other

52. " Non-alignment Movement against aligning with

(a) (b)

Only I Only II

I and II II and III III and I I, II and III

62.

the leaders A formal meeting between the

Not being a member of a multilateral military alliance

(b)

Not conceded military bases to

(c)

a Foreign Power Consistently supporting the movements for National

(d)

Independence Not having a bilateral military agreement with a Great Power

(d)

(d)

Muhammad

Which

(a)

Afghanistan

(b)

Maldives

(c)

Sri Lanka

(d)

Pakistan

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Zia-ul~Haq \

of the following:E~untriel signatory of the ). .,1

rbi,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1

III. Bhutan (a)

I and II

(b)

II and III

(c)

III and I

(d)

I, II and III

:;

,(.')~

The last country to join:SAARC as. member is (a)

Chinab_J

(b) (c)

Russia Afghanistan

(d)

Pakistan

J

71.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

76.

Co-ordinating and unifying the petroleum policies of its member countries Securing an efficient, eco-

OPEC Fund for International Development

(b)

OPEC Fund for Industrial Development Oil For International Development

summits

(d) 77.

First Summit Second'Summit Third Summit Fourth Summit

82.

Centre

India" Pakistan Sri Lanka Bhutan

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Caribbean Common Market Caribbean Free Trade Association Caribbean Community and Common Market Community of Free Caribbean Nations

78.

(c) (d)

Second World War started Iran established Islamic republic

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Norway Belgium Netherlands Luxemburg Denmark I, II and "' II, III and IV III, IV and V V, I and II

.••••••

is an official

French Germany Italian Russian'

Two times" 'Thre'e times

1

' I

~

,"

1946 1948

'(b) ';(d)

1947 1949

c'

~l

The Group of ?7,j~the _'_'.__ intergov~rnme_ntal organi?ation of developing countries in;the United Nations. (a) (b) (c) (d)

,"

Largest Oldest Smallest' Youngest' .

84.

;

The North Atlantic treaty was signed in

,d

83.

.

.'-

.•••. ,.1'.

,...

.

'Joint Oeclarati9'!()( the Seventy-Seven Developing Co!.!ntrhfs'"Ya~issued at (a)

The first 'Ministerial Meeting of the Group of 77 in Algiers (b) The first session of the United , Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) (c) The first meeting oUhe South .. East Develop'ment Forum (d) NOne of these 85.

Which of the following countries is part of the Benelux Economic Union? I. II. III. IV. V.

,1

Turkey has invoked Article 4 of the North Atlantic Treaty

(a) (c)

Why was the headquarters of Arab League shifted from Tunisia to Cairo? Iraq invaded Kuwait Operation DesertStorm started

1'-'"

Which of the folrowing language of NATO? ,r

,

Oil For Industrial Development

(a) (b)

'co,

(c) 'Four times' (d) Five times'"

nomic and regular supply of petroleum to consumers Restricting entry of outsiders in the market .

(a)

Oslo •• Sweden.

(a) . (b)

OFID stands for

(c)

72. CARICOMstands for

'J:) ,;

(b)

(d)

Kathmandu Dhaka" Delhi"" Islamabad

SMRC Disaster Management is situated in

,..:,

<"f~

Ensuring the stability of oil markets

(c) (d)

I '~'--"'"

.I:'

81.

have been hosted by India

Countries do NOT suppo~

,l'

(a)

Luxemburg"" Brussels' 'n

(a) . (b) (c) (d)

According to the stature the mission of OPEC does NOT include

(c)

.-_.was the first Secretary

70. Which of the following

China wants to have special relatio~

A',

75.

Yadav Kant Silwal Abul Ahsan Q. A. M. A. Rahim Ahmed Saleem

Is part of OPEC and was one of the founding members Is no longer part of OPEC

Is part of OPEC but was not one of the founding members Is neither part of the OPEC

(a) (b)

.

nor was it one of its founding members

69. FirstSAARCsummit was held at ,

.•eI f,o'

I. Afghanistan

(d)

General of SAARC

-':1'

.,"",1

(c)

Arju'nl3ahadur Thapa

68. ____

I

(,)

II. India

64.

of

Headquarters of NATO is based at

80.

but was one of its founding members

(b) Kisho!~ Kant Bhargawa (c) 'Nihal Rodrigo (d) SheelKantSharma

Ershad

.'

(b)

79.

Economic Union Single Market Political Union All of these

Venezuela (a)

is the present Secretary Genera~of SAARC (a)

{;

Hussain Muhammad Rajiv Gandhi

67.

Ershad

this?

NAM? (a)

" "'(It

(a) (b) (c)

following

Which of the followfng is one of the criteria for taking membership in the

74.

To promote welfare of th.e People of South East Asia To improve the environment security in the region To accelerate economic. growth and cultural development To combat terrorism

(c)

ship with the SAARC, which of the

leaders An attempt to build consensus for the NAM movement An attempt to pacify the World

Chi~a Australl~ North Korea

':\."

is NOT an original SAARCCharter?

63,

(b) (c) (d)

(b)

(,

signatory of the SAARCCharter. Zir-ur-Rehmaan.,nt

in evolving the concept

Russia

(a)

The idea of SAARC was first ,:rnooted

61.

leaders' were

(a)

'.I

(d)

The Conference for Protection

(b)

I. Soviet Block II. American Block

Islamabad

Muhammad Zia-ul,Haq. ;, (r' was NOT the origina.

An informal meeting between

was

Colombo

(d)

Rajiv Gandhi

Powers of the time 57.

(c)

CARICOM is NOT a/an (a) (b) (c) (d)

66. Which of the following is NOT a purpose for cr~ation of SAARC?

(f

(c)

(a)

(d)

New Delhi

Hussain Muhammad

Brioni Conference was

(c)

Kathmandu

(b)

(b)

II. Marshal Tito

(d)

(a)

Conference for Afro-Asian sustainable development

Which of the following

(a) (b) (c)

Where is the Permanent. Secretariat of the SAARc? ,f'

Defence of Asia

III. G. A. Nasser

Nations The members of the Commonwealth of Nations automatically become the members of the Commonwealth of Independent states The Commonwealth of Nations and the Commonwealth of Independent States are one and

;1)"V,

None of these

by

ofNAM?

pendent States? (a)

' ~

Zir-ur-Rehmaan.

instrumental

51. Which of the following statements is true regarding the relationship between the Commonwealth of Nations' and Commonwealth of inde-

'I)

(a)

of Intellectual Rights 55.

60,

I. Jawaharlal Nehru

I'

The senior most meh1b~1-

(d)

Which of the following conferences is regarded as the forum which gave

(c)

50. The first country to be suspended from the Commonwealth was

,

The British reigning Mdnarch

" ~,•.,)O

birth to NAM?

Commonwealth?

Nigeria Pakistan Namibia Guyana

(b) (c)

,

73.

5AARC?

if

present

values 54.

,

65. Which of the following countries does NOT, have an observer status in

A new head of the State' formally

in world politics

Three years Four years Six y~ars Eight years

49. Which of the following countries have been formally expelled from the

~:1

summit of the) NAt;1 becomes the'chair.

tional economic order

maximum period of

(a) (b) (c) (d)

each

(a)

Which of the following was NOT a goal of NAM when formed but was later included as a goal?

48. The Secretary General of the Commonwealth can be appointed for a

(a) (b) (c) (d)

At

~,'J'4t

White Hall Marlborough House St. James Palace Westminster

(a) (b) (c) (d)

58.

Both I and II Neither I nor II

What is'the difference between G-7 and G-8 groups? (a)

Russia is included in G-7 but not in G-8

(b)

Russia is included in G-8 but not in G-7 ,: ,China is included in G-7 but not in G-8 China is included in G-8 but not in G-l " I.

(c) (d)'

86;

Which of the fo'liowir;-g'statements hold true regarding G-7? I",••.. I. European' Union is represented in G-7 ,. .r ,) II. China is represented in G-7' (a)

Only I

InternationalOrganizations A.18~ .

'Chapter3

A!"184

,III ,:i,!

(b) (c) (d) 87.

,

88. I,

89.

94.

The Colombo

"

~IIf

. (b) (c) (d)

'~I

1

90.

(b)

"H I'" ill

'I

(d)

91.

95.

Forum for C09pe'rative Economic and .Social Development in Asia and the Pacific Commonwealth Conference on Foreign Affairs ' Conference on Social Development in Asia . Conference for Economic Development in Asia an9 Pacific

The Colombo Plan for Coop,erative Economic . Developmentin Southeast Asia The CololT1bo Plan for ,

96.

97.

(c) (d)

Cannot include'Non-' Commonwealth countries Includes Non~Commonwealth ,countries

~,' ~1.~~~i

92.

of the

following

(a)

Canada'

(b) (c) (d)

Jamaica Peru Haiti

. ;~>:Jol

co"untries is

NqTa"memberof,Colombo (a) (b) (c) (d)

,i

.J

Pakistan

,.

The OEEC was established

"Saudi Arabia

,':,

Which of the following true for the OEGD?

___

98.

Myanmar",.l!. Malaysia Philippines

V','

(a) .

i and

(b) (c) (d)

II and III III and I I, II and III, '

Which of

,

~'. I'

Lao Cambodia Thailan,d

,.Ii

Has been virtually establishf1l W~s cancelled . ''in.

(c) (d)

Has postponecttill VVasneiler envisro'ned'

nl

,

tries provide DECD? I.UK. II. USA

...-,;.

(c) (d)

Taiwan Philippines

tim

,

'f}'

(a) (b) (c)

(d)

country ' • - .•.

is ,"

two counmost ofthe budget of ." .

'~ ' ~1

(a)

International

start

f'l--';":<j

(b)

The International Conference on Human Rights, ;961 The 'Appeal for Amnesty 196' The First Internatio'nal Conference for Providing Amnesty,1961 ,;C Npne pfthese

(c) (d)

.

(a)

Jakarta'

(b) (c) (d)

SingaporeJ9 Bangkok' Manila

h'

,'to , lj' 106. The idea of Red Cross: was in~ ducedby , 'iN (a)

Solferino Plateo

(b) (c) (d)

Henry Qunant Alfred Midantle '( , Senomane Limbart Committ~~'

Stockholm New York Geneva

(d)

London

(a) (b) (c) (d)

..

(b) (c) ,

(d)

,.0

,

I"

Does not re~~gnize Interpol

~

of

state-

Islamic

Had a charter which was scrapped in 2008 Adopted a charter in 2008 Had a constitution which was . . scrapped . Adopted the constitution

,~

•• st"bn

,

"

(a) (b)

:.

(c)

Germa'ny

(d)

Non~.
(a) (b) (c) (d)

)

.

.

country

is

.

,

(a) (b)

"Israel!:"'" ~outh Sudan'

1.

" '1>,.

is. NOT one of the origiof the Treaty of Izmir.

~~

(a) (b) (c)

.~

Iran Pakistan lTurkey I.

"

j.

KuWait

"

"

(a)

'IMF World Ban'k .

(b)

HMF, WTO: Doha Round

(c) (d)

,World Bank, ~TO, IB~9 . r •.• IMF, World Bank, UNESCO. _

'.

I

.

"

I ,~,( ,

Brussels Strasbourg Paris Geneva

.

I

,-

(- . .

•: .

125. Which ofthe follOWing states are onglrial signatories'ofth~ Antarctic Treaty? I. II. III. IV.

Australia Bulgaria China 'France

1.' ~., . .,

I

•.. \"",

V. India

of E"uropehas. its'headquar-

',.

,.'

'. f

r

(a)

;1 a!1d IV,

(b) '(c) (d)

,1I,andlll', 'III and IV' ,II and V,

•• 1 I

.

-"

126. The Secretarii\tof the Antarctic Treaty (a) (b)

Important Treaties

.....;.

..

,

122. Which of tne following'countries has sigried the Nuclear.Non;,Proliferation Treaty?, . '.' ' , I

;

120. Which of the following treaties reI>' resents the oniy binding commitment in a multilateral treaty to the goal of disarmament by the nuclear-weapon States?

in

.

124. Which., 'of followings combination . belongs to Bretton 'Woods's institute ? I

are one and

U~it~d Kingdorri" 'Norway',

119.. Council ters in

2008

"'I

It allows few privileged

(d)

part oftheEurope~n Union but NOT part ofthe Council, of Europe?

Recognizes Interpol as a sovereign organization

IMF grants loans to the central bank of a country

of the~

Council of Europe is part of the European,Union Council ofElI'rc>pe and

118. Which 'of the following

(d)

(c)

123 . .i.-.:..

E~ropean Union is pirt of the Council of Europe None ofthese

(d)

IMF grants loans only to member countries .

is not

117. Which of the following statements hold true for the CO\lncil of Europe?

J.

(c)

India already/pos'sess nuclear weapons " ..•.• .

nal signatory

(c)

IMF grants lo'ans to, any country

(b)

(c) Pakistan (d) . Afghanistan

European:council ,the same ,

Recognizes.'~terpol as an Intergovernmental ..;. Organisation .

,Pakistan has not signed ~he treaty. ,.. :, ...

'..

Nigeria Iran Iraq Bangladesh.

(b)

Nuclear Non-Proas, discriminatory

count;i~s to possess ~uclear weapons, '(d) . 'USA and Russia h"as'refus~d to . , d sign the treaty ",~I'

a member of the Orgariization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC)?

r

IMF grants loans to only developed'countries.

(a)

L il'

The Charter of Paris for New Europe , The BudapestSummit of Heads of State or' Government The Chartero{ Budapest for New Europ'e .'" .

116. Which of thefollciwingc~untries

Recognize~l~terpol as non-governmental Organisation"

113,The Organisation Cooperation

Cross is based at';::!: (a) (b) (c)

The Helsinki Final Act.

(a)

(b)

[L

.9

107. Internatio'~al

Only I Only II Both I and II Neither I n9rll

ments is correct,.~egarding the Inter" national Monetary F'und'(IMF)? . (a)

. (a)

',I :"

(a)

(d)

112. Which one of the' following

'I,

121. India considers 'iiferation Treaty because,

Robert Hamilton'. .. Richard Hamilton Richard Ja'mes.Powell. Robert Baden Powell' .

(b)

111. The United Nations

105. Headquarters ot'Asian DevelopmeBank are at . .' • .,' 1,~

j"

1 '.

Brunei Singapore

with,;~

facts hold

part of the OECD (a) India (b) Brazil (c) , 'China (d) Turkey.

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Sir Sir . Sir Sir

(c)

IMF UNCTAD WIPO FAO

I. The idea of INTERPOL was born in 1914 at the first International Criminal Police Congress II. Interpol was created in 1923 as the International Criminal Police Commission ~... . .. ,. '.

2030

and Guides, was started by

115. CSCE was changed into OSCE by

true regarding the origin of the Interpol?

,,:~.~1

been

Vatican Bhutan Ethiopia Sudan

110. Which of the following statements hold

1"';+.;

(a) (b)

104. The Amnesty

II

the follo,yving

(a) (b) (c) (d)

to join ASEAN is

Vietnam

(a) (b) (c) (d)

109. Which of the following 'Organization need not submit a formal request to the WTO for observer status?

103. Which of the foliowingCcountry NOT part of the ASEAN?, ,)

II. Russia is negotiating to become a member of.the 6ECD III. Japan was one of the founding members of OECD

IV. Canada

~

originally

investment

ill. Japan

USA Taiwan

countries

,\)\

,I

Plan? , '

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~< ,

.

102. ASEAN free trade area

99. Which of the following

Which ~ofthe'following'

(b) (c) (d)

. Indonesia,

"',4:,Scouts

negotiations? (a) (b) (c) (d)

is NOT one: of t~ie foundi~

101. The last country

,

Doe's'hot include , Commonwealth 'coimtrieS

(a)

I. The OECD countries account for ,80%' of the World's trade and

Plan

(b)

of

1826-27 1889-90 194D-45 1948-49

Which

l1~r

members of the ASEAN:

The First International Conference American States. was h~ld in

108. Which of the following observer of the WTO need not.start accession

.".I"J

III and IV IV and I

100. _'__

(a) Mitigating the losses suffered by third world countries during World War II (b) Restructuring economies of former British colonies (c). , Implementing the Security Council, uN's.directive Running the Mars~all Plan (d)

SoutheastAsia The Colombo Plan for Cooperative Economic and Social Development in Asia arid the Pacific ' . .

tannotinclud~ .Co rn rno nwealth, cOLIntries

(d)

for

Cooperative Economic Devel~ph'Jentin Souti:l and East Asia ,The Colombo Plim for Cooperative Economic "Development in South 'and

(a)

(c)

joined OASJast?

Plan was conceived at

The Colombo

India Nepal

. (d)'

"

(c)

(c) (d)

(c)

Colombo Plan was originally known as (a)

Thailand Sri Lanka, ..

(1~,

(ci) l'and'II'" (b) , II and III '

Plan's Secretariat. is

(a) (b)

(a) (b)

The G-7 nations are the ,

(a)

,,'

Germany Italy France UK

Largest ~ations. of the world (a) Wealthiest nations of the world (b) (c) , Smallest nations of theworld Greatest nations. of the world (d)

i':II'I; ill'

The Golcimbo located in.

The first summit of G-7 was held in (a) (b) (c) (d)

iii!:

93.

Onl)'lI: Both I and II Neither I nor II

. (a) (b) (c)

Aht'arCticTreaty '. The Treaty of Rarotonga' The Comprehensive NuclearTest-Ban Treaty

(d)

The Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of NuClear Weapons

~

(c) (d)

Was established in 2008 Was'shifted to Argentina in 2008 " Was shifted from Geneva in 2Q08 Was closed in 2008

127. Which of the following treaties is also k.nown as Washington Treaty? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Izmir Treaty Libya Accord Antarctic Treaty Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty

_

!...••••

,

I

, ii,'

li'lf

i

II

j'.f

Chapter 3

A.186

(c) (d)

128. Kyoto Protocol is

. I

I

I I"

(a) (b)

A binding treaty . A non-binding international

(c)

agreement A convention

(d)

cal weapons A convention

131. The First Commitment

period for Kyoto Protocols ended in/will end in

on use of chemi-

(a) (c)

on use of nuclear

I:,

(c)

1992 2005

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) 1995 (d) 2010

130. Which

of the following is NOT a mechanism of Kyoto protocol (a) (b)

Washington Treaty Russian Accord •

134. Which

(b) 2012 (d) 2020 is the first signatory to

withdraw

129. The Kyoto Protocol came into force in (a)

2010 2016

132.

energy I

(c) (d)

Joint implementation Emissions Restrictions

of the foll,
from the Kyoto Protocol. (c)

India Canada Russia North Korea

(d)

The decisions are taken by' pie majority .~ The decisions are taken by cial majority . ,

,,,~:P,w(~dge

The decisions are taken by unanimous agreement The decisions taken by ori signatories are binding on the members

'<'.>"

'L,~ ~) ..

(a) (b)

.'-',

Kyoto ProtoCol Libya Accord

J.'

HI'hlighteci .
'~I! ,I'

,1'111 '

,,1,1'

.1,li

l:.,r~'

Answers

r,4

-' Topic.wise Assessment 1. (a) 11. (c) 21. (d) 31. (a) 41. (c) 51,. (d) 61. (a) 71. (a) 81. (b) 91. (d) 101. (c) 111. (b) 121. (c) 131. (b)

3. (d) 2. (a) 13. (d)' 12. (a) 23. (a) 22. (c) 33. (d) 32. (a) 43. (c) 42. (b) 53. (b) 52. (c) 63. (d) 62 ..(a) 73. (c) 72. (c) . 83. (a) 82. (d) 92. (d) .93. (b) 102. (a) 103. (c) 113. (b) 112. (c) 122. (d) . 123. (d) 132. (b) 133. (b)

til

,e-, l

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54.

(b) (b) (d) (a) (b) (a)

64. (t)

74. 84. 94. 104. 114. 124. 134.

(a) (b) (b)

(b) (d) (a) (c)

5. (c) 15. (b) 25. (b) 35. (b) 45. (d) 55. (d) 65. (d) 75. (d) 85. (b) 95. (a) 105. (d) 115. (b) 125. (a)

6. (a) 16. (a) i6. (b) 36. (c) 46. (a) 56. (a) 66. (a) 76. (a) 86. (a) 96. (d) 106. (b) 116. (d) 126. (a)

7. (b) 17. (c) 27. (a) 37. (d) 47~ (b) 57. (c) 67. (a) (a) 87. (c) 97. (a) 107. (c) 117. (d) 127. (c)

n.

8. (t)

18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88.

(c) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (b) (b) 98. (d) 108. (a) 118. (d) 128. (b)

,,~, . 11..-.,.. £ .•"..";;:(,{. '<'.9' '1" "",~

of

'.,">::_

.'Religions of the World

d

'-Y.

";

',.:

• Books

~.~

.....\'~;'l

iopl~<'1J '''J''..J

\lIk";; ,.J.',

<"'P'

.

'if.' .,.. (.'-... t

'i':~.~('>~"~.,.~',f1"

~

~';World'sGreat Personalities (Who's,Wno) 1,:,.

'

"

'<

.,v,:'t""

'>;x;4

{""f

:

,:

.'{"

(a) .li+' 10..,.~) PlominentE~onomists. ",,". i~ '. '''~.( 3 ~ (b) .,20.~ ,)~ SchoolsofThought .. c .' 30.,0)"; . ' . t, • .In"'"ooonol Aworos and Honours (d) .,. 40. ~ .."..' . (d) ... ~50. (, (a) 60. (, (b) . 70. (I (b)n' 80.( LANGUAG~S (b)'J' 90.(, (b)~100. The World'sMost Widely Spoken Language there are over (b) 1\'.'110. (, 7 billion people in the world speaking over' 9000 119. (b) " 120. (I languages and dialects. Over I billion spea),
9. 19. 29. 39. 49. 59. 69. 79. 89. 99. 109.

. ( ) .'.'o

~I~I

.•. 'fl

;)" I

'I'

• Sports • Introduction of Events in the Olympics

~:';';'k~~:1' ,cO'

". Well-known Freedom Fighters

.r-:'

Top20 Language: Number estimates for world's top 20 spoken languages is 2000 (given in millions). The estimates are based on the number of mother tongue (first language) speakers and do not include ~cond-language totals, which in many cases are conSiderablyhigher (e.g., English 5800+).

• Abbrevi~~o9S';L. ..'.'. ". '. Import~n!P6Irtical'P~rties:;i' v

.Interrlcitional, Airlines ofthe World • Miscellaneous Information

Vocabulary The language with the ri~hest vocabulary is English, having more than 4,50,000 words and <mother 3,00,000 technical terms. However, an individual uses only about 60,000words o~ an a~~rage. Maximum Number of Alphabets The script of the Cambo"" dian language contains 72 alphabets; ,i '.>

Oldest Indian Language Tamil is said to be the oldest Indian language and considered purely Dravidian in origin. , . The below table depicts ranks of .languages spoken. ,

I Rank 1

Mandarin

t 2 3

~~.-=--

languages (Spoken)

English

-

Spanish

Chinese

(40?)_ (332)

(885)

~,., '. i-

j

(Continued) I

,~

J

'",

't"!,:~_."~_,,>

"",'-,'

/~

~fr.~;

. .

..•..A .... "",0' .'.. '.' '~,.'..)

"

?'

I':

,

133. Tripoli Agreement is also known as

International Emissior:\sTrading Clean Development Mechanism

.,''"

\I!

..

;;~

Chapter 4

A.i88

,I

I iii

! Rank i

1.:" "' Main Language

Languages [Spoken)

4

H!~~l~O)

5

Arabic (200)

w~~ Urd~

"J

236

"

l!-Itai~__

Portuguese(175)

II,

7

Bengali (468) '~-'yo_w,.""""'_'"""",,,-_"":_-'_'''''

.

.__ .__

,_._.w_,

~ ~~~O,OO,OO~

__ ""'~_~_._........____

__

Gilo-~ah~~an_

--'-_'''''''.:_,''.'''',",,''''''''-''''~''.'''

Russian(170) M,

.~

"

:.~"~~

9

Japanese (125)

°

- .. ~"""'-'''''~''-v.''-''

German (1 00)

_ .._-.,.'"'-,._-,-_ .. '-'_.- .~~ Wu Chinese (91)

11 12 13

I

I

r'-

!I

"II" ;'1"1

,I "

.••.•.,-

"'-oj>'._'--'-'-'>""'--'~'''',"-

_--

..

19

Italian (57)

20

VueChinese (coxtony)

<.'''''~''''"~''

Indo-European

~~in9"::Tibe~r:

'~'

V''''I'"''''''_''« __ '

Families

---

I

.. .,--"'-~....,.-

I'--

__=:="-'="=~.~-_~ .

:>6,QO,0001 35,00,000 ~.!,QO,0061 30,000

--~7"--"~~-18,00
The Book Printed in all Popular Scripts The Bible, the holy book of Christians, has been printed in the maxi. mum number of languages and their scripts. The oldest mechanically printed book is also the Biblethe Gutenberg Bible~printed in Germany. Th Bible is also printed in Pitman shorthand, making i the only religious book ever printed in a shorthandl script. '

'

~

• _._,-

Afro-Asiatic.._'"'.~w.,."''"''-"''~,,,_,~'"..__y._._' ..__'' .._.

'''

"

__

Japanese

,.1 ,0~8g!..00,000

26,90,00,000

"

.'

25,00,00,00

•.. _.... ~._.

j

The Oldest Printed Book The oldest printed work in th world, which dates back to 868 CE, is the Hiraka Dia; mond Sutra, a Sanskrit treatise translated into Chit nese. Its paper scroll is 480 cm x 30 c~ in size~' •

WAfro-Asiatic WAlgonquian []] AIIaic WAndean-Equatorial , ,I []] AustralianAboriginal LEI Austro-Asiatic

WAustronesian Aztac-anoan" Caucasian [1Q] Dravidian Eskimo-Aleut [12J Ge-Pano-Carib

W

W [ll]

[1ID

Hokan [iillindo-European ~ Indo-Pacific ~ Japanese Khoisan ~'Korean

I11J

1..?~~0,0

12,80,00,000

Figure A.4.1

um Macro-Chibchan ~

[gQ]

Macro-Siouan [g}J Na-Dene [2gJ Niger-Congo ['@] Nilo-Saharan Oto-Manguean

~

[llJ ~ ~

:1

Palaeosiberian ~2 Penutian Sino-Tibetan Tai Uralic

'iil

i

I "

111 :,L

1M]

World language Families

World's Largest Epic The world's

largest epic is the Mahabharata, the Sanskrit epic written by Veda Vyasa around 1000 BCE. It has 1,00,000 verses and chronicles the war between the children of two brothers, Pandu and Dhritarashtra. The Bhagavad Gita is the, most valuable component of this epic, and the holy book ofthe Hindus. '

SmallestPrinted Boof The smallest bound, prm:teq book

published in Denver, Colorado (USA), in 1976,

is 'Old King Cole', a children's story book, published in 1985 in Strathclyde. It is printed on 22 g paper measuring 1 mm x 1 mm. The pages of this book can be turned only by' the use of a needle.

The Longest Novel The longest novel ever published ~

ThickestPrinted Book The thickest book on record was

Les Hommes de bonne Volante (Man of Goodwill) writ ten by Louis Henri Jean Farigoule of France in 1885, It has 27 volumes. Its English version has 14 volum and 4959 pages (1933).'

produced by Peter Troendle of Basic, Switzerland. It has a cover size of only 5 cm x 4.5 cm but a thickness of2.75m, F~gure5.1 dep,icts world language families. " . Figure 5.2 depicts Indo-European languag~ famIly,reflecting geographical distribution.

The Largest Book The largest book, the Super Book~ which is 270 cm x 300 cm and weighs -252 kg, Wasl

_

20,60,00,000

Niger-Congo

! Dravidian

I

2,50,00,00,000

r-~.-~~-"--'--'

I

"~

Speakers

Austronesian

III

~

-"

Estimates of the number of speakers in the main language families of the world are shown in the following table (the list includes Japanese and Korean, which are not clearly related to any other language).

IMain Language

i'l

__,,

78,00,000

Remaining areas contain isolated, unclassfied. or unknown languages-or no speakers at all

Language Families: Number of Speakers

,

___ ,,_

LKh~isa~_. .. Australian aborigine [fb~berian--'-.

Tamil (65)

~

" ii' "1 "

Miao-Ya~__

",~~-_._-"--""-"""--'~-"-'---

BOOKS

Marathi (65) ~

i18

j

:--

Indo-Pacific

----

French

17

:i

I', 'I,

..

Caucasian

2,~2,o'O,00 2,40,00,000

Telugu(73)

16

1'1

1

(73)

15

I

1

",",""'._'''''--'-'-''''''-'.-

14

"'.....,ill'.I.!

l'

Japanese (75) - ~- '-."-' "-'. ~- Korean (75) ~.

'~"Ii!

-

,j

~~~'00'001

L~o_~_~~~~~;~i~~:~t~, cen:r:~",a~d ,,

X~_-__',,,,,,'-""""-'_"""",.,." .. '-" ~., .... _._.. .. ".. '__ .v

1

i

Uralic

r:----~~"-" ..,,-"._-"----"-."i

.__ '_-~<.

_4,._

_~

7,50~00,000 7,50,00,00d 6,00,00,000

Korean

"

8

A.i89

World Language Families

Speakers

"_._~,_,~~,,_~_

l-~ ~

'I

Ii:,

~.'~

Austro-Asiatic

6

Families

ITai

I' 'I

General KFlowledge

\

The Author with the Largest Number of Published Boo~s Mrs, Mary Faulkner of Africa, popularly known a~ Kathleen Lindsey (1903 to 1973), had 904 publish€' novels to her credit. " .,. l'

Ancient Book Displayed A 1600-year-old Coptic Psalter, one of the world's most ancient books, went on disp~ayfor the first time on September 14, 1992. It was diSCoveredin 1984 in the grave of a young girl in a

Christian cemetery, south of Carro. The 490 page book of Psalms is elegantly handwrltteil~w~th~?c~boo'and dark-brown iron-based ink. The pages mea~~re 17 cm x 13 cm. It was found tucked like a pillow under the head of the girl who was about 12 years. It dates back ",'.' "1 to the late fourth century. " .,

•

,

~~

-,

~

I

Most Expensive Book The highE'st priCe paid l for .any book is £8.14 million for the 226 leaf. manuscript, The Gospel Book of Henry the Lion: Duke of Saxony, ,in London on December 6,1983. ~J

l'

I

'~

Largest Advance paid to an Auihor~ A Suitable" Boy,

'

~,'

,.

a 1349

page novel writtE'n by Indiil's'Vikram Seth and published in 1993, which took eight,years -to compile, garnered the largest advartce in publishing history for a first novel by any writE'r. In' England, Phoenix House (Orion) paid £2,50,006 ~diil America; Harper Collins paid $6,00,000: J:K.' Rowl~g ea.'med $300 million during year 2007 owrng'to 'success of her Harry Potter Franchise, thank to hefty advancesJiinpressive sales and silver screen adaptations. Since-1998, when she first launched Harry' Potter" and ,the .sorceser stone' she has done six sub" sequent books and the series Ian sold 375 million phas copier.

,..........~

'

i

,I

A.190

General Knowledge

Chapter 4

[BrYth0r¥] , I Btythonic cots Gaelic Manx Gaelic

Baltic

Aish ~ig,SUJar 'reton

I Celtic I Continental

/I~

Berian

Gaulish

.,

I

Cumbrian Welsh Comish

o

PROTO INDO-EUROPEAN

V GaJatian

English West Frisian Flemish

"

Dutch

AnatoleFrance (1844 to 1924)

ril

Inc;lo••l:iuropean Language Family, refecting Geogr:aphical Distribution

,I

0-

0

",

'.

Gothic German

I

French Occitan Catalan Spanish Protuguese

1 '

Pahari Dardic

South-west Gujarati Marathi Konkani Maldivian Sinhalese

I

I

Figure A.4.2

I'

~ ::1'

r

I .,;

• An education isn't how much you have Committed to memory, or even how much you know. It's being able to differentiate between what you know a~d what you don't.

Indo-European Language Family, reflecting Geographical

BCE)

• Eureka! Eureka! (I have found it.)

Midland Rajasthani Bihari HindVUrdu

Aristotle(384 to 322

v

BCE)

• Plato is dear to me, but dearer still is, truth.

Distribution

• Virtue is a mean state between two vices, the one of excess and other deficiency. • The roots of education are bitter, but fruit is sweet.

• A child is a person who is going to carryon what you have started ....the fate of humanity is in his hands. • Just as I would not like to be a slave, so I would not like to be a ma,ster. • A Government is of the people, by the people, and for the people.

Admiral Nelson (1758 to 180~) • Thank God, I have done my duty. • England expects every man to do his duty.

Albert Einstein (1879 to 1955) • For us physicists, the distinction between past, present~ and Nture is only an illusion. • It shouldJbe possible to explain the laws of . physics to a barmaid. • 'The .significant problems we face cannot be solved at the same 'level of thinking we were at when we created them.

'!

I

~

t.

•

I.

• The efficient man is the man who, thinks for himself/.and is capable of thinking hard and long. - ~":

• A time will come when men will stretch out their eyes. They should see planets like our Earth.

Cicero (106 to 43

BCE)

• The good of th~ people is the chief law.

, David Thoreau"Henry (181 ~ to 62) • It takes two to speak the truth-one and the other to hear.

to speak

• Man is, by nature, a political animal. • The goal of war is peace; of business, leisure.

Abraham lincoln (1809 to 1865)

l.j

'I

i

Famous Quotations

Charles W. Eliot (1834. to 1926 )

A.191

Christopher Wren,(1632 to 1723)

AncientIndian Proverb

Archimedes(287 to 212

ni

North-west

Panjabi Lahnda Sindhi

West and

I

. ..:

• Treat the earth well: it was not given to you by your parents, it was loaned to you by your children. We do not inherit the Earth from our Ancestors, we borrow it from our Children.

Yiddish

Afrikaans

:i!

Ii

• Great spirits have always found violent opposition from mediocre minds., ,f. • Only strong characters can resist the temptation of superficial analysis. . • Never stop questioning. {I • The grand aim of all science is to co~er the greatest number of empirical facts by,}ogical deduction from the smallest number of hypotheses or axioms.

Albert Gyorgyi (1893 to 1986)

.J

• Discovery consists of seeing what everybody has seen and thinking what nobody has thought. "

• Swaraj is my birthright and I will have it.

BenjaminD'israeli (1804 to 1881) • The wisdom of the wise and the experience of the ages are perpetuated by quotations. • The wisdom of the wise and the experience of the ages may be preserved by quotation.

BenjaminFranklin (1706 to 1790) • Power, Poetry, and new Titles of Honour, make Men ridiCulous.

BCE

• Opinion says, hot and cold, but the reality is atoms and empty spa<;e. ' ' . 'l"\J t~,,,; ,

Dr Beverly Crusher, from Star Trek • If there is nothing wrong with me, maybe there's something wrong with the universe.

Dr John G.,Hibben (1916 to 1995) • Education is the ability to meet life's situations.

EdwinAldrin (b. 1930) • We have come to the conclusion that this has been far more than three men on the voyage to the moon. We feel that thi~ stands'as asy'inbol of the insatiable curiosity of all mankind to explore the unknown.

Emerson

,

I

l

...,

Bismarck(1815 to 1898)

Aldous Huxley (1894 to 1963) • Every man who knows how to read has it in his power to magnify himself, to multiply the ways in which he exists, to make his'life full significant, and interesting. '.

Alexander, the Great (356 to 323

Balgangadhar Tilak (1856 to 1920)

Democritus, 460

BCE)

~ ,L.-;

• I am dying with the help of too many physicians.

• Blood and iron.

CarlSchurz (1829 to 1906) • Ideas are like stars: you will not succeed in touching them with your hands. But like the seafaring man on the desert of waters, you choose them as your guides, and following them you will reach your destiny.

Francis Bacon (1561 to 1626)

"'

• Reading maketh a full man, conference a ready man, and writing an exact man. "',1

r:

,.••

'

I

• Some books are to be tasted, others' to be swallowed and some few to 1:>echewed and digested.

\ ..Jy:-:-

~'

""""""____________________

J....•••••

~i

il.If.

,1

!!,I

A.192

Chapter 4

Hobbes (1588 to 1679)

Fronk Tyger • Discoveries are often made by not following .instructions; by going off the main road; by trying the untried.

T

.~

l:"

• Belief in truth begins with doubting all that has hitherto been believed true.

Galileo Galilei (1564 to 1642) • In question of science, the authority of a thousand is not worth that humble reasoning of a single individual. • Nevertheless, it moves (referring to the earth).

George Arnold (1834 to 1865)

Immanuel Kant (1724 to 1804)

George Bernard Shaw (1856 to 1950) • We must always think about things, and we must think about things as they are, and not as they are said to be. • 1 often quote myself. It adds spice to my conversation. • The power of accurate observation is commonly called cynicism by those who have not got it. • The more things a man is ashamed of, the more respectable he is.

• Life is not a spectator sport...If you're going to spend your whole life in the grandstand just watching what goes on, in my opinion you're wasting your life. .j

Jacob Neusner (1932)

• You do not need to justify asking questions. But if you think you have found answers, you do not have the right to remain silent. _

James Madison (1751 to 1839)

0

• Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.

Goldsmith (1730 to 1774) • whe~e w'~alth accumulates, men decay. • Wisdom makes but a slow defence against trouble, though at last a sure one.

Greek Proverb

• Knowledge will forever govern ignorance: and people who mean to be their own governors, must arm themselves with the power,which knowledge gives.

Jawaharlal Nehru (1889 to 1964) • Freedom is in peril. Defend it with abl,your might. r • Play the game in the spirit of the game. • ... the light that shone intms country was an ordinary light ... for that light represented the living truth ... .•

Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712 to 78) • Man is born free, and everywhere he is in chains.

Jean Riboud • Think for yourself. Whatever is happening at the moment, try to think for yourself. ,~

Jesus Christ (at the time of crucifixion) • Eli, Eli Lamma Sabcathani (My God, My God, 1 why hast Thou forsaken me) 00

0

'.

• Be led by reason.

Jesse lee Bennett G.W.Crone

J;

• There is no future in any job; the future lies in the man who holds the job.

.,

John Keats (1795 to 1821) • Beauty is truth, truth beauty. That is all ye know on earth, and all ye need to know, • I would sooner fail than not be among the greatest.

John Locke(1724 to 1804) • No man's knowledge here can go beyond his experience.

John Stuart Mill(1805 to 1873) • Liberty consists in doing what one desires.

.1

George Santayana (1863 to 1952)

',W.'i\i~

• A thing of beauty is a joy forever.

Jackie Robinson (1919 to 1972)

It

• The living need charity more than the dead.

Johann Wolfgang VonGoethe (l749,to;1 83Mk,'

• Take care of your body with steadfast fidelity. The soul must see through these eyes alone, and if they are dim, the whole world is clouded.

• Knowledge is power.

• Happiness is not an ideal of reason but of imagination.

Friedrich Nietzsche (1844 to 1900)

I '

GeneralKnowledge A.193

,

"I1,1 !,Ij

r

I~

• Booksare the compass and telescopesand sextants and charts which other men have prepared to help us navigate the dangerous seas of human life.

Jonathan Swift 0667 to 1745) • When a true genius appears in the world, you may know him by this sign, the dunces are all against him.

J.W.von Goethe (1749 to 1834) • Man errs so long as he strives. • Mediodrity has no greater consolation than in the thought that genius is not immortal.

KohlilGibran (1883 to 1931) • Yes, there is a nirvana: it is in leading your sheep to a green pasture, and in putting your child to sleep, and in writing the last line of your poem.

lal Bahadur Shastri' (1904 to 1966) . • Jai'JawanJaiKisan ...

ro, ,''"

~\ \

r ~

I!

0,

'", .• ,

,'i"

..

• We have now to fight for peace 'with the same courage and determination as' we fought against aggression. ,~,: 'I " ,

lord Byron (1788 to 1824) • Whom the gods love die young.

I"

Mahatma Gandhi (1869 to 1948):

0

• You may never' know what results come of your action, but if you do nothing there will be . no result.

.0 Throughout

the Nstory of JPiimkindthere.have been murderers and tyrants; and while it may seem momentarily that they have' the 'upper hand, they have always fallen. Always.

• You must be the change you wish to'see in the world. • Truth and non-violence are my G04: .•. . • Untouchability is a crime against God and mankind. ' ~',

.~

• Swaraj had 'stunk in the nostrils' and that without adequate discipline and restraint on the part of the people the movement had proved to be a 'Himalayan Task'. • Do or die.

Mao TseTung (1893 to 1976) • Let a hundred flowers bloom and let a thousand schools of thoug~t cont~nd.

Michael Corleone, in The Godfather.

.

.~~.

• Keep your friends close, but your, enemies closer.

KorlMarx (1818 to 1883) • Religion is the opium of the people. • The cl~$sstruggle necessarily leads to the dictatorship of the proletariat. • The workers have nothing to lose but their chance,'They have a world to gain. The workers of the world unite.

Milton (1608 to 1674) -

"

• Peace Hath her victorious, no less renowned than war .. • Opinion in good menis but knowledge in the making. I .~

LoBruyere (161? to 1696) • Logic is the art of making the truth prevail.

~,

• Better to reign in hell than to serve in heaven.

Mohd AliJinnah (1879 to 19,48) • Direct Action.

I-

1 ,1 11111[1

A'; 194

i!~11 I

Chapter 4

Napoleon (l769 to 1821) • Give us gaad mathers, and I shall give yau a gaad natian.

'1:~1

I Illi

• One small step far men, giant leap far mankind (On stepping an the maan). • Big, bright, and beautiful (Describing the view af the earth from the space).

I

111 I 11

I

Neil Armstrong (b. 1930)

1

:1

,I

',':.,"

~!tl

• The respansibility far this flight lies fram with l;ti.stary and with the giants af science who. proceeded this effart (Farewell telecast from space).

Ni(colo Machiavelli (Florentine Diplomat, died in 1527) • I desire to. go to. hell and nat to. heaven. In the farmer place I shall enjay the camp any af popes, kings, and princes while in latter are anly beggars, manks, and apastles.

/;1

Niles Eldridge (b. 1943) • If yau want to. be ariginal, questian all truths handed dawn to. yau. ':111

Norbert Weiner (1894 to 1,964) :1111

• To. live life effectively is to. live with adequate

infarmatian.

Orville Wright (1871 to 1948) • If we all warkeq an the assumptio.J;lthat what is accepted as true is really true, there wauld be little hape af advance.

Paul Valery (l871 to 1945) • That which. has been believed by everyan,e, always and everywhere, has every chaI\ce af being false.

Pope (l688

'0 1744)

• Knaw them thyself, presume nat Gad to. scan. • The proper study af mankind is man. • Far faals rush in where angels fear to. tread.

Rabindranath Tagore (1861 to 1941) • I am restless, I thirst far the distant, the far away.

General Knowledge

Rudyard Kipling (1865 to 1936)

...

,

"

• I dan't knaw what l J,llayseemt~the warld. But as to.' myself, I seem to. ha,ve been anly like a bay plaY41gan'the seashare and qiverting myself now a,nd then f~ding a smaother pebble ar prettier shell than ardina,ry, whilst the great acean af truth l~y all \.mdiscavered before me.

• Till Earth anq Sky stand presently ~tiGod's great judgment sea,t.L '1j

Sam Houston (1793 tg 1863)

• The benefits af educatianand af useful knowl. edge, generally diffused thraugh a c9.~u, nity, are essential to. the preservatian af' a fre' gavernment. 'J '

Socr(ltes (469 to, 399 BCE)

~1 !!

.

pur-

~.

• I disappra,:e.af what yau say but I will defend to. death yaur right to. say it. • Marri~ge is th~ anly adventure apeJ;l to. th~ timid.

except that facet.1af my, ~, -;

::.'

'.,'

"

-

.'

,.'

• Educatian is nat the fWing af C! pail, b.ut the lighting af a fire.. ,

William Wordsworth (1770 to 1850) • My he~t leaps up- ~~ Child is the father af a man. • The Best P9~tian 0.( a gaad men's life, his little, nameless, unremeJ;llbered acts af kindness and aflave.

?

Noted Works ~y.I~di~~".,th9rs. (Engl~~~)

1m;

I

~m

Abul Kalam Azad

.

India' Wins Freedom

.

.

.gfSingh=- __-=:=._ ~;;;.rK~s.h_~~~~ __ ~~_. --, -. ~ -Iffi,itav Ghosh

• ~ sweetest sangs are thase that tell' af saddest thaught (Ode to. a Skylark).

Wiliam Butler Yeats.. (1865 to, 1939.}.. ....

• If we all did the things weare cap~ble af, we would as.to.U11d awselve~.

"

Shelley (1792 to 1822) "

• Where all think alike~~a anE:;'t1,links ve}y much:

ThomosEdison (l847 to 1931)

Amrita Prita,m.

• The nearer to. the Church, the farther frain God.

Walter lipsman (1859 to 1974)

• The tn:le un).veJ;sitythese days, is a cqUectian af boaks.

.•

~l

• If Ga~ qid na.t ~xist, it wauld be necessary to. inventhim~

ThomosCarlyle (~7?~ to 1881)

• The unexamiped life is nat warth living.,

Sf. Andrews

• The instinct af a man ~s to. p~rsue everything that flies fram "him,and to. fly fra~ a~lthat sue him.

• More things are wrought by prayers th~ this warld dreams af.

,

• Far all aur misfartunes were laid in ane com. man- heap, whence everyaJ;le mU1)t,take ml equal partian, mast peaple wauld be cantent t~ take their awn and depart. .~ • I knaw nathing ignarance.

~ It is dangeJ;9us to. be right when the gave.rn~ rn.~ntis wrang. . :' .

Tennyson(1802 to 1892)

• This was thetr finest haur (British airmeh after the Battle af Britain). ., . "; -q

Voltai~e n694 to 1778)

• Give me blaad, I will give yau freedam.

• I cannat farecast to. yau the actian af 'Russiam It is a riddle wrapped in a mystery ~ide an en.i~a"r\ • It is a go.ad thing far an uned~cated man to read baoks af quatatians. . .'f I.) • I have nathing to. affer bu,t blaad, tail, tears, and sweat. i' .. t

• Give us taals and we will firu,shthe jab.

,

I

SubhoshChandra ~_9.s~(l897 to 1945)

r

Sir Winston Churchill (1874 to 1965)

• The life af man is salitary, paar, nasty, brutish, _and shart: '

• The wh,ale histary af science has been the gradual realizatia~ that events do. na,t happen in an arbitrary ma,nner, but that they reflect a certain underlying arder, which p;tay ar may nat be divinely irlspired.

~ .J

• The mast impartant service rendered bOythe press and the magazines is that af e'ducat. ing peaple to. approach printed matter, with distrust. ." ~.l~'

• If I had r~ad as ,much as ather men, I wauld have knawn no.mare than they.

Stephoen W. Hawking (b. 1942)

~:.>

Samuel Butler (1835 to 1902)

ThQ!l1asHobbes (1588 to 1679)

SirIsooc Newton (1642 tQ 1727)

• East is East' and West is West and never the twain shall meet. ". ~

~. f 95

II,

A~ita Desai Itrag

~.

.

-"

-- ]

De~Jh of a City, Forty Nine Days., Kaga~ Te Canvas, The.Thirteentb Sun

. :.

.

'-. - ....•. '..

..Calcutta Chromosome, Dane.ing in Columbia-At Large in Burma, The Glass Palace, ~--;,~- 'J' Antique Land, The IMAM and the Indian, The Circle of Reason . -~-_ .. ---'A Village by the Sea. ---

Mathur,,-

J. Abdul Kalam

.oo

The Inscrutable Americans, Making the Minister Smile

_---.~-.--.:]

IgnitedMinds, India 2020: A vision for the New Millenniurii;'Wings of Fire

I! III,

u, !I jj

(Continued)

hi

A~ 196

Chapter4

GeneralKnow!edgeA.197

(Continued)

,

IAuthor Arun Shourie

Worshipping False Gods, Courts and their Judgemel)ts, Eminent Historians-TheirTechnology,' Their Line, Their Fraud, Harvesting Our Souls-Missionaries, Their Design, Their Claims

. ">

•..

Work$

.

!,')_.~

••••••

'-

11

~'.

I

Nirad C. Cho~dhury

A Passage to England, An Unknown Indipn, Continent of Cirs~ Scholar,_ExtraocCli~ary,_, _. ~i~duisrn' To ~ire ornot to Hire, The Ho,.seman,(ilndthe ~ew Apocalypse,' ' . ~,~«;

PromillaKalhan

Black

-==#'~=.~~---~<' -J -'

;'~~=~==~~','~::~t:.,~:'!~"~:~ QPremChand -==',::::, +'::':~~l~;)~~gTif;;~~=~".~"-==:,:==.=-~"'===,:

"~7'~'~,;~:.:;~e';'~~~,::

Anandamath, Durgesh Nandini, Kapdlkunda/a

(Continued) " .,'"

'~#"ry>,-,~-

~

it RaviShankar Rabindra NathTagore Dr Amartya Sen

Poverty and Famines: An Essay Choice of- .

D.eepak Chopra

on

Entitlement and Deprivation, Development

-

as

I

:=:=:-~=jh;;)31~~:i~~sp;e~1{~]EY2i-~~~>1i~i~.~fH.~;f!~~ _",."""~_"_~ India Divided

.."~-'"""''''"","-.''''"''-:"""~'""~"~"":7'"'":'"

R,K, Narayani,i

Ageless Body~Timeless Mind, The Ways of the Wizard

__,_>$,_"_. __~

~~~B~~ry~=~~~~_,.,#L1Ej~~g~i~E0~~f~~ Guizar

==

RajKamalJha Ra'endra Prasad

RuthPrawer Jhabwala

The Autumn Moon

Chandalika, Chitrangada, Crescent Moon, Th~ COlirtDancer, Gardener, Gitanjali,'Sing. Dark Chamber, Post Office, Bisarjan

"""""'>'-'

'~'"'"~"""_"_.""~',,'"'

,"';-_'"~~"""_'"_'

'~~'"""'._M"~""'_"'"

ATo"'(n<;alledMalf!udi, MalgudiOays, Indian Thouf!ht:A Miscellany, My Days: •• "A~l~i2fH2:P.U"t£.~[ Sa!!':e..~~LJ!e.,Gui5!J:LI~Ye'!!!2r of.~Wf!~fsL.I~~Bachelor~f Arts Heat and Dust .',--

RohintonMistr'L."", RomilaThapar Salman Rushdie

India '?"'W,~.

Shame, Satanic

SarojiniNaidu SatyajitRay.

r

Javed Akhtar

ShoratChandr~_~,~~,~.~jee ,SirAurobindo SisirKumarGhosh ':$lJnilGavaskar VedMehta VikromSeth V.S, Naipaul

Love, Truthand A LittleMalice, Trainto Pakistan, The Company of Women, Notes on Grebt Indian Circus, Delhi, A Brush with Life, Lights and Sounds of World, Bride for the, Sahibs

'1,1,

, I

Quiver

~ ~

i

~t

~,

'I~

A Loss of EI Dorado, An Area of Darkness, Miguel Street, Among the'Believers: An Islarnic the Centre in a Free Sfate, A Bend the River. i, 1,,'~lirrIi

AncientClassical Writers

J

\1

. L. K: Advani '

Portrait of India

v.v. Giri ~

and Today A Prisoner's SCf'apboc)k

Devdas

v)

;'~~99~ijt~~1>l~;'',Irt\~tc*l1.~,,~i\'ipg~()!'k$ A

d

~I '~

Aeschylus Maithili Sharan Gupta,

I'

Bharat Bharati, Saket

[~~gr=~;~9~=~~~r==f~='.~i~~i[&~~~~~,~~d;1F;f~5i~!!:=::.=,~"."", ,.,'.,', ..... I ,.1.

i~~l:~~~~l~~t:~,"iJ~.J:e.eBrid .;;,. 1

~';r~fAd"~r.. . .... -

I Nayantara Sehgal : Nihal Singh tf.,.,.

.. .':;.1"~~"'~~i:.J, ,,It

a;;;,k.;XS;;;;';:'~fi,; C;;;/;;;-The

Indira Gandhi's Emergence And $tyle, A. YQice of FreedQriI Indira's India

~ ....-w-'

(Continue~

525-456

BCE

Greek dramatist

Aesop'-620:.$6~~b~'-""-<;?'t;~-d;t~h;~t~t,."", ", ;'.M,oraltales Amoruka 7th century CE Sanskrit Poet ,. M.."."..";"',".",."

o.c'..

"'"

.".

, - o.m._~

He wrote about 90 plays, Important ones are: Prometheus Unbound, The Persians, ,The,Seven agai~~t Thebes, Oresteia" .."'--'~~;;p's Fdbt;;:'Th';'Toi;;;i;;a n~'the'H~;;, 'Th;F6~'~~d'the ,.,,' ,Grapes, et<;. =,~~ __ .","" ..,,-''''_,_"_,.".""._~ Amaruka Sataka(l 00 stanzas), "

o:.,_.w._'.:_"i"" "~ __._~,_._=~.,.;"._~:.,._-.6.._,,,""',._,.',,~<."'

,._:._.~,..~.__

:>:'.<,_M~"'_''''''',;-.,~'O,~.,'''''=_=~,."' .•m«",.=_.'''''~_.d_.mw''''~.;~:'''om',

._._",..

Aristophane~. . ~~1~~?~~~~~":-~[~~i~~~~~li~~r~c'-"~'~;~:~Ih.!. c:fi~p~tysisi~~L~l~~~.{. p~~~ ..!29~R~~i~2,~ ~~cL£()mic poeU Aristotle 384-322 BCE Greek ethical, Organun, PhysicS; Rhetorics, Politics;The~NiComachean, Ethics metaphysical political and Poetics , .' i< thinker and philosopher .. ... . .. ' 'i-A ~~ ..""' .. ~ghosha 1st century CE Sanskrit Poet Buddhacharita ,,'~,~>.,

""._

.•• ,,,•. ,._

.•. ~.

-_.

_~_'~m_"_'_~"_~m"

'_'"'",-'

(Continued)

~rJ"-::=~----------

If

~

I"

A~ 198

III

Chapter 4

General Knowledge

(Continued)

J\~

IAuthor

Important Surviving Works

Language/Subject

Period

Ij

7th century CE

Sanskrit prose writer

. t:-,

Harshacharita, Kadambari

,_=~-_.._.,_._--

1

@~d~~ahu.~~~ Bharavi

•.. ~~.n.tl!r~~-"..~~~q;skr!t.er~,~;-~

.~..._,u~~a~~~a

6th century CE Sanskrit Poet Kiratharjuneeya _ ...., ~_7t2.~~!1~,;y.~.. __=---:.~~=.~~~~~~~'B~a~ik.~vya.~~;y.of

IBhatti

Bhartruhari

~---_..

.do.

,-_._----- ..... -

.. 5th century CE

..

.

I Bhasa

l_ ..

-do-

.._ ...__..._

Bha~abhuti

8th century CE

r;

I Bilhana

~.~

'~"

Sonskrit. ~19~:i~~t_. Sanskrit dramatist

-------

12 century CE

..

W'O'

••

..... -

Sanskrit prose writer

,If

..

_

'_'4'''_~'

__ '

_~-_.

--.-----.,-.--.

Vikramankadevacparita,

'

-

-.~

Chaurapanchasika

_

'f.

-- --~-.)1'

..• ----_ ... ~.

Language/Subject

..•._..__

~gha .'_ Mahendra Vikraman_

r_.

eentl.lrycE

....,~.,.

.

Sanskrit poet

--~

•.'-~~.~.

,',"

. Janakiharana M

.... .

r

"-~-'-'-_.,,-_

.. ~...

"'--'~"-'''~--.:--''-

..

. ~-,': i n~.~S,1'i:~,2<__...I.,.

-~-'----, .

.------.~.-.-

o

43 BCE-18,CE

Panini

Latin poet

--.'..... ..'..,.

p!,

Patanjali

..", ,..•,"' ...",~L,...'< ..- .. ~«=:.~_

..

f=.,\ . \

I~

Ashtadhyayi (Book of eight cl)apt.ers). .

_"'''''''''''.'''''W

.".'....

2nd century BCt Sanskrit grammarian

~8-347

Plato

~!.ttj.

f,)"~

,~

.,"'-l

1

•.

~l.(

Metamorphoses, Tristia, Amores, Persephone Rapta

4th century BCE..,..~Sanskrit grammarian ---'=--~"-""' .".",,,""'-"."" .,..... ... ,.+,~,'~_.,

BCE

~'T J'

Iii'" I

'.:'J;j~,

~

.

.. .

12th century CE Sanskrit story writer Hitopadesa,(salutary / advice) ':.~ ,"",~t':i.... .~.... ".-' ---. ~-. ~'''''''.'. -.... _ _ .... ._.. _ .---.. _.'-'-.-'" "'--'." . ..~-"-'--~, .--~14th e~~tury CE Sanskrit .. Hammlra Mahakcivya (Epic of Hammira)

Narayana

.

1'1"

I'

.. . .. ;

J

..

.•-'.',

Manusmrithi (The Code of Manu) N:

•

; ....

'...•;d '~~'~'--'l

..",.1.".

(Abduction of Janaki)

Matta Vilasa (Sport of Drunkards)

Sanskrit writer

~~"~.i 1....

\1;

~.-

Sisupala Vadhom (Staying of Sisupala)

-_._.,,.

2000 BCE

Ovid

341-270

Arth6sastra (Sci~r,'ceo(Statec'raft(1' ..',I' . .... : ' ."

._,.

~t..~..::.ntury_~San~rit poet Sonskrit poet

Manu

D

Epicurus " Eurip;d~s I' ...

ImportantSurviving Works

4th century BCE Sanskrit .

--_

Kumaradasa6th -

, __,''' __

_

Period

~Iya Chanakya) (

Nitishataka, Shriniyaran Shataka, Shringarashataka Bhaktishataka ... .._._~....••.... .. He wrote 13 plays, Swapna Vas,!yadoffa, Pratijna y?ug9_n.9~ar.~y..?.n.ClL~haru~c:~Cl'.__ . Malathimadhyava Uttara Ramacharita, Mahavircharita

-~ __

Ra;~r

(Continued) . ~

B Bana

--..

A.199

.••• ~~.

,.""""

Mahabhashyam

B~E '-. G-;;k -~hil~;;h;;--

...•••... ",,.,"',. --".no,,.

_""~_.

_-

__

l

., I ... -"'""'"~""".,,_.

__

r

..

'Jl

'_".

•••

_.

,.j _,, __

(commentary on Panini)

The~R~;blic: A~~iogy ~i-S6c'r~te~',:-Phalcio;Law;:',

i

R Rajasekhara

!

10th' century CE SClnskritpoet

Karpoora:-Manjari (Drama) S

IGunadhya

1st century CE

Hala IHerodotus

Sanskrit writer

1st century CE Sanskrit poet 485 ••425BcE~eek '

l __ ._. __ .__ ...-..-_ ..... .... ~_""""~._' .. __ ,.... _~ _

(Called 'Father of History) IHomer . - 700 BCE

,----""-----_ Horace

..

Sandhyaka~a_.2~t~ Saptasati (seven hundred verses) Work;fudude'---:-'-'~--' ._. .. --'_.-....-~n< .-.__... .. ~. . """"'_~._ ..,__.~. History of the Persian Invasion of Greece

w.__ _...' .. _.

Historian

__ _---- _ _"",----"Greek

..

658 BCE

epic p~~t--~-'Th~llIi~d~he ..

Latin poet

..

"._---,,~

~~~~rt ~E~_~~~.~~~it__ . __ .~... _

.._-,.

Somadeva Subandhu

~t.--...,_

__

._-.-.,....--_

•.._-,._

...~-.

-,""'_.

_!.H~,c~,.,t~rY_.~.t. _ S~!ls.k[it.P9~!.••.. :.-...'''/. 7th century CE

--~

..

__

Sanskrit poet

._""'.,._~.,._ ..,---<"""--._-- ..,.~~., --,

Sudraka

5th century CE

Tacitus

55-120

Vakpati

8th century CE

.. '~~'

_

..._.~

..,~."--",.._

Sanskrit dramatist

O~J'y;;;y--'-~"-

- ---_

I r

12th century

->~--~-.

12th century

Sanskrit

Sanskrit poet

~ --

Jimutavahana

___________

Juvenal .'. (Decimus Junius Juvenalis)

60-140

~_._....__

BCE

v_,..

._ .......••. __ ,

.._--.._ _~_ _.

Dayobhoga (treatise relating to Hindu inheritance) Dharma Sutra . ~_,__ .."~.._~._.",,.~._ .. __ .~. ~__.__ ~ ... ,,_._._. __ .~ ...• ~'v.,__ "

Kalidas

,f"

.12th century CE Sanskrit wriJer. "

Rajatarangini (Riverof Kings)

5th century CE

Malavikaganimitra, Vikr~~;;vasiy~~: Abhijnona Sakunthalam Raghuvamsa, Kumarasambhavam, Meghdootam and Ritusamhara

Sansk~itPoet

~-_.

\,

i

I(~

-I.

.'"

--~_

__

•. _--

.'

.. --_

.

.'

--_

•.., .•••...•, .....•__

"

....•...••.. ~-~ .. -'"1

. --.J

._~ ._.,_

....,.......-.- .-.---.

Mriehhakatika

CE

.,

J

Latin

Germania, Annals'

Sanskrit poet

Gandavadha

Valmiki =.'6th ce~~~Y~~CL'S?~s~rit ~i~P9~!- __ •• ".R?~y~Vatsyayana 5th century BCE San~krit writer Kamasutra Vidyapathi '-1350~1460~~-M~ithiii--..'- ...""-~-Kirtiibth~-Vinjneswara

----

-, .••. ''-~,'"

.• ,,....----~'-.-.

~-=-~~~~~~_ ... _~~ '

-~-=-

, (Continued

Visakhadatta Virgil V' h lSnu SOorma y, ed Vyasa

--

l'l;h

~ent'~r;-~;-S~~~k;it dr;;~ti~t---

j

.•.. ~.-~_.---,--~.,-~,

K Kalhana,,,,

~

-- ..-' --.-.-.-----,--.-----~

.K.'!.!.haSaritsal:1a __ra_._~ Vasavadatta

V

Gita Govinda (Song of Govinda)

Roman satires

Latin poet

.~_

T

- ..

satiresi epodes, odes

J Jaya Deva

R_a_~2,~harit~a.,~., ... _ ..

Sappho __ ,~21h..c:en!u[y.~,qE,gm~tly.r:iS~o~!~~L ..•..~ ..,.lJn.r:~gu,itedJ.~e.~. Sophocles 495-406 BCE Greek playwright Antigone, Oedipus Rex

~ ,

~. --"""'.-

~, -

'~.;7't'

.-6th.c~ntury~~ •..-S~~;kritd~~-~~;~~.--.6.~~i Chandragu~f~~ M~dra Rakshasa---------.---70-'19 B~E '-"-i~ti~-~o~t"'-" ~-Ae-neid, ge~;g~;'r---~ ;c----.. -, '-. ~:r-"

-'----

.. ~"'-~._-----

300 CE

Sanskrit

.... -"~-

.- ..~- ._~_._--_ .._'---.. _..._---. 6th century BCE Sanskrit poet

]

'Mit~ksha;~

'•.... ----.---

Panehatantra

..--.-

"1

...--.,---,.---.---.-.-

_.~ . ._._-.-". __ ... ..- .........,.. __ .• -".".--.Mahabharata (Longest epic in the world, with nearly 100,000 stanzas)

L...•••••

-,., A~200

Chapter 4

GeneralKnowledge A.201

Ancient Books on Science and Medicine ' Atharvaveda (1000 BCE) Treatise on health, longevity, and curative treatment. Hygiene, dietetics, and beneficial effects of milk have also been elaborately dealt with. Bhela Samhita (800 BCE) A codification of medicine scattered in the Vedas.

Agnivesa Samhita (700 BCE) A codification of medicine by Agnivesa (a disciple of Atreya-founder of Ayurveda). ~

I'

Kashyap Samhita (600 BCE}, Deals with paedi~trics. Chivaravastu (500 BCE) Mentions the court physician of Bimbisara (King of Magadha) as a marvellous physician and surgeon. Describes difficult surgical operations, e.g., opening of the brain and eye s'urgery. ." '

1,111

llj

'I

II') IIII

Hippocratic Oath (460 to 370,BCE)

Hippocrates is considered to be the father of western mediCine. The Oath is thought to have been written by the Greek physician Hippocrates. In some medical coll~ges around the world this oath is taken by graduating doctOrs. -

Huangdi Neiching (450 BCE} The first book on medicine in China. 'I

;'";1",1" 1111

Some Famous Foreign Books

I

'Nam, •e of the Important (hora(ters Book

Alice In Wonderland

'III III

L__ .. , ,'~_,' All's Well That Ends Well

Author

' Alice, Ugly Dutchess, March Hare, Mad ,Hatter, Dormouse

pIli Q~i~t-~;Kai;er,FS;ahislau~'- ,r the Western KatzinskY,Muller, I Front Kemmerich,Tjadens,

"

Lewis Carol

;:E;ich M~ri6 Remarque ,

Abl~rt Kropp~!-~,~Ba_u~e~ Count Bertram, Helena, Paralles, Diana

,__

'."'1 !

---.J

I

William Shakespeare

Charaka Samhita (100 CE) A classical exposition Of Indian medicine. It deals with almost all branches oj medicine. Celsus (100 to 200 CE) A treatise on medicine and

SUr.

gery from Alexandria and Rome.

Susruta Samhita (200 to 300 CE) A treatise on Ayurveda like the Charaka Samhita. Susruta is described as a disciple of Dhanwantari.

Some Important Bo~ks

George Bernard Shaw

Antony and Cleopatra

William' Shakespeare

Antony, Cleopatra, Octavius, Caesar, ~lepidus, Octavia Thyreus

l

<

Anand Math A patriotic literary work by Bankim Chandra Ch~tte~ee_ ~~ British Governme~t banned thebook callmg It 'sedItious stuff'. Our nahonalsong Vande Mataram is taken from this book.

Arthashastra One of the greatest treatises of anCient, India on the system of statehood and p~lity in the East,written by Kautilya. .

Vaghata (500 to 600 CE) A concise and scientific exposi. Ain.i.Akbari A biographical sketch of Akbar by Abul tion of Ayurveda in verse form. It is distinguished by its knowledge of chemical reactions and laboratory processes, etc.

Vedukunta (600 to 750 CE) A treatise on the rasa chikitsa system of ancient medicine, which considers mercury as the king of all medicines. It explains various prepa. rations of mercury and other metals, alloys, metallic compounds, salts, and sulphur.

Madhavacharaya (700 to 800 CE) A compilatioh from earlier works of Agnivesa, Charaka, Susruta, and Vaghata and is famous all over India as the best treatise on Ayurveda and diagnosis of disease.

Fazalalong with a treatise on diplomacy; it maintains a c1assicalliterary'standard.

Discoveryof India This was written by Pt Jawaharlal Nehru. It contains a reassessment of Indian history fromthe Vedic period till independence. Gitanjali A collection of soul stirring poems by Rabindranath Tagore, who Was awarded the Nobel Prizefor literature in 19BJor this book. He was the firstIndian to'win the prize. Guide This novel by R. K. Narayan is a combination ofsatire, comedy, and tragedy. It is the most widely knownnovel that won the Sahitya Akademi Award.

IndiaWinsFreedom An autobiography by Maulana Abul KalamAzad' this book was translated into English by Humayun Kabir. It gives an account of India's freedom struggle and partition of the country. About 30 pages of the or.iginal manuscript remained unpublished,as desired by the author, and were kept sealed inmuseums in Kolkata and Delhi. The author desi~ed that these 30 pages be published only after 40 years ofIndia's independence as they contained some controversialmaterial dealing wi~h India's partition. The publishers had to seek the Supreme Court's directivesto publish these pages in 1989. The book has nowbeen reprinted with these 30 pages. Meghdoot A love lyric by Kalidas, Meghdoot, personifiesnature and depicts the love of Yaksha for his lady lovewho is separated from him in his exile. ,~.

My Experiments

And~~c1e~s- -And;~c1es, Megaera and the Lion

;. ~~J,C~~

II

with Truth An

autObiography 'by M. K.Gandhi, in which the author describes his fight againsttemptations and 'confesses' his successes and failures. ' , >

-,'

The Origin of Species Written by Charles Darwin on the ~olution of man, it was a controversial book when publishedbut later on the theory was universally accepted:

RepublicA classic workof literatUre'oy' PlaJb, it consists'of a dialogue between 'Plato and Socrates to find the ,answerto:'what is jtistid~?' : ,.; ':,'~' '~ ,

;"/ , J J~ f1.',

t"

Abhiinana Shakuntalam . A play by Kalidas on the love of Shakuntala and Raja Dushyanta; ifdep~et~ tradihoilai Hindu culture and family life. ',' "r! 'j.J j:~'''''l.'' .. .•

'

J :'

., • ~

•

A Tale of Two Cities A ~tory on the French ~ev~l~~ton by Charles Dickens.

':t

.

'

Ulysses A novel by James Joyce that illhstra;es the 'stream of consciousness' of the human mmd'thiough teacher and the thoughts in his mind during the span of 36 hours. It was a controversial masterpiece during its time. " War and Peace A novel by Tolstoy, it is reg~~d.edas one of the greatest boo~s in the world. It 9,epicts Russian life set against a background of Napoleon's invasions. It is regarded as a controversial work by some historians. ~, Dr Zhivago 'A novel by Boris P~stert}ak, it is ba~ed ot')., Coinmunist society in Russia. The author won the Nobel Prize which he had to decline under pressure from the Russian Government. Satanic Verses Written by London-based Indian novelist Salman Rushdie, the Satanic Verses was the most controversial, book in recent times. The book was banned by the Union Government on October 5, 1988, following a protest by a section of the Muslim community as it contained allusions to the life and the mission of Prophet Mohammad, which. according to them were 'offensive'. ., Muk~iiiyci Kanasugalu (Dreams of a Dumb Woman) Written by Dr Shivarama Karanth in Kannada, this book has been adjudged the best creative Indian literary work for the perio,d 1961 to 1970 for wpich the author was honoured the Jnanpith Award in 1977. ).

Kashmir-Behind

"

I~

.

\.

-

the Vale' , The hook is written by

M. J. Akbar. It was banned by' the Pakistan Government as it highlights Jinnah's failure in wooing Kashmiri Muslims.

,Laiia (Shame)" This novel is' written by Taslima Nasreen, . a writer from Bangladesh, caused a strong confrontation between the"auth6raild,the fluldamentalist Muslims"of BangladesJ:1:'Ms Nasreen has been servedwi~ the 'death sentence' by fundamentalists who consider her work to be un-Islamic. In the

\ 1..••••••••

A.202

1:'1:

novel, the. author depicts the atrocities corrimitted on ,the minority Hindu communityjn Bangladesh in the wake of demolition of the Babri Masjid. The book was banned in July 1993.

Jil'

_.11

~Ii

-

Quick Facts

i t:f

, I

j

",II)

I

Important Shakespeare Plays

",II,

I PI ...ay

l.,•

jill:

-V_,_S_. _N_aip_a_ul.(~~=~) __

A Bend in the ~!..".:!._.

,A

Brief His~~y Bunch ~fOld

Le~~!'.:.

uu.

L,!~a~(Jrlal .Neh~(lnd),

j

..

__

ClockwoCk Orange .A Critique of Pure Reason A Doll'sHous~-'~-~' A

1

.'1 1

h,,~....•. , nt,

SelectecJQuotations

2. Julius Cgesar

~ll!

I..

A

..- .. --

"

'W

Julius, Cassius, Antony, Brutus, Calpurnia

'.

• '0, beWare, my lord, of jealousy, It is the green-eyed monster which doth m'bCk,the meat it feeds on.'

Othello, Logo, Desdemona, Cassio _.

. --------

,J, L

'.,;-~

__

,,,,,

"__

-..

•••

_.'"

,".,,,>01

~'-"~

• 'His life was gentle, and the elements, So mixed in him thai nature might stand And say to all the world, This was a man'. • 'Veni, Vidi, Viei' (I came, I saw, I conquered).

..•.~.....•..

,{'~;-

Henrik Ibse~~N~~)-'.-'-'

Venice 5: The Tempest. 6. As You Like it

Shylock, Portia, Bassanio, Antonio Ariel, Prospero Jacques

A

Pair of Blue Eyes

j

V.

_

---,.". ....•... ~~

(Ind-Br)

.......-,.~. __ -__

•

JBr). __

__",,?~'_-;'"

~'_._~.," ....."'_~' "_ .._'

_.~_::y~!:y~~n_(I.nd) Amit Chaudhary

·~t~2~;ti~~:'k.riR~dC::~.~~;e~:1~~n~:~:yt.;~~~: ~::d;~~~' _._ ..-_.~_~"

A

• ' 'We are such stuff, As dreams are mode of and our little life is rounded with a sleep'. -,' \ , . ' ",/ . • 'All the world's a stage, and all the men and women merely players, They have tl•• exits and their entrances, And one man in his time plays I')lan.y part~. His acts b~..fn ... seven ages'. ~,

• 'What's in ~ nam~? That which we call a rose, By any other name would smell as sweet'. ' . 't

.

,

", '1

----

..,J",.__

Suitable Boy

~-~--~.

n,

(Ind) (USA) (B~~

...~.

Vikram Seth (Ind-USA) .. __

._"."

A

Taleof Two Cities

Charles Dickess (Br)

A

Thousand Days

Arth~r M. Schlesi~ger (USA)

_.

- .-'- ~--"'. _~ _

..•

':~~'~i~i9~~ .LRpi;~;~(FrL'~-'

A Village by the Sea.

.....",,:

\Ben Johnson

"""~~-~'~-",~'-'~--"-'-"

.

~_~_.'~

__

.. A_..A__~,"'~.M"""..;....~

.._.

:...-.........._..-...

...,..--'._._A

.

.A__

Week with Gandhi Louis Fischer (Fr) iA Woman's Ufe- '-'-''''-'-Guy d~M~pa~s'~~i(Frll ~olute Friends' -_. -,' .. ~hn-i~'C~r;e(B~ --'

.,'

...• ---'-.., I

Lewis Carroll (Br) "'_._~'

""'~',~~~~_.-.-.....

__ •••• '~.

,II

,-,

.."'- __..~ ...__..__i

..- ,.•••,,,~.~.,.,_.

i~ :1

..__~..".'. ". __ ."'cH"""',~.'_ .,,_--'-

All Things Bright and 1~._.Beautiful ~

James Herriot (Br)

All's Wf!1It,hatEnds Well ... _. L~1!lar Kos~. ,.. An American Dilemma.;

'William

J

... ,...,

An l-..

I

~!

•

~_,__

i ~.._,..---..~.,' _._........:1

__ -,--~---------~'

Shakespeare .•IBr) ',I

---._-.- - .....•

.'

•....•...........••. _

..A,~ar

American Tragedy . __ .....

_~i~g~JIn.:lt_

..

, ... ~

Gunnar Myrdal (Swe)

.._ •..-._ ..__•.,--~

,'j

"

••.... _---_

.... _- ._-.-_

..._ ......•-

Theodore Dreiser ._ ._. _' , ... _..,'(USA) ...

1 ..J

..

An Area of Darkness V. S: Nciipaul (Ind-Br) r-::------~-'--_._.-".. "'.. -~-. ~-,~.~~_ _"., !, ..An Autobiography Jawaharlal Nehru.... (Ind) ., .... ..... ."____ .Ji An Equal Music'

r-

' - -_ ..... -..

i An

Idealist View .-~,--:,:.,:o,;::c~<7'A';~nda~ath' ",

-l_",_ ''':'''7

of

.

Viham Seth (Ind-USA)

-.----.-.~.. -.- ",

Life' "",

-'Y"=~"~''''''''':''":'- -i'~~----~.,~~."t~7-..:~'-~~~-;-"T.'"J"'--

'~ __ .......,;_-

_

_~~

LAng:!:J:!-!,-m:.~:9 Animal Farm

""III

Dr S. Radhakrishnan (Ind) BankimChcindra

....

J .~

Chatterjee

..

.---- .. ~'-"--

L/~!2..dQu.!:tf'!?':"~!?.~_rz()? . __ Angels andbem8~;" ..,\. , .•_'_--

._.

..... ,,/

All the Prime Minister's Men Janardhan Thakur r-- ~. __ .-._.. ,"'---..-..........-.. '.."'" --,,---"".,,;.-.--~.. -.,... --, .~-.---"-"'"

(Ind)

A

."

Woodward

l'"""""~--'''----''---------- -;:.-----~"~~---

Naya~t~;~S~h~I(lndl-"

J

....,_

Alice in Wonderland __

.~

Hugh Brogan

Anita Desai (Ind-USA)

-A Voice for Freed~;'

'_.1

Fazal (IndL __ ~-

~---y.-"-----",,-,,,,-,-,--~-~'-------------~~-"--~--,~-.~--- .~.. i All the President's Men Carl Bernstein and Bob

r'

_._-~~''''''''''~,-".,'"''''''''''''''_.,_

gA Thousand Su~-;.<~',':'-

!-bul

••••

Abul Fazal (Ind)

---~---

.", ..,_._ _ ............• ~ ~,,~

_.. ....

__

.-1

L. K. Advani (Ind) . ----_.,-''''"''_ -,,-,--.---_. __ ._----,...;-..: .. -¥_~ -._ ._,-_ . -.'""'y-~.~-.., _~ Royal Affair: George III Stella Tillyard

Streetcar Named Desire Tennesse Williams ;:A Study of Hist;;y-'-' . - 'A;~~lii Toynb;~

-,,-------

-¥--"

,

.• ,_;.~..

A

--_.

_ •.

Prisoner'sScrapbook

A

(Ind)

"

v

.. _:-.,...

-l

All Quiet on the Wester~" Erick Maria Remarque ' r;::-.-'--'-'''-'-''''-''-'-- --,' -_ '.'.- _._~~ I Front . (Ger-Swi-USA) I .•...~..... ...•.,_ ..~ .. ,,~ ..,---_ .... _ ..._,.,,-All the King's Men Robert Penn Warren (USA)

Ni~ad C. choudhuri (Ind-Br) -,-'__ ...-- .~__ -~,=-.

,''''' ...•.

Kazi Neizrullslam

de Tocqueville: i Project of Democracy in the I Age of RevolutiorJ..__ . Alchemist, goe'5to T ,.".~~

Thomas Heardy (Br)

Sense of Time_ ....•.. _. A Strange and Sublime Address

*

"_

- - "'---~"~""'---'----'-'"

._,.~~Fovster

Engldnd

~,

IAlexis

Shakespeare (Br)

Naipaul

Mark Twain (USA)

r----~...y~--....." _.-~---.-...._---_.~-.-----

--"".,

]

.

A_~t_C_h.9udh~riii~d)'--

A!~.i:A.~~a!i Akbarnama

I

• 'Frailty, thy name is woman'. • 'He jests at, sores, that never felt 'eiwound'.

• 'Tempt not,a.desperate man'. • 'Violent delights have violent ends'.

1'1

"---'--'

"

. "_

,~

r-~"-~'"

A and his Scan~!~!:!.s~i~/1!!g;"

y

R0ll'!eo, Juliet, , Mercutio

to'!'.:'!5! __

Passage Passage

__

P: B. ShelleYJBrL __

I~:L_, _

Arthur Conan Doyle (Br)

Tom SawYer

of

J

Eliot

._'''___,,_ _ __ ..__",."..

r_A_fterno_'o_n ..R_a_ag Agni Veena

__

,_ .. ,_-.",,

William

..•.•..•. *",,,,,~,.-,y.,,,,-,,,,,-""-"'~--""

__

...._I~.,.,.

V. S. Naipaul (ind-Br)

• 'To be or not to be, thai is the question; Whether tis nobler in the riiihd to suffer The slings and arrows of outrageous fortune, Or to take arms against o sea of troubles, And by opposing, end them'.

• 'Sweet are the uses of adversity, Which like a toad ugly and venomous. Wears ~~eciou..:.jewel in his head'. . :

'r)om~o a~d," ~ . Juli~t' '

_~---

A

•.

__

.. ,t~7Iy~'t!'!.~g~(BrL_~~,

_-.J.~~._

• 'There is nothing ~ither good or bad But thinking makes it so'.

4. Merchant of

., ..•• __

Midsummer Night's Dream A Million Mutinies Now to

,

Sherlock

of

Adventures

Burgess (Br)

Immanuel Kant (Ger)

A

A

Adventures

,.

...,..-.-~~or!!:

tJ:Io~"!.~~.,_.

Rohinton Mistry (Ind-Can)

~

A Handful :>,f'pust,. ,__ A House for Mr Biswas

A Hamlet, 'Claudius, Horatio, Marcellus

. '_.~~ __

~ LA.~9..'!!~.r:.'!:_ ,_--- .. ".

John i<en~'ethGalbraith-' (USA) --~.,~'~ ..

__ .~ .•Ene~tJ1eminl;l~~yJUSA)

_,v

-_

• 'Etlu Brute?' (You too, Brutus?). • 'Good government is no substitute. to selfijovernment'. • 'Cowards die many times before their death, The valiant never taste of death

3. Hamlet

Farewell t?~~ Fine Baldnce

J

~solute Power ..~ _ _._ _~..?;,!d ~~~a.::i(~~~L _ Accide~tal Death.;' a~, Dario Fo (It)/ Anarchist'

J~~_._ .._~~_,

_~thony

I

Author

Jaswant Singh (In

~_._,

-

..•...~.-

.-

~~~kin~

9)

Call to Honour A China Pa~~-;;g-;; ,--"

j

(Br)

of Ti~_~_~phen

A

A

Characters

1. Othello

I

A

"'""'-"""'~""~""--Y""Y'-.,",~"""""""---'~.

"'I,

,\ 1

-A

I Name of the Book/Play

Author

'Na~e of the Book/Play

Blue Book, The official report of the British Government Green Book, Official puqlication of Italy and Iran Grey Book, Official report of the Japanese and Belgium Government Orange Book, Official publication of Netherlands; White Book, Official publication of Germany, Portugal, and China Yellow Book, Official book of the French White Paper, Short pamphlet giving an authoritative recital of facts issued by.the governments; stating its.views on a particular issue for the knowledge of the general public

awarded the Booker of Bookers award on September 20,1993, for this novel. The novel was selected as the best among all the hovels that had won the Booker Prize since it was instituted in 1968. Published in 1981, 43,000 copies of the novel were sold immediately after it won the Booker prize.

.,

FamouSBooks/Plays

Official,Publica.tions '

Midnight's Children The author Salman Rushdie was

I:

A.203

General Knowledge

ChapterA

__

jo.. ~

~i.~h.()i1~~olokhov (Br) DanBrown .

" .__J~ny

__

~

.i

(USA) A

Kush~er (USA)

George Orwell (Br)

I ,~

,

I i

I

I,,

I II

A.~04

I

Chapter 4

GeneralKnowledge A~205t

IName of tfle Bookjpksy Anna karenfna

....

IAnto!!y and Cleopatra

I Name of tfle Book/Play

Autflor . Leo Tolstoy (Rus)

~

....

.

Born Free

--~~-_.,¥ .._.... ,._._--... -._. -----.----~I ~-~---_.. .., i Around the World in Eighty Ape and E$sence .'

, Arabian .-.. -- Nights - .,. . ._ .... . ,.. ~ __ '.....t.. Sir ~.. Richard Burton (Br) Arms and the Man George Bernard Shaw (Ir) _>e'

~

I

l

•

.

;~~

Jules Verne. (Fr) '.

.'

l

~------,-,--",'""-"-"-_.

_.,.,....".....~.

•• __

Arrowsmith ,...

H

--"-'-~"'~-~------"'--~-'-'

~--_

..

•.••.-""._-"""","''''

Kautilya (Ind)' '

As you like it

•••••••••

...,...-..

__ "'-~._

__""'_,

••

"-'~---

••

..-'~l

.u,..".

•

. W. Shakespeare

t ~:c.ent to 5!.:res.!-...•.•W__-::J

I

l

Sin Clair Lewis (USA)

. Arthashastra' ",'

~""~""~-"---

j

(Br)

~;!:;!J-.?!~~~,,:,;.~,~.~q~nHar

Atonement

.. :-,~_~_,

August 1914 Scriptwriter

",~-'.'~".'-

Autobi~graphy 6fa~

~"t .111

Alexander

_"

r"-

.,

I

._

,..., ..,~

__ '

_.

_._'

B'!.~Y!~'!.-'r!a

'.

-

..,...-

,....

I Belov~"~

. '.\

._._' __

Ben Hur'.

.~-

.

~~i~:;~:~s::n~~~~~~

j

..

Bliss was it in thdt Dawri'

B~nfi;;~fthe"Vc,~lti~~~-.-.Tom

.,_._

..••..,..., __

Byzantium

.';":

~. '.

~~..

"-.

':

,"

:'g!

'I'

--.;r~~"""7;«~'*"'~'7)"~«'~-H'
Caesar and Cleopatra

..

.

.Geor~e,IBer.no.rdSnaw(lr) .------'~~~'-'G~~g~.B~;:ard~Sh~-~"'(lr)

!

-c:~didci~.~-'--~

'~_''''''O<,"''.'''.», __

.-'''''''''''.'''''w ..~.

W'~."""

Candide

...

-- .....•.. ~ ... _-.

-.-;"'''-;~---

Canterbury Toles' _

..••••.w,,

. __

.~.•''''''"='',." ..",.,.......,.,..~"''',.,'''''' __

,

Voltaire (Fr)

._.--_,.~."''''-

~~'''',.~.~,--.~.,'-

.•

_'

__

1. D. Salinger (USA)

,

yw'"",,,,,,"'.,,,"';"'_""""--"<'

"""'~_

_,

__ .

...

J

'l

Shaw (Ir).

'.--

....

-----~"",!i

•. Sumitran;nd~~-P-~n-t(l.!1d) James Kynge'

#

_Y",-'

: Chitra L ".__ ..

Minoo Masani (Ind)

W~f~luSAi=,-.-,--~-"

r----.-

~'Jt

. ----

: Chronicle of a Death Foretold . L_ .. Circle of R~as~~'"

II I

.,..

_

•..•...•••••••.

,--.r

r~_~~'

.. '

- .. -~

.. __

~-

"_'

.~

_"~"'R.".,,

.. ~

• .._-._~.

__

--,

•.•••

..

~ ..• ~_.

,

...._._

••,...•._

..,,,-..-.--.'

Death of d City

•

~

~.-.Nc_...••~••,_

••••••••••••••..••••••

-~..-..~

Count of Monte Cristo ,

-"'.'~

"..'"'.~=_'""~

Alexander

=-="'= =..

_____.,

Death o~5.9~Ji~m~n--=::=-~rthu!Mill~r(1}SAL.... Debacle .,: .' Emile Zola (Fr) : Decameron' - G"k,;anni B;cc-;;~ •.

....

...__

.. _.

_

..•.•.. __

~ ..•••. ,.,~

_,~~"",

Cry, the Beloved Country

-----_.

"1

••

'.

==]

_ ••-,-",,-

_L.A

)

__

---. _.--.

Amitav Ghosh (ind)

..

•.

Decline and Fallof the Roman Empire . ••

.P~~'?~_nt of M~ Deserted Village, . ' Devdas

.-

--. -----.---, Yh

-"-'

,_

~

~

__

.'_

_

Venice

.•••••

_

••

_

.~

•. _.'Y

••.••

~_,

..•. ,_

..•..••

--:-

R ..

,~_,...

•••.•

_':~~_._'~'

.• _.~

-

-' _ ,

.

..

"

__

..,._.oM._._._

•..•_

.•_

,.-.-.

"'''';''''_'

• ..-

...

h,

.•••

~"

,""'

j.of .•.

•.••.•••

District Circle _.-... ,Seamus ,..... --_ and ....'._"--_.... _-,-.~".Heaney ......1 ' Divine Comedy Dante Alighieri (It) . Divine Life '. ! Swami Siyananda (Ind) -., .', ;-D;~t~;.ihi;ago - ..--.-B~ .ri;p~~t~~~k(R~~)~ . .•;,-"~"1' ..~_.,_.,-

.... ,_., ....

.....•••...

- D~ctor-;;Dik;;;;;-'l"

D~nju~~

. ..._.~

_'_. _

~, ".

,-i

B~~6;dShaw

-7.... '-G~~;-;e

.._~..

.~or{By'r
(Ir) . . ...I1

..Eon9~ix~te~~ __ ._~-_ •..0.ig.:':1 de_~ervantes (Spa) ,gown L!nde!._ ,__ .,_. __ ,~~I~ry.~()nJ~.SA) __ .. DrJekyll and Mr Hyde Robbert Louis Stevenson__ . Durgesh Nandini Bankim Chandra Chatterjee

._-_._ _._--_._.

.

.

'~"~'

.~~. '.. '~ *._ ... ~~.~.".,--'",._._ ...••. _ .... "'-

~"~"---, J

... "., .. ~ .. -~

•.r

Authur Ashe (USA) and .. ArnoldRampersad ..... (Tri-USA)" ~ ""'i"

in

__

,, __ He!".!]x..!issing~~ (U5.A)

..

Jln~l..

-

.-

.

II: ,

h' i! Ii

__ .. ,

If

'1

.J

,... _-" .

_ Tami, t-joag (USA)., • Emile Zola (Fr) ..,,-- -,.,,~ .-. ._------~._'"-.~.-.'l Lynne Truss (Br) .. __ .__ ... " ..__ . ,.

Elegy Written in a Country'

n~_..'_q

Daysof Groce

'i£ath

..

_."

"Earth ..-- ---.-

Charles Dickens

"';'!.

_~

Eats, Shoots and. Leaves

._-.--._"

_

E

DavidCopperf~eld .__ .

-..

I __ _ ~

__

Y'

. Harold Joseph Laski (Bar)-

Dust to Dust

DarkHorse __ _.... .._!~rniJ=l.?9.l;}JUl~L Darknessat Noon Arthur KoestleriHun~Br) --,,--- ._ _.- ---' .. DarknessVisible. William Styron .....•... DosKapital , Karl Marx, ,_~

--...

--_._._-_._--_._---~~ -'.-

.

lf2iP'5>1!!.9~Y_.

1

-

_..i

~._,-.-' Chatterjee .._- '1

Dilemma of Our 'Time -.:

,_- -7---"'-""~

. Robert Kagan

~.

(It)

,_

Sharat Chandra (Ind)

D

~~__.. ~~

.,......-

. .-_."_ ChClrles~arwi~ (Bd)... ..... Oliver Goldsmith (Ir-:-Br) "' .,

...•...._.j

Alan Paton (SA)

Dangerous Nation: America's Place in the World from its Earliest Daysto the Dawn of the' TwentiethCentury

_

"I

Edward Gibbon (Bri)

..,.~-~.~~-~-~._-

.~_

Coverly Pap!~ __ JosephA~i,~!lJ~r),,_.~ ... Creation , .. . . .Gore Vid~1 (USA) ..' . CrescentMoo~"--' -----R~bi~d-;;~Nath Tagore (Ind}l _L'"

Amrita Pritam (Ind)

J

-.&l~

,.,.",."'"."""=_._.."',

DumCls (Fr)

I

Autflor

~,,"'>... ,~'.

.. . Jawaharlal Nehru (Ind) . ..Dist~nt D~m-;-~"~ ---"'--'M~~;h~r Malgonker (Indt'l

.' !

,'

-'E~in;.!1!y'i;t~i/~ns~-Empire of theMi~d: .' Through Great Britain Emma . ".......," ..•...

,..----~

.•••••••. t...••._ ..,'_,.w

•...~~

'._---

J

A Journey'lq~b~IAhmed

.

. ...""".....~

'

"'''" .~•.....•.._ .......•. """...• "'~

'--,.0;-.--'-"''''''''',':';''''''

c. S.

End ofanErd FEn;;;~nd ___ '"_, .._._._.A

:o...'~

M;~~~ ....-~,._~

,

_"'.",

English August

,.,

.,.

.

"'~_

~ ~ ,'~.,>

Pandit .. '.

.,,-.. ,

~19~.u~!1uxl~y (Br)

- ._. .. ."' "Th~;~;~;-(G~~'-7""1 : Essays for Poor to the Rich -

. \

Jane Austen (Br) -'-'".-

..

Churchyard. .:~~~ 'St~achiy.J~)~

It

,.

Thomas Gray (Br) .

.. '

Emma

_

.(Continued)

I'

•

Confession: '1!'--; ~~er •.....: .. Confessions of on English Thomas De Quincey (Br) Opium Confidential . T. S. Eliot Conquest of Self .. . Mahatama Gandhi (Ind) Coolie'" ---:---M~lkR~TA~and (Ind) ..

_______

Gabriel Garcia Morquez (Col) __ ._ .. .

."

_~_

...-'_....",....

.'-

K. Shivaram Karanthl(lnd)

--

•.

..•.

~ .._"'.'~'~~_~",.,...".........

Rabindra " ..__ .." .. ~."_ ,,, ,.. Nath ~ ~.._Tagore ..........• _ lind)

:'

.-#"

.. _.

.•••..••••....• ..JI~.

LChilde Harold's Pilg!!maf?~~ l
ChomasDrum

..Davi;rOgilV}' (-B'r-) -.-. ---,

:.

Anton Cheko~ (Rus)

Chithiroppaavai.. 1\ " P. V. Akilandam(lnd) r'-~-----"-_'_-"""-",,, ,,,,.=,~ ]

.. :..

~ __ ' ~,_. __ P}I~?L(lndL.., __ ....._

Chino Shakes the World: A Titans Rise and Troubled Future-and the.Challenge for America' .

':;','_

_

¥"

(Ind) ......

Jame~ A Michener (USA) --.Th~k~zhfSi~~:Sarik~;~.

Cherry Orchard

••

Crime and Punishment Feodor Dostoyevsky (Rus) ........... , ... -'-'~----'-"-'~'-.-1 Crisisinto Chaos E. M. S. Namboodiripad !

_ ..

..

.'Y~~'~

-r..~..

George Black

Centennial (i;;"-m;en '-'-'~_.

IName of tfle Book/Play

Autflor

Clrdes of si/:'2:.e_".~"~: .. "~~~eti Singh:(~rid) '\~_....:: City of Di!'!..~ ..., yYj~iam D~~Y..m.P..~(~~o!L .._] City of Joy' Dominique lapierre.(Fr) City of Oranges: Arabs and Adam LeBor I Jews in Ja~9, •._. __." _ _...._..._ .._ .c. _ I Comedy of Errors, .. ' William Shakespeare (Br).. Coming of Age in Samoa Margaret Mead (USA) ; Communist Manifesto. . Karl Marx (Ger) ". , 'Complicity :;ith Evil'~ The '-Adam i;Bo;-.-----l UnitedNations in the Age ' of Modern G~nE!.~i~f! Confessions J. J. Rousseau (Swi-Fr)

P'~

.. ''-'''''.....,..~-,.,',.~-. -'"l~

Geoffrey Chaucer (Br) -,-.-_-~_._' _ ..,"~~, Joseph Heller (USA) -'-w ~, .••.•.•

Catcher in the Rye

; .;'\. \~;;"'. ,•...~,•. :;~~

~M~~l~L~~~.(~d)~.~==:.=] Discovery of India

"'C\',

Marc Reisner (USA)

'''1.,'

of tfle Book/Play

"

._

W. B. Yeats (Ir)

...

•.

Sarojini Naidu (Ind)

~hida-m-b-a!...a_.-_~-----~--

(USA) , .' -_.._--,

.._--.._-..-.Ste~:~Hawk-in-g~_~,

r Blood, braina~~-

_

Dayan '(~r

,_ _ _- - -'~_~

-----,

Taylor C~leridge

Bj;;h ~~d. D~.9~.~f.th~S:;;~ ~Ge~~~d

"<"._ ••... ,.

Bill Gates (USA)

Bamboo Fly Rod and I the American Pursuit of , Perfection

!!3~yond !he_tt~~!zo:!., ,_,~_ .._~.~g=_~e_.?:~:~!_(~~~L_ Bharat Bharati. ~.:.""'--"" Maithili SaronGupta lind) Literarla..... ,- 'fB~luel

••

,-,.-.~'-'~_ '.~-------.~---:::i.lt .

the Speed

..

' Toni Morrison J~S~)

.~,_

!

Mohd Iqbal

Nicholas Negroponte (USA)

..

.~~._~~_

I Costing a Spell: The

jA~gonk~(lndL]

Lewis Wallace .

r:---

l Biog~;phia

@

"'~h"

ra;;gir;;;;~;~f Begi~ning Raj~eesh (Indil t.--.-. __. _,_,~ the __.~_ ""__ ..""'-_._. _ . Bhagwan . _~ -.-" ~._Sri .~. .._w._ ' __ ,,_._' ~'~ ~.• Being Digital

.... -.,.,'~",

.

Business of

~_~~''I'

into)_~i Bernard Shaw (Ir)

_~~:_.'_~~.~pno~or

T

Brothers Karamazov' FeodorDostoyevsky (Ru's) '~------------'"'-~.~

~

""""''''__'''' __

George

' •..•.•

Monica Ali (Bcin-Br) Gl'

~'Y~_r

~

}Catch-22

.' Sinclair lewis (USA) '--"""'=""""""'.

•.••••.

"_ ._.Gen_Moshe

r-"--~""_"k

..~~y.!:..~~ted

Bock to Methuselah. l~andi~oot R;;~"'_ Bang-e-Daro

•••••••• ~_

Broken.. Wing :-:.---;---~. --

1

B

I

._,

h __

.....-_

Cadillac Desert

,~_,j .

(Ind-:-Br)

'! Babbit

-.. .•

~ ,-

,ry

Solzhenitsyn;

~.Nirad C. Choudhuri

ru;;k~~~n Indian '--~

""...,.",_ ...i'_.t..::

-_-_,.,.

. B~=-'!kthrough-.:..._. __ Brick Lane

,~

._.---~-,-~ ...._... "'::."'_,~~ .. _(~~~l ..... :.__.

"i I

-

!

:11111

iF

'

(Continued) -;;;e

Aldous Huxley (Br) ',Q

C

lanm

~"'wk-»=~-_._

Joy AdalTlson. (Cze-Br) ,

..~:.h~=!...0.?ore(~~)_

MyrdaUS:vve)~

"

_____

__

t

; Bread, Beauty and Khwaja Ahmad Abbas (Ind) Revolution .... ~ ~.,-----_ ..._-----,--------_._Breakfast at Tiffany's Truman Capote (USA)n,

~~."'l..1

'."'---.~~_.""'"''''''_.-''''''"'''~:''~'''''~,~''''''f'~'"'pM<'~,.-----"".... -''.,.,c~~'~'_•.._'_"'_~._.,""""""~~,_,~_,

II\!

r

Sir John Ji.~!1t . K. M. Panikkar (Ind)

Asia and Western Domindnce . ' .

"

~~,!wlinf]_for Columbi~_ Brave New'.Worid

Aldous Huxley (Br)

r""""

..

r-----

:_-"'Y~II!amSh~pea~(~LJ

Autflor

',:

, Upamanyu Chatterjee John Kenneth Galbraith

(Ind)

r

r

~p

lII,II'f,r

Ii

&l4I

jl'

'1'

,'il,.1 1"1

Chapter 4

A.206

I"

General Knowledge

I Name of the Book/Play

I

Author Charles Lamb (Br) ~i~:!rob~9_0 G'"hc>~hii;;d)~J Major H. P. S. Ahluwalia'

=~_,__,__,__

Essays of Elia [ Essa)ls on GUo Eternal Himalayas

(Ind)

f Ethics for th~ Ne;~----The I Millennium Everyman ExpandingUniv~-;;~j,.

--

I

L

~

.~~

~.,

...

D~lai Lam~(Tib)

-_.

Experiments with Untruth

_____

04.."""'.~"""'~_?~_."=.

.

.._J

,

F Major H. P. S. Ahluwalid\: (Ind)

[F~iliilg_C?verBa~~"'!.~?dC-~_-~&~';Sh~~ri~{lndl=-~~~=~_-, Family Matters. Rohinton Mistry (Ind-Can) lfamily Reuni;;;;--==~~=-~'-T.TElk;t~ lUS~~~L,__ Far fr~mthe Madding Thomas Hardy (Br) Crowd

.' ---_ ..~_._---'---_._--. Farewell!~~ Trumpets. __ jam~~ ~~>rris (~) .1 Ernest Hemingway (USA)

[Father Clnd~0_~_._===--_lva~!~9~~~(Ru~I=---=-=l Faust J. W. Von Goethe (Ger) FirstCircle Alexander Solzhenitsyn .. .". - '-~- .--_.---_. - "'-"'--'.'-"-'~. _ __ . (Rus) _ ~

-

.. '"','.'

-.

" .. '.-

.. ""

i

..

Five Point Someone: What not to Do at liT

Chetan Bhagat (Ind)

r~-----.~,._ .... -.---, .. -----.. -------.,.--._~ LE()rWhom the.,!e!, The Forsyte Saga F~rtYN;~;'D~ys ~-'

TOL

r

~_._,~,_,

__

.

""

Frankenstein

.T

~~!t Hemin9~}'_(USAt __! John Galsworthy (Br) ...- A'mrlta P;it~~(I;jj' ; •••..

-_

",

__

l

~,~t.9!2i!!!_i

.

•..•••

__

~ ..

,,;,

«"

•••••,-..

"",'",

...•..

R9_b!ndraNath T,!g_or_e (~nd) .!?,!!mpses of W?rld History Jawaharlal Nehru (Iriel);\:.> ~Godan. __ . Prem_<;hand(lnd)__ . Golden Threshold Sarojini Naidu (Ind).j ~•.. i Gone with the Win~__ ,__ ~ M~r9~lret Mitchell {USAI Good Earth Pearl S. Buck (USA) .;1.. " fGood Times, B~d Tim;~---Haro~-r)-!._ .. _-_ .... _-_ .... _.. ~-,_.. ,'-_._----_. -~._ .. ~_ ....

..

Great Gatsby II/usion

<;;;

<'~.

_

F. Scott Fitzgerald (USA) ----=--"Norman Aneell :"

-'~

• Growth oft~:..:oil _ . Knut Hamsun (~~r) f Guantanamo and the . Joseph Margulies iAbuse of Presidential Power .

Shi~~~Uji~~~~h~?n James Jones (USA)

."<"-",..w,,,,,,!V";,!l'/"--=_'r~_""

....

"

..

__

CO',.-'

_.

_

_,.~L~

.'

H

Tara Shankar Bandopadhyaya (Indj

" __

,_w.~,,.."

'"'"""T~'--._,,:~""_,, __:!r"'~'o/=,,!'~=~

Potter and the Goblet of Fire Harsha Charita' CHar~t-~-"-'~-L

_.J

r:'-"-'~---"-,-,--~--" -'--"~-"--"_.... _".~ .""~1 j

__ ~~=

__

'~_

J.,K. Rowling' (~r)

J

Heritage____ _••. ,_ Anthony West (_U_SAL . ,,~_ Heroes and Hero Worship Thomas Carlyle (Scot) --,.-

'''--'---'---

..-_.~'J

...-*

"'----._--.

.

__

.

OJ.<

._""'._

,_.'

,.,.........--~_.,

•.• ,'.~

_.----,

•••••

-.,.,._.-y_~_

Ruth Prawer Jhabwala (Ger-Br) .Dr Ka~an Singh (Ind) (Continue~

Indi;;E~ergin~

Rabindra Nath. Tagore (Ind)

I follow the Mahatma

K. M. Munshi (Ind)

'~----_._--~,_.

--- ------_ ..

India Unbound

__

~

"',--~,.-

Ideas and Opinions' _. _ ..__._ Idols _. IfI am Assassinated

-'----'"1

,

•••

~

.,__ ._ •.. _

",._

,--~_._-,

N. A. Palkhival<::lJ~~! _ J Romila Thapar (Ind) Neville Maxwell-._-, . .•• . __ ,..I

Gurucharan Dos (Ind)

•••... ~.

•.~.~_'

_'.-_

.

..,.. '-'-:'-'"

,f"

.J

Jndia_ War of Indep"endence_~P. Sav~~c:r_(lndL .. _ Indian Hom~ Rule "M. K. Gandhi (Indj,

Lee 10cocca _._(USA) -----_.~._-_. :--.,

, ..

,-~

Albert Einstein _.J
~~

•••

'

'"'

._.__

.•••• ~

'""..-

-

",,_

.~

.. ' .. -

__

..Sun~~~? ..'JlndL-~. Z. A. Bhutoo (Pak)

__

Geri Halliwell (Br) -~-_--.~. ~ IgnitedMinds ~ P.J. Abdul_Kal~J~~L_j -,....._.:

..

Jagdish Bhagwati (Ind-USA) -

,~--------------_._,-_ ........, Gabriel Garcia Marquez :

..

'" "'__ " .-o~ ' _" (Col) ..~ ,.__ . -,_.. ; InMemoriam Alfred LordTennyson (Br) InRetrospect: The Trag;;dy McNamara (USA)-.... .. and Lessons of Vietnam. .J InSearch of Ga~dhi--"Ric-h-a-rd-A-ttenboro;hiB;) In,Spite of the G-o-ds-;rh;"-E-dw-a-rd-L~c-e--.-" R'seof Modern ________ India .. _i

__

~-.:.-

_ ...•. ~-

:r-'-

•

1

IndioDiscovered. IndioDivided -----,_.

.

,

.

'. John Keay(Br)~---. ~.. ~R;j~nd~a P~a~~d-(I~'-'''--

Indiofrom Curzon to Nehru Durgada--;-"-' ~A~

~~_~~

;.."i/

-_

'i

1 ;,

'-

••.•••.

r

-"~"

',._.

- -'.

_

.. _

•...

. _.....:.

__

'1 j

••.••••

_.~

John Gunther (USA) ,~,~.- "

. - __

~_'_'_

-~••.--_.~--

..•.. ~._..,.-_._""' .. -~--r.,~

. J.~~~p'a ~~~i':!.(lnd=-.':'~At_1 Jean Paul Sartre (Fr) I:'..G. Welis-~r)-'--=-~~-~ Shirin Ebadi (Ira) .

• ..,.,....••••••••• "-F~

~

''W«'

, Is New York Burning? _____ ~ . Is Paris Burning? .. , ..•••.._.-7__ --~__

~, .••. -._'.".-

,.__

-..•.•••._ ••••• ~ •• ~_.~

......•••.

, __ .• __

~~_

Larry Collings (USA)and ~~n.igue Lapier~e.l~rL. Larry Collins-(USA) and Dominiquel Lapierre (Fr) ....- ... 0

Isabella

'__

JohQ Keats (Br)

I

J

~_J

Taya Zinkin (Fr)

__

Iran Awakening" •

.

..

... -

Anurag Mathur (Ind)

._~_.

0!:!"p"r:terof Maladies Intimacy I"nvisibleMan

..

---~-------~-_._-, :"-,.--

InDefence of Globalisation .

.... "..

Inscrutable Americans

•.. ~-.-,.-

..

'1

:}~d!~~!{osoeh~~~ .. _- __.~~~,~._~R;;~F;k!i~;a~iln'd) Indira The Life of Indira Katherine Frank (USA) Nehru Gandhi ' Inside Asia, Inside Europe, Inside Africa, etc.

..

--.:

~-~l

__

Percival and Margaret, Spear (Br) _.Ab;;iK~~; "Azad (Ind) •... _]

India's PrJ:e/~~J!:r!t9.g_e.. India-Another Millennium India-China War --••• ,..-_. __ • ._._,,_, •

b..

~~;;;'--'-&e-~h~~" Phiii;'Coh~r~'(USA)

.'

.,...

InEvilHour

.•

.•..

~~~-==

Hungry Stones

IfOnly

•

, i;dia Wins Freedom

Dr S. Radhakrishnan (Ind) _" Nirad C.Choudhuri (Ind-Br)

.,,.,.-

,_.~-"--~~.,.

India Remembered

Homage to ~!9loni;-~"~~_~;O!g~?;;~iJB-,)=~ House Divided Pearl S. Buck (USA) House of Meetings . Martin Amis : •._-~~~.~. ....., _-------_."~-.~ ~'.'

c'

'-"-~"---'--l

"'..,._._----------~........

Hindu Vie~of l!!.:..__ ~_ Hinduism

Author

India in the New. Dr P. C. Alexander (Ind). Millennium T .'~ • India of Ou~ Dre~;;'~-- ~* ""--M-.V-.-K-a-m--~thtnd') '---

"_~~gadie!..LP:..!2~I~U~n5!_),J J. M. Barrie

Himalayan Blun~~ Hindu Civilisation

IndioChanges Heir Apparent

""'\

..

l

Bona Bhatt (Ind) ~-_ ..."," M~~6d;;;a~abh-an

,_._:..,.i,_,,~ __ ,,_(~~"<:/)';-,.._~....,;..;. .._~ __ ..

Heat and Dust

@andhi a!!.~-Sfa~i,!-~.__ -- _~uis Fi!.h~~J!~)_. ' Gardener . Rabindra Nath Tagore (Ind) Winston Churchill (Br)

~

V.,,__S. Naipa~:I:(lnd-Br) ~~_"~ ..,~,'"_ William Shakespeare (Br)

."">"W'--"'~""""""",_"",

G

.'

a life

Hamlet

'~J

._._ _-

-

lococca ..

Guide '.' R. K. Narayan (Ind) r-__ ~-_ .. I Gulag Archipelago Alexander Solzhenitsyn 1 . ..~,_~~~J~lJ!L~~~. ~"..-'Gulliver's Travels Jonathan Swift (Ir) f'.,---....- .•..•""."_."'-'~','-.,.: ...,,,.., Gypsi Masala "Pr'eethi Nair (Ind)

I

I Name of the Book/Play

Author Saul Bellow (USA)

._.=.. =. :,.'~~"=.}_;_'

... __.,_",",_,,'

~?~Y:foili~~J~~A) __ " ...-] Thomas Carlyle" (Scot)

Nomeof the Book/Play --;i;dersor'( the Rain King

,

,

',,:t:.

How ToKnow God Deepak Chopra (Ind-USA) Hullabaloo in a Guava" . . Kiron Desai (Ind) , , James Hilton (Br) ,vo, Orchard ~ b_i_nd_;_(r_Np_t_h_"f,_aQ~~e(l~d)Human Factor Graham Greene (Br) Harold Joseph Laski (Br) Hunchback ';;;N~t~-*Q.~rrl~:.-V~t~r~H~~'~~(~~}. ~.l

Grammar of Politics [Crreat Exee~t9tion~: -'" .. _"-~C:~-~-

r Half L-.

(Continued) :.------::-:

_

J. M. Ledgard

. ....

Mary Shelley (Br)

[~iends a~~!oe.s "', _.~From Here to Eternity

I Gathering Storm

__ ~

,

"'.4

••...,...,..

[Fr~~o~-;tMi,~n!g~L_ French RevolUtion

Ganadevata

.... .

.'

~_~

Goodbye, Mr Chips

~

'..

,

~

=~. l~;E.

Farewell/a Arms

-

_G; R~h~~~_~,~=- &iG~~;dh~-;Tii;~d)

Michael Anderson

Faces of Everest

-

Giraffe.

Philip Roth Arthur Stanley Eddingto';-l

J~~)

Author Jayadev (Ind) . 'l'Q {",..~Gita Govinda ..._,...,._-----,...- ..•............. --""-:.~.I Ghasiram Kotwal . Vijay Tendvlkar (Ind)•..;-="""'__ ,..""""""_ ..._."',"~.~, __ . Ghosts of Spain: Travels Giles Tremlett ')~t, Through a Country's Hidden " ~90~ Past ,

.-."

_ ._. .

IName of the Book/Play

A.207

:Jai Somnath ,-~,------Jane Eyre

K. M. Munshi (Ind).•.... " ... -----r:-: •..-,--.-' Charlotte Br;"n'tei(B;)". ,; "" .-----_._.-."'" ~..~:a!!.~~!sto1?~~ ....-._-.... _-~R.<:~(li~~!~n5!,(~L,~-,..) Joe Wilson and the' .' Charles D. Ellis .,~' , Creation of Xerb~ ,t f' -_._

...• --.--,

------_._---_._--_. t

__

;_T'_--_-=-. __K~_ld!p==~=_:='.,.~~" ..

[0e Judg.=~e_n_t Julius Caesar _'

'_~

Jungle Book \_. - .. _...._ Junglee Girl'

1"---'--"""

.--_~

i Jurassic Park

__

•. ' William Shakespeare (Fr) ',----Y __'_'-

--"-'-"

_ _._---

..

..

__

.~

..•

r

__•••

Kipling (Br) _."-,Rudyard .. --- .. --'

~.......•..... -

,,

Ginu Kamani (Ind) ••• _._-_. ~

... ~._._-. ---~-

-

_.

Michael Crichton (USA)

~.- ...••

.

I

I

""....

"j 1

I""

ll

1

1 11'11

'~

1

'111

'II

.Chapter 4.

A.~08

General Knowleage

A.209

IIII

I

I'Ncune of theBook/Play

'II

I N(lmeof theBook/Play

Author

". .' K

7'.

"

'.

. '.

i5?5!c:.~~!i_._ ..,..... ~ ... , ~9~_Bha~J~~t_,,_ Kagaz Te Kanwas , ...,....~ ....

-

.

• ..~.,-<

.- ---

Kanthapura ' -' __

'~

__ ',___

-

__

"""" __

'.~

__.... _ ..... -.~.,

..~

.... _ .

ry_'

.~._

.... ,.

._

•••••

.'

••~_-

ft._n~'~~

u •.•.•••

__

••._

• ,~,",

.••..

••••~_-_

.. _ ..

••••• _

King Lear

---, ..

,,-.

r.

--...-.~_

•

,.

-.

"""

-,-

_-~-,

-

._ __

.._ .. _.

..._,

__

r-- __

. .Walt Whi!~a;n ------_._-~~ ~.....

Leaves of Gra.ss _' .,.,'~'-"-'~"'----

....

•.•..... ~-----

..~

~,""""'"""""",-,~_._.,-"'.-~,-

.

i Life of Pi

; I

1:

I

-.

-,-

1lt'

- •• q'

__

.• ~:.,..............._'_

••.

Milan Kundera (Cze-Fr.) • ...--..... -.. -~---Yann Martel (Can) ; ,',!.;\.

_.'

...,..

_

.•••

--

-----.. ~---'-.7~

•

~

•• -- ...•.•

_-~.,,-"""'.--

••••••

~,...;:

•....

:-.~~-

•••••

, •••

~-,

•. _~

Ge.~~g:B.~~~~~_~~a~Jlr) Jairam Ramesh lind)

., __

..,~_"--

~-

'--'-".'-'-"---"F-'-

.-,--~

~. K:.N~r~y'a~i~~dt •• "

..•. JJ

>

George Bernard Shaw (fr)

..-._.v ..•....•.•. ,.,_""""""".~.,""_,,..,'_~. .••

_

.

John Galsworthy (Br) '_<.~~_I: •••••.

r._~

.• ~

,---~-""----,

•••.-.•._._-

'--""_

.••••.-:",.,'_._,

... ,._,.~,~~"""'">

.._.""

..~-~_,...

I

_'

__

:;~.~

••••••..•••••••

_.~'

,-........,.-

Arnold Toynbee (Br) ~_~._~:~:-';c_"",."~ __ """:" ~

e

~;!1~~ M

.~any Viorlds _,, __ •.__ • Marriage and Mom'~,

~.

Mavericks at Work: Why ! the

William C. Taylor and Polly

"..-

-

Bertrand Russell,(~r)

• ----,.•..••_ .•----- ...•.•...._y,.--=--,.--...----------.-- ..__

i

S.

.-... __

.---

'---.--.-._.... _,------~> Most Origin of Minds in Business . >

..

~e~:

-_.-

.. ,,,

,

..•

Charles de _Gaulle (Fr).!

_

William Shakespeare (Br) Georg.: Eliot (Br!

•

Salman Rushdie (Ind-:Br)

. John Ruskin (Br) . '_pm_. -,.-

'

.. ..•. "

---_ __ .

Michael Jackson (USA)

'

..•....

~_

_ ..

--- .~~.-

_

..

:

..

.--J

Mother -'.-.._--_-' ==-_-.~~~~im GorkyjRus) .. Moti Mahal . Gopin~th Mohanty (Ind) .

_.~,-

T. ~.~.EI_io_t (Us=~L __

.--i

M. R. A. Baig(lnd)

_

._-----_.~ ,

__

My Presidential Years. M/ Son's Father' My Truth Mystic River ----...

•

__

..

__

...

Thomas Hardy (Br)

__

.. ~ .(Continued!

Naganandan

---

Naked Triangle

•......

1

'_1

Samar Guha(lnd).

.'-

John Masefield (Br)

[!:!9-Fuff Stops

_":,.J Uma Shankar Jo~ht(l!1d) . Ma~.T~lIyjB~~-~ ~-~~~-'~J .. Naomi Klein (Can) , ~'n: Mahatma Gandhi (Ind) J George Orwell(B.~l-, ..

in India

.

No Logo t

.f ... ,

.~--_.

."

~.

-,-

•.

.."..

.,

• ..

'

---,

: Non.Violence in Peace and . War ---.-. ~-----._-_.-._-----.... .- - ..•...._--- "'-""--~~~-- --Nostradamus and his , . . Edgar Leoni (Fr) :,'. , Prophecies, r;:- .•...•..-,.---------...-. -----. -- ---, . Nostromo Joseph Conrad (Pos-Br) .

..

.

.;

,

I

o I O'Jerusalem _____

...__

t~ J

Odakkuzhal.

I OiHuman

L

I

larry Collins (USA) and Dominique Laeierr~

.

---l

G. Shankara,Kurup (Ind) " •

Bondage

"--W.

,._. __ ._

Som~rset Maugham IBr)

_

Oliver Twist.

Charles Dickens (Br)

On The Threshold of Hope

Pope John Paul II (Pol)

! (?n Op-~;~~=~_-_-_-_ -_.-_.-_.-=--i;;~-rd-W-i-lI_i~_m_s ._-._"-_-._.-_]

••

_

R. Venkataraman(lnd)=:J

'---

....

Charles Handy .,

..•• __

- King Harsha. Vardhan (Ind) ,I "-

~,----_

.._--_

Balwant Gargi (Ind)

,

.

..__ .__ __.,_ ..__.._

.•"

_"_". __••••,__

Ma"rquez

" .... ,_

j

.,..J

Wendell~!~e._IUSA}--l

[ Operation.Shy!~)C~ __ Origin of Species ''1 .~

Our Films, Their Films ,r '. ofAfr;c~ . ~--'

rout

'.

Arnold Toynbee (Br)

Operatio~ Bluestar: The True Lt Gen. K. S.Barar (Ind)' Story',," ,.,' .."',•...,...,. .:l;.~,.. ,.

@t~~ffo_

~'--""<"'-"'--.

Yea;~---;'f-~ "-~~~ri;I'GraCia

rO~e World

Dom Moraes lind) . --Indira Gandhi (Ind)l DenniSLeliane(USA-)-. -_

~~u~~ndred

One World and India

N

""",--,-~'-_._-",,,,;.,

Alive, .

Nine Days Wonder..

"----,.-"'r-"";<."-~"--------~------'....•

My Days .. ~,,~:J5.:..t::J.~51yanJ~n~I.,. _ My Experim;nts with Truth Mahatma Gandhi (Ind) "_. __...-~---'1 My India S. Nihal Singh -._.,... •..... ---' My Lifeand Times V. V. Giri (Ind) My Life,Law and Other M.C.-.S--et-al-va-d------, Things J My Life .. . Bill Clinton (USA) My Music, Life" Pt Ravi Shank~r.-(-In-d-) -_.-; My Own BoswJIT;.i~-"7-- ~~t:I'i~.(lrid)'"'""-

__ /-

.. ,~.,.--'$._._._---_._- ..

Murder in the Ca_th_e!ir,!! __ Muslim Dilemma in Indio'

__

Emile Zola lFd-_ Laura James' .

.1.

.1 •

Much Ad; A.b~C~bthif!fJ-_Willi()~_~hake~p~~r~J~LJ Mudra Rakshas . Vishakadutta (Ind) .

-----~l

[iiever at Ho~: Dom Mc>~a.:~.JI!lc:ll_~_~_,,~] New Dimensions Of India's A B.Vajpayee (Ind), Foreign Policy ~G:~-s~F-in-is-h-S-e-co-n-d--B~.-K-. Nehru (Ind!_ ]

-1

~!

.

~~_e_h~~_: 7i_he_' M_' a_k_'ing_~_f 'Tldia M. J. ~kb_ar_(!n_d_) ._~"_' _' _'

.

Katherine Mayo (USA)

•

._.

Nassar at War: Arab.' .' Images of the Enemy. '.1 NetajiDeador.

Tho_m.5ls. P~w_er_s.

Author

George Eliot (Br)_-----, ..--._...-.~._---,<..-..... ~i.n.:~een Eig~ty Four Pilo . Nisheeth '. .-_-:~~-H-e-L-m-(]~-n-._M_-e_l-v-i_lIe~-(~._=_S-A-L..

Myself and Other More -!!!!E..ortant Matters

LaBarre Win

L~::n~._.

John Gray (USA)

Mother India

•.

! Mayor of Casterbridge

Adol.t Hitle..r:..(Ger)_._-.--J David Cannadine .

"'----'-" ... ,._ ,,------""----

Memories of H?~ Men are from Mars, Women are from Venus

-.

-,

I'

My

.. -"""' ....:...~,,, ..,,.•.,.,,,;.

~ ....~~,--~.--~~.t-'"'--"""""-- ..

--',--.

I Name of the Book/Play

,-

Mein Kamp'!'~"__ . Meffon: An American Life.

II

Jim Corbett (Br)

__

. ...-:-~~-..-.....,_"'

.. _,-".,.~

Kalidas lind) ...,

-- .'

..

Luigi Pirandello (Br-Ita) -~.~--_._~~~ "'-,-~' .""------''''-.,',._---,-

Mankind and Moth~r Earth I 1

...•

Life is Elsewhere..

-;:....,.

. Man-eaters of Kumaon

-_

(USA)

~

.A:19.'2'!.9.~~9.J~:...~:..s_u!ts .._ ...._ .._~.:t=.r.. Dru.c..k=.r. ..~~~l Managing for the Future, Peter Drucker (USA)

Le~Jy1iserables _\lic:!<:,,~ug_o (~~).. _'. _'.. J Leviathan . ." Thomas Hobbes (Br) .--.----- .. -.~.- -~._-~.-.--"---.-.---., t Life Divine Sri Aurobindo I ~ _ . r ----.........• :.. .. -..•. ------

-,.,...'.

-.•..-_.-,'_---,.;,.--_--_"""....-.-_,~._""'- ..._-_

-~-~~~_.

. __ J

Richard Nixon , _, (USA).

-"'''.--

Romain Rolland (Fr) -..-

~;

___

.._

g'

Man, Beast and Virtue

Vincent Sheean (USA) _= -._--_ ..••••.••

.._.__ .__

_..

Man of Property

... --.Upa~.~~y~-<:~-()~~~ie.:...(lndLj ~__.' ... C. P.~now(Br) .. - 1. 1. Rousseau (Fr.)

I

-.,-- . ,-~( ~

Ma'iJ.udi.r:.C:Y:-, Man and Supermar)

I~l._._._

',.•~, _.'.'":"'1 ..•..

Sinclair Lewis (USA)

.••••.• _.~

..•••• ~-

--.-

Ved Mehta (Ind-US;1t

Main Street

~_'_'

: Leaders L..

~,--

Mahatma Gandhi

->~---~-,

Thomas Mann (Ger)

.. "."

Major BarJ:?ra_>~ _ Making Sense of Chindia

,-_ "-,._----- _._._

_

--_...'- ~...- - -.------

D. ~.L~wre~c~(~L_ Taslima Nasreen IB~n)-

Lead Kindly Light.

--,---

'~~'-.";

. "I"

_ .. -.-------~._-,~-~_._.

--;;:;hdoot.

Modern Painters Moonwalk -

William Shakespear~ (Br)

~'-,",' "".

Author

Mirza Sahiban Moby Dic(- .. __

"",'_ ..••.• '_ ......•..... _ .........•..... =-,~...,....,--

_ .••- ~ .•••••• .,. .•.~ "'.~ .. = ,~

' .. L

_L_a_dl_.es_C_ou_p_e ..__::....~A~i!c:...~i

(B,:L.._

William Golding (Br) 0-

Mahatma Gandhi and His Apostles . ,. .

(Br)

. L9..~f!st~r,!!e P~a.9,u_eL.. _ ' .. A~~~rt Camu:(Alg-frJ

L.!:.astBurden ..Last Things __ ~ i Le Contract {Social i,_Contract} .....__ •... __ ..--_._.

-

Kalidas (Ind)

. !acjy_<;~a.~er/er.'sL'?~:: Lajja- ..

• John Osb9r_n~

._-~_._~.

..

..._-_ ..--&_--------~---~---~<.-- ,-~-.,.....~ -----_..__"_~-_ .. ,'. "

..-.~,...

Erich Segal (USA)

Macbeth --.- .--......-. ". Magic Mountain

Samuel Taylor Coleridge , (Br)

Kumar Samb/:lOva

Nelson Mandela (SA)

~_. ~-~-'-~-,-~

r;;e of the Book/Play

Middle March Midnight's qildren Miff o~ th~'Floss -, ~-~_._._~_

-~ir'

M

LBi __..

. .willi5'm~.a!El:~e.?re

K~bit/Kh~~..-- ..

,-,......•.

.•......•. ""~--"""""'~"''''"''''''~''''~~

.. .

"\l; .-'

'!,'

Men Who Kept the Secrets Merchant of Venice

Eugene O'Neill (USA)

Love Story

---

'. "r

Allan Sillitoe (Br)

.Lon9.~::'~to_~ce~()"2 Lo..0kBack in Aryger Lord of the Files

Robert Louis Stevenson (Scot). Ru~ra~~~T~ng

"

,

Prem Chand (Ind)

.•.•_~_

Ti~~;h~N~ftali~-"7'

Kim

I

••...

,.

Long Day's Journey into Night

•••

A~e~i;an

:-Kid~~pped"'"7-------

'_,

Gabriel Garcia Marqueiz . (Col) '1,r-. --"---.,,._c .. __ , _~_,_".-" __ ..,~_'_'~._.,~...:.._..,.".., Vladimir N.cibakov .. -12 "-'\.. (Ru-.US~)_, _.•..... _.,__ .

Loneliness of the Long Distance Runner

••• _

I Khrushchev's Cold War: The Aleksandr Fursenko

'/~ide St;r;;;'an Adversary

.'

Lolita

,,.------,,...=----<--,-.~, ... __=-..,.."',Y41".,,_.~

--- "",,"-,.,,.

Ra~in.~r~~ath.!ag~r~j~nd)

Tavleen Singh (Ind)

Sir Walter Scott (Scot) ._,-~:

""<

.- ,,".--"~"""---'IF"'.-.,_

.••.0'

Thakazhi Sivasankara Pillai (lnd)

Kenilwo;th' •••~• ....., •••_.

"".~_~~~.~

"

• Kayar

_

.• ,~-~.,.

~

.,,_ -----.- ...__

E':!?~~_ ~ ••••

~-..'

__

Ja....~es_~swel~IScot_)_,_. Rudyard Kipling (Gr)::\l\Q'

Liplka ._. Living to Teffthe Tale

Archer (Br) . i ---';-, --,.- Jeffrey .- -' ~--. ------, Raja Rao lind) _H'_ ..'_

~Kashmir: A Tragedy of . errors

I .__

~~~-

Jai Shanker Prasad (Ind) ._"'

Kane and Abel' ;r--x'.----'---'

..

., Vats)'a)'ana (Ind)~

_'_'~'~-<'_'"""_'"

'.~'~',

... ,..._....~

Amrita Pritam (Ind)

"'.-'.

Kamasutra Kamayani

~if; of ~9muel J~_h.~:.?n Light That Failed ....,

',.

(Continued)

Author

.-

"_ philip_Roth(US_~l~~~ _':.' •~ Charles (Br)

'0'illia~~~~k_e~peare JBr) .. j Satyajit Ray (Ind) l;akDi~~~~~ "IDani ---

-

-1

1*'

WI"':;'! 1:1

A.210

Chapter, 4

General Knowledge

IName of the Book/Play

Author p.

,.'

r Painter of5igns

~~_.

_

,__ ' __ ._,

~'L_"--

__' _~...,...

Rabbit, Run

---...•.----

. _~""" .. _

Hardy (Br}

-----'

"''''''-'t"-v_

:L.:..-_. Pakistan __ Crisis .

"'_'--='''''''''''''''''''~'_,..-

.

.•_"""

David .. __ ..... _,-, loshak , .'_

..

D. R. Mankekar

Pakistan The Gathering Storm

Benazir Bhutto (Pak}

I Panchatantra

Vishnu Sharma (Ind) " .' .. ~ . John'Milton (Br) ----~~-~~.~_._~. .-..!b.omas Car!y~(~!L .. •..J ' Bibhuti Bhushah (Ihd) . ..•

__._--_ _-,.----..-----~.

__,_"""

~,~,

Paraqise tost'

__

.'"

.--~-~-.-""".~ ..•...•. 'l!..astand.~!!:.ent Pother Panchcili Patriot ~ .... -.

r

.. _-;

'''-

.~

,_",,,,,

,,,,_,,,--,,,,_'W

__

, __-,,,_,_,~

__,_"",,,

•. ",

.•.

-;;;

John Updike (USA)

_,-

.

,\

--~._-,~_.~~._------

'.""""--'--

-~.-

~~.~ ...•...... _._

..

..

.\---_

,,--~

-

"'- ''''''

-_._.-

" ... -'-'._.

L~ge! ..of B.a~glad~sJ2 Ratnavali

_._~!~o.~Y..0_a_s~nhas_ .. Harsha Vardhan (Ind)\ •

_ __ .--------~-~-"'~ _~~--_._-..

..

1?.a!:(Jn an~~c!c!!.:. ~_, '_'_ Kir'!.~.Nag(Jrk.c:..'::!~~~1. Reading Lolitha in Tehran Azar Nafisi (Ira)

_,k<J-

..

..•--_.--.- --.......

...

r

Pale Blue Dot. Carl ,....----_.,-~'_._._-_ __ Sagan •..__ .-.-(USA} ._-~

(Continued)

R::.g~u.~,!,!!-sa ~~~_. __~__ ,_~alida~J1.~?L~ .._. __ Ramayana Maharishi Valmiki (Ind).: .....•....... - ......••......•••._ ~ -",----_ ... ..... --~ ,1?,!,!!c~_CJ.~i!.?-"!,!~as Tulsi.~~~J~n_~L_. Rangbhoomi Prem Chand (Ind) .,t.1 ,.-

Pakistan Cut to Size

...

Author

. R

R. K. Narayan (Ind}

"'~'_"_'--"'_,_',

Pair of Eyes, f

jName of the Book/Play

f'''W~_.,~.--- ••._-_.,

•

1Rebecca "(;dB~dge

.'''''~

.. r

" ..,."'-....,..,

_

Dephne du Maurier (Fr) - Stephen G~~USA).~

oiCo~ra~~--

B;;k--~_~"=~=.~'_" rRed Earth and Pouring Rain Vikram Chandra (Ind) Patriotic Gore • ' Edmund Wilson (USA) S~~: iUSA)' ----~-----,----_-_. ------_.---=~.~,-..,._ ~ ~R;d St~r O;;r Chin~~-'-Edg~r ~Passionate Minds: The David Bodanis love Affair !.Reflections on the French Edmund Burke (Br) I'--.Great of the Enlightenment . Revolution _ _----'-_.,------_ _~_.-._t

.,_~'_... -••'''•..: ••'''.--,.-.---

';>">0"

..

.

Pavan Varma (Ind) .

r.;:::.-"'.-"-"~-=. ""- ..'.''''~''-~. '-'-. '.'.-."---.'-. '.-....•.............. -.- -..'L~~te~.P::n }._~._"~a!ri~(~r) .,_ <

__

••

_j

Pickwick Papers Pinjar~---~

' ~.

~"".• _\

Charles Dickens (Br). ,,_._~~it~-P;:jt~~(lnd-)----1

Plain Speaking

"N. Chandra-Babu Naidu

-. -_.--,- ._-,_:_<-_...~---------_._-._-<---~ ...- ....-----.'1 1 Plan of

Attack __ Pleading Guilty [ Portrait of 'n;;;~-'-'-" __

~.__.,......,.._ •. ,.nn_"

~b_

.'_' .._~.

Woodw::r~.JUS~) __ ..J Scott Trow (USA) Ved Meht~~d= USA)--

-_~ __

~.~_~

Post Office •.•

I Prelu'!..e_

••'

_:_._

N'~_'

~._.

•.• __ •__ •._' __ A_"

Prem Pachisi L,:-.~-,-._.• ~,-

-- -

_,~

,

.

,.

"'~_._

••

.,.,.,.,~,~ __ ~._""-

•••. ,,,,,,,,_ ..._

•.•••••••

__

".".-

,----....,"""~~~

~t

._

•••

-S~,.

_' l!'!.s~nJ~~~y ....

'.,~-'.

Private Lives. ~rofile~i~ Courage

Prg';~{k;;;-'-'-:

:J ....-~

.__ ..1

_J ,

Riot A .~Novel '-~._'.'__' .._,.~

J~y~prak~sh Nar~x~~_(I~d) Noel Coward. (Br) John F. Ken~~dy (USA)-] G~~e- B::r~;d-S~M

._~-_._--~----

.......•.•...

J

...~---~---

Shashi ,,~~ ,.-..~_.,_.,_w,__ .'~. __ Tharoor ._,~,.,.,, (lnd) . ._

Rise and Fall of the Third "'.".Reich "..-_--._,......-ff' ..,__ . __

._-=_'_~Y<_.

->'

.__

of the 8Qok/Play

-;;;k;

•

..

William F~uik;~(USAi.=J

Satyartha PrC!kash

Swami DaY~l1and (Ind)

Savitri

"_

Sassi Punnu Saz-i-Watan Seven Lies

'~rob~n_do

Seize the Hour: When Nixon Met Mao Scam, The Who, Won, Who Lost, Who Got Away ScarletLetter ---. .--""

"-"'-"_'

__

'_~'

., __ • ".Kali~as(~~L~" _ Doniel pEjfoe (Br) ' __

--'<:-'

_-.'.

LB~m~!!!!d!uli*!..~ __ ".~. Ro0n:.at,the Top ....

__ "", ••••• -_--._

.YY~liam Shakespe~!.: (Br) John Braine (Br)

, Rosencrantz and Guildenstern are Dead --:-'i-"-"--,-.

Tom Stoppard (Br) ._-'~~,

".•..... "".•...-.-_.--.-_

_ -._~--~.~._.--_._--_."'-~._._--', ~---------•. A ••

-.-

_.~

Rubaiyat-I 0!!1ar Kbayyam

Edward Fitzgerald (Br)

.•....

Horatio Clare

s ____ Sacred Causes: The Clash of Religion and Politics; from the Great War to the War on Terror

••

_.

Sexual Beh.a.vlours;,-;;;;;-American Mole.

Alfred Ki~~T~J'

Shadow and Act

Ralph Ellison (USA)

Shadow from Ladakh She Stoop; to C~~quer . .. P.~_;~

•••

"".,,-

.~a!<:" ..?i~gh J!n~L ... Michael Burliegh "

,

Shivaji, The Great Patriot

__

~N

""':

__

lala laip~lRai (Ind)

------_. __

~::::s~n~ La:k!ers Es~ay~"-' on India .

_--.l

(Continuec!J

;------

._.

~w.

Tales from Shakespeare Talisman .•••..-~.,.~--

._=.. _--

._.•••• __~

.._..~_.

Tarzan of the Apes fTempest _, __ ' Tender is the Night

-._-

of The Affluent Society ,-

..._

..m

.moc.'",,_,~_a.

•••••

-

.--..._-_

••••

-

__

,.,,=,,~.__ '

-.-

r The AI£1ebraof InfiniteJustice .,

~_---J

The Art of Happiness . .. , ,

I The

I

••• --_-

...._,_-

•••.,....- .••.•••...

.••••••.••,-'"-]

__.__ J:a~.~aul Sa~tr~J~rL ...._ ..J . . Bob Wodwarcl (USA) ..

[The Agonr...and t~e Ecsta!y'.. Irving_~to~~j~SA) _ . Tlie Alch~misi . .. . Ben John~on .

r:;:;-' ,

_""\

Arthur Conan Doy~:..(~r)_ John Kenneth Galbraith (USA) _

~,-----_.

of Reas~ The Agenda

_,.h_~

F.Scott Fitzgerald (USA)

•••

I The Adventures

I The Age

...

J~~esRedf;Td (~~.A.L~J P.G. Wodehouse (Br-'-USA),..

Thank You, Jeeves

t

__

e-~I~<:~.~~?~~P~~;;j~).,-

rTenth Insight O'

Charles lamb Sir Walter Sc~ttTs-;!)-'''' _=m_._ Edgar Ric~ Burr~ughs (USA)

~eplecart The Argimentbtive/n'dian

D. H. lawrence (Br)

,

j

__

R. K. Narayan (Ind)

~it~:e~~~~~~USA~) -. ~J [ The Arr9~gement

--_ _

._

Sunil Gavaskar (Ind) Irene Nemirov~k;" .'-,

Swami and Friends

The Ambassadors

Snow Count;y • ,_ ._._=-Y-;:;~una~i Kaw_a_b~~p~J:) ] Sofie'sWorld . Jostein (;aarder (Nor) Sohraband R~;t~~-~--M~thew Arnold (B-r)'--~I

---, ----

'--~-.-

..

Small~Beautif~/~tud;~---E~~;Sch~~~~he~(;er~B~of Economics as if People Mattered

Lovers'

1

-J

' .~.'~_~"'_'~~

L

Octavio Paz (Mej _

Sunny Days

------

f~

Siddhartha ~ . ~~_- Herm~:mnHesse (G:rD SilentSpring Rachel Carson (USA) Six Charactersi~' Search~Tl~randello (It} ---, an Author Six Easy Pieces Richard P. Feynman (USA) SlaughterHou;e Five ' . --~V;n~~~ut (USA) ..]

~d

I Sun Stone

I Suite Francaise

-'J

John Galsw~~~Y..J~L Michael Mbo;e' (USA) .

",

1

I

Bhabdni Bhattacharya (Ind) Oliver Goldsmith (Ir-Br) __

_-=]

!,::"osheDaY.9n(Isr)

__

C. P. Snow (Br)

".. Stupid White Men

._J

Shakuntala. ....,..._ .•_._. Kalidas !I~~L_' Shame Salman Rushdie (Ind-Br) Shape of Thing; to Come H. G. Wells (Br) . . .,..,_

<

T

-'-'"'-~'---"'--"""~""'"""'_. ------,

__

Bernard Shaw (IrU

Pamela Anderson (USA) .

IStrife

.1

_.-.- ..

,~.

= George

Strangers and Brothers

"I

Seven Lamps of At£hited;;i~~~_~uskin J~~l. Seven Summers Mulk Raj Anand (Ind)

..Shobha De (Ind)

I Story of Myiif~

••

...

Running for the Hills: Growing Up on My Mother's Sheep Farm in Wales

l Sa~a0:.~;ya~at.

AO~

J

WillialTl.Styron (USA)--

Star: A Novel

l

Ma;garet MacMillan . ,_.-----.-< I Debashis ~asu (Ind) and. Sucheta Dalal (Ind) Nathaniel Hawthorne (USA) .,__ -.1 Nirad C Choudhury

Scholar Extraordinary

"_"~"'_'_'_

Jeffrey Archer (Br)

I St. Joan J

.,~_~~m C~anc!.(I~dL. __ James lasdun

_.

Sons of Fortune Spouse

Ghos~.Jlnd)J

--~-=-~-~

__ ••

Author

[ Sophie's Choice ,

Hasham Shah

;,

Name of the8Qok/PIay

Maithili Sharan Gupta (Ind)

Sanctuary .~---~

~

L!!.itu.~~.Thara Robinson Crusoe

I I

Author

;,"---..-.-----.,--.-_.,,_,

William l. Shirer (LISA)

f

-'''';-'''''---'--'

.

-"".-.=-~._._------....,-_. __

'''

Niccol~.Machiavelli (It)

[6ncig~ F~ ~~-~~-~sa~c .New!~n Principia Mathematica Bertrand Russell (Br)

David Malouf (Aus) --'----',---_. ..-... .....--.'_. R,e!!!ini~~e~!!!!~_t::J:!i!'u A£1.e •..' ,M. O. Mathai Rendezvous with Rama Arthur C. Clark (Bt) ..v\ ,-~--_..•. .. I Revolu~~n. from.Withi'2......_. G~o~ia~!~,ine~.J~~L Riding the Storm Harold MacMillan (Br),

N' __

~~)=-.'..J

'.

__

~,--._--

Remembering Babylon

'~_._.~

,.__ ."--.----

Dean Acheson (USA) -J.~ne Austen (Brl'_'__ '

ri;rid;~-;;dP;;:;d-;;-,-.-- __ ',:'

__

Prem Chand (Ind) ._. -Sea-;us H;aney-il~"-

Present at the Creation

~--

__'_''''_~'_'~~

..... ~rE2~_w~?~wort2J~1

<_'_. _ '_'

r Preoccup~tions '_.-_.~-

Prince'.

".",_-

--1

Rabindra Nath Tagore (Ind) -~"'-

""_""-'.,"",~~'--_~

---'

"---,----------_ _.-

(Ind)

_--

-.--.y-~-.~'--.----" ...,.".,..".,,-.--',.,,-_.

---'_."""','_.

...

People Like Us

t

••._~...-

., •

A.211

. '.

'1

Arundhati R~yjl.n?)-'--' Henry James (USA-Br)

_..9~g~.!:~~~d S~~;-iir) -'1 ..Amartya Sen lind) Elia Kaza_nJ~S~)----J • Dalai lama (Tib)and Howard

" ..........:..•...~ ..', "''1

Tree Hugh __ _--_._-_._--_. Tinker (Br)

"'"-,-.Banyan .. .__ ..__

The Battle for Spain: The Spanish Civil Weir 1936-39

---'.~'"

Antony Beevor

I~ !..••••••••••••

~.nilI ....

~

i.1 III~,

~II' "II

Cnapter4 .

Al212

::11

I~I 'I

N'

!!!I

General Knowle.dge

rN~m~~f~BOI>kI~1i _~_."

""",,,,,,",,¥_., .._.~

__

'_._'

N~i~_.P~~L,.

__

Th~.Bride:s Book of Beauty ~~_'<.''''''''''N«--'-~ __ '''~'''''''''''''''''';_' .....__

The Bridges of Madison' The Bubble.

r~"'" .•~

-._~

sR.

,"

The Cancer Ward

. __. .....Patr.ick Whitt;! (Aus) ..c.,. •.•.... :'':;rr''''t~

.

.~
Lrhe FarawoyMu~ic

.•.••

__

..•.•.•

Kaye (Br)

.

__ . """'''''''''''----,1'

Svetlai;lo Allilueva . .. :"'""""

1\~=~~,~.~",~_~==,m~~_~.="",_"~"~"."»."", ',,(Rus":'USA)'

.._.'C>«»O"""""",,,",,,,

The Feminine Mystique

='~~_'A

.

y, -\;:f\~#;>'./l~$ ;",~ '\.:.~':!i:';

,

th~Boc>k/PICJy

...;J,I

•••••••• _ •••

"<""

The Fina/Days

'lill

The Forbidden Sea

Alexander Pushkin (Rus)

_.

__

. Richard Preston (USA).-"",J __ ."",; "-' __.' '.,

Isabel Allende (Chi) __ ~,~~"""="" .' _~_.'»,'--= ,_ .•_.._....-""",

..i., __". __....._..._"._..

.

';.. ...•

__ ',_._. "'_""_

.Johntowl<;lsJBrl

.. Caucasus

Saul Bellow (USA) ATit~X.<3~o_$h (ID~L_,

TheHungry Idiot,goesto'T'

Fyodor Dostoyevsky

~~'~"""""q~,"~"',....~,_m'_~;Oj;-':.-,.&." '.'m'.,>=;~"""',~'=='~y._

...._'_'

__ .

The Fury

".'.,

I

I Executive

The Ci'V;rWar'

I

.~W"«"¥""~.

-,"-

~"o"';''''.''-.,~,.,'._»>>>>'"m«<,=,

.

..

..-.. '_." ... ......•.,-_.. _--' •.. ,

. ,,-"

..._-'F'"' __

''o""';'~.=W",>
..,"".;''.,",;,w'''''~''m.,,,'''';;'';,,""';= __

«<>~

__

.~':'~W'_'''-.~

Mario" Puzo' (USA)

The Godfather

Pretor~Pinnl;lY

..,"

~

=~W~;"'''=''~'f_'''_'''= __ -";""-m~_;",'~~-

Gate The Golden Notebook

Doris Lessing (Br)" .

(Ind)

The Grapes"and thelWind. ~"""""",,,,""'~~_.

, TbeGrapesof

Dan Brown (USA)

The Death of Vishnu ,.--.

I The Degeneration

~,~,~~~~""",~_,_,_,__ ,~~_-",~;_",,,

-,~'

'n

of It/dia ~~-_.

Manil Suri (Ind)

='~-=-~N,~._,~~,~_

1. N. Sesbail(lnd)

,,~~-J

.. "~~_"-_'--.'_."",,,~.

;.>

"

I The Hit~hj,1ker's Guide I . ".

The End of I-fistory and the \ Last Man

~

, I

",,,,,",,,,> ••. :__ .,~:'"

Francis Fukuyama (USA) H••~.t

-~

i-"~

7

",- •••

..•

9""'==~_0"""'~""""""'~'.w..~,,-=""-'~~-:"::-,-'

The Heart of the Matter

=~-"=~';;~

.

Graham Greene (Br)

to

u=Douhl$d' Ad~~'

O.

TheLooming Tower: . . AI.Gaeda and the'Road to 9/11

Lawrence Wright

TheMan WithoufQualities'

••

~~="'"-_._"'~~~"

The End of a Beautiful Era '. Joseph Brod$ky (Ru$-'USA) II'

~:f

~~

ly.Hunter Carson McClJUer$ (USA)

"~-1.

Martin Amis

F--"'-'-~'--""~'''''''''''';''~''~'''-'':'''~''''''''''''''''':--,;.-'.-_'_~~;.".!..:_-_'-

__

'=~"'--....-... ~_~~~~=?:ht~[L

.•"",""",>M#"""' __ ''''_-=~,*

~-_.---_._~=--..,.....,.,-----~-=_._--

~~e .~m~erorTs Children

.,'~<W.,.."'=""""_==="-"'

The Great iJ~rC;velling Pa~1K;'~grrian'(USA) rrr•...•- ...'""."-~ ..rr- ...'"=.'_ •••"J7.,~-.'-. L The Gre:.~ Knif!!!L~..__ ..•_. The Guns ofA'ugusf / Barbara Tuchman (USA) i'

The Earl of PettLcoatLane, , Andrew Miller ..•. " ",,=-'

_'_,

,()B?~:L..._.._-~~~l~}Tb~l~or1~12.~1

..

}he~i~r~.o! ~, You2gGi~~~e~~r~J~:!1 1 The Double Helix... Jame$ D. Wa.l$on k e""w=.,_."M~~~"-"

John.Steinbe(jk (USA)

"-'-"-"O">_~,"-,-,",,,,,,.,,,,,,,,~,,_,o,;;_h,,,,,,;;"""'",,=M«"",,,",,,,,,,,","",,,,,">-"

__

.. ' Lou.isFischer (Fr)

_~~.

__ ~~:":'

__ ,.,.,...."'md~,_,""","",

....'

The Gre;t Challenge

!?c:..y °tth:J5?cust""~""_k~ ,~_~~

Wrath

f="",=.~-=",i"_":'"'
__ . ~"'WI'_'--''''''=--'_~

v. Vitayan

TheLegends 'bfKhasakthe LittlePrince

(Br)

, the Galaxy !__ "":' M-__ ~;~!'~;'":'~':~~.-. '~:"'.~ w~'::t~.-...-_~'-"~M~''':--;:-'~-.-+,,~i..~ The Hornet's Nest :. . JimiTlyCcirtei' (USA) _ I ,L,,,,,t'" .•...• ',., 'jContinue&

TheMaking of a Midsummer TheMandarin

'.k••.••.• "_.

_

•.••_"_

•.•.•_" ••.••••.". ••.. _" ....•• ~._ .•.•.•.••....•.•••. '..• ,... .... ••. ,•••. ~ •.

""~'"

'''"..''''~"._~~~>-..'-'=-~,=~~

..,.~-'.".--.-.'",,",'-.,--,---_._.-'----.~--~.~-, '='-' ~~"~,~<":~-_

Robert Musil' (Au$)' (Br)

Simon de

onression,.... . .. . .' TheMen who KilledGandhi ..M~.noh;-Malgon~~~J '~"'~"-~,,'----."'''''''''""'"-<._.----~~,---~_.

' "","""'"""=

__"'0'.-':.'"'_~

-7'"'-"';-".-"';"

'_:'~".":"'",.

11 __ ~ __ ",,,..,_, ..

•..-.x,~.'

.-'="""'''''H,~==."_;,,,,~ ~

Norman Vincent Peale Dr Li Zhisui(Chil't,

The Proper Study of Mankind The Ra~; ..~f~F;;;Lock~ ..:.....

Isaiah Berlin (Br)

-" ''"t:l

:~.-AI~:;;~d~; P:;~-;'(B;ir

..~_.-••... -~~._---

. The Rebel Albert (Camus) I (Alg Fr)

..-..._'

The Republic Plato

The'Return of the Native

.'

....~,~, ..- '--"~'''----'~-'-.'~''~

Monohar Malgonkar.(lnd) William Shakespe~reJBr) . ~dle Gro~~~d . , Margaret Drabble (B~)' •

The Revenue of Gaia: Earth's Climate Crisis qnd the Fate of Humanity

The:R;~~hu;s;b'inp

~"-".•,,..--"'-"'~'-.-----,

..The Rights of Man """""'---

...•.. _ ..

-----

..(Br) ,

_-_---.-.-"'-A~~l;a~P~it~in' (Ind)

.._---,,-..'.,"""'...,.,....,,.--,~

.. ~.

The Road Ahead

..

._,..;,.;"..;,:.;;;,.;--

._,

Thoma$ Paine (Br-USA) .-

Bill Gates (USA)'

_ -'1 ,

_'l.-''''m_~,'_,_,__ ",''.'''_~

.., .. ' .

,."....~""~.

Graham Greene (Brf

..=,_£'_wo/;,,-'

The Private Life of Chairman Mao

." ""_.~'-~

(Fr)

TheMasters The Medium in c.P. Snow (Br) theMessage-I. , The ~eaning of':'l~;h~ f,] '=-Michq~I'S?x '~~,

C

Pearl Buck (USA) Chads Dickens (Br).,

Power of Positive ,

~',.

- DavidSelboutne

__

''''''-''''''''=-'"'-''''''';~' ""•.

.•''''_:':''.,'''':'~,."=>"",.,==-~,-w-~-",,,""~,,..,,,~';";'--j~""~_-a

..

The Power and the Glory .. ~%.....,,,,-=_,.w.'*_.

..~.~,.,,

W. Somerset Maugham ,(Br) .

The PickWick Papers

.

i

J

'.'

Fih7iOfh;; Sid~Of Miadighf' w"Sidne;"Sheld:'-;;'lUSA}~

bo'o.~-''';.~'-'''=_'"'O_,'''*'''--v.-.&~~,,'':':t"''''-,_~-'o~';'=u»''''''''-=''''=-'.''«'''=,"""',-=-__•

(IndJ,

• ~-~""-"1

Old Man and the Sea Erne$t Hemingway (USA) The Origin of Species .; .~ Chci'r1esDarwih(Bf) "1.,"

; The Patriot

TheLife of GeorgeMqck{1yMoggiefetl~l.l~$Oh Brown:Through the ~ye of . .. . a Needle

PabloN~ruda(Chii

F¥~~~~~~'P.,.-=m~.~~~,"~=&~~,-,-"

h

""':'

..- ..'-'''-. -'-'.'-"''''--''~'-''----'.

::'<"''''~~~~v.'~7~~;.,''''.-.,~="%''W'',"''0~-W"

,•.-';""""'._~_o"'om;""=~=~"'_:"""'_'_"'''''''''''~=''"''''''

I. I

,...",.'''''''...--..'''',m..,..._' ..''''''', ..

Ron Suskind

The Painted Veil

TheLastTemptation of Christ N. Kazantzakis (GK),

i~.

~,==--"----~>J;j);

The Clown'

The Da Vinci Code

Milan Kundera (Cze-Fr)

TheLast

Shelby Foote (USA)

w~~m"""r_""""'~"':"'~_"''''~ro._''_=:~.'''''

The Cloud$potter'sGuide: 'Gavin The$cience(HistQryc:lI)d . Culture ofC/oud$ ..

\

__ __

. """'

Michael Pollan

The One Present Doctrine: Deep Inside America's . Pursuit of its Enemies Since9/11 .., .•-'''--.----

TheKeeper of the

Amitav Ghosh '(Ind)"' a,=,

The Glass Palace

.. .

_;:"'~'~-:;=":,~~:~~~''''*o'o~ro=_''''';~.~'

John Ie Carre (Br)

! The Omnivore's Dilemma:

Ian Bremmer

... ".

! J

........... ...,. ,. iA .Natural History of Four ..Meals

TheJudge

'.J

-L~mf:~~L~.iri~~;U~6) .. ' Michael C~nnelly(USA) .;

The Night Manager"

TheJudgement

1:1,

~=..

TheInterpret:r~~;;......._;,,_

Salnici'n Ru~bdie

The God Delusion ..

,I~I

< ••••••

--~-'~-,"".,,,,

,_,.~,

~~e,~ ..~l!~~I1.(tJSAL"~ .....~_

it

..

~=""'~"""_. ---~.~'-""'--~<"'."._.

The Caretaker

jt,

Salman RU$hdie(lnd~Br) •

Andrew Bacevich (USA)

~II Ii

The Moor's Last.Sigh

TheImportance of Being '.. Oscar Wi.lde (Ir) Earnest Wole Sor~~c: (Nig)

.

W. Somerset Maugh~m

'R~$~I"B;i~:: ....:~ ';x",,,',"",""'

Moliere'

The Nc:Jrrow~'

....~'f"="",~"'~

\",

-'--J

.....

The Moon and

TheIdiot .... '. '.' ....Feodor Dostoyevsky (Ru$)l TheIndo Paki~';~;;c~~ii;it.~ ~,:.~_d .•.."~~m"'~_~~.-,:~,-i4L,,,=x,~'''~

. ~.

rTh~t:"9.'?.~9!e_~

TheInvisible~91!..~,,<~..~,e .._..

I

Jeffrey E. Garten~(USAH

..-K~-;~(lnd}--'"'"'"-'-'I'~~--

The Miser

J

I

Author

-~---~'-'-.-~---'~"_.-.i

Tara Ali Baig (Ind)

,~-,,,,~~~"=_,*fu

~:,,*,,,,,;;;,,,,~__

.'.. ~~;"x.-~

•

00!!l~9ue Lapieu~J~) Bob Woodward (USA) and Carl Barnstein (USA) J,

'''_~~''~_''_~''''<

"'~~<

INam•. Ofth.Book/PlgyThe Mind of the, .c.ro,. r7i-he-Mini~t~r-is-t--~.-~--

TheHot Zone ~.-,~,

A.213

'.~',"r'''i~~.

Author Chinmaya R. Gharekhan

TheHumboldtpift...

__ ~"""-'"

1111:

I,

<

","":"_..,~"","""---_m",,,,,,,,,,,~',

"/fifih"H6;;;tndh': .'~''''''''«,,'''C'Ld''t;yC~ili~~''lu~Afd~d

Alexander Solzh~nitsyn

The Captive of the

_...

The House of the Spirits,..

Betty Friedan (USA) 'tv'

••,--~-,.-_._'''.,-,.,_ •..••c __

••••_

M. M.

r-----"'''''''.~=-----------~.

Mulk Raj Anand (Ind) k •••.•••

~I~

.."""'--K~

J. Woller (USA) .

.._- ._ ..,.......••-,."J7-~.~ ••_-••~_.__...-

()f

t,.

_.w

The Far Pavilions

""<=W''W'''<_"",''''~i"V.

The Call of. the '._. Wild . , ....• ._~._ Jack ..... 10r)(:jol1 (USA). .__ __ ~"_.,,_ , •.

I I

. .'

Mulk Raj Anand (Ind)

."""_~,~.,..,.._,.".~"",,,,_~.~*-.W"""">","m__

'.'. .Madonno(lt.,. YSA}

•

C_.,~-=~~ ..~~",.",~,

.=.,.W'NW

-;;me

.", ••.

~th::Exe~:;ib~~;'; S:;-.''':'~-N~~~'~~M~i;/(USA)~ n;Horse Shotable

_;<;.,<,.,=~=-i':''''''

!~.Bette'~_t'!'_9'n.__ ._. ,..~~!!.a The Big Fisherman' Lloyd Douglas (USA) ~:'T.h~a/~~kHple ."-: .... '-.-R'icb~;Ep(;~t6~1uSAjT~rX! ",_,""~,'o,~''''''''''O'o,==-~~"",,~,~,~,'mv.v'',, ,~'o.m-,..~*'o~o~,._,k~",

(Continued) -'

Author

LrheEnf!lish Roses .

DClvid.Kdlb~-rs.i~rT/(USA)"'"

.._=m""",",,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,~_,_.

~

Of~jaJ>
c]

A"ol'

.'Th~ Best and the Brighi~~t."

',I,"

r~

I:il General Knowledge

flil 1

A.214

"l\

1

!1

I Name of the Book/Play

II"111

'1

I IName of theBook/Play

Author

[ The RuJ:y in her Navel The Satanic Verses

Barry'~..:~~_

..__

-"""-'-=---

-- ,,_~

._-...-~ ..

"e

__

/ The Seven Spiritual Laws of ! SiJccess __

~_~_.

,__

u

"

"o

~_~_

~~J

,_. __-,

.. ",,,,,~,~

__

,, __

: The Shoes of the Fisherman •••

,

;

••_

Moris I. West (Austral)


.-

The Social Contract I

-"_~~

~~_

~

_._

.

~N_"".-""'~~_~'~"_

Mulk Raj Anand (Ind) ._._, ._ .,."""'" .

LTjJe Te3~'!_T~nt__ ,_.__ .__

J,<;>~.~. 9rish~~(~~~L.,." Alvin Tofler (USA)

".

__

••••

",, __

w.~

.~~i!!~'!!..:..'?!the Hero" The Total Zone __

~

""_"_'-'~~-""~_'

The Tree of Man ________

-"-'W

•.~.- ••••~ •••_.~ __

-,-",~""-'--',~",r

-

.••r_---=-""",,,!,-',~'

,.~.~

The Trial

- .---..••.--_. __ ,..,.'.-'""""

.... _

The Trouble with Physics: The Rise of String Theory, the Fall of a Science, and What Comes Next

.

'-.

_

.\

II

_

--_._------_

Victor Sebestye~..

TwelfthNig~t

.k

~____

Lee Smolin

.._--~,,"""_

_"""'_,+'''' .."";,,_,,,....,. ..''''''''''..

..•...

_------

.

.•..-=~"~~.--.-

-_.

,,_.~--

'[

g)

,...• " r

Claire Tomalin

-.. -_.---_ ..

, Time Machine

.-...

,

.''''~"'--,,:.--,,

""

-

Nirad C. Chaudhuri (Ind-Br)

j

~_.,~~,'--~ .. ,'-=--

_ _--_._---._---..

H. G. Wells (Br)

~ (Continued!

I

Shields (USA)

J

Bhavbhuti (I~d): -

~

Potrika

William Thackeray (Br) U Thant

-

••• ~~

,.,

Tulsidas (Ind)

Yama

_,,~

.. __ ~

"

.

.

" , Mahadevi Varma (Ind) .'

: Yashodh~ra __ Yayati'

., .., .. __ 0a~ili~~aran

]

'-w._" .. "

!

I

.

~-~

'ri',

G~f?!(I~dL,

V. S: Khandekcir (Ind)':'.'

(~l~)-~]

[~ear ofjfr:..~pEe~~9.~_==~'~' H-;ry~sing~ Yesterday and Today K. P.S. Meh6n (I~d)"'.. . You Can Shiv Khera (Ind) • ' '--' -

wi~----"2'"

Jacqueline Susann (USA) "_~~'''"_'''''''_'~'

J

f--"'-"""""".'''''''''''"'''''-<"-'---~~---''---''-----'-~'-'~-''''''''''.

r

V

-""",,_,_

Frank Moraes (Ind) . ,",,-'-----_."'_ . :..-.;_ ......--.-._..... y~---"~~ ...

y

--'

.Unsafeat Any Se.e.ed }alph .Nad~(~~~)_ .._--l UntoThe Last John Ruskin (Br) UntoldStory ---~:w--Ge~;;~rB.M.K;~111-~c:i)Up from Slave;~----Booker T. w;shi;"~k,;~~' :U,Opio .,...._ .• --Thomas.More WrC'.i

-

. __ ~os0f!l~~d..7PilcJl;~ (S:ot)~l .

._,

__

Carol ~.,

'~"";"'-'

A. P.l Abdul Kalom (I~dr

-.~--J

1

Unless.

--.-

J

~~Spenc~rJ.?hn$~n--(~~T

....;...-:."~Q':Qj wa Thion92 Women'in Love '. D. H. Lawrence (B~) , . "Woodr~w Wilson-;R-;ght"--. G~y"H~dgs~n-I Hand: The Life of Colonel L~dw!2!:.d.J1.!:!2Y~_.~ ..~'"~., ~_"'" __'_'_ .. """_,.,..""_,...•,.,...,,..j World Within Worlds Stephen 'Spender (Br)

Iris Murdoch (Br) L'!!d L9.iP'-;-R-a....;...(tn-_.~-L'-.-_ O-.i ..

. Volleyof the D611s 'W'onityFair ----View from the UN ,.

[ \A{.hom;;ved My_Ch~;;;e? Wings of Fire

I

.j'

I Wizard!?f t~~ Crow

--,

Underthe Net. Unhappy Indi~'~- ._~-~~.~.

-

L ..'" '.

J

..

- ...""'-'----------.--,----~.

l.

W~I~~ __'_ ,_ _ .J

.:"_-_ ..~harl~sKinQ~l.!:y_._. What They Don't Teach you Mark H..McC.ormack (USA) , at Harvard Business School .• f -_.'_..- -~-_ •._ •. ----..•. - ~'--' •... ~ '''~Where I _'_~""~'_''''''''''''''''' Was From Joan'~_~_, Didion __ (USA) ~_. __ ,.,;,w,.-- ....__ ..•. ;" .._ White Man's Burde,n: Why Willip':'l Easterly . the West's Efforts to Aid the Rest Have Done So Much 111 and So .LittleGood

Solst~.~ ~~Witness to an Era

.

H:..?

Khuswant Singh (Irid)

I W~r

..

..!:!..ffor Romcha"7iTc;--'~-'

~U'i

Friedrich WihelmNietzsche (Ger-Swi)

Thus Spake Zarathustra

••...••

ih;'~"'

\

Bruce Clark

~.

Amrita Pritam (Ind) Colleen McCullough (Ir-Au~t) ~.. ,0

-'~---------' : Three Horsement of the ..

.'.

Alexander Dumas.(Fr)

,"(USA)

-.,,"~=--'."

..._..

~--,_._-,~_--,-"""'_.

,.'

,'~

--MClkR~iAr~~;~~)--~~]

.••.

_.

'New Apocalypse

.. :.

James Joyce (Ir) ---------.- ,-_ ---._-, UncleToms Cabin Harriet Beecher StoVfe

Yasunari Kawabata ~apari~ ,--------~_._-_._------

,

J&

Ulysses

••

, Thousand Cranes ..

.-..l

..).

U

The Thirteenth Sun

I

"1

William Shakespeare(~)~J

Twicea Stranger: The Mass Expulsionsthat Forged Modern Greece and Turkey

..•..

-_.-

1956 Hungaric;1nRevolution

Thomas Friedman

Thomas Hardy: ,The Time Torn Man

LWes...twa':9...f:!.g

" '"

of the VY'?d~s,

We Indians

.'

A_~""'M;.k.~"'.,''''~,,~,-,~

~._,-----------" Adam Roberts

_

_

Joh; Kenneth Galb~:J •

;~d

.!Y~liam Dal~>:'!'ple l.?cotl A L. Bashan ' to

The Yellow House: Van Martin Gayford I Gogh, Gauguin, and Nine Turbulent Weeks in Aries ~.,----_ .. -~---.'-'"-"-----' Theory of War Joan Brady' (USA). J Things FallApart Chinua Achebe (N'i L,...•. ,_",-,~",-,,~.,-= __ . .._"."•.,.,'"'"""", •••••••. _'._.'"

f War

Henry Miller (USA).

TwentyYears After . TwoLeaves aBud ...

••.

.1

S. G.o.palan (Ind)...

~ K. Nara:t~ JlndL_~'-J Annie Besant (Ir)

--._--~eo Tolst~y (Ru~)_,,-==-~~] Vir Savarkar (Ind) ',,'.. "

War of Indian Independence

Robert Louis Sfevenson (Scot)....

"---.~"'''~.'-'-'..

Vargas L1osso(Per)

LWaiti~~ for!~~ah~!'!!..~ Wake Up India

~-~~~ ,!~d

.'

.'-

,.".~"""'~'"""'~""'''*"'-=_''''''''_

•••• _.

.....

'.

/

Samuel Beckett (I~).

P~~~e'~'.:.=

Fieldi~g~L--.1

Trystwith Destiny Twelve Days:The Story of the

..

Adam Smith (Scot) " '\

Bankim Chandra Chatterjee (Ind) .'.;.

Waiting for Godot

H~L~JI~~..':) __ ..J

-.=--=-_.

Samuel Butler (Br)

_.-.."_

(Br)

Khushwant Si~gh '(Ind)

Triumph Tropicof Cancer

<

~rio

_..::!:.n.'J

~

.1.

..\~

... --.-

The Wonga Coup: Guns, Thugs and a Ruthless Determination to Create , Mayhem in an Oil-Rich Corner of Africa

"'o,~"""'._

_.

~U~r;;;;;ish;JMa-n----N-iz-z-im--E-ze-k-ie-I-(I-nd-) \ I

"If

Franz Kafka (Cze)

The Trial of Queen Caroline: Jane Robins The Scandalous Affair that Ended a Monarchy . _" The Trotter-Nama, Alan Sealy (Ind) The Troub/~-';;ithAfI'-ri-ca-.-' -'-Robert Calderi~i---'--'l I Why Foreign Aid Isn't ! Working .. ~

.• \~"t".

~- Virginia '-- .;Woolf

I

..

W

1

~."

..

TomJones Trainto Paki~tan .."'-"--'-" Transmission TreasureIsland

'

J .~-

Author

Vish Vriksha

.~~~ ..ss.~':~_~!x.(~n.9)

-r:"~--"""---.-.....c._--,

I ,

.\

.

Charles Fishman

The Would is flat

Patrick White (Austral) . . ._._ .. _ ... _."..._._J:

._.___

,'.

__ ._.~.-"""

...

Harper Lee (USA)

_~

---_ •.

<

..

H. G. Wells

_ ....•_-----_._--

- •••_,.-

'

I..

_""',

Jhe White Mu@!!2!!........ The Wonder that was India

__0ari<2.V,!rga.~~<:(':er) Martina Navaratilova (Cze-USA) _ '.

..

..

Guntber'Grass (Qer) .

ToLiveor Not to Live -Tothe Lighthouse

.••••.._: .••

A. Abbas

The Wealth of Nations

"l='='''''''''''',,.,;>

~

..

'.'~'_'_'~

•.--.-----

._~_.

•••," ..W'._

The Sword and the Sickle r-.----._-,--'

•••.• '

~o

;The Way to Paradise

Lech Walesa (Pol)

The Third Wave

• __

The Way of all Flesh t""--..--

r- .. _._" --_.~.- •..._ •• _ .•_ ....~._ .." ..-.• _. "'_--"._-"""--', l Th~t':!@Jie!!! .•~tyFe ..• ,.._~~Ison Mand:la(~;\) _

.,~

.._..__

T. S. Eliot (USA-Br)

The War of the Woulds

'1'

'"

,

':~,,!,:~lEE.!!J:'~fTlL. __.

The Story of the Integration V. P.Menon (Ind) of the Indian States . r"-'~"'---"---~. - -...._-----"--_ .._.,..__._..__..The Strange and Sublime Amit Chaudhuri (Ind) Address -.'"" .._,~-_,~.~""_,_~_"'~~"'_"."",.

..

The Wal-Mart Effect: How the World's Mos-Powerful I Company Really Works-and : How It's Transforming the

"~~~tma_~_a_n~~~~~~

'""

••• ~_.____

The Wail of Glass

J

l;~;.:~~~n!:'~~l~~--"_ .__

•

.' . ,

ToKilla Mocking Bird

,.

Susan Sontag (USA) .be.,

------'--"""""'-"----_. The Wages of Destruction: Adam Tooze The Making and Breaking of the Nazi Economy

"1

[!jJ~2ound and.!!!.:.Fu!X-- "~~YViliiam Faulk!'.~JUS~C~~] The Spirit of the Age William Hazlitt (Bri)

__

•••••••••

,....

Tinker,Tai;o~..S5:i!!ie;•..• _ . .-.l'?hn Le-Carr~:(~~)_~'1

~-

; The Son.9_'?'_Susan:'9~. __ . __Stee.~~nKingJUSAf_ The Songs of India Sarojini Naidu (Ind)

""-._,

"""'-

'

William The Ckeray

, The Waste Land'

..

'..,"

The Struggle and the Triiimph

._~

1.1

I Name of theBook/Play

Author

': -

TinDrum,"

'1

"

,II

---~-Y.''-----~----'

__

The Volcano Lover

•.•••••• ~'"""'$

Rousseau (Swi-Fr)

----~'~--...

~,__

.,,,,~_.......-.,,.,"--"~'''-~'''

!lR..._.

l

.. _.-

•

iii, ~

"'"'n,_~

tNome of theBook/Play

.....,.,."....,

Paul Bowles (USA -Mor)

i --~--------_

Saul Bellow (USA)

(Continued) , .:.....---:-:t:,:.;-----

~

Oliver Goldsmith ,_.(Ir-Br)

"'

The Victim The Virginians

Deepak Chopra (Ind-USA)

The Sheltering Sky I l .i::~

__

-----'

R. K. N~rayan' (Ind)~:~,

The Vicar of Wakefield ~ __"""'"__ ,

Salman Rushdie (Ind-Br)

1

Author

The Vendor of Sweets

~

Jhe &c'?nd~orl~ W~r .. ~=~~sto_~Chu~~(~L The"...••Secret Life of Bees Sue Monk (USA) r..-.-.•... "

A.215

Chapter 4

I Zen and the Art of ! Motorcycle !Maintenance L__ .. "_. __ ... ~

Zorba the Greek

'j'

Robert Pirsig (USA) ..

_

Nikos Kazantzakis '(GK)

(

"1' I

:

~

I,,j

I

A;216

Chapter 4

GeneralKnowledge A~217.

WORLD'S GREAT PERSONALITIES

(WHO;SWHO)

..

".,"

Life Sketch of Great Personalities This section includes a brief life sketch of those' great personalities who distinguished themselves in various fields:

A 'Frontier Gandhi' because he organized the people of th~,North~West FrontierProv,ince (NWFP) of undivided )lldia (now ~erged with Pakistan) on Gandhian princ~ples. He was a staunch Congress man who <;alledhimself a soldier of the freedom struggle. His admirers called him BadshahKhan. He was awarded the Bharat Ratna in 1987.

Arundhati Roy (b;' 1960} , She is a noted In'dian writer, environmentalist ahd social activist. She became the first Indian to win Booker Prize for her book, The God of Sman Things, Sh~ was aWa1:dedthe, Sydney Peace Pri~~ ~2004.

Abdul Rehman Tunku (1903 to 1973) The Malaysian statesn:t.an,.qndthe first prime minister, who f).egotiat~cl wi!h)~e ~ritish for the independence of Malaysia. AbraHam Lincoln (1809;0 1865) He is the 16th president of USA who succeeded in abolishing slavery. He'was re-elected. as president ,in 1864 and assassina,ted by J~hnWilk~s Booth in 1865. ' . .

. .

A~u-BC!kr(573 to 634 CE}Abu-Bakr, a leading general of Proph~t Mohammed; was the first Caliph of.the Mus:lim empire and ruled f~om 632 CEo He made tslam a political and military force in Arabia.

Abul Falai (1561 to 1602) He is the autho'r of Ain-i-AkbiJ.;iand' Akbdrnama. He was the' celeb~ated Mugh~l court'poet, and prime minister during Akbar's reign.

Manf johnson (b.' 1967) .He is an American~iiter; 'he was awarded 'the Pulitzer Prize in 2013 for his book The Orphan Maste(f Son. " AJolfilitlei(1889

people lost their lives; In 1939, his troops invaded Poland, causing the outbreak of World War ]11;'and in 19,45,Germany faced total defeat. He married his mistress Eva ,Braun in April 1945 and the ne',<:fday they are said to have committed ~uicide. '1,

Adoor Gopalakrishnan (b. 1941) He is an eminen,t1,script writer and filJ:n director from Indian cinema. His important works include: Swayamvaram, Kathapuru_ 1 ,~ shan, Nizhal Kuthu. t

Aeschylus (524 to 456

Abdul Ghaffar Khan (1890 to 1988) He is also known as

to'1945J The Austrian-born German dictator who influenced the course of history ill the 20th. century. He served iIilhe German Army in World War. I. He,1ater founded the Naz~ party and became Chancellor in 1933.,He pushed the (Ooimtries of the world into World War,II, iri which five million 'I

t~

;'

"

.

,t'l!

Greek dramatic poet, founder of Greek tragic drama.;';:

Aesop (600

SCf)

The Greek author of Aesop's IFables (moral tales with animal protagonists). The famous title 'The Tortoise and th~ Hare' was his creatio~. J SCf)

prevent~d him from aq,vancing further. into India 'Ylg he died m}23 BCE. .'. ' ,'.., ,

Alfonso de "Albuquerque As Founder of the Portuguese empire in the East, he conquered Goa in 1510 and died in 1~15. .

to governmep.~~is~u~g:.~ gt:lze~e.notjfica.ti
from Vier\na credited with introducing concept of inferiority"complex.

Archimedes (287 to 212 sef) He is the Greek scientist and mathematician kriowh.for his discovery of theuni:qu_e principle of }:moyancy :(law ,of floating) .. Also q.is~ covered and analysed the principle of tlJe lever and invented the Archimedes screw to raise water. ' r ,"

Alfred Lord Tennyson (1802 to 1892) He was England's

Aristotle (384 to 322

poet Laureate from 1850 till his death in 1892.Author ofIn Memoriam, a poem of great beauty and depth of thought.

Arnold Schwarlenegger (b. 1947) 1 He is a Noted Hollyw60d . ',,' ,.',.

AlfredAdler (1870 to 1937) He Celebrated psychologist

Amitobh Bachchan (b. 1942} He is a'Famous su'i)erstar of

.

...:..

•

~."

" ,.jJ .'

.~"'.'

' .•.• ~ ,./

.

Y"

,".'

>

'!

".

,

~~

•• "

•

.•••

He is a Greek philosopher and teacher of the young prince Alexander of Macedon. J; SCf)

a'ctorand entertainer who gave blockbustersli~e ;Terminator' and 'Total Recall'. The Austrian~boinAm:erj ican citizen turned republican politician and' woh election to become Governor of California (USA).",.',~ ",

•

.'

•

:

1'"

,;.

,,'

'.'

'1.1:

Indian cinema. He has acted in over ioo movi'es and given many blockbusters throughout his' brilliant career.He was awarded Padma Shri in 1982. '

Arthur ConanDoyale (1859 to 1930r .He is 9.. B~itish'~riter -an'd'

Aishwarya Rai Bacchan (1974) Winner or: Miss'IlWorld

AmirKhusro (1253 to 1325) The father of Sitar (sahatara)

creat~r ot detective Sherlock H~iffies~db~i1'X9-J~gn:;{;

crown in 1994, she is now a noted film ador.

)\''1(,

maestro and;an eminent Persian poet based in medievalDelhi.

Arthur Holly Compton He is an American scientist, noted

i}

Amitav Ghosh (b.1956)

Aga Khan IV (b. 1936) . Spiritual head of 20 million Shia Ismaili Muslims in the world.

:: 1,0,

Ak bar (1542 to 1605) The greatest Mughal Emperor of India, he reigned from 1556.

AI-au-din Kllalji He ruled north India between 12% and 131€?He was thesttongest ruler of the Khalji ~Ynasty and during his reign the Muslims progressed-towards the Narmada river in the Deccan. .i 0'

"

Albert Einstein (1879 to 1955) One of the most illustrious scientists of the 20th century, he was born iri'1879 at Ulma ill Germany and' completed his education in Switzerland. .He made the revolutionary discovery of the Theory of Relativity in 1905, which established his reputation among the physicists of Europe. In 1921, he was awarded the Nobel Prize in Pp.ysics.He dieclih the ,USAon April 18,"1955. " .'

Alberuni The famous Arab historian who visited India along with the armies of Mahmud ~f Ghazni and wrote an account of India. '~ .•

.

1 ~ •

•

'l"''''

Alexander Fleming (1881 to 1995) The Scottishb~cteriolo" gist discovered penicillin in 19,28.He, howev:~r,could not isolate it but this was later achieved by Florey and Chain with whom he shared the Nobel Prize in medicine in 1945. ' ,r~i'

Alexander Graham8el/

(1847 to i1922) " The "Scottish-

A:~~~i~~ s~}en!~st~~?~vented

Alexander -'he Great (356. to 323

~elephon~!n 1876.

King. of Macedonia, who conquered' most of Asia Minor and defeated Porus (India) irt 327 BCE. A' mutiny. in' his army SCf).'

One of India's most distin'" guished E~glish- language novelist. His, nov~ls include, Shadow Lines, The CirCle of Reason, The Glass Palace, and the Hungry Tide. .\"'on Sahitya Akademi award for Shadow Lines. He was awarded PadmaShriin 2007." ,\ "

He

AmrifoPritam (1919 t02005) andpoetess~9wn.

He is a Noted Indian writer for unconventional writings.

Andre Agassi (bo'. 1970) He is a American tertnis star. Wimbledon(1992), US Open (1994, 1999), Au~tralian Open(1995)'AndreMarieAmpere (1775 to 1836) He is a French scientist whoformulated Ampere's law. The SI unit of electric currentis named after him.

Ang Dorjee He is a Nepalese Sherpa, who climbed

for 11,lsres~arch (m X-ray~; won t~e N~b~\fri~e 1927. " .". '.', "l

ArunaAsaf Ali (1909 to 1996). She is an Importa~t Iridi~'

ner

freedom fighter and a devoted socialist, radical iri views. Awardeg Bhar~t Ratnp.in 1997., , .'" t.1~]l\?

Aung San Suu Kyi (b. 1945) . She is a'Nobel 'Prize winiier; and greatest advocate of democracy in Myanmar,she was kept under house arrest by the' rnilital.:Yj~nta of Myanmar.

Arun Shourie (b. 1943) He'is a ,Noted journalist, politi~ cianand Magsaysay award winherfrom India.

", .,

Aryabhatta (476 ;0 520 Cf) . He is the Indian astr~nome:r who adorned the court ot"Chandragupta V!kr~TIia~i~ tya.India's first satellite is named after him'.' . . ,

.....,

,-.

,

'!; '\..

~

••

',

~

Atal Bihari Vajpayee (b. 1924) He is an Eminent parliamenta,ri~n; n?ted.poet; journ~list andforrp.er. Prime; Minister of India. . . , .

Mt. Everest in 1984. with Bachendri Pat the ,first Indian woman to conquer'Mt: Everest:'He has the distinctionof having climbed Mt. Everest tWice withoutthe use of oxygen. • .' \'

i~t. SJ:e

AnnaHOlore(1937J Kisan Baburao Hazare (full name),

Ashok Kumar (1911 to 2002)

re,sidentof village Ralegan Siddhi, Ahmednagar. Distnct, Maharashtra; is a social' activist and leader of v . .'~." . _. '... . . " anous movet:nents "to uphold rural development, gOV~rnment tr~sparency, fight against corruption. In ~'pril2011was, in promine~ce to. promote Jan Lokpal IU, led through fast a nation-WIde protest; thaUed

~

.

',

..

';

•

~

:

,"

':.'\:"\

j

. ~

'i'; .,'

'.

.'

~

'.1~,.li'i'~"

I~I."

~:.:

Ashapoorna Devi (b. 1909} She is a Bengali poet and~o,ygl-

is t?E?firstwom,~.

to re~eive Jl}anpith A"Yard:;I

He is a Legendary film'actor' in In,diaI:lfilm indllstrywho.se career is II1pre.thi;ln~i~, decades. '. ' . . .' J #

~

•

•

P:

~;.

!

AshiJka, the, GieaU264 J to. 228 BCf} • He is' theGr~ndson of Cha~dragupta, Ashoka was a great emperor of India. After the battle oLKalinga, he renounced violence' and embraced Buddhism. ' , , .' .' , )

I tf

! ;:1 I"

11,!

A.218

Chapter 4

General Knowledge . 'A.219

II

Ii

Aurobindo Ghosh He is an exponent of Indian nationalism; a philosopher, poet and saint His famous works include Life Divine and Essays on the Gita. .

Boutros-Boutros Ghali (1922 to 2016) He is an Eminent Egyptian politician who became the first Afric~p Secretary,General of United Nations (1992 to,19Q6).:

Azim Hasham Prem;i (b. 1945) Chairman of Wipro,the

Bobby Fischer (b. 1943) He is a Chess wizard who held

leader in Information Technology industry in India.

the World Chess Champion title during 1972 to 1975.

(

OrAbdul Avul PakirJainulabdeen Abdul Kalam, (b. 1931) Known

Boris Becker (b. 1967) He is a 'Famous tennis st~~\who became the youngest Wimbledon champion. tie Was known for winning length five-set matches _?uring his brilliant career. ".;..' ,

C.F.Andrews (1871 to 1940) A British missionary and close ass0!2iate of Mahatma Gandhi whp came to India in 1904and devoted himself to India's'freedom strUggle. carne to be known as Deenaband~u.

as the Missile man of India, he became the President of India in 2002.

hjo(

B Babur (1483 to 1530) He is the Founder of the Mughal empire in India. He conquered the throne of Delhi after the first battle of Panipat and ruled for almost four years (1526 to 30). Bachendri Pal (b. 1954) She is the First Indian woman and fifth woman in the world to scale Mt Ever~st She scaled the summit on May 23,1984,along with two malemembers-Lhatoo Dorjee and Sherpa Sardar Ang Dorjee. Bahadurshah lafar (1775 to 1762) He is the last ruler of the Mughal dynasty. He fought against the British in the. first war of Indian independence in 1857. After his defeat, the British exiled him to Rangoon. Bairam Khan He was Akbar's uncle and also his tutor and was known as Khan-i-Khona.

Billq(1te~(b. 1956), He is the World's richest pri~~~indi. vidua):and oWner of Microsoft Corp. USA.He n15ently retired from the day-to-day activities of the c,orp.pany to tum full-time philanthropist along with his ~ife. 0/,

Billie Jean King (b. 1943) She is a Legendary tennis

~F

C.N. Annadurai, (1909 to 1969) He was the most popular Chief Minister (1967) of Tamil Nadu, an eminent writer in Tci!mLHe was founder-member of Dravida Munnetra Kazkhakam. -t

t

I

explorer an~ navigator. He travelled to New Zealand and eas!ern Australia from 1768 to 1771 in his ship Endeavour. On his second voyage he re~ched the Antarctic circle, and he. discovered the Hawaiian Islandson the third voyage. He also wrote the classic work VoyageRound the World.

Chaitanya MahDpitibhu' (1445 to .1533).'

Chandragupta if (VikramadityaJ A brave emperor of the

Bhaskara I An astronomer of the 7th centUry and a contemporary of Brahrnagupta, India's',second satellite is named after him. .y

ChandraSekhar Azad (1906 to 1931) Indian revolutiomiry; involvedin the Assembly bomb incident, Delhi conspiracy,Lahore conspiracy.

Bankim Chandra Chatter;ee (1838 to 1894) Author of Vande

Bhqs.karacharya He is the greatest astrono~~r, also 1qlown as. Bhaskara n, lived in the 12th century, He wrote Siddhanta Shiromaniin 1150.

ChandraguptaMalJryci(321 to 298 BCE) Founder of the M'Auryan DynastY in India, Charidragupta spread his empire beyond India. Kautilya (Chanakya) was his minister.

He is a Veteran leader of Shiv ,sena, a cartoonist-turned-politician, who became the most influential leader of Maharashtra. Mataram,. the national song of India, taken from his work Anand Math. He was a cel~brated Bengali novelist ~.,: ',,"

Bartholomew Oiaz (1450 to 1500) He is a Portuguese navigator who. was the first European to sail round the Cape of GC?odHope (the southern.tip of the African continent).

Ben Kingsley (b. 1943) He is a British actor who played the role of Gandhi in Attenborough's film, Gandhi.

Britney Spears (b. 1981) She is a noted pop smger and entertainer in USA who sang some of the chartbusters of recent times. . f

Bhimrao Ram;iAmbedkar, Or (1891 to 1956) Emancipator of the 'untouchables' and campaigner' for soCialjustice, Drafted the Indian constitution: Minister' in' NehrU'S cabinet Bharat Ratna in 1990.Remembered a~ an able jurist, ~ocial worker, politician, writer, educationist.

.

'calculatingrnachines',which lat~r gavefoup,g.ation to modem computer,.technology. " . ~

.'...

..11~~1\'\:::: ~r'~~".

,u~";

Charles de Gaulle (1890 to 1970) He was prominent French general and statesman.'

.

'

C~ar!es . Dickens (1812 to ,1870); An English: ~o,\:~list Dickens' famous workS are David Copperft.~ld, Oliver Twist and Great Expectations. .'. : ' . \"'; .:' Charles Robert Darwin (1809-to 1882) Th~ Btitishnaturalist who put foiward his theory ,of~voiution~based on natural selection. He studied fossils and diverse plant and ~allife duringhi~ voy~ge(i821 t~ 1836) around South America and the Pacific.' His works, The Origln of Species (1859) and DescenhJj Mati' (187i), revolutionized man's knowledge of evolution. . '. .

.~,.' .I.¥

~

(arl Lewis (b. 1961) Noted athlete who shott~'(fAine in 1984Olywpics when he clinched 4 goldriledals (overall8 Olympic gold medals). He was.a ,wonderful athlete and held the world record of being the fastestin 100 m event for a long time. . ).,., ,

Charlie Chaplin (1889 to 1977) Chaplin was a great ,Brit-

Cha~gezKhan ,The Mongol conqueror who carne to Indiaduring~the reign of ntutinish (1210 to 1236). .

_

Chinu Modi (1939 tei 2017) He is a well-kri.own Gujarati poet. Ije Was awarded with Sahitya Acade'rni award in 2013. •• •.••..•~ 1 . thou-eMai (1d98 to .197~) Chinese revol.vtionClrY.and Ptirne MinisterJrom 1949 to 1958, hewasmstrumen.,.. tal in inv~iving China wodd diplomacy. He played key role in nearly every major political and diplomatic event or crisis involving '€hfua: till his death iri 1976. ' "-,"', ,~. , ,: ~ •.. "l, " .;

ChrisEvert (b. 1954) Tennis legend'from'USA'She won' 18 Grand Slam singles tittle during; her illustrious career from 19?4 toJ986. \; d

, ,.'

I......"

'.

" '",", \:

_

.

\'.,'.~

I

,

Chatrapati Shiva;i (1627 to '1680) Born in 1627, a military genius,' Shivaji was the last Hindu king who partly succeeded in establishing 'Hindu Swaraj'. He fought many battles against Aurangzeb and was successful in shattering the Mughal Empire ~ India. ." .

Balasaheb Thackeray (1926 to 2012)

National Congress.

.~{u:'t::..,.'

as Kautilya, Chanakya was the writer of the famed treatise Arthashastra, a book on statecraft. He was prime minister during Chatldragupta Maurya's reign.

Raj

Shahid-e-Azam, who along with Sukh Dev~d Guru beca,me ~ martyr on March 23,1931. 'T'

~ .

ish comedian, film actor; director,. producer, and composer. •. . ,

Gupta dynasty during whose reign art and literature flourished..The.era was known as the Golden Ag~ of theGuptas. '

Bhagat Singh' A patriot and revolutioriary,1dl~wn as

,

Ai pioneer of the Bengal, he was a devotee of

Chanakya Alsokpown

.1'

.

CaptainJames Cook (17,28 to 1779) Cook is a great British

BismillQh Khan (1916. to 2004)

B;om Borg (b. 1956) He is one ot the greate~ttennis players in the history whose Elaborative ccireeris studded with five consecutive.Wimbledon titles.

who wrote the Kadambari

..

Bhakti movemehtin LordKrishna.

He is a Legendary;shehnai

Charan Singh (1902 to 1987) The 'LOKDalleade~, C~aran Smgh was Prime Minister of India in 1979., .: " Charles B~~bage (17?,2, to 1871) .~~\dev~loped;~ first

player who studded his outstanding career~~ith 6 Wimbledon, 4 US titles (overall 12.Grand Slam sin. gles tities). . ';.\ .

football team and first to play in the European league.

Baner;ee W. C. He is the first President of the Indian

;

Ben;amin Franklin (1706 to 1790) He is a US statesman who promoted the American Declaration of Ir}4~pen. dence (1776) and was involved in worked drafting in the Constitution of America. ~"t

maestro.

poet of Harshavardhana and Harshacharita.

I

1'3

Baichung Bhutia (b. 1976) He is the Captain of Indian Banabhatt He is a noted Sanskrit scholar and court

'1

Begum Akhtar The ghazal queen of India who died in 1974. She waS awarded Padma Bhushan p1)sthumously in 1975.:.1

Bhupendra Klimar Hazarikti (1926 to 2011) Emment music and lyric composer, and film director. He won. the Dada Sahi? Phalke Award in 1993. Died in 2011.

\

•

Christian Huygens (1629 to 1695) Dutch-'m~them~tician and physicist renowned for eV'61vlllg the wave theory of light. He invented thependulurri."dock based on Gallieo's theory (1580): He also discovered the rings of Saturn and its fourth satellite. ~_ .' " :, I :

,I

I", i

,,~li, A.220

GeneralKnowleqge A.221'

Chapter 4'

Christopher Columbus (1451 ,to 1506) Italiari !.explorer, Columbus was the first-modern Europeari to,discover the Americas in 1492. He reached Bahamas in 1492 and discovered Puerto Ri~o andj ~maica as well. fu 1498 to 1500 he reached Trinidad and South America.

Chandrasekhara Venkata Raman, Dr (1888 to 1970) Indian Nobel Prize (1930) winner, who d,iscovered ,'Raman effect'-a phenomenon of scattered light raysin 1930. Clement Richard Attlee (1883to 196/) Labour Prime Minister of Britain, 1945 to 1951. His governn1.ent granted indep~ndence to India. Cleopatra (69 to 30

Que~n of Egypt, she was noted for .her beauty. Cleopatra was the daughter of Ptolemy XI of Egypt and succeeded him as queen in 51 BeE. BCE)

Confucius or K'ung Fu-Tse (551 to 418 BCE) Founder of Confucianism,' he was an eminent Chinese thinker and philosopher. ~,

.

'

.

.•

j"

.

O' ., ,'t.'

''',

'

Dalai Lama (b. 1935) (Tenzing Gyatso) Nobel Prize winner (1989) and spiritual leader of Tibet. He has established official government of Tibet (in exile) at Dharamsala in.Himachal,Pradeshi India (1959) after he fled,fr9m Tibet. He was awarded with Tempelton Prize in 2012.

Dante Alighieri (1265 to 1321) Italian poet, author of Divine 'Commedia, a philosophical poem telling the story' of an imaginary journey through Hell. He also wrote loye poems' which were collected under the, titleLti Vita Nuova.

Doia shiktih 'Eldest son of Mughal e"mperor Shahjahan, he 'was'killed by his brother Aurangzeb who usurped their father's throne. " ,. . ' .

~

I

t

<

DavidlBeckham (b.,1915)c::aptain

of the English football team during 2006 World Cup. He was target of advertising media as well as .tabloid press because of his style-following aI1d,also for marrying Victoria Adams ,(one of the. spice girls) .. A

,

'

'

\.;

Dev Anand (1922 to 2011) Evergreen Indian cme star 'Yho lately turned director and died in 2011. J

•

.Jl

'0

•

,

"

1/\

'

•

Devendra Ra; Mehta (bo; 1931) Is a :former. chairman of Securities and\Exchange Board of India, and founder and chief patrori OfBhagwan Man.aveer Viklang Sahayata Samiti (BMVSS). Hereceived-Padnia Bhusan

m:

\

I

2008 a.ndRajiv Gandhi Nationa.ISadbhavanill in 2012.

,tward

during t1}eIndian medical mission. to warwtomChina

'Af,~

in 1938.

Desmond Tutu (b, 1931) Nobel Prize w~er,

becain~l the first black Anglican bishop of Johannesburg (Sbuth Africa). He is a noted exponent of non-violent resistance to apartheid. lit f! "

r.t

IV"

Diego Maradona (b. 1961) Legendary football player from Argentina. Controversies remained part of his career which included the infamous 'hand of God' goal against England and drug-abuse ban dUringhisplaying;Hays.

Donald Bradman, Sir (1908 to 2001) Australian cri~k~ter and argueably the greatest batsman in the histbh of cricket who holds unmatched record of careertaverage 99.94. '\ : David Ogilvy (1912to 1999) As a great personalitY'~f the advertising and media world, established Ogilvy and Mather. ")L .j)

Dipika Pallikal (1921) An Indian Squash playe!Jiwho has the distinction of being the first Indian woman squash player to enter top 10 in World Rankin'g: She was awarded Arjuna Award in 2012. ' :1., •~1l

Deve Gowda (b. 1933) Full name Hardanahalli' Dod-

J'

{)wight David Eisenhower (1890 to -1969) US Generalan
Frances Marie Arovet de Voltaire (1691 to 1118J.'\.i French writer; and philosoph~r. His' philosophy. made. a signifidmt. impact on prevailing ideas which led to .the outbreak of the French Revolution in 1789. /

E

who'preached'inSpanish and P~r~guesecolonies'~ the East and converted thousands to Christianity. He lived in,Goabetween 1540 and.1552:, ~., .,;~

r~

EdwardJenner (1749 to 1823) The English physician and surgeon who developed the small pox vaccination. EdwardMorgan Foster(1819 to 1910)

Famous British writer who wrote .numerous books on India. Author of Where Angels Fear to Tread, A Room with a View, Howards End arid A Passage to India.

Epicurus (342, to 210 BCE) A Greek. philosopher who founded 'Epicurean' philosophy, which describes a lifeof indulgent pleasure:-seeking, i.e., virtues should be followed because they lead to happmess. ,

,

ElvisPresley (1935to 1911) AmericaD- singer, entertaiI),er and actor, whose style of music is crediteq with the creating basis of the modern pop music .

degowda Deva Gowda. He is a veteran politician from Ka:rhataka and Janata Dal Leader who became India's Prime MWster (1996 to 1997) in United'Front government. .+..,

Euclid(350 to 300 BCE) Greek mathematician,. his import., ant contribution was the use of deductive principles of logic as the basis of geometry. He propounded the geometrical theorems.

Dhanvantari An Indian physician who adorned court of Chandragupta Vikramaditya.

F

the

Dhirubhai Ambani (Dhira;lal Hirachand) (1932to 2002)

Founder of Reliance Industries (one of the largest private sector companies in modern India). 'I'

Fahien The :first Buddhist pilgrim of China to visit India during the reign of Chandragupta Vikramaditya.

Dhyan Chand (1905 to 1919) As a great hockey player, he

FaizAhmed Faiz A revolutionary Urdu poet of Pakistan.

captained the Indian hockey team which won';'a 'gold medal in the historic 1936 Berlin Olympics. He scored 101 goals at the'blympkgam~s and'300 goals'in the rr{f~~atioi-tal matches and his rec~~d is still unbroken. It earned him the title 'Hockey Wizard'. '

Dilip Kumar (b. 1922) Noted film actor of Indian g~ema. Dwarkcinath Kotnis Dr (1910 to '1942) Noted doct~rfrOO1. India whose 'dedication and duty influenced many

.:

~,\

J~I

\'

1 "'.

Fra~ci5 Xavier (1506 to 1552) . The ~Sparush missionary

as

Francois Bernier The French trav~ller who "served physician to Aurangzeb during his 'stayinIn~ia"~'~~r'i

Franklin Delano Roosevelt (l882 to 1945) Legendary' Ari:\eri~ can President who wori"fotiip~esidential'el'ections history of American democracy. '. .' '.~.. :t

'm

~~\~~ ~l l~

.•t

G

,',

",

f..

\.

..•..

G. Sankara Kurup (1901-1918)

J\~'W""~.~

~ilt~':\~J~'~JA.

~

" . '.-I,'

An.Indian .I~oeh who became the first pers~m to receive Jnanpith Award .

Gabriel Daniel Fahrenheit (1686 to 1736)' German'physicist and resident of Holland, he de'veloped the'mercury thermometer in 1714 and later dev~sed its temperature scale. Galileo (1564 to 1642) The Italian ,astronomer, .who developed the telescor,e and discovered fOl;lr'satel~ lites of Jupiter. His belief that Copernicus was righfin advocating that t~e sunis'atthe cent~e.ofun,iv.erse led~ to his pers.ecution. While dying he said 'Bu~ it (earth). does move'. He also discovered thatthe movement of the pendulum produces a regular time me~stireme~t: The pendulum clock was later invented by Huy.gel;1s.

FakruddinAli Ahmed (1905 to 1911) 5th President of India (1974to 1977), a freedom fighter, sociaiist, and campaigner of social justice.

Gautam Buddha (623 to 453 BCE) Founder of Buddhism, Buddha :was bo~'in Lumbinine~r Nepal. He~as t~e son of Sudhodana, king of Kapilvastu:in.Nepa1.'He renounced the world and later came to be known as the Buddha. He laid a code:otconduct for his followerS which forbade iritoxica'nts:corrupf pfactices, and' coverting of the property of others. ;.' . ;', . •

FerdinandMageQan (1480 to 1521) The Portugue~e navi-

Gary Sobers (b. 1936). His full n'ame is Sir' Garfield St.

gatorwho crossed the ocean which he named Pacific, reachingthe Marianas and the Philippines. '

Auburn Sobers. He is the legendary' West Indian cricketer, and an .excellerifiill-rotinder. He.held many' records which include the highest score, of 365 for a long period of time and first ~.ohit s,i~,si?<esin an over in a 1st cla.ss match~J' . ''',' ".' .

He died in 1984.

.'

.

>

Diana Spencer (Princess Diana) (1961 to 1991) She was mar'. ried to Princ~ Charles of BritaU{m'1981. Her f~iry tali marriage ended with divorce in 1996. She died in a car crash in Paris, France in 1997.

nurse who reformed. the nursirt.g;profe~sion andwas the first woman to receive the Order.'ofMerit (1907)..

Firdausi A Persian poet, well known for his epic Shahnama. ,

•.

"

.

•

,

•

•.

'.',

i'

~

_'-"I'~~X

"r<.!

,',

f:-_~');.;,,~i"/I/

r

,f

-'f

I

• ""I!-J

',~",',

I.

'.

~., .

1

FlorenceNightingale (1820 to 1920) Also known as the

GeoHrey Chg~cer (1~12 to ,14qO) . T?e. Eng~i~~ poet who is

'lady with the Lamp'. She was a devOted British

considered the father of English poetry. tIis famous

~

~

~l'

--------------l'I,EJIIIIII

'1IIilii'

I"jH Illjll

A.222

General Knowledge

Chapter 4

works include The Book of Duchess Canterbury Tales (a collection of stories).

~'"

(1369) and

Geet Sethi (b. 1962) He became the youngest player to win the World Billiards Championship on his debut in 1985. George Herbert Walker Bush (b. 1924) American President during 1988 to 1992. Father of the US President George W. Bush (since 2001).

George Washington (1732 to 1799) The American general who led the revolt against the British and declared American independence. He became the first President of USA.

Gerry Adams (b. 1949) President of Sinn-Fein, an Irish Republican Army's political wing.

Girish Raghunath Karnad (b. 1938) Eminent play wright, actor and director of Indian cinema.

.jli'

Gottleib Daimler (1834 to 1900) The German scientist who developed the petrol driven internal combustion engine~ He founded., !J:e Daimler Motor Company in W90, which built the first Mercedes.

Jacques. Charles (1764 to 1823) A French"'phYsicist;

bind and ninth Guru of the Sikhs, he was executed by Aurangzeb when he refused to embrace Islam. '"j

0,George B Kisitiakowsky (1870 to 1952) A cherrligt"and

Humphrey Oa,VY,Sir (1778 to 1828) A renowned British

Jagdish Chandra Bose (1858 to 1937) Eminent physicist

professor at Harvard, he worked on the firsC~tomic bomb and later strongly advocated the baru1iri.g'of nuclear weapons. He died at the age of 82 in 1952. ;I'} I

Guan Moye (b. 1955) A Chinese writer known by his pen name Mo Yan. He won the Noble Prize for Literature in 2012. ,,,MI'

,,'h

H

''l"fl,

Habiba Sarabi (b. 1956) She is the First Afghan women to become Governor of any province of Afghanisthan, She was awarded Ramon Magsaysay Award iri2013. ." Har Gobind Khorana (1922 t02011) Indo-American who shared the Nobel Prize (1968) for synthesizing the first wholly artificial gene. :~~

Harry S.' Truman (1884 to 1972) Former presid.~nt of United States (1945 to 1953) responsiblefd(taking the infamous decision to drop the first atom bomb on Japan. \.,

chemist, Davy invented the safety lamp fOr miners. He also discove~ed the anaesthetic properties of nitroUSoxide (laughing gas), the fact that the chlorine isan element and that diamonds are a form of carbon.

Ibn Batuta A great scholar and traveller from Somalia who visited India in 1333 CE during the reign of Muhamma,d-bin-Tughlaq and wrote a chronicle on him. He spent eight years in India on his way tb China. Idi Amin (1925 to 2003) Former President of Uganda (1971to 1979). He is remembered as harshest ,dictatorsin AfricCi'srecent history. Inder Kumar Gujaral (1919 to 2012) Former Prime Minister of India (1997)' who worked extensively for improvement in Indo-Pak relations. IndiraGandhi (1917 to 1984) First women Prime Min-

leader, he was chief minister of UP, and later Union Home Minister. He was awarded Bharat Ratna in 1958.

HeenaSidhu (b. 1989) She is an Indian shooter ~ho has won Gold Medal in Shooting World Cup. J:' Henry Kissinger (b. 1923) us foreign policy advtser, he

Gugeliemo Marconi (1874 to 1937) Italian physicist who

was born in Germany, but fled from the Nazis to live in the USA. He remained secretary of state under President Nixon. He helped to negotiate the Vietnam issue (1973), for which he shared the Nobel Prize for Peace (1973) along wIth North Vietnam's negotiator Le Duc Tho. He was credited with the Theory of Realpolitik.

IshwarChandraVidyasagar (1820 to 1891)' He is ari Eminent

invented the radio and wireless system. He shared the Nobel Prize in Physics with Ferdinand Braun of Germany in 1909 for the development of the wireless.

Guru Gobind Singh (1666 to 1708) The 10th' arid the last Guru of.the Sikhs who spent a major part of his life fighting the Muslims. He founded, the Khalsa, the inner council of the Sikhs in 1699. He is said to be the author of Dasam Granth.

Guru Nanak (1469 to 1538) Founder of the Sikh religion, Guru Nanak was born ill Nankana Sahib, now located in Pakistan. He was a contemporary of the M~ghaI Mer Akbar. . . 'I

George Bernard Shaw (1856 to 1950)

Noted writer, dramatist and Nobel Prize winner from Ireland. ~

'_

.

I

Henry Miller (1891 to 1980) Controversial American novelist, author of Tropic of Cancer (1931) and Tropic of Capricorn (1935) which were published in Paris, but banned in USA until the 1960s because of their frank sexual themes. Helmut Kohl (b.' 1930) He was chancellor 'bf West Germany and was pivotal in unification of Germany, He became the first chancellor of United Germany in 1990.

,

Gamal Abdel Nassar (1918 to 1970) President of Egypt who is credited with nationalizing the Suez Canal in 1956. At{ influent,ialArab'leader, he was pivotal in constituting NAM.' , ,

I

HowardH..Ai~en (1900 to 1973) He is a US mathematician,.credited with designing forerunner of digital computer.

Guru Tegh Bahadur (1621 to 1675) Son of Guru'Hargo_

ister of India (1966 to 1977, 1980 to 1984). She was daughter of former Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru, Her assassination in 1984 resulted in nationwideattacks on Sikh community.

Govind Ballabh Pant (1887 to 1961) Veteran Congress

A.223

Homer (9 century

The Greek writer is considered to be the author of the classic epics The Iliad and T/'.t Odyssey, which rank among the most precious treasures of world literature. ' BCE)

scholar,educationist, and social reformer.

IsaacPitman,Sir 0813 to 1897} He is a noted educationist andinventor who developed 'shorthand', a system of writingEnglish based on phonQgraphic.

known for hisCharles~ Law and Guy-Lussac's:Law of gases. Ji "t~:. ~

".~"

~

II:.

r

i,T(1 ( .•

and botanist, he was the founder of the Bose'Research Institute, Calcutta. Bose was a pioneer in the identification oflife in plants and is also said to h~ve devel:.. oped wireless telegraphy independent of MarcOl;L",

JamanalaJ Bajaj (1886 to 1942) Active me~ber durmg freedom struggle; also fo~n.ded Satyag~a!lai.•~s~am at Wardha. He was, Gandhiji's associate.and presented a village to Gandhi who named it.Sevagram. James Prescott Joule (1818 to 1989) Th~ Bri1i~lr;phy~idst who was the. first to measure the mechalu~~l equiv,~ alent of heat; the measuring' unit of which has been named after him. .. 1

.

t.

',;

•

,' ..•

James Watt (1736 to 1819} The Scottish instrument maker who turned to making high-pressure steam engines.' . . '. " ,/ :"'\)< •

~

"

•

'~

!

'T-

L "'f").

.

~.

Jamshedji Tata (1813 to 1904) Founder of the Tata Iron

and Steel Company, one df"the'largest -'integraf~d steelworks in the world. He'also'fotrildedthe'lridiari Institute ,of Science in Bangalore and built 'the -Taj Hotel in Mumbai. , ;

JlIyadeva Lived in the 12th century and isftne ~uthdr of Gita Govinda. The book is a noble work cif lyricai poetry and describes'the love of Lord Krishna arid his beloved Radha, and their separation and 'r~urii()n:

Jayanta Mahapatra (b, 1928) One of India's best known poets in English language. ; ", '1

,

~

IssacNewton, Sir(1642 to 1727} He is an English mathe-

Jayaram Jayalalithaa (1948 to '2016) Tamil film star'~ho

maticianand physicist, famous for his discovery of thelaw of gravitation and three laws of motion.

turned politician and Chief Minister of Tamil Nadu. She is, presently, the leader of the AIADMK': " :',',,',

1.B.Priestley(1894 to 1984) He is a British writer, author ofThe Good C~mpanions (1929),he enjoyed great popularity.His other works include Angel Pavement, DangerousCorner, An Inspector's Call, etc.

JayontV.Narlikar,Or (b, 1938) He is a Noted Indian astrophysicsscienti~tand researcher who worked on 'black holes'in the universe at the Cambridge University.

J. K. Rawling(b. 1965) She is a Prolific. English author who Wrote the popular Harry Potter series of children'sfantasy stories.

Jayaprakash Narayan (1902 to 1979) Also known 'a~ T~o1
' .0':'

~,

::

.

Joan of Arc (1412 to 1431) A brave French girl, also known as the Maid of. Orleans, Joan led' the French resistance that forced the English to raise the Siege of Orleans (1429).At the age of 17, she led an Army

!~

A~224

GeneralKnowledge A.225

Chapter 4

J. R. D. Tata, (b. 1904 to 1993} Full name JahagiIji>Ratanji Dadabhi ,Tata, an eminent Indian industrialistiand noted entrepreneur who established Tata Group:-

of 12,000 to Rheims and persuaded Charles VII to go there to be crowned as King of France. She was ultimately captured and sold to the English (1430) by the Burgundians and was burnt at the stake in Roven.

,

Jo.hann Wolfgang Von Goethe (1749to 1834) He is a German writer, scientist and a major figure in the world of literature, he devoted his life to writing poetry, novels, and piays.

John Adon (1834 to 1902) . He is a British historian who authored the adage 'power tends to corrupt absolute power corrupts absolutely'.

and

John Boynton Priestley (1894to 1984) He is a British writer, author of The Good ComPCJ,nions (1929), he e~joyed grt:~atpopularity. His other works lriclude Angel Pavement, Dangerous Corner, An Inspector's Call, etc.

'I

lI'

,

..

~:.

John Keats (1795 to 1821) He is an Englishpoet, whose works include La Belle Dame Saps Merci, Endymion (A !hlfg ?fJ)~au~ is .ajoy forever), The Eve of St. Agnes and Ode to a Nlghtmgale, among others. it....

"I

.

John Logie Baird (1888 to 1946) He is the Scottish televisi$>npioneer, who inventep television in 1926.

John iMilton' (1608 to 1674) He is an English poet, he

a

wrot~ poem in'support of free press tilted Areopagitica(1644), and. essays including Tenure of Kings' and Magistrdtes(1649). His epic poem Paradise, Lost was published in lOvolumes in 1667 and in 12 volumes in 1674. Par.adise Regained and Samson Agonistes were his other major works published in '1671. He wa.s totally blind for a good many years of hi~ life. ,_,

I

~

:.

~

.J

'i

j-t";-,

Joh~ faulli (1920t02Q05i

~ti'

."~.

',.

Hebe~amethefir~tPolish and first non-ItaliaI1 Pope o,t.theRoman Catholic Church. His original name was Cardinal KarolWojtyla.

L

i

'.

'.jJ'

Kocheril Raman Narayanan, (1921 to 2005) He wa~jPresident of India during 1997 to 2002 and Vice PrJsident during 1992 to 1997. He was the only Dalit ~nd the only Malayali to have held the Presidency. .'. .j1'

popular Presidents of USA. He, was the first Roman Catholic Presi,dent and the youngest American to be elected to the Office of President .of USA. He wrote sev'eral bo'oks, among which Why England Slept and Profil~in C91frage' are his, two most famous books. He wasassassinatedbn November 23,1963.' "

or-

.'~' to

statesman who invaded Britain and returned ROIne , as a popular hero. He fell in love with Cleopa!!a the Egyptian queen, who followed him to Rome. H~' was given a mandate by the people to rule as a dlctator and was worshipped as a god in his lifetime'fHow. ever, he was murdered by a group of trusted f!Jends led by Marcus Juniues Brutus. I .'i\i Julia Roberts (b. 1970) She is a noted American.actress who won Academy and Oscar awards in her illustrious career.)!-

,

JohlJ F. Kennedy (1917 to 1963) He:was one of the most

.

'<1"\"

,~l

postulated, the. atomic theory and defined atomic weight" he was also famous for Dalton's law,,---the pressure of a mixture of gases is the smp of the partial press{ir~~ pf the 'components of the mixtUre: .

,,'.

K

.John Da1top(1766,to 1844}, He is an English chemist who ",1,

,.

Julius Caesar (100 to 44' BCE) He is a Roman' general and

K. M. Cariappa, Field Marshall (1900 to 1993) First Indian Commander-in-Chlef

of Indian Army, 1943 to 1953.

K. M. Munshi (1887to 1971) A great writer, educationist and constitutional law expert; he played an ,active role.in India'sfr~edom struggle. ,r

KerryPacker.U 937 to.2005} Australia's\rkh~st man, who controlled- Pub).ishing and Broadcasting. Ltd. (PBL), one of the major media group. " . ,. ': Kamalahasa,;'(b. star . " 1954} Legendary so:uth Indian.film ~~ ,

-

who gave !m~y blockbusters to Hindi cinema, he won 3 nati,?~al awards and 15 Filmfare ~wards in his acting care~r spanning more than four decades.

KanhaiyalalManeklal Munshi (1887to 1971) . A great writer, educationist and constitutional law expert; he played an active role in India's freedom struggle. . Kanishka (120 to 162 cE) The greatest King of Kushan dynasty, he-was a great conqueror but later became a follower of Buddha. HeW-as the only ruler of India whose territory extended up to central Asia .. Kapil Dev Nikhan; (b. 1959) Legendary Indian cricket all-rounder 'under whose captaincy India won the Cricket World Cup in 1987. Kapil Dev h~ld many world records, including, fastest-100 wicket haul in: tests, unique. double, of 4000 runs /4:00 wickets, and highest test "Yickets of 432~ Kelucharan Mahapatra (1924 to 2004) Master dancer, Odissi form, who is credited with coaching world~ classdancers.' . ," KarnamMalleswari (b. 1976) She became the first Indian femalesports person to win an Olympic medal when she clinched bronze medal in the weight liftirig': .

L

.'

KarlMarx (181~to 1883) German journalist and philos-

greatest exponents of the Bhakti movement-a socio-religious movement. He believed in the equality of all religions and unity of Hindus and Muslims.

opher who propounded the doctrine of Communism, also known as Marxism. He was the author of.Das Kapital.

~",

'c,'. Cr:'lj'

d""

I.

~'I':.::rt,~ •.

••

~

'.Ji'f~. "".,: ~d

ff)l

Lal Bahadut Shastri (1904 to 1966} Indian statesman,-~ho succeeded Pandit Nehni as the second Prime Minister of India (1964 to'1966). He' s{~ed Tashkent 1M 4greement with Ayub' Khan for' a ceasefire between lridia arid'Pakistan. 'Also kriowri a.s"Mari 'of Peace','h~ died in Tashkertf on January I, 1966, 'few'nours 'after he had signed the Indo-Pak accofci.' ., i: '.. ,' I

"-

<.'

~

fue

"',1.

'-'.'~'

)

'~'.

~ "~

'.

I

Leander Paes (b. 1974) Outstanding'ihdiart'tenrtis' pl~yei who partnered with Mahesh Bhupati'to win, .first grand slam. He won India's first Olympic bronze medal in, any individual ,sport 'iit Atlanta Olympics in 1996.. , , , ',:" ."'11"'~~; I.

",

.:'

,&"

,

1

•

,

',_~

. .,

:'

•.

::,'

lal Kishanchand Advani (b. } ~2~1, .~o~mer ,cI,ep:t!-,ty, p,r~e minister of India, former union minister for Iriforma~ tion, home minister during Vajp~yee g~vein~en:i; head of opposition, during. MciiUlloniul' Smgh's' UPA goverrunent ;He is a distinguishedBJP politician. ~" .,

Lata M'angeshkar (b. 1929) Outstanding pl~ybacksinger withhertareer spariniJ:1g"morethan five decades. ~h,e is known as the melody queenofIridia. . '. . , '! ~" ~ Le forbusier (l887 to 1965) An ~rhhte~f French~r~hitect, born in Switzerland, is famous 'fo(,designing the Chandigarh City. His original name was Charles EdouardJeanneret. .,' ,. ',,,, .0',

~

,. -,.

.

;

... '

I

-

•

'

~ ~ j

rf/.

Lee lacocca (b. 1924) .. Ita,lian-bom , ~.- American, President .,. -~ .. "

•.

Kabirdas He was a Hindi poet who was one of the

',I

I

~.

-..

-

of Ford Motor Company, who is credited for conve.t;ting Ford Motor into one of the most successful companies of the world. ' ' . \., I,", 1,. ,

,l.;..

•

t,

,

"

t

f

•

~111

'''l

Leo Tolstoy (l828. to 191O}. Tolstoy' is among the great.,. -(.. .

Kalpana Chawla (b. 1961 to.2003)

She was a first female Indian American. astronaut. She was killed during her second space mission aboard Colombia.'

Kaka Saheb Kalelkar (1885 to 1981) As a philosopher and educationist, he was Vice-Chancellor of Gujarat Uni. versity and one'of the oldest disCiples of Gandhiji. He died on August 21,1981, at the age of 96. He authored more than 120 books in Gujarati, Marathi, Hindi and English.

Kalhana A Kashmiri poet of the 11thce~tury and author ofRajatarangini, the book describes the history of Kashmir up to 10th century. _ ., , .

' ;

-,,'

.'

.j,

Kamal Ataturk:(1881 to 1938} Reformer and 'builder of modem Turkey.

KironBedi (b. 1949) ,Became first woman, Indian P0lice Serviceofficer in 1972. She was awarded.Magsaysay award in 1995,and UN medal for outstanding service (2004).

KhushwantSingh (1915 to 2014) Emiri~nt journalist, prolificwriter and former Member of Parliament. ,';'11..,; Ko/iAnnan(h. 1938) Nobel Prize winner (2001) and Secretary General'of UiUted Nations from'Ghana (1997 to 2006). ,', Krishan Kant (1927 to during 1997 to 2002.

2002) '.

Vice-president

of fudi~ .

KublaiKhan (1216 to 1294) A Mongolia~ emperor who ~onquered most~of Asia. He '.was the grandson of enghis Khan. j "

est Rus'sian lite~afY. figures. )vl~a~a Gandhi w?s greatly influenced by his works which include Arina Karenina and War and Peace. ,l~" " ,

Leon Trotsky.0879 to 1940) Russi~ revolutionary and 0ne of the leaders 'of the' Bolshevist revolution, h~ was assass~ated in 1940 'When iJi'e*l1e'in Mexi~o.' '1'

.!1

.1".,.

_p.

'~""~

f-"

r ~

~".t..

'

"

-t::...

,."~

l~onardoda Vinci(l45~/o., !~.l9}.ThegreaHtalian

I.

'.

~•.

J

painter; sculptor and,archi~e~,t,"Yho has b~en.9-e,scribed as a genius of the Renaiss'ance. His masterpiece Mona Lis£!. brought him universal fame. The Last Suppeds, also, one of his well-knOwn paintings., Over and above,', he excelled as an inventor, mathematician, engineer, naturalist, and anatomist. \in anatOIpy, he learnt about the working ,of,the.body, by dissecting more than 30 corpses.He~also createdmoulds'of organs such as the heart, lungs; imd womb. '

I

I'

,1111

,II

A.226

'1

Chapter 4

Liaquat Ali Khan (1895 to 1951) Leader of the Muslim League and first premier of independent Pakistan (1947). Lord Cornwallis(1738 to 1805) The British statesman who commanded the British Army in South Carolina during the War of American independence in 178l. He was Governor-General of India for two terms and is well known for his land reforms. Lord Curzon (1859 to 1925) Viceroy of India during 1889 to 1905,he became a prominent figure after the World War 1.

Lord Mounthaffen (1900 to 79) Britain's supreme allied Commander in South-east Asia in World War IT; he bec~me the last Vic~roy of India. He d~clared India a free nation and became the first Governor-General of independent India. Illl

Lord Swaraj PauUh. 1931} Noted Indian industrialist based in London (UK). He is member of House of Lords. .

II~ii,

.~II

>I
Madam Marie Curie (1867 to 1934) Madam Curie was the only person to have won two Nobel Prizes. She was a Polish chemist who discovered Radium (1898), Along with her husband Pierre Curie, a French scientist, ~he carried out research in radioacti.JifY!).and they were awarded the Nobel Prize for PhysiCs in 1903. After her husband's death she continue'clJher research and in 1911 was 'awarded the second; N()bel Prize in Chemistry for her discovery of radiU1ll' and 'l • Polonium.

:v

Madan Mohan Malaviya (1861 to 1946) A prominent ,lawyerof Allahabad, he also founded the Banaras,Hindu University. He s~rved as president of lI).dianNational i1,:",n Congress, 'and was an Indian delegate at the RoUnd Table Conference in 1931. ,t)_ fl'.',

,rn

Mad~avacharya (1238 to 1317) Greatest advocale of Dwaita philosophy. He.is credited with interpn;ting Upanishads differently and also for writing cOIllIDentaries on Gita. l.' \l~

Madoima Lousie VeronicaCiccone(h. 1958) Legendary ~talian

Lord William Bentinck (1774 to 1839). Governor-General of

born American female pop star.

India, famous for the sati reforms artd suppression of human sacrifice. He also introduced English educatiorl.in India. .

Mahakavi Kalidas (400

Louis Braille (1809 to 1852) French inventor of the Braille system (raised point lettering), a system of writing and printing for the blind. He himself became blind at the age of 3 and became a teacher for the blihdin 1828. Louis Pasteur (1822 to 1895) Pasteur was the French sci-

,1'1

General Knowledge

entist who discovered that germs exis,t and are the .cause of infection. The technique of pasteurizing milk is named after him. He also conducted research in areas of hydrophobia, bacteriology, choiera, etc.

Louis XIV (1638 to 1715) Eminent French ruler who reigned France for more than six'decades. . Luiz Inacio Lula do Silva (h. 1945) Known popularly as Lula isa famous Brazil politiciart. He was the 35th President of Brazil. He was awarded Indira Gandhi prize for Peace, Disarmament, and Development in 2010. ,

i

M Malcolm Adiseshaiah (1910 to 1994) Celebrated Indian educationist and economist, former Vice-Chancellor of Madras University and Deputy D-Gof UNESCO, Padma Bhushan. '

r,~

eE) India's one of the gtedtest Hindi poet and dramatist, Kalidas lived dur~g the reign of Chartdragupta Vikramaditya. His f,Arnous works are Shakuntala, Raghuvamsha, Meghdoot, and Kumara Sambhava. ",\)

Maharaja Ranjit Singh (1780 to 1839) A Sikh prin"'ceof Punjab, he captured Lahore in 1799 and procjairred himself Maharaja. He wrested control of PunjaB,from the Afghans atid Pathans and earned the title Lion of Punjab. ,I,' .

Mahavira (599 to 527

Born in Kundagrarn. near Vaishali (Bihar); he was an apostle of non-violence, who preached the observance of chastity, penance, contemplation, and self-mortification. He attained enlightenment under a sala tree and went on to found Jainism, a major religious sect in India. ,P BeE)

author of.¥anu

Samriti.

,

,

Mao!edong(1893 to 1976) Noted Chinese Revolutionist and thinker, credited as the founder of the People's Republico{China.

Manoj Night 'Shyamalan (h. 1970) Outstanding young Indian born Hollywood film-maker, who directed famous movies like The Sixth Sense, Unbreakable and TheLady inlWater. . Manmohan Singh, Or (h. 1932) First Sikh ;Prime Minister of India of UPA government. He was fortn~r RBI Governor,and is credited for introducing economic reformsand"policy of liberalization during his tenure as Finarlce Minister (1991 to 96) of Congress government. .,

MarcoPolo(1254 to 1323) The Italian traveller, who was thefirst European to visit China. He als~ journeyed toIndia and ~ther countries of the Far East, andpublishedrecords of his travels.

MarcusJunius Brutus (85 to 42 BCE) Roman governor and principalassassm in the murder of Julius Caesar. Maria,Montessori (1870 to 1952) Italian educationist and founderof the Montessori system of ,education that stresseson th~d~v'elopment ot'a 'cJ;illci'so~n initia~ tiveand natur,al abilities, especially t:hrough practical play and individual guidance, rather tl:J.anth:r
.

>

,-

MarkTwain(Samuel Langhorne Clemens) (i035 to 1910) Noted writerand author of famous characters/books Tom Sawyer, Huckleberry Finn. ' "

2002', for finding a quick and simple algorithm that conclusively tests for primality. He works as 'professor of Computer Science of lIT Kanpur.

Maithili Saran Gupta (1886 to 1964) Eminent poet who made significartt contributions to the modem' Hindi literature. }. I

Megosthenes (302 to 298 BeE) He"was'ili~\Gr~ek ~mbas'sador, 'sent by Seleucus,' in the cou;(of Ch~dragupta Maurya. He wrote a detailed accoimf'ofIridia'in his work Iy?dica.. ,l£,;: ',~~ '., I'

,-

hewas leader of the partisan, fo~ces that fought successfullyagainst German occupation in 1941.He was madepresident of Yugoslavia for life in i963.

Mahindra Agarwal (h. 1966) Won 'Mathematical" Prize

from USA who advocated a separate black society in America to be created by violence. His original nallle

Manu Regarded as the ancient la~giver of India.~d .

MarshalTito (189210 1980) Ex-President of Yugoslavia,

~,

Malcom X (1925 to 1965) Noted black rnilitarit'leadet,

was El HajjMalik EI-Shabass, also known as.Malcom Little.

like

MartinLutherKing(1929 to 1968) A Black American dergymanand civil rights leader, he led a nori~violent movementto obtain full civil rights for American bla~ks andbecame a martyr for this cause. He was awarded theNobel Prize for Peace in 1964. He was. assassinatedOnAprilS! 1968,by a white f~atic.

Math'

Cri,ewArnold (1822 to 1888) A famous English poet and R tic,some of Arnold's famous poems areSohrab and Ustam and Scholar Gipsy.

A.227

n:

;,; \

.

•

,;""

•

:

J'

.

\.'

~

Michael Jackson (1958;02009)

Outstariding black Ainer~ ican singer who gave hits like Thriile~,' bani~;o~s, History. He got dragged into lot of controversies, prominent being the child-abuse ,dis~. -He'died on Juhe25, 2009. '. ',: ''1, ".~

-

t '"

,'
'

~

".

1

Michael Jordan (h. 1963) Ol;ttstanding iJasketball piayer oftJSA who is hailed as NBA-superstar .. He represented the Chi~ago BUllsand ~etired ili i999:"" " Y

-

, ..

' '; t ;-...t f'L

,

".J

,J

Mic~eal Kalashnikov (1919 to 2013) Russian\~us~essm~ artd creator of the famous Kalashnikov rifle, i.e., AK-47,AK-56. ",,";:~:" ',,' Madurai ShanmugavadivuSuhhulakshmi .rh. 1916j' Magsay~ say award winner artd; prominent Carriatic. singer, famous fOrthe recital of devotional songs which were included in the silver jubilee.ceremony,;of United, Nations. if ;'\ Michael Faraday (1791 to 1867) The British scientist who discovered electromagnetism, Faraday also discovered benzene, liquid gases and opticaIrglcis's.III 1841; he discovered the induction of electriccurren,t, which led to the invention of the electric motor ..Hea'lso con~ tributed to the development of electrolysls ..,,;':t" \ •• .

'.

\

".r'.

'

Medha Patkar (h. 1956) Noted environmentalist and social worker who won the Righttivelihood'a~ard; has been ,very active in Narmada Bacha~ Andolan. ',~ .. )'

',:'\....:.

'.'

Mira Behn (1892 to 1982) An English woman named Madeline Slade, vyho became Gandhiji's disciple artd was later called Mira Hehn, in'view of her dedication to lndiaand to GariOhiji's teaching~:' , •

•

r'

P

.

'a-~.

Mirta Ghalih tAsadullah Khan) (1796 ,to,\1868) "Renowned Urdu poet.' His D{wan-e~qha!ib:is '~onsi~~r~d'~o',beone of the mo~~signififant ~,d.u~literary~~f~'-,{l" "",. Mikhail Gorhaehev (h. 1931) Eminent S~vi~t' :ieaderl responsible for the political transformation"with policies of glasnost' and ,'perestroika' in 1989.", I

Mohammed Ali Jinnah (1879 to 1948)' Fourid~} of th~ separate Muslinl state'of'Pakistan.J He was the 'president of the Muslim League fonnariy years and after par- . titian of India, became the first Governor of Pakistan in 1947. ; ," 'J' '.J • j

l

I,~

,'" A.~2e

Chapter4

GeneralKnowledge 'A.229

Mohammed Azharudin (b. 1963) He was, a former captain of Indian cricket team. ,He' was, accused. in the match-fixing scam.

i.I':! !

Mohammed Neguib (1901 to 1984) The first P~esident of Egypt, he was put under house arrest in.1954 by Abdel Gamel Nasser. Seventeen years later, President Anwar Sadat freed him in 1971.

Mohammed (Prophet) (570 to 632) , He established the religion of Islam and the Muslim community (Ummah). Muslims believe him to have been God's final prophet, to whom the Quran was revealed. , , r,

Morarji Desqi (1896 to 1995) He was an Eminent politician and Indian Prime Minister (1977 to 1979).

11 'I'

Max Mueller, Prof. (1823 to 1900) An eminent educationist;' indologist and linguist £fom Germany.' He was a sought-after teacher of Sanskrit language at Oxford University.' ,

~ I,

MuaminaralGaddafi (1942"0 20n)

'1.1

Libyan who masterminded to power (1942 to 2011).

,\

Military dictator from the coup in 1969 to come

Margaret Hilda Thatcher (1925to 2013} Also known' as'The Iron lady' ,she became the first women prime minister of Britain in 1979, and won three consecutive elections to remain in power till 1990. '

Martina Navratilova'(b. ~956} Outstanding

superstar of the women tennis, she won 'about 331 tennis titles (167 singles and 164 doubles) during her elaborate career. The Czech-born US citizen has won as many as 9 Wimbledon and 4 US Open titles.

Michel De Notre Dame, or Nostradamus (1503 to 1566) Noted astrologer form prophecies.

France

who

is known'

for his

driver who holds the world record for, most Grand Prix victories in his illustrious career,

to 1997) - Noted

MrinalSen' (b. , 1923}, Noted film~maker who directed Shome and Khariz,

Mgrtin Luthe!, (1483 to 1546). Noted German monk, priest, ,theologian, at:td church reformer. His teachings inspired the _~eformation and deeply, influenced the do_str~es ~dculture of ,the Luthei'an andProtestant traditions, as well as the course of Western civilization. I

\-

\

Muhammed Ali(OrlginallyCassiusMarcellusClay)(b. 942) ,1f?erican most popular pugilist, remembered,for his un'?~thodox style and versatile personality. First boxer to win the heavy-weight title thrice. ' ,'lnl

Mulk Raj Anand (1905 to 2004) Pronlinent novelist who wrote in English and is considered one of th€'found. ing father:s of ,Indian English Novel. along. vYAthRaja Rao and R K. Nar:ayan, His notable works r~clude Unto,uchable, Coolie"and Two Leaves and a Bud ..i~

NelsonRolihlala Mandela N9i8 to 2013). Nobet,"Prize"wifl-

';

't

N Nagawara Ramarao Narayan Murthy (b. 1946) For~~r chair. man and chief mentor of Infosys Technoiogies, Heis the most prominent information technology leader of modem India. Neelam Sanjiva Reddy (1913 to 1996) Freedom fighter and former PiesidenfofIndia during 1977 to 1982. '

t~~\.

_~.:t.'~l ., ",

l', ..

t,

-~

'"f

i

10

••.._,~."

,.'.,;

.,.h".~"~.J..:~:,l.~;'.'.

Pope 8enedict XVI (1927) Born Jo~eph Alois'Rafzinger Pope Benedict XVI succeed~d Pope John Paul Irand is the 265th Pope of the Roman Catholic Churd-{.-He was pope from 2005 to 2013 ilnd was succeedep. ,by . Francis. -, "l , .. _ .• 'Pope . ," "f" :,.; ~ "~\\~' ,~ ~ Porus AH;ir).du king of Punjab, who f~ught against the Greek invader Alexander when,the latter,invaded fudia and ne~rly defeated 'him. Alexander admired his gallantry and returned his kingdom to him. "l,

F

,~-,

•••

~".

.••• ,'

\

t'~j'

(

-'

o Oliver(romwell (1599to 1655) Cromwell was an English soldier and statesman, who established a commonwealth in Britain and became its head with the title 'Lord Protector;. He ruled 'the countrY'f~'i five years between1653 and 1658. " aromaBinLaden (b. 1957to 2011) Saudi citizen and mastermind behind. yarious terrorist, strikes throughout world, He heads Al'Qaeda which, is behind 9/11 attackon WTC towers in USA.

OshoRajneesh (Chandra'Mohan Jain) (1931(to 1990) Constatesman and later became King. of France (1769 troversial and- charismatic godman' of India with to 1797); Napoleon was the most brilliant general ashramsat Pune and Oregon (USA). of his time; he won a series of splendid victories against England, Russia and Austria in 1805. He was defeated in the Battle of Waterloo in June 1815,and p exiled to St. Helena, where he died in 1821. Nargis Duff (1929 to 1981) The first Indian actresSIt

I'rmini (4th centur(BCE) Panini is a 'we~l~kn~Wn Hmd~

have been nominateq to the Rajya Sabha; she wasa recipient of the Padmashri and is well known forher film Mother India. .•

sageand SanskrIt' grammarian, he belonged to the Vedicera and authored Ashtadhyayi. ,

Nasser'GamalAbdul (191810 1970) H~ was the Presid~

guruand writer

of E~t who is c~edited ,:"ith nationalizing the S~ Canal m 1956. An'.influential Arab leader, he was P otal in constituting NAM.' ..

;-,T)Jl

: 1

Paul Julius ReiJte;I(1816 to 1899} Pioneer of tei~graphic news" services fiom Geimany.,He, established Reuter's international news agency.' , ,".i

NiradC.Chaudhary(1897 to 1999) Famous Indian writer in

Joseph Stalin,; Khrushchev was head of the Soviet Republic. Wh"e~ Stalin die? he became the first Secretary of the Soviet COrnrilunist Party and was Prime Ministerduring 1958 to 1964. He died in 1971.

'"

Pol Pot (1928to 1998) Cambodian (Khmer ~ouge) ulfa:: mous leader, also known as Sa:loth Sar. He is charged with atrocious'crimes,.s'uch as geno~ide and m~ssacres, during his regim~. , '", ' ,

NarasimhaRao ,(1921 to 2004) Full name, Pamulaparti VenkataNarasirnha Rao. He was the Prime Minister of India during 1991 to 1996. ' '. Englishlanguage; his important works'are; A passage to England, and Autobiography of an Unknown Indian.

.

a~d tutor of Aristotle. He completed his education under Socrates. /

known for his discovery of heavenly bodies, 'their movement' around tne sUIl an? ~~~t the Sun is the centre of the universe.

Munshi Premchand (1880 to 1937) Noted author of Hindi novels and short stories that brought him interna. tional fame.

-

Pla,o,.r427 to, 347 B~E) G;~e;~~,pN19s9.ph.err'~~r,

Nicolaus Copernicus (1473 to 1543) Polish astronomer

Murlidhar Devidas Amte (Baba Amte) (1914 to 2008~
foathaller iif history Of the 'game:' The'~~ra~pian star has scored 1281, goals m his sparklmg' career.' W ~

ner in 1993, he was in jail for 27 years fighting fbi a non-racist'democr~cy in South Afr~sa;He became t!i~ first black president of s.outh Africa in 1994. ,- ,

-!",II

Indi~m swimmer who holds the \.vodd record ill: long' dist~nce swimming. He was the' first Indian to successfully swim across th~ ;E,nglishS:hannel. ,. " '\,' . some wonderful films like,Bhuvan

Delhi who was, well known for his profounchideas ,and poor administrative capabilities. He tried.'~,()Shift his capital from Delhi to Devangiri in Deccat:t~,When he found that his subjects did not approve of the idea he reshifted to Delhi. ," 1\. >" '

Napoleon' Bonaparte (1769 to 1821) He wa~ a French

M,ichael Schumacher (b, 1967) Ace F-l (Forwula One) Mihideri '(1930

Muhammad.bin.Tughlaq (1325 to 1351), A learned' S).lltan of

P. T.Usha (b. 1964) Track-queen ;fIndia; remembt;~ed for her 1/100 of a second finish at the OlympiCs where she missed the bronze by a whisker. She is the first Indian wOffiC,m"torea~h the final Of an Olympic event.' . " ., " ~ Pran Krishan Sikand (1920 to 2013) , A famous Indian Actor known for his rdles as villain. He was awarded the Dada Saheb Phalk~ Award in 201'2. ,';,

.

PrannoyRoy (b. 1946}'He is a notedjoumalist, media icon and TV commentator,established~TV-india: Pulakesin /I (608 10'642 CE) TJle most powerful ruler'of the Chalukyan dyn:asty that ruled the Deccan: '

,', I ~. 1,::'.iJ; I

-

'

..

,

"

..y:)

'.,.,. , \. ,.T

Q

',' , •...

,."

Pythagoras (582 to 500BCf) He is a Greek philosopher, theologian, and mathematician\(espedally geometry). Tho.ughhis famous~th,eorein.was previously known, he was'the first to'prove its universal validity.

PeterF. Drucker (1909 to 2005), Emine~t.~~na~~~e~t

of global fame. _ ~'~c\'.~.~ .~

.

,

""t

~i

"

,

I'eIe orEdsonArantes Do Nascimento (b. 1940) Living legend 0{ Worldfootball, Pele, is one of the most exciting

Queen Elizabeth, I. (1533, to r1603) Queen ,Elizabeth I of England (1558 ,to 1603). was the daughter of

'-

I, II

I

I,

A.230

j::

Chapter 4

General Knowledge

Henry VIII. Her reign saw the development of English literature. William Shakespeare lived during her time.

f

Robert Lefkowitz (b. 1943) He is an American bio~hem.

Rashipuram Krishnaswami (R; K.) Laxman, (1927t02015)

Noted

Robert Wilhelm Bunsen (1811to 1899) A German s~i~ntist who invented the Bunsen burner. ":\}\f~ Roger Bacon (1214to 1294) Bacon was an English~cien.

Rupert Murdoch (b. 1931) Australian-born American media baron who owns various top-class media companies---:-t'Jews Corporation, Fo~ Broadcasting Company, 20th Century Fox, Direct-TV, Harper Collins, The Times and The Sun.

tist, encyclopaedist, philosopher, and inventol?6f the magnifying glass and gun powder. .,.;,\ ,

Ra; Kapoor (1924to 1988) Outstanding actor and film-

Rudolf Diesel (1858 to 1913) A German engineer who

Ravi Shankar (1920 to 20W

Noted sitar maestro. He was also awarded with lifetime achievement Grammy award.

Ra;a Ram Mohan Roy (1774 to 1833) The social reformer who tried to eradicate sati, purdah and child marriage; he also advocated widow remarriage and women's education. He was the founder of the Brahmo Samaj. Raiiv Gandhi (1944 to 1991) He was the son of Indira Gandhi who came to power after death of his mother. He remained Indian Prime Minister till 1989 and was assassinated in 1991. Ra;kumari Amrit Kaur (1887 to 1964) Iridian freedom fighter~She was also the Health Minister in the Nehru Cabinet. Rani Lakshmibai ofJhansi (1835to I 858) The ruler of Jhansi, sh~'was a great warrior who took part in the first war of independ~nce in 1857 (It).dianMutmy). Ronald Reagan(1911 to 2004} Former President of United States of America (1981 to 1988) and a noted TV and film personality before he became the president. Rene Fran~k President of the International Hockey Ii'

ist. In 2012 he won Noble Prize in Chemistry f(;r his research on human stem cell cloning.' .It'.

Indian cartoonist.

maker of Indian film industry, hailed as one of the greatest entertainers from the legendary Kapoor family.

I

'1'

Ra;a Ram Mohun Roy (1774to 1833) The social reforiner who tried to eradicate sati, purdah, and child marriage; he also advocated widow remarriage and Women's education. He was the founder of the BraJ;rn0 Samaj.

I:

' ,

R

Britain and Northern Ireland ascended the throne in 1952.

Ii

his Boyle's law of gases.

Robert (Jive (1725 to I 774) He came to India ~as a clerk in the East Iildia Company. 'He 'became Commander-in-Chief and fought against th~ Fr~nch in India. He defeated Siraj-ua.-daulah in th~ }~attle of Plassey in 1737. Later he ruled India as Governor (1765) and cominitted suicide in 1774. ; \\1\'

Queen Elizabeth II (b. 1926) Queen Elizabeth of Great

~'

Robert Boyle (1627to 1691) An Irish chemist, famo~s for

Federation for 17 years. He died in 1983.

Ronalda (Ronalda Luiz Nazario Dlima) (b. 1977) H''e, is a i Football sensation from Brazil, who holds thJ ~ecord o{most goals in World Cup."t; ".1

invented the diesel engine in 1893.\\1\

,lt

J

Rudyard Kipling (1865to 1936) He is an English,writer, whose famous works include Tales From the Hills, The Light That Failed, Jungle Book, Barrack R30m Bal. lads, Kim, Just-so Stories, Puck of Pook's Hill. 'Be was awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1907~'which he later returned. '.

S Sabeer Bhatia (b. 1968) He is the Co-founder of Hotmail who sold its electronic mail portal 'Hotmail;: to Microsoft for a whopping sum of US$ 400 million:

Salman RiiShdie (b. 1946) He is an eminent, controversial, and .prolific Indian-born English writer. Iran's spiritual leader Ayatollah Khomeini issued fatwa against ~m for his book Satanic Verses.

paid special.attention to'administriitive~ reforms. The Grand Trurik highway was -c6nstrUCtekduiing'hi~' rule. He also introduced currency ,in ll}9-i~.'~(,'" " 2

Satya;it Ray (1.921to 1992) He is a noted Indian filmmaker and director who won special Oscar award.

Shyam'Benegai (b. 19~4) He is a: Talented film; d~e~ tor who gave some very good films'like Akrosh and Mandi to Indian cinema.

SalimAli (1896to 1987) Remembered as 'The Birdman ofIndia', he was a reputed ornithologist of In9.ia..

Sigmund Freud (1856to 1939) He is a renowned Austrian

SalvadorAllende (1909 to'1973)

~'" . '. ( psychologist, who developed the theory .of,psycho,~ analysis. He authored The Interpretation of Dreams and The Ego and the Id. '

Samudragupta(330 to 375eE) Son and successor of Chan-

Swami Vivekanand (1863 J!J

Former President of Chile (1970),became the first Marxist head of government in South America. dragupta I; and a powerful and able Hindu king, he wasalso known as 'India's Napoleon'.

Sara;iniNaidu (1879to 1948) Also called 'Nightingale of India', she was a great poetess in English. She participatedin India's freedom struggle and became President of the Indian National Congress in 1925 and the firstwoman Governor of a state (UP). SergeiHubka tb. 1964} He is a six-time world record breaker,a pole valter, and an eminent athlete from Ukraine.

ShabanaAzmi lb. 1954} She is a Social activist and renowned film actress. She was also a, Rajya Sabha member,She'has won National Film Award for best actress,incredibly, for five times. She has bee~ honouredwith Padma Shri in 1988.

Shah;ahan(1592to 1666) Mughul emperor of India who broughtthe Mughul empire to its golden age. A great patronof art, architecture, and literature, he built the TajMahal in m'emory of his beloved Mumtaz Mahal. Hewas deposed by his son Aurangzeb and imprisonedin Agra.

Sachin Ramesh Tendulkar (b. 1973) He is an outstanding ,cricketer and former captain of Indian team, who holds the record of scoring most runs in internation~ Shankaracharya(born 188 eE) He was one of the greatest cricket (more than 10,000 runs in both forms of the Hindureformers who revived the Hindu religion and game). He is the first batsman to hit 51 test centuries successfullythrew back the tide of Bl,Jddhism and Jainism,he Was a founder of the Advaitic philosophy. and 49 ODI centuries. J Sonal Mansingh (b. 1944) He is a noted Indian c1as~~ Sh~nti Swarup Bhatnagar (1894 to 1955) An Indian remeIlJ~ered for creating a chain of national cal dancer credited with first female dancer to leartJ SCIentist, laboratories. Chhauform. Sophia Loren (b. 1934) She is a noted Hollywood actreS' SheikhAbdullah (1906 to 1982) He is an Indian political ~der a~~ founder of National Conference, Former and entertainer from Italy. \.; efMUUsterof Jammu and Kashmir. ., htl Saifuddin Kitchlew (1888to 1963) He is a Freedom fig and member founder President of the All India pea' ~Shah Suri (1486to 1545}He ruled India betweeh Council. and 1545 and was the first Muslim king who "

i:231

.

.'

.

I

-.

',;'. .

1902) A ... qisciple

of Ramakrishna Paramhansa he championed the greatness of the Vedantic philosophy. His famous: talk at ' the Chicago Conference of World 'Religions' in 1893" made 'the Westerners realize the greatness of India for the first time. He establishedthe"Ramakrishria Mission, in memory of his guru' . " ,,,"', _ ", '; •

j

-

t

,

'•••. '"

,

Sir Syed Ahmed (1817 to 189B) Ari' educationist and reformer of the Muslirn COInmunity ~ India, he estab-' lished the MAO College at Aligarh,ln i875,. which later became the Aligarh Muslim Urliversity.

Sohrab Modi (1897 to 1984) The Grand Old Man of Indian cinema and \:vinner of the'Dada Sahep'Phalke Award in 1978, he produced India's first technic91our, film Jhansi ki Rani in the early 1950s. 'Another film, Mirza Ghalib was the first Hindi film to receive the President's Gold Medal in 1955. He died in i984.

Sonia Gandhi (b. 1946) Widowed on Assassination of Rajiv Gandhi, ,she reluctantly joinep.;:!1;le".c:::<:mgre~s party. Under, her leadership Congre~~c~lJl~ to power ill 2004 but she declined to become prime minister o( India. She is of Italia? OJ;igh,.: ., r I

';

'~.

~

•• "

Steven Spielberg (b. 1947) ..oscar winning :film diJ;ecto:,: who gave some of. the blockbusters to Holl~ood: List of some of his most' succ~~~ful fil~s .include Jurassic Park, Minority Report, and'S~hind.ler's Us't.' "

, \

."., '\',

'

Stalin (1879'to 1953) Soviet statesman,~~d'iar~hitect

1

of the former USSR, he bec~me pr~mie~:i~)94X and triumphed as a leader during World War II. An active revolutionary leader from the age 8f,i7;he tooK part in the civil war, ahd"rose to become' ciri'dhtstanding figure in Soviet Russia. . ,;. ',' ",

Stephen ~awking (b. 1942) Olitstan~~~ IEhglish astrophysicist, who despite being:tlfe victim of a degenerative nerve disease became the top,physicist of

ci'

111

"1

A.232

!I~

Chapter 4

the history. He has written some, very successful books like brief History of Time and Black Holes.

Sunder/al Bahuguna (b. 1927) Social activist and environmentalist. Played pivotal role during Chipko movement and agitation against erection of the TehriDaJ;Il.

Surendamath Banneriee (1848 to 1952) First Indian to crack the Indian Civil Services Examination. He held the presidentship of Indian National Congress twice.

Sylvester Stallone (b. 1946) Noted actor and film producer, who acted in some very successful films in Hollywood.

Sun Yat Sen (1866 to 1925) The founder and the first president of the Chinese Republic in 1912. In 1905, SunYatSeh founded the China Revolutionary League in Europe and Japan, and played a prominent partin the revolution of 1911.

1 I~

Sunil Gavaskar (b. 1949) Cricket legend from India who 'once held the world record of 34 test centuries and scoring 10;000runs.

;'1

Sunga Pushyamitra (1.85 BCE to 150 BCE) Brahmin Commanderin-chief of the last Mauryan king Brihadratha. He killed his master and founded the Sunga dynasty. S~a;';i,Day~nand

Saraswatf '(1824 to '1883), Founder of

the Arya Samaj and author of Satya Prakash, he is well known for his opposition of various social taboos.

T

IN.

Seshan (b. 1932), Noted administrator and winner of Magsaysay Award, his full name is Tirunellai Narayana Iyer 5eshan. He' was appointed as Chief Election'Commissioner of India in 1990and retired in 1996. . Thomas More, Sir (1478 to 1535) Legendary English author who revolted against supremacy of Henry VIII over the church.

T}Jomas(ook, (1908 to 1982) British baptist priest turned

Tantiya Tope (1814 to 1859) One of the heroes of the War of Indian Independence in 1857, he was the brave Commat1.der of Nan a Sahib's forces. \l\'j,

u

s'~

"

,# '

• ~,"

Tara Bai Tara Bai of Gwalior resisted the atteITiptsof Lord Ellenborough to annex Gwalior. She was the thirteen year old widow of Jankoji Scindia who died in February 1843. -\~:";

v

Tenzing Norgay (1914 to 1986) Indian mountaine~'r; the first to conquerMt. Everest on May 29, 195~~'along with Sir Edmund Hillary. He was awarded the Padma Bhushanm 1959.

Teresa (Mother) (1910 to 1997) Nobel Prize wU{her,a

".;'

\1 \;

,

~- .11;: '.,

"j ." -.

•

t',.

t,

Head of the Chag~ta Turks, He was a powerful warrior and a plun4erer infa' mous for the sacking of Delhi (indiscriminate massacre and plunder) during his invasion ~ India in 1~98. )"l

TipuSultan (1750 to 1799) Sultan of Mysore who battled' hard against British supremacy in India. .'

Theodore Roosevelt (1858 to 1919) The President of United

Todat Mal (1556 to 1605) One of the nine gems and~:

.~

St~tes of, Am~rica who won Nobel Prize for role played by him;during the Spanish-American war,

enue minister in the court of-Akbar,' known for reforms in policies of land revenue.

Tansen (b. 1492 to 1589) A great exponent of Indian clas-

Tulsidas (1497 to 1623}J A great Hindipoet, religi~ preacher and was known for his work'Ramachal1 manas, which depicts the life of Lord Rama.

c

r

'1.

i,r"

'

'

: \

'the

and the Chairperson of Ady;ar Cancer In!'titute. She wasawarded Ramon Magsaysay Award in 2005 and MotherTeresa Memorial Award in 2013.

Vijayalakshini' Plindi1-(1900 l'to-j 990)\ She is', Sist~~"6f Jawaharlal Nehru: Vijayalakshmi,Panditwa~' the first woman minister of qn Indian state (UP).' She holds the distinction of being the first1worrlail. to be~ome president of the UN General As!,embly. ~d, the firs~ Indian woman Ambassador to Moscow. ' ," . i

VidiadhurSurajprasad Naipaul, (b. 1932) A prolific writer

Vikram Sarabhci~ Dr (1919 to 1971) , He is a noted nucle~r

fromthe UK who won the Nobel Prize in 2001.

scientist and researcher from India, ,who is credited with establishing Thumba r~cket ,station:,:' .::( ll~ '1r .

Or V.Shanta (b. 1927) A prominent Cancer specialist

~.

",

j,~

I

~

noted Roman Catholic nun. She was borr'l;;-Agnes ViiayTendulka"(1928 to-2008)' He is a noted Marathi Gonxhe Bojaxhiu on August 27, 19.10, in Sk.Qpjein play-writera.nd writer, political journ~list, a?d social today's Republic of Macedonia, was an Albanian commentator. Catholic nun who founded the Missionaries of v. V.Giri(1894 to 1980) The third Vice-President (1967 Charity in India. . ','.~ ((, to 1969)and the fourth President of India (in 1969 Thomas Addison (179i to 1860} , The British p~ysician he was acting President). He was a recipient of the known for his dis~overy of what is now known as BharatRatna in'1975. He died in 1980. . ., ,~ Addison's disease, and for his works on ductless Vascoda Gama (1460 to 1524) He discovered the sea glands. ' . •.•. ) routefrom western Europe to India. He was a great Thomas Alva Edison (1847 to 1931) US born inventor navigatorand seatraveller from P?rtug~l. He mci.c!-e with more than ,1300US and foreign patents.to his thefirst voyage from Europe; a round Africa to the credit for his inventions; most of them cO!lcerned eastand reached Calicut (India) in 1498. with electricity. Some of his important inventions Volmiki A celebrated Sanskrit poet of an~ient India, are the incandescent lamp, phonograph"(gram~ andauthor oftJ.1eRamayana. ,J' • _ ophone), carbon telephone transmitters, and microphone. ,;-, VondanaShiva (b. 1952) An Indian Enviroilmentaiis't and an anti-globalisation activist. Government of Tiger Woods (b. 1975) Ace American golfer who made Japanhas her with Fukuoka Prize for the world record by winning all 4 major gold tournament year2012. awarded '' , (Grand Slam) at the age of 24 years. He was also the highest earning sports person of the world. I Vorohmihiro(505 to 587 cEI A distinguished astronomer,

Timur (1336 to 1405)

Vijay J1mritrajlb> 1953) 'Ihdia; i.-foErier' captaiht~ Davi; Cup. He "is the 6iily player-to witl Hall of Fame Tennis thrice, The versatile sportsperson has 'acted' ill vari': . , - " , ", "+ '.', . • ~rri t, -( ousHollYW99dmovies'and TV serials. , .... ~'"

.

UstaJAllauddin Khan (1862 to 1972) of Malhar Legendary' tlindustani music maestro.

tour operator, estab~ished Thomas Cook';"Father of modem tourism. " ~

sical music. ~e was on~ of the n.ine gems in the court of Akbar.,' ' '

\.

General Knowledge, A.233

mathematicianand philosopher of early times. He wasone of the nine gems in the court of king Vikramaditya(Chandragupta II). . '

Yeeroppan(1933 to 2005): He was a 'Sandal wood smug~ g1erand poacher ofel~p~ant tusks who,~i~~q~ ?005.' :;~~e Kuri~n,Dr (192"0 2012)

Hailed as~e 'Father of dlas Whiterevolution', and 'Operation Flood'. ForIllerChairman, National Qairy Development Board:

~ Khosla(b. 1955F' Fo~der~partner of o~e of world's I!Iostsignificantventure capitalists, Sun Microsystems.

i

:1

II h

, !I ij

tl ,i,

,~J

Vinoba,Bhave (1895to 1982) 1, H~ is.an;Eminent activist whoplaye9-~ignificant role..:in the Bhoodan IDove~ ment. He is also winner of Bharat R
','

,

Viswan~!han Anand (b.' 196,9) , He i~.the\\Vinrl~I':of Arjulla award, Pa~mashri, Rajiv Gat'!dhi J91el Ratna ~ward, Grandmaster Vishwanat~~n~a.,nd ,wa~,_YYor14"N~,. 1 inspeed chess. He ':Vasalsb.~~e,youngesfAsiant~ win International Master's title. . .. ~ ~r--.. . -~

Visawnath Pratap Singh (193', t020P8}

Forr:ner prime ~.: ster of India during 1989 to 1990.He "was the seventh Prime Minister of India. He died on November 27, 2008; , , "~

VladimirI/yich lenin(1870 to 1924) Alsoknown as Nikolai Lenin, he was a ~~s~ian revolutionary leader. H~ was, exiled to Siberiain 1895 where hecontinued.~o guide the revolutionary struggle of the Russian people. In 1898,he created a new party- the Bolshevik Party-,to bring about communist revolution ill R~ssia:On November 7, 1917;a new SoCialist government was' formed under the leadership of Lerun.''';'J' '(' j",! (, I .•.

.,' \ !'"

~

j

"

'.

,.

a

.

W

I

,j

-,

.,,"'"

:.

"'~,t ,,~.'"

~~J

"

YedoVyas A great Sanskrit scholar; he wrote the Mnhabharata, one of the most revered texts of the Hindus.

I

,'};' 1~

:r .•.. '~

\,.fii

.•

I;

['l',,"

Walt Disney (1901 to 1966) He is a US film producer; he is famous a;sth~ 'creator of carto9n 'films' starring the popular cartoon characters Mickey Mouse and Donald Duck. , ,~

He

William Crooks'(1832'to 1919) wa~ a';Bnti~kEhemist and physicist ~ho discoyered, the element Thallium in 1861',invented the radiometer, and also' pioneered research on cathoger,!-ys., , William Shakespeare (1564' to 1616) He was a English dramatist and poet, considered the greatest literary

,J

iW

1 1 :~ ,[ [f

I il

r

A.234

I

figure in El)glish literature. He was born, at Stratford-on-Avon, and was the son of a tradesman. He married Anne Hathaway,in'1582. Bis first play was Henry VIand his firstmaj9r poem Venusand Adonis.

Chapter 4

William Thompson Kelvin (1824 to 1907) He was a British physicist who put forward the idea of an absolute measurement of temperature and invented the Kelvin scale of temperature.

Yuri Gagarin (1934 to 1968) A Russian cosmon~ut. In

(Continu_e_d)

1961, he became the first man to travel in space. Be completed oneI:evolu~ion around the Earth1k\, 89.34 minutes. He also holds the record of, being -,,1the first person to fly at such a great height (340 km from the Earth).

~al

'1/ ..,.;. :

z

poet whose famous works include The Prelu;de, Intimations.9Yf Im.morality, The Recluse, The Solitary Reaper, etc.

lail Singh (1916 to 1994) First Sikh President

:0'£ India (1982to 198'1)during Indira Gandhi governrt:l:ent.

dent of the Indian National Congress.

Woodrow Wilson (1856' to 1924) He was president of

lakir Hussain (1897 to 1969)

America during ,World War I. He became famous for his '14 points' and played a notable part in the setting ,up of the League of Nations.

.' He was the third president

.

,

of India (1957 to 1969) and died in office or May 3, 1969.He was also India's second Vice-President (1962 to 1967).

Winst~n'Churchiil,Sir (1874 to 1965) Bfitish statesman and war leader, who was prime minister of Britain during World'War II.His.'publication' The Second World War (ill 6'volumes);';' became very fa:rnousand earned him the Nobel Prize' in 1953. He resigned as prinie minister in 1955 and published his Il'l:ajorwork A History of t~e English Speaking People.

, ,'_

Deshbaridhu

Dadabhai ~!:lOroji

Grand Old Man of India

Ndpol~on Bon~parte " " c,,..,..

Duke _~ __

Earlof Warw~

__

Ike ~g

=]

Maker

FlorenceNightingale

lady with the lamp

francisco Fr~

EICaudill;

field Marshal K M Cariappa

Kipper

- __

->=P

__

,

Queen Elizabeth I

GeoffreyChaucer

. Father of English Poetry -

Jawaharlal Nehru

(hacha,

loroaster (6th Cent. BCE) A celebrated Persian prophet and

Jayap,rakashNaray;--'

JP, loknayak

religious leader who lived in the seventh century BCE. He is the founder of Zoroastrianism, whose followers comprise the Parsees settled in India. _

Joanof Arc

=.J

Panditji

1 -....-----.-.;. * '

..__. -'--~ , ----,-,-;.,._-_.

Maiden Queen Gurude~ __ ' Sparro~'

~uel

Mark Twain

lon~horn Clemens

.

Maid of Orleans

,

'_."."",'~.'X"""'

...,.. __ .__

of Peace

.=~.-,

__

...~.....,~.'

'.' ""'"---'''_M~=''''M'''

Sher-e.-Punjab,PunjabK~sari

Mohandas Karamchand 'Gbndhi 'the

Bapu, Mahatma, Father of Nation '

M. S. Golwalkar

.. ,;,;'--,

_.",~

__ '

_,,"M_,

Guruji

_

]

---,

,.J

"

Palestine, Liberation Organization (PLO) (1969 to 2004);;'President-of. the Palesijillan National Authority (PNA) (1993 to 2004) and a corecipient of the 1994 Nobel Peace Prize alongside Shimon Peres and Yitzhak Rabin, for the successful negotiations of the 1993 Oslo Accords. ~i-1',f:Aw

1

.•..-

'J

',it...

.

l

,i

r-

~

Bango Ban~--~~ Netaji

_---

Tiger of Snows ._ ....•.•....

..-

T. Prakasam

lSi;-W-a-It-er-S-co-tt--_' William Ewart Qladstone

~,

Andhra Kesari _~ W~zard,.of t~e_North

J

Gra!1d Old Man of Britain

~~~J

-_._, __~ard c:fAvon' ..

Grand Commoner

n

-.l

f';,;.-.J,.,~X ...

t,,'.

r ..(

/

.~;;'~.'<.

"

j Original Name ,I'

"

_,

...

[Adolf' Hitler

",_~~

-.

•. --

I IOrig,~al Name

',_,-'

, ,

'..

~.

H'."','

."

r

lokmanya "

.

~

~

:I

AlsoCall.KI'

\ Benito Mussolini_~~__

BadshahKhan;Forntier Gandhi' -.. . .

---.='-.~_~~=.h~~~~-=-===-~.

Bal Gangadhar Tilak 'r-

~I

AlsoCalled

Abdul Gaffar Kh~n .. ,~. " ... ,',.," .'

t'l'~_

.

;

J

C.F.Andrews'

.

Deenabandhu

I C.N~Annadurai L,..... "'7.

-:.. ..

'

:~.

'_'

_ An~a

1

C. 'Rajagopalachciri

"

---

Rajaji or 'CR'

-

'. .

.

.

. ~•.

"'~.

and convicted of treason in J 971. With India's intervention Bangladesh won independence, and he ' became prime minister in 1972. He was kil.ledin a coup in 1975, on proclaiming himself president with .dictatorialp_o_w_e_rs_. _

t!:f "

China

,';'

t ---(Contin~

-

Bltry

••••

'Abbreviated Titles of. Some Well-known Figures

I

'.1

~.

Yasser Arafat (1~29 to 2004) He was a Chairman of the

~i ;!I

football player of Algerian Kabyle ethnicity. He captained 1.,France to 1998 World Cup \ victory, WELL-KNOWN' FREEDOM FIGHTERS ' .' " . ~ , . .' . ': -.. He was elected FlFA World Player of the Year a record-equalling three times (1998, 2.900, an4 2003), Best European football player of the pasfSti International figu"es years, at the 2006 FlFAWorld Cup,he was named eedom Fighters Most Outstanding Player of the tournament, th~, Antonia Agostirihq Neto (1922-1979) receiving the Golden Ball. Zidane retired froOl Angola After Angolg's Liberation from Pqrtugal, he became its first President. football after the 2006 World Cup Final on July9, 2006. Bangladesh'" ~~~~~~~i~::Rp:~:~:n~~~~~;~~;!Ic~ 'during G'~e-n-e~-a-I A--"'yu-b'-K-h-a-~-'s-g-o-v~er-n-m-e-nt-;-w-a-s-a'-rr-este~

his contribution towards the study of Cosmic Rays, he was awarded Padma Bhushan in 2013.

+

:~i

Subhash Cha'ndra Bose

[~!!'J~~ Shak~peare

Nightingale of India - ~

linedine Yazid lidane (b. 1972) He is a Former French

Yash Pal (b. 1926) He is an Indian Scientist known for

'!

':'1

Sher.i.Kashmir

[~E~TkhMujibur.Rehman

Younger Pitt

,

If

'---,--,--

I Tensing Norgay .-.'

lala lajpat Rai

~-~~.'"""' .. '-'--,~.~-",

..

.. __

---_:=J

Man of Iron, Stron~'iMan'.), of India

Sheikh Mohammad Abdullah

~-.-------_ ~.~.~-~.,--------Mcm

101Bahadur Shastri

' LittleC~r'poral, Man of Destiny' I_ ". ..-.:-.-""""

[~8bindr~~ath T~g.?!:__ ._ Maj. Gen Rajirid~r Singh

~,

J

Man of Blood and Iron, Iron Chancellor_

i

__ r Sarojini Naidu

Fox

+' .• ~

I

Mahamana

Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel

Gen Erwin RommeL-

,--""

'~~l

__

~

AlsoCalled

-..:~ __

I Otto von Bismarck ~'

GBS

the Israel Philharmonic Orchestra. Indian-born maestro conducted a 130-member New York Philhar. monic Orchestra. '::

y

c;Das

.O~ ",'"

I IOriginal Name I IMadan Mohan Malaviya

AlsoCalled

George Bern~.9 Sh9w

lubin'Mehta (b. 1936) Noted musician who c~~ducted

"I

Name

DwightDavid Eisenhower

'd,'

Womesh Chanqra Bonner;ee (1844 to1906) The first presi-

_

Dukeof Wellin~~.,~_~~lron

(11{;.

1. A. BhuffO (1928 to 1979) ,/He was a Presidenf6f Paki. stan in 1971 and subsequently, prinie mifiister of Pakistan. He was deposed by an army coupled by Zia-ul-Haq and executed in 1979. "-

William' Wordsworth (1770 to 1850) He was the English

;

A.235

General Knowledge

II!

&ba I'

I

i

Mao Tse-Turig (1893-1976) ; .p' "':,' ,J,:Chinesecommunist leader proclaimed the People's Republic of China (1949) and became its chairman. t~r~1 ~a1s~~~~~;t~b~t~ the Socialist st~te, :rthrew head of the Cuban government in 1959.

the regime of F:;9:~ciO Batista and bec~~~~-'l

(Continued)

J

I

, 'II': 11'1

1

,1:

r II:

A!2~6

Chapter 4

General Knowledge

(Continued)

tbe\l:"""

ICountry

Freedom Fighters

Cyprus

..

he was nominated president r'~--'-'-~---'~-""'-""'-~'---~-

!

_.'

1

~._

Archbishop Makadeus (1913- 1977) '. ,,' . . •. , Primate ef Orthedex Church ef Cypru.s; deperted to. Britain in 1956 for alleged suppert ef the EOj
;1

'I

..'

. . .__ ._,_._~_.,''-',~_

i

1

~ged Ghana •.

._---,""

,.lIi rel="nofollow"> ..••.•

.

Per~nalitiesAsse~iat~d

•

.Indenesia . ..

Ahmad Sukarne (1901,-70) First president ef Indenesia (1901-67),

r;:-;-

when the army teek over the ceuntry.

.

; Italy ,

....

"" ...•••••... ~__

A _ _.._,."

•.•

~

""'-"'--'---

..•••

.,.."._._-

.'

) ,

,-.-----.-----

•... \ Kenya

..--.~--.--..-.-

Jeme Kenyatta (1894..,.1978) . .' He was the first president ef Independent Kenya (1964-78). In 1947, he became leader ef the\" Kenya African Unien, but Was irnprisened by the British between 1952 and 1961. He negetiated the independenceclhis

"'7' __

"__

Seuth Africa'

_

ce':Jntry.andwaselected __

.----....-..

its President.

.

,

Seviet Unien

_

_

-_

..

..

anzania . [ ...______ Turkey

._

;,.~f United States ef America _ Yugeslavia

•

.:1'

__

..

..

_._-

'l~

'

J

. Vladimir Lenin (1870- 1924) Revelutienary leader ef his ceuntry; led the Belshevik everthrew ef Kerensky's gevernment in 1917 and his death.

r~---- .. __ .~.~-.. ~_.... _.-"'-----,.-.-,---- .. ---.~--._

____

••• ,,,,,--..,,,,,,,._~,••..• ,,,~_T""~-"

__ _---_. __ __ _-_

-_

racial and ....• demecratic gevernment in the '---' .__ ceuntry. -

was head ef the Seviet Gevernmenttill

.

'.r,."_.~~.,

.1'

Nelsen Mandela (b. 191 8) .. President ef the African Natienal Cengress (ANC), who. was imprisened fer 27 years fer fighting;', apartheid (1964-90) and bringing an end to. the 350 years ef celenial deminatien ef white minerity. '. On May 10, 1994, he became first black president ef Seuth Africa and established the first united non~

.. _

\'

.,~.

.

.

..-_.... - ..... ''''':"''' .. ~-, ..... ---,.

'-:-:-'

•••

,--_._--.....-~..-_---.-'~.,..--

'0

••

0

••

'

'"

,.....

"1'

during the War ef lndepende ..! .. ~

.--"'-'"

Zambia

.

__ .__

._-----....,.,.

__ _._._-. '-_._-_ _----~"-"-.-. -.--_.... .~..

..

Kenneth (David) Kaunda

'.

J 1

...-..-~..•..... ,-

.....~.

"

.

.'

.

..

.'

Prominent Figures of the Indian Freedom Movement

"

. Jesip Brez Tiie (Marshal) (.1892-1980) . '. .,.. Cemmunist leader, he ied the Yugeslav resistance to. Nazi eccupatien between 194i' and 1945. After the w9.r, Yu'geslav mel)orchy. was abolished and he became prime minister in' 1945 ~and President in ,1.953. In 1.94.8. He breke up with the 'USSR and developed Yugeslavia's ewn brand ef natienal ceriim~nism.' .,.," . . '. ".(,.

memberof the Indian Civil Services who was a great sympathizer of the Indian people and propagated theideals of the Congress in Britain. He founded the Indian National Congress in 1885 and was its first generalsecretary. .

MrsAnnieBesant (1847 to 1933) Also known as the 'Grand OldLady of Indian Nationalism' she, becape ~ember of the Theosophical Soci~ty in 1889 ~dJ?efa~e its. Presidentin 1907. She settled in India and worked for thesocial upliftment of the people. Mrs Annie Besant joinedthe Congress and in 1916, maugtirate~the All India Home Rule Leagu~ in Madras.' She played a prominentrole in uniting militant and. moderate leadersat the Congress session at Lucknow inJ920. Later, she left the Congress, but continued to serve India, Shehas translated the Bhagwad Gita into English.

..

'. Kemal Ataturk(1881-1938) Feunder ef medern Turkey, knewn as 'Father ef the Turks', he erganized the Turkish Natienalist Party in 1919a"nd set up a rival government to. the Otteman Sultan at Ankcira. He was elected the first Presidenl the Turkish republici~ 1923 after civil war and remained in that pe.sitien till. his dea~: __ . Geerge Washingten (1732-99) . American statesman and General; he cemmanded the Americanferces (1775-83) and became the first president ef USA (1789). .

, . \ ... " '<''''1

oi

Patrice Lumumba (1925-61)

BalGangadharTilak(l856 to 1920) An aggressive freedom

Julius Nyerere Dr (1922-99) '..'. After campaigni~g fer Tan~ania:s indepen~ence from the U.nited Kingdem, he ?e.came its Premier in .:...• 1961 befere taking ever the efflce ef PreSident ef the new independent repubhcin 1962. In 1964, { he negetiated the Unien ef Zanzibar to. ferm the state of Tanzania. ..' ..._._"A_ ..~... - ~__...__.~.

1~

Freedom Fighters

Country ;;..----

Allan Odavian Hume (1829 to 1912) A .retired English

but was forced to. relinquish effice in 1967 by GeneraLSuharto

(1) Gusieppe Garibaldi (1805-72) .' . .\~ A selider and a natienalist leader, he captured Sicily and Naples (1860), beth ef which became part oil Italy, . ,~ (2) Giuseppe Mazzini (1805-72) • 'j', A revelutienary natienalist who. stirred nati
I

l

,

._,_

,~.--~

~ ~'~~

Bern in 1924; he led his ceuntry (formerly nerthern Rhedesia) to. cem~lete ind~pendence, under the name of Zambia in 1964, and beca"me its President:.' ... ,. ,

with India's Freedem Mevement. '""

"

First prime minister (1960-61) ef the Cenge (new Zaire), he feught to. ferm a un.ited Cenge but was eusted and murdered in 1961.

Kwame Nkrumah (1909-1972)

rl~dk;"""'~'-S~-~'~~i~~~t ~

as the mest.p"ewerful man in Fran=~ a~e':.~_<;lpeleen.

j

~

Zaire

. .._'''-~~~'''''''.".,.~

Charles de Gaulle (1890- 1970) Cemmander-in-<:hief ef the free French Ferces and previsienal president when France 'was liberated. He was elected first president ef the Fifth Republic efFrance, gave a new censtitutien to. France and

I

France

ef his ceuntry.

(Continued)

A.237

!

fighter,popularly known as 'The Father of Indian Unrest'.His political career began in 1896 during the faminein the Deccan. His 'followers, along with him, preachedthe relevant sections of the Famine Relief Codeand motivated the people to be bold and fear!essin demanding their rights and'coinedlthe slogan Swarajis my birthright and I shall have it.' He is the authorof Gita Rahasaya,.through which he taught the peopleto fight against oppression and unrighteousness.He started twojwep~knowrlJ;1ewspapers:-::-Kesari lMa:athi)and Maratha (English)-to arouse national ~ntiments. The three leaders, Lala Lajpat Rai, Bal inangad~ar Tilak" and J?ipin..Cha!:ld;r::~~a~.are.kno"Yn of the Ipdian freedom. movement. as 'LaI,thehistory Bal, Pal.' .' . .. . '.

t ChandraPal (1858 to 1932)

•.

_,_ 1

,

An extremist lead~r of freedom struggle and an arde;"t supporter of the

boycott of foreign goods"the Swadeshi movement and national ed~cation, he did not believe in dominion status. and 'wanted full-fledged independence . Pal achieved national stature after the partition of Bengal.' In the 1907 SU'rat C6ri ress'session he fought for T~ak's c.andidature for-president~hip. :

'.

.•

,

':"~~

"

'I)

.,-'"

-

,

~

g

~

f) •••• '

','

-"

:.

C.R. Doss (1870 to 1925). Also known as 'Deshabandhu', a lawyer at the-Calcutta Bar, he entered politics in 1920. He presided bver:the Caya Congress s~ssion and along with Motilal' Nehru and Hakim Ajmal Khan launched the Swaraj Party ~ 1923.

T.Ii It W

'itI'

:i

In :;1

;;'j ,I

DadabhaiNaoro;i (1825" to 1917) AIsokno~n as the 'Grand Old Man of India!, he was a prominent Congress leader and worked for. $waraj it)..'"En.gland, which~as the' centre of"his political activities,,'He was the first Indian to be elededas a member of the House 'of Commons f~om' a Londo'Ii county. He was also an autllor of a monumental work-Poverty and Un-British Rule in India. Gbpal Krishna Gokhale (1866 to 1915) . G~khale started as a maths'teacher and rose to the position ofthe principal of the'well-known Fergusson College, Pune. He played' a: coinrllendable role iii. the Itnperi~l Legisla ..' tive Council' of which he was a'member in 1902. He founded 'The Servants of It1dia S6ciety' a~d serv~d as President of the IridiariNatioticil Congress in i907. Laia La;pat Rpi (i865 io 1928) . A dedic~ted social worker and educationist,. he. joined the..,Indian National Congress.. in '~888.He supp
:I iI'

A.238

Chapter 4 General Knowledge

Mahatma Gandhi (1869 to 1948) Known as 'Father of

1;

the Nation' and 'Bapu', he was a true believer of non-violence: He l~d tP-elndian National Movement from 1920 till 1947 and he worked for Hindu-Muslim unity. He was assassillated in 1948.(further details in 'India's Freedom Struggle' section).

Motilal Nehru (1861 to 1931) A national leader of the Gandhian era and a noted lawyer of the Allahabad High Court, MotHal Nehru joined the Home Rule League in 1917andwas elected President of the Indian National Congress in 1930. He founded the Swaraj Party and donated his palatial house' Anand Bhawan' (later known as Swaraj Bhawan) to the Congress.

Maulana Abul Kalam Azad (1888'0 1958) A great national leader who believed in communal harmony, he was elected President of the Indian National Congress in 1923 and was a close associate of Gandhiji.' He remained Union Minister for Education from January 1947till his death on February 22,1958.

Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru (1889 to 1964) Nehru was a leading member of the Indian Nil-tional Congress. As Congress President at the 1929 Lahore Session he declared that complete independence was the aim of the Congress. Jawaharlal Nehru remained prime minister of India ~om 1947 till his death. He proposed the doctrine of Panchsheel, which is based on the ideology of peaceful coexistence and non-alignment. He authored Discovery of India and Glimpses of World History, among; other books. Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya (1861 to 1946) He joined the Congress i:i11886and was twice elected president of the Indian National Congress. He represented the Hilldu cominunity at the Round Table Conference and founded the Nationalist Party to protect rights of the Hindu co~unity.

Ra;endra Prasad Dr (1884 to 1963) Dr Prasad joined the Congress in191l. He also edited a ne~ Hindi weekly called Desh. He is said to have changed the whole base of Indian politics after the 1920 Nagpur session of the Congress by deciding to involve the masses in the freedom movement. He remained the Food and Agticultlire Mmister in the interim ministry and was elected President .of the Constituent Assembly in, 1947. He later took over as President of India in 1952" (1952to 1962).' ' Surendranath Banner;i (1848 to 1925) He entered the Indian Civil'Services in 1869,'but waS dismissed' for a minor irregularity. He:then established the Rippon College

of which he remained the Principal for several years, Surendranath Banerjee started a daily newspaper Bengali, which was published in English. He Was President of Indian National Congress twice (1895 and'i902) and led the arttipartition agitation in 1905.

-(Continued) • Period

l498 " 'Christopher

.

,.

Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel (1875 to 1950) He was also known as the 'Iron Man of India', Sardar Patel was Home Minister in independent India's first cabinet during which tUne, he worked tirelessly for the integration of the Indian princely states.

Exploration and Discoveries I' PeriodExpl~~r .'. Noti~~ality 982

Eric the Red

Viking

'I

Discovered Greehland

~-~ -_. __ _-~._---..

i

1000

Leif Ericsson

1255

Nicolo and Marco Polo

1271=947' MarcoPcilo

Viking

Reached North America

Venetians

Travelled to Peking'

.-Ye;~tid~

I

i

Spanish

landed'on the Mainland of South America

Portuguese

r"1492 I

I

Bartholomew Diaz Christopher Columbus

Portuguese

1502-04 Christopher 'Columbus

Spanish

Spanish

D'i~~vered Salvador (no' Watling Islan the Bahamas, Cuba, and Haiti '

-"

(ContinueA

Discovered the sea route from

.

French

1577-80 Sir Drake •

1606

•••••

'"".0

..•

William Janszoon

_ .••••.

~,

""'_.'.-

1768-71 CaptJames Cook

1772 1831

Capt James Cook

-_

..

English ,_.

---"

... -

Sir James Clark and Rear Admiral Sir John Ross

English

Rear Admiral Robert Peary

American

__

._'

J

Sailed round the world in the Endeavour, charted the New Zealand coast and surveyed the east coast of Australia, naming it New South Wales

Discovered Easter Island located the magnetic pole

I

•.••

Admiral R

American'

Hillary" Zealander. rl'~9-6-1-6'-2-M-a-j""Y-uri"- Russian

1.

Sailed round I the world in the' i Centurion

_

1.•

.#

",

_."

I

..

_

•..

,

••

_.~.

_

Firstflightover

~IS:....~.. J1 ",:-.,---.r .

I

--,

,.

~~~h~

!

Discovered Australia

_

South Pole Uanuary 18)

~J

!

j

Gagarin andMaj Gherman Titov Shepard, Capt Virgil

into Space

i

!

I

g~:';~ ood

L_..._. __~I~n

..,

""-.~_. __ ,

t

~-.-...,

Valentina Tereshkova

_. J

-do--..........,;",

11963

n',~ ,.:;\

'_.:"

First to jou~~;y-'"

Comm Alan 'Americans

----~ ,.~,""".--_._----English

'

~

r19-5-7~.~~r~-iv-ia-n '-. - E-ng-'-ish-An.d--... ~;o~. Fuchs and Antarctic Sir Edmu~d~'~N~~-~:-'-::--"

I

Discovered Can.ada

'

English

"

I,

.,First to reach .the South Pole (December'14) -E-n-gl-i~-h "----R-e-ached th~---lj I

Scott .. _-

__

Dutch

1740-44 lord Anson George

-

__

Norw~giari.

i'h'" :~:..:;

~

Discovery

---!

Sailed round the world in the Golden Hind

•

Capt Amundsen' Capt R

.

! 1929

sail round the world, discovered the Magellan Strait; reached the Philippines and named the PaCificOcean

1534-36 Jacques Cartier

Nationality

"E---'

f19'~-

I

Discovered Trinidad

---~._--Portuguese First to

1519-22 Ferdinand Magellan

Tr~~~lIed through Chino, India, and othel ._ p,?rts.of Asia ,j Travelled round the Cape of Good Hope

.1

Explorer

_,'&4

I

---

""",,,-= •.,,,~=---._~,,,,,-.,,,,,,,,,,~,,,,.,"",,,,,~

1487-88

1911

_ E~~~e..t.
'-'---.

.Discovery

Discovery

-_ .."--, ~ _"_ .._-~-~-. Vasco do Gama

IPeriod

Nationality

. Columbus

Subhash Chandra Bose (1897 to 1945 (disputed))

Also ,known as 'Netaji', he resigned from the Indian Civil Service in 1921 and supported the non-cooperation mOVement led by Gandhiji. He was elected President of the Congress in 1938, but left the Congress in W~8 and formed the Forward Bloc party. Subhash Chandra Bose was . arrested during World War ITbut escaped from IndIa and went to Japan where he formed the Indian National Army (INA) to fight the British. However, he was unsuccessful due to Japan's sur. render after the war. It was Netaji's wish to unfurl the national flag at the Red Fort in Delhi. It is thus in his remembrance that the National Flag is 'unfurled every year at Red Fort on August 15. He also gave the slogan 'Jai Hind' to the nation. He is believed to have died in an air crash in 1945. ' y

I ~

Explorer

A.239

Russian

•••"..., .••...•...•.. ' ..••••.. _-"""'.••• --.••••• '1

Firstwoman to journey into "".-..

1965

,

G968

Col leonov Major White

Russian American'

',".

; ~

First man to ,"walk'.in space

Frank . Americans ~First ~~~t:;-~'~ 'Boreman, Bill circle the Moon Anders and Jim lovell .,~.-

1969

Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin

Americans

------,-----_ Charles Americans Conrad and Alan Bean

First man to step on the Moon •.•.•... _............"

.•..

~~~

Second pair to step on the Moon 5

Women Achievers Nobel Peace Prize Winners: Women

'--..._------..-~_. Reached the North Pole

!

,J

1905 Bertha Sophie von Suttner (Austria) 'Author of influential.book Lay Down Your Arms, and president of the International Peace Bureau.

,i

./

,~I

.!~ i'

"I !

A~2.40Chapter

4

GeneralKnowled'ge A.241

iii

1931 Jae Addams (USA) Won jointly with Nicholas Mur-

II

ray Butler (lJSA)-Addams was Presiqent of theWom., en's International League for Peace and Freedom and founder of Full-House, a US settlement house ,for immigrants' famiiies.

1946 Emily Greene Balch (USA), Won jointly with)ohn Raleigh Mott (USA)--":Baich worked with Jane Addams and also, was President ofthe Women's International League for Peace and Freedom.

1992 Rigoberta Menchu (Guatemala) For her efforts,;~obrin enduring reconciliation among all sectors of Guat: malan society, and. for defense of indigen0':l~ rights worldwide.

1990"

1997 Jody Williams (USA) Won jointly with the group

1991

Miss World :y;;---N-a-m-e-----~--co"""-U-"try------l Gina Marie Tolleson

1992

2003 Shirin Ebadi (Iran) Lawyer and hliman rights activo

1993

lisa H~~

ist, notably in defence of the rights of women and children in her society.

1994

Aishwarya Rai

_-_...

----.,-.- .....•.•.•.....

India

1995

Jacqueline Aguilera __ ._~-_.".

....•

Venezuela. __

-

•.. _._,~-

1996

Irene Skliva

Greece

1979 Mother Teresa (India, born in Albania) A nun in the

Movement with. promotes awareness of the need 10 protection of natural resources as a prerequisite toa sustainable and peaceful world. ".

1997

Diana

India

non-violent struggle for the safety of women and for woman's right to full participation in p~a'ce~build. ing process. She was also awarded Indira Gandhi Prize for Peace, Disarmament, and Development in

199( Aung San' Suu Kyi (Burma/Myanmar)

Human rights advocate, often a political prisoner, for her efforts to peacefully bring democracy to Myanmar.

2012.

'1."

IYear

Miss Universe Name

1990

l~1~9~.:_ .. ~J:~~_Jo_~:_~ 1992

~~.

' __

••

t 1995 \o.-.-..-, __ ,,,,.,~~.",

1996 [1~_97_

.'

1998

Sushmita Sen .-.

.

"_.u,.

Chelsi Smith """"'_'

-"_" •. ,"~'~'~'~'~

United States

.

__

Kwelagobe .....•-

lara Dutta Denise M. Quinones ..

2002 ,

Oxana Fedrova

---~ ~._.,._~--_.---

12003

..•.•.

... -.

Justina Pasek

2008

Dayana Mendoza

Venezuela

2009

StefanioFeenandez

Venezuela

~--'~-. --~''''==~

."',

~. ~

.Wendy Fitzwillam

~_ ....__ ."'--- .__ .._ .•...••.......e-- __

Puerto Rico

Zuleyka Rivera ,. 'Mendoza ~.

-~.-- -;----.

Venezuela

Broo~..~:.e_' __ ._-=-_~i!ed

__

.~.f

."''''''_''.w''''''''

Riyo Mon ._,----.--~ ..•.. -...-- ,--~-

India ..

Sta~:s'

..

_~J

Trinidada(ld Tobago .

-

-_ ...

,-~

;

Puerto Rico .~-----_.-

Panama

leila lopes

2012 .L..._ 2013

2016,

• m"~ __

2011

,"; 2015

"-"...__

."~ __

Ximena Navareete

2014

India

Russia~'

2010

J-,,,,,,,"_._, __

---,.,."---.;'

Botswana ._ .. -_.

. -'_.

2002

Azra Akin ..

_,

__

Angola

l

,.",,,,_'_.--',

...

USA <--,_!~-'-'-'

~.:~-

Gabriela Isler .... __ ._.

Venezuela ~•.. -.. "--'

. Nia Sanchez

USA

.~--"_ .._.y--,---- ... , ---Germany ._-',.y --..-'_. France' "

Pia Wurtzbach Iris Mittenaere

:~009-~~~;;~'~~oii~~ .,._..~'~.._~b~;lt~_

--":

Israel .-- --- .....•,..--...- ---,,~"J~d~a_ _ _ .

2014

.

-1:ii~;r.i~ .....• : ..•..

~?Q~~..;gan

__

India

...": .• ~"~._.",-._

IVi~~1orc~~_ Yu Wenxia

2012

,,-_.

.'

.....• _ ....l

"USA

You~g

"

'==:] , ':

" Puerto Rico Indi;--.--l . .,.'."\' ,.~

-' Year

Post

1.

Johanna Signedardottir

Iceland

2009

Prime Minister

2.

Dalia Gr~_b_a~~~~-t~.__"-_'~_-.- .. -.-~-t~-~a-_~.i_~.

3.

Laura Chin~hilla Miranda

'-'~'---.=--...

Dilma RousseH

7.

AtifeteJahjaga

8. 9,

YingluckShinawatra Helle Th~ri~i ..~

_

-'~'-_--_'-_'-_-_~'~_2_00_~_"'-_'-_~'.._.._-._-_---_'=_P~_e ' ..~_id;~!__-:..._ .._"'_'_:_'j 2010' '

Costa Rica

.- ',.-"'''"-'''''''''--.--..-~- ~--....-<.~.,-~ .~.~.-._~- _~.._..~._.__ ~._---_ ._.w

Kamala ~_ra_sa_d:~~~: ..es:~r

I-

'1

Country

6.

... ... ,

,,)~

Name

Julia Gillard

:-=-=:1

~~.ie~i~_" __. ~~~j

.;

5.

~

. South Africa

WomenRulers (2009 onwards)

4.

=:=J . .'/.

Philippinis"

Stephanie DelValle Manushi Ch-h-ill-or-

r2017

:

'. .

_., ..~._~u~la~:,_, " 'Chi.ha ~R'

Rolene Strauss

2016

Turkey

._ .._]

,'-; Russia ".

L~o15 _M!..':~iaL~~~~~

.. I

..."'~_']

C_h~_a_P_R __

AlexandriC.lMilis

1201!....

__l 0~_.

.... _"[r_in_idad_a_n_d,I~~a~~O

-c"","","",~~"'~_'«_",",'-m~""";"':'-

._ ...

..• ' ;....

!_ri_m-=-0~n~st~i __

2010'

Australia

President'

'-",,,~",,,,~,,-,--~",",-,

1

"..

Brazil

201 1

President

Kosovo

2011

President

----------------------.~".-"'----

i

Thailand ..--~b~nmark

--_ ..

201 1 20.11

. - ..-_.

-,

J

Prime Minister

--. --P~n~--'

-,'

--,J

10. EvelineWidmer-Schlumpf .... Swiss Confederation. . 2012-13 11. Portia Simpson Mille;- ..... - .."'.."'-~~"~--;-.-"-~ ...- ...----.-2006~~d 2012

President . ..... P;iinf~nr;t~;"-. -'"

~

12. Monique OhsancBeliepean

Mn~

13.

4

4.

15. 1 ~ng

2017

Demi.leigh Nel-Peters

South Africa

j

", _

,

1

~

Prime'Ministe~'.'

f

:~

_J

.._-

Siavica Djukic Deja'novic

..,....-_._.._._

-,,, ..-

Joyce Banda Park Geu~~;~'~

'.--',

San Suu Kyi

"-..

•.

2012

Mauritius "

..

---.--.--------. 2012"

•..S~rbi~ Malawi

---;~=..South Korea' .-

-..

-_.-

Myanmar

,.

-

President--"

1

- -~-._.-.-c----l

.: 'ACting.President :....--._""'"""'..••....,-'- .._ ~,'.- "-. ' .. -

2012

President

20i3"'~~O17

So~th Korea

2016

State Co~nsellor

...-.-.

.._

_

";:-'"7'--~-~:;;;~'~

""I

'

Olivia Culpo

-~r":_~'_'

_

Mexico.

_~,...,-_.~ ~ - •..• ..1

2010

~"' .. •

Ciech Republic

f_'2_00_7 __ Z_ha_ng_Z_ilin_. _..~ '.2008. KseniaSukhinova.

..•••.. -- .

PriyankaChopra Agba,;o;ego

~

2007

Puerto Rico

Alicia Machado

1999..... --_ Mpule ..... L.... 2000

._ ,_,~.~~

A~stralia

~

2001

.

Namibia

[~?_93_._.._D_ax~~_a_r~ To~:.s ., 1994

2006

J

•....__ ,_._M_ex_i_co~,_ •..__ ,

. Michelle Mclean

Jennifer Hawkins

\. _._.'..,..,....J .•,,,. •....__

r:-:-:-/'-~--'--------"--,

Yukta 0~<;>kh:L

Amelia Vega Polanco , Dominicam Republic . . ,."••__ ' __ ' ' __ ...,.~,~ t,.~

,--" ;2005

Norway

Country

Name

2004

Country

Mo~a Grudt

1999

Sr. "

I Year

linor Aoorgil

2011 Ellen Johnson Sir/ea' (Liberia) Leymah Gbowee (LiberioJ 2000 Tawakkol Karman (Liberia) Awarded jointly for their

cia Robles (Mexico)-Myrdal, a writer and diplomat, worked for many years to promote disarmament'and world peace.' .:'

-_

1998

.~.

lCif6n.aKucharova

-..J ..

~..•• '",'

I

Irelan.:! P~r~'. /..

Unnur Birn~ Vilhj6Imsd6ttir-!~eland_

2006

..

-~-"''''_-'--'''''''''''''''''''''~'_'''-~'_-----..-.-,

2004 Wangari Maathai (Kenya) Founder of Green Belt

1982 Alva Myrdai (Sweden) Won jointly ~ith Aifonso' Gar-

12905

-~~

)amaica

ment, (later called the Community of Peace People) dedicatedto ending the violence in Northe?,Ireland. Orders of the Missionaries which helped the poorest ofthe poor in India. . .

.1

"~',~-''<;

Country

. Rosanna Davison 2004 . Maria Julia Mantilla

_.~.";.,,,,;&

.__

Name

t 2003

Ninibeth Beatiz le-a-I--Venezuela --~ Jiminez . -_. ~,'"",.-.---....._ .._~_ .."""_._-""-=--:.---_._, --_. Julia Alexondrovna Russia Kourotchkina

she coordinates, the International Campaign to Ban Landmines, for work promoting the banning and clearing of anti-personnel mines. 1

I"

IYear

United States

-_.""'.~- ~-~'''''''''.--''

1976 Betty Williams (Britain) and Mairead Corrigan (Northern Ireland) Both founded the Northern Ireland Peace Move-

~~.

,c

: ,(Continued)

!

.

•I "I. II

f

I'

General Knowledge

Chapter 4

A.242

.==-

(Continued)

I Sr.

.

17:

Name

Country

. Year

Post '.

Alenka Bratusek

Slovenia

. 2013

Prime Minister

1.1 ~~j.i~:I.~i~~,:-_ r

_c~

19.

...

~

=

Aminata Toure

120.

Mo:i&lo..':'~s_e_C_o_leTo P_re_c_a_ .._-,Ewa"h_ Kopacz

.

.

-,~

Prime Minister

.-.3.~!2._._._.._. __._Prime Minister Prime Minister'

_.u

2_.~~~__

... _~_

Chile. 2014 --_.~._._.~""' .. ' __M_a_l_ta __ . ._. ...:x •..;;"....__ .30.1_4 __ Poland

~___

2014

•.~

Kolinda Grabar-Kitarovic

[28.::

Aung San Suu

29.

Tsai Ing."."en

[30.

Croatia

~ __

Theresa May __

..__... 2016

Taiwan . "-._.__

~

._.

31 .

! 32.

Kersti Kaljulai _. __ ._ .

State Councillor

.

~

..~

Governor General-Dame

~ .,.,.3.~16,_

_~_~.

t 34.

Sharlene Cartwright Robinson

Turksand Caicos Is.

Doris leuthard

S~j~d

..

'"

P_re_si?e~L_.,",~,

.t)

2016

Premier

2017F'-'--~:

Presid~-~t~-- -

I

Name

1. Man to reac~ South Pole . -

.--.

l...2...Man to reach North Pole

_~

__

.

Ronald Amundson (Norway) -'

.

Robert E PearyjUSA)

5. Man to go in space

'=--.__

.===~=_--

.w.w.__

~09

1935 1~71

'

__

.__ ._._'__

9. Men t~)dimb Mt.Everest

yalenti~;Tereshkova

(for~erUSSR)

Junko Taibei ~pan)

T 1. Man to sail round the world .

. ...

1963'1

---=

1953

13. Wo~an to cross the Strait of Gibraltar

Ferdinand Magellan (Portugal) .

.

:1

1965

Tenzing Norgay (India) and Edmund Hillary iUSA)

[10. Woman to dim!, Mt. Evere;;'.______

:~

.~

Alexei leo nov (former USSR) space

y.'

1961

Neil Alden Armstr<:!1.~JUSAL~------'-'----1969

7. Man to walk in space 8. ~omo~,:osm~~a~tin

.

"uri Gagrin (former USSR)

r-6~ Man to s~Hoot on the moon

I

1911 ~------~>_._.__

J~5

,~

~80-1521

.•

Sir Ranulph Fiennes and Charles_~urton .(Britc:i~1 __

1_9?9-82 ,.

Arti Prodhan (India)

1988

_

(Continue'i

..

~__.

~ ..~~ " __..

... .............. .......'

_J

198~_. ~~.1 J2.1-'-25,

__ .

-~~~=~~-~~ _ .. ,,-'---~~-"----' .,--'~ " ,"'_._._. »_._._~~..'

17. President of USA '..

I

George Washington'

.._.J

._~4.~=!~_

.

1789

Sir RobertWalp"~,=-_.

19. lady Prime Minister of a Country'

Sirimavo Bandaranaike (Sri lanka)

1970-77

M_a~gare_t_T_hCl.t_ch_e_r __ .

..

19_7_9_-_9._0J

Alexander the Great

~.

326

.~-_ .. _ .._

- -

22 Chinese traveller to Indio' . _.~

••• _~.,..,

__ •

23. Woman Bishop •

.

.~

_-

••. _.

'_~_>''''''

24. lady President of 9 Country . . _-'~ .. ~ __ , •__ , ..... ~~_.__ 25. TestTube Baby '_ .... _.. _"'._.,"_._~

._ ._~_...

Fa.Hien

.~,

._.~,,,,,,,,,,_

.'_

"'"

'0"",,"

.,_""""-~

_~~"

__

.'""_.

~,,,

•••• _..

.~O'_"""'

__'~~

".",..---,..._-'-...w"

__

~~'

_,

.• _

h

~ ••• ~d_

y_...__ __

' ....•••..__

_ ..""_. __ ",.

louise Joy Brown (UK) w"._ __~""-..,...,.

.l?3.~:.42

~--__ '~_~~_~_'. __

",,;,l,-.

... -',' __,~'"

.~.

,-0 ...

_,.-$"'~

..••.•.•.~_._ ....._.__ ._.~,,_, __

~_

... ,,:__m"'"

....-.-

.. _

.

.-'.~--.. l

405-11

"

'-""" _..~._~

'-'_~_'--'

1974 •

.._.---.

.-.-y""_.~-_ ...._,~~_-~---

.

..•••...

•••

1978-.,.-~---.-y_.. ..~--..... '

....

2001

Michelle Bachelet _. EII~~Joh~~~~-'SirieafiLib;~i~n--.---,-

,',,:,,"N"""'~

BCE

'1988

D~.!:!,!s!ito

...

..,---,

'~~

.

C. Harris (USA)

.._~

.._.~...__ . .._ _._,.,_ ..__ "'"

..._.., .. _..__ ._'."~_ •.._~.

29. Firstlady Charcellorofc;ermany .. . Angela Merkel . '.' 30. FirstWoman-'Nob~1 Pri~~Wi~~r ... _ .."._ .._ •...... Mari;C~;;__"--•.••••,. __ ,__._,_.,

._

Marmo Estela 'Isabel' Martinez Codas de Peron (Argentina) ,~ __ ••. _~ .. .•_---..._._._--._._._ •. .__...'"'"._.__ •• ~_ ••." .."--

.

27. lady President of Chile 28. Woman Elec;d-Hea-dofA~ic~'~ State(lib~ri~r.' _~.

.. _.c __

Rev Barbara ~_~_'_W'''''__

__''''-

.•._ ..•, ..." .•.•o.r

.

.. ~ .. - '-- ----.--.-.-.--

•

•.• " . .."

_ .. __ ~.

=]

18. PrimeM~n~~~?iE~g!and_~

~~_

.. __

-.

_.~.~_.

".0

_~

__

~....

~,~.~

_

••

__

..... 2005 _T_--._~-~ ....__ ..-1903 ".• -, __

.

.• --

__

"-

.._'

--: .,

__

••

......J

"~-"~J'

_ .. ~ ..

'1

• j

2006 -2006-~-

•

1 i

-

_.

-

-

2012

.~

Year

3. Woman to reach North Pole .Karoline Mikkelsen [- 4. W~~an t;~;achSouth '~j;>-~'>'=-"->-'-----~i~p$(~an;dar

!

~}I\~o T:.&Tun~

PROMINENT ECONOMISTS

"

,_., __ ... _.

15. President of>c::~_i~e~~_~:p_u~l~c. __ . __._. __.._ .. '._ ~_r_S_un_Yi_a_t.~S~~ __ .._ _ _.~.': 16. Chairman~~~~~ple's~.E:p.l:bJic of C.hjn~

,; ...

Year

31. Youngest Sailor ever to sail around the world solo. Laura Dekkar

'Firsts' in the World

IFielcl

Name

'14. ~~~1i~~~je~~;Ln to cross the Strait_~~.Gi~~:~:~_..~:~a:~~~_h:~~_~I~~~)_

_

33.

'

26. Space Tou~.!-......

President.

2016

Es_to_~i~_.

t

President

. ....

.

•

..~~...._~ __~- 201~_'=~~"<-P~i-;~-M'-in-is-te-r-

New Zealand

~

,

21. Foreign invader of India .~

..... __ ._. __~r:~~:~~__

__._'--

1-,.

20. lady Prime~~!~ister o_fE_n9.l~nd_._

Prime Minister_

2016

United Kin~~

.1

••_•.•__Presi~e~__

2015

L~-~'--. ~;-~-'=~

P_re_s'_,d_en_t __ President

l26:._._~_im_o_n~_lt~a_S_om_~~rug~ __ ..-._-S~w_i_tz_e_r1._o_nd~ __ .... _~._._. __ .2_
..•-.

...,.--------------------

._C_e_n_tr_al_A_f_ric_a_n ~-=pu~:.,

I t

Prime Minis~er

2014

.,

Michelle Bachelet

.-._. -..-----~_

~atvia

L~2~.._C_ather'i_ne_Sa_m_b_a"P_an_za_, .

25.

2013

Norwa2:'.. .-=

~ __

Senegal .. "'~ ..••••~~-'0"~

laimdota Straujuma

23. r L24.

2013

,-.y ..••••.• -.---.---------

Erna Solberg

21.

Cyprus (Nort~L.~_~_'___

(continued)

A.243

AdamSmith (1723-90) 'He was Scottish economist and moralphilosopher, he came into prommence with his work Theory 'OfMoral Sentiments (1759) ~d An'Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations (1776). Advocated 'Free Market Competition,' free trade betweennations and freedom of commerce and indus:tryfromgovernment intervention-the school known as Laissez faire, 'i.e., let people do as tney Choo~e.fie alsoexpounded the theory of Divisibn of Labour.

DavidRicardo(1772-1823) Be was an English economist, Ricardowas the founder of the classical school of economists.He propounded the Ricardian Theory of Rent, developedthe Theory of Value, stating that the value ofany product is roughly equal to the value of lahour . ~at has gone into producing it. He also authored PrinCIplesof Political Economy and Taxation (1817) . John Maynard Keynes (1833-,-1946) Keynes was a B:ritish econOmistwho argued that unemployment cou!d be due to insufficient consumer spending rather than

inflated wages; and' that purchasing power ought to be increased to stimulate demand, which would . reduce 'unemployment. He was histruIr1.entalin establishing the International Monetary Fund' (00) 'and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IB'RD).

John Kenneth Galbraith (b. 1908~2006). He was

a Canadian'"bbrn US economist, Was the author of, Affluent Society and US Ambassador to Irtdia (196163). As professor of economics at Harvard, he bel~~ved that obsession with growth-in national income, consumer expenditure, jobs and. capital investmertt~leads to production of wasteful goods and services that people do not genuinely need.

Ernst Schumacher (1911-77) The British economist who coined the slogan 'Small is Beautiful' -argued against the 20th centurytertdertcy towards bigger enterprises. Milton Friedman (l912-2006)

He was an American economist and anti~:Keynesian~-advocate tight control of the money supply-the doctrine known as

:i

~; : ~f

~"""-----------------------_

••• ! 11

!IIIIIIII 1(llIlli'

A~244

Chapter4

GeneralKnowledge A;245

manetarism. He believed that gavernment spending in excess af incame produces inflatian and leads to higher levels af unemplayment.

::: :il;I

Amartya Sen (h. 1933) Sen was awarded the Nobel Prize far his insightful analysis in Welfare Ecanomics wherein the Bengal Famine farmed the basis. ,~

I,

(Continued). ~ ---

.. Expanded.

•

by

.

Expanded by

Aristotelianism

Aristotle (384-322

.

.."

CE)

.

~~

Method of discovering the truth by proceeding .from an assertion or thesis to a denial (antithesis) and reconciling the two (synthesis), e.g., Mankind is basically good (thesis), mankind is basically bad (antithesis), man is both good and bad (synt~esisl. The theory is known as dialectical materialism.

~"._""

Frands Bacon (r561~1626)/John Locke (1632-1704)" David Hume (i711~76) .

~. B~itish p'l~il6sophy oHhe '17th c~nt~ry;'~lIknowl~dg~ i;d~~ived from sensory experience, by observing and experimenting. .""'

Epicurus (341-270

BCE)

Athenian philosophy-good pain.

Dane Soren Kierkegaard (1813 •• 55) (1889-1976) Jean-Paul Sartre (1905-80), Albert Camus

(1 ? 13•...60)

~"_

.•w",,,,w,,,~.'O.

c>Jo"_,",,O<',",~

-

.

-.

..

was pleasure and that evil was

•F~e~d6~ of human beings to make ~h~ice~ and t;o;su~~-responsibility for the consequences, ina world where there are no absolvte vqlues outside, man, ~ilJl,sel.f.

.

Humanism

20th century philosophy of Renaissance which rejects all forms of supernatural beliefs. •

.'Id~~ii;~-;-~~;r

'-Ge;r~-Heg;'~( 1'770- i8iiT8;hop George Berkeley (1685-17531 __ ,,,,,,,,,_,_~,_,,,--,,,_,

Logical Positivism

.. _.".,,

,,_ ...•••L

_.,.

""'""

__

~

__¥ait~ri,;' ~~'iil~~i~n 9.ndthat;h~-;pTyq~;ciIity'i;Th;twh'[cl\"exists mentally. '.. - . . _"-,~".\""""""",,,"'*,,.,.,,,.,,.-",;=,

~'"'_",'"_'"

Mortiz Schick (1882-1938), Kurt Godel (1906-78) •

'Marxism

__

.~- .~_._ .•-•• , -._W"~W"~._., •.. ~.

Karl Marx (1818-83), Friedrick Engels (1,820;;95)

-_.-..... ..... --."-.... _._--;" ... -'''-,-. -.-.-.--..7~~'-'~~:-.--~. _."........-

Pragmatism

...•••

•

William James (1842-1910), Charles Pierce (1 839-1914),

..,,,,'

'__ "'"

~"'"":'~"'"

,-..

--

,.~ _

_._m_..

J"" .. _,

•••••..••..• ,.

,

20th century 'philosophy-base of knowledge is senseexperience, i.e., observations governed by scientific principles. ~"

'_""'~-"_~~

'~"'_"""''-''_'''''''''''''''_' __

'

Based on Hegelian pialecti<;:al.Materialism, Marxism propounds that. the conflict b7twe~n.the thesis and the antithesis produces a new synthesis, where economic history is interpreted as a struggle between opposing economic forces. The ul.timate result . of this struggle.is the emergence of a classless society, or a communisf state. .._ .•••••... -..

or--"" ,_'

••• ~.

_~

_

=

•... __

....••. __

.............-'-. __ ...

.-

"",.

---~._-_.

~-,_._ .•._--.-- ...•....•.

~--"_

.•..•..,,......•. '"........-..-.: ...

Predestination

St. Augustine (354:"430)

Everyone's life is determined beforehand by God and free will is an illusion.

Rationalism

Benedict Spinoza (1632-77), Gottfried von Leibnitz (1646-1716)

17th century European philosophy that reason is the only true source of knowledge, i.e., Opposite of Empiricism.

~

,. .;.:.....-

""'""......

.~~

Rene Descartes ( 1598-1650)

.---

I

Transcendentalism

Henry David Thoreau (1817~62)

19th century doctrine that says philosophy must extend beyond

Utilitarianism

.. __~e limit~ of ~)(P:!_ie~ce:..

Jeremy Bentham (1748-1836), James Mill (1773-1 836), John Stuart Mill (1806-73), Henry Sidgwick (1838-1900)

~'~ __ ..•

'0

I: I

__

Good consists in creating the greatest happiness for the largest number of people. :,

v.,......,..." .....

.._

-

~

--.,.

Ancient Philosophers and Thinkers Confucius (551 to 479 BeE) He was a great Chinese philosopher-kirigwho. retired at the age af 60 from ChineseCiyil Service and set up a schaal af pupils to. propagatehis idealagies. His teachings are recarded in the Analects (canversatian), the base af Chinese philosophy. Socrates (470 to 400 BeE) As the wisest man af the ancientwarld, Sacrates belanged to. Athens. After anearly career as an artist, he became a philasapher. He develaped the methad af enquiry and instruction,which was a series af questians and answers. Hewas always in search af truth and his uncanventionalideas braught him into. canflict with the cantemporarygavernment. He refused to. withdraw his ideologyand was sentenced to. death by taking paison (hemlack). He had twa great disciples-Plata andAristatle. Xinophon (434 to 355

Xinaphan was a disciple of Socrates who. reached the pinnacle af fame in Greece.He faught the Persians with his army af 10,000 troaps,: Later in lif~,'he emerged as a philasopherand wrate Symposium-a recard af Sacrates' discussions.~, BCf)

367 BCE,. at the age af 17, he left his hame to. study philasaphy under Plata in Plata's Academy. He started his awn schaal af philasaphy Lyceum.Acaqemy. In 342 BCE, Aristatle became tutar ;0. Alexander the Great in Macedania.Aristatle laaked at facts and tried to. wark aut new ideas. from thase f~st~. This gave rise to. the science af lagic or rules af reasaning. .')"

~

INTERNATIONAL AWA,RDS AND HONOURS Nobel Prize Introduction Year of Institution

1901

Founder

Alfred Bernhard Nobel

Number of Disciplines

Six (Physics, Chemistry, Physiology, or Medicine, Literature)Awarded Peace, Economics (established in 1967)

Date on which it is Awarded

December 10

._.~

19th century American school of thought that believes the meaning or value of an idea lies only in its practical \ consequences.

J~~ Dewey (1~85~~1.?5~L._

Scepticism

':.

Greek pbilosophy of (] simple self-sufficient life as t~e ideal way towards happiness. .

Georg Hegel (1770-1831

h.

..

Stoics propound that virtue, not honour, family' or possessions, is of worth in life; and that a virtuous man can achieve happiness in all circumstances.. . . "...> ", __ . ._~ "" .~_,....,;,..~o ..._.

.~_nat'!.':e', with m~n at t~e top a~9.i~_a,!l.i,~~!:~_~.!.the bo~~".:l-:.. Diogenes.(400...,325BCE)

I~

Zeno of Citiulli (334-262 BCE), Seneca of Rome (4 BCE-65 cEl

Ralph Wald~ E~ers~n J1~03-a.})

Greek philosophy that stressed on virtue as a mean o~-~id-wa;between two extremes. He classified everything in a 'ladder of

•

Stoicism ~-

Brief'Description BCE)

~"- . i .~,,

Brief Description

SCHOOLS OF THOUGHT School

,..

II~'

~.-'

Greek philosophy that believes that everything is open to doubt. It was later adopted by French thinker Descartes. _

Plato (428 to 347BCf) An Athenian philasapher, knawn asFatheraf Western political thaught, he was a celebrateddisciple af Sacrates. His baak The Republic ~ontainshis reyalutianary palitical cancepts"7'the Idealstate, theary af educatian and theary af communism-which are in the farm af Sacrates' discussionsWritten as dialagues. In 387 BeE; he set up a schoolof philasaphy. H~ die~ at the age af 80. Aristotle (384 to 322

BCf) GreeK~philasapli.er, he was the greatest af the three ancient philasaphers. In

Background The most prestigious award af US$ 5,89,60,000 in the 'warld i~ supparted by the Nabel Faundatian. This award was set up in 1900 under the will af Alfred Bernhard Nabel (1833 to. 1896). Alfred Nabel was an unmarried Swedish scientist and chemical engineer who. discovered n~troglycerin (C3H5N309) and its use in the manufacture af dynamite in 1866. The"interest accrued an the fartune left by him is divided annually amang the

(Continued,

j

i

'l

.........••

---r' ,

-

I

~--------------------~.

~

,: I A.246

. I,

q

I,

Chapter 4

General Knowledge • ,_.

A.247

•

,-

J ~

'I,i, i:

'i

persons who have made outstanding contributions in science, literature, peace and economics. Swedes found out about the prizes only after his death in 1896, when they read his will in which he had donated the annual income from his fortune to support the awards. In his will, he ordered that 'the most worthy shall receive the prize, whether he is Scandinavian or not.' This led to criticism of him being unpatriotic for not reserving the prizes only for Swedes. Even his relatives, in a futile bid, contested the will for three years. Anyone proposing himself for Nobel Prize is ruled out of consideration. The recommendations have to come from outside. The Nobel Prizes are presented annually on December 10, the death anniversary of the founder and the festival day of the Foundation. Originally, it was awarded for works in five disciplines. The prize for Economics was instituted in 1967 by Sveriges Riksbank, Swedish Bank, in celebration of its 300th anniversary and was awarded for the first time in 1969. It is called Nobel Memorial Prize in Economics.

(iii) The Swedish Academy awards the Prize in Literature Noble Committee ~wards the Prize for Peace

1979

Peace

i~~io~.h~

1983

Prize was substantially increased (by 20%) to three million Swedish Kroner. In 1992, the award was 6.5 million Kroner (approximately 3.5 crore). From 2001 onwards, it has been increased to 10 million Kroner (approximately 6.35 crore).

1998

Eco~'~-;ics -~~;~a Sen .lb. 1933)Awarded th;Nbbeifu;-hi~r;:;;i~htful an~I;'~i;i~Welfare Econo;"ics . wherein the Bengal Famine formed the basis. ..-..••..... __ ... .•...•.... _._._--.. .'._-~ .. -_.- _._ ...••....... _-_._-_._ ..•... ~. -.._. -----.'-''''--~ Chemistry Venkatraman Rama Krishnan (b. 1952) For structure and function of the Ribosome; macro molecular crystallography. ." ".. ,

2009

as well as, shared the maximum number of Nobel Prizes. Individually, the only person to have Won two different Nobel Prizes is Dr Linus Carl Pauling, Professor of Chemistry at California. He received the Nobel Prize for Chemistry in 1954 and the Peace Prize in 1962. .,

2014

~~-~-------_

Peace

----'"

.. _.

._

-._~

...

shared the 1903Nobel Prize for Physics with her hus. band Pierre Curie. She later won the Nobel Prize for Chemistry in 1911.

Three Nobel Prizes The International Committee of the Red Cross was awarded the Nobel Prize for Peace three times: 1917, 1944,and 1963.

RrstWomanto Receive the Nobel Prize Madame Marie Curie

Rabindranath Tagore (1861-1941) Gurudev Rabindranath Tagore is one of our country's most distinguished and respected men of letters. He was the first Indian to have won the Nobel Prize for his love lyrics Gitanjali. He was a great author and educationist who founded the Vishvabharti University (Shantiniketan, Bolepur). Works-Poems: Sonar Tari, Purabi, The Cycle of the Spring, The Evening Songs, The Morning Songs. Novels: Gora, Raja aur Rani, Muktdhara, Raj Rishi, Ghare Baire','Nauka Dubi, Kabuliwallah, Chitra, Chokher Bali, Kshudhit Pashan. The BritishGovernment knighted him with the title 'Sir' which he returned in 1919 in protest against the Jallianwala massacre.

1~1930Ph;Sics---'--cv.Ra-;an (1888':1970) The first Indi~~'~~i~ntist to ha-~; won the Nob~rp-;i~;f~~hi~~;;dy of 'I the scattering of light known as the 'Raman Effect'. The theory describes change in the frequency of , light passing through a transparent medium. He was the first Indian and Asian to receive the Nobel . ..•.. Physics. .i , __. _. Prize __ in ._ .. . -o.._.

wasawarded the Prize for Literature in 1913 for his lovelyrics 'Gitanjali'. First Indian Woman to Receive the Nobel Prize Mother Teresa wonthe Nobel Prize for Peace in 1979.

" I

(Continued.

_

.. _--_.,~..

!

Awarded for

Journalism' PublicServic;;-'

-&&/i:",'31 ...

For distinguished example of local reporting of breaking news

'1

'I~v~stig;ti~;--F;;-;dis;i~~~~he~i;;;;~ple~f Reporting investigative reporting by an individual I or ~eam, presented as a single article oJ'! series _,.

ExplanatOry Reporting

i

BeatR-;p~rting

__

~

V~

-_"~

__

••

~

•

._

•.•

"

__ .••

_

For distinguished example of • explanatory reporting that illuminates a significant and complex subject, demonstrating mastery of subject, lucid writing and clear presentations -Fo7disti~gu~hed- e;~mple of beat ....• 1 reporting characterized by sustained

J'

Instituted in. 1917 and named after US publisher JosephPulitzer (1847to 1911).It is conferred annually in the United States for accomplishments in journalism,literature, and music, under the management of thePulitzer Prize Board at the Columbia University. Award

Awarded for

Breaking News Reporting

Nobel Laureates, who were foreign citizens but born in India

.=_,~ ..",

Hargobind Khorana (1922-2011) An Indian-born American citizen, he was awarded the"Nobel Prize for the laboratory synthesis of a yeast gene for the first time. C',!

--"'Jl

--

!Award

RrstIndian to Receive the Nobel Prize Rabindranath Tagore

Pulitzer Prize

literature

_--_.~

",r. "

1.Ronald Ross (1902)Medicine , 1 2.Rudyard Kipling (1907)Literature 3.V.S. Naipaul (2001)Literature

Details

...

Kailash S~tyarthi (b~-1954iFo-r -hi-s~t;~~gl;"ag~nstth;'~~p;pre;~io-n-cl~-ch-ildre~~~-d-y-o-un-g-~~-;;plel and .for the right of all children to education.

Sklodowska-'-Physics(1903).

First Couple to Receive the Nobel Prize Madame Marie Curie

i

prize.. for,.h, r, m.i.s. s..ion..a,ry Understanding s.ervice.s. S.h,.e.was.alsoawa,rded th.e .. B.haratAward R.,atna..((1962), 1980), Jaw,aha.r.lal Neh.r...u. Award for eInternational (1969), Ramon Magsaysay and Templeton ~~lJP_<:J~io~ ~wa~dj197~),. t? n~~~ a lif~ wa~ a. m~ssion!,<:.::~e the~u~ffE:lr~g. hum~m~~. S. Chandrasekhar (1910-1995) Was born in Lahore (now in Pakistan). He was awarded the NobelPrize for his work, 'Chandrasekhar's Limit',which determines the minimum mass of a dying star that enables it to survive. ;

Value of the Nobel Prize In 1989, the value of Nobel

Discipline

Medicine

I

Mother Teresa (1910-1997) Born in Albania (Yugoslavia), she came to India in 1929 at the age of 19 and became an Indian citizen. She established the Missionaries of Charity and won the Nobel

Physics

Recipients of the Noble Prize in Indio

1968

I

-1

Details

j'

Maximum Nobel Prizes US citizens have won outright,

(ii) The Nobel Assembly of Karolinska Chirurgical Institute, Sweden, awards the Nobel Prize in Medicine and Physiology

I

1:J':" .•...•. ~-;,

'SCIP me

(v) The Bank of Sweden awards the Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences

(i) The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, awards the Nobel Prize in Physics and Chemistry

1913

-~D"I' year

(iv) The Norwegian

Nobel Foundation's Prize Awarding Bodies

IYear

(Continued) .

F;~~ cli;nn~-ui.;hedexample of" meritorious public service by a newspaper through the use of its journalistic resources, which as well as, reporting may include editorials, cartoons, photographs, and online presentation

a.nd knowledg..... eab.l.e coverage of a .. ~ .__ .__P9!ticular subj~£p!. actjvity- . .. International For distinguished example of reporting Reporting on international affairs' . IF-;;~t~~~-Writing For a distingui~hed example of fe~tu~~' ! writing giving prime consideration to ~ig~li~!arLq~?lity.9.!!.~.o09~ality .,... Commentary . For distinguished c~mmentary

J1

L

._

rC!iti.£~~ ~_ Editorial Writing

=:£0_9is!0g!Li:S.h~.ciit~c.~~~~.-For distinguished writing, the test of excellence being clearness of style, moral purpose, sound reasoning, and power to influence 'public Opinion in what the writer conceives to be the right direction.

'J

, .l~ontinued)

~

.-

I 'Ii;:\l il"

A.248

General KnolAlledge

Chapter 4

ill

(Continued) Awarded for

. Editorial Cartooning

Drama

'0'

",

National Reporting

••

~~!i~~~'!!=-_

History

For distinguished example of breaking news photography In black and white or colour, which may consist of photograph __

l ..__ ~ __ .__ .,..__ .", '". . _~ .... _,.'"

[Biography or 1 Autobiography

Feature Photography

o~R~~t?_g~~e.~s~~~:g~:!;ce o~~!~um.

.

~

For a distinguished biography or autobiography by an American author

.~-'

_

._ _. __ ~ Music

••

Letter, Drama, and Music Fiction

,•..•..• .,."

~. '._C _"

For distinguished fiction by an American author, preferably dealing with American life

,-",..

,,~~.. ' ....

u ..-,.,,'

~~,

Year

1958 1959

_

-.

~_._-

1961

1962 1963

1965 1966

For distinguished musical composition by an American that has had its first performance or recording in United States during the year ;"

1967

S-'2:,J)eshmu!
Sery~

Mother Teresa

_

From the beginning,"th~ Ramon Magsaysay Award Was con" ceived to. honour' 'greatness ofspirit shown in service to the people',lt'embraces East, and South Asia and any person living in Asia without regard to race, gender, or religion-although heads of state and heads of government (and their spouses) are not'eligible during their terms of office. The award is given in six categories annually: Government Service to recognize outstanding service in the public interest in any branch of government, including executive, judicial, legislative, or military. Community Leadership to recognize leadershi'p of a community toward helping the disadvantaged have fuller opportunities and a better life. Journalism, literature, and Creative . Communication Arts to recognize effective writing, publishing, or photography or the use of radio, television, s:ine.ma;or the

i 1996

International. Understanding. -_.--....-

.• -

--.-

Satyajit Ray ..•...

M. S. Subbulakshmi

_---,-~--

_-

7

1982

"" ••• ~_

----,.~-,.....

...

<_

•.••••••

,

.-'-~

-_.-

-

-

•••..

'

'"

.

_~""

... __

----_ ,.--.-....'_

Ar"u~Sh6urie, Manibhai Phimbai Desai. __ ._.

....

.1991

••

_

••••••••

.....•.

... '""."AA'

R. K. Laxman

--

Muralidhar Devidas Arnie Public Service --""""'~.~~~,,~,.,...... . .,_ ...------ ..'-.... ._. .... Lakshirli Chand Jain Public Service

_"'-"_'''i_''_

K, V. Subbanna

oal ~ __

~""

-

.•.

"_'-_110'-.-..

Journalism, Literature, and Creative Communication Arts

.1

BookerPrize, (Man Booker Prize) InStituted in 1968, it is the highest literary award of the world set ..up by the Booker Company and. the BritishPublishers Association along the lines of the

••.•-."..

,

.

Public Services

~ ..•...•.. -._~.--.... ..

~....

-

~

-.

.

y••.• "o._.

-__

.••

-

P. Sainath

Journalism, Literature, and the creative communication task

2008

Dr Prakash Amte and Dr Mandakini Amte

Community services

-.'.

. 2009 .._. Deep Joshi I ~._ .._..,_.

-

2012

., . -~,-

2016

__

'I~

:

.,, :~

j

•

__

, ••

__ ~<~

•• ~

._,-_

~., •••~'"

i:

!

~'-.4.-~

Community.__ services ~ .._

'Community

.- ......-.'.......,----v--"

•••• r'._----=- .•..~__..__

Anshu Gupta and Sanjiv Chaturvedi ..---~.:"'7~.--•.• -"";.":""':'-.---~.~

Thodur Madabusi Krishna

services

''''"_~_-~,._

Public Service and Emergent Leadership

..........-••-.-;~.--

.."_'-'_'_~.;'_.~,~.

.: j

_._ .._ .."••• ,,,.._._ ..•. ----....•. oA

.Emergent Leadership •. -~CL ....L_- •._.

..._...,.k __ .__ .....

Community Leadership ! ,,'"

Ji'f

"1

__ U~C~:;~;i;ed~-'l

Bezwada Wilson

iii

"

Emergent Leadership'.

- Kuleridei Francis

.__..•..._._._~ 2016

-

Nileema Mishra

.

) 2015 !

•••••

__ ~

:}_()ll-H;ish~~n~e"~~= .--

'I

J!',_

Emergent Leadership

;""1'

of Magsaysay, for outstanding contributions in Public Service, Community Leadership, Journalism, Literature and Creative Arts and International Understanding. It is eq~ivalent to Nobel Prize in Asia. It may also be awarded to orgariizations/institutions and nonAsians working for benefit of Asia .

-- ~

2007

2011

11

_r_~~~..__

V. Shanta

_

I'

Government Service

i

Journalism, Literature and Creative Communication Arts

-- --,

Leadershi'p-)

. Peace'and'-.. . International Understanding '¥_'_ ..~_

__ .... -....__ .

••••.

dq

:!

Community Leadership ; .. -..,..----.--.,.c . .,.. --. " .... 1 Emergent leadership

Laxminarayan" Ramdas

~_--_-_,

i'll

f

'International Understanding

Shanth;'sinha/"J~'~~---Com';;'uni~

,

j

'il

...._

~~-~~--------

.._2~~6_._Ar".~n~,_Kejr~al_"

Journalism, Public Service

.,;

Literature, Journalism, and Creative Arts

--

~,,~,,-----'-------'-~-~'_,

Journalism, Literature, and Creative . Communication Arts

~ " '.. ~"

..

..,~.- ...---- -".~

Rajendra Singh ..... --- ....-----.,.----Sandeep Pandey

; 2005

_,-

~

••• ';-_

_..... _-. -~ ... --.-~-_.,_._ ....r', ..... - .... .., _c

..,

Ramon Magsaysay Awards This award was instituted in 1957 and named after Ramon Magsaysay, President of the Philippines, who died in an air crash in 1957. He became world's renowned figure in the 1950s for his land reform programme to defuse communist insurgency. The award is given annually on August 31, the birth anniversary

--'------"-

J

P~blic Service Literature, Journalism. and Creative Arts

Aruna Roy

2004

Community Leadership

-

1989

_-

_._

M. 's.

--~~-~- -

..."

Service ",., yr.--.~:.:.'.~-L, ..:.i

.:...- •. ,.~_..::.

};~~~;h~::.~~:i~

.-.,-<

"

1985

.....•..

Gourkishore Ghosh

.•.~_,,"'.

.. _._...

--A'

Michael Lyngdoh

i

_._-~

",.Government

~__ ••_.. __.__ ,.

...~~~u::~ga~th~~ale

. 2003

Community Leadership

Rajnikant S. Arole and MabelleR. Arole

_

1984

2002

Lea.~~rshi~"

Journalism, Literature, and Creative Communication Arts Sa~b~Mitr~"----~---~d;=--'---_.~ Ela R. Bhatt

-

.•.

..

Jockin Arputham .

B. G. Verghese

••....---.~....---.

1981

..

J-'

.

Mehta, Maha~weta Devi

l- 2001 -_ ..~

Public Service

.

,

1977

:

.

Government

2000

Journalism, Literature, and Creative Communication Arts -'.~.~-'.'" --'~'._-.....•.....•.•.... ~~ ..•...

.•..•.. '-"

,""

.,

f---"- " ,,_.-

~I

-_._------""._-] Pu~lic Ser~ice__ ~ __

T. N. Seshan,

1997

•.•. ,j.

-----

1974

1979

a

:\ .. i"-do'::':""

Kiran Bedi

~. ••• _

Dora N. Khurody, Community Leadership Tribhuv'andas K. Patel and Dr Verghese Kurien -"•.. ~'~"'.----~'Jaya Prakash Narayan Public Service . '~:--.--~~~.. ~ ',"-_.- ."_.'- '~--'-~----~'._.,,,, Kamalcidevi Community Leadership C~.attopad hyay

.. .-

performing arts as Q' power forlne public'"'gci8ds:' Peace and International Understanding to recognize, contributions to the advancement of friendship, tolerCl~~'e,pe?ce, smd'solidarity as the foundations for sustainable development within and across countries. Emergent Leadership to' recOgnizE9andndividual, 40 years of age or younger, for outstanding wo~k on issuesof social changein hisorher community, but whose leadership may not yet be broadly recognized outside of this community Two hundred twenty one individuals and fifteen organizations hove beennamedMag~Qysay ~wardees since ,19.')8. Among them iJreso6Je of'l\sLa's"greqthumanit9ri(Jns,.'community leaders, intellechJais,andortists.lt is haHrnorKe:ithe prize, however,,that theawOrd~~srriov' als9b~ individ~alswho have 'quietlY.pelped others Vl'ithoutexpectatiop''ofpubli recognition.

Pandit' Ravi,Shanker"'

~.~--_ ..•.•.. '._.•..~c_;_~,,

: . --

,.

.,'

1994

___

--

M: S. Kamalade~~._._c;:>mm~~

1976 ~:.:~,~:,;~\ ;",~'

Area

11993 ~.Pan~?_c:c:r~ji

Journalism, Literature, and Creative Communication Arts •..... ... ,,_._ ....•.-

1971

.. };~,,,-

Quick Facts

1992,;'

Iii

_f

Name

'-'--- -------~

'--------~~

-- ---_

.~

Award Categories

Community Leadership

'-

I

.!,

Acharya Vinoba Bhave -"'''-'',-'''''*--'~''''

----

1975

••-..

Ar~

_

:?t:go.ry._

I

I

IY~r

Name

k-.:., •

~f

_"

i

.__ .

For a distinguished book on nonfiction by an American author that is not eligible for consideration in any other

11

(

_

F~r a distinguished volume of original verse by an American author

\'~'.-~._-'-"-'_.'~' -. '---. 'General Non-Fiction

-

For distinguished book upon the history of United States

..

-..;

For a distinguished example of feature photography in black and white or colour, which may consist of a photograph or photographs, a sequence or an album • r

"

Poetry

For distinguished example of reporting on national affairs

~,-.,......•....••

-;

For distinguished play by an American author, preferably original in its source _~nd dea_ling v.:ith

..,. __

~ ~

Awarded for

Award

For distinguished cartoon or portfolio of cartoons published during the year, characterized by originality, editorial effectiveness, quality of drawing, and _._pi~tor~al. e~ect.. .__ ...• .._. ..._

Breaking News Photography

•

Indians Who Received Ramon Magsaysay Awards

.,;""

IAward

A.249

• ~.'

Pulitzer prize of USA and is worth £'20,000 (1992). The Booker Prize has been shared only in 1974 and 1992. In the year 2002, FinanciaJ Services conglomeJ:'; ate Man Group PLC began sponsoring the Booker

--r( ~

--..,.....----

,

A.a&O

Ir-

Chapter 4 GeneralKnowledge A.2!i1

award and increased the amount to £ 50,000 and renamed it to Man Booker Prize. In 1993, the 'Booker of the Bookers Prize' was awarded to Salman Rushdie for 'Midnight's Children (The 1981 winner), as the novel to win the award in the first 25 Years of its existence. A similar prize known as 'The Best of the Booker' was awarded in 2008 to celebrate the 40th anniversary of the prize-this was also won by 'Midnight Children'.

,.

q°rJ

Qui~k lFacts'

Year

Name of Winner

2001

PeterCarey

True History of the

_ ...

_._.

2002

QCJ_'!g

YannMartel '=

. -

'2003 D. B.C. Pierre 2004 Alan Hollinghurst _'-2005 ._.~_""'.~. .. John ._> ~.. ...Banville 2006 KironDesai -..._,~...•.. ,'_'--'or _' .'__ ,«. __

.""_

•••.•.••. ~,

.•••• _------~.-'"

.-.,

A

"2009

"."'.,_''''"

..

_,'" •• ,M'=

~

, •••.•••

M __

••

.,

Hildiy .. A .. _'

..

'O+',~~'

Mant~1

_.__ ,.,""._

.....

N.

.

...

K;H;

._-----,~-_.-

,-"

Vernon God Little 2004 ~he Line of~eauty\ The Sea The Inheritance,of Loss

.-;-.~ ..-...-~~

"

A~m~Enright. AravindAdiga , .... ".."~

_

Life of Pi

~-_ .._._~~------..-~-_._,--

2097 2008

"1~

Prize-winning Title --

.•.•.

._.~,

*~,_, __

.'.'

•• _,"

,- .•.~_.~._-

••••

~"'

•••

_ ••• ~

•••.

~"' •••. ~".~""""-'

,

_~.

,Jb~_<;?at!J~I!'!fL The White Tiger '

w;,iHaiiYi~i .,_

..

_".~_.'».,.,."''''''"._•.__.~.,.,..w.:'.,.--='''''"''--''ry

ThePrite was.originallyknoWnas the 8ooker-McCorineli. 2010 HowardJacobson The finkler Question :>-~-,-~....".'-~~--_._._ ........,.----_._-""--"'_. PrizedfteithecompanyBooker-McConnellsponsored'~vent 20 11 J~~io!!:Barnes ,. .. The Se.!!1e..£f2!!Jnding 'ih1968,dndlbeco~.e commonly/known osJhe 'Booker'. .Prize'or.sirnply/BC??ker'. Now thetitlesponsorof theprize 2~1,~"•. ~ila:r.~<;J~~el., ..~ringJ!E.!!::.Bodies is investment companyManGroup,and officially the prize . 2013-,- EleanorCatton The_.,""Luminaries -_ -'",- .. ~~ ----..,....,.isknownas Mal1800kersPrize. . in'. 2014 RichardFlanagan The NarroW Road to the deep north . A Brief History of 2015 MarlonJames Recent Winners of the Man Booker Prize Sev~nISU'tn9~~ _>_ .' 2016 Pa.uI B,e.a!!y_ The Sellout Year~ Name of Winner Prize-winnIng Title George Saunders Lincoln In the Bardo :2017 i990 AntonioS. Byatt, Tale of Two Young Britain-born Soldiers, Probing the lives of critic and Right livelihood Award . novelist two Imaginary Victorian poets The Right Livelihood Award is the prize for outstanding -_.~'...","'-._._"""""",'"""''', The Famished Road vision and work on behalf of our planet and its people. the idea of 'right livelihood' is an ancient one. It 1992 MichaelOndaatie, Sri The Engiish Patient embodies the principle that each person should folLanka-born(Canadian) Sacred Hunger Iowan honest occupation which fully respects other and BarryUnsworth people and the nafural world. The Right Livelihood (UK) Award waS establIshed in 1980 to honour and sup: 1993 VladmirMkaninand Cloth Covered Table port such people. It has become widely known as , VictorPelevin(Rus) with Carafe ih the J the 'Alternative Nobel Prize' and there are now over , Middle Blu~ Lantern . ; 100 laureates from 48 countries. Presented annul . .__ ._JShort Stbne!l __ ._ ._J ally in Stockholm at a ceremony in the Swedish 1994 Janies Kelman(Scottish) How Late it was, How Parliament, the Right Livelihood Award is. usually Late shared by four recipients. One of them may receive r--.------~-~ ~._--~an Honorary Award, given to a person or group l 1995 PatBaker The Ghost Road whose work the jury wishes to recognize but who 1996 Graham SWift Last Orders is not primarily in need of monetary support. The ri9""97*-Ar~;dh~ti-Roy~-'Th"e others share the prize money of 20,00,000 Swedish Things l: .. .. ~ ._~ __ "_"_~'_" Kronor (approximately US$ 2,30,000). The presen1998 IanMcawan Amsterdam tation takes place in December, usually on the day before the Nobel Prize ceremony. The following list J. ~_Coet=:.:.-_ .. _~fJ!.9£: indicates the main areas of RLA laureates' .activities 2000 MargaretAtwood The Blind Assasin over the Award's first 20 years: Peace and Conflict

<~----_.-,,,, ... ,...,...,,_ .. "~,~,

._-

..

..

"'~'"-'_'~'''''''._'''

I

-""""'~~~,"1

I

(~

••

••

v.

,,_

• ..,

.. ..-.-

.. _~

•...•...

, ••••

G;;i;, Sm~1I

"_~=]

~ 1

~'"","~'f_~~'~

Resolution; The Environment;, Human and Civil Rights; Development/Empowerment; Vision and Alternative Futures; Health and Rehabilitation; Science for People; Children and Education; Cultural and Spiritualyalues; Protecting Minorities; Energy; Challenging Nuclear Policies/Radiation; Food and Sustainable Agriculture; Consumer Power; and Alternative Technologies. Oscar Award (or Academy Award of Merit) Instituted in 1929, these awards are conferred annually by the Academy of Motion ,Pictures, Arts and Sciences, United States, in recogI:ri7 tionof outstanding contribution in the various fields of film ma~i.:hg. The Academy Award statuette or Oscarwas designed by Cedric Gibbons, who went on to receive the award il times for art direction. It depictsa kllight standing on a reel of film with five spokes, representing the original brartches of the Academy: actors, directors, producers, technicians, andwriters. It was supposedly nicknamed the Oscar whenMargaret Herrick, an Academy employee said that it remilided her of uncle Oscar, although many peoplehave' claimed credit for this story. It was used officiallyby the Academy in 1939. It is given in the followingcategories:

BestPicture This is the most important award at the Oscarsand is "also the biggest honour in the film industry.All members of the Academy vote for the topfive nominations, and they vote again to choose the winner amongst. the five nominations. The awardis given to the producers. In the first year of theAcademy Awards, there were two awards which couldbe de~cribed as Best Picture: Outstanding Pi~ture(Wings) and Unique and Aitistic PIcture (Sunrise).The hitter .was .d!ppped the following year. II .','. From1929 to 30 till 1940, the award was known as Outstandfug Production. UnH11944, 10 wa~ the limitof nommations for Best Picture, but it was loweredto five because the competition was too broad. Most nominations Hall B. Walls.(19) Most awards Sam Spigel(9). 'I.'

-.

Achievement in ~irecting This award is given to outstanding directing. The five nominations are chosenby directors. It is usually given to the director of theBest Picture winner, although this is not a rule. WilliamWellman for Wings (1927 to 1928), Edmund GOUldingfor Grand Hotel (1931 to 1932) and Bruce Beresfordfor Driving Miss Daisy (1989) are the only ~st Picture winners not to be nominated for directUlg and Lewis Milestone for Two Arabian' 'Knights

c+n

i

(1927 to 1928) anci frank Lloyd,for the The Diviize Lady (1928 to 1929) the 'only' Lpeople to win for a: film not nominated for Best Picture. Some of th~. greatest directors did not receive any awards, ~.g., Alfred Hitchcock, Stanley Kubrick, Charlie Chaplin or Martin Scorsese. In the first year there was a distinction between comedy directing and dramati~ directing. This distinction was dropped the follow~ ing year. Most nominations William Wyler (12) Most' awards John Ford (4).

are

Acting Awards The five nominations for the four acting awards are chosen by actors and actresses: In the first year there were two acting awards: Best Actor and Best Actress. If an-actor was nominated, all his/ her films of credit that year would be mentioned. This Was changed the following year to Perfo~mance by an actor, where an actor would be nominated for a particular performance. Upunt.ilthe 192QI.30 awards, actors could be given separate nominations for different performances, but now,th~ best performance ill the vote will-go through. ,Supporting actor and actress - awards were introduced in the 1936 -., awards. In 1944, Barry Fitzgeral.d was nominated for the same role for Going My~W.ay in both leading and supporting categories. The academy changed the rules to prevent this from happening again. An actor may be nominated for separat.e roles in the leading and supporting categories. Most nominations Katherine Hepburn (12) Most awards Katharine Hepburn (4). . n

.

.

,t

Best Foreign' Language Film A foreign' .language film is defined, for Academy Award Process,' as: a feature-length motion piCture produced outside the United Stat~s of A:rherica with a predominantly non-Epglisl1 dialogue track. Each country receives an invitatioh from the Academy,.to submit its best foreign language film (It must have English ,subtitles). The five nomfuations are voted by a special committee the award is given to the diiec~or of'fue'film. A nomination for foreign 1<mguagefilm ii';eligible for other awards in the same year/but norin 'other y~ars; if it is eligible. Iri'thepast, 'it coiddreceivernomiria~ tion in other years. ;-Th~awardr15'egan m')9~7 when the academy gave a special award to5hoeiShine from' Italy. From 1948 until 1955, theacaClemy'gave1a'spe-' cial award to the best foreign language film~The' fol-' lowing year onwards it' was' a competitive award with the rules mentioned earlier.' Most nominations France (34)Most awards Italy (10).

~

..........••

~I.", I

Ii:':

"'I-1

III

1'1

H , I

I

A.252

i

Chapter 4

General Knowledge Did You Know?

How many Indians have won an Oscar? (1) Bha'nu Athaiya won Best Costume Design (with John . Mollo) for Gandhi (1982) (2) Satyaiit Ray received an honorary Academy Award in 1991. (3) RussellPookutty won Best Sound Mixing (with Ian Tapp and Richard Prykel for Siumdog Millionaire (2008). (4) A. R. Rahman won Best Score and Best Original Song (music) for Siumdog Millionaire (2008) (5) Guizar won Best Song (lyrics for Siumdog Millionaire (2008). (He was not present at the ceremony to collect his Oscar.)

Most of India's Oscar submissions were in Hindi although several were in Tamil and Urdu. Two submissions were in Bengali while Malayalam, Marathi, and Telugu films have been selected one time each. Only these films, all Hindi, gained nomination: 1. Mother India (1957 directed by Mehboob Khan); 2. Salaam Bombay (1988 directed by Mira Nair); 3. Lagaan (2001 directed by Ashutosh Gowarikar).

Indians Films althe Oscars • Mehboob Khan's Mother India was the first film to be nominated in the Best Foreign Film category in 1958. • The first Indian to be awarded the Oscar was Bhanu Athaiya. She won the award for designing the costumes for Richard Attenborough's film Gandhi .. • Satyajit Ray was the first Indian to be awarded the Oscar for Lifetime Achievement in Cinema in 1992.

Other Categories Writing Awards; A<;hievement in art directi.on;' Achievement in cinematography; Achievement in costumes design; Best Documentary; Achievement in film editing; Achievement in music; SC~~I).tific.~nd .Technic~l AwaJ;d; Achievement in sound; Achievem~nt in sound editing; Achievement in visual ef,fects;,?pecial Achievement Awards (ScieYftific ~nd, Engineer!ng. Award, Technical Achievement Award, IfollOraiy, Academy Award, Irving .~. Thalberg Memorial I Award, Jean Hersholt Humanitarian Award, Gord~~ E. Sawyer awarq). .

Fi/m,sthat WonMaxlmumOscar~ -Ben Hw (1959)-1;t( Titank (1997):":"-11;TheL6~dofthe Rings: The Retu:n. of the King (2003}'"7":'11; West Slde Story (1961)-10; Glgl (1958)_9. The Last Emperor (1987)-9; The English patien; (1953)....,..9; Gone With The Wind (1939)-8 (+2 specialawards); From Here to Eternity (1953)-8;,On the Water Front (1954)-,-8;My Fair Lady (1964)-8; Gandhi (1982)-8; Cabaret (1972)-8; Amadeus (1984)--,8.

Important: Intern ••tiona,1 Awa~ds*

Instituted in

Particulars

1901

Established in 1967 and'namedafter Alfred Bernhard Nobel, a che~icaP),:iLl' engineer. Awarded annually on December 10 for outstanding work in the fields of (i) P~ysics, (ii) Chemistry, (iii). Physiology and Medicine, (iv) literature, (v) Peace and (vi).Economics.

pulitzer Prize

1970

Magsaysay Award

1957

~ ..

,,,,-

Jl

Top Five Three films have received the top five awards (picture, directing, writing, actor and actress): It Happened One Night (1934), 01}e Flew Over the Cuckoo's Nest (1975) and Silence of the Lambs (1991).As not all films have a lead actor and actress, is also worth noting that eight other films received picture, directing, writing, and two acting awards: Gone With the Wind (1939), Mrs Miniver (19,42),Going My Way (1944), The Best Years of Our Liv~s (1946), From Here to Eternity (1953), On the Waterfront (1954), Kramer vs. Kramer' (1979) and Terms of Endearment (1983). Most Awards won by man Walt Disney (22 Osc~rs [4Hon. .orary and 22 Competitive]) .

\

.

Most Awards won by Women Sheila Nevins, HBO Presi' dent-9

Templeton

1972 .

Jawaharlal Nehru Award

1965

.

!LA

",lngrid Bergman (2 Best Actress, 1 BeS!Support. ing Actor) = 3, . . Jack Nicholson (2 Best Actor + 1 Best S~pporting Actor) =3 , . Meryl Streep(2 Best Actress + 1 Best Supporting Actress) = 3 ! Walter Brannan (3 Best Supporting Actor) :::3

_

•

".

"

~_.

_

".

_

~_.

_~.

•

~

,

••

',_

-

~-

..

,-

._._----~

Rightlivelih~;d

Award ~.

'- .•. '"..

..-

.

-- .

--

- •••--.-~_._-'--'

..-

__"

•

...

....__..

y.

,-,A

_','

...• ~-""'-""

~ .

-_. ---.-,-'"

_ ......•. .•.. '

_._

..•.. -._-'""'" ..

~._"'----._---._. .~-_._~"""'...•.

__

Conferred annually.. __by the Academy of Motion '__Pictures, Arts.__ and Sciences. .__ _ _ ... _..• " .._ .. .~ ....._-.. .... _,__

-~..• _.-.,l' •.._., ....•.•.•_~_.,_~

.

~.~.

JesseOwens Global

1992

To honour individuals with a sports background who have made significant and lasting contribution to society. .

Kalinga Award

1952

.. World Food Prize

Set up~tth;"i~~i~tive of'M; Bii~Patn-~irth;fo~~-d~r;f K~li~g~'Fou'~d~i;;r;:;t! in Orissa. It is conferred for popularisation of science by UNESCO.

1979

The award was conceived by Dr Norman Borlaug and fina~ced by the Kraft General Foods. It is conferred annually by the Washington-based selection committee.

-

"-.~~., ;~

Mahatma Gandhi Peace

.....•••.•...

1966

•• ' .'0- _~,",~,_"

•• -

,"", .. ,.,

__ .- ---_.--.

--, -

----~

Instituted by the Government of India to mark the 125th anniversary of Mahatma Gandhi. It is worth 10 million, conferred on an individual who contributes ~mp.ortant literar~ and art~ti~,,:,ork to !~~ause. _ • __

-1

Award

,....------'-----"~-r---~,._---_"_._

-.-

1995

r~

UN Human Righ,ts

_,",,, ,",•. ~

'19:44/1946

The award is given every five 'years for individual contributi6ns to the' . ~ establishment of human rights. In 2013 it was awarded to Ms Malala Yousafzai. Confer;ed by' the Hollywo~d-F~;-ig~Pr~ss creditable efforts in film direction.

Asso~i~tion-,-it;gi~;~-~~nu~I;-for

--.

Golden Bear AWard

1951

SimonBolivar Pri~~-'~

1983

.__ .... ... The prize is given to individuals fighting for freedom, independence and dignity of :people. !

DavidCohen Award

1993

,; is the bigg~it~rary

Owen Global P;~;~'~-1'9'93'~'"

---

I J

It is a prestigious literary award, conferred annually by the Booker Company, the British Publishers Association and Man Group. '.)

~._,..,.

1929'

_.'-"'''''',-

_.

~~k~IL -;

1968

~'-~'''''''-'''--'--''

-

Instituted by Jak~b Von S~ed'ish=Ge~;~~~~i~;,' iii~";;js~-;~iedth~--l 'Alternative Nobel Prize'. Conferred annually for practical and exemplary solutions .' to real p~oblelT1sof today.

Oscar

..

,

Conferred by the Government of India for outstanding contributions in the. promotion of international understanding, goodwill and friendship.

'1980'

Man Booker Prize

I

M.

TNa~ed 'aft~r-Joh~ T~~pleton, a P~~bYt~r-ian of-N~ss~~: Bah-~~as. C~~fer;ed for progress in religion. I

Most Ading Awards Katharine Hepburn (4.Best Actress) =4 ",.-..

T

Named after Ramon Magsaysay, Pr~sident of the Philippines. Conferred annually'on August 31, for outstanding contributions in Public Service;Community leadership, Journalism, literature and.Creative Arts, and International Understanding.

:t,

Golden Globe Award

Oscars

.•••••••

Named after the US publisher Joseph Pulitzer. Conferred annually in the USA for outstanding literature ..and -Music. ..,.....•. ..--"'.""-.. ..... ,--'.' work in Journalism, -. -".-

Most Nominations Nine films have received 13 or more nOmlnations: All About Eve (1950)-14 nominations' Titanic (1997)-14 nominations; From Here to' Eterni~ (1953)-13 nominations; Mary Poppins (1964)-13 no~ations; Who's Afraid of Virginia Woolf (1966)-13 nominations; Forrest Gump (1964)-13 no~ations; Shakespeare in Love (1998)-13 nominations; The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring'(2001)';13 nom. inations; Chicago (2002)-13 nominations (Actor Jack Nicholson has most Oscar nominations (12) for his performances) .

-'J

. Nobel Prize '),

~

'I

l

Name

Most Awards without Winning Best Pidure Cabaret (1972)won 8aw'ards, with Best Picture going to The Godfather with 3; Star Wars (1977)"is close behind with 7 whe~ Best Picture went to AnneHall, with 4. . .. . . - --

fl..; •...,."",.

A quick look at the various. important international a"Y'ardsare as follows: '

-

A.253

The award is give~ annu'ali~f;';heb~tfii~

-~..

~~

...--

~._,-

andbes~e

;t~~:

--"'-'-"---'--"-'""'-'-'--,,",--.~------~

-'~-

..•..

-

av.'~~d ~f"'B;ita~:T----

....

"~_:'

_-----_ _---~

..•

..

-.

--,

-..

_------."

.. -""-'-.

This award is given biennially to an individual who has made significant and lasting contributions of enduring quality to society from the background of sports. The inaugural award was given in 1993 to Juan Antonio Samaranch, President of IOC and second was given in 1995 to Dr Nelson Mandela.

(Continued)

III

I A.254

Chapter 4

General Knowledge

A.255

I I

I

Mauritius, Sri Lanka, South Africa, Surinam, Trinidad and Tobago, Bali

(Continued)

I'

!

Name

Instituted in

I Palme prize

ParticulClrs.

.•

.•...

'. ~

1987

Instituted in the memory of the slain Swedish PM Olof Palme and conferred by:' the Palme Foundation in Stockholm on individuals fighting for democratic and .~ L. ._ .... _. .. __ . . international values of high order. ._____ ~ UNESCO Prize for 1995 Instituted by UNESCO for !be promotion of tolerance and non-violence. Tol~nce-"--~'-' '.~--- -." .O~the o~~~si~{the UN Year.of T~;~;;;e andth; 125th anniv~rsary of Mahatma Gandhi. To be known as the Madanjeet Singh Prize for outstanding work on tolerance and non-violence in the fields of science, arts, culture and . "-~ _ .. ....~ .. communication. ..•.. ..~. .. ._.-- ..... ..._..,Often called the 'Little Nobel' award, it recognizes individuals or groups for their UNESCO Peace Award contribution to peace.

I

-

lEA~i~9.nieQ.S\'!e~i~b.

~ .•

_._~._

_-_._._-_

__ __

'--

-

._..- ~~~~~r~~~ ..

Literary Prize

~~~~)'Ji~y~~~st~.p~2ple ~~?:E~v.e:.~~I~9 f~r '~r~.~~~~~t]P~ech'. The Bangladeshi writer Ms Taslima Nasreen, the author of controversial novel 'Laija', received the award in 1995. Before her, Andee Brink (South Africa) won it in 1992, and then in 2001, John Pilger (Australia), a journalist, was conferred this award.

• The Vedas, the Uparushads, the Bhagavad Gita, and the epics of the Mahabharata and the Ramayana

Sacredtexts

Placeof worship

• Temple

5. Islam

1. Buddhism ;

Founder

Founded in Followed in

Sacred text

Sacred places

0.

Gautam Siddhartha Buddha (563 to 483 BCE) born in Nepal (Lumbini)

• 525

Sacred text Sacred place Place of worship

• 500

BCE

• China, Taiwan, South Korea, Nauru, and Vietnam • The Lun Yu, The Analects • Peking (Beijing) in China • No church or temple

BCE

• China, Tibet, Korea, Mongo~ lia, Nepal, Bhutan, Thailand, Japan, Laos, Myanmar (Burma), Sri Lanka, Cambodia, Taiwan, Indonesia, Bhutan, and Vietnam • The Tripitaka (collection of Buddha's teachings) also called Sutras . • Lumbini (Nepal), where Buddha was born, Bodh Gaya (Bihar), where he received Enlightenment and Kusinagara (UP), where he attained 'Nirvana'

Place of worship

• Vihar (temple) al1;dMonastery (where Monks reside)

Sects

• Mahayana and Hinayana

2. Confucianism Founder

Founded in Followed in

Founded in Followedin .., .

• Kung Fu Tzu or Confucius (551 to 479 BCE), born in the State of LuinChina

Founder

Founded in Followed in Sacred text

Place of worship Important sects

• Jesus Christ (4 BCE to 29 CE), born in Judea. Also called Jesus of Nazareth • 2000 years ago • Spread all over the world • Holy Bible, consisting of the Old Testament (before Christ) and the New Testament (during and after Christ) • Church • Catholics and Protestants u

•

Founder Founded in Followed in

622

CE

Sacredtexts ~'

• Quran (words of God), Hadis . (collection of Prophet's sayings)

Sacredplaces

• Makkah (Mecca) in Saudi Arabia

Placeof worship Important sects

• Masjid (mosque)

Founder Foundedin Followed

• 1300

• Hals, found particularly in the five books of the Bible; commentary on Torah known as Talmud and Midrash

SacredPlaces

• Jerusalem

Placeof worship

• Synagogue

• 1500

BCE

• Concentrated in Indian and Nepal and also found in Bhutan, Fiji, Gyuana, Indonesia,

Founded in Follo~ed in

• 1500

I

I'

CE

Sacred text

• India • Guru Granth.,Saheb

Sacred place Place of worship

• The Golden Temple of Amritsar • Gurdwara

"

• Lao-tse, a Chinese philosopher • sixth century BCE • .China, Taiwan, Nauru, Brunei, Singapore, and Vietnam • Tao-te-Ching .' -

Sacred text

10. Zoroastrianism (Parsi Religion) Founder

• Zoroaster, born in Medea (mod,; em Iran) about 660 BCE

Founded

• Around 500 BCE

Followed in

• Iran and north-west India. The Zoroastrians who fled to India during the eighth century are' the ancestors of the present Parsi community in India

Sacred text

• Zend Avesta

Place of worship

• Fire temple

I

•

I ReligIon

% of world population

Christians

~--~~---

33.1

-_.

LMu~~fT1~__

Hindus

.-.:. -".--~'-'~

13.3

..._-..

,Sikhs ••.•. ,«'._,.""""""",,,".

• • • •

Antiquity Japan No specific text Central Shrine of Ise (central Japan) and the Yasukuni Shrine in Tokyo

-_

... --

._~2:3 __ .....""._.

___._

.---, ...---.. -

.....,~-

0.4

~--~--_.

Joins

"j ..

.._.,'

__

.. _~,~

l i

...•...M

0.1

~B~ddhi~t;--"" "-'''' ---~---_.-~~5.9

- ----- _._---- - --._ ..- - .. .••...... .--"._----'_. ------ ... ------.-_--,-- .. •.. _.

...

"

"

..

..

_._

-_

-

• Began with Japanese culture and developed out of tradition

I I

World Religions-in Figures

-.- .~-

'.

Jewish

7. Shintoism ":H

• Ancient Sages

BCE

• Worldwide, with concentration in Israel and United States

Sacredtexts

Foundedin FoLlowedin Sacredtexts SacredPlace

• Guru Nanak (1469 to 1539)

• Sunnis and Shias

• Moses, born in Egypt

Founder

4. Hinduism

Founder

Founder Founded in Followed in

• West coast of Africa which includes Tanzania, Southern part of Russia and China, India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Malaysia, and Indonesia. Also parts of North Africa

6. Judaism(Relio'ion of the Hebrews)

3. Christianity

I

9. Taoism • Prophet Mohammed (570 to 632 CE), born in Mecca (Saudi Arabia)

Founder

* For the latest information on 'Awards', refer to the Current Events Section.

RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD

I

8. Sikhism

!Non.re~igious_. .'_'_ _. Atheists r~Fi~e;;'f~lk ;rigio~7st~-' ~~:orelig.i()~is!:..__. : Shintoists ~.

,-~

. ~.,-,----_."~

Bahais fC~nf~ci~~i-st; --Other religions

-.~_.~-----~

0;2 _~~~----...."

.•..

.. __ __ 1 .....9. 2.3

_,_-

__.... ... -~~!'",

-'-"--~'---~~-'

... --...

..

!:7. 0.1 -

_._--

0.1 0.1 14.1

1.J "1

I II

il~

A.256

Chapter4

GeneralKnowledge 'A.257. of Patiala (Yadavindra Singh) presented a Torch and a flag for the first Asian Games and then they were carried from country to country and finally, inaugu. rated by Dr Rajendra Prasad (first Preside~t of India). About 489 participants from 11 different nations par. ticipated in the Games.

SPORTS Sport Festivals I

Asian Games These games were organized

at the initiative of the late Prime Minister Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru in 1951 and have been held once in four years ever since. It was Prof. Gurudutt Sondhi, a member of the IOC, who encouraged by the sport-lover Maharaja Yadavindra Singh of Patiala and supported by Pandit Nehru, tried to revive these games at the Asian Relations Conference (ARC) convened by Pt. Nehru at New Delhi in 1947. The Asian Athletic Federation (AAF) was formed in 1948 which decided to hold the first Athletic Championship at New Delhi in 1949. However, the plan did not materialize. Again in February 1949, the AAF met at New Delhi where it was renamed as 'Asian Games Federation' (AGF). The AGF then decided to. rename the Asian Athletic Championship as 'Asiatic Games'. Subsequently Pt. Nehru suggested that these games be called 'Asian Games'. The first President and Secretary of AGF were Maharaja Yadavindra Singh of Patiala and Prof. G. D. Sondhi, respectiv~ly.

First Asian Games The first Asian Games were held in 1951 at the national Stadium, New Delhi, and were inaugurated by Dr Rajendra Prasad (first President of India). About 489 participants from 11 different nations participated in the games.

Nations which Participated in the First Asian Games Afghani. stan, Burma, India, Indonesia, Iran, Japa~; Nepal, Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka and Thailand.

Sports in the FirstAsian Games Athletics, swimming, diving and water polo, cycling, weight lifting, football, and basketball. Pt lawaharlal Nehru's Message to the Participants of the FirstAsian Games 'Play the game in the spirit of the game'. Background Asian Games were first held as West Asian Games at New Delhi in 1934 in which India, Afghanistan, Palestine and Sri Lanka participated. In view of the enthusiasm, it was decided to hold these games once in four years at mid-point between the Olympics. However, these games were abandoned during World War II.

Moffo, Emblem and Torchof Asian Games The AGF adopted 'Ever Onward', given by Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru, as the motto of the Asian Games. The Emblem is a bright full rising 'sun with interlocking rings. The Maharaja

(continued)

"j

~

Venue

Yeor

--

5.1966

Participation

City

Country

No. of Athletes

Bangkok

Thailand

1945

No. of Countries 16

No. of Sparts/

_n~._"'_¥_ ""'''''"''''~ ""........,. __-_.'"_~.-_ _ Bangkok Thailand

_._....•. _.:..._-

= ~ ..•

I-':J~p'cfu

14

.. .;.~~~=~.~i1and.~_j_O I-Japan . II- South Korea . 111-Thailand

13

Iran

Teheran

'~",",";'~'.,..._.~_._

••••,

3010

,_

..~,.~--

--

.

8.1978

Bangkok

Thailand

9.1982

New Delhi

India

.,, ~~

_.

~~-

10.1986

Seoul

11.1990

Beijing

_.

"".

' •• -'~'

••

,

<.

~

__

O"_~

__

~--'--'

"w-

..••••. --...-

..•.•••••• ~.••.• __ ._

"F_ 1O~_"""_-':"'~'"'7"""'~._

~-_._.-._

•...~.,~---

.•••

~._"""""

.•

...••._.•. : '''''',....''''~'~._.A~

I, I

1.1951

City

Country

New Delhi

India

Participation No. of Athletes

No. of Countries

489

11

Ranking No. of Sportsj Disci.e'ines 7 I-Japan

13.1998

Bangkok

14.2002

Busan

15.2006

----'-._.-.......'.~'--~-'----.'-"-'---'~----'''''''-----'''''':'''.---'----''''''Doha Qatar' 9520

'6554

Thailand

II-India III-Iran

2.1954

Manila

Philippines

970,

18

3.1958

Tokyo

Japan

1820

20

,---~

.,--- ..

.,.._._'

.',:.-,.

26

I-China II- South Korea III-Japan

36

27

'I-'-China II- S South. Korea : III-:-Japan ~_

42

36

'I-China II-Japan III-Korea

41

44

Jakarta

Indonesia

.1460

17

•..

'"'~~""~

I..•.. Japan 11-Philippines III-South Korea

13

I-Japan II- Philippines III-South Korea

17.2014

•••••••••••

'~~'~~

__

"-_-"-"

44

38

45 -

.

Guangzhou

China

9704

Incheon

South Korea

9501

JakartaPalembang

Thailand

45 •

(Continueo1

18.2018

---

11,300

45

I-China II"...South Korea III-Japan .,..._'"'. __'--....-.••.•__

..~_~_"

I'

I J

I-China II~Korea In:""Japan

58 '__

.,~.,ce-,

~",,

,

,__

51

,.J.

I-Japan II-Indonesia Ill-india __

I

.J

-.----~-,,......----.~--<-.'-_ .•........ --...---_ ..,.--~

45 ._A_

i

I-China II-South Korea !"-:Japan

50

.~,._ .._----.-_-...

",,,~.

13

'~"""Ii'W"""

6572

~L _ .. '

8

h

4. 1962

•• ~._.,_."

"

16.2010

,

Korea '

•. ';

.22

'..._,... __ ~,

6828

Japan

~~'''_~'',

Venue

"

J

20

.~<_' ..• .,.. ..•...

6122

_.o.__

-

...

I-Japan . II=-Iran:"c "III;CKfrib.'~":

---~ ~~~-l'

-

19

4839

China

Hiroshima

:-~-r11-~""""-,{"Jr~.~

•••• -/ ••. i

I-Japan II-China i ' 111-South Korea ~_._ ... ~-.._~ .... _~. _.._ ... _' .. i.' 3411 23 22 I"...China II-Japan. .,. ill- South Korea

South Korea

-'~7---'-'.'---'-'-'-~~~-,'-"'"

_______

.. -

.--""'-'._.

.

3842

.-

16

'. ,-...---.-.-.-

.J'

A~'_""._""

19

Asian Gomes Record , Year

OJ

:"1'

.. _. __

16 .

12.1994

--1

Disciplines.

~--

2400 -~"

7. 1974

Ranking -_~ __

II~S6uthKorea -.f'.

6.1970

I

~~.T.

40

I-China 11- South Korea III-Japan ,_,,_

..•_.

.~_

•. ,......,...

I-China 11- South Korea III...,.Japan ••••

_

••

'

I-Chino 11- South Korea III-Japan

_

I~: A.aS8

I

-,au; General Knowledge .A.259

Chapter 4

The emblem placed in the midd~e is 206 cm x*60 cm. 1}1eflag as designed by Coubertinhimself in 1913 and it was firSt hosted in 1920 at the Antwerp Games and the motto was then added to it.

Olympics

w:

Why is it called Olympics? This is an international sports festival which originated in the city of Olympia, an ancient city of Greece, situated in the West Peloponnese.

Creed

AncientO/ympics These games were held at Mount Olympus in Greece in honour of Zeus from 776 BCE and continued till 394 CEo Originally, these games lasted only five days and generally, began on the first new moon day after summer solstice, around mid-July. There was a ceremony of sacrifice of an animal, whose meat was traditionally offered as prize to the winners. From 394 CE, these games started degenerating and by 580 CE they altogether vanished. They w~re banned by the Roman EmperorTheodosius as Pagan manifestations.

Oath

Modern Olympics It was the French nobleman, Baron Pierre de Coubertin, who (nearly over 1500 years after the last ancient Olympics) revived these games in 1894. During q conference at Sorbonne, held on June 23, 1894, where 13 countries participated, a resolution was. passed to revive these games and the International Olympic Committee (IOC) was formed at Paris with its headquarters at Mon Repos, Lausanne (Switzerland). The IOC, originally, had a membership of only 15 in 1894, representing 12 nations. It has now a membership of about 171 nations. The modem series of the Olympic games started in 1896 at Athens and since then are held evety four years. , ,I

Olympic Moffo, Emblem Flag, Creed, and Oath Motto

Emblem

Fact

Flag

~ ......•••

• 'Citius, Altius, Fortius'. These are Latin words, whi~h mean 'Swifter, Higher and Stronger'. They were composed in 1897by Rev. Father Pidon, a friend of Baron Pierre p:e Coubertin, and introduced"in the 1920 games for the first time .. ,. • The emblem is composed of. five inter~ined rings, each of a different colour, , representing five continents of the world, placed at the centre of the Olympk flag. • It is wrong to say that each qf the coloUrs cprresponds to a certain continent! In fact, when Pierre de Coubertin created. the Rings in 1913, the five colours combined with. the white background represented the colours of the flags of all nations at ,thattiIT,le,wi~out exception. • The Olympic flag is white in colour (originally made of cotton), 3 m x 2 m.

• 'The most important thing-in the Olympic Games is not to win but to take part, iUSt as the most important thing in life is no: the triumph but the struggle. The essential thing is not to have conquered but to have fought well'. • An athlete of the host country re<;ites~ following at the opening ceremony. 'In ~ name of all competitors, I proinise that We will take part in these Olympic Garnes respecting and abiding by the rules whi~ govern them, in the true spirit of sportsman. ship for the glory oisport and the honoUl of our terms'. Both the oath and the creed were composed by Baron Pierre de Couber. tin, the founder of modem Olympics.

(Continued) ; _______

Olympics Games held at Munich. and since thena:' Olympic Mascot is selected for a particular year an~ ven~e. The following have been the Mascots so far:

.

.i) . "'1".''',

.• ,

i;'

CobiJ~p~i~I----

1996

Izzy (derived from what is it?)

Atlanta'

2000

'OUie' -a Kookabura, . • 'Syd' -a Platypus; and 'Milli' an Echidna, are three native animals of Australia which represent the earth, air and

Australia

2012

2016

.

Seoul

----'B~;;=:J .1

1 !'

wat~, ...~_~_._ ...•.... _.,_.,_.,. __.._._._._._' __ 'Phevos' and 'Athena' - Two Athens bell-shaped cartoons inspired , (Greece) by ancient Greek dolls. They are brother and sister and named after two Greek-Gods.

~_

2008

.....

.,',".T

1992

2004

I

Venue

Hodori (Cub Tiger)

tinuity between the ancient and the modern Olympics. The Olympic flame was lighted for the first time in 1928 at the AIl}sterdam stadium and since ther the practice has continued: The torch used to kind~! the flame is first lit by the sun's rays at the shrineof Zeus (Greec~).It is then catded overland by a relayo! runners to the site of the games and placed in bow: where it bums during the period of the Games.

The Olympic Mascot It Was introduced in 1972at the 20t.'

'-",'

1988

Olympic Torch The Olympic flame symbolizes the con-

The Olympic Torch Relay The practice of Torch Relay fron: Olympia (Greece) to the venue of the Games was first introduced by Getman Olympic Committee for the Berlin Games in a 1936 and has since 1Jecomepartof the Olympic games.

,,: Mascot

...!

... _--"'-'=

Fuwa,literally meanS 'Goodluck dolls', The fuwa comprises five members, representing the five traditional Chinese elements,. which includes, Beibei, Jingjing, Hoanhuan, Yingying, ond Nini. Each of these five names seems like a possible dhildname, but when put together,theysound identical toaphrosemeaning 'Beijing Welcomes You'. The fuwa weredesignedb~Han Meilin and released 1000 opening of

Olympics: Where and When

Beijing (China)

IQ~pf(Jd

i'l!~ III

'''-'''-.~.

IV

Waldi (Dachshund)

Munich

1980 Misha (Bear) .. rT984~'--S-am--(EagleJ--"

(Continue!

.-.""._-~_--_._ '_-

_w;

--

F.r~n~_ Frcin~e

;

...,...,..,,,.._-"'''''''_= ..~.

... "

"""_~...,..:.""""'__

..

•

Athens --' -_._-~.-Greece ~--1908

,london

.

. Gre,at,Britain

~-~#~". _',

VI**

1916

Berlin, BelgiutT1 'M_.', .:i~, :"""'."'" ...•.. France':';)"

~'_"m.~.~

Rio de JqneiroI (BrazU)

VIII

1924

Paris

X

1932

~~sterd~==-t'!~f~ LosAngeles..

--------~

XI

1936

--~~"",..""",,,,--.~-=<>--,*._--

"='~'0'~~-="~_-"%~'~7r'~;74~=O~'"<&~-~'~}7~~~~

I

I !

I.

U~A Germany , -;'--.

l;;''''''';;'';'''''~w\<.,.~,~.''''''_~m~=_"".,,~~_. =><-.....;;>~~_-==~.

1948

.i

.. ~l

-----'--.'

Berlin

XII*** 1940 Tokyo (then . ; Helsinki) rX-III-**-*-~19ML-o-nd-6n-. '-'-Greot XIV

•• "'''-;

__

~apan, then Finland" Britain ,~=

london

__

~ __

1

~~

.~,

"

<

] _

..

Great Britain Finland

olivebranches..However,in~odern Olympics, winnersare awarded medals and certificates. There are threemedals for the first three top positions.

n~~E~~~~:~~~1~=i~~~~~1=:,"'~=',=~'~, ,~~ntreal Moscow -~'-'~~~'-'---Lc;s An~

'. n Greece .',

...,_.~_. ,'"""",,,"

1900 Parisw - 1904 ' Sf:!Louis ~=-~,~"""

.1

HostCountry

1912 "_,,,,,,,",,0,,,w=.-<_~~>,,-.#_~.,,,,~;""-m.=~.~~,,,_.,,"~~=~&,,, Stockholm Sweden

thesacrificedanimal was offered as prizes to the win~----~~~~----~~---IY~r Mascot venue __ ners,which was subsequently replaced by a crown of 1972

Venue

"~~_"""'_W"' __~'Ji;~"'J9W<m="'=_",~,

The OlympicAwards and Certificates Originally, the meat of

Olympic Mascots and Venues

Yeqr

I 1896 At~_e_ns ~~'_--'~~._--,

Wenlock and Mandeville; the London animations depicting two drops (United of steel from a steelworks in ' Kingdom) Bolton, Vinicius;ifis a mix of different Brazilian anirnols, Designed by Birdo Producoes

For the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth positions' only. certificates are given., Medals The medal is about 60-mm in diameter and 3 mm in thickness. Tne Gold and Silver medals are both made of 92.5% pure silver; However, the Gold medal' is plated w~th 6 g of pure gold{ The third position medal is made of bronze. In addition to prizes give~ to athletes, there are ~ertainaw~r'ds and trophies which are awarded to those ,who promote the cause of Olympics. The Olympic Order Instituted ih 1974, the Olympic Order in gold, silver or bronze. decoration, is awarded to a person wh6 has rendered ovtstanding services or displayed the Olympic ideals. Mrs Indira Gandhi was awarCle'd this Order in 1983by Hw IOC for h~rcontribtition to the organ.~zatio.flof the New Delhi.Asiad (1982).

I Prize Gold Medal

U Prize Silver Medal,

m Prize Bronze Medal

--'1956 .. 1960

Australia" Rome

-'--'---J

XVIII .1964 T9kyo,,-.. . Japan r---~--'-~,_~.~~ __ .. _.,.".. --1.. L~l~_.:-._26B.~7Xico XX 1972

Munich

I XXI

1976

Montreal

1980

Moscow

~~''''''''"''~-..~---

XXII

f.'

-.

•

-'

qt>'_~~_.!y\~xicO"----l _~t' •• .., W. Germany .'

.'

_~ ~

•••.

'(~_.

'-'--C~~da t_,~_

~

Russia (Continued)

..

r.

",....

,

A'.260 (Continued)

IOlympiad

Year

Venue

XXIII ."1984 los Angeles ' l._.~ ..~.~ ..~~,.~_ .• .;.~.••.. ,•••••• ",,' I

XXIV

1988

'1

MO$tCouJ'ltry ,

Seoul

""""

USA . .

..

,1

,.,'<,

._._,_ .. ~ ... ~"~,.," I South Korea

iXXV

Games hav:ebeen held two years apart ft.
Winter Olympics- Venues !Year

XXVI

1924 ,,",«<

--........

place

-..

Chamonix iFrance)

-,-'_~_'O

"""""'

•••••

" .••••••

_ ••

~_~~,-,_.,.

__

.... '~?~...._, ~!::..~9l!t!J?~itzeflaD9L. XXVIII

xx'ii '''-,'.

1,-,

XXX

2004

Athens

2008"~'" 2012

Greece

london

XXXII

2020

Tokyo

:1

St. Mortiz

1956

Cortina d'

=-,..

1964

Innsbruck (Austria)

:.(96~~==.. ..~2~~~;=~1~ (Fr~~~~L ....

Paris (for women) Football

1980

lake Placid

__

.L..

..,e,:.,_":-""",~~_,~.«

'_''''_~'Y'''''=w.,",,~~

1932)1

. ",~,~~,,,,~_,,._.,o,_~,,,,';-'OW_~,o',:,.,,b:''' . ,,'o,,~

1896 at Athens

Handball

Hockey

Judo

lete, not necessarily an Olympian. It was instituted in 1950by the f0r.mer IOC member Mohammed Toher.

Modern Pentathlon 2018

Shooting

i Duration

played by an athlete during the Games. It was in~tituted in 1964and presented by TokyoCity. .

1894-1896

Winter OlytripicrThe Winter Olympics commenced in 1924 when the first games were held in Chamonix, France. Since then these games' are held at an interval of four years in the same calendar year as the Summer Olympic games. From 1924 to 1992, the Summer and Winter Games were held the same year, every four years; The last.Summer and Winter Games held in the same year were in, Barcelona (Summer) and Albertville (Winter) in 1992. Since then, the Winter

1?25-1942 r"1946-1952-"

Name

Country_

DimitriasVikelas

Greece

Swimming

1896 at Athens For men 1908 at Lbodon, diving Fdrplen 1912 at Stockholrn, swImming and diving For Women 1900 at ParislwClterpolo)'.

[~~enf$

France

,.~~..,~~=,,,,,~~w,~.,_.,~,,

Count Henri de Baillet-latour . Belgium SigFridEdstrom _•....•.... --_ ... Sweden __,..,,,_.,.".-~'*oy=,._.._.<,~~'_"""'~"

_m_ .."...

~_~,~~n~~

.._.""__x~,._~,~,~

t

1952-1972 1952-1972 Avery Brundage( 19801~.~dKili~'-~----'_.-

[1972: __.. .~.,"""" ~,._~~"_.".__""',,...,,."'...'_' ....,_ '__ . _"o_~_--"~._. _ ,_,_

USA Ireland

Tennis

1980-2001 __

.

_.. ~,

,

Juan Antonio Samaranch

y~,".r-="~."~.,

..._ ..""" •.'~""

, .... ).::::20l~~_Ja~qu~J 20 13-till date

~'"""""""~

Rogg:....._ ..

Thomas Bach

.~.,,...,~

Volleyball

Spain

Weightlifting

Belgiull'

Wrestling

G~

,;.

TableTennis

""'~''''''''''-'.=---

---

4tn

1

•..._

•. "C""_ .•.••••••.. ,_~.,

..•_~

.•• ~_.~._.,,_,,

....•.

1964 at Tokyo for men and women 1896 at Athens

~~~96' ~t Athens (Greco-Roman) 1904 alS!. louis (Free-style)

!

~j

1924 at Paris (but not held later) 1988 at Seoul (returned as a medal 1988 at

"J'

i

__._

J

Tokyo:

Achievements 19281932~ 1936-' 194819521956196019641968 1972-. 1980-;-

~ _,..,_ ,

,I

be Introduc~d in 2020

-.

India's Major AchievementsJ~Olympics; .

m""""'",,,,''''-''''"''''''-,.

==,

O;c"'-Y_=--~""'-=irn~~~_&¥,»;'.""_._'

,....•.. _. _._ ..

Tennis (mixed doublet event) London 2012 returns to Olympics after 1924. (ill London 2012":""':two games, Baseball and Softball: were dropped from the Games).

, WrestlingJ952,

1896 at Athens (but not held in 1904 and 1928) , "

.•. .,-;_

Women Booking 2012 at london'

Rowing

Presidents of International Olympic Committee (IDC)

__

* Updated information on Olympics is available in the Current Affairs Section.

1908 at london not held in 1912 and 1924)~for men 1980 at Moscow for women 1912 Stockholm as individual competition 1952 at Helsinki as team event

1

• - 2016 at Ri-o----------

(1) Karate (2) Surfing,(31 Sports Cli~bi~g (4) B~seball;'" softball (5) Skateboarding. , ..' .

Hockey

__

~!.

__

1900 at Paris' (but notheJdin

"=-_"@,_""-"~~_",''''M''''>OO_,"."..m""".".=<»""._'._.-'-'._

Gymnastics

Mohammed Toher Trophy It is awarded to an amateur ath-

Tokyo Trophy It is given for exemplary conduct dis-

-,.,•... ,-,,'--, ""-"~'-'-'--"""l

"W"_'''''''~~'~''~_i'"''=~W''''_«<;'''.
Sir Thomas Fearnley (up It is awarded to a club or a local sport association for remarkable achievement in the service of the Olympics. It was instituted in 1950 by Sir Thomas Fearnley, a former IOC member.

(ount Alberto Bonacossa Trophy It.is awarded to a National Olympic Committee .for outstanding work. It was instituted in 1954 by the Italian National Olympic Committee in honour of its IOC member Count Alberto Bonacossa.

1992 at Barcelona

~ ..

Ri~

New Games to

~"'"""1'896~t~Ath;~s(i~;';~~)1924~t .,

Fencing

---.

_.~~.=_.=~] ....._

12 at lond~._ 20 j '6 ~;

i Rugby Sevens

;_~i?~~'

1972

(900 at Paris

lw;;;,~~~~20 GolF . L..-._,,_.

~tAt~;

The Olympic (up It was instituted in 1906by Coubertin. Its reproduction is awarded to an institution which contributes to the development of sports in general and the Olympic movement in particular. The Original cup remains at the Chateau de Vivy in France.

1900 at Paris (but not held from 1924 to 1968)

J

1948

Japan

111

Archery

1904 and 1928-0 demonstration : __",'. ~X~.~t J2~291 Bl;}rnn,ClS2.m~g.9L~e.ntj Boxing _~,__ 92.~.~ St. Louis,~._,_, , _ Canoeing 1936 at Berlin (Formen) 1948 at London (Forwomen) ._., j'S'96 (b~t~;;theld in 1904) Cycling "._"""~"'------.~--=..,~-_.~"""""--,-'----,._.,-~ 190patPClris .(but not heldih 1904 1 Equestrian Clnd;1908) . ' .i

~.,~ ..~--""

*Games were not recognized by IOC. * *Games were not held due to World War I. * * *Games Were not held due to World War II.

Year

Basketball

U.K.

deJonE;liro,

I

events

---"-'",,-,

..Ki~~h;~~(G~(;qny) ...

Year

Yachting .~:.; .

Athletics Badminton."

"-:-,,,"--~---_.~~_"-::.,

__ ..

lake Placid (New York)

ll~36."-~"~G~;;;~f,:Pa:Lt;1

'.

'2016

1932

""--"""

OLYMPICS

-

II

rE~~nts

INTRODU~TlON OF EVENTSI~ THE

1

I

GeneralKriowledgeA.261

Chapter4

'

GoldjAmsterdam) ,', .'.' "G6Id(los Angeles) Gold (Berlin) G91d (london) Gold (Helsinki) Goid (Melbourne) Silver (Rome) Gold (Tokyo) ,Bronze (Mexic9.City) .. Bronze (Munich) Gold (Moscow) ..,~ ,_. """""'.... _'.-'.~-_._ •." .•. ".' . ~•.-';'DigviiaiKha.Shaba JadavWrestlinglfree style), 52-57 kg leontamweightmen's). Bronze

~ ,.,.., ~fy\~g.91,, , .

Soccer 1956 Semifinals' rAth};ti<;:s ~60~Milkh~~Sr;;gh-fOurth in'400 ! .m Final Zora Singh-eighth in ! . .... . '. ..' 50krn 'Walk "Athi~ti~;"~-196i ~G~rb~~h~~-Si~~hRb~dh~~a-: fifth in lO'o m hurdles (final) . 1976 - Sriram.'Singh'=seventh i~800 ~~i final Shivnath Singh-eleventh in ---.!b.~marath0r1__ ._ .. 1~80 ,Sriraml?irlgh~semifi,nal.ist in ,: _____ .•....•.•. ....;.. '........;,. ..••..... ;.... 8._0 0~:.,.::::._;.J-C':::..:.r., ..1984 P. T. Usha, who came close to bagging a bronze, finished fourth in 400 m hurdles.

L~._~_ ....

(Continued)

_

........••.

A.262

General Knowledge

Chapter 4

I Events

(Continued)

IEvents

Achievements

1900

;-T~~;;s -~,,,_,_' __ ,

A~hi~~;;;~~ '

--1996

Weightlifting

201 2

Norman Pritchand won two silver medals in (200 m men's) and (200 m men's hurdle), events (Paris). '-.Le~nd;:P~~e(~~n's' ;i-;gTe~C -'1 br0ll.z.e.M~~ __ _

Wrestling I

2000

Karnam Malleshwari (Women's .~..__ ..._..._ .~__ " ,_,~? kg~9tE;!9~y),_b!~~=~~9al • . Shooting 2004 RajyaVardhan Singh Rathorewon 1 , __ ." _ _ _ :i1ve~.m~al.in_D<:~~e.rrClP_S.hO?tingi Shooting

2008

I-"~---'-"

2012

I 'I ~

~

Boxing

II 11 !\

Abhinav Bindra, became the first Indian to win an individualgold medal in the Olympic Games, when he won the 10m air rifleevent. It is also India'sfirstgold medal since 1980, when the men's field hockey team had won the gold.

'..• ---,--_ .. _-,~~-_.."'•... '.-•••'_.. -

'Shooting

2008

'=3

-_

.-

----~.".~~-~-

-,~,.~--~

,,

2016

.

Gagan Narang won bronze' medal in the men's 10m air rifle Vijay Kumar won silver medal in ~ 25 m rapid fire .._._-"'pistol. __ '_'_. __ '~, __ c.,"",,'._._~{

!

Vijender Kumar won the bronze medal, becoming first Indian boxer to win an Olympic medal ever in the middle weight category of 2008 Olympics.

,-'--.--

Mary Kom won bronze medalin. ,_.. !~~.~..?~~n:~!I~!:!ght._ 2008 Sushi! Kumar won the bronze medal in the men's 66 kg freestyle wrestling event at 2008 Beijing Olympics. It is the second Olympic bronze medal for India in wrestling, and the first since K. D. Jadav's bronze medal in 1952 Helsinki Olympic Games. ..•....•. -._ •....•. ..--....,-,,,-'-' _. ....••.. 2012 Yogeshwar Dutt won bronze medal in men's 60 kg freestyle Sushis Kumar won silver medal . ._.__ i~n~ 66.!gl~e.l:ls~le

"'_~__ , _, Badminton

Sakshi Malik won bronze medal , __~n's ~~ kg~e 2012 Saina Nehwal Won bronze medal in women's single and became the first Indian to win a medal in Badminton ~. ~ _~.i<'>,_"~'.~~._."_. 2016

P V Sindhu won a silver medal in women's Badminton

!

'.'

India's ,Par~icipation in the Olympics ,.

>

Priorto the 1905 Olympics, entries at individual and club levels were also accepted by the IOC. A Calcutta-based Anglo-Indian, Norman Pritchard, participated in the Paris Games in 1900 and won two silver medals in the 200 m sprint and 200 m hurdles and thus, became the firstIndian to have won Olympic medals.

> The Olympic movement began in India in 1920, through the efforts of Sir Dorabji J Toto. > India officiallyparticipated in the Olympics for the firsttime in 1920 when four athletes and

two wrestlers were sent to participate

in the sixthOlympic Games at Antwerp, Belgium.

> The Indian Olympic Council was

established in 1927. Sir Dorabp J TotOwas its firstpresident.

Medol Specs Physical Aspects: weight 375-400 g; diameter 85 nun; thickness 7 nun Chemical composition: gold medal (about 92.5% silver, 1.34% gold, rest copper (minimum 6 g of gold); silver medal (92.5% silver, rest copper); bronze medal (97.0% copper, 2.5% zinc and 0.5% tin) ,

Olympics ond Indio • Year of first appearance by India in an Olym" pic was 1900 Paris Games. Norman Pritchar~ won two silver medals (men's 200 m and mens 200 m hurdles). He was the first medal winner born in India but confusion surrounds hiS nationality as India was then under British rule.

• The first authentic Indian team took part at the 1920 Antwerp Olympic Games in'atWeticsand wrestHng. • India):",as noLyet staged the Olympic but has hosted IOC sessions.

Jadhav or K. D. Jadhav in 1952 Helsinki Games in the freestyle wrestling event. It was India's first 'individual' Olympic medal.

Games

• Leander Paes won India's firtt individual Olympic medal in net sports, a bronze, in 1996 Games in~en's singles event in tennis .

• It was only by 1927 that a National Olympic Committee was formally formed prior to Amsterdam Olympic Games in 1928.

• Leander Paes holds the record of representing India in most Olympics, six games, fr~m 1992 to 2012. Kami Singh and Randhir Singh, in shooting, have competed in five Olympic .Games:

• Number of appearances in Olympics is 16 (1928 to 2012), and 23, (if we include participation in Paris 1900).

• PV Sindu (silver medal in women's singles event of badminton) and Sakshi Malik (bronze medal in WomeIl.~s 58.kg wrestling ~vent) were the only two medals India won~ in Rio Olympics, 2016.

• India won the gold medal in its first Olympics appearance in 1928, where Indian men's hockey team ended the Games with a top-ofthe-podium finish. • India's cumulative success at the Olympics is only at men's hockey event where it has won 8 gold medals (6 consecutive gold 1928 to 1956, and one each in 1964 and 1980). • Wizard of hockey, legendary hockey player Dhyan Chand, is the only Indian to have won medals in more than two events (three consecutive gold medals from 1928 to 1936). Sushil Kumar (wrestling) is the only Indian to have won individual medals in consecutive Olympics (1 bronze in 2008 and 1 silver in 2012). • Indian shooters have challenged for medals in the new millennium. Shooter Abinav Bhindra became India's first individual Olympic gold medallist when he won the 10 m air rifle at the Beijing 2008 Olympic Games. Vijay Kumar won silver at London 2012 in the men's 25 m Rapid Fire Pistol event and Rajyavardhan Singh Rathore won silver in the men's double trap in Athens 2004. Gagan Narang won bronze in 2012 Games in Men's 10 m Air Rifle event.

A.263

I

Ii,

Medols Won by Indio (Sports-wise from 1928,0'2016)

Isport

Gold

Badminton

r~",,--'

l!~~~g_.

0

,. '.,",.

Silver

,1

Bronze

Total

1

2

....-....;..... -- --- -_._. -,_.

~.

0

0

2

8

1

2

'2~-

_ 1 '.

0

0

1

1

L~:lg.~lift.ing _'... . .... Wrestling (Freestyle)

0 0

0 1.

1 3

4

1Total

9

5

11

25

Hockey r~~;>~ti~g'=-_._':

1_

Tennis

.. -

11

'l

~-4

--"-,'~.--'-'-----,-- ..'---.-'1

Medols Won by Indio (Yeor-wise'from 1928.0)20'16) -' ,.r.'

I

• In London 2012 Games, women's boxing was included for the first time. India's pugilist M. C. Mary Kom, won the bronze in Women's Fly (51 kg) category. Saina Nehwal won India's first medal in badminton when she claimed bronze ~ London 2012 games. • In London 2012, India's Sushi! Kumar won India's first silver medal in men's 66 kg freestyle wrestling event (he won a bronze in 2008 Olympics as well). Yogeshwar Dutt won bronze in men's 60 kg freestyle wrestling event in London 2012. Prior to this, a bronze was won by Khashaba Dadasaheb

--

., I

(Continued)

II

General Knowledge

Chapter 4

A.264

(Continued)

il

Year I 12th,

Gold

, 1996

.. -.......,~-~'"'~._ .•_-

Silver

/0"

Bronze

0 ~

13th

2000

0

2004

0

0

.

_

•

-.-'-'",........ ...•.•.. ,---_.

_~.

.••

2008

.. .....-- --+~.

'

1 1 .----_ .... 0 1

-_.

""'-

..p- . ...,

~

__

~-...

~

~_A.' ... -".,.

•••• '"

2

3

17th

2016 __ .

0

1

1

2

12

26

_.. =---------"'"--''"'=.,,_ .._-.-._--~-~-_.-...._--.--~

Total

9

5

Venue

Gold

_1930_r.!~"milton

Silver

. Did not p~rticipate_

L!.~~4..l
....__

.. _.

0 ..--.----.~._----

-

Auckland ..•. _....

-~

t~---

•••.•

,.--.-.......

_ ..

""''Y'--'''_''

••.. ,

Commonwealth Games Venue

I

1930

Hamilton, Canada

II

1934

III

1938

~1

Countries Participated

-_

..•••

~.-.-...

......,,---_,,<

-_

. 16 Australia

1946

7

4

~""',~=o"',-'~"""'=-'""_'~'~"_""',,,,".,,.~~., -""""'1,",,","

Vanco'uver,Canada

2002 Manchester '.' .-.-""'."-••.... ,... '-,' ."'--=-"~!-._,-',.-:

... ~.",

2010 Delhi :"2oi"4-'-GI~sgow 9

1962

Perth,Australia

35

IX

1970

Edinburgh, U.K.

""1'\ 966- .~Ki~;~t~;j~~cij~'='=~~'= .._~'_=_~' .~~_ 3{~=7-...~~ .••.•._._~

•. , •••.

--

.•.

X

x.".,,-,-

,"__""", __,,' v'

... '~"""." __

-. .~'-.--. --------- .._"...'~-_

-

....

-_

1978 'Edmonton,Canada

...

_

""'''''''--._---

---~.

XII

198~_~rist::cme! ..A..~~tra~?... _,.

XIII

1986

xv

, • ....-

XVI _..

__

__

__

-..-.,

1998 . __ ~

... _

.. _ .. _.....

•••••••••••• ~.~~ •• _ .•_".

'"'._

•.

h

__

.,~

__

._~

__

••

__

__

-,--,

Kuala lumpur,._~ Malaysia •. _---;..--.--

~

~

'M'

..•••.. _<-n-..-.o, __,.•.•.•••....

_

___.._~,,,......... ••. _~

~_

.~''''"_~".".,

.• ~~'''''~-;.~

__ .••

Delhi, India •

-jo,m

•••.•••

,

,"',,".

,_",_,"",-,"'-

•• """'-.'

,~~"

.•••

,

.~.

•••••••• __

•.•

_,.

~.""

..__

. _

..

•• "

•••••_~

d

••••

_-

".'

-.'

."'.,~ "'_",.

__ """""",,,

""_,,_._ ~,,, __ .",, __

•.••• ,,,,,.~

~'_~~

_~

~

".f._"_'~

XX 2014 Glasgow, Scotland XXI~2018-.'GoldCo~;,-A~stralia~

__~,_"_-'_.,

"

"""",

-I< •..••

.,._

.~.

"'~~_".

---._

. 16 '"""""'"

.-

..-~..-

_._~

_,

~:_-

••••

__

••••• ~

~-.-

....

_

Barmingham, England (Scheduled)

••••••••••

..

__

,'-,g

""-'-"'."'-_'

.•••.

-

,

.'-"

h"

0

3

"~ _._. __ .__.. ~

3 4 3

9 12

6

15

3

16

__

~_._

.•••• _~._

.

.•

.~, .._ ....._3__

?:-

.

4 8

14

.'

~ ..,..

3.2J

.~=~,~==~-=~O-:~..8--~-~25'1 7

24

.. ~.""'~+'~~~,~.~~

__ .,,,.,,"""""'x.~ __

•

38 15..........• ' ,

.

; ..•...

._

18

69'•••• __ ,

27

11 36 '19

50 .d 101 64 i

20

20

21

~

..!!

_.~.. - •.... __

'"

Gold Coast

""'._--..

..

30.--

__

-----_ .._~

"'j

..,

26

66

,'""' __ ,

"""'-'.""""'""'

-~_

__

'

••••••.••••

-""'''',...._,-,

...

Indio's athletesroseto theoccasionof theXIXCommonwealth Gomesin DelhifromOctober 3 to October 14, 2010 by finishing secondin the final medalstable, behindAustralia. Indiowon 38 gold medals,27 silvera~d 36 bronzemed. alsto passthe centurymarkwith a total of 101. Australia finished at thetop of the table with 74 gold, 55 silverand 48 bronzefor 177. Englandcame in third with 37 gold, 59 silverand 46 bronzefor 142 in total.Shooting(14) and wrestling (10) providedthe bulkof India'sgolden haul.

i Year 1938

Winner

Opponent

World Cup Host

Italy

Hungary

France

Brazil .._ _

B-ra~ii"

"1~950- U;QU.?y~=.,

•..•..

'1

l

19~~ W Ge!_~any Hun~ar't._.. Sw~tz.erland 1958 Brazil Sweden Sweden ---'----~~.- ~ _ _--- .•..._--1962 Brazil Czechoslovakia Chile ...

~--_

,-.~

..

.._=,_.~-~-_ .. _-_.~

i 1966 ,,_._~ __ ._. __ ..__

England ._"e ..

~...

- - ~ --_.

- - --

W. Germany

~

. __ ~

.•••._

.~al~

.L

~97O'_B.r?~il~..__

5065

1974 W. Germany Netherlands --_ .._ ....•... _'j.... ..".'- .-.'

~:

'_~-w-~~-.,.,-,-.-

• ..-.v ..._....•..~.,,*,__

18

••.•....

0

2557 3679

~il------_.-.-19-'-----

""-"'."'.,_ ..

_

~.__

~ 0 0

.. _ ....

England '"""~r'-"""--'-

,~_.J

~exico'

.

,.,

;

-"_'"_"~",--._

."--.....-.-.--._

_.__ ._---------------~------,~-,-_ _~-_._--- --_._".-.-..".., .. XXII 2022

__

17 . ••••

71

.' ,-

•••

••••••

••••

~"

••••• __

••

.. _,'~.

._.

__

16

71 _,,,,"'"

2~3~...

16

0

71 .~

1662.'

.~

70 _..-.

,,-_._.-

13 ._"'-_

70..__ .._

._._

1473

~-""",-""-y

.1.2

29

....•

~~.

10

'~":=~.'

,.• ,.",~

.1276

_~9_.~.... .;_._ .....~l583_.

._ •.

34

~_,_,,_,'_'

.~_.~

-_.__._.

26

..

4,

..

10

~.-

4~_.

Melbourne, Australia ••• ~

XIX 2010 ,-.-.

__ ,""_,

<WZ'-'P'<"-"'."'

9

.'~-'"

.. _...

1383

~.

46

Manchester;UK.

XVIII 2006 _____

__ •••

_...,.

XVII 2002 ¥ •.",,,,,.,,

...

39

Victoria, Canada

••••••

.'" ____~_.h"~~c-_. 9

'",,".

._~--

Edinburgh, UK

1994

,

,...

~ -..,

...

-

XIV'~1990 ...~u~kii'~d,'New~~~~~~_-==-"= ,

.~

0'

•.

863

u

42

,,"_~'~"""_"~'

Christchurc:h,New Zealand

.,-,~

XI

-~

~,""'.~_""".

1974

201 8

.9 9

1_}

1

. ,.,.-,----- -

===-===~'=.~=. _-~-~'3~.'.'-."-'-'..~, ""

..-Y~_~~58_.~f[g'{~'=__ VII

30 .•~""~

. .2.90,9. ~el~9urne __ ~.2

,- ".~'~

24

0-

.

.. t'.

1?9C~!!919~;i~L 7j4,~
464

~.!,~q~J~,~~LJ~~~~Z~e!an.9_.~_ ..~_~..._. __ ..

19 5_0_. 1954

0

--0 ~ 0

'-199Q_ Au~~~'~~d_==IITlf..tvt.JL~~~g=is1i
World War II

,.,,.,

V

400

...,._....•.

15

1942 Games not held dueto _.~=~h~_"'_"n_".A'-S_._.'_''''''<'<'_'_,," __ ' __ ""cr=m __ ,,~"'--"~-=,,_"'~~""'''''''''''''''''''--''''''''",__,..>~..• _

iv

6

~

_1 ..._

0

_"7--~ •.-~

.1978 _ Ed~5~I2!~n 5(3 wrestling~.l-Wt~_U~i~g".L~ad~~?.nL. LJ.~8_?. ~0s~Cl.n.e". __ , ~ H w~estling/l~~i"2!~t?_n)____ .__ 1986 Edinburgh Did not participate

No. of Disciplines No. of,PI9Yers.Participated

11

.. '

---.-,-_.

;L(~stlin9L

j'

Total

'

Q.

0 . ..... ~

~1966 ...Kingston

Bronze

._. _

_.______..

_1970 Edinburs.h. 5 (wrestl~9) . 1~~!....fJ:1r:!2!ch_u~c.h __ 4_lw~estU!'gL_. _ ..

Year

~

...•.. -----_._--,,-~._- -_. ~ 1954 Vancouver 0 ~'---._-'._.~.~-'Y'--"... Di",--_~ ~-,~" --,--__ .. _~, . __ . -.-_.1958 Cardiff 2j1
:... 1950 ~

2-~-==-4-~--=~~.

10

2~h '-_~g12..~~~~2~;_----_._.

IYear

The idea of the British Empire Games was mooted by Rev~rend Astley Cooper in 1891 in a letter to The Times, London. A festival' of the Empire was held in conjunction with the coronation of King George V in 1911. But the full-fledged Commonwealth Garnes were first organized only in 1930 at Hamilton in Can. ada, and since then, the games have been held as follows:

1

.. - ----_ .._-.----_

1

Indio's Performance Recorda. Commonwealth Games'

Total

1

~-----"..--~- -- .....;,. •• "•..• ~ ••• ".~,'_-..-..""--- ... _-_

14th 15th

r

COMMONWEALTH GAMES

A.265

_--._''''''_ ...

5766 ..~.~~.-'

FIFA WORLD CUP* The FIFA 2010 World Cup, emblematic of international soccer supremacy, was heldin South Africa. The winners and the venue of theworld cup tournaments are as follows:

6800

",,"I~

' -_.-

4947 4426"

,_.,~~.~-. --

Year

Winner

----1930 Uruguay

---1934 Italy

Opponent

World Cup Host

Argentina _ •• --_

•.. .,..,., .... - ..~_ •.. -

1978 ",,~.~.-- __

; 1982 ~~"'~-;'-;-::"~~

1986

--~-

.._._;

....."._.

Czechoslovakia Italy

__"'"

.• ,"""""'c:~~

.•.••. ~ __~.~ __ '"ft,,, •...

Italy •.••••. -~ ~.~~'"~

j

1998

France

.~_.

~_~

____..-..:..-,...

Argentina ••..•••••••••

_.

_~

W. Germany

Argentina

1994 'Brazil' ....•"..

Netherlands ,fl

.".;---.,.---;-:-"------.~

[J~?2.~~e~~a~~'~

Uruguay ••••.•.•.••

Argentina' .... _'._

W. Germany.. _........!

-,

:~.

.. ~rg~ntina .Ita~._~__ .. Brazil

:----

_'

•••

_

~

'_'".

\..

,

Spain

~'_':'_-r""L-:"----:---,-~:

W. Germany

•••••••

~'.-~;

Mexico '-lt~ly .'''''

~..

~,USA' .. France

,.' (Continued)

.:xJated informotion onCommonwealth GamesXX andFIFAWorldCupisavailablein theCurrentAffairsSection.

i I ..••••••••••

~

~ 11 -1

I,

A.2BB

Chapter4

(Continued)

IYear 2002 , 2006 b.. •.

,_

Winner

Opponent

World CupHost

Brdzil

Germany

Japan and South Korea Ger~~}i-}

'-~--F;~~~~.'-

Italy~ .....•••... __ . _.

2610

._,~. __

Spain

~..••....••.. -...-.-_".

~~]~ 201 8

France

!~'~------"-.

l~9~2

~.

,_ ..

~..

Croatia

-,~--_

.__

I

.,~---

1951:3,1962; 1970, 1994, 2002 1934,1938,

I

--~.--

Engla'nd Once S;ai~-'--O~c-e~-"-'

L4. 5.

7.

I 8.

2014

4. 5.

I 6.

; 9.

.~-.,--

2012 (Sri lankaL

:,We~~dies

20i4

: Sri lanka beat India

(Bangladesh)

2016 jlndia)~---

'--:~~~es

1987 jCalcutta-lhdia)

beat ~ri lanka ~:;England

2020 (Australia)

: Scheduled

2021 (India)

: Scheduled

1975

4.

1978

Pakistan beat Holland at t!uenos Aires

5.

1982

P-ciki~talibeat Germany at Mlil-hbai

."""~_-

1986

Australia beat Englcind at london .- __

1990

, ~

~~~.~.~:<.

: Rajasthan Royals beat Chennai Super Kings

r "2:" 2009 IL_~

------1i

I

: India heat West Indies

~-----

~.

: Australia beat Engl.~n~..

1

5.

Uohannesburg.'- : De~~n Chargers beat South ._ Africa) Royal Challengers ._._"ilio.

•... _._

2010 (Mumbai)

•.._

•• _•.•••.•

_ ••

_..

7.

2011 (Chennai)

8.

1994

~..., Pakistan beat Holland a~'ydney

9.

1998

HoUarid beat Spain at Utrecht

i 992 .: (Melbourne- Australia)

Pakistan beat England

1996 (lahore-Pakistan)

: Sri la~ka beat Australial

; 8.

L~

: Aus;~~~ii~

9.

! : Australia beat India

:

2007 (BridgetownWest Indies)

: Australia beat Sri lanka

....J

; 10.

2014 (Berigaluru ) ~~

_ •••• -

2015 (Kolkata)

"",,'

,

: Mumbai Indians beat 9he~nai Super Ki~gs

.

~

German>:.beat Australia at Kuala lumpur

11. 2006

Germariybeat A~strciiia in Monchehgladbach

: Sunrisers Hyd~rabad beat Royal Challegers Bangalore

20 17 (Hyd~;~b~d)--_".<

iF. A. CuP__

Football.

.

.J

lhdk;l

12. 201 0

Australia b~af Germa~y at New ~elhi,

13. 2014

Australia b~at Netherkihds atrhe Hague, Nefherldhds

India (from NOv",'

to Dec 16,2018)

I

:-'fi,

J

•

----------_

-.,-

,_ .~, ' ,.

J.

-1

....

j

Horse Racing (Chase R~~~, ~ England) .

i Hall of Fame Tennis

Tennis

._-

Championship

----.------

.J

...~.,------~-

Hanibury Masters Tennis r;-;-..--- - _... -- - - - ._I Heineken Open ATPTour Tennis vent .. __ . '-. Hoi Rar Trophy' 'Bridge

InternationalTtop~ies

1 I

Assbciatedl

America'sCup

Yacht racing '-'~-""''''V~-.:'''''-~----'~'='"*=''''''"",",- -

AsiaCup

crie'ket

ATPChampions~p_"_~

Tennis ".

AustraliariOpen

: Mumbai Indi;;s beat Rising Pune Supergiants -*".~,.,._."'._....'""""-..., __ -. ". ~ "' ...~ ...------ .......•• ...."...

__. _~

: Chennai Super Kings beat Sunrisers Hyderabad _

__

Bensonand Hedges Trophy

Cricket

--I

Canada Cup (;018-

(Worid Chartip~)-'

---'

.

~

Cup

"~nis

f.~~~n Op;;;----

Tennis --.-. - '.

__

Tennis -

1Japan Open

••

_

Jules Rimet trophy' rKing~-Cu-;--'_.

'.

Korea Cup

._A"

.~_---....'

••••••••••••

MElrdeka ~~q.1

----_..

"\i

'1

~

,

Tennis

___'"'__._..

Tennis

I

...t

Football (India, Pakistan, Sri lanka and Burma now Myanmar)

..••

•.~M_'

j

•.

Football (Asian Cup) OO-O-.'p"-en -~_

Nbtwest Trop~y .

1 Nordic

1

.. .......,.___._.. ._ .....•. .J

~_,_.......

Tennis

'---

-~~

•

1

J

.

Wo;ld Foot:ball (soccer) Air Races (E:ngland)

.._----~--.----

~ .• ~.. - "..,,""------.,.-

.

Tenni~

LMercedes.Beriz Cup.

--I

-

.~"-~W~r1d

---]

--.=----.~~=-_J

~rk-ke-t-_-_-_Hockey .

~_

ChampionsTro~hy,,_~~c~ey .. Championsleague T-20 Cricket :CCChampions Trophy' Cricket-------~ ::ll1cinnatiMast~~'---Te~'" _. _.--'---,-ColomboCup

~,--"'

o

Tennis .

-----~---_.--------

._--

;~didn Premier~e~g~: indira Gandhi International Gold Cup

r.'--_

.Hockey

Canadian Ope;;-

~._.-

Tennis

ITFWomen's Tennis

']

AzlanShah Cup

-.•••• , .....

2018 (Mumbai)

..__..~-J

"""-...." _'-N",,,"","

.-----'-------------1 Polo __ ._. l

AzarCup

'--'~--

India Satellite Open

Cricket (Austr'alici':"Engiahd)-:

"-.

.

j

i Hopman __ Cup-..f"~.~--~_-_o----Tennis ---...-.__ ..__ '----:' ....

.. _

Name

Ashes.

!

li~ht <:?pen

Presidents Cup r Prince ...•.. of Wales..__ Cup .

1..--..

.Cricket

.J

"

Tennis

_.....

OJ

Football' Golf (England) <""- __

•.

'._

Raiffeisen Grand Prix Title .,";,Tennis [ RCA Championship Title

Tennis

fuble Tenni;T';"omen)-; (Continued)

')

- ...•

..

_,,-__r)

ofWo~r~9~P.._. __ Footbal~ French Open Tennis '. ----LGer~.9_n_Opeh -", li_en_n_is____

I

-.

-

Tennis

Grand National

w~

2016 (Bdngalorej

i.-_."'-_.~ 11.

"""._~._-

_s:.~en~9}~.tJEe!..~~gs : K61kata Knight Riders beat . Kings XIPunjab

.

2003 UohannesburgSouth AfricaL-,..

Tennis

. --"1

~, ._

,__._~.

Federation Cup

J

-.

Football

l FIFACup

10. 2002

.,

~: Mumbai Indians beat ",.....

2013 (Kolkata)

"'t'

••-

: Chennai Super Kings beat R~y.9IS~~I_~D~~s_ :Kolkata Knight Riders beat Chennai Super Kings

2012 (ChElnnai)

.r---

-

: Chennai Super Kings beat Mumbai Indians

-~"'~-~"--'"

6.

Tennis

Everi Cup

-.....=J

Holland beat P6kista~ cit lah~re

I

J

! Charnpions"-iF'

6.

1

_

ti

.•• ~~

-....._.-.,-

Horse Racing

IEuro CUp or European

__.•

7.

14. 2018

_

Dubai Open

Inaia beCitPakistan at Kuala lumpur

---------_.--To be held in Bhubaneswar,

Tennis

lDerby

_

Important Trophies and Associated Gaft1ei

4.

r-'--~-' 8.

: England beat Australia

-_.--

'7.-199-9"(lord's":-Eng"'dnd)

I

~-_~kistan~b~a!~sriLc;~ka

-~-_."~,'-"","",-

3. 1983 (lord's-England) -_."=,,-

i

: India beat Pakistan

1. 2'068 (Munibai)

1966 -2-0-1-0--'---1

.

Holland beat 1ndia at Amst.e_r_d_a_m

Indion Premier league

(lord's-England)

.

1973

18,2016

: West Indie's beat Australia r.... -'-._ ... ~._------~-~""----.. I 2. 1979 (lord's-EnglanCl) : West Indies beat p~gland

I

Pcikistan beat Spain at Barcelona

A.267

Associated

Davis Cup

1971

r.::--"-"-~'-'--'--~'.. __ .~,-". '.'-'--'..... -

World (up Cricket i9':/5

--...

.- .~_ .•• ",.,,'., •.. _~,--~~---'

3.

1.

3.

'_]

1998, 201..__.__8...•.••••• ._-

..

2.

I Name

_

: Scheduled

2010 (West Indies)

t"-,"'-

1978, 1986 ._".~'V__

Twice

.. "~.

2023 (India)

.

1982,2006-]

1954,1974,1990;

'f'~=,>;;<,"-",,,,,,,,,~----,''-'-"''''''''''''''''''"-''~~':'"-'

I France.__

3.

L 6.

r Urug~~y_~ ..~-'-_~"'1936, 1952l........",

~. __ ~.~_.,

L2:~'2bb9(E~~~~L.~'__

'5 times

Twice

13.

.',' ..

1. 2007 UohannesburgSouth Africa)

In Year

Argentina

_.~

~

Qcitar

Cdnada, USA and Mexico

4 times

2015 (Australia, New : Australia beat New Zealand) Zealand r1T-20 19 (England-,--w-al-es-) -~'S~heduled-"'--

--;

Won Cup

Germdny

11.

World(up Hockey

1-20 World Cup Cricket

Russia

.. -

_

0i9J-y----.4 times __

_:.Lndia ~~~t..?~~lanka----

,_~_

This was the 20th edition bf the world cup tournament, arid first that held ill African continent. The followillg statistics give the eat1il:!twinners.

Brazil

2011 (~~~!~J~_d!?L,

I

-._7_.-_~

._~rdzil

-. -(Scheduled)-

ICountry

110.

South Africa

•

__ Arg=-~ti~_a ~

_-...-' (S.c~etl~I:,~)::-:-

2026

•.__

Netherlands

..<,._.'-'-

Ge~ma~'c

I!I "

General Knowledge

Chapter 4

A.268

General Knowledge

(Continued)

I Name RogersCup

~ __

~'"-~--~-~.

__

•

"_.'.

._.••••__

"

••••...•••

.

__ ... _.'

... ,.--

_._••••••• _~

_._---;

...

SchneiderCup

_" .•

" •• _ •••'_~

~

•.••• w._ •••••

r -----.

-.....-..

'~.. "- _ ... ~,,_-,._,

t

~-;

-

M __

Tho~(]s Cup__

__ "__ ._~orld _Bad~intonJm.:~L __J ..__ La,,:,~}enn!.:. -

~~EiAC~F'

.".

-

,~.---...,.

....

~"..c

1..-..- .. ~_

""''>"e>,,-'-

_

,'

._."?'

."~,, .._._"_'

,_.w._""

WBA Title

~~,~.""""'"

.. ",.

,-». ,

Boxing

"'.~.,

.

_

..

'.8"",~

- ~_

._,._--=-."'_~ .....,._"..••... ~

__ _ __. _' _!e,n~s__

,~

"" .••••._

.••"~_.""

•.•..•••.••••• __

.. , ._

.. _,~~.--,,,---"~_.

.~

•• ",,~~_.~,

,..:._

•••••

_~~.

_'"

_

_"

S:,~e .. ..' ~_

,'CO-,.'-',

_

r.-.'

-

~~

_ ___ ... !

~

'.~'

~=

c:.ri~ke.t. _

_

--r,

...

MrsIqbal H0~~i~If~-~;~~-~?t~~I~-'

."-.~-~-i

L_

•••

_.

~_

Boxing ..._ ..__ ,'_'

~_._.'"'

__

Tennis

NehruTrophy

._._~

Hockey

NizamGold C~p"._~~.'F~~tb~,' ObaidullahGold Cup

... _'

~,,'--",,-,--

DuleepTrophy

Cricket •• ~

.~u!(]nd C~p. Ezar Cup ,.----.~

'.--,---- ... ---- ......••••..

~-..:o,

',," ..,.. ,~,~ ••••.•.

, ..~

. __fo.C?tbali

--~'..•.. "'--

~ ........•••....• - --

--

--~-

-~.

._._

Polo

.--,._.-

Jootbal!

"'"'

.---',1"

RaghbirSinghMemorial

Football

... _~--

__~.~.__

~~_~

__

..

."r-r

~.

_

Cricket

(bestservices_~p.?rtsmanl

~

Ho:~et TableTennis(national women c~ampionsh~F'L.. '_,,....

_.~-

Ramonujan Trophy

..---

.- _.- ~~.... ~

......••..

'-'

Bridge

Rangaswami Cup

Hockey (national championship)

RaniJhansiTrophy

C;icket'

Maharaja Ranjit Singh Gold <:;:l!P ,__ ~. .-_-'_ .•••• --'-~ .1 Maulana Azad Trophy

Hockey

Subroto MukerjiC~p

~ ,--~-,.. ..~_ .••..•.. -~".--""',.••..••.•

c ••

,.~,~."":"""

•• ~

.~

.•

"_

._~

••••.••.•••

lldd ~

~,.."-"""","-

•••

~,

••••••

"""

•• ,,_..;~.~

\_..

_,

.

,, __'_'_

--,.,. ..._._. .--.__._. - -"'1

•..

_._

J

••

~

••

'_';''"

••

"

__~

".

,___

__

•. ~

. Football .--.•.- '_.-.

_. -'--_

..,-

Cricket

..;.---.-..- - ""--"'---'~'-";~J-;: -:-_.~"-

..

,..• -

~.

--

~.

__

--...~

__

~

.~.

----.~

..-- -~

__,.

• __ '_"__,

-."'-,----,----

Rowing .--~

Cricket ....•. - .-.._--Polo

- -'_._- -

---,-

.. ----

--_.J

••••

-_ ..

•

_._-

-

''''-_''0_'_

."

-.- ".----.------.-__

j'

• '01

__j

_~oc.k~Y..__ Badminton ..

'1

~-~"

MemorialTrophy ,

Baseball "'e_~"-<'.'_..__ --,-

I

, ;

.•••••

_

~

.R

1. Broo~lyn (USA)

..._ •••... _ .• _. _.

.__

'""

_ __. ,. __

..• - ~ ..-

--~

,-

->_."

..

~-""~_...,..~._--.----"'

H~ckey

•._-- •. '-'-.'-,

Football

------

..•

'---l

-.,.. - - ...,---

Hockey (women)

_~ •

_._,_._ Golf

~ .~-~-.-,~

, .".

.

.••••...•••...••••....•

,.__

~'

.. _

--

_.-

1. Brookland (England) 2. Wembley (London) 3. Blackheath(london) 4. Twickenham(London) 5. Corporation Stadium (Kolkata) 6. Ambedkar Stadium (New Delhi) 7. Nehru Stadium (New Delhi) . 8:~u~a.B,!l.?rati~ta~i~~_J~~I~t~) 1. Sanday'Lodge (Scotland)

.- ••.••.. -v-- .. ---...-.~'

Greyhound .Race

. _. _.,.. ..

_~,_.-_ .''-

_

,

Football

~---- ~

~., ..

~ '.' ';._.~_•••._.•••.' ""

1. Aden Eden Park (Auckland) ; 2. Brabourne Stadium'(Mumbai) 3. Chepauk Ground (Chennai) 4. EdenGardens (Kolkata) 5. FerozeshahKotla Ground (Delhi) 6. Green Park (Kanpur) 7. Leeds(London,England) 8. Lord's(London,England) 9. Nehru Stadiums(Chennai and New Delhi) 10. Melbourne (Australia) . : . "l ~ 11. Old Trafford (~anchester, England) 12. Oval (London,England) 13. Wankhede Stadium (Mumbai)

-~

'FC:'tbali'

~

1. Madison Square Garden (USA) 2. YankeeStadium, New York

~

- --- ...1

Cricket

',~--

Gold C~p

Associated Places

Boxing

---,

. 'I::\l;'f' t..•. ,.:

ISport

~_

Football--]

..,-"".

fom'---

(Continued

• ••••••

YonexCup

Hockey .... Hock~; _.--

Surjeet SinghCup' ,

Inter.UniversitySportsand Athletics _

,'~

.'. Football

: .•...

_._.~.~.

•

_._..

Cricket 'Inter-University ...•

Sheesh Mahal Trophy Stafford Cup

,;,.o.-. __

-

..•• Jo<:tb.9." ._ Football

Scindia Gold Cup Setlu Cup ..-

,

.. .- ...

'.....

~-

---

HockeyJ".:':~_rTl.en)

•. w.

Cricket

Cricket (national championship) _. '""' .. ~•.•.. --. Hockey

...W'~=

!~~y~?~r.:!(]t.a. T;<:p~y.

.-----.

,~--

Ramnivas RuiaChallenge GoldTrophy

Sontosh Trophy

.-"

~~a9?~indra~up

~_,'

TableTennis(junior girls)

SirKrishnaGold C:~--F~"~tbdii"

,

"......

.._- '''-.'., .. - .. _._ .._J

..

""~.-

•

TableTennis(junior g.irls)

".-

Rovers Cup SonjayGold Cup

-..--" --,- ..~------ .., -,.-'''''.------........ '.- -.

Jawah?r~I_~:hru _Cup JayalakshmiCup . _

- -,

Rohinton BariaTrophy

Football

1Jaswant ~ingh Tr~phy.

Rajkumori Challenge Cup

~'_

,

Places Associated with.Sports. _

Rene FrankTrophy.

Badminton

--

__

.,..", ..••._

Polo

..

Ho~.~ey

_,_.

.-'----.--

--....

RodhoMohan S:u.e

RanjiTrophy

Football

._ •••••

Polo

Pri!liiSinghCu~..~

.

<"

, Wills Cup ._--- ~-'-'.- _.-..... Winchester Cup

.~--~~~-J

__ ~_'."

••

Wellington Trophy

_.v

I

-'--,

Cricket

._

~

-rr- ;-

Vinod Mankad Trophy

--------.~--..... -.~------...-- ..--~-

;

-

Cup

~_<:'c.keL ..__.... Football (national junior) ~ennis

..

Cricket

-".-'~'--., '-';'---"~qLl'-;~"H"'---'

Badmint~(n(nationalwomen's singler. , i

Vittal Trophy r -' .. '-".<.". "Vizzy Trophy

OlympianChallanger Cup Badminton (national women's single) ';,

.

•.•.'~_""'_=__'W""'"'".

n,'_.'-.~'

"''''',"''''--''

"l

Hockey

-'~---'--"_.--,.¥

""_._.,-..-------~ "-,--

KoppuswamyNaidu Trophy Hockey N".,..

_-~

Hockey (women) ~~

!

_-----~_.,

..

....

,

'...-n" .•.•. -,~".'-"~~"-=

Cricket ._~_ •.~

~---'"'-=:_".

Football

NanokChampionship

~.'

Football

_ ,.

.

- ._.- ----" __ .,_._--~

_

.r<w',w. __

r'''---~....-.~_---..._---~..----.-~~ -----....-.-------

\

" Tennis

NogjeeTrophy ...."'.

_.-;---.

Vikas Topiwala Challange Cup

'l,.

1

Associated Sport

•..,--_.-

Moin.ud-DowlaGold Cup .Cricket

.. ---.... -~- ..-

Irani Cup

_.;

Aga Khan Cup ' " ----.,.--_._-------..--.~.....-'--Hockey' ••....••.....~_.-._ ..

i Singh Gold Cup

•.•••••

Fo~t~a~I:J:I.~.<:~L_ Cricket =-

'"(~~ETi.!!~
-""-""''''-i

.-:--.,"",-_.~ ..•••....•• -------,,,.,-,~'_'_-

Hockey

-

'".'=',,-~--"".., ... ,-~_..... ,~-'

Associated Sport

Ranjit

"

,."._.~.._,._"

G. V. Raja Memorial Trophy

Notional Trophies

i All India Maharaja

•

~r Rajind;a~PrasadCup

~~

I Name

••

v-;.eig~!I!fti~~.___ .. Badminton (national women's team championship)

~,-,.

--

~: <::~p

r-'---'~---,'--.-.-~... -. -_.--._._' i WTAING Vysya Open

'"

¥ ..:.~~

r-- .,-.--,-.---. -,-'- ,-."'.'---'-..' .~..~---,-----, WTA Championship

_

Hockey

_

),~h.y~~s:h.and!r?F'~y__ Dr B. C. RoyTrophy 'A''"

Hockey

, World Heavyweight l.~ha~pions~p .

••

_: HO~~ElY ." .•

World Cup Championship Boxing r-.----.. --., .. -..... ----... ---------,L F.A. Shield World Cup

,.

. .-.-

I Name LVijay Merchant Trophy '.' --."--'-':'.

..J.Mu."""._

':!'(i~ble,~(>n.J~en_ch Op~. __Te~. ni~jS'rani.~I~Il1. T~ni~L.J

LyYorid.

_._._-_

Hockey

MurugappaG~-id-S~E_~" .H~ck~;'4

Deodhar Trophy "" . _,' ••"'~ .•. __ ._ ..""""".

Basketball

__

_~

MCCTrophy

~.

D5;0!~p~y. -~, .,,_.._.<"F_,"~""""''''''''~''

Tennis r"""'"'"".,v""""_

_

Cooch BeharTrophy

[~!mbl~d~n_ Tr~~hy. __. ,,_ Te~~.i~ Wimbledon

,.••',

i-'".,~-=--~-.-.,

"William. C~p-- .-_ ,,:_.~~~~~k_e!b~~1 -~--_ -., __-.~~..

__

...

, Ch~k~!99old Tr~p~y _

. _.~_:

Tennis(women: USA and 'England)

William Todd Memorial Trophy

- .,-

..

'~-=_~----

WestchesterCup r---'---_-~.--.-.--_.,..,,------_._..-...,Polo -__ -- (England) Wightman Cup

.. '"'_

Associated Sport

Basketball

,",- ---....._-_ _~._.-....~-~.

[~.BS~c;~~~=_~_.~--~~=~-~.BiJ<~~~~ '~~it:':"..?nc:uF'

.""

.•-B~~wa~ T~~}'__.... Chadda Cup

~-

Tennis(Grand SlamTennis)

,_..".~

-"

Mumbai Gold Cup

Virginia SlamChampionship Tennis FNa-lk-erC~-p- '---'--~G-~if-(E-ng-I~~~j)-----~~-l

q

_~-,

.'B~!!:J~~~SuP. __._ ff .•

---..

~"

[Vir~ini~.!:~~~~-O!-~T~ph;;~1i~~i~g~..-,,-_--~'~~

"'i

,

_

~oo~b"(]!I--._.

US Open

••••

~

,.~~~a.:~~~~.~Cup _.. ~__.. !9.~leIe~n!S!~.e.~L__ BegumHazratMahal Trophy Football ~

World Badminton (women)

-

'"

-

Football

.,_.-_.-._~-_

Bangalore Blues Challenge Cup

'•..----.. ..,......~..

~

Uber Cup

I

..-..

TunkuAbdul RahmanCup &__ _"-~_.~Asian " _-Badminton -. ~--- .-.--~.

~_.

.,_.

•."W'~ _ ...•••• "'••..,,"'.""-

'. __ ...,.,....~_ Tennis •..-....-_."".'-....•..--.,' , --',-'~

[ ~.!~(]n~C_~F'

","""""',.,

.

..,.--,------~---"--~

AshutoshTrophy

t

---_._------,

Thailand Open ""_""' __ n~__

.r__ ~ _

Badminton

---...

(Continued)

__ ,'.'-.,~

Seaplane Race(England) ...,"-.--._-"._~.........• .. ~_?~..?y!~i~~~C~p"" _ _ Wc:r~labl~lennis (me~L_:

,.~~....---------~----------~._~~._,

.," t

Amrit Diwan Cup

Tennis

- _ .. ---.---., ~Golf (England) --~------

; RyderCup ..•. ~ ~-~._---~

IName

Associated

---

Associated Sport

1'1

,I

A.269

,

~ ...••

~

'

_

1. White City (England)

(Continued)

j J'

d

Chapter 4

A.270

General Knowledge

i

'I!I

! Country

(Continued)

ISport

Associated Places

-~ ~--~' ..

Horse Racing

".-... _.,...~

_",.. ..... _.

..

.--,.,.....

~-.~."

.~_.. '-.-,

,

'~

.-' '.-'

--

..''''

_-------'''''

[Shootin~~,.~ . .=L~~£s';}'jE~;~~i.~ Skiing 1. Florence(Chadwick)

1. Bla.:!
Swimming and

•••

__

--~.

.-

, __

m"'~

-"'''''''-'-'

.~__,_,_._. ,1:~~~~Y-~5'~t:~?kej~rglfln:J) Tennis

' .'----

po

__

.'

I

Of' ,,-" '

f,

~

•

."~

..,"~-

,

'

..

~-

....

.....••..

1

l.~_.'_~~, __

.• "_

1. Cape Gris Nez (Cross-ehannel swimming)

.'.'

.

='_~'_._~:.~'~~:_=~' :

1. Hurlingham (England)

ISnooker

~:.

.~

1. Aintree (England)-Grand National Race 2. Doncaster(England)-St. ledger Race __~_ ~'~P,so~ JEng~a~.d)':-,D!~y_~?5e ..__ ...,

Polo

•

d optimum utilization of the various sports infralakshmibai National Institute 1; ~cture that were built in Delhi during Asiad, 1982. It ..~--r ""'.'-' ~ noWthe nodal agency in the country for broad-basPhysical Education .', '.', " Sumo :~~pan__ ._ --, ... ~g sports and for training of sports persons to achieve The Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical EducaBadminton Malaysia :cellence in physical Education and Sports. SNIPES --- .... tion was established, initially, as a college on August was merged with SAl with effect from May 1, 1987. .. ¥~gby, Fo~tb?1I Scotland 17,1957, the centenary year of the first war of India's Subsequently, Netaji Subhash National Institute of Spain Bull Fighting independence. The institute is located at Gwalior, -- -~ -..........,. - - -~-.. _."-_ Sports(NSNlp), Patiala and its allied centres at Benwhere Rani Lakshmibai of Ihansi had laid down her ~USA _ .•. " .•_~aseb.?I1..."_ aluru, Koikata, and Gandhinagar, and Lakshmibai life. The university has been upgraded to a 'Deemed FormerSoviet Union Football ~ational Coll~ge of Physical Education at Thiruvanan- . University' status in 1995. The Institute. is fulthapuram.cazn.:~under Sports Authority of India (SAl). ly-funded by the Government of India. The Institute It has now six regional centres at Bengaluru, Gandoffers the following full-time courses: (1) Bachelor hinagar, Kolkata, Chandigarh, Bhopal, and Irnphal. Sports Stodiums of Indio of Physical Education (BPE) (3 years degree course); Sportsinfrastrv~ture is being created at Sonepat and (2) Master of Physical- Education (MPE) (2 years Location lName theNorthern ~egional Centre would be shifted from course); (3) MPE (Summer Course) (3 years course) Chandigarh to Sonepat. SAl has one sub-centre at 1. Netaji Indoor Stadium Kolkata l"._~,...--""'-.--- ......•... ~, •..-.:.... ~, - .. " •.•.. -~--_.- ...""',."'"'......-for in-service teachers and (4) M. Phil in- Physical Guwahati.SAl also operates a High Altitude Training 2. Wankhede Stadium Mumbai Education (1 year course). The Institute also conducts =_... - .•. ""-. ~.. - ---.--- ._, Centre(HATC) at Shillaroo (HP). in-service training programme!) in physical education 3. Nehru (Chepauk)Stadium Chennai SAl opera,tes various schemes at sub-junior, r..-'--_ ,_.. ,~".._--' ..,,'._-. for ex-army personnel, refr~sher / orientation course 4. National Stadium Delhi, Mumbai junior and sert!0r levels, namely, National Sports l_ .• for physical education t~~chers ill univ~rsities, colTalentContest (NSTC), Army Boys Sport Company 5. Yallabhabhai PatelStadium Ahmedabad leges and schoo~s.The .Inst!-tut~,a_tt!actsstuden~s from (ABSC), Sai Training Centres (STC) and Special Area abroad also. 6. ~~.e!:,~n?_tadiu.",! _.. " _~J':l~hedpur Games(SAG) tp achieve excellence at national and 7. Brabourne Stadium Mumbai international level. SAl has also set-up' Centres of Excellence(COE) for elite sportspersons at each of its 8. Yadavindra Stadium '. . Patiala Important Government Schemes RegionalCentres and at National Institute of Sports, 9. Ranji Stadium Kolkata Relating to Sports Patialaand Sports College, Lucknow. There are 22 ; , 10. Barabati Stadium NSTCadopted Schools including 33 Akharas, 49 '._~,"""o,' '".",''''--' 1. Special Awards to Winners in International NavodayaVidyalayas, and 27 Schools for promotion 11. EdenGardens Kolkata Sp,orts Events an~ theIr'coaches r ,---,~_._,-, '-"'-"----ofIndigenous Games and Martial Arts. Equipment ;L._.,,, 12. ",.Green Park ., Kanpur t __ .•..•• ..• -- _. -' .• _-, supporthas also been provided to 29 Akharas. Ther,e Name of Gold Silver Bronze 13. Sawai Mansingh Stadium Jaipur are 10 ABSC, 19 SAG Centres including 2 AssociChampionship/ Medal 1st Medal Medal p:<---_._._....,.... .....-" ,.,..-.... _....,.... "...". "~.~...,---."._._JJ atedCentres, 57 STCs, and 16 Centres of Excellence. Game Position 2nd 3rd U.~.:..Shi~~ji S~a~i.u~ N~~ Delhi Navodaya Vidyalayas have been adopted" to give Position Position 15. Jawaharlal Nehru Stadium New Delhi impetusto sports in scouting, including from rural, ForWinning Olympic ~50 lakhs ~30lakhsj ~20 Yuba Bharati Stadium (Salt lake Kolkata coastaland tribal areas and training of selected indiGames }. lakhs r;:-:---- --'". '_ ... ~,"-''''.."',,-- .~---i Stadium)* vidualsby providing all vital inputs. The National L..-.-- _ ,," -_ .......•.. -._ •.,." .. _-: Asian Games/ ~20 lakhs ~10 lakhs f6 lakhs 17. Indira Gandhi Indoor Stadium* * New Delhi ~oachingScheme of SAl provides coaches for trainI Commonwealth Ing of sports persons to the State/UT Councils 118. D. Y. Patil St~~'-"-'--~"-'N~ Mumba.0 Games i L. ,_ ._ --. 1 at their State a:ry.dDistrict Coaching Centres, SAl World Championships ~10 lakhs ~5 lakhs ~3 lakhs Schemes,National Coaching Camps and for con*It is India's largest stadium which can accommodate 1,20,000 (IncludedAll england people, spread over an area of 20.75 ha. It is also the largest ductingAcademic Courses in Sports Coaching at Championship of covered stadium in the World, NIs, 'patiala. The Lakshmibai National College of Badminton) * *11is India's largest indoor stadium ,which can accommodate 25,r:Jfi PhysicalEducation (LNCPE) is the apex lnstitut~ for people, having a diameter of 150 m. Asian Commonwealth ~3 lakhs "~2'~k~-~~5-l ~ducting research and offering academic courses Championship lakhs ' III PhYsicalEducation. In addition, SAl also implelIlentsa number of Central Government Schemes to * for team event the aWard will be .t ,,,, Sports Authority of India 1 ' :urage sports persons by providing them schol(i) Strength of team-2 persons: 1'2 times of the table above The sports Authority of India (SAl) w;s established~ " ps. SAl also implements sports schemes for the Government of India in January 1984 as a re'6' (ii) Strength of team-3 or 4 persons' 2 times and the North-East, besides promoting rural (iii) Strength of team-5 to 10 persons: 3 times tered society primarily to ensure effective maintenaJ1l' ,..,rts. Hockey, Kabaddi

India

1. Dhyan Chand Stadium (lucknow) 2. lal Bahadur ShastriStadium (Hyderabad) 3. Merdeka Stadium (Kuala lumpur) 4. National Stadium (Delhi) 5. Nehru Stadium (Delhi) 6. Sawai Man Singh Stadium Uaipur) 7. Shivaji Stadium (New Delhi)

Hockey

National Sport

1. Wimbledon (England) 2. ForestHill (USA)

__

._''

..~.-.~

.,__

~.

.'~."",

.•••

".-

•

,-

••

-

r"--------~-...--.. ~.-.-"-,,,-"

~

.J

j

Speciol Nomes of Ploygrounds

ISport

L.>M-,<.""",

Badminton ;:::----_. !1.......-, Baseball _, ••_", .•

k":'-'" __

...

Boxing

~ ~

Ring

=' ,

.

--

L~~.!i~g

:

* Pitch in fact is the space between the wickets and not the entire cricket field. * * II is the area around hole only.

ImportontNotionol Sports National Sport

~~ = -l~~~~~-=.:=-_._i Tennisand Cricket

China

TableTennis

I England

'.~--

..

,,, ..•,,,,,, •..•

I

g."" ••••.• -..... ~~-~

Australia'

r;:-;-----.~.,

~~---

~,

Ring, Arena

ICountry

.... --"""'. ~"-

'~

--,>-----_ ---~ ..

--~.!.~-"".-~.--.,"

Wrestling

-~~,--."'--

I

r.-.---'-----~-"-,.-.., __ •.~_.'

••.••..•. -

c.

[0~cket .=='~~*~i~h_- ..~~ Golf **Link, Green tlce-H~key _ ,,, Jink ". lawn Tennis Court

~_

.

Court ~.__ _.,----Diamond ., ----

..••.,

r-'-'--'''---'''-~''"-,,.,.

Name of Playgrou,ndA

-,-"-'.----~

Cricket, Football

i

A.271

••_.-

,.,_.•--••••••••••. ~.

~,

'"

IL

••

::en

(iv) Strength of team-,more

than 10 persons: 5 times, '"

..(

.11 I'

I,

I

A~a74 Chapter 4

General Knowledge

(Continued)

I Structure

Name and BriefDescription

largest ,,,.,."",

Mosque

I largest

Temple _______ •••

-

••

~

'-

.

.• __

~ __ .

•••

~

••

-

-

•••

_.-

••••••

-~

•••••

~

-""'.-'-

••.•••••

-

<

-_.,,----_

•.• __

.~-

••••• ,

< .•••

The Great Wall of Chino, 3460 Km.

~~.

- _ ..

Tallest Tower

.

.-.w, _

"-__._~ .. __-_~,

.,..""''''''*"._~;._--_

'--_.~_

.---""'-

J"'~'-"

'

..l.!t;J!.

--..:

_

_~¥ '-.""" ,--_ ~---,.,~,,----.-. ~~~

••.•

Kharagpur, West Be.ngal

.. _.~-

-,--.----.--.---

Burj Khalifa, 827 m

,.....-

. ---*

Cambodia

Kharagpur railway platform, measuring 833 m in length'

.~-

largest Wall

~__.._~.

Islamabad, Pakistan'

,_._.~__________

Angkor Vat, 162.6 ha area, built for lord Vishnu by Khmer " __ ~~. Su~yarma~-II durin~L~EJ 113 to1.! 5_0 -

longest Railway Platform ---.-

Faisal Mosque (5000 m2 in area)

.-_~.---.-.-.-----~---Shah

"

China

---"

•••~~,-~- _ .••~--_._

••. _------_.----

-_.

..•

..•..•.

'~

....•.

...

Kingdom Tower, 1OOOm high

-,

Jeddah, Saudi Arabia

...

",,",--,'

largest Stadium

Strahov Stadium. It can accommodate 2,40,000

::_ 1_a_lle_st_~_a.n._k __B_u_ild __ irig_.

__ •

Spectators

Bank of Montreal, ~?~~y.s:._2_8_4.:..9_8_m_h_i~.~~

Prague, Czech

",.'~"""-~'

; largest library L

"._'.

-- ---~------""-"~----,-",----,-""-",,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,,,,,,~,-----"" The library of Congress. The buildings contain 64.6 acres

_.

-

._.-.-

<:>i~Ic:.0:.~p.?::..~~_~32 m~lesof bookshelves

- - -

Oldest existing, and continually ,..operating University .,-_._ .-."""' ...•.

University of Karueein, founded CE 859

:llargest University Building

University of Riyadh"

_~

,__

~_.-.;-~_

m".

.• _',

._

-

~_

••..•

~'_.~._.

llargest I'

~_'~_,._."

__

.~ __ - __

~.,

Monolithic statue

,

_._._--

"".~,,--__: ~ ..•••........ _.

.

. , .•••• _

..•.•

~._~._._--'_

.•••••

-~~--._'

'.~.''''.,,"~

~--- ... __._-

.•.•._'"',."

.._'~.'

__ .

•.. -_ _~._."""""r,_.~~~"

_.---......,,--.-0.-.

•.•. --.•.

._

••.•••••

-'~,.

-

,.-------

~-_._

..•........ __

..

,,'.'-P'"

L Hi~_h_es_t _fil!i~~ station

_.__

=."""'~_ ..•_"

~-------------

~ .~._------~-

km

..

•..,,".__

.

.. _. __..__.. -.........,-

.•••••.• ~

Dravidian Sanskrit Malayalam Telugu

3 Thelanguage with the richest )locab. ularyis .' (a) (b) (c) (d)

New Delhi ••• -----.

Hussain Sagar lake

..._.~.~y~~~?_~_..:::-:. Tibet

,. __ .!..:.t_ro_I~_um_p __ at_Ke_h_<:~365_8_. _m~p_e_ra_t_ed_by_l_n_d_ia_n~O_. i_I .~ ~h, m) tall.

l~_

(a) (b) (c) (d)

The Bible.. Shakespeare'snovels HirakaDiamond Sutra The BhagavadGita

S. Which one is not said by Mahatma Gandhi? (a) Truth and non-violence is my God. (b) Do or die." (c) Untouchability is a crime againstGod and mankind. (d) Giveus good mothers, and I shallgive you a good nation.

I.

, .t'

My heart leaps up - The child is the father of /TIan. II. Thetrue university these days is a collection of books. III. Wherethink alike, no one thinks very much. IV. The best portion of a good men's life, his little, na.meless, unremembered actions of kindnessand love. (a)

I,IV J~'

l

Mahatma Gandhi Milan Kundera Kiran Desai Kapil Dev

By God's Decree The Awakening Of intelligence Interpreter Of Maladies The Namesake

(a)

I, III II, IV I, II III, IV

I. II. III. IV.

Hindu View of Life Bunch of Old Letters The Autumn Moon Bhagvad Gita

(a) (b) (c)

I, IV II, III

(d)

AmitavGosh " Arun Shourie . Abul KalamAiad GitaMehta

(a) (c)

A, B C, D

(b) (d)

.

A, C C, B

15. Who was the painter of the portrait named 'Mona Lisa'? '-I'~

(.

Pablo Picasso Leonardo da Vinci Vincent van Gogh Leonardo Dicaprio

16. Salniilll Rushdiedid not write A

\'

The Golden Gate Life Divine Shame The Ground Beneath Her Feet A, C

(b)

C, D

B, D

(d)

A, B

17. Devdas is a work of

(a) (b) (c) (d)

List A

List B

A. Anita Desai

1. Conquest of Life 2. The Fireand the Rain

C. ~rem Chand 3.. A Village by the Sea

B

(a)

2

1

(b)

3

2

(c)

1

(d)

3

C

D

4

3

3

2

4

1

4

2

Satyajit Ray SharafChandra Chatterjee .' Vikram Seth . Sir Aurobindo Gosh

18. Find out the correct matching from list A with list B ,':t1;

.••

List A A. Bhasa

'List B

B. Dandin

2. 5thcent~ry AD

C. Aeschylus

3. 5th century BC ..

4. Rangbhoomi A

.,.

Love A Prisoner's Scrapbook A Brush with Life The Joke

(a) (c)

12. Match list A with list B

D. Girish Karn~d

u. .'

A. B. C. D.

B. C. D.

II, iv I, II

B. Mahatma Gandhi

Many Worlds A River Sutra Discovery oflndia None of the above

14. Which of the two books are of Khu<swant Singh?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

11. Two of the following are not the books of Dr S. Radhakrishnan

(d) II, I

,. India Wins Freedom 'written by

(al (bl (el (d)

of Loss is

(b) I, III

(e) III,IV Jf-

(c)

(d)

II. III. IV. (b) (c) (d)

13. Whkhof~fOIl:W;; .• ~;'"O.ct~ of Jawaharlal Nehru? i ',". (a) (b)

10. The works of Jhumpa Lahiri are I.

French," Chinese Hindi English 1.

6, Whichof the two quotes are by WilliamWordsworth?

Saudi Arabia

9. The author of The Inheritance (a) (b) (c) (d)

maximumnumber of languages

•.,_~

Kolkata

._-

Burj Dubai, is the tallest at 2723 ft. (829.84

4"'.~~

'--.~Nclrthwest Alaska to Southern mO$tChile .__ .-.- .. -.---- ...--. ---I

South Point high 12,500 students on rolls

Tallest man-mode Structure

,

Riyadh, Saudi Arabia .--..--~-,_._---

---

--,~_.- _._ .._,-

... _._.,.-_ ..... -" ._._. __...

,--_.

~ ....• ,. __

..•• ~,-.-----_.~"--~.

Pan American Highway, 27,387

largest school

(a) (b) (c) (d)

8. Which one is not the book of Mulk Raj Anand's? (a) ,Two Leavesand a Bud (b) The Village (c) House of Blue Mangoe$ (d) Confessions of a Lover

Morocco

13 km stretch of Kang ti-544 between Khaleb and Hsin-Chi-Fu

fl-;;ngest Rood : - ._.__ ..

Capitol Hill; Washington,

,"_~.

Statue of Buddha weighing 350 toniles and 17.2 m high.

Highest Road

r

._~ __

Indira Gandhi Notional Open University, 2 lakh students on rolls in January 1993 .

(a) Two-thirds (b) Three-fourths (c) One-third (d) Half.

4. This book has been printed in the

largest Open University . ~_oc.,

..

Port of New York and New Jersey, navigable water front of 1215 km

,---~-,.-

1. English is. ,~~ed by approximately __ -- • of the population.

__ •__ 1_or_o~~.!..Ca_n~a_d_0 )

largest Sea Port

)>-TopiC:~wi~eAssessment

2. Tamillangu~ge is originated from

Dubai, UAE

-_._- - __ _._--,'--', ~-----'._-~~_ _..... ----"'._,~,._--_._,._-----------~ "...-----.~--_._--_ __-------_ .. _ ..--~,-~._------_.=,-------'------

t Tallest Tower Under Fabrication

----------------,....

i

Location

Ao.275

1. 4th ce~t~~y BC

A

B,"C

(a)

2

1

(b) (c)

3 1

2 3

(d)

3.,. 1

,)

3

.l

...,tV/Abnl

2

is.

'J "••.•

',I",

19. What is the English translation of the book Rajatarangini which was written by Hala?

,I

I, ill'l A~276

General Knowledge A.277

Chapter 4

(a) (b) (c) (d)

26. Meghdoot,

The Code of Manu The Great Story River of Kings Song of Govinda

20. Karpuramanjari (a) (b) (c) (d)

was his first play

Akbar Boris Pasternak Kalidas Tolstoy

(a) (b) (c) (d)

by

Vidyapathi Vatsyayana Vishnu Sharma Vakpati

Characters

Books

A. Caesar

1. Arms and the Man 2. David Copperfield

B. Helena

(a) (b) (c) (d)

EndsWell' A

B

C

0

(a) ,.

l;

3

2

.4

(b)

2

1

4

3

(c)

3

4

1

2

(d)

4

2

3

1

35.

36.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

37.

Children,

Salman Rush38.

Jnanpith Award Noble Prize Booker of bookers Nandi Award

I with Column

of Tragedy, satire and comedy Comedy' clndeRic

.

,

(c)

Satire, tragedy and epic

(d)

Epic and comedy

24. Rabind~~~ath

Tagore was awarded Noble Prize for .the literature in 1913

the name

of the authors

Author's

C. Sanctuary D. Plan of Attack

IV. George Eliot

Who was the first Indian win Booker Prize? (a) (b)

SallT)an Rushdie.; Arundhati Roy ,

(c) (d)

R. K. Narayan Jeet Thayil

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1978 1879

(a) .. I,

II

III

.(b)

III

IV

(c)

Chitrangada

II (c) '.. III

..

Post ciffice

(d) 32.

IV

IVI I

IV II

II

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Gitanjali India Changes India Divided India Wins freedom

(a) (c)

I

II. Lokmanya

C. Lal Bhadur Shastri

I

C

D

II "

III

rf I

II

IV

(c)

IV

I

II

(d)

II

I

IV

is known English, Poetry., , , (a) John Milton (b) Geoffrey Chaucer (c) John Keats" (d)

started was in

William Wordsworth

• •

as Fathel'

Name

C. Sirimavo

I () •

(b) ( ) C

(d)

(b)

II

I

III

V

II

IV

V

III

(d)

III

I

II

IV

in

I

D. Principles of Economy and Taxation,

the

(a) (b) (c) (d)

53.

II. First

woman President in the World

woman Head of State of Modern World

48.

the South Pole

I

11"

III I IV

IV

I .

III

I IV III

IV. David Ricardo

II

.

C

II

IV

I

III

III

I

II

IV

(c)

III

IV

I

IV

(d)

II

I

IV

III

Who among the following supported the concept that there is no absolute value outside the man himself?

1

Aristotle, Francis Bacon Kierkegaard William James

European Union , International Committee of ,Red Cross';, "{r,"'" ~ United Nations High Commis-. sion for Refugees , Intergovernmental Pan'el on . Climate Change

(a)

They ca~' be trusted to be impartial ' , ' '

(b)

Norway is ~ot aligned with two big powers ;

(c) (d)

Norway is politically None of these "

inactive ,"

Which of the following ,statements hold true for the nominations for the Noble Prize?' ,ltV,. '

(b) (c)

(d), 55.

a

nominate anyone for the award Only the Noble Foundation's Prize awarding bodies can nominate individuals for the award",:~~' ./' None ofih~se,

(a) -. Adolf Hitler (b) (c) (d) 56.

,.\'

An individual can nominate himseif/herself for:the award Only citizen 'of S~edencan

"".'

L~

Which'of the following is considered as a missing Noble la(ireate? . r

"PI,

Mahatma,C'!.n9~l, "I Rabindranath Tago!,e Jawaharlal N,eh!,u" "j

"1,

io

(•• )

/"J I _'

Pulitzer Prize Gold Medal'is awarded

Lyceum Academy ~as started by

(a)

(a) (b)

(b)

Confucius. Socrates

Leonid Hurwicz Lloyd Shapley Raymond Davis Jr Doris Lessirig

~~

0

(a)

.,

'Noble Peace Prize is awarded by the Norwegian Noble Committee because

(a)

(b)

(a) (b) (c) (d) 49

B

/

~~ 54.

1817 A

by

\'~1

. I'

52. - Which of the following organizatiQns have received the most Noble Peace Prizes? ;. .')'

/I. Milton Friedman /II. John Maynard Keynes

was taught

>;>

I. ,John Kenneth

1980

I. First woman to climb Mount Everest

BCD IV II

Column /I' (Name of the Author)

l'

Socrates Aristotle Plato Xenophon

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Match the n~me of th~ books in column I with the name of the authors given in column II.

C. Free to Choose,

A

II III

II

B. American Capitalism, 1952

D. IsabelPeron IV. First woman to reach

a

o

III

A. The Economic Consequences of the Peace, 1919

III. First

Bandaranaike

C

(c)

Famous for.

B.lunko Taibei

B IV

Column I (Name of the Book)

Noble laure-

options

A V

i,. '.','

Who among the following is the oldest pers'on to receive' the' Noble Prize?

IV. First foreign invader of India

(a)

(b) Italy (d) France

with the correct column II.

51.

V. First man to walk in space

Shirin Ebadi Bibi Khanoom Astarabadi Faezeh Hashemi Tawakkol Karman

A. FranPhipps

IV. ManofP~

III

39.

was

45. Match the optiOns in the column I. Deshbandhi

B

D. Alexi Leonov

:

(a) (b) (c) (d)

C. Dennis Tito III. First space tourist

47.

India Albania

,

II. First person to reach North Pole

", "1",

Alexander the Great

I. First President of Chinese Republic

B. Sun Vat Sen

44. Mother Teresa was bor!') in

Column II (Title)

III

Which of the following works is NOT by an Indian writer? .

(a) (b) (c) (d)

50.

Famous for

A. Robert E Peary

sui-

English Hindi Bengali Marathi

43. Which of the following ate is from Iran?

III. Deenabardl

(b)

.1

writer 1I

(c) Plato., (d)",Aristotiel,,'

,.

Mrs A~nie Besant Madan Mohan Malaviya SarojiniNaidu Bal Gangadhar Tilak

newspaper Bengali by Surendranath Banerjee ____ language.

B. C. R. Das

(a)

newspaper

42. The

Match the options in column I with the correct options in the column n.

D. C. F. Andrews

BCD

King cif bark Chamber

(b) "Jawaharlal NE!h~u (c) R. K.Narayan (d) AbdulFazal'

1987 1897

A

Gitanjali

Maulana Abul Kalam Azad

Name

III. Bob Wood-ward

(b)

(a)

(b) (d)

A. Bal GangadharTilak

II. William Faulkner

B. Dust to Dust

(a)'

phyof

in

I. Tami Hoag

A. Adam Bede

A

25. India Wins Freedo';' is an Autobiogra-

41. Kesari (Marathi) started by

Khan\

In which year was Abdul Ghaffl Khan awarded Bharat Ratna?

Column I (Name of the Personality)

II.

Title of the Book

for this book.

(d)

Ghaffar

Match the options in the column I with the correct options in the column II.

Name

cide at his funeral 1000 separatist were sen~ tenced to death at his funeral It was conducted in the Vatican citY I~

(d)

Second Abraham Lincoln King of Pakistan Badshah Khan Soldier offreedom struggle

(c)

31. Match the Novels given in Column 23. R.K. Narayan's Guid~ is a combination

(b)

What did Abdul admirers call him?

(a)

die was awarded

(a)

Abdul Rehman Tunku Abraham Lincoln Abdul Ghaffar Khan Alexander Fleming

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Bettada Jeeva Mukajjiya Kanasugalu Chigurida Kanasu Choma's Drum

'30. for Midnight

1000 devotees committed

(c)

book

4. All's Well That

D. Little Emily

(a) (b) (c) (d)

46.

It rained at his funeral, and rainstorms are unheard of in Cyprus

as 'Frontier ri

Gandhi'?

29. Dr Shivarama Karanth was honoured the Jnanpith Award in 1977 for this

3. Antony and , Cleopatra

C. Catherine

34 .. Who is also known

Indians suppressed by British Government Freedom movement Indian history The more aggressive prei[1dependence Indian nationalistic sentiments

(b) (c) (d)

(a)

(b)

28. Anand math is a Bengali novel that is associated with

22. Match the following

India Discovered India Emerging Power, India Unbound In Search of Gandhi

Vande Mataram

Meghdoot Anand Math Guide Vedukunta

(a)

40. What was unique about the funeral of Archbishop Makarios, the president of Cyprus?

work is by a n

Which of the following Indian author? (a) (b) (c) (d)

27. India's national song was taken from

Patanjali Rajasekhara Sandhyakara Kalidas

21. Kamasutra was written (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

33.

a love lyric by

In to In to

the public service category individuals the public service category orga~izations

,--OOOIIlIlIIIIl

~, 14~ I

Ii

'I A~278

GeneralKnowledge A.279

Chapter 4 (c) (d)

In the public service category to both individuals and

(c)

(d)

organizations In all categories except public

63.

Templeton

Given below are some well-known awards and their respective fields. Choose the correct combination. (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

58.

Palme d'Or-Television,

awards are conferred

Pulitzer-

64.

Advertising, Grammymusic, Booker-Literature Pulitzer-Advertising, GrammyMusic, Cannes LionsAdvertising, Booker-Literature Grammy-Music, Bookerjournalism, Emmy-Television, Palme d'Or-Movies Palme d'Or-Movie, Pulitzerjournalism, Cannes LionsAdvertising, Booker-Literature

(a) (b) (c)

Christianity Religion International

(d)

Peace

Which of the following Novels cannot receive the Man Booker Prize?

66.

(a) (b)

in

(d) relations

73.

II. III. IV. (a) (b) (c) (d) 59.

60.

A self-published

Nove,1 written

67.

I, II and IV II and III II, III and IV All of these

The Right Liv~lihood known as '

Award

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Anti-Noble Prize Alternative Noble Prize Anarchist Noble Prize Free Noble Prize

The

first

Oscar

Award

is also

68.

Government Government

(c) (d)

UNESCO WHO

UN

Human

of India of Bangladesh

Rights

awards

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Hollywood Roosevelt Hotel Grauman's Chinese Theatre Hollywood's Dolby Theatre Main Auditorium of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and

74.

are

61.

The youngest (a) (b) (c) (d)

62.

ever Oscar winner

was the first Indian be awarded an Oscar. (a) (b)

Mehboob Khan Bhanu Athaiya

71.

Oscar Awards

(c)

BAFTA Awards

(d)

Grammy Awards

(d)

of the following

awards can

(a)

Kalinga Award

(b)

jawaharlal

(c)

UNESCO Prize fdrTolerance

(d)

Oscars

Which

Nehru Award

of the following

given

by Hollywood

Foreign Prell

Association?

76.

UNESCO Peace Award is also called

Little Noble Big Noble

Which of the following awards was conceived by Dr Norman Borlaug? Kalinga Awards World Food Prize Golden Globe Award

Golden Hamster Awards the sacred texts (Column 0

with the correct religion (Column IQ

I)

II. Jews

C. Tao-te-Ching

III. Zoroastrianism

D. Zend Avesta

IV. Taoism

(a)

(b)

A

B

III

II

IV IV

II

III

~

IV

I

II

(d)

meet in synag~

77. for worship.

India

(b)

Pakistan

(c) (d)

Saudi Arabia Loridon

Match the name of the trophies/cups in column I with the correct name of the game in column two.

First three athletes in event receive 'diplomas

each

III.

First three athletes event receive medals

each

IV.

First five athletes in each event receive medals

(a)

I and III I and IV'II and III

(d)

II and IV

in

III.

In cricket, that, ','

Name of the Trophy/Cup (Column I)

Name of the Game (Column II)

A. Bordoloi Trophy B. Thomas Cup.

90.

85.

(b)

The batsman was out without sco"ring a sin'glel run

(c)

The fieldsman catch

(d)

None of these

Females were not allowed participate in it

to 87.

The Olympic flag was hosted for the first'time

(a) (b)

Boxing Polo

(c)

Tennis Horse racing

91. .The

(a) (b) (c)

I and II II and III III and I

, .' . '}

(d)

I, II and III.~,.

12. 2020

(a)

Jews

(b)

Christians

Summer Olympic be hosted by

(c)

jains

(a)

Tokyo

(d)

Adivasis

(b)

Pyeong Chang

88.

Games will

word

(a) (b) (c) (d)

II. Football III. Badminton

I

'diamond'

is associated

92.

Basketball Baseball lCehockey Billiards

•.••..

~,.:.rIC.:

"".:r'

_ i.~.'IF

A

B

C

D

(a)

II

IV

I

III

(~) :., .Centres of ~cellence

(b)

I

III

II

IV

(c)

III

II

IV

I

(d)

II

III

I

IV

beeri established at each -Regional Centre Centres of Excellence have been',established at some Regional Centr~ All the Regional Centres report to Netaji Subhash National Institute of Sports Some of the Regional Cen-

(b)

(c)

(d)

tres report to Netaji Subhash National Institute of Sports 93.

Cricket Tennis Table tennis Hockey

Lakshmibai 'National Institute Physical Education is located in (a) (b) (c) (d)

for Wightman

Cup

United States of America Unite<;l Kingdom (a) and (b) alternatively Neither (a) nor (b)

Hat-trick Duck Maiden Flight

•

of

_ ••~

Jhansi Gwalior Bhopal 'Lucknow' :;

'".

Important Government Schemes ,

94.

•

j

Po

Dronacharya

.

~ ~~

~

95.

'J

.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

.•

-..)"

Karl Marx Stalin Lenin Tolstoy

in

'\.(

'(j,

','

•

r 1\

;d)

Communist party was founded the id'e~logies~f '~~.. :: , ~,

."\

Award was instituted

(a) 1961 (b):1985 (c) 1999 (d) 2~04

t

In cricket, which of the following terms is associated with an over in , which batsman does not score a single run?

have

.

Hockey Cricket Football Baseball

The tournament is held in

(a) (b) (c) (d)

the

with

In which of the following games the ball used is made up of plastic or celluloid?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

The Olympic oath was sworn for the first time

dropp~d

,I

Doncaster is mainly used for

I. Table Tennis

IV. Hockey

!I !

.

The batsman wa~ out on the first ball

~'1' i

in

1",.;10 ,)."ry-,"

(a)

(d)

Yadavendra Cup is associated with

(a) (b) (c) (d)

means

Which' of 'the followirig statements hold true for the Regional Centres of the Sports Authority of India?

(a) (b) (c) (d) 86.

thel word,,'Duck'

,I

Altius

each

II.

II

84.

(a)

D. Azlan Shah Cup

First eight athletes in event receive diplomas

(c)

89.

in

statements hold true for the Olympic winners?

(b)

Rio de Janeiro Beijing

83. 2019 Cricket World Cup will be held

BO. Which of the following

o I

(c)

Citius - Altius - Fortius Altius - Fortius- Citius

81. The Olympic G':mes at Antwerp 1920 were special because

C

(c) (d)

C. Gasper Geist Prize

motto is

Fortius - Citius-

I.

Mahade'{i Verma Amrita Pritam Mahashweta Devi Ashapurna Devi

WHO EFFICOR UNESCO ENNIFEL

II)

I. Confucianism

Palme Prize

Simon Bolivar Prize was

(Column

B. Lun Yu

Yogeshwar Dutt-Delhi, Saina Nehwal-Uttaranchal; Sushil Kumar-Haryana, Mary Kom-Manipur

Citius - Fortius - Altius

Name of the ReligiOll

A. Talmud

Who was the first woman to win the

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Golden Bear Awards

(d)

Name of the text (Column

Yogeshwar Dutt-Haryana, Mary Kom-Manipur, Vijay Kumar-Himachal Pradesh, Gaurav Narang-Andhra Pradesh

(c)

II.

(c)

Match

Sushil Kumar-Rajasthan, Mary Kom-Manipur, Vijay KumarHimachal Pradesh, Yogeshwar Dutt-Haryana

(d)

I.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Award Noble Prize

(a) (b)

awards ~

Golden Globe Awards

Films Animal rights Human rights International relations

Sushil Kumar-Haryana, Mary Kom-Assam, Saina NehwalAndhra Pradesh, Vijay Kumar-Madhya Pradesh

79. The correct Olympic

Oscars

awarded by the to

IIFA Awards

(b)

(b)

International

(c)

known as

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is

Janet Gaynor Tatum O'Neal Warner Baxter Kevin Spacey

75.

Jnanpith Award?

SCiences

(USA) fO!

field of cinema are

be given to an organization?

Annually Once in two years Once in three years Once in five years

Anti-Noble Alternative

(b)

Picture Arts

California

(a)

Which

given I1y

Golden Bear Awards are given for

(d) 70.

Sciences,

popularly

Artists Politicians Sportsman Members of Armed Forces

Kalinga Award is awarded by

(a) (b) (c)

took place in the

of Motion

excellence in'the

(c) (d) 69.

awards

and

(a) (b)

Ceremony

The international

sented to

(a) (b) (c) (d)

in English A self-Published Novel translated into English A Novel written by an American A Novel written by an Austrian but published in the UK

)\

78 Which of the following is the right . match for Olympic medal winners from India? (a)

the Academy

(a) (b)

were'i constj.

1941 1945 1951 1957

(c)

presented I.

Bear awards

jesse Owens Global Awards are pre(a) (b) (c) (d)

65.

Golden

tuted in the year

the field of

service 57.

72.

Satyajit Ray Mira Nair

I•.•••

!

".Jj•

on . l

"

~Iil"

! "

I..

" "~I

A.280

~I II

96.

~

Chapter 4

Match the abbreviation of the airlines name (column I) to the correct country (column II) in which they

(a)

Name of the Country (Column II)

Abbreviation (Column I)

C

IV

II

III

III

II

IV

(c)

III

il

I

(d)

I

II

III

IV

owned by the Government

II. Afghanistan

B. RNAC C. AM

III. Philippines

D. LOT

IV. Poland A

(a) (c)

99.

B

C

D

III

IV

II

I

I

II

(b)

III

IV

(c)

II

I

,.IV

III

(d)

III

I

It

IV

Match the name of the newspaper column I with the correct country II. Name of the Country (Column II)

Name of the Newspaper (Column I)

III. Russia

D. Aksam

IV. Turkey

(c) (d)

Dr C. V. Raman was born Dr C. V. Raman was awarded Noble Prize ' The Raman Effect was discovered None of these

101. World Diabetes Day fallon anniversary (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I. january 11 january 12

II.

C. Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose's birth anniversary

III.

D. Lal Bahadur Shastri's death anniversary

IV. january 28

A

C. Aftonbladet

(a) (b)

Science Day is celebrated day

the birth

of

~

B

SECT~ • 7",

r

r$

'?

Lala Lajpat Rai Indira Gandhi Rajiv Gandhi )awaharlal Nehru

102. April 23 is celebrated as

Date

B. Swami Vivekananda's birth anniversary

II. Sweden

B. Izvestia

onthe

TASS UPI

Correct

I. Egypt

A. AI-Ahram

100. National

Match the entries in column I with the correct entries in column II

A. Lala Lajpat Rai's birth anniversary

in in

agencies is of Russia?

(b) (d)

ITIM NCNA

Event

(a)

D

IV

98. Which of the following

I. Nepal

A. PAL

column

B

(b)

are based.

97.

A

World World l(Vo'rld World

Health Day BookDay Customs Day Population Day

103. During National mourning,

the f1i9

EVERYDAY-SCIENCE

is hosted

January 23

(a) (b) (c) (d)

At half mast Upside down Backwards None of these

104. Which of the following

Churches h

largest in the World?

BCD

(a)

I

II

III

IV

(b)

III

II

IV

I

(c)

I

III

II

IV

(d)

IV

III

II

I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Milan Cathedral St. Peter's Basilica Cathedral of Saint john the Divine Basilica of the National Shrine of Our Lady of Aparecida

CHAPTER ONE Physics CHAPTER TWO Chemistry

AnsWers

'.

Topic-wise Assessment' 1. (c) 11. (b) 21. (b) 31. (d) 41. (d) 51'. (a) 61. (b) 71. (c) 81. (b) 91. (b) 101. (d)

11

2. (a) 12. (d) 22. (c) 32~(b) 42. (a) 52. (b) 62. (b) 72. (c) 82. (a) 92. (a) 102. (b)

3. 13. 23. 33. 43. 53. 63. 73. 83. 93. 103.

(d) (c) (a) (c) (a) (d) (b) (b) (d) (b) (a)

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54. 64. 74. 84. 94. 104.

(a) (b) (b) (c) (c) (d) (c) (c) (d) (b) (b)

5. 15. 25. 35. 45. 55. 65. 75. 85. 95.

(d) (b) (a) (c) (d) (b) (c) (b) (a) (a)

6. (a) 16. (d) 26. (c) 36. (a) 46~ (b) 56. (b) . 66: (d) ~6. (b) 86. (c) 96~ (d)

7. (c) 17. (b) 27., (b) 37. (b) 47. (b) 57. (d) 67. (a) 77. (a) 87. (c) 97. (b)

8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88. 98.

(c) (a) (d) (d) (c) (d) (c) (c) (c) (b)

9. 19. 29. 39. 49. 59. 69. 79. 89. 99.

10. (d) (c) 20. (b) (c) 30. (c) (b) (b), 40. (a) (d), 50. (b) 60. (a) (b) 70. (d) (b) 80. (a) (a) 90. (d) (b) 100. (c) (a)

CHAPTER THREE General Biology (Botany and Zoology) CHAPTER FOUR Human Body CHAPTER FIVE Ecosystem and Biosphere

r

~',

•• '~:,;:;",=::::.- ..

=.....:;;===-= •••••• _--------~,;-----,g;;:.

t:J

Hlghllght.d Topic"

:::

• Mechanics

.iMagnetis

• Heat and Thermodynamics

• Modern Physics

• Lightand Optics

• Important. Laws of Physics

• Sound

',phenomena

-'~

,): ". '

,,'

"'''', ,

.•.

• Electricity ",

.'

~ ",

~'0.t.

"l

and IrnportantTerms of physics

.,-& "'_~'

':~.~:f." ".

t',''''

~'.

,,'1,

:(

~ . ,~.,'.~. !-';~', t."

'

•....

'\

1i1"

• physics in,Everyday Life,', .

f

V

J

tn

•

.~'~~.i

~~'.:t; 't"';'

Jt,.;'.i

:JI'\--Ji,J,

• ~

4

I

INTRODUCTION

MECHANICS

Physicsis na,tural science. It is convenient to consider severalrealms of physics, which together describe aboutphysical reaiity. •

Maller

':.

'~\

L.:c-

:: ..'f. ."li:~'

,J

~••.

{'"

Anything that occupies spac,e.and possesses mass. i~ called matter. Matter or material substances con~ist of atoms and molecul~~.Atoin's combine to for~~~l-, i~. ~. , ecules of a substance. Atoms are held together ina molecul~ due ."td the intermolecular forces. j".' .to' ,.' •. '... " '.. , .' Matter can be perceived by one or more senses and 'p~sses$es mass,' Matter-can ne~ther ..b~.:<;re~ted' nor be destroyed; it can only be change'"d'froJi"one form to another. .

,J

! .• ~

:

.1

-'j

.

Classification of Matter It can be classified as shown in the following chart.

,'

.

'I

PhasesofMiJtter Matter exists in three "states or phases,' Le., solid/liquid' and- gas, each ofwhich""can change ,

'~. ql

I

71~

,

,

I

I Liquid

,.1 '

.

U~

'I'

c t .~

.••

• ~.;.~

b

Chemical Classification '

I

t

,I

I

1':'

,

t

/"

1}, "

or'

'_!'J"'{.

1

Pure Substance •

Gas I

"

~ " '. , •

j;

I

Physical Classification

•• ,Solid

•

,

~~

,I

I'

Elements

Compounds

L

I Metallic

_Mixtures _ _._ I,

.•,'I..

I Non-metallic

I Organic

"~(

, ';01'"

Homogeneous I"

'1

•.

I Inorganic

,

...

,.1 ," (

~1;d(' I, Heterogeneous .

•.• , ..,... \

,'io:'

#,1

J /-

.

. J

~~l r, ~

:J';':;

",

,j",

(!

••••

~

'1

.4 ~i

ChaRter 1

8.4,

,,

into one of the other (interconvertible) changes in temperature and pressure.

according to. .

States of Matter

(j

() @O

I

@@

,o~@o ~oo

'.

LIQUID.

SOtlD

'"

Centripetal Force It is the force acting on a body con-

I1i.;an accelerated reference frame, an objikt's appar. ent weight varies from its actual weight; in par. ticular, an object, in free fall experiences apparent weightlessness. . ., ,

"

~

1879. There

Vapour Since a gas results from evaporation,

this phase is also occasionally stated as vapour. Water in the gaseous phase, for example, may be referred to as water vapour. .... Melting and evaporation involves the addition of heat, while condensation and freezing involves the removal. of heat.

I,

Density is mass per unit volume of a substance and is expressed in the SI unit as kg/m3. Density of water is 1000 kg/m3. Density is an important property of a material, whether solid, liquid or gaseous, and is the measure of its compactness. Density is a measure of how much mass occupies a given space; it is amount of matter per unit volume:

.is also a fourth state of matter, the ionized state called plasma. Though this state is not common on the Earth. The Sun and stars are in this state.

I

on the Earth)'.~

. .

PLASMA

Plasma Identified by William Crookes in

mg (weight

Density

GAS

__

iiJ ~

. Physics

Mass Density = Volume • Like mass and weight, density has to do with the 'lightness' and 'heaviness' of material, but the distinction is that density also involves the volume of an object, the space it occupies. • Water has a density of 1 g/ cm3; it means that it has 13.6 times as much mass as an equal vol. ume of water.

Relative,oensity

Densities are expressed as rel~tive density, that is, density relative to water, and sometimes, called specific gravity.

Mass The 51 unit of mass is kilogram. It is the measure of inertia' p'ossessed by a'piece of matter, that is, quantitY'of matter iri'a body. . Mass is not the same as weight, which is the force with which the earth attracts a body. Mass remains constant while the weight varies from place to place and is 'zero at the centre of the earth.

Weight leration due to grav'1 the Moon, a .body he earth because the Ie-sixth of that of the

t.,

_ ~

',' '/, \, """ "'"

, , b 1 vhile a s~rmg a '.easured m grams, \es. \:"" is its weight. )n exp~rience the \ight is propor\~

~.

trained to move in a curved path. It acts inwards on ~ object moving in a circular path.

1I1ustration When a piece of stone' tied to ~ thread is whirled, yo~ have to pull the thread inwards. This pull on the stone is called centripetal force and an equal and opposite force is exerted by the stone on thehand which is called centrifugal force. -,

Applicafions " • Curved rail tracks or curved roads are banked or raised on one side so that a fast-moving train or vehicle leans inwards, thus providing required centripetal force to enable it to move round the curve . • A cyclist while turning round a curved road leans inwards so as to provide himself/herself with the required centripetal force which enables him/her to take the turn. • Cream gets separated from milk'during churning due to centrifugal force.

Springs Springs are best suited force-measuring devices, stretching or compressing in reply to the application of force. The stretch or compression is directlyproportional to the force for an ideal spring andis given as: Fspring

• A ship floats on the surface of water because the weight of water displaced by the ship is more than the weight of the ship. • Ice floats on water because its weight is less than the weight of an equal volume of water. • The lactometer used to test purity (density) of milk is based on the principle that the greater the density of a liquid, the lesser will be the immersion of an object. >

Force . . t t of Force is that which makes a body cha~ge It~ s a e rest or uniform motion in a straight Ime-lt causes '. ing objects to remain stationary, to contmue mov steadily or to move faster. . n. C.'~iIuga'Forre It is the force which appea'S to::~ an obJe<;tmovmg m a c~rcular pa~. It IS an oUtating force. (acts outwards) m a rotating body fro path.

= -kx

(Hooke's Law)

.',

•.~

f'

I,.

~nergy'.: ~'.: :

y.!.

11

1

\

.•

l

":.J.al"

':", , .. ,'

'

,

r,:,

.

8.5

:,;,

"

The capacity of doing work is cal1ed'energy.Jt can exist in a nUmber of forms, for example: ineChariical,-electrical, potential, chemical~kinetic, nuclear, etc. The,energy po~ses~ed bY,<;l.bo~y 9wi?g ~oi~ positipn~~:ccille.dpotential energy, fOrexample, a wound-up, spring; a stretched. !._.UJ'~~HV.l1J rubber band, a bent bow, or a reservOIr of wa~~!-_' "" to" . T'.

'

J'

':}

' ••..••.

':.r

.-:;..

",

• The energy possessed by a body due to its m()tion is called kinetic energy, for example: abullet'shot . froma gun or water flowing'in downstream';':i::;.c, .'

.

.

It is a force that resists the movement of one surfaceover another. It is the opponent of motion. If an objectmoves left, friction acts on it to the right. If an objectmoves upward, friction pushes it downward. Whenever, two objects are in contact,' friction acts. insuch a way as to prevent or to slow their relative motion.

;'\

.

• A flying airplane has both kinetic and potential energy. . ,

~

I-

,/"

I

-.!

'{\

• Energy can !1~ither be created nor, be' destroyed. but only can be Changed front one form to another. . This is kriown as of crihset:\ratlon'15fEnergy,"

Law

•

If'"

t' _'1'!....

_

Surface Tension'

,,;.

l

'f

r:"" ~.•

I.

_

~ ~'..

:',!,

I~ 1

~

,.>\".,

l; "(00". :...

t

I

Surface tensjon is knowntobi;duetb the intermolec-' ular attraction on liquid su.rface and these forces pro1" duce a skin effect. It is surface tension which causes. wateqo clim~''lup; a'~arrow capillary (phenomenon of 'c~pillarY a.ctiot:\) capilla~~., , : '. " .'

Dr

'J

-

• Rain drops are spherical due to surface tension. , +

• ,

~ :~

"

\,

'

\.

•

• A needle may be made to float on water du~. t.? surface tension of water.'

..~

)

• This pheI}omenon is' applicable to the, cap'illa!y aCtion of a blottinfpaper absorbing ink.:!;", " . fIl~;{

Friction

Ii

~

• The surface tension of a liquid decreases with increase in temp~rature and vanishes:'at the critical temperature. . " ... ,~,). :.. • This phenomenon is usedili 'fountain perlin addition,to gravity tor flow of,iNcin.:it.\ .J ., , 11".11 "i ,Ii

Motion

/L

'.

. .'

• ~ .'11

.hi

.

. , ,. ". .' .~ Motion Almost every event that takes pla~~ i~ the, universe involves movement or motion of one kind or the .other. Motibn is. thetchange-:'of.'position of a' • Friction is very necessary because without it body with respect to its surroundings: ,'I ,~',h, brakes would not work; belts would not drive .~.. " " " '" ,\ ' ,,1 )'." '. ,r( . the wheel f hin' t" . .,. ,or, Force and Motion It ~s rmportant to' know that force so amac ery,ec. h . . '. ,',,,,, If'V"f • Absen ." . " . . cau~es:c an~em~otion; not mOhonlt~e. ill orm on ice ~e of £r:lc~on makes walking and dnv~g motion (stra.lght line,'cons~a~tsp~ed) needs no c~use oth dIffIcult and dangerous. ,or explanation. Any devIation;' m, speed or dlrec• Fnction of ~oving parts causes wastage of tion, requm,snehfoKe.,This,ideaisothe essence of ~nergy and l~ such cases wheels, ball-bear~ N~"Y~oJ1-:S fIrst an?.s.E;conj law.o.~:tpo?on. Combined l~gs. and lubncants, etc., are used to reduce w~th Newton'~ third law~th,e~~l~~~ provide a consisInction. . tent description of motion. .

c4an__________________

~

,B~8 !1i I

Chapter1

Conservation Qf Momentum

A system responds to external forces as though it were a point partkle located at the centre of mass. If the net external force on a system is zero, then the centre of mass does not accelerate and the system's total momentum is conserved. Conservation of momentum holds to a very good approximation'during the brief, intense encounters called collisions, allows us to relate particles' motions before and after the colliding. • A collision is a brief, intense interaction between particles involving large internal forces. External forces have little effect during a collision, so to a good approximation, the total momentum of the interacting particles is conserved. •. An elastic collision conserves kinetic energy as well as momentum, and the colliding particles separate after the collision:

I I

(

II

'I

,

,mIvli + m2 V2i = ml VI! '+ m2 v2!. (Conservation of momentum, elastic c9llision)

~

"

. ,mlVIi + m2v2i = ml VI! + m2v2! ('C onservahon 2

2

2

2

of momentum, elastic collision) • In a totally inelastic collision; the colliding objects stick together to form a composite; in that case momentum cOIlservation entirely determines the outcome: ml VI + m2 V2 = (ml + m2) V! (Conservation .of momentum, inelastic c
Rockets T1)ese offer a vital technological application

J "I

!

of the ,principle that a system's momentum is conserved when there are no external forces. As a rocket exhausts, matter out from its back at high velocity, momentum conservation then necessitates that the rocket gaiil momentum in the forward direction. R~cket propulsion needs no interface with any outside material, which is why rockets work in space. -• .-

Ilt.\

;',;::

•.

'.

.•

•

AniMa; Momentum .A new concept, angular' momentum~ can be seen as the rotational analogue of linear m~~entum. A~ ~e know ~hat the rotational analogue of Newton's law. equates the net torque on a system with.the rate of change of its angular momentum. In the absence 6f net torque, angular momentum is conserveddt means if the net torq~eona system is zero, then its angular momentum cannot change.

Gyroscopes Conservation

of angular ' momentum explains the action of gyroscopes~spinning objects

whose rotation axis remains fixedin the abs~nce of a net external torque. If an external torque is ~pplied the rotation axis undergoes a circular motionknow~ as precession. • Precession' occurs in system ranging from sub. atomic particles to tops and gyroscopes :and on to planets. . • On a much larger scale, the Earth i~s_elfpre. cesses. Because of its rotation, the planet bulges slightly at the equator. Solar gravity ~xerts a torque on the equatorial bulge, causing' Earth's rotation axis. to precess with a period of about 26,000 years. " • The axis now points towards Polaris, which for that reason call the North Star, but it will not always do so. This precession, in cotmection with deviations in Earth;s orbit from a perfect circle, results in subtle climatic changes that are believed partly responsible for the onset of ice ages.

Periodic Motion Motion that repeats itself precisely can bedescribed"with the following terms:

Static Equilibrium The state in which a system at rest

- Period (T) is the time to complete one oscillation

..

remains so because there is. no net force to accelerate it and no net torque to start rotating. Equilibrium is stable if a disturbance of the system results in its returning to the original equilibrium state. • There are four types of equilibrium listed as follows.

v

Stable: The lowest point in a valley is stable.

Q Neutrally surface stable.

stable: A level is neutrally

and are

Contrary to the conception of elasticity in: daily life, in physics,. i~stands for opposition t~ ~~ge: Hence, the more ngld a body; the more elastic It ISsaId to be. That is why steel is more elastic than rubber. .

"Physics

B.9

Angular Frequency' Another 'nieasffie'-offr~quency

is

angularfrequency ..•

(m); given' oy

.'1 ,.

"l.~'i

m = 21l" f

• Elasticity can be said to be a precondition for all periodic motion, although the nature of that elasticity may be viewed as little different from the elasticity of a spring or rubber band.

,-r! ',Jirlot-"t'

!~'1.•..,. I 'Jl".-J,.:'.~o.#'Y :"'t,.u'~

_r

21l"

= -'

T

•

,"

0....: ••',

/

.'~"","re... _.:::;:

• Angular frequency, can be understood ih terns . of the close relationship between circular motion and simple harmoni~ motion. ,r .<, "

x

PeriodicMotion, Wave and Fluid Mechanics The Newtonian mechanics has been extended to systems that undergo oscillatory motion, and wave motion, or that involve the motion of fluids. Behind these more complex motions are the. fundamental conceptsof force, mass and energy and their roles in characterizing motion. .

cycle; its inverse of frequency, - Frequency

if)

per umt:. hme,

denoted as T =

is the number

f

-7

Energy Exchange in'a SHM Absent friction and other dissipat~d forces, en~~gy in SHM is,cons~rved, although it is transformed back and forth between kinetic and . potential forms: .

,

Total energy = PE + KE,= constant ,or

of oscillations

'

= -.1 T

Its untt" IS -1or s- I or

s Hertz (Hz). - Amplitude (A) is the maximum displacement from equilibrium A. The displacement (d) whose maximum is the amplitude is expressed as:

1 '1 ", . ,' E = - mv2 +- kx2 = constant

2

•.••

I

'"'

2

E

PE d = A sin () = A sin mt = A sin(21l"f T) Unstable: est point unstable.

The highon a hill is

fV\ Metastable ally stable.

y

or condition-

Centre of Gravity The centre of gravity of a system is tit point where the force of gravity appears to act. Whell the gravitational field is uniform over the system, theII the centre of gravity coincides with the centre of mass. This provides a handy way to locate the centre of mass. Elasticity A body that returns to its origi~al shape ~ size on the removal of the deforming force (afterha~ ing deformed within elastic limit)' is called e\asl'-

~

(I)

c: W

SiRple Harmonic Motion (SHM) It is an oscillatory motion that is ubiquitous (ever-present) and that occurs whenevera disturbance from equilibrium results in a Itstoringforce or torque that is directly proportional 10thedisplacement. • Position~f the SHM is a sinusoidal functio~' ~f time: x(t) = Acosmt .. "

T/2

T

Simple Pendulum A sunple pelldulum consists:()! point mass suspended from a massless string~' If'the amplitude of the motion of a simple pendulum is small, then it approximates SHM. • The frequency and period of a simple pendulum are indepencient of ,i~~mass,.; depending only
B.tO

~I

•

,

Ii

t

CMprer1

Physics

Resonance

This 'effect is a frequency and/or waVe_ length shift due to the motion (u) of an observer Or source relative to the medium with wave speed v.

Waves A wave is a propagating disturbance that carries energy but not matter. If matter were to move along with the energy in a wave, oceans would be

Interference When waves overlap, the result is':inter_ ference, which is constructive when .the wav'~s reinforce and destructive wJ:en they tend to cancel.

emptied as ocean waves travel to the shore. • Waves are characterized by their amplitude, wavelength and speed. They can be longitudinal or transverse.

Standing Waves These occur when the medium has lirnited extent. Only certain wavelengths and frequencies are allowed, depending upon the medium's length. cl 'dM ech'.ames It ISa . b ranch 0f phYSICS . whic. h:'mvolves nUl the study of fluids (liquids, gases and plasmas) and the forces on them. t"

I,

Compression

Expansion

Wave Period It is the time for one complete wave cycle. Period and frequency are inverses, and wavelength (Il), period (7) or frequency (f), or wave speed (v) are all related: Il v=-=Ilj

'.1

:i

!

• A simple harmonic wave is sinusoidal in shape. The wave disturbance is a function of position and time and is not simply described in terms of its wave number k and angular frequency roo . They are related to wavelength and period by

2,. 2,. orro=-

k= -

Wave Intensify

T

Il

PI

+ 1pv~ + pgh1

= P2 +

= Energy

per unit volume after

It is the power per unit area carried by

the wave: ,

.

P A

FlOW velocity

Flow velocity

VI

V2

. 'p 1=-'-' 2-' (4,.r )

.•'

I'

~~~:

,

,

• The relation between Celsius scale is

Fahrenheit

and

9 TF = -Tc +32 5

V2>V1

.---------

..

• The relations between Kelvin and Celsius scales are related to

ip 2
Tc = TK - 273.15.

Increased fluid speed, decreased internal pressure.

PI

the

A2
-~~

TEMPERATURE

Fahrenheit

SCALES !'~"

Kelvin

pvA

= ,constant

(any fluid)

vA

= constant

(incompressible fluid)

-----

:

Celcius

r:

ConffnuifyEquation It describes the conservation of mass alonga flow tube as shown below: .

Wider hose,

I

Faster speed

Slower speed

BOiling point --1--rr-,-j,2120F of water

373.15 K --1--rr-,-j 100°C

Highest temperature ever recorded in the world (EIAzezia, Libya)

134°F

330K

32°F OaF

Moon, at its coldest

-280°F

100K

--H+H

-173°C

Absolute zero

-460°F

OK

....,---H-H--;I

-273°C

Freezing point of water

-+++-H

56.7°C

273.15K

~

O°C

255K

~-18°C

l'iscosily Viscosity or fluid friction,

is especially importantwhen fluid interact with solid objects.

"W''---'

~ Dynamics Moving fluids obey conservation

of Bernoulli's Principle It helps explain lift forces, although u1ti.~ massand, in the absence of fluid friction (viscosity), mately these are based on Newton's third law of moti()l\ '1 they also conserve energy. The continuity equation andBernoulli's equation express these conservations Lift laws.

• Equilibrium temperature Combining two systems at different temperatures results in a common equilibrium temperature. . • Scientists once considered heat to be' a material ': fluid, called caloric that flowed from hot bodies to cold bodies. • Strictly speaking, heat refers only to energy in transit. Once heat has been transferred, we, say that the internal energy of the object has increased, not that it contains 'more heat. .

HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS

~~ pressure

'

Narrower hose

due to pressure on an object is equal to the eight of the displaced fluid. For an object less dense than a fluid, the buoyancy force exceeds gravity and the object floats; otherwise, it sinks or is in a neutral buoyancy.

Slow speed-High

.,

It is the degree of heat of a body / substance which can be measured by various scales like Centigrade (0C), Fahrenheit (OF)or Kelvin (K). .

The often cited example of the Bernoulli Equation or "Bernoulli Effect" is the reduction in pressure which occurs when the fluid speed increase.

F;.

,....-,.

For a spherical, wave .that spreads in all directions from a localized source, intensity ,decreases as the inverse square of the distance from the source.'

.: t

Temperature

'-Low pressure

1=-

Heat and Temperature

1pv~ + pgh2

Fluid Static Fluids in hydrostatic equilibrium exhibita depth-dependent pressure that results in an upward buoyancy force F Pressure It is the force per unit area: P = A: The pres. Archimedes' Principle It states that the buoyanCy force ~

! ,

• Fluid is matter that readily deforms arid flows under the influence of forces. Pressure/ density and flow velocity characterize fluids. • Liquids and slowly moving gases are'incompressible, meaning their density does not change significantly." • A fluid that is not moving is in hydrostatic equi. librium. In the presence of gravity, equilibrium requires that fluid pressure increases with depth.

Energy per unit volume before

sure in a fluid exerts itself equally in all directions.

T

I

I

Doppler ERed

If a system is driven at a frequency. near its natural oscillation frequency (roo), then large-amplitude oscillations can build; this is called resonance.

8.11

Mann of energy which

,j.

jY

Bernoulli's Equation It can be considered t~ be a stale" ment of the conservation of energy principle mainl1 for flowing fluids. j

• Raisestemperature of matter. • Increases volume of matter. • Changes state and physical properties of matter and brings about chemical change.

.

.'

.'

J~'-'

f

Thermometer It is a system with a conveniently observed macroscopic property that changes with temperature. It could be length of mercury column, .

11

--:-----------------------------.A B.12'

Chapter 1

'I

gas pressures, electrical resistance, or the bending of a bimetal strip in a dial thermometer. • The zeroth law guarantees reliability, in that two systems for which the thermometer gives the identical reading must have the same temperature.

evaporation is affected by wind, heat and surface area. Illustration When alcohol is applied on the forehead of a person having high temperature, the temperature reduces because alcohol while evaporating draws t~ heat out of the body. ' f

Thermodynamic Equilibrium Temperature is a property common to systems in thermodynamics equilibrium. Temperature is qualified in SI units using the Kelvin scale, defined in terms of gas-based thermometers. System B

System A

Systems A and B when put together in thermal contact with no further macroscopic changes.

1'~cl

•

1

ti

Heat-Transfer Mechanisms There are three heat-transfer mechanisms:

difference.

' System B

System A

D ," D'~,.:.'i I

TA

I i,

,

I

....... ~, ...

....

~.'

process of heat transfers without visible motion ofthe atoms or molecules from a region of higher temperature to that of lower temperature. It is the transmission of heat from molecule to molecule. Among meta~, silver is the best conductor followed by copper.

Thermal Conductivity Conduction is heat transfer through direct physical contact. It occurs as molecules in ahot. ter .region collide with and transfer energy to those in an adjacent cooler region. Thermal conductivi~ (symbol k; SI uillt W /m.K) characterizes this process.

c: rel="nofollow">

, ,,, , ,,

TB

'"

,,'

••••

for TA> TB• heat flows from System A to System B

i

Heat Capacity and Specific Heat Heat capacity and specific heat quantify energy i1Q required to raise an object's temperature by i1T: ' ' i1Q=mci1T

1

\.

I:

'I! "

!

Quiek ,Pacts"

> Two thin blankets are warmer as they enclose air in betwe;en.

q ,.

> A new quilt is warmer. than an old one because~ encloses more air. '

> Eskimos make double-walled ice houses and the air in, between two ice walls does not allow heat to pass. .,

Evaporation I

important

Condudivity It is a property experienced by metals.~

Heat It is energy in transit as a result of temperature

I I

It is the heat required to change the state of a substance from solid to liquid or from liquid to gas without change in temperature.

Transfer of Heat

They have reached a ' thermodynamic equilibrium and so have the same temperature.

50°C 150°C

I :1

,_l

I

B

II

+

Latent Heat

Evaporation' is the change of state from liquid to vapour and thereby results in cooling. Rate of

> A thermos flask is made of doublewalled glass bottles.:

Conduction

Convection

Radiation

Energyis transferredby directcontact.

Energyis transferredby the massmotion

..~

ofmolecUles'/.

t

~

-"11i' ~9=~~ ~Hot~

!

Energyis transferredby electromagnetic

\,

• Common materials exhibit broad range ofthermal conductivities, from about 400 W/mK for copper (a good thermal conductor), to-0.029 W/ m.K for Styrofoam (a good thermal insulator). • Thermal conductivities of some material in (W/m.K units) are air 0.026; pine wood 0.11; water 0.61; steel 46; iron 80.4; glass 0.7-0.9; fibreglass 0.042; concrete 1.0 (though it varies with mix).

Why are Metals Good Conductors? In metals there are a largenumber of free electrons which transport major amount of heat and move from hotter part of the solidto the ,c
•.,.

Quick I

,,'Facts

> _~, .y'

! ..~•.';.

~ The double-walled glass bottles used in d thermos flask, have a silver coating-outside the inner wall and inside the outer wall. ~ White clothes are preferred in summer. On the other hand, radiation is greater from'black surfaces which are very good absorbers of heat. . ~ It iswarmer on a cloudy night because the heat radiated by Earth is obstructed and senl'back to the atmosphere.

Illustration In winter, a steel chair appears colder than a wooden chair because steel being a good conductor of heat, when touched absorbs heat from the hand rapidly giving the feeling of coldness. Metalsare good conductors while gas and air are poor conductors.

, Radiationis transmission of heat from one point to anotherwithout heating the medium, that is, transmissionof heat by means of waves without the help of a Imedium.The rate of the transfer depends on the aver, age temperature of the object and its surroundings. ,Polishedsurfaces are the best radiators of heat.

Convection

,

.;

! •~

Laws of Thermodynainics ',;, . .; .:~,

';"

,:

i

&r~

_,t~",.l~;~.:.;

"I~"~ .,

These laws show how heat energy' can be passed from one body to another. . ' " .';'

Zeroth Law No heat will flow between two bodies that are of the' same temperature. In other words; a body's temperature does not depend on the matenal involved. •.

i

/.

l~" -'. ';

"

1

'1:1

First Law Internal energy can be added to a body

either by heating or domg work on it, arid conversely, if work is extracted from thebbdy, its iritemal ~nergy (and hence its temperatUre) will fall uriless''an'equivalent amount of heat is supplied from' olitsiCle.This reinforces the Law of Conservation of Energy. ,

,"

•

'

t _.

'f

.•.

i ':.f,.. ..,'

",

Second Law Heat will not pass spoiltaneously from a cold body to a hotter body..

.

',.

.

..

"'-

ThirdLaw It is impossible to cool a body right down to absolute zero, that is, below --=-273.15°C{see Phenomena and Terms of Physics)., .

LIGHT AND OPTICS ' Light is the energy carried in an electromagnetic wave emitted by vibrating electrons in the atoms. 'Light is an electromagnetic radiation that has a wavelength in about the range of 380-780 run and that may be per-. ceived by the normal unaided human eye' "":-Reader's Digest Universal Dictionary. ' ~

J,

• It is a form of energy which travels in.straight lines and causes the sensation of visio'n.-Ifwe interpose a smar'l obstaclttbetWee-r- the' object and our eyes, we are unable to see it. • Formation of shadows is another proof of the fact that light travels in astraightline. • In air, light trav.els a milJion times faster than sound. I-J,l... • Light is the only thing we see, and sourid is the only thing we hear. ,,',' . .1, (" '

Comp~sition •

I

;f.

1!

•. -: l; . •

• Hence, ventilators in a room are on the top portion of the walls because air after being heated rises upwards and passes through the

r" I

"

:

. ,•...["1'

IttranSmitsthe heat of heated matter, that is, by actual motionof the heated particles of a liquid or gas.

B.13

. ventilators and cold air;enters the room,through doors and windows which are at lowedevels.

.

Radiation

Physics

.' •..•. u j~

n: :"1"" ~

In 1666,Isaac Newton passed a be~m of light through a prism and found th~t it has seven colours, namely, 1. .'violet; 2. Indigo; 3. Blue; 4:' Green; 5. Yellow;

~r~i:~----I

II

I B.14

Chapter 1

6. Orange; 7. Red. In these colours, the violet will have the maximum energy. The band of colours so formed is called a spectrum in which violet and red bands form the extremes.

Colour Visualiiation

Different objects have different colours-they absorb or reflect different parts of the spectrum. Thus, a blue object absorbs the red, yellow and green parts of white light and reflects only the colour blue. The cqlour of an object depends upon the nature of light falling on it and also on the constituent colour of the incident light reflected by it.

I,

•1

.1,

~

.~

• If all the colours are absorbed, the object appears black. If all the colour constituents of light are reflected, it appears white. Thus, we see objects because of the light they reflect. • Most of the objects around us reflect only part of the light that is incident upon them and it is the reflected part which gives the object its colour. • When a rose is viewed in white light, it appears , red and the leaves appear green, because the petals reflect the red part and the leaves green part. The remaining colours are absorbed. • When the same rose is viewed in .green light, the petals will appear black and the leaves green. In blue or yellow light, both the petals and leaves will appear black. • A white paper appears white because it reflects all the colours of light, whereas a print on it appears black because it absorbs all the colours. • In red light,. green grass will appear black because it absorbs all colours except green and it would absorb the red rays of light falling on it. • Violet light has nearly twice the frequency of red light and half the wavelength.

'Physics

of the bending of a ray of light when passing from one medium into another, it describes the amount by which light slows in a given material. That means greater the refractive index lesser the speed of th~ light through that medium.

It is the 'bouncing back' of light rays. The simple law of reflection is that the angle between the incident ray and the perpendicular to the surface is equal to the angle between the reflected ray and the same perpendicular.

Refradion

It is the sudden change of direction of light when passing from one transparent substance into another. For example, a ray of light passing from air into water. bends towards the perpendicular. Refractive index, also called index of refraction, measure

""

absorbed, the eyes see black. A black surface. absorbs more light than a white surface. ,.. i

Air (Normal)

t

Sunlight

Incident ray i = Angle of incidence r = Angle of reflection

Angle of incidence

Violet

~

g

Normal

~

Refracted Ray

Figure 8.1.4 Figure 8.1.2

Figure 8.1.1

qOp )0>

)0>

)0>

, )0>

)0>

Mirrors Oiffradian It is the spreading out of waves of light as it passes through a narrow aperture, because light is a wave of motion. Hence, light rays emerging from a cinemamachine spread wide on the screen .

Reflection

Quick ]Facts

iA stick immersed in V:;aterappearlbe~'t;:i A pond looks shallower than it rebfly js ds'the rays start from rarer to denser medium: the rays bend towards the normal. A diamond sparkles because when light enters a piece of diamond and the cut of its'faces the light is totally refracted to various fac'es.of thedia'm6nd,.as diamond ,has a high reffa~live' index: .

Dispersion When white light is passed through' glass prism,it is split into the colours of the spectrum. This isbecauseeach colour has its own wavelength, which determinesthe angle at which light is refracted. Red and yellow waves are the longest, and hence are the leastrefracted. Blue and violet rays are shortest and arethe most refracted (see illustration). xattering A rough surface scatters light because each partof the surface reflects the light at different angles whichis known as scattering of light.

A person looks shorter when he/she is standing in water and if we look at him/her from a side. A stone lying at the bottom of pond appears to be at a higher point than it actually is.

Eye

Pond Stone appears here

Figure 8.1.3

Ilainbow

1he most s8es:tacular"iJlustrat~?nof dispersion;; the rainbow. When the Sun,shines after a shower, a rainbow is seen in the sky opposite to the ,Sun.The coloursc the rainbow are due to the dispersion of sunlight by wate droplets suspended in the air. •• .

.

i

.'

Total Internal Reflection

Refraction

Reflected ray

Phenomenon of Light Refledion

Incident ray

B.15

.

'

Some Important Definitions' A Real Image is one through which the rays of light actually pass and which can be formed on a screen . A Virtual Image is one through' which the rays, do not actually pass, although they appe'ar to come from it. A consequence of the laws of reflection is.that, for a real object, the image produced by a plane :mirror is virtual and its distance behind the mirror is the same as the object's distance in front of it.

Red

Uses of Plane Mirrors Plane mirrors find applications in optical level, sextant, kaleidoscope, periscope, telescope flat, dental mirror, etc. . .

Violet

Normal I I

Dispersion of light

l}~y is the Sky Blue? Violet and blue light have short ~avelengths and are scattered by ~he atmosphere 10 ~es more than red light waves. While the red light, WIth long wav~length, goes almost straight through theatmosphere, blue and violet are scattered by particlesin the atmosphere. Thus, we see ~.blue sky.

AJsorption

Plane Mirror Mirrors work on the prinCiple of reflection of light. When a man stands in front of a mirror, light from all. parts of the body (light which is' reflected from the body in the presence of a source of light) is reflected from the mirror back to the eyes and a virtual image appears to be formed behind the mirror. For looking at the full image of an object, the plane mirror should be at least half the height of the object.

Some surfaces absorb more of the light !:tHing on them than others. If light of all colours is

!:~

I I

I

Mirror

Figure 8.1.5

Plane Mirror Reflectio"n

Curved Mirrors There are two types of curved mirrors used for specific purposes, viz., concave and convex.

,1, r1 ;

i

i

\

,

~l

I

III

B:16

Chapter 1

Physics

In concave mirrors, the light rays are reflected so as to converge to a point called the focus of the mirror. A concave mirror can therefore, concentrate Sun's radiation falling on it at one point. Hence, 'a concave mirror can be used as a burning glass and is used in solar cookers. The virtual images produced by convex mirror are erect and smaller than the object. The convex mirror is therefore used as a rear-view mirror in vehicles as it has the advantage of a wide field of view.

~ Ir

hi.',

t.

Uses of Convex Mirrors Safety viewers at dangerous corners, anti-shop-lifting devices, car wing mirrors, etc. ."

,--,,--, p

egativerad,ius of curvature. It has a real and posi~vefocalle~gth [given in Figur~ ~.1.10].

,

Uses of Concave Lenses Concave lenses are used as wide-anglespyhole in doors, glasses to correct for shortsight, wide-angle lens on coach rear window, eyelens in Galilean telescope. .

/'

'-

- --

- - ---_ - - - - ..•.c

/

/'

;::-- --

Figure 8.1.8

I

?'./' ;Y Image

I

I

Figure 8.1.6

I

I

:\

i I I

Concave

Mirror

Convex or Converging Lens If a parallel beam of light is incident on a convex lens, all rays, after passing the lens, converge on a point called the principal focus, Convex lens surfaces have a real and therefore positive radius of curvature. It has a real and positive focal length [given in Figure B.1.9]. Uses of Convex Lenses Convex lenses are used as magnifying glasses, eye (variable focal length), glasses to correct for long sight, microscope, tele-, scope objective, camera (single lens system) and projectors.

Convexlenses have positive power while concave lenseshave negative powers. The power of a meniscuslensdepends on the face of the lens which is more sharplycurved. .

Convex lens

p

Convex lens

-ave lens

I:

Concave or Diverging Lens In case of a concave lens,~~. ~t ..: Figure 8.1.7

Concave Mirror

inverted,.

diminished image between F and 2F 2. Position of object at 2F-Real, inverted, same size at 2F 3. Position of object between F and 2F-Real, inverted, diminished image beyond 2F 4. Positionof object at F-At infinity 5. Position of object between F and optical centre-Virtual, erect, magnified at the same sideof the object

C

rays of light spread out after passing through the Concave lens surfaces have a virtual and theref

,-:~e

; ...•.

"

'"_h,t",

on the weakest sound that can be detected: by the human ear.

Phenomena Related to Sound " Diffraction Like light, sound waves spread as they

move past an obstacle or through a narrow aperture. If the aperture is small, the 'sound waves spread out in all directions. Hence, sound can be heard round the comers of a corridor.

Refledion Deflection of sound waves into n'ew dir~ctions by a surface is known as 'reflection of sound.'

Characteristicsof Image

F

,

Loudness It is measured in decibels (dB), a unit based. , ..

Focal length in metres

Convex

.

• Pitch refers to the rate of vibration of soUnd and is measured in Hertz (Hz).'! ,; .,..••.~ '

1

Powerof the lens =

1. Position of object at infinity-Real,

Figure 8.1.9

• Sound requires a mediUIri. It cannot travel 41" vacuUm because there is nothing to compress and stretch.

.

'Concave lens

Powerof the Lens The strength of a lens is' described interms of either its focal length or its power. The powerof a lens is defined as

'!

c

'-.l"~~':j,

':~.•

Source of sound is always the vibrations, of an.object, It is transmitted in the form of waves. w~thal~~mating increase and d~crease in pressure.. /' ,'; I';

On the basis of these characteristics, sound can be recognized as we recognize a person from his /her voice.

Lenses are used in all optical instruments, such as microscopes, telescopes, cameras, projectors, etc. Lenses are of the two types:

R

I,

~

(i) Pitch odrequency; (ii) Loudness or,intensity; and (iii) Quality..

Convex Mirror

scope, dental mirror, head lamp reflectors, shaving and make-up mirrors.

(

R

Figure 8.1.10

Uses of Concave Mirrors These are used in reflecting tele-

'I~

C

Lenses

The Principal Axis is a line through the centre of the mirror which passes through the centre of curvature. The Pole of a mirror P is. where the principal axis meets the mirror. The Principal .Focus F is the point where parallel light close to the axis converges to a focus. The Focal Length (f) is the distance from the principal focus to the pole of the mirror. The Centre of Curvature (C) is the centre of curvature of the mirror surface. The R~'dius 'of Curvature is the distance of the centre of curvature from the pole of the mirror. The Paraxial Ray is one that lies close to the principal axis and may make a small angle with it

'I

f

/'

Some Important . . Definitions .

I

F

/'

Curved Mirror Reflection

f

Characteristics

/'

Mirror

/

J

..:,::.

/'

//7//

."

Convex

/'

//

t • l' ' .,f ,~~ -

~ .• ,

Convex

f ',F - - - - - - - -

SOUND.

B.17

at ~y position-Virtual, erect; diminished at Sideof the object and between F and optical

Refradion It is the change of direction of a s~u~d wave on passing from one medium to another. .. Echo Repetition of sound by reflection is known~s echo.

Oscillation Periodic to and fro motion over a cenf;al neutral point, created by changes in energy is called: Oscillation. Oscillation is the term used to describe anything that vibrates. ,.' -/I y

•

1~'.J

Sound Waves and Music ..'

",

.1'"

(.~

,,",

Sound is generated by a vibrat.ing system setting up waves in the surrounding air. Musical sounds are produced by a vibration with a definite pitch often produced by a vibrating string (e.g.; sitar) or a vibrating column of air in a'tube (e.g., shehnai), which does

{II -B.18

!! I

Chapter 1

PhysicsB.19

not progress from one point to another but causes the string or column of air to vibrate as a whole with its characteristic frequency. These waves are similar to the waves generated in a pipe filled with air by moving the piston attached to the pipe up and down.

Ultrasonic and Supersonic Sounds Sounds of frequency higher than 20,000 Hz are called ultrasonic and are inaudible. The human ear is normally sensitive to sounds whose frequencies are between 16 and 20,000 Hz. The speed that is greater than the speed of sound is known as supersonic. • The speed of aeroplanes travelling at supersonic speeds is measured in Mach numbers. • The sound waves of frequency lower than 16 Hz are called infrasonic. • In hospitals, concentrated beams of ultrasound are used to break up kidney stones and gallstones, eliminating the need for surgery.

I

I,

I \:

How do Bats Fly at Night? Bats can fly in the dark because ultrasonic waves produced by them during flying are reflected back to them from the obstacles in their way and hence they can fly without difficulty. The same .technology is used in SONAR systems.

1'1 !

Speed of sound in different mediCi

1505 m/ s

ICe-cold water

.._._-m/s

,

r

Wood

"-----~1

IGlass.. _---Steel

r:-:-A.

.,1

,

I I• l'

Ir

thev '

Are Radio Waves Sound Waves? Both radio and lig~i waves are electromagnetic waves, which originate in the vibrations of electrons. Radio waves have lower frequencies than light waves, so a radio wave' ~ght be considered to be a low-frequency light wav~' (anda light wave might be considered as a high-frequenev radio wave). But a sound wave is a mechanical vibr;. tion of matter and is not electromagnetic. A sound wave is fundamentally different from an electromag. netic wave. So, a radio wave is definitely not a sound wave. (Do not confuse a radio wave with the sound that a loudspeaker emits.)

Broadcasting Radio Waves AM radio waves are usually measured in kilohertz (kHz), while FM radio waves are measured in megahertz (MHz). A station at 960 kHz on the AM radio broadcasts radio waves that have a frequency of 960,000 vibrations per seconds, A station at 101.7 MHz on the FM radio broadcasts radio waves with a frequency of 101,700,000Hz. These radio-wave frequencies are the frequenciesat which electrons are forced to vibrate in the antennaof a radio station's transmitting tower. The frequencyof the vibrating electrons and the frequency of the wave produced are same. Anti-noise Technology Destructive sound interference~

Speed of Sound

!

waves are outside the range of humanhearihg, would not be considered to be sound waves'rlr

3847 m/s

_._------_.

__

5000-6000 m/s-_._------' 5000 m/s

.

331 m/s

The speed of sound depends upon the nature of the carrier media. Sound does not travel through vacuum and has maximum. speed in solid. In general, the speed of sound refers to the speed at which sound travels in air at sea level. • In dry air at O°C,the speed of sound is about 331 m/s or 750 miles/h. The presence of water vapours in the air increases the speed of sound slightly.

..

Are Ultrasonic and Infrasonic Waves Sound Waves? Sound 'requires 'perception'. Since infrasonic and ultrasonic

eedric PotentiiJl As we know that an object has grav'tational p8tential energy because of its location in ~ gravitation field. Sir:nilarly,~ charg~d o?ject has a potential energy by VIrtue of ItS location ill an electricfield. The unit of measurement of.electric potential is volt (V), so electric potential is often called voltage. • A potential of 1 volt (V) equals 1 joule (J) of energy per coulomb (C) of charge.

1 volt

=

1 joule Coulomb

It is these free electrons that conduct through a metallic conductor when an electric force is. applied to it, making up a current. In metallic conductor' valence band and condution band overlap'each other.

f/edric Insulators. The electrons in othel materi
This, a 1.5 V battery gives 1.5 J of energy to every 1Cof charge,flowing through the battery.

Supercondudor Som~ materials can 'conduct ~i~ctricitY with no resistance, these are called superconductor. :

Whatwould a 24.V Battery Mean? It means that one of the batteryterminals is 24 V higher in potential than the otherone. It signifies that when a circuit is connected betweenthe terininals of this battery, each coulomb ofchargein the resulting current would be given'24 J ofenergy as it 'passes though the batt~ry (and 24) of energyis 'spent' in the circuit).

Water is a (ondudor or Not? Pure water is not a good conductor. But the ions that are normally found in'the' water make it a fair conductor. Dissolved materiais in water, especially small quantities of saH, lower the resistance even more.

• Though, the voltage of the charged balloons is high, the electric potential energy is low because of the small amount of charge.

ElectricCurrent

at the heart of the anti-noise technology. Such noisy devices as. jackhammers are being equipped with ElectriccurrenLis the rate of flow of an electrical charge.It flow~ from positive to negative. Batteries microphones that send the sound of the deviceto supply direct current (DC) and the mains supply electronic microchip, which creates mirror-image alternatingcurr~nt (AC). wave patterns of the sound signals. For the jackham. mer, this mirror-image sound signal is fed to ear. • The radic) and TV require DC and this is phones worn by the operator. Sound compressions obtained from AC mains by means of a rectifier (or rarefactions) from the jackhammer are cancelled which converts AC into DC. by mirror image rarefactions (or compressions) inthe • Weoften think of current flowing through a cirearphones. The combination of signals cancels the cuit, but it is not grammatically correCt, as the jackhammer noise. t expressioI).'current flow' is redundant. More properly, charge flow-which is curr~nt. • Anti..,noise devices are becoming more co~' mon in aircrafts, which today are much qUI' • Current is a flow of charge, pressured eter inside than before this technology y,'15 into modon by voltage and hampered by introduced. resistance'.

Heating Effect of Ele,ctricity. When electricity is pa~sed through thinm~tallic wires. of high resistance, they become hot and glow."Metals like platinum or tungsten offe~ resistance to the passage of electric current. They become white, hot and glow and light is produced by the electric current. • The filament of electric bulbs and neater' elements is made of such metals which have high resistance.

Fus~Wire Fuse wire is made of material having low melting point. During short-Circuiting, the current flowing in the electricity circuit increases instantaneously, if fuse wire is inserted in an electric circuit, it will not allow excess electricity to flow throqgh it. . :' ,Ii • When current exceeds its limit,.,the fuse wire gets heated, melts and breaks the circuit. , ~ .~

•

ELECTRICITY It is a form of energy which is made from the chaI1' that make up the atom-negatively charged electrt" and positively charged protons.

~".:

1

f1ectr;c (ondudors - These are ma,terials that allow

Magnetic Effed of Electricity

ged ~articles (usually electrons) to pas~ thro.ugh rneasily.Copper, silver and other metals are good :::uctors for the same reasons that they are good t Conductors:atoms of metals have one or more CItIter electrons that are loosely bound to their nuclei.

It is a phenomenon ;by which magnetiC field is produced by an electric current. A .linear currentcarrying conductor produces a circular magnetic field and a circular current (in a 'coil) produces a straight magnetic field at the centre of the circular coil.

:;r

1

J

.".

' •."

•

I

~~

J':,

.-\

,

~'I'I)

1<

~ B.20 II" ,.11

Chapter 1

Physics

(iron oxide) has magnetic properties of a.~$acting iron, cobalt and nickel. These are called lodestones. 'Is.....

Types of Electricity Static Current .It is the electricity produced by friction or rubbing between two dissimilar objects. Depending on the nature of the objects, one acquires a positive charge and the other negative charge because of transfer of electrons. For example,. when a glass rod is rubbed with a silk cloth, some electrons from the rod are transferred to the silk cloth. Thus by losing electrons, the glass rod becomes PQsitively charged and by gaining the number of electrons the silk acquires an' equal negative charge. Similarly by' rubbing an ebonite comb on hC;lir,a magnetic property is produced which can attract s1?all pieces of paper ..

J

Current Eledricity It is the electricity which brings light aI1
.)

'~y

,

I

'

.

~

.

In household wiring systems, vario'us electrical devices are connected in parallel across the power line, which .consistsof a pair of conductors, one 'hot' and the other ineutral.' .An additional 'ground' wire is included. for safety. • The maximum permissible current in a circuit is getermin~d by the s,ize of the wires and the maximum temperature they can tolerate. Protection against excessive current and the resulting fire hazard' is provided by fuses circuit breaker.

or

MAGNETISM '1

Magnets , [I:,

1,1

I

It is. a substance which has the property of attracting pieces of iron, cobalt and nickel and when freely susp'ended .it points towards north' and south. The attracting"p~wer of a magnEit appears to be concentrated at definite regions called poles. When a magnet is broken into pie<;es, each' piece becom~s an independent magnet. Two poles of the magnet have equal' strength .. Like poles repel and .unlike poles attract each other:' ' I.,' ,

"'F'

ArtificiaUliagMts. These magnets are ~reated by artificia.1 means. Ir~n
-

Types of Ma'gnetic Substances

"

(i) Ferro-magnets 'These are special substances which are strongly magnetized by relatively weak magnetic fields. Iron, nickel and'cobalt are familiar examples of this class. .(' (ii) Paramagnetic Substances These substances when placed in a strong magnetic field get magnetized in the same sense as the external field. Aluminium, chromium, copper sJ1lphate and liquid oxygen are familiar examples. (iii) Diamagnetic Substances These substances when placed in a magnetic field get',weakly magnetized in a sense opposite to the applied field. A few examples are bismuth, antimony, gold, water, alcohol and hydrogen.

•

Household Wiring System ii',

I

Magnetic Induction When a piece of soft iron or steel is brought close to strong bar magnet, it is magnetized. When an electric current is passed through an insulated copper wire coil, the steel or soft iron placed in the coil becomes a magnet. This is due to the magnetic field which is produced in the coil. The electric bell works on the above-mentioned principle.

Eledric Meters The modest meter to sense electric current is a magnetic compass. Then there is one that has a compass in a coil of wires. When an electric current passes through the coil, each loop produces its own effect on the needle so even a very small current can be detected. Such a current-indicating instrument is called a galvanometer. Ammeter and Voltmeter A galvanometer may be calibrated to measure current (amperes), in which case it is called an ammeter, or it may be calibrated to mea. sure elec,tric potential (volts), in which case it is called voltmeter. ElectricMotors With a slight alteration in the design of the galvanometer, we' can convert a galvanometer into an electric motor. The change will have to be SO that deflection makes a complete tum rather than.a partial rotation. The key change is that the current ~ a motor is made to alter direction each time the COl. makes a half rotation. This occurs in a cyclic fashion to yield cOJ:).tinuousrotation tJ:lat has .b~en in use to run clocks, operate gadgets, and lift heavy loads.

sectromogneticIndudion in Everyday Technologies . Elec'ttomagtic induction is used all around us. When walking ~ugh the upright coils in ,l security. ,systeIT).at an 'rport, any metal you carry slightly alters the mag31 h' c field in the coils. This change induces voltage, ~ . \'hichsounds a beep or an alarm. When the magnetIc of the back of a credit card is scanned, induced ~'oltagepulses identify the card. There are much such waYSthat we unassumingly use electromagnetic inductionin our daily life.

In traditional power plants; the wateffisheated to steam by burning fossil fuels. In n:hclear power plants, the en~rgy ~()heat water. to inake sh~a~ ,is'"supplied by nuclear fission reactions. ":.iu,l , ,.1rt; •.•.•'". j

;.,

MagneticField of the Earth TheEarth has its own magnetic field which is similar tothefield produced by a huge magnet at its centre. Its northpole lying towards the geographical south pole andsouth pole towards the geographical north pole ..

l~l1gnetic Strip on a Credit Card A magnetic strip on a creditor debit card contains millions of tiny magneticdomains held together by resin binder. Dafa is encodedin binary code, with zeros and ones distinguishedby the' frequency of domain reversals. It is quiteamazing how quickly your name pops up when 3 retailer swipes your card at a shop for charging paymentfor goods' or services sold to you. Il~olGeneratorsDo? Generators do not create energytheysimply convert energy from some other form intoelectric energy. Energy from a source-weather fossilor nuclear fuel, or wind, or water..c..:..is converted tomechanical energy to drive turbine, and then convertedto electricity, which then carries the energy towhere it can be used., MOre than. half a century after Faraday and Hemy discovered electromag-' neticinduction, Nikola Tesla and George Westinghouseput those experimental results to prilctical use. Theyshowed the world that electricity can be generateddependably and in adequate quantities to light tntire cities. The generators we use today are not muchdifferent principally from the ones Tesla built decadesago, just that his generators had armatures madeup of bundles of copper wires. The armatures ..ereforced to spin within strong magnetic fields by ~turbine,which, in tum, was spun by the energy of ..•the~steam of falling, water. The rotating loops of "Ilre In the armature cut through the magnetic field ~thesurrounding electromagnet~. In thi~ way, th~y . ducedalternating voltage and currents. .

::.~, Plants and Electricity Generation Today, the energy . turn the turbine is stilf often delivered by steam.

rt'Ittnn

~~

A"

MODERN PHYSICS

I

'jH,'Ud"J

t'. '., t.

.'

\riP

B.21

l

\..-~,

l'

1,~'i~''''.1 .,.

j, ~

.~-

Non-conductors "

•

.1 •

•

J

.' !

\

. h

,.'. 'J' J j;)~,l'b•.. ')

'."

,_ \J.>

Ofl

There are some elements, and mlinerous comp'ounds in which all the electro~s ~re so tig~tiybo,u.n,d.t~jh~~r' parent atoms that fre~ elec.tron flo~, is imp~ssi~~t:., They have infinite electrical resistance. These materi- ' als are electrical and thermai insulat~rs. " " 0'

.

.

i.~,:,:,:~ ... :

"

;':"

~,.i~',~-.!.)"":!.+~

•

,,'~~ •

• For instance, the sodjum 9-~orn!eadilyJos~~ .its outer electron, ~orming a.po~i~ve io.n,,]he io!, is very stable. !ts electron arr,!ng~JIl~nt .res~mbles the '~lm~ed.~~ell' belongingto.the inert gas; neon. Howev;er, the chlorine atom would have a'very stable structure that resembles the inert gas argon if only i~ Could be given one extra electron to complete: the cl9sed shell. If the outer sodium 'electrons were 'given to, chlorine, atom, we should have two stable ions. •

.•

1.

,

• One positive andone negative. These.would then attract each other and form a compound. T}:lisis just, how <;:ommon salt, sodium chloride, is formed, and' its. crystais, consist of regular ~et,\'York of al~~rnate sodi~JP and chlorine ions. .., , ' . •

•

J

),..,.:

, -:

~

!"'.

• As all the electrons are b,oundto ions, it is not surprising, that salt willnot condu~t electricity or heat to any appreciable extent. Not all insulating compounds are' built on this pattern but all have structures which bind ,the ele~tron~ .tightly.. , ,

Semiconductors

"

Just as nature does not permit a hard-and~fast dis- , tinction between, so1id~..a~d liquids~it, also does' not between conductors and m'siilators.' Back in the 19th century, Faraday knew:of.~ubstan<;~s which would conduct electricity, but rather badly. A com- , mon one is 'the gr.aphit~ in tpencils;' C?tl1.ersare the elements selenium~ germani~:ij1._aTI.9- 'sil~c6.n,'and a con'siderable number of compouiids!~ese are called semiconductors. . fr' . "':,:"::' .',

UnderstandIng the, Behaviour of' Semicon(J~d~r Semiconductors conductors c~n(f~ct bailly' b'~c~~se they have so

_

....,..-------------

Q

~'

II

I

i Chapter 1

8.22

I

few free electrons, several thousands of times fewer than metals. In very cold germanium, for instance, at 200 below freezing temperature, all the electrons are tightly bound to atoms and the substance is an insulator. It differs from normal insulators in that, on warming it, the gradually increasing thermal vibration of the crystal detaches some of the electrons. For they are only moderately tightly bound, the warmer the crystal becomes, the more of its electrons become detached and the better it conducts electricity. At around the temperatUre of boiling water, there are so many free electrons that conduction is moderately good, though less good than in metals. This is basic semiConductor behaviour. 0

I:

Semicondudor Oopi~g The number of free electrons in a semiconductor can be adjusted by introducing small amounts of another element. This process is called doping. By doping a semiconductor,' scientists can create a conductor with a specific conductivity. • Semiconductors once doped serve as the basic material for computer chips and miniaturized electronic components-transistors, etc. Transistors are essential components of computers and other electronic devices . .A transistor can act as a conductor or an insulator depending upon the applied voltage, controlling current flow to different parts of the circuit. • Miniaturized semiconducting electronic componentstake : up less space, and, they are faster and require less energy to operate, than old-fashioned circuit components. • The conductivity of a semiconductor can be modeled in terms of the band theory of solids. The band model of a semiconductor suggests that at ordinary temperatures there is a finite possibility' that electrons can reach the conduction band and contribute to electrical conduction. II

.': ~

IMPORTANT lAWS OF PHYSICS Archimedes' Principle ••

j

~

• ~

When. a body is partially or totally immersed in a fluid, it experiences an upward thrust equal to the weight 'of the fluid displaced by it, thatis, its apparent loss of weight is equal to the weight of liquid displaced. The principle was discovered in 3rd century BCEby the GreeKmathematician, Archimedes.

Avogadro's Law

<.

Pascal's (16~3-1662)Law

Equal volumes of all gases under the same conditio~ of temperature and pressure contain equal number(~ molecules. This was an inspired guess in 1811by tr Italian Scientist Amedeos Avogadro that turned lY.' to be correct. '

Newton's (1642-1727)

Laws

(i) When press~re is app.lied to a fluid, the pressure change IStranSmItted to every part of the fluid without loss. Hydraulic machines like the hydraulic press work on this principle. (ii) Atmospheric pressure decreases with increase in height. The 51 unit of pressure, Pascal~ is named after Pascal who established this law..

1.:.:,:

directly proportional to the product of the masses offr. objects and inversely proportional to the square offr, distance between them. Hence, for objects or- or nt'7 the ~arth, the mass of the earth is very mu~ great,. than the object, and so the gravitational force betweethem makes objects fall towards the earth. That isw~ lead and feather fall at the same rate in vacuum.

Newton's First Law of Motion A body continues'm its sta~, of rest, or of uniform motion in a straight line, excer in so far as it be compelled by external impresse: forces to change that state. It is also called lawI inertia.

Newton's Second Law of Motion The rate of change I momentum is proportional to the impress~d fora and takes place in the direction of the straight line: which the force acts. In other words, 'Force is equa!~ mass multiplied by acceleration.' Newton's Third Law of Motion To every action there is," equal and opposite reaction. This is the princip', behind the recoil felt on pulling the trigger of a gun Newton's Law of Cooling The rate at which a body coe' or loses its heat to its surroundings is proportior. to the excess of mean temperature of the body o\~ th"t of the surroundings, provided this te~peratu. excess is not too large.

Coulomb's(1738-1806)

Law,'

Hooke's (1635-1703)

Hooke'slaw states that the extension of a spring is proportionalto the tension stretching it: doubling of thetension results in the doubling of the amount of stretch.

.

"

law

'I'

.'l

I

(ii) Law of Electromagnetic I~duction ." 'J ~.:; (a) An electromagnetic flux is induced ~a conductor when the .magnetic field'surrounding it changes. t. . ,,' "1.. •••.

i

~.

•

_

,,"""

i~"

-t-

~_ '_r

L . ;'.

(b) The magnitude of the electromagnetic flux is proportional to the rat~ of' the change of the field. .f, ." ''' .• ",:~ ~.

...:

1

J -

• ,:...-

f

""'."

(c) The direction of the'induced electiomagnetic flux 'depends on the' orientation of the field. •

I

,'j

•

-

'j;

-.- "

'."

,

p.. .,.. _-~- -

,

,

•

...•.

Lenz's (180~-1865)Law

Ohm's (1787"':'1854) Law"

It states that when an electric current is induced bv a change in magnetic field, the induced cur~nt is always in such a direction that its magnetic fieldopposes the change of field which causes the induction.

Ohm's law states that the amoUnt of current flo.wsin an electric circuit is governed by the voltage of the battery or dynamo which powers it. In other words, the current through a conductor is directly proportional to the potential difference across the conduc,. tor and inversely proportional to its resistance. The 51unit of electrical resistance, the ohm is named after George Simon Ohm, who ~stablished this law. '

Dalton's (1766-1844) ,

Law

• Dalton's law states that the total pressure of a mixture of gases (or vapours) is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of its components, that is, the sum of the pressures that each component would exert if it were present alone and occupied the same volume as the mixture. • In 1803, Dalton formulated his atomic theory stating that matter is made up of particles or atoms which are not subdivided during chemical change. It said that atoms of the same chemical element are similar and equal in weight, that atoms of different elements have different properties arid different weights, and that chemical compounds are formed when atoms of different elements combine in simple proportions.

The force between the two electric charges redct\. to a quarter of its former value when the'dislafr between them is doubled. The 51unit of the:electri:. charge, coulomb, is named after Charles Augustin. faraday's Coulomb who established the law.

Stefan's (1835-1883)

Law

!

(b) The masses of -substances"'liberated or ,deposited by the'same quaritity Dfelectric charge are .proportional to their chemical equivalents. , '.

,

Law of Gravitation Objects attract each other with a fOlt!

8.23

Physics

(i)

The total energy radiated from a black body is eijto the fourth power of its absolute temperature.

(1791-1867)

Laws

Law of Electrolysis . (a) The amount of chemical change during electrolysis is proportional to the charge passed.

..

/ Lt

.

PHENOMENA AND IMPORTANT TERMS" . OF PHYSICS Absolute . Temperature and Ab~olute Zero A, te~p~rature scale based on Charles la';Vof expansion, of,gases. It measures temperature from absolute zero (that is, -273.15°C, below which matter cannotbe edoled) in kelvin, (the kelvin degreesbeiIig of the saine magni-' tude as the degree centigrade). To convert an absolute temperature to centigrade, simply add 273.15.

Bose-Einstein Condensate A rare state (or phase) of matter in which a large .percentage ofbosons,collapse into their lowest quantum state; a1l6wmg"quanhlirl effeCts to be observed on a macroscopic scale...This is the latest discovered state of matter. •..

. I

~

.•.

),

Calorie It is"the ~t

Of heat, which i~.equal to the amount of heat requifed,to raise the',t~,mp~r~tu.reof 1 g of water by 10C. " . " '0 'I~ Jr'

Curie Point It is the temperatur~ aboye .which a strongly magnetizable or ferromagnetic material

.,

_______________

.-c+n

-=--

_ -oIIIIIIIIII

Iii

~

~

,I':

f;I.24

II!

Chapter 1

loses its magnetic properties and acquires paramagnetic properties. The curie point of iron is 870°C.

heated, an electric current flows and can be used asmeasure of the temperature of the hot junction. '

Depression in Freezing Point The lowering of the tem-

Flux Flux is amount . of a magnetic or eleci;ical ~ fie' ~

perature at which a liquid freezes 'as is done by adding common salt and saltpeter (potassium nitrate-KN03) to ice to make ice cream.

Eledrode

The name g'iven to th~ part by means of which electricity is led into or away from a gas or a liquid. The negative electrode is cathode 'and the positiveelecfrode is known as anode.

E/~ctromagnetic Waves Waves that consist of varying electrisal and magnetic quantities travelling along at the speed of light. Light, radio waves, X-rays, gamma rays,etc.,ar~covered urider this category ..Interestingly, radio waves and light J1avethe same velocity. Eledromotive Force The electrical pressure developed by a cell; battery or generator which enables it to produce an electrical current in a circuit. It is measured in volts.

Fluorescence The property of some substances to absorb light. of one wavelength and emit light of a longer wavelength. .

Thermocouple It is a kind of thermometer made by join-

irig a lwir~ from both ends to another wire of a different material~ If one junction is kept cool and the other

,.

.

or radiation passing through a given area.

-

Polarization Separation of positive and negati\ charges to different regions of a molecule, thus ca~ ing it to be an electric dipole.

(Continued). . a;;tions

Why is the boiling point of sea water more than that of pure water? ------,---.•.. ''-'--.. ---~--~,-.~-=-, ..•.. ------'~.,.~-._,~ -'- .••~

.-...

Rheostat It is a resistor whose resistance can be varied Spectrum The band of colours produced wht:'n light"

~-.:-_.

.--~--

~_ .. ~-

•• ",,""-

Thermal Radiation This is emission of electromagnet: radiation by a body due to the thermal agitationl' atoms and electrons in the body.

~.~"'!""

-

is added? . .....,'~"'!"-'~-

-

A piece'of chalk when immersed in waier, emit~ bubbles.

Wh'2'" Jhi

y;,

/''1.,

..

._.__,..' ~ '"

,

.

.~"

.

--.-

---- _----=,_.--_ -

Why does a liquid remain hot or cold for a long time inside a thermoflask? . 'c;"'~"~f i.."'-!"',;;;"'~'i : i ""'":;~-',..-_ ,~ ,"",; ..-----.-, Why does a. Dall bounce up on falling?

I

I

L

"'1"" •• ::--""

••..• ,

".;-----:,

••••..•• '.-,

.-;:--."",~,

..• -- ..••••

'-

" •. ,,-

~_.'1_~

--_."r ..._~

••••••••...••

•._-'

,

.......-,-.

_

_

_

•.-.------".-

•

Thermionic £Hect This is emission of electrons fromI

-

Chalk consists of pores forming capillaries. When it is immersed in water, the water begins to rise in the capillaries and air present there is expelled in the form of bubbles. B~c~~s~of th;.p;s~nce"af.~ir~.whkh is ~'poo~ conductorc' heat, in be~~:n.th: d.
(Continue:

____________

..

~ ...••

_._.

,.

. •.

~

.4

.-'._,

I

As we go up the pressure and the density of air go on decreasing. A partially filled pen leaks when taken to a higher altitude because the pressure of air acting on the ink inside the tube of the pen is greater than the pressure of air outside,

On the Moo~will~he ;~i~h~cl a"~~~b~ less'~~ m~re than .."The;-~~~vityof th~M~~n is one-sixth that of the Earth; hence hisweight on the Earth? the weight of a person on the surface on the Moon will be one.sixth of_,,",'_'his actual ~eighton the _..Earth. -' .... """'._~o=,"..,,,_,,._,.""~,-_ .•••••__ .~"""""'_"'._... ,=-=_ ..-...",~"., , ".»,_ .". ~'-"~1","'",,_o

""'.-_-""~

__

A liquid burns if its molecules can combine with oxygen of the air with the production of heat. Hence, oil burns but water does not.

Oiland water do not mix. Why?

Addition of soap decreases the surface extension of water. The energy for spray is directly proportional to surface te:...nsio~:__ .__ ,__ ~._r ._._ .• _

"

..----

.__ .__ .._ .....•._..•.•...•_ ..,_.."....._ •. _~ky..:......_•.._. ~. _ .._..'~'

Why does ink leak out of a partially filled pen when taken toa higher altitude?

Vacuum Vacuum is space in which there is no matter.

---

Because yellow colour has the longest wavelength among all ! colours and dispenses least except for red and orange but the red colour is already used for brake light and stop light whereas orange colour is avoided due to it similarity with red. 1 ".Viole;~~d-blue-li~ht h~~e':~j,~rt-~ave~~nd 'd;~"s2ilttere'd{~;',.,,' more than red light waves. While red.light goesalrnosf';' straight through the. atmosphere, blue and violet are scattered by particles in the atmosphere. Thus, we see a blue

.:1

hot body.

,W'

-:-'Y";"""'---

.. -.-------

passed through a prism and is split up into its con:. ponent wavelengths.

Steel is more elastic for th~ same stress produced in rubberis more than•••."'_"""' that in steel, the elasticity__ is Rl/strain. ""l'_' ._, .... ~,.--.hw._"""' ••,.'l _"*' __ ,L, ~"' __ .. ~

T

~

'--

Why is the sky blue?

~."~~~,OO~_

Why is iteasier'to spray wate;towhich's~ap ~,...,...-t'j

~.-

Whydo some IiqlJids blJrn while others do not?

Which is more elastic, rubber or steel?

"---'~~.r~--I

••..

part that impedes the flow of current.

Th:.:_I~~ti~ity~ o~~te~~isg~~~er th.':lntha,t ~~~opper.

.._"'_,."'""~_.-. -_.__

Sea water contaihssalts and.other impuritie~ with diff~i'eri(:' boiling points which jointly raise its boiling point. __ •

,

.---.-

!Why is spring made of st~el and not copper? '.n'-

l

J

Why is yellow colour light used as fog light?

Zero, because the acceleration of his fall is equal to the accel~~c:!i.c>~~u:t~ gravi.tr of the ea~th.

..

I

Explanations

Resistance It is the property of an electric circuit Ori~

A marrwith a I~ad on his head jumps from a high building. 'What will be the load experienced by him? ,~_~".-.~

...

Raman Effect The change in wavelength that ocell!' when light is scattered in a transparent medium.' occurs due to the inelastic collision of photon Wi; molecule.

Explanations

•••

. _ 1'"'

Why is it recommended to add salt in water while boiling By addition of salt the boiling point of water gets raised l which helps _in cooking. .•• _ •. I 9 rams? .'-'--' ~~-,-' -- •.. __ ,....._ __"'._.0" •._.• _._ ..• __ •.•. __ .. .--,-- __ •• . Why is soft iron used as an electromagnet? Because it remains magnetic o~ly tjll.the current F?asses .,.1\ I through the coil and loses its magnetism wh,en'the currentis" switched off (principle of electric bells). . . "'",--. ;1 ..

I Questions


B.25

"Wh;is standing in boats or double-decker buses not On tilting the centre of gravity of the boat or bus is lowered allowed, par.ti:~I~r.ly~ the upp~r.~loor<;,>f.~~ses?,_ . ____9!'.d_ i~i~ ~~ely t09..v:~u~~._. . ~.. '. _

PHYSICS IN EVERYDAY LIFE

4- ....

. .

, ~Physics

(i) Molecules of oil are bigger than that of wCterand therefore do not mix easily. (ii) Molecules of water are polar, that is, they haye opposite charges at two ends, whereas oil molecules do not; as a consequence, they tend to stay away from water molecules. . Whycan we ;;;-~~elves'i;~mir;;_r?-'-------We~;e obiect;;he~-li~ht-r~ ..;.si~~m them ente~ our eyes. As. 1 ..mirrors have a shiny surface, the light rays are reflected and , come back to us and enter our eyes. Whydoes a balloo~-"fiiled~~hh;d;~~~~~i~i~the-air? - .--It;~eight-isl~~s ..than th~:eight ~rair displaced by it. In balloons, normally hydrogen is filled whichis'lighter than air. ,.-.-------~-S-m.o--ke-c-o-nt-a ..ins hot ~~~-;s~;hi~h:b~i~~-ii.g-ht~r in :.veight, , Whydoes sm~ke c;l~p-~the air? follow a curved path because of the eddy currents that are set up in the air. Whydo we lea~ fo~~ard';hil~li~bi~~

---

#n

a hill?

-I~" ~;d~~t~kee~th~-~;r;i~~I-ITn~

~~'s~i~~.thr~ugh our centre of gravity thus keeping It above OlJrfeet. Otherwise, one would not be able to maintain balance and would fade balanced.

(Continued)

i

I

•••.....

•••••

'I~, II

~ B~28

, ..Physics

ICOf1tiru~d)

.. ' Explanations

I

When a needle is placed on a small piece of blotting paper i which is placed on the surface of clean water, the blotting ! paper sinks after a few minutes but the needle floats. .~er, in a"~p solution the needle sinks. Whyi-

Why does ;;iI;.~;~n

~_,~.~~

_

Why is manganin or constantan used in wire-bound standard resistor? . " ..

[ ..

_,.~,_~~_._,

•.

v

.••

_~

••• __

,.,,=.,.,',._"",.=,",'V~-WO~-A.~.=_"'_"'....~...

<~.-_

Why are chimneys oUactoriesusing , .

. ••

, •••

"'¥._ •.,__.._-_.".

I How

does ink get filled!n

boilers high?,

I

,-'-_._d_'

L

,

,

. '_"_'_":__

Why are air coolers less effective during the rainy season? '

[Wh, y does grass gather more dew i~'~ight;ThanmetaUiclike stones?

I obiects

I I

_._,

.~

~ __ .~

_.

_","_","

(b)

.,_.

(b)

__

4.

Grass, being~9~~d ~dla~enables water vapour in the air to condense on it. Moreover, grass gives out water constantly (transpiration) which appears in the form of dew because the air near grass is saturated with water vapour and slows evaporation. Dew is formed on obiects which are <_good radic:~o..:s~n ..~_~a~:ond ..uctor:<. .__ ,..

.

.._.

Why is cooking quicker 'in a pressure cooker? .,' '.

",,:5~

,'~,

:i~ki~~~_.ri_pp_le_s_o_f ~i~~n~~

7,

Why eire glass. bOOottles heated for removing A metal screwtops which are struck? :'

As the bottle is heated, the metal screw top expands more than the:glass and it becomes easy to remove it. .~ _

-'''---.

.

.

,,"

_' -.'.'~--

---

~. '~--,--'

Massand weight are measured in

(a) (b)

~-.,.-'-- ..."'.""':"-;:~,. -.

(c)

(d)

100 kg/m3 10,000 kg/m3" 1000 kglm3 10 kg/m3

9. When ice"Jloats on, water, whose Weightis more?

.ofY, j

.•.•

Mach number Decibel Hertz. None of the above

8. Whatis the density of water?

~~ears~:_i~_th_e_st:~: are

The water collected in the dam~xerts pressure on the wall 01 the dam. This pressure increases with the depth of the wall.

•. - ..-,-,-.' "-~-'-, '-."-'--,-

Mass Inertia Nucleus None

(a) Kilograms and dynes (b) Grams and dynes (c) Dynes and grams (d) Dynes and kilograms

passes

Why is wall of a dam made thicker at the bottom than at the top?

- ...f':'
Solid. Matter Ionized Molecule

,

As the pressure inside the cooker increases,the.b~i1ing point of water is raised, hence, the cooking process is quick.

of

the

6. Thesupersonic speed of an aeroplane isexpressedin (a) (b) (c) (d)

c+n

(a) Water (b)

Ice'-

(c) (d)

Molecules in the ice None

Depends on the thickness of the wall Increaseswith height of the wall Incre'aseswith depth ofthe wall Depends on the area of the wall

11. Centripetal force acts on an object moving in a path.

Whatis the"SIunit of mass?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

through various layers of air. When the light passes through the Earth's atmosphere, it is made to flicker by the hot .

Elements Matter Plasma Solid

5. What remains constant while the weight variesfrom place to place?

During rainy season, the atmospheriC air is saturated' with humidity. Therefore the process of evaporation of water from the moist pads of the cooler slows down, thereby not cooling the air blown out from the cooler.

>

(b) (c) (d)

(a) Gram (b) Kilogram (c) Two gra!T's (d) One gram

When the rubber tube of a fountain pen immersed in ink is pressed, the air inside the tube comes out and when the pressure is released the ink rushes into fill the air space in 0. __ t~e_tl!..~e:...,'. , ~:_. ._,_ ..•_.,_.

The light from a star ~;~~h:;;'~;_aft;;:refr~cti~~as-i;

L

(c) (d)

'_-_'.'-~~" .., _,- ~._~ .._~-

Why do stars twinkle?----'

--

(a)

10. The'Wall:,of adam is made thicker at the bottom than at the top because the pressure exerted by the water on the wall (a)

;."

...~. __ ~

Because the density of iron is more than that of water but less thanthat of mercury.

Particle Matter Pressure Climate

3. The sun ~,and stars are in _ state.

and

Why does a sohd chunk of iron sink in water but float in mercu'ry? • . . ..,-~

(c) (d)

_

The,gases produced in boilers are hot and beingl,ighter in weighttend to go up. The chimneys exhaust these gases above in the atmosphere without polluting the lower layer of atmosphere ..

~'--'.

aJountainpen?

(a)

escape from the ventilators on the ~_'_~

space called

2. Whatis an ionized state?

suck oil due to the~;i1lary

Th'; hot~;bei~91-ig-h-te~r~in-w-e-ig-h-tt~d;t~-ds~~b;ve

••

r;----'-', ---'-, ~

(b)

(c) (d)

."t'

~-'I'

(a)

B.29

,ua~).topic~wi~t,As~sessment

>

that occupies and poss,esses weight is

Because both manganin and constantan have resistivity which cilmost remains unchanged with temperature.

Why-a-r-e -v;;'~ti-Ia-t~;sin a ro~m always made n~a~ the roof? _~_,.~,

p~;s~the'~loth-tape action of the oil...._.u .-.-.'~. __,.

.~':"';, ~ ~ .or..f'

1. Anything

Mosquifoes' breed in stagnant water. The larvae of mosquitoes keep floating on the surface of water due to surface tension. However, when oil is sprinkled; the surface tension is lowered resulting in drowning and death of the larvae.

a cloth tape of an oillamp?---ih-;

----.

--

------......

The surface tension of clean water being higher than th;;soap solution, it can support the weight of needle due to its surface tension. By addition of soap, the surface tension of w~!:r reduces, thereb~sinki~g~e needl:;

To prevent growth of mosquitoes, it is recommended to sprinkle oil in the'ponds with stagnant water. Why? , .,

r\;1

I

.Chapter 1

IQuestions

~

I

(a) (b) (i::) , (d)

Central Circular' Curved Straight

~.~~!~ ,",,,~\: ..,~~ ~ '.

(a) Centripetal force (b) Centrifugal force (c) Gravitational force (d~ N0\rJ,eofthe above 13. If a heavy load is pulled along a smooth hc,rizontalsurface, then the force acting,on the load may be: 1. The applied force in the horizontal direction 2. The force of gravity acting on the load vertically downwards 3. The force' of gravity acting in the horizontal direction opposite the motion' 4. Reactio'nJorce due to the horizon .. tal surface Which of the above statements are true?'" " (a) land 2 (b), 1, 2,,3and 4 (c) 2,3 and 4 (d) 1; 2 and 3 14. What is.the capacity of doing work? (a) (b) (c). (d)

Energy Force Motion, Work

.15. The energy possessed by a body owing to its position is called ____ energy. (a) .' Kinei:i~ (b) Chemical (c) Nuclear (d) Potential

+

~

1

.

16. Which of the following: laws is talking about 'the' energY' nei~her be created nor be d7stroyed?", ',.',

th~Lsa~~

., ,..,....

(a) (b) (c) (d)

, - "i

Law of ,Law of Law of Law of

'\,tJ..~~

"1

conservation of energy pliinetaiy motion":') " kinetic energy potential e'nergy , 1

17. The surface tension of a, Iiq.. uid decreases -with' fncrease in (a) (b) (c) (d)

Intermole~ular attr~ctibni ". " Capillary action ~ , 'y,') Temperature " {. \, Intermolecular repulsion!,Li)., ~••. '" i

18. Raindrops are spherical,due,to, .

12. A puli ota stone that produces equal ,and opposite force is called as

F

t- ••..

(a) (b) (C) (d)

(_~

r\- '''~

Surface tension Temperature, Pressure ,'," , Gravitation"

'

(.

'l

,(

I',

19. What is the rate of c:hange'of m'etlon? ,J'"

(a) (b) (c) (d)

"".

;:,'

-,~'J..J

.'

Velocity. . L' Speed" '" Acceleration ;.' Power'

'

'j

. _' tl, ,

.

... '

'.'

'<,

20. What is the rate 'of change in velocity of a moving'body? .' .' , .\. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Speed. Acceleration Motion None,!~

"

r..

,.'

~,'

21. Banking of curves,onroad'orrailway track is done to provide (a) (b) (c) (d) •

Centripetal force " Centrifugafforce Gravitational force Angular veloCity :)

f

M

'

22. What is the rate of doing work? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Speed .,' " -,': Velocity ':r , Acceleration ." Power

t ' );

: .r..!

"•• },

23. What are the units of power?, • (a) Horsepower and,Watts (b) Kilogram and Watts", (c) . Kelvin and Seco'nds,).. (d) . 'Mole"aria Secc)ndst'

.' 'J \.; (

24. Whkhis more'elastic than rubber?;'; ,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

. - ~

'"

.~.', t

".-1,.

PlastiC Steel,;,~.: :,~~, .. Synthetic Wood , .. ' ';•

_

,

1!li

8.30

'I

25. Without

,II

Physics

Chapter 1 changing temperature, is' required to change

,:1

the the

state of a substance.

Fire is affected

by

wind, heat and (a) (b) (c) (d)

., I,'

J

Temperature Liquid molecules Surface area Molecular repulsiveness

27. Which of the following conductor metal? '

II:

I

1

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Isaac Newton George Milton Alexander Fleming Alfred Tennyson

35. The colour

I I I, ill,

I i

II' ,.,'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is the best

(b) (c)

I

(d)

II

(d)

light reflected by it Colour of the opposite object

atoms Due to their stability Due to their large number of free electrons ' None of the above

(a) (b) (c)

Conductors Resistors Insulators Condensers

Rough surface Polished surface Metal surface Wood surface

will not depend on the materials in:volved', which law of thermodynamics it is? ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

First law'" Second law Zeroth law Third law

32. Red light

is used in traffic

(el)

signals,

Colour of blood is red Animals can identify red Red light disperses, least Red i,s.the symbol of danger

33. What is the proof of the.fact that light travels in the same line? (a) (b)

Sensation of vision Obstacles between the obstacles and eyes

Kerosene Turpentine Water Speed remains same for all

Reflection Refraction Angle of reflection Angle of refraCtion

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Light Light Light Light

",

39; Why

does white colour, passing through glass prism, splits into the colour of spectrum? ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

Gla~s Wism is cplo,urful •r Angle 'of prism is different Each colour has its own wavelength Each colour has its own molecules which helps to form spectrum

40. Which

of the' following

(a) (b) (c) (d)

light

have

(a) (b) (c) (d)

e

(c)

15,000 Hz

(d)

None of the above

(a) (b) (c) (d) .

16,798 Hz

Ultrasonic Supersonic infraso~ic Sound waves

any difficulty? (a)

By Ultrasonic waves produced by them '

(b)

Supersonic waves produced them, ;'1'>

(c)

They can see clearly in the dark only They listen the sounds

by

54. Ramaneffect is due to: 45. The power of meniscus lens depends (a)

upon Face of the lens 'C,' Length of the lens Principals of the lens None of them

46. What is the source of sound? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Transmitter of the object Pressure of the speaker Vibration of an object Waves of an object

47. Speed of sound is maximum (ci) (b) (c) (d)

Elastic collision of photon with electron

(c)

Inelastic' collision of pnoton with molecule' Elastic collision of photon with molecule

55, In dry air at 0°; the speed of sound is about

367 m/s': ,. (b) 331 m/s~ ' (a)

in

(c)

Solid Liquid Gas Same in all cases

48. How can sound b~"heard

Inelastic collision of phOton with electron

(b)

(d)

is a fo':m of energy by

corners of a corridor? , (a) (b) (c) (d) 49. What

RefleCtion of sound Repetition of sound Aperture is small Aperture is big

eriJf

is the word, used to des

anything

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

that vibrates?

Vibration Oscillation Reflection Retraction

,,"

--~

(a)

Electricity

(b) (c) (d)

Magnetic effect Heating.'" Power ,.

,'t ... .

57. Electricalcharge is the rate of (a) Electric c~rrent (b) Magnetic 'effect (c) Magnetic energy (d) Special current

charged charged

Excessive current Current electricity Alternating current Di rect cu rrent

(d)

Ground wire Copper wire Plastic wire Black wire appears to regions.

Poles Centre Vertical Horizontal

substance suddenly drops then the' substance is called

66. What type of magnet (a) (b)

(a) (b)

Weakly, ~agne~;l~d.su.bstances Strongly magnetize~"1 r .\

(c) (d)

No cha':lg~in magl'),':ti!= field Opposite magnetic fields '

of

•.•.. - ~;j',- ~':.~..

(a) Magneticfield (b) Electric cu rrent (c) ., Electric induction

.

(d) ,

• I,,':.

Magnetic Induction ',.".

,'.

b,

ft.'

"

69. Soft iron placed in'the coil becomes a magnet due. t~ th~. " f (a) (b)

Strong magnet bars Insulated copper ~,I...

(c)

Magneticfieldproduced coil

(d)

None ofthe.above

(a) (b) (c) (d)

North pole South pole' Magnetic field Electric current

I.

I"

" ,

iri'the

I

/1'>

loses heat to its. surroundings in the form of heat' radiation. The rat~,of loss of heat depends on the . .

(a) (b)

Temperature Temperature

ofthe object of the"" .,,",

(c)

surroundings ' 'v', Tem'perature'difference

to zero,

that strongly by weak magnetic field?

Diamagnetic substance Paramagnetic substance

(d)

'.

Mean temperature. of the object ~'.,-.

T.1

,over

.'

I~S

~:..;:

."

,""

":'

••

,t' -.(

(a) (b) (c) (d)

. ~

surr0u.~,9~~9.s

72. The electron' arrangement atom'resembles""" "

Semieonductor Conductor Superconductor Super semiconductor

magnetized

are 'examples J. '.

,,::'~;~,t.

between the obje'Ct and its}' surroundings ,I' ),'1 J',

65. If the electrical resistance of a typical

(a) (b) (c) (d)

"\c,

71. A hot object

wiring system, another wire is included for safety, that is known as

(c)

i

, similar to the field by a huge magnet at its centre.

63. In household

(a) (b) (c) (d)

••..'

','

(r, \

70. The earth, has,

reverses its direction around the circuit?

(a) (b)

which an atom is negatively electrons and positively photons. -~.

Electric current Magnetic current 'Static current Alternating current

62. Which current, (a) (b) (c) (d)

'(I,,,

.••

produces by friction or rubbing between two dissimilar objects is called

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'1',(\ __ •...

68. Electric bell works on which principle?

MoleCl.!'es Atoms in it Electriccurrent Repulsion of same poles

of magnet be concent~ated at

3847 m/~

56. _

melting point boiling point melting point boiling point

64. The, attraction

(d) 1505 m/s

round til!

• '".-

61. The -electricity

'~JI'

(d)

High High Low Low

. Ferro-magnets

67. Alcohol and hyaf6'gen

60. Magnetic field is produced by (a) (b) (c) (d)

53. How can bats fly in the dark without

It forms real image" It forms erect (upright) image It forms smaller images as com. pared with object, All of the above

Aluminium Platinum . Potassium Sodium

(c)

(d) . ,A!!ifici~L m.ag~e~JJd"

59. Fuse is made up' of ;.r;aterial having

29,000 Hz

(a) (b) (c) (d)

44. Convex mirrors are used' as a rear-view mirror in motor cycles because

(d)

f~

(a) (b)

of the sound?

Refraction of light f Reflection of light Deflection of light' Polarization of light

(a) (b) (c) (d)

of inaudible

52. What is the speed greater than speed

43. A coin placed at the bottom of a COl). tainer appears to rise as thE;.container~ a slowly filled with water. This is dueto (a) (b) (c) (d)

58. Which metal offers resistance to the passage of electric current'?

Vibrating system Sound of echo Reflection of sou nd" Aperture

sounds? focus to

Average distance Pole distance Focal length Pole length

short wavelength? Red and blue Violet and red Blue and violet No colour has short wavelength

50. Sound is generated by a

51. What is the frequency

The distance from principal the pole of the mirror is

(a) (b) (c) (d)

molecules spread is a wave of motion pass through glass prism waves are the longest

for a real by a plan

Virtual Reflective Opposite Same

(a) (b) (c)

38. What is the feature ,of light that emerging from cinema' machine spread wide on the screen?

because: (a) (b) (c) (d)

speed in

37. What is the phenomenon of light that when a ray passes from air into water bends towards the perpendicular? (a) (b) (c) (d)

31. 'A body temperature I,

indices of kerosene, turpentine and water are 1.44, 1.47 and 1.33, respectively. Light will have maximum

30. What are the best radiators of heat? (a) (b) (c) (d)

up

(b) (c)

Due to their visible motion of

29. The substances which have infinite electrical resistance are called (a) (b) (c) (d)

depends

36. The refractive

28. Why are metals good conductors?

,i

of an object

Prism used to find out the light reflected colours Substance around the prism Constituent colour of incident

(a)

Gold Copper Iron "Silver

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

42.

on

1

'III'

object the image produced .' ' mIrror IS

seven colours?

1;\

26. Rate of evaporation

41. Due to law of reflection,

Formation of shadows The way it reflects

34. Who found out that beam of light when passed through prism consist

(a) Heat ' ,(b) Latent hE;at (c) . Vapour (d)

(c) (d)

8.31

Free movemen't Closed shell Zigzag arrangement Broken glass

'j

••••

.;, in sodium : ,,'

\~

,_.~.~ ~t. ';

'!J. (1

.' 73. Why in some elements cannot fl~w freely? J,' (a) (b) (c) (d)

electrons ."

''< r"

Positive ions and negative ions attract each other . Due to larg~'~u~ber\'~f ( electrons .r.<' , Electrons tightly bound to their parent atom None of the above

<

-,., 8.32

Chapter 1 81. Which

(a)

Mixture of chlorine atom and sodium atom (b) Outer electron of sodium attach with atom of chlorine (c) Inner electron of chlorine attach with atom of sodium (d) , Outer electron of chlorine attach with atom of sodium

75. Why salt will not conduc! electricity or heat?

(b) (c) (d)

1

ions Strong attachment of ions Due to free electrons Due to less number of electrons

76. What will happen .to germanium cool, temperature? (a), (b) (c) (d)

"I

All electrons are bound to

of

the

(a)

I

77. Why silicon crystal is different from an insulator? "

(a)

(c)

(d)

Differ in temperature

"(b)

78. The conductivity' can be modelled

atom

of a semiconductor in terms of

(a) (b)'

Conduction band Band th'eory~of solids

(c) (d)

Lattice~ Electricity

79. 'WhiCh p.rindple stat~s that when a body is partially or totally immersed in a fluid; it experiences an upward thrust equal to the weight of the fluid

temperatures Under differen,t conditions of pressure, equal volume of gases have equal number of , molecules (c) Equal volume of gases under same conditions of temperature have equal number of molecules (d) None ofthe above

~

B. Newton's second law of motion C. Law of cooling

D. First law of motion

(a) . 4th century (b) Wh ce'ntury (c)i8th'century (d) 3rd century

l. ~""---

was discovered

86.

3. Force = Mass x Acceleration , , 4. Objects attract each other

C

D

(a)

4

3

1

2

(b)

2

1

4

3

(c)

3

4

2

1

(d)

1

2

3

4

(a) (b) (c) (d)

84. The Sl unit of the electr'ical charge is named after (a) (b)

Isaac Newton Pascal '

(c) (d)

Hooke . Charles Augustin

88.

(b)

(a) (b) (c)

89.

.-

90.

formulated

Molecular Atomic Nuclear Chemical compound

91.

Atoms of different elements combine in simple proportion Atoms of same 'elements com. bine in simple proportion Atoms of different elements have same weight, Atoms of same elements have different weight

Law of electromagnetic induction Law of cooling Law of eiectrolysis Law of electronic change

change of field " Surroundings of magnetic fie~d Quantity of electric charge Orientation of the field

What is Ohm's law? (a)

(b)

(c)

Break the circuit when power gets off ;, ' lndicat,eif the current is flowing u'ninterruf>ted Complete the circuit for flow of current

"

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I

.'

97.

(a)

Amount of current flows in aIT electric circuit is governed by the voltage of battery. Amount of current flowS in aIT electric circuit is governed bj the magnetic field around it Current through conductorll proportional to its resistance rll Cljrrent through conducto e inversely proportional to tl1 ,... potential across the conductC

".,,

(b) (c) (d)

on

only one foot, (a) (b) (c)

(d)

Your centre of mass will be directly above that foot. Your centre of mass will be directly above the other foot. Your centre of mass will be directly above point equidistant between your two feet. Your rotational inertia will be zero.

98.

a

(b)

95. When you run up two flights of stairs instead of walking up them, you feel more tired because (a) (b)

(c)

(d)

You do more work when you run than when' you walk. Your power output is greater when you run than when you walk. " The gravitational force is greater on a running person than on a walking person. The gravitational acceleration is greater on a running person than on a walking person.

96. When air is remov~d from a metal can by a vacuum pump, the' can buckles inwards and is crushed. This OCcursbecause (a)

(b)

The air pressure on the inside of the can is greatenhan the air pressure on the outside'of the can. The air pressure on the outside of the can is greater than the air pressure on the inside of the can.

(c)

(d)

99.

The hot air lighter in,weight so tends to rise above and escape fr?m the veritiia~ors on the' top. Cool a!r lighter in ~eight and can cor:ne inside the room. To get'a good sun light thai ' cannot heat the room. ' To mix cool and hot tem• perature of the room so that" it won't be muth hea'tin the.' room~

Why does water remain cold in an earthen pot? (a)

There are pores in the earthen pot which helps Jor evaporation of water there by producing a cooling effect. ' Cool air enters into the pot which makes water cool. Mud which is used to make pot contain cooling particles that allow water to be cool. Water molecules detach Jrom each other and attach to the atoms of the pot.

Why does cream floats on the top? (a) (b) (c) (d)

rise in milk

(a)

(b)

and

Density of milk is less tb keep the cream in the bottom. Weight of the milk and cream is equal. Density of cream is less than the milk. Water molecules in milk are less than the cream.

100. Why does an electric when it is ,broken?

"

(c), As bulb is made up of glass it __ ,explodes a lot.. , . "(d) 'None of the abo've}'

101. Whyit is difficult altitudes? . '(a)

a

Wh)iilre ventilators iii' room al~ays mad~ r')eartheroof? . t

•

equilibrium

,The loss of air molecules' from inside the can weakens the.

metal:", .• ' (d), ,The oppos!te side~ of the empty can strongly i1'ttract each other:' '\" " '

The same a.~ount as before Twice as much as bef6re One half as m'uth as before Four ti.mes as much as before

94. When you,standin

According, to Faraday's law, the direction of induced electromagnetk flux depends on _ (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c)

Break the circuit when- excessive current flows through the circuit,

93. If a moving object cuts its speed in half, how much momentum will it have?

What is the law if chemical change during electrolysis is proportional to the charge passed?

(b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

According to Dalton, when do chemical compounds are 'formed?

(d) de coulomb

Dalton theory.

92. A fuse is used in an electric circuit to (a)

I:>

(a) , To every action there is an equal al!d opposite reaction Force is'equal to the ,mass multiplied by acceleration' Law ofinertia A body continue in itS state of . rest in astr(light line until it is changed by other force.

1803, ,

83. What is Newton's third law of motion?

(b)

Coulomb Pascal Hooke Power

In.

(a) B

,decreases

Decrease in temperature Decrease in height Increase in weight Increase in height

(a) (b) (c) (d)

87.

pressure

What is the Sl unit of pressure?

(d)

A

(c) (d)

principal

1. The rate of change in object's temperature is proportional to its own temperature. 2. Law of inertia

Atmosphereic with_~ __ (a) (b) (c) (d)

ListB

A. Lawof gravitation

(c) Archimedes' (d) Hook's 80. Archimedes in the '

85.

82. Match the following:

displaced by i,t? (a) Newton's , (b) Pascal's

not

(b)

Electrons loosen from ,its ' position Fre~ electrons Strong attachmentto

is'

If volume of gases differ then they have equal number of molecules in different

in

Electrons detach from atom Electrons ,attach to other element near to it Electr'onsattach tightly to atom El.ectro')s repel each other

following

Avogadro's law?

List A

,!

8.33

Physics

74. How sodium chloride will form?

(a)

l4

At higheralti~udes, temperature is so high: ,., "

(b) , As air pressure is high at high , altitudes:, ,(c) .

"Due to low air pressure and "low oxygen. "

(d)

Due to low oxygen and high pressure of air'.'" ';~ •

102. Why are cloudy days coole;? \..

'

!'.

-

.',-,

(a)

Clouds db notailoiN the radiation of the sun to reach the ;earth I .,

(b)'

.CloOdSallowscool

(c)

CI~uds convert hot air into cool air and allows on the earth None ortheabove '

(d)

air

;

103. Why is spring made of steel and,not copper?, , (a)

I

Steel has long lasting , , molecules

(b)

Copper is very hard'!9prepare a spring

(c) (d)

Copper is not as elastic as steel Steel is less elastic than copper

104. Oil and water do not mix. Why? .,j,

<

(a)

Molecules of oHare bigger thanoJ water.

(b)

Oil molecules repel with molecules. .

(c)

Wate'r molecules are bigger than of oil. ','

(d)

Mass of oil and wa,t~r is equal

105. Why does a balloon Jilled , ~ydrogen rise in the air? , "

, .

water

with

(a)

Because it is filled with lot oJ hydrogen.

(b)

Mass of hydrogen of air.

(c)

Mass oJ balloon is less than oJ hydrogen.

(d)

Mass of balloon is more than air.

bulb explode

Bulb contains expiosion materials that can cause big explosion. , The bulb is a partial vacuum and as it breaks air,rushes in causing a small explosion. .

to breath at higher , .

is less than

"

_

B~34

:~

I .

Answers

:!

,

I

Ii

I' i ,

~

1. (b) 11. (c) 21. (a) 31. (c) 41. (a) 51. (a) 61. (c) 71. (d) 81. (c) 91. (a) 101. (c)

2. (c) 12. (b) 22. (d) 32. (c) 42. (c) 52. (b) 62. (c) 72. (b) 82. (a) 92. (a) 102. (a)

3. (c) 13. (b) 23. (a) 33. (c) 43. (a) 53. (a) 63. (a) 73. (c) 83. (a) 93. (c) 103. (c)

f}

v "i.";,

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54. 64. 74. 84. 94. 104.

(b) (a) (b) (a) (c) (c) (a) (b) (d) (a) (a)

5. 15. 25. 35. 45. 55. 65. 75. 85. 95. 105.

(a) (d) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) (a) (d) (b) (b)

6. 16. 26. 36. 46. 56. 66. 76. 86. 96.

(a) (a) (c) (c) (c) (a) (c) (c) (b) (b)

7. (b) 17. (c) 27. (d) 37. (b) 47. (a) 57. (a) 67. (a) 77",(a) 87. (b) 97. (a)

8. 18. Z8. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88. 98.

(c) (a) (c) (b) (c) (b) (d) (b) (a) (a)

9. 19. 29. 39. 49. 59. 69. 79. 89. 99.

(a) (b) (c) (c) (b) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c)

10. (c) ~9.'(b) }q. (b) 40. (c) 50, (a) 60. (c) 70. (c) 8Q. (d) 90. (d) ,<,~ 100. (b) c

~

, *

f

l

I

~t

Highlighted Topics " /.

'"

• Elements

:;,::t

'1

'.

~

~.o-.;

.•

• ,'Nomendatureof ,.

¥

~r ~'~

\;.

;i't

oi\

j'

,

• Industrial Chemistry ,

Chemls~ry \

"t ,','

• General

• Metals

'i

) ,~!

.'

","

)1

-:'~,

• Chemical Compounds

'I

•

~).:

1

It "~"

'I,!

~..

"~..'.

("

4!.;.,

.

'. III

Iii

"

Topic.wise Assessment

I

I

Chapter 1

,"

(

Chemistry

,,,,\

•.•... r ..l

",", ,\

r

• Chemical Reactions

~, "ii.

ELEMENTS' I'I,:

Table 8.2.1 ' Branches of Chemistry Eleinents, Com. pounds and Reac. tions InYolved Organic Chemistry

'

Examples

Carbon in combination mainly with H, 0, N

Ncitural products, carbohydrates, steroids, proteins; etc, All e~;;;t~~'~'f~-;;ganic---' compounds not polymers (e.g., covered in organic silicones), chemistry. Mineral transitions metal and salts complexes, organometallic

Inorganic Chemistry

II

Physical Chemistry

Biochemistry

----

I

Atom An atom is the smallest fragment of an element that can take part in a chemical action. The', theory that all matter is made up of small particles (atoms) was put forward by John Dalton. He defined the atom as the smallest neutral particle of matter which may have independent existence. It consists ,of a central nucleus (made up of protons which are positively charged and neutrons which are, neutral particles) surrounded by orbiting electrons. Most of the~:rpassof . an atom will be concentrated in its nucleus.

_

••

",~

--".

• t,.

Electrochemistry, chemical thermodynamics, molecular spectroscopy, photochem istry

J

,.

,:~

\

-

'--'E~~;;'~;;~- '""I' biosynthesis

t

• Atoms of different elements differ. from one another in the number of protons and neutrons in the nucleus, and the number of electrons surrounding, the nucleus. The number of "electrons is, however, always equal to the number, of protons which is known as the elements'''atomic number. ;'

._..5~~~~~s_

Mathematical and physical descriptions of organic and .inorganic compounds and .reactions Th-;'~h~mist~y~;f biological systems

• An individual atom is characterized ~ .in terms of atomic number (proton number) Z, andmass number, A. The difference, (A - Z), is the neutron number.

'

,;

_

_L

"W

Atomic Mass Unit The mas~es of individual atoms and their component parts are expressed in CltomiCmass units (u). '.

~,I

B.~6

Chapter 2

Chemistry

B.3i

I

,

Mole, of an, Atom The 51 quantity that describes an '

,I

i

amount of substance by relating it to,anumber of particles of that substance is called the mole (abbreviated as mol). Therefore, a mole is the amount of a substance that contains the same number of elementaryentities as there are atoms in exactly 12 g of Carbon-12. The number of elementary entities (atoms, molecules and so on) in a mole is the Avogadro's number, N A 1 (NA = 6.022oo1023mor ).

Element Everything in the universe-living or non-living-is made of a combination of a few basic substances called elements. An element is the simplest form of matter composed of atoms having identical number of protons in each nucleus. All elements from 2 = 1 to 2 = 118 have been characterized and given name and chemical symbol. '," Nuclide It is the term used to describe an atom with a, particular atomic number and a particular mass number. Isotope Atoms of same elements with the same atom:ic-number but different mass Immber are called isotopes. That means,' isotopes are atoms having different , number of neutrons and same number of pro'., .r ton:~,for example, oxygen has three isotopes. A mass spectrometer is needed to establish the per cent natural abundance of an isotope and the precise mas.s
,

\

Hydrogen (Element 1)

Isobars Atoms of same elements having same.umass nurnber but different atomic number. ,f0'f1 Periodic Table The chemical elements can beariranged in order of increasing atomic number in su",h a.way that elements with similar properties appear tpgether. Such an arrangement is called a periodic. table. The Russian scientist Dmitri Mendeleev devised the peri. odic table in 1869. The horizontal rows in the,pt:;riOdic table are called periods and vertical columns a,c,ecalled groups and families. Each group consists of eiements with similar physical and chemical propertie~~

Types of Elements

'I

Elements are classified into two main classes'listed as follows. ,1-. (i) Metals like lead, gold, mercury, etc. (ii)' Non-metals like chlorine,bromine;rcarbon, etc. Some elements behave chemically both as metals and non-metals" and ar~' called metalloids, for example, boron, silico.n, ger. manium and antimony.

Noble Gases There is a special group of hon-metah known as noble gases. There are six noble gaseshelium, argon, neon, krypton, radon and xenon and these are present in the atmosphere. ' '

Metalloids

There is another small group of el~ments that have some"metallic and ,some non-metallic properties. These are called metalloids; silicon, germanium, arsenic, antimony, tellurium and astatine aJ?six such elements. . Another classification. is of main group elements and transition elements (transition metals). Included among the transition elements are the two subcategories lanthanides and actinides.

Main Group Elements groups I, 2 and

, Uranium (Element 92)

• Hydrogen has atomic number I, with 1 proton and 1 electron. Uranium, the heaviestnaturally occurring element, has atomic number 9~, hav.. ing 92 protons, 92 electrons and 146 neutrons. • All elements heavier than uranium are manIl)-ade and a~e produced in nuc;lear re~ctors or accelerators or isola fed from debris of atomic expio~i~ns (transuranics). . ,

~;:~.

These a~ethe elements presentill ~8 o.f~e 'periodic table.

Sincein the periodic table, the series of these elentehts break from lanthanum, this element group was called 'Lanthanides'.

Actinides Similar to 'lanthariides', actinides are also a select group of 14 elements that did not find place in regular seventh period of the periodic table, and are shown at the bottom as actinides. This breakaway group is from thorium (2 = 90) to lawrencium (2 = 103).

New Elements '

element

Atomic no•.

Rutherfordium 104

Comino~e,st elemen! (hthospher~r '" --,--, Oxygen

Symbol

Year

Rf

1969

COUl1hy~

r

Former USSR/USA Dubnium "~, ..LQ~~=~.r2.[,~=~=~.&Q.~~9;rm£QY~.J Seaborgium 106 5g 1974 USA Bohrium 07- '"-Bh~._. -'''-19i6- F~r~er-J"'"

'" "_"" ... '''''' ._ ..'_ ..,_,,_~,~S~_R __ Hassium 108 Hs 1992 Germany Meitnerium...• ~ 02",~_~.19~~y"J Darmstadtium 110 Ds . 2012 . Germany Roentgenium - - 1..!.I",-_.g9:-.~J.._,tQ 1~.~. Germany3 Copernicius 112 Cr 2012 Germany

Element 104 In 1969, the Russians at Dubna synthesizedelement 104 and named it Kurchatovium after the physicist 1. v.' Kurchatov. ,Simultaneously, the Americansat Berkeley synthesized similar elements by a different process and challenged the Russian findings.They named this element Rutherfordium inhonour of Lord Rutherford. However, it has now beennamed Unnilquadium. .

p to

Element113, 114, '115,116,117 and 118 -Element 113 Nihonium or Ununtrium (2004) -Element 114 Flerovium (2009) Lanthanides In the sixth' period of the period table,fnlJ -Element 115 Ununpentium(2011) the elements LanthClJlum (2 = 57), the breakaWay -Element 116 Livermorium (2011) group is cerium (2 = 58) to lutetium (2 = 71), to~ -Element 117 . Ununseptlum (2012) 14 elements are shown differently. Since, sixth pe~ -Element 118 Ununoctium (2012) of the periodic table needed to accommodate 32 eIt o These elements are confirmed as discovered ments'(as they had similar properties), but due to sra: by IUPAC but a formal introduction,of this ele~ , constraint in the table, 14 elements 'that could n:' ment is pending till now. accommodated were shown at' the bottom of the

Transition Elements

These are the elements present ill groups 3 to 12 of the period table.

c,

. _ J ..

~;;;;;;n-;;t~ht(atm~se..hereL_.~t':9g~ CO~:.':l~!J.!!!2ivers~) ~rest el~rnent_~_ lightest element (metal)", !Heaviest_eleme~!..lg~) lightest element (gas) "_'''':''X_''

'~.''''''~_''''_''

.

Theseare four transuranic elements which were discoveredin the 1970s. Name of

, • The scientists are I')-O\:V searcmng for the world's heaviest elements 119 and 120;~•.."':' '.

__

...........--~ __ ,., .. _..... _'_~

•

r

---....Ji~drogen .."_ ~!(]tin~ lithium ,__ . _~~on_J ", " Hydrogen"

"__ ",.,.""",-..-

,_.-y_""",~,_~

1'1

_

••...••

t'"

"

• A-list of common elements, their chemical symbol, atomic number and relative weight is given below:

--

..~~

METALS

I

•.

There, are two types of elements-metals and non-metals. About 80% of known elements'are met,. , als, for example, gold, silver, aluminium, I[r~n. Elements, which are hard, ductile, brittle and 'malleable, possess lustre and conduct 'heat artd elechic~ty are termed. metals. Allmetals~re sol!ds;' except mercury, and gallium. which ,is liquid .~t,r,ooni Je~perature. Metals usually have high melting and boiling~points. U

.

"

Chemical Nature of Metals

.

~

".

Usually metals have the tendency to lose electrons and while reacting with. acids, usually repla;ce hydrogen in dilute non-oxidizing acids like; hydt
n;.

• Only gold/ platinum and silver are not'affected by air and water under ordinary conditions, and are known as free metals. Silver foils are used to decorate the Sweets due to this quality. • Various compounds of metal called minerals are found ill nature and can be mined. The mineral from' which metai car\.b~ extractedeconom,ically is called are arid the process'of extraction of metals, fron\jtheir~ore~ isTcalled metallurgy, which involves the following processes:

I~ Chapter 2

B.38

t~ j

!

:11'

1

'I'[",I

i

ll>1 i'

<0 1

~IIN~! I;!~~

.~<; ,~~a o~

~ 1»
..

It)

Ii'"

~\l~aJ~N ~ I1~t!~N

0"

5~(I)~N

~

~ D.~

..~I

O'>"!

E

I ..

I5 •• C'fB

",ltl

F •..•.•.~

.~
Q)

:S '+o

?:' ~,

Be li)CO

~

.Q

ij •..•

(.) .•..•.

~ E ~ C ~ ~

"tj

.2 tIl.....: Q)

a.. Q)

c<,,!" •. I~O....N:3

j

If\ <1>

~

e t)

2 28

e,,-_,., ~ Q,)'" =' =:•. ,ii! 101. Q;, e~=,e.5 Q,)~'g

Do

0

l!!N'" 4l4)";::; .rilO2

N~

~'tS~ D. ~

-f,

II~ 1i. ~~

,"p

t, ..,

~..

Ii

;Z

0'>""

01:»"""':

f.

CC>:J:~

lii

~

~~

;--1 t-- 0 Ol" l"I"!

1

"'~

.".11!~i=~'"

!S~c:sCQ)= c» to., J;: S. a..£g i;~c'c"'C=' «J C) ..•••• t»t>

_I

I

N~

otll~

;:: C

t8~~

_I

n ..

~_((

~i;

I'

~'

,

"'lX~

o>w&

••....~_"l 'l'""

~O&,

"'t-8'l

I

t:!-

1:»:::-

lI'I~ ,"'"•..•t_

a: ~ ~

.

1

1

I'"
_": II .... I il~~;::: I!Sl~~~ ..I' -M~;:':-"'"

..I ~

I

'O)

••• ~~

1t)D.~

•••

~~ ~

,..

II>

~~~

"'D.M

N

'll"""

I

I~~~O ,II;:; j~:::ll~:i ~~ 18'l ~~:::

~.

N

OlQ

a"'u~

I.IDD.~"'Z&

g ~ N' 1

..I "'"

W ~

~E\C)~

~.c::8 .••C t:!-

!iN ••.• ~ :r: ~ Ie$:

,til

(0')

OlD.N

t:!-

mixedwith coke and heated in a furnace to obtain freemetal.

Steel and Iron

lG ~(0 ~(0

;c

Steelis a form of iron. To make steel from iron, the carboncontent is brought down from 5% to O.-?-1.5%.

HeatTreatment of Steel

- 'I

~

!

II

~,I,!_

I;

suddenlycooled in water or oil, it becomes extraordi~ narilyhard and brittle.

IName

I

!

I

S}'lllbol

Arsenic

of quenchedsteel, its brittleness can be removed withoutaffectingits hardness. (25Q-325°C)

As

--,~

-

! Astatine •.... _~ ...,,,----~; -_._._-~ -,.... _-_.~

~'1

At

~---......--

Bromine

-J

J

Br;

Carbon

redhot and then cooled turns it soft and the process iscalledannealing.

lusting of Iron Majority of metals occurs in nature in thecombined form and are extracted from their ores. Whenthese metals are exposed to atmospheric conditions,they have a tendency to return to their originalform. This change is called corrosion of metals andin the case of iron it is known as rusting . Rusting consists of the formation of hydrated ferricoxide. For rusting, water and oxygen are essential-in the absence of water or an electrolyte, rustingdoes not occur. The process involves addition ofhydrogenand oxygen elements and it is found that massof an iron rod increases by rusting. Rusting is preventedby coating the surface of iron with metals ornon-metals,or by alloying. The coating'of another metalis known as electroplating orhotdipping. In electroplating,chromium or nickel is used. When a Coatof zinc is applied on an iron surface by the hol-diPPing process, it is known as galvanizing.

i

Table 8.2.2 ,Non-metals and Their -Chemical Symbols

Quenching If steel is heated to bright redness and then Tempering By controlled heating

n '';,,-;'

Non-metals are electronegativ~ elefil~nts.which have ... • " / ~u"r ;-r'l~.-~ a tendency to gam one or more electrons to form negative ions called amons. All non-metals generally exist as powciers or gases, except bromine which is liquid under normal conditions. Non-metals are non-lustrous and are bad con'" ductors .of heat and electricity. They cannot be ham~ mered into sheets or drawn into wires like metals . The.melting point of non-metals is lower than that of metals.

Annealing Steel is heated to a temperature well below

.INE~~ I"":::l;-O IDt/):il.•. ~ I

~(I)~

!ilt)

C'~

l~i~lis''' "m

•...

"'m~~

("":::lSi ..::: BIt)EM'~

:..I.I""'~~,,~ ll~~~~ IB~~~~ \I~a;~~\i~!~~I~ri. ~g; -'"II ,i~~~.~I;"":J'if,\I;::~~.g; i . II "",'"19'" u~.. ~ "",.c""Q

0> til N"'"

",,"! 1;:1;'tS"!" .!i",E;:::"':

•..

"'i. I;:;

•• ~~

o"! '0....

I -~ I ""

.c~:::1""'.llI:;:::~

QJ

3"'"

~:&'ijj~i13

ID:J:~

i

ag E. ~"." e •. u.t:!-.,

Non-metals

II'

8:39

'j

t- ~

Ill", ~~~ !SU> w c; •..

It.O't1I~~

""'O~

~"

",

_I 'I~ ~~a~i;:&,~ i I I

""

.". .cOl Z Sl

~;!Z

'.

s;~

I"'"cc>[' ~

o~...:

f:')

i~ c~ ~•.0 t:!-

,""'lX~

:il

.

~N

E!~\1~~'tS~~1 .••:i t:!-

~
_I

•••• :::l

c:>

. '

...

0.-

I~~~I I "'l" .. Ol 1~.r::~1 I~~~~ o~:l "":il£

",,,, 00"" ••.0

,

olq

..

"

~

~

.r::0i~ 11::'= ~~

,r

,

~~ if

l~lX~

!l

(I)

i.=e\,e:Ga~~e.,; e~'2 &'r:lths'O.gg '1/

I

"'I~OC!~o,~ ~ N

!"O"'-ui'«:I!~sQ,)

••

i :5~ 1

tID I IN I~ ~;~ I~~i.•. ... ~J ~~ I _I ll>''''>' I~ I~~~"': l"'" .. ll""''.t'':;::: ..,IIN~~~II~ >- ;~ ~.•• :::l:.::: llii... -

ll35~ g)~:a2€ Q,)

Ill"'" >-8

i

"'"'ilQi;~

<:

~

~:e"iS,

~I;t~~

«l

ill

--~c::m,

.••'"

~~

O<"'l:ll!l

cc> I!~at~:l

Q)

Q,)'a.

'~O;

<")-~~

i~c>.c ~:::

~~~,I

FCC>

5~B~"': ..

.•. .N:il

~ ~

~

<Jl'g

Ii

Ol:l

0IJcc>z'"

Otq

:&

B'lit

•. II'" :::l:B"': .•. NO:2 "

(J')~

::J: 8 + N

Jj
(l)

-to>

i

N

N

~,

~

,

CD

Ol"!

QJ

•• lq

~ l7l~ ~..

ClIf::!"':

~

(.)

orein the absence of air.

Roosting It is the process of heating the ore in excess air. Smelting It is the process by which roasted ore is

t~~~ ;.._~:l -t-! I:::)~ -:t..

lq

, ~ ~ ~..

••.0 ~"'::;:Ol"

~ ~ OJ

l:cf~N

0


"",;;i

Z ;

•. gll>m~N .. :tt

'j

filri-~

~ I~ID 0 ~ NI ~ (i) ~..

t:: Q)

Calcination It is the process of heating the concentrated

c::

til

..~ \i

•••• Iii

.J:

1

~I

"

E

0 -

.. lia>u.~

I

~l

~:?;~5N

i Bii~!:5~ ~

~. .l:slm~~ ~~ -~ i I~u~~ i~<& ~:5~1

"'"

I.,

~"!

'Chemistry

_

• ...._

.••••••

A

..

•••

__

--,.

._

Chlorine

CI

fFT:;;r;------. ---F-~-_._. }_., , ..-,~-.,

r-

..-_.~

__

Hydrogen

,

-.",-"e_",." .•_~

.. _"0

-----~._.

--.-._.,

Iodine

I,

Nitrogen ,-.....--

N

o

Oxyg~"n_ Phosphorus r""""'~

__

-.--.-.-...,_

P

,...,. .... ~--,--~----""(I;

: SelenilJlTl

Se

",

••.... ""~-""""","""".'-"",;,,.,;""~~

Sulphur

,.---

~_~._

H

- ---""-_ ..

, Tellurium

~"---

-_.

--

S -

~-

Te

-.-.,-

"--I

Alloys Alloys are homogeneous mixtures. of two or more metals and non-metals and have more commer'" cial utilities than some of the' constituent elements. The following table lists som~ of the commercially iInportant alloys .

lG

"0

'c:

~(0

:

1'0 ••• M'Q

cc>u. ~

l~

B.40 \

Chapter 2

Chemistry

Table 8.2.3

. 11"t

Metals an.d Their Ailoys.,

IPrin(ipal metal

l

Alumi'n'i~m

r-~-' r

L_ ,.~.

,l~.\'~.

..

AlIoyCol'PPosition AI ~ 85-99

Magnalium .

-'------'~_."

._--

.

• _. - •.•.•..

0'.

-

AI = 95

Duralumih

----" -_ ~---... ••..

'_'~O'

Mg'==1-15

.•.•. _. -

Co"l!l:\~l'(icdutility

(%)

"'""'~_

•..

Cu~4

" ,

.used in the production of airships, .. _~-._~--_ ...•.. ~. .. ,--~' """ - -....••~. Pressure cookers

....• -

...

and gold. Mosf minerals, however, aie a 'combination of two or mote elements as in halite or rock salt (NaCl). The most common group, of :minerals are silicates, oxides, sulphides, halides,.and;carbonates~ Mmerals are of two types, namelYt.metallkor ore, and non-metallic, for example, carbon, sulphur, etc. (Table B.2.4).

I ,~

in__,_ making balance •__ Used'_~~ ..,.~~ ..,..,...--4<-_ Beams and "'~-'_.--'_ light instruments •...' ~-~_. __ .... .. -'-, "' ,"~~ ..-.£,...._-

_

Minerals

...•. -

'''-

"

b,

B.41

Minerals"are naturally occurring chemical compounds of fixed composition" and characteristics, physical form and properties. 'Afew minerals consistof only one element. A few examples are graphite and diamond (both forms of carbon), sulphur

~--,

II

I

I

,ld Aluminium

Copper

I

AI =

Bronze _.,"~

__< ••••••••••••••

~c",~~A""'__~

~ .. __

In the manufacture of utensils, decorative' . ..". 10-1'2 .-.' - Artic~~lik~-'photo fr~~e;:'-coins .~~

__ ._.

Cu = 60-80 Zn = 20-40

Brass

.• .d

._iew:~!:~X_: _.... __ ~. _'" .

J

Utensils, condenser sheets and cartridges

~ '1

Table 8.2.4

Common Minerals

Name of the mineral

Composition

Albite

Sodium aluminium silicate

-_'=--=~~-='

Anhyd~'-~~_~=~Anorthitk Apatite--

_=~jJ.t~~;j'~~~6ins ~nd statues -. __ ..._ .... '.~

Sn = 10-25 ... '~~

~=?!....~,-:"~_~~~~.~~ars:

~G.;~-~et~I=

••••'.'~--.'

c ~?st0g~ '.._.. _

c,

Sn = 10

~... ~~nag.:---,-~. C~.:2.~_ ..

__ ..__ "_,__c_,_~_"'_'_'.'__ ' '.~'_' .._~_"" Alloy

lead

'--

.. '~~_A

.-

•

A

.._

..=~..

~_--_.=-~" __

..'-.- ..-----')

.J...

.. ,,-----

' _, __

L.._.

•.

_--_ ,.,-----_.~---

_

"~=-.....:

..

Fe = 63

Inyar

-_.

_,

I. ,

__

In the manufacture of.meter scales, measuring tapes "'""'.,---.~--'''''~',,.''''""''''''''''''_. ~..---<",...""~.";...,~"'~"',,,...-----~,---"""".....•• '''''''~'''''''''--.•••..

C= 1 .._....,....--.._- ..~-~... ~.

~_,_,_

~_."

Ni

" .•.._,

~.~

= 36

.----.--'--

.~ .. _~

Fe =84.7

Duriron

.

.

Pendulum rods ""

.,~

... ~._~"'

[_-_' ._-~_-_=~ _ .._----_. __ .•... -.-

~<"_.,,

•.•.... ~,.. ~_.- •. _-,-~

.._,_~"

..__... __

.__A_M.~-'_

..

•.,,-"--"

_.-

.

~_

___ --::.-------.-_"""":'.. _...-.-.~_ ...

..

.._._--"'"

~-_

.••.• _--

. Cr=4 ~~, .._. C=l

.

... __

.••..

-....:..."...

•..<-.,"'--c.",.,.,~,.=x

~>_.~---,,--,

,__

__

""'.,.......

~

.~L_""

~.

, ..•. ,--~

-.

.•' _''''' __ 'W'-''",, __

._-_._-,.,..."'''"_

.._ •.... ,.~"''.'._-----~,,

"~',-

.,.,.. ..__

.•..

~~"-"".:._

._,

•• ---.~~

. •••• 0"....

__ ._••••

_"

•••••

.

~-....

••

~~.. ,= .."-~~--

~

__

__ ~

--.0--_. ~

'""."-~. __ ,

ffl>Mo'_"

.""7 ••••.••• --- .•• -.-------

~-,

,_

.._

1 ... , •••••• ,-,

.. -----""

•• .:--,--

.••••••••••• ,"~

...• "'"' ..•• "~,

,

"""_""

•

sto~~Jm~;~~l __ '

_'' "'-_J

•

..''''''''''----.,,-~-''~-...,''7''''-.~,-

'--'~-.-_

.

Important source .afiron '" ... _~~""""'-,-••.~_~~ _"~T_.~

._,

~orc..:.'ai~~~ ~ilte.r~.!. earthenware.J Source of copper

Potassium aluminium silicate JKAISi30ll) Glass, ceramics s~lphft~--- ,--- .. -. - S~;;c;o7~~;h~

A __

j _

Plaster of Paris, glass, fertilizer ._. _~ _

,:;<

'--'~'~'''---'-

Magnesium silicate -- - ---.H;cir~~~lu~i~iumfl;o-r~~ilic~~e--

."

.. ...,\",~.-.--_

.,

.. --.'

••

•

Abrasives, cement, glass, electronic equipment :--~-r----.~.-_ Source ~f titanium ,. .. ".

"--_._-,._ ...._-- ---- .,.--_._--,--~. _~_e__.

.-

_ _ ,

Source of common salt vr.,,",,_.

".•=...-- .••._.""*'-"" __ . ~_,,_~,.

Silica ..--,,'""--.,--, .. :,'~_ .. ,.,'""""~.~ ..v.-_.'_. Titanium oxide

...._

J'

,

•

--S~u~;ce of.lead(~ai;;;eL~

"

....,.,.c

•••

Glass, enamel

Sodium chloride

",..~ .._,--..~~ .

j

•

C~m~~t;;dl;jiding

'

..•..... - ..7_._.~y5!r~~.
_-''-'-'''~-'''_k._'''''''-

-,

' Source of m~rcu~y

---~"r ..• ;:..'~""'~r.'.-~ . ... "".... _-~ ..~-.'"

Ferric oxide .""'''''''''C'_>-''''' __

~~

Source of copper

Hydrated calcium-.. sulphate "' __ ~".. ~__

~.''C---''---''ron

'-.-_._.".--.,~----

__ . _'

Source of lead, ._____

•••. ~~._.

__ .=-_~~._,_ ..-._~.-l;~..cT~~phid~'_._-. _.- ='="====-_-_.. 0

.... ,'----,

Source of zinc

.• __

Calcium fluoride,

~~ __

...•••_...~ _ ..~-_

Source of tin ,~,.,'--"'

,..-.q'~I6i;~~~~iy~~~;fbn-~-!:-~

'

• ...-...---~-..

~c

_~--<~,--~.,-~,--~--_.

~_.

Mercuric sulphide

-'"""'-"-"-~';"'''~

..~

i:!!.i!!~~~~ __..

--_

..~~~._- ..•...

•.•••••.

. _"'~~___

...--v~_._.Th_.,

-'

=-~""",,~,.

'

lead carbonate •

Y"' __

.,<~.,."._

"",":"yq""",,,,,,:.>J'~=~-

._""""'...""_. __ '~ ... __ =w_c ..•..•.... ~~.'-'_.,, __

Haematite

-

. _ .._.__ •.

Copper sulphide

.-.._.-_.,....

Topaz

I

Cemel'lt,plaster, paint glass,

~~

Halite

Tole

_._....-... _

••

Calcium carbonate

""'=;

_'....

Dolomite

Rutile

cFertilizers,cgemstones ~'-~_'~_",v_~_'

_

Tin oxide or Tinstone

.'~

Chalcocite Cinnabar

Gypsum

-_-~.,~=:=J

Source of aluminium

Zinc carbonate

-'.-_.

Galena

',

..~.~~~.p~h~~_,_~:="~- ..

Hydrated aluminium oxide .

Cassiterite

Fluorite

~.

~

Source of Copper

- .. _-....

Quartz .

_

carbonate ..... ~ __

.._".,. """---:--,-_.,-.

Calamine

Pyrite

~_-

-;--~._ ...0_

._---,--_

_. -.,.,,-,.~"

'

___

.•

_

••••

..•..~=.~~.~~_._._c

Copper carbonate

Mireocline

F;=:-7-5 ...8-1 ..- ~_''_-_ "F;; m~kin-$-h-i~E~p~~..s~~i;-o-lsW= 14-20

_.----_

Malachite

_

laboratory plumbing

Si = 14.5

Tu-n ..g...-st;;;-~~_

______

....-...,~-~

'

Kaolinite

-~'-'--~.'-----

..... -,,_._. _ ~-- -----<5"= b.8"-'"-~~-"-----:---'.'-_o,,-.--- ...----. _ •.• ~

-'

Cerussite"'-'---"",",""--'~ Foisoldering ,_.,_.

Sn = 50

.

11;-"

:h~~~~_j

Ce~e;~ti~zers, Glass, c;:eramics"

'_.~h.'2[Op~c:s~h.~t.:.~

--~''''"'''''''''''''-'''I''''''"=''''''-'-.

A

.. __ _.O,= 18... _Cycle parts and..:ut~~y~ . Ni=8 ~~--_c----~-.---,.-."''--_.. , .~_-._''''''" '''..~-''''.--, "-z<-'~-y,---

i

I

. _ •••._._•••, __

--.,=,~~~,~.St~inl~~_steT==~~._:!I~=--====~~lh:th;~~~;~.factu.~~~f.~!~hiiIi~ C= 1 Automobile parts,

I'

~

---".-,.----

~.~. _.'

--pj;:: 50-"---'" ._ .•. "._.,.. _ ..__ ~

'Solder"'''•...•

"'_ ..

t

".~_.

Sn = 3

1''''"- ._ ..."""",+",,~--~~'-

rlr~m

•._••"

Flour-phosphate ~r

.,,,,.,..,,,,,...---1

,e-

For manufacturing printing types

'-"-'-"--Sb~~-~'-'

r

1.......-

Pb = 82

..Type metal

.

"_"'"

Calcite

,.._- ..

Ni= 25

,

.• _, •.. ,~~1~,~::~p.F'6t~.:c

". •• -;-

Bauxite

___

.•it' __

_

Aragonite~ __ ,,__ ,~,"_.__ .~_~alcium Azurite

Glass, cerCl!T'ics., ..

_. C~?~ ~0pha~. Cal~ium aluminiumsilicote

,.v.,-;;:- •.••.

--.,

"

Commercialutility

__

-:

•

_.

--.-

...

Talcum powder, asbestos ~. G~mst~-;es- -

. .

I

!

--nl~-----------------

br

8.42

'M:II:'":M'••~:!"f;f2jii'.2.)i..:.i;:z:t;r;i,~ •.'*~1.?rl\lEI-IIllII ••

Chemistry

The atoms of an element, the smallest component, seldom exist independently. They usually join up with atoms of same or other elements to form a molecule of a compound. For example, two atoms of oxygen combine to form a molecule of oxygen written as 2, being the symbol of oxygen and 2 the number of atoms combined. In the formulation of a compound, two atoms of iron (Fe), for example, may combine with three atoms of oxygen to form a molecule of ferric oxide (Fe203).It has been estimated that there are 4,040,000described compounds of which 63,000are in: common use.

°

Types of Chemical Compounds The two main types of chemical compounds are molecular compounds and ionic compounds. The fundamental unit of molecular compound is a molecule and that of an ionic compound is aformula unit. A formula unit is the smallest collection of positively charges ions-ealled cationsand negatively charges ions-ealled anions-that are electrically neutral overall.

Chemical Formula It is a symbolic representation of a compound that can be written in several ways: (i) empirical formula-If the formula has the smallest integral subscripts possible, it is known as an empirical formula; and (ii) molecular formula-if the formula has the symbolic representation of an actual molecule; and (iii) structural formula-if the formula is written to show how individual atoms are joined together into molecules.

Mole of a Compound A mole of atoms is defined already as an amount of substance having the same number of elementary entities as there are atoms in exactly 12 g of pure Carbon-12. This definition catefully avoids saying that the entities to be counted are always atoms. Asa result, we can apply the c,?ncept of a mole to any quantity that we can represent by a symbol or a formula-atoms, ions, formula units, or molecules. Specifically, mole of a compound is an amount of compound containing Avogadro's number (6.022001023) of formula units or molecules.

Molar Mass It is the mass of one mole of compoundone mole of molecules of a mo~ecular compound and one mole of formula units of an ionic compound.

Difference between Molecular Mass and Molar Mass Although molecular mass and molar mass sound similar and are related, they are not the same. -Molecular mass is the

\

..L.."""!!ol!!.!!ii;;:i.:;;-

Chapter 2

CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS

°

---------------------!!!::::....::.:.!:':;;--

~

weighted average mass of one molecule expreSsed in atomic mass units (u). Molar mass is the I!'-assof Avogadro's number of molecules expressed,in grail) per mole (g/mol). The two terms have same numeri. cal value but different units.

Organic and Inorganic Compounds There are

twi broad

categories of compounds-(i) Organic Compounds which are formed by the elements carbon and hydr~ gen, often with a few other elements such as oxygen, nitrogen; (ii) Inorganic Compounds, a category that includes the remaining chemical compound~. __

Chemical Reaction and Chemical Change Chemical change happens everywhere all the timefor example, when coal bums, when iron rusts, when beer ferments, when concrete and cement set, or when food is digested to give energy, etc. When coal bums, carbon and hydrogen compounds within it combine with oxygen of the air to form carbon dioxide (C02) and water vapours. Thus, original constituent chemicals, called reactants, are conv,erted into different substances, called products, which have different properties.

Classification of Reactions Chemical reactions can be classified as follows:

Dissociation This is breakdown into simpler substances or ions.

Addition This is a process in which one type of molecule or ion is added to another.

Polymeritation This involves reaction of a substance l (monomer) with itself to produce larger moleculesc the same composition (polymer).

ChemicalChanges Chemicalchanges can be brought about by a variety oftechniques used separately or together: • Mixing of single substances • Heating single substance~ or mixtures • Electrolysing solutions • Exposure to light or radiation • Addition of catalysts

Characteristicsof Chemical Change 1. In a chemical change the resultant product has different properties as against that of the reactants. 2. Cons~rvation of mass for matter can neither be created nor be destroyed during a chemical reactiq!-1'In the given example, the mass o.fcoal and oxygen which combine during combustion is exactly equal to the mass of carbon dioxide, water yapour a.nd ash produced. 3, When substances are formed in different ways, that is, by different chemical reactions, it always has the same composition. In carbon dioxide (C02), for example, rio matter how it is formed, carbon (C) and oxygen (0) are always in the r~tio of 3 :8 by mass. . . 4. In a chemical reaction, energy is given out or absorbed. For example: when coal btUT\sin air, energyin the form of heat and light is given out. On the other hand, when carbon and sulphur are made to combine, heat is absorbed in this process.

CDtolyst A reaction can g~nerally be made to go fasterby increasing the temperature. Another way Substitution It is a process in which one particular 10 speedup a reaction is to use a catalyst. A catalyst hasproved to be an alternative reaction path"Yay of group in a molecule is replaced by another. Illweractivation energy. The catalyst participates EliminatiQn It is a process in which one particulz.' m a chemical reaction but does not itself undergo group in a molecule is lost. a permanent change. As a ~esult, the formtila of a Exchange This isa process in which two groupsa;. catalystdoes not appear in the overall chemical ~;ua~on.(Its formula is generally placed over the mutually substituted one by the other. '"achonarrow.) Oxidation This is a process that involves removalI' ~~les: (Substitution re~ction, catalyzed by""i~cid electrons (increase of oxidation number) e.g.,Fe+.l( ~4) and eth~ol ~s converted .into unsta~le is oxidized to ferric, Fe+++. ..,JCI-IPB+2 which qUIckly reacts WIth Cl- to gIVe Redudion This process is the converse of oxid~ti'- . ''''luct) for example, Bleaching action of sulphur diOXIde :j-~CIiPB(g) + HCI (g) C~~I~:tCHFH2CI+ ~O (1) due to reduction.

B.43

Enzymes as a Catalyst in.a Biochemical Reaction ~ In biochemical reactions, the catalysts are highcmolecular-mass proteins called. enzymesJ The reactant;' called the substrate, attaches to the active site -on the enzyme, where reaction occurs." The rate- of _an enzymecatalysed reaction can be calculated/with an. equation based on a generally accepted ,mechanism of enzyme catalysis. _.. , , Rate of a Reaction The rate 'ora' r~action refl~~ts the rate of changes in the concentrations of the reactants and products of a reaction. Agenirtilrafe of reaction is defined so that the same value is obtained no ~atter which reactant or product serVes as the basis of kinetic measurements". Chemical Equation Chemical'~hange can be .r~p~esented by an equation, for example, the combustipn of carbon (C)-in ?xygen (0) to form carbon dioxide (C02) can be shown as': . .

co

C + O2 ~ .' i. 2' The subscripts show that there are two atoms in an oxy-' gen molecule. When hydrogen (H) and quori.he (CI) react to fOImhY<:IT0gen chIqrip.e,thE;,e8,uatio;nwill be:.. Hi + Cl2 ~ 2HCl Note that two must be added before HCl on the right to balance the equation. The equ~tionshows that one molecule containing' two hydrogen atoms plus one molecule containing two chloride atoms read to form tWo molecules of hydrogen chloride. . . . ~ Stoichi0f1!~try It comprises of quantitative relationships based on atomic and molecular masses, chemical formulas, 'bal~nc~d chemicaiequ'ations, m,d related matter. The stoichi~mehyof ch~~ic~l reactio~~ makes use of conservation factors derived from b~lanced chemical equations call~d stolchiC!metric factors. Stoichiometric calculations generally require molar ll1~sses"densi~es, per cent compositions, along with other factor. ",

Acia-Base Readion. One of the '~dst .common chemical reactions is .double decomposition, a process in which two compounds react together to form tWo new compounds. , For example, magnesium'sulphate (MgS04) reacts with the solution of caustic soda (NaOH)to form sodium sulphate (NaiS04) and antacid'magnesium hydroxide (Mg(OH)2) " . ~gS04 + 2NaOH ~ Na2S04 + Mg(OH)2

.,.d

--------------------AII

rr'ifI !

(I

8.44

Chemistry

Chapter 2

PerchloTic acid (HC104) highly reactive with me!als and organic matter; mainly used as precursor to,ammo. nium perchlorate, that is used in rocket fuel. ~'

• According to Arrhenius theory, a substance that ionizes to produce H+ ions in aqueous solution is an acid. It is a strong acid if the ionization goes essentially to completion and weak acid if the ionization is limited.

l \

I

Hydroiodic acid (HI) used to produce methamph'~tamine (a potent central nervous system stimulant). ; 1'("

Hydrobromic acid (HBr) used for production of @organic bromides, especially bromides of sodium, zinc and calcium. '

• A base producesOH- ions in aqueous solution and is either a strong base or a weak base, depending on the extent of the ionization.

..•• l't,

Hydrochloric acid (HC1) Muriatic acid (common name); used as toilet bowl cleaners, masonry cleaners, gas. tric juice. , f..

Sulphuric acid (H~04)

Battery acid; lead battery, air pol. lutant mist, acid rain.

• In a typical acid-base, or neutralization reaction, H+ ionS from the acid and OH- ion from the base combine to form HOH (water). The other product of the reaction is an ionic compoiind, a salt. . • Some reactions in which gases are evolved can also be treated as acid..:..basereactions. • Br~nsted-LowrY' Definition (1923) :..-: To determme whether a. substance is an acid or a base, count .the hydrogen(s) on each substance before and after the reaction. If the number of hydrogen(s) has decreased, that substance is the acid (donates hydrogen ions). If the number of hydrogen(s) has increased, that substance is the base (accepts hydrogen ions). These definitions are normally applied to the reactants on the left. The main effect of the definition is to increase the number of substances that act qSbases.

Tastes sour iG~~-;h~;p'~t;i~ging pain i~;

lSu!~

w-?u~~ . ".__' Turn blue litmus paper." red

("

,._

I

....

..

I Turn phenolphthalein

;Re~ctwithmetal~to produce .hydrogen gas' , . ..

,', U

r--"-

.

i

,

..•• "~I

Ii

'_

I React with carbonates or ; bicarbonates to produce ; carbon dioxide

','

_-_

_

Carbonic acid (Hi03) Used in transport of carbon diox. ide out of the body via respiratory gas exchange;

Some Important Natural Acids Acetic acid

t".

.~

l Amino acid I

... P

--'''''

L .. _

Ascorbic acid citric' ;icr-'~.

Compounds

Source;)

HC2H302

..__

Vinegar

"'~""'-'=
.._--

Compounds,,' \ containing an amino group, -NH2, and " d carboXylic acid . group,-'.:'"CgOH C6Ha06

~~

ProteinS;lg .

z~ rii1t .
VitaminC ~~H~C~H;O~-r~-~"~' -Lemon/citrus , fruit Digestive juices

HCI

"'!!

~La~ticbtid' . ..•__ _.~. Malic acid

H 03" •.•.• '_. HC _3_~,,_ H02CCH2CHOHC02

,'---Milk , .

Unripe . apples/frullS1

r---'-'---'~'---~--'-~Ta~~!.c.(]~~_ '-"_ ,.~76~5.ZS46 . Uric acid . I . CSH4N403

•.

Tea'. Ur~

.~

acids ,and, bases'cancancehoutJtheir .extreme effects; m~ch like mixing hot:' and cold water can even. out theLwater temperature.:,'A ,sub.• stancethatis neither, acidic nor basi
,.

.

.',;

"

-

)

:

'.\

HCl (acid)+NaOH (base)-7H20(water)+N~Cl(salt) .J

Common

It is used as. antacid to neutralizestomach acid and as a laxative; industriallyused as n'on-hazardous alkali to neutralize ~ciciic wastewaters. waterand sewage treatment. In life support systems as CO2 scru~ber; as ingredient in whitewash and plaster;in petroleum refineries to manufacture of additivesto oils.

Strontiumhydroxide [Sr(OH}2] It is used' as a stabilizer in plastics.It also' absorbs CO2 from air to form strontiumcarbonate.

.,'

".

Rubidiumhydroxide (RbOH) It is used to give fireworks

CDldumhydroxide [Ca(OH}~ It is used as a flocculcint in

Acetic acid (HC2H302) Vinegar, cooking, salad;.

Hydrochloric acid

colourless Turnphenolphthalein pink _._._. ,-"._"'_.'.' -_.,,----_._-_. --'

Potassiumhydroxide (KOH) It is used in the preparation of potassiumsalts of carbonate, cyanide, permanganate, phosphate and silicates; manufacture of biodiesel, softsoaps, as the electrolyte in alkaline batteries.

Magnesiumhydroxide [Mg(OH}~

L--.---.- -- ----

.... -Turnred...~ litmuspaper blue .".~._.,"" -'.

Sodiumhydroxide (NoOH) NaOH finds industrial use as a strongoase; it is used in paper industry (for pulping ofwood); manufacture of sodium salt and defergents; asan additive in drilling mud in petroleum industry; ascleaning agent (also known as caustic).

on skin.

I'Name

."1

fication'system fOJ;'submarines and spacectafts, etc.; It is also used in ceramics formulations; it is used to alkaliz~,.thereactor coolant in pressurized water reactorsfor corrosion control.. ,

Nitric acid (HN03) Remove warts, causes yellow stains Nitrous acid (HN02) Involved in the ozone budget ofthe troposphere (lower atmosphere). Free nitrous acidis unstable and decomposes rapidly.

,

uthiunf'hydroxide WOH) It is used in breathing gas puri-

violetcolours.

Difference between. Acids and Bases Bases Tastes bitter Fe~is sli'pp;ry"-"~'~-'"

~,

,

• Substances that can chemically act as both an acid and a base are known as amphiprotic. The termamphiprotic is similar to the term amphoteric, which indicates the ability of a substance tO'behave as both an acid and a base. .

IAcids

Some Strong Bases

lL

Some Important Acids

• Arrhenius Definition (1887)- This covers the dissociation of acid and bases in water (on molecular level). Acids produces' hydrogen ions H+;bases produce hydroxide ions OH-.

8.45

Bariumhydroxide [Ba(OH}~ Industrially, it is used as the precursorto other barium compounds. pH Scale The pH scale me~sures how acidic or basic a substanceis. The pH scale ranges from 0 to 14. A pH

of7 isneutral. A pH less than 7 is acidic. A pH greater than7 is basic. ' • The designations pH and pOH are often used to describe the concentrations of H30+ and OHin aqueous solutions. • For practical purposes, the pH scale is use. ful only in th~ range 2 <,pH < 12, becau~e ~he m?larities o~,H30; anq,.,qH- in conc~ntrated aCIdsand bases may differ significantly from their true vahle's. . .. • Acidicand basic are two extremes th~t d~sc;ibe chemicals, just ,iike hot" ~nd c.old' two extremes that describe temperature. Mixing

are

Salis Sodium

chloride (NaCI) is' the COmmon table salt, ~sed for"seasonillg" of food. Some molecules which are. classified as common salts ar~ given below: ' . ...

Sodium chloride (NaC/) Its mineral form is halite (rock salt), and formed in acid-base reaction as shown above. It is crystallme (in solid form)' arid has cubiC lattice. On Earth (seawater) it is in plenty and plays vital part of the fluid electrolytes ofhillnall and other living organisms. . .' .. " . Potassium dichromate (Klr20,) It is used for making bleach for photographic plates ..Thissalt is potential carcinogens and its spillage of skin causes chemical bum. It is both toxic and an oxidizer (potential fire hazard)." Sodium bisulphate (NaHSO4) " It is used W!~, p~'t~ssituri dichromate in bleach used for photographic pur~ poses. It is hygroscopic but. cari be ~shipped as dry product. .It is skin irritant and if ingested in lerge amount can be poisonous. " , J. • Calcium chloride (CaCl2) . Wis used for removIng'dampness in the roomorcontamer as it can~coheCtlenoughwater from the'air. It i~als()'used as 'adeker since it is effective in.lowering the fueltir\.gpoilitwHen applied to ice. It is also used in concrete to allow it to be workecj.with lesser water, increases its c()Inpressive ~trength and makes concrete water resistant to some extent. However, its uS,eill pre-~tres.sedconc!ete is not permitted a's it can r:educe its flexural'and tensi)~s!!:.ength. Stomach Antacids ,Antacids are. supposed to decrease the amoUnt of hydrochloric aCid iJ1 the stomach by

rl

('

!

~

i

II.

I

Ii l

I

8.46

Chemistry

Chapter 2

reacting with excess acid. They are used in the treatment of gastric hyperacidity and peptic ulcers. Some of the ingredients in antacids are: Magnesia (MgO), milk of magnesia (Mg(OHh), calcium carbonate (CaC03), sodium bicarbonate (NaHC03), dihydroxyaluminium sodium carbonate (NaAl(OH)zC03), aluminium hydroxide gel (Al(OH)3)' Several of these will have to be recognized as Bronsted bases.

Molarity of a Solution Concentration, or molarity, is a solution property defined as the number of moles solute per litre of solution, .

Ii

.Ii~

.11

. (M) Amount of solute (in moles) =---------Moanty 1 Amount of solution (in liters) So, the molarity of a solution is the amount of solute (in moles) per litre of solution. Molarity can be treated as a conversion factor between solution volume and amount of solute.

Oxidation-Reduction or Redox Reaction In an oxidationreduction reaction, certain atoms undergo an increase in oxidation state, a process called oxidation. Originally, it meant combination of a substance with oxygen. However, now the term covers all analogous reactions in which substances combine with other elements and lose electrons in the process. Oxidation is always accompanied simultaneously with reduction in which electrons are gained. For example: Action of hydrogen (Hz) with copper oxide (CuO): CuO + Hz ~ Cu + HzO The oxide (CuO) is reduced to copper (Cu), the copper gains electrons in the reduction. Chemical reactions may take place either slowly-for example, rusting-::or quickly as.~.an explosion. • We should be careful of consuming food items fried in oil because over a period. of time oils become rancid due to oxidation. • Another useful view of a redox reaction is as thecombinatlon of separate half-reactIons for the oxidation and' the reduction. Here, the overall ~e~ctionis the sum. of two '.half-~eactions. -,'

Znz+(aq)+

Oxida~o~ (h.alfreaction):

Zn(s) ~

Reduction . (halfreaction):.

Cuz+(aq)+2e-'~Cu(s) .

Overall. Zn (s)+Cu+.z (full~action): ;.

(aq)~ .

2e-

. z Zn +. (aq)+ Cu (s)

metal and protect it from further corrosion. Iron oXide (rust), however, flakes off, and constantly exposes fresh surface. This differencein corrosio:p. behaviour explains why cans made of iron deteriorate rapidly in the environment, whereas alumiiUumcans have an almost unlimited lifetime.

Oxidizing Agent and Reducing Agents An oxidizing ~agent (oxidant) is the crucial reactant in an oxidation half-reaction, and is reduced in the redox reaction. The reducing agent (reductant) is the main reactant in a reduction half-reaction and is oxidized' in the redox reaction. Some substances act only as oxidizing agents; others, only as reducing agents. Many can act as either, depending on the reaction. .'

Eledrochemical Cell In an electrochemical cell, electrons in an oxidation-reduction reaction are trans(e~red at metal strip called electrodes and conducted through an external circuit. The cell reaction involves Ioxidation at one electrode called the anode and reduction at the other electrode called the cathode.

Half Cells The oxidation and reduction half-re'actions occur in separate regions called half-cells. In a half. cell, an electrode is immersed in a solution. The electrodes of the two half-cells are joined by a wire, and an electrical connection between the solution is also made, as through a salt bridge. i. Galvanic (VoltiJic) Cell This produces electricity. from the spontaneous oxidation-reduction reaction. The difference in electric potential between the two electrodes is cell voltage; the unit of cell voltage is volt (V). The cell voltage is also called the cell potential or electromotive force (emf) and designated as EceU' A cell diagram displays the components of a cellina symbiotic way. Concentration Cell A concentration cell consist of two half-cells with identical electrodes but different solution concentration. Battery

An important application of voltaic cells is found in various battery systems., A battery stores chemical energy so that it can be released as energy. Batteries consists of oneor more voltaic cells and are divided into three major classes: primary (Leclanche), secondary (lead-acid or silver-zinc), and flow battery or fuel cells in which reactants, suchas hydrogen and oxygen, are continuously fed intothe battery and chemical energy is converted into electric energy.

Corrosion It is an unwanted voltaic cell' and elec~ chemistry plays an important role in the proces.s. corrosion and its control. Oxidation' half-reacbOn:> produce anodic regions and reduction half-reactions. cathodic regions. k1l • Some metals suth as aluminium r fonn corros products th~t.adheretightly to "the underlyitC

through thel reduction ..half-reaction and' oxidation half7reaction," this electrolysis' is called chlor-alkali process; named:.after two principal products: Chlorine and alkali NaOH (aq). :rhe chlor-alkali process is oneof.the most import~ ant o( all electrolytic processes' because of the high value ofthese products., . '" ".. , i

• The simplest method of protecting a metal from corrosion is to cover it with paint or some other protective coating impervious to water, an importantreactant and solvent in corrosi~n process~.

CathodicProtection This is accomplished when a more activemetal is attached to the metal being protected fromcorrosion. The more active metal, a 'sact1ficial' anode,is preferentially oxidized while the protected metal is a cathode at which a harmless reduction half-reactionoccurs. Eledrolytic Cel/. An electrolytic cell is another type of electrochemicalcell that uses electricity to produce a nonspontaneous reaction. It is to be understood that voltaic(galvanic) and electrolytic cells are the two categoriessupsumed under the more general. term: Electrochemical Cell. jt'

,..

Efedrolysis The' process in which a nonspontaneous reaction is driven by the application of electrical energyis called electrolysis. In electrolysis, a nonspontaneouschernicalreaction occurs as electrons from an externalsource are forced to flow in a direction oppositethat in which they flow spontaneously. • Electrorefining of metals-If involves the deposition of pure metal at a cathode, from the solution cont~ining metal on it. Copper produced by the smelting of copper ores is of sufficient purity for some uses, such as plumbing, but it is not pure enough for applications in which high elecvical conductivity is require? • Electroplating-in electroplating, one metal is placed onto another, often less expensive, metal by electroplating. This procedure is, done for d~corative::purposes or to protect t}{~underlymg metal from corrosion. Silver-plated flatWare,for ~xample, consists of thin coating of metallicsii~er on an underlying base of iron. -

Electrosynthesis-:T~is is a method of producing substances through electrolysis reactions. It is useful for certain synthesis in which reaction conditions must be carefUllycontrolled. • Chlor-Alkali Process...:.....~hen conducted on an . industrial scale, the electrolysis' of NaCl (aq)

B.47

• Nylon-66-Among the top conurierdal iirlpor~ tanceoL electrolysis inorganic chemistry if the reduction of acrylonitrileto adipo,nitrile,at a lead cathode. Adiponitrile is readily converted to two other compounds: hexamethylenediamine and adipic acid. These two compounds are the monomers used to make the polymer ~ Nylon':66. -.

t,

Air Air is a colourless and tasteless. gaseous mi~ture of nitrogen (78%), oxygen (21%) with 'lesser amounts (say traces) of argon, Carbon dioxIde, "neon; 'helium, ozone and other, g?-ses; Air a!s9 "Fontains wate~ vapour and pollutants enveloping the Earth: Being a mixture (not compound), its.comp?sitio~. varies from one p~ace to another. . . • Its constituents can be separated and it can be prepared by mixing oxygen and nitrogen. Air is a bad conductor of heat Of its constituents, oxygen helps in buining of substances and respiration, and nitrogen dilutes the .action of oxygen. • Carbon dioxide is added to the atmosphere through burning and als~ thr~>ughr~sp'irati9t;l, and wat~r vapour is forme,d during evapora-. tion from the sea, rivers, ponds, etc. . . .'

..

_

''l.'.

Water Vapour in the Air . Air contains abC;ut0.4% ofwater vapour. If we place a glass contaililng ice cubes in the' open air, the outer surface of the glass gets covered with ".Vaterdroplets. This is due to the condensation of water vapour, from. the atmgspheric air on the cooler surface of the glass. ,r ' • Carbon Dioxide Air containS about 0.03% carbon'dioxide. If we place lime water in the open air, it turns milky due to absorption of carbon dioxide from the air., .'"t,"

Water

'""

.~.•. ~

.J

Water was shown .by ~avendish;'in the eighteenth century, to be a chemical compound. It consists of hydrogen and oxygen'in the ratio. of 2: l' by volume

Pf '~!\

T

lif

! I,

8:48

~li

~hernistry B.49

Chapter 2

and 1: 8 by mass.' Hence; when' an' electric current is passed through acidified or alkaline water, for every one volume. of oxygen two ,volumes, of hydrogen evolve. Water ,can be prepared by combining oxygen and hydrogen with the help of an. electric current where, for every one part of hydrogen, 8.parts of oxygen are required. Boiling point of water is lOO°Cand freezing point is O°C.

I I

not produce lather with soap. '(ii)Soft Water~Produces lather with soap very easily. Hardness of water is of two types: .

I,

\~ 'I ~,

,'f

(i) Temporary hardness is due to the bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium. It can be removed by (a) Boiling, or(b) addition of lime. (ii) Permanent hardness is due to' the sulphates . and chloriqes of calcium, and magnesium. It can removed ,by (a) addition of washing soda, or' (b) distillation.

be

:

•

,I~~

L.;.

'.'

•

Rain Water This is the purest forin of water since it is condensed water vapour of the air. It is soft water b~cause itdoesh6t contain salts like bicarbonates, sulphates and chlorides of calcium and magnesium.

"'I~,;irtanlParaiti~tii~;i:t?dhii~htiin~~/<~1;R~iative ~'i)':' ,i~_'

.<--1:"':ki:ty~'.

' .,~",?:,.*_.-

n

t'atomicmass:c..:..1'.008;'Melting,'P9irif~::":*,259',,14 °C w,"'; ,::." t"'»'''' ".' ,' ..: ' ",.'B9ilihg',poi~t'",.f52;50F;,Den~i~y~.98988'l
~"",".,;

__

'~'"';;'~;'''''',(:.:-a,'>,J.'

-.:-:"(l,,.

(~0<Jo¥¥,'::.,

" , _::,AA

",..

;Of

• Hydrogen bums with a pale blue flam-e but does not help combustion and is sligRtly soluble in water. It is used in the manufacture of vanaspati ghee, alcohol and ammonia. '" • Hydrogen can be obtained from water, acids and alkalies. In a laboratory, it is prepared by the action. of dilute sulphuric acid on c0,!Ilmercial zinc .

It is a colourless, ,odourless and tasteless gas, sparingly soluble in wate'r' and slightly heavier than air. It does not bum itself but helps in burning of other substances. It is found in abundance in.the Earth both in th~free stat~ and comb~!ledstate with othe~ elements. -....

',/',

•. ,"::-

- _.

",

.

.

• ,'",

_,,',

::.

,;-._

.• J.'"

},

_

l ,'.:'-\ ",', ',''t.

"

.,:-:'.~\- ),,';;

':IrtlPortant%'Parameters:'At9mic!nul11bert~,R~b t,' ."~tive': a!oxcic~ Il)a$s:',J5;999, .Meltitlg,*P9~~ \:~',~: ~218.4°C,Boiling point -183.0°C, DensityafO°C~ ~,\3~9kg/mT' yalency,~~. . . , ,

L

\>

---

..

Nameijs~

',I

Acetylene, ethylene~

To produce a hot flame for welding/ cutting, for artificial ripeninQ of fruits

Butane CSgas Cyanogen -' Ether

constituting nearly four-fifths of the air by volume. It is an almost inert diatomic gas, neither combustible nor helping combustion. It is slightly soluble in water.

Ethylene

Welding,' chemical weapons, rocket propellant

Plastics

Helium Krypton

Fluorescent tubes, high-speed

laughing gas lnitrousoxid~L

.

• Oxygen can be prepared in a laboratory by heating potassium chlorate and manganese dioxide together. It Cqn also be obtained'in small quantities by heating oxides or. salts rich in. oxygen ..Oxygen can.beseparatedfrom the air by passing an electric current through water.

• This gas is essential for protein synthesis. • In a laboratory, it can be prepared by heating .ammonium nitrite. On a large scale, it can be obtained from air: i • Air is liquefied first and then evapQrated; nitrogen evaporates first, leaving oxygen. Nitrogen is used to manufacture nitric acid, ammonia and fertilizers. \. ~

Carbon Dioxide CO2 is a colourless, odourless, incom' bustible gas formed during respiration, combustion and qrga~c, decomposition and is hea,v;ier th~ air, Carbon dioxide is aCidic and turns limewater nulky. .I.":~ 1'".''',--:.; __---.-{-'~:,~"~tf'.,:~.::-,'

,.-\.i':;:':::';':,,'~,-"J_ : \&::,:':,~

.!mporta~t'para1r!~ters:cMo!~c~hu.

'1U?ss-44.01 g. mol;l; •Melting. point--..-.•.56;6~C;Appearance-'. Colourlessga~; O~oui~
To make chloroform

Neon Propane

. Fuel and refrigerant

Radon

~~2i8!~~~2P1

«"',~~

Xenon

''':'')''-'''':'''?''''''''(C'.'''''i''''-'"','

Flash lamps and lasers "I

INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY Soaps

on

~

'C":_.

_~'

I

1"

Glass' -'~ , 't~

,.l

Glass is a mixture 9f an alkali silicate with. the silicate of a base, that, is, silica, sodium sili!2ate(Na2?i03):and calcium or lead silicate. The selected materials, that is, sand (silica), soda ~sh (Anhydrous sodIum c~rboriate), and lime stone (calCium carbonate)areffii~~d 'in' the required proportion and broken pieces of previously' made glass known as 'cullet' are' added. These help in easier fusion of the,mixture. ,The mixture,is heated up~ toa temperature of1400°Cin, a rotary furna<;e.vyheD the mass is completely mixed and melted, 'the' glass is made in various shapes by blowing. and moulding. .: ~~ "~~"

Cemen,t

..

Materials required to mamifacture' cement are calcium carbonate (limestone, chalk, etc,) aluminium silicate (clay) and a small quantity.of'gyp~.t!~, (CaS04.2H20). The best cement is Portland cement, the average composition of which is:

Cab (63%) . Fei03(3%)', MgO (i.5%) Alkali~(O.5%) .

.

,

'.'

.

-

Si02 (21%) ,S03 (1.5%) }\1103(7%)

,..

The raw materials are 'first crushed' and mixed together' and grourid to a fine powder. The 'powder is then fed in a kiln (temperature: 1890 K). At this temperature calcium oxide (from limestone) combines :the'aluminium silIcate form calcium" silicate and aluminate. The resultant mixture is mixed with 2-3% gypsum and gro~nd t6form c~ment, .

to

),

:>oaps are the alkali salts of higher fatty' acids.' Wash~g soap is sodium salt of stearic acid and toilet soap' IS potassium salt of oleic acid. These soaps contain a charged-COONa+ end and a hydrocarbon end i 2n+l' The charged end has,a tendency to interact :lth polar substances like water and fibre, while the Itfdrocarbonpait interacts withnon"polar material .a<e oiL

9

Cleansing Action of Soaps This is based on a surface phe-' nomenon. Oil coats the surface of objects (for example,fibre) involving weak interactions betw'een'tl1e polar .fibres'and' the nOrl"polaroil.' When clothes are soaked' with'water containifrg"soapthen' tnepolar. end of the soap 'Orients tOw'ards"9il. The'stronger interaction between the charge'd end 'of soap' and water overweighs the weak interaction betw:een"the fibre and oil. Thus the interfacial contact be'tween the oil (dirt, etc.) and the' fibre (or any otl:).er'6bject)' is reduced and separates in'the form ofdrop~ets': ,

Ammonia

Methane

Oxygen

.••••

Other Useful Gases

Nitrogen' A colourless, tasteless' and odourless gas

Important Gases

::~

• In a laboratory, it can be prepared by treating marble pieces with dilute hydrochloric acid.

..f'''

River Water By flowing over the Earth's surface carries with it soluble minerals of the earth and becomes hard water and also contains several pollutants.

~',:,

• Carbon dioxide is prepared by the action of dilute acids on carbonates or by fermentation of ,sugar. . . ,

Hydrog~~~This is a colb~rless,highly flamrnakl~ gaseous element, the lightest of all substances Known and in most abundant supply in the universe. ill free state, it occurs in volcanic gases. '.,',: :cO"~,:" ~ ",,," _,:,.'.J ~'".:' \, "'cr'., +.'~"','.,,<' C«'<""":-:"~.

Hard and Soh Water (i) Hard Water-Does

• It is used in food refrigeration, carbonated bever'1ges~fire ex;tinguishers, etc. .

• :It is essential for plant and animal respiration and for nearly all kinds of combustion. ,'~

J

,>

.A "

Organic Chemistry';' . .,

.• : -,

, '. .

.

'f.'

't~','"

'1"

Organic Chemistry Organic chemistry 'deals ,with', compOUndsof~arbon, the simplesfwhich,called hydrocafb01is, contain 'Only carbon ind hydrogen. The carbon atoms are bonded to one another in 'straight or branched chains' or rings. . , ,

,

~:

b

"'"

,

a I

I

\ ! 1.

I 1

I

Chapter 2

B.50

compounds are gases, volatile liquids and solids with relatively low melting points; and mosf inor: ganic compounds are solids with high~elting points. While most organic compounds are insoluble in water, a great majority of inorganic compounds are soluble. :*'t

Until 1828 scientists believed that organic compounds occur only in living organisms, things that were or had been alive. Therefore, study of those compounds became known as organic chemistry. This was based on the so-called vitalist theory, that is, to produce organic compounds, vital energy is required. However, the vital force theory was disapproved when in 1828, the German chemist, Friedrich Wohler, prepared an organic compound urea in his laboratory by evaporating a solution of inorganic compound ammonium cyanide: NH4CNO Ammonium cyanide (inorganic compound)

1. The term 'Organic' here is derivea.' frorn 'Organisms' and is not necessarily related to the environment-friendly form of farrniIlg. 'J"

2. Organic chemicals can be isolated fro:m,.}lature,

but they are also readily produced~:in the laboratory. '

CO(NH2h Urea (organic compound)

•

3. Today, more than 12 million organic com. pounds known, and about one lakh i~ added to the list every year. By contrast, therefare only 2-3 lakh known inorganic cOmpounds, those based on elements other than carbon. . , I

Therefore, now organic chemistry is the study of carbon compounds.

4. Organic compounds are classified. accord. ing to the. functional groups they co'ntain; a functional group is defined as a com!;>ination of atoms that behave as a unit. Some exam. pIes of functional groups in organic molecules are:

.;"~

Organic and Inorganic Compounds Most organic compounds can be burned while most inorganic compounds cannot. Most organic Name I-..,..'----':~ I Class

Hydroxyl Phenolic group group -'-, ..-~,.. ~••~_."~-,,'--," Alcohols phenols

Ether group .......,..., __ ._'

Amine group

••• -.. ••• ,.-_,.••_,

.• _ ,.o_.~

Ethers

_,-"

Ketone group "" .. -- __

Amines

Aldehyde group

y"".,-.~~_.,.----.>

-N.

Ketones

..,,",. "'",~"'".~~

Amide group

Carboxyl group

Ester group

Amides

Carboxylic acids

Esters

IName

Aldehydes

Elements,compounds andrecJctiC)ns, involved

Examples

Alkanes (or paraffins)

'Saturated' hydrocarbons of the general formula CnH2n+2 methane (CH4); butane Contain single bonds only. '. ,. .. . '. . ..(C4HlO) .' ! Alk~~~s(ol~fi;~~--rUn;~~;cF'hydr;t~boh; of g~nera'ITo~~'CnH2:'--. __ ._- ;thy~n;TC;H.J~~tY;ene L-.__Contain double bonds_~. __~_ _,'-._.~. __ ..""' 'c_'_ ~j£=6t1S£=2thJ.,,~c""-. Alkynes.(acetylenes) ..'Unsaturated' hydro'carbonsof general formula CnH2n_2 acetylene (C2H2) . .. ''' __ , Contain triple bonds ~C,,_ -0.'" I Alcohols Contain the OH group, bound, for example, to an.alkyl group Methyl alcohol (CHPH) L ,__ . ... ..Cntl2n+JOH __.~ . ".._...,.,---_.,----''" __ E.!~yl
..•_,

_

Aromatic

.'

_'

•• '

.fn~2n+J.S~~:..

_o.~_"

IAldehydes

1_

o~.

.~-----_.*--""-

•. ~_"".~_,.,,,,,,,,-,

,. .._.

._-"-~---,---- ..,."----.--' •..' ...-...•-,",,"'-':' "-'''' -".'

Contain the CHO group

__ _

_ .

.

hydrocarbons ,-_. ..__

~_~

__ ~_.

.

._,"_"

Ring compounds w"ithreactions similar to the proto type, .' ..•, _..._~_.~,_ ..~.- .•.,. Derivativesof the phenyl group, C6Hs *

Heterocyclic

.

benzene (C H)" __ .. _ "",6_6.

I Phenylcompounds l .__,,_ _._. __

_~

_",

...__._.

.• __ •

Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers Hydrocarbons that con~ain ...oR (hydroxyl) group are.' classified. as alcohols in aliphatic compounds and phenols in aromatic compounds. Aliphatic alcohols are also classified as primary, secondary or tertiary depending on how IJlanysubstituents (excluding H atoms) are attached to the same carbon atom as the hydroxyl groupone for primary, two for secondary and three for tertiary.Diols and polyols are molecules with two or IJlorehydroxyl groups, respectively. Alcohols can be prepared by the hydrolysis of alkyl halides or the hydration of alkanes. Ethers are relatively unreactive hydrocarbons with general formula R--D-R. r

Amines These are organic derivatives of ammonia.They are classified according to the number of organic gr<}ups substituted for hydrogen atoms of NH3. A pr~ary amine has one substituent; a secondaryamine, two substituents and a tertiary amine, threesubstittiehts. AIDines are weak bases, with the aliphaticamines being stronger bases than ammonia andthe aromatic amines being weaker.

Chemical Struc~ure of Living Matter Four general categoriesof substances found in living organisms are lipids,carbohydrates, proteins and nucleic acids. Cells, whichare the fundamental units of living things, containmacro~olecules from each of these categories.

the fatty acid componentsJThe ~salt, of a fatty acid is called a soap. -' J

.

Ring compounds containing mainly carbon atoms and one or more other atoms, e.g., nitrogen .

',--

formaldehyde (HCHO) q.c~tald~..hYge (CH3CHO) naphthalene (ClOHa) acetaldehyde -.""~..".--.,, ..~~. (Ci.:iHlOl - ... phenol (C6HsOH) 9niline (C:6HSNHz) pyridine (C6HsN) thiophene (C4H4S) -

lipids A range of substances of biological C?riginthat aresoluble in nonpolar or low-polarity solvents are classifiedas lipids. Lipids serve diverse functions in livingorganisms. As fats or oils, lipids are used by manyliving organisms to store ehergy. Lipids stote energymuch more efficiently than carbohydrates, for thisreason lipids are used for long-term energy storageby many organisms, including humans. • Phospholipids ar~ an essential component of cell membrane. • Cholesterol is one of the most familiar lipids, which the bOdy uses to make such hormones as oestrogen.I,and testosterone. • One famJliar group of lipids is the triglycerides, esters of' glycerol with long-ehain fatty acids (monoca£boxylic).If saturated fatty acids predOminate,the triglyceride is fat. If unsaturation (in the form of double bond) occurs in some of the fatty, acid components, the triglyceride is an oil. ,;J~ . • SaponificatIon is the hydrolysis of a triglyceride with a strong base~ yields glycerol and salts of

.

Carbohydrates These store energy for 1i~ing organisms, Simple sugars, such as glucose and fructose~ are carbohydrates. Literally, it is hy'drate of carbon, C (H20) . x y Thus, sucrose, or cane sugar rC12H220n'is equivalent to C12(H20)n' The most common among simple carbohydrate molecules are five-carbon-chain and sixcarbon-chain poly-hydroxy aldehydes and ketones, Emil Fischer (1852-1919) was awarded-Nobel Prize for his research on the structure of sugars ..Later,.he also elucidated how amino acid molecules join to form proteins. ,', • ',. J

• Simple carbohydrates' are called monosaccharides .. Monosaccharides such as' glucose 'are known as reducing sugars. A reducing sugar is one that can reduce Cu2+ to copper (II) oxide .

.,.

• Larger molecules with two to ten monosaccharides units bonded together are known as oligosaccharides (maltose, cellobiose, sucrose, lactose, etc.). '. -

Lactose (milk sugar) is naturally' present in milk where its concentration ranges from 0% to 7%.

-

Sucrose is ordinary table sugar (cane or beet sugar), and is not a reducing sugar .

"'" -"'--,,,....../..'.:--,~~ -.">-

Some (losses of Simple Organic {ompounds

__ '

B.51

ChemistrY

Carbon Compounds

,

~

• Polysaccharides (starch, glycogen, cellulose etc.) have more than 10 monosaccharide units joined together into long chains by oxygen linkages.. I

_•

-

Starch is a reserve carbohydrate .of many plants and is the bulk constituent of cereals, rice, com and potatoes. .

-

Glycogen is the reserve carbohydrate of animals and it is stored in the liver and in muscle tissue. It has higher molecular mass than starch and the poiysaccharides chains are more bI'artch~d. ...

- .Cellulose is the main structure material of pUmts. It is chief 'component of wood pulp, cotton and straw ..Most animals;:iricluding human beings, do not possess th~ t;lecessary enzymes to hydrolyse it,so they cannot digest cellulose. Certain b.aderi~ it). ruminants (cows, deers, camels) "and termites can hydrolyse cellulose, allowing them to use it as food. Termites subsist on a diet of wood:

~l'r"-----------~

bn

"!I!f!'?ll~f~~~;q7F 'MW

!,

~

'i

II,

8.52

involves the conversion of carbon dioxide and water into carbohydrates by plants. Photosynthesis requires the catalyst chlorophyll and sunlight as shown in the reaction below:

11'.

II i

nC02 +nH20

sunlight •. Cn(H20)n +n02 chlorophy

Q'!

;-''S"t'

.;,..;.

")

_

j

.~ _

•

J

t:lp,,~uh~~.~~et,s

t'1,

'~,' ,"

j,

",.,,,.,~"

.\'

"

tf,

,~,."'\'

,t.,

'\; .~ '1"

',Livi~g()rganisr'iJs contaiii thousands of different kinds of pro. teins, Howis it possibledo make 50 many different kinds of proteins from only different amino acids?" ,

20

Because the 20 amino'acids that makeup proteins can be combiriedandihen'fol?ed in' a 'numb~i'of 8iffere~t ways, , creating many different proteins, '.. "Id .. ~ ~-~

'/

Biomass Biomass is any living matter. 'An important component of biomass is organic material produced by photosynthesis, that is, plants and their principal constituents-eellulose, starch, sugars. Plant biomass can be used directly as a fuel, or it may be converted to other gaseous, liquid or solid ,materials, which can be used as fuels or chemical raw materials. • Ethanol The best known and most widely used 'conversions methods is the fermentation of sugars to ethanol. Fermentation involves the decomposition of organic matter in the absence of air and through the action of a microorganism. Generally, the main raw material for production of ethanol by fermentation is com. • The conversion of plant material to fossil fuels requires geologic processes and geologic time scales, thereby limiting the future availability of these fuels as energy sources and as raw materials. ' • In principle, most of the compounds now being produced from fossil fuels could be made directly from cellulose. Methanol (wood alcohol) is formed by the destructive distillation (pyrolysis) of wood: ' • Cellulose can be hydrolysed to glucose and then converted to ethanol by fermentation. Fermentation process can also be used to produce' a series of oxygenated compounds-alcohols and ketones-which can' be converted to hydrocarbons. Thus, entire spectrum of organic chemicals could be produced from the simple molecules CO2 and H20. The required energy would be mostly solar.

Proteins Proteins perform a wide range of functions in living organi.sms. Some 20 different, amino acids are the basic building blocks of proteins, which consist ,of,a long chain of amino acids. An amino acid is a<;:~r~gxylicacid that also contains an amine group, -NH2•

1

8.53'

Chemistry

Process of Photosynthesis ' The process of photosynthesis

I

1

Chapter 2

p

• Proteins are the basis of protoplasm and are found in all living organisms, 'In ani. mals, proteins as muscle, skin, hair, ~9 other tissues make of the bulk of body's non-?keletal structure. ' • As enzymes, proteins catalyse biochemical reactions; as hormones, they regulate metabolic ,processes; and as antibodies, they counteract the effect of invading organisms. :" • Antibodies are proteins that protect the body from disease, .; • Digestive enzymes are protEiins that break down food during digestion. ' J' ' • Keratin is a protein that provides structure in theform of skin, hair and feathers. ' • Insulin is a protein that acts as a ,hormone. allowing one'type of cellto communicate with other type. " ' .A[tin and myosin are proteins that allow mus. cles to contract. • Haemoglobin, a protein found in red blood cells, triillsports oxygen to body tissues. . • Essential Amino Acids Certain amino acids that are required for proper health and, growth in humans beings cannot be synthesized by the body. These amino acids must be ingested as food. There are eight essential ainino acidsare valine, leucine, isoleucine, threonine, phenylalanine methionine, tryptophan (all are 'natural amino acids) and lysine (basic amino acid): • Peptides Two amino acid molecules can be joined by the elimination~f a water molecule ,between them. Thus, a large number of amino acid units may join to form a polypeptide. • Structure of Protein ~he primary structure,c: protein refers to ~e,exa~t seq~ence of aIfIlIl~ acids in the polypeptide ,ch~ins that make Ur

the pr9tein. The structure or shape of the entire protein chain is referred to as secondary svucture. In 1951, Linus Pauling and RB Corey proposed that the orientation of this polypeptide and thus of protein chain is helical. However, other types of orientations are also possible. .'

Enzymes An enzyme is a-biological catalyst' that containsprotein. Enzymes are specific for each ,biological transformation and catalyse a reaction without requiring change in temperature or pH. Enzymes suchas sucrpse do not contain metal ions, but almost a third of known enzymes do.

Metabolism Lipids, carbohydrates and proteins are complexmolecules that are broken down' into their simplestunits as part of the process of metabolism. Carbohydrates are degraded into monosaccharides, proteinsinto amino acids and lipids into glycerol and fattyacids. Ultimately, these degradation products aredecomposed into smaller molecules; such as CO2, HzO and NH3, and urea. Enzymes are ,proteins that catalysemetabolic reactions. Energy released n catabolicprocesses is used to convert adenosine diphosphate(ADP)to adenosine triphosphate (ATP),which can thensupply the energy needs of other processes.' Nucleic Acids These are made up of p~ntose sugars, purineand pyrimidine bases, and phosphate groups . Therole of this fourth type of macromolecule, is to storegeneric information in living organisms. Two classesof nucleic acids are ribonucleic acid (RNA) anddeoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). RNA contains sugar ribose,while DNA contains the sugar 2~dexoyribose. A nucleicstrand consists of a sugar-and-phosphate backboneattached to a series of nitrogenous bases. • Nucleic acids carry the information that directs the metabolic activity of cells and thehereditary information that is passed from one generation to next. ' , • Double Helix of DNA The DNA, has a usual double-helix structure: It is so because DNA consistsof hvo n~clei~ acid strands twisted into a spiral, which is why it is sometimes ~'alled double helix, The postulational tru.sstructure by Francis Crick and James Watson in 1953 was one of the greatest scientific breakthroughs of modem times. . • ?NA molecules have a Unique abilitY to rephcate-thatis, to make exact copies of it. The critical step in DNA replication requires the

,.

molecule's to unwind'into single"strarids:As the 'unwiridingoccursj'fiee Auch:~otides,preserif in the nucleus becom'eattachedftO'the'exp6sed portions of the two' single, strands" c~nverting each to,a new double helix o~ DNA consisting of one,old strand and one new strand. , "

• RNA resembles DNA' expeCt': that ~'it ' is single-stranded rather than doltble;stranded, uses a different sugar molecule, and uses nitrog.enous base uracil (U) in place of tJ:1ymine(T).

Carbon

~ ~ ..

I'

Fo~d in abundaJ)~e, carbo.ll r~s )2~. a,m9ng~the elements in the~a,rth'~>~i»,st. b,u.tf,¥1!~P9!.~~~':.~it ranks first. It is a ,Unique element which readily'~com.•~ ".. .. bines with itself to form)arge molecules orc,arb0l1 atoms linked in long chains'(rings). In all; there are more than a million such combinations.' .• ' . '

"";'

(..

DiHerent Forms of Cdfbon Different 'forms 'of'carbon are' as 'follows: (a) diamond, (b) 'graphite,' (ctrcharcoal,' (d) lamp black, (e) coke; (f) gas' carqon, l(g)' coal, (h) anilnal charcoal. . _:; .-,~" ' 1 Allotropi~ F~rms of Carbon' When a s~bstance exi~;s in'different crystalline' n:lOdifi~ations,'the phenomenon is called' allotropy, a11d different distinct form,S~f the substance are called allotropes. Carbon shows allotropy because it exists in' different' forms. There are, two allotropic forms of carbon, narri~ly, (i)Cliamond and (ii) graphite. . • • Coke, charcoal, lamp black~ etc., Were thought to be amorphous forms (without definite shape) of carbon but it is now known that all the amorphous carbons cc;mtainmicrocrystals ofgraphi~e. . • Though these allotropes of carbon have different crystal structures and different physical properties, their chemical symbol is the same apd show similar chemical ,properties, Both diamond,and graphit~'have sY,qlbol'C.' • Both give off carbon dioxide when strongly heated in the presence of oxygen: C(dia,,?ond) + 02 (gas).-7 CO2 (gas)

.,-

, C (graphite) + O2 (gaS)-7'CO~\(gas)

Diamond It 'is the hardest substance found in natural form, and that is why it is used for cutting and drilling. Its name is derived from the Greek word

!

8.54

I

I' I'

Chapter 2

mixed with acids or alkalies. However, when:.neated with nitric acid graphite acid is formed. Graphite is used as a lubricant, in paints, for making electrodes and lead pencils. ~i Pure graphite is manufactured by heating coke in an electric furnace to a temperature of about 2500°C in the absence of air. ' 'J

'adamas' .which means invincible or adamant. It is the purest form of carbon. In the structure of diamond, the atoms are arranged tetrahedrally. • It does not allow heat. or electricity to pass through. It is inert as it resists action of chemicals but gives out CO2 when strongly burnt in air. It is insoluble in all solvents. Since 1955, diamonds are also prepared synthetically from carbon compounds at high temperature and very high pressure. • The transparent form of the diamond is used as gems while dark coloured diamonds are used for making cutting tools. • The Koh-i-Nooris the world's most precious and famous diamond mined in India but was taken away by the British. The Cullinan found in 1905 in South Africa is the largest diamond in the world weighmg 570 g and 2.850 carats.

I

I ! I

,j'

complex hydrocarbon molecules. It originates from the remains of trees, bushes, ferns, mosses and other forms of plant life that flourished in swamps ~. and marshes millions of years ago. Important products are derived from coal by a process called pyrplysisheating of coal in the absence of air which produces coke (residue) and volatile matter such as coal gas and a liquid known as coal tar ~~: \;

Petroleum Petroleum or 'crude oil' is a liquid material, a mixture of hydrocarbons believed to have originated from bacterial decomposition of animal and vegetable fats under high pressure and atmospheric temperature. It is converted into a variety of products by fractional distillation based on the principle that lower hydrocarbons boil at a lower temperature than the higher ones.

Petroleum Table 8:2.5 Products Obtained from ~~~~-=""~~~~~=

IFraction 1 . G.aseous hydrocarbons

.."-Af..;. __

. ,

~

I

• Kerosene oil

.

--.~"'~.

'

~

Distillcitionh!n'Ipera~re'rclhg~ (I<)

Ap~f~i.%"~Uses' .

<293 .

3

,-_

--""-- ..

~-:--"""~~-"--~-~'-'-'--'~--' : 2. light distillates. I. Petroleum ether,293-363 • Petrol or gasoline ,-,

_..r.._

molecules"

condense because

readily

fewer

"" •. ~,~,,",

__ ,'''''W_

Polymersana Polymerization Polymers are a very important class of substances in modern life. One method ofpolymeri~ation, the joining of monomers to form polymers, is called step-reaction polymerization, or condensation polymerization. It produces polymers of moderate m~lecular mass. Another type of polymerization mechanism is called chain-reaction polymerization, a, three-step process involving initiation, propagation and termination, producing polymers of highmolecu~ar mass. Polyethylene One familiar polymer is polyethylene, is amonomer (or basic unit) of ethylene molecule. latex Another polymer in which monomer units join endto end is latex-natural rubber. Nylon This w~s the first synthetic fibre made as a resultof research begun, in 1928. It is a polyamide madeby polymerizing adipic acid and hexamethylenediamine. Terylene It was discovered in 1943. It is produced fromterephthalic acid and ethylene glycol.

_

Plastics There are certain synthetic materials which areneither rubber nor fibre but are used as a subiI' stitute.These are called plastics. Plastics are also ;-'1.1 tlsed as a. lubricant polymers.The raw material is basically a polymer \( ofacetylene, the common gas used for welding. The In ,toilet goods, ointments, ;~ POlymeris obtained by treating acetylene gas under ___.:"~.':..~~~',B~,O!P~!!~~' etc. ,~ Pre:'surein presence of a catalyst. The result is a longchammolecule. ' Fuel for making electrodes

.,,-,,,,,,,,, __~ ,,"_~,__,,,_~,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

'-

40

._' __ :'-="_'''''''~_~~_'=<"''"'__

attractions

explains

many more attractions

why different among

hydrocarbons

themselves

and so are found at the bottom to neighbours,

condense

condense

than smaller of the tower

only at the cooler

at different

hydrocarbons

distillation found

-

,

.

polymer of chloroprerie .',';' , "polymer' of :.styrene'1'and '. '!. "'j"

.

,

'

---

of petroleum.

Smaller,

. "

.

.• •

at the top of the tower.

''''',

" ~!---.-,

,

Radioactivity

- ,",

l

r~:l

J'

'It .:',

II ~','_ .;'"

;:,

\\;,.~

'Y

'

••••

. ,

Raai~adivi~ It exists naturally 'in our envir~rlment; in fact, the human body itself is t:il:di
SyntheticRubber SYnthetic rubber is manufactured ofcertainhydrocarbons, namely:

....J

(iii) BUNA-N-a polymer of butad~eneand acrylonitrile ,-I '_,',' L,. Rubber is, made hard by vulcaniza.tion, a process of heating rubber with sulphur.

in distillation

do. For this reason, ,the larger

in the fractions temperatures

temperature

(i) Neoprene-a (ii) BUNA-S-a butadiene

wm_~

,

attractions

Synthetic fibre

Fuel

20 .

Residue

at high temperatures

they experience

',,;'

Asasolvent in varnish, dry . cleaning Motor fuel" Fuelcmd Iil.\iminant ,J..., __ .'

>673

experience

Domestic gas, also known as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) or bottled gas, is a by-product of petro~ leum refining and also obtained from natural gas. It is a mixture of hydrocarbons such as propane, butane and pentane. These gases can be liquefied under moderate pressure at normal temperature~ Because of low boiling point (-44 C), these gases are stored under pressure to keep in a liquid state in gas cylinders. Therefore, cooking gas cylinders contain the mixture of these gases in liquid form.

••

z

i~ the strength of molecular

Larger hydrocarbons

hydrocarbons

. "

>67.3

5. Residue-:Asphalt, petroleum coke (bitumen and coke)

"I"

-"-~------

...•.

525-673

Heavy distillotes• Lubricating oils, gaseous and petroleum jelly • Paraffin (wax)

process.

.

450-560

,.,~~~_,.,"F.-

.__ ,"~il,d~s:!or.~:~.'2'.c:~I_'_'F' __"' __'~ .__ ~

Difference

...•••....•.••.•.•.."......,.....

,~"

As fuel and for gasoline and rubber manufacture

343-473

3. Intermediote distillates-Gas

Note:

,(

(oal It is a solid material containing many large,

is derived from the Greek word graphein that means 'to write.' This sugg'ests that this substance has been used to make lead pencils since ancient funes. Graphite is the most stable form of carbon. It is dark grey, an opaque solid with a soapy touch, and has a metallic shine. It is a good conductor of electricity and heat. It does not undergo any change when

Liquefie~ Petroleum Gas

0

and Petroleum

(001

Graphite .The name 'graphite'

1"

B.55

Cpemistry

by polymerization '1

.

lIIIiPhf.ii , -----------

Ita

"

,

J , I

B.56

I,,'.

I

sample of a radioactive isotope to decay.' Half-life of an element is remarkably constant and is not affected by external conditions. Some radioactive isotopes have half-lives that are less than a millionth of a second, while others have half-lives of more than a billion years. A sample of radium would have a half-life of 1629 years.

Transmutation It is the conversion of an atomic nucleus of one element into an atomic nucleus of another element through a loss or gain in the number of protons.

Radioactive Emissions (i) Subatomic Particles (Radiation):

• Alpha (n) pat.:ticles-They can be absorbed by a sheet of paper or stopped by aluminium foil. It is a stream of alpha particles. An alpha particle is a combination of 2 protons and 2 neutrons (it can be ,said, it is the nucl~us of the helium atom, atomic number 2) ejected by certain radioactive elements. . So,' sometimes these are described as the ,positively charged helium atoms which have very little penetrating power. • Beta (~) particles-:-A negatively.: charged light particle. Its pelletrating power is greater than that of alpha-ray. An elec~on (or positron) emitted during the radioactive decay of.certain nuclei. (ii), Penetrating Particles (radiation)

These are also called gamma (y) emission. These are electromagnetic radiations of low wavelength, high frequency and high energy emitted by the nuclei of radioactive atoms. . Their penetrating power is very great as they can pass through several centimetres of lead. Like photons' of visible light, gamma ray is pure energy. A gamma ray is simply electromagnetic radiation, much higher in frequency and energy than light and X.:.rays. • Alpha partiCles are the 'least penetrating and can be stopped by a few sheets of paper. Beta partiCles will' readily pass ,through paper, but not through a sheet of aluminium. Gamma rays penetrate several centimetres into solid lead.

Isotopic Dating, The ter~s 'isotopic dating~ and radiometric dating are interchangeable. Both terms refer to

.

Ie

Chapter 2

Half-Life It is the time, period for half the atoms in a

;

I

~

,

ij ~

Chemistry the nuclear decay of naturally occurring radio.active isotopes. Although the terms are interchangea,.l;:>le, for geologic age determination we generally use the term 'radiometric dating'. '1

How Carbon-14 Dating Work? Using the principles~of isotopic dating, scientists are able to calculate~the age of carbon-containing "artefacts or remains,~uch as wooden tools or skeletons, by measuring their,current level of radioactivity. All plants (because th~y,iinhale carbon-dioxide) and animals (plant-eating or,animals who eat plant-eating ammals) have both calbon-12 (C-12) and Carbon-14 (C-14)in them. Till'ilie time they live (plants breathe and animals eat)any.~mount to C-14 decay is replenished in their body. Hbwever the moment they die, the replenishment of Carbon-14 stops. Then the percentage of Carbon-14decreasesat a constant rate given its half-life of 5730 years~ [Note: 1 g of sample ofcontemporary carbon conta~s about 5001022 atoms, of which 6.5001010 are C-14 atoms, C-14 has' a beta disintegration arte of ahbut 13.5 decays per minute]. The longer a plant (oi~animal) is dead, and therefore, the less C-14 atoms will then decay in the following 5370 years, and so forth. This process, known as Carbon-14 dating, enables us to probe as much as 50,000-60,000 years into the past. Beyond this time span, there is too little c:~rbon-14 remainmg to permit accurate analysis. .

Radioactive Tracers Radioactive materials are extremely useful in s<:ientificresearch and industry. Qne of the main diagnostic us~s is by way of radioactive tracers, Perhaps the simplest. tracer is pouring radioactive into faulty pipeline to locate leaks. Tracers are widely used, in medicine to diagnose disease. Small quan' tities of particular radioactive isotopes, after being injected into the bloodstream, concentrate at trouble spots, such as bone fractures and tumours. Using radiation detectors, medical staff can locate isotope concentrations.

useful applications. Then, again we would not have nuclear bombs.

Nuclear Reclction A nuClear reaction is 0Ile in, which

nucleus bombarded with an elementary particle (like neutron, proton, etc.) or with another nucleus to produce othe~ products in a very short time ~pan. The first nuclear reaction was discovered by Rutherford in 1919 when he bombarded nitrogen with alpha particles..

NuclearFission, Nuclear fission is' the fragmentation of a large nucleus into two smaller nuclei and .the liberationof large amount of energy. In 1939, the German scientistsOtto Hahn and F. Steersman observed that when uranium was bombarded with slow neutrons, then two smaller products were obtained with a tremendous amount of heat. The splitting of uranium wascalled nuclear fission. The splitting of th~ n.ucleus ofa heavy atom, such as Uranium-:235, into two main parts,accompanied by the release of much energy is callednuclear fission. In the nucleus of every atom, there exists a delicate balance between attractive nuclearforces and repulsive electric forces between protons.In all known nuclei, the nuclear forces' dominate.In uranium~ however, this domination is tenuous.If a uranium nucleus stretches into an etbngated shape,nuclear deformation may result in repulsive electricalforces overcoming attractive nuclear forces, inwhich case fission takes place. • The energy relea~ed by the fission ~f one U-235 nucleus is relatively enormous. This energy is mainly in form of kinetic energy of the' fission fragmettts that fly apart from one another, with some energy given to 'ejected neutrons and the remainder to gamma radiations. ' • Constructing a fission bomb is a formidable task. The difficulty consists in separating enough U-235 from the more abundant U-238. Scientists took more than 2 years to extract enough, U-235 from uranium 'ore to make the bomb that was detonated in Hirosmmain 1945,

Radiation Absorbed Dose (rod) Radiation dosage is com. monly measured in rads, a unit of absorbed energy One rad is equal to 0.01 joule of radiant energy absorbed per kilogram of tissue. The unit of measUJ'f Types of Nuclear Fission for radiation dosage based on potential damage isthe (i) Controlled' Nuclear Fission It is carded out 'in rem (Roentgen equivalent man). It was named after nuclea; teadors' m which rate of fission reacthe discoverer of X-rays, Wilhelm Roentgen. tion is 'reduced and energy produced can be Nuclear Technology Without nuclear technology, we would not have X-rays, radiation treatments fo~ fighting cancers, smoke 'detectors, nuclear powe: as a source of e~ectricity, not hundreds of owe:

••",.,

a

used fo~,constructive purposes: ' (ii) Uncont:olled Nuclear Fission In an atom bomb, uncontrolled fission takes place. A very large amount of heat is produced and the process

B.57

.continues imtil the entire amount of fissionable material is exhausted. :

'Ii

~,.i

f

First Atom Bomb On August 6; 1945, an: atom.'bomb was.dropped on Hiroshima city in Japan. The,'second bomb. was dropped on Nagas,aki, anotherJcity ofJapan, on'August 9,1945. The bomb was made10f plutonium-239. " . '''';

The Mass Energy Relationship E = mel Clearly, a lot of epergy comes from every gram of nuclear fuel that is .fis~ sioned. The source of this energy is thenucleus.losing mass as they undergo nuclear reactions. Albeit Einstein in 1900s, discovered .that mass is~a<;tually 'congealed' energy. Mass and energy are two; sides of same coin, as. stated in ~is ~~lipf~te
a

The Nuclear Fission Reactor 'These reactors ar~ simply nuclear furnaces. They, like fossil-fuel furnaces, do nothing more elegant than boil water to produce steam for a turbine. The greatest practical difference is in the amount of fuel required: A mer~ 1 kg ofuranium fuel, less than the sjze of a cricket ball, yields more energy than 20 truckloads of coal.. The! main four components of a nuclear fission react~r are: (i) nuclear fuel, (ii) control rods (made of .neutron-absorbing materials like metal, cadmium or boron inserted into the reactor to controlthereaction rates), ,~ ,; (iii) a moderator (to slow the neutrons; which are required for fission, usually graphite or, hard water), and a liquid (usually water) to transfer heat from reactor to turbine and generator.

Nuclear Power Risks.attend nuclear power, but so do benefits. The potential ben~fits of fission pow~r are: plentiful electricity,conserva~on of the many billions of tons of fossil fuels; reduction of the c~bon dioxide emissions, reduction in rate of global wcirrlling;elimination of megatons o( su.J.phurdioxideandoth~fIB?is0.ns' etc. : Nuclear Fusion The combining of nuclei. of light atoms to form heavier' atoms, with the release of much energy. This is opposite of nuclear fission. The mass of each nucleon in a' hydrogen-2 nucleus is greater than the mass of each nucleon ill a helium-4 nucleus,

_

, I

••••

.""....

1:\1 I

,I ; II I <

I,, II

I

B.58

Chemistry

Chapter 2

which results from fusion of two hydrogen-2 nuclei. This lost mass is mass that has been converted to energy, which is why nuclear fusion is a process that releases energy. So, we can say that nuclear fusion is a nuclear reaction in which lighter nuclei fuse to form a nucleus of greater mass. In this reaction also, an enormous amount of heat is produced. By carrying on nuclear fusion under controlled conditions, the large amount of energy could be made available for useful purpose.

Thermonuclear Fusion It takes place in stars, such as the Sun. Someday, humans may produce vast quantities of energy throughout thermonuclear fusion as the stars have always done.

Atomic Energy (Nuclear Energy) Energy produced by nuclear fission or nuclear fusion is called nuclear energy or atomic energy. In nuclear reactions, there is loss of mass. This mass is converted into energy. It can be transformed into electrical and mechanical energy which can be used for various peaceful purposes.

X-ruys X-rays are a form of penetrating electromagnetic radiationsimilar to light but of shorter wavelength and capable of penetrating' solids. X-rays are produced when cathode rays fall on anti-cathodes (a metal of high atomic mass like tungsten).

X-Ray Photographs X-ray passes through considerable thickness of matter without being entirely absorbed. Although a fraction of the original radiation is always lost. Dense materials, such as metal and bone, absorb X-rays more strongly than materials such as wood or flesh. Therefore, it is possible to produce X-ray photographs. for use in medical diagnosis.

GENERAL Important Chemical Tests Brown~ring .Test . This is used for chemical analysis of nitr'ates in which the solution to be tested is mixed with iron sulphate solution in a test tube and concentrated H2S04"(sulphuric acid) is carefully poured along the side of the test tube. In nitrate containing substances a brown ring is formed where the layer of acid touches the solution (FeNO)S04'

Flame Test This is used to identify certain elements in which a clean platinum wire is dipped into the mixture to be tested and the wire is heated using a Bunsen flame. The presence of certain elements can be detected by the change in the colour of flame. For example, a brilliant orange-yellow will, indicate sodium; crimson, strontium; and apple .green barium.' • l •

'

Beilstein's Test This test is used for the detection of halogen in an organic compound in which a clean copper wire is heated in an oxidizing flame till the flame is no longer green. The wire is then dipped in a solution of the substance to be analysed arid heated again. If el, Br or I is present the flame turns into bright green. l..l

Fehling's Test This test is used to detect sugars and aldehydes in a solution. Equal amounts of solution of copper sulphate (Fehling A) and sodium tartrate (Fehling B) are mixed in a test tube. On boiling this with a given solution a red precipitate forms.if sugar or aldehyde isrresent. ':

K;eldah/'s Method This is used to measure :nitrogen in an organic compound. The compound is boiled with concentrated sulphuric acid and copper sui. phate (catalyst) to convert nitrogen to ammonium sulphate. An alkali. is added to the mixture and boiled to distil of ammonia which is passed intoa standard acid solution and estimated by titrating the solution. Molish's Test This test is used to detect carbohydrates in a solution. The solution to be tested is mixed with a small quantity of alcoholic alpha-naphthol and con. centrated sulphuric acid is slowly poured down the side of the test tube. When the two liquicis meet,the formation of a deep violet ring indicates the presence of carbohydrate.

Rast's Method It is used to determine molecular weight by measuring the depression of freezing point c' camphor by a known weight of the solute.

Schiff's Test This test is used to distinguish belWee:' aldehydes and ketones. An aqueous. solution c' rosaniline and sulphurous acid (Schiff's reagent)~ used to test for the presence of aldehydes, whichoX:dize the reduced form of the dye rosaniline backr its original magenta colour. The aldehydes reste:' the colour imtnediately whereas ketones, restoretl'. colour slowly.

Important Laws of Chemistry Beer'sLaw It states that in photochemistry the proportion of light absorbed by a solution depends o~ the thickness of the absorbing layer and on the concentration of the absorbing substance in the solution. Boyle's Law It states that the volume

B.59

(ii) Law of Thennal Expansion It states that at constant pressure all gases expandedl;>y the same amount for the same increase intemperature. These laws were formulated by a French chemist, Joseph Lois Gay-Lussac (1778-1850).' /

(V) of a given

IIlass of gas at a constant temperature is inversely proportional to its pressure (p), that is, pV == constant. This means that if a gas is compressed threefold its volume is reduced by two-thirds. Boyle (1627-90) was the first to define an element as a substance that cannot be broken down into something simpler by a chemicalprocess.

Charles'Law It states that under constant pressure the volumeof a fixed mass of gas varies directly with its absolute temperature. The absolute temperature is thatmeasured from absolute zero, about -273° on the Celsiusscale. In other words, the pressure of a gas increasesby 1/273 of its volume at O°Cfor every 1°C risein temperature. In other words, if the pressure of a gas remains constant, the volume of a .gas increases by1/273 of its volume at O°Cfor every 1°C rise in temperature.Alternatively, at constant pressure the volume ofa given mass of gas is directly proportional to the absolutetemperature. The principle was formulated by theFrenchscientist, Jacques Alexandre Charles. Faraday'sLaw of Eledrolysis It states that (i) The amount ofdecomposition during electrolysis is proportional tothequantity of current passed and (ii) For the same quantityof electricity passed through different solutions,the extent of decomposition is proportional to thechemicalequivalent of the element or group liberated.The law was formulated by an English chemist, MichaelFaraday (1791-1867).

Goy-lussac's law (i) Law of Gaseous Volume It states that when gases combine chemically, the volumes of the reactive gases and gaseous products are in simple proportion at the same temperature and pressure. In other words, when gases combine they do so in volumes which are in a simple ratio to each other, and to that of the product, if it is also gaseous. For example: One volume of nitrogen combines with three volumes of hydrogen to form two volumes of ammonia.

Hess' Law ~Itstates that the heat exchange in a chemical reaction is the same, no matter whether the reaction takes place in one stage or more. The principle was formulated by a German chemist Hemi Hess (1802-50).

Graham's Law of Diffusion It states that the rate at which two gases diffuse is inversely proportional to their densities. It means that the lighter the gas, the faster it will. diffuse through any medium. The law was defined by a Scottish chemist, Thomas Graham (1805-60): Henry's Law It states that the mass of a gas which is dissolved in a given volume of liquid at. constant temperature is directly proportional.to. the pressure of the gas. It applies to gases that do not react with the liquid (solvent). It can be used to calculate solubility of gases in water. The principle was'formulated in 1803by the British chemist William Henry .. Lambert's Law It states that layers of equal thickness of homogeneous material (for example, coloured filter) absorb equal proportion of light. ' Raoull's Law It states that the lowering of the vapour pressure 6f a solvent by a soiute (dissolved suqstance) is proportional to the MOLE fraction of the solute-the proportion of solute molecules to the total number of molecules, solute and solvent present. Since the lowering of vapour pressure causes an elevation of the boiling point and a depression of the freezing point, it is used to determine the molecular mass of a solute. The law is named after the French chemist, Francois Marie Raoult (1840-1901). Law of Conservation of Mass and Matter Matter can neither be createcl nor be destroyed. The sum total of mass or matter for a system'always remains constant without any increase or decrease in quantity.

Important Chemical Processes Bessemer Process It is a method of converting pig iron to steel by blowing air through the molten metals to oxidize impurities such as carbon, silicon, phosphorus and manganese normally present in pig-iron.,

.,.....-

.-fIr

~

I,

Chapter 2

B.60

Chemistry

il,l!

catalyst (iron, tin or lead). The process was developed by German chemist, Friedrich Bergius, who shared the 1931 Nobel Prize.

(/emmensen Reduction It is a process used to convert aldehydes and ketones to the corresponding hydrocarbons by heating with amalgamated zinc and hydrochloric acid.

j

Bosch Process This is a process used to make industrial hydrogen by passing steam over white-hot coke to produce water gas (a mixture of carbon monoxide and hydrogen) which in the presence of a catalyst (a metal oxide) reacts with more steam to liberate hydrogen and carbon dioxide. The process is na~ed after the German chemist, Carl Bosch (1874-1940).

Gattermann Reaction It is a process. used to convert an aromatic amine into the corresponding halogen derivative through diazonium salt formation using copper as a catalyst.

Haber Process This is an industrial process of produc-

I !I

ing ammonia by the reaction of nitrogen with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst. or unsaturated hydrocarbons by the electrolysis of solutions of the alkali salts of aliphatic carboxylic acids.

I~

bonate from calcium carbonate and sodium chloride in large scale. The process involves heating of calcium carbonate to give calcium oxide and carbon dioxide which is bubbled 'into a solution of sodium chloride in ammonia. Sodium hydrogen carbonate is precipitated which on heating gives sodium carbonate.

and synthetic fuel for example, petrol, from coal by heating a mixture of powdered coal and heavy oil or tar with hydrogen under pressure in the presence of a

Table 8.2.6

Chemical

Parkes Process This is a process used for extraction ofsilver traces from lead ore galena. Molten zinc is added to molten galena and lead is separated leaving zit:tc-silver which on heating distils off zinc freeing the silver.

.""""'-'

-

.,.

•

~'..

't"

acid

-~"....-,~~-

Carbon,

~.-.,,,.

Alum

Potassium, sulphur, aluminium, hydrogen and 'oxygen

K2SO 4AI2(SO 4b

Bleaching powder

Calcium hypochlorite

Calcium, chlorine, oxygen

CaCI(OCI)4,HP

Blue vitriol

~opp~r.~uIR~()t:" .• Mercurous chloride

Calomel

,~_.,

,,_

...

Caustic soda

~ _ " ... J"'-"''''';<.-,~~

' .•••.••

"_,=,~"_"w,""",_"-'-""~"""'-

-, .."'"'

'¥'

"

Potassi~.~~y'~rox~de __ Calcium carbonate

".

Sodium hydroxide

._ '"~--

.,--.._"'""" ,~_.'~_"-"-7<- -----,.•

",.,,,..,--,,,,.~--

t:_y,,?,?per, s~lphur..5'~~5?~xg:~ ..•

. Potassium, manganese,

AgN03 oxygen

, _._"_~~~~~4._ KOH Pot().ssium,,~y.s!rc;>.l:l~'~Yl:l~~ ..'_._ .., ,",w-,,,"'"

,,,._""""''''_.

__

._.,_."., __ -- .•••._"'-.,---<--,-,,,

Calcium, carbon, oxygen

---."

~

.

-

Sodium, hydrogen, oxygen

.....- .•••••--,. •• '

~aC03 NaOH

---

(Continued. ,

Sodium, hyd~ogen, carbon, oxygen

Dr ice Y '_ • Epsom salt.

---

.._- ~""-.--'"

.. _ ••

~._._-,...

_ow

... -~--~.

.••.•..••••._"...--

,_e_

.

"'""'-

',_.

.e

'~

'_~_

_l:c:9 __'!l~~o~i.
'''_._'.

Nitre

L

~, .._.

"""~<'_"'Y'

...•~.

~

-~ •••.

"'..-

-"'M

Redlead

•.

_

_

.•.•• _-"'-----.,'

_

•• -----

_'c.

"....__

•__ ....

~

._---

__' __

~.

.,. __ ~,. -'"r--_

.,_ .. ~._•..

~

~

.

.,.,.,~,.

._._

__

.__ .,

• __

..""

h~'

__

~_.

••

,",_~~_""

Potassium, nitrogen, oxygen •••••

"'--''''''''._'''''_'''-'-,

.

" .~..

-<'_~,. '.

-""

-,,-'

.1

- ---.'

°

~"""'-..-,

,,-..,

__

_.~_.

••••• " ••..••..

Ca(OHb

-....._.~~

.

Salammoniac _

..__ ~m,,_~

'

Soda bicarb ____. Washing soda Whitevitriol -'"

--

.•..., __ ._-iA~

•.

_"'0

... _ ..•.

_ .•. -.... •..

~_.~~~-----,

S~diu~.:~~.:'~.~te

lead, ~~yge~. Ammonia, chlorine "'"_.. --....._

~,_.

... -

...-.

... -

.~_~,~

""•..

,.-._,_

.••••..•••.

., _ _

•

.-

, .. "-,,

-~

-

Sodium carbonate '.Zi';~ul;h:;te '~--

"~,,,,,.e~

- ..,

.,

°. ;

A ... 2_,_,,,, __..

..

.

Na Si0 ',.,'... 2 3 CaO "----"-Z;~P;"-

__.

_ ( .,.,1

-

,--'--..

p~.~~-4.. '.__ NH CI" ..••..__,

-t'~.'"'.~..•. _-_.~ ..,~ .. _'_...•. ~_ y_"' 4 ..•..•.....•.

__ arb~~~~?~og:.n,_~~yg:~_____,_~~.2~

Sodium, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen . -.-Zinc,' sulphu~: hY(:ir~g;n~'~~yg-;no-""

':~'.

,._~
,.,,_.-3n<::

__ ~_. __ ,

_~e2i~D1 bic9,~~9;~~te ,,_ ... __.,_.,.~?~,!~m(hY9r?g:nLc;c:~~?n(..?~xg~!~___

~

. .. 3 '---'-'_''_'''_''''''''''_ 2CaSO .H

oxygen

__ ._._

".~._

__. ","'....•'~,_,""*'.,.~"...

KN0

_""".

__

"..._~

-.

Trip~u,mbi~tetroxide _. Ammonium chloride

J

,

_

__ ~' --'''''__

----.

"-

"_'c,_.

""~

__

-.

Calcium, oxygen ~'~'ehos~h-or~;: zi~c--"

"

.~;2.2....__..

~_.

•..

~~".s~ __

• ""~-'-""

~

~'~''-''-'''''''''''''''_-'

sulphur, hydrogen,

.~,-

,>-_",""",".».

_e_,

_ ._',,~~_,

__ ,~, __ xlge"._,~ ~.• ~ Sodium, silica, oxygen

'..

.. ""

R--_--_'-._~, ..

_,.. ,_,__

0XYl:len_~.".

--...----------

3

FeS0 -lH 0. 4 2 __ Na S0 , ] OH 0 2 4 2 CaS0 ,2H 4 ----_--4-- _,,_",,_,_._,~,.~~. Na S 0 .5H 0 2 2 3 2

''''''_~'.""

._._._--_ ..

. .••....."._,,",,,,,

_.

~,_.;~~.'-

ee__.,

e

Calcium, hydrogen, oxygen

~-O,,",.h_~...

~

.... -.

_',...

o?,xge~

'.•._""==~.

_-""",,"-

Calcium oxide --Metafphosphidelus~~I~

Ratpoison

~.

"'__

._. _._,~ad,

..~~~c~~i~:_.".~"._~. Sodium silicate .' --.,

----

--_.

sulphatElCalcium,

'-¥-".,

Philosopher's~ool Quartz Quicklime

,.

._.~~_~l!f
-....-.« ...••... ,,,,_, __,,..._~~.,.,.~ .. ""

Plasterof Paris.C:;alcium

,.~_

•."'.

~

Potassium nitrate _m,-'

-

----,

Sodium, sulphur, hydrogen, oxygen

_.

Calcium hydroxide

""'''''_:_''''k''''-' __~

.n •.•••••••• _" •._'.__

'

CO .... ' ... 2, .. ' •. MgS0 .7H 0 4 2 PbS

Calcium, sulphur, oxygen

e

~.,.....--•••••••••• '----.~'.-~

~...•.... _ ....-....~--z~.

'Nitrous c;>xide

..-.4-,..,..-.,.-.

litharge

.e_

x..,

••.• ""-., ••.

Sodium thiosulphate

laughing gas

•••

Sodium, sulphur, oxygen .•..-<-

Calcium sulphate .',,.-,-.---

._''_

~CI

Iron, sulphur, oxygen ~<".~

Sodium sulphate

Hypo

Soda ash

-._.:

-

"'--"'~---._.

__

lead and sulphur ••.

Iron sulphate ••

T

"NaHC0

Carbon, oxygen, '_'_'. .. ,'_~' •.• ~_ ..,tv'\agnesium~ sulphur, oxygen

lead sulphide

Green vitriol

__

~~J~m,chlorine,__

...

So.l~dcarbon dioxide . _.~._..._. , .. ,_.. '.. Mag~~sium sulphate

Galena

lime water

Formula

--.---._~ .~._ .. _... .,-... __.. _-~ "'--~-q'-.".,""~-,,,--- ~'--...-----._. __ .-"~--_.

~ 'k,~_~~~i~~~_~I~~5!:

_

__ C?r~~~?g

... ~aH~~L~_ Na C0 "] OH 0 2 3 2 _ .. "Zn'S6~.7H26.---'-:,

-""j

_. ._

j ,

Aerosol A colloidal system in which particles are dispersedin a gas as in smoke or mist. I!cohol It is a colourless, volatile and flammable

Alkali It is a metal hydroxide that is soluble in ~'ater'

I'~h

_z Y~e Aldehydes are one form of a family of Igaruc chemicals containing

the

characteristic

~

..

group-CHO. Like Ketones, they contain thecarbonyl group >C = 0. Best known is the gas formaldehyde, HCHO, which when dissolved in water becomes the preservative formaline.

~quid,synthesized or obtained by fermentation of ,ugarsand starches containing the hydroxyl (-DH) group.The simplest alcohol is methyl alcohol or ~ethan~l,CH30H. Typical of the group is ethyl .,coholm wine, or ethanol, CzHsOH, the alcohol in "ll1eand spirit.

..

Silver, nitrogen, oxygen .

.:2~S24."5.1j20 H92CI2

Mercury, chlorine

Potassium permanganate

.

.C.,9ustic.p9;!ash Chalk

~ __ ..••••

Silver, nitrate

Caustic lotion Candy.... ...fluid ~~

....

Composition

Sodium bicarbonate

TERMINOLOGIES IN CHEMISTRY

C8H6CI~C?~.". ,

hydrogen, chlorine, oxygen

.-.~:~"~.,,,,",,'"

Potash

.""_'

.Chemical

Formula

Composition

Dichlorophenoxyacetic

2,4-D

..•.. ... -

Common s~lt_

Gypsum

Common Substances and Their Chemical Compositions

I Substa,!(e

soda

metal by electrolysis of molten sodium chloride ..The molten sodium and calcium formed at the cathode are separated.

This is a process used to prepare aluminium by electrolysis in which alumina (aluminium oxide) is dissolved in cryolite (sodium aluminium fluoride) and electrolysed. It was developed in 1885 in the US by Charles Hall, and in France by P. T. Heroult.

Bergius Process This is a process for making lubricants . III

~tance -;king

Glauber's salt

Hall-Heroult Process (Hall-Heroult]

Bayer Process This is a process used to extract aluminium oxide Al203 or alumina by treating powdered bauxite with hot caustic soda solution under pres-' sure. The process was developed by German chemist, Karl Joseph Bayer in 1888.

I

I

Down Process This is a process of making sod'ium

FroschProcess It is used to extract sulphur from subterranean deposits in which superheated water is forced down the deposits which melts the sulphur under the ground. Molten sulphur is collected by forcing compressed air from another side. The process was developed by German chemist, Herman Frasch in 1891.

Solvay Process This is a process of slaking sodium car-

II

(Continued)

".

Kolbe Readion It is used for the preparation of saturated I

Table8.2.6

B.61

and is a strong base. For example, the hydi9xidesof sodium and potassium (caustic soda caustic potash).' The aqueous solution of an .alkali does not change colour of blue litmus but instead turns red litmus blue. Alkalis have a soapy touch and bitter taste.

Alkali Metal A group of elements that react with water to form alkalies, found in Group IA of the Periodic table. For example, 'sodium, potassium, rubidium, caesium, etc.

-,...

III"Hr" -~------------i'

B.62

Chapter 2

Amino Acids An organic compound containing both an amino group (NH2) and a carboxyl group (COOH) which are .essential components of proteins are called amino acids. There are about 100 amino acids, of which the simplest is glycine, CHiNH2) COOH found in gelatine and silk.

Anhydride

It is a chemical compound formed from another by the removal of water; a compound that forms an acid or base when water is added to it.

I I

Aqua Regia A mixture of concentrated nitric and hydrochloric acids in the ratio 1: 3. It is a highly corrosive mixture and can dissolve gold.

Aromatic Compound

It is an organic compound derived from benzene; has a powerful and pleasant aroma.

Azeotropic Mixture A mixture of two or more liquids that. cannot be separated by distillation. When most liquid mixtures boil, the vapour has a different composition from the liquid, which enables separation of the constituents to be achieved. Alcohol and water in the proportion 96: 4 form an azeotrope which boils at 78.15°C.

Boiling Point It is the temperature at which a liquid is converted into vapour. The boiling point of water is 100°C.

Carbonate . It is a compound made from carbonic acid (H2C03). In nature they occur as chalk or limestone, etc. Chemical Bond It is the force that holds atoms or ions together.

Colloid It is a mixture or suspension of very fine particles within a fluid, as in fog or paint.

Condensation

It is a process of reduction to a denser form such as vapour to liquid.

Corrosion It is the destruction of a metallic body by chemical action or electrochemical attack. It can be prevented by giving the metal a protective coating of paint, bitumen or plasuc. Crystal It is a solid pattern of substance composed of a group of atoms or molecules which is repeated in space to form a very regular structure. For example, common salt, sugar, diamond, etc.

Carbide It is a combmation of carbon with a metal or sometimes with a non-metal.

, I

Am'

Chemistry

Catalysis It is a process in which chemical r~action is speeded up by the presence of an extra su!Jstance (called catalyst) which remains unchanged at the end of the reaction. Decantation The process of separating a solid held in suspension in a liquid by allowing the former to settle down after which"the liquid is poured out is called decantation. Deliquescence It is a property possessed by some substances of absorbing moisture from the air on exposure. Anhydrous calcium chloride, which possesses this property is widely used as a drying agent. Desiccation It is a process of drying or removal of moisture from a substance. Diffusion

It is the natural process by which one gas~ disseminated through another, or a process by which one material moves through another, from a state of high concentration to one of low concentration. Odours, for example, diffuse through air.

Fermentation It is defined as a process in which the chemical changes brought about by living organisms (yeast, bacteria, etc.) in which bigger organic moleculesare converted into smaller molecules, for example,conversion of glucose and cane sugar into alcoholand carbon dioxide. Freezing Mixture It comprises salt of metals (NaCl, MgS04) which, when mixed with crushed ice, lower itstemperature below DoC.

ful/erene It is an allotrope of carbon having rigid three-dimensionalstructures. Galvanization It is the process in which iron or steel articlesare coated with zinc by dipping them in a bathof molten zinc or by electrodes to protect them fromcorrosion.

Glycerine It is a colourless, thick liquid prepared by the hydrolysis of fats and oils. It is also called glycerol.

Dopant It is an impurity added to a pure substance GrignardReagent It is an organic compound of alky~ such as a semiconductor, to alter its properties.

halideand magnesium used to synthesize organic chemicals.

Distillation It is the process of converting a liquid into vapour and then condensing this vapour into the liq- Halide The halogen element compounds like fluouid form again, for example, manufacture of distilled rides,chlorides, bromides and iodides. water. Halogen Group Non-metallic elements belonging to Double Salt It is a compound of two salts formed by GroupVITAof the Periodic Table, comprising fluthe crystallization of a liquid solution containing orine(F), chlorine (C), bromine (Br), iodine (I) and astatine(At). both of them.

Electrons An electron is a negatively charged particle HeavyWater It is a liquid, like water, but it contains orbiting the atomic nucleus.

Emulsion An emulsion is a colloidal dispersion ofone liquid in another.

deuterium (an isotope of hydrogen) in place of hydrogen(020).

Helium(He) It is the lightest of the noble gases.

Ester It is an organic compound obtained by reac' HomologousSeries A group of chemical compounds tion of an acid with alcohol and has a fruity smell.Ir whosestructures differ by a simple unit. Most popnature esters give flower their smell and fruits their ularhomologous series include the alkanes in which structuresdiffer by methylene (CH2) units. The series flavour. beginswith methane, ethane, propane and the more Ether A class or organic compound made from alco- COmplex butane. hol is called ether. It is volatile, heavier than a:r inflammable, and is only slightly soluble in water. Hydro~sis It is a process of decomposing a compound bythe reaction of water. For. example, hydrolysis of Fatty Acids They are the organic carboxylic aci~ se yields equimolar mixture of Glucose and occurring in fats and oils. They occur not as aciditse; sufrucro ctose. but as a glycerol, an ester derived from the alcohc Most common fatty acids are palmitic, stearic, ole.. and lineoleic.

°

!::e~Gas These are inactive gases of Group in the Jlenodic table. They are now called noble gases.

B.63

Ideal Gas An ideal gas is (Perfect Gas) the gas con:" forming accurately to the gas laws (Boyle's, Charles' and Gay-Lussac' laws), for example, nitrogen and hydrogen which obey the laws fairly well. Ion It is an atom or group of atoms -Whichhas either gained or lost electrons from its normal complement.

Isomer It refers to different organic compounds having the same number of atoms of the same element arranged in a different manner. Isomers have the same basic chemical formula. Mass Number It is defined as the total number of protons and neutrons in the nucleus of an atom. Molecular Weight It is the ratio of the 'weight of one molecule of a compound with that of one atom of Carbon-12 taken as 12. Molecule It is the smallest particle of a compour).d that is capable of independent existence. The properties of a compound are the properties of its molecule. I

Neutralization

It is a process in which acid and alkali react together and the resultant solution is neutral to litmus.

Neutron Neutrons are electrically neutral particles in the nucleus of an atom. Noble Gas These are inert gases, for example, helium (He), neon (Ne), argon (Ar), krypton (Kr), xenon (Xe) and radon (Rn). Nucleus It is the positively charged central core of an atom containing protons and neutrons. Octane Octane is a hydrocarbon of paraffin series occurring in fuel gases. Osmosis This is the diffusion of substances from one solution to another through a semipermeable membrane due to a difference in concentration of the two solutions. This is the principle of the process of dialysis, where solution of less concentration passes to the more concentrated solution. Oxide It is a compound in which oxygen is combined with another element. {

Ozone (03) It is an allotropic form of oxygen. It is found in the upper atmosphere (15-30 km above the Earth's surface), and is responsible for absorbing a large proportion of the Sun's highly energetic and harmful radiation which would otherwise kill life.

.•

'-'fh~

-..

w,

8.64

I

I

I

I '

I

Pasteurization It is the process of killing bacteria or

Solvent It is a substance which can dissolve other

retarding their growth in milk. Milk is pasteurized by heating it to a temperature of about 67°C, maintaining it at that temperature for about half an hour and then chilling it.

substances in it forming a solution.

Table8.2.7

Sublimation It is the conversion of a solid dire~t1y into

Proton The positively charged heavy particle of the nucleus of an atom, having equal and opposite charge to that of an electron, is called proton.

vapour, or the process of change from the solid to the gaseous state or from the gaseous to the sool~dstate without becoming a liquid.

SuIphonation

(Continued)

, r

Reaction

Result

Water is treated with calcium phosphide

Calcium hydroxide and phosphine are formed. CaJP2 -+- 6H20 ~ 3Ca(0~b + 2P~L

Water is treated with calcium hydride

Calcium hydroxide and hydrogen are formed. CaH2 + 2H20 ~ Ca(OHb + 2H2

Water is treated with calcium nitride

Calcium hydroxide and ammonia are formed. C_a3~2.~~6~~2
-

It is the process in which one of the hydrogen atoms of the same organic compound ~ replaced by a sulphonic group (-5020H).

•.•.

..

".~.-

--_.

a-

•

• ••

•

Water is treated with calcium carbide

Calcium hydroxide and acetylene are formed. ~_~L~~~2
Suspension It is a mixture consisting of very small

-roo' ..

Radical It is a group of atoms that stay together when

undissolved or partially dissolved particles of a Solid distributed in a liquid dispersion medium. '

Potassiumchlorate is hegt~<:J

a compound dissociates, but yet not a stable group to qualify as a molecule.

Synthesis It is the formation of a compound directly

lead nitrate is heated

Rare Gases These are chemically inactive or inert gases, for example, argon, krypton, xenon, radon, etc.

lead monoxide, nitrogen dioxide and oxygen are formed. 2Pb (N03b heated ~ 2PbO + 4N02 + 02

State of Matter The material substance of any kind

Hydrochloric acid reacts with zinc

Hydrogen is formed along with zinc chloride. Zn + 2HCI ~ ZnC:!2+ H2 _.

Sulphuricacid reacts with copper

Copper sulphate and sulphur dioxide are formed. Cu + 2H2S04 ~ CuS04 + S02 + 2H20 '"''it .. Magnesium nitride is formed.

Rare Earth Elements Any group of metallic elements with atomic number from 57 to 71 are called rare earth elements. They are also called lanthanides.

Reagent It is a chemical commonly used in chemical laboratories for experiments and analyses such as dilute hydrochloric acid, ammonium hydroxide, dilute nitric acid, etc. Real Gases These are th~ gases which do not follow ideal gas laws. Slag This is a non-metallic material obtained during smelting of ores.

from its elements or a simple compound.

+?g2

.

'.

exists in three states, they are, solid, liquid and gas-each of which can change into one or the other according to change in temperature and pressure, The so-called fourth state of matter is called plasma where negatively charged electrons and positively charged ions are in flux.

•.

Nitrogen is passed over magnesiun:,

"_

• ..-

••

-

".T"

'_.~_

Mixtureof ammonium. sulphate and sodium nitrate is heated

Valency The combining capacity of an element mea. sured by the number of hydrogen atoms which combine with, or are displaced by, an atom of other elements is called valency.

-.," .;''''"''''~"','.,",.">8,,q

••

..~_

.•

..~,_''',

.. ,"'' .. ".",." .. ,.. _~"""'

__

"''''''

..

-.~

'''''=--=''--'''''"''r',o'

,'.",

._.

-

ff

~.w

'.¥ __

- •••••'"

'",",.,

4"'-""""""".1..".-'iN'"

,_._.

~, .. __"",jj'

•., •.WM<"

••. "

.~"'=

:.,--"'." ,0>-

••••

,«<<=< .. ,

,

M

._.~

.•

'

"".'

__

M'". __ m.".'.~

Table 8.2.7

Mixtureof slaked lime and ammonium chloride is heated

R~$!-!It~

Steam is passed over red hot iron Steam is p~~~edo~~~~;ag~;si~

--

Steam is passed over white coke . Steam is pas'~~d ove;66i~iu;~yanide

0

--I

H;dro~~is Mg H ..~ _+ .. _.2._.

Ammoniaand air are passed over hot platinum

fo;;;'~d along.:.vith magne~ium o~ide. _. MgO __ +." H2

°~

,r •. _

.••..•.•...

,...,

.•~"

~'

'""

Potassiumchlorate is heated

Water gas is produced C + H20 ~ CO + H2 r'A~~~ni6i;'f;';~~d.~,-' .•_~ •. CaCN + 3H20 ~.CaCO+2NH 3'" ..,., .. 3 ....0

Sulphur dioxide is dissolved in water

Calciumbicarbonate is heated

Ferric oxide and hydrogen are formed. 3Fe + 4H20 ~ Fe304 + 4H2

. .. . ~ Ifa lighted paper is introduced in a jar of carbon dioxide Why is ethyi~~e dibromide ~dd'ed ti; petrol

..•

Sulphurous acid is formed S02 + H20 ~ H2S03

Ammonia gas is formed along with calcium chloride. Ca(OHb + 2NH4CI ~ 2NH3 + 2H20 + CaCI2 .'~Calci;~~~~fbb~cl;,W;ate~-;;_nd dioxid;~f~ formed.

~b;6~n

C9!!:!.£()3k:-: C~C:()3 :_ ?.~2~_+..C
~

•.

,~.

.,

•.

T

••.

,..

_... _.

,_...

...

~

Potassium chloride and oxygen are formed. K5=' + 30.2 2KCI03 7.. .... The flame will be extinguished because carbon dioxide does not help in bur?ing.. . It eliminates lead oxides.

(Continued

__ -'--

r+z

•••• "'.~_,

.~ .. . __"_' ...' _ '_ Ammonium nitrate is formed which on decomposition gives nitrous oxide. (NH4bSO 4 + 2NaS03 ~ 2NH4N03 + Na2S04 NH4N03 ~ 2H20 + N20

Hydrochloric acid (Mineral acid) and barium sulphate are formed. BaCI2.+.H2SC:>4~ ~aS.?4 + 2HS:L_

•

'i

._Z~ +..~~~~ =_K?~n02 ..+,H2....o

Sulphuricacid is added to barium chloride

What Happens When

,

_.__ ...__ _ _' _.. Zinc will dissolve and hydrogel'] is formed along with potassium zincate.

CHEMICAL REACTIONS I ~eactlon

tI

__

If ammonia is in excess, ammonium chloride and nitrogen are formed. 8NH3 + 3CI2 ~ N2 + 6NH4CI . If ammonia is less than chlorine, explosive nitrogen trichloride is formed. 2N~~ + 6CI? ~ ~~CI~ +.6~~}~.

Solution It is a mixture of two or more substances not chemically mixed.

I

_,

.~0~-:,: !':'2 =: 0fJ3!':'2

Piecesof zinc are boiled with caustic potash

Transuranium Those man-made elements that have a higher atomic number (number of protons in the nucleus) than uranium (At no. 92), for example, plutonium (Pu, 94).

"" c' '."

'..

Ammonia reacts with chlorine

16

B.65

Chemistry

a solution expressed in numbers and measure of hydrogen ions by the equation of pH = -log (l/H+). I

..

Chapter 2

pH Value It is a measure of acidity or alkalinity of t

~l

(Continued)

....:....-_

•

IIIPi'T!

~

Ie

I

Chemistry

Chapter 2

8.66

Table 8.2.7

Result a-amylose, cellulase, pretease, lipase, etc.

Which enzymes can be included in bielegical detergents

-

I

Blue litmus is put inte a selutien .of acid

It turns red.

Why is;~d'i~;;"b~nzeate

It turn;'

used fer

Red litmus is putinte a selutien .of basel alkali !yy~)'-~~'eni~r:~~lbs~;';ell

••.••.

'0

.•••

""

..••••

'..

...-:,.~_

•••

_--.~-.

Why is phospherus kept in water ____ ,._~__ ,..... i'""=

f~;;dacidic

by r~d-~cing the pH lev~'1in thef;;-ed, thisih turn cr~6fe~ an

-.."' ~, -..

' ".

~ ,'.._.- .~..-

__ .",.,

S~9~~B';t;~h;~~;d-~n

Because the rats censuming the peisen tend te die in .open areas. ~-..-,,"-

"..~.

'"

_.,.~

~__ ..

~~

. -~"',

~

When sugar is heatf3d abeve 200°C, it decompeses inte carbe,n and water and..__therefore gets ,~"",'_~'_m"~~v charred._,~ ._x. __

-b~~Iing. Why

".-",,-

'1"._,~""""~,

•.

---',"------- ----,--".

..~L-;;ct;se (;;;iir~~ar)

i

J5:cti~.:!2

-_~. __

_=.~.~,

•••••••

,,---

--.-

.,-••••••••• _~

••••• "'---.~----

~'---.'.

••

• •••••'-_

....-.

~

Y.'

w

~."

"_~w~

.."""',_,,~_

_~

~

.

"'->.--

R~in~e~tctini.ng _M<:!i~L~22

~~

ef:~itric and suTph~Ti-;;~id; .

N22_er:n~s$ion~are_re~p~nsible_~ciithis.

.

Sea water centains impurities which raises the beiling peint .of water. Why dees sea water beil at a higher temperature than fresh water ="--~-......- ~~_'''''-~ __''-'''''''''''''''''--_''''_' __ ~W""",,,,,,,,,,__ ,,,,-,,,,--,,''",,,,,,,' .•_ --"""""'*.~~-","~--~ , ..., .,~.-,,_~=,,,,.,,,, , Why is it dangereus te have charceal fire When charcealburns it preduces carben menexiqe which is suffecating. .•••.. -..•••••••••• ",,,,.-_~,_..,.-"... ,,,"",_,,,,,,,,,,_.,, .. _ ...••... ._.,,..

!

philosopher'swool?

,t:"'---"""

_ ....._..•.. _ ..• ,_.... ... __ Sedium and petassium are reactive metals they react with beth air and water, therefere they are stered in keresene .oil. ."'....-_~.. •......--~-Plants respire at night and give .out carben diexide which reduces the .oxygen

;..~!.~iJ:J~t _ .,_.. _... Why dees ENO salt effervesce en additien .of water

..~on!e~~?f ai:..r::9u~~edie!,.?reCl.thing. It centains tartaric acid and sedium bicarbenate. On adding water, carben diexide is produced which when released inte water causes effervescence.

Why"i;-s'ir~;; seeding

11

._w_~.",,,,,,,,.-_~-.

6. Which one of the following is called

, bUr':ll~g. i~ a .cl?~e?r.o_em~,, ._.' _ Why are sedium and petassium stered in keresene .oil ~•... -~--'.~.-..•... ~ ~ .....•..•.. ....-~ ._. Why is it dangereus te sleep under trees '--"

",

_

iedide-u~~d'br

~-

(a) Hard water contains Ca and Mg ions which form precipitate with soap (b) Hard water contain sulphate and chloride ions which form precipitate (c) pH of hard water is high (d) pH of hard water is less

-~.--.,,'~._~

-'1;

higherthan~6rrnaCamou~ts

-

c1eud-

" ..

-._-

_._--

~sii~~~ i~did;~~~-;;~'i~~~rystal

_._----

n~d~;;s'~nd facilitate th~-s;iidific~ti6n water dreps belew _5°C inte ice crystals.

___________________

Zinc Silver Sodium. Gold

5. Why hard water does not give lather with soap? .

' ..•."

What is acid rdin

_~

(d)

Because its melecules are highly pelar.

Why is water an excellent selvent

._.~ •.••• _.,~

(c)

Hard water centains sulphates a'nd chlerides .of magnesium and calCium ""hichf()fm. on insel~ple cempo,~nd wit~$eap. Therefere,s0l;fpdees net lather with hard water. . '.'

; Why d;~s net ~ard "':'aterlather with seap prefusely

•.•

.~

Graphite Fullerene Diamond Carbon black

Metalstored in keroseneoil is (a) (b)

changes into

w~c_~_<:>~~~.:t!r.:!g.:Yi.t~ l<2ctese'ferms curd. _ .

".---."' ••••...••••• _-~.~.~

v ••••_.-"-,.

c;~t~-~t'-;;r mill< und~'~g~e~'fermentatien

The micrebes react with milk and grew. They turn lactese inte lactic acid which is seur in taste.

Why dees milk turn seur

r

4.

,~,.,.,>".,.,.

, Why dees milk curdle

-=_~..• y.".

thelc:e'c~~orn' a~d • ' ~ "J:.;...." _.;..._"'_ . __.

Adding .of yeast te the deugh stqrts the fermentatien precess which releases carben diexide. This causes deugh te rise.

Why dees deugh rise when yeast is added te it j0<-.--.-'

(c) (d)

'r;d~~ii~n:~f temp~;:e:rtureand)help~ t~"f;;;ze freezing temperature is leweredJrem O°Cto 5°C. ,,,,,, .• _~ .. _~ ,~_"""" ....• _"" "~ "''.''"''''''-'''''_ .. _ .~ • ~ ""~'_'_' ,_

.

(a) (b)

which adds te its mass

'~djicauses rWhY'is~~1t ;r;;ci~"':'ithi~;~J;h;~';okT~gf ice cream

3. Which allotropy of carbon is in rigid three-dimensionalstructures?

.',, __ '.~

Because rust is hydrated ferric .oxide (2Fe03.3H20)

Why dees,the mass .of an iren red increase en rusting

..•... __

Neptunium Lightest elements (c) Most complex elements (d) Transuranics (a) (b)

Because with air it catches fire and in water it is insoluble.

..

- __

-

Because it dees net get .oxygen which helps in burning.

"1'-'_"""-' .__ .-

Themasshumber of an atom is determinedby (a) Adding the number of neutrons and humber of electrons Adding the number of protons (b) and number of electrons (c) The number of protons only (d) Adding the number of neutrons and number of protons

2. Man-made elements are known as

~.=~~sa~~e.~f.tbf3_p~sE:l!,ce.of Sl1~e.~ur ce.me?unds.

Why is zinc phesphide pepular as a redenticide

N"

,

It turns blue.

;~ much

Why dees a candle blew .off when cevered -,

-

~nv:i,:?_nme~_Y"hich~s~ot c:.enductive fer micrebialgre~h.

~pre.s~rv:in~.feed

..

1.

turns .Ti[ky dpe te carbon diexide. in the air.

; If ~im~:;ate~ i's ~!P,t in air

t

---------------------------- ra» Topic-wise Assessnte~t

(Continued)

I Reaction

8.67

.of

(a) (b) (c) (d) 7.

Zinc chloride Zinc oxide Zinc nitrate Zinc bromide

Golddissolvesin (a) (b) (c) (d)

lead painting. The gas is also used as rocket fuel. It is: (a) (b) (c) (d) 9.

Element

Atomic weight

A. Helium

1. 1.0

B. Gold

2. 197.0

C. Chlorine

3.4.0

D. Hydrogen

4. 35.5

A

B

C

0

(a)

1

2

3

4

(b) (c)

3 2

2 3

4

1

1

4

(d)

4

1

3

2

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Carbon halides Diamond Fullerenes Graphite Chaoite

(a) (b)

All above 2,3,4 1,2,3 1,2,4

(c)

(d)

1.

Metallurgy Calcination Smelting Roasting

(a) (b)

Extracting mi~erals from ore Heating the concentrated ore in the absenceof air Heating the ore in excessof air Roastedore mixed with coke

17. What is the composition of bauxite?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Room temperature Below 0 degree temperature Above 0 degree temperature Normal temperature

Iron sulphite Ferricoxide Hydrated aluminium oxide lead sulphide

18. On the structure of diamond, carbon atoms are arranged (a) (b) (c) (d)

Tetrahedrally Hexagonally Octahedrally Trigonally

19. To prevent rusting, coating iron with another metal is known as

Basics Acids Salts Ionic

13. Which of the following ments is correct?

Roasting Smelting Metallurgy Calcination

15. What is the processof heating the ore in air?

(c) (d)

12. What are the chlorides of metals? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

16. What is calcination?

11. Mercury and Gallium are liquids at

(a) (b) (c) (d)

14. What is the process of extracting' of minerals from their ores?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

10. The allotropes of carbon are:

2.

.......;,__ csrrbn

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Match the following:

Hydrochloric acid Nitric acid Acetic acid Aqua regia

8. A pale blue gas with a fish-like odour restoresthe colour of a blackened

Oxygen Ammonia Sulphur dioxide Ozone

paper industries. The washing soda is sodium hydrogen carbonate. ,I Only 1 Only 2 Both 1 and 2 Neither 1 nor 2

two state-

The soda commonly used in the kitchen for making tasty crispy pakodas is baking soda. The baking soda is a sodium carbonate. Washing soda is usually used as a cleaning agent for domestic purposes and in glass, soap,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Coating Hot dipping Hot coating Galvanizing,

20. It is an industrial processof producing ammonia by the reaction of nitrogen with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst' 'i. ' ., (a) (b) (c) (d)

SolvayProcess BayerProcess Haber Process BessemerProcess

_

B.68

Chapter 2

21. Magnalium (a) (b) (c) (d)

.Ch'emistryB.69 (c)

is an alloy of

Aluminium and magnesium Aluminium and manganese Manganese and'duralumin Magnesium and duralumin

22. Chemical name of laughing (a) (b)

Nitric oxide Hydrogen chloride

(c) (d)

Nitrous oxide Sulphur dioxide

23. Which of the following

(d)

30. When

magnesium sulphate with caustic soda, what will product?

gas is

(a) (b) (c) (d) is the source of

copper? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Cinnabar Pyrite Gypsum Azurite

(a) (b) (c) (d)

of calamine?

Copper sulphate Silica Zinc carbonate Mercuric sulphite

(a) (b)

Calcium bicarbonate Calcium carbonate

(c) (d)

Sodium sulphate Potassium chloride

(b) (c) (d)

Combination

is a

of electrons of dif-

ferent elements Combination of atoms of different elements Mixture of different elements Mixture of same group of elements

27. Removal of electrons is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

Reduction Polymerization Oxidation Elimination

Nitrogen Hydrogen Carbon dioxide Helium

Addition Addition Addition Addition

(a) (b)

can

be

during

a chemical

(a) (b) (c)

Atomic number conservation of mass Exchange of electrons

.(d)

Reduction of electrons

29. What is double decomposition?

(b)

Two compounds react to form two new compounds One compound reacts with air to form water

be

lime washing soda sulphate chloroform

34. Which of the following volcanic gases? (a) (b) (c) (d)

occurs

Ammonia Water Sulphuric Zinc

Sodium Potassium Fibre

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Calcium carbonate

(b) (c)

Aluminium Gypsum

(d)

Magnesium

in

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Coke Ash Coal tar Sand

(d)

CnHn

B. Citric acid

2. Fruits 3. Lemon

acid

D. Lactic acid

4. Vinegar

A

B

C

(a)

4

2

3

(b)

1

3

4

2

(c)

1

4

3

2

3

is an example

2

D

1

Carbon dioxide

(d)

Ammonium

cyanide

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Milk, the system is found to produce (a)

. Citric acid

(d)

Petroleum ether

(b)

Lactic acid

(c)

Formic add

(d)

Acetic acid

(a)

Graphite

(b)

Charcoal

(c)

Coal

(d)

Diamond

56. Liquefied called

diamonds

(a)

Room temperature

(b)

High temperature

(c)

Low temperature

(d)

Normal temperature

(a)

Koh-i-Noor

(b)

Coloured

(c)

Cullinan

(d)

Transparent

are

(b)

Charcoal

in

(c)

Coal

(d)

Animal charcoal

(c)

Electricity and electrons

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(d)

Electricity

45. What is the difference between orga

53. What is prepared decomposition ble fats? (a)

Charcoal

and inorganic compounds?

(b)

Coke

(a)

Low and high melting points

(b)

Liquid and solid

(c) (d)

Petroleum Gas

. "-.11"

.

(a) (b) (c)

Controlled Uncontrolled Smaller""

(d)

Both (a) and (b).-

gas (LPG) is also

(a)

Energy produced,bynu~!ear energy .

(b)

Energy produced by nuclear fission .... "" • \

(c)

Energy p~oduce(j by at0rT} bomb l. ""

(d)

Energy produced reaction

(a) (b)

Low boiling point Easy to leak

(c) (d)

High boiling point Can be liquefied quickly

(b)

with

of

65. Brown-ring

by'iiuclear .

test is used for' .

Ito

r-- -

L. ~

(a)

Chemical analysis of iron sulphate

(b) ,

Chemical analysis of conc'entrated sulph~ri~ acicC ' ,"'Ii .. ,t! Chemical analysis of nitrates Chemical analysis of sulphates ,.

(c) (d)

.j

\

of styrene and 66 .. In flam'ing test, brilliant orang~-yellow colour flame indicates

BUNA-N Neoprene BUNA-S Rubber

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Cri~son Barium Sodium Strontium

.}

',".

67. What is the test used for the detection of halogen in an organic compound?

Terephthalic acid and ethylene glycol Acetylene and ethylene

(c)

Adipic acid and hexamethylene diamine

(d)

Hexamethylene terephthalic

the bacterial

of animal and vegeta-

(a) (b) (c) (d)

diamine and

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Beilstein's test Fehling's test

(c) (d)

Molish's test Flame test

(a) (b) (c) (d) phenomenon

Emission of alpha Emission of beta Emission of gamma All the above

62. What is said to be radioactive? (a) (b)

(a) (b)

Decayed nuclide Unstable nuclide

(.J

68. Which law states that layers of equal thickness of homogeneous ..material absorb equal proportion of light?

Chloroprene Acetylene Neoprene Styrene

61. What is the radioactivity?

)

~;.), 1

Natural gas

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,'\

64. What is atomic energy? t"

60. Plastic is basically a polymer of

52. Graphite is a good conductor

"W,'

Cooking gas Petroleum gas Domestic gas

(a)

compound? Aldehydes Ketones Heterocyclic Alkenes

,I.

,j

59. Nylon is made by the mixture of

Electricity and heat Heat

is an

None of the aoove"

(b) (c) (d)

58. What is the polymer butadiene? in the

Stable nuClide""

(d)

(a)

I

Graphite

petroleum

(c)

63. In which type "of nuclear fission, released energy i~' ~sed' for constructive purpose? .. ;

57. Why propane is stored under pressure in a gas cylinder?

temperature

(a)

in dry

Intermediate distillates Heavy distillates. Light distillates Hydrocarbons

Lubricant oils Heavy oil Asphalt

ancient times? of unsa~

as solvents

(a) (b) (c)

of Yoghurt from

(a) (b)

44. Pyridine

54. What are used cleaning?

55. What are the examples of intermediate distillates that are uses in a fuel?

51. What was used as lead pencils

urated hydrocarbons?

1. Milk

(c)

world?

43. What is the general formula

A. Acetic acid

Sulphur dioxide

50. What is the largest diamond

Acetylene Butane Styrene Methane

Source

Magnesium

(b)

prepared?

of alkenes? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

49. At what

' ,(~

41. During pyrolysis, volatile matter such as coal gas and liquid known as

42. Which of the following

acid

acid

4

silicate

releases out?

48. Which is the purest form of carbon?

is not usedin of cement?

(a)

CnH2n C6Hs CnH2n_2

(d)

,.

boiling points

heated strongly, what

47. During the production

Cullet Silica Alkali Bet

(a) (b) (c)

C.Malic

compound

<.

39. Broken pieces of previously made glass which are used to make new glass are called (a) (b) (c) (d)

Contain different

46. When diamond

Sodium Potassium Fibre None of the above,;

the manufacturing

35. Hydrogen is used in the manufacture of (a) (b) (c) (d)

Alkali

(b) (c) (d)

(c) ';, Both are gases (d)

40. Which of the following

Nitrogen Oxygen Carbon dioxide Hydrogen

created

reaction.

(a)

can

36. Match the following:

neither

nor be destroyed

of of of of

water

Carries soluble minerals Contains bicarbonates, sulphates and chlorides contains magnesium Contains calcium

Natural 28.

in

(a)

salts. of higher

38. Which salt is present in toilet soap?

33. Why is river water called hard water?

(c) (d)

26. A molecule of a compound (a)

salts

reacts be the

Sodium hydroxide Magnesium Hydrogen sulphate Sodium sulphate

32. Bicarbonates removed by (a) (b) (c) (d)

25. Which one among the following causes hardness to the water?

37. Soaps are the fatty acids.

31. Lime water in the open air turns into milky because of (a) (b) (c) (d)

24. What is the composition

Two compounds react with water to form oxygen None of the above

Lambert's law. Hess' law Henry's law Charles law

"

)

'.) ,';

of 69. What is the law of thermal expansion? (a)

At constant pressure, all gases

(b)

expanded by same amount. At constant temperature, all gases expanded by same amount.

(c)

At constant pressure, nitrogen

(d)

expanded by same amount. None of the above

.

-

II'! ,

~

, 'I

I

B.70

Chemistry

Chapter 2

70. What is the element used as a catalyst in Gattermann reaction? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Carbon Carbon dioxide Sulphur dioxide Sulphur

71. What is the composition

I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

of calomel?

Mercury and chlorine. Calcium and chlorine Lead and sulphur Sodium and sulphate

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Lead monoxide Calcium oxide Triplumbic tetroxide Nitrous oxide

Hydrogen exchange process Conversion process Ostwald Process Heterocyclic process

Covalent bond reaction Electrolysis reaction Breakage bond reaction Heterolytic reaction

7S. What is an agent capable of donating a pair of electrons to form a coordinate bond? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Lewis acid Lewis base Negative ion Positive ion

76. Nitrosyl sulphate, NO.HS04, formed in lead chambers of sulphuric acid manufacture is (a) (b)

Chamber crystals Catalyst

(unpleasant,

(a)

Sulphuric acid

(b)

Hydrochloric acid

(c)

Formic acid

(d)

Nitric acid

(a)

Microbes turn lactose into lactic

(b)

Milk undergoes fermentation

reaction

Shell Hole Subshell Lattice space

80. What is a positron? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c)

Lactic acid turns into lactose

(d)

None of the above

One positive cation in two atoms Molecules with same units of positive charges An atomic molecule with different positive charges An atomic particle with one unit of positive charge

is a molecular orbital in which the electron density is found along the axis of the bond. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Sigma orbital Beta orbital Gamma orbital Atomic orbital

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Chemical energy Lattice energy Ketone energy Molecular energy

pencil' marks

1. (d) 11. (a) 21. (a) 31. (c) 41. (c) 51. (a) 61. (d) 71. (a) 81. (a)

2. (d) 12. (c) 22. (c) 32. (a) 42. (c) 52. (a) 62. (a) 72. (c) 82. (b)

3. 13. 23. 33. 43. 53. 63. 73. 83.

(b) (d) (d) (b) (a) (c) (d) (c) (c)

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54. 64. 74. 84.

(c) (c) (c) (d) (c) (c) (b) (d) (a)

,5. 15. 25. 35. 45. 55. 65. 75. 85.

(a) (d) (a) (a) (a) (b) (c) (b) (d)

6. 16. 26. 36. 46. 56. 66. 76. 86.

(b) (b) (b) (d) (c) (d) (c), (a) (b)

7. (c) ~17. (c) 27. (c) 37. (a) 47. (b) 57. (a) 67. (a) 77. (c) 87. (c)

8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78.

(b) (a) (b) (b) (d) (c) (a) (b)

9: (b) 1'9; (b) 29. (a) 39. (a) 49. (b) 59. (c) 69. (a) 79. (c)

10. 20. ,30. 40. 50. 60. 70. 80.

(b) (c) (d) (d) (c) (b) (a) (d) I

,

Graphite particles in pencil lead

:

•

stick to the eraser better than to paper. (b)

The eraser breaks down the pig-

(c)

The eraser removes the very top

ment in pencil lead. layer of paper, taking the mark with it. (d)

Friction from rubbing the mark unbonds graphite from paper.

86. The organic molecules of the chemical named

,',

in sunscreen lotions radiations from

sunlight and release it as heat. (a)

Avobenzone

(b)

Anthranilates

(c)

Titanium dioxide

(d)

Zinc oxide

87. Perfumes 82. What is the energy required to separate the ions or molecules in a mole of a compound by infinite distances?

Answers

because:

absorb the ultraviolet 81.

!

acid

8S. Pencil erasers remove

(a) (b) (c) (d)

smell)

Topic-wise Assessment

84, Why does milk turn sour?

79. What is a set of degenerate orbitals with the same values of n and I?

74. A reaction in which a covalent bond is broken with unequal sharing of the electrons from the bond is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

Glucose and ribose Fructose and ribose Glucose and fructose Lactose and maltose

Oxidation reaction Oxidation-reduction Reduction reaction None of the above

chemical

ants emit when they are killed?

78. What is the reaction in which oxidation numbers change as electrons are lost by one atom and gained by another?

73. What is the process for the industrial production of nitrogen oxide and nitric acid from ammonia and oxygen? (a) (b) (c) (d)

83. What

77. Upon hydrolysis, sucrose yields equimolar mixture of

72. What is the chemical present in red lead? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Positron Anion

B.71

have pleasant

smell due

to the presence of chemicals used in their synthesis, these are (a)

Aniline

(b)

Glycerine

(c)

Esters

(d)

Stearic acid

,;

,I

""

.

'v>_, -; "

-;\1

-I)"

Jrt nu~'J (r",,"I-f1J~

',;'1:~,>~!t\<~! {o "'-• ..j] - ~ I

m

II,

cr+:n

;"..-..

_

i

'-;":J,:": .•• ~:~~

, L~

. ,,' •.~, ~-----II

;t

.f',-'It

,

.,.

_'

••••••••••••••••

.

~

11111111111!1""'1111111"'-- __ 1

I

•• l ~ '"
to-

J~e,neraIBiolog _~{BC)tapy:ancJ'J2QOlogyl~

o.
:1:" (.)\ I I

,

Highlighted

~-. ,

~ Topics

,

.

• Classification of the plant Kingdom (Plantae)

CELL Cell is the smallest unit of life that is capable of independent existence. Cell is the basic structural, functional and reproducable unit of life.

Historical Background

• CI~ssification of the Animal Kingdom (Animalae) • Important Biological phenomena • Biological Terminology

t..

(iii) In 1831, Robert Brown first observed the nucleus of the cell. Van MoW and Purkings coined the term protoplasm for the fluid content of the cell.

S~ructure Every cell is surrounded by a membrane or a living coverage-through which the cell absorbs the nutrition from the outside structure and discharges what is superfluous, within the membrane is the protoplasm.

Parts of the Protoplasm

The nucleus-eoritrols and directs the activities of all the other parts of the cell. Water is

Quick Facts

Size of the Cell The average cell size is around 3.•.30 microns (1 micron = 1/1000

Mitochondria These are rod-like or spherical semisolid structurescontaining DNA in their matrix along with someenzymes which are found in all cells. They sYI:lthesizeATP (energy-storing molecules). They form thesiteof cellular respiration. PbstiJs These are small bodies found in the cells of higherplants. They are of two types as defined here under. • Leucolplasts: These are colourless and store starch, protein or lipids. • Chromoplast: These are coloured and are of two types: (a) Non-photosynthetic chromoplasts which provide colour to flowers, fruits and leaves.

mm).

The smallest cell size is of bacteria, which is around 0.2-0.5

(i) In 1665, Robert Hooke, an English scientist, first observed a tiny compartment in a section of cork under his self-made microscope and named it cell. (ii) In 1824, R. j. H. Dutrochet concluded that both animals and plants are made up of cells.

~i

~

(b) Photosynthetic chromoplasts which in gree;" plants manufacture food from carbon dioxide and water- in the presence of sunlight.

Nucleus Nucleus may be round, oval, cylindrical or elongated. Each nucleus is bound by the nuclear membrane which contains nucleoplasm. NucH:~oplasm consists of chromatin and nucleoli. Chromatin consists of DNA, RNA aild proteins. The nuCleus controls all cell activities and it is responsible for transfer of heredity characteristics and assists in cell division.

Vacuoles Vacuole isa fluid-filled sac within a cell. In plantscells they are very big and surrounded by a membrane called Ttonoplast. However, in animals they are tiny. Functions include osmoregulation, maintenanceof cell turgidity.

l',

I

• Cell • Classification of the Living Organisms

'~,

,

tacksof membrane. In plants they are called dictyoSomes.Their functions include secretion of various :ubstances,secretion of pectic material of cell wall in plants,and help in the formation of cell plate during celldivision.

"

,e,,:

I,

.~

II'

60lgi Bodies These are bag-like structures formed of

,'i,

tI

4

Ribosomes These are externally small, dense" granu- , 1r spherical bodies found in a free state in the cyto~~srn,composed of RNA and proteins. They help in fynthesisof proteins from arninoacids.

w

~

. .,

General Biology (Botany and ZoolOgy) B.73

a:

Ii

...

, •

It

Centrosome This is a rather dense area of protoplasm lies close to nucleus. Usually found in animals cells. In the middle of the centrosome are two small dotlike bodies called c~nti:oids. They form a spindlem lower plants during cell division . Cilia and Flagella These are fine extensions of the ceil surface and are similar in Structure. Their functions . are to help in locomotion or movement and in:some' animals they also help in feeding. Flagella is notClbly absent in blue green algae. Cel/lnclusions These are non-living substances present either in the cytoplasm of the cell or in the vacuol~s .. In animal cells the inclusions are in the form of secre: tory granules as in zymogen granules, haemoglobin in RBC, food material in the fqrm of glycogen in liyer cells, pigments as in the cells of skin, eye and hair. : Whereas in plants cells they are in the form of food particles such as stClrch, oil globules, or excretory products like resin, gum, etc.

microns. absorption at the base of micrqvilli , exocytosisof' ," , secretory product

The largest cell is of an ostrich egg (~nfertilizedL which is about 18 em (about 7 inches) in diameter. cell wall

the 'most abundant inorganic constituent of protoplasm. The remainder is known as cytoplasm, where many of the vital activities of the cell take place. A cell shows the following structures under a microscope:

Cell Wall It is found only in plant cells.' It consists of non-living substances, for example, lignin, pectin, cellulose, etc.

Cell Membrane (plasmalemma] It is the outer membrane of the cytoplasm found both in animals and plants. It consists of living substances, mostly lipid bilayer, proteinS. Endoplasm Reticulum (ER] A network of tubes or channe.ls of membrane in the cytoplasm which helps in protelll synthesis and conduction of material.

Piasma membrane

"""lear envelope (two membranes)

I {

middle

nuclear pore

e

"5

lamella

free ribosomes

c {nuCleOlous " hetero-

e

secretory vesicle

chromatin euchromatin smooth endoplasmic

rough endoplasmic reticulum

Golgi apparatus

chloroplast Chloroplast envelope

microfilaments

:....mi~rotubule ,.'"

,;..;.freeribosomes 'I'

. : two centrioles 'at right angles to

granum

t~~~~~;r:r .

mltochondiari

reticulum cytoPlas"1

dictyosome (Golgi apparatus)

microtubules microfilaments

cell sap t onopasI t

lysosome

} vacoule

endoplasmic reticulum bound ribosomes

- nucleopore

m -nucleolus

.•heterochromatm

mitochondrion

-fDeu7~romatin

Plant cell plasma

membrane

Animal cell

} '0

=f

}g. ~

.~, I

~.

aX.

,I

j

8.74

Chapter 3

The order of this nomenclature is illustrated below: Plants and Animal Cells I

I'~

The basic difference between plants and animal cells is that plant cells are enclosed by a rigid cellulosic cell wall (made of ce!, loselsurrounding their plasma membrane, whereas animal cells have no such wall. Another difference is that the plant cells have a special organelle, the chloroplast with the help of which they are able to photosynthesize. Also plant cells lack centrioles Whic> are concerned with the organization of the mitotic spindle or the flagella and cilia (discussed o.n p. B. 125). Plant cells h9ye a 10r9" sap-filled vacuole. f

.

--

Table 8.3.1 ~n

Frog'

Kln9dorn

Dog

Animalae

I

Man

• Animalae

Animalc:le

'"""J

Subkingd~1ll

Metazo9_,

Metazoa __

Meta~a

Phylum

Chordata

Chorda~_

Chord~a_

," .

Subphylum_.__

.Y~r.~brae _y'erteb!ae

.•

__ ~E!!t~E!ae.-l

I

Class

Cell Division Growth and development of all living things depend upon the growth of cells in size and division whereby increase in number takes place. There are two kinds of cell division; they are mitosis and meiosis.

A large number of these organisms have become extinct, and some of these are preserved as fossils Most modern schemes of classification of living beings are based upon the pioneering wor~ of Carl Von Linne.

Meiosis It occurs in reproductive cells. It causes a reduction in number of chromosomes in the cell besides, formation of gametes which contain half the number of chromosomes. Since the daughter cells have half the number of chromosomes as compared to the mother cell, this division is also called reductional division. It causes hereditary variation in a species due to exchange of genetic material. Before cell division, the cell prepares itself for division; and is called interphase in which the cell becomes more active. Each cell division has two steps, such as, division of the nucleus and division of the cytoplasm. During cell division chromatin material of the cell gets organized into chromosomes.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE LIVING ORGANISMS It has been estimated that 3-20 million different kinds of organisms are alive in the world today.

,

Amphibia"

Order

=~'A~uI-q=

Family

_.. __..'_~~~nid~=___

Genus

_",

Species ~

__.R"C!~, Pipiens

'1

Mammalae

Mammalae

~ -C.a.;nlyo!:~'.-"P.ri~ate'

_._ ..

Eanida:_~_'2?~1 _~<;lnis ,._.tt9mC? Familians

Sapiens

!

j

Traditionally all living organisms were classified undertwo main kingdoms; they are (i) the plant kingdomand (ii) the animal kirlgdom. Certain unicellular organismslike bacteria, fungi, etc., were earlier classifiedundet;.the plant kingdom. However, taxonomistsin the last few decades have been opposing this classificationof unicellular organisms into the plant kingdomand there have been constant end~qvours to revise the system of classification. Accordingly, in 1969, R. H. Whittaker classified all living organismsinto five m'ain kingdoms and this system is now receivingwide acceptance. According to this system, thefivekingdoms are:

Scientific Nomenclature

In the 18th century, a Swedish biologist Carl Von Linne (in Latin, Carolus Linnaeus) developed a scheme of scientific classification and devised a system of scientific nomenclature called 'Binomial' nomenclature. According to Linne, all organ. isms, having some important characteristics ir. cOII].monami different from others in one or more ways are placed in a category termed species, for exampl~l cat, monkey, house-fly, frog, etc. Differ. ent species having certain common characters are placed in a genus. A genus is therefore a collec. tion of some related species but they also have (i) Monera (true bacteria, blue-green algae) some characteristics in common, for example, cat, (ii) Protista (golden algae, yellow-green algae) lion and tiger constitute three different species (iii) Fungi (slime moulds, bread moulds, sac but they also have some common characteristics fungi) and therefore, are placed in the same genus. Sim. (iv) Plantae ilarly, genera are grouped into families and fami' (v) Animalae lies into orders and orders into classes and class~ into phyla. Therefore, the lowest group is specie:> The kingdom prokaryotae or monera is someand the highest unit is phylum ap.d various phytimesgiven to include the viruses, Other systems lum const~tute a kingdom, either plant kingdo~ describe v iruses as being outside the normal system or animal kingdOm. The naming of organisms I! ofclassification. also done on a sciep.tific basis. Each organism L' given two names, namely, a generic name andI , ' A brief description of the classification along ,Vlth subclassificationsis given below: specific name. The generic name begins wit~: II capital letter and the specific name begins Wit .,:nero These are organisms with prokaryotic cells a small letter. For example, the zoological nall'~ ~d.diverse nutritional habits, including photosynof the common house-fly is Musca domestica al1~ thesiS, chemosynthesis and absorption. Reproduction that of man is Homo sapiens. The botanical namec se~ual,by simple cell division, for example, true wheat is Triticum aestivum. .clena,fungus-like bacteria, blue-green algae.

;,a

~

Protista These are unicellular or colonial'Eukaryotes with diverse nutritional habits, reproduce bothisex; ually and asexually involving Meiosis and nuclear fusion. Mobility is. by means of more advanced type of flagella, e.g., euglenophytes,/dinoflagellates, golden algae, yellow-green algae. Fungi These are multinucleate organisms, .. ;with non-photosynthetic nutrition through .absorptiOll; lacking tissue differentiation, e.g., slime moulds, water moulds, white ruts, bread moulds, sac fungi,etc. '"

_~

GeneralClassification

Mitosis It is also called somatic cell division. Literally it mei;lns division of nucleus but it is generally described a cell as a whole-both nucleus and cytoplasm. It results in formation of two daughter cells with equal number of chromosomes in each, which occur in somatic cells or organs. It is the most common form of cell division which is essential for cell multiplication and growth. Since the number of chromosomes remains the same during mitosis, this division is also referred to as the equational division.

B•.,?S

General Biology (Botany and Zoology)

Plantae These are multicellular organisms with cells being enclosed by a rigid cell wall. Nutrition ni6stly by photosynthesis with exception,-. a,(f~w sp~.,. cies being i absorptive. Primarily non-motile; ,often anchored to the substratum. Plantae .include all botanical organisms.

ot

Animalae These include all protozoa and' :metaio'a zoological organisms. These are multicellular eukaryotic organisms with cells lacking a rigid cell-wall an~ photosynthetic apparatus.' '"., ". '

CLASSIFICATION OF THE PLANT KINGDOM (PLANTAE)

of

The plant kingdom is classified into a number divisions; they are discussed in the following sections~

Rhodophyta (red algae) These are mostly multicellular marine plants (some 2500 species) ranging from simple filaJ!1;entsto large plants (even 10 feet long), Reproduction is mainly sexual through cci~p~ex reproductive, systems. They a!e found atta<:he,d'to rocks or other algae. Their reddish colour is due to a pigm~nt called phycoerythrin. Phaeophyta (brown algae)' These are multicellular marine pl~ts growing' on rocks or att~cHed to sea.'S.l19res, ranging from a "few millimetre ~o massive pl~nts 'up to 200 ft. Eeproduction in these plants is both sexual and asexual. Their brownish colour is due'to x~tho-, phyll pigment called fucoxanthin. ~~':

::~~.~'!

Chlorophyta '(green algae) These are a group.of"bright green (some 3700 species) mostly aquatic plants, uni.: cellular, colonial and multicellular. Reproduction in: these plants is both sexual and asexual. They are found in abundance in fresh water as well as seawater, on tree trunks, moist rocks, leaf surfaces and soil.

_

-i

L.••••••

B.76

Bryophyta

These are simple, non-vascular small plants grow in moist places. The plant body is thallus-like and remains attached to the soil by rhizoids. They lack roots, flowers and seeds. Reproduction is mainly through vegetative means or sexual, for example, liverworts, hornworts, mosses, etc.

II

I

1\

Lycopodophyta

j

I

(club mosses)

These are multicellular terrestrial plants with vascular tissues. Their body is differentiaJed into roots, stem and leaves. Stem not jointed; spores are produced in the axis of fertile leaves, mostly aggregated into club-like terminal cones.

I t

I

,1\

Arthrophyta(horsetails) 'Il j

,)

i j

I '~

These are multicellular plants with vascular tissues. The plant body is divided into roots, stem and small whorled leaves. They have upright stems which grow from underground branches. Arthrophyta are largely an extinct group represented by a single living genus, the Equisetum (the horsetails).

Pterophyta (ferns) 'Theseare multicellular plants with vascular tissues; the body is differentiated into roots, stem and leaves; contain spores for reproduction which are produced usually in the lower surface of the leaves or on their margins. Seeds are not produced. Cycadophyta

I I

General Biology (Botany and Zoology)

Chapter 3

These are multicellular terrestrial plants with vascular tissues (without vessels). The plant body is divided into roots, stem and leaves. The stem is large and woody, leaves are large and fern-like, for example, Cycas (sago palm), Zamia (sago tree), etc.

Coniferophyta (conifers)

These are multicellular plants with well-developed tissues. The main plant body is large and woody, leaves are simple, smaller than Cycadophyta and needle-like. Examples: Cedrus (deodar), Taxus (yew).

Anthrophyta (angiosperms)

These are more advanced flowering plants with well-developed vascular tissues, predominantly saprophytic with a well-differentiated body of roots, stem' and' leaves. They occur in almost all places and make up more than half of all known species of plants-about 200,000 species ..They range in size from minute-floating, duckweeds to giant eucalyptus and siJl.(-cotton trees, and include plants of a great variety of forinscacti, water lilies, sunflowers, orchids, pitcher plants, Indian pipe, etc: The reproductive organs of these plants are flowers, and the seeds are' enclosed within

an ovary which develops into a fruitwall. The distinct parts of the body of these plants are described,lbelo\\',

PARTS OF PLANTS

r

,

Root It is the descending and positively geotropic part of the plant, whiCh develops from the radical Or the primary root. It anchors the plant to the i soil and absorbs water and minerals and salts from the soil.

Stem It is the asc~nding and negatively geotropic part of the plant. It bears nodes and internodes and supports leaves, flowers and fruit: Leaves These are, generally green and carry out the function of synthesis of food (photosynthesis).

Flower It is the reproductive organ of angiosperms, It generally consists of four whorls: sepals, petals, stamens and pistils. After pollination and~fertiliza. tion the ovary of the pistil develops into fruit and the ovules into seeds. Some flowers are found in groups or clusters which are called peduncle. The arrangement of flowers on the peduncie is called

CC

'.••

/,

:> TerrestrialplantsJ';Vhich;groV'{,onsC;il.For example, roses, grasses, makahiya plant, ferns and shrubs. ••

.

"'~'.

,'.

,;: ..

"&,

-'

}

:> Hydrophyt~s plants which grow ,in water, For example, lotus, Seaweeds,' Pistia, Water lily~ :> 'Epiphytes plants which perch on other plants but do nol take nourishment fromthem.:They are not rooted in soil but grow upon branches' and stems of other plants, for example, urn plan!.

(i)

Dicotyledons These plants have two cotyledons in their seeds and may be annuals, biennials or perennials, for example, gram.

(ii) Monocotyledons

These are mostly annuals ahd have only one cotyledon in their seeds.

/

Modificationof Plant Parts

,"

:> Xerophytes are adapted to grow in a dry habitat like deserts and can survive without moisture, for example, Cacli. " . , ' :> Mesophytes thrive under conditions intermediate betvveen • very wetand,very dry. The greal variely of crops, for example, peqns,tom()toes, Reas, etc., belong to this category. ,'\" • :> P6rasitic which'depend onbther plants for their nourishmen!. They lack chlorophyll and thus cannot make their own food, for exgmple, lJacteria and fungi (mushroom) ,:> Carnivorous 'pl~nts which trap inseclsand other small creatiJreson'their sticky leaves and' digest them to obtain '.' nitrOgen and' other material 'essenlialfor their growth. They are also called insectivorous plants, for example, pitcher plant and bladderwort,

Tuber These are swollen", tips .. of underground branches that store food, for example, potato; , Corm These are underground .stem which ,bears leaves, for example, saffron, gladiolus. Bulb it is a modified untierground 'stemm the 'for~ of a disc-like structure that bears fleshy leaves' that store food material, e.g., onion, lilies. (fadophyll It is a modification of the stem mto a large; flat green and fleshy structure that bears leaves.into spines. Such stems carry out the fUnction of leaves, for example, cactus. . Tendril It is an aerial modification of the stem where the stem become~"-;.along, slender, coilirig"structure serving as an organ of attachment for, certain climbing plants, It helps the plant to climb up the support, such as grapes andYcucurbits. . .'

,

Sometimes, certain parts of a plant are modified to carryout specific functions:

RootModifications Storage Roots These store food material, for example, carrot,radish, turnip, sweet potato. AerialRoots These are aerial nodes that develop from

Other Classifica,tions iril;"

inflorescence. The ripened ovary becomes a fruit which generally contains seeds. , On tne basis of morphology, angiosperms are furtherclassified into: (i) herbs and (ii) s~ubsand trees. On the basis of age, they are grouped as: (i) Perennials which live for many years. (ii) Annuals which produce flowers and fruit in the course of a single season.(iii) Biennials which live for two seasons. Thereare two major classes of angiosperms:

B.77

thestem and grow into the soil. For example, still roots of sugarcane and maize, prop roots of banyan trees whichprovide reinforcement to the stout branches.

ParasiticRoots These arise from stem and penetrate intothe host plant. They are called 'Haustoria.' For example,Cuscuta. Respiratory Roo~s They have pores and are founding plantsthat thrjve in swamps, for example, Rhizophora.

Assimilatory Roots They contain chlorophyll and performthe furiction of carbon assimilation, for example,trapa roots.

~phytic Roots Epiphytic roots acts as support structures Justas roots planted in soil. Orchid roots are typical exampleof this adaptation. These are aerial roots which absorbmoisture from air, for example, Vanda roots.

Stem Modifications InSomeplant$ the stem is modified to perform differentfunctions,'they are discussed hereunder.

ihizomes These are underground modification, of the stem.They bear nodes and store food material, for example,ginger, grass and canna.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM' (ANIMALlE) The entire animal kingdom is broadly classified'into two main groups as discussed below: ' .,

Protozoa Single-'celled microscopic organisms in which all functions are performed within a single cell Itself,.for example, amoeba.

Metazoa Metazoa are 'multicellular .organisms in which cells are grouped together to form tissues, organs arid systems. All animals, including man, are'placed under the Metazoa subkingdom. Metazoa are furtner classified into two main groups. '

Invertebnites

'1

They do ~ot possess a yertebral column, and ar~.'classified into various phyla:,

Porifera These are fixed multicellular, organisms, aquatic and have a porus and cylindrical body, for example, Ascbn, Sycon(sponges). , ."

Coelenterata

.,.

,;,

,.

!

They..are 'sac.;,like multi~ellular aquatic' creatures with tentacles stinging ceUs;'possess tissues and digestive cavity, for Iexample, Hydra, Obelia; Aurelia Gellyfish), " ' I '" ,\

PS

b

...•...

it'i I,

I

B.78

11

I ,

I

Ctenophora Biolumnescence is unique in these' organ-

Vertebrates

isms, for example, sea gooseberry, venus girdle, etc.

The remaining an.irhals with a vertebral colu~ are grouped under this main class also known as Phylum Chordata. There are, however, a few forms th~t lack backbones and are considered primitive protochordates. Phylum chordata has three unique characteris_ tics, they are (i) A dorsal, hollow tubular nerve cord; (ii) A notochord which is ventral to the nerve cord and is replaced by cartilage or bone to form a vertebral column in higher vertebrates, and (iii) gill slits in the pharynx. Chordata is further divided into the following classes: f

Platyhelminthes These are both parasitic and free-living organisms that have a flat body, thin, softand appear leaf or ribbon-like, for example, liver fluke, pork tapeworm, blood fluke, etc.

il

il

Annelida These are mostly free-living wormlike

II

I,

il

organisms having soft, round and segmented bodies (marked with external rings), for example, earthworm, leeches, sea mouse.

II

Arthropoda

j

1

I

I

,II '1I

These include a large group of organisms having joined feet, segmented body and an external skeleton (exoskeleton) and are classified into four large classes: (i) Crustaceans Arthropods with limbs attached to most segments, for example, Palaemon (prawn) Daphnia (water flea),Branchipus (shrimp). (ii) Insects Arthropods with three pairs of legs and body divided into three part, for example, Periplaneta (cockroach), Pailio (butterfly), Musca (housefly), Culex (mosquito), Cimex (bug), etc. This group is the most abundant in terms of species identified. Malpighian tubules are the main excretory organ of insects. (iii) Arachnids Arthropods with four pairs of legs and body divided into two parts for example, Buthus (scorpion), Lycosa (wolf spider). (iv) Myriapods Arthropods with body divided into a number of similar segments with one or two pairs of legs to most segments, for example, Scolopendra (centipede), Julus (millipede).

Mollusca These are shell-bearing organisms having an unsegmented body without appendages. They possess a ventral muscular organ called a foot for locomotion, for example, Pila (apple or pond snail), Limax (slug) Sepia (cuttlefish).

Echinodermata

TI:tese include spiny-skinned ~nimals built' on a five-radial plan. They move by numerous soft tube-like structures called tube feet, and are marine by habitation, for example, Astropecten (starfish), Antedon (sea-jelly) Exchinus (sea urchin), etc.

. II

General Biology (Botany and Zoology)

Chapter 3

Nemathelminthes They are both parasitic and freeliving organisms, with a round body and possess a mouth and anus, for example, roundworms, filaria, hooke worms, etc.

I

--------

Did You Know? Largest Known Invertebrate The giant squid belonging 10 Phylum Mollusca, the"body of which measures aboul 6 m and lenlacles may measure up 10

10

m,

Largest Known Vertebrate The whale, measuring up 10 33 m and weighing over

1,35,000 kg,

1.

Pisces (Fishes) These are aquatic cold-blooded, jawed vertebrates. Their bodies are covered with scales, they respire through gills, move with the help of fins (no legs) and have a two-chambered heart becau:seblood is pumped to gills to get oxygenated which then pass to the rest of the body, for example, Labeo (rohu), Hippocampus (sea horse), Torpedo (electric fish). Amphibia (Frogs) These are cold-blooded vertebrates with four legs and scaleless skin and adapted to live both in water and on land. Respir'ation. is done by gills or the skin or lungs. They have three-chambered heart to allow some mixing of oxygenated and de-oxygenated blood. Fertilization is external, it takes place outside the body, generally in the. water. In most amphibians there are two stages of life. In one, larval form, they live only in water and the ather, that is, adult stage, they live in water as well as on land, for example, Rana (frog), Bufo (toad).,

Reptiles (Creeping Creatures) These are cold-bl~oded vertebrates, adapted to life in dry places. Respiration is by means of lungs. The heart is three-chambered because some mixing of oxygenated and deoxygen' ated blood takes place, except crocodiles, which have a four-chambered heart for preventing oxygenated

¥4

B.79

blood from mixing with deoxygenated blood. There is no la,rval stage in their development. Fertilization is external, for example, Testudo (tortoise), HemidactyIus (house lizard), Naja (cobra).

dioxide to become glucose, one of the main fuels used by living organisms. In the whole process free energy converted into potential energy, and then stored. ' l

Aves (Birds) These are warm-blooded animals with a

Metabolism

body covering of feathers. The heart is four-chambered to prevent mixing of oxygenated and de-oxygenated blood. Their four legs are adapted as wingsand are usually used to fly. There are, however, a few birds which cannot or hardly fly, for example, ostrich,kiwi, etc. Then there is Humming bird which can fly backwards. The heart is four-chambered, and the digestive tract has two additional organs, crop whichstores food and gizzard which grinds the food. Fertilization,is internal, that is takes place inside the body,for example, Passer (sparrow), Columba (pigeon), Pavo (peacock).

Mammolia These are warm-blooded vertebrates and usually nourish their young ones with their milk produced in special glands called mammary glands. Theheart is four-chambered, thus it prevent mixing ofoxygenated and de-oxygenated blood. and respirationtakes place through the lungs. There is muscular partition(diaphragm) that separates the thoracic from the abdominal cavity. The embryo receives nourishmentand oxygen through the placenta in the female's womband disposes of wastes through the maternal bloodcirculation, for example, Macropus (kangaroo), Felis(cat),Canis (dog), Balaena (whale), Homo (man).

IMPORTANT BIOLOGICAL PHENOMENA Photosynthesis Photosynthesisis a process by which green plants areable to utilize energy of sunlight in order to convertwater and carbon dioxide into food in the form of simple carbohydrates. The energy from sunlight is trapped in plant cells by chloroplasts which are packedwith chlorophyll (gives green colour to the plantand leaves and acts as photosensitizer). IncomingSunlight generates tiny electric currents in them: Thesecurrents convert ADP (adenosine diphosphate) intoATP (adenosine triphosphate) and split water moleculesin the cells into oxygen and hydrogenpavingthe way for the whole complex process of photosynthesis.Thus oxygen is dissipated into the atmosphere and hydrogen combines with carbon

\Y{V'

"

,. ~ ••' I

It is a process of all biocheinical reactions taking 'place in the living organisms. It is divided into two categories as discussed hereunder:

Anabolism It is defined as the synthesis of complex organic molecules from simple molecules by the living organisms. It is the constructive or synthetic phase of metabolism, for example, the formation of proteins from amino acids. ' I

J.~.

•

.

~~"'_

.

t

Catabolism It is the '(also katabolism) breakdown of complex molecules into simple niol~cU'les to release energy, that is, bearing down' <}fhydrocarbons into simpler forms with the release of energy. Metabolism takes place in a controlled manner at body temperature. Enzymes act as bio-catalysts in the process. The energy released in such re~ctions is stored and used for growth and deveJopment. The elimination of water products generated in the process is called excretion. .

,:

~-j '. I

j -..

Respiration Aterm with two distinct meanings, such as breathing and the transport. of oxygen and carbon dioxide to and from the cells known as external respiration. .Internal respiration or cell respiration occurs within the cell and constitUtes the chemical reactions from which an organism derives energy. Internal respiration using oxygen is termed as aerobic while anaerobic respiration may Occur in the absence of oxygen. Both plants and animal respire. Animals need oxygen to release the energy present in their food and get rid of waste, that is, carbon dioxide.

Skin Breathing It is carried out through the skin by slow-moving animals. Gill Breathing Fish possess gills which absorb oxygen from water flowing over them taken in through the mouth.

Tracheal Breathing It is a system developed by insects which include network of tubes which take oxygen to all parts of the body. Lung Breathing It is acquired by evolved animals.

1 __

" I

B.80

.

Fertilization

~

It is the U!lion of two gametes or sex cells to produce a zygote or fertilized egg which grows into a new offspring.

I

!

,'I 1

1 t ',I .l,'

:~

General Biology (Botany and Zoolggy), B~~1.

Chapter 3

External and Internal Fertilization • Fertilization in frogs and toads is external, as it is in fishes, most water creatures and lower plants (e.g., Ferns). By this we mean, the male gamete swims across a watery surface to fertilize the female gamete or egg. The fertilized egg cell is then able to develop into an individual creature. • Fertilization in mammals (except five egg-laying species), birds, reptiles and insects is internal. That is to say, the sperms are shed directly into the female's body where they fertilize the egg, then these are laid, as in birds and reptiles, whereas in mammals the cell develops into an embryo within the female body.

Fertilization in Flowering Plants In higher plant~, it is a complex process involving pollen grains whiSh are transferred to the egg-bearing organism by wmd Or insects. The process is called pollination inp,!ants, By falling on a stigma, each pollen grain of the right kind germinates and sends a pollen tube containing a male reproductive cell down through the style and into an ovule where the male cell fuses with a~ egg cell which can develop into an embryo plant. '

GLOSSARY Botanical Terms Adventitious Roots These are roots which grow from the stem or leaf rather than fromlhe a plant.

root system of

Anabolism • It is the synthesis of complex organic moleculesfrom,~imple molecules during metabolism (see Metabolism).

Algae These are lowest aquatic green plants l?fthallo-

Transpiration

phyte group-

It is evaporation of water from the stem and i~aves of plants. It serves the purpose of cooling the; leaves on hot days, and protects delicate leaf tissue from drying up. It draws water up from the roots b:>\vards the leaves which give out excess water into the atmosphere. The stomata (microscopic openings or pores in the epidermis of leaves and young stems) are responsible for transpiration.

.':

Anaphase The stage in cell division in which chromatids or chromosomes move towards opposite poles. It begins \\;"iththe splitting of the sister chromatid~. Theysepa~ate at their disk-like centromeres and are pulled apar~ by the contracting action of the spindle.

I

"f,

i

~ulb _ It is ~ disc-shaped

,

,<

~"""-,~

'\h"'~f>:,J"r~_,:."

.~-.

conden.~eq undergrop;i;\,~ stem with fleshy leaves, for example; oniol1 or ~rpiPi usually surrounded by scale-like modified leav~lJnd containing stored food for the undeveloped shoots'of the new plant enclosed within it. )

Cadus "These are desert plantst most of whichlackleaves to minimize water loss. They are characterized by thick, fl~shy often prickly stems . ~ that function a~ lEiav~~;,""",~. \

Callus It is a thick layer Of scar tissue which' forms over a wounded area of stem or trunk to protect 'the inner tissues ,from exposure. " ",,.\_

Annual rings" These are concentric rings seen' in, a

Calyx It is the protective portion of a 'flower ,corisisF ingof sepals.

cross-sectio~of a tree trunk each representing the age ofthe plant:

Cambium It is a layer of cells in between xyl~m" ;n'ci phloem which increases the growth of the plant; . '

Annulus It is a ring-like structure present on the stalk

Carnivorous Plants' These 'are plants, which n",akf, food from insects, for example, pitcher plant. .

ofa mushroom showing the remnant of the velum.

II

Bud It is an outgrowth on a-stem or1bratlchoftei} enclosed in protective scales, comprising a shortened stem and immature leaves or floral parts; a pa.rtially •. , ,. ~ , . ~ ." .-~\.1'!'U'.':.J opened immature flower. -

PL.

Anthridium J:his is a male sperm-bearing

~ l~

lowerplant such as ferns, algae and mosses.

Aquatic Plants (HydrophytesJ water.

organ of I

These are plants grown in

'.'

Archegonium Female, egg-bearing

organ

of lower

plantslike ferns, mosses, etc.

Bark It is the outermost corky sheath of trees and shrubs.

Basidia Thes~' are the club-shaped cells in the gills of mushrooms which give rise to haploid spores called 'basidiospores.'

l

,"

Catabolism It is thepart of metabolism m which chemical substances in living things are broken down jnto' s~pIer substances. The process usually releases energy. Cellulose It is a kind' of carbohydrate, ponent of the cell wall of a plant.

the m~~ com-

Centriole The part of a cell which is important, in the formation of a spindle during process of a cell diyision is called centriole.

Bosidioscorp This is the fruity body of the mushroom andother fungi.

Chlorophyll It isth~green pigment foun9 in !lllpla~ts (see photosynthesis) capable of photosyn~~esis. The molecules of chlorophyll absorb energy from sunlight and make it available for the synthesis' of organiC material. It is a porphyrin that'contains magll€sium.

Biennial These are plants which complete their life

Chloroplast

"

cyclein two years. ft<

'

Bioluminescence . The phen:omenon in which marine animals and41sects emit light from their body in darknessis called bioluminescence.

These are coloured plastids containing pigments other than chlo'rophyll. They give'~olour to, flowers and fruits. ( .,. "

B~ght Any oi.the plant diseases that result in sud~endying of leaves growing tips, or an entire plarit IS calledblight.

Chlorosis This"isa'disorder which affects a, plant's' ability to forin chlorophyll. ~ ,'~ Chromatin It is a heredita~y substance of, the n~cleus. It is 'a network of threads in nucleus of a lcell that shows up when'the cell is stained\~ith certain dyes.

Bryophytes These are small, non-vascular pla~ts, such : mosses, liverworts and hornworts. They are also OWnas amphibian in plant kingdom.

(/iJdophyll - It is' a modifiedfla.ttened stein wllich functions and resembles a leaf. Also called 'cladode', 'phylloclade.' : . , ,';: -, '

I

L:,I

'

,j

••

'-::iJ,;II"1

T General Biology (Botany and Zoology)

B~82 Chapter 3

Cilia These are hair-like cell prolongations meant for locomotion.

Citrus Fruit It is fruit of the citrus (orange) group. Coennocoeti/Coenocyte It is the protoplast or cell containing many nuclei. It is found in many fungi and some green algae.

'I

Corm It is a swell on underground stem having buds. It is responsible for vegetative growth.

1

I

Ii

Cotyledon

It is an embryonic leaf in a seed which usually stores food matters.

Cryptogam

,I

It is a non-flowering seedless plant which produces spores, for example, algae, mosses, .fungi and ferns.

Cuticle It is a non-cellular waxy layer found on the

I ~

I I

surface of stems and leaves to prevent water loss. Also strip of hardened skin at the base of a finger nail or toenail.

Hilium It is the point at which the seed is attached to thefruit.' '

Ferns A large group of primitive plants of the plant

Histone It is a type of protein found in chromosomes

kingdom which grow in moist shady floors, in tropi_ cal and sub-tropical climates.

inassociation with the nucleic acid DNA.

Fossils These are remains of an organism preserved in

mushrooms, or the spore bearing layer of the fruiting bodyof certain fungi.

rocks.

I

.

Fructose It is a very sweet monosaccharide sugar occurring in many fruits and in honey. ' , Fungus It is a non-flowering plant which lacks chlorophyll and cannot manufacture its own food and therefore depends entirely on either living or dead organic substances. ," Gamete It is a mature reproductive cell, that is cell sperm or formed in sexual reproduction ~r reproductive/ germ cell produced by male and female organisms. Gametogenesis

It is the process

of fo~ation .,

of

Deciduous These are plants which shed leaves to elim-

gametes.

inate water loss. In tropical regions it is in the hot summer and in temperate areas it is winter, when such plants shed leaves.

Gemma It is a small cup-shaped organ of ;yegetative reproduction in bryophytes.

Decumbent Stem It is a creeping stem in which tips tum

Gene It is a part of the chromosome that determine

upward at or near the apex.

II,

Exocorp It is the outermost layer of the fruit Wall which forms the skin in many fleshy fruits.

Dicotyledons

These are plants whose seeds contain two cotyledons, for example, gram.

inheritance.

.'

i.-

Geotropism

It is the response to the stimulus of gravity (adjective: Geotropic).

Dichotomous Branching

Germination It is the initiation of growth in plant spores or seeds. Tactile presence of water is essential for germination to take place.

Dyctyosome These are plant cell organelles which are formed of small bag-like folds of membrane and vesicles that contain metabolite cell.

Grana It is a stack of membranes found in chloroplast

It is a kind of branching in which the m?-IDbranch or axis stops growing when lateral branches appear on it.

Edoderm

It is a layer of tissue in an animal embryo whiCh later develops into cellular material in the epidermis and nerve cell. o

•

Endocarp It is the innermost. often hard or leathery layer of the fruit wall.

~ndodermis It is the innermost layer of cortex. surrounding vascular bundles, found in all roots and stem of certain plants which controls passage of water.

containing chlorophyll.

Gymnosperm It is any plant of the class gymnospermae, which includes coniferous trees and other plants having seeds not enclosed within an ovary-. Haploid It is a characteristic of gametes which contain one set of unpaired chromosomes, ill the gametesor sex cells of animals. '

Heliophytes

a host plant.

These are plants which ~ow . ,

best 1:'

Endosperms This is the nutritive tissue surrounding and absorbed by the,embryo in flowering plants.

sunlight.

Epidermis This is theoutermost cell layer of an organism. Epiphyte Plants whose roots grow upon stems or

woody st~ms abov~ the ground, for exa~ple, ban

.,l

branches of other plants are called epiphytes.

Hymenium '. It is the outer layer of gill-bearing spots in

Hypodermis It is the outermost layer. of cortical cells beneath epidermis that acts as water-storing or strengthening tissue. Hypho These are fine-branched or unbranched filament that. spreads to form a loose network called mycelium.

Heterochromatin the nucleus.

It is an inactive chromatin foundr ':':"i

'

These are groups of primitive .... spqJ:'e~6earU;~ plants which together with IJ1,o,ssescomprise.-tti~ group bryophyta. '.,,:,',I ,,,,;.u..•nu '

Marchantia

It is a large liverwort .v:ariable ir!. app.~~Xi ance having several subspecies. It is/dioeciqus,)1.~Y::; ing separate' male and female plants. It does, not possess a specialized conducting tissue for transport of water and other substances. ""r f: rh ,

•

,

•

/I-

"

~~

I

-'~

1.

,

J

"-'I ~

t

J

-<':;:\

b

Matrix It is a non-cellular. gr~und sub~t<:lrceoLt:iss~e.. Meiosis Is a process where a single cell divides' tWice to make four cells.

""'. +J>

.

., .••..•••.

~

l

Metabolism Itrefers to 'biological phenomenon.':'," 1') Metaphase It- is the'.second. stage 6f' ce1l division

Mitosis A type of cell division that results in tWoiden~ tical cells. ;, 'jid )j'fn

Hypocofyl It is a part of the stem of a young seedling thatlies between the cotyledons.

Meristem Tissue These are mitotically active celis monly found at the apex of shoot and root or branch:!

Interphase It is a stage in cell division when the

Mesocarp Itis the middle layer of fruit which bec'omes fleshy sometimes. " r '.

during mitosis and meiosis .. The membrane breaks down and a fibrous spindle forms. ThE;spindle has two poles at opposite sides of the ~ell; tne ,chro~atid pairs align along the spindle's eq~ator.. ~'" 'j

com~

nucleusis not ilCtually qndergoing division but very activelyinvolved in the general process. It is the periodbetween two divisions when nucleus is said to bein interface. '

Mesoderm It is the embryonic germ' layer 'lyi.:A between the ectoderm and endoderm. ' . .,;',;

Insedivorous These are plants which attract insects and

Mesophyll It is the soft tissue of a .leaf in -between the upper and lower epidermis that contains the chloro-, . plasts and is involved in photosynthesis. _' ;'.

digestthem to obtain nitrogen, for ~xample, nepenthes(pitcher plants), utricularia (bladdetworts), dtosera,etc.

Isobilateralleaves The monocot leaves having similar. structureon both sides.

g

Microsporophyll It is the leaflike structure in ferns that bears the microsporangia.

leucocyte It is any of the white or colourless nucleated cellsoccurring in blood.

Microsome It is the cell particl~ .of the smalle'st size, typically consisting of a piece of endopl~smic reticulum to which ribosomes are attache,!. . ,} .. I'. " , 1

leucoplast These are colourless plastids, in the cyto-

Parthenocarpy It is the process' thro~gIi:which'deveiop-, meilt of fruit takes'pla'ce:withotit fertilization .. ' ."':

Ugnin It is complex organic compound found in the cellwall of the plants which gives strength, particularlyin parts of xylem tissue. Lignin forms up to 50% Woodin trees.:' .

Herb It is a term describing any tiny plant that lack-' lipId It is a fatty compound of carbon, hydrogen aJl

liverworts

Hybrid This is the plant produced by crossing plants belonging to different species or genera, also plants and animals that are bred from genetically different parents, for example, mule is a hybrid of male donkey and female horse. There are many types of hybridization, for example, somatic hybridization whichis used for overcoming sexual incompatibility ..

plasmof plant cell around which starch collects.

Hau~toria It is a specialized organ by which parasiti~ plants such as fungi obtain food from

.

B.83

andOXygenin which oxygen is in lower proportion ~ carbohydrates. It includes fats, oils, waxes and reatedsubstances.

'I

.

,~jS

~t.

-',

Pedicel The stalk of a flower which serves as port is called pedicel.

. . , " "

-!

-;

, . r.-

-I-

, .•'

::.,.,.Jo

~ 't:~~

a sup" i

.

,

Peduncle It is the axis on which flo~~;s'''~~~''~~~~'~ inflorescence. Pericarp. It is the cashing of t.l).es,eed,.?:r.s~E;9swithin a fruit, developed frq~ the o,vary wall.;. " ; Pileus It is a'cap-like part of musni'60m and any other fungus. .t

........•••

, I

T

!~"llj 1!

B.8"

Chapter 3

Pinna It is a small leaflet of a compound leaf. Phloem It is a complex tissue found in plants which

111

conducts food.

Plasmalemma It is the outer living membrane of the cell (see cell).

I

1

I:

Prophase It is the first stage of cell division in which chromosomes or chromatids get aligned in the middle line to form a spindle, the chromosomes appear as tWo sister chromatids, begin to coil and then shorten and thicken.

ii

I '1,1

J

"

!' .~

"

.

Spermatophyte

.These are seed-bearing plants which include both angiosperms (seeds are enclosed'within an ovary, generally a fruit) and gymnosperms'(seeds are not enclosed in fruits)., containing placenta.

It is the living content of cell which includes cytoplasm and nucleus (refer to cell). It is a jelly.,like colloidal substance constituting the living matter of plant and animal cells and performing the basic life functions.

Rachic It is the axis of a fern leaf from which the pinna originates. Rhizoid It is, a hair-like short growth found in lower plants which fixes the plant to the soil and also helps it derive nourishment from the soil.

"., .,

several woody stems which grow from a pomt near or below groUnd level. ,,.....

organs.

Protoplasm

Rhizome It is the underground stem. Ribosome Any of the numerous spherical cytoplasmic particles consisting of RNA and protein that are the sites of protein synthesis in the cell.

Rot It is a term describing the breakdown or decomposition of plant tissue usually caused by bacteria or fungi or som~times initiated by a drought~

Rust It is a' parasitic fungus which infects a number of plants causing red and black spots on leaves and stem. It is a plant disease caused by fungi, characterized by reddish or brownish spots on leaves, stems and other parts.

Sap It is a w~tery fluid found in plant tissue and cells. It is transported throughout the plant by the vascular tissues or conducting tissues-xylem and phloem.

Saprophyte

:It is a plant which grows and obtains food from dead organic matter. like bacteria or fungus, wDJ,cJ:llacks.chlorophyll and therefore cannot manufacture its own food.

TransgenicCrop It is a crop which contains a gene or enes that have been artificially inserted. Gene Gun ~ethod (also known as microprojectile bombardment ot biolistics) and the Agrobacterium method are two waysof artificially inserting gene(s).

Shrub It is a term used to describe any plant with

Sorus It is a reproductive structure found ~ ferns

It is the young gametophyte of bryophyte which develops from the germinating spore.

1 I'.

Seedling It is a stage in the life of a plant whicl).!'egins with germination and ends with the emergence.of the first true leaves is called seedling. A protective leaf. like part of a flower (refer to 'flower'). .;

Prothallus It is the gametophyte of fern which has sex Protonema

I

General Biology (Botany and Zoology)

sporangia

which

are found

on the

Spine It is a leaf modified into thin pointed thorn-like structures.

,.

Spindle This is a structure seen in the cell at the time of cell division.

'

Telophase It is the final stage of cell division in which thenucleus starts returning to the interphase stage . A nuclear, membrane forms around each pair of daughter chromosomes, thus creating two complete daughter cells.

Tropism It is the movement of a plant in response to a particularexternal stimulus such as gra.vity or light. Itis a change ill position of some part of plant in relationto rest to body, which has remained fixed.

B.85

Zymology The science of fermentation. It :is a-metabolic process in which carbohydl-ate was converted into alcohols and carbon dioxide. .~., "C;
,."

,

Zoological Te!ms

I

Adipose It is animal cellular fat. They help in s}rnthe..:" sizing, storing and metabolizing fat. ':.. ,.~ "' ."\ Adipose Tissue It is a type of connective' tissue in the' body that contains stored cellular fat. Agnatha Amoeba

These are aquatic vertebrates lacking jaw~. ;

It is the simplest known unicellular animal; the largest species of which is just 1 mm in length cmd. hardly visible to the naked eye. '; ., 0' ~

Tuber It is the swollen underground 'stem or roof whichserves as a storage organ, for example, potato (stemtuber), dahlia (root tuber).

Amphipoda These are group of crustacea, including sandhoppers and fresh water shrimps. .' ;J;

VascularTissue' It is a term used to describe xylem and

Antennae

J

Spore It is the microscopic reproductive body of

phloem.

These are paired sensory organs which stick out frorn the heads of insects. \

plants which is the chief means of reproduction among ferns, mosses, fungi and other lower plants.

Vegetative Propagation

Anthropoids

Sporophyte It is the spore-bearing generation' in the life cycle of plants in which each cell has a nucleus with 2 sets of chromosomes and which can produce reproductive spores with only one set of chromosomes by reduction division (meiosis). Stamen It is the male reproductive part of a flower which produces male sex comprising stalk plus head with pollen sacs that burst to release pollen grains, Stigma

It is the r~ceptive surface area of the carpel or female reproductive organ of a flower. It is the sticky surface in flower on which pollen grains are stimulated to start their own growth.

Stipe It is the stalk of mushroom. Stroma It is the colourless dense material occurring around the grana in a chloroplast.

Tendril It is the modified thread-like stem or leaf designed to cling to a support. ., Tepals It is a collective term applied to petals and sepals.

.

Anura It is a group of amphibia, for example, frogs and toads. '., . • ..,.

Velum It is a covering of hyphae on the young, fruitingbody of mushroom.

Acoe/omate These are animals without coelom and body cavity. : ~

Vemation It is the arrangement and folding of leaves

Apes It is a family of primates that includes the spe-

inabud.

'

Wruses They. are nucleoproteins and non-cellular innature, but a particular virus has either DNA or RNA, never both. Thus they possess the characteristicsof both the living and non-living, they are at the lhresholdof life. Xonthophylls

They are the typical yellow pigments of l~aves.Xanthophylls do not require light for syntheSIS andprotest plants from UV damage.

Xerophyte This is a plant adapted to survive long periodswithout moisture, for example, cati (see 'Plan.! Oassification').

Thallus It is a plant body not differentiated into rool,

Xrlem It is a' complex tissue which conducts water

stem and leaves, for example, in some algae, bryophyta and fungi.

andmineral salts upwards in plants.

Transpiration It is defin~d as evaporation of water frolll the stem and leaves of a plant.

1"

These are highly evolved suborder 9f primates, for example, monkey, ape and man. Th~y have grasping hands and feet and nails on fingers and toes.,

It is any type of reproduction whichdoes not involve the formation of spores or seeds,e.g., reproduction in bacteria, algae, fungi, etc. Thistype of propagation can happen throughout the yearand it produces clonal population.

cies closest to man, for example, gorillas.

Arachnids They form a large class of arthropod ,which include spider, scorpions, mites, etc. .• Areolar Tissue It is a type of connective tissue in which cells distributed in the matrix, they contain white'and yellow fibres. i' Bone It is a connective ti,ssue of special mat!ix which consists of ~lastin, impregnated b.y"calc!um, phosphate, calcium carbonate, magI1esium phosphate and calcium fluoride. They provide skeletal support to the body and protect delicate organs: ~.. r f'

'oJ

Bovidae It comprises a famiiy of cloven>hoofed mam: mals with horns, for example, cattle~sheep and goats.

:'ygote It is a :cell formed by fusion of a male and a

Brachiopods These are a group. of large, mostly extinct marine invertebrates with twin'shells.";' ,':

emalegamete or fertilized egg, that is a fertilized egg ovum,

Capil/ary They are extremely fine bl06d~essels, walls

Or

,

,

of which are made up of single cells.

,

l",11 II., ,

!

'

General Biology (Botany and Zoology)

Chapter 3

B.86 il:

Caterpillar This is insect larva with a slender body, six legs in the front end and a number of soft prolegs, for example, caterpillar of butterfly and moth.

'I'

Cell Sap It is a fluid present in the cell. Chitin It is a non-protein substance which forms an outer exoskeleton of arthropods. Iii I

Cold-blooded Animals Animals that are unable to regu-

I

II

!

I L1\ ',. i~: I

Chordata It is a phylum of animals having a noto-

harsh conditions for conserving energy. Animals who go for hibernation include bears, bats, rodeI),ts,etc.

that is lined on all sides by mesoderm, in which gut is suspended.

Coleoptera These are a large order of insects with

"

horny forewings covering part or all of abdomen.

~ iJ:,

Gill It is an organ of respiration found in fishes, and other aquatic organisms (refer to 'respiration'). crustaceans.

Coelom It is the body cavity of coelomate animals

L'

tion and birth. During this time, the baby grows and develops inside the mother's womb. Am~ng terri_ torial animals, an elephant has the longest gestation period.

late their body temperature, which therefore, adopt the temperature of their surroundings are called cold-blooded animals. Most of the animals, other than birds and mammals, are cold blooded. chord, tubular nerve cord, pharangeal gills and a tail at some stage of their life history.

Green

Glands These

are

excretory

organs

in which algae as a slave for the fungus master. One example of this relationship is seen in lichens.

(b)

Larva This is a stage in the life history of animals

(c)

which are capable of an independent life.

Chondrichthyes A class of fish with cartilaginous skele-

made of vacuolated cells, present in the mid-dorsal body axis of chordates; and is present during some stage of their life history.

:

\1

~r1

,

\

I!

I

r

j

Ii

i

ton. Skeletons made of cartilage rather than bone.

Crustaceans It is a large and varied class of Arthropods which include crabs, lobsters, prawns, crayfish, etc They have hard external skeleton and are mostly aquatic.

Nervecord It is a hollow, tubular cord composed of neurons and usually with ganglia; it forms an important part of the nervous system and connects the brain to the major muscles.

Diapause It is the period of suspended develop-

Placenta It is the tube with which the foetus remains

ment occurring in certain organisms, often at certain seasons.

attached to the uterus, the foetus gets nourishment from the mother through this.

Diploblastic These are animals in which the body has

Pseudopodi

two layers-ectoderm

and endoderm.

Diploid Diploids have two complete sets of chromo-

:l ,J

These are temporary outgrowths of protoplasm from the body of the cell. Locom9tory organs of an amoeba.

somes in cell nucleus, one from each parent.

Thorax It is the part of the body between head or

Ectoderm It is the outer' germ layer of the metazoans

neck and abdomen.

which develops into the epiderm and its derivatives.

Trachea These are breathing tubes of vertebrates and some invertebrates.

Endoderm It is the innermost germ layer of the metazoans, or layer of tissue in embryo.

Flame Cells These are excretory cells of helminths which have a tuft of flickering flagella inside the hollow cavity of the cell. T

(d)

Mesoderm

Notochord It is a solid cylindrical rod~like structure

Triploblastic They are animals having three primary germ layers. Viscera This is a collective term used for internal organs situated in the body cavity.

~'~

9.

Halophytes Sciophytes Heliophytes Autotrophs

Robert Brown Albert Schweitzer Richard Jones Robert Hooke

3. Which of the following ent in animal cells? (a)

other animals without causing harm.

t

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Helotism It is a relationship between algae and fungus

~,.

.;)TOpi(':~.iiseAs~;ssmellt

2. Who is the first to discover the nucleus of the cell?

J.

Commensal It is an organism living in association with

,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Hibernation It is a survival strategy used by animalsin

It is the middle layer of the three primary germ layers of metazoans.

------

1. sun-Iov~ng plants are

of

I'

(i

-

Ganglion It is a mass of nerve cell bodies. Gestation 'It is the period of time between' concep_

4.

is pres-

Mitochondria, cell membrane, cell wall, cytoplasm Chloroplasts, cytoplasm, vacuole; nucleus Nucleus, cell membrane, mitochondria, cytoplasm Vacuole, cell membrane, nucleus, mitochondria is ~ound only in plant cells.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

The site of cellular respiration in animal cellis

(c) (d)

Endoplasmic reticulum Lysoson;e

8. What is the reason for the colour of flOwers, fruits and leaves? (a) (b)

Non-ph~~osynthetic chromoplasts Photosynthetic

chromoplasts (c) Leucoplasts (
Division of nucleus It is essential for cell multiplication and growth. Somatic cell division All the above

(c) (d)

(a) (b)

Reduce the number of chromosomes in the cell. Reductional division Causes hereditary species. All the above

variation in a

between

plant and animal cells? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Plant cell is not enclosed by cell wall while animal cell is. Plant cell is enclosed by cell wall while animal cell is not. Both cells are enclosed by cell wall: Both have large sap-filled vacuole.

of

(b)

Species -> Genus -> Family -> Phylum ->Order~> Class ,->; Kingdom." i)

(c)

Genus -> Species -> Order-> Family -> Class -> Phylum -> Kingdom. Species -> Family -> Genus -> Order -> Class -> ~hylum -?

(d)

Kingdom.

"

19. Z6ological name what is 'Musca' and (a) (b)

Cell prepare itself for division. Chromatin material gets organised into chromosomes. Division of cytoplasm Division of nucleus

order

Species -> Genus -> Family -> Order -> Class -> Phylum -> Kingdom.' . ,

(c) (a) (b)

correct

(a)

12. What is meiosis?

14. What is the basic difference of cell

Leucop/asts Plastids Mitochondria Golgi bodies

Ribosome Mitochondria

(a) (b)

(rl'}

R. H. Whittaker Charles Thomas Carl Von Linne Michael Mitchell

18. What "is, the classification? .

mitosis?

.~.

17. Who developed the scheme of scientificclassification? ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

Ribosomes Centrosome Chloroplast Reticulum

11. Whatis

(c) (d)

plate during cell division?

(a) (b)

Mitochondria Leucoplasts Nucleoplasm Tonoplast

10. Centroids are present in

(d)

"

7.

DNA, RNA

I I ,"

"'..

13. What is interphase?

Mitochondria Plastids Leucoplasts Ribosomes

6. What help in the formation (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(c)

Cell wall Nucleus Cell membrane Ribosomes

5. Which of the following help in synthesisof prot~ins from amino acids? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Chromatin which contains and proteins is present in

(a) (b) (c) (d) group

B.87

(d)

~usca ,do~estica, 'domestica' called?

'"

Musca - generic name; domestica - specific name Musca - specific name; domestica - generic mime' Musca - genus name; . domestica - family name Musca - family name; • domestica - genus name

20. What is the family of frog? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Anura Vertebrae Candidae Ranidae

21. Which animal tissue synthesises, stores and metabolizes fat?

-

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Epithelial tissue Adipose tissue Connective tissue Muscle tissue

(a) (b) (c)

Chordata Mammalia Candidae Amphibia

,r.., ./ I,

I

I'

"

15. Most modern

schemes of classification of living beings are based on the work of

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Carl Von Linne Carl Max Charles Thomas R. H. Whittaker

(d).

sified under.'"

mon characters are placed in Order Species

(b) (d)

't- ..

\

23. Earlier, unicellular

16. Different species having certain com(a) (c)

"

,,",,

Genus Family

organisms •

>

:.)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Monera kingdom Protista kingdom Animal kingdom Plant kingdom

""

.,

',.

~

are clas(.,

--,....---

--t'i'

bn

Chapter 3

B.88

1\

General Biology (Botany ana Zoology)

24. Who classified all living into five main kingdoms? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Carl Von Linne Michael Mitchell R. H. Whittaker Franklin street

25. Which of the following monera kingdom? (a) l'

33.' What are parasitic plants?

organisms

(b) (c) (d)

comes under

of the following is not example of fungi kingdom?

1 I'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is red?

xanthophyll pigment equisetum vascular tissue phycoerythrin colour of phaeophyta

lack chlorophyll

Respiratory roots Aerial[oots Parasitic roots Stqrage roots

.1

Xanthophyll pigment Equisetum Chlorophyll Vascular tissue

(d)

f':

is the

Single-celled organisms Sac-like multicellular organisms Multicellular organisms Free living organisms

is a modification

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Tendrils Epi phytic roots Cladophyll None of the above

among the following has four-chambered heart?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

belong

to

__

Stem

Example

A. Tuber

1. Onions

B. Corm

2. Saffron

C. Bulb

3. Potato

D. Rhizomes

4. Ginger

major

classes of

Hydrophytes and xerophyte Dicotyledon Monocotyiedons Both (b) and (c)

B

C

D

(a)

3

2

1

4

(b)

4

3

2

1

(c)

2

1

3

4

(d)

4

3

1

2

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Tortoise Crocodile Cobra House lizard

57. What is the' constructive metabolism?

III.

Spiny skinned animals Shell-bearing organisms Exoskeleton organisms Organisms having a porus and cylindrical body

IV. (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d) protochordates?

(a) (b) (c)

Animals lack backbones Animals have tube feet Organisms with cylindrical boC,

(d)

Both (a) and (c)

Mollusca Annelida Anthropoda Pisces

(a) (b) (c) (d)

II and IV I and (, II and III I, III and IV

(d)

Respiration _

4oli" ,

58. Which of. the" following bio-catalyst in catabolism? Enzymes

(d)

Carbohydrates

l.

act

as a

".

(ot:Q

)/f .~);

h

'
/

Amino acids Proteins

•

",.J .•.;;

Both (a) and (b)

(b) (c)

'V'~

"

(d)

(a)

'plants is;

i... ,:~O;-:'",! ..

Excretion

fro',

,"'. I

66. What does the pollen'tube

contain?

(a)

Male reproductive

cell

(b) (c)

Egg~bearing organism Ovules ..q 1','

(d)

Pollen grains

J .

' th

; ",,1 . ,,-, -

I,

67. What is the process thatspernis'shed

(a) (b)

Elimination Elimination

of water products of acids

(c)

Elimination

of enzymes

(d)

Elimination enzymes

of u~wanted

Internal oxygen Internal enzymes External oxygen External enzymes

(c) (d)

respiration

using

respiration

using

respiration

using

respiration

using

in .\

directly into t~~ f~lJlale~s,~O.'!y!, (a) (b) (c) (d)

CO,m~le~ fertiliz,~.t!?1) ",' ,E~te~n~1fertiliza~~<ml ,. Internal ferti!iz~ti.?n.h" Direct fertilization

(Ii)

(" (;;

is the process of co'oling the leaves in hot daysi V' '. " ,: i"

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Chlorophyll Energy Glucose . ATP

sunlight conVertswater and carbon dioxide into Carbohydrates'

I

~:''>

\

.F

,,'J

.I '.

J'

leaf shape

Resemble

A.lance-Iike,

1. Like sharp points

B. Palmate

2. Like football

Ie.

.

(a)

To survive

C. Toothed

3. Like palm 'of a harid

(b)

To get rid of carbon dioxide

D. Oval

4. Like spread head

(c)

To release the energy present in their body, Both (b) and (c)

-

system was devel-

(a)

Insects

(b) (c)

Siow-moving,animais Fish

(d)

None of the above

frogs? (a)

Internal

(b)

External

(c)

Both (a) and (b)

(d)

.:

(a)

oped by

ADP gets con-

' ",

',.(

61. Why animals need oxygen?

.

larva form Adult stage Fertilization Respiration

Respiration Anabolism Transpiration Catabolism

69. Match the following:

62. Tracheal breathing

56. During photosynthesis,

•••

':~'~",-

(c)

B

C

3

2

4 :

(b)

4

3

3

2

(d)

1

type

,1"

External Internal

is found .

of' fertilization

(b) (c)

Adenosinetriphosphate Oxygen

(c)

Zygotic

(d)

Hydrogen

(d)

None of the above

4

'3' , 2'

4

'!'.(

.jL ;")

70. What is a small bud f6u~d wh~re the leaf connects to the stem.? in

(a) (b)

Stipule

" ,"0.

Strobilus '-'(c) " PrimarY (d) 'Pistil ,>I'\V

b1d '•. ,

71. What is whorled? in

birds? (a) (b)

1

I.

None of the above is the

~

1"",~ 1 . 2'

• .fl~,'"

64. What

~

[),,,,}

A

(c)

(a)

(a)

in flowering 't.;

internal

(d)

are examp~~:'

"i:

,

external' complex

(a)

The cells of blue green algae are prokaryotic The storage food product of blue green algae is laminarin The membrane bound plastids are absent in the cells of blue green algae Flagella are absent in blue green algae

55. During photo~ynthesis, verted into

;~.

(c)

60. What is aerobic respiration?

54. What is the second stage of amphibia?

Minerals Water Ught Temperature

I

(a)

68. What

Macropus Bufo Testudo Naja

53. Which of the following statements about blue green algae is/are true? I.

,,~~f

(b)

63. Which type of fertilization

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~

59. What is the process of excretion?

is example

'6S/Fertilization

Catabolism Anabolism

of mammalia?

II.

48. Labeo and Hippocampus

of

(a) (b)

(b)

Crustaceans Insects Arachnids Porifera

47. What are primitive

phase

bird hardly flies?

Passer Pavo Columba Kiwi

52. Which one of the following (a) (b) (c) (d)

Platyhelminthes Nemathelminthes Coelenterata Annelida

46. An essential feature of seed germina-

39. Match the following:

are the two

u.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

X~nthophyll

51. Which is the following

Hydra Ascon Liver fluke Filaria

tion is the presence of

Anthrophyta Coniferophyta Phaeophyta Chlorophyta

",

of stem into

Phycocyanin Carotenoids Chlorophyll

is the example

44. Which of the following is not the c1as. sification of Anthropoda? (a) (b) (c) (d)

.

50. Which reptile

are both parasitic and free living organisms with flat body. (a) (b) (c) (d)

large, flat green and fleshy structure that bears leaves into spines.

Rodophyta Chlorophyta Cycadophyta Phaeophyta

_

43.

Vanda roots Cuscuta Rhizophora Sweet potato

38.

angiosRerms? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b)

UV damage is (a) (b) (c)

42. Which of the following of coelenterata?

(c) (d)

ParasitiC roots Storageroots Respiratory roots Assimilatory roots

A 32. What

(a) (b) (c) (d)

49. The p'igment that protects plants from

45. Starfish and sea jelly are'the examplesd

31. Cedrus plant kingdom. (a) (b) (c) (d)

(d)

37. Which one of the following example of respiratory roots?

is

30. Plants with large and woody stem, large leaves belong to which kingdom? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c)

moisture Grow on other plants

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Metazoa Protozoa Anthropoda Mollusca

41. What is metazoa?

Grow in deserts Cannot survive without

(a) (b) (c) (d)

29. The brownish due to

(a) (b) (c) (d)

36. Trapa rootS are the example of

28. Why the colour of rhodophyta

40. Which of the following organism Per. forms all functions in itself?

All the above

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Fungi Plant Animal Bacteria

Due to Due to Due" to Due to

lack chlorophyll Depend on other plants for nourishment

35. Which kind of roots develop from the stem and grow into the soil?

Blue green algae Sac fungi Bread moulds Slime moulds

27. What is mushroom?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c)

34. What are xerophytes?

the

26. Which

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Cannot make their own food

(d)

Organisms with prokaryotic cells Unicellular eukaryotes Multinucleate organisms Protozoa organisms

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

8.89

Jf

\
;, .be, '/. ~ .• j~,~;~;i

".,

.::.- .

.)'

• " ,l .. • ,....

.

~'.

Arrangement of leaves in groups arounci'~a central ':, point. .{ . ' '

(b) \ Spiral~;"angement

of leaves.

(c)

Dissimilar arrangement leaves.

of

(d)

Arrangement of leaves in group around the stem. .

_

".------------------

II'¥;J',I

h'l

!j\1

Chapter 3

8.90

General Biology (Botany and Zoology)

III If

72. Having 3 or more veins, leaves, leaflets originating from a central point is

!

called

I

Pistle

(b) (c)

Rosette Strobilus

(d)

Palmate

(a)

Air pressure

(b)

Turgor pressure

(c) (d)

Moist pressure Rigid pressure

(a) (b)

A cluster of sporangia A cluster of sporophylls

(c)

Paired leaves

(d)

Paired buds

Having flattened and disc-like

(b) (c) (d)

seeds Having oval-shaped seeds Having cluster of leaves Having clusters of buds

(a) (b)

Rosette Synangium

(c) (d)

Strobilus Protostele

Vascular tissue Carpels Protostele Different leaflets

(d)

They They They their They

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (d)

Protostele Stipules

Siphonostele Synangium Toothed leaves Palmate leaves

78. A series of whorls of leaves produced at the base of the stem, just above the ground is called Platyspermic Rosette Pycnoxyllc Protostele

79. Wood in which there is no parenchyma tissue among the xylem is called

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,Ph,r!"gmoplast Megaspore 'Caiyopsis'

a

(a) Synangium (b) ~ Rosette" .

(c) (d)

Internal ligule External ligule

92.

86.

,I)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Ligule Carpel

(b) (d)

Palea Caryopsis

Caryopsis Culm Ligule None of the above

dry fruit

.'

(a) (c)

88. Which of the following non-flowering shoot? (b) (d)

Extravaginal Pycnoxylic

(b) (d)

Caryopsis Spore

94. The special cells of epidermis do not contain for? Defence Gas exchange Secretion Respiration'

Segments with no bones Segments with muscles

99. Which of the following to have segments? (a) (b) (c) (d) 100.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

can be found

(c) (d)

Tentacles Vascular tube Pore Gut

Connects the brain to the" major muscles Connects the brain to organs of the body Both (a) and (b) None of the above

102. Most terrestrial

(b)

(d)

Tissue between the outer ectoderm and the inner endoderm of cnidarians.

(c)

Jelly-like between the outer ectoderm and the inner endoderm of cnidarians.

(d)

Mucus between the outer ectoderm and the inner endoderm of cnidarians.

(a) (b)

105. Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding vegetative propagation of plants? Vegetative propagation produces clonal population II. Vegetative propagation helps in eliminating the virus III. Vegetative propagation can be practised most of the year Select the correct answer using the code given below (a) (b) (c) (d)

vertebrates pharyngeal slits only in the stage.

(b)

107. What is oesophagus?

(c)

I.

Archenteron Tentacles Pharyngeal slits Sporophylls

Larva Adult

(a) (b)

Centipedes Insects Annelids All the above

101.What is used to strain water and filter out food particles in primitive chordates. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Sponges Jellyfish Starfish Both (b) and (c)

104. What is the function of nerve cord?

is the opening into or through a tissue or body structure.

(a) (c)

95. The appendage

have _

Embryonic Growing

(d)

108.

Connects the pharynx to the stomach Connect the intestine in the stomach Connect the pharynx and intestine Connect the blood vessels in the stomach

is the head shield bearing the eyes, antennae, and mouth. (a) (c)

Cephalon Hard bone

(b) (d)

Soft bone Vertex

I only II and III only I and III only I, II and III

106. What is mesogloea? (a)

Space material between the outer ectoderm and the inner endoderm of cnidarians.

and gnathobase can

be found in Trilobites Crustaceans Marine cheliceramorphs

96. What is the Cavity formed by the endoderm during gastrulation? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Respiratory cavity . Pore Archenteron Mucus cavity

ished and alive. If

is a leafy Clum Ligule

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Answers Topic.wise Assessment

All the above

97. Large multicellular ani~als must re~ on __ to keep their cells noU

I and II only II only I, II Clnd III None of the above

Tiller Palea

is branching in .which the young shoot breaks through the base of the leaf sheath. . I

(c) (d)

I. Bats II. Bears III. Rodents The phe'nomenon of hibernation can be observed in which of the above

(a) (c)

93.

(a) (b)

Seeds Shrubs Palea Megaspore

87. Consider the following:

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I'

usually germinates into a female (egg-producing) gametophyte. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Appendages with no rigid skeleton (b) " Appendages with no Soft skeleton

-

is a specialized characteristic of grasses.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Nuclear membrane Chromosomes Lysosomes Cell membrane

kinds of animals? Pycnoxylic

80. When plant's vascular tissue develops in a solid central bundle, it is said to have

t,

Seed plants: pollinated by insects. Flowering plants: pollinated by insects. Seed plants: pollinated by flies. Tissue plants: pollinated by insects:

in the

have

(b) (c) (d)

do not require any oxygen take oxygen from water only produce oxygen in body get oxygen.from water

85. Genes, the hereditary units, are located

77. When a plant's vascular tissue develops as a central cylinder, it is said to

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Internal carpel External carpel

103. Osculum is found in

(a)

Carpel Ligule

84. What is an entomophily?

ing plants? Palmate Rosette

(a) (b)

(a) (c)

survive in

plants

76. What is a Paired appendages found at the base of the leaves of many flower(a) (c)

(b) (d)

98. What are tentacles?

91. What is the upper and inner scale of the grass floret? ~

83. How do marine animals water without air contact? (a) (b) (c)

Sherb Leaf blade

of a

90. Bamboos sometimes have an on the abaxial side of the junction.

82. What is pistil composed of?

75. A tightly clustered group of sporophylls arranged on a central stalk is

(a)

(a) (c)

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

74. What is a synangium?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

89. What is the distal expandedp~rt grass leaf?

Protostele Megaspore

81. What is platyspermic?

(a)

73. What is the force that gives the plant rigidity, and may help to keep it erect? I

(c) (d)

8.91

Nutrients Vascular system Food glands ' Corp

1. (c) 11. (d) 21. (b) 31. (b) 41. (c) 51. (d) 61. (d) 71. (a) 81, (a) 91. (b) 101. (c)

2. (a) 12. (d) 22. (b) 32. (d) 42. (a) 52. (a) 62. (a) 72',(d) 82. (b) 92. (a) 102. (b)

3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (a) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (a) 33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (b) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (a) 53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (d) 63. (b) 64. (b) 65. (c) 73. (b) 74. (a) 75. (c) 83. (b) 84. (a) 85. (b) 93. (a) 94. (d) 95. (d) 103. (a) 104. (a) 105. (c)

6. (9) 1~. (b) 26. (a) 36. (d) 46. (b) 56. (a) 66. (a) 76. (d) 86. (d) 96. (c) 106. (c)

7. (b) 8. (a) 17. (c) 18. (a) 27. (a) 28. (d) 37. (c) 38. ,(c) 47. (a) 48. (d) 57. (b) 58. (a) 67. (c) 68. (c) 77. (a) 78. (b) 87. (c) 88. (a) 97. (b) 98. (a) 107. (a) 108. (a)

9. (c) 10. (b) 19. (a) 20. (d) 29. (a) 30: (c) 39. (a) . 40. (b) 49. (d) 50. (b) ,60.,(a) 59. (a) 69. (b) '70. (a)' 79. (a) 80. (b) 89. (c) 90. (d) 99.. (d) 100. (c)

III'P. I' !

bn

,

., .,

' ..,,"

..

"oJ,.

.,'

•...

N

._,

'"

I

, 'I

ill

'

/

"

'~ Human Body

~

iii

#'f'

bY

.,

I-:Q.

"

«

";]

~

:c

c:..;~)'

(.) ,

< \_
(;

,

[JJJMmm~lTil[B)(Q)~Y

I

-"""\

,f' "

"I J~

Highlighted Topics • A.natomy and .Physiology

" • Diseases of the Human Body ''1¥,,1''

)

• Human Diet

, • Medical Science

Inlifetime, the bone marrow creates about half a tonne ofRBC.Life of the RBC is about 1OD-12q days. Function: Haemoglobin in the RBC picks up oxygen in the lung tissues by forming a chemical'compound with it. The oxygen is carried to the tissues where it is used in chemical reactions with the products of digestion in order to produce energy. It then combineswith carbon dioxide which is produced in these reactions and returns to the lungs via the heart where thecycle starts again.

WhiteBlood Corpuscles (WBCs) The WBCs are the 'soldiers' of the body's defence system. They are round, semi-transparent cells containing a nucleus and, visibleonly under a microscope. They are a little larger thanRBCs. WBCs are far less numerous than RBCs and. in normal conditions the proportion of WBCs to RBGs is 1:400-500. WBCs are little larger in size than RBC. Presence of ,., both RBC and WBC's makes blood viscous. .

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Anatomy is that branch of science which deals with bodily structure of humans, animals, and other living organisms, especially as revealed by dissection and the separation of parts. Physiology is the study of nomal function within living creatures like digestion, exchanges of genes, blood circulation, locomotion and movement.

Blood Blood contained in blood vessels is a connective tissue in the form of a red viscous fluid.

Definition of Blood Blood is the red circulatory fluid that circulates in the arteries and veins of humans and other vertebrate animals, carrying oxygen to and carbon dioxide from the tissues of the body.

Metabolism

It is a term that is used to describe all chemical reactions involved in the living state of the cells and the organism.

Functions of Blood (i) It carries oxygen and essential nourishment through arteries to every living'tissue in the body. ji :11

,;~

(ii) Carbon dioxide and waste prodl;lcts gen. erated in the body by metabolism, such as urea, are removed by the blood through veins. (iii) It controls body temperature. (iv) It defends against infections.

Quantity 'On an average, a healthy man has about 5 litres of blood in the body, while a woman has about 500 rnlless than man. Total volume of blood is said to be 60-80 ml/kg of body weight.

'. :

:-':.

~ ... :.... : ..

.

(a) Red blood corpuscles

Blood Corpuscles

Functions: Broadly, the WBCs act as a defence system in the body. There are several varieties of WBC performingspecific functions such as: The Composition'

There are two main constituents of blood, such as solid or cellular part called blood cells (35%) and fluid or humoral part called plasma (65%). The blood cells called corpuscles are of three types:

In an average body weight.

erythrocytes, are disc-shaped cells concave in the middle and visible under a microscope. They have no nucleus and contain a pigment called haemogl~ bin which gives blood its red colour. Haemogloblf is composed of an iron-containing pigment called haema and a protein called globin. Most of the ironIf " ! human body is in blood. In a normal man the amoUl1 3 of haemoglobin is 14-15.6 g/100 cm of blood, 3 whereas in a woman it is about 11-14 g/100 cm , RBCs are produced in the spleen and the bO~ marrow at the rate of 1.2 million corpuscles per secon.

(b) White blood corpuscles

. Figure 8.4.1

Constituents

Red Blood Corpuscles' (RBCs) The RBCs, which are called

ce

..

"'

::":'~..

of Blood

human being, blood •

accounts ~. .j":"

'it

>

B!ood consists of the following:

for

7-8%

of

-

vVBCs (leukocytes):

Normal

P':Jfelets (thrombocytes): 300,000 per mmJ.

=

Normal

450CF11,000

' Normal

count

=

• Basophils are a type of WBC w,hicp. secrete an anticoagulant called .heparin which' prevents clots within the blood vessels. "• Eosinophils' and monocytes also .assist ,in th~ defence mechanism of the body by becoming active against specific antigens.

0;

Blood Plateletr(Thrombocytes} These are tiny, circul~i: oval colourless cells, a quarter of the size of WBe, . which clump together to release thromboplasm. This is a substance which sets 'off blood clotting, ~ mechanism that seals tears in blood vessels; Blood platelets live only for a few hours. . Plasma Plasma is the watery part of the blood making up to 50-60% ~f the total. It is a clear, yellowt fluid' which transports blood cells. Plasma contains 'about 90% water,: protein and inorganic salts. Organic sub~' stances such as glucose, amino-acids, fats, urea>hormones and enzymes, presenf in the' plasma either' suspended or dissolved. It also transports nutrients from the small intestine to the body tissue, and return the waste materials to the kidney, where they are fil~ tered out. The protein in plasma includes antibodies to assist in the body's defence system against disease and infection. ,, •

is'haemoglObin.

count

,a

"

I

~

Blood Grouping K. Landsteine~, in 1902, classified h~an

P.osma: Water (90%), proteins (7%), nutrients, salts, nitrogen waste, carbon dioxide,hormones.' ~ _,

Per mm3 ',.,

the total. They attack the 'invading bacteria and engulf theJ;Il. , .. _."_ • Lympl1o,cytes are., secon'd' to neutr~phils and con~titUte ,about 25% of total WBc;,s. They produce 'llltibodies. Antibody is substance producedin the blood in response to' art antigen. An antigen is a foreign substance such as bacteria, viruses, toxins, etc. Antibodies protect the body against antigen and thus provide immunity against infection.

c,.

..

RBCs(erythrocytes): 54% of which COunt== 4-6 million per mm3.

B.93

1,50,00CF

• Neutrophils are by far' the most numerous of the white cells, making up to 65-70% of

,ij

blood into four groups A, B,AB and O. The cells of these groups contain the corresponding antigens-A, B, AB, except 0 cells which contain neither antigen A nor antigen B.For this reason the 0 group can be givl~~to any of the other groups and therefore! 'a person' possessing the o group is knoWn'as'a iuU-Jersal'donor::rn-the plasma,: there are agglutinins whiCh<will cause"agglutination of any cell carrying the correspondllg antigen, for example group A plasma contains,anti-Bagglutinins, group B plasma contains anti-A agglutinins, group 0 plasma contains both anti-A and anti-B,agglutinins. Group AB, therefore, is,called universal recipient and can receive A, B,AB and 0 blood groups. ,, J. ' .'

:1

!I

B.94

Human Body

Chapter 4 Blood

i

J , ~; I

~

J

J

~

Plasma • Liquid component of blood.

RBC (erythrocytes) • Make up about 40% of blood volume

WBC (leukocytes) • Lesser than RBC, • Neutrophils

Platelets (Thrombocytes) • Tiny colourlesscell

• It is a mixture of water: sugar, fat, protein, and salts

• Contain haemoglobin, a protein gives blood red colour

• Lymphocytes • Monocytes • E'oSlnoph'lIS

• Sets off blood clot. ting, seals tears in blood vessels

, I

Blood Composition

Figure 8.4.2 Table 8.4.1

Blood Grouping.

I,

Blood group

Can donate blood to

Can receive. blood from

A

A, AB

A and 0

I

B

'I

I

AB*

II

10**

I

" ,

~

I

•

Only AB AB, A, Band 0 AB, A, B and-6~~-O~lyo~~""1

* Universalreceiver/recipient. * * Universaldonor.

l

Blood Clotting

"

~.

I 1 1

~

Blood clotting is a body's defence system to combat bleeding. Plasma contains fibrinogen~a soluble protein of. the blood which produces the insoluble protein called fibrin essential for blood coagulation which is formed in the liver.

Process of Clotting Blood platelets break down in the vicinity of an injury and release an enzyme that causes formation of fibrin from fibrinogen; Fibrin forms a tangled mass of fibres which shrink and form a hard clot to plug the opening of the blood vessel to stop bleeding. After clotting occurs, a straw-coloured fluid called serum is left. This portion of blood retains its liquid form indefinitely.

Rh Foctor

'}

A blood antigen was discovered in 1940by Landsteiner and A. S. Wiener. It is another blood grouping which has i,mportant bearing on blood transfusion along with the A, AB and 0 blood grouping. The Rh factor is an agglutinogen found in RBC and is called Rh+.

Blood Transfusion The injection ot blood from one person (the donor) into the circulatory system of another is called blood transfusion. It is used to make up a loss in'volume of blood or to improve its composition. A rapid loss of 3-3.5 litres of blood can be fatal

but in an adult there are'only 26 separate ,vertebrae as several bones become welded, (fuseq.) together. eThe 26 vertebrae are subdivided in five regions:" .' ., ,

'

• Basophils

I

II 'I

I

i

~~ .

B.95

unless it is properly transfusion is done 'groups and the Rh developed by James

replaced by transfusion. Blood after proper matching of blood factor. The technique was first Blundell (London) in 1825.

Blood Pressure It is the force exerted by the blood beating against artery walls. As blood is ejected from the left ventricle into the aorta, there is an increase in blood pressure, Le., the pressure of the blood upon the walls of the blood vessels. As the ventricle begins to relax, the pressure falls. The highest point in the "pressure range is called systolic pressure (upper reading) and lowest point in the pressure is called diastolic pressure (lower reading). Blood pressure is measured in a large artery of the arm called the brachial artery by sphygmomanometer. The diastolic pressure is always lower than the systolic pressure. The average systolic pressure ofa healthy young man of 20 years of age is about 120mm Hg and the diastolic pressure about 80 mm Hg, that is, 120/80 mm Hg is the normal blood pressure. Any systolic pressure over 140 or diastolic pressure over 100 is considered abnormal. High blood pressure may be caused by excitement and low blood pressure may result from malnutrition, etc. High blood pressure is called hypertension and low blood pressure hypotension. Blood pressure depends on many other factors including the strength of the heartbeat, volume and thickness of blood, elasticity of the arteries and resistance to blood flow offered by capillaries.

Skeletal System (Bones) Human skeletal system consists of bones (206 bOru: in adults), alongwith tendons, ligaments and carblage connects them.

Functions (i) They are connective tissues in the body. (ii) They stiffen the body.

•••

Quick Pacts

,. There are 206 bones in the skeletal system of an adult. Bones of hand~ and feet alone constitute 50% of the total bones in the human,body. Bones account for about 1/5th of the body's totalweight. ,. A newborn baby has 300 bones, out of which 94 bones fuse together as it grows. ,. The largest bone of human body is the femur in the thigh which constitutes about 27.5% of a person's stature, The average length ofthis.bone is about 50 ern.

(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

Cervical vertebrae (neck bones)-'-7 .' . Dor.sal vertebrae (ribs supp6rt)~12 . 1". Lumbar vertebrae (backbones)~5 Sacrum (also called 'sacred bones') consists of five vertebrae (25th to 29th) fused together in adults, and

(v) Coccyx (four tail bones fused together in adults).

,. The shortest bone in the human body is stapes or stirrup bone in the middle ear. (There are three bones in the middle ear: the hammer, the anvil and the stirrup.)

2

/4i9¥M'pS-Ci"

4

M#M¥%W",oywA+'k'"'

<'0:

(iii) They provide work.

"<&,,, ..~

7

;"'~l'N.,F'd~w4r~

12 9 10

3 6 5

levers upon which muscles

(iv) They give shape to the body. (v)

'11

).

11

They protect internal organs,

(vi) The bone marrow produces blood cells (see details on 'Blood').

Important Bones Skull Bones (Cranium) There are eight bones forming the skull. One frontal (forehead), two parietals (side of thehead), one occipital, two temporals, one sphenoid andone ethmoid.

1. 3. 5. 7.

Frontal Bone Ethmoid Zygomatic Process Parietal Bone

2. Sphenoid 4. Nasa/Bone 6. Maxilla 8. Squamous Part of Temporal Bone

9. 11.

Occipit~1 Bone Mandible

Figure 8.4.3

10. Mastoid Process 12. Temporal Bone

Skull

FoODI Bones Facial bones comprise 14 individual bones,two lachrymals, two Os-Nazale or Zygomalicum(nasal bones), two cheek bones, one vomer, two spongebones, two palate bones, two superior maxillary(Maxilla)'and one mandible (lower jaw).

Upper Extremities There are 32 individual bones formingthe shoulder and the arms. Shoulder bones (i) Two scapula (triangular-shaped shoulderblades) and (ii) Two clavicles (collar bones).

Bonesof the Arm Each arm has 30 individual bones: (i)Onehumerus (the largest bone of the arm), (ii) one r~dius (outer. bone), (iii) one ulna (inner bone), (Iv) eight carpals, (v) five metacarpals (forming middlehand) and (vi) 14 phalanges (forming the fingers). Backbone(the Spine) It is also, called vertebrae which ~c1oses the spinal cord (see nervous system). In Idhood,the backbone consists of 33 separate bones,

(a)

Figure 8.4.4

(b)

Shoulder Bones (a) Scapula (b) Clavicle

The Spine An adult's spine consists of 26 bones called vertebrae. It is divided into 4 sections. i.. Chest Bones (The Thorax) The thorax, which is a protective casing for the lungs and heart, consists of one sternum (breast bone) and 24 ribs.

........••

.-+tlfr:

b

II

I

1

-=~------~-

:1

HumanBody

Chapter 4

B.96

i"

,

Ii

~

Hip Bone (The Pelvis) Each hip bone originally con-

Bones of the Leg Each leg consists of 30 bones, n~mely:

sists of three bones, the ilium, the ischium (seat bone) and the pubis. These bones become one in a mature adult and called the os coxae or the hip bone. There is a notable difference between male and female pelvis. The female pelvis is proportionately broader (for maternity reasons) and not as deep as that of male, which is designed for greater strength.

(i) Femur (the thigh bone: The longest bone of the human body)-one

I

(ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi)

Tibia (shin bone)-one Fibula (calf bone) Patela (knee cap) Tarsus (ankle bones)-seven Phalanges (toe bones)-fourteen

Constituents of Bones The bones in the human body

Types of Bones -

Cervical vertebrae

_

The top seven bones of the spine in the nect.

}

The bones of the body fall into four general categories: long bones, short bones, flat bones and irregu. lar bones. Long bones are longer than they are wide and work as levers. The bones of the upper and lower extremities (for example, humerus, tibia, femur, ulna, metacarpals, etc.) are of this type. Short bone~ are short, cube-shaped, and found iIi the wrists and ailkles. Flat bones have broad surfaces for protection of organs and attachment of muscles (for example, ribs, cranial bones, bones of shoulder girdle). Irregular bones are all others that do not fall into the previous categories. They have varied shapes, sizes, and surfaces, features and include the bones of the vertebrae and a few in the skull.

I

Lumbar /

vertebrae

Five more vertebrae are below the riQs.

}

'\} __ ;) I

V-

Bone Cells Sacral] The sacrum is made of 5 vertebrae and the coccyx of Coccyx

Figure 8.4.5

four.

The Spine

6

2

3

5

1. Sacrum • 2. 3. Acetabulum (Hip joint)

Iliac Crest

4. 6.

Ishialtuberosity

Ischium Ilium

5. 7.

Figure 8.4.6

.J

Pubis

Pelvis

There are five main types of bones cells in bone tis. sue. Osteogenic cells respond to traumas, such as fractures, by giving rise to bone-forming cells and bone-destroying cells. Osteoblasts (bone-forming cells) synthesize and secrete unmineralized ground substance and are found in areas of high metabolism within the bone. Osteocytes are mature bone cells made from osteoblasts that have made bone tis. sue around themselves. These cells maintain healthy bone tissue by secreting enzymes and controlling the bone mineral content; they also control, the calcium release from the bone tissue to the blood~ Osteoclasis are large cells that break down bone tissue. Theyare very important to bone growth, healing, and remod. elling. The last type of cells are bone-lining cells These are made from osteoblasts along the surfaceoj most bones in an adult. Bone-lining cells' are thought to regulate the movement of calcium and phosphat. into and out of the bone. -.

Bone Composition

spongy,or cancellous, bone. Most bones contain both types. Compact bC!neis d;e!'\se,hard, and forms the protective exterior portion of all bones: Spongy bone is inside the compact bone and is very porous (full of tiny holes). Spongy bone occurs in most bones. Thebone tissue is composed of several types of bone cells embedded in a web of inorganic salts (mostly calciumand phosphorous) to give the bone strength, andcollagenous fibres and ground substances to give thebone flexibility. consistof 80% solid matter and 20% water. The solid matter in the bone is derived mainly from cartilage. Impregnatio~ of salts includmg carbonate~ and phosphates of lime impart hardness to the bones. In old age,the proportion of lime decreases and therefore bonesbecome brittle and are prone to fracture easily.

Constituents of Bones

33.30%

Phosphateof lime

51.04%

Carbonateof lime

1.30%

Fluorideof calcium!

2.00%

Phosphateof magnesia

1.16%

Soda/Chloride of sodium

1.00%

HumanAnatomy Terms Thereare three types of joints classified by the amountof movement they allow: immovable, slightly movable,and freely movable. ' (i)Immovable'joints are synarthroses. In this type ofjoint, the bones are in very close contact and are separatedonly by a thin layer of fibrous connective tissue.An example of a synarthrosis is the suture in theskull between skull bones. (ii) Slightly movable JOintsare called amphiarthroses. This type of joint is characterizedby bones that are connected by hyalinecartilage (fibro cartilage). The ribs that connect 10. the sternum are an example of an amphiarthrosis ;:llnt.(iii) Freely Moving Joints: Most of the joints In~headult human body are freely movable joints. ThIstype of joint is called a diarthrosis joint. There aresix types of diarthroses joints. These are pivot, ~ge, saddle, plane, condyloid, and ball-and-socket 1I1ts.

c'

Bones are composed of tissue that may take one two forms. They are compact, or dense bone, an... A

.

Organicmatter

'~

.

_

Ball-and-Socket: The ball-shaped end of one tonefits into a cup shaped socket on the other bone

B.97

'I

allowing the widest rangeof motioninclti~ing rota:tion. Examples include t~e shoulder and hip. ; :, Condyloid: Oval. shaped •.condyle fits into ellip: tical cavity of anothenallowing. angular mo~ioI}-but not rotation. This occurs between the metaca~pals (bones in t~~_palm 9f the hand) and phalCl!lges,(fin; gers) and betWeen,the metatar~~ls. ..",

Muscular System Muscles are tissues attached to bones; are composed of fibres; are capable of contracting 'and rela~ii1g to effect body movement. _

Total Number o(Muscles' Thereaie about 630 important muscles in the human body which normally' account for 40% of the body weight. There are about 100joints and about 10,000 km of blood vess'elS in the human body. Water constitutes about 70% of human body tissues (45Iitres). '-. . ~ Largest Muscle The bulkiest muscle in the -body is Gluteus maximum or buttock muscles. Longest MusCle Sartorius -dailor's mus~le's) is the lon:~ gest musCle in the body. It has its origin ill'the upper part of the hip bone, crosses obliquely over the upper portion of the thigh, passes behind the femur and is attache~ to the tibia bone of the leg: Smallest Muscle The smallest muscle in the human body is t~e S,!apediu~ ~hich controls the stapes, an auditory ossicle in the middle ear. It is less than 1/20 of an inch and 0.127 cm long. The ear also contains one of the few tissues which has no blood supply.

Organs of Human Body Heart.

:' '~.

)1

The heart is situated on the left side beneath the left nipple, and is enclosed in a tough fibrous wrapping called the pericardium. Jts average weight is about 340 g in:l-';llenand 255 g in:women. The heart consists of two halves, the left half and th~ right half divided by a wall 'called septum. Each half, in turn, is divided into an upper chamber called auricle and a lower, chamber called ventricle. The upper half (auricle) receives blood from veins and lower half (ventricle) pumps bio~d into the arteries. .~

~

",,'

!

.

Heartbeats In a normal, healthy "adult, contraction and relaxation mechanism of the ventricles results in. a heartbeat of about 70-72/min in males and

"

"""-lil !

'11

B.98

Ill!11

!

Human Body

Chapter4

78-82/ min in females. Contraction of ventricles is called systole and relaxation is called diastole. The heart beats more than 2000 million times and pumps more than 500 million litres of blood during the lifespan of a person.

II

I

Fundions

Circulation of blood in the body is regulated by the heart. The right auricle receives blood from a large vein and the left auricle receives blood from the lungs. The functions of the heart are:

I I

(i) To supply pure blood to all parts of the body; (arteries) (ii) To collect impure blood from organs/tissues; (veins) (iii) To pump impure blood into, the lungs for purification; (iv) To collec;:tpure blood from the lungs.

Blood Circulation The credit of discovering the circulatory system goes to William Harvey (1578-1657). The heart and blood vessels are concerned with blood circulation in the human body. Blood vessels are of three major types----,arteries, capillaries and veins.

Veins Veins are thin-walled tubes whiCh colleetimpure blood from the tissues and carry the same to the heart for purification in' the 'lungs. Veins' have valves to prevent the backward flow of blood, which is carried at low pressure.

.,

1. Aorta 2. To left lung 3. Left pulmonary artery 4. Pulmonary vein 5. Left auricle 6. Mitral valve 7. Aortic valve 8. Left ventricle 9. Right ventricle 10. Anterior vena cava 11. To rightlung 12. From right lung 13. Right auricle 14. Pulmonary va'ive 15. Tricuspid valve 16. Posterior vena cava

Figure 8.4.7

I

Heart

The pulmonary artery (the only artery which carries impure blood) carries blood to the lungs from

'I,,

,J

t.

Quick-Facts

Thick-walled tubes which carry pure blood away from the ,heart to the tissues ata high pressure.

> Largest artery: The elastic ,


Lungs

aorta which begins at the heart; approximately 2,5 cm in diameter, is the largest artery in the human body.

:> Smallest artery: Arteries that are known as arterioles which are approximately 0.1 mmin diameter.

"'Human Temperature

Lungsare a pair of ?pongy organs consisting of elastic tissuessituated in the chest cavity, and separated from eachother by the heart and other contents of the mediastinum. The right lung is larger than the left lung. Theright lung weighs approximately 620 g while the leftlung weighs about 570 g and together they weigh between 1.18 and 1.19 kg, in a healthy adult. fundions The lungs are responsible for oxygenation (purification) of the blood. Their main function is to purify blood and supply oxygen to it. The entire blood supply (4-4.5 1) washes through the lungs aboutonce in a minute.

Norrpal human body temperature is a~out 3JOC (98HFI. Some people have a norm slightly higher or lower-especially young children. Norms change during the day-usl)Oily rising a little by mid-afternoon 'and falling a little during sleep.

B.99

Capillaries of head and forelimbs, ~

Pulmonary artery

Capillaries of right lung

@

@

PL!lmonary vein

Trachea J

Posterior vena cava

Aorta .ir:~ .

'HumanPulse

Rate

Capillaries of abdominal.organs and hind limbs

Normal resting pulse rates in healthy persons:

@ Beats/min Foetus in utero

150

Newborn (full term)

140

Figure 8.4.9

,..

.

20 .

'First year

(iii) The synthesis, conjugation and transformation of substances (for example, formation of proteins, dioxication of poisonous substances, production of carbohydrates from proteins, etc.)

!;:

Second yeor

110

5 years

100

90

10 years 20 years

'<.

•.11

50 years

72

70 years

75 78

>80 years'

the heart. The pulmonary vein (the only vein which carries pure blood) carries pure blood again to the heart from the lungs to be supplied to the entire body tissues. Both impure and pure blood' are forced into two ventricles by contraction of the sa!TIe.The pure blood. from the left ventricle goes into.t:he large a?rta and impure blood from the right venqicle goes mto the pulmonary artery. Thus the aorta takes bloodto various parts of the body. The pulmonary artery takes impure blood to the ltings. When ventricles relaxthe auricles are again filled with blood and the same process is repeated.

Circulation (Schematic Diagram)

Figure 8.4.8

lungs

Uver Strudure The liver, situated on the right side of the stomach, is the l~rgest gland in the humaI\ boqy (seeFigure B.4.1O).It is dark brown in colour and is dividedinto two lobes varying in weight from 1.359 to 1.812g. The gall bliidder is attached to the liver andstores bile produced by it. The gall bladder has thestorage capacity of 30-60 ml of bile. :

The bile produced by the liver is an important agent to digestion, especially fats. It contains water, bile salts and bil~ p~grnent,~'It ~40~sn~t contain digestive enzymes and as such does not take part directly in dige~tion. It coptains salts like. bicarbonate, glycocholate and taurocholate of sodium .. The. sodium bicarbonate neutralizes the acid and makes the churned food called chy~e'alkaline/whereas glyco:' cholate and taurocholate of.sodiiim.breakdown the fats of tissues into small globules~ . ,Ii ". • L

,

Functions The liver 'secretes bile, forms an,d st<;>resgly-. Cogenand plays an important part in metabolism of proteinand fats. ,The ~ver is re&ponsible for: ~~)The metabolism of the products of digestion (11) The storage and release of substances (princi-

pally glucose) so as to mamtain constant level in the blood

.,

Kidneys;

,

J 1

'":"~

'i

.,'"

r'

• t.;,

''11

1".

_ :.'~ I""

:~' f',

~

In'

.4:'1

l,J.~ I'.:

The two kidneys are sitUated'm'the upper posterior abdomii:lal cavity, one'on each sid~ of the
" II' 11

1

11

i:il,

B.100

Chapter 4

Human BODY B.101 1. Pulmonary Artery 2. Arch of the Aorta 3. Pulmonary Vein 4. Heart 5. Aorta 6. Spleen

8. Left Kidney 9. Descending

Codon

10. Left Common Iliac Artery and Vein' I

I

4

11. Rectum

19

12. Appendix

18

13, Right Common Iliac Artery and Vein 14, RightKi(jney

17

>- The weight of the average human brain triples between birth and adulthood. The final weight of the brain in an adult male is about 1,4 kg, and 1,3 kg in the case of a woman, which averages about 3% of body weight of a normal person. In both sexes the brain makes up a similar proportion of the total body weight.

Human Brain Humanbrain consists of two parts, namely, the brain lodgedin the brain case (skull) and the spinal cord lodgedin the vertebral column. Damage to the developingbrain can cause Cerebral Palsy in small children.

19, Lung

15

20. Descending Vena Cava

Pituitary . Gland'

it'

13 10

r

'~

'~~

:i I -}l,

Figure8.4.11 View of Exterior Brain Showing Convulsion of the Cerebrum and the Cerebellum

Thebrain and the spinal cord along with nerves constitutethe nervous system. The nervous system consistsof:

(

~

~ ~ ~~

Classification of Nerves

Central Nervous System

12 I

Figure 8.4.10

Vital Organs of Human Body

thousands of minute glands in the form of canals known as uriniferous tubules (see Figure BAlD),

Fundions They filter nitrogenous waste of the body fro:m the blood and ,throw them out in the form of urine. Kidneys arerespbnsible for the removal 6f excess water, salts and waste products from the blood and maintaining its pH leveL pH value is a number used to express gegrees qf acidity and, alkalinity in ';1_ solution, non;nal pH of human blood is."between 7.5-8.0. Low pH cau~~s oxygen~carrying capacity of blpogto decrei:lse.for maintaining pH levels; ~dneys remove, hydrogen ionEJ.from J',lood. To; afcomplish tl)is task, bloodfl~ws,through the wide renal vess~ls

in approximately one quarter of the resting cardiac output, that is, 1.2-1.4 1/min. The urine expelled bya normal adult is about 1.4litres per day. Human adult body has approximately 60% of water by weight.

Spleen It is situated near the diaphragm on the left side~ the body (see Figure B.4.10):It is the largest lymphatt gland in the human body. Along with the rest ofthe lymphoid tissue iri the body, the spleen plays a ker role in the development of immunity. !-Iowever,~ gland is not essential for life and can be rer.n,ov~ Its removal tends to increase the susceptibllity infection.

(v) Nerves They are whitish cords consisting of large numbers if exceedingly fine filaments (nerve fibres) of variable diameter,' bound together in bundles by fibrous tissues. • , ..

9

I

'~"'.,

Cerebellum Medulla Oblongata

,

;r

'

>- The average brain contains about 10,000 million neurons-microscopic nerves cells, these cells are the longest cells of the human body,

18. Ascending Vena Cava

16

;.

>- The brain uses about 20% of the oxygen a man breathes, 20% of calories a man takes in and about 15% of body blood.

Cerebrum

17. Liver

,ii ,14,

(iii) Storage of RBC;

16. Gall Bladder

7

"

_..

15. Duodenum

5 6

Quick Fae~.

(i) Formation of lymphocytes and antibodies; (ii) Formation of RBC; (iv) Helps to remove worn-out RBC and foreign particles from the blood stream.

7. Stomach

20

{unctions Th~ main functions of spleen are:

Cranial nerves are attached to the brain and emerge from the skull (cranium). Spinal nerves are attached to the spinal cord, which is enclosed in the vertebral column. There are 31 pairs of these; named after the groups ofvertebrae between which they emerge-8 cervical, 12 thoracic, 5 lumbar, 5 sacral and 1coccygeal pairs.

Function of Nerves

(i) Cerebrum The largest part of the brain consists of two hemispheres separated by corpus callosum, a deep median furrow. It controls voluntary actions and is the seat of intelligence, memory association, imagination and will. (ii) Cerebellum The large mass having ridges and furrows, situated above and behind the medulla and attached to cerebrum (see Figure BAll). It regulates :muscular movement of locomotion. (iii)Medulla oblongata It is the lowermost part .of the brain which continues as. the spinal cord in the vertebral column. It controls involuntary action.

.Sense Organs

(iv) Spinal cord It is the elongated, nearly cylindrical continuation of the medulla. It is enclosed in vertebrae and runs down the back. The length of the spinal cord in an average man is about 1 m (3.3 feet).

The organs that receive external arid internal stimuli and convey the' same to the central nervous system are called sense organs. These comprise of sense of touch, sen~e of taste, sense of smell, sense of sight, and sense of hearing.

Nerve fibres transmit messages (nerVeimpulses) both. to and fro from the central nervous 'system to the various structures of the body. The fibres which carry impulses from the central nervous system are called efferent. Many of these pass to the muscles to make them contract, and are, therefore, called motor nerve fibres. Those which carry impulses to the central nervous system are called afferent fibres. The information which they transmit from the skin and deeper tissues often evokes subjective sens~tion within the nervous system; hence they are called sensory nerve fibres,

B.1 02

I

• •••.

Chapter4

Quick Facts

Important

I

I

helps regulate body temperature, excretes sOIl\e waste produces, and is an important sensory organ It contains various types of specialized nerve ce~ responsible for the sense of touch. .

•

Information

on Skin

Skin covers the muscles of the body and is said to the largest organ of the human body. In an adult, skin cover is about 1.9 m2 (20 sq ftl. a woman has about 1.7 m2 (17 sq ft) of skin. The human skin is composed of two main layers, viz., (i) The outer layer called epidermis which has no nerves of blood vessels and is continuously renewed.' There are pigment grains located in the basal layer of the epidermis which give colour to the skin, (if) Inner layer called derrnis, i!'is a thick laYE3rbelow the epidermis which contains nerves, blood vessels, hair follicles, sebaceous and sweat glands.

Sense of Touch This is due to touch corpuscles in the skin, which respond to the physical sensation of pressure, heat, cold, contact and pain.

~air It grow~ uI:ward from the root. Lengthening fibres of keratin-filled dead cell around the semi-hoi. low medulla make up the cortex. A living ,structure called the bulb (visible as white lump at the end ofa plucked hair) surrounds and feeds the root, whichis pocket of the epidermis called the follicle. ~air grows fastest when it is short. The hair exist due to :rp.elanin. II is produced by melanocytes in the bulb of the hair fol. licle incorporated into the keratinocytes th~t form the hair. Dark hair contains true melanin like that found in the skin, while blond and red hair result from types of melanin that contain sulphur and iron. Hair turns grey when melanocytes age and lose the enzymes nec. essary to produce melanin. White hair occurs whenair bubbles are incorporated into the growing hair. The texture of hair results from the shape of the hair shaft. Straight hair appears round in cross-section, wavy hair has an oval shape, and the cross-section of a curly hair has an elliptical or kidney-shaped appearance. '

~),1

I,FJ

(ONI<:EDT"LINK; ;,';'i!iF, \i. ri~ ::-1:::::', f,

'

'f#~

'"

~

.;

-I'M"'

Blood Vessel Lymph Sinus

Figure 8.4.12

Body Muscles

Cross-section of Skin

¥

_.

,

_J

*

, "~


,'~"lv""!l,AWb;'d;,,~iBf_.~+¥r~"1\!"J.',_ ~"~,,,.:r~~~i~ll: :«3 e/OC@ &,,,£;/*'~~~i~-tt '1.

>

'~

•

"

theroot. Nails grow as epidermal cells below the nail rootand transform into hard nail cells that accumulateat the base of the nail, pushing the rest of the nail forward.Fingernails typically grow 1 mm (0.04in) per weektoe nails generally grow more slowly.

'n;. I~

,

d

\'-

Cartilage

Sense of Taste Pha;Ynge~1 tonsil -

Tongue It is the muscular organ in the mouth, and

*

Connective Tissue (Horizontal Fibres)

_

II

ora

FEtrJ~lfc:i!!i:f~E::::~::Phore,

~

'.

B.103

ste and Smell . ,;'L" ,:):' , TCI .~ . " .' 'f" '.< .., •• '" ''1' , , Toste(gustation)and smell (olfaction) are ~o senses that work togeth€:lfinhumans to determine the)lav~u~,a~cJ.pqlai~~ilityof foods ndbeverages and to signal the presence of dangerous gases and toxic foodstuffs. In~many ?nimals, .these senses/ploy a,critical role ~ locating food, detecting predators, and recognizing appropriate mating partners. Despite their c1os;;~s~ofia!i~n,'. t?~te,and smell feanatomically and functionally distinct. In the case of taste, chemicals that evoke sweet, sour, bitter saitysensotiol')S st,imulate ~ste-budreceptors located in the throat and the tongue and palate. The stimulation triggers nerve cells to send ~ign'~lstC?'the'brain stem ocoted in the base of the brain. Whereas, in case of smell airborne chemicals stimulate odorant receptOrs'located in the olfactory epithelium(a small patch of tissue in the higher part of nose). These receptor cells send signal into t~e br,ain through? "se:tion of skull ,ocatedbetween the eyes. •. "t.

is the primary organ of taste and important in the formationof speech and in the chewing and swal-' Nails Human fingernails and toenails are made of lowingof food. The tongue, which is covered by a The Skin It consists of an outer, protective layer (epimucousmembrane, extends from the hyoid bone at dead cells containing the protein keratin. Nails have dermis) and an inner, living layer (dermis). The top theback of the mouth upward and forward to the three parts: the concealed root; the body, whichis layer of the .epidermis is composed of dead cells lips.Its upper surface, borders and the forward part exposed but attached to skin; and the edge. Thenail containing keratin, the horny scleroprotein that also ofthelower surface are free; elsewhere, it is attached grows out from the addition of new cells at the rool. makes up hair and nails. Skin is essential to a per10 adjacent parts of the mouth. Extrinsic muscles Most of the nail body appears pink because of blood son's survival. It forms a barrier that helps prevent attachthe tongue to external points, and the intrinsic flowing in the tissue underneath, but at the base ofthe harmful microorganisms and chemicals from entermusclefibres, which run vertically, transversely, and body is a pale, semicircular area called the lunula.This ing the body, and it also prevents the loss of life-suslongitudinally,allow it a great range of movem~nt. area appears white due to an underlyitlg thick layer taining body fluids. It protects the vital structures Theupper surface is converted with small projecof epidermis that does not contain blood vessels.The inside the body from injury and from the potentially tionscalled papillae, which give it a rough texture. part of the nail that is buried under the skin is called dainagh-tg ultraviolet rays of the Sun. The skin also Thecolour of the tongue-usually pinkish-red, but discolouredby various diseases-is an indication of Poison Glan9 Mucous Glands health.The tongue serves as an organ of taste, with tastebud scattered over its surface and concentrated ~ ~ S',"'om Cm •• om Epidermis { towardsthe back of the tongue. In chewing, the tongue holds the food against Stratum { Spongiosum theteeth;in swallowing, it moves the food back into thepharynx,and then into the oesophagus when the preSSure of the tongue closes the opening of the traStratum ~ea, or windpipe. It also acts, together with the Compactum ps,teeth,and hard palate, to form word sounds. ConneCtiveTissue (Vertical Fibres)

.

.. •••• ,,<s~xr'*;"!!'W•• ' ,"-'!J~'0 h ,,~x':,'L

~i\~''"'.~ct

HumanBody

~nse of Smell

This,

~" .

JIOrti IS due to the olfactory receptors in the upper

CU1es Onof the nose. These respond to the air molethe through which smell is recognized in the brain. senseof taste and smell are closely linked.

..•

Figure 8.4.13 ~ .

.

Oral Cavity ~

The Nose Being the main organ of smell, nose is also part of the apparatus, responsible for respiration'and voice. Considered anatomically, it may be divided into an external portion-the visibly projected. portion, to which the term nose is popularly restrictedand an internal portion, consisting of tWo principal cavities, or nasal fossae (separated from each' other by a vertical septum), subdividedby'spongy or turbiC: nated bones that project from the outer wall into three passages (meatuses) with which the various issues in the ethmoid, sphenoid, frontal, and superior maxillary bones communicate through narrow apertures. The margins of the nostrils are usually lined with a number of stiff hairs (vibrissae) that project across the openings and serve to arrest fo!eigns~bstances, such as dust and small insects, ),vhich might otherwise be drawn up with the current of air intended for respiration. The skeleton, or framework, of the nose is partly composed of the bones forming the'top and sides of the bridge, and partly of cartilage. On either side are an upper lateral and a lower lateral cartilage, to the latter of which are of four small cartilaginous plates, termed sesamoid cartilages.-The cilrtilageof the septum separates !he nostrils and, in/association posteriorly with the perpendicular plate of the ethmoid and with the vomer, forms a complete'partition between

~III

L

Chapter 4

B.104

I,!

Human Body . B.1 05

the right and left nasal fossae. The nasal fossae, which constitute the internal part of the nose, are lofty and of considerable death. They open in front through the nostrils and at the rear end in vertical slits on either side of the upper pharynx, above the soft palate a near the orifices of the Eustachian tubes, leading to the tympanic cavity of the ear. In the olfactory region of the nose, the mucous membrane is very thick and coloured by a brave pigment. The olfactory nerve, or nerve of smell, terminates in the nasal cavity in seven ~mall branches; these ramify in the soft mucous membrane and end in tiny varicose fibres that in tum terminate in elongated epithelial cells projecting into the free surface of the nose.

is situated behind the iris. The iris is the coloured portion of the eyeball situated behind the cornea which automatically adjusts the size of the pupil (th~ circular opening or diaphragm in the iris through which light passes) to the intensity of light falling on it. In bright light the iris automatically shuts tighter reducing the amouht of light entering the pupil. ~ order to form an image on the retina, light must pass through all the media of the eye (cornea, aqueous humour, lens, vitreous humour) and be brought toa focus on the retina to form an upside down image on it and the process of interpretation takes place in the brain.

Sense of Hearing

Anatomy of the Nose The nose is a hollow air passage that functions in breathing and in the sense of smell. The nasal cavIty moistens and warms incoming air, while small hairs and mucous filter out harmful particles and micro organisms, This illustration depicts the interior of the human nose.

The ears have two main functions, namely: (i) Detection and analysis of sound, and (ii) Maintenance of balance of the body. Ear Broadly, the ear is divided into three main regions- the outer ear, the middle ear and the inner ear.

Digestive System

Sense of Sight Eye The eyeball, almost a perfect sphere of 2.5 cm diameter, consists of three coatings, namely, sclerotic (upper coating) continuous with the transparent cornea in front. Within the sclerotic is the middle layer call choroid and'the inner line called retina. The membrane covering the cornea is conjunctiva. The cavity of the eyeball is filled with aqueous humour and vitreous humour and in front there is a convex lens. The lens attached to the ciliary body

. PInn~

Ciliary Body

Sclerotic' Choroid

The process of converting food into energy-glvmg substances is carried out by the digestive system. The digestive system comprises the alimentary canal and the associated digestive glands like liver and pancreas.

Hearing

Canine

16-22 months

10-12 years

Sound waves or vibrations in the air-are collected by the pinna, which acts as a sound colle.ctor, and travel to the eardrum, which is set into vibration. The ossicles transmit the vibration to the inner ear, where they cause waves in the fluid (called Perilymp~l filling the coiled)ube of cochlea, a tube

Molar 1

13- 19 months

9-11 years

Molar 2

25-33

10-12 years

9-12 years

the basilar membrane which divides the tube lengthways. The membrane it tuned so that each part responds to a different frequency, and along it are some 10,000 sensory structures-the rods of corti. These structures convert the basilar membrane's vibrations into nerve impulses, which reach the brain along the auditory nerve.where they are intercepted into sound.

Molar 1

14-1 8 months

9-11 years

Molar 2

23-31

10-12 years

Maintenance of Balance Thesecond function performed by the ears, is the maintena~ce of balance which is achieved by three semi-circular canals and the utricle and'saccule, all of which are' filled with fluid. The semi-circularcanals detect movement in three planes of right angles,and so RrOvide a stream ofi~kmnation for the brain on movementsof the head. The utride and saccule detect tilting of thehead and combine with the canals to give rapid contro! of balance in normal circumstances,

.

Eye

,

Eruption

Incisor 1

6-7 years

Incisor 2

8-9 years

Incisor 2

7-8 years

Canine

10-12 years

Canine

9-10 years

Premolar 1

10-11 years

Premolar 1

10-12 years

Premolar 2

10-12 years

Premolar 2

11-12 years

Molar 1

6-7 years

Molar 1

6-7 years

Molar 2

12-c'13 years

Molar 2

11-13 years

Molar 3

17-21 years

lower Teeth

Eruption

Theapproximate times of eruption and shedding of teeth,

Canine

17 to 23 months

9 to 12 years

Milk

Incisor 1

10 to 16 months..

7 to 8 years

Incisor 2

6 to 1

I

6-7 years

9- 13 months

7-8 years

.M82Qa~8 DUD~D~Q~

Hair Cell

a months

6 to 7 years

Note: The lower teeth usually appear before the equivalent upper teeth,

••••

Quick Facts

1~.

123456

Inner Ear

II

Shed 10 to 12 years

Upper Membrart

:>- Milk teeth appear by the age of 8 months and are 20 in number. :>- Milk teeth drop and 32 permanent teeth begin to replace them from the 7th year onwards . :>- There are four chisel-shaped incisors, two conical premolars and six molars for crushing, and grinding the food.

~

:>- The two wisdom teeth, the rearmost, develop at a later stage and are largely non-functional.

1

Auditory Nerve Fibres

Figure 8.4.15

Hearing Mechanism

-'

pI . Centrallnciso'~s 2. lateral Incisors 3. Canines 4. First remolars5. Second Premolars 6. First Molars 7. Second Molars 8. Third Molars vi'

••••

~

Figure 8.4.16 ,, l

lower Teeth

7-8 years

9 to 11 years

Incisor2

Conjunctiva Suspensory' Ligaments Virteous Humour

Figure 8.4.14

Eruption

Incisor 1

14 to 18 months

Optic Nerve

corneY

Permanent Upper Teeth

Molar 2

Pupil /'

months

About Human Teeth

from mouth to the anus is called alimentary canal. It includes various digestive organs, for example, mouth, gullet, oesophagus, stomach, small and large intestine, rectum and anus.

Basilar Membrane

7-8 years

23 to 31 months

Shed

I

months

Molar 1

Eruption

.•.. ~'\.'(J~~ I

6-7 years

17-23 months

2

8-1 2 months

~0~

Shed

months

10-16

Incisor1

ExternalAuditory ~'8-.el' Meatus ~v O~~~ R'I>' 0

Eruption 6-10

Incisor 2

i:' turns. These waves vibrate

UpperTeeth

Middle Ear

~

Incisor 1 Canine

coiled like a small, snail shell of 2

Alimentary (anal The entire tube-like structure starting

Outer Ear

lower Teeth

months

Teeth

,

j

t

'~:

f'

~

Digestive Organs ',' ";" Teeth The teeth cut and grihd ilie'food with the help. ofsalivasecretedbythemotith:-":'"

t-._,-~ ..

'

,

.I

r

rl' I

I, 'I

B.106

i

Chapter 4

Human Body small intestines and taken into. the blDDd. The undigested waste part is excreted as faeces.

Digestive Secretions

2 4

6 7

9 10

Ii ~; .: ~

.1. Oesophagus

2. Liver

3. Gall-bladder

4. Stomach

5. Duodenum

6. Pancreas

7. Transverse colon 9. Descending

J,'

'11. Caecum

I.'i

colon '

.

"r

L ttl ,t

~"

8. Ascending

colon

10. Small intestine 12. Appendix

13. Rectum.

Figure 8;4.17

"';

13

_J.£-,

Alimentary Canal (frem lewer end of eesephagus)

In the mDuth, salivary glandssecrete saliva which mDistens the fDDdand ptyalin ferment cDntained in it acts Dn carbDhydrates (see Digestive SecretiDns).

Gullet It is also. called DesDphagus, is a 25 cm IDngduct system cDvering mDuth and the' fDDd pipe pharynx. The fDDdis carried to. the stDmach thereDn by peristalsis movement (cDntractiDn Dfthe wall Dfthe pipe). Stomach It is a warehDuse where fDDd'can be stDred to. await the main process Df digestiDn. Gastric juices prDduced in the stDmach help in digestiDn DffDDd.

Small 'ntestine

' ' :;

Small intestine, measuring 6 to. 7 m IDng and 2 cm in diameter, is arranged in cDils; Here, the fDDd frDm the stDmach is mixed with bile and pancreatic juice and mDves fDrward thrDugh peristalsis mDvement. Part Df the intestin~ near the stDmach is called the dUDdenum where bile and pancreatic juices digest the fDDd.

Large 'ntestine It is a 1.4 m-lDng tube called CDIDn.It receivestindigested'material frDm the small intestine and absDrbs water. The remaining waste material is sent to. the rectum and discharged from the anus. Process of Digestion Chewed fDDdis cDnverted into. fDDd pulp called chyme. After being processed by bile and Dthe! ~ecr~~Dris,it pE;c~me.san. errmlsiDn called chyle. The end prDduct is absDrped thFDugh .the walls Dfthe

Saliva PrDduced by salivary glands in the mDuth (situated under the tDngue), saliva helps to. lubricate the chewed fDDdmaking it fit fDr swallDwing. It also.Con. tains a ferment called ptyalin which acts Dn,starches (carbDhydrates) and hydrolyses the same into. maltose,

Gastric Juice PrDduced in the stDmach, gastric juice cDntains hydrochlDric acid and enzymes (See section Dn 'SecretiDn frDm Glands'). HydrochlDric acid kills bacteria present in fDDd and the enzymes help to digest the fDDd. It cDntains 90% water, 5% enzymes (pepsin, renin and gastric lipase) and 5% hydrochloric acid. Pepsin and hydrochlDric acid tum protein into. peptDnes and proteDses. Renin curdles milk to fDrm casein and gastric lipase acts Dn fat to. CDnvertit into. glycerol and fatty acids. Pancreatic Juice Produced in the pancreas, pancreatic juice meets the fDDd pulp in the dUDdenum along with bile juice (alkaline) frDm the liver plus intestinal juice frDm the small intestine. Bile produced in the liver is stDred in the gall bladder. Pancreatic juice cDntains several enzymes which act Dn prDteins, carbDhydrates and fats. Amylase catalyses hydrolysis of starch, lipase acts Dn fat, which is cDnverted into glycerol and fatty acids.

arnetes, specifically the testes Dr Dvaries in humans. ~gans Df sexual anatDmy Driginate frDm a CDmmon arilage and differentiate into. male Dr female seXorgans.' Each Drgan in Dne sex has a hDmDIDgDus counterpart in the Dther Dne.

Dudless Glands These are also. called endDcrine glands Dr internally secreting glands. They secrete hDrmDnes (See the sectiDn 'SecretiDns frDm the Glands') directly" iiltD the, ,blo.od ~""~tream in reSpDnSe to. instruction~ from the. b;~in ..LThe" blDDd then carries .~:~ .. them around the bDdy; '\-Vhe,I:e, ~;hey cDntrDI internal chemical processes. Hence they are linked with the nerVDUS system and also. with the circulatDry system and their secretiDns are knDwn are hDrmDnes Dr enzymes. ".

Glands Glands ar~ Drgans Df the human bDdy which manufacturesome liquid prDducts which are secreted frDm thecells (bDth internal and external secretiDns). • Largest gland: The largest gland in the human body is liver.

Types

.

I~"

'"

I ~."

.-. -.

f'. :1/

',- 1'--,,'

Secretions from Glands Hormones . These are chemic~i substances fDrm'~d in an endDcrine glana (ductless glands) and cDnveyed by theblDDdstream to. a specific Drgan Dr tissue elsewhere (sites remDte from that Dfits prDductiDn), whDse functiDn they mDdifyby means Df, chemical activity. HDrmDnes are prDduced in extremely small quantity but th~ir"actiDn is very rapid: They cDntrol grDwth and variDus,life processes Df the bDdy. FDr example, hormDnes, produced. in the stDmach where they regulate digestiDn, in the kidneys where they cDntrol productiDn Df RBCs by the bDne marrDW, in the placenta where they regulate pregnancy, and in the Dvaries and test~s where female and male hDrmDnes are produced, r~spectively, which are respDnsible fDrfemale and male characteristics like vDice, facial and bDdy hair, stature, appearance, etc.

of Glands

There are two. types Df glands, namely, (i) Ducted glandsor Exo~rine glands and (ii) Ductless glands Dr Endocrineglands. Exocrine' glands secrete their product thrDugh well-defined ducts, fDr example, (a) Liver secretes bil~ in the stDmach. (b) Lachrymal secretes tears .in the eyes. (c) Salivary secretes saliva in the mDuth. (d) Sweat glands These are numerous small, tubular glands !hat are fDund near~y everywhere in the skin. They secrete sweat, a watery fluid cDntaining sDdium chlDride and urea thrDugh pDres. (e) Spleen See under the secqDn 'Main Organs'.

Reproductive Organs A human reproductive Drgans Dr sex Drgan, or primary sexual characteristic, narrDwly defined, is any Df thDse parts Df the bDdy (which are nDt always bDdily Drgans accDrding to. the strict definitiDn) which are invDlved in sexual reproductiDn and constitute the reprDductive system in an cDmplex organism.

Hypothalamus Pituitary '\.

Thyroid Parathyroids ThYlTlus Stomach

Female Vulva (nDtably the clitDriS), vagina (notably

Pancreas

the cervix), labia, uterus, fallDpian tubes, ovaries, Skene's glands, BarthDlin's glands.

Adrenals Kidneys

Male Penis (nDtably the glans penis and foreskin), testicles, scrotum, prDstate, seminal vesicles, epidid. ymis, CDwper's glands. The Latin term genitalia is used to. describe the sex Drgans, and in the English language this terJll and genital area are most Dften used to. describe ~ externally visible sex Drgans Dr external genitalia:1I1 males," the penis' and scrDtum, in females, the vuh'" . tel" The Dther parts Df the sex Drgans are called the 1Il nalgenitalia. A gDnad is a s~x Drg~ that prodUCl'll

Alimentary

Canal

Pancreas.

•••

(\

Figure 8.4.18

B.107

\

Testes~ Ovaries (0

.., I

Pesitien ef the Endecrine Glands

I

I

~r"i-~-----\ I

1,1,

8.11'0

HumanBody 8.1,11

Chapter4

Isolation of Pure Gene In 1969, scientists at Harvard Uni-

Quick Facts

••• ,.

versity isolated and photographed. the pure gene.

Artificial Gene Dr Hargobind Khorana, an Indian-born

The four DNA bases A, G, Tand C, similar to the letters ,of the English alphabet, can be used to store information. This genetic information is passed on via RNA or ribonucleic gEid (consistingof the.four ~ases adenine, guanine, cytosine, and uracil [u])which provides template for the assembly of amino adds in a particular sequence, thereby building a protein, A group of three DNA or RNA bases is known as atriplyt of codon, and codes for a particular amino acid. lnforinationis passed from DNA to RNA' by complementary pairing: A pairs only with U, and G only with C

American scientist (who received the Nobel Prize in 1968), successfully created an artificial gene in a test tube in 1970 by protein synthesis.

a

Genetic Code It is the code of life by which inherited characteristics pass from generation to generation. It is expressed by the molecular cormguratiC?n of chromosomes of cells in which the code-bearing material is DNA.

Genetic Engineering Also called bio-engineering, it is the artificial manipulation of parentai genes to form combmatlons to give birth to a: new organism with predetermined,mental and physical characteristics. The beginning of bio-engineering can' be traced back to the discovery of DNA in 1953 (responsible for carrying hereditary traits) followed by the'development of the technique of manipulating DNA in a living cell by recombinant DNA in 1973. The technique is known as recombinant'DNA or. gene splicing. The: genes cut

from the donor DNA using chemicals called enzymes that act as molecular knives. The isolated gene is then inserted into the DNA of a bacterium commonly the intestinal bacterium called Escherichia coli, again using an enzymatic reaction. The hybrid DNA thus produced is put back into E. coli growing in the culture medium; has the hybrid DNA in it, nucleus and is capableof exhibiting the traits and characteristics coded by the foreign gene.

Genetic Code Genetic Code in RNA Triplets

Table 8.4.5

Second base

IFirst base U

r------'

~lU

C

G

'-_.~ --.-------.~---,. -.----~.-.,

._.,_P~eny~a_la_n_in_e_~_e_rin_e Ty~~in~ _,_.__ ,~}':!ein~ Phenylalanine

Serine

Tyrosine

[--~--------~--_._' ___.__ _~.l:~c:i~: S~!.':'.e-.leucine

r:::-~_,

__ .

leucine _.m~i~~."---'-

~

.._.

__

~

__

..,._.__

,~_."""_~_U.'_'_'

Proline

Histidine

J~oleu~~~_~

I

,-

,

.

..~.

,..

.

:: rf: '~;.

'

lysine Arginine Aspartic acid-G'lycine

Valine

Alanine'

Glutamic a_cid~ycine

°Chain termination.

.Alanine

C

G U

Glutamic acid

. ._'_ ...;," ..

Aspartic acid

r

I

~.~

G

~---~----------

Alanine

Alanine

'.

--- __ Arg~.~~,

Valine"

i'

G

.

lysine_"

Glycine

Glycine

i I

C ~ G

Heredity Her~edity is study of similar ,traits passed

;

If two eggs are released by the ovaries at the sometime due to some irregularity and both get fertilized, theydevelop into two separate babies. Such twins may be of the same sex or of different sex, Identicaltwins develop from a single fertilized egg during . thefirstdivision of the zygote (egg) into two similar cells that develop into two separate embryos. Since they develop from a single zygote, these twin have the same genetic charactersand are always of the same sex. Identicaltwins, who ore born joined together, generally at thehead, chest or hip, are called Siamese twins. Siamese twinsoccur very rarely arid can usually be separated surgically unlessa vital organ. such ?S h,eart is shored by both. Thefirstsuch twins who received wide publicity came from Siam(now Thailand) in the 19th century.

.,

'f

,

.

J

~.:

from parents to their offsprings.

l'

,

_

.,

Variation It is the study of traits influenced by the internal or' external forces so iliat no two inetividuals' are exact replicas of each other. ',,"""" For hliman beings, the knowledge of genetics can be helpful in many ways: To understand the underlying cause of the, disease and the means of transmission; to understand the reasons of normal variations; to applythe~owledge to the possible means of pre:, venting genetic disorders throughcounsell.ing and antenatal diagn()sis;. this knowledge can be applied to solve legal problems like disp.utedparentage or traits of murderer, etc. fhe study of Genetics can be subdivided into following branches: . I

.•

c -

.

-

~.

_

'. r

'..

•

,Cytogenetics This field gives the knowledge of structure of Sex Determination, ,Out of 46 chromosomes (23.pairs), only44 (22 paITs) are true homologous (sipillar). The othertwo, the X and Yare sex chromosomes. Two X chromosomes produce a female, and an X and a Y chromosome 'produce a male. Hence, the sex of a childdepends entirely on whether the female egg is fertilized by an X-carrying sperm or V-carrying sperm.

I

:-_.~U-_-.-._-~-"_'J

Serine

FraternalTwins:

Quick Facts

HumanGenetics'

1

~,-.....,.-..-.--'--'-

Serine

Threonine

,_

---" -

C A

Arginin~

Isoleucine

"'1"

J

__

Y_.__ . -J

Arginine Arginine -

Glutamine

Asparagin~

.,.

.

...•..•.. __

.-.-_.

Threonine

.Threonine'. Alanine

"_"_~

."

Isoleucine

Methionine' -G~----Y,-a-lin-e.'---

.'--

.

~,_-_o

i~\~

-------~

L"

.._.

C

_~ginine

_ Thre~~_.~,~parag!~~." .

l

.._,

Prolin~r'-

~,.-'--

Cysteine

-Tryptophan

__ .

•...._._ .._._,__ ~_-..._

leucine" ~

_0"

Proline Histidine Proline~--~Glut;~[~e

r~"~.~~ .. •.

_,=~. ,__

Serine.

--_.

leucine

I

lhirdbase

A

Twins

is conc~rne9. Th~s, in th~ present era Genetics is.(jne of the !le':V,ap.d m<;>s} .si~c~~ dev~loP!ng pranche"~ of medical sdences~' There are,' two .f!1a~ •c0J!lP9-, nents of this science. ~ 1

••_

HumanGenetics is that branch of medical science, whichdeals with 'the study of hereditary material passingfrom one generation to another. The study leadsto a better understanding of the, way by which thishereditary mat~rial develops into physical charactersunder the influence of intrinsic and extrinsic environmental factors. In other words, the science dealswith transmission of phys~cal, mental and biochemicalcharacteristics from parents to offsprings. Thescience also ie~sons out 'why an offspring'will notbe the exact rei;lica of the parents. The tendency onthepart of the Offsprings to produce pare~ial fe~:" luresis known as heredity. This science is the youngestbranch of medical sciences. During the last six or ::en decades, a phenomenal growth of.this science ~ OCCUrred and thus opened up, biological ~g ~rds ~ better understanding of some of the probof life as far as health of the future generation

nucleus of cell and itS part that is; chromosomes, which normally lies in the condensed form in the nucleus.

Molecular and Developmenta{Genetics It is ';he fie~dde~ling with molecular, structure of the Genetic material,S, its significance during embryogenesis' and functional state. of individuals during normal as well as abh()rmal conditions. Eugenics. It is the field dealing with 'cliiUcalapplications of prihciples of heredity for bette~ent of mankind. " Physiological Genetics 'It is' the field which elu~idates the normal functions of. various organelles of a cell gov~ erned by the genetic material. Population Genetics It is the field'that deals with the dis-

a

tribution 'and behaviour of genetic material in' particular population ~o that the'genes and the genotype frequencies are main tamed or c~anged. . ", ':.t

•.

",!

I,

~,t~ j

.~.

-.,.t~~.c

,

.

I,U"

,

Clinical Genetics It is the field which deals with the application of knowledge'of gerietic materialresponsible fot certain diseases and' their transmission' from one generation to another. The field also incluqes, the inve'stigative and preventive '~ethods 'adopted for' diagnosis and preventing ~irdisord.ers. 'lb. "S •

."

••

J

.'

rr" ) .....

Environmental Genetics This field deals with the manipulation of genetic material in living form by recent advanced technologies of g~netic engineering and recombinant DNA. .,

.........•••

ITlliI I ' I,

I;

r,

,

; II

8.112

Radiation Genetics This field deals with the effects af variaus types af radiatian an genetic material praducing variaus diseases.

Biochemical Genetics This field deals with the biachemis-

,

HumanBody

Chapter 4

try af genetic material far narmal metabalic processes. This also.includes immunagenetics and blaad graups, that is, genetic material cancerned with the mechanisms af produdng antigens and antibadies. '

Genetic Counselling This is the branch which de'als with the immediate and practical preventive and sacial health pramatianal measure, in problems af genetic, disarders. The caunsellar named as medical geneticist can deal with matters pertaining to.the causatian, incidence, risk and recurrence af inherited defects, radiatian hazards, and' mutant viral strains in bialagical warfare. Same newer drugs including the anticancer drugs which can cause genetic prablems duo. to.mutation, also. came under the purview af the caunsellar.

MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY Biachemistry is impartant to. physialagy; bath physiolagy and biachemistry averlap and merge. Patha~ lagical canditians are caused by deranged chemical campasitian and functianing af tissues and many af the problems af pathalagy accur fram the cheniical viewpaint. Biachemistry deals with the chemistry af living .argqnisms-bath plants and animals .. Prataplasm is the b.asis ,af all farms af life., Althaugh the prataplasm af each different kind af cell in each kind af animal ar plant is different in' characteristics yet the chemical campasitian; arganizatian and chemi'" cal processes in these many different farms af prataplasm are similar in many respects. Biachemistry can be divided into. faur branches: (i)' Aniinell Biachemistry, (ii) Plant Biachemistry, (iii) Biachemistry af Micraarganisms and (iv) Medical Biachemistry. Medical Biachemistry deals with the fallawmg:

The Chemistry ot nssues and Foods Since the faods are largely derived from animal Ci!l~ p\an~ tissues; the study pf chemistry af the ane is identical with the ather. The campanents af tissue~ are ca,rtJahydrates, fats, proteins and nucleic acids. 'Phospharus is an essential canstituent af nucleitacids. Carbahydrates provide a greater part af the energy needs af the bady.Prateins are necessary far the grawth and main~ tenance af the pasitive .nitragen balance., Improper utilizatian af glucase leads to. thedevelapment af. a

disease called 'diabetes mellitus;' Essential fatty acids are required far maint~iningnormal:health. NUcleic acids (DNA and RNA) af nucleus andcytaplas1l\ respectively, areinvalved in the regulatian af genes.'

The Chemistry of Oigestion and,Absorption The fecal is.chiefly campased of large malecules' af starch, protems and fats. These large maletules are digested into. smaller malecules like glucase, amino. acids, fatty acids for absarptian by arganic catalysts (the enzymes) present in. the digestive juices. Alang with their absarption, the entry af water; minerals, vitamins and ather dif. fusible malecules af faad also. take place. The absence af ane af the digestive enzymes leads to. serious disarders.

The Chemistry of Respiration DWing respiratian, axygen is taken into. lungs and it diffuses into. bload across the membranes. It cambines with the haemaglabin of the red cells and inthis farm it is carried to. the tissue where it is released far the axidatian af the faod to liberate energy. The carban diaxide farmed is equal in valume to. that of axygen and passes from the lis, sue to.the blaadstream and is exhaled ~ram ~helungs. Carban manaxide is ane anather gas which easily cambines with the haemaglabin af the blaad, and affects axygen-carrying capacity af the blaad.

horIllonesalso. leads to.seriaus disarders ..That is why biochemistry af gl~nds.9finte.rnalse.~t.:et~an is treated, .th utmast- sigru'ficance. ' \1'1 .f.

'._'

_

••

(he ChemistryofJxcretion The excretary ~~rgans-kidney, intestine,skin, ek; remave the decampasition praducts oftissue and ,faad in arder to.make the compasitian af bodYfluids canstant.The ma&t impartant decampasitionpraducts are urea, uric acid, and creatinineJarmed froIllproteins;, carban diaxide farmed, fram carbahy,. drates,fats and proteins. The kidneys and lungs chiefly performthe excretary functians af the bady.'

,

foodNutrients :

.

The Chemistry

0; Tissu~ Metabolism

The axidati~n af food: shiffs in 'tissues ~ccursby c~~J!Ucalprocesses withthe' liber~.tian af energy and water; This is a very- compicat~d p~acess in biachemistry. S~v~ral di~eases ocClf in the disarder af the metabalism af these faadstuffs.

Twa kinds af ininerals exist: macrominerals and trace minerals. Macrominerals, which eire needed in fairly largeamaunts intyaur',bady, include calcium, 'phas-, pharus, magnesium, sadium, potassium, sulphur and chlaride. Yaur bady also. requires trace'minerals but in small quantities. Trace minerals include iran, zinc, manganese, capper, iadine, fluaride, cobalt and selenium.

Function Minerals build strang banes and teeth, gaad' nail, narmal nerve actian,rhythmic heartbeat and an ' averall healthy bady..,.,

,

Carbohydrates are arganic campaunds cantaining carbon,hydrogen and axygen which canstitute sug'"' ars (starches, cellulase, glucase, etc.) and supply caloriesfar badyactivity. Farmed in nature by pnatasynthesis(see '~ialagy' Chapter). I

"

Deficiency af carbahydrat~s'ckuses.weight lossand weakness. Mare than 50% af the energy'cantentof a camman diet carnes fram carbahydrates. A normal persan needs' about '400--500 g of carbahydratesin a day.' .

~oleins Proteinsare highly camplex nitragenaus compaunds foundin all animal fats. Proteins are hydrolysed in thebody to.produce amino. adds and are essential for growthand repair af the bady tissues. They also. pro1 videenergy when calories are deficient: ' . Source

M'lk ' eggs, " nu t s,;'d'a,I e t'c. 1 , f'ISh , meat,

,'

Deficiency Protein 'deficiency ca~ses jass ..~i'~eight: slowgrawth and'UnhE'altny swellirig 0.1) various parts of.thebady. Far a. narmal persan, abaut 70 g af proteinsa day are recammended ., ~'. " ,

,' .,".' .j .,'.",t

r

't. J,;

• ~~ ~

I

The Chemistry of Glands of Internal Secretion The crt

~~~

tral through glands" af internal' secretian .is ba~ dependent an the; activitiesaf harmanes and ~ vaus system. The harmanes of aneglan.d re~ the activitiesaf ather glands. Overproduction ~

Vitaminsare essential faad factars,chemicalirinahlre'" iI1d present in masbiaads.,The,body needs 'only tiny' ~~tities af vitamins ranging from about 30 mg a day. VItaminC dawn to. 1 microgram af Vitamin B12.

. ,

,

.

,

I'

'

,,":,:'

.~.;

')' -,,- .)c'

Fundion Iran is essential far blaadfor~atioli.(haeiha-' glabin), supply af axygen to cells, healthy camplex- ' ian, better memary and warmth af hands and feet. .

,

Source Green leafy vegetables, liver; egg:yalk. :",; : :' J Requirement 18 mg/ day.. , . . .J"~' Deficiency Deficiency ,af iron causes ,anaemia ,and.."

Source Rice, wheat, haney, sugar; patatoes, dry beans,

The Chemis~ry of Blood The blaad carries faad to. the tis- Deficiency sues and waste products from them to. the excretory argans. The harmanes, produced by variaus glands, pass into. blaad and through its circulatian these hor' manes reach the specific tissues. The blaad distributes heat from ane part af the bady to. anather and exerts a caaling effect. The blaad also. distributes water and salts praperly and maintains the acid-base balance af the bady. It cantains substances that combat infectian by micro-arganisms. The campasitionll blaad is narmally canstant but it is dynamic. WhEll ane af the substances present in it, gets increased or decreased it causes pathalagical canditians.

,!

Minerals

Iron

Carbohydrates',

carrots,etc.'

I

,I

Source Milk~ ~ish, daIs, ragi, eggs, cheese. Requirement 1200 mg per'day. ';,.. ' "

,~

HUMAN DIET

8.113

,...~

~~~

o'".

',1

~

• ~ ~

'.

~',

":t

+-:3t~,

'"

•.

~

weakne~s .. ,

.".

Phosp~~rus ._ ,

~' . .

1, /

i

..

'j

Function Phospharus is necessary for energy' praduc:' , tian, glandular secretion, building and maintaining' banes and teeth in the farm,of calciumphasphate: Source, Fish, m~~t, milk, cereals. Requirement 1200 mg/ day. Defieiency Phaspha~s deficiency causes bane - dis<, eases such as rickets and asteamalacia.

Iodine

,),."-

Fundion Iadirie in~int~~s' healthy 'thyroid glands.'"

starilina, en'd~rance and •

.

"

So.urce Iadized table salt.

~..

Requirement. 0.15 mg/ day.

.~ ..

Deficiency .Iadine deficiency causes gaitre;' ,'r '"

Chlgrine,

., ,.. " ,,\

"..

..

I

,oL

f"

"

\

"

"

r -,. ,,'

Function,.It-helpsin,digestian af faad- and transmissimi af carban diaxide' by RBCs.

"

h

~"

I

B.114

Huma.n Body

Chapter 4

-

Table 8.4.6 Vitamins

IVitamin vitamin A

function

Deficiency results in

Source

Anti-infective. Essential for healthy skin and aids night vision. It also assists in body growth

Poor growth, rough and 'dry skin and prone to infection of the same. Severe deficiency may cause night blindness

All animal fat, carrots eggs, mango;,Lpapay~, apricots, tomatoes, Spinach, .codl,iver oil, whole milk ;.

~.. ~,

~"""-'-- -"_'4

vitominB 1. (Thiamine)

Ivitaml;B9{fu~di-'-

l

,

."•••""""-",~.,,,-_. ...-'~." ••''''~~--_._-'-''',......-....-_.,-

Anti-neurotic, anti-beriberi, health of the nervous system, steady and continuous release of energy from .carbohydrates, antipellagraPellagra,. _.~_d_;"_""_,..,""" __ ,,, *,-""" __ -~"'-"'_' __ ""_' ~"'_. .~~.,

vitamin B6 (Pyridoxine)

~

vitamin B12 (Cyanocobalamin)

_~,,,,,_a_...

r .. _..

Assistsin~producti~;of cell~__ ". "

",_',

. ,.;~~_

r~~;~T(T~opherol)

I

I '

L_-,-_~_..-._ vitamin K (Menadione)

,....-..._'"

ivitamin P I (Bio-f1avonoids)

I

...._.

~ __

V'

__

. Rickets in children, osteomalacia and osteoporosis in adults

Oily fish, dairy products, egg yolk, milk, sun's rays, butter

Helps i~reprod~ctk>n and sex,. assists cell respiration, metabolism of fats and starches

'Mu~c1e we~~-;;':;;~ion --~--'Wheat germ, milk, problems, neurological problems cereals, egg yolk, . beef, liver, mutton, ,_~pina~, soybeans

Antihaemorrhagic, essential for. production of prothrombin (blood clotting).

~'~

Functions closely with vitaminC and helps in its function, keeps blood healthy

,

~_=s,

Delayed clotting of blood, liver damage, increased tendency to haemorrhage

~

Green leafy vegetables oats, fish, rye, peas,

"n.

per day.

Deficiency Deficiency of Chloride is known as Hypochloremia. It causes severe diarrhoea, vomiting and addision's disease.

Dermatosis

vitamin A

iA;ibofl~~ino;s-'~in i

'-_.~_.,--",-"-~

, "'~,

...••.

In almost all sourcesc' vitamin C like orange! lemons, and other citrous fruit .-

DISEASES OF THE HUMAN BODY

deficiency of.any substance essential for good he" is called a deficiency disease.

-,-

Nicotinic Acid (Vitamin B complex)

Blurred vision:~~r~~~;;;l of eyes and tongue :

"."~-'.-

-'

-_

.J

Diarrhoea, mental lethargy, red skin, itchy hands, feet, elbows and knees "

Endemic Diseo;es It is a disease prevai~nt in a partic~iar locality / region. and more or ,less coI)iined to a population/ area becatlseof prevailing"conditions that prdmote the disease; for example, mala.ria ill marshy' areas. Epidemic Diseases. It is a di~ease which simultaneously ,affects a large number of people in an area, Le., a violent outbreak of a disease affecting several people in a given .time and place, e.g., outbreak of cholera or malaria. . " Pandemic Diseases It is a disease which affects two or more countries or even continents. • . .~ Sporadic Diseases It is a disease which occurs erratically in an area with apparently no clue to its occurrence. Table8.4.7

-

Deficiency

Symptoms

Anaemia

,Haemoglobin ,(iron)

General weakness dnd pale Complexion .,

,

-

Goitre

Iodine

Painful

Beriberi

vlta'min B (Thiamirie)

Weakness; 'swelling and pain in legs, loss of appetite, periods of irregulci'rh'eart rates:

• :":urvy

Rickets

~I

P:>kalaem ia

--

Hereditary'Diseases It' is' a disease that 'achiid'hm~~its from his p~rents.' For example AIDS be~o~es a h~reditary disease when a mother suffering from' AIDS gives birth to a child. Similady' there a.re other' diseases which a child could get from his parents, such as diabetes or thalassemia which is a good example l of frame shift mutation.: \' ,

Various Deficiency Diseases

Disease

Types ~, ~i~eases Deficiency' Diseases A disease resulting from di~r.

Dryness of the conjuctiva and cornea .._of!he .:re_ ,_ Skin diseases

B2 (Riboflavin) •."...

Pellagra

~-",-'

)

Source Table salt. Requirement 3500 mg of chloride and 3000 mg sodium

L_ ,' __ ~.'-._"_ ._~

.~

Thought to interfere with reproduction and also cause certain degenerative diseases of the nervous system, liver damage, increased tendency to haemorrhage, also causes abortion, menstruation irregularities.

vitamin A

I

Liverand all other food containing vitamin B Complex; e.g., cereals, eggs, pulses

Antirachitic, assists in absorption and metabolism of calcillm and phosphorus, assists in body growth

_~

I Xerophthalmia

Gr~;-n-v-eg-e~t-ables, live!:....~

Fresh fruit, (oranges and lemons) cow's m~~._, _fr_e_sh_vegetables

Symptoms

vitamin A

---,-" ~-'-'-~-----"

,

Balanced Diet

'

Sore mOllthcind gll~s, capillq~y bleeding, Scurvy, delayed ~h.e __ a.l_i~g._o_f w_o~~.9= .._. __.__

_

Deficiency

Night blindness

u--.. ,--,~ .._.-."""" _--~~,-,---.~-_.,_.~~-.=.-------.-

I

vitamin D (Calciferol)

Cereals, fruit, meat, pulses

Pernicious anaemia

Ivitamin C (AscOl'9ic Formation of bones, teeth and Acid) . connective tissues I,.~ . .__.__ , .

'I

Nervousness and insomnia redbTc;d'~~'.Some fo~;.i~~'cro~~ic--'-' ' ._'_.__ ._ ..~.naem~*

i Disease

Qui'ek. lFaets

~_._~,..,-_."...--,

Brewer's yeast, cereals, eggs, fruit, liver, meat, pulses

Essential for RBC formation

.•

,,,-,~+...•••......... ,,,."'",----~-=",,.

Poor growth, neuritis, beriberi, fissures at corners of mouth and on tongue, skin diseases, diarrhoea~_~"",.",._""""........,_"_"""",".,,_.w. ... ~"","""._.~="""""",

Protein metabolism

'~_" ""_';/", _.u=

"----

.

""'_,._~",_~~_"o, '-''''11'>"'''''_'''

Q

ElP

B. U 5

I

vitamin C Swollen gums: delayed J~scorbic acidLwound healing ..~ __ ._1 vitamin D

Sleeplessness, pale fac~"diarrhoea, deformed skull, pelvis and limbs i~ ch'ildren

Potas~iu-;;;--lfu~in heartbeat: kidney damage, weakness

Infeaiouspiseases, It: is, a disease caused.,.by. specific pathog~rtk organisms andcapable ofbeingtransmif~, ted to an~ther person by direct or indirect; contact, Le., through air, foo~,lwater, etc.. ] ",". '.J •. Contagious Disecises .' A, type. of irlfectidus. dis~~~e~~N~. spreads

trom one person to anotheiby.rhysi~<¥'co,11tact:~ ~

•

----'1

I

i

; ~

~

-

;..

J

••

::

Agents ~jDi~eases.'.

:'t(~

<

\.

,~, j:'t

•

"

.•

."1

8aderia Bacterium is 'the smallest known living organism (excluding virus which mayor may not be a living organism); These are single~celled organisms,

.........••

IJS'f

•

J

-&¥k

All

~

1'1' 1'1

B.116.

I

Chapter4

HumariBody

l~ .~

I;,

[lOp

"

Quick IFae1t~

j

Infectious and Contagious Diseases and their Carriers Insect-born€,disea.ses (propagated .by insects)

Ii

'~

'il

t,

_

.' Anopheles female mosquitoes Rat flea

Plague

.

Lice

Relapsing fever Sand fever

"j,'i,,"-t

~,

Malaria

Sandfly

•

Bed"bug

.kala-zar Dengue fever (breakbone fever) •

.

c.

~'.

Water. borne diseases

Aedes aegypti female mosquitoes ' ~

shapes like rods, threads, spheroids, etc. Viru,~esare inactive when, isolated a~d.)llyltil?ly onJY,oI};invad_ ing a ce~l of a bacterium, animal or plant by:.using the most complicated chemical macllip,ery 0Hhe host celL Many infectious diseases (such as influenza, smallpox, AIDS, polio, etc.) are caused by virUses invading and disrupting their victim's cell. Other diseases caused by viruses are typhus, measles, }!lumps, chicken pox and yellow-fever. r1'

i'

I

Diseases like cholera, typhoid,. dysentery, ho6k:worm and diarrhoea are called water- ' borne diseases. .'

Food borne diseases

Diseases like tuberculosis, cholera, typhoid, diarrhoea, dysentery, Malta fever, etc.

Fungus' It is a low form of vegetable life (without chlorophyll) including many microscopic organisms capable of producing superficial diseases. They live either as saprophytes or as parasites on other plants and animals. They cause diseases such as infection of foot skin, jaws, and large intestines. Penicillin (the antibiotic) is developed from a type of fungus and cures fungal diseases. . Table 8.4.8 Diseases and Causative Agents Causative Agent Diseases

I

B

Ai~borne diseases

These include diseases such as tuberculosis, influenza, small pox.

teria

Diphtheria, gonorrhoea,

ac

Diseases caused by wounds in skin Anthrax and tetanus and resultsfrom an infected, open wound.

~

'

'

I ,

,,1 .'"

?ne~":o,~~a ..~,~_ .. ~, '_.,.~_.~ Chicken pox, sma.llpox, measles,

dengue fever, rabIes, poliomyelitis,

Protozoan

. " . , ' b t . pIer th'.' an anlmore complicated than VIruses u sun f mal or plant cells..There are four commo~ .types 0 bacteria based on their shape md strudure. (') S herical or Oval (coccus) .~ : d. h d Cylmdrical (bacillus) ~~~) o. s ap~. 10~). '. (111) SpIral (spml u ") (iv) The comma shaped (mbllum . . th '. ful d harmful and are Baetena are said to be ho us~ro:both on 'dead and lvmgeverywhere: They can g a ror the process 'of f?~ ld C~llS'g:~t::tt::~ ;e::~in1 atmospheric nitrogecay 0 .or . (nitro en fixation). Bacteria en. available .for plants 11 d g' rasltic .. ', or pat . h ogemc . which.caU!;~dISeasesare ca e p~ tuberculosis, chol. bactena. IMeas~s g such as typ~~ b such hacteria. .'; y.'. . . t D 'tr' era, food pOlsonm ,.etc., are c . WIV' It was discovered by a RUSSl~ ~Clenbs ffi1 ~ lvanovsky m 1892. They do not exhiM all.charader i~ti~s bute and are snnIla.r :': ' ,.of.living,organ~sms, ,~.'stru~t}1re.,0 . t a gen. appear m vanous SItton and " ". .' ~co~po-. .

bodyto a specificdisease by process of production of immunityin the body. Immunity is present after the

r\i:-;--'-' I 'w mump',AIDS,yellowIev~";nRueozo, l.__.- ~_Pl>leh9.lo,,!u!..•...._~ - . '

'Malaria,

sleepi,ng sic~ness, kala-zar,

I:ishma~~~is.,.a_m_~.:_b,_c _dy_s~mtery . M d foot

----Fungu,

Ath'ele'~foot,,mgwo,m" dhob;', deh

0 "0

f' n Defence Mechanism Agums! In ectlu.

.

Th e f"Irst '1"me 0f d efence agam'stinfection , ' ISthe b c' skiJ1 hi h serv';' as m impermeableha,rier md a, w ,c" I ter if there ls a cut in. the skm. Th~ tena ~n of the ~ose, the thr,9at, stomac, eyes, cahn~n t e m enor

r

~

patienthas recovered from a disease. The diseases causethe body to form antibodies (Refer to section on'Humm Blood') agallst the spronc germs. The patientbecomes Immune to that infection because ~e blood now carries mhbodies whkh will destroy theger~s 0,rthat dIsease, should an inf~cti~n occur. ~urulati~ mocu on IS also produced by vaccmation and

,.

. Amoeba It is a protozoan, one of the ele~entary uru. cellular forms of life, is a formless jelly.hke cell. One form Entamoeba histolytica is a parasitic pathogen th~ auses amoebic dysentery. Diarrhoea IS also cause c, . b' .' by a type of amoe a. I. Fumsile It ls m o,ganism which obtains food or she~ from an9ther host organis",. Th~ also act as came~01 disease. Germs 'of malaria and ~elldowfhev~~ ~rye ~;; by mosquitoes, plague by fleas an typ 01 ••

fever Fever (temperature above normal body temperatureo~97.4 OF)is in fact not a dis::'lse by itself but anindication of the presence of a dIsease. The body temperature rises because of the heat that is producedwhile.the body's mechanism fights the growth oftheinvading bacteria.

Immunization Immunization is the resistance of the

meningitis,

. cholera, leprosy,typhoid, te~anus, tuberculosis, ,plague, whoopln~ cough,

Diseases caused by physical contact Diseases such as small pox, venereal diseases, AIDS are caused by direct Of ,indirect contael.

and intestine lack' this barrier. However, there a:re ecretions'like tears, nasal secretion, sali,:,a and g~s~ ~iCjuices which kill bacteria. Should, these barriers be passed, th~~ext 'reaction is an increased bloo.d supply to the mJured area, ~s.the supply o~WB~s ~s brought up to destroy and kill the bactena. This IS markedby redness and swelling at the site of infec" lion. Neutrophils (See section on' 'Human' Blood') engulfthe bacteria and destroy it. If, in spite of all these defences, infection succeeds, the lymphatic systemcomes into operation to prevent the spread of infection.When all these mechanisms fail to combat theinfection, the disease finally attacks the human body.

IiJaiooIion It is the mtroduclion of a vaccine'" the body.Vaccineis a preparation of dead or weakened pathogenicbacteria or germs. When a ,yaccin~ is mjectedmto the hody, it stimulates the body to produceanti-bodies in the blood, which may persist in theblood for long periods of time thus making the bodyimmune ,. " . . -.. lnocuiation ls the mtroduction o{ antitox. ms" serum to thebody. Serun"s a p~~ation fr~m ~~bloOdof an.~nnnal that has b~e~,modcuhlated WIth ase-produc~g germs or bacten~ ~~ '. ~s recoveredfromtheailment caused by themoculated germs .'.,' ~badena. This serum c9ntains antil>9dIes th~lJhe ;""'a1f~rmed a~a con~equence ?f the disease it ~uf. ,,ttedby . moculation. thIS. serum ISremoved from the ~ blood arid after steriliz~~on and ":eaiment'ls footedmto the hody to confer linmuruty should the "~nnsOrbacteria enter. . ',l'

Table 8.4.9

Important VacCines"

IVaccine

Edward Jen~er( 1786) of Gloucestershire mdd~ the first: su~c~s'sful~;;;~II-pox' -:,' vaccination.. ;- '" _ .•. ." ,.,

j Cholera

louis Pasteur (1880) of Franc~prepared ~

,

!~ first _90Ie~.a__v_a_cc_i_ne_.

Diphtheria and tetanus

'. Emil Adolf Von Belming dnd Shibasdburo Kitasato of Germany and Japan, '1' 0! respectively (1891), developed,antitoxins ' . to treat diphtheria and tetanus ..

;~cine

leon Calmette and ~ille'

l-._.__[Paris] developed

I i

~_-; .1'.'.

Discovered by

Small,pox.

L_.

Oral, polio vaccine

..--.

Measles ll
AIDS

G~~rin

(l992)}

th=.!~st TB v?cc~n~:..". _~I

Polio vaccine "Jonas.E. Salk(1954)

~--

B.117'

Pittsburgh (US)

Albert Bruce Sabin (1955) US' "- --'

;',

~'~1 (

-

.

_ --,..-.~-

.~.-r-- - .

John F. Enders (1960) USA Typhus Vaccine Charles Nicolle (1909) France

AIDS is a fatal disease. Its full form is Acquired Immuno Deficiency Syndrome. The disease was first reported m early 1981 from the United States md ereated a worldwide scare~The World Health Organizalion's (WHO) great concern d?"ing the deeade ls '" combat the spread of this fatal mcurable dIsease. Causes, AIDS is'transmitted by a virUs kn6~n .,as HI\!, , ,. which disrupts the entire !mmunity syste", of the human body. WhenAIDS was first derected, it was thought to be a sexually ltansmitted disease found in homosexuals only. However, later investigations revealed that the prmcipal mode of its ltansmission was through blood by way of: h, d dl f " t' d g s are nee. es or mJec mg ru s • transfusion of contaminated blood • mal sex, whicl rel="nofollow"> oftenda~ges blood vessels making enrry of the virus easy:" • ' " • se~ual relations with an infected person also . spreads the' virus' , I,":,,' _, r .. . .,' .. , ." Symproms The ",o~t. COmmon sY.J!lpt0\!lS~ aform' of.severe lun~ infection kno,W]\"': ~neumoeys"S car. '. a.nd canc.,erous s..kin tumour known mI' pneumoma as lVq>osi Sarcom~, De~th ~y '?"c~rs "': a resull of skin tumours and' other comphcahons mcludmg brain damage and severe diarrhoea.' "r <,>,

";",

'0

_

•

2

•••

--.~ ~.,

,i

il

B.118

Chapter 4

Hu'man Body

Treatment

,

There is no specific treatment yet available for AIDS. However, encouraging results have been achieved by administration of AZT (short from for 3-azido-3-deoxythymidine) taken orally four times a day. However, its long-term effects are not yet known. It in fact does not cure AIDS but only keeps the multiplication of new virus in check. Efforts are afoot to develop a vaccine against this virus. Since HIV is a very complex virus that changes its properties at a very fast pace-making speedy development of a successful preventive HIV vaccine is very difficult. However, it is not impossible. Scientists are continuing to create and test HIV vaccines-in the lab, in animals, and even in human subjects. It also takes many years to conduct the research, including the careful clinical testing that will lead to a safe and effective vaccine. These vaccine trials help researchers to learn whether a vac~ cine will work and if it can be safely given to people. ln2009, re.searcherspublished findings from a largescale HIV vaccine trial in Thailand called RVl44. Those efforts have led to the information that certain antibodies (proteins produced by the body to fight infection) may serve either as a signal or provide a direct role to decreasing the risk of becoming HIV infected. This has led to a better understanding of the type of immune response that may be needed for a preventive HIV vaccine to be effective. On July 16, 2012, The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the first drug shown to reduce the risk of HIV infection. The agency approved Gilead Sciences' pill Truvada as a preventive measure for people who are at high risk of getting HIV through sexual activity. .

'

Common Diseases Malaria is an insect-borne tropical disease.

Cause Malarial parasite (Plasmodium) which enters the blood through a mosquito bite (female anopheles). Symptoms Symptoms include shivering, fever. Repeated attacks lead to enlargement of spleen. These attacks also lead to anaemia, pigmentation of ilie face'and general weakness. .. ~.

.

Cure/prevention Malaria is cured through administra~on of quinine or plaurdine. Malaria is prevented by keeping the atmosphere free from mosquitoes.

.1

ts

Cause Bacillus tetanus and Clostridium tetanT which live in soil, dust, co~ and horse dung. It attacks an open wound exposed to dust and soil. ~ Symptoms Symptoms include painful contra"ctionof muscles, usually of neck and jaws, followed by paral. ysis of thoracic muscle.

Cure/prevention

burning of killed rats. Sulpha (or sulfa) drugs-and streptomycinadministration. ,

TyphuS Typhusis viral infection

(ause Rickettsia prowazekii, usually caused by poor hygieneand malnutrition.

Symptoms Symptoms include high fever, skin erup~ tionsand severe headache.

Preventing exposure of _~ wounds to dust and administering of Anti-Tetan~s (AT'S) injection. :'

antibiotics.

Diphtheria

Pneumonia

Diphtheria is an acute infectious disease of ~e throat.

(ause Diplococcus pneumoniae Symptoms Symptoms include chills, pain in chest,

Cause Acute infection by bacillus/corynebacterium diphtheria causes infection of throat. Symptoms

Symptoms include inflammation of throat where a grey membrane (a false membrane on mucous surface) is formed. Pain and swellingof throat with fever.

Cure/prevention

Immunization vaccine/injection of diphtheria antitoxin within 12-24 hours of appearance of symptoms.

Typhoid Typhoid is a food and water-borne infectious disease.

Cause Salmonella typhi bacillus transmitted through contaminated food and water, either directly by sew. age or indirectly by hands and faulty hygiene.

Symptoms Symptoms include temperature, slow pulse, abdominal tenderness, rose-coloured rash.

(ure/prevention Sulphonamides

and

rustysputum, rapid breathing, abdominal pain.

Rest and administration of Chloromy' cetin, proper sanitation, protection of eatables.

few'WBC. This lowers body resistan~e to 'disease and causes secondary infections whereby ilie patlEmtmay die from infections he cannot resist: ,'. '. I' , .i . ~.. ",

are

Thromboo/topenja This is ~ c~~ditio~ }ther~:\ tl;~;~~ too few platelets in the blood, asaresult blood seeps out of the circulatory system making black and blue bruise spots. If not properly. treated, it may. res~lt fu fatal blet;ding. _,l •.' "

Gonorrhoeais a venereal disease. through

sexual inter-

Symptoms Symptoms include redness, swelling, pus dischargethrough urethra, painful urination. (ure Penicillin G. Tetracycline.

Syphilis Cause Treponema pallidum transmitted through sexual contact.

Symptoms Symptoms include a hard painless sore on thegenitalia,skin eruption.

(ure/prevention Penicillin, protected sexual intercourse.

Common Blood Diseases

kaemio A condition where the RBCs are seriously Plague is a contagious disease which takes the forI:" It'ducedin number or else are deficient in haemoglo-' bin.Thisresults in reduced supply of oxygen to tisof an epidemic. ' sues,which retards normal functioning of the body Cause Pasteurella pestis, now yeasinia pestis spreadb. 'Jstems. infected rats. Transfer of infection from rat to mao ldaemio Leukaemia which is also called biood canthrough flea bite or accidental contact with infectedra!.' ccriscaused by ~ver production of WBC. The WBCs Symptoms Symptoms include acute body ache, red~ i,;errun the bOJ1emarrow and crowd out the RBC dish eyes, sudden rise of temperature, inflanunatlf ~usi~g~naemia. The disease is caused due to malof neck glands and glands in armpit, and thighs. :~IJlChonmg of bone marrow and is normally' incur" .' leoHowever,bone marrow transfusion is believed Cure/prevention Antiplague inoculation, isolation.'t ,yieldgood results. patient, disinfection of patient's clothes and utens .

••

I

~.,~

\

Haemorrhage

Haemorrhage is loss of blood from the blood vessels, which may be from external' wouhd~: and occurs in the tissues or escapeinto the body cavity.

Diseases of the Eyes

Gonorrhoea

0

Haeniophilia It is a hereditary bleeding tendency due to inadequate clotting of blood. It is a'rare disease almost always seen only in males. . v ','

<

(ure/prevention Antibiotics.

(ause Neisseria gonorrhoeae, coursewith io/ected person.

Agranulocytosis' This is"a.'conditiciri'where ther~a~e two

"j

(sUlfa drugs)

Cure/prevention

Plague

Malaria

f

Tetanus

!

B.119

'

,

~

"I

iff

.

,•• 1

Hypermetropia (far-sighfec!ness) It is a vision defect' wheh a person cannot s~e objects near at hand because the light focuses behind the r~tina. This carl be corr~~ted with convex lenses. . " '. ...

~h~n~ p~i~

Myopia (near-sightec!ness) It is a ~ision defec; son cannot see distant objects because the light enter:ing the eyes focuses ~ front of the retina. The .le!).s refracts the parallel rays entering the eye. This can be corrected by using concave lenses. Astigmatism (c!istortec! vision) It is a condition in which

cor-

light focuses on a line instead of at a point (when nea is not spherical). This line may' focus behind the retina in which case it is called Hyperopia astigmatism or Myopic astigmatism when in front of the retina. This defect can be corrected by using cylindrkallenses.

Presbyopia It is the lack of normal focusing power of the eye on objects near at hand and cOmInon in most persons after 40--42years of age. Presbyopia causes difficulty in reading and working with objectsclose at hand. This defect can be corrected by the"~se~t.'conv~x !e~es. Conjundivitis Inflammation of the eyes resulting iIl itch-:: iness and reddening of eyes making them sensitive to light is called conjunctivitis. For cure, ,the affected eye is daubed with a simple solution o£'wea~, salt water or boric acid and use of antibiotic eye "d/aps. I Trachoma It is caused by a germ called ;hi~~ydiae, and spreads by direct contact. It always affects both eyes and causes !niH itching and irritation. For cure tetracycline group orally is adthinistered. '

.......••

,

<'

III

I

B.120

i fl

I Iii "

Chapter A

Cataract It is a condition of, opacity of lens' vvhich occurs with ageing, causing progressive blurring of vision. Distant view is mostly affected, whereas near vision is often improved in early stages. Cataract can be cured by operation called lens extraction.

Jaundice, It is excessive bilirubin (present in bile jUice

Common Body Disorders

Measles It is a contagious disease caus~d by. virus; a red rash appears on the body along with fev~!. Disappears gradually after about 10 days. "v

Allergy A special reaction to a certain substance such as pollen (causes sneezing) or certain foods (causes skin rash). Allergy can be from any material, even by colour of clothes and furnishings, etc..

Aithritis

It is inflammation of joints.

Asthma

It is a respiratory disorder caused by narrowing of bronchial tubes. It is caused both by infection and due to allergy to dust-ridden atmosphere. Common symptoms include coughing, tight feeling in the 'chest and shortness of breath.' ."

Bronchitis It is inflanuniltion of bronchial tubes caused by bacteria or virus. A fatal dise;lse among infants and secondary infection among adults.

Cancer It, is, an abnormal growth of body cells, oft~n resulting in, a malignant tumow. There are several causes for this dreaded disease, and certain cancers. are yet incurable. Cancer is more common in older people as they have accumulated more mutations.

Diabetes Excess sugar in the body, when the body is not able to control level of blood sugar due to malfunctioning of the pancreas (digestive .gland), that is, when it produces inadequate insulin. A controlled diet (less carbohydrates) and intake of insulin, is the treatment for diabetes. Epilepsy, It is an unwarned and periodic loss of consciousness along with convulsions, due to nervous disorders:

Glandular Fever (mumps)

It is an acute infection probably caused by 'a virus occurS particularly in children and young adults following swelling of the glands of the neck and high fever.

Hepa;itis. 'it is" any infectious or Wlaminatory disease oithe liver commonly identified by itsprimary symptoms of jaundice. Hernia It is aweakness of the muscle surrounding an organ allowing it to bulge through, often found in the groin. It is cured by operation.

I

Hu'rrian Boay secreted by liver) in the blood, .causing yellowing of the skin, eyes and yellowish urine.

Leukaemia It is also called blood cancer (see the sec. tion on "common blood diseases")."

'r

Migraine

It is a type of a headache followed by dis. turbed vision and speech accompanied by n~usea,

Minamata

It is a neurological disease caused by severe mercury poisoning. .

Pellagra It is a disease caused by deficiency of nicotinic acid (Vitamin B complex). The symptoms are diarrhoea, mental laziness and symmetrical dermati. tis. Skin becomes red and itchy,

Ulcer An inflamed open. sore on the, skin, or' the membrane ofa body cavity. Peptic ulcer' is a; state when there are ulcers in the fOod. pipe associated with indigestiop.and mental tension; a cOffi!Ilondiseaseamong people working in an industrial society.

Antipyretics

These drugs. !lre "itse'd, io~~~r"'b'ody terripeniture.' . " . ' '.

i I

-

,.•~

.

likeaspirin (~cetylsalicylic acid) or analgesic tablets.

, ,'~'~;'"

.

-

'~

These "are drugs that c~lm ~etv~us. ~y~tern and prevent worry, tension, etc. . '. ,. " . ~ . . ", Vaccines' Drugs that are inject~d to' h~lp the body to develop resistance to disease or immunization of the body are called vaccmes. They do 'so' by simulating disease. in the body for producing antibodie~. ' .

Antibiotics Drugs used to prevent growth of body germs

.

andto destroy them as soon as possible;Mos~ common drugsunder this category are penicillin, terramycin, etc. tomsof asthma, hay fever and other allergies.

~-

,"

'.

,"

'Corn'municable Di~~ases.'

Name

Cause

Transmissio...

of infected animals; symptoms include convulsions and revulsion to water (Hydrophobia).

Brucellus abortus or B. melitensis bacteria

Cottle or goats .

Ringworm

Chickenpox(Varicell.a)

Thrombosis . Thrombosis is' formation o/~ blood clott a blood vessel or ~ the heart which results in dea~ of the patient.

-.

Tranquilliiers

Brucellosis

Small Pox It is a contagious virus disease, commc~ among children, characterized by a rash of pustules that leave permanent scars on skin. The WHO started a sustained campaign in tf.; 1960s and 1970s to eradicate small pox by masSvac' cination. In 1980, the WHO declared' that small pC', was eradicated. It was the first disease to be eradicat,' from the face of the earth.

~.,J"

Sedatives These dnigs are' used to indu~e' sleep' iike barbiturates - and biomides. ' .. . .

Rabies It is a virus disease transmitted by the saliva

lage disc in the spine is displaced putting pressure O~ the nearest nerve.

•-

Narcotics These ar~drugs that. deaden the nervous systeih ai-ld'preyent a pers~n 'from feelirlg pain, for . example, opium and,;itsderivatives such as codefue, heroin, morphlle, etc. ' .' .... ).' ...I

Analgesics These are drugs used to prevent or relieve pain

Table8.4.10

Slipped Disc It is a painful condition in which a carti.

..-

Laxatives These drugs are used for r~li\tir\.g'constipa-: tion. Drugs such as milk of magnesi.a, Metamucil, etc.

makea patient fully unconscious to prevent him from feeling pain are called anaesthetics, In case of .local anaesthesia a particular area is made senseless tem~ porarily. Used for surgical operations and includes drugs like chloroform, ether, sodiumpel1tothal, etc ..

Pleurisy It is inflammation of the membrane that COl" ers the lungs and lines the chest cavity.

infection; symptoms are fever, sore throat and a red rash.

,_.'

These;drugs are, ils~d to combat:hormone defici~ncy . t!,~~' cau.ses ~~se?sel?, D,t¥gs ~ike insulin (for dIabetics) or adrenalmcome urtder this category.

Anaesthetics Drugs that bLock sensory nerves and

Antihistamines . These drugs are' used to relieve syrnp-

Scarlet Fever It is caused by haemolytic streptococcal

-.

Hormones

CommonDrugs

Osteomalacia It is a disease caused by shortage of Vitamin D which results in softening of bones, pain causing frequent fractures and bending of the backbone,

It is a skin disease causing circular swell. ing on the skin. Transmitted through air-:borne spores and contact with infected patient.

B.121

-0'"

.

__

.

I

Incubationperiod .

.

.

..••__

•.2\veeks':"year or' more -.";,~+_,

1

.•.__ ..•.•.•.••... :.;...,, ••••' .•.• ,'

Vari.cella zostervi.rus (US) Infected person articles contaminated by 14-16 days Herpes zoster vinJs (UK) -,."_w_?,,,",~~' . discharge__~~ from mucous,membranes ~'"~-',~~~-""""--'--'':'''''''''-~''''''' __ '''~_'''''''O'_''''''''''~__ ~~ __ ,.__ ._._-".h _._.,"_~.,_ .._ .._~.."_'''.~ ~ _~ Commoncold Numerous viruses Respiratory droplets of infected person' . ! 1.,.4 days"" ~_~~M_'

Encephalitis -~~--=-Viruse~.=_' __ ~ Gasgangrene' -"' Clostridium welchii , Bacterium' t-iepatitisA (infectious) .-

HepatitisB (serum' typeB) ,~" ,

Infecllous mononucleosis(US) Glandularfever (UK) 'nAuenza --C"

'~H~p~A

•••.•••

,

---.--

...

_"

v~-" ~

•. __

- Bi!~fr~!Y1. an~nfecte~mosquito Soil or soikontamlnated articlesj,' • . .'

',.

w.~w_

.w •••

.."~"-~ ~:

Hepatitis B virus'

Cont~minated food andwater._ .. ...~--. ... __ •

"

_

.. -

.

••••••

--

A

••••

........"

.. _ .. _-~._

.••••••

~.-4=lOdayC."=-:~J "'. 6"':24 d~y; .' ", ,.,', .,. -". ,__

4-28 d;y~--""-~ .__ .~_.

._.~-....-

Infected blood; pare.ilteral injection, sexual transmission,

'.- .._----_. Epstein....Barr virus (EBV) ,

j

__ ""'-'_,""., __

'."'-"---"""--~---.'-"-"-'---

Saliva; direct oral contact with infected Person ~

••••••

-

Numerous viruses (types A, . B, C) -:' 'airborne Legionella pneumophila Bacterium Myco;;;;~terium le~;e'

•.• '---.-

-~.~~

..

-:7--;-."-

-nr "'"' '~-'-""'_.--.i""c;:.

2-6 weeks

.-..,. ~1-"'"':.~--.....,.

~"

,

6 weeks-6 months , "., 'f'

-,,-:

,.,-----, I

.i

;--,,~->--";1-

'Direct contact; respiratory droplets; possibly .1-4 days . . 'ct--" Water droplets in contaminated hot water 2-10 days/6-7 systems, cooling towers, etc. days average D~~~et.inf;~ti;n"'iminimaliV6~~;~:gFl,us) ,"" ."'vciiibble" t

~

•

•

I.,

,,~

•

. ~'-"---~----.---...-_.=«=----_ ,-_ .._._----.~-_._----_.--.-----~~. .::gionnairesdisease ,?

ieprosy '.';)ningitis

------

'---

-.

B aCI.'11us

•. ' ~." ..~._""-'

Various bacteria (bacterial meningitis) and viruses (viral meningitis)

•

.•

, .. ",'

,', ,.

,"'J .'" _ I, c, ,.: .• t. ,

, '.,' ---,.--,. __ _--"'_ .._.-~----...-------._-------~-------"y.-'~~~

Respiratory droplets

Varies with causative agent (Continued)

II

nr~

~llil

b

•

""'" I

I I~

II! I'

8.122

Chapter 4

TabJe 8.4.10

Human Body

(Continued!

I Name Paratyphoid fevers ."........~,

.----

•

•

__

~ ••••••

_7

I Pneumonia

,\0'

Transmission

Cause Salmonella bacteria Streptococcus pneumonia '_"

~""'-'--~'

~.

----~ ~

Ingestion of contaminated and water

~ -'_.~

_

{Germa;;:Yirus ...• "_

/espir~!()~y

I Scabies .scabiei

l __

~, __

~" __~,__

.

'__

variola .._-_~'

Yellow fever

-~-

Arbovirus

I

!

•.••... _.

mite

Sarcoptes

--

l

r'

""""""_,'"

'w~_~~_,,,,,,,,""""."

__

.. --'-

..__

..•.. _.

Rachiometer It is an instrument used to measure spinal

day~

--.-.-

'

.... --

_¥ ._-_. .

"'~~_, __

,_ ..•_

2-7 days

--_._-_._2-6 weeks

.,.

- ----..".-

-,----.~--

Transmitted by bite of mosquitoes, usually the aedes aegypti mosquito which had become infected by biting an infected

7-14

..~~

Appendectomy,. It is the surgical removal of inflamed

.

.

3-6 days

humgO"being an animals,.

Electrocardiograph (ECG) It is an instrument for graphically recording from the body surface, variations in electrical potential produced by the rhythmic contractions of the heart. Used to check heart ailments.

Medical Aids (Equipment)

Electroencephalograph (EEG) It is an instrument to record

Cystoscope It is an instrument for examining the inside of the urinary bladder. . CAT Scanner The computerized

axial tomography (CAT) scanner is a machine for photographing a selected plane of the human body using X-rays. It is a ring-shaped X-ray machine that rotates through 1'80 around the patient, who lies on a horizontal plane, making numerous X-ray measurements at every few degrees. The data is processed by a computer to produce the final image.

0

changes in electric potential in various areas of the brain by means of electrodes placed on ~e scalp or on the brain itself.

Endoscope It is used for internal examination by direct vision through a lighted tube fitted with a system of lenses. Gastroscope It is an instrument fitted with a lighted tube passed down the gullet (oesophagu$) to inspecl the lining of the stomach. .

Artificial Kidney It is a device containing tubes of chambers of a special membrane immersed in a bath, of dialyzing solution, used to remove waste material from the blood of patients whose kidneys do not work properly.

Heart-Lung Machine It is a machine comprising a system of pumps which takes over the function ,of the heart during open-heart surgery and circulates the blood around the body. The machine also takes over the func. tion of the lungs in supplying fresh oxygen to the blood.

Bronchioscope It is an instrument with a lighted tube which is passed down the trachea (windpipe) for examination of the air tubes of the lungs.

Laproscope It is an instrument used for the examina' tion of the abdominal cavity.

Defibrillator; It is an instrument for restoration of

organs.

rhythmical heartbeat by electrical stimulation in case of ~brillation (rapjd uncoordinated heart beating) 'YNch is a.dangerous condition.

It is an instrument used to measure

Following are some of the common medical techniques of diagnosis, and treatment of diseased organs.

'"

~creti~n

" -"'~----'

Sphygmomanometer bloodpressure.

MedicalTreatment

..------.;.-'-...--_.-

(see chickenpox) Direct contact; droplet

••

__

j, ....•.

10 days-6 months

ProlonQed physical contact

MEDICAL SCIENCE

.~

__

Direct contact or droplet spread of

' '~--;----"--'

(see chickenpox) Poxvirus

(variola)

r--~---' -----_~c,

' __

,..;.,y"',"""",,,"

,'," __ n~sopharyngeal

Microscopic , __

-----

_'~

Shingles Smallpox

f

..-"'---"_.__~'

SARS-associated Coronavirus

syndr~me}

----

7-21 days -

Bite from a rabid animal

Rub~li~~ir~~

~-_.,_i,.",. ...-" ,~.~-_

SARS {severe acute

days

Oxygenator It is a device for introducing oxygen into blood during circulation outside the b?dy, as durin& openheart surgery. curvature.

Direct contact with nasopharyngeal secretions of infected person; vomit "

Rab'i~~R~~lIa ,~ measles} ..~ ,_~"

pe~

.-

Polio viruses

r

.1-4 1-3

~

Droplet infection

Bacterium Poliomyelitis

In~n

appendixfrom the abdomen.

BiologicalResurfacing It is a surgical technique used for treatingproblems in knee joints. CoronaryArte,yBy-pass

It is a surgical procedure used totreat coronary heart disease. During this surgery, a healthyartery or vein (Normally from the leg) is connected,or grafted, to the blocked coronary Cl.rtery.

Cryosurgery It is a surgical technique of destroying a tissueby extreme cold. Liquid air or liquid nitrogen is used as the coolant which is Circulated through speciallydesigned equipment to destroy tissue that is 100 delicate to be manipulated with ordinary surgical instruments. Cystoscopy It is the technique of examining the inside of the urinary bladder using an optical instrument calledcystoscope which is a narrow tube fitted with a system of lenses and lights. This instrument is insertedthrough the urethra.

Diolysis It is ,a method of removing waste products fromthe blood using a special membrane which allowswater and waste products to pass through but retainsblood cells and proteins. This is used in case ofkidneyfailure. ~fothermy It is a technique of generating heat in a tissueby me~s ,of a high frequency electric current. Usedto relieve pain due to muscular disorders.

It is an instrument for testing of sense

Ent~r~tomy It is a surgical technique of making an artificialopening in the intestines, usually as part of treatmentof ulcers.

It is a device to inspect the inside of the eye and diagnose eye ailments.

€astredomy It is the surgical removal of, th~ stomach ~ Part of it in the treatment of tumours or ulcers in estomach.

Olfactometer Ophthalmoscope

8.123

Hypothermia It is a techniqueito lower bo'dytemperature to reduce the body's requireinent':o£'!oxygen during extended surgery of the bram or head. 1 , . . '. : . . 'f. l i..; ~:!I" ..J,j Hysterectomy It is the surgical removal of the uterus or womb in women. ! .., ..• ', J

,

••

~

",U

l""

~

.

Laparoscopy

It involves examin~ti6~ of fuec:ibdominal cavity usihg an ?ptical iI}~~~~t >cali.e,~.1~pq~6s~ope w~ch isJitt~d wi!h ~ ~y.~t~mof, !enos,~~ a;nd;a light source. The instrument is inserted into the abdominal cavity through a small incision k the 'abdo!llen. ' '

Lumbar Puncture It is a technique of obtaining a,specimen of the cerebrospinal fluid by-inserting a'long needle between tWo vertebrae in ,the 'lowerJspine; Used for the diagnosis of mehingitis and'otherdisorders affecting the brain or spinal cord. Nephrectomy

It involves rt~.qiovalofa disea~ed or da~~ aged kidney. , ,,' [..',;' 1'1' •

•

~

,.~:

o..J. ~

•. ~-

aU.

J

•

,

Oophorectomy

It is the surgical rem<;>val' of, a diseased ovary or one with a tumour or cyst. ",

Venipunctu~e The puncturing of. a vein to,' ~ject i'~ drug, blood or other fluids mto the veIn or to' obtain a blood sample for clinical examination is called venipuncture. ~,

Marvels of Medical' Science .,..,~

c

.-

transplantation of Organs To replace a diseased organ with a healthy one, ds one of the. highest .achj.eve.; ments .of m~dical sci~nce in recent years." Th~ difficulties experienced by the, ddctors, in this conn~ction are: First, ,the body's imtnune system whi<;l).:makes it reject any forei~transplant, and second, to find a donor with a suitable organ for replacement., ,However, new anti-rejection drugs have proved very helpful in this direction. Organs that can be easily transplanted: (i) Grafting of blood vessels, heart-valves and bone is done using dead tissue taken from a dead body. (ii) The cornea (in the eye) transparent as there is no blood vessels, so it is not linked to the body's immune system. TransplantatiQn of organs which can be easily rejected by body's immune system are also possible after proper matching. For example, kidney transplantation" has the best track record so far. The survival rate is 90%. It is relatively easy to get a spare kidney because anyone with two healthy kidneys can donate one and still continue to lead a normal life. Dr R. H. Lawler performed the first

I!

It I

I;,

j'

"I

B~" 24

Human Body

Chapter 4

homotransplantations of kidney in 1950 at H~rvard M~,dical School, US. In India, the first kidney transplant was done in 1971 at CMC, Vellore (Tamil Nadu), on Mr Shanmugham. ,I ' ,

Transplantation of Hearl The' first wh~le organ, to be

In

transplanted the human body is heart. Heart transplant has now become a very common operation but the survival raters only about 45% due torejectiohof the new heart by the body's immune system. The first heart transplant operation was performed on Louis Washkansky, aged about 55 years in South Africa on D~cember 3, 1967, by a tearrt of 30 surgeons headed by ,:t;>iof. Christian Neethirtg Barnard.' The donor was Miss Denise Ann Darwall, aged 25, an' acCident victim. The longest surviving" heart transplant has been of-Emmanuel Vitra of France who received the h~art of a 20 years pld man on November 28, 1968, arid lived for another 15 years (up to 1982). Madhava Rao was the first Indian to have a heart transplant in 1985' aYPennsylvania(USA) at the cost of ~12 lakhs. Open heart surgery ip. India was performed for the first time at CMC Vellore in 1989 by Dr N.Gopinath ang 'or, ~. 'H. Betts on girl, Beulah, ~ho, was only 12 years of age.

Artificial Hearl In view of the' difficulty to get suitable donors, attempts have been made, with encouragipg results, to replace the diseased heart with a totally artificial. heart iInplant.

Bone Marrow Transplantation

It is done to treat certain blood-r~lated; diseases like Leukaemia "arid Aplastic anaemia. A donor's bone marrow is removed from the pelvic bone and infused into the recipient's arm. The suceess rate is ,now about 60% in case of acute leukaemia in children. .

Lungs Replacement of diseased lungs has been tried and the survival period has, been only 10 months.

\,

,"J

GLOSSARY

.~

11-. ..,,* ,.'

Quick Faets 4

"_'_,tt

~.'V~,

India's

"","

~"

~,,'~:':~\'

'.~~

Fi~stHeart Transpla,ntation

India's first successful heart transplantation operation was .performed by DrP, Venugopal at the AIHndia Institute .of Mediccil, Sciences (AIIMS) on August 3, 1<;194, on 0 42-year-old mechanic with a 34-year-old dead woman serving as the heart donor.

. Test Tu~e Baby i

,-~,,'

,'

. A test,tube'baGy i~ the ovum.'

~,." ')

a baby b6rn by a~Hfj~falfertilization of

The techn,ique was, developed by Robert Edwards and Pdtrick Steptoe in 1970, The first tesnub~ ,baby was a baby girl, Louise Brown, born to Lesley Brown in Lancashire [UK). In India, tne first test tube baby Harsha' was born on August 6, 1986, to Mani Chawda. The technique was deve~ op~d byRr Indira Hinduja at KEM Hospital, Bombay (now Mumbai): ' . J..;;"{

" -I~

.

')..'!

'.,"

:. __j.J

f;,~

t ' ..• 1_

.:0'.

I' ")

•••

by thyrOId cartilage which IS attached to the front of the larynx'(voice pox). It is more prominent and larger in males: than 'in, females because the' male larynx is larger ill order to accommodate th~ larger vocalcords.,... ".

Adenoids It iS'an enlarged mass of lymphoid tissue in the nasopharynx which can obstruct breathing and eveninterfere with hearing. Along with tonsils they leavethe p~~ose of preventing the entry of germs intothe respiratory system.

AJrenals Th~~~are ductless glands situated above the kidney.

Alimentary Canal, It is the digestive tract from mouth to anus,

n'

Aorta It is the largest artery in the human body that emergesfrom the left ventricle. of .!he h~"!'~~.I:;':IJ~, disbibutespurifiea blood throughout the body ..

Surrogate, Mothers

oJ I

In c~se thefer~ale gehital syst~ni ofo wo~;n is not properly functi()naland incapable of developing the embryo, the ovum of that woman is removed and fertilized in 0 ; test t~b.e.The fertilized ovum is then placed in the womb of another woman in whose womb the embryo develops, Such women are referred to as syrr;gate mothers,

j

•

AqueousHumour .'It is the transparent fluid of the ante~ riorchamber ~f the eye.

Blood Sugar' Itisthe'arnount of glucosein'theblood. 81001Ur~q,.I}~s!he amount~f ~~a (e~d product of pro': t~in rn~t~b.2li~m)' within~~})~rjp.al p'J.nge.•. ". ~. hl ~~J?!ood ,'.. . Buccal Cavity It is the cavity between the jaws, and the. cheeks, mouth, oral cavity, oral fisstb-e, rima oris-the opemng tJ1rougl{'~hicli'food is takeil'~.: The proc~ss .t~ ." ~ '! of digestion starts here. . ,. . . .' .

,~'

I

.t.

f.

1

-

-

..

'

,-

\

,..'

':

.'

.

••. i'

I'"

,:.H ..•. -,.

.

~

"i

-1 •••• ;

"",.~}

~~

.••.

~,J.¥.l

;'.

..\

Cardiac "It is aJer~pertainingto the heart., ../i,'. Q4"l Carpopedal It isa term pertaining't6:the hands' and feet

•. •

,,' , .. ' '. ',_

<

~

•••

~.

"

'

Cerebellum "."It is' a"part 0'£the brain 10catedbe16W aJ;{d' be~? the, cere?~:wIy,ch CPJ;lt!,o,l~ m,t!~cular,a~tivh . ties ,and eq~br~~Jof,~e,~o9-Y;, '.f C'jt. _;,.," ,";--' Cerebrum It is the largest part of the brainwhich is the centre of intelligence, co-ordination memory;,will, etc!'

Coagtilase It" is'ai{''~ni:0r\eJ'~hich . - - ,.,-,'." ',' example, rennin'thrombin:

doiS"pl~~rilk,foi ,', ( ",,'~,",-'''.,";, ...,. ,.", "':- '.'

1~)'1.

.

I

)

.'

l'

l~ ,

f'

• 't

Coagulation ,- It is the curdli,ng of blood or tllEdormation of a clot in the blood.

",,'

•

.'j

,,!

:

(~Vr,

Corpuscle. It is ~ microscopic mass of'pfot
Auricle It is the two upper chambers of the heart that receiveimpure, blood through the veins. It is 'also pinnaof the external ear.

Dermis It is the' tnie epidermis.

Axon It is a long, slender projection of a nerve e'ell,

Diastole It IS the relaxation period of the cardiac'~yci~ as opposed to Systole or expansion of the heart.

skin, thelayet

lJel6w 'tilE!, 1

I

...•,'',',

Better results have, however, been obtaiIi.ed with the transplant of the heart and lungs unit together in which case survival rate has been up to 4 years,

orneuron that typically conducts electrical impulses awayfrom the neuron's cell body.

BileJuice It is the alkaline juice secreted. by the liver

Dorsal This is a 'term pertaining t
Pancreas First pancreas transplant was attempted in

intothe duodenum . .It does not contain any digestive enzymes.Digestive process of fat will be hampered if bileis not secreted. '.

Dropsy It is an old term for the swelling of soft tissues due to the accumulation of excess water. Causes include consumption of adulterated mustard' oiL

Blood(aunt

Duodenum. It is the first par.! of .the $mall intestine"

1966 to treat diabetic patients. It elitrlhlates need of

regular insulin injections and prevents other diabetes associated complications. The survival rate so far has been only 25%.

It is the calculation of the number of red andwhite cells (RBCs and WBCs) in 'a cubic millimetreof blood. A haemocytometer is used to check bloodcount.

~ Bonk It is a storage of whole blood or plasma ~hichis preserved under refrigeration for transfuSIonin an emergency (Refer to 'Blood transfusio~'). '

n, i

~;

IIoodPressure It is,the pressur~ exerted by blood on '<J. tloo, ..

1

,

Adam'sApp~e .. ~~ bulge ~(th~~r~~t?H~t;, ~~f~.f.?rIl}ed

B.125

•

.

.',-,' .l.ll'..

"

j

,

, .,

.;,

"

.

,

~I

,~

.

where digestive juices help in'digestion,

Ejaculatory Tubes The two fine ~bes, one on eithe;sid~ commencing at the union of ili'e seminal vesicle, are called ejaculatory tubes. " ,'- ' 'Erythrocyt~~ These are RBCs (Refer to 'Blood'). . Fallopian Tubes The two tubes opening out oithe ~pp~r ';

,

•.

~,,~

"'!~')-',

J

'"'

I

thewallsof blood vessels; measured in millimetres of IlIercuryon a sphygmoff}anometer.

part of the uterus' that connect~e vagina'to the ovaries. Each measures 10-16 cm. They carry the ova into the uterus" ".. '''.-''.. to " ',,.,.. ~.J

1Ieod,Serum It is the fluid seen when blood clots; it COnsISts of plasma minus the clotting agent.

Gall Bladder It is a pouch situated at the lower border of the liver for storage of bile juice.

,.J

i j

r

,.j

, 1'!11 8.'126

Chapter 4

Pulmonary Artery The artery carrying impu;e blOOd from the heart to the lun~s is. called pulmonary artery. The only artery carrymg rmpure bl90d as all other arteries carty pure blood.

Haemoglobin

It is the red pigment of the blood that contains oxygen (Refer to 'Blood').

Hormones Secretion of' the ductless glands (Refer to 'Glands').

Reflex Adion It is an involuntary motor or secretory response by tissue to a sensory stimulus, for example sneezing, blinking, coughing, etc. '

Hypertension

It is abnormal high tension, alluding to blood pressure and involving systolic and diastolic levels. A resisting systolic pressure of 160 nUn mercury and a resisting diastolic pressure of 100 mm mercury indicates hypertension.

Hypotension

Spinal Cord It is the continuation of the med~lla oblon_ gata; enclosed in the backbone the spinal cord Controls reflex actions and communicates' messages between the brain and the body.

It is low blood pressure (systolic below

110 mm mercury and diastolic below 70 mm mercury).

dadic Acid Lactic acid

is a

chemical compound that plays a role in various biochemical processes. It is mainly produced in muscle cells andRBCs. It accu'" mulates in the muscles after continuous strenuous physical exercise as a result of temporary anaerobic respiration and cause muscular fatigue.

Medulla Oblongata It is the upper part of the spinal cord between the foramen magnum of the; occipital bone and the pons cerebri-the lower most part of the brain which connects the spinal cord to the brain.

Tendon It is a fibrous cord or band connecting muscles to a bone. Ventricle The two lower chambers of the heart from which purified blood flows out through arteries are called ventricles. ,I Ventra1fhamber The belly of the body composed of two main cavities, the thorax (which contains heart, lungs) and the abdomen (which contains digestive, excretory and reproduction organs), separated by the diaphragm is called ventral chamber.

Ligaments A band or sheet of fibrous tissue that connects two or more bones is called ligament.

Vitreous Humour It is the transparent fluid in the pos' terior chamber of the eye. (Refer to 'Human Organs' section).

Nosocomial It is an infection which is acquired in the hospital.

Table 8.4.11

Systole It is the contraction of the cardiac cycle Or contraction of the heart.

f

'1"-.\

k.

~I'.. f".

t ~ '

Medicol Discoveries ,-:~,

Nladeby

hlv~ntionl

Year

1

C',)very Antibiotic (Penicillin)

Alexander Fleming (London)

Josee!! L~ster(Glas!Jow) : 1865

Aspirin . , ~

Dr Felix Hoffmann (Germany) __ ~

~_.

lBlood Circulation

L__ ~ __ . Blood Group Blood Transfusion

William Harvey .l~~,tain) " _~_ K. Landsteiner

1897 1683 ,

1625

I

J

1900-1902

'-~-----

lean BaposteDenys (France)

-------Electrocardiogram J IdECG) _' .. :t~

.

Heart-Lung Machine n:iyp;der;it-~'.' t.~yrin~~.,.

RobertKoch (~erm~ny) •

1877

~~

Klebs and Loffler (Germany)

, ,'-J'

,"i

.....

William Einthoven (Dutch) _

1903

John Heynsham Gibbon (US) Alexander ~~d-' (Britain)

1953

-':I

~,

':.;

.ff'

..;0'0

185

3 ~,"

_

'j

-I

.'l-.~

" .""

' n

I Insulin

ChristianBarnard ' . (SouthAfrica) (Human body)* '., .~.~..,._.

~.,...

1967

11;

,til

v

'111

",

~Q

~)i

.. ~'.~=."m~""....,~

FrederickBanting and Charles Best(Canada)

~'.\'

.,Jt:

,. ,

",t:""'!

Heart Transplant

(","~-----""~' ..

Cholera/TB Germs

Year'ii'

~;plscovery Diphtheria germs

1928

lAntiseptic

II,!ven~ion/;

:t;.;j

.~..:f~

" 4)T

'.

0" •.

l

.J

"~,r"

!

:1)

!"

6

••• ii rrl,l, I ill

8.128

Chapter 4

H,uman Body

j, 1

1.

'I'

-"';';';"'~~-'-:""::;';""':::":":"-....,--------::-------.,..--~.1,

[B» Topic~wi'se'As~esslhent

(c) (d)

Brain and spinal cord Vertebrae and brain.

2.

The mon tight ness

main symptoms of which commedical problem are coughing, feeling in tqecnest and shortof breath?

(a) (b) (c)

Coronary blockage, Tuberculosis Asthma

(d)

Pn~u~onia

The digestive enzyme is

(a) (b) (c) (d)

What is not the life spa~ of RBC? 90 days 120 days 160 days Both (a) and (c)

16. Which ~f the following",functions ' heart is not true?

juice

which

has no

,Red, blood. cells Platelets Proteins White blood cells

(I:» (c) cr. (d)

5. 'Match

(b)

Bile Saliva Intestinal juice Gastric juice

(c) (d)

of

(a) (b) (c) (d)

B. Neutrophils

2. 50-60%

C. Red blood cells

3. 25%

D. Lymphocytes

4. 65-70%

(a) (b) (c) (d)

B

C

D

(a)

2

4

1

3

(a)

(b)

4

1

3

2

(b) (c) (d)

(c)

,1

3

4

2

(d)

3

1

2

4

What is the role of iodized salt in the human body?

(d)

To regulate the funCtion of thyroid gland To activate the pancreas To augment the working of kidneys To strengthen the cells of mind

Who classified human blood groups? (a) (b)

'Landsteiner A. S. Weiner

300 204 432 198

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Larri~tck vileine,~ Wi'I'lia'm'Harvey

(d)

Norman

. (c) ~ Oesophagus, stomach, small 'intestine, caecum,.rectum (d)' Stbmach, sinaJ.l intestine,.

circulatol)

(d)

correct according brain?

(b) (c) (d)

Gluteus Auditory ossicle Stapedius Sartorius

(c) (d) muscle

in the

stapedius

Heart Middle ear 'Upper part of hip bone Buttock

(b)

muscle

is not a func.

Storage of RBC Formation of lymphocytes and antigens Removes foreign particles frolT' blood Formation of antibodies

21. What would happen if human blood becomes acidic (low pH)? (a)

Gluteus Auditory ossicle Stapedius Sartorius

statements ~

Lungs are not concerned with the purification of blood Lungs are a pair of thin walled tubes in chest cavity The right lung is larger than the left lung All ofthe above

20. Which of the following tion of spleen? . (a) (b)

(c) (d)

(d)

to

19. Which of the following true?

Oxygen-carrying capacity of haemoglobin is increased Oxygen-carrying capacity of haemoglobin is decreased RBC count increases RBC count decrease

22. What are the partS that constitute the

combination is to their positions in .

Spinal cord, cerebellum, cerebrum, medulla oblongata Cerebrum, cereb~lIum, medulla oblongata, spinal cord Medulla oblongata, cerebrum, spinal cord, cerebellum Cerebellum, medulla oblongata, cerebrum, spinal cord

(b)

To give strength to veins

Spinal nerves

25. Which

part messages?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

of

brain

transmits

Cerebrum Cerebe'lium Medullaoblongata Nerves :'j

B. Cervical

2. 12 3. 1

Methane Nitrogen dioxide' Carbon monoxide Sulphur dioxide

27. Match the fdllowing: Age

Pulse rate (beats/min)

,~

A. Second year

1. 140

B. New born

2. 150

C. Foetus in utero

3.120

D. First year

4. 110 C

D

(a)

4

1

2

3

(b)

3

2

4

1

(c)

2

(d)

1

3

1

4

4

3

2

28, What are th~ nerves that emerge from ' '

Brain and blood Vertebrae and spinal cord

(a) (b)

Spinal nerves Sensory nerves

4

C

D

3

2

(b)

2

4

1

3

(c)

2

1

3

4

(d)

3

1

4

2

(a)

Digestion -

(b)

Absorption - Egestion Digestion -Absorption-' Assimilation -Egestion

(c)

Absorption ~AssimilationEgestion - Digestio'n'

(d)

Assimilation

31. Vaccines are used to build immunity to disease by

7 months.,

,~ ,',

•• ;'

-:li'~.

,'I

;',.:f"'

.

,Skene's giand .

(b) (c) (d)

used

,t

36. Which sex organ produces gametes? :. (a) 'Gonad wi •.., • (r>,i'~;'~ .; (b) (c) (d)

Scrotum Labia Vulva

,•• in ,ll

,'"

}$:J,'-

\-

)~

Enzyme

':4)1

;il

.fr.;'hj

~\;

"_!it

')

j,.;

~-~l"'\~

' Produce(j

A. Peptin

,":

by- '.,

• ,,' 1,' Pancreas

.'

B. Amylase

2. 'q~~trl{~lands

C. Ptyalin I'

3. Intestinal glands

."f'

D. Erepsin4.,

_

_

Saliv.arY gla,nds ,. D

2

(b)

3

1

2

4

by a large

(c)

.2

1

4

3

br~large

(d)

1

Cornea, aqueous humour, lens, vitreous humour

(b)

Lens, C<:>rnea,aqueous humour, vitreous humour '

(c)

Aqueous humour, 'vitreous humour, lens, Cornea Cornea, Lens, vitreous humour, Aqueous humour .

Oesophagus, rectum, caecum, small intestine, stomach Stomac:h"oesophagus, rect.um, small intestine, caecum

'C

,2 , ,}' ,,3;'

, 4

38." Match the following: List A

List B

A. Testosterone

1. Ovary

B. Insulin

2. M'ale reproductive organ' .

1

l'

'"

f,":;O'

•••

-'*J-'!" •. '~

~ ..• ,

C. Thyroxin

~"3.,,.Pancreas

D. Oestrogen

".4., GroWth and metabolic rate . J"

33. Which of the following is the ,correct order ot"aiimentary canal? .

to

Cowper's gland ' ,\ Genitalia ,tel."V': I ,-' Genital ',,'1' "",'

3

antibC?dies ~n blood

(a)

(b)

~J

4

'Injecting stream.

(a)

,!

d'

(a)

(b)

(d)

(d)

~-

B

Simulating disE!ase in the body to produce antibodies.

~,;~~nc!n~,immun~ty d..oseof ~ri.zymes.

'j'.

forn;1?

'A

(a)

(d)

4 months / 6 months'" 5 months

:,'-'::

.,

Absorption-

Enhancing immunity dose of vitamins.

• ~',1'A;

.. ",

37. Match the following:

Egestion

(c)

(a) (b) (c)

:(a)

Assimilation-

-

rectum, caecum

"

35. What is the Latin word .• . "'~ "/t,~ .-' .~::';,' _b' deSCribe the sex organs?,

30. Indicate the proper order of steps in the nutrition process.

nervous system? (a) (b)

1

pass th~9ugh to get a(1)l'(1age?

B

skull?

(a)

g' .

",-}

. "1J

;t',.

32. What is the way that the light, must

A

I

4.8

A

!

'L-

C. Lumbar D. Co~cygeal

3,

34. At which age milkteeth.will

1. 5

Digestion -

gases readily combines with the haemoglobin of the blood?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~

A. Thoracic

•

26. Which one among the following

•

Number ..,;;.

24. Which of the following

(a)

'To block the'impurities give its shape To preventback flow of blood

29. Match the followi~g:

oesophagus,

Cerebrum, medulla oblongata, coccyx Coccyx, cerebrum, cerebellum

(c)

(a)

Gluteus Sartorius Stapedius Auditory ossicle

the

(d)

(a) (8) (c)

(a) (b) (c)

Spine Head Shoulder Ear

15. Where is prese~t?

(b)

Collects impure blood from organs All of the above blood

combination

Cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla oblongata 'Cerebellum, coccyx, medulla oblongata

18, What is the purpose of v~lves in veins?

Ulna Femur Clavicles Humerus

14. What is the smallest huma~ body?

(a)

(c)

bone in human

13. Which muscle passes behind the femur and attached to tibia bone of leg?

A

(b) (c)

lk ~

parts of brain ~strue?

Supplies pure blood to all parts of the body .

17. Who - discovered system?

12. What is the bulkiest muscle in the body? 1. 54%

Collects impure l;Jlood from lungs 1 .'

in a

Percentage

A. Plasma

(a)

are present

11. In which part of the body the shortest bone is present?

the following:

Components blood

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

01

C

10. What is the largest body?

Who are the soldiers of the body's defence system? (a)

7.

Charles Darwin Anderson

9. ,How many bones newborn baby?

Plasma Eryth rocytes Haemoglobin Platelets

(a) (b) (c) (d)

6.

8.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

.,~~

4.

(c) (d)

Red blood corpuscles are also called (a) (b) (c) (d)

3.

Motor nerves Cranial nerves

' ••.•

23. Which of the following 1.

(c) (d)

8.129

.A,,!

(a) (b) '(c) (d)

4

3

c

.

~~.J ~;:.

"j

B. "~;'\C'

1 2.

D

"2' 4"

f;t' ,." ",'4',":'" 3' l

;3 '.4

i 3'"'

4

1 I

2.

;'

.............a

lI

I

8.130

I,

39.

40.

(c) (d) are ductless

glands?

(b) (c) (d) I ; ,

,

41 .

42.

46.

Thymus, liver, pancreas, kidney, thyroid Pancreas, thyroid, thymus, liver, skin Thymus, thyroid, adrenal, pancreas, pituitary Pituitary, adrenal, pancreas, liver, skin

Whi(h of the following hereditary unit? (a) (b) (c) (d)

is called

2. 3. 4.

47.

Vitamin C is essential to make connective tissue in body. Vitamin 0 is needed for synthesis of eye pigment. Vitamin B'2 helps ,in maturation of RBC. Vitamin C is required to make use of calcium absorbed from the intestine.

Fq

43.

48.

(a) (b) (c) (d) 49.

and and and and

2 3 4 4

50.

(a)

:~

(b) (c) (d)

,(a) (b) (c) (d) 45.

\

Ii

Eugenics Population genetics Genetic counselling Cytogenetics

Physiological genetics deals with

2. Diarr~oea

(a)

C. vitamin C

3. Haem.orrhage 4. ScurvY

A

B

C

D

(a)

1

4

3

2

(b)

2

3

4

1

(c)

3

4

2

1

(d)

3

2

1-

disease

•

Requirement in day (approximately)

55.

is called

(b)

A disease occurs erratically with apparently n? clue to its occurrence A disease simultaneously affects a small number of people in an area A disease occurs erratically with a clue to its occurrence

1. 2. 3. 4.

Sand .fly

(b) (c) (d)

Bed-bug Culex mosquitoes Anopheles female

(a) (b) (c) (d)

___ (a) (b) (c) (d)

B. Minerals

2. 3000 mg

Parasite

C. Proteins

3. 18 mg

(c) (d)

Virus Amoeba

(a) (b) (c) (d)

C

o

(a)

Deletion mutation

2

1

3

4

(b)

Point mutation

(c) (d)

Silent mutation Frame shift mutation

2

1

(c)

1

2

4

3

(d)

3

4

1

2

57.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

What is the hydrolysed protein? (a) (b)

Carbohydrate Vitamins

product

of

Caposi's sarcoma

(b)

Pneumocystis

(c) (d)

Tetanus None of the above

68.

1 and2 only 1 only 1,2and3 4 the organ.

69.

inflammation

What was the name of the first test tube baby?'

III'

Lungs Liver Pancreas Kidney

70.

Inflammation Inflammation Formation of Formation of vessels

(d) 72.

is.

(a) (b)

Analgesic Antipyre

(c) (d)

Antihistamines Antipyretic

What is the droplets? (a) (b)

infection

WhOoping cough Pneumonia

caused

by

of

name

for

Coke Peyote Booze Poppers

(b) (c) (d)

a tissue by

Appendectomy Cryosurgery Nephrectomy Venipuncture

Cerebrospinal Cerebrum Vertebrae Upper spine

77.

Through abdomen Through Through Through stomach

technique,

fluid

instrument

Lesley Brown

(c) (d)

Lily Bro~n Lizzy Browh

I,

In India, first test tube baby was born hospital...

(a)

CMC

(b) (c)

AIMS KEM

. (d)

HIT

rytatchthe

(_

" following:.

List A

List B

A. Harsha

1. First heart transplantation

B. Dr P.Venu Gopal

2. Lungs 'transplantation

C. First open heart surgery

3. M.ani Chawla

0, 10 months

4. 1989

survival rate

Knee joints Ankl~ joints Hip joints Vertebral joints

How is the inserted? (a)

73.

period

Louise Brown

(b)

in._._

76.

common

In lumbar puncture needle is inserted in (a) (b) (c)

of lungs of bronchial tubes stones in kidney clots in blood

75.

3-6 days 1-3 days 10-90 Clays 2-6 weeks

Technique of destroying extreme cold is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

71.

ATP Lactic acid Ethyl alcohol Carbon dioxide

(a)

Biological resurfacing is a recent surgical technique used to treat problems of (a) (b) (c) (d)

of

. Measles Typhoid fever Pneumonia Brucellosis

What is the alcohol? (a) (b) (c) (d)

temperature?

In AIDS, cancerous' skill tumour ~

(a)

Calcium Phosphorus Nitrogen Carbon

64. Which drug is used to reduce body

called 51 .

for weaken-

is n()t caused

What is' the, incubation yellow.fever? . (a) (b) (c) (d)

63. What is the reason for thrombosis?

Thalassemia is an example of

B

67.

74.

WhiCh of the following by droplets? (a) (b) (c) (d)

is called

continuous strenuous physical exercise asa result of temporary anaerobic respiration that causes muscular fatigue?

4. 1200 mg

A

disorder

62. What accumulates in the muscles after

isolated from living cell? Bacteria

3

66.

Loss o.f consciousness with convulsions Excessive pilirubin in the blood Inflammatory disease of liver Abnormal growth of body cells

61. Pleurisy is

Which agent becomes inactive when

(b)

4

2 6

(c) Malaria (d) - Mumps

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

What is the carrier for the disease malaria? ' (a)

of

elements is responsible ing of bones?

sporadic

A disease simultaneously affects a large number of people in an area.

(a)

(b)

be

60. Deficiency of which of the following

4

(a)

1. 70 g

(a)

(b) (c) (d)

mosquitoes

56.

Study on the structure of nucleus of cell and its part is called

B. vitamin K

Match the following:

D. Sodium

59. What. type jaundICe?

(d)

54.

(b) (d)

3 4

1. Night blindness

(c)

Hydration Oxidation Nitration Purification

A. Iron

gap 44.

Carbohydrates Proteins Minerals E~zymes

Nutrients

Twins that are born joined together Twins have sam'e genetic characters Twi~s may be the same sex or of different sex Twins, born with 1 year time

catalyst present

should

Deficiency

disease?

What is the chemical process in tissues by which energy and water is liberated? (a) (b) (c) (d)

times taken in a day?

A. vitamin B

Which

AZT

58. HoW many (a) (c)

does not deals

of blood respiration drugs tissue

What is the organic in digestive juices?

"

Match the following:

D. vitamin A

53. The chemistry Chemistry of Chemistry of Chemistry of

Iron Amino acids

Vitamins

Clinical genetics Eugenics Population genetics Physiological genetics

Medical biochemistry (a) (b) (c) (d)

Who are Siamese twins?

,! J

1 1 2 1

52.

with

Select the correct answer using the code given below. (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

Study of structure of nucleus Effects of various,types of radiation on genetic material Distribution and behaviour of va.rious organelles of a cell Elucidating the normal functions of various organelles of a cell

The field that deals with the applications of genetic material responsible for certain diseases and their transmission from one generation to another is (a) (b) (c) (d)

DNA, Chromosome RNA Gene

Which of the following statements about vitamins' are correct? 1.

(a) (b)

are

Nucleus Chromosome DNA Cytoplasm

Which of the following (a)

Ii,i

HumanBody

Which among the following called the carriers of genes? (a) (b) (c) (d)

8.131

Chapter 4

78.

A

B

C

o

(a)

2

3

1

4

(b)

3

1

4

2

(c)

4

2

3

. (d)

1

43

Chorea is often .accompanied (a)

Hypotonia

(b)

Hypertonia

(c)

Epilepsy

(d)

None of the above

a small incision in the mouth rectum route a small'incision

79.

in

Which one among the following structures or cells is not present in connective tissues?

80.

by

proteins occur normally a harmless form. (a) (b)

laproscope

1 2

in

Myelinated Prion

(c)

Prodromal

(d).

Semantic

Accumulation human body disease.

of mercury leads to

(a)

Itai-itai

(b) (c) (d)

Methaemoglobinanaemia Minamata Polio

The complete

into

loss of voice is called

(a) (b)

Chondrocytes Axon

(a)

Dysphasia.

(b)

Aphonia

(c) (d)

Collagen fibre Lymphocytes

(c)

Encephalon

(d)

Paraphasia

.•..

\.;. '

8.132

i

i

Answers' Topic.wise Assess,ment .

! •

Chapter 4

., ,

1. (c) 11. (d)

2. (b) 12. (a)

21. (b) 31. (a) 41. (d)

22. (c) 32. (a) 42. (b)

51. (d) 61. (a) 71. (c)

52. (b) 62. (b) 72. (a)

3. (d)

5. (a)

6. (a) , 16. (a)

7. (a) 17. (c) 27. (a)

13. (d) 23. (a)

4. (d) 14. (c) ',24. (b)

33. (c) 43. (a)

34. (d) 44. (d)

37. (c) 36. (a) 35. (c) 45; (d) .. 46. '(a) .,47. (c)

53. (b) 63. (d) 73. (b)

54. (d) 64. (d) 74. (a)

55. (c) 65. (b)

15. (b) 25. (d)

75. (c)

.26. (c)

56. (d) 66. (d) 76. (b)

57. (a) 67. (a) 77. (a)

8. (a) 18. (c) 28. (d) 38. (a) 48. (d) 58. (c) 68. (c) 78. (b)

9. (a), 19. (c) 29. (b) 39. (b) 49, (b) 59. (b) 69. (a) 79. (c) , !.,..

"

10. (b) 20. (b) 30. 40. 50. 60. 70. 80.

(b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (b)

~

,f.~

HI.hUgh'eei loplcs • Community and.Ecosystem

f

J:,

f;:' (, (;{

I

Dynamics

• Biosphere

;11

t

"'"'11>/(,,' «

..

"""il

'J:'

>

....

\..'

' in Biosphere

. e1in'pOr!cint'Ph-enbmena I

~~:~>.., ..~.;.;.;~

,.;,;

~/

I' i

(.

"

:",

f"

I~,;.~

.

~~I'~....,

k

I

" ~,',

,

e;Ecos)'ste,m~ as Environmental, Support' Systems , '{

r.'

)"t:

..•. ,r

Jf

t

'1'"t;.

t

'* .~ .;

•• ,-t [1"'1'.0

"'1 '\

COMMUNITY AND ECOSYSTEM DYNAMICS A community is the set of all populations that inhabit in a certain area. Communities can have different sizesand boundaries. An ecosystem is a higher level of organizatiofl-the 'community plus its physical environment.Ecosystems include both the biologica} andphysical componen~s affecting. the community. [t canbe studied from a structural view of popula.tion distributionor from a functional view of energy flow andother processes. .

l I

..;

~,;

f

Classification of Communities ,,',

,' 'l'J

J

There are two basic categor!es of communities: terrestrial (land) and aquatic (water} These two basic types of communities contain eight smaller units known as biomes. A biome is a.large-scale' category containing many c0Illft1-ur:u~ies .."..of a1s~~a~ nature, who?e d,is~ ~~bution. is .largt;ly ,~ontr:olle~, ~y; climate. Ter!~strial biomes include ~drCl' gr~ssland, desert, taiga, temperate forest, tropical forest; aquatic biomes, includ~ marine, f!e~hwater: .' ".' '" " ,.

,

,

0'"

••

,"'.

"

",l

I f ',~ " .•

Community Structure

",

Eco[ogistsfind that within a community many POpulationsare systematically distributed. There was apatternand process of spatial distribution of species wasa major accomplishment of ecology. Two of the mostimportant patterns are open community structure and.the relative rarity of species within a community. Ifwithina community similar geographic range and densitypeaks are observed among native' species, ~ the Community is said 'to ,be a closed community. It diSCrete unit with sharp boundaries known as eco~, An open community, however, has a popula~ lionWithoutecotones and is distributed more or less Qrldo!llly,

I

'.,' t..

../

~ • t:}

Ch~.ng~in Co~~~nities pv~rfT,i!",~",,:' ..,

~'J

,_,~

Biological communities," similarly, to, the .'organisms that'comprise them, can and do change'over time. Ecological.time focuses on community events that occur ,over .decadeslor centuries. ~Ge'6logical time focuses on events lasting. J thousands of year' or. more. Community succession is the sequential replacement.of, species by theimlI).igration of new species and. local extinction, of olderones-fol1owing a disturbance that creates. unoccupied habitats for colonization. The initial rapid colonizer species are the pioneer community.,Eventual1y, a climax community.of'more or'less stable,but slower-growing species develops; I • f-

~

~ni,j I

.,

i

\

Ii !

...,....

""'" ,

,I

II

8.134

Chapter 5

Ecosystem and Biosphere

"

il

Energy Flow in a Biosphere

.j

:1

Food Web It is a set of interconnected food chains by which energy and materi~ls circulate within an ecosystem. The food web is divided into two broad categories: the grazing web, and Detrial web. The gazing web typically begins with green plants, algae or photosynthesising plankton, and the detrital web, which begins with organic debris. These webs are made up of individual food chains. In a grazing web, materials typic?lIy pass from plants to plan) eaters (herbivores) to flesh eaters (carnivore~). In a detrital web, materials pass from plant and animal matter to bacteria and fungi (decomposers), then to detrital feeders (detritivores), and then to their predato~s (carnivores). Generally, many interconnections exist within food webs. For example, the fungi that decompose matter in a detrital web may sprout mushrooms that are consumed by squirrels, mice ana deer in a grazing web. Robins are omnivores, that is, consumers of both plants and animals, and thus are in both detrital and grazirg webs. Robins typically feed on earth~orms, which are detritivores that feed upon decaying leaves.

.•••

Through the series of steps of eating and being eaten, energyflows from one.trophic level to another. Green plants or other photosynthesizing organisms use light energy from the Sun to produce carbohydrates for their own needs. Most of this chemical energy is processed in metabolism and dissipated as heat in respiration. Plants convert the remaining energy to biomass, both above ground as woody and herbaceous tissue and below ground as roots. Ultimately, this material, which is stored energy, is transferredto the second trophic level, which comprises grazing herbivores,decomposers and detrital feeders. Most of the energyassimilated at the second trophic level is agElin lost as heat in respiration, a fraction becomes new biomass. Organisms in each trophic level pass on as biomass with muchless energy than they receive. Thus, the more trophic !evelbetween producer and final consumer, the less energy remainsavailable. Seldom are there more than four links, 0' five levels, in a food web. Eventually, all energy flow'ng through the trophic levels is dissipated as heat. The p~ocesswhereby energy loses its capacity to do work is coiledentropy.

and animals. Decomposers are organisms, mostly bacteria and fungi that recycle n~trients from decaying organic materials. Decomposers break down The basic effect of human activity on communities is detritus, non-living organic matter, into inorganic community simplification, an overall reduction of spematter. Small soil organisms are critical in helping cies diversity. Agriculture is apurposeful human ;nterbacteria and fungi shred leaf litter and forpl rich soil. vention in which a 'monoculture of a single favoured Even if communities do differ in structure, they have (crop) speCies'such as com is created. Most agriculsome common uniting processes such as energy flow tural species are derived from pioneering commuand matter cycling. Energy flows move through feed. nities. Inadvertent human intervention can simplify ing relationships. The term 'ecological niche' refers communities and produce stressed commUnities that Processes ",' to how an organism functions in ,an ecosystem. Food Photosynthesis have fewer species as!.well as a superabupdance of webs, food chains and food pyramids are three ways some species. Disturbances favour early successional Digestion. assimilation, of representing energy flow. . and growth (pioneer) species that can grow and reproduce rapidly. Producers absorb solar energy and convert it ~ ~ Excretion and death into chemical bonds from inorganic nutrients taken from environment. lhe ertergy content of organic Ecosystems a~d Communities food passes up the food chain; eventually all enel'g\ Ecosystems include both living and non-living compois lost as heat, therefore requiring continual input Heat unavailable nents. lhe living, or biotic, components include habiOriginal inorganic elements are mostly returned !i for further energy tats artd niches occupied by orgamsms. Non-living, transfers the soil and producers; they can be used again byth, or abiotic, components include soil, water, light, inorr producers and no new input is required. Energyflorganic nutrients and weather. An organism's place of in ecosystems, as with all other energy, must follorFigure B.S. 1 Flow of Energy Through an residence, where it can be found, is its habitat. A niche the two laws of thermodynamics. The first law statf' Ecosystem is often viewed,as the role of that organism in the that energy can neither be created nor be destroyed community, factors linUting its life and how it acqUires instead it changes from one form to another (e.g food. Producers, a major niche in all ecosystems, are from potential to kinetic energy state). The secor: autotrophic, usually photosynthetic organisms. In terlaw mandates that when energy is transformed frc':." restrial ecosystems, the producers are usually green food Chain one form to another, some usable energy is losl.. plants. Freshwater and marine ecosystems frequerttly heat. Thus, in any food chain, some:energy rnustl' ;Qj chains indicate who eats whom in an ecosyshave algae as the dominant producers. lost as we move up the chain. The.ultimate sour-, .,m;theyrepresent one path of energy flow through Consumers are heterotrophic organisms that eat of energy for nearly all life is the Sun. Recently,S'~ecosystem.Natural ecosystems have numerous food produced by,other organisms: Herbivores are a entists discovered an exception to this once und" '.crconnectedfood'mains. Each level of producer type of consumers that feed directly on green plants lenged truism: communities of organisms arou' 'j consumers is.,a trophic level. Some primary (or another type <;>f autotroph) ..Since herbivores take ocean vents where the food chain' begins withd :':'>UIners feed on plants and maKe grazing food their foodjdirectly.from.tp.e producer level, they are mosynthetic bacteria that oxidize hydroge~ s~lph. .ms;others feed on detritus. The population size called primary, consumers. Carnivores feed. on other generated by inorganic chemical reactions Uls1de .. • .l!'l undisturbed ecosystem is limited by the food animals: (or' another type of consumer) and are secEarth's crust. In this special case, the source ofer.' I-!'Iy, competition, predation and parasitism. Food ondary or'tertiary consumers. Omnivores, the feedis the internal heat engine of the Earth. ., help determine consequences of pertUrbation: ing method used by humans, feed on both plants

Disturbances of a Community

g. D.

'1

.1!" .8.135

iftitiriice and vireos' fedon'b~etle's"and earth"Wo~ms: insecticides that. killed ..beetles' woulCi. ..'mdr-ga~e.com 2 petition among' oirds' "and pr6babIf' iriciea~~ Rr~datiort of earthworms, and so 6ri:;The:tropni2sb:uctUre of an ecosystem'fows
Biomass (grams/in2)

;"'-l

1,---

t;;

!BCarnivor~s . . '-:':-'"',

~

"',1.'.

,:1m

Herbivores,

:..-Ii

I2El Produc'ers' " .' I ">\. ".1

,.

;IICarn./yores. ,

~,m.

.

-':.- ~.i'.

" ~: f

•

.:"

I ~.

I,

Herbivores

"Eli! Proc!lJcers ., Figur~'8.5.2

,,' . .

-

.~

Energy" FloW anCl. the R~lative Proportions Levels"in the Food Chain

of Various

11'1' I

i

Chapter 5

I

B.136

: ~1

food chains: decomposer ,and grazer., Gr~zfr. food chains begin with algae andplants a):}dend rna car~ nivore. D~composerchaj.ns are composed of .waste and decomposing organis~s such .as fungi a.np.bac~ teria. Food chains are simplifications of complex relationships. A food web is a more reali~tic and accurate depiction of energy flow. Fo~d webs are networks of feeding intera~tions among species. The food pyramid provides a detailed view of energy flow in an ecosystem. The first levef consists of the producers (~sually p'~ants).All higher le'vels are consumers: The short~r the food chain" the more -energy organisms derive. . . Mos! humans occupy a ~op_carnivorerole; about 2% of all calories available from producers never r~a~h the tissues of top carnivores. Leakage o(energy occurs in each feeding level. Most natural ecosystems therefore do not have more than. five levels in their f909:, pyramids~ Large' carnivor~s. are rar~ b~cause tll~re is so little energy available. to them .atop the pyfa~id:". . , Food" generation' by producers varies greatly between ecosystems. Net primary productivity (NPP) is the rate at which producer biomass is formed. Tropical forests and swamps are the most productive terrestrial ecosystems. Reefs and estuaries are the most productive aquatic ecosystems. All of these productive areas are in danger due to human activity. Humans redirect nearly 40% of the net primary produc~ivity and directly or indirectly use nearly 40% of the land food pyramid. This energy is not available to natural populations ..

:1

i

II II,

r

Ecosystem and Biosphere

-'

BIOSPHERE Th~ biosphere is the sum of all living matter, on the Earth. [:!ighly specialized organisms h9-ve 9-dapted to the extreme boundaries of theupper!!,-ost a,tmosphere and lowermost ocean
of

Trophic

levels of Food Web

The food' web can be viewed not' only as a network of 'chains but also as a serie~ of trophic (nutritional) levels Green plants, the primary 'producers of food in mOst terrestrial food webs, belong to the first trophic level -Herbivores, consumers of grE;en plants, belong to the sec~ ODd \rophic level. Carnivores, predators feeding upon the herbiv9res, belong.to the third. 9mnivores, consumers of both pbnts and animals, belong to the second and third Secondary carnivores; which are predators that feed o~ predators, belong t6 the fourth trophic level. As the trophic levels rise, the predators become fewer, larger, fiercer and more agile. AHhe second and higher levels, deco~. posers of the available materials function as herbivores . or, carnivores depending on whether their food is plant or animal material. Jhr-ough these s~ries,of steps of eating and being eaten, energy flows from one trophic level to a'nother. .

Acid Rain 'Acid rain i'sa term for rain" snow, sl,eetor other wet precip,italionthal is polluted by acids such as sulphuric acid and nitric acid. Acid rain harms thousands of lakes, rivers and streams worldwide, killing fish and other wildlife. It also damages buildings,'bridges and statues. High concentra' tions of acid rain can harm forests and soil. Acid rain forms when water vapour in the air reacts with certain chemical compounds. These compounds, including sulphur dioxide and nitrogen oxides, come largely from the burning of cool, gasoline and oil. Most automobiles, factories, and power plants burn such fuels for energy. Regions affected by acid rain include large parts of eastern North America, Scandinavia and central Europe, and parts of Asia. Since the 1950s, the problem has increased in rural areas. This has occurred because the use of taller smokestacks in ,u.rban areas has enabled the winds to transport pollutants .farther, from their sources. Scientists and engineers have developed ways to reduce the acidity of rain. For example, several kinds of devices remove sulphur and nitrogen compounds from fuels or .industrial emissions before they reach theotmosphere. Adding lime to lakes and riversand their drainage areas temporarily neutralizes their acidity But the neutralization may have harmful side effects. I

~

is'the rrlovement of water from the' atmosphereto land o~ ocean. Water on land can either run offthe s~!face, or f~lte~,!hrough.soH t~b~co~~ groundwatet T1:leatm
Biogeochemical Cydes ':"",

< ••

r.

"'

.. ..•. )

Morethan 30 chemical elements ',arecycled through ~e environment pybiogeochemic9-l cycles:.There are siX important biogeochemical cycles that transport , arbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulphur and chosphorus. These six elements comprise the. bulk ~fatomsin living things. Carbon; the most abundant elementin the human body, is not the most common elementin the crust, whereas silicon is. The

Hydrologic (Water) Cycle

Thehydrological cycle or water cycle is conceptually thenon-stop movement of water between the land, thesea and the air. Saltwater evaporates due to the Sun'senergy, producing fresh water in clouds and leavingsalts in the ocean. Water vapour 'cools and condensesto precipitation over oceans and land. Runoffforms freshwater lakes, streams, ponds, groundwater,and is held in plants and transpired. Somewater infiltrates the. ground, becomIng part

of the groUndwater, returning very slowly'to the otearis. Although the water cycle shows water' to be a renewabie resource, only about 3% of that water is fresh and suitable for hwrian use.

.

.•

,

The Phosphorus Cycle

I

Weathering of rocks makes phosphate ions (PO~ and HPO~) available to plants' through uptake from the soil. The' IDine'ralapatite contains a small amount of phosph~ius, sUfficient for all living things to utilize. Runoff retinns Pllosphates to aquatic systems as sediments: 'Organisms use phosphate in phospholipids,' ATP,,teeth, bones, and shells. Phosphate is a Igniting" nutrient beca,ltse,most, of it. is, being currentlY'lused in organis~. ~umans mine ph~sp~ate-~res.for ,use' in fertilizers, as an animal feed. supplement, and for detergents. .' . ,.",', "~ There is a relationship between photosynthe~~s and cellular respiration. The latter releases droori dioxide that' is' used in ph()tosyn!b-esis,'whichJ~)tu!? releases oxy&en,llsed iI).~espirati?n .•When orga£ism,s

.. .•.•

B.137

'

.~~.

1;':~'"

~

'Ji"'(:->t .._,~ f

~

CONDENSATION j. ~

4).

~ . f-.e~'Pitation - The wate~

..

..

"-'...

,

"

'.

.

.

.'

.

...•..•

~

''\.

;..,

st 'f:4

•

b

-

freed from clouds' (rain,' snow, hail, sleet and snow); Surtace Runoff-All of the water, that, flows across surfaceof the land; Interception-When trees or bridge~or buildings or other. unnatural enti~ies come in the way and not ~ rain t? reach thegro~n? s.urface; Infil!ration-:-whenearth (soil) soaks the wate~;Evaporation-:-when water rises into the plonrheat,ng (generally f~om t.he ~un shini~g. over water bodies); Tra.nspira~i~.n-:when water, in the form of moisture, from !he S '" tur ISlost to the atmosphere; Conden~atlOn"';'When water va~our m t~e"~Ir~et~ cooled and bec~mes water droplets whl~h ~ n farm clouds; Water Table~The level of saturated ground m the soil-"" It rises and falls dependmg on the amount of ram; flo.w._When water travels through. the soil towards a river or the sea; Percolation-The downward movement of water e sorl mto rock;' Groundwater Flow~ The movement of.water through the rocks. ,.. .

.:t

Figure 8:5.3

Water' Cycle

.~

••... I II..

••••

9'

!I.I

. .. I"

-

I

~ ~. i38

Chapter 5

Ecosystem and Biosphere .

REMOVAL BY CROPS--1>'

CROP RESIDUE", AND MANURE RETURN THE PHOSPHATE TO THE SOIL RUNOFF TO

~ ~4(

i'

j

.."

. PHOSPHATE

MINERALIZATION OF ORGANIC PHOSPHATE

~.

l>-

411

.'

11,.

FIXED PHOSPHATE .

~.~

Figure 8.5.4

Phosphorous

respire, some of this carbon is returned to the atmosphere in the molecules of carbon dioxide. In aquatic ecosystems, carbon dioxide from air combines with water to give carbonic acid, which breaks down to bicarbonate ions.

~ Denitrifying bacteria

Quick Facts

,

{"'-

.

,t/'

~ ~{, ':r~J •.••

j''',:j

C

;)

bacteriain the nodules on roots of legume (beans, peas, clover and so on) plants in terrestrial ecosystems. ._ - .....•••. ..

IMPORTANT PHENOMENA IN BIOSPHERE r':1egradable Pollutants These can be decomposed ipto 'Unplerform wN-di are harmless by microorgaI)."m,likebacteria..F~r e~ample, paper, wood, leather, ~;ool, jute,sewage, urine, faecal matter~etc. And OpT, ::r~reury, plastic, s~ver foil, arsenicar~ e~~mple~ of 'omenon-biodegradable pollutants. ~ .' I' •

"t:::..•.. peoPleGt

II

fl.

- Qa

~~'Versity It is dive~se kinds of plants' arid anirhals

S,Methanet Gas

,."Iti' yi'1"¥r..~YvVl"Vr' r.f.II;;;'itu,,;:':'yV'yVI'YIY I'Y,,1

y. VV tv ,yl'l c="","'i::' vV r'l~II~r'(" vI" I'

'~s all different levels of biological organiz~tion ~aParticularregion.'This diversity can he ob~erved ,~lweenthe specie's, within the species and ecosys:~.BiOdiversityis'higl:).erin,tropical region. Cnange Use,deforestation; over exploitation of specie~, J~tion,global warming, etc., are threats against :~Iversity,causing,e~tinctions of species, particufor~ndemics (species has restricted distribution Confinedin particular area). Biodiversity can be

'.".... '.. ". . tl~ '~.71'~~~.~.~~' ~U~~~~:. ~. . t ~r;~~1,1'\"1I~1Q~ .•. ..:an~ '-":--'"':"-.5 ; ~~;~~.-::._ ~.~.""""'.elar-.an.

r.IIY.

',";A~fA:;:.' ~ .

F;9U:"

.~•....

~.5:~

1:

It is conversion of nitrate to nitrous oxide and nitrogen gO! back to atmosphere. This is done by denitrifying bacter in both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. The processc' denitrification almost, but not completely, counterbalance, nitrogen fixation.

Orygen

,;,Ll

;l_~

dj.,

Denitrification

I

~,

~

~,

'.1.

II

'C:,bon-Oxygen Cycle.

.

(souiceOfmel~;nd

~

_

~

'

:J.-h

Nitrates (N03J

It is the inorganic production of nitrates. Nitrogen gas (N. is converted to nitrate IN 03) by cosmic radiation, met~' traIls, and lightning in the atmosphere. Human technolog, can now manufacture nitrates for use in fertilizers. In so b~cteria convert ammonium IN H~) to nitrate IN O;l

.

~.

t

"L.~.

.-\

I -,/C)\,

r-

l.

\

.,;

e..... ::.. .~~._~.~~.... "

, ..

': .~.' ~}

Nitrification

Atmospheric nitrogen gas (N2) is unavailable to plants. Plants, therefore, depend on various types of nitrogen-fixing bacteria to take up nitrogen gas and make it available to them as some form of organic nitrogen. Nitrogen fixation occurs when nitrogen gas is chemically reduced and nitrogen is added to organic compounds. Atmospheric nitrogen is converted to ammonium (NH~) by some cyan bacteria in aquatic ecosystems and by nitrogen-fixing

""\'(

Cycle

qOp

The Nitrogen Cycle

c••

~'"

~ INORGANIC AVAILABLE PHOSPHATE

•

':i,.

~: .,f,f',

~

PHOSPHATE ADDED IN FERTILIZERS

{.-,~._~~ r--'"

B~139

i

•••••••••••••••

cOllservep. together; with traditional h~~n establishing biosphere reserve,

..l~fe by

Disruption of the Biosphere Human technology and. populaHon growth can directly and indirectly disturb the biosphere: The key question now is: can hUmans cause global climate change? The nUman population has experienced pnenomenal exponential growth since the Industrial Revolutio& M<jdem' agiicuiture and medicine have" mcreased the'igrowth rates of our' population, resulting 'm' over '90 million, people b~ing ad(:i.edeach year. New technologies: for'hunt,; ing and farnung have' eria1?ledthis, expansion. It took 1800 years to reach a .total -population of one 'billion, but orily' 130 years' to reach fwo billion; and a mere 45 years tore'ach four billion. .~: I>., ,I "'i

•..• '

t

1

Atmospheric Pollution, The

• ,'.; _ •.

~

1

"";

i

1% of the atmosphere (trace

• gases) that is neither nitrogen nor oxygen, plays an important role,in glb~al climate and in shielding the Earth's surface from solar radiation. Agricultural and industrial gases may. affecUhe atmosphere's ability to protect as well as alter the world's climate. Carbon dioxide has many sources (cellular respiration and _

r

•••

I

!

Ili"!I~: I,

I

T

'~'1I,,1

Ill: \

B.1'40

Ecosystem and_Bios8he[e

Chapter5,'

B~~41

;1

I ; ':1 ,

II ,

i'l :1

the burning of wood or fossil fuels such (1scoal or petroleum): There are two'main sinks for carbon dioxide: plants and the oceans, Plants converb carbon dioxide into organic-'molecules by photosynthesis. Oceans form calcium carbonate and~ over ll;mgperi~ ods of time, store it as limestone. '

'!:~Origin,of~ife

~.~'; ~<', ': .,:.:, ,':;:'.".:-':: _",':-, ',',<:, 'j"'t' :'(;:'-Ir:'''.;~'':><:.,'' , ..', ',,","'<;. 'Th?:SLm'and ifSplanE)fslofinE)d
Temperatures, Greenhouses and Climate Changes . The-average temperature of the Earth has risen by '0.50°C over the past 100 years: Although a 10ng~term rise.of 2?C would seem minor, this is thought to be' sufficientfo completelymelt.the glacial ice'caps in Antarctica and Greenland/ causing. sea levels to 'rise by100 m. This can alter climate, patterns such asrafufall. Climate changes can have'biological (stich as migrations),a$ well as.geopolitical and economic-consequences. The greenhouse. effect is a warming of the loweratmo,. sphere 'caused, :by accumulation of certain greenhO.usegases (notably carbon' d~oxide and, methane) that allow the rays of the Sun to pass through, that warms the land and ocean and then heat radiates (fucluding~'~inftaredemissi~ii.) fromearth',towards space but trapped'bygreenhouse gases, and. then reflectorireiadiate'the heat to 'the Earth, thus pre':' vents the world, from frozen state;'In this way heat is trapped on the"Earth'iri much the same way as,heat is trapped 'behind the glass' panels ofa greenhouse. Greenhouse gases include carbon dioxide, nitrous o«ide (N02)(and chlorofluqrocarbon!,(CFCs).

;'

of

,

~

.

r

'I

", .•

,;PIU-eHeet o! Acid' Depositic;»n

The Ozone Layer'Earth's atmosphere consists of a number of different layers. The troposphere is the lower atmospheric layer.' It surrounds us at ground level. The stratosphere, often referred,to as the upper atmosphere, contains the ozone shield, a layer' of, ozone (03),in the ,stratC!spherei 50 km above the ground. Oz.one is. pro~ucedin, the upper atmosphere when s.unlight strikes oxygen atoms ,and causes them to temporarily combine. Stratospheric ozone helps fil~ b;;rmost of the high-energy ultraviolet radiation that causes cancer and mutations'. The developinent of the atglOspheJ;kozone shield. is c?'I).e of the crucia~even~s in the'.history,of life;, whieh'permittedlife to exist hmd. Known' hazards 'UV radiation include increased mt.l:tation,rate~ which can lead to skin cancer and cataracts> depression Ofthe iriUnune system, impaired'(crop'and11tree growth' and :the death' Of plankton.,Ozone is beitigdestroyed'by the release ,of • gases~ such as'CFCs, containingchlorine'(CI:'}atoms into the stratosphere.' CFCs' Me used' in refrigerators; airteonditionersr and solvents. ,Freons is a kind Of mixed CFCs;- , , (,~.

o~

,

dioxideand car.b0n,~,?~oxide fr?m co~bustio~, of dIOXIdefrom.mctustnal colrtbu,sfOS sil fuel, sulphur 'd bOn, nitrogen, ,?XIes" etc., reacts WI.th ot herc0.rp.ponentsof the atmosphere: Sm()g,is an wban problem causedby com!>.4stiol}pf ~e~s. Pollut~ts r~C\ctwith sunlightto cause m,ore\thanlOO secondary pollutants thatcan cause respiratory,prob.lems. like asthma ,in hUIllans. Mos~problems .wlth aCIdram and .smog are usedby the 'use of fossil fuels. Photochermcal'smog ~ air pollutionitq.at contains nitrogen oxides (NO) lwherex is 2 ,or 3] a~d hydrocarbons (HCs), :that reacttogether in the presence of sunlight to produce groundlevel ozone (03) and peroxylacetylnitrate WAN), PAN is, a type C!fsecondary. pOllutant.. Both :-J0x and HCs are result of the burnmg (or combustion)of fossil fuels;," ...

11:ermallnversions,,~:I:hermalIn~ersions are local occurrencesof polluted air b>eing-trapped close to the surfaceof the Earth. A thermal inversion-occurs when a layerof dense cold air is trapped under.a layeI.,of warmair. Areas:around hills are susceptible because air stagnates, with little mixing betweeit the two layers. , /4", .

i<"1~"

•

;;/aterPollutionis Altering the Hydrosphere Air pollutants will

soil will be lost by the middle,of the next century. SoiLerosion causes,a..1oss of.productivity;..it:is compensated for by fertilizers, pesticides and. -fossil fueL energy., One solution iSlto,employ'stfip;.-crop1ping and contour farmingtoeontrol soilerosiori: Desertification is the transformat~cinJ'ofn1'arginal lands to ~esert conditions due to overgrazing' and over farming. ,. . '" "" ::'..:. j"J

Mass Extinctions Extinctions occur when' environments change .to~f~~t. Local or mas's"exti1l~tiori~<:.¥In ocic~r. They _differ ill scale, scoP~,-<;mqnumbers, 9f sp~ecles involved: Five environmental 'changes (mostly: cool"ing) of global proportions resulted.in the five~ass extinctions in the Earth's' p.istoj-y.':Re:covel:y,Hrom these' extinctions toq~, mpli,?n~;9r'Yeat~:~~Tl1.~re. have been several natural mass extinctions in\the;Kistory ofthe Earth, followed by recovery',By,2020, very lit~ tie undisturbed rain forest will exist outside'national ,') .~ parks.," ,'. "., 1.' . .,~.

.. "'~

!

.•

'

'.

"

;:-;~Hi''t,,''1U' ~ •.:j\. ;.,'t:'."l

.

Conservation . Biology It is, a discipline t~at. br:irlg1? together many fields to. ~ttl:irri.Rt .to~s()lvebi~d~v~r,s,ttY prol.'1.~ms.!tatte~pt~ todevelo~'pra<%if~1,~pp,r,9f~!les to preventrng extrnchon qf sp'e~Ies~a destI1!ct~onof ecosystems. Most conservativ~ biologists beli,ev~bio~ logical diversity is good aI).deach species hag a vilu~ oUts own, " ".

eventuallyprecipitate into the hydrosphere. During coolerperiods, ~.<;e acts as a water reserVoir,'forming glaciersthat lo~e.r the sea level and affect diJ;n:ate. EcoSystems as Environmenial Support Systems Th~ diversity Globalwarming will ,nielt 'I this reserVoir, .raising of species}s mustto be preserved as they cdmbmeto thesea level (or'sinking coastlines). There are three form e,cqsystems, which.in turnproviqe with sevcasksources of water 'pollutants: municip~~ ~ewage, 'ndustrialdischarges ana agrkulture/mining/loger:~lpflife's essentials. Dismantle them~ and.we.have gmgdischarges of 'sediment.The oceans an~the final a slew of problem facing us, such as dearth of oxygen y; '\.' recipients of wastes deposited in rivers and along the (to breathe and for use inaerobic',respiiatiori), medi~ coasts. Waste dumpirlg occurs at sea, and oceanc'ilrcmes (to augment the body'sownimnllrne"defenses), JUl ,{',,: :t i . ,food (~hich we as heterotrophiC consumers m the Acid Deposition Humans also alter their local atOll' rentssometimes,'transport both trash and poll.utants bck to the shore.' Offshore mining and shipping add food pyramid need) and pota~~e,water.l(pu,r!fi:~d:by sphere by'pollution and add rain: Burning of f(.'y pollutantsto the oceans. IDicrobial activity). ,.nO::,J' sil fuels releases carbon dioxide 'and nitrogen ar.: sulphur oxides .. Sulphur combines with atD'.' ~3sertificationand Defcirestation""Deforestation is 'cut'Ev~/utio~ EVQlution, in biology,.is: ~ coinpi~,2' pr~spheric water'vapour to form sulphuric acid. Fc~' llng the forest cov.e:J;oflanq. Over the'yeais;.~man P'c~s.s Which the characteristics o,tM~#)g~~{gari~ms ests and lakes suffer from the pH and soil acidJt ~1Scut forests fot ,'agricultural purpos~s.Building :~~ange ov,er many generatipns 'as trait~:!'1-r~pa?sed ch~ng~s rtr~u!ti~g from. acid rain .. Coal and I cW housing around new (or enlarging)' cities 'also fro~,one generation to the next.; The, science of evo~ou~ip~lyburI1edby power plaf\ts emit sulph; kmovesland from' agricultural uses: !=h~l;1ge~f lutioP.1>.E;~k.s to und~r~t~,d th~~i~l()g~f,';1t~~rces that di~xi4e,(S92) intoJhe(lir.Oil fro~ Kuwait hasn.' :nd use can alter 'he"af1distribution pa:tterns a-hd callsed: ancient organisms tqdevelop ,~to, t1).e treurally: high sulphur content. Oili well fires, 50:Jrfac~water ruri'S,if.,before station for expanding rn,endous ,~ndever.:.changipg va~ietY,~(Jife,.seen on S~t70~ p~rpose Awing ,th,~ Gulf War in t~e ea:. ":",amzationcaus~s;, drying of water resources in the.Earth'today. The study of evolution provides a 1,99q~~released a lot, of, sulphl!r,dioxide mto ,aUntain,soil erosion, loss"of bio-diversity, etc. In focus for investigations mto the nature of life itself, atrn-~~phl:irf2" I .~nculturalareas, wind and rain carry away about the origins of life, the great diversity of living things .' b'll' -hi Ion tons of top soil yearly, worldwid.e .. At Secondary Pollutants These are kind cifpollutants wt . and their underlyirtgsimilarities in structure and . a rate, it is estimated that practically all top fdrmwhen primary'pollutants;'like released cart function.

.Acid dep()sifion. is responsible for sfetilizafion of No' .,.AmE)rican and EUTopea~IokE)sandbrests;' reducing fhepeD ulations.of small,inverfE)!jrafesand decom posers, threafen:r~ ,,,,f~~ecosysfem;,reducingagdculfural yields; causing extens" •. strUcturaldamage 'by corroding marble,' metal, and store vvQrkdegrading water.supplies oy leaching heavy me'~ Ir6m'!hesoilihto drinking w~tersupplies;'and ,ifis sfatistico ':.implicafed'in increases in lung cancer arid colon cancer

......;.

.A

'r

us

,",

,f."

."'{)1yf

n,

0

'"

'.

\~

j

_I

,.

.,

.

,,""

~

~'~ j;l(i '.:~

bI

t

'1

",a,.

,_ I

1114£ II

~ ii~

'

f Ecosystem and Biosphere .~,....•.. ~~ 8.143

8~1'42 Chapter 5

\

___________________ Community and Ecosystem.

~»Topic.wise Assessment • "

time?

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c) (d) 2.

Cemmunity and physical environment Pellutien environment and physical envirenment Cemmunity and bielegical envirenment Cor:nmunity and peeple

8.

(b) (c) (d)

From structural view ef pepulatien distributien From functienal view ef energy flew From cultural view ef pepulatien Beth (a) and (b)

Community Strudure What are the two. mestimpertant patterns ef spatial distributien that ecelegists censidered? , (a)

Cultural and ecenemical cemmunity (b) Open cemmunity and c1esed cemmunity (c) Cultural cemmunity and c1esed , cemmunity , (d) Qpen and ecenemical cammunity

(c) (d)

9,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Open cammunity Clased cammunity Cultural cammunity Ecanemical cemmunity

Classification of Communities 5.

Which af the fellawing af communities? (b) (c) (d)

6.

is the categary 4.

Geegraphical Aquatic Bath (a) and (c)

Species' ~hich tian'is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

2.

3.

..Terrestrial (a)

has restricted distribu-

Ecaspecies Endemic Sympatric' Allopatric

Events that accur aver decades Events lasting thausands ef years Events that accur aver centuries Bath (a) and (c)

ef human

Cammunities migratian Cemmunities simplificatian Cemmunities divisian Bath (a) and (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

the awls. Pepulatian af vales is dependent an waad lice papulatien threugh faad web. If awl papulatian declines, it will indirectly affect waadlice papulatian. If barks af tree are affected due to. a disease, then reduCtien af wead lice will affect the shrew papulatian farcing ewls to. eat mare voles. .,,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is/are

(c) (d)

1 and 2 enly

3

representing '

I ,',

seurce af energy ,

(a) (b)

Internal heat energy ef the earth Energy!rom plants

(c) (d)

Biama~s~r'ergx Nane af the abave

r is called pn-

is called al

Pracess ef energy lases its capacity to. do. wark Pracess af energy gain its capacity to. do wark Pracess af energy flaw through the trophic level Pracess af energy use in the farm af light

(c) (d)

21. Who.makes gr~zi~g faa? chains? Primary c~:>nsumers Secandary cansumers Tertiary cansumers Praducers .

22, Which af the fallawing

15. Which af the fellawing breakdow' nan-living arganic matter into. irlC" ganic matter? Omniveres Herbivares Cansumers ." Decampasers

censtitutes

(a)

Grass, wheat an'd mange

(b)

Grass, gaat and human

(e)

Gaat, caw and elephant

(d)

Cansumer trophic

(b)

Praducertrophic

(e)

Carnivarous feeding

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(d)

Herbivarous feeding

pyramid

'ecalagical nXl"

Hew cammunities

level

24, Pyramidaf numbers is based an

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Hydrosphere" Lithasphere Stratosphere;" Tropasphere

4.

27. Grazer faad chain ends in

~

Algae Plants Carnivare Bacteria

,-

"

Select the cerrect~nswer fallowing: (a) (c)

1 and 3 1 and 4

..(b) ,(d)

frem the 1,2 and 4 2,3 and4

35. Hew do. a~id r~ins eccur? '

work

28. What is the mast preductive ecasystem? (a) (b) (c)

Tropical lands Swamps Reefs

(d)

E.stuaries

a

(a) (c)

do. estuaries

Terrestrial ecesystems Aquatic ecesystems Praducers Cansumers

40% 70%

(b) (c) (d)

(a)

Number af herbivares accupy each trophic level

(c)

(e)

Number af arganisms eccupy each trophic level .

(d)

ld)

Number af Producers acc~py each traphic level

(c)

in ecesystem Hal(\' an oiganisms function

(d)

ecasystem L How an arganisms work

A substantial partien af fead energy 90es10. build ;-: in mitachendria.

ecalagically

(a)

Energy levels ",

lb)

Upids

'e)

Temparary A"fP

't!)

Carbo.hYdrates

,

(d)

(a)

45% 65%

Due to. autbm6biles:factaries and pewer'plants . '.

(d)

Atmaspher~ is' mixediNith' harmful chemicals. ,

Biogeochemical Cycles 36. What is the mast impartant in a human bedy? ,", " (a) (c)

means:

cycle?

Recycling ef water between acean and atmesphere Mevement af water from an acean to. the atmasphere Transpiratian efhydrogen to. atmaspheric water cantent Hydrogen and exygen evaperates into. atmesp~ere ,

.. '

.•

(b) (c) (d)

Mevement af water from an ecean to. the atmosphere Mevement af water frem the atmasphere to. land Water aff the surface ef the earth "

run

Water filter through sail to. became greundwater

(b) (d)

;,

ladine Carben

t

.

5% 2%

. (b). 3% (d) 8%

38. Fertilizers typically, pravide which majar plant nutrients amang the fellewing? (a)' (c)

Nitrogen' C<:>pper'

(b) (d)

Malybdenum Zinc

39. A large percentage af the phosphate in water is precipitated fremthe water as .'

.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Iren phasphate Cald~'mphesphate ladine sulphite Mangariese phasphate

40. What is the precess af cenverting nitrates to. nitrous axide and nitregen gas back to. atmesphere? (a) (b) (c) (d)'

33. What is called precipitatien? (a)

,Phaspharus Sulphur"

element ,I

37. After all cycling process af water, haw much estirriation af 'water is suitable fer hum~~ use? ' (c)

Diverse kinds af plants and vegetatian Diverse kinds af animals Diverse kinds af plants and animals in particular area Diverse kinds af exatic plants and animals

~at~r ~~pe~~ read:s :",i~hsulphur dioxide and nitregen oxides Nitragen in' the air reacts with nitrogen'oxide's""" '

(c)

(a)

32. What is hydrolegic

(b)

ecalagically. ,• •H?w all ~ar:n.munities funcUt'

(b)

Biosphere

(b)

..,

terrestrial

(b)

29, Which af the fellawing beleng ta?

Number af carnivares eccupy each traphic level

(b)

ao-, -

3.

(a)

refer ta? ,(a)

Feeders' " Nene ef the abave

level

glebal warmipg?

is the term

(c) (d)

(a)

represents (a)

16. Amang the fallowing, which fact:' is censidered mainly respansible!:-

17. What

1. 2.,

31. Biadiversity

Grass, fish and geat

23. The base ef the ecalegical

Greenhause effect Ferest fire ., Jhaam farn,;ing Radio. activity

34. The biesphere is the.zane ef the Earth where life is faund. It includes parts af:

Decampaser Grazer

30. Hew much de humans use land feed pyramid?

food chain?'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

r

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Food Chain (a) (b) (c) (d)

organisms

is net the type

• I'~.

(b)

Heterotrephic organisms Autatraphic organisms Herbivares' Carnivares

26. Which ef the fallawing affead chain?

Faad webs Faad c~a.ins . Faad pyramids All theabeve

(a)

(a) Carnivares (b) Herbivares (c) . Omnivares (d) Heterotraphic

carrect?

(a) 1,2 and 4 (br 2anly

Ocean Grassland Forest Mauntains

14. Which af the' fallawing tertiary censumers?

If the roats af the tree develap a disease, then vales and fexes will starve and nat

Which of 'the abave predictiens

Soil Light

af

~

20, What is an entropy?

13. Which af the fallawing mary cansumers?

10. In a fa rest, animals like vales and waad lice feed an plant reats and barks, respectively. Ameng the. ather carnivares, faxes, shrews and awls are present in that farest. Fallawing. predictians are made by a graup af abservers who. have visited the farest:

What is an example af ecetenes?

(b), (d),

Niches Water

way ~i"(

19 What is the ather . apart frem sun?

12. Which ane af the fallawing is the larg. , est ecasystem ef the werld?

time facuses en

What is the basic effect activity an cammunities?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I.

11. In an ecasystem which af the fallo...,. 'ing do. nat came under nan-living campanents? (a) (c)

Disturbances of a Community

1, 4.

can change ever

Clased cammunities Open cammunities Bialagical cammunities Aquatic cammunities

Geegraphical (a) (b)

Hew can ecesystem be studied? (a)

3.

Which cammunities

Ecesystem is mixture ef

energy flaw?

Ecosystems and Communities"

Change in Communities Over Time 7.

1.

18, What is the

Nitrificatien Denitrificatian' Hydregenatian Nitratien', ' " , ,

~l

Important. Phenomena . f'

(::.

41. Which element atmesphere? ,',

(a) (b) (c) (d)

U)

~'I...

\

.

J) ~

.'*

traps .the heat in the '. ,_• \ -', ' . ..\.

I

Hydracarben', Hydrogen perexide Carben diaxide Nitregen diaxide

•

JJ

\ \.J,

n

I

I,

" 'III :it ';

, ~I

I

'~~

:l~ I i~

.. t..

, :i

I!

,~ I~

:~ t

i~ ;:"

,

\

'I \

,

'

.. '"

'.",--,A.

Hlghlightecf4T.ipitls -

:~

• Introductio~n'

'"

.

"

Jb

;IF'''-.'

"',~.. -,

• Ancient India

't,

• Growth

'9'

• Medieval India

ir

"ft.~

6f Buddhism and Jaini~m

_ Modern ,India

.'

.

-Indian

"","~"

,

to"

4,

'

,"'

,<'

,.'

I' ,

J

Freedom Struggle"

'"~

- Recent Political History oflndia (Post-Independence Er':ll

'.

.~

}f

r ~.

INTRODUCTION

,'.

Thehistory of India has been broadly divided into threedistinct periods. These are: 1. Ancient India; 2. Medieval India; 3. Modem India. The history of modem India is further subdividedinto two major periods. These are: (a) The British Period

"

(b) The Indian Freedom Struggle and Partition of India

ANCIENT INDIA \'\

jj'

Indus Valley Civilization TheIndus Vally Civilization was the eaJ;liestcivilizationthat flourished in India on the banks af the Indus river,from frontiers extending to the Manda village situatedon the Chenab river near Jammu in the north toDaimabad, on the Godavari in Ahmednagar in the

South, embracing 200 sites in the Kutch-Saurashtra region of Gujarat, out of more than 1000 and above sites all over.

Period

.

.

Between 2500 BCE and 1800 BCE. Indian historians, however, believe that thelndusVall,eyS~vilization dates back to 3250 BCE. John Marshall ~uggested that the fjarappan civilization flourish,ed,b~!ween C. 3250 BCE and 2750 BCE. Before the advent of radio' carbon dating, this' civilization ~as' dated by 'cross':'referencing' w'ith Mesapotamian~i\rilization: However, when Mesopotamian' :cllionology was revised,' the dates 'for Harappan civilization were revised to C. 2350 to 2000/1900'BC'E. Collating'the calibrated radiocarbon dates from- various sites gives the following brand chronology for three phases of Harappan culture: Early Harappan (c. 3200-2600, BCE); mature 'Harappan .(C. 26001900 :BCE) and late Hanippan (c. 1900-1300 BCE). However, in generic sense, we. use the' period of mature phase when we talk of period-cif thiscivilization (Le., 2600 BCE-1900 BCE). ,," . 'f," I

, I

"11""1

••

I

~

!I

Chapter 1'

C.4 ~ I

,,

.j

History of India and. Freedom Struggle

C.S

t

_

.'

Is it H~r~~pan

~.'

c

,.,'

.,'

or Indu~ Vall~y Ci~iliz~tion?

.,.

,t-'"

'

:::::J

.,

.. .,

,j ;-

The vast geographical extent of the Harappancivilization has been a prime reason for on calling it IndusValley civili~btibn. Since thefirs' sites of this civilization were qiscovered in th~ valley of In9Ysand its tributaries, it became familiar in the name of IndusValley Civilizatio1 or'lndus Civilization'. Archaeologists, however, prefer to call it 'Harappan Civilization' because following an archaeologic,a1 conven!!01 when an ancient ~ulture i~ described, it is named after the modern name of the site which first di~covered the existence of a culture.Tl'e area covered by Harappan culture zone' is huge, ranging between 6S0,OO(}'-SOO,OOO km2. The Harapp'an cultures scholars accep' the following chronology for this civilization:" • . . .. . ,.

11 ,

II,

,

IPeriod

I

!

3200 2600

BCE

to

BCE

"_'__ ~_.~

2600 i 1900 ~''''''''''''._.

1900 1300

iKE BCE BeE

Phase

Features

Early' Harcippan.

A formative phase; proto-urban phase of culture when many settlements were established~ the hills and the plains. Emergence of uniformity in pottery tradition. Use of copper wheel and plough. Evidence of granary, defensive walls and long-distance trade.' ,

'_"_"_'"._

BeE to

~ --....... _<"'._'.--~

Mature Harappan

,l_,,_~,._ ••.•.......-.-

to

"

~

late Harappan

~~

.--.'"'., •• .._--.-''1''''

._

...,.

. ""',.,........

".",. .." ••.--.•... __

..

_ •.. ....-w.y __.,..,,_~_~,.~.,

.••••••••...... ,

-".'

__ ,__ '"".. __ . _'.

_,_~~

"""' .. _.

__ .

••••._.

.,_._

'---.,. _,~

. _~~'.-..

""'__

~

-

..~.,-,.-._",

"....

~~.'

__

A~

•• _.

__

HarapponSifes • Most of the Harappan sites were located in the floodplains of the In~us and Gh~gg?-r-Hokra rivers. . ~•• • Sites, like Ganeriwalain Ghaggar .•Hakra Valley and Guni Kalan in Punjab were as large in Mohenjo-daro. . ~ .. ' JI

--

Urbane phase, a full.f1edged stage of civilization. Emergence of long-distance tracie, planned townships and large cities. Uniform types of bricks, weights, seals, beads and.pottery.

..

In India, irilportant;sites connected: With/the. Irid$ . valleyCivi.liz3tibnare: Lt\thalriear 'AiUnedab~d u{GuJa~" rat,Kalibangan in Rajas!h~, BaI}wali in HisSelfdistrict offIaryana and Ropar near Chandigarh in Punjab.

••.•

__ , ••••

_

Post-urban phase marked with a declining phase of the civilization. Many Harappan sites were abandoned. Continuation of Harappan crafts and pottery tradition. in villages of Punjab, Sutlej-Jamuna divide and Gujarat imbibing it. Writing and city life abandoned

• In the west, Sutkagendor on the Makran coast functioned as a trading port for the Hanlpp~ns. • Towards' the east, Alamgirpur in' the GangaYamuna Doab has yielded Harappan remains.

,.e,: 'Jrttpe$~ut!;l., theH~,rappans were usihgthe'Gulf . , of Cambay. AH~rappan site ha~ been reported . front' ShortUghai '.located near 'B~dakhsan.' :

- '-",-

l~

-,

I "',

• Harappa: Located on the banks of the Ravi river in Punjab Harappa was the first settlement where the Indus Civilization was discovered. In terms of its size and the variety of objects discovered, it ranks as the premier city of the Indus Civilization. . • Mohenjo-daro: Mohenjo-daro in 5indh on the bank of Indus is the largest known Indus city. Most of the information about the Indus Civilization is derived from the study of town planning, houses, seals and sealings 'from this place. • Kalibangan: Similar to Mohenjo-daro, the site of Kalibangan in Rajasthan excavated in the 1960s seems to have been a provincial capital. . • Lothal: The site of Lothal in Gujarat was an outpost for sea-trade with the contemporary West Asian civilizations. ' • Alamgirpur: Located towards the east in the Ganga-Yamuna Doab. Nothing was known about the Indus Valley Civilization till 1922-23, when the Archaeological Department of India carried out excavati()ns at Mohenjo-daro (Larkana district bhSmdh in Pakistan), Harappa (Montgomery cijstrict 9f Punjab, also in Pakistan) and Lothal near Ahmedabad. These excavations revealed tha' ",me S[J()() yeaTSago, prior to the

",''':

~

>11:

i

':.. J

,.j~

~.

j

,'<+' '~ •... ~..I.'L..._!

f.\

1:,",.1 ~_~~'

r ......•.. }:.

historians to assume that there was aeentral government;in I1~rC;l'ppa.War~j.veapons,':likeaxesr spears, daggers, bows and arrows were made of stone. Leadership is said to have ...beeI} vested.,with merchants and traders. -'. _," --". " .

C'.','

">.4 .".~""JI

.;.'

>.

Important Findings and Their Sites ~ Cemetry H: Harappa

'> One thousand and five hundred seals: Mohenjo-daro 1,

~ Cemetry R 37: Harappa

'> Woven cotton cloth: Mohenjo-daro

~ Coffin burial: Harappa

'> Cylindrical seals of Mesopotamia: Mohenjo-daro

~ Two rows of six granaries: Harappa

'> Inkwell: Chanhudaro

~ Stone-madedancing Natraja: Harappa

'> Persian Gulf s~al: Lothal

> Figureof youth whose legs, hands, and head are missing:

'> Double burial: Lothal and Rangpur '> Terracota horse figure: Lothal

> Urn burial: Harappa

'> Horse bone: Surkotada

> Personwearing Dhoti: Harappa

'> Dockyard: Lothal

> Nine-hundred seals: Harappa '> Bead-making factory: Lothal and Ch'anhudaro > Human anatomy figure: Hqrappa Pakistan

'> Fire altars: Lothal and phendan Kalibangan

> Vanitybox: Harappa

'> Bustrophendan writing style: Kalibangan > Copper model of carts: Harappa and Chanhudaro

'> Houses opening on main street: Lothal

> Great bath: Mohenjo-daro

'> Scale: Lothal

> Great granary: Mohenjo-daro ,.

'> Bun-shaped copper ingots: Lothal

India

•• Naked bronze dancing girl: (Proto-Australoid) Mohenjo dora " . .'

Arabian Sea

'> Stone button seal: Mundigak (S. E. Afghanistan)

•• Sevenlayers of towns: Mohenjo-daro

'> Limestone male head: Mundigak

.o!hal

-

and',

. S;tes of the Indus Valley C;v;i;zatia' ~'II

'> Humpless bull seals (common): Harappa '> Sun dried bricks (common): Kalibagan

•• Sealswith figures of composite animals: Mohenjo'daro

e.l. 1

'> Brick chamber grave: Kalibangan

•• Beardedman: Mohenjo-daro (Mongoloid)

•.• S~ip on seal and terracota amulet: Mohenjo-daro

Figure

,'~

Quick lFac1to

Harappa

Afghanistan

••.~

j•••.• l•

EfrJ emergence of theAryans in Indiarthe Indus Valley was the cradle of a highly-developed civilization that flourished during the same period as the ancient civilizations of Egypt, Babylonia and Assyria. The men behind these excavations were Marshall and Rakhaldas Banerjee.

.rl!.'

J~ :

Fe(lfures ;." .. , ',j. • Ffj,' . hI,,' • t,':- ,In,•. ",.' Political Study 'of the~eviderices from the site, indud-:fug'exi~tep.ce 6f .''a~sembry hall makes the . . '. -.r", . arid cih'tdels; . ..

.•...j:.''':)

Cities: More than 800 sites related to Harappan civilization have been discovered. Some important cities are:

_ • ~ _-6' _

However,'it is' Clear frorifthe sfudiofthelocation of the'Harappit{ttowns; ~eir location-'oii'the floodplains 6f rivers, on 'fringes of deserts or'onsea c9ast meant. that the people living in them faced different types of challenges fromn~ture.: .', t ..H''- '."', " )':j:': __

'> Rhinoceros on seal: Amri.

,. ,,-

,#,

~

••••

Chapter 1

C,.6

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Religion The Harappan

Socio-Economic J

!I I I

II

I

I

rI

~i ~I; ~i :

~I

t

~1 't\.." I ~i

J\j

n l,

i I ,y

(J ~_l

~.

, I"

l

~

I" I "

~

• The Indus Valley 'Civilization people used to sow seeds in the floodpl~ins in November, when the flood water receded. and reaped their harvest of wheat and barley in April, before the advent of the next flood. • Wheat, rice, barley, milk, dates, fish, egg and animal flesh formed their staple food. • Cotton was first produced by the Indus valley people. Spun and woven cotton and woolen dresses were used by them. Agriculture, hunting, fishing and rearing of animals/birds were their main sources of livelihood. • Ornaments of silver, gold, ivory, copper and " '. other precious stones were used. .' They carried on considerable amount of trade in stones, metals, shells, etc., within their cultural zone. They were goods traders and might have carried on all exchanges through barter. • They knew the use of wheel imd solid wooden wheels fixed by bullock carts and boats were used as means of road and river transportation.

. Society • The people had' a highly-developed artistic sense which is reflected in their pottery, and painting on vases. • Their pottery was, generally, wheel-made and was painted red and black. Some of it was also inscribed, polychromed and glazed. • More than 2000 inscribed seals with a pictorial script have been discovered, which were in use for purposes of amulets, exchange medium or family symbols. • The society, in general, was literate, artistic and fairly egalitarian, in spite of the practice of slave labour. ";t

Town ,Planning Great buildings, double-storeyed houses, and drainage system were in existence. There were planned cities and roads. Mortar and baked bricks were used for construction of the houses. A seal was .found from the Harappan mound of Rangpur, which is round-shaped. and has a perforation that runs through its sides'to make a ring. It measures 35 mm in diameter,' is'abouf4mm thick and bears engraved motifs on both sides. It probably used to be worn around the neck. It is believed that people of Rangpur had trade relations with Egypt between 2000 BCE and 1500 BCE, and such seals came from Egypt.

people used to Worshi Mother Goddess, Pashupati, stones, trees and, animaJi

Script 'PictOl;,al,not yet deciphered.

':' .f

Decay of Indus Valley Civilization Invasion of th~ Aryans recurrent floods and other possible natural disasters' like earthquakes, are said to be responsible for th~ disappearance of the Indus Valley Civilization.

•.

,

The Vedic Period: The Aryans

l

.

_,

:

_ ~_'.

they moved' eastwards and spread ~ over the Ganeticplain. The area of this civilization extended'from ~ghanistan to P~ab and ~este~. Uttar ~radesh~,called 'Sapta5indhava -the land of the seven nvers (J1ielum, (henab, Ravi, Beas, Sutlej, Indus and Saraswati).

Did You Know?

• The chieftain only ruled over his Jana and not over any specified territory.

• An aggregate of villages made up the vis (district or clan) and a group of vis made a jana (tribe). ..

• The chief king (rajan) had two assembliesSabha (constituting with elders) and Samiti (the national assembly).

ThePurushartas of Vedic Philosophy

times meant'foreigners' or 'strangers'.

(a) Atma (soul): An atom of life, it is also called 'Jeevatma' or the 'living soul'. It is part of the Paramatma or the supreme soul (Le., God~ Atma is invisible and is liberated from the body after death. (b) Karma (deeds): These are good and bad actions human commits during his lifetime. (c) Paap and Punya (sins and merits): Paap is' result of bad deeds and Punya is the resultrJ good deeds. A human being is happy andsal' isfied if he/she earns more merits (or pun;fl and is full of sorrow if he/ she commits mQlf sins (or Paap) during his/her lifetime. . (d) Punarjanma (Rebirth): The soul never ~ but reborns after the end of each lifetime..$I soul enjoys the fruits of Punya or Paap oL previous life in the pr~sent lif~time,

(1) The Vedas These are the most sacred books of the bnearly Aryans. There were four Vedas and the Brah. monas concerned with these Vedas are:

• The family (kula) was the ultimate basis of the Vedic state. They lived in villages (grams). • Each village had a chief or a 'gramani'. • An elected panchayat managed the affairs of the village. , '

(a) Dharma (the Piety): The actions of goodness. (b) Artha (Means of living): Earning for food, clothes, shelter adhering the principles of Dharma. (c) Kaama (Progeny): Continuation of mankind through regeneration by family system. (d) Moksha (Salvation): Liberation of soul from the cycle of Punarjanma or rebirth. Theking was by no means an a~tocrat. His pow~rswere limited by the 'will of people' expressed In the Sabha or Samiti. The king led the tribe in tleltle and ensured their protection, in return people showed; their allegiance and voluntary lifts or 'bali',

Stool • TheAryans were a semi-nomadic pastoral people who had a joint family system. They Jived Ul groups and spoke the Sanskrit language. • The father was the head of the joint family and Wasknown as 'Grihapati.

Quick Facts

Religious Books

Political

• Every tribe had a hereditary chieftain, whose duty included protection and welf~re of the members of his trib~.

Concepts of Vedic History

••,.

Characteristics

Who were the Aryans? The Aryans were semi-nomadic pastoral people who originally inhabited the area around the Caspian Sea in Central Asia. They entered India probably, through the Khyber Pass (Hindukush Moun: tains) around 1500 BCE, in more than tWo waves, in search of new pastUres. The first reference to the Aryans is found in the Bagharkai Peace Treaty (in Western Asia 1350 BCE), concluded between the kingdoms of Mitanni and Hittites in which the Aryan gods, Varuna, Inelra, Mitra and Nasatya were invoked as witnesses.

India via Iran. 2. The word 'Aryan' comes from 'ari'; which.in the Vedic

,

Kegion The Aryans ~st settled down' ~ ~m1j?:~.4t~i:,

Early Vedic Age: Rig Vedic Age (1500 BCE-1000 BCE)

1. The holy book of Iran, Zend Avesta, whose language has close resemblance with the Indo.European languages, indicates the possibility of entry of some Aryans to

C. "1

(i)

Rig Vee/a (Aitaraya Brahmana and Kaushitika Brahmana: It is the book of hymns.

(ii)

Sama Veda

Uaminya Brahmana and Tdndyamaha Brahmana): It is the book of malodies and charts.

(iii) ..Yajur Vee/a (Satpatha Brahmana): It is the book of sacrifices.

I

(iv)

Atharva Veda

(Go patha Brahmana): Ii is the book of magical and technical formulae.

(2) The Brahmanas , ,',

throw light on the socia-political life of the Aryans and form a sort of explanation of their religion, especially, sacrifice. It also contains ritualistic formulae for the respective Veda and priests.

I' (3) The Aranyakas

These forest books are treaties on mysticism and philosophy and are the concluding portion of the Brahmanas. It explains the metaphysics and symbolism of sacrifice.

(4) The Upanishads

The Upanishads are the main source of Indian philosophy. There are about 300 Upa' nishads, of which 10 have attracted worldwide allen' tion as they deal with philosophy and theology of the Aryans. These are commentaries which are appended to the Aranyakas and deal mainly with philosophy and religion.

(5) The Puranas are 18 in number, of which the Bhagawat Purana and Vishnu Purana are the most important. They give religious and historical details of the Aryan civilization, and contain legends, rituals, tradition and moral codes:

(6) Manu Smriti Manu was the great law'giver in the Aryan period. His book, Manu Smriti, deals with the laws of inheritance, duties of kings and his subjects. As Manu established a detailed legal system for the Aryans, he is considered the first law-giver of India. t4itj.AH

",.",j,.;,/,

R..,;

g

b '?'

Women held a respeetablesocialr.stah1s;~ITheir dress was simple: They were fond .of:outdoor activities, such as dancing, wrestling, boxing, etc. Houses were generally made of wood;;.f ob i OOlO' ~I'll

Economic

" .., .

,h,}\

1l'ioY

'.!

')b<.\'.) .Ir' :.".,... ;,

~ The E;conomy of the Aryans was largely rural based: They had knowledge of agriculture and it was their main occupation.

"-11I1 ' II

~ c.s

l

i' ..

I,

.-..

~

Chapter 1

History of India and Freedom Struggle

(I

~

,.

•.,.1

,

The entire Vedic literature is called Sruti;~nd apart from four Vedas, it includes Brahmanas~ the Ara, nyakas and ~he Upanishads. The Vedic ,doctrines were composed between,600 BCE and CE 100. These are also called ,'the six philosophies of Vedic Bin. duism' and are discussed below:

• The Rig Veda mentions artisans, such as potters, weavers, carpenters, leather workers/charJ iot makers, etc. TheY-also kriew metal work.,; '~, ••:t-,~

.,.«.}",'

"''''''..

~ ~'. ~

,~', ,'.'-"

• Cattle breeding was another source of .livelihood. Cattle were the chief ine'~sure of;'ealth . A wealthy man who owned many' hoards of cattle was known as 'gomat'. • In the Rig Veda, 'Ga'vyuti' is used as a measure of distance ,and 'Godhuli' as a measure of ,time.

.

1

!, 'I

'r .

Political

.

Region

.~

.

1.•~

• These texts reveal that the Aryans expanded from Purjab over, the whQle of western Uttar Pra.desh<:overed by the,Ganga-:-Yamll11a doab, • Further regions to the east, such as'Kosala (east. em Uttar Pradesh), Kashi (Varanasi), Videha (north Bihar) and Magadha (south Bihar) are also.referred to. .~f'

Later Vedic Period (fOOO;,...600BCE) , ,

• On excavation of these regions, archaeolo~sts have found the remains of few cities of this period, out of whieh Hastinapur, AWchatraand Kausambi form prominent examples.

.;The Rishis who were the authors of the Vedas .are Madhuchandra; Vais~amitra, Gurutsamida, ,Afri, Bhardvaj, Kanva, Kashypa , Rashikas, ;Vamadevas, Yami Vaivasratai, Sasvathi and others. I

,ll

i-t' ~,~

>'

Table C.1.1

Six Schools of Philosophy Of Hinduism

{'

t~ ., "

,

'

1, Nyaya Sutra (Logical Doctrine)

Hindu doctrines based on logic

Goutama Maharishi

,,"

','

", __ , ',,:

'' _.,'__ ,

,.",'-

4" Sonkhyo,sutra (Nvmerical Doctrine) "'''~'._'":''~._'-"'';i"@._,O~~'~,..~'_~''''''w ..' ~.:_""'._.,-="'"":'., __~:o __ 5. UttaraM'imamso

,', _"', ':

,','

Badatoyans •

6,PUrvo Mimamsa

I

.

I

Major 'Upanishadlc work taken rishis of th'at time ,,",

I.,

up by the

r

.•.. t .••."'•.••'.~

~~~

~ ••

-.,,-~'.,

..•

-

-"

I.

,", .;/ "J"t;Nalfld'1:;a,2.n~.y'asistha~in;lbeIor$

I

';'.'

'.

"

, , t

.")

'.,Ved
,

.

,

.'

'.

..,'

,....'

.'

areSruti (h~ard)-directly :'1fJ

C'

••

.

r~vealedtothe

•

.'

1-'"

~.

' .

Of,.::.

qOlJ. Qui~k IFacts

i

Other Literature 0) The Sutras", 'J

.

.,

"'"

'.

' ..

-',

~

~ ( .

,;

.

(c) Dharma Sutras,deal with.sociallaws

and duties,

The Upavedas (a) Ayurveda de~ls with medicine, (b) ~hahurvedo dealswith art of warfare. (e) Garidharvaveda deals with art and music, •

I

(d)Shilpaveda

covers art and literatur~, .

(iii). TneYe.dangas (a) Kalpa Shiksha dealsvyith pronunciation, (b) Vyakarano deals with grammar.

,(2)" Nifuka)ade?!s with'~tymology, (d)'Chhandas deal with meter. i.

'.

.- ,

',>{

(erJyoti~h? d~ds with dstropomy. ' (i~) ,hlc:Ji()nPhilosophy "C,',

j-

These'a;e known os. Sh,astr~~; .'Jhey deolwith God, soul, birtnanddeath.

on 'philosophical cont~xt.

issues in the ,early Indian

Caste System Based on occupation, the Hindu ,society was divided into four castes, which later' became heredItary, viz., (i) Brahm4'ts (Priestly clil~S) (ii) Kshatriyas (Military class)

;

'to

(iii) VaishY<;ls (Bus~ess or trading class) , (iv) Shudras (Labour class)

i~,""'

~.

(a) Srouta Sutras deal with Vedic sacrifices. . (b) Griha'Sutras deolwith duties of a family man.

•.

•.

'"

,"

The Epic Age It' ~as the epic ,age in wluch,'tlJe.:Aryan . tri!?,e~,e?tabl~~,~E;(t tl:).e.ws!':~"~~;"4't,,t1l~ erfuenorthern India. The laird between the Himalayas .an~ Narmada "

G~

... ' !

,

1

.i

t,.

, '.

:

"~I \l~"'~llt~'\il'i'

'_' -.,---__::1

1, The Samh';ta of the 'Sarna Veda' was in 011 likelihood a com~iiation ~f this p~;i~d" but' is '~b;;~~~;;~nHr~~the point of view as it is a compilation based on the Rig Veda,

~

• The Athorva Yedadeals with medicine, These b;oks reveal beliefs, customs and culture of the Aryans, ,'L'

.,'

I

,,"

• ,TheYajur Veda deals with sacrifices, rituals and formulate. r ,i1(~J

,

,

-. ,. - ~" .

-~.

of,proyers,'to gClds; like Vayu, Agni; '1[19rO,Varuna. drid more,

The Sa~6iVed~ deal~ with musi~:lt has 1810 hymns. .

,.'.

'

,,'

• The earliestlAranyakas and, Upanishads were probably composed at the end of' this period. These would include the Brhadaranyaka Upanishad and the. Chan9.oixa. Upanishad; .:which contain some 6nh~e~riiesrrec6tdM. aiicourses

J ••••••

.,,~,.jTheRigNedais daimedto be the oldest book in,the world! It contains 1028 hymns (,1017 + 11 Valakhilyas divided rr ,10 Mandalas) and,8 Astikas written by the family of seers, like Atri, Angiras, Bhardwaj. Grtsamada, Kanva, Vishvo

Iii

".

L.,

.. l

,/\,1

'7.

-

• This was ,also called the 'Brahmarical', age which came quite close to,ffiodern Hinduism. • Later Vedic.literature includes the Samhitas of the YajurVeda and theAtharva Veda. ,.

Jdlrnini MohorisIiL,A~W~;;hih ~i~Y~i'NJ(rltlJbls)ohd~lso ,~COrne the.bo.$isofl}orrno.rnor~o ,,,

~/"'; " .,

Sccietyand Religion

KopiIMahorishjgn<1\\<.Dl!~liIysidqhont9'{'!hiqhdealswith numerals . Modhvachorya ,.<,';ci ..• , '\. ,' '.... .' ..... _~~''"'''-'-=-= ._;"~_=,._, ..o._~.-,_».",._~',:;.Cl''''1_._~''''_~, __ ~~,~''''''''',:,,._~_"',.,"»"""'~,.,~_. _._,"","",l"~~',N't";""_,:"",",~_~_

.'

C

'

.. '.

In addition' to agriculture' and cattlerearing,trade and industry also, gradually, began.

.-<~"f;'~~',!;~~~:~"~;'~'~;~';"'~~~''¥-~?'';~'"1:''~:~~:----::'"-'"'-

,_:::>;~'"

. .'-',

I

'"

Economics

A harmonic doctrine that deals with harmony between mind and body through yoga

3: Yogasutra (Yoga Doctrine)

."

~

• Powe~s of the king, who used to be called Samrat mcreased phenomenally. Importance of assemblies declined. . • A regular army was' maintained' for the.protection of the kingdom . • The Rajimyas, who based. their power on their role as' a protector of their tribes in the Vedic period; now came to be known as Kshatriyas. • There are also references of priest (Purohita), commander~in~ef (Senapatz),. charioteer (5uta), treasurer (Sangrahifa) and tax collector (Bltagdugha). • The othef'important members of the royal court were the crowned queen (tni1hisl);the chamberlain (ksatlar) and the game companion (aksavapa). ., The famous 'AitareyaBrahmana' classification of rulership was, Samrat in east, Svarat in west, Viral in north, Bhojd in south and Raja in central. • Social growth of big cities, like Ayodhya, Indraprastha and Mathura were noticeable. • Women enjoyed freedom and respect,'but their status deteriorated compared to the early Vedic period.

The history of the later Vedi~,period is based mainly on the Vedic manuscripts and archaeolo~i~aldeti3:ils.whi~h were compiled in the post-Rig VediCera. .

::Religion Being l'avers of nature, the Aryans wor;,shipped the Sun~water, fire, etc. Yagna or havan was : an essential part of their religion. They are said to ;;have been the originators of the Hindu civilization.

>.

..'

• More,develqped ithan the:earlyNedicpenod, the finytribal: settlements wetereplaced by strong kingdoms.

!

• The use of fire and stone tools is'also mentioned in the Rig Veda.

.t

Choracierisf!CS' ' -"

.'.

,:'

-l ••.'".,

~.~.

authors by the gods, and those are not Smriti (remember~

----

.

I

..

",

..

.

historical

'.

2. The more .i.1")l porta nt Bra'hmanas include the AitdreyoBrahm~na, th~ Shatapathai3rahm~n'a andtheja'i.~iniya associated'with the Rig Veda, Yajur Veda and Sdma Veda, respectively, . "

C.9

.

Brahmana,

P'" ;

--

111 1

'11

I

I l~;

I

I I

ii'

111

C.10

• I

river was divided into ~6 independent states. Information about the socio-'religious life.of the people is derived from the twogfeat Epics of this period, the Mahabharata and the Ramayana.

Ii

.! I,

"..,J

"~

J'!

.The Rise of Brahmanism During the Lat~r Vedic period, the .observance of religion was made very complicated by the addition of several rituals; consequently, only Brahmins could perform religious ceremonies. This led toa religious monopoly by the Brahmins who were considered the sole mediators between God and man. Many older Gods were superseded by the new Gods-the Trinity of Gods or Trimurti denoted by, Brahma-the creator, Shiva-the destroyer and Vi~hnu~the preserver. It was about. this time that 'the popular, myths about the creator of the world, the Gods. and. their various incarnations and other legends were collected in the form of 18 Puranas or old stories ..

.

!I ,j

Chapter 1

,

Emergence of Mahaianapadas or Kingdoms F~~gt the ~ixth century BC, cultivable land considered as familial properties. People began owing strong allegiance to the Jimapadas or the territory to which they belonged and not the Janas or tribes (as was the case in the later Vedic period). Buddhist texts list 16 mahajanapadas or major kingdoms, as having been in existence during that era, and they were as follows: 1. Magadha Kingdom (South Bihar): The first capital was Rajagriha, and the later capital, Pataliputra. Brihadratais claimed to be the founder of the Magadha Kingdom. 2. Anga and Vanga Kingdoms (East Bihar): The capital was Champa, a prosperous business centre. The kingdoms were later merged by Bindusara into Magadha. 3. MalIa Kingdom (Gorakhpur region): The capital was Kushinagar. It was the seat of many other , smaller kingdoms. The main religion of the people of this place was Buddhism. The Malia Kingdom was later n;terged into the Magadha 'Kingdom. 4. Chedi Kingdom. (Yamuna and Narmada belt): The capital was Tisvathirati. One of the royal families from this kingdom later merged into the Kalinga Kingdom.

\, L

5. Vatsa Kingdom (Allahabad): The capital was Kausambi. The most important ruler of this kingdom was King Udayan.

'. ~

I

\t

""'/f

History of India and Freedom Struggle 6. Kashi Kingdom (Banaras): The capital;'C?f this king. dom was VaranasLAlthough manyb'attles Were fought against the Kosala Kingdom, eventua]] . Kashi was; merged with the KosalaKingdo~ Dhrutarashtra once ruled over the, Kashi and Anga Kingdoms. .,... '\ 7. KosalaKingdor:z (Ayodhya): Although its capi. tal was Sravasti which is identical with Sahet Mahet, Ayodhya was an importaI1t town in Kosala. It was merged in the M,agadha by the Magadha ruler Ajatashatru. Kosala also included the tribal republican territory of Sakyas of Kapilavastu. 8. Vajjl Kingdom (North Bihar): Its capital, Vajji,was the seat of, a united republic of eight smaller kingdoms of which Lichhavis, .Jariatriks,and Videhas were also members. The Lichhavis Kingdom had its capital at Vaishali. It wasa prosperous kingdom of North Bihar, but later merged with the Magadha Kingdo!Jl. TheVidehas Kingdom had its capital at Mithala. Its m~ i)nportant ruler was King Janaka. This kingdom too was merged, with the Magadh Kingdom. 9. Kuru (Thaneswar, Meerut and present day DelhI):'Ire capital city was Indraprastha. It was an important kingdom during the Vedicera and was friendlyto the kingdoms of the Bhojaand Panchala.

16. Awanti Kingdom. (Malwa): .Awanti was divided into two parts-north and south . The northern part had its capital at Ujjain, and the southern part had its capital at Mahismati. It was the most vulnerable' of all the Ma~ajanapadas. It was ruleq by many kingdoms before finally mergeing into the Magadha Kingdom. However,none of the Mahajanapadas Was great kingdoms, and they ..c,ontinuously .,f~ught among themselves.This state of political, disorder ,contin-:uedtill the emergence of the Mauryan Empire in , the early fourt~ century, BCE. Anot~er. i~portant . pointwas the co~tinuous emergenc~. of.Bih~~ and VttarPradesh regIOns as trade and .commerce cen,.. Ire and the lack of prominence of the Punjab region, whichwas the hub of activity during the Rig Vedic period.

lie Revolt against Brahmanism As Brahnlins monopolizedreligion and did riot allow others to perform anyreligious ceremony, the people revolted against Brahrnanical exploitation.

12. Surasena Kingdom (Mathura): Its capital was at Mathura and' its most famous ruler was Avantiputra. 13. AssakaKingdom (Godavan): Its~apitalwasatPotai and Bnlhcimdatfu. was its most importantruler. 14. GandharvaKi~gdom (Pesha~~;'and RawalpindI} During the later Vedic age, its capital, raxik :w,as an important trade and education cen: Its ruler King Pukkusati w'as defeated by Magadha ruler Bindusara.'" . 15. Kamboj Kingdom (North-east Kashmir): Its tal was Rajapure. Hajara was important and commerce centre of this kingdorn.

GROWTH'OF BUDDHISM AND JAINISM The sixth century. aCE. is also called the period of religious unrest: Af 'a result of revolt against the supremacy, of Brarunani~ai p,iiests, Is~veral schools of philosophy opposing' Brahmanism .developed. Those were by 'the Ksllatriyasfrom the royal families of Magadha.~Thesepeople later helped ill the propagation ofjainism and Buddhism. ., .~ .

.

~.

'.

,-',

Buddhism, The world's fourth biggest religion, Buddhism, was originated in !ndia. It. received .state patronage of kings, like Ashok~. :Soon it spread to the neighbour~. ing countries inchidmgMyanmar, Sri Lanka, Japan, Vietnam and Thailand. The Schism (or Split) in Buddhism: During' the' fourth Buddhist council, held in Kashmir, the Buddhists split into two groups: the Hinayanas (believed in simple teachings of Buddha),and the Mahayanas (the preachers with dbctrme o~bhakti as t,heir.~tegral pait). Pali was the main language for Hinayanas and Sanskrit forMahayanas.

.Tripitakas or Three Potikosln Buddhism 't--

Deergha Niyaka

10. Panchala Kingdom (Uttar Pradesh): Its capitalwas at Kampila. Earlier it was a monarch state,but later it Q~camean independent republic.Kana~ was an important town in this kingdom. 11. Matsya Kin.gdom (Jaipur):' Its capital was Viratanagar. The Matsya Kingdom got itsindependence from the Chedi KIDgdom (ruledby King Sahaja) under the leadership of ViratRaja.

C.11

Madhyam -

,Suttapatika (5 Books)

,~

.

Niyaka

Samyulka Niyaka 'j

Tripitakas or colrE!E!tith, pf teachings in BUddhist literature •

'/ II

'.'

Anguttara

Niyaka.

Khuddaka

Niyaka

,-

"f'.

Maha Varga KasuliakaVarga

~,i

Vinayapiitaka (5 Books)

'OJ

!..t

. ~.

. . .•.

c. •

PasChf'lttapa Varga . . Parajika Varga'

-~

, .,

~Parivara Varg~

J

•

.>

_

I

',,;"

1:

1 .

Dharma Sangraha Vibhanga" iI "

--.,-...~

.

i,

' Dharmapitaka

)H

(6 Books)

:a'Z

,j

,

Phatakatha . Katha Vast ,,:,

'".'

Pudgala Pankti. Prastana

•.••..' ~ .••..J.

.C

~ ~.:

~II'ltlj

,,'

C:12

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Chapter 1

TobieC.1.2.;: Buddhist Councils-o-Ata~Glance

.l: ".,".,

•

. ,,

,: ~ t

~,,~,,-.,;

••JlQuick

.

Faets •

"lmportanf,Facts ~ . ••.•.

""

~

" •

Clbou! Lord Buc:ldh,a'~ ,'. •

'I

~

563 ,... BCE,','

'l>Birlh' Place

lurribindnear

.:~"

Jr

~;

••••'

',.

.•••.

. "

-i

Father

,I

;/i'"

Mother Wife

_.

,~.

j -,

Kapilavastu)

•

"r

•

,

age of 35)

(at the

The'fa mous words

'!amhis

witness' -by

,B9dhiTree

(Pipall

~.'~

l

.'.

,.l

Kanthaka

',:

Alara' Kama

,

.

,

:

)

,",

1

383

2. Vaishali

BCE Sabbakami

""

':.

•

".

:

~',

:.,:

,:'

"

At the second general counc;1 ~;ting,-h;id ~t Vaish~li, a schism resulted ostensibly over small points of monastic discipline and followers divided into Sthavirmadins and Mahasanghikas.

3. Pataliputra ",~'32~6,Bc;-Mogalip~tta,Tisa'---t:--s-h-ok-'a--,'

",','

k''''':'.,4'

~. ~""

~

Died at

""l

-

..,

,J

,;~

"f

f

~ I~

~

'"

4. Tombapanni

". '" -~. -:-.----.~.~:--~._-, 29 BCE Mahinda

Period Founded around 6th century

BCE.

Couses for the rise of Buddhism (a) Vedic rites had become complicated and expensive. (b) Dqmination by, Brahffiins who monopolized the religion. (c) Use of difficult and outdated language in religious ceremonies.

Founder. Founded by GautamaSiddhartha who was a Kshatriya prince from the Saka clan. He was bom,in 563 BCE (or 567, BCE as believed by' some historians). At the. age of 29, Siddartha left-hi!?family in search of truth (also,called the~great Rel).undation') andwandered about for seven,y~ars. H~ deVy~red his first sermon at Samath,in Benaras andspreacl his message f<;>r about ~ 40 years. .. -,~.

,

Dodrine The main precepts of Buddhism are:" 1. The Four Great Truths: (1) The world is full of sorrow and misery; (2) The cause of all pain and misery is desire;~(~) :Pain and misery can be . ended by killing or-controlling desire; 1.:"1.

t".

2. The Eight-fold Path consists of right faith,right thought, right action, right livelihood, right efforts, right speech, right remembrance and right concentration.

5 Kashmir

, _.:c~__' :''-.-~~~~. . Vattagamani

t'

r

' .. '..

'~'4.__

i.',." ..,-~.~,.""':':_.,:,;:,,...~-.'(~:.'r' __ ~.~_s~!c~'

I

-:-rt-'"':7r."""':"'t",~ ••~•.~....

Main reason for its convening was the realization that it

I

CE72

-.-

-'---.,'--

Vasumitra (helped by Asvaghosa) .

"'-',

--

"__ .~~nks:

.__ ..,_.._.

~.

J

.._~____

Kanishka (Kushan

The development'of new ideas resulted in division . of Buddhism into 'Mahayana' and 'Hinayana' sects.

rulerl

Codification

of Sarrastivadin d.o.ctrine.s.asM9havib~asa:

" 7

t

f;;' ,

)! .

. '-...

luddhisf Councils in Modern TImes

'..

3. Belief in Nirvana: When desire ceases rebirth ceases~ then' and Nirvana is attained Nirvana is allabo~t freedom from the cycle of birth and A~a~J;1.~.~nd rebirth is gainedb\ , following the eight-fold path.

.

Afterthe fourth Buddhist' council in K~shmir, the nextcouncil was held after a long time in 1871. Burmahad become a stronghold of Buddhism, which had continue~ to grow ou'tside India, though 11 gradually declined in India-the place of its . , 4. Belief in Ahimsa: One should not causeinjun origin. to any living being, animal or man. Ie Fihh Buddhist Council It was held at Mundopa town 5. Law of Karma: Man reaps the fruit of hispail deeds.

9

in t Pq~~!ip~t~.~;~~!ted the expulsion of many. heret.ics and the establisnment of the Sthavirmada school as orthodox. Here in this unci ( the third part of the Tripitaka,the 'Kathavatthu'ofAbhidhamma Pitaka', which deals I~(th' p,sy.chology.c:Jndp~ilC?spphy.of l Buddhism, was coded'in the Pali language: • ~

was now not possible for the majority of the monks to retain the entire Tripitaka in their memories. The aim of the council was achieved by monk Maharakkhita and 500 other i -----

(4) Desire can be controlled by followingthe Eight-fold Path.

The thi;dC~~~~'i1,meetiflg~~;ld

t6

-

• 'Kushinagar (483 Bcl

A~!h i;'C~u,~t!i;' Uptili' (~,~e :-~fJthechi;f, di scipl~sl' ~e'citecf t~~ .first p~rt ?,f T~ipitaka~J:he fi~st PCl~t,.~h[E;h: i~ called 'Vlnaya P,takCl' contai~s rules oft~~ order. The second,part ) of the Tripitaka, Sutta Pitcika,' contains .the great c.ollection of Buddha's sermons on matters of doctrine cind ethi~al beliefs, was read by Ananda. .. ," '; ,

'-~1

Kalasoka

M6ther Gautami '.

1,.Jbm~;'

0«

t~T

"

"':'-L.•.;".'" ... Earth

'..+' sr', .5";

~I ~ -t-.•

Results of Event

,Ai~t~sh'~t~u

~

Teacher of Medilation-

L.. I

BCE Mahakassapa

"

Gotro ~f Buddha. (Sidci'~~r- ~Gcrutci~a

tho

King

...,i~<,,;..•..'

First Nun and his Foster ,

," .~~

;.

,"

483

Under the Chairmanship of

'),

,

Pipel'"

,

Rahul ",

::Gayqir\'ifv\~gadha

Tree under which he 'attained efllighte~mEm; "

T!e~,of,Wisdom .'

Xoshodhara,

. Hbrse

~

-

Year

1. Rajagriha

Place of Enlightenment or'. Nirvana" ,to

Mahamaya

S,on.,'

4'~.

>

''t'I\;,,*

., .

.

.'.

'""t,.

~!,.

.-r"'

..•• "..

Suddhodana, theJing of Shakyas .

,.::

1, .•

'1

("'"

--place

"

,~..

~~.

•.• Birth of Gaut9ma Buddha, .• '" 't.

."j.;jj,

C.13

Burma.A total of 729 storie slabs engraved with Buddhist teachings were erected on the road leading kl thetown... \" ,' III

6. Existence of God: Buddhism is silent abouttht ~ Sixth ~uddhistCouncil . it was held in 'the Ran~oon ~ity existence of God. rrna Bud m ,1956, to commemorate 2500 years of the dhism. Buddhist Councils The monks gathered five ti~ after the death of Gautama Bud?ha. The.resul~ IIl\ence of Buddhism these events had their effect on BuddhIslll. following, table highlights the outcome of ~ ~ Buddhism destroyed,theris'ing militant spi~ib ~, OStered a sense of national unity and universal meetings. , :'" , ~UUlerhood.

Social Buddhism struck a fatal blow to the caste ~ystern and fostered an atmosphere of 'peace, stressed on purity. of life and mental upliftment. Durilig this period, the development of art.and architecture also took place. Educational centres were founded at the, Buddhist Viharas ,and Indian. culture 'spread to, regions outside India during the reigns of emperor' Ashoka and Kanishka. Decline of Buddhism Btiddhism declined as" HInduism' reform'ed' "X'ith'the rise' the' Rajputsas' a military force."Lackoftinity among tIle 'Buddhists arid iricreased 'useof Sanskrit led 'to' 'a decliilem Bud~' dhism. Muslim invasions in the 11th and 12th centuries led to)ts further .dis~.tegratiol!., ',' _

at .

..

),

Jainism - '.

\~

....

,

.. ~. ~ - ~.•

Jairiism is also a'non-BicifuninicaJ religion. It emerged as a result ofcoIDmon people's revolt against the Brahmanism of the 6th century BCE.

ril

l1j

h

I: i!

i

,~

History of India and Freedom Struggle

r

C.14

ii

Founder Founded by Rishabha, who was the father

I! I

I, I

"

Chapter 1

of king Bharata-the, first Chakravarti of Inqia. Jainism became a major religion under Vardhamana Mahavira who was the 24th Tirtharikara or Prophet of Jainism.'Rishabha was succeeded by 23 other Tirthankaras. He overcame misery and happiness and came to be known as 'Jina' (the conqueror). He died at the age of 72 in 468 BeE.

,I

Dodrine (a) Attainment of Nirvana (release from rebirth) through Tri-Ratna (three jewels) consisting of:

Join Councils Two important Jain Councils were held to settle the prevailing differences .between the Jain scholars, The main differences in opinion were between the follow. ers of Parsvanatha and Mahavira. The second council failed to solve the differences and, thus, it was thelast council. It also marked the split in the religion and the advent of two new sects within Jainism: Sweth. ambaras and Digamba~as.

Swethambars Are flexible in their approach, followthe teachings of the 23rd Thirthankara Parasvanatha and clad themselves in white garments.

1. Right faith, 2. Right knowledge, and 3. Right conduct. (b) Belief in ' Ahimsa' or non"'violence in the world, thought or deed towards all living beings.

Ii

the following table provide~ additi~nal info. mationonJairUsm." r

(c) Belief in Karma through denying the existence of God and dismissal of ritual. Besides these,

TobieC.1.3 ,t'Join .Counc;ils 'I

Year

Firstcouncil at 3rd pataliputra century :. > ,BeE

1"

.~.

... ,

P;1

Under the Chairmanship of

Results/Events

Sthalabahu

Th~I~~.t '14rP-urva~ (f()rr:n~,rte~!SI,~~~e .r;pl~,cE'ldby _. ' compiling 12 new sections (Angas). But, these were accepted by the",Svetambdrcis only whileth~'Digambara; virtually rejected them. The 12 Angaswere:; '.• 1. Acharangci; 2. Sutrakruthanga; 3'. Sthananga; 4. Samavayanga; 5. Vakyaprainapti; " . 6. Dharma-Kathanga; 7. Upasaka Adhyananga; 8. Anthakrudasanga; 9. Anuttarapadakanga;..l 1O. Prashnavyakaranaka;l1. Vipakasutranga; i. 12. Drustipravadanga., . " • ;;' ,:'. ,1

I

1

Secondcouncil ~fVolobhi

5th century

Devardhi Kshamasramana

CE

fl

'_QUick

Are followers of the 24th Thirtankara Mahavira. They believe in rigid penance, which can be atta~ed by punishment to self and body. They stress on nudity and not allow use of cloth to cover the body.

'"

Number of Tirthankaras

Vardhamana

Date of Birth

540

Place of Birth'

'Kundagrama (in V9ishalil

BCE

Name of Parents

the Inatrika tribe

head" of f

,:

'lichchhavi

\

r~ 1r,1 I;r "

I,:f

•

~'y,'r

Father-Siddharth6, . Mother-Trishala, princess

.1

Old City

I Present Name

Indraprasthra Kasi -.-Pataliputra Prayaga

Delhi, -Varanasr-' Patna . Allahabad

I ,

J3~1~grl~~.'=--=~~~~~=F!~9~~~~-:=~j

~.

Important Fac!s about Mahavir~ Mahavira's Origindi Name

i\

,

.:-.";..

.1.""'.. 1y"f

f

;

~'

',!"..l

(minor sections) were

.,t ...

ii

~~I

, ,

..

Digambaras

Facts

The 12 'Angas' and 'Upangas' finally compiled.

j

,',

~',

";

C.15

Became Monk

Atthe age of 30

Period of Ascetism

12 years . At the 'age of 43 (468 attained Kaivalya.

" Attainment of Nirvana Death

;'

.

Reason of founding Jainism

BCE)

At the age of 72, due to self-starvation at Pava, near ' Rajagriha Founded as a result of revolt against Buddhism of 6th century BCE

There were 24 Tirthankaras. Information on the first 22 Tirthankaras can be found in written records only, thereis no evidence of their real ex. istence, .

24th Tirthankara

Mahavira

23rd Tirthank6ra

Parswanath

Founded by

Rishabha

Digambaras

Space-dad, naked

Svetamb6ras

Ware white-coloured cloths

Nigrantha Arhant

f

t

.../

../'."" ..I

SINQ~U

(.

VI£:>EHA '-.

••

f'~-~:':~_i'""..•

..,

;~

~

"

MATSYA

SURASENA

\.

,

•••.••, ••1,•

Those who are free from every bond Refersto one who has attained Nirvana

Arabian

Sell'llt

VIDARBA

ANDHRA ,Fig,:,.~~'f.1.~2,!mportant citie:s of ancient;lndia'

,.r, ",,,.,

> "

"

1.

' ,

}~. ~

I

.........•••

~Sl!lll ,

'

I

C~16

Historyof Indiaand FreedomStruggle C.17

Chapter1

Kalasoka (396-~95 BCE) The se~o~d Buddhist Council was h~ld durmg ~ala~oka'sreg1II\e~;, . ,

Influences' Political Jainism weakened the prevailing military spirit and created a peaceful atmosphere. ,, l,

,I

L

'

Social Further weakening of the caste system, development of new styles in art and architecture in tern,.. -pIes, construction of s~veral inns, hospitals, schools and other institutions of public utility.

Handa Dynasty Founded by Mahapadma~ the Nanda Dynasty was ruling Magadha when Alexander invaded India. They had big and powerful army and were described as the first empire builders of India All Kshatriyas who were rivals, were exterminated, However, later on, this dynasty was overthrown by Chandragupta Maurya.

'Decline

Due to rigid and high ideais, Jainism suffered , a downfall. The austere ways arid high ideals of Jain, 'ism led to its decline, but it remained vibrant in India. ~"

::Magadha' E~pire (6t~4th Century BeE) ',Extent

From a small kingdom the Magadha empire .,became a major power in north India by embracing \.the districts of Patna and Gaya in Bihar. Pataliputra \was he capital of this empire.

;>Features Due to favourable geographicai location :and rich, fertile soil of the lower Ganga region trade "~flourished. Iron deposits in the' region proved use"\ful for making better agricultural implements which ',enabled peasants to produce more surplus and, con',sequently/ provide more weapons for,the army.

Hary9nk~ Oyn~sty , Qriginally found~d in 566 BCE by'the grandfa~t:r of Bimbisara, but the actual f9unda,tion of the Magadha Empire was ,laid by Bimbisa:t;a,,and A)atashatru who anne~ed neighbouripg. territories and established it as the centre of political activity in riorth'Irrdia~ . : ' ' , .' ".

Bi~bisara :(542-4'93 Bt;)' Bimbisara ";~as':first ,import,.. a,nt Ising of Magadha who converted the ,Magadha Kingdom, into an' empire. He" conquered Anga (east Bihar) to gain control over trade routes in the Ganges delta., ' Ajatashatru was the son of Bimbisara. He killed hisfather to became the fuler of Magadha. He annexed Vaishali and Kosala to-further increase, the. bounaarjes'of his kingdom: Afatashatru died in 461 BCE,' ';,l"r~,.H.-,

ShishunagiJ tiyidsiY'

Quick Facts

TheMauryan Dynasty :? Chandragupta~(32~300

BCE)

:? Bindusara~(30o-273

BCE) ",'

BCE)

:? Ashoka-(27~':P2

,. Dasaratha Kunalo-(232-226 :? Samprathi-(226-215

Alexander's Invasion (Greek Invasion)

,. Salishoka-(215-202

Alexander (356-323 BCE) was the son bf Phillipof I Macedonia (Greece). He in"aded'India in 326 DC! Alexander's major battle was with Porus, the kingo! Punjab, took place on the banks of Jhelum. Alexander won the battle .

:? Devavarma-(202-195 ,. Sudhanva- (195- 191

BCE) • '

BCE) BCE)

» »

Chief of law and order (Dandapala)

,. Brihadratha- ( 191-1 80

Commander-in"chief (Senapati)

>

Detectives and spies of the empire (Gudhapurushas)

~

Magistrates of cities (Mahamatyas);

>

Tax collectors in rura/areas (Sthanika) Eight groups of Ashoka's edicts/inscriptions Ashoka's edicts/inscriptions may be arranged in 8 groups, in chronological order as follows:

BCE) BCE)

(i) Two minor rock edicts (258-257

AdministrativeNomenclature in Mauryan Rule:

(ii) Bhabru edicts (257 *'..-

BCE)

Th~H~ryan~~~~asty 'was.oveJ;throW? by Shisl\U!laga. The Shi,s.~unagedynasty wa~. founaed '413 BCE., It ruled for ahouthcilf centUry. During this period;, the kingdoms 'of Vatsa,' Avanti and Kosala were annexed to Magadha. +

a

BCE)

BCE)

(iii) 14 rock edicts (257-256

,.. Advisor(s)to the king (Mantri Parishad)

(a) Good leadership provided oy Alexander and a well-di~ciplined and superior Greek army. ,(b) North-western India was divided into numer. ous small states. (c) Outdated battle practice and strategies fo!. , lowed by the Indian soldiers.

Chief tax collector (Samaharta)

BCE)

,. King, the Premier (Swami)

Reasons of Alexander's Success

»

(iv) Kalinga inscriptions (256

BCE) BCE)

,.. Bureaucratsor offiCials of the throne (Amatyar amaty6)

(v) Barabar rock edicts in caves near Gaya (250

,.. Departmentalheads of the empire (Adhyakshas), .'

(vi) Tarais two minor pillar edicts (249 (vii) 7 pillar edicts (243

,. Workers of the empires (Karmika,s)

BCE)

BCE)

BCE)

(viii) 4 minor pillar edicts (232 BCt)

,.. Chief treasurer (Sannidhata)

"'<7~ t

Influence of Alexander's Invasion

Notable Rulers of Magadha

Ajatashatru (493-461

.-111

'was

•• ~._'

~~

~

l'

" _

,. ,

thesouth.It included Kabu( Herat, Kandahar, Baiu~ Indian kings of all times. He "the fii-~i ruier t~ Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Bengal, Gujarat '(a) It'opened up free trade routes between India .:histan, maintain' direct contact with the peopl~' and' ruied , and the' west and strengthened commercia! andKathiawar.Bindusara, the son of Chandragupta, - for 40 years. Ashoka could occupy the throne' of the ~xtended the kingdom up to Mysore. ties. Mauryan Empir~ ohly'after a W'C;lf 'of succession (273:268BC) between him arid his brothers: " (b) Cultural; exchange took place, especially,m Importanceof [handragupta's Rule 'Chandraguptawas the the field of art and architecture. firstIndian king who can be called' a national ruler. - E~;ent ~fthe Empire . Ask6ka' ~~m~ire co~~red th~ wh~!~ Heset up an administration, with autocratic and (c) 'Techniques of coinage dev~loped. territory, from Hindukush to Bengal, and extend~d oVerAfghanistan, Baluchistan and,thewhdie of India (d)' The Greeks influenced Indian sciencean~ centrally-controlleqsystem ~ssisted by a council of ministers. He also carved out an effective espionage with exception of a small area.in the ,farthest south. astronomy. ~)rganization to keep watch on his enemi~s:'K.autiKashmir and.thevalleys of Nepal were also included~ il3 (Chanakya) was a minister of Chandragupta. It was the biggest Indian empire and Ashoka Was the tUs famouswork was the Arthashastra, a rreatise',on The'Ma~ryan E~pire (32~J80 BeE) first Indian king who ruled over almost the whole of :tatecraftdetailing how a good gove~ent should India. Founder Chandragupta' 'Ma~~ was the fo~dt'f Ol' organized., . ~'- .' .,." ',., "':, of the Mauryan Empire. He overthrew the !\al1' The Kalinga.8attle ' Itan'important battle,during Ashodasand, founded this powerful empire. He fOUl1dEd~henes M:gasth~ries was a Gr~ek '~bas~ador .to ka's'rule which: changed 'his outlook towards life. In dragupta s court. He wrote an a book on Indla~ his .dynasty in Magadha aro~d, 320 Be. Hisset 261. bce"Ashoka invaded Kalinga'(Odisha) and occuBindusara (300-273 Be) succeeded him and anne\fI1 namedas Indica. It the_Maury~' dynasty andthe pied it after widespread destruction and bloodshed. C4Pltal cityof Pataliputra. " ' , ,~"" '," . the southern part up to Mysore. This lead to'conversion10f Ashoka;'and1he-became a Buddhist'This'weakenea. ihi$~administration which Extent of the ~mpire Chandra~pta ousted G:-eeks ~a-the Great(2681,232BC) ,:' 'CI":::' ,:; ~ sio'Wly.lea to the' declihe"of tI1e'M~uryan Empire. Punjab 'arid' Sfudh. He brougnt under his.rule..tt .. "",,: ~ L 0;" .. ' ~i:', \r~ ,'""'"rr' ;'3t+~~,-~;,.):_:';",,:~~: ~ka Wasthe g~and~~ o~ ~~~~;agupta:~d~~~)U whole of north India from Pataliputra to HlIldt ". AspeCts of As&()ka's Reign ,Ashoka's. empire, was divided dusara. He IS regarded as one of the greatest mountains in the northwest and to Nart1'laa ' iIlto 'p~ovinces with' a ..vice~oy' in 'each, province. ~~~ l ~.

..

,'.)

' •. ,

.J',

,~.l

rr:

I.

\.

••,.._

•

:J,:, ,',

t'~

P

111,1

~

1

I

C.18

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Chapter 1

•

o

o

pillarcapitals were c~nstructe~'1 The e~blem of the IndianRepublic has been adopted from the four-lion capitalof one of these pillars. .

Major rock edicts lVii'norrock edicts

Education and Literature,_, Gurukuls aI1d'B~ddhist monas.,. tries developed with royal patronage. Universities ofraxila and Benaras are the gifts of this era. Edicts \vereengraved on rocks in'the form of 44 royal orders aimedat moulding the general behaviour and educationof the people. Kautilya's Arthashastra, Bhadrabahu's Kalp~ Sutra, Buddhist _~E;?~ts, li~e the Katha Vatthuand Jain texts, suc~' as the Bhagwati~S~tra, AcharangaSutraand Dasvakalik comprise some of theimportant literature of this era.

I

,Ii t

..,.. Causesof Decline of the Mouryon Empire' "

I

,'

-II I..'

"

Weaksuccessors, oppression by officials in outlying areasleading to revolts; policy of Ahimsa that weakenedmilitary feelings; vastness of empIre and wars caused the decline of the Mauryan Empire. The empirebroke up 50 years after the death of Ashoka.

Arabian Sea

Post-MouryonPeriod

Bay of Bengal'

-.•

(b) Kanvas Founded by Vasudeva, the Kanvas dynasty survived till 28 BCEafter succeeding the Sungas. Four main ru~ers-Vasudeva, Bhumimitra, Arayana and Susuman ruled during the regimen of the K~vas dynasty.

J~ ;

Figure C.1.3

rl

Throughout his kingdom, Ashol
at'

Thailand, ,to spread the doctrine Buddhism.t!, evo~yed a policy of Dharma Vijaya 'conquestt piety'. . '

MdUrYoilCulture' ,

ArchitediJre and Sculpture

.

" .~

Royal palaces, stupas (Sat: and Barhut),monasteties and-.6ive dwellings\,. built thr~ughoutth~ kingdom. A~hoka's p~ars :'_ seven pillars edicts and Tarai Pil~Cl!sinscripbOnsl.

Other Notable Events in the Post-Mauryan Era rel="nofollow">- St. Thomas visited India to propagate Christianity during the rule of 'Gondophernes' of Parthian dynasty. >- The Indo-Bactrian

or Indo-Greeks series of wars during 200 BCE,established two Greek dynasties in northwestern India.

>- King Menander (or Milinda) is the most famous among the Bactrian rulers as he finds respectful mention of him in Kshemendra (11 th century CE) in his :Avadanakalpalata'. Milinda's dialogue between king of Sakala (Sialkot) and Nagasena (also known as Nagarjuno) is recorded in the Pali work 'Milinda Panho' (Questions of Milinda). Eventually, Milinda was converted to Buddhism by Nagasena,

>- Indo-Greeks were the first rulers to issue gold coins in India and introduced 'features of 'Hellenistic art' in the northwest frontier, of India which developed into the famous Gandhara Art, ryan era, are the Gandhara School (also known as Greece-Buddhist School) and Amravati School. Gandhara school owed its origin to Indo-Greek ruler and had patrons of the Sakas and the 'Kushanas' (especially 'Kanishka') the during the 1 st to the to 5th century CEin the 'Gandhar' r~gion, Amravati school was established in the lower vall~y of Krishna and Godavari during second century BCEin the later Satavahana period. Its main centres were Amravati, Nagarjun Konda andjaggayyapeta. It became an important Buddhist centre and the artisans from this place mainly used white marble.

~f'

(c) Satavahans The- first.. Satavahan ruler, Simuka, destroyed Sungas po~er and m~de 'Pratisth'll,la' as' the capital on t):1.ebanks, of Godawari.. They fought o/i~h 'S~kas' often, till Gauta~pu¥a.Satakarpi (CE106-130) took over the ~"~l
Ashokan Edicts

Quick Faets

rel="nofollow">- The two schools of Art, which flourished during Post-Mau-

(a) Sungas Pushyamitra Sunga, a staunch Brahmin, captured throne after assassfuating las't Mauryan King Brihadratha in 184 BCE:Heper.,. formedt'% famous 'Ashvamedha Yajnas' to promote orthodox Brahmanical faith during his rule. Ten S~unga Kings are supposed. to have ruled for a total of 112years.

Lakshadwefjp. ' , Is/ands-.

He

,\",

[lOp

-

: 'i

.~:;~

~~,------------------(j'

-

, • '"

'"

...• ~,~,

~, .

.

",.,"

,,1

1( ,1 ('

f',

establish Satavahans rule in' Deccan and central India (als~ identified as Andhras). The d~asty came to an en(i 'by the middle of '3rd cen.¥Y .CE.}t~ l~st ~ler :~a~J.',S~i:aj.r:.a ,~ata!<arni'. !p$;p~~t~v~,~na)_tV,lp~r~eventu~ ally came to cover 'modem.Andhra Pradesh .....~"'.".I "":/.~'. '\ .._

, ~

C.19

I

,

~

l'

:i~,'.1<

~

,

,

l'

.

•.j j.'

",'

l"C;.

.

p-

,

-+

:.

,/

,{'<':6.fivb', "" , •."":- , '..,'

.

,

-----,I

,tght Groups of ~sh.~!<~'sEdi,c;tJ(ll1scrip~iol1s: In chronological,orde~, theihshoW~ .edict~l.iBscripiiOn?'.c:a;' be arranged ,.~~tgroups: (1) Two'1fTunqrrock edicts (258-257 BCE);(2) Babru edicts (257 BCE);.(,3)14.rs:>c[<. t3.Skt~(2~77':~56_BCE);(4) Kallnga Pt!ons(256 BCE);(5) Barabar' rock 'edicts in caves'near Gaya (250 BCE);(6) Tarai's two minor pillar edicts (249 BCE);(7) 7 pillar ,~CE); (8)4 minorpillar edicts (232'BCE). ' ' , " ",' " ,.-;;. \\) J.-,~~ ,-' •

,{

,~

pi

~

,11"11

!. 'I ,:: ,

,"I"

,I

C~20Chapter ,P',>, ,

.••

1

'

>';,

History of India and Freedom Stl't:iggle

I",,'ll!

~ :i

)l

(g) Five."Pf9~inc~s: 'CS)P11;iri$~gZ~~he:tM~ur~art:.. Pth~r,No!(jble Works~an,dPeople~rt~e.GuPia~~ro:" /.~J . empIre WIth theIr capItals are: (l)'Uttarapa. .""1/ ,''!,,\ •• ";,.; •.•••."?,,/','{tv i1--:ll:JI-.;:: tha in~.the n6I'th-(Taxil~);(2) Daksmmipatha • Sam~.d~ag~pt~s Kavlra~a.~{r~?t;~~ft::f~:) . .t .~.. _" , in the,soiJ.th,(Suvarnagiri);,(~rIAvanfipatha !. :NavrCitnasj.t,inc!uded';.Harisen, .(poet), (lKaliin the:weit'{Ujjah-0; (4) Pr~~hy~pa~h~('ill~e . d~~'f~!nai$~f', ::Yjs;ai
~I , i"~

'.

t

!I

>'~

'I

,I'

il't

l

and Maharashtra; ,at times it also included ,northern' Karnataka, eastern' arid' southern Madhya Pradesh, and Saurashtra. The Satavahanas' claiined BralUnaria .Clescent 'and anchored themselves to the Brahmamcal Vedic " , traditions.

.: (dt Kushans

KanishKa was the gr~atest Kushana ruler. He ,was well known for: beginning the ."t~,;'Saka,era' which, started from CE 78. The . . Kushans:t:Uleq,in two dynasties~'Kadphises' and "Kcimishkas'. ,'Purushpur~ was their first capital and 'Mathura' was the second. ',. ~Kadphises!~ruled ITOmCE 50-78 and Kan" ;jshka~srulebegan:, from CE 78 onwards. The Kusharta', empiieoegan as' a' central'Asian ,kingdonl;:and ,expan.ded into Afgha'nistan .'" and north-western India. Kanishka's empire, " ..probably,included .most parts of Afghanistan (except Seistan), theeastein-most part of xlnjiang in China, and extended up to the north of the OxtiS river in Central Asia. The centre of the huge empire was Bac:tria.The immediate 'sJccessorsof Kanishka were Var'ishka, Hlivishi
ChcincJraglipta It or ~C~anc!ragup~a Vikram~Jitya~~E 376-413/15) He the son of Samu9-ra~~pta and ISalso referred to~ the Vikram o~UjjairL'He ~ompletely retri0~ed foreign rule from IndIa. Samudragupta recorded his observa. tions in his bdok'Gh6kaki' (an enquiry into India),

',f

I,

The Gupta 'Dynasty,(320~SS9 ,~,/.,'~,

,~,,,,~~'j,'

~~ ".' . '\ '.' "

'~,

•

• '

~yl"':"

-.""!!

," .'

.

'i

" .

chcinc!ragupta' /:'( CE'319:...335/336FFcnmde&the dynasty v.', aroUi}dCE320:in Magadli.a'and ruled till CE330. :r

"l''';')

,;

.'

y,I~'

'._

r,'

". ,.,

.'

<.'

r

. ,,'.

'

,

,;,

.~).

.:

• "".

.• .f

.,

,

_

.'

..

.

'

.',

Samuc!ragupta. (cE350-37D) Samudragupta th~successor' of. Charidra~upta 'I. He :was l.<nown as the

:.'

I ."~

:

.

'" _,~'

','

(a) There was political unity in lhe'empire, For. eign rule was completely removed and peace and prosperity prevailed. (b) The. government had an enlightened impression, and it was people-oriented, that is taxes wer~. light, and punishments were of mild types. (c) Hinduism was revived during. this regimen, , but,the king"Yas tolerant of <,lll,?therreligions. (d) Use of Sanskrit developed. Along with this,art and'li!era,ture fl~ur~shed during the period, (e) The great personages who lived during this period including:

,~

Important Rulers

'

I'.

The Gupta dynasty is called the golden age or the clas. sical age of ancient India, because:

Extent of the empire was,fromthe Brahmaputra to thJVamun~nrt'd Cha.mbcil;Jrom the Himalayas to the Nar'macia.'Aft~I/Kushanas, the Guptas were the most important dynasty. I

" - :'

Characteristics of the Gupta Dynasty

cd ~.•

---

Indian Napoleon as he never suffered a defeat in the battlefield. . f.l:

.~. Ka1idas~lassical SanskTit writer, poet and' dramatist written' many great epiD .like Abhijnana sakuntalam ("Of Shakun' tala recognised by a token"). • Aryabhatta (0 was first c~nceptualized by. Aryabhatta), Vara~mihira and Brahinagupta, the great ~athematicians and astronomers livedl'durmg this period, • Kumarila Bhatta and Shankaracharya . the great preachers of Hinduism, cmrl '" DJ;tatlwari.tri~ ;,lhe great :physician, al~.' lived during this period: ' .

. (f)' F'~:hei~;:a 'C~e~~pii~~~,:W~O visited Ind' (CE 399-411) during Vikramaditya's re)~ . andgave~anexcelleil.t account of the Gup, dynasty and' prosperity of the country.

C.21

,

.

-.

' '

,

-"

.

: -:.

. . .

."...

~ ...••. '..~.

•.

"'"

•.

..

'

.'

'.'

.jo."....'

..•

t:.

., .'

Gupta Literatur~. Sanskrit Literature,,,~M<m~b1}arCl;tk

"

• 'Ashtadhyayi', :raniiU'.:.,d,,:,.

, . _'. ,

I'll!,

f,,11 'n'd .•. '/\'

Sanskrit grammar based on . ","LJ,,'Wi 1\ "'l!;3.:Jt.it.;: \ ~~.

'<"'" ".' :.', ..•. ;,,,:, .. ,,', : ''T''jf .,1 and; ..'gCl.ri}~X
4

.

~".

..

,.

",

,J,.

..-

,.,;."

"'

_.

1,.

f

•

from'PaIi' to 'Sanskrit'. The notable writers of this timewere, Arya Deva, Arya Asanga, Vasubandhu andDignage. V~s.u,pan;t!'lui? known for ~irs.tbook bn logicin a Buddh,ist work., .

"" •. 'Ar~abhattiyam' bY'Aryabh~ttk '~tUdy~6farithmetic ~geoinetry-"andalg'ebra. ':;~"), .•, .

~,.,

_

~ ~.

'il',:!".

~'~

•..

'1

JainoLiterature It is mainly in 'Prakit' dialects. Vimala

'Brafur{a~puta~Siddl;tanta: 1nd.1aaiai)~ khandakhaClyal
(Ramayana'sJaina"version) ,and, .Divatara, (book"of logicin Jaina) ate two notable books of this period. ltihasas' and 'Puranas' were also recasted in Jaina versions.

' .• 'Briliat" Sart1.hita';"Pancha"Sidd1i~riHi
.:lr

J

•

",

:

,'1

r.

" f)

j

I

.•.•••..• ;1. <

Table C.1.4

Nine Gems in the Court of Chol')drogupto

II

,'"

I,

,'"

,. •

~p~,i'

~

#'

"

','

:-'

}j

"l'

lz ;,~ ,.,t

j

-J

h'

I'"

,'1. f

"1

~.,"'.)

,

,ji"-)U

S.No. 1. 2 3. 4

5 6

7. 9. ."\. • •

~

j

1

•. -

••

• 'Navanitakam' by. Varahamihara is a manual of prescription onmet~l.liic; preparation for medicinal ptrposesusing iron. and mercury which can6~' cat~gorized, ~s 'progress in the field of chem1stry: " ' ~"c~ ~' '''. -: 1._, . • rel="nofollow">

"'.)

':',"

>.

",.!.;lJ

• 'Bastyayurv'eda' by 'Pq.lakapya.deals with veterinary scien<;eand anJrnal,husbaiH:iry.I!"

t~~

1(.

~

:::;j

~'~,_~ .•.... \;~:

r)~~d. ~'r

;\-.'Of(...; ..•.'.

""';lt~j,< .•..J~t

u1 ,

Notable Facts aboufthe Gupta'Period', ..•:hu~.'1"..rJ j

:rili...lft.::) I. , .•. _ (a) ~~reu~¥}f~oncof~?I!h, hJilia~underthe Imperial Guptas in CE320arid the rei~ ofHarshavard','if'.,llidia'~ ciassica:lage.

'hana''. 6fIctn~-GNoJ"priSea ' .'. ' .. wV'.::;)

tT :'

.' (b) 'lfe Guptas t;s,ta1:>ljsJ;1,e~ t!leir base of imperial ~~' 'pd~fW-inl;¥~g~aha; 'where they controlled ," ri~h tr~ff1.sofiron ffom the Barabar Hills.

rr,. ;as

II ~ II

~I i,

'I 111

I

'I l

C.22

Chapter 1

Historyof Indiaand FreedomStruggle C~23 S\1ltanganj Buddha" Sultanganj.

(c) The peak of. the, Gupt~ empi,re's>power ,ap.d cultural glory was attaiIied durfug the reign of Chandragupta IT. (d) Numismatic evidence attests to the final defeat of the Shakas by the Guptas after which the Gupta Empire had direct control over the ports of the Arabian Sea and the riches of Western trade. (e) Kalidas's Abhijnana Sakuntalam was a major literary work of this period. (f) During the Gupta era, Hindu, Buddhist, and Jain faiths received royal support. t

.' ~.

•.

'

.

(g) The Gupta era also marked 'the apogee of cave art and sculpture. ..

(i) The ~up!a,Empi!e was suppprted primarily , by the ,1aIlclrevenl.!-e 'share' (tax) co~ected 'fr?m the peasant yill~ges from every harvest. For half a century after the collapse of the Gupta Empire, North, India reverted to the political fragmen~ation before the Guptas.

(k) Yoga, one of the six schools of classical Hindu philosophy that emerged in this era, continues to be studied at the present time. (1) The political system of South India should not be thought of as a group of competing, centrally-developed bureaucratic states, as was the case in the North.

Gupta Arts • It included 'Nagara' and 'Dravida' style of architecture. • Rock-cut caves with novel oJ;namentation and designs of pillars. Notable sav~s of this period are 'Ajanta and Ellora' '(Maharashtra), 'Bagh' (Madhya Pradesh) and 'Udayagiri' (Odi~l).a). • Built large number of high,stupas in Sarnath (Utta:t:Pradesh), Ratnagiri (Odish';l)and ~ur Khan (Sindh). '~ -' •.. '.) r::. • Notable stone sculptures include 'Buddha' at . ~ l~,.-" 1" .. Sarnath, Great Boar (Varanha) at the entrance ;~of Udayagiri 'c'aves. " ' 1.,'

,f':'

',~.

'."

",

.•

•

I

• 'Notable 'met~r sculptUres fuclu~e, Nalanda BudClha,'an 18-feet statue' in Nalanda, Bihar; ,

:."

",

I

~ ,~:

j.

1~ ~;

~:

I",

,

Extent of the Empire From the Brahmaputra to eastern Punjab, from the Himalayas to the Narmada. 0'

Il1Jporfant Ruler Harshavardhana was th; last Hindu king of Northern India. He belonged to the PUShyabhuti dynasty who ruled in Thanesar, north of Delhi. He established a strong empire by conquering Bengal, Malwa, eastern Rajasthan and the entire Gangetic plain up to Assam. I Administration Hai'shavardhana ,~ove4 his capital from Thci.nesarto Kannauj. He personally supervised all busine,ss in the state. The .empir~ ,was divided into provinces kno~n as B~~ti~~d put under the charge 'of governors. Bhukti,s \'rere 'f;urther subdi. vided into districts called 'Visayas'. Each Visayawas divided into several Pathaks arid villages or Gramas. A large army was maintained during his reign,

TH'ERAJPurS (6S0~120(rCEr~'::~\,t~,~tb~" '~~ - '". . .-~~ ~,J~M~ ,.- .. f:.,' t l

'~4;11"( ,",:"~ ..-..",,

(b) Banabhatta, one ?~the,f?~poets of lI%sh~~ vardhana wrote, Harshacharita, 'a biography of the king. The history of Harshavardhana is reconStructed from a study of these two works.

Harshavardhana(606-647 cE) ,

Hiueri>Tsang stayed in'India for 8' years (CE 635-643).

J'

F

(h) At that time, commerce and Buddhism enhanced Indian trade, c~ture, and religious exchanges with China and south-east Asia.

G)

a 7l1.. feet statue in

.:":

TwoCalendars in Indio raday's Indian Republic, apart -from havirig two namesfor the country (India and Bharat), has two sys'ternsof dating;~onethe familiar Gregorian calendar of BCE-CE and the other based on the' Shaka era, which isreckonedto ~avebegunin CE 78.Although named asShaka(rather than Kushana); this era is supposed bymanyto corresp~!ld with th.eKanishka era ..Qthers havetried to m~tcJ:lKanishka with another India era, theVikrama,which began in 58 BCE. This see~s to be quiteearly.On.,the ~th~.t:rand, the latest sch~lim~hip, basedon nUmIsmatic correla,tion,sbetween Kushana andRoman c~0~, pushes' K~shka's accessio~ w~y forwardto abo~t CE 128.

.

" ' ~il...r'

...•• ; '"i,";"

.1\1

=-.i!,t".\- .:.:..-,;;J~

, ••..;.-~. ".:'

:::....t.'; ~-:..'l!:,JJ.)..t

,'~.i

r~

~ ~-~ ~:t

After Harsnavardh~~'"l!he RaJP.uts(oef1~rgec;l; .~~',a ~owerfulfo~~e. in.~e~~~T (lIld ,~eri~~ Indi~:ahd ~o~~ mated themdlanP9litic~1 scenef,?r,pe~r~y: 590 y~ar~ from the 7th centi.i: '- , '/ ' , ", . ~' ,

, "', Important Rulers

ry

,,', , '

,',",

,',-'f'.,

.

t"

",

,,';,1;

'h:~!,ap'

Maharana ,Pra~ap Sing~" (154~1597), N1~~;~~:i Singh, born 'in~umbhalgar,~ (Raj~sW~)~J
.-.,,(,,,,!

~.'

_• .'

_

•\ I

-f"' ~

"

:i Did You Know? Harshavardhand Buddhis~: During

was initially a Hindu,

~t

(:;J,\~.

0-

but,later

embraced

•

~ -

- f

He was, however, tolerant towards other religions,

that time, there was

no

'pardah

system', but '50~

sysiem' was prevalent.

Economy The government's main sources of income were from land taxes and revenue paid by the kings whose land had been conquered. These subordinate kings were bound to sent soldiers when the kingwas to fight a war. '

literature

'.

'

r

,.,'

')

"1'

r

(a) Hiuen Tsang was a Clili,.ese traveller, who stayed in.}!l~!~dUring the reign of Harshavardhana. Ba'sed'on his 'observation and analysis: he<wrote'a detailed acc6'unt on India,lIt d~s~ri~~d :rnd~~s as hot-temp'ered, but honest and observed that there was no death sentence. He studied at Nalanda, a Buddhist uni; sity and a famous centre of Buddhism w. flourished during Harshavardhana's periOd-

(.

, Figure C.1.4

The extent of Harshavardhana's empire

,. ~ .)

fi

{"""'r

11'1,; C.26

Chapter 1 History of India and Freedom Struggle

The Chalukyas (6th c~ntury C~ 12th century .cE).. Also over. the Deccan. The .famous rulers of this dynasty were: (a)Pulakesi I (CE 543-567): Pulakesi I was the first independent ruler of Badami with Vatapi in Bijapur as the capital.

J!

(b) Pulakesi II (CE 610-642): Pulakesi II was grandson of Pulakesi I. He was a contemporary of Harshavardhana and the most famous ot theChalukyan'kings. Pulakesi II expanded his kingdoin by annexing the entire Andhra kingdom. He defeated Harshavardhana on the banks of the Narmada. However, later the Pallava king Narasiinhavarmart attacked Pulakesi II in CE642 and captured his capital city of Vat, api. Pulakesi II (CE 610-642); Vinyaditya (CE 681-696); and Vikramaditya II (CE733-745) are '-.. the important rulers of the Chalukya dynasty.

The'~ho!a Dynasty Extent of the Empire The Tamil dynasty ruled over Madras and parts of Karnataka with Tanjore as"tgeir capital.

'I II'I, I

I

Founder Rajaraja I (CE985-1014) was the founder of the Chola dynasty. Rajendra Chola, son of Rajaraja I, was an important ruler of this dynasty who conquered Odisha, Bengal, Burina, and the Andaman and Nicobar islands. The Chola dynasty was at its zenith during his reign. ' Last Ruler of the (hola Dynasty Rajendra ill (CE1246-79). Political set-up The king was the central head who was- assisted by a cOllncil of ministers; however, the administration was democratic. Land revenue and trade tax were the main source of income.

Social . The society was di~ided, into' Brahmins and non-Brahmins. The temple was the cultural and social centre, where art arid literature flourished. The Brihadeeswarar (Siva) temple at Tanjore was built by -!lajaraja I. The, giant"statue, qf Gomateshwara at l Shra~anabelagola was built durir\g this period.

Decline Malik Kafur-in~aded 'this Tamil state in tE 1310 and de~tr~yed the Chola~empire. "

.

/"'"

."--.'

The Pandyas of Madurai

•

(CE

.

.

.-1"'.

59~1323)

The Pandyas are one of the most ancient dynasties to rule South India, and are mentioned in Kautilya's ,ArthCl:shastra'and Megasthenes's 'Indica' . '!he Sangam age starts from a Pandya king. Accprding to

Sangam literature, there were at least 20 kings . this dyna~ty. The ..most prominen~ ~ong kings: Nedunzahan, who made Madura! his :capital, ~ other kings whowere mentioned in hist?ry, are !
TheChola Dynasty

(CE

850~131 0)

Extent of Reign • This Tamil dynasty ruled over entire TamilNadu and parts of Karnataka. Tanjore was the capital, • The early Chola rulers were :Rarikala Cholas who ruled in the second centurycE. • After them, the Chola Dynasty remained in the dark corners of the South Indian political scerte for centuries before surfacing again when, in CE 850, Vijayalaya took control over Tanjore duripg the Pandya-Pallava wars. • Td commemorate his accession, Vijayalayabuilt a teinple at Tanjore. • The Brihadeswara (Siva) teinple at Tanjore was built by Rajaraja 1. The giant statue ~ Gomateswara at Shravanabelagola was buill during this period. • Vijayalaya's son Aditya I (CE 871-901) succeeded him to throne. Adityacj-ied in CE IfJi leaving the throne to his son. . • Parantaka I (CE907-955), the son of AdityaL was the king for the next 48 years.

• Rajendra Chola (CE 1012,...1044),son of Rajaraja I, was an important ruler' of this dynasty who conquered Orissa; Bengal, Burma, and the Andaman and Nicobar Islands.,

Hindu Kingdom of VijaY(Jnagor n3~6~ 1564)' -

• The Chola dynasty was at its zenith during his reign,

b. ;,'fl'

l ••

•

-

:

. -

-

~

-,.:/

'.

r

.:

j

.'

.

,

t •• ,1>1

.'

.• c_ l .~,

_

'. 4'~

I

-

Extent of the Empire The kingdom lay' in 'the Deccan,

• The last ruler of the <;:holadynasty was Rajendra ill (CE 1246-1279). He was a weak ruler who surren~ered to the Pandyas.

to the south of the Bahmani" kingdom. They I pro~ teded the Hindu way of life and checked Muslim advancements.' ,'" I' ' r;lL: : j

~ .

• Later, Malik Kafur invaded this Tamil state in CE 1310and extinguished the Chola empire.

•

•

.~.'

.

"

t -'-.'

,

,

>.

I

~.;

.•- ..

f'

Important Rulers Krishnadevaraya (CE1505-2.9)was the most illustrious ruler of the Deccan.

Other Important Rules - De'varaya~ I (140~1417)' and Devaraya II (1422-1448). _ ..'

~ngom Literature

I

.-,.

Thethree ancient South Indian (Tamil) kingdoms(hera(in the ~est), Chola (in the east), and Pandya (in the south)-frequently involved in internecinewarfare to gain regional supremacy. They are mention'ed in Greek' and Ashokan sources aslying at the fringes of the Mauryan erhpire. A corpusof anCient Tamil literature, kriowrras Sangam(academy) works-including' Tolkappilyam, a manual of' Tamil grammar by' Tolkappiyarprovides much useful informati~n' about their sociallife. Tamil is the oldest among the spoken andliterary ianguages of South Jnqia and the earliestliterature of this language is 'known as Sangam literature,Tamil tradition tells us about. three l~teraryassembli~s (Sangam) which met at Madurai underthe Pap.dyan kings. The Sangam'literature preservesfolk me~ory about the society and life inSouthIndia between the third century BCEand thirdcentury CK

1Is~lrokufas(CE 735-973) They were the'descehdimts of th~'pobles who governedunder the AncUtras. They overthrew the Chalukyas and ruled up to CE973~~Krishna I is the Rashtrakuta king credited to have built the Kailasa t1npleat Ellora. Other kings of'thjs dynasty were Govinda ill, Ainoghavarsha and Indra~. . ,. "

~

'!be Yadavasnileo froin Devagiri. The important rul"'amongthem were: , r ' (a)Singhar\a,(cE1210-1247) " ',. (h)Ramachandra (CE1271-1309).

..,

01 1

:.

0

•

"

••

)

_~

'1f...;:

~';.

',t...,:. ,,".

0_

I 1

I

I

,I \

MEDIEVAL- INDIA '.,

1

,'~'

Muhammad bin Qasim Invad~d India in CE 712 and conquered Sindh which became the' province of Umayyad Khilafat. '. " .

",

.

, ,', This includes the Mu~/iin Period fCE 1000-1707) It began with \

•

,

! .'.

(f1

'

J _,

4.

!

I'

t'

./

. .,.

'J

.

.,

I

the raids by MahIn~d of Ghazni and establishment, of the Sultanate of I?elhi.

Sultan Mahmud of Ghazni fCE 997-1030) he made about 17 expeditions to India with twin obj~ctiv~~::(a) to spread ,Islam: in' Xridiarand,' (b) to' enrich hiiIlself by taking (l,way the wealth frOin ~dia. In CE 10.25,he attacked and raideo1theinost celebrated'Hindu temple of SOrp.riath;that lieson,the'co,~st,jn the e'xtreme south of Kath!awai.~The,te:rhple was;destroyed inCE 1026 .

I'

~

Baffle' of falikata. fCE 1564-1565) . This battle' was fought in February'1565. The Muslim rulers of the Deccan, that is, Alunednagar, Bijapur and Golconda fought the battle against the army of Vijayanagar with their combined forces led by Ramaraja who was defeated and, killed. The second battle of "Talikota resulted in the complete collapse Of the Hinau kingdom of Vijayanagar. . .

''j ~

Ie Yadovas(CE, 1191-1318)

•

Founders',' The five; a'''~~u:th 'Indiait Itnci{1 Sangama of whom Harihar (1336-1353) and Bukka (1353-i376) werepr0!J1in~l1t;' .. ,' '" ":'''' ,

.

"

s6~~:0£

'f

C.27

"

'

•

. r,_"",

~.t'"

'. r

••...•

JJ

I'.

-.

•

,'f

.,"tL,r~I.f4"

II

,t,

.; ~~

.

_,

' ••' '••

':.

,.. ,_:

,

.-

;,...•. ,-~~

Mohammed 6.hori (l.1?51!2P~) MQhamrne~~, Ghori invaded India and laid the foundation of. the Muslim d~n;ini~nin ma)(be,c~~;idered the .. - _. fudi~-:-:He' -... -- . foynd,erOf )v~:~slip1:rul~,.in. ~dia after two battles with Prit1;Yiraj CJ;la4h~:h:(t~eJ~~ttJe.0f1'a:rain, 1191; the Battle of Tarain, 119~). It is believed that if Jayachandra had supported Prithviraj in this battle, the '

~.

,~..

.

_

...

l1li""5

I'

I

II

.

,{ if

'

::

I

I

II

II

History of India and Freedom Struggle. C.29

C~28 Chapter 1 . ' invaders would have been easily defeated. Later on, Prithviraj was executed on charges of conspiracy. Muhammad then made Gola, son of Prithviraj, a puppet king and deputed his trusted servant Qutab-ud-din Aibak to take care of the administration of the region. He went back to Central •.Asia, but returned to India in 1204. However, further conquests were halted by his untimely death in 1206. Aibak then went on to capture neighbouring Meerut, Aligarh and Delhi. Aibak then shifted his seat of power to Delhi.

",

qp

Mohammad Ghori's conquests became the nucleus of a new political entity in India-the.Sultanate of Delhi-and the beginning of Muslim rule in India. This period can be divided into five distinct periods (TableC.1.5). I..

,

Table

i

C.l.5

Five Distinct Periods of the Sultanate of Delhi

IDynasty

Period

(a) The Slave dynasty r~._.~- -.".- ~, "

d~)Th~ ~i)E_c1y!,as.tY._

•....

1206-1 290 ~_.~.~ _._,_ ~ , .1290- l,320 1320~ 1414

(c) The Tughlaq dynasty

r~=>~--~--~~'--_~-""-~=--~-»~P_Y~,"~'-"'-_---..,.-,--, L(~l!~~~yYid

c1y~asty~_ . _

_1A!:4=~,,!-5l--,--.i

.. -,,- ...

14.51-1526

(e) The Lodhi dynasty

The Slave Dynasty {CE1206-1 290) ntis is

Founder

the first M~sli~

dYnasty in India.

QUtub-ud-diri Aibak

Important Ruler ",

I

l

(a) Qutub7ud-din Aibak' (cE1206-1210) A Turk. ish slave by origin, Qutub-ud~din Aibak was purcha,sed by,.Mohammad Ghori who later .made him his Governor. A~ter the death of Mohammad Ghori, Aibak became the master of Hindustan and' founded the Sla,veDynasty in CE1266.He'is corisidered agenerous ruler and popularly called ~t~kh Bcikhsh'. Aibak died in cE1210. He was succeeded by his son , Aram"Baksh (~E12YO~ii)rThe 72;5'm (238 feet) high Qutub Minar in Delhi was built.by hi~to pe~petUate' them~~ory of Qutub':~d, • "din.: Quattat-ul-Islam 'nlosque'was' also' built during the reign of Aibak.;; I ' "",

.

~ f-..

-,

~..

lleCIsons forth~ Success of,Muslims in India

-',

I)"j

..: "

I

(b) There was no'central:'g6yern~ent."

,

(e) .'.Kingdoms were small ahd scatter~d ~., ,-

'.

(d) Muslims v-:erebe,tter organized and took advantage al ,lack mutu61~co~operation.a'mongthe Rajputs

of

,

.

'\,'

.•

.

:J

.,

"j

!

I,'"

I

t

, \'"

,.

'"'i

,

(5) Mu'iz-ud~din Bahrain Shuh

d[ed on,~aY,~5, . .-

.

':t,

Nasir-ud-din MahmUd _ (Bengal),

J

'

:~.;:

.' ••

t

\ iJ'

'~,'"

"

•..

(d) Razia 'Sultana (1236-1239) Razia Sultana was the daughter of Iltutmish. She was the firsl and only Muslim lady who ever ruled India She succeeded her father in 1236 and wasa "very' br~ve and strong ruler. ~he fell in I?ve with Jamal-ud-din.Yakut, whom she marned She was killed by her own brother Muizud. c!in ,Bahram when she tried to recapture the throne of Delhi from him. (e) Bahram Shah (1240-1242) Aftei Razia, Dtul' ,

'

c'

mish'sthird son Bahram Shah was put throne 'by. powerful Turkish, Council, ChalL"; (or family of forty). He was considered only~ 'de jure' ruler, while 'naibo-e-mamlakat' (hez~ of Chalisa)'was 'de facto' ruler:Bahram silt

rc+z

-

..

'.....

(4) Razia '.' de passed

_Daughter ~ (8).Ghiyas-ud-din , Balban .

1242

.'

.

•

'I'

died in 1287 (Slave)

(7) . N'aSlr-ud-dln,

~

Mahmud (died on February 18,1266)' '

't\ ..•..r~.1,r..:.-.!.,'~~~.

'C1I

.•.. ).

"1

~

~

•

Daughter,

,_,

t

~~ •• 'r

Nasir-ud.-din- ' " . Mi:lhmud . . Bughra'Khan , (Bengal)

.~t~'.,.," -..d

t)';

J'V'"

•• '

(9)Mu'iz~ud-din Kaiqubad' (killed in June 1290)

u

.~.:

".:ii, .•. 1,

'

.,1'" ",_:;,

' ,i

'. "

'. ~

p",rl

'G~ r.

'II: ~

~

j

i ~ l.,

,",.

~

(10) Kayumars (deposed in June,1290)

"r _~. oI-.I'~' .'!l,:~ 1.-,: '. .,.... to death, of his eldest and: most loving son, Mriha:rnniacl,cind,rebellfonbi!)is c1o~est'and most loved slave"lTughri1~Jrvt11h~ad died fighting Mongolians in 1285. Later,. Tughril was c,aptured and beheaded." jtnf';;" (i)' Kaiqubad, (1287-12f}O), A: grandson ,of Bal.ban, Kaiquhad w,as establis~ed the throne . by 'fakr-_ud-diil, ,the ,'kohyai' of,pelhi who a$sun;lE;d"hig~~politi.c~l..au~h~r(tyduring the , l!'l:s~Aayspf. Balban.ButK<'!J.q~bad w'as killed , by the~ilj~ (a~~ly, .wl!ish.,s~~ end o~ slave .1?rm)~r~ •.~Yl}~st~al)4.?~g~,~ni~g;~f ,tile Khilji !dynasty;at P~!h~ th!,~ne~ . : : , ~ll.. 'll, 'I

lost his life after a failed attempt to assert his authority once on the throne." (f)Masud Shah '(1242-46) He was ,'the son of Ruknud-din, but was disposed after Balban and Nasirud-din Mohammad's ,mother, Malika-eJahan, conspired against,him' ~d established Nasir-e-Mohammad as the new Sultan. (g)Nasir-udl.din Mahmud (1246-1266) He was the son of IltutIDish, and was known as the Darvesh ~g as he was very pious and noble. He died in,1266.

0..,

_~~~ r"", .J

; f'

~,i~

.~

;t'

Y'; •..~.rf~\"

t",

,.

to

"

(h) Balban (126(;..:.87) He dissolved 'Chalisa' and established peace in and around Delhi; instead of expanding the Sultanate. He: established 'diwani-arz!' (Royal~1Mi1itary'department) to reorganize his army, introduced'rigorous court discipline and ilew,customs to,prove his superiority to Turkish,nobles. However,. in his last days, Balban 'overlookedSultanate. affairs due

..,r~'-~<"~.

. t~(;~~]

Prince' Muhammad

fL

(6) Ala-ud-din Masud Shah (deposed on June 10, 1246)

•

'-,dt.J ,......,t+-. f .If'

t'

\

1.1 : ~- "' •••.

."

-~

I

~' ~ "J

'.r'':~'"

~".• #

(b) Shamas-ud-din

(c) Rukn-ud-din (1236) He was son of Iltutmish and was crowned by his mother, Shah Tukran, after .death of Iltutmish. He was deposed by Razia, daughter of Iltutmish, when he wasoul of capital to curb a rebellion in ,Avadh againsl him.

f:

:1': :~_:.

',~

(on October 24, 1240~

Iltutmish (1210-1236) He was a slave of Qutub-ud-din Aibak and occupied the, throne of Delhi in 1211 after deposing Aram Baksh. He ,was a very capable ruler and is regarded as the founder of the Delhi Sultanate, because during his long reign he consolidated all Turkish conquests and reasserted his supremacy in the entire north and extinguished the rebellions by reorganizing his army. He introduced the silver coin (tanka) and the copper coin (Jital). He also completed the construction of Qutub Minar, which was initiated by Qutub-ud-din Aibak.

"

.••l~ •

il

deposed and killed (on Novmber 9, 1236)

Ie)' Buddhism made the Indian masses'tfmid and weakenea their military attitude

,

Daughter = (2) Shams-ud-din IItumish ....', l(died on May 1, 1236) '" (Slave)

•

(3) Rukn~ud-din Feroz Shah"

-

r.,_,_ ;~..:

i

I

as they Were

,

J

Ghori)

tV,.

j,.

d'l

(al Rajputs lacked unity and organization diVided by rivalries ,

...;:.L.'"

~

'~~.L. s'.,

(1).Qutabcubcdiri Aibak , (died in' 121 0); ., (Slave of Mu'iz-ud-din Muhammad ."

Qui~k lFacts

,,"

"'<.,

The Sultanate of Delhi (1206-1526 cd

z:

J

Q'

\

J~.~~:~j

on

J

;

~

j

'~-

•

J.

L-~~."',~1.

The'KhiljiDynasty(cE 1290l.J320)i Founder

f

,Ll'l:v,,;/l

;,: ",,,~'

-j'"

')(.

L.>,

"Suit~I\J~i~l-ud;~fu.Kitilj"i(¥29~12~'6)'

fXfenf,~r;h~ im~ir~~7J:lai:~d~d~'~{ji b;ought all the Rajput kingdoms under his control. ~,.i.:.'

..•

fill C~3() Chapter 1 Qaim Khan (Tulak Khan of Qunduz)

l: ~ ~,

t t----t-----. Khiljis of Malwa

I

f ,j

,

t

Prince Khizr Khan " I~

:f II

'il

I t

History of India and Freedom StJ~ggle C.31

(1)Jalal-ud-din Feroz Shah (died ir 296)

Masud (Shihad-ud-din)

(2) Rukn-ud-din Ibrahim (deposed in 1296)

(3)Ala-ud-din Sikander Sani (died in 1316)

t

t (4) Shihab-ud-din

t • (5) Qutub-ud-din

Umar (died in 1316)

Mubarak (died in 1320)

Important Rulers (a) Ala-ud-din. Khilji (129fr1316) Ala-ud-din Khilji was, a nephew of Sultan Jalal-ud-din. Ala-ud-din Khilji killed the Sultan and succeeded the throne in 1296. He invaded Devangiri, and conquered Warangal and Mysore, the Hindu Kingdoms of the . south. He was an able achninistrator and known for the. rapid expansjon of Khilji domination. He was very severe with Hindus. He set up an efficient espionage system and alsO introduced various price control measures. Though he himself w~ illiterate,but he was a patron of art and learning. AmirKhusrow, the poet-musicIan, was I:Us favoUritecourt poet, Ala-ud-din Khiljibuilt the Siri and Arai Minars near the Qutub Minar in Delhi.' Rani Padmini was the queen of Rana Bhim Singh of Mew-ar.Ala:.ud-din Khiljiwas so much attracted by her beauty that h~ inv.aded Chittor in 1303 to capture the queen; Though he captured Chittor, the queen' committed Jauhar along with other Rajput women; A short work, named, Tarikh-eAlaiwas composed by Amir'Khusrau which con,',tains description of Sultan Alauddin Khilji. (b) Kafur (1315) In 1315, after death of Ala-uddin, Kafur,a regent in:the Ala-ud-din's court seizedthe throne. Before K\lfur died, he nominated Shiabud-din (Ala-ud-din's6-year-old prince) askirig, but imprisoned eldest prince Mubarak Khan. He was killed by' the loyalists of the Royal family of Ala-ud-din. Kafur himself was illiterate, but gave encouragement and"accolades to great poets of the Khilji era, AmirKKusrau and Amir Hassan. (c) Mubal'ak (131fr1320) After the death of .Kafur (1316),Mubarak Khan was freed from prison and

Ulugh Khan, succeeded him under the title Mohammed:pin-T';lghlaq.,. '. .

worked as regent for'Shiab-ud-din. He caPtured the throne at the first opportUnity ~e got, but cOllij rule only for 4 years as he sank mto debaucllery and could not give up his dissipated lifestyle.lie awa;ded' his lover, Hassan, auth~rity over ann and palace guards, who soon obtained fullcon~ over Sultan's palace. Hassan was given the ti~ Khusrau Kheinby the Sultan and within months Khusrau killed Mubarak Khan and assumed &e title of Nasir-ud-din in mid-1320;

(b) Mohammed-bin-Tughl~q >(132:>--.1351). Prince Jauna, son of Ghiyas-ud-dm'" Tughlaq, ascended tl1e,thronein1325. During his reign, the capital. was shifted,from Delhi to' Devangiri in the south in 13f7 ~d renamed as Daulatabad. But he btought it baek;to Delhi. Mohammed-bin- Tughlaq introduced token coins of brassaild copper which had the same' value as silver coins.

(d) Khusrau Khan (1320) Khusra.u Khan Was , killed by Ghazi Khan, governor of DipalpUr when he tried to oppose rebel~ion by chazi Malik and his son Fakhr-ud-din Jaima. This broughtthe end of the Khilji dynasty, and rise of the Tughlaq dynasty at the throne of Delhi.

(c) Firoz Shah Tughlaq (1351..,..1388)Firoz Shah Tughlaq was a cousin of Mohanuried"bin- Tughlaq. After his death, the nobles and theologians of the court selected Firoz Shah as the next sultan. His reign was a period of peace and prosperity. He established several new towOs such as Firozepur, Firozabad, His$,ar-Firozaand Jaunpur. Firoz Shah died in 1388. Period after FirozShah Tughlaq (1388-1414): The Tughlaq dynasty 'could not survive after Firoz Shah's death. The Malwa, Gujarat and Sharqi kingdoms broke away from the Sultanate. Duririg Timur's invasion Punjab, Jammu, Delhi, Haridwar, Nagarkot fell without much opposition marking the end of the Tughlaq dynasty ..

The Tughlaq Dynasty (l320-1414) Founder Ghiyas-ud-din Tughlaq (1320-1325)

t (1)Ghiyas-ud-din

t Rajab

Tughluq (died in 1325)

Sipah Salah .

t

Fath,Khan

(4) Ghiyas-ud-din Tughluqll, (deposed and killed in 1389)

Bhatti Princess

(3) Feroz Shan (died in 1388)

(2)Jauna Muhammad Bin Tughluq (died in 1351)

t

t t

t,.

Zafar Khan (6) Nasir-ud-din .t(died in 1394) (5)Abu Baqr (deposed 1390)

IIJnBatuta he was an African' tr~v'eller, who ~isited Indiain 1333during the reign of the Tughlaqs. He was appointedas Chief Qaziof Delhi by the Sultan and, subsequently,as his ambassador to China in 1342. Isvasianby Timur Timur,' a Tu~k, invaded lridia in 1398

(8) Nusrat Shah ')c disputed succession; ';, (set up in 1395; died in 1398 or 1399)

duringthe reign of Nasir-uddin Tughlaq., Hisarmy mercilessly sacked and plundered DeW: Tirnur returnedto central Asia, leaving a nominee to rule Punjab,which ended the Tughlaq dynasty. The

(7)Ala-ud-din Sikandar (HumayunKhan) (died in 1394) , d S....•. (9) Mahmu U"" . '.t\ (died in 1413)

,t:

Important Rulers

. '.

(a) Ghiyas-ud;;.din Tughlaq (1320-1325) KhUSrau Khan/thelastsultan of the' Khilji dynasty was 'killed by GhazibKhan,t.who ascend~ , the throne. assuming the title Ghiyas-ud..Jitl Tuglaq. After his death in an accident his~

(c) Muhammad Shah, (l434-;-l443LThe .nobles 'put Mohairunad Sh~on the throne, but he could not ~ survive the in-fighting among the nobles in the " court. He:.waS.authorized to rule a.meagre'area of around 30 miles and rest of the Sultanate was. 'rWed by the nobles who were n,ever at agreeinent at any political or social issue; th~ marking the "first signs of fall of the Sayyid dynasty.

i

Soyyid Dynasty (1414-1450)

IttportantRulers (a) Khizr Khan' (1414-1421) Timur's nominee captured Delhi and was proclaimed the new Sultan and the first of the Sayyid dyna$ty. He ruled over Delhi and surrounding districts for about 37 years. " ... '. (b) Mubarak Shah. (1421-1434) He:. succeeded Khizr Khan at the throne after his successful expeditionsagainsf',Mewatis;;.Katih;:l.fs and the Gangetic Doab area. He was killed by the nobles in his own court.

(d) Alam SIJah (1443-1451) The last Sayyid ruler - descended ill.favour of Bahlul Lodhi and himself retired. 'Thus began the reign of the Lodhi dynasty,; which confined to Delhi and a few surrounding areas: , f.'

.~ /"; ~ .;;;d

The Lodhi Dynasty (l451-1526) Founder

; "~"; ~'. .~,"

After the invasion of Timur, BalUnl Lodhi(1451-1488) was one of the Afghan Sard'ars whO 'e~tablished his rule in PtiIfilb ,; ..." . ,...... ", .•..• ~ ,, , . l . ." ,;' .

Important Rulers (i) SikanderLodhi (i489-1517): He was the son of' Bilihi.l."Lodhi: Sikandert.odhi 'conquered Bihar and western Bengal. He transferred his capital fro~ Delhi to Agra. _ (ii) Ibrahim' Lodhi '(1517-1526): He was' the last ruler of the Lodhi dynasty and also the last sultan of Delhi. Ibrahirri. 'Lodhi was the son of Sikandef Lodhi.

First Battle of Ponipat

.; .' . '."

Thefirst Bittle of Panipat took place in 1526between Ibrahim Lodhi----the Sultan of Delhi, and Babur-the ruler of Kabul. Babur invaded lridia'and'established the Mughal dynasty. .'

•

"'j;,

Decline of the Delhi Sultanate The mairneasons tanate were: • 'I

behind the decline of the Delhi Sul, I

•

-.

! 'f-4-_,-.

,';1"

""r

'.,

: ••,

(a) Despotic .(ffid military type of .governments which 'coWd. not gain the confidence of the people.' " , , .. '"'I" ' •. (b) beg~'netation of the Delhi silltans.',( .'

.'

.

,",,' ~r-

" :

'. _.~-"\

(c) Th~ Sultanatebec~me,too vast and could'not be controlled effEi.ctively. (d) Financial instability. .t.

(e) The'number'of slaves was increased to 180,000 in Firoz Shah(s reign which was a burden on the treasury .. .

I

J

i I il~'~ jl!

il

I

II!

,I'!

I 'II'

Coi32 ' Ohapter 1

, ,l,~ i

Table C.1.6 'Invasions by Mongolian Emperors During the Delhi Sultanate ",

lYear 1221

' - ~.'

Regime of Sultan

Events

IItutmish

Cherigiz Khan came up to the bank of river Indus, _

." "

=a --. ..'"

,i,'

r-----------,----~------~,---,,--_.-'------------Masud Tair Bahadur entered Punjab, Towards the end of the 1245, Balban fought back Ih '

II'

:1241

'I

CE

!

I

k

1279

. ,

Balban

_'_--

,I'"

__

1292

_'"

.k'

Balban

L-_

Jalal-ud-din Khilji

-,----_.----- ._--~-~~-~-,..._.~ ---_ -

,1296--it-~ 1299

~_~,_,

.__ '_ ..__ .,~

..

,.. _"'

.__

"'

•

i.'

.

_'_

.•.•. _

.

..'

..

-

.

.

_

,

...• ~~.

__

...•....

••

..••.

_ .•~._

.• ~.

.~".

__

,.o'

__

~_"....,

__

__

10

, Muhammad-binTughlaq

Tozmashirin Khan was able to reach near Delhi but was defeated by Muhammad-bin-Tughlaq.

1£

~

_~ 1..1-

{'-

and literary Works During the Period

lTabaqat.i-Nasiri

Historic(lllmportance

Alberuni

Alberuni Was an Asian scholar. He wrote about the Slave dynasty

Amir Khusrau

~

..

--_.

-

..---.------

"-

Fatawciha-Jahcindar(

.

._

Fatuhat-i.Firoz .

Baraulni

-

Firo~~'~adi " , .

-

L~i:~I-Maathir

Hassan Nizami .._

'M_._

I

II

i

Khomsah Shah Nama-------

'11

~'.•• :~'

J

Gives an account,of his reign.

"

I

~ ','

'.-

r

_

..

'J. ••

:,

;, ~

,

"

,

.,-•

I

,

'

~ .,.;.!l

r'

••

.. '.

< (',

V.

--'--'_.cr'

i

,0

__ ~~ir Khusra~ Amir Khusrau

--c

,-

••~.;

$i.

4'

.~ri

':".'

.~ ;:!'~

AtraveI6gu~stori~s'

- '-__

Jalal-ud-din's conq~~~nd literary maste~pieces

life

\

.{"

J

----r------ .

__ ==~-~_-_~~;~~-u---~----~-"-e-ro-ry-.-m-a-s-~~_~-_~_-===~~~~~.~~_-_-~-_ Amir Khusrau

-]

.

~r:nir .

. Literary masterpieces

Khusrau

f,~1

.

' ... ' "

Li,terary~ast~rp,ieces

Shams-i-Shiraj Afif Isami

-- __

. Histo!y ?f Tug~laqs , About B;hmani kingdom

, '. ----

.....

.

, -

.J

l

.....,.

-'.

Sufi Movement The Sufi doctrine was,based on union with the God which can be achieved through love and devotion for the God, prayers, fasts and rituals, without reference to Hindu or Muslim. The Sufisformed orders under a Pir or Shaikh ..Sufi Sant Nizamuddin Auliya was respected both by the Hindusand Muslims.' .

Bhakti Movement The Bhakti movement was based on thedoctrine that the relationship between God and man is achieved through love and worship rather thanperforming ritual or religious ceremonies. labir (1440-1518) Sant Kabir ~riticized both Hindu andMuslim ideas of God. He tried to eq1;late them by stressing that both religions are identical. Kabir expressedhis ideas in h.is 'dohas' or poetic couplets. Iiuru Honak Dev (1469-1539) Guru Nanak Dev;described Godwithout any reference to Hindus, or,_Muslims. ~e wanted his followers to eat together.~ a common kitchencalled a 'langar', without consideration of any casteor re1igion:~i-J:eexpressed his idea£!ih' th~ form ofverses in his book Adi-granth. The core of Guru N.anak'steachings .involve~ three fundamental docbines,These are: .. .

""

'tl'"

\

:..0-

'

.: -',

.....,}"

'F

- .Sabad (The Word): The God is revealed tfuough the spo:ken ~ord (sal?ad), .~e ,spoken,.J'Y9rd reveals the nature and name of the God as well , as the methods by which one can meditate 'on the naI!le and achieve 'uhion with the God:' ~ t. 1 '- Guru '(The Teacher): The Name 'ahd the Word are revealed through the -Guru;' kr'lowl~dg~~of both: only comes through the Guru .. The, Sikh , concept oithe Guru is different from. the"HiUdu concept. For the Sikh, Guru. is .synonymous with the Name and the Word. 1 ,:.- ' 0

.The Mughal Dynasty (1526-1540 1555-1851)

and "

,

Extent Stretched from Punjab to Bengal; mchiding Jaunpur and Bihar, in the 16th century. Included Kabul in the north-west, Kashmir in the north; Sindh, Multan, Ajmer and Gujarat in the west; M~lwa and Benar in the south; and Odisha and Bengal in the east at the time oiAkbar's death. Stretched from Kabul, Kandahar and Pesha~ar in the ;"orfu ~f Kaveri'inthe south by the end of the 17th centu;y. ,,'

<

,<

I

,

t:\..,

l:'~

•

)

d,

",

,.,.

- Nam (The Name): A direCt, unmediated expe-

"---,~-,-----.

' ',. Amir Khusrau (' Literature and Pgems " Firdausi--'''-.~~htn:d~Mi;;;;i9n j.~

'.'

Arabic words dictionary -_.,~'~.~.u_.". " H~sto~)'_~J'_I:<;:J~i~"the_s~a:::..2Y_~a~ty-_,

.• A,bl!Bakr : ," History of Sindh region Bukhari ---~'~:Eersia~~~hology

t-. ~

.. ;J!\

."-1

" ..-"-~~.-~ -.... _._-'--~.

•

.

_

.

,-

__ ',_~~_' __~-~b-o-u-I -m.-i~;;a.I?gy_."_--_~.=_-. -_' _~"".~

r'-------'--.,--- ~------, ,9a~h N~ma [~~b.ul-A!:ab

.••. _.-.--.r"""-.

About astronomy

Alberu~i

Qamas . ,

..•"'"" -""~-_--.-,-.--.~-,._

---00--_..,'-."-----'' -' '-----,,--,--, ___ A~<:'!t_lndiansciences

Alberuni

IKitab AIJa~ahar

,

,;1

_Gives an account of Firoz Shah's rei'~~=_ , ~

~-'" .Alberuni.,

Qanun-e-Masudi

!

'

Firoz'Shdh.

r-------------, L~ilab-fi.Tahq~q_____ __ _

"".... ~_

Gives account of Ghiyasuddin's reign , .Poetic' des;;;i;tio~of Aia:d-di~ Khilji.'~.-~'....•• "-~_.",,,-..--~, ----. .. ~--~~-'.......,.._~.,,-"~,_.....-. ..•.•_~,.- .,-.-.. .•-.'".,,'--~ Gives an accoLintof the Tughlaq dynasty

--~---_

lia-ud-din

{J~r~kha-Firoz Shah

,

......•.... ~~-----._"-,._,

.., .

Describes conquests of Ala-ud-din Khilji

Amir Khusrau Amir Khu~rau'''''''-

,"--;--.----~-_._-----....-. __

of Iitutmish's rei~!!_-----==

.. _""

Amir Khusrau

.

Tughlaq-Nama f"Nuh-siphir -

..Gi~~;;.~~co~nt

C~urt poet OfAlauddin Khilji'

r---~------'-------~-----

IKhazain-ul.Futuh .

.it

J.

Author

Minh~j-us.Siraj_~=.-u

laila-Majnu

-','

',

•

Tahquq-i-Hind

_~

whichled to conflict between Hinduism and Islam. This resulted in the development of two popular movements during the period: (i) The Sufi move-' ment,and (ii) the Bhakti movement.

;'.

__ ..

_._.

'

~

~_~~attuta

'_ .."

',:1.

Historical Importance

Religion Muslim invasions brought Islam to India, !

.~...

-

~

lofar Khan was killed in battle.

'"

__

HoshiBihisht____________

their leader, was taken

.•• _,~,

•

':.,

_-_. ----~--_..---,-,----- '------ ----

Glutlugh Khwaja .....o.--'~ . ,,".'

IName of Treatise

~~~i~~~---

.~.oo

Abdullah came to the northern part of India. About 4000 Mongols got converted Islam and became the famous 'New Mussalman'.

7'

t~bl~C.l.7)~p~.;tantTre~ties

~ul-Rahl<:l....,~"_. __ Miftah-ul-Futu~ .. Mulla.ul-Anwar

.'

Author

ShirinKhusra~__ ._.

lafar Khan defeated the Mongols at Jalandhar andSaldi, prisoner., '"" --~---- .. -.~-,_,~,_ .~_:.~ .._.... __.__ ""._'_"~

r

.~

-

~ofTreatise

Tarikh.i.Firoz Shahi Afif... Futuh-us-Salatin-----.---.-

Alauddin Khilji Ali Beg and Khwaja Tash were defeated, !.130.4 -----------._----_ .._, -----_._------. 1329 ~.

,

TobleC.1.7 '(Continued)

Timur lane invaded India. Prince Muhammad was killed in the battle, and was decorated with the ~l-ia~~~~h.ahidtitle. . _

Alauddin Khilji

"11299'"

~,--""""'--, ..-~.,,'__

Prince Muhaml)'lad of Multan, Bughra Kha'nfrom S'amana and Malik Mubdrak of Delhi combined together to defeat the Mongols. .

•

11285

e

Mongolians and recovered' Multan' which was captured by the Mongols.

._____

Historyof Indiaand FreedomStruggle C.33

rience of God can be attaine'd by m~ditatmg ort God's name'(Nam); this name, according to Guru Nanak, is 'ek', or 'one', Each human' b~ing can Overcometheir sinfulness'and achieve a mystical union with the God by meditating on ~s name.

Important Rulers Babur (1526-1530)

~-",'.

-~

~

f'.1

• Babur is said,tohave founded the Mughal emprre. He. defeated Ibrahim Lodhi in the First Battle of'Pa,rrlpat o~ April 20,,1;5.7_6, ap,d became emperor.ofiP~n.u.~-,qr i"lt ..•,; ,H, ",_~', • In 1527, he defeated Rana Sanga" at Khanwa Ilear fa!eJ:l,py{St~i.~t;d,oc.c,l;1-piedAgra. • 'In 1527,'in .th~~Battle 'of-Gorge~ 'he defeated the Afghans and thus, became the master of entire India.

......- II ; ';

~

~

I

1:,1

11

C.34

Chapter 1

History of India and Freedom Struggle

C.35

! '

• During his reign of five years, he introduced a brilliant administration, land revenue policy and several other measures to improve economic conqitions of his subjects. • He issued the coin called 'Rupia' and fixed standard weights and measures all over the empire. • He also improved communications by building several highways. • He built the Grand Trunk Road (G.T. Road), that runs from Peshawar to Kolkata. • He introquced military reforms. Soldiers were recruited ,anq directly paid. Every soldier had his chehra (face) recorded and his horse ' branded with the imperi~l sign. • Sher Shah set up cantonments in various parts of his empire. A strong garrison was posted' in eachcantonment.

r1

,....•......... -,

,I

~:~;)

../.~..

.,.. i

)

.

Arabian Sea

JJbar(1556-1605) • The eldest son of Humayun, Akbar ascended' the throne "t the young age of 13 on February 14,1556.His tutor Bairam Khan was appointed as the regent. \

"

• Thesecond ~attle of Panipat (1556) was fought. between Hemu a Hindu leader and Akbar's regent Bairam Khan. ' , • Hemu was defeated on November 5, 1556, cap' '. tured and executed by Balram Khan. . ' ',' • Thiswar e:£1dedthe.Mughal-Afghan contest for the throne. of Delhi. It enabled Akbar to reoccupy Delhi.and Agra. • Expansion,of Akbar's Empire. Akbar ended the regency of BairaJ;llKhan in 1560 and at the age of 18assumeq the re,ins,ofthe kingd9m. . Akb arcon• In his b'ld to expan d',his empIre, quered various towns, and. forts including Gwalior,Ajmer an.d'Jaunpur,and'also annexed thekingdom of Mal:wa which brought him into theneighbo~rhood of the ~ajptit kirtgdo:f;l1.

't

Indian Ocean Figure C.1.6

The Mughol empire

• Babur wrote his autobiography, Tuzuk-i-Babi'i in which he gives an excellent account of India and his empire. • He died in 1530.

Humayun (1530-1540) • He was .the son of. Babur and ascended the throne in 1530.1, • His succession was challenged by his' brothers Kamran, Hindal and Askari along with the Afghans.

• He escaped to Persia where he passed 12years of his life in exile. I

",o

• After Sher Shah's death, he invaded Indiain 1555and defeated his brothers and the Afghans • I:I~~yun on~~agair, becam~,the ruler ofIndia He died in an accident in 1556~'only two yeaD r~~~in,~dhis err-pire. •

,~!~~r ~~

'j'

'~,

~,.'-'

;t"

,'P<JrSikri: A place'near

• His empire, extended, from the Brahmapu~ ~ the east to the Indus in the west; from the ~ layas,in the north to the Narmada in the south

• Most of the Rajput kings recognized the supremacy of Akbar, except Rana Pratap Singh and his Son Amar Singh of Mewar: • The battle of Haldignati.took place in 1576near Gogundo (Haldignilti) between Rana Pratap Singh of Mewar and the Mughal army led by Man Singh of Amber: •. Rana Pratap Singh was defeated but he did not submit. He continued the struggl~. . . . . Arch,tedure, Art and LIterature Akbar built Fatehpur SikrI, forts at Agra, Lahore and Allahabad, and Humayun's Tomb at Delhi. H f th 'd' hi h 1 e was patron 0 e arts an ill s court, sc 0"d lik Abul F l' F .. d 'T' d ars an statesmen, e az, alZl, an .LO ar Mal, the witty administrator Birbal and great musiciMs,' like Tansen flourished. Tulsidas, the great Hindi poet, who wrote Ramcharitmanas also lived during Akbar's period. .' . '' , '. Sikundra A~er his death, Akbar was buneq at Slkandra "':' '.' ' ,"'" '. ' near Agra. ' , . Significance of Akbar's Reigh Akbar~' is . c6nsidered the real founder of the Mughal empire'in India b~<;,aus~,Babur il~d Hltmay~:n C?¥.~
,',-

',o'

do

SherShah Suri (1540-1545) • Sher Shah ruled India for a brief period (frot:' 154~ 1545)after defeating Humayun.

• Akbar displa)':ed his secular policy with the Hindus. ' ~'

"

~~

Agra,

It is ;aid

l-

' ••

tlia'iAk~ti;

1,,~,-

-~f.;'J'

-".,

he'd ;~6'~on for a longti~e,

"'"""'1:".

",'

",

,',0

~\.fYI,

"-r"F>"~1

,OJ •..

-',~':

"'~'

"

"

I

' -

,.;...>:'.,'

Sheikh SalimChlsty;of!Fatehpu'~(Sikr'i"a

Sufi Saint'

"~~hAkbor with a son w~o was named as Salim Ua,hangir), In honour of Sheikh Salim C;::histy,~A.k~a,' shi.fte,d.N~,~
• He fought two battles agairist Sher Shah at Chausa- (1539) and at Kanauj (1560) and was completely defeated by his enemies.

• Akbar and the Rajputs: Akbar tried to win over the RajputS wher~v;erpossib~e,cmd inducted Rajput:,kipgs' into':f\4ughal seivi~e'.?Jld treated 'them at par with Mughal' nobility. He married Jodha Bai, d~l.Ughterof Raja Bhar Mal. of Amer currently Jaipur m.l~62./ ' ' ,

0'

1':

,

• The Rajput kingdom of Mewar put up.a fierce defen!=eun,der Raila, Uday Singh and his son RanaPratap."'~ ", , • Akbar conquered' 'Gujarat (1572-1573), ,Benw' gal'(1574-1~76).In '1595,'he conquered Kashmir, Sirldh" Odisha, central Asia and Kandahar (Afghanistan). ","._ " '\

,'?:Jhi:As a ':

r-;j.

revolt against theorth~oxy

,~

and bigotry 9f religious priests, Akbar proclaimed

\~

'r~l:

lI'-l,.'_~";'''.~''

a, new religiorJ,pine-lIahi::in,

1581 , The

new

was based on a synthe~is of v;Jlu7s taken fSbf'(1' ~ey~rd,religions including Hinduism, Isla[Tl,Joinisf1:.SJ~dl"'qristianity,lt did not recognize :;::.net, Blrbal was the only Hindu among the 18 persons who followed this new religion, Din-e-liahi; however, did not become popular. '

,

•

-

,

.•

~

A

_

I

l

. ~

.

.

_J! ,

P~illl,rl------------------~I

C.36 I'

...,..,

Chapter 1 ,

History of India and Freedom Struggle ,C.37

,, . ,;'\-'

,j

Kangara(1620) after a long siege. A part of Ahmedgar was also annexed. Malik Ambar ceded back to :e Mughals the territory of Balaghat. .

5!:ohiahan(l628-1658)

The son of Jahangir, Shahjahan ~ended thetluone in 1628 after his father's death. He \I'asbest known for his Deccan and foreign policies.

,!

ceath of Mum~~z Mahal Thr.ee years after Shahj~~'

s ccession,his beloved wife Mumtaz Mahal dIed m ~631.To perpetua~e her memory shahjahan'builtihe rajMahal at Agra m 1632-53..'. ,,' '," ,

.

"r] ~ ..... ~

Arabian Sea

Extent of Empire'" In addition 1:0 Jahangir's" empire, ~izam Shahi's dy:nasty of Ahmednagar was brought ~der Mughal co~trol(1633) by'Sliahjanh'an .•:The DeccanSultanate of Bijap?r and Golconda accepted his sovereignty in 1636. He rec.oil.qu~red Kanda~ har(Afghanistan) in 1638 and routed therUzbeks'at Balkhain 1647. He also annexed the region of Kamarpurain Assam. .. SIgnificanceof Shahjahan's Reign, Shalljahan'sre.ign is s~id tohave marked the pinnacle of the Mughal dynasty andempire. He is known for the promotion of art, cultureand architecture. The Red Fort, Jama Masji<;l andraj Mahal are some of the magnificent structures builtduring his reign. Imprisonment: Shahjahan's failinghealth set off the war of success~on among his foursons in 1657. His third son, Aurangzeb, emerged thevictorwho crowned himself emperor in July, 1658. Shahjahanwas imprisoned by his son Aurangzeb in . theAgra Fort, where he died in captivity 1666.

m

Indian Ocean ,.,.

. Figure C.l.7 the first Muslim ruler who ,divorced .religion from poli!~cs.. HisattHudetowards Hindus was very co:n,c~liat,ory.

.

Jahangir (l605-1621)

Salim, 'the son of Akbar, came to'theiihrone after Akbar's death in CE 1605: He is known for his strict administration of justice.

Akbar'; Reign'

Relations with Foreigners

In 1608, Captain Williar' Hawkins, a represep.-tative of the East India Compam came to Jahangir's court. In 1615, Sir Thomas Roe,l." ambassador of King James of England also camet Jahang~r's court. Though initially Jahangir resisted but later he granted permission to the Britishers!' .~stablish a.trading post in Surat. r I ,; ;- •

Nur-Jahan . In May 1611; Jahangir ~ar~ied M~hr-unnisa,;widow of Sher Afghan,.a Persian nobleman of Bengal: Later, she was give,n' the title 'Nur jahan'. Nur Jahan.took an, active interest in the state affairs and also ruled the empire whenJahailgir was ill for a lorig time. Jahangir issued coins joirltly il1 Nur Jahan's name ~!\d his own. .' '.'

-:

~ ~. ~J.).

_ ._

~.

t.-

. Revolts -Jahangir's reign w~s m:arked by sevtT. revolts. Guru Arjan Dev was martYred during r ' period, thus alienating the Sikhcomrimnity,

Political Success A political triumph during Jahangl" reign' was. the submission of Rana Amar Singh Mewar (1615). Jahangir captured the strong fort

A~rangzeb (1659-1701) After imprisoning Shahjahan, hisson Aurangzeb was crowned at the Delhi throne underthe title Alamgir. He ruled for 50 y~ar~ till h!.s, deathin February, 1707 in Ahmednagar. .'

Extent of the Empire Aurangzeb's

empire .extended fromKashmir iri the north to Jfuji in the south, ,!il.d \heHindu Kush in the' west to Chittagong in the' east. l)uringthe first 23years of rtil~ (1658-81); Auranglebconcentrated on North India. During this peri<)d, ~~eMarathas, under Shivaji,fose to power andw~re .:forceto reckon ~ith~ lAs a.result; Aurangzeh left tlle r;>rthand, for the next 25 years (1682":"1707}made 1esperatebids to crush the Marathas: The eXecution ,'I Sambhaji in 1689 witne;sed. the' collaps'e 'of the ,larathaempire ..Attrqngzeb's empire now extend~d m Afghanistan to .Bengal; and from. Kashmir ,;,I
:u

~eh1rneCl..to, the nortr-. and' died Ii:i1_Ahm~dnagar in ~e8n}ary 17e~. , ' ': .: r,

intolerO'nce of ,Other. Religions 'Being a i1:{uslim, fanatic Aurangzeb was intolerant autocrat: Many Hindu tem:'were demoli~h~d and ~ei.i~ous f~stivais, idol wor.ship and pilgrimages were banned dUrfug his'teign.

pi~s

Sikh Revolt' In 1675, Aurangieb c~p'~;~d..:,~~ru ..Teg Bahadur, the 9th Guru of the Sikhs, in 1675 andexecuted him when he 'refU.sed to etnbi-ace'Islak.G'uru Gobind Sfugh:'~ori'ofGuru Teg Bahadur(organized his follovvers"into' a fuilitantforce':c~llea 'Khalsa' to avenge the murder of his 'father, Guru Gobind Singh was; however, mtirde"red iri1708 by'anlAfghan in the;' Deccan; . Banda,,: 'the militant suc'cessor of Gu~ Gob'ind ,Singh,continue& the war against the Mughals, but he .too was captured and put to death. •

~

-

_ ""'r~,

" •...

-',

,.

' ••••

War with Shivaji' ~hivaji was th~ most pow~rful Maratha king and an.'arch enemy of Aurangzeb. When Aurang'zeb could not eliminate 'h1m:, he conspired with Jai Siilgh of Ambar, a -Raj}:mt;to eliminate Shivaji. In 1665, on an. assur~ce given by, Jai Singh" Shivaji visited Aurangeb's court. Shivaji \yas ,imprisoned by' Aurganzeb, but he managed to escape and in 1674' and proclaimed himself an independent monarch. Shivaji died in 16~0 and was succeeded by ~s.son Sambhaji, who was executed by Aurangzeb. Sambhaji was succeeded ;hy his brother. Rajaram. After' his death in 1700, his widow Tarabai continued the movement. , _•

.-,

~

',...

,

r

.'

BahadiJr Shah (1101-1712)

Bahadur Shah, son of the last e~pero!,'-succeed~(fto the thr~ne' in.June 1707 after defeating his two bro~er1? He assumed ~e title of Bahadur Shah,or ?haJ: Alam L He tr~ed to reconcile with ,the Marathas. and in his bid released Sahu, the so~ ofS~bhaji. After another civil war, Bahadur Shah was ~ro~ned~~peror, qut ~fter:a~.1?hortreign, was dep,osed anc! succeeded ,by his rieph~w Farrukhsiyar with the 'help of Abdullah Kllan and Hussian Ali, the. two Saiyaq. brothers of ~aral:}; Known in the' ~qian,9~story: ~s,~pe kingJ?:lfl.ke!s. !'l" '.•.. , ,; _.'

,'.

,

0.

+

•.

_

_.

"

The1later Mugh(1ls ;Bahadur';Shah

#-

••

1"(1707":"'1712),Jahandar Shah'(1712-"-1713); Farrukhsiyar'I(1713-1719), Rafi~ud-darajat (1719.),Rcifi-uq.!daula (1719), Muhammad Shah~'(1719.:..1748),'Ahffiad Shah (1748-1754); Alamgir H' (175~i759);1Shah Alam II '(1759-1806), Akbar II (180~1837)/BahadhfshahZafa:r (1837-1858) [The'.last .••.. Mughal:l~empeh)r ..'Bahadurshah Zafar was made pietnier1diirmg the'1857revolt. He was deported to Rangoon "(Burma, now Myanmar) in 1858 where he diedih1862].' .'

--

Ii

a. ;

I

~ C.38

I",

I

Chapter 1

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Decline of the Mughol Empire After Aurangzeb, the Mughal empire rapidly declined. The prime causes for the decline were: (a) Aurangzeb's poncies;

I

,1 (

(c) Rapidly 'rising' demands of the ruling classes, leading aggressive attempts to realize more from Jagirs, causing peasant and Zamindari discontent; (d) Jagirdari crisis: Nobels tried to comer the , . II\ost profitable Jagirs, leading to corruption; (e) IFactionalism among nobility after Aurangzeb; development of powerful Irani, Turani, Deccani, Hindustani blocs in the court who vied for power in order to destabilize the central administrative machinery; (f) Rise of independent kingdoms; (g) Rise of European power in India; and (h) Nadir Shah's invasion in 1739. "

Invasion of Nadir Shah In 173:, du~ing the ~eign of

I

' I

1

to'

Rajput, Deccan and religious

(b) Stagnation in agricultural production, trade and 'manufacture;

,

as a titular king under the Britishers. The Mughzl emperors ,l'i0mehow ruled until 1857~58. The rea political power, in ~e 18th century, had shiftedt I new kingdoms. ".1' n

Mohqmmed Shah, a PerSIan king, Nadrr Shah inva~ed India and m~rcilessly massacred the city of Delhi. HdehOpwe~er, Nremd~tastehdahl\;'l°~a~ed bShahk anthd returne to .ersla. a rr s mvaSIOn ro e e Mughal emprre. As a result, the Marathas became quite powerful in the Deccan. Sadat Ali Khan, Gover~ nor of Awadh, and Alivardi Khan, Governor of Bengal and the Rohillas in the Ganges valley also became independent. The empire of Mohammed Shah's successor Ahmad Shah (1748-54) only consisted of the l~ds adjoining Delhi and some districts in Uttar Pradesh. Inlad-ul-Mulk becameAhmad Shah's Wazir by terroriz~g him. Later, he placed his son Mohammed Azim Uddaulah on the throne as Alamgir II. He was murdered and another Mughal prince was ascend to the throne. The heir-appar~nt, prince-Shah Ala.m, sought refuge with Nawab Wazir of Awadh. .. . ' b bd r Shah, Alam was rec~gruzed ase.mperor ,y A a I, the~uccessor of N~dlr Shah. ~e lIved under .the protection of the ,English. after his defeat at theIr hands aUheBattle of,Buxar m 1764..In 1771,he returned to Delhi at the invitation.,of the Marathas.who placed hip:l OIlthe throne. Shah Alam ,II was succeeded by Akb<:lrShah II (1806-37), and the ~ast ruler, famous as Bahadur Shah Zafar, ruled between 1837and 1~58

f annual taxes. Later; the Mughal emperor'invited ~ernto act as auxiliaries.:.~ the int::nal ~f~airs of theernpire a~d to help the emperor m dnvmg t~e Afghansout 0'£Punjab.

The Marathas, the Sikhs and the Jat.s

l1JeSikhs

The Morothos (1649~1748)

TheAfghandefeat of t~e Maratha ar~ies accelerat~d thebreakaway ?f Punjab fro~ D~lhi and helped m foundingthe SIkh ovedordshlp m the north-west. Rootedin the 'Bhakti Movement' that developed the second century BeE, but gaining pop'ularity ~rossNorth India during the 15th and 16th centu~ ries,the Sikh religion appealed to the hard-working

. .

.. . Mls~/on.~fMarathas To lIberate IndIa from Muslimrule ShivaJIwas the most powerful among all the Mara&J leaders. He conquered the forts of Torna, Rajgart Purandhar, and ?ecame an independent ruler. H, adopted, the guenlla warfare to attack th.~Mughals.

Zenith of Moratha Power The Marathas became powerful

peasan~s. The Sikh Kh.alsa (arm~ .of the p~r~) ro~e after the departure of Nadir Shah under the leader. upagamstthe econormc and polItical,repr~ssIOns m ship of the Peshwas, including Balaji~Vishwanath, Punja~toward the end of Aurangzeb s ~~le. ~uerBajirao I and Balaji. They conquered Deccan king- rill.afighters took advan~age of the polItical mstadoms and aspired to bring under their control Delt bili~ created.by t~e ~erslan and Afghan onslaught and Punjab. They entered into an alliance with tho agamstDelhI" enrIching themselves and expandDelhi court against Najib-ud-Daulah .. In 1757,the~ lIlgterritorial control. By.the 1770s, Sikh hegemony took control over Delhi, and in 1758,conquered Pun- extendedfrom the Indus ~ the west to the Yam~a 'ab b defeatin .tima~Shah (Abdali's son). inthe east, from M~ltan ~ the south to Jammu m J y g thenorth. But the SIkhs, lIke the Marathas, were a ThirdBattle of Panipat (1761) The third battle of Panipa! ~oose, divided and quarrelsome conglomerate of 12 was fought between Ahmed Shah Abdali and th kin-groups. Marathas, causing the end of Maratha power. G::ru GobindSingh (1666-1708) The Khalsa emerged as Ahmad Shah Abdali In 1761 Ahmad Shah Abdali ro ted 'tr ng military group under Guru Gobind Singh the Marathas on the blood-drenched battlefiel~at "s 0 Paro.pat.The shock of defeat hastened the break-upo!-.--.c..-'--------------..... their loosel knit confederac into five independent Q • t t d y tin . h d th~ pe of Maratha dom@ullck Facts s a es ~ In~~ guIS eo. nance m Ia. . TheSikh Gurus Shivaji Bhonsle (1627-1680) Shivaji was a tenaciousanc "e firstfour Gurus of Sikhism established many of the cus~ fierce fighter. He is recognized as the father.of th~ ;'11S andrituals. The fourth Guru, Ram Dos (1574-1581) Maratha nation. Shivaji took advantage of this con.•rded the cily of Amrifsar as a place of Sikh pilgrim£lictand carved out his own principality near PuneIt ,je, To this day, it is the most important place for Sikhs; later became the Maratha capital.eHe adopted guer. ',central temple of Sikhism, the Golden Temple, is Iocatrilla tactics, waylaid caravans to sustain and expar.~:: there;The most important of the early Gurus, however, his army. Thus, he acquired big amount of monel JS ArIon Dev,. who led the Sikh community as a Guru arms and horses. In the' 1660s, Shivaji led a sent" ,581-1606). Arion Dev was th~ Guru who assembled the of successful assaults against the Mughal strong' ',~ of:;;~Nana~ an~. tebhrst four hGurus Into the ~nf holds, in.cluding the major p,ort of Surat. In 1674,T, ;•.- c~'mm ',ty roThn"t' w IC wtechamef tthe SS~kflhPtures 0 t. e h . 1 . f Chh . Shi .., b)'edth ' unl. e sea dy gro 0 e I communlly assumed t ~ tlt eo atrapatl.. vaJIso an'OJ Arion Dev's increasing influence over the region grew were swara), swadharmaa~d :.?oraksha. Aurir~.cP!Cious in Jahangir's mind, In 1606, he' captured Arion zeb relentlessly pursued ShlVaJI.s successor~ Stre -land tortured him to de?th, Arion Dev was succeeded 1681, but retreated to thenorth,m, 1705 as hi~, nlS son, Guru Hargoblnd (1606-1644), He built the sury became depleted. In 1717, a,Mughal ~nuss~~ '" communityinto a military power. Since then, the Sikh signed a treaty with the,Marathas confirrrung~.. :,~unity began to actively resist the Mughal Empire and ~laim to r~l~ in the Deccan in re~rn for ackno",:~s'/'_ • 01 battlesare fought between the two Sides. mg. the flctlonal Mughal,suzeramty~ and reI!ll.

h'

1J

--.

""':::::::===::::::::===============:.1

C.39

(the 10th Guru) arid distn1guisned'(tllemselves from otherpeopleby five K's.The~e 'are: '(irKesha '(halr): (ii) Kanga (comb), (iii) Kara (ii'Ol1. bracelet), (iv) Kir.:! pan (dagger) and (v) Kachchha" (uildergafniei'it): Guru Gobin&Siitgh'naihedthe Gfanth Sarub as the ev'edasting Guru of the Sil
',-

C.

'

~

~

_

I

,"

! I'

i ":

i'

I

•••••

I""

(I

I,

I

!

:,.

;' I. I,

C~40 Chapter1

Historyof Indiaand Freedom'Struggle~ C.41

'I

d

I ,I

The Second Treaty of Amritsar came irlto force in 1809. With Ranjit Singh's help the English were successful in restricting the a9van<;emel}t0'£th/?oR~ssian forces in India through. Ranjit Singh bartered ~nglish support in deposing the Afghan ruler Dost Muhammad. He got the throne and freed Shah Shuja. . Ranjit Singh was an able ,administrator and he was able to not only, maintain, but also expand his empire through battle and well thought out strategic treaties with the Afghanis and the English. Both the British and the Afghanis were envious of Ranjit Singh's growing power, but could not afford to wage a war against the Sikhs because of strategic reasons.

The Jots -

,f~t ..•••.. :'

The Jats were employed as mercenary soldiers by Hindu as well as Muslim kings. However, they did not attain political importance till the second half of the .17th century. The ambition of some. of the Jat zamindars from the Agra region "to establish an independent principality brought them into conflict with the Mughal government, the. Rajputs and, the Afghans. Table C.1.8

Important Rulers,~

"'.

le C.l.8

)~i.

To b

ThlJeit 'upri~ings ofiipp'J.rtance in' ,the '17th centu were lindet the leadership bfGokla: (the~zamindarI), Tilpat) in 1669 and the second under the leaderS!ti()' of Rajarama and Rama'Chera, the zamiiidars of sani and Soghar in 1~85.The Gokla uprising WasSu pressed by Mughalgovemor, HasanA;U Khan ~ the Sinsani uprising was suppressed by Raja Bisha Singh Kachwaha of Amber. <1. n

S:'

Suraj Mal (1756-1765) The j~t kingdon1"attained ill zenith under'Suraj Mal, the adopted son and SUccessor of Badan Singhr,vyho had. gr,adually rei. egated to hiIllthe di~~ct~on of stat~:affairs, The diplomaticrelatio~s" ~~t~ Ahmeq.~?hah Abdah. Rohilla Afghans and Marathas during 1757-611 kept Suraj. Mal relinquishing many of his inter. e~ts in the Doab region, at least for th~ time being After the defeat o£.the Marathas and. subsequent withdrawal of Ahmed Shah Abdcili from the region, .S~raj Mal regained control with the help of unscathed army and load of treasures. Then, he started his expeditions over Agra; Mewar, and Delhi into the districts of Gurgaon ~and Rohtak.

~ulhor;

T~zuki-i~Baburi

,<

~ob~r

<~~nti~:

. '.

emdadministrative' ~rganization festivities and building!

Tawarikh'

" ,'

~~'=-

i Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri ..

'Badauni:: :. a

.: =~==:"~~==<~~

,..

Jahangir

.

" ..~_. __

Chaman .' -Alan,.~;!~iJ~J"~i;-"'-'~ rel="nofollow">, /-<;. .. '. .

Muhammad Khan,

1"

...,. ( ,,-

u

waqt-e-Hyderaba,~ ~_~ ,N~~at Kha~,~~~~, '~'\Jhat-e-Alamgi:.!..-_'-7 l~war~C:::"_._,__ Nuskha-e-Dilkusha 'Bh'lTIsep .'

~ _.'

••~u1asat-ul-Tawarik~._ Sui~n R~i Kha!~!... pa., dshahNama'h Abdul Hamid Lahori'. __ ~. __... _._. .~~. ;oadshahNamah'____ ShahJahan Namah

. '

. ".

. Analysis of Aurangzeb'~~~le~nd 'chara~r'

'.'--o-c~','

,-_History of AuranfJ.zeb's rule __ , . '.' Hist~ryof Sh~h Jahan's~eign ',. ~_,__ w. .__

. Muhammad RafiKhan '.. Dara'Shikoh

, -__ ::::::~~=~ .,.. .

,4

...

..

.."•.._

".__ _ ,

~ .'. "

J

. ,-

~,

]'

.

._ ' ."

.

_ ~=~=~ __ .===~~ .. ..-J. _~'~~N~~_~_~ , .... '.

Urdu'tra~slafion.ofUpani;;hqds'-

.'......• '

,

. ('!,'

~,~~~~m~~'~M:'~,~.:~~~m~~7~.'ffi_wm,_,~"_~~,,,~~n_~

Dora Shikoh

. _' _,_'~., .

..

Y.Jfinat-ul-Auliya __..~__~__~_ ~~9:,__ ._ . __ .._, _.;; ___.;,_.;~_~_, .. _~~!;l~qphies qf_~~~'sain~ Najma-ul-Bahrain ,-do, ' Hasanal-ul-Arifin

---I

" ;

. .... ' History of Aurcingzeb's rule

"

.

._.

~amah-e-Alamg!tr=~===~~[~!Lq_;";~Ef~_~=~==~,=~6---=__ =_==-=_.. i'

• . :. '_' . __

."

' - - --

...,m,

~~~~!.1g~b'~story

I

,. .

-Aurangzeb's Gol~onda c~nqu~st.

-do-

Sakinat-ul-Auliya.

,.,

~__

S,ahJahan ..

i'. ",

'.'

Mo~_~a.!~ __~~,_. .._.._~ ._~ Muhan;mad Salih •

tiamlai-Haidri.

"

. •

Contents -do." .. ' -_' __ ~yof kinshi~~~~~g_~~~h~I~~-=-

'I

Religious ideas discussed

_"',

History of Jahangir's reign.

j'

.

. ." ."~-'

..

."~.

.t', ;. ~ #

y~ars of rule

•

:~•••.•• ",

••

.~~~t~ry...?lj~;a~fJ~e~s History of Akb~r's r~igr{ , History of Akbar's rule ,.

.... Ij.

~ '_'

r:ifJn ~~jtfen.'~fterhis death ,'" "~. • -.----~ .•.• :~,I

:':)'YJ

'. :,

-

(Continu60

formed iIl. 1602.,But their infh.).encesoon vanished. In 1605, the Dutch established their first factory in Masulipatnam, followed by more factories 'in Pulicat (1610), Surat (1616), Bimilpatam (1641), Karikal (1645), Chinsura (1653), Kasimbazar (1658)~Baranagore (1658), Patna and Balasore (both 1658), and Cochin (1663). Till 1690, Pulicat was their chief trade centre'and afterwards'ifshifted to Nagapa~am. The Anglo-Dutch rivalry was at high during late 17th and early 18th centUry, till'theDutch collapsed with their defeat,by the English PJ ~~(ba~~~,o.fBe,derall;t.,\75.9.,, , ,

..1."1_

I:)'

.,. ,.,

u I\:'t.ol.. <,'

' •. ,

••

The English 'The~En~lish'::East; ,India !'Company ,Was formed>'fu"1600'through a }Charter\ sighed' by Queen' Eliici15ethI. grantfug:peTIrtissiorl ttaae1with'India/ i ~ ..,. t 1') . Captain'Hawkiii.s'paidTa~visift()'the ?'coutf-of.Jal1angir ,Portuguese In 1498, it was Vasco-daGama, aPortuiii.1608,l:>utfailed t15\Jbtairitnidirlg'dgnts. However, in ,'Uese sailor whofi~st discovered.~ se~'~oute to India 1613,roh'Sir;Thohj.as~;Roe's(visit;,;they were' permitted ,; theCape of G~6d Hope. He ~rrived at~C~1icuton to estahUshedtheii frrsffactciiyatSurah Gradually, the' ~y 27,1498.The'portuguese soo):1es~ablished,poHtCompany established.:its:tia'dmg'~cerities 'at Bombay, -:nI poweralong the,yv:estcoastop1).41a,,'lie,~as,suc.-j .Calcutta! a'nd)CMadras:r.:qhE.t'Englisli' established their -ededby CaptaiJ;l;General Alfonso, l1,queNue settlements / factories; jj{:Masulipat:r\ani: (1611), Agra, hoconqueredGoa in1510.., . ,.,' ".. Ahmedabad,' Baioda, iBroach (all~!l619), Armagaon "',! Dutch The fir:~. '~eet' Of the"Outch"'readied near .Pulicat (1626»)'.'H~l.tihaIpurand Balasore (1633), Patna, Dacca, Kasunb'azar ihBengal and Bihar (1835), jia in 1595, The Dutch East India Company was ~

'..

i"

thoroughlystripping the forts of their valuables. He overran Sikandrabadand Ballabhgarh. These expansionistactivities brought him to clash with 'iajibuddaulah, the vice-regent of Delhi. In 1763, SurajMal was ambushed byPathans near Delhi on" banksof river Hindu and shot dead.

,

Memoirs of his own reign

Chandra Bhan Brohman .. History of Shahjcihan's rule .' . .'..' ~s"! M~slfiM'iT~{"Mul;i~~;~"-~--'-Gi~~s ;~~~co~~tofA:~ng;b;;fi,rst~lO ,:." ...-:. KazirF ~<Jr ,.,~ .', " . .( .

@?SSir.i-AlamfJ~ .' Sa~i M~staid Khan Ain-e-Akbori ,'.> ,.' <,t,.,AbuIFazl: ", ~takhab-ul-Tawarikh Badauni !>

~reatise .;., .,~uth~r. ~Alfi,.' N\ulla Daud .•; :iyya-e-SultCl~xy~~bdu~ Haqg~_

In 1498,Portuguese traders were the first to discover. J ~a route to India:. This route was free from Turkish threat.They were followed by the Dutch in'1595 and U':e Englishin 1600. Finally, in 1664, the French came '~lndiafor tradihgi)lirp~se: 'I',"'"!'" ,'< ',;'"

,...."""."''''''''''_. _.~

l'~'~~'-'-~'~--'-'--'-'-~----"-~--.-'-. -'-"'-"'-"'--''':-~'.

I Chahar

"

"', J..

MODERN INDIA

~---_._:.~=-""~-~'"""''''~-~_._.:_."'~.. ~ .,--~-~"' . . ,."'., .. ".. ,-'<"'"-"'"'--,

•.••.......-~~--~-_."".

Iqbalnama.i-Jahangiri

:~.~ p •... '1 I

i~'

~

:~:"

or

','{:. .'::.'

Treatise and Sources of the History of the Mughal Era

1t-A(J~'~I~ij~!iJ

I'l......

(Continuedl

cr+:n

~.:.,.,

~':1'1'.;

t.

~

to

1

:

'Hi

I ~

I

,

C.4a

Chapter 1

History of India and Freedom Struggle

'

C.43

~e Danish In 1616, the East India Company, Denmark,

} '1 Thatta

. ,

~

ached Indian coasts and established settlements ill ~anquebar'in.Tamil Nadu (1620) and sreerampurin IJeIlgal(1676). However, due to rising presE;!nce:of the British,in 1845, they had to sell all their settlements to theBritish. -

•

I •••••• ,.~ '"

.Ahmadabad

•••

The Nawabs of Bengal (1717-1772) Murshid Quli.Khan (1717-1727) . Shuja-ud-din (1727-1739)

Cambay

fast India Companyan~ Brit~~h._Rule

o British

Sarfraz Khan (1739-1740) Alivardi Khan (1740-1756)

On arriving in India, the East-India Company had to faceDutch and French opposition as they.were the maincontestants for political supremacy over India. But,the British were successful in destabilizing them

Siraj.ud-daulah (1756-1757) Mir jafar (1757-1760) Mir Qasim (1760-1763)

o Dutch

Mir jafor (1763-1765)

~ French V Portugese • European factory

It

RobertClive led the English forces to capture Arcot and olherregions, He was instrumental inlaying the foundation of theBritishempire in India, In the Carnatic Wars between the Frenchand the English, the latter finally defeated the Frenchin the Battle of Wandiwash to gain control over

Republic of India boundary Pulicat 'Fort St George/Madras

.-

:

Calicuf

Najm-ud-daulah (1765-1772)

Did You Know:?

_ ..._ ..

!

• Tellicherry ~ Mahe

:t~

j

i ~

I

and soon tp.e Company:~ functions expanded political ambition.

into

The English Conquest of Bengal" .

SouthIndia.

.

,

..

Nawab Alivardi Khan (1740-1756)' was an independent ruler 'of Bengal. He. extended protection to the ,

Pondicherry Fort St David/Cuddalore

,

Negapatnam

0.

\"-"",,,1""''': J

•

.

"'-. *••••• ,., •• " •• -- •• '

1\

: «,....\ '.J••

Brahmaputra

,/.. . Purnea

~

...\;."1

'.

""••J

~Malda

ASS

AM

"~''..' ' ' ' -D'- "-",'..,.. .

, Figure C.l.8

Murshjdaba~ Kasimbazar.

Tra~ing Centres of The East India Cornpany

.,.,

",..:'

Dacca 't...

,

Madras (1639) to establish Fort StGeorge, Hugli (1651), a network of settlements in Bihar, Bengal and Odisha (165~)" Bombay (1668),.Sutanuti (1690), Kalikota~d Govindpur, (1(598).Sutanuti, ;Ka1p.
British another 'farp:lan' in 1717, thus, extended the privilege to 13tiq,shin Gujarat and Decc~.

The French The French came to India in 1664. Theyset up centres near Madras and Ch~4~inagore in the Hooghly to trflde with India. They' also estab~~ naval bases in the islands of Bourbon and MaunDtS in the Indian Ocean. They flourished initially tilllX' bur afterwards decline occurred till 1720. I was Wf6 due'to governors Lenoir and Dumas that after 1720 tit FrenCh regrouped in India. However, during 1742 ~ French governor Dupleix started repulsing the ~~~ power which resulted in ,'Carnatic Wars' and 1W"'" resulting defeat of the French.

~

-~

Plass

it,'

I

Quick Facts

BENGAL

.

t••, ~ •.. :

\. "'..'.

Chandemaga Calcutt , Midnapur.

'J

.

\

\

:l..., . Bay of... Bengal

:;-

i

,

;~o-"'" _,.f ~

('.

'Figure C;E9

British Conquest of Bengal'

~

••••.... ! I

1\'1"

j"

I, I

Ii"

~

C;44

I Chapter 1 '

History of India and Freedom S1ruggle

I

If

Europe~n merchan~s. He ~ad.,m) son"so he .nominated hIS daughte~ s SO~i SlraJ-~d-~aula, ~s his successor. N~wab Alivardl Kh~n dledm Apn11756.'In the ~eantime, the Eas,t IndIa Companyconstruc~ed forts m Calcutta and vlOlate.d the terms. ~der which they were allowe1 to trade m -Bengal. SuaJ-ud-Oaula took, p.rompt action and occupied an English. factory at Kasrmbazar. He took control over Calcutta m June, 1756. ho'e' T.fio'tiedy Eng li sh pnsoners .' 'd t h, B'I"a;k ., - 'I 'I :1, were sal 0 ave 'd e d' m t 0 .a sma 11ch am " b er w hi"ch'h a d' a smb een crow . d h t . ht f J 20 1 tin. g e, y wm ow on a 0 summer rug 0 une " d' d f, 1756. A s a resu It severa' 1 Eng"lish' pnsoners Ie 0 ,d woun d s. In 0ecem b er 175' su ffoca ti'on an " 6. C 010-'

,j

neLCliveand Admiral Watson reached Bengal from Madras-and captured Calcutta. Mir Jafar, brother-inlaw; 6f Alivardi Khan, had a secret pact with Clive who, ..promised him the'same state of Bengal. Mir Jaf,ari nevertheless, also assured his support to Siraj', . ud-Oaula agamst the English. . Battle ofllassey (1757) Robert Clive led the Compa'y f . t S' 'd 0 l' J 23 ga1l1 n17s7 ?rcdesda , sd thua)':u ~th'athuc;lhsalrmYf hi~n une . ' 5 f " ,.an., e eate em WI . e e po, s conspuacy with Mir Jafar. This proved to be the first step '

"

•

•

ceded Zamindari rights to Twenty Four Parganas and '. , .' " ' receIved n67,OO,OOOas compensation. This was the . B 'ti' h ' . . fInd" fust n s acqmsltion 0 Ian terntory.

Battle of Buxar (17~4) At the ~stigation of Mir ,Qas~, successor of Mu Zafar, this battle was fought by . ' " Nawab ShuJa-ud-Oaula of Awadh and Shah Alam II (M,ughal) on one side and the English forces led by ; .' . Cli veon'th eo 'th erSl'd e.C li'ves forceswerevlctonous .. 1 .' , " th" f Bih ' dB' 1 resu ~g m e capture 0 ar an: enga . " (, , . ,,' .'.

I

-J.-

rrokeoutasthefcrih~..reof:T.reatyofSurat(l77S),between jl.lghunantha.Rao ,cE,Bntish ,Governor, of. Bombay Jo :r;l<eRagh~an~a Rao"the"P'eshw~ .. However, ,the ?ritishGovernorj mBengal"G.G. Hastings made proJP.~ ,;edsupport toPeshyva Ma~ava Rao under, the Treaty ,; purander (1776). The, Bntish Governor, of. Bombay ;pproacI:edthe Bo~d of Directors. ag~t ,Hastings :.~;d receIved ,commltment under Convention of Van,J;ngaon attacked Raghunatha Rao. and; handed, him '1 peshwa Madhava Rao. However, Hastings refused ',." ti' d . d . 1 .. ; \, ., ratify conven on an continu,e strugg e agams,t ~6hwaMadhava Rao and remamed hostile betw,een r()Ona and Gw"ali'or. Th'e war en d e'd Wi.th th, e 'T!" ~reaty oJ,I' '. 82) , s,lbaf (17. ' . J

,

,

."

•

~ Anglo-MaratfraWar (1802-1806) The second Anglo~. ch ugust. ~b awa w~ddi' '.watha war was initiated when Peshwa Baji Rao II, eN renth ~1 hm urd': d was killedi: ,(;ccessor of Madhav Rao II signed the Treaty of Bessein ~a ~d'oW e dn~~uppo~eAli~on~N~wZ~lS(2)Withthe')3ritiSh.AConfederacyoftheMaratha wInaru1751m'Rnamb e 'C'li ,amm d' Ba.. h ,an alaJah rolers-Scindia,Holkar and Peshwa"---€merged during l ntis troops to cal\. 0 ert ve, e 1 M ara th a war, b ut the Marc;lthas tu A Inthi eli . . ful' d r ::-eSecond An gore rcot. s, ve. was success , an EngfuL ~er the confederacy were not united. With Peshwa declared Muhammad Ali Khan Walajah as the Nawa~ ~dH 11< t' rtirt ' h th-' Sc' 'di h d fA Thi S d d .th h T ,"", 0 ar no suppo g muc, e m as a to °h rcot: d .wa r eThe n w~ t ~ rhie~tyof PondJ. support of Bhortsle in war against British. The sec1 75 4 c erry, slgne m . e VIctOrym t s war spread '00 An I -M th d d .th B 'ti h bd' the fame of English throughout India. ~:I.:_digo(1Jar~;, ~I'wV,aren ,e) WidB"hn ,sl' .,(s.::, tyum~ as rea., oJ eogoan an orts e ~rea' oJ ThirdCarnaticWar(175fr1763) The conflict between Frar.::t S'lTja-Arjuna Goavu), immensely benefitting the Britand England renewed in 1756in Europe taking thefon;-"~ as the Marathas were reduced to puppets in the f ' Th Third C' , cis fth B 'ti' h ' 0 seven years war. e ,. arnatic war was a hi, :m 0 ens. . f th f w~th

~Utk

* ~Ull

~ow:d~ ~~~t~r~ supre~acy ~d laved th~ w~y r over °h 1~ n s aTh gN bel).ga an evedntuady, e woe country. e. awa was capture anexe~ "1 H'e cu 'te'd'. Mir""J'fa ar' b ecame th e N awa b O'f Benga:

The (arnatic Wars .

Second Carnatic, war, ~ingthe.first Carnatic W Muh~ad Anwa~ddm was the Naw~b of Arc~ He receIved support' from,both the English and th;. French. But,. ~~' Fren~h wante~ to' reduce the infIllence of the, B.ntishers in Carnatic. So,' they ~uPPOrtec Chanda Sahib as the Nawab of Carnatic again:" M~ammad Anw~ruddin who h~d the support of &, Bntish. It was'a goldertopportunity for Chanda ~ to become the Nawab of Arcot with the :help of tl:: French. So he joined Mu,zaffar]img an,d be,gan to won' . b "din" agams,t Nawa Anwarud m Arcot. N,ow the Fren.... '" '''' allied WIth Chanda Sahib and Muz,affar Jung to brir th'em mto power m 'Ar' cot an d H y d er b a d -:'ii6' th infl th. . To tin counterN .e French J duence, N be Bntish M startee ~por d~' ~uA ~g, ;49 Nawa b Anuharnma::

i

' ,

..•

~irst Carnatic ~ar (1746'-1748) The ~rench m;d the BritIsh comp-ames c.1ashed at Sarnahc: Ouplelx\fas then the c~efoffi~ial ~f the Frel1ch Company at Pondicherry. The French opened hostilities by.sac,fing Fort St George and expelled all Englishmen. The Nawab of Carnatic, sent an army, but wasq:efeate
verslCon0 . e 'seven yearlimis.wdar' mo,Europe Ththe . e~~ '!',:JAnglo-Maratha Wl!r(1817-1819) Though the, Maratha two arnatic wars were te to eccan but e UW"'nf d k h . d" B al als Th B" h 1: ' . 17:" ',' e eracy was. wea , t ere was, alway!? a tu," ssle war sprea m eng o. e ntis lorces, ill tw P h dG bl tal< th F ch ettl' Chan-': een es wa an ' ,ae k wa d s 0fB aro d a. Th e P es h were a e to, e over e ren, ,s ements at ,as attacked Ga kwad d . dAhm d b d dr~~garin 1757.The F~e~chforcesinSou~ wereledb-, :1usignited the- ~rd ~;O-B:~~:~ War ; ;8~7: Comte De Lally. The Bntish forces under SITEyreCoc':. t:oweverthe B 't'sh" bd' d p' h . d t d "" 7 ' n 1 su ue es was an en ere defeated the French in the Battle of Wandiwash ill 1 6:10 the Treaty if p' (1817) L t" '11th M 'th', and besieged Pondicherry. After Wandiwash, the FreI''::- ",tersone by 0 po dna d't thoa e r'tua f ~,., 'dar~t;a . .' , 11' '" 761 un".. ," -one re uce 0 e s at s 0 leu a ory capltalofPondicherryfe totheBntishm1 . me:. 'theBritish.A-" tbl'b'ttl' B-tt'I"',I'K'k' th e Se v: , d' d" E ..th th 1i ," no a e ... ad 'f e was, a e OJ tr t _ ven lear s vvar en e m urope Wi ere., 1818) which st t d'th An 1 -M th " tu of Pans in,1763, the war in India also concluded. As P'-" ..~and by 1819aa~!....o'ste ell~theoM gth° alra la t' sl-l dicherr . . llil ,,' a ara a ru ers os a clause of the treaty, Chandranagc;rr ~d Pon .' ':11' pnvl1eges to the British. _... were returned to France. The Fren.ch were now allO\\C. ~', .., ," to have trading posts in India, butrestricted Fren~ ~:!, '\.~Mysore Wars I : ers from administering them. ,The third Carnatic\\. '!1M ~'" '. put an enG to the Frenm ambitions tocreate a colon"e' ysore War (176~-:l{~9J. ¥y~~re was a ppwer~l empire in India. British were noW-the dominant po\\' ~',,:der Hyder Alt (17~2-17~2). II).176.9~the first in mdia.O' Mysore war fought m which the Bntish forces ~, ..... , .~ def~ated, Hy~er Ali occupied almost the whole War with, Marothas' . t;. • arnaticunder th,e,Treaty of Madras (1769), ~'"

I"~ .

01

lAT.

'c'

;,1

•

"

.'-;dU'

~

The FirstAnylo-MarathaWar .(177~1782) took 'place d~. the, governor-generalship of Warren Hastings. The

"

:Oi:ore War(1780-.1,782).

'

"~

.

,

, against the:British, and ,the period of Second Mysore war began. In 1781,'Hyder Ali was defeated at Porto Novo and saved' Madras." However, ,Tip" Sultan (17827'1799)defeated British forces in,Tanjore;.Death' of Hyder.Ali'm 1782 ,in Chitoor marked end the of second Mysore .War .in -1782. Later!J a: peacertreaty, Treaty of Mangalore (1784), was .then signed. }Year 1784 is also significant in Indian history, as,theKing George V passed an ordinance, Pitt;s India Act 1784,' that brought in dual governal).ce in Inqia, Governor-General and Board of Control,'which continuea' till 1858. - •. - , .. ',:1 - 1; .f.) ':.;-"', .

.',

.

~

"

.'

-. '. ~,.:. _\--. ';

•

:=

."

.~.~:~

I

I

I

l

,').;'

Third_Mysore War (l790-1792)In

-1789", Tipu -.Sultemi attacked Travancore, a British ally, that prompted-. Lord Cornwallis t~ initiate th'e ',Third Mysore ..War: against Tipu Sultan, ill 1790.' British tasted .victory, in' the Battle of Mattgalore' and Srirangapatmim. i They ~ took over.Bangalore in 1791. Tipu Sultan was defeated; in 1792, and the Treaty ofSrirangapatnam (1792)was;, signed. Thus the third Mysore warconcluqed. J •.L

Fourth.Mysore War (1799) Tipu Sultan, ht'1799, tried to~' wriggle out of imposed sanctions of treaty of Srirangapatnam. The ground for the final struggle resulted in LOrd Wellesly invading fort'of Srirangapatnam in 1799 thatresulted In death of Tipu Sultan (1799). >.

I

*. ~'\'

FirstGovernor In'1758, Robert Clive '~as' appOll):teq:the first Governor of Bengal by' the,E?-st India C.ompany .. Clive remained in England from 1760:-1765. On his , return In 1765, the emperor ceded to, the Company. " the Oi~ani of Bengal,"Bihar and Odisha:' .

The Anglo-Afghan W~rs .

'..

. ';,

The First~ng/~-Afy~an'War (1839) In'order t~ bring down' Vost. Muhammad from the throne of Afghanistan; the. English Governor~General, Lort!-, Auckland, formed a triple.all~!lnce-withMaharaja Ranjit Singh and Shah Shuja. The English forces defeated Oost Muhammad in the First Anglo-Afghan ~a,r in 1839. It took over Kabul and helped Shah Shuja to- ascend to the throne. '" '.' ','

,

'

A,fte~..the,' fl!st~~.r,.Hyder ed the conf~,9-~racyof Il:ative rulers who were

..".,--

C.45.

The. Second'Anglo~Afghati- War.'(l8j8i:',Afte~' the, d"eath of t // . r qost ~~C}~~a"d~ the ,Pf
;

•.

~

,.,,'

.

"

"

.

.'~

-

/',

.j.

1~,"1"

•

,i''',

",-

.,•...

••

'""lr

"

l.

y-

-----:._

i'!1

II ':'1'

.

History of India and Freedom Stryggle

C~46 Chapter 1 :;

.11

between the Russian occupied regions' and Afghan controlled states. Later, in 1901, the new Ameer Af?~anistan, Ama~~llah, declared war against ~ BrItIsh. ,But the BrItIsh defeated the Afghan for thoroughly and occupied Jallalabad and Kabul. ~ Third Anglo-Afghan War came to' an.end with the Treaty of Rawalpindi (1921).

','

Quick Facts

Not~ble,Rulers in India {172o-1949} Murshid Ouli Khon(l Zl7 •.l727)-Bengal Shuia-ud-di~ (L721-1739j-Bengal,

?

,''''

Sarfraz Khan (l739~ 1740l----Bengal

t.:

The Anglo-Sikh Wars

Alivardi Khan (1740-l156l----Bengal Siraj-ud-dulah '(,1756-c 1757)':'-Bengal

First Anglo-Sikh Wars (1846) After the death of Ran. jit Singh in 1839, successi0!1-wars for the throne led the Sikh empire to its downfall. Sikh officials started British Rule. flirting with the British regions (given to the British as per the Treaties of Amritsar) which resulted inthe Governor-generhlsoflndia and Reforms First Anglo-Sikh War in 1846. 'Thewar ended withthe IIWren Hastings(1772-1785) defeat of the Sikhs and the Treaty of Lahore (1846) • Warren Hastings succeeded Clive in 1772 and effected the downsizing of Sikh forces in the region became the first Governor-General of India. to maintain British superiority. The British awarded • He introduced several reforms, establish~d Gulab Singh, the mediator in Anglo-Sikh treaties, civil and criminal courts, and courts' of appeal. ownership of. Kashmir for a mere fsum of 10,001 rupees. Dilip Singh, the youngest son of Ranjit Singh • He passed the Regulating Act 1773; giving a was made the ruler of Punjab and Rani Jindal, queen legalized working constitution to the Compaof Ranjit Singh, was deported to Chunar. ny's dominion in India., It envisaged a Council of Ministers headed by. the Governor-General. , Second Anglo-Sikh War (1849)' Following' the treaty of • The Pitt's India Act of 1784 was passed by the Lah9re, a heavy tax system was imposed over Punjab British Pil{liament to put the Company's affairs towards expenses of the British security forces.Asthe in permanent centralized control of the British British atrocities became severe, the Second Anglo-Sikh Parliament. War (1849) became inevitable. The British defeated

"

MirJafar (1757-1760)-Bengal . MirOasim

(176(},-F63)-Bengal

'Mir Jafar (1763~ 1l,65);-Bengal Najm-ud-duI6h (1765,=1772j-Bengal Saaddt Khan Buihon-ul-Mulk (1722-1739)-Awadh Safdar Jung (l73'9~ 1754),-:- Awadh

,

Shuia-ud-dulah (~7,:54-1775)-Awadh Asaf-ud-duloh (l775~1197),-:-Awadh ,.,'-

.-

-'i:

..

",,",

:"

Wazir Ali (1797-1798)-A~adh>

;

'~,;

,

Mubariz Khan (1713"'1124)-Goiconda/ Nizam-ul-Mulk Asof Jah (1724..,.1748)-Hyderabad Nasir Jung (17 48-1750j-Hyderabad Muzaffar Jung( 1750-1751

)- Hyderabad

Salabat Jung (175l-1760)-Hyderabad Nizam Ali (1760-1893j-Hyderabad Sikandar Jah (l803-1829j,-Hyderabad Nasir-ud-dulah (1829-1857)-Hyderabqd

'f

Afjal-ud-dulah (1857-1869j-Hyderabad Mahboob Ali Khan (186?-,--191 1)----Hyderabod Osman Ali Khan (l91l-1949j----Hyderabad Hyder Ali (l761:"'1782)':"Mysore Tipu Sultan (l782~1799j-Mysore Nadir Shah (l739)-North/west Dhr:ned Shah Dbdali (17 47-73)-North/west Ranjit Singh (1792-1839)-Punjab

.. L !

,.i

•

,ItRangoon and insults heaped on the captain of the 6'!ishfrigate, who had been sent to remonstrate. Lord ~ousie's thorough going preparations. for, the. cam'grt yielde.d. good results. The lower v~ey of the ~waddy nver,. from Rangoon to Prome,' was occujed in few months as the king of Ava refused to enter P toa negotiation. It was annexed by proclamation in ~ber 1852, under the name of 'Pegu'. The Third Anglo-Burmese War (1885) resulted in total annexation of Burmaunder the British.

The Third Anglo-Afghan War This is also r~membered as the Panjdei Incident of 1884. The Russians captured Panjdei .and the, English prepar~d to wage a war against the Russians in Afghan territory. But the Ameer of Afghanistan, SherAli, did not wanfNsterritory to becoinea battleground between the English and the Russians~ With the arbitration of' theKirig of Denmark, Lord Dufferin was able to resolve the issue by demarkinga boundary line

, , the Sikhs at Bilianwala and Lord Dalhousie annexed (1786-93) Punjab into the British Empire. Raja Dalip Singhand OOICornwal/is Rani Jindal were relocated to London on fixed annual • Lord Cornwallis succeeded Hastings in 1786. pensions. He introduced a new revenue system under the Permanent Settlement of Bengal in 1793 with a view to stabilize land revertue and create a Other Important Wars loyal cont~rit~d, class of Zamindars. . Anglo-Nepalese War The Anglo-Nepalese war (1814-161

C.47

• Lord Wellesley visualizing danger, sought an alliance with the Nizam and the Marathas and q~leated Tipu Suitap in,. 1799, ~hc; died valiantly. fighting the British. . ..._ •.

•

I

•

•

.'.

"

.f' ••.. ~

;...-

'.,.

• Besides war, Wellesley' dependeci'on'Cl. syste~, of subsid,iary alliances to expand' British territories, whereby the ruler of an aligning, state was compelled to accept permanent stationing of a British force within histerritoryland'pay subsidy for its maintenance. , " • • Sometimes a territory was added in lieu 'of payment. • A ruler also had to accept a' British resident. They were not allowed to employ any European without British approval nor. negotiate with. any Indian ruler withotit' 'consulting the Governor-General. ' • Thus, subsidiary allies lost sovereignty iri external matters, w.hile the Biitish resident mterfered ~, . i: ,j

..

•••• Quick Facts Governors between Clive and Hastings John Zephaniah

Holwell succeeded Robert Clive as Governor of Bengal in 1760. But he was replaced with Henry Vansittart in the same year. Vansittart officiated as Governor till 1765, till the return of Robert Clive for his second term as governor. But, as Clive's health deteriorated in 1765, he. was succeeded by Harry Verelst (1767-1769) and, then John Cartier (1769-1772) before Warren Hastings was

sent to India in 1772.

Governor-Generals between Lord Wellesley and Lord Francis Hastings

.

was caused due to several frontier. incidents. Oehter. lory's victory at Makwanpur in February 1816, led to the conclusion of the Treaty of Sagauli. The Nepal ruler gave up his claim to Sikkim, ~eded the disputed Terai tracts and received a residence at Kathmandu. Thus, the Northern frontier was given settled liJJIi~ This also marked the British sovereignty in interni India with only the Punjab frontier '~pen.

Anglo-Burmese War The first Anglo-Burmese War (182} 1826) was the result of Burma's aggressive policycI expression: Under Lord Dalhousie (1848-1856), the;; ond AngkrBurmese War took plac~, in sharp con I to the first war. The second Anglo-Burmese War~ occurred due to ill treatment of some English me

• This abolis~ed periodi~ auction of Zamindari rights and established permanent Zamindari rights to collect land revenue from the tenants and payment"of a fixed amount to the Government treasury every year.

~ Wellesley(1798~1805) , (

• During the governor generalship of Lord Wellesley, t~e, Fotlrth Mys,ore War (179~) was fought. This:~asthe las~.Mysore ~ar. • Tipu Sultan',lafterregaining lost, strength, set out again on lus plan to oust. the British from ~dia with the help of Napoleon and, the PerSianking. ,

Some records reveals that Lord Wellesley was succeeded by Lord Cornwallis who took over as Governor-General in 1805. He wanted to reverse the neutrality policy adopted by Wellesley, but his health did not allow him to officiate and he died within 6 months. In 1805, he was succeeded by Sir George Barlow who made Treaty of Gwalior and Gohad with Scindia, and Treaty of Lahore with Raniit Singh in 1805. He is remembered for withdrawing the British protection extended to Raiput kingdoms. He was replaced with Lord Minto (1807). In his initial years, Lord Minto had a difficult time suppressing the rebellions at Madras and Travancore. He expanded the British establishment further and obtained the rights for the areas east of Sutlej from Ranjit Singh after the Treaty of Amritsar. The Charter Act of 1813, was passed during his tenure.

~i,~lill' ,I I

~i

"

.1

-

,

_.,"1

,

Governor-Generals-betWeen'LordBentinck'ond

Historyof Indiaand FreedomStruggle C.49

C~48 Chapter 1 .

"

"

8"&

,',

1 ~---------------------------~

Lord'Dalhousie

.•. _- ..-.... -

....

~."

'l:•..

Lord 8entinck resigned fram his affice in 1835, and was replaced by Lord Charles. Metcalf who. was afficiated as on ac'.• Governor-GeneraL He is remembered for removing restrictions on the press and media. After a few months, in 1836, he was rep!a-. by Lord Auckland: During the tenure-of LordAuckland, the English incurred heavy losses in the FirstAfghan War. He was reca': to England in 1842 and was replaced by, Lord Elenhourgh (1842-1 844), During his tenure the FirstSikh War (1;845)took ~;: between the Sikhs and the British. The Sikhs were defeated and were brought under British rule. He is remembered for redUcing': price afsalt by,abalishing the octroi duty. He also. permitted the appointment of English-speaking Indians in some vital governl1'c.positions. Henry Hardinge wasthe Governar-General from 1844-48. -. ' ,it .

.:.'in.internal administration. Thus, the rulers lost control over their territories.

tordHastings-{1813-23) . ~

~r

;.~

'

,.'Under' the governorship of Lord Hastings, .,-,... Nepal- was, defeated in 1814..It resulted Nepal :,..,,';-.ced,,ingGa,,rhwal and Kumaon to the British. • In 1818, the Marathas made one final attempt to 'reg~jn their independence.' ' • 1'hi~' le~l.;tothe thi~d Anglo-Maratha war in , whj.ch'theM~raHiaswere badly defeated .. • During Hastings' tenure,-various reforms were initiated. One of them is the Ryotwari settle,. 'ment. Under thi~ process, direct settlement waS ..,' '-made oetween the government and the Ryots (cultivators); . ..,.-Revenue was fixed for a period not exceeding . ~30 years on the basis of quality of soil. Half the net yalue. of the crop was to be given to the Gov.ernment. • During this period, special attentiortwas paid to education, building of roads, bridges and canals. ,

Lor~William Bentinck (1828-1835) • ;Lord William Beritinck was famous .f~r the social refqrms which he introduced. These includes, abolitionofSati (1829), suppression 6f Thuggee, suppression'of female iilfailticideand ..human sacrifices for religious reasons, ' English language,was introduced as a.medium .of higher education: .,This was- implemented .on the advice of J:riscouncil member, .Thomas . Babington Macaulay~ ,I,.

'.c

'. By the Charter AcH833;'the'Cbmpany ceased to be a trading company and became an administratIve power." " 1

'

-

Raja Ram Mohan Roy (1772-1833) He was a religious anj social reformer who hefped Lord Bentinck in the abl>lition of Sati. In 1829, a new society called, 'Bralur.J Samaj' Was started by Raja Ram ¥o~an Roy whiddiscarded idol worship, caste system and severa: complicated rites and rituals. 'Sir Charles Metcalfe (1836-;-1844) He was notable feremovrng restrictions o~ the press and media.

Lord Hardinge (1844-1848) During his period th First Sikh War (1845) was fought between the Sikb and the 'British.The Sikhs were defeated and wer, brought under British control. Lord Dalhousie (1848...:.56)Lord' Dalhgusie succeeded Lord Hardingein 1848. During his period, the Set. ond Sikh War (1849) was fought. In this war, tf. Sikhs were defeated again and Dalhousie was sc~. cessful in annexing the whole of Punjab to the Briti.<' administration. '

• The Doctrine of Lapse was introduced by Lor~ Dalhousie. Under this doctrain, in the abser.~, of a natural heir; the sove~eignty of Indk" states was to lapse to the British, and suchru> . erS were not perrr\itted to adopt a son to inh~r. their kirigdoms: . .

• Reforms The first railway lin~'between Boo*: and Thane was'opened m.J853, In the SeL'! year Calcutta and Agra were connected r telegraph. Other reforms in,clude setting uF . P.W.D.' and passing of the Widow Remarn;, Act (185'6). " " ' "

• Ramakrishna . and V'ive~nand~: Ramakri5~' Paramahamsa (183(Y-1886), a.priest at theC shirieswar Kali'Temple in Calcutta, empha5"" that there are many roads lead to God andvation, and service to to the human was ser. to God. . . ,:.

r;~~"-

.._."

___.d,_.

>,"

u'

,.'0<",

'.

. '.,

I

..

,~ William ,Bentinck adopted some corre~tive.m~dsures\ in ,the civil: s~ryices, ~~owe;~er,it ,!"a71~;:;rnvya!lis,w\~~~~u?d;d the British ~i,ilService In India, _ .... .

-•••

_

. ~~'r._,;...•. ,. " _

i

.

.

~

• His great disciple, Swami Vivekananda (18631902).popularized his religious message' and founded Ramakrishna Mission in 1896. • Arya Samaj: The Arya Sarnaj was foililded iIi 1875 by Swatni Dayanand Saraswati to refoI'Il).Hinq.u religion in north India. He believed that there was only one God who was to be worshipped in spiriUorm and notm the; form' of idolS and images. He also wrote Satyarth Prakash.

-

.

t.; -.

'1-. ~

"

• ,

_.

,'

-! \c

••

T!

in 1881. Lord Ripon pa~sed the llbert'Bill.in at'!~ttempt to 'pass a'law to. enable Indian district!magistrates to try European criminals. ThiS was vehemently opposed by .theEui6peans~TheBrit1Sh goverpinen~' Ultimately withdrew the bill'Inuch to'the J:1orroi1offue Indians. Na.tionalist Indians realized: that theyshoiildorganize themselves on a n~tional scale aI).d ~gitateunitedly to get th.-eir,demands accepted.' It' p'~'ve~:E the ,way :for the foundation of the InQJan National Congress. "t'''~ , _

-

~

~ "1.

•. ,

•

j

Lord Oufferin (1884-1888) During his regime,<;Burma

Viceroys of India

.

luoeanning (185~-1862) ImmediatelY-after Queen Victoria'sproclamation, Lord, Canning. was appointed !hefirst viceroy of British India. DU!}hg.hi~ tkh~re, !heIndian Penal Code came into force. The Indian CouncilAct 1861. was passed' by' the British ParEamentfor setting' up of Legislative CounCils in provincesand Indians were permitted to become members,In the area of education, the universities of Calcutta,Madras and Bombay were established. krd Elgin I (1862-1863) During his re~e,the,Wahab:s, a Muslim sect, revolted

lrontiers,but were. suppressed.

on the north-western , 'I~

tenure"witnessed a ,.ar with Bhutan e;t.ndfamine in Odisha. ~Friendly rdationswere developed' with the Afghans. ;. .

tm1.layo (1869-1872) During his regime, the govern,',

1=:0 /lorthbrock (18j2~1816) Dur~g 'his. tii:n~~.import Jutieswere lowered and export duties were abolh,edin a bid to improve trade. .

~':dlytton (1876-1880)

He held.Du~bar at Delhi 'pro1lll1.ing Queen Vi~toria as Empress of Ind~a. The ,cend Afghan war aroused discontent. because of 'i: high cost invol~edand situation, was worsened . a great famine in'Deccan. In i878, the Vernacular '.'isActrestricted'freedom of the press.

!uS. P~ri~9' ther~_.~as a .:;eof progress with the Factories Act, 1881 which _~to improve th~p~sition" of'~~ctorY,work~~s; and ~ omof the press rE;~.t9redpy the 4ltrodu~tion of the lileuIarPress Act. The first census of India took place

.:Ripoo f1880-1884(puring

•

,

.'

(-"..

•

.

~

•

-

•.

iIL

••

_

.

I'."",,,

" ~ {"

I

.-

Lord Lansdown (1888-1894)" 1?lJImg his t~nure, the Second Indian C01.illcilAct 1892,was passed. The poundary line was drawn up' i)etw.~en.'British \IJ::l~i}a' and Afghanistan, known as the' Durand Line 'after Sir Mortimer Durand who defined the demarcation . .

','

.

~

"'-.}

•

i~l"~~"i..~Ff.'"

Lord Elgin "JI89~18?9).

L0kInanya T~lak w<;l~.jmprisoned ~d released. :Ih~ great ~amine ,hit Indi.a in 1896 dur,ing his tenure.", ;.

,I

i_ ••

;.

.,

s: JohnLawrence (186421869)' His "cntwas decentralized. .

(now Myanmar) was invaded in 1885 as a result was annexed to the, B~i?s~ empire _~ 18~9:' Th~.:rn:dian National Congress was also j.",formed -during this time. -~ ' •. ". .".. . .•••. r:'" He appointed the Public Seryke Conu:,nission in 1886.

Lord,.Curzon. (1899-:1905) During': his" period~ QJ.een Victoria.died ill'1901 and was succeeded-by ,Edward VII who was 'declared:King'Emperor' 6f, India. The Swadeshi :Movement andt Partition of; Berig~l' were crucial events that took place during his tenure. . -

-

'~.;j

r~

~.

-

-;;

.,

('

-

~I.

_~,

•

LordMinto 1/ (190521910)

His'term sa-W-'alot oi'disconteritlnent- among the 'people:; The MtisliDi'League' was formed in 1906 whi~ supported the Partition of Bengal and opposed the Swadeshi'movement, and this led'to major differeilcesbetWeen :Hindlls and .•... ,., -, . ..'.. ," ~ t Musliins ..The' Indian Council.' Act (the Mirito-Morley RefOrmS) was passed in 19.09. _ ,.' , "

.

Lord Hardinge 1I(191~'1916)" Notable'events'during his' tehui~w~i:e .the .visit of King George' V and Queen' Mary whoyisite<:i"India\in December 1911'to celebrate the access.ion' of King' George v~'Th~I'Great Durbar was held in Delhi in their ho~6ur: further, the capital of Iridiii was'shiftedT- fr6mCalcutta to_ Delhi. The Pari _' , . .. tition of Bengal was aImulled during his tenure. The First\V~rld War6ioke 'otit~d 'the Indian National t ~

,

r

~

.........--.i I I

!

j~ 'Ilil

"""""

i

History of India and ~reedom Struggle

C~50 Chapter 1 Congress led by Mahatma Gandhi sllpported the government infighting the First World War.

Lord Chelmsford (1916-1922) lmportant events during his term were: (a) August Declaration of 1917 whereby control ,over the Indian government would be gr.adually transferred to the Indian people. (b) The Government of India Act 1919 (Montague, Chelmsford Reforms) was passed. (c) Jallianwalla Bagh Massacre of April 13, 1919. (d) Non-cooperation movement of Mahatma Gandhi named 'as Satyagraha was organized. (e) Rowlatt Act of 1919.

Lord Reading (1922-1926) Lord Chelmsford resigned and was succeeded by Lord Reading, in 1922, who suppressed the non-cooperatipn movement. Other significant events of his term were: I

"I I

.' (a) Ahmedabad Session of 1921 (b) Formation of Swaraj Party (c) Communal riots of 1922

Lord Irwin (1926-1931) The Simon Commission Was appointed during his term. The Gandhi-Irwin Pact (1921) was signed and political prisoners were released. The Congress passed the Independence Resolution in 1929and Mahatma Gan~ began his pandi March (1930) and the Civil Disobedience Movement (1930). The First, Round Table Conference held in England in 1930was attended by B~R. Ambedkar. Lord Willingdon (1931-1936)" The vice royalty of Lord Willingdon, saw the holding of the Secortd' Round. Table Conference. The Communal Award of August 1932 assigned seats to different religious communities. Mahatma Gandhi went on a fast untq death in protest against this division. The Third Round Table Confer;; ence took place and the Government of India Act1935 was passed. Lord Lin/~thgow(1936-1943) During his vice royalty, pro~inci,afautonomy and Cop.gress ministries wer~ estab:lis~ed. The Muslim League leader, J~ah, demanded th,e ,state of, Pakistan for the Muslims. ,The Cripps Mission of 1942 was a failure and the Q~t India Res-, olution was passed by the Congress. Its leaders were tlyown into prison. The Second "World W~r broke ou(in 1939. On August 8, 1940, early in the b~ttle of

_______

Britain, Lord Linlithgow, made the so called 'Augtls offer', a fresh proposal promising the expansion ~ the Executive Council to include more Indians tho establishment of an advisory war council, givin~ ~ weight to minoritybpinion, artd the recognition c' Indians right to frame their o~ CQnstih!~on. .

Lord Wavell (1944-f947)

The Cabinet Mission Plat (1946) provided for an interim goverrtinent and laid down the, procedure for the framing. of the Indiar, Constitution. The observation. of Direct Action Da" in Calcutta by the Muslim League led to riots and bloodshed. On February 20,1947, the Prime Minister of England, Clement Atlee, announced that transfer of power wou:ld take place before Jtme 1948.Rio~ and disturbances continued vigorously in demand for Partition of India.

Lord Mountbaffen (1947-1948) Lord Mountbatten w~ the last Viceroy and the first Gove,mor-General01 Free India. The partition of India was decided by ~ June 3rd Plan and the Indian Independence Act 1947 made India an independent nation on August 15, 1947 and Pakistan a free nation on August 14, 1947 Lord Mountbatten retired in June 1948. He was suc. ceeded by C. Rajagopalachari, who became the first Governor-General of Independent India.

Reforms Under .the British • Revenue collection became the company's most essential administrative function, hence Com" , wallis' made a' pact with B~ngali zamindars who were perceived as the Indian counterparb to the British landed gentry:, ' • The Perrtla~e'nt SettlerheIit ;ystem, also knowr as the zamindari system, fixed taxes in perpetuity in return for ownership of large estatebut the state was excluded from agricultud expansion, which came under the purviewc' the zamindars. ,' J • In Madras and Bombay, h~wever, the ryom'" (peasant) settlement system ..was set in moticin which peasant cultivatorsrhad to pay annl) taxes directly to the government. In the longn;~ neither the. zarnindari nor the ryotwari sys~ "h proved effective b~callse In~a was ~~egra~ into an international economic and pncmg~. '.' ' W" I:' tern oyer which, the comp~y had no COI1 • whiie an increasing number of people subs)~ on agriculture for lack of oilier employment

~

".,

• Millions of people involved in the heavily taxed Indian textile industry also'lost their markets as they were unable to compete successfully with cheaper textiles produced from Indian raw materi';llsin th~ Lancashire's rniils'.

..•. ,In 1855jlthe,Goverrior;of'Madras,: Sir Thomas Monroe," ab'olishe& the"palega'{-.system,by cur, tailing 1 theirj legal; and rnmtaryJ po~ers, and reduciilg them to the status of rnere'fevenuecol~ lectors. These palegars ;were c'alled:Mir'asdars'. • The eldest laildlord1oecaine ithe.rilirasdar. He was not necessarily the owner of th~ land' ~oming under his mirasdari:.The farmers were'the'actual land owners anq had to pay regul~'rrev~~ue. , 1. • The defaulters; even" in case '"of,(f~e "or drought, were ~penalized~ and their' l~d 'cltlC,tioned., But. the mi~eries,.:of~~e .fCinners"grew and after 30 years of introducing the mirasdari system, the'goverhmerit had,to.replace it 'with the Ryotwari system:, •., 'i: :', .

/alJ Revenue Administration and Land Reforms Permanent lJlnd Settlement or Zamindari System Asper the pre\,aiJjngland revenue adrninistrationsystem, ,during thetenure of Warren Hastings"the collection of land revenuewas entrusted to the highest bidder who was topaya fixed amount to the government and in tulTl; ::auldcollectas much as they could from the farmers. ';

- .

1)

• The governrhent, remained the owner of the land. The bid system was devised to,give the company a regular source of ~come w~tJ;lmin,. imum administrative effort, but this actually led to fluctuations in revenues as many bidders used to run away when they were not able to pay the revenue to the government. . • In 1793, Lord Cornwallis~ supported ,by his advisor Sir John Shore, introduced the Permanent Land Settlement. The zamindar (or landlord) was made Owner of the land and he could sell, pledge or divide land between his family members. • In return, he was to give a fixed amount of revenue to the government every year. In case of inability to pay the revenue, the government could revoke the right 'of the zaminda'r and entrust the same to some 'other person'. ' • To start with, each zamindar: was gi~en land on a lO-year lease and the iarhindars who paid regular revenues were made the ultimate owners of the land. • This new system helped zarnindars to increase productivity and at the saine time reap more profits as the land revenue was fixed. Butlater the zamindars became autocrats and started exploiting the farmers and the land. ". , • As the miserie,s of the farmers increased, the system was abolished in Bellgalby passfug the WestBengal Land Acquisition Act, 1855. '

'~System

In the Madras Presidency,' the' Palegar ,;emwas prevalent during early'years;of the 19th ,,~. Thepalegars Were the landlords' who exercised ",dalpowersand als9 possessed military powers also. ~l!Were allowed by the Bri!ishtocoll~ct lan~ revenue tuneof 50per cent of the anIl;ualproduction.

•••••••••••iiiiiiiiiiiiiii~~~====_===

C.51

'...

I.

-1

- . ~

'>.", _,' ..•••'

"

",H"f,

.d

•.J',"'~L..J:1.f~':

'1

rf'~

Ryotwari System. Theryo~a.ri

sysJem: ~~s ,first ip.troducedin the.Mad~as ,!'residencyduriJ:).gtb-e Munroe, period. The ryots (or ,theJ£l!ltivators),. ~):l!Jse condi-:-, tion had reached the 10"Yestduring the Bengal famine; were helped greatly by'this new system: " ...

_.

_~ t .'-"".

I...;i ~.'

•. , ...;..

•.

•

• The ryo~s,wh9 ha~ beco~e slav~s ~othe zamindars and mirasdars,.were able to).glprove their hereditary land under this system. This system established a direct l~k be~een: the government artd the ryots or farmers,..There. were 'no zamindars, and now in this case, government actea. as za,mi:Odar~:, " ,',. ;,';.' '~",'" ". • . The' tWo-fqld adY,antage,that the. government, benefitted from implementing .this,system was that the government ,Was getting extra'revenue from the iand as more and moreryots had become enthusiastic because 'offueii irriprovb1g e~onorhic'condition. , ",• ,..

,:

'~.~ft'j

IIi'.'.\!

["

i~,

Lb~.

~

• This. increased -the"productivity. from the land and also led the ryots to cultivate in more land, which used,t.o be lying.idle. Als~, the governJ!1en~s!ai'ted:ge~g support fl:opl.,th~ryots as , the systeI? p.ad fr~e9:JlleIl! fro:rn',th~,_~1::!thority ,of-the z~~:Iars.,,'Jl ",' "I ,."", "r'l h-" . ., However,. the biggest defect oHhis system was that it proved,unfavourable to .the,oWnership of. private properti'fairnessof royal life and . . ~~~ co-eXIstence. . , , ' . ",' l.l~ "I')

MahiJlwari System '-This was' a "scientific , land 'revenue s~ttiement implemented"oy Lord, Behtinck. He got the land records surveyed' and divide'd the land into Ir).ahalso~ the:basis bf v.illage c0in!JlllIl-ities,with separate estates. Ii -:r:.... j

--

,

,~,

~

..."....-

' I' C.52

11

I .

Chapter 1 History of India and Freedom Struggle

• The settlement for 30 years on each ~state was given to the village chief qr.eldl:!rs. . • These states were further divided among cultivators according to the measurements of the detailed survey. The rights of cultivators were safeguarded in this system and the government kept a paid servap.t (Le., patwari) to manage land revenue as well as land administration accounts. • The patwaries from a group of villages used to report to the talukdars, who were established landlords with good past records.

-/nfrastruduraJ.

Reforms The 1850s witnessed the introductionof the.three engines of sodal improvement that heightened the British illusion of permanence in Iridia. They were the .raiiroad, the telegraph and the uniform postal service, inaugurated during Dalhousie's tenure as governor genera~. ~ Railways: ,The fi'~strailroad were built iIi.1850, from Howrah. (Haora~ across the Hoogly river "'~(from Galcutta) inland to the coalfields at Ran'. iganj~Bihar, a distance of 240 km. But this was not used as public transport. The' first railway line, for public use between Bombay and Thane, was opened in 1853. i:"" .',..~ . '",. f

~",

>

~

" '. 'Telegraph: Iri, 1851, the. first electric, telegraph line waslaid.in Bengal and soon Agra, Bombay; CalCutta, Lahore, Varanasi and other cities were linked. • Postal system: In 1854, the three different presidencies or regional postal' systems merged, to . facilitate uniform methods of communication at an all Iridia level. With uniform postal rates . for letters and 'newspapers-one-hillf anna. "I ,'" and one anna,' respectlvely(i6iillrias equaled 1 rupee)-eonuminicatiOli. between the rural and the metropolitan areas became easier and faster. The increased ease of communication and the opening of highways and waterways accelerated the movement'of troops, the transportation of raw materials and goods '-to and from the interior, and the exchange of commercial information. •• qther r,eforms include setting up of the Public .•.. yyC!r~IDepar~ent ~md.passing of. the Widow I~~marri?ge A-~t,~856. '. I

JticJiciafReforms::..L1 Beginning with the Mayor's Court, establish~d in 1727, for civil litigation in' Bombay,

Calcutta and Madras, justice in .the interior ca under thecompany/s jurisdiction. _' . ' .: me

literary traditions~."earmarK~g arpaitr:fsuIn for the cause. '). ~.'. '. '. . . . .', ;

• In 1772, an elaborate judicial ~y~tem, knoWn adalat, .established civil !ffid criminal jurisdi~ tions along with a complex set of codes Orrules of procedure ,and evidence.'

~

• The legal profession provided numerow, opportunities for educated and talented Indi. ans who were .unable to secure positions in , the company, and, as a result; Iridian lawye~ later dominated nationalist politics and reform movements.

.

• The courts also adopted the regionallanguag.~ and the use of Persian was discontinued r courts. • The most significant occurrence was the prop..' compilation and indexing of laws for the fir,, time, which made the legal procedure simp~" and dispet:lsation of.justice svyifter. in the charge of Indians or with'pr~vate agents\\" imparted instruction in the vernacular languages .,

'.

~'~~-i ~,(

:!""~_"

•

'

••...

'Jovernment'purchase

c,

Z

.,<,"

I

~.

~ Ii"'.

Economic.lmpact of the .~ritish R~le

~.. ..:. '.:

British colonialism established its'firni. roots in Iridia in. three, st~g~s, each st~ge, representing. a ,'.different pattern of subordination of coiolly and, consequently, different colonial policies, ideologies, impact. and the response of colonial -people. . • Period oj-Mercantilism (1757-1813): The objectives of the British, during fuiS'time were , monopolyoftrade and direct appropriation of revenue) The main features were: very strong element of plunder and direCt seizure of power, absence of large~scale import of British goods, no basic changes in the colony's administra,'..tion, judiciary, culture, economy, and so on. Z

i

j'

•

• ,

.

I

_

~

j,

,4

,,",

~

" ,-.,-t. --r-,

II '-'.-'1-"

-J ---,

-1 •• -.

---

1.

~

the .company,

since most employees .preferred

ohstOres manufacturea

of British employees

in Britain.

to invest ~t home.

'." "

~

.'

as well ds purchases" by therii~f

in'Britain. ,.

.

',,:~

',~

>~i:i. .

",!'

'.

British' goods. • \ "".

' ,

..... c:':. :.,J.

addition, the government of the India!had to make huge payments to people inEngi~nd o~ a<;:c~!Jnt of po:liti.s:?(bdmi'~istrative ~-jcommercial connections established between India and England.' '~" . ',:""" I

,t

. ,;S on account

-----

'Home Chdrge/:Theyinclud~d:

ofrailwgy.and

irrigati<;>n works, payments

Interest On public debt raised in' Englanaat in connection

. :q!ce.expenses i~c1u9ing'pen~i<;>n~ to. retir~d 9ffici9ls; who had worked Denslonsto army and naval personnel, and their 9110wances.

....

..

.

....

,.....

with civil departments where in;lndi~pr.

comparatively

.

higher rates,

Englishmen were employed,

vybo ,h9d)'{Vo[~ed f.~r India in E,ngland and retired ~.J:~

'Vk

II

~

for the S.UPPort of families and education.of.,children.

of-British goods, for 'consumption

public'debfheld

•.

.l:....

_....

"

"eminances of savings by employeesof

J

!~,

~'djng to Dadabhai-N-a:-o-ro-.ii-:-th-~-f-~-lIo-w--i~-g-f-o-~m-s-p-f d-r-a-in-o-fw-e-a-'th"'" -ca-n-b-e-j-d-en-' t-ifi-e-d-:--:-.

'emittances for purchase

.'

• :Healso permitted the use of steamboats in the Ganges and in other rivers. • " ".' .

.:"'!

,

I.i

T

~~

by Europeans,

:;:

",

I

~e"1inancesto England

".1

• He, was als~. piyota) in the d~~elopm~nt ..ot a structurec!-,can~l systeI? iJ;t.the ,.north-eastern frontier.., , 1",\ )'.' ~.Y"J' . ~ ;., ..•. ~ '_.

to

'Commitments were called,

. • But " in 1813 the British became convinced \ tneir duty to awaken th~ Indians from 111. lectual'slumber bY"exposmg ~hem to Brut

l,.~IU

L

The western-educated Hu-;,du elite sought rid Hinduism of its m~ch criticized. social e'vils: idolatry, the caste system; 'child mardage, and Sati. Religious and social activist. Raja Ram Mohan Roy (1772~1833), whb founded the Brahmo Samaj (Society of Brahma) in 1828, displayed a readiness to synthesize themes taken from Christianity, Deism and Iridian momsm, while other individuals in' ~ombay and Madras

"erestchargeson

Education Reforms Ed1-lcationfor.the most part was~~

,

were bu~f d~ing Beritiric~is ,tentif~;'themo~t significant being the Grand Tiunk Road' betWeeri..Calcutta and Delhi, and the road from Agra to ~o~bay ..

• Whereas the Hindu English educated minority spearheaded. many sodal .~nd religious reforms, either in direct response to government policies or in reaction to theIn, Muslims as a group initially failed to do so, a position they endeavoured to reverse. "

• Iristead, Bentinck divided Bengal into 20 districts and appointed a commissioner in each district, who carried out the functions of th judges of provincial courts.

,',

Public Welfare Reforms Many roads, bricfkes aild'Jcanals

the1830stended to reinforce existing lines of socio-economicdivision in society rather than bringing general liberationfrom ignorance and superstition.

The judiciC),1system saw rapid reforms during Bentinck's tenure. All provincial and circuit courts were abolished as they were not func. tioning sati~factorily. I

!.L

"f'.

~I Reforms The company~s. educational policies in

Judicial Reforms-II

.• He also established one more civil court-Sad:' Diwani Adalat, and one criminal court-Sad:' Nizamat Adalat at Allahabad. Iridians wer, , apPRinted as dep~ty mfgistrates and jurors.

••.

. '.' The'~xempla;ry', edl1catio.nalLattain,t:n~,r~.t.s and . s1
• English replaced Persian in public administration and ~du~ation. "

t,-

• Iri extraordinary situations where none of these systems was applicabl.e, the judges Well; enjoined to adjudicate' on the basis of 'justice. equity and good conscience'. (

, " Wtiated' liter~ty'" arididebating'r.~ocieties that gave tllem'"i'fortlln for open discourse .

• Controversybetween>twO,Jgroups of. Europeans-the Orientalists and", 'Angllcists-over how the money' was. to be spent 'prevented them from formulating' any consistent policy until 1835 when. William Cavendish Bentinck, the G'overnor-Generai (1828-1~35); .. finally broke the irllpasse by resqlving to introduce the English language as the medium of .instruction.

• Both .Hindu pandits and Muslitriqazis (sharia c?~rt j~ges) ~e~e rec~i~ed fol.aid the presldmg )ud?esm m~erpre~g th~l: customary laws, but mother mstances, Bntish commo and statutory laws became applicable, n

C.53

Pr.' ~Ii

,1 i

!!

I

';'1., "I

I

I.

Ii

C~54

Chapter 1

• Period of Laissez Faire (1813-1860): The main features of this period were: determination of the administrative policies and economic structure of the colony by the' interests of the industriC\1 bourgeoisie of the metropolis, making the colony a subordinate trading partner which would export raw materials and import manufactured goods, transformation of the colony's economy, polity, administration, society, culture and ideology under the guise of development and modernization in order to exploit for furthering British interests. • Finance Imperialism (1860-1947): This period was marked by the intense struggle for new, secure and exclusive markets and sources of raw'materials among' the industrialized cou;"tries, the consequent export of capital by these countries to the colonies, replacement of liberal policies by reactionary ones in the administration of colonies. • Drain of Wealth: The British siphoning system adopted to take away India's resources and wealth has come to be appropriately called by economists, like R. C. Dutt, Dadabhai Naoroji and others as Economic Drain or the. Drain of Wealth. The Theory of Drain was developed by the Indian nationalist thinkers mainly with a view to analyse one of the main causes of poverty in India. The 'Drain' referred to 'the unrequited surplus of exports over imports that was transferred to England'. The drain was typically a phenomenon of the colonial rule. The transfer of resources from' India to England either without gettingany,thing in return or getting only a: disproportionately small part of such transfer of resources has come to be described as the Drain on India's resources. The person to draw pointed attention to this drain of resources from India to England was Dadabhai Naoroji in his book Poverty and Un-British Rule in India (1871). In his book, Dadabhai Naoroji made an attempt to explain the causes of the drain,' to measure the amount of the drain flowing from India to England, and to trace the consequences of sU9h drain. He tried to prove that the prevailing mass povertym India was the direct consequence, among other reasons, for the drain of resources from India to England.

History of India and Freedom Stru'ggle C.55

INDIAN FREEDOM STRUGGLE, f

First War of Independence The first war of independence, also called the Revolt of 1857 or Sepoy Mutiny, took place during the StUn. mer of 1857. By that time Lord Canning was th Viceroy. The revolt in M~erut and its spreading ~ Delhi was the precursor of a widespr~ad mutiny by the sepoys and rebellion almost all over the North as well as Central and Western India. South India remained unaffected, but Punjab and Bengal Were marginally affected. Almost half the Company's sepoys strength of 2 lakh opted out their loyaltyto their regimental colours and overcame the ideology of the army, meticulously constructed over a period of time through discipline. The Revolt of 1857, an unsuccessful but heroic effort t9 eliminate foreign rule, had begun. The capture of Delhi and the proclamation of Bahadur Shah as the Emperor of Hindustan (Shahenshah-e-Hindu. stan) gave a positive meaning to' the Revolt and provided a rallying point for the rebels by recallingthe past glory of the imperial city.

.-111

Quick Facts

popular Movements upto 1857'5 Freedom Struggle 17M-Mutiny

of sepoys ill Bengal .

I 770-Sanyasi

revolt

1806- Vellore mutiny 1817-Bhil

' ,"

j;'

movemen~intbe West~rn C?hats,

rising under t~e leadership of Chittar Singh

1824-Mutiny

of sepoys of the 47th regiment in Barrackpore

1828- Ahoms revolt against the .c:ornpony, for non-fulfillment of pledges after the Burmese War I 829, First Kol rising agai nst dismantling of forts of independent Koitribes 1831-Kol

rising of Chhotanagpur against transfer of land from heads of Kol tribesmen to outsiders

1833-Khasi Rising in the hilly.region of Jaintia and Goro hills, The revolt was led by Tirath Singh, the ruler of Nunklow and resented by Khasis in the, region 1838-Farazi Movement under ,the leadership ofTitu Mir-,-itloter 1839-Second

1844- Third Koli rising 1844-Surat Salt Agitation againsLraised salt duty . 1844-Mutiny

of the 34th Native Infantry of the 22~d Native Infantry

1850-Mutiny

of the 66th Native Infantry

1852-Mutiny

of the 37th, Native Infantry

"I •

Q1!ic~ Facts

~ ~

Leaders. Connected with the .'

The heroine of this war of Independence was Rani lakshmi Bai of Jhansi who died on June 17, 18SS., while fighting the British forces. i .

~. Other notable les::lderswere Ahmadullah of Awadh, [ Nona Saheb of Kanpur and his loyal commander Tontia Tope, Rao Singh, Azimullah Khan, Kunwar Singh ofJagdishpur, Firuz Shah, Maulwi Ahmed Shah of Firozobad; -the Begum of Awadh (Hozrat Mohall, Khan Bohadur Khan of.Bareilly;ond Maulawi Ahmadullah of Faizobad. ~

•

1855-Santhal rebellion, on June, 1885 Sidhu and Kanu, the two brothers gave a call of rebellion. The main centre of the rebellion was Birbhum and Murshidabad districts of Bengal and Bhagalpur in Bihar

Important Revolt );>-

,

1844- Kolhapur and Savantvadi Revolts

instance of traditional India's struggle against foreign rule. But, it was no sudden occurrence. It was

,

merged into the Wahabi Movement,

Kolirising

1849-Mutiny

'.

•

1822-Ramosi

Causes The Revolt of 1857 was the most dramatic

•••

.,

17M-Chuar and Ho rising fnChhotanagpur andSingbhum regions where the Chaur, Ho and Mundo tribes revolted till 1772 due to famine, e:;nhance9de'mands and, esonomic privation

The nominal leader ~f the revolt, Bahadur Shah II, and Generd Bakht Khan, who led th~. revolt of sepoys01 Delhi have their own pl6ces in the history of 1857 revolt. Supporters of the English in the revolt were the Bombay ; and Madras armies that remained loyal to them; the Rajas of Patiala, Jind, Gwalior, Hyderabad and Ne~ helped them to suppress the revolt.

1857-Revolt of sepoys of 3rd Cavalry at Meerut and 'Iater mutinies in' Punjab, Mathura, lucknow, Bareilly, Shahjahanpur, Kanpur, Banaras, Jhansi, Allahabad and many other places in North India

.theculmination of a century-long tradition of fierce popularresistance to British domination. The establishmentof British power in India was"ci prolonged processof piecemeal conquest and consolidation, andthecolonization of the economy and society. This processproduced discontent, resentment at every stage.Theprime reasons are: (i) EconomiCexploitation by the British (ii) British1<mdrevenue policies and system of law and' administration (iii) British~attitude of supremacy towards the Indians .. (iv) British policy of annexation of territories, the annexation of Awadh and the Doctrine of Lapse created panic among provincial rulers ._ .

_

.,

'I

tn"

' ~.

~

;

(v) Immediate cause of the revolt was dissat.isfaction 'in the Army due introd~ction of Enfield rifles whose cartridges were, said .to have a greased cover made of aniI:~:ull fat sparked off the revplt: Both Hindus and Muslims were enraged as their religipus senti.r.Oentswere hurt . ,~

..

i'

_-..

j

':

I iJ

•

1

'

.~ _.,

. (vii) Fear of spread of Christianity. .

,.rl""

'

r :

t"

The Beginning.ofthe.' Revolt" . .'

"

.,." ,' \

. .,~ ';

J

"

On March 29, 1857, an Indian sepoyof.the 34 regiment, Mangal Pandey, killed two. Britisn officers during .parade at)Barrackpore.The',Ind~an soldiers present during that incident, refused to ,obey orders' to arrest Mangal. Pandey., However; he was later arrested, tried and hanged: .The .news spread like

--

II

:1'

,'I~I "j

,

~

~ / C •.5,6

Chapter 1 History of India and Freedom Struggle

wildfire across all cantonments in thec,Quntry, and soon a countrywIde sepoy revolt br6keout in Lucknow, Ambala, 'Be,rhampurand ,Meerut. 'On'MilY 10, 1857, soldiers at Meerut refused to touch the new Enfl~ld rifle cartridges. The ~oldieis along with other group of civilians, went on rampage shouting 'M;lrO Firangi Ko'. They broke opeD,jails, murdered European men and women, bl;1rntthe.ir houses and marched, to Delhi. The ap'pearance of the marching soldiers ne~t, morning in Delhi was a signal to the local soldiers, who, i.nturn,,~evolted, seized the city and proclaimed the 80-year old ,Bahadurshah Zafar, as Emperor of India. ' , Within a, month qf occupying Delhi",the Revolt spreadm various other parts of the country, including Kanpur; Lucknow, Benaras, Allahabad, Bareilly, Jagdishp~ ~d Jhansi. In the absence of any leader from their own ranks, the insurgents turned to the tradi6.omiLleaders'of Indian society. At Kanpur, Nana Saheb, th~'adopted son oflast Peshwa, Baji Rao II, led the forces. 'Rani Lakshmi Bai 41.JhansL Begum Hazr~t'Mahal if!.Luckn0'Y and KJ.1anBahadur in Bareilly were.ill cOlnmand. Howev~r, apart from a commonly shareefhatred for: q.1ienrule, the rebels had no political persp'ective o.r a definite fll~ristic vision. They were all prisoners ,o~ their own past, fighting pri~ marily t9 regain their lost priyileg~s. Unsurprisingly, they proved 4lcapa.ble .of ushering in a new political or~~r. John'Lawrence righ.!lyremarkE)d, "had q single leader of ability q.risenamong them (the rebels) we wo~ld ~ave be~n l?st b~Y9nd redemption".

a

Revolt The important element in the revolt lay in Hindu-Muslim un'ity: People exhibited patriotic sentiment without any touch of communal feelings. All re~els, irrespectiv~ .of, their' religioit, recognized Bahadur Shah, as their emperor. It, no doubt, began as a mutiny of soldiers, but soon turned'into a revolt ag"ainstthe British rule in general.

Failure of the Revolt The rebels dealt CJ.powerful blow, ,when the British. captured Delhi on September 20, 1857, and imprisoned Emperor Bahadur Shah. The, British rn,ilitary then dealt with the rebels in one centre after another. The Raniof )hansi died fighting on June 17,'1858. Nana Saheb refused to give in and-fi,nl;llly,es<;ilped to Nepal in January '1859hoping to. renew the struggle. K~~war Singh died in MayJ85.8 trying toescap~ from the British" and Tantia Tope,. \-\ThQ successfully carried out guerrilla, warf~re against the British,

until AprilI8~~I,:'0~s:p~~a~ed.?,y ~ fell
,\.

Awakeni?gofM~~s~s :~ith,'~esp~ct Jo~cp~~m.i~ .. ', :.~::,". [xploifOflOnby.f~e,Qntlsh ,'.'. " ", '" ;.:"

"'J

..'

(ausesof}ailureoftheMutiny

TheBritish who came to India a~,trad~fs had. ?nly emotive and ,that was to earn nches and accumu~e these in Britain. Their 'purpose gainedmomenlUll\ when India came under the British, rule., This chokedthe economic, industrial C\l1d.socialgrowth f India.The revenues levied on the landowners hin~eredthe growth of the Indian agriculture. s~ctor. lndianeconomists, M. G. Ranade, Dadabha~ Naoroji, It C. Dutt has pointed out the baneful effects,of the Britishpolicies. The discoveries of such harsh realitiescreated the Swadeshi spirit among the leaders of socialreforms and this gained the necessary momentumwith growth .of education in India. '.

,,

(a) Disunity. of Indians and poor organizati.on. (b) Lack of complete nationalism-Sindhia, Bol. . kats, the Nizam and others aCtively helped ' the British. ' (c) Lack of coordination between sepoys, peas'. ants, zainindars and other classes: (d) Many hac( different motives for participating in the revol,t." .,

..

,

British Rule After the 1857 Revolt Government of Indio Ad 1858

Growthof Education

Queen Victoria isSued a proclamation on November 1, 1858, placing India under direct governance .ofthe Crown, whereby:' , (i) A viceroy was appointed ~ Ind~a (ii) Prince!, were, given. the right to adopt a son (abolition of Doctrine.of Lapse) .' (iii) Treaties were honoured

Somenew concepts, like nationalism, free,d,om, etc., /romthe western. education sysfem; began inspiriItg lheIndians for"self-governance. The long-standing barrier.oflanguage was demolished ~y'the growing ;cceptabilityofthe English language"cirriong' the literatesections in the country. This' also led to tonveyllg of ideas of liberty and equality through media. ~ative language literature, liRe Bankim"Chandra Chatterjee'sAnanda Math aroused anti-British feelmgs,During this period,. the local pr~sses, despite lleingunder seve~e restriction~ played sigt).ificantrole i:I1 spreadingnationalist feelings among the country1l'en, All these created mass opinion against the Brit,Itrulein India. ' ,

(iv) Religious fre'edom was restored and equal. ity treatment promised to Indians, The , Proclamation was called the 'Magna Carta of Indiari, Liberty'. ,The British rule in India was strongest between 1858 and 1905.The British also started treating India as its most precious possession and their rule over India seemed set to contiriue for c'enturies t.ocome Because of various subjective and objective factors which carrie"into existence during this era, the feeling of-nationalism am.onglh Indians. started to grow. The important fac' tors which developed the urge for freedon: among Indian masses are discussed here:

India under' (ommon Administration

fo, the

First Time

WiLl

theGoverrUn~nt o(fuclia Ac( ,th~"entire c.ounlr' c~meunder"the 'British'c~o~,n d,lrecdy. It brougt' the political unification in the country which w,' always divided into small regions fighting arnor,~ themselves. The centralized administration startt" planning for the infrastructure, ed~cation and oth.: administrative. work for .lndiarasAa Union. resulted .in developiI'!-g.the, feeling- of nationali" among the masses across the country ..

n-.

..

'\

~~cio.ReligiousReform Movem~nis .;';,

~.

!

,,:.r,~

The Indi

,

'1..'

_

J

I If ~

"':"

:

."',.

go Revolt ,of 18S9~+~O; ~

tHe teriants,'to"growlihdigo1 whkh~they'processed ii1"facfoties"set up in ruialareas?Th'e'farmers were forced to''grbwiildig6~iri' fhe'fertile 'lariqs \{rhich,they were'to 'allocate" for1other .... cash' ~ciops;(jEvery time, the farmers'had tosufferbig-losstbedl.use of giving forceful cOl}sent'to'the' Biitishri.il~rs, whb1 through fraudulent contaCts; low" prices) and',:6ther' legal enforcements' exploited' them! Th~'discohtent'cim'ong the indigo growers in Beilg'alreached its 'peak ~duriilg the :autuinn of 1859wifhtheKarprodainationori this matter. The anger fUrther exploded w~en'the groWers asserted their right not to'grow the mdigo 'iil' Govindpur village of 'Nadia districtl(Bengal)i'under the leadership'Oaf Dig"a~ber; Biswas artd' Vishnu iBi~W-as; and resisfed.tthe:'physical;'pressilie~of 'the planters:' The peasant'disturbances'anCl1mdigo"striKes spread rapidly to other' areas.' By 1860 'itencompassed an' the indigo':growing districts ot' Bengal' Ultimatel{ the planters had to close their' factories; By the end of 1860, the cultivation of indigo wa~vIrtualIy wiped out'froin the districts of,Bengal. The :tJ;lajo~ reason for success of the, IndigoRevoltwa~' theftremendous initiative,' cooperatibn; orgaruiation. dud'disCipline. of the'peasants; alongwith'the completEtuttitj/of HIDdu' and Musliin. peasants. The leadership also. 'i)laye~ vital role as1itwas provided by the weI1!of~peasa}its; zamindars, trioney-lenders"a.nd ex~enrployees' of tne' planters: Also,' oiitshinaingin' this ¥espec't"was' tn~ role' o(Haiish Chanai-a.'MUkheiji (editor'of per Hitzdoo Patriot), Din'a'Bandllu'Mltra'(wtiterof the ~ I .,. Ii play, Neel Daftian) ancfMichael Ma"dhusud~n Dutta; the eminent B,engali poet-'cii.ril- laY,wrigJ.1.t; 'who. translated Neel Darpan into English ...• ,, __, .' .' ~

ne\vspa1

T

.".

',.. ,_,.,

'" Indigo Revolt of 1859-60 was the'most wide~~adpeasant movement in .tlle'Biitish India. The j'go planters, nearly all Eurdpeans, - compelled.

~

'."

,

.,"

t.,

I

~

.,•... "

p

Ii

S:lchmovements aimed to free the human mind \:romblind faith and other religious convictions. ~ fostered among Indians a greater confidence,
C.57

~""'

•

~'~

, .

Th~l~ai~~National'(l!ngr~~s'i"1

I

,';,

~~~ i "'" _ ..J...,:Jh

~"',!"

'i

The Indian"Nationa1"Uriion' was',forfued"iri~"1885 by A. O. Hume: an-Englishinan ahd'a~ retIred Civil Servant, in association with various national lead~ ers who 'called fora"conferenc~"mrpune'm-Decem: , .' . ' . I ber 1885: The conference received the unanimous support of all Indian;'lead~rs, but the'venue was shifted to' Mumbai "for various, reasons. Further, the leaders National . '. decided' to ," rename the Indian ': Union as Indian' Nationa~Congress. Among some of itsfouridehf were' leaders: like 'Dadabhai Naoroji, Baaruddili Tyabji; JAnand' 'Motrcin!Bo~e; R. C. Dutt; Ferozesniih Menta,'G6pafKri~l1ita'Gokhale, G. Subiarnaniam 'IyYer,' Dirishaw'Wa~ha: Bal Gangadhar Tilak; Mahadev Covmd Ran~d~ and Madan Mohan Malaviya. 'Th~ 'first'/sessirin' 'of the Congress was "

",

......-

: 'jl

I~

~

,I C,;,58 •

Chapter 1

I

I

I

held in Mumbai under the presidentship of W. C. Bannerjee, a veteran lawyer from Calcutta. It was attended by about 72 delegates from all over India, From 1885 ,onwards the Indian National Congress met eveJ;"yyear anditscause spread rapidly among the middle-:-classIndians. With the foundation of the Indian National Congress in 1885, the struggle for India's independence was launched in small, hesitant and mild, but organized manner. The first two decades of Indian National Congress are described in history as those of moderate demands and a sense of confidence in British justice and generosity. Their aim was not to be aggressive for attaining independence. This result~d in lndian Council Act in 1892 which allowed some members to be indire~tly'elected by the Indians, but keeping the official rriiijorityintact. The moderate period extended from 1~~?.to:1905. , r

1 1

I I I

C.59

History of India and Freedom Struggle

il

If,

+"1

,J

p;attition of 'Bengal (October 16, 1905) ,I,' ',' On,December 30, 1898,Lord Curzon took over as the The partition of 'Bengal Came ir1,t<;>effect on October 16,1905, through a Royal Procl'llmation, reducing the old province of Bengal in size by,~J;.eating.a new province of East Bengal, which later' on became East Pakistan and present day's Banglapesh. The government eXp'lained that it was done •.to stimulate growth of underd~veloped eastern region of the BengaL But, actually" the main objective was ,to 'Divide and. Rule' the most advanced region of the country a't that t~~e.

De~,Vic~!oy of.India.

~L

\

Swadeshi Movement (1905) ,t

~_." ",'

.

•

'.

.

h~~. its .genesis in the ariti-p'artition .movement Which was started to 6pPQse-th~ 'Briti~h decision to divide' BengaL With tfie'start of 'th~ Swadeshi moveri{entat the tum of the century/the Indian National Movement took a major , '.ullJ.) r" leap b".jforward. The, Indian ,National Congress took up theSwadeshi call in the Benaras Session in 1905, ~ '. /", .«",' "'~};..I'

/.1•..•

"til

r)

f-

6

,t

.

f

.lO

1,

•... ,.,.:.I.

i.'''l!'

.

'.

:',j"

,;.

~ ';'~ -.'

"

-.

~J.

~.-'

.r,.

i'

..J

>

j

1

."

SuratCongre,ss (December 26, 1901) TheIndianNational Congress split into two groupstheextremists and the moderates-at the Surat sess:onin 1907held on the banks of the 'Tapti' river. The ~xtremistswere led by Tilak, Lajpat Rai and Bipin ChandraPal, and the moderates were led by Gopal KrishnaGokhale,' At the Surat session, the moder;le and extremist delegates of Congress met' in an JtInospherefilled with excitement and anger. The ,1Iddennessof the' Surat fiasco took the extremist :,adersby surprise. They offered their cooperation to t.":e working committee of the Congress by'accepting presidentship'of Ras Be-hariBose..But the Moderates I,ouldnot relent as they found themselves on firm ground.The government observing the opportunity :.Iunched a massive attack on the extremists by banrungtheirnewspaper and arresting their main leader, Tdak, and sending him to Mandalay Jail for six years. Theextremistswere not able to organize an effective alternative party or to sustain the movement. Aurob:ndoGhoshgave up politics and left for PondiCherry. fipinChandra Pal, also, left politics temporarily and :.ajpatRai left for Britain. After 1908, the. national movement completely declined.

In1906, All India Muslim League was set up under Morley-MintoReforms (1909) the leadership of Aga Khan, Nawcib Salimullaho! ',1odey-MintoReforms were introduced in 1909 D~~)
The only reason, behind the partition of Bengal was to destroy the political hilluenceof the educated ~ddle-cla~, Bengali intelligentsiawhid1. was the m()st pr9minellt This division a1s?,created a rift between Hindu. and Muslim communities. The Indian national C~~8ress unaIlilpously condemned the ,',partition of Bengal. " '

,Th~...S~Cl.geshi movement

betweenthe moderates and the extremists, especially arding the pace of the movement and the techreg ues of the, struggle to be adopted, was adopted l1Iq . . 1907at the Surat session of. the Congress where ~e party split with serious consequences for the . 5\\ .adeshimovement.

Muslim LeQgue (1906)

Reasons for Partition of Bengal

~"l;

presided ov;~r...,byG. K. S;<; rel="nofollow">khale.It SUpported th Swadeshi and Boycott Movement.in BengaL Extre~ ist Nationalism spearheaded by Bal Gangadhar 1'"t1~ Bipin Chandra Pal, Lala Lajpat Rai, and AUrob. indo Ghosh was, however, in favour of extendin the movement of the rest of India and carrying~ beyond the programme of just Swadeshi and boyCO~ of goods to full-fledged political mass struggle. On August 7, 1905, a resolution to boycott British g~ was adopted at a meeting of the IndianNational Congress held'in Kolkata. It began as a purely econo~ measure for the development of 'Indian industry.b the major cities, foreign goods were: set on fire.Ithad many advantageous consequences: (aHt encouraged Indian industries, especially, the small and medium industries; (b) Many ~wadeshibanks and insurance companies were launched, and (c)Nationalistic jour. nalism and patriotic stories, poetries, and songs incul. cated the feeling of nationalism among the Indian mas~es. The message of Swadeshi and the boycottc! foreign goods soon spread to the rest, of the countll' Lokmanya Tila\
"

<'-

•

.

."'"

"

"

.

f

'.

~

,'_

•

i.ll.J

.

'

I

Home Rule Movement (1915-1916) ,

I

-

~

,

"

•

J

_

',"

:"Jf;

'"'

i-?"

+

Dr Annie Besant, inspired by the Irish rebelli,on, ini~ tiated a Home Rule Movement in India in Septembe~: 1916. The m<;wement spread rapidly an9, branches of the Home Rule' League were established all oyer. India. Bal Gangadhar Tilak wholeheartedly sup::, ported this movement. He joined forces with Dr, Besant and convinced the Muslim League to support' this programme.

Lucknow Pact (1916) An importapt step forward inachieving Hindu-Mus~ lim unity was the Lucknow,Pilct of 1916. Anti-Brih ish. feelings wen;-gener?ted. among ..tJ1.eMuslims followingawar between'Britain and Turkey which, opened way for Congress and Muslim League unity. Both the parties. organized sessio,ns in. Luc~o~: in 1916 and concluded the famous LUCKnow-Pact. .•. ~"..' ,",,' . """. \.~ .; J ;'.,"" .'. .., Congr~ssaccepted the separate electorates, ana. both organizations jointly. demanded dominion sta~ tusfor ,the country. Hindu-Muslim ~tY.weakened the British attitude and forced the gover~ep.t to announce its future policy. ,In 1916, a British 'policy was announced, whereby associ~tion of Indians was increased and there was to be a gradual development of local self.govern~giIlstitutions.

August Declaration of 1917 The control over the Indian government would be transferred gradually to the Indian people. This was the result of Hindu-Muslim unity exhibited in, the, Lucknow Pact. ..

The Gandhia~ Era (1918-1947) Mahat1?a,Garidhi dominated the Indian political, scenario from 1918-1947. This peri<;>dof the ,Indian. National Congress is e~soreferred to as1;he9aIld.-~an, Era. It was the most intense and eventful ppase 0h Ifl4ia's fre~dom struggle. Mapatma Gandhi.gave;the leadership of the highest ~~der ar:4 hisph~losop~i of non-violent Satyagralla became the wost potent, weapon to drive out the Britishfrom the"Iridian soil.' The S~tyagraha movement was based on trt.tth and, non-vIolence. '

Rowlatt Act (l91cij

"

During the viceroyalty of Lord Chelmsford, a '~e&. tion committee was appointed by the government

, -

Prl'"

iiT

:~

!

~

!

I

I

C.60

Chapter 1

in 1918 with Justice Rowlatt which made certain recommendations to curb seditious activities in India. The Rowlatt Act 1919, gave unbridled powers to the government to arrest and imprison suspects without trial. The act caused a wave of anger among ali sections of the people. Even before the act was passed, popular agitations had begun against it. Gandhiji decided to fight against this Act and he gave a call for Satyagraha on April6i 1919. He was arrested on Ap'ril8, 1919. This led to'further intensification of the agitation in Delhi, Ahmedabad and Punjab.

History of India and Freedom:Struggle restoration of the Khilafat. Maulaha Abul'Kalam Azad also led the movemeht. It was supported;by Gandh'" and the Indian National COhgress which paved ~ way for Hindu-Muslim unity. (t"j

Non-Cooperation Movement (1920) "

d Assam~Bengal~Railways Iand-,many other ;local :ovements.-Therewas aJnood of civil mass disobedi-:encethroughout the country. ,'i

policy of cooperation ,with, the government. 'ThisJed: to dissension, and the party broke up in'1926, '" ' ~,;, 1

•

~-"'"

.,.~_",~(

[-'.'

"

SimoIlCommission'(1927) "

(houriChauraIncident (1922)

C~61

:

•

1,t'

,;

•...

',,',

,.1i-;

'. f:',

~~

•.

,".-J'.' '.

~ •.;;.'0 .•.•

" ,', • •••.

,f\

jj~~ern-

~

' ""

The ac~vit~es of the S,:"araj ,Party.l1acLinduced the Britishg,overrlme~t to revie~ th~ wO,rkingof the.dyarWith the Congress support of the Khilafatmovement chy system introduced by.the MC?ntague-:-ChelmsfordHindu-Muslim unity was achieved; which encour: ~eforms flIlP-to rep
t") ~

~ .

,

...

=

m

'" h

',-"

t.

f!"

~

'I

,

i

C.62

a socialist and a republican, and am no believer in kings and princes, or in an order which produces the modern kings of industry, who have greater power over the lives and fortunes on men than even the kings of old, and whose methods are as predatory as those of old feudal aristocracy.' He also spelt out the method of struggle: 'Any great movement for liberation today must necessarily be a mass movement, and mass movements must essentially be peaceful, except in times of organized revolt ...And if the principal movement is a peaceful one, contemporaneous attempts at a sporadic violence can only distract attention and weaken it.' On December 31, 1929, the newly adopted tricolour flag was unfurled and January 26,fixed as the Independence Day which was to be celebrated every year, pleading to the people not to submit to British rule any longer.

DUhdi March (1930)

I

;1

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Chapter 1

The Dandi March of 1930 is also called the 'Salt Satyagraha'. To achieve the goal of complete independence, Gandhiji launched another civil disobedience movement. Along with 79 followers, Gandhiji started his famous march from Sabaramati Ashram on March 20, 1930, for the small village Dandi to break the Salt Law. While Gandhiji was marching to Dandi, Congress leaders and workers had been busy at various levels with the hard organizational tasks of enrolling volunteers and members, forming grassroot Congress (ommittees, collecting funds, and, touring villages and towns to spread nationalist messages. On reaching the seashore on April 6, 1930, he broke the Salt Law by collecting salt from the seashore; By collecting a handful of salt, Gandhiji inaugurated the Civil Disobedience Movement, a movement that was to remain unsurpassed in the history of the Indian National Movement for the countrywide mass participation it unleashed. The movement became so powerful that it sparked off patriotism even among the Indian soldiers in the Army. The Garhwal soldiers refused to fire on the people at' Peshawar. Gandhiji was arrested on May 5, 1930: This was followed by another round of boycott of foreign gOQdsand it took the'shape of a nationwide civil disobedience movement in which ladies also participated. Soon thereafter followed repressive measures such as mass arrests, lathi charge, police firing, etc. About 100,000 people went to jail. There was a massive protest on Gandhiji's arrest. But, it was in Sholapur, where the textile workers, who dominated the strike along with'the residents of the town, went on to attack all

symbols of the government authority andestablishetj a virtual ~arallel gov~rnme~t in ~e.city, which COuld only be dIslodged WIth the rmposition of the martial law after May 16, 1930.

The First Round Jable Conference (1930) It was held in London on November 12,1930, to discuss the Simon Commission, but was totally boycot. ted by the Indian National Congress. The COmmission had proposed self-government in the provinces and federation of British India and the princely statesat the centre. However, the representatives of the Muslim League, Liberals and other parties had assembled for the discussion on the commission report. Butin absence of the premier political party the' First Round Table Conference had to adjourned to Jari~ary 2, 1931.

concession being given to India which could lead to its . dependence.The Round Table Conference, however, ~ed as Gandhiji could not agre~ wi~ British Prime ,,{inister Ramsay Macdonald on his policy of commu;,.u representation and refusal of the British govement on the, basic Iildian demand for freedom. The :nference closed on December 11, 1931, without any concrete result.

The CommunalAward (1932)

WhileGandJ:Ujiwas arrested on his return from Londonafter the Second Round Table Conference, RamSay Macd~nald announced his award on co~una1 represent~tion in August 1931. This was another expressionof the age-old British policy of 'Divide and Rule'.Beside~ containing provisions for representationof Muslims, Sikhs and Europeans, it envisaged communalrepresentation of depressed classes also. Gandhi-Irwin Pact (1931) Gandhijiwas ~eeply grieved by this~and underwent Early in 1931, two moderate statesmen, Sapru and afastin protest against this award since it aimed to Jayakar, initiated efforts to bring about approachment divideIndia on communal basis. While many Indian between Gandhiji and the government. Six meetings politicalpers<;maltiesobserved the fast as a diversion fromthe ongoing political move;'TIent,.allwere deeply with Viceroy Lord Irwin, finally led to the signingof concernedand emotionally shaken: Almost everya pact between the two on March 5, 1931,wherebythe wherein Iildia, mass meetings took place. Political Congress called off the movement and agreed tojoin leadersof different persuasions, inclu,ding Madan the Second Round Table Conference. The terms ofthe Mohan Malaviya, B. R. Ambedkar and M. C. Rajah agreement included the immediate release of allpolitbecame active; At the end, they succeeded in hamical prisoners not convicted for violence;~the remission mering out an agreement, known as the Poona Pact, of all fines not yet collected, the returnl~of confiscated land not yet sold to third parties, and lenient treatment of all the government officials who had resigned. Poona Pact (1'932) Gandhiji and other leaders were released from jailas Asdiscussed,the communal award created immense Irwin agreed to release most political prisoners andto dissatisfaction'among the Hindus. Gandhiji who return the properties that had been seized by thegov- Wason fast in'protest staked his life to get the award ernments. The government also conceded the rightto repudiated.According to the Pact, the idea of sepamake the salt for consumption' of villages alongthe rateelectorate'for the depressed classes was abancoast, and also the right to peaceful and non-aggres- doned,but seats reserved for them in the provincial sive picketing. The Congress, on its part, agreedto legislatureswere increased from 71 in the Award discontinue the Civil Disobedience Movement andto 10 147, and in the Central Legislature to 81% of the participate in the next Round Table Conference. lotal.Ultimately, the fast ended with the Poona Pact whichannulled the award. The leaders of the various groups and parties among the Hindus, and Dr The Second Round Table Conference (1931) B. R.Ambedkar, on behalf of the harijans, signed the This conference was held in London dhring the vice- pact. The Poona Pact between caste Hindus and the royalty of Lord Willingdon during September-~ depressedclasses agreed upon a joint electorate, . . ber 1931. Gandhiji attended it on behalf of Indiall National Congress. Nothing much was expected~ lie Third Rou'n~Table Conference (1932) the Conference' for the imperialist 'political f~ which ultimately controlled the British Governu••... ~eld in 1932, but again proved fruitless since nationalleaders were in prison. in London, were opposed to any political or econ~ "

twas

The Government of India Act (-1 ~~~), .'

.

r /,~

C.63

'~, . t

•

1: ~

'.

I

•,

The Simon .Commission report,submitted inJ930 formed the basis for the Government, of ,India, Act 1935. The new Government of India Act received the royal assent on August 4, 1935. The Act continued and extended all the existing features of the{Indian constitution.. Popular representation, .which went back to 1892, dyarchy and ministerial responsibility, which dated from 1921, provincial autonomy, whose chequered history went back to eighteenth century presidencies, communal representation, which ,first received overt recognition in 1909,and the safeguards devised in 1919,were all continued and inmost, cases extended. But, ill addition, there were certain new principles introduced. It provided for a, federal type of government. Thus, the act: (i) Introduced provincial autonomy

;'.

, " '.

(ii) Abolished dyarchy ip.provinces , ,.: . (iii) Made ministers responsible to the legisl,ative and federation at the centre 'r The Act of 1935 was condemned by almost all the sections of Indian' public 'and was unanimously rejected by the Congress. It, instead, demande,d the convening of a Constituent Assembly elected on the basis of adult franchise to frame a constitution for an independent India, Although, the Congress opposed the Act, yet it contested the elections when the constitution was introduced on April 1, 1937; ~d'formed ministries, first in six provirices and then iri another two. The Congress high cOrrUnand exercised' great hold upon :ministries of each province. The',Muslim League was, however, not happy with the' Con'gress rule, especially Mr }innah, who described it m' thes~ words: 'Congress was drunk with power' and was oppressive against Muslims.'

a

Demand.for Pakistan (1940)

I

J,"I'~

: . ..-

~ It was iri 1930 that Iqbal suggested the union of the frontier province, Baluchistan, Sindh, and Kashmir as a Muslim state within the federation. This proved to be a. creative idea which germmated" during the early 1930 to burst into vigorous life with the advent of the new reforms. The idealist Chaudhry Rehmat Ali developed this'conception "at Cambridge, where he inspired a groups of young Muslims and invented the term 'Pakistan' in 1940. His ideas seemed visionary duririg that time. Within seven years, they had been turned into a political .

\.

-

T Chapter 1

0.64

History of India and Freedom Stn:lggle

programme l?y th~ f~tu~e Quaidi~A:zam; Muhalll.Cid Ali Jinnah of Bombay, with the new name as its slogan or banner. The ideology 6f Iqbal, the vision of Rehm'at Ali,'ahd the fears of- the Muslims were, thus, united by the practical genius 'of Jirinah to bind the Muslims together as never before during the British period 'and lead effect an act on political creation, that is Pakistan. In 1942, th~ British gov~ ernment realized that it could not ignore the Indian problems any more. As a result of the,.World War, the situation worsened for the British with Japanese advance towards Indian' borders. By March 7, 1942, Rangoon Jell and Japan occupied 'the entire SotithEasfAsia: The British government, with a view of getting cooperation from Indians, sent Sir Stafford (:fipps,a member the British cabinet to India to settle terms with the Indian leaders who were forthwith released. Cripps proposed dominion status after th~ war, but his proposal was rejected by' anth~ political leaders. As no party agreed to accept these proposals, the Cripp's Mission ended inJailure.

or

"

Quit India Movement (1942-1945) . -~ \

1T

' ,~

~

_4.

_

_

.•

On AugUst 8, 1942, tbe Congress in its meeting ,at Bombay passed a resolution known as 'Quit India' r~solution, whereby Gandhiji asked the British to quit India and gave' a call fot 'do or die'. to the countrymer. On August. 9" 194~,Gandhiji was CjIrested, but the 9!J:ler leaders continued the revolutionary struggle. Violence spread throughout the country, several gove~ent offices were destroyed and damaged, t~legraph wires. :wer~ cut ,and commt,mication system w.~sparalysed. The movement was, however, crushed by'the govemment.

Gandhiii's Fast Gandhiji undertook a 21-day fast in jap.. After 13 days o.ff~s~g!.his,condi~ondeteriorated and ~ll hopes of his.surYiving were gi~e!l,up.,~o:wever,>as a result of his moral and spiritual strengths, he, survived ~d cpmp~eted the 21-day fast. This was ,his answer to the governme~t which. ~a.d ~een constantly exhorting him to condemn the violence of the people in the 'Quit India Movement'. Gandhiji not only refused to condemn people'resorting to violence, but also unequivo'cally held the government responsible for it. The popular response to the news .of the fast was immediate and overwhelmirtg. All over the countrY, there

'were 'hartals, demonstratiorts and strikes~:'Thefast ha done exactly what'ithad- intended to~ Public mOrld was raised; .theanti:.Briti~~ feelin.g.heighte~ed, ~ an opportunity for the political activIty provIded. Th Quit India M.o:e~ent.~arked a ~ew high in tenns~ popular partiCIpation m the national movement ann sympathy with the. national cause. As eadier, the stu. dents were at the forefront. of the struggle. WOlUeI\ especially school girls, played a vital role. Arona As.!1 ~li, Sucheta Kripalni and Usha Mehta were among rmportant .members of the small groups participatin in the agitation. The great significance of this histor~ movement was that it placed the demand for inde~ dence on the immediate agenda of the national mOVement. After 'Quit India' there could be Ill? retreat. An~ future negotiations with the British govt:;rnment cOu;rl only be in the manner of transfer of power. Independence was no longer a matter of bargam now.

&:

Cabin,t Mission Plan (May 16, 19A6) The struggle for freedom entered a decisive phasem the year 1945-46. The British Prime Minister, Lon! Attlee, made a declaration on Marchl,15, 1946,tlu1 British Cabinet Mission would visit India to make reco:rnn:lendations regardingconstitu~lonal refol1ll5 to be introduced in India. The'Cabinet Mission whid1 constituted of Lord Lawrence, Sir Stafford Cripps and A. V. Alexander visited India and met the represen. tatives of differenfpolitical parties, but a satisfacto~. solution to the constitutional difficulties could notb< found. The mission envisaged the establishment c' a constituent assembly to frame the constitution, as well as, an interim govemment The :r0:uslimLeagt' accepted the plan on June 6, 1946, while maintaining its rights of striving for a separate Muslim state.Tb Congress also partially accepted the plan.

Azad Hind Faui In 1943, Subhash Chandra' Bose formed the 'Azz~ Hind' Fauj' Sirigapore(Indian National Army(INA)) and gave his famous Call 'Dilli Chalo'.E, ahn'ed .a military. campaign for the independence i' India. The INAwas joined~ in large numbers by eIndian reSidents of south-east Asia and by the Ind~:' soldiers and officers captured by' the'Japanese fore:' in Malaya, Singapore and Burma. $ubhash Chand. Bose set up twolINA'headquahers/ one in Rango: and the other in Singapore, and began to reorgiW, INA. Recruits were sought from civiltans, funds \h

collected, and even, a w()m,en',s.regiment, named, RaniJhansi regiment was form~d. One INA battalion alsoaccoJPpanied t~~. Jap~ese Army to the doBurmafront, to partiCipate m the,.Irnphal. ca,mpaign. But,with the defeat of Japan in 1944-45, the INA also -aJJleto an end. Bose is said to have been killed in an ~ircrash on his way to Tokyo in August 1945.

u:

••

:

~.....

.",

--~,

".: .••

.•..

.'.

~

~''10

..1

.

The bill containing the. provisions. of the Mountbatten Plan of June 3,1947, was introduced in the British Parliament and passed as the Indi<;m Independence Act 1947.Th,e Act laid down detailed measures for.the partition of India and speedy transfer of politicCl;Ipowers to.the. new governments of India and :r>akist!U!'.1: . ~~.~~, .. ~"

provokedby the success of the Congress, theMuslim Leaguelaunched a direct action campaign on August 16, 1946,which resulted in heavy communal riots in thecountry.

InterimGovernment OnSeptember 2, 1946, an interim government was formed.Congress members led by Pt. Jawaharlal ~ehrujoined it, but the Musl~m League did not. It withdrewits earlier acc~ptance of the Cabinet Mission Plan. ,

TheConstitUent Assembly met on December ~, 1946, md Dr Rajendra Prasad 'Was~lected its president. :heMuslim ,League did not join the assembly.

:...• ;r ~.....

ii'

'. ,,~J~

.' .

In accordance with the Indian Independence ,Act 1947, India, was partiti()ned on August l~,19:47,.iJ;lto India and Pakistan. TheAct made India andp,aki.stan independent dominions. Bloodshed and~ violen~e marked the exodus, of refugees. Thestafe of Kasllrrljr a~ceded to the Indian. Union, after the~raiders were h~lped by Pakistan, in October 1947. Lord, Mountbatten was app
Lord Mountbatten became ~e"fir~t Goyemor-;Gener'iU of free India. Sir C.Rajagopalachari became ~e ~~t and the only Indian Governor-General of Iridia in 194~. .

-

~

.:

"."'.

.,':

. "'.

~l;",". ~

• Pt. Jawahar Lal Ne~l,lJook ()ver as the.firl:'t Prime Minister of India in 1950. . 'r

MountbattenPlan (June 3,1947) .

,

Partition of India

Indio After Independence

formationof Constituent Assembly

..

The Indian Independence Act (1947». ",' ".:' .~.

,

DirectAction Campaign

I

March 1947, Lord Mountbatten replaced Lord :~avell.He announced his plan on June 3, 1947. It dfereda key to the political and, constitution~l,q~adxk created by the refusal of the Muslim League to 'mthe constituent assembly formed to frame the ,cnstitutionof India. Mountbatten's formula was to dlVide India, but retain maximum unity. The country ,ouldbe partitioned, but so would be Punjab and t
0.65

• Sardar Val1abhbhai Patel single-handedly dealt .with the accession of'all the princely states .. ' • All' states were'me:rged ihto rieighoouring provinces. The' state of Kashm:ir, Hyderabad and Mysore merged later on. Mahatmaqandhi undertook a fast for the sake'" of Muslim rights. .....:. • On January 30, 1948, Mahatma Gandhi was assassinated by Nathuram VinayakGodse. at the Birla House prayer meeting in Delhi: '. • • On September 13, 1948, . the Indian Army marched into Hyderabadafter theviol~n~ actions of the Razakars, arid the state was acceded to the Indian union. . '.( .~-. • On Nov~mber 26, 1949, th~ Constltp.eilt Assembly'paSsed the new ConstitUtion of India ..' ....';' .

.

• On ,the morning ofJalJuary 26, 1950~India,,was 'proclaimed a republic and Dr, Rajendra Prasad tookoyer,as the first President, Dr S. Radhakrishnan as the Vice,:,President, and Pt Jawaharlal Nehru as the first Prime Mini,ster of India.

..:.-

•.. ,

"

T.

I 1

I

II

I

C.66

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Chapter 1

RECENT POLITICAL HISTORY OF INDIA (POST-INDEPENDENCE ERA) After a prolonged struggle against British colonial rule, India became an independent nation, within the commonwealth, on August 15, 1947. The United Kingdom's Indian Empire was partitioned, broadly on religious basis, between India and Pakistan. The principal nationalist movement, that had opposed British rule, was the Indian National Congress (later named as the, Congress Party). At Independence, the Congress leader, Pt Jawaharlal Nehru, became India's first Prime Minister. Sectarian violence, the movement of 12 million refugees, integration of the former princely states into the Indian federal structure and a territorial dispute with Pakistan over Kashmir became major issues to the new government.

in Tashke~t. Pt. .N.ehru's daughter, In~ira Gandhi became Pnme Mmlster., ". .

Pakistan War of 1971 Border incidents led to a 12-day war with Pakista., in December 1971. The Indian Army rapidlyoccupied East Pakistan, which India recognized as ~ independent state of Bangladesh. Indira Gandhi and President Zulfikar Ali Bhutto of Pakistan held a sum. mit conference at Shimla in June-July 1972,when th~ two leaders agreed that their respective forces should respect theceasefire line in Kashmir, and that India and Pakistan should resolve their differences through bilateral negotiations or other peaceful means. In 1975, the former protectorate of Sikkim became tb 22nd state of the Indian Union, leading to tensionin India's relations with Nepal.

Janota Party Comes to Power India-Immediately

After Independence

India became Independent as a dominion, with the British monarch as head of state, represented by an appointed Governor-General. In November 1949, however, the Constituent Assembly ,approved ,a Republican Constitution, providing for a, president (with mainly ceremonial functions) as head of state. Accordingly, India became a republic on January 26, 1950, although remaining a member of the commonwealth. France transferred sovereignty of Chandernagore to India in May 1950, cmd ceded its four remaining Indian settlements in1954.

First Border Disputes in Sovereign India The lack of effective opposition to Congress policies expedited industrialization and social reform. In December 1961, Indian forces overran the Portuguese territories of Goa, Daman' and Diu, which were immediately annexed by India. Border disputes with the People's Republic of China escalated into a brief military conflict in 1962. Nehru died in May 1964 and was succeeded by 'Lal Bahadur Shastri. India and Pakistan fought a second war over Kashmir in 1965. Following mediation by the USSR, Shastri and President Ayub Khan of Pakistan signed a joint declaration, aimed at a peaceful settlement ~f the Kashllirdispute, on January 10, 1966. Prime Minister Shastri died on the following day

General elections to the Lok Sabha were held in March 1977, when the number of elective seats Web increased to 542. The election resulted in victor. for the Janata Party, chaired by Morarji Desai, wI:; became Prime Minister. The Janata :Party and ar allied party, the Congress for Democracy, together won 298 of the 540 seats where pollmg took place Congress own 151 seats. In January 1978, Indira Gandhi became the leader of a new breakaway polito ical group, the Congress (Indira) Party, known t~ Congress (I).

Fall of Desai's Government

"I

In 1979, the government's ineffectual approachI: domestic problems provoked a wave of defections~. Lok Sabha members of the Janata Party. Manyjoint~ Raj Narain, who formed a new party, the Lok D:' The policies of Lok Dal were based on Secularisrr Congress (I) lost its position as the, official °PPlY' , tion party after defections from its ranks by membe' who objected to Indira Gandhi's authoritarianiS"" The resignation of the Desai government in JulyII followed by the resignation from the Janata Part), Charan Singh, who became the leader of the LokC and, shortly afterwards, Prime Minister in a Cc' tion with both Congress Parties. When Congre5' withdrew its support, Singh's 24-day administrat. collapsed, and Parliament was dissolved. A ger,. election to the Lok Sabha was held in January r

Cngress received 42.7% of the total,vote and won ; overwh~lming majority (352) of the elective . ts,The Janata Party won only 31 seats, while the ~k Val won 41seats. Indira Gandhi was reinstated PrimeMinister. Presidential rule was imposed in ~e states~hitherto governed by opposition parties, February1980. In elections, to the state assemblies lllJun eCongress (I) won majorities in eight of them. l!l I

Entry of Rai,ivGandhi By-elections in June 1981 for the Lok Sabha and state ~mblies were notable because of the landslide viet:1rythat Rajiv Gandhi obtained in the former constituencyof his late brother (Sanjay Gandhi, killed in znaircrashin 1980) and because of the failure of the fragmentedJanata Party to win any seats. In February1983,Rajiv Gandhi became the General Secretary ofCongress(I) Party.

Presidential ,Rule in -Assam ,. IndiraGandhi's government faced serious issues as dlsturbancein several states continued (1982-93) withviolent protests against Bengali immigrants. In February1982,the Congress (I) government replaced Presidentialrule Assam. Amid scenes of cOrrUnunalviolence,further elections were held in in Assam landMeghalaya)in February 1983.

In

The

PuniabProblem

::>espite Giani Zail Singh's becoming Indian president rn July1982,there was unrest in the Sikh commUnity rn Punjab.Demands were made for greater religious :.:cognition,for settlement of grievances over .land mdwater rights, and over the sharing of the state ~pitalChandigarh with Haryana.In addition to this, , >ection of people from Punjab called for the creation ,f a separate Sikh state 'Khalistan'. In October 1983, :"unjab was bro~ght under presiq.ential rule ..

Assassinationof Indira Gandhi .J;,!.

.

.

.

October 1984" Indira Gandhi "Yas assassinated .~rbodyguards~Her son, Rajiv Gandhi, was imme::.'atelySworn in as the Prime Minister of India. ;!'e Widespread 'communal violence thaterupt~d ,,'1UughoutIndia, resu~ting in more than 2500 'ilths,was curbed by the prompt action. of gov11Inent.Congress (I) achieved a decisive victory J

C.6.,

in elections to Lok Sabha in December. Includmg the results of the January 1985pollmg; the party received 49.2% of the total votes aria'wori'403'6fthe 513 contested seats.

Mizoram Issue

I

In June 1980, Laldenga, the leader of the Mizo National Front (MNF), signed a peace agreement with prime minister Rajiv Gandhi, thus ep~#ng Mizoram's 25 years of rebellion. The accord granted Mizoram limited autonomy in drafting the local laws, independent trade with neighbouring foreign countries and a general assembly for all Mizorebels. .,

The Bofors Scandal During 1987, public concern was aroused by various ' accusations of corruption and financialmegularities made against senior leaders in Congress (I). Notable among these scandals was the 'Bofors affair', in which large payments were allegedly made to Indian agents by a Swedish company m connection with~ts,sales of ammUnitions to India. Five ministers and one deputy minister resigned from the government, among them the Minister of Defence, Vishwanath Pratap Singh, who was also, with three other senior politicians, expelled from Congress (I) for 'anti-party activities'. V.P. Singh soon emerged as the leader of the Congress (I) dissidents. In October, he formed a new politica~ party, named, Jan Morcha, advocating radical social change. . " '.'

.

~

~.

,.:,\

..'djlf'IJ~,~"'"

I.

Formation of National Front In 1988, a more confrontational style was adopted by the central administration. towards non-~ongress (I) state governments. ;President' s rule was. impos'ed in Tamil Nadu, Nagaland al1d Mizoram in response to political instability. The opposition force attaine9. a degree of unity when four major centrist p~rties, the Indian National Congress (S), the Jan Morcha, the Janata .Party anqthe Lok ,Dal" ang three major regional parties 'formed a coalition National Front (Rashtriya Morcha), to opposeCongress_;(I) ,at the. next elections. LO o

National Front Comes to Power

••

~

/,

At the general elections held in November 1989 throughout the country, apart from Assam, Congress

II.

rr" .'r

,'\

I,

11

If' ' 'I

'I"

:1

C.lla

Chapter 1

Histo'ry of India and Freeddm Struggle

ij (I)lost its overall rn,ajority, Qf the 525 contested ~t;ats, it won 193, the JanataDal and its ,electoral alliesJn the National Front won )41 and 3, ;espectively. The r'ight-wing Hirldu national1st Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) won 88 seats. On December 2, after the National Front had been promised the support of the Communist parties and the BJP, V. P. Singh became the new Prime Minister of India.

Unrest,in, Tamil Nadu and;LTfE ,..... 1

.'

I

{

•

;';

-

.'

,\..

s'. " ~.

i1•..

.' '

'.

;.

~!ri

Ir1 Janu~ry J9~l,pr~e rUnister's di~~:t rule Was irr:\po.s~qin T,:'u;l]liI, N~4u,11)is.. becam~ ill}E;edbecaUse of 'increa~ed activity of ~r,i L~an Tamil, militantsin the state. ,It lead h)'collapse of laW"and order, causing a riot, and more ~an l()OOarrest,in Tamp Nadu.

Assassination of Raiiv Gandhi Mandai Commission

~

In July 1990, Devi Lal, the deputy prime minister, was dismissed from his post for nepotism, disloyaltY,...'l.nd for' making Unsubstantiilt"ed ; accusations of corruption against ministerial colleagues, There were~~olent dem0l1strations in many north Indian states ,again~t the governn;lE~nt's populist. decision 'to implement th~ recommendations qf the lO-yearoid Manda'! Commission, and to raise. the quota of ;ggyerl1.i'n~nt and public sector jobs reserved for dep'rivedsectionsof tile society. In an attempt to cull casf~ violence, the S:upreme Court direcfed the gov'ernrl:lent to temporarily halt the implementalion of the quota scheme. '

Ayodhy~ Issue,

.

m,October 1990, following the arrest of LaL~ishna A..dyani, the BJP,with~raw~ts support to the Nati.onal Front.. .{\dvani was arre.sted as p.ele~d a cQnt,rover1'!ialprocession of Hindu ,devotees to the holly town of Ayodhya in Uttar Pradesh to begin the construc:tionof a Hindu temple,at the site <;>fanold mosque, In an attempt to prevent a HiTIdu-Musiim confrontation, large number of paramil,itary trQOPS were deployed in Ayodhya, and thous,mds ,of Hindu a.cthdsts were arrested. However, following repeated clash~s betweenpolke and crowds" Hindu extremists stormed ,and~lightly damaged the. mosque and )aid siege, to it for several days. '

Chandra Shekhar becomes Prime Minister In November 1990,.'one of the Prim:~ Miriister's leading rivals in the Janata Dal, Chandra Shekhar (with the support of Devi Lal); formed his own' dissident faction, known as the Jana,ta Dal. (socialist) or Janata pal (S) (which ~ergeq with Jari~ta Party in 1991 to become the Samajwadi Party). ' .

"1.- ,i

l

I

On May . 21, 1991, while campaigning in Tamil Nadu,~ajiy Gandhi was assassinated,by members of '(.TTE. Consequently, theremainipg elections were postponed until mid-June, P" V..,Narashirnha Rao, ,who, had beenelect~d as acting President of Congress (I) following Rajiv,GandhVs assassination became the Prime Minister and appointed a ne~ council of .minister~. The new government's main priority on assuming power was the attempt to solve the country's severe economic crisis, caused by an enormous foreign debt; high inflation, a large deficit on the current account of theb~lance of pay. ments and an extreme shortage of foreign exchange reserves. "

Rise ofBJp in the Indian Political Scene -

.

This highly inflamrrtatory; ac'tionptovoked: wid~, read co~~alviole~ce~~~ughput ~dia, ~~oWtay, or MU~,~ai. asi~ was,Jat~~ ,~~~a,'E~d~l:?~ing?~e of the wors~~affected, ar:a~). The ~ea:der~oqh~. ,BJP' including ~', 1(. Adv~. ~d _the PartY,s PreSIdent, DrMurli Manohar Joshi, and the leaders o~_tl1.e. VHP were ~rested. Uttar Pradesh was placed under President rule. In mid-December, the Gmrernment established a corrup.i~sion o£inquiryiritotbe events leadingto the demolition of~e m<;>sque?t Ayodhya. Inlate December'. the government announced plans to acquire all the disputed areas in Ayodhya:. 'Tl1e acquiredland would be ~ade available to tw? ~rusts whichwould be responSIble for the construction of a newHindu temple and' a new mosque, and for the planneddevelopment of the site: '

eft

After abrief reconciliatOFY periodin,the latter haIfof 1991, Rao's government began to face problems both from. opposition agitation and from within its own ranks. In 1992, the' communal tension' between Hindus and Muslims was increased when the national flag was hoisted on Republic Day,inlSrinagar. Efforts were made by the BJP to use the issue 'of the Ayodhya site' (the RamIal1.mabhoomliBabri Masjid-Hindu temple/Muslim mosque diSpute) to embarrass the goverhinent. The country' was 'also"shocked by rev. elations or a major financiatscandal involving the Bombay Stock Exchange. It ,was alleged that several members of the Coundl of Ministers were amongthe beneficiaries, allegations that ,!mimpted the resignation of the Minister of State for Commerce. Following the collapse of talks betWeen: the Vishwa H~du Parishad (VHP) and'fhe All India Bcioh Masjid Acti(l1 C6m'mittee,'regafding the Ayodhya'dispute, the VHP and the BJP appealed 'forvohni:teers to begin thec~ struction of a Hindu temple on the'site of the exist" ing mosque on December 6. The ~emple/ most comp~ex was stormed by the. Hindti volunteers, \\ proceeded to tear the remains of the~ncient mosqut-

t.

InJuly 1993, Narasimha Rao ,narrowly survived (by 14 votes)a vote of no-confidence which was moved in theLok Sabha by virtually all the opposition parties. Inthe following month, the Prime Minister suffered ablowto his political prestige when the government wasforced to abandon two proposed bills (aimed atthe BJP,in particular), which would have banned politicalparties from using religious appeals in campaigns.ll1. December 1993, Congress (I)'s political standingwas strengthened when a small faction of the JanataDal, led, by Ajit Singh, merged with,the ruling party,thus giving the latter a parliamentary majority.

ieginningof Downfall of Congress,OJ Thepopularity' and streilgth of ruling Congress,(I) appearedto have declined considerably by the end of1994,when the party suffered crushing defeats in electionsto the state assemblies in AndhraPradesh andKamataka ..Shortly 'afterwards, 'the '¥Wster for Human Resource Development, Arjun Singh, who waswidely viewed as Rao's maiI) rival :within Con~ess(I),resigne~ from hispo'st citing his~iss~tisfac~n and frustraH.on at the goverr:utl;ent'~ perc~ived Itlcompetenceregarding corruptiot:l" I\1umbai Stock r:x~hangescand~l, t.1leAyodhya criSISand the investigationinto Rajiv Ganl;lhi's assassination.

HowalaScandal InJanuary 1996, however, accusations ofcoiruptl.on cameto the force'in Indian politics when the Centra-l

'

~

'"

.;,.

_-:-

.•.. ~, ~'~ ...

~\

~._:_' .•.

_,

Bureau of Investigation (C~I),:c;fHlrged:sevei1leading politicians~indudmgL. K. Advaniot'tne 'BJP, Devi r,.•••. \ .. ~''': ., :J-- '. _ 'p_"~ Lal a:nd Ai'juri':Sirigh, and sought the prosecution of . 'three 'UI1.Iol1.:Miill,ster~\wh'b'stibse'quent~y resigned) for' allegedly accepthlg\)f large"ailiouht~lbrf1?e from DelhJ.~base'dindustHalist:Thes){ee¥sta:l~ tHe scali',dal (kriow~ as the Hawala-.:...megal' mo~ey' trallsfer case); with regard to the size' of the 'sums 'involVed and the numbers of people implicated, led to widespread public disil1usionmel}t;o~ith ',pc,!itiSi,"!-l1s;, in general. .. '..'" •• _~ - . , ...•

-f-.:f'

_ ',.~_.~.!." -"".

a

of

",1 .

.

..

•

-

._.

\:.~

-

,••.~

-.~

:~""."

:),..,",

..-~::~~

• .t.~;"

~~

r'i

.•.

•.•.

Story of Prinie,Minister, for 13 Days:" ,:. \.", The result.' of' the geheral' electior\.s,whicl\ -w~~eh~iCl o~er thTee' days 'at the' end of Aptll.arid' early' -.f"": " ••.•~ \",,-.•. 1996, gave no par.ty or group anovera.!l major~ty. The largest, party in terms of seats wasthe'BJP,Whi~h won 160 seats, and with the support of Shiv' Sena 6ther smaller allies tould 'coun:tan"oyehi1i"J~gis~ative st;r;ength of 194 s~ats. Congress'(I)' .0~13.6s~~fs. Atal Bihari Vajpayee became prini.e, millister fotj4~t 13das; "" "., ,.. y ." : ,': ..:'., .

No-ConfidenceTest of, Rao Government '

_

C.69

I

,

,_.

~n

~::~,_ ;,'.. \ . ,

.•

-+

1, ••.•-1

M~y

~~,I-

ana

.,1

j

Birth of the United Front

,•..,~

.•

(.

f

,

r~

:;:f~~. ,,'.~

Given the antagonism .felt towards theBJP by the majority of the other political parties, 'the) legislative majority proved impossible, and Vajpayee resigned withirl12 .oaysiri"antldpatlon':o(lUs' government's inevitable defeaf ....in a:. Parlia1'llentaiy'yote, of.. " C9~fi.,. . .. "" ',' dence. In the meal1.time; the National and Left Fronts had 'm~rged' to' form an informal c~~liti~n as thetJnited -Fro~t ('UF), :whi~Ii.'c'omprlsed:atotal 0lB, partie~, witii J~ata: t)a~,,'~aIri~J~ad(' p'a~tY,'the two Communist. parties alld:.the. i~gioEal Drev:ida Munnetra Kazhagam(DMK) and. Telugu Desam as its major components. 'With Congress' (I) prepared to lend external support, 'the UF Was able' to form the government with H. D. Dever Gmvda ~s prime minister. , ". ,

.. )

"

fuo*n

.,t.

I.K. G,irala$"~wPrill1e,Minister

I,'

i,;~ _,

~- .~

t::,,; ".:'~,

At' tl1e"eiid 'of'March 1997'.~Dev~Gowda~'f~ceci'~ seribus' ~'poli,tical 'disis';' followilig' ; Cbngtess (1)'S withdrawalofparliahr~ntafy' support to the UF govemmen't arid'Indta Kumar"Gtijral became the prime minister. '

I,

I

Chapter 1

C.70

II

I; I

j

KargilWar (1999)

Entry of Sonia Gandhi in Politics In May, Sonia Gandhi joined Congress (1) as a primary member. In the following month Sitaram Kesri was re-elected as the president of the party in Congress (I)'s first contested leadership poll since 1977. l

K. R. Narayanan - First IDalit President of India Kocheril Raman Narayanan was elected, almost unanimously, as India's new President; this appointment was particularly notable as Narayanan was the first Indian President with a Dalit background. l

Fall.of Guiral s Government The UF government looked increasingly insecure in late 1997 when Congress (I) threatened to withdraw parliamentary support unless the Tamil Nadu-based PMK, which was alleged to be indirectly implicated in 1991 assassination of Rajiv Gandhi, was expelled from the coalition. Prime Minister Gujral rejected Congress (I)'s demand, and was, consequently, forced to resign when Congress (I) withdrew support to the Government as earlier threatened. This constituted the third government's collapse in less than two years.

Sonia Gandhi, Congress (1)1s Trump Card DuringDecember 1997,Congress (I) suffered a series of internal splits 'and defections in at least six states. In an apparent attempt to the fragmentation of the ailing Congiess'(I), in late December, Sonia Gandhi agreed fo campaign on behalf of the party in the ruil-up to the gelleral elections. , . ' .

AtalBihari V~ip,a'yee Becomes IPMI Again

In the general elections; the BJP and its regional allies established themselves as the preeminent force in the Indian politics. The BJP emerged as the largest party, with 178of the 545 seats in theLok Sabha, but failed to win an 'absolute majority. On March 15i 1999, President, Narayanan appointed the Parliamenta.fYIE;aderof ~he BJP,Atal Bihari Vajpayee (who hfc;lbfiE;flY:,~eldthe premiership in mid-1996) as the PriIDe Minister and asked him to form a stable coalition government. .' ..

l

I

I

.

•

~

T

IT History of India and Freedom Struggle

Tobie,.1.9

Important Battles in the Indian History

An India-Pakistan armed conflict during the ten 0ameofthe ~. Battle of Prime Minister Vajpayee (May - July 1999)kno~ are 'Operation Vijay'. India cleared out infiltratin ~Battle-of Pak army and Kashmiri militants and recaptured th~ Hydaspes Kargil sector. The events around the conflict in th: international diplomatic domains were also takenu" effectively by India as the G8 nations in their COlo~~ 2. Kalinga War summit and the- EU and other forums, like ASEJ\\ opposed Pakistan's action. As on July 26, 1999,&, Kargil conflict came to an end, India was able to co; First Battle pletely control the region by evicting all Pakistar 3. of Tarain or soldiers. . Thaneswar _-_-.--,

Congress Back to Power in 2004 General Elections NDA suffered defeat wining only 185 seats out of54: Lok Sabha seats. The INC and its allies won 220 wil~ others having a share of 137 seats, Dr .Manmoha: Singh became the Prime Minister with Defence ard Home ministries handled by Shivraj Patil and Pram: Mukherjee.

Congress Remained in Power in 2009 General Election

Period 326

_.

BCE

--""".,..

260

~--~-

-_.-

••.-_.A. __

•.. _'-""'-""

In the general elections to the 15th Lok Sabha, UP;, 10, topped the list winning 262 seats of the 543 iD, Sabha seats. NDA won only 159 seats. Dr Manrr.: han Singh became the Prime Minister. of In&, 11. along with A.K. Antony and P. Chidambaram as~, 12. Minister of Defence and Home Affairs.

1192

'w'- __

~._,

.....

"-'~F'~"'"","

13.

The general election for 16th Lok Sabha was h. in the month of April-May 2014 in nine phases.! led NDA won the election by wining 335 seats( of 545 seats. BJP emerged as a single largest pa." by winning 282 seats. Narendra Modi became: Prime Minister of India on May 26, 2014, alr with 45 members' council of ministers. The rur congress party suffered a crushing defeat in: election by wining only 44 .se.~ts, the worst-e performance of the party since independence .

14.

Third Mysore War

'6. --

The Fo~rth Mysore War

~_

,_

'_

by

--_..._...__

~-,

._-

~ b~e~ _._-

----_

--'",--=~_-.--.'-'-.......• -,..~,",_

. '"<e~",,,~,

-._._'_..e"'''',,,,_,

••..••.

•••

and

"

__

~J..I

~. i'_~~

••••

__

..

-~

I

~

...._._---~.

I,

=-~~_~ .__.~,__ r_

.._

~

~"~

__~

Onset of the Mughal empir~ in iridia

.. ."'She;

Sh~h b~;;~lTle the emp~ror of India ~

~...

. ...~.

....•.

'Ended Afghan rule, strengthened rule

1

Mughal '.

..

,~--,.- --,~

,."'"

=".

It destroyed the Hindukingdomof theOeccan; sealed the fortunes of the Vijaynagar empire "".5'"'Y'- 'o-.,_~~'

••••••.

~ •. ~.~

=,....._ ~ _~ ..._. ,_,_-...",_"",_._._ ..~..~_

'~'-"""'-.'

Aur~ngzeb

..... __ .~

,.."...,-__,_"',., •.•..• ~

.L..,..~

__ .••._r ..''"'

Rona Pratap fought gallantly and took refuge in a remote fortress ~

Aurangzeb

..

~---

..•

, .• < •• '-_._--......

••••

c.apt~red.the"Mughal

'_..._ .... _..... _...........

••••

Throne

_ , ..__.

.:>- .•

Fought at Plassey. The Britishers became the masters of Bengal; laid the ___ ~~~~<::Ii.':'~ . ~..._. _ !
1790~92-

Siraj.ud-Daulah and British forces lead by

/

Establishment of an Islamic empire in India

Akbar

~_..

.. .J9.r.:.e: I~~y_~~.

w~~.

Muslim forces

""' ..••-""~_,.,,.~'""~

Aurangzeb and imperial

1799

-.....

Muhammad Ghori

Ibrahim lodhi and Babur .Babu~ ,.,. "~._"~._." __ .~_._ Babur and Rana Babur Sa_ngh9~ Sher Shah and Sher Shcih ~.um9YlJn. Akbar and Hemu Akbar

1658 1757

Prithviraj Chauhan

Combined forces of four Muslim rulers of Deccan and Ramraja of Vijaynagar

j

This' battle wadought on tHe bcinks of the' Jhelum River, which is cqlled 'JydCis'pes' in the Greek language. This battled initiated a relation between India and the West, ---- - -~'.. Massive destruction and bloodshed changed the outlook of Ashoka, later, he : embraced Buddhism worked for people's '

Ashoka

..,..--

~

Significance

r'_

RanaPratap Akbar

The Third 1761 Battle of Panipat ~ .. '_. The Battle of 1764 Buxar

15.

'

1576

-"'f'

BJP-Led NDAGained Power in 2014 General Election

.•••••

Prithviraj Chauhan and Muhammad Ghori

i

Battle of Haldig~9ti Battle of Samug~~h Battle of Plassey

Alexander

---••.••-.

First B~;;le of . 526 Panipa!..... .._ •. Battle of 1527 Kanwah Battle of 1540 Kannauj ~., . "'" The Second 1556 Battle of Panipat Battle of 1564-65 Talikota

9.

Alexander and Porus

Prithviraj Chauhan and Muhammad Ghori .

5.

8.

Won

'_.

1191

Second Battle of Tarain

7.

-

Battlebetween

Ashoka and the King of Kalinga (Odisha}

BCE

4.

6.

.

~

C.71'

British forces

Ti;~Ti;;;

".

,.,~ .

(Continued)

l, __

pr-'

T

"I:~

I "

i

Chapter. 1

C.72

History of India and Freedom Stniggle

(Continuedj

Table C.1.9

SI.

Name of the Battle

No. 17.

Period

First Sikh War

1854

18.'Y'I~d~P~k'~ War '"-'",,~-'-----_.~--_ 19.

',1-.,:

1948 ..~,--_._-------

Sino-Indian War .

Won by

British forces and the Sikhs

British forces

" ".•...-.... '

__ ~_~~

...• __ ._._ ..••__

China and India

____

c.'---"'-_

22.

.•..•.__

'

1971

__

~ __

Kargil War

.-,

~_.'_,_.

~

.. __ ,. _'''''_

....••....._.-._.

_

~

a._,_,,

__.-.._.~_.

__ .

~

__

"

.. _

•..

~

._.~_'

•• _.~,

.

Nomenclature

1.

Sepoy Mutiny '-0'"

2.

~.

,. -,'''''

_..

Year

Y.

_~"•.,"_

M_~.

•

, .,.,-.-

.•••• ,_....

,~.~_ """..-,_.

" .._ ...•••._~ ----

..

,..,*' "-'--'

'~'.,'

~._~"'.'¥'

""'-"

.

A.~ .. ~•..••• ,

lucknow ".,----,¥~ ..5.

.

,~.h.

Pact

,_:

~.1~05 .. ~()~~~_~~!~~e.i~n g~()~,~ 1916 led by Dr (Mrs) Annie Besant

__

~

.•

1916

'.

'"

.. ""_~

•. _

_._'~_

_

__

Morley-Minto Ref~;;;;~~cl-9mlord

7.

Indian _-..l._ C.0uncilsAct .•. '••.•..•.--.' __ ~ - -_'

8.

Dyarchy

1919

lord

9.

Jallianwala Bagh Massacre

1919

Chelmsford lord Chelmsford

RowlattAct

1919

-

1848

-

---

__u

--.

--

11.

Simon Commission

12.

Gandhi-Irwin Pact

1892

. .

-...... ..... ",-~-'

Minto II ••

1909. ~~-&

__

14.

.-.,... ',.•.. .... Separate electorates -~

19~20

~on-~olen~~~_~~C?
7.

Khilafat Movement

1920

M6hd Ali and Shaukat Ali led the movement for restoration of Khilafats, alienating Muslims from the Briti~h'

15.

1922''M-;'b' ~I~shed ';:';ithp~lice,kiiiir;22' p6licemen. Mdhatma Gandhi called off the civil disobedience moVement.

16.

Chauri-Chaura incident

----------,,------

9.

.-----~

Non-eooperation Movement

'10-. -~Swaraj

Party

1922

---

---~22 "

'11 . ,""~',----'--'--'--'-'

--

_

-_~

•••••••

_,,"

"--~.

T

__

•

~

__

__

-

••

__

Dandi March

1930 ---~~.,----_.,

12.

Quit India Movement

13.

Din~ctAction Campaign

l..----'---~_--'-::-r-f"'..."':"".__;'----'7:'7""":;;--:;/T';:-'(--,

....-..... --.-------,.,,--.~.----~_

Mahatlll.~~_andhi

.. _~.,._>...~

•..

oh,~'

•••..••••••••

_

With Mahatma Gandhi's support of the Khilafat movement, Hindus and Muslims launched the non-eooperation movement

17.

Mahatma Gondhi's decision to call offth~-~i.;r'-~b~dienc~ movementled to the formation of the Sw~rai party Initiated by Motilal Nehru.

Itt

;~'b;~~k th;;~ltiaw

Mahatma Gandhi I~'~nched ;he' ~~~:~~; Br'itishin India "

" by the

..._._,--~".,-,-----"

--

.•••'~-_."."--~,.,

.._.-.-,.' ••,-..-.~.••~"...¥"'_~_

led by Mahatma Gandhi; asking the British to leave India

1946

launched by the MuslilTl League, -resulted in heavy riots

'.

_._.-

_~.~---.--_

-_

19.

..'""'''''''"'"'-.........--.-r'''~~.

-

'"

"u'~

1935 --~:

__

•

__

•••• -...

__

~"_...-

..,

-

_

_

_

.__

_

,

__

'__ "_,_ _ _

__

-

-.J

__',,_' " __-- __

Massacre at Jallianwala Bagh in Amritsar by General. Dyer" -

.~i

I

I,

"'"- &tra~~d-ina~;';~~~~;~;r~-~iv;;-~'the ~~;~~~'~ent'to suppress the freedom struggle with General Dyer as the Commandant

+ --"-

---~-

•••

-------.~--.----~-

.------

---

Irwi~H • -C~n~~~~~:~I~ off the ~gitatio~ the Second Round Table Conference -.. .•..

"...

!

J

__

w

',

_

-

••••• --

---

__

10_

.-.-

••. '

__

_

A'_

;0 pa~icip~~l ___.'"

.••••••••.

J

__

~ ••

lord " Envisaged cOn:Jmunalrepresentation , , Willingdori ' . for depressed classes besides Hindus, Muslims and Sikhs

lord Willingdon •••••

A__

-------~

..

_

. .__A _

""" __ ~

.•....

---..

_

Provided fo~ a federal type of constitution ' ,

_~._---------_.-

••••••••••••

-~---

._~.--'

•••• "---.

-.~-:._--..-.-----

.'

••••

ff

--

•••.--".:

__ "'I

Cripps M~~~~_.

1_9~:__ lo_rd_linlit.h,_g_0_w __ P_ro_p_o_s_ed_do,_m_i_ni_o_n_s_ta_t_u_s_fo~_nd_ia_~~~~~~ Seco_, n_d_Wo_r_'d_~

INATrial" , .'

1945

lord Wavell

INA prisoners of war were tried at Red Fortin Delhi, and Jawaharlal Nehru defended them

Wavell Plan

1945

lordWavell

Envisaged constitution of executive council ~;:~;~sgive representation to all major communities in India

,-..~

.....

~~.~.,~'':_'_N ...,_..~._~_.

Cabinet Mission Plan'

'1947'

Indian Inde;~dence

1947

, --"'T~~:--:'--:---:-i-'-.,

lord Wavell -_._-~,

~t

._

.- -. - ---- "_A_~' _

"i

•.

, __ --.._--,_,,,,

•••••

-'r"~",,'4"'_'.'

1942

-.-_ "---"---

imposed

'""""

.,1932~-'---(S~"~)---'--

Governm'ent of India Act '"'-

.-....._----".,._

To report working of the reforms; recommended dyarchy , • in proyinces, India to be constituted as a federation and .. Indianization of the armed forces '

Willingdon

••••

~

~';d-ag~~d

'1931-L~rd 1932

•

Meaning dual system of Government (See Rowlatt Act)

lord Irwin

'•

....;.,..,-

(See Morley-Minto reforms)

__"_~

lord Chelmsford

1928

l-

Separate electorates to widen the differences b~tween Hindus and Muslims in India

lord Minto II

"'-~-_.-

Communal Award

Civil Disobedie.nce

J'

lord lansdowne _Membership of the central legislative councils wdsenld~g~d ; ,

_.,---.......~-,---"---._._

_ .. ~

6.

8.

.~-

13. _

I

lord Dalhousie

.y

Hindu-Muslim unity which weakened the British imperialism in India

-'

01

/

6.

,~-"

" ,,

Roy -

---------- ----- ----'-~-~---------

" •• .......-

tpefi~st president

by Rcija Ram ~Qhan

Indian Councils Act

Doctrine of lapse

"1857 .' T~e first'war of independence took place because of dissatisfaction among "the Indian soldiers

S,::::adesh~,::.~e~t __ ~ Home Rule Movement"

- .•••,••...••...•.....••. __

Supported

-.-.-.,.-------

Indian National Cong!:.e~s_~_,]_8_8~__ I':'..~,:,!:d.by A?-:J:i!!.me;lY.:- C:~?_n~eri:~~as

c~_'__ 4.

!

Ledby

.;

.,,'

Significance

- --1829 - ' lord William Bentinck

S!.

I No.

~,

5.

10.

Summary: Freedom Movement

'..•.

.4.

1

Fought in the western sector, led to '" Tashkent Pact between India and Pakistan; it is described as the heaviest since World War /I .-"'---.----tank battle .. __ - . On December 3, 1971, Pakistan attacked; India helped Mukti Bahini on the eastern front and East Pakistan was liberated; the state of Bangladesh was formed. ~_

Prohibition of Satiand Female Infanticide

'.

"c'"

;., . --------,-~_:~.----.., Adoption of sons by rulers in the absence of their natural heirs banned -.---------...... .,~"' ..._.~.:-.~"":_ .._...__A~A_,---,.------~-- -~" ..-was ---------,-, __ . -.7" ..-.-'----~-.__;_ ..- .. __;""~-.-_----~' __ Indian legislative 1861 . lord Canning Envisaged association of Indians with the administration at Councils Act higher level. ,',"-, .. _-~~ "bert Bill __.. _~~_8~c:r~ Rip~_ To bring Indian and European magi~!r~~y ~~-=..q~c:liooting ~

2.

_

China invaded India on the northeastern front. Ceasefire was agreed to on the intervention of other countries ~ __ ---_,.~. __ ,..c _

A.

Duringthe term of

Year

.-

-'-"

'---~------"---------

to

India and Pakistan

.

Table C. 1.10

_

_".m

Reforms/Acts during Briti~h Period

rNomenclatore of the ~. Reforms/Acts

-

India and Pakistan

'1999

..~

••.-,,- .• ----,.,--..

,~~.~ ~ --«,.-------- -,--- " ... _ ... ----,Indo-Pak War

."..,._._w

"F~ughf;in Kashmir,ceb~efire';greed on actual line of occupation ..-.._.....•.••.... ~._ ...•..

-

r: .~- -~.~-"--,.~-~-, ,.,-~---" ! 20.lndo-Pak 1965 India and Pakistan' ,l War

21.

----:..J

Significan~e ~, '," " The Sikh kingdom came und~r the British

~~dPakist9n ,-"

__.-..._'v_ ..__ ..• _ •. '------......-

1962

~

Battle between

.,. "T"di~

TobIeC.l.l1

C.73

lord Mountbatten

..

"',. .

_"_'-:_~\_~;:.,:,~."

Envisagedestciolishment of constituent assembly to frame the constltuti';n ' .'

------~----'----...;."--'------._-'_ .•._-

India partitioned and attained independence

~-

'l

ps

"I(

T

C. 7 4 Chapter 1 Table(.1.12

Social and Cultural Awakening-Socio-religious

[Year

Place

1815 ~'1828 ~

Calcutta' Atmiya Samaj Calt1ft62TI'j'C.B~ahmo Samdl:~'~:':"',,"ft

L_~-;~w:L_>,~"_",,,,-~;:~__

1"4~~_,:,<>",,,,_,,'~~'"

-:..-:.:....

,:~

,,:;'

-

",jt;- --_i_~

1829 Calcutta r1~B39"'~.-Ccl6~~d' '_.~ L

•. __

~' _ •..... ~. _

1840

.•.....•

,

".~. ,,,,,,,.. ... ...

, 1861.,.

Agra. __

LL866 _:;__ 1866 1875

M~"_"

.',; ••._.::,.!-

s . . • .•...•

Puniab

~.~~""",f.,""'''''''''_

:~,

_'",-:'!t

. .';,

',"," ,'., __ .

.

Nirankaris

••...•..

__

"",-------~,---,~_

Bombay .._"

''«%~'

__'~

Year

Place

1861'

..'''Ag~~

n~ .;

BrahmoSamaj of Indio

1866

_ ........•

~

~;.".

,," --~'.

"M-';

S,a..rn~al()flndia

. '"_ ..,~~.,

Remark

Tulsi-Ram

Its.'ai~;~as!opropagate doctrine: --dQtlO

, ,...

Calcutta

Keshab Chandra Sen

..•. "."'-~~--

.. '•.' '~..~~..•'''",,_'''

__ '~~'~~~~'~

Ii"

.-.,",,,,,---,,--y,,-~.=_-.-,-~--

__ '..'.'.''m~,~

...

~----_.

PrarthanaSamaj

18Q7

Bombay

AryaSamai

1875

Bombay

-

..__ .'.o--'''',

""

Swami Dayanand Saraswati

Arya Samaj

:'''7~'''W ..':'''o':'''!i'.~'''~.~~:P"":'.''''-'''~'~~''!:-' .' .. ~. J! -,.~,' ....

--;;---""~~?~:T;:~f~I~~~Edn4~2(Fs.

Olcott

,..~ .._~_~"''''.~_'' _ TheosophicalSociety." .1875

Anand Mohan Bose

1878

Calcutta

Sudharam Brahmo

1886

Aligarh

Muhammadan Educational Conference

~

__

Dr Atmaram Pandurang

..._,~.._ _.._.. ..,_~" DeccanEducation Society

1884

Madame H. P. 'f' Blavatsky and Col H. S, Olcott

IOrganization

FOlJl1d~I"

Atmiya Sabha

rPc;._._."~._._.... I Paramahansa

!

... -~ ... ~ --'_ .."-~

' .• ~_'

!

.... '.",'.~ ... _ ._ ..OA......._

""'""~~:=-;";oi..,~...,,,,;;;:.:;:.::;'-L..~tt~lO •.

I

They Came to India O( 1879)'ond established the head quarters of the Theosophical Society atAdyar, near Shennai (1882); Itsmain " aims were promotion of ancientreligio(1s and philosophies, and. formation of universal brotherhood. . ... .. • As the result of a second schism among the Brahmos, a group of young followers of K. C. Sen left him Over the question of management ofthe 'S~:nai~~r::~?! ..~efo~Il1~':'.._,..

G. G, Agarkar

Its'aim Wq~ to remodel the education system for the yo'ung generation to prepare them for the service of the country, ,.i:jE' '•...;,'

r.

Belur,

w.,,._ .._~.

Mandali

. ~~-~"

'Raja Ram Mohan Roy

humanitarian

182&';

2~ic~tta:';: Rbi~;R~nrMdhcin:'iF;ci~.~~iticilf;.k~;;~b;.-B.:dhmo lRo'y'; .

Sabha; its aim was to attock the evils in Hinduism andto .. monotheism.

Calcutta

Debendranath Tagore

Its ail'J.1was to propagate Raja Ram Mohan Roy's ideas. Ii"

Bombay

Durgaram Manchharam

'.""'---"

.....'"'' , ...

1905

Bombay

POOna Seva Sadan

1909

Poona

, ...

Gopaldkrishna Gokhale

Its aim was to train Indiaris in different fields for the service of their motherland.' -;-~

__

... _' __

Its aimWasto

,~,,,,,,'~'~.:

.="'v ..c,.,..__ ~

promote the welfare of women.

Mr

Its aim was to attack the evils in Hinduismand to propagate monothelic doctrine.

Calcutta

1849

Servantsof India Society

Remark

1815

1839

Tattvabodhini Sabha

Il

.".--.""'---.-

J

Allahabad

Table (.1.13

,

--1

Ananda eose, Shastri, and

~t..,

RamakrishnaMission

._-,-----

-

_ e:t~:~_ _..

'Poona .

a monotheistic . ' 668 ' '~.!J't ••,~\.'. '1

Swami Dayanand Its main aims were reforms of Hinduism and Saraswati prevention of the conversion of Hindus to other _ ~_. ~_.~:'igion::.. ~ __ ,__ _ ..,_~ .._.

"

SadharanBrahmo

.

In 1870, itwas joined by M. G. Ranade and .R.: G. Bh~n?~r~cir, !t~?i'Il1.~~~ir~f~~matio~()f \, Hindu religIous thought ana prachce.~bO. tIt,. \

••• "'---."",

~._ .....• _. New York (USA)

C.75

A group of Brahmos u~d;;Kesha. b Chandra Sen established this new organization after seceding from the original Samaj (established by Raia Ram Mohon Roy) over the question of so.cia.Ireforms, After this secession, the former one came to be known as the' Adi Brahmo Samai',

."

Maulana Hussain Ahmed

Ll.~Z?~,.c.__"'~~"X_Y21~_11..J~~L;;;::]~:9~opJ1;iEalS,()cix!y;.";'

1914

;.-0,,' i 0<1. G \q);;-c.o.';2. •.j.l!h".',' ...:.i. f

Foul'lder

. '"'

...'-

Ram Si~g~.... Tulsi Ram .......i(;;shdb chandrd"S;~"'''~''-_''''-_.'

Deoband

~~~:~~*'"""~"z,~~

..•...... _--

.

-;dha'SoamiSatsang

..c-,'-'~

"->:'_~

p~rQ~r9rTl1~?~~h~9Ea':!l..... ,--._ Dadoba Panderung

Radha Sowami Satsang .• _.-,_

h:

o;g;ization

,

Dayal Das, Darbara Singh, Rattan Chand, etc. __ ~.~"',"_"_--,-",.,>=>, .

~

. ;_.~.~~"

;

(Continued)

~~ .,.if"_"'_"-'""""--,,-",,",,,-,,,,,-,,,,,,,,,,,,,,~,~

Parmahansa Mandli -~Nart;'dh~rls

__'''_''''''

-,. 'C,_, _.• ~,_.,,,,:._~,;'

----.....

Radhakanta Dev Debendranath Tag"''''o'''r ..e.._....~ .. _....~.~_.._.

.•.....

<:;~!=-~!~_~_,:.~ __ ,~.~_~ra~~().

~

Ram Mohan Roy ,.",q~'Rd";M~hdnRo.y.~e-~~~

,~-;~ ""'.,,';"

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Tobie C.1.13

FouncL,r

Dharma Sabha ia;;ab~dhi~i Sabha

1849 Bombay 11857;Pu~j-;;b~~"-~,,"'

Movements

Name of the Organization .

"

Rahnumai Mazdayasnan Sobha(Religious organizationof the ....

Nirankaris

1851

_-,._~-_.,__ •.. _-~-_-~~. ..,

...

1840s

~_..•

"''', .... _~-,,.

Its lllains aim was to break caste restrictions. _

(Continued

""Bombay

No .~k:~hans (successors of

1857

...

Punjab

Ndoroji Furdunji, S;'S. Bengalee, and others'''' {

Dayal Dos, Darbara Singh, Rattan Chand, and others '''_ ...._~~-------_.Punjab Ram Singh. .

Its aim was to reform the ZorOastrian religion .. ,"

~..

, J

II If

;t'/l,}"/

.

i.l.J.'-/'(

~

.

'~')l-

t

~

t

.~.I

j

I

C~!t£

.""'=~-"------"-.

P"'ficotioo of Sikhi,m.'

I

.l

PurificationbfSikhism

~

,:!'.V',

.

', ..

....•

'.'1' .

,. "l <~

~, ~~ i' .'~:'-

I"

f ~

~.l ••

,

I

......••

~' /

~ I

.;

!

C,76

Chapter 1 History of India and Freedom S.tryggle

I

i

Table (.1.14 I

Muslim Socio~ReligiousMovements

-.

,I

'r:

--.....

Movement/ Inslitulion

Year(s)

Place

Founder

Aims and Significance

Dar-UI-Ulum

1866

Deob~nd

Maulana Hussain Ahmad and others

Its aim ~as fo resuscitate classical Islam and to improve the spiritual and moral conditions of the Muslims. The liber~l.interpretation of Islam by its founders created political awakening among its followers: Some of them, inciuding'Maulana Abul Kalam Azad played an important role in the national movement.

rN;dwah-ul~ UI~ma

1894

I

lucknow

L-___

Ahl-i-Hadis . .> (people of the CSlurant. . ';,

___

Alh-i-Quran (people of the Qurdn) Barelwis

,Second half. of the 19th century .' . ,,'"......

Punjab .

Qadiani or Ahmadia Movement

Maulana Syed Nazir Hussain

•.•• _._.. "'~=_"""'__

Second half Punjab of the 19th century _.._._. __•__ . Second half ' Punjab of Jhe 19th " Century

:l::

Maulana Shibli Numani, and others

End of the 19th century

Qadian in Punjab

L_.

""""'_~,,~

1886

. Its aim ~as to~e~ir~ct'0~slim educational system, developing religious sCiences and to end the . theological difference within Islam.

This group of. theologians refused to recognize the. existing four schools of jurisprudence and considered only Hadis (The Words of the Prophet Muhammacj) and the Quran as the ultimate authority on' Islam. .'"~ . ""'''''''''"",''._. _. ~_ ..'W.,_,_ ..__

Maulana Ahmad Riza Khan Mirza Ghulam Ahmad

Aligarh

.

~

" '••..

Maulavi Abdullah They considered Quran as the ultimate authority Chakralavi (his followers on Islam. are also known as ._'C~ala!~:L _ _~ __ ._. . .

•..•_

Muhammadan Educational Conference

,-,

~_ _~

They preached the revival of many old Islamic practices, am:Jvehemently opposed the Deoband school and its preaching. '. . - , Its aim was to reform Islain and to defend it against Christian missionaries and Arya Samajis. It gave religious recognition to modern industrial:J and technological progress; it was the most closely "'_ _~nit an~ th!.~~£.~r~anize~. Ml)sli~_group in India.

Sir Syed Ahmad Khan, and others

,.

Its aims was to promote the education of the Muslim masses on western lines (this and other educational and social service activies of Sir SXed, and his followers are together knows as the 'Aligarth Movement')

320 380 405-411 415

Important Dat~s in the Iridian History BCE

2600-1900 Indus Valley Civilization (3000-1500 BCE in some sources)

563 527-540 327-326 313

Birth' of. Gautam Buddha (or 576 BCEin some sources)

273-232 261 145-101 58

Birth of Mahavir; Nirvana "

Defeat of Seleucus at th~ hands of Chandragupta Maurya Ashoka's reign

i'

Conquest of Kalinga' . 'Rbgn of £lara, the Chola King of Sri Lanka

78

.~eginning of the Saka era

Accession of Chandragupta

120

Accession of Kanishka

Maurya

rei~

t~.-

Smdh by the Arabs

Accession of King Bhoja' of Kannauj

S36 i

'";;

,.

.'

~!

1

fo

,.

•

•

•

985 998

Accessi0r:t of ~ajaraj~~he ~~<;>laruler Accession of Sultan Mahmll,d'

1001

First invasion of India by Muhammad of Ghazni whodefeated'Jaipal, the ruler of Punjab .

1025

Destruction of So~atJ.:1 Temple by Mahmud Ghazni .'

1191

The First Battle of.Taram "

1582 1600 1605 1606 1611 1616

1192

The Second Battle of Tarain

1627

1206

Accession of Qutub~ud-Din Aibak to the throne of Delhi

•..

~.

•

~

-'

-

.1'

>

.

-,

"'_;~

1210

Death of Qutub-ud-Din Aib'ilk

1628 1631 . 1634

1221

Changez Khan invaded India (Mongol invasion) ': . .

1659

Accession of Razia Sultaha to the throne of Delhi '. '. '.. " ' -<

1240

Death of Ra'ZiciSultana .'

1296

Acce'ssion of Ala-lid-Din 'Kmlji

1316

Death of Ala-ud-Din Khilji ..

1325 1327

Accession of Muhammad-bin

•

1526

Alexander's invasion of India. It opened a land route between India and Europe

•

Humayuri. reca~t'urkd the'throne of Delhi The Second Battle of Pahipat The-Battle of Talikota . ',i:

,

) ,.,.~ .. ~ l,

1497-98

~

1555 1556 1565 1576

Firstinvasiort'iri

1494

~

Sher'Sh?-h Suri d~f~aJed Humayun 'became India's emperor

i12

1469

••• 'f~,

1539

Harsh~vardh~'s

1351 1398

11 -i:'.litl",

Visit of Chinese traveller Fahien ,,,,,Accessionof Ktimara Gupta I .

61)6-647

1236

Battle.t'. of..~'K~waha.' '.:Babur defeated Rana Sanga '.... -...._ .

1530 ,_

Acces~ion ofSkandi{Gupta'

Beginning of Vikrami era

CE

1527

.~Accession of VikramaditJa

455

1336

305

t Commencement of the Gupta era, the . .,.€golden age.of-Hindu,India\.j

C.77,

..

,

•

"

>',

'J

~,.,

.-.

'001'}~

.

,1".•

'':.

I

:'".

'

.

and

I' :'

I I,

j

The' of 'Haldlghati~Rana "defeated by Akbar.'.'. .:.'!

;Prat~p ::. h, .~

~'i'::.' :w, '~t-~.l.~

Din-e-Ilahi founded by Akb~r East Iridia Companyestabiish~ci .

"

.,

. '.

• ", 1;,1

i"'JOl

Death of Akbar and a~cession of Jah~gir Execution ofGurl-t Arjan Dev Jahangir marries Nur Jahan Sir Thomas RoevlSits'jahangiE' ,:.: . '. '-,.:. ~ 'Birth of Shiv?-jiarid/death of Jahangir -",

-"

,~- \t

t-"'

~.,.,

-

I

Shah.Ja~ai1.b~comes emperor of 'India ~ 1 • ,,l. DeaHl'of MurntazMahal ","~';.,J'. l'

<"

1665 1666 1675

';';#0

-~'l

pea~ "0£,,, B,a~~~.l.Iand.,. ~c~essi_on. of Humayun . " .. '.' .

"

:.~..

~

_

r

1,

j

The Bi-itish wei~"peifuitted to trade in Bengal . ;~ Accession' .'of .,Aurangieb, Sh.ahj~h~ ~~pris.o~led , '. ", ,'1'.\ Shivaji impris.o~e9:~y Aurangzeb Death of Shah Jahan Execution .of Guru Teg Bahadtir, the ninth Guru of Sikhs ' . . .., '

Tughlaq

Relocation of capital-froID' Delhi to Daulatabad in Deccan by. the Tughlaqs Foundation of Vijayanagar empire in the South ,. ' ..

1680 1707 1708 1739 1757

Accession ofFeroze Shah Invasion of India by Titru.lr Lang . Birth of Guru Nanak Accession of Babur in Farghana First voyage of Vasco da 'Gama to India (discovery of. sea route tQ,India via the Cape of Go~~ Hop'e) , .'. First Battle ofPanipat; Babur defeated' Ibrahim Lodi~'foundation-oi the Mughal dynasty by Babur

1761

~

,<

"

Battle of,~~?;;~ey,t;~tabl!s~ent. of~ritish political rule in India by Lo!d Clive' . ,q.

,.'....

~.tlo-":.L

The Third Battle 'of Panipat;i - Shah Alam .. t .~ II becomes mdia's emperor '. . , ." ,

1767-69 17~0 1780-84 1784

I'

..1?~~tj1.o(AU!'}ng~~b Death of Guru Gobind Singh Nadir Shah invades India

.,'

1764 1765

t..J

Death of Shivaji

-'

C'

I

-,1 .•

,

-~ \

\

."

,.

•

r

•

-t,.. :'

Battle of Buxar '

Lo;d Clive appointed G:m1pany'sqov-' emor in India . . ' , ,:

. - _'l'1II~-'

: II \

, _,

The .FirsV>;1y~~re~ar Birth Maharaja Ranjit Singh The Second MysoreWar' . . Pitt's India Act

ot

~',

I

.

I '

.

,"" ,:.

"

' 1

I

~

>

I

~C.78 1790-92

The Third Mysore War

1793

The permanent settlement of Bengal

1799

The Fourth Mysore War-death Sultan

of Tipu

1802

The Treaty of Bassein

1809

The Treaty of Amritsar

1829

Practice of Sati prohibited

1830

Raja Ram Mohan Roy visits England

1833

Death of Raja Ram Mohan Roy

1839

Death of Maharaja Ranjit Singh

1839-42

First Afghan War

1845-46

First Angb-Sikh War

1852

Second Anglo-Burmese War

1853

First Railway line opened between Bombay and Thane and a Telegraph line in Calcutta

lS57

The Sepoy Mutiny Independence

1861

Birth of Rabindranath Tagore

1869

Birth of Mahatma Gandhi

1885

Foundation of Indian National Congress

1889,

Birth of Jawaharlal Nehru

1897

Birth of Subhash Chandra Bose

1904

Tibet Expedition

1905

First partition Curzon

1906

Foundation of Muslim League

1911

Delhi Darbar; King and Queen visit India; Delhi becomes the capital of India

1914

World War lbegins

1916

The Lucknow Pact signed by Muslim League and Congress

1918

World War 1ends

1919

Montague-Chelmsford Reforms introduced; JaJiianwala Bagh massacre at Amritsar

,

or First War of

of Bengal under

1920

The Khilafat Movement launched

1927

Boycott of Simon Commission; casting started'in India '

II \

History of India and Freedom Str~ggle C.79

Chapter 1

Lord

1930

Civil disobedience movement launched' Dandi March by Mahatma Gandhi (Ap~ 6, 1930) 1931 Gandhi-Irwin Pact

1935

Government of India Act enacted

1937

Pr?,:"in~ial Autonomy; mrmstnes

1939

World War ITbegins (September 1)

1941

Escape of Sub hash Chandr:a Bose from India and, death of Rabindranath Tagore Arrival of Cripps Mission in India; Quil India movement launched (August 8)

1943-44

Netaji Subhash Chandra .Bose forms provisional Azad Hind Fatij and Indian National Army; Bengal farnme

1945

Trial of Indian National Ariny at Red Fort, Shimla Conference; World War ITends '

1946

British <::abinet Mission - visits India; Interim government formea at the Centre Division of India; India' and Pakistan form separate independent-dominions

1948

Mahatma Gandhi assassmated (January 30); integration of princely. states

1949

Ceasefire in Kashmir; Indian Constitution signed and adopted (November 26)

1950

India becomes a Sovereign Democratic Republic (January 26) and Constitution of India comes.,'into force ..•

1965

India ,and Pakistan fig~t. Ja second war over Kashmir Indira Gandhi, Nehru's daughter, becomes India's first woman prime minister ' ,/'., India assists East Pakistan in a war against ( West ,Pakistan; The Wesl defeated, and East Pakistan becomes the ind~p'endent nation of Ba~gladesh Indira Gandhi assassinated; Her elder son, Rajiv beco~es prhne minister

1966

1971

1984

1996 , broad-

1928

Death of Lala LajpafRai

1929

L~rd kin's P~~t; res~lution of complete independence passed at Lahore Congress

,

1991

1997

,

- •- I,

"

1999

Congress fonns

1942

1947

1998

IOn December 24, an Indian Airlines plane, IC-814, was hijacked by terrorists . and taken to Kand~ar in Afghanistan. - Three militants, imprisoned in Indian "jail, was released by the Indian Govt. for the ,freedom of ,passenger kept as hostages. In June 1999, Fit Lt K. Nachiketa, :the cap!Ured _Indian pilot, released by Pakistan after eight days of captivity; _'Oper'!-t!-on Vijay'launfped by Indian A.:r::ny,to fl,ush out Pakistani infiltrators mside sector of J&K. ,,-' LoC in, the Kargil "" Iridia won the battle. ..

firs!., commander.:.iri:'chief l of the SFC; Advanced., multi-purp6se satellite, INSAT:,3A)s successfully.I launched into space fr0t? _Kourou -of-French Guyana; CBI forms anI Economic; Intelligence Wing to tack1e~ white~collar crime in June; India's advanced, communic~ti-bn satellite INSAT-3E is.launched by an European rocket frort:J:,thelSP!lCeport of Kourou in'French Guyana'in December

f,

-

'-

-

.

'-

2004

-

~.

2000

Us. President Bill Clinton visits India during March 2000; Three new states, qhhatisgarh, Uttaranchal and Jharkhand were createcl; India's population crossed o~ebillion mark

2001

'Agta Summit' between India and Pakist'an ,held in .-July 2001; Worst natural calamity ,of India:, Gujarat Earthquake in January 2001; .'Tehelka.com' screened video tapes which opened the murky world of arms deal and its kickbacks to Indian Army officials;'ministers and politicians in March 2001; The sixth census of India (since Independence) concluded in MaiCh' 2001; Emon bids farewell to Indian enetgy sector m-AugUst 2001; GSLV lal?,lshed -successfully in April 2001 and PSLV-C3 launch conducted in October 2001 ~.

2005 .

l

2002

"

Rajiv Gand~ assassinated The Congress' P~rty, which had ruJea India for- all, but four years since II'. nation won 'independence in 1947,:' voted out 'of' office, ancf India enters: period of coalition governments _ On August 15, India celebrated its 5[: year of Indepenaerice r,

, ,Death of Mother Teresa; Atal 'Behari jrYajpayee becomes Indian Prime Minis" ter; India tests its second nuclear device r (Pokhran II)

~CiJ3

7l-year old missile scientist, Avul Pakir Jainl1labdeen Abdul ~a1am, was elected President of India; One of the most horrific'communai riots. ill recent history, the ' 'I • Gocl1tra Incident, happens on February 27, ".2002; in' Gujarat; .National Water Poli~y announced ill April, which aims at iritegratingwater resources development and management for optimal and sustainable utilization I ~.\Jt'.-.{

t~

"

Forni.
.

;.

-

,

.'.,

L

.,

•

j

•

NDAgovernment oustedr'by the Con'gressand :jts' allies' ih.the' General Election; Congress President- Ms SOnia -Gandlii -opts against, becohung •pr~e minister of India despite' being ,irl":9strong position;; Congressland its allies forms. government' at -the., centre under the Prirne N1inistersJ;Upof.Dr-Manmohan ?ingh.r~rDecemper.\~6i; 2004, _~sunami ill the IndIan Ocean hit South IndIa along with many Southe,ast.!.Asiannations killing about.3000p~ople.'More than 11,000 deaths reportedili Iridia alone" Monsoon rains-'in;',late July and early August 2005 catisedrdevastating landslides and floods that killed about 900 people in and around Bomhay; An earthquake with a magnitude"of 7.6 struck Pakistan~occupied:Kashinif on October 8, 2005. More than' 81,00.0'people died and 2.5ml11ion left homeless. India sufferi::~dabout 13,000 casualties; India arid . USA reached, an agreement in July 2005 that wouldallowi India to 1seek outside , help in, developing,)its'civilian nuclear pow:er progrant. while, J maintaining its nuclear 'weap~ns. In".,addition, India would submit the :civilianJprogram, but not its' weapons-,programi to inspections. TIle accord,departs from an 'atoms for peace~ pro~ap}~~ .tb.'!-~.dates to,:ili~. Eisenhower, administration, which bans c~u.-!1¥:~es,W}!h. ~~c~e~ij.~~apons from bUy!ng -nuc~~ar 'IJue~ C'¥)-.l1.. equipment from for~ign c0o/lH'.i~s.,1)1~.; US allowed, Americ-w CO~P~~3}0 ~p.:r:ovide India with several types of modem combat . .,'~ rtt . ~~ r.'!~11 weapons, including F-15 arid F-18 fighter ;~t"... ,". : Jets. The announcement _ was seen as an r • \ ,I'. ,.}.. attempt to oalance tlie US offer to sell Pakistari about tWo dozenF-16s .~

-

"

- - ~

_~i

_ '~.f-i:c

•

.

.

c.

/f~;')~ of'"

~

• , I

Tf

. \

;

1,.-.

\.t'

.-

I

~.

[I

C~80Chapter 2006

,., "

~, '

.

f~

!r

:"',

:~l 2008

!'~

2009

2010

\:

I!

In March 2006, President Bush and Prime , Minister Singh agree'd to a controversial . nuclear deal that permitted the sale of US nuclear teChnology'tci India despite the fact that India has never signed the international Nuclear Non-proliferation agreement. Since 1998, the US, has imposed sanctions on India fOl: undertaking ,nuclear tests. Critics of-the deal, which must be approved by Congress, contend that allowing India to circumvent the international treaty will make it more qifficult to. negotiate and rein in North Korea's ...and Iran's nuclear .ambitions ,

2007"

Historyof India and Freedom~truggl,e C.81

1 . , air crash. ABharatiya Janata Party lead w~skilled ?y.~Maoists in D~tewada ;:. trIctoH?hattisgar~~d ~6, security personnelalso lost theIr lives In the incident. 2011

:.

.' rata .emerges as the world's fifth largest steel maker after the acquisition of British st~l makerCorus; ~nsex regains the 14 ~,14000 points peak by gaining more than 72 poillts on susfamed buying by foreign ~d ciomestic ftillds in banking, auto and techrlology sector stocks; Two coaches of the DeW':"'Attari Express (4001 Up) were engulfed'in a devastating 'fire caused by 'an.itnptovisedex,ploslve devices (lED); .Nine persons are killed arid 50 injured in a bomb blast inside the historic Mecca Masjid during the Friday prayers in Hyderabad; India's leading private airline Jet Airways finally announced a takeover of the much smaller Air Sahara at a cost of 1450 crore ($346 million) in April 2007. Gujjar Community protested for ST quota reservation. Protests took place in different districts of Rajasthan and led to .invoicing of national Security act in 15 district of Rajasthan. India and Russia sign an agreement on a joint human mission Chandrayaan-2. Indian Navy became first to ski the north pole. India clinched the US $ 1 billion Hercules Deal. India celebrates 60th Republic Day. In the general elections to the 15th Lok Sabha, the UPA outshined other alliances and Dr Manmohan Singh was re-elected as the'prime minister of India. Blasts in Assam claimed many lives. The" Women's Reservation Bill was passed by'R'ajya Sabha on March 9, 2010. On May:22, 2010, 158 passengers of a Boeing 737 plane of Air India died in a tragic I-~

~

.The Iridi~n. Cricket ..tea~f1 bagged the ICC' World Cup Trophy, 2011. The lasl world cup that team Indi~.'won Wasin 1983. Ihdia witnessed the ~G spectnun scam that was revealed wnen airwaves for '3G services were auctioned and th loss incurred came to light as the 2~ spectrum was made avail~ble at lOwer prices. The Lokpal bill wa~~nvisaged 10 be a ministerial probity. ,~e provisions of different bills empow~t.e~d the Lokpal to investigate c~rruption-rcases against political persons at the ceri.tral level. It was supported by' maI)X' people and several eminent persons, s'uch as Cando hian rights activist, Mr Anna Hazare and Yoga Guru Swami' Ramdev. Events of 2012 and 2013 to be included. ,

2012

j

India own 6 medals in Olympic 2012(2 Silver and 4 Bronze). The country successfully test fires Agni:-Il(surface-to-surface missile) and Lakshya~1 (Microlighl pilotless target Aircraft). India wins ICC Under~19 Cricket World) Cup. Sachin Tendulkar announces retirement from One Day International Cricket.

.

2015

2016

relaIlgqn~~. becQmes the 29th state of " India. 5hri: fK." Chandrashekhar Rao ,,
lnFebruary2016,. the JNU issue rocked -,thenati0I1_,when. ~ts~shident-Kanhaiya Kumar arre~ted on sedition charges after ".. allegaijons .' of. -,an~-natj.onal'. slogans ,against him surfaced: . ',' . , . Mufti Muhammad <Sayeed, the Chief 'Minister of t~u and Kashmir, died ., ort-Feb 7, 2016~His 'daughter, Mehbooba Mufti becainetthe" (first 'women Chief Minister.of Jamm:tfimo Ka~hmi~ in April 2016.' In April, 2016 NIT Srmagar witnessed "on-campus uirreast when Kashmiri and outstation siJdnets' hac!' 1~orifrontation after India lostWT20 semi':fmal matchifo West Indies. ; ,~"..' '. z: 1.'~:>, \I

a:

~ January I, 2016, the qelhi Government experimented with the 'odd-even sfh~,me' formula to decongest the roads of 'national capital and, thereby, check uncontrolled pollution levels in Delhi. Al~?,>.P~N: tJc!. bec~me mand~tory ~or casn trailsactions above ~50,OOOill IndIa. ~ January, 3;' 2016, Pakistan-based Jaish-e-MohaInmea. terrorists attacked the Pathcinkot Air Force Ba'se'in Punjab. f

_

.•.

,

Hundreds of' devotees diea-' in the Paravur's Puttlrlgaftemple"at Kollam in Ker"'.'''y'. ala, when on April" 10, 2016, fire broke out after accidental detonation of a pile of cereolOnial fiiecrackers.i/ •

•

..

,

.

t.

-~ .

...-\.1

-. - ~

...

,.!

.-

f)

(Ir

'. .

,On ARrilI9,,2019,;D~p~.:r.
_

l' ."i-

~"

"'l:

(",

2013

Narendra ModI was chosen as the BJP spearhead to lead the party in the 2014 general elections. JD(U) w~thdraws support to BJP,and leaves NDA in 2014.

2014

Lokpall Bill, the Lokpal Act 2013 or the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013 is an anti-copuptio~ Act of the Indian Parliament. It ~a.s e~acted by, ,the Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha in December 2013, and finally .signed ,by the P~esident of India, Shri Pranab Mukherjee, onJanuary 1,2014, It was commenced on Janu,~ 16,2014. After BJP's landslide victory in the 2014 General Elections in India, Narendra Modi took oath as the 20ih Prime Minister of India on May 26, 2014. The union cabinet of the India gove~' ment clears Andhra P~adesh Reorg~ zation Bill in February. On June 2, 201'

'I~r(\'\'. 1.

1

y.'

""0

:

.'

I

~ ~"

,<-.

..

•...

,

,

.'\!-.

I

, I,.., ;)

.1-

,~

, , 'H,

;;~H,'J" ,'.

-.'It.""

..

,

I.,

.••

'.f:t.

ti

.~~" +

,

(

,.

(J,.,

:I

I I: I

If

C.82

Chapter 1

C.83 ,

History of Inqia and Freedom Struggle

-----'--------~_....:....-_--II» T~pi(.-.wi~e~"~sessment

(b) (c)

i

i

Indus Volley Civilization

I

1. Which of the following

I

5.

statements

Which of the following are cprrect?

II.

III.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

2.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c) (d)

Emergence of evolve(j long distance trade Planned townships and large cities Uniform types of bricks, weights, seals and pottery All ofthe above

Which of the following statements regarding 'Late Harappan' stage of IVC is/are found to be incorrect?

II. (a) (b) (c) (d)

4.

6.

(a) (b) "

Ii I

(c) (d)

The relevant time period of Chinese Civilization The parallel time period of Egyptian Civilization Cross-referencing with Mesopotamian Civilization None of the above

9.

(b) .

Which of the following statements are found to be correct?

is/

II. The locations of Harappan sites on the floodplains of rivers, on fringes' of deserts or on Sea ~oast meant that the people living in them faced different kinds' of' challenges from nature (a) (b) (cy (d) 7.

I and II Both are incorrect Onlyl Only II

Match the items of two columns:

Column

I

Column II (Located at)

(Si~e) A. . Mohenjo-

1. Ganga Yamuna Doa!:>

C. Alamgirpur

(d) 8.

correct.

..

"H

The Vedic' Period: The' Aryans .,. 10. Which of the following

2 3 3 4

4 4 1 1

1 1 4 3

Which of the following statement are found to be incorrect?

is/

I. In Indus Valley Civilization, there was a central government. II. Weapons of war like axes, spears, daggers and arrows were made of stone.

(b) (c) (d)

are found to be correct?

life period. (a) Both are correct (b) Both are incorrect (c) Only I (d) Only II

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~.....

18. Which of the following

(a) (b) (cY (d)

Both Both Only Ql1ly

[). Atharva-

4. Deals with music 0.,

3

4

1 2

(d)

4

3

1

2

lS.Whichof the following statements. is/ arefound to be inc6rrect?" . . I. TheAryans we~e"a~S~mic~omadic

20. Which of the following ar~found

pastoral people'v;.,ho'had'a Joint family system. ' •• ' ... .

statements

Paap (sins) i~ a result of b~d deeds and Punya (merits) IS a

(c)

result of good ones.

~

All of the above ';

",

.

r .. '.:' ",.

,;

A

B

4

3

(b)

1

(c)

4

(d)

3

f'

:;.

'Ga';ia~~

l'

:11

Maharishi .•

C

....0 :. .', 1.,.

2

3

4

3

1

2

4

2.

1.

'2

out- of the

statements:'

(c) ., 'Importance declined.'

of assemblies', r',...,

"j

All ofthe above statements are ,~ cor~eck~ tlO' ..i,' '\' .,' . f'!~,~I,..

24. Match the columns: LisU"

"f.".

,t"

"'List II

A. Treasurer

.

L

,,:...:

B. Tax collector

2. Bhagdugha

C. Charioteer

3;' S~td"

.. j

4

(b)

" 1

(c)

2

(d)

2

3,

.:;\

••~,""lhJ ~',)

,

), f

.

1 >11:':"

.4. Purohita

~rl,,: ~l_ I,A,_.;t., ~B .' (a)

~~

1. Sangf"ahita k"t

D. Priest

1'\1\

'i~

In later Vedic Period which was more developed than the early Vedic period, the tiny tribal' settle'mentswete repiaced by strong kirigdorTis. (b) Powers of ttle'king; who was'called Samrat increased. , phenomenally-'l., ••.

were

(a) (b) (c) (d)

.'

(a)

(d)

.

".

3. Kanad and Ramaniya

is/

II. The Brahrnanas throw light <m'the . socio-political Iif!! of the Aryans and form a sort of explanation' of therr religio'n; . : '. ~ especially, sacrifice, .

.

,.~,-

4.

••.1

I

.,

.

D. Sankhya

to be correct?

~..

>

List II (Priest/Teacher)

following

I. The' Ved.as .are the most sacred books of early Aryans. ~~'l", ,-

I. Thefather

(4

C. Yoga Sutra

V~da

C

."i

23. Tick the correct statement

3. Prayers to God.

1

Ill)

" with

~. Yajur-V~c(a

2

Wrestling Dancing Boxing

Both, are incorrect

.rtJedicine'

4

f,J)

(d)

Sutra

2. Dea.ls

4

''''

Both are correct Only I Only II

•.,~

sacrifices and ritual~

B

1'."

B. Vaisheshikhri 2. Maharishi Patanjali

1. Deals with

~

s, In early ~~dic society of Outdoor activities like

(a) (b) (c)

.',.

A. Rig-Veda

2

";J

I

Nyaya S!Jtra 1. Kapil Maharishi

(a)

4

";:.,,

,

A.

List II

A

~"I(;:

22. Match the columns:

List I

3

~

' v;'.

List I (Doctrines)

are incorrect are correct I II

•

II. There are about 300 Upanishads of . which 10 have ~ttracted worldwide attention .. j' .'

19. tvlatch the columns:

(a)

~ .1t.,.:1 •... "

Ii

are ,the;.main source of philosophy and theology of the Aryans. . . ".'.

is/

part of th~ religioll of Aryans: II. Aryans are said to have been th.e originators of the Hindu dviii.~ation. .". ,

(b)

'J."~n.

statements

J. Yajna or Havana was an essential

(c)

Cd) Only II

I,

Ii

J. The "Upanishads

are fpund to. be, correct?

(d) I and 1/1

Ca) Both are correct (b) Both are inco~r~ct (e) Only I . "'1 .

statemehis is'} are found t~ be incorrect? j' . .:, ')

...1,••.

(b) II and 1I1"~o. (e) I and II

was the' head ~f the joint family and was known as Crihapati.' ~"mw'J" j .,"'.

21. Which of the followin'g

!(irgely rural based. Th~Aryans had knowledge of agriculture and it was their main occupation. Only I Only II i and II Neither I nor II

B. Sama-Veda

III. The king led ~~ietribe in battle and ensured.their protection; in return for whi~h the people rendered him obedience a[1d voluntary gifts.' ,,,' , (a) I, II and 1.11'

12. Tick the correct statement out of the following:

is/

I. In early Vedic society, the king was by no means an autocrat :::: '~:\' ~. ';." II. The King's powers were limited by the 'will of people' expressed in the Sabha qr Samith '

statements isl

I: The Aryanswere semi-nomadic pastoral people:' II. The Aryans originally inhabited the area around the Caspian Sea in Central Asia. III. The Aryans entered India, probably, through the Khyber Pass (Hindu Kush Mountains) around 1500 BCE. (a) I and II (b) II and III (c) I, II and III (d) . I and III

II.

Only II Both I and I! Neither I f10r II

14. Which of the following statements arefound to be correct?

is/

J. The economy of the Aryans was :

is/

first settled dOvvl"! in late~ mov~9 e~stwards all qver the G(,lngetic .

statements

are found to ~e corrE!ct?

II. The area of ~his civi!i~at!on extended frC?m~fgh~,nist'!fl to Punjab and "Y!Z~t~(n Utt'lr Pr'ldesh, called Sapta:i!fJ.CJt:.gva,the Land of Seven Rivers.' (a) Only I •

Agriculture, h~fl;ing, fishing and rearing of animals/birds were the main Sources of livelihood of Harappan people. All ofthe above statements are

I. Atma is an atom of life, which is also called jeevatma or the living soul. II. Karma (Deeds) a~e good and bad actions human c'ommits during M

0

I. The Aryan~ punjab and and spre(ld plain.

Wheat, rice, milk, dates, egg and anima! flesh formed the staple fc;>odof t~~ people of Harappan Civ.i!i~ation. Cotton was first produced by the Indus Valley people.

17. Which of the following

The soul enjoy~'tl"!e fr4!ts of Punya or Pqa~ of the previous life in ttle Rresent life perioq. All of th~abov~ st~tements ~re correct.!

Wh'lchof'.the following Statements . . . arefound to bec~rrect2

out of the

statements is! are found to be incorrect?

4. Makran Coast

ABC

(c)

d

11. Which of the foilowing

3. Montgomery, Punjab

D. Sutkagendor

3 2 2 2

!I I, II and III II and III All are correct.

2. Larkana, Sindh

B. Harappa

(a) (b)

(d)

(d)

! and

Tick the correct statement following: '.. (a)

I. Most of the Harappan sites were located in the floodplains of the Indus and Ghaggar-Hakra rivers

Before the advent of radio carbon dating, the Indus Valley Civilization was dated by

t',

,

Post-urban phase wa~ marked with decline of civilization Many Harappan sites were abandoned .Both are correct. Both are incorrect Only I Only II

vested with merc~~nts and traders. (a) (b) (c) (d)

I and II Only I Only II Both 'are incorrect

Daro I.

III. Lea(jership is said to ~ave been

(c)

Which of the following is/are the features of 'Mature Harappan' stage of Indus Valley Civilization? (a)

3.

Indus Valley Civilization was the earliest civilization that flourished in India on the banks of river Indus. Indus Valley Civilization's frontiers were extending from Manda on the Chenab river near Jammu in the north to Daimabad, on the Godavari in Ahmednagar in South. It embraces 200 sites in the Kutch-Saurashtra region of Gujarat out of more than 1000 and above sites all over. Only I I and II II and III I, II and III

is/

I. Prior to the emergence pf the Aryans in India, the Indus Valley was cradle of a highly d~veloped civilization II. The Indus Valley Civilization was flourished during the same period as the ancient civilizations of Egypt, Babylonia. and Assyria

is/

are co rrect? I.

statements

The soul never dies but is reborn after each life p~riod is over.

C,

i

c

•

"'.0

'.

i"

1

",

, .J

.';. 4

.;,2

3

,1~, .'. 3

3

4

1

4'

I

~

I'

'

•......

••

.;i":~ii'

:;-

~ !!i

;1

C.84

Chapter 1

,1,:

History of India and Freedom Struggle "

25. Match the CO!UffiOS: ,",

A. North

1. Samrat.

B. South

2. Svarat

C. East

3. Viral

D. West

4. Bhoja

(a) (b)

D

3

4

1

,

2

4

(d)

2

4

2

"'3

i

1

,

'1

3'

:3

2

,

,

I. hater Vedic period was also called , "the' Brahri1Qr,icai' age' which came very close to modern Hinduism. II. Women enjoyed freedom and respect in .Later Vedic period but their status deteriorated compared to the earlYVedic period. .¥'-

(a) "Both, are incorrect (b) ; BO,thare correct (c) ,Only I, "

1,

B. Dha'nurveda"i:

'j I

,

out of the

28. Match the columns:

C. Dharma Sutras

,

d

,'2f .1

'1',,,';'::,.\' I:'. !t.-,:;(.i'

2

,Column II (Deals with) 1. Vedic Sacrifices 2. Duties of a family man 3. Social laws and duties

I.

'".'

D. Shifpaveda

4. Medicine

B

't

(a)

4

2

3"

(b)

4

3

2

(c)

4

3

(d)

4

,

"[)'

:

,

4

'4\' ~.•

3

3J

4

1

A. Vaishali(2n~~ 8. patliputra(3rd)

(a)

From 'the sixth century BeE the cuitiyable'land came t~ be considered as familial , ' properties. People begariowing strong allegiance to the janapadas or the territ6~Y to which they belonged alJd not the janos or tribes. • Only I

,

",",

(b) (c) (d)

Only II",: I and II ;"i' : Neither I norlk

,

2

2

3

Column..! (Vedangas)

t,

Column II (Deals with)

,

~i

II.

,

30. Match the columns: '

It Nirukala

In the EpiCage, the Aryan tribes established themselves in the entire northern India., (b) The land between,the Himalayasand Narmada, "river was divided into ~ixteen independent states. (c) . Two greatepics, the Mahabharata an'd the Ramayana, were the real source of inform~ti6n abo'ut the socioreligious life of the people in ,this Epic age. (d) All of the above

B. Griha Sutras

3',

Matchthe columns: 36 ' . ., l" list I .~1St II (BUddhist Council) (Chairman)

0

32. Whichofthe folloWi~g is/are foul1(j •• be the correct statement? ~

3. Art of war;fare

1. Meter 2. Proflunciation ,3~ Astronomy

11

~'!Ph

,J'

B

C

D

(a)

,

4

2

3

(b)

4

2

3

(c)

2

4

'3

A

,

(d)

Mahajanapadas?

4

' 3

Emergence of MahQjanapadas or Kingdoms

(b)

Uttar Pradesh~.

(c) (d)

Bengal , .• Both (a) and (b)

List II

A. Kosala , t
1. Ayodhya

..

"'

,"

B. Surasena

..

2. Mathura 3. Meilwa 4. North Bihar'

1li

During the period of Brahmins

(b)

monopolized religion. Brahmins did not allow othen

"

!!? pe~?rrrt ••'1.nyreligious

(c)

cererTl°ny.,r. The peo'pie revolted against Bral1mahicaf exploitation d,,!; the peri()o MahajanapadlJ'.. All the statements are corred

'o{

(d)

"

.• .f~-'1.,

Growth' of' Buddhism and Jainism " '41',

35., Which of th~~foliowing was/wert' causes for the rise of Buddhism? (a) (b) (c)

kingdom D. Vajj; Kingdom

~I

Mahajanapadas,

kingdom

C. Awanti

•

(d)

Complicated and expensive Vedic rites. \ Domination'by Brahminsv.~' monopoiized the religion, Use of .difficult and outdat~ ,language in religioUS ceremonies. All of.the above

,..,

4

3

I

2

2

,

3

4

1

l,

4

3

1

3.

2

4

;1 _,

.'

(c)

3

,

2 4

(d)

4

3

2

, , 2

2

•

"

Which of the following was termed as the social influence of Jainism?

': ~.' ~

is/

Buddhis~'destroyed the rising militant sprit and fostered a sense of national' uhity and universal brotherhood. Buddhism struck a fatal blow to the caste system ahd fostered an atmosphere of. peace, stressed on purity of.life and mental upliftment. . Only I , Only II "', Both are correCt Both are incorrect

42.

Mahavibhasha Kaivalya ' Asceticity Puma Gyan,

Matchthe columns:' ,. .• io'~ •.:11 list II ~ S~etanbaras 1;JThose"whb \ are . free from every .'bond !, ~ant 2." S'pace-c1ad, naked" .' : '; grantha 3.;White clothes' ',dad : Cgambaras 4. R!!fers to one who has attained • Nirvana

Which of the following statements regarding features of Magadha Empire is/are cqrre<;:t? Trade flourished due to favourabl~ geograpl:lical ' location and the rich, fertile soil ofthe lower Ganga region. II. Iron' deposits in the regi~n " proved useful fornl~king , better agricultura'l<;luip,Ments and providing more weapons for the army:' ''.(a) landll ' r'. (b)- Only I (c) Only" (d) .Neither I nor II

Patna Rajgriha "

44.

,.

""

Ajatshatru!killed'hiS'father _ and become the ruler of Magadha. (a) BindLlsara'; (b) Mahapadm~ I.e J';>.J '(cj' Bimbisara" , (d) Chan&agupta

':::'; rt-f." .."'\J ",\ ~. .•. '

j','

Jl'

' t.\- ,.), to. :J~,; ,;-..f-e. .t~ J';,1: i "~'.

Alexander's Invasion (Greek Invasion) . '0.,.. '.~

45.

~ -V

1(,,'

'J~ V'/

1,

.O:t

Which of thefolfowi~gJ;~aWwere the causes: of Alexahder's, success in India ?1" 'tI'11K ,U', (a) , A we"~disdpliHe<:l"illldsuperior Greek army J""';"u '

I

'),")h"H

-

,
C~85

'

,

(a)

It opened up free intercourse1 'between India and the west rand Strength~!n~d comm,ercial ties"J '. (b) ,Techniques of coinage i':i) Ideveloped. \' r (dl (c) .Cultu'raiexch~lnge tqok plase, ,espeCially, in tne field of art, ' 'find architecture. -. \ ,,/ ,(d)'Allof.the~bov'e!J ,","i! 1':')" 'c<);~:t.(l'~ "UOI ~I: I';

The Mauryan:Emplre! (j20'"f ~,4.t r't;-,.niV',,t.l!:net,,.,-»

lso BCE)

,\ I ~, 47. L.,which of, theJfoljowing'jstatements -ds/iiref()undto becorrett? '

r.'

,"of

ChahdragliptiMa'u(yall

"expe!le.d Greel<sfrom Punjab and Siridhand brought under his rule the whole'ofnorth India from Pataliputratc;>:rj' Hindu-Kush mountains in the northwest and' to'Narmiida in the South. '("IV Ill' ,It. ,Bindusaraexter:rded the .., ki~~gdom upioMys~'re,~. (al. Both I and" :"(b)l~Orilyl ie,',: ,. "(c)071lyli '~.r' ,:(, (d) Neither rnoriL" ;~(W

'4

q,

(c) (d)

' ;

M,

The capital city of lic~chavis dynasty was . (a) ,Pataliputra, (b) ,Vaishali

; Whichof the follbVling was an integralpart of the doctrine Cif Jainism? Attainment tfNi~vana Beliefin Ahimsa' Beliefin Karma' Allof the above .

"

.t_ ,_

I.

43.

"F'

46. ' Which" of. iHe following can be termeda'S'the influence of Alexander invasion 6n Inaia? L \," .' ,p-t

Magadha: ~mpire (Sixth (entv~fourth (enturyBCE) '"

,3 Vardhaman Mahavira attained perfect knowledge which is known as ___ at the age of 42,

la) (b) Ie) ld)

4 4

-'", --:

North WeStlfirnridia was'divided l;i':l~oir9~~quS sm;lIj~~t~;;." ~': (c) Outda.ted was techniques " "" v, foliowedbyttie'liidian~mA :, 'soldi~rs. ; , . "(d) Ali:.o(the above~.f,;t" _ {bf- l!

Weakening of Caste System Constriction of innS; sc~ools and hospitals (cl. Development qf newsty.l~in art and architecture ' (d) , All of the above'

I.

11.Whichof the fo!lowi~g statements arefound to be correct? '

(a) (b) (e) (d)

3 3

~' ,,"'

(b)

D

(a) (b)

(e)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

34. Tick the correct statement out oil": following: ,'Jl ,~

3'. Match the columns:. List I

:-q (

4. Vasumitra

(d)

II.

,

C

(b)

41.

BCD

~~~,

B

(a)

3. Mahlnda

A

(b)1

.'

',,' (a) , Bihar

(a)

2

(a)

A

','"

1. Sabba,kami 2. Mogaliputta' Tisa ' ,

C.Tambapanni ' (4th) O.Kashmir(5th)

33. Whictl of. th,e.v following reg:c': em~rgedasthe"centre of trade a~ c~mmer<;~ duri~.g' the period e

~,~

4. Etymology "

D. jyotisha

(a)

A. Srouta Sutras'

.'4: ' .

C. Gandharvaveda

C. Chhandas

Column' I '. (Sutra)

(b)

AI:ta~d n1~'sic

A. Kalpa Shiksha

Only II

27. Tick ~he correct statement following:

3" •..•!

1. Artand literature

Hi/. '

(d)

2:

(c)

2

Column II (Deals with)

A. Ayurveda

26. Which of the following statem~nts is/ are found tcibe correct? ; ,

';.

(a)

(d)

(Upavedas),

C

3

3 1

",Ie

B'

,

A

C 3

2

Column I

B

3

B

29. Match the columns:

A

4

(c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'Column II ,(Ruler ship kriown a's)

Column I (Direction)

,

A

'

~'.j

,6\."

.~,

t'

'

~\..\

48. Who, among ,the following was the .",firstlndianking,who,cari'be called a n~tional njl~r:Z{\ )' 1 ( .• (a}s) 'Vikramiiditya ,.')1, (b): 'AjatshatitJ" ,.. I~"' (c) '';', th:a"'ndragupta 'r,.A" (d) Ashoka '10 O'~~L' ,,~', " ,':virr';1e't;,.j"::(4., "Ii'l \c) tlA b) 49. Which of th~. followi!;1gJ~tateme.':Its, is/are found,to be correct? I

tip

';'1.

Cna~afa~il~~a 'set a1i'lo"/ .~2 a'driiinistrii'tion'wlth au'tocratic' and centraliy tJa'sed'system helped by a,f6'iihcW'of ministers. ' ': '1'11. Chandr'~guRtacarved out an ", ''''C.''''effeaive'e~pionage organization 'IH61 "tbke~'p'watci1on his enemies. (a) Both are in~orrect , ,(b) •. pnly I,; ,,', , "'(c).' Only,lI'< . ""'.'~' " (d)~"'Bothl and il ,~- .

_

P

.~~

iI

Chapter 1

C.86 50.

Column

I

of the

2. Departmental Heads of the Empire

B. Adhyakshas

4. Chief Collector

D. Samaharta

C

0 4

A

B

(a)

1

2

3

(b)

1

2

4

3

(c)

1

3

2

4

(d)

1

3

4

2

,

51.

j••

)~;

.

54.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'(a) (b) (c) (d) 56.

Only II

Tick the correct statement

out of the

following:

57.

Ashoka's empire was divided into provinces with a viceroy in

(a)

each province. , Dharma Mahapatras were (b) '. appointed to Preach to the people during Ashoka's reign. (c) Buddhism spread during Ashoka's reign as a state religion and inscription of Buddhist principles were' engraved on rocks (d) All ofthe above statements are correct." ',' -

ta.

53.

":, ~

II II

"'ill

(c)

-J

(d)

Whic~. ~f t~e fol!~~ing,.statements is/arefSunga performed ,two famous 'Ashva~edha'Yaj~as' to. promote

i

(b)

'~"

.•

1 , •••

orthodo~ .J~~a~manical

faith

during his rl.!!e'1",f' II. The

last Sunga

abhumi

(c)

(d)

4

1

2

3

ruler,' Dev-

be~alT)~~•.victi,m of a

I~

"

58.

Vikramaditya

61.

jll'11v)~...

. , ,(a). Chandragupta I (b) Samudragupta (c) . Chandragupta II (d) None of the above

.'

62.

statements

I. Hiuen .Tsang

(d)

be correct?

(b)

'Sanskrit' was the official language,of the Guptas.

(c)

'Puranas' were composed during the Gupta age wh'cli is the information on Hind~ Sects, rites and customs in classical Sanskrit language,

(a)

Both~re correct'

(b) (c)

Both are incorrect~i " , Only I

(d)

Only II

(a) (b) (c) (d)

., founded CE 320?

Bhuktis were further subdivided into districts called Visayas, Tehsil or Pathaks and Villages or Gramas. I and II .. Only I Only II Neither I nor II income

in

<

Column II (Written by)

B. Ashtadhyayi

2. Varahamir,''1

C. Surya Siddhanta D. Navanitakam

3. SamudragUr:

4. Aryabhatta

Sati was prevalent empire. \r

Harshavardhana's

away the wealth from India' (c), Both (a) and (b) ,'iI-"n1..:,i ,: (d) . Ngne. of the above""

70.

(a)

Chalukyas'

(b)

Chandelas

(c)

Rajputs

(d)

Pratiharas

I (Rulers)

I{

\

Column"

,',:

~o "'(1'''':,

.-)

\1;

j

,r\t}

I"

l,!

':a

I (I.l-

L

,.~;J'~; J

0":

C. Parmaras

3. Bihar

B' 2 2

C 3

1

2

3

1

Ivi'ahmud Ghazni '1' '.

(b) Qutub.ud-Ciin:Aioak''v' (c) "Mcihammea Ghori' 11l (d) IItutmish I . 'I",U .;;)

(Areas)

2. Malwa

Which

H (,fi, . '''vJ

Bac:iHR1ttl');

T

Hindu

'x"

B. Senas

71.

and ._.

Who among', the follOWing laid the foundation of the Muslim dominion in India?; ,!II;;\ (, .,.>l' (a)

1. ~engal

(d)

l,.

celebrated

~rl\v . ci

75.

A. Palas.

1 3 3 2

Ghazni"attacked most

(bkArriarnathi ,1.'17" r~..• (c) . ,Ke<:larn~th' _ ." j,.jt' ~~.:, (d) Som/.lath .

Western and

Match the columns:

11,n(

76.

\

'.'~

Which of the following is/are the 1~ '• '., ". ,. \ J1 factors resrJOnsible for the success of Muslims in"lh"dia?J'6'U(»1 lPl

• • (a)"" L"ilck"of'unityariCl organization':! among Rajputs ','}'"u:'vl (b), ,SniaJI and Scatt~!~d king90ms (c) Buddhism made, the Indian " ''- _~-ma~s-es)i~idarll:l, ~~akened , )(their., '-military attitude? - _.r ., ... 'J' ,.

1

of the fol/owing

(~~"',l.AI~9f}~~,~p<;>ve,J,~.a

statements

.

is/are found to be correct?" " I. The Rajputs were proud,

77. war

\<:1)

Which (of .t~e{f(jllowirigrstatements is/are found to be correct? () > I.'

like people but hospitable.

Aroak waf

;

,

,

~',;I+

a .furkish~Slave who

was piircnaseCi 6y'M'oha n:;m'ed L

II.'

rheCaste .

1/1.

System wklrigid. "

Culturally,

;

by

them

many

(MP),

such

'Ghorfi1l1J

'.~

"

great

tre~ses and temples.were

(C) Both are incorrect !d) Both are correct

•••••

in

force

emerged

central India after Harshavardhana?

Harsha's

Who among the. following Chinese !.laVelierstayed in India durin'g the f<:gn of Harshavardhana?

In CE 1025, oJ'..,;.

Who among the following

,

(a)' Ito spread Islam in India, , (b). oto enrich himself by taking

,

69.

(c)

(a) Only I (b) Only II

;

Which of the lfollowirig wa~ the ,,-objectiveoLMahmud Ghazni's inva: sions in India?,. {;- ." • "'"

(a)

(b)

in

73.

flour-

raided the temple of

(a)

Which of the following statements is/arefound to be i/.lc!>rrect?

ttl;

LI ;~..

The Rajputs (c~650-1200)

A

(a) Agriculture (b) Village Fairs (c) Land Tax I (d) All of the above

a

1. Panini

ished during period. "

Column

source of Harsha'sEmpi~~ was

Medieval India

74.

I. Harsha was initially Hindu but later on converted to Buddhism.

A. Kaviraja

Nalanda,

a Buddhist university which

of Harsha was provinces called

'S The main

.' ,

~

Both I and II Only I, Only II . Neither I nor II

The empire divided into Bhuktis.

Battle of Haidlghati

.: '"

(a) (b) (c) (d)

:1.There was no Purdah system but Column I (Notable works)

Indians

but h~nest and

observed that there was no death sentence.

as a powerful

'Mahabharata' and 'Ramayana' were given the last touch in the Gupta penn:

' l ,LI Match the columns:

describ~d

as hot tempered,

II. Hiuen Tsang studied-at

II.

correct..

t, ~..•..•

II. Gupta rulers built large number of high stu pas in Sarnath (Uttar Pradesh) Ratnagiri (Odisha) and Mirpur Khan (Sindh)

I,

Only I andll I, II and III II and III I and III

All the given statementszrt

Barnier

Which,'M tne'f6I1owi~g' b1B:1[ledto theestabl1shment 1'6f 'Muslim rule over North India?) ••,;, '",.~l V'

1

" Which of the following statements is/arefound to be correct

<4

Tick the correct statement out of t":

(d)

(d)

7i

(a) . Fir~t Battl~'6(Terrain ("Ii ',~~,f:' ,., I, ;:.'.,,1 )' (b) Second Battl~,?!,;,~rrai? rJ (c) Battle of Talikota

~:rshovordhana(CE 606-647)

following: (a)

(c)

Hiuen Tsang Itsing

~.",

I}

III. Chandragupta Vikramaditya fI' corded his observations in ~. book 'Ghokilki' (an enquiry il:': India) • (a) (b) (c) (d)

Fahien.'

I. Gupta Arts included 'Nagara' and Dravida' style of architecture.

I. Samudragupta never sufferedI defeat in the battlefield. II. Chandragupta

4

'I.-

(a) (b)

C.87

Which of the following"statements is/are found to be correct?

68.

,; 2

is/are foundto

Which of the following statemer':l is/are found to be correct?

,

v.. Who among the following the Gup,adynasty around rft

4

53, Which of the following

moved foreign rule comp!E'.;" from India. ;',

out of the

2

l 60.

4

1

3

1 3 2'

3

2

(d)

3 4 3

,2

4

3: Grammar D 2 2 1

0

1

C. Vetalabatia

ABC 4 1 4

,

3 3

4 ..~strology 'rio

C

1

(e)

D. Sanku

,. B

(a)

1. ,Architecture

(b)

The Gupta Dynasty (cE3209-550) •

in

2. Magic

(a)

'Kadphises' ruled from CE 50 to CE 78 and Kanishka's rule started from CE 78 onwards. The Kushana empire began as a central Asian kingdom and expanded into Afghanistan and north-western India. Kanishka's empire included most of Afghanistan, the eastern most part of Xinjiang in China" and extended up to the north of the Oxus river in Central Asia. All of the above statem~nts are correct ...

(Contribution th~ field of)

B. Vararuchi

Both are iricorrE!ct Both are correct .Onlyl Only II

Tick the correct statement following:

A

II

(b)

(a) Mathura (b) . Agra (c)' Purushpur (d) Kanpur

'Onlyl

Column

A. Kshapanaka

Which of the following cities was the first capital of Kushans?

Both are correct

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Match the columns:

Column I (Name of Person)

II. Kushans ruled in two dynasties "Kadphises' and 'Kanishkas'.

Ashoka's empirecovered the whole territory from Hindu Kush to Bengal and extended over Afghanistan, Baluchistan. II.. ,Ashoka was the first Indian king' wh.a: rul~d over almost the

(a)

Simuka Gautamiputra Narayana Sanku

59.

I. Kanishka was the main ruler of Kushans and well known for starting 'Saka era'.

'II.'

(d)

are incorrect are correct I II

Which of the following statements is/are found to be correct?

55.

Which of the,Joliowing statements is/are found to be correct?

(b) ,;," (c)

Both Both Only Only

Who among the following destroyed Sungas' power and established Satavahans kingdom?

. Tax

whole 9f India.;' .(a) , B9t,",are incorrect

52.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

3. Chief Treasurer

C. Sannidhata

i

II

1. Officials throne

A. Amatyaramatya

I I

conspiracy masterminded by his Brahmin minister, Vasudeva.

Match the columns:

Column

I

11""1'

forbuilt

as ,Khajuraho

Sun . Temple

(Konark)

and Jagannath Temple at PurL (a)

I and 1/

(bHI

and III

(c)

I and III

(d) I, II and III

•.

II.

j'

"")qt.i

. _, '.'

.. " " •.. ,~

,t.

.,

.,

After the"death 'of Mohd Ghori,

':;

".Aib~.~~,ec~Te.Jh.c;,!!]a;t~.r of .£3 , Hindustan and founded the 'Slave -dy~asty'in 1206' (a) I and II ,. '.. r)

ci

(b) (c)

Only I Only II "

(d)

Neither

_,

:: • :_'

"ii~rII '

'

(.)

'i'

~

Chapter 1

C.88 78.

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Qutub-ud-din-Aibak, died and was succeeded by (a) (b)

in

1210

84.

IItutmish Aram Baksh

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Rajia Sultana Balban "

79.

Which of the following dynasties dethroned the slaves and established their rule at Delhi throne?

Tick the eo~reet s~atements OUt~ the,following:' , (a)

Khilji Sayyid Lodhi Tughlaq

(b)

Qutub Minar was built by

80.

85.

(a)

Aram Baksh

(b) (c) (d)

IItutmish Rukn-ud-din Bahram Shah

Which

of the following

statements

is/are found to be. correct?

81.

(a)

Only I'

•(b)

Only II

(c)

Bothl and II

(d)

None of the above

whiCh, ot'th'e

(a) (b) (c) (d) 86.

'following

statements

is fare foiJhi:t" to b"eincorrect? .~

.

,~.,.t ....."- ","

I. Razia,was the first and only Muslim lady whoever ruled India?, ," 'J

87.

II. Razia was killed by her own brother Muizud-din~Behram w~enshe triedto,reeapture throne of [)elhi from him. (a)

Only I

• ,':'

iJ

correct

.

(b)

Onlyll

(c)

Bbttiare

(d)

Both are incorrect

"I' .-' ~';."

:'tc:::

'.

Which of' the following, statements is/are founded to be correct? I. Alaud-din-Khilji invaded Devangiri, and conquered Warangal and Mysore, the Hindu kingdoms of the South. II. Alaud-din-Khilji was an able administrator and known for the rapid expansion of Khilji domination.' ",,',',

I. IItutmish eonsolidated'all Turkish conquests and reasserted his ••." supremacy .in the entire~ north. II. IItutmJsh introduced the silver coin (tanka) and the copper coin (Jital)

' •.•

8,2.

Ticktl1e eor[e~t stat~ment following:..

,<".

t;f'

Chandery~rdai

(bj

Gl;laziKhan

(c)

Amir Khusro

(d)

Faizi

Tick the correct the following:

'.

(b) (c)

-,...,~ ..

- _

(b)

Alaud-din set up an efficient espionage system and also introduced various price control measures.

(c)

t,

;

~

_, I

Balban established 'Diwan-i, arz'. to reorganize his army. Balban introduced

rigorous

'1)'-.., eou~~d!s~i~line ~~d new j,

,"~;u,<;u~!..o~~~ ~o,proy~_h.i.s superiority to Turkish nobles. (d) vAil of the apove.

83.Wno

amongjhefolioWil)g

was the

'iMi' .•...ruler bf,tRe slaVe'dyn~sty? ~, 1\ .. ,.", '~r"',f1Vt.vJ. (a)

Balban ~

(b)

Kaiqubad

(c) (d)

Rukn-ud-din Masud Shah

(d)

88.

91.

....

(b)

Both are incorrect

'"'. .,,:.\

. (c) (d)

Only I Only II ,

Mohammad-bin Tughlaq shifted his capital from De" to Devangiri in 1327 and ", renamed Daulatabad. Mohammad-bin-Tughlaq introduced token coins of brass and copper which hld the same value as silver eo:r.l All of the above statementsl1 correct. ~,

Financ(allnstabillty,

Column (Author)

(Tl1!atise)

(d)

1. Alberuni

S.ShahNama

2. Firdausi

C Khamshah

3. Amir KhusralJ

(a)

' ..

2

3

4

3-'

2

4"

1

2

1

3

(4

(d)

2

3

1

4

,5,

(d)

'.'

.....••

".~t"

,', i-, ~

Tick the' ~~rreci:' statem~n~' out the following: " ",

,~ Tick the correct statements . ' Ill, theof IIOWing:

out

B~bur'defe~te'd Ibrahim Lodhi in the first Battle ofPanipat in

(b) ,

Babur defeated Rana Sanga at Khanwa'in iS27and oee'upied Agra. .. ' Babur defeated the Afgha'ns in the Battle of Ghaggra in 1527 and became the master of entire India

(b) (e)

of

The Sufi doctrine was based on union with Gcid which can be achieved thro'ugh love of God, prayers fasf.and rituals, without refere'nce,to Hindu or Muslim ..• '~ ,," The Sufi's formed orders under a Peer or Shaikh.'~ .• " The Bhakt'( m~ve~ent 'was

i\lhich of the following:statements :,'arefOund to be correCt?

c+z

'All of th~ ~bove statements correct:

are

".. ,11.:.0..1">

'/'

' ..ll~

(a) , Agra

."

,',

his

"j

(b) (c) (d)

Sikandra ", Fatehpur Sikri' ,'.- •. Delhi ;h..r L. .~;....* I~ ,; 103., Tick the corre,~t statem~nts thef~llowin9:'"

"

.~) I>A

out

f)

~,'.• "'.".•\

. -'.

(a)

'(6), (c) (d)

~.~: c#

•

,~~.":

,..

104. Wl1ieh ~f the ;~lIo~i~~' stat;i:nents , is/are found to be c6riect?' ,""1 ' •

,-,j

t'

~f ~,')';"

•

IJ

Orr;She

II. Jahangir issued coins jbintly in NurJahan's name and'his own (ci)" "andlll": ". l' ,-" (b) "lIahd'ill' .., ancfll I, II and III' ~

ti~I"'~

105. Who among the ,following came to Jahangir's court,in 1608 as a representative of East India Company? (a)

Sir.Thomas Roe

(b) (c) (d)

Captain William Hawkins John Shore " Sir John'Bayerd'

II

106. Which' cif the 'following statements is/are found to be correct? ' .' • - ,,' ,..

; .. ~,~,f'!:.l-..

1,

II: ' Though initially Jahangir resisted, ,he later' on\ granted permission to :

post at Surat. ".' ,_ '''"'1,' (a) Both are ccirred -. " (b) Both' are incorrect 'C. '

t

Humayun Shershah Suri"

~

the En~j'lish,to !!stablish atrading

Lah?~e., .,,' ,', All of the above ..~

"

I. Jah.angir married Mehr-un-nisa in 1611,and later Was given _. ," .~ '\ '>~ '~. .• ' the title 'Nur Jahan'; "

Allahabad_~,

':~gra:<:":,~;:',,:<: "

101. Tulsidas, the great Hindi'poet, during theperidd of !,' ' . (a) (b)

(d)

I. In 1615, Sir Thomas Roe, an 'ambassador of king'Ja'mes of 'England cam'e to Jan~rigir's 'court.

100. Which'of the foli0liVin9 fort was built by Mughal emper'o~, Akbar? ~Jt'l!:.-'l"'"'.

.

Akbar's attitude towards' Hindus was veryiconciliatory . All of the above statements are correct, ',' \. 11" : ,j

~

(ch I,Qn,Iy I", "-. t,:Jf 1;1.~: (~). 0Dly)I~"._ "c.:, , ....•• ~ ...

of

,I.',

Akbar is c'onsider~d'the

(c)

(e)1 (d)

I. As a revolt 'against the orthodoxy . and bigotwof.reUgious priests, Akbar'prodaimed a'new religion, Din-i-liahi, inJ581.h , II. The new religion,was based on a ,synthesis of value,s taken from several religions like Hinduism, Islam, Jainism and Christianity. (a)':,'Both are correct " (b) Both are incorrect. ,;

,w ..•

Which of the following was the I"' • cause of deCline of Delhi Sultar..;',

"

99. ,Which" oL the\followingstatements is/are-found to ,be correct?

based on th'e d'oetrirl'e" that the relationship between'God and Man is tn'rough~loveand worship rather iha~' through , ..••••• #-.•• jto;" . performing any ritual or religious ceremonies. ; (d) All of the above state~ents are correct ' , ... .~""p',:r~ ~n

. l

;526."'"

(d)

,')0,.,'

(a)

of

(a),

(c)

Neither Inor II

4 \.

102. Akbar was buriedat~after deatb., •

real founder of the Mughal empire inln'dlci bEica'u'seHe consolidcitedtne empire J' I'successfully. '>-'1,,1',3 ~ ., i (b)", He was thefirstMuslim,ruler who, divorced religion from politics.. , 1 r. .I\ '

The Mughol Dynasty' 0 S26~1 540 ond 1555-:-1857)

I. Muslim invasions brought Islam to India which led to,conflict between Hinduism and Islam: II. This conflict resulted in the development of two popular movements during the period: the Sufi and the Bhakti movement.~ (a) Only I' !' (b) Only II I(It' (c) Both I and U ,:

"-wi"

, ,)

(a)

: ll-'~

98.

c~

:•• ;

1,11and III

Which of the'.following, statements is/arefound to be correct?

out ~

(a) Despotic ,and militar~ ty~;' '''', , government which did r,•.. h'.we,the,confidenee of pe:,

1

(e)

(a) Babur and Sikander Lodhi (b) . Babur and Ibrahim Lodhi (c) Babur and Daulat KhanlaC (d) 'Mughals and Marathas. 93.

CD,.

••

1"""

'l!r"',A

" and III' I and ilL

,'-.

(b)

The First Battle of Panipat wasfo~; ..

B,

~ J

<:'"

Jiihangir'[;.

(c) (d)

4. Ibn Batuta

A

(d)

(b)

.. l

retired. AII~f the above statementl1'

between

II

l Tahquq-i-Hind

correct. 92.

(c) ,"Akbar

II. Guru Nanak w~nte'd his fQllowers to eat together in a common kitchen called a 'langar' without consideration of any caste or ' religion. III. Guru Nanakexpressec(his ideas in the forrn of Verses in his book 'AdiGi'anth'. ' (a) .•.., and II

~,

Column I

N'ilncik descdBedGbd

! "'I"IL\;Vithtiufaiiy:referen1£t6 Hindus or MusliiTis.' ',.j ;'>'fllJ~,: ';,'1

All of the above ,I.' '. ' Match the c?lun:ms:

Which of the following statell1e" is/are foundto be 'correct? '

Tick the correct-statements the following:

,~r',.'J"TTGfirif

(d)

Mubarak Shah succeeded Khizr Khan at the throne aflf' his successful expeditions against Mewatis, Katiharsa~ the Gangetic Doab area. (b) . The nobles put Muhammad Shah on the throne after the billings ofMubarak Shah. (c) Alqm Shah, the last Sayyid king, d~scended in favour of Bahlul Lodhi and himse~

are

( After the deathbf Alaud-din Khilji, Kafur, a rege'nt i'n the Alaud-din's court seized the ,thromiin 1315. II. Kafur himself was illiterate bu't gave encouragement and accolades to great ~oets of Khilji era, Amir khusroand Amir 'Hassan." " • Both are correct

(c)

(a)

Which of the following statements is/are found to be incorrect?

(a)

'

..,

Mohammad-bin Tughlaq ascended the throne in CE 1325.

I. The Malwa, Gujarat and Share; kingdoms broke away from ~ Sultanate after the death of Firoz Shah Tughlaq. II. During Timur's invasion, Punjab, Jammu, Delhi, HaridlW Nagarkot fell without much opposition marking end of Tughlaq dynasty. (a) Only I (b) Only II (c) land II (d) Neither I nor II

Though Alaud-din-Khilji himself was an illiterate, he was a patron of art and learning. All of the above statements . correct.

(b)' The Sulta-nat~'l:iecame too vaSt and could not be controlled effectively. L" r . i •,• ' ..'

0, Kitab-ul-Rahla 90.

out of

Alaud-din-Khilji was very severe with Hindus.

'"

$u

statements

(a)

out of the

'. (a) "Balban dissolved "Chalisa' 1 and established peace in o andaroLlnclDelhi; instead of expanding 'th;€ Itanate.

(d)

II I II are incorrect

(a)

the

' \'"

I and Only Only 'Botti

(c)

Who among the' following Was the court poet of Alaud-din-Khilji?

',.j"""

j

89.

C.89

lived

(c) (d)

Only,': Only II

107: Tick the correct the following:

statements

out

of

•••

II

C.90 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Chapter 1

History of India and Freedom ~~ruggle C.91

Nizam Shahi's dynasty of Ahmednagarwas brought under Mughal control in 1633 by Shahjahan. The Deccan Sultanate of Bijapur and Golconda accepted Shilhjahan's sovereignty in ,1636. Shanjahan reconquered Kandhar in 1638 and routed the Uzbeks at Balkha in 1647. All of the above statements are correct.

108. Which of the following statements is/are found to be incorrect? I. Shahjahan's reign is said to have marked the pinnacle of Mughal dynasty and empire. II. The Red Fort, Jama Masjid and Taj Mahal are some of the magnificent structures built during his reign. (a) All are incorrect (b) All are correct (c) I and III ' (d) II and III 109. Tick the q>rrect the following:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

statements

out of

Aurimgzeb's empire extended from Kashmir in the north to Jinji in the South and the Hindu Kush in the west to Chittagong in the east. Aurangzeb was a Muslim fanatic and demolished many Hindu Temples. Aurangzeb captured Guru TegBahadur, the ninth Sikh Guru, in 1675 and executed him when he refocused to embrace Islam. All of the above.

110. Who among the following succeeded to the throne in 1707 after the death of Aurangzeb? (a) (b) (c) '(d)

L

iI

--------------11

~

Bahadur Shah ' Jahandar Shah Farukhsiar Mohammad Shah

111. Who among the 'following was known as 'Saiyad brothers' of Barah in Indian history? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Shah Aiam I and Shah Alam II Mohammad Shah and Jahandar Shah Abdullah Khan and Hussain Ali Farukhsiar and Jahandar Shah

112. Which of the following was/were the important causes for the decline of the Mughal Empire? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Aurangzeb's Rajput,Deccan and religious policies Rise of European power in India Factionalism among nobility after Aurangzeb All of the above

117. Match the columns: Column I (Name of Treatise)

Column II (Author)

A. Danun-i-Himanyun

',. Khwand .. Amair

B. Ain-e-Akbari

2.' Badauni

C. Tawarikh

3. Abul Fazal

D. Humayun

113. Nadir Shah, a Persian king, invaded India during the reign of (a) (b) (c) (d)

Bahadur Shah I Jahandar Shah Mohammad Shah Shah Alam II

114. Nadir, Shah's invasion broke the Mughal Empire. Which' of the following rulers became independent after Nadir Shah's invasion? (a) (b) (c)' (d)

Saadat Ali Khan, Governor of Awadh Allvardi Khan, GoVernor of Bengal The Rohillas in the Ganges Valley All of the above

I. To liberate India from Muslim rule, Shivaji was the most powerful ruler.

III. (a) (b) (c) (d)

A (a)

4

(b)

4

1

2

1

2

1

1

2'

3 3

(a)

Third Anglo-Maratha

,(b) (c) (d)

Second Anglo-Maratha War Third Battle of Panipat Battle of Wandiwash

War

'),

119. Tick the correct statement out ofl!'! following: (a)

All are correct Only III land III II and III

Vasco-da-Cama, a PortugUelf Sailor, arrived at Calicut on May 27,1498 The Portuguese established political power along the we:! coast of India Vasco-da.Gama was succeed.~ by Captain Albuquerque~: conquered Goa in 1510 Aii ofthe above statementH~ correct; "v'

(d)

120. Which of

of tlie .following

Till 1690, Pulicat was the ch:tf trading centre of the Dutch anti afterwards it shifted to

Nagap'attiam. II. The Anglo~butch

rivalry wasl!

collapsed with their defeat by " English ih t~e battle of Bedera 1759:'I,~

(a)

I a'nd IIW"

(b)

Only I

All of the above statements correct.

(c) (d)

Only II Neither I nor II

II. In 1691, English were granted 'Farman' by Aurangzeb, which exempted the British Company from payment of custom duties in Bengal. (a) Both are correct (b) Both are incorrect (c) Only I (d) Only lit

India? (a) (c)

1624 1648

CE

(b)

CE

(d)

1664 CE 1674 CE

123. Which of the following

statements is/are found to be incorrect?

I. The French set up their centres near Madras and Chandernagore on the Hooghly to trade with India. II. The French established naval bases in the islands of Bourbon and Mauritius in the Indian ocean, (a) I and II (b) Only I (c) Only II (d) Both are correct

fast IndioCompany and British Rule '24, Who among

the following was instrumental in. laying the foundation of the British Empire in India?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Hastings Robert Clive Wellesley Dalhousie.

~2S, Which of the following

statements

is/arefound to be correct?

highdurin\{the late 17th and early'18tti'eentury till the Du:C ••.•

The Marathas e~t~red into an alliance with the Delhi court against Najib-ud-daula. are

statemr:

is/are found to be correct?

i.

I. During 1686, the English declared war against Mtlghal emperor Aurangzeb in which the English lost all control of its settlements and factories in India to Mughals in 1688-1689. -

122. In which year did the French come to

118. Which of the following battles 9:'t a severe blow to, the prestige C' Maratha Power?

(c)

Maratha became powerful after the departure of Nadir Shah under the leadership of . the Peshwas. The Peshwas conquered (b) Deccan kingdoms and aspired to bring Delhi and Punjab under their control.

(d)

D

3

4

(a)

(c)

3

Begum

C

4

Shivaji's method of warfare was Guerilla Warfare.

out

'2

.'

(c)

(b)

statements

B

4; Gulbadan

(d)

Shivaji. conquered the forts of Torna, Rajgarh, Pur-andar and became an independent ruler.

116. Tick the correct the following:

Nama

Modern India

115. Which of the following statements is/are found to be correct?

II.

Which of the following, statements e correct.

(a) . (b) (c) (d)

121.is/are foun db?to

I. On arriving in India, the British EastIndia Company had to face Dutch and French opposition as they were the main contestants for political supremacy over India. , .• II. In the Carnatic Wars between the French and the English, the latter finally defeated the French in the Battle of Wandil.yash to gain Control over South India.

I and,lI Only II Only I Both are incorrect

permanent centralizeq control of the British Par,liament? w' I "J

126. Match the columns: Column

I

'Column

A. Treaty of Paris B. First Anglo-Mysore War C. Treaty of Salbai D. Battle of Buxar A 1 1

(a) (b)

(c)

B

2 2

(d)

II

,. 1763 2.1769 3. 1782 4. 1764

2 3

C 3 2

1

,3

3

1

D

/

4 4 4

Clive Warren Hastings Cornwallis Lord Wellesley

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1797 1799

(b) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

1798 1800

I. In 1758, Robert Clive was appointed the first Governor of Bengal by the English East India Company. II. Clive remained in England from 1760-1765 and on his return in 1765, the emperor ceded to the company the Diwani of Bengal, Bihar and Odisha. (a) I and II (b) Only I (c) Only II (d) Neither I nor II

Satara Nagpur 'Ihansi All of the above

(b) (c)

(d)

The first Railway line between Bombay and Thane was opened in 1853 lri 1853, Calcutta and Agra were connected by telegraph. P.W,D. was set up and also Widow Remarriage Act, 1856 was passed. ,All onhe abovestatements are correct , '

135. Who'among the following the Ramakrishna Mission? (a) (b) (c) (d)

130. Which of the following Acts gave a legalized working constitution to the CompanY's dominion in India? Pitt's India Act, 1784 Indiantharter Act, 1793 Regulating Act, 1773 Govt, of India Act, 1858

131. Which of the following passed by the British to put the company's

Acts was Parliament affairs in

founded

Ra~akrishna Pa'ramahamsa Vivekananda Dayanand Saraswati Sister Nivedita

136. The Arya Samaj was'founded/in year _ (a) (c)

i875 1877

(b) (d).

(a) (b) (c) (d)

the

1876 ,)874

137. Who among tbe fo~owing the Arya'Samaj? '

British Rule

The The The The

Stabilize land revenue Create a loyalcc)ntented class' of Zamindars abolish peri()dic auction of , Zamindari rights All of the above

134. Tick the correct statements regarding the achievements of the tenure of Lord Dalhousie in India. '

129. Which of the following statements is/are found to be correct?

(a) (b) (c) (d)'

,

133. Which of the folldwing states wast were annexed under the Doctrine of Lapse by the Britishers? • ' '. \ ~ i

128. Tipu Sultan, died 'in '_during the Fourth A~glo 'Mysore War, (a) (c)

.

132. The Permanent Settle'me'nt of Bengal was introduced in 1793 with a view to

4

127. Who among the following was the Governor General of, British East India Company when the Britishers occupied Mysore ~fter the 'death of Tipu Sultan? . (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) 'The,Regulating Act, 1773 (b) The Indian Charter'Act, 1813 (c) The Govt. of India Act, 1861 (d) , The Pitt's India Act, 1784

founded ,.

Vivekananda ',.M: G. Ranade Dayananda Saraswati " Lala Lajpat Rai \, , ('j'

138. Which',i:>f the following statements is/are found to be correct? . I. RamakrishnaParamahamsa .emphasized that there are many roads to God and salvation, and that Service to man was Service to God.

:I!

11>1 I'

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Chapter 1 '

C.92

,II. DayanandaSaraswatibelieved that there was only one God who was to be worshipped in Spirit and not ip the form of idols and images. (a) I and II (b) Only I (c) Only II (d) Neitherl nor II 139. Who

amongtne

fo.llowing

wrote

(c) (d)

Observance of Direct Action 'Day by the Muslim League All ofthe above

144. Who among the following was the last Viceroy and the first Goir~rnor General of free India? (a) (b). (c) (d)

Lord Wavell Lord Linlithgow Lord Mountbatten C. Rajagopalachari

Vivekananda Ramakrishna Paramahamsa Dayananda Saraswati Badruddin Tayabji

Viceroys of Indio 140. Who' among the 'following was , . appointed the first viceroy of Brit.',sli "India after' Queen Victoria's proclamation? 0

~), n:.

~ ~

•

' .. " '_

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Lord Mayo Lord Canning' Lord 'Lytton Lo(d'Efgih t

141. Which of the followfng. statements is/are four;Jd to be correct? I.

The Indian Penal Code came into force during the tenure of [o'rd Canning.' The Indian Council Act 1861 was passed by the British Parliament for setting up of Legislative Councils in provinces and Indians were permitted to become members. Both are incorre~t Only I .., Only II Both are correct

II.

(a) (b) (c) '(d)'

142. Which of ~he following was,the main event during the time period of Lord Linlith,gqw as aViceroy of India? (a) (b)

Cripps Mission in India Quit Inpia Resolution by congress., . ',I 0, Beginning of the Second .WorldWar All of the above

(c) (d)

,I

143. The tenur~ ',of Lord Wavell , Viceroy of India witnessed .'

(a) (b)

f'

C. Rajagopalachari Rajendra Prasad B. R. Ambedkar S. N. Sinha.

146. Who among the following was the Prime Minister of' England when India got freedom in 19477

.'_

Cabin.et MissiO!1 Plan Fc:>rmati9,':1of an,lnterim Government

(a) (b) (c) (d),

Winston Churchill Clement Atlee Ramsay Matdonald john Major, ,

Indian Freedom Struggle

Grinder

(c)

Nova

147. 'Which of the following is/al'ecorrect?

(b)

(d)

statell1~ '54. Tick the correct statement regarding , the causes of failure of the rt:Jutiny. (a)

Disunity of Indians anq poor organization Lack of ~~o.rdination between Sepoys, Peasants, Zamindars and other class . Lack ~fcoinplete nationalism All the given statements are correct

(b)

(c) (d)

155.Match the columns: Column

II

' Column II (Area)

A. Vellore Mutiny

1. 1806

CE

B. Mutiny of the HIll Native

2. 1844 CE

A. Rao Tula Ram

1. Jagdishpur

B. Nana Sahib

2. Lucknow

C. Begum Hazrat Mahal

3. Kanpur ,.4.

infantry C. Mutiny of Sepoysof the 47th regiment at Barrackpore

Rewari

3, 182~ c~ '

statements

I. The Revolt of 1857 was the most dramaticinstante of traditional India's struggle against foreign rule. II. It was the culmination of a , century long tradition of fierce popular resistance tei British domination: ' ' III. The establishment of British power in India was a prolonged process of piecemeal conquest and co~so'lidatioh and the' celonization of the economy and the society. (a) , I and II (b) II' and III (c) 1,'11and III (d) I andH

(a)

Enfield

Column I

Column I (Leader)

D. Kunwar Singh

The Raniof jhansi:died fighting on June '17, 1858; 'I' Nana Sahib escaped to Nepal in January 1859;hoping to renew the str.uggle. All o(ihe above statements are correct.

(c)

Avenger

151. Match the columns:

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

(a)

1

2

3

4

(a)

1

2

3

(b)

4

3

2,

1

(b)

1

3

(c)

4

2

3

1

(e)

3

1

2

3

3

2

I

(d)

4

152. Which of the following is/are correct? :~

Ecenomic exploitation British, ,.,,'

of the

, British attitude of supremacy towards Indians (c) . ' Dissatisfaction in the Army due to poor status of soldiers (d) All ofthe above

2

(d)

stateme~tl

I. The important element in the revoltof1857 lay in Hindu, Muslim unity. II. People exhibited patriotic sentiments without any touchr1 communal feelings. III. It began as a mutiny of soldiers, but soon turned into a revolt against British rule in general. (a) (b) (c) (d)

148. Which of the following was the main cause ofthe Re\!olt of 18577

as the

'(b)

I. Mangal Pandey, an Indian SepoJ of the 34 regiment, on March 29 1857, killed two British officers~ parade at Barrack pore. II. He was arrested; tried and hanged on AprilS, 1857. (a) Both are corrett (b) Both are incorrect (c) Only I (d) Only II

145. Who among the following was the first Indian' Governor General of Independent India?' (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

'(d) '.t 150. Which of the following is/are incorrect?

'Satyar~h Pra~ash'?, (a) (b) (c) (d)

(b)

149. Which' of' the, following rifles lYal introduced by the Britishers wh . . 01! , . cartridges, were, said to have , greased cover. made of animal fat? I

.

"

•

land II II and III I, II and'lIl I and III

".

statements out c'

1

>

'"

•

A Viceroy was appointed in India Abolition of Doctrine of Lapse Religious freedom was restored and equal treatment was promised to Indians All of the above

'57.Which of the following is/arecorrect? '

'

'The British captured Delhi on September 20, 1857,and imprisoned Emperor Bahad~' Shah.

1

on November i, 1858, pl'acing India under direct government of the Crown, where by

(b) (c)

(d)

statements .'

159. Which' of the followiIJ9 is/are in\=orrect? ''

I. Queen Victoria's' proclamation was called the 'Magna Carta of Indian Liberty.~" ", ' . II. The British started treating India as its most previous possession

,.,

statements

I. The Indians learnt new. concepts like nationaliSm, freedom, etc., from western Education and started aspiring for the self-gover'lance. II. The barrier of language \'Xas demolished with the growth in the usage of English, language among the literate section which led to conveying of ideas of liberty and equality.,through media.

M.G.

(b)

Dina Baridhu Mitra

(c)

I.

(d)

Kesari Nath Mukherji

Ranade'

C. Yidyasagar

161. Who among the following translated the play 'Neel Darpan' into English? (a)

Michael MadhLlsudan

(b)

I. C. Vidyasagar

(c)

M. ~. Ranade,

."

."

••••

0,

DLitt

'

Tayabji ~

•

162. Which of the followingwas the main reason Jor.success, of the Indigo Revolt? ",' '(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)"

'

'I'oi>

Ferozshah Mehta G. Subramaniyam Dinshaw Wacha All' of the';ibove

,,;'

Iyer " "

-',\

';('~~I,~tJ.~.t""t'~,:

164. Which of the following is/are correct?' "

.

statements ','i/

( The .strugglefor india~s independence ,was.laun,ched in'small hesitan'i and mild but organized ma~ner ",:,ith ~~~" fO~n,'latj~~k.?!' Indian National Congress': \ .' II., The first two d.ec~d~s ~f )ndJ.'!f! Nath;>nal ,Congress .are ,-described in history as, those. 'of moderate demands a~d sens~, of confidence in B'rlti;h-'iSstlce and

a

,

'.

••

.p

•

.-!;.:t

- ': ~"':.

,generosity .• ' '.;'~:., (a)

;,1'

Both are correct

(b) (c) ,(d)

,

Both are in'~?~re~t . Only I Only II .. .'

'-I '.

165. Which cif the foll00ing:statEiments "is/are incerreCt?" . ,.' , . -'

,. '.~;.".f

,

(a)

Badruddin

( ..•.

'..~ .:,",'~

I. . Swadeshi Movement was started as " a purely econo'mk ~easure for the deyelopment oflndian. industry.

160 ..Who among the following wrote the play 'Neel Darpan' which portrayed the life of indigo growers,?

,

: 1

~,

Awakening o(masses with respect to,Economic exploitation by British. Growth of Education. Socia-Religious reform' " movements. All of the above

(b) (c)

4.j

Congress. 7

.

.

(a)

j- ••

163.' Which of the following was the founder member Of Inplan National

158. Which of the follOWing factors developed the urge:for freedom among Indian masses?

(d)

153. Tick the correct (a)

~

(a)

Ofllyl Only II .,/,. Both are correct Both are incorrect

f

156. Queen Vito ria issued a proclamation

(d)

'0/'.,'

the,following:

2

(c), . Cooperation and discipline of ' .the peasants (d) . All otthe above '.:

(a) ,(p) (c) (d)

(a) Both are incorrect (b) , Both are correct (c) Only I (d) Only II

trnish RuleAfter the 1857. Revolt

'1

'

•

.andtheil' rule! over India seemed set to.' continue .for'centuries to come.

C.93

Comprehensive leadership 'Unity'ofHindiJ arid Muslim peasants " ,.

;

.. .. ,

',

.":

' ..

,.

II. Bonfires, of foreign, goods were conc;lucted 911 a large scale in all major cities., (a) (b) (c) (d)

Only Only Both Both

I II are correct are incorrect

166. Tick the corre<;tstatem~nt regarding advantageous consequences . of Swadeshi.Movement out of the following: ' ,

\ ,- \

.,

••..

_' •.

~

'"'1

(a)

Swadeshi movement

(c) .,

jourmilism and national poetry de~~{loped ,which inculcated

.' encouraged Indian industries • es'peciallythe small and, \ medium industries: (b) .', Many'Swadeshi banks and insurance'companies were launc~ed:' .,. ,"-'

tlie feeling of nationalism in thelhdian masses. (d)'CAIl 'of the above statements are correct.'

11',

I tli

~ History of India and Freedom Struggle

Chapter 1

C.94

167. Match the columns:, Column II (Area of Swadeshi Movement)

Column I (Leader)

,(a) (b) (c) (d)

B. Chidambaram Pillai

2. Madras Presidency

(a)

C. Lokmanya Tilak

3. Pune

(b)

D. Ajit Singh

4. Punjab

1

(a) , (b)

2

C

3

2

3

1

4

(c)

1

3,

2

4

(d)

2

1

3

4

168. A resolution to boycott British goods was adopted at a meeting of the Indian National Congress held in 1905 in . (a) (b) (c) (d)

Lucknow Calcutta Pune Bombay

169. Who among the following prominent lim League? (a) (b) (c) (d)

were the leaders of All India Mus-

Agha Khan Nawab Salimullah Nawab Mohsin-ul-Mulk All of the above

(b) (c)

(d)

Supported Bengal.'

(d)

the Partition of

Opposed the Swadeshi Movement. Demanded special safeguards for its community and a separate electorate for Muslim. All of the above

171. Which of the following

173. Which of the following

statements

is/are correct?

II. The suddenness of the Surat fiasco took the extremist leaders by Surprise and they offered their cooperation by accepting president ship of RasBehari Bose. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Both are incorrect Both are correct only I Only.1I

174. Which of the following

statements

statements

I. Morley Minto Reforms were introduced during the period when Lord Minto was' the Governor General of'lndia. II. Beside other constitutional measures, the reforms envisaged a separate electorate for Muslims. (a) (b) (c) (d)

I. In December 1906 at Calcutta, the Congress under the leadership of Dadabhai Naoroji adopted 'Swarai' as the goal of Indian people. II. Naoroji declared that the goal of Indian National Congress was 'Self-Government' or 'Swarai' like that of the United Kingdom.

Both Both Only Only

are incorrect are correct I II

175. Tick the correct statement out of the following (a)

(b)

The motive of his reforms Will to encourage the notion that the political, economic and cultural interests of Hindus and Muslims,were and not common.

(d)

statements:

By Morley Minto Reforms, the Government sought to create a rift within the congress on the one hand by winning the support of the Moderates, and on the other, to win favour of Muslims against Hindus.' The reforms introduced the system of separate electorates under which Muslims could only vote for Muslim candidates.

separate

All of the abo;j~ statements a:t correct. . ,I

176. Which of the follo~ing

Indian le~ ers wholehearted!>" supported ~ Home Rule Movement?

(d)

M. A. Jinnah " G.K. Gokhahi' M. K. Gandhi B. G. Tilak . ,i

,

(a)

statemer,:J

'.

II. In 1916, a British policy WaJ announced whereby assOCiation of Indians was increased and there was to be a gradu: development of local self -gov. erning institutio'ns. Both I and II Only I Only II Neither I nor II

178. Which of the following August

statement! declaration d

1917 is/are correct? I. The control over the Indian gov. ernment would be transferred gradually to the Indian People. II. This was the result of HinduMuslim unity exhibited in trl

179. Tick th~ correct \tatements (a)

out d

\\

The Rowlatt Act 1919 gave unbridled powers to the government to arrest and imprisons suspects without

(b)

trial. Gandhiji decided to fight against this Act and he gaveJ '16 cal! for Satyagraha on Ap" '

1919.

(c)

the follow.ing undertook a nationwide tour, addressing hundreds of meetings and a large' numl:ler of political leaders during the course of khilafat and Non-Cooperation Movement? . Mahatma Gandhi MaulanaMohammad Maulana Shaukat Ali All of th.e above. Non-Cooperation

(a) (b) (c)

(d)

Ali

Movements

'~~

is/are correct? I. During the First World War, the safety and the welfare of Turkey were threatened by the British thereby weakening the Caliph's position. II. KhilafaC" Movement was supported by Gandhiji and Indian National. Congress which paved (a) (b) (c)

Only I Only II I and Ii'

(d)

Neithe,r I nor II

Unity.

mob of 'countrymen at Chauri.Chaura, near Gorakhpur, burnt the. police station and killed ___ policemen.

(a)

22

(b)

20

(c)

23

(d)

2

187. Gandhiji called off the Non-Cooperation Movement (a) (b) (c) (d)

to

II. As all members of this commission were Europea'ns, Indian political , leaders felt insulted and decided to boycott th'e co~mission .. (a) (b) (c) (d)

I and II Only I Only II Neither I npr,1I

Commission (a)

was endorsed by

The Liberal Federation led by Tej Bahadur Sapru .,\ The Indian Industrial and commercial congress The Hindu Mahasabha All ofthe above' •

(b) (c) (d) .

l

.'

.~,

.:,}'

_

1, 1921 1, 1922 12, 19i2 22, 1922

is/are correct?

' ,

' .

I. During the Second World 'War, the British government, with a view of getting coopera~i9nfrom, I~dians, sent Sir Stafford Cripps to India to settle terms with Indian leaders. II. Cripps proposed dominion status after the war but his proposal was rejected by a,1Ithe. political leaders in India. ' ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

Onlyl Only II • Both are incorrect Both are correct

following:

the

(a) session, (b)

the non-violent, Non-Cooperation Movement and defined Swarai as its ultimate aim.

(c)

(a) (b) (c)

Calcutta Bombay Madras

(d)

Ahmadabad

'83. The Non-C~operation envisaged

in favour

(d) Movement

Resignation from nominated offices and posts in the Local bodies>. .

(b)

February February February February

on

188. Tick the correct statement out of the

of

(a)

I. The British' "government appointed'the 'Simon, Commission in,November 1927 to Submit a report as vyhat extent a rep~ resen~ative governmen! c9~ld be introduced in India.

192. Which of the followillg':'statements

statements

the way !~Jr Hindu-Muslim

statements (" '

",',

191. The call for the boycott of the Simon

Picketing of shops selling foreign cloth boycott of foreign cloth by the followers of Gandhiji a mood of civil mass disobedience throughout the country All of the above.

186. A '81. Which of the following

is/are correCt?'

184. Who among

l" ~ .. l

are

190. Which of the following

All of the above.

saw.

The J~llia~wala Bagh Massacre was a turning point in Indo-

All of the above statements correct

(d)

Refusal to attend government, darbarsand boycott of British courts by the lawyers.

185. The

British relations and inspired the people to provide a more unrelenting fight for freedom. (d)

(c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Gener,!1 Dyer ordered indiscrimil')ate heavy firing on the crowd and the people had no way out to escape in ]allianwala Bagh.

the congress resolved

Only I Only II I and II Neither I nor II

the following

out of the

The people of Amritsar took out processions to protest against the arrest of Dr

182. In 1920, at

Lucknow Pact. " (a) (b) (c) (d)

statement

are

following:

(b)

I. Hindu-Muslim unity weakened the British attitude and forCed the government to announce :ll future policy.

regarding

Punjab All of the above statements correct.

Kitchlew and Dr Satyapal.

177. Which of the following

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Gandhiji 'was arrested on April 8, 1919, which led to further intensification'of the agitation in Delhi, Ahmadabad and

'so. Tick the correct

to':"£

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is/are correct?

I. The Indian National congress split into two groups - the extremists and the moderates at the Surat session.

is/are correct?

1

Regarding the pace of the Swadeshi Movement. Regarding the techniques of the Struggle to be adopted. Regarding the methods of the struggle to be adopted. All of the above

is/are correct?

170. The Muslim League (a)

(c)

D

4

(c)

points did the differences between the moderates and the extremists arise out during the National Movement?

1. Delhi

B

(c)

are correct are incorrect I II

172. On which of the following

A. Syed Haidar Raza

A

Both Both Only Only

C.9S

Boycott of foreign goods.

Gandhiji's decision to call off the agitation caused frustration among masses. Gandhiji's decision came in for severe criticism from his colleagues. ' The foundatioll of the 'Swaraj Party' was laid on January 1,,1923, asthe 'CongressKhi lafat -Swarajya~Party'. All of the above statements are correct.

189. Who among the following leader of the 'Swaraj Party'? (a) (b)

N.C. Kelkar C. R. Dass '

(c) • Motilal Nehru (d) , All ofthe above

was the

193. 'Quit India' resolution was passed at Bombay (a) (b) (c) (d)

6n

August August August August

'

15, 1942 8, 194'2 14, 1941 . 10,1942"

194. Which of tnefollowing is/are correct?

i.

hq-

state'ments ,. 'h

Gandhiji asked the British to quit India and' gave a'cail fo~ 'Do or Die'to hiscountr-ymeri.1 "

">;,'

r

,.,'

~~~•.• ' i. ~

" ~

II. During the course of 'Quit India' mo~e'm'e'nt~"'J~iolence spread throughout 'the country, sev-, eral government offices were destroyed" and damaged, telegraph wires were cut and communication paralyzed.

!!

!

I

1 1 II

Ci96

History of India and Freedom Struggle

Chapter 1

(a) (b) (c) (d)

199. Muslim

I and I! Only I Only II Neither I nor II

resulted ih heavy communal

was/were the main leader in Quit India Movement after the arrest of national leaders?

I \

196. Which of the following

(a) (b)' (c) (d)

August 16, 1946 September 16, 1946 August 10,1945 September 12, 1946

200. Interim

Government headed by ,

Aruna Asaf Ali Jai Prakash Narayan . S'ucheta Kriplani All of the above

I "I

(c)

riots in

statements

is/are,correct? I.. Th,e.British government had been ;.constantly exhorting Gandhiji to ..condemn the violence of the peopie jn the 'Quitlndia Mov,eruent'.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

.. '1-

(a) (b) (c), (d)

Only Only Both Both

197. Which of the following

statements

is/are correct? I. British Cabinet Mission visited India to make recommendation regarding constitutional reforms to be introduced in India.

statements

I. Subhash Chandra Bose aimed a military campaign for the independence of India through Indian National Army (INA). II. Subhashr,Ch,mdra INA headquarters, and in Singapore, reorganize INA. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Both Both Only Only

are incorrect are correct I II

Bose up two in Rangoon and began to

statemellll

the provisions

of 'the Mountbcitten

Plan of lune

3, 1947, was introduced as'the

Parliament Indian

and

in tilt passed

Independence Act

1947. 201. Which

of the following

statements

and

I. The Constituent Assembly met on December 9, 1946, and Dr Rajendra Prasad waS ele,ctedits

Both Both Only Only

are correct are incorrect I II

202. Which of the following

Both are correct Only I Only II Neither I nor II

following:

(b)

Lord Mountbatten

","

.

I

. -

"'C'oluinri'II'-'.-..:.~

2. ,1.946CE

(c)

3: 1916 CE

D. Lucknow Pact

4 . .l930

CE

(b)

B. Battle of Kannauj

2. 1540 CE

(c) (d)

(a)

4. 1576 CE

A

B

.', C

2 2

4

3

4 4

(b)

CE

C. Chauri-ChilUra Incident.

1. 1527

D.Battle of Haldighati

-

,"

B. Dandi March

Column'il

3. 1565-65

.•

(a)

1. 1922

Column I

C. Battle of Talik~ta '

.\'

A. Direct Action Campaign

,.. Battle of Kanwah ,

,4

2. 2

1 1 3

(d)'

B

C

1

2

4

2

1

3

A

of politiQI (a) (b)

i"" .

0 3 4

Both are incorrect

(b)

Both are correct

(c)

1

2

3

4

(c) (d)

Only I Only II

(d)

2

1

4

3

B.' Cripps Mission

3 1 "c ••, 3 1 .-/

.C

0

4

• 2 ,

2"

'

4

l'

2

4

4

,

i:'

.. "

Column I (Organization),

CE

.

~

0

"1 3 3 1

Colu"m'n II (Founder)

:,

(

.

,

A. Tattvabodhini Sabha

"'1, Deben-

B. Prarthana'Samar

'2.,'AtmaRam""

" ,

d'ranath. Tagor~

Pari'dOrang

"3:

Mahadev'. , "Gobind ,. " "Ranade

C. Indian National' . 'Conference

Columnll (During the . term of): : o'

. A. INA Tria!

B

1 3 1 3'

21,1,,Matc~ thecc?lumns:

CE

Column I (Nomenclature)

.r)

A

\1 •

210. Match the columns: '

(a)

Column statements

203. Tick the correct statement out of the (a)

transfer

Column

'. ..

.:.~

D. Satyashodhak 'S~rnaj

1. Lord Linlithgow .2. Lord Irwin

.A

(a)

C. Communal Award

3. Lc'rd Wavell

D. Simon Commission

4. Lord Willingdon

B' 2' .

1"1'

.

;i~"

4. MaHatma ',' : 'Jyoi1ba Phule

. C'

'0'/

4!

3

~~

"

(b)

1

3

2

4

(c)

2

1

3

.4

(d)

2

,1

.' '4

"'3

'. ., ""

205. Match the columns:

is/are correct?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

speedy

powers to the new governments of India and Pakistan.

President.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

September 13, 1948 September 15,1947 September 15,1948 October 18,1948

209. Matcb the columns:

208. Match the <;<;>Iumns:

II. The Act laid down the detailed measures for th!,! partition of Ina.

is/are incorrect?

II. According to Mountbatten Plan, the country would be partitioned but so would be Punjab and Bengal.

is/are found to be correct?

All of the ab~v~ statements iI! co'rrect. . ,

I. The Bill containing

Formation of Constituent Assembly

(a) (b) (c) (d)

198. Which of the following

(a) (b) (c) (d)

British

II. The Mission envisaged the establishment of a Constituent Assembly to frame the constitution as well as an interim government. are correct are incorrect I II

League resulted in the birth of Pakistan. 1)

is/are correct?

Rajendra Prasad B. R. Ambedkar Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru Maulana Azad

I. Mountbatten Plan offered a key to the political and constitutional deadlock created by the refusal of the Muslim League to join the Constituent Assembly formed to frame the constitution of India.

Both Both Only Only

Union.

204. Which of the following

II. The Muslim League did not join the constit~ent Assembly.

I II are correct are incorrect

Congress and the Muslim

was

o

: II. Gandhiji not only refused to condemn people resorting to violence ,but also unequivocally held the government responsible for it. .

rV16untbatten Plan by the

of Indio

The'acc'e'ptance of

(d)

in India

tJ7. The Indian, Army,

marched into Hyderabad on .•. " .' '.' after the violent actio~sof. the, Razakars and the State was.acceded to the Indian

formed,doini~ations and Pakistan. ,.~

the country.

195. Who among the following

(a) (b) (c) (d)

League launched a direct ,campaign on __ which

action

C.97

announced

his plan on June 3, 1947. Mountbatten laid down detailed principles for the partition of the country and speedy transfer of political powers in the form of dominion status to the newly

Column

I

II

A. C. Rajagopalachari

1. First Governor General of Pakistan

B. Liyaqat Ali

2. First Governor General of India

C. Lord Mountbatten

3. First Prime Minister of Pakistan

D. M. A. Jinnah

4. First Indian Governor Generalof

'.;

"

."

~

India

D

A

B

C

(a)

4

3

2

(b)

4

1

2

(c)

4

2

1

3

1

2

4

(d)

206. Who

3 among

responsible

the for

the

3

following

vt¥>

accession rJ

,.

,.

princely states in Indian Union? (a)

M. K. Gandhi

(b) (c) (d)

Pt. J. L. Nehru Sardar Baldev Singh Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel

~

C.'98

Chapter 1

Answers

Topic-wise Assessment 1. (d) 11. (a)

, I

21. (a) 31. (a) 41. (d) 51. (b) 61. (d) 71. (d) 81. (c) 91. (d) 101. (c) 111. (c) 121. (a) 131. (d) 141. (d) 151. ,161. 171. 181.

(b) (a) (a) (c)

191. (d) 201. (a) 211. (a)

2. (d) 12. (d) 22. (a) 32. (b) 42. (a) 52. (d) 62. (b) 72. (b) 82. (d)

3. (a) 13. (c) 23. (d) 33. (d)

24. (b) 34. (d)

43. (b) 53. (b) 63. (a)

44. (c) 54. (a) 64. (a)

73. (c) 83. (b)

92. (b) 102. (b) 112. (d) 122. (b)

93. (d) 103. (d) 113. (c) 123. (d)

132. (d) 142. (d) 152. (c)

133. 143. 153. 163.

162. 172. 182. 192.

(d) (d) (a) (d)

202. (a)

4. (c) 14. (a)

(d) (d) (d) (d)

173. (b) 183. (d) 193. (b) 203. (d)

74. 84. 94. 104.

(d) (a) (a) (d)

114. (d) 124. (b) 134. (d) 144. 154. 164. 174. 184.

(c) (d) (a) (b) (d)

194. (a) 204. (b)

5. (a) 15. (a) 25. (a) 35. (d) 45. (d) 55. (b) 65. (c) 75. (c) 85. (a) 95. ,(c)

6. (a) 16. (d) 26. (b) 36. (b) 46. (d) 56. (c) 66. (d) 76. (d) 86. (c) 96. (d)

105. (~) 106. (b) 115. (a) • 116. (d) 125. (a) 126. (a) 135. (b) 136. (a) 145. (a) 155. (ci) 165. 175. 185. 195.

(c) (d) (d) (d)

205. (a)

146. 156. 166. 176.

(b) (d) (d) (d)

186. (a) 196. (c) 206. (d)

7. (c) 17. (c) 27. (d) 37. (c) 47. (a) 57. (d) 67. (b) 77. (a) 87. (d) 97. (b) 107. (d)

8. (d) 18. (b) ,28. (a) 38. (b) 48. (c) 58. (a) 68. 78. 88. 98. 108.

59. (c), 69. (a) 79. (a)

(a) (b) (a) (d) (b)

109. (d)

89. (d) 99. (a)

117. 127. 137. 147. 157.

(b) (d) (c) (c) (c)

118. (c) 128. (c) 138. (a)

119. (d) 129. (a) 139. (c)

148. (d) 158. (d)

149. 159.

167. 177. 187. 197.

(a) (a) (c) (a)

168. 178. 188. 198.

169. 179.

207. (a)

(b) (c) (d) (b)

208. (c)

~.

9. (d)" 10. (c) 1,< 19. (c) 20. (b) 29. (b) 30. (c) 39. (d): 40. (a) 49. (d) 50. (a)

189. 199. 209.

..~Constitutionof India

... <:::::j

60. (b) 70. (c) 80. (c) 90. (c) 100. (d) 110. (a) 120. (a)

130. (c) 140. (b) (~) 150. (a) (b) 160. (b) (d) 170. (d) (d) 180. (d) (d) 190. (a) (a) 200. (c) (b) 210. (d)

0o~;\ r ',- _..

.t

... -.~' Q

-e ..•.

~p::.:-::..::::::n:~_"... _'.

':~~:::l

'"

.,

n

("'. , ~

.Highlighted Topics

.Ii

If ,j,r-"

y ~

,j"

• Drafting of theConstitu!ion • State Council of Ministers

,.

.~

"

0

,

",

" ..:-:~ ,.~ ~.t, '.....

,'. The State Judiciary

~i;.;,./

,t

• TheState legislqture

• Miscellaneous

Constitutional Provisions

,. r

DRAFTING()F THE CQNSTITUTION Thetask of frcwting the COt1stitution of India was givento the, Co~stituent Assembly,. which was formedin 1946 under the scheme formulated by the CabinetMission Plan. The inaugural 1l1eetingof the constituentAS,semblywas held on Dec~~ber 9,1946. DrSachchidananda Sinha was the first Chairman of theConstituentAssembly. On December 11, 1946, Dr Rajendra Prasad was elected President of the ConstituentAssembly.' . The Constituent Assembly then appointed a Drafting Comrriittee under the Chair1l1anship of Dr B. R.Ambedkar,the then Law Minister and the leader ofthescheduled castes. The Constitutional Advisor "asShri.B.N. Rau. The fi~stdraft of the Constitution "aspublishedin February 1948.

••11. Quick Faets Important British Acts of Constitutional Significance ' 1. Regulating Act of 1773 2. Pitt'sIndia Act of 1784 3. Charter of 1833 4. Charter of 1853 , 5. Government of India. Act of 1858 6. Indian Councils Act of 1861, 1862 and 1909 7. Government of India Act of 1919 8. Simon Commission (1927-30) 9. Communal Award of 1932 10, Government of India Act of 1935

~ed

The Constitution of India was e~acted, ~ed and adopted by the Constituent Assembly on ~ember 26,1949.

:-ncem~nt of the Constitution On January 26, 19~O, i~onStitution 0t, India came into force (this date ref~rred to as 'date of the commencement' of • p~ns~tution)~ on which d.ate India also became "'publIc. The Constitution Assembly took 11 lit

11. Indian Independence Act of 1947

~ . . ~~ sessions spanning exactly 2 years, 11 months and 18 days to accomplish,this task, referring to constitutions of more than 6o'.coun~ies' cmd incurring an expense of over ~64 lakh. The Constit:ution finally passed by the Constituent Assembly had 395 articles and only 8 schedules., Various amendments in the

1,

I. ...••••••••••

..........-

"i',1

~ C~100

.Qhapter 2

•

:Other Functions Pe~fo~hl~dby\Co~~titu~~t"Assembly'. .'>

\.

M

'.J

-'

•. ,. "

;

'f:i-

. ~~/l.... : ; ,

".

,)

24, 1950.'

> Election of Dr Raieridra Prasad as the first president of India on January 24', 1950.

,.

I.•••

nnot maiI1Jain.-~t_~,iqentity;,~:J1W\f~teamqle:ha~(beefi " ~ended o~l:Y:ohce"sbfai/byth'e'42nd Amend~e.nt ". Quick IFaets . 1976,whIch added three words 'Secular, SocIahst .. ~ ~d Integrity' and now th~ preal~.ble reads as: . Preamble as Part of the Indian Constitution '!he key words mentioned m the Preamble 'are Sovereign,.Socialist, Secular, Democratic, Republic The Preamble is an integral part of our Constitution, but it is (defining~e nature of th~ Consti~ti.on), Justice, Lib.; not an essential part of the Constitution. The Supreme Court erty,Equahty an~ Fr~termty (descnbmg the nature of in 1973 gave a landmark verdict (Kesavananda Bharati v. theIndian Constitution). _. '. State of Keralal stating Preamble is a part of the Constitution and is subiect to amending power of the parliament as '!he Preamble points 'out that the source of . any other provisions of the Constitution provided the basic authorityoithe Constihttion and, therefore, that Of structure of the Constitution as found in the Preamble is not thestate, are the people of India. Thus, the basicprindestroyed. So, the Preamble is a key to unravel the minds cipleof demo~racy. that ~overeign~r:sts with the of the makers of the Constitution. peopleis enshrmed m IndIa's Constitution.

'qOp

'.':

Adopted.national flag on July 22, 1947.

> Ratified India's C~mmonwealth membership inM?y 1949. •> Adoption of national anthem and national song on January

;>.

>

Operating as provisional Parliament of India till the creation of a new Parliament after the first general elections in ,1951-52.

>

Although the total numberof articles keep increasing through amendments, all the new articles ~re insert~d in relevant locations' this original Constitution, which has a total of 395 articles. This is done so as to keep the original numbering of a~ticles (1-39~ .undisturbed. The insertion of new articles is carried out with alpranumeric ~numerations. •

>

Similarly, total number of parI's in the Constitution from I to XXIIis 22. New parts have been added to the original Constitution,t.' these have been adjusted inside the original numberof parts, i.e., I to XXII.

r;.

"7:.

Preamble of the Constitution "We, the people of India, having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a Sovereign Socialist Secular Democratic Republic Of)(J •.. secure to all its citizens: Justice, social, economic and politico I; Liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; Equality of sto•• an~::lof opportunity; and to promote among them all.Fraternity assuring the dignity oFthe individual and the unity and if)tegrity of the not:;In our Constituen't Assembly this twenty-sixth day of November 1949, do Hereby, Adopt, Enact and Give to Ourselves This ConstitufC".

TableC.2.1

,

i"rts/ Articles

(i) The Preamble. (ii) 22 Parts (categorized from I to XXII), covering 395 articles (listed from 1 to 395). (iii) Schedules (1 to 12). (iv) Appendix (I to V).

Salient Features 1. It is the longest, written Constitution in the world. 2. Consisting of 22 chapters, 395 Articles and 12 Schedules. . 3. It proclaims India as a Sovereign Democratic Republic. 4. Fundamental.Rights (FRs) are guaranteed to all the citizens of India. . 5. Directive principles of state policy are incorporated. 6. It established the parliamentary system of government, that is, the President of the Union is the constitutional head, the Council of Ministers or the Union Cabinet' is the real executive and is responsible fo the Lok Sabha: . I

Lli

7. It is Quasi-federal, i.e., federal in form (in normal times) but unitary in spirit (in emergencies). 8. Article 368 provides that the Constitutionis neither too rigid (as some'.provisions canbe amended by a simple majority) nor flexible (as some provisions require special majority for amendment). 9. It declares India as a secular state. 10. It guanmtees single citizenship to all citizens. 11. It mtroduced. adUlt fr~~hise, that is, every adult above 18 years has the right to vote(priC! . to 6ist Amendment 1989, the age limit was21 years); ClDdthe system of joiIlt ~lectorates. 12. It e;tabli~hed an integrated as well as inde. pendent judiciary; the Suprem~' Court actsl.-\ a guardian of the ~onstitution in place oftr.l Privy Council. ',. .

.

The Preamble ~

l~

'.

/'

The draft of the Preamble was moved by Jawahar: Nehru on December 13, 1946, and is based on 'ob;f(' fives resolution~' picked from the A~erican model" was addptedby the Constitueilt'Assembly onJanu~r: 22,1947. The edifice of our Constitution is baseduF . the basic elements mentioned in the Preamble.If~r .~'f'these ~le~ents are removed~ th~ ~tructure willr . survive aridit will not be the s~m~C::onstitutionc!

"'-"l

. -1

t.:.

)*

.I<,'t

.. :

r~.3 ~~,

~ .~.:

Declls with

"Part1/Articles '1-~ ... _.."'," /, ,. . Ter(ito(/6f PartIl/Articl~~li(':;.':'.$E~7:v-,'~"'*'~'Cit~;;;;hjp~'-~~~-~' .._.""*';.m;""'*'O.=_.,.~"

__

"""'~~_._"N.,

India, admission, establishmen't odormation "'--~~'--..."'''''''k~..,,,~o

.... ,>m._._~M'''''MC..",~=.,~.'"~o,m~~N.~._.

__

._~

~.

_.

'.

PartIVIArticl~~36:~;i~~M~:;.~:'r=jr7T'Dtr;~ti~;Prln;;;l;s;{stat~'PoliC;-~~--. ,,m'""'"'~'-'-:,:'~--r:;"""7~"'c"'.~-_

~~''''='''''''---='''''~'''''''''~~ ~.",c."....:,'.~'.",,,,,;=c,_,..,,,, '~'o'8,',~d
PartIV.A!Article 51-A..

. Dutiesofa

of ne,w stat,e~,:,: ....•.:... .

n.

Part111/ ArticlesJ 2'-35 . ..,Fl,Indamental'rights

~

• ..•.

,

__

'~

l"-:"'.~':-''':..'''~,:~','"w

,:......

""_._.

:;;,,4,"

.. ,t ../'.,

',Goyernmeot

~~'

~\

"...

>.'

-'-~~---''':----''~---''l .,,_w~7~":':'~f,",~.Mt:,~, ... _1~';'.~O'/'

.~ ..

_.'

~,;:(:,"~:;'~:

citizen of India, It was a.dd~d by the 42nd Am~f1a!,"enti" )97 6, ~ ', .•.•. attheunion

~'""""''''''''''''''=''~--'''''''''~'&''''d''"'.'''''''''''~'''-_o0=''",o,o.<,~-,""-,-",-",w"'«'_"-.x".~,.,~.,_".,~~~,,,

PartVI/Articles 152-237 PartVII/Article -

j

._.,_,

..,...r.,,L

"=~.~~.'
PartVIArticles 52'-l51

level

.......1"

!

"""""""'-~~"'"'''-''''''''''-'''-'-:---''~-'''_''''''''''''~_'~'~=><-M_._

.....-....~",-__

Government at the state level.

""",-._,__.",>-v--.-;'~'"",",:""'- __~

" i."

. 'X" .. ';.",:',

=. ,.•.. A..__

.,

q''',

Ie.""

PartIXI Articles PartIX-AI Articles

I

PartXI Articles 24 ' .•~,-,-" _~.

,"~,~"","'O""""'~~'.---=-,,.!_

_.,.:' __ ..•.~.~.___

PartXI!Articles 245-263

Relations between.the union and states"

~ortXIII Articles264-':300AF;'~'.:"~'-Fi~;~~;:";;;p~rtY~~;;-~f;~ct~and' r""-'

--

"T

w ••_,

••••. _~_

••.••.

w',.~

••••,_

••~

••_'_

••__

••

~~-.=." --, .. ,~

, ~ ,__ ,,--",~,,"''''''c

"~~"''''''''<''""""O+>--'-~'~''":''';:'''''''''-~'''''~~~~'''';~;;;-:'''l"':.~;--''''_'. ~'~-,'".-. __

artXVI!Articles 330-342 ':"1 XVII!Articles 343 ...•

._~

__

..-

•

~"'

India

.

••__

"~I

__~

, ••••

~~_LT

..----

6 and. deals wilhadministtativetribu~als. .._ .._~_ .. _~-

~.:~~~~_.

_ .."

~'C'."~.~~

,:~""'""~",~'''''-.~.~

.---

_~E.;;~.;~;~<:~~~~ri.io~;

:"' XIXI Articles 361 ••.367 .......'. •. . Miscellaneous provisions ::otXX/Articie 36-8- ....-' •...._~---"~--.:'-:-Amendii,~iC.~~;~~.~---:::~ ; ~XXI!Articles 369-.392-~-

...'-' ---ie~rory,

:Q:I XXII!Article~;~9.3---3"95c---''''--''''.S~rt

:-'-.-~ .

transiiional and ~;~~ial

..:- ..

_-_ .• ~. "~'~'~:.

"".'

.. __ ''~

",.~'-:._~;,'-:~

•••

~.T~

.~ provisi~ns _._.~._--~,:

ti;;:;,' ~oJlJme~~~'me~~.d-;~~I:f:~c~ti;~~:~'

••.

(_,JJ...._

"7.----;,,,".'tfc;l,!-s ..__.,~

•.

',""'.~.- ,

.. .. ~

__

Special provision 10 certain classes SCs/STs, OBCsa.n'd Anglo-lndiansH ':-Offi~k;II~;;;dges-~ ..~-. __.•...'.._ __ '..- •........ ~ ...•... '_ _.

- ..-Jp"~..,,~"'-'~~~,~~

••••

:'1'

35{';-.._..

~artXVIII!Article~]5'2~j6bt~-

i

\..... - ..~~

••

PartXIV.AI Articles 323A-323B "I. Added by the 42nd amendment,in.)97 ~0'IXV/Article~324=32"9A";-";-T"':Ei;cl'i-;n ~"d~ionC~~mission

"

'"

s~--'-'w

PartXIlI/Articles,3pj:"'307" , 'Trade; ,~o";'me~ce and trav~1 ~ithin th~ ter~itoryof ""---=~--~G>\l~~"'''''!l ~'If_="'~-"'~~"--' ort r XIVIArticle! 308:32~ .._' _ ~,:_ ..L~ervicesund.:.r Ih~ ..~~~oJ':la~~ states ..

~

•

..•.

;

"':."..

of the Constitution

Parts and Articles

.,.......".,~."."'''''~, .... ,,,'''-~=--i'_~''''''",' ..~.,i>..,.,.-

Indian constitution has resulted in repealing of 20 Articles and one Part (VII), while 53 new Articles, 3 parts (IVA, IXA and XIVA) and 4 schedules (9 to 12) have been added. The Constitutiort of India now consists of:

C.-101

Constitution' of. India

\

_ ..

•

J .A

Constitution of. India

'iI

Fundamental Rights

Quick Facts

II."

PortIII (Articles 12-35) Appendix in the Constitution

Appendix III

Extracts from the~ constitution Amendment) Act,' 1978

(44th

Appendix IV

Extracts from the constitution Amendment) Act, ~002 .

(86th

(Jassificationof FRs Originally, seven FRs were listed

What Does Right to Information Mean?

Appendix V

. (88th

inthe Constit:ution. However, after the 44th AmendmentAct,1976,there are now only six FRs.

It includes the right to:

Extracts from ' the constitution Amendment) Act,,2003 ••

Appendix ,~I , Re-statement,with refere~ce to the present text of the constitution, of the exceptions , and modifications subject to which the constitution' applies to the state"of jammu and Kashmir

Right to Equality (Articles 14-18), It guarantees: (i) Equality before law (Article 14)

Nature of Citizenship in the Indian Republic

(ii) Prohibits discrimination' by the State on the grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth (Article 15)

Part /I (Articles ~11) The Constitution provides for only single citizenship and there is no separate citizenship of states: Thereby, at the commencement of the Constitution, every person domiciled in the territory of India, born in the territory of India, or who has been a resident of India for not less than 5 years immediately preceding the commencement of the Constitution (January 26, 1950)is a citizen of India. .

!

;~

1

(iii) Equality of opportunity in matters of public appointment (but some posts may be reserVed for backward classes) (Article 16) (iv) Aboli~onof untouchability (Article 17) (v) Abolition of titles, excepting military and

academic

Citizenship (an be Acquired (Citizenship Act, 1955) By birth, descent, registration, naturalization or when India acquires new territories. The right of citizenship is denied to those who, after March 7, 1947, migrated to Pakistan. However, those who returned to India under a permit of resettlement, after July 19; 1948,are exempted.

'

light to Freedom (Article 19) Und~r Article 19(1), the following six rights are now available: (i) Freedom of speech and expression-Article 19(1)(af (ii) Freedom to assemble peacefully and without arms-Article 19(1)(b)

Citizenship (an be Lost By renunciation, termination or deprivation: Parliament. can; by law, deprive any

(iii)Freedom to form associations and unionsArticle 19(1)(c)

~.

., (iv) Freedom of movement throughout India:. Article 19(1)(d) ., . J:

Suspension of FRs FRs are not absolute. Individual rights, however basic, cannot override the country's security and general weifare. Therefore, in case an emergency is declared, the President may suspend all or any of the FRsand may also suspend right of the people to move High Courts or the Supreme Court for restoration of these rights.

Right to Information

(i) inspect works, documents, and records; \

(ii) take notes, extracts Or certified copies of documents or records; (iii) take certified samples of material; (iv) obtain information in form of printouts, diskettes, floppies, tapes, video cassettes or in any other electronic mode or through printouts [S.2li)].

What Does 'Information' Mean? Information means any material in any form including records, documents, memos, e-mails, opinions, advices, press releases, circulars, orders, logbooks, contracts, re.ports, papers, samples, models, data material held in any electronic form and information relating to any private body which can be accessed by a public authority under any other law for the time being in force but does not include 'file notings'[S,2(f)].

When Did It Come into Force? It came into force on October 12, 2005, Some provisions came into force with immediate effect, viz" obligations of .public authorities [SAl l}], designation of Public Information Officers and Assistant Public Information Officers [S,5( 1) and 5(2)], constitution ot Central Information Commission (S.12 and 131, constitution of State Information Commission (S, 15 and 161, non-applicability of the Act to Intelligence and Security Organizations (S,24) and power to make rules to carry out the provisions of the Act (S,27-28).

Who Is Covered?

• ~-.

Dual Citizenship 2005

,

Under the Citizenship Act 2003, those eligible to become citizens of India, as on january 26, 1950, could apply for dual IndiO' citizenship. The government has extended dual citizenship to all those who were holding the Person of Indian Origin Card (P~ and who had migratedfrom India after the formation of the Indian Republic. Personsof Indian origin who were citizens of Canada, Finland, France, Greece, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Portugal, Cyprus, Sweden, SWltzerlan, a United Kingdom and the United States of America were eligible to apply for dual citizenship. A person who has been at any hrre citizen of Pakistan, Bangladesh or any-other country that the government ,may notify in future is not entitled to,du~1 citize~

(v) Freedom to reside and settle in any part of India-Article 19(1)(e)

AUs::

L

Quick Facts

Partill of the Constitution embodies fundamental rights(FRs).?f.the people. TI:e ~~nsti~tion ~ffirms thebasicprmclple that every mdlvldualls entitled to enjoycertain rights as a human being and the enjoymentof such rights does not depend on the will of any majority or minority. These rights include all basicliberties which make life significant and democracyfruitfuli which are essential for the proper, moral andmaterial uplift of the people. ,

,TheConstitution (Application toJammu and. Kashmir) order, 1954

I

C.103

k

(vi)Freedo~ to practice any profession, or to Carryon any occupation trade or businessArticles 19(1)g and 19(6).

'

tichasalsobeen provided that no person can be conted unless he/she has violated the law in force,

The Act extends to the whole of India except the State of jammu and Kashmir [So(1 2)].

nor subjected to p~nalty greater" than permissible under the lawi nor prose~uted and punished for the same offence more 'than' once'.He/she cannot be compelled to be witness against hiipself, nor deprived

I

I

I,

I

rrl I: i

C~,104

Constitution of India

Chapter 2

of his/her life and personal liberty without authority of the law, unless d.e~Cli,n.ed; under; ~h~Prev:~~tiye Detention Act in which""case also: no person dui'be detained beyond a period of 3 months without being advised by the prescribed authdritY '(Arti~l~;:20-;' 21 and 22).

~J

• "f

mimity has full freedom to run its own .mstitutions; ,,to preserve its own language,' script and culture; to receive education (in state-owned institutions) and administer e
. Right to (onstitutionaIRemedfes.

(Articles 32-35) Every citi,zen ~futmove theSupreIhe CoUrt~r High Co~rt ~rany pthe~' court' for' enforcement <;>f his /,her FRs, through :judicial writs of habeas corpus, mandamus, quo warranto,certiorari, etc:,,(These are explained separately 'under 'writs') and the like under Part III. This right, however,. can be suspended during: the operation of 'emergency proclaimed by the President of India.

.D~rective~rinciple~ .. ~ '.

Port IV(Articles36-51) Part IV of the Cons'titUtiori deals'with the Directive Principles of state policy. These principles command the state and every bne of its' agencies to follow. cer.,. tam fundamentaiprj,nciples while they frame their policies. These principles are assurances the peopIe, on the one h~~d,as to vyhat they can expeCt from

to

o

~

[ti) Mandam0s~ literally' ~eans ~ :Co~!fland' issued by the court to _any,public,or,quasi-pui;Jliclegql body which has refused to performits. legal duty: It is an order by a Super~ or court commanding a person or.a p~blic authorityto do . or forbear to do something in the ~ature of public duty

;Cultural and Educational Rights (Articles 29-30) Every com-

(iii) Prohibition' is issued bye sup~rior court to an inferi' .' or :Court f)reventing it .from Clealing with a matter Over which it has no jurisdiction. Th~ object of the writ is to • compel inferior courts (0 k~ep the':)selves within thelim" its of their jurisdictionJThe Writ prohibition differsfrOrJ1 ,; , , the man'dcimusin that while mandamus commands ac. tivity, prohibition.commdnds inciCtivity.

of

~inciplesof State Pohcy.>

'(v)Certiorari'l1s ~'wrjt issu~d'.by,a su'perior court to an i~ferior court or bSJ.dyexercis'ingjudicial or quasi'judicio! pOyyers; to remove a suit and adjudicate upon the validity Of the 'pfoceedings"or:b6dy exercising judiciol or quasi'judicial functions.

This used to be an FRbut ha.snow be~ome o~lya Ie'gal right. Originally, as per this right, the state cannot acquire'any propertyw-:~ compensation and no person 'can be deprived of his property except by the authority of law. Earlier, in the event of acquisition fo' ~:: lic,purpose, compensation,was to ,be>paid but according to the Constitution (25th) AmencJmentAct 1971, instead of compen~ ;. only a spedfied,amou~t:l? to be paid. ~heJan~.ta G07'ernment,on June20,1978, omitted the Right to Property by Constitution":; Ame,np~~n.t;Act 1Y?8. HE;~ce,,the right of a, citizen, to ~cquire, hold or.~isPQseof property c?as~s,to ?n. FR.However, underA .' 300A, right to property is a constitutional right. It has, therefore, remained now, an ordinary legal right. •.

pee

.,.~ I

II

1('

_

."

ft"

,

..

~~r

'-'l

.'

•

~

-

;.'

.'.

j

I,!.";'

.".~

I

Quick Facts

I

1. Provision of adequate means of livelihood to all.

(a) FRs,~onstitute a limitation upon the state actions, whereas Directive Principles are instruments of instruction to a government to carry out certain things.

1

2. Equitable distribution of wealth among all classes of people. 3. Protection of children and youth.

(b) Directive Principles need to be implemented by legislation and so long as there is no law carrying out the policy of the Directive Principles; neither the state nor an individual can act against any existing law or legal' right under the Directive Principles. .

4. Equal pay for equal work to both men and women .5. Prevention of cow slaughter.

,

6. Free and compulsory education for children up to age of 14. . 7. The right to work~to education, to public assistancein case of unemploymentand old age, sicknessand disability.

(c) Directive Principles cannot be enforced in a court of law and do not create any Justifiable right in favour of an individual. However, the 42nd Amendment Bill .had given the Directive Principles precedence over the FRs. This amendment added two more Directive Principles, viz.l;

8. Prohibition of liquor.

9. "E'stablishm~ntof village

panchayats.

10. Protection of historical and national monuments. 11. Separation of Judiciary from Executive to secure for all citizens a uniform civil code throughout the country . 12. Promotionof internationalcooperation and world security. 13. FreeI~al aid from the stateto weaker s~ctionsof society.

(i) free legal aid from state to weaker sections and

14. State to protect natural environments, forests,wildlif~, In a' nutshell, these principles can be classified into four categories:

(ii) state to protect natural environment, forests and wildlife.

(i) Economic principles [ii) Gandhian principles

Dwties of a Citizen of'lndia

'.

(iii) Principlesfor the promotion of international understanding

Dutiesof a citizen of India were not included in the Original Constitution.' These have been added by the UndAmendment in 1976 as Article 51A in Part N-A " of theConstitution. There are 11 fundamental duties ',.: the state and, on the other, are directives to central aslistedhereunder: . and state governments to establish and maintaina 1. To abide\Jy the Constitution and' r~spect its social order. Origin~lly, ,unlike .~he FRs, these were ideals a~d .institutions, the national flag arid only directive principles' which. could be enforcedbl national ~them. . the judicia~y. These principles are now enforceable 2. To cherish and follow the noble ideas ~hi~ through law courts, vide the 42nd Amendment Act. inspired ~u.r~~tional fi.~edom ~;'~ggie. '

,

.

; Main Directive Principles

Principles;

.(iv). Quo warranto is ()n orderissue~,by the court to prevent a person from holding. office to which he/she is no' entitled and to oust him/her from that office.

•

•••"

To sUIIlup the difference behv'een F~ and Directive

(iv) Social principles

Did You Know? .' The Flag Code' 1.. The Amend~ent Code came i~to effect' fro~ January

.

26,2'003."

'.

."

2. The ratio ~f'width-I~ngthof

uPiry-, "~'';.

To uphold aJ)d p~o~~ctth~ s?vereignty, and integrity of India.' • . .', . -.' 4. To defend the country and render national service when called upon to do so. 5. To promote' harmony "and' spirit of'cominon brotherhood among at! the people'<;>fIndia, tran.scending religious, linguistic and' regional sectional diversities;' to renounce'I>rcictices derogatory to the dignity' of women.' 3.

Right to Property (Article 31)'

I . .

Difference betw~en F~sand .Dir~~t!ve

't*

'Ii) Habetas.corpus .I,it~rallym~ans'lo~have thEi'body'. Byis. • ,:. suing such {]!wiit, the court can o~der that a personwho ': - has been 'imprisoned or'detained'be' brought beforei' and.enquireunder whatauthoiity he has been impris. •• oned or detai ned. Nobody can be deprived of his/her F~!igh.tto remain free.either by.the state or by any group :,1 or"iQdiyidual,without being ass,igneda lawful order.

.

.

\

..1!

'oF'

of Religion

.

'.

"'I"

W~its~ls5uecrby~C:ou'ris',' . '.

(Articles 25~i8) Except when ,it is not in the interest ~f public order, morality, . health, etc.; every citizen is entitled to fiee'dom of ,tconscience and right to profess, practice and propa~ate any religion freely. .

.~

4

Quick Fa~ts '~'.,',

,,,

Right Against Exploitation (Articles -23-24) It bans traffic in human beings, forced labour and the employment of children below the age of 14years in a factory, mine, etc. Right to Freedom

•.

C'.105

. '.,.'

." .• '.'

flag should be 2:3.'

3,.flagpoist!~g.!imei~.only frorD s.unris.et~.sun:et. 4". Nev~r"holst it'upsidedown, and fldg'should not touch the ground .•

5.

Do not drape the !Iag on ve~icles.

6. Neve~use as qshrou~ for fun~~a1.. 7. Never pririt it on a napkin, cushion or costume.

8':.

Flag should ~OIways fly higher than. other flags (except for the UN flag or flags of other nations).

9.

Nev~r fly a :damagedflag .

I,

rr~ r

I

"

!•

I

',C.10B

Chapter 2

Constitutionof IndiaC.1

07

I

10. To strive towards excellence in all spher of individual and collective activity so ~ the nation constantly rises to higher levels : endeavour and achievements. 0

6. To value and preserve the rich heritage of our .composite culture. 7. To protect and improve the natural environment, including forests, lakes, rivers, wildlife and to have compassion for living creatures.

11. Another duty was added by the 86th Co stitutional ~endment Act, 2002, that is ~ provide opportunities for educ~tiCln to his~ her child or ward between the age of 6 and14 years.

8. To develop a scientific temper, humanism and the spirit of inquiry and reform. 9. To safeguard public property and to abjure violence.

(iii)elected member"of the legislative assembli~s of the UTs ofDelhi and Puducherry (added by 70th Amendment Act, 1992w.e.f.June 1, 1995). .

,

"....

.

Port V(Articles 52-151) The Union executive of India, as in the parliamentary type of government, consists of the President and the CoUncil of Ministers. "j>~ THE CONSTITUTION

I----------~I

I Legillative

•

Exei-- .. -

Judicial

. M" t d th Pnme .lnlS e~~n e Council of MInisters

I Supreme Court I

•

I

I

Lok Sabha (House 0 People)

Rajya Sabha (Council Stiites)

Not more than 552 Members

Not more than 250 Members

1 I

~I---

(543 in 16th Lok Sabha)

.'

Not more than 530 representatives of states

.'

High COurts in the Slales

r

I

.

I

District Courts

I

I

I

I

I

Not more than 20 representatives of UTs

Not m~re than 2 nomlna.ted Anglo Indians

12 nominated by the President

I Not more than 238 representatives of States and UTs

aIere-electionand . can serve any number of terms.

(Article 61) .Maybe removedfrom office for violation of the Constitution beforethe exp~ of his term by impeaclur:t~nt. Such i1npeachrnenf c~ be moved in either Hoti~e. of Parliament by means of a resolution after 14 days' notice inwriting,duly, signed by at least one-fOurth of ~e totalmembe~ship of the House concerned; is given~ Thecharges~must be investigated. He/she has the rightto be h~ard and defend himself during, investigation.If t1}~c~arges are sustained by a r~solutio~ adoptedby a.two-thirds majority, tJ;lePresident can beremovedtrom office.

fresiJentia/lmmunity

He! she caIinot, be questioned' by anycourt for the action taken by him/her in the discharge ofhis/her duties. No criminal proceedings can belaunchedagainst him/her during his/hert~nure. faJluments He/she is entitled to an emolument of fS,oo,OOO per month (as revised in 2018) and other allowances and:.a rent-free official residence at the Rashtrapati Bhavan. Ex-:presidentsreceive 50% of their current salary as pension. In addition to this th~ for- ' merpresidents.are also eligible for, furnished accommodation, security and other allowanq~s. The spouses ofdeceasedpresidents are also eligible for the same.

1. He/she must be a citizen of India.

Position He/she is the constitutional head of parlia-

.

2. He/she must not be less than 35 years of age. 3. He/she must be qualified to be an elected member of the Lok Sabha but shall not be a member. 4. He/she must not be holding any office of profit under the Government of India or any other government. A governor of a state, or a minister of the Union or State or Vice President of the Union will not, however, be considered as persons holding office of profit and as such they are eligible for election.

.! ~

mentary system of government. He/she represents the nation but does not rUle it. The real power vests with the council of ministers. The President is the supreme commander of the armed' forces. He/she is liable to act on the advice of ministers whoart responsible to the legislature (Parliaglent).

f/edion

Elected by'an electoral college consistingof:

(i) elected members of Parlia~e~t (both HoUses); (ii) elected members of the state legislatures;

•

• He/she appoints the senior officials of the state like the Prime Minister, Ministers, Attor"' ney General, (AG), the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG),. Judges, Chief . Justice, Governors, Financial Commissioner, Union Public Service, Commission (UPSC) members and Chief Electiori Co~is~ioner. " • Allexecutive 'a~tion is take~'in his name. , • All Union T~rritories are under the Preside~t ?f India; he/she 'can appoint coriU:itissi~nsto Investigate into conditions of SCs, STs and OBCs.

\,

i.j,r:l~1

-r~'

I~

I

":•

• He / she dir~ctly adIllinisters UTs. through ,ad~i~~ators appoir!t~d bYN:m:/her.. "

Qualifications for ,Election as President.

Quick Facts

!.'.~ ;

..•

r,nure Elected for 5 years but is eligible for immedi-

The President There shall be a President of India _rs He/she)st the Chief Executive Head of the (Article 52), the executive power of the Union vested Indian union and Supreme Commander of the armed in him/her, exercised by him/her directly or through btes. His/her powers can be classified asunder: officials subordinate to him/her in accordancewith &.amveand Administrative Powers the Constitution of India (Article 53).

•••

~1~'

• He/she can ~lso appomt. mter-state coun~iis p~~T~te. benti'e-stat~" "and interstate cooperation; ,

tp .•

:'

-~

~.

,

.,

I

j

•

J~.l

j

11<1".~.,

y

"

Cegis/alive Powers 1. Appoints 12 members to the Rajya' Sabhaand twb Anglo-Indian members, to the Lok S~bha; .,

- t'""~~. i'r",l

t

~

.

II ..,.

2. Summons and prorogues the Parliaril.ent/ dissolve House of People, can also summon j~mt sitting of both houses; , ',' t!,. 3. Decides on disqualification <;>fmembe~s of .'the Parliament, in consultation with. the Election Commission' , '.', ,~,i1 II ~",: ;', , \

,l',

-

,

}t

.••;"

__'

JI:!

t,

1

,

~.

t. ' \.

"

4. Assents, or withholds his/her assent to Jany Bill passed by the Parliament; " ", d•.•l..

.-~~)

President I Parliament

~.'".

The election is conducted ,by 'secret ballot in accordancewith the system of proportional representationby ~~ans of a single transferable ~ote.' .

Procedurefor'Removil/ of President

Machinery of the Union Government .

.'.He/she,can,declare any arealas:schedule area and is empowered'with.the administration of scheduled areas and tribal areas ... '

'f,f.,

A~'l'

•.

'.j.jo-

;

l~

5. Rejects Bi~~f?rrl~~~.ms!$l~~a~?~: ;" . '_,. 6. Issues ordinances; -,

",'

1,.1.

'.

.'

,

..

~j\

i , ••

J:

7. Serids(' p:).essages. to the Parli.ameI}t, Fir\a~sial P9wers ..;, ,,'.,;•.. ' (a) Causes the budget to be.,laid ,before \the Parliament; (b) Sanctions introduction of money bills; .. , -' (c) I Constitutes a finance commission every 5 , . , years to apportion re.venue frof? ,income tax . between the Centre and the States;'( ~(i /oJ

.

v,,;

'j

t!:",

•••

(d) Can use contingency fund of India to meet i any Unforeseen expenditure; ,1J " .} ~./' '..,..c .". 01 ~:: j'; ~1't..'" 4;' .•.•., -

.-11

Quick Facts

History of Emergency in India (3 times) 1962

First emergency was declared in October 1962 due to Chinese aggression, and was in force till '1968.

1971

Second emergency was declared in December 1971 due to the Indo-Pakistan war.

1975

Third emergency was declared in June 1975 on grounds of 'internal disturbance'. However, after the investigations of Shah Commission in 1975, the 44th Amendment Act was enacted in 1978 which provides a number of safeguards against the misuse of emergency provisions.

b

C:.1 08

Constitutionof)ridia

Chapter2

(e) No demand for any grant can be made except on his/her commendation.

He!she has to get the recominendation Ofthe Cab'. fiet ifi writifig before proclaiming emergency. I

.

" "

Judicial Powers Empowered to grant pardons, reprieve, remit the sentences or suspend, remit or coinmute punishment. Appoifits the Chief Justice and judges of the Supreme Court (ificonsultation with the Chief Justice) and High Courts. Diplomatic Powers 1. He/she represents India ifi ifiternational forums and affairs; 2. International ,treaties and agreements are negoti~ ated on behalf of the President (subject to approval )rom the parliament); 3. He! she receives ifiternational diplomats and sends Indian diplomats to foreign countries. MilitaryPowers (a) He/she is the supreme commander of the defence forces of India; , ,)b), appoifits chiefs of the.A~y, ~avy and tJ:leAir Force;, , .(c) empowered to declare. war or conclude peace (subject to Parliament'sapptoval). Emergency Powers Proclamation of emergency: The Presldent of India can proclairri.emergency, if he / she is satisfied ,that it is justified and can take under his/her direct charge the administration of any state. "

..•..

.'\.1.'1,

•

Is. NC).

(a) National emetg~~cy-arisin out of wC),r,.external~ggressionor ,'~ternal revo~ (the words 'mternal revolt' have been replaced b 'armed rebellion' by 44th Amendment, 1978)Wi~ the country (Article 352(ii»; (b) Consti~tional emer. geil.<:::y-arisifigout of failure of the constitutiona; machifiery ifi the states (Article 356(iii»; (c) Financia; emergency-arisifig out of ?l threat to financial stabil. ity or credit of India (Article 360). ' Pardonifig Powers Article 72 empowers President to grant pardons where, (a) Punishrilerit or sentence is for offence agaifist a Union Law; (b) Punishment or sentence is by a court martial (lJli.l~tarycourt)or (c) Sentence is a death sentence.; the President'~ pardonifig powers ificludes pardon, commutation remission, respite and reprieve. The pa~doning pow: ers of President are ifidependent, of. judiciary and form an executive power, but, -while exercising tlili, power, the President does not sit as a court of appeal These are only theoretical powers of the President.In fact, .all these powers are, exercised by the Presiden! on the advice of the Cabifiet and the'advice of the Cabinet is bifidifig on the President. As such, he/she is only .a'titular head.'. ' , ..

Name'

Notes

"Tenure

1. ,', br'Rdfendr~ Prasad '( 1884 to 1963)

Jarr26, .

~~:.~~.-..Lr-~-.c~__~

f

~'-,

19,50 to May 13, 1962

',,~_'

'~~~"~"'""'~~:'M>r""

.

First President and also had the longest tenure (12 years)

"''''''''-'~'''"'.'''''''''-''.,.,....'''''-''~'';>

2..=._. .~~~._~ad~.a_~~J~h~.a.,~l!.. 88~'to_!.?~5LM2r~~~,_1~9~~!2Ma.L1 ~'.19~7 3. Dr Zakir Hussain (1897 to 1969) May 13,1967 to May 3, 1969

Shortest tenure; First Muslim President; First President to die in harness

-. i 4. 4."._,

5. . 6. I

I .•

""""""

'

July 20, ,1969 to Aug 24, 1969 .-

Yarahagiri Yenkata Giri (1894-1980) • ____

Aug 24, 1969 to Aug 24, 1974 , oo=,~"''"'_, . __ ..''''''''~~~_''''''''"'',~',._..".....'.,

8.

B. D. Jatti (1912-2002)

9;

Neelam'Sanjiva 11913-1996)' ..•••.__

..

..---'-_,._

..... ,_..

Reddy'

..

Giani Zail Singh (1916-1994)

-

£"

Aug 24; 1974 to Feb 11, 1977 ,' ._ .•__

"

July 25, 1982 to July 25, 1987

15.

A. P.J_~bduIK3!<;~2?¥3..!;3o,].~_,_, 20~2 t
.6.

Pr~n~b Mukhe:rjee (b~T935) --'---'j~l~

l7.

Ram Nath Kovind (b. 1945)

-

-_......

~~-

-"--------.~

-, -,

-,

-----.-,

~~:-

- 'Y

-

•.•.••

.. !uly 25, 1997 to~ul~3.5; ?O?2.. __

' '"

',:. ..• ~(',

:o;:---::-~--:-:-":";,_,

-"

Fir~tDalitP~e$i?~~ •.:":

.--~'

,

~,_'

....

J.0t~-~

~L~, _'

20 1"2toJul(2? July 2017 to till date

.l~~~~~~~:!

'.

,","

,

.-,; . .-',

'.~

£. .,. ~

~nq\lt .•l,

.

j

'~ •.

~•••.

",>1, •

'I:ce President of India

"-.

~,';.

{,.

t!'il,

j.

f

••• ;~

•••

,

I'

is elected. This period can be ext~fided t6 a

period of 6 m6ntl1s:

e..dion

The Vic~ President is elected by members ,,! an electoral:college consistifig of the 'members of ",ththe Houses of Parliament. A secret ballot is :cast ~ accordancewith the system of pr6portional representationby means of a sifigle' transferable vote: , However,his election is different from'that of the President as the state legislatures have no part ifi it. ~;1111 ofOffice The Vice President is elededfor a term ,:! 5 years and' i~ eligible for iIniri~d,iate re-el~cti~n. However, his/her office may be tei:mifiated 'e~rlier ~'1an the field term of 5 years, either by: (i) resigna~onto be in writing addressed to the President; or :I.) removal-by a resolution of the CoUficil of States ~~ssed by majority of its members and agreed. to by . ,c,e LokSabha (Article 67). ~ ~ndlOns" ,_ . n ~~. 1. Actsas ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha 2. Officiatesas President ifi case of death,resigriationor removal of the latter till a new President

.

" YicetPresidents

~~I~_~j

of India

~:o. Name

~

.n "

.

~..

~;,~.'!

~ ',i,1

"P.:'!_: '''.14 ... ,;'J.,.; ''';.''!

.

I

3. The Vice President functions as ...the President when the la~er is unable to d~~f.J:l$l-tg~lW~/l:ler funct~ons due, to illp~~s, a9,~e.nfe., C?J a~y,?~h~f 'cause. His to be n9tEt4,that.the offke:pf,the y~ce President 'of India ,was 'created Wi!ha.view to maifitaifi the political continuity of-.the, ,Itldian ',State, though the. Constitution has _otherwise not' as~igned fu:ly significant, function lto\t:th~ Vice President ifi,that capac;itJ. •

'

.

~

-.

•

Emoluments

"~.'

•

,;I','"

t

'

\.

,

•.,',}.>ytJ"'I-

••-''!;$

,

I,does

The Constitution .

~J,.J

'notfi;t

'ff""""!'~,"

'arty

4.r .•. ,:,1'

'"""-(). ,"

e~o~u~~n~~, for, th~,'yic,~~~Ee,~ident,,~~ ..is~,J~~d ever, entitled toa salary of t".~4,OO,OOO per montlim .•. . the capacity of the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha: Besides; when he acts as piesid~nt,' he is: entitled t.t>'''l',fT'''' to get the emolllments eqUIvalent to that of the President' :of' Indi~t ".}On'%Hr~hlent, (lhe Ct' \/ic'e! Presidentlgets'a 'monthlY' to' half of the monthly salary'that he/sher'ts' en~itled.;to duringhi~/hef' tefiure ,as ~J:\:ey~.c~.;~r,e~~d~iW _ft! (~, .

fT';'

~ .•.

1.

.

.(

1

-.

',1;1.

t

..•.

..••

'

:.,'

"~'.

-,

-

.

t'f" ..

-,

pension:'eq~ai

"

'.

~

1..-.

~f!t'jt.

'- '_,\,. ' ,.1 (" 1'1

.'

~.,.~!'.

1-'ill)

;]r

!~'fL.}O

tf" .~f-:.I

j

"(j

,j

11'

I

j

_.~

,

1''';-_

s~J

"'of'

'l..

I

;~'l"1:r

f

,'I5.a:ic;,fOr~Tl ~{~r

Tenure (1888...,1975)

,,19~2.to1962,

"

Acting President

.J .'

I

'J,

~_.. _ ..~._._"'._~.-

" Sarvepalli.Radhakrishnan ur

,\'

u':' ] .

K. R. Naraya_n~~1~~0-2~~5l-

I

I

~esidentj7 ~xe6rs) ~ _,

~.

13.'

':b.leC.2.3

---,'---=~"=~-

"

,_

R. Ve~tarama_nJ2.? JQ-~?:9~~:.:.:.tJuly 25;:1987,: to July,25:, ,1992_ 'f'~~dest, Dr Shankar Dayal Sharma July 25, 1992 to July 1997 P 918-1999)

••.

.July 25, 1977-toJ~I~25:l9.82-'Yb~~g~st-._"

Th~

. "tb!;unh'iC;DI:i"~""

~ '2,

--

.~~L.--t;:.

. Died in office ..'_.•.

Feb 11, 1977 to July 25, 1977 ' .,'

President of India

,.'''''''~'.'.,'''h '-'-'.',","

OM.

""

. FakhruddinAli Ahmed, 1.1_9_0_5 !o 19.77) '. "-__

~10.

May 3, 1969t~ july__ 20, 1969 Firsr~g ,-=.",_,__",•.,_",~ ~ •••~",,,,,,,,.,,,,,,~~,,,,",,,,,,--..~,.,,,:,.c~,~-"=.o. __.m".'''''''~'~',••__

""""

Justice Muhammad Hidayatullah "

7. ___

,.._~

I

'__

t', (1905-1992)'

I

I

Y. Y. Giri (18'94 to 1980) .. ,~,~"""_'

~~

Kinds of Emergency

Table C.2.2' "Presidents of India

TableC.2.2;' (Continued)

C.109'

r __

P~e-s-id-e-nt-' (-6-'~ years) ," ~

'

"}' ~'--'

First Sikh President

--(COntir•

-1 (Continuec!)

~

~I,

I C:110Chapter

Table(.2.3

Is. No.

L~: 7.

-

Mohd Hidayatullah

n905-1 992t

1979 to 1984

13.

R.Yenkataraman(1910-2009)

.

\'~I.~~.j'''I~'''~

••t,1"/')

," .. "

" •.

Bhairon Singh Shekhawat (1923-2010)

2002 to 2007

Mohammad Hamid Ansari (b. 1937)

2007 to 201~

MlIPpavarapu Yenkaiah Naidu (b. 1949)

2017 to till date

Council of Ministers. He/she selects other ministers, who are appointed by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister. (ii) He/ she presides over Cabinet meetings. As chairm<;mof the cotincilof ministers, he/she exercises ,a cas~g vote. (iii) He/she is the principal link between the President and the Cabinet. It is the Prime Minister who keeps the President informed of the decisions of the Cowcil of Ministers (Ar-ticle ,78). (iv) He/she guides the mini~ters and coordinates ~e p'oli~ies of \,'atjous departments and rrlinistries," and exercises general supervision over all the 4~partme'nts. (v)In the Parliament, he/she is the leader' of the Lok Sabha and chief spokesman of the Government. (vi) He/she is the Chairman of the Planning Commission, Inter-State Council, National Deve!opment. Council and national Integration Council. (vii) He/she is the chief confidential adviser to thePi~s~9:eJ:l~an,9: pli1y~..a miljor role in struc~ring foreign policy. The PrUne' Minister is assisted by the Prime Minister's office (PMO), which is a staff agency meant for providing secretarial. assistance and crucial advice to him/her. It is an extra-constitutional body, has no attaChed and subordinate office, headed poFtically by the prime minister; and administratively, by ~e principal secretary.

Table(.2.4 Died in office

~

=_-----._-- ..

---I

The Prime Ministers of India..

Name

Tenure Aug 15, 1947-May 27, 1964 .

2.

Guizar; lal Nanda

May 27, 1964-June 9, 1964

3.

lal Bahadur Shastri

.

Of .the

0:

-'..his/her being leader of the parlY that enjoys a majori'. . in,the lok Sobha. If, however, no party gets an absolut~ majorityin the lok Sabha;or when a PrimeMinisterresigns or dies and thereis,no one to take his place, the President has an effectivechoice (becausethe,Constitutionis silentl of choosing Prime'MinisterfO(a period of 6 months ana ,"such'~ person mustgethinis.~If/herse ...Ifelectedto thelok . 'h"In Ih'IS peno . d . "" -.,'.,~.. I".<'Sa"bha Wit

Jan 11-,-19-6-6---J-a-n-2-4-, -1-9-~

5.

Indira Gandhi

.Jan 24, 1966:,.March24, 1'977 '

7.

Charon Singh

'.

8.

led;",~

9.

RajivGandhi

Oct 31;i 984-Nov' 1989

V. P.Singh

Dec 2, 1989-Nov 7, 1990

11.

Chandra Shekhar

Nov 10, 1990-June 1992

12.,

P.V. Narasimha Roo

13. 14.

If the government is defeated in ~f 15. Rajya Sabha, it is not obligatory for the PrimeMinister to resign. However, if defeated in Lok Sablu 16. the cabinet and the prime _minister both haveIe resign as they are responsible and answerable totl1t' 17. Lok Sabha. Emoluments '; By Article 75 of ilie Indian Constituti<1t 18.

;-'L{,'

19

.

._lmn~

11'''jj-'''''l.tj!";'t'

;',

,

A. B. Yajpayee

_

,.'

__

•

_

••

_'

(-n

-u""'.~

.. N._

•. __

~-~.

__

'

..

"

•

"

-..,.r~';

:l'U'';:

,..tt

'!,.'

, •.._to

•••

',.J.,1

('r.l

.•

or.",:

r,'"

":-I-'i".,>r

•.

,~.

. ..• il

.•.•

H'i:

.••• Jj,.~

L,.L-,-!.:,

~ <\

_,.,~.

<

_,.>f"i.

Fi:S;PM from south India __

.~''''.~

••... ''---_---:_

~

•••

~

..

' ,

_

•••••••

..,.,,_"""

',.

._,

Dr Manmoh.9nSingh Narendra Modi

-I .. ~

1997-March 18,

,_ . - .....•....•.

,_

.

~:

I

~',

r"r,"~'-

t~ '.

May22, 2069~May 25,2014 f

••

,

.

_, -<':

,

May 26, 20 14-tHl date

'_

•••

r

~.,h

.---i

f

l'

~,,::.._J

' • -, ~:. " . ' ,""', .,' ," - '.;'

_~J'

~-

May 22, 2004-May 18, 2009 t

••••

,. _ , •.•... _,'

. Oct 13, 1999':'May 22,2004

Dr Manmohan Singh

-------, . '. ' .

.h'

March 19, 1998-Oct 13,1999

A. B.Yajpayee

:.'

..;;.~

.i•..,;;;,~~._"",.~~ ...•

".•.

•..•...

"", ~,~, . /.

-.......--------. •••

PM with shortesttenure:. '. "

__ _-~._--~-.--.-_,--

. ~~ A. B.Yajpayee

J

FirstPM to step down after vote of no-confidence

Jun.e1, 1996-April 21, 1997

, t\pri[21, 1998

-

~

--.Il'i':''''il-JI-j

)'"'iijjJr~.'j.-

~e"'u

_

t,

'~.

-

. ,.....-----------"-;-!'i...,..'.'--;:-.-~".-.---.-.----~--.. !

- .•

~v .• (.."

;Youngestto becom~PM (AO,years).,. :,("

May 16, 1996-June 1, 1996

H. D. DeveGowda

l":),:'1,J:ru .••.J".uu;\)

f"HJ"tt

~-.J "-'.'

,;f't"'"~,-,

........~_:.....~.~'-_.~

,_

'.~

-

••.•

--<~"'~-"~"""~

-".\....

'1

"'''''';::j!

'

1'l;,,~M";-be a"a"leated

June20, 1992-May 16,1996

__

"

~r

-"")1I;;,J

r

'Only PM'who did not facethe1parliament • ~ .f) ',.. ,,1'.•.•.. i., 1 ":'

!4,19BO-OcI31, 1984

I. K. Gujrgl.

J

Olde.st.to become PM (81 years) and first to resign from office

-

.""

July 28, 1979-Jan 14,1980

"-,,,,-,,-_,

,'t.",",

Firstwoman PM of India;.first PM.to lose,an election r"'-

'.

Resignation

remuneration of the Prime Minister as well as o~ ministers is to be decided bythe'Parliament and~ renewed from time to time. The original rernun: tion for the Prime Minister' and other ministersw

j_t-'~

:.fl.: ..~ ,'-;

"'7-

w.

5 years, but the Prime Minister tim-be reappointed if his/her leadership is explicitly recognized in the Lok Sabha. He/she holds office with the consentot the President till a new Lok Sabha is formed. Ever. when the Lok Sabha is dissolved,,?y the Pre~idenl; he/she can ask the prime minister I~O hold officetill new elections are held.

r,' ';/"",

..... ~,.- '~~'-~--.

Fi.;sfto become Acting PM twice

--'.

--

Term of OHice . The term ordinarily does not exceed 10.

n,'

",

,,+1

";'.1,

:

~H~

f

[T

-----------_.-'

March 24, 1977-July 28, 1979

:, .••

,'oj'.

':""

FirstPrimeMinister of,India and first.todie in~office; also had the I~)nge~ttenure (17 'years)',",-",.•..._~~, , Fir:!.Acting PM - ..~-~

f..,

Morarji Desai

",

1flU!.,'

-

Gulzari lal Nanda

6.

I,

.",_._,

,.

A.

a

j-.J

.

t"",t:y"'!'

Prim4!,.Minister

.' Appointment by the President(Article75), on the basis

••

June 9, 1964-Jan] 1, 1966 ,~,/.I,rsr PM to die ~br~.a~J~~~li~~iS.ff~~I?rbt~~t~:ril6J'h' ;": ;.,;,

~ ~ppointment

,Ii

,

Notes

Jawa~arlal Nehru

.

.,t••

•.

.

rl[{jl'

'/,t"1,1':/.J ...J

',!

,...--- "--',,-----------

1997 to 2002

Fundions (i) He/she occupies a unique position in the

LJ

"'.."

.";l

1992 to 1997

As per the Constitution of India, the Prime minister is de facto executive (real executive) while the president is' dejure executive (nominal authority executive). The Pnme'Minister of India heads the government, whiJ.e ~e president heads the State. He/she is the leader of the'party that enjoys a majority in the Lok Sabha.

,i

i

,.

1987 to 1992

..

K. R. Narayanan (1920-2005)

'

sumptuary allowance of fJ,OOO,a'dailyallowance of ~62,OOO and anMP Constituency allowahce of ~45,OOO m~ltlairtg free resiaence:i fie~~ tTavel;(i'ri.'e'dical" facip." ~ ,I ,.",<, J ". ~mfT'i .'J(j~ "<;! '. _ '_. h'e'se'tc'

1984 to 1987

The Prime Minister

I

_"rifiedin the Part .Bof the second sChedule of the 5Y"~tution,whiCh was later removed by an amend-:: .:0 nt.The Prime Minister of India draws amonthiy ~ary of ~L6Iakh. His basic salary is ~50,OOO with a

i

LlO~-. Krishan Kant (1927-200~) [12.~'-

Notes

Tenure

Name

..

11.

-------

(Continued)

8. Dr Shankar Dayal Sharma (1918-1999) ~---~----~ ---_ .._- ---_ _9.

..

Constitutionof India C.11.1

2

"

FirstSikh PM .,'

,./\,.:1,

!-i),;. ~J"

-_

..-...._-~ -

1(:-,,""''0 ..

P1

(1

""+'" I

i~

Constitution of, India ,C~1.13

Chapter 2

C.112

,

" ,I

\

I

I,~

Countil'ofMinisters' ~~.'fl

.'1 •••.•.

~.

,~_

•

i-- '.

"

I

I

,t.

'

The Constitution pr~~iq~s for aCouncil of Ministers headed by ~e Prime Minister to aid and advise the President in the exercise of his/her functions. 'It ISthe policy-tnakingbody ~6fthe country and the governIrtentin the real sense. • Constitution is composed of all the Union Ministers"Cabinel Ministers, Ministers of State and Deputy Ministers. ,', • A Cabinet Miillster is the head of one or more ,departments. , • The Minister of State, 'agairt, is of two categories. Some ministers of state have independent charge of their Ministry, while others act under ,the supervision of a cabinet member.

It advises the 'Prime ,Minister on important politi . and 'administrative :issues'and helps'l:Um in ta~ critical decisions. '. """ r. 6 J

,*~;

rftJ

.

"

~.',:I:.!.

•••.

Qualification

'

of the Council of Ministers

of Members

(i) l'1e/she must be a citizen of Indi,a, (ii) He/she

must not be below 30 years of age,

(iii) He/she must be a Parliament elector in state in wo,:' he/ she is seeking election,' (iv) He/she should Qot hold off(ce. of profit under '", government.

• (vi) He/she should not be an undischarged insolvent. ~,

--~'.

';"'\~

:1-..

\'"""

'

-".

(vii) He/she should ,f)ot be disqualified under any . made by the Parliament.

'OJ

.

-~.

. •...

'

Cabinet vs. Council of MhlistEtr$-'

,I'

~

:;

•

1

' ,...:;,

C~binet is a s~all body~f mini'ster~who ~ccupy a prom;~ent position in the party and hold importantp'o'rtfolios. It meetsfreq~<' and takes.all important policy decisions of the government; whereas, the Council of Ministers is a wider body, Vv'hichdoes no'r as a body to transact government busjnessond therefore has no collecti've functions, Itimpl~ments decisionsiaken by the cat' It is collectively responsible to the LokSabhq" whereas Cabi,net enforces the collective responsibility of the' council of ministers':) Lok Sabha,' , .' , .

)~r Collective Responsibility'vs. <

'.

•

Individual Responsibility ••••

,.'

"j.'.'

••

sanction ofthe Pres: 'dent,which in fact means the sanction~ot the; Prime ~linister.The Prime Minister can, thus"askany'Min: te!to resign; he! she can also advise the President to ~isrniSS a m~ster; andhe/~h~ can also recon~~tut~ theministry and drop any mrmster. "' , .

,

\"j.'='J,

As per the Constitution, th~ Council of Ministers, is collectively responsible to the legislature (House of People) and therefore,sr.: under constitutional obligati.on to resign,a~ soon asthe Houseis'oissolved, Individually, however, they are responsible to thee)(~' and shall be liableto dismissal by the' President, even if they enjoy the cpnfiden~e of the ~e~!sJ9ture. :\ " _

and

.,1

jt

,

"} Jl

~,. '.

~

l'

•

f

other expe~s•• ~s..i?, ~9.yer~gt hi~•..:~~n.~tih;~ncy' will shoot up to ~O,O.OO a month, ditto for the ~'" .'~sa1
An

3:' cinnV~rfuinihi~e .all()w~~~e.jfoi;MPs\Qffi. cial,homes willdoub1Edol,50~000.a year and "free br~~dband 'worth ~1,70bp,er inonth will be provided at parliamentarians' officiaI homes~ their constituencies. ~

.

FUfldions of the Cabinet (i) It formulates, the ticiesof th~ cp~~ (ii),It r~odu~e.~-:,~ll,~p~r~~ant rills and resplutions In Parllament. em) It exerCIses controlsover .!ligher , appointments. like, cop.stitu!lonalauthorities and senior administrators; (iv).It determinesthe foreign policy of the country and also Jpprovesinternational agreements ..(v) Cabirietminostersof the~ouncil,rend~r a<;ivice~?"th,e~resid.ent ~egardingpr~cl,a~ati9n .
,",

,(v) He/she should ~ot be of unsound mind,

-

,

'

'The.Prime Minister is appointed'bythePresident, and o!h~ "ministers 'are appointed by the President on the advice-' the Prime Minister. The. portfolios pre given by the Pn,..'c Minister. Any person from outside the legislature can o,~ be appointed as a minister, but he/she cannot continue' -: t~at ,<;:ap'()cityf9r more,t.han6 1"(1?~!h~uQless he/she secve: a seat in either Housed,Parliament (by election or nomir',) tion, as)he case may be).

.

There is another extra-constitutional body called "inner' cabinet' or 'kitchen cabinet' consisting of theprimeminister as head and some most important ministers in whom,the has faith. . . Pi-hue Millister ~ ,

"'1::" 1J

• 'P~P,:uty ,Minish:;rs work under the supervision of either a Cabinet Minister or a Minister of State. • Their main function is to assist the Cabinet Minister or ,Minister of State, as the case may be, in perfo~1ll;ingtheir functions. (

IF,,,e,~~,

Q~i~~

Appointment

'. Sometimes they may bttcalled to attend meetings of the Cabinet when an' important issue pertaining to their department is dis,cussed.

,

"

Tenure TheYiholdofficewiththe

Emoluments The members 'of the Councilo{Mihisters receivethe same salaries and allowances as paid to otherMPs. The salaries and allowances. payable to themembers of Parliament are determined by the Parliamentitself. At present, a meITlber'of Parliamentdraws a monthly salaryof ~50,000.~They,get, In additionto the monthly salary, a secretari~l, allowmce (f2,500 per month), con~tituericy all
~-,

.'

"

"

4. The ;monthly pensions for former MPs'.will rise from ~20,000'to~35,000. ,'". J", 5. The basic, compensation for aJaw!llaker. will climb from n,90,000 per month to. 2,80 OOO (sa!ary along with consti.tu17nCY,~d
'"-1~

.~".-.

.:

• .

The Parliament

'1,""

~~~ ..~ .•

)

,.'

!

~t

F~_.J,

..,)

:~"rv:;"

.•.•~ "'T-;"

'~

The Parliament is the Union Legislature. of India whichcmnprises: .., . . .;':' . ,~, . ' (i) The President; , '(ii)TheCouncil

" .

,.':

of States (Rajya'Sabha)'and '

(iii) The House of P~ople (L6k Sabha):' ','~

Ral.ya Sobha :' -

..

,_,

';.

Cr-4.'

',.

~

... ,'

/',', ,;.,,~ iJt,

_

••

,

,

• .

1

'...,

•••

: ~

'"

Rajya'Sabha is the Council. Of States which is also known as the Upper House of Parliament>, ';' Constitution ,It is made up of. representatives from the states' or th~ constitu"ent units of the.' Indian .\~ . ,' '. '. . ~r:\.l. ,- _..• U~io~ and member~ \nominated by' the President, who have 'distinguished themselves in literature, arts, scie~ceor social' service. The ratiorial~ behirt'd the practice of nomination is to provide eminent persons a place in the Rajya Sabha without going through the process of election. The Fourth Schedule of ,the' Constitution deals with. the~allocation' of seatsih;the'R
-

_".

,",

<

~-il1".

lr'l ~- \ ,~

I;'

.•.: '"t •. tr'J""'~~'T""

•

Formatign , }.2~eJ:!lbers ~re nOminatedrt'ytJ:tePresident alld ilierem~#g.~eat~ are?dis!!i~ut~'d between the StAt~~~5J~llT~...:..~~.~~a~~ ~~I?~e"~~et~~r~~e~. are elected. by'members of the Le~slahve Assemoly by'. method ".il. .'-.;.i\; .~) (-in.,-~' rr- ..~'};-U,~lb.., • ~~:~ •. - .'.1 •• ',_ of a SJil.gl~transferable' vote. Jl~e representatives of UTs.are chosen in suCli ~'mfum~r as' the Parliament mayprescriq,e. ,,,"~.;' . ., . " .r\

I,

I

~ ~

,~

111"5"" ' "iii \ I

~,

Chapter 2

C.114

C.115

Constitution of India

t: 'II

Tenure The Rajya Sabha is a permanent body, n I subject to dissolution; one-third of its members re~. ing after every 2 years. Thus, ,every member enjoysa 6-yeartenure. ' .:;

Stote-wise Seots Allo(Otion in Rojyo Sobho

Is. No.

State

1.

Andhra Pradesh

I 2. 3.

I

4.

!

Arunachal Pradesh

1

Assam

7

6.

Goa

.7.

Gujarat

"9.

Haryana 'Hin{achal

[iQ;__ ..J~mmu 11 .

H2.

L.:

:3

Pradesh

& Kashmir:

::::

Kerala

11

Mahatashtra

19

=

Manip-ur Meghalaya

18.

Mizoram:

1

19.

Naga!and

1

Odisha

124;

Rai~than

25.'

,Te!angana

128.

rdeura

29. --

I,

130.

"

,7

'

::J

_~2.1~~.. ~~

::1

J

7

'

Uttar Pradesh

' ;:J

31 '

3

Uttarakhand

31.'

,,==:1

T

Puducherry)~"

1

Tamil Nadu

27.,

]

10

Sikkim

126.

I

3

, , ::

'.'

t22,.:.' 'Pondicherryjnow 23 .. , 'Punjab .,

I

1

National Cap-ita! TerritoryjDelhi)

21.

I

t:]

17.'

[~~>.

]

9

Madhya Pradesh

West Bengal,

Fundions The Rajya Sabha share.swith the power of amend!ng the Constitution: It can origi. nate any bill other than a money bill; refer the charge of impeachment against the President. The elecled members of the Rajya Sabha take part in' the election of the President and the Vice President along with the members of the Lok Sabha. ., , I

)

16

(Plus,12 sealsare nominatedby the Presidentof Indioj,

Lok Sabha is also called the House Lower House of Parliament. Its members are elecled on the basis of univers.al aduHfi~chise. Anyone, who is a citizen of India, has attained 18 years of age and whose name is in the voters' list is entitled to cast a vote in the election of theLo).< Sabha. ,,"

" ,

••••

'.,:..

/~

~

I

.

•

Chairman of Raiya Sabha The Vice President' of India is the ex-officio Chairman. The Deputy Chairman is elected from the members of the Rajya Sabha.

,

.•• l

.

.'

' ..~'...:

-

4. Move

adj;urnm~nt

fe,

~ski~g

.--

questions

and

•

~~;;o~s ~'n'd thus, criticize the

govern~ent for any failure:., '. .' 01 '5. Can impeach the President by resolution for violation . ,the Constitution.', 6. Can pass a 'no-confidence 'motion to dismiss t'Je government.

.•

~H.-.,..

.•

",,",

,

.

..0:.'

i/"_~rl<'.

,'1'1,.'

ott,

.•

't._.J,

530 members

From UTs (all elected) r-------......•.•~.. -"~ •.,.."" -,y.---,-_ _-_.,..-_.,'_.,-.•.~ --_ ..- ,.--_~. - ---__ .~'_,__~_-_,~_, _' I Anglo-Indian (if nominated by the President under Article 331 of the

.

.

..••

13 members --..---..--.:. __ ~.......__"' ._ .• 2 members ,.

..,__

_',-_ ... ,. ,

').t:r'

!)-f~,;i

I,V', .,-,..,>(1,', ;

C. ;,,~,J . :_'j.,.

545 members ~'C

.n

,\

,~,

1. Budget Session (February, March, April and May). 2. Autumn or,MvnsoonSession Guly, August and September). 3. Winter Session (November and December)! • Sessions of Parliament are convened at the direction of the President: However, there should h,ot be a gap oftl)-ore ~~. 6 months between two sessions. • When the'House, after beili.g-adJbilihed SIDe die, is' not' prorogUed.~d its siUhtgs ar~ re-convened by th~' Speaker, the duration' of the re-convenedper,iod is dist:!ngmshed as next part of the same session. . • Unless the Speaker othetWis~ directs, or the House itself decides otherwise, the House T'l, - : _" . ordinarily sits from ~g.OOhOl;!-[sto 13:00,h<;>urs and from 14.00 hours to1S.aO hours. • The House normally adjoUrns'for looch break for 1 hour from 13:00hourirto 14;00 hours. > • The House sometimes sits durmg lunch break also and the'Chair usually' specifies the time as to when~the House. would re-assemble after ,.

,.'

,_.>
_

•

c

I.

,.

~•.•. _.f~" ..•.••.

\,_"--,

-;:~ 'F-'t

H

Normallythree sessions of Lok Sabha are held in a yearas follows:

.,->~.

v

.'.'h'

-.>I

10,'

2, Control the finances of the Union. b;

• The Representation of the People Act, 1950, as amendedtanci'Article 331'of th~rCon~tifu:-' ,~!~\--t .••• ',t":., "r',T i'~"-)~rll'l.-'.~'jtj"r:~ tion proVIde the followmg composItiOn of ro.kSabh~-:- ,i. '! .' v'::' it-. ' '_./. ,J<1 .1," .. ":/1 'I'"',il,;rul f';,' •• ,,,It! IHd

I FromStates (allelected)

~sions of Porlioment

1, Enact laws for the good 9?yernance of the country, 3, EliCit informa'tion 'supplemei')taries.-"

, q~?~

.1.

,-."1

-, '~::"~ ~

f . "__.

(a) Subject to. the provisions of Article 81 and Article 331, the House of the People shall consist of:

"

Functions of the Parliament (Both Houses) " I

lbe Houseof People (Lok Sobho)

(ii)1not more than (20!~~~bers)'to represk1ti:'ili~ Ter~~tories~ch~~e.l}I~p-~~~f!0 ~~pn~~ ~~ . Parliament may by law p~O?I(fe:).'. \, rt I;,t (iii) not more than tw'o members of the Mglo-Indian , Community nominated by the President, if heF she is of the opinion that the COIlUI'lunlij,isnot adequately represented inLokSabha,r;.,,:, 'r-,~d

Total

'"

Quick Facts

The members of Rajya Saoha ~ave a tenure of 6 years, whereas members of the Lok Sabha'usually have a termof 5 years, depending on the consent of the Prime Minister The Rajya Sabha is a permanent body which cannot be dissolved, whereas the Lok Sabha can be dissolved by the 'President or is automatically dissolved with the fall of the government or 'resignation of the Prim~Minister. Of thetwo ....houses,the LokSabhaismore po"",erfulas it has beengiven . th'e.so!e power, to a ppr~ve,.th~ ~~penditure of the government and ministers. The Rajya'Sabha, on the other hand, : has no power over fnon~y bills lor budget), In case of other bills, both Houses need to approve and any difference belween the lw9 is settled at a joint sitting of both Houses

,-

\s

(i) not mo.!e'I fuan( (5~O.meihb~,r,s):-chosen 'by w. direct ~lection,from', territorial: constituencies N,:lin the. states and> ".:Ii'. I ,,11 It; 'd:~ ••..~r.: ..t

lected by 'direct election from territorialconstihienin states and UTs and two nominated members 0.nglo-Indians) by the President. Strength The maxi- . [1lUlll strength of the Lok Sabha has now been fixed at 550, out of whid: 530 represent the states and 20 representthe UTs. In addition, the President can nominate IW'O members (Anglo-Indians), if in his/her opinion thiS community is not adeq~i;ltely"represented:

_Constit!!!ionl_s_,

"

, . Raiya Sabha vs. lok Sabha

,

The total nun\ber of seats is 250. Seats allotted to ,States are proportion to the population- and adjusted to rounded number that is lower. Therefore, ,the smaller 1 states proportionally get better seats 3Aocation perce'ntage' than tl;t~ larger' states. UTs with' legtshitions are only allo'1ed seats, so' UTssuch asLaI<sha9-~eep, AJidanulll ~ :t;J!cobar,Chandigarh, Daman &i,Di~,and Dadra & Nagar Haveli do not have representatives. ' ~

. of People or the

Lok Sobho ,

A 6

U 6.

::J

5

12

15.

r

1:] 11

Karnataka

[) 4.

I

5

Jharkhand

13.

• t:1}e'LokSabha

]

16

=

, Chhattisgarh

IT'

I,

11

~ihar

5.

1

No. of Seats

(onSIffution The 'Lok 5abha consis~s ,of. members

~

. ..

.~.,;V!r

;f"

(")

lu'hch.break. Sometimes, if the House decides, thef~ inay not b~ any lunch break. _ • ' '. ,', ) l. • III the evening at 18.00 pm.' or" after all the business included in the . order Paper is transaded or at a time when decided by the Hgl;lse,Chair specifies that"the H?u~el.would : reconvene ont~e next working day as per ",c~lel1;dar Sittings. ", , ,j,

,"

0t

" '. ' , ..1,

Government B~sin~ss~\A t~~days from.sta:.rt .<;>f'!'s,e!?ston, a .tentative list of Government legislative and other business ~Xpected to be taken up during the session, is publish~d m Bulletin-Part II. 'v 1.

,

.• . "

, ..•• 't.

~

1

'!r

',_

,,~

J

J;.

• ~ll infonp.ation 'concerning various matters conneCted with the business of the House for the .session are issued to members before, the"COlnImencem:ent of-each session. • . "." ;....

\

.. :",.

'

..

• in case there' is to be an Address by the President.at the ,commencement oJthe:Session, the l,t;n!~ti~~}i~t)s p~b~shed in Bulletin Part II afte~ the President's Ad9:ress on the same day. o

1 •.

:',;"",:::+

.. :"

\
J •••.•

i

Each

Secretariats of Parliamln; Hou~e of the p~liament h~ a separate secretarial- staff. The Parliament regulates their reCruitmertt, and the conditions of the services of persons appointed ;toeither Hous~ of Parliament. ~ •. - ,.- ~ : ,..,.

~..'.

"t

-

--:'

~....

.

i

I

"H

I~

~."' Chapter 2

C.116

..

Constitutionoflndia

i~

(v) ~e Lok S'l,1?~.aJ~~.?,~,a~ ~;~9C1!e;i~:~e t:!~ftionofthe PresIdent and VIcePresI~ent along WIth~!lJyaSabha,

Chairman (PresidiQg Officer) The Presi,dingrqfficerQf L9k Sabha is the Speaker, who is elected by itsmemper~, The Speaker of the House elects a Deputy Speaker, to discharge the duties of Speaker in his/her abs~nce.

'I

,dQ

*" ...""~;,~~~

I

Tenure The.normal term of the House is 5 years, su1?-

~.

ject to dissolution even prior to'the expiry of its term. During an emergency, the term may be extended. It was raised to 6 years during an emergency. with the42nd Amen~erit Act 1976, but status quo of 5, years has been maintamed with the 44th Amendment Act of 1978.

<

_~:_f,,:./

~"~'.~!~~:'t',v

_'

.

',..".

.. '.

_

::1' J.t:"
Qualification of a Lok'SabhaMember '-

_,'.

':. t~~ ~'- #"",'o/'w

~~~':'

_",~:-~~:-:~'~:,"

.rilust1bed citlteh,of Iiididl:'..,j ....'j

v,(i).' He/she

t"'(ifl,.H~Abe.iTllfstnzt be tf~I~0 2.5:v~6:rs'bf.age, . iiii)He/~he:. mu~t ~ot.~61~.:,c;~i.~~,.?f'profit under the . government, , ". • ,•.... ~,.'. ,<'." . "', "J~lU'" .t•.•. ,l., r (iv) Hel she:must,not b"eof.unsound:mlnd~,' .fJ,~' .>",i ~: ~ .

Fundions (i) It can make laws. on s~bjects contained in the Union and concurrent lists. (ii) In certain cases, it can also m~ke laws mentioned in the State lists. (iii) It has vast finanCial powers. It passes the budget, and authorizes income and expenditure of the governIDent~ (iv) It exe~cises control over the, executive.

'"

,

.

. -: ~~:'.'-.9.

f''''i

".,.,.'Pi<-!. -.c.-.--'"

.••

(v) He/shemust not be an' undischarged insolvent. (vil H~) she mu~tn~tbe disqualifi~d'by or under any 10..•.. 'mad~ by,the Parliament: ' .. ,

~

' 10k Sabha'Speakers

•

-1"

,~

.',l

-..

,

~

I Name of the Speaker

Term in Office

.~cines~Y?sudevMavalankar'

May 15, 1952-Feb 27, 1956 [FirstLokSab~a; SpeaKer from the lJ:'dia'nNational Congressl

p.

__.._~ __ .__ ._,.-__

\ M. A. Ayyangar ~. ..-:._, ~~ '. . Sardar HL!kum,Singh ._-_---_

.•. _

••

--..'

.:' ~._

~

-""".~._,"t.~_.~,~.

' "'_

~_'"

, ,J •.•

..•

••••. _'.'

•

'W'

_+

__

.•.•

."".~_

4

''''''-_

.

._ •.""."'~x:,,'_.__

.•

y-..:.,.,...'~--.---..----.-.--"",.-~,-.--,---

._,,_._,.----

.."",.,-.-------...--

.••

_

...-....'

-.:--

_

.. _.

. __..••• _._.~

.• ..o-

_ .... ~ _,.~, .• __-"-,,,,_._

~O-- •••. .,.....

_~

~~--~.-~,

.... _

.._------------.,-",-,.~."--.

'.~---''-'--

""-?~-~---"'-----.--r-~~""

.

ParliamentaryCommittees

.-=-,>,.' ••;'''''h"._~"''l.'-

---'

22; 1980~Jan 15,1985; Secoodterm: Jan 16, 1985-Dec18, 1989 [Seventh and Eighth LokSabha; Speaker from the Indian National Congressi ~ . ,f,,"~ __ ....;J...~...... ..•...•.•.... m_~_' Dec 19, 1989-July 9".!-9.9_1J~..!.nthLokSab.h_a.~pea~0~m J~~<':~.P_';l.ll._ July 10, 1991-May 22, 1996 [fe'nthLokSabhb;S~~akerfroin the'lndicin National Congress:

Firstferm:Jan

~..-'.-_""""""'r,..."""'''''_'

,_.--'._

,_.

'1''''_/'''''-'7'''

.

Shivraj Patil r..-.---------.

~--_...

I P, A. Sangma

.

'

..

-

"'T

'

.

'.

••

,.

. . .

May 25, 1996-March 23, 1998 [11th Lok Sabha; Speaker from the Indian National

'.

TheParliament. is assisted by a number of committeesto help it in discharging its duties. ,These committeescompr!se of various groups and parties, and. theproceedings ,ofthese. co.mmittees',are conducted In thesame ma.nner.as that'of the Parliament. Since, thefunctions ,of, Parliament.are.not oniy,variedin nature,but con~lderable in volume and the time at its disposalis limit~d, it c~ot ~~k~ very det~il~d scrutiny of alllegi~lativ~'7md other'matters that come up ~foreit.'" .. . ,; ," -"-J}

.,------ ..._..f~g~l.-. -~----.

L

G, M.CBalayogi ',: , .•__ .•"".~._,_,

__ ,~

Joshi ~~~nath Cha~;riee

" ~

•.

i Manohar

t

I

March, 24, 1998-0ct 1'9., 1.99.9;,$~cond term:,Oct 24,J999-March [12th'and '13th LokSabha; Speaker fro.~'teIJg'uDe\~m PO'rty]'v .',

'

_........

•..

,.

.

'-.,,,_

,

.

",'

.,'._'

'.~"

.• ",~

•••••

_o,.,"

-

'...

", •..)..

May 10, 2002-June 2, 2004 [13th LokSabha; Speaker from Shiv Sena] . --J~~~.~4:2004~M~y30" 2009 [14th "LokSabha; Speaker Jrom the GQm-;;'~~ i'stPartyof Ind:a

J~~ 6; 2014=iric~~be'nt[16;hLo~sHbhb;'S~~~i~f'Tr~~~Bh~r~fi;~~j~-;;~tlparty]

• A good deal of its business is, therefore, transacted 'comrrtittees: J3~th. ifp,US~.s;iOf; ~arli~ment have a similar committee structure, with a few exc~ptions. . .~, , '."',

m

3, 2002

d •. '. "j,;, ••••• "::'

~":r;:~Kumar ~..'..~-'-- ~'_.-:.:.... May (Mb~xistil._. r~.~~~,_~.-_,--_~ .--., ....__.~~.J~:~ '~ 30, 2009-June 4, 2009 [15thLok Sabha; Speaker from the Indian National Congrc:: SumHraiMcihai~n'

1

-'--:-

- .. ,-.,~'---."...,...~---,..,..,:-?y',..';7~r"',;,1'.

Firstferm:

.' ' __

Types'of Comfuitiees ~Btordly,np~lr[ian{e'htar1'co~ttees

are 8f fWo~kin&,;

_

• Their appgintment" ter!l1s,Of,office,. functions and procedure of conducting busine~s are also more or less si}nilar .and aJ:~,p~g~}atedunder ~hle8(rules n;t~~~..1;?y,thE;\!:,\y?l;!C?tl,s~s~~er, {\t;ticle 1) of the Constitution,

.'Itl lu h.fP~~qC .:

d', ',rtrl~.,.(,~l

..

S~(l"J'l .•,n1 dt,qr'~l

:

',Af,"'~ bnb

.c.9~l;t~~~

.

~~ ~)t"llding '!£'111'" "" .: )'1/':[ . " 2. ,Ad h?c co~ittees. _ ,'II , The former are' elected or, appointed'eveiy year' or periodicall~ and their,~ori('goes On"maTeO! less; ~n a continuous b'asis,.The latter are app0u1ted' on an ad hoc'basis, as the need an.ses, and. they ce~s~' e;(ist tr sO~~,a,~~her cofilplete th~ t~s~,a.~~igne~;!o.trb~:,>~(.l j

•

••

,.,....,

",

":

Standing Commiffees

I

.'~

•

'1

to'

':":

r~

."

• t

~

<,

1 •..

...~

",::_-lj,

,~

• #

•

'.'

••• '

J ...•

•

-

..(ii) Non-Financ~al,Commitjees,\ ... iG>.f

as

}'"

"n,

I,

There are two major ~a~eg~rit;s: j ., ,', '. (i) Three finandaf Committees and' ' , .

,;

•

J

'

l,

' ;

.~~an~ifig' cO~lttees,

-Financial fonim!ftees. ~6hg"

~e there arethree firianCial'cominittees'; ,,~.,.£1f, ,

... 1-1 ;wq

(i) Corlucittees on Esfu!;:cites, , : \ _ .' v' f'J (ii) Public Accounts. Corrimittee, and;. •. - ~. ; (iii) Corrtplitt~e?n J;'uklicUnder~akirtgs.. ." .I..,;J, •.~~ •. , .'_ l •. These constitittecr. distinct group and they -t~.i :'~\, ke-epaI).,unr~mit?t;1gyigiloxer goyeinment -!... _.; .~ -_. ".. _ .. ~, .~. ,expenditure and performance." '. n', ' ~ • ~ s. " ,~~n.;' " ,t'-"i,

.

•

'~

""""'~"',"'~

.J

'II

"~\.

r-"

'11'10

.

-

10.

~.'

I, ..

:.'

!

.J,"

_

,.J..•.~i .•••.•.t',j;J.

'''.~

~

-..-..•...• /ko

,;,1'

~-t',lL'

t._,

,~....

f-,

1

I

I

,

.;-

_,

..

••'-"

J

J. ~~

• ' vymle 'rhembersl.of., the. Rajya Sabha are assoCiated with ,Committees. on ~Pilblic ~~Cdunt~ @~ P~~l.ic'~,t!~~eji:akWgs,me~~ b~rs of the, C0!!WYttee;,c;P.P~#mates are ,drawn, entirely from the I.,9kSa9~a., c

~~ .

-~"""=""-"-'-'--'----'-""""""~"

.'.

.

(a) The Union List:' The;,Parliament has 'exclusive authority to legislate on any of the 97 items on the Union List: The list' includes banking, commurucations, defence, foreign affairs, interstate commerce and transportation. (b) The State List: It includes 67 items that are under the exclusive jurisdiction Of state legislatUres, includmg" agriCulture, loea.!government, police, public health, public order, and trade and commerce within the state. (c) The Concurrent List: The Central or Union Government and State Governments exercise condirrent jurisdiction over 44 items on the Concurrent List, including criminal law and procedure, economic' and" sodal planning, electricity, factories, marriage and divorce, price 'coI).trol,so!=ialsecurity,and socia.l insurance and trade unions.' The purpos~ of the Concurrent List is to secure legal and administrative' unity throughout the; country. Laws passed .by ,the Par!iClfi.lent,releY'!l1t.to Concurren~ List areas, take precedence (>verlaws passe~ by st~te legislature~~ , "

\ ' MarcK 26':~:'JulY'13.'T977 [Sixth LokSabha;'Speaker from Jcincita'PartY] July 21, 1977 -Jan 21, 1980[Sixth Lok"Sabha; Speak~m Jan~.ta r;;-ty] "

Balram Jakhar'

iRa~i Ray__

,

Jan 15, 1976-March 25, 1977 [FifthLokSabha; Speaker from the Indian National ,_ . ,_. ~._., _

Neeldnl Sanjeevd'Reddy' K, S. Hegde __

---.-., •••._._

.•••

""

Bhagat _ _,~Co~gr:ss]

i ~'~"'''-~'

:~.__ •..,.~~. __

March 17, 1967":'July 19, 1969 [Fourth LokSabha; Speaker from the Indian National , , Congress] . Firstferm: Au~:i8, 1969-March 17, 1971; Second term: March.22, 1'971~Dec 1, 1975 [Fourth and'Fifth'Lok Sabha; Speaker from the Indian National Congress],

I Bali Ram

!_.._

,,

March,8, 1956 to May 10, 1957. Second term: May 11, 1957 to April 1962 ,.----::"".... [Firstand Second LokSabha; Indian National _ _ _ Speaker ~ ,_ from,. the.--,--~~ ....",.,".'Congress] .'..~.-..-:"..-.w. ----- """""'-~ . April 17, 1962-March 16, 1967 [ThirdLokSaoha; Speaker from the Indian National Congress]

Sanjeeva Reddy \' ,. Gurdial'Singh "Dhillon • __

,-,-,--"~o.--...

First term:

••..._-,_---_

i Neelam

.

q~t~ '~!~te'~is.t! ~~~..C_~~qJhe_nf.t,ist",",\';'

under thi:: C()nstitution, the division of powers between the Union Government and the states is delimited !nto;three lists; fth~ Union; List, the'State List,and tI:!~~oncurrent List. ,

~:qr:lQilii~k" IFacit~~},~>~:

I

Table (.2.5

' ..•.~'. •.... '.';-;~ ,.'"L'

lhe Union

C.11 7

~:

,.'-

J.J

1.J

•

.

J

k' _."

~

\IV PI

••

\I j

Non-Financial' Committees"; Besides these"ltmee

financial committe'es:' tht'RulesCommitte1; --of the, Lok Sabha recommended 'the;. setting: up of: 24 ,Department-Related'.Standing' Gomihittees' (DRSCs) and Other Standing,C.ommittees. ',' "",~ i ..

•

"-~I

..••.

1'.'11.

l'I_

..

,~'

".'i~

!';rrl

"

ORSCs There.were 17 that ,set'up. on 4".,.,<"-T ,.'r).'DRSCs ';;' -:' II_Jwere _, ~,.,'

'('

_0\

~9,9~,

"_q,

Aprit8,).993;.I-ater,inlvly ? t;le~ D~,SCs were introduce~, ~aki,n~ ir~,rtprl,~erto .?1':J'fhI~ ~ctions of DRCSs are: ',. •. , l(J;.,.,. I.,'"

Ijl

.. ,_,

,")-f'lL;i

.').

.....•

1,...:

(i) to consider the 'demands for grants of~a;ious IhiJ:tistries q,~partments ,of.\ the Gover.t¥nent of India, and make reports to;the,Houses; (ii) to~xamine'~suchbills as,ark,referred to the . CO!!l~~h~~.by~;thefC~ai;.r~~f.l .. ~f the Rajya Sal:!ha th~ Spea!<~.ro£,tb-e. Lo!<Sabha, as the case may be~and mai<ea ,report thereon; (iii) to ~consid,~rr!~u;a};",13-~ports'of ministries/ _, departments and make reports thereon; and (iv) to consider, policy documents presented to 'l...." the Houses, if referred to the Committee

t

or

".

.,..

-,

i4-...

"l,'

• ..

,J.~,

.,

I'

i C.: 118

!f

I:.'.' t~

~;

f

Ir'

Chapter 2

by the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha .or the Speaker .ofthe Lak Sabha, as the case may be, and make rep arts therean. . • The Cammittee an Estimates, the Cammit" tee an Public Accaunts, the Cammittee an Public Undertakings and DRSCs play an impartant role in exercising a check aver .gavernmental expenditure and Palicy farmulatian. Other standing cammittees in each Hause, divided in terms .oftheir functians are: (a) Two Committees to Inquire " • Committee on Petitions examines "petitians an bills and an matters .ofgeneral public interest and alsa entertains represe~tatians an matters ca~cerning Central subjects, and

l

• Committee of Privileges examines any questian .ofprivilege referred ta it by the Hause .orSpeaker / Chairman. (b) Thr~e Cbmm'ittees to Scrutinize .'. ,. , • Committee on Government Assurances keeps track .ofall assurances, pramises, undertakings, etc., ~ven by minis.ters in the Hause and pursues them till they are implemented; • CQmmWee on Subordinate Legisla~ion scruti'niz~s' and reports ta the Hause whether the pawer ta makeregulatians; rules/sub-rules, byelaws, etc., canferred by the Canstitutian .or Statutes is being praperly exercised by t. th~ au,tharities sa autharized; ~d • Committee on Papers Laid on the Table examines/all.papers laid can the table .of the Hause by minister~, ather .than statutary natificatians and. " ~.orders that came" within f' " \" • _ \. the purview .of tli~ Cammittee an Subardinate Legislatian, to's~e whether' there'has been ~a~pliance with" provisians .of the Canstitutian, Act, rule .or regulatian under which the paper has been laid. ' (c) FoutCommittees relating to the day-to-day " business of the House . . . ., •. BitSlitess~,Advisory Cdmmittee recammends ':allocatian .of time for 'items of gavernment 'Busitles~,'and ather business ta be brought Before the Hauses; • Committee on Private MerriIJers'Bills and ResoluUons of the Lo.kSabhaclassifies and allacates time to bills intraduced by pJ;l.vatemembers; I

I.,

1 ".1

reca~~nds, al~acatian; .of !~e .•.far discus. sian an private members' resalutians and examines .C?nstitutia~ amen~ment bills . b~fare theIr mtraductian by pnvate memo bers in the Lak Sabha.The Raj~a Sabha does nat have such a cammittee; 'It 'is the Bus'Iness Advisary Cammittee .of•.that HoUSe that recammends the allacatian .oftime for discussion an the stage .or stages .ofprivate members' bills and resalutian?; . • Rules Committee cansiders matters .ofprocedure and canduct .ofbusiness in the House and rec.ommends. amendments .or addi. tians ta the Rules; and ,';; • Committee on Absence"of Members from the Sittings .of the Hause .of the Lak Sabha cansiders all applicatians !ram members far l~ave .or absence from ~~ttings .of the Hause. There is na such cammittee in the Rajya Sabha, Applicatians .f.~.ommembers far leave .or absence are c.o~sidered by the Hause.itself. ,I ., (d) Committee on the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Members .of bath hauses serve in this cammittee. It cansiders all matters relating to welfare .of SCs and STs; which came within the purview 'of the Unian Gavernment, and keeps a watch an whether tl1.e'canstitutional safeguards in respect .of these classes are praperly implemented. (e) Two Committees concerned with provision of facilities to members • General Purposes Committee cansiders and advises the Speaker/Chairman an matters , cancerning affairs .of the Hause, which do nat apprapriately fall within the purview . of any .other parliamentary cammittee and • House Committee .deals :With residential a~cammadatian and ather amenities for members. (f) Joint Committee on Salaries: and Allowances of Members of Parliament 'J. Cari~tituted under the Salary, Allowances and Pensian .of Members .of Parliament Act, 1954; apart fram framing' rUles far regulating payment .of salary, allawances, and pensian ta Members .of Parliament, it alsa fr~ rules with respect ta amemties like medic

hausing, telephane, postal,"constituency, secretariat facility.

and

Lt. ,

.

lot

the Rtiles\af 'Procedtire'and~biTecti6ns the SpeakerYCJ:\.aii'inan:)Cl'~:nC',~ .n;'!

(g) Joint Committee on Offices 6fProfit

.

.

:~

.'r

~~. -l. •

;

"

(i) Committee on Empowerment of Women On April 29, 1997, this cammittee was canstituted with members frambath'the.Hauses with a view ta securing,. among ather things, statUs, dignity, and equality far wamen in all fields:

,r'

~

<- ' ~.

,

,I>

i:J

"

j

Estinlofes Committee

j

<

~

be broadly

~

~

"'.l-~

•

~

~.

•

J

I

('!'{", .'•.,

•

j~

r I

•

<

"

•••.~\

_

Ii

.•

It alsaexammes

whether the maney is ,well laid in the estimates, and suggests .the form in which estimates shall be presentedta the Parliament.

,aut within the limits .of the palicy,-implied

l'

~.• "j,

~

• It rep arts an what 'ecanamies, improvements in arganizatian, efficiency" .or administrative . \ '! I,'\. {}r;-~. H ,~,r~~u.;' refarm canslstent WIth tne. pahcy underlymg .the estimates' may pe c~~fected.

• For ,example: Cammittees' an the canduct .of certain members during. President's address, Cammittees an Draft Five Year Plans,. Railway Canventian",Sa~ttee, Cammittee an Members .of Parliament Lacal Area Develapment Scb-eme (MP~ADS)i Jaint Cammittee an Bafars Cantracts, Jaint Cammittee an Fertiliser Pricing; arid Jaint Carnritittee ta enquire inta irregUlarities in securities and: banking transactiansi- etc. c (b) Select .or Jaint Cammittees an Bills,' which are appainted ta cansider and repart an a particular bill.l .

• It is the largest cammittee af-the Parliament. • This Cainrnittee cansists .of 30' members wha an~ elected by the Lak Sabhaevery year fram amangst its mem~ers"1. )., • A Minister is nat eligible far election: ta this Cammittee. ,The, term <,.of:the;,Cammittee is .1 year. " f 1":'

-.

'.'

.-'

.'

.,'

~

~

l

~

J.. _-J

~,

~.

.~,""" (,' >..,.0'<1- .•••••

• The '.Cammittee als"a:examines~.matters' of speci~lU:tterest which may. arise .or <;<;>mE; ta light in the.caurse afits.wark .or which are specifically " referred ta it by the Hause arthe Sp~aker.

~~'

II'

• These'cammittees are distinguishable fram ather ad hac cammittees in as much as they are cancerned with.billsand the procedure ta be fallawed by them is as laid dawn in

• j,

}.

I,~.~~I'

i

~~'!.lt..# 1,)/ ,...,.

.t.,,~- "-/...

,f}

(a) Ca~ittees that are canstituted from time to time, ~itjler by th~ two Haus~s o~,~, ma~an adapted in that behalf' .or .by the Speaker / Chairman ta inquire infa and rep art an spe~ cific subjects. .. . ,

,d.{...•.•. -'= .,:~

T~I

• Meetings .of these cammittees "~re;neld bath during the session' and. intersessian1pei'iads .of ',P~!l!ament. .,;. 1~1,. f, ,,' fA;:" I • Besides' this, inf.ormal; cansultative' cammittees .of the nine~aiJway Zane!? arelalsac:ohstituted and their meetings arranged during the.sessian periads ..

(j) Ethics Committee

M.hoc Committees. Such cammittees'may classifiedunder twa heads:

• ~

• The main purp9se .of these 'committees ,is ta . pravide a [arum far:;'liilio~a] Jdjscus~ians be~~en the g~v~~entand ~e m~er ,.of theIr unplementatlan: I, ,fl '. , c,,,.J 1\ '

,

It was canstituted in March 1997 far Rajya Sabha and far Lak Sabha in 2002.

.. ~

:

•••• ~

,~."",

If!

•

J

'.'.~.¥

1-,

fit. .tL}!-~1~

T

to:

Public Accounts Committee t. .

"

~J-

,..••

I

'

I

by

• The Mmistry .ofParliamentary Affarrs"cansists .of cansultative committees .ofMPs attached ta variausrnirristries and arranges 'meetin~s the!e~f ., • The Minister/Minister afStatein":charge .of the ministry cancerned acts as the Chairman. .ofthe Cansultative Cammittee .of~at ministry.

It cansisting .of members fr9m bath. Hauses and'cansiders matters cancerning the Library .of the Parliament. •.... .

.::;~.,

Consultative' Coltllnittees ' '),

It examines the campasitian and character .of caminittees and ather bacl.i~s appainted by the Central and State gavernmen,~s and unian territary administrations and recammends what .offices aught ta .oraught nat ta disqualify a persan far bemg chasen as a memb~r .of either Hause .ofParliament. (h) Library Committee

'1.

"

J)

C.119

Constitution of India

1

;111

J~

. • It scrutinizes the appropriatian and finance accaunts .ofthe Government'and the reparts .of

I ~t

1,1

I j

I

I 1

~

I

I,

It

,I

Chapter 2,

C.120

: :

Constitution of India C.121

the, CAG. It ensures, that public money is spent . in accordance wjth th~ P~rliament's decision and calls attention to cases of waste, extravagance, loss, or nugatory expenditure.

~

,I

(a) .to examine. the reports and accounts of Publ'~ Undertakings; ',' '.'f:'" , .!. It;' .

'0

(b) to examine the reports, if any, bfthe CAe 0 the Public Undertakings; (c) to examine in thn context of th~ autonomy and effidency of th: Public Undertakings whether ~he affairs of the Public UIi,dertakings are beif:g managed in ac;c()rdance ,w,ith s.ound business principles an~ prudent commercial practices; and ~ ,-

• This Committee consists of 15 members elected by the Lok Sabha and 7 members, of the Rajya Sabha are associated with it. • The Chairman, of the Committee 'on ,Public Account is apP9inted by the Speaker of the Lok Sabha,

~

l'

I

:

(d) such other functions vested in the COmmit_ tee on Public Accounts and the COmmittee on Estimates in relation to the Public Under. takings as. are not covered by clauses (a), (b) and (c) above and as may be allotted to the Committee by the Speaker froin time to time. The Committee does not, however, examine'matters of major Government' policy and matters ,of day-to-day administration of the Undertakings.

• No eminent person of industry/trade or otherwise form general public, who is not a member of Lok '5abha .or Rajya Sabha can become . , ,jnemb~r,of the Committee ofPublic Accounts. . A Minlster is not eligible for election to this Committee.

I

,';)

r:

• The term o~the Committee is 1 year. • The main duty of the Co~ttee is to ascertain whether the money granted by Parliament, has ,been'spent by Government 'w,-ithinthe scope of . the Demand'.

Parliamentary Privileges

" .\

The po~ers, privileges and immunities of either House of the Indian Parliament arid of its members and commi.ttees are laid down ill Article 105 of the Constitution. Article. 194 deals with the powers, priv. ~: ileges and immunities of,the State Legislatures, their members and their committees. These privileges can (omminee on Public Undertakings be classified into two categories: (a) Collective priv. il~ges-those enjoyed by each House of parliament • It examines reports of the CAG, if any. It also ' colleCtively; and (b) Individual privileges-these are examines whether public undertakings are enjoyed by the members individually.'. being run efficiently and managed inaccorPrivileges mentioned in the Constitution are: dance with sound business principles and pru(a) Freedom of Speech; (b) Immunity from civil and dent commercial practices. criminal proceedings and (c) Right of publication of • The control exercised by these committees is of proc'eedings. a continuous nature. • They gather information through questionTheJu~'~i~ry~. , ~ 7 naires, on the spot studies and. official wit" Supreme (ourt of Indio nesse(>;etc'1i,. • These)committees,ha:ve adequate procedures The Supreme Court stands at the ape~ of the judicial to ensure, that their recommendations are given system of Iild:ia and functions from New Delhi. due considt:;l."ationby the goverhment.' Composition .•The SuprerrteCourt; the highest court o! The progress in' implementation of recommenjustice in the land, consists oione chief justice and 25 .dations as"well' as any unresolved differences other judges. " between the' committees and the government Appointment The chief justice of India is appointed by are set out in' Action Taken Reports', whic~. a.r~ the President. Other judges of the Supreme Court are presented to the House from time to. time):.The appointed by the President in consultation with the functions of the Committee on Public Underchief justice. He may also consult other judges of the takings ~re: ' • The Committee is not concerned with questions of policy. It is. concerned only with the execution of the policy laid down by Parliament and its results. ' '

":,,,'-'

.•

~

I,

-

•

\

~

•....

•

.

'..

. ~

- .,

I

_

~

•

--,'-.:.,

'il

•

f'.'-

~J~

of ..th~ Chief .Justice' arid other juagestwkre ~e~ised in 1998:\Thesalarylbfthe Chief]ustke'has oeerl' raised to ~2;80,OOO pet month and thatofthe other judges of the Supreme Couit-.!to.~2;50~000;per month:'.They' are also entitled to a sumptuary allowance, of~45,OOOand 34',qOO per montliitrespettivE>ly/~and a ~taff car: with 200 litres of petrol-per month"",,,,~1 ,....; n '.. lid t, /

functions of the Supreme' Court of lridia IiI It decides disputes ~~twee:r!he Union Government and the States. i ...•';'., ..~.•. ':; I I., .

..

liil It hears certain appeals in civil and criminal cases from the High Courts~':. '.~,"""., ~.. ,;'~"',

Retireinent . After retirement,' a'judge fbf' the Supreme Court. shall not plead' or act in-any.coUrt before any authority within the Union Territory of India. .

livl Itcan issuedireCtions o(wriis for the enforcement of any of the FRsreferred 9ythe Constitution, ,0" •

~ '. SupremeCourt.and high courts whilemppointing judgeto the Supreme Gourt. 'I' • '~I; ':,.:r.! .. :, t:'

"

.

i.

Tenure JudgesoftheSupte!?e

_

;

Seat .. ~e' 'Stipre~~' :Ci:nirt :r\ohnally'~ sits'. at'N'ew Delhi. H6wevet,'k ccin hold 'its rri.eetiilg~'an~here 1'" ",., ~ ,.l~~~fl. ,jTh~.~.d~ci~i.?lli~ .!J:lis t:.~ga,~q~ ~~,..t,~¥~n1?y t,~~ ,cNef jt,t~~i~e'.of ;India ~n;5.o~~ult~~9,.it~~~!D)h~ President. ... , . . ,'. . 'I ,;' ',:. "", )'~" 'If

a

'.

C.ourt ~~n holq office .'. . :

upto the age )~f.65 .yea~s. ':'

~, ••

#,'

.,

.•••

-

••.•

~

"'~.,..

~

T"

,"

,

• .•••

J",'

)

~

.••

","

..• ,. •..•..•

~/'~~"'I~+~1""'~J

••

-

"'-~

.

'

j

~,.;,.,

I L

l

:~..,

~

-i

w

~

t

,-1>,.

Quic~ Fa~ts

~ •

Cl1lef Ju~tices' of Indi~

t1i;,.:,\<>~"

.0;.,. ~,,.

__~

:~;"

H J.

Kania was the'first Chief'Justice ot India Jrom August 1947 to November 1951. .

2. Rayendro Mal Lodhais the. 41st Chief Jl!stice of India fr;m'April 24, 2014, till date. " '."

knure and Rem~ne~ation' . Judges .of the Supreme Co~~t canhold office up . to.. the age. of 65.years ..The sal;ui~s ~~ '

>.J~.,'>

.... i•.

!

,.1

I'

t.':~

I

,".

•••

'!l.;.~'

r

~.

rl,t"

.

"iC1n;l'(

~ ••• -

I

.1'

. "

}~;f:~::Sr::~~~f~~::~~r;~;:~!j£i;il)

'f;',

I

.:.

I

", .. rn~~l:'

1"

~ ••

. ""

'.'J..

I

.

.j;.

ProvincialSmallOiuseCourt

.,

'.

.,.

'JU::.,., 1"'JJ'T1:'"..)

..

'".

,. l,

-

--:-! •. ,. ••

~

.••

0

t..• ;t.:.~"".

',.;11

Pre~ide";cySmall

..!'J'

-L. 'o(f. r: .. ' If.~ 1 1 .~rof CourtofSessjon(Criminal)

~

.' IJ'

. ~,

.;

,. .

',,; 'ftJ.

,,~h;:'l.'"

",:

(Inmet;opr~ta~are~s~ ...•);'

~tM,' Subordinate Judge's Court (Civ!J,) h, '.•

11. '.

._h~ ....tlr;'~f

~ity <;:ivU'andSesslortsCouits;"q"

,

-:

,

. t.:.t'}j

"'. '_.

""'.

r

"

..•••

.....-.'

;.'MetropolitanMagistrate'sCourt

!. ,;...'

,"j

!.'

1

(Over770Judg~sin24HighCourtsinIndia):

District and Sessions Judge's Court (In districts)'

:,: '.

(','

,I 'f ,~.

~

t

-:q.

"1

','

1.:;'~i:ng!l~9~t(ineachstate

ill,

l,.~•.

'.

~'l'~~}J •SUIJremeCourt of India ,;: .. (ChiefJustice and 25 other Judges) "1'"

~'f

~

~

'~1m.,'i.,;

)

-.~._,{

I

I

I .'

judgeof a High Court for 5 years, or in the opinionof the President, is an eminentjurist orwho-has beena practicing advocate in a ,High Court for 'a periodof 10 years can be nominated as a judge of theSupreme Coutt[Atticle 124(3)]. .

.I

'~..,-'

,

Qualifications Any citizen of India, who has been a

:

•

.: Cimse Court l;•.• (~.fl:,

... ,

("I

•.•

.T••.

1 HI'

i

.l.

~it'-""'-'T"1'-t)2

) ~

--.-,-,h~~":

',

'n.•

•. ~

r1--'-----'-.-----~~~ ," .;.' ., .~-.-,.-"-, .. -.-,.-,_-,.-,,-,-"-,-.-.-... ai ~:;r~ :_lJ

Munsiff'sCourt (About4~07MUnsiffs/

NayayPanchayats .. "

SUbOrd\~~tel~~g~~)•..•

'

\.

Subordiri~te ~ Magistrat~',sCoJrt"

':>,d

",';

t" -'I

.,'1 ..d.;

,"I'

,r,

f',

!'"

I'

",r"

liiil ThePresidentcan refer any question of law or fact of suf. ficient importan~eto'the Supreme Court for'its opinion.

l~t

\'\

_,

";Jud1cialMagistrates

.....'f:

J

~,

'

J

.

I':;

';"Aaai~M'

j

"'1 ,

''-Exe~tiveMagistrate~'

",h.t

'..•

,"_:,'

t

~.. ),

.,~'~j':~~',~,':~:'.~,,, .... 1-, •. ,.

,J

.. :

Panchayat,..

I

'

".id,

./

'

Ii' .' !

I

III

Constitution of India

C~122 Chapter 2

C.123

,,

L

Removal of a Judge A judge of the Supreme Court can only be removed from the office by an order of the President after an address by each House of Parliament; supported by a majQrity'of the total membership of the Houses and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting. He can be removed only on the grounds of: (i) Proved misbehaviour and (ii) Incapacity to.act as a judge [Article 124(4)].

Appellate Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court The appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court, can be in\roked by a certificate granted by' the High Court c6ncerned under'Articles 132(1), 133(1)"or 134 of the Constitution in respect of any judgement, decree or final order of a High Court in both civil and criminal cases, involving substantial questions.of1aw as to the interpretation ofthe Constitution. Appeals also lie to •the Supreme Court in civil matters if the High Court .concerned certifies: "I.', 4

(a) that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance and' , (b) that, in the opinion of the High Court; the said question needs to be decided by the' Supreme Court. In criminal cases, an appeal lies to the Supreme Court if the High Court: (i) has on appeal reversed an order of acquittal of an accused person and sentenced him to death or to imprisonment for life or for a period of not less than 10 years, (ii) has withdrawn for trial before itself any case from any 'court subordinate to its authority and has in such trial convicted the accused and sentenced him to death or to imprisonment for life or for a period of not less ~an 10 years, o.r . (iii) certified that the case is a fit one fQrappeal to the Supreme C9urt., t Parliament is authQrized to confer on the Supreme Court any further powers to' entertain ahd hear appeals from any judgement, fmal order or sen- . tence in a criminal p~oceeding of a High Court. The Supreme Court ~asoals,? a very wide appe}late'j~risdiction over all cou;rts and tribunals in India in as much ?-sit may, in its.discretion, grant special Jeave to appeal under Article 136 of the ~onstitution fr<;>m any judgement, decree, detei:n.Unation, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed or made by any court or tribunal in the Union Territory of India.

Character of Supreme Court Jurisdiction

TobleC.2.6

Supreme Court has original, appellate and adviso jurisdiction. Its exclusive original jurisdiction exten~ to any dispute between the Government of India and one or more states or between the Governmen of India and any state or states on one side and o~ or more states on the other or between two or rno states, if and in so far as the dispute involves an~ question (whether of law or of fact) on which ~ existence or extent of a legal r~ght depends. In addi. tion, Article 32 of the Constitution gives an extensive original jurisdiction to the Supreme Court in regard to enforcement of Fundamental Rights. It is empowered to issue directions, orders or Writs. including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto, anq certiorari to enforcethem. Supreme Court has been conferred with power to direct transfer of any civil or criminal case from 'onestateHigh Court to another state High Court.. ,i The Supreme Court, if satisfied that cases involv. ing the same or substantially the same questionsof law are pending before it and one or .more Bes or before two or mOre HCs and that such questionsare substantial questions of general importance, may witl,ldraw '!- case ~r cases pending before the High Court or HCs and dispose of all such cases itself. Under the Arbitration and Co;"ciliation Act,1996. International Commercial Arbitration can also beini. tiated in the Supreme Court. The Supreme Courttenders advice to the President of India' on the mattersof law or fact if he seeks such as (idvice. The Supreme Court never on its own initiative does so. Also, if the President seek any advice fromthe Supreme Court it has to provide the same withoutany limitation such as providing advice only if the matter relates to the Fundamental Rights of the citizens,etc.

1.

~ 3-

c4. 5.

,i&. 7.

8. 9.

10. 11.

12. 13. il.(.

15.

'6.. 17.

'ta 19.

Il.

• 21. 23.

~"

25.

I'e 27.

It,. 10.

The Chief J~sticeof India is ,app0rrlted by the President. Other judge,S of the S~preme Court are appointed by the President. in consultation with the Chief Justice. He may also conSult other judges ofthe Supreme' Court and High Court while appointinga judge to the Supreme Court.

"

Any citizen of India who has bee~/a judge of J-li~ Court for 5 years, or, in the opinion of the President.IS an eminent jurist or who has been a practising adv~ in a High Court for a period of 10 years can be ~ nated as a judge of the Supreme Court [Article124( )~

Name

e:Ho.

't---

29.

Appointment

Qualifications

..---

•t. 31. 33

35.

k 37 ft.1~ J9

"., ~,

) t' J '

Table Chief Justices of India

..

Tenure

t"larilaiJ. Kania M. Patanjali Sastri Mehar Chand Mahajan B. K. Mukherjea S. R. Das BhuvaneshwarPrasad Sinha' . P.B.Gajendragadkar A. K. Sarkar K.'Subba Roo K.N. Wanchoo M. Hidayatullah J. C. Shah S. M. Sikri A. N. Ray. M. H.'Baig Y. V.Chandrachud P.N. Bhagwati R.S. Pathak E. S. Yenkataramiah

Sabyasachi Mukherjee _ Ranganath Mishra K. N. ~i~gh M. H~Kania lalit Mohon Sharma' ) M. N~Venkatachaliah A. M. Ahmadi J. S. Verma M. M. Punchhi A. S. Anand S. P.Bharucha

January 26, 195D-November 6; 1951 November 7, 1951-January 3, 1954 January 4, 1954-December"22, 1954 December 23, 1954-January 31, 1956 February 1, 1956-September 36, 1959 ; October I, 19S9-January 31, 1964 February 1, 1964-March 15, 1966. March 16, 1966-June 29, 1966 June 30, 1966-April II, 1967 April 12, 1967-February 24,1968 February.20, 1968-:-December16, 1970. December 17, 197D-January 21, 1971 January 22, 1971-April 25, 1973 April 26, 1973-Jonuary 271 1977 January 28, 1977-February 21, ,1978 February ~2.t 1978-July 11, 1985 July 12, 1985~December 20, .1986 December 21, 1986-June 18, 1989 June, 19, 1989-December 17, 1989

:.

_

J ' "

May 6,2002-November 8,2002; Nove"mber9, 2002-December 12, 2002 December 19, 2002:"May 2;2004 May 2! 2004-June" I, 2004 "--"--------]

R.C. lahoti Y. K. Sabharwol K.G. Balakrishnan S. H. Kapadia .A~k~bir "p~Sathasivam

June 1, 2004-0ctober 3, 200S November 1, 2005-January 14, 2007 January 14, 2007-May 12, 2010, . '.. May 12, 201D-July 18, 2013-September 29, 2013:-July 18: i013 -, , July 19, 2013-Apri126, 2014'

I

"

.

J

Decem2_er_1_8!_1_98_9_-S_ep_te_m_b_e_r 2_S~,_1_9_9_0 September 26, 1990-November 24, 1991 November 25, 1991-December 12! 1991 December 13, 1991-November 17,1992 November 18, 1992-Februar)' 11, 1993 February 12, 1993-0ctober 24, 1994 October 25! 1994-Mon;h 24, 1997 March 15, 1997-January 17,1998' Jqnuary18, 1998-0ctober 9, 1998 October 10, 1998-0ctober 31,2001 November 1,2001-M-a-y-S-,-2-0-0-2--------,

B;,N, ~irpal . G.B. Patanaik V.N. Khare R~IendraBabu

.

I

I

1

'J -" ~

(Continued) .

H!

C.124 "

Chapter2

Constitution,ofllndiaC~125

(Continued)

TableC.2.6 IS.No.

Name

41.

Tenure

R. M. loqha.c•.

\~._

•• , •.•• "

~

Ap~iI27, 2014-September

H. l. Dattu

43.

T. S. Thakur

Dece~ber 20 15-Janu~ry 2017

J. S. Khehar

January 20 17-Au~_us_t _20_17

Dipak Mishra .

August 2017 -till date

.

45.

Important Commissions and Key Functionaries . Union Public Service Commission The Chairman and other members of the UPSC are : appointed by the :President and they' hold office "for a term of 6 years from the date of appointment, ;c,or imfil they at'tain the age of 65 years, whichever .:is ~arlier. They .are independent of theExec.utive ,and ..Legislaturein the same manner as the judges ,.'of th~ Supreme Cou;rt.

.

".

'

,""

__ "~Quick'F~c~s

'"

Fonetionsof the UPSC 1. An molters of recruitment of higher civil services, i.e., groyp'A'.and.$ .civil posts,under,C::entralgovemrnent,~,.. having the minimum pay scale of (10,500 are man- • •

2.

9gedby

t~~UP~c.,

.

,,"'" .

Advise the President In molters rel~ti~g to appointments, promotions and transfers from one service to another of the civil servants. . ., , • • . '.

3. An disciplinary molters affecting a p~rson in the service of the Union are handledbytheUPSG.'r . ~ 4. All malters regarding award of pension and awards in respect of injuries sustained during service under the Government are within the purview of the UPSc.,. 5. Molters of grant of extension, of. service, re-employment and malters ,of temporary appointme!1ts (exceeding. 1 year) and on regularization of appointments. The main function of the UPSC is to maintain continuity of the administration, to keep the services free from potent . influences and safeguard their rights.

2014-December

,;-----.J

27,2014.

142. l44.

,Seetember

office,by resigning, generally, when.the government is replaced, as he/ she is appointed on its advice. The AG is eDtitleq to au.dience. in ail courts in the country~andcan take part in the proceedings of the Parli~ent and its committees. However, he/she is not given the right to vote. He/she is assisted by the Solicitor General of India and additional solicitor general of India.

2015

_ . . _

---

of candidates" to all group' 'B' posts having the maximum pay scal,e o~ less than ~10,500; and aU non-technical group 'C' posts in var.ious ministries and departmen~s of the central government.

• The President appoints the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) to perform all duties and e"ercise power in connection with. the accoun}s of the Union and States., " • His/her main duty is to keep a vigilant watch on the finances of the Union and the. States, to submit reports to the President and the Governors of the States, and to ensure that the money voted by the legislature is spent under appropriate heads and not exceeded or varied.

• The Constitution provides for an independent Election Commission to ensure free and fair elections to the Parliament, the state legislatures and the offices of President andNice President • The' Election Commission .consists of a Chief Election Commissioner and such other Elec. tion Commissioners as the .President may decide from time to time.

Powers The Chief Election Commi~sioner cannotbe removed by the President except as a consequence of the passing of a resolution by the Parliament on the grounds of proved misbehaviol,lr or incapacity.

1. Distributio~ of the net proceeds of the taxes which are . divisible between the Union and the States. ,/ I

Finance Commissions of India 1. The first finance commission ;f India was constituted in Itsubmitt~d'its report on 1952. Period of implementation as 1952-57 and its chairman was Mr K.

1_ : 1951.

C. Neogy .. 2. Present finance commission '(15thl was formed in 2017. Its chairman is N.' K. Singh. It is set up wUh an ,aim to give recommendation for devolution of t,axes and other fiscal molters for 5 fiscal years, commencing on April 1, 2020.

• The President can remove him/her (CAG) from the office before, the expiry of his/her term on grounds of proved misbehaviour or incapacity.

.

•

UnderArticle 280 of the Cqnsti,tution, provisiop. has beenmade for. the constitution of a Finahce Comlissionwithin ~ years of the commencement of the Constitutionand thereafter at the expiration of every !ilhyear. It consists of a Chairman and four other llembersappomted by the President.' The Chairman &selectedfrom persons who have had experience in Plblicaffairs, while the members are selected from Pfrsonswhd:

t:

--'

•

".f

• • -

.

,

The executive at the state level has been modelled on the central pattern. It consists of. . or (i) .The Governor, ,j (ii) The Council of Ministers arid (iii) The Chief Minister.

,0

,

I •.-

Governor I

I

Council of ~isters

-.....

The State Exe'cutive

I

~J'

\

(iii) have had wide experience .in financial matters and its administration, or (iv) have special'knowledgeofeconQmics;

fiance Commission

Stoff Selection Commission

."

(i) are or have been, or are qualified to be , appointed judges of the High Coutt;'or; (ii) have special knowledge of the firianc~ 'and 'accounts' of the governrilent, or . "

• In short, the CAG acts as the custodian and trustee of public money. He/she ensures regularity of expenditure and looks into the wisdom of the expenditure.

rGovernment of States

The Staff Selection Commission. (SSe) was established in 1975 and enjoys the status of an attached' , office of the Ministry of Personnel and acts as an . .advisory boqy. It is entrusted :with the selection

Functions of the Finance Commission

3. To tender advice to the Presidenton any other molter referred to the Commission in the interest of'sound finance. '

• He/she holds office fora term of 5 years or till he/she attains the age of 65 years, whichever is earlier.

• They are appointed by the President for a term of 5 years. The. term can be cut short on account of resignation or removal by the President on grounds of proved mh,behaviour or incapacity on the recommendation of '.the ,Parliament.

Quick Facts

2. To recommend the principles which should govern the grant-in-aid of the revenues of the States out of the consolidated funds of India.

~ Comptrollerand Auditor General of Indio

Election Commission (Article 324)

•••

, '1

I

(Executive)

(Legislatives)

'/

'

I Legislative Council (Vidhan Parlshad) .

.

I '

.

I Legislati~e ~sembly '(Vidhan Sabha)

+

I

:,1

I

C.-126

Chapter 2

The Governor Th~ Governor is the noininalexectitive head' ~f the state and all executive authority of the state is vested in him/her.

Appointment

Governors of states are appointed by the President of India.

Tenure A Governor is appointed for a term of 5 years and holds office with the consent of the President. Remuneration A Governor is appointed for a term of 5 years and holds office with the consent of the President. A Governor draws a monthly salary of ~3,50,OOO in addition to free residence, medical facilities, etc. ~onstitutionally, there is no such provision than does not allow same person to be appoirlted as Governor for two or more states at the same time. However, no procedure has been laid down in the Constitution of India for the removal of a Governor from his /her post.

Constitution of India • Judicial Pow~rs: He/ sh~ is empo~ered to grant pardon,repneveor refilt the sentence Orto sUspend and commute the sentence ?f any offel\ct covered by the executive powers of the state. • Discretionary Powers Article 183(1) empow him/her to exercise certain functions With: the advice of the Chief Minister insofar as he) she is. required by the Constitution to exercise his/her functions in his/her discretion. • Article 162(2)enjoins that in case.of a controveIsy as to whether or not a particular matter pe~ to ~/her discretionary powers, the decision~ the Governor in his/her discretion shall be final

I I.

'I

-'-T

.

.

Qualificationsof the Governor

.;

..

~-

.

~.'

"

I Mustbe a citizen of India,

d

2 Musthave completed 35 years of age,

-,.n

"

3 Shouldnot be a member of either House of parliament or the state legislature, and if he/she is member either of Parliament or a slatelegislature, he/she ceases to be so on assuming charge of Governorship. J Mustpossessthe qualification prescribed for membership of the state legislature, S Mustnot hold any office of profit. "

Governorsare Appointed and Not Elected . . . _. ... ,.' . -'leI'eareseveral considerations which prompted the Constituent Assembly to have the Governor appointed and n~t elected; ir:'lportant Jmongthem being: .:,", ,)")

.

President vs. Governor The Governor has' no pOwers10 appoint judges of the State High Courts but he/ sheis Iii An elected Governor may be consid~red superior to the Chief Minister because the latter is elected ~nly from one co~siit~ency;.~ entitled to be consulted by the President in the mat. Iii Tohavea strong central government to' counter the separatist tendencies in the country, it is better to have the Governor appointed by the Presidentand not elected,' . .' . .,' ~ ter. Unlike the President; he/she has no ernergenev powers to meet the situation arising from external~ StateGovernment Structure: Salient Feat~res internal aggression.

Powers of the Governor • Executive Powers: He/she is the executive head of the state. • He / she appoints the Council of MinisterS to aid and advise him/her to the discharge of his functions. • He/she frames rules for the convenience and efficient administration of the state. • His/her executive pm-,vers are wide enough to cover all the subjects included in the state list. • Legislative Powers: He/she accords assent to Bills passed by the state legislature without whic:h the Bill cannot become an,Act. • He/she ,may withhold his/her assent to a Bill, may reserve it for consideration of the President or return it (not Money Bill) to the legislature for reconsideration. • He/she has also, the right to a,ddress or send messages to either house or both houses. • He/she' is empowered to issue ordinances during the recess of the state legislature. • ,Financial Powers: He / she causes the annual and supplementary budgets to qe presented in the legislature'each year. • No demand for a grant can be introduced in the legislature without his/her approval. He/ she is empowered to sanction advances to the goverru:n.ent out of the contingency. fund of the state to meet unforeseen expenses of the State pending formalities by the legislature.

i

~I

C.127

i

,

Indiocontains 28 self-governing states, each with a Governor (appointed by the President for 5 years), a legislature (eleetedJor of Ministers headed by the Chief Minister. Five states (Bihar,Jammu and Kashmir, Karnataka, Maharashtra andUttar Pradesh) have bicameral legislatures, the other states' legislatures being unicameral.

5 yearsjand a Council

STATE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS

2 Eochstate has its own legislative, executive and judicial machinery, corresponding to that of. the Indian Union'.

.

•• 'l

The Chief Minister

J Intheevent of the failure of constitutional goyernmef\f in a 'state, presidential rule can be imposed by the Union.

The leader of the'party that commands a majorityin~ Legislative Assembly, and is invited by the Governorto become the Chief Minister and form his/her cabinet.

4 Thereare also six Union Territories and one National Capital Territory, administered by Lieutenant-Governors or'Administrators, all of whomare appointed by the President, .

Appointment

He/she is appointed by the Governor01 the concerned state on the basis oihis leadership0/ the majority party in the Legislative Assembly.

A Non-member as Chief Minister A person, who is nota member of the State Legislature, can be appointedas Chief Minister. In case of such an appointment, the person concerned is required to get himself/herself elected as a member of the state legislature within 6 months of his/her appointment, failing whic!l he/ she is removed from the office.

Appointment of Ministers The Chief .Minister ~ mends the names of ministers together with ~ posed portfolios for them to the Governor, whothfJ appoints them.

Fundions

au:

• The Chief Minister is the rea,l executive ity in the state administration. Ministers of~ her cabinet are appointed and removed on her recommendations.

5

Theterritoriesof Delhi and Puducherry also have elected chief ministers and state assemblies.

• He/she convenes and presides over cabinet meetings and-exerCises general supervision and control over all the ministers and coordinates their working. • If the Chief Minister resigns, the entire council of ministers is deemed to have resigned. • He/she formulates administrative tivepolicies of the state.

and execu-

• He/she is the main link between the governor and the state cabinet and leader of the House. •• As the term of the Legislative Assembly is Syears,so is the term of the Chief Minister; but he/ _c~ be removed sooner than the expiry of his /her If a no-confidence motion is passed against his/ government. .

:;n

'-01

of Chief Minister The Chief Minister of a state - beremOvedfrom his /her office if: (i) his/her g~vemment is defeated in the state .. assembly; or. . (u) after his/her defeat in the state assembly, the Chief Minister refuses to resign; or

(iii) ill case of his/her not being a: member of the state assembly, he/she fails to get himself/ herself elected to the'state assembly within 6 months of his/her appointment; ()r . (iv) the President proclairils emergency in' the state on account of fallure on the pait 'of the state government to carry on the administration in accordance with the provisionS of the Constitution. The State Legislature consists of the Governor and one or two houses, as the case may be. If the state has only one house, it is known as Legislative Assembly. The other is the legislative Council. The states having one house' are called' unicameral and the states having two houses, bicameral: .

.

"

THE STATE LEGISLATURE Legislative (ouncil (Vi'dhan Parishad) Also known as the Upper House, it is like Rajya Sabha at the centre. It is also a permanent house and

-

-~ Ii,

il I

C~128 Chapter 2

Constitutionof I~dia C•.129

cannot be dissolved. It enjoys a term of 6 years with one-third of its membersretirirtgevery 2 years. Qualifications for membership Tobecome a member of the Legislative Council, a person should possess the same qualifications as per Lok Sabha member~ ship, except the age which has been fixed at 30 years.

f/edion of Members Elected indirectly in this manner: one-third of the members of a Legislative Council are elected by local bodies, one-third by the Legislative Assembly, one-twelfth by universitY graduates of at least 3 years standmg, similar proportion by teachers of at least 3 years standing and one-sixth nominated by the Governor from among those persons who distin~s~ themSelves in literciture,science or social science.

Chairman, The CoUncil. elects a 'chairman and a vice chairman among its members.

A judge of ~e High Court holds office till the . e of 62 years. Hls/h.er ~ert:n"can be cut sho~t .due gresignation or removal by the President. He/she ~cateshis/her office either on his/her~ppo~tInent 'udge of the Supreme Court or when he/she is ~ferred to' another High Court. . f;fl11

[f'l'.Q;Uick:':r~e~s, .;~

,

'"'

ImportcintFads" '. '" '<" ~ ,... -. ~

,<

,:

,.

»

TheGovernor of Puriiab'is conc~:rentlythe Administrato'C , "Chandig'arh unlessothelWise decided as a special CQS1;

noi'

•. ..;::.The Governor' of K~rdla is concurrently the AdlT'~ islratorof'Lakshadweep unless othelWise decided 0' , special case. "'''~'" . ;,' •-

» Onep~rson'~an

be mode Governor of one or mores'"., , ,or UTscClncurrently00 the advice of theUnion Govern!l';'-

>

It has been ,notedthata,'Governor 'can give addiliO"" charge oflwo or srnaller, adjacent states or UTs,B' there will neverbernore than one Governor appoir'2"; in a single-... state, small or _.~ large. ..

..

,

.

.

"

Legislative Assembly (Vidhan Sabha) Also known as the Lower House, it is like the Lok Sabha at the Centre. The Legislative Assembly has a term of 5 years but it can be dissolved by the Gover,I)or sooner than its term. Its term can also be extended by 1year during national emergency.

,Constitution It consists of diTectly elected representatives of the people. The Constitution provides for the 'reservationof seats for SCs/STs in the assembly of each state on the basis of population ratios.

'Elections Members are chosen by direct election. from the territorial constituencies of the state. The candidate should possess the same qualifications as are fixed. for the Lok Sabha or Legislative Council. The minimum age for becmn,ing a member is 25 years.

Fundions' The Council of Ministers' is collectively responsible to the Assembly. The Assembly chooses its own Speaker and Deputy Speaker who can be removed. by the Council of Ministers. The Chief

'--,,~Strength of the LegislativEt

.Councii

~,urtonly if the Yarliament passes a resolution by a .' o-thirdmajority of its members present and voting :.eachhouse, requesting him to remove a judge. .

~;s1iction on Legal Pradice A person who has held office . ajudge of the High Court is not- allowed to prac,e lawbefore the authority of the same court except 't SupremeCourt and a High Court, other than the ,einwhich he served as a judge. power of superintendence

j'"-~'

,~

Each High Court over all courts

Advocate~General ••

,'~.

,:.'

. ,';:'

••.•• ':

.~

'.

I

'.

}!;,

.••

' "i

,l'

j,,:',,

•.

.~ ,'~""~~ -':

~

~~,./:.

There . is an Advocate-General for ,each state, appointe 1?y \!le ~G~,,:~mor, ~hp h,olds of$ce; d¥img the pl~asure of the ..Governor. He/she: mus't be a person qualified to b~ appointed '~~a Judge. High Court. .~isl.her.:duty-i~ to give.adyi,c~h shite' goveirtrilents ~p~n'.su:sh legal matters ..~d, ~o perform such other duties of legal ch.aracter, as may be referred or assigned to him/her by the.Governor! The Advocate-General has the right to .speak anddtake, part in the proceedings of the State Legislature without the right !o vot.e. , , ..,. ..'

4.

or

.I~••••

:j

:l

.:

-

• ":

.

".;.1 /';"

"

4'

.1";.';

~/"::,

'.-v 1

,Lf.

• ~ /~

~~1 Quick Facts

THE STATE JUDICIARY

Strengthof the Legislative Assembly

High Court

" 'otalstrength does not exceed one-third of the strength of . legislative Assembly,sybiecttO.901ini~Yrn of40 rnern\ The strength varies as per the' population of the state ':erned. . •

Each state has a High Court, which is the highe>~ judicial organ of the state. However, there canbe, cOrrUnon High Court for two or more states. Fi" example, the Punjab, Haryana and Union Territoryr' Functions of the High Courts' Chandigarh have a common High Court. At preserJ there are 24 High Courts in the country. .~dicial: A High Court has original appellate

Constitution The state judiciary consists of a Chief11) •. tice and such other judges as the President of Ind ' may deem necessary to appoint The strength ofHJ;; Courts is not identical. For example, the Allahar:: High Court has 95 judges against 14 in JammuaT: Kashmir High Court.

and revisory -jetion with respect to revenue and its collection as also enforcernentof the fRs, It is a 'Court of Record' and its 3,onsare referred foinall future cases. ~dministrative: It supeNises the working of all subordinate. " a~d frames rules and regulations for the transaction of cess.It can examine the records of subordinate courts. '.ever,it does not have any power of superintendence :Joycourt or tribunal constituted under any military law ..

4Ppointmentof Judges

concerned. Appointment of a/l iudg~s, is, however, done by the Presidentonly. On October 6,1993, the Constitution bench of the SupremeCourt held that thE)opjnion o.fthe Chief justice (of the 'concerned High Court and the SupremeCourt) will have prirnacy on bath the appointmeni as well ~ transferof senior judges.

Qualification For'appointrnenta~ a judge to the High Court, the person: (i) rnust be a citizen of India; (ii) should have been an advocate of a High Court orof Iwo such courts in succession for at least 10 years or should have held judicial office in Indian territory for a period of at least 10 years.

Salary of the High Court Judges .~

Frorn 1986, the salary of judges of the High Courts stand revised as follows: (a) ,E::hiefjustic~ of.a High Court (~2,50,000

.;

,edgeof a High Court; including the Chiefjustice, i~appoint:, "'e President.The appointment of the Chief justice is made nnsultationwith the Chief justice of India and the Governor , :'o~ concerned. In case of appointment of a judge, the .J$'iceof the High Court concerned is also consulted in ad'J theChief justice of India and the Governor of the state I

Each State Legislative Assernbly consists of not rnore than 525 rnernbers and not less than 60 members. The strength varies0: ing to the populatio[l of the state concerned: However, the legislative assembly of Arunachal Pradesh, Sikkirn'ond Goa hasC" members, while that of Mizorarn is 40 and Nagaland is 46. The governor can nominate 1 member from Anglo-Indian CO!T1~ This pra'vision was originally operational for 1.0 years only, but it is being c0ntinuously extended and as. per the 79th Arn~: Ad of 1999, this provision of norninated l11ernberwill last until year 2010. This period was further extended up to year 202" ( 95th Amendment .. , . ' .' .' .. " _

.J .

! ).

~~val The President can remove a judge of the High

'15

,

,.

.~_~Court'sPower of Superintendence Minister of the state is the leader of the House whict is responsible for the administration, executivean~ legislative policies of the state.

within, its jurisdiction., It can'call for any returns from such courts; make and~ issue, general, rules/' an
~

per month);

(b) judge of a High C:qurt.(~2,25,OOO per month). In addition, the Chief justice is entitled to a surnptuary allowal'lce of f34,000 per month, and judges to a surn of .. ~27,000 per month. The salaries and other allowances of the judges of the High Court are charged to the Consolidated fund of India.

l.~

..

,

~IJI

..",

II C.130

Chapter 2

Constitution of In'dia

'Court I, ,j

~ j

Supreme Court

I Name of \ High Court

'"

-".....~.._.,.....--~~

---~-~~~ ..•..

•

All India High Courts

New Delhi.

.,

••

1862

~alcutt;-:gh-~:r~~'~"~~~~'-~.1'8~~

.. ~

~_ ~

Allahabad (wifh Bench af Lucl;-o~ ~.tttdera~._a_d __

_._'.

Telangan_a__

Bombay (Bench af Nagpur, Pono" and Aurangabad) . I' r

(~i:~~_Be:c_h af PorfB/o

•.•~.' ~~~_ ~~~~~g~_~~~:~a~:~_~~"~~.~olka~~-

2000

High Court

[oelhi~~g~~!-._

u._.......

Maharashtra, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, Goa, Daman and Diu

I

'Chhatlisgarh

'.

.

Chhatlisgarh

.__~~u~~~_l?_66_--:-~=:~~~i,

1948

Guwahati High Court , .

Bilaspur_

~ .. ~_,.

-~u-.-._.. ~e:v

,-_'~ ..-.-.._-.-

Assam, Nagaland, Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh

.

-------

----........

Seat

. _ 1.~?2__ ._~_.'.~_ Andhra p'ragesh,

Lt:!y'~~r9.ba?_Ij!~.~._Court_ Bombay High Court •

Seat

Utlar Pradesh

U'.U"

----.....

Jurisdiction . Jurisdiction

Year . Established 1866

Allahabad High Court ,.. -'

/~:-:_==_

D~~lh~i_._~~=..

Guwahati (Bench af /tanagar, Aizaw/ and Kohima).

Jharkhand High Court ______

•••

__

2000

".~'_

II::

----,,"'""'"----

•••

I

•. ¥

__

••••• "'-

~.'--. .. _.

.""~~~

,

,~-----,-._-.--.'---

High Cou~='='

Punjab and Haryana High Court .. _. Rajasthan High ..~~~~

1916__ . ._

High Court

1949 1975

__

__

_~

•••

Odish..a._'~

~ .. _.~',.,"

-=.-._. -""

_==~~-

Pdtria

_

Chandigarh

~

~o~~L[Bench,

__ . _._._._" _.

"'._.~___'

,

...._._,.

T~ipurd.

2000

Utlardkhand

Subordi~ate Courts Structure The structure and functions of subordinate courts are more or less uniform throughout the country. Designations of courts connote their functions. These courts deal with all disputes of civil or criminal nature, as per the powers conferred. on them. They have been derived principally from two important code prescribing procedures: the Code of Civil Procedure (1908) and

The National Judiciary Academy The National Judicial Academy has been set up by the Government of India to provide in~service training to judicial officers. The Academy was registered on August 17, 1993, under the Societies Registration Act, 1860. The Academy,located in Bhopal,has its registered office in New Delhi. It provides training to judicial officers of states/lJTs as well as ministerial officers working inthe SC of India and the HCs.

TheDistrict Courts of India are presided over by a judge.They administer justice in India at a district level. These courts are under administrative and judicial controlof the HC of the State to which the district concernedbelongs. The highest court in each district is that ofthe District and Sessions Judge. The District Judge presidesover a civil case while the session judge over a criminalcase. This is the principal court of civil jurisdiction.lhis is also a court of Sessions. Sessions-triable casesare tried by the Sessions Court. It has the power toimposeany sentence, including capital punishment.

OtherSubordinate (ourts ~ere are many other courts subordinate to the court of District and Sessions. Thereis a three-tier system of courts. On the civil side,at the lowest level is the court of Civil Judge GuniorDivision). On criminal side, the lowest court isthat of the Judicial Magistrate.'

~___ I_mp_h_a~

:--"--"-~-'_-_-_.-_-~utlack _

~_.

and

Chennai (Bench af Madurai)

Punjab, Haryano and ~hand~f:l2~h_._, __ .-"

Sikkim

••• """""".-~-

Jabalpur (Benches af Gwa/ior Indore) ,~.x.".._.,"""'-'"'v__ ._._

__

Shillong

Bihar

1975 ..,

lfh&m High Co~_.u Tripura High .~.~_.

Meghalaya

__l'?-~"---,-

Patna High Court

'~_:;--~'_'-~

•....

Ernakulam

Madhya Prade.sh . . .""""""",,""_-1r<~_----" . .' Tamil Nadu and Pondicherry

2014

_

••. -"

~~i~._ -_~_'~. __'_2_0__i3_-_-~"~'~~==-_M_a~]p_u_r

Meghalaya High Court

x

Bengaluru (Benches af Dharwod, and Kafburgi)

Kerala and lakshadweep

1862

Madras High Court

Ranchi

_~_-..

Karnataka

1956

Madh;~ Pradesh HighCo~~t1956~-" .. ~~ ._"'

r Utlarakhand

Jharkhand

~

_._~---_-....-....,._

.Kerala High Court

L~J~ip_u_r~lf:lh

•

u

1884

Karnataka High Court -,'

..

xercising jurisdiction in relation to territories within :hich the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises for the exercise of stich power, notwithstanding that the seatof such .government or authority or residence 'of suchperson is not within those territories.

Districtsand Session Courts

G~i~;~t;. __ ~ .'. A~dab<:d_-== High Court 1971 Himachal PradeshShimla r Himachal Pradesh - n.___._------=-='"'.... . ._"--_.~-_._....-c'cv .._.._-~-. .---- ..~'_ !.~.~~.r~y _~_~~a_s~ll)!r,~,'gh _<:
L
~a

ill

• The subordinate courts, covering the civil cases in this' aspect,' are considered as Junior Civil Judge Court, PrinCipal J)1mor and SenIor Civil Judge Court, which are also lalown as Sub Courts, SubordirtateCourts. Ail these courts are treated with ascendi?g orders.

_ af Jaipur)

.Gang!ok •.•. __ . _ Aga~~(jld.

_

Nainital

the Code of Criminal Procedure (1973), and haveba--further strengthened by local statutes. .

Powers of High (ourt Each HC has the power to issue~. any person within its jurisdiction directions, orders,', writs, including writs which are in the nature ofha~:' corpus, mandamus, prohibition,ql;lO warranto, ~.: certiorari, for enforcement of FRs an~ for any o~:'. purpose. This power may also be exercIsed by any

_______________________

r+n

• The subordinate courts covering the criminal cases are Second Class Judicial Magistrate <::;ourt, First class. Jvdicial Magistrate. Court. and Chief Judicial '.Magistrate Court along with family Courtswhich are founded to 'deal with the issues related disputes of matrimonial issues only.

to

• The status of Principal J~dge of family court is at par with the District Judge. There areniany additioncl1. coUrts of Additional Civil' Judge (Senior Division). The. Jurisdiction of these

C.131

addition courts is the same as that of the principal court of Civil Judge (Senior DiVIsion). . . • The Chief Judicial Magistrate 'C~tryl ~1;~~:~hich are punisJi
• In each district, there is a strong. bar. ",;hicp. ensures that courts decide cases according to law and without fear or favour, The greatest pr!JbleJr!of district courts is that oHiuge baCklo~f6fcases leading to undue delay in deciding cases .• ' .. "./

The Designation System

....

,.)

~ • r

11.'

Asper the direction of the SC,.a uniform de~igi\ation has been brought about in the subordinateWdi<;iary's judicial officers all over the country, namely, Qis~iCt or Additional District Judges, Civil Judge. '(Sernor Division) and Civil Judge aunior Division) in the civil courts and in criminal courts; Sessions Judge, Additional Sessions Judge, Chief Judicial Magistrate and Judicial Magistrate, etc. The next set of courts is described as courts of district and sessiop.s .judge, which also includes courts of the Additional J:udg~, Joint Judge, or Assistant Judge. The court 'of the district and sessions judge at the district level is the prillcipal court of original jurisdiction. It is presided over by an officer called the District and Sessiq~s.Judge, • As a rule; the saine officer is invested with power under both the statutes and 'jiiesides over the court, mown as the district and sessions, court. Depending upon workload, a district coutt may have jurIsdlctio'n over more than one distrIct. • In some states, there is a court called::t:he'Court of Civil arid Sessions Judg~. These,c()mts generally have. unlimited pecuruary"jUrisdiction and depending upon the'powe.r S9.nf~rred on the incumbent officer~in~charge of tli.~:court, it can handle criminal cases.' . "-,1.,:'- . • In some states, these 'courts wityCunliriUted pEkuniaryjurisdictioIl aie cal1~d,Cotirts of Civil Judge (Senior DivisioI).),~while .in, ~ther states ~ey 'are. described as Courts', of. Subordinate Judge. In (iddition, there are courts mown as Small Causes Courts. '

_

C.132

Chapter 2

• These are set up either under the Provisional Small Causes Act at th~ district level or under the Presidency Town Small Causes Court Act in presidencies / metropolitan towns.

Family (ourts The Family Courts Act (1984)aims at promoting conciliation in and securing speedy settlement of disputes relating to marriage, farrlily affairs and related matters. It envisages that courts shall be set up in a city or town with a populati0rl of more than 10 lakh and at stich other places as the state government may deem necessary.

• An important fea.4tre;af this amendtp.ent is that after an application is maqe to the :t:'ermanent Lok Adalat, no party to that app\ication can invoke jurisdiction of any court in the same dispute. • Such disputes involving public utility services shall ~e attempted to be settled by the Penna. nent Lok Adalat by way of conciliation and failing that, on merit, and in doing so the Per. manent Lok Adalat shall be guided by the prin. ciples of natUral justice, objectivity, fair play, equity and other principles of justice without being bound by the Code of Civil Procedure and the Indian Evidence Act.

lok Adalats and Nyaya Panchayats

Nyaya Panchayats The Ny~ya Panchayats ~re the judi.

Lok Adalats A Lok Adalat has the jurisdiction to set-, tIe, by way of effecting compromise between the parties, any matter which may be pending before any'c011l:t,.as well as matters at pre-litigativestage, tha.t is; d~sputes which have not yet been formally instituted in any Court of Law. Such matters may be civil or criminal in nature, but any matter relating to an offence not compoundable under any law cannot be decided by the Lok Adalat evert if the parties involved thereirl agree to settle the s~me. Lok Adalats can take t9gnizance of matters involy.ing, not only those persons who are entitled to avail free legal services but of all other persons also, be they women, men, or children and even institu tions.

cial bodies in village, which provide speedy and inexpensive justice on all pettY civil suits and minor offences within their domain of operations. Usually their domain of jurisdiction is limited to four to five villages only; They can impose onIy monetary fines at the most as punishments and are barred from the power to award imprisonment sentences (exceptin Bihar).

• The Legal Services Authorities Act, 1987 (as amended vide ACtNo. 37 of 2002) pr,ovides for ,setting up of a 'PermaneJ)tLok Adal,~.t'which "can be approached by any party toa dispute involving 'public utility services' which have been defined in the Act (as amended) to include transport services for the. carriage of passengers or goods by air, road or water; postal, telegraph or telephone services; insuranceservice, as also, services'in hospital or 'dispensary, supply of power; light or water to tne public, besides' systems of p'ublic conservancy or sanitation. Any civil 'dispute with a public utility service and' where' the. value of the 'property in dispute does not exceed ~10 lakh; or any criminal'dispute which does not involve an offence not compoundable, under 'any law, can be" hikert up iii. the Permanent Lok Adalat. ,i '

!"

Constitution of India C.133'

Important Processes in the Indian Judiciary System Public Ii/terest Liiigation Although the proceedings in the SC arise out of' j\ldgements or orders fuade by the subordinate courts, including the HCs, of late, theSC has started entertaining matters in which the interest of the public at large is involved.' " • The court can be moved by any individual or group of persons either by filing a writ petition at the filing counter of the Court or by address. ing a letter to the Chief Justice of India, high. lighting .the. questipns •of public importance, for invoking this jurisdictiori.'Such a conceptis popularly known as 'Public Interest Litigation' (PIL) and several matters of public importance have become landmark cases. ,',. • This concept is unique to the SC'of India only and perhaps no other court 'in the world has been 'exerdsmg this extraordma'ry jurisdiction. A writ petition filed at the filing counter is dealt with like any other writ petitio~ and is put into the process as such. ' , • Justice'VRKrishna Iyer is c~n"~ideredas o~ of the progerli.,tors of PIL in th~;,India judioal system. .

• Justi~e;PN Bhagwati Was the Chief Justice of India when PIL was introduced in .the .Indian Judicial System. '

.,!

~

••••.

llte Central Administrative Tribunal (CAT) has been establishedfor adjudication of disputes with respect torecruitment and conditions of serVice of persons appointedtoyublic servic~s and posts in co~ectio~ withthe affairs of the Umon or other local authontieswithin the territory of India or under the control ofGovernment of India and for matters connected therewithor incidental thereto. This was done in pursuanceof the amendment of Constitution of India by Article323A.

: .•.. 'rt~~i

.•.•p.,lt,1J.L

'Did You Know?"., • 1'.. .,J..t"" .••

. ~•••.~

::J.:

N"'"

.'~

Amicus Curiae ,.

(entral Administrative Tribunal

'.'''''<:;\.J

•

'.

l

:.r r .-

.

",

f~: 1

.

It is a Latin word which literally means friend of the court. It refers to-someone who provides information on poi')! of" law. If a petition is received from a jailor in any' other criminal matter ,if the accused isunfepresenfed,;lthen 'an: advocate is appointed as. amicus curiae by .th~ court .to , defend and argue the case of the'accusecl! _:l'll~ - :,I;h" In civil malters'dso, the Court can appoint' an,advocate as al'nicus cUriae if it thinks ii necessary in case of any. unrepresented'partY;the court can a1s0'dppoi~t:amicuS~Ur" iae in any matter of general public importance,Qr in,whic;:ff: ' the interest of the-public at large is involved, ' . , ,

:.

'/},

~ l"~1

">:'~'.~ 1- '~~~;~~"lrl J ,.

• Parliament had enacted the Administrative Tribunals Act, 1985, which came into force in July, 1985, and the Administrative Tribunals were established in November 1985, at Delhi, Mumbai, Calcutta and Allahabad. • There are 17 Benches of -the Tribunal located throughout the country wherever the seat of a High Court is located, with 33 Division Benches.' • In addition, circuit sittings are held at Nagpur, Goa, Aurangabad, 'Jammu, Shimla, Indore" Gwalior, Bilaspur, Ranchi, Pondicherry" Gangtok, ,Port Blair, Shillong, ,Agartala, Kohima, ImphaI; Itariagar, Aizawlarid Nainltal. • The members of the CAT are drawn from both judicial and administrative streams.

MISCELLANEOUS CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISIONS, General Elections Electionsheld to select members of Parliament and StateLegislati~e Assei;nblies are"tenned as General Elections. General Electi.ons are riorlnaliyhel~ every 5 years,but mid-term elections can' also be 'held if circumstances:80 warrant. The Election Coinmislion Consists of the Chief Election' CoIDmissioner illda number'of Election Commissioners. 'They are !YOintedby the President to control and supervise OIleelections. ' '.',

,.. ~ •

,L~:,',

First GenerolElections

The first general elections were ,I:~eldiI).1~5.1~5i~d. spread over 100 days. In all, l,800Catld;i~'l,tes,f0!1: t~sted fqr 489 s~ats of tJ:;1e Lok Sab,ha and).5iO~9SanJ didates contested for 5,283 seats dfstate)egislative assemblies:

Mid-term Elections'

a

Mid-term elections are held outside the schedule as result of di~solution of Parliamellt or'~ St~tE;L,egis,1a! hue before it has been in existence for itsn()riilal't~rm of 5 ye~rs.' .. , .. . , , ".~ '.

BY-,~I~ction'

x

A by-electioh i~ held in' respect of. a seat rendered vacant during the running termot an elected. person due to his/her death, resignation or any,other subse~ quent disqualification of the already elected member.,

PoOtJcal Parties 4.

1~

India's party-syste~ is in thethr,?es ofhistoti~ change: The 1989gerteral electi9ns.hroughtthe eta oeCon:: gress 90min!IDC~to all e~d. Even thoug~. the Congress (I) regainedp
r" :

!

I

~I

C~134

and the BSP,among others, were attempting to fashion a new majority out of the increasingly assertive backward classes, dalits, scheduled castes, scheduled tribes and religious minorities.

,\

Constitution of India

Chapter 2 ,,' ~,,,,~', "," '-'~:,,'.,'

.t'll" '~,Qui~~ '~a~~s:{'::N~r;i",% ,

"

~";.

_

'~:

Number

Article 2 of the Constitution of Indio Article 2 of the Constitution of India reads 'Parliament may by law admit into the Union, or establish new states on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit~.•This article empowers the Parliament to impose special conditions of membership on' a state and suggests that the Parliament can also confer special rights .arid privileges on newly admitted states. The words' as it thinks fit' suggests that this article' gives complete discretion to the Parliament to confer any sfatus on newly' formed states'. The Parliament has the discretion to confer special status; based on relevant legal grounds by virtue of this article. It was by virtue of this 'special status' (under Article 370) that Kashmir did not accept the Constitution of India as a ho~e and reserved the right to frame its own Constitution when all other Part B states had accepted the Constitution of India in its entirety.

.'. F
There is no dichotomy between a strong union and strong states, and both are needed. The relationsru,p between the union and the states is a relationship between t~e whole body and its parts. For the body being healthy, it is necessary that its parts are strong.

~

"", ,.

1967..

Sixth.

..

494

Congress

494

,,'"

~

~

',-

~~

•

Jan~la., ,

Ninth

1984 199i

518 542

~,'

"'",

"Congress

(II

N~tional Front ' '. Cbl1gress

542

",,<

508 543

m

511

, 1996

" U~ited Front

543

Twelfth

b1'9,98,'~.

'",.'BJP/NDA~

541

Thirteenth'

1999 ..i

Fifteenth Sixteenth

•

,J

>"

2004. 2009

,,'

2014

'{ \'"

t,!

(J

ConstitutionalSafeguards for SC/STs

socia~ injustice and all forms ofexploit~tion (Article 46). . . .~ (iii), wowing open, by la\y, of Hindu religious institutions of public, character to, all classes and sections of Hindus (Article 25(b». , l

(iv) Removal of any dis9-biJity;Iia1?ility,restr~ction or conditions with regard to access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and" places of pub':' lic entertainment or use pfwells, tcillks,bathing ghats, roads and places of public resort maintained wholly or partially out"of'stafe funds or dedicated to the use of general pub'lic (Article 15(2». ' : .

?t'

(v) Curta~ert' .by ia~. in,:tll~ ,~t~re~t <mY scheduled tribes, of general rights of all citizens to move freely, settle, in and acquire property (ArticleJ9(5». (vi) Forbidding of any denial of admission.to educational institutions maintained by. thy stqte or receiving grants out of stqte, func;is (Article 29(2». , . 1-: o'

Eleventh ~

'Fourteenth'

• The Act also lays down that both Hindi and English shall compulsorily be used' for certain specified purposes such as resolutions, general orders, rules, notifications, press communiques, administrative and other reports, licences, permits, contracts, agreements, etc.

~;,"

' '~Congr~ssil)

~~.j.l9?4

Tenth

'",

• The Parliament made this law by passing the Official Languages Act, 1963.

520

':S:;cingres~,llr

1977, ~

, ••..Corigress 'T

' 1980

Eighth,

489

";'~'C6ng~~ss"

i971 . ': . , ....',~,,. .

Seats

,;'~ ,C;:,ngress

-,J

~Se~enth

,)t

';~"-'~l}ling'()arly'

- 1962,

"-~.t.,

,"

4,;-~::'

-,- .,'

in General'EI,ections

Seconct;19~7:

.,1--, " :'

.,

,00\195,2jt:,,'

Fifth •••••• ~'

-j",'

',;0;"

::J,!, \.:..

\ _ Year

"Third*','

Centre-St~te Relationships

,-

"~

WinoingParties.

.~i~t"

370 of the Constitution of India, which cover the case of Kashmir alone, meant a division of -sovereignty and that was possible only if the Constitution of India was federal in nature. The term 'quasi federation' for India is hardly justified. Though, in India there has been a centralizing tendency yet, in the case of Kas~ it can be argued and maintained that 'Patel's pro12essof unionization was not extended to it'. The relationship of Kashmir with India was initiated on a federal basis and there was a clear 'division of sovereignty between the Centre and this state, which is the normal feature of a federation, beyond the powers transferred. by it' to the Union, 'the state enjoyed complete residuary sovereignty'.' This arrangement was embodied'in Article 370of the Constitution of India.

for which it was being u~ed immediately before such commencement. Thus, English continued to be the official language of the union side by side with Hindi, until 1965,'and thereafter the use of' English for any purpose depended on parliamentary legislation.

:,~,.t:r

'"",;..1":'

Special Position of Jammu and Kashmir in the Indian Union

Significance of Article 370 The provisions under Article

C.135 , .

,

BJP/NDA

537

Congress/UPA

537

,Congress/UPA

543

BJP/NDA

543

(i) Abolition of untouchability and forbidding its practice in any form (Article 17). (ii) Promotion of their education and economic interest and their protection from

I •••

It is felt that the real source of many. of our problems is the tendency of centralization of powers and misuse of authority. The problem is. vast and complicated and we shall confine ourselves to a discussion of the following topics: (i) Constitutional distribution of powers between the federal union and the states. (ii) Creation of certain constitutional or legal bodies to facilitate cooperation between the union and the states, such as: (a) Inter-State Council, (b) Zonal Councils and '(c) North-Eastern Councils (NECs).

Official Language • The makers of the Indian Constitution faced a peculiar problem in selecting, a national Ianguage aSJ:!l0re than 1,600 spoken languages were used by the vast population of India. ~ The official language of the uni~n was deci~ed to be Hindi in Devanagari script [as per Artidt 343(1) of the Constitution], but for a periodci 15 years from the commencement of the C~ stitution, the English -language, was allowed:~ be used for all the official purposes of the~

Quick Faets

.•..

The Union List, State List and Concurrent List

~

'J'I

Underthe Constituiion, the division of powers between the UnionGovernment arld the states. 'is delimited into three lisls:the Union list, the/State list aha the Concurre~t list. ' 10) The Parliament lia; exclusive autnoritY to legislate on ony of the 97 items on the U1'lion'List.The list includes banking, communications, defence, foreign affairs, interstatecommerce and transportatio~, lbl The State List includes 66 items that are under the ex. clusive jurisdiction of. state legislatures, including agriculture,local government, police, public health, public order and trade and commerce within the state. Ie) Thecentral or union government and state g~vernments exercise concurrent iurisdiction' over 47 items on the -.:J" Concurrentlist, including criminal low and procedure, economic and social planning, electricity, factories, marriage and divorce, price control, social security and SOCialinsurance and trade unions, The purpose of the :l', ConcurrentListis to seCUrelegal and administrative unity ~' throughoutthe country, Lows passed by the Parliament, relevantto Concurrent Listareas, take precedence over •. laws passed by state legislatures.

'.

-'~."

•..

~,

•

(vii)' Permitting the state to make reserVationJor ,backward classes in public' ~erVicesin, case of inadequate representatibnsand requiting the state to consider claims of the' scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in the making of app~intments to public seryices (Articles 16 and 335). (viii) Special representation in the Lok Sab~a,and State Legislative Assemblies to scheduled c~stesand scheduled tribes till January.2S, 2000 (Articles 330, 332 and 335). • , (ix) Setting up of tribal advisory councils and separate departments in states and appoint~ ment of aspecial officer at Centre to promote their welfare and safeguard their' interests (Articles.l64 and 338, Fifth SchedtJ.le). .', 1 •

L;,..

,.'

(x) SpeCial provision for administration-:ag9:' control of schedu~ed and tribal areas (ArtisJ,e 244, Fifth anci S~xthSchedules).. .;.;..•."1." (xi) Prohibition of traffic in human beings and forced labour (Article 23). ' ,

,

~,!

,),'

,

Welfare of Minorities

i

The Government' has notified five corrimunitieS:' namely, Muslims, Sikhs, Christians, Buddhists and Zoroastrians '. as minonties, at•. the national level. .

.•.

•.•.:.-----------------~

;Ijf

Chapter 2

C.136

The fo)lowingare some sch~meslorgClIl.izatioJ;ls related to the welfare of minorities:' ',' , ",,,;; " , '... (i) centrally-sponsored scheme of coaching and allied assistance for weaker sections includfig scheduled castes, other backward classes and minorities; , (ii) National Minorities Development and Finance Corporation; (iii) 15-pointProgramme for the welfare of minorities; (iv) National Commission for Minorities;

, '

""""'"

(iv) Maulana Azad Education Foundation; (v) Special Officer for Linguistic Minorities and

il,qOp

..

~,.

Quick Facts _. .

,Three"Pronged Approach , for Wel,fare of Minorities

1.,

---

,,0-. ~. ,

,

Constitution "Clf IndiaC.137

J

,

8Glwantrai Mehta Commiitee

0

of Programl11e

To tackl;

~hesit~atic:)n~rising oui of ~ommunal riotsana also to prevent communal rciots; ,

2, Eri;ur~~g.adequa;~' repr~sentatio~"~fthe minority com" munitiesin. employment under the central and state go,. ernments as well as public seelor undertakings and 3. Other meas'uresaimed at socioeconomic development •.of minorities. •.

~~

'.

'.

"

t.

..'

_

,~', .:....

,..

,':

,'.,

.' '" ",)..

.

-

I

'~•.. ":'-'.",' .'

.'

~ •

AHerthe iride'pendence, 'Cqrl)m,unity DElVe~opmeht.Programme' was started in ,1952. But becouse if "Yas not .<;ttoc;hed to the people, it, therefore, did not provEr to b'e a success story. People took it as a ?urden put on the~ by the' governmen!: A team; nderthe leadership of Balwantrai Mehta, tried to find out the cause for the failure of this programm~'afld ca~e up with the in:erencethat there should be an organization at the village level, which would select the' true beneficiaries and implement various "Overnmentprogrammes and schemes. This organization would act as the representative of dll Villagers and. would ensure the ~evelopmentof the village as wefl as participation of viflagers. In this way, Balwantrai Mehta tried to,ochievelocal self-govern"'ent through panchayats. This concept of local self~government was the right step towards a decentralized ~emocracy'. In this f:~ocess,for the first time, the State of Rajasthan adopted the three-levelled structure ofpanchayati raj-village level, intermediate eveland district level .

,~ ~

,;

"

(yi) Development of Urban Wakf Properties. ,;

~. '

,

'-,

-.

-

"

.

Panchayats - as Rural Self-Governing Institutions A-;ti<:I~-10pf th;e Constitution direc~s th~. governrnent.toesta~lis!:l panchayat$ to serye as ins~tutions qf.;_~pcal.self~goveJ;l1ffient.MQst, states began imple:. I):l~nting tlli,~!?i;rective Pr,inciple ~long the 1ine~of the . recornmen4a~ons of tl1egovernment's. Balwantrai ~ehta Cornillis~ion report.. According to these recorr~nlEmdatioIl~"the, popularly elected gram panchayat (village council) is the basic unit. The gram panchayat chairs, elected by the members of the ,gram panchayat, serve as members of the Block Council (panchayat samiti). A block is a large subunit of a district. In some states, blocks are coterminous with taluks or tehsils. In' o~er states, taluks or tehsils are divided into blocks. The ,district council (zila parishad) is the top level of the system. Its jurisdiction includes all village and block councils within a district. Its membership includes the block council chairs.

Significance of 73rd Amendment On December 22, 1992, the Congress (I) government pa'ssed the 73rd Con-. stitutional Amendment Act, which gave panchayats constitutional' status (previously pat1;chayat matters

were considered a state subject). The amendment also institutionalized a three-tiered system of panchayats (except for states with a population of less than 2 million), with panchayats at the village, block and district levels. The amendment also 'stipulated that all panchayat members be elected for5:.year terms in elections supervised by state election commissions.

to~siitution~1 Statu; The 73rd ConstitUti~Iial Amendment Act was passed in'1992, but it became effective from April 20, 1993, after being published in the Gazette of India. This was included as'Part IX of the Constitution of India. The rights and duties of panchayats have been included in Schedule XI of the Constitution. Three.level System The Legislature of a state may, by law, make provisions for a three-ievel systemvillage level, intermediate level and district level. Eiedion Representatives are elected for 5 years by the

g

Responsibility, Panchayats'have two maIn"responsibilities:(a) to plan for economic development and social justiceand (b) to implemen.t these plans ..

recomrnenda'tib~s to the Governoifegaidih cation offund to panchayats.

Powersand Authorities The Legislature of the state may authorize apanchayat,to levy, collect and appropriatetaxes, tolls, and fees. It may also provide for. the panchayat to make grants-in-aid to form the c:;onsolidated fund of the state. These funds can be used for implementing plans .

Nyoyo Ponchoyots

I

Constitutionof Finance, Commission A Finance Commissionhas to be, cons,tituted .in every state to review thefinancial position of the panchayatsand to make

the'allo_ "

> ~;. ".r.",:- J~ ~:).t:'!'i,~;.t,:?,

.

~ ,:;~I;:--'. ~-".'::

The NyayaPanchayats are the- judid~l?odieSin; '~illage, which provide' spe'edy andiriexperi$ive'ju~tke on all petty 'Civilsuitsl ana inillofbffences" withfu'-their domain of operations~Usually,llieir'domain'oi}urisdiction is lirrtitea 'over" four' to)five village~ 'oiilY:Th'E(y, can iinpose only monetary filles, at the ~most, a's punishments and are barred' from the power-to aw'ard imprisonment sentences (excepfBihar):

Structureof the Ponchoyoti Roj ,

.

DISTRICT LEVEL = ZILAPARISHAD

electorate of a panchayat area.

Reservation, of Seats Some seats in the panchayat shall be reserved for the SCs, STs and women. The number of reserved seats for SC/STs will be proportionate to the ration of population of SC/STs to the total popu' lation,in the panchayat. One-third of total seats will be reserved for women. It will include the reserved seats for SC/STs. ,t

People's Government: Preside:nt,Vice-President, i,elected, members and ex"officio members

Development administration: Chief.Secretary, Deputy Secretary, ChiefAcco.untant Officer, Chief Planning Officer .

",

Block Level = Panchayat Samiti/BlockPanchavatlTalukPanchavat

~'(;'~,!'.

.f'1

,d

Chairman, Ex-Officio Members

Block Development Officer, ' Standing Committee

'I

lr~ ,

-Basic Concepts

of Panchayati

Rai

==

The basic concept of panchaya;i raj is that the villagers 'should think, decide and ad ,in their own ,socioeconof)1ic .interests.Thus . Panchayati Raj Act is related to village self-governance, where the people in the form of an organization will think, decide and 0:their collective interest. Self-government allows us to de'cide about ourselvE?s without hampering other's interest. Whenever we talko~ collective benefit, one point is clear, there is no conflict betwee.n.the'villdgers'collective interest on one side, and societal and nat. ' interest on the other, rather they are complementary. Whe're panehayats 'end their activities, the state government takes the~

I

l

,I

"

."J

;.,

f

i,:

r.

;,.~

. '-

.~ J;""'!

President, Vice-President, Elected Members

I

,,' '~G~am!bha

. College of Eligible Voters

'I:

',.TJ

...;"

(~,

'J

"

"~Ii'I'~---------.

'I

I, ~

<;.13~

!

Chapter2 Constitutionof India C.139

III'

,(

I

11 I

Conduct of Business in the Parliament At present, there are 389 rules regulating the procedures in the House, covering every aspect of its activities. These are supplemented by 123 'Directions by the Speaker', codified for the use of members and others concerned. Also, added to the above are numerous rulings of the presiding officers, precedents and conventions, all of which, in a substantial measure, serve to help in the successful working of the Parliament. Taken together, these form the foundation of parliamentary procedures in India, which facilitate the orderly transactions of business in the Parliament. The business in the Parliament takes different forms, and for each of these a separate procedure is adopted. The more important of these procedures, and some basic terms used, which deserve special mention are discussed here under.

Sessions of Parliament Sessions of Parliament are convened at the direction of the President. However, there should not be a gap of more than 6 months between' two sessions. • On normal business days, the Lok Sabha assembles from 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. and from 2 p.m. to 6 p.m. The first house of every sitting is the 'question hour' during which members' questions may be assigned to government ministers to be answered at a fixed date in the future. • The Lok Sabha holds equal legislative powers with the Rajya Sabha, except in the area of Money Bills in which case Lok Sabha has the ultimate authority. If conflicting legislation is enacted by two Houses, a joint sitting is held to resolve its differences. In such a session, the members of the Lok Sabha would generally prevail, since the Lok Sabha includes more than twice as many members as the Rajya S<,lbha.

What Is on Ordinance? The President has the power to issue ordip.ances if he/she is satisfied that conqitions exist that render it necessary to take immediate actipp.. However, he/ she cannot do so if both Houses of Parliament are in session. The President may issue an ordinance to enforce the provisions of a Bill pending before a House or to enforce the provisions of a Bill already passed by one House but not yet passed by the other House. The President might also introduce an ordinance on an entirely new matter to be replaced subsequently by a Bill. An ordinance promulgated by the President has the same force and effect as an Act of Parliament. !,

The ordinance ceases to operate at the ~xpiration of 6 weeks from the reassembly of the Parliament. Both Houses of Parliament have to approve the ordinance within that period. If it is not approved by one of the Houses, the ordinance expires. The President can also withdraw it at any time.

til

o

(ii) If the President withholds his /her assent, the bill is nullified. . ._' (iii) If the ~resident~either gives his/her assent nor WIthholds his/her assent, he/she may return it to the Parliament for reconsideration of the Houses. ; (iv) I,f h owever, th e H ouses pass th e Bill' agam ft 'd ti th P 'd t' b a er reconSI era on, e reSI en IS oun.d . hi /h '. t to gIVe s er assen -an d h as no power t 0 .thh 0 ld't1." . . WI

Quiek Faets

Money Bills (Article 110) AMoney

Bill deals with the impositioh, or:6bolition

matters pertaining

to borrowing

ment of India, custody,

of money

m'aintenance

,contingency.funds;etc.

'"

b

either adjourn or suspend' the work of the HoUse.

Zero. 1Hou; 'This.is 'th~ period i~edi~tely -after' th~ '. : f"' . "ti" '"h " d': . ';'11' .. b"!!.''' •.... ''t' conc..USIon a .....0 ques .... on our an genera y..'1 Aegtp.s • _,. noon ..purmg ~~.~e, :me~~~rs VOIce~e~ ~~~~~T~ .. on vanous matters 9f public Iinportance and InItiate discussion on the~. _, . ., . . '. . u l'l U O' '. . _. '. . , "o,-on-nour bli'lSCUSSlon It can behiheld on a matter of suf- v. fi . h-h b -. h 'b' CIent pu .c rmportance, '. _... .w c'. as'" een t esu . ,.'Jed of recent questions m the Lok Sabha. ,_ . . Point of. Order If, at '~y' it]st~ce,~y member feels

. ~llon Hour ,lowed Everysitting of both. the' Houses of Parliament startswith Question Hour. In this first hour, ques-

that the proc~~dings.of tlie):Io'u~e a;~ not be!ng folas per the n9r~al r,ules, he'may raise.'a 'point of order'. It is the Spea.k~r ,who deCides if the point,of order raised holds or not.

by the Gover; or

'

How.ls a Mon~y Bill Passe~?, A Money

Bill can originate

rep'lmmendation is given

it, is sent to the Rajya' Sabha. 14'days,

by both.the

Rajya Sabha,

by both houses. Hence,

Hyrests with the Lok,Sabha. ~...

of the

have been passed

the Rajya Sabha can only delay a

Bill for a maximum .

Rajya Sabha

rejects the recOmmendations

the Bil! is considered'io

., _.

to have

itis ~pto the Lok Sabha to

or reject the recommendations"c:{the

Eve'~ if the Lok Sabha

Money

the Bill is considered

If it

Houses. If the,Rajya Sabha returns

the Bill with its recommendations, accept

The Rajyo

14 day;> to make its rec
Jails to do so within b~E(n passed

Sabha on the

o.f,the President. After ,it has been passed

by the Lok Sabha, 'Sabha

only in the lok

of 14 daysand

the final author'

;,.

Ordinary Bills All bills, except money bnIs, are intr04uced in either House of Parliament. A bill on its Introduction is discussed by that House and i~ passed by a majority vote with or without amendments. It is then transferred to the other House. The bill is deemed to have been passed by both Hous~s if it is passed by the second House without amendment. In case certain amendments are suggested in th~ second House, it is sent back to the House which originated the bill for reconsiqeration. The BjJl is regarded to have been passed by both the Houses if the original House acceptsthe amendments of the second House. If not, a joint ses" sion of both houses is held. After the Bill has thus been passed, it is presented to the President forhis assent and: (i) If the President gives his/her bill, it then becomes an Act.

assent to the

.

", of Mem ers Each house has a roll of members, . '. member -" . before ..I.; h has to be SIgned by every WI~C • seat. . . takinghis . .Quorom With the Speaker or any other presiding offiinthe chair and in the presence of at least one-tenth ref al b' hi "hich" th- . ". th H' iits tot mem ers p, WISe quorum, e ouse . . b' . tin"go f canbegmlts usmess. If'a t any tim-e d urmgamee . tre Housethere ISno quorum, .th e. presI.din g 0,fficer will

of taxes

of the consolidated

.

One member can ask only one starred.question a day; (b). Unstarred~Questio!ls-;-;-to. be 'answered in written form and are n?t.I!lar~edw~th ~ asterisk. No supp.lementary q~estion~are a~low:ci, A~andat?ryIl0tice of 10 days I~ reqUIred to,r~gI!,!er. the, questio~s ..to be asked during a si~g 9fthe House ofParli~ment and (c) Short-Notice Questions---:are the questions asked. '. _ ..... . on matters of _utmost urgency, WIth regards to,public. . .;. '_ rmportance. and so . . . They do .... not need . ....lO~day.notices . are called short:notice questions.':' , ;L-,j, •. nl.

Iimsrel.ating to government are asked and ~:>robIemsfacmg the C?untry are brought to th~ ~Otic~;of thegovernment morderto expose adrmrustrative txressesor to redress ~e problem. The ql!estions likedare of the followmg three types: (a) Starred ~tions-to be answered orally on the floor of the House and are marked with an asterisk. During' th~ Ira! answering, supplementary questions can be put up by the members. The Speaker decides ,if the'ques~asked should be answered-orally or othenvise.

.(1,',<'

:.

j(

'l . _

,";

.,

~

Vote-an-Account There is usually a time gap between the presentation of the budget and its approval. The 'vote-on-account' ,enables the. government to use some funds from the. Consolidated. Fund of India to me~t overnmental expense~ dur~g this time. g. ._ Resolutio.n It is, a device by which ,the Ho~~e .~s~(1de to qeclare an opinion o~ fl" part!c~lar .ma~~rj' ~t is: cle(1r~yand pr~~isely wor~ed, and deals in ~~,pa~!ic~ularIssueonly:. . ~ ... ,,' ',1' .

JtintSittingofthe Parlia~ent'. I. '_
~

.

.

'~.'.

_

is ordered

isrejected by the other; (b) The amendments

.'

'.: .'

.

by the President to consider

',j

__

a particular

made by one House are not acceptable

.

.

.r ."', "

•... :"'1 .1. _

.'

bill in case: (a)'A' bill passed by orie

to the other, where the'bill originated;

and

case

a bill remains pending or not'passed in a House for more thah 6 months fr?m the date of !ts ~eceipt f~om the ,~<;)USe~he:e it 9"'oted.JOlntsessions are presided over by the Speaker of the lok Sabha. No fresh amendments are' permissible in the joint sessions.

~r

~ons

of the Parliament'(Both

• :llQcf laws for the go~d' g~v;r~dn;e' , .ont I h f'

Houses):

~f th~- c~u~lry; _

_..

.

ro f e Inances of the Union'

~ ;beil

information by asking quest;ons .and suppl~mentarie$;

l~e

adjournment motions and thus criticise

; ;:CCh

the government

the President by ~esolution, for violation

-. for any failure;

of the Constitution

a no-confidence motion to dismiss the government.

._

",

and

~fI

t' .•..

~:r

I

-----. ••••

~ ~1 C.1'40

"I,I' I Constitutio'n' of: India

Chapter 2

!Guillotine' Sometimes when the time set fof a particular'measure is already over, despite the fact that the discussion on' all its parts has not been completed, a vote is taken on the' motion before 'the' House. Then the rest oithe measure isptit to vote without discussion. This procedure is called 'guillotine'.

J!

~

Motions and Resolutions In the Parliament, a member may introduce a motion in the form of a proposal. Thus, a motion is a proposal for eliciting decision or expressing the opinion of the House on a m~tter of public importance. E,:,ery question to be decided by the House must be proposed as 'motion'. \' The consent of the speaker or the chairman is also essential to initiate a motion. A motionpa.sses through foutstages: (i) moving the motion, (ii) proposing the question by the speaker / chairperson, (iii) debate or discussion where permissible and (iv) vote or decision of the House. Government motions, generally, aim at obtaining approval of the House for some policy or action of the government. Motions fall into three principal categories: (i) Subs~antive Motions:. It is a,self-contained independent proposal. It is drafted in such a way as to be capable of expressing a decision of the House. Some examples of a substantive motion are: the motion of thanks on the President's address, motion of no-confidence, motions for elections, motion for impeachment of persons in high authority. (ii) Subs?~te Motions: It is moved in lieu of the original motion and proposes an alternative to it. (iii) ,Subsidiary Motio~: A subsidiary motion is related. to other motions or follow-up on some proceedings in the House. Subsidiary motions, by themselves, have no meaning and are not capable of statillg the decision of the House without reference tei the original motion of the House. Subsidiary motions are further divided into three categories: (i) ancillary motions, (ii) Superseding motions and (iii) amendments.

Procedure .to Move a Motion in ,the Parliament The Speaker calls the memberc0!lcerned to move the motion. and make a speech on allotted day. Thereafter, the Speaker places the motion before the'House. Members who have given prior notice, initiate C).mendmentsand substitute motions, and discussion follows. At the conclusion of discussion, the amendments/substitute motions are put to vote of the House and disposed of.

Defining Motion of Confidence and of No-Confidence

Motion .

~Oiournment~o.tio~,.

. , .'

signifies a break or termination of. ~~,bate on a , tion/resolu?on/bill in the House. Adjournment ~°theHouse'tetminatesthe' sitting of the ,House. It ~ay also s~~fy a brie~ brea.k during a si~g .of~the 10Use. AdJournment sme-dle means. terrrunation of 'I.e sitting without any definite date being fixed for -~nextsitting.

,,(iii).A bill,which seeks (a) to increaseior diminish the Cl!eaof any state, or (b) to alter'the name or boundary of any state,or (c).tocrea,t~,or'apol)~hthe L~gislatiye,CoUJ.l.cj.l o(~st~t.e,:9r (cD to amend the Fifth Schedule of.the '.' " "-. "', ''- r", -..Constitution, ,..". reqUIresonly a sJ1!lpl~maJonty fo; ~e~dinent.

'1

The changing political composition of the Parliament~.~ led to a new procedure known as the Motion of Cc:' dence in the Council of Ministers. This practice has evo:vc' in recent times whenever no single political party is I,' , position to command the majority of the House. The prOt; dure followed is as follows: a one-line motion under R. 1 84 'that this House expresses its confidence in the COl:~ of Ministers' is moved by the Prime Minister in the direc' of the President. The Council of Ministers remain in oS,: , as long as they enjoy the confidence of the lok Sabh') the lok Sabha expresses a lack of confidence in the Cc cil of Ministers, the government is constitutionally be. to resign. In order to ascertain the confidence, the rl provide for moving a motion to this effect, which is co • a no-confidence motion, A motion of no-confidence, 0' . admitted, has to be taken up within 10 days of the leG being granted. Rajya Sabha is not empowered to enter': a motion of no-confidence.

~Jsure Motion A censure m<:>tionis a distinct type i a no-conf~dence moti.on. While a motion of ,;)-Confidenceneed not specify any grounds on hichit is based, a censure motion must reveal the .:roundson w¥ch it is based. This' type of mO!ion , moved for the specific purpose of censuring 'e government for certain policies and actions. ~ensuremotion can be moved against the Council 'Ministers or an individual minister for the failreto act or not to act or for their policy,-and may (pressregret, indignation or surprise .of the House .~thefailure of the minister.

What is a Resolution in the Parliament? A resolution is a procedural means to initiate a discus, on any matter of general public interest. A resolutionis ~ tuallya substantive motion. It might record either apprc or disapproval by the House for an act or policy at " government or convey a message, or commend, urge request an action, or call attention to a matter or situo' for consideration by the government, or in such other ie-' as the Speaker may consider appropriate. Similarly, if Rajya Sabha, resolutions may be in the form of dec. tion of opinion by the House or in such other forms 05 Chairperson considers appropriate. Resolutions ma) ; classified as private members' resolutions, governme~1:. oIutions and statutory resolutions, The last !wo and 0 I" hours of a sitting every alternate Friday are allotted fc' discussion on the private members' resolutions. Goverrrr resolutions are initiated by ministers to seek the appro.: the House for international treaties, conventions or ments to which the government is a party,

0"

Statutory resolutions may be moved either by a minis': by a private member. Such resolutions are always ::Jt in pursuance of a provision in the Constitution or an t,' Parliament,

DiHerence between a Motion and a Resolution All resolutions fall in the category of substantive 11':: But all motions need not necessarily be substantive ~, all motions are not necessarily put to vote of the ,~ whereas all the resolutions are required to be voted

l'llendmentof the Constitution ;:iC(edure(Articl~ 368) procedureHo amend the Constitution of India ,neithervery i-fgid nor very flexible. The Constitu':I hasprescribed the following three procedures of T,endment. '\,, , ,

"r,e

(i) Generalii amendment to 'the Constituti~n is initiated by introducirig a Bill for the purpose in either House of Parliament, which when passed by majority. of the total membership and by two-thirds of the members present and voting in each House, is presented to the President for his/her assent. iii)Thebill seeks to amend'the provisions relating to: (a) the manner' of election of the 'President; (b)the extent of executive power of the state; (c)Union"and state jti.diciary; (d) tHesetting up ofhigh courts in states; (e) distribution of legislativepo~ers; (f)'the representativ~ of states in Parliament and (g) the Seventh"Schedule of the Constitution (which deals with the Urtion list,State list and Concurrent list):'It requires, in addition to the above procedure (as laid dOwnin point (i) above), ratification by resolutionspassed by not less than one~half of the state legislature before the bill is presented to thePresident for his/her assent i.. • '

C.14t

It may be noted that provisions which !iffect the federal character of the Constitution, can 'be amended only with the approv:al of the states"Fur~her, \the ,ini- ' tiative to ame~si the Constitutio~ rests only ~iththe centre and the states cannot initiate any' an,.endment. .

.,

',.:.r

Important Constitutional Ame~dments '..

.J

~.

;

-II'

-"

;!

~

',: ~. ..:;, .; ,

I

i

!

'

'OJ.

._

1. The ,First Amendment, 1951:)t'yvas incorpo.. rated to overcome certain practi,ca,ldifficulties related to FRs. It made provision .~9t sp~cial tr~atmentof educationally'andsosially backward classes"anq added Ninth Schedule"t,? Constitution.' ,. , .:•.. ~ ,," J ,.i ,.;'.' 2. The Third Amendment, 1954:ItsubstitutE~dentry 33 of List ill (ConcUrrent.Li~t) of the Seventh Schedule to make it correspond toArtiCle 369. 3. The Seventh Amendment, 1956: It was necessitated on account of reorganization of states on a linguistic' basis and .changed. Fitst ana Fourth Schedules~' .., 4. The Eighth Amendment, 1959: It extended special provision for reservation of seats forSCs, . STs and Anglo-Indians in the L6k Sabha' and Legislative Assemblies for a period of 10 years from 1960to 1970. ;'" " 5. The 'Ninth Amendment; 1960:It transferred ce;tain territories'to P~kistanfollowlngSeptember 1958Indo-Pak Agreement. ! ' ., 6. The Tenth Amendment, '1961: It incorporated the territories of Dadra and Nagar Haveli in 'Indian Union, . ' ,

i

I

.I i

7;'The Twelfth Amend!t1ent, 1962: It incorporated the territories, of Goa, Daman and',.Diu in Indian Union; i ,., 8. The Thirteenth Afit'endmefzt; 1962, If' created Nagaiand as a 'state' of the.Union'o,f India. 9. The Fourteenth Amendment, 1963:,It incorporated former'.French territory of Puducherry in fudian UNori:! . ~. , " 'f . '10. Th'e Eighteenth'Amendnient, 1966: It was made to facilitate reorganization ,of Punjab into Punjab 'arid Haryana and also created the UT of Chandigarh. .

.~

•.....

l

~

C.142

;1)

Constitution of.lndiaC.143

Chapter 2

11. The Twenty-First Amendment, 1967: It included Sindhi as the 15th regional language in the Eighth Schedule. 12. The Twenty-Second Amendment, 1969: It created a substate of Meghalaya from within Assam. 13. The Twenty-Third Amendment, 1969: It extended the reservation of seats for SC/ST and nomination of Anglo-Indians for a further period of 10 years (up to 1980). 14. The Twenty-Sixth Amendment, 1971: It abolished titles and special privileges of former rulers of princely states. 15. The Twenty-SeventhAmendment, 1971:It provided for the establishment of the states of Manipur and Tripura; the formation of the Union Territories of Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh. 16. The Thirty-First Amendment, 1973: It increased elective str~ngth of Lok Sabha from525 to 545. Upper limit of representatives of state became 525 from 500. 17. The Thirty-Sixth Amendment, 1975: It made Sikkima state of the Indian Union. 18. The Thirty~Eighth Amendment, 1975: It provided that the President can make a declaration of emergency, and the promulgation of ordinances by the President, Governors and administrative heads of UTs would be. final and could notbe challenged in any court. 19. The Thirty~Ninth Amendment, 1975: It placed beyond challenge in courts, the election to Parliament of a person holding the office of Prime Minister or Speaker and election of the President and Vice President. 20. The Forty~SecondAmendment, 1976: It provided supremacy of Parliament and gave primacy to Directive Principles over FRs; added 10 Fundamental Duties and altered the Preamble. 21. The Forty-Fourth Amendment, 1978: Itrestored , .the normal duration of Lok Sabha and Legislative Assemblies to 5 years; Right"to property was deleted from PartID; limited the power of.the government to proclaim internal emergency. , 22. The Forty-Fifth Amendment, ,1985: It extended reservation for SC/ST b:y.lO~years (up to 1990). 23. The Fifty-Second Amendment, 1985: It inserted th.e Tenth Schedule inthe Constitution regarding provisions as to disqualification on the grounds of defection.

'; ..;--"

36. The Seventy-Ninth Amendment, 2000:ltext~,nded reservation for the SC/ST for further period of 10years, that is, up to January 25, 20iO. 37. The Eightieth Amendment 2000: Certain changes were made to tax distribution provided under Articles 269, 270 and 272 of the cOrlstitution:' 26. The Fifty-Sixth Amendment, 1987: Hindi v 38. The Eighty-First Amendment, 2000: The unfulsion of the Constitution of India was accept: filled vacancies/seats of a year, which were for all purposes and statehood was confe11'ed reserved for SC/ST candidates, for being filled on the UT of Goa. up in that year in accordance with any provision 27. The Fifty-Eighth Amendment, 198 It prOvided for reservations made under Article 16 of the reservation of seats in legislatures for the fOUr Constitution, shall be. considered. as. a separate north~eastern states of Arunachal Prades~ class of vacancies to be filled up in any succeed': Meghalaya, Mizoram and Nag~land. ing ye~ or years, and such' class of vacancies shall not be considered together. W!.th vacan29. The Sixty-First Amendment, 1989: It reduCed cies of the year in wNch they were fi1J.edup voting age from 21 to 18 years for Lok SabJu for determining the .ceiling of 50% reservation and Assemblies. against total number of vacancies of that year. 30. The Sixty-Second Amendment, 1989: It 39. The Eighty-Fourth Amendment; 2001: The nutri"' extended reservation of seats for SC/ST upt: ber of-representatives in th~ Lok Sabhaand the year 2000. State Ass'emblies to freeze to current lev~ls for 31. The Sixty-Third Amendment: It' was carried Ol:! the nexqS years (ti1l20~6). in 1990 that repealed the 59th Amendmer~ 40. The Eighty-Fifth Amendni"ent;2001: It provided which empowered the government to imp<JSI for consequential seniority ca,.seof promoEmergency in Punjab. tion (with retrospective effect from June 17, 32. The Seventy-Second Amendment, 1992 (Pan1995) bf'virhi~ of the rule 'of reservation for chayati Raj Bill): It provided Gram Sabhar' government servants belonging to SCs/STs. villages, constitution of panchayats at villag. 41. The Eighty-Sixth Amendment, 2002:', The Act ,and other levels, direct elections to all seatsi: deals with the insertion of a new Article 21A panchayats and reservation of seats for SC after article 21. Th~ new.Article 21A deals ST and fixing of Panchayaf s tenure to 5yem with Right to Education. 'The state shall pro33. The Seventy-Third Amendment, 1992 (Nagar' vide free_ and compu~sory education to all palika Bill): It provided for constitution c' children from the age of 6 to 14 years in such a municipalities, reservation of seats in ever. manner as the state may, bylaw, determine.' municipality for the. SC and ST, women ad 42. The EightY-Eight Amendment, 2003: It provides the backward classes; for the insertion of a neW article 268A, service 34. The Seventy-Fourth Amendment, 1993:It insertt~ taxlevied by Union and collected' and appropria new part IX-A relating to the municipalitil." ated by the Union and the States, amendment of in the. Constitution to provide, among otr-. article270 amendm~nt of Seventh Schedule. things, constitution of thre,e types of mun. 43. The Eighty-Ninth Amendment, 2003: It provides ipali.~es" thatis, 'Nagar, Pq,nchayats'for art: for the amendment of article 33R ;There shall in transition from a ruraLarea to urban at. be a National Commission for the SCs/STs. ;Municipi Councils' for smaller urban areat: 44. The Ninety-First Amendment, 2003: It amended 'M~nicipal Corporations'for'larger urban are;' theanti-defection laws and provided for amend~ 35. The Seventy-Eighth Ame~'dment, 1995:It r rnentof article 75. The total number of Ministers, . . IC .vides for some land reforms acts meu . including the Prime Minister, in the Council of in Ninth Schedule which consists of lis! Ministersshall not exceed 15% of the total numla'Ws enacted by the central gove~en15:~ ,~ herof members of the Hous~ of the p~ople. various state governments which, m!~r~ '). ~e Ninety-Second Amendment, 2003: It proaffect rights and interest in property 10(,.' Vided for the amendment of'Eighth Scheding land. ule by adding four new regional languages

24. The Fifty-Fourth Amendment, 1986:It enhanc salaries of Judges of Supreme Court and Bi: Courts. '. 25. The Fifty-Fifth Amendment, 1986:)t confen statehood on Arunachal Pradesh. , ell

7:

m

.•...

! ,',

.

'0"

•

'J.;-

(Bodo, Maithili, Santhali, and,.Dogri) .-thus, extending ,the list to 22'languages;l'AT' .• 46. The Ninety~Third Am'endmerit; 2005 (came into effect on January 20,'2006): It provided for special provision, by law, for ,the advancemen! of any socially and edhcationally backward classes of citizens or for the SCs/STs in sofar as such special provisions relate'totheir admission ,to educational' institutions ,including private ~ducational institUti?ns.; ,'" 47. The Ninety-Fourth Amendment, 2006: It provides for the exclusion of Bihar from the proviso to Clause (I) of Article 164'of the constitution which provides' that the~e' shal~ be a minii:fter in charge of Jrihal 'welfare who may in addition in~cHarge of'the welfare of th~ scheduled castes 'and hackward classes in Bihar, Madhya,Pradeshand Orrisa (now Odisha). It also' proposes "to extend the provisions, of Clause 1(I)' of Article 164 to the newly found 'states M;Ghhattisgarh and'Jharkhand:> ,.f, .'. i

be

48. The Ninety-Fifth Amendment, 2010: It extends the reservation of seats and special reservationof SC and ST in the House of People and in the Legislative Assemblies of states for 10 more years U:iiderArticle 334. , 49. The Ninety-Sixth Amendment, 2011: It alters language 'Odya' as'Odia' in the Eighth Schedule. 50. The Ninety-Seventh Amendment, 2012 (Date on which the Act caine; ilito . fofc~12.012012. Date of ascent): It, added: the words ' 'or co"' operative societies' after thewo~d 'or Uni()ns' in Article 19(1) (c) and insertion of ArtiCle 43B, i.e., p;6motion of co-operative ~odeti~s and added Part-IXB, i.e., The Co~operative Societies." .51. The Ninety-Eighth Amendment, 2012, (carne into forcec;mJanuary 01, 2013): It,deals wit]1irlserti,?n ~f new article ,371J, on,spec~al, provisi,ons ."Yi~ respect to the state of ~~a~akato ~en,wqwert1l~ Governor of Kamat~, tOlt~e step~.t? ftevelop , the Hy4erabad:-~~~~~a ~~gio~. " ' . 52. The N,inety-njnthJiniendJ11etZt (201.5): Formation of a National. J)ldiqal. AppoiJltplen~,Conu:nission (NJAC).16 State assemblies out of 29,states including 'Coa, Raj~thiill,'Trip~a.;' G~j1rai: ~d Telangana ratified the CentraI Legislation, enabling the President of India to give assent to the bill. However, this amendment has been as it is quashed by Supreme c66rt 8n October 16,2015. , •

-

J'

T

_'

II

••. "

.

.•••

~

r'll

c~144

'Chapter 2

53. The Hundredth Amendment (2015): "(relates to the amendment of First Schedule to Constitution) Conferment of citizenship rights to residents of enclave~ consequent to signing of Land Bound'" ary Agreement (LBA)Treaty between India and Bangladesh due to exchange of certain enclave t,errltories with Bangladesh. 54. The one Hundred and First Amendment Act, (2016): deals with 'Goods and Services Tax' (GST) Bill, introduces the CST in India from July 1, 2017.

I'

*1

!i

"I

List of Schedules .1

'

First Schedule 0

Jt deals with 28 states and 06 union territories that comprise the Union of India.

Second Schedule It deals with salaries allowances, etc., payable to the President of India, Governors of states, Chief Justice of India, judges of the Supreme Court and High Courts, and the CAG 0of India. The revised salaries (per 1ll0nth) now are as follows: ~5,OO,OOO pm President of India Vice-President

f4,OO,000 pm

Governor of a state (varies from state to state)

~3,50,OOOpm

Chief Justice of the Supreme Court

~,80,OOOpm

Judges of the Supreme Court '

~2,50,OOO pm

Chief Justice of a High Court

o~,50,OOOpm

JUdges ofa High Court

~,25,OOOpm

Comptroller and Auditor General

~,50,OOOpm

Related Articles Articles 59, 65, 75, 97, 125, 148, 158, 164, Provisions relating to the emoluments,' allowances, privileges 6f the President of .India; the Governors of the states, the Speaker a~d th~Deputy Chairman of.RajyaSabha, the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of Legi~lative Assembly; Chairman and Deputy 0Chairman of State Legisla;tive Council, the Judges of Supreme Court and High courts, theCom,ptroller and,Auditor GeneraloHndia. "."....

•

! ~" ;

.1.1

"

Third Schedule ' ->,1.. .,.- _ ••.•

~.,'

:>

#

.'

"

;;.

It prescribes fonns of oaths and affirt11ations for new incumbents ass~rriing p~bii~ offic~. ' " !•

,,

Fourth schedule allocates seats to ea<;..hstate atId union territory in the Rajya Sabha. ,~

contains 257 Acts. This Schedule was.a(,idedto ~e Constitution in 1951 by the First Constitution (j\rIlendment) Act.

JenthSchedule

1-,

Fifth Schedule

control. Inserted- in_ the-Constitution Amendment Act, 1992. \..

Tenthsched~e contains certain provisions regardirig Fifth schedule c0rl.tains provisions as to:the adminis- JjsqUa1ifica~on-of ~embers. on .gr~unds ofdefec:.. tration and control of scheduled areas~ r !ion.It was mserted m the Constitution by the 52rid A!J1.endment Act, 1985. ;.~

Sixth Schedule

hythe -i .

'. .

Sixth schedule deals with provisions regardin IleventhSchedule administration of triba~ areas in the states of AS5aJng Eleventhschedule contains 29 subjects, on which the Meghalaya and Mizoram. --. panchayatsh~ve been giv,en ~dministrative.conqol. It wasinserted m t:he constitution by the 73rd Amendr•... ment Act, 1992., Seventh Schedule ,~+f

j

'-,-, :-" .. 0'" ' .• ! -'.,> ,'_!,,_ ' __,';." ,"" •. ,_ Tlie Union of':lriOia now consists of! 29 states and 6 territoli~ (for details; please's~e thecnapter on Iridian Geography): The iiriion h~rtitofie~of Nnzoranl, ' AhinachaI .Pradesh' and 'Goa' were' confe:frei:P'1'tate~

~on

(1) MizorambeCahitf'Irtdia';' 23rd ~state'oh'FebruaiY 20;' 1987, after MizO'NationaI Froht~ (MNF) leader: Laldenga signed an accord with' the 'f6i-rrierPrirr\."eMfu! ister Mf Rajiv Gandhi on JiiAe' 30, 1986:'(Z)f\iunachai Pradesh became the.24th state,by'att~~g;!stat~ho'od onFeblU¥r.tWl~~7: (3rGJa'be<;a:rneI6df~~s 2~tl1S;tate on May 30; 1987. (4)fu 2000,three new states were cre~ ated out of existing stateS'of MP, Bih~r
ii'

Seventh schedule gives three lists of powers and sub- • Schedule ',. jects to be looked after by the union and states as follows: (i).Union List It comprises 97 supjects of all-India Twelfthschedtile contains 18 subjects, on which importance like defence, international ~ffairs, railwavs. !hemunicipalities have been given administrative post and telegraph, income-tax, etc. The Parliamenthas exclusive power to legislate on these,subjects. (ti)Slatt TableC.2.7 Reorganizatio~ of States List It cont~ 66 subjects -of local ~~portance. NlImally, state legislature alone legislat~~ on these subjed5. Slate~},l' (iii) Concurrent List It contains subject~ on which thePar. Andhra Pradesh liament as well as the state legislature, enjoy authority.

J

-.

,

"'~".' ~

~

."

"-",_ '/'- ,t-

~

i

,".

•

:;,,;;1<0.;

,,'

fl(.h:i:!'J.'

,"

H": .•

,. J

'ftC

"_

•.

.'

I'

•

•

.2

•

2. Bengali. 5. Gujarati 8. Kashmirh .••: 11; Marathi :. 14. Sanskrit 17..Tehigu .r,~ 20. Konkani t.•

3. 6. 9. 12. 15. 18 21.

':.~

Kera.,.la(Ma,',~, hY9,~rade.s,.o~.o.i'. M,yso,r~,.', .o,~!.ssa'b,.."".',f.".'('"ln~,a,wa.',sd,v'dedm,to, 14,stote, s (I..ndUd,'",g A,nd,hro", -.Punjao, R.aiasthan,~Uttar ~radeshJiWesti Bengal: i,,' Pradesh!. and 6 ,union territo.rje:. .. ,•. o • _ Mahara~htra and .Gujarat" ,,'. Made by the division' of Bombay, Bbri-Jbdy" " J', mm.

,e" R~rganizati.(:m Act , ,~ - ~uducherry'" , '

"',,;

Nagaland.

.i~("

,:Ji','

'0"

i;~ 3

.:

•

.,';

't. (Naga!an~

A",

'j ,

.

•

~Sikkim

•. 1987

I

r:; 1_.

Ninth' ~chedule con~ains certain acts an~ lations of the state legislat1!re dealing ~lth ~ reforms and abolition of the Zamindart sy.

-

••••••• --"'--

~ •..~ ,

.,

•

• '\

• .

1~~6'J : ,."- .. ,

~~~~=-~--~= .~~

__~.

, ,

...

A Union Territory convertec;l into a stdte,55th Amendment Act

Goa-'j"

~-:~'J'y ~.t~_~J

'°1:,:'

,-_.,._-t-;;~~:";~..:'.'-:-:;') '"'

'.JJ.JJ..J;l 9~~L•. .:.c~,,,,~ ..

'. A UrllonJerrltory c~nverted Into a state,~6th

),bCcinstiiUiihri,d Amend~(;ht .: . .- "

("

Chhaftisgarh Jharkhand Uftarakhand

-----------

••••••

-

""',.

"/,1 j

,
~

••••••

_~-~~

Created out of Madhya Pradesh Created out of Bihar Created out of Uftar Pradesh :'C~~tea;o~tg(A'~hr~ P~~d~sh

--------------------:J: '.1

,

__ ---.J

'.

.

'!>t'Uri,oriTerritOrY'roorganiieB elsa sfbte orthe' Unioii', ,.,. ;1.>Mii:ora'm'.StCite'ACt'~ ,", . _ "i, .• ,1! - .

)'~

-,-

--_~J

,36th Constitutional amend~e __ n~=-, __ .__

.\/

Arun~:hal Prad~sh

Telanga~a)

""I','

.,"

.••...•. ,.--~~,~,~----.~~---

Himachal State Act, 1970. 0

,;,>

East,West Region' " . I '.

•••••••••••• -~"'-'---------

, .••.

•• .••

r. ~. '..."',..~.__ ..•. _ '.

0

__

R~rgan~z~ from.Union,T~rrIt;':;s, '.Edstwesi"Re~~ll Reorganization Act... .:

•••••••••••• --

:'--'--,'. __

_.,

,"i\i.:,Reor~a,,!ized.unde~Punicl(j~~~~_~,~~H~~Act,

'

Mizoram '--;

__ ••

__ -_-__'__,'~-~~__ _'-__ -

State Act, 1962", ., .

"Createdout6fASsam; Reorganization Act

•••••••••••----

Him~chal Pradesh

~

"

::J\,';:::;:f ~',14th ConstitUtional dmend~,~~:-o

"

}uniab,t:larYono,Chandig<;1rll Meghalaya

0',

t

Bodo 1971 Hindi Malaya\alll 1986 Oriya Sindhi Santhali Manipuri

o.

Ninth 'Schedule

"

0

Eighth schedule' gives a list of 22 regional languages 1960 recognized by the Constitution .. 1 Originally, there were only 14 languages in this schedule. The 15th language 5indhi was added by'the 21st Constitutioo 1963 amendment in 1967, and three languages, Konkani. Manipuri and Nepali, were added by the 71stamendment in August 1992. Four more languages, Bodo, 1969 Dogri, Maithili and Santhali, we-re'added by the 92nd Amendment Act, 2003. The languages are: Assamese. Dogri Kannada Maithili Punjabi Tamil Urdu Nepali

">1M

of "]

0

1. 4. 7. 10. 13. 16. 19. 22.

.",r

'':"'".,,1 t: •

'As~am~;~iha.r,,!,BerT)l)oyJ'Jam~u~n.d ~,~~~mir-\,'ic,'2'.:'~'" Un~~r~tate~ ~eor~an'zati~;Act,"!95~'tj;Union

,

Ii

; ~~",_\.tj1;:"~), ~i~,.,

hOodfu;t987 by'aih"'etldiilg the' Contti1Utl6Il'8f' Illdia:

"

Eighth Schedule"

74th

States and:,Union ferritories, of.lndia. ~.,

. .

;'.i,'

~_-.' "i

Provisions and Subjects

+"

,;"!.

Fou'rth Schedule

186 and 221

~,

C•.145

Constitution of}ndia

0

."

,.l_

"_

o. •••••...

• • _

",,

~

,..........-

.

, ",llil

il C.147

Constit~ti6n of India

C.146

Chapter 2 _. 'i<~:'i

The Budget Indian Budget IJ

1

I i

j

It is an 'annual financial statement' or an estimate of receipts and expenditure of the Government of India. It is presented for the ensuing financial year, which at present begins on the 1st of April every year"The budget includes estimated inflows and outflows of the government for 3 years. It gives actual expenditure for prec,eding year, revised estimates for current year and budget estimates for the next year. The overall responsibility of preparing'the budget rests with the budget division within the Finance Ministry. It takes cognizariceof the availability of funds and the proposals from the ntli:nerous departments and ministries. It also consults the CAG. The budget, however, needs the final approval of the Prime Minister before it can be presented in the Lok Sabha. The President decides on which day the budget is to be presented. By c~nvention, it is presented, on the last day of February. There are two budgets presented in the budget session of the parliament: (1) Railway Budget, pertaining to Raihyay finance and (2) Gener~l Budget, which gives an overall picture of the financial position of the Government of India, excluding the railways. The railway l;mdget and the general budget ,~re presented in the Lok S(ibha by the Minister of Railways and the Minister of Finance, respectively. The speechanrtol.l,ncing the general budget is divide
Part A dealing with the general economic survey of the country and Part B containing the taxation proposals fortheensuing financial year. Following the budget presentation, the annual financial statement relating to the Government of India (duly authenticated by the Finance Minister) is laid on the table. Also, the Finance Bill is introduced, at this time.

The Pre-Budget Economic Survey It is prepared by the Finance Ministry. Thes.wvey studies the overall economic development in the country. It ma~y focuses on areas ~1<ebanking and capital markets, prices, industry, agriculture and infrastructure. Other topics include, trenqs in gross domestic product (GDP), demand ang'supp1y factors, fiscal developments, to name a few.

Vote-on-Account If the budget is not approved by April 1, or the current financial year, the Indian Constitution allows

Process "'of Budget ApprovcU rh'Tne procedure' for approving ,the,budget i~ the Parliarner;

rants is t~~en.up. In,case of railway budget, which, ~ passed oefore March 3I~no 'vote~on-account is eeded, except.during an election year. n ,

DemandsforGronts with Regard. to.the Budget


Ib

(b) Discussion ol1theB~dget:"The Parliament allots sc~~ . , "time ••for 'discussion offer the ,presentation , The bU:bate is over, the Speaker uses his/her power to slOjJal discussions and put all. outstanding demands forgril'~ to vote, This power is known as 'guillotine', Votinglll demands is the exclusive preserve of the Lok SaillJ Demandsforgrdnts are subiected to cut motions~~ members of the Lak Sab~a, (d) Appropriation Bill: The Hillis introduced offer a~~ mands for grants are passed by the Lok Sabha, Tfl~ paves ,the way .forlhe enactment of Appropriatil]lc and is certified as' c:i money Bill, It allows the g~ mel)l)o withdraw rnoney from the Consolidated:':

.

.-j.

'.M

. -t~

-.

.

~

L"' •.

Prohibitionof

.,

,",'

....

grounds, ofre[igion,

Article29"

~

''''~=",=O_~ __

..

~~,._~~"'""'-~,

.... ~'"~""<--,==~~-'-:'-

Recognition of language

~-_ """"~~~_-'

-"7-"_' __

M';-'''~_'~~~:'''''"''''Y_~.

of religion

., L,.

. _.

'_.~~J

,.,'

,,

,

,;

',::

,.

the Lok Sabha to grant a vote-on-account. rt ally, the passage of the budget crosses the begO of the f~anci(i1 year and it becomes necessary i,'l government to have en01,lgh funds to run thea;1 istration of the country. Thus, vote-ori-accout' special provision, which empowers the Lok Sat", make any grant in advance for a part of any fiJ\:." year, penqingthe completion of the budgetal'~ cess. Normally, the vote-on-account is granteCt: months for a sum equivalent to one-sixth of t\1i~ mated expenditure for the entire year under t\1i f ous demands for grants. During an election y/> vote-on-account may exceed that time. This pre' is invoked once the general discussion on tlii, get is over and before the discussion on detJ1afl"

__

..... -

.•.:

'in9~Y~~,long~ages

._~_~¥__ ._'.-_~_'~;__.

'c

"1'_

" .. _

I.C~,)

u;;din.the

..~

,.r .• _.

__

•

',.-c

I,

--'}~',1

'1.

,

~-

'-'.l:

••• ;

IIj

,.~

.r"'$~..

r. ~~

: '-

: .,;

':.'"'~.

'~'r.,c •.~.

',I

"

j.,~

.,.lw~-

,

f'

t~'

'~f

,

'1" ;,' . ;~;-;;J. r}:: c.:'.".-

• 'rt

'

."JJ

,~

rnir'l9rities

/ -

.. _"',~

e .;~:

"

.'

"

state~

._,,",,,,"''"''''''-''''''''''')') ...,,~

_~.~~'~~h,,#<~=--_._.

Investigate all m~lf~rs relati~g tolingvi~tic

'i

..- '~-."":-'7~'<""T"-'-:7"";:::,--;-,~-"~-'~-'-"~

', tnego~~rnm~nt

,',

-"'''''''~-~. -_.",,=~_. _.~._

~'.',"'''''''''_~=b~~

',.,.>=-mM"""w'-v=,==_=~",=,,,,-,,~,,,,,,~,~,,,,,,--=o;"=."""»:»~~~:~d'~_+=m--=_~_~

"~'--~_-~-_,?_~m~~_.~

(,

I -.__ .,,-~-~-----~._

Article350(A) .. ,. lnstru<:tion through mother tong~~ at the 'prirrii:iry stage 'of e~ucation ~rticle 350(B)

. ,i"

.

~..•....••..

.,

Article350"'-"~~E%~~iex~~c~st~.Y--9-u-th~o-ritxin.

, ing the Finqnce Act,

'.

".

, Right to establisn.a!1dqdmir;liste.r edQ9ationai institutions

Article347

-.. • ~.,

..•

..

-""""-7"~--~~~~'''i0'---~

~.

.--~_,e"''''_~'''''''"W_'=''''~_'''''''''''''''~'¥,-.n~_~,-.....~

'?'''~'''~

FreedomJo mClpog~.religiousqffairs."

R,igh'fto' c(;>nservelanguag~,.s<;:r.ipt and cult~re

Article30

,

... ,

'.

_ _~--_._--~._~~.__-- __ .~--~~--~. -~-~ ..•_'---_ ~_.. __

.f

I

Freedom of c.onscienc~ and free profession, practice and propagation

.

I .1

.",!

.

.~ __._]~~~t~Epqrt~~!tYTr1_~~1!~;publ~£IlF~Y~ ""-~'~""""""""'~~"~~_'

Article26

discriminatior(on'

~','

of<"

n- ~

i.;-,

.;00{

.

,

Article25

1.

i

'JJ1.li" I'd.':'

TableC.2.8 fv\i,noriti.es--;-:Important articles ih the Indian Const,t~.iton{;,)

Article 16

",J'".i'~ :'~./q.,,)

<'

\'{~t~

,

\

Its objective is to voice a particu1argriev'kce' for which the government of India' is resp'onsiblEt'The m<;>tionsays !tha,t amo.unt ofderil,andlbe reduced to 100'. Hence, cut_motions are,tools to ihitiate discussion qn, deqlands for grants.' Once tne' discussions have ti~eil j;iace, the cut motion~ a,;eid1sposed of. Thereafter, demands for grants are put to vote of-the House. "

'.

Con$tiflJtion~I/Provi$ioi,~r(i~~tf~$

t-

Token Cut This motion is widely used1by memoers.

j

Article 15

~~

ro"

,:;..,".:

demanded as grants is known as a cut motion. There arethree types of cut motions:

knportant

>.

'.

fcof!omy Cut.... This motion,means that a member would like to reduce expenditure byntaking a specific cut in the grant demanded. The form'of thismotion'is:'that the amount of demand be iedticed~t6':j:~,.' ,'1) , '

Types of (ut Mot@!~ The motion to. redl.lce the amounts

, '~='=-'''''''''+'''~'-,~"~"",=~o",,,,~,~,_»=_(,,=~~,WM''''''''''''''''(-'I=''',",?'''&='~"""""""""~-'"

of India, Finance Bill' thiS Bill includes all taxation proporlt eluding any 6rr\~ndments and paves the way forIf

~

,'.,,""~'

Demandsfbi"grants canpe ciefined as requests made by the Exec~tive to the Lok Sabha' for the authority tospend the~a~ount asked for. Thus, they ~re related tothe expendIture part ,of the budget. The demands haveto be made in t!'te form of motions. Members Illaydisappr~ve a policy pursued by the ministry orsuggest measures for economy in the administrationor focus attention of the ministry to specific 10c<;l1 grievances.Meinbers c~ do so by moving subsidiary Illotions,calle
Disapproval of Policy (ut This is the most drastic, of ,them all because 'it' says 'that" the amotint of~deinand'be reduced to I'. A Member of Parliament has to give precise reasons for such a cut. ,'.~ ,',;;,,1: ',; ':j,";;,-, J

,'.j

.~

'-.,~.

.••• _

~

I

III'"

;I

/

"""t""

:;1\'

c~1,48

I i

I

Chapter2

Constitution

------,....-,-----.--------.-.....,......--- La» Topic-wise ~sseSSl11ent Drafting of the Constitution 1.

The task of framing the Constitution of India was given to the constituent Assembly, which was formed in 1946 under the scheme formulated by, (a) (b) (c)

(d) 2.

(c), (d)

The inaugural ~ent ~sembly

(b) (c)

meeting of the constitwas held on

(d) 4"

9.

Sinha

was

March 1947 November 1947 December 1947 February 1948 !:ly

395,'8 395,10 404, 8 404,10

Which of the following Articles provides. that the Constitution is neither too rigid nor too flexible? (a) (b) (c) (d)

7.

Art. Art. Art. Art.

362 368 125 149

59th Amendment 57th Amendment

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Canadian Irish American Australian

Once two ,times three times four times

11. Which of the following words was/ were added in the Preamble by the 42nd Amendment in 1976? ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

Secular 'Socialist Integrity All of the above

12. Who among the following ered as a citizen of India? (a) (b)

(c)

Every adult above 18 years has the right to vote in India. Which of the following amendments made this provision? (a) (b)'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'14. Indian citizenship (a) (b), (c) (d)

1988 1987

(d)

13. Indian citizenship can be acquired (citizenship Act 1955) by

Only I Only II

can be lost by

Renunciation 'to1Termination ", Deprivation ,~. All of the above:'

(b) (c) (d)

Act, 2003

those eligible to,~ecome citizen~ oflildia as on January 26,1950 could apply for dual Indian ' citizenship~ II. The Government has extended dual citizenship to all those who were holding the person of Indian Origin Card (PIOC) and who had lTiigrated from India after the formation' of Indian Republic. (a) Both are correct (b) Only I (c) Only II (d) Both are incorrect 16. According to the Indian citizenstrp Act which was amended in 1986, the period for acquisition of citizenship through registration has been increased from 6 months to __ ' 3 years 6 years

(b) (d)

5 years 7 years

Rights of the people? (a) (b) (c),

Part I Part II Part III

(d)

Part IV

18. Which of the following

(c) '(d)

Prohibits discrimination by the state of'! the grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place ofbirth (Article 15) Equality before law (Article 14) Abolition of untouchability (Article 17) All the statements are correct.

20, Match the columns: List B

List A A. Freedom'of speech and expression

1. Art. 19 (1 )(c)

B. Freedom of movement througho~t India

2. Art. 19

C. Freedom to reside

3. Art. 19 (1) (d)

and settle of India

fn any part

D. Freedom to form associations and . Unions

4. Art. 19

I. Fundamental Rights are not absolute and individual righ15 cannot override the country's security and general welfare II. In Case emergency is declared,lI::: President may suspend all or lJ1 of the fundamental rights.

25. Every'citizen can move,the supreme Court or High court or any other court for enforcement of his/her fundamental rights through judicial writs. of~ (a) (b) (c) (d)

Habeas corpus Mandamus Quo Warranto. All of the above

(d)

A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4 (b) A-4, 8-3, C-2, D-1

Part II Part III Part IV ,PartVI,

Economic Principles Gandhian Principles , Principles for the promotion international understanding' All ofthe above

21. The Right to Information into force on (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) Act came (b)

.,'

July 31, 2005 September 10, 2005 October 12, 2005 . November,26,2005

(c) (d)

states is not

covered under RTI Act? (a) (b) (e) (d)

Arunachal Prade~h Jammu &: Kashmir. Sikkim Tamil Nadu

(a) (b) (e) (d)

Provision of adequate means of livelihood to all. Equal pay for equal work to both men and wc;>men. Prohibition of liquor All of the above

29. Tick the correct statements ing the New Hag code? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(s) regard-

The ratio of width-length of flag should be' 2:3. Flag hoisting time is only from sunrise to sunset:' • Never print iton a napkin, . cushion or costume. All of the above statements are correct.

J.

44th Amendment 42nd Amendment' 61st Amendment 45th Amendment,

:, Which of the following fun8amental f1Qhtshas been considered as 'the lOul of fundamental rights'? (a)

Rights to Equality

lb)

Right to freedom of religion

Duties of"r"'-'"a Citizen of India ., ..•. pflt ~ 30. Which. of the following are I)otcorrect?

1.

(c)

51- A~

(d)

54

.~. I

(1- '.~I~I~ _

'.

.To uphold an"d protect t~e" .sovereigntY, tinilY and integrity

(b)

To defend the'country and render national service when called upon to do so. To value and preserve the rich heritage of our composite _,' culture, ' .

of India." ,-

statements

','

is/

I. Fundamental Duties of a citizen of India were not included in the Original Constitution. II. Fundamental Duties have been 1 added by the 42nd Amendm'ent in 1976. •

,

All of the above statementS"are ' correct. I_.~''-

33. The fundamental duty 'to provide opportunities for educ~tion 'to his child or ward between the age of 6 and 14 years was added in Constitu: tion by__ r ,

r, ,.

(3)

86th Amendment

(b) (c) (d)

88th Amendment 73rd Amendment' 78th Amendment'

;.

Machinery of the Union G~vernment Part V (Articles52-151) 34. Which of the following Articles' says that there shall be a' president of India? (a) , Article 51' ,,' (b) (c) (d)

"

Article 52 Article 53 Article 74

35. The President of)ndia is elected by an elector,!' cO,lIege consisting of (a)

elected members of Parliament . '(both houses) ,''''"'t' (b)' elected members of the state legislatures "0, "':''''c, ...•: (c)

(d)

I I

II!I .11

;••••

(a)

(d)

II, I

50

t,;.,

of

28. Which of the following is/are termed as the main directive principles? "

A-1, B"::Z;'C-4, D-3 A-1,B-'-3,'C-2,D-4

II •

31. Fundamental Duties have been added as Article __ /_, in Part, IV-A of the Constitution

(c)

(a)

(c) (d)

",

32: Tick theco"rrect fundamental duty(s) of an Indian citiien:'"' ., ',' .:

27. Directive Principles of state Poli,<;ycan be classified into' . (a) (b) (c)

,

I I.

(b) ,51,' ' ,

26. Which of the following parts of Indian Constitution'deals with the Directive Principles of State Policy? (a) (b) (c) '(d)

C.149

Both are incorrect Both are correct

(c),:;tll.0nly I, ',' (d) 0rlly!I,.

(a)

DirectivUiinciples '

(1) (a)

has been deleted Irom the list of Fundamental Rights by

are found to be correct?

(a) (b)

(1)(e)

II Right to Property

statemen15iii

Right against Explbitation Right to Constitutional Remedies ' .1> :I.~

22, Which of the following

17. Which of the following Parts of 1n<W Constitution embodies Fundamenll!

Every person domiciled in the territory of India. Every person who was bom in the territory of India Every person who has been a resident of India for not less than five years immediately preceding the commencement of the Constitution All of the above

(c) (d)

(a)

Fundamental Rights (FRs)

is consid-

Both ai'; ~orre~t .. Both are Incorrect

19,Tick the correct provisions(s) given in Right to Equality under Articles 14-18.

15. Which of the following statements isI are found to be incorrect?

(a) (c)

Nature of Citizenship in the Indian Republic' , ",

Salient feDtures 6.

The draft of the Preamble is based on 'Objectives Resolutions' which were picked from the model.

10. The Preamble of Indian Constitution has been amended _'_' _ so far.

'

The Constitution .finally passed the Constituent Assembly had __ Articles and __ Schedules. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Descent ,Registration'. it) Naturalization All of the above,

I. Under the citizenship

'Fhe first draft of the Constitution published in (a) (b) (c) (d)

5.

Dr B.R. Ambedkar Dr Sachchidananda Dr Rajendra'Prasad K.,'M. Munshi

(d)

.

Indian Constitution is Quasifederal, i.e., federal in form and unitary in spirit~ It established an 'integrated as well as independent judiciary It guarantees single citizenship to all citizens. AU of: the above staten:tents are correct.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

lbe Preamble

Who among. the following was the first chairman of the Constituent ,,~sembly? (a) ,(b) (cf

Tick the'correct statements regarding features of Indian Constitution: (a)

Cripps Mission Plan Wave II Plan Cabinet Mission plan "Mountbatten plan

(a) December 9, 1946 (b)' July 22, 1947 (cf!Deeeh,ber 13,1946 (d) NoVember 26, 1947 3.

8.

61 st Amendment 1989 62nd Amendment; 1990

(a) (b)

of India

elected members of tlie legislative assemblies of the UTs' .of Delhi and Pondicherry. All of the above.

36. The process of impeachment is mentioned -in Article of Indian constitution. -

II

I

111"'1 nI,

C.150

", \

(a) (c)

I 'i

Constitution of India (b) (d)

61 63

59 60

lok Sabha Rajya Sabha Either house of Parliament Cabinet

38. Which of the following statements are found to be correct?

.Both Both Only Only

is/

are incorrect are c;:orrect I II

39. Which of the following Articles empowers President to grant pardons? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Art. Art. Art. Art.

70 71 72 74 .

40. Who among the following appoints attorney General, Comptroller and Auditor General and Chief Election Commissioner? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Prime Minister President Cabinet Vice President

41. Tick the correct statements(s) regarding financial powers of Indian President: (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

elected members of lok Sabha elected members of Rajya Sabha elected members of state legislatures Both (a) fit (b)

43. The term of the Vice President of India is

I. The President cannot be ques~ tioned by any court for the action taken by him/her in the discharge of his/her duties. II. No criminal Proceedings can be launched against him/her during his/her tenure. (a) (b) (c) (d)

~III.

Chapter 2

37. Impeachment to remove Indian President can be moved in _ (a) (b) (c) (d)

~

President constitutes a finance commission every 5 years to apportion revenue from income tax between the centre and the states. He/she can use contingency fund of India to meet any unforeseen expenditure. ; No demand for any grant can be made excepton his/her recommendation. All of the above statements are correct.

The Vice President 42. The Vice President of India is elected ,by members of an electoral college consisting other _

(a) (b) (c) (d)

5 years 4 years 3 years not defined is/

I. The Vice President acts as an ex-officio chairman of the Rajya Sabha. II. The Vice President functions as the President when the'latter is unable to discharge his/her functions due to illness, absence or any other cause. Both Both Only Only

45. The President appoints Minister by Article Constitution.

(a) (b) (c)

(d)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the Prime of Indian

in Rajya Sabha are elected by members of legislative Ass,~mbly by

(a) (b) (c) is appointed (d)

President Prime Minister

(c)

President on the advice of Prime Minister Chief Justice of India

(d)

56.

(b)

64 statements(s)

out of (c)

The Prime Minister is the de facto executive while the President is de jure executive. The Prime Minister of India heads the government while the President heads the State. The P.rime Minister is the leader of the Party that enjoys a majority in the lok Sabha. All of the above statements are correct.

NITI Aayog Inter State council National Development All of the above.

(d)

Formulation of the policies of the country. Determiningthe foreign policy of the country and also approves international agreements.' Exercising controls over higher appointments like Constitutional a~thorities and senior administrators. All of the above.

statements

is/

(a) (c)

2

(b)

12

5

(d)

10

57. Who among ex-officio Sabha?

the following chairman of the

is an Rajya

Speaker President Vice Pn~sident Prime Minister

58. Which of the following regarding functions Sabhais/are correct?

of

statements the Rajya

I. The Rajya Sabha shares with lok Sabha, the pOwer of amending the constitution. II. It can originate any bill other than a money bill. III. It refers the charge of impeachment against the President. (a) (b)

All are correct I and II -,.

Union Parliament is the Union LegislJ-

ture of India whic:h comprises (a) (b) (c) (d)

The President The Council of States The House of People All of the above. , ''"It..14

53. In which of the following ArCC:J is the strength of the Rajya Stb":

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Art. Art. Art. Art.

80 83 92 87

lj'"

(c)

62. The members of the lokSabha elected"on the basis of (a) (b) (c) (d)

are

Proportional Representation Universal Adult Franchise Single Transferrable Vote System Indirect election

63. Which of the following are correct?

statements

is/

I. The normal term of the lok Sabha was raised to 6 years during an emergency with the 42nd AmendmentAct,1976. II. The status quo of 5 years regarding the term ofthe lok Sabha has been maintained with the 44th Amendment Act of 1978. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Only Only Both Both

(c) (d)

II and III I and III

(a) (b) (c)

Art and Uterclture Science and Social Service Sports

64. Which of the following is/are the important' Parliamentary committees? Business advisory committee Committee on Privileges Public Accounts committee All of the above

(d)

All of the above

'j Which of the following

is the' tenure of

the RajyaSabha?"

(c) Cd)

5 years 6 years Not subject to dissolution 4 years ,.'~ ,"

f1ckthe Correct statements(s) regard~:)gthe functions of the Parliament:

(c)

105 107

(b) (d)

(a) (b) . (c) (d)

65 62 58 60

years years years years

69. Who among the following can be nominated as a judge of the Supreme Court? (a)

Any Indian citizen who has . been a judge of a high court for 5 years'"'~'~ An eminent jurist in the opInion of the President ' ' A practising advocate in High court for a "period of 10 years All of the above

(b)

a

(t)

(a) President (b) , Prime Minister (c) President after an address by , each House of Parliament (d) ,I .lok Sabha

(a) (b) (c) (d)

115 112

66. Which of the following Articles deals with the powers, privileges and immunities of the State legislatures, their members and their committees? (a) (c)

184 114

(b) (d)

194 104

Sabyasachi Mukherjee

Y. V. Chandrach'ud .

Ranganath Mishra ' f( G. Balakrishnan ),

statements

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

President Prime Minister with Consultation of Council of Ministers ') , Vice President Chief Justice of India" : , .;\

UPSC

"

73. Tick the Correct statement(s) ing function ot,'UPSC:" (a)

is/

"r,:";

72. The Chairman and other members of the UPSC are appointed by the

"H

Supreme Court 67. Which of the following are incorrect?

lj

i

7". Who among the following has the longest tenure as the chief Justice of India?

65. The powers,' privileges and immunities of either house of Indian Parliament and of its members and committees are 'Iaid. down. in Article. ___ of the Constitution.

(a)

fl'

68. Judges of the Supreme Court can hold office up to the age of _

~.

for RajyaSabha from the field of

(a) (b)

Both are incorrect Both are correct Only I Onlyll

70. A Judge of the Supreme Court can be removed by

Committee System in Parliament

(a) (b). (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(d)

I II are correct are incorrect

I

I. The Supreme~Courtstands' at the apex of the judicial system of India II. The" Indian Supreme Court consists of one ChietJustice'and 25 other judges. '''' ,

Can pass a no-confidence motion to dismiss the government. All of the above statements are correct.

".

59. President can nominate the members

52. The Parliament

(b).

Enact laws for, the good governance of the country. Control the finances' of the Union .

Parliamentary Privileges' .,

t":

mentioned? council

is the ma:n

Direct Method Indirect Method Method of a single transferrable vote None of the above

members are nominated by the President in Rajya 5abha.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Cabinet Ministers Minister of State Deputy Minister All ofthe above

51. Which of the following function of the cabi~et?

75

48. Which of the following are not correct?

of Ministers ,"

(a)

55. The State representatives

(a) (b)

(a)

47. Which of the following bodies is/are chaired.by the Prime Minister of India? (a) (b) (c) (d)

are correct are incorrect I II

49. The council by the

71 124

46. Tick the correct the following:

Both Both Only Only

Council of Ministers

(a) (b) (c) (d)

The Prime Minister

schedules of the constitution deals with the allocation of seats in Rajya Sabha? ,I. (a) Thir~ Schedule (b) Four:thSchedule (c) Fifth Schedule (d) Second schedule

(d)

50: The Council of Minister is composed of all the Union Ministers who are known as

are incorrect are correct I II

54. Which of the following

II. If defeated in lok S~bha, the cab. inet and the Prime Minister, both have to resign as they are respol\. sible and answerable to the lok Sabha. (a) (b) (c) (d)

44. Which of the following statements are found to be incorrect?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I. If the government is defeated ' .. In the Rajya Sab ha, It ISnot obligato for the Prime Minister to resign. I)

C.151

I I

l'

II

\

)

regard-

.•~,

To advice the President in>matters relating to appointments, promotions and transfers from one service to another of the civil servants

",

~Sl

11\ """'"

~

~iI

C.152 (b) (c) (d)

Chapter 2

CQnstitution QUndia

To maintain continuity of the administration. To keep the servi.ces free from potent influences All of the above statements are correct

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (c)

1974 1978

(b) (d)

(SSe) was

.1975 1982

(a) (b) (c) (d)

advisory body' Ministry Ministry Ministry Both (b)

of Finance of Adniinistrative of Personnel and (c)

Affairs

Eledion Commission 76. There is a proVIsion of an Election Commission in India in Article of Indian Constitution (a) (b) (c) (d)

324 334 338

77. Which of the following statements(a) is are found to be correct I. The Indian constitution provides for an independent Election Commission to ensure free and fair elections. II. The Election Commission consists of a chief Election Commissioner and such other Election Commissioners as the President may decide from time to time. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Only Only Both Both

I ' II are correct are incorrect

I II are incorrect are correct

(a) (b)

Attorney General ' Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) Solicitor General of India Both (a) and (c)

(b)

(c)

Finance Commission 83. Which of the following Articles of Indian Constit~tion has made on Finance Commission?

78. Who among the following appoints the Attorney General in India? Prime Minister President Vice President Chief Justice of India

(a) (c)

Art. 280. . Art. 282

(b)

Art. 290.

(d)

Art. 301

84. Tick the' correctstatements(s) ing the functions of the Commission:

regardFinance

(d)

.

(a)

referred to the c
Distribution of the net proceeds of the taxes which divisible between the Union and the States'

a}e

(a) (b) (c)

Governor Chief Justice of the High court Chief Minister

(d)

Spe~ker

(a) (b)

Dr Vijay Kelkar Y. V. Reddy

(c) (d)

C. Rangarajan Dr M. S. Ahluwalia

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I and III I, II and III

(a)

is the part

(b)

(c)

statements iSi ,

(b) (d)

(d)

(b)

(c)

Article 183 (i)Article 168 Article 1,75 (i) Article ,j'

(d)

Chief Minister is the real executive authority in the State Administration. Chief Minister formulates administrative and executive policies of the state. Chief Minister' is the main link between the Governor and the State Cabinet. All of the above statements are correct

his/her government is defeated in the State assembly. After his/her defeat in the State assembly, the Chief Minister refuses to resign. In case 'of his/her not being a member of the state assembly he/she fails to get himself/ herself elected to the state assembly within 6 months of his/her appointment. All of the above

TheStote Legislature •

',J"

.

L,islativeCouncil(Vidhan ParishadJ 9{

,:k

89. The Leader of th~' majority partystate legislative Ass'embly is appointd

(a) (b) (c) (d)

out of

removed from his/her office if: (a)

II and III I and II

State Council of Ministers

as the

97.

93. Whe Chief Minister of a state can be

88. Which of the f6110~ng Articles of tilt Constitution empowers the Governor to exercise certain functions without the advice of the Chief Minister?

The Chief Minister,

months months weeks month

rrz Governor Chief Minister Prime Minister DeputyCMl

s1hn

Which of the following is/are correct?,~;J1I' ,.

statements

I. Legislative Council (Vidhan Parishad) is known as the Upper House of State Legislature. II. Vidhan Parishad is a permanent House and cannot be dissolved. (a) (b) (c)

Both are co~rect Only I Only II

(d)

Both are incorreCt

of

.3yea~~,., 5 years 2 years 4 years

.,.i

. (a) (b) '(c).' (d)

Vidhan

,ui',~,,,

How many members are nominated by the Governor in State legislative Council?

(c)

30.

(d)'

40.

(a) (b)

98.

(c)

a

The minimum age for becoming a member of legislative Assembly is 21 years 35 years 30. years 25 years

The State Judiciary

(d)

Sub-div!si~'1~1 Court

21

.,

,

~\

..•

I

,

.'

(a) (b)

,1949-50... 1950. t.

(c) (d)

1951-52, 1953 "..,

~ '.~

,1

:

,

"

• L.

~~

holds

I, ~I

,~.)

;:.'\

;1'

'j,,-

';

,I

,' ..',.;1 ;.n' " ' ,'.', ;~

,

Death'"

(b) (c) (d)

Resignation' Any disqualification All of the above' -,

1989' 1996

,,,'I

';,' 'r'

(b) j )991"J\ (d)' . 1984 I'

,

,

C

10.8. Which 'of the following 1coalitions 'came into power'after:1989:general elections?' , !J r.v no" .• ' (a) (b)

United Front ..', '" ",' National front 'l>',-\ 'Janata Pi'!rty • NDA ,,:'," ""i'':'

I,.

)

(."

"l),~1

(~)

':

\ 'J

. I

Special Position of Jamrnu:,and Kashmir in the ',n: Indian Union , .. ~O' h:t.l;';cl'r.J'~~ ,_.t •.

,.1

'

•

,

10.9. Which of the following Articles reads 'Parliament. may by law admit into the Union, (Jr. establish new states on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit'?

_

~

:1

,j~.'

'J; '!'I\i

(a)

'J,'

10.3. A judge of ,the High court office till the age of __ '_

i

10.6. A by-election is held in" respeaof'cl seat rendered vacant during the running term of an elected per~ondue to his . '.

(c)" (d)

Manipur Meghalaya Tripura, All of the above

1'1:,

, pf ,at l~a~~l.o y~a~s.._, I (d) .. Allofthealiove~"":;' , • .~) , "1tl"'11".'~ "'1 .

..

~,

10.2. Which of the foll.owing states has the newly created High Court? (a) (b) (c) (d)

the

10.5. The first general elecilons'wereheld in India in.,(;:

"'(d)"23 I.

1

1'1'

.Misc~l~aneous'Coilstit~tl.~~Q.I,l~,.< ProvIsions ," .,~'.',1"itt:; ••

(b) '24 1

11: I'

'I)

Should have held'judicial office . injri"dlan t~rrit9ryjtor.~'~eriod.

iL

10.1. How many High Courts are atPresent in the Country?

(c)

.

(a) (c)

Supreme Court Sessions Court High Court

18

,W'o.

10.7. Which of the following 'general elections brought the era of Congress dominanceto an end?,u ;

10.0.. Which of the following is the highest judicial. organ o(the state? (a) (b) (c)

j

mustbe an Indi~n ciiiz~';should have been an advocate .'( ~. ,.'t, ':'_':~~~~' rn . of a High Court or of two such courtS in Sutces'sion leastlQYeai'S".k '411\) ''>}.

Political ParJies'., '

High Court

(a)

(/

General Eled{ons ',' ,",,'

The minimum age to become member of Vidhan Parisnad is' '}1

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(t,

',hl:'~.. J} ",mA' .",'

F

40. members 60. members 30. members Not defined

(a) 21 'years (b) 30. years (c) '35 years (d) 25 years 99.

I ' ',1
forat

The total .,strength ofVidhan P~rishad . ~J .,. H does not exceed one-third of the strength of the legislative Assembly, subject to a minimum of __ "_ (a) (b) (c) (d)

65 years 58 years '62 years 6Qyears

104. For'app6iritmerit as1'a'judge to High Court) tne person: '" h' "

(a) , One-third of total strength (b) One-sixth of total strength

the following: ..•..

I. The Governor is the nominal exec. utive head of the state and a:: executive authority of the state is vested in him/her. II. The ,Governor of a state ~ appointed by the President of India. III. A Governor is 'appointed for a term of 5 years and holds office with the consent of the President.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

96.

92. Tick the correct statements(s) '~liI

The Governor The Chief Minister State Council of Ministers All of the above

. (a) (c)

3 6 6 1

One third nne'mbers Parishad retiresafter'eve,y (a) (b) (c) (d)

is not a member of the State legislature, can be appointed as, Chief Minister for a period of only __ .

, ...•'

86. Who among the following of the State Executive? (a) (b) (c) (d)

95.

91. A person, who

85. Who among the follo,:,,!ng is the Chair. man of 14th finance commission?

l,

79. Who ampng the following is not a member. of any of the house of Parliament but has the right to sp-eak in the House of the Parliament?.

the following distributes the' portfolios to the' Council of Ministers in a State?

Preside'ni on any other matter

.,

To keep a vigilant watch on the finances of the Union and the States. To submit reports to the Pre~dentand the Governors of the States; To ensure that the money voted by the. legislature is spent under appropriate heads and not exceeded or varied. All of the above.

90. Who among

of the consolidat~d funds of India To tender advice.to the

87. Which of the following are correct!

82. Which of the following can be termed as the important function of CAG in India? (a)

To recommend the principles which should govern the grant_ in.aid of the.revenlj,es of the sta~

The States Executive

81. Who among the following acts as the custodian and trustee of public money in India?

(d)

Attorney General

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Only Only Both Both

CAG

(c) (d)

327

is /

I. The Attorney General is entitled to audience in all courts in the country and can take part in the proceedings of the Parliament and its committees. II. He/She is assisted by the solicitor General of India.

75. SSC enjoys the status of an attached office of the and acts as an (a) (b) (c) (d)

(b)

(c) 80.. Which of the following statements are found to be correct?

SSC 74. Staff selection Commission established in the year

Comptroller and Auditor General Chief Election Commissions Attorney General, None of the above.

C~153

I

C.,154 (a) (b) (c) (d)

Chapter 2 Article Article Article Article

Constitution of India (c) (d)

1 11 2 42

Constitutional Safeguards for SC!STs

110. Which of the following Articles gives special Status to the state of Jammu & Kashmir?

(a)

I' ;

J

(b) (c) (d)

K Arunachal Pradesh Sikkim Uttarakhand

I. The Parliament has the discretion to confer special status, based on relevant legal grounds by virtue of Articl,e 2. II. In India, there has been a centralizing tendency but in the case of Kashmir, it can be argued. Only Only Both Both

I II are correct are incorrect

Centre-State Relationship 112. Under the ~onstitutiQn, the division of powers between the Union Government and the States is delimited into__ ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

Union list State list Concurrent list All of the abo'(e and

State list Union list Concurrent list, All of the above

,.

115. The official language of the Union was decided to be Hindi in Devanagari script as per _' __ (a) Article 351 '(b) '1 Article 343 (i)

Art. 22

(c) (d)

Art. 23 Art. 24

117. According to which of the following Articles is the special representation given to the scheduiedcastes and scheduled tribes in the Lok Sabha and State Legislative Assemblies till January 25, 2000? ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

Art. 330 Art. 332 Art. 335 All of the above

(a)

61 st

(b) (c) (d)

73rd 78th 83rd

122. The rights and duties of panchayats have been included in _ of the constitution. ~ (a)' (b)

Schedule VIII Schedule IX

(c) (d)

Schedule XI". Schedule X

123. Which, of the following statements is/are found to be correct? I. The number of {reserved seatsfOl SC/STs will be proportionate to the ratio of population of SC/STsto the total population in the panchayat II. One-third of th~ total seats in pal}. chayats will be reserved for women.

118. Which of the following communities has been notified by the Government as minorities at the national level?

(c) (d)

Only I Only II

(a)

(d)

National Minorities Development and Finance Corporation National Commission for Minorities. ' Development of Uroan Wakf Properties All of the above

"

(a) , The Nyanya Panchayats are the judicial
'," ,!'

Condud of Business in'the Parlioment 125. Sessions of Parliament are convened

Panchayats-as Rural Self-Governing Institutions ' , 120. Which of the following Articles, of the constitution directs the governments to establish Panchayats to serVe as institutions of local self-government? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Art. Art. Art. Art.

40 43 53 38

121. Which of the following gave Panchayats

at the directiolof

amendments constitutional'

the

(a) (b)

President' Speaker of Lok Sabha

(c)

Prime Minister

(d)

Vice Pres,ident

126. The ordinance dssued by the prest dent of India c~ases to operate at tllf expiration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

28. After passing an ordinary Bill in both I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Chairman of Rajya Sabha Speaker of the Lok Sabha President Leader of the Lok Sabha

the Houses of Parliament it is presented to the President for his assent

(b)

If the President withholds his/ her assent, the bill is mollified.

(c)

If the President neither gives his/her assert nor withholds his/her assent, he/she may return it to the Parliament for reconsideration ofthe Houses.

(d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b)

(d)

(c) (d)

Moving the motion Proposing the question by the speaker/ 'chairperson Debate or discussion where permissible All of the above

no. Which of

thefollowings'tatements is/arefound to be corrects?

I. The council o'f Ministers remain in office as long as they enjoy the confidence of the Lcik Sabha. II, Rajya Sabha is not empowered to entertain a motion of no-confidence. (a) Both are correct (b) Only I (c) Onlyll (d)

a

-. A resolution, which is procedural llleansto initiate a discussion on any

to increase or diminish the area of any state. to alter the name or boundary of any state. to create or abolish the legislative council of a state All of the above.

i6th 28th 23rQ 30th

amendment amendment amendment amendment

(a) (b) (c) (d)

2. 3rd

C. 3 Lists of power~ to be looked after by the Union and the states

3. 5th, Schedule

D. Contains provisions as to the administration and control of scheduled areas

4. 7th

Schedule

68th 61 st 58th 71 st

amendment ain'endment amendment amendment

A-1, B-3;C-4, D-3 A-1, B-3, C-4, D-3.

Cohimn II 1. 8th Schedule

3 mo;'tti~~

(b)

6 months

(c) (d)

6 weeks 4 weeks

•.

States ~nd Union Territories o/India ."

.,'

I.

f' I'

'"

137. Which'of the'following union territ~ries was conferred statehooc{in 1987 by 'amending the Constitution, of India? (a) (b)

Mizoram Goa

(c) (d)'

Arunachal Pradesh All of the above

138. New state of Telangana was created out' of existing state of Andhra Pradesh on May 28,2014 June 2, 2014 June 5, 2014 July 8, 2014

The Budget 139. The Procedure for approving the budget 'in the Parliament involves 'Presentation of Budget Discussion on the Budget Voting ~n Demands All onhe above.

140. The vote-on-account period of _

1.36. Match the column:

A. PreScribes forms of oaths a'lid affirmation for ,new incumbents assuming public offices

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

list of Schedules

I'

A - 3, B-1, C - 4, D - 3 A - 3, B-1, C-3, D-4

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is granted for a

2 months 4 months 6' weeks 1 month [1'\

~I~

of ~

(a)

'

Schedule

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

135. Which of the fOllowing ~mendments reduced voting age froin 21 to 18 years forLok Sabha and Assemblies?

~olumn

Both are incorrect

369 362 368 335

134. Which of the following amendments abolished titles and special privileges of former rulers of Princely states? (a) (b) (c) (d)

B. A List of 22 regional languages

.

133. A bill requires only a simple majority for amendment which seeks

I/IIions and Resolutions

(a) (b)

Substitute Substantive Subsidiary ancillary

Art.

(c)

is the main in the House

is

132. The procedure to amend the constitution of India is laid down in

All of the abov~.

stage to pass a motion of the Parliaf1)ent?

public interest, motion.

Amendment of the Constitution

If the President gives his/ her a.ssent to the bill, it then beco'mes an act.

129. Which of the following

124. Tick the correct statements (s) out of the following:

(d)

-

(a)

Both are inc~~rect Both are correct

Sikhs Christians Buddhists All of the above

matter of general actually a

Parliament IS PreSided over by the

and:

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

127, Joint sessio~ of b~th the Houses of

'.

Welfare of Minorities

(c)

Inter-state Councils Zonal Councils North-Eastern Councils All of the above.

OHicialLanguage

Art. 19

(b)

(b)

114. Which of the following constitutional or legal bodies can be created to facilitate cooperation between the Union and the States? (a) (b) , (c) (d)

(a)

119. Which of the following schemes or organization is relatedto the welfare of minorities?

113. The subjects like agriculture public health are related to (a) (b) (c) (d)

of the following Articles 116. Which makes the provision of prohibition of traffic in human beings and forced labour?

1&

111. Which of the following statements is/are found to be correct?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

status (whichyvere ,previously Co sidered a state, subject)? n,

Article 347 (i) Article 350

C.155

"

~ :

r

Ill,

r7,~It..

.

',;': ~. (

C.156

Chapter 2 ,'.

j."':,.

Answers • '''''<\(

Topic.wise Assessment

}-

2. (a) 1. (c) 12. (d) .11. (d) 21. (c) . 22. (b) 32. (d) 31. (c) 42. (d) 41. (d) 51. (d) , 52. (d) 61. (d) .62. (b) 71. (b) , 72. (a) 82. (d) 81. (b) 92. (d) 91. (b) 101. (b) 102. (d) 112. (d) 111. (c) 121. (bY 122. (c) 131. (b) 132. (c)

4. (d) 3. (b) 14. (d) 13. (d) 24. (d) 23. (a) 34. (d) 33. (a) 44. (b) 43. (a) 54. (b) 53. (a) 64. (d) 63. (c) 73. (d) , 74. (b) 84. (d) 83. (a) 94. (a) 93. (d) 103. (c) 104. (d) 113. (a) 114. (d) '123. (b) 124. (d) 133. (d) 134. (a)

6. (b) 5. (a) 15: (a) . 16. (b) 26. (c) .25.. (d) 36. (a) ~5. (d) 46. (a) 45. (c) 56. (d) 55. (c) 66. (b) 65. (c) 76. (a) 75. (c) 86. (d) 85. (d) 96. (b) 95. (c) 106. (d) 105. (c) 115. (b) 116. (c) 125. (a) 126. (c) 135. (b) 136. (a)

7. (c) 17. (c) 27. (d) 37. (c) 47. (d) 57. (c) 67. (a) 77. (c) 87. (c) 97. (a) 107. (a) 117. (d) 127. (b) 137. (b)

8. (d) 1~. (a) 28. (d) 38. (b) 48. (a) 58. (a) 68. (a) 78 .. (b) 88. (a) 98. (b) 108. (b) 118. (d) 128. (d) 138. (d)

9. (c)

1O. (a) 19. (b) .. 20. (b) 29. (d) '<',' 30. (b) •i

, 39. (c) " 40. (b) 49. (c) 50. (d) 59. (d)": 60. (c) 69. (d)' 70. (c) 79. (c)~z 80. (d) 89. <9,)" 90. (c) 99. (d)~ 100. (c) 109. (c)' 110. (a) 119. (d), 120. (a) 129. (dL 130. (a) 139. (a) 140. (a) •

()

'.

.

/1

.'

"

!)

I '.

' . .)/

~ / •

&.¥I !.

,

j

J

,~

t"

.

j-i.'

,

!Ij

~l'i

,~ , .j

lf

\.)

~~"""

,'j'"

\ ;

~

'~~~'tn 1 U ):l f~)'()

,

•.. ~)

1.

pi

.f

,\~;

J:.;;!!.

u

\'

\J'! ~' ..

,H.I

~\j(! 1 V.l ~,\ /..".' .'· -'iff.....c. -:

O.lit.~.\~/.R~.' . I \\~ .•t.~/). (,\'" (,; ~..1\

,..]1

'Cjmr~, .t.w ...J'

~y

f

i,1 ,.q

,

)

,

• Ruraland Urban Population /

_'. l •••

) r1, .t.

,

,Census

,(

l

\

\ .. J.

/I

,J

,..

,)\

~~d.

~J

\.\j~<. \. \ .

l'

.,. ri

CENSUS

Census Year

Inmostof the countries of the world, population data are,generally, collected through censuses. In India, thefirst all-India, census was conducted in 1872. However,the subsequent censuSes were not conductedon a regular basis.

Itgular Census The first regular all-India census was conductedin 1881. Thereafter, in every 10 years thepopulation data are updated: In India, the most recent census was conducted in 2011. It was the secondcensus of the 21st century and the third millennium,Census 2011 was the 15th census in the series thatbeganfrom 1872.It was the seventh census since !heindependence of India. Table C.3.1 Growth of Population •..

lSI 1961

"I 1981

~

I'

Total Population (in million)

Year

1941(pre-independence)

~ -'~

318

_-=- -~ 'l

-~~ -361'-~ ,_.

____ ._

439

548---.----,

6as- -----.J

843- ------.-,

!

2001

:2011

.~ ..

"

Total Population (in million) 1027 '-.

•••••

,..

tt", -~~

,,~',' ,y

-~

1210 • I

j'.;>'

l •....

The decadal growth rate during 2001-11 has registered the sharpest decline since independence. During this period, population growth was registered at 17.64%. This rate is a 3.9% decrease from 21.54% recorded for the period 1999-2001. Nagaland topped the chart with the lowest population growth rate of -0.47%, whereas Meghalaya showed the highest growth rate of 27.82%.

Density of Population The density of population of a particular place or region, for a specified period, is interpreted in terms of 'man-to-land ratio'. It considers the number of persons per unit of land of that geographic area. As per census 2011, the population density in I:rldia is 382 persons/km2• This is higher than the popu~ation deDsity of China (137 persons! kni.2). But, popUlation densitY al~aysd()e's riot -refleCt the pressure of population on land: While no land is useless, only cultivable land, sustains" more people. A different scenario emerges when cultivable land is taken into consideration.' Madhya Pradesh which is a thinly-populated state emerges as a densely pop~, . "'nri -)", '-', ulated because large part~ of. the state are hilly, dissected and forested. . ..

~',.l. ~l: L

I:

i'1.,,:ll'

Population of India C.159

! '

C.158

Chapter 3

RURALAND URBAN POPULATION

around 930. Following are the causes of decline in'sex ratio. . .' ,T ~ • More males are born than females.,:'-" ,'- " • More females die at infancy and during the reproductive stage., '. p • • General negligence to females,is largely responsible for high female fatality at childhood: • Pre-birth sex determination leads to female feticide. :....'

'I

As per the 1981 census, there were4019 towns iTIlndia. ByIDattime) the total ur1:>anpopulation was about 160 oUJIion. As per cens~ 1991report, this figure rose to 117.2 million people livi?g in 4689 towns. However, ~ 2011,of the total population of 1210 million, 833.08 aUilionpeople live in rural areas. This is slightly less than70%of the total population. About 377.10 million people~ve in ~rban ~e~s constituting 31.16% of ~otal population.Still India IS on~ of the least urbamzed nationsof the world as nearly 45% of the world's populationlives in urban areas. Interestingly, more than half(51.5%)of India's populationlives in Maharashtra, UttarPradesh, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal and Andhra Pradeshand. Telengana.It is pertinent to m$tain that UttarPradesh figures in the list, although it is one of theleast urbanized states of India. The urban populationof India has increased from 25.85 million in 1991 to377.10million in 2011, registering an eleven-fold increaseduring the past 100 years. The growth rate of urbanpopulation, however, began declining from the 1980s. It grew 31.13% only during 1991-2001.

I

,I

107.8

54.16% of total population

65.46% of total population

Literacy rate females

Most Populous and Least Populous Regions

.

".

t

Table C.3.4 - Sex Rbtio' 1941 :"'20lT

(,',-

;;'.!.

j:':~

J~.1'.;'

1961

94i

,19,81

934

" .....

'

.'f .:1

l~

".~

'~-~t~

~

.,

;'

Table C.3.3 Relative Growth of Rural and Urban Population

least populous UT

0.01 % of total population

0.01% of total population

lakshadweep

Child Sex Ratio

1941 1951 Table C.3.2

Trends of Population Density

,.J

1961 1971

1951

117 persons/km2

1991 1991

267 persons/km2

2011

382 persons/km2

2

West Bengal (903 persons/km ) ." ersons/km2) ~ lea.s.t den.se..lypoP. u.lated•..... s.ta ..te'. '.... ..Arunac.ha ..I..pra.de.sh.(.1.7persons/k.~2) •. .'. .~runacha.l. pr~d..e,h (13 pe"oOO/""'.IllI ;~;~Tcrted1Jl-~.:~."<""~"-A~am~;;d>Ni;b"~~~d;.< .."._<-.•• --A~d~;~~'~nd~ic~b~r Islands ~.

~._j1~P.:rson~!kT2L._,_~

74.3

25.7

AA AA

31.16

,

~Ratio

"'l~

. _~

20.2

2001 2011

L_~.

79.8

1981

In India, child sex ratio is defined as, the nurnberof , females per thousand males in the age.group of 0-6 years in a population, Thus; it is equ~ to 1000 x the reciprocal of the sex ratio (ratio of males to fe!-Ualesin a population)in the same age group, Le., unqer seven years of age, As a result, an imbalance in this age group will extend to older age groups in the futtge years. Currently, the ratio of males to females is, generally, greater than 1, that .is there are more boys. than girls.

.._~_._._.,~<~._ ..~!~.~.I?::£~2P,:;l~:T~L_

Th~ edst;n.regiol) of India\as the highestp6pulation density of 625 persons/km 2 The northeastern region of India has the lowest density of 176 persons/km .

2

•

"

.,.

Set ratiois defined as the number of females per 1000 Ilales.Asper the 2011 census, sex ratio increased from ~ in2001to 940 in 2011. Sex composition is considtItd an important indiCator of inequality lietween 'ales and females in a society. In India, the sex ratio .!he beginnmg of the twenti,eth century was recorded ~972.It declined cOI,ltinuously till 1941. In 1951, there . a marginal increase in the sex ratio. Ther~afh:;r, I&iin it declined. Sex ratio has marginally fluctuated

1

I

Mizoram

970 (Continued)

C~_'~-~'~_--"-=

r"'-'-~~--""~"-~<"-~'-:"'<':-""<W,-#~~:~" ..:[ ;:! in' CD =

. CD S! :J(i)

15~ S!CD-9. 3

iD 0

n

0 3.

CD _ 0 0- CD :;' -. (J> (J>

Q

=t

(J>

••

~:J

~.

0

=::

(i)

./:0>.

g

0 ~.CD.

~

0 CD::l O-CD

~ g..,

iD ~ ~':;

a-

c

o 3

i3

~, ~g o c

<

CD 0 =r' _0 O-:J OJ

~

~:-<: ~

a.

n:;'-o

-',';"".::l"ICD ::l u.' q cOO

0

.-+

~

W

(Xl

, -0.

-0

o

g-

iD'

'"

0.:.

-.n looJ':r

a

Q'

(ij'

CD

0

?='

=_wCD

80: ,...;I...LA

-0

o

f;\ ~"

00

::I

o' ~ (>Qo::l

o-.,:::r-

leif

Ul -

~y~;~'

~CDW(jj@O::lOQ.., ::!:

~

3

(J>

-'

~.::l

@

,::l

a- =:' ':S: 0

0

(>Q.

CD 0

9:-

0- -;-

-0 3

-. ::l

:J

CD 0

::;::

-0

CD

~.~ 3 -O-C (i) 0- -0 _ _. 9. :J Q ::l in' ~. 0

Ul Ul

(j

::!:

:::..

:::l '"I 0 '"' [Jl _ """""'...,.~

6...0-0:J30~(J>91-00 CD

8...:J
~

~

"lCD

0

~~.O:< 9. :E ~. :T 0 (i) 91- o' Z 6' (J>

O-CD./:o>.-

O::l

~, -i-.,~'. 0

---:".

~

e5

(J> O. 0

:J

0

(J>

CD CD, :J

0

@

nco :T o

:J_

(J>

o~. ~::;.:O~3n::l' iDCD~~~o-

<

CD ::l3

(J> 0

~ 9.'-< ~ c

CD 3 0" 07 (J> CD' ~

0-

ro [Jl

0 0 .=!"'U;

=::l

=:~--I""""\::J9...-o::Jo"""'" CD _0-' ~ 00 n CD~~~_CD

9.1'..)

o'

-

0

~ro

..... •.••.III

_f"l

~ (il

0

Q. ~.

-g _. _.

IJ)

a

::!:'

g ~

(f ~-

•••~

••

Distribution of Population, Slate/ India/Slate/ UT Union Code Terrilary'

1ft

o

me .., o o CO

~I'.~

III [Jl

-

-0

III

ro

~

::r'"l~;"'" ele.O\>I'o-

(JQ

ro

(JQ

,.-..,lllof<(>Q

~I~ ~i

:';

,

f"l III

•••••

iii' 0 ::l

0\ ,.-..,

(tc-+-(ti ...;r P>

SNC55 ~'.o

~Q

o ::l

o

~No..

~~

_ 0'" S ~ ::s

Sex Ratio, Area, Density, Decadal Growth Rate and Rank of Population: 2011 Sex Ratio

(per 000

-------------------~------------(Females Persons

km

2)

3

Indio

121,01,93,422

'2011"

102,70, 15,247 62,37,24,248

9

tOOl

".2011

2001

53,12,77,078

58,64,69,174

49,57,38,169

757,27,541#

'2011

2001 '2011

2001

'2011

940

933

324

17.64

21.3'

11.10'

13.86#

382

382,86,811'

421,55,652#

374,40,730#

992'

978# 308#

275#

----';-

72,0,232

573,951

662,379

517,16?>

920

901 ~ 17

13

25.9226:21 .. -,,~.-

__

...."..:-."'.,.

~~

:\;:~:~-~~_~~_~::.;'~~:,i::

--~~'"

2

83.7

13,82,611

10,91,117

2001

425,09,881#

~'-'>-,:",_'~_'''l''_',P'i'''''w,~ ':"-''''".''4;;-~-:--~-+''''~-=-''''.'':"':~.'C<~----'''----~,."~'!'co>.''"'''"''''''''o"'''''~,,.~""_A~~"~4~.,'''"'''''''''~ ....~ "~""""__~

160.205 49,378,776

Deeadal GrowthRate

678 ~O(,l1

M~'."m'_"~~_"m""""_-"_"'~"."' .•..w.~,w;_'+C _

per Density ,1000Males) (Perkm2)

.Females

4

'il111 Andhra Prodesh#

~>::E ',iO

~

~ ~'5 '"I

-0

i ce. o.

::»~

Area

2

;lO

0'0 >1'0- '"I ~

•..•.ro c.n tv

ro 5"

U.

'1 f"l '0 >1'0-. f"l •••

0:17':0\00

~p..

\\;\\ (~\-~-8'El '6. ~ '&.. 15 0

...,.;

* -

>I'o-p..

<'

:::l p..

0"'"0

ro

'"I

'"I III

ro

ft. (JQ S.

f"l

Pl'< f"l '"I '< a

u-.~

~

:J

e.g 8'

0

~

'6

. ~~

-'0

.\:>. 0 -. -0 0 -

~~ •.••.III ro

[Jl

-<. ::a

!:i

:::l

'"I

f"l

~I

~

s~

III

2: CD n W

o

,<S'p..

••••' ...•....•.

7': ro

l""t"-.

~~~::n

o

::a

Pl

<'

at

I'..)

=i 1ft

"--' •••••

ro ft

~ g:.

',.-.., III

CD

~'~~a-0~o~~ ~

a

,::

[Jl

ro Pl_

a-~. ~

0'-< -....6

if

[Jl •••••

'7"

ii3

..., c.8 ~ gc.n ~._.~ (>Q -<"~ (jj 9.

fJ)

(J>

in' _CD

0- ~ o-::l ::l -'-0 00 ::;: CD -. -0 3 . -CD (J> 0 -0 (J> -0 ~ ~ c -0 0 CD'

.,g..,. 9.

:J Q

Sa>-' e.ro'

0

~

go'

0

III

1-01' f"+

""'::r ...•. 00 ro ::r'iIi.

ro(JQ

-'

ro

'"I

<:; o ...•...... ro

::r ....'

ro •.••. >-' ""'ft\O ro '"I \0

-

~

~. ~ 00

~ !!'

{J)

....,..

~'8 ~ o-::r ro Pl~~ ~ ro ~ _ ...•.

it..Q -< g, 6' ~ _::!: ~

0 ~-.

o-~~::l

S-

~ '< '"0 ->-''"1

S;

~::;:c<([)Q... ~ ~ ~ CD < (i)

;> _CD.., ~ :;' -'1'..) CD. ~"O

1-01'

CJJ:=!-::» S:-S:...•.::r

(J>

::l

ro ro lll'ro ~ ~ (0 [Jl

r-

::»

f"l

l-t

f"l

I"+l""t"S~

~ffio \olll:::l

(J>

S.

::n:z: CflCfl'Tl!:7 S'S'ro;::"

III

-. ~ ~ --. g .;-" g ~, CD(>Q

P>

0-

0 »::l OJ in: 0'3 s:; ~ ~ ~ 5: ~ _. ::;:~ n c UlCO 0- 0 ::reo .ron. o~c

CD -;"::l

-=r

::l

<-

.

(").

'0.

(J>=OCD -o::l-~O 0- iD-0 0 3 30 -3 CD ~ S (J> 0 _. 0 n 0 0 CD ::l CD ::l <:J_. on::=: 0.:.:."'"' .3- c.n (D. CD 2..00 ~ CD ' '0 ~ 0--<

-<:

E::

"

-.

0

cr

o

» g;--, ~

9.

CD

:J

0-7'-~-<('\::l3>0::l 0 co"~(J>O::lCD' ••• S' 0- 0 9. CD (i) 0:J N' (jj ••• co ro:..:':-- CD g., ~ ---('~ 9. 2... 5--0 :J:;'-o c 0 ,0 0'-< , a ::r'",", CD ~o n CD~:J D.••. CD 0 C ::l -oC8~O-CD ~ CD,0- -'

0

c

7':'"

.,

0 in' c

~ ~

~

a=

~

9:-

3 ,:.00' (J> 3 iD.,:::r- c o 00 n n o'~ :>

»

..•.Pen

0

::L

II> II>

-

CD CD -. 00 = Q.

7)

Q

~

=-

C

'l!D~i.-

Ul

91-i2 co::!: 0.; c:r,:, _. .,w (J> _. ~ CD CD'CD. ,-~ o-:E 3 ~ 0 O-::lc C' ~ ~_,~. ~ ~< ~-'0~ ~~. ~ :r. -o::l ~ ~ 0 iD m.3

,~o

L~_,~

_._

~

C? II:' -0 _.

:T B- ~

0 ~

0

H.,M~

j

,('

,

,

27th

.~

26th

'P,'"

3

~ 4

.•..""'-.""'"'"'....,,.,-.,"-

.

.......,;.,.

496,19,2'(0

397,24,832

Z17,012

658,381

916

L.~5 .. ~.,.._~h.hotti:~<:I~h., ,

921

1102

990

189

880 154

960394

363

861

573

477

28.06

123

109

17.53

900

124

99

.941

r=vo414

338'

319

275

974970 10

883" • ~:"/-~'-~---

11

Jhorkhond

_ ....••••,'"'J"',~........

12'

~"-'-'~'"

,

~--'::;~

~'--"'-~-

-.,'

79.8

.

"=

--.,~"':-:.-,';:~~~;"',,'~'m---;'~_"'-:;,...~-,.~.W&,oo:,--,-?'O ~"- '''''o,~~:-~-''~

329,66,238

269,09,428

169,31,688

• ~..•..•..}'-,'~-"';'.-~~"'~~~O"W',--"""""'-;~-.;~"'h".-;.-~-,,-X<"'''''-_.~.-_

.Karnotaka

191.8

---;.~.~'-':,:.,

,i'_b."

13 ... Kerolo3B.9

."',

611,30,7'04

..._--

527,33,958

,:~,,-"",~ ..~~,

~;w:=-';<>-- __W,'~fC.,~

-~;~

,,>4,,: _" ,.:::~:/,'"

_

268,56,343

+'~'_~,.,-..,~"-"

_

__

15 16,

Mahoroshtra 307.7 ,'_"'~"",< ....- ,,'..... f ", "=

l'

-

~

,,: :..

P 7Meghal~xo 18

Mizordm.

19

Nogolond .i~_

20 '21

v........

'•

155.7"

Punjab

50.4

(,:."

"

,',.,..

.:t.

I"
,~=.

..,~.....

19,80,602

..-.--1

Orissa

~,._w_,~,

, ,dO,'

_

-=0 ~

419,47,358' -=-- '-"'~'

277,04,236

968

,_.,...".J-."

,_J,

,,;

.. :.,,~., ...,. .' ...

13,69,764. __

,O..,,

•. _~._

••

.. ,..

,

_

• .....;,~

"'.

464,17,977

"'. , ....c

....

..•

12,07,33813,51,992

_....

,,~"~_.

,J"

•••••••••••••

~

••

_

"~,.

9.25

,~ .• ,-_,

1;81,:296

•• _,_,

••••••••••

_

•••••

,_

••

'.

., •• , •••••

987 _~,

~3,0~,~?9 .., ... 891,,058 552,339. ..

.;..

_-

:

_.".

.. .•-

19,88,636

--""'~~..-~._,,;. ~

'~, ..

367,°9,929 _N..- -

10,25,707

w,,"' ..~_"~.

._. t

y~'.--.-----~

242,89,299.rl

.-_.. ~~.-.-~..,-:

'.

_

10,41,686

931

..- .•., ~:.""';".',

"

,--'-"-_.,,,. ~.,;.'

' __'~'---"''''_

:t"

~_

954,895

,>--.,'~_.:.-..~~ ..•-:c-,..-_."_'__,....:.~..u~~_,_.

'-_._-."' ••

,_~

_._.

~..

,__

...•.. -.,;.,._

,946,950

,.i,,".M_,_-'''''~.;:''.~'''''''~........ _

;,2Q7,1S,6~9;~180,94,580 ~~ ",~""

~.

v __ ".

~_

u

129,6~;36~'139,6?,41-7

~:".

__".~

. ....••••

~_:~

920

196

922

• ',:,.:,

236 365

-'i5.99~--2i57 2nd ,'-~".,7' ..~ 107 .18.65>30:02 24th

122

~75 938

132 52

909

119

_

,....

972

893

874

~ •. __

_

••••. "._-.-"'

236

.0.47

25th

13]3

_.",%.~",,,

<15.94,.Uth

.__ '- __...•• _-.",~ ,....

482

." '...• _.

64.41

__,_ .. , ~.__,,=.~.. ~

13.97

22nd __",.".._""_~'"

...•23~~.~~:d._ 29th'27th

_.,,'-....

120

'"~-;', __

550

~

103 _~7.82~~.9~ 42.""22.78'29.1'

269,:

•

20.30

-314

~ .. ,

978

978

_.

..113,25,934

'819

_'-""_

~86. 975

'23.71

, O~_"---W'_,o

1058 859

_

14,!]~:.339 ]1:38,3.39... 459,783:538,675' ", •..,431,275

212,91;918,.18.6,12,349. J46;34,819

••

964

~

...173'c.6,~87 .. 163,69,955 ....1084 349:84~645- '289,28:2~45-~930 . . .

583/>1~397-503:34;27o-54o,li,575

' •....

"__ ~""._ ..W."N._O_'.+,'.'_=

258,77,615

"~_"~_,"_'r,"~_;"

L4'?~e?~.. ]1,,67,840

29,~~:00!,".. 010,91':014'

16.6 •••••

967,52,247 23,88,634

,",-.

22.4 '21. "-

11,23,72;972 27,21,756.

"._"':"'" ."",'",

,,y\anipur .. .;. 22.3,. ,

300,72,962 ':1"-'-.~~_::: ••,_-.~~':';",_-,

"._"'_""'"'.--"~>#?-_--

14"'-M:dhy:-'~' 30;3-~7:;5,97,56X".pradesh '.' L.

947

eo ,~;;,.

••=,'''-=='''-,~\,-.,.=""'...,."'._~,,~"""".~

..--:~O+,-,-""'''r'.''

. 318,38,c.19.... 160,21,299 .. IS4,68,q64 603:85~]1~8~""~376~1;:92~" '314:56,873'~ ."

.333,87,677

160,34,550

,;~,:_'_,:",,:=__ 130,48,151

. ',' .,:,..~~:_.~_

138,61,.277

~.";c_'-_."W{-.".-/-"""""~,,.-'%<-

310,57,742

.---";(N""_--~;""A~~"',-

.•

..,

w

:;llth

.~•.~~"

19.76

44th "'~Y._

15th

15th "

)

. (Continued)

.... '

. -=---'------

,,---=---'~

--~

r'",'h"#<+

Table C.3.6

(Continued)

India/Slate/ Union Territory#

Stale/

UT . Code

I-

,_.~..L;:-__ ~~

Area (per 000 km2)

Persons

3

2

Total Po illation . ... p. , . Males

4

5

'2011

2001

I22

Rajasthan

342.2

686,21,012

564,7i122

[23

Sikkim

7:~_~~_

607,68.8

540,493

TamilNadu

131.1

721,38,958

24

31;91,168

~ 28

f29'

2001

321,661

2.88,217

-

-

16,36,138 17,99,165 ,_18,71,867 _ ,~"""",,_ _ ,_._-_,_-,,

19,95,81,477

16,60,52,859

10,~.;~6,415

874:66,301

Uttarakhand

53.6

101,'16,7$;2

84,79,562

51,54,178

43,16,401

'West Beri961--88~"'-91f47,736-~802,21';17f"'

•.

~--i Andaman 1

_.

y_

_

-~-~-~._-

~....

• •••• _,,__

f.

356,295

0.1

10,54,686

900,914

--~.'-342)853 0.5

6

O.OC_K'~~? 1.50167,53,235

7

Puducherry --0.5

L1. !

--

,

~._,... ,"'__

...-_. __

12A4,464

._

2i3.33

'201120011 8th

,

8th

11.19 7th 6th --~ _15.60 -----.~--.-.~--.,.----'_ ~ ~ ..:. 12th

478

..

..

8~.828

689

20.0':.

25.80

1s1

49,62,574

41,63,161

963.

964

159

19.17

19.20

20th

._'

21st

",~'_'.w.,..•.••,'."""",,"~__

908

"

••

, .. 'mc

..•.

....

-

'189

""".

,-,

-'

'163,280 ..

878

: ,c",

.846

-

-'

.

.._-_._------ .._--_. 46

43

6.68

26.94

~J 19th

__ _, ,_",,

__

-..-.......J!

..

32nd. 4th

.,..,.

',c,

818 ~.. .,.-.-..392,690 __c_-- ._ ..,,__ " _ 773

:

,

I

~c-3 9252

7903

811

698

449

618

709

2169

1411

.866

.. - 947

17.10

40.33

30th

59.20

33rd

53.54

55.59

34th

1894

6;23 20.96

46.31 17.19

2029

27.72

20.56

3rd

'3

.,,-,

_~_

..

_o<

"'--~'-

....,.-.-.,

•. ""

•• ''"'''

65,581

92,811

92,478

15q,lpO

158,059 -

2001

21.44

15,55,030 961 950- ''''"''''350._.. ".. 304 15.74 22nd '_'_'_''''''''''_''''''''''''' ..--- 14.75 _.'..-...-----

220,451

242,911

lakshadweep NeR of Delhi

r---'-'-~~---'-.-'---_.__.....-_.~_n_.._

__,

'2011

165

32.98 _.3..1:.~t~~~B;h1

31'0

-

2001

785,86,558

177,614

l;?,2,9~:5

~02,330

'

'2011 201

I

10

949,85,062

_

--

379,944

0.1

2001 922

~--_.

8.2

Daman and Diu

'2011

Rank

9

"-4zr,10~347 "<''387;~3;477~~'947'~''93T~rl029-~~904~''lr9r-17.844f'h'~';';"!':4.th'~"!

469';~'7;3i941-4Ji7;694

and Nic6bar Islands

4

8

926

-i-

Deeadal Growth Rale

(Per km2)

--'-'"

240.8

Union Territories

270,91,465

-

Uttar Pradesh

l.-., .•..

2001

330,00,926

.

DtHlSIIy

7

'2011

293,81,657

.

~86,0~~!2-_~~7~_.:.~86._Z~~~ 361,58,871 312,68,654 359,80,087 308,42,185 995 986 555 --"--'_-"-_'_~~--_'~'_'_' __ "._"-~---"'_"-.,."--

~~.

26 Tripura 10..5 __ 36,71,032 r--~--. ._ . ._.._~_ . ~_.,

Sex Ratio .. (."males per 1000 Males)

6

'2011 356,20,086

621,10,839 _-.....-.. _

..

1

. . ,. femaleS

•• ---

••• ~,--

.•••. , •.• '-~

.•••••••

'-~.~'~-'-

-._~-

_.

,-

137,8~~,_.21J.2L.....c: __~O,89..9_. ,~.!d~~_, _?~12,9~,3:4~ 89,76A10

60,595 973,~85--'

--

31;1:18

77,76,825

29,477

486,705

633,979487,124

',,",,-,--~~'---"~'-"-'---

s.~U~E-_9294

-'1038

.1'1,297

10012598

6th

J

_31!.LZ!b .•.. 18th 1st 28th-2~dl

*As per provisional population totals in census 20 11 . *Number of administrative unitsas percensus2011 :Stqtes/UTs (351; districts (64PI; sub-d.istricts(~924); towns (7936). *The population of India has increased: by more than 1.81 millionduring the decade 2001-1 1. The absolute addition in population is slightlylower than the population of Brazil'(the fifthmost' populous nation in the world). *The population of India, at 1210.2 million, is almost equal to the population of USA, Indonesia, Brazil, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Japan pwttogether-the population of these 6 nations totals to approximately 1214.3 million. ~ *\ndia has 17.5% of world's population, while China has 19.4%. The combined total of these two countries amount to 36.9% of the world's total population. #The data provided does not reflectthe recent division of some of the states.

Density of Population, India, States/Union Territories: 2011

Sex Ratio, 2011 (States/Union Territories)

"

t~~' .

BAY OF

OF

j\

BENGAL

BENGAL

t ....••...

~~

'\.

ANQAMAN 2013

&

NICOBAR ISlANl;)

ANOAMAN & NICOBAR ISLAND

46

LAKSHADWEEP

946

,",,,:D'"..

This map is a .sKetch (;mIYJdrawn n'ot to scale, pre~ented for reference and to aid undE1~nding

878

LAKSHAOW~EP

'"".:D,".. ,_

of the concept discussed.

This map lsa sketch only, dra,-,!,nnot to scal~: presented for r~ferenc; and to aid understanQlQ9 of tt)e conc~ptdiscuss~d,

Population Density

"Sex Ratio

'1....• ~

'. ~ The A~dhra ..Pradesh.~nf?,~r:r
J.

#TheAndhra Prodesh.informationinthe mapindudes'combined, inform~tion foj-b~th"An'dhr~ Pr(;desh and Telangan'a. "~ .

~

~

.~._~

_L~

'-'

._.

~ •••

~

I~i ,

"

III

r

'I,

Populationof India C.165

!~.

~ .. ~~

i'~,

'i!

:g

i

5

'c

~ ~ ~

j

.:.0

8

E .uo ell Q)

i

i

.•

:J'

g

« o o

~

oi

«

«.

o

o

en

~

:.c

~

~,

".~

:g.

."t)

1

i

L

U

''! I H

5~

:;:00..e E •.. 0•...

~

()

c:""O .- c:

Iic

~«

i

1951"1 ~]I__~~.95 1961 24.0234.44 1971

•

Females' 7.30

I

.. __~ 12.95

'3~~~~_~=--~'._3_?~4~ ..-_~~l(~

1981 1991

36.17. 46.74 24.88 52.1'1--:-~---'63.86 .-39~4'2_.J

2001 2011*

74~04'~ '--'~8Ifi'. _._'65. ..~r6 __ 1

-

65.38

75.85

54.16

'/<0 per provisional population totals census, 2011,

TableC.3.8

Number of literates

(literates 1991

Person (in millions}. \352.08

""0-

o 0 •....Q

a..

•...

0.2 ....

..J:: c: 0

Males (in millions) 224.29

Females (in milli()ns) 127.79

444.20

334.25

c;

« Q)

..J::

0

E •...

.-,-1- ~

"*' .:

2001 2011* Illcrease(%)

778.45

c ...-x""""'_~'

"",,--"'--':-J'"""

32%

"

31 %

NATIONAL, POPULATION POLICY, 2000 ~

",',:,

i';::

;jJ0

~'.'~

I

c:

g

~ z '"

8

ell

15

0 Q)

0

.• 15

r "0

i

6

o

••••.•

~

0

.

::l 0

.go. l! z «

~ ~

o

w,

N

o '0

'4 .0 0J Oh

<9 Ol

«

:f

~

~

•..

~

~

Q)

"

t»

~ « ~ c: iil .~~ .Qci} ~.

~

C

,OI::l..

o

,S

~ ~ ~ (/) ... ~ _.~\

o

15 0::

t

:g

:.c

u

:5S

~

11..

..J::

!~ u ,~

0.

~. m E

"

o u C/l Q)

0 ::l C 0 0) ._ C

""0 ~

~lll

~. en

15 E

•..

g>

t

~ ~ ~ ;:j'

Q)

i!

c

'c

""0

a

~

~ ~

o

~ ~

o

""

<.

To achieve universal immunization of chil. dren against all vaccine preventable diseases. 6. To prevent early-age marriages. for girls. A girl should not be married off before she . ...~,rums 18, and preferably after 20 years of age .. 7.:, To ~achieve urUversal access' to information/ counseling, and services for fertility regulation and contraception with a wide basket of choices. " ,,' , '. 8.

To achieve 80% institutional. deliveries and 100% deliveries by trained personS;' •• 9. To achieve 100% registration of births, deaths, marriages arid pr~gt}il!1ci~s" ",1 '..•.>' iJ, 10. To prevent and' can::troll communicable diseases, especially AIbS and'se~tia1!y transmitted infections(STI$rq -,'",1. 11.. To promot~ vigorously the stn~}l family norm. 12. To integrate Indian SystemS of Medicine (ISM) in the provision of reproductive and\#d he~th services, and in reaching out to households ..

""0

""

l,

I1

Males . 24.90

Q)..J::

II

I

Average J6.10

-,

~..J::

0.

I,

I

(

0""0

..J::

E

,

,

c:..J:: C/l c: Q)

.-

~~ ~ ~ m

" I.

0-

Q)""O

~ ~ ~

""0::

III

"

~

0 c: 0 0) c:

_ 0 ..J:: c:

B

£

:!

'0

I

OJ

1

.2

J

'Ol

l'

~

. (9.,

e

il

~ ~

0-

,

::l Q.

e

N

5.

LiteracyPercenlage

, Year ]941

c....2 ~~

.9 '0

~

'

o

::l ~ ,..

c:

.~ .g

~ ~ ~ ..

"'U

~

~:;;

literacy (1941-2011)

---

c:

a

~ 15 c '"

~ z '"

~Ol'

Q)

g

~.

TableC.3.7

"'U

g

a...Q o~ E-o Q)

C

-£ 0 c..L: ._ C/l c: Q) 0-0

._

0

cO:

.......

E 0 ~..L: c:-o ._ C ..J::<{ C/l

Q)..L:

-0o 0 •.. -D

a.. •..

0.2 •.• C

:gCO;0 <{ Q)

TheNational Population Policy (NPP), 2000 provides a policy fraIl).ework of achieving goals and pri.oritiling strategies during the next decade to meet the reproductiveiihd child health care needs of the peopleof India along with the target to achieve the net replacementlevels (i.e., total fertility rate). It aims at a stablepopulat16n by 2045. . The following national socio-demographic goals wereformulated t<:> be acltieved by 2010:

0

E

~.2 # .!:

1. To address the unfulfilled needs for basic reproduction (contraception), child health services, ~upplies and infrastru~ture (health personnel). . To make school education free and compulsory up" to 14 years of .age, and reduce the number of dropouts at primary and secondary school' levels to below 20 per cent for both boys and girls. 3. To reduce infant mortality rate to below 30 per 1000 'live births. 4. To reduc~. mate~al mortality rate to below 100per 100,000 live births.

0

f

Interpretation House listing

..-

&

Housing census

Adult Femala

e.

C (I)

i •..

E

FemaleChjkJ

f '~

f

~

'.

:'

(I)

2011 .~

1!: Adult Mals

0

-,

0.

,,

E

'

MalsChiid

W

}

(1

@

Star with 10 points. representing d~nlal

. Peopla's

Figure C.3.1 \.

participation

for

inclusive

Consus

growth

k."

I..j

The Census 2011 Logo and Its,~ Interpretation .

2.

Did'You Know? India is the first country in ihe wod9 whi<:h has officially sponsored family planning programmes to contrOl populo' tionto accelerate overall development of the country. The programme'was officially launched in '1962. The 'first two , ~;family planning Clinics we!.e opened i~ ~?rnataka in.1930 which was supposed to be the first in the world. .U,I" .

) J

,"

I

~"''''J

. i t

....

"

,""""''''

..

"

Chapter 3

.'

I» Topic.wis~I\ssessme" 7.

CENSUS 1.

Which of the following

statements

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is

true? (a)

j

I

r,

"

(b)

r ,I

i

I

(c)

I:

(d)

~

!'I

d' ~j

;

I,

2.

"

~I

"j

3.

HI,",

first The conducted (a) (c)

:\

700 BCE 1872 CE

(b) (d)

was

census 1595 CE 1904 CE

9.

(b) (d)

Kerala Mizoram

Nagaland Haryana

Meghalaya Himachal Uttar Pradesh Madhya Pradesh

The density

6.

Approximately, Indian population (a) (c)

50 70

(b) (d)

1000 1000 1000 1000

(a) (b) (c) (d)

males males males males

states have the

(b)

Goa Himachal

14. Which of the following highest population?,

Sikkim Rajasthan

(d)

50 years 70 years

(b) (d)

(a) (c)

10. According to the 2011 census figures, the density of population in India is ____ per square kilometre. (a) (b) (c) (d)

216 267 325 382

(a) (b) (c) (d)

state in

is highest India Canada

Bihar Assam Uttar Pradesh Madhya Pradesh

(c)

state

is rural. 60 80

(a) (b) (c)' (d)

the

highest

(b)-

,,' d

6.3 9.0

I

National Awards

7000 11,000

7.4 11.1

,(b) .• (d)

9000 15,000

20.,Arrange the f~lowing states in decreasing order;?! their population. Indian

state

level of literacy

I. Manipur (22),." II. Tamil Nadu (6), III. Nagalan'(j (24)" (a) (b) (c) (d)

I, II and 111'11' II, I and III. III, II and I I, III and II, k

..

Topic.wise Assessment

,

7. (c) 17~(c),

8. (b) 18. (b)

9. (c) , 1,9. (c) 1.1 .•1,0.,

0.

-,

. :e;~~~.. ..,.

'~.

6

,'l~'\

~~

• C~ltural and literary Activities,

10. (d) 20. (b)

,

, ~l'.

Nelson Mandela (1918-2013) in 1990;' and Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan (1890-1988) in 1987;

"

RepublicDay Awards (Civilian Awards) I. BharatR~fu~ is the 'highest national award' given forexceptional work for advancement of art, liter:ature and science or in recognition of public serviceof the highest order. E

Ftature The decoration is in the form of a peepalleaf, 2 inchlong, 1~1/8 inch in width and 1/2 inch thick

andtoned in bronze. On the reverse side a replica of the sun is emBossed, below which the words 'Bharat Ratna'as it reads in Hindi. On the reverse, th~re are the State Emblem and a motto in Hindi as w~ll. The Emblem,the ~un and the rim are made of platinum,

/lis(ontinuationof the Award

..

6. (c) 16. (c)

".~:(

,

...

NATIONAL AWARDS

"\.

Karnataka Uttar Pradesh Kerala Tamil Nadu

5. (b) 15. (a)

.1.

,.

",':'

(d)

',':

4. (a) 14. (c) ,

~l,

;.

.

. (b)

.,

3. (b) 13. (c)

_Hlghlighteel Topics

..

states is largest

Madhya Pradesh Uttar Pradesh' Rajasthan Jammu and Kashmir

Answers l:(b) '2. (c) 11. (a) 12. (c)'

in every:

Five years 20 years

(d)

}

}l

"

19. According to census 2011, the density of NCT of q,:I,hi, is approximate~ __ ' persons/km2? (a) (c)

is the having -rate.

Year 10 years

':--~ «,

.,<10,.

18. According to the census 2011 figures, death rate in India is per

(a)

Karnataka Utta r Pradesh Kerala Tamil Nadu

13.

;;:

thousand.

is the Indian

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~

..... ,.'f;:-'J.~

state has the

Bihar Himachal Jammu and Kashmir Punjab

17. Which of the following in terms of area?' (a) (b) (c) (d)

persons persons persons persons

11. The most densely populated India is:

Bihar Madhya Pradesh Uttar Pradesh Tamil Nadu

15. Which of the followi~g lowest literacy rate? . (a) (b) (c) (d)

state have

16. In India, census is conducted

60 years 80 years

having the highest sex ratio.

% of

(b) (d)

per per per per

12.

of population

China Russia

fe'males females females females

sex

As per the 2011 census, life expectancy in India is approximately: (a) (c)

in: (a) (c)

870 900 940 970

2011 census,

Which of the following least population? (a) (c)

As per the 2011 cE;!nsus, the highest population growth was recorded the state of: (a) (b) (c) (d)

5.

all-India in:

8.

According to the 2011 census, the was growth population lowest recorded in the state of: (a) , (c)

4.

India is the only country after China and USSR which has crossed 1 billion mark in population. India is the first country after China to cross 1 billion mark in population. Population of India will cross 1 billion mark by 2020. Population of India will cross 1 billion mark by 2030.

According to the ratio oflndia is:

The award was discontinued by the Janata ,Government (Prime Minister Morarji Desai)on July J3, 1977, and those ,who received the aWard in the past were informed that they would not beallowedto use it as a title going forward.

~~I of the Award In January 1980, the then Prime kinisterLate Mrs Indira Gandhi decided to revive : aWard.After. the revival, Mother Teresa was the t recipient of'the award. Among 41 awards given so far, only ~o "'ards were given to foreign citizen; they are:

2. Padma Awards Padma Awards fall next ~) line after the Bharat RatJ:la as nationCl;l awards: They were also discontinued'm' 1977, alotig with 'the Bharat Ratna and revived again in 1980. There are three Padma awards, nameiy, as mentioned below: 3. Padmil Vibhushan is the 'second highest national award, given for exceptional and distinguished service in any field including services'render'edby government employees. 4. Padma Bhushan is the third highest natio!,1al award given for distinguished services inT arty field. '. 5. Padma Shri is the fourth highest award given f~r distinguis!J,e4 s~r:vic~sin~I}Y fiel<;l.

"

~I, ,.

G~lIan'ry Aw~rd~ .

~;.f':

1. Param Vir Chakra The Param Vir Chakra is the highest decorative award given for most omnipotent bravery, or some act of valour, or self-sacrifice, in the presence of the enemy, whether on'land; at sea or in the air. The medal is made tf bronze:' ..;"'1'1 2. Maha Vir Chakra Maha Vir Chakra is the seco'i:\d'highest'gall~tiya~ard fcir'acts'o{~'~nie sort ,'dfblazing gallantiym the presEmce'ofth'itenemy whether on land, at sea or in the'air. The medal is made of st~d~rd sil~er. ' -.

r-'i

~I

!j

C.168

!i

t,.

~I I,

\'

for the year for which the award is nkommended, but also should have shown qualities of leadership, sportsmanship and- a sense of discif>line.

Quick Facts

1954 (firstrecipient): C Rajagopalachari (1878-1972); 1954: S. Radhakrishn~n(1888-1975); 1954: C V. Raman (1888~ 1970); 1955: JawaharlaiNehru (1889-1964); 1955: Bhagwan Das (1869-19.62); 1955:'M. Visweswaraiya (18611962); 1958: Govind Ballabh Pant(1887-1961); 1958: D. K. Karve (1858-1962); 1961: B. C Roy (1882:":1962); 196] P:'D. Tandon (1882-1962); 1962: RajencJraPrasad (f884-1963): 1963: Zakir Hussain (1897-1969);1963: P.V. Kane (1880-1972); 1966 (first to receive the award in a posthumousorderHai Bahadur Shastri (1904-1966); 1971: Mrs Indira . Gandhi (1917-1984); 1975: V. Venktagiri (1884-198'0); 1976 (posthumously):K. Kamraj (1903-1975); 1980 (firstto receive award after its revival after 1977): Mother Teresa(1910-19971; 1983 (posthumously):Vinoba,Bhave( 1895-1982); 19~7 (fir~tforeigner to receive the award): Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan (1890-1988); 1988 (posthumously):M. G. Ramac~ t;o,ndran (1917-198ll; 199Q (pos.thumously)::B',R.Ambedkar (1891..,.1956); 1990 (second foreigne!to receive the award): .'.t'.Jel~of)Mandela (1918-2013); 1991 (posthumciusly):Railv Gandhi (1944-1991); 19,91,(posthumously):Sar9ar Vallabhbhai > Patel tr875~ 1950); 1991: Mo'rarii Desai (1896-1995); 1992. (posthumously):Maylana Abul Kalam Az:ad (1888-1958); 1992: J R. D. Toto (1904-.1993); 1992:_ Safyajit Ray (1922-1992); 1994 (posthumously):Ar~noAsaf ~li(1909-1966); '1997- IFJ<)sthutriously): Gulzciri'LaI}'\landa' ('1898-1997)>1 997: Dr A.' Abdul Kalani (1931-2015); 1998: Madurai S , Subbalaksh~mi'(1916;20041;~.l.998: Chidar.nbarani.Subramaniam,(191 0'-2000);.1999 (posthumously):loknayakJayaprakash .. Narayan (.19020197'9); 1999: Prof.Amartya Sef) (b. 1933); 1999 (posth,umciusly): ,lokpriyac;opiJ:lath Bordoloi (1890-19501; .}1999: Pan~i!Favi ~ha~kar (192(}-. 2012);.2001: Sushri lata'Dinanath Mangeshkar (0, 1929); 2001: Usta~Bismillah Khan (1916-2006); 2009: Pandit Bhimsen Gururaj Joshi (1922-20 Ill; 2014: ChintOl:nani N R Rao (b.' 1934};20 14: Sachin Tendulkar(b. 1973 ).2015: Atal Bihari Vaipayee(b~ 1924); 20 15 (posthumously):PanditMadar Moha'nlv\g'lvia (1961-19461 i"tTII';hi~'p"oirtt; to'talof 45 Bharat'Ratnas has'oeen,conferred by the Government of India, " ',. ,

n.

.L-_f

N'~:li.l'~

u<,..

...!

• From'the year 2001, the award will be given only in the following disciplilles: (1) Olympic Games / Asian Games / Commonwealth Games/Worid Cups/Verious World Championship tournaments and Cricket; E2)Indige~ noUSGames and (3) For physically challenged sports aspirants. .

Gallantry Awards ~Other ;, .','., . . '

Ashoka Chokra

is' awarded for most conspicuous brayE,3ry or some act of daring or pre-eminentvalour or self, sac,rificeotherwise in the face. of the enemy.,The medal is made of goldeigilt.

Kirti Chakra is awarded for conspicuous gallantry otherwise in the face 9f the enemy. The medal is made of standard silver. Shaurya Chakra

is awarded for gallantry otherWise in the face of the enemy. The.medal is made of bronze,

<

~

..~

~ ,~

Vll Chakra VIr Chakra is awarded for acts of gallantry in the presence of enemy, whether on land, at sea or in the air. The medal is' made' of standard silver. "

Other' Awards I

.• ~.

Dodosoheb 'PholkeAword • Instituted in.11970, :the ,Dadasaheb Ph~lke Award is conferredby the Government of India for ~utsta?~ing cO,~tribution to'the cause of cinema. ' ,

• The award is named Phalke, being called cinema', who made 'Raja Harishchandra',

after Dhundiraj Govind as 'the father of Indian India's firs( feature film, in 1913.

• The award comprises a Swa~ Kamal (golden lotus), a cash prize of no lakh and a shawl. The award was first given to I?evika Raniin 1969, who became the first lady recipient of the award. Prithvi Raj Ke;tpo~r;.'Yasthe firstto be honoured posthumously with the award. Devika Rani was the first recipi~i:lt of the award of lifetime achievement in Indian Cinema.

Arjuno Aword • Field: Sports (for players);' InstItuted in 1961; , prize: ~5Iakh, a statuette,"ascroll of honour and , a ceremonial dress. • The govei:nni.ent has receniiy revised the scheme of ArjunaAwards for outstanding performanceip. sp'orts arid games:': • '. ;. • ,. I "1. • According to this, to be eligible for the award, a sportsperson should s1:lmy;"ot only goodperformance c0!lsist~ntly, for~,tli.e previous ~ years at the international level with excellence.

. "

.

~i

.

~

t

"

.,'

j_

~

Inter~ationol GondhJ P~ocElPrize

• Dhyan Chand Award.is given to honour those sportspersons wht? haVE;contributed toJsports by theu; perfoqncu:ce ~d continu~ to c,?ntribute to ward promotion of sports even after their retireme?t fr0fU ai:#ve ,spor!mg ',C:i:lFe~r. Three awards are given eyery year. .'

8~orotiyoJnonpith Aword f

• Field: Literature; Instituted in May 22, 1961, it carries'a.cashpfoize of .11-lakh (equivalent to 12 lakh or ,US 18,000), a citation .and ,a,bronze replica of. Vagdevi l(Saraswati), the goddess of learning. k; " '1 '! • This is the tOPIllost Indian literary, a"Vard which is. given for. the best literary writing by an Indian citizenm a language listed in eighth schedule of the Iildian constitution. ~ " • B~fore 1982, the a~ard ~as giv~n for. a .~Y:tgle pIece of work by'writ~r, but ,after },9~2,the aWardis being'giVen for ~JeiaJI cont/ibuflon to the Indian literature. I':" ,:'1 ,,~ • Malayalafu' #riter G. Shallker" KttrupA (Kerala) Was its firsfiretipienf'ih""t96s. Ben&ci1i-'Writer

.

j.

. I

,'i

,,;

,;'.;

'.'

I:

,:,>'

i,

"1' .~'....

n.);"" , :,A; :\,.,

• The P~1Z~ l~ deCIded by. ~ fl~e;-m,~trl;be!-'Jlf~ headed by the r:dme Minister, of !ndia':-'i:~.:' • The first ever Gandhi Peace Prize for 1995;Was conferred to Dr Julius K. ,Nyerere, former.Presi. .. ... ',-~' ..•.~.•..'-"-,.'~' ~.-.. dent of Tanzania. '. , •.•.

•.h

'-.'

)_

'-

..

"" ..~'..

','.

-tJ''''

_'~

'"f

.TO

r:"

:\..l' ~_'

.!,

..

~,~v: ~

~~-_

/",

..J

'

•..•tJ1:i

""'t.'!':'

J

.t'J.

• Desmond Tutu~ South African cleric and activJ'ihr'tl ~'li ist, won the prize in 20.05. '. . .' .. _ ..

• Instituted ,in year 2002, it carries a,cash prize of ~5lakh, ,a plaque and sc;:rollC!fhonour. . .

.'-\

,

Established on October 2, 1994, the occasion of the 125thbirthday anniversary of Mahatma Gandhi, it ,carries a prize ot n crore, a citation and ,- a plaque. ,~, ,i' ,', , ., The: Indian government instituted, the' annual international Gandhi' Peacel'rizeJ to' ~ncourage ,and pron1<;>tethe signific
m

,

I ~

,..'

I.

• Field: Sport~ (for coaches); Instituted 1961; Prize: ~5 lakh caSh prize, a statuett~ 'of Guru Drona,c..harya,i.' scroll of honour' and a' ceremonial dress. .' ,. , • The award honours eminent coaches who have success~lly traine~ sportspersons orteatp.~ and enabled them to achieve outst~~~:l}ngresults in international and national competitions.

.

,1

Asnapoorna bevi."(West'~Bengalr'was :the first female recipient. It-was sporiS6red~]jy:Bnaratiya Jnanpith" a,.cultural, and, literacy; society, founded 'in 1944 oy.Shanti;.PrasadJainl:anlJeminent industrialjst. '1U .:,. , ' -+1' '/] <,

j,

DronochoryoA~ord '

D~yonChond Awordfor Life-Time Achievement in Sports

3.

C.169'

National Awards, Culture andliteratlife

Bha.rat Ratna Recipients

,

,

Chilpter 4 "

•

\~,.'

•. ..j,.

r

'"

~

C~l~'"

.

.1-..

,.~ ... (

i

.•.

~)ff ,

BorlougAword Field: Agricultural-science, instituted.in,1973, inorder to honour the outstandmg agricultura}; sCie~fist; in the country. If was sponsored by' 'Coromaridel FertilizerS Limited' in honour of the world's renowned wheat researcher and agricultunil sc~entist No;man E. Borlaug.It carries a peace prize'6H5Ia~.l. ' "i

'

}l

}l'

"

r

.

' •.

Indira Gondhi Prize for Peocer Disormoment and. Dev~lop.ment ".',t;'f!V

,to u.;L, ',,'

.Instih.!-t~d in 1985, this pr~stjgious award is regarded as 'The Nobel Prize' 'for Peace and Disarmiunent;'andover 'ilie"'y~ars it lias been 'awarded to personswh6, done'oufstanding work for'internationalfpeace; disarmament artd.:;developmentYTherprize1 carries' a cash award of ~25 lakh' and a 'Citation. I" ,"

have'

•.

.f

...'<,....

.•

'j

~

.'.

_

-

.;-

_ -

-,'

",

',1

1,1

~ r.

• In2013;'Angela MerKel, Hon'ble Cliancellor of Germany receiVed th'e award.' (, r~' ""_ ' , ,

,Jf':+

• In 2014, Indian Space Research Organisation . fir 'd'9:t1 .n",,: nv: I",,' ,.Jl" . (ISRO)' was".',awa~ r.j ,,\ r~. ,:',

'I:.

~r

Shonti Swaroop Bhotnogor (SSB) Awords. ,.'

11

j'

,

~ Field:' S~ience; 'institiited ill 1957; '2ash '"value: .' '~5 la'khs, i;lcit~tioii ~nd a plaque'.: 11).. addition,

C.170

j;

~~r . l~ :(~

';1

II ~I II:

,Ii iji'

Chapter 4

the recipi~nt ~~so get tI5,000 pet month up to age of6? years. • This award is given by the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) iil. memory of the late Dr Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar (the first Director of CSIR) for, important contributions in any field of science (biological, medical, ,chemical, physical, geology and engineering sciences). • .The award is presented to the scientists for their' outstanding scientific contributions made primarily in India during the last five years prec~ding the year of the award.

Nehru' Literary Award This ~ward,has been' insti~~ed by one NGO named as 'Indian Adult Education Association' " for' outstanding contribution to the promotion of adult literacy in Irtdia. Oadabhai Naoro;iAward • This award is given. for individual contribution toa particular field. • The award consists Of a cash prize and a silver plaqu.e. • Earlierawardees include J. R. D. Tata, Nani A. Palkhivala, Satyajit Ray, M. S. Subbulakshmi, Salim Ali, R. A. Mashelkar, S. S. Badrinath, and others.

R. O. 8ida National Award. T1)is award is given for, outstanding research in medical or related fields, cash value of ~5lakhand financed by the R. D. Bida Trust.

CULTURAbAND LITERARY ACTIVITIES ~ I....

LalifKala Akcidemi Established: 1954; Headquartered in New D~1hi.Since its inception, the Akademi (Academy) has beena nerve center of creative and cultural discussions, and there is hardly any artist or art critic in India who has not been associated with the Akacj.e:rniand its activo ities. Perceiving the Indian culture comprehensively with all its artistic impulses, conflicts, contradictions and limitations, the Akademi has been functiOning with a panoramic view in order to involve the Vari. ous genres of creativity in its activities ..In April 2015, the government ..took over the management control of Lalit Kala Akademi, an. autonomous 'organisation of the Culture Ministry, following sever,~l complaints regarding alleged administrative and fu1.ancialirreg. ularities in its functioning; Regional centres: Chennai, Luckrtow, Kolkata, and Bhubaneshwarand GarhiArt. ist Studies, Delhi.

Function

'..c

'.

~:')

.'

'.

• . Promotion of fine' 'arts throVgh' exhibitions, seminars, lectures and~amps. • Confers Fellowship of 'the Akademi to honour several eminent artists. . --) • Also it gives 10 awards of ~5,Obo each every year. This A1<~demi 'orgairiZesithe 'National Exllibition of Arts' everyyea'r jn New Delhi,and anintetnational exhibition every'altemate three years named as 'Triennial India'.

• Javed Akth~r .has b'ee'n selected foithecollection ~fpoetries n.amed as 'Lava' in Urdu lan~!lge in.~O:t3.

-j

1

Established.; March' 12, 1954; Hea'dquarter: New Delhi.; set 'tip, by the Goveriurien.'t' Of India to fosler and cb'ordinaf~ 'literaryactivifies'inlfldian language and to promote, the cultural Unity pf India througll them ...The ,Indian Govern:ment's,resolution describes it as ;a national organization instituted to work a'etive1y for the development 'or Indian letters andset higher literary- standards. r~ c

Fundions

Sangeel Halak Akademi -

~.

',(, . aD • Promotion and development. of literature 1fl of the 24 languages of India. ,:., • Also.. g~v~t:sSahitya Akaderpi Awards for 0utstanding literary work iri Indian languages.

.

,

Established:N~vember, 15, 1963; Headquarter: New Delhi.The Sangeet Natak Akaderrii-India's natior-al academyfor music, drama and other perfonningartisthefirst Akademi of the arts, set up by the Republic . ofIndia. It encourages the forms of dance, drama and music;offers scholarships to artists and teachers of traditionalarts and gives awards to outstanding artists. TheAkademi awards are the highest national recognitionsconferred on various perfonning artists. The Akademialso confers fellowships and scholarships .and

TableC.4.1

Sahily~ A~ademi

• This is awarded for outstanding liter~~y work and comprises of a cash prize of tI lakh and a copper plaque. ',' • Sahitya Akademy, gives 24 awards to literary works in the!'anguages it has recognized and an equal numoerof lllerary ttansl'l-tions from and into the languages of In~ia, both after year-long prosess of scrut~y, discussi.?~ and selection. ~ .' ." . • In 2011, Sri. Venkatesa,nreceived the award for Kaaval Kottam (a Tamil novel)

• The Sahitya Akademi ceaselessly endeavours to develop serjous literary culture through the publication of journals, monographs, ~diyidual creative works of every genre, anthologies, encyclopaedias, d.ictionaries, bibliographies, 'who's who' and histories of literature of Indian languages.

,

•

Sahitya Akademi Award

. .

Other Prominent National

their numbers' being restricted, to, 30 .living ,recIpients. The fellowship and awards carry a cash prize of n,oo,OOO. ashawl and a 'Tamrapatra'_ (a honourary template,on copper plate). National,school'of'Drama (NSD).is one of the foremost theatre institutions of the worId the omy one-of~its-kind in India. It was~et up by Sangeet Natak Academy in 1959,"i]li:er"m1i995-, it became an autonomous body,. totally, financed by Department of Culture. ,The objective of NSD.is to train stvde,nts in?ll a~pects of theatre, including theatre history, prodti.~f:\on,scene design, Costume designs; lighting,makeup,and so on. •

ana

d~~~,

Fundion~,.Encourages the art forms of dr~ma and music. Offe~schol3!ships. to arti~!~ aJ;lB.>t~a~)1e!-~ of traditional arts and gives awards to ohtstandirig artists. Italsoiunstwo traininginstituteS;V+i. . .

~.

i -.. ", ' .. ,'-'.,

(i) National School of Drama and Asian Theatre InstitUte, New Delhi (ii) Marupur Dance College, ImphaI

~ ~i _ '.' 1

Awards

'Nome Fe AdityaVikram Birla

prB. C. Roy B.D. Goenka Award

1).

:A,est Parliamen BharliyaBhashci Parishad Awards

..

q)..,/,~~~~~~.~~r~~~~l"~~~~';;;~l.';!h.lJ

",ka'a A~~, f,'

.

~.~.~~~~~i-i~2-.!~. "_em fieldo~2!!:.!!t1~J!1!:l:.Lnst!!!:'l~~~llfldi~~.Cl9!~JY qL~~!!!?l~.~~!'.~!!1!:l ~.~__

Bhuwalka Award --

. m', ...

The ay-lard is given by Saurabh Academy of Music and Dan~etoa qass!cal Guru of Indian' Classicai Music and Cpnventional dance'forms'evElryyebr' I,

--it~-~---~.~. __~__ .'m_,~~--~"~-~w~ ~"-.1=!fo~!'flari~._~lJ£!<~!__ "-_._-_c: .•.__"",.__ .~. : __~". __ "....~ ~J

\"7'--"-~;7~.-; .•••..••.

~: K.Nayudu.Awaf~ ..~,.,,,_.,,4~m.'~"M .._~_:..• ~~ameliDeviJain Journalism Award ~drashekh~rS~tt;rw~INafI;;;;11;

In the fie/dof journalism.. .

. ,

- ,....:,

n'!f

-N

r ,

;';'1"':'"

H'"

.

,

'~~J~~~;'~~o~~"~y-~l;;dldtl~dQ~i();;.So~Mbmbdi

.pence Awar~ __ ,.,& ••• ;,._" •• "~.-e'""~w--,i~ ..""""-i~~~,_--,,,~,,,",.~~,, ••_, __ .. -~...0" •.•".._ .•"cl-' __ ~.,._.__ .._.k_. _ CSJRTechnology A~a~ds' ., . . ~est<:oniributio!l in the field'of t~chnologYil" '.: ... -h . L {\I '-saheb Phark;'AWd;d .....-:._.~-"-G6ntrlb~io~h.'the.i1;fdof~inem6 . :---. -'-.---:""-------.-~--, e _>.k.""'.;.; ••._ ••" ••..•••.•..... " ..__ --~ .. .k-.0 •.~' ."'- •...•..•. -•••;.c.c-.~~......,"' ".. "-~~'''~, .._,,,.'''7.k.: .. ,..~ ..;:'''''~ •..•~_~.,_,_. ; __;. ~.' :' I ~Sl and Young E_~:~r A~~._Entre~!:ne~r .~~. b:~~i~ve~me.t!if~~~e9hd sta1~EJ!r~ b'e'giMersF;I: £xi micTimes~:~2r5L, ..~._,~~ __ ~_.-l2r .corporCl~..:excellen£L_,_,~_ .._~ ... .._ .._.,,_~ •.._ .._.... . _~. i.;'

_J

~~~~-~~~.~,P.~.~d~~I~,Mjt:~ ~re Awards

Go'--~----'

....-

lOrMal Modi Award' Keluchara~.;;;;~:;hopa.trq Awbrd

~est performClnce in lodiClodnema

..---------...

.' _ .. _~~..

.

.. ..'

. :

.. B~;t s~ientist ~f the year for' outstanding contribution to research resulting in riew ) innovative technology ,'.. , ". . If; J .•. ' E~i~a~rdinarycontdbotion to the world of p~g arts

1

,

L.. . .

C.171

National Awards, Culture and Literature

Wit; •.,' "(Continued)

[

~I'

,11

.

I,

ca72

National Awards, Culture and Literature

Chapter 4 ' .

Tcible'C.4.1(Continued)'

.

1>'

IName Hafiz Ali Khan 'Award ~H9,~}'~h~bh~ A;a~~--

11

I f

__

.,

Unmatched' contributio'n i~ thefi~ld

6f music!"

: ~~_.:=Xor

Iqbal Sammon r'--_C_'~_"

Category' N'~~ear E~~~--"

'"

-",

.

"V"_

__

~

__

~.. _

. -..

.•.• ~..

~

Kqlidos Sbm'man . ',/' " , , .,' ,

----

._~-,~_---..---

.•••••• ""-

,--_.

o~

__

,

~

' . "

M~s;eng~; ~(~armony,Award'

,

r.-""._. __

,,"T".-

__

._.------_.

__

.--'-"'---'--

-.------------,

..

--

•. -,----,~-~---

..--.-.-

For significant co~tribution in the field of human ri~~!~~

,

Services to promote amity and harmony

,

,--~---,-----'--"'-"-'-'

,'"

,,'

~--~ .... ,.__ . .......,.,~,_._----' --' -,,--,-,,'~-~---"<'----"'-~--,

p'rqn,iMitro AV'lqrq

Significant contribution towards animal welfare

rR~iiv Gci~dhi National Sadbhavna Award •...... --._----- -'-"" Sahitya Akademi Awards

Contribution to literature

rs;~swati'

Country's highest lit;rary

.

Preservation ande~richment

Sa~man

- •.,':----,

U,_

.

3

"

Tansen Award

..

_,_

..

..."..

.

. honour ._~~

. .:..'

•

n'

.'

..

..

_ '-

_

Puruskar

'

~

;.-

_'

_

' Best Sanskrit wor~published

Vyas Sammon

in the lost _1_0

..

-

Establishedin: 1957;Headquarters: New Delhi.

""'~,-'

iii'

,

..

"

' Country's highest award in tbe field of classical ,music

t

lVachaspati

..

----_._--_

of India's multifaceted cultural heritage

_._"'""'~-~

..--'

x.ears

_,

•••

> •••.•.

_6

_

Outstanding literary work authored by ~n Indian 'citizen published during the last ,10 years ,,'C

.,

Museums

Notional Museum ,of Natural History (NMNH) •

'.'

f

~

~,,~as. open~d in 1978 with a vision to depict India'~ flora, fauna. and mineral wealth tp, provide an out of school facility for. education of children and to promote environmental ,awareness 'among the masses. Since then, NMNH has evolved by developingRegional Museums ofNa~ialHistory (RMNH) in many parts of In:diasuch as Southern Region (MY-sore), Central Region (Bhopal)' and Eastern Region (Bhubaneswar). Next in line are the Western R~gj.orl..(?~~ai Madhopur) and North-Eastern Region (Gangtok). ,

•

'It,

'

'.

, .•

Notional Museum'."

'.;

-...

•

t

,

Established: August 15, 1949; formally inaugurated on December 18, 1960.Location: In the Oarbar Hall of the Rashtiapati Bhavan, NeW:be~. " ••

J

•

_,

~...

~

••

';;

i~,

I

Activities Acquisition ,of art objects, their exhibition and conservation. It coordinates the 'Festival of India'

•

of India

,'.:

..AW,,' ards i;st;;i~~-~--'--~._"G"iv,~~~;g~ition ofa lifetime contribution to the statistical system in the field . ,of applied statistics/economics every alternate year

l..--~.--'

maintains a museum which. contain~,approxifuately 47,000 manuscripts invariousdaIlguageS! ..With its Establish~d:.1.?~l, (decl~red . as an in~ti~tion ?f , library of printed books,. archives ,and the collection national uhportance by the central gpvernment m, 'bL manuscripts, it is one of the, leading 'centres' of 1985)It preserves and displays historical art and ..study'ofindology in the world.', fl,' c' . archaeologiCal objects like sculptures, paintings, rarecoins of gold, silver, copper and lead. It also '!. hasparaphernalia and family heirlooms of,the Nehrus,including ~anuscr~pts of An Autobiography' Odissi . -, by Jawaharlal Nehru and a large volume of his correspondellce. ' • Odissi as a dance form de\ielop~ci,,~' br~ssa during second century Be when the Jain king ~Iar Jung Museum , Kharavela ruled. He was himse~f. an .expert dancer. It is based on the principles ofNcitY'a Location:Hyderabad Established on Dec~ml;>er16, Shastra. ,_ , :' '.,. .. 1951, it was named after the erstwhile noble family of ri ;.'Jt1~'~ ... nJ <'~'.'\\ SalarJungs, the nawabs of Hyderabad" the ,collection • Themes from Jayadeva's Gila Govinda"poems in' praise of Krishna Written' a-rb\lna -tile'1'2fu ofthistreasure trov~a large collection of historical artefactsand rare manuscripts in ~ersian, A;rabicand century, do~ate th~ contents. ,.' :, '.,-:':,'<;:' , '. "J .,_ Urdu. • It was first performed by, the women called MaharJs in the Jagannath Temple'ari~ 'then Uterature National Book Trust by the Y011Ilg.boys, attired, a.~1:wo~en~c~.~led I

Emine~t personalities in the field of classical music, classical dance, visual arts and theatre for their outstanding a<;hi,evement~

'

,

Dances

""~._-----~-----

.

",

~"lI,',

For recognizing act; of physical and moral co~~~ge displayed by member of a cast, community and ethnic group in saving the life and property of other cast

L~,..A.,1homas NationalHuman RightsAward

N~~~ l,

,.f.

Recognise and honour the sportspersons for their outstanding perf,?rmance

-

t," .,.'

.. _',

•••

For immense contribution to Indian culture ._~_. __ , -----.." ""'----,-.'.

K. K. Birla Foundation Awards for sports

! Kabir Puruskar .,_

---

, Creative writing, in Urdu literature

-

(Jeevan Gaurav Puruskar....-._. .•••,_, ... ~~~ ..•.. ,-"",,. ~ ."__ ,,..._._,

___

•

Allahabad M.~seu~, ... .

.':

C.1.73

in various countries. It has now 26 galleries with new addition' of Buddhist art gallery; 'decorative arts gal. lery, jewellery gallery, Tanjore, and Mysore school of painting, evolution of Indian scripts and coir6 g?-~lery,etc.

Functions Its main function is to encourage the productionof good literature and make books available atmoderate prices to libraries, educational institutionsand the public. The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting is the principal publisher of the trust.

*mianol Library The National Library is located in Calcutta, It is India's largest library with a mllection ofover190milljon volumes of reading and informationrnaterial. {

IeIionol Educatio~al Resource Centre (HERC). The centre wasestablished in 1972, and is also known as 'Raja RammohunRoy' National Educational Resource Centre, Its main function is to promote Indiqn authorIndionMoselim" ,~ ship, indigenousproduction of university level books Established.: '-Feb~ary 2,' 18lA, 'Location: Kolkata. ill
I

~

•..•

4"';;-;'

''-',,,,-,,,,';r

.Y~.".''i ..

Gotipuas. ' ".' , , ' ,;. ':'.-'\.0'>"":''';'.:• ,Odissi is woven around'the ba~ic tri~hangapose typical ?f Indian sculpture.' '. , '. It has 'gained great popularity and. the' 2'r~dit , goes to Sanjukta Panigram,who,gave'it auniversalappeaL '" • The name of Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra is at the forefront of the greatest exponents in 6dissi in all time. ,~f,

.'.'

..~.

~:

Chakiarkoothu • This dance form is believed to have b~en intfbduced to Kerala the earlier Aryani.tri:rUi: grarits. Its perfotmance is restriCted to the members of Chakiar caste. ,

by

.,

.

.

.

'..

.

.

.

,

_.

.•..

'.

~,

,

• It.is,~ highly orthodox form ofeDterta~ent .which,is performed inside tht; temples,andj~' .,'::essed by th,e"Hindus C!f,the~g~,~rjcaste~ :t".-J'

.-.Y~{'.tl'-'"

-+"

i.'

Bharatciilatydm, ' ,

.-

'.,"

~\

t'l

t....

,

, . ..

~_ "

I

~.I

'J

~.

J~::'

fr,

.•.

"':'

\.1'1

t,

' ...

• Bharatanatyam is poetry in motion-a solo dance, originating in the temples' of South, India.' '" .. '1' " ': tit~,.:"

': .~. "~'

.•.• ~:'

'1:.'

."';'

",

••

'

,,y'c'.

• It is based in the Pnnciples of Natya Shastra, written by the great sage,Bhaf.at~;,¥ound' 4000 Be. . .

,

<'

..•.•

• It is a highly traditional dance form performed to arepertofyOfcarnatiC'musk and'corriprises

-

:'I r

m

.,

I

C.i74

!

II ,I

items such as the alarippu, varnam, padam, thillana, and so on. • Earlier, variedly known as Dasi Attam and Sadir, it was practised by devadasis in the south Indian temples. • Its present form was evolved in Tanjqr,eby Poniah Pillai and brothers. • Sm:t. Rukmani Devi gave it a new life and respectability. On par' with her was T. Bala Saraswati, the queen of Bharatanatyam. Kuchipidi • It is a solo dance popular in Andhra Pradesh. It originated in a place called Kuchelapur. Tirtha Narayana and Siddhendra Yogi evolved this style. • Traditionally performed by men attired like women, it has a style which corresponds with Bhagavata Mela Natak of Tamil Nadu. • Except for the emphasis on animation, it draws upon the principles of the Natya Shastra and in all other aspects it is akin to Bharatanatyam. • Vedantham Satyanarayan is the doyen of Kuchipudi. China Satyam is a renowned Guru of this dance form. • Yamini Krishnamurthy is also an eminent dancer of Kuchipudi Bharatnatyam. Kafhak • This dance form originated in North India. It has ~tsroots in 'Katha' meaning story. • The story tellers, who were attached to the temples in North India, narrated stories from the Epics in the form of Radha and Krishna Lilas. • 'With the advent of Muslim rule, it came out of the temples in the form of a sophisticated dance of the Mughal courts. • Lucknow, Jaipur and Benares became 'its centres. Wajid Ali Shah, the king of Lucknow, patronized this dance form which drifted from a pure dance form into erotics. • Binda Din Maharaj, Kalkadin, Achchan Maharaj, Gopi Krishna' and Birju Maharaj are some of the greatest exponents of Kathak. Manipuri

National Awards, Culture and Literature

Chapter 4

'

• Manipuri is a dance form, mostly ritualistic, and popular in the north-east.

Yakshagana

• From the 15th to 18th centuries, ,yaishnavis ~a~e to be adopted and tN~ ushered in a ne: era m the development of thi~Btyl~. • The ranga$ comprise five different types of ballets based, on the Radha- Krishna-gopis theme. l' • The other form of this dance is the sankirtanas usually performed by ,men, ~~rrying ~ called pung.' . • It is a highly lyrical dance but lacks dramatic facial and gestural expression. ,in comparison with other Indian dance forms.

Jammu and, Kashmir .

• It is a dance drama from Karnataka which is of rural origin. The language is Karinada and theme based on the Hindu epics. • It is about 400 years old and was revived by Dr Shivaram Karanth.

Assom Presentation of Indian mythological stories throughdancing and singing., .

Kafhakali • This dance fbrm' is from Kerahl; and is more dramatic than narrative in form. • It has its origin in the courts of th~ kings ofKer. ala and is conSidered to be the most scientific and elaborately defined dance form. • The body gestures, hand movements and eye/ eyeball movements comprise its language. • It is not a folk dance but highly classical,though not very old. Poet Basheer Vallathol revived Kathakali in its present form. • Guru Gopinath was a legendary pioneer of Kathakali.

Mkia Naf Dance and singing of classical ragas. by men.

• A solo dance form from Kerala, Mohiniattam is also the heir to Devadasi dance heritagelike Bharatanatyam, Odissi 'and Kuchipudi.

AndhroPradesh

:i~~',

.,'

-: 't' •• ~,;

~ .

Maharashtra o~ the 'current

~9- girl~.

Macha A ~usical dance drama, earlier ~~a~ted during harvesting period and Holi festival/which is performed in frotH ofBhairava temples:\ '":. ., ••.•

J

'/t :}-.. ~f'

ltJaJafin Performed by women to invoke rain. Flguna ar Fag Performed at the time of ripening of fruit.

Rajasthan

~~or

Prrbi A dance form ill which a song is sung by a wife narratingpangs of separation from her husband who hasgonefar away in search of job.

IItndya Has Performed by both men and women with lacquered stick.

leryono

-9

An open aiItheatre-form IIories in songs and d~c~s.

dance presenting '

~a(hol Pradesh ~a Por~oun Perform~d by women during ~arr}:ge ocremorues.

Tamil Nadu Kolattam

Perfoimed by young girls using a stic~.

Uttar Pradesh Naufanki Afolk dancewith.social themes. It has two main traditions-Hathras tradition and Kanpur tradition.

'

I

Dance Popular in Mandi district and fo~uses on ~iHlOvement of thebody and fast steps lil<eswingtFeebranches. " .

~

Khayal A form of dance drama' which 'ls' about four centuries old. It has some'regional variations, like in the Chittor region where there was Shiva and Shakti cult and the chief medium of propagation was a poetic competition called Dangal. Dangal gradually transformed into stage shows called Turakahmgi.

Kummi A dance performed by. the women and girls who clap their han.ds and move in a circle.

>.J

Ottarn Thullal _ ' ~'I_~J. • It is also a solo dance from Kerala, knownIf poor man's Kathakali. ')' • The dialogue is in simple "Malayalam,~ therefore, has a mass appeal. Kunjan ~~~ evolved it to bring out the social condib~ his time; the distinctions of class and the VI and weaknesses of the rich. .

I

Bhangra A North Indian dance popular: particularly in Punjab. It is a folk dance of the haiVes.t season coinciding with the festival of Baisakhi. Ins popular in villages. It specializETsin jerky movements of the shoulders and hip hop steps. •......~

Veelhi.Bhagovafam An offshoot of Kuchipudi.

GwbaLosyo Nrityai'_ Performed by women clad in yellow • In the 19th century, the king of Travancore, iIl~red during Navratri and Holi around a lamp in anearthenpot. Swati Tirunal, encouraged this dance form, • Poet Vallathol revived it through KeralaKait mandalam founded by him in 1930,alongwitil Kalamandalam Kalyaniamma, the first danet teacher of Kalamandalam. "

Rau' Pe~formed_ by, women during fe~ti~ai~ :'and harvesting.

Punjab

Gujorot

Mohiniattam

;J"i

-I

Madhya Pradesh

A post-harvest folk dance.

c;ofX11i

-t,.

, !\J;~':; •

A folk dance

Tamasha A folk danc;e .and c~~e~t social conditions performed by boys

Important Regional Dances Mu

Hikaf

C.,175

' Performed indoor, '~olo ~r duet; e~pecially bfeComesto a standstill durmg cold wmter.

West Bengal'

, .

",,.r-,

"1/"

Jafra A folk dance drama popular in villages. Originally, it was performed by male playing female roles of the Krishna cult. It has now become secular, dropped the practice of male playing female roles and developed a melodramatic style.

National Awards, Culture and.:Literature

Chapter 4.

C:176

IName

Other I~portant Dal1ces/Darace Dramas

IName Badhai

,

,.. .••.•..

III

"""",,"' __"' __...••••.••••••• __~~ •• "-"" -'J --_._

•.. -.•.••,- .--- •••••. __ ~~ ~-" ••. -.-- •._._----~

'j

i"

Chakri

,'~,.._"~,~_

"

..._-~'...

•. ••.

,.

Rajasthan, ._.". ~...=_o_,, .. -,~,-.o-,=,_..-_'_'__ ;;L

.. _,--,

I ~

--.,.e

..

.__

llnstruri'!ents

--~

--",~.••.... _ . .,..- ---

~ .. ~.""""" ,.....--"".-

--~

''': "._ ..O""T~."'.-""".><;,.,""""",'. __""'__ -__

I'

,..••••'_

Jhukm leela r_" __~~"~ i

Jhumar (~~u~)

J!

__

Kaikotti Kalai

Ji

'_'_~, __ J

Kerala Himachal Pradesh ..~-.,..--~,--

, Ka~dn.:"'

---'-'-'

---'""....

-_.

---=--".

Uttar.- ,""" Pradesh """"',,",,=,-,,-,,-,,-,.-

-

.",---~,-

Kathi

I

West Bengal "'"~_'"",~">-"''+'0!,w«~-~

f~,<~-4""","if-.W"<""-""'~

1!
.•... -. "_

~

"""""",;',,"~:,w,~,'o" __

'_="""""'~~'

.._...!~i~~a_n

Koodiyattam

Kerala

Kerala

.-""-,, ..'."'~'='t'--"""""

•..,..~--.

Kumaon

;¥

..•,• .-.•••.••••.. _ ••••

-m-,-_ .•.... ~_

~,

..__•.•.M~a~_ar_~~~!~~L.~_._J Maharashtra -"'-", . .Ma~hy~~radesh ...J

Moho Rasa ,.-----_." LMudiyett::

.....

Pandvani

..-~---_. ----,..,-----_.l PoikkalKudiroi Aattam

I

llnstruments .

.' •

I

. Mridangam •.

.•

~.

.

... ------.1

~...,

•

~_

.

---

Manipur Keral~

_.('I

..;

..."...,..., ..

Madhya Pradesh .~ Tamil Nadu

.._~

I

I

Vocalists

Carnatic" Tradition

i

-i

Palghdi'Mani Iyer, Karoikudi R~'Manii'J ,:Po/ghatRaghu .,' , •., '."',' .

lrabla

Allarakha, Zakir Hussoin:-.Pt.sam.ta.-pra.s,q~:l LatifKhan, Gudai Maharaj, KumarBose Pakha-w--a-j---P-a-nd-' it Ayodhya Pra~cid,B~baR~~-1~' 'Shanker Pagaldas, Gopa/:Das,

. FKanjiro'-

...

I ~I

PudukkotaiDokshinamurthi Pilloil

.

~rv'" ,

~\"Y

1.

,;

~uf.

Jl)i

~j'"

~r.'.:-~..:~ ''-.r,~

'---..-~~------'

_--.-...

__

J,',

,,_

.r.:

..•. <':~'IJi

.t. \ •..::. ~

:~li:,"':"":,~ j~; l'~

';'

"".

..$>

, •

___m'~-

" •.•.. ,~~-

>.

\

) -I<~,

:

,':

'\

...-

t".

"i" ",f;'

•••••••.•••••.•• __

-----

Annapurna, Sajjad Hussain ,

..•

'J

--

..__

~•.•. (

Ayarkuzha, Alugoyya, Mugudi, Shringa or Kombu, Aighoza

'J

~'c,r -~.\/

d

... I~IY).ita:~ guff. ,.

-

~'

1

Important Musicians

i'P;tu~;t;;;;.--"~N~'9d7~~-S •. M~ddai~m, Chenda, Dhol, Khol, Tumbaknari,Urumi, Kuruk, Pambai, Kirikatti, Damaru, Udukku,

Uttar Pradesh

Il~::.~~ .._•.~_ .__._., lezim ,. _. .~ -~ ...".- - --- .. lota _.

.•.".---__

Folklns!l'!men!~_._ Wind

.. ~-"""'-~.'--_ " ,---"'-'..- ~-'''''''''''-- -~.y------_._-~~---lai Haroba Manipur -------------1' i

'-"-"-~'

._-,.,

I

-:=]

='-AndhraP~.

r" --""---,-""."...-------

'~

•••••j

._'-

Sontoof Shiv Kumar.'.._ Sharma ,"*, ..""~."~'""",,=_"""~', __ ~,, .._.,,_~~~. _-.c~. __ ~",,,~-""~~_.'" Surbahar

_

L~~~~i=-_-=:~ ..__ Krishnavattam

'.

H

i ~

,!

;t,J.-

.-"v__

Veena Dhanammal, Chittibabu, Doraiswamy Iyengar, S. Balachander, Kalyan Krishna Bhagwatar, Emani Sankara Shastri

1

Kanayala

.!

DV>(orqmSenkotas'1amy Naidu, lChdwdiah, V.(l]Ogi Gajanan Joshi, G. Jayaraman, Govind Swami Pillai,Smt. ,~. ~5~i
Veena

Ii:

._'_'1"'_~''",.,..-.---~--;~~:'''''''~=:-

Ustad Binda Khan -.''''''''''"''

*"''''fo,. __

!'

,-~",,,-.----,"~~-~:'fE:n'''''''''--',

,.~R:,jastha!l

..__

Ii'

••• ; •• to

Hafiz Khan, Amjad Ali Khan, Ali Akbar Khan, Ala'UddinKhan

l Violin

Rajasthan

"""f.,.,~" __

"..

'.

Sarangi

~ ..•.-..-,---"""',~~._.'---p .

Gidda:

i'

r

Ravi Shankar,Mustaq Ali Khan, Vilayat Khan, Nikhil Bannerji

Sitar

Gujarat ,--

•

As~ciAi~~Khan,Zi~M~i~~ddin Khan

l.~a~~~~~ ~=--~----R61~,sth5:~~~-"~~==-"-'-'l .",.~~

oj

;~~"'h:'~.~~~.

;.,

-

N. Romani, Hariprasad Chaurasia, 1R. Mahalingam, PannalalGhosh

-

fBeen

".,'

~

Shehnai__ . ,.Bismillah,Khan ~_~ .:...------.:.J Nadaswaram' SheikhChlnna Moula, Rajaratnam Pillai, NeeruSwami Pillai

-

Stringed Instruments

Tamil Nadu

Garbo

.

.

! Percussion

'-.~"~"~-'-.-'~-. '-.~-"'-'~~'----:-J

Important Musicians

Sarod

I, f;

Pa~.v~E!~. Sultana,Naina Devi",Glrija,.•<; , Devi, Siddheswari, BhimsenJoshi, , Mollikarjun Mansur, Gangubai Hangal, KumarGandnarava, ~asavaraj Rajguru, Faiyyaz _I... Khan, PanditJasraj ~"" .._'u _

flute

j

.~ ..••.. ~_ .~_ ... _""~ ... .+~.--~-._".,--",,,,--,

Devarattam

Meghalaya

Musical Instruments and Musicians

.••••• ,

Kerala

-='.

Hin"dustan}. Tradition

Wind Iastruments

Guiar-at ------,----------_.,_._--

Wangala laho

-""'----

__

.••

Important Musicians

"""'"

'--'.' ,.

I IInstruments

l;;"trUments

,.;11

West Beng~

Maharashtra '-'--""o~is~~---"-'-

'.'r'-.

,

',

ChiE(].\yj~amboo

""~_'h.""""""

'"

(Continued)

Kerala

•

.

.••. ",.",

="' .. vo-"",-'

,,__ ,____

Chavittu Natakam

;1

il

'j

&, K .

,,'~""'-i''''~'~-'''''.P ~~,.=>,,,,,,,...•_,. __ ._ ...,....••.••.. "..,..

Dahi Kala

J

'

Uttar,Pradesh

I D~ndana;~~-'---'

I',I

<

... --

Tamil Nadu -.._ ...•.•.••.•.. ,_._, ..-..h

Theyyam

~,~,-------"""'-~Y.-----'--_.._ ......--,

""""""""L .._..~,,,,,,,~.,~.w.,_"

.,S:hau ,''''''--,--.

-

... -_.-.".f.-'.~.,;;,,.~_ . ..,....,. .._, -,-----

Chappeli

i

I

'Bihar

'J

".~

Chamar Gindad.. .. ••• w~,.,,_,

-

._

Therukkoothv ;. "'"

Gujarat

__ ---'-.--"

.,' .~,...--t'~,-,-,-. Kerala ---._ •..;,-'__ Rajasthan .._

2:ratali

-"''"'"

' GOiarat

*".,..-~_~"'-"-~-

ov,,'

. __

: Trippani_ .

-! ~i :l tl

.•• ..-"_.

~__ ~_._."._~,--:-'~ ......• __

I

I

,-."%"",,

;,~._~~_..~~-' -'------'~., ...,----~--'=:J"'," ••

,\

,.._ ,'

j

l Bidesia

I

l.

' Orissa

Bhavai"

'•

r..... ,.,...';'~--,. _"": i TappatriKai

Madhya. Pradesh '""

• Bhaka,Wata

Ji

Rasila

I

Smre

~ ---.:.

Srore

C.177

-J

,c'

,,"'

-----"'._----.--

M. S. Subbulakshmi, M. L Vasantakumari,Balamuralikrishn
(Continut4

IL .-"'J

.'..

, ~ i 1",

•

"j

;-fi (1) .\~{.

~u)

,"':

"

r'

.

'I

\"

;lli C~178

Chapter 4

National Awards, Culture and Literature

!H

II» Topic~wiseAssessment

-----------~"~,t~-----8.

Notional Awards Republic Day Awards (Civilian Awards) 1.

II

(a)

I

(b)

I '!

(c)

~ I

(d)

~

2.

Have been awarded since the' ' framing of the Constitution Were discontinued by Morarji DeSai Were discontinued by Indira Gandhi None of these

9.

I

I. II. III. IV.

I

I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I

Bharat Padma Padma Padma

I, II, III and IV, III, Iland II, IV, I and III, I, IVand

was (a) (b) (c) (d)

IV I III II

3.

4.

t I

j

Ii

5.

6.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d) recipient

of

(a) (b) (c)

models

is

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(c)

20.

Gold gilt Silver Bronze Copper

allowance

!3hartiya Jnanpith Award Borlaug Award Shanti Swaroop Bhatnagar Award Dadabhai Naoroji Award

1954 1969

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

of

(b) (d)

1961 1972

was the first female recip~ ent of Bhartiya jananpith Award? Shanti Jain Ashapoorna Devi Aruna Asaf Ali Lata Mangeshkar

21. Dronacharya (c)

Award were instituted in

1985 1995

(b) (d)

1990 2000

22.

Other Awards is the firSt recipient

of

Dhyan Chand Award for lifetime achievement in Sports is given (a) (b) (c) (d)

Every year Every three years Every Five years Every-ten years

Dadasahelil Phalke Award.

Mother Teresa D.K. Karve B.C. Roy Indira Gandhi

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I, II, IVand III II, III, I and IV III, I, II andlV IV, II, III and I'

Devika' Rani B.N. Circar Prithvi Raj Kapoor Dhundiraj Govind

23. Dr Julius K. Nyerer • (a)

(b)

15. Who among

the following was the first Indian to be awarded Dadasaheb Phalke Award posthumously?

received

(b) (d)

2010 2013

Bharat

(a) (b) (c) (d)

30. The fellowships given by Sangeet Natak (a) (b)

c'

, [.alit Kala Akademi is based ih I', (a) Delh.i .. (b) Mumbal (c) Lucknow (d) Vishakapatnam

1954 1956

(b) (d)

I. Akademi"gives 24 avilards annuaily to literary works; in the languages it has recognized II. Akademi gives 24. awards annually to literary translations from and into the languages of India

in

I, II and III II, I arid III III, II and! III, I and Ii

n. SahityaAkademi prizeof

Nitin Bose Sohrab Modi Prithvi Raj Kapoor Dhundiraj Govind

(c) (d)

Was the'first foreigner of India origin to be awarded Bharat Ratna ,Was the first person to be , awarded International GandhI Peace Prize Was the only foreigner to have received Kirti Chakra Was the only foreigner of !ndiall Origin to be awarded Sahltya Akademi Award

(a) (c)

jawaharlal Nehru Manipuri Dance Akademi Kathak Kendra Sat1:riya Kendra KutiY'!ttam Kendra

(a) (b) (c)

(d)

~10,OOO .. fi5,000 f50 OOO f1,00,000

Award carries a casH

f25,000 f1,00,QOO

29. Which of the following hold true for the Agartala SahityaAkademi?

statements Office of

(a) This office looks after the publication and programme work in Assamese, Bengali; Bodo, Manipuri an'd,Oriya (b) This office looks after the publicatrpn and programme Work in Kannada, M,alayalam, Tamil and Telugu' " (c) This office works as subregional office and looks after the Tamil language "(d) This office look aftep, unrecognized languages of North-East, .

Contribution

40.

Literature Sports Arts Medicines

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(0)

,for best s<;ien-

R.c;'"

I

",'

-(a) (b)

B.D. Goenka award '" Chameli Devi Jain Award j

(c) (d)

Guj~~ ~al Modi award ,h None ofthese1 " "'j

I

is awarded for

B. D. Goenka Award EconomiC Times Award GujarM.al Modi Award Prani Mitra Award

Indian Sodety of Remote ,Sensing South India Education Society Saurabh Academy of Music and Dance National School of Drama and Asian Theatre

36. Filmfare Awards are presented by . (a) (b) (c)

is' given

(a)

excelience in journalism?

(d)

Kaldas Samman " Tansen Award. Vacha'Spati P~ruskar Bhaskara award .

..

42. Prani Mitra award fs awarded for'

34. Which of the following

(b) (c)

awarded for ; .,'

-- . , is awarded, for best Sanskrit work, published in last ten years. "

tist of. the year.

in the field of

to Indian Literature

YaGhasp~ti award C. K. Nayuduawarq Hafiz Ali Khan award All ofthese '

41.

j

33. B. C. Roy Memorial Awards are given

(a)

(b) (d)

(d)

(aj (b) (c) (d)

Yuva Puraskar carries a purse money of

35. Bhuwalka Awards are awarded by

""

f15,OOO f50,000

.':.

32. Ustad BismillahKhan

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I. Sahitya Akademi II. Sangee!Natak Akademi III. Lalit Kala Akademi (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

OnlY,1 Only II Both I and II Neither I nor II

17, Arrange the following institutions the order of their formation.

Recognizing ~Cts of physical and moral courage c ,_

Which of the following1is pe,rformance in cricket?

31. Which of the following is NOT a constituent unit of the Sangeet Natak Akademi?

(b) (c) (d)

1955 1957

39.

~lb,oo:oOO .

16.Which of the following statements hold true for the awards given by SahityaAk~dem'i'?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

f50,OOO f1,00,000 ~3,00,000

(c) (d)

15.The National Exhibition bf Art was conducted first time by Lalit Kala Akademi in (a) (c)

(cj

Akadem!.c~rry the purse of

.)1

~10,000 ~5000 f2400 f500

14.

Coaches Archers Physically Challenged 'Blind Sportspers<:>ns

tuted in

(a)

Vir Chakra Kirti Chakra Ashoka Chakra Shaurya Chakra

nionthly

Award is given to

18. Which of. the following awards is ONLY given in the field of Literature?

13. Maha Vir Chakar carries the monetary

S. Radhakrishnan C.V. Raman jawaharlal Nehru C. Rajagopalachari

2005 2012

R. D. Birla International Award International Gandhi Peace Prize

(a) (b) (c) (d)

12. Param Vir Chakra is medal is made of

Vijay Kumar Mishra Anil $tyawadi Satya Pal Anand Manisha Uppal

Sachin Tendulkar Ratna in (a) (c)

,l'

1986 1995

Arrange the following people in the order in which the received the Bharat Ratna. I. II. III. IV.

7.

(b) (d)

was the first Bharat Ratna. (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

19. Dadasaheb Phalke Awards were insti-

11. Which of the following medal made of bronze?

Who among the following chailenged the posthumouSly awarding of Bharat Ratria to RajiV Gandhi? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Dronacharya Award Bhartiye Jnanpith Award

17. Dronacharya

Dr Julius K Nyerere Abdul Ghaffar Khan SeiRh Hasina Kazi Zafar Ahmed

Gallantry Awards

No civilian awards were awarded in (a) . 1982 (c) 1993

(a) (b)

(d)

,.

awards carry

the highest cash prize?

Winston Churchiil Alfred Noble Nelson Mandela Rebecca Christine

10. First foreigner to receive Bharat Ratna

Ratna Vibhushan Bhushan Shri

16. Which of the following

Sardar Patel Rajiv Gandhi Vinoba Bhave Gopinath Bardoloi

Who among the following foreigners have been awarded Bharat Ratna? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Arrange the following awards in the increasing order of their importance.

\

Academies

Who among the following did NOT receive BHarat Ratna posthumously? (a) (b) (c) (d)

The Bharat Ratna awards

(ullUral and Literary Activities

C.179

Sangeet Natak Akademi ' Times Group Tata Group Film eli>, of India.

37. Vyas Sa'mman (a)

Can only be given to Indian citizen, .

(b) (c) (d)

Is given once in every 10 years Is not given for literary work All of these '

38. Kabir Puruskar is gi~en for (a)

Creative writing

(b)

Immense contribUtion Culture

is Sanskrit,

'.

.

•.

Significant contribution animal weifare' t.'

'.'

•

towards

(b)

Significant contribution towards human rights -" (c) Services to promote amity and 'harmony -• , (d)

Immense contribution

to culture

43. Which of the fOllowing awards is gIven for preservation. India's multifaced

and' enrich'ment of cultural heritage?

(a) (b)

iqbal samaan , . Aditya Vikram Birla Kalshikar Purus'kar

(c)

Rajiv Gandhi National Sadbhavna Award Tansen award

(d)

Museums 44. The blueprint for establishing the National Museum in Delhi was prepared by the (a) (b) (c)

Burlington House Committee 'Maurice Gwyer Committee Committee for preservationof Indian Heritage '(I' ". "

(d)

Ind'iim Heritage Committee" (A,l:

45. The National Museum is (a) (b) (c)

to Indian (d)

J

,An auton0rTl?us, b09Y , ,; .' , Under the administrative control of Ministry of Culture ' Under the cOhtrolof Director General of Arch!aeology • ", None of these.. ',-, C

,

\i Chapter 4 '

C.:180

, National Awards, Culture and Literature 53. Asiatic Society was ,declared as an institute of National Importance in

46, Indi~n museum was established in

(a) (c)

1800 1900

,-(b) (d)

1814 1914

....•.

(a) (c),

47. National Museum has (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d) ,

48, Indian Museum is I

"

(a) (b)

An autonomous body Under the administrative control of Ministry of Culture Under the administrative control of Director General of

(c) :" .

ArChaeology , Under the administrative control of Asiatic Society of Bengal

(d)

49. Match the name of the museum column I with the correct location column II. " , '

in in

(a) (b) (c) (d)

, III Calcutta

C. Salar jung Museum

A

B

C

D

(a)

II

III

IV

I

(b)

III

IV

II

I

(c)

II

I

IV

III

(d)

IV

III

I

II

(a) (b) (c) (d)

50. New Delhi World Book Fair is organized by National Library Asiatic Society'of India National Book Trust National Educational Resource Centre

51. 'National Book Trust started or~anizing the National Book Week from

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Masculine stance Feminine stance Feline stance Adeline stance

(a) (b) (c) (d)

one

of

the,

main

(b) (d)

1982 2010

52~ The Asiatic. Soe!etywas founded

by

Sir William jones Dr Abdul Ahmed Aeharya Satishehander Prashad Sir James MeHili

dance is known to be

Ekaharya jatiswaram Abhinaya Shabdam

60. In Bharatnatyam

the 'person eonduet'ing the dance recitation is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

I.

Chakiyarkoothu Kathiikkali 11 ,

(c) (d)

Mohiniattam Yakshagana

•

Soli iJ kattus Nattuvanar tv,lridangam No~e of these

(a) (b)

Tamil Nadu Karnataka

Veethi,

"

Bihu Ojapadi.,

(c) (d)

Jata Jatin Ankia Nat

~

(a) (b) (c) (d)

.

A. Ghummar

I yttar

..: '. ~

B. Chappeli

Swang Ojapadi Bhangra Macha

(a) (b) (c) (d)

in

Madhya Pradesh Uttar Pradesh Delhi West Bengal

73. Which of the following NOT predominantly women?

is NOT from

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,dances performed

79. Which' of the following

Prade~h

,.II, Rajasthan III GiJjarat

D. Chau

IV West Bengal

A

B

CD

(a)

I

IV

III

II

(b)

II

I

III

IV,

(c)

III

I

IV

II

(d)

II

III

I

IV

is by

76. Which of Mizoram?

the

.-

(a) (b) (c)

Charu Chiraw 'Chakri

(d)'

Chavittu

the fOllo~ing associated with Violin? 'c. G. jayaraman TN Krishana S. Balaehandra L Subramaniam '.'

,

following

is

(a). Akbar Khan, (b) Sajjad Hussain (c) 'Rarrianujan Iyengar (d) Sankara Shastri

from

(a)

Dahi Kala

(b)

Kajra

(c)

Chiraw

(a) ,Flpte player (b) , Veena"player

(d)

Kumaon

(c)

(a)

"'\

• ''io .••

Nagaland

(d)

Sikkim

I with which

'io';",.)

-~~ ...•n'":.< ,Il 'I ~ -~

.• ''':

.!".

83. Must.aq Ali Khan is assodat~d.~ith

",

(a) Sitar (b) , Been (c) Kanjra (d) Shehnai n()t predom-

inantly from Odisha? ' (a) (b) (c) (d) ,

~.tu

Tabla player Sitar player

(d)

Assam

(c)

.

t::- ~

82. Pannalal Gosh is a famous

Meghalaya

(b),

Dramas

Ii. Match the dances in Column the State in Column II with theyare associated with.

",}

81. Who among the following is a famous Santoo~ player?, . " :~,.'

78. Which of the followingis

Oller ImportantDances/Dance

(a) B'ihu ': (b) Ojapadi (c) Jata Jatin (d) "Ankia Nat

is NOT

~. t

predomi-

Bihu Jatra Luddi Hikat

',

80. Who among (a) "(b)' (c) (d)

.'

)'.

Musicallnstruments~nd Musicians

77. Wangala laho is practised in

(a) (b) (e) (d)

is also known

as Bamboo dance?

C. Rasila

Kummi Gidda, Rouf' AnkiaNat

74, Which of these is performed nantly in West Bengal?

(a) (b)

84. Which of the following of Mridangam? '.

Bhaka Wata Dandanate Odissi Lavani

(a) (b) (c) (d)

67. Which of the following

is NOT a player

Palghat Mani Iyer R.S. Murari Baba Ram Sankar Karaikudi

is performed at the time of ,ripening of fruit? (a) (b) (c) (d)

•.

Munzra Faguna Rouf Khayal

...

' ~,

•..

68. Folk dance tamasha is prominent in , , ~ ".'

(a) (b)

Maharashtra Himaehal,Pradesh

(d

Rajasthan qujarat ,.

(d)

69. Gujarat is famous for I. Dandya II. . Garba

, 't

•...

,

III. 'Swang (a)

61. i
(d)

,

.t.

','" Column II (State) •.

.<

64. Which of the following dance forms did NOT originate in,~erala? (a) (b)

Khayal Rouf Kolattam

n Nautanki is performed

66. Which of the following dance is per. formed by women only?

Abhinaya Darpana Ramanattam Krishna-Leelatarangini Sukananni

59. Bharatnatyam

,

Binda Din Maharaj Kalkadin Gopi'Krishana Rukmani Devi ..

65. Which of the following Assam? I

Kharavela Jayadeva Sanjukt~ Panigrahi Kelueharan Mohapatra is

of Kathak?

(a) (b) (c)

.....

'''',"'

Column, I-: ' (Name of the Dance)

71.Which of thEtiollowi~~{is performed in Haryana? . ' ,

Important Regional Dances

I, II and III III, II and I II, I and III III, I and II

•

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is

sources of textual material, for. the study of the technique and grammar of body movement in Bharatnatyam Dance.

Literature

(c)

exponent

58.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Starting of devdasi tradition Advent ofMu,slim Rule Advent of British,Rule Independence of India

63. Who among the follo';\'ing is NOTan

57. Who among the ,following helped Odissi achieve a universal appeal?-

IV Hyderabad

D. Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Vastu " Sangrahalaya :

New Delhi Kol kata . Chennai Mumbai

'1"".

70.Which of these danees'isperformed by young girls using sticks? :.

62. Which of the following events IVai most important for bringing Ka~ out of temples?! (a) (b) (c) (d)

I. Batu II. Mangalaeharan III. Abhinaya

II Delhi

B. Indian Museum

1960 1994

1954 2010

56. Arrange the following items in the order in which they are performed in Odissi. ;

I Mumbai

A. National Museum

(a)

(b) (d)

55. In Odissi, Tribhanga

Column II (Location)

Column I (Name of the Museum)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1950 1984

Dances of India (a) (b) (c) (d)

,: PrCldesh •.

.-"\

54. National BOok Trust is located in

15 galleries 20 galleries 26 galleries 30 galleries

(c) ,Kerala, , (d)And~~a

C.181

(b) (c) (d)

Only I laod II II and III III ~nd I

Answers

-

lepic-wise Assessment 1. (b) 11. (d) 21. (a) , 31. (d) 41. (c) 51. (b) 61. (d) 71. (a) 1. (b)

2. (b) 12. (c) 22. (a) 32: (b) 42. (a) 52. (a) 62. (b) 72. (b) 82. (a) ,'.

3. (c) 4. (c) 13. (c) 14. (a) 23. (b) 24. (a) 33'. «j) , '34. (a) 43.' (c) 44. (b) 53. (c) 54. (a) 63. (d) 64. (d) 73. (d) 74. (b) 83. (a). 84. (c)

5. 15. 25: 35. 45. 55. 65. 75.

(d) (c) (b) (c) (b) (b) (c) (b)

'6,. (b) ;, 7. (d) 16. (d) 17. (a) 26. (c) 27. (b) 37. (a) 3,6."(b) 46. (b) 47. (c) 5~.. (~Y ,.57. (c) 66. (c) 67. (b) 77. (a) 7~.(c~ ,~ ..,.4; ".

.

, 8. (a) 9. (c) '10. 18. (a) 19. (c)' 20. 28. (d) 29','( cl) 3'0., 3~. (c) 39. (b) , .40. 48 .. (b) , 49. (a) .50. 58: (a), 59. '(a) 60. 68. (a) 69. (d) 70. 78. (d)'.. . 79.- (b)' 80. L

,

;,

I.

.'

'~

(b) (b) (c) ,,'

(c) (c) (b) (c) (c)

,

i?'''';"

Geography of. India ,'C.183

East Myanmar (Burma) and' Bangladesh form ali enclavewithin India and the Bay of BengaL Its inter':' national boundary with Myanmar is 1458 km long ~d with Bangladesh is 4096km long.

West In the ~orth~west India shares boundary mainly

.

~ithPakistan and the Arabian Sea. ~ " "orth-West Afghanistan and Pakistan are situated on ,ithenorth-west of India (I'ak-Afghan borderlineDurand Line). India-Afghanistan border is only 80 km long, whereas Indo-Pakistan border is 3310 km long.(Indo-Pak border line-Radcliff line).

'G.~

,,4

,.

i3'

I\::l

fi

i'

!

:1

,

""

~X" ~"

• locQtion,Dimensiollsang' Frpnfiers~ • Physical Features " ":.,,,,~." .';1'

• Mineral Resources of India • Indian States and Union territories

PHYSICALFEATURES

• National Pdrks and Wildlife Sanctuaries

• Soils • River ~ystems of India • Climate"

Sri Lanka. The Gulf of Mannar and Palk Strait separateIndia from Sri Lanka on the eastern side.

;.,

"19hlightecl~'.plcs, ,

L

'

'South To the south of India are the Indian Ocean and

,A

~:~

.

Indiacomprises five well-marked physical divisions aslistedbelow .

.Impo~tant Monuments: India • 'India~ Trib~s and their Hdbitaf

i i'

J

~

~ Agric~lfu(e", " .~., <,,' : ',;

itt} ,

.,

GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION OF INDIA' Location India is the seventh largest and the second most populous country of the world which accounts for about 2.4% of the world total area. It lies in the northern hemisphere between latitude 8°4_ Nand 37°6_ Nand between meridians of longitude 68°7_ E and 97°25_ E and is a part of the Asian continent. If we consider arable/cultivable land, India is second only to the US. India is located mid-way between West Asia and East Asia. Many trans-oceanic routes pass through India which connect African con~ tinent,industrially developed European continent, petroleum riCh West Asia and South-eastern' countries, namely, Chka, Japan, Australia and Western coast of the US. " '

Dimensions ... The'pefrlnsuletr'landjuts into the Indian Ocean for a distance of 1600 km and divides it into two: (i) The Arabian Sea and (li) Bay of BengaL

ft'

Frontiers North The Himalayan range and Nepal separate India from, Tibet. The protected state of Bhutan also lies in the northeast. The boundary line between India and China is called the McMahon Line. India's holdings of McMohan Line with Nepal spans for (1752 km); with Bhutan (587 km) and with China (3917km).

Lesser or Mie/e/le Himalayas are of an average height of 370Q-4500'm. This' area is'also called Himachal. The Kashmir valley, Kulu and Kangr~J1ie::in::this,belt:' •Steep, bare southern slop,~s,'and gerit\e.f()~~~tco,:ere';i ,_ northern slopes of the Himachal prese~Lii 'typical hogback topogy.aphy. It is composed :of.highly com"'' pressed and metamorphosed rocks. These linear longitudinal ranges have steeper southern, and. gentler northern slopes, which gives it a'Hogbacktype look. The Outer Himalayas The S,hivalik with a similar .hogback look forms foothills of the Himalayas. 'JP.esou.th~ em-most or foot-hill zone called SiwalikS'£ie of average 'height of 600 m. These are-Characterized by fault scraps, anticlinal' crests and synclinal hills. Deep gorges are formed in them by the Himalayan rivers:

(i) Himalayan Range (ii) Northern Plains (iii) Deccan Plateau (iv) Coastal Plains (v) Islands

")

Greater .Himalayas also called 'Himadri'~ lies in the north, are of 'an average height of ,6000 In 'and an~c always snow-capped. The highest.'peak oIlcIndia's .horder is Kangchenjunga.(8598 It:l)'-whichpartly lies ill NepaL Nanda Devi is the highe~t mot;lntain located 'entirely ,wit}Un 'the coUntry. Incl;~<)(Uttarakhand). Most of the rocks fOund here are metamorphic rocks. It is an asyinmetrical moUntain withvety'few southwan;! spurs; Its northern slope'is gentle which meets gradually with the river valley which runs parallel to the mounlain for long distances.

an

Himalayan Range

Northern Plains

TheHimalayas, one of the youngest fold mountains intheworld, surround India on the north; north-west andnortheast, extending about 2400 km between the riversIndus and Brahmaputra, with their width varying between 160 km and 450 km. They are mainly madeup of sedimentary rocks. Longitudinally, .the Himalayasare divided into three pal,"allelranges or ZOnes, viz.

They are formed by the valleys of the rivers Ganga and Brahmaputra and their tributaries, with a length of about 2500 km and width ranging between 400 and 600 km. These plains 'occupy one-thiid of India's land surface and form the most fertile region. According to terrain 0aracterlstics, this plain consists of two parts, they are:

fr0lr....• porth to south,

•.Distance from east to west.. ,1/

'

p

'':1

""'"-~,

3214

Karakoram Range

Zaskar Range

2933 km

.• '" ,

length.of coastline, (main land)

km

,.

Tibetan Plateau

6100 km

;Lengthof,co~stJine(inciudeJl., . • , 7516.6 km lakshadweep and Andam,?h and Nicobar Islandsl ~, _ ,',,~'

__ '

~

\

: ~~ngth of land frontier l Total ge()graphic land area 11

\.

•

~-,'

:f'

t'

15,200 km 2 32,87,590 kill,

:j ,

Percentage of earth surface,; covered by India . '

2.4%

--

Sub-Him

+ FigureC.5.'k

Himalayan

'"

(a) The upland plain, which lies abOve flood level and is .made up of alluvium soil. It is one of

Great Himalayas I .pistance

',.',"

Region

Section Throughithe'Himalayas

+ of Kashmir

Tibetan Plateau

II"'~'IIrf ---------------

j

I,

II,

C~184

Chapter 5

Geography of India

l Q'

~,'j

qp , Quick

--

JFac~s"

v

.'.. '

>- Location of Everest: Longitude-86°55'4qi, E and Latitude-2r59' 16" N, >- On May 5, 1999,' th~~levation of mount Everestw~s'confirmed at 8850 m (29,035 h) using GPS satellite equipmentt the National Geographic Society. (Note: Range of height is 8848-8850 m, this is due to the snow coveririg, Height of I,. top rock surface is 8848 m, but it increased upto 8850 m, depending UPOfl th~ snow covering, Though aher Nepal ea~~ quake geologist are planning to measure it again to check the effect of earth quake.) "

I ~

>- It was previously believed to be slightly lower at 8843 m (29,028 h),;s determined in 1954 by averaging measuremeo of various sites around the mountain.

>>>>,>-

It was only in 1953 that Edmund Hil!ary and Tenzing Norgay reached the summit, Junko Tabei Uapan) was the first woman to climb Everestin 1975.

:.dude:

American Tom Whittaker was the first disClbledperson (with a prosthetic leg) to scale the summit in 1998,

J)

lr'

j \

:!

Lymg south of the northern plains, it has an elevation varying between 500 and 1300 m above sea level,and slopes from we~t to east. The plateau is flanked by mountain ranges called Eastern and Westem Ghats

'--

~.)

.1

I

(\f-

/"

.~:.,''\.,

/'..J~~' ij}'1T

1t

".A

r

,t

c '.-: h, .....;.,,;..

~;

......... ;' ~

Co

• -

'&

~ ~

~~.

-.:&

.'

-,'

-z'

EastemGh~ts ,

",

'i(,l ' .-.:,.•..•

'

'

8.'

,t' ,.t

.;'.

SOILS

...,

r.: .

~,

.J~~

\ ;

j •••

~~.

.,.~

"l:r-~

•. -,".

l! •• *

The Indian Council 6f' AgricultUral' Research has , classified Indian'soil iIlto following fcnir'categories: r~ •.. r~

~

l,

.'0""

Alluvial Soil::

<~

~.

J

Ute,""

"'r;

,

,

•

"';..J

••• l':;"-

,e~ .l"';~.,"'"f.<~'r~~tl

-u)'"

~,f"" '.

'j.~':;'"

J':t,».). .•.~/.l.,;:~.q.':<\

_'

~

J\reasin the ~dO-Cangetic plam fon;ned}JYth~ 'peri~dic qeposition: of ~ilt bro~lght down 1'Y the rivers: Al.rilost a quarter 6f Indian soil is alluvial s6il~hiCh'is very ferfile. Found in Plains of Punjab, Haryana: tJttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal. Also,found in' the 'plciins'ofAssam, and coastal strips of South In~q'c1longrive~ bed~: I.

~~'-~

~ -.'"

"

1:.;....

" 1

plack, Soil ,~,

-t

•. ~.

'.'

,\

.1•., ".",.~t,

! '{_).~.)~;. i.";

."

Black soil is formed by the deposition'oflava ejected by v9l<,:.anoesseveral million years ago. It is rich in minerals.but poor in organic matt~r and retain1:!IDoisture for longer period than otherl?0ils.Black soil is suitable for cotton growing. Found in Maharashtra, Gujarat, west Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu.

Red Soil

G~oI..- "

~~..~

,

';.

Saline Soil

.,.-. Ii"

Figure C,5,2

.,

;

'.l~;~~it~

:,"01,

.' r/j /.

...•..

"-f'

e)

j

:e

..,

.......:J~.~~\.~~ '


WesternGhats

'.

,~'.

. .... :. Red"soil is formed through the weathering of ancient groups of Islands, they are dIscussed" .... ~et~0t;Phi~ and crystalline rocks. It is red.in ~olour , ,'. : ,due to.,high Iron content. Good for the cultivation of I.~~omanand Nicobor ' ,...~" ,.... ~~..... -,' . ,.pulses apdc?arse grains. .' t '::' ,," . \.,' Found ill Madhya Pradesh, Odlsha, Andhra northern cluster of 204 s~?lll' lsland~~ are th~ . Pradesh; Karnataka and north-eastern hill states. mdamans and the southern cluster, 'of-19 small ,.' . .an~s.are the. Nicobar islands. Togethe~ they f?~m, Soil" "~Cruon Terntory of Andaman and Nlcobar ,wIth,', <.. • , DrtBlair as its capitaL The Southemmost point of ",r L.aterite soil is formed by the' weathering of.laterite ,~~.d inthe territory of India is Indira Point situated in' ,rock. FoUnd in areas occupied by the Deccan, Andhra ,rdamanand Nicobar Islands. Andaman and Nico"" Pradesh, Eastern, Ghats, Mysore, Tamil Nadu, coast ::rIslandsare separated by a 'Ten degree Channel'. of Odis1;la, ~d Meghalaya. _,

"q,s-

'..,.. ':::: ...~.\. ,f")irndh-ta ...>,.,:~ ~ ~

~)TheSatpuras

.;,

Are a. group of 27 coral:islands scattered in the Arabian 'S~a; 300' klri to the' wesf of. Kerala coast; 'oruy10 of which are inliabited.',Together they form 'the' Union -Territory of Lakshadweep with Kavarafti island as i~s"capitaL "','; " .. '. ~.., ,... ~ , ~ ~ ._~,' • l", ~"~

~::~~:2VO

I-tt~ q~

. ';'~'';, ,';.~'

i;aA .~.~

,-

Separate,. the southern part of India from its northern part, with , an~v:erage height of 2508-:-4000ft. Are situated between the rivers' Narmada and Tapti. The western flank of the Deccan tableland is guarded by Western ~hats, portiop.
Islands

,J

~i

... "

3)

(b) The lowland plain, which is liable to inundation during floods, is called Khadar land~ The plains are cut off from the south by the Vindhya mountain. i -'",\

TheVmdhyas

Deccan Plateau

India'

The oldest mountain range in India, reaching an elevation of 5650 ft. .

" j)

peninsular

lokshodweep

;l}

,,'

Mount Evere.~tis named atlerthe thenSurveY:SJr,\3eneraj.ofIndia, Sir George Everest, who recorded the location of Evere~' . He waslhe ?urveyor General of:lndia from 1830 to 1'843. Earlier it was referred to as Peak 15.

the most fertile areas in the world. 'TIus plain .iscalledBangar land ...

The mou~tainsof,

TheAravallis

Sherpa Ang Rita holds the record of most ascents (1 3 times) on Everest, His last asCent was recorded in the year 2003.

I"~

\

':henorthem'portion of 'the western coastal 'plain is ~ed the Konkan and the southern portion is ci3,lled :"eMalabar coast. The eastern coastal strip is known :~theCoromandel Coast:

::ccun Mountains

>- M.o,untEverest is also known,as 'Chom,olangma' (Goddess mother of the snows) in Tibet; and 'Sagarmatha' (Mother d ,•. ,. Universe) in Nepal. " '. ,,' : ." •

'I

(oastal Plahls' ~

Italy's Reinhold Messner and Peter Habeler (Austria),have climbed Everesttwice without using supplementary oxygen,

,::-;. Ba~hindri Pal was the first Indian wo~en t() climb ,Everestin 1984.

,>-

its eastern and western sides. It is geographically ~e oldest. art of India with ro~ks which are 3000 . 5000 mIllIon years old. The higher Deccan peaks ;ach over 2500 m which include the Nilgirih!l~s.,

C.185

India: Mountain Ranges

,"

.~

...'

."..I,' "

1

~, f

'O!ecJby neutral soluble salts consisting of chlorides and sulphat~s of SOdium,calcium and magnesium. Itismalnly fou'nd in arid areas of Bihar, Guirat, Haryana, Maharashtra:->Rajasthan a'rid'lIp.

:.:-/1

.

,,'

. '.; ; .

"

~.j,~

•••......

I,

j Chapter, 5

C.186

Geography of Inqia

(obIe (.5.2

RIVER SYSTEMS OF INDIA i

:'f

'il

I

O'.j

_

Dry tracts of the north, especiai: in Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, Punjabar~ Raj.asthari.

~hanadi, ba';od?r

Narmada,Tapti

In arid regions that receive poor\\';: fer supply such as western Rajastha. Hilly areas of Assam, Uttar Pradesr sub-Himalayan tract and Cool9 in Kornotoka, It is formed by the deposition of organic matter d~ rived,frotD.foJE?sts.

Arabian

2900 km

Sea

1450 km" 1290 km 760km

.',

west of

Boy of

Northern most extremity of the Deccan Plateau

. ." -

858 km

.,".,

,

I

.

Flows eastwards. Mahanadi basi~ndia.

Gulf. of,. Cambay in the Arabian

1

"...,,'''

- 1312 kin 724km'

•FlOws we'stwatds. Nbrmada \has-;()~ exte~sive" 'riverbas,in:' . c ' ",...c (i ..• !i>'l~~'•.,•.rt .", ',>il _" c; .; • ~A;',...•. (",~,;?"'.' Sea, . 1 i'-;-~I;~l ," .' ~L:.:;.t.f.~f',j . ~~!-J :.f-rt:, . T -A-rrib'1~~---'-12B-~w-w~~IW~;d~itcoa~~dfali.into

Bhariapuzha,Periyor

103 km 209 km 244 km

(lid Pamba

"

~

)

.t

Arabian Sea. These ore small rivers of the south with minorbosins.

1...

General direction of flow-west and north-west (Punjab-Indial, south-west (Punjab, Si"qh-Pakjstan); has five major tributaries . ,

Third

.1 1

River System

:nere is also a. third river system called 'Rivers of ~rUand Drainage Basins'. These are small rivers ill I i1Ildy areas of .RaJ'asthan...,Most of them'.' are of an I

.

r~

;'

' .. ' ..', . .

'

.

_ •"."........•.•. : .•..•.....•' ••...•.. , ••.'.fesfBengal. Tributaries: (.11~~rtt~nq(~)<:;0l11ti(31Gho9rJ:i(4)Gondok(5) .Ram Ganga (1l1Itneseex<:eptGomtiel11~~gefr9mthl;l Hi.mqlqyasJ, (6) Sane (719~qmbal(8)ee!Wo'and(I~

gr,oinsobout

L";~_"~_~.~~~"_" __ """.::""~:.,"."""""""""_""". __ .,,;"."" ",""._,,,:._,,"""_,--9r!:? of. !h~...£2~.ntty:.;.::-": __. . .;.;'"__>".."'"..,,"_ Brahmaputra

Mansarovar Lake in Western Tibet

Bay of Bengal

't., ~

ephemeral character and drain towards :iridividual basins or salt lakes like the Sambhar or are l~se iii . the sands,' with no6utleH~ sea, except Luni~which drains into the Rami of Kutch.

ostond south-east,

r ..

.~~

~.l:.H ~.•~

OJ"

;

(i) Satluj (ii) Beas (iii) Ravi (iv) Chenab . (v) Jhelum

l~outh9fterflo'Nln.g ('.f1o'NJl1to

I

forms the fourth

..._~~~~=--,~~~~~~~~er >,

Sharasvati, Netro;;tr--We~'-r-ll"~G-wh-a-ts--"

._.-..".;.. J'

General'dlrectlon of flow: East, south-east; . Godavari forms the largest river basin in Deccan and second largest in Indio; also called Virdha Ganga or Dakshina G~nga, it co~erson area of about 10% of the total area cif India. Krishna basin is the. third largest In Indio. '

176.km

Himalayan System

Mount Kailas in Tibet

~;rth

____.__~:t~:~c: . .. ~:~

.f

Indus

Bay of ._.,' Bengal .' .

.

0'

•

Wester!1 Ghats'

"i'

Kerala, coastal tracts of Odishc Sundarbans and some parts Bengal: north Bihar and south-eas' .Tamil Nadu.

Theserare perennial snow-fed rivers. They aregenerally flood~dduring rainy season. The Himalayan rivers are younger than the Deccan system and carry 70% of the total discharge of river water into the sea.

Tcible C.5.1

,...:~tt9tb ..,,~.. ~~~~s

~ri, (rishna,Cauvery "

Found in

• There are 14 major river basins in the country, each with drainage area ofabove 20,000km2, 44 medium basins of 20,000 to 2000 km2. • ' The total water in all river systems of ,India has been estimated roughly at 16,45,000million m3. • The Ganga and the Brahmaputra carry 61% of total water of the country's rivers. • The world'~ largest, delta, Sundarbans, is formed by the Ganga and the Brahwaputr~ in West Bengal and Bangladesh covering p'n approximate area of 7500km2•

Hi~alayan System

Deccan System

~SOUtceEntef'$

The rivers of India are broadly classified as follows:

C.187

2900 km

•.."~,,

"'

.', C' '.)

25% of totalthe

..._ ....

rA~.

Flow~ tf1rough the Himqlqyas, turns south-west and then to south. joining the eastern-most. branch of the Ganga and the Padma, both emptying1together into the Boy of Bengal.~,. _

J./

V'. ..

Note: The sacred Ganga is the longesniver in the country. The Brahmaputra (2900 km) is longer than the Ganga but only ernethird of the ril'C' passes through India.

..~

•

Deccan System These are seasonal rivers as their flow mainly depends on rainfall. They carry about 30% of total

discharge of Indian rivers. The D~ccan systemCC'~. prises rivers of peninsular India. Godavari is thelJr;.' est river system in peninsular India. The Cau\c' system is the southernmost in the country.

It::.,

..

~.

"r. r t--~

~

.~~

\

f ,~.~

,

.. ", '

,~

c.

"-S"

,FigureC.5.3

'I

Important Indian Rivers

.- •..

i

~,t

1.'~ r'-;.~!.&.- ~

.',

-

,~

4

......•

~;I'l

0:188

"""t'"

Geographyoflndia

ChapterS

CLIMATE

.'. 0

Monsoons

. '

/~'

The Indian Meteorological Department recogriizes four seasons, namely: '

-

(iii) Monsoon (June-September) soutJ::l-west monsoon ., " .

1n4iais s~pject toa wide range, of climatic conditipns.1n Meghalaya, the rainfall is as high as 1080 cm (4~1 inches) a y~ar" whereas, in. the RajaEithan desert in the west, rainfall is a merely 10 cm (4 in,ches). The ?,do:-GCWg~tic plain averages about 150 cm

(??;~c~~~~ ~Y,e~r..,

' '"

' :.

-

".

"

The South-West Monsoon (June/September].

(i) Winter (December-March) (ii) Stimmer'(April::..May) • (iy) ?~\lson. of ret!eating . '(October-November)

The c~at~.ofIndia is the monsoonal type fed by 1\0,• rain-bearing winds; they are: C .~'

,

"

, .'

. The temperature in the south seldom drops below 20°C. The south-east gets most of its rain between October and December and by March, temperature rises throughout the country. In June, 38°C..,.43°Cis common in the north. The lowest average .temperatUte' is 13°C in the ,Ii:.imalayaI).hill stations of DarjeelWg and shiInla. Mumbai on the west coast has an::annual'tnecin temperature of ?8°C and Chennai a mean temperatUre of ~9°C" .

Coldest Paris Coldest parts are the Trans;-Himalayan and Greater-Himalayan regions. Dras and Kargil of Ladakh region,are the Coldest regions. in the country where temperature falls below -40°C. This is due to the distance from the equator as well as altitude. Hottest'Parts, In west Rajasthan at.Barmer, where te~-' perature shoots up to 50°C (122°F) during ,daytime. This is due to its distance from the sea, absence of rainfall" and dry and sandy ,soil whicn gets heated up. ~ajkpt in Gujarat . averages .a temperature pf 33°C. '

The south-wes t monsoon contributes 86% of the total rain in India It opens on the west coast around beginning of JUl'. and continues till September.' The summer rain ~ a declining trend as it moves inland. The first rair decreases westwards in the northern plains givingar average rainfall of: ' Kolkata Patna Allahabad

119cm 105 cm 76 cm

Delhi

56 cm

---

TobieC.5.3

,~ .•.

Season-wise ,Distribution of Rainfall

£ainfall season ~est

Duration

-

;',~onsoon

' . Jan/Feb,

73.7

'C:,

Monsoon "_,' ,. ,,_'_,",,_. ' '" ;ost.monsoo~_gct/ Dec_._._~Winteror "Orthwest Monsoon

-\-~~

[lOp

Approx. % of annual rainfall (Total 100.00)

~ ." June/Sep

.

__ ,.

.

.___ 13.3 _ ,',

2.6: :;

Quick lFacta

State having its maximum geographical area under dense forest cover-Arunachal Pradesh having lowest area under forest cover-Haryana having largest area of forest cover in India-Madhya Pradesh (76,429 km2l, Arunachal Pradesh (68,019 km2), Chhattisgarh (55,998 km2).

.,' '

---:J . ,

I', .~

;.1

J

"

The north-

east monsoon is a comparatively minor monsoo~ confined to a smaller area of the country, particularl) the east coast. This is also called Winter Monsoonand it is Tamil Nadu's major monSoon giving about45m of rainfall in' November /December as comparedIl' 38 cm in the four months of the summer.

Cause of. Rainfalf in India During the hot summer Itt land Ji.las~,absorbsa great amount of heat causingth~ temperature, to rise, thereby creating excessivelow pressure. It causes winds (monsoon) to blow toward, India from the seas which have a comparatively higlr pressure and these winds being moisture-laden brinb rainfall'to"tne hilly areas of the country.

Thetotalforest and ~ee cover of the country'accounts '"r778,229km2 ill area, c.on~tituting ?3'9~% ,of the ;ountry'sgeog:r;~p~ic,aie~ .. fores~,c9v~r.9fl~ciia is >78,333 km2 or 20.64% of'lndia's geographic area and :~.e total tree coyer of country (computed ~f~~with on canopy dens~ty) haY~,been estiInate.ci.~s 99,896 ..m2 or about 3;.04%:The.N<:tti0!Aa! ForesfPolicy has ~:ddown a target ..of raisip.g th~. ('lrea covered. by -reststo nearly 33.3%.;The SFR72004 (Sta.te ()f For,;1 Report)shows anincr~ase ()f 21,2),9 km2, ,vyhich ,0,65%of geographic area as compared to 2001 \Sessment.

''";ortonceof Forests Forests help to;" • Checksoil erosion oii:hill 'slopes in upper tatchL ment areas of rivers~ which contributes to the controlof floods. . ,'f iPo"• IncreaseraTfail '!Jl~~I?r~ye locaI51~~t~~' . • Produce !j.mber, £Ueland industrial raw: materials. • India provides about. 8% of' the.'. world's hardwood. and ranks third .after ,Brazil. and Indonesia. . .' .

"

.(i) Assam,~'Arunachal, Meghalaya, Sikkim ar: Northern part of West Bengal-being hillyar~ in tile direct path of the Monsoon winds blo;.' test place in India. In fact, Mawsynram, 10 km from ingin from the Bay of Bengal. Cherrapunji, receives maximum amount of rainfan.in the. world~as high as 1080 cm. It is due to its . ,. , , (ii).The. Wester~ Ghats~Rain-bearing do;. furili.el-shaped 'location' SurroUnded by :the Khas'i,.. ", .blow in fr~m the Arabian Sea toward, l Garo and Jaintia hills. Western Ghats. .,,'. (iii) The Himalayan slopes. Driest Part Jaisalmer in western Rajasthan is the driest. place which receives the lowest rainfall (less ;~egions, of Scanty Rainfail. (below 50 cm) (i) I
Wettest Parts Cherrapunji in Meghalaya is th~ wet-

I"

'.

Of

~

re

Types afforests inlndio"

d

(.

J

,', "-'..

'.

')

I

,.'

..

~

'j

".,'

'.'

.<",.~

.{.

~

.

..,'.

h.

1

,(t'"

~:/ .•)

',.,,~!:':'.,f',

Deciduous Forests (Monsoon ForesisJ Found, in areas having rainfall between 150:and'200 em; for example, in large parts of the Deccan Plateau stretching. over Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Kama,taka. They provid~ fhie tiinber such as' teak; sa1; sandal:' wood, etc., . " : '",. Dry Forests Found in desert regions of-Rajasthan and' south Punjab where rainfalHs below 75-100 cm. Mc:>stlyc<:msi~ts,of shru,bs, thickets.~d stunteqtrees, like kikar, jal, etc. J '~.' . .1--."., .' .. .. _'"

of

",'S!

-

F".

~ -.

,"t;.

#.

,:

": (.

i

'.~ ._

. .L

"'"

,0.

! .•. ~ .. f;,'~

I."

.••

~

,.

~~~",J.

~I

.tod

.'""1:

},',

.~~ It

,~~~hi2;

""'11

.1'-~'

I,;

'~

,.),

Evergreen 'Forests' (Tro~icqb; . Fo~~l. '.in.area~ .~h~r~; fall ranges: between 200 and. 300. cm, ,for~xamFle, Western G~,at~ andiub-Hirilalaya?:~eg~o~s.)n~y provide hardwood like teak, rosewood, ebony and bamboo, etc. These are coniferous' forests' having needle-shaped leaves. w, .:' , ..,

,

n ofForestslnlndlQ

1i t

.,

.•.. .; ~

\~~_

t

-

j

."'~'"

I

'.

lr.:'~j'.h'

J

..!,~

. ...• ".

-The 'average "g'r6wing'stock"fu'th1' foresti)~r: " ':".' _ t~d't. ,. .~t. ~ectare of recorded ,forest area w
'f!le

Regions of Heavy Rainfalf (above 200 cm)

~.

m

. .

The North-East Monsoon (November/December]

'__ ~~'h"""':'iv"'i

- The total 'growing stock of wo6d'tir.lndia is estim:ated to be' 6414 ntillion'~ubicmettes(m3); that . " includes 4782 3insidethe forests and1632~in3; 'Of TreeOtifside.Forests'Cf0F).'" r
"

The Western Ghats, the north..:eastern hills and t!-" Himalayas cause regional variations in distributio~ of rainfall. . .

.~~.

March/M~y

fORESTS IN~INDIA .. :f

C.189'

.',

~..'. ,(__

~-~,._t.J'~_

,..

••••

,_ ~',

""

_,

..

~i

__.\.*

I

~

~.

.j",."L., ,:

~I(~.<\ 1

..

"'~4.,~t...;.i

;<'..

U

",.

"\~+I'.

.•

'"0 (,-,tJ.tT-l.fJ]'~\.,.

••

",•• , "'

.. "

".

.

• 2:) districtsin India, 199 districts ha~eless th;~ 5%,of th~ir geographic' ~rea under f~rest ~over,:ind~di~~ 59"district;that

have forest co;e[. In '146 di;trrcts: the fo~estcov~r"i~ more than~~3%'~of the,;' geo9r.aphi~'J?~ea:J,h~re"ire' \2,3 districts in the I ~ategonzed in as ,hill districts. \Tot9' forest,c::?\;'e,rinthese distr~c!s,is 4,383 km2 (C!verage f~r:sf cove~ being 38.77% of ,:1, areal, There arJ 187 districts'categ\.orii:"k~cirtribOi districts. The"foresi cover in'th'esel'distriCtsis 'estir'rkitea at 407,298 km2 , %1. Forestcover mappiAg oflndic hasibeen ~ompleteaat 1:50;000 scale bydigitol in~thoa. ";. . II ..., . 1~ 1%

-------

?!

.1..~ __~

. ~~';,,}.

~_

I

~1,1"

~

' C~'190

Chapter5

Geography.of IndiaC.191

New Classification of Forest Cover in India One more density class has been introduc~d in the classification of forest cover in India as per the 'st~te of ForestR~port' (SFRL2C()1 Forest cover ",,;itha ~anopy density of more t~an. 70% has been classified as 'very dense forest' (VDF).and' that with canopy den; of 40% to 70% as moderately dense forest (MDF). VDF const~tutes 1.56~, MDF constitutes 10.32% and open forests cOnstitu~ 8.67%. The mangrove cover In the country IS 0.14% of countrys geographic area. -.

Hill Forests Found in southern India andin.the Himalayan regions and provide timber like oak, deodar, pines, chir,chestnuts, walnuts, chinar, maple.

Tidal Forfists (Mangrove] Found in coastal plains which are generally submerged, particularly on deltas of rivers on the. east coast (Ganges; Mahanadi, Godav~ri), The forests on the Ganges delta in Bengal are called Sundarbans after the Sundari trees found in these forests, India's Land Classification(%)

----

Land Utilization .

Land utilization statistics ate available for 93.1% ~ the total geographical area of 3287.3. lakh hectares (ha). Area under forest had increased 404.8 lakh hect. ares in 1950-51 to 690.21akh hecta!~s, while net sOWn area increased from 1187.5 lakh hectares to 1412.] lakh .hectarE;s during the same period. Broad cropping pattern indicates that thoug~. foodgrains have preponderance in gross. croPI'e<;l a~ea as compared to non-:-food grains, thE;ir. relative. ,~hare has COIllt down fr~m 76.7% during 1950-51 to 65.8% during 1999--:2000.The area operate<;l by large holdings (10 hectares and above) has .been decreasing and wasat 14.8% during 1995-96, while the medium holdings (area 1 hectares and lesser) has been increasing and was ab'ortt 17% during the same period. This indicates that the farm land is being fragmented. t

Agricult~ral Scenario i•• India

Figure C.5.4 . land Classification

AGRICULTURE For the lastfive decades, agriculture has occupied the most prominent place in the Indian economy. Agriculture dominates the economy to an extent that a very high proportion of working population in India is engaged in agriculture. Agriculture and allied sectors contribute 25% of GOP of India. . According to recent census figures, approximately 65 to 67% of India~s working population is engaged in . agriculture. Agriculture .contributes a major share of national income, around 32% in: 199697, although it has been decreasing continuously, and the shate of the manufacturing and service sectors is increasing.

reasons fori this ,can be-.summed~p.a~ follows: ~ial1Yr agricultuial techniques; (li)madequate mgation ~es; (iii) disc?uraging rural atmosphere; (iv) overwiling in agnculfure-,-too many people depend~ upon agriculf?re;. (~).~m~ sizes of .~m:d.holding; ~ absence of pr~p'er lllitiatives and (vu) madequate ~.farrn facilities (finance, security, marketi,ng, etc.) eecause of these and some more causes, thegteen rev~tion fellshoIl ~f giving the results which it promised.

AgriculturalMarketing Withthe coordinated and integrated strides made by !icymakers, agricultural sCientiSts and ~oreso by l:mers, the foodgrain production nas now gone up morethan five times since beginning of first five year planin 1951 anogrowili graph of horticultural-crops haseven exhibited better picture. Even after this considerableincreaSe in production and productivity in agriculture sector, agrarian economy is still under stress andit is frequently hearo that farmers are committing suicideshere and there, which indicates that farmers arestillnot getting their due for .their hard work.

AgriculturalMarketing Infrastructure (AMI) Underthe AMI sub-scheme, there are two components Ii) StorageInfrastructure (ii) Marketing Infrastructure other than Storage. The main objectives of the AMI schemes are to develop"ainculfural m~ketinginfrastructurefor effectively managing ,marketable surplus ofagricultureincluding horticulture, and of allied secms including dairy, poultrYr ,fishety, livestock and minor forest produce, promotipg innov,ative and latest Ichnologiesand ,f0mpetitivealternative, ~gricultural marketinginfrastructure by. encouraging private .and moperativesect~r. invesu.nents, direct marketing, creilionof scientific stotage capacity, Integrated value dlains(confined up to primary processing stage only) lid to provide Infrastructure. facilities for grading, Ilandardizationand quality certification of agricultural produce. In addition,the scheme aims to create general ~areness and provide training to farmers, entrepre!leUrs, market functionaries and other stakeholders on liri~usaspects of 'agricultural.~arketing including Iliding,standardization and quality certification.

Although India has long since achieved the abilityto feed its population, the agricultural sector remains a weak spot in economy for two reasons. First,this owes to the impact of volatile weather patterns, and secondly, it is remarkable for its low productivity palterns. However, overall India has made lot of prog' ress in agriculture since independence in terms01 growth in output, yields and area under many crops. It has gone through a green revolution, a white revolution, a yellow revolution and a blue revolution. Today, India is the largest producer of miJk, fruits, cashews, coconuts and tea in the world, the second larg~st producer. of ~heat, vegetables, su;: and fish <;indthe third largest producer of tobacco. rice. The major causes for,the'reversal of the ong~n: stagnations was due to (i) steady rise in ave:a?e)'l~ per hectare (i.e., rise in agricultural productiVity) (ii) steady m.c~eas~i1)area i¥lqer. cultiva~on.. tutt MarketingReforms'inAgritulture Sedor Hovyever, even after this marked rise In agncul India )I~i_~'~ ,'~" ~ ," ~'-!,}-'{"'ii"="'" ~ture sector ~~~d~'~~~petiti-;e and w~ll-function~rod~ctivity, .the .average. yield. per hectare for ~ remame.dcthe lowest compared to:the world stand "!llarkets for farmers to sell their produce. In order to '~l-

remove,restrictiy~ and mori!Jp6listic practices of present markeoog s:yst'em~reduce. the inte~ediaries' iri supply chain ,and ~ance.privateiseetor:fuvestment in development of post-harvest marketing' infrastrUcture to reduce wastages and to benefit fanners through access .~ _ .. '. ,-~r ,.>:'~ to global markets, reforms in agr!.cultutal markets have 1'( .•..t -r" r ..,..; .'" 'T "~T:.' ,'" to "D~an opMin9 pr~c~s.~~:~~<:s>rmrgly, . PMC Act ill consultation WIth tl:ieStates/ills, was prepared and circulated the same during 2003' 'fcles in 2007 for adoption by the States/ills. In order to have more focussed and result oriented efforts on marketing reforms, the Ministry further identified 7 essential areas of market reforms which could pe pursu~dwith tpe States in a:'focused manner. " ,' .. "':'.~ .,.."- ..' ...1 ,':-s.~'

. .

","f

,of.'-,'

I

J.

_

","

;;:'-':'

-.

!J1E;'O'"

r

T,

~.mog~~

'and Its

.•••

• ~

':I

•~

(i) Establishnlimt ,of pr!vat~'~arkety~i:dslprivatemarkets manage~ by a person other than a Market Committe~; .-Y '- ' 10,' ,,; • (ii) Establishment of farmer/consumer. market . by a person other ,than Market'Committee (Direct sale in retail oy the farmers to the .~onsumers); . (ill) Direct .wholesale purchase of agricultural produce by processors / exporters /bulk buyers, etc., at the farm g~te; , (iv) Provision "for,Contract Farming; (v) Unified single license/registration for trade transaction in more than one market; (vi) Provision for e-tra'ding; andl ' (vii) Single point levy of' market fee across the State. - .- ..'

Information Technology in Agriculture The Department of Agricultural Cooperation has initiated the e-Govemance implementation.to f?cilitate faster and' precise information exchange/dissemination within the DAC and its filed offices. Various portals have been developed for proactive decision. support a,swell as for'benefit of farming community. These are summarize a below: • JCT infrastructUre has been provided within the DAC as well asfu all the 172fi~ldoffices. • IN1;RADAC (http://~tr~qa.c.nic.i~) is at;liIltran~t portal of this~c.Iepartment to faciJitate.'messaging and collaboration among"the ~fficials in H;eadqu~ter of DAC, various Directorates and field tmits~.Intradac Portal incl~des the personnel pro'file, .circulars,. notice board, document rnanagement;"c'omplaillt,rrianageme1)t, agricU1ture news, annual report,.p~rformance budget, demand for grants, e-mail address of officials, etc. "

"r"'"

•••••

""'"

' :11 C:1'92 'Chapte(S';

'.0

.

Several core e-Governance applicatiohs, such as finance;persona1;'adininistration, have been implemented in.the BAG as well as in,several field offices. .'.. .,

• "Several portals, such as SEEBNET, DATAWARE. HOUSING, are under development. • A Decision Support System' for optimum utili. zation of natural resources (AGRIS) using CIS and ~?~s,being d~v~lop~d ~}~o pilot distriCl.\ covering two separate typologIeS.

~~:.. .,. '~~.,

.! \

~~~-

,l~';

- .;--t,

CH!NA.

.~.•

~~'~'?

::: ! ..•.;,

:::

~ z

~_f'~.~'

• Aschemeto provide/data-centre~ capabilities in the offices,of agriculnue and allied department at district and states levels, and, to network them w~th,each other,; and DAC, AGRISNET is under preparation" '" '). , '. "'"-: 'I

,'. Over ~600of~cers and sta!finC~uding a ntun~ of women'have been-tramed ~,various Il1.Od. ulesbf IT," . ,~.~

.~.S~veral" subj~ct:-1?pecffi~'.applicatio~s, ,'~~ch,a,s weather watch,' srops, . farm machinery, biofertilizer, plant protection, have' also been imRle~~nted. ':

, 'j

C.193

Geography.of..lndia

0

~

:::

z :::

~.

~ j

;~l, tJ

Above 30 20-30

'"

Percenlage

~':t~

.

",~\'J6

Below 1 'NIL.

I

Above 75 46-75 16-45 ~ • 1-15

~.;o.

11-20 2-10

of lalal croppedarea

m -

i 1i!~ ~ ~~ .. ,~

,

NEGLIGIBLE

o

~~~

'>¥

0

'I;

I

Advancesin Indian Agriculture Policy .'<.' framework. for ~gricul,t~ral Extension (PF!,E) -..Publicresearch and extension played a major role

';

i

Area Under Rice Cultivation

~~.

in ~ringingabout the green revolution. The nature and ,.:opeof agri,culture extension ha~- undergone funjamental cha!,-ges since then. Need for extensive :eformin exte~si
,.

)

!

-

A

1 •

'.:~~----------------

~':

CHINA •

l1. ~

.~;

I'

.:

,

"'.,'

"decentralized and demand-driven

!'

• ~.

c.

'~".-.;~~'

I, .' ;t:rb~fi,T't,rt.'!", ,"

:

J

-.'

~1"'., .. ~~:.;,~~ '.

',-;

.

. ,

(i) ~tegrateg Cerea~s Devel?p~~ilt ~~ogramine m Wh7.'!-t.-1?a.~ed; " ,Croppmg .Sy.ste!n~,>Ar~as (ICDP~Wheat): (ii) Integrated Cereals Development Programme in . "Rice-based' . Cropping' 'Syste~~,\; Areas (ICDP---'-,Rice). , (iii) Integrated Cereals Development Prograrrimes for Coarse Cereals b~sed ,9n C,ropp~g Sys; ! tems Areas (ICDp-:...coaise' cereals). ,. '

.Ar :

~, ~.

,"

.r'.

'(

,

Jc

.'t

i

•

'.

•.•..• , .

n,

1'.

I

~"

~""i

).

I

.';

.

IE;chilology dissemination system has been successfully pilot tested under. the Inn'cvatio'narid

;ernination(lTD), a compo~ent of National

..

•

I

"

tlationalAgricultural Technolqgy Proiect (NATP)

CHINA

r

J'

..

-.'"

-'.'~,

Crop' Production Programme .Fo~".sustairiabi~ agriculture and increasing, 'overall production q"f}'cereals, states and uruon territories are'assisted:through centrally sponsored schemes on '..'. ~'.), .L '..u~.:or

'=mrInformation Dissemination .. Agriculture llformation .::sseminationis'strengthened by organizing regional I";\.

.

"

~.

;g

,,;~; BENGAL.

ARABIAN SEA

and,statelevehKrishi:'Me!as and, by participating in nationah aud international exhibitions.-- Funds are provided to state agricultural universities for promotingagri~ulture i,n print media in local vernacular, apart-from bringing agriculture extensi0Il.journals in Hindi and E-ngllsll':It has 'al~C;be~ridecid~q. to,'honour selecte_dptogr~ssive farmer~ with Krishfg,.afnaAwards. -".,. . ",,,,,., .. ~ ~.. ; ~•.. Training A network of training infrastructure has been created/ strengthened to provide training support in agriculture extension.' It inCludes National' Institute of Agriculture E;xtension Management at th~ national level, foUr extension education insti!Utes at the regional level and State Agrieulture Management and Extension TrainiilgInstimtes (SAMETIs) ini~even NATl?States.

Agricultural Technology

Project (NATP) with th~ flnqn,cial support of the World

Technology

Bank, This expe-

-:eis proposed to be upscale in all the States through a new scheme titled 'Support to State Extension Programme for Exte.nsion Reforms',

..

Kisan Call Centres . .

. ....

",

',

;

'>

'.• "t:.....

'essive growth t,~

:::1. The programmes

•

ARABIAN SEA

I.

.~

'\ \':t\on°'.."

-I

U

'

6 It.

.

oJUU:

I

'1i!'"

~. •

-

\

>

1

;. BAY

)(:'1

OF BENGAl.

OSUGARCANE

.• '

I ~'

\

. "

o

,l,~ to;

I

,.,

,,"J
\ ~

'

'¥

~~~

'>¥'

~ -;

Culti~atio~.Pattern: Cotton and Jute

I

t,',.

(fl

!l-<JlG,

initiative

"t.

1"

utilized

cover

to provide

•.•

b-eing provided

•

centres scheme aimsat

'

;"~

through agriculiure

to farming

pu~lic

of national

exhibitions/fairs

self-employlJlent

mass

Information

and print media,

_

0;.. ,

opporlunitles

sects>r~agencies ' /."

through

i~po'rtance,

."


providing

community

. "J

,"',

the efforts of the government/

t

.

inforrnation

'. '" ~

,

both local as' V:;~il'as.issues

.....",

-;'nics and the Agri-business '. They, in turn, supplement -esto the farmers,

isalso

is being

-. " ..

to unemployed

by providing

agricultural

fe.e-based .extension

grad-

and other

'I;

,,'I;

Ii'

..

~.%1:

unde'(,ihis

to farmers and extension functionaries

-

1i!~

""\;.

,-t-",.

~~~

infrastructure

10 be"broadcast

.\gripreneurship

%

.~'\\:., , ~\

%

.

~

ARABIAN SEA

"

in telecommunication

"

.

-

..•. -'

~blic-private Partnership

~...., ~'-':. "

Sugarcane Cultivation

*.M~ps 'are 'o~ly 'indid'alive of th~ information they represent. . "', \. *Mapsnotdrawntoscale.,., IJ. • " .' ".' ."" #The Andhra Pradesh information in the map includes combined information for both Andhra Pradesh and Telangana.

-

-'-private partnership (PPP)has e~erged J private sector representatives

~:-1-

(PPP)

~s

_....+r.

as oneof

at various

levels.

j:

-J"

the crucial areas in agricultural

. extension.

A pilot action plan is beingdevelopea

plan will be shared with the states and p~ivate sector representatives

shortlyfor

bAG

ha~'6ccordingly

to operationalize replication

in:teracted with the

the PPP issues at cutting

with suitable modifications.

r"'" i,: -

II

:,

. C.194

Ghapt,r5

Geography of India ..' C.19S

In addition, in order to popularize' new varieties, seed Mini-Kits Programme on rice; wheat and coarse cereals is also being implemen!ed., Similatly; ,for ,the development of commercial crops; th'eprogrammes implemented are centrally sponsored Intensive Cotton Development Programme' (ICDP), Sustainable Development of Sugarcane-based cropping systems and special Jute Development Programmes.

State Agro Industries Corporations State Agro Industries Corporations (SAlCs) have been set up to act as catalyst for providing to the farmers' access to the various industrial inputs for agriculture. SAlCs have since expanded their basic function by commencing the manufacture' and marketing of agricultural inputs, implements and machines, after-sales service, and promotion and development of agro-based industries. Seyenteen SAlCs were set up with equity participation of the Government of India. In addition, the Government of Manipur and Puducherry set up their own SAlCs without equity participation of the Government of India during 1996-97, the combined turnover of all the 17 SAlCs is approximately 200b crore. Subsistence Crops These are crops for individual consumption like foodgrains. These are also called food crops. They cover about 75% of total cultivated area in the country. Commercial Crops These crops are mainly for ready cash earnings and not solely for individual consumption, e.g., sugarcane, oil seeds, cotton, tobacco, groundnuts; etc. These are also called cash crops or nonfood crops. They also include plantation crops (tea,

TableC.5.5

ITypti Cereals

coffee, rubber) and horticulture crops (fruit; vege~ coconut;. cashew .nut, etc.). ~~:)Verabout 25~ of~ sown .area. Among foodgrarns" wheat .regIstel'e(j increase. demote than 150%, whereas rice produ~ could climb up to only 35-40%. Whereas the co, cial crops like oil seeds, sugarcane, cotton and~ cially, potatoes reported a remar~able increase in~ average ..,

b1eC.5.5 '(Continued)' To....., ~

,Name()f Crop

CoshCrops

Kharif

1,'

Rabi

Oilseeds

Sown in ,

H(lrvested

Exampfes

June/July

Sept/Oct

Rice~Jowar, B~ Sugorcane, Soybean Maize, Cotton, Jute' and Groundnuts Wheat, Barley, linseed, Rapeseed, Mustard, Grams

• Oct/Dec -

April/May'

I

~

(~IT~

.'~.'

I

.~~~g~~;~~:h:'~i~~~~~i'p~~~~t-

.

J

..P[(](J~~~,VJ!ar-P.tad~shT .'"'::~',~} .:~ .~~, -. _:

Eotat(). ~Uttar.~radesh,_West.Ben9QtBihar _-.,.....----, [Sannhei'hpUttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh ' .. " ".. _0rli,on M9.baIasDtra,_Qujarat,.Ka!QClta,ka " Coconut Kerala, TamilNadu .' '" ~MQ~bY(]_p.!.C1c1..e~h,J.J.n.<:l!J'(C!~~s.b_ .. . Groundnut Gujarat, Andhrd'Pradesh~ TamJLN.9du,_Mad.hyaPradesh-",~.-,,~" ~~~~~Jd and Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh '. Y,

.".'

'.

':.

•... .~. , .•.' '... __ ._._

,\",

:

,;

'.';

_'

J ; .J !

'

:=J

J

,.'-'.-". ..'

' ..

-:1_...:.L~':~"",

.""'u.-l-.~',-, -'-"--'-'-'~-'.'

J

_~~J

T"T-=::J

...._"~

__

•••••__

"""y. __~__._..,_... _.

.w,-_~-.--.,~."<,.•••.,

, ..

".~_._. __.__,..,._.,.I __

." ..

_.A.

__

.:.:

,~

__

-

.•

--,....----.---:r--.-~--~....

r.

".

"'j

.,

••

•

rR.Y!>~~

J ~J

.It,

:-;-'=:=-=:J f

.11

rgi~:~;d(~_y_) ~~"--. _ClO\fe~

-=

Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Madhya Pradesh

.•....

"

,t: u

'~:'!f)

--

(Conti~

'.Tur,m'eric Saffron

~~~~~i~~a~i~~~~~ap~~~~~~h~)~la~~Cl~Q.:' J<:erala. Andhra Pradesh, 0
'.'

"

[fOt~-1

~

•.....

.

Maharashtrc;,J,UttariiaClesh, Rajasthan .• Gujarat, Rajasthan, Maharoshtra Andhra Pradesh;Karnataka, M-~~-a-'r-~s-h-tr-a-! -Bih-a-r---_~_.==__-_..

Lf\r-\l!!~ts ~adhya Pradesh, ~ndhra Prades.C-. Ra9i .. Karnatka, Tamil Nadu c~oar;e ~;;~~I~s-'-Ka-r-na~t-a-k.9-., Raja~t~,M-a~ha-;;sj,t;;-'Total Food Grain

'':;,'

,UJt9!lr~~~~b,.M2b-~().sih!r?,.~~rl)~19~C1,JQ'!lH1':lg~: ...,._,_. ~~ _ Madhya Prddesh~ Maharashtra, 'Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh , .. , ;".. ,

I

_ ...."y, __..

West BenS21, U!!<;!~.!!~~L~ndhr~ Pr~~, Punl2~!~~J.~9~~~, TamilNadu Madhy~ Pradesh, Rajasthan, Maha~ashtra., uttar PrdHesh, '.

Maharashtra, Karnatakd

',",~9arcdne Total Pulses

I

Uttdr Pradesh, Punjab, Madhya Pradesh, Haryana

Jowar

..••• ".

upon physical characteristics such .as soil, climate, ,fibreCrops o~~;qt:'..~~~I~~~;~i;~~~~;r6dt~~~~~~~~es~, P~~ia~b __ ."C---:, :. , ,.'.eo weather, rainfall, etc. It also depends upon the nallm ~~~ AndhroPrcid~h OcJishd ,.,~.. ~. .. -.-.--,----~~---, _~~--.-~j and availability of irrigation facilities and othernonSilk •.. . . Karnatak.9.!Kerala farm facilities. Then there are factors such as farm 1~ _.J::I~mp~ __ , __ .,,~ ~Ma.~.hy.c:J..P!9,cJ.~.~h,_ LJttaLeracJ~sh.__ ~.•__ ".... . ... 1, size, price and income maximization motives ofthe Coffee Karnataka, Kerala Plantations farmers, etc., which influence the crop pattern ofany Ke,r:,aja,j$a.rnaJClkCl ,_~ __ . , . economy. The nature of crop distribution in Indiacan Tea Assam, West Ben9al, Kerald ." ,,". ',) , be.,gauged from the shift noted first from increase ~o~?CC() .--'. .' 9.u.j.a!ot,.Mah-;~shtra/.~q'!lil)::l(]cJlJ,"MCldbyCl.era.Q.:!~h ,-.,":~_.J in foodgrain production to that of non-foodgrain },pices ,Peeeer.~ __ ,,_ ...__ , Ke'rala, Ka!natak~, Ta'rTIII'Nadu" ~_.---:..:. t. rl' production, from 1950s to 1980s which was again _<:(],rq(]fu9!T1~_~_" ~ ~(]malCl~q ,J<.:![dlq,_Si~~ifr1,_ICJl1]iL~g,du_ .. '_.] reversed from 1980s to 1990s.'Thesame continuedtill Ii. j Chillies Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Telan9ana , "'. I:' . ,x: . .! ~e year 2005-96.

Wheat

~arl~}' .. Bajra [¥~ize-_~-_-. __ '~-

I,U;._."

',~'C

[C_aS!9!}~~cJ _,"QlJig!Clt,.t..rJ.<:lb!g~f~CJ_c!~sh .. _. ". Niger Seed Odisha, Uttar Pradesh . 3 " - •. L~ut:'fI9Yv'er __ ",__,__ ' ~Kal!!.aJakg, _~dhra_fra'-d-e-s-h,-M-_-a-h'-a-~a-s-~-tra-,-J-el~9Cl."0__ .-:.. ':::] Safflower . Mahclrashtrci; Karnataka ... ,: . ' ,:- . [Soygbecin __. _~_",,,M.c:Jc!hyg'pra<:les.b,}-1ahai~~ht!:(] ,J~(Jigstb9,!1-;., .;_ .' ,... _''7'l','~ • ~Total Oilseeds ""GuJ9rot;MacfuxaPradesh, Rajasthan ., '_'~,~. ,_'.~~ ..~~_

Crop Pafferns Crop pattern of any region depends

M.Cli()rPr04ucing 5f()teS ..

v'

I

"'Ric~:Mai~e a~d Groundnutare growr; i~ su~m~rseasonalso.-

Name of Crop ~_~

,.

Seso~~m-.--~-_-_---U-tt-a-r-P-ra-d-e-s-h-,-R-a-ja-s-th-a-n-..---. -. -,-,~-,-,,-~-'

Main Crops and Their Major Producers

~ice Gram

.

Major.Producing States

~key

Table C.5.4 .Crop Seasons

IC~p

',-,'

,

.]

1,

•

",

"

',.

.~~;' ..

.

J

!, ,

:t.

,'" i'

'-----l

T: .••

Theabove shifts can he tnought 6f as. the results broughtthrough approprhUe4tartges'.ih. the. ecoIlOmic motives. For mstartce, durmg 1980s,.the prices offoodgrain cfops were Hsiitg quite fast and. the fannersstarted .gro~ihg foodgrain for the markets. Then,during the 1990s, the reversal occurred as the ~n.foodgrain became more remunerative under the ID:lpact of the new technology.

• cultiv'a.tionarea was extended

Green Revolution

• research in agricultural science was carried out.

."~ Green Revolution was launched'in 1'967-68'to ~prove agricultural productivity whereby:

I

,I ~

<' ,r, U

• n,e"YI, ~d, hyb~id varieties .•0fseedsJ were .introduced '~.c' \ ,'If' ;.,,: • use 6ffertiI~er$ was increased" ... ' . ,'f.,1 • sqil conservation schemes and new agronomic p~actices were enc01ll"~gedAlong with these: • i~rig<;lt!onpotential was inc~ea~e9-1J.•.._'.'

First Gieen 'ReVOlution It was'lauhched 'in 1967--68and was' mainly confinea. to the progressive, wheat

~';ll~

~ C.;196 ,Cbapter 5,

"

Geography of India C.197

producing, states o.f Punjab, .Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh 'by introduc~io.t::\()f high~yielding varie,ties o.fMexican wheat and dwarf rice varieties. .

,II:

I

~:

( 1

J

¥j ,I

-

.,

'<,'

_.

".

,.,

••

0

Second Green Revolution Iri'1983-84, thegreeh revolutio.n was' extended to. eastern and central states induding West Bengali Bihar, Odisha, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh~through expansio.n in supplies o.f inputs and services to. farmers and better farm management techniques. As a result o.f the'greenrevo.lutio.n,wpe'iltproductio.n mo.re than do.ubled and rice pro.ductio.n increased by 53%. .: Granary', of India Punjab is kno.wn as the 'granary o.f India. Hqwevet, wheat productio.n is highest in Uttar Pradesh and Punjab co.mes next In Punjab, the o.utput o.f wheat per acre o.f hind is higher than that o.f Uttar' Pradesh (3593 kg/ha a-gainst natio.nal o.utput 2:t17kg/ha). Operatio.n ,Flo.o.d 1(1970-81): Inco.llabo.ratio.n with. the Wo.rld ,Bank, Operatio.n Flo.od I was launched in 1970 which aimed at capturing a co.mmanding share o.f the liquid milk market in a few metropo.litan cities by linking,so.ine 27 ~lksheds in the co.untry. • Operatio.n Flo.o.d II (1981-85): After successful implementatio.n o.fOperatiqn Flo.o.dI, ,Operatio.n Flo.o.dII was launched in 1981 which extended to. a1I.no.st,all states., Mo.re ~an :?4,500 dairy co.o.perative so.cieties had been o.rgiVU?:edin 136 milksheds co.vering abo.ut 36, lakh farmers. . '. i

•

•

•

• Operatio.n Flo.o.d ill (1985-1996):, Operatio.n Flo.o.d ill was launched in 1985 under the Seventh Five Year Plan fo.r which the Wo.rld Bank approved a 300 riliio.n <:lo.llarlo.cri,..: It invo.lved a to.tal' investrrlento.f'681.29' crore~ The program:ines were impleIhented under the aegis o.f the Natio.nal Dairy Develo.pment Bo.ard (NDDB) and the Indian Dahy Co.rpo.ratio.n (IDC). India became the largest milk producer o.f the,wo.rld with milk productio.n crossing'over'"100 million to.nnes (15% o.fwo.rlds milk productio.n).

',"j!l

i

f"

~,""ln.l .J})

Fertilizers

VI J,

".

,'.

",", ~"", '

~')

•

' .,

"

.'~

-

~

,

io-,,;,

A fe~ti1izer is a plant fo.o.dother' than farm manure. ' So.ilneeds thre~ majo.r nutrients, viz.,

Urea~which ,co.ntains abo.ut 46% nitro.gen; Ammonium sulphate--:-co.ntains abo.ut 21% nitrogen; Cal. cium or a~o.niu:in nitrate-co.ntains abo.ut 20% nitro.gen. Plants need nitrqgen fo.r rapid gro.wth and to.increase their pro.tein co.ntent

Phosphoti( Fertilizers , Sing~e sup,efPh~sphate (SSP) . Triple superpho.sphate (TSP) (P205)

There are also co.mplexfertilizers o.fseveral gradesof NPK (nitrogen, pho.spho.rus andpo.tassium) which improve fertility o.fso.il.

Irrigation

rojectshave been launched since the beginning o.f ~e era o.fplanning. in India. Ho.wever, many p'~o.jects rell1ainedin,co.mpleh~o.wing "t9 financial co.nstr~iI1~s ofthe states. An ~c\elerated Irrigq~o.n, Benefits Pro.gramme(AIBP)wal' launched durip.g1996-97 to give loanassistance to. the. states to. help them co.~plete sol1leof these inco.mplete pro.jects. Lo.an assistance amountingto.500 cro.re and 952 cr()re was ;released to. 18 states du~~g 1996-97 and 1997-98, respectively, underthis pro.gramme. Expansio.n o.firrigatio.n'facilitiesalong with co.nso.lidatio.n o.f the. existing system havebeen the main strategy fo.r increasingproducC' tionof fo.odgrains. Irrigatio.n suppo.rfis: provided throughmajo.r,medium and mino.r irrigatio.n projects andCAD. With sustained and systematic developmentof irrigatio.n, its po.tential has increased fro.m 22,6 mha in 1951, when the process o.fplanning began lllIndia,to.about 89.4 mha (provisio.nal) at the end o.f theEighth Plan (1992-97). '

Irrigation Potential and Utilization Out o.f a geo.graphic area o.f abo.ut 329 millio.n hectares, India has a cultivable area o.f o.nly 183 millio.n hectares~' In this India has an ,ultiplate irriga;tio.n po.tentialo.fabo.ut 114 million hectares, but ;o.ply 70% o.fthe, cultivable land (that i~ abo.ut 80Il}illi,o.n hectares) is being irrigated till to.day. With a view o.fnarro.wing the gap between the aV':lilable irrigatio.n po.tential and~ its utilization, the Go.vernment o.f India has launched Co.mmand Area Develo.pme~t (CAD) which ~ at maximization of produc;tivity ill the img~?on co.mmand areas tluough '2._ .••..

tfp

Qu.ck Facts

Production »'India ranks fourth in the world after the US, Russia0": China in production of nitrogenous fertilizers. »'India ranks 8th in phosphatic fertilizer production i~. . 'world,... , '» »

L~i!Eo.gen, (~)-;-?~,lps 4,l'gr~e~g,9f plan~s, . 1', ,): I P~.9sp'l)p~~s (P)-=-helps 4l flowt::ring o.fp}ants ~r ..

allintegrated appro.ach, that is by co.veririg farm: develll1entwo.rks including constnictio.n o.f'field chano~ISand field drains to.ensure adequate, and equitable ~I'atersupply: to.the individualJa~ ho.ldings;.

IrrigationProiects in India A large number o.f irrigatio.n

Nitr~genous .fertilizers

Potossi(,Fertilizers - K20

Dairy rarmini/ ','.

3; Po.tassium ,(K)~helpsin, th~" fruit-fonnin . stag~ in plants. ..: ,.:' g All.cro.ps, therefo.re,-require three doses: o.ffertilize Based o.n these requirements, the chemical fertiUzers. pro.duced are: rs

In Asia, India ranks second after China in the proo, lion of fertilizers, Potassic fertilizers are not produced in India ana ::. therefore i,mported.

'c!e of Ministry of Water ~esourc~s • The Natio.nal Water Po.licy adopted in Septem~ ber 1987 stresses that 'Water is a prime natural resource,' a basic human need and a precious natio.nal asset. \ ', ' • Plapning and"develo.ptriento.f 'water reso.urces need to.be go.verned by natio.nal perspectives.' • The Ministry o.f Water Resources lays do.wn policies and pro.grammes fo.r development and regulatio.n o.fthe co.untry's water,reso.urces." • It covers secto.ral planning, co.o.rdinatio.n,po.licy guidelines,' technical 'examinatio.n • and techno.-eco.no.mic appraisal o.f project, pro.viding central assistance to. specific projects, 'fa~il~ itatio.n o.f external assistance, and assistance. in reso.lutio.n~(irlte:r:-state ~>ater di;p~te~,. po.Hcy formulatio.n planriing and adequate guidance in respect o.f mino.r irrigatio.n, CAD, development o.fgro.und water reso.urces, etc. ' ,{

~9Programme • A centrally spo.nso.red CAD Programme was launched in,1974-::75,with 'the-main -o.bjective

':, . ,'o.f iri1provihguti1ii~'tio.h-rr'o.f'irrigationpo.tential 'o.ptimiiing agricultural 'productivity"arid 'pro., . duction fro.m th~ irrigated 'areas by integrating ,:aU ~ctio.n!, rel~t~9.,with irrigat~d agriculture .. • The pro.gramme involves execp.tio.n o.f o.n-farm develo.pment works'like. constructio.n o.f ;ield channels and,;' field. 'chains; ..•land .-levelling, shaping: and co.njunctive use o.f surface and gro.ungwater. ; '. ,Adaptive thals,demo.nstration's and tiaWng'o.f farmers are enco.uraged to.disseminate technical kno.w-ho.w amo.ng, the farmers fo.r establishing suitable cro.ppingpatterns ,md impro.ved farming.P!actices,_and fo.r maintaining so.p.):1ealth. • Under the- pro.gr~e, the ministry o.f water .reso.urc~s is also. intro.ducing andpromo.ting participato.ry Irrigatio.n Management. in the CAD projects by creating awareness and providj ingfinancial assistance to.farmer's associatio.ns. • Reclamation o.fwaterlo.ggedareas in. irrigated co.mmands is also ;m impo.rtant co.mpo.nent of the pro.gramme. • .. , 'j

w.

,_

O~velopment of Irrigation Infrastructure, • Irrigatio.n, as the'inain catalysto.f agricultural develo.pment inIndia,acco.unts fo.r the largest share in to.tal investment in the'secto.r. , • :m: the five' 'iea~ pl~s, iriv~sti:nent in irriga'tio.n has accounted fo.r 8 to. 10% o.f to.tal public -.investrrtent. ,, ' ,

".

'.

_.-

I .~

~.

"-1_ ~

'.

• A:ql~ng the three types o.f !rrig~tio.n pro.jects, namely mino.r, medium and majo.r; the last two are highly capital ihtensiye. '; , . '. ' • The participatio.n o.fbo.th central and state go.v,err1ment,'NGOs, farmers and public is the need o.fthe ho.ur to..st~engtilen ~nd d~velo.p irrigatio.n infrastructUre which, is mo.st essential to promo.te the, eco.nomicdevelo.pment o.fthe country. ,

•...J-'

•.

:;.-

•

Methiids'of Irrigotior J'-f

Wells Used fo.rsmaller ~reas'ci'ainiy inUttar Pradesh, Punjab, Tamil Nadu and Mahar~shtra. Irrigatio.n by wells acco.unts fo.r abo.ut 48% (27% by tubewells and 21% by o.rdinary wells) of the to.tal irrigated area in the co.untry. ,,' ,,' " '. '.' '.

Tanks Used in ce~trai a~d so.uthern India, especially in AndhraPradesh.AlJo.u(10% o.fto.tal irrigated area is irrigated oy 'tahks~ As,:the rivers in'these areas are

,.

,

r"

I~ .~l .

I;

. ill!

C.198

III

Chapter 5 .

Geograptiy of India

not perennial unlike the Himalayan rivers, irrigation is done by tanks.

the Deccan and Madhya Pradesh. Ab~ut 40% of t irrigate<;iareas are irrigated by canals. . otaJ

Canals Major source of irrigation in Punjab, Uttar

Area irrigated. The irrigation potential in the country.


II, "

ii!

I!

Pradesh and Haryana, and through storage canals in

~

Table(.5.6

estimated at 113.5 m hectares.

.

'1.

'I

, ,

,i

, ,j

!1

Important River Projects

f Name. of the.Project Bargi Project i ..

l

'

.

."

RiVer

Purpose

Beneficiary State-;---

Bagri

Multi-purpose

Madhya.!r?~~sh

Beas

Irrigation and power

Rajasthan, Haryana, Punjab and Himachal Pradesh _

Hydro-electric

Project

.Dam_M~~_-:.~._.~=_~~PL-~==~'_.,".:~ Makwtilla'Multipurpose Betwa

.._~~~!lin; Hydro-electric Power and irrigation

Bhadra

~•....'

Project

~-''''''''--~''--'~~'-''1'1''-:'~'''''-'-''-'-.-.'-_.'''

Bhadra

r

-.-._-_.~

Kukadi

(ii) Manikdohi dam (iii) Dimbha dam I(iv) Wadaj Dam Pimpal!30an dam

U~

Project Units

(a) Gandhi Sagar Ddin (b) RanaPratap Sagar qam (c) Jawahar Sagar Dam IDulha~~i Power Ra.maganga

Mult~purpose

Poj~ct

'. II---"<-'~',-,~_'_-

West Bengal and Bihar .,.-._ .._ '.

GGndak River Project

Gandak (tributary of Ganga)

Power and irrigation

"",dhya Ganga

Ganga (Bijnore district)

Irrigation

Uttar p'~ad~!h__

Ganga, Bhagirathi - .,

Power, irrigation, to avoid accumulation of silt, to improve navigation

West Bengal

G.haghra (barrag.e) Gomti (feeder canal) Sarda (link channel and barrage) Sai (feeder canal)

Irrigation

Uttar Pradesh'-"

Ghataprabha (Belgaum and Bijapur distt.)

Irrigation ,

Canal r

sarda Sahayak

--

.~'

Jayakwadi_P_r_o_je_cL ..• ..

Uttar Pradesh

Minimato Bango Project

Godavari.:.-_, _' ...:..:.:...:. Hasdeo Bango (Kornba

Irrigation; storage dams

Chambal

Power and irrigation

l,

Hasdeo

_

Parambikulam Project

Maharashtra

Uri Power

Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan

Project

~~i~~t-..==.~ ___

•

._'__

=:~.

;.

BhimQ Project

Chenab (Kishtwar r:gionL"", Powe~.proiect __ ._•...•~~. Chuisot.stream near Kala

Power and Irrigation

Dam at Krishna rivf:l~(ne~r Ujjaini-Sholapur) and Pahwa river (near Pune)

Multi,purpose

Damodar

Power, irrigation, flood Control . ,

....Jammu

.~~dKashmir

.Uttranchal . ,

Damodar Valley Corporation Project (DVC)

Irrigation

Maharashtr(], '';''':

L " ,•

Irrigation ~d

Power plant

Kerala and Tamil,Nadu Uoint Venture) . ~:~

Hydro-electric project ,__ :__ ...

.',

...__

,.__

"".~_._._.'""

Power Plant

Karnataka West Ben~91==--~,~ Gujarat '. "., Mahar;~--.-.-----l

Kosi

Flood control, power and Irrigation

Bihar

Koy~a

Hydroelectricity

Karjan Project

__

~-'-

-- -.

Koyna Proje~!.

.

Project

Project

kllndoh P~j~-t------K-u-nd-a-h---

.

Krishna

Power and irrigation

Andhra Pradesh

Krishna

Irrigation

K~;-~taka-

Krishna (Dhom bam) and Varna (Kanharpam) -

Irrig~tion'

'-"

----:

~adi

Delta. Project .

.

.•........

.:-

........•• I

Tamil Nadu

..• ~.~.

~'1 ,

Uttar Pradesh

-.

Mahanadi

Odisha

Power and irrigation

Themaindam is 4800 m long, 28.9m high (world's largest llainstreamdam)

(Con'in~

:]

Mah~r~shtr~--

Girja barrage joins Sarju river).and Sarjurb-arrage

~ ..• t :,;

.. -A

-----------------, Maharashtra ._;

Hydroelectricity and Irrigation GhQghra Canal Le-ft-B-a-k---L-in-k-c-a-n-a-I-(G-h-a-g-ra-ri-v-er---Irrigation

firakud Dam Project

--l

Jammu a-;;dKash-;;;;-'-

.;

Irrigati~n Irrigation The~mal power

Nagpur Power~!a.!ion

: .,'

Madhya- prades~~-~-"-]

Irrigation

,'

'~-.-J

Andhra Prade;h-

K~~;;;b~~Kumari Karjan (in Bharuch disirict)

The project consists of: (i) Tilaiya Dam (ii) Konar Dam (iii) Maithon Dam (iv) Panchet Hill Dam , (~) P6w~'r houises cit Bokaro, D~rgapur, a';,d'Chandrapura

_

Jog falls

Krishna Proje~;--

Bihar and West Bengal; shared by MP

Karnataka"

Sharavathi Project

Nagarjuna Sagar

'-~"~--"-""""'-'~'~"'-~'--~"--"<>''''''''''-------'-'----'--..~-

.

----~l

Kangsabati

Upper Krish~a

- Maharashtra

-

J

_"_

'. .. "

_

Integrated harnessing of 2 rivers in plains and 6 in Anamalai Hills Jehlum (Baramulla distt)

Aliyar

"Bihar, UP: Nepal (joint venture of India and Nepal) ..'.

Jrrigation

Karnataka

__

Canal System: (i) Kukadicanal (ii) Dimbhq-right canal (iii) Dimbha-Ieft canal (iv) Meendfeeder (v) Meena branch

Project

Godavari

j _

Ghataprabha

KosiProject

Multipurpose

Pr~jecf

Beneficiary States

Irrigation, navigation

Poochampa~,j~.

-..-".~'~-"-'_. '__ • '-

Hydroelectricity •

Project

, (i) Yodgoan dam

Chambal

'.

Bhilangana', Bhagirath

Tehri Dam Project

Purpo~

Damodar

the Proili!ct.

fcIrakka Project

PunI9~._ .. _. Uttar Pradesh and Madhya pradesh

Project [~-~~

River

~pur Barrage (Between ~olkotaan9 Rani9anll

Madhya'P~adesh and Uttar Pradesh

(Rajghat Dam and 3 units of Rajghot Hydro Electric Project)

~g

---..;"

.'

.I1-

. RajghatDam

~

~of

J.' ~ ~t."..~

'(C~ntinue~:

",

•.

BeasprOlect Umts (a) Beas-Satluj link (b) Beas Dam at Pong Beas transmission system,

IS

Tobie'.5.6

I

C.199

_ .Mahanadi. _'.'

. ", " ,'>j

Odisha

Irrigation I"';}

;J i\"

.~l,..

~

(Continued)

~Jjt: II

fI ~

,II ,

Chapter 5

C.200

Geograpny of India

C.201-

:1

,

III li:' i

II,

Table C.5.6

(Continued)

,

!Nome of the Project ! Mahanadi

1'\

:'.' '':i,,:'~.,\1':'

,...

River

Purpose

Mahanadi; S~mdur dam

Irrigation; water.supply project to Bhilai Steel Plant

Madhya Pradesh ----

Reservoir Project : (i) Ravishankar Sagar Project (ii) Mahanadi Feeder Canal I (Extension) tJ~LPairi, darr.!.~_, _, '.__ '-'-- ._,._'_, _~~ __ Mahi P.roject. ' ,Mahi, r, ~Kahalgaon Project •....._--_.:_'--

lJ1dia's mineraJ :'~e~o~rcesare t!U'€e

I

-'~.".'-

.'

.!!\alaprabha

.._-

.

P~~ject

,Murali '*Narnjada Scilgar Vciilley Project . ',' ," '

"",_,,~

'

~

"....:.. jrrigation,: ,---Project,. -_."Power ...

Malaprabha "

Irrigation

Narmada

Power and irrigatI91' -

'..

I Obra

I

• '1'.:'

--

,~". __ ~, Gujarat

.,..

'Karlidtaka ~

-'

-

~,----,--------,..-'---'---~.~--.

Obl"a Panam

PengangaProject

- Penganga ~:;Qt~aldistt) and Rayadhu (parbhani

,

Thermal Rower Irrigation; Keldezar dam

Uttar Pradesh Gujarat

Irrigation

Ma~htra

Idu,kki P~oject' [Raniit-S~ga-;-';~m

"

rableC.5.7

Periyar' Ra~i----"

~,,--.~

.._._. _.._-----

Hydroelectricity M~lti.purp~se ','

'~on

Kerala' Punjab'

!(Thein Dam) Highest Dam in India . Rih~niS;h~;;'~"-''---Riha-~d---"-'~'-' --""--~Hydr~l~it7--' -.--Uttar Pradesh r--_..... --~--~_.'-",,--'---. -------~---........,,-. -~»"'-'-"",,=-'-"'""-.-," ... ,.. ! Sabarmati Project Sabarmati (Mehsana distt) Irrigation; barrage near Gujarat Ahmedabad (Wasna

i

~ ..--,.. ~

.....,;"""",,,_.'._. ._,' ..,._. "-=_

~hakra-Nangal Project The project consists of: (i) Bhakta Dam (second highest in the world) .:.:..518m long, 226m high (ii) Nangal Dam (iii) Nangal hydel channels " (iv) 4 power nouses (Bif:jgestin Asia) ., '.R.ajasthan

Canal

Project

L __ ",_.,...~_"

Salal Project ,-~ ,_~.~,._._.c>

I Sone

.

"'

Power and, irrigation

Satluj in Punjab, Bec,s and Ravi

--

,

'"

High.Level Canal Sone I (Extension of Sone barrage LProj~c:.t) ~_,,_~ ,_,,_,,_ Kakrapara Project Tapti" LUkai P~ject' "'''-----.-,,-fuEti--.~""-----'----p;;,er T~~a

P;~ject :--

r.;' "'--"--'~--' ! Tungabhadra

.

.~-

Project

'-"fuwa

--

(Na~m~d.~) ::

Irrigation ----..-,..~ .Power, Plant _ ••• ~_ ' Irrigation

Punjab, Himachal Pradesh Haryana and Rajasthan

"

-R~jasthan, ..__ ••••.•

_

.------"------.

Tungabhadra (Krishna river Power and Irrigation tributary) '"'

','~nganese

h

Bihar

:0

Madhya Pradesh Andhra Pradesh an Karnataka

d _

°Note:' Projectwas conceiv~din 1947-and the foundation'stonelaid by Jawaharlal Nehru.,However,due to ecological reasonsthe pro:~!" stillthe subi~ctto publicagitations and demonstrations,Ms Medha Patkarleads the 'Narmada Bachao Andolan'. ":<~k 't 1'.-

~\ ••

-'l~

•..••.

"

)_.,.

-."

..••••

~-~,

••. ~+

..oJ"

.•

:i,'

.. \

~.--".

".

~,L

•

~'::A'

.

w,

•

'"

,.I ~

Important Minerals

Approx. Reserve

Regions Found in

't f ""~

Features

1757 crore metric Tolines

Odfsha (Sonai, Mayurbhanj, Keonjhar) Jhar'khand{' • India has the world's largest and Bihar (SinShbhUril, Hazaribagh, Palamau, " I reserves;:a'pprox. one-fourth ' Shahbad), Madhya Pradeshand,Chhattisgarh ''':' of world's known reserves •. (Raipur, Durg, Bastar, Raigarh; Bilaspur, Jabalpur" .,' ", • Bihar and Odisha together", ,/ Balaghat), Andhra Pradesh. (Krishna, Kurnool, Chittor, account for about '15%,of Cuddapha, Warangal, Guntur), Tamil Nadu (Salem, iron output in I~di~. , ' Tiruchirappalli), Karnafaka (Bellary, Chitaldurg, .. "~___~<:hikrriagalur), Maharashtra '(~atnag~~i;_Sba.!).d~LG2~ __ .__ -,-,_." ._';'.J'~: .1. 15,930. 8ihar-Jharkhand-8engal Belt ~haria, Raniganj, . • About one-fourth of ,India's j crore tonnes Giridih, Bokaro, Karanpur, Ramgarh, Auranga, Barjora, coal reserves lie in the i Darjeeling, Hutar, Daltonganj, Deogarh, Rajmahal); Damodar Yalley across Bihar, Madhya Pradesh.Chhaffisgarh belt (Singrauli, Jharkhand ond West Bengal. Korba, Raigarh, Sonhat, Hasdo-Arand, Mohpani, • India is the fourth largest I" Sohagpur, Umaria, Chirmiri, Pench.Kanhatawa valley); coal producing country Odisha (Desgarh, Talcher); in the world according to I Maharashtra(Chhanda, Kamte, Urmer and Bander); 2013 coal production in the 1 Andhra Pradesh.Telangana Region (Singreni country. t coalfields--Godawari vaHey); • Largest Coalfield-Jharia I Assam, (Makum, Lakhimpur); ~harkhand);! Others: In small quantities in Arunachal Pradesh, • Oldest Coalfield-Raniganj I " '_. _,. Meghalay,2,)~¥ and "!2galansi.:...._,_ ,,_ _~~,. _._._J't{~~t ~~ng9J),_._ .. . _J 13.50 crore Odisha (Keonjhar, :Kalahandi, Mayurbharij,' Talcher),' • India ranks third in the world tonnes Madhya Pradesh (Balaghat, Seoni, Chhindw~ra," in manganese Fi'fodudion. Jabalpur), Maharashtra(Nagpur,:Bhandara,:;Ratn'agiri),' .• Odisha isth~leading.' ' Gujarat (Panchmahal), Karnatakc: (Chitaldurg, Tumkur,'" . producer of 'manganese in Shimogg, Chikmagalur, Belgaum, North Canar?, ''..,the country.'; Dharwar), Jharkhand !Si~ghbhum), Andhra Pradesh " t '/', ' " .' JYisakhapatnam!~jastnari (UdaJpur,_~.9"nsawaral,~~~ _~'-~_ _ ~ 1.75 lakhs Bihar mica.belt (Gaya, Monghyr), Jharkhand • India has the largest deposits j tonnes (Hazaribagh), Rajasthan mica.belt (Ajmer, Shahpur, of mica in the world. 1 Tonk, Bhilwara, Jaipur), Andhra Pradesh (Nellore), . • India alone contributes about two-thirds of the world's production. ',. - - -_ ......,.'•• :....

._.~.

I

Punjab and

HarYE~a Jammu and Kashmir

. .-.----.Irrig6fion . " Gujarat andirrig~tion - ".•.. ---~jarat

','Irrig;ti~""

~

C

:cal

.ww.~_~

Satluj."

(iii) Southern Zone Rich "iron.6r~' especially in 'magnetise, and the only zone in the country ".that produces gold. Jharkhand is the state with ., : highest ffi¥leral output. Inqi~ is. rich in iron, i .. ","niiCa,"inariga.n~se, and bauxite; self-sufficient iifanfim()riy,.bUildirtg-materi~ls,cement mate, '. ,::.J ..••, .' ..- ~ .:' .' "rials, clay,'cmomite, lime, dolomite and gold, but deficient in copper, lead, mercury, zinc, tin, nickel, petroleum products, rock phosphate, sulphur and. tungsten. Mineral resources like .potassium are totally ~bsent and have to ..be importesI, Minerals like; crude petroleum (which accounts for about,BO% of the total v~I1.!~-~{~gicm imp~tts);) q.iam011ds(~cut), sulphur and rock phosphorus are imported. ':rt

\~ineral

L. ,_.".....,.__,_._.~,~_ .._"._..,_~_A~~)~ ...--,-~~..,-~-~--------

',m

ma,ll}1y' con~entrat~d . ",

(ii) North-Western '.Zone Most", of "the., .ancient mines of ope~ l~ad and zinc are found here. Sources of crude petroleum and natural gas are also present here. -'

West Bengal ' Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Rajasthan and Maharashtra

' .. ,

- -

Power Sta..!~on Panam Project Upper

,_

zones,,,they are:.,:."

(i) North-Eastern Zone Highest degree of concentration of mineral deposits found in this zone. Coal, i:t;0n,manganese, copper; bauxite (aluminium), chromium, Beryllium, uranium and non-metallic minerals like mica and. diamond are found in,this.area.,. ,

Bihar "._._--,------_.~,---

I Ma~rakshiP~ject

r -

' __

m

MINERAL R~SOURCESOF INDIA,

Beneficiary States ---

--

...

(Continued) "

C.~02

Chapter 5

TableC.5.7

I

I I

Geography of India

(Continued)

.J

Approx.

Reserve

Regions Found in

Features

Bauxit~ (aluminium tonries ore)

265.37

Jharkhand (Pala~auJ, Gujarat (Kaira), MP (Katni, Jcibalpur, Balaghat, ailaspur, Bastar), Tamil Nadu (Salem), Karnataka, J&K (Kotli), (Chitaldurg and Belgaum), Maharashtra (Kolhapur),

• Third largest producer in the world.

Jharkhand (Singhbhum, Hazaribagh), Rajasthan (Khetri, Alwar, Bhilwara, Jhunjhunu, Sirohi), Andhra Pradesh (Guntur, Khamman, Agnigundala), Karnataka (Chitaldurg, Hassan, Chikmagalur, Raichur), Madhya Pradesh (Balaghat), Gujarat (Banaskantha). Some quantities also ,found in Sikkim, Punjab, UP and Tamil Nadu

• 'Very meagre reserves. • Almost all copper comes from Singhbhum and Hazaribagh in Bihar and Khetri in Rajasthan.

Maharoshtra:

• Maharcishtra produces 62% of crude oil in India (from Mumbai High Oil field);

'I

"

j,

'.

57.80

Copper

I

iii

:1

crore

tonnes

1:1 "

!

I

!, ..

-,.-.,...--.._---'---

\_-

51.08

crore metric Tonnes'

'Crude oil

~ I.

'f ,'. ',!

;< 1~'

r~ ..

1

---

._,.-"'

••..

-~_.

!

..tonnes

I

'I

r Magnetite I

__ ..._.

'

23.91 crore-

Tamil N-a-d-u-(-Sa-I-em-),-U-tt-a-ra-k-ha-, n-d (Almora, Chamoli,

tonnes

Pithoragal'h), Karnataka(Mysore,

'\

~

.J\ ~.ft/)

BAY

f~~~~s:n383

Neyveli lignite Corporatio"1.i (NLC)-integrated mining-"~ff cu,m-power.eroject.

Hassan)

,

n

~'1

~;

!

1 CHINA PAKISTAN

OF BENGAL

:t ,
'I..

, 'tel.,,,_

DIgbol

i\

e. 00,0

01,\
Mineral Oil Occurrences in India

'Maps are only indicative of the information they represent. 'Maps not drawn to scale.

.ta

<-

OIher Minerals

Diamond

'rPsum (Plaster o~PCJris) India has approximately 12~.86 crore tormes of gypsum deposits; found in ~ajasthan n07.08 croretormes), Jammu and Kashmir (14.93 crore tormes)and Tamil Nadu. .Zinc India has approximately 35.85 crore tormes deposits of lead-zinc. Lead is mainly found in RajasIban, Andhra Pradesh, Guj~rat, Mahar~shtra, Meghakya, TamilNadu, Odisha, and Sikkim. Zinc is m,!-inly present at Rajasthan and West Bengal. Quality is very poor with metallic content of only 1.6 crore tormes of line and0.5 crore tonnes of lead. '

in Madhya Pradesh, OdiIll, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Up, West\Bengal and chal Pradesh. 'Estimated reserves: 395 crore es.

:a

~

~~

:one Produced in Madhya Pradesh; ~ Tamil Nadu, Bihar and Kamataka. L~cation of Coalfields in India

4

(

SEA

-~

litmfte Mostly fo~d

BAY Oli BENGAL

~ o.~o {~~o

t

.•...

ARABIAN

(.

fftmfte Main deposits are found in Odisha, Bihar, karnataka, Tamil Nadu, .,Maharashtra, Andhra Pradeshand Manipur. A'pproximate reserves: 1.53 lIOre tormes. SEA

/

i'"

';~.\

Karnataka (Kola"r Gold fields, Hutti mines). In small' quantities in Andhr'a Pradesh (Ramgiri Gold Fields) and Anantpur .

ARABIAN

,.,;> Dibrug~itl:

Tamil Nadu

, lakh

,," .

Major Manganese Deposits of India

•

148.5

, .~.•

Lakhimpur

"I,

'~:~:i:r~f

.

r

CHINA PAKISTAN

PAKISTAN

.'!t~

J&K (Riasi fields)

'I

CHINA

---_._._"--,---------

~

Mimbai High (Offshore); Bassein (Offshore) Gu;arcit: Arikleshwar, Lunej, Kolal, Kosamba, Aliabet (offshore near Bhavhagar), Mehsanam, Dholka, Nawgaum. Assam: Digboi, Noharkatiya Tripura: Baramura, Mamunbhang, DentamureSubhang, manu, Amphibagar. Arunachal Pradesh: Manabhum region, Karsang and Charali area.

ILi9hTt;~~:~e~b;;-~,r'f~~~j~~~,~p(~~~~~~~T~~~~~~:~~~j:~~~~l~~?~~d--'.~.~~~

Gold

"

I

\.:{j

Mineral

II

I'

C.203

Major Iron-ore Deposits of, India

reserves:7320 crore tormes.

,ChhattisApproxi-

Mainly found in the Panna diamond belt of Madhya Pradesh. The estimated reserves of this b~lt are around 10 lakh carats. Traces are also found in Bihar, Odisha, Maharashtra and Andhra Pradesh. Salt Maximum s~lt in India is produced in GUjarat, which is about 60% of country's total salt production. "

Other Metallic Minerals Anqmony (Punjab ad Kamataka); Diaspore (Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh); Silver (Rajasthan, Bihar); Tungsten (Rajasthan, West Bengal). ' Other Non~Metallie Minerals.' Asbestos (Rajasthan, Bihar); Ball clay (Andhra Pradesh, Rajasthan); Kaolin-China Clay (Rajasthan, West Bengal); Fireclay (Bihar, Gujarat); Baryte~ (J\ndhra Pradesh, Telangana, Maha~ rashtra); Pyrites (Bihar, Andhra Pradesh); Graphite (Odisha, Rajasthan); Calcite (Rajasthan, Gujarat); Kyantie (Bihar, Maharashtra); Corundum' (Kamataka, Maharashtra); Felspar (Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu); Mica (Bihar, Andhra Pradesh); Quartzite (Odisha, Bihar); Quartz (Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, Karnataka); Ochre (Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh); Sillimanite (Maharashtra, Meghalaya); Fluorite (Gujarat, Rajasthan); Sulphur (Tamil Nadu mainly); Silica Sand (Uttar Pradesh, Gujarat).

liliiii'"~I.i'I'

~

I"

""+'" C~204 Chapter 5.

I

I'iiI.

INDIAN STATES AND UNIONTERR'ITORlES

i

l II' :1 i

I

While studying the following maps, note the boundaries of various states and tmion territories. Chhattisgarh h~.s the maximum number of boundaries with other states. .

,__

!

I II

•

Bih'ar---

__

.~' ••• , ' __

Cuttack

__

w~~

••••

__

"_,_

••

"_~

4. Smallest State in Area ~ ~.,~"

~,, __ .._,A,_

->--

•.

"._.< _

~_

..,

Goa

, 3.702

'".-,~.

••

---~.~"',~

6. State with,more Fema16s'",

.o_.'~

.••

__

.-

_

-~-~

'

I '----

9. lowest Density of Population*

r

94.00%

. __ .-_

Arunachal Pradesh

..-,-~- --~

_17/km2

,

,....-----_.. \ Ahmedabad ._,

~"_'

Allahabad

r Badrinath

',

.•.

_._._

__ •.

'i'-!est Bengal Andhra Pradesh

_ _ ~harkhand

UP

Singh

Jammu and Kashmir UP

- Confluence of the Ganges, the Yamuna, and the Saraswati' -"'"_ ~ ..... ~.~, Pe,riy_a!__ _

I

Ram Ganga ..~~'''''~'''

-

Ganga/Sone

UP

._.-

Jhelum

"Bihar

--,'

,-

Indian Dairy Research Institute; HMT Factory .

-"

,- --:;'--'I~'

~anga

iCi~

Andhra Pradesh

::'eilly(UP)--'

---~-.'~:i~~F~~;:,~:f~.;nit~re,

;,:iei (MP)

--

Uttarakhand

-

Taj Ma,hal, shoe manufacturirg

(Harya~~}S~;;;;tifi~instruments,

Airfo":

..•.. __ ._ .. _.__ .•..:t!~ing.,<:,entre

"'A1;;;h(Up-) 11

Cotton Textile Mills -'-L~d;;stry,

,'1

,

,¥,"~_.~~p-"

I Coimbatore

-'-~

Muslim~'(Conl'ir.

.'.~'"

{Tamil

..~:!-:'l.:.'~~~

.•.

"0

L Nadu!_,~.~.

-.Iv\~~~hester of India),.."..,.,~ __ ..._,_~_t Dehra,.[)un ,. , ,t :,. ); F.o,re~!Research Institute.:alJd ;~. (Uttarakhand) . College, Indian Military , Acauemy , «" . """r"~ .'. [ Dhanb-a-d-O-h-a-rk-h-an-d-) -..-C~I;i;ing, School ~fMines .] ,

__

••

Dh~~i~(Punjab}

1(.:;;..'

.

.•. ,'''"

..••••

.••••••':...

"

"

.., ..rrWool'len products-:t~J.-;-;""'"

lE!9b~i (Assa~

Oilfields' ""

,.,..

l.l'

-.==::'~-'-J

Durgopur(West Bengal). ,Steel Plant" Sikri (UPj'

"'.A>"~!:.,"'!f\

....

"rrapunji "1halaya)

-

i-.f'~.'

- .

'.

I ~----_

•....

..

....•

0/

l

Oil R~firiery v'P

.eli

.'D)\' '.;

'"

~l

H~idighati (Rajasthan)m Imp~rta~;-b~ttle between I Maharana Pratap and Mughal 'L- __ . __. _ forces 0/,

_.

•

Haria~ar (Utt~rakhand) :',

:'

",,'.J

•

._.

••

_

i",;,

I,,;.u.,'-t_

.

...

,

,

'

Sacred place qf Hindus, .Kumbh Mela ,,-' \. ')-.~ ...\-..•. 'i,

~,

{v\ie~;Be-n-g-a-I)'-Brid~;-~---

L____

I

,

World's heaviest rainfall

~-----------------

.J

";

~._

~.

J '1

-.

J

••

_ --- -,.

:tero Uharkhan~)\"".",U ~t~e.I;.Plant •.•.•........ ....".,."---..-- ._ '" .. ..... ~"'--._-- ...•..... ,._.~. ..... ~ .. ~pur(West Bengal) Steel Industry :C'Tlba(Gujarat)'. ---- P~t~ieu~---'- ----;-,----., y , .~

••••.

B'ura~-dDar~a~;- (biggest', gateway); Royal settlement built \ ! _----._....-. - ._--_."'by~ Akbar. ~-.- "-~"---. .~ Firozabad (UP) Glass bangles r------' -- ---~_ ~ Gwalior (MP) Fort,.Tombs of Mohd. Ghaus and Tansen, cotton textiles, artificial silk, rayon, potteries -,., _.", .•_. .... -.----------,-.'.-_ . •• _~.l

~:rah'

- ----

:';baneshwar (Odish~J" -N-e~ Ca;~TJbdi;h~" "~:' .. Lingaraja T~mp'le '. .__ •..... ---.-- - - ----,- '''- .. ''Jner(Rajastha~L __ S:~~:!.~~i~E~~~c~ __.. "t,'

"'~J

I

Industries (known as

~~~~r~;n l

-';s;~~1 pk;~'-----

----~:~~:;

:

UP'

_~--'-'.--~,--_,._''',,~~--'''"''

Oil R~finery'

..

Kerala

..

-

Importance

Ahmedabad (Gujarat)

.,-

UP

UP ,

..••.•.•.~ __

._---"' __

ecreuni(Bihar)'

Tamil Nadu • .. - Madhya Prades~

... _

----J'-'

r

__

Haldia (WesfBengal)

1__ . _._ Gujarat

...- ... -.-.--

..

%~~~~PJ "--- ~~~~;f.f.~~~:~~~~u-:~t;~-~;~;;l I

-_.-...-.--- ...--..:..-.---- ...•.~:.~-Cauvery Ship~;;--~-.,

International Township b~ing built with the help of UNESCO

.j

- : Jammu and Kashmir

Jo.pti

l

...•

;',adi (TamilN-a~d-u-) ----Ta-n-k-Industry (Vijanta and 1 Arjun-India's main battle tanks. , _a_r_e~~:..!t~reJ ..

_

Agra (UP)

.. ~,

~tl

.Golde~ Temple, Holy cTty Sikhs, cotton and ... woollen -_W"_~---"'-'~._._xoo<_,_~_ ",,~ __ .mills_ ! Anand(Gujarat), (\. 1 Amul Dairy

UP

~

Maharashtra

,__

."

Yamuna ... ~

Godavari

A:;b~la

."

Punjab

Important Indian Cities ~

lce:Cave ,

Satluj

.Vijay'!':4I~d~"__ ,,_~ris_hn~

_~.--~','

! I

Machine Tools Prototype .~5tory

AmarnathWand K)

7

f~~ur

Nashik

""--.-.~.-~:-.....--...,..

Ambernath "Aaharashtra). __

,

. .>~_.~--- .-~ ~-'~"--'

,..•..• ;

:chitt~rg~;~ (R'aia~th;~) .., An~i~tcapit~land' fort~ess 1,. ' Udaipur known for Tower of V.i~toryand Mira.~ai's Temple '. Ko~hi (Kerala) -.--. Ship Building, To~b of • ;. ..... Vasco-da.Garrio .' '
!

-r~j ~.,,

Auroville (Pondicherry)

Bihar

..•.

Rare Earth Factory

0

-._--->-_..

C.205

Importance

Chittaranjan (West locomotive industry Bengal) •.,.. .;.",,' ",; -.....c,,',r' ;':"I~" .• ";H,;:

~

-

.!.sensol(Wes;Be~~~L-_-C-o-_a-l-m-i_-n'-In-g----_-~=-~-

""'

Gomti.

_'-----...,.;..

I,mritsar(Punjab) .

Ganges"

..-

Alwaye(Kerala)

_ ...

Coir industry, paper industry, . called 'Venice of the East' because of the network of __can~I~_within.the~ity .... _ ..

Assam

Ga~ges

Tiruchirappalli ;Uiiai~--n .. -

State

Gangotri

..-...• ..--. -'

:';)pal (MP)

River

,.. Ayodhya" __ ._ ...••.._ .. _._~~_ ....• ~~ Sarayu .....-....i....:...,i. ..~_ ,,_. __

--~

~o_ngh2'r._.

: Varanasi

Yamuna - l' UP ._-..;...,.~- --.,----.---_ ... .' .. ,_._~Sabarmati Gujarat~_ .. __ .••. ..-."",", , ,~.-v

~_.~

. __

~~-- --"

, ~ura!

-

...

AI~aye_

'

~--_

India~'Cities on Riv~i' Banks Agra ' -

• •••••.••..

Srinagar

* As per provisional population totals Census: 2011_

ICity

,...

I Patna

Odisha, Jharkhand, UP, Madhya Pradesh, Telangana, . ' Maharashtra

1O. Stat~'t~:cl;~~~ga~h I maximum ! number of boundaries of other states

v

.. -'-'

.-.,,----~_.-

Moradabad

..... ..••.........••.

_ teracy Kerala '..Rate*,." __ ,_,_----".---l.--_.''';..

_~

"::.{~, I'

Alleppy(Kerala)

Delhi -._,~~~.__

t City

Hindu Pilgrimage centre, .. ;;~ ,confluence"ofJhe Ganges, .••.. / Yamuna and Saraswati, Kumbh Meld, Anand,Bhawan (Nehru~s~ family,residence)

Odisha ~ __.;

~_Uttarakhand

Subarnarekha.

~...

~d(UP) Allahaba

- ... _-..... _....., .. -~--

Jamshedpur

Mathura

Importance

Assam

Musi

-

---

-,.

Brahmaputra

Hyderaba.d____

r'

-----

... ,!!e~t Bengal

_'",,~.'"_

~

~

",,'~

•

Hugli

'~

-.

_

• ~ow~a_~.,_ .,

lucknow

--_.~

Brahmaputra ..__ .-..,.. __ •.. ..._ ,,~--

', .."'

50,827,531

.

_

ludhiana

Maharashtra

.'~"-'

Ganges

"".'.~

7. State with largest Urban ._ Population*

'

\Haridw~~_ .. __.

leh

1084

,o,Kerala

-'-'-.

~_K.?~p_u~_ ._

1106/km2

Bihar

5. High Density of Population *

-",,~ "","C

__

. Yamuna ,',-~-"_---M_.

Dibrugarh ¥_.~_ •

''P'.

Mahanadi ._ ..',

-".A.

r .----_.~ --_.~

342.239

,••. ,.-~_."'

_'.

Guwahati

.._ ._,._.~,•• __ .. Rajasthan

'1""""

~ugli_

?,.........

.610,577

Sikkim

3. largest Area

I,

Ganges Ga~'-.---~--.Bihar

1

. .-o......~._

. -0;.._,--

,_._~~pula~~n*~_ "",..

Bhagalpur I Buxar ---~._Calcu!~.

199,812,341

Uttar Pradesh

2. Smallest

••

State

Delhi ,....

1. largest Population *

!~

River

L.."':;.... 4",,,,-"

I Fact

J

ICity

Geography ofJndia

(Continued)

~ji,\'liii

!

ht,

I C:206

Geography of India

Chapter 5

(Continueclj

ICity

, I

i

J

'

~t~TR~jasthan)

I

A~tibiotics Plant

Roorkee(Uttarakhand)

Engineering University

National Dairy Research Institute

Rourkela(Odisha)

II ~

Copper mines

Kolar (Kamataka) [Lu<:know,(UP) ludhiana

L

Madurai

_

~'-

_

(Tamil Nadu)

Handloom silk sarees,

Sarnath (UP) l~_:a_n~_:_niketan (West

Mysore (Karnataka)

Nagpur(Maharashtra)

Nashik (Maharashfra) [N~panagar

(MP)

Neyveli (Tamil Nadu) (!>anna (MP)

Sandal wood oil and Vrindaban Gardens

'\'

Uharkhand) •

.. _,

~_

'

I

I =I

8850 '.'

7200

.Major

IMP) .!;.

,

Visakhapatnam

(AP)

7500 --64-00--'

Tamil Nadu

7500

~~~~:h"

3500J

Jharkhand'

Shillong(Khas,lJliUsl

Meghalaxa

--

_.~J .

,:J

'.

7000

...•.

5250

l _

,. ~

..,

,...

National Parks ; . A nationalpark is an area which is strictly reserved

M:I~,Mahakal Te~

~the protection ,of1:Y~~1i!~; Inth~~e a~eas~actiyities like forestry,grazing or cultivation are prohibited by

TableC.5.8 ~

•.

.LQcatiQll

' ,'

Warangal

(Telangana)

..

.

,

..•.. ,

I

Jemples, silk sarees, Benores Hindu University

AchanokmarSanctuary '-'

\., Bilcispur;.Chhcittisgarh: . '" '

. ,-

80 havgarh N~tio~al P~rk

Ship manufacturing Carpets, durries and textile

,.---~'~ ------_.! Zawar

(Rajasthan)

,.,

1"1:

To protect wildlife and e1E~phantpopulation, Project Elephant had been launched in the Eighth Plan. Though it_ officially began in the financial year 1991-92, .the 'real work' for demarcatilig 'elephant territory' and an elephant census began in 1993. 28 Elephant Reserves have peen designated for'species specific management. Some i1l!pottant national parks and s~~tuaries. are given ~n_~l1e.!~ble?nthe next page: ( . _ ,',' ' •

,

I

Reservefor

'''''''.iy-.--

Mills

"'r'

.~:

Proiect Elephant

,.'

,....

Tiger, boar, chital, ,sambar, bison; hyena, ;jackal, wild boar, black buck

,~

Zinc mines

----

ndipurSanctuary

-w-i1d--b-o~~ -

~~._-=~_]

Shahdoi' Mad~ya Pradesh

Ti~er,~-;;~th;;~hik;C:il-ga-i-,

Border of Karnataka and Tamil Nadu .

Elephant, tigers, panther, sambar, deer, birds

Bangalore, Karnataka

Elephant, chital, deer, grey partridges,9';;n

!

' Nuclear Power Station

~.I;

To save thetige/s from' extinction in Iiidia, Project Tiger was launched' on April 1, 1973. The project plannecHo.create tiger reserves in selected a~eas of the country: Out of 434 national parks and sanctuaries, 41 have been selected for this project.

Important, Sanctuaries' 'and Parks'"

•

"K..

A san~tuary is ~ma~ea which is reserved for the conservatiop. of animals onJy,Here harvesting of timber, collection of forest products and private ownership rights are permitted: There are at present 525sanctuaries inlildia covering ail area of about 116;251.47km2 or about 3.4%'oftotaHilid area. ,,-. ::"~16-' . Maharashtra{40) has the maximum wildlife sanctuaries among,st~t~~;.Mdam~ ~N"~~~~~}sland (96) top the overalll~st. There is atleast one wildlife sanctuary in every state and' UP in India. ," '. "

I!'

NATIONALPARKS AND WilDLIFE ~NCTUARIES ;1

Wildlife'Sanctuaries

Proied Tiger ~ .'

--2'100-

Jammu and Kashmir

the government. At present,!therelar~ 103 national parks in India coveringari area 40,332,89 km2 or about 1.2%of India's total area, ,Madhya Pradesh~-and Anda~an. &j.~Nicobar Island,' with. 9 National Parks ea9h, top the list of states,' Among states, Punjab does not has any nationafpark: " ."

l,

5000:J

Himachal • Pradesh

Srinogor--

P?~tj,

_Kumbh

Uttarakhand Uttar;khand

Ranehi

Shimlo

Atomic Energy Establishment

I

__ ~

ore mines

Trombay (Maharashtra)

,Varanasi (UP)

-

-

Paehmarhi

-'_. -------

Tuticorin(T~,I'(lJIN9.du)

~

Industry

__

Ootocamund

India's first rocket launching station

I

Beas Dam

AI~minium

Vishva Bharati University founded by Tagore

Mussoorie Nainitial "

~ap~r industry

[ Uiiain

rRe~uko~t (UP)

4500

MtAbu

Titagorh (W~st Bengal)

HMT Factory, Pinjore Gardens

(Rajasthan)

Rajasthan

Buddhist 'Stupa'

~

Pinjore (Haryana),

Rona Pratap Sagar

4500'

Cotton textile industry

fThumba (Kerala) ,

,.

Mahatma Gandhi spent his teenage Years

J200

Maharashtra

Tarapur (Maharashtra).lndia's first atomic power station

-~

Rajkot (Gujarat)

Tamil Nadu

Mahobaleshwar,

.."'"

p'enicillin factory

l

7168

•I

.

Kodoikanal

Copper andiron _

ISurat (Gujarat)

"--'---_

Film and TV Institute of India

7867

Salt

Breweries

Pimpri(Maharashtra)

.

Himachal Pradesh

Coal mines

.-

Solan (HPj ,.

~]

Pune (Maharashtra)

Dalhousie

Himachal Pradesh

Sindri Fertilizers

Integral Coach Facto~y

.

6740

Kashmir

~~"''''

Perambur (Tamil Nadu)

[Pong (P;l~b)

Tamil Nadu

Kasou1i(Shimla)

Sindri Uharkhand) ISinghbhum L

J'

~---'

Coonoor(Nilgiri hills)

Gulmarg

Satellite launching station

""'J<""=

. Lignite mining mi~i~g

4455

West Bengal

Shriharikota (Andhra Pradesh)

Kumbh Mela, Security Press

piamond

" 5500

Darjeeling

,----

Oranges, National Environmental Engineering, Resea~<:hInstitute .

Newsprint factory

,

Meghalaya

Bauxite deposits

Cotton textile industry

Sholapur (Maharashtra)

-_J

Brassw~re'

-

f Sambhar lake I,(Rajasthan)

Scissors and sport goods (~~)

'. Uttarakhand

I

~-' ---.»"- ..• ,_._,~---"",,,''''''----

M'eenakshi Te,mple (H,.,indus.'.' sacred place), temple of

~oradab~d

(Kumaonhills)

Cherrapunji (Shillong)

Institute of Paper Technology

Sambalpur (Odisha)

Dwarkadhish, oil refin-.:.'J-..--J

!

Beedi Manufacturing

ISalem (Tamil Nadu)

Biotech~ology Industrial Park-l Hosieries, cycle and sewing machines

(MP)

;--

-]

p:j;;ra

Heightabove Sea Level(ft~

State

Nome

--

Cable Factory

Saharanpur (UP)

Gold mines

(Punjab)

Meerut (UP)

---

Rishikesh (Uttarakhand)

Pottery, handloom industry, Kattha (catechu), and the embodiment of the great artistic activity of the 9th to 12th centuries, the famous erotic temples of the era,

\'

Importance-----

Industrial town, leather goods, cotton textile mills, woollen mills, Aircraft Manufacturing

~agar Kcitni (MP)

HillStations of India

I ICity

Importance

Kanpur (UP)

C.207

,

.of'."-;;

'ghatta Natio~al Park

p~~~n

~

.'1

(Con tin ueclj

----,

;llIiI ",'l I

C:208

....

Chapter 5

TableC.5.8

Geography of India 'C.209

(Continued)

"".Illl

I Name Bhadta Sahctuary'

,

I

rBhj~ab~~dh-' ~''''

.

-

" __

-

~.>c

Location

Reservefor

Chikmdgalur/ Karnataka

Elephant, chital; panther,' sambar, wild boar

Monghyr, Bihar

••.

.

Bori Sanctuary --.----

,

' __

I B.?r~vi~Nation~l!~.~k Chandraprabha

Sanctuary

L.__ ... ~ I~

I'

'..

__

-

.... ~..-~.

Tiger, panther, chital, wild boar,.. barking deer ~_•.__ sambar, .-._~ -

~~--

__

boar, chital, water birds

,

Uttarakhand

._.

Dachigam Sanct~ary

.

._.

. Dachigam, Kashmir .; ..

r---~"---"---'-""

.... _~...

IDalma Sanctuary

SinQhum, Jharkhand

Dand~l.i.S~nctuary.

"' __

.',haraswathyValley Sanctuary . '_'_',,,

•__Alwa~ Raj51_sth~

Kashmiristag,Him~layah Himalayan birds

SameshwaraSanctuary .....Canara,KarnatakO-'-I..

-___.-. ~.: .... -.~._". ...__ --

SonaiRupa Sanctuary

SonitpiJr, Assam"',~

----'-'_'_'_"

~.-

~

.. __

.__

.-.....

':doda National Park 'odwaiSanctuary';.-,','.

lGara..':!:!.P...(]~~~u~~y_~--,,-c-;?!P~-~~ss~~.~--.~-".~--"'

'~,sa Sanctuary- ---y.------rj,~;,-Maharashtra

Ghana Bird Sanctuary

r""''''

••••••••••.

.

'"'~"""'

__

".",.-,__

N'~

.~~p"h51n~ I~oeard, wild..;. buffalo.J.~g~r Water birds, black-buck, chital, sambar

Bharatpur, Rajasthan

_.l

_

•••

~-

tGir Forest . G;;~~-B:d~-Sanctuary

..."

••• -

_

..•••

~...•••• ~~

Junagarh, Gujarat . Gaya~~;' ~.-.-,-.--.--~~'.'

lHazaribagh' Sanctu~ry Intangki Sanctuary' w-~.-'._. .'

____

•

Kohima; Nagalarid ,

~g::,

.:..-.

._._...

Khangchandzenda National, Pa'rk ..•.. .' . . ..

I1.....-....-----, Kinnersani ._~~_':"'Sanctu~ry

.

Kolleru Pelicapary.

..

Gangtok, Sikkim ..

..C~;n"2~~_-_'

Namdafa Sanctuary

rNawe{;J~?n National Park Pad,'n:;a'rhi Sdn'ctuary"

_~~~nda;a! Mabaras~2-_. 'HoSh~'Mgdbad:" .-. . ." Madhya Pradesh

i Pakhal

"'~

-

-

'

Sanctuary

~

~

L?ench Na~~nal P,!~k Periyar Sanctuary.'

!:!~~e~~.~ahara~~1!:a_. I,dukki;Kerala •.. ,: ,'.

,.....--

_~.._._.

',b"

.Ranganthittoo Bird ...

I Sanctuary

., {", " •. ,,,,,,~,,,, •..', .' -,._-,_.~

-....

•.

~

._'

.~

__

wild boar, one-hornedrhinocer~s

.•••• _. __

.~

•

_"" •.•.•.

~ ..•

,'~

~_.

..,~

.•......

.. ~-

.,,.,""",

.•• _~.__.~

AncientSites

. __

Tiger, panther, sambar chital, nilgai, spotted boar, black J?~~!.. ... T_ountain 9~~ ,,__ ;ngee~eoe~~9L~r",ele'pbarit;nilgai, chital

- ----

Important bird sanctuary

" ,.

••..

Tiger, panther, sam bar, nilgai, chinkara, chital Ti~~-;:~~~h;e;:s~~b.d~ ..gau.~i~~~ll~6~f.::'-' ,;';; --- '1

Panther,~~mbar, ~hital, f;;-~r:h~~n~iant~;p~-""~'

.__,,"--~_~-;

.•. /:-:-.,

-'' ' ' ' ' '.~.--~-

~.--

_

--.. """':,"-. __ L_:

;;:;'R.t""'-

.... _-

.,_.c.--_.- ....~.'""'~-.

•., •..-.-,~

TamilNadu .-..-'_

-_

a. •••'

.;,.,..".."

.'

-

,- __

':"",

..

_.;:----

~--

..'

,__

~

~._-_

~",..o:~_

- .••••••• ---- ..--- .. '-,,",~

__--_..-_--

,_,

.-__

--.rA,:"'!,.-

~,

j"'

':'~~~

.~__

_.-

...•--"

--

,.. OA

__ •••••

.•.••••

--~

-

""

..

---""-

-

--

-,",

--'1'" .• ~'~

• ~ ~.

,----.----..-.

L

-;' ,....wI

Relic~n;Spoon bells, Species of from <;:anada, heron,S,egr.et

.

..-- •.-.--'-.""- .. _' •••••. --- _ •••••••• ---~ .._ ..•., __

~ ...•••••••..

"",.

.

Location .

,

~_."-,.,

.. _,._.~------

_.~

, __ ~

•••.•---. •••.. ,"'""'_.. ", ..'.e

_._"_"" __

"'"-' ',..... ,""'" '.," ".,

Cannanore and Kozhikode, Kerala Elephant, gaur, .sam bar, chital, wild boar, deer ..' J -~- - ~ I.ilii~-R~~~f K~tch:Gui~r~;---Wild-;;; ~~if:~I;~i,-c-hin'ka~~ -- .. '"'-.~ -.' --- _.

."'yoadSanctuary NildAssSanctuary

'lame

g~~r, chital,~;;;~~""~ilgai

.~_._._omm.."',;,,_,. __ ._ ..,,~_'"'.'i<_.'"""""'

..

.

~ .;"

J

. .,.,.

~)i

j •.

, \lir'~:

. JntaCaves

..

,.

...~,.•,.'''" ..---c----.,'''-,----,~,~.--

~-

---I

Features ._

,,' .

__ -'~

. __

'

__

.

--'...-:__

-__

-""_

•••~_~..

,...•• _'._.-..

__ ... _ .••...

-..

__.•••

.

'"

""

, __

...,...~. __

aphantaCaves , :ra Caves

..•

..•••.. ~_'O"""",_""',,, ...••.. ~..---,,_ .•

"~

~ .......,"', .••-"'"'"'" .. ,--..-,,~-..- .._ ,,' .•.••

...._ •.. _'~

.. __

,

''-''W- ~

' ••

Aurangabad, Ancienf cave temples especially famous for 'Temple of Kailash' Maharashtra : 'anwala Bagh .- Al1lrit~~;'-P~'rij~b'- -- Famous'fo~~'n'disc~i~~~Tefirin.9.b;Ge~~Dye~ on Ap-ril on \,-.;,<j ."", i"'i;) ',ttl' 1~f1o~F'eopleattending a public meeting demanding independence "01 .GUj~;;;-~._",.m •." .. . Archaeolo9ica"1 ~~~a~~tion~-~~~~;I~cr~xi~ten-ce--of Ind~s V~lIeyCivifization

'13, 1919;

., deer, WIO

.,

Aurangabad,' Buddhist monasteries with unique architecture, sculpture and Paintings Maharashtra :-;",1;I~nd~~arM~;bbj:--"C;ri~fs'tirig of :7~~~;sf6~0:sbr-t~"Tri~~~i'-~-;;d other sc"ul~ture~- ;:,

E

'Jlanda

Tig~ pan~h~~.gr:ur!!a.mbCl!' chit~l, nilgai . . , .Elepharh, tiger, panther, ~iani,nilgai, sam bar, wildbee• ,;', '---'._-", ..._.,' .. "Nilgiri-Ta",:,,,,,, 1. '>,(,8 _ ..

Islands in Cauvery river in Karnataka

-_

~ableC.5.9 Important• Monuments, Memorials, Temples and Mosques of India and.their.Features 1 .

,_ Tig~:p~~!~er, ~a.Tbar, chJ!?.Ln~,gaJ :tiger, panther, boar, sambar,nilgai, barking deer ") ,,

_ ..--~._~ __ Palghat,_Ke-r~lai..:.:' : '",

••••••••...•.••••

Snow leopard, musk deer, Himalayan boar . --' .'-• .

,------~-_

~rambikulcim:Sahcturay,

__

i .•• ;.":

Elephant, pant~er, s()mbar, tiger, chital, king cobra

Waranga!, Telangana

L"

..

Pelicans, painted stroke

.

~.,.-

-.. ~,--,

E~p"hant!..t!9~,.~9;;the~_.-s-a--m-b-a-r!-c--hit.al

Tirap; Arunachal Pradesh

Elephant,sombar,

-

IMPORTANT MONUMENTS: INDIA ..

.~~_~~'.~-=."

,

r"

._~

c

_~1

b~9~'_c~ocodil::'~angeti ..c dOlphin

Tiger, panther, gaur, chital, wild boar Horned rhinoceros, gaur, elephant, leopard, wild buffalo!~g~eython ...

Kh~mrsan~ -~~-'~panther, , .:"-~--. Andhra__ Pradesh .--,.,~~,.-u"'.,.-.,~,""o"'="""~"~~'• Elluru, Andhra, pradesh.

[~~i;r~_N~~~~I-P-a-r~'

~ .. ~

:edanthangalBird Sanctuary

leopard, chital, nil~ai, sambar,_wikJ cat

' ~~.•••._ Rhi.~no_c_er_o~ ., __

J

'.ngabhadra Sandlidrr' ... Bellary,"Karnatcika . "', v Panther,chiial, ,sloth bctar,four-horned antelope' ~ •.•.,. ,;J'yadareNationJP~~--Bh;n~;;~'Guja;a; '-'-. ---w~Cbi~ck buck .~., .. .., -.' ,~ '\

"--"""'~'"'--,~.______

Kawai Sanctu~ry Adilabad, Telangana r Kazirangd National.Pa~k.~--Jo;hat, Assam'-" ._-~ ..... -

L

._-.--a--._ .."_~,~ ........._ _

Eleph~nt,'ga~r, tiger,. p~nther, .••. barking deer, wild boor __

.__

~p_a_ld_a_p_a_ra_S_a_n_nc_t_u_a_ry_, __ W_e_s_t _Bengal'

.•.•••. __

__

Chandrapur, Maharashtra .- '-Wai~ri~al, Tela~~d;;;a"t.;.!

~.. -.~-_.-:-_. __ ..-...~.-... '.,-,...'... ,.~~ ..\ ~~"~~-'-;f"""-''-':-'O~'--

India's biggest wildlife sanctuary famous for Gir lions Tiger, le;pa-~Zs~m~~:~h-ita~b;;:k~g deer

H~z~ribagh, Jhdr~hand .•.

_

le()pard, p~~tridge..

Tiger, panther,.wild boar, leopard

'~1 p'~rg~:~~~,"Y~Beng?~=~';:~_d_~r,~ild

[l)udh~C1 N~iional.Park _"~ .. ldkhim.~~~-=~=~:~.-!!~~p.ant~!~~:chital, ~(;Jai, b(]rking deer Gandhi ?cigarSan~tu~ry '.M~'~dsd.ur,MP' '. Chital, ~ambar, chinKora, barking deer, wild birds r- ..... ~~ _ ..... '-~~~ ., -~~._ f

~.o,ar,musk~e:r,panther,

. Shivpuri, Madhya'Prades~ Tiger, panther, sambar, hyena, sloth, boar, nilgai .: '1lilipalSanctu~ry'-'--'~'--_, "".,_ _ .. _ --. '--. '-'.-~ - - -..,_-_- _--~-. --_-. _.._''-~.-l . _ ,__ . ~ay_~~~~~i, q!:is..~.~__ __ __ __~E~:eh ..a~tl t!ger~le?pa~d, gaur, chital. SJndarbanTig;r Res~.r~~~' ~ So~;h

Tiger, pahther, elephant, chital, sa~~ar, wild boar

_.~--l

Ji9.E!~_p~~h..:r,-sCl~!,a.!:,.nilga~ c_~italt_c~i-"kara

:"ikariDevi Sanc.t~c;r}' __ .. ..M9n_d!{HiI11Cl=~~P!Cl~':~h._;. __-:~ack ,~ivpuriNational Park

bear, musk deer, exotic

_

Elephant, tiger, p~nth~r:'sanibcir, gaur,chital, wild boar . ~. __ ~-_. .... '_ .'~__. ..... _

'.

.•

Snow-leopard,. brown boar, musk deer, snowcock, new' pigeon. . ,.....,::; .' .....:.\ .. ._.._-~._-......•. -'t~ -~'. ...••.•..... --' _ ._-'- ,.L' _._."

~

Shimoga, Karnatakd . .~'_..

Tiger~ieop~;d_:_~I~nt, sambar'~-~med in memoryof JimCor~~~t ,.,' ._ .. ,...

Elep_hant,J~9pard~ildE.<.:>ar,barkin{;J deer

. Dha~war, Karnataka

SoriskaSanct~~r)' _, ..__

• ••• 'Ii ..••

Reservefor

..' .,."Kull.J,Himachal Pra~esh . ' .,..;.,...,.,........:... .••••_._,.--w-------'-:-'--~ ..__=- .....,.-_..__.-:...--~_._, _-'

_.._ •.•••-.;w...- .••••.__

,_

(hjl,mlin~,)l

Location

RohlaNational.,Park

Tiger, leopard:-~mb;;;;-;ild

'''P~'~

(Continued)

~

-~-

__

MP

---------

t_A_um __b<:!.._ .. ._.__ __~a'2!h.:.r,.!Clmbar,ICl~g~r!..~ld bo_ar_,:~inkara Near Varanasi, Uttar Praaesh Famous for Gir lions, chital and sambar

[Corbett Nationa'fPark . -'--Nainital,

I,

._.~

Hoshangabad,

TobieC.5.8

..

-~-N~~tPa,t~~a~':Bih~~--";"Ruin;

of ;nc~

B~ddhi;;'U'ni~,rsi~i~unded

j

by Kumaragupta in ad 427

N~;

-Bh~;~C MP -A~;B~ddhist ~on~~tery-fa;"ous for 'Great Stup~' ,_.. '_yara;a~i,LJp"--:'. __ --Fam~~0~-r-~tupas ~h;e B~ddha ~;e~c'h~d' his firstsermon

':hi

:'nath

\I.

._J

-~-

_-

-I"

~ ..

_:z,;.;.L .........•••..' "' .•• 'L.-~_'

_'

__

'~

"""'--"""""""'--"-~'

h_",--

'.__

...

_~_~.......

_ ••.

_

~.~

el110rials and Monuments

- --

'bor'sTomb

(Contj,~" ;

c+.

Sik~ndra, Near A~ra,-'

l

j

'UP'

.' ~.,....

Fam~us f~its~arvings ,i ~

"")

c:

:~.o

• '.~' ~

.andarchitecture,ofHindu I

I

I',

~:~:."

\~~'(

and Mughal art

~:>~~: ~'r1,;

:I.'

_'

,_.

_'_

(Continued)

~1'J,!1 ...........-.;Ii: Chapter 5

C.210

Geography of India

C.211

I"~ Table C.5.9

(Continued)

I Name

ft' •• , J

Location

I Anand

FealUres

Allahabad, UP

Bhawan

i

Ancestral house of the Nehru family which Mrs Indira Gandhi gift~ conversion into a national memorial t .••...•

_________

.<_.

L

Bibi-ka-Maqbara

Aurangabad, Maharashtra

Mausoleum built by Aurangzeb(ad. Durrani

1660) in memory of his wife Robia

__

I---. Gandhi Sadan ~ New Delhi Birla House where Mahatma Gandhi was assassinated _-_ ..- ,--,--'_._~~._""-'--',~ -----------------------_. .....

...

';

Delhi

Muslim University founded by Dr Zakir Hussain

~.':.~ida~~

Mumbai

Historical venue where Gandhij~gave 'Quit India' call in 1942

Rajghat

New Delhi

Samadhi of Mahatma Gandhi on the banks qf the Yamuna

[ Shakti ~th~f ~m".~'_' "-N';:;Delhi t

in 1948

Jamia Milia

Sbcmtivana

.

...

--

Teenmurti House

l._-----

Ahmed Shah's Toml:! '.

New Delhi

Residence of the first Prime Minister of India, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru now converted int6 a national memorial '

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

.

............•.

.

Domed structure

Bodh Gaya, Bihar

Golden Temple ~-~r;;pF-.~--'Pt;~?rrisa Jama Masjid [Khaiurbh~-Temples Mahabalipuram Temples [Mahak91i Temple Meenakshi Temple. ~ti

Masi~_,",~wa,

E

~-

60-mhigh temple built by Ashoka, site where Buddha attained . Enlightenment Stone temples

~ajasthal:.....-Javishly

decorated witb carvin~~, J~~emp_le._s

.

_

Amritsar, Punjab" Sacred shri'ne of the Sikhs _ '. yedicbted":f~ l~~n-n--a-th-,-~~ .•~-i-nc-a-r-na-t-io-n-.~-f-~V-iS-h-n:-.Delhi

Biggest. mosque in India built by Mughal~mperor

GomateswaraStatue

Famo'us sculptCres depictin~ art of love; built some ti~e in ad 950-1050

ty\ahabalipuram,

Alsq call~d 'Seven Pagodas'

Tamil Nadu Ujjain,

Sh.i~aMandir

.0a~.urai.:.~af!1i1Nadu

Dedicated to the God,dess Meenakshi.

U~,,_._._~uilt

.omkaql, Madhya Pradesh

. . ~ ,~

,~

ofTribe

'.. ~",

The myth910gical conc~ption of the Sun God riding a twenty.fourwheeled chari.ot drawn by se~en horses, carved in stolle. Sh.,va Temple on an Island In the Narmada fiver, also called Black Pagoda'

Abors ""'am'.'.. "'(1 I A()

Other Struct~res-G;;t;s/T~wers/Pillars'.38 m hi;h gate built by Akbar, is Indi~'s highest gate

_."...-. _ . ,_ Gateway of India

~_:'~. -c-, _. _.. __ . .... ~ . _ Budt In 1911 to commemorate the VISitof King George V of th~

.

~agas a :'dl

. (Colltlr,~

i ~

.J..

I ~ame

•. '

..

J

-

•

.Nagaland, Assam A-r-;-n-a-ch-a-I-P-ra-d-e-s-h

-_--.---~-J

Ta~ilNadu (Nilgiri H~t ' adhya:Pradesh, Chhattisgar~

0

M?dhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Gujarat Uttarakhand (Garhwal and Kumaun)

of Tribe

I

..

= . ]

Andhra Pradesh, Odisha

<;addis

Hi~adi.al Pradesh <

North-east Himalayan Tract

Gams

Meghalaya

Gonds

Madhya Pradesh, Jhorkhand, Telangana, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, Andhra Pradesh

-

Khas

)

Hazaribagh, Jharkhand

[ Chenchus ~g

I

Found in

Birhor

l

Found in Assa,m, Anmachal Pradesh" . I d.... Naga an , Assam '. '.

--]

~

Indian Tr!b~s and their Hq~itats

.~

~tamis

-Bu-I-a-nd-D-a-rw-a-j-a-- F~tehpur Si'k~i,Agra, . •._UP, __ . _' "__ MumbOl, Maharashtra

C.5.10

_

India's tallest stone statue of the Jain sage Gomateswaro

INDIAN TRIBES AND THEIR HABITAT

_ •

by_Mu~hal Emper?~~ahjaha!:L __ .

Sravanabelagola, Karnataka

Shahjahan

Khaiuraho, MP

Sun Temple or, Konark Konark, Orrisa Temple ... _ Omkar Temple..

HindodloMahal

Built in ad 1414, its pillars have Hindu emblE:lms . .' .

Bhubaneswar Temples Bhuban~swar, Orrisa IT?ij;~'t;m~~e~m'1Abu,

'iowaMohal -

"

_--------------

Bodh Gaya temple

Gwalior, MP

GwaliorFort

.Samadhi of lal Bahadur Shastri on the banks of the '(am una

Ahmedabad

,,'

DomE:)dstructure, famou~ br paving of multkoloured marble

New Delhi

Ahmed Shah's Mo~qu~ .

AgraFort

'--

llmportant Temples and Mosques ~"'"--"-------

Forts, Gardens

Near Rajghat where,Pa~dit Jawaharlal Nehru was cremated _..

Vara~asr;'Uttor " Pradesh ~'r,' .

SamathStupa

New Delhi ,-

Sanchi, Bhopal

SanchiStupa

Situated on the banks of Yamu~a where Mrs Indira Ga~dhi was Cremated

~he~ ?~ah Suri's Tomb Sasaram, Bihar Vijay Ghat" .' ,

----

I1-_-Khasis Khonds

Uttar Pradesh Assam, Me~halaya Odisha

"

---]

',-:=J (Continued)

1,"1

1:

1

Chapter 5

C.21,2

I Name ohribe

I Kol

Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh

Kolqm .

t Kotas

~

.

=:

Tamil Nadu (Nilgiril

Mina

Rajasthan

...-'1

Arunachal Pradesh

IMundas

I

Jharkhand J

•

~',

Nagala~d

_"''',

\-,

---

.

'

[DCofion

and Assa;'" ~

AndanlOn and Nicobar

~gkhul

Nagaland, Assam

..

••..•

i'"

.• ' ~

,t> ", '

~

"Ii;

,~J

.

Tamil Nadu (Nilgiri Hills)

~rali!.:~:==._Ke_ra_la Wadis

8,

India is _'_ largest country world in term of size.

in the

(a) (b) (c) (d)

_

Maharashtra

"I '.

~

. '>I:"

"

'-,'

1 ,

I',,'

.-" .f

t

.~

Topic~wiseAssessment

III

.~ •...~..~.:: _!~;!f.,,_~~" ... _

I:

statements

"',(1

to

South,

India

is

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'.

'

'~

(a) (b) (c) and

(d)

height

of'

McMahan line Radiff line Radcliff line None of these

1. India'sboundary with Bangladesh is

1243 km long 1458 km long 4096 km long 5100 km long

.1b','

\

.,

(d)

~yahdI

I'

.'fr')

i: :Z,

.1 ~\'.

I.

II

I:

•

II and III th,:tY~.i ~:,'T, ~t) III and IV"" ,"1 ••. ;1 .. rl.... (h'j :11

.

{!if '

[II

..c""', ; ,.c,' ...•.

,)()Of

1.' .:-<:>,., ":'>4J~i (J) Plateau.: lies"> ,towards 'ofthe Northern Plains.

(a) (b) (c)

North South East

(d)

West

t~ . (!

i!{l:r1.~' C'

0 ••

.1 7J~' .~.

."

I' .

I' ,~

J

I

•

.."

.;;

.!

,

I:"

.~

(b)

They are the youngest part of India " \. ~ They are younger then the "

(c) ,

Him.al.ay,~~"'IC. 1'1 e;,.\fit n' They are younger than the Northern Plains" ,,'-

(d)

They are the oldest part of India

I".

plains is called

1000 m ?000,,';l

'"

".".

(b) "n500 in'

~..,.

,....

)

.:J. _ ~

•••,,;;,,:

('.)

the list I withJ. the . options in the list II L ',> I h'

correct '.. J

...,. .... > 4"' ..."~~ .

List I

List II

,.

.

A. Konkan , ,. 1';'!L!.~ ''" .ij:,.....: " h

\' I

I (j •

II Southern' portion.;

ABC,'''',;: (a) (b) (c) (d)

\

. ,; (: )

•

C. Coromandel III Eastern Costal Coast Strip' :." j"ff.,.;~ ~~;ttt ". q~;"..'1L )'~l..J., 1

" .,."

,

I Western Coastal. Plains ,t".,.hJ"'~.''l \~. ,1

,I'"~

"',

"

20. Match

B. Malabar Coast

,.~.,

h

I" :"1t~ ~-,;,'--' .~t .• ><".'

't.

!'

(d) . ?599,";1,'

(oastal plains

15. The upland plain is called. (11) Bangar;.' (b) Khadaf' (c)' .KhU Ii")" (d) Marti

".,

(b) (c)

(a)

Greater Himalaya' Middle Himaiaya Lesser Himalaya Outer Himalaya

Bangar Khadar Khuli Malti

.',:' '.""

I and II '-,"

(c)

Northern Plains (a) (b) (c) (d)

ill

.

(~.>l-

-,

, ,~rt.'~o:J'!

3000 m 6000 m 7000m 8000 m

14. The lowland

t.

•••••••

19. The higher Deccan. peaks are approxi. mately . high. .

',ttl~

l Whichline divides the border between Indiaand China

>~

(a)

(a)

Greater

13. Shivalik range forms (a) (b) (c) (d)

.••••••

18. Which' of"the' following statements hold true for the age""of-i:Deccan Plateau? .

Ang Rita Tenzing Norgay Pemba Dorjie Lhakpa Gelu

htaliers

(a) (b) (e) (d)

\'

,'Hf.i,,-._

""1 ')('~:-..(":):J

is also known

Greater Himalayas Lesser Himalayas Outer Himalayas None of these

average Himalayas is

(d) 1000 km

(a) (b) (e) (d)

,

17. Deccan ____

following

12. The

100 km (b) 300 km (e) 500 km

"

•.••.

Deccan Plateau

11. The record of most ascent on Everest is held by

(a)

".

corridor ",',I'.

Afghanistan China' Pakistan Myanmar

10. Which ofthe as Mitashi? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Only I I and III Only II II and III

The difference between length breadthof India is approximately

,"

9.

{." formed by the

I. Ganga ' II':'Brahm'aputra~' ~!', 1( f'}ln;\!. III. sultuf ~),:!,"• ').... ", ,~' "', :.'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

0.5 per cent 1.3 per cent 2.4 per cent 2.7 per cent

1500 km (b) 3000 km (c) 4000 km (d) 5000 km

,',

'u'"'' "'~\I "''i''

.

,

of the world total area~

_

Ii

.

. valleys 'Of river -.",j'.,w:.Cl""

(a) (b) (c) (d)

for

. ~

16. 'The northern'plainsare

';.

North of India •• East of India West of India '".i6hh hst of India

Himalayan Range

(a)

I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Taungup Pass is a mountain connecting India with

•. From North' approximately

'01111'. ~ ~

.j:ll'

'!I"""~~'

.

Physical 'Feofures

irlensions

"

.»

r'-"-"

IV. Indus

Third Fifth Seventh Ninth

(a) (b) (c) (d)

..

'<',5: .

The State pf Bhutan lies t~ .

I. India lies in Northern Hemisphere II. India lies in Southern Hemisphere III. India is in Asia

..

fit

C.213

Geography oflndia

~

, "."

Which of the following hold true for India?

, ....

t;,''.

'}

".,\.

2. India accounts

•

-'-.

,\-:'}

f'

):--.;.":!;IN''t',.

loCations,Dimensions OIld'Frontiers

Andaman and Nicobar

Shomens, .'.

'1

--

w"est B~~gal, Jh~rkh~nd and Odisha

[ Sentinelese

. Todas,

- Madhya Pradesh .",..

0

•

Sema

:U

:~, Assam

Monpa , : \ ..••.; •..• ~ Y"_~'

-.---.----

----

Andaman and Nicobar

.L~anthals

lepchas Sikkim ~~'--T-ri,-p"u-r-a-~:.:-~

Found;n Jharkhand, Odisha

;Qnges

Nagaland, Assam

@ikirs

i

f Oaraons of

!, Kurukh

~.

Manip0r '

[!ahora

I,

_-l

Andhrq Prac;lesh,Telangana

Kuki

,d

ofl'ribe 1 .I'Name fy\urias.' - --

Foundin

1'-

.r;s.

\0__

I

II

III!~

~

('

II III

III, I

It" II .... .,.,

'.'

III

II

I

..

........0lIl

i I "jil I

I

I

C.214 21.

,Ii

,I

I /

I

"i

I,

I

I

Geography of India

is the oldest mountain range in India.'~ .' (a) (b) (e) (d)

The Aravallis The Vindhyas The Satpuras TheShiwalik

The Aravallis The Vindhyas The Si'ltpuras The Shiwalik

100 km 200 km 300 km 400 km

30. What is the capital of Union Territory of Lakshadweep? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Lakshadweep Andaman Nicobar Kavaratti

23. TheVindhyashavethe averageheight of

I ,

it i;

\

Soils

(a) (b) (c)

1500-2000 m 2000- 3000 m 2500-4000 m '-"~'Cd) '3d00-4500'm'

Alluvial Soil 31. Alluvial soil is formed by ,

II

(a) '(b)

Islands

II

Andaman anaNicobar 24.' In the Andaman and Nicobar islands, Cluster of islands is called Andaman.

1 t

I ['

I: I

..I •

I~

"

29:The distance between coast of Kerala and Lakshadweep isla'nds is approximately (a) (b) (c) (d)

22. Which of the following is situated between Narniada and Tapti? (a) (b) (c) (d)

: I

Chapter, 5 " '

i 1

i

I I'

~'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Northern Southern Western Eastern

Northern Southern Western ,Eastern

p,

(b)

10

(d)

20

28. Lakshadweep islands __ of Kerala.

lie

" 'l'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

East West South North

(c) (d)

Lavaejected by volcanoes Weathering of ancient metamorphic rocks Weathering of laterite rocks Silt bought down by rivers

34. Black soil in Not fc:>undin (a) (b) , (c) (d)

Maharashtra Madhya Pradesh Tamil Nadu ' Meghalaya

35. Redsoil is red in colour due to the

27. How many 'islands in Lakshadweep are inhabited? " ,

33.' Black soil is formed by

Red Soil

Lakshadweep, ' ' .

(a) 5' , '(t) ':'15"

Black Soil (a) (b)

Maldives Andaman Sri Lanka Lakshadweep II

of

,Punjab Uttar Pradesh (b) (c) Madhya Pradesh (d) West Bengal

26. Which "of the following islands are made up of ,small 'coral atolls and reefs in the Arabian Sea? (a) (b) (c) '(d)

32. Alluvial soil is NOT found' in the state (a)

25. In the Andaman and Nicobar islands, ___ cluster of 'is,lands is called Nicobar. (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

Lavaejected by volcanoes Weathering of ancient metamorphic rocks Weathering of laterite rocks Silt bought down I:>yrivers

towards

(a) (b) (c) (d)

36. RedsO,ilis formed by (a) (b)

"

Presenceof minerals Absence of minerals Presenceof Iron '"~ Absence of iron

(c) (d)

Lavaejected by volcanoes Weathering of an,gent " metamorphic rocks,,' \ II Weathering of laterite rocks Silt bought down by rivers

37. Redsoil is best for cultivation of (a) (b) (c) (d)

Wheat Cotton Pulses None of.thesef:

4 6.

(c)

38. Laterite soil is found in (a) (b) (c) (d)

largestbasin in Deccan India? major ~

"(b) (d)

7 14

22 per cent 42 per cent 61 per cent " 75 per cent

41. Sunderbans cover an approximate area of (a) (b) (c) (d)

50% 80%

(a) Largestin India (b) Second largest in l':l,dia (c) Third largest in India (d) None,of;the~e

40. The Brahmaputra and Gangaapproximately carry , of total water of the country's river. (a) (b) (c) (d)

. (b) (d)

48. Whichof the following rivers form the

39. India has basins. 5 10

30%'t, 70%

47. Basinformed by river Krishna is

Meghalaya Karnataka Maharashtra Madhya Pradesh

River Systems oflnd!g (a) (c)

•

Deccan .system of rivers" carries approxim~tely : of total disc~a_rgeof Indian rivers. (a)

Laterite Soil

.• -"'!~

DeccanSystem

2500 km2 5000 km2 7500 km2 9000 km2

rivers has its sourcein Western Ghats?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,.q ;

'llt •..••

,,;'

~

~:

'Pradesh •.,

,....~

27% 56% 86% 91%

(a) bS9 . (c) 299 >..Ju1t

SO, Which of the following' rivers does NOTflow westwards?

',j"

'(b)'l'199p.:,

'I.L "

'(d) tt;')

h•.I:.'.

"34'6 ',' 'j10rt" 11

(~)

66. How many districts in India are c1assi~ fied as tribal aisirictSi ••.• ~.Z;.j.,r.'::.:'....:.':' ~

Summer Monsoon Winter Monsoon Spring Autumn

(a)n,123. (c) . .187.,

, "J' (b) 1146. It:'t11 ;.-\ ' •• ' (d) ',211 .•:

67. How many districts.ir' Incli~'are'c1assified as hill districts?-. - . ,-':

,.r.

,

P

58. Tamil Nadu receivesmajor rainfall in

(a) (c)

123 187

. (b),l~6 .• (d) • 211'

aJ~ ',. (J)

,

April-May June-july September-October November-December

"

,

. ,1.'-

~

~~ .

,

"!,,_":

~.' ••\..•;]-

.'

',~

68. Which of the following foresfis found in Western Ghats?' .••.. 1 ,--' !l (a)' Eve'rgree''''F6festS 'r-i" >l)

,.~

59. Which of 'the f<;>lIowingmonsoon is more or lessconfined to east coast? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) Damodar (b) Sharasvati (c) Periyar (d) Narmada

11:J _

I..vr

',;-'))

South-West Monyoon North-East Monsoon NorthcWest-Monsoon South-EastMonsoon

(b) (c) (d)

DeciduouS'Forest .>,!,) DryForest ,'J,.'I"\, , Tidal Forest <'

t. , "

W,

69. Which of the follo~i~g i~'illso;~~lIed Mangroves? ", • (a) '. Diy Forests ~ •..' (b) Hilr'Fore'sfs ,-' ,• (c) Tidal ForestS"" (d)' Tropical Forests " " ,c " 1

1

,;

43. Himalayan system of rivers carrieS approximately______ d total discharge of Indian rivers. 30% 70%

(b) (d)

50% 80%

44, Which of the following river endsin Arabian Sea?' • Ganga rlL Damodar Godavari Pamba o;l~

45, The longest ~iverin India is (a) (b) (c) (d)

65. How many districtS'in ,'India h~v~ les~ than 1% forest cover?.. >;0 ,I I ~

(a) '(b) (c) (d)

(a) Mahanadi (b) Tapti';l (c) Netravati (d) Palakmti

60. Which of the following regions does NO'f.res~i'{~'~ea~ rainf~ll?

51, Whichof the following seasonsis NOT recognizedby the Indian MeteorologicalDepartment?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

56. South-West Monsoon contributes _____ of the total rain in,llidia.

Cheerapunji Maysynram Barmer -' jaisalmer

49, Which of the following

42. Find the odd one out

(a) (c)

Monsoons ' . ,

64>WhiCh-of thEtfoliowing States has its maxiniuril"geographical area ,under dense forest cover?,':~.Jl.';rp J'~r .•"-1.1ndl,.~-,"\ ,~.~t .... b ,..... ,.~~t ,.""'" ..•• (a)~Madh a Pradesh" .~._. \, (b) Uttar ~radesh' ;!ijl '';dO,; (C)L JIAruriachld (d) Chhattisgarh' "- '"

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~mote

Beas Ravi Indus Jhelum

f'I,

57. North-East'Monsoon is also known as,

(a) Godavari (b) Damoaar (c) Mahanadi (d) Cauvery

Himalayan System (a) (b) (c) (d)

. ~.

55. Tlie driest place in' India is

C.21S

Ganga Ii' Indus I)' Brahmaputra Godavari-

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Summer Winter ,'j Spring Seasonof,retreating south-west monsoon

52. InMeghalaya;the rainfall ~an reach (a) (b) (c) (d)

27 inches 211 inches 341 inches 421 inches

.'

70. Timber like oak" pines, chestnuts are found in India in ' .

k

Forests in India 61. National Forest Pcilicy.has laid down ' ... .> a target for"ttie forest cover of India. The targetis ,', -Il -'of the tot~i geographical area of India. -., '. t

(a) • (c)

10%" 33% ':" ,

.

Chennaiis around

'''.' •(b) ,. .(d)

25% 41 %

1

"

_,

(b) • 250C (d)" 35°C

'''-

8% 27%

(b) ,20%, (d) 33%

I

-J

,

63. Which of the following states has the least area'underfotest cove'r?'

501. Thewettest place in India is

(a) CheerapUnji (b) Maysynrarri' (c) Barmer . ,3-,...,. Cd) Jaisalmer

_

of the,world's h"rdwood., ; (a) (c)

•,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) -,HiU,Forests'-,: " ',~, i,':"'" (b) EvergreenForests : " (c) Mbhsoon'Forests ,;.ll (d) DryForests

t

62. India provides

51. The mean annual temperature of (a) 20°C (c) 29°C

(a) Western Ghats ", (b) Kutch, (c) ., Meghalaya (d) .Assam

Punjab " '"," Haryana ' " "', i jammu'and Kashmir" Tamil Naau,
;"":,-"'r-J""';.-

Agriculture

.••.•

~(, ,)

71. Which of the following'-statements hold true for the relationship between agrisu!t~~E/and econom.Y?:"t:~' '. , I. Agriculture and r allied" industries are the largest contributors to India's GDP' -' ..-',,: y ." ',II. AgricultLire and '~ili~'(Pind~stries are thEtliligest empl'oyer's'inIndia (a) Only I • "N" '~, ,:' " I' \ (b) " Only II " .'••', "J", 'j _ (c) IB~th,1and!~ ,,-JO,fJOJ' (d) ~~ither I nor ~_:>

;:, .. '-

'.~

72. The share of agr"icultlire 'sedor national income oflndia has

in

,f

~;rl,;i!'--------~

, I

I

I

I,

C;216

Geography of India

Remained const,ant over thE!years Been increasingcontinuQ!Jsly

(c)

over theyears, Been decreasing continuously

(d)

over the years Remained inconsequential

80. Find the oejd on~ out,'" (a) Tea (b) Coffee (c) . Cashew nut (d) Rubber

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Is becoming consolidated Is becoming fragmented Is infertile 'Is not fit for extensive cultivation

(c). (d)"

largest producer in the world.

of

FrlJit.$,!t' ,'" CoconutS,a'n9 cashews, " Tea :~II'of these

83.

isthe w()rld, the highest i~ the world irithe worJd ' the lowest in the world

76,~CMARK~ETiS, (a) (b)

84.

A decision support system Portal to coiled and disseminate price- and markeHelatedinformation , ,.

(c)

Portal for. encouraging

(d)

farming None of these

. 85.

contact

Advances in Indian Agriculture Scepe "\

:'t,::.

77. Krishi'Ratna Awa!dsare

86.

\

9,iven to

(a)

Progressive farmers

(b)

Traditional

(c)

Obsolete farmers

~

,.

The output of wheat la~d is highest i'n'

by by by by

"

per hectare of

'

(3)

IC:'DP-Wheat

"

87.

more more more more

revolution, than' than than than

25% 50% 75% 100%

(b~(. ICpP-Rice""," i (c), IS:D~-C?arse CE;real (d)

All of these

88.

79, Subsistence crops are sOYJnfor (a) (b)

Individual consumption Self-conslJl;;'pti'O'h"only

" (c) "} Re?9Y .s,!sh.l~' r (d)

J':Ione_~fth~ser,,~

'" \

India ____

94.

:>0

TSP Ammonium.1sulphate

(d)

None of these

:~f"

Indiaranks

5%

(b) (c) (d)

15%, '25%'. 37%

(c) (d)

;8. Which of the following objective for setting pose river projects?

intheworldfcr of nitrogenous

fertilizer,

"

Nitrogenous

(b)

Phosphatic

(c) (d)

PotasslS ,l!'~' None ofthese

up

is NOT an multipur-

(a)

Exten'sion ?f i~rigationfacility

(b) (c) (d)

Power ge~:ratk)r •. ' Flood,control, Providing drinking water

99. Damodar

(a)

valley , projec~ has storage dams con-

,',

in Asia for

(a) (b) (c) (d)

of ,fertilizers.

(a) (b)

First Second

(c) (d)

Third Fourth

95.

area of

56 million hectares 183 million hectares 201 million hectares 245'million

of the cu:~.

(a)

44%

(b)

59%

(c)

70%

(d)

85%

(c)

Rajasthan

(d)

Himachal'Pradesh

'", ~'

Him~.chaJ Pradesh Madhya Pradesh in

Command 'gramme

••••. as launched in

(a)

1955-56

(b). (c)

1959~0 ,1968:-69

(d)

1974-75

Which'ofHhe

I.

Punjab Haryana

(a) (b)

Tapti Dam J' ' .,,' Pong Dam ",c~'

(c)

Koyna Darn,. Kosi Dam

(c.

'/~ ( ,

,',,",

diture on irrigation?

staten::.

0. (l!' reIa 0

the plans and ex;;'

j

~

1

"

.'

Consider the following

dams:

1. Gandhi Sagar Dam', " 3. Jawahar Saga'r Darnlltq

•••.

_

h

Ii

~

accounts

for

.~.

-.

concentration India is found

25% 75%

' (b)' •.. '(d)

50%", '90%_"

' "-,")';".,.1

,!

.,"'

(a)

250/;

(c)

75%

""Cb)"

50%, . l'/' ~ : (\.'.'~

-Other Minerals

~ !e;(;I":~_: . ,inc

,

'

(a) (c)

10% 40%,

• ~

'-.

": •• ,

Are ,Are Are Ar~

t'

'\,!~

')) _ ('~i

"

~

;'

f20% • v, '60%;

,,~,p.(b). (d)

;';

117. Diamonds (~) ,(b) (c) (d).

"

,'.

~(d)::":90%) .,'

116, Gujarat produces almost~ of Country's total salt production.

North-Eastern Zone' North-Western Zone Southern ZOl:le ',. Central Zone' "

:'"..

I.

,7,.,;".-,\(", notf9lJnd,~1,1':l~~ia ,:-; found in Ma~~y.a Pra8esh found in. Uttar Pradesh. fou,nd i~Guja;at;' ,

108. Ind,ia has world's largest reserves of Gold Coal

(a) i.

118. Which of the foll.owi~g State" do~s NOT have deposits of chromite?

(b). ' Copper . , (d)" ,Mica to

mica'pT~~ucti~n (b)

75%, • ,,'

(d)

.

66% 88%

,producer ' , ,

(a) (b) (c)

The largest , ..' .• The second largest The,third largest

(d)

Th~ fciurth)arge~t

111. Which ~fthefollowlng'is in India? '.

of

,r

(d)

Uttaranchal".

113.,isthe gold in India.

".,

(b).

Bihar

(c)

Manipur

(d)'

Maharashtra'

'.

"{'r

'

I,

'j

'Ii_ •••••••

t"

.

\

rtf

,\'

,,/'

".

..•'. '.-

\

'1"

•. ,

(a)

Delhi

(b) (c) (d)

Haryana Chhattisgarh Uttaranchal

•

~

.

'..

.\

'.,

J

120. Which of the following .. more femalesthan'male?

112. Which of the followirig states is the leading producer of manganese in India?,

Bihar

•

,Odisha

Indian States and Union Territories

NOT'found .l}'

Crude petroleum Potassium Diamond", Thorium

'.

(a)

119. WhICh of the following' states' has common bounpary with, ma~imum number of. other states?

l~), •.....~;1

.o,-t"'t

'.

_

,33%

I

115. Bihar and Odishaaccount for nearly . . • ot.' iron'l output of India. ',' ',:;'

'.".

(c)

'"i~

':

,-of-India's coal,reserves:

,

I: (, ' ~,\" ...,

'(

::)

valley"

" (a) (c)

Zone'

f '

2. RanaPratap Sagar Darn

Andhra Pradesh , ," . Karnataka' ;", " ~ ,~._,_

North-Eastern North-Western Zone SOl'!thern Zone Central Zone . .

~II;

,.:.:.

114. Damodar

in (a) (b) (c) (d)

" .

Kerala"

I

(c) (d)

,

)

106. The high~st degree,of of mineral deposits:in

,', (a) ..•• Odisha ',!: (b) Jharkhand;h,'

" ••"

following

(b)

C.217

.

Mineral Resources in India

(a)' (b) (c) (d)

....,'

1 Indira Gandhi C;~~I uses water from

(d)

hold true for between'five-year

".

,e

Area Development ~~

.•.,.}1~I

97.

312 km

Rajasthan Gujarat Maharashtra' Uttar Pradesh'-

110. India is '. Bauxite in the world.

(a) (b)

" 96.

204 krri, . ,

(d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'(ci

venture between different states, Which of the following State is NOT part of this venture? '

vated land' is"under irrigation,

...• h'

(c)

long.

:2, Beas Project ,is" a joint

hectares

In India'

1l0km',r

.1C;~(a)'~Gujarat

"i)

.

""".'

).,

of the ~orld's

mately

India has cultivable

, .; ,;

105. Ukai proj'ect is 10cateB in the' state",of

109. India contributes

31, Satluj-Yamuna link canal is approxi50 km

part 'of

Gandak River Project Chambal River Project Mahanadi Delta Profect DamodarValley Project

(a) (c)

Madhya Pradesh Uttar Pradesh Uttaranchal Jharkhand

(a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)' (d)

One Two Three Four

(b)

These darnfare

107. In India, Gold is found in'

structed on it. (a) (b) (c) (d)

India ranks

'(d)

Which of the following states, is also called Granary oflndiah. Punjab Haryana

~~l1ipurposeProieds

Which of the following fertilizers are NOT produced in India?

(a) (b) (c)

produces approximately .of the total'milk produc-

(a)

(a) (b) 'I

(b) (c)

Irrigation

was launched

tion in the world.

"

.

production

, (d) 'II None of these 78, Which"of 'the following schemes are run under'integrated Cereal Develop. ment Programme? ~

SSP

Irrigation has the lowest'public investment in India'

'00, Rihand Valley Project is based in 93.

green '

Which of the following in 1981?

is a nitroge-

______ 92.

Haryana Punjab Uttar Pradesh Madhya Pradesh

As a result of wheat production

of plants

(a)

Third Fourth

(a) Op~ra~ion.Flood I, (b) Operation Flood II (c) . Firs! Green Revolution (d) Second Green Revolution

farmers

(d)

(c) (d)

(a)lncr'eased (b) Increased (c) Increased (d) Increased

ht

Which of the following nous fertilizer?" I', :

First Second

".'

.(~.i

Irrigation has the lowest public investme~t in agriculture, sector

(a) (b)

Punjab Haryana Uttar Pradesh .' Madhya Pradesh '

~j~j1;

•.

(c)

1972-73 1981-82 .

:~

(c) " Huit-forming stage in plants (0). Decreasing protein content

(c) (d)

highest in

>'

Irrigation has,the largest public investmentin India.

of piants

Flowering

production

Wheat production'is

f

y

(b)

'Greening

1952-'-53 1967.:..ti8

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,

91.

Irrigation ha~ the largestpubli~ investment in agriculture

secto'r

in soil helps in

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

in India is Highest 'On'e of ,Lowest One of

90.

Uttar Pradesh Gujarat Tamil Nadu Andhra Pradesh

82. The . .... Green , .Revolution was launched in

75, The average yield per hectar~ ~f land (a) (b) (c) (d)

predominantly

(a)

Nitrogen

(b)

Green Revolution'

Agric~/iureScenario in India 74. India, is ______

89.

,(a)

81. ~oppy, ,seeds are grown in the state of

73. The farm land in India

Fertilizers

,,;', "

_,,',

over

the years

,,(a), (b)

I

Chapter, 5 ',' ,,':

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c). (d)

r

""""

(a)

Kerala

(b)

Mizoram,

(c) (d)

Bihar,!"""'''''' Odishay 'd' ~.

.•..

',1;

. ,.

1

..'"

..f:._

(\

"\" ,"Il...

,

121, The Kunitha and Nagamandala dances oelong to " ,l', :

.••

•.;1

(a)

,',

largest'producer """;~Ith.. t,)

'",

states have .. "

of

(b) (c) (d)

Haryaria'

'",.

'Tamil Nadu~ " Kamataka Odisha" ;'

~'.

-;-

I

••.....

~ II :;:\1. I

"""""

C.218

Chapter 5 .

122. Godavari and Tapti rivers flow through

II

: 1

11

!

I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,.

123. Jamshedpur,

Bokaro and Ranchi are

situated in

(a)

(a) (b) " !(c)

(d)

Bihar

river

has sanctuaries.

Kochi of the

following

Bhubaneswar

(b)

Bikaner

(c)

Bokaro

places

is

..~. (b) 'II (d) -

cover

(a) (c)

133. Which of the following

city is known

1

, •..(b) (d)

3

141.. (b)

~olar

.. ,Nati?nal Parks arlll Wildlife Sanctuaries have beer declared asTlger Reserves.

(c)

Panna

(a)

(d)

Perambur

(c)

h ,'''i')~.

industry

is based in

20 45

. (b) '. (d)

Pro;ed Elephant

Sutluj: Beas Indus'

(b)

Ludhiana

____

(c)

jalandhar

(d)

Ravi

(d)

Dhanbad

(a) (b) (c)

Third Sixth Eighth

(d)

Tenth

142. Project

Environment

Research Institution

Varanasi Kanpur Buxar Mathura

127. Which of the following city is located on the bank of river Yamuna?

Renukoot

135. Natural (a)

Mumbai

(b)

Hyderabad

(c)

Coimbatore

(d)

Nagpur

136. Satellite launching

Engineering

is located at

(a)

128. Srinagar is situated at the banks of river (a) (b) (c) (d)

Jhelum Dal Sutluj Ravi

ImporJant In~ian aties 129. Aligarh is famous for (a) (b) (t) (d)

Oil Refinery Shoe manufacturing lock industry" Steel Plant

130. Golden Temple is situated in' (a) (b) (c) (d)

Amritsar Anandpur . Patna Lucknow

(c)

station is situated

Shriharlkota

(b)

Vishakapatnam

(b)

(c)

Waranagal

(d)

Zawar

(a) (c) .

reserves hav: under the Projl:C!

h.

(b) (d)

20 34

94

110 ' ..•

138. Which of the following

NOT prohibited by the Government in the National parkst (a) (b)

Photography Forestry •

(c). (d)

Gr~z!ng Cultivation

1. (c)

Uttar Pradesh

21. (a)

31, (d)

41. 51

(a)

Corbett' National Park

61. (c)

(b)

Hazaribagh Sanctuary

71. (b)

~~

~~~~~:n~~:~~~ary

(a)Kh~~g~hendzonga

(b), (c) (d)

NationL'

Nawegaon National Park Gir Forest Ghana Sanctuary

47 Wild Ass Sanctuary is located in . (a)' (b) (c) (d)

(d)

Mauryan Gardens

List I.

•

Indian Tribes and their Habitat

'

of the following found in Andhra Pradesh!.

in list II .

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I Indira Gandhi

B. Shakti Sthal

Mahakali Temple Omkar Temple

155. Which

List II

A. Vijay Ghat

is also known

II Mahatma. <:;andhi

C. Rajghat

/II Lal Bahadur Shastri

D. Shantivana

IV jawaharlal

A

B

(a)

IV

(b)

I

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Nehru

C

0

III

I

. II

II

IV

III

II

IV

III

I

III

I

II

IV

Gujarat Rajasthan Maharashtra Uttar Pradesh

tribes

is

Kolam Kol Khas Khonds

156. Kuki tribe is nativ~9f Odisha Tamil Nadu." Ma,nipur Sikkim

~

~

,~

\~ .. ,~ I

,J

f

157. Which of the following, tribe~' is native to Andaman and Nicobar Island? ,. ". (a) (c)

.

Mina Todas

2. (~) 12. (b) 22. (c) 32'-(c) 42. (c) 52. (d) 62. (a) 72. (c)

.'.

3. (b) 13. (d) 23. (c} .33. (a) 43. (c) 53. (c) 63. (b) 73. (b)

at (a)

Park'"

1

(c)

. (c)

nd in 146. Snow Leopar s are f ou)1

activities are

Garden

rect counterparts

Odisha Meghalaya Tamil Nadu Karnataka

"

11. (a)

d

(b) 103 (d~' 1~5

Moghul

Nishant Bagh

Omkar Temple Mahakali Temple Sun Temple None of these

_

(b) (d)

Onges,," Warlis

!:pic-wiseAssessment

famous for rhinoceros?

national

Shalimar Garden

153. Match options in list I with the cor-

Sculptures of Trimurti Temple of Kailash Shiva Mandir Great Stupa

(a) (b) (c) (d)

called

(c)'

is also called

Black Pagoda?

152. Garden in the Rashtrapati Bhawan is

(b)

C.219

Answers

Madhya Pradesh

, . sanet uaries'-, 145. Which of the follOWing

India has parks.

154. Which of the following Temple

,.;, r

~~~~~:~~~~rh

National Parks

Ajanta Caves Elephanta Caves Lothal Khajuraho

'SI, Which of the following as'Seven Pagodas'? (a) (b)

144. GandhiSagarSanctuaryislocated'

Notional parks 'and Wildli~e Sanctuaries 137.

Eleph~nt was launched i~ fiv;-year plan,

15 28

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Dilwara.Temple. ,Mahabalipuram

(a)

'50. Konark Temple)s located in

.!. .'

been designated Eiephant?

(a)

.(a)

33 48

143. How many elephant

in (a) Ahmedabad (b) Hyderabad' (c) . Delhi (d) , Surat

(a) (b) (c) (d)

mining?

Khetri

with and

'.9. ElloraCaves are famous for

Pro;ed Tiger

(b) (c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

2 4

(a)

134. Aluminium

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'per cent of the".~;?tal land area of India.

(a)

city is NOT located on the bank of river Ganga?

.•.•.1i~

(c) (d)

statement

'Buddhist Monastery(ies) unique architecture, sculpture paintings: Thisstatement applies to

344 525

sanctuaries together approximately ~

(a)

126. Which of the following

_

wildl~e

'~8, consider the following

140. All the wildlife

Haldia

for diamond

~:nportantMonuments: India -

"'.

(a) 214 (c). 451

(a)

(d)

Indian aties on iliver Banks 125. Ludhiana is located on the banks of

Bareilley

. ,~.

139. India

known for Camel hair products?

Chhattisgarh Uttaranchal jharkhand

Daman Diu Maldam Chamoli

Badrinath

(c)

132. Which

124. Capital of Daman and Diy is (a) (b) (c) (d)

(b)

..

:~. t~.

'Ludhiana

(d)

j

,!

Sanduaries"

131. WIMCO factory is situated in

Manipur Maharashtra West Bengal None of these

Geography of India

82. (I;» 83. (c) 92. (c) 93. . (b) .,.) 102. (d) 103. (b) 1. (b) 112.(a) . 113. (d) 21. (c) 122. (b)" '123. (c) 91. (b (d)

31.(c ;1 ) . i1.

(d) (d)

,

4. (bY' 14. (b) 24. (a) 34. (d) 44. (d) 54. (b) 64. (c) 74. (d)

84. (b)~5. (d) 94. (b) 95. (c) . 104. (b) 105. (b) 114. (a) 115. (c) 124. (a) 125. (a) ..J

132. (b) 133. (c) 134. (a) 142. (c). 143. (c), 144. (a) 152. (b) ,1?3. (<;1) _ 154. (a) .~" "

~. (b) 15. (a) 25. (b) 35. (c) 45.. (a) 55. (d) 65.' (a) 75. (d)

.

6. (a) 16. (a) 26. (d) 36. (b) 46. (a). . 56. (c) 66. (c) 76. (b) 86. (b) 96. (0) ..,. 106. (a) 116. (d) 126. '(d)

.

~35. (d) 145. (c) 155. (a)

J

7. (b) 8. (d) 17. (b) 18., (d), 27. (b) .28. (b) '37. (c) '38. (a) 47. , (c) '. 48.'. (a).. . 57.. (b), 58. (d) ,~7. (a) 68. (a). 77. (a) 78. (d)

.

I:

9. (d) 10. (d~ 19. (d) 20. (a) 29. (c) 30. (d) . 39. (d) ,40. (c) 49. 50., '. (c) .. (a) 59. '(b).. 60., (b) '69. (c) 70. (a) 79. (a) 80. (cY

(9

87. (b) 88. ~a) .., '8~::'(a)" 90.. 97. (a) 98. '(d)' 9'9. _ "'.' '(d) , 100. -(b) . 107. (c) 108. (d) .1,~? 111~.,(c) 117. (b) 118. (d).119. (c) ,120.,(a)., 1':b. (c)' 128:' (a( ,129. :130. (a) .

c.t?~

'.".

136. (a) 146. (a) 156. (c)

I

•

(~r.:

....l~

.

1,3!. (b) ,138;.(a) 1~9.. (g? ,,)40., (c)" 14?Ja) 148. ~a) ; 14;9."(~)i:/150. (a) 157. (b) "

"

- ...

I

L

~ ...••. ,

,>,

I

India~ Economy., C.221 ~. ,

involving. the different ministries at the'dmtr~ and in states, in thejomt attainment ofdev~lopmental objectives. ,'j ,',. ~.ii" . ;~

..

/, r'.'

~anizalion~I.St,ru,~,t~~e;of .Nnl.A~yog •.' l.~"..~ .. :.t.

..#('J

I Aayog WIll, mc~ud.e:.:;_

'1

. ,

"

.'1' I _-'

..

,.t

.. '.: ,i

~

.

~~,"

j

~..

~

.-('\

• Mints and'Pres~\-

Il.~

-\;

-.

•. PuBlIcF,inance ,

--'/1X:'; '-:~~':;:t '~_~:~t .

~. ., ~J.Bdnkmg\System,'

,#~

..•.'

>,

;'f

-"

y-"

\ . \"

_-

l

n__ -1_,"~

_ "'

• Industrial' Finance Institutions

;"J

•

-~ ,.-_.\11.,

"

..• > .•••

-~"'\:

.findustries

~.

'"

~

~.,

••

~-

.\

' \

~ bisin~estme~t

• Have speCific durations, zation to' make strategy implementation.

.•.. -;.

PLANNING IN. INDIA Historical. 'Background .. ~::,",

Sir 1\:1. Visvesvaraya in his book Planned Econgmy of. India advocated ~ecessity of . planning in the country much before indepen~ence. 1944: Planning and Development Department ~asset up under the chairmanship of Sir '. Ardeshir Dalal. 194:6: Interi.Jn. goverrnri.e:Q.tset up the Planning Advisory Board.. ~ ~ • t...J', , ,.', .. -. 1947: Economic Programme Committee was set up, ~~~!.the ch~irmanshlp pflandit Jawaharial Nehru. Planning' Commission wa~ 'set up after 1950: independence. . . . .Nationii PlartDihg Council'e~tablished. 1965: ,.. r 2015: . ',NIT! Aayog .repl~ces Pli'lnning Commission. 1934: '.

1_

l

.)

.•.

'.

.;

_.

T~e.NIJI;Aayog. On January 1,.2015, National Institution.for Trans~' forming India .(NITI) Aayog was set up. It replaced

.

legional Councils: To resolve certain issues and llI\ergencies affecting more than one State or region. Slrategy and planning will be secured at stat~-lev:~l; aithregionalcouncils organized by the Prinle Minister iJrrecognizedpriority areas, put under, the 'corpbined . eadershipof related sub-grqilp~ qf s~ates. (gro,uped llOundcommonalities whIch coUld be I'ge6gtaphic, ~"Onomic, social or otherwise) and central ministries . Regionalco~cils will: .

','

~ St<;>,ckE,xchanges \

Ie"~ "f1"." System . .'Curre'tltY v

f

.

• J~lannin

/

\

with the' authoriand supervise its

the Planning Commission of India. The Government • Bepresided by one of the group chief ministers notified a resolution constituting NIT! and laying jointly (on a rotational basis or otherwise) and a down inter alia its objectives and'structure. Thisnoll. corresponding union minister. , ,. , fisation states that NITI Aayog has the prime minister • Involve the' sectorial union ministers" arid conas the ~hairperson, its governing council includesth" cerned secretaries; along with' state ministers chief ministers of all the states and the Lt. Govemo~ and secretaries. ; "',: of the union territories, specialists, experts and prac' titioners with relevant knowledge in the concerned • Correlated with' correspondiJ:1g fi.eld speCialists and academic institutions." ..,'. . field and a full-time organisational framework. The NIT! Aayog is ainedium to the developmen- • Have a devo~~d s~pp~rt:.~~ll in th~ s~c~e~ariat ofthe NIT! f>-~yog. , ".' ~'" , tal process; overseeing an overall conducive environment, through a holistic approach to development moving beyond the restricted field"of the publicsector SpecialInvite~~:";: Specia1ists;'~xpe.r~~'~~~ e~pe-: fi~!d1ql"9.,~ledge arid govemrnentof India. lfis constructed basedon: ~ced person~.~ 'Yith,relevant f ..• ~ltinGadkari, Prakash Javadekar and Thawar Gehlot) as. special invhees nc)llliJ:~atedby the •. A' more authoritative 'role of states as equal Chand lruneminister ' ,..:.1 ~ : ' 1,1 associates. in national development; ma~g ~ :principle of<;ooperat!v~Jederalism funcoo7 ~me Orgariisatiomil Framework: Will • A knowledge nucleus of internal as wei as fro~, ~~ p~~e~~~er,as, ~~~\ .' a reposilon ~~~:rt externa 1 resources; fu.nctlOmn~ as With • ~ice-Chairperson:Appointed by the' prime minof. goqd g
• ; t

,J

]

,

~I' • ,l

~

•

f.••.. ",.~'.•

.

,bY

0"'/'

• Joint platform easing implementation, • arJ seeing development, filling loopholes

Chand,Dr. VKPaul and VI< Saniswat]:;. .

"~

• ' •. ,." '."

'. ~

t

....

•.

"

,-

~

I"'~)"'~_~'

".j

~-

t

~•• ~.~.

~ il.-l,',T';

~--"

~:

~~

I!1embe!~' of the union council; of ministers to. be nomi..nate'd- bi the "ptime'purUst&'. [Rajriatlt. ?mgh; Jaitley,S.u,r~s.h. ,P-rC)b.1l1;,. ~.a~~ J1 Smgh]., ..•".'1<,.: 1,)/:"" . , ..•."1L. ,'. i~j • Chief Executive' Officer; Appointe4, by: t:h~prinle miriister for 'a fixed,tenure, in "therank of secretary to the govemmerit 6f fudia [AmltabhKcu\'t]i ~.1t:-;t • Secret~riat: As deemed 'n~c~ss'arYi~Nfti:Aayog ;.• will also involve' diff~renf!sp'~~iafized"~i!J-gs, , such as: . '. , ,., '. ..-.." .• '

¥R em

-::U1).

t

,

.

',_,;

7,- ,,:),...1

Research Wing: It will dev~lop' 'iri':'house

1.

sectorial exper~se as a devoted think tank of concerned field experts, specialists and scholars. . , ' .~ " ' -,. ..' . . ~. .. 2. Consultancy Wing: It will make provision for a market place of panels of expertise and funding, for Union and state goverrunents to make full utilization':from; fulfiUfugtheir demands with solution providers, public and .private, nati~naL.<md.)p.teJ?Uat!ona!. NITI Aayog will ¥cti~n as.a matchmaker instead 'ofproviding the 'whole service on its own; and will'b'e able to concentrate its res"ources'on priority'issues; offeringdirection and a comprehensive qualitY check to the rest.'"

,''''',.''.

I'

;'"'

.

c ;

{I (,;

"

.Team In'diaWing:iIricltiding reptesentatlves , from all states and 'il1iIiistries 'will provide a permartent platf6iitlfor na,tional' eolIaborati'on. Irldudmg'tepreseri:teitives from all ..t"t'.-,:- "1'1"'1.. l'P t r=:. ')I .•~'tt, '.j •.••..t.' , saeSWI:' {.' , .. ';{ Ma1<:is({r~tllar ~~JrY,~tllte)!ld 'miriistry . has a con~tan~' say ~r{d,~ta~e'iri the NITI

3.

~Aa,\'o .. ,.~\.

i ••• ,

;5

.

.

mem~' - ,; 'oersJi'om I~a_ding.uniye-rsities,' resE;arch organis~tio~sl, and -';Otherrele~-7mt""illstitutions""in .an eX:6fflcib 'cap~Ety.'Pa;t. tiiri~;me-mbel'st:~ill be ',' '-,--.o:-r, f'.,'tt-~ .• .lth .•... t~ < '.. r_:I:?!"'f~;.,J4;:! '\ .',. ,....:f, on a ro atlona . .~ ' .,.... .i. ' • J,t ~.;;;,.;" ~-: ....)._

f'

•

.

.

• Ex-Officio Members: Ma~uJIlqH?ur

Governing Council: Including the Chief Illirlisters oiallstates and ~t. ,G,overnors of unio~t~r~it?ries.

'.

,<:"." .

L'

.., •. ~~r:~~i'!t~Memb~rs:~1;rp.~xiip?r-;0f'two

••.

Chairperson: Prime Minister of India., [Narendra ')lodil ,\ ".~ , I:~

.

'ii"

':,

~

;.,,~;Minisier. of 5 tate:;RaoIndefji( Sjl:lgh.. : ','

~_!'

j

~

j~J:,.i

\'

•.

.

'"\.

J

~

.11

,-0-. I

~U ~

•

y g 'r ..•. J,~ '" .' . ~'iA' ..'u'. L~unch a straight commUnication chan- . 'nei b~twee~ .'the'r.sta te i iriir;tistry and NITIAayog~for all issue's / developmentrelated matters .. i:c, ,,, -I.

,1,~

•

,

A model of national hub spoke will be created, where eachsfateand rilinisti)r Will.persuade to build devoted ~;.

~.

,t.

-,-

~.I',IIJ;

~

t

•

.,

IILiI i

I I

C.222

Indian~Economy ,C.223

Chapter 6

I

il

'

I

j

mir:i:'orinstitution. These, institutions will form their oWn state/ministry-level networks of experti~e .. NITI Aayogwill act in close coordination, discussion and cooperation with the union ministries and state governments. No doubt, it will makerecommendations to the union and state governments; however, they will be responsible for taking and implementing decisions.

Guiding Principles of Niti Aoyog , "

!

I

In implementing the above functions, an overall vision of inclusive, equitable and sustainable development will be the guiding principle of NIT! Aayog. A policy of empowerment based on human dignity and. national selfrespeCt, wruchis enshrined in Swami Viyekananda's idea of our responsibility to inspire all in his struggle to live up torus own supreme view.

People's Participation: Make thedeveloPIl1enta: 'process a people-driven process; creat . conscious and participative population, ~ha instrument of good governance. Our Indi ': f~~ily ,of the non-res~de~tIndi~.n co.mIl1un~ hvmg all over the globe IS a qUite slgnifica', geo-economic' and geo-political strength. ~ strength must be harnessed.' . • Governance: Create an open, clear, responsible, proactive and meaningful style of governance. • Sustainability: Keep the factor of sustainability l' the centre of planning and developmental proc~ building on our ancient tradition of respect forth environment. '

'T.'

3. State's Best Friend at the Centre: Facilitate, states in resolVing their own problems,.along ..with making ..vse.of their strengths and advantages. This will be done. through different means, like cooperating. with ministries, supporting their ideas at the centre, providing consultancy support and building capacity. . 4, Decentralised Planning: Re-organise the planning process and lJ}ake it a,b()~om-up:model, giving more' powers to states, and drrecting them to givemorepowerslocal'bodies; in creating mechanisms to make genuine schemes at the village level. " I",;),.,; I

The.'maturity acrueved by the' institutions of the government has led to ennallcing the specialisation of their workings~'Therefore, it is required to distinguish and boost the distinct 'strategy', element of govel'f).ance fro~ the usual 'process' and ~!mplementatiol}' element. As a dedicated tl$lk tan.t
Functions of Niti

With the maturing and deepemng at'india as a natic; we have initiated a better measuni'of pluralism ~j decentralisation. It demands concept change inho;. the union government approaches the state as wellt, local governments. They need to, be made equ:: stakeholders in national development. Their differer~ regional peculiarities must be included into nation,: polic~es arid programs,with the j~~quired flexibili~ To follow this principle NITI Aayog will executetJ:;,: following: 1. Cooperative and Competitive Federalism:Bethebas: platform for implementation of cooperativefed- 5, Vision and Scenario PlalllLing: Make, strategic outlines of the large sC,enario vision of India's eralism, supporting states so that they canactive: .. future-across differ~nt, sections, regions participate'in the formulation of national po~ and time; looking fo~. aU' possible alternative along with attaining time-bound functioningc' assumptions ,and cOUntex~~~tuals. These will qualitative targets through the mutual effortsc' function as the drivers of the co~try' s reforms the prime minister and chief ministers, ThisW; agenda, particularly concentrated on identify~ be by means of systematic and structured inter•.•. ing import~t loopholes .andutilj.sing unused tions between the union ~d state govemmen~ resources. These will require beirlg essentially to better understand' developmental issues,:' vibrant with their development apd regularly well as forge a consensus on strategies andimp'.• mentation mechanisms. The above mentiCf'''::c supervised for useful mid-course rec'alibration. The .overall 'environment at domestic 'would mark the' 'substitution of the one-w: and global level also needsito.be continuously flow 'of policy trom centre-ta-state, with a gt1'.' SCannedfor involving new trends 'and resolv'ine and corttinuing centte:state partnership,n~ ing emergmg problems. This would require a co-bperation would be \fUrther enhanced by t foundationalt):'ansition fr()m',just, plaI)lling for vibranCy of competitive federalism; with the~' spending Nation'smoney, t();,planning-where tre competing with the states and vice.versa,,~ thenation needs to go. ";>. ",_ • _ .' the states competing with each other, 1I\ the" Domain Strategies: Create ,a I storehouse of pursuit of national development. 11;" specialised field expertise to help the union 2. Shared National -Agenda: To Develop ~s ~: and state mihistries in their: concerned develidea of national development~l p~on~~~. °P~ent planiling',~d p~oblerrt'~9ivni'g needs. plaIming, with an active partiCipatiOn? 5, . Thiswill ena~le bringing together good goverThis will make the framework for n;lt:. nancebest practices. agenda'. fr-~,

a

• Antyodaya: To support service and uplift of the poor, disadvantaged and downtrodden, as pronounced in Pandit Deendayal Upadhyay's viewsof' Antyodaya'. Development is notcomplete and isofno use, unless it reaches farthest individual. In the words of Tiruvalluvar, the centuries old poet, 'Nothing is more dreadfully painful than poverty'. • Inclusion: Empower ~is,advantC).ged and marginalised segments, resolving identity-based i~equalities of forms such a!) gender, language, , religion, caste or section.'Sankar Dev wrote some d~cades ago: 'To see every being as eqUivalent to one's o':\'n soul is the supreme means (of attaining deliveran~e)'. Weaker secti~Jns must be helped .to become masters of their own fortune, having equivocal impact over the policies the nation makes. • Village: IilVolve villages into the process of development. .". • ' DemographicDividind: Utilise our greatest resource, the people of India; by concentrating on their , . progress, by providing education and skills, and . , ti1eiremP9werment, through productive livelihood opportunities.

j,

#

7. Sounding 'Board:: Function~ as.an ' in"house voicing .board honing Md'refining government positions, by dearly criticising.o£;erfng counter-views .. ,', .,>;] ...:.. .', : . ~'" ' 8. Networ~ of Expertise: . Include' 'outside views, experience and skills into' government strategy / and "programmes" through a collaboration, of ina tiona I and ..•international experts and, practitioners. This:, will, require govemment' S." association .•,with:,l'the, ".outside world in brjnging,. in ,schohirs,'~priva~esector expertise, and other:.prorniner:t" views of commoners,':Accord~g,t~:; the J~RigVeda1~"'<'1Cl)4igfcl~aa"~ ,(hit us ',welCome .'noble thought~ ~e,:,,~gin fr",o~';l~ 8-it;,~-f,~9n~).',. 9. Knowledge,J.I~nd Innovatio~i hub:.Ftylction as. Cl. collector and as,a broadcaster of/research and practices ..oIl go~d ..go;ernanc;; making. use ~f a state:of-the-art resource centre that acknowledges, 'e~ainfus, ~J:ares and~~ciJitates of the 1;""'.j~".,.J-._

J,~

.•.

~ _.

,.~",~~.'

.

•

{~~.

"

\,'

J

~J,,,'

~"","

',"::."l

--":.'_

I

sam~.~ ~~.'" ",t., "'-'.~ :~~.. ' , (, In~~EUi popul~tio~ ,is, ' .ste~4ily '. becoming more and more mat.,ure:and, it,h,,,!s started increas~g t):lecoris:entrate, on;' i)nd' demand for, actual delivery and results. '1:0 ~. their risen aspirations, NIT! Aayog's directive will have to move beyond just planning and making strategies, to help, functioning of the development agenda. This will include making functioning u core t9.'tlle pl~g' ..pioce~s,by layin.g stress on' cOllcrete' results,. workable targets, strict time lines and strong 'sup'ervi~ion and exarrUna': tion~achange from, iliecop-cept of jl:lst 'plan'ning'~ 'to 'plartrung:'for Ilnplementation'. NIT! i A~yog'will:J a1so'fu:i:lctlon as' a 'meQiillri, to the t:~;' ~fJ.'....' Government machinery at large; fillirig ,loopholes; ~creasingabilities.' 1_

/-.'.'.

,.i',

'0.

--:

'~'.l-"

'",

•

J~

f

•

.

'•. '

.'

,_;.•~ .:.

'j,

.-.:~,~

-,

t

',J~

' ••"~'

••

10. Harmonisation: Assist in harmonisation of activ, ities' over various l~vels of Governriu!~n,t,particularly when (crosscutting' 'and ohHapping issues arefiil~olved:; Itmusfbe'" dohe"throtigh commUrucati.on, "~ollabora.tion' ancl'farrar{ging meetmgs'-ahi.origst~ all stakeholders. Bringing all on",an iptegrated-iaild Jolistic 'approach to development must be the foremost endeavour. "', " r: .;..; ;rf-l: !." .' '-f n. Confllct Resolutwn: I:o 'offer-a stage for, collaborative' resolution Of'aiffer~ht;~issiles' -between • '~*"i. vap,ous departments; States'and between centr~ 'and s'tate;.faeilit
~H- ~~,.-

'.•••

-~

f".

~ ;

~ .

••.,,'. ~

.n 1.- ••• ~

. /"

'.1

.AI

I .

L

-,.

~~i~'"

• l ..jv.t..:

,U

!-"

'''.

C.224Chapter6

I,; :[!1

':, I'

",

IndiaqEco~omyC~2~~

12.Coordinatinginterjace with the World: FunctiC?n as the nodal centre :for, utilising world'exper~ 'tiseand resources ',reaching. in from. va:ribus countries, institutions and' otherintemational organisations. 13. Internal,Consultancy: Prov.ide an intemal consulfancy hlsk to union and state governments ,on the design and formulation of policies and programs; Offering outlines sticking to fun, 'damental Principles Of decentralisation, flexibility~d 'an emphasis 'on outcome, This will reqUire specialised skills such 'as structuring ,, al1d executing public private partnerships. 14.:C~pa~ity "building':S~pport cap~city enhancing ",,qrid, up gradation of teChnology over govemments, introducing the' latest trends and offering managerial and technical knowledge. "l5'.'lylonitoring'and Evaluatipn: Sup~rVise the work".-, jng, gf programmes: and' ex~irifu.~'.their impact ' , ",by:'rigotol,tslyfollowing thE?performance met. ,tics and comprehensive program evaluations. This will help finding weaknesses and bottleneckS for necessary course correction as well as 'facHitatedata.:.drivert policy making. This will ho'doubfencourage greater 'efficiehcy as well . as effectiveness.

Role of Governance

in.

The g6~~fntnen~' sI
~

. -')t1

.•

~ Pr9:people age~da that accomplish the dreams of ~he.~odety as:w:ell~sindi~idtial ' . , " • Pro..;active'in anticipating' and answering to their demands .,. r~~.~cipi!~~~, l:>Y 41volvement ofdti~ens .! ~J}1p"o,!,ei-!Ilg w()m~n in all secfo;n,/ ' , ~ ,,IIl.clus.i_o~9f, ~ll sections;of society,"p'articularly the ~co'},?rnically "weak" t~e Sc:' S}' ~nd OJ;3C communities, the rural sector and farmers, youth r, -.:. ~ .. an,d all ca,.tego~i~so~~orities . ... ' . • ~E!l~~M~.pl. t?,..?':lF,tJ;leY?l!th of the I ,/

'

.1"'-,; \

,i

,

V

2p.~~~~ri~

~'.~rc~~.!EYll.ry~t _,i~~JlfH.'t~~

.•

:~:

,_~~.!._-.'l

"

• Ttansparencyby making u,~e?f t~cJ;W~logyto make governinent transparentartd responsive ..

.Good govern!IDce is a matter of concern "of SOtiety wliole:~wh~ther -it,. is ,private" or public, gove~ ,Everyone ,18Ibenefitted from' good- governance effective delivery of, services: Therefore/Jan C~ ~ public "awareness assumes significance for PeoP~~ initiative.' Today /public'services are often delivered~ 'private' entities. Thisoffersgreaterscopefor'participali\' citizenry', and governance involving everyone. 't

~balisation . Today; we are' living in- a'g~?ba~,village', liJ1ked by advanced,transport; :.comm~c~tions' and edia, and" global markets a.:trd.'orgarusaqons;" With lJl 'b tin' , , I b- 1 d .... _1" Illdia 'contrl u . g.Ao go cl1',' ynarmcs":lt"lS'.m:0 . pacted by j: occurrences~ around; 'ther globe: ,This :aaation :with the globe nee~~t~ be included into our ~liCYma~~'as well as functi~mng .ofg~verIime~t., '. " ,.

_

.

_,.r,

,

~es The states of India have transformedjr:0f!\ Justification for Replacing Planning Commission with Nm beingmerely attachme~t~ of !he ~on, tobeingtl;.1e It was on 15 M(lrch 1950, when the government 01 realmotivato!s of IndIa s ,deve~opment There!ore, India through a resolution constituted the Plannm development of st<1,tesshoulq: becom~: the nati~hal lies in the Commission. It has served India well. However, the; objective,be~ause country'sdevelopment developmentyf states. State~ S?OU~cl h aye.~ silY,and have been dramatic ch!IDges in India~ver the past65 en the flexibility :t:equ~~(Uor,effective they m ust be gi:v years. These changes, can be seen at ~iifferent levels Following are the most important factors forcing iInplementatiqn. ,8. :..R. Am~eg,ka'r .,once, sai4 .that it 15 'unreasonable to centralise powers where central India's transformation. I

.

t

IJ

\'.

;.

control,an~:buniformity is:nof clearly, essential or is impr9.cticable:!:Thus~ using] our :globaL experiences !IDdnational synergy,'our strategies:w.H1'be.calibrate4 and customised. to local needs:and'opportunities, '; : ~

.'..,.

\.

,

. ~:"1 '

:l'''''

T~fhn~/ogy,'lPe.,y~.l9pme;nt ..' gf

I

li:" nt lh~,ti.i .. ~it!1''C

1

.'

i~

•.

.J~~hnC?I,
"Ih4

I

-.

.--

.. ",'';

.".- •.

~.

:r',r.J>

'"

'.

.,'

'i'~~_'

- •.••... ~ ••

t,

.,

-'"

,0

~_i ..

~

Demography The "pop~ation of India has risen over three" tithes. arid has reached over 121 crores. Over~ crotes people have been added ,to Urban India, There is an increase of 55crores youth population. It is more than 1.5- tithes the total population of the countn then. Moreover, with improvement in literacy and comrriunication technology, the ambition of our people has increased: Therefore, we are dealing with a different India today. We need to transform our governance system to"keep pace with transforming India,

L

~

Economy The' economy of India' has witnessed a paradigm transformation. It has increased 100folds. " Its GDP of ~lO,bOo crores has moved to f100 lakh -.' crores at present prices, which has made it one ofthe world's larg~st econorjUes. The~e has been a dramatic drop in the share of agriculture sector from over 50% to below'15% of GDP. Priorities, strategies and structures dating back to the tithe of the birth ofthe Planning Commission, need revision.

I

AL

Private Enterpri~~' The role of the government in,our

IIr ii

4,

economy has also undergone a change. The pnvate sector l').as nlatured into an energetic and dyn,anuc force, functioning 'not only at the intemational competiti0l1'. but also with a global scale and reach. 1!~l " ThiS. tran.sf~rm.E;d economic scenario demands; I; new, administrative mechanism where the role i!: governm~nt ,~ust' increase from merely prov!d~ re$o~se.~ t~4ire~~g, supporting and regula~~ lltision of ~s ~?-.r:~et .~,co~~y'sterr:t ..)~Jation~l.l development ;~bliC b~vi.ewed,beyon~the restricted field of the ~ Secto(.
,

.- ..' I;;

r

-

.

~

C~226

, ,

Chapter 6

, • ' The 8th Five 'Year Plan document, implemented after the liberalisation of 1991, stah~dthat,' as the role of Government was~reviewedand restructured, the role and functions of the Planning Commission is also required to be reconsidered. The Planiling Commission needed to be reformed to keep up with changing trends; letting go of old practices and beliefs whose relevance had been lost, and adopting new ones based on the past experiences of Indi"1as well as other nations. • The standing committee of the Fifteenth Lok 'Sabha, on .finance, noted- that the Planning Commission 'has to come to grips with the " emerging social realities to re~inventitself to make , itself more relevant and effective for aligning the : 'plaiming process with economic reforms and its consequences, particularly for thepoor'. Ex-Prime Minister Manmoh,an Singh, in his last address to the COmmlssion in'Apiil 2614 emphasised asking, :what the role of the PlannirigCoItuJ:Ussion ,needs to be.in this new wQrld. Are we still using tools and approaches, which were designed for a different era? ,What. a<;lditional roles should the Planning C::ommissionplay and what capacities does it need to buil
, NITIAoyog-First M~e~i~g Prime ;Minister Narendra Modi presided over the first governing council on 8th February 2015, during which he explained this vision,. whiGh is a personificatipn of the concept, of collaborative federalism. Th~ prime minis~erfurther elaborated that he p~eferred h~althy competition for progress among States. It was stated as the most important duty of NIT! Aayog relates to promoting cooperative federalism through structured support initiatives and mechanisms with the-states on"a c'ontinuous basis: The union} through' thisffam,ework will

IndianEconomy C.227

function, as ,m enabler in~he swiftd~velop~ent Of sta~es. through ~collabora~lVe, federalIsm. Different proposals" cabout structured mechanism fo interaction based on specific issues and relativr advantages of states were required. Moreover, th: opinions of the states on structuring of regiOnal council to resolve certain issues and contingencies affecting more than one state or a region were also required. .

Three-Sub Groups of Chief Ministers TheNITI Aayog will form three sub-groups of chief ministers on the following basis: ~ , 1. To study the 66 centrally sponsored schemes and suggest on their continuation, on transfer to states and..on their discontinuation. IT. To suggest how NITI Aayog can encourage skill development and formation of skilled work force within states. m. To determine on institutional system to be evolved and technological inputs, for mak. ing sure that commitment to Swachh Bharat becomes a part of our life in perpetuity.

All Sta#is fo Have Two Task Forces

cabinet.The prime minister is,the chairperson of the conunission,ahd the minister of state with independent chargefor planning' and programme implementation servesas the deputy chairperson. A staff drafts national plansunder the guidance of the cOrru::rUssion; the draft plans are, presented for approval to the National DevelopmentCounc~, whi~ consists of ,the P~anning Commissionand the chief ministers of the states. The councilcan make changes inthedrafi plan .. After councilapproval, the draft is .prese.~ted to the cab41et and subsequently to Par1iamep.~!whose approval makestheplan an operating d9cumeI).tfor Central and Stategoverrpnents. ! .f'

I'

~

.•

•

•

_

•

_:"'

'.',

'_ ~

REfORMS INITIATED BY NITI AAYOG "

"

}

,.

j .

•

t-", _

NITI 'Aayog has recommended tscrapping bLthe Medical Council'of India and enactmentfOf a new body for regcla~gmedical' education.', The, draft legislation for the' proposed," Nation~}-"(Medical CommiSsion is lying with the Government for further necessary action. ',' ,;' : " ,"

a Model Agricultural Land Leasing Act, 2016 Jor dealingwith' the increasing' incidents of leasing in andout of land and less,than
,

2

~

, .i

1

!!oJelLand Leasing Law Tht;.Nm Aayog has fortnulated

1

J

R~forn:ting Mediccil Education '.

Reforms in Agricultu;e

According to t~e arrangement, all of the Indian State; will form two task forces under the guidance ofthe NITI Aayog: One task force will concentrate on poverty elimination, and the other concentrate on development of agriculture, and how the unoincan assist the state in this. The first meeting of the governing council further reformsof the Agricultural Produce Marketing Committee Ad On suggested about setting well-organised processo 21stOctober, 2016 NITI Aayog consulted with the on three critical areas of refonns and system of interactions between union and state- States and between NIT! and other stakeholders to ensure (i) AgricultUral marketing reforms .. synergy between the efforts of different levelsc! (ii)Felling and transit laws for tree produce grown government and a shared national developmer:! at private land ' . 'framework emerges. The states were urged to offer fiii)Agricultu~alland 'leasing their opinions on how to make new measurec' government of.India like Swachh Mission, Make:~ ',~odel APMC Act version 2 wa~ prepared based on India ca,mpaigri, 'Beti Bachao' Beti Padhao', SI1l~~ '~eoutcomesof these consultations.",' ,~, ~,"~ , . Cities, Housing-for-All by 2022, Digital India, Ski. ';icuhural Mark~fi;'gj an# ftlrmiJr, Friendly, Reforms, Index The India~.Piadhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana<, ~. :'\itever'Agriculture Marketing and Farmer Friendly successful'. ;f ' :formsIndex' was developed by the NIT! Aayog for nsitisingthe states about the need of reforms in the Pla~~i,~gCo~mi,~s'on '~asof Agriculture Ma~ket' Reforms, Laild Lease ,The Planrling Coinmission was 'established in 195.', ~!o~ and Forestry,on,Private.Landt(Fellingand accordance' with Article 39 of the Directive PrinCJ;:' 1lSltof Trees). The index carries a score of 0 to 100. of the Constitution of India. Responsible only to ~, ~e index inlplies absence of reforins. 'lOO'on.the prime minister, the cotiunission is independent c ' ',,-'X unplies completion>of all the,stated !eforms. j.

Maharashtra has achieved the"hignest i~i1k based on the index.,The1 State has. ii:i'iplementea..,ino~t 'of the marketing reforms arid it offers the best environment for undertaking;agribusinessainong all the States and UTs. of India. Maharashtra is follo)'Vedby Gujarat. Rajasthan and Madhya Prade!,h, Approxirnah~ly two third of the Indian States have failed to achieve a score of 50 points pn theinde?" (dur~ng 2016-17): l '" ~

.

~.'

1.\...

Digital Payments.Movement

"

j-

_

,

,

I'~

i.

,I t

.",',.,

1. The NIT! Aayog has created: aI).l:acti~h p1<m " on advocacy, 'awaienessand' 'co:"ordination of .h.andholdmg efforts. ~mohg 'generaf puolic, micro enterprises and othefstakeholders. In addition NITI Aayog disseminated literature, held presentations and interactions Jor the purpose of training 'and capacity' building of various' Ministries/Departments ot Government of India, representatives of State/lJTs, Trade'and mdusti)' Bodies 'as well as'all other stakeholders: '.' ". " , ", ' 2. ' A high level Co~ttee ~fChief Ministe~s on bigita~ Payrne~ts ~as: en~~t~d ,by.NITI Aay~g on 30th November 2016' with 'Hon'ble'Chief Mini~ter of Andhra Pradesh, Chandrababu Naidu, aJ the .O?nv~t;ler'Tl:le PlJ.rpose.of the Committee is to 'promote'transparency, financial inclusion and a healthy financial ecosystem across India. The Committee submitted its interim report in.Janua:~y2017. '.' '" , ,-

:.'

,

I.

'

' • :;; ~..1

,~

-"J

,'.

j..:

:

3. The
.........•

~1'

"""""

C.,~,28 Chapter 6 .

Indian' Economy

16 lakh consumers and merchants. have, won ~256 cror~ under tl~e~e schemes. . ,. 6. Digi Dhan Melas were als~ 'held fo~ 100 days in 100 Cities; from December 25th to April 14th.

~o

Ii "

,

,

,

I

,I

I ~

Ated'.binoMationMisslon. ' The Gove~ent o'f hldia in consultation 'with .tl{~ Nm .Aayog has. established the Atal' rnnovation Missibit '(A1M) JorstreJ;lgthenihg india's. innovation arid entrepreneurship" eco'system. .The' folldwU;g schemesare'paitof the Atallnnovation Mission: .. ' , ..' 1: Atat Tinkering Labs (ATLs): The' Atal Tinker" ,.'. fug't
are

....

.

'.;

l

.

'.'

'

,'

.• ';

.

.

,.

..

'.

Indices Measuring States~; Performance in Health; Education and Water' Management

~ ":. ~ ..~.. ,. The NITI,Aayog has p.eveloped indices for measuring the. incremental annual ,improvement in the, critical areas ,of social sectors like. health, ,education and water. Th~.idea is to encour,!ge int~r-state.competition for increasing the development"'Yhil~ sharing best practices & innovations to help each other. The idea is to create competitive and cooperative federalism. '

S~~.•Gr~upof (hief Ministers Development

on Skill '

Thi~. ~o~p 'WqS ,f~~ed on 9th March,)015 and it present~<:l.its report ,to the Centre GovelJlffient on 3h;t December 2016. The action~ble points of the report were approved and' are being; implemented by the Ministry of Skill Development.

Tas~ force o~'Elimination.of Povert,y'bi India' . This task force was formed on 16th March,; 2015 under the. Chairmanship, of Dr. 'Arvind Panagariya, Vice. Ch~i.rn).an,NITI A~yog and ~tpresente~ i~ report on. 11th J~y, 2016. The task fo~ce,deaJt with two issues ()f . measUringpovert)r 'and of 'combating poverty.' The

:r:.eportdid not arrive at any conclusion regarding the ~,ea..surer.nentof the poverty and recommended greater study of the issue for setting poverty line~'On the iSSue of combafingpoVerty the report hastecommended e~ployment -intensive sustained rapid ';growth and effective implementation of ap,ti-poverty p~ograms.

Taskforce on Agriculture 'Develop~~nt The'Task Force on .Agriculmral"development Was formed on 16th March, 2015 under the Chairmanship of Dr. ArvindPanagariya, Vice Chairman, N1TI Aayog and it submitted its final report on 31st May, 2016. This task force prepared a paper titled "Raising Agricultur~l Produc?vity" al1d Ma~~g Farming Remunerative for Farmers and sent It to the States for taking their inputs. The paper focused on five critical areas of Indian Agricult;ure: (i) Raising Productivity, (ii) Remunerative, Price~ to Farmers. (Hi) Land ,Leasing, Land Record.s}r Land Titles; (iv) Second Green Revolution-Focus on Eastern States; and (v) Responding to Farmers' Distress. .

" I '

Transforming India Lecture Series •

,

.'

.......,

':

~

•

:.

.~,

'_

.

Planning Commiss~o'n

~.~

..

(i) Assessr.nel,lt ()f the ~atet:ial,capital :and human resour.ces.~of the q:>untry,.in,cluding ~.te<;hniCa) person,.nel,and f()rmulCltionor proposals fot ~ugmentation.of such r~sources., '~:-.' ,,-

e',

(c)NDC ~a~d'Sta\~ .." ~~.,. Planning Com.n:tissions. .',

,':

';..

.

-

-

/

In 'India, we have opted for a five-year (ii) Formulation of plans for e£tective and bCllance<;i medium-term plan, anchored ~in';a::!roll,ing"prospecutilizationofresouices.' '. ~ve plan IWrIJ;l\llly,.c;>.! 15 years as at} instrument fo,r (iii) Defining stages in which the plqn should be car.b~~g~~ ab~ut: pl~e~s.9~!0~~~r;~nRc,~~Y~.19P!Jl~nt. So..far, 11 fIve~year plans have. been. Implemented ried o~t. ancfwe are mthe nlidst"of the 12th PiveYear Plan. (iv) Determination of nature of the m'achinery neces-" A' fiv~.-year 'plan is~n' indkatiVe plan:~f.iction over sary for implementation ofthe plans:' . ',~ t1)e ensiimg5, yea'rs' reflectWg larg~liili~ mtent6fth"e (v)Appr~aJ fum:l.tirrieto time of the progress achieVed. goverru:h~nt for' t~n and was established in are operati6nalized' through "'allocations made in 1965.It includes experts representiilg a cross section each 'of the annual plans' c9nsti.tiitmg 'that 'period. ofthe Indian economy. . . Plan 'outlays' oy heads '6f develdp:rnEmt for' centre, lIationalDevelopment Council (HOC) Chief Ministers of the , states and UTs for the successive five-year plans are f6llow'ed by the-underlymg fmahcing pattern of the statestogether with the members of the, PI~g public sector plans.' . -.' .,: ". Commissionconstitute the NDC. The Prime Minister ofIndia presides OVerthe Council. Keeping in view ~he large:.scal17imports of food grains in 1951, and inflationary <pressures con I tne five-YearPlans econotny,the Firs(~lan (1991-,-56):ac~~rd~d.the high~ est prioritY to' agriculture as well as irrigation and The development plans drawn by the, Pla~g power. projects. AbQut 44.6% of the .total.6utlay ,of Commissionto .establish India's economy in phase ~2,069 crorein the pub~ic sector (1ater'raise~ to ~2,378 offive-years periods are' called five-year' plans. The crore) was 'allotted ,for such development The plan Drganizationsset up to formulate'basic economi<; polalso aimed at increasing,the rate of inv~stment from :des,draft plans and watch its progress and imple5 to' about. 7% of national income.' .,.' mentationconsist of: . '1.,. .'. • •.. ; -I " 'r, ,8,,'.', ..••

,I

.:_

.

'.

~1

In.March 1950, Government of Ind'; constituted a statutory'body/With the Prime Miniski of India as its chairman, called the'Planning CoJJUIII'" sion. of iIndia. The Planning Commission was se~t.:r in accordance with Article 39 of;the directive pOI',':" pIes of the Con~titution of India. i

~tl":

.'

:Jr!,.o

....

:ableC.6.1'

Percentage Share -

•

of Ce'ntral,States;o~;d UTs in Plan Expenditu're (at curreht,pricesl .r-t .•. ~~

t ...., •.•.(

.1

;:~-.

~~ ':~

'~J

~~~"''''~.~

.. ,

••.

'

.•,

% Share Central

'rslPlan(1951-56) -

% Share

Plan

Stale

""-~'

-'.......-....-.. --"-"-'"

.,;ond Plan(1956-61) '\.rdPlan(1961~6)r'~", •

~'T

'

'~_"

•

2,535.00 54.24 ~ 4.,212;00:.•.49,,1.)< '.,

~_.~,,-

~--'"

_

•••••

,-

•••••.•.

_

•.

_""---~-

- ••••

-....

•••••

~~

Plan

1,245:<:io

~._"L-:-_,

_~""';"'_'.

UTs

Plan

63.52' ... , ',9.00: ' .. '-

''';-~\.'__'' ':':';", ..•..•. ',_

y_'-

Total

0.46 _'" .

1,960.00

._.

w.

_.-.

2,115.00 45.27 23.00 0.49 4613.00 4,227.00; >49.28,,-.138~OO-,L6]1-:-'~"~8;577.00

-.---

-_"",._'

••••

.~uaIPIQn(l966-69) 3,401.0051.34 3,118.00 47.06 106.001.60 ~cJrth Plan(1969:"7 4r--'7'--"-'-7~2J.00' '49~6(;'~--:-,~ 7,675.00-:- 48.64' ,;~'278.00 ~'i.76- _ •••_

•••••.•.•.•~

__

,

••

~Plan(1974-79) .18,755.00 ~'~ual Plan(1979-80)' -.

' __

~_

47.57

I

'. (in crores

"

Share

~~

"706.00' 36:62""

--"--"

.•

%

~~ ,;1an Period (actualj

Year of Constitution

,

.,1'\

.j •...

Firs; Ch~ir"!~nPt ..• J~~~arla(Nehru was ~e Cha4~~, ?f the f.laryling C;:onlmission by VIrtU his being the Prime Minister of India.

(a) Planiting.,CO~isSi~~ ofm~H~:JJ .' ("'.';~: . (b) National.J;'lanning Counc~l.

'.,

,

j>

J

According to NITIA.ayog real transformation in the State will not take place without knowledge building & knowledge transferring. With this purpose in mind the NITI Aayog has launched Nm Lectures Transforining India' series on 26thAtigust, 2016.These lectures are aimed at the top 'policy makers in the Government of India,"(cabinet rn:embers and top birreaucrats).TheNITI' Aayog' wants to present the latest developments in the- development policy to Indian policy makers. The first lecture in the series "India and the Global Economy" was delivered by the Hon'ble Deputy Prime Mil).ister~,of Singapore, Shn Tharman Shanmugaratnam. The second lecture in the series "Technology and Transformation" was delivered by,BiU Gates, the Co-Founder of, Bill and MelindJ Gates Foundation. .

Functions : ..-

C.229

w_,.~

)0

••.. , •.

t

.__

20,015.00 .. 50.77

...,..

'-.,..---.__

n

...,.

6625.001 15,779.00 •. __~

. 656.00 .1.66. 39,426.00; :"~1'96.oo.~'~1.~56'-"'12,176.00

-.5:6"9'5.00'--46.77 .-'-, "-6;291.00:'1~~f67':'

,'~Plan(1980-85)------57:a25.0052°:91--.49,458.00'~

<

45.25-

2,009'~0'O"1:84--''-1:09,292.00

j

(Continued)

........•••

IIIII"Ti

Ilooo.......... •

~

I

C.230

Chapter 6

Table C.6.1

Indian EConom'y C.231

lConti~ued)

I

TobieC.6.2'

I'

'%

. Plan Per~od;(actualt

Central

Seventh Plan' (1985-90)

,_'

.~

.. -.....-...••••~•.. _._~_

1,27,519,60

: EiSJh1hPI~Ll.J]222-97J -"_._'Y~-''''-.

? __

-

.•.. ""_.

,-~,

__ '_~_~'

.••• '"W••__

58.30'

,.__

489,361.00

'.

Eleventh Plan (2007-12)

. "

58.50.

2,025,130.00

53.98

__

"

~.,,,,,,,,--,,_,'

87,492.40

__

'''''.'_' __

Share of the Plan

369,839.00

.,.'

'632,450,00

'*'_.~~,_~¥o

•

3;717.70

NA

-,-

4] ..5

"'~

1.70

Total

,,,

46.02

-

NA _~

-

. ",.

859,200.00

~_ ..

__

.

-

__.

15,25,639.00

3,750,978.00

3,7f6~85.00'J6.'17~"'='~'-~-

--

").""~'.

8,050,123.00

* The State share shown in the.tab.le has figures for Tenth, Eleventh and Thwelfth Plan bas combined for both States and UTs.

Five-YearPlans

!Period'

.•'

,

,.

',.f

to

_.'

..

~'~"~:'"",?,,,..-'~'\4%''''!(-~~_f''7'

I. 1968-:-69,

~'

__

-"_.w"""''''.

1966-70 1973-74

to

1974..:.75

td+-'

j

._"._.'''_'._.~. __

"1978-79 1979-80 __

to

1985-86 1989-90

to

__~_~

_

' __ '

Faster and more inclusive growth: an easy access for all to the basic physical infrastructure, h.ea.Ith and education With.a..projected growth rate of 10% by the end of the plan period and an expected growth of 4% in the agricultural sector; reduction in disparities aeross all strata and fast employment creation. '.

2012-2017

Twelfth Plan (objectives from the initial White Paper presented on April 21, 2011)

Basic obje~ti~e is faster,' more i~dusive andsust~inable growth. (could airTi'dt,9.0%\ ", to 9.5% which will need strong policy action. Major sectoral challenges are 'eriergy, • water and, environlTlentw~ich need to,be addres~ed wit~C?u$ s~c!ifi~l!,g gr9y{t~:,Io~in9 resources to create ci world class infras'tructure in the country. Require better performance in agriculture, for growth to be more inclusive. Plus, faster creation of jobs, ~spec'Tany'in', {' manufacturing, and. stronger efforts at health, educatio~ and: skill.d~velopme~t. eire given :~. importance~ Also, need to improve effectiveness of progra1mmes diredlY'aimed at the'poor, , special programmes for socially ,vulnerable groups, c]'ndspecial plans for disadvantag~d/ backward regions.)

_

...

b_

k

__

,_

H

Annual Plan

~i"992-93' t~----.Ei~hth.PI~~' 1996-97,

_

Plan

Tenth Plan.~

Of' .. ...".-.

._. __

._.'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''",

Food, work and productivity were the basis priorities , ' •

_.--------.--.--------

by the new

Identification of monitorable indicators ,is '~:Very essential so that the government and .oth~r1stakeholders can focus their energi~s properly. towards development. These indicators c'aube used to track the progress of the efforts made. The development process of theco'untry is very c6mple:i
.

..,-~------~----,---~..--.---

Priority to awiculture and rural development

.~._"_,,~_,_,_,,_~

• Health and education received less than projected in eleventh plan, Allocations" for these sectors will have to be increased in the 12th plan. • Health, education and skill development together in the centre's plan will have to be increased by at least 1.2%point ofGDP. • Infrastructure ...including irrigation and watershed management and urban. infrastructure, will need additional 0.7% point of GDP over the next 5 years.

•. -

__ ._

R9pid economic gro~h, differential development strategy, reforms in governance, policy and institutional reforms . ' __ (ConlinV=C

,",,'

.~

On April 2011..the Prime Minister Dr Manmohan Singh addressed the Full Planning COmgUssion meetingin New Delhi, concerning the Twelfth Five YearPlan of India. .

._

The eighth plan was to begin from April 1990 but successive governments (V.P. Singh and Chandrashekhar) were unabl~ to finalize the plan document. The two-, year shift of the five-year plan by treati ng 1990-91 and 1990-92 as annual plan penoch was necessitated, and the eighth plan was finally launched on April 1992 and coversthe period from 1992-93 to 1996-97. -- E-~vis~~~~-er-a--II-'g-ro-wt-h-r-at-'e-o-f-5-~6-. ~-o-p-e-f.-a-ri-n-um--'6-v-er-t-h"e--p-e-ri-od-1-9-92-93 to 1996-97

r~- - ~.... _- ..,.~'.;...,....,.,.....,,~----~._~ .....•......•. ~. -."...;...- .........•. -----.-

.. ;,.'"'':'.,.

Twelfth Plan: 'Monitoroble Targets

ResourceAllocation Priorities in 12th Plan . rel="nofollow">.v._..''C'''''"'

•.• _~.

Originally launched by.the Janota Government. However, abandoned g.overnment and __a .revised."...plan was ......•... approved _. __ .. __ .~~ _ ... for __ 1981-85 ,_ .. , ..• '".• _

._ ...••....

I

200~-2007 . , , _,

'~.

launched by the Janota Government .

Seventh Plan

_~...!h

...•.•.•.

,..".,.,,...._

l

11997-2002

't

fwelhhFive Year Plan (2012-2017)

.

holiday period:--China andPakistanwar~"

Emphasis on growth rate of Agriculture to enable other sectors of Indian economy to move rorwa~. Termina-te-d-a-y-ea-r'-e-a-r-lie-r-, b-y-~th-e-J-a.n-a-t-a-. G-o-~'efnmentwhich introdvced 'rolling plan' COrICe[)t . .,...

-~

._

,...,•..L,_."":'.,.y

'~'.':""'-'-""'"'1;:;w"r'~'~=-'''' __ .,._~ ~~-~--~::;':";~-'j--=""-

~trt''\c'-,p~'~"",,-,

.•.

Sixth plan

_.

11990 to t 1991-92 I

_

..~_-'--

•

.

Annual Plan

to.. .'.... ,

_ ••.•~-_.

~;-'~.~..L--',.,--.

•••"""_.~.,

" __

-'-Fifihpl~~"-' '" .

'-'-';~"="*"'~Y_""'_'

1980-81 !l~1984-85

l

,. ~":'~>~~""

je" M'

",

of basic andheavl~d'~stri~~---'

.__ .......:... __ •__ ~_.,

Fourth Plan

1977-78

~

Develo~~-;t .'

'. Annudl Plan 'Plan

J

--I

~~m

.~.. \,

long-term development of India's economy .

/>~""."'_

"-'.,'--

i 1966-67 to"

t

~

Priority to agriculture and irrigation

Third Plan. " :

"I '•.

r.n\,':i'l~{t

Eleventh Plan

, Rem,arks

Plan

A_" ••._~ ••" •.".• _.. ~

] 961-62 1965-66

1

~iJ.j.J~..

furtherinformation is available at www.planningcommission.nic.inl

First Plan. 1951-52 to 1955-56 ! 1956":56 to • ,,'"Second Pla~ 11960 ..... 61,'. ",," ,__

,;j:'~'

2007-2012

..

TableC.6.2

j-Jl./o~,

Pkm

2,18,729.70

. _'

,8589.71_._._~~7,012.31

43'

1,725,848.00

~Twelfth Plc':111 (20iGT'74",333,739.00--...s3-83"'

UTs

40.00

"1"'F""""_""'-

57.00'

893,183,00

._'_~

Slale

._" _1~!!?37.9_0_,_~?71_

~'-""---,--,"'i-.' .~"., '

__ '-_""~',:,.._.."_,.",,,_....,.

Share of the Plan

%

'.

.

328/~2~~.~9.52

Ninth Plan. (1997-02) tTenthPlan(2002":'07)

Share of the Plan

--= Period

%

" ,1,

lContinued)

• Sincecentre's GB,S will rise by only 1.3%points over 5 years, a11.0tllersect()rs willl)av~ a slower growth in allo<;ations~ , • Must reduce the nUmber of centrally sponsored schemes (CSSs)to a few major schemes. For the rest, create new'flexi-fund which allows ministries to experiment in other CSS areas. • Use of PPP must be encouraged, including in the social sector; that is health and education. Effortson thi~&ont need to b{int~~~ifi~d. . • Distinction between plan and non-plan being reviewed by Rangarajan Committee.

i

"

-',

"

'i'

Economic Growth

.'

,

.- "'" .'

,'!.i ,.,"

•.••. ).51

•

r

1. Real'Gp:t;grmyth!ate 6f ~~.,' " i::-' i.Agriculture growth rate of 4.0%. If" 3. Manufacturing growth rate of 10.0%. 4. The -average gr6wth.rat~jJofteveiy,~state ill the. 12th, plan. n:'-~st.~er.highe~.!h~. ~~a~-i!hey,h';lq achieved'iIi their previou~pl~~;)

:'J'". ..

POVertYand'Employment :'

.'

I'"

.

,) .'

5.' Head~count'~~ti\g of' co'ns~ption poverty in the Twelfth'plan will be reduced by 10%points over the previous estimates.

~II

i

'I,!

Chapter 6

C~232

i

hldianEconomy C.233

I

11,1

6. Create Fifty millio.n fresh wo.rk o.ppo.rtUl)ities in the no.n-farm secto.r. The same number o.fpersans will be o.ffered skill certificatio.nduring the 12th Five Year Plan;, o

Education

"I

y~ars.

'i

II'

I

.111 I

7.'Mean years o.f~choo.ling will be raised to.7 8. Two. millio.n additio.nal sea'ts will :be generated to. enhance access to.higher, educ;ation for eachco.llegeto.caterto. the s~l~ nee~s ~f,the ec~m?ri1y. 9., Gender gap (between .girls and bo.ys) and so.cial ,'.. ::gap (b~twe~n. SCs,.STs, M~slims apd' the rest ',;:d?tJh~ po.p¥latio.l1)jn scho.ol enro.lment will be : elimin~ted .. --~; ~:

,

!"I': I

iii

Did You' Know? .... '.. -, '}DrClwbacks 'of Planning Commission

',

•• __,,"'0'

Ii fi'

,

.

'.

','

'.'

:." ~ 1st Plan was successful

'.," .;~.;

~I::I

'

"

16. To.provide all the villages with all-weather road , co.nnectivity. . " ", ,', ;,' " 't! •

•

j'

~oferty'~ine' '._\'.;:!;:,j~;l" <+,' " '; ,

Twelve Focus Areas for the Twelfth Plan ,

17. To..r~ise natio.nal and state highways to.minimtUn two.':lane standard.

1, Advcincedcoaltechnologies; 2, National WindEn~rgy

18. To.co.mplete bo.th Eastern and Western Dedicated Freight Co.rd4o.rs. 19. To.raise rural tele-density to.70%. 20. To.make sure that nearly half o.f the rur~l populatio.nget 40 lpcd piped drinking water SUpply, and nearly half qfthe gram panchayats achieve Nirmal Gram Status.

#

" •

Mission;

3, National sOiorMission;

"

",

~

4. Improvement in tethn~ologi:esr~q~ired ini;on :~nd steel industry;' .' , .' '. ", " , :,' "'i",

.'

",

'

,

"

5. Improvement in technology re9uired'in cement'indus' try; .' _ 6, Programm;s related with energy 'efficiency 'in' the' in- ' dustry; " ••

•

,

••

••

" Po.verty is o.neo.f the,eighfMilleniUum Develo.pment Go.als (MDGs) o.fthe Uilited Nations;(., ~~, _ ' In 1980, the Planning Co.inmiss~o.n'in its Sixth Five-Year Plan do.cument defined po.verty line.o.n the basi~ o.f nutritio.na,lstan.dards: The peo.pl~' living below' the barest. desirable,nutritio.n~l standards' of 4~Hiy~take:o.f2,40b caio.~ies h1ftif~I'and' 2;100 caIo.ri~sper 'persbn' ul'11rba.r(areas' are 'said to. be liVingbelo.w'the'povertylitle: .',> \ '" ~ ,"1'.; .~; '.t;: I;, .. Tendulkaf" ;Coritiniitee's", repoiimoved "-;away poverty line/from. calorie 'intake': riomP fud,;towards a Uiiliorm ~Po.vertyLine: Basket chased 'on? lat€s~5lVailable ho.useho.ld Co.nSumption data o.n iiiral ~andurban po.pulatio.n. Rangarajan Co.inmittee repo.rt has no.w redefined po.verty line suggesting a calo.rie-plus no.rm that wo.uld increas.eI'P~we!ty !.'~b~rs:tf\enew. conl; sumptio.n basket to reaefinepo.verty lirie co.nsists of adequate noUrishment; elelthing;,h~1:1~~. c~ny,~yl ance, educatio.n and a behavio.urap,y deterininE:;~lever o.fo.ther no.n-fo.o.dexpenses'. .'.'11>: {

'

. .3'rd P,Ianwas failure. ,

."',,'

,~

,

6th; 7th, 8th.Pbns were successf~I'

i

.9th,10th, li,.1

1.1tn plan were failure

So we had drawbacks on 3rd,4th,9th,

I'

10th and 11th

;,1'1

:1 ,

i

I ~I

J

7. Programmes r~lated 'with vehicle fuel efficie[jcy; ,

Environment andSustainability ,

~,

~,"(

,.,

4

~

8, EnhanCing effic:iency offreighftransport;

21. To. increase green co.ver by 1 millio.n hectare annually.. ' 22. To. raise additio.nal 30,000 MW o.f renewable energy capacity. . 23. To. bring do.wn emissio.n' intensity o.f GDP in acco.rdance with the target o.f20% to.25% reductio.n o.ver 2005 levels by 2020.

9, Improved urban public anlnon-motori.,::ed transport;

-

10. lighting" labelling and superefficieflt equipment 'programme;' ,,:" '. ".; , : ." '. 11, Swift adoption,li.green

build,ing codes and'

~'.,

.

.;

"\"

_.'

.

'~'"

q

.

~.

rn

Employment

24. To.enable 90% o.f Indian ho.useho.lds to. have an , access to.banking services. . . 25. All the payments related to majo.r subsidies and , welfare schemes will be shifted to a direct cash transfer using the Aadhar platfo.rm with linked bank acco.unts.

.

.

[I

t~~K

12. Increasing"the stoc"kof forest and tree.cove~ '

Service Delivery

,,4'th Plan,was ,failure , ".5th Pfan'vVassucq~ssful

I

peip#~~~'

,I

.?n9 Plan;was s~ccessful

I

;~I

~,

.

The Twelfth Plan as.sumpt~o.ns o.n t.ax,reso.urces of the Centre and States envis~ge. reven~e .neutrality o.f GST altho.ugh there ~ight be po.sitive spin-offeffects o.f GST .mainlythro.ugh qetter tax complianc~.

'

•• '.,

.'

.-••

-,'

"

[Ii

:

,~'r-.

!'I

''''" •.

r

The number o.f perso.ns o.n.the'live registers o.ftheemplo.yment exchanges gives an'idea'6f the trend o.funemplo.yment subject to.certain liinitatio.ns. Emplo.yment exchange.s cover mainly urban areas and no.t all the unemplo.yedregister,their names in exchanges. Further, so.me already ,~mplo.yed;\get .registered fo.rbetter emplo.yment.

j'

plans only.

.

1>,.,;,;;,'<

'0';~

TableC.6.3

Po.pulation under Poverty Line

Committee on Poverty Line

Health f ,~

10. Impro.vement in child sex ratio. to. 950, reductio.n in IMR to.25 and MMR to. 1 per 1,000 live births. 11. Reductio.n,m the to.tal fertility rate to.2.1.' 12. Bringingdo.wn the levelo'hmder nutritio.n amo.ng children (~3 years) to.half o.fthe NFH5-3 levels. J ••

~

~

j

Inhastructure Including Rural Infrastructure r

b:

::. .

To.'erihanc'e inv~~tm~nt ~ infrastructure as a percentage o.fGDP to.9%. 0

14. To.bring 103 millio.nhectq.re,o.f area ~der ii'riga~ tio.n as co.mpared to. curr~n.t 90 millio.I).hectare. ~r .

"

S r~- 'r1'

•

j t-~

l

,.-

._>J

~

-

•

i5'fiT~)II1*e pro.visi~nsfo.r supplying electt:icity to.all villages and bringdo.wnA,!-~d C,!o.~sesto.,20%.

The Planning Commission ,has set up a committee to study. whether '.nutritional requirement of people especially in urban areas have gone down over Ihe years Committee will also discuss whether the definition 01 "poverty should add greater emphasis on expenditure on ilems otherlha"n fpod which hove gained significance in' the consu'mption pattern, The' present definition is in terms of the calorific intake, and anyone who hos a dai' ly consumption of less than 2,400 calorie in rural and 2;100 calorie in urban areas, is classified as poor, In 1993-94,~the population below poverty line was 36% which came down'to 27% during and 21.9% during 201 1-12. Redefining poverty line by Rangarajan Co~~ mittee report 2014 has set a fresh debate on India policy implicalions. Its provisional eslimates has ral~ the poverty.ratio to 29,5% in 2011-12 from 21 % based on Tendulkar committee,

For Rural Populatiofl Numberand perceritag~ of population b~lowpov~rty -No. of persons (in lakhs) .' ,.", -No,ofpersons(inlakhs)in2011-12' ,

0:,

2,782.,1 2;167.0

.. 764.7. ,531

~~~,.8

per capita (in Rupees) poverty lines for 2011-12 '

~rcoPita con;[;;~H;;;~xp~~d;tur~~n,mo~basisconv~rted dgel per month for family of five .. _ " , , ~,1993-94 Poverty Rat~(%-) --,'-'-,-~------,---2OO4-05 Poverty Ratio (%) ,41.8 2009-10Poverty Ratio (%) " 20 11-12Poverty'Ratio(%) ~te of reduction between 1993-94 and 2004-05 (per year) te of reduction between 2004-05 and 2009-10 (per year)

t

For Total Population

line

.

~~:~:~ ~:~~~~::~ l:~:~~:::l ~~~:~~ ::'~:: :~~;g~r=~r" rnthly ;

For Urban Pop..,l(ltion

~~

972

l,~gb.6

1,407 ,___

into a '~6rrespondin'gconsun'l~/'"."~: , , ~. 50.1 33.8 25.7 0.8 1.6

.

.31.8 25.7 20.9 13.7 0.6 1.0

\.,

" 3,546.8 2,698.

.

'~~:ejrR~;r~lkar as per Rangarajan Committee Report

lI r

!<~', ,','.:--_': ' ,r.. 45~-l 37.2. 29.8 21.9 0.7 1.5

1 !

........•••

~I;\ •••••••.. ' ;IJ 'I

ri

~.

I I

I C.234

Chapter 6 '

Poverty Alleviation and Employment Generation Programmes India's anti-poverty strategy comprises a wide range of poverty alleviation and employment generation prOgrammes, many of which have been in operation for several years and have been strengthened to generate more employment, create productive assets, impart technical and. entrepreneurial skills, and ra,ise the income level of the poor. The Community Development progrcimme (CDP) for rural India was launched in 1952. Under these schemes, both wag~ employment and self-employment are provided to th~ people below the poverty line. The objective for such programmes was to ma1<edeliberate efforts to flow development benefits to ~e poorer sections and the backward areas. Accordingly, ~mall Farmers Development Agency (SFDA); Mar~aI Farmers and Agricultural Labourers (MFALA) Development Agency; ,Minimum Needs Programme ~);DrolJ.ght,Prone Area Programme (DPAP); Desert Development Programme (DDP); Hill Area Development Programme (HADP), etc., were implemented. Hpwever, CPD and these other programmes could not bring expected <:hanges in improving the conditions of rural masses or there was not much achievement in the area of agricultural development. The apparent failure of the CDP was the main reason for the evolution of the Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP). In 1998-99, government proposed to unify the various poverty alleviation and employment generation programmes under two broad categories of 'Self-Employment Scheme' and 'Wage Employment Schemes'. Funding and organizational patterns will also be rationalized to achieve maximum beneficial impact 'of these programmes,

! ,

Integrated Rural Development Programme (lRDP) Integrated Rural Development' Programme and its allied prl?g~ammes of Training Rural Youth for SelfEmploy~ent (~RYS:PM)and pevelopment of yvon:en and. Children ill Rural Areas (DWCRA) are major self-emplo~ent programmes for povetty alleviation. The basic o1;>jectiveof IRDP is to enable. identification, of rural poor fam:ilies to augment theirinco~es and cross the poverty line through acquisitiqn of credit-based pr~ductive assets. Assistance is given in the, form of subsidy by the government and t~rmcredit by the financial mstitutions for income-generating activities. IRDP was a centrally sponsored scheme implemented by Department of Rural Development.

C.235

Indian Economy

Agency (DRDA) of the states. The Agency Unplementedtwo types of programmes:, ' 1. Poverty. ~lleviation 'progra~e: The Poverty Allevla~on~ PrograffiJIle mmed at giving the poor family an. income-gel1erating asset. Th programmes w~re: (i) Training Rural Youth fo~ Self-Employn:tent (TRYSEM) and (ii) Development of. Women and Children in Rural Areas (DWCRA) and ' 2. Employm.e~t generation programme: The employ_ ment generation programme provided direct income to the poor through wage employment. (i) National Rural Employment Programm~ , (NREP), (ii) Rural Lan~less Employment Guarantee Programme (RLEGP). Based on the recommendation of Hashim COmmittee, the Ministry of Rural Development restructured all the Rural Development and Poverty Alleviation programmes, such as IRDP, Training of Rural Youth for Self-Employment (TRYSEM), Development of Women and Children in Rural Areas (DWCRA), Supply of Improved Toolkits to Rural Artisans (SITRA), Ganga Kalyan Yojana (GKY), Million Wells Scheme (MWS) with a view to improve the ~fficacy of programmes. All these Schemes "fere merged into a single self-employirient programme known as Swamjayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY). "

Swarnjayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana(SGSY) This was launched in April 1999 after restructuring the IRDP and allied programmes. The objective of ther'estructuring is to provide a sustainable income generation through micro-enterprise development, both land-based and otherwise. It is the only self-employment programmed being implemented for the rural poor. The objectiveof the SGSY is to bring the assisted swarozgar above the poverty line by' pn5VidlAg' th~m 'income-genera~g assets, through b~ cr~dit and government su~sld) In dOlng so" ~ffe~tiv~ ~a?e~ have been establish~ be~~en ,the, ~~ou~. co~pone~~s, such as ~apaod ?uildin~ of the p~or, a;~dit, ,t~0nl?logy, marketing ~as~~~~. F~ds are proVlde~ by ~G?s, banks on finanCIal mstitutions. The scheme 15 bemg unplanted , cost sharingbasis'of 75:25betweerithe centre andstatl'"lawahar RozgarYojana'(lkY} The National Rural EmplO}~ ment programme (NREP) was'~introduced in 1%..' and and RUi'al Landless' Employment Guarantee ~ gramme (RLEGP) in 1983. Theseprograrnmes aint~:' improving and eXpanding, employment opportuJUot:" for the nrrallandless, thereby allowing them goaran,.J

:d

I

ployment to at least one member ofevety landless :usehold up to 100 days anrtually. Also, it targeted to createdurable assets for strer).gthening the infrastructure asto meet th~ growing requirements of the rural econ~y. NREPand RLEGP were merged on April 1, 1989,to formthe JawaharRozgar Yojaria (fRY).JRYwas a wage ~ployment programme with a main objective of generationof employment in the lean agriculture season to theunemployed and under-employed rural people, ~oth 1l'£I1 and w0D;len,living below poverty line. Thel signiftant aspect of the scheme is that it is implemented by thePanchayats at the village, block and district levels :II theration of 70:15:15,respectively. On the basis of the SR HashimC'?~ttee ryort, JRY,~as res~~s..anq madevillagespeCificonly, and J!:{Ywas renamed as Jawa!,.ar GramSamridhi Yojana (JGSY)iii 1999. ,.'

~ EmploymentAssuranceScheme (£AS) It has been universalaedso as to make it applicable to all the rural blocks of thecountry.It aims at providing 100 days of unskilled manualworK'tei up to members of a f~y in the ~gegroup of 18 to 60 years normally residing in villages :nthelean agriculture season, on demand, Within the ::ockscovered Under EAS.The Ministry of RUral Devel;:pmentmerged the Employment Assurahce Scheme :EAS) (the only additional wage employment Scheme ~l1ruralareas) and the Jawahar Gram Samridhi Yojana .~GSY) (a rural infrastructure development Scheme) .1toone Scheme, and launched thEt new Scl)eme 'as )3ffipoomaGr~ Rozgar Yojana (SGRY)in 2001.

~o

b.poorna Grame~ti' Rozgar Yojaiia (SGRY) It was i£urSh~d ,~September;2001: The schemes of Jawahai Gram ~dhi Yojana (JGSY) and Emplo~ent Assurance 'x:heme (EAS)~ave been .fully mtegrated with SGRY. }e objective of the scheme is to provide additional ageemployment along 'wIth food 'securitY; creation 'durable cominunity, social and econonUc' assets "j infrastruc~e development in the rural areas: 'The J'emeenvisages' generation of 100 crore man':days of -J'ploymentin 'year. The cost of the programme is 'beshared between the centre and the state' on' cost '1ringratio of87.5:12.5 (including food-grainS com1\ent).SGRYwas merged in NREGA in 2006.

a

a

I •

1",

.

"

.

'.

'

.~':nolRural Employment Guarantee Act (NREGA) . It was '~etedby legislation on August 25, 2005, to proie for the '~rtancement ofillvelihood ;j-s,ecurity thehouseholds. in rural areas of the' country by ,'Viding at )east i60 days of guai~nteed" wage ployment in',every financial year ,to every housed whose adult members volunteer to do ~skilled

manual, work;.,.Through .•thisract/ th~ 100 days of work in rural. areas become' legal right. ~REGA was.renamed1as M~atma 'GandhiiNational, Rural Employment Guarantee'Act (MGN~GA)' on' October 2, 2009, and,is implemented throughout the coun.; try in the n~e.of 100 Days employment.programme in common parlance.' , ; ". '

a

j

','.(

PraJhan Mimtri r Gramodaya Yojai/o (PMGY) PMGyLWas' launched ill 200Q..:.i:n irl'alltnl:r state;;' aRd:th~ u;,' order to achieve the objective' of su~ta~able' human' devel~ opment at the village level. The PMGY, eri.visage~ the allocation of additional central assistance to the states andUTs forsell~cted basicminiillumservice;;hl order to focus .on certain, priority areas of the government. PMGY initially ~ad five components; viz., primary health, primary education, rural shelter, rural drink", ~at~r ~n~ :nuti'iti~n. Rural,'e!ectrlfi~~tio~,h~~.beeri r added as an additional comporient ~om 2001 to 2002: , The Planning ~oiUms~io~ cfuectlyirilpiemenh~4thi; progp~,mme: If se~kS to achieve *e objectiXe of ~us- , tainable J;labitat.?-evelop~ent at the village lelfe[~'-; ~

~g

•

"

:

f

,L.

':

_.

...•.~lU

r ~ ',.." _ _

'

Antyodaya Anna Yojana (AAY).., It was launched 'by: the' , Prime Minister in December lOOD ..Under the scheme, 2 croreof the p'oorest farnili~s out of the BPL families covered under the Targeted Public 'Distribution. system are identified. To each eligible family, 25"kg of food grain is made available at a highly subsidized rate of ~2 per for wheat and ~3 per kg for rice. This qu.~tity h~? been, enhanced from 25 to .35 kg ,with effec.t froD,lApril2002 for a period of one year, that is, up to :ty1ar~h~1, ~003. . , :; ,

kg

Annapurna It was launched on April!, 2000, as a 100% CSS. It aims at providing fqod security to meet the requirement of those senior citizens' who, though eligible for pension under the National Old Age Pension Scheme, are not getting the same. A total of 10, kg of food grainsper,person per month are supplied. free of P?'~~'. ) /"'0; "n, .'.:"1'; ,"" ,'''e ;1';,-, "

RuralEmployment Generation'Programme (REGP)'. Ifwas launChed in.l995with the ~bjective ofcrea1fu.g self-employmep.t opporturrities i11.the rural areas and small. towns; and is being implemented by the Khadfand Vplage :rndus. tries Conlmissi<:m (KvIC). Under REGp, entrepreneurs can .establish, village industries byavailirigof margin money assistance from KVIC and bank loans for proj- ' ects with a maximum cosf of ~251akh.' ..'" , fO-.

. ,.'.

• ,

'

.'

",

. '.'

-

~'

.••.

~ .-

'

,

Prime Ministei's Rozgcir'yojana (PMRY) It was started with the objective, of, making, available' self-employment 1. '

,

;

T ~.

0

.'

I

C:.236

I

Chapter 6

IndianEco~omy C.237

,opportunities 'to the 'educated. unemployed"youth by assisting them to setup any ecortomically'viable activity. While the REGP is implemented in the rural areas and small" towns (population. up to 20,000) for.setting up village industries without.anycaj:> on income, educational qualification or age of the beneficiary,PMRY is meant for ',educated, nnemployed youth with family income of up to HO,OOOper ~upl"in bo~h urban and rural areas, for engaging ihanY' ~coJ:}oriUcaUyyiabl~acti\fity. . " , '"

Ii

H

h

I' ,

"

~.

. : ,"~

.'.' ._,

.

.'

•.'

Jai ,Prakash RazgarGuarantee

l

Yojana (JPRGY) It seeks to

provide guaranteed employment to the unemployed in 'the most :distresseddistrids of the: country. Operfl!~Qna!wqq.alities fo:t launching of,'th~ scheme are ~~wg'~(:lrkeci,g~!."" Y"

Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana (SJSRY) The' Urban Self;Employment:,Programme'and the 'Urban Wage Emp1eyIDent Programme ,are two special schemes or,Jhe:: SJSRYr::initiatedin December 1997, :which replaced various programmes, operated earlier for urban poverty alleviation. This is funded on a 75:25 ~as~qb~tween ,the centre and the states. •

Valmiki'Ambedkcir "Awas Yojana (VAMBAY) It was' formally laUrl'ched,by,thePdfue

MiiUster on.December 2, 2001.

The sCheme'seeks to 'ameliorate th~ con.ditions Of the urban: slhm dwellers living below the povertylme, who do rlot possess adequate shelter. The scheme'has the primary objective of facilitating the con.struction and upgradation of dwelling units for slum dwellers and', providing a healthy' and enabling' urban envirOi1ment throughcornmunity' toilets' und~r Nirmal' Bharat Abhiyan, a, component of the scheme. The central government provides a subsidy of 50%, the b,,!1ance50.%bei,rtg.arranged by the state government with ceiling costs prescribed both for dwelling units and,community toilets, ' ~ \.~

.

Recent ,Employment Related Schemes and 'Programmes DeenDayal Upadhyaya Grameen Kous6alya,Yojana (DDU.GKY). .It is ,a' placement linked 'skill development scheme for rural poor youth. This initiative is part of NRLM:"The skilling .programforirural youthhasnowlbeen 'refoGtised'and'reprioritizedtobuild the capacity bf rural poor youth,toaddress the' needs, of the"domestic, and globEl1skill requirements. ,ofJune 30, 2017, a total of 200,643 ,candidates have been skilled underBDU" GKYat650+ centres and in 329 various ,trades. Out of total skilled cand'idate~>rri.ore than'54%,109,003 candidates 'to'be'exact, had been placed by June 30,2017.'

As

• Provision) for. Bayment of Tecbnical.Assistants / ",~o:~ The ,DDU -GKY,i 'skilling 1 edosysteinb consists Barefoot ;Engineers from the~MaterialCoinp6~ The.,Minis~~fRural Development '.(MoRD)Or~ National MiSSIOn Management' Urut(NMMu nentofthe:Work""'. ~:.,', ...;,' NU), :~t~te:Missions, Project Imp:lelll~nting agen~ • Special. F,inartdal Ass~stance! of n47 'crore for or trammg partners," and Techpic:al .Sl.~,pportAgen. Staffing of SOdal Audit Units; 'T I.:.' i.. ; cies.c::urriculuIll ~upport ,is tllr0,l,lghNational COIJn. • Use of mac~es for wo!ks,where speed
""', "'. , -""", . -

.:)

. __ '

I

"~'.

.' t

"

J.

r

'..

,.

'.

"

I~

r--J

Northeast Region: 10% of DDU-GKY programme funds are reserved for projects in North-East, wherein '-ols of MGNREGA the centre contributes 90% of training costs to ensure (a)Socialprotection for the most vulnerable. peoopportunities for rural you,th frorrtNorth-East. ple living ill. rural India by guaranteeing wage employment opportunities. ,', ' • .,.; rJ', ~ Mahatma Gandhi NRfGA ~)Enhance li~elihood, security of ,the rural 'po
j -,

~ .

.~ •. '

,

•

; $' __•.. C'

'-,:,'

,

~.

_:

'.

•

,

" ••

J

:'-"'i

• E.rrph~~i~,oJ},{\gr~c,p~t.v.rl?andAllied A~tiVi~ to ensure that at least 60% of the works Ula d '.trict itt terms of cost shall,-be for creation o~ ductive assets linked to. agriculture and activities through development of land, watef and trees.

fMgm Shift in th~lmplem~o1a;ioQ

t~ ..•

,.

,,'

.t'_

'..}

oO~GN.R~GA;

• MGNREGA is demand' driven wage' employment prograinmejand .resourCe transfer,. from Centre to States ~is ,based' Ion' the demand for employment in each State. \;r .n, ,J'V\

.: ,'\. demand-driven,,' self"seleGtingand' rights-based 't' :.~. ,.,,..'.,.~, """fprogr:amme"ir.h,,..;'I,,':~-J (. h,'" "
•

. -

. ••.•

';,

.• ;._l

r

~ . '_'.,

;. •.~\.. "'"

'-i.<

.:: "

''t,

.. ,~'":~

J

'.

~

.~':~.,.:~i;. ...;. :...~,.- ,_~\)"~";~ _

,"1 ~j,~."'''!' __ •..•.•• ~~'A..t ~

~ ,.'

:

I

;\*'~..,MGN~GA .. is.) bottom-up, h,people~centred~

• ~lah~and,~~~i~i9n~ .reg~t9~g,:tl!~'n~~~~ajl.~ choice of works'to~be undertaKer(the,ordei: hi. ,,<which eachworksite sele"cti~n:etc;1 a~~,aiLfobe , ,'. made! in. opt:!n,asse!Jlb!i~s:,oi,ih~j,Gra!h.;?abha , ': ,.(GS)and ratifi~dbythe,9raI!l r~cllay~t (GP)."c\ '.' SodaLau'ditds' a hew'feature;+,{;VhfChicreates accountability', 'oh 'pedormance;;';"'especiail towards imniedi,ate:stakeholder,s.~ 'i!;ir.ff~.~M";,'hil ,. MGNREGA alsb matksa~bre'ak from'thEi?1-eIlef ., prograI11i1les of.the past' tow:~r4s "ari;futegfated nafural resourceinanagement/ah&'livelihoods' generation perspective. ';-'," ":'kP1i.;;.l{'~~f~l"~':

y

•

'.""

i • .;.

;,J.bt;...

:1(:' ~; -: .'~.'~

f-'i'

~~,\:(,;.'{{

: ~:~,~;.,

2016- Th~ 10th Yeal:~ftheleglsliltibh';,the' Mahatama' Gandh{N ati~I{~IRuHl.E'in'ploYh1ent~ Gl1krante~ Ad;, called ;the Mahatma- Gandhi'NREGA 'is. 0ne"ofthe pioneering rigl1ts based)egisl~tion in the:w9rld. The 201,? Y~Pp. Glob9,1 'Bum,an.;Deve!9Prnent';.Repor:t (GHDR) r~t~rs to, ¥ilhataJ?1a io GanqhL NREGAasone of the !Jl.il~s~o~es in the s~ci~lRrotection ~easure" in th~ .."Y0rld,owith, cOITlpara~leJ~ll()r_t,s~~eIIles -;:- Rurql EmploY!1!ent, for;)!ublic J'Ass?t~,5~_BClnglq.desh (on~yfor.P9Qr 'Y0mel1 h~aded"ho!l:seho!ds),'Jefes De Ifogar iI\;.Argentina, al{d ,tJ::leli!hited. J5atna!i.E111ploy,:, 111;entpr.ogramm£!.,in~ep~l.\ Th~)prograIl}s ir\Bangla-. desh and, Nepal are ,limite9- in ,ssgpe,. i!li terIll~.,_of their; il1.c~w,ioncriteri~
j

~II ..........-

.

C.238

Chapter 6

Significant Features of the Ad Its important,fearuresare:

I'

r

~

I I

(1). Demand Registration; (2). Unemployment Allowance; (3). Planning and Preparation of the Labour Budget; (4). Provision and Execution of Work, (5). Wages, and (6). Accountability Mechanism-Social Audits, Grievance Redressal and Proactive Public Discourse.

Funding the Implementation of MGNREGA The Central government bears the costs on the following: (1). The entire cost of wages of unskilled manual workers; (2). 75%of the cost of material, wages of skilled and semi-skilled workers; (3). Administrative expenses as may be determined by the Central Goernment,- which will include,-inter'alia, the salary and the allowance ot .the !Programme Officer and his supporting staff and work site facilities. (4). -Expenses of the Central Employmen~_Gtlarantee Council._ The State Governrilent bears the costs on the followlrtg: (i) 25% of the cost of mattiri~l, wages of skilied and serrli-skilled'workers. (ii) Unemployment alf9wance payable in case the State Government canl10t provide wage employment on time. (iii) Adminisftative expenses of the State Employment Guarantee CoUncil:. .• '

.,

National Livelihoods Mission (NRLM) Aajeevika-National Rural Livelihoods Mission (NRLM) was launched by the Ministry of Rural Development (MoRD), Government of India in June 2011 after restructuring SGSY. In-November 2015, the program was renamed Deendayal Antayodaya Yojana (DAY~NRLM). 'It aims' at organizing all rural poor households and continuously nurturing and supporting them tin they come out of abject poverty, by organizing one woman member from each household into. affinity~based. NRLM set out With an agenda to cover 7 Crore rural poor households, across 600 districts, 6000 blocks, 2.5 lakh Gram Panchayats and 6 lakh villages in the country through self~managed Self Help Groups (SHGs) and federated institutions' arid support them for livelihoods collectives in a period of 8-10 years.

National Urban livelihood Mission (NULM) Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana (SJSRY)which has been restructured into Deendayal 'Antyodaya' Yojana-National Urban Livelihoods Mission (DAY-NULM), aims at Qrganizing urban poor in self-help. groups; imparting skill training to urban poor for self~and wage-employment and helping them to set up,self-employment'venture by providing credit on subsidized rate of interest. As per the Constitution (74th Amendment) Act, 1992, urban

IndianEconomy

poverty:a~e.viation is'a legitimate function of the tJrb Local, Bod1es,:(DEB).. Therefore, ULBs ,would needan undert~e a lead role for ~ is~~es and progr~ co~cemmg.the. urban poor mc~ties/t0w.ns, includin skills and livelihoods. NULM alffi at uruversal co\,g age of the urban poor for skill.development and cre:' facilities. It w.ill strive for skills training of the UrI... I t "4<1 poor for market-based jobs and selfemployment, facilitating easy access to credit. In addition, shelters fer urban homeless and infrastructure for.street venda can also be taken up under this Mission. The Ma;;' Main Components of NULM MIS are: .(i) Employm~~ through Skill Training and placemef}.t;- ESTP; (ii)Self Employment Programme - SEP; (iii) Social Mobi1iz4. tion and Institutional Development- SMlD; (iv)Shel. ter for Urban Homeless - SUR; (v) Sppport to urban Street vendor - SUSV; and, (vi) Capacity Buildingand Training Programmes - CBT. '

Saansad Adarsh Gram Yojana (SAANJHI) On October 11,2014, birth anniversary of Lok Nayak Jai Prakash Narayan, Prime Minister launch the SIUlIl. sad Adarsh Gram Yojana (SAANJHIJ, the goal is 10 develop three Adarsh Grams by March 2019, of which one would be achieved by 2016. Thereafter, five such Adarsh Grams (one per year) will be selected and developed by 2024. SAANJI is a unique and transfor. mative scheme as it has a holistic. approach towards development. It envisages integrated development ot the selected village across multiple areas such as agnculture, health, education, sanitation, environment. livelihoods, etc. Far beyond m~re infrastructure development, SAANJHI aims at instilling certainvalues, sucli. as people's participation, Antyodaya, gender equality, dignity of women, social justice, spinl of community service, cleanliness, eco-fi:iendlines.>, maintaining ecological balance" peace and harmon}, mutual cooperation, self-reliance, local self-government, transparency and accountability in public life etc.;,in the villages and,their people so that they gd transformed into models for others. . The.Members of-Parliament(MPs) are the pivot, thisScli.~me will on. Gram:Panchayat would b the basic unit for development. Nominated MPsm.:::. choose a GramPanchayat from the rural area of aJ1, district ill'the countrY. Iri'the;case of urban constJ~~ encies(where there are no GramPanchayats), the, ~. will i~entify a ~ram. Panchayat f~om a nearby;: constituency. Pnmanly,the. goal1s to develop ..• Adarsh Grams by March 2019;;of which one WOll-

n:m

C.239

achieved by 2016. Thereafter, five such Adarsh ~aJ!1-S (oneyeryear) willbe selected and developed

National Social Assistance Progoinme~l .•:,

b 2024. Y

Department of Rural Development' includes Annaprtina' Sche~e,:National. bisabilih' .Pension Scheme, National Old. Age PensionScheme, National Widow Pension Scheme artd N~tio~al Fiucil~~en~fit Sch~me.

J

.,

..l~,..,

.

••••

'..

, .• ,.

• 1,. ".'

~yamo Prasad Mukherji Rurban Mission [National

Rurban Mission (NRuM)] l1Jeailn of SPMRM is to c.re~t~300iural gr
.,

. .

"

•.

<

-

~

I"

,_

!

~!

'+

_

\

il) ':,'

• JJ'i ",

f

.• ••

Accelerated -Irrigation,. Benefit.~ P!ogt:~~ • and other schemes (Ministry of Water" Resources, River Development and Ganga' "Rejuvenation); includes Accelerated. Irrigation Benefit Prograriune, Flood Management' Programme, Assistance' .for Sutlej Yamuna Link Canal Project,"Impactf Assessment Studies, Irrigation ~Census, National Ground Water Management. ImprovementJ Scheme, River Manage~ m~nt Activities and Wo!ksRelated to ,Border,Areas .. ;

The

Support to Training and; Employment P;ogriJmin~-'(StEP)

Scheme is intEmded tob~efit women who" ar~ in the age group of 16 years and abov~ J::>ypr9viding skills to them for their employability:' The Scheme covers any sector for imparting)?kills reli:1te,d.to,employability and entrepreneurship, including but not lirrlited to Agriculture, Horticulture, F009- rrocessmg, Handlooms, etc., and skills for the work place such- spoken English, Gems and JeW-ellery,Trave.l-and ,Tourism and Hospitality.

as

Scheme listed under"r STEP ' "~ ..

t

-

;t'

" ~--

t

ChildDevelopment Schemes 1. 2. . 3.

bteen Desirable Components Recommended under .the "ision The fol~owing 'comp~nent~ a~e. envisaged "

. r"

,

", _'.. ,_ .

Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS). General'Grant-in-Aid Scheme iri"the;field of Women and Child De~elopment.... . General G~ant-in-aid, (GIA) Scheme "for:Assistance to Voluntary Orgariis'ations in the 'field of Women and Child Development. " ~ . .~,.....}' '1

ChildProtedion & Welfare Schemes

.";1'

.'~I;-~ ~-i I . 1

1. Integrated Child Protection Scheme (ICPS). ,-2. RashtriyaBaI-Kosh (National .Childrens ~ .. ,Fund). 3; Rajiv' Gandhi! Scheme' for, Empowennent of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG) SabIa.): .". Kishori Shhkti Yojdria:' "I'i1"f: ~j ,vqJ

!

:l

"

Pradhan Mant;i Krishi Sinthai Y~jano:

,

'desirable components.in ~ach cluster,), (1). Skill \'Velopment'?'CJ.ining linked, to .ecop.omic activi'<5; (2) Agro Processing, Agri Services, Storage and :.arehousing;(j)Fully equipped mobile health unit; ~l Upgradingi school/:J:1igher educa~on .Jacili~ies; : Sanitation; (6) Provision ,of piped ..water~upply; Solid and liquid wa,ste(Jll~nagem~nt; .(8)Yillage :reetsand drains;, (9)'street lights; (10) Inter;village 1d connectivity; (11) .Public, thnsport; (12);i.p,G ,~:;~Onnections;.(13) Digital, Literacy; (14) Citizen .n'lceCentres foreelectronic delivery of citizen cen:.: .services/ e-gram' connectivity. Components) per" :~g to agriculture and allied activities would be U1 red to be given.special,emphasis while.develn ,.1 gtheseclusters. 'dot .•.•,).",. ,.,-, '1."',

J'.

.

."

.4"

•

JI.,

I

-.

.'

:. ~l.'

"',

Women Empowerment Schemes ~ ". '.

.1,_.

~/t ~'.,'"

,"I"

.t~.:T.1-:"\;,,.~~

"

~ -~.• ,~~.... t.

r ~,

',11,1"

',

•••

.'.t.:

.'~,-;

.

) ,I. Beti Bachao Beti Padhao Scheme .•. ,,'_ •

t

.:

••.•.

-I>

2: One Stop Centre Scheme/ .' ..

,...

r

<. -, .~

.;

C:240

3. Women Helpline Scheme. 4. UJJAWALA: A Comprehensive Scheme., for Prevention of trafficking and Rescue, Rehabilitation>an:d Re-integration of Victims of Traf'ficking.and Commercial. Sexual Exploitation. 5. Working Women Hostel. 6. Rajiv Gandhi National Creche Scheme For the Children of Working Mothers.

" '7:.' Mhii~,try;appr9~es

new projects under Ujjawala . .Sd)em~ itPd ~ont4J.u~s existing projects. . " .8.' sWADHAR Greh (A Scheme for Women in Dif,} .~ ficultCircumstances). ' , 9. Revision under IGMSY in Accordance with ", '''{' ;;NatlonaIFood Security Act, 2013 inXIIth Plan. 10. Support to Training' and Employment Pro,-::' 'grari1Ii1efor Women (STEP). 11. Nari Shakti Puraskar. ,12.: ;A~ilrdees ','ofS,tree Shakti Puruskar,2014 and Awardees of Nar(shakti Puruskar. .", 13;".Awa~dees of. Rajya Mahila Sam man and Zila l~' MaHila samman, 14. Archived Maternity Benefit Programme. ." "1St Manila',police Volunteers. "1"'6.:.. Mahiza E-Haat: ' - ~ "

1

1\

OthersSihemes ~nd~r.STEP 1. General Grant-in-Aid Scheme for .innovative projects. , 2. ,Family Counselling Centre Scheme. 3.. Dhanalakshmi. 4. c;rant-:in'-Aid for Research, Publication and < .¥onit9ring. 5. Nutrition Education and Training though .'Community Food & Nutrition Extension Units (CFNEUS). 6. Gender Budgeting Scheme.

MaulanaAzad NationalAcademy for Skills (MANAS}'''H is for upgrading en~repreneurial skills of minority.youth and feyber Gram' to impart training for Dig~tal Literacy. Direct, Benefit Transfer (DBT) J:laspecome op~rational in 2014-15 Jor transfer of schohirships in the bank: accounts of studeitt$ under schemes of Post-Matric Scholars~ip, MCM. Scholarship, Padho Pardesh - the. scheme for ,interest' subsidy on loans for overseas studies; and Maulana Azad

!I

IndianEgononJY C.241

Chapter 6 ' .

Natio~al Fello~ship. Ministry is making efforts for DIrect BenefIt Transfer under- Pre"-Matric Sch I. arship scheme as well. As small children do : have accounts, they will be linked wit~ the parenl~: account under 'Jan Dhan Yojana', ' i

..:

Notional Policy for Skill Development and Entrepreneurship 2015 • •

•..•

-,

,.

.'O

~.

<,'

'l

..;l

l~

t-

RecogniziIlg the imperative need for; skill development, National Skill Deve~opment. Policy was formu_ lated in 2009. Given the vast paradigm shift in the skiJ.J.4lgand entrepreneurship ecosystem in the country and the experie,n,ce-gained th,rp}lgh.iinplementalion ofyarious skill deyelopxp.entprogrammes, there is an imminent need tO,revisit the eXistipg p~licy. Moreover, the 2009 rolicy itself provides for re0ew every five years fo align the policy. framework with the emerg' ing trenqs, in the national and international milieu, Na;tiona.z P~licy for Skill Development and Entreprr. neurship 2015 supersedes the policy C!f2009. The primary objective of this policy is to' meet the challenge of skilling at scale with speed, ~tandard (quality) and sustainability. It aims to provide an umbrella framework to all skilling activities being carried out within the country, to align them to common standards and link skilling with demand centres. In addition to laying .down the objectives CWd.expected outcomes, the policy also identifies the overall, institutional framework which will act as a vehicle to reach the expected outcomes. ._ Skills development is the shared responsibility of the key stakeholders viz. Government, the entire spectrum of corporate sector, c'ommunity based organizations, those' outstanding, highly qualified and dedicated individuals who have been work. ing in the skilling and entrepreneurship space for many years,. industry and trade organisations and other stakeholders: The policy links skills development'to'improved' employabilify and productivity in' paving the way forward' fdr'inclusive growth in the c?untiy. The skill strategy is compleme,nl~ by' specific' efforts to promote entrepreneurshl.P 1\1 order, to'create ample opportUnities for the skilled workforce:,'-r,;, ., '" ,~. • ',' , . ),.

_ - •.

,...

'

.liL-

(are Obiective:~To empower the individual, by enabling her.jhim to realize "their full potential through a prl'" cess of lifelong learning where competencies are . .... d~ ~ accumulated via instruments' such as cre I e AS tifications, credit accumulation and transfer, etc.

. dividual~,grow,tht:: society and :natio:n,also benefit their,prQdt,lctivityand growth ..Mission-is.to:

~J!l

•

.'\:.

:'.~

rot

-I

•

"t

.

_.

! ••...

'-.t •

I

.»

to

Inter-departmental convergence and collaboration activities like construction of individual' household latrines under the Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBAl, construction of anganwadi centres under the Integrated Child Development SelVices OCDS)Scheme, construction of village playfields under the Panchayat Yuva Krida our Khel Abhiyan, and convergence with watershed management programmes,

»

Steps to open individual bank/post-office accounts for all women workers, •

»

Identifying and providing iob cards to widowed, serted, and destitute women.

»

Initiatives for the disabled ~nd other vulnerable pers~ns by fixing schedule of rates (SoR) based on wo'rk and time-motion study at state level.

»

Adding "new work~ to the existin'g list of permissible works specifically focussed on rural livelihood and agricultural activities. ,

• Aspiration and Advocacy • Capacity .

I

Boys Class I':'XII ',. -~;..,r. "134,671

Gir~

I

de-

I

259,468

~19i':66~']

.--~.--.--' ' ''~-''~--------'--l L (I-V)

"Primary

.".

,

__

lVI-VIII) -....-....---_. .

.

67,609'"

. 34,501 . " -.....

'Upper Primary

-""'-

Secondary (IX-X) '. , 20,121

[~Iass (I-X)-:-'-

'.

,.

[f!Jgher,~duca!!.o~Total Under Graduate

r=!~~t

. _~"". __

PG Diploma r-'-Di"elo~~''''----....

~tegrated I

'; -:

,-.'

:

1'1,061 23,501 . '--.'

!!J,~~7..

15,723 _. 34,211]

14,467

12,'705

70

48

121

94

27,172 118

215'

/~I,i. l'

i508] .. 170" 142

~--55-

•..,. \,

"'

_.~--~

li~8"----7~g~.',!~74 •. ,":¥ . 96 '

': t~rtificote.'

~

67,165

-.-~-

~!~~~_==-_19._.33-]

Ph,D

,

•...

.

-"1867-- 1986' - _j8~

G~te

L _ !'A.P~i.l- __

32,664

"~X~,r~:-23~,C}!?J

12,440

. (XI-XII),

62,8'92 . 130,510

18,180 -.' 38,301

--12£231-

Senior Secondary

Uteracy and Education Educationi~ prlmflrily t~e re~pon~ibility fo~' t~e Uldividualst!;lte g~)Vernmeil.ts. But the Union has i clear responsibility regarding the quality and characterof education in the nation. In addition to POlicyform~lation, ~inistry of H:uxp.an Resource DevelopmentDepartment of ;Education shares the l!sponsibility for ed~cational planning with ,the stales,A 2% education cess was levied on all major lenlraltaxes through the finance (No ..2) Aet;~2004; ~help finance gov~rnrnent' s cQrnmitment to qualtybasiceducation. ", EdLevel-wise. Enr~lment. ~,;School and. Higher ucationas per year 2012-13 and. as 2013-14. ..

I

. Total

. 124,979

c=gle~~J:yJl::Y!!JI.~' _lSL~,110~~56

,-

I I

Key Initiatives under MGNREGA (Mahatma" Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act)

Wherein:pr~ductive and. inno\r~tive entrepreneurshipgenniit{tes,sU~~ain~~;arid~g~ows le~ding creationof a more dYJ:larmc entrepreneunal economy andmore formal wage employfuent. . The policy frarnewod~ has been developed to accomplish'the vision" of Skill, India by adheriilg to theobjectiv;e~,mentio~~d.~.C9apter 3. The frame~ workoutlines 'elevE;nmajor paradigms and enablers toachievethese o~jectives of skilling India: .

QualitY • Synergy Mobilization and Engagement: Global Partnerships Outreach ICT Enablement Trainers and Assessors Inclusiv~ty Promotion of skilling. among women.

I

•••• Quick Facts

..1':' ~

• Create a demand for skilling .across the country. • Correct and align' skilling with ,. required competencies. • Connect the supply of s!
• • • • • • • • •

I

-,

.r

.'tY':"

-

,

1

.

(Ddta for$cho61 Education is provisional 2014-15; a~d Higher Eaucatiori is provisional 2014- 15 as per ~ducati6n Statistics Report by Mihistry of HRD published in,2017,) ••....._ , ..

I

---oIIIIl

P71

I

rill

I C.242

Chapter 6

~t

'II

I'

ILevel

Boys

Primary (HI)

t

Girls

98.9

~

y" •.....-------

101.4 ?5.3 __

Elementary ,(,,:.~~~ .

.

78.1.

Senior Secondary (XI-XU)

r;-;--..

.--r--.

I Higher Education

-'

25.3

.

.-.

23.2

-'

...

24.3

-

-------...-. --.~"

..• _--.

..I

---""""","

*Pragati - Scholarship for Girls in Technical Education

54.2 ";'-'---.

RUSA

,

, .. '--,

78.5!

53.8 .'-'

Uday

Platform

*Ishan Vikas - Scholarship for North. Eastern Students

. ..J

9l?

78?

54.6

'---.-------.-

*Ishah ._""_.

:!!:.:.J~.

99.2

r SecondaryJI~)

*Implem~ntati;~f

~":l:

•

87?

*Swayam - A free'MOOCS

r-------.,. ---,- ------r-----.,-. -.----_

100.1

'ow'_

'.L~RP_~rPri!!'.9ELI~:Y~)

'..

I

Total

,_~~

"""'~._----~~

*Samvay - Choice-based credit framework ~""""~_.,~,,""".""k_.

__

3. Excellence ~- *'Committees to revie\¥ regulators: ;. UGC, L-,_._., __ .._AICTE. ..,......._-. __.._,..

is

Challenges, Solutions & New Approach as envisaged by the MHRI) is:

l.'

,,-_

'

_-~~-~-.,.,;;_

,~-_.. __

(iv) Kendr,iya Vidyalaya,

*Portals like 'Know Your College' Teacher

.School Education

[Cd

Access • ~3:-~~;Abhiy_=~_-J *Rahstriya Madhyamik ' . Abhiyaan

.

Shiksha

~~--:-:Sw?yam~'~--'-~~-~~~=j 2.

Equity .

*Swami Vivekananda Scholarship for Girl's " -', ~~c:?kshar B2~ra,L • ,- .. :

f

L_~__._,.~~. __~ ..

*Udaan:Mentoring Initiative t

•••.

~

.••

Exce~~",-=-Padhe

and Scholarship ' ••. -

1-

Bharat BadheBhardt

c__ ~_ ,.'~__

• '*-TeacherEducation ~_S~_a_ra_n_sh_,

Reforms .__

-_-_-_~'~:~_-_'_'-Jj

Higher Education ',.'

1.

, ~-~,~

Access

"'1

* 19 New Initiatives announced in various parts of India

i

I

.

(v) Navodaya Vidyalaya National Talent Search Scheme. (NTSS) and

.

"~Mad~; Moh~nMalviya Training"Program'

j

(ii) National Population Education Project (School . Education), . (iii) National Open Schoot

*GIAN Inte;national Faculty Collaboration P'''

secodnary Ed~cation (NSIGSE);, (v) Inclusive Educa~ tionfor the Disabl~d ~~the.Secondary ~ta~ei(IE])?S); (vi)Nationak~~nt-cum-means'~chol~shio Scheme NMMS),and (Vll) Scheme ~f ~CT ill schools, etc .. ( Secondary education series as a bridge between riIJlaryand higher eduCation and prepares young~tersbetween the age group of 14 and 18 years for ~try into higher education and work, various programmeSunder second~ry education ar~: " (i) Integrated Education for Disabled Children,

, ,~_

* Saksham - Scholarshp for different~ abies students .

!

.IDat
'j

I I

Gross Enrollment Ratio (GER) which show~_total enrolment as a percentage of total popu1.ation. in the relevant level of education is: •-.

I

I

C.243

Indian Econorny

I

To meet these -challanges, MHRD has been work. ing with inclusive approach with the goal to achieve 'Education for All'. Towards enhancement of enroll. ment, retention and attendance, and bridging of gender and social gaps in erirollment levels, the MHRD is also aiming to improve nutritional levels among school going children. Schemes like 'National Programme on Mid-Day Meal (MDM) in schools', and Sarva Shiksha Abhiyaan are being implemented throughout the country. Special. emphasis for promotion of girls' education' through Mahila Samakhya (MS), which supports girl students from Education. ally BackWard Blocks (EBBs) are commendable. Other important schemes implemented for secondary education are: (i) Rahstriya Madhyarrlik Shiksha Abhiyaan (RMSA); (ii) Setting up of Model Schools; (iii) Setting up G~l's Hostels in, Secondaiy a.nd Senior Secondary Schools; (iv) Nati~naJ, S4leme of~ccentive to Girlsfor

(vi) National Council for Educational Research and Training (NCERT). Universities and university-level institutions in India include 45 central universities, 318 state universities, 129 deemed universities,' instihitions Uhaer state Act and 50' institutes of national importance (established under Acts of Par~ament), uhderMHRD (TITs- 16; NITs - 30 and USERs - 5). apart from around~ .37,204 colleges. VariouS instittHioris/ organizations active in university' and 'higher education' sector are as follows: ,(i) University Grants Cotnrnission, (ii) Indian'Council'bf Historical Research (New Delhi), (iii) IhdiimCouncil of Philosophical Research (New Delhi and Lucknow), (iv) Indian Institute of Advance Study (Shimla), (v) Indian Council of Social Science and Research (New Delhi), (vi) National Council of Rurallnstihites, (vii) Indira,Gandhi National Open Uryvetsity (IGNOU). .

lIonal Literacy;Mi~ion Authority (NlMA) It has been set ap as an independeIl;t and autonomous ~ing of the

1

.'.

"!-

-

"".I

_

'

,t,

.,_

.,

_

•

Deparbnent 'of Secondary'Educati()n .and Literacy to promote literacy and\adtilt~ducation'and to:achieve the goals spelt out iri,theNationalPolicy on.Educa'" tion.It is the oper,ating and' iri1plem,enting organization 'at national level foiall the activltiesenvisaged in National Literacy Mission and has to undertake such other activities for adult education as are. conSidered appropriate. " ~J' , ."~

i

I

I I •

I

i

I I

list of Schemes/Programmes::.... E~ucotion Relote~'" " Education thr6ugh, Broadband Fa~ili};es U~de; ,""this" ~ission, more'th~ 7C)O Courses k,~ari~tisdi;~ip1ines ~ engineering and science' are available' onlirie 'tinder National .Programme. on Technology' Enhanced Learning (NPTEL); E-contentfor eight Undergraduate subjects has also been generated by the Consortium of Education Communication (CEC) in collaboration with.its media centres. ~. l'I~' '. )

..

"

Pandit Madan Mohan Malviya National Mission on Teache~ and Teaching The-,Mission' envisages to"~ddJes~~,,com~ prehensively all issue related to .teachers, teaching, teacher preparation, .professiomll development Curriculum design" designing and development assessment. It is; also envisaged that the mission would pursue,long-term goals building a strong professionai'cadre'of teachers by setting performance stan:" dards and creating top-class institutional facilities for innovative teaching and professional development of teachers. " ~, ,,',. '" .

of

Higher UucationTo; Pe;sonS"with Special Needs '(HEPSN) The University Grant Commission (UGC) implemented scheme is' basically meant. for' creating an environment at the higher educationwstitutions tp, enrich higher education learning exp~ri~rc~s for, differently abled persons. Creating awareness about the'capabilities of differently abled persons, constnietion's ailned at improving ilccessibility, purchase. of equipment to enrich learning, etc., are the b,road <;iltegori~sof ass ista~ce un1er thesc~~~e. ''','' t :;.

"

:~~ .r

Jl1

,t'"j

']H!3 illI\Uit1jfflW

IT:

;h~

Th~ 86th Constitutional Amend~ent Act, 2002 led to insertion of a new Article 2 f-A inpa;tlllOf ~~~;~tution on that made ?nd compulsory Educ?tion to a!1children.of 6 to M years of age a fundament~l. Rig~t. Articl~ ..:n-A of the Constitution of Indla,,~,:rl Its consequent legislation, the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education (RTE)Act" 2009, became operallve In theco '._ on April 1, 2010. This development implies that every child has a right to~lemen'ta~ educalio'n of ;oti;factory and equitable in a formal school, which satisfies 'certain essential norms and standards. The target ofuniversalizing elementary education h05 divided into three broad parameters: universal access, universal retention and universal achievement. I .,' _

q~:

•

"._

I

~

t,

:'

~heducation pi~g'rammes in the c?untry hq,;,~?e;n},h.e,~o~~;importa~; ~evel;pment that~~9;J~~r_n~'pl.~ic;~ ~~?E;f ;~'-,,: N~Ho~~1Literary ~Ion (NlM) whIChWas launched In 1998, With th,e.ob,ectlve of Imparting funcllonal literacy to 800 lakh aault dliterates In the age ~ of 15-35 by 1995, The target was 'revised to be 100 million,by theendof,March.,1999. The,n'ew Goal of Adult Education \: establisha Fully Lit:rate .Society thro.ugh improved q~alil\; and standar~ of Adult Education and Literacy'.During the 12 Five Year ,NlMA shall ~tnve to'rOise the literacy rate to 80% and reduce the gender gap to less tha,n 10%, Saakshar aharat have been ;:ped and aligned to new paradigmof'lifelong lecirnrnfJi To promote a systematic lifelong 'learning, the country might require ~velegalization..' '. _ . ".'. '. i .r'.:I;........ "

........••

IndianEconomy It is proposed that preference in the linterventions :would be given to Edy£ati0'1ally ..J3~c~ward Blocks (EBBs), LWEs affected ....districfs~' Special Focus 'Districts (SFDs), Border areas and the,)15 Aspira_ tional districts.

1

1'1\ ~ 'I:,

I

i

I

:1

Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) ,

I I "

I

'1 ~ 1 j!

'I

il

Unnat Bharat, Abhiyan. :nu~scheme ..was aimed at con~ necting higher education and society to enable techn()logy cmditsus~ for development of-rural areas. "

Gioballnitia#vesfor Academic Network

Launch of GlobalIniti4tive jor .AcademicsNetwork (GlA,N),an initiative to attract thebe'st' foreign academics to Indian Universities of Excellence. , ' '

.'Padhe Bharat Badhe Bhilrat"has b,een planned to improve langUage development,by creatingan , enduring interest ,in reading and writing with comprehension. .,

Sompgrp Shiks~o .. Samagra Shiksha scheme was introduced by" the Government of India in',the Union Budget 2018-19 for tt~ating the school education from nursery to Class 12 houstically without segmentation. 'The. scheme aims at' improving ~e effective~ess' of schools iIi India hy' improving equal opportunities for schoolirlg and equitable learning ou.tcoines. The, scheme subsumes tIvee existing school . schemes of' Sarva Shiksha Abhiyim (SSA), ,Rashtriya" Madhy'iuntk Shiksh'a Abhiyan (RMSA) and Teacher Education (TE). The:' major irlterventions, across all levels of ~chooleducatiol}, p~0I:?sed under th~ sche:tI1;e ~re:, (i) Universal Access including ,Development and Retention,

Infrastructure

(ii) GEmderand Equity, " (iii) Inclusive Education, . . .

'

(iv) Quality, (v) Financial support fot'Teacher Salary, (vi)' Digital initiatives; i (vii) RTE Entitlements inciqding t!niforms, textbooks, etc., (viii) Pre-school Education, : (ix) Vocational Education, (x) Sports and Physical Education; (xi) Stre~gth~~g ofTea,che~Education and Tr~g, (xii). Monitoripg, , (xiii) Program'me Management, .

(xiii) National'Component.

.

I

";r.

-.

Ra~htriya Mad~yamik Shiksha Abhiyan (RMSA) The RMSA aims at enha!1c~g acces~to f'e~o.ndaryeducation and improving its quality to ensure GER more than 90% by;2017 anq unJ,versai ret~ntion by}020, Revisionof Certain Norms of the Scheme: • To permit State/UT Governments to use State Schedule "of Rates (SSOR) or CPWD Rate, ,(whichever is lower)' for construction of civil works permissible under the RMSA. .• To increase the Management, Momtoring Evaluation and Research (MMER),from 2.2%to 4% oithe totaloutlay under the programme, with 0:5%'of the 4% earfuarked for nati'onalleveland the rest of the 3.5% as part of the State allocation. ~

r

'.;

.'

-

• ~.

•.

~

.' To authorize th~ RMSA ProjeCtApproval Board (PAS) of the MiiUstry' of Human Resource Development to' 'c~nsid~r .for approval Integrated Plan of theurrtbreifa:scheme of RMSA. • To authorize the release of funds to the RMSA State Imp1E:ime!1,tcition S6dety directly for aU components ~f the R1\4~Aumbrella scheme.

T.eacherEdu~ation,(T~)

,.-11

,Th~CSS for,)'~

has been rev~ for the-X,'IIPlap.with ~n approv~d, outlay of ~6,308~es cn?r~.~?,be shareq. be~eeI.l the ,Centre and the S~ in, the 'ritioof75,:2~ (90:10 fo(NER) to stre~~ SCERTs: e~tablish" DIETs, Institutes of Ad, tht Studies ill Educatiori ,(~~~sL~d strengthen

" Ii""!, tequirerifent8'.

Quic.kFacts

i'"

of;:tuition .~fees,'livmg expenses; . .; .'-bo'oks,-aitd'computers;\ltnu')')" ~.,'-.<) ,;,,1; '1. .,:/

',1'

•.....

,"

,

• The fnimework has been revis~a and reimbursement towards expenditure incurred for at least 25% admissions' of children belonging to disadvantaged group and weaker sectionin private unaided schoolsJ~ pe s!1Pported from the academic year 2014-15 onwards. • The 'Government inassociati0t: with COrporate sector has taken up'for construction of toilets "in all schools with a separate gifls toilets before August IS, 2015~ " "

C.245

,~

."

'.

.'

~,

Elementary Education: Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, Midday Meal, Str~ngthe~ingofJeacher's traihing institut~, Mahila Surakhyd, IDMI,SPQEM , '. ..' .', .,

",-,

~

'\.:;j_.• _._.

I,

i'"

Secondary.~dution:.~MSA, IEDSS, Vocationalisation, ICT' ,

i'"

Adult Education: Saakshar Bharat, SRCs,JSSs

"l~

~"",

I.~t

J5~)_I,

".- - ,".:tj';

tt

.•nr.:....;,.~.

',...i.e'"

. ,,',

fd~catio~ai Scheme~' for; ORCs")rTh~'Pre"Matr{~'s~hola~ship scheme aims to'motivate childrenofOBCs'studying at Pre.Matric stage an~~ost~Matric-'sCholar~NP'inte!1~~ to promote high1r education\ by providmg"fin'ailcial support leading to their earnihg.]jliD: "oegrees~;-::.:";_ ; "

~f~

,!

.:(

-~'i'~

\

\"'.T

(~.. , .••

.!~:-:;, ~.",

.ti.~)~ .~'-'.....,~'

Schemel or Economic Development

Underassistance:!crvoii i'" TeacherEducation,:Centrally sponsored,scheme, untary' organiZations working. for,welfa:r~: of~0B<2s~' grants:in-aid. are provided ' tovoluntary'brgahization~'to ffi~~ive the \,'~¥l:goV:~~ei7tUe~!or by pro~ .~ _" ~'f'.', ,,1"--' -J 'hu.....•..~.' . _. ,. -.; . existingCo}!eges otreach~r Ed~~-,~tj.o.n,,(CJEs)Ci!ld viding skill ,up-g~adati.on a~~hgs! various. upgrade existing, Gov"e~er-~i ",~~con<;lary ..,teacher trades:' Under:) th~1 Sthe'Irie:~'filian~ial\'assistance is t.•.{•.••..•. .t...t education'institutions into CTEs an~" pepartments prOVIded to non-governmental organizations for ofEducation in Universities as I-1S~s; and~stablish imparting various vocational traininiW'to 013C8:', '''''~,' Block Institutes of Teach~r,Education (J?ITE:)in idenc:.....1'1,I •.• it..•• ~ J~, ~ -r'~ ..• _~'. ~_1•.•• tified196 SC/ST /Minority Concentration Districts. list of S(hemes/Progrommes - Finon(e,lnsurance rind"::' •..•. ~. f .•.

l

'J,-t

..

-.:

.-

••.•• ;., •..

'."H'

1.'

;,.,

j

\

.h

-

t..

'9.~fs!Jl,~

~

"',;""i,:l~

"ii

j

'.

,

- "',

~~\

-

•.•••

~ .••

!~',

",

"",'_.

.•\_~I:-+~: •.,..;

,:A~~.,

~~!

""l-

I

.~/

j

••••• "':'"

l

.~ '~' ....:

#'

J..;""

' •

\.

\..

~'.

j

(i

~kshor Bharat '(5B). SoB/Adult 'Education: Saakshar Bharat,a centrally sponsored 'scheme' of'Departmentof School Education an~ MjterafyJ~SE4)',~H9(MHRD), on the International'Litera.'cy-'Day, September8, 2009; The Mission has four"broad' objectives" namely:(i) hnpartftinctionalliteracy'and ilurneracy tonon-literate and non-numerate adults;' (ii) Enable liteneo-literate adults tocontllue their'leaining beyondbasiditeracyand'acquire equivalency to formaleducational 'system; (iii) Impait non'-andneo-literatesrelevant skill development' prograrru:nes to improve their earning and'livmg cOriditioris;'(iv)ProIlOte a learning sqciety by providing opportunities to Ileo-literate adults for continuing education.

'd"d' Other

~mes to Encouiage Educcition"among .stJtiid~nis .• . "', , ,

(1. IlIemes

. "..

~-.

;

'.

,.

i

,,'

'

.-

'/..

• Pre-Matric Scholarship Scheme for SCStudents studying in Classes IX and X, Pre-MatricscholarslUpstostUdents, who'se par~nts are"'engaged ~l, r.. In unclean' occupations. I' '" •

I

'j..

) ,"

~'

I.

•

.~ f....

i

~

.

.

I

_

•

l ~... " •.

',' Rajiv Ga~~hil:Jftio:naJFell~'fYsh.ip, ~f~!?~ea,irns at ••' providing #!1~cialj ,assi~ta,.])set9i;..SC_I~tudents pursuing M.Phil. and Ph.D. courses.'j. ',~} '. ••

-~-

••.•

4

•

~

r£

-

t..

l.'.

J

!t, • NationalOverseas Scholarship Scheme:Afinancial

:," support; tostUdehts', pursuing Master"s level :.. COursesarid PhD /Post~Docti:li'al'courses abro'ad:

(fJ

•

t

"-...Schemea/Top' Class'Education: Eligible ~tUdeilts, I., who secureaomissiOll iIi notified premier iristi-: tutions like the IITs,llMs~: arid NITs, are'provided full iiIiancial -"'siippdrr for meetllg .'the

Sodol WelforeReloted '" . ","., .

,'"

• -

,'it

w

,'_

'~';.

,--~~,~

.-;,

:\

••

, '~-:',,~.r}"',:'~ ,p. ,ft;;:~tt-,;.', !."i-.'r{.~ ,-~

'~rl

Pradhan,Mimtri1an, Dhan,Yojna (PMJDY)' . It wasjaunched on August28, 201{with a' revisedta~get oiici'cro~e , bank aec"o'i;IntsbY'Ja,nuary26;,~0~5;,:Payrri.e,nt"~'p,iu~ tions 'are an iinpo.rtant part ,of financial')pclusio~ ~or ,yy-hich,fl new caFd paY!p-ent s~~eni.e k~o»,n ~as RllPay: Card',~l).as,beei:l iti. ope!~tion sinc.e',May'..8, 2Q14. I!anks .,ha,ye,",furt~er.J)~~~',ask~d provi~e universal c;
lto'

Credit Risk Guarantee ,Fund (CRGF)"' This F~d has been created to' gu~ra'kree 'the: l~n,diJ:1g, :ageilci~s"lor'1oans to new EWS/LIG bor~owers' irifu:rb'cin'JareJs'seeking irldividii~l' h6using io~iis":n6t'e~ceediiiif;a sum' of f8 lakh (earlier f.~ La~!1 f?~.'~ ,~,~~~,~g~t Qf'-sizeu-,:,to 430 sq: ft (~Osq.'m) <;arpet;areas'Wlthout'any t~rd" Party' guarantee or' c6llaterarsectii-ity:~.:4!~;:, \," , '

t

,

I

r- n

.

,

J

",

...

~.

'.

t

(,,' --..Co \ !'.!fr~._}...;,1 ''Ll ~ " .•

Rajiv Rinn Yojana(RR'1j 'RRY'is a"Ce~traI S~-c'torSchem~ applkclbie 'in all' the'hroiliiareas iof the' Country and provides for interest subsidy'Of 5%'($00 basis points) on loans granted to 'Economically .Weaker Sections and Low Income Groups to consfn;1d their houses or extend the existIDg'ones. -; .':

I I I

I

r\' •

!

II

.'F:." i,i"

! ~ II

I ,j

,

C.246

Chapter 6

Indian-Eco~omy C.247

National Social Assistance Programme (NSAP) Schemes under NSAP are sacial security / welfare scheme far the persans living belaw paverty line (BPL)and pensian/ assistance is pravided to. the BPL hausehald in bath rural as well as urban areas.

Venture Capital Fund for Scheduled Castes This was annaunced in Interim ,Budget Speech .far FY 201415 and accardingly, the G,avernment has allacated ~200 crare far the fund.

Scheme of Equity Support to the NationalSafcii Karamcharis Finance and Dev~/opmeni 'Corporation (NSKFDC) and National Scheduled Castes Finance and Development Corporation (NSFDC) Thes~ carpotatiansirtlplem~nt various laan Schemes and' skill dev~lopmehtprograinme~ far the develapment af the t~get group. '., ' •

,

•

.,"

:'D~i

•.

)

.

'.

Tribal Sub Plan and Special Area Programmes There are twa

I

special area pragrammes:

:1 I

'I;

~i,

I

, (i)' 'Speci~l Central Assis~ance to. States to sup•plementtheir TSP (SeA to. TSP) far income ,g~nerating schemes, creatian af incidental infrastructure, cammunity-based activities and 1/. ..~evelapmen~ af ~arest villages ~d ' (ii) Grants under Article 275(1)af the Canstitutian far develapment and. upgradatian af administration in tribal ~reas. The latter is also. used for setting up afEklavya Madel Residential , Schools (EMRS)in States far providing quality educatian in remat~ areas.

National' Scheduled Tribes Finance and Development Corporation (NSTFDC)" It provides laans and micra-credit at can-

I t

I, i

cessianal. ratesaf' activities. t"; \ .'.

interest for incarri.e~gerierating

,

Medical Health (are and Family Welfare ~~'l-lth prograinmes are' prlmariiyr ~e respansibility ~f}J:.l~.sta!~g~vernm~nt, but the ~an ,gav.ernment pravides. ,fr~l.ancefar rmprovements m. public health s~rv~ct::s:,Th~' s~cture af the healtJ:.lsystem is based aE ~,:netw~rk ~f prip~ry.ih~a ~th.~entre~. the~e are 1,82,709 Sub-ce~ti:e~(SC)/p'rirtlaryheal~ ,Centre~ (PHC)/Cammunity Health Centres (CHC) in India: Qut of which, 1,52,326 are SCs, 25,020 PHCs and 5,363i~H,Cs.,There iS,anly ~neda,ctar per 1,700 citizens in India; the WHO stipulates a rllinirnum ratio.af 1:i~OQO':TI).~;e are approxirtlately 387 medical calleges ~. tl:!e"c.0:untry~181jn. gavernment and rest. a_rein private sectar. India praduces 30,000 dactars,18,000

specialists, 30,000 AYUSH graduates, 54~000 nurses 15,000ANMs and 36,000 pharmacists annually. Ove; the years, there has been an averall impravement in the health. The substantial impravement is the result of many factars, including irtlprovement in public health, caupled with infectiaus disease prevention and cantral, as also. applicatian af modem medi. cal practices in diagnasis and treatment af various ailments. '.'

National Health Policy (NHP},2002

The basic. abjective of achieving an acceptable standard af gaad health among the general papulatian af the cauntry is set out in NHP-2002. Improvement in the generallevels'ofhealth thraugh larger
Ra'shtriya Arogya Nidhi (RAN) The Scheme pravides far financial assistance to patients, living belaw paverty line who. are suffering fram majar life threatening diseases as listed in the annexure to. this guidelines, to. receive medical treat. ment at any af the super specialty Gavt. haspitals/ institutes,ar ather Gavt. haspitals .The financial assis. tance to. such patients is released in the farm of 'one time grant' to. the Medical Superintendent/Direc. tar af the haspital in which the treatment is being received. '

level watildrelease financial assistahce to. patients livingiri.theirrespective,States/UT up to.~1.50 lakh in an individual case and farward all such cases to. RAN,where. the quantum af financial assistance is likelyto.exceed n.50 lakh.

-.(ii).Setting up 'of helplinefor Seruor;Citizens',at , ' National Level: ,~~. -': '. 'I '>l.;{f'ft:l<:f,:,~q";:;,~r~.~

(ili),:~~~g up 'of h~jp!~~f6r.tS~h!br,~qtA~;ris~~f .

., DistriCtLe~eL' .....

- ~

.r.~

f,. ','

" .~(

'I' ;~ ••

'i~, ~ ~.~.t/r;: tt' ..'i _ .'~,:'..~ (iv). Scheme far implemeritatial). af,. the" ~~w ." Natianal Palicy an Senior Citizens':'!I'~ '1~H~" -

8igibilityfor Assistance under RAN These are:

-

'.¥

v

r'~

(i) Orily far'persans belaw the paverty lirtesufferingfram specified life threatening disease. (ii) Assistance adtllissibie far' tr~atment iri Govern~ ment Haspital anly.

" The' Cast NOrms af the Scheme- "{h1t~grate-a Programme- far Older ',Persons" "have ..'already"beert revised w.e.f. April 01,2015:" '-,:." - \,t -~''.: 'f: ~':'"''

(iii) Central Gavernment/State emplayees nat eligible.

Swachh" aharat/Mission (Giamin) ';Thi~'~as_ hiu~a-ied.on . , . .' t -'.' . .'

.

GavernmenVPSU

(iv) Re:llnburs~ment .af. Medic~l Expen?iture already incurred by the patient shall nat be permissible. ' (v) Diseases af camman nature and disease far

which treatment is available free af cast under ather health programmes/schemes are nat eligible far grant. . , (vi) Patient taking treatment in Ns/her, State shauld preferentially avail assistance fram State Illness Fund (where such fund has been set up) provided medical estirtlate .daes nat exceed ~1.50 lakh. (vii)Cases of 'estirtlates~bave d.50 lakh' to. be referred by States fa~ assist~ce iro~ Rashtriya Arogya Nidhi (Ceritral.Fund) af the Ministry of Health &. Family Welfare.

IntegratedProgramme for Older Persons (IPOP)

State IfInessAssistance Fund' All State Gavts./UT Adminis- Schemeof Integrated Programmefo!"'D.lder Per...sons,

throughwhiCh financial assistance up to. 90%'of the tratians have been advised to.set up an Illness Assis. project cost is provided to.NGOs far establishing'and tance Fund in their respective States/uTs. It hasbeen maintainingaId age hames, day care centres, mobile enl decided th~t grant-in-aid fram Central Goverrun medicareunits and to. provide nan-institutianalserwa'uld b~ relea~ed to. eaCh af tiiese States/UTs (with vices to older persans. Scheme afAssistanc,e far'canl Legislature) where such Funds a~e'set up. The Gran structionaf old 'age hame~ for alder persans' tin~er in-aid to. States/UTs wauld be to. the extent of50i "hichfunds,are provided far cap,strylctionaf old,~ge af the cantributians mad.eby the State Gavernments/ ~mes.The Scheme is presently under farmulatian. UTs to.the 5tateFund/Sotiety subject to. a maximum has rt:;cently,r~yised .the 'Integrated of .~5 crore to St~tes.with'l~rger nUmbet'and percent- The~try ~arnme far Older Persons (!pOP)' w.e.f. April 01, agt;of! papulatian belaw poverty line viz. Andhr3 ~16,by merg~; aUallawiI;1gcOrr;t-pa~ents, ~fNan~p'l~ Pradesn,B~ar, M~dhya Prade~h, !<arnataka, Maha~ ~mes in t:h.~ I~?'is~g FlanScJ:~~e aQP9p'.(a,s.per rashtrai Ons,sa, R~Jasthan; Tarml nadu, Uttar pra~" ~tnmendatians af the.St:mdirg Fjn~ce Cammittee):, and West Bengal and ~2 crore to. ather States/ . The State/UT level Funds. cauld, also receive~ (i) Awareness', Generatian far 'Maintenance tributians/ danatians fram danars, as in the ca7trr and Welfare, af, Parents and' Seniar Citizens RAN. The Illness Assistance Fund at the State (MWPSC)Act, 2007. ,., • i"

"1'

I .•••• ~

I~....

..•• _ 4~.. __

i

.,

_

.

.

"

_

~ "

_

~-

'l: ~

of

": _ '.'_ 1:

~

;,

.•.•-:'.

••

'\.

:- .•

t

!:

List of Schemes/Programmes ~ Health, Related' .~ .,.,"":!

-.; ....~".,Q;.. ~

~

Octaber 2, 2014,'"which airtlsat attaining an. Qperi Defecati~m-FreeIndia,by Octobei'2, 2019,by' proyid: ing access to. toilet facilities to.'all' rural hausehold~ and initiating Salid and Liquid .Waste Management activities in all Gram Panchayats to. pramate clean~ liness. Under SBM(G), the incentives far Ind'ividual Hausehald latrines (IHHLs) have bee'n enhanced from ~1O,000/- to. ~12,obb/~, to. pro~ide"fo'r w~ter ~vai~abi1ity. The .part ,JuridiI):g;:: fr:orrl.:.Mahatma GandN NREGA far the p~yment6f irl.ceJjtives far the constructian af Individual Hause Hald,'Latrines (IHHLs) is naw paidfram the SW~chh'-Bharat Missian (Gramin). Initiati:ves't;ythe Government m this regard" include '~edi~ drnpaigns; pt'avisiariirlg far incenti~izing"ASHAs: and Anganwadi, 1~wa~kers far ~t~ •... ~..•. ... promating sanitatian, gU1delme.~~a.~valv~f_Carparates in Sanitatian s'eetor through.'Corparate Sacial Respansibilities, strengtheniiig online "rri.anitoring system far entering 110usehalds'level data gathered from 'the BaselliielSuivey. ",' , ,~,", ('j..

-

."j.!>','

~J

:~

.f •. ,'

.4 ••

!'

•

,

.••

4

•

J

.•.'l'''t'.,

I ~

~11

~rl';"

~.,.'

f

,<J...

~:

'

'.

...1

National, Health Mission.(NHM) ; .Ti\eiNJI¥,~~e~t9, being in 2013 to.enab!~ ~v:ers~l acc~:,.st to.~q~t~l:?le',Clffardable,.and quality health care.servic~_s.It sU~~up1.esthe NRHM and Natianal Urban Health Missian (NUHM) as sub-mi~sians. The Nl1H:M'wasiniti~ted' in 2013 to. t ,'1t.•.. "''''''7l' ,t' cover all cities/ta~ With'ii papulatian~f map~ than, 50;000a.noall"'districfheadquarters with'a populatian abave30,OOO.'Otheitowns woclcf;cahfulue-ta be caveredunde:r the NilliM: AdditionaIlyservices+of ne~ly 9 ,lakh"Accredited SadalJHealth'lActivists (ASHAs) h~ve contributed to.healthcare service oellvery' . -'. ~ # , ~

,

1

'.

,~"-.,.:l'l.-.¥

.~

'.rt~_J

.

"

'

, : .. " , ...,' ,;.;; ,-~', - , .:, ,',!;':1~\';;~:~"~:.;': AYUSHMAN::lIHARAt '~ ..;',. 'nl .,:1'" ..•.rt ~ ,~ Ayushman Bharat is National. Health Protection Scheme,. which will caver- aver -10 crore paar and ''''''.TJiJ-J''-fi11;'

;'(

I

I

~ ..........'

','~

I '\I 'Jl1

"

J

II

C.248

Chapter 6-

vulnerable, fan:UJies.(approximat~ly, 50 q{)re ,benef;iciaries) prQvidingc()verage up to ~51akh pedamily per year for secondary and tertiary c;are hospitalization. Ayusmnan -Bharat - National-Health. Protection Missi()n will subsumethE;l ongoing centrallysponsorecl schemes - Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana (RSBY) ,~dthe Senior Citizen .Health Insurqn.c:e Scheme (SCHIS). At the natjonal.level t()managei an Ayuslun,an ~hi'lIat Nati()nalfIealth PrQtection Mi!?sion Agency (AB-NHPMA) would be-put in place. States/ UTs,wqqldbe 9-dvised t9 imp~ement t4e scheme by a d~_di'Sated;e~titY ',caUecl_State Health Ag~ncy (SHA). TheYSan ~ith~r;us~ ap.existing Trustl Society / Not for Profit Co~panyl S~ate,Nodal Agency, (SNA) or:set.up a I!ew entity to implement the scheme. States/UTs can d,e.~t~~Jo,iJ»:plement .th,escheme through an insurance C6irip~yo~ directly thr()Ugh the Trust/ Society or use an;integratedrnodeL- " , ,'/ ;~t;"l '~;:-;1~' '...

_r ••.; ••.•

~~ 0.

. ',.~ •..•.

Salient'Features"

:~- "

':)~'~~A:0ishIDanBh,anit -: National Health Protection '-Mission will have defined benefit cover of , .,.,-i ~'51akh:perfaffiilyper'year: '_ '

a

'j;

• _ .to

, '..

!' -

~.

',,'.

.'

:."

'."

•

J.:

_.'

'

••.

B~nef!ts of,.~~. s,~r~rp.e;are portable across the cpuntry ,and a b~neficiary covered under _,the , scheme will allowed to take cashiess~benefits . trom any public/private empanelled hospitals _acrossfue, COMtry.' ,_ I! ~ ., Ayushman BJ:arat - National Health Protection ,Mission -will be an entitlement based scheme ,with entitlement decided,on,the'basis of deprivation,criteria In theSECC database,. • "-Thebeneficiaries' call avail benefits in'both'public and empanelled private' facilitles:

be

.

:."',

"

f.

L,' \\ ,

'i

T? 'c~ptrotcosts,

the paymen~s fortreattrtent will be done on package,rate (to be defined by the Government in advance) basis. ' ;1

oW

•

r!

-

'

•.

'•••

"

'.

.. • One ofth~ coreprin~iplesof Ayushman Bharat,:.Nati~nan-Iealth Protection Mission is to co-op" ,I erative federalism and fle)(ibility to states, ". tFor .;giving, p'olicy d~ection,.s ,_and, fostering coordination' , between Centre and States, it 'is pr~posed 'to' s~t. ~p -Ayus~c0 Bharat National Health Protection Mission Council '(AB~NHP,¥C) apex,l~ve~C~aired'by V~6n Health. and FamHy Welf~re Mini~ter, .'

at

.'

-..'

l."Stat~s wo,uld need to,haveSHA ,.. tp,e scheme., .\ '; . II

I

',~"

to implement _

'

',"Ih~,

.•

To ensure, that theJl,mds reach SHAon thne thetrans~er;of.funds fro~ Central Govenunen; tlu;ough Ayushman, Bharat - National Health Protection Mission to State, Health Agen. cies may be done t1u;ough an escrow account directly" ' , • In partnership with NIT! Aayog, robust, mod. ular"scalabl~ and iIlterope~a,,?le IT platform will b~ ma,de operational which will entail a paper. less, cashless transaction;

a

I

'

.'

Hura.! Drinking Water - National Rural Drinkini Water Programme (NRDWP)" ' L • 20,000 number of SolarPower"Based Water Supply Schemes ~ave been approved across all the States for their habitations located in far flung/hilly areas or where availability of elec. tricity is a constraint. • During the massive floods in Jammu & Kash. ,fmir>~obile \Vatertr~atirient,'plant Ci!lddrinking water bottles/pouches were aIrlifted for the flood affected inhabitants, • Gu.id~~ines with regard, to C~mm~ty Water _~urifi,c~~!Jn PI~ts . ._ For identifying ground water sources, the Min. istry prepared Hydro Geo-Morphoiogical Maps and'gave them to theBtates. , • -Move - for Certification of ISO-9001 for the Ministry - The Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation is working towards obtaining ISO9001 Certification. .. ..

Pradhan Mantri Swasthya Suraksha Yojana (PMSSY) Under the PMSSY, six All India fustitute for Medical Sciences (AIIMS) in 'thefust ph~se h~ve becpme functionaL $esicies, upgradation qf total 58 medical colleges, 13 medical colleges' in the_ first phase, 6 in the second phase and,39' iri the third phase ha~ 1;'eenenvisag,ed, F~~$~' u;;der\ phase-IV. of Pi\1SSY"12 more medical colleges are proposed to be upgr~ded and 4 ATIM5Hke'.institutes each at' Andhra Pradesh, Vidarbha regi()n (M~hara~htra),West I3engal'and Poorvanchal are proposed to be'established.: ,<', '" Human' R~sourte's, 'Infrastru~ture', Develop;h~nt/Upgradafion h Tertiary Health Care ' With a view: to strengthening the medical education irtfrastrUctur~' in the country, the ,Governm~nLhas, initiated. two~new CSS, that~ the'Esta,blishment of New MedicalColleges attach(I with District/Referral hospitals; .with a corpus '

I

nO,971.1Ci<;>reand the '~Upgrada.tiort Ofexistmg State Government/Central' Government medkal'colleges toinciease~'MBBSseats ill' theco~try' with' a 'corpus of~lO,OOO craie. '

cornpbnents of which, tWo; such as the Sub-Mission for Urbartl.'Iiiliastructuteand' Governance and the Sub-Mi~sioidor Basic'S~rVicesto the Urban Poor are implemenh~d,m 65select'cities. The other two com~ ponents, rtaJPely,jUrba'n ItlfTastrucfureDevel6pment Scheme for Small 'and Medium',Towns and Integrated Housing' and sluril
xheme of Assistance lor the Prevention ofAlcoholi~mand Substance(Drugs) Abuse The Ministry of Social Justice ,and Empowerment coordinates and moititors all,aspects ofdrug abuse prevention which include. assessment ofthe extent oillie problem, pr~ventive-attion, treatmentand rehabilitation of addicts and 'public awareness.Under this, scheme, financial assistance up to 90% of the approved 'expenditure is given tathE; voluntary organizations and o,ther eligible agenciesifor settingup/rtlIUling,lntegrated Rehabilitation Centre forAddict~,(IRCAs), .. , ' , ; -' , "1"

..

)

-

..

!.j

..•

--

.;'.

'.~

."'"l

I,'

-

:.

".

'- '.

.


,": "'-;,'~,.t

,~~;"" ~;_~

List of: SchemesjPrognimmes ~ -. .LWoffienona(hildr~n:Reloted'~ ~ ~ . •. .

•

l-

~--

;

.

Ustof Schemes/Programmes - Housing/Infrastructure Related

-'

{

;.

,-

'~'"

Beti Bachao Beti P~dhao (BBBP) Progralflrne '-,.lee pro~aImn,e

InairaAwaas Yojana (lAY) PrioritY' is to pe given f() families of the manu
lqv Awas Yojana (RAY) A total 10% of the. RAY'allocation

was launched on January 22, 2015, at Panipat, Haryana, .forpromoting survival, protecti,on ~nd education of girl child. It aims to address ,the isslle of declining, Chil,<:i"S~x.:~a~Q,,(~SR) thr~ug!t ~~ass campaign target~d at changing social, mind"set and creating awareness about the qiticality of,the }S,S?~,'Tht; overall goal of the BBBP programme i~ to prevent gender biased sex-selective eliniiriation;, ens me: st:trVlval'and protection of the girl child 'and to''ensure education and participation of the girl child:' , , ~"" , ...~.

i

' .•' ~

"! •

Nai Roshni It a leadership

development ,"training programme for women, where, ,trainings,' are' to be imparted' on Government Mechanisms, Involvement in-decision-making prqcess, Health & Hygiene, Sanita- , tion, Violence against women and their rights, Banking Sy~tems~etc., ~o gene-';.ateewarene::>~'!TIddevelop confi&ncearrlong,~o~en.:_' ' ',' ,',' '.

kept for the innovative projects and the projects for slumdevelopment/relocation for. th~ sl,ums on Ce:t:lIralGovernment land"or land owned by its agencies; autonomousbodies, etc. To mcrease affordab~e hpusmg stock,as part the preventive strategy/tIle'Affordable Housingin Partnership (AHP) Scheme is~'placeili)d~r RAY. External Conimercia!B?rrowmgs'(ECB) hasbeen allowedfor affordable housing projects' from' 2012: It I'.asbeen extended' for Slum Reh~bilitatidnPr6jects ~m 2013to 2014.Borro~gs hthe'tUhe oHJS $'1:834 oillion have been chat0elledin the past,3 years'.-'

Reproductive and Child Health (RCm: TwoRCH programmes, that is, Jancilii,Suraksha'Yojna (JSY)'and JaIlani Shi-' shu Suraksha Karyaktam (JSSK),:'aim'fo'bring aboJt a change in three criticaL health fudicators,'" maternal mortality rate '(MMR);, infant mortality rate. (IMR),' a,r;,dtotaHertility tate (TFR): .: ~i,/. ,I. 'f:' ,.•

rrodhanMantri(G~~ sJiI~k'Jojan~(PMi;SY)

Mid-Day-Meal

15

of

..

"'~~~'isa

-~liy

'unded CSS'~~~t,'~~,.~!,j~~tj:,~ j)f R~?y~~in~, '!~l-: ,eatherroad connectiVIty ana also permIts upgrada'Jnofexistirigr~ralroads. " 'fl., ,..'. j

;.'

;".~:t •.

,,.1,-.

..~

IC..,

TJ;

.••.J.

'~~l'

.J.'"

,;;;aharlalNehru National Urban RenewiJl Mission (JNNURM) ,c This :as launched to iinplethent'reforrn-driven/planned' ~elopment of cities in a Mission'ffiodewith four

I

C.249

Indian Economy

r

,"

.

'.

"~.~ 111.

-

"""'J~~fi

,-.

.

(MOM) Under the MOM Sch~~e, hot <

cooked mid-day meals are provided to all children i;" .•....;... '. attepaipg elementary c~~sses W VITI).in ~Government, Govet:nment,l aiaed, t()ccil b'6'dy/.'Special Training Centres as well as Madrasas/Maqtabs supported under SSAacross. the coiU{trY:At present, a mid-' del}/ meal provides an energy content of 450 calories and protein content of 12 g at primary stage and an f~j~'••.

•

•.

-"~'r;:

.1

f

"h.

".

• .'''-'\o.~'

'f

of

t.

,\

~~", ~~ '..," -,,-';"_ .•

~. ~::';. •. ;..

-"rOt

'.'

I

!

: I I I

I,

~1:li

.

,

\j

------IT'r

~

;1

!

C.250

energy content of 700 calories and protein content of 20 g at upper primary stage. Adequate quantity of misro-nutrients like Iron, Folic acid, and Vitamin A are also provided in convergence with the National Rural Health Mission (NHRM) ..

Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) Scheme

ICDS Scheme represents one of the world's largest and most unique programmes for early childhood (below 6 years) development. It aims to reduce the incidence of mortality, morbidity, malnutrition and school dropout; to enhan<:e the capability of. the mother to look after the health and nutritional needs of the d).ilp' through proper nutrition arid heal~h education. . .

Integrated Child Protedion Scheme (ICPS) ICPS provi4es preij

I~

ventive, statUtory care and rehabilitation services to children who are in need of Care and protection and children in conflict with law as d.efined under the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2000 and' its Amendment Act, 2006 and 'any other vulnerable child. 36 States/UTs have signed the Melhorandum of Understanding (MoD) for implementation of this CSS.

Rajiv Gandhi Scheme far Empowerment ofAdolescent Girls- Sabia The scheme is operational in 205 selected districts across the country since 2010. It aims at all-round development of adolescent girls of 11 to 18 years (with a focus on alloutof.:.schoolAGs). The scheme has two major components Nutrition and Non Nutrition Component: While the former aims at improving the health and nutrition statUs of the adolescent girls, the non-nutrition component addresses their developmental needs.

Indira Gandhi Matritva'Sahyog 'Yojana (IGMSY) It is a C~S which is in turn~ a Conditional Cash Transfer scheme covered under Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT).programme f()! pregnant and lactating women aged 19 yE:;arsand above for ,first hv.0 live b~ .in 53 districts .. The scheme has been renam~d as Matritva Sahyog yojana (MSY), 2014. As per the provision of the National Food Security Act (NFSA), 2013, the Ministry has reviewed the entitlement of maternity benefits of IGMSY beneficiaries in 53 districts.from~4,000to ~6,000. Rajiv Ga~dhi Natio!,al. (;~che Scheme for Children of' Working Mothers' .Objective of ~e scheme is to .provide day: c~e. seryices t? chi1d!~n (in the' age group~f. 0;-6, years) of w()rking and other deserving women belongirlg to -families whose monthly income is not more th¥l n2,000. The Scheme provides supplementary

_

.u.'

Indian Economy

Chapter 6

•

nutrition, health care jnputsJike im.munizatio~: polio drops, basio health mo~toring, pre-school,,'educa. tion (03-06), recreation, emergencymedicil}e and contingencies. ";,

Raiya Mahila Samman and lila Mahila Samman It to be given to one woman from eacl:! State/UT and'one,women from each District respectively, for advocacy and awareness creation, motivation, community mobil. isation, women's empowerment, 'skill development training and capacity building and enterprise promotion in conjunction with tangible activities ... '

list of Schemes/Progrommes,

Miscellaneous

.

Scheme of Integrated Programme for Older Persons' Under the Scheme, financial assistance is given t~iinplementing agencies for the following major activities provided for the welfare of senior citizens: . (a) Maintenance of old-age homes, respite care homes and continuous care homes. (b)' Running of multi-service centres for older persons. (c) Maintenance of mobile medicare units. (d) Running of day-care centres for Alzheimer's disease/ dementia patients. (e) Physiotherapy clinics for older p,ersons. (f) Disability and 1:l~aringaids for older persons.

]3eIlefitsTransfer for LPG (MDBTL). Aa~~a!i'b!1~e.d, I"erificag~:p..isbeing utilized for,
l'albandhuKalyan Yojana (VKY) In the current year 2014-15, a new Central' Sector ,Scheme for STs,. namely, VanbaIldhuKalyan Yojana (VKY)has been introduced with abudgetary provision of noo Crore. VKY is a strategic processwhich envisages to ensure that all intended benefitsof goods and services under various programmes/ schemesof Central as well as State Governments actu.:. allyreach the target groups by convergence of resources throughappropriate institutional mechanism. During thecurrent year, the Scheme is peing implemented inoneBlockeachof the 10 States having schedule V areas. HamariDharohar Hamari Dharohar is a national governmentscheme to preserve rich heritage of minority communitj.esof India under the overall concept of Indianculture.

its ,guidelines released on October 11, 2014, for bringing convergence in the implementation of existing Government schemes and programmes without allocating additional funds or starting new infrastructure or construction schemes. .

Unique Identification Development Authority Qf India (UIDA/) Unique identification project was' initially .conceived by the Planning C:;ommissioI).as an initiative that would provide identification: for. each resident across the country' anq.:would be!usedp~arily as the basis for efficienl delivery of.,welfare: services. The Aadhaar card has emerged as probably the world's largest biometriCidentification prog;armnes, in the world .with the Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) issUlJ'lg nearly 82'ct~}re'car~s',The GovemInent of India issu~ orders constituting the Cabinet Committee on VID AuthOrity-on October 22, 2009. TheAadhaar Payment Bridge (APB)1is also 'providing _~hassle-free rnech~ nism for, amongst other uses, transfer of dir~~tbeJl~ under government schemes, includip-g Modified ••••

-

PradhanMantri Awas Yojana /pMAYt S~~rt"'CiIr:Yoi~~a'I:,.;.':T"

-

~

-~

"

June 2015

~

••
.,

PradbanMantri JeevanJyoti BimoYojana (PMJJBYt'" ' -

IS~kanya Samriddhi Yojana Sa9ar'Mala

J.-'

"

May. 20 15 ,

'l':~' , ,

Year

~'JndU~ India LoanScheme

May 2016 April 20 16~

q

GoldMonetisationSch~me.

, •Nov 2015

:.=

"'udraB(l.~~na

I

Oct 2015::

OneRankOne Pension(OROP) ...."', ,}Sep 2015 ~dhanMantri Nai Manzil Scheme . ana(PMNMSY)

r

AU9 2015

--'------------

'lagarVanUdyan.Yojana. ',. shi Si.nc'hCli Yojana

"

.: "Au9.2015,

--,

..... '.

.

,"

.",

I

" ~uly 2015

Manlr'i K~ush~iVik~~Yoi~na r ••'j~ly20-15. . "',' )

I

f

S~

) locker ..~, .llastaScheme '.'

e'.

I

,~

.,

II

1)"

'" .•.

July 2015 ~- ',I. )," . . July 2015 '

"J

j--

' "J'~ly 2() 15

, ; IndiaProject

:.' .•July 2015 . 'OJ

-'

".

. 'ii'sSa9a; ~ala

1.

'

•.. '. * Jan 2015;' ,

;",

,

:t

',Ff

-

17

~I

t

•

.

~t

'.

-.'

~-

_

, . 'Oct 2014

ISw~cch Bhara;

2'O14=:]'

~ep ",

" "-itl.Sep 2014\(;!

='

IDi~ital ;ndia

I

Oct 2~14

,....

Sura~s~aBirriaYojan"ci~.,

Make In.India

~

•

ISaansad Adarsh Gram Yojana ,

"J;+I

AU92014

:

J

~ra~han'MantriJan ph~n Yojana'

.,.",

~~g201.4~'_~~ '" :,:

(~MJDY)

,.,f.

_,.'.",

,

Ify\ission to CleanGCt!l99

• ".11.'

,';"

I.

June 2014 -I Ii' '"

The HDI is an average measwe of, basic human development achievements in a ,.p}lbJi~hedr~y !~e. Unit~flI;-J:ations Development Pr?gpirnme (UNDP) is an .a\t~~ative to the more standard method of' measurmg growth using gross domestic product (GDl;'). . '. . ._ It captures progress in' 'terms' of th:reeb~sk eapa-' pilities: (i) to live, a long and healthy life; (ii)to be e.ducateq. and' knowledgeabl~,.,and, (iii) :to enjoy a qec~nteconomic standard of life; '.;,:

Inaia's status

"

•

~~

I .J -

--,-

Human Development Index (HOI)

fl .•

Deen DayalUpadhyay Gramin Kaushalya Yojana (DDU-GKYt

i

Jan 2015

-

A'

I

,.

," ('"~~r 201'5 •

I

.:

L

April 2015

Beti Bachao, Bet[Pa9hao Abbhiyaa-n (BBBPt -.

!I

i~..i.i.,'~

I •.••

.~"')-

[iAHAl DBTl . !,

I

May 20 i5

T.

{,

"

- :'~'~;!~-:;:"')~~~'2015

IAtal PensionYojana .-

C.251

I

'-,

~ewSchemes launched by Prime Minister-of India'~arendroModi Schemes

Sansad Aadarsh'Gram Yoiana (SAGY) this 'w~~launched and

-

h

'

,

I

•

1

j

'I

,J

"

r-.

•..

I

_~'

.~.,

-

• According to HDR 2016 ,IndIa's HDII..value; f~r ,2015: is b.62~~hi<;h-p'ut ~e C~urltry..-in' .the, lmegium ~~ap ;.~~yeloprp~~t, ca,tegory.",-, positiorung it at pI out of )88/ countries and, terntones. , ). '..,' ,';' _~ _ _ .•

;1.1,

.••

".~.

I

,

II

.,

c.;

-".

_

•

'

,}.~

.

-,'.if

..••

-

"j~.<.J ~~...

.

I.

I.

..

.•••

• Between 1990 -and 2015" India's HDI value increased, from 0.428"to 0.624, an increase of 45.7%.

" '. '.,

~

_

.........•••

III"t ~'; II ::

C.252

Chapter 6

Indian Econ.omy

• A reviews India's progress in each 'of the HOI indicators. Between 1990 and 2015, India's'life expectancy at' bIrth increased by lOA years, .' mean years' of' schooliri:g'increased by 3.3'years
Inequality Adjusted Human Development Index (IHD) The 2010' HDR introduced the. IHDI, which takes into a12countinequality'in all three dimensions of the HDIby'discounting' each dimension's average value according to its level of inequality. The IHDl.is basically th~ I-fDI discounted' for inequalities. The 'loss' in hi.uri~development due to inequality is given by the difference between the HDI and. the IBDI, and can !Jeexpressed as'a percentage. As the inequality in a COuhtry mcreases; the loss in human development also increas~s.

Il1dia'fstatus

".

•

t'

••

:,.

",

•

~end~r bev~lopmentlnd~x. (GDI): In the 2014 HDR, 'HDRO iRtroduced a newm:ea'sure', the GDI; "based on thesex-disaggregated' Human Development. ,Index, 'defined' as "a raho of the female to the male HDI. The GDI reflects gender inequalities in achievement in the same three dimensions of -the HDI: health (measured by female and male life expectancy at birth), -education(measured by feinaleand male expected years of schooling for children andtAe~I\yearsfQr'adu1ts aged 25 years and older); and command, over economic resources' (measured' 'by female and male estimated 'GNI per capita). The 'GDIis calculated for i60 countries in' the 2015 HDR. .'

':,

~r'~'

Gender Inequality Index (GIl) The 2010 HDR introduced the G~, which reflectsgen. der~based inequalities'in three dimensions - reproductive health, empowerment, and economic activi~', Reproductive health, is measured by maternaJ mortality and, adolescent birth rates; erilpowennent is measured by the share of parliamentary seats held by women ,and attainmentin ..secondary' and higher education by each gender; and economic activityis measured by the labour market participation rate for women and men. .1,

,.

Indiahtatus

• India has a GIl value of 0.530, ranking it 125out of 159 countries in the 2015 index. • In Iridia, 12.2% of parliarile~tary seats are held by women, and 35.3% of adult women have reached at least a secondary level of educa. tion compared to 61.4 per cent of their male counterparts. ' • For every 100;000 live births, 174 women die from pregnancy related causes; and the adoles. cent birth rate is 24'sbirths per 1,000womenof -ages 15-19.

• India's HDI for 2015 is 0.624. However, when the value is discounted for inequality, the HDI falls to 0.454, a loss of 27.2% due to inequality in the.' distribution of the HDI dimension indices. \ " ', coefficient for India' is ",'

T'

• .The fem~e IiDI value for'india is 0.549in ~ontras With'0.671~for males, res~~g in;a e;;pI value~ 0.819,.which places the country into Group 5.

India's status

• The 'i-Iumaninequhliij , ~equalto 26.5%.- . .'

.' ~

• Female' participatio~ in the labour market is 26.8% compared to 79.1% for men.

The 2010 HDR inttoduc.ed .the MPI, which identifies .multiple' overlapping. deprivations suffered by households m 3 'diIriensions:(i) education, (ii)health, ind (iii) livmg standards. .'... ~

~ '.

India's status

'

.•.

"..

:.

" .

~

~

•

; ,

(

I

•. .oms "•.

Historical 'ackground

,,'.....

l

,;

•••0,"

J'.'

• First gold coins were introduced during the reign of the Guptas AD 390-550., , ' • Rupee was first minted in India during the reign of Sher Shah S.uri around ad .15~, It was a silver co~ .weighingarou,nd 179.g and,jt replaced the goldsoips. , • In 1873, when the price of silver fell in the world market; the, silver coin lost its' metallic. value. The exchange value of the Indian rupee was 10 per pound sterling till 1873. • Paper currency in IncFa was introduced in 1882 by the British government. • With the establishment of the Reserve Bank 'of India (Rl,3I)in..1935,the Indian rupee became an independent curreIlcy, although, Jor exchange purposes it continued to be dependent .on Sterling. .

In India;:55.3%'of the'population (642,391thousan~ people)'are mlilti-diIriensionaUy'poor while an add!tional 18.2% livenearnmltidimensional poverty (212,018' thousand people). 'The breadth of deprivation (intensity) in India, which is the aver~ge ':..l' deprivati9n score experien.c~d by people in m~tIdi'. " ", .':. mensional poverty, is 51.1%. The MPI, which IS the ~ and DistrjK~!I9.n,of Currency, .'. ", co \lI insand, one rupee notes are issued by the Govshare of the population that is'multi-dimensionally tunentof India;.Therefore, the one rupee note does: poor~.adjusted'bythe intensity of the deprivations,~ 0.282. BaRgladesh and' Pakistan have MPIs of 0.1 ~ bearthe signature of the Governor of the Reserve ofIndia. . '1'1' ,,;,'. . : and 0.237 respectively. #'/1

-!

•••.

~

••

T(

'.

",'.'

':}f..~'

. .."1

_J'l

• . .,,'-,

~

.t.~"', .. ;.

I~~_

~ ~

j

-

.

''l..

.J

.l_

'......

~"

' ... it<~,: -.•,

.

.

~~~!l

~'.

~

,:' ~,l' .

".;;
, ~. "(v'-.

••

'D"

~

1",'

r,;."J

~

\(l,~:1'~"''t''''f\

~;il:""• t _'l:.>;;'t"! ,~;\ .. ''!''''

't

•.

;

""

~ ."

.•.~

'_,I

"d'Yi ';,-';.~., '1,.",' rr:;'""u.... {o, .. I ou 'K"nO_r,'.

'M"

";-:>":'\. • Coins cc:Jnbe issued up to the penorninpti,?n'.of ~1 000 ':as per the Cqinage Act,'.,1906. . , ,• ' ••i. :

'.

.:

~

:

l'

i

l:~;

"~L}!'~'!";

,.. ~'f"'~'

• RBI has been introducing new ways.Jor distribution of coins through coin DispefsingMa~hif]e'~,' bedica.ted . Single - window counters, ,and Mobile Coin Counters :: (fbr exchanging sailed currency notes with coins). . ".

b;

• Public is educated RB'I"t~'av~id holding on to t~e coins, and instead use them freely for transas:tions'to. ' ensure that there is a smooth circulation of coins: ' J

:.

.t

CurrencY DenomilJiitions'~ ' -

TheIndian currency system. was conv~rted into I decimal system by Indian. Coinage (Amendment) Act 1955 which was lJrought into force from \pril1, 1957. This is known as 'Decimalizatioh'of :ndian coins. The old system of rup~~, annas and' laise(1 rupee = 16 annas and 1 anna = 12Ipais.e) was replaced by the rupee and.:paise, systeI~L.•The. :irst one-palse coin und~r the dec.imal system was ~uedin March 1962 aIld,the.first one rupeecoiR~n. y1962. ,.•,"" "..... ' ',":r," " " .•..•"".'. ~

., .-'

1\

~._

The gov~mlnent of Ind~~has sole right i..to mint coins. .• The legal frameyv~or~,.for,5~m-,ag~.8k.1?j~,~~unde~ the ~oinage, Ad~J~~6,'aIl4 ,i.same:t;l?e~.tro,~ time to time. Coins,'in minted in 4 goverrurienFmints at ,,' .-'./ .. Ml;lffibai, Kolkata (Alipore), Hyderabad' (Saifabad andCherlapally)a:nd Nb~A. .' , .." iJ " .RW categori~es co~~ ~~: (i) C2,!~~/;,~~nomi-; nations 'of; ,l~.'Pal~e,..2.opalse;. 25 pa.l~7;~~ .P'~1~~;. !lll:d, (ti) Rupee COms ,'-' denominations~f\~~e ~til'~~'.~9, rupe-es, 5 rupees ahd 10 rupees.: However, ef£ec!iy~ from June;30, 2011,'all;corns indenom.rnations:of25 paise and below were officially demonitize&. " I

• In 1947"India became a member of the International Monetary-Fund (IMF) and exchange value of the rupee came to be fixed by IMF standards. • In 2010, India officially adopted the symbol for Indian Rupee (~), derived from the Devanagri consonant (~) or 'Ra'. Uday Kumar Dharmalingam has designed this Indian Rupee sign.

.

'I"~~

,

~mal System

Muhidimen~ional Poverty Index (MPI)

~

'URRENC!~~~T,~~; f .

C.253,

I"

•

.-!J

'~.

•

~

<

-'

I..

••

~••~

fi.:

'.

~

.L;

,or ~

'.

At present, cur;rency notes of. denominati~~ I, 2,5,10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 and 2000..are, in circulatiOI~.J1)~surr~I}t ~eries ",-,W,~h began, ~ 1?96'!s c~lled' the NJahatma Gandhi Series. The cl;lrrency n.o~es of. ~?OO, bearing a portrait of Mahatma ,Gandhi and the Ashoka Pillar emblem were issued by RBJfrom Octo-. ber 3,1987. All notes abov{one'htpeJ de~oInlnatiorl are issued by the,Reserve Bank of India and, therefo~e,'c,urrency.!lot~s .~~ove '.~ne.r,Up~e~~~o.~atloti,. b~~~.the ,signature of th.e ~~y£morL()frtf:e'iRE;serve~ Bcinkof India. These notes are also ca.lled bank notes.' Distribution, ~d. ~drninistr~ti~n. of ,~l( c~~rency' i~ dpne byfue, Reserve B~ of ~¥a as~'~ ~g~nt of the~ Government of India .. '." '. t., • ; ,. , .1\ I,,'

}~,'

,t~.

.~'. •~.. l- ., ~.

./

,; j~

.'

~

.-"!' ~

1: - 'f

:1'~ .•.:.

Devaluati~n ofCurren~y'

. •

11."

',-to""

II 'I :1

,

1

I :1

~

Devaluation refers to re<;iucing,value of the Indian rupee '!ncomparison ~o the US dollar in the world market. In 1947, India;became a.memberof the IMF,

'I

~

C~254

Chapter 6

Indian Economy

which necessitated fixing of exchange value of the Indian rupee as per IMP stan~ards.Asa result, India was obliged to devalue the rupee and so far, the following devaluations have taken place:

II Ii

I

All the receipts and disbursements Did You Know?

uflder three separate acCounts:',

Demonetization of Currency".

.

First Devaluation In June 1949, the Indian rupee was devalued by 30.5%. Dr John Mathai was the Finance Minister.

Demanetizatian refers ta the withdrawal .of currency frOIT' circulatian which is dane ta ambush black market currency and unaccaunted maney. Sa far bank nates, demonetiza-

Second Devaluation In June '1966, the Indian rupee was further devalued by 57%. Sachindra Chaudhury was the Finance Minister. ' .

The first'demonetization

Third and Fourth Devaluations On July 1, 1991, the Indian

The second demonetization

rupee was devalued by 9% and again further devalued by 11% on July 3, 1991, bringing the total devaluationto 20%: This was during the finance ministership of Dr Manmohan Singh. Since August 20, 1994, the rupe'~ has beeri made a freely convertible currency on current account. '

PUBLIC FINANCE :power,.to :raise and. disburse public funds has been diVid~ci:Underthe' constitution between the Union and ' the state governments. Ministry of Finance is responsible for administration of finances of the government. This ministry comprises three departments: (i) Department of Economic Affairs; (li) Department of Expenditure and (iii) Department of Revenue. These are conceql.ed with all economic and financial matters affecting the country as a whole. It also regulates expenditure of the government, including transfer of resources to the states and other sorts of resource mobilization for development and other purposes. The Department of Economic Affairs is responsible for preparation of the Budget of Umon of India as well as the state governments arid union territory administrations with legislature when under the President's rule. The department consists of eight main divisions: (i) economic, (li) banking, (iii) irisuiance, (iv) budget,' (v) investment, (vi) external fiiiance, (vii) fund bank and (viii)currency and coinage. The department also inter' alia monitors current economic trends and advises the government on all matters of internal and external economic management, including working of commercial banks, ferm-lendillg institutions, investment regulations, external assistance, etc. .'

~ :

Sources of Revenue • ~_.'~f. "' •.

Almost all the sources ofrevenue for the Union arid Hie state government are mutually exclusive apart

(i) The ,Consolidate Funds of India;~All the revenue received, loans raised and interest receivables are from'this fund and any disbursement therefrom are subject to the vote of the Parliament. (ii) Public Accounts of India-All other, receipts by the' goveriunent, such as deposits service funds; and other remittances go into Public Accounts. Money can be withdrawn from this acc0UJ.ltwithout any authority of an Act of the Parliament. (iii)Contingency' Fund of India-This fund was established under Article 267(1) the constitution which is for meeting the unforeseen requirements not provided in the Annual Appropriation Act. The Indian Constitution .provides for.' the establishment of a

tian has taken place thrice. was dane in 1946, which called for a declaratian of nates of ~1 00 qnd above the demanetized 011 nates of ~500 denaminatian and above. was done in Januol)' 1978, thraugh which currency nates .of the higher denominatians .of ~1 000; ~5000 and ~1 0,000 were demone-

tized.

or

The third demonetiJ:aton was carried aut on Nov 8 2016, when India demanetized its twa high value curre!\' ty nates: ~500 .of and ~1000/-. A new ~2000 /- no'e was launched, while ~500/- nate was replaced with a new nate.

..

Cains in India have oIsa been demanetized official~ ir past. In 1947, the lowest - denaminatian of Indian co:ns prevalent .ofthat time (The half-paise (128th of a rupeesand the pie [192th of a rupee] were .of sacici,lIydemonitzed In 1957, as the Indian currency, maved towards 'decima'. izatian by adapting a metric system .of cainage, all coins of 'anna' and 'pice' were demanetized. The rupee cc~ remained unchanged as it represented' 100 paise insleoa .of 16 annas .or64 pice. Then, in June 2011 all small cains (except 50 paise CO" in denaminatian of 25 paise and below were officioj r demanitized. Hawever, the 1-paise was retained as a c ' of currency but is aut of circulatian.

from the shareable taxes and duties. The Unionhas two types of revenues: tax-revenues and non-tax revenues. The main sources of Union tax revenues are Customs duties, Union excise duties, Corporate tax and Income tax, whereas Uruon non-tax revenues are from interest receipts, including inte~t paid by the Railway and Teleconili1.Unications,dlv' idend and profits. The taxes and duties levied by the state government and share of taxes levied by the union constitute the revenues in the state, Apart from their share of taxes and duties, state govern' ments receive statutory and other grants as wellas loans for various development and non-develoPment purposes, and local finances like octroi, teJ1lll' nal taxes, and property taxes.

are kept

t.

C.255

, 'Consolidated' Fund, a' Public Account and a Contingency'Fundtfoi'each "state. 'Apart from this, the fudiah Constitution also.prov!des that: \~

.•"" ,. ":-,",_.... b.' ~

• No tax can 1?eleyied or collecte4>~xseptby an authorityofla",:, .. , 0

';.

.

}''',''

,

• No expenditure c~ be iflcu~redJr9wpub~ lic ~4s ~'.'cep~a~ m~nti01)edin the, ConJ stitution'of IndiL ..' ..• , ,_.I 'OJ,' • '".):.'" ,~~.••\/: -J . ::r':" .• :t.:~/.~ • Executive authority. m~str. spend, public mon~y only in the manner s~ctioned by the Parliament ill case of the Union and by the stat~ le~si~ture,incase.~f.~~t~te; i .

."l

0

." The railwa~s, the largestj)u~Ii~O's~cto~'~~~r~a~: mg, present ~~J,l' bUc:lgetseparat~,ly~()~e'~~~~arnent; Appropriations an~ ~isb:ursements' ~der.:.!a;yway,' budget are subject to the same form,9tp~rliamen:: tary control as other appropriationS 'and' 'disbursements. However, as the railways have no: separate '~ A '.'

~?;;'~f~';.','~.:~.l::,~.t~ ~

t

1~

1r

" ' ,

i

):jiientFeatures.ofGenuine Currency Notes as Circulated by RBI:

'.f'

' . ; ,0 ,'.

,'I'

Paper:The paper of all genuine nates is superior rag paper and when new, has a distinct crackle. The crackle, however, is reduced in humidatmasphere and as the nate becames sailed due ta circulatian.' , . ;, . 0

,.

2 Watermark:All genuine nates must have watermark .ofthe portrait .ofMaha'tma G~ndhi in the left-hand windaw:Watermark

is one ofthe important featureswhich decides the genuineness of nates. If the watermark impressian appears crude and withaut light and shadeeffect, the nates shauld be viewed with suspician. A c1ase examinatian of the watermark an a suspect nate in camparisbn withthat an a genuine nate will help ta decide whether the suspect nate is genuine .or nat. Slight varia!i.ans in the pasitian .of the watermarkin the left hand windaw .of the nate can .occur even in genuine nates and shauld not alane cause suspician.

; SecurityThread: All genuine nates .of 5 denaminatian and abave have'a security thread embedded vertically which shauld nai onlybe discernible as a dark line when held against light but a1sa wheflthe note is held slantingly. The security thread p;jn alsa be generallyfelt by fingers. The security thread may sametimes have a small gap in same genuine nates, that is may appear braken, and need nat cause suspician. . '" " ',' 'I,.' .,' -il",.' 1

~ Quality.of printing and graphics: Genuine nates are printed in distinctive bady cOiaurs .oyer rainbow tirits'consisting of fine lines: Theprinting is neat and clean and free fram braken lines and smudges. Register betWeenfrantand back (i.e., between the design/ graphicsan. the frant and that an the back) when held against light is alsaalmast perfect an genuine nates. Nates.with crude appearance, braken lines, spelling mistakes, imperfect blending .of tints and calaurs and bad frant and, back regisfer have ta be viewedwit~ suspician. ,..,. <,

•

•

: intaglioprinting: Genuine nates are printed using advanced printing techniques, bath dry .offset(flat printing) and intaglio security leaturean certain denaminatians .of nates, This printing feature can be felt .as raised printing an paper by.passing the fingers an :T1e notes. P~esently:denaminatians af1 0 and above.are printed with this feature of intaglio' printing.~ln these'de'namiri6tians of ~tes, the figures.of the denaminatianof the nates, name .of the RBI, the guaranteeclause, the pramise da,use; tbesig~9fure C?fth~ Governorof the RBI, the language panel and the seal .of RBI are in .intaglio prinl.ing. Natesof denaIT.1inatiohs'cif:] 00,"500 and 1,000 have intaglia printing an bath the sides. Hawever, .thereare na intaglia print features an nates af~l, 2,'5 and:l 0 (bearing fOchtmatif on the reverse). The intaglia print may hawever ,be less sharp an nates which have became ~ailed 9~e to circulatian. ; Numbering:'Genuine nates will bear Q'distinctive serial number along with prefix. The numerals'and the alphabets .of genuine "Oleswill be in perfect alignment. Any change in the.shape .of individual numbers or nan-alignment of numbers shauld be viewed ~spicion. . ..' .. . ... _ . . .,' .,

11

II:' I

I! !I

C~256 Chapter 6

\'j

I

I "

IndianEconomy .C.257

I,

! ,

cash balance of their own; total receipts and'disbursements oHherailways aremcorporated ,inthebu'dget of the Union as part of the generaLbudget ,

"

Annual Financial Budget

I

• All the receipts and disbursernents of the Union for the ensuing fimmcial'year are presented for general discussion iri.both the Houses of Parliament. This is known as 'presentation of the 'budget' and it covers central government's - -transactions' occurring' during the preceding year, the year in which the statement is pre\ pared as welIas the ensuing year or the 'budget year"as it-is knoWrt. ' .

I \,

,

;\

J

as

"1" 1 ,I

Ii 'I

••~TCl.x p'rop,o~als hew sources of ,revenue for the - U!lion government are embodied in a bill and ,'. 'are passed as 'finance bill' or 'finance act' of the " year: E~t1mates 'of expenditUres from the Con.",....~olidat~d FUnd ~f India are placed before Lok Sabha in the, form of 'demand of grants'. . '

i':'~~

AlL ~~thdrayval&,-of.t;I1oney,fro:tp the consolddated. fund ar~ thereafter authorized by an Appropriation Act passed by the Parliament ,every year ....

• Estimates of'teceipts and expenditUre are simi, larlypresented by the state-government in therr legislatures before the beginning of the finandal year and legislative sanctions for expenditure are secured through a siinilar procedure.

government. It includes 'outstanding ag , the various small. saving schemes; provi~ funds; securities tss.ued .b,Y Indu~trial Devi opment Bank of India, UmtTrust of India
VY and,collectthi~. tax. The Constitution of India to le . '. . '. . • haSbeen amep.dedby.the.Constitution (one"hundred and first amendme,!t) Act, 20~6;for t:¥s p~rpose. Article 246A of the, Constitution empowe,rs the. Centre andthe Stat~~.toleVYP:)1.d collect the G~T;., , (r

..

~. :'.,

6STReploce These Toxes

c;,~~f':f:

(i)TaxescU1?,e~tl!f.zevJedand c~Uec!edby..t~e . " '~". '. , GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST) a CentralEXCiseduty. . b. Duties of Excise (Medicinal and Toilet Goods and Services Tax (GST) is la destinatiOll Preparations). based tax on consumption of goods ~d services,[t c.Additional Duties of ExCise '(Goods. of Special is proposed to be levied at all stages right from manImportance). ufacture up to final consumption ~ith credit of taxes d.Additional Duties of ExCise (Textiles and Textile paid at previous stages available as setoff. It brings Products). ' to fore the concept of destination which means that the 'tax would accrue'to the taxing authority which e.Addition~l Duties of Customs (commonly known asCVD).[ . has jurisdiction over the place of consumption which is also termed asplace of supply. In' a nutshell, only f. SpecialAdditional' Duty of Customs (SAD). ' , value addition will be taxed and burden of tax is to g.ServiceTa~.. • ,. .' '. be borne by the final c0n,sumer. h, Central Surcharges and Cesses so far as they Benefits from GST _Seen as,a significant, step in the field relate to supply of goods and services;.,' , of indirect tax reforms, GST atnalgamates a large (ii)State taxes that would be stibsumedunder the number of Cen'traland State taxes ihto a singletax GSTare: " and allows to set-off of prior-stage taxes. This would a,StateVAT. mitigate the ill-effects of cascading
J!'

f, Taxeson advertisements.

Public Debt • Public debt is divided under two separate headings, namely, external debt and ,internal debt. ' ,

.

..

"

.

.

-

'

• The external debt comprises loans from foreign countries, international financial institutions, etc. '. Internal debt includes borrowings inside the country like .market loans, compensation and , other bonds; treasury. bills issuep. to ,the 'RBI, 1?~~tegoveITUl1E;nts,' coIIUIlercial banks and 6~er partie?: .',. . " ,," .' • It aiso. includes non-negotiable, non-interest bearing rupee sec,urities issued to the international . fiIlancial institutions. . • There is' another head. which comes .under public debt, called 'other liabilities' of the

The Constitution (One Hundred and First

g,PurchaseTax.

Amendment) Act, 2016

h.Taxeson lotteries, betting 'and gambling.

Curr~ri.tiy,the fiscal powers betWeen the Centreand the States are clearly' demarcated in the Constitution with almost. no. overlap between the respective domains. The Centre has the powers to levy taxon the manufacture of goods (except' alcoholic liquor~Ol human consumption, opium, narcotics, etc.) while the States have the powers to. levy tax on the sale of goods: In the 'case of inter-State sales, the Cenb! has the power to levy a tax (the Central SalesTax) but, the tax is collected and retained entirely by tht States. . . As for services, 'it is the 'Centre alo~e that; empowered to levy service tax. Introduction of GST required amendments in the Constitution SO : to simultaneously empower the Centre and theStat

•.t"

jt:-.,..

~~ !~ey relate .'

I .

The GST Council shall'make recommendations "the Union and States on ,the taxes, cesses.and surtbargeslevied.by' the Centrej,the Statesand'the local ~ies which may.be subsumed
1b

~ (i) Taxes()r levies to be subsumed should be primarily, in the nature of indirect; taxes, either on the~supply of 'goods lorl on the.supply~of services.. i~ ;~••.," l ••

,I-

-~.

•

I I

hot

>

.>

(ommoditi~; /JrtJposed.tobekel?' outside the p~rvi;~ J,et'~.{ "t.: -I'

.

"

~

\f

""':'.

~.f,

I

•••.

f .•: ..

):

..

~iGSi/Arti~

.'.-

,'.I~~\"

l:",

i

de 366(12A) of ..the Constitution' a$,ame}'lded 'by IOlst Constitutionili Ame1idmeht'-Act~ 201(~defines L' the c;oods'aiLd Sei'yices'tax (GST) as'atax orfsupply 't ..... ";11. of g009-1?or services pr ,Doth,.except supply of alcoholic liquor .for huthan, c()n~ijn'lpiion. So alcohol for human cot1;s.timption is kept ()Ut of GST by way of definiti~:mof GST' in coilsqhiti6:'n:,,'.f~vepe~roleum products viz.pefroleum crude,',motor spirit'{petrol), high' 'speed' diesel;. nahtraf gas and~~iatiori.. tUrbine fuel have temporarily been kept o:ut and GST Council. ~ha:lf-decide;the dat~drom which .theys~all be incluC;iedin GST. furthermore, electricity has been kept out of,GST,.T;heexisting t~xp.tionsystem (VAT& Central Excis~) ~ill continue in respe'ct of the above QJmtno9citi,es.,ro.q~~co'}~.pdtobacco,Wqd,~C!s.~ould be ;subj17etto,;G~T.In, addit~
.

~ " .

.

..

' ,~_

"','

~

l

'-",'"

•

•.

n .•• ;~,:,

l

;""r-,

,~')

~ .•.••

" .•"

.-

_:;"At.'

w.'it-'.

l'

_'"

.'.

l

:fe'I,t" •

. .

J

DUAL ;GST' .:.-. CGST and SGST" ,~

" .

1.StateSurc~argesandCesse~ s,?,faE to supply 'of goods and services."

(ii)",TaxesI or.1eyies;to be subsume4( should be part of .the transaction. chain~which. comtnences with imp~rt!manufactUrelProductio~. o{ goods or provision of services at one, end and the con•. . s~pti~n, of goods '~dseivi~e~ ~~.th~:?!h~r.~. \'. (iii) The subsumation shou.ldresult\ih'fteJ~flowOf tax - . ~credit in intra and inter-Sta,te levels ..The taxes, levies.and 'fees that:a~e spedficallyt~lated' to .suppiyof 'g()ods&' ~ervice~:shoUJ.d'not"lJe'subsumed tinder GST. ." "'. " ,'.: ,,:):,' i; L 'eM ~ . '-,. ". ~ .. ~. '., -+1,.., • ,J. (v) Revenue fairness .for. both the Union. and the S~aws~di~id~ally: woNJ;p-e.~d.it,o:,~e: at!~;npted:

; .;,'

J-..Y:-'"

It would' be a' dual GST_with the. Centre and, States sirtiultaneously 'le~y~g it ~n <1,' commol} ,tax' base. The G~T. 'to ,be levied by the Centr~: on hlt:r'a-State supply of goods and/or services' would be called the Centr,il' GST (CGST),and, that tbbelevied: by. the States,l,Union territory'would be 'called the'State GST (SGST)/UIGST. Similarly, Integrated GST,.,(IGST) will be levieq and ,administered by' Cel}tre.on every inter-~t~t~supply'orgo'odsJ~d ser:Vic~~.", . " .' I

Why was DuolGSTNeeded India is a federal coup.hy where both the Centre and the States have been assigned the powers to levy and-collectitaxes' through appropriate legislation. :Both.the'levelsof:Goyernment have distinct responsibilities to 'pefforin according to the division oLpowers. prescribed. in 'the Constitution for which~they.need ,to -raIse,resources. A dual GST I

. I

..........••

1II"t'

, I

I

I

II i

C.258

Chapter 6

Indian Economy

will, therefore, be in keeping with the Constitutional requirement of fiscal federalism.

The Central GST (CGST) and the State GSr (SGST) would be levied simultaneously on every transaction of supply of goods arid services except the exempted goods and services; goods which are outside the purview of. GST and the. transactions which are below thepr~~cribed thres):lOldlimits. Further, both would be levied on the same price or value urilike State VATwhich is levied on the value of'the goods inclusive of CENVAT While the location 9f the supplier and the recipient within the country is imm:aterial for the purpose of CGST, SGST would be c.h~rge(lble,only wh~n the supplier and the recipient are both located wHhinthe State. \,'

••

.

Integrated GS1(lGST)

d

Under the GST regime, an Integrated GST (IGST) would be levied and collected by the Centre on mterState supply of goods and services. Under Article 269Aof the Constitution, theGST on supplies in. the course of inter- State trade or commerce shall be levied and collected by the Government of India and such tax shall be apportioned between the Union and the State~ in the manner as may b'eprovided by Parliament by law on the recommendations of the Goods ahd Services Tax Courtdl. . , .

How will.impcirts be laxed under GST Imports of Goods and Services will be treated as inter-state supplies and IGST will be levied on import of goods and, services into the country. The incidence oftax will follow the destination principle and the tax revenue in, case of SGST will
How will Exports be, Treplea, Under GST Exports ,will. be treated as zero rated supplies. No tax will he payable on exports of goods or services; however credit of input tax credit will.be 'available and same will be available as- refund to the exporters. The Exporter will have an option to either pay tax on the output and claim refund of IGST or export under Bond without payment of-IGST and claim ,refund of Input Tax Credit (ITC). >,

,

.•.. ' ~."..

,

• J"'L."

Composiiibn o~ 'an king System'

System of Taxation Under Central GST(CGST) and State GST(SGST)

. 1"

BANKING SYSTEM

'

At Present,. the Sche~uled Commerci~l Ba~ (SCBs), ProVIde the ~nhre gamut of bankmg prOd. ucts and services across all geographies in Ind 'and abroad, to retail, corporate and. governme: sector ..alike. Baxdon their ownership structurt' there are 21 Public Sector Banks [ilicluding the SB: 19 Nationalized banks and the IDBI Bahk Ltd],Po. vate sector Banks [In~ian Banks (32), and ForeigJ! Ba~ks (44)] and RegI,o~al Ru.ral Banks [56 RRBsl whIch were created WIth a VIew ,to serve primar, ily the rural
Local Area Banks (LABs) are non-scheduled commercia: banks which were established as local, banks in pri. vate sector with jurisdiction over two to five Con, tiguous districts -to enable the mobilization of rura: savings by local institutions and make them assail, able for loans and mvestments in the local areas.Fol. lowing the commencement of business by one ofthe four LABs as a .small finance Bank, presently There are three LABs in operation. • Coastal Local Areas Bank Ltd, (Head officeVijayawada; Operation in 3 districts Krishna, Guntur and west Godavari). • Krishna Bhima. Saniruddin Local Area Bank (Head office - Mahabubnagar (Amihra Pradesh); Operdes in district Mehbubnagar (Andhra Pradesh) and Raichur and GuIbrga (both in Karanataka) • Subharda Local Area Bank:', (Head office)in , Kohlaptir): It is the Smallest local Area Bank [Capital Local Area Bank (Head office Phagwara and operating in3 districts Jalandhar, Hoshiarpure and kapurthla) has become a scheduled bank as 'capital small finance Bank in 2015]. The Cooperative Banking Structure in Indiaco~; prises 'of' Urb.m Co-operativ'e, Banks (UeBs) an" Rural Co-operative Credit Institutions. There entJ• ties are registered under the provisions' of the statt Co0p,e'rative Societies. Act of.th~' respective Sta!es ~ Multi State Cooperative SOCIetiesAct, 2002, (if tJ-; area of operation of-the bank extends beyond boundaries of a State).

At present on June 2017, Indi
:(iii) Should list its.shatesfutM stock exchange. ' ~: (iv) The headquartersiofti1eoanks"sh,ould'lJe p'r~ferabIY located 'at 'a plaE'~'where 6therbanks have heaaguarh~rs :repi:'esentati.dns:~:', J:,

~o

•

"

•..•

j

•

T-

1~'

•

:

~o: ;

f

i.

r- -

~

"

.

t

.

-

',F ..

<.f'

"_

"r"'-~

,.'

~~

;

,."j

• In international '. economic relations,' 'most favoured nation' (MFN) is a status or: level of treatment accorded-by state'to ~otherm international-trade. ., ,.•"

on'e

• In 1921, three pre~ldency bahks op'eratirig in . India w~te amalgamated into Imperial Bank of India follo~ing serious financial troubles.

•

'.

• Also, itw~s, desired fr;mthe;committee to ~alys~ .the pres~nt si!tiatio~ a~d',E!e?B?'se:the ref0!1?s nec~s~~ry..in ,years ~r.~?ld,to mak~. the banking' system stronger and better equipped to compete effe'ctively'in the ulternational economic environlnent. The con'UrtiUee~ul;'niltted its report in April 1998. ,_,' .

• The second Indian ba.nkto be'established Was Punjab' National Bank, in 1884, and with the onset of 'Swadeshi Movement' inJ906, a number of ~ommerdal banks surfaced. '

(i) It should be registered as a public ,limited company. Iii)The minimum paid-up capital should be more than noo crore. . "

I

• In:Deceritber 1997, another high-level committee, tilider the cnairmanship 'OfMJ Na!a~imham was constituted, by the, Govemmenf'Of India to reView the implementation of firiaiiciaI"system reforms recon:u1l.endedin 1991. .' " ....

• The f4'.stbcink in India managed by lhdians was Oudh C6iflID.ertial Bapkj. !ourtded in 1881. It was a' bank of limited liability. However, many instifutions undertook bankmg business urider British,regi.i:tleas agency hOUses ~liich carried on baIu.
tlowever,the'ne~'baitk' had, to sa~sfy'the following '''ljuirements:.,1" . _ , , w •.

.•••••.

1

Developm~nt. of ,Banking System in I,ndia

• In 1993,new private sector bankS were aliowed to beset up ili. Indi
•

(v) The ,b~ sh~U1~.,beSu?~~ct, ~e 'p~o?eritiaJ nO~_lll, r~sp~~t!Jfb~g .oper't~'?~, acc
• In 1940s,a n~ed for regulating and controlling commercial,\banks was felt, and in January 1946,the first Bahkirrg Act, The Banking Companies (fuspection Ordinance) was introduced, which .yVasfql10wed _by another, The Banking Companies (Restri.ction df Brandi.es) Act in February 1946. , , • After ind.ependence, the ~anking 'Companies Act was a:rnended iri 1949, and its name was also chrotged to The Banking Regula.tion Act.

C.259

t.r

_I'"',

Narasimham Committ~e Report on,'Banking--'" Sector'Refonn's " ' '" ,. " '. ," The NarasimJ;I.a.qJ.Committee on banking 's~ct9,! reforms has made,a series of sweepmg recommendations whichc~uld be used as alaunchjngpad,:to take Indian banki~K ir}to the next cen~ry. Whil~' several comlnittees have gone in to the problems, of cO!J1ffi-ercial banking in India, the.mostirrlportant of-them are: . .

'-'

.

.

.

•

., .•,"

..•... ~ "':: •.

.'

•

• Narsimham committee I (1991) - Narsimhain Committee IT 998) '"."~

'J

.lIn'"

.J""

..

I'

I

~...~

'"

n

-',1

I

'7

.tJd ' '

',.'.

;1 J,ff.

There c01l}ih1tteesprop~s~d van~us !;efpnps ' m order to lmprove .the p'rofit~bility' and t effi~iency of the' ;bankirlg""system: .The 'c~nunittee' s" report;'presented to Finance MinisterYashw"aritSinha;,onApril 23; 1998, covered Cl;ll'enfuegamut'ofissues;ra,nging from bank merg~r~ and'ther-creation of global-sized banks to bank closures, ttcastmg' ba1lk' boards and revamping banking legislations. '( '.>,' -Making
I

I

I C.260

IndianEconomyC.261

in large inflows and outflows w~f.llattendant i.n:).plications for exchange rate management and domestic liquidity. Among other things, the' committee has recommended rnergerof strong banks, as this, would have a 'multiplier effect' ,on industry. However, it has also recommended not to, merge strong banks with weak banks as it will hav~ I)egative, impact. Some other recommendations were:

(;,

"

Chapter 6 "

• Free bank boards from day to day management. • Let,so,me large. banks have global.character. .• Try~arrow banking to rehabilitate weak banks.

1\ '[

• Confine small, local banks to states or cluster of districts. • Re-examine whether real autonomy is' consis,~~nt wifu I~ublic o~hership. • Review functions of boards and managements. ,l

, ,

! t ::1

i

!;.Re(reshcapital adequ?,-cy preseripti9n., ,., Update RBI Act, ,Banking Regulation Nationalization ACt and SBI Act.

Act,

,, -Put irito place appropriate' system for asset, liability aI'l;drisk management.

p.J. 'N~y,ok'(o~mittee R~forms.,' RBI has set up this committee 2014 to review government of Board of Banks in India. It recommended the following reforms in its report. 1. Repeal The Bank Nationalization Act (1970), 1980) and the SBI Act, SBI subsidiaries Act. 2. Setting' up of Bank' mvestinenf' company (BIC) under the Companies Act, 2013. As government has more than 50% shares in PSBs, it must transfer these sharer in the BIC and making PSBs a~ subsidiary companies\of the BIC. 3. UntilBIC is est~biish~d,the g'o~(should set up' a Bank Boards Bureau (BBB)and one BIC is setup the BBBwill . be. ,~". dissolved. . .. . .•.. 4. The 'Age and Tense' limit is also. proposed to be refo~med by the.Nay,ak Commi~ee. " , ' 5. AI('o the in~reas~in t~e per~tte<;i share-holding~ bank is recommended (i) for all finaI)cial in situati~n it should be 10% (from eadier 5%j'~cCfor Authorized Bank I:rl~esters (ABIs) iJ is set at 15% (if h~'isa board membe~; ~nd, 20% (if As is' r{ot a b~ard members). . " , .

* ABIs are a new category defined by the PJ Nayak Commi!fee and it includes pension funds, mutual funds , ETFs,etc;, approved by the RBI.; ,',' I

,.

Government"s Shore"holding in P.SBs' "

."

lI,

As per ~eB.ank'N~tion~l!zation"af.ts,.lt~~ .goVern. ment should have more than 51% shares m PsB s However, in many banks, fl,1e,g
• The estimated' 'share:; 6f\'commerdal1bankS, co-operatives and RRJ3sin the production c:redit amounted to 38%,'55,% and 7% respectively.

'l:

Reserve

.

~o'-ank.of India

2. Establismng a:chief Learning officer (CLO) in each bank who 'will oversee' systems' in Leadership Development. 3. Specified training for foreign exchange rules, '. Trampy' ,Management, online security, etc" through institution such as' NIBM (National mstitute of Business Management IIBF (Indian Institute of Ba.nk.i.ilgand.Firi.ariee), and CAFRAL (Centre for Advanced' finartcial Research and Learning). 4. Systemized transfer of talent across banks/brand'ers"to stop, migration' of talented officers from PSBs to the Private' Banks and NBFCs.

"

Reforms in the Rural and Co-operative' Banking Sedor • All public sector banks, private sector banks and foreign banks as a group have achieved the " Iloverall target.9f the. priority sector for the last 3 xears. ," . ,. • NAl3ARD has sanctioned ~d disbursed under rural development project. ,~.

,

,.'

([ealion ~e'RBI came into'existence on April 1, 1935, asa privately owne~ bank with only 5% shares of the Governmentpf India having a share capital of 5 crore (sharecapital is still 5,c:rore). " ..' I

.'

:.

.,"

...•.

r~,,"

A~t1954.,,' -

i;

,.,f

~.

"'J'

"

'..••••. ,

"

~.

~,

• The Industrial Development 'Bahk'(transfer of I, undertaking and Repeat) Act;i2d03:' :: . i':"':,

• The

state-owned bank by acquiring privateshareholdings by the government: '

Administration" General su'p'erint~ndence and direction' of affairsvests with' the Central Board of Directors'which consistsof 14 directors' besides the Governor and' foUr DeputyG~v~rnors'. ~,e q~ve~or is the Ch~~im of theBoard and the Chief Executive of the Bank. '

fudustriaIfmance cOdperatlon (Tiansf~r 'of undertaki.i1g and Repeat)A:ct;-'1993:1 ' I ':.~ •.• :' j

~

n-:,~,

i.

d.rj.<.".". -.""i

~', ' .,~ ~..

i"

Ad, 2006

TheRBIAd '1934'was amen:ded to the RBI (Amendment)Act, 2006 with three district objectives: (i) Increasihg the flexibility on The Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR). ' . I, " ' , (ii)Allowip.g RBI to transact in a wider set of instrulneilts. (iii)Regula~g tran~actip\ls ~,,?~ri,!a.ti:,:es, mopey market J1lstrll.ments or securities, etc., , ,, ''', , !

' ,f,_

, ' ,

• National HO'using Bank (NHB):Act, 19,87.

'i.

• Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee CorporationAct,1961. ' ,:. " .•, .", ':~' " ,

-

.1,

.1.

,-'of'

Banking Operations Ads • Companines ..companies.

','

I.'

~.~',,4~"

Act, 1956 -"to'go-t'em :' '. " ;.,'

f, ~!

~,.•.•.t.

jo,"

,:--; ,

II

¥' ..

'

,I'

I

,~ "

• Bailking companies (Acquisition and'~TranSfei of undertakings) Act, 1970 and:1986 :""',concerning nationalizatiot;l of Banks.India.

• The Bi;inking Regulation Act 1949 - to govern the financial sector in India.

~ific Fundions Ads .•... 1:~..

':

'1

i' . J

f

;.

I

'c.

• Public,DebtAct, 1944,ilnd The Govt.,Securities Act 2QO/?-togovern government,debt market. • Securities contract (Regulation) Act, 1956 - to regulate govt. securities market:. , ..' :', ., • Indian coinage Act, 1906 - to govern currency and coins India. ' ' '. ,

m

• Foreign Exchange Re~a:tion Act, ,1973'(FERA) and Foreign Exchange Manageine~t Act (FEMA), 1999 - to govern trade and forex markets in India. '1,' I

,~ ,.

"

','

I

,I

• Bankers Boats Eyidence' •.Ac~.,1891 Banking ?ecrecy Act~,1970,. " • Negotiable instruments A~t, 1881 and Neggtiable Instruments (Amendments) Act201S'. :,iJ • '. ,,_

t

y

•••'.f

Govenlors'

,,

~

> . .-

;

•••• ;

i

': •

,. ,

~,

•.••.• 1> '.,'

<~' j

~. ,.;

1. The First Governor"

~. Sir Obsborne.ATkall 5mith(193~?37), 2. The I:,rst Indian governor, c., D. Deshmukh (1943-49) . ~.., .,~' Y"'-. ~ ..• '

Functions '.

,

I

'~

'otihks as

. '.

,

• The 'RBI Act, 1934 and The RBI (Amendment)'Act, 200'6 - to gov~rn the Reserve Bank functions. ' .. ,

II

• National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Devel,. opment (NABARD}Act, i98L " ..1. ',.,: .;' .,

I

~M~aArn

I

I'

'

Nationalization From January 1, 1949, the RBI became a

ffie RBI(Ame~dment)

RBI set up ,the G, Gopal¥ishna corynittee in 2014for ,capacity Buil4~g in Banks and npn:-banks'. ,Among its recommendation, some important ones are:' 1. Conducting an online entry-level 'test for recruit, menfin banks (Common Bank aptitude test -BAT).

,'. ~',St;teBank'of'fudia

,

legal Framework of,the RBI

G. Gopolkrishno Committee

individual tnstitution's Ads '.'. ',. ·','

",

\..

,

.,

, , • I»

,

••

I •

1. The RBI regulat~s issue of bank notes above aIle-rupee denominatioI}s. Govern~ent of India. issues one-rupee' notes/coins of all ,denominatiot:ls ?elow 'one ,rupee.--The RBI undertakes. distribution of all notes and coins on behalf ofi:he government. ,; , :',( '1 2. ,It acts'a.s the barikerof Goveriunent offudia'and the state governments; co~e~Ci~1 ,banks and . state' cooperative banks. ,. ..:.J -, . ,

,

3. 'It f6rkuia:te's arid adihillisters the nlonetary policy: t.,'" .;.f,. .' ..,::.\~.. ,.... 4. It ma~tains exchange value of rupee. '.' . ~ ~. 5. ~t r~pr~s~nts. ~dia. at the ,IMJ;1; ", .J"

"*'..

: ",

~l

.';:,,',.

,.J

¥'

'.

.

Note:No~' personal "-accounts tare maintained operated in the RBI. .J ' , k

'-

and

,'"

....•

II C.262

Ii

IndianEconomy C.263

Chapter 6

I

Imperial Bank .of India ,

Before nationalization of RBI, the functions beit:tg performed by R~I were performed by the Imperial Bank of India. It was created in January 1921/ by amalgamation of three presidency banks, such as (i) Bank of Bengal, (ii) Bank of Bombay an9- (iii) Bank of Madras. After nationalization in 1955/ the Imperial Bank of India was'named the State Bank of India.

J:

commercial banks in their method of operations and set-up, but the area of activity and loan operations are restricted to specified areas, arid target-groups, As the RRBs are scheduled commercial banks, they report their major items of liabiliti.es and assets on a fortnightly basis as a part of the Section 42(2) return which forms the base for compilation of monetary aggregates. '

Co-operative Bonks

Scheduled Banks

I i, I'

'j !

~ , I

AU banks which are included in the Second Schedule to the ,Reserve Bank of India Act 1934 are Scheduled Banks. These banks comprise Scheduled Commercial Banks and Scheduled Co-operative Banks. Scheduled Commercial Banks in India are categorised into five different groups according to their ownership 'andl or nature of operation. These bank groups are (1) State Bank of India, (2) Nationalised Banks, (3) Private Sector Banks, (4)Eo~eign Banks and (5) Regional Rural Banks. ,In 'the bank group-wise classification, IDBI Bank Ltd ,is included' in Nationalised Banks. Scheduled Co-operative Banks consist of Scheduled State Co-operative Bimks arid Scheduled Urban Co:'operative Banks.' ' The Reserve Bank of India maintains a schedule of banks which, undertake to maintain a minimum percentage of their liability with the Reserve Bank of India and a paid-up capital of ~5 lakh: The banks covered under this schedule are called scheduled banks.

Micro Units Development Refinance Agency (MUDRA) Bonk In Union Budget 2015-16 the Government of India has announced setting up of MUDRA Bank, with a corpus of ~20,000 crores, an,d credit guarantee corpus of ~3/000 crores to be created. It will fund the unfund!,!d entrepreneurs. In lending it will give, priority to SCI ST enterprises. MUDRA Bank.willberesponsible for refinancing all Micro-finance Institutions which are in the business of lending to such small entities of business through a Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana. '

Regional Rural Bonks The Regional Rural, Banks (RRBs) were established in 1975 to supplement the efforts of Co-operative and commercial bahks in different states with equity participation from' commercial banks, Central government and state governments. RRBs have been sponsored by public sector banks and are akin to

Co-operative banking is an integral part of the banking system' in India. The -various segments of Co-operative banks are Primary Co-operative Banks; State Go-operative Banks; District Central Co-operative Banks, Primary AgriCultural Credit Sqcieties, State Co-operative. Agriculture and Rural Development Banks and Primary Co-operative Agriculture and Rural Development Banks: Co-operative banks include scheduled and non-scheduled Co-operative banks. Data on,sch.edu,led Co-operative banks are available in the fo~t:rUghtly'returns while data in respect of non-schedUled Co~operative banks are available in the monthly returns filed by them with RBI. These data are used for the compilation of monetary aggregates. Detailed dc;,ta relating to the operation of the Cooperative banking sector are compiled primarily by NABARD and RBI. Primary (Urban) Co-operative Banks send theirletums to RBI while other Co-operative banks submit their returns to N.ABARD. Firm dat~ for th~ financial year are made available with a time lag of 18-20 months. The NABARD releases detailed information on Co-operative banks through its .publications. RBI publishes assets and liabilitie~ arid financialperfor~ance of scheduled priIDary, State cind Central Co-operative banks in the Repoit on Trend and Progress of Banking in India.

Payment Bonks The RBI has allowed new stripped-down versions of banks, called payment Banks that will serve its customers through their mobile phones rather than traditional bank branches. Such differentiated licenses for small finance banks have been' provided initially to the following 11entities.; ,: 1. Aditya Billa Nuvo Ltd. .• 2. Airtel M commerce services Ltd. 3. Cholamandalam Distributioitservices 4. Department of Posts 5. Fino pay Tech Ltd. '

Ltd.*

6. Nag<;malsecurities Depository Ltd. 7. Reliance Industries Ltd. 8. Sum pharmaceuticals* 9. Pay-tm 10. Tech Mahindra Ltd. * 11. Vodafone m-pesa Ltd. "

.

It is a step of redefine banking India ancfa major lI10rein pushing financial inclusion in ~e ~ountry. PaymentBanks are expected to target fudia/s:nligrant labourers, low-income households and small businesS,offering saving accounts and remittance serviceswith a-low transactipn cost. India/s remittance lI1arketis estimated to 1:le about ~80o-909 billion andgrowing. This is The first time since banks were nationalized, that private sector business groups havebagged the RBI's not for banking services. As ofJune 2017/ The following payment banks all opera": tionalin India. 1. Aditya Birla Idea Payrr,tents Bank 2. Airtel Payment Bank 3. India Post Payment Bank 4, Jio Payment Bank

New Brand Identify of SBI

.f~

,; "':,

i.

)

.... ;

"1

~!;:,'"l:~:'J~;.

',t'

"_.~'.i

4 ~~~.~: •.• !.t";..-;

'~{

Merging of subsidiaries of $BI info tne r SBf ': ,;':,!~:

, /' "J' ",.l 2008 - State Bank, Saurashtra {I Bank) ," , 2010 - State Bank of Indore (.1Ballk)' ., '-., .' 2017-- State Bank ofBikaner and}aipur;StateBailk of Hyderabad; state'~cu,U
~,'

.

..'

~(.

•

t

.,'

',_

~•

',

stronger,The govt. banker and RBI has been bram stormpower the year. On March B, 2016/ The 'govt. announced its plan 'to carry 'out 'cons::'lidation or ih'ergerof PSBs (Public sector Banks) Based on geogtaphical and' tedmological synetgies/' human fesourcesarid business profiles, etc., The 'Govt. is e'Xpectedto identify"6 to 10 State run bcllks, called 'AnchorBanker Which will drive the consolidation process.Large lenders like Bank of Baroda/ Punjab NationalBank and Canara Bank are expected to be theAnchor Banks.

.;

,tll..

State Bank of India The largest public sedor' bank of India' which was created after nationalization of Imperial Bank of In?ia in 1955. It,is n0':Y the !argest commercial bank in India ,and in. terms of branches (10/836 branches), largestili tile worid. ' • Arundhati Bhattacharya is 'the 1st woman ch.airpersonof SBI... ,'~l. ,1,\. ;', ,.' J " '.;' • SBIhas allowed cash'with9-rawlof upto ~1/000 fromany shop' or trader witlia PoS terminal. ' J

'"

j

.

,;

'

•

,

•

Fundions, The State Bailk of India' p~~vides l~n~':te~' credit and acts as the ag~nt of. the RBI in the country. It advances loans, deals in foreign exchange and other government' s b~g operations~ " (,

~blic Sector: Banks " "y:' \.,~. .

,.

.

kis the largest.public sector bank 'of India created' ~er the nationalization of the Imperial Bank, of India 1\ 1955. It is now the largest commercial bank in indiaand, in terms of branches (24/000+)/ largest in i1eWorld. , '

... '.

'fAs of June 2017 The three entities as marked * in alone list has '-'rendered there licenses to the RBI.)

'.

i

j":)

.,

,'~, r

.ti

Nationalization, of Bailks ' " "

"

".j

~

l.:~

r

.,

Objective To ;se financial institutions ~s'a~ 'instru~ ment for promoting economic and.social J'"''develop-, ~' ' ... , ~; . _' . ~ r' _; ment in a more purpos~t}J;1 m~nn~r. }'(), 9vercome , the monopoly qf SBI over)iI!.e:p.~ial.re~ources, the Government of India nationalized 20 commercial banks during the 't~n~.Ire,ofPiitne 'MU;-ister Indira Gandhi. ,::~~:~ -

..-'

•

Jf

II

.

JJ

iJ

,Gt

~.

.'~_ .II

_.'.J

,

.

.-

.

I! I

I, I

In April 2017/ SBI also unveiled the new. brand iden:' tity. While the legendary 5BI monog~am h~!dbeen the defacto symbol of State Bank of India/combiiling.it with the abbreviated SBI word,mark is:pi~otat'td the new identity. It makes brand mor~1<;:Oncisej .•}nodem and' approachable. infusing new energy, while', ret~in~ ing its coni values. '. < .', .,~'r,~"""

-

Anchor Banks To" Make PSBs more efficient and

-----....;;......;...

i

Apart from there five ,Subsidiaries; also rr.ierged has Bhartiya Mahaila Bank (BMB) into.•the ,SBI..... "

5. Paytm Payment Bank 6. Adity Birla Id~a Payment B~

Functions The State Bank, Of Irldia'provides "long-term credit and acts' as the agent,:Qf the Res~rve Bank of India: in the country. It advances' loans 'and deals in foreign exchange and other b~g !?perapphs of the government. . /.'

•

'

}

I

i

l

~':I:;!

~

L

I'

" 1,Ii

C.264

Chapter 6

IndianEconomy

First Natio~alization On July .19, 1969, the first nationalI

izatioilof banks teok place whereby the following 14 banks ,were nati()nalized: 1. Bartk of India 2. Union Bank of India

.5. PunjaJ:>National Bank ,6. Indian Bank . "''1. IndIan Overseas Bank

; . 8: CentraLB~n'ikofIndia'

.. '; •.

'." .-'

-..

-

.'

.

9. CanaraBank 10. ,SyndIcate' Bank :11: Umt~d' ~binn\ercial Bank

12;.,AUahabad'B~ I.

t!

I

",

13. ,Uttited B~k of hldia

.'

,"

"

,..

-

-.

y.

:'

'.

.

-

•

'.

~.

,.d4! ,Dena Bcihk.. ' .

Se~#.iJt N~fi~hali!qti(),;:,: qtlApril. IS, 19$0,', th~sec~nd ~~~0I).<;1-lizati9I).,tookplacewhereby the following six banks were nationalized: 1. Andhra Bank

.

.2.. CorPoration Bailk 3. New Bank of India ,'. 4. Oriental Bank of Commerce 5: PUnjah ahd Sirid Bank . 6. Vijaya Bank

BhartiyaMahiJaBank

limited ' The 'barj.1-<was.iU~ugu-

rated on.November 19, 20P, with .a view to promote.' gender equality aiuj. economic empo~erment of women. It is India's first women's bank that was created .with infuseq capital 0(~)600 c.rore by ,the Government of India. It was merged into the SBI in April 2017. In October :1993, the New Bank of India was merged with the Punjab National Bank. IDBI Bank Ltd became tht; next PSB in 2006..~ 201~,. Bhartiya: Mahila Bank Lirllited became the '20th'Public Secto'r Bank but was later. merged into the SBI.'Based on oWnership 's'tnictU~e, as on june '2018 the PubHc sector' Bc:i.itkS (PSBs)ib.'fhdici',arelState Bank ofIrtdia., 19 Nationalized'Bank, and IDBI LUnited]. , " The li~f is gi~en'beiow:" . '. ' ~,

.

'

OTHER IMPORTANT BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

•

I

;

2. Allhabad Bank

,

,

I,'

I

Non~BankingJinancial ,.

Micro.Finance Institutions (MFls)

,

'-':'0', '.

1'; I :':'

Theseare organizations registered with RBI with. the ll1andateto financial services.t0 low-rc6me population, However, some successful MFIs are now applyingfor the NBFC States from the RBI to get wider accessto funding including bank finance. . • Micro-finance is increasing: beirig 'considered as one of the most effective tools for reducing poverty. MFI plays a significant role in bridging the gap between the formal financial.insituations and rural poor. , .' 'l., • MFls access financial reS01,]ICeSform the ,Banks and other main stream financial institutions & provide financial & support services to poor. • Various. types of institutions offer micro-finance: Credit Union, Comt.ri.ercial' ~ahks, NGOs, Co-Operatives and SeCtors of govemmentbanks. • The emergence of 'for-profit' MFls is'growing in' India and these MFIs' are referred to as NBFC-MFls. • Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) mainly work in remote rural areas thereby providing financial services'to the persons with nb access to the banking services. ',; ,I,.; l

'~1'

_

'"

~.

F,,:'

-'10

",

••

,

Companies .. (NBFCs) .

',~-

NBFCs comprise. mostly of private sector institutions providing .a,' variety of financial services including housing, equipment ,learning hire-purchase, loans and investments among others:)Based on their liability structure, the NBFCs are classified into two broad categories: (a) Deposit taking NBFCs, (NBFC-D);and, (b) Non-deposit taking (NBFC-ND). As on January 1. 2018 there are 11,542 NBFCs registered with the RBt out of which 187 are mere deposit taking (NBFC-D) and 11,353 are non-deposit taking (NBFC-ND). ~/ depending upon the line of actiVity, NBFCs are cla5S1" fiedmto different types such as Asset Finance company, Loan-Infrastructure Finance Company, Securitization;, asset Reconstruction Companies; Investment Compan~ (Systemically Important), Core Investments Compan}, Infrastructure.Debt-fund-NBFC, NBFC-Micro Finatlet Institution, NBFC-Factors, Mortgage Guarantee Col11panies, NBFC-Non--operative Financial Holding ColJlpany, etc. . ' c, y

~~~_

Thereare many gol~ - l~an N~F<:s,.mo~e.ling ~ Indiadue to appreciation of gold prices 'and upsurge' III financial market. 'However, 'about'-90%'market in. GoldLoan business is handled by there 'Kerala-based companies: (i) Muthoot finance', (ii)' MCll1apuram' finance,and (iii) MuthootFin Corp. ' ' ;.. ;, "., '.j ',1

, ~ 11

r

Other Banks"

,

~,',

;.

r~:::t, ',:),

,;

or India

Small -Industries DevelopmeiJf.-Bank

Goldloon NBFCs in Indio

NBFC & MFI "

1. State Bank of India'. ... ',

,', ..•.'1.

4. Bank of India 5. Bank .ofBaroda ,'f,. 6. Bank of Mah~rashtra 7. Canara Bank " t ' 8. Central Bank of India 9. Corporation Bank 10. Den(j. Bank. . 11.. Indian Bank 12. Indian Oversees Bank .' 13. Oriental Bank of Commerce 14., Punjab.&.Sindh Bank 15. Punjab NationalBank 16. ,Syndicate Bank 17.,0CO Bank . 18. Union. Bank 9f India 19. United Bank of India 20. Vijay Bank 21. IDBI Bank Ltd:' (Financial intermediaries Other Public Sector-Indian Bank)

..

3. Bat1k of Baroda , 4. Bank of Maharashtra ,~

:3. Andhara Bank

C~265\

(SlliBI) Small,

fuaustries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) was established on April 2, 1990; as'a wholly owned subsidiary of lOBI under Small Industriespevelopment Bank of India.Act 1989. It is ,the prihcipal finance institution for promoting, fuancmg' andass'isting in development of industries. falling' under tlje' smallscale sector. l. '.:' ':',".

Indian Banks Abroad In over 31 cduntries,' 30"(12 Public Sector Banks and 3 Private banks) of the; Indian banks are operating thr~ugh 183 branches (includingthe'offshore branches 'arid mobile agencies)'." Til; br~ches are located at 'all the major.mternationciltraae'centre, including London, Singapore, Amsh~idamfl Bahiain, New York, Hong Kong, Tokyo, Frankfurt,':. Pa.ris,~.etc. These branches provides~rvicesip-iI1t~rt;lational banking, including financing' of foreign ,trade: "q-l~)a~gest number of branches are in UK (30tf611owedby Hongkong (19), Singapore (17), UAE (15)~Sri Lanka (11), Mauritius (9), Fiji Islands (9) ,and USA (8). As many as 25 Indian Banks (19 PSBs ,and 6 Private banks), maintam 292 overseas 'office~f(inchiding' bian:ches;rsub's~daries,loin~VentUre banks; Represenfative'Offices other functional offices) 'abroad.' l' .,) .' '~/.; ,y •

'-.".

"".,'.J,t~'-;_$:t"~"I_""

and

National Bank of Agriculture and Rural Developm~nt (HABARD)

'The

NA~ARD was set ,up by a g~veirirridnt' notif~cation issued on July 12, 1982, an&it'was inaugurated on . November 5,1982. Its primary objective is,to promote agriculture and rural development tlu;ough credit facilities to the farmers. .' . .

Export-Import Bank of India (EX-1M) , The .EX-IMpank was s~t,~P on.J~uar}(l,i9~2. Among oth~r' thiIlgs, it grants deferred paymeiltcredit of'medium and longhirm duration fOI:exports and renders finariCial'assistance/guarantees;to'Iildian exporters in' order' to operate in..the intem~tional market. . .

.'

-

..

Industrial Development Bank of India (lOBI) The lOBI, estab-

Fidustriol Credit,.- arid In'vestmimt'Corporation of ~Ir lridia': lan"d Ite (lCICI).-' . . ", . ,',.. '" ,';.1

lished in 1964, is 'an apexinStihition I: for industrial finance .. " ;", .... .' . '.' . i "I, ••

IndustrialCredit and Investment CMporatibnofIndia limited(ICICI).was established-in 1955, as 'a 'public lirnitedcompany to encourage and' assist industrial IIl\itsof the nation. It .was aimed to' provideassis~ tancein the creation, expans.ion"and,moderriiza~on of Industrial enterprises,' encoUraging and promoting Participationof private .capital' in such; enterprlsest It lVas alsofocussed, to promote industrial development lIldhelp development of capital markets. "t 'r

RegionalRural Ucillks'(RRB} ',TheRRBs were'brought into eXIstence by ~'PresidenHal Ordinarlce in' Septemb~r 1975':,cIDd,.th~'fir~t, ~egiopa! "rural bank the country, 'called. 'Prathaina'9rameen Bank'/sponsored by the Syndicate .Ba~k:Wa:s;s~t~p !n ,October 1975, at Moradabad' (UP).~t:pies~nt, the ,largest number of'regional rural banks are in' Uttar Pradesh. There are 82 RRB's in India with a network of over 18,300 branches. ~ ,>!~ ,,'l,..', '.

"J,~r).

~,.

_

"Jr':"

:""",

0

II. I . II I

II I I

I

:11

:II i

'

c.~~~ Chapter

6

Indian Economy

r'j

Il

Nationalization ,

of Banks

,.

' ','r

,1

Objective

To use financial institutions as the instrument for promoting economic and social developme~t in a f!lOr purposeful manner. To overcome the monopoly over financial resources, .the Government.of India nationalized 20 c0rl)mercial ban~ during the tenure of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi.

First Nationalization

of 14 Banks

banks were nationalized: 1. Bank of India

!

On july 19, 1969, the first nationalization of, 14 banks took place where~y the followin , ' g

8. Central Bank of India

2. Union Bank of India

~

3. Bank of Baroda

10. Syndicate Bank

f

4. Bank of Maharashtra

1 1. UCO Bank (erstwhile United Commercial Bank)

5. Punjab NationalBank

12. Allahabad Bank

6. Indian Bank

13. United Bank of India

7. Indian Overseas Bank

14. Dena Bank

, 1

t r 'I

r

I

I.

;

~:

I

'I

Second Nationalization

9. Conara Bank

of Six Banks

1. Andhra Bank .2. Corporation Bank 3. New Bank of India 4. Oriental Bank of Commerce 5. Punjab and Sind Bank 6. Vijaya Bank InOctober 1993, the New Bankoflndiawas merged with the Punjab National Bank.IDBIBankLtd becamethenextPSB in 2006. In2013, Bhcirtiya Mahila Bonk limited became the 20th Public Sector Bank) with initial capital ~1 ,000 erore. Therefore, at presentthereareon~ 20 nationalized banks in the ~ountry besides the RBI.

New, Banks in Private S~ctors In 1993, in recognition of the need to introduce greater ~ompetition, new private sector banks were allowed to be set up in India. These new banks had to satisfy certain requirements. On November 19; 2000, the. government of India relaxed entry-level (or the private sector by reducing the government holding in nati.onalized banks from 51% to 33%. Further,.revised guidelines for entry of new banks in: priyate ,sector were issued on .January .3, 2001. The applications for setting up new banks received

4. The Dhanlaxmi Bank Ltd.

within the stipulated period were scrutinised by RBI and 'op.-principle' approvals were issued to two new eI.lt~tieson FebrttC!rY7, 2002, and one of which 'Kotak Mahindra Bank'. on satisfactory completion of other formalities, was granted banking licence on February 6, 2003. The pank commenced its operation w.e.f. MC!rch22, 2003,'aI1d subsequently, it has been included in the Second Schedule to the Reserve Bank o£'fuqia Act; 1934 oti April 12, 2003. On satisfactory completion of all formalities, licence w~ granted to 'Yes Bank Ltd,' on May 24, 2004.In April 2015, the .ING Vyasa Bank was merged into Kotak Mahindra Bank Limited ..

A Brief ~n ,Banking-Sector Reforms in India

6. Thejammu and Kashmir Bank Ltd. 7. The Karnataka Bank Ltd. 8. The Karur Vysya Bank Ltd. 9. The LakshmiVilas Bank Ltd.

1 1. The Ratnakar Bank Ltd. (RBLBank) 12. The South Indian Bank Ltd. 13. HDFC Bank

liil To examine the facilities f;r the mark~ting.of agricultural and industrial products, and linking credit with marketing.

14. ICiCI Bank

liiiJToassistsother primary leading agencies .•

15. Induslnd Bank Ltd.

liv)To maintain contact with the government and quasigovernmentagencies.

17. Axis Bank

In1993, in recognition; of the need !6introduce greater competition,new private sector banks vyere allowed to be set up inIndia. These new banks had to satisfy certain requirements. , On November 19,' 2000, the government of India relaxed entrylevel for the private sector'by reducing the government holdingin nationalized banks from 51 % to 33%. Further, re visedguidelines for entry of new banks in private sector were issuedon january 3, 2001. The application~ for setting up newbanks received within the stipulated period were scru~nisedby RBIand 'on-principle' approvalswereissued to two newentities on February 7, 2002, and one of which 'Kotak

16. Kotak Mahindra Bank

18. YES Bank Ltd. 19. Bandhan Bank 20. IDFC Bank 2(

DCB Bank Ltd.

Local Area Banks (LABs) 1. Coastal Local Area Bank Ltd. 2. Subhadra Local Area Bank Ltd. 3. Krishna Bhima Samr~ddhi Locol Bank Ltd.

NIohindraBank' on satisfactory completion of other formali~es,was granted banking licence on February 6, 2003. The bank commenced its operation, w.eJ March 22, , 2003, and subsequently, it has been includea in the second it schedule to the ReserveBank oflndia AFt, 1934 on April 12,

SIII~II Finance Banks (SFBs)

ip?003.

4. Uiiivan Small Finance Bank Ltd. 5 N th E't S II F'B k Ltd . or as ma mance an ' . , '., . 6," Capital Small Finance Bank Ltd.

On satis~aetory compl~tion of all formalities, licence Y.tlsgranted to Yes Bank Ltd,' on May 24, 2004 .. In April 2015,eth INGV yasa Ban'k was' merge "d" into K0 ta kM a h'In", i'Jdb Bonklimited, " ," .. ," . ' :1;:

.,'

"

:;J .

,

't

.'

,list of Prlvate,Sedor,Banks", "

!' I. f.j't :

,iti'.

City Union Bank Ltd.

.

,,'c.'

;0

"

"1

t"' .

'.

,.....

.' ~"..

•

.It ' \,

. TamdnadMercantile Bank Ltd., 'L

1. Au Small Finance Bank Ltd. . 2. FINCARE Small Fmance Bank Ltd. 3. ESAF Small Finance Bank Ltd.

7. ,Equitas Small Finance Bank Ltd. 'd'S II F' B k Ltd . uryo ay ma mance an .

• 8' S

,i",

,

'"

"

.

9.Utkarsh Small Finance Bank Ltd. 1,0 j S 'II F'" B k Ltd . ana ma mance an .

~~senlly over Iwo-thirdof th; ~:set:of India'nBan~;n~sy~temare with P~b'liCSectorBanks(PSBs)whichge~eratedles~than one-thirdof IotaI ,ibnkingsectorprofit.Privat~s~ctorba~kshove a R;turnon Assets(RoA)that is four timeshigher than that of the PSBs.ING VysyaBankwas ! lllergedinto KotakMahindrci Bonk ltd:' ii! April 20 15. The RBIin September2015, selected 10 financial institutionsto set up separatesmall , llanks to lend to small businessesal)d.farmers,who typically struggleto get funding from the traditional lenders;Privateequity basked Ujjivan 1 Fi-cncial ServicesP0. tid. merea"monginstitulfons.Thesebanks in futurewill be able to become fully fledged banks, depending upon their i.~ance and if they'comply with'the rulesfor banks.

The banking-sect~r reforms in- India, initiated sinCt !it3O~GVysyaBankW9S 1991 in the fustphase, have provided necessarypl8~ form to the banking sector to .operate on the ba53S

mergedinto Kotak~ah;ndra. BanklId. in April 2015. IX

.:,,,~

I I I

5. The Federal Bank Ltd.

10. The .Nainital Bank Ltd.

Ii) To survey the number of industrial and commercial units and their forms in the district to determine the potential of banking.

On April 15, 1980, the second nationalization took place whereby the following

on November 19, 2013, with a view to promote gender equality and economic empowerment of women. It is India's first women's bank thqt was' created with infused capital of f1,OOOcroreby the Govermnent of India.

The Nariman Committee re~ommended the Lead Bank Schemein 1969. Under this scheme, each bank is assigned themajor role of assisting in the development of banking and creditin the district allocated to it-by undertaking surveys to assessthe credit gap in a particular district and determining thenumber of new branches required to meet therequirement of the area with the cooperation of other banks.

'f

.six banks were nationalized:

Bhartiya Mahila Bank limited 'the bank was inaugurated

3. The Catholic Syrian Bank Ltd.

Functions

(' ".

I

Lead Bank Scheme

!I

C.267

I!

"

I'rl 11' ~

I :1',: Ii

C.268

Chapter 6 '

I,'j

Indian;EconomyC.269

BdnkIin

Foreign

I

.';,*~ r"t;' ,':,~ ""';"". :,"!' RBIhas been issuing licenses to varjous !oreign banks to operate in India, More than 50 fore'i'gn'ond i multinational banks hael operated in-Indio i.nPQst.but as on,2018.;thEHe0ere , 'only 46 foreign. banks operating' inJ~dia w,ifh branches and .' about up foreign banks operafi,ng \,yith'representative offices in India. ' ' " , ,,' <, . .

,"

~~,'''''*'I~_;e'

..

"'t "'-'"

,:

.'

'~

.••"

:r"

,11 ~

'~,

~

.;;"'i?" I

• "'~. J :"~;

~~

y; ~~~tr9ILa, ofld: Nev{~~oIan~ Idnd) •. ," '.. -

''0

~'.

-f""

r':t"'

.. ,}:i

>, ,".. ;~'~~". ~~'., ','

<:t,•.., ,-- - .t-'-! ~ ' , ' .• ": 2: kEB"H~na Bank {South Kor~~Y '.t")."'~',t...':~Ji,':~O••_••<,.

">,",: ...-.

<
,Ji}{

.if ,,3.\'Jqlior}9!A-ustraliaBank ,i

,,'

~

.

.~"..

_" - "'"

A"- •..

,•• ",

-'"

,::r'

>I

~.'- .. ~;~~,,',~

.,

," ti (AustrSllia)

' •

.,:'/"

,

.."

<

;~1~'~l;i)I"i i

':;J

~.-~

:~'tf-::

!/_ . J '(

',,~)r~,

_ • -.:,' ".

. .'-. "

.-

;r';'"

__::

"

(China)'

"il"!1l-;'8NPPmibos(FraRce)"",,""1 ,: ".." "f') ,"'" .,,'12:' cr~dit' Agric?le Gorporatepnd;!nvestm~ni Bq~k (Fran'ee) '.'13.

'.,.

~

-

'. •

.

.:.'.

.

:

'::,,-

Societe Generole Corporate.and

, '''-(France} .~,'

CI'-'

,.','

14.'6e8t~'che Bank(G~rman) ":,.-__ ' -:- .

'f;'

-

_~:t-"'""

.:,-,.~.

',"'-

'~.'

, -

£'

.'

lnve'!stmentBanking \,',

'.",

<,,'

,,",~: .•..~ ~

:,;(

""'f'

J

",-'

.~-

.

,~;;~,;;-:

.,,,

,I,

","/

-

2? FirstRandBqnk (South Africa)". 28.' ShinhanBank (SowthKorea)J,t

,

_.'

,.'

,"'

.

;. ',j

'~

01-

•••.

' ••

36, MashreqBank(UAE}'

'.

at. JiSBCcUmited (8~ng Kong) 49: Royal13an,k.o(Scotlci'nd (United Kingdom) .J',

'.

'.'

-

42. Bank of A~erica (United States of America) 43. Citibank (United States of-,Arnerica}

16. Mizuho Corporate Bonk Uapan)

44, ~JPMorgan Chase Bonk (United States of America)

~..

"

"':;

,

"

..

.,..'

.

. T,"

,~'

,

";,

government equity was brought to 51%. Nine nationalized banks raised ~2855 crore from the market during 1994 to 2001. Bank boards have been given more powers in operational matters such as rationalization of brariches, credit delivery and recruitment of-staff.

39: Standard qharjered Bank (United Kingdom) .',

,~

• Functional autonomy: The minimum prescribed

38:. Barclays Bank (United Kingdom)

'.'~.

.'

private'sector banks h~1Ve'been'set-up with a view to inducing greater competition'and for improving the operational efficiency ,of the banking system.

Dj,abiCo~mE;fcial Bonk (UAE)

15. PT~ankly)oY9a8~ l.nd~ne$iOiTBj<(liIdon(il;;i?).: 17. Sumitomo Mitsu(Bo~kingUapan) 18: 'Ba~k of Tokyo -.:.Mitsubishi Ua'pan)

.J

• Entry. of new private sector banks: Nine new

41, American Express(United States of America)

' ••

~

+

I

.!

24. Gofar National 'Bank (Oatar)'

~5.Abu

-~--

_::':r,9",Ba~boi)~c:vq'Scotia (C;:anSJda},'.<' . +,.' IIQidndwstria,l a~d CommerciatBankofGhina

~.~ _ ", ~t~.t,,:-

~-

33:.. China TrustCommercial B~mk(Taiwanl 34,' :KrungThai Bank (Thailand') .:

'

,",'~

-~J•.'

32. UBSAG (Switzerla~~l

::

.", 'i

'.'!:;'"-'!.

.'.',t,

23. JSC VTB'Bank (Russia)

. \..,

\'~f'6~£',&J~\B~JkIBcrngladesh} ..,',f "'.:"I'-rl'~~,,:f_~' •.' ~~' ,,'b Sonoli :Bank (Bangladesh) f~,!{;;)~'l~'/l ""~*~If'f\~: :\:'''t.~ q";; -, ~! "8~ Industrial Bank of Korea (South korea)' • -," .,,•.

.'

31. CreditSuisse (Switzerland)

"

'<"'{O."'Bbhk:of:.Sohrbinand.Kuwait(Bahrain} .

~.rf,

-,

30: Bank6f Ce'llon'(S~i lanka)

.'

\

"Uk"i'Nestpoc.Bankin(g CorporatiOri(ALJstralia)',

"<'"

'.

"1".,

29, WooriBank (South Korea)

,.

....•,...

21, Doha Bank (Gator) "". ;1' 22.Sberbonk d Russia" "

26. Ur:it~d'Over~~os.~a>nk(Singqp~rel,

BciQkif9 Group (NE>wZ~q-.. • '" '

'?

20. Cooperati~e Rabobank' Q.f\. (Nethedands)

25. DBS B'Onk(Singapore»

:f-'~_~,~ "

lListof'F~reig'nBanksi~ India," i"," r;:;~1'.""",'.1'

norms are morevrudent, objective; transparent; uniform and designed to avoid subjectivity. • Debt recovery tribunals: Twenty-two Debt Re'covery TrIbunals (DRTs) and five Debt ;Recovery Appellate Tribunals (DRATs) have, already been, set-up; seven more DRTs will be set-up during the current financial year. Comprehensive amendments have been made in various Acts to make the provisions for adjudication, enforc'ement arid recovery more 'effective. • Transparency in financial stafements: Banks have been' advised to disclose certain key parameters such as CRAR, percentage of NPAs, provisions' for NPAs, net value of investment, Return on Assets, profit per. e~ployee and interest income as a percentage of working fund~f" . ,

19, State Bank of Mauritius, (Mauritius). t.,

Inai~<,"'1

.'

-

':,

I.-~I,

_.~

45. FirstAbu Dhabi'Bank , PJSC(UAE)

,

I,

A board for financial 'Supervision was set-up under the RBI in 1994, bifurcating the regula:tory anp. supervisory .fUIwtio~s. F;."

.

'-

'

'-,'

•. Phasing out of statutory pre-emption: The Stat~ utory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) requirement has

been brought down from '38.5% to 25%and Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) requirement from 7.50%to 5.75%. ' .'

..

• Deregulation. of interest rates:' All lending rates exceptfor)endingto s,in~ll borrowers and a part 6f e~port finance have been deregulated. Interest on alfdeposit~, ex~ept savings deposits are detemlined baIlks.' ' ,

by

• Capital adequacy: Capital-to-Risk Assets Ratio (C;:~). ~.f.:,9%.. prescribed with effect frolIl March'31,'2000. ' .. 1.1, .,',

• Other prudential norms: 'Income recogniti()ll.

India has,made significant progress in payment srstemby-introducing" modern 'payment media, IIIch as smart/credit cards, electronic funds trans~r,debit/credit clearing, e-bankirig, etc. RBI has put 1\ placereal-ti!Jle gross settlement system (RTGS) ~ facilitate,efficient funds management and mittaling settlement risks. Also, National Blectronic FIlnds Transf~:t:(lNEFT), a nation-wide payulettt sys~ facilitatili one.:to-one funds transfer, has been I!roduced.'\',

g

H

,

;

I...

•

~.-.~

,

•.

.,...

'.

"',~,;

',,:

!,1'\

.J.-

•••..~

~'':''

1,1r- ' ' ;

.

',1.

Bonking Industry " '.

'.

:

,: - Interes~~~~epereg~lation" asset classification arid provisioning. ~o~ have been made applicable. The proviS10rUng 20 - Directed Credit Policies ":,

"i .. ,

5,

(i'

l.'.

#,

.

.'

••

,.'t.;.

_

',)

- 'AccoUntmg'and' proviSion)' for;' NPAs' '(rion" performing assets) , ~ c' : J

••

Supervision and privatization of banks_ ,II", _''-," .

..

iIo:tiiu~i'~~"~.""I~

Indian .banking,;ha,sjrilade.signi£!c'~t:,prog~E!~s:}~ the recent yea~s. The p~q~~tia~ R-
•

,

io

:

' '.

,

.

_

~

,j

,~-;..

• '-

,. ~

. -

. \,

:'

,J.

."

,'.

-.....

,

'

-..

~

".'

l'

~

•

j

L

."

,

"-

"

'

,'~

i

',';\

What's Needed to Improve Overall Efficiency of Baking Sector in Indio --, .' ", ' I.'

•

.,.r

.".'

.'~!t,+' -1,'

l~"''''r''~',' •..

- Need for banks to conform to the priority-sec, torlending target '. ;--,,-n. "w, - Need to inlprove the q~ality of b~g sector. - ,-Needlo further improve the efficiency of bank.! ing sector' .. '. .: .'., j.'- - ,;,.' :\ 'J

,t;-

~

- Need to dosely' irionitor 'tIle'quality ofass~ts --'1 i:"h

'

.. ".

ft'"

~,_

.~~1;, TI'

,

,~

- Need 'to,~prove the credit flow to rural areas "~".,

."

~

."

••

••..

r.J

1 ' ," • ~

:"'. ( ..

RBI's Push to Government on Bonking Reforms' ,.',

~," J

~ds of Ref~rms on,the Indian " - BranchExpansion -"I"Hi~f

J'"

';"~:'.'~'1

:-"Ma~ket Structure, ..•. I.:, ; l jr\-",'~ " '- Capital ~dequacy norms" ., .J,., .::~1",:'r ;,_. •

-

of operational flexibility and functional autonomy, therebyenhandng'efficienty, productivity and profitability. While several c;ommittees have gone into the issues and problems faced by the Indian CommercialBanking sector, the.two most imp()rtant ones are:' (i) Narshimha Committee (1991) and (ii) Narshimha 'Committee (1998). The reformsorought out structural changes in the financial sector, eased externalconstraints'in' their working, 'introduced trcins~ parency in reporting procedures, restructuring and ~e-capitalisatiori pf. banks, and' have increased ,the competitive element in the market The salient features 'of these reforms inClude: -

j!_~\.j~,j':~'r'.'~".f\1:.-.•af.~..• .c~;r~!..-:'t.A+

,'t

Designed to address the foll<.nyingissues:,'",

• Hiving off of regulatory and supervisory control:

';.

46. Emirates NBD (UAEI'

Regulatory Reforms'(Prudential ~~g~la~ions) ~' .. : :~., ,;S~~~

The RBI'has b'een continually pushirig'the gbvern.:. ment to'take 'up the banking te£o'rni.~s for ~ndtion as popular as IndiarefotIrls can not be either' delayed or unsystematic,l "the:'-deiay" in banking reforms-:would lead to risk in the economy that a developing economy such as India, can not afford.

I

C.270

RBI advises the government always to increase its participation in financial markets to in crease its size, depth and liquidity. It has also asked the government to create supporting frameworks that improvers transparency, ,contract enforcement and protection for market participants against abusive practices.

;1

Indrodhanush On August 14, 2015, The government launched a seven pronged plan, Indradhanush, for revamping PSBs. These seven elements include in Indradhanush are: • Appointments

of Bank MDs and Chairman.

• ,Bank'Board of Bureau (BBB). • Capitalization of banks needed due to high NPAs and to meet new BASEL-ill norms.

I,.

.

• O~-stressing 'the stressed assest of PSBs. • Empowerment (greater autonomy for banks, more flexibility for hiring manpower).

flf

• The Provincial Insolvency Act, 1920t. • Chapter XIII olihe LLP Act, 2008'

• Governance Reforms in PSBs. The government proposed to infuSe ~70,OOO crore in PSBs ovedour your during 2016-19, while banks are expected to raise n.l lakh crore from the market to meet there capital requirements in line with Based ill norms. This has opened up a debate on whether Indradhanush framework is a much diluted version of earlier committee reports on Banking sector and may not be enough to half strengthen PSBs and baI,lking sector in India. The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (IBC) [Operational by March 2017] TheIBC, 2016 was passed by the Parliament on May 11, 20161. received Presidential assent on May 28, 2016, and was, notified in the official gazette on the same day. Provisions of this code overrides following erstwhile taws/legislative frameworks:

t.

,

r,'j

i'

• Chapter XIX & XX of Companies Act, 2013 • Part VIA, VII & Section 391 of companies Act,

1956 • RD DBFI Act, 1993 • SARFAESI ACT, 2002 ~ SICA Act, 1985 • .ThePresidency

tL

Town Insolvency Act," 1909

,

Key aspects of the new Insolvency an9- Bankrupt code (IBC) are: "ey • IBC proposes a paradigm shift 40m the eXist. ing "Debtor in possession" to a' creditor in Con. trol' regime. . • IBC aims at consolidating all ~xisting insol. vency related laws as wel~ as amending mul. tiple legislation including the c~mpanies Act. The code would have an overr!ding effecton all other laws relating to The iJ::t'solvency and bankruptcy. , , .

.d:

• The code aims to resolve in a stt:ict time-bound manner, The evolution and viability determina. tion is to be completed with in 180 days . • Moratorium period of 180 dCl.Ys(extendable upto 270 days) for the comp,¥,-y. Insolvency professional tb take over the management of the company. )rl'(', • Clearly defined 'order of priority or the waterfall mechanism.' ~ .~ ,

• Framework of Accountability (on basis of new 'key performance indicators).

i<.:

IndianEco~omy C.27.1,

I

5. New India Assuran~e Company Limited . -6. General Insurance. Corporatiori o£lllidii Lim~ ited (National re-Insurer), -., -. . "

I

Chapter 6

~'

"

• The waterfall to render government dues junior to most others is significant. r'~ • Antecedent transactions can be investigated and in case of any of the illegal diversions of assets personal contribution can be ordered by the court. • Introduce a qualified insolvency professional (IP) as intermediaries to oversees the process. • Establishment of InsolvencY-and Bankruptcy board as, an independent body. for the admin. istration and governance of insolvency & bankruptcylaw. '~ ".1,

'J'::

Bonks Boord Bureau (BBB) PI Nayak Committee on

,.()

severi of 'the governanceeX Board of Banks ill India has rech'inmended fonnation of BBU that will rec6mmend~the government foe appointment of full time Directors on well non - Exec~tive Ch~irman's of P~Bs. BBBvv~ ~e a super au: Ity of emment profeSSIOnal and offICIalsfor PSBs..ed , will also advice PSBs in deye,~(?ping diff~rentiat strategies for raising funds thro~gh innova~ve ~ cial methods and instruments and to deal WIth ISffict of stressed arrests. The bureau :will have 3 ex-o

eIIlbers.and, 3 'expert members 'in addition to the ~aifrnan; It will replace the Appointment' Board of Governm~nt.On February 29 PM appointed setting p of BBM, with former comptroller and Auditor ~eral of India Mr Vinod Rai as its first Chairman.

Monetary'. an'dCredit Policy

7. Agric~tural'0sUran:2e"Co'rPofa~?ri' ~f India Limited (Company floated by Non ~ife Public Sector insurance compariies' alorig with NABARD). .

'l

Monetary'policy is conducted by rule and/ or discretion:By rule, if policy makers reveal in advance the policybehaviour such as how it will respond to the challgingmarket situations, and by discretion, if policYmakes enjoy the freedom to. size up the sitUation caseby case and choose the most appropriate policy todeal witli'the changing situatioris. It has'beencus-' IOffiary for RBI to announce a set of measures both ofshort term and structural nature in two bi-annual statementston monetary and credit policy released inApril ana' Octob~r of each year. Keeping in view thesignifickt'changes ill theframewmk for financial markets,the government has decided with effect from thecurrent _financial year to give more' importilrtce to structuralmeasures in monetary and credit policy forthe current year. The short-term measures like thebank rate, CRR, repo rates, etc., will be included il thefirst-half of the statement only if they coincide thetiming of its release. The second statement of the year,the OctoMr statement, covers the mid-term reviewof the monetary and credit developments.

~surance Insurancesector is an important pillar of Indian Economyand has a significant role to playas an integral partofthe ovehill financial sector. From the baSICneed oEproviding protection against mortality, property and casualtyrisks, it also provides a safetY net for citizens andestablishments in all sectors of economy. The first ~ance company was established in September 1870 1\ Mumbai. There has been a period of continuous Itformsthat are being brought in the Indian insurance t!ctorespecially after 199?, when private participation 1fas allowed w.l!l).. ~~ ena,ctment of the Insl;U'anceReg"' .tory and Development Authority Act, 1999.

~k.Sector Ins'uronce Companies . ~:1. Life Ins~rance Corporation (LIC) ~.'2. Nation~I'lf{surance Cbmpany Limited

-. 3. Oriental~sur~ce Comp~y Limited 't. 4. United India Insurance Company Limited

l

i

I

September 1, 1956 ' Mumbai' .'

• .,

. .'

I••

beThl,~

Zonal Offices" i7 '(Mirmbai, :koIkat~}' Ch~n':', nai, Kanpur, Hyderabad.aAd;Bi;opal) .'.

'.

.11,'

I,.•.. ,_

LIC operates through 10i divisioha}.offic~s:.fuclud.., ing. one salary savings scheme division: af'.l\1umbai and 20.48 branches. As on, March 31, 2004" LIC had 1,098,910 agents spread all over country. 'fh,e corporation also' transacts business abroad and has 'offices in Fiji, Mauritius and UK., " " .:. ":.' ' On January 18, 2017, the govenUrieritapprpved a plan to publically list fivestateflJ.ent.gene~ahInsur" ance companies-:National Insurance,Company, New India Assurance, United India Insurance, Oriental Insurance Company and 'General' Insurance corporation of India. As per th~ listing requirements, the governments state in There five companies has to be brought down from 10.0%, to 75% and this reform is Jookedup,as to bring transparency: and accountability.' .. .. I,

Generollnsuronce Corporation (GIC)

II i

Life Insuronce, Corporotion (L1C) Established, Head Office

.

,.1

•

: ,

Established January 1, 1973: Before 1fe-go~e~ent took over,' there were 107 insUrance companies (both Indian arid foreign) operating in India:: By-a piiisid~tialproc'" lamation issued on'May 13; 1970, th~ government took over control of the general insurarice. With 'effect from January 1, 1973, the erstwhile 107. Indiari and foreign insurers, which were 'operating in the c0U!,ltry prior to nationalization, 'were, groupeq into, four, operating companies namely: (i)' National Insurance flCo~pany Limited; (ii) New India Assur~ce C
'-'1

~

~.

!I

'j'

II,

L

C.272

\

Chapter 6

'

Indian;Eco~omyC._~73

November 3; 2000. The GIC' having, been notified as Indian ~urer has also ceased to carry on direct insurance business and crop insurance. In itsexdusive role as a reinsurance company,GIC's business volume is growing up and it has also opened two representative offices at London.~d Moscow to expand its foreign reinsurance business ..

Insurance Ombudsmen Efficient, customer service in the insuiance 's~ctor" is' ~ong the 'priority objectives of the government. It includes the expeditious and just redre,ssal of pltbiic' grievance,s relating to in$urance claim settlement. In 1998, the government introduced the' Systerri 'of' ombudsman'm the InsUrance 'Sector as a major sfep towards iinprovement in this area. Insurahte-Ombtitlsmenare currently located in 12 cities with eaChptth~s~' empow:ered to redress customer grievanc~s'ih resEect of insurance contracts on personal lines where the msured amount is less than ~ 20 lakh. . \

J

'~.,.~'

•

t ':

, .' ', .. '..

;

.

".

4

'

,", "

•

~.

.s

Merger ~f General' hisurance Companies

I,

,,! "

In yeai' '2019-20 the 'govertunerttplans to merge three non-1ife msurancecompames- United mdia Insurance, Oriental Ihsfuanceand National Insurance - barring New India Assurance, ina' single entity. The combined entity wlJJ:be supse,quently listed; and, will have operational advantage through rationalized costs and capital sufflciency ..Also, tl;\e.merger will have improved solvency-ratio and will bring in operational efficien!ies and an enhancement in competitive position.

National P~nsion .Sy~tem" NPS, regu~ated by PFRDA (Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority), is a 'milestone in the development of a sustainable and efficient voluntary defined contribu.tion pension in India. It has following broad objectives: . , 1. To provide.oldag~ pension .. 2. Reasonable marketbased returns ones thelong term. 3. ~xte.ndiI).g."old age security coveJ;age to .all citizens. . ,- ~ :

.

NPS offers. the "following important features to help some f()r ;retirements. The pensioner Wlder this scheme wm bealloted ~ unique Permahent Retirement Account Number (PRAN) which will remain the same for,entire-life and one will be able to' use' this. account number from any lo~atioh in clrtdia. i

I~"

----~------

-_._--

- .--.).--

Since the changesinNPS scheme'in 2016, it. now a quasi-EET* instrument where 40%'of the co~ pus escapes tax at maturity, while 60% of the corpUs is taxable. An additional benefit of ~50000/ - under section 80 CCD (lb) is provided under NPS, which is owner 1,5 lakh exemption. of sectio!). 80C. In 2017 government a.rmounced 25% exemption 6fthe conlri: bution made by an employee as a form of premature partial with drawl in NPS (to be effective from April 1,2018). It makes NPS to be a market linked annuity product.

(e), Health Insurance, Statistics, . (f) ,Crop Insurance Statistics, (g)' Oth~rIn~urance Statistics like ES1,'Postal . rnsuTcmce, ~rmy Insurance, etc. . . '.

Social Security Schttme ~ Aam Aadmi' Bime. Yojana

AalllAa~ Bima, Yojana .(AABY), a Social Security Schemefor rural landless household was laUnched on October2, 2007. Under this scheme, the BPL (B~low povertyLine) and m~~ally above-poverty-line citSocial Security Group Scheme iZensare covered. ThiS is tai-geted:t6wai-as"pio~diii.g f~cilities to the landless agricultural families, In 1989 to 1990, the Social Security Fund came into illSurance being, administered by LIC, to meet the requirements thoseinvolved in 46 other trades, including beedi workof the weaker and vulnerable, sections of the society. ers,carpent~rs, cobblers, fishe~en, w:e~~ers, pe~sons withdisability employed in different sectors, sweepers, Under the scheme, people in the age group of 18to60 years are covered for a sum of ~5000 in case of nat- drivers,anganwadi teachers and members of selHlelp ural death and ~25000 in case of death by accident. groupswould be extended the insurance benefits under or one earning Under the Social Security Group Scheme, the follow- thescheme.;'.The,h,eac:i,of the f~y member i n the family of such a household is coyere<;l ing are the major sub-schemes: underthe scheme. The premium of ~ 200 per p.erson per (i) Landless Agricultural Labourers Group Insur. mnumis shared equally by the Central Government ance Scheme (LALGI). mdthe State Government. The member to be covered (ii) Integrated ~ural Development Programme mouldbe aged between 18'and 59 years; Besides pro,iclinga life cover of ~30,OOOfor natural death and (IRDP). 07,500 if ~~ person, c
Insurance Statistics

,

Insurance is a means by which the problem of riskin business or life of an individual person is covered. The two main classes of insurance are: (i) Gener~l insurance, which covers all forms of insurance other than life and is usually written . \ on an annual basis, and .),' (ii) Life msurance, which is generally on a long' term basis against risk of death. Insur~ce statistics can be grouped under the followmg categories: .(a) Life Insurance Statistic's; (b) Non-Hie (General) :m~~!,~ce Statistics, (c) Reinsurance Statistics, . (d) Pension and Superannuation

J

.'.

"

Statistics,

* EETinstrument are the Exempt-:Exempt-TaxregiIlle~\~ ing tax-deduction at the time of investment and theeafl\ll\:, is tax free, but withdrawl is taxed an income at margutrate.

Wain Featuresand Architedure

of the New Pension System . l

• The new pension system is be based on defined constitutions. It uses the existing network of bank branches .and post,offices; etc;; to collect contributions., ',There is seamless transfer, of accumulations in case of change of employment and/ or location. It also offers a basket of inves~ent choices and fund managers. The new pension system is voluntary.', ' • The system,' however, is m~datory for new recruits! to the c~ntra.l govemment service (excep~the armed forces.) The monthlycontribution is 10% oJ thesalary'and DA,to be paid by the employee and matched b:y'.the central governrilent. However,. there is. no contribution from the gove~ent in respec~ p~Wg.ivig~,~,~ w~o are notgoy~rprnent empJ<;>yees.', The,q:mtributions and re~rnsthere~:mis, dep'os~ted}n. a non-withdrawable pensiona,ccount.The existing provisions (of defined benefit pension ~d

I '

:GPF is not be .a.vailable,to the,rtew:recmits ill .' the central:gqvernment service. :""b: ~r~.'.~'.'Jl ~"Inaddition to the above pensionatcofult, each . individual can: have a voluntary ',tier-II'.with: : '. drawable. acc(?,unt at his option. GoveI'Jl!lle'nt makes no con~ribution into. this account. 'These assets would be managed in the:sam:e, manner as the pension. The accumulations in this , account b'e' \~ith;dra'wn anytlffie'\~illi8tt 1'\ , .•.• _. _~ '.,p. ": ~-'1~;,,~.,,;:o.'Q" asslgnmg any reason. '. . ..':'

I I I

can'

•

••

'.

0'.

",

"~~',

~_.~.

~

9r

.•••

,.-,.1

h

',.~

,
tc!~':-'-~'\r"#._~.;.:gJ-:.',~

9F'

.' Indlv~auals can no~:r,n~!ly.ex.ik1;~ ~tte!;:r~g~ 60 years from the penSlOI1sy,stem. At .eXlt,,,U1,e individu.arwoulCi .b~'req~ir~d" tP.#iy~s,t'(Je~~~ , 40% wealth to:p-utsh~se aij;aTIn.UffY~~ic~~~:~~ . goveilunente~ployees;' ,tl1.e.mny.ff'Y'snotild . p~ovide for p.epsioj:lJ9~" ~.~f)if~tiV1j io,f ,4~~ .employee at:I?.Kis.~el?~~~.~nFR~~J:.~~?cWjZ . her spouse/li~.r h,usbaI).dat" tl;le tu:n:~.pf t:.etirt;~ ment. The individual would." r~cefve'J~, lifmp sum of the. n;niaining pen-sion w~alth, whi~h, he / she would be' freetb'utilizeIi{" any ma!ln~r! Individuals would have the flexibility. to leave the pensIon system ;pii~r to.ake 60..Bowey~i,in this case, the mandatOry:aimujtiiatipn\,vo?ld be 80% ofth~'pensionwealth: . .. "

I

".~. ,

.'.

'

•.•.

-.

~'_" .••. _.,._...

,t,\., ~ ~

ill.~

/:

Pension Fund Regu/atoty,ona Deve/op'mentAuthority (PFRDAl 'Pe!l-' sian Food "Regmatory land 'Development 'A~thotit:Y (PFRDA) is' an autonomous: body set up by'tneGQvernmeht of mdia to develop and regulate the pension marketinmdia.".,'" ':',. ,,; 1, ••.•. """ "'!~~~". Point of Presence (POP) Polnt~ .0fPresence (POPs) ~re the first points of interacHdri 'of theNPSsiibscfiber with,th~ NPS architecture. Therauthorized branches of a P.OP; called ,Point of.Presence Service Providers (POP-SPs), willactJ as collection poiJ;l.ts and extend a number of c4stomer services to NPS, subscribers. The PFRDA has' authorized 58 institutions, including public sector banks, private banks, private finanCial institutions and the Department Of Posts as Points of Presence. (POPs) for opening the Nationaf'~Pension System, (NPS) accounts. of the Icitizens. , . . CentraJ'-.Recordkeeping '. Ag~';cY i (CRA) The"

'r~c'6idk~epfug,

administration and customer service "functions for allsubscribers'of the'NPS are.being'handledlby ilie National SectirifiesDepository Lirriited (NSDL), which is acting as the Central Recordkeeper Jor the NPS. '.

. ,. '. _ . .! J~r< ., .'.' .• ~ < . Af}nuity.Service Providers (ASPs). , Annuity Service Provid~

ers(ASPstwould"b'e

respon;iblefor

delive~ing. a

~

.,..

~j!

!

I \~

I'

I

C.274

Chapter 6

regular monthly pension to the subscriber after exit from the NPS.

of GIC. The four Subsidiary Companies of the GIC were:

Swavalamban Scheme In 2010, the government of India

1. National Insurance Company Limited, Kolkata

launched the Swavalamban initiative that is managed by the interim Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority. It is for NPS subscribers, with a minimum contribution of ~1,000 and a maximum .contribution of ~ 12,000per annum during a financial year. The initiative 'aims to encourage voluntary savings for those from the Unorganised sector towards for their retirement.

2. The New India Assurance Company Limited. Mumbai. .

.Atal Pensian Yojana In the 2015-16 budget, the GovenmentofIndia announced a new scheme called Atal Pension Yojana (APY) administered by the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) through the NPS architecture. APY is appli,cable to all dtizens of india aged between 18 and 40 years and all l:>ankaccount holders may join APY. Under this schemes, the government is to co-contribute 50% of the subscriber's contribution or n,ooo per annum, whichever is lower. Government co-contribution is available for those who are not covered under any Statutory Social Security Schemes and for not income tax payers.

Insurance Regulatory and Development Autho'rity Following the recommendation of RN Malhotra committee report (1999), the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority (IRDA) was established in April 2000. The key objectives of IRDA indule promotion of competition so as to enhance customer satisfaction Thorough increased consumer choice and lower premiums while ensuring the financial security of the insurance market. IRDA draws its power to frame regulations from section 114Aof the Insurance Act, 1938.IRDA is an autonomous body.

IRDA Timelines Aug 200D-IRDA open~dup

the insurance market in India with invitation for application for registrations. Foreign companies were allowed ownership up to 26y. Dec 200D-IRDA restructured the General Insurance corporation of India (GIC) by making the subsidiaries of GIC as independent companies. GIC was also committed into a national reinsurer. July 2012-0n IRDA's recominendatio:n, the parliamentparried a bill de-linking the four subsidiaries

3. The Oriental Fire and General Insurance panyLimited, New Delhi

COIll.

4. United India Fire and. General Insurance Co Ltd., Chennai . 2015-IRDA formulates a draft regulation, lRDA (obligation of Insurer to Rural anq ,social sectors) Regulations, 2015 in pursuance of the amendments brought about under Section 32 B
Major Health and Family Welfare Progrtimme by Government of India Pradhan Mantri Swasthya Suraksha Yojana (PMSSY) It has been introduced under 10th plan to reduce various imbalances in the availability of tertiary cure, hospitals, Medical Colleges providing' speciality / superspeciality services. Under this scheme, institutes similarto AIIMS, New Delhi, shall be set.up in six backward states and another six existing institutions in other six states shall be upgraded to the level of AnMS. New Delhi. National Surveiilance Programme fo;' Communicable O~ (NSPCO) It was launched in 19977"98as a pilot proJt'Cl with overall goal of improving health status of.the people. NSPCD is being operated"with the objecbH" of strengthening the surveillance~system of commu: nicable diseases and developing capabilities at stJt~ and district level to detect outbreaks early and tl avert morbidities and mortalities'-

I I,

IndianEconomy

C.275

II

Ii

'''~

I

Insurance Sector: An Overview

I

A growing economy, low insurance penetration in terms of remiumpercentage to the,GDP, as well as inc~easing afford~bilityon accountpf higher disposable income9 and savi~gs, 'ncreasingurbanization and increasing awareness, are some :Jf the factors that continUe to' power the growth of insurance sectorin India. As .on June 2017, The insurance industry of ndia had 53 insurance' companies of which 29 were No~~jfeInsurersand 24 were life-Insurers. lIC is the only public sectorcompany around life insurers while there are six public sectorcompanies among' non-life in Surers, .', ' ' The Genera/Insurance Corporation of India (GIC Re) the only national re-iiisurer. Other stakeholders' in insuranc~ 'llarketincludes ,agents (individual and corporate), brothers, sUNeyarsand third party administrations servicing health insuranceclaims. There are two national specialized insurers: ~

!s

,

'.).

iiI Export credit Guarantee corpora'tion of India-for Credit Insurance; and '

.R~cent detariff,ing of the general'insurance business forced th~)~surancecompanies to focus on health insurance and other personal lines of business. • Rationalization of premium rates in respect of individual mediclaim policies which were unrevised for many years and upward revision of rates in all group health policies have also contributed to growth in premiums. • Availability of products for senior citi~ens and children helped in popularizing health insurance. ., It is also emerging as a significant line of business insurance companies.

II ...,

Iii Star Health and Allied Insurance Company Ltd. (iii Apollo Munich Health Insurance company Ltd.; liii) Max Bupa Health Insurance company Ltd., (iv) Religare Health Insurance Company Ltd., and

(v)eigna 11K Health Insurance Company Ltd..'

Highpoints I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Theinsurance'industry in India has changed rbpidly in .the challenging economic environment throughout the world. In the current scenario,. Indian inSurance companies have become competitive in nature and are providing appropri' ate distribution channels to get the maximumoenefit and servecustomers in manifold ways .. , . "

Major Private Sector Insurance Companies

Life Insurance Compani~s • • • • •

HDFC Standard life Ins~ranc~ Co. Ltd". ICiCI Prudential life Insurance Co. Ltd. SBllife Insurance Co. Ltd. Bajaj Allianz life Insurance .Aviva India

• Bharti AXA life Insurance .' Birla sun LIFEInsurance co Ltd.. • Edelweiss TokiOlife Insurance co. Ltd. • Exide life Insurance • IDBI federal life Insurance • India first life Insuran~e Company • PNB Met life India insurance Co. Ltd.

,

Genera/Insurance Companies

The insurance market i~ ,India has witnessed dynamic changesincludi~g entry of a number of global insurers. Mostof the private1insurance companies are joint ventures with recognized,foreign institutions across the globe. "' Saturationof markets in mary dE!veloped~conomies has made the Indian inarket even mOre attractive for global Insurancemajors.

• HDFCERGO General Insurance co, Ltd,

• Reliance General Insurance Co. Ltd.

TheInsuranceRegulatory and DevelopmentAuthority (IRDA) regulateand develop the insurance sector in India through calibrated policy initiatives. •

• Cigna TTK • L&TGeneral Insurance

. ,.

.

• The health insurance business in India has witnessed in~reasedfocus and attention from all stakeholders; not only om InSurersand IRDA, but qlso from healthcare providers andother entities associated with the ecosystem.

t

• Royal Sundram Alliance Insurance C. Ltd. • TATAAIG General Insurance co. Ltd. • ICiCI Lombard General Insurance Co. Ltd.

'.

• .Cholamandalam General Insurance Co.. Ltd. • Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Co. Ltd. • Apollo Munich Health Insurance

• liberty Videocon General Insurance • Max Bupa • Religare • Star Health and Allied Insurance • Universal Sompo General Insurance Company

i

II I

f~i life

• The Central. and state governments have recently initiated large scale health insurance programmes in association . with insurance companies. to protect the vulflerable groups.

.' IFFCO TOKIO General Insurance Co. Ltd.

'

- II

life insurance companies now have products in '-.health'insurance. ' •

Indian Insurance'industry has big 'opportunity to expand, given the largepopulotion and untapped potential.

Health Insurance

,I

.0 Many

iii) Agricultu;e Insura~ce company Ltd-forCrop Insurahce. Outof the 29 non-life insurers, fiv~ private secto~ insurers are registeredto underWri!epolicies exclusively in health insure Jnce,personal accidental travel insurance segment. There are:-

I

~ This increasing attention and awareness was due to rising healthcare costs.

I

i j ,j", 1 I

I I

I',

[ I[

;I C.276

Chapter 6

Yaws Eradication Programme (YEP) It wa~ launched ,as a CSS in 1996-1997 in Koraput disfrict'ofOrissa,wmch was subsequently expanded to cover a1149 yaws epidemic distriCts in 10 states durmg 9th plan.The pro~ grilmme basically aims to reach th~ umeached tribal areas of the country. . . , ,

1:

Reprod~dive and Child Health Programme. (ReiO It was

Universal Im~~~i;afion Prog;a~me' iUIP) It was launched

Policy Framework

by

:",~.....

,

"/

,-. -.

'"".

.

Pulse,Poli/}Pro.gramme The National Technical Advisory

,l

DISINVESTMENT The disinvestment of govt:!rnment equity in public sector was made,through public offer in small lots from 1991-92 to 1999-2000. The. disinvestnlent through strategic sale started from 1999 to.20QO. They reflect the policies of respective governments at the centre,

ifn985 to reduce1nfant, child and maternal morlJiditY~~hd'morfality' protecting against six~vaccine pr~~entAbie dIsease', such as, tuberculosis,' diphtheri~;p~rtUssis;.teta:nus, polio and measles.

I

Be!leti,t Schem~.), by prov~ding an integrated pack. age Qf obstetrIc care ServIces. to expectant mothe th,roughout their pregnancy period. Like NMBS~ l would be focussing both maternal CUldchild health.

launche~in. 199(' and is currently operational in the entire country. It is, the flagship programme'of fami1y"welfar~,'whichcombines trinity of objectives, such as reproductive health, .child s.urvival and fertility regulation with a policy and programme operation markedly lii!f~rent frqm previous programme.

f,: .'.::, .t";/::'~"

Gl'OUp"qp Immunization (NTAGI) was constituted in Augu~t 2001 to prepare .astrategic framework on immu-. nizeition.. Bas~d ..on the recommendation. of NTAGI, mulp-year Strategic Plat:ldo~ent has been prepared. Significant progress has been made in the eradication of poliomyelitis since the adoption of supplementalinu;nu:nisation activity (Pulse Polio Programme). Under this programme, all children of 0-5 age are given two doses of oral polio vaccine (OPV) at an interval of ,6wee~ ..

National AIDS Control Programme It is implemented

by the government throughout the country, with two objectives: (i) to .reduce the spread of HIV infection and '(ii) to strengthen the capacity of central! state governments to respond .to HIV! AIDS on a longterm basis. All'states ana 'UTs have constituted state AIDS Control ..societies, and the. central govenunent is providing through the NationalAids Control Organization (NACO), :technical; managerial and financial resources to state AIOS control societies for the implementation of the programme components.

Rashtriya Arogya Nidhi. (RAN) Previously

kUown as National Illness Assistance FUnd (NIAF), it was set up under the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare in 1997, with initial contribution of ~5 crore. States! VTs have been released grant-in-aid' as admissible under the scheme. These fUnds ate replenished from time to time.' ...

Janani SurahhaYojima (JSY), It'is proposed by ~ay of modifying

I

I

IndiarHconomy C~277

the existipg NMBS,(!la!i0tla1.,Maternity

Unit Trust,of

....•. r

All privatization will be considered on a transparent and consultative case-by-case basis. The existing 'navaratna' companies will be retained in the public sector, while these companies raise resources from the capital market. While every effort will be made to modernise and restructure sick PSUs 'and revive sickindustry, chronically loss-making companies will either be sold-off, or closed, after all workers have got their legitimate. dues and compensation. The government will induct private industry to tum around companies that have potential for revival. The llPSUs included in the category of 'navaratna' are: • • • • •

Steel Authority of India Ltd (SAIL) Bharat Heavy Electrical Ltd (BHEL) Indian Oil Corporation (IOC) : Videsh Sanchar Nigam Ltd (VSNL) Hindustan Petroleum Corporation (HPCL) .'

• • • •

Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd (BPCL) Oil and Natural Gas Commission (ONGC) National Thermal Power Cotporation (NTPC) Indian Petrochemical Corporation Ltd (!PCL)

Limited

.

..•

'".,'

f

t4ationallnvestmentJu~d (NIF)

. . . . ed NIF was constituted in 2005 as a fund mal11taln outside, of Consolidated Fund of India. The go~; ernm~nt decided to put in the NIF f~nds .tha~I received by realizing from the sale of ItS mlno share-holdings in the profitable Central pu

bZ

STOCK EXCHANGES ,"', ,";j'

, , "

Hi'

' ••. ',

l.

~

.~

~,

l,)t •.':;'~".t'

..

"'t'OI:-'

••

~.i< ...~',/. '/",.:1

:~ ••.

,'t

"f'~

,J"

Ji::'

~J'

.

j

r' ~

'O!.-~'

'."'1:

.~::~~'r'~_~,",rtf.,

,f.-.

•.••.

I

-.

\

-

{

,

1

i

••

t'..,

~...,

(i) Specified Undertaking of UTI (SUUTI) is controlled,'by Government of India and does not come under the purview of Mutual Fund Regulations. SUUTI still holds around 11.66% state in Axis~Bank; 11.77% Stake in ITC and 8.18% State inL & T. ' (ii)UTI Mtitu.alFund Ltd. (Sponsored by SBI, Pt-JB BOBan<;l.uq registered Under SImI and' fu.rlction under' The Mutl,lal Fund regulations. UTI Trustee"Co. Pvt. Ltd. has appointed the UTI Asset Ma:n,agement Co. Ltd: forManag0g the Scheme~'O'!Of .utI ''M:utUal''funds\md ~cheines transferred from, erstwhile unit Trust of Indi~ (UTI).UTI Asset Management co. Ltd has three' entities under it: . .. -I, (i) UTlInternational(off-shore funds). (ii) UTI Ventures' (Venture. funds) (iii) UTI '.IRetirement 'solutions . (Pension Funds).' . ". ;:, .: ,.j,'

I

.

I

OVer

"

J":.

'i'

"

Establishedin 1963 by an act of parliament, set up, regulatedand administered. by the RBI It launched unitScheme ,,1964.(US-64), its first mutual, funds schemein 1964. The UTI wasdelinked from RBI in 1978 and lOBI took up the regulatory and administrativecontr'pl of UTI. UTI maintained its pre-emi-' aentstates'in mutual', fund market till. 2001;' untii theKetan Parkh .scan hit US-64 needed govt. pres-, encepackage to meeUts obligation to the investor, DeepakParakh Committee, UTI Chief M Damodci:' ran Strategy>,~ndYHMalegam CO'mmitteeare importantevents that lead'to restructuring of 'UTI andsubsequently repealing of the UTI, and subse'" quentlyrepealing .of the pTI Act. This lead to bifurcationof UTI irlt6 two parts. '.

II

".~.

There. ate 23 ,stock. ex.chang~s n.op~rapng i.' .r, in~he cauntry. Out .ofthese,,~O st~c;k exchC}nge~~~f r~gion':ll and operate in their allocation areas: The'reniaining three the National Stock Exchange' (NSE),' the Counter Exchange "of' india' 'tinUted' '(OICE!) 'and Interconnected StockExch~ge OfIndIa' LinUted (ISE) are fornationwidetracling. The 'nefworK1ofthe sto'ek exchanges provides an organized market for'transaction of shares andothers.ecurities.'.' . ,na.' '"I,'. , -f';.....,

I

t.

J,)._~'i

t ••.~.~~

:,.:,

Securities and~xc~cinge'Boa~~'ofln'drci;:\;~"

I~dia (UTI)

<~--:or

• Gas 'Authority of Ind~aLtd (GAIL) • Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Ltd (MTNL) .

sector Ent~rprises' (CPSE.s)., The "inco~e f~o.tr\'NI~' . to be used for broadmvestments m' SOCIalsec~r proj~ct~'which promotE~.education; health arid Il1ployment'in the country: NIF was restrilcturea in ~013and from that year onwards the disinvestment •roceeds in NIF are parked in the existing'PubUc ~ccount' under the NIF head. The usage 6f funds '-earmarked for approved purposes such as invest~ d . lIlentin In ian railways towards' capital expendi~ wre, recapitalizat~on of 'public .s~ct
I

'.C.

" . , :.'

~ :'./:. •.-':

1

~:".~.r'",'

In April 1988, a nOJ;l-st~tutory b.9dY,.Se.cu~itiesand, Exchange Board of mdla (SEBI)~as.~'oI{~titht~d the go~ernment ~o deal with..the!tpatt'~~~s: ment and reg~l~tion pertaining t.o:sec.u.r.iti~~;m'H'~.~~ and to protect the investors from .fraudulent dealings. However, iIi 1992; SEBlwas giVen.itllist1ittto-ry' powers through promulgated Ordiriatice.which. 'Was" ~eplaced by an Act of ParliamentinApril 1992:As",per tlUsAct, SEBI has power over cOrPoratesmissuand~; of ca:pital, transfer of securities; and t(H~pose monetary penalties ohcapital market intermediaries and thepartidpartts whe vi?late the issued guidelines:,

'bY-

~f:~eX~\OB('

"

~

"

-,!

~'..,.

~ ;

'I.",'. -\

•.•

MINTS AND PRESSES' -'JI

'< ,!:

J

I

•

',1.

~•. , ':.

.;!

The,main functions of goyetnglentmints,are (i) rrlint'" ingof the coins to meet the dbmesticrequrrements;(ii) gold and. silver assaying and (iii) medal production.' There are four government mints which'are situated at Mumbai, Kolkata, Hyderabadand Noida:, producing coins of all denominationS arid ate equipped with the most modern assaying instruments. The Mumbai and Kolkata Mints manufacture commem,orative coins. ' , 'There arefi~e,presses .whose functions "are "as follows: .', ,; ",1: (i) India' SeclitityPress (NashiK Road):''!t' consists' of ~o' units-"'-a 'Stamp Press (i~ prints 'postal stationery, postal and non-postal stamps) judi. cial ana non-judicial stamps,RBI/SBrckequ~s} •bonds,"national' savings' 'certifiCates/:Ind!ra: . Yika.s Patra, Kisan' VikasPi;l.traj postal'orders} passports, promissory notes and other security' documents) and centraJ stamp .depot (which' takes' care 'of aWthe finisned pro dud's delivery "/" 'to the'respective'inciehtorsr~ ,~-;'..:.... ,:' "-!

.:...oIIlIIIIII

I!

~. '

I

I

:><.,

, ,I

I,

C~278 Chapter'6 (ii) Bank Note Press (Dewas): It consists of two units-ink factory (it rilanufactures the security inks) and a main press (for printing the bank notes of the denomination of rupees 20, 50, 100, 500).

(iii) The Currency Note Press (Nashik Road): It prints the bank notes of "denomination of rupees 10, 50, and lOp. (iv Security Printing Press (Hyderabad): This press is used for printing postal stationery to meet the demand of southern states of the nation and central excise stamps for the use of whole country. Also printed here are inland letter cards, postcards,'cdmpetltion postcards, and emboss~d envelopes to supplement the production of India Security Press. , (v) Security Paper Mills, (Hoshangabad): This paper mill manufactures the special paper for printing the bank notes and non-judicial stamp 'paper of higher denomination. (vi) Modernized Currency Notes Press: Two new moderrlized currency notes press are under establishment in Mysore (Karnataka) and Salboni (West Bengal)~

INDUSTRIAL FINANCE'INSTITUTIONS To cater.to the needs of increasing modem industries in India" the Govemmentof India has set up a number of specialized financial institutions: "These institutions not only provide required finance to the large-scale industries, but also promote, balanced industrial development. Some of th~seimporh;l.Il.t institutions which provide long-term finance to industry are:

Industrial Finance Corporation of India (IFCI)' " . Industrial Finance Corporation of India was set up in 1948, with the sole aim to provide meditim and longterm finance to the industry. With an authorized capital of f20 crore,it became the first,such term-lending institution. ,.Since 1948, when it started moderately, IFq has, sponsored many new schemes such as risk capital foundation (RCF), financial assistance to leading ,and hire pur~ase concefI1S, suppliers credit sch.emes, assi~tap.ce fo~the development of technology through in-house research and developmeJ1t efforts,

Indian Economy etc. Its RCF scheme was floated with a yiew to ass', new and technocrat-entrepreneurs in meeting a plSI of the, promoters' contribution to the, equity capi~ RCF was converted into Risk Capital and Technology Finance Corporation Ltd (RCTFC) on January 12, 198& , The financing .fromIFCI can take any of the following forms: ..

(i) Refin~hci~g lo~s given by various institutions working m IndIa " ' (ii) To accogrmodateshb:r:t-ter~ finances to indu~trial concerns . (iii)To ~ant loans/advances and un~e~~iting the Issues of shares/debentures of mdividual concerns (iv) Direcf'subscription of, the !,Fel, State Financial Corporations (SFCs) or other financial institutions ' (v) Granting deferred payments and. arranging assistance for promotion management or expansion of any industry ,'

,

(i) Guaranteeing of loans or debentures raised or issued by companies , (ii) Underwriting of the issue of debentures (iii) Granting of loans or subscribingJo of approved industrial concerns '"

debentures

(iv) Subscribing directly to the shares of the companv .

,

•

Ii ..~." .

(v) Guaranteeing deferred paymeritby capital goods

•.-

•

importers of

(vi) IFCI can act as an agent of the' central govemment and the Wbrld Bank for ,the loans sanetionedby them to the industrial concerns

..

,

..

I.

.

Quick-Faets . ,.

£._i

(I) Industrially advanced states: Maharashtra, TamilNadu and We~tBengoi

(3)Industrially backward states: Rajasthan, Kerala, Haryana, Orissa, Himachal Pradesh

To provide wide range of s~rvices to its ~customers,lOBI has devised various ,new pro,ducts/ schemes such as Venture Capital :fund Technol,ogical lJpgradation,etc., which are also p~ovided bY,way ofEquipment Finance and Leading Schemes, Asset CreditSche~es, etc. IDBI has' aiso t~ken special :neasuresto spread, industrial~zation to the non-industrydistricts, through liberal product/services to thesmall-scale industries there. On March- 7, ,1982, !heexport finance activities oflDBlwere transferred I:lnewlyconstituted Exp~rt-Irr;,port (EXIM) B~mk of India.The textiles, industrial machinery, electrical :llachinery,fe,!tilizers, pharmace\}tic,!l, and)roll and iteelindustrLes have remained high on the priority .lSt

of !DB!.

r ,

, •..... I'~.~ >

Established in 1964, the lOBI has grown into the l~est long-term financial institution in the country WIll! authorized capital of 2000, crore. The various £unCtions of lOBI involve.

~

Gujarat, ,

(2)Middle-level industrial states: Andhra Pradesh, Kamataka, Uttar Pradesh and Punjab

I~dustrial Development Bank of India (IDBIl

~ateFinancial ~orporations '.,

',.

II

7b~

II j

;I

i

,

I:

Smalll ••dustries Developriienf, ,',-'; ; ~,',~:" Bank of India (SIDBI) .J. .' ',_ .. '" -.11

,.

•.

l'

_ •

•

_'~'

"

"

1

~~':,}'"

SIDBI was"~stablishecia's'a wholly '~wned subsidiary of IDBI in 1990., It was established:as the principal fitlanciar' institutionh'fo/l p~({~otibn~ financing and developrnep.t 'Of 'indt.stri~fin the sman~scale secfor., SIDl31, is engagecll'i.n'providing assistance to th~ srriaiI-sca~e'in:dus~t!ia.1 sector through other institutions'like SFGs, :corhmercial banks and State Industrial Development Corporations. managerial, marketing guidance;' service, etc., to the sick units located, in the backward areas and the units belonging to small-time entrepreneurs. There are more than 60 development banks, in addition' to' these institutions,. which meet the fi~ancial requirements' of the industry. Some of them are the National Small. Industries Corpor'atioll Ltd (NSIC), Life lrisU:r~hd~ Corp~ratiOl\ of India (U<::), General In~u!anc,eC~rp~r~tion of India (GIC), etc. " , ,

Unit Trust of India (UTI) It was set up in February 1964 with an initial capital of 2 crare .. Its .•resources are ,the capital generated by issuing units of 10 each, to public. Declaration of higher rates of dividend, reintroduction of Monthly Inco~; Unit Schemes and introduction of'lncome .D.nit Schemes were the prime factors resP
:: lr.,,~,

:

,~ere as 18 SFCs: which' are working across the 'Ountrywith an authorized capital' 'of f50 crore

I

each. The SFCs came into operationaft~'~."theState Fmancial Corporation Act, 1951, authorized each state' at that time to establish an' SFC to perform aU thefuncti
,.

Thereis a great regional imbalance in location of various ,~dustriesin the country. The country can be divided into mreeregions:

The ICICI was set up in 1955, with the basic objectives of financing the private-sector industrial con. cerns to create, expand and modernize, and to encourage the inflow and participation of foreign capital in these units. ' The ICICI was formed with art authorized capitalof 60 crore and since then, it has become a leading institution in the country for providing foreign currency loans. ICICI has promoted a few specialized companies, such as CRISIL and IDIC!. CRISIL (Q:edit Rating Information Services of India Ltd) was floated along with Unit Trust of India to provide credit rating services to the corporate sector and IDICI (Technology Development and, Information Company of India Liinited) was p~ moted by the ICICI to finance technology-transfer a~\'ities and also, technology upgradation. The chenu~ and petrochemical industries have remained lera pnoritiesand a major chunk of the assistance by the ra~ ~as been distributed among three ~tates, such as GUJ3"" rat, Maharashtra and Tamil Nad~., ,,'

I!

'J1.",

,'.

State-wise Distribution' of Ind~~tries

The Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India Ltd (lCICI)

C:279

IndUstrial Reconstru!ction Banl(ofl~dia (IRBlr' .

'!";.

•

.

.

I

'.

.

•. ~.•

' r

•

_

L

.t

m

Since its establishment 1971, the IRBI has made special efforts to provide finance and assistance in the form of technical. ..:1 • , , " ,

..........•••

~'i:;

~

l_

'I

I

[I

C.280

Chapter 6

Indiar1iEconom'y

INDUSTRIES Backgroun~

Iron and Steel Company

(1IS(:0) at Burnpur in

1919.

..~.

...

,

fbleC.6.5

steel plan in the private sector is Tata Iron and Steel Compant Jamshedpur. . .." y, managed by the Steel Authority of India (SAIL).AI present :all .important steel plants, except TISeo, are under the public sector steel plant. ..

Engineering

.. Mumbai-Pune

~

.

.jl

"

!(i, ~'.

-

_

___ ironOre

-'1.

1. Rourkela (Orissa)

Power " Hydro-Electric!2' OtherRaw Materials (agricultural)

Remadcs

Germany ".'

. Setup under the Second Five-YearPlan at the cost of 171 crore. Itwent into production in 1959. '!"'_""~"-7--'--''''''-_ '''-..-~f,P',.~~:,=~'' _::"~~"'~.':-"<- Y__cl'~ "__~~_:""-~-,"""_""l<"'~_e-~ __ -~",__ Bhilef(Madhya'Pradesh) Russian':Gover'nment ., Set up under the Second,Five~YearPlqn at the cost of 8.5 crore. , ' ,. . it went into production in 1959.' '0"""'" . .. '.__,_',' . _.. ." 3. Durgapur (W~st Bengai)' BritishGovernment Set~p under the Seco~d' Five-yea'rPlan at' the cost of 188 crore. It went into prodiJ'ction in 1962. ' '., .... . 4,' Bokaro Uharkhandl .Russian Governm,ent The biggestplanf in Asia,was sefupUl1der th~ Fourth Five-YearPlan. It went into production in 1973. .' t _'.";,,.,_ _~.. -~-t_-+r::-~~'--'71;-~-~ 5. Burnpur (West Bengal) Acquired by the nationalization of private sector plant Indian Iron and Steel Co. in 1976. • . r6, Visokhcipatnb-;'iAP1:-~~.7Russi;n.Gbverri~ent'f~I.up"~~e'r the s'ixth Fiv;V;;;'-Plan arthe'cost of ~2',256 crore .,.

'!,,"": --

_~OT-'

--'

-,----...--.,---

y'or-,_

..

..~---

-__ M_-.

•••• O,__

•••

-~_._

kv,,_.

_x"""""""~_.'~~

..~~_"._;_.~

__

.>M< __

7. Salem (TamilNadu) .. t8.' Bl)adrawati (Karhatako).....~ ",~~---

~..

__ -'~-_._'_~

.

:;-

.

.•.... __

.'-,

.•••.. -

r;-_.'''~.,-''-'--._ .••

.

\,.~,

,'_""

d

•• ,, __

...

---."

..";;_"

-

"

__ ,~, ••.•..

<> ...

',

__

••••

..

__

....._..--.-... -''''''--.

,,,.>,,.m.

i' '

_~_,

'.'

•

_,~:ic.

i":~--i,,-"'

"'h~".-_-_"','-'.x,,"_

'-"'~'~l'-'~~_:"~'

~_._

__,__._ o<,~"~', ,=""""

~,_,"",~_.,~

.,~

'

.•---_-~""~-,'-

-'~~'--'~""""_"~'~~_''-'''''"
""""._~_..,._"._ .._._., .. : ~.

- __

••

'

".

.._::,o~ ..~, .•...,.,.

J

.

-

_._.

Singhbhum Uharkhand)

-

.

..•. 1

Various Organizations Connected with Industries Bu~ea~ o~ Ir}qian,Standat:qs (~~S)This is,a,quasigovernmerit Institution for drawirig tip' of standards for the products of Indian industry. It was established in 1947 and allots qualitY marks to various'J,roducts, known as lSI Marks.

'.""l

",

,-

{l.~.'

,

U'~

"'.

t,',~

-

~',..r '.;~:~;:~-t1.'

Madurai ..Coimbatore-Bangalore

Andhra Prades,h '. ! '.• : .':.;

'. .

-

••• , __ .;.w_.,.;,;;""" ••.••••• _,

__

~,_

..

'~.

__

~.",

Damodar Valley Important supplies . -_. -' . fr,?mWeste~~ Bengal Jute by water routes Cotton Groundnuts meeting Damodar Coal (but on regular s.•oil of.. much of the best Jute has g.one plateau to the East to Bangladesh)

•

,,,,,l.•• ~"\~', "~tIl ,~.(:;,~.d. ~ :'

::'::0

...;,

Small iron and steel worksl at Bhadravati 'using ores extraded from Bahuban hills .._~,,__ , __ ...J Cauvery, J9g-Nilgiri Project' .. -' .•.. . ---' ~'_._Some cotton in Madurai andC.oimbatore '.

I

"

• n

'

_

,-

__ . "Cotton from surrounding, sugar, soils, salt from salt pans ',.

or

-",'.

l

.

','

.-,.-,'

'--.-l

".

J

L.J"'ll

Industries from Minor R~gions

I

hnportant Industries'

AssamValley.. Darjeelingter;ain _. ......-.-.

. ..••• __

Processing of local tea,rree and oilseeds,. some petroleum Processing-~f loca~"~--' ,---------..'--

.•

NorthBihar adjoining UttarPradesh plains

.

-----------.---

-r---;---

-OJ

.•~-'-'- .•.•....•.. "'.--~-

-~--~~_._._-~

...- •.•-,

--~.

- ..----

..-- ....~,,-

. ~'-....-

,~..•_.

Manufacturi'ng sugar from local sugarcane :. ". . '. " w_.

~'.'.

_._._.

_',.-

'.'_.'._'" ~

.....•_ .. __

. _ .•.....••.•..... '_. _ •.........••. ~."

~ -..-... ... "

. _. -. -.._

_. '.. "----'.

.

Delhi-Meerut . Manufacturing of sugar fr<:>m local sugarcane, some ,textiles,chemicals, engineering goods ! Indore-Ujjain ,- --,- '--C~;;~~I~t~for'I~~~I~~;~~~h~di~~aft~:(pa;;;i~;db~ f;rm~;R~~~lc~u~~) ~.. - ',~- -.... _.. ..•._--,"-.~-~-_.,.-._--" Nagpur-Wardha __ " _>_2.",!<;:J.~textiles! ..!.!onfoundries,,.!:.ail~y (;md~eneral en9ineerin9.Q~_9!9.~~_pottery works Dharwar-Belgaum Cotton textiles for local and other markets, railway (mq general engineering goods -

•

..

~It Mumbai-Pune

Mumbai

MinorRegions

~~

'Set up under the Sixth Five-YearPlan: '~_....,....~:_n~_ ,. _-;'b-_ .•.•~'"~_'''x''''.~-.,.-...,.' 'Natio~alized under'the Si"xthFive-Yea'r
Table(.6.7

_

.'

~::1.:}~2 ...t. t- "~~_.~

'

AhmedabadVadodara

Damodar Valley Uharkhand),Maharashtra and Assam, W. Bengal, Orissa, Ma~hya Pradesh Arun~chal Prc:de~~,_'_ __ •. ""

..,<'

_,,,.;;,._''''''._,M.,.,.,~'_~_

,

,

I

~r

Set up-with Assistance of

)'"j

tLocOii~n

~-'l

_..i_'. ~

-_

•••.....

-.

•.•.•.

-

:.-

•..••.•

, •...

". co .•

~

-

~, •••.••

__ ---,,-,--._. ------_._..

-----"-~.

I

'

-~

---]

.~

-"'1L__"'~=

Godavari-Kr~hn?.d;ita ~..Lo~_a!tc:.b9c~.
t~i

NationalProductivityCoundl(NPCJ. This ~ an autonomoUSbod) formed' to inculcate productivity iriindustries. It W35 ,es~blished in .1958,It has ~gional offices throu~out tJ-e . country, and it endeavours to create. prodUCtiVIty sciousriess in the couhtryJ,y applying modem meth : . and t~ques ~orincreasing production. To encoura; prOdUctiVIty,NPC. awards are given annually for hi est productivity. in various sectors of industry.

c:

==~.~.~- ,

.=,.

l

Chennai -"- -~.,.!i~t~~~!..li9~t.~"~~~~e~j~~~~~~~g~~cJ~ o!,.w..1d.e ~a~~E~~,.-=-~- -:Malabar-QuilonJrichur .. Cashew 'processing, c~coriut Clndoilseeds' proce.ssing, ,associated industries (coir manufacturing, , _•. . -~;'' '~ . soaps), some t!'lxtiles,'numer()ushandicrafts:, .:'...1.•" ~-""' ~~"~---' __ '~ ""'.... ..••.. . _"'_~'......... .... __ ....1.-,.. Sholapur Important textiles based on cotton grown in local regular soils, engineering <:entres I ~ :e Economic Geography I

cd...

of India; NCERT

I .'

II

Cotto~, Iightconsume~ '.goods, l,ight'engineering ~~?ds ..,,! . 'il, (.

......•..

Jha~hand-Bengal,lndustriaf

Coal

Table C~6.Af'Puhlic Sedor Steel Plants .

Madurai Coimbatore-Bangalore

. .~

'''~''''''''''''''"

iv'

AhmedabadVadodara

(a) Hu~li':Jute, cotto~ Cott.on'(ov"erone-third.. , . G:otton,. :l electrical light-of workers), chemicals, .' .cbemicals, , engin.eering g09ds, .en.gi~ee.ririg,food.w?c:e~~ing,p's>~e~y " --- -.. _~,_-.:..hem,cals~\ _,~-,~ _....:.J'.!'~n!lng: consume~ goods ----'"'-~-_.~ (b) Chhotanagpur: Iron light engg., consumer goods , , and steel-wire rolling, vehicles

;ions/Main" ~ustries

Cotton Textiles 'It is the oldest industry and it ranked among the .seven largest foreign exchange earners in the country.' The largest number of workers are employed in this industry.

try 'Bengal Iron Company' was set up at Kulti. The firstJil:rge.;sc,al~, ?teel plant came into being in 1907 w.h~~"ti},~;J,,~a ,Iron and Steel Company (TISCO)' was'~~J:up at.Jamshegpur, followed by the Indian

Jharkhand-Bengal Industrial Belt .

,; II

II

,~f:.-"~:,,>'"

":1, '.

TableC.6.6 . Important Res.ources

~ute ~nd~s!ry Most of t11ejute mills are in West Bengal As.a foreign exchange earner, it is an important industry in the country. "

1870, the first steel indus-

.

.,

-

Industries These

industries produCed besides ,machinery, tools, transport equipment and consumer durables.

The large-scale iri.dustries cove~)rop. atid steel, engineerirlg, j~~?,.,cott~:m!te~tiles and sug~r industries.

Iron and Ste~/i~'du~iriesIn

--

PublicSedor Steel Plants The public sector steel plants are

Large-Scale Industries

.

~s/Main kldustries

Priv~teSedor Steel Plant Th~first1arge-sc~i~

The Industrial Policy (first announced on April 6; 1948) as adopted by the Government of India envisage a mixed economy, that is, coexistence of public sector, with an overall responsibility of the govern~ ment for the planned development of industries' in the country.

PrincipalManufacturingRegions

C~28'1

I

If , . I

I C.282

"

Chapter 6

I

Table (.6.8

Important Industries in India

IIndustry

:JI

Location.

Aircraft industry

Bangalore and Ka'npur .

Alu~i~Tu-~

C.283

I

:~,"_.••' .

~I

J

i

Indian Economy

I

. .•.

Tobie'.6.8.

(Confinued)

~try

•

,.' ,"."\'0);

spor~ mater!~_~g~~~tj~)!

" ~'AlwtYeXK,erala)~~~a'nsol'(WestBe~gal), B~I~(Kar~;;aka)i ~kud (OrissaCRenukoot (UP),Muri Pbar~h~nd), Korba, (<:b~attisg~!~L,._ .• __"~'_. .__ ..__ .__ ._'__ Mumbai, Burnput (West Bengal), Kolkata, Jamshedpur Uharkhand) and Chenn~i Rup'~ar~inpu/(W~st Bengal), Rajp~r~-(P~ni~b)-'---~---' .-------

Tonks

u.

\1

I

Location"

Batalla _~~J~,~~JPunjab),

,.Avadi.(TomiIN<;Jdu)

Delhi

.

.__

._-,

._ .

. "",.

.,_

'J_'';.'.k:

"e) ':.~,

I

,

-< .• _._

Automobiles , Cables

_.'

..-.

__.__

_

.• W~'~A".

__

•••..•••..

.•._._"'

••••••..

_ ..••••••

~,,_~~-~

•••. ~

.~._,~

.. "~._~

_._--,---

,-.. 7..,•••"",'_'~'-'~~':

' .._'~.

<'

<Sbir'goods

'~-w'

--r .

"', "•."":"",,,.~, ,.~. "" .. ~_:~,_

---,'....

'-',-- ,,_.'

'.

.Alleppey and' Kalavoor (Kerala)

,ll>,.~•.•••.•• ~.,~, ..__

.__ .,_.

''''''.'_'''''"'''''

+-,-

_.- ... -

_~

'",6'

•

.

..

_n'__ ,_ ~,~.,. .."'~-'.----'- ..~,'"

~......-..~~,*,.",,_,,_,_

..•..

.

.'

.•

",,,-.~-~--.-~-

..,,,.

'__ . _'

'_- ...A."_-'

,

Jalahalli (Bang~lore), Pinjore (H()ryana) .

~._""....,.,,,._,,,,.,~.'

.

.,....'"" .•••. .-.",._-.'.._,'.p/_'_~ .... ~.

"'__

~

•••..• "'"'" <,-"',---...,_-

•.•"

,,,,.__ "'~_"'

"""""'I'=_=_p-

•.

:!:i9siery_g~~c!.s•. ~_~~rits51~~_l~L~~i~~a an.~_K~~pu~__ ~..~_ Jute goods Kolkata, Gorakhpur and Kanpur leather goods .'_~.~.

_

••••••••••• z •••. ~~

, locom()tives. \.-.-.....,._

..., __ .•.••..•.__ '""''-_~~,.''''''_

'-' .••,.,,_-,""-_.--

...•,. ~."'"'"'.__

Match box

i Paper

'.""'"

~

~

-;. '""..•..•..""'~.-.w---="--,._.":'~,..

~

,,'~_,...~

.••..~__

,=-.--""""--'". __

~. --_.

Chittaranjan (West~engal), Varanasi (UP),Jamshedpur Uharkhand) .,._._v _ .. ~._"'"' .....~ ...,

,.,.w'"-"

.•. -,.-

~."-'~_'"

,...~""

~•.•••

__ ., .0.

_~~"""

.. '

.".~,, __

"~~'._~.

__

.' __ ,_,,

••

-*=

-

"

.~~",,'-

---,.-~:_.-

.••.-

-=~

.....

Resin industry __

_-_

"v_<_,~'''~.

....

~,_

.•""", ... ~".'.,....'e

._ ,;,-""...-.---......-....----

----.-------,..

_...

Peram~..': (I9.~~NC?~).cP~!!~.!~~~!ashtra)!.. Kap._u.._r.t.h _a_l_a ,---_=--w-_"'"_,-" ......,...,..."..•..•

"~7.'_'.""__"".'""-,,

.••••.""".,.~,~

-

_

••••.."""'""'_.~.,.~-~.-

i.~~~"f;l mach!n,es. K?I~ta, Delhi: l~dhiana

Shipbuilding --._-.M

__

:•........... Silk _--

..._._ ...

Srinagar /'

__ ""_,

.__

.

----"_c'-

----_ .. ---_._----

. Visakhapatnam (Andhra Pradesh), Kochi, Mumbai, Kolkata -..".- __--.-------._-~..,_,-__ ---------~, .•••.---__--'-_._-."'_ .•... ""__ .~~.

Bangalore, ._.-- - --'".-~.-

~-_-.-,

j .'J

.~ : ~}

~,;.

Bhagalpur _ ...• -.- ....•(Bihar), .--_.~~Srinagar --------~~ ..•.•.--_ ~_-Gorakhpur, Sitapur, Rampur, Mo~adabad, Bijor, Saharan pur, Meerut, Muzaffarnagar (UP),Gaya .(Bihar),Zirc, Jagraon (Punjab)' _ (Continuec' -",~'""--'"""'_.

--

"'---'.~---""""",-

~Iizers

.. ..•.

I'

--=-=---- - -_-_. ;__ ..~-_-.-.-~--.-.-. --------.- .... -r-

I.FertilizerCorporation of India ltd

t.

-

----.-~-.

-

' ..

__

.••.

_--~-

.. --,

••••••• ...--.

.

I

'-l

__

.' Sindri Uh~rkhan'd);Tro~bay (Mahatashtra); Gorakhpur (UP);Namrup (Assam); Durgapur (W. Bengal) ,

'.HeavyWater Plants

.

.

Neyveli (TamilNadu); Nahorkatiya (Assam); Rourkela (Orissa); lirombay I (Maharashtra) : J >Hi

~'-

__,.

__

••

. __

••••• _._,

_ ----...

-~-

r

•

.'-

••

_.....--<

JalahaUi (Kprnataka);Ghaziabqd

lrentral

M~chine !c:~ls__ .

I:ochin

Sh;;d

_arden

•

R~;;;Workshop

_

_

tllP)

Ra~ipur (UP)';R'a:r:achan~r~~uram (~P); Tiruchirapalli (TN); Bhopal (MP) Visakhapatnam(AP) Bangalore

6.Chittaranjan locomotive Works 8.Diesellocomotive Works

~

,.~

I

,

Alwaye (Kerala) and Delhi

"Bharat Hea:2' Electr~.I~_~ 4.BharatHeavy Plate and Vessels ltd

•••

,_._...

•

Rasayani (Maharashtra)

2. BharatElectronics ltd

------.--

._.

, RubberjJood: __ !-_~bap~J!<,Jm~ Nadu)~ Mumbai!..!!ivandr~m~areillY- (U~l Salt Kutch (Gujarat), Sambhar lake (Rajasthan)

_._------'--_._--- ----_.

,.

-

-~-'---~---~_...--."--_._ .. _-------------'-_.-

Bareilly (UP), Nahan (Himachal Pradesh) ,=~_ ~...

<

4.HindustanInsecticides ltd

~.

Pimpri (Maharashtra)

..•..•..,"--.~_. ""'''---- ..•....•-. __ ..

, Roil coaches

Sugar

~. ~._--

.<,; .' •., .•• ,1 ,~\

r'

3.HindustanAntibiotics ttd______

I,aharat Dy~;miC~ltd

Bhadravati(Karnataka), Dalmidnagar, Jagadhari (Haryanal, lucknowand Saharanpur (UP), , Rajahmundry and Sirpur (Andhra Pradesh), Titagarh (West Bengal), Brajra.jnagar (Orissa), Dandeh. .' \~ (Karnataka), Amalai(MP), Ahmedgarh and Malerkotla (Punjab), ~epanagar (Madhya Pradesh). In .~ef:l~n<::lgar,new.sp~~nt~ap~r.Lspro~uc:5! ", ._ .__ ._._""_-"__

Penicillin ._._-,_ .. --

""""""""'-'_'--~

"'..

Ahmedabad, Bareilly (UP),Murnbai, Kolkata, Chemnai, Pune, Raipur (qhattisgarh),

~-
14

---=.~.. __.__

•.

~_-. ~

(a) Antibiotics Plant (IDPl)in Rishikesh (Ulta'ranchol); (b) Synthetic Drugs Project in Hyderabad; (c) Surgical Instruments Plant in Chennai Pimpri (Maharashtra)_ _ __ _, _ .]

••

Kanpur, Agra (UP), Batanagar (West Bengal), Mumbcii, Kolkata, Chennai and Delhi __

;,),.

Machinery and Equipment

--~.-'-"-"."-."._."-----~-",---------"""_-~'-'-----------_ ~ ". Jhalda, Kossip?re {"'I:.~~!.B_~.ng~I)L.tv'ir~(Jp...u!:JUP)!B.ar~!~y' !~L~ .. __.... ...

~ _.

.

2. IndianDrugs and Pharmaceuticals ltd

__

';.

'J~~; -~'

•••• , .~.--. __ ".~"...••...... _". __~

,

Location.

1. Hindust~ Organic Chemicals ltd

Alwaye (Kerala) and Delhi ~(a)~B~~~I~s [Fi;~;~badlUP) and 'Belgaum (Karn~takci)];(b)'lampware [Kolkata,N~ir,i'(Ljp)] (c)Thermos flask [Faridabd (Haryana)]; (d) Gloss bottles [Amritsar (Punjab)]; (e) Glass lenses [Jabalpur (Madhya Pradesh)]; (ij Glass sheets [Bahjoi, Bolawall, Ghaziabad, Jaunpur , __ (~P)!.~9~galor~, Mum~ai,.Kol~a,?,.~yd~eraba_?~,~~e~(JJ_ _ .. _. .,. __ . _ Nangal (Punjab), Sindri Uharkhand), Gorakhpur (UP),Nahorkatiya (Assam), Neyveli (TamilNadu) Rourkela(Orissa), Trombay (Maharashtra)

Fertilizer

.~

Public-Sector Industrial Undertakings

"

D.DJ. GI~ss

.

Chemical and Pharmaceuticals

Ahmedabad (Gujarat), Bangalore, Mumbai, Kolkata, Coimbatore (TamilNadu), Indore (MP), Kanpur (UP),ludhiana and Amritsar (Punjab), Chennai, Madurai (TamilNadu) NagplJr and Sholapur (Maharashtra) ~ ~ P1 ludhiaiia '-"";,;:.~_,."'...•••••.. A~:_-.,.._ .~_._~.~.,., .__.". .:... .,.••.. "" __

Watches ---

~e

'.

Cotton textiles

'__~

B~n!Jalore, NaTr; and Rai Bare~i (UP) .

Tobie (.6.9

Bhadravati (Karnataka), Churk (UP), Dalmianagar (Bihar), Gwalior, Kymor and Katni (MP),Okha (Gujarat), Sawai Madhopur (Rajasthan), Sahabad (Karnataka), Surajpur (Punjab)

Cement

,_~=_.

__•

Telephone-=--

Chittaranjan''[WB)

ltd

Kolkat~

~eavy

Electricals (India) ltd

Bhopal

~eavy

Eng~ng

Ranchi

.eavy

Machine Building Plant

Corp. ltd

. HeavyVehicles Factory

rtndustanCables Factory 16 . -. . HlndustanMachine Tools

-l

Marwadeeh, Va

~angalor!'l

".

...., ,

Kochi

10. HeavyElectrical~ltd

14

-I

_

• ---

] '..

•.

r "

-----.-,

.-j.-----

I

Ranchi .'

Avadi (TamilNadu)

:

'_.

__

-----::

.

Rupnarainpur (WB) -'---. -_________ _ _ __ Jalanalli (Karnataka) near Bangalore;'~injore (Haryana); Hyderabad (AP);Kalamassery (Kerala)" ..

,,_ .

'I

(Continued) "

.........•••

I, C~284

Cha~ter6.

Indian,EC90omy

-

.

.h~~\_,. ,; ~.-:.'.J'

,

"l.

TableC. 6•9 'Ion(e •.

~~."

Inue c/J

f.

'''''':'~

f.

~

~.

Jlc'me

.

~dustan

Steel ltd

••••.•

-

".'.','.'

"

I.~:_,. ,.•.. ,.•."' .•

",\

_ "._."

'., 'I.'. . (.t.~~ ..,,_.',.-, ,,;,.t:tJrt .::>~_ . .J

. ".'0

_~

. ....

~___

,',

-'

,.

1. India Explosives Factory..

' ..0

. .':..

,.Ii

.

Bgk?'r6'Uharkha~dr ,:."

>.:.i'

2. Hindust~~Photo. Films Manufacturing Co ltd

:.'

'1-.-,.,. ,

------,'-~.-

. ..

,• .

S.I.'lk

., .

I.SilkSare;~--------~;;;k;';;'-~~~~, 2.TassarSilk

~~

.-

-J ~---------------"-.

-.

--'!,,--~------,--"---',.

~.O.~l.:

_-. ~".

".

_"'1.

,•.A

•

r

:.:

••

~-!:

..••,.

(Contin~

,.

•

'

'".

.. !. •.••• ,

."1

.~

•

-n

I

=:J

~otton textiles _

:~

~aye

Rare earths fact~ry'

Lb.'.- ernath (n;;--

Machine tools pr~totype factory

.,

-"

•.,

:'r'

, ~.

IT0v.'n

.

;;".

- 'l , "

..

- "':

-

-It" -

~

•..,':'."~ ••.. ..,., •. }

.> .'-

"""

'.~ ••1

,'1 r.

•.

:-

.._J

ID~lhi

Steel plant

'-

- -~.

Cotton textile,film Jute, electric bulbs and lamps

'.n

•• Steel Plant

I

'

•.

.

'.

Coal)'~/ '--

.,

Tro~oa}i__ ,..,

~-

.'::J

.~! ., , •

1

__ -,-___

.c.'.

'C<'

.':.

ITJ.U1':;l

._'_'

•••••••••••

'.:. C;opper '-~si;Yt

- .;.'

.

Ce~~nt ,

Iludhiana

~adabad

l ~ .•.•.

'~, I" t:~"lt,~'" 'r'; -

., .]

I~~~~;~_g.?;d~~-''-''.• '

:.

K,he!"i

h-~.r.:~!~

.,~. ". Emb;oide;YtPO~~fY, b~?sswa.re' -

.,.

1 Katni

---1

.l~

Pottery and textiles

Jharia', ". ;.' ••

~,

""

. I.Wooilen'goods,' -

IJamshedpuf ., #>

-

f~.-'r-',.t~-~r

,Glass':lnd bangles.

Ja.ip~r. .....

i 1.

,'f

.•..

-'Te;tiie~DDT--'~-

,. -'---

DhariwaL;,'

"

'..:

;~.-"

locomotives . ~.

/ Gwalior

----.-----

,..'}

Industry

Firozabad

l

.'~ ~Wi .•.• , . ~.,.

ChittardMjdn

L~ur~9Pur"

.Cott;;te~tfles, toys, <;arp~:-. -. m1>tors,c;irc'rafi;/iele~hon'e"an'd':' ~ mcichirll:lStools ., , Resin industry, wood work

-

-

~_.

.,,"Ji

Steel plant

--

-.<

_. ....

~'=--'~--J ---. "-_.J --==-=-_ ~._~.J :-

... J~ipur, ,Kas,h!J1ir, Varanasi,.Madu~ai; Tanjore ~_......:;......:.-'-:.....-.:.: .•...~ '
~edabad__

~"I

---

,'.

,'.

goods

io8

'.

_~aroda -_:...-_--~-----_..•...._---------.... .._. __ ...

Shoe and)eather

t

o£

,"

Kar~atak~

Industry

Iongalore

"<

. Sambalpur, Ahmedabad

~bai)

1I

.'.

,

Indian To~ns Asso~ioted with' Industries .

II Agra

.'.

)

Bh~;rohit Ellor;KashmiT, Jai;uf, Bang;I~'-

't

!able(.6.11

-~-~

~=~-.-M-~-~a-J-:a-b-, a-d-(..;.~-,it-.~ ••. e-n~ ..~.r.a-v-in.:..?-;;'?-,.n-~-:-po-I-,is-h-i~-g-t-.;"'"---.~---•.-~-. --_.

2. Brassw~e~/~etql. vfa.re~.. " .. tiory Works

I

~:.~~1'..1

...

l Brassutensils

I

~"l

--~

. !.r'~""';. '.';('rf ..~ ., ._'\ .. ~ ',,,,,,,. ..•• ;> f!I;;';,tL~ .• 1, .•

Prades~, West Be~gal, Vafanasi,_~aI;tak~ -

_,

1I

_ _.___ .; . ',; ~ -

Murs~idabad, Farrukhabad, Jaipur, Mumbai, Karnataka

3. PatolaSilk Metaland Brass Wares

I'

..

M~hya

3;Carpets,~-~-~ ..-._-._~'-~~.=~Mifzapur,

I.

,1

I'

I

..

. Tami~

J

'

States and Cities

2.Prints

\

;!!

. ... '

_

J

.------.--r-;;Gomic in Hazaribdgh Uharkhand) .. \,.."... .. :.•>.....',',... Ootacamund (TamilNadu)

•• • ,Cottage Industries 1n,lnd,o

1. Saree; and Dhot~

I

'.

. '. ~'. ~- ~ ~,¥..

Ik.ndloam I~dustry

Ii

,: 'C

~

~me of Induslty

'''\

'.'

• .'

. "f ("

,

••

~ourkela (Orissa)

,. ,

.-----

TableC.6.10

C.28!i

Location

4. Bakaro Steer LtC:!

Others

.e."

I

,

-

~

.

,1": "

"','~llJ

"~._,. •• ~L,

i

,

~.,

"j/O

. ",_"

••

¥

t

t

,.", se;i~g -~~cEi;~s! .cY<.=I~s.

:lJ~al1ium.,'.thorium.factory Utensils, Calico fact;r;--==-,_~~! (Continued)

..........•••

~r

~ '

rl

"

,iII, '

I

C:286

IndianEconomy C.287,

Chapter'6

Table (.6.11

'-

ITown

Industry

Mysore '

Silk .~gnite

Perambur ~Wi

basis with several rounds of-bidding. carried Outtill op~rationalization of New .E)5:ploration LicenCing Pollcy (NELP). . ;", , . After the operationalization ofNELP under the first four rounds (spanning 2000-2004), productio s~aring contracts (~SCs) for 90, blocks have bee~ slgned. Further, the fifth round of the NELP (NELP-V) was opened in January 2005 for International biddin by offering 20 exploration blocks, that is, 12 onland,~ shallow off shore and 6 deep-water blocks.

(Continuedl

!Neyveli

""

_

Pinjore : ",

Penicil~nfactory

n

_=:1 J

Machine tools,

I Rana Pratap Saf:lar~~power Ranigonj !,!ourkela

~_,,__ '"

Railway coach factory

:

, '----'""

Rupnarainpur

stati~.

"."'''~'-'''-'''~--''''---'''

I Sindri

,

. ": :

TinJcnirbpalli' ' ~garl~

:=:'

Tr6~bay'Atomic

Organizational Set-up The Department of P.etroleum under the Ministry of, petroleum, .chemicals and fertilizers deals with the exploration and production of oil and natural gas~and the refineries and distribution work.

..,,-''~--~

Fertilizers

Singhbhum. [Surat ".

.~"]

Coal mining Steel, fertilizers -"~---'] Cables

r;::: ,

.

Copper Textiles~----'-Cig~ "':P~per

I

~

"'-,

""~----'~-",,

'

~

;,J

---l

power station

1---""-"----'--'-"-' Yisakhapatnam Shipbuilding' Petroleum alld"Natural Gases History "In 1867, the first oil well was sunk in India. The first successful well was sunk atDigboi in 1889. This oil field is,still in' operation after more than.one 100 years. Till independence, Assam was the only oil-producing state in India. Now, oil has also been struck in Gujarat;near Baudo (Ahmedabad, Ankleshwar, Lunej," Kalol, Nagagaon)." The recently discovered sea-bed oil fi,e~dsof Mumbai High are also yielding substantial quantities of oil and are now the richest oil fields of the 'country. The total" known reserves of crude oil are estimated at 51.08 crore million tormes. 'p' ~

Exploration ONGC' anq. Oil In,Ha Limited (OIL), the two National Oil Compames (NOCs), and other private and joint venture companies are"engaged futile Exploration and Production (E and P) of oil and natural gas in the coUntry. Since the year 2002, the Government of India has undertakeh concerted efforts for enhancing 'Energy Security': The 10th Plan fo~m~lated ~ereunder represented' paradigin shift over earlier .plans in as much as exploration areas would be awarded" through international competitive bidding in a dereguiated sceil:ario. Since 1991, the Government of India has been inviting bids on a regular

a

't,}~'i,ri',,; .,",

I

Oil and Natural Gas Corporation limited

In ?rder to explore natural resources of oil and natural gas in the coun. try, the ONGC was set up at Dehradun in 1956.As per the governm~nt' s decision, ONGC was converted into Public Limited Company under the Companies Act, 1956, and named as 'Oil and Natural gas Corporation Litnited' from February I, 1994. In March 2004, lO%'.of the company was disinvested for the first time. At preseN, the gov~rnment has a shareholding of only 74.15% in ONGC. ',','

1

ONGC Videsh limited

ONGC Videsh Limited (OVL),a wholly owned. subsidiary company of ONGC limited, was established with the purpose to undertake oversea~,pr.oJeds for explora!ion 9Jld production of petroleum anq other petroleum projects in order to augment the o~lsecurity. of India cu:d to bring equity oil "from its overseas'venhires."OVL has already acquired. discovered pr~4u~ing properties in Vietnam, Russia and. Sudan. OVL is also having par' ticipating interest in~'orie'exploration block each in Iran, Myanmar, Iraq; Libya, Australia, Cote d' Iv~ ire, Syria, Qatar and Egypt (total 15 active projectsIII 12 nations). .,. ., .

I ~ " !

• 1

".

.".

f.J

.. '

"1 j

•

OilIndia limited . It is now a Government of India orgaJUzationwhich ~as incorporated in 1959 with headquarters in Duliajan (Assam)in c~llaboration with BtU1J13h Oil Company:' ~ 1961,':9It'~~came a joint v~~ company with equal share of Government of Indiaan Buimah OilCompany. In 1981, g~vernment tooko~~ the share of Burmah Oil, ~o~pany mar~g ~e 've entirely a public secto,r ,co,!fiP~y. The m~ obJed1d~ of OIL are (i) exploration for and production of.au .1 oil (including. natUral. gas) ana (ii) constrUcti:'; pipeline to transport crude oil to governrnent-o refineries of Noonmati and Barauni.

GaS Authority of India limited GAIL (India), a 'navratna' enterprise; w~s established in 'the year 1984 and is rimarily an mtegrated natural gas company, focus'" ~g on all' aspect~ of gas su~ply and v~h~e chain illduding exploration, production, transffilsslOn, petrochemicals,processing,.distribUtion ~d' marketing ofnatural'gas and other related'produCts"and ser~ vices.The cUrrent holding of Government of India in GAIL,afte: disinvestment,is 57.35%. "

public secto:r undertaking of tf1e:navratfia' sta~ tu~ (co~en;ed by.Qle.IJ:lqiCl!1g0i:~!'nIDent).. 'j '4. GasAuthority of India Limited' (GAIL):' It is'the largest natural gas marketing- company in India. It was established in 1984 by thegovernment, to handle the transportation, processing, distributi~n and ~arketing of natu..ral 'gas. It completed the. tough Challenge:by the government for completing the cross-country HBJ (Hazira, Bijapur: and. Ja.gdisI)pur) Pipeline in record time. If rto"W&peiates:ffii>te,than '\i •..• ~:i•..' .. 4,000 km of gas pipelines stretched "across the country.'.,",' .. ~. . ' ,',,_, :." _:.! '"'

~;;portDntOi/~Bearing States/Areas Assam, Tripura;:Manipur,West Bengal,. Ganga, Valley, Hiniachal.Pradesh, Kutch,Andhra Pradesh and. offshore. areas adjoining WestBengal, Orissa; Andhra Pradesh,.TaIrill Nadu, Karnataka,Maharashtra and Gujarat. l!1!n OilFields Main oil fields where oil-bearing wells havebeen drilled are at: Gujarat (Cambay, Ankleshwar,alp ad, ,Sam:, Kalori and Weinad); Assam (Digboi,Rudrasagar and Sibsagat); Punjab' (Adampur, )anauriand Jwalamukhi).

Cf{.ShoreDrilling Bombay High in the deep waters of thewestern coast where drilling operati,ons have teen done with the help of the drilling platform, SagarSamrat (Oil Rig), which is ONGC's and also India'sfirst drilling rig.

(orporotions

".'

.

.

f.

.;,f,l,. I",

:.

Oil Refineries

I

Type

':..J.

Refinery Location

.)

t]~ - ~~

i.

\ir~~:'.

••••.

6. PSU 7. Refineries 8. . . 9.

Name.of the .ca.pacity.. Company (MMTPA)*

I

1 " . , 'IndianOilj~f' . Corpo~a-tio~;;~;".~6 . ltd. (Global). ] 3]0'7.5"

r "5. Maihur~-'

1

~ , ~.

"\.

':>..<~ , 1. G~~ahati 2. Barauni 3. Koyali. 4. Kaldia

Digboi Panipat Bongaigaon Mumbai.

Hindustan Petroleum Corporation ltd.

8.0 0.65 15 2.35

6.5

10. Yisakhapatnam Bharat 11. MumbQi Petroleum . Corporation ltd ...

1. Indian Oil Corporatzon (IOC): Established in 1964 by amalgamating Indiart Refinery Limited and Indian. Oil Company. It has three divisions: Marketing (headquarters in Mumbai); Refining and Pipeline (headquarters in Delhi) and Assam Oil (headquarters in Digboi). 2. Bharat.Petroleum Corporation Ltd (BPCL): It came into being through the acquisition of Burmah Shell in 1976 as Bharat Refineries Limited, but in' August I, 1977, the name was changed to Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited. It is an integrated refining (at Mumbai) and marketingcompany (throughout the country). 3. Hindustan Petroleum .Corporation' iid (HPCL): It was established in 1974 by amalgamating ESSO' and Caltex. The government has acquired its full ownership since October 1976. Its mam activities inciude refirling of crude oil, manufacturing petroleum and .lubricating products and marketing and distribution of these p'roduct~ throughout India.\ If is a' mega

.~-

r

2. Kochi 13. Manali . 14. Nogapattioom

Chennai Petroleum Corporation ltd.

15. Numaligarh

Nu~aligarh Refinery ltd.

116. Mangalore 17. Tatipaka, AP JV Refineri~

l J

MRPl ONGC

I

18. Bina t 19. Bathinda.

_J

Private20. JamnagarRelialJce Sector 21 . SEZ, Jamnagar jnau~tries Refineries ltd.

f 22. Yadinar

EssarOil ltd.

1

Note: *MMTPA is million metric tonnes per annum and equivolent to approx" 20,000 barrels per day. '

I

I i II! I:

I

~

.1

t~28a Chapter 6:,.

Indian,Eco~omy 9.289

Expqt.'sion, of Existing: Refineries:' Capacity

expansion planned'during .11th "Pive:'YeafPlan has been indicated in the table below:

S. No.

Name of Company

1.

Indian

[: 2.' ..'Indian

OilCorporati6r'i Oil Corporation .~. • t •

i;

.

, 3:i.,I-!.!d.usta.,~"Petr~lelJm<;:o~poration

Ltd

,::.' ,)HPC~).....,..

.. 5'.'

t.

."'., , ';"'-

<.~..

Corporation ~,"

..•.

:

••.

'

.~

Corporation

L--(BPCL) Chennai ,'J'.'<~ ~(CPCL(' ",-~l~ •

No.

.2

,.\

-----..J

~

NU~~9.?rh

9"

Mangalqre

Refinery

h 0; I

B~orot

Oman

Petroleum

L 'Oil 11 .

3

and

Ltd (MRPL) Refinery

Corporation

Comppny,

,'0

'.

ltd(~_o_'

Ltd.

6

' _,_' Petroleum C~rporation .';" ,,' ,

Ltd

""

3

Bino

Privdte Se'ctor ' ,

18

Note: *tWIITPA is million metric tonnes per annum and equivalent~o approx, 20,000 barrels per day.

0.6

-

.

Wha arriong the following is 'the author of the book Plann(!dEconomy of India? ' ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

M. Visvesvaryya Dad~ Bhai Naoroji K. M. Munshi A. Dalal

Department was.,set chairmanship of (a) (b) (c)

Pt. I. L. Nehru M. Vi'svesvaryya A. Dalal' .

(d)

Sardar Patel

(a) (b) (c) (d)

/fanning

.~ '_.'~

9.

Agriculture Irrigation Power All of the above

(b)

ICT through?ut education system. Expansion of secondary education All of the above

:'

~.~

Co ••

- "

~',

";"'."-e-.

,L r

~

'1

(~,'; ~

...~~ ..

J 1

'.'"

~.

out of

(a)

.;{

••• <

Tickthe correct statements(s) thefollawing:

of'.l. ~ • 1;'

fI'-

National Planning Council is an advisory body attached t() the Planning Commission. (b) It includes experts representing a cross section of the Indian economy, (c) National Planning Council was established in 1965. (d) All the statements are correct. 'NIlo among the following Preside over the National mentCauncil?

used to Develop-

(c) (d)

',->.

-t-::'t~'!"

••

Both are correct~:~,q

*' :' ....,..

O~lyII•. " ••• ',.

(a) (b) (c)

!"._

treatment of various ailments All of the above

Who' anlOng"ttie following was the chairman of an expe'rt group' cansti.tuted by the Planning Commission to . review the methodology for estimated of poverty? ., (a) (b) (c) (d)

Prof. SureshD. Tendulkar Raghuram Rajan . Y. V. Reddy' Bimallalan

17, Match the column: Colum I (Anti-Poverty Programme)

Colui11n lEi: .!'j (Launched in)

A. Sampoorna Gramin Rozgar

1.1995 AD

12. Poverty line on the basis of nutritional

Yojna_'

'"

standards was defined during __

B. Antyodaya Yojana

Anna

plan plan plan plan

13. Daily calorie intake of

'.;

.

Improvement in, public health Infectious disease prevention and control Application of modern medical practices in diagnosis and ',

".' I.

five-year five-year five-ye~r five-year

i'r

"

16.

National wind energy mission Improving the stock of forest and tree cover. Better urban public and nonmotorized transport. AlI'of the ab'ove

5th 6th 8th 4th

,0

I""

. (Q)i",8.oth ar~'irii:orreCt,: ..~';,:' .',.: (c)t-O'nly I.' ,,,:.!:r.";

(d)

Poverty line

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~,

r .......•

(a)

in primary

of the following is/are the focus area(s) for the twelfth five-year plan?

(a) (b)

•••

" .. '}-~~O~ ;... .Jfu.•g.•.•. _. ; ~ the years, th~re. _has been al),; ove.ralldmprovemehLin •. health in India, The substantial improve. ment is the result of

11. Which

'

-",

, II.' The' Union~ Governm'entif,:ir6vides fin~hce forimproi(:er:.;-entS)i-j'public . ""'hea!tfl services; .•.•~ lr,tl'i."t '

(d)

_

Statutory Non-statutory Regulatory None of these

•.

."," i .'.

Quality upgradation education

(d) is a

-~

",

15. Ov~r

(a)

(c)

~

,<, gov~rnmep!. ,So,:. }i;.!"'~;k4\~t"' j;:

.

is/are cansidered the thrust areas(s) of the Eleventh five-year plan in education sector?

was set up in

"

the. fqili>wing. statem:rits: is/ are fourid to oe correct? ".' .,,' ~ .' ,'.~. ':~l.. ~:'\~..; f''J''_'j'~. ,,>."~"~ ;..' I. Health' programmes. are; primarily"the, responsibilltY"of"the 'state

The first five-year plan gave priority to development of . (a) (b) (c) (d)

•

14. :Whi~r'of:

-.

10. Which of the following

(a) January 1951 (b) December 1950 (e) March 1950 (d) January 1950

,

..•..•.

'j'

Performance of.S~fia/JectfJr: 'c'.;h,:

None of the above

I

'3~

-

National Development Council National Planning Council -All of the above

-

Commission

body.

••

Wti,ich of the followihg organizations w;s set up to formulate ,basic economic polities, draft plans and watch its progress and impleme,ntation?,

.0

, -

..'};O~}~.F~:~:{7'.'~", ' ~;!J":

.. -'

.•••

,t ~••••••

(b) (c)" (d)

"

. (a) .2100"'-~,"''';:!J';.,'_ ,_. o';.(b)'( i650.~,..I.r:~o:_<>.. ~'. '(c) "'.2400 ' prj'''':~',I::-.:,' " (d) 2150; i,::";--<""',::r.1r.> ..'

,~ .:'

(a) , 'Planning Commission'

the

.. ,'0

..~I:~»";T~p'i.c~~isels~es~me

Five-Year Plans' 8.

uP:.l;lnder

t

Thrust Areas of the Eleventh Plan

Planning Commission

iii

..

1""1

1945 1946 1947

~ Planning Commission

(a) (b) (e) (d)

'.'

fA

.Commission •< Finance Minister-

(d)'.

•

Interim Government set up the Planning Advisory Board in the year __

"'<

.'.~ -J

....., (a) . President (b) Prime Minister "":. _' _ _ (c) Deputy Chairman'ofP.lanning

Manning in India Historical8acfrgrounJ

2, In 1944, Planning and,Development

50.6

r:!

••...

1>-.•

Lt9 and Omon

JointVenture),

Esser Oil ltd (EoL),

5

Ltd (NRL)

Refinery

Petrochemicals

r-y;~---

loS

Ltd

(MMTPA)' -----..:..-

Name of ComPany

L..8.

-'-6."(

capacity

o,... ~.

6.iBharatPetroleum

7.

Ltd.

__ ,

Bharat" ~etrQleum Corporation (BPCL) ...' .

(MMTPA) *

..'

l-.4'r~i~~n""pe;ro'eum.;"~l;''~.1';

S.

0.5

ltd (IOCl)

." .:" . '.:'"~

Increase in

Increase in capacity

43

ltd '(IOeL)

--

~

-

C. Swarna layonti' Shahari Rozgar Yojana, calo-

ries per person in rural areas is said to living below the paverty line.

~

2.,1997 AD "

3: 2000 AD'

.

D. Rural Employment generation Programme

..~~

..

.

4.2001 AD ."

,f .. f

-1

[

~

l

\ :1 I

I

C.290

Indian Economy

Chapter 6

C.291

II !I 'I

II . (a) (b) (c)

(d)

(c) (d)

A-4, B-3, C-2, 0-1 A-4, B-4, C-l,

0--:2

A-4, B-2, C-3, 0-1 A-4, B-2, C-1, 0-3

24. Paper currency in India was first introduced in the year __ '

18. The. target of universalizing elementary education can be achieved through _ (a)Univer!ii!1 access (b) Universal retention (c) 'Unive.rsal aGoievement . (d) All the ,above.

(a)

DistriCt Pi'imaryEducation . Programl1)e. (b) Natio'nal Bal)havan institute under aep~rtment of education (c) Mid-Day Meal Scheme (d) All the above.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

AD AD AD AD

1949 1945 1947 1950

The Decimal System

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Indian Currency Act, 1957 Indian Coinage (Amendment) Act, 1955 Indian Metallic coins Act, 1959 Both (a) and (b)

27. The withdrawal of currency froin circulation which is done to ambush black market currency and unaccounted. . money is known as

1995 1997 1998 1999

21, Which of the following statements are found to be correct?

is/

I. Ailnapurna was launched on April 1, 200D; asa )qO% centrally sponsored scheme. II,. This sclieme aims at providing food security to meet the requirement of those senior citizens who are not gett!~gtl1e Old Age Pension. Both Both Only Only

1'880 1886 1882 1879

26; Which of the following amendment Acts converted the Indian Currency System into decimal system?

20. National Literacy Mission (NI:.M) was .launched in the year '

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

25. In which of the following year did India become a member of the International Monetary fund (IMF)?'

19. Which of the following programmes/ projects has been envisaged by the Central apd State governments to achieve Universalization of IOlementary Educationt<

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Jahangir the B!itishers

(a) (b) (c) (d)

28. The currency notes of ~500, bearing a portrait of Mahatma Gandhi and the Ashok Pillar emblem, were issued by tlie RBI froin __ ' (a) (b)' (c) (d)

are correct are incorred I II

Demonetization Devaluation bepreciation All the above

August 15,1985 October 3, 1987 June 21,1991 November 3, 1989

Currency System Historical Background

(a) (b) (c) (d)

the the the the

in

Guptas Mauryas Kushanas Sakas

23. Rupee was first minted in India during the reign of_' __ . (a) (b)

Akbar Shersha Suri

Yashwant Sinha P. Chidambaram

31. Which of the following statements' lSI are found to be correct? I. Devaluation ref~rs to reduction value of the Indian rupee in corn. parison to the US dollar in the world market II. lri 1974, India became a member of the IMF w~ich, necessitated f~_ ing of exchange value of the Indian rupee as per IMF Standards. (a)

(b) (c) (d)

Both I and II Only I Only II Neither I nor II ,

"

Small Note of CoinsSystem in India 32. Which of the following authorities has the sale right to mint coins? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Reserve Bank of India Government cif India Central Bank Both (a) and (b)

33. Coins are minted ment mints at (a) (b) (c) (d)

at Indian Govern,

,34. Ministry of Finance is responsible fOf administration"of finances of the government

29. Who among the. following was the finance Minister of India when Indi'an rupee was devalued for the first time in 1949? (a) (b) (c) (d)

K. M. Mtlnsl1i S. N, Sinha .Johan Mathai. Sardar Baldev Singh

Department

of Economic Affairs

(b)

Department

of Expenditure

(c),

Department

(d)

All the above

35. The Department

of Revenue

37. The main sources ,of. Union Tax revenues is/are, (a) (b) (c) (d)

"

C~stom duties InCome tax EXCiseduty All the above

Consolidated fund of India Public Accounts of India Contingency fund'of India All the above.

39, Tick the correct statements(s) the following. (a)

No tax can be levied or collected except by an authority of law. Noexpendihire can be incurred from public funds except as mentioned in the Constitution of India. EXecutive authoritY must spend public money' onlyin the man ner sanctioned by Parliament in case ofthe union and by the s.tate Legislature in case of a state. All the statements are correct.

(b)

(c)

(d)

AnnualFinancialBudget 40, Which of the following

statements arefound to be incorrect?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

Banking

(b)

Investment

(c)

Currency and Coinage

(d)

All the above

36. The Department of Economic AIIa''S is responsible for preparation of Il'lJd-

II. Tax proposals as new, sourCf;!S of revenue for the Union ~~vernment are embodied in a bill and are passed as 'finance bill' of the year.

(a)

1991

(b)

19J2

(c) (d}

1993 1995

get of

rupee took place'?

(c)

(a) (b)

the President's ru Ie un with legislature when underlhe President's rule

(d)

All the above

two

separate he~dings; n~mely external debt and internal debt. Internal debt includes ' (a) (b)

Market Laans Treasury Bills

H

::;;"~

~

j , ~

.;,.

day management'" .' Update RBI Banking :' 'Regulation ACt, Nationalization Act and SBI Act:' , Put il)to place 'ap'propl-iat{:,

(d)

Act,

II

system for a~set, liaoility a~d risk management, ,':,. ','~'

~

All the above.

:

:,>"~; ""., .!j,

48. The Reserve Bankof In-di~(RBI) came , into existence i;'- ~.~ ':~,' ..•• i.

(a),

. ....,.,".•.•..•.. -.~_ ~-•.••.• {.

)93?

I

(b)' (c) I (d)

• '''' {;'~:11"

1945, .. 1,947 1937 '"

'\.>

r •• '".

'~i...

1"1' ,l:

' , I

'1' ~.• ~ ":,"

49. The .Res'erve Bank of India' (RBI) was nationalized'in the year" __" _: .

Theminimur'n paid up capital should be more than~100 crore.

(c)

The bank should be subject to the Prudential 'norms in' respect of banking operations, accounting arid other policies as laid down'by'the RBI. '

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Nara~imha~ Committee" ;Repori" . on Banking-Sedor Reforms' '

I. The committee has recommended merger 'of {strong.. banks as this "Y0uld have a 'multiplier effect' in industry. "

II. It has recommended nat to merge strong banks with weak banks as it will, have negative impact.

....','.

1947 1949 1935 1948

.}

50. Who among the following was the , first Indian Governor of the RBI? (a)' (b) (c) (d)

c.Raiagopalachilri.' S. N. Sinha' C. D. Deshmukh' , John Mathai, ~

51. Which of th'efoilowing. is considered as the main function of the'R~I? , " 1 (a) (b)

All ,the,.above.

~ ..

:

Reserve Bank of India (RBI):', \ i

It should be registered as 'a • public limited company.

.

~...

Free bank boards' from day to

by

(b)

(d)

_

•

(a)

(c)

45. Which of the following requirements had to be satisfied by a new bank in India? .' . (a)

_

~ ;;••

47. Which oftne fol'owi'ilg 0as the recoin'mendatiori of' Narasimham:', committee report' on Baiiking:seetor reforms? '" "

(b)

46. Which of the following statements regarding th'e recommendatians of Narasimham Committee on Banking-sector Retorms?

Both are incorrect Both'are correct Only I Only il '

41. Public debt .is, divided ,under

,:

1881 1884 1906 1897

44. New private-sector banks were allowed to be set up in Indian banking system in the year _'__ '_' '

I. All the reteiptsand disbursements of the Union'Fo~i:he ensuing finan~

(a) (b) (c) (d)

managed by in the year

(a) Punjab National Bank (b) Oudh Commercial Bank (c)5tate Bank of h1dia'. (d) UCO Bank"

lsi

cial year ar~ presentt::d far general discussion in both the houses Parliament.

(b) Only,J~ c " , " (c) Only.lI. ,_ (a)"Both ~re incoi/ecf"n o

43. The first bank in India mani!ged Indians was '

out of

(a) . Bothare correct,

Bonking System Development of Banking System iii liulia ' -'-'--'

accoUnt are all the receipts and disbursement of the Government 'kept?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Non~negotiable non-interestbearing rupee securities All olthe above

42. The first bank in Ifldia Indians was founded

38. Under which

of Economic Affairs

Union of India ,,'" ode' State Governments when u '

Pr~nab Mukherji Dr Mailmohan Singh

(d)

which.camprises_

(a)

(a) (b)

30. During whose tenure 'as 'finance minister of India, the last devaluation of

(c)

Public Finance Sourcesof R~venue

Alipore (Kolkata) Cherlapally (Hyderabad) NOIDA (UP) All the above

consists of divisions like _'

Devaluation of (urr~ncy

22. First gold coins were introduced India during the reign of __ '_' .

(c) (d)

(c) (d)

Adviser to the Govt. 'Sup'ervision of comme'rcii:lI banks Custodian of foreign reserve All of the above •...

,

,/

Imperial Bank of India~'-

,',

d'

52. Whic:h:- of the followi6g;'ban~~" was amalgamated in creating the Imperial Bank of India? . ' ... ,: (a) Bank of Bengal' ,(b), ,Bank of Bombay (c) . Ba'nk Madras (d) All of the above

'.'

-~ ,

of

':'J!.t

_

.'..."

53. The '1mperiai nationalization the _

••

-

Bank of India, after in 1955; was named

........••

""'t'

~ I I'

,\

L

~.292 ':

Chapter6 '

Iiidiah'ECohomy

".1

I

C~293~

!~ (a)

'I

,

~

(b)

Punj~b NationaJJla.n~

(c)

.enc()prage arid promote. participation ofpriva,te capital in Industriai enterprise All ofthe above :

. State Bank of India'

..

(c)

Oriental Bank ofConi,merce

(d)

Central Bank of India.

(d)

59. The first nationalization place irithe year

Scheduled Banks , . 54. RBI maintains a schedule, of banks whic,h 'unqertake: to ,maintain. the minimum

percentageo(

their liability

(a) 1947 '(~)1~69 .

(a)

5lakh'

(d) 1 crore

55. Which of the following statements are found to be correct?'

is/

,I. .T~e c:ltate Bar;1k,of .India providE!s " lo'ng-term' 'cre'dit 'and acts as the agent of RBI in the country.

banking operations. (a)

Only I

(b)

Only II

(c) (d)

Both are correct Both are incorreCt .

56. Which of'the following banks is the subsidiary of State Bank of India? (a) (b)

State Bank of Patiala ,State Bank of Travancore

(c) (d)

State Bank of Mysore All the above

2: July1982

D. NABARD

.4. '19114

1955 (c), .1958 . (d)', '1959'

3. April, 1990

,

.•

A 71,B-2, C-3,D;4

(d)".

1

58. ICiCI was established~as a public

Iim-

itec;l comp'~.~yto

". ;,

\;ladhya:'Prade~h •

Raf~sthan ',' • ~

'; •

. j

1965

(b)~.'19'7:2 ' " ., (c). 1,198~ (d) 1993

.. - -

(d)

Standard Chartered bank

'(b) (d);

(a) (b) (c) (d)

.,'.e .

j'

I

l.

•

(a)

I.

j

'.

j

.

~..

"

.

(b) (c) (d)

"C',.J.

l'

(b) (d)

(d)

April May June July,

etary and credit policy is released in

2002 2004

(a) (b) (c) (d)

August September October November

measures •.of Policy?

CRR

(b) (c) (d)

Repo-Rate Bank Rate All of these

(a) (b) (c)

(d)

reforms? "-fl~; .•.

••

discouraged Transparency in financial statements was increased Foreign banks were allowed

(a) (b) (c) (d)

entry

zrr6",

Two '.', '" . Five I ". Eight' . ;', Twelve

,Exp~rt Cr~dit Guarantee' --~',_ ,",.. ". ' CorpQration. '

(c)',Swarnajayanti-Grarrr $warozgar - ,Yojna" ;
,(d),

.'

was

J

GIC L1C PFRDA

(d)

60 years of age 70 year.s of age

(d) ~stab-

(b) "1903 (d),1962 . zonal' offices. , ~~ J ';:

"

.')

1,

I'll

'

i-:'

~,

..•.

.

.•.~

-

in..:. '..:;"~' "

'"J

91. ' Insurarce" Regulatory and Development Authority has its headquarters in - , .1i",,'.(; "•. t ,I.~

.

(a) (b) (c)

('t.'

I

exist from

+

'y.

.!'

-

,).,.1

'.

-

.I~~"," ,"::'

(a)},~99,., Hl'irqi- " ll, Ji (b) ~OOO ." '"r."y ';}), 2010 2015

'

.~'f

t

Disinvestment

'.''1'

't,"h .'1 '-,'"

\

'.

••

1'11.-

~

87. NPS will have

t

9ne fund manager. 'I.-, Three fund mangers ., Sever1fund mana'gers1' None of these .'

-

..

-.~

('fI~t

'~~.J.••.L

..

;

~)

;'-")

From 1991 to 1995, the disinvest. ment of GovernmentEquity"in'Publie Sector vI,'a}; done mainly th'rough .'. I. PUblic'offers

(a)

Onl"'1

~'..

"c",:'1 ...",~.

} '(nv.o "

•.. , y .., ' •...• , ~'"""

'(b)Orilyll .•..• "~ - \" (c) "'!Both (i} arid (II) )fJ, (d):"~Neifher'(ii n6'r@'u,!

.1'"

',tj

COt

in,smalilotSlriW

," II." StrategiC'sale,J..

:n,

',x'J( ~".O\..'Q .•' •.

'ft)

"'

. ,.

, '»'

. <,.'

(J) (h)

S'e'Cior

Furidwas '.

•

t

~4( I'ThE!. ,9over:~me~t st~!ted. di~i~v~sti . 'ment of Government' EqUity In Pub. \I') 'Iic' thh>ugh strategic sales in

SocialSecuri~ Gr6Vp' jnsMa~;rS~heri{eJ -' 88. Atiriception'Social'Security managed by

.

93.

i.

)!"~"tAm'J:!J'1tt.

"

~

_

Insurance Regulatory. and Develop: ;' men'tAuthoritY was -estab'lis tied in ~""' •• :' ~.' i('.~ _"'"..•..•• r:./HJ ~.'f~' '('''1

(c) (d)

Government employees Mandatory for all the new. Central Government'employees

~\

92.

'1)

Mandatory fo~ allthe Governme~temp'lo}'ees Mandatory for al~ the Central Governme'nt employees Mandatory for' all thet'r\'ew

'

:"

New , Delhi " ; ott ~(' J' '~ Hyderabad ~,l" ;; ... Chennai : Mumbai.' ,~ ~r.'i# -,u,..•.'*JI,lf •.'"'''.! .•~~;I~ ,•

-,d

' !

0,;

(a) (b) (c) (d)

~100,000"

'),(d)

(c)" (d)

(c)

'~;'1'

19.~uh~~~~~~'\ #e~~{?t~,;Y; .~ri4'.fteit~~opme~t Aut ority ,'.,. " c, l ,'~'. ~,'.\' 'I

None of thes'e

40 years of age '" 50 years of age .

(b)

~9m~,.

(a) ~ 5;000 ,,,>:-:,;,~\J~r~:L"':"'t (b) ~25,000" " .••.).) (c) ; ~50;000~,,,'Nl'h-,i.; ,H:}', (_

.~ .-.l

(a) (b)

('

l!a.~~~~r~~~i.m~

90. Under SSGIS J in'; case'\bf: accidental deaththe;amount of;'coiiipensation was ' '; ", ,..J,j. :,::~~~. : ~

,tll\

85. An individual can normally theNPS after'

(a) company

Iished in

80,lie has

Ne~ India Assurance Company Ltd. Orientallnsurarice Company Ltd.'.,"

~,~

Kolkata Delhi Chennai Mumbai.

1877' 1956

(b)

86. The NPS is

79. Life Insurance Corporationwas (a) (c)

t

If.

'.

; Rural Group Life Insurance IScheme ~!' ., ,'1""1I:;'1 If

(b) 1: Integrated Rural Development 1".mProgram :ra'l,i:ip'rU;' '.

'

National, Insurance Company Ltd. . , '.• ,

(d)

in nature

insurance established in

The minimum prescribed Government Equity was . inc'reased ..The NPA's disclosure was

(a)

was

_. l

78. The first (a) (b) (c) (d)

,',:

J

,.~

Corporation '

(a)

(a) (b) , (c),

Only I Only II Both I and II Neither I nor II

Insurance

1962 1973 1981

:' \ .(

89 .. SOCial, \.~e~uDtyj j Gro,up', In,surance Schem~ has been replace5!,.~y , \~

..

II. Structural in nature

9% 15% 25%

.,,'

84. New Pension Scheme is beingregulated by

Monetary and Credit policy statement is/are • I. Short-term

1955

(b) (c) (d)

(d)

77. The set of measures used by the RBI in

5%

(a)

(c)

are short-term Monetary and, Credit • '

(a)

":I

Uninr~stotlndia"

,.!'(dj....,..siate Bank oflndia"" ',':;~cl . . ..v"?~"1;:1~'~!, i.?~", ~1.•.'

1"1'

83. In '197.0" the"insurance,. sector was ,nationalized and four operating companies were set up. Which of, the following is NOT one of these four?

76. Which of the following

reforms in India

~,,=ji'- •••

.

(a)

(b) Life Insurance Corporation "'-:(c)c;;:'(:entraIGovernmerit'o:"

1952"'I '~.'-,

Two .' FOUr

~

'II', \liti:" ~ '. ,', pc ,

82. General Insurance established iri

75. The second statement by RBI on mon-

1980 1992 1995 2000

_l~~_',

""state.and credit pol-

was granted

,(a), .S,LR " (b) CRR (c) CRAR (d)" None of these

.••.

(a) x\1870JJ,f. (b) 1890 (c) 1950'''~''

by RBI on. monetary and credit-policyis released in

is NOT an

The United Western Bank Global Trust Bank'

2001 2003

One Three

India

was

74. The first statement

~.J,

The Federal Bank

banking-sector

64. New priyate-seetor. banks were allowed to start in India in, • ,,',,~ (a)

.

72. Which of the. following statements hold true for the fi rst phase of

"..

New Banks in Private Sedor '.

provide assistance in the creation, expansiolJ ,and ,modernization oflndustri'al,

. ~"'.~'

,~"

. Uttar 'Pr-adesh

- '

71. In 'the first phas~~of banking reforms, which of the" f6110wing was NOT 'reducedi

~~;J:."! '~ . ';

Bihar'

(a) (c)

(b) (c)

(d)

C"2, 0;1

.,"~!~~'-~-','~,' -.":1 (~,'

encourage and assist industrial units.ofth'e ration.,

enterprise

(d)

(a)

(c)

A-3,B-4,'C-l,D-2

.(c)".

UFJ

(a) (b)

.. AD

A-4,B-3,

(bf

(d)

mentes) on monetary icy every year,

70. Under the"ba'nking:sector reforms . the banks were required to maintain CRAR of

63. The largest'number of. regional rural banks, at pr.esent, are in the state of

',(b)

HSBC ING

(a) (b) (c) ,(d)

;

(a)

(b) (c)

73. RBI issues

•...

69. The" banking-sector were'initiated in

B. Export-import Bank of India (EXIM) • . ~.''. . ......• :~ C. Industrial Development Bilnk of India (lOBI).

. ~.:,t;"~.~

HDFC

81. The firstiiisuran'ce"comi:)anyi~: estabiis-hed"iri' '1. " r;

MonetaryaiM Credit Policy

,

,is an Indian

• ,', , '

(a)

Reforms in' Rural aliH (oop~rptive'. ~onking Sector.. ,.'!

A Briefon .Ba."king-Sedo~ Reforms in India

(b)' , A -3, B-1 C-4, 0-2

in _'_'_ as a public limited

of the following

bank?

(a) (c)

Column II "(Established' . in)'

(c)..

. (d) \2004 ,.~....,>_.~". ,' •.,'....'

68. Kotak, Maliindra ,bank banking license in

1. January 1982

(aY";9si

"

12

A. Small-Industrial Development Bank of India (SIDBI)

57. IndustriaI.C~edit-and Inv!!stmentCorporation of India Limited (IClCI) was

l_

(d)

Column I

Other Banks '.'

66. Which

(b):I;:2002

67. Which' of the. following Indian Bank?

62. Match the column:

(a)

2001 2003

.

(b) , 14'

(Bank) .

ILSBI advances:loans, deals in,foreign' .' 'exchange and other government's

(b)

in

(a) . Indira Gandhi' (b) , LarBahadur Shastri (c) MorarjiDesai (d) Charah Sigh

Public Sedor Banks

. (a).

1965

(d) , 1971

61. Who amon'g the following was the Prime Minister oflndia during the first , nationalization of Banks?

:-,,(p), •.8Iakh., (eL' 'jo lakh,

established company.

(b)

20 6

(c)

(a)

(a) (c)

of, banks. took ' .'

60. How many banks were nationalized the first nationalization?

,with th,eReserve Bi!n~ of India and the paid up capital of ~ .

65. Yes bank ,!",a~.grant~~ ,Ijcense to do business'in' . . .• ~) •.l, •..

,I

r:....". (a ) '.'. ;995 "',,_ ~' .~ .. (b)

(C)

1999" "2010'

' .. '., -, '. ~ ,"

'~"(df'2015~:! v<'

_

, .... '.' . ...•

•

4

'

t,'

,.

~.:r\

T

~

L

C.294

Chapter 6

I

Policy Framework 95.

(c) (d)

Which of the. following s.tatements holds true for Public Sector units classified as navratnas? ' (a)

They will be' priva'tized on case

bY.case basis (b) They will be privatized through strategic sales (c) .. They will be privatized through private placement (d);o. Thl;!y will be~allowed to raise resources from capital market 96.

Which of the following PSU is NOT regarded as Navratna? . (a) "Videsh Sanchar Nigam (b) Steel Authority of India (c) National Thermal Power Corporation (d) Gas Authority of India

(b) (c) (d)

102. The SEBI was established in (a) (c)

1988 1998

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Net Asset Value-based schemes of original' UTI Both (a) and (b) Neither (a) nor (b)

.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

.1'."

It was It was It was None

An extra-statutory An extra-territorial

U

divided into two parts divided into three, parts divided into four parts of these

(a)'

2

(9

12

stock in India.

.

exchanges

'(b)

are

5

(d)

23.

100. Which of the following . stock exchange is currently functioning in the country? .', , , , ' (a) Hyderabad Stock Exchange (b) OTC Exchange of India (c) Ludhiana Stock ex'change (d) The Vadodara Stock Exchange t

~,

.

101. Which of the ~olioiNing stock exchange has been granted' exit by the SEBI?" , ' (a) (b)

Madhya Pradesh Stock' Exchange . Ahmedabad Sto,c~ Exchange

body body

107. Security ink is manufactured

108. Security Paper, Mill, manufactures

Hoshangabad,

I. Special paper for printing notes II. Special paper for postal stationary (a) Only'I'

bank

Only II Both I and II Neither-lnor II

Industriol Finonce"n,':";",fnstitutions . . ~':~:.l.

Industrial Financial Corporation of,lndia The Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India

(c)

Industrial of India

(d)

small Industries Development Bank of India

(a) (b) (c) (d)

None of these

]17. Major given states. one of

chunk of finan'cial ass~stance by ICiCI is limited to. three Which of the following is NOT these three? .

Development

Bank

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Gujarat Maharashtra Tamil Nadu • Kerala,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,_.i!

109"IFCI was: set up with the aim of providing . to.indlJstry.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,.IJ:

lOBI" ICICI IFCI OJ None of these

118.The first announced India in

5 10 18 23

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (d)

1948 1952

1950 1954 P,olicy of India

(a) (b) (c) (d)

116, Which

Bengal Iron Company Tata Iron and Steel Company Indian Iron and Steel Company None ofthese

regarding correct? (a)

(c)

lish~din

,1982,"1

Public-sedor economy Private-sector economy Mixedeconomy None of these

120. The first steel company in India was

(b)

.j

.•

(d) ~-

"

\

.,

of the)following

is unique

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c.

statement in India is

122. Most of ,the Jute mills in India ,are located in

It provides short-term finance It can act as an agent of wort
Steel Industry

At present, all the important steel plants are under public sector At present, all the important steel plants are under private sector At 'present, all the important steel plants except TISCO are under public sector At present, all the important steel plants except SAIL are under the private sector

about thelFCI?

by it

(c)

. Germany

,'.

"

(d) " Japan

..

~

124. Which 'of the following backward state? ).

<0

I

Baroda Kanjivaram 'Sambalpur None'ofthese

P~tro/~~m and Natural Gqses .' . 133. The first oil well in India was drilled in

is' industrially

)t: •. -.,." ;."'~.

:

I

(a) (c)

Rajasthan Gujar.at

with. (

~<

,

1867 1950

(b) (d)

.1901 "1962'.

c.

134. New' Exploration 'Licensing: b~came operational in '. i (a) .JJ?90to~ V. (I:» .199,2,. 2000 " (d), 20~5

-< (c) -, ~

. -

";:'

••••.

.

<'.

Policy

r;:,

fa i

,_

"

135 .. Head Office'of the..ONGC is in Indu;trial Policy was by the Government of "

121. Which of the following

1948 1964'-<~~ 1971

France

"

Vario.us Organizations,' \ Conneded Industries ' ,\

lorge-ScoleIndustries

lOBI ICiCI SIDBI IRBI

•

(b)

(c) (d)

Industries

119. The first Industrial

115. The Unit Trust of India was estab(a) ': (b), (c) (d)

Russia

"

(a) (c)

113. Before the establishment of EXIM Bank of India; ,the export finance activities w~re mainly taken by (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

(a) (b) '(c) (d)

(a) . Uttar Pradesh, (b) Tamil Nadu .

Background

'1948 1955 1963 1981

123. Rourkela Steel. Plant was set'up with the assistancelrorn • _L' , ,"

'.~

114. How many state financial corpora. tionsare working in India?

Bank Note Press, Dewas Security Printing Press, Hyderabad None of these

(d)

(b) (c) (d)

in

India Security Press, Nasik Roa"d '

(b) (c)

institu-

112. Which of the following institutions is the ieading institution for providing foreign currency loans?

Minting of coins for d0l"11estic requirem~nt Minting of coins for international requirement Gold and silver assaying Medal production

(c) (d)

lending

It refinances' loans given by various: institutions worRing in India.,

envisioned

106. The main functions of government mints do NOT include

(a)

, operating

body

Mints ond Presses

(b)

Stock Exchonges 99.

SEBI was

A non:~tatutory

statements

(d)

111. ICiCI was set up in

(b) , A statutory body

Gllar~n.teed schemes of .original UTI

110. The first long-term tion in India was

(b)

1992 1998 2010 . None of these

(c)

II and III

(a)

104. The SEBI was granted statutorypowc ers in

(c) (d)

I. Short-term finance II: Medium-term finance III. Long-term finance; (a) Only I (b) Only III . (c) I and II '.(d)

New Delhi Mumbai Kolkata Chennai

(a)

Which of the following hold true for the UTI?

1992 2004

103. Head Office of SEBI is located in

(a) 98.

(b) (d)

105. At time of inception,

The UTI Asset :Manage:nentCompanyPrivate ltd takes care of (a):,

Securities and Exchange Board-of India

(a) (b) (c) (d)

UnitTrust of India 97.

Delhi Stock Exchange 'Bangalore Stock Exchange

!I I

IndianEconomy C.295

Punjab West Bengal Maharashtra Tamil Nadu

125. The Bureau of Indian' Standards was. established in (a) (c)

.'

1947 1963

126. ,Darjeeling (a)

Tea,"

(c)

Rice.

(b) (d)

,1951, 1982

.~, I

I,:.~ .

is famous for .

(b) (d)'

';.~_J<

~

'~offee

(a) (b) (c) (d)

the NOT

(a)

following locahave automobile

Jamshedpur Pune Chennai Kanpur

(d)

J

~'

"

,,'

T'

,-

~~

t

.

ONGC arid Burmah Oil" Company Gove'rnmentof India and Burma,h Oil Company ONGC'and'the Government Burma

of

137. India has main oil' fields in' three States. Which 'of the. following is NOT one of these three? (a) .' Gujarat (b) Assam, (c) Punjab' (d) Andhra Pradesh 138. Indian Oil Company was merged with Indian Refinery Limited to form

DDT Cycles Lac Fertilizers

t

Perambur Pune Kapurthala Agra

131. Which of the followi~g located in Tamil Nadu? (a) (b) (c)

(bl'

(d)

130. Rail coach factory isNOT located in (a) (b) (c) (d)

.

. C;overnment of India and. , Governmen't of Burma' ,

(c)

129. Ludhiana is famous for (a), (b) (c) (d)

~d).Bengaluru

.: \ .;:t',.

Sugar,

Bengaluru Pune Mumbai Kolkata

128. Which of tions does factories?

f

136./lnitially Oil India Limitea was a joint venture between'

127. Aircraft industries in India are'located in (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) ....Dehradun .' • (b) . Mumbai d • . (c) Ranchi' 7'--

'.

, ..

t:,

; .

(a)

Hindu~an

Petroleum'

.

(b) (c) (d)

Corp.oration Indian Oil Corporation' Bharat Petroleum Corporation None of these

139. At the time of Independence,which of the following states was producing oil? is

NOT

Nahan Foundry Neyveli Lignite Corporation Hindustan Photo Films manufacturing. Company Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd.

132; Which of the following places famous for Patola Silk Saarees?

~,

.,

(a)

There was no State producing, , oil ",' ."

(b)

Assill;',

(c) (d)

WestBengal Maharashtra

"'.')

140. Maximum number of oil refineries in India are owned by is

(a)ONGC (c) BPcr

(b) (d)

IOC HPCL

I, 'I

' ••;",'

~'f.....

«ii\.,

,<,t~!~~l$~!~

f~,~ •. ~. ' •.. ~

•

• ')

;,

C;296

ChaptElr 6

.\ ...• ,"-~"'.:Il,; to

,

!

Answers;

I

~/

.'~:

"'"

"

,.: •... '.;

",I ..

,'\'J;1~"Et, ";-

."

'

~~~'

.... , ~. .~. ,

i.~.

ropic.w~seA5sess~ent';': '.

.• \0 ,

>~.•~~~\ "'~":.',,\

~":

.•,I~'""

'-
0/'.

,.,

~;--

(',1'1"

~

•

~",-~:..".-

.

.~'.-

.

,••. :"'. -,<

",1 '\' •.•. ~.. ~. ~

.~

..

-...

,

.,.;'

,

1. (a) '. 2. (e)" 3. ,(b) 4. (t) 5. (a) -6. (d) 7. (b) 8~ (d) 9.Jd) 10. (d)' 11. (d) '12 ..(b). 13. (e) 14.ja) :15.. (d) .. 16. (a) . 17~(a) .'18..' (d) . 19:-(d) 20. (c) 21: (a)\..i~ .. (a) " (b) 24: (e) . " 25 .. (~) ..; 26. (b) 27. (a) . 2~. (1:» 29. (e) 30. (b) 31.'(a)' 32: (b)':: '33. cdi 34. (d) 35. (d) . 3~. (d) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. Cd) 40. (b) 45. (d) . ;'46. (a) . ; 47. (d) .48. (a) '49. (b) 41. (d)'4~2. (a) :.,'43: (b) 44. (e) 50. (c) 51. (d) 52: (d) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (e) 56, (d)' . 57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (e) 60. (b) 61. (a) 62. (b) '63. (b) 64 .. (d) 65 ....(d) .66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (e) 69. (b) 70. (b) 71. (e) 72. (e) 73. (b) 74. (a) 75. (e) 76. (d) .. 77. (e) 78. (d) 79. (e) 80. (c) 81: (a) 82.'(t:)' 83. (d) 84. Je) 85.,(e). 86.. (d) ..87. (d) 88. (b) 89. (d) 90. (b)_ 97. (b) 91.~(b).,9.~., (b).;f",~3. (~) 94. (b) . . 95.
•

_':

~"

.

l

.'

:,..-

.

~3:

';l'

• 1

'.

;

, ~.,

. •

..

'.

.'- .

""f

•

~'\

'

.

n ~ilL','........•.. "<:,

I,hled Topics

•

"

.••..':'.",'T,',

stol Services

• Shipping • Air Transport • Road-Networks in India

" )

. ..

.'.

'

""

.:.\; - -.' ~tl~

~4ij.Y' u,r ,

...

, I ,~,,,

,~

~.

. ,,'

..

';,

'. -,t .

."

.

1

,1. 'r-
,

..

'

t,.

The three, important. sectors in In'dian cotrimunicationssystem are:

:,

!;.

'.

I

'.

• Media. IndianTra~sport Sy~t~~,' ..' The four i!Uportant sectors)~Indian are:

'" .,'

• Postal Services • Telecommunications

'

...

"".""

.•'.0'0

.•b

.~'~I

"

"';""l" ., ,';(- .'1 :' t-

••• ~

I

••••

'.

•

•.

I ~ \

_.~n

'!;:~;'

~af~l

, transp~rt system '

i

.0>

•

"J;L ,f

I

, L',

...• iT

r,j.,~

l..;k.~

'1""

•

W-'l-l' I}";

:-... )

'~"

,.,-Y

''"'

~.

....•:;1.

.

~

!

.

-

..

" "

"

... (~

l

.J'

~'l-

f

Indian Railway Shipping Air Transport Road Networks in' India ''),. 'F

POSTAL

(

,

(

i

SERVicES I'

! :'~

• t',

•

~ ..•. ,}. '\...

i .... j ,

. , " I

'.

.,

...•..

' )',4.

- ,

/ ~ 1,1-

t

t

"\1 '.: ,

.•.•.

;"\

' ...•.

,,".I

•~.,' ,

j

'(/~''-J

l

•

1

.oJ~?"(

',Il"'_'~"

I

,

posfill,Circles"

".. £rO"

r~.'t

~,/"

-:.'

~.~.t:...

:~,~!tl.:\

'1,'"

'

)". '.~

,,~,JI

The p'ostaIiletworkin,Indiais'divided into 23 circ;1es foraciirUnistrative <;onyenience. Telangana'P6staf c;ii'.<:l~j~,th~'~~3rqpo_~~~ cp'~le:..It l)._a~~:42 P9st~l.!egi,ons'-now Wi,th)P<:}1~l:U0t:l,of: n~~ly 1instj~ted .:..~h.Clgalpur (Bihar , Postal' dfde)and.]Varanasi -(Uttar' Pradesh 'Postal cir~ ~le): ~~p~at~w!ng'~@ed Po~t~ Service) is ~adesignated .cirde;o.(knowntas,:base circle) comes. 4ll~~i ¥¥stry, Ofl)~f!!l}f~.t9,take'case of postal need~ of the Armed Forces. 'Each of the 23 circles are further <:livicie~'iljto"a.group,~f fi~ld.,units known as 'Divi~ siom/: ,Post offices India are categorized as Heaq

A

.

-AI

_

..,..•.~J:••. "'l.~".!..:

~ Indian postal network is ~e largest postal ne~6~k 1\ the worHwith appibx.'l,54,965 (as on'Marcn)12017) POSt offices:on an' average, apbst o~ce skf;'es' an aie~Of. 21.56 sq,km and a poptilation of 7,753approximately. As ,CI\March2017, there are 1,39,067(89,74%)post offices in i~ area, and, 15;898(19~~~%)post offic~s~liir~Mt area., -J.

"

The postal ne~o'rk whiep J::l,as been ~own in seven-f?ld structUre sinceindependeJice has also evolved'its opera.,tiOns and'stayed kline with'changing needs of custom:" ers. It conSiSts:of three categories of post offices-head po.st offices, sub-pos,t C?ffices,extra-departmental bJ;anch post offices. All of these three categories af.post offices retain slmii~p~stal se~ices,while delivery- fun~ti()~~. . re~tri~ted t~sp~ed' bffi~es;::;;." " . .', ,'. . . fuad~:lition to post offices~basic postal faCilities, are' als(toffered thr,ough FranchiseOutletsarid.pan~ ~;..~~-t.'.,..'", ~ chayat Sanchar Seva Kendras. " " . 't.

• • • •

.•

'j

INDIAN(OMMUNICATIONSYSTEM t

)'.;

"

'

N?s,(~y

I"

~

:,;,•.•

••

-

.,,1-

~

"

':;>

••••

m:

-i1

j:

~1;1.~[rj':

••••••••

I 'I,~

II

~

I

'\

C.29~

Chapter 7

Communication and Transport Systems

..

_<:;li\~'i)m';.;if:I:;f~r;"\i,il~Ji~~ii£i:i.iii'.~~~:'.it.~r;~i1= r,x;:+tF

>'):>'<'.:, ..", .:':,>;y;if)i'!'j%bSY;'Y:~
i:' ,:,'"

.

.-

.

~ost6ISyste~e;tablish~~ _

First postal service started (regulated)

:

852 in ~~hi

Fir; a'I~~dla t:?-=:~,~s_ta_me ,_iss_ue_d~~.•~~1_8_5._4_'

Post-Office SelVingsBanks started lAirmGi~service

.-

-

.

"-"

(provinci_a_I)

~

(iirst Reformation of entire Postal System. 1st Oct 1854 (the PostOffice Actd

[Mone.LOrd~,L Services started

,

---and the

1837 (through an Act of 1837, three precedency offices were united into one All India Service) .

.. __

,Establishment of. Postal Department -M~il Order Services ~tart~d---"'-'

'

1('66 (by lord Clive); it was further developed by lord Warren Hastings in 1774 networ~_,:,:a~_::
in InsJia

First postal stam'p iSS~

'.

.

'_

_

1854)

' .,

'~~-----

. ,----

1854 -, -187-7--(-W'-it-h--th-e-v-a--lu-e~pa-y-a-b-le-sy-s-te-m-l---1880 (with Fund Remittance at the door-ste.p syste_m_l

_

1882 1911 (mail flown from Allah'abadto

NainiL

_

Statute governing the Postal Services in The Indian PostOffice Act, 1898 India (presently) ,

Post Office, Sub-Post Office and Branch Post Office. Branch post offices are mostly located in rural areas and manned by 'Gramin Dak Sevaks'. India Post (The Last Mile Reach) Urban POs

Rural POs Grameen Dak Sewaks

Departmental Post Offices Extra ' Departmental Post Offices

Departmental Employees

The following new channels were introduced by the department: (a) Rajdharii Channel: It is meant for transmission of mail from national capital to six stat~ capitals. 'Yellow-coloured letter boxes' 'have been .installed for this purpose. , (b)' Metro' Chanriel: For transttlission of metro pin-coded letter between 'Bengaluru, Hyderabad; Koikata~ Chenrtai, Delhi and Mun\~ bai.' Blue 'c'oloUred' letter boxes have' been installed for this purPose. (c) Green.'Chaimel: Gre~n-colo'ured letter b6xes 'are mst~lled at selected post 'offices fo~ posting local mail. The main objective IS to segnigate thtHocal mail for speedy processing and expeditious delivery. ' ,

post offi~e~~ih~,,:e. ~eJe.t,yr{~J:~}put~~~~~;d,\ a,l):d-,,)lCwe internet,connect.Ivlty.' WIth advt:nt of WAN and ilI1plem~ptation of core,h~n~ing solution, a new set of electronic connectivity and instant service through computerized environment would take place during 2014-2015 in all department post offices..

(e) PeriodiCal (Patrika) Cha11-nel:Separate channel for speedy transttlisslon of newspapers and periodicals. (f) Bulk Mail Channel: Business mail posted in bulk is brought to sep~rCJ.te~offices in presorted condition directly from the companies only to be bagged cindforwa.,rded to ensure speedy transttlission. . ...

Cash on Delivery facility as value addition to the parcel services from 2013 and m~de it available' to the contractual customers of express parcei,'bti~ihE:!ss parcel and speed post. .,'. ' ,; _

WorM Net Express .. World NetExpress -isaA~teh1a~~nkl express se~ke jointly offered 'by Depar~ent"'6f Posts and Deutsche Post DHL cofulectihg~'majof'cities of India to more than 220 countries and territories - globally..

e-Payment.~~e-Payment is a facility offered by Departmentof Posts for accepting payment of bills, fees, taxes,etc., in post offices.

Modernization Qf Mail Tral)smissionand Processing Satellite Network

A private network 6{227 VSAT(very small aperture terttlinals) 'and 1350'e~tended stations, a total of 1977 post offices would be ~inked throu~h VSAT to handle money order and other finanaal transactions.

letoil Post Post office is being developed as a one,topshop~to provide a ratlge of utpity services to thecustomers' and thus providing convenience and lffordabilityat. the doorsteps of the common man. WithRetail Post, Retail post benefits the common :nanby providing a range of products and services, .iz.,Passenger Reservation System for booking of railtickets, hotel booking, sale of forms of various ~tment agencies,.e~c:, 1 ' .

~rrelServices Booming e-Commerce in India provides :JUnense opportunities to'parcel'segment business ~hereBusiness to Customer i (B2C)parcels as well as ~ustomerto Customer (C2C) parcels have increased. the parcel services were revamped ill ~013 arid ::cordinglyExpress Parcel and Business Parcelser:cesWereintroduced in 2013.

'l.

Automatic Mail Processing Centres Induction of letter-so~g machines at Chennai, Mumbai, Kolkata and Delhito . cull, face ~d c.ancelmail automatically.

~

Post Of!ic~ Computeri!ation India post has been ind~~ ing technology in a planned' manner since nUl I five year plan. More than, 25,000, departrnent3

~~ Parcel Business parcel aims fo'provide an eco.:J!ltical distribution solution' to;corporate 'customers '~ProVidingsmface transmission of the 'parcels.

,-

-,;

.

,

.

Parcel 'Ex~re'ss ~a~c;l is a premium parcel serceavailable for retail as well as bulk customers:

..

,.

Cash on Delivery . Department of Posts has ir;t~oduced

,

'" Philately . P~lately is t,he h~bby o~ coll~9tingstamps

e.Pas' Office ePost Office is an eCommerce portal of

(d) Business Channel: The basic aim of this channel is to segregate first-class unregistered mail posted by various corporate bodiesin bulk and its exchJ.siveprocessing so as to d~~ongest the netWork t6 avoid delay of household mail. '

....

flat'RareJ'arcel):n o~der,:to p~ovide.convecience to its customers and with a view to standardizing its par~ cel size and shape, Flat RateParcel service was intro:' duced in 2011.... . " _.' _

ePost Introduced to cater to the customers who do nothave access to PC or Internet. Allows people to send messages or scanned images electronically acrossIndia to designated post offices and these messagesand delivered as hard copies by postman at the addressesdoor step. .

Department of Posts which provides select postal servicesto the common man through the internet. Thisportal is aimed at providing convenience to thepublic for availing select postal services from theirhome/ office using t~eir own computer and internet.They need not walk into the P9S! office toavail tlJ-ese~~rvic~s.Customers can buy Philatelicprod!1cts )and pay:. PLI/RPLI premia online usingCredit/Debit card through.this portal. The customer.needs to register on the website fo~ the firsttime.

C.299

as well as the study of postal historyand>:other related items. ,It'is a mode of commemoratrng: cel~ ebrating and promoting national' heritage, culture, events and lives/achievements of eminent personalities cmd opportunity to know about diffeFent cultures'. and people throtlghout the world.

Bill Post Web-based applicati~n to' m~ke the bill d~'t~ of various government and private s'ervices at PO couriters available .on Internet. The customer can pay for servi~es lik~ el~ctricity, water, mobile phone, telephone, ~unicip,!-lity taxes, ~tc. Certifying Authority To provide a secure environment to its customers for electronic transaction; the department intends to become.a trusted 'third. party and, issue digita! signatures.

Rural Business (RB) Division •

\-

••

1

Over the years, financial inclusion has "emerged a~ the main focl,ls of, the, activities of1the Depart-:. m~nt of Posts. In this regaf(~" -the 'RB Division has been entrusted. with . th~ •. i~plementation qf various Govertlment spons~red"j s()cial- secu~ rity schemes like the Mahatma,Gandhi National Rural Employment -Gua~antee"S~heme (MGNREGS), lndiraG{mdhi.Nation~1 qld Age Pension Scheme (IGNOAPS) 1ft other pe~sion schemes for social welfare. One _of~he Irtostimportant contributions of the ~B D!vis.io.~is .t~~ring people living in the'rural areas into the' ainbitof formal financial services, thr~ughopenIilg of Post Office Savings Bank accou~ts a'nd disbursement of social security 'scheme payments. .

........•••

II

I;

:1

',I

"~, I

"Ii

'1

1 I

C.300

Chapter 7

Communication and Transport Systems

Payment of VariousSocial Security Pension Schemes The 'Depart-

GPS.~quipp~d Ma~1Vans,. The ~ntire fleet of,~~il ~arrYing

ment also undertakes payment of pensions under' the National Social Assistance Programme '(NSAP) 'of the Miilistry of Rural Development (MoRD):'These schemes are of immense social impor~at:lc~.as. they provide the muCh needed financial support to disadvantaged sections. These include: (a) Indira Gandhi National Otd Age Pension Scheme (IGNOAPS);{b) Indira Gandhi Nationil1 Widow Pension Scheme (lGNWPS); (c) Indira Garidhi National Disability Pension Scheme "(lGNDPS); -(d) .Indira Gandhi MatritvaSahyog Yojana (lGMSY)., These payments for pension ,schemes are being effech;;d.~ither through Money Orders or Pqst :Office Saving~~iIDk (POS~) acco~ts. .'

vehicles IS bemg fItted WIth Global POSItiOrungSys. tern (GPS) device in order to facilitate m
,necups by Rural Business Division RB Division has tied ("'with other Ministries etc to leverage postal network :for various social, economicaildmeteorological pur'pos€$:;{l) .. Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food & Pub.lic Distribution: Sale of Pulses through Post Offices. .(2). Ministry of Earth Sciences: Collection of data on details' of Farmers/Fishermen households in the ;;co~try for dissemination. of ~eather &. Climate inforE'maHon,Ocean anq. Seismological information among ';the villagers; (3), Ministry of Labour and Employment (MoLE): Enabling of post offices as employment reg.istration~ centr~s; (4). 'Mini~try of Power: Conduct of survey of uneledrified. households in the country. ",(5)~Ministry of Agriculture: Soil testing and issue of Soil Health Cards; and, (6). Energy Efficiency Services Ltd (EESL): Sale of LED bulbs in tie up with EESL.

Initiatives in Service Quality Improvement Project Arrow 'Project Arrow' is an initiative to transform Departmerit.of Posts into a vibrant and responsive orgaruzatioll and to make a visible and positive difference to quality and. efficiency of service to the customers and it, was conceived in April 2008.

Mail Network Optimization Project (MNOP) Th~ aim of the Mail Network Optimization Project has ..been to streamline mail operations and improve the quality of mail services acros('l the country. Online. Track and'Tri'l,ce system for.Sp~ed Post was introduced for customers in order to .provide cOqlpl~teend-to-end tracking iIVorma~o.n for all Spee<;lPost items on. the website (www.inqiapos.t.gov.in).

Automated Mail Proce~singCentres With a view. to automat-. •

,-.

.~.'

l'

--

j

,;' '-

_,_..

ing mail sorting process and expedite delivery of mail, the Department has been set up Automated Mail Processing Centres (AMPCs) atDelhi and Kolkata.

v

.

X;,

.

..p,

r-",

1"

'Did You Know?'

'II••

'.,

PIN Code.

GIS Mapping. Geograp1}ical Informatio~ System (GIS) mapping of post offices is being undertaken in selected cities wherein postal establis~ents such as post offices, letter boxes, PIN code, etc.,' will be displayed on a GIS map displayed 'at Department of Posts' website. Implementation of 'SEVOTTAM' Department of Posts has

The first three,digits together represent a sorting'district. Thelastt~ree digits stand for delivery .post offices'in the. areas served by the sorting district.

Mission e.Governance The IT Modernization Project of Department of 'Posts is a' Mission. Mode e-Gover. nance Project which aiIns at transforming the Depart. ment of Posts' operational processes and systems and enhancing service efficiency, as.well as Department's capabilities forintrodticing new services and facili. ties for the customers. It will also improve monitoring andplanlliIlgcapabilities based on authentic data for improving service quality and interaction. This project ,will bring in core banki:q.g solution (CBS)and ATMs, lTc-based.mcrnagemen,t at post offices, development of scalable, ~tegrateq. and modular-software covering aU oper.ations;a:p.d projects/services of Departmen~ of"Posts, ,and est~!?li~hment of IT infrastructure including data centre/disaster recovery centr~, ~d' w'ide' area' 'n~tworking (WAN) for all departmental establishments. .

~e

QMS was'introdtleed in 1975'~ndt~day there are 45 national and 410 regional QMS certtl-es in the country. Ail unregistered articles bearing the PIN code of destinatron and p6sted'in speCial QMS letter boxes are covered by the scheme. " I',

Sp'eed .Post Services

"

The speed post serVices for national and intertW tion~l desooations'were in'augurated ~ 1986.-: servIce .was launched for seven natiOnal (Debid MumbaI, Chennaij. Kolkata, Bengaluru, Ahmed~ and Hyderabad) and. five international (VI<,

Ii) Speed Post: Introduced on August 1, 1986 (ii) Express Post: Introduced on March 7, 1999

1997

• Firstdigit indicates region (zone)

(iii) Business Post : I~troduced on January 1,

• Secon~ digit indicates sub-regi(')Il'(sub-zone)

(iv) Media Post: Introduced in August 1996-

• Third digit indicates sorting district

(v) Satellite Post: Introduced in August 1998

-

Germany,Japan and Hong Kong) destinations, which isnoWextended to 74 national cities and 74 countries.. The Indian post offices 9perate the largest saving bankaccounts in the country (over 94 million depositors).It is the ,biggest, service department.after the railways.Ih.e post office savings bank runs, savings accounts,rec,urring deposit accounts, time d~posit accounts,national savings scheme, monthly income scheme,public provident fund, Indira Vikas Patra, KisanVikas Patra and the !).ational savings certificates8th issue on behalf of the Millistry of Finance .

li/ue additions under Speed Post To meet the needs of the customerthe following value added services are pro~ videdunder Speed Post: (i)' Credit facility under Book Now Pay Later (BNPL) scheme; (ii) Free pick-upjacilit'y; 6ii) Volume based di~count facility; (iv Cash' on Deliv-, try/acility (COD): Ca~h on Delivery fac:ility has been providedwith Speed Post to cater to the growing f-Comrnerce market. .. .

r

'..

t... __ .•

.~

;

list Office Savings Bank With m~re than ~5,4,91Q.pO,st. ificesperformmg savings operations, the,- post office ...t .••.~ '.. '. " ,!vmgsbank remains the large~t ~avings, bax:li~~t l,9lffc;e mgs Bank operates Savings Accounts, Recurring ~sit (RD),r.Time. Deposit. (TD)i Monthly,'Income me (MIS); Public Provident Fund (PPF), National ~gs Certificate (NSC);'KisanVikas Patra (KVP), "OrCitizens Savings Scheme (SCSS) and Sukanya 'delhi Yojna Account. The Post Office "Savings •

I

(vi) Retail Post: Introduced in September 2000 (vii) Greeting Post: Introduced in'September 2000 (viii) Data Post: Introduced i~ August 1999 . (ix) Postshoppe : Introduced in August 1994

Agency Functions

Quick Mail Service (QMS)

Quick.Facts

Premium Services

Tofocilit~te sorlingand speedy distribution of mail, PIN' code (po~ial index number code) system was introduced in 197Z The PIN code consists of six digits. ••

obtained the IS 15700: 2005 Certification for the New Delhi GPO for having successfully impl~mented the Sevottam. In fact, New Delhi GPO was first officein the Central Government to get IS 15700:2005 Certi. fication. This milestone was achieved on 5th April, 2008. ,.

C.301

~

-

'::

,'.

.-

'j.

,

~

J,

No. of Postal Zones: 9

Zones

Area Covered.

Zone 1

Delhi, Horyana, Punjab, Chandigarh, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu and Kashmir

Zone 2

Uttdr Pradesh and Ultarakhand

. Zone 3

Rcijasthan, GUjarat,' Daman and Dadra and Nagar Haveli

Diu and

Zone 4

Mahcirashtra, Chhaltisgarh

Zone 5

Telangona, Andhra Pradesh and Kamataka

Goa,

Madhya'

Pradesh' and

Zone 6

. TamilNadu, Kerala, Puducherryand lakshadweep

Zone 7

Odisha; West Bengal; Arunachal Pradesh, No-. galand, Manipur, Mizoram, Tripura,Meghalaya, Andaman and Nicobar Islands,A.ssamand Sikkim

Zone 8

Bihar and Jharkhand

Zone 9

Army Post office (APO) and Field Post office

(FPOl _~,_'wo

L,

B~ operp.tes 'S_aying~Account,Re~ur;inglDeposit (RD), Time peposit (TD),..monthly lncome Scheme (MIS), Public. Provident Fund (PPF), .and National Savings Ce~tificate.(NSC)~' .; " .1. . ~f¥' . ~t t -l .f' ,T

1-,"

1', ,.'

'l~r

''"":

~'

.~

,•.~,..,-

.:~.: -~~.~"

\,'

-,..

•

t.1t.~

••.

a

PostalLife Insurance' 1.Postal life insurance' (PLI) is' insur.:.' .thce cover' extended to employees 'of 'government ahd senU.lgovernment'ernployees:>'Rural postal life rnsurance'(RPLI) 'is low'premium msmance cover to the rural masses and weaker sectioris Ofthe society.' 'Yugal Smakshci' andii10-year Rural PLI' are famous' schemes introduced by postal life insurance. • ,\

a

Noti.imqlPelisioo Sc~~mEl'(NPS)."

['

Since it is introduced in 2009, the Department of Posts is a point of presence fortheNPS for common citizens.

II

"I

~

I'

l

I

:,

'I

I

J

I I J

C.302

Unlierthisscheme, any .subscriber. who iritends to open a pension account is provided the facility at all Head Post Offices in the country. The pension contributions are invested in various schemes of different Pension Fund Managers appointed by Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) as per the preference of the subscriber. The facility to open a pension account under this.Scheme is .available at all Head Post Offices.in the country.

Jon Suroksho Schemes

~

Communication and Transport Systems

Chapter 7

Jan Suraksha Schemes viz. Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojna (PMSBY) and Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojna (PMJJBY) were launched w.e.f. September 7, 2015 in all CBS Post Offces. The schemes are available to all Post Office Savings Account holders. Atal Pension Yojna (APY) was launched in 808 CBS Head Post Offices from December 1, 2015 which has been further extended to 17764 CBS sub post offices.

Sukanya Samriddhi Account Sukanya Samriddhi Account, a new Small Savings Scheme for the welfare of girl child, was launched on January 22, 2015. Under the seheme, a legal/natural guardian can open only one account in the name of one girl child and maximum'two accounts in the name of two different girl children up to 10 years from date of birth of the girl child.

Retailing of Mutual Funds Mutual Fund products of UTI are being retailed through over 2000 post offices. This has made the post office an important cog in extending the reach of the capital market within India and providing the easy access to market based investment optioris to all.

International Money Transfer. Service The D~partment of Posts has collaborated with the Western Union Financial Services and Money Gram International. This tie-up has provided the post offices in India a state~of-*e-:art International Money transfer Service which enable,S instantaneous remittance of money from around 195 co~tries to India through p()st offices in I;ndia thrqugh 9943 locations (as on March 31, 2014).

Pli and RPtI Postal Life Insurance (PLI), introduced in 1884, is the. oldest life insurance scheme 'for benefit of the

Government and semi-Government emploY2es. Initially meant only for the Post 9ffi~e employe~~! tOday it caters to employees of the Civil and Military personnel of the Central and State Goverruri.e~,t~, Local Bodies, Government aided educational institutions Universities, Nationalized Banks, Autonomous insti~ tutions,. Public Sector Undertakings of the ~Central and State Government, employees of organizations such as Scheduled Commercial Banks, Credit Co-op_ erative Societies, Deemed Universities and Educational institutes accredited by recognized bodies such as National Assessment and Accreditation Council (NAAC), All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE ), Medical Council of India (MCI), etc., joint ventures having a minimum of 10% stake of Central/State Governments/PSUs and employees engaged/ appointed on contract basis by Govern. ments where the contract is extendable. PLI offers the following types of Policies: (i) Whole Life Assurance (Suraksha) (ii) Convertible Whole Life Assurance (Suvidha) (iii) Endowment Assurance (Santosh) (iv) Anticipated Endowment Assurance and 20 years (Sumangal) (v) Joint Life Endowment Assurance Suraksha) (vi) Children Policy (Bal Jiwan Bima)

.~ .'

.": •....

-~

.

J.!

...•

Telecet"l!'u.~~catlc:»ns. -;t

tele'9raph line ...

. ~,-.r"

'1'

l."

( I.~\

' I

-c-,---".

•.••. ,,_.

.•..

-.-.

Firstinten,citional telephone line •• i'~' ..; .

(Gram

(iii) Endowment Assurance (GramSantosh) (iv) Anticipated Endowment Assurance for 15 and 20 years (Gram Sumang~l) (v) 10 ye~rs RPLI (Gram Priya) (vi) Children PoFCY(BalJiwan Bima) <)

Till' 2008, the. Post Office Life Insurance Fun~: (POLIF) and Rural Post Office Life Insurance Fun t (RPOLIF) were tr~msferred to Government accoun and Ministry of FinaI\ce was giving 8 per cent in~:; est on these funds. In 2009, the Government gran

,

..

." ,

..,..

.

..__

~

-.-C-"".,-'.;C'-'"

-••• -....

~_.:... About 37,3

'_ .._ ...-0.....

•.

_

"

••

'

•

. '.

-.-

- _

j

/.

•.

,,__~.~.~._._. __

-

1881 in.Kolkata (50 lines only) shi~~~1913 (capacily of 700 ~'-n-es-on-Iy-)----'--'~---'-~-' ; _

.~

"

..__

. '"

~.~ ..,._-,

."

1870; between London and __~_ Mumbai . ..•........ __

--,,",--a

No. of telephone ex<:.h9~g~ _ .. _~:..._

••

.J

.._ ..

'.' .-'-~- _.

_._."""7

J

'--1

.., .-.-

.• -'--

.. I

., v

!3 (aJI~Iec!ronic fYpeL.

~

.. __ . __

•

'_'

•• ,

... __ .

..

J

Nowfi,ost of the cities (216) and towns (3029), in addition to two-third 'of the villages in the' country are cove:redwith't;;lephd~~ facilily~ r~n~s~econd largeslin world in leiin~

;dia~~:-v

of fheri~mb'ers~fthe

wireless phones ~onnecfions. ,;.

~. •.

,

appro~kl for investing these funds market-linked securiheg. and setting, up of an Investment Board. The lAyes~ent Board h~s been set. up with two fund m.anagers, viz., SBI Fund Management Private Limited and UTI Asset Management Company Ltd and investments as per IRDAnorms have started fromNovember, 2009. ~<

;01

(Yugal

._--....-

1991 in Kolkata' -,,_ ..

Firsttelephone exchange Firsta-u-to-m-a-ti~-e-x;;-hang;'~---'

-.mr- -'.,

I

1851 ;'between Koikata and DiarTJond'Harbour

_.___

Firsttelephone service ~.--:-:-

I

'"

. .,

(ore Banking Solution (CBS) Project

(i) Whole Life Assurance (Gram Suraksha) Whole Life Assurance

",~c'-j~.,y

for 15

Rural Postal Life Insurance (RPLI)' scheme was introduced in 1995 for the benefit of rural populace to extend insurance covet to the people living in rural areas with special emphasis on weaker sections and women workers. RPLI offers the following types of Policies: (ii)Convertible Suvidha)

~.

C.30;i

The Core Banking SolutiOn (CBS) Project is bringing in facilities of ATM Banking, Internet Banking, MobileBanking and Phone Banking to the Post Offi cesSavings Bank ..(POSB). Customers can avail this facilities,24 x 7.along with the facilities of National Electroruc Fund Transfer (NEFT) and Real Time Gross~ettlement (RTGS). Ft

Indion Post Payments, Bank (IPPB) TheDepartment of Post has received the 'in-principle'approval from the RBI in September, 2015 for settingup 6f Payments Bank. this 'Bank will fo'eus on financialinclusion by harnessing low-~ost technology based solUtions to' extend access to formal banking especially in rural areas and among unbanked and underbanked segment of the society. Departments of postplans to set up 650 branches of the bank across Indiaby September, 2017. On JJne 1, 2016'the cabinet approved setting up of IPPB'aihi public lihi.ited com~ panywi~hJOO% government equity. The total corpus oflP~BisH800 crore wWch,\yillbe H400 crore equity andH~OOcro.r:egrant. The ~ore. banking network of POSt offi~es is more than that of India~s largest lender StateBcu¥<0f India (SBI). SBLhas 1066 core banking

a

branch~s whereas 22,1;37post off~ ce~,m'In~i~.h~~~ core banking facility. . '.,.. I, ,: • '>1. . I :~

.

..

TELECOMMUNICATIONS _~ r

".~..,

Indian Telecom Sector

'.. .'. ,,;;. ...; ..~ Indian telecommunication sector has emerged, as .a strong growth engine for the Indian economy in the last decade with the. country wit;nessing tremendous growth in wireless sector. Sam Pitroda was the technical person who brought revolution in India's telecommu~ nication system after 1984. The penetration of internet and broadband has also improved. It is one of the key enabler or 'inclusive and sustainable~ growth and in areas of poverty reduction, employment. generation, gender equity, balanced regional development and special protection. for vulrlerable ,sections of the society. The future progress of telecomm~cation in ~ur coun-:try is very encouraging as operators have started rolling out the wireless hroadband netWorks in the country and soon the servic~s areexp'ected t9 be a.va¥i'M-;jn the e~tire country. Tl1epresen~.s,~atus,oft~lecC?~se~t?~,(~~ ort ~ovew1?er 30, 20}7) can b,eNghligh!e~ .~~b,E;~ow: • Indian telecom'network isthe'S~con:d l~rgest ill the worHafter China; ill terms of fueriumber of telephone c'CmriectiohS.'" , '/ , "I '. . .' • .~e coUntry h~s~18,6;~2 ~lli~n, t~l~pho~~ c~nnections,inclu.ding 1162:81' million' wireless telephone connections. " . • Overal.l teledensi,ry in the country is 91.64%. • Urban' teledE;nsity is 167..5~/owhereas rural teledensity is 56..58%. '

i ' '

:I

~

"'.IIH.1If'l I

III'

C.304

"':. The~spa,re q~ vv.irE~l~ss teleph~~me~}n,total;te~e-. "phones is 98:03%~',';' ", ~... , .•..;. "

~

• The share of private sector in total telephones is 89.26%. • Number of Broadband connections is 340.16 million at the end of October 2017.

I ,!

I

CommunicationandTransportSy~te'ns ~.305

Chapter7

As on

Is. No.

Description • ~~a~_, . Wired-line Wireless

1, Phones (in million)

Rur~I--,"~

l

,_~~rban

J

Nov.2017 '

1186.22 23.41 1162.81

"""l

~"500:94

l

685.29

12 .J • . Overall 91 __ 64% .,..--l I '''Ii e 1_e-uenslty (Telephones ,--, ._. ~" ..__ •. ,_,~' I per 100persons)* Rural 56.58% I ,~ban 167.50%

!

13, Percentag.e.shar~.~f

L:..-

~__

,

,_~__,__~,_

t'---------.-- ...-.-- ---~ ~4. Percentage Growth I t

of Total Telephones over, previous year

P~blic;~~---'-iO.74% Private 89.26%. .

Wireless

Ii

~

98.03%

~,---- .,'--- ---5.50%- ~

* Teledensity:Amongstthe,ServiceAreas, HimdchalPradesh (153,96%) had the highestteledensityfollowed by TamilNadu i124,38%), Punjab(123,62%), Kerala(118,58%) and Gujarat (110,00%), On the other hand, the serviceareassuchas Bihar (60,13%), Assam(68.41 %),Madhya Pradesh(69,47%), UttarPradesh (6966%), West Bengal(72,90%) and Odisha (79,58%) have comparativelylow teledensity ...AmongstthE!metros,DelhiServiceArea tops in teledensitywith 259, 14%'teledensity,followed by kolkata (184,56%) arid Mumbai (169,97%),

.V~.lue.Ad~ed S~~vic~s(V~SJ

,;

~ '.,~,,' ,lI{!"

The commendable growth of, the mobile sector in India ~s yet to be followed in bwadband sect.or. While the last few years were witness to mobile revoluti.on, t~e :t;le~t!e"Yyears look even more exciting in the field of broadband and mobile value-added servlCe (MVAS).After'two decades of strong 'growth in voice services, data serviCes will be the next trigger for growth in the Indian'telecotn market- for both the wire line and wireless segment. Data 'usage is expected to grow at a fas~er pace with 4G and BWA deployments. Increasirig' use of smart mobile devices is also expected to eatalyse the data usage growth: . " ....

,}~::'

f'"

"','J

C,'

'_

.

'(~t.'

...

•...•

I

~,

"t

..

(!

•••

Unified Licence Regime (Envisaged in NTP-20 12, and 'Issued in Augusi 2013) , Unified Licence (UL) regime follows cafeteria approach (pay as you eat) supporting service providers with much lower net worth and capital requirement for remaining in or entering the market with one or more. of the services on offer as' compared with thereginte where all services are mandatory with higher eligibility and other requirements. This is a single Licence and enables provision of all telecommunication services that are currently delivered either at service area or at National level. Therefore, separate UL(National), UL (Service Area), Class Licence and Licensing through Authorization are not required. However, all Roll out obligations in Unified Licence shall be linked to spectrum allotment. UL without spectrum does not impose any roll out obligation.

~.

.". •

"".

~t

,

•

l .

.

,'+ ~

Nation~1 Optical Fibre Network (NOFN) ''':' Under Natiomil Optical Fibre 'Net*ork (NOPN) project, the DoT aimstoconneet more than two and h~l~ l.akh Gram Panchayats'-across india. With th,e optical fibre has predominantly'reached state capItals, districts and:blocks;' non':discdntinatory accesS

,

-

.,.

_

~-

_

•

fi

~

•

•

•

"

National Te/e~om Policy-20 ',2

-'-.

_r

~

;

','

"',"

~

••••

A

•••

•

••

~

m 'telecom sector,

establishmentof the regulator was considered necessary in context of liberalization and privafes'eCior participaiicih' and to provide a level playing field for all operators. , '

I

III I I

i

\

(N,T";20.' 2) ,

.

NTP-2012 was announced in the year 2012. The ma'i~ objeciives of the 'policy,inter-alia,

include:

••

- 175,mi.llion broadband connections by 2017 ~nd'600

~ ..••

."",~)'

- Inci~bse in rural tele-density to 70,'. per cenf by th'eyear 20 ,17, and 100 per cent by 2020; , .. I'fr _' .'

,,:,'

~'I

t.!....,~ .....

~".,~C.~" . "..;

million by the year 2020 at minimum 2.Mbps downloddspeed;

.

- Making available higher' speeds of at least 100 Mbps, on. demand,

"

.~ ',.

,;"",:_:1(;

."

- Unified Licence, Merger and Acquisition (M&A) guidelines, Transparenc'l and Clarity on spectrum pricing and auction are major initiClt.ivesto boostinvestment in the telecom Sector. " r,' • ~.

TELECOM .SECTOR . , Acts and'RiJles !' • , ,.

Auto~omous

- Indian Telegraph Act .1885 ••~ •. t"

-

-lndioWireless

Act,. 1933

- Information Te~hn6l0gy Act, 2000 . , . - Comh,unication Conve'rgence Bill, 200] I

'

Bodies in Te/ecomS~c,~r':~" ..'

C~DOT, and .

- TCOEs (Telecom Centres of Excellence) Training Institutes" .

- Telecom Regulatory Authorty of India (TRAI)Act, 1997

(i) NTIPRIT(National T~lecomm.unicatio'ns,Instituie for Poli'cy Research,'!nriovation and Training) and (ii) NICF (National Instituteof'Communication Finance),

.

TelecomPolides .

Statutory Bodies in Telecom Sedor .

- National Telecom Policy (NTP), 1994

- TDSAT rTelecom'Disput~s Settlem~nt a'n~Appellate Tribunal) - TRAI (Telecom Regulatory Authority of India).

- New Telecom Policy, 1999

India the country has been divided into 22 service ,areas consisting of 19 telecom service areas and three metro service areas for providing Access Services,ISP category A has geographical jurisdiction of the whole country while ISP category B has geographical juriSdiction of one of the 22 service area whereas ISPcategory-C has the geographical jurisdiction of secondary switching area (SSA). ;,;

.',

.

- Addendum to NTP, 1999

Access Services New Frontiers of Growth 46 and Broadband Wireless Access (BWA)services .

~

The mobile value-added service.s.,~l1c~ .~S,ITl;1;:>"anking, TeleconfCommission' ,"Jj' -, .' ." _ .• '.' .; ':( m:-education, m-govemance, m-health, m-agricu}. r'R"-,1. .- ..• ) TheTelecom set of India vide Resolution dated April 11, 1989,' with administrative and .•. .' ..or, ~- Commission ..., ' .." _'was .', _ :'. up _ by ' - the -. Government _. " . ture, etc., have assumed sign1ficancein recen,t times financial' powers oftne Governmeni of India to deal wiih various aspects ot teleq)m--.m~nicCltions .. ' ".' ,j, " ': _ "L..1.~.' ".' ~~r" due to the rapid growth in wireless subscriber base. The.gepartment of.T~/ecommunications(D~T) ~.. . '.. ' ./,'" Consequently, the mobile phones have transformed into a persuasive meaium to deliver information DoTis;responsible for policy formulation, performance review; monitoring, international cooperation and RD, The Department also services spanning various usage areas such as gover. allocatesfrequency and manages radio communrcqtions'in close coordination with: the International bodies, Ius also responSible for nance, commerce, agriculture, education 'and health. enforcii;g;,wir~lessregulatory mea~uresand monitoring the wireless transmissio~ of cillusers irithe country. '.,' ; " .,: ~ I Thus, ,m:powering is ,playing an instrumental role in TelecomRegulatory Ailthorityof India' (TRAI) bringing about empowerment to all strata of society TRAI v J~s establisheiin 1997 to regulate telecommunication services and for ~atters concern~dthere with or. incidental .thereto:Tbe by their delivery of services.

• India with 275 million smartphone subscribers, has the sec, ond largest smartphone subdCr'i1;e~ b<'Jsein\,-";O'rld," -'

- Nati6nal Numbering Plan, 2003 - Bro~c1band'Policy '2004 .. J

• As per estimates, the mobile industry in India currently contributes6,5% '(US$.140billion)t6Indian'$ GDp,'and employs over 4 (f.lillion people (dirE?ctlyor indirectly), ,

,

- Natio~n.a.l Telecqm Policy,. 20 12. , - PMA(Preferentiai Market Access) Policy, 2012

t~,.t ~J

tothe network will be provided to C).llthe telecom servicep~oviders like moNle,' Internet and cable TV in rural areas. The project is being executed by a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), namely, Bharat Broadband Networks ,Limited (BBNL); The NOFN projecti likely to be completed by DecelIlber, 2q16.

r

The

Nati6'nal Frequency Plan (NFAP)' f'I .\;, , -.' !

",

"...

,,". .

~0 ~; •

..

~

"

,..,~ ',t

.~

.'..- - ..•.. ~

~-- ¥! ~ .. ~

Wirel~stMq'nhoring 0nja~!z~ti9n,(WMO)., ., , , •.•

The N:'!-Eonal.Frequency AllocCition,PI~ (:NFAP) :s a poJicy .,ciocuPleIl;t"':Vhicll.,!or~s ,th~, basis for

,

..;'

develop.ment, maimfacturing'anq sp~c~rum utiliza: tion acti~ities~, the, c9imt~y.!NfAP'-2011.Jsjp .force+ witheffe.ct:from'()ctober 1,,2011.' The ,NFAP-2011,hoyvever, is under pr~cess ~f reyiew /re~ision, to 'take into .acq:>UJ;lt the nation':ll.requirE;,mev-ts: ~ ) .•. +.:

-

.

.f.

I'

'~

_.

~~.

•

WMO continues to ensure interference-free wireless services in the increasingly crowded radio

........•••

11'1'.1

~

I "

~

f:

I;

C.306

I

Communicationand TransportSystemsC.307

Chapter 7 Did You Know?

PSUs in Telecom Sector (i) Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL)-Fully owned by Government of India, formed in October 2000, provides telecom services across the length and breadth of the country excluding Delhi and Mumbai. (ii) Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Ltd (MTNL)-Set up in 1986, is a Navratna PSUand provides telecommunication facilities in India's key metros-Delhi and Mumbai. (iii) Indian Telephone Industries (ITll-Established in 1948, , to supply telecom equipments to the then telecomservice provider, DoT. (iv) Telecommunications Consultant Indio Ltd (TCIL)-Fully owned by Government of India, was set up in 1978 with th~ main objective of providing world class technology in 011. fields of telecommunications and information technology, ' (v) Bharat Broadband NetWork Limited (BBNL)-lt is a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), that has been incorpo:rated on February 25, 2012, under the Indian Companies Act, 1956 for execution of the NOFN project approved by the Government for connecting 2,50 lakh approx, Gram Panchayats (GPsl.

* VSNL was divested and TATA through Mis Penatone Finvest Ltd controls its management; the government has only 26. 12% equity in VSNL.

environment besides providing vital technical data for the introduction of neW services such as 3G, BWA, etc., to Wireless Planning and Co-ordination (WPC) wing.

Universal Service Obligation Fund (USO) /

The usa Fund was established with the fundamental objective of providing access to 'Basic' telegraph services to people in the rural and remote areas at affordable and reasonable prices. Subsequently the scope was widened to provide subsidy support for enabling access to all types of telegraph services inc1ud~g mobile serVices, broadband connectivity and, creation of infrastructure like ope in Dlral and remote areas.

Autonomous Bodies in Telecom Sedor ".

-t! .'

.'

-B,

(i) C - DOT, and (ii) TCOEs, (Telecom c~p.ters of Excellence Training Institutes: (i) NTIPRIT (National Tele<;:Ol;nmunications, Institute for policy Research Innovation and Trainirtg), and (ii) NICF (~ation~ Institute of Communication Finance). v "t.

Statutory Bodies in Telecom Sedor (i) TDSAT{TelecomDisputes settlement & Appellate Tribunal); (ii) TRAI (TelecomRegulatory Authority of India). • India with 275 million smart phone subscribers, is the second largest smart phone subscriber base in world. • As per estimates, the mobile industry in India currently contributes 6.5% (US$ 140 billion) to Indian's GDP, and employs over 4 million people (directly or indirectly)

TCOES' The Telecom Centers of Excellences (TCOES) are set up in The public Private Partnership (PPP) mode. The eight largest Telco's have joined the initiatives as follows. 1. AIRCEL with lISe Bangaluru [Information security and Disaster Management of Telecom Infrastructure] 2. BSNL with lIT Kanpur [Multimedia and Telecom, Cognitive Radio & Computational 3. Bharti AIRTEL with lIT Delhi [Telecom Technology and Management] 4. IDEA CELLULAR with lIM Ahmadabad [Telecom Policy, Regulation, Customer Care] 5. Reliance Communication with 117 Madras [Telecom Infrastructure (Active, and Passive) and Energy] 6. TATA Teleservices with lIT Bombay [Rural Telecom Technology] 7. VODAFONE with lIT Kharagpur [Next-Generation Networks and Technology] ~: 8. RAILTEL with lIT Roorkee [ICT ~d Broad ban . Applications] ,. -"<

Sanchar Shakti _ A pilot scheme for Mobile Value-Added

Proiects in the Pipeline

Services (VAS) provisioning envisages d,evelopment of content/information customized to the requirements of women SHG members engaged in diverse activities in rural areas across India.

BharatNet Mission

••• ~

~

'" '

" .:t

For the deeper penetration in rural areas, the gove,o'ment has taken up 'Bharatnet' in mission-mode to ii.nk

each of the 2.5lakh Gram Panchayatsof In~ia through Broadband Optical Fibre Network (with a 100 Mbps of Band.'t$<;i;th) for over 600 millia'n rut~ citizen ?f India.

Bharatilej'i- Phase /I The Govem'ment has 'approved the propo~~l'to cOVerthe balance 150,000 GPs'inthe next phase of Bharatnet programme using optimal mix of underground OFC (optical fibre'.cable), aerial OFC, Satellite and Radio. A sUm of ~31000 crore has been earma.tked for irnplementationof the project. 1

(onned~ng the Unconneded The G()vernment has approved a Comprehensive Telecom Development Plan for North East Region to be funded from Universal Service Obligation Fund (USOF).This project will c0IU:lect8621 viilages through installation of 321 mobile"'tower sites. The Department 'is ,~lso' implementihg a project for laying 2164.23 kIIi.of Submarine Optical Fibre Cable betWeen Ma.inland (Chennai) and Port Blair and five other islands namely Car Nicobar, LittleAndaman, Havelock, Kamorta and Great NicobarIslandsofAndaman & Nicobar Islands. ' j.",

"

Wi.'iHotspots The Department decided, in April 2016, that Outdoor Public Wi-Fi Access Points (OPAP), forlast.rillie connectivity are. to b~ pro~isioned in the BharatNet network to provide d~sc.ernible val~e addition in the BharatNet for citizens. Community ServiceCentre (CSC) of DEITY has developed a model of"Wi1Fi CIi'oupal" to develop Mal Wi-Fi infrastructure and host of suitable applications. enabling and empowering.towards.a "Smiirl: Village". Accordingly, the Department has nowrapproved.a proposal to setup 25,000 Public Wi-Fi Hotspots using "the blocklevelinfrastructure of BSNL's Telephone Exchanges in ruralareas, at an estimated cost of f789.22 crore to be funded'from USOF. Anofu~r'p;op'oS<;JJf~~'setting up of 2045 Wi-Fi Chaupals at Gram,Panc~ayat l~vels in 14 Statesby CSC~SP~ at an estllnated cost6f ~40.90crore, tobe ftu:1dedfrom USOF, has. also been- approved. . , .. . ~ . ..... . lastmile.c~nnedivity The .qepartment has also approved thefollo~g projects to b~irnplemented on a pilot basis: t •..

,;).

,

.

J

•

i

r"

.'.

.""~

• BSNL is to provide last mile 'connectivity to provide broadband services through Wi-Fi in 200 Gram Panchayats (GPS)H -, . ~.'.' • RailTel is to s~tup Wi-Fi hotspot at 200 rural railway stations .~.i, • lIT Bombay is to setup pilot Wi-Fi hotspots in 50 GPs leveraging BharatNet' connectivity to provide broadband services to the villages and assess

I

'the feasibility aspects of scaling'stiChdeployment in an GPs to tie' coveted by B:n;:l1'
Universal Serv!ce Obligation Fu'nd(USOF)( •..'-,,:' -. To give ~petus to the rural telephoni the G
..

.

. ,

.

, j

• ~':~ ."V".

"1.

.

.

56 Network

, ,~ ,',.~..•..

".11

.'.

-,).

~

II

I

'

•• i

-

The 5G or the fifth generation mobile 'network looks to create 'hyper-eohnected society' and. integrate well with 'Digital India' and 'Smart Cities Mission' by bringing high social and economic value. India~et:\visages to be a glqbally, synchronized play~r in desig:n4lg>develop~ ment and manufacturing. of 5G-based '.technologies, products and applications. A budget 0041.5 crore has been kept for it in union budget 201&-19.

Notional TelElcomM2M Roadmap '.' ,', ,'.

"

.,'

.

..

..

"

M2M ecosystem brings in huge economic and social benefits to consumers, businesses, citizens and government. For M2M devices, the government has fma.J.i.Zed 13-digit SIM cards.

Digilocke~ '

,

DigiLocker offers a dedicated personal storage space, linked to each resident's Aadhaar number. DigiLocker can be used to' securely ~tore e~documents' as well as,store Uniform'Resource Identifier-' (URI) link of.e-documents issued by various issuer departments.

PM6D1SHA

+>

..

••. ,~".:..

'

".

,

The Pradhan, Mantri Gramin Digital'Saksh~rla Abhi~ ydah '(PMGDISIfA) peing initi~ted\inderDigital India' Progfa.mme would coVer 6 •ctare hOtlSenoldS"in iural areas to make tl1emdigitally literaie~Earller, ~e Government had iriiplemented the l'fati(m,~l Digital Literacy Mission or the Digital Saksharta Abhiyaan (DISHA) or NationafDiiital Literacy Mission (NDLM) to impart IT training to 525 lakh persons, including Anganwadi and ASHA workers and authorized ration dealers in all the States/UTs across the country. This was done to ensure that the non~IT literate citizens are trained to' become IT literate so as to enable them to actively and'

........••

..,..." l , '.! r

,'~'::-I

~----------------...

~

I

Chapter 7,

C.308

Communication and Transport Systems

effectively p~cip~~e in the demacr,atic and develapmental pracesse~ and alSo.enhance: th~it liyelihoa,d. .• '

"

"

c

SMS-b~sed WeiJt~~r InformQtion, Alerts . . .. . .~Disa,ster .' . .' . .

:

• SMS-ba13ed., weatheJ;' ,infarmatian anCl disaster " alerts wauld be provided. DeitY's Mabile Seva Platfarm; is already ready and avail,able far this "purpas~ .. MqES (IMD)/MHA (NDMA) wauld be' the ,nadalorganizatiaDs fqr implementing this scheme. . ,'}

..

!~ . f"

.

.: I

•

, (i)' The faur Metrapalitan Cities, Le., Delhi, Kolk_ ata, Mumbai ~dChennai; cT (ii) State <=:<;lpitals ,(ather than the M~l!apo1itan ,Cities); (iii) Unian Territaries; .(iv) Other Big Cities; and (v) Small Tawns.

,:-.

:,,4.::J;hil'!,ow~)lildfacilitate real time infarmatian .,;1,',., ga~J;l~riil.g,~d"sp.aring.on thelast,and,faund ',' ;children aI).d wauld go. a lang way to. check " ,q~me,a:nc!~mp!qv:e timely respanse: • Deity /DaWCD wauld be the nadal departments far t~is..project

DigiSevak, CoI1:ceiV:edby -the National E-Govemance Divisian (NEGD),'Miriistry' of Electranics arid IT, DigiSevak pl,atfarrri canneCts 'interest citizens with government to' ,va~unteerfar variaus DigitaLmdia activities by Mi,nistries arid agenciesaf gavernment The platfarm affers a system for end to.end management af valunteering activities,

Secure, Scalable and Sugamya Websife as a SerVice (S3WilaS) is a website generating and deplaying product hasted an the Natianal' Claud af National Intarma~icstentre (NIC). It leverages technalogy to. generate secure websites using GIGW campliant templates which ate highly custamizableand can seamlessly be deplayed' an a scalable saftware defined infrastructure.

•

•

•

.l

!.

(.

_

.:

(;.,

.•.

..•• :t-;':;,.'

t •• ~

~

!

NeWspcipersand Periodicals' . :

...

..

.

•.~,'

.

Oldest Newspapers/Magazines Firstnewspaper of India

~

The Print Media~' tends, ta;' cancentrate, in .certain irr.tpartantCities and Tawns;'glving them prominence

Benga/Gazette, published on January 27, 1780, by J. A Hicky in Kolkata Mumbai Samachar, started

~.

,-

:te, .•

The Times of India, started in 1838 from Mumbai

':;.. '

registered

j'

;

i.:.

• The largest number af publicatians registered in anymdian language (Hindi): 46,58.7 • The secand larg'es,t number af newspapers & periadicals" registered in any" language (English): 14,365 .h

• The state wit~, the se~an~ largest number of registered publicatians (Maharashtra): 15,673 • The number af, pubUcatians ,that submitted Annual Statements' (the figure ihdudes 1,472 misc. publicatians): 31,028' ,'. v,,

~ t

• The largest circulated Hindi Daily: Punjal;>~esari; Jalandar: 7,14,888 .

.'

I

,-',

'.

':..',,~

:.,"i' ,'"

\ •

..}

o

~~

I

'"

• .;

I"

:f:;

r

•

• •.•.•u

..

(iitEllg}ish p'ublicati9n~: 5,65,77,00q (iii) Urdupublic~tions: 3,24-,27,005;

~~.

..!.....

Of:

"

., -

Any printed periodical work containing' ( public new:; 9r comroents on.public nevys. (However, for "study purpo~e th~ word.~publication', ~a?be~n,used for qll,' printed periodica,ls irrespective 9f peri~diCityl,"" ,,", '.

b>.

Periodicity

1he iime ,gap betWeen ' i;vVo'i~sues.o( publico,tion. (daily, weekly! fortnightly,. montnlyetc.l,C;thw' Periodica/s-Peri9diCit)es' other, than. daily, ;!ri/biweekly:~' weekly, fortnightly, monthly, quarterly and annual. -' . '. .

"

Common Ownership Units

A publicatio~ establishment owning lWo or morenEt"Yspapers of which 9t leoston,?isa d?ily ..

Big publication

A publication 'with 'a ~ircu(;tion ofmore . copie~per publishing'day. ,', .• ,-'

,than 75,000

0)

The tatal number af applic;:atians received: -,' 20,555 ; ,

,0

.•

I

,-,',,'

0"

Medium pul::'lication between 25,00J

9,278

25,000

A 'publication ~ith a Circulation up to

copies p.er publishing.day. •

, Circulation

','

A' publication with' a circulation andJ5,000 copies per publishing day. ,

S~all publication

(iii) Titles debla~ked: 6,506

• Dain* Bhaskar, having 46. editions in Hindi .L~guage with a tatal'd~ed ,circulatian af 47:36,785 copies per publishing day. aCC,upied ,~J.firs~ positi~r ap;}2ngrm,ul!i-~~tio~. '1?ailies during 2016-17. The Times of India; ha~ing ~3 editians in English Language with a tatal claimed 'cii&1atian'6f 4;2,68,703caples per publishing day staad secand amang multi-editians dailies.

.!

..: "

during

.~,

J'

Newspaper

.'The largest circulated periodical: The Sunday I.!Jnes af India, Erig~sh/Weekly editian, Delhi: 8;35,269' '. '[''''';'• J1le largest circulated. periadical in Mal,aya~am: Vanitha, ¥9-lay~lam/Fart:ntghtly editial.1, Kattayam: 6,47,104' ,

,i(ib TItles approved: ,;~

.•

Did You Know?

• The secand l~ge;t cirCulated multi-editia~ 'Daily: the Tunes af India, English (33 editians): 42,68,703

• The secand largest number af publicatians that . submitted Annual Statements in,any language '. (English): 2,317 • The "l'argest' circulated Daily:t •.Anandabazar ~atrika,Be1}gali, K?lkata:,II,~6,4?8 . • Th~ secand largesf ~irculated Daily: The Times . "atindip.,English,'D,e~: 9,~6;O~i,:;',

'.

af' 'publicatians

•

• 'fPe ,largest circulated multi-editian Daily: Oa:inik Bhaskar, Hindi (46 editians): 47,36,785

•

'I

mst-

~t~'

• The largest' hurnber ofpublicatiobs that submitted' Annual Sta:tements ill any Iridian language (Hindi): 15;596 1

", l.'

II

<

r

• A Mumbai-based' Gujaiati daily, Bombay Sam~ o achar, is the in the 'longevity" amang the existing publications ~ India, as it is being published since 1822. mcllidIDg this, the 48 centenarians af the Indian Press are all'are listed belaw: " -.

Calcutta Review in English,

Oldest magazine

• A.nandabazqr I!atrika, a BE;P.gali/Daily published fram Kalkata turned to. be. the, largest circulated single editian daily with a claimed circulatian af 11,16,428capies per publishing day fallowed by The Times of India an English/Daily published fram Delhi with a circulatian af 9,56,054capies per publishing day and Hindustan. Times" an;English/ Daily published franl,Delhi with'a-claimed circulatian af 8,97,467capies per publishing day. ,

.•

Old Publications from, ,'.-Indio

r

af ceased publicatiOJ;s: during

.' The tota('cir'eulatian 2016-17:48,80;89,490

'non froill De1fu;waS the largest'cirCU1~tedperiadi: cal in 2016-17 with a claimed circulatian af 8,35,269' capies per publishing daY,while Sunday Navbhanit , ,Times, 'a-Hindi/Weekly Editianfram Mumbai, With a' circulatian af 6,69,627copies remaitled sec'and, and Vanitha, a Malayalam/Fatfnightly fram . '" 'Kattayain' with a claimed circulatian af 6,47,104 . capies per publishing day was ranked as third.

since 1844

• Percentage, af growth af tatal registered publicatians aver t~e previaus year: 3.58%

I

~.

•. The Sunday Times of India, an English/Weekly. Edi~

Quick IFaets

':

(i) Hindi publications: 23,89,75,773

T~lfangSanchar is a web partal far infpz:mation sharing an Mobile Tawers and Eiectrarhagneticfrequ'ency (EMF) E~ssian Campliance, It has been deve16ped in Public Private Partnership (PPP) mode by Departm~nt af~Telecamm~,catians withInd~stry, .'

y

J

• The number af new publicatians during 2016-17: 4,007

Turang Sanchar Portal

~, I

+

- Newspaper categary: 16,993 -Periodicals category: 97,827

• '~'.

'.

[lOp

-'.

..

in 1822 (in Gujarati)

• The state ,wi~!he largE;st m,l.~~er ~fregistered publications {Uttar Pnides~):j17,7$,6:'

S3WoaS for Govt Departments Websites '

".'

"

Oldest existing newspaper

• Thetatal number af registered publicatians, as an March.3,1, 2017: 1,14,820 •

• The number 2016-17: 38

MEDIA'

---

Oldest existing English daily

Notional Portal for lost & Found Children -1

as majar printing ~d publishing centres, which can be ,cla,ssified as under: "

C.309

"

,"

"

.•../..

•.•

~i

Average number of copies sold and distribut-

ed free per publishing day.

"

.

,"

Claimed Circulation

Circulation figure'c1aim~d by a' publisher in his annual statement filed under tbe Pressqnd. .Registration of bo()ks Act, 1897. . ' .

Accepted Circulation ,Registrar.

I.

'.

Circulation ve:rified,by. the Press '

•

•

&

•••.

"".::

~

•

_

Table C.7.1' "Somelinp~'rtant Old Publication from India . . t. ..'; lr"",:

s.

I

No. 1.,

4. .•

"'

•

Year of 1 Launch

Title/Periodicity and Language/ Place .

I

Bombay Samacharj:Gujarati.Daily/Mumbai '-Christ Chur~S~h~VIB~~b;;y- Education

1822

r

-2-,

Society MagazineliBilingual

1825

Annual/Mumbai

(Continuted)

1

I: I, I :

'

1IP ,'l'~ I

I

I,

,I

t

C.31 0

t

(Continuted)

I

I

I

I

i

1

.

S. No.

Chapter 7

Communication and Transport Systems

TItle/Periodicity and Language/ Place

3.

Year of Launch

Jam-E-Jamshed/Gujarati Daily/Mumbai

,.S. No.

. 1832

27.

The Times of India/E!:'9U~?Jly/Mumbai __ 1~~] 5. CalcuttdReview/English Quarterly/Calcutta '1844' r6~>""T~;;;'~/veli Diocesan Magazine/Tamil :" Monthly/Tirunelveli.

38.

-tS49-:l

..,•••

.._

.• _.,1 ••

.N

. __

..

,_ ••••

.. _._

..~~~"""-------

.•••

~.~._

•. __

L~. ---

. . .1\850

Gua!dia~L~g.~sh Fort~g~y/Che;,.n!lJ._. An Indian/Portuguese Weekly/Margo

9.

-

UO.

_1851 1861

.-_..

Kheda Vartqman/Gujarati Weekly/Kaira_'.!.~~J.:.j 11: ,Belgaum Samachar!Marathi Weekly/ 1863 Belgaum .

L~~

't"-'-"~-'.-"'.-.,....-..._'.

",,-~»=<---_.'

.J~~~{1u~:ra&

---'..

1

L30.

. 1

]}65 ']

Amrit Bazaar Patrika/English Daily/Kolkata . r 16. Sethia Vartaman/Bilingu~i Monthly/ t870 1....--_ Madurai _. 17. U.S.I. Journal/English Quarterly/Delhi 1870 -.

l

_••-

J

I

L18_. _Indio'!. W~~~E~g~s~,£.C1rtnig':!!yLI?~I~.--'-_~~!-1_._~ 19 .. ' Satya.Sodhak/Marathi Weekly/Ratnagiri 1871 120. Subodha Patrika/Bi.lingual Quarterly/. 1873 -...]1 Mumbai 21 . Bihar Herald/English Weekly /Patna . 1874

l

[I2._!he 25. 26.

S!.~~~an/En9~,~Do~ylKol!
Table C.7.2

I

1.

---

.,'

Prabodha Cbandrika/Marathi Weekly/ 1880 Jalgaon . ~Notional Christian,Council Review/English 1880 Monthly/My_so_r_e _ Achhkni Repeno/Garo Monthly/ 1881 Meghalaya Kesari/Marathi Daily/Poona _ 1881 . Maharatta/English Annual/Poona " 1881 Th; Tribune/English Daily/Chondi~arh -1881 Amaldar/Gujarati Quarterly/Mumbai 1882

1876 .

J

[36. :M~sheer:E-De~can(Urdu Dail~(!jy.9~ 37. Arya Gaze!:/Urdu y/eekly/Delhi 38. Shree Jain Dharma Prakash/Gujarati MonthlyiBhov~.9g9L.--. .. 39. Deepika/Malayalam Daily/Kottayyam • r 40... New Leader/English Weekly/Kolkata 41~ Capital/English Weekly /Kolkata f42.- .Malay;l; Manorama/Ma.loycili,m Daily/ L Kottay_o_m _ 43. Murshidabad Hiteshi/Bengali Weekly/ Murshidabad 44, Chinnarib Bartabha/Bengal~kly / _. L Hoo9~ly ,__ , _

!

45.

Madhya Pradesh Sandesh/Hindi Fortnightly/Lashkar f46~ Jain Gazette/Hindi Weekly/Lucknow " 47. YuddhaDhavani/Telugu /y\onthly/Chennai 148. Khalsa SomacharlPu~jabi Weekly/-"i Amritsar ..

1879 ",.

--_._---

1884 1884 1886 1887

Newspaper

Language

The Times of India

English,

33

Newspaper

Language

T

Dainik Bhaskar

Hindi

46

','

Published From

___ ._._n_ •• _. -----.,-.----

3.

4. - Malayala Manorama 5. Hindu~tan Times ' 6. Gujarat Samachar 7. The Hind;--'

1888 1890

8.

Eenadu

_.------,

1895

9.

1895

10.

Molayalam

11

English

11

Gujarati

7

I

11

I i

I

.,

".'

English - .....~9--~--'~.. ~~~ (pri~ted at - Hyderabad, Coimbatore, Gautam -. Buddha Nagar, Madurai, Mangalore, Malappuram, Bengaluru, . Thiruvananthapuram, Kochi, Vijayawada, Kolkata, Tiruchirappalli, Hubli, Mohali, Allahabad, Lucknow,Vishakhapatna~); Guniu'r,'Dehradun, . Chandigarh, Surat, Mumbai, Jallandhar, Ernakulum, Machilipatnam ~ ,.. . ._-. __ ._-.-.-u_._.; .- --,-----"""-_-__.._~ ~....._~ _ Telugu 23 Anantapur, Bengaluru, Chennai, Cu.ddapah, Mumbai, Guntur, 1 West Godavari, Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khamman, Kurnool, Mahboobnagar, Woranga.l, Nizamabad, New Delhi, Ongole, 1 East Godavari, Nalgonda, Srikakulam, Tirupati, Vqayawada, .. Vishakhapatnam, Trivandrum Bengali ,,! 3. LKolkata, Delhi, Mumbai'

Ananda Bazar Parfika Aaj Hindi c

•..-

..._----_._--.-,~-

..... -.._.,_._-,,_._---~,~

__

••••

__.__.

-_.

-'._.'

-

...•...

_

12

i,..Ranchi, Allo~~bad, Bareilly, Mumbai, Gwalio~, Ah~edabadl' Kanpur, Nainital, Dhanbad, Jamshedpur, Lucknow . ~ . ~ ~ Otherimportant newspapers Besides the top ten newspapers listed above, there are several newspapers being published from various states, important among them are: ., "

\

No.

Published From

1.

Mumbai, Delhi, Bengaluru, Pun"e,Hyderabad, Lucknow"Kolkata, Patna, Ahmedabad, Madurai, Nagpur, Bhopal, Panaji, Chennai, Raipur, Vishakhapatnam, Indore, Kohlapur, Aurangabad, Ernakulam, Hubli, Kozhikode, Thiruvananthapuram, Coimbatore, Mysore, Jaipur, Chandigarh __

2.

(Con tin ufec!J

,

II'

Allapu.zha, KolI.a.m, . Kottayam,.path;~~thi;.a ..., Mall;pur~m, Ern~kula~, Delhi, Pallakad, Thiruvananthapuram, Calicut, Trichur . Indo;~~Ranchi,' Mu~b~i, Ch-~~diga~h, K6Ik~ta, Delhi, Patna, Bhopal, Lucknow,Jamshedpur, Kanpur. ---- ~ ........Ahmedabad, Surat, Baroda, Mumbai, Rajkot, Kutch, Bhavnagar \

.= ._--'----~-_._-----

---

1899

I

J

1893

1897

I

..•...

w".

1893

I

l

!

j ~.~

• -\ I

f-.,c

Ajmer, Bhopal, Udaipur, Chandigarh, Gwalior, Indore, Hisar, Jaipur, Jodhpur, Raipur, Jabalpur, Satna, Jagdalpur (Bastar) Nagpur, Ratlam, Chhindwara, South Twenty Four Pargaha, Gautam Buddha Nagar, Akola, Bilaspur, Jammu, Dehradun, Alwar, Panipat, Ludhiana, Amritsar, Pali, Sriganganagar, Sikar, Bhilwara, Gaya, Jala'ndhar, Dhanbad, Jamshedpur, Sagar, Ranchi, Jhansi, Aurangabad, Delhi, Durg, .--. ---,''''''-"---~'-< rel="nofollow">'-----._--.,-_.~---_. Bhatinda, Shimla -e--Dainik Jagran Hindi 33 Barellly, Bhopal, Dehradun; Gorakhpur, Jalandhar, Jhansi; Kdnpur, .\. Lucknow, Meerut, New Delhi, Patna, Agra, Rewa, His~ar, Ranchi, Jamshedpur, Panipot, Kangra, Jammu,. Chandigarh, Bhatinda"Kolkata, Ludhiana, Siliguri, Indore: Muzzafrep~r, Nainital, Amritsar, Paticila, , Bhagalpur, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Pune... . .

Table C.7.3 ,.

• .•.t.

••.• -.,;0.

Printed at number of cities

1887

at

Printed number of cities

No.

1883

Bilingual Annual/Chennai

(Continuedl

S.

. 1882

India's Important Newspapers (Dailiesl

IS. ~o.

187£l 1876

.

Y;;-; Launch

[34. ,~m~anadtM.~E9Jb!.!Aonthly/Mumbai __ 35. Madras Christian College Magazine/

.

15.

f24.

'. [32. 33.

1865

.

[J~_ Pi~~~EnQ!!~I:..D~llx~~.~=.~=,.

23.

31.

Gujarat Darpa_n_/~~_ja~ra_ti_._\~~~.~j

. Monthly/Kolkata

..

29.

---'--'

13 .. Newman's Indian Bradshaw/English.

~-

J

.~

~_!..;._. Exami'2.:'"L~~lish .Y::':ekly/Mumbai

TItle/Periodicity and Language/ place

.

L:t.

".-...,.

--

Table <:'.!.2

C.311

Important Periodicals . -.

.Periodical

Language

. Periodicity

Saptahik Bartaman.

Be'ngali

'Weekly'

_Sharodiya Bartam~~. Benl:jali

Annu~

3.

". Business Toddy

4.

Femina .. Filmfare

5,

-. 6.

.-The Week

I

lsI. No. 7. .

Periodical

Language

C~~p~iitiori,S~cces$ Review ,i"'! to}

E~glish" ;.~.,.

oJ

•. of,

L 8._-Q;;fk;~k_.~=~=in.~ii~_

,English' ., '. Fortnightly

9.

English .~_F_o~~ghtlyJ .. English Monthly'

--'---, English Weekly

J

Indio Today. .Chitrdlekha

. Eng'lish " I,',

I

r:

_

l!~:-_ Mano~;';~ ~i;~~~k E~~~;hu11.

Periodicity]

Gujaroti'

M~nthly WeeklYl Weekly . Annual. Weekly

.~

(Continuted)

I

I

.............,.

III'1l

•.....

Chapter 7

C~312

Table (.7.3

I SI;No.

Communication and Transport

(Continutedj

Periodical

U.?:...._.~andan __ 13. Outlook •.. _._..... --'-'-' . 14. Sarita . _. •....•..

'" .

Language

Periodicity

Hindi Hindi '"

M.onth~y~ Weekly .

I

__ ~_. __ ._.~-----~

15.

.

Hindi.

..

Hindi

Nirogdham

Fortnightly ! .-1

.

.. ' QJ.larterly

J

, .1~..__ .. _Griha L~~shm!-._._~Lndi .~_. Mo~thl)' .. 17. Griho Shobha HindiMonthly~ ..

r--

.

.

2~-:.__ 1'9. r' r20,

.

._--..,.,.,--"

.'

.Saras Salil '

Hindi

r

(ii) fudian News and- Feature~ Alliance (INFA) , (iii) Indian Press Agency (IPA) . (iv) Near and Far East News (NAFEN) J'

(v) News Features of India (NFl)

•. •. --'

.. ----_.""''''=;--''-'--.

rfp

.All India Radio (AIR)

~

.. _._-

f

G8-:--'~-:Ch;;;;;i;kh~h '.

.~"._~,......,.,~.,""",.....",~-" •.. ,,-'~,-,.

__

0

r 32 ...~

....

~3. ,(" 35.

~~:__ 37.

Tamil

--

fy1angayar Malar

L~~:= __Ananda

'(ikatan._'

Kumudam

.

•

Junio'r Vikatan

'--"'--. - _- ...•. .. --.--.

~-

__

•

.

..,.....-.,.._.~-..-.-.':"""'

'. TamiL . "

-

.•... -.

'1

week -----

Monthly

Tami_l_. _ .. _We~~y__

.

Ta'mil .

Weekly

~

J

, Anna~ata __ ••• __ Jelu~~,_~,;.-. M~..nthl)'...-J Swathi Sapori Vara Telugu Weekly Patrika

News Agencies ,

__

T~ice a

.

Mann 'Ki aaat The monthly address by Prime Minister of India, Sh. NarendraM6di, was first launched on October 3, 2014. AIR broadcasts the.regional version of the 'Mann Ki Baat' address in 18 languages and 33 dialects .on the same day; apart from the English and Sanskrit version, after the completion of the original broadcast. The programme has become a major source of revenue for the All India Radio. :Cl,

Doordarshan (DO) •

•

.

1.\

(i) Press Trust of India (PTI)":':"set'up in 1947

.the natiori'-at'fE:de'visionservice ~f India is one of the largest terrestrial ~etworks in the world. The first (ii) United News of India (UNI)-set up in 1961 telecast in India, originated from a makeshift stu(iii) Samachar Bharati dio in the AkashvaniBhawan, New Delhi, on Sep' (iv) H~ndustan Samachar tember IS, 1959. The regular service with a neWs Hindi news service of UNI is called Univarta which '.. bulletin became operational in 1965. After 7, years .the second TV centre commenced service in Bomwas started in 1982. Similarly, news service by bay (Muml;>ai): By)975, TV .,'service was available PTI is called Bllasha 'which was launched in 1986. . ..

'

"'1."

'.

..'

thearrival of the national network. Various important DD channels indude: DD Today, DD National, DD Ne';Vs; DD Sports, DO BharaH, D.0 India, LOKSHABHATV channel, Gyandarshan, ~tc. .

OTH TV and Ku-Band Transmission Direct-to-home (OTH) TV series is a service for direct distribution of television programmes/channels by satellite to the receiving subscriber homes in high frequency ku-band .yia a small dish and a decoder/set-top box.Un1ik~ the C-!>and tra:t:lsmission which requires a large dish. antenna. to receive. the signals, ku-band .

.

There are fou! news agencies, namely':

;

INDiAN~ RAILWAYS Rail Tracks

..

~portant

',' .

•

:I

"

I

.. ,..::,;\;"~ .:J_'._.~.•.

>.i."

•

•• :0,.

I

',w' -,,1:-, <

.~

,-

-~ -: .I .

.

Resp~nsibility for the overall control and administration of the railways' vests in the Railway Board set up in 1905: The Railway Board consists ofa Chairman, who is an 'ex-officio 'Secretary-General of the Railway Ministry" a Financial Commissioner and three members ea~~ in charge of mechanical, tr?-ffic and personnelwho hold the status of secretaries to the Railway Ministry .. Besides 'this~ there are s~ven' additional members.

Facts

'ilsttrain in India (alsoin Asia)

On April 16, 1853; Mumbai to Thane(3.2~mrail track)" Shatabdi E~pressNew Delhi/Bhopal (150 km/h)

.

.•.•••.

'.

".-

..

..........,;--'1;

.

_

.

.

'--'"

.

'irstelectric-tra'in'~i-n.'-In-d-ia-' ,-, ~-: I..•. 'Deccdn'Que:en,intfoduc~din 1929 be~~~Kal;~hand ~ 'Jute covered (track length) as on 67,368 km ',larch 31, 201 8

~. '~_'.

__ .''-----

..

~L

-;T~-"",:-':.,-.

--,.

-,

--;:-~-'-'-'-L' '-'r~-

\Jumberof trainsrunningper day .r....".,~..--f

~er

•

_

..••••••••• ,.,

'01-

of railway stations

.••_

't--;~

r---:-~.~-~-. --~.,

---I

_..,..-.--

... _._,~~.~.~ I2,617-Pa~senger.;__7421 -Goods . 7,349 (approx.)

l

p~~~'- -~.~:.-

~._----------------~--~------~-----

I

"

Administration , .

:astest train

"

:I

':..,j /

• Indian Railways oWns about 4.58lakh hectares of land. Ab'out 90% .of this land is under Railways' 9perational and allie<:l.usages-such as laying of . new lines, doubling, gauge' conversions, track, stations~ workshops,' staff solonies;' ~tc. Licensing of railway iand is pehnifted for the purposes directly connected with railwaywoddng. :.,:'

r~~.'.

~>--._""""".~",,-'

~~p~rioi

Accor~ing to distance between the ra*, .there are three systems operating in the country, they are: ,-' • Top""':'five States, withhighe$t,~Ql:tte km': 6f Indian Railw~Yf) network aX~:•.;Y.ffaE Prad~s_h (9,167 km); Rajasthan (5,894 km); Maharashtra "(5,784 km); Guj~iat (5,259 kin), Madhya Pradesh . (5,113km): .', . ,~.

Quick Facts

Fortnightly ~

_._----",--_

-

transmission requires a smallantenrla for reception'. Piasar Bharti considers ku-band transmission as'a teclm~l~gy. and 'the most cost effective metho'd~to cover the'kirig areas and sparsely populated regions of the country. t, ' .

"

.Started in early 1920s, the first programme was 21. .Kalnfrnay o' Hiridi AI1'nual broad casted in 1923, by the Radio Club of India. [22. _~~ - Grih~~~bh~,,:-o_'_""_-J<-an-_~-a-da---M~~~t8y-] This 'Wasfollowed by setting up of hyo broadcasting services in 1927, with two privately owned trans23. Taranga Kannadc~:o' Weekly mitters 'at Bombay and Kolkata. T1).egovernment 24.", Mallig; Ponchanga, Kannada, Annual took over the transmitters in 1930 and started oper'::,,,,,,,,,,, __ ,Darshini ._.-'~ .._". ,~ -' ating them under the name of Indian Broadcasting ~'25:\",.'. Be/anima' Malaycilam . Weekly Service ..It was changed to All India Radio (AIR) in .-Yanith~_ .... . Malarala~ Fort~ightl)'J 1936, and it came to be known as 'Akashwani' from 1957. AIR has, at present, 223 radio stations spread ~7. . '.'MalaxalaManorama. Malayalam Weekly Marolhi W;;kiYl across the country which includes, 114 regional ~,~~,---~"-~--~,--< stations, 77 local radio stations, 14 relay centres, 3 29. Grihashobika Marathi Monthly exclusive, Viv!dhBharati.centres and 5 community '.~~: __ . Kalnir.naL. __ .• .Mara.!!'~._" .Annu<;JI_.j radio stations:. The broadcast coverage of AIR is 91.37% by areaoand 99.13% 1JYpopulation. AIR also 31. Rani Tamil ,.Weekly broadcasts a national channel.

"":~-~'.'-":--:"-

.'

"

•

o

'

'(i) Eastern Iridia News Agency (BINS)

in Kolkata(Kolkahi», Chennai.(Madra's),'Srinagar; j\mritsar' and, Lticknow. The first 'experiment with satellite technology in India was conducted' in 1975-76 under the pJ;'ogramme 'Satellite InstructionaL~elevision Experiment~(SITE). c:olour transmission was introduced during the Asian. Games held in New Delhi in 1982,' The year 1982~ also witnessed the ,introduction of a regular satellite link with Delhi and .. other. transmitters, , heralding

J

~_ ~indi_~.,t'Aont~y: __ .Hindi' W1gekly

!'y1erJ1aheli0': IrlCiiaToqay. .

In addition to the.above news agencie~1 th~re,are sev. eral news services,whichsupp!y ~ews !othe:media, some of which are: . " '" :., '0"

c~:n3

Systems

!... ~

,:

.._ •__

,'~_,.~n.".,,'-O'--

-,. f

I

I

'lr

~

.

" i

C.314

:1

'I'rl

Ild : :)1; "

II I

Communication

I

"',

QuickPacts

DafE! when

Zone

Created

TableC.7,6,.First Independence

'. Headquarters

.'Oth,i!r:fgct$ ~boutll'laianRgil"V;ay~~

It

C', .,'

"

_

,,',

.._',."

, '~-

".

.'

,'~_,:::

~l<':,:

~Easter~

",' _. ~~.~.

:r

.

.

:,'-,"", ..

.

-,".,'

-

...•...

W''''';!''''-_~

__

I

)Aug

1.,

1955

''''''''''''''''''

le,:cNorth.,East-Frontier

'.-.

9. South-Central

>,-;I(has the third' bjggesfelE?drifi~dsyslem in'the world' 'after China and Rus~ia. .

~)

1. ..... 1.

11. East Coast

Indian Railway System

J

iRoufE!{km) ... ..Di~tQl'!ce~tweel'!A$OI'!M(jI'(~31!il , .•.....•...

•

..

'.

.

R(nlTracks ~. :. :.>-' ,'-".

Ralls - ....

2017.' .':

). BroadGauge'

1676mm '" ; '61,680

:,:.J"

1. Rajdhan'i'Express

Guwahati

(Broadg6uge)

-

.•

.

.i

-,::.. :.,.'" ..._ ... '... ''-'" '" :._.:_., .... "'_.""',

Bhubaneswar

-' -~-"~-_.-

Oct 1, 2002

J 4. SouthEast

April 1,2003 .

Bilaspur

April 1,2003

Hubli

15. South Western

.=>=-';«";>""_.,;";",~WAc<"

.•b_=,.""".~.,.,,,,~,,;,,;,;,~=o~.,,._\~_,,~~ ":';}'h'o="'A""", .•~_~,~,,~,_.,~.

3.' Narrow Gauge' : 76'2 mm/61 0 mm ; Total

~'''''~'''''4<~"''''''_''M,",h''«,,""'.,"_~,,"-o,

Electrified'!

, ,

,. .

,.1. ~,~~N.,~_,,,--...,.,."._ """'_-"''&''''''"'-_.'.,

.'

.67;$68' ..' •...

"'",""~',.C"'-""'='*'''~'»'

__ ._9'fu<,;.:"""v/,,

'J

h,,-A

25,367

1. Total Running Tra~k las of March 31,2017) is 93,902 kms; whereastotal Trackis 1,21,407 krris... 2. Out of Total Route Kilometers as on March 31, 2017 was 61,680 kms,out of which 32.7% is double/multiple track. . 3. ByMarch 31 ,2017 total of 25,367 kmsof the routewas . electrified(which means,the percentage of electrifiedto total route kmsis now 37.65%. 4. Urban RailTransit line sincethe urbanareas in 1'435 mm (standard gauge) and is used in Metro Monorail and Transeic and are notoperated by Indian Railways.As of March 2018, suchlines are operationalin 10 citiesspanning444 km.The 10 citiesare Delhi,Mumbai, Behgaluru,Koikata,Chennai, lucknow, Kochi, Hyderabad,Jaipurand Gurgaon.

Table C.7.5

Administrative Zones Number of Railway Zones: 17

I .

DofE! when

I.Zone

Created

i .Head
1. Southern

April 14, 1951,

Cherinai

2. Central.

Nov 5, 1,955

Mumbai CST..

3. Western

Noy 5, 1951

Mumbai

..

II

,.~-----,,,._~-"-'.~

i~

4. North;n

'~

I"

__

5. North-Eastern

.. --.,~-~._-~_.-

..,.__

~p'ril

3.

$hatabdi Express (Brdei'dgauge)

New Delhi/ Jhansi

1988

.._"

14~

• New D~hi

April 14, 1952

Gorakhpur

I

j

J

J

~;~

km/h*

I

130 km/h** )'40 km/h

J

,5. Gatimaan, Express (Broal Gauge)

Nizomuddin/"2016 Agra Cantt. - ."..

(,160" .•• "',- km/h' .'

* RajdhaniExpressstariedits journeyrunningat a speedof 120 km/h. * * ThisGatiman ExpresscO\~ers d. distanceof 188 kr'nin 1 h 40 min. Between H. Nizamuddin and Agra ContI. ,the maximumspeed is 160 km/h. -. '. ..,.. . -.. _ .T

'0;'

,r':'

""',._ ..•..

~I

-

..

"-L:""

i~.

~me -.;V' 17. Metro Railways

1. Chittaranjan locomotive Works*

Kolkata

..;:,,':--'~'C~' .."""-.~,,,,.~w.,

1972

2,209

;~~~'''~~''''''':~~''''~1r~~;'<''''1:!''_'*''~~~~'''!*':'''':'_~~~''''~,''~'r,-,,~:

. ',130 .

TableC.7.7

. """""'."~c.,.. m,,_.;h;_'~>'

1969

I

-!t ... ,;<-'

!2.M~;;~ G6J9;f~T'lQO~~~f~M'" .'~~Jt27:;T'~:~~.7~ ~'~""'=~'

New Delhi/

I,

Allahabad

13. North Western Central

RunsbelWeen

New Delhi/ Mumbai

I (Broad gauge)

I

.

lotto- Max. ducecl . speed

Howrah/Kolkata

~.'.' ...RajdhaniExpress

April 1, 2003

~J

---'"--'~'--~-'--~-'-~''''-'-'-

Oct

1. 2003

F

Maligaon-

;f

1'J,1 fll'

Kolkata

O. East Central

;n

Table C.7.4

.eme of Train

Chittaranjan

• Originally manufactured stecimtengines, which were \. discontinued from December 1971

.1'1

Traction 1. Steam locomotives: Runs 011coal. 'However, production of nevy steam locomotives has now been discontinued as the entire system is envisaged to be di~selized or electrified.

------., .'

..Quick

.. ~..

'.

Wonks .

....

Perambur . (Chennai)

.

3. Electric locomotives: Introduced in 1929. Stqck fleet of India Railways ,as on March 31, 2017 ~tood at ll,46110comotiyes (ol;ltof which there are 39 steam, 6,023 ciiesel and 5,399 electric locomotives), 55,068 passeng~l" service vehicles, 6,714 otrer coaching vetucles and 2,77,987wagons. . .

.

IfEDiesellqcomqtive

3. Integral Coach Factory

2. Diesel locomotives: Introduced in 1957. \

~~.. ..'

Pacts

Indian Railways' is divided into 17 'Zones, each headed by a General Manager. Zonal Railways are further divided into smaller operating units coiled Divisions. There are 69 Operating Divisions in Indian Rci.fiwaysat present, each' under a Divisional RailvyayManager. In addition, there are;" a number of Production Units, Training Establishments, Pulr . lic Sector Enterprises and other Offices working under the control of Railway Board.

• Now manufactures electric and . diesel shunting engines

.:

-(f

5. Diesel-loco Modernization

Works

(DMW)

Patiala{Punjab)

1955

• B~G. and M.G. coaches, AC coaches' -

1989

• Modernization

of diesel

• Rail coaches 7. Central Organization for Railway Electrification (COREl... _, , .~: Mumbai. RailwayVikas limited (MRVCltd) ~-.

'-,

9. Mod~rnCoach

Allahabad

1979

. .; "Electrification ov~r the entire network of Indian Railways "---'."--'~''''''''''--=.'"''<-'-

COfp,.oration

1999

• Responsible fqr projects under Mumbai Urban Transport Project IMtlTP) --~-

-.'

Factory (MCF)

i10.Rail Wheel Factory

1 j

•

~ol~ata ~ _..""'"

Jan J 5, 1958

; ~~~--~""_ ..~ •.-

It isth~eighth biggest"13mpbye~in 'tHewoddari'~ largest, single undertaking in t.hecountry.

/};>

,II:

,''''',

'

-',

J 19~

~_.~g

7. South-Eastern

);> The Indian Rail';;ay syste'!\"isthethi~dJargest in Asia dnd .fo.urthinthe worldd&ec tiS, China and Russia. -.'.-' ..-" '. -':", '-~

) ~i

'11

High-Speeq Tr~ins after . '.

I'

~!.~

I ~: '.

!~

C.315.

j,J

ii'

i!~

and Transport Systenls

~

--

••

II

,

Wi '

Chap_teO .•

i

R~ebareli, Bela, Chapra

.."

.••.--_._--~.=~.

2007

• 'World 'class Railway coaches

2014

• Wheel Discs for Indian Railways

------ ....._----- .•.._------_._._--

l.G. = Metre Gauge; B.G. = Broad'Gauge. '

. . . _ _,,ffirst locomotivewas turnedoul in November 1950 from Chittaranjanlocomotive.Works.'

•.

."

I, iI II

I

I'

- I I' I

IIII"TI I

I

I

C.317

r

"I

I,

~ I~

;;! ,u,

I

~ I:

Communication and Transport Systems

Chapter 7

C.316

PublJc,Ulide~fqkin~s; (PSUsl' ariel Of~et. Org~i1i~afh)rls' , •

-'",

~

.'

~."

-f'

i

1""

_

. - •• _

. _ Cot"'

.:

.~

!".

"......

..,._.

There are sixteen PSUsandotherOrg~zations

I Nameof theOrganization

••. -....

'"'

+~f"

~ ..:~'-

.':...'"

~

~..

under the administrative control of the Ministry o~R~ilways:

Inception

Rail India Technical and Economic Services limited (RITES)

1974

Indian Railways Construction Company limited (IRCON)

1976

--

CoreCompetence

-

To design, establish, provide, .operate, maintain and, perform engineering, technical and consultancy services for development of projects and systems. "

.

,....

"_.'~J,'".<.,_.",.

.

Projecll:Jnigauge: On July 3, 1992, the'then Prim~'MinisteFP.Y. NarashimhaRaodedieated Proi~c!,Unigauge,bf tb~lnd!d.n.Rci!lwbys tothe nation, The project envisaged to convert a total of 28,000 km meter gauge rail track-to broad'ga'ug'e lJlider'thC'eEighth Plan. '

>:.::...

~

'1986

To provide consultancy and IT services tolR as partners t~ conceptualize and realize technology initiatives, to build new products or services and to irilplement'prudent business and technology strategies.

Indian Railways Finance Corporation Limited JIRFCI

1986

To raise funds from the market to part finance the Plan Outlay of Indian Railway_s_. _

The ~~search, Design and Standard~ Organization (RDSp>.at Lucknow is the R & P ,Winglo~, Indian Rail"Y.~y~, .. It functions as thete.chnicaLadvisor to Railway Board, Zonal Railways apd. Production Units,:".' .. . ' <... ..','

Container Corporation ,limited (CONCOR),

1988

To develop multi.modallogistics support"For India's international and domestic containerized cargo and trade. . '

I

"

1990

~~i~;::t~~~~~~

2000

To utilize the surplustelecom capacity and right of way available with the Indian Railways to build nationwide optical fibre cable based broadband telecorn and multimedia network.

[r:;J~n

of India ,".'.

'.

Railway corporaHonLi~ited

Railtel Corporation

of India Ltd (RCIl) .

Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation ." limited (IRCTC)

2001

Pipayav .R~ilwciy'C~rp
. 2001

~~:;:tj:~:~ay

line$,:~_tr_uc_t_Roa~ Over

To undertake catering and tourism activities of the Railways. Also facilitates internet ticketin~ through its website.

'

To execute the Surendranagar-RajulaPipavav Port gauge conversion and new line projects in Gujarat, PRCLhas permission to run container trains on rail corrido'rs serving the Ports of Pipavav, Mundra, Chennai, Ennore, Vizag and Kochi and their hinterlands. . ,..~ .'

Rail Vikas Nigam Ltd (RVNL)

2003

To create and augment the capacity of rail infrastructure. To mobilize resources mainly through multilateral/bilateral funding agencies and also through domestic market for successful implementation of proi_ec_t_s, _

ROil Land Developm~nt Au!h.ority. (RlDA)

200:5

To develop vacant railway landfor commercial use for the purpose of generating revenue by non-tariff measure:!or IR,

Dedicated Freight Corridor Corporation of India Ltd (DFCCll)

2006

To plan and construct Dedicated Rail Freight Corridors (DFCs) for movement of freight trains on the corridors.

Mumbai Railway Vik~s Corporation limited (MRVC),. " ~

1999

Bharat Wagon and Engineering Co. Ltd (BWEL)

1978

• ~:--'---'-.

'

.','.-

'c:

.: ..... ,

' .

:'

'.' ,

1976

To manufacture Railway Rolling Stock. ," .

Burn Standard Company Ltd. (BSCL)

1976 from

(in MOR

2010)

~J.'w_

IJ

~.~

To manufacture Railway Rolling Stock.

• The significant accomplishments of, RDSO ill the sphere of R&D have al~ays attracted worldwide attenqon. <,',,' "., . ij), •

,

,Afl ' , ~.

, .. -,

j

the RPF Act, 1957 for better protection'aild~security of railway property, passengers and passenge.rs area and matters connected therewith, •. , ,.

rl

--

,

strength. of the ~F is about ,," ."" " ,..1 ••• '1' 1'" ;.

I

"':

~.'

"

:-.H~

I,.:

:"oHI'.

'~-'>":;i"~

.,

.

• The administrative set-up Of the Railway Pro-: tection Force is as per the administrative set-up of the Indian Railways. Twelve' (12fbattalions of ,'Railway Protection. Sp~ciaLF
__ ,,-_"_~

..

"

~ecurityin Indian Railways- The Railway Protection ," ".." . ' ,-, " .,~ It is an 'Armed. Force of the Union' constitute a ,under

•

To manufacture Wagons and undertake struc;turcdfabrication jobs.

_,

• ,RDSO also offers international consultancy services in matters pertaining to .
• The sanctioned 75,000.

.7'--.-.------,------

Burn ?tandard Company limiied , (BSCL) " '.' ",.

• One of the major roles that RDSO.has played ;,~~.that of developing and maintaining stan:dards and specifications which ensure that all '
force (RPF) ,

To plci.~ an4!~p'lem~n't !~iL'~roi~~t;.in.th~ Mumbai Metrbp<;>litanReg,ion. '_ .

.<'

'"

'

• Three more Batt~lions of RPSF, including one Mahila Battalion" are tinder'. p:rocess' 'of' bemg setup. " . ' ... , ."

~_

~ 1--.

L:,.. ~

1 L. ...1: q .. ,~

'.J

• Separate specialized infelligericeuriits, 'in\the ~ '.. .'.,.. . "i name of Spec,ial Intelligenc~ l?r~~ch;(~IBt and Crime Intelligence. Branch (CIB),,;als0turiction from Divisional as well as Zonal'Railways' for collection of special and criminal in.t~Uigep.ce. J ~

I

.f'.

1: '

•

~

'"

• Policing on the .~ailw~y'~: .~s,!he;. c.O!l.~.tiJutional respons.ibil~ty of States.; ~tclte;.r. :o~~1~;~.ft~:~\~~t:.-= arate wmg m the name of C:;overnmentRmlway Police (GRP). ,... " '. [Y.'1 (,.., • Besides GRP, concerned District"' Poiic~;~;;is responsiple for prote~~,?"n~an
t '"

'.

:~

t

j

,

.

t

..i: ~-~~ ~.:~~ i~r,,;it~.

;.t.l'.t.-~,

,h

.'

SHIPPING

'

Shipping,Corporafionof India ,:,:, :~:,'-.,~'"':':!:'~.'" •

~

<

,'~

~

•

",f

4

'

••

1'

:

•

) _

-.

~,I

•••. ,....,

~,~'.

Established: October 2~ 1961. The Sl)i.pPing Corporation of India (SCI) came info being'with ~e rrteig~r of the Eastern Shipping Corporation and the Western Shipping Corporation. The Mughal Lmes Limited, another public sector shipping company, was merged in June 1986"The status of SCI has been changed from a private limited company to public limited frOm September 18, 1992~The SCI has been conferred ':Mini Ratna' status .by government of Inciia on February 24, 2000. The present authorized capital of'.SCI is ~1000 crore and paid up capital is ~465.8'crore ..The SCI operates on almost all the maritime routes and'is one 6f the biggest shippihg lines.~ the'world. Rhasa 'merchant ". ; fleet of 86 vessels and~accounts for about 40% of the' total tonriageof the ~ou?trY,.sCInianaM'g 40 ships on behalf of the governrii.ent organizations/departments .. ..

'J.

.

.,./~>. ~

fj

;1;' .. '" .'... .;,.~:1

' [,

i- ..

A -ff'""l_,'

\4'

~,

~

,I~t.; _

Shipping Companies ",

J

.,

-.'! '''~

,ll_,~r" .. ;-. .-

-~}.~ .J.'

..

~, ••••' i: ..~" \

,'

..•

.1

, .• ",,:f-f

.f

.~\~:f"

I

IIIi

., •

,.,

Indian Railways - Research and DeveJolpm~nf'

"Centre f~rRailwayslnformati~n 'Systems.(CRIS)'

y

'dilJui 16,

JeevanRekha: Jeevan Rekha or 'life line, Expre;s:; th~:.\,\to~I~'sfi;st hOspitbrC5n'-1h'eelswas flagg~d';ff'iibm'Mu~b~i. 1991 . The Expresscaters to the medical needs' of the people in rural areas. " .. , '.', . '." .

To undertake construction activities in India and abroad on turnkey basis or otherwise in various fields of infrastructure.

.

I

~I

. \..

India hasthe.large~tmerchaptshipping fleet among the de\T~lopml'c~un~ii.es ~d raTIks16th in the world . in ternis of shipping ,tonnage.' As on December 31, 2013, there are about 3~h shipping companies in the COu.rltry,:~~g1199'vessels. Some of the important private sector shipping ~ompanies are given below:

II

II ,II

"

,I,

ill;1 I

Communication and Transport Systems

Chapter 7

C.318

"

,

I :1

1. The Scindi~ Steam ,Navigation Co. Ltd 2. Gr~at'Ea:stem Shipping C~.Ltd' 3. India Steamship Co. Ltd 4. South India Shipping Corporation Ltd and Surinder Overseas Ltd 5. Ratnakar Shipping Corporation Ltd 6. Chowgule Steamship Ltd 7. Damoclar Bulk Carriers Ltd '.

."

.

.'. 8. EssaJ;Shipping Company Ltd 9.: VarunShipping Company Ltd

a sea change. lbe goyeE~ent is consi,~,e~ingthe formation of'afull-fledged Maritime Univers~ty.

Shipyards There are four major and four medium-sized shipping yards in the country. In addition, there are also 32 small shipping yards in. the private sector. The major shipyards are: 1. Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers Ltd, Kolkata(GRSEL) 2. Mazagaon Dock Limited, Mormugao (MDL) 3. I-iindustan Shipyard Limited, Visakhapatnam (HSL) 4. Cochin Shipyard, Kochi (CSL) . 5. Hooghly Dock and Port Engineers. Limited, Kolkata (HDPEL)

Training Institutions There are four training institutes established by the government of India. (1) Training ship. 'Chanakya,' (2) Marine Engineering and Research Institute (MERI), Kolkata, (3) Marine Engineering and' .Research Institute, Mumbai and (4)tal Baha~ur Shastri (LBS)Colleg~ of Advanc:e Maritime 'Studi~s and Research, Mumbai. In addition to above, there are more than 130 training institutes iIi.private sector, approved by the Director General of Shipping,' 'm:,:pactingpara-sea and post-se~training in various disciplines. 'In the wake of 'coming', int~ forc:e of the 'STCW95' (Standardsof Traiiling Certification and Watch keeping for. Seafarers) and the regulations there under stipulated by the I?t~rnatiqnal Maritime Organi~ation in 1997, the maritime training in India has undergone

• The Persian Gulf and its littoral, which is the source of majority pfour.oil supplies and gas imports, and is home to more than seven million expatriate rndians.' . ' , ,

I'

Maior Ports in India There are 12 major ports. and about 139,minor ports in India. Geographically, from the northern-most point on the Arabian seaboard in the ,west to the northern-most point on the Bay of Bengal coastline in the east, the,major ports are:

10. Sanhar Shipping 11. Tolani Shipping Company .i2. Century Shipphlg

12...Ennore (Tamil Nadu) The newest and young:'.'. est port of the millennium, used primarily. to cater bulk trade like coal, iron ore, naptha and the likes. In addition to 12major ports, there are 225 minor and intermediate ports in the coun~ try. The greatest problem with many Indian ':1 ports is their not being natural in their setting.

,.

1. Kandla (Gujarat) A tidal port situated on Kandla creek, a port of the Rann of Kutch was declared a major port in 1955'.'It largely handles petroleum products, fertilizers, foodgrain, cotton, cement and edible oils. It serves the 1600 km coastline between Mumbai and Karachi (Pakistan). . 2. Mwnbai (Maharashtra)' It is the biggest port of the country. It is a natural harbour and handles more than one-fifth of the' total traffic of all the ports. It handles over 40%.of India's trade. 3. Mormugao (Goa) It is second largest port in terms of total traffic tonnage/bulk of which is iron ore export. It is the finest natural port and an important naval station. ;.> 4. Mangalore (Kamataka) It was declared a major port in 1974, and'is a tidal p"ort. 5. , Kochi (Kerala) It is a natural ...1harbour. • 6. Tuticorin (Tamil Nadu) It is a'shallow but big port on the east coast, almost at the tip of the Indian peninsula. Declared a p:t':1jor port in 1974. 7. Chennai (Tamil Nadu) It is one of the oldest ports in India. It is an' artificial. harbour and the third largest in India. 8. Vis~apatnam, .(Andhra Pradesh) It is the deepest landlocked and protected port. It hasa big shipbuilding unit and is a major naval base, 9. Parad!p' (Orissa) It was declared'a major port in 1966. 10. Kolkata (West Bengal) Situated onthe Hooghly . river, some i44 km from the Bay of Bengal.It is the larg~st terininal port in South ~ia. 11. Nhava Sheva (Mumbai) Locat~d some 10Ian . from Mumbai harbour, it is a newly constructed port completed in 1987-88 and at a cost of 878.64 crore.

.

'.

Nati~nal Waterways

m

if ..,.

1. Allahabad-Haldia stretch (1620km) of the t,:Ganga~Bhagirathi-HQoglyriver system (NW-I) (.in 1986; _'I • 2.~~adiya-phubri stretch (891 km)of BraJ:unapu"l.tr?:river (NW-2) ~ 1988; . I,.:., 3. J(ottapuram-Kollam stretch of West Coast ,tC;:anal, alongwith Ch~rnpakCl.ra,,,Canal and
,"

,..

I

_

~_j'

j'

I

;

•

1986for regulation of shipping. aI'l;dnavigatio~ ..It is primarily responsible for development, maintenance andregUlation' of national ,wat~rivays: -

Areasof Maritime Interest' for India

JJ " IndiaMaritime interest areas are classified as primary andsecondary areas: ,

I.

• fudia's coastal areas and maritime zones including,c()a,s9~e, }s~Cl!lds, ~ternaJ se9-waters, territorial waters, contiguous zone, EEZ and Continental shelf. Qr'"

.

.

.•

•.

-,

.'

'.

...•.••

...., 't"

.'

.~.J

\

I.,

Secondq~,~~e.os

.~.-

,\, ''",

••

".'

;~J''t,~.J.'

!~~

'I III

I, , I

".\

,,,t ,~~~;

• ,South~EastIndian Ocean, including,sea-ro!l~eS't~ the Pacific'Ocean and littoral LegionSinYicinit)T; • South and East china seas,' western 'Patific Oceans, and ~~ir li~o!~!.!~gi,o!l~' '/ • Southern Indian Oce~( "Region,inCluding Antarctica~ ' " OJ''

~

•

•

• Mediterrahean S~a, west ~oast Afri~a, a'nd their .• 1 ,'" .,. . littoral regions. '. 1>.,

:

. t

,~

'.

."

•

''''0;

• Other areas of national interest based on' consideration of Irldian d~sp~~~"~yers~a~ investment and political relations. ",,:

AIR TRANSPORT

-'"", .

• ,The ~abean '~ea, Bay of Bengal, Andaman sea, and their littoral regions. '

t. ~ "} r:~

1<",-""\.'11.

t

f'

FirsfSolo Flight J. R. D. Tata was th~:fust 'to . . .:"\.. .. mJ~ .. .. a sol~' ~ight from M!lffi1?~ito~a!acl.U,.
Primary Areas

_'

4.

., -"9

Inlanif ;!r~te~ays.Authqrity of India (lWAI) ,was ,set up in

,Jri'

•••

• The Choke points Iead~g to, fro~ and across the Indian ,9cean, including The Six Degree C;hannel; EightjNine degree Channels;'Striats of Homuz; Bar-eb-Mandeb, Malacca, Singapore; Stinda and Lombok; the Mozambique Channel and Cape of Good Hope and. theirlitt~r'!J. regions." 1 • Others are~s enco~pass~g B~r. SLOCs;(Sea lines of cOn'ununications),:and'vit'arenergy:'and resource mterests. " ,I " , ., n

Among w~rld's longest navigable and inland water netw<2rks,sPanning ove! 14,00.0kms leIlgth.of navigabl~'Yriver,~re Indian waterways. However, cargo transport through these inland ,waterways is, presently,l~~snot even 1"/0 total cargo payment h. the country. Wilterways declared as :National Waterways;(NW)' are: '4 .

"",

'{

• 'The GuH'ofOmaniGulf of Aden, Red Sea, and their littoral regions: South-West Indian Ocean, Including lOR.island nations and East coast of African littoral regions. . ,. .

I ~;. '

at'the

C.319

"',

".

."

.

,,'

,

II II II ,

;i

!I II

'1J

i

I :. ,;) ,

I'

L

" I~

.,... C~320 Chapter r

m Communication and Transport System~

I

C.321

~

i~:.' "

i I;

Ii I, I'

,}. ,. , ..., :11."

I~ic"

would have to take or'rthe debt andeurrent liabili_ :0'4,+:r'~I,:;"~~~~'£1I!=\ " buyer ties of Rs;33,392 crate: H(jwey~r, ,aftedt ~ailed to getany

Quic1t ,Pacts.,' ':.,

,>;,'1:,/ ..". ...,;,'.

~/:'t",

,)t,,;;',:.~$,'

.}\~:tt~,:,1\1,';'

"lndianC;[vil Avi(!liO~,Corr;plE;led.19QyeClfs on~~8ruqiy; 1:8; "?Qtl: The yeqr291J-il),is'",decJpred' 9S'IR~<3ivi.lAviq;' tiOhi,Centenarj Year,~sldrlinQ,from')Fe?ru6ry~1:8,":40'1,1'qhd ;.iEmOingbhlhesa~edQlein' 2012: :On' this~aleifl;~1,91' 1, ':'"tpe,fit,sl:ci)mrUe[dal:plane:f1ew,[n Indi6,/b~lv(ee~ f,116haba~' , an9 Na~ni., Since IHen,,aviati()J~in InC!ia'ha~;gr?wn, frQ'FT1 c'~tre~sth lo'slr~ngtjl, Today !n~iai~ the?lhI2rg~sf ci~iJ?,:,i~" qlionma rketin the;'worjd aha this.f?rward 2iDar,cb:is)ik~ly ", 16 in'lndia. becomingoneof)he .thr~e'largest' ',' .cukhinate ..', . """ . ."'. .", . ". ," '. ,... iirnq~kelsinlhe worldpY4Q20:" " ' ;. ,

....' ..

"

.'

')'

~":.-!::-~";.'.',:

.'-,i,_~

'.

",:

'.'

~.

.

All major air"'rBlfte~ .oyer Indiap lal}dmass are radarcoyered (29 radar installations at 11 locations) iiiortg ';with" V0,R(DVOR"coverage CS9.in.staliations) co-located with Distance Measuring Equipment (90 installations). 52 runways are provided with ILS installatibn~tw;ith!' Night' Landing Facilities at most of these Airports and Automatic Message Switching SyStem a:n5Ait'i50ds~'" . ,,' " =.,~ •••

',~.~::

._'~,~.'.

;',1.,' e\':"h:

Thr~e Levels of Air Transport in Indio Air transport in India operates at three levels: (1) Air India (International level); (2). Air India (domestic level), and (3) Private Airlines and chatters. . • However, recently Indian and some private airlines have beerCallowed to fly' across s'ome'select international desooatlons.' '

Air India and Indian Aidines Merger The merger of Air India (erstwhile) and Indian Airlines was approved by the Government on March 1, 2007 aild ,a new company viz" National Aviation Company of India Limited (NACIL) was incorporated on Mar~h 30,.20p? with the brand i:l~me of 'Air India:: The meiger' Of tWo'~irli:Oes was envis~ged. to provide; among' other 'benefits, an integrate, international! domestic footptint'which will significantly ehhance' customer prQPo~itiOt:l',and.allow easy entry iIitoorteofthe,Jhree global airline allii:1I1ces. Also; it willertable5pfunal' itt1liz~fibiJ.of .eXisting resoUfces through. 4llproveinent'in; load factors and yields, ohco:thn1.onlyused 'service routes as well as depl~y :freed tip'aitcraft.capa'tity
O'f

,'"

I

/."

Airl~dia Disinvestment Bid, 'I in 2017, the'govermri.entoffered to, se11l76o/o" of itS stake' in'Air mdia, along \-vith low':' costrsubsidiary Air .IricllaExpress,ahd its 50% share in ground-handling 'arm.AISATS\'aS asirigle entity.' The

buyers for thedebt-nddenrtatiOrtal carner/the govern_ ment has shelved its plan to privatize Air India exactly a year after the Union ~abinet gave its nod for the disinvestment process. I'

Policy' Framework The Anti-Hijacking Act, 2016. The Carriage by Air (Amendment) Act, 2016. Tokya Convention Act, 1975. The Foreign Aircraft Exemption from Taxes and Duties on Fuel and Lubricants Act,2002. The Rajiv Gandhi 'National Avi~tiori U~v;ersity Act, 2013. Aircraft Ad 1934. ,The Airports Economic Regulatory Authority of India Act, 2008. Airport Authority of India Act, 1994 As amended by the Amendment Act 2003. ' . 'India's civiJ avia:~on ,'story 'has just begun. In spite of the above said growth, India continues to be a 'small player in the international arena:'The trips per capita in India still remain very low (0.04) even by the standards'" of other-emerging markets, such as China (0.15),Brazil (0.25) and Malaysia (0.54);Cruna's domestic traffic js5 pmes the size of India's despite having a population just 15% larger. The upside potential therefore, remains huge, driven by,strong economic and demographic fundamentals. India has 1 ..aircraft for every 2.89 million population which is miniscule in comparis,on to L14 million 'in cruna, 0;96 of Indonesia, 0.89 in Philippines and 0.63 in Brazil. Out of the 32,000 helicopters in the world India has merely 210 while out of 15,750 freighter carriers globally, India has just 12.

SWOT Anaysis of. Indian. Aviation Industry Strengths

Y

.f'

1. 2: 3. 4. 5.

Pace of,,~.~ growth offueNational eCbi:lomy. , t-u;.'" '.'~".-', ~ ,':,'" .,' v Growing middle class. Largepbpuiation. '" Dispersed tourist attractions. Long 100 year old history of. Civil"Aviation established standards/credibility with intemational vendors, ' . ' . ,~ 6. Indigenpp,s entrepreneurship and ,availability ofcap~tal to support private participatiop and PPP models. ., . ,.', _. t,

#.'

",

'

.'

•

'.

,.

~

7. Gqodre'cqrd()fsafety,j

'.'

development.. r

,r,~_;

'i.:

.~,',-j

i.

Weaknesses

'I;

' <'.'$

I.

' •. , '}{ ",I'Vl:,;;l.'Jf '.. . O pportumfles:..

i ,:;;,.,~{, , (,.. ,,

8. Proven efficacy of-theiPPP'mode1' ",

'('~'

;,

of 'airport • I

1,,1

;,.

1,~,~"','(ll,'j ~""ltl,

..;,~!

"

2. RighCosts of operation: 3. Regional econom.i~ \md '~disparities:

•

.

-

,~V'"

~

\I.JII".~.JI,~1 ~\.

"')A:!'.f.

'..

',,f.'l;.

f\

i..;: .•• ~,,'

.:';;;-1•• ,'

~

I'

.\'~}~"";-;'

4

'; .••.2. ~~v~lppr,nen~iof ~~i~:a.~: ~\pti~e,totirisma~d medicatserv~ces. destination:"',Jt.,{ . ~. . ,rl~ ,,,,;;,,,, ".,:, " 3.. Increased integration' wi~ the global.' econ'omy and strong growth:of:i:tJ,bound<.busip.eis travellers. ," ' ".:, '., . 1,'/: " .

s\ippllers:' ""'.

,',.,

,

~

On'~oreign

I.'

, .

5. Inad~quate trained manpower. Training infra(,structure may not be adequate to support the sector's growth.".: 6.' Slow growth of c~.rgo: ' " , ,;'.

c:,

7. Absence of MRO facilities - causing:ope~~t&s •to send their ,*c;raft.oy~rs~as.for long perl-ods ,and incur, high costs. MRO facilities also: con'sidered critical to the development of India as . iln'aviation hub. . '" 8. Lack ofIT'based system for plannmg/opera'"tions ~dcrew scheduliIig. '. 9. 'Underdeveloped Air Traffic Management and iAir NaVigation System. '", , u,""l

r.

.

(.'

l1:)::oordination'beh;een

'

'.\

.

t, ~.

t,.

..•. 'f

.

0:

••

'

'+"

{'j'

t.): •.~Jl:.l~.tl-"

""~1

'~""t. ,•• ' ,~,~tJ.,1',,4iJ,jJ

{:"'l.
••

",

~J'~~-"",,,";~,;..,~'~;~'-,;'.'; •.l~.~ .•.~"n

:";~",,:',.H"'';' ~.... !.,.,."~

•

•

"1-;"

t

.

",

. '~

'

y'

.

:.....'~,~

,~::; ~,:,~

•••••

,

•

-,

.;

.'

','.

,f', ,~~(~;~:~/

, __

,.!".

'

,~.-,

'i--

',"f'"

~;f:'~ \f

';':'::':;:;'''~\:~',(:;~'

Strategy, Plcin forlndia~~,Aviation.l~d~stry!.(, .~,.J

'f.tt., :t'")_.;;", ,~..,. _/;~l.~"~:'~'...~-"~:. :~-f1:'~"I,.ti.,:,t,:.1~rJ~t'~ '.

After exammmg '"and~.prIOntIzmg :Jh~' ISSUe& ,'Identic r.; --.~ ;', -,' , . f""J. ••...,.~~ ':"t;'1'.'~"".'." " ~ fied through the'currerifstate ~issessment;.there are'S !:~oa
.

,j

fl.-'Connectivity. l'~

,

,.

,'J"

d"" r~'!

,"'!

,

~ .

, '- "Helicopter operations . '"'1

,!

!t,.,

",','

,':'

',t

..

~

\

"

d"

,,~,_'

".

~,,Regi~nal~~~l¥,e,s,.,, \ ....J" -General aviation,: '.' ~': .'2. Infraslritcturecreation' .;J.",.", - AlrpO'rts"

'. "

'I,;

"j"

••

f

t

,,'

i,"

.~

.... ,

~'~

, •.

,.

.

AN~/~~d;A~;~;' !!~:,,""''',n

','

,

'~;""'" ,. "

.r~r ....

,. ~ I

"

Threots,w'

I.

,', Cargo,}, " ~MRO¥:,'L~

f"

J ~ "~..

'

•..<;,,",~

1. Global terrorism.

l.

,j

'l

'.

i' J

h.

"

.

4., Revitalisation 5:"Efficie~cy

, ,"•• ,rh

,J •.t

i

- E-governance: ;;,:,i~ 'Te~imolo;~,tfpg;~-aation

.>"b~~"

~~'.j~)'

!4:':~f'J')..':.~,''\.'7(~''; .•..

i1 ';' .•

r.

.

,/<..

.,}",f

':-,,,c;

'."

~,d

, ,,',

..•

,.,...

"

.~'

.~:t

~;.F' .~,,"

~"".",'(rl. .. '

".1"

!);.b,ti. b~.i''''~~:' ~,4 ,':,t

"l'l~: ..l~,flJM~~

, t.,) 1

J ~.

'\,r

.il ,..,.t'.l",

Powan; HanS HelicoIP'l(.. .ters~li •••iie~' ~ . Ir:fJ.l"',.~

j~

:,,<: "I. .,,1 ")'~ ,. ,.

,6. I:Ill ~apacity pev.e!opment. } , \ ,I,'.'-".j, '..

./l-i

-

of Air India

iritprovement

i

,L

.f', ,"''', .'

,

•

j

"t",~:~;,..,.",,~~l":~

.~-~:)~

';;'3Y~sMetYLarid sJ~uii.ty

2. C5rclicarecon~fnic downturn~. 3. Development of substitutes in form oLhigh speed railways and superior road transport which can replace short.haul flights. 4. Operational inefficiEmcies leadh"g'to poor trav~ elling' experience for passengers ~'which may cause them to.migrate to alternative modes of 't;anspo~t, ,. ".'.., ,', '~'., "' , SJC::ongestion'o(Air'Space., , 6. International factors like natural disasters, tpoliticalupheavals'and;epidemics:': 7.rf!bW Cost' Cat tiers o{fb'Ho;igri~~.tries.

•• '

7., H~h<;:opters, ~,ue t9 th~I!:,~heer,vers~ffho/,off~r -:+ !l,tr~mendo\is opP?rtunity ,f,or,gr'?"Yth." :, '." .~

,.t(r:~' ., '1-~~,J'~I

:'L..

t:

-

,

culture in, th~ N~tional ", ' ',~, ~... Government agen~ies.

.r.

h/~.II'~,':' ~.q•..•. li .~,~j, \4._~:-)I.,",rfJl.t/"'\.a1\""q11l'

t

".;6.'Disaster irelieft'and. :MediCal~~Evactiation" is another window>Jof ~'opportuillty,. ,gradually opening in' the'lndian 'ril:'arketd~ ti.;:;~;#L 0t ','.-'

f'

1O:"Po
'j-]'"'(rlQ).

~1.~%~,,~0~tn'.)traL~~JX;3~?.Jd.~i~t~;; "Uicf.t ;'!.~;~1 ;5; Ne~q.:fo!r.an"Clv!a.~9t:l;1l,!b,1:?etweeI).~Dubai and • Siilgapore., ... J,-~t ',.,,', ~,. .,',.,",," ,

'infrasfrD.ctUral

4. J"~ck. of'13-&b;'iughcieperid~nce

.

'

.

1. Limited infrastructure - especially. in ,the Tier II/TIl cities - which limits ,the 'growth of the market.

'"It

"n

:,(j

,~r",:_.,,~,'"

)~ 4,~•.~. ~: ..J

.'

-1

~:,:<'J" ',',.,-,

-l

r f;" \ 1" "". ',',' ,r' !.;' " '1. Growing desire' and' 'need'arii.ongst Indians to JJ'!"?f"', ;,:.•.i QJl1.fl. ... , . travel in India and abroad fodeisureand work.

,~',n.)

r':l"/~IU.':'~

. .of

..~

,~

~tl:~;~

IncorporCltet1 in 198.:;"I);wanitIans: Helicopters Lim:, ited;(PHHL).,commenced its operations within one year~to:piov~4e;h~licopter se,iviCesto the oil sector, opera,te :iiV' ~lly'and'~inaccessible. areas and make

III

I,!

'I C.322

Chapter 7

available charter flights for promotion of travel and tourism. PHHL has a fleet of ~5 helicopters and operates slights -from 39 destinations covering 64 sectors by 148 weekly flights under the aegi$ of the state governments of Meghalaya, Tripura., Sikkim and Arunachal Pradesh.

t

Goa, Varanasi,Patna, and Tiruchirapalli.

I

I "

The Airport Authority of India (AAI) formed by the merger of International Airport Authority of India (IAAI) <md National 'Airport Authority (NAA) through Airports Authority Act (No. 55 of 1994), came into'existence on April I, 1995. There-are 449 airports/('lirstrips in the country, out of which Airports Authority of India (AAI) manages a total of 115 ai,rpOfts',which inclt,lQfi!_HJnternational Airports, 08 C~stoms AirPorts, 73_DOmesticAirports !Wd-~3 CiYil Enclaves at Def~nce Airfields. AAI also provides Air Traffic Management S~rvic~~ (ATMS) oyer ~ntire Indian Air Space and adjoining oceanic areas with ground Installations'cit all Airports and 25 other locationS to ensure safety of Aircraft operations.

"

,,-.-

Major Airports of Indio

Main Fundions The main functj,ons 'pf AAI ar~ (i) to control and manage _the entire Indian airsp~ce (excluding the special user airspace) e},(tending beyond the territorial limits of the cOuntry, as accepted by International Civil Aviation Org~atiO{l(ICAO), (ii) p~ovisio:pjng of q)mmUl)ication ~d nayigatioJ;l(;\1aids, viz. ILS, DVOR, DME,R,adar, etc., (Pi) to design, cpns~ct, operate and IIlaintaip international airports, domestic airpo~ts, civil enclaves at defence airports, (iv) <Jevelopment an~ maI1agement of international cargo termip,<:\ls,(v) provisi9ning Cifpassenger facilitil9-0nand i,nforrn-ation,l>ystellll (vi) expansion and strengthening of o,per-atlonaJ,areas viz. runways, apron, taxiways, etc., anc\ (yji) provisioning of visual aids. -

AirportC/(lssification classified as:

r

5. CIvil Encla~e~ i~Defence AirPorts: There are 28 civil- enclaves in defence airfields." 1

,

, I~ '

4. Other Domestic Airports: All other airports are covered in this category; Raip\lr, Mysore, Tirupati, Visakhapatnam Airports and so on.

*}~

IState (Cily)

Airport

Andhra Pradesh (Sha~shabad/Hyderobad)

.Rajiv Gandhi International

Assam (Gu'Nahati)

Lokpriyo Gopinath Bordsloi International Airp_ort

Bi_harl~aya) .

,

iDelhi {New Delhij~L

A!~po~!,) '~:',_ .Gay-g_AJrpC?rt ~--I;,dir~-G~~d-hi'~ternational Airp~ __

.

Gujar~t (Ahmedabad) .

Sardar VQllabhbhai Patel . InternotionoJ ~irport

~Ko.rn.~ta~ (Deva.nhal.li/~B;n~61;-.' ..re t;.tern~tional Ben~oluru) , Airport. ' --"""~-----.~' --~-"'-,.r-""--'--'-' Kar~ataka (Manglore) Mangl.~re Airport 'm_=_""--.~"""",,,,

11""'"

__

fMadhya Pradesh (Bhopal) ~aja' Bhoj Airport.

1. International Airports: The a4pprts are available for schedu.~ed internationaloper~~~m~ by Indian and foreign dUTiers. 2. Custom Airports: Custom airports have customs and immigration faCilities for' limited international operations by national carri,ers and for, foreign tourist' and cargo charter flights. These include the airports at Bengaluru, ,Hyderabad, Ahmedabad,' Kozhikode, ,Kochi,

rMah~-ra-s-h;;~agp~-r)

i Maharashtra (Pune)

ChhatrapatiShivaji , InternationaLAiiport ~'-"'D'~'B-a-b;-~6hebAmbedkar ~.Internati5>n<;;J,1 Air~ort Pune Airport J-

~jasthan .V.5!!pure)~~=-J";p~~:rna~it?nal Airporl:R9: Punjab (Amritsar) Raj~ Sansi' 'In'te'rnational"' Airport ' r Punjab (Chandigarh/

[Mohali)

~.,. ~<:,

1. Indigo GoAir '} .3. Jet Airways and Jetlite . AirAsia India--=-=_-~-J 5. Spicejet

1)~.!

J

I

"

,.

SeaplaneOperations On December 27, 2010, the seaplane '111 '. . . . ". _

servicewas operationalized in And~!ill & Nicobar Islands as per MOU signed. between Andaman & NicobarAdministration and PHHL. This is the first time that seapl('ll1eoperations are, being introdtrced inIndia',The service shall be provided with a Cessna 208A(capa,city2 + 8 passengers) Amphibian seaplane. Projed GAGAN GAGAN (GP5-Aided Geo-Augmented Navigation)is an augmentation system to enhanc~ the accuracyand integrity of GPS signals't~ meet precision approachrequirements in civil aviation anq it is being implementedjointly by AAr and ISRO. The footprint ofthis. satelli~e will cover a vast geographical area fromAfric('lto Australia and hence would facilitate expans.~nof the service are of GAGAN fel!.beyond Indianairspac~: This ambitious project of the satellite basedair ~av~gation fiystem (GAGAN) will also]help inthe growth of ~e sector by ena.blllg the handling of moreair traffic In a much more seifermanner.' ' ,

Chondigarh Airp~'rt ~

(reatioq' of H~n"orr'

.. .~ +' l

.!

" 1

d'

PawanIians Helicopters Ltd. has propo!?ed to constructa heliport in N~w D~lhi to provide connectivityto tourists and the busines~ con;mmnity, especially during.the Commonwealth, Games 2010,' and for. emergency/disaster maI1agemeht., Possession'1,h~s beentaken the ian9, allotted by the Delhi l)evelopment~uthoritY ,(DDN at Rohini.and RITES Ltd. hasbeen ~Ilgaged.for theprepar'ation of a feasibilitY stud' .

of

y.

:..

t, ".,

..• '

.•.•

',.

I••

Regional C9'n~ectivity Scheme (RC,S):(UDAN~UdJ 'Desh 'ka' Aam Nagrik)',

-'

\ (j

J

'

'.

..

. , I.!.' ,~'1,,!0

ROADNErWOR-KS IN INDIA .

'!hisscheme is a key component.of the National Aviationpolicy'of India. On'March 30;2017 the go.~emtnentawarded contracts of five companies to operate

t

•• ~,

~l~t.,' .• "'i •

~J,~ •.t~-.

~'(t~•.

••.••

'"

,",;

f'

.;, ~ .. \'\,....;.~;:.~,~.\ '~l~"ft 1 ,.-. ,n~

¥',.

~~~

.

..•

~"L.

"J}~

r

,,;>

... 1. •.

\ •.

~t~;,'

The planned r2.a~dsfind their I/', .~", ;'

";"

,

.

,

'

'

Approximate :r;oadnehvork length 4.24 milii~n km . Highest road in India' Khardungla .' -, (L~h':Mafiali) .",! Longest roadinJndia Grand .Trunk Road (G.T.Road) .•

.

.

";"J"~'

, '

-~.

_".'

I.

::

.•

•

--~,

Uttarakhand (7863 km) has the'longest length a,nd Chandigarh (15~lkms) 'has the shortest length of National'Highways j.rtthe country. " V" 'i':~ .. Na,tioncil'Iiighw'ay /Expressway: ~ 103,933km State ~gho/ay, " .161,487 km . Other Roads " . ~ : ", 5,207,044kin Total Roads : '5,472,464 :km I.

",

:

~r'.

../;

,1

.

.,-

:

1

. ,',,}:

~,

Other.FQcfs About Roads in India

r;

l"

L j

t

• fudia:n roaa~ehv~rk'(jf 33 la'lli 'kilometers is ( _"' ,.t ..~'.. ,. -/ . < 'l~ the second largest ..~ ,the ""orl<;l. ,_ , • National High~ay~ comprise about 1.7%;of the length ofroads.' • '-1.

-

j'"''

.

Under. tl,Usevery 'flight willhav~ a f~ce cap
~

t;,.~,'

,t""1~~1.:

l' ""' •. l i, ..,I.:.t

18. Vistara Airlines

,,

~~

4. Turbo MEighaAirways Pv~.~tq;;~, ," ,~-", • 5. Air Odisha' Private tKf ,\', .<:1' J ""I l.

7. Air India

Ao!

~

_l.AirI~e~lli~d Servi~esLimi~ed;,,;, _I, \. 2. Spice J'etLtd;'. r,' ' • /' ~ , ' '" 3. Air Deccan; " / .-- .', ,,.,

14.

[6. Air Costa

;YO',

'...,'

12.

.~',,"'<~_."""""'c."'-'

I

Maharashtra (Mumbai)

....••...

flight services' onl,I28:worki3"ili(der Res tha{;ims to connect 70'aiipoits'fThe aii:lin~'coilipames are: '

IM~i~r Domestic Airlines of I~

.

~er..o.. 10 (Th.i.ruvanan.. .. Triv.a. n.drum Internoti.onal ~puraml ~__ ~~p_o~_____ Kerala (Kozhikode) Calicut International . Airport

The airports in Inc\ia are p~esently ---

.-

v':' '

Agra, Jaipur, Arnritsar .-

3. Model Airports: Model airports are domestic airports which have a minimum runway length of 7500 teet and adequate terminal capacity to handle Airbus A320 type of aircraft and can cater to limited international traffic, if required. These include the. airports at Lucknow, Bhubaneswar, Guwahati, Nagpur, Vadodara, Coitr}-batore,Imphal and Indore.

Airport Authority Qf India

I

<::323

Communication and Transport Systems

.

t

.• t

•

I

-j

• National Highway-scarry over 40% of the total ,traffic acros? the length and breadth of India.: • About 65% of freight 'aftd 80% passenger traffic ..is 'carried' by the roads~' . ; . ,

'I I

C.324

I .~

1:

CQapter 7

Communication and Transport Systems

• Number<:>f ~ehicles h~ve been growing at an average pace of 10.16%per anntllll over the last . five years. . • Longest National Highway is NH44 (Varanasi - Uttar Pradesh to Kanyakumari- Tamil Nadu running to 2369 km).

"

II :! I

• Short~st Naijonal Highway is NH9{j6Bbetween Ernakulum .to ~ochiPort (~erala) Spanning only ()kms. .

Classiiii~tion of. Roads. in .India and Auth:ority: Responsible : ~.

i' .. :

'.'

. .

..

National Highwq.yIExpressway: Ministry of Road Trap.sport and Highways. S~f;lte.Highway: Publi<;,worksDeptts. PWDs of State/ UTs. ',., Other PWD Roads: (Pubic works Deptts of States/ UTs Rural Roads: Panchayats, JRYUawaharRozgar Yojana) and PMGSY (Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojarta). Urban Roads: Local governments and Municipalities. Project -Roads:-yarious States/UT. government depaitfu.'ents;'ai{d'SAIL(Steel Authority of India Ltd.), NMDC (National Mineral Development Corporation) and BRO (BorderRoad.organization). ...

Bharotmala. Project Under this project the Ministry of Road' Transport has reviewed the National Highways Network with a view to:; • Improve road connectivity to coastal/border areas, backward areas, religious places, tourist places, constructi~n/ r~habili~ation./hardening of about 1500 major bridges and 200 Railways 9ver Bridges (ROBs)/Railway Under Bridges (RUBs)on National Highways; • Improvement of newly declared National Highways (NHs); • Providing connectivity to district head quarters; • Conriectivity improvement programIne for 'Char-Dham' (Kedamath;-Badr.inath- Yamunatori-Gaitgotri in lit&akh~d). .

s~~u,B~~ro.t9mProgrqmn:'~,

,,' ,. '

It was launched in12016for building bridges for safe and seamless.travel on National Highways. The Programme aims to make all National Highways'(NHs)

free of railways crossing.py2019, to"p~~ventfrequent accidents and loss of lives at level crossings .., .

• Mofor VehicleAct, 1988 • CentiaJ.~1\ltotor Vehiae R~i~s, 1989:'

Green Highway Policy, 2015

• Road Transport Corporation Act, 1950 ....

In September 2015, the .government launched the Green Highway (Plantation, Transplantation; Beauti. fication & Maintenance) Policy, 2015 with an aim to help the environmentl help the _lo~al communities and geIlerate employment bY''planting,.trees along 6000 .~ of highwa~s in its fir~t phase with strong mecharilsm to morutor. the programme by using ISRO's Bhuvan and GAGAN Satellite system,

• Casriage by Roa,d Act, 2007, (repealed to' the Carriage Act, 1865) -, , ",' ',' '''t, " • Carriage by Road Rules, 2011 .'

G.T. Road G.T. Road is India's longest road which runs from Kolkata to Ainritsar, passing through Varanasi, Allahabad, Kanpur, Agra, Delhi and Ambala. Origil1.ally,.the road connected Lahore (Pakistan) with Kolkata. '

Nat~onal Highways . i

.

• , ..•..\ t

I .

, Road Transport an~ Road Safety' ", The ,Ministry of Road Transport and' Highway is . responsi~le fo~.th~ formula~on ,of,',broad policies related to"reguhition of roadt}~sport in India. The , followiilg Acts/Rules, which embody the policy relating to motor vehicles and- State Road Transport Corporations (SRTCs),are being administered in the Road Transport Division of the Department:

!'

.••.•

",

' "

IT"


\."'

-

\

;'"

•.

"'"'~

__

. "(i) G~lderi ,Quad;ilateral (GO)! c~mprising, : . national hj.ghways coI0ecting four metro cit': . ies vii. Delhi, Mumbi:ll,Cnennaia.nd'Kolkata. ,,",Tbtallen"g th~fGQ is'5846kfu~"f''',. " '1',

.~

Notional~ighw~y and Infra~~ructuralDevelopme!1t. Corporation'Ltd.

~ --., I."

{NHIOCLJNHIDCL

was constituted tylarch 2014\ias a new cp.rporate entity under the Ministry of Road TranspOr.tand Highway to exclusiv~ly ,carry' out the task of construction/up-gradation/indexing ofNational Highway as part of the country which share international boundaries with neighbouring countriesso as to pr01riote regional corinectivity,w~th neighbourmgcountries on a sustainable basis. . ,

{'','

\ 'lJ.

. ",

' ..

(ii) North-South and East-West corridors--.:..com• pri~ing 'th.~ ,nati0I1al hig~ways,coIl1);~cting Srinagar to'~KanyakumarPiridua.mg' Kochis' Salem spur and Silchar to Porbandar.is about . J522.l(~: Ag~inst 12,109~,:.~l,e'~gth d7{~6~ ~.hasa1ready been two/fo~r~ laned"up "to 'Dec-2016'arid a length 'of 2;861 km is under implementation. During.the'year 386'kffi h?-s been completed up till Dec-?Ol~:, ',',

.•._1.

NationalHighway Development Projed (N~DP) It' is the !argesthighwayprojeet eve~ taken up'in India. It aims to

ji

•. ,.~

•.

,....

~

.

~,~"'"'.~

Table(.7.8

.No.

NarneQfState

1.

Df

List of State-wise Important Nati~naIHighwaysinlndia:

.•.

-.~

'._.

Bihar-

Ii ,

r-7.

9.

10.

'""T"'''''''::''"'~-'-':~~-=<''''"~~~''-'~--7'-'I'~-.

I

N

13.

,-

,

43,78,200,

.

t

•

'_'_'_,'

-

•....

'.

~. ~ ~Jammuand Kashmir ___________

I;i:

1

"

•

5598.00

_i_'_-_-_ --~

?2~~:~__J

52A, 52B;

384~(67

t.

'"

1

4838.79 ..-,--.,----'

.:

15.28

'

202; 216:'217,111, 221,-343'New-,--3-16S:'40---j ~-"--"'C------.-.~'-~""';" .. ...-..

.}.~';':-'-'~" .: .... ~ .- ;"'~r--;----":'.--, ,",'

.

.~_w

"

"_

31.00

'.."

'~-~----'---22.00"--]

__' ---' __,

,

••

_._

~'_

'

••••••

"._

••.••

,

'

--:::,._

zb.k.~,' . 80

,

__ '__'__

262,

I

-1

NE-1,,6,8,,8A,:8,B,8t., 8D,8E, 14;'15,5.9, .113.andg2R,. r~5016;90 1,2, 8,10, 21A, 22, 64, 65, 71, 71A, 72, 73, 73A, 71B~-236 2622.48--; and NE-II

q HimachalPradesh

\l'I;.

-\.(,1,

"

848ANew' 848B New & 251 New

-------'------,--

b','Jharkhand

,...:.... __

-~~7;--"-~~-, -';-'~'-"-1-'-('-'-'~"-' ..--'~----~.-

:"\ . ,_.,'''.

Delhi 1, 2, 8, 10,,24 a,"!d2.36 C;;;--~=-_.~_~._=-~-~_4~ _1.!!-17A an? 17B

•

, '

~

*362~~6,

Dadar Nagar Haveli Daman& Diu

11. Gujarat ,Haryan-a'------

t

,.,,21.,\

-Chh-atf-isgarh-'

r.• ~tI,......

..

2,2C, 19,28, 28A, 28B, 30, 30-1..-, -3-1,-5-7'-, 5-'7-A-,-77-,-8-0-, 81, 82,83,84,85,98,99,101,102,103,104,105,106,107 and 110

',.

Chandlgarh

-..

31, '31-B,3 37, 37A~38:-3~-44, 5~5i' . 53,54,61,62,151,152,153 and 154:, . ..;'

I

" ..

.. ~

11

1

Total Length (in kmll

iC,36 ,

". Assam :'..•. ,

~.

F.,.

ill

. ',."

4,5,7,9,16, 18,,18A,43,63,.-202,205;214,214A,219, 221, 222.and 234 . \_ 52,52A, 153,229, 52B Ext.and 37 Ext. '

i

'.,

-

NatiQnalHighway No.

;r'AndhraPradesh, ., " ArunachalPradesh

'.' i 3.

.

I

4"

.••

.,. ~•.. "

•

The' national hIghways are the principal highways running through the length and breadth of the country. They connect major ports, foreign highways, capitals of states and major towns, including highways required for strategic movement for the defence of In~ia.The National Highways, Authority of India (NHAI) constituted on 15 June 1989, is responsible for the constrilctionand maintenance of the national highway~. NH-7, the longest national highway passes through Uttar Pradesh, Madhya -Pradesh, Maha~ rashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu. It conneCts' Varanasi to Cape Comorin (Kanyakumari). ' '. , The,national highways constitute about 2% of the total road length in the country and carry nearly 40% of the total road traffic.

-

I

upghide 'fu€ 14,279 km leng*:oh;~tio'nal highways to:four/slx lanes to give' a boost to' the economic development of the country. NHDP has the following hyo;coinponents: "':, ' ...• ' "' I ". t.. / .~

.', ''C'-',

j

!':")_

C.325

-

I

.. --~:""------'.

lA, 20,

20"\, '2"1;-21;\,22,70,72,

. ~,._. ,.--_.A-.--~J

72B, 88, and 73A

2642.48

lA, :18, 1C'and1~,3 New, 144 New 144A Ne~, 301 New, 444 New,501 New .___

2653.64---]

2, 6,'.23, 31 i 32, 3.3,75, 78, 80,98, 99 and 100.

2653.64

..

.J

(Continuted)

......•

( I~-'

';.I!I,

~I

',t !

I

l

,d I

'I "

\; ~ , I

I

Chapter 7

C.326

Table (.7.8 116.

r ~I

Communication and Transport Systems ,

IContinutedj

Kornotoko

4, 4A, 7,9,13,17,48,63,67,206,207,209,212, 234

r'-''-<---.---------------_._~.-_... ,,---~-.-----------------, r

17.

Kerolo .

18. ,

~I

3,7, 12, 12A, 25, 26, 26A, 26B, 27, 59, 59A, 69, 69A, 75, 76,78,86 and 92

7572.57

3,4, 4B, 4C, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, 16, 17, 26B, 50, 69, 69A, 75, 76, . 78,86 and 92 39,53, 150 and 1,~5

7470.79 .. , 1745.74

40, 44; 51 a~d'62

1204,36

, ,

Maharashtra,

~~~'~M,anip~r' 21.

-_,

Meghalaya

F'-

.~

l22.

Mizoram

23. 124. ,

I'

_ 44A,54,54A,54B,

"

Orissa

5, 5A, 6,23, 42, 4~, 90,]5: 200, 201, 203, 293A, 215, 217 and 224

Pudducherry

(2~_~=~~f~~I~b_~., 27, Rajasthan

,45A "._'_1

[~--Sikkr;;;.-' _. 29.

30.

1381.0

36,39,61,

''i

25.

150 and 154

Nagaland

TamilNadu

150 and 155

1172.79

and 66

4837.52

,

~4.03

~~t-,10, 1~, 20, 21, 22,64,70,71,72

and 95_.. 3,8,11, 11A, 11Bf.11C, 12,14, 15,65,718,76,79, 79A, 89,90,113,112,114 and 116 31A, 310,_310ANew, 51'0'-A-N-ew-,-7-1-0A---N-ew---

,

463 5006.15 \:,-.

7,9,16,;202,)21,222,223, 326New, 167 New, 150 New, 363 New, 365 New, 161, 765 New, 50 New, 563 New, & 365 A New ''''~--'.

~9:.!5 . 7906.2

__

4,5,7, 7A, 45, 45A, 45B, 45C, 46,.47, 47B, 49, 66, 67, 68, 205, 207,208,209,.210,-219, 220, 226, 226E, 227, 230 and 234

Telangana

2823.00

'-~'--'------'------------'-_ ... "._---_.

Tripura

44 and 44A

32.

Ultarakhand

58,72, 72A, 72B, 73, 74, 87, 94,108,109,123,119,121, Ext.and 125

2714.00

2, 2A, 3, 7, 11, 12A, 19, 24, 24A, 24B, 25A, 26, 27, 28, 28B, 28C, 29, 56, 56A, 56B, 58, 72A, 73,74, 75,76, 86, 87,91,91A, 92, 93, 96,97, 119, 231, 232, 232A,233, 235 and NE-II '

8487,00

r34~ I

UttarPradesh

West Bengal

2, 2B, 2B Ext.,6, 31, 31A, 3lC, 310, 32, 34, 35, 41, 55, 60, 60A,80, 81 arid 117

L.-,

35.

Andamanand Nicobar 223 Islands

tOTAL (Ext-Extension; NE-National

A

<. ,..

postal

network is postal network

in th'eworld. (a) (b)

'

Largest Second largest

J"

'''I.\.

(a) (b)

103933.00

(c) ",Mumbai to Chennai \) ,'r (d)' Chandigarh to Jammu

'.

(c)

111

IV

II

IV

(d)

IV

II

' III

' I

"f

Column I (Event);~

Column ,(Year)

II 8.

Saving

1.1882

postal

II. 1880

C. Money Order Service Started

III. 1863

A. Post' ,Office Bank Started 8. First All India stamp issued

(a) (c)

(a) (c)

(a)

1

II

III

(b) (c)

il

~q

I

III

Pin (ode

.IV

II

(d)

III

II

I

10. The PINcode in India in

(a) '" 1~ kri1 52 km2

2

(b)

'21 km

(d)

121 km2

2

(a) (c)

MaiISyl~~ 5. Match the colour of the letterbox

Column I (Colour of the letterbox) A. Yellow B.Green

Column II (Purpose)

I. Normal II. Local

C. Blue'

III. National Capital

D. Red,

IV. Metro

in in

(b)

4

(d)

10

system was introduced (b),

'(d)

1965 1981

(a) (b) (c) (d)

digit .

of

the

PIN

code

13. QMS was introduced 1975 1977

(b)

12

16

(d)

20

Zone 1 Zone 12

(b») (d)

are

comes in ,~

r

.+'

,

Zone 4 , Zone 16

,which of the.foll~wing country was not served by Indian .Speed Post? . (a) (c)

Hong King Canada " \ 21. At inception, which of, the following Cities was covered by speed post? .J;,

The UK The USA

(b) (d)

I'

(a) ..•Chandigarh (b) Pune (c) Hyderabad

(d)

Goa'

1976 1978

j

..:

zone in which they fall in column 11.' Column,I'{ (States)

•

Column (Zones)

(a) (b) (c)

(d)

A., II .•.. I III I

II ,;

I. Zone 5 It. Zo~«; 6

",. i

I,

(").

In .. Zone ~,

C. Kerala D. Meghal~ya

in

"."

.

22. Match the states in column I with the

,• (b) (d)

coVers

78 99'

8

A. Karnataka B. Bihar, ,:

Region orzone Sub-region or sub-zone' Sorting district Delivery post office

Quick Mail Service (QMS) (a) (c).

(b) (d)

',.

j,

Personal Identification Number Postal Identification Number Personal Index Number Postal inde~ Number

third indicates

in

20. Atinception,

,.'

1954 1972

12. The

"

speed;t~ post countries.

-'.

(a) (c)

i

, ... (b) t1984 '. .~(d)";' ;1986 .,"

19. For speed post Chandigarh

11. PIN "stands for (a) (b) (c) ,(d)

55 82

'

pin

r~

1983 • 1985

I

"

18. For, speed. post serviq~," there _____ 'postal zones.

connects

2 6

C

(a) (c)

All registered mairhaving code

~,

Channel

B

v, ~

(d)

,

A

serves an area of

,

All unregistered m,!i1( ,'.•,.' All registered mail 'All unre'gistered'maii having pin code ." ,', ' HI'" '

(c)

i~' ,~

(c)

'~ . :.

(b) , 90 (d) 430

17. At present, ______

Rajdhani Channel conriEicts New Delhi with

(a)

'h"~

(a) (b) (c)

(a)

Every major City Six state capitals With every state capital (d) , With,major business hubs

IV.1854

I

1

, 16: Speed' P~st se~vice '~asiaunched

Business mail Household mails Only media mails Only parcels

Metro Cities.

't'»l'

Speed Post Service

'(a) (b) (c)

9.

-"I:"'"

.-

45 ." 210

_

,

Bulk Mail channel is used for

~:

'"'=

15. QMS covers'

,

Epost Eimage E-mail P-mail

(a) (b) (c) (d)

3. Arrange'the events in column. I with the correct year in column II. '

!f

The service ofthe Indian Postal system which allows people to send scanned images electronically, which are delivered as hard copies is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

7,

col~;;;'~ I with the correct purpose column II.

Expressway)

- II

,Delhi to Mumbai Allahabad to Naini

(c) . l'.~

I

IV

was flown

4. On an average a post office in India

. 330.70 ,

.IV

.111

fron1"-

806,20

2955.80

II

I

•••.•.

14. QMS has approximately national centres'. ,./

"D,

III

;,. service

C

(a)

(c) ~ Third largest (d) ~ Fifth largest 2. The .ti~st airmail

. B

(b)

6.

"' ..•.

31.

33.

-,"-', -----

PostalServi(~s 1. Indian _______

'\.._. .-----_--.----=--"- -------'-------------,------------19.

II» Topic~wise-As.s~ssm~~.t ------------------"-"

" 181~1.52

Madhya Pradesh

I

'l

6502.2"9-

17,47, 47A, 47C, 49, 208, 212, 213 and 220

-,'

1,

!!

2180nd

C.327

""':

B I , II IV, IV,.

C IV III ,II II

IV. S .. Zone ,..•.. D ' III,' IV I III

"

"

i

.-

Chapter 7

C.32~

Communication and Transport Systems (a) (b) (c) (d)

Telecommunications. 0:.,

!,'

23. First telegraph between' (a) (b) (c) (d)

India

10 lines 50 lines

50 lines

',(c)

(b). (d)

700 lines

(b).' (d)

(a) (c)

(a) (b) (c)

Delhi Chennai

(d)

III. It must 8;9% (a) (c)

Line in

to

,be

provide

defined

later

Broadband

as

latency

of

I and II III and I

'Network

Limited

II'. Department

Only I

(c)

I and III'

Vehicle . (b)'

(a) (b) (~) (d)

Is the,larges~ in'theworld Is the second largest in'the world Is the third largest in-the world Is the fourth largest in the world

29. India wireless network'is (a) (b) (c) (d)

Largest in the wClrld' Second larg'est fn tne world Third largest in the world None of these . .

(d)

II and III

(a) (c)

(b)

2G 4G

(d)

(b) (c)

5G

31. Telegram service was discontinued BSNL in (a) (c)

2011 2013

(b) (d)

33. NOFN ____

1994 1996

(b) (d)

of India

41. Indian Railway System connect ..

(a) (b)

(a)

1887

(b)

1905

(c)

1950

(d)

1958

(a)

10

(c)

17

divided zones.

into

54. Life Line Express was introduced

(b) 15 (d) 21

(a) 1988 (c) , 1990

. South Eastern East Coast

(d)

West Central

(c)

-"'.'

IS'

largest in the wor'ld Second largest in the world

(b) (d)

(a) (c)

1989 1991

train was intro-

(b) , (d)-

1972 1978

•

I~

Central Northern

;;

Birbal Tansen

(b) (d)

Thomason Mandy

~!"'

.

Indian Railways completely :.-

in

,

I."

n' (ah11976 (c) ,1985

(b) (d)

1981 1995

~..s)~~

(b) (d)

t

Mumbai Chennai

J

c

, administrative of Railways?

control

is NOT under of the Ministry

(a)

introduced (b) (d)

1902

1957

,

Diesel 1950 1980

•.

introduced

Electric

(b) . (d)

1954 1990

trains run on

metre gauge? Blue India Express.,• Pink City Express Day Queen Special None ofthese

51. Which'of the following lished first?'L

(a) :~ Cent;e for Railways I~form~tion , System (b) t:Central Forum for Railways ,Information Systems (c) Core Railways Information (d)

w~s estabI

Locom'otive Works

Couch faCtory

System. .. Cent~aIRailways'lnformation System'",'

'~«'a),c) ClS~!,~, ."" MUTR \.

l

~

,~,

(b) (d)

,~.

I~

(b) _ ~D?O , (d) '",

IRFC \,

.

of India

was

20,. 80

~""'.l

.' •

t

••1

~.

"h);'~ ),..

,~ . ,,,

" ., ...

...

:

~,'

;

~~.

.(b), (d)

(a)

.~ -.:\

(b). "

,(d)

68. Which of the following' ated in Mumbai?

'

",::

-/, •.••.••

' .,',.1

Trainlng Ship 'Chanakya' Marine Engineering Research Institute' '.

.i '

ports is on an

;. ,'.'

"

Chennai port ,Vishakhapatnam Port' 'Mormugao port IMumbai

port

.

.I"

I-

. ,;, ,.

Ennore port Kolkata port

(c) (d)

Tuticorin port" Kandla port' -!' .~

(a) (c)

•

,

(a)' (b)

75. India

is

.1.

the following

v

y. ~<.

< .,

~

has

is a riverine ,"

.

,I. ,.,.'" , ,~"1'~"

•

"..,

,.,t

major ,; "",

I

6',,,\(bh,12

(_'

,:;

, ~ , '(d) It124( fl,

18 .

situ-

~

largest, container

ports.

7 13

t,

',.,\f

~.;

74, Which of, the following major port of India?,;-.

has

...• ~/

\\>';.l ~

,K6Ikat~," .• if 'r Mumbai " ::t, /'...."'" .,:!.,_.' •...•. ,' Goa '

~.

2008

"

••••~

(a).- , Jawaharlal Nehru port (b) Paradip port (c) Mormugao por~ (d) Kandla port

(d)

1968

is NOT

:

'.

is the

(a) (b) .(c)

Maritime University .._.regional camr:uses.

.(b) (d)

J'

'

... ),~

~.t ,I

,~k~,

76. Which of the following" ports is NOT administered by the 'Port Trusts' governed by'the'provisions of Major Port Trust,Act, 19637 . (a) Ennore port (b) ,Paradip'port (c) New Mangalore (d) Kandla ~'ort'

:

/,;,1

,. ",

.~,;

'Che~~ar."

(b) (c) (d)

artificial. harbor?

Upiversity was estab'

0

71. The ,oldest. active port in india located in." ..' ..... " .:",: ,.',

73. Which.of

40 100

-v,.'

,. .' :-.j

port .

I

I

~:

'4.;t~~ ~'h'

:.

Mormugao Kochi"

pprt in India. . . .

Shipping Companies Shipyards Training Institutions

(a) (b)

J

~,'"\

72.

Privately ()wned Government owned Publicly 'owned Govern~eni: Department .. ," .

2 10

-,

_.

L.

I:"'

It was awarded Mini Ratna status It acquired Mughal, Lines Limited

67. Indian, ____

,'"

. Kandla,

(b) (c)

It suffered loss of more than 200 crores . ' _ I.t changed its status to pul;>lic limited company ..

1954 1978

I,

. (d) , Parad'ip'

196-1 1982

)

(a) (c);

,

,:I"'''"

70. _._'_'__ ' is:t~e I~rgest, R9rt .i~ Indi,a.:

65. SCI is

(a) (c)

~: The research and development wing of I~aian railways is called .'

(d)

64. SCI manages approximately __ ship's On t:>ehalf of 'the government organizations and depa'rt,ments.

(d)

, ~

.

66. Indian Maritime lished. in

59, eRIS stands for

1925 ,1982

(a)' "Ct:littaranjan

Indian Railways Construction l1Company Limited (IRCON) . (b) B'raithwaite and Company Ltd. lr (BCL) (c) 'f Burn Standard Company Ltd (BSCL) ,,):' (d) IRail Vahan Nagam Ltd. (RVNL)

b

",'

T. S. Dufferi;' T. S..Chanakya T.S. Freedori,--'

,(<::)

63. The year 2000 was speciai for- Shipping Cqrporati?npf India because.

(d)

•

Major Ports in Inaia . ~.

1950 1977

(c)

. ~•• ,

'",

~;

62. Shipping Corporation establishe,din

(a) (b) (c)

,:

(a)

(a) ,(c)

•. ,T:

The National MaritimeAcademy

69. The first 'ship to be" used. for training Indian as Merchant NavY Officers was ., " '"'.' .Yr.,.. .....•").!4 \' (a) T: S. Rajendra ,,~ .

,

(a) (c)

.

'58. Which of the following

(d)

(b)

I and.1I III and IV I and III, II and IV

(b)

PublicUndertakings

.New Delhi , Kolkata

'hltegral

Corporation

57, The steam engines were faced out of

of the Metro Railways is

50. Which of the following

(b)

1969 1975

Corporation

IV. Southern Shipping (a) (b) (c) (d)

Lal BahadurShastri C:ollege of Advanced Maritime Studies &

C ':in Researc:hil "1/.1- .".",,"

Corporation of India by amaigarrfaticin of ~

Corporation

56. The first rail engine in India. was called

Southern Western

49. Indian Railways locomotives in (a)

in

ducedin (a) (c)

(c) ,t

Shipping

(a)

(c)

(a) (c)

(b) Cd)

55. The: first high-speed

Northern

Traction '.

III. Northern

The first Indian train owned by the Defence Department

~i

'

Shipping Corporation of India '~

l. 'Easter~ Shipping

l

45. Which of the. following Zones of Indian Railways was created last?

(a) (b) (c) (d) ,.

Railway was administrative

J

II. W~stern Shippi,ng Corp6rat,ion

From New Delhi to Islamabad The first Indianhospital on wheels (c)?f Used only by Indian Armed ?l Forces .

(d)

,

Indian Railwo"ys, 61. The Shipping wasestabhshed

'

(a) (b)

T~~

48. lr:Jdian Railways locomotives in

Sealdah - New Delhi Duronto Express BhopalShatabdi Express H. Nizamuddin - Bandra Garib Rath , Mumbai Rajdhani Express

Deccan Queen Lifeline Express Vivek Express Himalayan Queen

(a) ~~ New Delhi (b)'C: Raebareli (c),~ Perampura (d) Yalahanka

43. R.ailway Board Was set'Jp in

44. Indian ____

"

53. Life Line Express is

..•:

,:'

\

was the first electric train in' (a) (b) (c) (d)

FOUrth

47. Headquarters based in

is the fastest?

India.

,1995 1997

scheme plans' to' H_villagesin.lndia

(d) 40.

2012 2014

32. Telecom Regulatory Authority was established in (a) (c)

by

(d)

(a) (c)

39. Which of the following

3G

Third

(a) (c)

V~lue Addition i~Services VitlueAdd70n Services'" Value Added Services Value Add-on in Services

38. First train in India was between ,"' (a) Kalka and,Shimla (b). Dl;!lhi and Agra (c) Mumbai'and Thane (d) Kolkata and DiamondHarbo!,Jr

(a)

(c)

46. Which of the following administrative zone was created first?

Media

30. LTE service is also call~d

Second

"'Nc)'

Only II

37. VAS means

28. Indian telecom network

(b)

(b)

of Government

III. Speciall'urpose (a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

The

(a)

I. A Registered Company

Indian Telecom Settor

(a)

Rai/Tracks Administration

is a

Kolka'ta Mumbai

"

52. Rail'Coach Factory (RCF)'issituat~d~t

speed of

(b) (d),

Only I' lIand.lll

36. Bharat

service in India was (b) (d)

Bharat Broadband network Ltd. Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd. Department of Telecommunication Tata Teleservices Ltd.

II. It must have minimum 512 kbps

1,500 lines

(c) Of; Diesei :LoconiotiveWorks' (d)./ Rail Wheel Factory"

42. In9ia has -'----~~ __ largest elec. trified railway system i~ the World.

I. It must be always on'

300 lines .

Third largest inthe. world None of these. <,,'

250,00q 400,600

35. For a service Broadband

in India had

London and Delhi London and Mumbai Delhi and Lahofe' Mumbai and Moscow

27. First telephone 'introduced.in

(c) (d)

34. NOFN is being implementedby

25 lines 100 lines '

26. First International. Telephone India was oetween ' (a) (b) (c) (d)

was

exchange in India had

25 .. First autcifTiatiCexchange the capacity of (a)

in

Chenr:Jai and Mumbai Kol~ataan,d Diam~>nd Harbour Mumbai and Front Bay Kolkata and Delhi

24. First telephone capacity of (a) (c)

line

50,000 100,000

C.329

I

I

"'1

1

I

1

It '1 .

.1

I.

I

."..

!

:1 it I~ I

"1

,

C.330

Communication and Transport Systems

Chapter 7 85. Pawan Hans Helicopter started primarily for

!

Shipping

I

77. First Solo Flight in India was taken by (a) (b) (c) (d)

!

Col. RanjeetSingh JRDTata R N Rajore , Stephen Stanley

(a) (c)

1940 1948

(b) (d)

1953 1962

25 (c), 89

in

"

80. Tata Airlines Ltd. (a) (b) (c) (d)

was renamed

Air India

When it was converted into Public Limited company When it was nationalized When it was merged with Alliance Air After the death of JRD Tata was

81.

Air

I I,

(b) (d)

India's' first CENTUAR 'AKASH

~

~: ,

(d)

(c)

6

(d)

None of thes!,!

(d)

83. National Aviation Company of India is result of the merger between

II. Indian Airlines III. Pawan Hans Helicopter

(b)

Ltd.

IV. National Aviation Carrier

(a) I and II (b)" II'arid III (c) III, IV and I (d)

I,,lIi1nd III .

1889 1985

Both International Airport and Custom Airports are same ' Custom Airports can only be used for cargo International flights can only operate from International Airports

(b) (d)

1959 1991

Ltd

IV. Amritsar

A

B

C

0

(a)

I

II

III

IV

(b)

IV

I

III

II

(c)

II

III

I

IV

(d)

I

IV

II

III

It should have custom facility It should have minimum runway length of 8,000 feet

15 35

(b)

28

(d)

55

92. Match the name of the International Airports in column I with the cities in column II in which they are located.

project is by AAI and

.' '..'

_

99. Which of the following States has the longest length of National Highways in lridia? ' , (a) (b) (c) (d)'

Punjab Uttarakhand Maharashtra Uttar Pradesh

Jammu and Srinagar Leh and Manali

(c) (d)

Srinagar and Baramullah Shimla and Dehradoon

GAGAN PHHL SHMMA MENSET

96. The origin

of planned

roads in India

started with Sher Shah Suri Ashoka Akbar Chandragupta is the longest

road among

101. GT Road is from

102. GT r9ad does NOT pass through (a) Allahabad (b) Varanasi (c) Bhopal (d), ,Ambala

.

of India

1958 1989 1994 2001

.x'"'

(a) (b) (c)

Khardungla " Grand Trunk Road ,', National highwa;.'A1

(b), I, VIII, "' and VII (c) V, IX, X and I' (d)~ V, X, IV and VII'

(d)

National highway ~

highways carry nearly ' of the total, road,traffic

(d)

High-

(a) (c) (d)

N~~bha~at Times" .... Ajit Siyasat Inqui/ab'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

national

highway

in

NH-2 NH-7 NH'--42 NH-100

.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

•.•..

~ .

Chandigarh Kolkata Mumbai B~ngaluru

(a) (b)'

(c) (d)

is in Marathi?

Dai/y Thanthi Lokmat Munsif' Janasatta ,

122. Anandai:Jazar Patrika is NOT printe,d at

pul:)li~hed ' .

In India

B~Flgal Gaz~tte Gqlcuttci Review

(a) (c)

'Kolkata' Delhi

(b) (d)

123. Which of the following ann~al.publication?

.

(a)

Anandabo?-ar ~a,tr{ka

The Times of India Mumbai Samachar Calcutta Review The Hindu

(c)

(a) (c)

Telugu Assamme •

in India is

(b) (d)

Gujarati Bengali

(a) (b)

is a Kannada

Griha Sobha .' ,Mallige Panchanga Darshini

(d)

124. Annadata is published

,

Mumbai Bengaluru

.Shar.adiya Bartdman 'Kalnirariay .

(b)

.";

English .Marathi

'

is NOT a Pun~"

121. Which of the following

114; Oldest existing newspaper (a) (c)

.

~"':

Ajit' Jag Bani Shaheed-e-Azam Amc/r Ujalq

in

.' (b). .- . \. (d)

-

125. RNlstandsfor'

in

i~' pub-

120. The Stqtesman is published from

:

the Hincfu

(a)

119. Which of the following jabi publication?

113. Out lof the following n'ewspapers, which is th!,! oldest !inglish qaily? ' ,(b)

in

(b), ' Marathi (d)' ~e!lgali'

II

i23,Ooq

\

published

English' Hindi

~

(b) (d)

25,000 km ?2,boq km ~m 198,000 km

112. First Newspaper was '.'

(a)

(a) (c).

(c)

~ewspC1pers ~nd . Periodica~s .

(I:) ,(c;:)

Maharashtra Madhya Pradesh New Delhi Uttar Pradesh

of

lished from Hyderabad?

179 289

L

(a) (b) (c;:)

(a) (b) (c) (d).

number

1f8. Which 'am~rig the folloV;i~g (b) (d)

Largest in the world' Secoild largest in the world Third largest in the world None of these '

'~';

has the 'largest registered publications.

117. Lokasattais

Rood Networks in Indio

Kanyakumari' (a)J' II, X, IV and VIII

"

New

National

121 221

111. The longest India is

(d).

I. Delhi II. Jammu II,l.tBengaluru IV. Allahabad V.Srinagar VI;' Mumb'ai VII. Chennai VIII. .Kolkata IX~ Chandigarh

{fi

J

116.

Chandigarh Amritsar Sri nagar Indo-Pak border

110. The length of all the National ways in India is approximate,ly (a) (b) (c) (d)

NationalHighways

105. National _____ of India.

1 connects

108. India has Highways.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Amritsar to Kolkata Jammu to Delhi Mumbai to Kolkata Islamabad to Mumbai

the following::

98. Which of the' followi~'g' has shortest length of National Highways in India?

Srinagar with KanyakiJrriari New Delhi with Porbander

109. India's rqad network is

104. Which of the following four cities are connected by Golden Quadrilateral?

History

Punjab Kesri (b) Times of India , (c)A;/Gndabazar Patrika (d) Hindustan Times <

will connect

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (i:) (d)

daily in India is

(a)

.

GTRoadtin;

was

115. The largest circulated

Chandigarh with Mumbai Srinagar with Chen hili ,

(a) (c)

103. N~tional Highway Authority 'constituted in

25% 75%

(a) (b)

107. National Highway Delhi with

(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Air Transport

97.

'.

" ' (b), , , (d),

106. North South Corridor

Haryana l-lj

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Air India Indian Airlines Pawan Hans Helicopters Ltd. Vistara '

95. Which of the following being jointly implemented ISRO?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

civil

Goa Lakshadweep Maldives Andaman and Nicobar

94. The seaplane service in India is man. aged by (a) (b) (c) (d)

(d)

(a) , 10% (c) 40%

100. Highest Road in India connects

93. The first seaplane service in India was stated in

It should have all immigration facility

(d)

(c)

D. Raja Sansi

(a) (b) (c) (d)

It should have terminal capacity to handle Airbus A320 type. . aircrafts .

.. III. Guwahati

Custom Airports offer limited International Operations

(c)

(a)

84. When was Pawan Hans Helicopter incorporated? (a) (c)

1954 1959 1995 2004

91. In India there' are __ enclaves in defence airfields.

PawanHans Helicopters Ltd.

" II. Kolkata

C. Lokpriya Gopinath Bordoloi

(a) (b) (c) (d)

90. Which of the following condition must be satisfied for a Airport to be considered as Model Airport? (a)

I. Air India

of India was consti-

89. What is the difference between International Airports and Custom Airports?

(c)

A public limited company A brand name of National Aviation Company of India, A brand name of Pawan Hans Ltd. A Government company

India manoutside the

4

(b)

82. 'Air India' is,

(c)

125

(b)

(a)

JJ

(a) (b)

(d)

2

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Indian Airlines

I

"j

HILTON ASHOKA

57

(a)

88. Airport Authority tuted in

hotel. (a) (c)

(b)

(a) Chandigarh (b)' . Delhi (c) . Goa-

L Hyd!,!rabad

B. Netaji Subash Ch.andra

87. Airport Authority of ages____ airports boundary of India.

1957 1957

Column II (Name of the City)

Column I (Name of the International Airport) A. Rajiv Gandhi international

Authority of India manages airports within India.

(a)

1946 1954

79. Air India was nationalized (a) (c)

Oil sector Tourism Defence National Security

86. Airport ____

in (b) (d~

was

Airport Authority of India

Air India 78. Air India was formed

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Ltd.

C.331

,c:,

,

.•••

J

.I; Tamil Bengali

i .

.; I '

'I'.

Registered Newspapers India

\

ill

,Registrar of Newspapers of India

II

i;'"j,;;':!,'t.~~~~;:~U~

'l'i~!1

J'

J.~"~~i"l'

...

)t.'+

j.

Chapter 7

C;332 (c) , (<;:I)

til

In

I

'Iii

r"

III,i ;(

dOh'eby

Restri<;tedN~vy.sl,tems'

(a) Pr~ssin India (b), "Indian Press : (c)' ,pressReport '(d) Reported Press .• J''''

"

-~

.'.

132"

,

127. PressTrust of India occupies approximately per cent share of news agency market share? (c)

25 75

(b) (d)

50 90

(a)

1957

(b) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1969 1982

(a) United News of India (b) PressTrust of India (c) : .Indian PressAgency (d) , News Featuresof India

(a) (c)

Alllndia,Radio

(c)

211 652

_

(a) ,(b).

137.

#-

, 1 ••

,

A division of.PrasarBharti Corporation' ~ ;c;', ~, A PubheSector Unit .t

(a) (b)

(b) (d)

2020 2030

APublic limited company A department of Government of Indja

Highlighted Topics

(c)

(d)

I

",.y.,

• Indian Defence

• India's Internal Security "

Ci

1959 1965 1982 1990.

";;,

"

.~,"i 1. ~ 11

("l

t

:,

J'\;'p

~",l,,:,.'~

INDIAN DEFENCE'

(a) Jammu and Kashmir (b) Nagaland (c) , Andaman & Nicobar Islands (d) Mizoram

,

, 2. (b) , ,-3. (c) " 4.,(b) , :So (a) 6-~(a)_. 7. (a) '.~ 8. '1. '(a) 18, 17. (d) 16. (d) 15. (c) 14. (a) 13. (a) 12. (c) 11. (d) 28. 27. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b). 24. (c) 23. (b) 22. (d) 21. (c) 38. 36. ,(c) , 37. (c) , 35. (a) 34. (a) 33,. (c) 32. (d) 31. (c) 48. 46. '(a) 47. (c) 45. (d) 44. (c) 43. (c) 42. (b) 41. (c) 58. 57. (c) 56: (b) , 52. (b) 55. (a) 54. (d) 53. (b) 51. (a) 68. 67. (b) 6(). (~) 64. (b) 63. (c) 6~. (b) 62. (b) 61. (a) 78. 77. (b) 75. (b) '76. (a) 74. (b) 73. (a) 72. (a) 71. (b) 88. 87. (d) 85. (a) :86~'(d) 84. (c) 83. (a) 82. (b) 81. (b) 98. 97. (b) 96. (a) 95. (a) 94. (c) 93. (d) 92. (a) 91. (b) 101. (a) 102: (c) 103. (b) 104. (b) lQ5. (c) 106. (c) 107. (d) 108. 111. (b) 112. (a) , 113. (a) ,114. (b) , 115. (c), 116,.,(d) , 117. (b) 118. 121. tb) 122. (d) 123. (d) 124. (a) 125. (b) 126. (a) 127. (d) 128. 137. (a) 138; 131. (a)' 132.' (b) 133. (d) 134. (a) 135. (c)' 13t!. (c) ~

(b) (a) (b) (c) , (c) (d) (d) (b) (c) (a) (c) (c) (d) (c)

,9. (c), ,19. (a) 29. (b) 39. (b) 49. (a) 59. (a) 69. (b) 79. (a) 89. (d), 99. (b) ~ 109. (b) 119.,:(d) 129. (b) 139. "(c) .

.

10. (c) 20. (d) 30. (c) 40. (a) 50. (b) 60. (b) 70. (a) 80. (a) 90. (a) 100. (b) 110. (b) 120. (b) 130. (b)

India; s ~~fence.~~t-Up

T

India's defence structure and set-up is more com-' plexmainly be~aus'e of her extended coastline ahd longland frontiers:'India lias been fully aware of its security needs and protection of the national interest.Appropriate measures are taken from time to time to maintain/upgrade the country's defence preparedness along the borders to safeguard the sovereignty, territorial integrity and security of India. I

'~:. ~;

f, ~

'.•••..,., f,. .;~,

Military capacityenhance~eht~an.d m:6der~zation of armed forces, including armament andcimmUiiitionj t .•. ~ is a dynamic ,and continuous process and~.is'dbhe in consonancewith India's threat perceptioI\. . /. ,!'r'

.~t)'.

139. DD FREEDISH service is NOT available in

., '"

;'"' "!:.~ '.' ,~~';.'..\ .'

~I

•

_....

International Borders To its north ,lies Nepal: BHutan and China; Pakistan, Afghanistan are there to the' northwest, and to the east lies Bangladesh (surrounded by the Indian states of West Bengal, Assam, Meghalaya and Tripura), Myanmar and China:"->To the south, the island country Sri Lanka is situated. ,I"" '.( ',. India since she got the independence from .~dtish rules~ she has to continue a relation of tension and •

if..

-~. .

,

I

I

Pitampura Salma Sultan RaziaAhmed PalaDevi'

Topic-wise Assessment ~"..

Oelenceand'8ecurity

fi

138. Doordarshan as a National Broad, caster came into existence in (a) (b)

1

\l.

Chitrahaar Aam Aadmi Krishi Darshan Duuriyan

Answers

..

~

was the first news reader on Doordarshan.

(d)

135. 'Doordarshan is

(b) 414 (cl), m

, (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c)

Lucknow Tiruchirapalli Kolkata Ahmadabad

Doordarshan

130. All India Radio has,' broadcasting, c~ntres.

' •• ;')

it-i,l

RadioClub of India Indian Broildcasting'Service PrasarBharti Akashwani

2017 2.025

••

136. , was the first pro. , gram telecast,on the Doordarshan.

134. According to the ongoing updation the AIR will become change from analog to digitalby

129. Bhashaservice is given by

• (a)

,M'

133. At the time of Indian Independence there was NO radio station in

128. Univarta was started in • ,(c) .• 1974

i

'" ,", " V,-Jas the' original name of . Alllndia',Radio.' , .' ~ -1 (a) (b) (c) (d)

News Agimcies .

(a)

,

(a) Radio Club of Bombay (b) RadioClub of-Madras (c) 'Radio Club of K~lkata (d) AILhldi~Radio" ."

126. The annu~1repo~t9f.RNI is called

ill

, (c) "

131. Th~fifst eVer broadcast.in India was

,Regulatorof.N'ewspapers of, India "

,. ~. ""';.<

.:

.

~.,

"',~ '; ,f.: ..>,

~ '.

•

"'. ,

"+-4"--~

•.__

~

-

'nn ""'tff:M

The Role of Mini~trY of Defence,

t,'.'

.'

•

_.

.'

The resrS3nsibilityfor national' defence" rests'with tile Cabi'~et,which is disch,arged th'rough't,heMinistry of Defence" ~h;ch 'provi~es the pOlicyframework and wherewithal to the Armed Forces to discharge their responsibilities" in the context bf the defence of the country. ~,.' .' "". •

The RakshaMantri [Defence Minister) is the'heoa of the Ministry of Defence.".

TheDefence Ministry is responsiblefor ;'obtaining policy directions of the,GovernmentohOil. defence,.and ~ecurity'related.rnatters"dahd :ommunicatingth~sedi(ections to "Ser.;icesHeadquarters, Inter.ServicesOrganisations, ProductionEstablishrnentsandResearchand Develop-rentOrganisations",The'MoD ~orks closely with the,National SecurityC~uncil,-Ministryof Exter~alAffai,rsa~d the Ministry of Home Affairs,,' ...7ii

'".~

_.,

..

.

'.

.. l~"

~

i'

~ TheGswernrnent of India is responsible for ensuring the defence of, India and everY Pa.rt th,ere~f, ~ The Suprerne"Command of theArmed Force~vests in the' President: ".J ," c,

'j:~

<

' .

~

.

-

-. .

'.

'.

.~

i.

'"

..'

.' . t

-

.

' ': ..•.

, -.,-

I

~ This is/discharged through the Ministry of Defence, 'which 'provides the policy'frSJme00rk arid 0h~reWithal to pay towards the Arrned Forces in order to discharge ,their respo'nsibilities in the context of the defence 6fthecou~trY~:":' , .. ." , I ~ Theprincipal task of the Defence Ministfiis ! ~

to' cibtain policy'directions'of the Governrnent on all defence and security-related rnatters,

The!J1lnistrybody)hen communicates for irnp/.ernentationto, the ServicestJeadquarters, Establishrnentsand .several Resea.r~han? Developm,?nt Organizations. ' ,, "

Inter-ServicEJfOrganizations, Production 'I,.

.

~ It is also required to ensure effective irnplernentation of the Government's policy decisions and the execution of approved prograrnrneswithin the allocated resources.

---

",

I

~-f

"'

~

1

..:11.1 '.11 . , !I

, I'

'r

C.334

'1\

conflict:witl). her neighbours Pakistan ,and China and consec:utively tll~ dangers of massive firing and intrusion are very. present in her respective bQrder' region and states. States of Jammu and Kashmir is .the' bqne of contention between India and Pakistan. Indo-China relationships are complicated because .China refuses to acknowledge McMaon line., ~o it has to remain in a state of overall defence preparedness. However, the . defence policy of India aims at promoting and sustaining durable peace in the supcontinent, especially its neighbourhood aI14 equipping its defence forces adequately to safeguard against aggression. Joint Exercises,with FFCs constitute the most visible component of India's defence cooperation activities. These events showc~~e;. its .prQf~ssionalism globally and provide va~uaple exposure to its troops. These involve sharing . of experi~nce, understanding the changiI:l.g dynamics of military operationS, developing inter-operability and streamlining the procurement procedures for combined opl:!rations including Humanitanan Assistance and Disaster Relief (HADR) Exercises.

'\, '!' i.

Ii

I :1

Chapter 8

\

Organizational Set-up . .."

.

The President, of ~dia i!,the Supreme Commander of the armed force; however, the Cabinet is respop.sible for national defence. The administrative control of armed forces IS exercised by the Ministry,of Defence, which constitutes the following: (i) Department of Defence (DOD) (ii) Department of Defence Productiot:J.'(DDP) (iii) Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO) (iv) Department of .' Ex-Serviceman Welfare (DESW),, -'~..,

Table C.8.1

Commissioned

i Army

..-... . ----

General

~

-_.

I Lieutenant-General Major.General []~gadier'~mmodore Colonel

Ranks

Navy

~ir Force Air Chief Marshal. ----_._.,-~--~-., Alr_Mar~~~_.,.,. _~.J

, Admiral

,

'{ice-~d~iral_., Rear Admiral Air Vice-Marshal -~ Air...~ommodore~"-] Captain Group Captain

Ui~utenant.C~I~~~~~~9;~q~vy~~g,~~nm9..I}~~] Major LieutenantSquadron leader Commander ~J)~ - -"-g~utenant -Fligh;Lieute~~nt lieutenant Sub-lieutenant Flying Officer S;c~nd lie~tenantkting '---.Pilot ~~-r--~ Sub-lieutenant

I

.=J

Defence and Security

The Indian Armed .'Forces ' '. , ' '" , 1-,

~.. .'

'" ~

':

'.

.~,,'.,.'

i\

~ ••

,

_

!; • : ~.~

The operational control of the armed forces rests With th,e three .service headquarters of the Indian Army, Indian Navy and the Indian Air Force (IAF). The~ three services fUnction under their respective Chiefs of Staff. The chiefs of. these three services constitute the 'Chief of Staff COmmlttee' which is instrumental in all functional and operational decisions relating to the national defence in consultation with the Ministry of Defence and the President of India. 'The seniormost Chief of Staff of respective forces acts as the chairperson of the committee.

Readiness of Future Wars Indian A!med Forces are robust, equipped, well- trained and ,always operation-ready for any-type of,future can. flict scenarios that even could act against a nuclear backdrop and, are likely to be a combination of low intensity operations, asymmetric warfare and all-out general war for a range of warfare methods from sub-conventional to all-out warfare against a nuclear break-down, The vision of the armed forces of India is to fight as highly motivated, optimally equipped an<;tmodernized,'being operationally ready and capable of working in a synergized joint service environment, across all varieties of conflict. Consequently, there is a need to have a force projection and expeditionary capabilities, which are necessary traits of a regional stronghold.

Nuclear War Readiness It is a known fact that Asian nations, as far 'as nuclear war is concerned, none of these is satisfactorily prepared to endure the effects of nuclear incursions. However, Indian Armed Forces ,are working to a strategy as regards to execute the nuclear\veapons capability with efforts on domains such as, Command and Control structures, Communication networks, ,Survivable basing of Nuclear Delivery Means, and Deterrence capabilities, etc. The fail-safe procedures for management of anti-ballistic missile defence and traiping on execution of tactical nuclear strike, ,in both defensive and offensive modes, has been an important domain of readiness in an eventual scenario of the nuclear incursion.

Integrat~d Defence Staff Integrated Defence Staff (IDS): Headquarter is in (New Delhi) and was raised on October 1, 2001, based on the reconurtendations of Group of Ministers

to review 'Higher Defence Management'. UnderJ~e aegis9,f Chairman, Chiefs of Staff t;=o~ttee, the organization has been working towards achievement of jointUess and synergy amongst the .Services. The IDS is headed' by Chietof IDS to the Chiefs of Staff ComnUttee (COSC) and reports to the Chairman, Chiefs'ofStaff Committee (CasC).

Finance/Defence Acc'ounts Department, Department' of Defence (Ministry, of' Defence) and the Department Defence ResearchandiDevelopment (Ministry of Defence):

of

~

~ {Ii,

..

i ~.

The Chiefs of Staff Committee <'

i

The COSC, his secretariat, and certain other components are aocated in South Block. The major portion of the Headquarter is located in Kashmir House. The headquarter is staffed by officers and personnel from the three Services, the Ministry of External Affairs/Indian Foreign Service, Defence

1-'~

'l

Composition of

..~----_

.. -.

__ .._--'---""

T"}

~

j

'('.

•

'

I

.'. ,'.

(b). ~. Chiefof ,. the Naval.Staff,

-,

'

(c) Chief of the Air Staff.' .

"

(d) Chief of IDS (non~vot:iri.g'm~mbeif

.

.- .. '

.'

,

. -.'

~- . the~Coiruhittee is

, • The Iitember.longest'on .theChairman." . '.p',.'

.

;-

• The Scientlfic'Adviser'to'the' Minister' ~f Defencei~ to ~Vited 'when) a J,teclfuical scientific 'or defence productldn'item is ,discussed.".," ',', "":, {, ..•... ;.. ','

oe

or

.

.

~.

.

.....~.

• ••.•~•.••... _1\.

f

','" 4-

T

"':,'. _:

• Secretariat: HeadquartE~r~ of IDS. " •

Functions of the

t

1

'

•

_" ~

.•••

.•

, •

•

i'

casc

,

"

.,

.,'

The Chiefs of Staff are the autho;ity' f~r' ~ci~is~ ing 'the Defence Minister' and' normally through him the Cabinet Cominittee'<:m Political Affairs on all militarY-matters which req~ire' minist~rial consideration. ' .,

• The ANCis the first integrated theatre command in indi~ with headquarters at Port Blair. It operates directly under the case

Republicof Indio ',' :lit, . , President (Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces of India) :til!':,

""Defence

,', "

.OJ ' ,r . •..... -i~di~n

Minister

(Cabinet Rank Minister frorTlthe Council of Ministers of the Government of India)

Army

Indian Air Fore; (i~-"-~o

---. ---~-

- .

(One of the..Three Wings of A .. rmed. (One, of the Three Wings of A.rmed .',' ForE~sof In.9ian..~_n~
iUChiefofthe~Army StaH "

",'Chief

-, t:(A General Rank Officer) ,

(An Air Chief Marshal Rank OfficerI'

~U~:l

~EN

,

..,.....,.

_

:t

~

Commands

Notfherrht-Co;';;r'nand ... ,.' ,:"~ -\ 1 . Command

,}olk~t~ .

iA'j,Adrriirdl Rank Officer) . :.

I

I SEVEN Commands

Headquarter

'J,'".I'

Central, Command

__ .~ ~~

Udha'rrip~r ......-_. Pune

-:J-~

' Chief of the Naval StaH

;,~ \ ~

Chandimandir

Eastern_C_~;;;_;-~-.~,~-_-='-:_,'_,_~_

~thern

of Air StaH ,

Headquarter

Western Command

Indi~;N~.;y- -

(One of the Three Wings of A .. r.med Forces of Indian Unio~L_

r~~~~~c (Training Command ~uth-West.~~.

-,

I

I,u)

r~' lucknow

added inShi~ia

C:~~~a~d (added

i~-".-. Jaipur . .

2005),

,.

-1

'J . -

--------------------~.., ~ -

~'-------~_.- ------_._--_._---_._

.•

casc

(a) Chief of the Army5taff., .

l'.UJ ' "

• IPS has, worked on many defence co-operation issues relating to Human Assistance and pisaster Relief (HADR) and, Space, The Joint .logistics have been formalized through Military Cooperation Groups with the USA, Germany, Italy and France. • Actions were' initiated by IDS for infrastructure development, force/military enhancement and tho'derrtii~tibn at Anda~ari arid NiCooar Coinnu. ,.", ~.and (ANC), to ensure operational an~ adminl~trative efficiency. ," ' • '.~p'S is 4lstrume1).tal. is .setting up of Indian .National Defence University (INDU) at Binola '(Guigaon), Hary~a. '

C.335

-

.r!

:. '.... , !~

"'i11

""'f'*

1

'I

I!

I

C~336

" '~I I'. , 'I

'I

Defence anp Security

Chapter 8 ,"

(

I,' ~I

II'

!

.

ARMY HEADQUARTERS CHIEF OF THE ARMY STAFF 'RANK ~ GENERAL . "". .', "

** * * t)

1,1 ARMY TRAINING COMMAND (1) COMMANDED BY GOC-IN-C (ARMY COMMANDER)

OPERATIONAL COMMANDS (6) COMMANDED BY GOC-IN-C (ARMY COMMANDER) ,

,

,I

RANK-LIEUTENANT

. COMMANDED

I

* **

GENERAL

'. C.ORPS " , BY GOC (CORPS COMMANDER)

RANK-LIEUTENANT GENERAL COMPRISES OF 3-4 DIVISIONS

,

***

DIVISION BY GOC (DIVISION COMMANDER)

**

. COMMANDED

RANK,..MAJOR GENERAL. COMPRISES OF-3~4 BRIGADES I.

'~

'.

BRIGADE " COMMANDED' BY- BRIGADE COMMANDER '.. ' 'e, '. RANK-BRIGADIER _ COMPRISES OF 3 BATTALLIONS & SUPPORT ELEMENTS

*'

RANK-L1EUTEANT

~ ;jIi II

COMPRISES

SUBAREA COMMANDED BY MAJOR GENERAL

**

OFFICER

-'

.".

TRAINING ESTABLISHMENTS

*** ~

I

CATEGORY A COMMANDED

\~

SMALLEST

:1 ,

'i

COMPONENT,

***

** /

.

**

,"-

BRIGADIER.

-- *

.

(10 MEN)

Did You Know?

! I

Indian Army . , Hebded by' H~adquarte;

-., -",

,.

~.... , :i

,', "

Chief of the AHT1YStaff -'

1

ApproXimat~ ra~k of'lndi~n . ~rd'i'n2017 Army in the World

, •

New Delhi' (asper 'Military

Today'l,

• •. The Training Co~and was added as the sixth 'comniand in i991. i, . ", ".' " . I" • ,The troops .?reorga,Wzedright into 35 Divisions within 13 Corps; .,

..

• The Indian National',SmaIL Arms ,,system (INSAS) rifle, used by Indian Military since L __

------'------'_~~~

__

~

..o._

Remount and 'vet~i:inary Corps,

Military

,Farms .

Corp of Military Police,

Pioneer Corp~,

Territorial Army, . -

Defence Security C' ' ...• ,

0'

••

1997 is developed at the IshaporeRifle Manufacturingfacility, while its ammunition is manufacture~ at Kh~dki and ~olangir (planned). Each command is under a General Officer Commanding-in-Chief who is of the rank of bt.General.; . '.', ' ~ r,. The command is' fUrther' divided into areas and independent subareas;. commanded by a Major-Gene~al and a Brigadier, respectively. "The ~rfu.y co~sists ~f a. numb'er of arms and services. These are: ' '~F" I

The Arm~ured Corp~, Army Aviation Corps,

'r'

The Regiment of ,Arti!lery,

> ••

'

Army Education

.SerVice,

O~S,

MAJOR"'" GENERAL'

. " . SECTION COMMANDED BY SECTION COMMANDER " " RANK-'HAVILDAR'

t

Airily pental Corps,

ArmyService Corps; Army Ordnance Corps,

i

f

S:0rp~"

'. J.

jAnny PostalSer;,v~ce~Corps,

.

A,rmyAir Defence,

• Indian Army in numbers, organizationally: - 13 Corps (including 3 strike Corps); ,- 3 Armoured Corps" . - 4 Re-organised .Army Plains Infantry Division (RAPID) Divisions each with mix of Infantry and Armoured Brigades; - 18 Infantry Divisions; :....:... 10 Motmtain Divisions; - 2 Artillery Divisions; - 8 Independent Armoured Brigades; - 7 Independent Infantry Brigades; - 1 Parachute Brigade; - 5 (Surface-to-Surface Missile) SSM Regiments [2 x Prithvi; 1 x Agni; 2 x BrahMos] - 6 Air Defence Brigade and 4 Engineer Brigades -,0' ,,' :, • .ID~ian Army in: numbers~ Summarized Combatant Units -.(Regiment/Battalion Level): , . ".t.... . _~!

-

67.Armou~ed Regirnents,

1.,

--r; ,

297 Infantry Battalions [25 Mechanized and . 5 Parachutes, 6 Special Forces Commando]

---',297 Artillery Regiments k, 2 Surface-to-Air Missiles (SAM) gr6ups and 12 SAM Regiments

It

....,... 14 Helicopter Squadrons [inclusive of 5 ';"'anti-tank and 8'Aif Observation] 1

j:li..

'.'

The <;::orpsof., The Corps Engineers, of Signals,

t'

::'_~j."I':-',f"

'.

.

"

•

- .6 Air Defence. Brigades [5 AD Regiments (Zu-23-2); 30 AD' Regiments (L40/70); 35 o~'AD Regiments] '. ' ,)rI.

.F7r!\n,,_.

•••

Quick Facts

Reforms

i,. Mar:-agement o~ Defence

Based on the recommendations of the Kargil Review Committee; the government decided to carry out a comprehensive review of the national security system in its entirety, and the following structures have been e;stablishE?dwhich have since started functioning:

. (i) Integrated D~fence Staff Iii) Defence Acquisition Council

I

II:

(iv) Strategic Forces Command '.'

I

,~

(iii) Defence Intelligence Agency

Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers (EME)

• PLATOON' COMMANDED BY-PLATOON COMMANDER , RANK-JCO COMPRisES OF THREE SECTIONS

I

Army Medical Corps,

~

,

BY:'"

LIEUTENANT GENERAL

/

"

CATEGORYB COMMANDED

.

BY

.

bl-

I

MAJOR , GENERAL

RIFLE COMPANY • COMMANDED BY COMPANY COMMANDER RANK":'L1EUTENANT COLONEUMAJOR COMPRISES OF. THREE PLP,.TOONS ' ~ I ".

.t'

Infantry

~ •.

STATIC FORMATIONS AREA COMMANDED BY LIEUTENANT GENERAL

OF FOUR RIFLE COMPANIES

'. ~-

* *~

GENERAL

I

I.

BATTALION/REGIMENT COMMANDED By.cOMMANDING , 'RANK-eOLONEL'

- ,.)

Mechanized Infantry,

C.337

!I I: , I

(v) Andaman and Nicobar Command Further,the three Services Headquarters, which were used to be attached offices of Ministry. of Defence are now integrated with the Ministry and known as Integrated Headquarters of the Ministry of Defence. .•.

.•• ~'t..~~. t'~

J

~ . . ~~ .• In aq~iti9Il' th~,a:t1ll,y"has its own. recruiting ,. org~a~oIl~ record" offic~s, .q~pots, selection centres and training institutions., ~ " ..... ~-,.,~..•.

,..

'••~

'I.,

••••

~~~ ',"

~':-,. ".• ' ,,;

.,.

,

• ,Mountain StriKe Corps In)uly.2013, the Indian cabinet committee on security (CCS) approved toraismg a m,~untain strike corps along, the Ch1~':I. border, as ,In.dia'sfourth strike corps :and first ' d~dicated ,corps for offensiv:e 'mouptain warfare. By authorizing the military to raise the he"" foi-~ation the goyerrimertt;is committed oriad;dHional expe~'qiture of 64,000,crore (US$ 13.6' billion)---"'-roughlyhalf the defence budget for 2013-2014~over a seven-year period. However, in its decision, the CCS was not dear when 'funding would Be'made available for implementing the decision. The ne\;\' corps will be meant chiefly for offensive 'operationsinto' enemy land andwill take around six years to be raised along the Line of Actual Co~trol (LAC) ,and new formations would be raised from Jammu and Kashrp.ir to' Arunachal Pradesh. The main mission of the 45,OOO-50,OOO-strong corps will be to the beef up the military presenc~ ~~ong the Line ,of Actual Control (I.:'AC); thus deterring further military adventurism by China. The new corps will 'be equipped and .trained to launch offensive action beyond the LAC, into the Tibet Autonomous ,Region,.in ,case of a Chinese offence.

_

....IIIIIIIIIII

.,-,ll , ill'

C.338

~

I'

India's Air Defence Artillery

Battle Tanks

l'l

India's Combat Vehicles

I,

I I', I

1 JI

1. Main battle tanks (MBTs)-T-90S Bhishma, Arjun Mk1, upgraded T,72M1 Ajeya. Vijayanta and T-55MBTsare being phased out. New tank 'Tank-Ex' fitted with GPS system navigation. 2. Light battle tanks (LBTs)-PT-76 (amphibious) and AMX-13 light tanks. 3. Combat' vehicles-Ferret' armoured cars, Boyevaya Razvedyvatelnaya Dozornaya Mashina-Combat Reconnaissance Patrol Vehicle (BRDM)-2 amphibious reconnaissance vehicles, Boyevaya Mashina Pekhoty-Infantry Fighting Vehicle (BMPj-1 and BMP-2"Sarath' (mechanized infantry combat vehicles). 4. Radar Systems -_Indra I and Indra II India's Missiles and Other Artillery , . ,

1. Medium~range ballistic missiles-Agni-II (Intermediate Range ballistic missile) and Agni-lIAT '(advanced version of Agni-II). Agni-ll will always be in a ready-to-fire mode and can be launched within 15 mmutes. , 2. Short~range ballistie missiles-'-'-SS-150/Prithvi-1 and S5-250/Prithvi-ill and Agni-I. 3. Multiple Rocket Launch Systerhs-Smerch 9K58 (300 mm); Pinaka (214 :qun); BM-21 (122 mm) [BM-21are being phased out). 4. Howitzers""':"'Abbot(105 rnrri) and M-46 Catapult (130 mm) (being replaced by 150 mm self-propelled howitzers), Bofors PH-77B, upgra9,ed Soltam M-46 155 mm towed howitzers, IFG Mk 1/2/3 field guns being replaced by Soltom M-46 (130 mm filed guns), and D-30 (122 tiun) towed howitzers. , 5. Man-portable air-defence systems (MANPAD) shoulder-launched SAMs.

~t

f: l;

H

No.of Commands: Seven Commands'

.,l'>l1:

1. TunguskaM1 and upgraded ZSU~23-4M Schi1kaself-propelled air defence gunsf .

r

I ,.

,

• 'HQ Central Air Gommand, Allahabad' .

3. ZRK~SD Kvadrat/SA-6A Gainful system being upgraded (soon to be replaced by fully developed Akash missile prograIDme).

.HQ Western Air Command, New Delhi ".'.O-'t"

4. OSA-AKM/ A5-8b Gecko air defenc.e. system being upgraded (soon to be replaced by fully developed Trishul missile programme).

Note: For detailed study material on India's: 1r!issileprogram me, please refer to information on DRDO given in Part 9 (Science and Technology), .

• 'frq

South-Western Air Command; NagaI,"

.

Headed by Headquarter Approximate strength of

C.ommand,.

Nagpur

Command, Bangalore (F~~tional)

;J.

OrganizcitionalStructure by Squadrons -

31 Fighter Ground Attack Squadrons [6 • Su-30MKI Squadrons; 4 JaguarS(I) Squadrons; 'j'6'MIG-27M Squadrons; 4 MIG-21 MF/PFMA ';Squadrons; 8 MIG-21 Bis Squadrons; 3 Mirage , 2000E/H/ED Squadrons]

- 3 Fighter Squqdrons [3 MIG-29 Squadrons] -:~6'- Other Special Sq~adrons ['1' AEW / AWACS Squadron (Phalcon IL-76TD); 1 RecoIU1aissance Squadron (Gulfstream IV); 1 Tanker Squ~dron (11-78); 1 Maritime Attack "SquadroIl (Jaguar S(I»; 2 Attack Helicopter . ?quadrons (¥i-24/35)] -

13 Transport Squadrons [7 squadrons with An-325 Sutlej; 2 with Do-228; 2 with HS-748, and 2 with IL-765 Gajraj]

".

-

: Chief of the Air Staff : New Delhi : 130,000approx.

19 Helicopters Squadrons [9 ~quadrons' with Mi-8; 6 with Mi-7; 1 with Mi-26; 2with ALH Dhruv; 5 with Ch~tak; 3 witJ::1.Che.etahi '

-

~t also has, two, VIP Fligllt, Squ?:dr
1

• The first Indian Chief of Army Staff was General Maharaj Shri Rajendrasinhjijadeja (1953-1955) • The present Chief of Army Staff is General Bipin Rawat (20 16-till date.) • FromAugust15,19L1.7 tojcinu~ry i4, 1949, two British C-in-C served the Indian Army. General Sir Rob locknart IAugust15, 1947-December '3,1, 1947), and Gen. Roy Bucher Uanuary 1, 1948-january 14, 1949). Gen. (later, Field Marshall K.M Cariappa took over from the BritishC;in-C, Gen. Sir Roy Bucher on january 15, 1949, and held the office till january 14, 1953 The armed forces ho.donly on'e more Cin-C, Gen. Rajendra Singh. In April 195,5, when the pos~of.C-in-C waFabolished, Gen Rajendra Singh became _the first Marshal in 1971, ~ Chef of Army "". Staff. Gen. SHF.j. Manekshaw became the ' firstJield '~j,' ..~.,.' _-r~ _

•• '

-Tl'

j

I

,- SU-30 (Russian)

I '

I

'

- Mirage~2000 (French, rechristened asVajia) ...:.MIG-29 (rechriste~ed as Baaz), MIG-27/.rv1:IG-23 MF' cihd ' t~
• -

.' '

•

. ,',

.

•

",.;.

~t

-A.

,-

,~

- MIG-21 Bis (all J~ussian) ',' ~

-

•

'. ',.~

•• ....:

,

.

,..

.1-'.

t

.....Jaguar (Anglo-Frenc.,.h);.. - IL~76and AN-32 (Russian); - VRO (British); .

~ .•'f'.

•_, ' '.'

/. "'~ •

'"H("~"

'I.

'1 -,'

• \

- Dornier (German); " ' '.. -" - Boeing 737-200 (American); i - MJ-26, MI-2,5and MI-17 (Russian) , .

• •

I

'i.

.

~

~

'".

,)

"

I.

- Chetak and Cheetah (french), and - Lakshya (a pilotless target aircraft developed by DRDO)' Modernizaqon PlanIAF plan to induct more. Su-30 .a!rctaJt, tpe, Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) the Mediurn'M.ulti-Role Combat Aircraft (MMRCA), and. augrrj.ent

e,

"l

l

"

1

1

f l

""

" ~-

-'i

f

~ •.

CHIEF OF THE AIR STAFF ,

-"

~-

•

'~

' I

t

,

"

.',1-

) ,

..••

'. t

,

ViG~ Chief Qf.the Air Staff (VGAS)

,~c...•,~ ,AIL.

Air Offlcer-in-:chargePer~nn(j11

(AOP)

,tt,

'"

..

~,'-p

".

~...••.. ~ '.J

',,~,,'l

- MI-26'(heavy lift helicopter); - MI-17s and MI-8s (rotorcrafts); - A~rospatiale Alouette TIl" rena~ed,.Shetak (i1!1ti-tank) and c:heetah (general duti~s) and

••••••

Air Officer-in-charge Administration (AOA) :;

....

"

,

Director General Inspection

(s~ (DG I&S)

_

& Safety

I

I!

II

"''\I'"

Air Officer-in-charge Maintenanc(j1 (AOM)

~r(roft Helicopte~s

751'hnz__

•

Fighter/Gr6ulIdAffack' " .'

,

• BQ-Tra~g

'l>

Indian Air force

Gandhi

.;

.~,Q Maintenance (Functional)

: ./ ,I,.?

.r •..

.•

• fIQ Southern Air Command, Thiruvananthapuram

b!'''r

• 'Prithvi' inducted into Army'l'PrithVi' India's first indigenously built l~hg-rang~ surface-to.:surface missile was inducted into the Indian Army in May 1993. Eleven Corps has achieved the distinction of being the first corps to be equipped with this missile. • The missiles have been kept at a forward ammunition depot somewhere in Punjab where key Pakistani towns, and installations will be within reach. The. step has probably been taken in view of the development of the 'Hatf' missile range system by Pakistall wherein major Indian towns and c:ities up to Delhi would come within its range.' .

_

, ..,

Trainer.'

- Hr-2 pririlary traihers (with the 'HPT-32named Deepak, the HJT -16named Kiran) ,': '" .

• ~Q Eastern Air' Command, Sfullong

" air"'Aefence

II

- Advanced' Light Helicopterr:i'(Al;Hf'named DHRU\1, developed by Hindustan: Aeronautics Ltd. ' "~" r,

"'";'.'

2. Bofors L40/70 (40 mm) AA guns replacing L40/ 60, and ZSU-23-2 twin 23 mm guns.

1,

[.

'.

The IAF has seven cotn1l).ands,of which five are operational.and two support commands; nameiy:

1 -

\

C.339

Defence and Security

Chapter 8 .

'.

I

I"'rlf !

I~\

'I

L II I'1

C.340

Chapter 8

Defence

the helicopter and transport fleets. ,It has initiated the process for acquisition of additiomil Mi -17 IV. helicopters, heavy lift. helicopters i Advanced Light Helicopter and Light Combat Helicopters: For the transport fleet, induction of Boeiiig Busine~s Jets,(BBJ), Flight Refuelling , Air~raft (FRA) andAirborne Warning and ControlSystems (AWACS),. Heavy Transport Air~ cFaft (HETAC), C-130J Hercules and Medium Transport Aircraft (MTAf is also planned. A];nopgtJ;'ainer aircraft, the Hawk Advanced Jet Trainer has been inducted and the Intermediate Jet Trainer (IJT) would be acquired. The IAF is also in the process ;of acquiring. radars in various categories. to meet the Air Defence requiremepts, .accurate ,and advap.ced weapons, NetWork Centric Warfare systems, etc., to meet its assigned tasks. In December 2013, the Ministry of Defence, GOI Cleared for iriduction into the IAF: India's ,own LCA Tejas(MIG-21FL).

Women in Air Force The lic!"!)tbatch of worrwn pilots was commissioned on Dece];nber 17, 1994. Since then women pilots have been serving in frontline;airforce transport and helicopter squadrons. Womerr officers are also serving in technical, administrative, Jogistics, education and medical branches. The first:batch of women air-traffic controllers and fighter controller was commissioned in May 1996. Thus, all branches of IAF now have serving women.

• Thei "Integrated" 'Headquarter Defence (Navy)is:in'New'belhi. offices aielocated there: !i: Chief of Nav~l Staff (CNS)

Unmanned Air Vehicle tUAV)' On August 20, 1996,'at Kolar

•.),~';lchCommand is commanded by a Flag Off~ser Commanding-in-Chief.

(near Bangalore), India made successful test flights of UAV, named 'NISHANT'. Nishant is capable of performing aerial reconnaissance of tYlebattlefield to locate targets at long distances behind enemy lines.

RelationshipBuilding Seeking to revive historic ties, the IAF has gifted a vintage Dakota Aircraft from its museum to (September 2014) the Bangladesh Air Force:'

.

Aiwah' MIG-29; aircrafts were acquired from. erstwhile USSR in December 1987, and have been named Baaz. With this acquisition, India became the second country in the world to have this type of aircraft. Now there are five types of aircraft, namely MlG-21~ MIG-29, MIG-23, MIG- and Su-30 of which MIG-21 are manufactured by Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) to replace the 'Hunters' and 'Canberra' aircraft. India also acquired the Mirage-2000 from France which is called Vajra. The lAP celebrated its golden jubilee in 1982. Pilotless Target Aircrah Three' successful flights of the .

unmanned, remote-control air vehicles designed and developed by the DRDO; were' carried out on September 16, ,17 and 21,. 1992 respectively. The aircraft, named Lakshya, has been fabricated at the Aeronautical Development Establishment, Bangalore,.and is capable'of flying 'at altitudes' ranging up to nine km, down to,300 m .over the.sea at avariable speed of 750 kmph with a flight endurance exceeding 40 minutes.

Indigenous Helicopter India's first indigenous helicopter wa~ successfully .flown.in B'¥lgalore, on August 30, 1992. It,has' belm designed and developed by the HAL,. Bangalore.' .

.11 . -,~

.

.

f.

• The first Chief of Air Staff was Air Marshal Sir Thomas W. Elmhirst (August 15, 1?47-Fe~ruary 21, 1950)' .' • The present Chief of Air Staff is Air Chief Marshal Birender Singh Dhanba (December 31, 2016-till date).

.,

Indian Navy Headed by : Chief of Naval Staff Headquarter : New Delhi" The Chief oHhe Naval Staffis assisted by'four principal officers, viz.:

•

.

..

.

"~'" Principle Staff Officers (PSOs) '4!"Director Generals [Director General MediCal . Services DGMS (IN)]

• Some important abbreviations used in the orga~nizational structureofthe Indian-navy are: ... ',PSO (Principal Staff Officei) )~OCWF (Flag Officer Commanding Fleet). '. r. ; ....

Western

FOCEF (Flag Officer Commanding Eastern Fleet) FOMAG (Flag Officer Maharashtra and Gujarat Area) Commanding

At IHQ MOD (N)

3, Southern Naval

~m~~

Visakhap~;;~-Op;;tional Com.!'and Kochi

Used for training

~

FOCEF'" .."

-.. '-.:'\

'\

Flag OHicer Commanding in Chief Southern Naval Command

I

•

'

; FOMAG ~~', ~~:

.•

~

. ".

COMCOS (West) ,---' --~-

i

*-i-'-'" -"-, -..,

FONA .-':

- _.~); ;----;;;---,-:;

;':.1:--'-

••':

,~--

•.. ,!",.-'-f'

:-0:-:-7"',..--

f~."'"

.

"':0

_~

, . .,...

: , • .t

NOIC (Tamil' ,;, '. NOIC .~ ,.. ' Nadu)' '1' ... ':>(Lak~hadv:.e~p)c' ."

,"

_. _._..•... .!L'~ ••,

'_. __

~._

•• _~._.....,

Shore i establishments , _---"-"",--,_ ...~ ~ trainin9:s<:hools/.' establishments

NOIC (Orissa)

NOIC (West ~', Bengal)

_._~,

..

~,~.:,...~~....,_.

',, __

" .. ':

...-._' "_._'_"

_ --,

'_.

_.::-"

.. _"'::'-'

,

.._ .._._.._~

,,: ..(.. " '."

-_., .•_._

•... _

'"'--I

,..,.._,..,......--.-,-_.---,-,J

~

•

'

I

t..

I

F~

APeekinto;hldia~s NavClIFleet . - ;' ,.

Flag Officer comma~~i. ngi.~' ] Chief, Western Naval Command

Destroyers: .

'7:-:.~ •. '-::;-t.f

~ '

."

DeputyChief of Naval Staff

Flag.Officer.Commanding in ' , 'Chief, Ecistern Naval <:::Ommand

Chief;i ~~~on ..nel ..'"

Officer com~.. andin.g in Chief, Southern Naval Command

Ft~g

J

;-:-

---I i ,

~

•

J.

".

•

_.

'

~...

,

' •.

'.--::-3Delhi Class: Delhi, Mumbai and Mysore; ~ ..:.....:. 5 Rq.jput Class: Rajput, Rana"Ranvir; Ranjit and Ranvijay.' , ':.':! ,'" .•.•. . .. ,

Frigates:

.r'

I I

_._-'"

Ai~6ahr(cirrie~s: INS' viraat~(tJk~~r~~s~

---------------

,-.:~~'t;~

COMCOS (East) ASY (Kochi) ~ ._'--~._'., '-'-',,~ NOIC (Andhra NOIC (Kerala) Pradesh)

,,-. -.--,

.'

'":''' --."~ ~-----'-i'

-_':"_-,-

'

r-"----'

.~ --

II I ,

-----'1

'~i~~k-ha-patn~am-)--FOST .-

I

11

~omn\andant ,Indian Naval .~! ~" ' •. "4 , .. '.",Academy>:.

I

;

'.

i

'.,';

..ever .. ,.. , .":

Chiefof Mcit~~iil~ c-~the~d~d~n-;A:tho;ities

...•

Shore Establishments

At Operational Command.

;:-:':7:::;tir=--',:~-:'Tc-,.-'

_ ...l'

i'~

. ~

Other 1'~d~pe~~Tent Authorities

,

'.,

~-OIC-~~;.;~' . .',

.f

; 2. Eastern Naval L,_CommanL

FOCWF

! NOIC (Goa) ..'-... c-.---.-,;-...,......,i' __,

(iv) DeputY Chief of Naval Staff

Mumbai

.

Flag OHicer Commanding in Chief Eastern Naval Command

(Karnataka) "

(iii) Chief of Materials

1. Western Naval Command

't~

Flag OHicer Commanding in Chief Western Naval Command

!"NoIC" (G~iarat_)_,

,

Chiefof Naval StaH

H.eadquarters

_

Chief of Naval StaH

NOIC '., (Maharashtra) _..;__

FOST (Flag Officer Sea Training) ASY (Admiral Superintendent.Yards) ,

Organizational Hierarchy at Indian.Navy

IConunand

~

I ASD (MUMBAI) Shore L__ . .__ ~~~ablis~ment~_ ....__...',_. _"' ..--:__

ASD (Admiral Superintendent Dockyard) NOIC (Naval ,,~,.. . Officer In-Charge)

"-.-------.,~

,

r-------".-.-~-.-'-- ..,.,,, .. _.~_~."".,

FOK (Flag Officer Karnataka Naval Area)

ViceChief of N'~val Staff

'.

..

(i) Vice;-Chief of the Naval, Staff . (ii) Chief of Personnel

No. of Commands: Three .'

.

--_ _---- .. _-----_

J
"

~ "'.

fOK

. FONA (Flag Officer Naval Aviation) '.

level

,_.

; FODAG

} l~'.

.

~- '

I FOGA

t:: •.....

COMCOS (Commodore Submarines) 'POGA (Flag Officer Goa Area)

..,.

I

2., Vice Chief of Naval. Staff (YCNS)

C.341

Naval' Authorities 'under Admhiistrative Control of "FlagOfficers Commanding Chiefs .,..

'l .,". ~

Chiefs of Air Staff

,;. '~ .. !.~ ..

Developments in Air Force.

(

,.

"'Ministry '.'of The following

and Security

• .~ "

.. ~'3 Godavari Class: Ganga, Godavari and Gomati. - 3 Tal~ar Clas~: talwa~,Trishul and Tabar. - 3 Brahmaputra Class: Biaru:napuU:a,Betwa, Beas.

: ,11"

"I

'"II

Chapter 8

C.342

Defence and Security

~'

!~ Aircraft Carri'ers

'

,'

INs Vikrant was India's ,firsi aircraft carrier and it retir~d from I~dian Navy in 1997. Presently, INS Viraat is the largest airc'rqft carrier INS Vikramaditya (~x-Soviet Aircraft-carrier 'Admiral Gorshkov') which has been procured by India, and is estimated to enter servic~ in the Indian Neivy after 2012. Presently, it is being extensively refitted at the Sevmash shipyard in Severodvinsk, Arkhangelsk Oblast Russia, It is projected to replace India's currently serving only aircraft carrier, INS Viraa!. INS Koikatais the indigenous ship c~nstructed af Mazagaon Dock' limited (MDL).'This was handed over to the Navy in July 2014 and officially commissioned in August 2014,

- 4

Nilgiri Class: Dunagiri, Udaygiri, Tatagiri, Vmdhyagiri.

Fleet Auxilliaries:

-

- 3 Fleet Tankers-Jyoti, Aditya, and Shakti -1 Diving Support Ship: Nireekshak l.,

(oriteffes: - 4' Khukri Class: Khukri, Kuthar, Kirpan, and KPanjar; " .

-'- 2 Torpedo Recov~ry Vessel: Astravahini, TRV

'- 4 K~ra Class: Kora, Kirch, Kclish, and Karmuk;

- 2 Oceangoing Tugs: Matanga and Gaj:

:-:-12 Veer Class (Soviet Tarantul/Prabal): Veer, Nirbhik, Nipat, ,Nishank, Nirghat, Vibhuti, Vipur, Vinash, Vidyut, Nashak, Pralaya, and . Pnlbal; ,-

4 Abhay Class: Abhay, Ajay,Akshay, and Agray #

..~

•

A-72;

',!'

,- 6 Sukanya Class: Sukanya, Subhadra, Suvama, Savitri, Sha:rada,and Sl.1jata

Minesweepers: - 10 Pondicherry /Karwar Class: Pondicherry, Porbandar, Bedi, Bhavnagar, Allepey, Ratnagiri, Karwar, Cannonore,' Cuddalore, Kakinada, Kozhikode, Konkan; - 2 Mahe Class: Mahe, and Malpe

landing Ships:

-1 Chakra (Nepra S-71, active in 2012) nuclear

- 1 Sagardhwani Class: Sagardhwani .

. .

'.'

Seaward Defence Forces: - 2 Tarasa Class FAC(G):Tarasa, and Trinkat; - 2 Seaward Defence Boats: T 54-59;-Mithun FACs- T80-84

Aircrafts and Helicopters 1. MIG-29-K (Fighter) 2. Sea Harrier (British Aerospace-Sea Harrier FRS MK51/T); , 3. Sea King (Sea King 42/42A/42B/42C); 4. Chetak (Aerospatiale-HAL); .

-7

5. Kamav" (Kaniov Kamov-31);

Missile Boats: - 2 Chamak Class: Chamak and Chapal

Ka-28/Helix

.

j'

,r'

~

.r

•..

i"

'

.. :.

"".'

!

-1 TirClass:ITir. - 1 Leanqer Class: Krishna

9. I~:38 (Ily~s~ !I-3~);' 10., TlJ;.y2 (r?p~!ev Tu ;-142M,.BearF); 11. Kiran (HJT 16)

- 1 Sail Training Ships: Tarangini

12. UAVHeron and UAVSearcher

INS Kursura (S20) It was commissioned at Riga, erstwhileUSSR, OIlDecember 18, 1969, and its induction showcased the augmentation of the.3rd dimension of theIndian Navy. During her 31 glori~us year' o(servicethe submarine participated in almost all type' of Naval operations and played a vital role in the 1971 IndO-:-ficikwar.' INS Kursura was' decommissioned on February27, 2001. .

' B, and

6; UH-3HSikorsky Aircraft; 7: Advanced 'Light . Helicopter '(HAL Advanced Ligh~J:I~~~o?tl~r~; 8. Dornier (Domier 228), ,

TrainingShips:

powered . - ~ubmarine-based Missiles: Irldia has 'a deployed nUmber of foreign-ma<:!ecruisemiss~esystems (stich as Klub SSN-27),'arid some, in~igenous cruise missiles systems such as Lakshya PTA. Under development are som~ SLCMs (Submarine-Launched Cruise missile) systems (such.as the Sagarika and Lakshya variants), and an Anti"ship Missile system (BrahMos).

~~

- 8 Sandhayak Class: Sandhayak,Ni!deshak, Nirupak, Investigator, Jamuna, Sutlej,)?arshak, Sarvekshak

- 5 Magar Class (LST): Magar, Gharial, and 3 modified Magar; Kumbhir Class (LST-M):Ghorpad, Cheetah, Guldar, Sharabh, Mahish, Kumbhir LCU-L33, L35-L39

13. If,'}~~~JT '" INS ArihalJt. ' Itis the lea9-s~ip of India~s Arihant class 14. Bomg P~81' ''C,' :,' • '. r . :' ri.~, ... ',' ,: of,riuclear':powered submarinesouild at the Ship 15. Dhruv In November, 2013 Indian Navy comBuilding ~entre in. Visakhapatn~m. The co~pletion p:ussionedits first Advanced Light Helicopter, o~ ~S Arihant wIll. make In?~a one of. SIXco~~ Squadron at Kochi _. tnes m the .•. world. WIth the abIlIty ,to d~SIgn, buIld, . .' . .. , and operate its. own nuclear submarmes. It, was Submarines (All Submarines are prefixed with letters INS' . launched On on July 26, 2009, INS Visakhapatnam, when being referred to by their Indian Navy designated. the country; s largest and latest ,stealth. destroyer, names) . was launched on April 20, 2015, at Mazgaon dock. - 4 Shishumar Class (German T-209/1500): INS Vishakapatnam is the first of the four guided Shishumar (S-44), Shankush (S-45)~ Shalki missile stealth de~troyers of Project 15-B of Kolkata' (S-46),Shankul (S-4;7). class. Once commissioned in July 2018, the INS -10 Sindhughosh Class (Soviet Kilo): SindVisakhapatnam will be the largest destroyer'in India hughosh (S-55), Sindhudhvaj (S-56), Sindhu~ and will be equipped with (MF-Star) the Israelf .!a.-j(5-57), SindhU:virS-58), Sindhuratna (5-59), multi-function surveillance threat alert radar: This Sindhukesari (S-60), Sindhukirti (S-61), Sindwill provide targeting information to 32 Barak huvijay, (S-:-62),Sindhurakshak (S-63)/S~~uand eight long r,ange surface-air missiles.onboard sh'astra (S-65) warship, ,,~ '.,'

Survey and Research Ships:

•

Offshore Patrol Vessels:

l:

C.343

.•.

Table C:8.2

~ t

.~

-..'

.

~T'

I: II

I!

INS Vikra~adltya

'INS Vikramaditya.i~:a modified Kievclass aircraft carrier wmch entered. into service with the' rndian Navy 'm 2b13~ She has b~en r~n:arned'in honour of Vikramaditya, a legendary 1sfcentury bc emperor of'Ujjain, India. Originally built as a Baku and commissioned in 1987, it was purchased by India on January 20, 2004, after years of negotiations at a final price of $2.35billion:CThe ship successfully completed her sea trials in July 2013 and aviation trials in September 2013. She was formally commissioned on November 16, 2013, at a ceremony held at Severodvinsk, ~Ru~sla. On June i4, 2014, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi formally inducted INS Vikramaditya into the Indian Navy and dedicated it to the nation.

Submarine Museum After -her decommissioning,' INS Kursura has been converted into a' submarine museum. (in 2002) on RK'Beach, Visakhapatanaril.. '

~

Crucial Facts: Indian Submarines

ThePioneers of Submarine Arms:

The first group of SM trainees trained at HMS Dolphin in

1962.

FirstIndian Submarine to be commissioned: INS Kalvari-December 8, 1967, under Cdr KS Subramanian. FirstSubmariner to be awarded MVC (Maha Vir Chakra): Cdr MN Sawant. FirstSf.!bfTlariner to be awarded VrC (Vir Chakra): Then Cdr VS Shekhawat. FirstSubmarines to participate in operations (' 1971 Ops'): (a) INS Karanj under Cdr VS Shekhawat, (b) INS Kursura under

I

Cdr A Auditto and (c) INS Khanderi under Cdr Roy Milan.

i

FirstSindhughosh Class Submarine: INS Sindhughosh, on April 30, 1986, under Cdr KC Verghese. FirstSSK Submarine: INS Shishumar on September 22, 1986, under Cdr PM Bhate. FirstNuclear powered submarine to operate under IN ensign: INS Chakra under Capt. RN Ganesh (operated with Indian ~vy

from Jan

.

I .1 I

1988 to Jan 1991).

(~~~

~I

.........•••

., Ii I

!I 0.344

Chqpter8

(Continued)

•.

. :',

/

._ .. ,'

f"

\

.'

',:.~,:~

•

'I

r-

(continu~~)., ",

'

~

First Indigenous SSK ~onstruction:INS Shalki on February 6, 1992, at MDL(MB)under Cdr KN Sushil. FirstMissile Capable Sllb.marin~:INS Sindhushastra on July 19, 2000, under Cdr R Sarin. FirstSM Launched Missile Firing: By INS Sindhushastra on June 22, 2000, off Russian coast. FirstSubmarine Base to be commissioned: INS Virbahu on May 19, 1971, under Cdr KS Subramanian. First Submarine Training Establishme,!t: INS Satavahana on December 21, 1974, under Cdr KN Dubash. First Director of Submarine Arm (DSA): Capt. BKDang January 6, 1966. First Director of Submarine Operations: Cmde BS Uppal July 1, 1986. First flog Officer Submarines: Rear Adm A Auditto April 1, 1987. FirstACNS(SM): Rear Adm AK Singh October 14, 1996. FirstSubmariner to be CNS: Adm VS Shekhawat. FirstSub,mariner to~command a nuclear submarine: Capt. RN Ganesh (INS Chakr~). FirStSubmariner to command an air craft carrier: Capt. RN Ganesh (INS Vikrant).

,I I

Chiefs of' Naval Staff ; '.: .. • The firstChief of Naval'Staff was Rear Admir~l . . J.T.S.Jlall 1-5,'1~47-August 14, 1948).,~ . ~ . (Augus~ . .. .

,.

-..'

'

.

.'

,

.~; The'irec~n.t,chi~f of Navel staffwas.Admiral . RobitlK. Dhawan(-April17, 2014-May 31,2016). , • The First Chief of Navy Sta£fwho has resigned .from his office was Admiral D.K..Joshi (August , 31, 2012.:..AprilI6~2014*).

r~~I:~~

~

','

1~

.~ :, "

., • 'The present Cruef of' Navai staff is: Adiniral Sunil Lamba: (June'I, 2016-till date). . ..

-~I

Army

IIndian

Military Academy

----. .~-~Ar~y,_9ffic:r~.I~~~~._~cho?!~ __ '~~~" Army Officers' Training Scho~l

'--

.

'

... ~... ~

.J

Ahmednagar

The Colleg.: of Military Engineerin!;l_ The School of Signals ,

Kirkee (PuneL__ ..'; Mhow" . ~.

.~-~,.'.'.--'--.-.

--

., ..~,. _ _ Deola_li Mhow, .

---_.__., Jabalpur i The Army Ordinance Corps School .

.

/r". __

.

.".-_

.•

~

__

...

. __

._._.,

J

--------.

...••• _~

-.---------...-:J The Service' Corps School.,

. Bareilly

[ The..Remounts,.Veterinary and. Far.ms Mee.rut . lC~p"s Centre_a_n~J'ch~o_I_"_. ._.__.__ .._ ..._....:..-_. The Scho6l.of Physical Training<.'< , Rune;' o.

, I The School of Mechanical

Transport'

Bangalore

.'

~

;

""" '",.•• ,....-__

-,-'

'!' -',-

.:••

_==:'.:._. Ch9.'2~ipur .......~I<~c&i,.: •.

U1

'JIil

'(";

Kochi

-"'~~.-'=_R~~6L"~

LGa,.Y~:ATCfu.9l!~J"Gar~d~-',~ INS Shivaji. .

.1"---1

;rri

Lonavla

==_-=.~:-fu;;''";,~g£1r .

9;1

INS Circar. , ..' ~""",,"_"'_"_"'_'_'--_.--'~ft. _ Yisakhapatnam : INS Hamla Mumbai;f~ INS Agrani (PettyOfficers' School) Coimbatore ! INS Gomentak Mormugao INS Jarawa Port Blair rN;;ci~;rYj"th~~T----~==-=-K;chi Torpedo 'Anti-Submarine School, ,. _ Kochi [N~vigation Direction ~~h~I----M~-;;~gao Air Force r ,..",., , • ,," PilotTraini.!)9.Estabhsj,~ent . ~~~abad Jet Training a~d f~ansport Training . Hyderabad Wing's, 'Air Force Station',.. ..... ....... '.. . ~Air Force Administrative Coii~eu'~batore .~ _

,~

...•.,.- .•...•.• ,.----

~,.TheJ'~hoo!of ~~~~;;'-~_ The Infantry?chool

"',$"

,.,_~._"_,~~~"",._.--.--,X<

:{NS~-._

The Armoured Corps Centre and" School

r't

Pune

..

.

I

Dehrac;lun

1' ...••

__

[.!b~Jn!~~f9~~J~si ~~g~_' . Navy Llndi~~l'!aYBL~~9~~m;;:_. INS Venduruthy'

Location of Defence, Establishments [

Army ~ Mili.tary Academy Dehradunl The Corps of Military Police Centre Faizabad and School " " i The Army Education Corps and Pachmarhi 'TrCJinin9.Colle9~_' __ ..~..__ __.__ ..__ . _ The Military School cjfMusic Pachmarhi The Electrical and Mechanical Trimulgherry .;1 &n9ineeri.~g Scl}.<29L. ..~.. _*__ . _.. The Electrical and Mechanical Secunderabad Engineering School . .-._y_'.7-=,..

_

.,,<

".••••.•...••..•••.• ,-..., __....,_ .." .••.

,.~.._--11....,

.."'

'

..••"

.,

.'

_ __.""". __.~

.~.

~

.•..• __."'.v~

..

. ----.r--...,-.

A~.M:.:"'.~:.- ,,' ..:_

.

.__

.-.'~'

!

,

;0

"_

(Continued)

_

•

I I

.'

Dehradun ,- Bangaloh~>

. ,.'

;

...

'-I.'

-..,

Fo:c~:ec~~~.~~,T~:~:" ~I~h:.~~" AirForce School Jalahalli foaratroopers Tmining School '. Agra 5. _._.-- .- --.,,- ..~--';'" - -- ---..- ..~--..-Inter-Services Institutes fJation~1 Def~nce Academy". Khadakvasld"~~ NationalDef~~C:olieg~ •--. -.--. -N~;,y.!D;;lhL,\ .-,Well~gton Securiderabad, .

~.

I ,

• Hindustan Aeronautics Limited' (HAL)

.

...

I

• Bharat EleCtronics Limited (BEL) • B~arat Dynamics J;jmi.ted (BqL) .r • Bliarat Earth Movers Limited (BEML) -~("'..•

. ~

.!

..

•..•'

•

,

. ~

v'

1....,.

-I ~

_

• Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited (MIOH;\NI) • ~azagon Dock Limited (MDL) ,. • Garden. Reach 'Cffiuted (GRSE)

ShipbUilders

&

Engineers

,I

'"

.~

••

;:,.,

•.

'

,

1

.•

'

~.]

'.

••

~""'~

,,'J

1..-1-,4 ...•

i;

.••

•. '1

\

1(...1";'-"'1'>

.

Directorate General of AeronauticahLQuality .,Assurarice(DGA.QA)' . ':,":.. ' ~:.'~' . I

.

+

-

•

-

'.

,

'f'"

'.

'.

.'~.- .>.. ~ ...

tf

:"\:t.f

..'

"

.,

:

,

.,"

,

• '-'

'I"'~".t--;'.~ .....'

- , : ( '.. " . '-''').1" '1 .

"--F.I.,..

'r

''''

.•

-

.

-

;:: ""<'J

. ~ ~., .•. ' ..• J

•

.

--",

.'

•.

,_

.,.

,.".

' .•...

'._

.:'0-

.. f.l

Exports of Defence ~quipme~t ' ~;;'-' .,: i> ~.

I .•..••••.

~~

.••..•.

_

•.

~

'?~--.::.~~;.~.~. '

Some of the major export d~stinations for 'def~nce produCts beert'Italy, 'israel,' Ecuador" Russia, the' USA, UAE; Namibia,' Sri"tanka, Malaysi~, Seychelles; France, Germany, ~oma:nia/:the UK, 'Indonesia~ Mauritius, Nethedands; Surinam; Kenya, Nepal, Botswana"and Oinan, Some ofl the .defence' items 'exported were DG sets~' spares for radars, sensors, radar warning receivers, heUcop~er, spares,' -Jaguar spares, MIG spares, Dornier Aircraft spares,~forgings, etc. Export by private defence' industry has 'shown accelerated 'growth. About 10-12 ~ompani;ii.in the private sector have contributed to defenc~ exports, The Department has finalized a Standard. qperating Procedure (SOP)' fo/ issUing' NOC'tO"'privatii'companieSfoiexporfof Military ~tore's:" '" Of>: .• . ,.

ha~e

L

i'

Ordnonc'e'Fodory'Boo'rd (OFB) . ~, t' .. " ..:~. "

•

l

"'I.

<

I

•

{

,~

~

,.

oF ~:'

' , ." I ,

.:

• OFB has 39 existing factories.

.,.', ,....~. • Two new ordnance factories' are coming ,up at Nal~da in Bihar and Korwain UP, } •

.£

.,'"

.

~

1.

1

. ~.

f

• Importan~ achievements are indigeni~ation of .' .CoinIhander Hatch control Unit"a critical unit of T-90 tank, indigenou'sproductio~of50 types --', of criti..,caloptic';ll.. components 'l- of T:90 ;tank, indigenously developed 5 types, .of-cable harness for T,-90tank.andset of cables fOr bridge laying. tank (BLT),.indigerto~sdevelopment of Rocket practice through reverse engineering. i'

,•.~ ..,.;j'l

i.

'.Ii ~

."'/>,~1}.;

'\.l ~.

!.

i

,I

(DOS) ';'~ i'

,. ;,"r ....., .. ~ .t.:'

• NClti~nal Institute fbrReseatch & De'vetbpmen~ ,),in Defence Shipbuilding (NIRDESH); "J ~;. ,,'.;)

The Department of Defence Production (DDP) was set-up in November 1962 with. the objective of developing a comprehensive production, infrastructure to produce the weapons/systems/platforms/ equipments required for defence. Over the 'years, the Department has established wide ranging production facilities for various defence equiprnents thiough the Ordnance FaCtories and Defence Public Se'ctorUndertakings (DPSUs). The produCts manufactured'include arms and ammunition, tanks, armoured vehicles, heavy vehicles, fighter aircrafts and'helicopte~s; ships, submarines, missiles, ammunition, eleCtronic equipment, ,earth moving equipment, special, alloys and spt;s!aLpp,rpose steeJs.. ' \:" '.' r ,~,;, The following are the main organizations',under theDepar,ffi1ent of,Defence :production:: " :' , ' ;

Q! ' .. ,

'r~>.(tr,,,.~l.!

~1,

.• ,:~

• Defence,:Exhibition Organiza,tion:,(DEO) •..{ .~ .. '

TheDep~rtment of Defence Production

,.

ii

, '

.

• Ordnance FaCtory Board (OFB) " ., ,).,.

_.---'~

..f~','..

~ ..:

P&C)

-:J

,I

,' .•••

.':'

• pirec!orate C!f'Plai\n4lg:~< Coo,rdlh~~!~!.'-(Dte.,?f

_J

i-

,'"J

".

j

wa1--

.'i,

• Directorate of Standardization

~chool' ~ Fo~.eign_ ~~g~a,ge~-:~,..:-_ New ~~l~~_",- .. Rashtriya"ndian'Military College, . "'Dehro9un ' , ~rmed Forc.:! M~cal College ,Puna -' Himalayan Mountaineering Institute . Dcirjeeling

W

...•.

. '......

• tIin~Usta1\ShipyardLiIp.ited (HSL). ' . • 'Directorate' GJneral ~ of. ,QualityL,Assurance __. (DGQA), " , .', .;. . . .'":, " •

j

---,-~,-""----,,,,,-_,_-_,,,,,;~;,,,,,,-,,,~"""+-~--"'-<:':;"--~""t'

fDefenc::Servic,es Staff Colleg!.-,'_' Schoolof 'Land/Air Warfa're ":.'

(t

~

'

if

• 90a>~lfSJ:lipy~rd L.i~~~St"(gSL).' -,

&., ...•.

Army

-".•• ~

I I Indian ._.

..0 .. ..,

D!idian Military Academy . . ~hool of.Aviation MediCine"

...:e

;.'

II II

DefenceandSecLJrity0.345

~'L..~ ... t},) •...••. iii

HindustanAeronautics limited. . jl?~.'.; .. ,;.~1S~~ '• Established in '1964;' as 'a1private liicited com-:.pari)', HA~ is converted to Public. L~mlted Company in '1995;"' .;' I, Ii)..._

~r :1

1;1

tl!

,I

~,;:II I

C.34G

• HAL is the largest DPSU under the DDP and has 19 Production Divisions and 10 R&D centres and one Facility. IyIanagement Division spread across six states. .,

I!I l,li j

• Major aircrafts/ helicopters in the current production range are SU-30MKI multi-role fighter, Hawk - Advanced Jet Trainer, LCA,' Intermediate Jet Trainer (IJT), Dornier 228 -'-Light Transport Aircraft, Dhrtiv (Advanced Light Helicopter), Chetak, Cheetah and Cheetal helicopters.

Ii I

Defence and Security

Chapter 8

t

• HAL has taken up the Design and Develop, ment of Light Combat Helicopter (LCH), Light utWty Helicopter. (LUH), Upgrade of Jaguar Da,rin-:illand Mirage 2000 aircraft. '.

The Design and Development of LCH and LUH along with the already supplied Chetak, Cheetah, .Cheetal and ALH will place HAL as a total Indigenous Solution Provider in the, Light heli,. copter categor)T1.tothe Indian Defence Forces.

.• ' HAL 'has so far 'produced 15 types of aircrafts .; fro'rif.in-house R&D and 14 types under license.

BharoiEleCtronics Limited "1'

. • Established in 1954,BELnoW has nine Strategic . Business Units (SBUs),located across India. • This premier electronics organization of the nation is engaged in' the design, development and manufacture of sophisticated electroI1;ic eqwpment. . • BEL manufactures low and high pow~:r coin~ munication equipment like radars, etc., for the use of defence services and paramilitary .organizations. • Other users are All India Radio, Doordarshan, Department of Telecommunications (DOT), Police, Meteorological. Department, etc. The company's core competencief:; in defence sector are Radars' & Weapon Systems, Sonars, Communication, Electronic Warfare Systems, Electro Optics and Tank Electronics, etc. BEL is introducing'around 10 new products on an average; every year. BELranked 69th among top 100 companies in.the world in defence revenue as published by Defence Ne'1s, the USA... • Another irnportant . ,feature of BEL's product basket is that about 85% of its turnover consists of indigenously developed products ..

• Somt; of the major modernization programs incliliie- Expansion of RF/MW S.uper C01l1._ ponents fadlit)T1~Test. facility for StabiliZer and Automatic Loading Gear for T90 Tanks Near Field Antenna Development Test Rang~ Facility, etc. . .

.

Bhorot Eorth Movers Limited • Establish~d in 1964~BEMLhas 4 manufacturing complexes with 9 production units located in Bangalore, ~ysore,' Kolar gold fields and Palakkad. engaged in the design, manufacturing, mar.\<etingand after sales service of Mining & Construction equipment, Defence, and Aerospace products and Rail & Metro products. • The Government of India is still a major shareholderi? BEML though its disinvestment Was carried out recently. . • BEML is leader in earth-moving industry with over 70% market share. • Its equipment and systems are deployed in India and over 30 other countries across the g~obe.. • Another S4bsidiary unit, Vigyan Industries Limited (VIL),in Tarikere (Kamataka) has been established by takirg over an existing venture of the.state governme~t. , . • BEML's Defence business is mainly in production and supply of high mob~lity vehicl~s..(HMVs) and,anp.oured recovery vehicles (ARV~)for requiremf?nts of Armed forces

Bhorot Dynomi~s Limited • BDL was established in 1970, at1.dis"located at Hyderabad to manufacture guided¥lissiles, It has two units at Kanchanbagh and-Bhanoor. • Th~ company, utilizing .the sP!lce capacity available, has also diversified into 'small arms prod~ction to meet the requirement of paramilitary forces of th.e country. BD~ )tas been accorded ISO 9002 certification. . I :, llt'"

I

~~

'

MOlogon Dock Limited (MOO, Mumbai • Acquired in 1960~tMDL has units l{t'Murnbai, NhatraSheva aild 'Mangalore, 'and headquarters at Murnbai.' .. • Its major activities include ,.construction of submarines, missile' boats and destroyers, etC.,

fo~ the Indian navy ~d offshore-supply vessels, wellhead. platforms, etc., for the Oil and Natural Gas Cornrnis~ion (ONGC). • It is the leading Shipyard amongst all DPSU shipyards engaged in construction of Warships and Submarines for the Indian Navy. • MDL is also engaged in shipbuilding, and INS Godavari, INS' Ganga and INS Gomti were manufactured here.

GardenReoch Shipb~ilders & Engineering Limited, Kolkata • G~E was set up in 1884, it taken over by the d,~!ence in 19qO. A 'Mini Ratna Category-I P~blic Sector Company' (PSU)' since September 2999, it has kept pa~e with India's expanding maritime interests and is recognized as a leadling Shipbuilding yard. • .~upplyingOffshore Patrol Vessel to M~uritius.

GoaS~ipyord limited

; for the critical sectors,' with technical. knowhow fr()m foreign collaborators~ .'.

II

II

Hindustoo Shlpyord Limited' • 'Scindia ShipYC)IdLimited' was jset up in, the year 1941~ • In 1952two thirds of its holdings were acquired by the Governmellt of India and the' yard was renamed as the -HSL. ", • In 1961, Hindustan Ship'yard became a fully owned 90vernment EnterPfise under Ministry of Shippmg and Transpprt. . . . • Strategically located oitthe; East Coast of the Indian Peninsula, at Visakhapathatti, Andhra Pradespi' HSL is the .N:ation'st ?re:qtiet 'Shipbtill,.ding organizati.on to. cater to the needs of Indian Maritime, Defence, and. ,Oil Sectors in shipbuilding, sNp & submarine repairs and onshore and offf:;horestructures. .,_,':'_':. • The yard was brought under administrative cC!ntrol of Ministry bf Defence .in •February 2010.During the last 5 years, 19 vessels' have been delivered by the HSL. • The. yard has successfully repaired 8. Hi-tech Oil Rigs (five for the ONGC; one for Portugal, one for'Malta and one for Abc;mOffshore Ltd) and on~ Submarine for ~dian Navy .. ~,r ., ..

4

., GSL was established in 1957 under Portuguese .n11eand taken over by the Government OfIndia "in 1961. .'jit comprises construction arid repair/refit of ships/ vessels. ~tundertakes projects for Indian ..navy, coastguard and also for the non-defence sector. ., It is currently engaged into building advanced j'-joffshorepatrol vessels of in house design. ."Somelof the' projects undertaken by GSL are ,shore-based testfacility for Indicm Navy, GRP .' survey motor boats for Indian Navy, supply, i"~\installationand service f:;upport for stem ge(lr ",'systems.

C.3.47

~.

•

INDIA'S INTERNAL SECURITY

Headed by Headquarter Objectiyes

MishroDhotu Nigam limited • MIDHANI was established in 1973 and has I. ~ factory at Hyderabad. MIDHANI is a PSU , under administrative .. control of the DDP. Ul .

Cenirol Bureou 'of Invest.igotio~ (C~I)

• They manufacture sophisticated and strategic special metals and a wide range of superalloys, :..t!~aniurn alloys, special purpose steels, etc.,

Formed in Headed by Headquarter

: 1963 . : Director : New pelhi

1'1

I

I,

j!

I

III

',I III II:

'

it

~j

C~348

Chapter 8

Objectives:

,.....

Defence andSe~urity

: The CBIismandated with a View to investigate sefious crimes related to Indian security, scams ap.d CO!ruption in high 'places, serious' Jfaud, cheating, and eJ;nbezzlement and social crime, particularly of hoardipg, black-m:arketing and pr~fi~ teermg in ess,eIltial commodities, having all-India and inter-state r~inifications. The CBI succeeded Delhi' Special Police Establishment "and it derives its legal powers to investigate ,crime from the DSPE , AcC1946:

:;.

<

!'"

.. -'

,

• courts and prosecutors in' India without having to refer to the Police , Station records.

,

Established in Headed by Headquarter Objectives:

,,"

B:tir~9;v:,qfp.o!i(~Re~~Q'uk'~Deve,lopment (BPRD) . _J, ., . _' _..,",'.' ~ •...

~ I:

" . ~ ~.

-.

.

j._

,

: December 2008 : Direct~r-General : New Delhi : The NIA is mandated, at the national level, to inv~sttg,ate and prosecute offencesa'ffectilig the sovereignty, security and integrity of India, friendly relations with foreign States arid offences. under Acts enacted to implement inter'national treaties, agreements, conventions and resolutions of the United Nations and other international organizations and for matters ,connected therewith or incidental thereto.

Surdar Vallabhbhai Pafel National Police Academy (NPAI, Hyderabad Established in Headquarter Headed by Objectives:

: September 15, 1948 : Hyderabad : Director (Rank of DG-Police) : Th~ National Police. Academy (NPA), trains officers of the Indian Police Service, who have been selected through an All India-based Civil Services Examination.

National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)

North Eastern Police Academy, Shillong

Established ill Headed by Headquarters' Objectives: ,

Establishedin: Headquarter

, .I

: 1986 :'DireCtoI'.General" : New Delhi" : Mainly NCRB" is mandated to function as dearing house of ififormationon crime and criminals 'indudirig 'those operating at National and rnternationallevels so as to 'assists the investigators, and others' in Iirikihg crimes to their perpetrators. It also stores, coordinates and" disseritiriates information on -fiter-state and international criminals from and to respective States, national' investigating agencies,

a

t}~

Natio~allnvestigation Agency (NIA) .

'

Established ,in , :.August28,.1970 Headedby " ,: Director-General Headquarter :,NewDelhi, Objectives:. .' :The Bureau of Police Research and '. ,Development (BPRD) was set up J on-August 28, 1970, in furtherance of the objective of the Government ,of India for the modernization of . 'police forces. It has evolved as a multifaceted, consultancy organization. At present it has 5 divisions: (1) Research and Correctional Adntinistratioh, Division; (2) Modernization/Development Division; (3) Training Division; (4) Admillistratio? D~vision;(5) Natit;>nalPoliC{~, Mission Division. '

Objectives:

Headed by Objectives: ,

July 1978 : ShillQng (Ri-Bhoi district of Meghalaya) : Dire~tor (Rank of DG-Police) : To ~mpq.rtone year basic training to the directly recruited Police Officers of the rank of Sub Inspector and DySP of North-Eastern, States.

Nati()nqlinstit.ute of ,c'riminology and Forensic Science (NICFS) , .

7

L

Asso~.~iiles (AR) Raiseain ': 1835 Headed by : Director-General Headquarters' :Shillong Motto I' : Friends of the Hill People Objectives : Vigilance of international borders in ~() north~eastand countering insurgency It":; operations in Arunachal Pradesh, ,w Manipur,Mizoram and Nagaland. It is the oldest pararrrilitary force in the 'country. Among its special roles are the paramilitary law enforcement, . counter insurgency, armed: response '"I: to'civll .unrest,' counter terrorism, special weapons operations.

•

: 1972 ' :New Delhi : Director (Rank of DG-Police)

,;

.J,

Central ~ndustrialSectirityiForce lCISF}h . II:'

"~_'

~

.

,.

'.# ~.t:-. ' .•

'.4.,'

t

*

,'; •

:',

>

"'

.~~1tH

RaIsed'in ' ': 1969' ", ~ a"iL-.'; Headed by ,: Director-General , .. . i,.. , . ," 'i-l ~ .....: . ~J He~dqu,~rt~r:p~lhi,. " '._'\, Motto , .,,',: Protection andr.,_, Security _'~ •.; Objectives '.: qrj~~~Y:.F~q~ted to provide ~~~I.ty:~o w~?s~al undertakings o~ried by ,the, .government, the CISF '!:)'-astriin~formed "into a preinier mul~-s1
'_'

..•.•.

J'"

:"

.• ,.~-::~

.

'1 I

..J--'~';.

ol':"'~

.~

."

.'

•••••

• _,'

.,.

,~

.

i'

I

i

Central Armed Police' Forces, BordetSecurity Force:(BSF} Raisedin HeadM by Headquarter Motto Objective /"

iJ

:i' ~l). .C

OJ

;'

Established ill Headquarters Headed by

: To, ,act": as ; a National Institute ,towards advancement of the subjects of Cl'intinology and Forensic Science and to act as a Centre of in~service,training of officers, in police, judiciary 'and cor~ectiorial services and also other engaged' in the crirrtip.aljustice system and its allied fields.

c;;34~

I't

'

: 1965 : Director-General : New Delhi : Duty unto Death : VigHance on India's international borders during peace time, an~ during wai J asSume suppleilien:': taryrole w'iththe army. 'In the last few years,'theBSF has, in addition to' H:ieir'autiesi b'een depioyed' f<;>r c~unter .insurgency and ~terIi.al "security dtities. Its peace time roles iJ1.chide:'(i) Prom~ting a sense of security among the people living in the border areas. (ii) Preventing trims-border crimes,unauthorized entry into or exit from thet~rd~ tory of India, ~l}d (iii)iI.'.r!7yep..~~g smuggl4J.g, ~nd ,any other illegal activ:ity."

Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) . Raised.in

: 19'49(came into existence as Crown 'Represen~~tive's ~olice in 1939) Headed by : Dinictor-GeneraI ; Headquarters : New Delhi' Motto : Se!",!ce.and L<;>yalty . , Objectives : To, assistthestatE~/tinicin territbI'y' police in maint~nance ,of law,imci, orqer. The broaq. gamut of d':lties performed by th~)~R¥~~}.e;.Sr~:r~y~. control;" Ri
........•••

'1":'I1

I'

I

J'

Ii '

.

C.350

Chapter 8

"'1 I~

Defence and Security

I

"i,

!

1

I

I 'r I

,I

Keeping Mission; Rescue and Relief operations at the time of Natural Calamities and special role during elections in India. The CRPF is also known as the 'Peace Keepers of the Nation'. For the purpose of training Indian Security Academy has been established ,atMount Abu.

Important Information The CRPF was raised at Neemuch, Madhya Pradesh, 'and called 'Crown Representative's Police', which after independence became the CRPF. The 88th battalion of the CRPF known as 'Mahila battalion' which was commissioned on March 30, 1986, is the world's first paramilitary forc~ coIIlprising entirely of women. The Force'has grown into a big organization with 231 Bn, (including 2.00executive Bns, 4 Mahila Bns, 10 RAF Bns, 10 CoBRA Bns, 5 Signal Bns and 1 Special Duty Group & 1 PDG), 41 Group Centres, 20 Training Institutions, 3 CWS;.7 AWS, 3 SWS & 4 Composite Hospitals of 100bed a.nd 17 Composite Hospitals of 50 bed.

of India; (c) To prevent smuggling and other illegal activities.

National Security Guard (NSG) Raised in Headed by Headquarters Motto Objectives

Indo-TIbetan Border Police mBP} Raised in Headed by Headquarters' Motto

Objectives

: 1962 : Director-General : New Delhi : Valour---:..Determination-Devotion to Duty (Shaurya~Dridtata-Karm Nishtha) : Guarding' approximately 1221 kIn of Indo-Tibetan border, extending from Karakoram Pass in Ladakh to Lipulekh pass at Indo-Tibet junction and Nepal border. Also, included in its roles are VIP security, law and order and bank security.

Sashastra Seema Bal (SSB) Raised in Headed by Headquarters

Motto Objectives

II.

:.1963 : Director-General : New Delhi (Three frontier Headquarters at Lucknow, Patna and Guwahati) : Service, Security and Brotherhood : (a) To promote sense of security among the people living in the border areas; (b) To prevent trans-border crimes, and unauthorized entries into . or exit from the territory

soldiers but; civilians who wish to assist in defence of the country.

: 1984 : Director-General t.c : New Dt;lhi : Sarvatra Sarvottam Suraksha : It is modelled as a Federal Contingency Deployment Force to tackle all facets of terrorism in India with the primary role to combat terrorism in areas where activity of terrorists assumes serious proportions, and the State Police and other Central Police Forces cannot cope up with the situation. The NSG is a Force specially equipped and trained to deal with specific situations and is therefore, to be used only in exceptional situations. The Force is not designed to undertake the functions of the State Police Forces or other ParaMilitary Forces of the Union of India.

,.

Other Important Defence and Security Institutions Coast Guard Established in Objectives

: 1978 : To protect the maritime and other national interests in the maritime zones of India. They come under the control of Ministry of Defence.

National Cadet Corps (NCe) Established in Objectives

Divisions

: 1948 : To stimulate interest among the youth in the defence of the country in ()rder to build-up a reserve manpower to expand armed forces. : (i) Senior, (ii) JUnior and (iii) Girls.It is composed of students from educational institutions.

Home Guards : 1962 : To assist the police in maintaining security, to help defence force local authorities in case of epidemics and to undertake such other services as may be required by the government from time to time.

Raisedin Objectives -'j

C.351

Rashtriya Rifles'

of

A new paraniilitary arID.under .the command the Indi~.A.~my .called 'Rashtriya R#Ies' (~) has been created. The Rashtriya Rifles has been 9rganized with three ba~taij.orts grouped into one sectoral Unit To ensure that the best personnel opt for the new Unit, the Chief oithe Army Staff will be'the colonel of the Unit The. RR will replace all the an;ny formations being deployed for internal security in I<:ashmir.and other states. ",; NarcoticsControl Bureau (NCB}'"

,"

~

__

e~"

.,..

•

,'

..

~

Q~ick. Facts

•

"

..~ -, " State and Union Territory'Poliee \

• Police isa state subjed under the constitution. • The head of a,police force in a state is the Director-GeneralofPoIice (DGP) of Ihspector-General of Police (IGP). • For administraii~e purposes'; each state is divided into ranges headed by the Depuly-Inspector General of Police (DIG) an'd orange is further divided into districts, each under thecontrol of 0 Superintendent of Police (SP). • All senior police posts in various states are included in the Indian Police Service,.(IPSI cadres, recruitment for which is mode or; an alHildio ba~is. However, for lower ranksup to D~puty Superintendent .(DSPI,the recruitmeht is done at the state levels.

,

•••

.'

••

.

Thenewly formed 'zero response' time central outfit, theR~pi~ Action Force (RAF),became operational on Oct0R~5~, 19?2. It is pa~i,<;allya central police organizati0,tl,CjIld is under the operational cOmrrland of the CRPR'Ten.battalions of' the CRPF have been reoric~..'. entec;lJprtackling communal riots in the country. '.

:'.'

\""

#,

.The Nilrcotics Control Bureau (N<;:B)istl1~.~Clti()I1~l Nodal Agency createdt1I1~~r. tJ1e N~r,~9~5~,.Dt;lg~ andPsychotr!Jpic Substa'f!:cesACt, 1?~5~~r~o~lJ~t~g' illicit trafficKmg in Narcotic Drugs ~nd l~syc~o~ tropic Substances. NCB 'with_its ..J;fe~9-Slu~rtt:r.~ .,at New Delhi. has three Regional. DeputY.Dire~tor General offices, i.e., Northern Regionat (DeIN);S.o~th Westerri. Region (Miuribai), and' Eash:;r~. Region (Kolkata). <, .

Role of Women in the Armed Forces ,'i'

• In big cities likeDelhi, Koikato, Mumbai, Chennai, Ban-' galore, Hyderof?ad;.Ahmedabad and Nagpur, police.is heacJedby a Commissioner of Police, who enjoys mag,i,stef\$tlpow.ers. ' .':

Rapid Action Force (RAF)

}

,

>

r',"

The Armed Forces symbolize the Unity qf the country and the ideals of national integration. ~ remarkable feature of the recruitment to the Armed Forces is that it is entirely voluntary and.iS. open to ~ Indian nationals, irrespectivE; .of caste,. creed, community, religion and region. But provision for women to .,join existed only for the Armed Forces Medical Services, Armed Forces Pental Services and the Military Nursing Service. SectionJ,2of the Army Act provided that women would not normally be eligible for,e:h!olment in Army. Similar rules applied to the Air Force andthe Navy. However, in acknowledgement of the changing time, the government has. approve4 induction. of women into selected non-combatant branChes the three forces. The entry of wom~n has been restricted to the officer cadres and that too on Short Service Commission.

I

I I I

I

m

l,f)\.

Territorial Army Established in Objective

: 1948 : A voluntary part-time (between 18 and 35 years) force, not professional

. )9"1

,'iI~',

~

l'1lll:

l

i

:i,

Chapter 8

C;352

Defence and~es:wi.ty C.3~~

II» Topic-wise Assessment

1'1I

d

--------------------

if;

7.

I

II

29. Eastern Naval Command tered at (a)

Cochin

(a) Chetak (b "~Cheetah ,

(p) (c)

Vishak,hapatn,am Kol kiltii ",

(c) (dP

(d)

Mysore

J

Indian Defence II

21. Which of the, following, pilotl,ess. targettaircraftfhas been :devef0p.edby DRDO? ".

1.

India 'with'

has history

I. 11."

China

IV. (a)

Bhutan Only I

(b)

I and III

(c) (d)

'mand IV

8.

lrioia,

National'Defence

is the

of

9.

(a)' "The

Cabinet, The Parliament'

(b)

,

(c)"; The President Of India' (d)

the Defence Committee

~i'ih~' followi~g'

Which

part of the Ministry I. II. III.

Departm~nt

is

of Defence?

Depa;tme~t:oi

Department of Defence ProductiOn'(DDP) Defence Resea'rch'and'

4.

(b)

II and III III and IV

(d)

All of these,

,Colonel ______ (a) (b), , (c), (d)

5.

in

(d)

(a)

army is equivalent in Air Force.

to (b)

(c)

Group,Captain Air Commodore

In Indian Navy which ofthe ranks is highest? (a)

Commodore

(b)

Commander

(c) (d)

Captain Colonel ,

Staff

reports

following

(d)

(b)

6

(d)

18

14. ARTRAC Command

was added in

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is

Srinagar Gurgaon Pune Bengaluru

Andaman and Nicobar command Lucknow Command Strategic Nuclear Command None of these

Chief of Integrated Defence Staff is qefacto Chairman of the Chiefs of Staff Committee Chief 9f Integrated Defence Staff is not a member of the Chiefs of Staff Committee Cbief of Integrated Defence, S~aff,is a non-voting memb~r of the Chiefs of Staff Committee Chief of Integrated Defence 'Staff:is a voting member of the Chiefs of Staff Committee'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)

Mechanized Infantry", Mountain Strike Corps PiOneer Corps ' ,

(d)

Remounta'nd

,

At present the Ch!ef of Staff Committee is headed by ,

12. The Chief of Army Staff holds the rank of

Veterinary Corps

17. Which of the following battle tank?,

(a) (b) (c) (d)

,Chief of Army

BikramSingh Bipin Rawat G. G. Bewoor Deepak Kapoor

19. The first Indian Chief of Army Staff was

(b)

(c)

MaharajShri Jadeja'.

Rajendrasinhji I •

P. P.Kumaramangalam

S. i,1. F..,J.'Manekshaw 'None 'ofthese

General

(b)

Brigadier

(a) (b)

Air Chief Marshal Admiral

' .~.

Indian Air Force 20. Eastern Air Command

(c)

General

(c)

Admiral

(d)

Defence Minister

(d)

Commandeer

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Shillong Imphal Dibrugarh Guwahati

(a) (c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

','

(a) (b) (c) (d)

' .

NAG TRISHUL UDAHAN NISHANT

(a) (b) (c) (d)

II, III and I III, I and II

(d)

I, "' and II

is Headquar-

"

"

(0)

<

(a) (b) (c)

'.,.

(b) (d)

INS INS INS INS

INS INS INS INS

in

INS Gujari INS Kblkata

Khursura Kalvari C>9lphin Chakra

(d) Rashtriya Indian Military College

, .~t

.o#<'"'~

;

37. Paratroopers

ated in (a) • (c)

-oJ

.

,1
.'D~hfadu,r:' . '>:'~' ,,\ J.

. ~~ '/'

t" .•,,t .•: ~

Training:~Sch()ol

tq n"",~'.J.

i.:'.

,'I

New Delhi ., Darjeelin'g';;,,1

.

,(b)

',r"(d)'

•••. ~ . I

•

i,s':situ.

:h:. Agra rune"

,~ ~;U1.,~ ~;'\,.:~.~r

38. Which of the foll!>}"{ing is,situa~ed in Secunderabad?, ,~ ''',.•.....•...•t' • .'

(a) (b) (c) (d}

School, of land/Air Warfare. [\javal.GunnerySchool H; 'The School of Signals Nolle 'oftl1ese '!dt '. ' J'(~> ':

'.is a, nuclear

:.

..". ~

39. Which of the follpwll19 'it'lKod,i? ,. '.;.

Khursura Kalvari , Dolphin, ' Cha,kra "

, t,

.;t ~

is NOTIocated >",'

••

(a) Indian NavalAcadeiny (b) N"val Ai~ Station'Garuda (c) INS Shivaji. ' , (d) 'INS Ve':;dur~thy , was' the '

J. T. ,SoHall S. N. Kohli Madhvendra

•

Morm~.9~o ,"

The Dep'ortment!ofDefen(e ' Production (DDP)

Singh' 40. When was the department Production set up? ~.

35. 'Match the name of the establishment in List I with the Location in List II in which they are located.

(il) (c)

.1,851 1951

of Defence

(b);_1823~' (d) 1962'

Commands.

Three Five

27. Whic~ of the' following Naval Command is normaily used for training? (a) Northern Naval Command (b) Western Naval Command (c) Southern Naval Command (d) Eastern Naval Command 'UOb63~ 28. Flag officer for Goa area is called FOGA FONA GOFA FOKA

(b) Na~i:gaiion Direction School

'

(c) School of Aviation .' Hyd,erabad Medicine ;~ 'V-' ,,1

(d) •..NirmaJ Verma

(c) ••.Seven (d) Eight

(a) (b) (c) (d)

'!

'"

34. Who among the' following first Chief of NavYStaff?

Indian Army Indian Navy Indian Air Force • I, Ii arid 'III

(b) (c)

INS Kursura ,INS Methali.

33. Which ,of the, fOllowing , powered submarine?,

Indian' Navy

I. II. III. (a) j

• ".

32. Which of the following submarines have ',been converted, into museums after their decommissi,oning?

';1~.,,:

(a) (a)

'

I

Indian Navy ,US~J'.4F~St~rradar?,;:.,

24. Which of the' following is the UnlJ)anned Air Vehicle developed i,n

26. Indian Navy has

tered at (a)

1950 1971 1994 2011

India?

INS Vikrant INS Vlkramaditya INS Viraat " INS'Vishakapatnam

31. Which of the foJl.owing destroyers

25. Arrange the following three services in the decreasing order of their numerical strength.

T~90SBhishma

18. Who is the current, Staff?,

(a) (b) '(c) (d)

is NOT a main

(b) Vij~ya,nta, (c) T-liM1 Ajeya (d) , PT-76 (amphibious)

(d)

Indian Army

l.

is also known

23. Th~.; first batch, of woman pilots in In.q~~IJAi.rForce was commissioned in (a) (b) (c) (d)

List II (City) 'fD~olaii

I

(a) The School of .. Artillery

. ~1.

"

is not correctly

~t

AN 32 MIG 29 SU 30 AK 57

(d)

36. Which of the following matched? List I (Establishment)

30. Admiral Gorshkov has been renamed as

,

22. Which of the following as baaz?,

(c)

ARTRAC Central Southern North Central

Lakshya' Jaguar

~

(b)

16. Raising of which of the fOllo,wing was recently cleared by the Cabinet Committee on Security?

(a)

r

(a)

1981 )991 2001 2011

15. Which of the following Indian Army Commands are headquartered at Mhow?

11. Which, of the following statements hold true for the composition of the Chiefs of Staff Committee?,

Captain Commodore

,

6.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c)

(a)

Defence

c,omh,ands ~,

3 12

(c)

Indian National Defence University purposed to be set up in

(a)

Department of Ex-Serviceman Welf~r~ (DESW) I and II "

,(c)'

Integrate<;l directly to

13. How many operati~nal. are there in Indian Army?

(a)

10; Which of the following is the first integrated theatre defence command in India?

Defenc~ (DOD)

Developm'entOrge;tnization (DRDO), ' IV.'

1950 1971 2001 2011

(a) The President of India (b) The Prime Minister of India (c) The Defence Minister of India (d) ',Chairman, Chiefs of Staff Committee

I, II and III

responsibility

3.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

conflict

Pakistan Bangladesh

III.

2: . Iii

of armed

Integrated Defence Staff (DS) Headquarters was raised on

is Headquar-

List I (Establishment) I

List II, , (City) ,'..

A. Army' Officers' Training School B. Indian:i ' Academy

I. 'Kochi

•

II.

Naval

C. Jet Training and Transport Training Wings

Pune

III. Hyderabad

42. Which of the following statement hold true for India's relationship with France? (a)

A

B

C

(a)

I

II

III

(b) (c) (d)

III

II

I,

II

III

I

II

I

III

'(b) (c) (d)

India does not import or export defence equipments Indi~ exports out does not import defence equ'ipmentS India imports but does not export defence equipments ' India exports andimports defence equipments,

......0IIIIIIII

JI~ :il_

1'1.1 Iii;f: : !

II I.:

C.354

II' 1

1.1 '

l.i'!ll:. I'.

"

"

I:~,I 111r

,I

Chapter 8

43. Which of the following statements does NOT hold true for Hindu~tan Aeronautics Limited? (a)

It was set up as a Private company It is the largest PSU under DDP It was converted into PSU in 1995 It has 19 production divisions

(b) (c) (d)

44. How many Strategic does BEL have?

(a)

45: Bharat ____

,

I

1'1 1'1

I

(a) (c)

53. Bureau of Police Research & Develop_ ment has

Hindustari Shipyard ltd. Bharat Earth Movers Limited Ordnance Factories Organization. , Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineering Limited

(a) (b) (c) (d)

has

50. Central Intelligence lished in (a) (c)

(BDL) was

Bureau was estab-

1887 1947

(b) (d)

1904 1950

Radars Helicopters Turbines GuidedMissiles

I. II. (MDL)

is

Mangalore Mumbai Pune Vishakapatnam

Agency

III.

BordetSecurity 1965

IV.

Sashastra Seema Bal (SSB) 1963

Force (BSF)

56.

(a)

I, IV, III, II (b) II, III, IV, II (c) , III, I, II, IV

48. Which of the following was established under the Portuguese rule?

(d)

Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel National Police ACaderriY"

(b)

National Institute of " • Criminology & Forensic Science National Police Academy None of these -)"1,

(a)

Assam Rifles

(b) (c) (d)

RAW '", National Security Guard None of these 'il"

National lished in (a) (c)

IV, 11,1,111

Cadet

Corps

were

estab-

(b) (d)

1901 1948

1887 1916

.,

(c)

(d) (c) (d)

2. (a) 12. (a) 22. (b) 32. (a) 42. (d) 5.2. (c)

3. 13. 23. . 33. 43. 53.

(d)

(b) (c)

(d) (c) (b)

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54.

(c) (b) (d) (a)

(b) (a)

5. (a)

15. (a) 25. 35. 45. 55.

(d) (d) (c) (c)

6. 16. 26. 36. 46. 56.

(a)

(b) (a) (c)

(d) (d)

7. (c) 17. 27. 37. 47.

8. (d)

(d)

18. (b)

(c)

28. (a) 38. (a) 48. (a)

(b) (a)

9. 19. 29. 39. 49.

(b) (a)

_,~O. (a) 20. (a)

(b)

30. (b)

(c)

\40. (d)

(a)

r,50. (a) ,.'

?~lt'

..-1'....'..' ...."

--........

~. .~~,":;,

:::Ii! .•. " ,

Ili~ft~~ -. "'-~D" {" .... ;; ~~fJ

,

.

."J.

.'

~}~

"

,-{J

.(~:i\~~I1~Q_a ','

,,_.~

I

-~',

'i \,~, r0 I '...-

'-I{;-. .:!~1?~; ~;

.•Q..' . "."~., {f

. . _ »::t...-'"'J'Y' '. ~.,-:C:7,

('. !(

'o.J'

",

l'~ ..'

'_""'................

• Hi$toty 6rNdti~haIP(jticiEls in Science4nd'Technology " '-,...~~,t~ '\. din In ia ., ,- .,",:'.,.' , ,.~

• Depgxt~~nt of Sc,ence"a~d;;,9~,n9J~g~,'" • Department of Atornic Energy

"',j

,(,

"I

J' ~

'~'f )~,

.~ ;•.. ~'~':J.,,'," . . '" ,,~.•..... ,."

:!

f ~;

~

" II 't Iii

,

""'~~~' ",,-- '",

.....

I ff /1

"

_

,--3~:t

i

I,

• Ministry of Earth Sciences

:1

'. Department of Bib-Technology

ji

.

" )

• ~e India~~~unb~l.of Me~ical Research The.lndian Counc,1of Agncultural Research /,.,.,. • India's Space Programme •

','

• Ihdia's Atomic Research

• Department of Space "

• India's Missile Programme

",

• The Department of Deifence Research and De~~I()~ri,ent • Other Indian Research'and Devef~pm~nt6~ganiz~tiohS

~. HISTORY OF NATIONAL POLICIES FOR SCIENCEAND TECHNOLOGY IN INDIA Key Milestones s\

1958: j "

.)

India took its first step towards the fostering, promoting and sustaining the 'cultivation of science and 'sCientific research in all' its .aspects" by artictila:tllg the 'Scientific Policy Resolution' (SPRJ in 1958.

1983:

In 1983, the'Techrlology Policy Statement' (TPS) was formulated to. accentuate the need to attain technological competence and self-reliance.

2003:

In 2003, the 'Science and Technology Policy' (STP) was unveiled in order to emphasize the need of investment in Research

I,

.<:,;'

~r

"

"

,

I t I~ I

J

'. ,..\.. '

• Department of Scientific~andIndustrial Research

"'.H ~

.

;

. .~.

f'

'I • Science and Tech~()logy(S~T).~.ctivi~ie~inl~di~

r'.~

d~ Teclfnoltlgy )

,

.r--

., '\'

.,.'

''?-I

,

~I\ \, ..•.• '.. '1.~ .--~"-

."

,' .. "

,.

r-:.. ;.; ~

,.J,t(l.,.~;', ,~ ,~~ ,"-~-',Ij~.~'~>~ •.•'".

',.....

.

~ .•

t: ~-" ''''''l.l.!'';.~-...!''''':

',.~ .•.-, .',"" ~.,l•.•' ,

1

'\~)~K'}.; '~~,

L 0;'

'(:I-

0'.

:"'••. ~i",,,,,~' ,,:"'....

.)',

;

Topic-wise Assessment (c)

"" .' ..- • i\.'.C'.. ~

f'

~\ ,','

~ ,

Highlighted Topics"._.

'I

(b)

I-

I

Answers

1. 11. 21. 31. 41. 51.

I

J'

t .• •..' '

55. Which of the following is mainly concerned with fighting te'rrorism in India?

National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB) 1986 National Investigation (NIA) 2008

(a)

(c) (d)

-~-. ..l~~. ...., ..~..,',.... '.1

LU

/'J~

Two divisions Five divisions Seven divisions Ten divisions

54. Officers of the Indian PoliCe Service, who have been selected through an All India based Civil Services Examina_ tion are trained at

51. Arrange the following agencies in the order in which they were established. '

47. Mazagon Dock Limited headquartered at (a) (b) (c) (d)

is located in '

Indion Internol Security

(b) 50% (d) 90%

46. Bharat Dynamics Limited set up for manufacturing (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)

(b) 9 (d) 17

30% . 70%

=

52. After independence Crown'Represen_ tative's Police was recasted a";: " J,\ . (a) BSF (b) Home Guards (c) CRPF (d) CISF , ;

(d)

Earth Movers Limited market share.

Goa Shipyard Limited Mazagon Dock Limited Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited None ofthese

49. Which of the following Vishakhapatnam?

Business Units

3 13

(c)

I

(a) (b) (c) (d)

. and Development (R&D) in the Science and Technology. STP realized the necessity for integrating the programmes' of socio-economic sectors with the national R&D system to address national problems and creating a national innovation system. ' 2010: India declared the'span of'2010-2020 as the 'Decade of Innovatiotl'. There was a stress on the need to articulate a'national policy to collaborate science, technology and innovation. It led to establishment of the National Innovation Council (NIC). 2013: The Science, Technology and Innovation (STI) Policy formulated in 2013 which was emerged as the major drivers of 'Science, . technology and innovation' for people as the new paradigm shift of the Indian STI enterprise.

(

~",ill,!'l I, d .

Illtl

,II ll.,

C.3~6

I: I'

Polie,y Vision - 5TI, 20 13 '

I'r-

The guiding visioi) o(aspir~g Indian STI enterprise is to accelerate the pace of discovery and d~livery of science-led solutions for faster, sustainable and inclusive, grow:th.'A, strong ar;t,d'y~able Sc~ence,'Resea.rch and Im:~)Vations.~yste'J}lf9r~gh Technology-l~d path for ,India (SRI$J:lTI)is the goal of :this STI policy.

,

Chapter 9 Science and T~chnology . (:.357

I

'I!

I 'II

,I

Key Elements~5TI;2013 :

II

!

• Li.nlqng conWbl).tors"of ~ci~nce'.feseard:1 and innovation'systeiIt witn th~'irlcltisiv~'e~oii.oinic ,growth ag~ndaaIld combining' priorities of ,.excellence and relevatlce.,_ tr)~ • Creating an environment for enhanced'private sector participation in R&D. ' d • ' Enabling conversio~ of R&D outputs ilit,bsocietal and commercial applications by rep'~cating hitherto successful models as well as establish_ ing' of new PPP structures. ' .1,

I

.

. ; 1•.

• Promoting the spread of scientific temper ,among all sections of society.

• Seeding S&T-based high-risk through new mechanisms.

• Enhancing skilr,f~~' 'appH~ation of 'science among the young from all social strata.' '

• Fostering resource~optimized, cost-effective innovations across size and in technology domains. 1, • Triggering changes in the mindset, arid' value systems. to. recognize, respect and. ~reward performances which will create wealth from S&T-derived knowledge.

• Making careers attractive enough for talented and. brighLminds in the fields of science, research. and innovation. • Establishing world-class infrastructure for R&D and in order to gain the global leadership in some select frontier areas of science.

inno);'ations

• Creating a robust national innovation system.

Ceq!tpl,Governhlent S&T D~parfments TodaY,'India has' a reservoir ofexpeitise and 'being well-acquainted with the rnost ..modem advancements ~ basic and applied areas whichare equipped to make choices between available technologies, to abs
-

.

-

'"

.f'

Department of Electronic~;Mitu~irY"ofEriv£rbninent and Forests, M41istry oJ Non-Conve!ltiorial, En,ergy $our~es:M4Ustry 'of Ec[rthSciences' (MoESYand Min~ istry', ,of Sciel)ce'and Te.fhrlblogy,''ety;-4t" ~ddltion, th~r~ are ab'out 1200 in:house reseat~h' arid deve~opment (R&D) units in iric!ustf1al'imdertf~ings' which support. rese.a~ch in th~ir r~spec~iv~"in.qlfNl');;'Agricultural Universities ana academic in'stittitions like IITs with their research facilit~ehave been :s~t up under the state governments: '. ','; '~;. ,;h~. :.l:'! , .• , , , .~.

r•.;~': ~ :

T{';'>:-."

'"

"t,.:

,;

.

. ; ./

-':

;',

('.I~

~

I

~l'jl.,L'

" ."

,AA,.'

....

I

1"",

I 'I"

>

. •.

r I .: I, I

'."\

('., ~,~t. t

r .•.

fl

• Positioning India among the top five global scientific powers by 2020.

I

..

In its, endeavour tostrengthenlndia'ssdence and technology capacity and capabilitY"the. Department ::

Ii

~

DEPART~ENT OF,SI(IENCE{:';;'~:li,.J AND TECHNOLOGY"

ii

:'.'i

•

# ~

'-'.

~

!,l~:,' "

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (S& 1) ACTIVITIES IN INDIA

,

Department of AtOmic Energy

......... ~.f'

il

~

State Government Department

I" i

Science & Technology (S&1) System in India

,

:'

.~.~t~

Central' Government S& T Department

\,

"

-~,'~, .,\

S& T

Central SocioEconomic & Other Ministries

S&Tin Nongovernmental Organizations (NGOs)

.1' It~

Independent Research Institutes/I nd ustrial Houses

d

--

~I: I

Ilil"

Science. and Technology C.358

I;. I,

;~I,.

of Science and Technology has kept its pace by implementing several planned initiatives through its S&T Departments/Ministries to enable Indian S&T community to increase with their respective sdentific and technological outputs. Important establishments under Department of S&Tare:

Science and Technology

II I

I~

Programmes

. .';,;

III C])

o c .~

Scientific

'!

Services

~

(/).9••... ' 0 C .•.• -C C 0

Statutory

o

..

, 'f"

Board

C]) C])

Autonomous

~~'

~

• National Resource Data Management System

S&T Institutions

"

Inter-Sectoral Science & .[11 Technology Advisory Committee ,

Other Professional

Bodies

Important Autonomous S&T Institutions of India •

• Indian Meteorological Department, New Delhi • Science and Engineering Research Council • National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories Thematic

Mapping

• National Council for Science, and Technology Communication

Na!ional Geographicallnformaticm System" '

,;1'

The National Geographical Information System (NGIS) offers the services and imageries' on cyber space. A major initiative to launch NGIS with 41 layers of information products on spatial maps was initiated. NGIS is expected to offer a unique set of servj.~~sforpeople by providing GIS data products of high-utility value.

" ~ t

• Agharkar Research Institute, Pune , • Aryabhatta Research Institute of Observational Sciences, Nainital ':-• Birbal Sahni Institute of Palaeobotany, Lucknow • Bose Institute, Kolkata . r~ • Centre for Nano and Soft Matter Sciences • Indian Association forthe Cultivation o(Science, Kolkata • Indian Institute of Astrophysics, Bangalore

• Technology Information Forecasting AsSessment Council, New Delhi

.' InstituteofNano Science and Technology, Mohall • International Advanced Research Centre for Powder Metallurgy. and New Materials, Hyder<;lbad

and

• Inter-Sectoral Scien,ce &1; Technology Advisory Committee • Science and Technology International Cooperation Division • Grant-in-aid to Academic Bodies and Autonomous Research Institute~

• Indian Institute of Geomagnetism, Mumbai

• The Institute of Advanced Study in Science and Technology, Guwahati • Jawaharlal Nehru Centre for Advanced Scientific Research, Bangalore • National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories, New Delhi ' •

Professional S&T Bodies in India • Indian National Science Academy, New Delhi • Indian Academy of Sciences, Bangalore • Indian National Academy of EngIneering, New Delhi • The National Academy of Sciences, Allahabad Science

Congress

The Science and Engineering Research Board (SERB) has, been involved in activ}ties for human capacity building through science and engineering research. Besides supporting .individual scientist-centric R&D projects through 19 programme advisory committees, the Board also launched several new initiatives viz. Empowerment and Equity opportunities for Excellence in Science for enhancing participation of scientists from the .weaker sections of the society;'SERB Women Excellence 'Award to enrol large number of women into S&T activities; SERB Distingui%hedFellowship Scheme,and so on. ,

T

• National Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecasting

• The Indian Kolkata

Science and Engineering Research Board

Information

• Survey of India, Dehradun

'\

Scientific

"0 C

• Science and Society

• National Atlas and Organization, Kolkata

"

y

• National S&T Entrepreneurship 'Development Board • Vigyan Prasar, New Delhi

• National S&T' Management' System • Science and Technology Policy

Policy ....I.•

I

~

C.359

Chapter 9

Association,

!\

• Raman Research Institute, Bangalore • S. N. Bose National Centre for Basic Sciences, Kolkata • Sree Chitra Tiruilal Institute for Medical SCiences and Technology, Thiruvananthapuram • Techllology Information, Forecasting and AssesSment Council (TIFAC),New Delhi '

• Vigyan Prasar, New Delhi • Wadia Institute of Himalayan Geology, Dehradun

National Mission on Nano Science and"Technology It is an 'umbrella programme which-was launched in the year of 2007 to promote R&D in this emerging,~~a of research in a comprehensive fashion. The mam objectives of the Nano Mission are to promote the-Basic research, in this regard to develop the rese~ch'infrastructure, nanoapplications and related technology to enhance the human resource international collaborations and to orchestrate national dialoguel?:')During the years 2013-2014, India secured 3rd position in the world in terms of scientific publications in nano science and technology ..It is widely acknoWledged in the country that NanoMission's activities has played an important role in achieving thismilestone. f1~1I;e

Change (NAPCq and are under implenfentation by the Department. As part 'of deliverablesof' tliese national missions, six. major research progranunes have been initiated:' . . ", i '.'.".,,' I {i) Socio:-.EconopUc ,.Vulnerability of Hifi1achal Pradesh to Climate .,Cl:;l.ange, ,at Integrated. Research for Action and Development .(IRADe),New Delhi; ': . -, '-", (ii) Strengthening of existing Centre, of. :Excellence in Climate Change"-:J.,Divecha.Centre for Climate Change, USc, Bangalore; (iii) Inter-University Cons'ortiuiri 'on'" Himalayan Cryosphere:- Science') '-and '-SOciety, co-ordinated,byJNU, New:De),Nanq,partici.,. pated by three other un~vers~tie~;J'!'''';'" (iv) Madhya Pradesh S~ate'Kn()wledg~ Manage'ment Center on Climate Change,(SKMCCC) at EPCO, Bhopal; . . .-' i'

•

I

I

I !

(v) Building an 'Intematibi:l.al.>:k~search Network, on Sustainability to £J.1!1anc.~, .~tr~: tegic Knowledge for Climate" Chai:lge~ at Indo-German, Centre for Sustaini'lbility, IIT; Chennai; and ' .

on'

(vi) NatiohaJ Knowledge Networks Climate Change: two networks~ one each Climate' Change Science and Modelling and Climate Change Science 'and Hum'an Health coordinated by lIT, Delhi and participated a number of institutions.,.

on

by

National Science 'and Technology , Entrepreneurship Development Board The National Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Development Board (NSTED,B),.es~ablished in. 1982,is an institutional mechanism to promote knowledge':'driven. and technology-based' entrepreneurship among S&T professional through 'its'programmes and activities. ,The Board aims to integrate innovation and entrepreneurship in academia, through various initiatives with a view to translate knowledge to wealth and convert 'jobseekers' into 'job-generators'.

N~t~:.r~~1 Missions on Climate Change. Two National Missions. on. Climate Change, i.e., (i)N;~J~onalMission for Sustaining the, Himalayan Ecosystem (NMSHE) and. (ii) National Mission for StrategicKnowledge for Climate Change (NMSKCC) launched under National Action' Plan on Climate b.61rf

Technology Business Incubators, Technology business incubator (TBI) is a programtne of NSTEDB for .f0st~ring innovative m;td knowledge-based start-ups into sustainable businesses by involving interactions from academia and providing

t

.........••••

'-'11l' ~.i'II'f \

•

I,

C.360

Chapter 9

specialized support ~ervic~s, eiuly~stag~ financing, networking among stakeholders, etc. , I"

I I,

'I :11

Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Centres Innovation and Entrepr~neurship Developm~nt Cenues, (IEDC) have been proinot~d in educational institutions tb develop institutional mechanism to create entrepreneurial culture in academic institutions 'to foster growth of i.n:riovation and entrepreneurship ambngst th~ faculties' and stUdents, ' ' , •

"'

'j

i-STED(Innovation, Science and Technology-led Entrepr~,neurship Development): Programme " The new'prograiru:he~ i~STEDinitiatedinFY 20132014whieh' airns'arincuk'atingstrong entrepreneurial orientation in people to translate already-developed innovative/S&T solutions in'the market. ' "r,

National Atlas and,Thematic,Mapping'JF' Organization

.• "

• Remote Sensing processing.

Fouilded in 1956 as the National Atlas Organization it was'renamed as the National Atlas and Themati~ MappiJig Organization (NATMO) in 1978 to give institution a broad-based responsibility in tJ5.efield of thematic cartography and geographical research. The first National Atlas of India in Hindi popularly known as Bharat: Rastriya Atlas having 'a 26 multi-colour maps with a scale of 1:5 million portrayinga comprehensive physical and socio-ctiltural structure of the country was published in 1?57 and was acclaimed the world oVer as a unique-publication. Apart from the above project the organization has taken up various' projects either fromthe'o\ttside agencies or on its own. Its major functions inClude: m

• Compilation of the National Atlas of Iri.dia.

."

STEDProgram'me ' The programme on Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Developmen~ (STEP) airnsto promote micro-enterprises leading to local area development.

DST-lockheed, Martin Indio Inno~ation Growth Progromme2013

and

GIS, Digital 'Irrtage

• Division on Cartography f1SIinpaired. ' . ~r'

'.

-

.,

for the V~su
.

- _ ~

. '.

;

:. C;apacity and Infrastructure building of the ,- NATMO to convert/to upgrade' in digital ,;i mode. " "

'

Surveyoflndia, l

"',

,

"

.

The;,~ational Survey and Mapping Organization "of India~-setup in 1767,is the oldest scientific dep~tmel)t of the ,Government of India. It has evolved rich tradition.~~9ver the years. The Survey,of India acts as advi,ser to th!'LGovemment of India on al,isurvey matters, viz; Geo~q~sy, Photogrammetry, Mapping and Map Reproduction. However, the main duties and responsibilities ofthe",Surveyof India are enumerated below:

• Preparation of the National Atlas maps in regional languages, 't...

.!-All Geodetic Control (Horizontal and Vertical) and Geodetic and Geophysical surveys.

• Preparation of thematic ~aps based on research studies on environmental and asso,ciated aspects and their impact on sos~al and economic development. _ ,),/

• All Topographical Control, Surveys and Map!i, ping within India.

• Any other work entrusted by the ..! ~entral Government or its agencies to the NATMO.

'., -Surveys for Developmental Projects.

L'

• Installation of automated Mapping Sy~tem for increasing speed arid efficiency in mapping.

The India Innovation Growth Programme (IIGP), 2013 added 'further impetus to the ongoing efforts through knowledge partnership from ?tanford Graduate School 'of Business '(GSB); Stanford University, USA.

-

C.36'"

Science and Technology

I

.

.

.- '.

.

• Division of Digital mapping System tized and Scanning of existing maps format. • Geographical Researches.

'p.w

i:mdDigion digital '. .~

"f'"

FIN-an Innovative World-class Product Developed by Start-ups from TBls

,'.

I

FIN-is a tiny hardvvare.product that can be worn as, a smqrt ring arid which 'can turn your pOim 'irito a gesture interface to control multiple devices and is promising to be the next revolution in wearable technology, FIN was developed byrobotics start-up RHLVision being incubated at the Start-Up Village, Kochi, a DST-supportedTBI. FIN is fitted w;th a bun~h of sensors that, can, detect fin'ger 'taps, -swipes and identify various parts of the palm by calculating their distancefrof)l the thumb, ,It uSessmart low-energy technology such as Bluetooth for communication wiih connected devices, FIN can transmit these natural gestures as commands to anyconnes:ted Bluetooth deVice, such Cisa smartphone. a music player, a gaming console, a digital interface inside a car, a television set"or d home automation device. Made autd durable, waterproof and dustproof material, a single FINwili be capCible of supporting up to three devices at a time, It will com~witha custom Lithium ion battery with micro-USB charging dock'and last more than one month (sinart saving mode) on full charge, Oneaf the most valuable applications of FIN will be as a companion fOr the physically challenged, provided they have 0-functional thumb, The palm can be at~uch interface for the visually impaired and FIN can be used to contrd disability aids with the least Cimountof physical stress, .: __

:i:; \.~::'\::

Natiollal ~ap'P~licy(~as~ttiy~ -:' Nianchilran Nili) ., ",'

:::r ..

(a) Defence Series Maps (DSMsY~t:Tn~sWwillO(:dne topographica~.mapson Vqri.ol,l.~scal~s,~Q. will mCiinlycater tordefenc;:e_pnd Ila)j.Qn~s,ecu~ity requirements., , '. __ " i }.l.',J.... .'~','1 ,.. ~ ,,_ -

,

t

••• -

".~,.,

"~

(b) Open Series Maps (OSMs) :=..,OSMS Willbe bi-ought out exclusively by SOl, primarily for supporting development activities in the co~try.:..,,~l~ .,)"

'

,.'

,.

,',

,

1

• Demarcation of the External Boundaries of the Republic of India, their ~ep'iction on maps published in the 'country and also advice on the demarcation of inter-state boundaries.

• t!?rediction of tides at 44ports including 14foreign ~'-p0rtsandpublication of Tide Tables one year in a'avance to support navigational activities. ;!1(;

.'

,_

':;

J'\

,ot~'If_(~:~ ;" ;".

.

.

.

...

.

'

."

...

SOl will keep on producing, improving and preserving the National Topographical Data Base (NTDB) in analogue and digital 'fOhns consisting of-follow-lng data sets: , ," -., •

.t

•

(a), National Spatial Reference Frame, (b) National Digital Elevation Model, , (c).National Topographical Templcit'e, (d)' Adminlstrative Boundaries, and (e) Toponymy (place names).

.1'raining-Of officers and 'staff required, for~the, I DepartIhent, trainees from' Central Government DepartIhents and States and traihees , from Foreign Countries as are sponsored by the 'v. I yovernmento£ Iri.dia.. ',' " • Research and Development in Cartography, .~ritlting, Geodesy, Photogrammetry, .Topo,;graphical Surveys and Indigenization. ' ,

.\~~rutiny and Certification of external boundaries of India and Coastline on tp.aps published by -the other agencies including private publishers.

lo-,

"':'..$.

,

• 'Surveyof Forests, Cantonments, large-scale city '!'surveys, guide maps, cadastral surveys, etc. 4H, " " • S.urvey and Mapping of special maps. L

r .

National, Topographical Data' Base') _" ; ~", ,'

• :Mappmg and Production '6f Geographical Maps and Aeronautical Charts. "

.J

I

The respQnsibiliry-to''Create,,'preserve''anCi'distribute the topographic map ,database pf/ the Iridia,. which i~ the fou;n'dation of all spatial, dafil vests\yith .~e Survey of India. (501). Allsocio:'econo,rriic, ciev~lopmentalundertakings,' manage,ment.o( nJtur~al re~ources, preparation for, disaster mitigatiori "and infrastructure develcijmient ,need high:q1{~Iity.~P'l~~i data. To ensure that in the furtherance of this'policy, national security objectives are fully, safeguarded, SOl works on twpseries of maps.:,~ .:":t~~l,:JlJI;;:j

~

1,~pel1ingsof Geographi~al i:l~me~..

I

,

,

Both the DSMs and OSMs will pe derived from the

NTDB., , ,~.

",1"

•

-<""''''''

• "'''',.:' ,'

DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY •

•

•

• .

•

.••••

•• '~

>

••••

i""\

,,

India's atomic research pr~gran:U:nei~ committed to peaceftil uses only, fbi example, ~'toriUJ'po~er, gen: erati,ofl of'electricity, developm~nt. of agricul~re and industry, medic:al 'sCience appIications"L~tc: fudia's journey'.to ,ato~cenergy rese?,-rch',staite«(~ith~'estab': lis~eI1t 9f th.e Atomic Energy Corntnission on .10 .August 1948,'U!)der.the chairman.ship of Dr Homi J. Bhabha. Subsequently, the DAE was, established in , 1956,with the following mandate.

"""'IlIIf

C.362

Chapter 9 Science and Techn910gy

I, ,i,l ,II

1'1

,I

(i) To generate safe, economic electrical power from nuclear energy. (ii) To build research reactors and to utilize the radioisotopes produced in these reactors for applications in the field of agriculture and medicine. (iii) To develop advanced technology in areas such as accelerators, lasers, biochemistry, information technology and materials including development of non-nuclear and strategic-materials like titanium. (iv) To encourage technology transfers and interaction with industry for industrial and social development. (v) To provide necessary support to basic research in nuclear energy and related fields ofsdence. (vi) To encourage ,international cooperation in advanced area of research and in mega-science projects in order to realize the benefits of the state-of-the-art science and technologies. (vii) Contribution to national security.

R&D Sector

Public sector undertakings

(PSUs)

Aided institutions

Industrial Sector

Atomic Energy Commission The Indian Atomic Energy Commission was first set up in 1948 in the Department of Scienti* Research, whicn. was created a few months earlier. The DAE was subsequently set up in 1954 under the direct cn.arge of the Prune Minister of India thrqugh a Presidential order. Subsequently, in accordance with the Governmental Resolution dated March I, 1958, the Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) was established in the DAE. An integrated group
•

C.363

R&D Sector • Bhabha Atol)1ic Research MUMBAI.

• Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai.

• Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, KALPAKKAM

• Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research Kalpakkam. ' • Centre for Advanced Technology, Indore.

ffl

• Raja Ramanna Centre for Advanced Technology,lNDORE

~

• Variable Energy Cyclotron KOLKATA

UJ

o

• Variable Energy Cyclotron Centre, Kolkata. • Atomic Minerals Division, Hyderabad. • Global Centre for Nuclear (GCNEP).

Q

z

o

e>

(J)

Q>

~ :2 I" L o

(J

UJ

o

'E

~

~ ffi 1::0"

z

'0 C

•

Indian Rare Earths Ltd., MUMBAI

,

•

Uranium Corporation JADUGUDA

•

Electronics Corporation HYOERABAD

•

Bharatiya Nabhikiya KALPAKKAM

o~ UJ ~ CJ)~

~ffi alQ

::lZ Q.::l

E 1:: a.

-,

Tata Institute of Func;lamental Research, MUMBAI SaM Institute KOLKATA

°

•

Institute of Physics, BHUBANESHWAR

t;

•

Institute for Plasma Research, GANDHINAGAR ' ,

Q

•

Harish-Chandra A~LAHABAD'

CJ)

of India Ltd.,

~

~

of India Ltd.,

UJ

Vidyut Nigam Ltd., '

Q


CJ)

Qo:{

•

Nuclear Fuel Complex,

Board of R!J.diation'& Isotope Technology, MUMBAI

•

Directorate MUMBAI

•

Directorate of Construction, Services Estate Management, MUMBAI

•

General Services

;~

~,~

° ~ UJ

Q

~ ~

ffi z CJ)

(!j

---..2

Heavy Water Board, MUMBAI

•

.

of Purchase

Energy Education ,,-',, ,

'

Science, Society,

HYDERABAD

& Stores, &

Organisation,

,

AtOmic Energy Regulatory Board was constituted on November -15,1983,. by the President of India by e1ercising the powers conferred by the Atomic EneigyJAct to carry out certain regulatory and safety functions under the Act. Atomic Energy Regulatory Boardhas become the 11th member of Multinational DesigJ],Evaluation Programme. ' , DiViSions of AERB: 1. *qustrial Plants Safety Division (IPSD) 2. Information and Technical Services Division (ITSD)

Institute,

'r. ",'

KALPAKKAM

• Gei!~[aI Services Organization (GSO)-Mumbai, Kalpakkam. • At~Ihic Energy Education Society (AEES)-Mumbai .

"HJ

Research

~ . National Institute of Science Education &. Research, •• BHUBANESHWAR '

--JZ

•

of Nuclear Physics,

• , Institute for, Mathematical CHENNAI, ,• '" • Atomic 'MUMBAI

Ql

Q

a:fi t;~ ,::lZ

Centre~ MUMBAI

•

'"

.-

AtomicEnergy Regulatory Board (AERB)

• Directorate of Purchase and Stores (DPS)Mumbai. ,~ • Construction. Services and Estate -Management Group (CS and EMG)-Mumbai. ",'

of India Ltd., Z

geJ

Q>

w (J

~ ~

c

Nuclear Power' Corporation MUMBAI

1 ~.!

.'

"

Centre,

• a:CJ)

>.

(jj

o:{0

• Heavy Water Board (HWB), Mumbai. ", • Ntlclear Fuel Complex (NFC), Hyderabad. • Board of Radiation and Isotope Technology (BRIT), Mumbai.

Service Organizations

National Board' of Higher' Mathematics

• ,Tata Memorial

Tata Institute of Fundamental Research Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics Tata Memorial Centre Harish-Chandra Research Institute Institute of Physics National Institute of Science Education and Research Institute of Mathematical Sciences Institute for Plasma' Research Homi Bhabha National Institute Atomic Energy Education Society Global Centre for Nuclear Energy Partnership (GCNEP) Board of Research in Nuclear Sciences (BRNS) National Board for Higher Mathematics (NBHM)

Industrial Se~tor

•

•

Allied Institutions

• •

Homi Bhabha NationallhstitutE: Board of Research in Nuclear'~ Science .

• Atomic Minerals Directorate for Exploration &, Research, HYDERABAD

Energy Partnership

In Power Sector: (i) Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd (NPCIL)-Mumbai; Bharatiya Nabhikiya Vidyut Nigam Limited, Chennai. Other Sectors: (i) Uranium Corporation of India Ltd (UCIL)-Jaduguda, Bihar; (ii) ,Indian Rare Earths Limited (IREL)-Mumbai 'and (iii) Electronics Corporation of India Ltd (ECIL)-Hyderabad.

• • • • •

• •

• Globa Centre for Nuclear Energy Partnership, GURGAON

~

Public Sector

• • • • • •

Centre,

3. 4. 5. 6.

Nuclear Plant Safety Division (NPSD) Operating Plant Safety Division (OPSD) Radiological Safety Division (RSD) , Siting and Structural Engineering' Division ($SED) ,-.J

Safety of Nudear Plants Nuclear power' plants are sited, ~esigrledi, _co~structed and operated with utmost regard to safety of the public and environment. They ate provided with several safety features including'multiple'physical barriers, fail safe systems," redundancy (more nirin~ bers than required) to prevent any undue release of radioactivity in the public domain: As a measure of abundant caution, offsite emergency 'preparedness plans for an unlikely event of an emergency are also put in place .

•

"'-!::;,I

r-

~

il ["

C.364 _,,'

!

Chapter 9 '

"

, ,;

'"

'

Science and T~chnology C~365 . "j

,'""

..p

"

~

t

''''

~ ". •

q

National Security,

.,

,

,(

~

"

India and the United States have reached an unde\standing on the issues related to civil nuclear liability and finalized the text of the Administrative Arrangement to implement the Septe'mber 2008 bilateral 123 Agreements, This will allow us to move towardscommer. cial negotiations on setting up of reactors with international collaborations in India including localization of technologies, as necessary, and realize the significant economic and clean energy potential of the international civil nuclear cooperation, ~~

'.",."

4ot.,'

INDIA'S ATOMIC RESEARCH

ius 1ST on May 11, 1998. These included a thermonuclear device and a subkiloton nuclear, ~~ device, . The two nuclear devices, fired on 13 May..~t 12:21 HRS 1ST,were also sub-kiloton yield range (fission device). Many experiments were fielded fOJ equation of state measurements and also for calibration of ground motion and hydrodynamic yield measuring set ups.'\ .'

First Nuclear-Implosion;' Carried out on May 18, 1974, at Pokhifu:tHi Rajasthan (Thar) desert. The'mam objective was' use 'of'alomic energy for peaceful purposes. That is digging canals;' reservoirs, oil' e;l(ploration as well its'fo 'study' 'rock dynamics. This successful implosion made India the sixth nuclear nation of the world. "

FirstRice Straw Power Plant A 10-MWepower plant using surplus rice straw as fuel, the first project of its kind in the world, has been set up at Jalkheri (Punjab). IUs a joint venture of the department of non~conventional energy sources, Punjab State Electricity Board and Bharat Heavy Electrical Limited. The Plant became operational from November 1992.

,

[,'i

.~~.

BARC's continued implementation of the necessary R&D as well as manufacturing related activities work in tandem with various P!.oiects managed by governmental institutions dealing i~ national security, For instance, the reload core for 'Arihant' missile went critical and a major milestone in the national security was thus achieved, The vessel is presently undergoing harbour trails,

Status of India-US 1"23 Bilateral Agreement'

Ii

oil

II

I

,"I I,

"'!1, ,I.'

I"

II

It

Ocean Waves Energy. Project, India's first ocean waves energy project was launched' in 1991, at VizhinJam riearThiruvananthapuram. It is implemented jointly by Ocean Engit1eering Centr:e, IIT Madras CllldState Harbour Engineering Department. It is claimed that the wave energy unit is the' first of its kind in the world because it is a multipurpose project and floats on the seabed. Aspowecgeneration'depend.s on the inexhaustible ocean waves, it is possible to generate power througnQut'the year. . •.

-~ ~\ .~t.~

~.

~

'j'

Pokhran Tests On May 18, 1974?India had conducted a . peaceful ,undergroimdnudear experiment at Pokhranin Rajasthan desert: After,a gap of 24 years, India has' successfully conducted 5 ,nuclear tests' on 11 and May 13,,1998 at the Pokhran RaIi.ge.,The'first three detonations took place simultaneously at 15:45

.

-'

,'.

India is not a member of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation o/Nuclear Weapons (NPT) or the (:omprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty (CTBT), though it is a state party to the Partial Test Ban Treaty (P'TBT). India perceives its nuclea~ weapons and missile programs as crucial components of its~..strategic doctrine.' , New Delhi rejects the Treaty on the Non~Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT) on the grounds that it perpetuates-at least in the short-term-an unjust distinction between the five states that. are permitted by the treaty to possess nuclear weapons, while requiring all other state parties to the treaty to remain non-nuclear weapop stat~s. ,_ ,, India has also been highly criticalbf the pace of the nuclear weapon states' disarmament progress, arguing that they have not fulfilled their commitments under Article VI of the NPT.' Howev~r, India has recently taken steps to integrate into. the broader non-proliferation regime, receiving a waiver in 2008 from the Nucleiu Suppliers Group (NSG), entering into bilateral' Civilian nuclear agreements and expressing interest in joining the major export control regimes, .

Bhabha:"lomicResearchC~mlre,(BARCl ,',' '

" , RadioisotopeS":"BARE;produces :radioisotopes:ahd cori~ ' ne2b~d~eqlripineAi:aiM radi6~chetiticals-for' kpplicaEstablished in 1957, it is located at Trombay (Maha..•••.•••;t..!"'"

-,

)

.

~.~~

.•

'f..:• ••":'.

-'~'

~.4

•••

,~f"- ,~,'

rashtra), and is India's; largest atomic research centre, for R&D.

BARC'sAtomic Reactors

tion in industry, agriculture and IIle'dicine. ;,"~<';:;f41 ,

(ii) Circus (Canada-India Reactor) Built in 1960, it is a 40 MWe reactor. Reactor "Yaspermanently shut 'd3wn ill 2010. ' ', " . '('or;

,

•

.

(iii)Ze,rlina (Zero Energy Reado,r for IcatticeInves'a.tigation and New Asse:rp.blies) C0n,rmissioned A~January 4, 1961, used for studies of uranium ','h~a.vy water lattice. The reactor was decommis~foned in 1983. , il. f;":.-

.

.•

•

(iv) Purnima Series Pumima-I (Plutonium Reactor for Neutronic Investigation in Multiplying Assemblies) was" cbminissioned on May. 22, ,1972. It is-a plutonium fuelled reactor and was modified as Purnima-Il'thM used \uranium las -fti.el. It has been further modified as Purni~ rna-III uses Uranium-233 aluminium alloy fuel '.plates. Pumima-I was decommissioned in 1973, ! Puinima-II in 1986 and Pumima-III in 1991., (v) Dhruva Commissioned on August IS, 1984, this -100 MWe reactor is a 'completeiy indigenous nuClear reactor with most advanced laboratories -in the world. ' (vi) kain1.ni India's first fast breeder neutrbn re~ct~r, itli.as been set up Jt KaIF"ikld~.m: 'Today India is 'ihe' seventh country in the world and the' first in developing nations to have mastered the fast l(reeder rea~tor technology. ' .,,,' , , '\

("';~".

"

• _

•

8ARC~~~~~earchCentres (i) Variable Energy Cyclotron Centre Kolkata;. (ii) HighAititude Research Lab, Gu1ID.arg; ~ .,.,.. (iii)Nu~iear Research Lab; Kashinir arid -:.:J1 ")"

"

J.~

.

I.,

J

......,~

'.,'..'...

.

\

,

i

(iv) SeJsmicStation and Radio Observatory, Gauribidanur (Kamataka). . ,

,

~e;~

.

.• ~

f"

","

"

..• ',

;."

4,

• _.,

,',

",".--.:

.-~'l.i"~'f-

';"t~

•...'~

(i) ISO¥;ljD PIGlllt,Tn?~!:?ay;."., ,;", !:', .:' V-l,', J., (ii) RASHMIPlant, 13'!llgaloreand,: ,;,_ ',','.. ,., ...,', (iii) Sterilization, Plant, atBhriRam, Institute of Industrial'Research,'Delhi.' ... , -_.. , ...-.--

Advanced Knowledge an~Ju.rolJ~~~n.o!o.gY"'t•."",,~ ,'-';~j Implementation ": :, ,1' ,.' -' ;.:1( • ;J'i~, fj:\!'"iY, Advanced, Kn0w:ledgl7 i¥1~.•:Rv.~!:'.1')l:e~9!0& Implementation (,AKEUTI) progran'i~e has •.poten~ "4 , tial to encourage, 'village technopreJ:1eur~hip~.1Jas~d on BARC technologies . .under, this prpgramme, sev:eralAKRUTIrlOdes ~reset upa~d opera'tional since 2006 'and' more, are being .set up':irl' s'elf~financed, • .. t ~,.'" .", mode by NGOs in different states. AKRUTI nodes through NGOs are demonstrating tHe' usefulness of BARC technologies for rural'sector leading to societal benefit. 'Further,it has demonstratE:id:that technicallyorien'ted" HR in:runir. sector-'is' capable to 'deploy technologies ,for their- use ,under -the, guidance of BARC.scientists'~and. engineers: ~The DAE has ,launched DAE~Societal,Initiative for 'uti~ lization of Non~Power Applkations. (NPAs) and Spin-off" technologies in the ar,ea of ,wate!, agricuiture,' food pron:!ssing. and ':agri:'land . improve:' mentthrough urban and'r(lralwaste 'managemimt. Within this frame' ~ork, tHe structured programme called' 'Akruti-KI;utik-Force' lias been formulated by BARt, Trombay,Mumbai. .'

'

,

.'

• •

•...•••..•••

~

1

'

&,

•

.'

,.~.~-

,.'"

,'.

,:...

.

",l

. .•

~

.

.,"';,

'''',j,e

C"

j,.,

,.

.

.

.

••. ~:_..,.~.,;'

••• J... ...•

• ~.•.• ", __'-.1

, .• ,

~:'!"f, .r!')

-,'

"

.<

~

••

~.

•

.

j

~

.~.

'f.-I,

~

I

).

Nuclear Power Proiects in.lndia :" ......

?T:':~n,

,j

Radiation Sterilizaiion.To 'prOVIdega~~.'radi~tion vic~s forsterilizatiOl). of.m~dicines for.pharm.ace)1tical industries, aI).d hosp~~<1ls" BARC's ;esJGl~lishedfacilF ties are'at: " ' . '. >

(i)'Apsara India's first atomic reactor was commis,:sioned on August 4, 1956. Oile MWe swimming "pool type reactor produces radioisotopes. It is , also the first atomic reactor in Asia. Reactor was :permanently shut down in 2010.

t

~..

~.,

..

'."

"., 'i

~_ •. ,~

. "•..•.

0

~:'~

,,,"',

',f'

.1).Yc."

The Nuclear Power Coiporatj.on.ofIndia Ltd ..(NPC), set up in September 1987, is responsible the year for the designiconsttuction .an.dt'operatibn of
I'n" 1'1'

,

,

"

l

I~: I'

1

I

i,~I

'f 'I II

:1

Science and Technology

Chapter 9

C.366

.).t

int~i1i.ational conventions limits. foreign ,t~chnology provision. . • ,India has a vision of becoming a world le~der in nuclear technology due to its expertise in fast reactors and thorium fuel cycle.

costs 60-90 paise. Till 2011, India had approximately 20 nuclear power plant. India~s domestic uramum reserves are small and th~ country is dependent on uranium imports to fuel its nuclear power industry. Since early 1990s, Russia has been a major supplier of nuclear fuel to India and recently Governm~nt has entered into agreement with Australia for purchasing Uranium. India's future plans for nuclear energy are based on Thorium which is found in plenty in the monazite sands of India's seashore.

As of May 2017, the.present installed capac~ty of nuclear power capacity in the country, of 6;219MWe comprises 5,599 MWe base~ on the indigenous technology and 620 MWe [Tarapur Atomic Power Station Units 1&2 (TAPS 1&4,)- 2 x 160 MWe and Rajasthan Atomic Power Station Units 1&2 (RAPS 1&2) ~ 100 MWe + 200 MWe] based on foreign technical cooperation. In addition, five reactors with an ..~ggregate capacity of 3,300 MWe are at variou~ st~ges of construction/ commissioning as shoWn in th.e table below. On progressive completion of these' reactors the installed capacity of nuclear power'in the COuntry is expected to reach 9,519 MWe, of which, 2,620 MWe (TAPS 1&2 - 2 x 160 MWe, RAPS 1&2.T-100 MWe + 200 MWe and Kudankulam Nuclear'T'Power , 1".. Project Units 1&2 (KNPP 1&2) -1,000 M"Ye,:t 500 MWe), or about one fourth would be based""on foreign cooperation. Kudankulam Nuclear Project is being built with assistance from France. The present share of nuclear power generation in the total electricity production in the country is of the order of 3.45%.

• .India has a_flourishing and largely indigenous nuclear power programme and expects to hav~ 14,6 GWe nuclear capacity on line by 2024 and 63 GWeby 2032. It aims to supply 25% of electricity, from nuclear power by 2050. • Because India is outside the Nuclear NonProliferation Treaty due to its weapons program:me,itwas for 34years largely excluded from trade in'rt~clear plant or materials, which has hampered its development of civilnuclear energy .unti12009. . • Due to earljer trade bans and lack of indigenous uranium, Irldia has uniquely been developing a nuclear fuel cycle to exploit its reserves of thorium. • Since .2010, a fundamental incompatibility between India's civil liability law and

, I

Table C.9.1 ~r,.' ~.~.

(Continued) ."

._

Name

Location

Feature

n Khiga Atomic PoWer

Kaiga' ..' (Karnataka)

The,fourth unit went critical on ,27 Nov 2010 and operationalized in Jan 2011. KGSI.1.;2,3 &4'are all PHWR. [Capacities of KGS,...:.1,2,3&~4: 220 MWe each] Two more units (each of 700 MWe) have been pkmned. ,. ,'

Station (KGS)-four units

Atomic Power Plants

I NamEt

fW!NER), ' .(

l'~

Location,

_....

':

. L;

"Jr,,,

Table- Atomic Power Plants (Uhder construc'ion) '''1'.-

IName

12, Madras Atomic Power

I

•

Name

Location

1. 'Rajbsthan . Rawatbhata lAtomic ' (Rajasthan) ~•'r'i' , ,Power Station ':(RAPS)2!Units 1 2. KdRta';C;;-- '.';"~kak-r~p;ra Atomic (Gujarat) Power Station, (KAPS)-l unit

Norora Atomic Power Norora (UP) '--.2!.otion (N~S)-'-two units

,

,I

<_..~

5. Kokrapar Atomic Power Kakrapara , Station (KAPS)-'-two units (Gujarcit) , .

6. Kundankulam Nuclear II Power Plant (KNPP)one unit i

Kundankulam (T.N.)

i

___ \

I

Asia's 1st atomic power station commissioned in 1969. TAPS 1 & 2 are BWR, while TAPS3 & 4 are PHWR. [CapacitiesTAPS~ 1& 2: 160 MWe each; TAPS-3 & 4 : 540 MWe each]

Name'ALoca.tion

~_......•,.-_.. -

-----".,-

-

i 4.

~_~_.

_...._.

.. "___ _

.

'BreedEir

t,

ReaCtor' ",

Table- "~clear ~owe~Proiects' for Starting: of-Work.~uring XII Five:'Year ~I~rr " _~ .'.'::

KAPS-'3 (Operational in 201 8) 700MWe KAPS-4 (Operational in 2017) . 700MWe .•

1

There are' -many neW nuclear -proj~ds -approved which will further the installed nuclear plant capacity in India'by 17,400MWe, thus, brihging it to the total of 27,480 MWe in commg decade: The details of such new projects are:

~

.,'

""~""

-

.

.~-"

-

.•..

.'

.~_.,-_.

-

,

....

-

-

.

-- ..

--

.-~.,..

_-

1st unit commissioned in March 1989, and 2nd unit in October 1991 . NAPS 2 a'!_I:>0t~ft!.'{'IR:[C.?pociti:,~ofN!,-PS-1 & 2: 220 MWe e?ch],

lJ:

Both KAPS 1 & 2 are PHWR, [Capacities of KAPS 1 & 2: 220 MWe each] Two more units of 700 -~. MWe•.. each _ ..... _...are '""under construction. .. _ .. _ ..- .._. --~ ' '..

_.~

_

-

-

,

-

Unit 1 was synchronized. with the southern power grid on October 22, 2013, and operational in December 2014. It is a WER-1 000 (PWR) unit, [Capacity is 1,000 MWe] Unit 2 having capacity of 1,000 MWe was commissioned during 2017-18. There are 2 more units under construction .(1:,900 MWe each) and 8 new units {1000 MWe eac~)ha_v: b~en planned, (Continuedl

~'~"i\"r'"

.

'

". j'

•

1

Feature

'.-. ~~ '-.'

.,,- ',-~'

•

GordK~pu~Hary~na Anu 'Vidhyut Pariyojana(GHAVP 1 &2)

-"~ ..... ----<-"'"'_.~

Chutka Madhya Pradesh Atomic . P~~!:!...f!:2i~ct{£MPAPP J~~.L._. Malrf(B,a~sv:.ara,Plants 1.& 2

",

,

.

9.orakhpur, HaryC!na

I"

."",....-...----~_._--.----Ch~tka Madhya ,

..••...

.'''1i'' .

implemented by The Bhartiya Nabhikiya Yidhyut NigaIT."Ltd ,'(BHAVINI),.rr. -; , - •..... ;;.. .- ..•.

RAPS-7 (Operational in 2019) 700 MWe RAPS-8 (Operational in 2019)700 MWe

~

,. ~J

Feature

I

Feature

- ~-.

<..

Kund~nkulcl'm'"KtlP~--:(.?,'(c:riiicaily \ (Lt:'J.I..; .-, Later;~.oWp.oss..ibly !. . '. ,iri29] 8}-5QO. MWe, "it'is a'Pr6i0tYp';; FoSt

it

Feature

Kalpakkam India's 1st indigenously built atomic power station. MAPS 1.& 2 are both ~!otion(MAPS) -two ~(ll\!J, __ ~WR.: [Cap..
,--.-

Location

3. Kundankulam NyciearP0-rter 'Plant (/(NPP) ",

There"are fivereaetors which are presently under varlbus'stagesof construction with'a total'capacity of 3300;MWe..

Indigenous Reactors

._--~--~_...

--I

.

•

~~_.:.._-

1. Tcirapur Atomic Power Tarapur Station (TAPS)~four units (Maharashtra)

~.

-

Bw..Rj":7;Boiling Water Reactor; PHWR ~ Pressurized Heavy-Water Reactor; WER ~ Russian-version of Pressurized W~ter-Watei'Reactor

""-,bW .....

Table C.9.1

C.367

1,'.1"

.GHAVP-1' (planned Capacity) ('00 Myve GHAVP-1 (PlannedCapacity) 700 MWe,

.."

'_

.1

~--....-

..._-~

CMPAPP-1 (Planned Capadty)7~~ ~~: ._~f[~ __.~~",~ fMPAPP-1.lPlanned Capacity) 700 MWe ,Mahi Banswara Plant:':"1 (Planned Capacity) 700'MWe 10", '.' .,. ". " . Rajasthan ' . Plant-2(Planned Capacity)100 MWe . Kaiga Atomic Power Station '(KGS)-=-two~~it~i9a, Kar~;;;k~-~------KGS-5 (Planned Capacity) 700 MWe (~9~5~) . . •. _ ~~ •..... ,__ , KGS-6 (Planned Cap-acity) 700 MWe Fast ~}~eqer Reacto~ (FBRs1,& 2)", ",.1' ,K,,!lpakkam, • FBRL,l (Planned Capcidiy)/500MWe 11..lbf~."., '\C-"l.." ",,1:~m!1NacJu FBR-2,(PlannedCapacityL5000yve Advanced Heavy Water Reactor (AHWR) Location yet to be decided AWHR-1 {Planned Capacity) ~' -300MWe . .•.•.._~_.__ .•.. ... • Reacfor~,wi.thForeign Cooper9tiorl'" ,'.-. ,!l"L,:~~ .' ' : ... :'~..: ....0..-

._--~,---~~_. _.

-~:~.~-

•••

0",: ~--

..--_.

Kundankulam Nuclear Power Project (KK~ -3 & 4L '1001<

-

,_,~_

,

.~

_

;.:r.

I i

._ _-- ----------,_._-"',

-.-----------

Kundankulam, .,,__ ..Tamil Na~_

KKNPP-3 (Planned Capacity 1000 MWe) 'KKNPP-4 (Planned Cap-acit)' 1000 MWe! .'

(Continued)

"",i''''

,I

~

r "-

......••.

"~

C~368

Science and Technology

Chapter 9

••••

"I \1 "II~

I'

, ,..

(Continued).

I~ ~

Indig"inous' Reacto~s

..•.

. , ','

.

: ~!

'I

II:,

j Narn~

.'"

,II' I

r&: 2)

.

i

.

.'~"

','

'"

, ,

"

Kovvada,

~;,.

Nucl~a.rWaste ~anagement . Safeinanagerrientof nuclear waste has been accorded hig};t'priority'fight trom the inception of our nuclear energy 'programme. 'A .comprehensive radioactive waste: management has. been established based on safe operqtional experience for more .than four decades; taking ,into account the operational capability for the' management of radioactive' waste and an indeperidenfrt!gulafory overview. Management of nuclear waste. in. Indian context includes all types, of radioactive wastes generated from entire nuclear .fuel cycle and, also from mstallations using'radionuclides in medicine, industry and research. Utmost emphasis is given"to waste minimization, and volume reduction, in the choice of processes and technologies ad6pted in, radioactive waste management plants. Nuclear waste in the form of gas, liquid and solid is generated, during operation and maintenance activities of nuclear power plants, and radio-chemical laboratories.

Nuclear Waste Treatment Methodol~gies The following are the nuclear waste treatment methodologies ad.op~eddepEmding.op the nature of waste: (1) Gaseous'waste is treated at the source of gen:" eration. The techniques used are adsorption on activated charcoal and filtration by high effiCiencyp'ar~cul~t~ ai~filter. :. (2) Liquid. waste streams 'are treated by various techniques, su~h as filtration, adsorption, .che)llica~ treatment,. evaporation, ion exchange;' reVerse osmosis, etc.,' depending upon the nature, volume and radioactivity content. (3) The radioactive s'orid'wastes gtinerated during operation and maintenance of nuclear power plants are segregated and volume reduced

'.

.

plant-1

'.

"

..•,'

-

(Planned-Capacity

.....

~

1500 MWe)

,~ ... B.9l1t-2 (Et9.!lll,~dC9P2£LtyJ,~.QQ MWe) Plant- 1 (Planned Capacity 1100 MWe) Plant-2 (Planned Capaci!)' 1100 MWe) .,..

'II

~.

. .

.,

J

••••.

C.369

.

~

.'

,.,

•...

__

>

•••

,

'

•••

.'6J

'."" , . '•.•• ,"',.•••. ,.••• (.,'.r ,-,en'

,..

Has. the Toxic Air Poliutionlncrec:u~ed"Due to Dischar~e fro~ 'Nuclear Facilities~;. ',' ,t1,,', ',t<~.~'f

JNPP-,J' (Planned Capacity 1650 MW,e) , JNPP-2 (Planned Capacity 1650 MWe) f

'

A.n.dhra.f!adEl~h.::_:... Chhaya Mithi Virdi, Gujarat

Chhaya Mithi Virdi Jaspara Plants-1 & 2

1,1

t.

t

..

Feature

' Jaitapur, Maharashtra

~~:--:'i_--~~,~:-,,,,,!",~~~_~_40

Kciwado(Plants

,

Location

Jaitcipur Nuclear Power Project UNPPs- 1 &2) . f""~'~--,

','

_.

.~

. ;""",";'--:1

'

, ~h~ '

prior to its disposal. Disposal of ~asteis carr'ied out in specially constructed structures such as reinforced concrete trenches ~d tile holes. Disposal system is designed based on multi barrier principle for ensuring effective containment of the radioactivity. (4) High level liquid .waste arising out'ot spent fuel processing' and other radio metallurgical operations are irrllnobilized in a suitable glass matrix (vitrification) and stored in an interim storage facility for initial cooling and?surveillance prior to their eventual emplacement in a geological dispo~al facility.

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH The Department of, Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR) has the mandate for promotion, development and utilization of indigenous technologies in India. 'DSIR implements the' plan scheme Technology Promotion, Oevelopment and Utilization (TPDU) Programme apart from cocfrdination the activities of two autonomous bo'dies, namely CSIR and Consultancy Development Centre (CDC) and two PSUs, National Research Development Corporation (NRDC) and Central Electronics Limited (CEL). Among rn,any of- its TDPU -initiatives, important are ITeG (Information Technology and e-qqvernance)-imple.mentation of a comprehensive programme to accelerate.e-Govertl;cmcethrough information technology .for 'improving efficiency, transparency, and accountability; and, TePP (Technopreneur PromotionPrograrrim~aimed to tap .the. vast innovation potential by providing financial support to individual innovators having original ideas.

It is'riot true that toxic air pollutiori 'has 'intreasea du'e t6 environrnentai'dis~hargefr6m niJclearfa;cili'iie's7AII'aimo~l?h~dtd~2harg: es rri6ae to the environ'ment are tr~ated,filtered, moriitor~d arid accounted before~discharge, Dischci'rg,esto Jhe,~en+,orirD'ert from 'nuclear faCilities, including that from Waste Management Facility, are much below the authorized limited for release'to tne e~vironment.. " ~!'" .t'.r.""1',,' , ..•...

Natiohal"Research Development (orpordtion (NRDC) It was est,ablished in 1953 NRDC promotes,' develops and" commercializes technologies/know-how /inventions /patents/'processtis emanating from various national R&D'institutions. '

CentralEledronics Limited (CEL) It was established in 1974, eEL is mandated to commerCially exploit the indigenous technologies developed. by Natiol).al Laboratorii~ anq. R&DInstitution~. Its operations has three maw gro:upings: (i) Solar Photovoltaic Cells (SPV), Strat~gic Electronics (Microwave Electronics and Pi~~oElectronic Ceramics), and Railway Safety and Sign~lling Electronics. Consultancy Development (entre ((DC) CDC is an autonomous institution established in 1986 to promote consultancy professioii:mInClia. . ''',' ' Councilof Scientific and Industrial Research In 1942, the CSIR was established as an autonomous body to provide scientific and industrial R&D that maximizes the economic, environmental and societal' benefits, for people of India. The CSIR today has regrouped and repositioned its key sectors of knowledge. and technology generation in five clusters: Biological sciences, Chemic;al Sciences, Engineering Sciences, Physical scien<;es,and Information Sciences.

~

,. .• ".,.

Q. _,

nn"

~~~'"

-

,.....

t.

t ,:.-t.,.

J ,""

_ '~"',

.

1 ''' '

-...-

Quick'Facts":'" ~t,:'''''''1 . '-"'::~
.c'

,'f

~

,._.~,4,

;."

~•• '

,I; ~ 1

_. '-J

..

",""

l

'"

J

.~,_',

+4

_ ~

.;..,

,"t'

'.

I

"

,

,:,'.

',,;

:National'R~mote Sensing Agency, . Hyderabad

Cl * _

~.

NationalMST Radar Facility, .Gadanki "

0

".,$

.

The Indian Space Programffie:Feg'a'ri\h;;196P~ltiI setting ,up of INCOSPAR,(lndian'Nati~nakCoin':: mittee' for SpaceResearch)hTERLS::(Fhuinba)Eq'u,a~ torial Rocket, Launching' Shition},wasrst?rtedin Thiruva:nanthapuram .in 1962. In-:1969jrthe Indian Space Research Organization' (ISRO},',was.set up with 'headquarters' in, Bangaloredo!fithet purpose of rapiddevelopment'inl space;,;.-te'chnologyal1d its application. Prof. Vikram,Sara,bhailas'its,Jirst Chairman, the ISRO was established-,as.the~apex b,ody to provide guidelines,' formulate policies and monitor .implementations, ,of "the natii:ma1-,'sPilce; policy ..In Jun~ :1972,.Space:Commission:was.estab~ lished an;d subsequently in September. 1972 unger OOS ... " ' . , ',I. ,0'. In 1975, .India launched '.its',first satellite, Aryabhata,and, thus ,entered the space age. National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA)'was set up in 1980..

(/)

',-'

.'~,

-' '1.;. .l,r

~:: ..~.:~' ."'~_: c.::~

DEPARTMENT OF' SPACE-

,

"

,'Jr

,

National Maturai Resources Management'System: Bengaluru

<

CSIR:800 is~itslatest Project thatai~s 6fincubating sciehce anddechhologies'liri .fhe'viliages:oHndid. 'Inclusive growth ..' and~improv.e.d'q~alitylof Iife:Jor 800 million citizensatihe ' base}of' thelndian,ecopomic pyramid"through innovative' science andtec,hnology interventions that are socially and'i' eco"!8fTlically.relevan(rr ~:;.. ,it". ':' ,"

l

Indian Space Research Organization ,.(ISRO),Benga/uru :

~

Physical Res~arch Laboratqry (PRL), Ahmed~bad

i

! --oIlIII

~,!il,1Ii

P

Ir1,1

II'

I l' ~i

C.370

Science and Tectiribl6gy

Chapter 9

c.3'i1

'j

I

I

,

'i,

! [,I

III~ I;' " .,t I

i;

It is' responsible for developing technology 'in the field of remote sensing. In 1977 the Space Segment Project was introduced. Over the last two-and-half decades, the Indian space programme has made impressive progress through a well-integrated, self-reliant programme. The DOS Secretariat and ISRO Headquarters are located in Antriksh Bhavan in Bengaluru: The DOS is directed towards self-reliant use of space technology for national development with the main thrust on: (i) Mass commtmication and education via satellite. (ii) Survey and management of natural resources through remote s~nsing tethnology, environmentaJ monitoring and meteorological forecasting. (iii) Development of indigenous satellites and satellite launch vehicles.

The ISRO The ISRO was formulated to harness space 'technology 'for 'national development, while pursing space science research and planetary exploration. It is mandated to: (i) Design and development of

launch vehicles and related technologies for providing access to space. (ii) Design and development of satellites and related technologies for earth observation,communication, navigation, meteorology and space science. (iii) Indian National Satellite (INSAT) programme for meeting telecommunication; television broadcasting and developmental applications. (iv) Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS)programme for management of natural resources and monitoring of environment using space-based imagery.; (v) ~pace-based Applications for Societal devel0I>ment and Disaster Management Support. (vi) Research and Development in space science and planetary exploration. ISRO's main objectives as described as per January 2015 are: (i) Operational flights o(Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV), (ii) Developmental flight of Geo-synchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV-Mk II), (iii) Development of heavy lift Geo-synchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV-Mk III), (iv) Development of semi-cryogenic technology for future launch, vehi<;~~,s,(v) Design, Development and Realization of Communication Satellites, (vi) Design, Development and ~ealization of Earth Observation Satellites, (vii) Development of Navigation Satellite Systems, (viii) Development of Spac~ Science and Pl,anetary ~\

c:

• PRL

o

'iii

'E E o

~1

1~..

IPRC

: r

• SCL

()

• liST

Q)

LPSC

~ a.

'.(

w

c: w

t)

Z

w '0

~

c:

w

" E

:2

a: c..

. "

~ a. Q)

ISRO , Centres ~. Yikram Sarabhai Space :.." ,Thiruvananthapuram.

Centre

,

"

?C;ltishDhawan Space Centre (SD?C) SHAR, ~' ' Shriharikota. .f."

.•.

a:

").' ISRO Propulsion ,r -Mahendragiri.

Complex

(IPRC),

...

". Space Applications Centre (SAC),Ahmedabad.

,J

,

j~'"

•til

;National Remote Se:nsing Centre !Hyderabad.

(N~C),

['.:'ISRO TeleInetry, Tracking and, Command Network (ISTRAC), Bengaluru"'-LucknowSriharikota-Port Blair Island-Mauritius-Biak (Indonesia) .

~J;;:'

• ISRO Inertial Systems Thiruvananfuapuram.

Unit

(IISU), ,

• Laboratory for Electro-Optics Systems (LEOS), ~engaluru. • Development and Educational Communication Unit (DECU),.Ahmedabad .

~,

ISAC

"}t

SAC

t'

• Indian Institute of R~mote Sensipg (IIRS), Dehrciduh. • Physkal Resea,rch Ahmedapad.

Labor~tory

~ National Atmospheric (NARL), Tirupati.

Research Laboratory

(PRL),

• INSAT Master Control Facility (MCF),Hassan. 1

NRSC

•

,T

~

"

"&~~J~,,~it-,

:••~Ii

"Laboratory'~,,' " ' .' ""n. "'", i

i

~I

.

(SCL),

"

~,

• Department ~f Space and ISRO)1Q, Antriksh Bhav~, Bengaluni: . " {,~. .•

,~

•

J\!

. -//; ..-..;,-':)1-'

II

I

~.~~ ~J

.' Antrix .Corporation Limited, Bengaluru. ,',.E' ,. Five RRSCs established . under; NNRMS (National natural,\ Resources, Nl management System" by; ,the;.DOS.L<;i~;j~~ng¥uruJodhpur-,-I
~.

_U J

.I'

.'P"

_

• North Eastern-Space Applicati0Ils Centre (NE-SAC),Umiam-Meghalaya. '

~'T~)

!' .,.

Commis~ioned m'2008 at Byal~lu vipag~ ~¥~r B,engaluru forms the GroUnd seginentfor pi~)Vip.ing'deep space support for India's prestigiousand:frrst Lunar mission, theChahdrayan'.:1. '",' ":.',"''''' '"

. . ,~.~ .,:r;'~

')'

, .•, ISRO Satellite Centre (ISAC),Bengaluru.

• Indian Institute of Space Science and Technology (lIST),Thiruva,nanthapuram.

o

.'

Indian Deep Space Network (n)SN) ,

, • Liquid Propulsion Systems Centre (LPSC),Ben";galuru- Thiruvananthapuram-Mahendragarh.

l~'"

.

.• Senu7Conductorf ' h " Ch , 'an d'Igar.

(VSSC),

SDSC-SHAR

t::

~ ~

"': .. ;.~

• Indian Deep Space Network (IDSN),Bengaluru.

VSSC

• NARL .'NE-SAC

f/)

Exploration Satellite Systems; (ix) Earth Observation Applications,' (x) Space-based systems for. Societal Applications,' (xi) Advanced technologiesandnewer initiatives, (xii) Training, capacity building and Education, (xiii) Promotion of space technology, (xiv) Infrastructure, 'Facility Developmefltand Mission Operations Support and (xv) International Cooperation

Sogo-220

",

.,'

~ 4

,.'

•

I

.'.

1

v' .. 1"

'

Antrix Corporation establishep in 1982is a governmental owned company that markets the sp'aceproducts and services. With fully' equipped state-of-the-art-Jadlities, Antrix is a one:'st~p~sh()p'f?r ",anypf the space products/ranging from supply, ofl hardware and software inclu4ing simplesub~ystems."'to acoIDplex spacecraft,Jor varied.applicatlonScovering cO!lliUunications, earth observation/scientific missi6ris;space related service including remote sensing data series, Transponder,Slease service; L,aurtchservices through the oper(l.tional launch vehicles (PSLV'and GSLV); Mission support services; and a host of consultancy and training services are also offered by Antrix. ! '

INDIA'S SPACE PROGRAMME Indian~pace Establis~m~nt~

','

(i) Tl;tulcllba,Equatorial Rocket" Launching Station (TERLS): A US-sponsored mission near Thiru.vananthapuram (Kerala) is a ~ocket-Iaunching' facility which became operational 1963. The firs't'io~ket was laUnched on November 21; 1963:~' (ii) Space, Science and Te~hn~~~gi,~~lCentre (SSTC): Set up in1965, on Yeli,Hills near Thiruvanant4apuram close, to TERLS;it is the spa<;eresearch and de,:,elop~~nt i.u1itof the ISRO. ",' , . ' .

m

•

.•

i'

\",'11

............•••

•

~'

C.372

II'! 1,1'

I' '!i

Chapter 9

(iii) Ro<:l<et..Propellant Plant ~RPP)~ Thumb a: Commissioned in .1969, it is engaged in production of solid propellant blocks to support satellite-launching programmes. . (iv) Rocket Fabrication Facility (RFF), Thum:ba: Commissioned in 1971, for pro~ duction of rockets and other hardware . required fot space missions. . (v) SriharikotaHigh Altitude Range (SHAR): A satellite launching station set up at Sriharikota Island in Andhra Pradesh: (vi) Solid Propellan~, ~pac.e Booster, Plant (SPSBP): At Srmaiikota Island for produc~',ti.!?npf !arg~-si~e. propellants .. (vU>",V~hlcle Asse~bly, Stati<: Te~t and Eyaluation Complex (VAST, previously known as STEX): Situated at Sriharikota, it provides facilities for static tests and simulated high altitude tests for rocket motors. (viii) Rocket Sled Facility (RSF): Is a high-speed rocket testmg facility. (ix), Experimental Satellite Communication Earth Station (ESCES) Ahmedabad: Set up in 1967, to impart instruction in satellite cOnurlunication technology. (x) Satellite Instructional Television Experiment (SITE),' Ahmedabad: Established in 1970, to conduct joint TV experiments; (xi) Satellite Communication System Division (SCSD): Is responsible for systems design, management,' manufacturing, installation and commissioning of satellite communication stations. (xii) Experimental Satellite Communication Earth Station:' Ihdia's first, satellite communication earth station was set up at Arvi (Pune). It operates thfough,the Intersaf.III satellite positioned over the Indian ocean. The second such station has been set up at Dehradun. (xiii) Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre' (VSSC): ,Steps to. build ,knpw~how for satellite. technology were taken by Dr S. Vikram Sarabhai. He established in 1970, the Satellite System Division (SSD) as a part of VSSC under Prof. V. R. Rao at Thiruvananthapuram. In 2011 Satish Dhawan SupercomputiIi.g Facility located at VSSC built India's

Science and Technology fastest supercomputer, in terms of theoret. icalpeak performance of 220. Terat:LOPs (220 Trillion Floafutg Point Operatio~~ per second). .

The supercomputer

~ t':,~~::::

'SAGA-220', built by the,~' ;.~

(xiv) Indian Scientific Satellite Project (ISSP): Set up at Peenya near Bangalore undet Prof. Y. R. Rao. It was meant to design and fabri'cate satellites indigenously. The Aryabhata was built here. .(

I

i

i

I ISRO.'~a:~i~tt~,are conCtuc.ted''at ,Foliow~ng ,

-~';

__ ~t~'"

h '..""

and Educational ;,'Commu(xviii) Development nication Unit (DECU), Ahmedab~d: It is involved, in conception, definition> plan'ning andsocio-economic evaluation of , space; application programmes. /\f (xix) ,ISRO Telemetry, Tracking and C~inmand Network (ISTRAC), Bangalore:. It has its headquarters and Spacecraft Co~ti:-olCentre at Bangalore and a network of ground stations at Sriharikota, Thiruv'ananthapuram, Bangalore, Lucknow, Port Blair' ahd Mauritius. It provides telemetry, tracking and command (TIC) support to launch vehicle satellite missions of the ISRO, and other space agencies. ' ~J

••

"

_,'~;.J

:,; :t,

_,-:, _ _'- _ ,',

~. -

1 , SHAR:-Sriharikoto High Altitut;l'eRange, 2. VSS0:;Vikr?~Sdrabh~i'Sp;ce

"

/;' ' .• ' :-

',

Centr~'

"

3, IS6\C.1ISRO:SatellifeCentre'(under development) -i. ..••. ....

<}..

~:,'

. ',~

I

.y_

-~'.

t.,"

,',.

-,

:..

.

..

::t,...~' ._".

!N .1O

t

'-&

j

1"'~:,,,,'"

\

'

-',

.~h

~

.

I.

•.••

ro¥et"

,r

••

'.)t.I,.,;-

,.~,~_I.'~"""/'1

~

'/

~(~)

National Mesosphere,', Stratosphere, Troposphere Reader' Facility (NMRF), Gadanki (neat Ti,rupati): It is available to scientists to carry' out atmospheric ') ,:' research'. I

(hiJ.)' Mastei Coritrol Facility (Mc:F)" Hassan r ~ .. _ '. " in Kat:nataka: It js responsible for all ~",'" post-laUnch operations 'Of INSAT satellites mcluding orbital manoeuvres, station Y': J keeping 'and in-orbit 'operations on the .," t" spacecraft. . ~,' '.1

't'"

- ""'\

"j""

_4'_ Quick Faet's; India has Developed the Following Space launch Vehicles'

• 1, SlV-S~tellite launch Vehicle (First e~perimental flight

Ibunched in 1980)

,'

~l

:l.~

"

,;

•

..

Rohini)B w
~ ,', "

,'" ,,: '~(:kx) ISRO Inertial System Unit (lISU), Thiru~:t. vananthapuram: It carries out development 'of mertial system of both satellites and ", launch vehicles . ,

',~F

development)

. ;' s.

5,ISTRAC-ISRO Telemetry' Tracking, andj Command ,NetWork,;"" :," ) ;':',.,,-,." .., 'J" ' . ~ ..•.•• ("

"

••..f

4, SAC~Space ApplicafionsCentre(under l,

(xv) Space Application Centre (Ahmadabad): It is responsible for various aspects 'ofspace application, particularly in the field of satellite coinmunication, remote s~nsing and meteorology. The main projectund~r,taken by this centre was Satellite mstructional Television Experiment (SITE), meant to demonstrate the use of satellites f9r national development. This experiment utili?ied the ATS-6 Satellite or SITE (also c,all~d 'Teacher in the Sky') launched by usA, on May 30, 1974, for educational programmes. " (xvi) ISRO Satellite Centre (ISAC), Bangalore: It is responsible for the design, fabr,i~ation, testing and management of satellites for scientific, technological and, application missions. (xvii) Liquid Propulsion Systems Centre (LPSC): The centre for development of liquid propulsion system both for launch vehicles and satellites. It has facilities located at Thiruvananthapuram, Bangalore, and Mahelldragiri (Tamil Nadu). "lit' ,

were ia~ched intneRbhIDi seHes;;RolUni~1'A;:nBJ-:-2 ahd';.3. The"Rohini-1Bwas 'also the firstIndiansatellite latih~hedbyan~di~' ':'''-r ...." ,I

.4'.:', Q~i~k, Faot~' :~,:l,';2'; . Five Spa~!!Cer'ltres"

C.373

2, ASlV-Augmented .Satellite launch Vehicle [First experi," , mental flight launched in 19871. , , 3. PSlV:"Poiar Satellite launch Ve'hicle (First ~~perimental flight launched in 1993) " W

•

4, GSlV~Geo-synchronous

5,

Saiellite lau~ch Vehicle (Firstexperimental Hight lauQched in 2001) ,,, GSLV Mk,l

6. <;JSLVMk-II " " ,

.

7. GSLVMk-lji (1 st experimental flight launched in 2014)

e

~ po(;~; ;; .••(; ',(

!1""tf. !

Sah~lIIfeProgramme 1.Afy~~~ata. j,

,.

,

."

Ind!.~,launchedjts first experimental satellite on April 19, 19,7,5,from a former Soviet cosmodrome to perform scientific X-ray experiments-in space and send back data to earth. ' '1>) t., •.'

2, Bhas~orh-I .

;, ",'

"

Indi~'j?,~econd'436 kg ~.at~llite wa's iat0~~e<;i on June 7,1979: to coll~d inforlnation0I1'India'~ land, water, fores~~and.ocean resources.' ,. • 't':..

Rohiil; 2'was launched on May 31, 1981, by SLV-3 from Sriha'rikota.' . " ;: ' . ~'l ,",'; Rohini 3 wa~ launched on April 17;.1983; 'from Sriharikota 'aboard ,theSLV-3. Itcarrie'd two'c'ameras and L~band,' beacon~ ,This satellit~. returned around 5000 earth images.b.efore being deactivated on S~ptemben .24, 1984: It re~enteredorbkoIi' April 19, 1990., ,; ., .-' !', _" /', •. 11'1,

••

4. APPLE(Arione PossengerPayl'ood Experiment).' .

."

,,•

.

";

..,

.

~.

_

The'I~obini series of satellites were designed and built'for Indian scientific programmes. Four satellites

""t

II••

: J'

!.1

India'.s 'first ,experimenfal, 'geostafi.,o~ary :sa,tellite weigl:ling:67~ ).
.•

3, Rohinf' :'is', :

,,;r, l:

5.,8hoskoro-:-lI.. . . ;.

.J,

-

"

.'.

c

.

~,' ~ ..~')

-"

'pr,

t

[r,

',I, ,

.

India's second-satellite' for '~arth, obserVation '~as '7~"'~.Ji ~'. launched'on Novemb~r 20,1981. .;

•

l,.-.r~.

,.',

..

}

'

..........•••

~

LttiiIif"""

I

II

, !!Li

C.374

Chapter 9

6. SLVMission (Satellite Launch Vehicle) i:I:,:1 ],

'ii I

India's first satellite launch vehicle SLV.... 3 was successfully launched on July 18, 1980, from Sriharikoti. Rohini-2 (RS-D2) was put into orbit on April 17, 1983, using SLV-3, and this completed the planned developmental flights of theSLV-3.

II,

7. IRS Mission (Indian Remote Sensing Satellite) 'RS~lA The first of the series of indigenous state-of-art remote sensing satellites, was successfully launched into a polar sun-synchronous orbit on March 17~19~8, from the Soviet Cosmodrome at Baikonur. Over the years, the IRS syst~m has become the largest constellation'of remote sensing ,satellites for civilian use in operation today in the,world, with more than ten operational satellites. The completed missions are:,IRS-1A (launched in,March 1988); IRS-lB (August 1991); IRSPI and also IRS-IE (September 1993); IRS-P2 (October 1994); IRS-1C(December 1995); I5-P3 (March 1995); IRS'-lD (September 1997); IRS-P4"'"OceanSat-1'(May 1999); TES(October.2001). Thein-s~rvice and recently launched satellites und~r IRS Mission are:IRS-,P6-ResourceSat-1 (October 2003); IRSP5-CartoSat-1 (May 2005); IRS-P7-CartoSat-2 (January 2007); CartoSat-2A (April 2008); IMS-1 (April 2008);, OceanSat-2 (September 2009); CartoSat-2B (July 2010); ResourceCat-2 (September 2009); Megha:-Tropiques (October 201l);RlSAT-1 (April 2012); SARAL (February 2013); ResourceSat-2A (December 2016); CartoSaJ-2D (February 2017), and CartoSat-2E (June 2017).

8. ASLVMission (Augmented Satellite Launch Vehicle) ASLV is designed to augment indigenou~ satellite laUnching capability and put 150 kg class satellite into low earth ,orbit.

9. SROSS(Stretched Rohini Satellite Series) After failure of two ASLV launches,SROS5-III, a 105 kg satellite was successfully placed in a 450 km high orbit via the launching of ASLV-D3, on May 20, 1992~ though the lifespan of the I)atellite was only 55 days. The fourth developmental flight was made on May 4, 1994, and SROS&-G4 w~s successfully placed into the earth' orbit from Sriharikota. ASLV is the forerunner of the more powerful Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PS~V) and the Geo~sYnchr(moiis Launch • '" ," ' , J', , Vehicle (GSLV). The first developmental flight, of the PSLV,called PSLV-DI, on September 20; 1993, failed. However, according to the ISRO it was a partial

Science and Technology success which established India's capabilities.,in liquid propulsion system. ," .

'f:

:~t.

1O.INSAT Mission (Indian Notional Satellite Systend ~t. ,

'.

.,.\

r,f

,;1...1.

The Indian National Satellite (IN$AT) syst.e!l\is a joint venh.!-re of the Department of Space, Qepartment of Telecommunications, India Meteorological Department, All India Radio and Doordarshem; The overall coordination and, management of ;;£NSAT system rests with tl}e Secretary-level INSAT::lCoordination Committee. Established in 1983, ~$AT is one of the largest domestic communication ,q~tellite systems in the Asia Pacific Region with nine satellites in operation INSAT-2E, INSAT-3A, INSAT-3B INSAT-3C, INSAT-3E, KALPANA-1, .GSAT-2: EDUSAT, INSAT-4A, GSAT-8, GSAT~10, etc. EDUSAT is the world's first satellite dedicated to edl;lsation and it was launched in September 2004. INSAI- 4A, which was launched successfully from KOUJ,(lUin French Guyana on December 22, 2005, has giv,en further boost to INSj\T capability, especially, fo~J)irectTo-Home (DTH) television, broadcast. IN?,AT-4B launched in March 2017, and was hit by:.power glitch that is attributed to 'Stuxnet Worm', a l;>,ugthat attached the ~oftw.are used by INSAT-4B. J;..~.l¥lchof INSAT-4C was however unsucce~sful on ll1-}y10, 2006, and was later replaced by INSAT-CR l.q~ched in September 2007. GSAT-10 was successfully launched from space centre Kourou in French Guiana on September 29, 2012. GSAT-16 was launcned by Ariane-5 in in December 2014 and later in Sept~mber 2016 INSAT-3DRia weather satellite, was laUnched to provide meteorological services in India. 'S:;)" , ".

11. GSATSatellites

-

J!) #11'"

' ~;~~,' " ,

The first satellite, GSAT-1, was launchedtinrApril 2001, ,as. an experimental comminication.'lsatellite. Since then more than 20 satellites ,have ,been launched in the following manner: GSAT~l:-GramSat-:-1(April 2001); GSAT-2-GramSat-2 (May 2003); GSAT-3-EduSat (Sep 2004); GSAT-4-Heal~S,~ti(1pril 2010); GSAT-5-INSAT-4D and GSAT-5P (Q~ec2010); GSAT-6-INSAT-4E (August 2015); GSAY-7{INSA~-4F (August 2013); GSAT-8-~~AT-4q'-Gr~~Sat~8(:(May 2011); GSAT-9-South Asia Satellite ,or SAARC ,Satellite (May 2017); GSAT-10 (September 2012); GSAT12-GramSa-12 (July 2011); GSA':f-14 (Janu~WffJ~4); GSAT-15 (November 2015);' GSAT-16" (December 20i4); G'SA.'f-17(r~~ 2017); GSAY-18'(6~tob~r!2616); GSAT-19 (J~e2017). GSAT-20 and Gs'P;tiiA'ire planned for launch in year 2018. ' . J.'

C.375

r

12. CAREMission

Sp~c~~~.se9r~,h;.Progrci~~e' .,'':"~:.:,\~'::f;i'"';:-

CARE (Crew Module Atmospheric Re-entry ExperiIllent) is a future Oribtal Vehicle that was launched in 'Bec~mber 2014. GSLV Mk III launched it successfully as the LVM 3X CARE Mission andthe flight of LVM3 had a passive cryogenic stage. GSLMMk III is feithree stage heavy lift launch vehicle developed byjISRO. On June 5, 2017, the first developmental flight of the GSLV Mk III D1 was recorded as successfulwnen it placed GSAT-19 satellite to a GeosynchronoUs'Transfer Orbit (GTO).

Chandroyan Mission;"

\.J.-

.

,it: '

,

1fASTROSAT Mission AstroSat is India's firsf. dedicated astronomy missionc'that was launched in September2016to' carry out study of celestial sources in X-ray, optical and UV'spectral bands simultaneously. The unique featur~ 'bf AstroSat is its ability to enable the simliltan'eous multi-wavelength observations of various astrblt6mical objects with a' single satellite. ISRO, in Collaboration with the Inter-University Centre fort A\sfronomy and Astrophysics (IUCAA), Pune haS1sef.up an AstroSat Support Cell (ASC) to facilita-tE~'theproposal making process and the use of AstroSat data. lit?:,. ~~' ;:

\

14.'NIUSAT ~ ••.:,,:;.i

.

NruSAT is an Indian University/Academic Institute:satellite from Noorul Isalm University in Tamil Nadu State, launched by PSLV~C38,to provide multispectral imagery for agricUltural crop' monitoring and disaster management support applications. A deq.icated: Mission Control Centre with UHF/VHF antenna. for Telemetry /Tele-comrnand operations and6S"hand antenna for Payload data reception has been:established at the university, fl(

./\J-

'I'

\..~ ~

Indidh)RegiQnal Navigation Satellite System (I~NSS)Project . lOS. ')~" . . ,.

,

: ;

;

,~

"'~ ,

ii" ,'J

...'

j.~ _

,. l

~t

1

I

Chandrayan-' lr}dia s~nt an unmanned probe to explore, the moon in 2008 and the.mission ended, on 'August 29,2009. ISRO calls the moon flight perfect as 'Chandrayan Pratham', which has be~ntranslated.asFirs't Journey to the Moon or Moonshot-1 in' sanskrit.th~ Chandrayan-l missionwas"announcedlby :the former Prime. Minister. Atal 'Behari Vajpayee on August 15, 2003; during. his Independence' Day 'address, to the nation. The 525 kg Chandrayan-1 was laUnched in 2008 on one of India's own Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV-C25) space: rockets:.TIie' Chandrayan-1 mission carries X-ray and ,gamrniHciy spectrom~ eters and .sends back. data that, scientists on Earth use to produce a high-resolution aigital map Of the lunar surface., The Chandrayan-l mission carries out a ,physical and "chemical- mapping. of: the moon. This is urtrnanned., .The Indian rnission"g!t~.qt;~yan:-I, would carried" five .Indi~ ,instruments ,along' with three developed ,by the Etirop~an Space Agency, two US payloads developed'by'the Natiomil Aeronautics and.5pace Adnlinistration (NASA) and one from.:BUl':' garia. India has joined seven other nations to team up, for future exploration of moon. The sixth International Conference on Exploration and Utilization of Moon was held hJ. November 2004 for five days at Udaipur (Rajasthan); .

Chandrayaan-2 is planned to be laurtched by 2018. This Geosynchronous Satellite' Lqunch Vehicle (9?.LV)! includes a lunar orbiter, a lander and a lunar rover, all developed by India will use and test various new teclu1.ologies and conduct "new 'experiments,'The wheeled rover. ,will move on the lunar surface and will pick up soil or rock samples f~r on-s~te chemical analysis. The data will be relayed to Earth through _the Chandrayaan-~orb,iter. .

0.!!"1,gWv.1, 2013, IRNSS:-1A, India's first of the 7 sat-

Mars Orbiter .Mis~ionI~Mongalyaan)

ellites ,0£ the Indian:; Regional Navigation Satellite SY.~l~~};:(IRNSS) Constellation, waSil successfully launQhed in PSLV-C22 and the satellite started its l:.:.u' .' navigati,on activities from August 2013. Subsequently 1C, 1D, 1£: ~F q.nd 1G werelatffich~d by PSLY,,,,C24, PSLV-C26;PSLV-C27, PSLV-C31, -PSLV-C32 v~ x:; '. _. . ~d K~l-Y;.C33iI).)uly 2013, April 2014, O~tober2014, March 2015, January 20~6, March 2016 and April 2016 respectively. .

India launched its first interplanetary. mission; the Mars Orb~ter spacecr~ft,.successfully on.5eptember 5, 2013 on-board PSLV-C25.,The journey of the spacecraft towa1,'dsMars, following crucial orbital manoeuvre of Trans-Mars Injection on December~ 1, 2013 included India in the elife group of four nations, in the world to send space mis~ion topl~et Mars. Mars Orbiter spacecraft hasbeen realized on fast track.in a record time of less ilicJt 18 months to make use of the earliest

~l-(JJ

0""

- r ••

~R~~t~i ,}

I

...-

........•••

c

~

~

lIIo...-

I

II,

,

C.376

Chapter 9

Scienceand TechnOlogy C:377

Il! '

"

I

I,

I II

Iii

2015, the Mangalyaan completed its 100 days into the Mars orbit and was reported health for operatio'ns: . ~i,,:

. launch opportunity (the next oppor~ty would haye been only after 26 months). Mars Orbiter Mission is intended to establish the Indian. teclu).ological.capability to reach Martian orbit apd to explore Mars sw~ face features, morphology, mineralogy and. M~tian atmosphere 'by. indigenous scientific' instruments. Besides the scientific and. technological challenges, Mars Orbi~er;Missipn is .an 4nportant s!epininspir~ ingthe, younger generation in the coUntry.in scientific resea,rch,,particularly in. plan~.tary exploration. The injection.of the sp'clcecraftinto mars orb~twas achieved sUl;:ce~sfuUy .on September, 24, 2014. On January 1,

~

I

.1"j',

i'

Other Sp.Gce Science Missions

'0

,., [f

~"'"~

AEROSTAT.

",

:"

An astronomical Observatory in space; aimed at studying the distant celestial sOurces. Astrosaris currently proposed as a multi-wavelength astronomy mission on an IRS-class satellite into a near:'Earth equatorial orbit by the PSLV, ." ..<),

.• j'

Table$.~.2ISRO'sReGentSpace

I Satellite

Programmes ISince 20161.

""'" Launch DatewLQunch

CrewJ:;c-ap~, Syst~m.Testing ._y-_,--.,.,-_....-...-... J,ui)'P5, 20-1.8

_, ...-_~.~.",c-,__

'm'-'

IRNS~ll

,.

""

~.

..•••. ., .. '""'---

";, .••••. "•••..-,-'.,.,'..-

Y!h~.'1!. . Testing'Flight

""

-'~"""-'~":G"

'--,'-',.~_

-April 12;' 2018.

r::

.,(F. u~

;..

....~

~

_.~.~

__ '

.

~_"'_

'f"

,.

.

,'t .

"'~~""".-,--

GSAT.F08 ..,

.-

"if

, CA~TOSAT.2SerIes Mission'.' Jon 12; 2018' '. .. "

,"".",,"

.,

•.PSlC-C40 "

.'

,,,.

0"'*"~

",,' ..>oV' •. , .••. ;,..""-..

GSAT.17 ~_".V~._AO_'_A_.'~

""'......

~

"June _

.-...~:.,"",

CARTOSAT.2 ~_'_--:-_.

~

....-,,,.,

.•

29,20f7

.•. ",~.

'

k_-.~.-",-.,,,,,, ..••...

" __

_.........

June 23, 2017

.... ~J_wt~

__

.~.-••••.• , __

.,

~_'~'

__

.GS~V-.Mk.III[)1/QSATc19A,jlJhe

.'

__ . 'l-r-'~~-'

Ariane-5 VA238 ~ ..•.

'.

~

--~_,.~,

..1_

_.,

'

__

"_"'_~"'.,,_=

.

. ':May 05, 2'017

,'INS.l.A.

,.,--,"'''''-'_''

. ' ~'

..rn''>-I!.

.,.,-'" .... _,..".,~

.'

.. "

.

. 'feb' 15~ 201]

:!""''''-'':_-'':'

... .o.i:•.

.,..._« .•'".,~

.... h'.'"

i

..

'

-~...~,.,-"'"

.

.~.

,Geostationary Satellite _.~"',."""_.--';'~_ , ~ ... _ .•.. ."'~ '"

Experimental

"", ...., ',.,.',.,,,",',""""'N

:!
,'_

J . ... , •••...

_

" . ';Co.l1'Imunication

.. ,...... .

I.e:

',~'-""""'~-'

-"''-'~'i4,~

•

Satellite of NavlC constellation.

~GSlV.F09/GSAT.9.

..•.~'.. ....,,,,.,,,'"~_~.o,,.,._ ..__

••.

PSLV.C38/Cartosat.2Series Satellite

05, 2017.,qSlV-Mk-1Il

::~~_"""_,_,_,,,,---,---~,~,:,-"''''''.'-'-'if'.-~_.~

_

'~~'_."......-

~~"_'''~~'~~~''~ ."'-~~~:~~::~~'~~'.~~,,:-f:~~_~~_ ' '." . GSAT.9

_

PSlV.C39

_*'_ ..'~~>-",\"""" ~ :~,_~ ~.~~~.,

Satellite

Earth Observation .".., Satellite

;:, ife"

Aug 3.1,2017 . ..

,:,',-' .• ".. ,.-' -'.,.--

'Geosfatio-nary

""l""'"'."'1f'."-"'.~-"'-"-'---=~""""""""'"''''-'--~---'''

-",,-,.-'~-'-~-~~,--~-----~-,.~,-_._,~_-':''''''';;;'''''.

IRNSS.l H

~tf~

.

~""""""'"'''''_~'~~_'''''''=i"''Y_I''''''''P ... _~'~-

'

• __

Satellite' of NavlC constellation

• •

Mar 29,2018

w

•

-

.---.__ .~-_.,--"-___

, ,Demonstrator' .. j:~,,',

'""',_. __

'PSlV-C41

",.

GSAT.6AMission

", ..Type of 5c:IfellIfe

,,'

Communicaticln"'1;;'

.....

_.

'.

.

.':

~ '-

.•,,_, ~SlV.C37/C9rtosat-2'Serie~ Satellite .. Experimental ....,~., ~"';."."--..-_»~_~,_

N"--,,' __

,••....___"""',.;,.,"_~""_••.., .

"O~~~'"

INS.l B Feb 15, 20 17 .Cartosat.2 Seri;~"Sdt;llit;'-:~YF;b'.L5~ 20i~T--:'"

..

,..

Wk~~_~,;.>i<)""_.,'

,."'----,

PSlV.C37/Cdrtosat~2 Series Satellite . Experimental l!;-.l" .-~:PSlV.c37/~~~t=2 S~ri~~Sat~U-it~":'EbrthOb;rvation

"..~~~V~'.. _,

__

'_ .

•.

._~

"

•._;.

INSAT.3DR: ._._~

__

e:. ,.

.

-

..:..---_-~~~

'

.,_ .••~.,

w_~.,_~.

__

'r_ ..~~

........,--~j--..-._-.~ .._._ ..,....-,,,... __ ~ .•..__

" ~">._-- ........••. , .••..••..••.•......•

, IRNSS-1G ___

' .

~

._= •.'_"'--

'April 28:2016

,";-+- __",_o
•.••

.F

..••. _.--::-~~,

IRNSS-IG , __. ~Ap~i12?,2016, ....-..~ - ,.--..".-_,,,._.---...--~. ---,_.-=-"-.1 , IRNSS-lF -

,-

- , • ".

IRNSi IE

. ",-

--

_.

'.

.

Mar 10, 2016 _. __

.••

'" ',~ "-,--"-

. ~;a~70, 2016 .

'.-

.-l

''''-'iIoa

._~~

':

___

.

...., __

,~ ,...~4'._""'_''''''~_.~_

-'-

-~

PSlV-C32 -, .• -

- ---

PSlV.C3r

,-

_

".. _.-.._.~_-

..•..~

,' •. Navigation

•

.•~-'''7~':

- -

• --

"

. "~, Nayig(]tion -__-... ~'_S::'i... -

- -

Navigation --,--

,'-_.

--.

-"


!

., ~, ..

A Scientific mission for solar studies and carries a chronograph. Aditya is proposed to ~e sent to space by 2017-IS to study the solar corona. This.part'of the Sun has temperatures of over one million degrees, with raging solar winds that reach a velocity ofup to 1000km a second. The satellite will carry as its payload an advanced solar coronagraph.

SATNA\'Programme Satellite Navigation (SATNAV) Programme is an important activity of the ISRO where it syncs with the Airport Authority of India (AAI) to take tip GPSaid~d geo-augmentednavigation (GAGAN) Technology Demonstration System (TDS) as a fore-runiler for the~oFjerationalsatellite-based AugmentationSystem (SBAS)over the India space.

GPS-Aided Geo .'Augmented Navigation ~:~!~l',y' , ~ GA9AN (as discussed in SATNAV above) is the first SBASover Indian region. Its signals augment those of global positioning system (GPS) of the USA in order to provide users precise positioning and reliability. GAGAN offers navigation services for safety-oflife applications like civil aviation applications with required accuracy and integrity and to provide better Air Traffic Management over Indian Air Space .

Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (IRN.SS)

equaforiaIC'ctos'smgs<.iiL ctWo.diffei~t:f pl~e~., All"th~ satellites of the c'ohstellation'are.cbrifigured' identically. Thes'atellitesareconfigur~if\VithI~lK BuS-toot! compatibl~ for laUnch on-board' pstVJ" ,:!';:.t~,;:;t) ... IRNSS is an mdepenaent regi6nalilavi.gation satellitesysteni bemgdeveloped' by India': It 'is: designed to provide accurate pOsition infbrm:atio:ii.'serv-iCeto usersiiL- ~c;iia as ~ell as the regiol)lexte.n:dmg ~pto 1500 krri fro~ itsboundary,wmcli'is itS'I>'nmary service area: An Extended' ServiCeAr~a lies'petween:pri:' mary serviCe:are'a'.~d i;1reaerrclq.sed;'oy' th~,rectangle from Latitud.~ 30 (leg SoutJ:l.'to"~50'~egNC!f.tp~.'Lo~gi~ tude 30 deg East to, ~130 deg . East. ._ ..,j.' - .... ~' •.. '" ' . IRNSS will provide~o types of se!yic::~, ~a.~~ly, Standard Positioriing Serv~ce(SJ:'S)-w-hi~his;pro~idea . to all the user? aiid'Restride.d'Service-(RSfw.nicl:\;is I • r-l:.'''',-:-I1'";' '" an encrypted servIce provIdedoruy tofue. authOrIsed users. The IRNSS' System is"'expe~t~d' tofptovi.de' a position accuracY'of better. than' 20 m m'the:p'rirrtiiy service area. ' .' ,...• ;, ~ _'}':~;'>1_' . I

•

.

J

••

~,

-,'

.'

•

";

.• ,

••••

,

:r~

;

-.

"

'f

~

('

-~"

,~:-:; ...•:

.

'.

Some Applications of IRNSS ore.

• Terrestrial, Aerial and Marine Navigation, ~1f

~

Disaster Management • Vehicle tracking and fleet management'

• !

C

• Integratio~ with mobile phones • Precise Timing • Mapping and Geodetic data captUre ';;. J:,v,;t " • Terrestrial navigation aid for hikers andtrav~llers

• Visual and yoice ~avigati~~ for drive.J;s The,IRNSSis an independent'regional navigation satellitesystem being developed by India. It will provide L .-" r precise navigation, services within .India' and regions Recent GSLV'South Asia'Launch ,. beyond 1500kms to Indian International borders. IRNSS system consists of three systeIIlS--'-Spaceseg-India's Geosynchronous Satellite. Launchi Vehiment' Ground segment, and User system. The Space cle (GSLV-F09) succe"ssfully launched the ',2230.kg systernis designed to be a constellation of seven sat~l- . South Asia Sate!lite, (GSAT-9) .into its,pl~ed ,Geolites."There will be three geo-stationary'Satellites, and synchronous Tra~~f~ri'Or~it (G!O) 9~ MaY';;>.,2Qp. remaining four will be located in geo-synchro~ous This launch of .GS~V:~ClS its el~yenth_aI).4Joo~ place orbit~:with their reqUired inclination and equatorial from the Second Launch Pad at the~j','Satish.Dhawan . 1:~""".' ,~ cros~mgsin two different planes. All sevensatelltes Space Centre SHAR(SDSC SHAR),. Sr,~~ri.kota, the of this constellation are configured identically. Ground well-equipped spaceport of India., 'fhi~is't~efourth segment is responsible for the maintenance and operaconsecutive success achieved oy' GSLV carrying tionof the IRNSSconstellation. . . indigenously developed 'Eryogenic' Upper -Stage. The space segm~nt consists of the IRNSS constel~ In its oval shaped'GTO, the'South Asia~Satellite is lation of seven 'sateilites,' NavIC. Three satellites are now orbitirig the Earth with a perigee (nearest p~int located in suitable orbital slots in the geostationary' to Earth) of 169'km and an apogee' (farthest point orbit'and the remaining four are located in geosynto Earth) of 36,105.km with:ari orbital inclination of chronous orbits' with the required inclination and' 20.65 degree'with respect to the equator...' ' ,

II'"

.._ ... , ,.....u._.,.~""_

.: ...._.-~_~ ' '.

"

..t-.-

.,., ,Earth Obser~~t{on

. ,'7'''''''''''~~~~~~'''''~'-

....._~. , ,PSLV.C3~ , ,'"

'lo'

_

",-__ >_~l:!:_m.-:.,

'~SlV.C33/IRNSS-IG

""'r:

..

t'

Climate & Environment, Disaster Management

, PSlV.C34/ CART,OSAT:2Series , .Satellite . ....- ... ,."..."""~""~'

.J.>

••..~-

.

_,

GSlV.F05/JNSAT.3DR .,

CARTOSAT-2. Series Satellite" :JURe22" :~O16 .-

....,.,.-"";"",_'_

,.

""_.-

Sep 08, 2016

._ ••••.,

.••••• '".. --.';",,~,-.,

1

''';!j

RESOUR(iSAT-2A-. -' Dec 07:201'6 .. . '-PSLV-C36i RESOURCESAT-2A-''-'-"'''-'Ea-~~hOb~e;~~ti~n ~~~~~. ., ~ .._.-..,_.-.....,",.~. __ '....'-...t'.,~~~~ _.... _....--.,.....:~".",...;",,-~-.<;.;. ""..--:........~_,.,,~~._. _ •.•.. .:J.__ l !i ..•..::_t:t:1£v'9~,"22 "~~::~Ei<:l~::5.!~:t2},""':~;"7'>~2?~'J:1~n~ceti2n_ SCATSAT.l '; Sap 26,2016 '. PSlV.C35/ SCATSAT.l' Climate & Environment ~~'f"'I""""~

Adlfya.I' :

"I

,.:

'.

")

.. '."

l.

I ••.

:.

.......•

~'Iri ------

--

: II , IIII

C.378

Science and Technology

Chapter 9

III

Important Feats/Personalities Related to Indian Space Programmes Indio's FirstMon in Spoce • On April 3, 1984,Squadron Leader Rakesh Sharma became India's first man to go into space. • He was launched abroad Soyuz T-II spaceship from Baikonor Cosmodrome in Kazakhastan (former USSR)along with two Soviet cosmonauts. • The 6850 kg spacecraft travelled at a speed of 8 km per second and docked with the orbiting Soviet Space Station Salyut-7 to begin its seven-day space -,,".If.; .•. 't exp~!unents. 1 • Squadron Leader Rakesh Sharma returned safely, to earth on April 11, 1984. • The late PM Indira Gandhi had a brief conversation with Squadron Leader Sharma aboard the Soviet Space Station and asked him: 'How does India look from the space?' 'Sare Jahan se Achcha' was the prompt reply from Squadron Leader Sharma. • India became the 14th nation in the world to have sent man mto space and Squadron Leader Sharma, the 138th cosmonaut to be in space. First women (of Indian origin) in space: Dr Kalpana Chawla. o

supercomputers, UA"y' armaments and .ammunition. The technological clusters of DI~DO's labs and establishments are:

Sunito L.Willioms (1965- ) • Sunita L. Williams was born on September 19, 1965,in Euclid, Ohio. • She was awarded the Navy Commendation Medal (2), Navy and Marine Corps Achievement Medal Humanitarian Service Medal and various' othe; service awards . • Williams was commissioned as an Ensign in the United States Navy from the United States,Naval Academy in May 1987. • She was designated as a Naval Aviator in July 1989. • Sunita has logged over 2770 flight hours in more than 30 different aircrafts. Selected by the NASA in June 1998,she reported for training in Augd~t 1998. , • Williams has worked in Moscow with the ~ussian Space Agency on the Russian contribution. to the International Space Station (ISS)and with the first Expedition Crew to the ISS. • After the return of Expedition-I, Williams worked within the Robotics branch on the ISS Robotic Arm and the follow on Special Purpose Dexterous Manipulator. • As a NEEM02 crew member she lived underwater for 9 days in the Aquarius habitat. Sunita Williams currently lives and works aboard the International Space Station. • She launched with the crew of STS-116 on December 9, 2006, docking with the station on December 11,2006. " • Williams joined Expedition-14 in progress and served as a flight engineer during her 195 days tour of duty aboard the ISS.

,;:

• Kalpana Chawla was an Indian-born American astronaut and space shuttle mission specialist. • She was one of seven crew members who died aboard Space Shuttle Columbia during mission STS-107 when the shuttle disintegrated upon' re-entry into the Earth's atmosphere on February 1,2003. • On February 5, 2003, Indi~'s Prime Minister announced that the meteorological series of satellites, 'METSAT', will be named as 'KALPANA'. • ,The first satellite of the series, 'METSAT-l', launched by India on September 12, 2002, will be 'how known as 'KALPANA-l'. • Asteroid 51826 Kalpana Chawla is named for .her. She died a hero and a role model for many young women, especially in India and particularly those in her hometown of Kamal where her life serves to encourage young people to follow in her footsteps. ..

1.#),

.

• Missiles: Defence Research and Development Laboratory (DRDL), Hyderabad;Institute of i' ..,.Systems Studies and Analyses (ISSA), Delhi; Integrated Test Range (ITR),Balasore; Research Centre Imarat (RCI),Hyderabad. .n • Naval: Naval Materials Research Laboratory (NMRL), Ambernath; Naval, Physical and Oceanographic Laboratory (NPOL),Cochin; Naval Science and Technological Laboratory )\ . (NSTL),Visakhaparruim. . . Aeronautics: Aeronautical Development Estab,A"lishment (ADE), Bangalore; Aerial Delivery ,v.: r Research and Development Establishment £; (ADRDE), Agra; Centre for Airborne Systems fl (CABS),Bangalore; Defence Avionics Research ",'Establishment (DARE), Bangalore; Gas-Turbine Research Establishment (GTRE); Bahgalore; ph,Center for Military Airworthiness and CertifiIf.' ,cation (CEMILAC),Bangalore. '(~iArmaments: Armament Research and Development Establishment (ARDE), Pune;, Cen'f!'iV}re for. Fire, Explosive and Environment 'I,r;~afety (CFEES),. Delhi; High. Energy MateResearch Laboratory (HEMRL), Pune; (It "rials .', , Proof and Experimental Establishment (PXE), Balasore; Terminal Ballistics Research Labora, 't~ry (TBRL),Chandigarh: '. Combat Vehicles and Engineering: Co~bat Vehicles Research and Development Establish1; ment, (CVRDE),Chennai; Vehicle Research and "b Development Establishment (VRDE), Ahmednagar; Research and Development Establishment (R&DE), Pune; Snow and 'Avalanche . 1 ~h!dy Establis~ent (SASE),Chand,igarh. .'!WED: Advanced Numerical Research and Analysis Group (ANURAG),' H:yderabad; pefence Scientific Information and Documenta.tion Cen,91 e,(DESIDOC),Delhi;Microwave Tube Research .~l}W1dDevelopment Center (MTRDC),Bangalore; ",f?~~~dState Physics Laboratory.(SSPL),Delhi, '~q£l.ectronics and, Computer Sciences: Centre ".fqrArtificial Intelligence and Robotics (CAIR), ~~::.J; _•." , . \ .jBft~galore; Defence Electronics Applica~ion l~~poratory (DEAL), Dehradun; Defence ElecResearch Laboratory (DLRL), Hyder. .' r ... +.~tronics u-~ ,-J,aJ31id;Defence Terrain Research, Lab,oratory ,;1 ,;

11".:

.

I

Kolpono Chowlo (1961-2003)

'.'

(DTRL),Delhi; Instruments ..Research and Develoimie;"t 'Est~plishIl).eri.t (IRDE), Dehradun; Laser Science arid'Techliol6gy -'Centre .(LASTEC), Deihi; Electronics and Radar De~elopment Establishment ~tRDE), "Bangalore; Scie!ltificAnalysis ~roup (SAG), DeJhi. • Human Resource' Development:, Defence Institute of Advanced 'Technology (DIAT),.'Deemed . Uriiv~rsity,',P~e; Institute of Tecimology ManagefllE:;n,!.gT,~,:1)~ Mu~~orie. . ,"'" • Life Sciences: Defence Bio-Engi~eeru:g and, Electro Medical'Laboratory (DEBEL), Bangalore; Defence' 1hstitute of Bio-Eri~~gyResJai~h (DIBER),'Haldwafu;' Deferice"Pood' 'Research Laboratory,' '(DFRL),Mysore; Def~ricernstitute of High 'Altitude Research (DIHAR); Leh; Defence Institute of PhysiOlogy 'and 'Allied Sciences (DIPAS), Delhi; Defence' Institute' of Psychological. Research (DIPR),,Delhi;,Defence Research. ,Laboratory (DRL), ~Tejpur;•Institute .of Nuclear Med'icine,.and Allied Sciences (INMAS), Delhi;.Defence;Research.and.Qevelopment Establishment (DRDE),Gwalior.';,. • .Materials: Defence Laboratory. (DLJ);Jodhpur; Defence Metallurgical. Research, Laboratory (DMRL), Hyderabad; Defence Materials.and Stores Research and Development Establishment (DMSRDE),Kanpur.

i

I

,I I I

Missiles

1

THE DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

J

In 1980, a new department out of The Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO) was formed, which operates through a network of 50 laboratories/establishments. This department formulates and executes programmes of scientific research, design and development leading to induction of state-;of-the-art weap~ns, platforms and other equipment required by the armed forces. The department has acquired wo~ld class core competence in the area of guide~ missiles,

tr

Naval Aeronautics Armaments

o o a:

Combat Vehicles & Engineering

o

MED Electronics and Computer Scienc~s Human Resource Development ,-1

:

Life Sciences Materials'

1 'll3cr, .~ - ~'d~.. i

~~~~~

C.379

s1ts

J.

"I-.

~ 'if ~

~

.....•

I"'f,'j .

.

......•.

L'

','II

'iiiII ,

I

C.380

Science and Technology

Chapter 9

Agni-III

INDIAiS MISSILE PROGRAMME ,

'

India's Integrated Missile Development Programme (IGMDP) was started in 1982-83 by the DRDO under the chairmanship of Dr A. P. J. Abdul Kalam. Agni, Prithvi, Trishul, Akash, Nag and Astra also form part of the IGMDP, and DRDO is working on development of spe~,!~lized missiles such as Brahmos, and Sagarika. en

iii a: «

Integral Ram jet Rocket Engine Multi-target

tn:J

Tracking

Homing Guidance

Capability Seeker

Networking

of Radars

Agni System The Agni missile family is envisaged to be the mainstay of the Indian missile-based strategic nuclear deterrence. The Agni family will continue to grow its stable, providing a breadth of payload and range capabilities. The Agni-I is a short-range ballistic missile (SRBM) with a single-stage engine. Whereas the Agni-ll is an intermediate range ballistic missile (IRBM) with two solid fuel stages and a post boost vehicle (PBV) integrated into the missile's re-entry vehicle (RV). W ..J

(j)

PRITHVI-

Short-range

suriace-to-suriace

missile

en

~

(f)en :JI-

°u Ww z"') Wo

AGNI - Intermediate missile

range suriace-to-suriace

~ a: o ~

AKASH - Medium-range NAG - Third-generation

suriace-to-air 'Fire-and-Forget'

missile anti-tank

missile

Variants Agni-TD Two stage, solid booster and liquid fuelled second stage. Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile (IRBM) Technology Demonstrator.

Agni-I (A-1) Single-stage, solid fuel, road and rail mobile, short-range ballistic missile (SRBM). [Payload 1000 kg; Range 700-800 km]

Agni-II (A-2) Two stage, solid fuel, road and rail mobile IRBM. [Payload 750-1050 kg; Range 2000-3000 km] ,

Agni-IIAT (A-2AT) Improved

ICBM (launch failed in 2006, but succeeded in 2014). India's most advance long range missile capable of carrying nuclear warhead. '

Agni-V Scientists are working on this var~ant, an

A-2 variant using more advanced and lighter material. Two stage, solid fuel, road and rail mobile IRBM.

~

'",.

•

...

f

...

I.

.

.',

,

•

.,...

.~.,

Raiendra Radar System"

"

;:

.

-,

.

I

::';.,1.

-',

".

.

'..

c;,

,

{,:::

'."

It is a multi-functional radar' capable of sur~eillance; tracking a.nd engaging bwr~dar cross-':secti6n-'targ'ets,"ltis{)6"nYniegral part of Akash Missile System (surface-to-air) and each Ak'ash battery has one Rajendra Radar; whidiis linked with up to' four Akash launchers, each with three missiles. The same radar system has been developed as an indigenous Weapori'Locatirig Radar (WLR) called the BEL-WLRwhich can detect and track artillery shells fired in the battlefield, thereby, allowing our soldiers to figure out location of the enemy tanks and other weapo~ry systems, .

upgraded version of Agni-III [Range 5000-6000 km; status-under testing, its first test launch was done On April 19, 2012 from Wheeler Island, Odisha]:: .

be launched from a submerged submaripe n)aylo~d 500-1000 kg; Range 350-600 km; in service since 2004~.

Nag System'

Agni-VI It is an inter-continental missile undergoing

Ohanush (Sanskrit/Hindi

It is a thirdgerlerati.on, all weather, t()p.:'attack;'fue~and forget anti-tallk-gl;lide'd missile. It is 'one' ,.Jof five'missile ". ~ -, r '.-:;:, ur'l!'f ;" . ,'~ .",' _~. syst~~~ dev~}oR~d by'~e: D~qQ '~d~~.~ffie. 19MDf Desl~ work:' on the ffilssI1e started ill 1988, and the first t~sts ~e;i caITied- o~t in Nov~mber 1990:"it"is among th~ fi~e Ui~igeri~~sly.pYanned ~Fire-and-Forget' anti-tankJ~ssil.e 4~yelop~a.u~~g an imaging infrared (IR) teclui.s>~ogy~at enso/es: a high-~t accuracy levels. It weigh~ arotu;td 4~ ~g ~fCajlJli3,V~ 8;~g ~arhead ..

Prithvi System India launched the Integrated Guided Misslle Development Programme (IGMDP) in 1983 to concurrently develop and produce a wide range of missiles for surface-to-surface and surface-to-air roles. Prithvi was the first missile developed as part of IGMDP, Prithvi-II, the first indigenous surface to surface strategic Missile, capable of attacking targets at ranges of 350 km, was successfully tested in June 2011.

Variants SS-150/Prithvi-1

TRISHUL - Short-range low-level suriace-to-air missile (Project Shelved in 2008)

C9a:

oc..

Agni-IV Three stage, solid fuel, road and rail mobile,

development as of 2018. It is the most adv~ced version of Agni-system of missiles with a range of 8,00010,000 km and having inertial navigation system with Ring laser gyroscope optionally augmented by GLOSNASS/IRNSS. This is the India's longest range missile,

a:

I I-

Two, stage, solid fuel, submarine, r~ad and rail mobile, IRBM/ICBM (inducted in JUf).e2011), [Payload 2000-2500 kg; Range 3500.5000 km]"

C.381

army stage, range Army

is a battlefield support system for the [Payload 1000 kg; Range 150 km]. It is a single dual engine, liquid fuel, road-mobile, shortsurface-to-surface missile (inducted in Indian in 1988).

SS-250/Prithvi-1I

is dedicated to the Indian Air Force [Payload 350-750 kg; Range 350 km]. It is a single stage, dual engine, liquid fuel, road-mobile, shortrange surface:'to-surface missile. DRDO has decided to increase the payload capability of the 55-250/ Prithvi-II variant to 1000 kg by using boosted liquid propellant to generate higher thrust-to weight ratio (inducted in Indian Army in 1996).

. ,

SS-350/Prithvi-1II

is a solid fuelled version with a 350 km r~ge and a 1000 kg'P'!lyload. It is a two stage, solid fuel, road-mobile, short-range, surface to- surface missile. Sagarika is the submarine launched variant of Prithvi-III intended for nuclear-powered submarines. A related programme, known as Project K-15, is in development and will enable the missile to

word meaning bow) is a system consisting, of a stabilization platform (bow) and the missile (arrow). The system can fire either the 55-250 or the 55-350 variants. There may likely be certain customizations in missile configuration to certify it for sea worthiness [Payload 1000 kg; Range 350 km].

Pradyumna Ballistic Missile . Interceptor Defence missile has been named Ballistic ,Missile Interceptor' ..

The Prithvi Air as 'P!adYun1na

Akash System It is a medium-range, theater defence, surface-to-air missile. The Akash's first flight occurred in 1990, with development flights up to March 1997. It operates in conjunction with the Rajendra surveillance and engagement radar. This system will replace the,SA-6/Straight Flush in Indian service and is also expected'tobeintegrated with the 5-300V (SA-lO Grumble) low-to-high altitude SAM in an integrated air defence system to counter SRBM/IRBM threats along the Pakistani and Chinese borders. Indian Air Force (as on January 2015) 8 Akash Squadrons (each having 48-125 missiles); and Indian Army has (with modifications) 2 Akash Regiments (one regiment is equal to 5 or 6 Squadions).

:

It is a short range, quick reaction, all weath~r surface-to-air missile desigiledto' counter a low-level attack: It has been flight tested futile' sealskirnming role and also against moving targets, It,has a range of 9 km and is fitted with a 5.5 kg HE:-fragmented warhead. Its detection of target, to missile launch is around 6 seconds. But due, to the enormous development costs of the mis~ile India had officially decided to shut down Trisht.l Missile' project in' 2008. Trishul missile had been, delinked from user service, although it continues _asa tec.hn~logy d~~on~tr'?:t9r: i

f

~~.

~.' .

)

J

Variants

-

i,

:

~".

'.' ,

;

,I

.f

•

.

"

","

NAMICA (NAG Missile Carrier- on a.m~dified BMP-2 ICV produced as ~Sarath' hl indi~)I~ is a 'lock-on Before Launch', system where target has to be defined before the launch of missile.

HELINA (Helicopter-launched NAG, designed to be used on HA~sPJ:lruv,H_e.I~<::opter, Light Combat Helicopters) It is ~'~ock-ont.f~;r Launch' system that extends its range by 7 km, and the operator can identify its range after the. In,issile has .bee~ iaunched. New' vaiiantsare bemg under"iriitial stages of development where NAG will be launc.hed from (i) Raised Platform (Land~version);' (ii) from Jaguar IS Aircrafts (Air-launch version), and (iii) Portable version (Man Portable Nag). ,1 L.~. " .-T'

;j.~

i

TrishulSystem

1I

,

Astra 'Yli~.sil~,',.' ..••

fl.,

!,

.'

"

'

f

'. "

Astra is 'a state-of-ilie::a.rt beyo'nd visual'rahge air to air missile. (BVRAAM)' developed by'DRDG:Itls design~d f~~)a12a~ge.ofJ. ov~r,~Okrr! .41 p.ead-on mode and 20 km in tail-chase ~o90e., It,w,eighsJ54 kg and 'has a warhead capability of 15 kg as used detonation mechanism of 'Radar Proximity Fuse', Its first test flight was conducted in May 2003 and in.2014 tested for Su-30 MKI aircraft:Astra has been integrated with Indian Air Force's Sukhoi Su-30Ml
J.} ~.,

; I

~"

. ~:Oi'-
-:

.'"

>

•

~

......•

,.,,:t I i

"I

Science and Technology ,C.383 C.382

Chapter 9

'J'I: I, II

liiio........-

Brahmos Missile World's fastest Supersonic Cruise missile was jointly developed by India and Russia. It is a supersonic cruise missile that can be launched from a submarine, a ship, an aircraft or a land-based mobile autonomous launcher (MAL). The missile is launched from a transport-launch canister (TLC), which also acts as storage and transportation container. Primarily BRAHMOS is an anti-ship missile. Ship-Based Weapon Complex (Inclined and Vertical configuration)was inducted in Indian navy in 2005; and, Land-Based Weapon Complex (Verticallaunch configuration from MAL) was inducted in Indian Army in 2007. The Air launch version (on Su-30MKI aircrafts)and Submarine launch versions are under development as in 2017. BrahMos-NG (Next Generation) is a mini version based on the existing BrahMos and fitted with AESA radar. It is under development and will be ready by 2019. Another variant, UCAV BrahMos, is an advanced hypersonic version that has a capability to deliver the payload and return to base. On March 2018, India test fired BrahMos Supersonic Missile successfully from a Static Inclined Launcher. (Russian River) Moskva

(Indian River) Brahamaputra

~ BRAH BRAH

+

I MOS MOS

World's fastest Supersonic Cruise missile was jointly developed by India and Russia

Other Missiles Prahaar A solid-fuel rocket surface-to-surface guided short-range tacticalballisticmissileby the DROOof India.

Nirbhay A long range, subsonic cruise missile developed in India by the Defence Research and Development Organization. It is expected to start production in 2016.

Shaurya A canister launched hypersonic surface-tosurface missile. It has a range of 750 to 1900lan.

MINISTRY OF EARTH SCIENCES •

The MoES is mandated to provide the nation with best possible services in forecasting the monsoons and other weather / climate parameters, ocean state, earth-_ quakes, tsunamis and other phenomena related to

earth systems through well integrated programmes. The Ministry also deals with science and technology for exploration and exploitation of ocean resources (living and non-living), and play nodal role for Antarctic/ Arctic and Southern Ocean research. The Department of.Ocean Development (DOD) was created in July 1981as a part of the Cabinet Secretariat directly under the charge of the Prime Minister and came into existence as a separate Department in March 1982.The Erstwhile DoD functioned as a nodal Ministry for organizing, coordinating and promoting ocean development activities in the country. In February 2006, the Government notified the Department as the Ministry of Ocean Development (MoOD). The Government of India further reorganized the Ministry of Ocean Development and the new MoES came into being vide Presidential Notification dated the July 12, 2006. The Government also approved the setting up of Earth Commission on the pattern of Space Commission and Atomic Energy Commission. The Earth System Science Organization (ESSO)was established in October 2007 with the objective to provide the nation with the best possible services for monsoons, weather, climate, oceans and natural hazards. The policies and programmes of the ESSO are largely being pursued through its centres, viz. (i) India Meteorological Department (IMD), (ii) Indian Institute of Tropical Meteorology (IITM), (iii) National Centre for Medium Range Weather Forecasting (NCMRWF), (iv) National Centre for Antarctica and Ocean Research (NCAOR), (v) National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT), (vi) Indian National Centre for Ocean Information Services (INCOIS), (vii) Centre for Marine Living Resources (CMLRE) and (viii) Integrated Coastal and Marine Area Management (ICMAM) (ix) Centre for Earth Science Studies (CESS) (x) Council of Science and Technology and Education (KSCSTE) (xi) National Centre for Antarctic and Ocean Research (NCAOR)

The Earth System Science Organization The ESSO operates as an executive arm of the MoES for its policies and programmes. The ESSO provides

overall direction for the centres/units and review the implementation of the programmes. The ESSO was established in October, 2007 as a virtual organization, bringing all meteorological and ocean development activities under one umbrella, recognizing the importance of strong coupling among various components of the earth viz. atmosphere, oceans, cryosphere and geo-sphere. It has four major branches of earth sciences, viz. (i) Ocean Science and Technology (ii)Atmospheric and Climate Science and (iii) Geoscience and Technology and (iv) Polar Science and Cryosphere. The sole purpose of the endeavour was to address holistically various aspects relating to earth processes for understanding the variability of earth system.

Monsoon Mission The Monsoon Mission is aimed' to improve the monsoon weather and climate forecasts in the country.

Agro Advisory and Other Services The district-level Agromet Advisory Bulletins, being issued in 12 languages have been extended to 600 districts covering a five day weather forecast along with crop-specific advisories for carrying out agricultural practices is being provided to 5 million farmers.

Indian Tsunami Early Warning Centre (lTEWC) A state-of-theart tsunami warning system was set up in October 2007. The system is capable of providing advisories about travel time, and run up height at 1800 coastal

forecast points within 10 minutes to all concerned within India and the Indian Ocean Rim countries.

Environment Monitoring Network A surfac'e ozone monitoring network has. been established by mstalling surface uV absorption ozone photometers at New Delhi, Ranichauri, Varanasi,' Nagpur, . Pune,'-~tKodaikanal, Thiruvananthapuram,Port Blair" Guwahati and Maitri (Antarctica). ' I

Cyclone Monitoring and PredidionServices Three hourly cyclone warning/advisory bulletins were issued to national agencies including Nati~nal Dis~ster Management Authority (NOMA), Ministry of Home Affairs (MBA), concerned state goyernments and other users as well as to Bangladesh, Myanmar, Thailand, Pakistan, Oman, Sri Lanka and Maldives. Severe Weather Forecasting Systems As nowcasting s~heme for thunderstorms, squalls and hailstorms has been implemented and are provided every' 3 hourly interval utilizing synoptic data, modei outputs, satellite products and radar outputs for 120 cities. Various statistical parameters like Probability of Detection (POD), False-Alarm Ratio (FAR),Critical Success Index (CSI) and Equitable Threat Score (ETS) were evaluated for each Doppler Weather Radar (DWR) station.

Nuclear Emergency Warning System The Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) has put in place a real time

Centre for Marine Living Resources and Ecology KOCHI National Centre for Antarctic and Ocean Research - GOA National Centre for Seismology - DELHI (f)

w U z w

(3 (f)

I 'I-

a:

c

o "~

.c

J)e'

°

w

z

CD

~ ~~c .•.•

U

~

C

E o

"E

ifi

u..

India Meteorological Department - DELHI

CD U

~

Indian National Centre for Ocean Information Services HYDERABAD

"~

C1l

t

&l

Indian Institute of Tropical , Meteorolog'y - PUNE

'"

.cO

National Centre for Medium Range Weather Forecasting - NOIDA

National Institute of Ocean Technology_- CHENNAI

~

Integrated Coastal and Marine Area Management CHENNAI '

.

National Centre for Earth .Science Studies -;TRIVANDRUAM

! I-~

C.384

ScienceandTechnology ~.385

Chapter 9

I'"

online nuclear emergency response system, with 72-hours meteorological and radiological forecasts, for off-site nuclear emergency (Indian Real time Online Decision Support System 'IRODOS'). IRODOS has been designed and developed, to take care of the predictive requirement for emergency planning. High resolution (3 km) hourly forecasts up to 72 hours for four sites (namely, Kaiga, Trombay, Narora and Kalpakkam) which is used in dispersion modelling to get the radiological forecast are provided.

ESSO-NCMRWF Inputs for Wind Energy fndustry A large number of wind energy farms are operational in India and at 'present the total installed capacity is about 19000 MWe. It is expected that an additional capacity'o( 2000 MWe will be added every year. It has b'ecdme'mandatory for all wind power generators to provide generation schedules in advance. Prelhrilnary results have shown that for a wind farm: located in Tamil Nadu, the actual power generation lies within 30% of the wind p'ower generation forecast schedule based on the ESSO-NCMRWF wind inputs. Ocean and Wave 'Model Inputs 'Real-time atmospheric forecasts of specific parameters Were provided; to ESSO-INCOIS to initialize their ocean models such as WAVEWATCH-III, Regio~~l Ocean Modelling Syst~m ,(ROMS) and HYbridCbordinate Ocean Model (HYCOM).

BIMSTECCentre for Weather and Climate (BCW() BIMSTEC (Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka) Centre for Weather and Climate has b,een established at ESSO-NCMRWF.

The Regional Integrated Multi-Hazard Early Warning System for Afric~ and Asia (RIMES) is an international and intergovernmental,in~titution, owned and manageqbY its Membe,r St~tes!.for the generation and application of early warning information;" "\ ">~i..J11f::r~, t.

',,_

I:..:

~

India-Africa Centre An India-Africa Centre for Medium Range' Weather Forecasting'~'(fA.~-MRF)~:raf:.been planrl'ed to fulfil India's commitments made at the second"Afriea'-India Forum Summit in the area of capadtybti&iilig in Africa.,' ./-,. , " _ J, ' "~

Co-orc/inated R;gional Downscaling ExpeiiriJenf' (CORDEX)S~uth Asia CORDEX is a major international project of the World Climate Research ,Ptograinme-,(WCRP), on regional climate projection experiments. The Centre for Climate Change Research, (CCCR)" ESSo-IITM has been designated as the official nodal agency for "

'~.

: .:.~,,,-

~ .~'-

\.

P

leading and coordinating the CORDEX progratnme over the South Asian region. 'r

;t

Quick lP)ne1tcs/J .'

'Kalpasar'Projed We can give importance of the project as: 1. The reservoir will have the storage more' than double the Sardar Sarovar. 2. It will be considered as the world's largest man made fresh water reservoir in the Sea. ,3. Bhavnagar port will get revived which will result into speedy development of the region. The Kalpasar project envisages installation of a dam across the Gulf of Khambhat (GoK). The engineering investigation related to dam site selection and the after-effects of the dam on sedimenta,ti~!' pattern in the Gulf, was carried out.

Remotely Operable Submersible (ROSUB 6000) ROSUB 6000, a Remotely Operable Submersible with a depth rating of 6000 m is a technological tool for assisting in the mining of Polymetallic nodules, Gas hydrates and Hydro thermal sulphides exploration.' Indian Ocean Deep-Drilling Programme (IODP) The scientific proposal entitled 'Deep sea drilling in the Arabian Sea: Discovering the tectono-climatic unknowns' a Complimentary Project Proposal' (IODP-793_CPP) has recently been reco:rnrnended by IODP for initiation d~ring 2015. As a prelude to the propose~ drilling, detailed multibeam bathymetric' surveys have already been' initiated in the drilling area. A National Progrdmme on Earthquake Precursors (NPEP) was initiated by Ministry about 4 year back with a view to generate" long-term multi-parametric geophysical observations in seismically active areas, and comprehensive '~ahalysis and interpretation of these multi-parametric observations through a multiinstitutional participation.

Continental TrejpicalCoilvergenceZone (dCi) Project CTCZ Projectis a Nation~i e6'ordinated programme and aims to understand the variability of COil'Vection/ rainfall over .the Indian ,monsoon through yarlous field. observatiorts and modelling studies during monsoo'n., ,.1 ~~.•i,V 1.:'< ~',

6-.•../l/'i

.

.1~.~"l'"

_

National C~ntre for Antarctic and Ocean Research (NCAOR) -. .~

Natiorial'"Ceritre for Antarctic and Ocean Research (NC;\OR) is Iildia's premier R&D'institution responsible for the 'country' s research activities in the polar and Southern Ocean realms.

Arctic Research Programme

,r

".t

<'>

_

.!:f~

..,

ioi'.

n~,~

, '3'" ."...:.-~ ;.

,~

Rese,a,rch Programme, _~ A,~

The_firsi.expedition landed,oni.December 6, '19~ 1; Since , then.sever()lexpedilionshave.been made on a reguJ(lr basis:J.ndia~0'?S,aC,c<;rdE?~ 'pioneer:tqtus',by the L!,N;Cbnference on the Laws of the Sea in April 1982. On August 17, 1987, 'the country was registerea asa"pioneer investor' and a marine site of 150,000 km2 in' the Central Indian Ocean basin was albtted 10 carry on the research ond I d~veloPl1lent work., India is the,first developi.ng' country . to 're~eiv~d Ihis registration 'a'nd'!th~fj'rst country in the world to hove'secured registralion of the marine'site. There are fwo InaianAntarctlcStatiQns, namely 'MaiN'i,. and .t~.H'/;,

'.

,.

,'.

.

~

. .'

j"

i

."'.,"./

"

if

' ..••• ,JI;

"".,:'

,.1;

'have'

Bharati,

~s

~;....

~

p., ....

India js th~ most r~c~~t co.u1i't~Yr.~Ojc~~u:pen,cl7.Arctic research as it established its Arctic research'station as recently. 2008. Ho.wev~r,th~'~~untryi~ n6"stranger .~lUJ.""r.t .• to P?l~r research, as IndIa' ~ ~rct~c re~earch, ~D?-~~Y,-, ours started in 1981 and the first research station was established in 1983.•. Until recently, Antarctica,I was " t ' " f!le only focal point of Inqia'~ polar, r~s,earsh~~ut;!!i~ Arctic research is now getting.i~crea:se<;l,atteritipn India's Arctic programine aims 'to contribtite' to' Hi.e' development, co!,solidation and "dissemination ,:,?t the current understanding of <;l~matef~hangetJ its. impacts, and a<:iaptations in the Nonyegian:,Arctic, Svalbard".' . r"'"':,:. ,', ,',~" " "" ,'" ~1 ,/Himadrijs 'the ab6deof. snow' is 4t9,!a'?:firs~ 'research station located at the International1Arctic R,esearch base, Ny-Alesund, Svalbard, N~~ay.J:t is located, at a distance of 1,200 1<ml.fromthelNorth Pole. ..,'I, ,I, .,,,': "~',','l,r.J J

.j'.,

',.~l:i'U)

.,,'j

hI>

Antarctic ,'.Reseorch Programme ,

Antarctic, the last continent explored by man, was discovered by Captain John.Davis, an American hunter, on February7, 1821. It has a lahdmass 0{about.14 million km2 situated almost circulatory arotind the south pole. Only 5% of the iand is visible and the rest is covered by a vast stretch of ice going to a depth 'of about 2000 m ..'It has immense value and potential of marine and rrtineral resources. ~

Militri' In the year .1988, an ice free, rocky area on th((Schidnacher oasis was selected to build the Second .Research Station 'Maitri' and the statibri was constructed' shortly before the first station Oakshin Gangofri 'was buried in ice and abandoned ~n 1990-:-91: It'can support 25 persons in the main ouild:: ing'during'summers as well 'as winters and about 40 in summer facility comprising of c'ontainerized living modules. The station consists Of onetnain bliilding, fuel farm, fuel station, lake water pump house:" summer camp and a number of smaller containerized modules. ~ ' 'fe'

a

Bharati" About 3000 kin east of Maitri,the'new Indian research base 'Bharati' is located between Thala Fjord and'Quilty Bay, by the east of Stornes Peninsula in Antarctica; Station can support 47 personnel on twin sharing basis in the main buildirig during' summer as-Well as winters with additiona125'in emergency shelters / summer camps' during summers' and thus makirigthe total capacity as 72. The station' consists of one- main building, fuel farm,' fuel station, sea water pump house, a summer camp and a number of smaller containerized modules.

So~thern OC,eonProgramme' _ ,,"~ ,,1.:-

'J",j~~~

..

< '~"~'~

The Indian Southern Ocean -Research Programme was initiated in" 2004 when the pilot expedition tookplaceon~board ORV Sagar Kanya:'\'This' pro" gramtne was" initiated by the' MoES'to' pursue multi-disciplinary, multi-institutional research activities addressing various key flcientific components including: Hydrodynamics,. -Bi6geochern}stry, ,Biodiversity (Plankton and higher ,ma~ine organisi:n;s), Air-sea interactions, Lower atmospheric'processes~ Palaeocliinatoiogy, etc. Since\its inceptioniin 2004;: NCAOR as:the mltioluil nodal, agency' fortplannihgi coordinating and executing, aWfa'cets'of SO research programme; has carried out seven' ,expeClitions addressing'sorne of the abbve1mehtioned:!esearch componentS~' .-(,,' ,"",' , ;l;)n tn r\,', ". ".

-

.jt,

I

ii"

.''''1....1

.•

....

j

'

I.

.

1

;

;...

,.":~.'J"

, .••

..

f~ ..

NOhoQqlPo!gr"Dqto ~entre. J~~PJ)~')

~~

';lJI-~ .Jc._';: r_~ .. ";"I'ttd

[J,t., ,i) tJ'

1: _;

;JftlJ',

'"hi

~ .••/

.,J

,J,)1,).!

Ih is' ani authoritative 1platfQ;m)'for managihir ~na sharing:dataoHndian Polar Re.searc~.It,covkrs data froml"a broacfl spectniin l(jf I di~Cipiine,sfl.1inauding oceanography, ,glaciology, resources; arid ,environmental<'science, biol
.mrl~ "..,\111'1

.,

4

/

1

"A"

8. \

#i~~;i

.~r""'",.

#-'''''.'~..

If'

II

'ti: I'

1

C.386

Chapter 9

II." ~;I

il

I'

:11 1.1,

Ii

ill.1 ,

"

Circumnavigation Trishna is a 37 feet cube fibreglass yacht which sailed around the world manned by' the officers of the Corps of Engineers of the Inaian Army. It sailed from Mumbai on September 29,1985, and covered a distance of 30,000 nautical miles in 15 months b"efore completing its journey at Colombo on December 21, 1987. This was the first expedition undertaken by the Indian crew to circumnavigate the earth.

Sagar Parikrama I The voyage was a part of the Indian Navy's project Sagar Parikrama, initiated by Vice-Admiral (retd.) M.P. Awati. The first stage of the project involved a solo circumnavigation under sail which would not be non-stop. This was accomplished by Commander Dilip Donde, a clearance diver of the Indian Navy. Cdr. Donde completed his trip on May 19, 2010, sailing over a period of nine months, included four stops.

I'

I

,I

'jl II

Sagar Parikrama II Abhilash Tomy was the first Indian, second Asian and seventy-ninth person to complete a solo, unassisted, non-stop circumnavigation under sail in March 2013. Tomy was awarded the Kirti Chakra (second highest peacetime gallantry award in India) and th~ Tenzing Norgay National Adventure Award.

DEPARTMENT OF BIO-TECHNOlOGY The government of India set up a multi-agency board, the National Biotechnology Board (NBTB) in 1982,which later was upgraded to the Department of Biotechnology in the year 1986. The first autonomous institute, the National Institute of Immunology which was set up in 1981 was brought under the wings 6f the DBT.Soon after, it was joined by the National Facility for Animal Tissue and Cell Culture of Pune formed in 1986 which was later christened the National Centre for Cell Science. The late 1990s.and early 2000 saw many other institutes like The National Institute for Plant Genome Research (NIPGR), the National Brain Research Centre (NBRC) followed, the Centre for DNA Fingerprinting and Diagnostics, Institute ofBioresources and Sustainable Development and the Institute of Life Sciences take shape . .subsequently, several other prominent. institutes like Translational Health Science and'Technology Institute (THSTI),Institute for Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine (INstem), National AgriFood Biotechnology Institute (NABI) at Mobali, and

Science and Technology

National Institute of Biomedical Genomics (NIBMG) at Kalyani in West Bengal were established. Among DBTs,its main objectives are:

The Biotechnology Information System Network (BTISnet)

• Promote large-scale use of Biotechnology. • • • • •

Support R&D and manufacturing in Biology. Responsibility for Aptonomous Institutions. Promote University and Industry Interaction. Identify and Setup Centres of Excellencefor R&D. Integrated Programme for Human Resource Development.

• Serve as Nodal Point for specific International Collaborations. • Establishment of Infrastructure Facilities" to support R&D and production. • Evolve Bio Safety Guidelines, manufacture and application of cell-based vaccines. • Serveas nodal point for !he collectionand dissemination of information relating to bIotechnology.

Centres of Excellence and Innovation in Biotechnology (CEIB) The DBT has been implementing a scheme known as Centres of Excellence and Innovation in Biotechnology (CEIB).The scheme provides funding t~ augment and strengthen institutional research capacity for promotion of. excellence in ~terdisciplinary science and innovation in specific areas of biotechnology. The programme is intended for institution~ with a substantial investment in, and commitment to, biotechnology research. The programme provides flexible long-term support for highly innovative research (both basic and translational in nature) in biotechnology, which creates not only high-quality publications and .intellectual property but also translational outputs through mid and high end innovation.

Bioinformatics Bioinformatics is an interdisciplinary scientific field that develops methods for storing, retrieving, organizing and analysing biological data. A major activity in bioinformatics is to. develop software' tools to generate useful biological knowledge. Physicist Ramachandran, who has been widely regarded as a Nobel calibre scientist, was the godfather of Indian bioinformatics. The DBT was established in 1986, and from the very next year, it got started on bioinformatics.

I

C.387

• Institute for Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine, Gurgaon. ': , "' • National Institute of Biomedical Genomics, Kalyani.

It has 168 centres in different parts of the country and includes Centres of Excellence (CoE), distributed information centres (DIC), distributed information sub centres (Sub DIC) and bioinformatics infrastructure facilities (BIF). The network houses Supercomputer Facility for Bioinformatics and Interactive Graphics Facility. Large number of R&D projects in bioinforrnatics are also being supported.

• CIAB (formerly Bio-Processing Unit), Mohali.

The National Bio-resource Development B~ard (NBDB)

PSUs under the D.t!partmentof Biotechnology

I

• Regional Centre for Biotechnology, Faridabad. • National Agri-Food Biotechnology Institute, New Delhi. • National Institute (NIAB), Hyderabad.

of

Animal

Biotechnology

• Bharat Immunological and Biological Corporation Limited (BIBCOL),BulaJ1.dshahar.

The National Bio-resource Development Board (NBDB) was set up under the aegis of the DBT in 1999with a mission to evolve a broad policy fFamework for research and development for sustainable utilization of bioresources and an effective plan of action for economic prosperity 6f the nation through accelerated R&D using modern tools of biosciences.

• Indian Vaccine Corporation Ltd (NCOL), New Delhi. " "," • Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC),New pelhi.

International Centre for Genetic Engineering " and Biotechnology (ICGEB)

THE INDIAN COUNCil OF MEDICAL, RESEARCH

The Internatiopal Centre for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology (ICGEB), located in New Delhi, has' is developing recombinant malaria vaccine and for dengue suitable for all four types of dengue infections. Also, it is collaborating with AIIMS and THISTI to develop a point-of-care test for celiac disease.

AU~9nomous Institutions under the Department ~

of Bi~technology

• National Institute of Immunology, New Delhi. • National Centre for Cell Science, Pune. • National Brain Research Centre, Gurgaon. '.

• Centre for DNA Fingerprinting and Diagnostics (CDFD)~Hyderabad. • National Institute of Plant Genome Research, New

Delhi.

'

• IIl~~~tuteof Life Sciences, Bhubaneshwar, Imphal. • Rajiv Gandhi' Centre for Biotechnology, Thiruvananthapuram. • Institute for Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine, Bangalore.

The ICMR, New Delhi, the apex bOdy in India for the formulation, coordination and. promotion of biomeqical research~ is one of the oldest medical research bodies in the world. As early as in 1911, the Government of India set up the Indian Research Fund Association (IRFA) with the specific objective of sponsoring and coordinating medical. research in the country. After. independence, several important changes were made in the 'organisatio"nand ,the activities of the IRFA. It was iedesignat~d" in 1949 as the ICMR with considerably expanded scope of functions: The ICMR is funded by the' Government of India through the Department of Health Research, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. The COUncilfs research:priorities coincide with .the National health priorities such as control and management of communicable diseases, fertility con~~ol"mat~~a~and child health, control of nutritional disorders, devel,.. oping Cllternativestrategies for health' care delivery, contaiiunent within safety li.mits of 'eilVir0llIT,lental and occupational health problems; research'on major non-communicable diseases like cancer, cardiovascu~ lar diseases, blindness;' diabetes' and other metabolic and haernatological disorders;"mental health research and drug research (including traditional remedies).

q

~l

•....

1 I

I

I

C.388

Chapter 9

All these efforts are undertaken with a view to reduce the total burden of disease and to promote health and well-being of the population.

List of ICMR Institutes/Centres • National JALMA Institute for Leprosy and other Mycobacterial Diseases, Agra. • Bhopal Memorial Hospital and Research Centre, Bhopal. • National Institute for Research in Environmental Health, Bhopal. . "• National Institute for Research in Tribal Health, Nagpur. • Desert Medical Research Centre, Jodhpur. • National Institute of Malaria Research, New Delhi. • National Institute of Pathology, New Delhi. .. • National Institute of MediCal Statistics, New Delhi. • Institute of Cytology and Preventive Oncology, Noida. • Rajendra Memorial Research Institute of Medical Science, Patna. • Regional Medical Research Centre, Port Blair. • National Institute of Occupational Health, Ahmedabad. • National Institute for Research in Reproductive Health, Mumbai. • National Institute of Immunohaematology, Mumbai. • • • • • • •

Enterovirus Research Centre, Mumbai. Genetic Research Centre, Mumbai. National Institute of Virology, Pune. National AIDS Research Institute, Pune. Microbial Containment Complex, Pune. Regional Medical Research Centre, Belgaum. National Centre for Disease Informatics and Research, Bengaluru. • Regional Medical Research Centre, Bhubaneswar. .' National Institute for Research in Tuberculosis, Chennai., • iNationalIn:stitute of Epidemiology, Chenrtai. • Regional Medical Research Centre, Dibrugarh. • National Irls'tltlite of Cholera and Enteric Diseases, Kolkata, " . • The IGMR;Virus, Unit, Kolk~ta. • National Institute of Nutri.ti0n, Hyderabad. • _Food and " Drug Toxicology ,Research Centre, " Hyderabad.

Science and Technology • National Centre of Laboratory Scienc~s, Hyd~rabad. • Centre for Research in Medical, Entomology, Madurai. ' , • Vector Control Research Centre, Puducherry.

India's First in Medical Research and Technology First Test Tube Baby Born on

: August 6, 1986, [Hospital: King Edward Memorial Hospital, Mumbai] Doctor : Indira Hinduja Name of the Baby: Baby Harsha [Parents:' Mani (mother) and Shyamji Cha~la]

First K~dneyTransplant Date of Operation: December 1, 1971, [Hospital: Chr~stian Medical College and Hospital, Vellore] Name of Patient : Shanmugham (35 years) ..

Open Heart Surgery Date of Operation: July 6, 1959 [Hospital: Christian Medical College and' Hospital, VelloreJ Doctors : N.' Gopinath and' P. H. Betts [Name of Patient: Beulah (now Mrs Beulah Samuel)] The operation was performed when Beulah was a 12-year-old child.'

First Test Tube (alf NORI, Kamal created history in December 1990, with the birth of the world's first test 'tube calf named 'Pratham'. Scientists at NORI hav~ alsb' cloned buffalo successfully.

First Thalassa~_mia

I

,b.

,I~.

Operation The, bone marroW. transplant, the only medical treatment for thalassaernia, was performed for the first time in ~nd~aby Dr M~inffi~~ Chandy at CMC, Vellore, Tamil Nadti. Dr Chandy performed four such operations in 1992. ".;

I ,Ie

The Gastrointestinal Trad' Pathogens Repository, (GTPR) Is the national facility at 'National institution of Cholera and Enteric. Diseases' (NICED) division of Microbiology sponsored by the ICMR, Ne~,,Delhi, for the

maintenance, and!supply of enteric pathogens. centre was established in 2011.

The

The National Culture Colledion of Pathogenic Fungi (NCCPF) -Is the' national facility sponsored by the ICMR, New Delhi, for" the deposition, maintenance, identification and supply of all pathogenic fungi. Housed at the Department of Medical Microbiology at the Postgradtiate Institute of Medical Education and- Research, the centre was established in 2010 and is funded by the Indian Council of Medical Research; National Apex Committee for Stem Cell Research and Therapy (NAC-SCRT) Is the apex body constituted by the Department of Health Research, Ministry of ,Health, and Family Welfare, Govt. of India to oversee the activities in the field of stem cell research in India. The NACSCRT will examine the scientific, technical, ethical, legal and social issues involving stem cell research and therapy in India. The NA6sCRT is a multidisciplinary committee with a Secretariat. It has two main functions: (a) General oversigtt of the field of .stem cell research and therapy in India and formulation of policy related to it; (b) Review of specific controversial or ethically sensitive research and proposals for therapeutic use of stem cells / differentiated derivatives.'

Department of He(llth Research (OHR) Aims at bringing modem health technology to people by encouraging innovations related to diagnostics, treatment,me,thods as well as prevention- vaccines; translating the innovations mto products/ processes by facilitatihg evaluation/ testing in synergy with other departments of MOH&FW (Ministry of Health and Family Welfare) as well as other science~departments and introducing these innovations. into public, health _service through health systems research. DHR was established in 2007 and being among one of its schemes gets to overse~ the activities of 'the' Indian Coitricil!loi Medical Research and assist it in strengthening and modeiniiing its existinginfrastructure,' setting up new institutes, expand its scientific and other manpower base and increase:the quan~of support for extram~ral.research., ," f

,'

•.

THE INDIAN COUNCIL OF AGRICULTURAL' RESEARCH'. ~"J,

.~ ••• ;.:.

'"

-'

-

1 "}.': "

_""'I'

.(

\

The ICAR is an autonomous organisation under-the Departrrient of Agricultural Research and Education (DARE), Ministry of Agriculture, Governrilent of

C.389

India. Formerly known as Imperial Council of Agricultural Resear~h, it ':Vas~stabl!she4 0t:tNly 16, 1929, as a registeredsocie!y UI),~er ~eI.S9.c~~pes Registration Act, 1860 in pursuance of the repprt,of the Royal Commission Q.t:l; Agriculture. 'J?1eICAR has its headquarters at New Delhi. . -' j

ICARInstitutions

.,4,.

,I

;{

,

,

.;' -,".Pn-~'t"l~'~

.I

"

Four Deemed. Universities. ,-;

,~

• Indian Agricultural 'Research Institute, New Delhi. • Indian.Veterinary.Research Institute, Bareilly, Uttar tPradesh. ." .~ 'J ,

.

"1

"

;

~-

~

• National DairyResearch Institute, Karnal, Haryana . • Central Institute of Fisheries Education, Mumbai, Maharashtra. .

•

1.1,

:

-.I

"

. \

i"

I

'",

,

47 ICARInstitutions"

~

!

"

.

lJ

.

~,J

.,.

'.

1:., .•. 1 ~.

~ ~.... . ~ ,

i

1.,1(.

"

• Central Agricultural Research Institute, Port Blair, .;:.

J

~ •••.•.• j

t '••S l

,

• Central Arid Zone Research Institute, Jodhpur. • Central Avian Rese'arch Institute, Izzatnagar. _; • Central Inland Barrackpore.

Fisheries

Research

~

t,

Institute,

• Central Institute of Brackish Water Aquaculhire, Chennai. ~~..... r J, l • Central Institute for Research on Buffaloes, Hissar. • Central Institute for Research on Goats, Makhdoom. • Central InstitUte of; Agricultural, Engineering, Bhopal. "'1:::. .J.' • • Central Institute of Arid Horticulture, Bikaner, , :,1

,I

Jt'

• (,

~

• Central Institute of Cotton Research, NagpU1:..r, • Central InstitUte of Fisher~~s Techno!ogy,'Cochin. • CentraL. Institute of, ,Freshwater ,Aquaculture, Bhubaneshwar. '., r;, .. " "~'.r;il~'- '• Central Institute ofl Research on ~otton, Technology, Mumbai; ',,~: ~ • Central. Institute of. Sub .Tropical r Horticulture, Lucknow. "fJ,Jt 'f,';;" "-" .,' Central Institute of Temperate Horticulture, Srinagar. • Central Institute on Post~harvest Engineering and Teclmology,:~udhiana ... ji ", - - .~i i • Central , Kochi.,

Marine

Fisheries.

Research

Institute,

• Central Plantation, Crops Research Kasargod. 1"'1") ,')J.';; Li:,

Institute,

---oIIII1lIII

•.....

.lI'r&,p

C.390

• Central Potato Research Institute, Shimla. • Central Research Institute for Jute and Allied Fibres, Barrackitute of Dryland Agriculture, Hyderabad. • Central Rice Research Institute, Cuttack. .1

I.

Science and Technology

Chapter 9

• Central Sheep and Wool Research Institute, Avikanagar, Rajasthan. • Central Soil and Water Conservation Research and Training Institute, Dehradun. • Central Soil Salinity Research Institute, Kamal. • Central Tobacco Research Institute, Rajahmundry. • Central Tuber Crops Research Institute, Trivandrum. • ICAR Research Complex for Eastern Region, Patna. • ICAR Research Complex for NEH Region, Barapani. • Central Coastal Agricultural Research Institute, Ela, Old Goa, Goa. • Indian Agricultural Statistics Research Institute, New Delhi. • Indian Grassland and Fodder Research Institute, Jhansi. • Indian Institute of Agricultural Biotechnology, Ranchi. • Indian Institute of Horticultural Research, Bengaluru. • Indian Irlstitute of Natural Resins and Gums, Ranchi. • Indian Institute of Pulses Research, Kanpur. • Indian Institute of Soil Sciences, Bhopal. • Indian Institute of Spices Research, Calicut. • Indian Institute of ~ugarcane Research, Lucknow. • Indian Institute of Vegetable Research, Varanasi. • National Academy of Agricultural Research and Management, Hyderabad. • National Biotic Stress Management Institute, Raipur. • National Institute of Abiotic Stress Management, Malegaon, Maharashtra. • National Institute of Animal Nutrition and Physiology, Bengaluru. • National Institute of Research on Jute and Allied Fibre Technology, Kolkata. • National Institute of Veterinary Epidemiology and Disease Informatics, Hebbal, ]3engaluru. • Sugarcane Breeding Institute, Coimbatore.

• Vivekananda Parvatiya Krishi Anusandhan than, Almora.

Sans-

Six Notional Bureaux • National Bureau of Agricultural Insect Resources, Bengaluru. • National Bureau of Agriculturally Important Micro Organisms, Mau Nath Bhanjan, Uttar Pradesh. • National Bureau of Animal Genetic Resources, Kamal, Haryana.

• Directorate of Weed Science Research, Jabalpur. • Directorate of Wheat Research, Kamal. ; • ,Project Directorate for Farming Systems Research, Modipuram. • Project Directorate on Animal Disease Monitoring and Surveillance, Hebbal, Bangalore. • Project Directorate on Cattle, Meerut. • Project Directorate on Foot and Mouth Disease, Mukteshwar. • Project Directorate on Poultry, Hyderabad .

• National Bureau of Fish Genetic Resources, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh. • National Bureau of Plant Genetic Resources, New Delhi. • National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use . Planning, Nagpur, Maharashtra.

Eighteen Notional Research Centres

Twenty-five Project Directorates

• National Research Centre for Agroforestry, Jhansi.

• Directorate of Cashew Research, Puttur. • Directorate of Cold Water Fisheries Research, Bhimtal, Nainital. • Directorate of Floriculture Research, Pusa, New Delhi. • Directorate of Groundnut Research, Junagarh, Gujarat. • Directorate of Knowledge Management in Agriculture (DKMA), New Delhi. • Directorate of Maize Research, New Delhi. • Directorate of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants Research, Anand. • Directorate of Mushroom Research, Solan. • Directorate of Oil Palm Research, Pedavegi, West Godawari. • Directorate of Oilseed Research, Hyderabad. • Directorate on Onion and Garlic Research, Pune. • Directorate of Rapeseed and Mustard Research, Bharatpur. • Directorate of Research on Women in Agriculture, Bhubaneshwar. • Directorate of Rice Research, Hyderabad.

• National Research Centre for Banana, (Tiruchirapalli, Tamil Nadu) .

• Directorate of Seed Research, Mau. • Directorate of Sorghum Research, Hyderabad. • Directorate of Soybean Research, Indore . • Directorate of Water Management Research, Bhubaneshwar.

• National Centre for Agricultural Policy Research, New Delhi .

Economics and

• National Research Centre on Pig, Guwahati. Trichy

• National Research Centre on Camel, Bikaner. • ICAR RCER Research Darbhanga. • • • • • •

National National National National National National Solapur.

Center

for Makhana,

Research Centre on Equines, Hisar. Research Centre on Meat, Hyderabad. Research Centre for Citrus, Nagpur. Research Centre for Grapes, Pune. Research Centre for Litchi, Muzaffarpur. Research Centre for Pomegranate,

C.391

• National Research Centre on Mithun, Medzipheina, Nagaland . • National Research Centre on Orchids, Pakyong, Sikkim. . • National Centre for Integrated Pest Management, New Delhi: ' . • National Research Centre on Plant Bi9technology, New Delhi. . • National Research Centre Seed Spices, Ajmer. • National Research Centre on Yak, Dirang, Arunachal Pradesh.

Eight Zonal Project Directorates,with633 Kendras (KVKs)

KrlshiVigyan

• Zone 1- 62 KVKs • Zone II - 77 KVKs • Zone III - 70 KVKs • • • • •

Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone

IV - 79 KVKs V-55 KVKs VI - 57 KVKs VII - 93 KVKs VIII - 76 KVKs

Other Related Institutions • All India Coordinated Project of Micro and Secondary Nutrients and Pollutant Elements in Soils and Plants. • ICAR-Network (NWPSI).

Project on Sheep Improvement

OTHER INDIAN RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATIONS Table(.9.3

Some Important Indian R&D Organizations

Name of the Organization Central Building Research Institute C,~~t~~lD~~g-Re~;~~hTn~tjt~te'---"" Central Electrochemical Research Institute C~ntral Electronic Engineering Res~(]rch Insti!yt..e Central Food Technological Research Institute Ce~tral F~erRi~~2~~b-I~~;it~;~, - -Central Glass and Ceramic Research Institute C~~t~allndian Medicinai Plants'<5rganization Central Indian Fisheries Research Station C~~i~ql-tn;tii~ie'~rFi;h~-ri~sTecl~~;k;gy-' . "<

.,

Location Roorkee (Uttarakhand) -L~~k~~Y:;JOP)'" ...

, "'-

Karaiku~i(Tamil t'-l<:!dlJ) Pil(:mi (R(]ia~th(]n) Mysore (Karnataka) . . .. Je.(]lg~r(]Vhqrkh9-ndL .~.-'--Jadavpur (West Bengal) Luck~~";"(UPj-------'--'----" . Barrackpore (West Bengal) ..Ernakulam (Kerala) ..(Continued)

\, !

II'nl I

If'

Chapter 9

C.392

Science and Technology

C.393

~II

~"

Table C.9.3 '(Continued)

I~

Name of the Organization

I

Central Jute Technological Research Institute Centraj~Le~tber_Re~e9rch Institut~ ._ Central Marine Fisheries Institute Cerltral_Marin~ Research Sta~on

'. • ~.' -'~:~.~b~.!1_~~l...- •

Sali~itY Resegr~h-I~'~titut~

Central ~:~e.n!i~c~s!ru~ents

All India. Institute of Medical Sciences

~

•..__

Camp (South India)

~,

_.>._

_,

_'=~'=.: " ..

'.

_...•••.•..

Central Coconut Research Station In~ian-i~iti!Jte oj Q~C?'mag.~eii;~ .--,*'

.•

.....

.

.

'~'-"-'

-,

.

.

..,

,~

.......•

'

...

Institute of Ayurvedic Studies and Research ..j~"*,-,,,,,,,,,,~-:-,-_._~-~,-,,' ..... -

.~--~.--.-.-

_

Research Institute

_J

••

_.

..;...•...

'. Ka'npur (UP) •. Namkum, Ranchi ~harkhand)

' ", " ••

';'

••

_A.....",... .. _.__

__ ...

-

"!-'~""

..

..~. .~~..

'.

.••.

~._

•.,.'~

Na!i()~a.1 ~e~o~,!,~t~~alL~':..0~9!Clr,L._ •..•

~

..,

-'o-.~

~"~"""""_'

_

".~. ,

_

National Chemical Laboratory. -

---

•

...

--

~ '.m-~"h_'-""-'_""

__

National Dairy Research Institute

'''''''_oft''''_''.,'''

_.

~"'h-"-''''''

. Nationallnstitute'of <-

k

•••••

,

..-.-.~

_

~

••

_

__

.;.._.,._-_

.•••••

.

~

'""

CSIR-National Physical Laboratory of__ .__ India _ , ..--.:...:....._ ,_v--. .. _ '_~-'-' ~.

. _

..•..

-

•. -

-----

....

.~~._.

._~.

#

~

.••..••••.. _"

•

. ..

~

~

••

-

__ ,;.,.._

.•.

.....•••. ,,.-

_ ..-

--

-~.

-,.-

.•••...•••• ,..;-'

--

"

Kolkata

of Vir~logy

Pune -...

-----~

-

--.:...._.

~_"_"'

__ ''''_'''.T

~

'1:

T_"'~

-It.

Chennai

-.~

National Institute of Mental Health and Neuro Sciences

Bangalore

.. -..--.,..

Pune .-_.~.-~

• _

Pasteur Institute of India'

Coonoor, Tamil Nadu

Vallabhbhai

Delhi

Patel Chest Institute "'-'""'"" -.... ~

-'-,r'"''"'

_

..,.... ~_ ......,"'- .._. __ "_'_--,'W',,~-""",--"

"" _'

••.• '

__

._

-

~

.•••"

"""".n,_

')

~

~;...,.,.,'

- --.,..,~-,....,.;,,-,~ --"",~'_'_._

Jhansi .. _ .. ..... .•._- .. ,

'

~h'!~digarh

__

Chennai

'

Cholera Research Centre

____

-' •..•.•• ,_,.,~.'"' ..__

'--j ~.,...

J

Muinbai

"'-

••••• __

•....,.."'

0yso~e, ~arnataka ,.

'

',Kolkata

~ ~."""",""",,_'-_-_.

••

" .•••••'_l-..

Nati~nal Academy of Agricultural

"'-' .•••

..

_

Research Management

__

"~~_,'O"_-=--'--"

Ahmedabad ,---'''-'-,..,~

Bangalore .-- --.- ...-.----7'.-

Hyderabad,

A.P.

(Andhra Pradesh)

,...

-'

Jamshe~pur ~harkhand) ~ .. __ ._.~

..

••• _.,., __ -.",,_

New Delhi . __

.•" •..,

__

- --" •__

.••.

.•.

" ,

"-'-': __ ', '

"'_~,y~

.iii,

Lucknow .__~_.__ i, •••.•.

Lucknow (UP) _

,'_,

~

Kolkata

K'ingl;;~;~t~!~oiPrev~~tive

Chenn(Ji

• -,~-

k.

_

-

National Institute for Research in Tuberculosis ..--,. ~ ... ~ - ._. All India Institute of Speech and Hearing _"_,, ,.._.•.~_,~ -.. ... _ ''''.*4.0 ......." •.''''''...••• .......--. '"'~"""'. ._ ••.•.

~_

~.-1 I;

New Delhi

:

National Tuberculosis Institute ".

_

Delhi

of low-level Lasers..

Pune,(Maharashtra)

__•

'.

. All India Institute of Hygiene and Public Health

. __

"'

Kolkata

(Continued) ,. "

110....-

••••••••••

,-

•.

Nation?1 Insti!ute .9!Q~~~ati0.n_a.1 Health __......-

Indian Association for Cultivation of sciences M~d~ine-'---

...

Palampur (HP)

•

._...•.._

-,

•••••

'.

.••.• ~.,..

National Botanical Research Institute Industri~I-T~;icoi;gic~'IR~~~;rcl,C;~~r~''c-:.,-_

.

.~.

Panaji"(Goa)

.w

-'"

_____

",..

Hyderabad

,.~-'.'=->n_ ~

__

Na~purl~(J~arashtra)

.. "- -

,l\latlo~~L~e!Cl)I.u!9~cCllt"C?!><.?~l:l!ory__,._ •..

__

----.........-..-

..

-~-~,

.Karnal, Haryana

Research Institute

O~~anography ~

••

-

Post-Graduate Institute of Medical Education and Research

~''--''''''''''-''~-~'~._,'1''''''''-''''''',_'

.•

Nati~~~I_ ~n~~(),~.r:ne~.!.~I~J;~i~:.eri~g Research Institute . National Geophysical

....

,..

-""-"~''''''''''''''-r''''~''-''

Bangalore

NatiorlOl Biological Lab.<.?!atory

_.-

Indian Grassland and Forest Research Institute

" ,,', Bangalore ~

,~._

~g~~a.r_,~e~~~c;~ !Ds.!i.t~.!~,

.. IZCltn9gar,.Bareilly, (UP),

Indian Dairy Research Institute ."

~%""""l"...."',
_......J..~.

Ka!,!~~r". '_~""'_"'_

Indi~~",~!er!!:~~y' Res~a~ch In~t!tut~ "_ '-

__

Bengaluru '.

..

---;""-_ '._-~--'--~..--~ ...•

..--, .".

Thumba (Kerala) Dhanbqcl

•

Indian Institute of Astrophysics, i~di~n"j';~!ile'i~;ti'tut~'"

'--«,",,~'--.:.-'

_._,'_.~

Central Lep~osy'Research i~~i~t~

•.

',' N~~k~~'.

',>

..•••.•.

._ .c .•••...

'.:.J~gar~(e]K9rn~tqkar

Indian Space Research Organization, '. 1.!,!d19.n_~b2()L()LMifl.e~CllldAppfi~d"qi6Io9Y',-

_!"

NationallnstitlJte

. . _.'

Indian Institute of Sugar Technology . ., Indial'!J!,!stitute of Natural Resins dnJGu~s,

>

__ r_

Delhi

Chittal'anjan Cancer Res~arch Centre

. ,New Delhi

__ .. _ ••

.•

Diseases

Indian Cancer Research Centre

-

f

Indian Ins!itute of?<::i~nc;:e

_

Indo-Uzbek Centre for Medical Applications

.

Indian Agricultural

Jamnagar (Gujarat)

-~ .•... _ ...-..•. __ .,;,

,

.,._c.._ ,,_~..

,_~.>

-"1

Mumbai

•.....-7--"" ,'~~

Central Institute of Research in Indigenous Systems of Medicine Jamnagar (Gujarat) ,. ......• _,.- ---..., ....,--_ ~-_._-' _.~.,-------- '--,...-International Advanced Research Centre for Powder Metallurgy & Hyderabad, A.P. New Materials ., Ii'", ,

~-'.-- ~.

'.

Kasauli (HP)

Chandigarh

Kolkata P~j,~4u:~ (Uttarakh"anclJ,._

,._-

.lt1L.~_-:":,~_.L~_~&L:t'~1!l9_"~

-c.,'".

-,"'"'-

Haffkine Institute

'.'

Kayamkulam (Kerala) MUf!lba1'

••

..

National Institute of Tuberculosis and Respiratory Diseases • '.~

Shimla Ku!u_..

.. -~~_ .• ~

Indian Institute of Experimental Medicine India~ Institute of P~troleum' .

•

Bhavnagar (Gujarat)

~':l.t!.a.<::k. _

,

• New,Delhi

f'!

New Delhi

National Institute of Communicable

Bengaluru

• '-~-.

Central Potato Research Institute Cerltr(JL'{~getable' Breeding"Station _ _

.\;" •.••

Institute

,. __

Central Silk Technologies Research Institution Central Rice Research Station


Central Research Institute

Kar.nal, Hafya.na

Organi:.<:ti?n.

Location

--

- ..-

All India Malaria

_ ••_ Q~rggpJi~iW~-;t B~;;g9.I)=-.~New Delhi '

Central Salt and Marine Chemical Research Institute

~

Name of the Organization

Dhanbad

Ce~traIMechqniS~1 ~~g'i.niering R~~!'!9EchJn~tftu't~-, Central Road Research Institute

l

Kolkata (West Bengal) ," '. _ '~_

q~~'~~

_

•

Location

Mandapam

Central Mining Research Station

,C~~traISoil

(Continued)'

TableC.9.3

,

I

"

or

C.394

Chapter 9

Science and Technology

La» Topic.wise Assessment

(a) (b)

Compulsory not for profit status Minimum Turnover of Rs50 lakhs

(c)

as per the balance sheet of last financial year (c)

History of Notional Policies in Science and Technology in Indio 1.

'Scientific articulated (a) (b) (c) (d)

2.

Policy in

Resolution'

was (d)

1950 1958 1970 1982

India has declared

as

Establishing world class public infrastructure for R&D for gaining global leadership in every frontier areas of science Encouraging private-public partnership by promoting brain drain

Deportment of Science and Technology

decade of innovations. (a) (b) (c) (d) 3.

6.

1950-1960 1980-1990 2000-2010 2010-2020

(a) (b)

Arrange the following events in the chronological order of their

(c)

happening.

(d)

I. Establishment of the National Innovation Council II. Formulation of Science, Technology and Innovation Policy III. Formulation of Technology Policy Statement IV. Formulation of Science and Technology Policy (a) (b) (c) (d)

Which of the following element of STI 2013?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5.

is NOT a key

Positioning India among the top 10 global scientific powers by 2020 Creating an environment for enhanced Private Sector Participation in R&D Promoting the spread of scientific temper among all sections of society Enhancing skill for application of science among the young from all social strata

Which of the following is one of the key elements of STI 2013? (a) (b)

Creating a robust national innovation system Seeding S&T-based low-risk innovations through new mechanisms

the Nano Mission.

Tata motors Science and Engineering Research Board Department of Science and Technol<;>gy S.N. Bose National Centre for Basic Sciences

(c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(d)

EPCO, Bhopal Divecha Centre for Climate Change, IISc, Bangalore Indo-German Centre for Sustainability, liT, Chennai Integrated Research Centre for Action and Development, New Delhi

11. NSTEDB was established in (a) (c)

1957 1994

(b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

I and II II and III III and I None of these

Which of the following launched under National for Climate Change?

have been Action Plan

I. National Mission for Sustainable use of Ecological Resources II. National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem III. National Mission for Strategic Knowledge on Climate Change

(c) (d)

To forge a close linkage between universities, academic and R&D institutions on one hand and industry on the other To provide R&D support to the small-scale industry mostly through interaction with research institutions To promote innovation based enterprises To identify S&T intervention (like technology selection, modification, alteration and dissemination) for exploiting the opportunities by prospective entrepreneurs

13. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Centres (IEDCs) under NSTEDB are based in (a) (b)

Educational institutions Technology-intensive industries

(c)

Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Park All of these

(d)

14. Which of the following conditions should be satisfied by an organisation making a proposal for the i-STED?

entrepreneurship promotion All of these

(d)

(a) (b)

1956

(b)

1963

(c)

1978

(d)

1984

16. What

is the

relationship

between

National Survey and Mapping Organization of India and National Atlas and Thematic Mapping (a)

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Organization of India is now known as National Atlas

(d)

Both organizations

21.

(a) (b) (c)

(a)

of National (d)

To create two series of map one for defence and one for civil use

(b)

To provide, maintain and allow access and make available the National Topographic Database (NTDB) of the SOl conforming to national standards

(c)

To classify the use of geospatial knowledge and intelligence national security

(d)

for

is DST-lockheed

Innovation funded?

Growth

Martin

India

Programme

(a)

lockheed Martin Aeronautics fu lIy fu nds it

(b)

Department

of

cen-

(d)

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research Raja Ramanna Centre for Plasma Research Variable Energy Cyclotron Centre

I. Directorate of Construction and Estate Management II. Directorate of Purchase and Stores III. General Services Organisation (GSO) .

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(SSO)

I and II III and IV I, II and III II, III and IV

(b)

Thorium Corporation ltd ElectrohicsCorporation Ltd

chairEnergy

The Presidentof India The Prime Minister of India The SecretarYt6 the' Gove'rnment ofl'ndia in the Department of Atomic Energy The Secretary to the Government of India in the

(b)

(d)

The nuclear energy is not misused by corporations for their personal gains The use of nuclear energy does not cause undue risk to the health of people and the environment The nuclear energy is used only for peaceful applications The India meets the International Standard for handling of Atomic Energy

Deportment of Scientific and Industrial Research 26. Which of the following is under the direct control of the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research? (a) (b) (c) (d)

CEl NRDC IT-eG UNESCAP

27. Which of the following specifically for women? (a) (b) (c) (d)

program

is

CPP IRDPP TDDP TDUPW

28. Which of the following do NOT enjoy the status of UN institution/ programmes?

23. Which of the following Public Sector Units is NOT under the control of Department of Atomic Energy? (a)

Atomic

25, The Atomic Energy Regulatory Board in India has been set up to ensure that

of Atomic

22. Which of the following service organizations come under the Department of Atomic Energy?

of Science and

Technology (Government India) fully funds it

(a) (b) (c)

(c)

IV. Special Services Organisation

To create, develop and maintain the National Topographical Data Base

18. How

I, II and III II, land III III, II and I II, III and I is NOT a research

independent 17. What are the objectives Map Policy-2005?

is the ex-officio Indian /

'; 6epartmen.~ of Science, Technology and R;se,arch

in the order of

tre under the Department Energy.

are

Indian Rare Earths ltd Bharatiya Nabhikiya Vidyut Nigam ltd

man of the Commission.

(a)

Mapping Organization of India National Survey and Mapping

the same organization interchangeably

is

I. The Indian Atomic Energy Commission II. Department of Scientific Research III. Department of Atomic Energy

National Atlas and Thematic

Both names are used for

project

National Atlas and Thematic Mapping Organization National Survey and Mapping Organization of India Nationallnstituti6n of Mapping Research None of these

20. Arrange the following their creation.

Mapping Organisation is now known as National Survey and

(c)

Atlas

Deportment of Atomic Energy

Organisation?

and Thematic Mapping Organization

(c) (d)

24. 19. Bharat: Rastriya handled by

and enterprise

(a)

1982 2005

12. The objective of Science and Technology Entrepreneu rship Park (STEP) is NOT to (a)

5 years in execution

15. National Atlas and Thematic Mapping Organisation was founded in

(b) (b) (d)

Minimum

of projects on popularization of innovation through

10. As part of deliverables of national missions on Climate Change, major research programmes have been initiated. Which of the following is NOT being used for these?

Which of the following schemes have been started by Science and Engineering Research Board? I. Extramural Research Funding (Individual Centric) II. Start-Up Research Grant (Young Scientists) III. Utilization of the Scientific Expertise of Retired Scientists (USERS)

9.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

National Mission for Clean Ganga I and II II and III III and IV IV and I

is the nodal agency for implementing

I, II, III and IV II, III, IV and I III, IV, I and II IV, I, II and III

Research

Is an autonomous body Has been formed through an act of the Parliament Is a professional independent body Is a department under the Ministry of Science and Technology and Earth Science

7.

8. 4.

The Science and Engineering Board (SERB)

IV.

lockheed Martin Aeronautics and Department of Science and Technology equally fund it None of these

C.395

of India

(a) (b) (c)

of India (d)

International Technology Transfer Programme Asian and Pacific Centre for Transfer of Technology' United Nations Ec6nomic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific All ofthese

il'

~I" ,I

[ 1

II

Ii

C.396

Science and Techno!.ogy C.397

Chapter 9

I

29. 'To be a Knowledge Centre for Professional Services' is the vision of (a) (b) (c) (d)

(b)

Consultancy Development Centre Council of Scientific and Industrial Research National Research Development Corporation Asian and Pacific Centre for Transfer of Technology

(c) (d)

National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) Semi-Conductor Laboratory (SCL) Physical Research Laboratory (PRL) Space Application Centre (SAC)

36. Which of the following launch vehicle is the latest designed/being designed by India? (a) (b) (c) (d)

30. The CSIR was involved in (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

Fourth battle of Panipat Second battle of Haldighati Third Battle of Bengaluru None ofthese

LVM3 GSLV PSLV ASLV

(b) (c) (d)

43. Where the Space Programme in India? (a) (b) (c)

37. IDSN stands for (d)

Deportment of Space 31. Which of the following places served as the main office for scientists in the early days if Indian Space Programme? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)

American French Soviet

(d)

Spanish

Aryabhata was launcher.

(a)

Which of the following public sector organizations are under the control of Department of Space? I. It is wholly owned by the Government of India II. It is under the control of the Department of Space III. It is the marketing arm of the Indian Space Research Organization I and II II and III III and I I, II and III

34. The Secretariat of Sp~ceis located in (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Dr Dr Dr Dr

S. K. Mitra C. V. Raman Meghnad Saha Vikram Sarabhai

39. Which of the following statements hold true for the Department of Space and ISRO?

33. Which of the following statements are true regarding the Antrix Corporation Ltd?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Indian Deep Space Network Indian Deep Satellite Network Indian Data Support Network Indian Departments of Satellite Navigation

38. Who is considered as the 'founding father' ofthe Indian Space Programme?

St. Mary Magdalene Church Cathedral of St Peter Tipu Sultan Mosque Malik Dinar Mosque

32. First Indian satellite, launched using

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c) (d)

ISRO was established under the Department of Space Department of Space was established under ISRO ISRO was bought under Department of Space in 1972 ISRO is an autonomous unit it does not come under Department of Space

40. Where are satellites made in India? (a) (b) (c) (d)

ISRO Satellite Centre (ISAC), Bangalore ISRO Satellite Centre (I SAC), Pune Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC), Trivandrum Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC), Hassan

The geomagnetic equator of the earth passes over Thumba Indian Space Programme began at Thumba Large piece of land in Thumba was donated by Dr Vikram Sarabhai for starting the Indian Space Program

(a) (c)

indigenous

(a) (b) (c)

(b) (d)

(d)

of

New Delhi Bengaluru Mumbai Hyderabad

35. Which of the following ISRO Centres is situated in Chandigarh?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

ISTRAC NE- SAC VSSC SDSC SHAR

46. Which of the following institutions were merged to form Defence Research and Development I. Defence Science Organization II. Defence Research Organization III. Technical Development Establishment IV. Directorate of Technical Development and Production II and III III and IV and III and IV

42. Why was Thumba selected for being rocket launching station in India? (a)

Thumba was the ancient hub for astronomy studies

New Delhi Bengaluru

48. Indian

scientific

New Delhi Maitri Kalka

(d)

Shrinagar

(a) (b) (c)

Centre

(b) (d)

2008 2010

Downscaling

rating

(a) (b) (c) (d)

"

endeavours

Arctic are being coordinated

in the by

(a)

2 6

55.

(a) (b) (c)

International

Arctic Research base, Svalbard, Norway.

Ny-Alesund,

Maitri Bharti

(c) (d)

Himanri Himadri

(a) (b)

institutions

National Brain Research Centre National Centre for Cell Science National Institute of Immunology National Facility for Animal Tissue and Cell Culture

I and II II and III III and I I, II and III

60. What is Glue Grant Scheme of the Department of Biotechnology?

of

(c)

(d)

Department ()f Bio Technology Earth System Science Organization The National Bio-resource Development Board United Nations Industrial Development Organization

i

I',I

I]

Deportment of Bio-Technology

I. Bharat Immunological and Biological Corporation II. Indian Vaccine Corporation Ltd (IVCOL)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

59. Which of the following Public Sector Undertaking (PSU) are under the Department of Biotechnology?

(b)

(b) 4 (d) 8 is the

(a) (b)

New Delhi Chandigarh Thurpa Nanikan

58. Which of the following was created first?

km. (c)

61. International Centre for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology comes under

57. The National Institute of Immunology is based in

(a)

has a depth

early career de,:,elopment of ~, young investigators

Research

(d)

Is an International Project Is Co-ordinated by ROBUS Has been established at ESSONCMRWF All of these

54. ROSUB 6000

Two Five

III. Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC)

53. Co-ordinated Regional Experiment (CORDEX)

(d)

47. Headquarter of the. Earth System Science Organization is situated in

(c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)

(b) (d)

sta-

The Indian (ouncil of Medical

Services

(a) 2007 (c) ,2009

Ministry of Earth Sciences

Surat Chennai

National institution for Earth Science Studies Indian National Centre for

52. Indian Tsunami Early Warning (ITEWC) was set up in

Organization?

(a) (b)

(c)

51. Under Environment Monitoring Network surface ozone monitoring network has been established by installing surface UV absorption ozone photometers at

41. ISRO's Launch facility is located at Department

Indian Metrological Department National Centre for Ocean Research

Ocean Information

One Three

research

Centre

(a) (b)

(d)

The Departmentof Defence Research and Development

I, I, II II

National Centre for Seismology Indian Institute of Tropical Meteorology National Institute for Earth Science Studies International Institute for

50. Indian Tsunami Early Warning (ITEWC) is part of

RH-75 PSLV

INSAT-4CR Bhaskara-I SROSS-1 CARTOSAT-1

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (c)

Advanced Earth Science Studies

45. Which is the heaviest satellite launched by India from Indian soil? (a) (b) (c) (d)

56. India has tions In Antarctic.

49. Centre for Advance Training in Earth System Science and Climate is part of

sounding

RH-55 AS LV

NCS, Delhi NCAOR, Goa NIOT, Chennai CCCR, Pune

began

IPRC Mahendragiri Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC) Thumba Equatorial Rocket' Launching Station (TERLS) Master Control Facility (MCF)

44. India's first rocket was

(a) (b) (c) (d)

A scheme to promote the use of biotechnological processes and tools for the benefit of the disadvantaged section of the society A scheme to link clinical science departments with basic science institutes and university departments with medical or veterinary school departments A scheme to promote biotechnology industry by taking initiatives aimed at providing facilities for accelerated commercial development of Biotechnology A scheme to grant fosters creative research in various fields of biotechnology to enhance

62.

is the apex bod/in

India

for the formulation, coordination and promotion'of biomedical research .. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Indian Research Fund Association • The Indian Council of Medical Research National Centre for Cell Science National Institute of Biomedical ,Genomics

63. Which of the following bodies was redesigned as the Indian Council of Medical Research? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Indian Research Fund Association British Council of Medical Research East Indian Fund for Medical Research North West Fund for Biomedical Research

64. The first test tube baby in India was delivered at (a) (b) (c) (d)

NDRI, Karnal King Edward Memorial Hospital, Mumbai Christian Medical College and Hospital, Vellore National Centre for Disease Informatics and Research, Bengaluru

.. ,

.'

65. First Open Heart Surgery in India was conducted in (a) (b)

(c) (d)

King Edward Memorial Hospital, MLiinbai Regional Medical Research Centre, Port Blair Christian Medical College and Hospitalf'veHore Rajendra Memorial Research Institute of lyIedical Science, Patna

---oIIIlIII

~~'III------------1,1 ,

"""f"'*

J

II:

:;'.

I

"11,

Chapter 9

C.398

.~

.~ .. Science and Technology

,I

C.399

I Iii

66. First test tube calf in the world named 'Pratham' was born in (a) (b) (c) (d)

NDRI, Karnal Genetic Research Centre, Mumbai Vector Control Research Centre, Puducherry National Institute of Pathology, New Delhi

67. Match the events in column correct dates in column II Column 1 (Events)

III. 1992

C

(a)

I

IV

III

(b)

II

I

III

(c)

IV

II

I

II

III

I

68. The Gastrointestinal Tract Pathogens Repository (GTPR) was established in 1958 2003

(b) (d)

1973 2011

is the apex body to oversee the activities in the field of stem cell research in India. National Centre for Cell Science National Institute Of Biomedical Genomics National Centre for Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine National Apex Committee for Stem Cell Research and Therapy

The Indian Council of Agricultural Research 70. Which of the following renamed as the Indian Agricultural Research?

(b) (c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c)

is the ex-officio

Presi-

Prime minister of India Vice-President of India Union Minister of Agriculture None of these

bodies was Council of

Indian Committee on Agricultural Research Imperial Council of Agricultural Research Imperial Committee for Agricultural Research

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Research Institute

(d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

is

New Delhi Ludhiana Bareilly Mumbai

(a)

(c) (d)

Mumbai Ahmadabad Chennai Chandigarh

Was manned Successfully completed its two years tenure Was launched using Indian PSLV Failed at the launch

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)

(b) (c)

Was successfully launched in 2013 Has been delayed by five years Failed within twelve months of its launch None of these is a scientific

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (d)

1969 1982

Is a rocket construction facility Is a storage area for keeping rockets

(a) (c)

1980 1988

AEROSTAT Aditya I CARE Mission PROITERES

85. Which of the following also called OCEANSAT? (a) (b) (c) (d)

1982 1991

nano

86. The Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System requires pl~cement of _____ satellites in the orbit. (a)

Three

(c) (d)

system

satellite-based over

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Navigation Satellite Experimental Satellite Geo-Stationary Satellite Earth Observation Satellites

(a) (b)

GSAT METSAT

was changed

(a)

I andi!'

(b) (c) (d)

II and III III and I I, II and III

1982 1985

(b) (d)

(a) 500 km (b).1000 km, (c) 1500 km (d) 2000 km

of

1984 1987

\

106. ,Akash. is a

Narora, UP Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu Tarapur, Maharashtra Kaiga.; Karnataka . power

station

.Surface-to-air

,(b) (c) .(d)

Air-to-surface . Surfacect();surface Air-to-air'

': .. t /,

:)11, .PINAKA w

~

1111.

NIRBHAY •••. _ ,Iandll ., ''Ii and III ."

(c) ;108.

Mahi, Banswara Gorakhpor, Haryana Chutka, Madhya Pradesh Kudankulam, Tamil Nadu denotations

were done

Three Five Seven Nine

-"

III and I. None of these

is the first missile to be developed under the Integrated Guided Missile' Development Programme (IGMDP).

(c) (d)

PRITHVI .VAYU

. 109. Which of the following get, anti-tank missile?

is

'"

is fire and for-

(a)' NIRBHAV (b)PRITHVI

'.. ' Research Centre

i is a cruise

(a) 'AGNI (b) , AKASH

in Pokhran-II.

103. Bhabha Atomic located at

I

,

,(a) \b)

•

I L

I

. the following ., .

:; I~ ~AAHMOS

is

101, Which of the following reactors is planned with foreign collaboration?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

missile

, (a)

107. Which,of \missile?

Narora, UP Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu Tarapur, Maharashtra Kaiga Karnataka

102.

•• ~.

105. AGNI,II h~~,a~~angE!of

(d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1,

'India's'Missile' Programme

Indian

Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (IRNSS) Satellite-based Augmentation System (SBAS) Satellite-Aided Search and Rescue (SAS&R) GPS-Aided Geo Augmented Navigation (GAGAN)

94. Name of to KALPANA.

neutron

DHRUV APSARA CIRCUS KAMINI

100. Asia's 1st atomic located; in .

93. SPOT-7 is a (a) (b) (c) (d)

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre Variable Energy Cyclotron Centre Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research Global Centre for Nuclear Energy partnership

India's 1st indigenously built atomic power station is located in (a) (b) (c) (d)

first

I. India's first fast breeder neOtron reactor has been set up at Kalpakkam II. India is the seventh country in the world to have mastered the fast breeder reactor technology III. India is the first developing • 'nationta have mastered the fast breeder reaCt6{ technology

atomic

98. The Nuclear Power Corporatiol1 India Ltd was set up in

SPOT RISAT CARE SARAL the

satellites is

Rohini- 1B SROSS-II IRNSS IR5-P4

(a) (b) (c) (d)

99.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) 1969 (d) . 1981

breeder

Trombay Mumbai Chennai Pokhran

104. Which of the following-statements hold true for the fast breeder neutron reactor?

test was con-

1956 1974

97. India's first fast reactor is called

(a) (c)

91. World's first phone-operated satellite is called

(a)

(b) (d)

(d)

mis-

sion for solar studies which will carry a coronagraph.

nuclear

is India's largest

89. Mars Orbiter Mission (a)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

research centre for R&D.

ASLV PSLV GSLV MMNDS

augmentation region.

84. First Indian Remote Sensing Satellite was launched in

(a) (c) 96.

92,

APPLE Bhaskara-II SROSS-III INSAT-4A

95. India's first ducted in

mission p'lans to use

is India's first experisatellite.

IRNESS PROITERES

India's Atomic Research

88. Chandrayaan-2

(b)

79. Rocket Sled Facility (RSF) (a) (b)

(c) (d)

(d)

Five satellites were launched in this series All the satellites were launched from Sriharikota These satellites were launched by Indian Rockets These were the first Indian satellite launched by the Indian rocket

83. (a) (b) (c) (d)

ISRO Satellite Centre (ISAC) Rocket Propellant Plant (RPP) Indian Scientific Satellite Project (ISSP) Space, Science and Technological Centre (SSTC)

1953 1974

(a) (b)

PSLV GSLV SLV-3 None of these

mental, geostationary

78. Rocket Propellant Plant (RPP), Thumba, was commissioned in (a) (c)

(b)

The USA Russia China France

77. The Aryabhata was built at

(d)

(c) (d)

90.

76. Experimental Satellite Communication Earth Station (ESCFS), is based in

(a) (b) (c)

Five Seven Eleven

87. Chandrayan-I

82. Which of the following statements does NOT hold true for the Rohini series of satellites?

75: Thumba Equatorial Rocket Launching Station was sponsored by

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Master Control Facility (MCF), Hassan ISRO Satellite Centre (ISAC), Bangalore ISRO Inertial System Unit (IISU), Thiruvananthapuram ISRO Telemetry, Tracking arid Command Network (ISTRAC), Bangalore

(b) (c) (d)

81. Which of the following launch vehi. c1esonly used solid fuel?

India's Space Programme (a) (b) (c) (d)

Is a high speed rocket testing facility All of these

is responsible for all post-launch operations of INSAT satellites including orbital manoeuvres, station keeping and in-orbit operations on the spacecraft. (a)

Hissar Port Blair Makhdoom Puducherry

74. Indian Veterinary located in

B

(a)

80.

1961 1981

72. First Krishi Vigyan Kendra was established at

(a) (b) (c) (d)

A

(d)

(b) (d)

(d)

dent of the ICAR Society.

IV. 1994

(c)

1950 1973

73.

1.1959

C. First Open Heart Surgery in India

(a) (b)

(c)

(Date)

II. 1971

69.

(a) (c)

I with the

B. First thalassemia treatment in India

(a) (c)

Indian Council on Agricultural Research

71. Department of Agricultural Research and Education (DARE) was created in

Column"

A. First kidney transplant in India

(d)

(d)

.J

(c): . (d).

VAYU NAG

-oOIllIIIIl

'"

IIlo....-

III

,

!I:

,Ii

I

I

I ~

....••..

\If''rf~ "

C.400

Chapter 9 of

_

(c)

system. AGNI

(b)

NAG

(c)

TRISHUL

(d)

DHNUSH

(d)

of

the

following

(a) (b) (c) (d) is NOT

located in Gujarat? Institute of Ayurvedic

Studies (b) (c)

Health

Karaikudi Ernakulam ]ealgora Mandapam

(1.'<'Tt.

P

~ Camp

C:.) is

)

(b) (c) (d)

Answers -

OJ] ~O @ mJ O@)

,Y 't.

..~"i"

I

Central Electrochemical Research Institute Central Building Research Institute Central Drug Research Institute

<~~...

(ill[(iJ(QJ (D)Th~~[J~(ffi~~~

'~~

-;""

NOT

National Institute of Mental Health and Neuro Sciences Indian Dairy Research Institute National Aeronautical Laboratory Indian Institute of Sugar Technology

-;0

~@)UO@-rnr~recu

~ ~

115. Which of the following located jn Bengaluru? is based in Roorkee.

National Institute of Occupational

Chennai Kolkata Mumbai Delhi

113.

and Research (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Fisheries

.

r-:;:"",{7 4_:',~

M:!

Central Food Technological Research Institute

114. The Central Institute of Technology is situated in

(a) (a)

(a)

(d)

Central Institute of Research in Indigenous Systems of Medicine All India Institute of Hygiene and Public Health

112. King Institute of Preventive Medicine is located in

Other Indian Research and Development Organizations 111. Which

"

g

110. HELINA is a variant

(a)

. ~,

{;~

"" HighlightecbTopics

4 "

,

.~atl~nallnsignia'

• World Records Held/by India

• General Elections and Political Parties

• India's Superlatives'

• Record Makers (India)

Topic-wise Assessment 1. (b) 11. (b) 21. (c) 31. (a) 41. (d) 51. (b) 61. (d) 71. (c) 81. (c) 91. (d) 101. (d) 111. (d)

3. (c) 2. (d) 12. (d) 13. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 32.,(c) 33. (d) 42. (b) 43. (c) 52. (a) 53. (a) 62. (b) 63. (a) 73. (c) 72. (d) 82. (a) 83. (a) 92. (d) 93. (d) 102. (b) 103. (a) 112. (a)" 113. (b)

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54. 64. 74. 84. 94. 104. 114.

(a) (b) (c) (b) (b) (c) (b) (c) (c) (b) (d) (b)

5. 15. 25. 35. 45. 55. 65. 75. 85. 95. 105. 115.

(a) (a) (b) (b) (a) (d) (c) (a) (d) (c) (d) (d)

6. 16. 26. 36. 46. 56. 66. 76. 86. 96. 106.

(b) (d) (c) (a) (b) (b) (a) (b) (c) (a) (a)

7. 17. 27. 37. 47. 57. 67. 77. 87. 97. 107.

(c) (b) (d) (a) (c) (a) (d) (c) (c) (d) (c)

8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88. 98. 108.

(b) (c) (a) (d) (b) (c) (d) (b) (c) (d) (c)

9. 19. 29. 39. 49. 59. 69. 79. 89. 99. 109.

(b) (a) (a) (c) (b) (a) (d) (c) (a) (b) (b)

10. 20, 30. 40. 50. 60. 70. 80. 90. 100. 110.

(a) (b) (b) (a) (d) (b) (b) (a) (b) (c) (b)

INTRODUCTION

equal width with deep saffron at the top, white in the middle and dark green at the bottom.

Insignia is Latin plural form which means the emblem or symbol and is a symbol or token of personal power, status or office, or of an official body of government or jurisdiction. Insignia are especially used as an emblem of a specific or general authority. Here we'll get to know about the national Insignia of India.

Wheel (chakra) In the centre of the white band is a wheel in navy blue colour. The design of the wheel is that of the abacus of the Sarnath Lion Capital. Its diameter approximates the width of the white band and it has 24 spokes.

NATIONAL INSIGNIA National Flag

"

The national flag was adopted by the constituent assembly of India on July 22, 1947, and presented to the nation at the midnight session of the Assembly on August 14, 1947, on behalf of the women of India. The flag was unfurled on Parliament House.

Background The tricolour flag was first born in the All India Congress Committee (AICC) meeting at Bezwada in 1912 (now Vijayawada in Andhra Pradesh), when a flag was shown by an Andhra youth and improved by Mahatma Gandhi with the addition of a white band and chakra. ' Dimension The ratio of the width (proportion) of the flag to its length is 2:3.All of the three bands are of

Significance of ~olours (i) Saffron signifies courage and sacrifice (ii) White signifies truth and peace (iii) Green signifies faith and chivalry The wheel symbolizes India's ancient culture, dynamism and peaceful change, and is adopted from the Dharma Chakra of Emperor Ashoka. There is a code as to how to put aside the unusable national flag prescribed by the government. Even an unusable national flag cannot be destroyed.

National Emblem The national emblem and seal of the Government of India is a replica of the Capital of Ashoka's Pillar at Samath. In the original capitol of the stone pillar four lions are carved outstanding back to back. In the

......•

~l'!

l

I"'''':

", I

I: ';1

j

i'

I

ill' :! 1,1

.!l

C.402

Chapter 10

emblem, however, only three lions are visible as it appears in print, the fourth one remains hidden from the view. The capital is mounted on an abacus (base plate). There is a dharma chakra in the centre of the base plate, on the right of which is a figure' of a bull , and on the left that of a horse. There is an inscription in Devanagari script, a quotation from the Mundak Upanishad below the base plate which reads 'Satya Meva Jayate', which means 'Truth alone triumphs'.

Background Both the national song and the national anthem were adopted together and have equal status. It has been taken from Bankim Chandra Chatterjee's novel Ananda Math published in 1882. It had been a source of inspiration to the people in their struggle for freedom.

Background The original lion Capital of the Ashoka Pillars was designed between 242 and 232 BC in order to hallow the spot where Buddha first initiated his disciples into the eight-fold salvation. The national emblem was adopted by the Government of India on January 26, 1950.

At the time of independence, the Government of India followed the Gregorian calendar based on the Christian Era. From March 22, 1957 (Saka 1879), a unified Indian national calendar ,to be used for official purposes was introduced based on the Saka era which began with vernal equinox of AD 78. Chaitra is the first month ~d Phalguna is the last month of the Saka year. The normal Saka year has 365 days and the dates of the Saka year have permanent correspondence with the dates of the Gregorian calendar, Chaitra 1 falls on March 22, in a normal year and on March 21, in a leap year.

National Anthem (Jana Gana Mana) Composer First Sung

When Adopted English Translation

Rabindranath Tagore in 1911 December 27, 1911, during the Indian National Congress Session at Calcutta January 24, 1950, by the constituent assembly of India. Rendered by Tagore himself in July 28, 1919, under the title 'Morning Song of India'.

It was originally composed in Bengali language and first published in January 1912, under the title 'Bharat Vidhata' in Tatva-Bodhini Patrika edited by Tagore himself. The complete song consists of five stanzas. However, the first stanza has been adopted by the defence forces of Independent India to be sung on all ceremonial occasions and it constitutes the full version of the national anthem.

Playing Time About 52 seconds for the full version. However, a shorter version comprising the first and the last lines of the stanza has a playing time of 20 seconds and is played on ceremonial occasions.

National Song (Vande Mataram) Composer Bankim Chandra

Chatterjee First sung: 1896 session of Indian National Congress at the then Calcutta.

Whel1 Adopted January 24, 1950, along with the nation~l ap,them, English Translation: Rendered by Sri Au~'Obind?inI<~mayogin patrika on November 20, "

Tdble C. 1O. 1

(Continued)

Date of the Saka Months

No. of Days

1

30

Maha

1-Phb9~~'..,, . --30._ ..

Corresponding Gregorian Dates Jan 21.•

....,~_._.-.-&'.,

¥

••••

Use of National Calendar The national calendar is used for the following official purposes of the Government of India, they are listed hereunder. (i) Gazette of India (iii) Communications addressed to the public by the Government of India It is issued by the Government of India.

Commencement of National Calendar Chaitra 1, Saka 1879

Since November 1972, the tiger (Panthera tigris) has been adopted as the national animal. Project Tiger: To check the dwindling tiger population in India, 'Project Tiger' was launched in April 1973. At the moment, there are 50 tiger reserves in India spread in an area of 20,674.8 square mile.

No. ofOays

1 Chaitra

30 (31 in leap

March 22 (21 in leap year)

year) .

1 Vaj~h<:l~a

31

1 Jyaistha 1 Asadha 1 Sravana 1 Bhs:sdra 1 Asvina '___ '__ "'+'-"'".

••. 31

Agra~ayana Pausa

31

.July 23

31 30

AlJg 23

o __

30 ..•. -

30 30

••-.#

"''''-r' ,

_.

Sep 23

"'~~~<"_

-_ -

23 _.--. Oct .•.•. --.'-"",

~._._

n

_

~.r •. ~..

~,_

_ ~r_e.si~e~~~..!n_~ia. Nov 14

. ..~

Birthday of Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru.

.

----------

Gandhi Jayanti

'"' ..•.....•• ~_.

i

_

Children's Day

- _,,~,~

Birthday of Dr S. , Radhakrishnan, first Vice-

Oct 2

><._-_.

__ .

Birthday of 'Father of Nation' Mahatma Gandhi

Peacock (Pavo cristatus): It is fully protected under the Iridian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. Adopted as the national bird in 1964, its hunting has since then been banned.

..j

I ~.

National Flower, National Tree and National Fruit an auspicious symbol of Indian culture since time immemorial. '.

National Tree The banyan tree (Ficus benghalensis): It has the widest reaching roots of all known trees, easily covering several acres.

Other Important Days "

'Day

" .1_.

Jan 12 t.

Army Day

Jan 15

National Voters Day

Jan 25

.,'- .'-_

I-C;~Ir~1 E~cis~ Da~-

Feb 28

Ordnance Factory Day

, Mar 18

National Maritime Day

Apr 5 May 11

• National Technology Day

~ ~

Quit India Movement Celebration (August Kranti) -,

''''--''

-

Aug 29

Hindi is the official language of the Government of India. Besides Hindi, 17 other regional languages have also been recognized ~ the Constitution of India.

National Rededication Day National Integration Day

Nov 9

National Day

National Epilepsy Day

Nov 17

Indian Armed Force Flag Day

Dec 7

Remarks

Navy Day

Dec 4

India achieved Independence on this

Minorities Rights Day (India)

Dec 18.

Indian Air Force Day

'•. _ ..._..,....""4'",_.--."

j

Aug 9

, National Sports Day

~-

,

Feb 24

National Science Day

.••..

National Language

Date and Month

National Youth Day (Birthday of Swami Viv~ka~anda) "

'~--.

.,

Oct 8

----

-_"',

Oct 31 .....--._._ .. _y,.,_'-.,.,

.May ?2 June 22

-~--- --~ _.

-.. •. ~. __

Kartika -1-~-----

1 1

.~.

.. _ 31 _

21

.''Apr

'_~ay

Sep 5

",

National Bird

Table C. 1O. 1 ~Saka Months

Mahatma Gandhi was a~sassinated on this day in 1948/

J:

throughout India (with exception of hilly areas) since time immemorial.

Corresponding Gregorian Dates

Jan 30

Remarks

_

National Fruit Mango (Manigifera indica): It is cultivated

I Date of the

Martyr's Day

Teachers' ; Day/Sanskrit

corresponding to March 22,1957. Days in National Calender

Date and Month

. Feb 20

National Flower Lotus (Nelumbo nucifera): It has been

(ii) News broadcasts Akashwani

National Day

,~_.

National Animal

National Calendar (Saka)

Background

1909.

C.403

National Insignia and Other Facts

__.. ,.~--

n',-~T

National Day _:

... ~"_

.

.~?.:'.??,. _

,_~

Dec 22

(Continued)

Date and Month

Independence Day

Aug 15

Republic Day

Jan 26

__ ,~(]'Li~1947 India became a Republic on this day in 1950

. National Mathematics Day

Dec 22

Kisan Divas (Farmer's Day)

Dec 23

,

1

~:ml\!'------------

...

I

il C.404 "i'

Chapter 10

The People Ancestry India's people belong to a variety of ethnic groups. The two largest groups are the Dravidians and the Indo-Aryans. Most Dravidians live in the south and most Indo-Aryans live in the north. The Dravidians descended from some of the earliest inhabitants of India. In about 2500 BC, these early people are believed to have established an advanced civilization that spread through the Indus Valley (in what are now Pakistan and western India). The Indo-Aryans trace their ancestry to the central Asian people called the Aryans. Around 1500 BC, the Aryan invaded India. They gradually conquered the Dravidians and drove them south. From about the 400 AD to the late 1400s, central Asian people settled in northern India. Many of their descendants live in the area now occupied by the states of Jammu and Kashmir, Uttar Pradesh and Bihar. Some groups which live in the far north and northeast are closely related to people of East and South-east Asia. A number of smaller groups of peoples live in remote forests and hills throughout India. Often referred to as tribes or tribal groups, these people include the Bhils, Gonds, Khasis, Mizos, Mundas, Oraons and Santhals.

Languages

People in India speak over 1000 languages and dialects-more than in any other part of the world. Most Indian languages belong to two main language groups: Indo-Aryan, which is a branch of the Indo-European family of languages and Dravidian. Modem Indo-Aryan languages are based on an ancient language called Sanskrit. About three-fourth of the Indian population, mainly in north and central India, speak one or more of the main Indo-Aryan languages. These languages include Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi, Kashmiri, Marathi, Oriya, Punjabi and Sindhi. The four principal languages of southern India-Kannada, Malayalam, Tamil and Telugubelong to the Dravidian family of languages. About one-fifth of the population speaks these languages. In the Himalayan region of the north-east and along the border with Myanmar, many people speak

_

National Insignia and Other. Facts

Kuki, Manipuri, Naga and other Sino-Tibetan languages. Some groups in the north-east and certain central areas use Mundari and Santhali, which belong to the Mon-Khmer, or Austro-Asiatic, family of languages. India's national language is Hindi, one of the Indo-Aryan languages. More than two-fifth of the people speak one or more dialects of this language, and at least some Hindi is understood by as many as two-thirds of the population. The study of Hindi is required in elementary and secondary schools in India.

.-Indian music sounds different from Western music partly because it uses different scales and musical '. instruments.The notes of the IndianI scale are arranged in various patterns called ragas. Each raga has a special meaning and may be associated with g particular mood, emotion, season, or different time of the day. Indian instrumentsinclude sitar, sarod, andweena, which are plucked Sfringed instruments; the tamburo, which produces a drone (continuous tone); and tabla and mridangam, which are percussion instruments.

I

The Arts Architecture and Sculpture Sculpture flourished during the Indus Valley civilization. Buddhism was the next great influence on Indian architecture and sculpture. Several ruins of Buddhist monasteries and domeshaped stupas (monuments) have survived from ancient times. Caves were cut into a cliff of solid rocks at Ajanta in western India between 100 BC and AD 600. They feature spectacular examples of frescoes (wall paintings on plaster) and sculpture. Artists worked in the nearby caves at Ellora until about AD 1000. The greatest monument at Ellora, dating from the late 700s, honours the Hindu god, Shiva. It was carved out of the cliff like a great piece of sculpture. Magnificent sculptures of Hindu gods and goddesses were also carved in the caves at Elephanta, near Mumbai, mainly from the AD 600s to 900s. Muslim architecture in India reached its peak in the 1500s and 1600s. The outstanding Islamic building in India is the Taj Mahal (about AD 1650) in Agra. The building features magnificent Islamic-style decoration, in which geometrical patterns and floral designs are inlaid in marble with semiprecious stones. Islamic art and architecture use such patterns and designs because Islam forbids the depiction of God or the human form. The British and the other Europeans added many buildings in Western style after their arrival. During the 1700s, the British constructed churches and other

]

English has an official status as an associate national language. It is the common language among educated people across India, and much of the nations' official business is conducted in English. Through the years, the Indian government has at times sought to introduce Hindi in non-Hindi- speaking areas. Immediately after independence, the Indian government argued that national unify would be best promoted by encouraging the spread of Hindi, the most widely spoken Indian language. But non-Hindi speakers feared that they would face discrimination in their search for jobs. They also wanted recognition for their own languages. They urged that Indian states be reorganized according to language groups. After much pressure on the Indian government, the first of such states, Andhra (now Andhra Pradesh), was established for Telugu speakers in 1953.

C.405

I

I

buildings in the neoclassical style. Neoclassical architecture reflected a renewed interest in Europe in the architecture of an~ient Greece and Rome. During 1800s, the British designed many public buildings in India in the Gothic Revival style with tall spires and pointed arches. Some British buildings include curved domes and other features of Islamic architecture. Modem Indian architecture borrows from many styles. For example, the internationally recognized works of Charles Correa and Balkrishna Doshi mix traditional Indian forms with contemporary designs.

Painting The frescoes in the caves at Ajanta are the most important ancient examples of Indian paintings. Wall paintings that show scenes from Buddhist stories are commonly found in Buddhist temples and monasteries. Literature All of India's major languages have written literature, a lot of which are at least 1000 years old. The earliest Indian written works-the Vedas-are about 3000 years old. Composed in an early form of Sanskrit, these Hindu scriptures are poetical compositions that discuss God, the universe and the nature of life. India's two great epics, the Mahabharata and the Ramayana were also composed in Sanskrit. Parts of the Mahabharata, which include the Bhagavad Gita, are probably more than 2500 years old. The Ramayana also began about the same time. These, epics have inspi!ed Indian literature through the centuries. Today.they generally read not in Sanskrit but in other Indian languages and English. Many of the world's fables and folk tales come from India'. The oldest collection of fables in India, the Panchatantra, may date

to as early as the 200 Be. From about AD 500 to 1600, a social and religious movement called Bhakti Movement swept across India. Bhakti influenced the development of regional languages because it emphasized people's everyday speech. Many Bhakti poets, including Jnaneshwar, Kabir, Mirabai, Surdas and Tulsidas, are still along the most widely rea~. authors in India. Their hymns are also set to music. Later Indian literature continued to be written in all. the major Indian languages and English. For example, Bankirn Chandra Chatterjee wrote in Bengali. His' historical novels about Indian heroes helped spread Indian nationalism in the 1800s.Bengali-language writers of the early 1900s include Rabindranaili Tagore, whose spiritual poetry won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1913, and Saratchandra Chatterji whose novels emphasize social issues. Among the best-known Indian-born English writers of the late 1900s are two who write in English-R. K. Narayan, whose novels depict Indi,an village life; and Salman Rushdie, whose writiJ:1.gs combine fantasy, satire and Hindu and Islamic lore ..

Music and Dance The beginnings of Indian classical music date back to ancient times. Styles, forms and principles of composition developed over the centuries. There are several major styles of classical Indian dance. They include the Bharatanatyam of southern India and the Kathak of northern India. Both of these styles, like all classical Indian dances, draw upon the Hindu epics and other poe~ and stories about the lives of the Hindu deities. They use highly stylized hand, foot and arm gestures and movements of the eyes and other facial features to indicate moods and tell stories.

GENERAL ELECTIONS AND POLITICAL PARTIES Table (.10.2

Election First' "AA-.-.

"."

,~

Second .~_.'

Third

_,

n

~

General Election and Political Parties

Year 1952 1957 1962

No. of Seats for which Elections were Held Government 489 Congress 494 Congress_ 494 Congress

Voting Percentage Seats Won 364 371 361

Male

Female

Total 61.2

63.31

46.63

62.2 55.42 (Continued)

~r~I------

L

C.406 ,~ J

"""t"*

National Insignia and Other,Facts

Chapter 10

Table C. 10.2

No. of Seats for which Elections Year were Held Government 1.967 520 " Congress 1971 518 Congress (I)

Election Fou':th

Table C.l0.5 Smallest Five Parliamentary des in Terms of Number of Electors

(Continued)

•

Fifth

Voting Percentage Seats Won 283 350

51.

Male Female 66.73 _ '.55.48 60.90 49.11

Total - 61.33 55.29

(Mid-term:poU)

1977 ,1980 1984 1989 1991 1996, 1998 1999

Sixth Seventh , "'., Eighth Ninth. Tenth Eleventh" 'e'~

,.~

'.

Twelfth

-

Thirteenth

~

-

,

,_c*

2004

Fourteenth FifteentK Sixteenth

,.2009 2014

542 542 508 543 511 543' 541 537

-

Janota Party Congr;s;(I) Congress (I)

296 353 401

,./

. National Fr~nt Congress (I)

224

United Fr~nt

BJp won

NDA (BJPand Allies)

BJp won

NDA (~Jpua~d 'Allies)

.6,

_

....

-~-"

J, •.

, 543\ 543

P~on 182 (NDA '4, total -, f

"v

54.91 .51.22 58.60 57.32, 51.35

.,

196

Congress won total 218)

53.~1

65.72

57.88

UPA,

2~6.2s~a.i~(;b!l 335 seats (won

(UPA

61.66

by: UPA) ',.

6'0.2.[

by NDA)

67.09

.•,..

60.49 56.92 63.56 61.95 56.93 57.94 61.97 59.99

0'

62.06 . ;6~..97 t

if"-,

•... ,

UPA (Congress and allies)

NDA (BJPand allies)

.,~

1,.•

296)

_0-"

'4~

537

163 180

65.63 62.16 68.18 66.13 61.58

55:-64~ 53.3

58.07

55.82'-58.21 ~

Y"

-v "' .••.••. ~"',_

No.

State

Parliamentary Constituency

Total no. of, Electors

1.

lakshadweep

lakshadweep

47,972

2.

Daman

Daman & Diu'

1,02,260

3.

Jammu & Kashmir

ladakh

1,59,949

..

& Di~' .

".. ",",-

-"'-"',"-,' ~ ..~-.'.~'''''.' ...•.. ,

4.

'~.''t''''''

'

Dadra & Nagar ,', Haveli " .'

.

5.

'" ......•

..... ~ ..~.. Dadra & Nagar Haveli ' ,~~

.• ' •.

_~.

No.

Name of PC

State!UT

1.

ladakh

Jammu & Kashmir

2.

Barmer

Rajasthan

3.

Ka~~c~h Arunachal East

4.

5.

(sq

Gui,a~()t __. Arunachal Pradesh

Arunachal West

.,.4

6~' Mandi

Area 1m2) 172,374,108,504

66.38

/,'

>+-.

~.,.,

t~

Himachal Pradesh

32,016:685,177 31,400,85'1,943 28,613,698,301 24,257,745,589 - --20,267,859,342

Bikaner (SC)

Rajasthan

Bastar (ST)

Chhattisgarh

Area 1m2)

Kolkata Uttar

'(:/:st Be~gal Maharashtra

.~~/].!~,447 45,418,289

O'

9. Jodhpur _~~i9_~~h.a_n :1 O~ .. M'iz~r~~ (ST) Mizoram

,

.,

fi

,,,.,

North ••

"'" t

_

Mumbai South Central

6.

Chennai Centra"

Tamil Nadu'

7.

Hyderabad

Andhra Pradesh

8'.'

Mti;rib~i-N6tih

9.

Mumbai North West

~

1 O...

T

•• ~,

"• ..-

.. "

~"

Smallest Constituencies i

No. Name of PC 1.

lakshadweep .

2.

.

,..

..•. .•••.•.

.. _.

" ...

. ,",w

~.

~

"'

-'"

__

..~

East Mbil~ro;~tra '\

~

"'...

49,054,389 .-~,:,... ~ (>2,584,855 66,040,709 .6~~.5~5,700 72,721,974 77,504,890 "'"

-'¥

"P'

Maharashtra

Ch~nd~i dO¥lk~ . Deihf ' .

M'~

"':,'

"-',

-

-

1,88,783

..

Andaman & Nicobar Island

~.~

-- ;;;',

.•.•.-

.~~ 'I ~.~

2,57,856

Political Parties A political party is usually recognized by the Election Commission enjoys the status of a national party if it is~a recognized party in four or more states of India. ~e party which is recognized in less than four states is'called a state party.

Major National Political Organizations 1978 as Indian

National Congress (I), as a breakaway group under Mrs Indira Gandhi. President Mrs Sonia Gandhi.

Aam Admi Party (AAP) An Indian political party, formally launched on November 26, 1012. It come into existence following differences between the activists Arvind Kejriwal and Anna Hazare regarding whether or not to politicize the popular 'Indian Against Corruption' movement that had been demanding a 'Jan Lokpal Bill' Since 2011. Convenor: Arvind Kejriwal. Bharatiya Janota Party (BJP) Founded in 1980 as a break. away group from Janata Party; radical right-wing Hindu Party. President Amit Shah.

'I

Table C.l0.4 Largest Five Parliamentary cies in Terms of Number of Electors

SI. No.

State

Parliamentary Constituency

Total no. of Electors

Communist Party of India (CPI) Advocates the establishment of socialist society led by the working class, and ultimately of a communist society. Secretary General Mr S. Sudhakar Reddy.

Malkajgiri

29;53,915

Communist Party of India-Marxist

---

(Areawisel

1.

Andhra Pradesh

2.

.....

'

-

--_.

,

Uttar Pradesh ._ ......•..

Constituen-

Ghaziabad

-

..

22,63,961 -

State!UT

Area 1m2)

3.

Karnataka

Bangalore North

22,29,063

lakshadweep

30,292,967

4.

Uttar Pradesh

Unnao . ~

21,10,388

Maharashtra

39,387,943

5.

NCT of Delhi

North West Delhi

20,93,922_

.

Mumbai South

Maharashtra

"••~,._~

...•.

..

I

-klL~,A

5.

. ~ • ~-

39,613,001,158

8.

3.

State!UT

4. .Mu~bai Central '"' ?,._,.. •••..

.••••

'I";:~

65.30

Name oFPC

-

55,974:247,377,. 41,4 14,347,585 39;703,819,946

Arunachal ~~ Pradesh . ~,~

7.

,No.

_,

..

,

Andaman &' Nicobar Island

~

AI/India Congress Committee (I) Founded in Table C.l0.3 Ten Largest and Smallest Parliamentary Constituencies in 2014 General Elections Largest Constituencies (Areawisel

Constituen-

(CPI-M) Founded in

1964

as pro-Beijing breakaway group from CPI. It declared its independence from Beijing in 1968 and is managed by a central committee of 71 members and politburo of 15 members. General Secretary Sitaram Yechuri.

Janota Dol (United) Founded in parties

within

the Rashtriya

1988 as a merger of

Morcha;

advocates

C.407

non-alignment, the eradication of poverty, Uriemployment and wide disparities in wealth, and,the:protection of minorities. Chairperson Mr Sharad Yadav. '",."

Rashtriya Janota Dol (RJD) Founded in 1,997 as a breakaway group ~from Janata Dal. Leadkr Laloo Prasad Yadav. Samajwadi Party Founded in 1991 by the merger of the Janata Dal (S) and the Janata Party. Chairperson Mr Akhilesh Yadav. AI/India Trinamool Congress (TM[) Founded in 1998 after its leader left congress to for its own party based in West Bengal. Chairperson Mrs Mamata Banerjee. Bahujan Samaj Party (SSP) The party, founded in 1984, advocates and promotes the plight of Bahujans, referring to SCs, ST and OBes as well as minorities. Chairperson Mrs Mayawati. Nationalist Congress Party (NCP) Founded in 1999 with base in Maharashtra after its major leaders Sharad Pawar, PASangma and Tariq Amqr were expelled from INC (Indian National Congress). Chairperson Mr Sharad Pawar .

Major Regional Political Organizations Akali Dol Formed in 1920, it merged with congress Party in 1958-62; Sikh party composed of several factions both moderate and militant, sought the establishment of an autonomous Sikh state of 'Khalistan'. President (Shiromani Akali Dal) Mr Sukhbir Singh Badal.

.

Akhil Bharat Hindu Mahasabha Founded in

1915. It sets the establishment of a democratic Hindu state. President Chandra Prakash Kaushik General Secretary Munna Kumar Sharma. '

AI/-India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (AIADMK) Founded in 1972 as a breakaway group from the DMK. After the death of, Sushri Jayalalithaa, founder leader of the party, on December 5, 2016, two factions have been taken place; V. K. Sasikala. and O. Paneerselvam I' ' both lead respective factions.

AI/ India Forward Bloc Founded, in ~94Q by Netaji Sub hash Chandra Bose. This socialist party's aims include nationalization of major industries, la~d reforms and redistribution. Chairman D.. ~'. Shastri General Secretary Debabrata Biswas.

Asom Gana Parishad (AGP) Founded

in 1985, AGP draws support from the All.Assam 'Gana Sangrain Parishad and the All Assam Students' Union. The Party advocates the unity of India in diversity and

I I

I

I

I

f'

II

I

I,

'I

l.

C.408

Chapter 10

a united Assam. In April 1991, a breakaway faction formed a new central executive committee under Pulkesh Barua. President Mr Prafulla Kumar Mohanta.

Bahu;an Sama; Party (BSP) The party advocates and promotes the plight of Harijans' (untouchables) of India. Leader Mrs Mayawati. Dravid Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK) Founded in 1949, the party aims at full autonomy for states (primarily Tamil Nadu) within the union, to establish regional language as the state language and English as the official language pending the recognition of regional languages as official languages of the Union. President Muthuvel Karunanidhi General Secretary K. Anbazhagan. Jammu & Kashmir National Conference (lKN() Formerly All Jammu and Kashmir National Conference (founded in 1931) and renamed in 1939.The party lost ground after independence but was reactivated in 1975.This is a state-based party which campaigns for internal autonomy and responsible self-government in the state. Leader Dr Farooq Abdullah President Omar Abdullah.

Peasants and Workers' Party of India Founded in 1949, this Marxist Party seeks to nationalize all basic industries and to promote industrialization. It also campaigns for establishment of a unitary state with provincial boundaries based on linguistic basis. General Secretary S.V.Jadhav.

Shiv Sena Founded in 1991,Shiv Sena represents militant Hindu group. Leader Uddhav Thackeray.

Republican Party of India (RPI) The party's main aim is to realize the aims and objectives of set out in the preamble to the 1950 Constitution. President Ramdas Athawale General Secretary Bhoopesh Thodlkar.

Tomil Monilo Congress Leader Kumaradas

Telugu Desam Founded in 1982, this state-based party operates in Andhra Pradesh and campaigns against rural poverty and ~od.alprejudice. In 1995, the party split into two factions- Telugu Desam (NTR)-President Lakshmi Parv'ati and Telugu Desam (Naidu). President Chandra Babu Naidu General Secretary Kadiam Sri Hari

Telongono Roshtro Somithi Telangana Rashtra Samithi (abbreviated as TRS)is an Indian regional political party based in Telangana.

C.409

National Insignia and Other Facts

Founded on April 27, 2001, by K. Chandrashekar Rao, with a single point agenda of creating a separate Telangana state with Hyderabad as its capital. It has been instrumental in carrying forth a sustained agitation for the granting of statehood to Telangana. In the 2014 Telangana Assembly Election, the party won the majority seats and formed the first Government in Telangana State. K. Chandrashekar Rao became the Chief Minister of Telangana. In the 2014 general election there has won 11seats making it eighth largest party in Lok Sabha. It also won 3 seats in Raj,yaSabha.

Mojor Allionces (I) National Democratic Alliance consists of BJP and its allies. The allies wherein power, were 24 in number. A few of them are listed below. (i) Bhartiya Janata Party, (ii) Shiv Sena, (iii) AIADMK, (iv) Indian National Lok Dal, (vJ Samta Party, (vi) Biju Janata Dal (BJD), (vii) Telugu Desam Party .(TDP), (viii) Lok Shakti and (ix) Akali Dal. (II) Congress and its allies have joined hands under the name UPA or united progressive alliance. (i) Indian National Congress (ii) CPIM (iii) RJD (iv) NCP (v) DMK (vi) LJP (vii) JD(s)

Nagaland Peoples Front-NPF; National Congress Party-NCP; Pattali Makkal Katchi-PMK; Jammu and Kashmir people's Democratic PartyJ&KPDP; Rashtriya Janata Dal-RJD; Rashtriya Lok Dal-RLD; Republican Party of India (A)-RPI; Revolutionary Social Party-RSP; Samajwadi Janata Party (Rashtriya)-SJP (R)

Samajwadi Party-SP; Samajwadi Akali Dal-SAD; Shiv Sena-SS; , Sikkim Democratic Front-SDF; Swabhimani Raksha Party~SWP; Telangana Ra.shtra Samithi- TRS; " Telugu Desam Party-TOP and Viduthalai Chiruthaigal Katchi-VCK Independent-IND.

RECORD MAKERS (IN~IA) Woman 1. First woman Prime Minister

Mrs Indira Gandhi

2. First woman Chief Minister of a State

Mrs Sucheta Kripalani

3. First woman Minister

Mrs Vijaya~ak~~.m~Pandit

4. First woman Central Minister

Rajkumari Amrit Kaur

5. First woman Speaker of lok Sabha

Mrs Shanno Devi

6. First woman Governor of a State

Mrs Sarojini Naidu

7. First Indian Woman President.?f In_~ia.n,!'lational Congress

Annie Besant

8. First woman President of UN General Assembly

Mrs Vijayalakshmi

9. First Muslim Woman to sit on the throne of Delhi

Razia Sultana

,-

••• ~

••••

~..

p

Aam Aadmi Party-AAP; All India Forward Bloc-AIFB; All India Majlis-e-Ittehadul Muslimeen-AIMEIM; All India Trinamool Congress-AITC; Asom Gana Parishad-AGP; Bahujan Samaj Party-BSP; Bharatiya Janata Party-BJP; Bharatiya Navsakti Party-BNP; .,I Biju Janata Dal-BJD; Communist Party of India-CPI; Communist Party of India (Marxist)-CPI (M); Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam-DMK; Indian National Congress-INC; Jammu & Kashmir National Conference-JKNC; Janata Dal (Secular)-JD (S); Janata Dal (United),---JD(U); Jharkhand Mukti Morcha-JMM; .,~ Kerala Congress-KC; Lok Jan Shakti Party-LJSP; Marumalarchi Dravida Munnetra r. Kazhagam-MDMK; Mizo National Front-MPF; Muslim League-ML;

11. First Woman to climb Mount Everest

Bachhendri Pal

12. First Woman to Circumnavigate

Ujwala Rai

r

'"

-

~

•

Pandit ." .•. .1. ~

.

10. First Woman to swim Across the English Channel

I

~.~

.""",:."

Abbreviotions Used for Politicol Porties

P:),

lri"': ..

(sail round the world)

13. First Woman lAS Officer

Ann? G:O!g~ Mal.~?tra

14. First Woman IPS Officer

Kiran Bedi ,

'...

-

.

~-"

15. First Woman Advocate

,C:?r,!'l.elia_~or::bji,

16. First Woman Judge

Anna Chandi

17. First Woman J~dge of a' Hig~ C~:>urt

Anna Chandi

18. First Woman Judge of Supreme Court

M. Fathima Bibi

19. Fir~t Woman C~ief J.u~ticeof a ~igh C:0urt

leila Seth

..,

'._'~"-

•

h

••

.,.~.,

•.•.•.

~

Kada"2?i~ic;an~uli

21. First Woman to pass MA

Chandra Mukhi Bose ..... ~.,_._ -,..",...~ ~'-'.Dina Vakil ..

22. First Woman Editor of English newspaper ,

,0

--7,"

t:_.

A",

20. First Woman Doctor

23. First Woman Chief Engineer

,.

Miss Arti Saha (now Mrs Arti Gupta)

.

c-._ ....,...,.._ ..'._.••.. ..:.... ... ~_

,--_.-

P.K. Thresia ~ ~"'"'......

""

.. _

24. First Woman to Receive a Sena Medal

~"''''''''-",".. .•...,.. .. ~., '" ...•. ,,......,~ .. '" ....- _' .. Constable Bimla Devi (88 BN of CRPF)-1990 '

25. Youngest Woman to Climb Mount Everest

Dicky Dolma (19) from Manali-

26. First Woman to Climb Mount Everest Two Times

Santosh Yadav (ITBPOfficer) - 1993 ,

~ .. ~ .•••• "'~~

_ •••'1,

..

",

27. First lady Magistrate

Omana Kunjamma

28. First Woman to Win Nobel Prize

Mother Teresa

"

"'.

"

--

~--.~--

-

1993

(Continued)

.4.

l

f" C.410

Chapter 10

National Insignia and Other Facts

C.411

(Continued)

(Continued) 29. First to be Crowned Miss Indio

Pramita (Ester Victoria Abraham)-

30. First to be Crowned Miss Universe

Sushmita Sen

31. First to be Crowned Miss World

Reita Faria (1966)

32. First Woman President

Pratibha Devi Singh Patil

1?~.!

, 34:'0

35. First Indian Member of House of Lords (British) Fir~t B~-o;-L~;"' ---.' '- ',-,. ..-

'36:'

"'"'

33. First Indian toqualif};'for

6Iy:npic~:

,_.,

~ ..,

Men

39. First Air Marshal '--~~'-

Mihir Sen

2. First to Climb Mount Everest

Tenzing Norgay

3. First to Climb Mount Everest without Oxygen

Phu Dorjee

4. First Indian to join I.C.S. (ICS now is lAS)

Satyendra Nath Tagore

6.

Rabindranath Tagore

r

First Indian to get Nobel ~rize

Sqn Ldr Rakesh Sharma

8. First British Governor General

Warren Hastings

9. First Governor General of Free Indio

Lord Mountbatten

.•••. ---",-,-_.,--"-~._.-

,=

-~---

Lord Canning

11. Lost Governor General of free Indio

C. Rajagopalachari

12. First President of India

Dr Rajendra Prasad

13. First Vice-President of Indio

Dr S. Radhakrishnan

14. First Muslim President of.lndib

Dr lakir

15. First Sikh President of Indio

Giani lail Singh

16. First Prime Minister

Pt Ja~ahar Lal Nehru

K. S. Ranjit Singhji Arjan Singh _ .._-~-

-

~_-~--,--

._-

..

Dr G. D. Mist (250 wpm)

"_

_.•

__ .

WORLD RECORDS HELD BY INDIA

.

---..,.

-~-----

••••

?93J

41. Fastest Shorthand writer

_._-------,.

.-

_.

__

..

,.-

'.~

__

~~,.~,

T

...••

-

Raghav Joneja (Climbed on May 21, 2013 at the age of 15 years 7 months.)

3. Leads in the world in irrigated area (56 million hectares).

India holds a prestigious place in the world with the world records:

4. Leads in the world in cattle population.

Trade and Industry

6. Largest exporter ?f spices.

1. Largest exporter of tea (over 23,00,000MT per year). 2. Largest manufacturer of cycles (Hero cycle). 3. Largest exporter of cut diamonds (world's 68% cut diamonds come from India).

Hussain

17. First Speaker of Lok Sabha

G. V. Mavlankar

18. First Chief Justice of Indio

Justice H. J. Kania

19. First President of Indian Notional Congress

W. C. Bannerjee

5. India tops the world in film production.

20: First Indian tobecom~member

Lord S. P.,Sinha

6. Reliance

21. First Indian to become President of International Court of Justice

Dr Nagendra

22. First Emperor of Mughal Dynasty

Babur

23. First Field Marshal

S. H. F.J. Manekshaw

24. First Indian Commander-in..chief of Indio (now Field Marshal),

Gen. K. M. Cariappa

25. First Chief of the Army Stoff (Indian)

Gen. Maharaja

26.

Vice-Admiral R. D. Katari

Group of companies in India has more number of shareholders (around 40 lakh shareholders) than any other company in the world.

Singh

Subroto Mukherjee

28. First Indian in British Parliament

Dadabhai Naoroji

29. First Indian recipient of Victoria Cross (highest gallantry award before independence)

Khudada Khan

30. First Indian to circumnavigate the globe

Lt Col K. S. Roo

31. First Indian to reach the South Pole

Col J. K. Bajaj (1989) Justice Syed Mehamood

33. First Indian to make a solo air flight

J. R. D. Toto

7. Largest turmeric production, 76%. 8. Highest yield of potato 46,797 kg/ha. 9. Largest ginger production 64%. 10. Largest sugarcane production. 11. Largest grower of pulses, 23%. 12. Productivity of grapes 22 tormes/ha. 13. Highest rice yield 17,862kg/ha. 14. Largest producer of milk (132.4million tormes per year). 15. Largest producer of mangoes (16.33 million tormes which is approximately 42% of world's production).

est tea manufacturing company. 8. State Bank of India has the maximum number

of branches (around 14,677branches-2013). 9. Indian Railways is the world's largest employer

(over 1.3 million employees in 2013). 10. In 1989 to 1990 India became the largest producer of sugar by producing 85 Lakh tormes.

Buildings/Roads /Bridges 1. Khardungla Road at Leh Manali sector is the world's motorable highest road (5602 m above sea level). ' 2. All India Radio, Leh, is the world's highest radio station. 3. Qutab Minar is the world's tallest minaret.

Agriculture/Natural Resources

..

32. First Indian High Court Judge

5. Largest producer of cardamom: -Kerala produces 60% of the total world production:

7. Brooke Bond Lipton India Ltd is the world's larg-

Rajendra Sinhji

27. First Chief of the Air Force Stoff (Indian)

.

9~2-~2(.

D; S~Radh~kriShn?~J~i ..

Justice V. Ramaswami (1

4. In 1989-90, India became the largest producer of sugar by achieving a production of 85lakh tormes.

First Chief of the Naval Stoff (Indian)

...

0

10. First Viceroy of Indio

of Vicer6y's Executive Council

J. M. Tagore

',Y -

~--~ ,--..-- ~.--

40. Fi~stJu?ge.to face impeachment in the Lok Sabha

42. Youngest Indian to climb Mt. Everest

7. First Indian in Space (first Indian cosmonaut)

.

0'

• 38. First Indian TestCricketer

1. First Indian to swim across the English Channel

Raja. Ra~mo~~n _R?y 18~2) .. Lord S. P. Sinha

37. First Chairman of Rajya Sabha

,-

PTUsha

J

F!rs.tIndian to visit England

(1878)

1. Largest producer of millet in the world. 2. Largest producer of tea. (Continued)

4. Mahatma Gandhi Setu (over the Ganga at Patna) is the world's longest river bridge. 5. Kharagpur Railway Platform is the world's longest railway platform (833m).

.....••..

~-

~ C.412

Chapter 10 National Insignia and Other Facts

8. Dicky Dolma from Manali holds the world record as the youngest Mount Everest climber at the age of 19.

6. Farakka River Barrage (Kolkata) is the world's largest river barrage. 7. Yuba Bharati Stadium. Kolkata, is the world's largest covered stadium.

9. Ms Santosh Yadav holds the record to c~b Mount Everest twice (among women).

8. First hospital on wheels in the world-Jeevan Rekha (Life Line) express.

(Continued)

LStructures

I Structures Biggest Fort

Tallest Statue ~ ._~ Tallest Chimney

Prongs Reef,Mumbai

4. India has the largest deposits of mica in the world and contributes about two-third of world's production. 5. South Point High School, Kolkata is the world's largest school (over 12,350students). 6. World's highest post office at Spiti Valley in Himachal Pradesh (15,000ft height).

~,--.-

.,..--...--."-_~~-

..

'''"''-''.',,"

Buland Darwaza IFatehpur

•.' _ ~_

Sik!i) _ "~ _

_

~_

Highest Dam ___

Bhakra Dam__ -,_~,

""'"__. _" __

Highest Bridge ~._ '_~"_''''''N' ,~'" ~~

3. Shambhoo Anbhawane holds the world record for marathon typing (non-stop typing)-123 hours in 1986. 4. Dr M. C. Modi holds the world's record for performing maximum eye operation @ 40 operations per hour. 5. Mihir Sen of Kolkata holds the world record for long distance swimming. 6. Capt. Durba. Bannerjee is the world's first woman air pilot holding the record of maximum flying hours. 7. Lata Mangeshkar holds the world record for maximum number of song recordings.

-'0-'

"""_M"~,,,,;;",,,,""

~ula~ Lake Rashtrapati Bhawan

•

,."r

__

~.~.~

•.•••.

~

~_

Indian Museum, Kolkata

Larg~st_~u.n_nel_ _ _.

Jawa_har Tunnel

Largest River Barrage

Farakka Barrage .~

.-,"...

-,

_ ¥,'

Largest State Jt.'rea~~~) _

_'~_""""'

. ~

•••,_...

'

•••.

'""<M_~

..

__

.•••.

State With Highest Cattle Populati~n

Uttar Pradesh

, State Having Maximum .~~~er Mills State Producing Maximum Sugar ._

.,.,

••••

,v

__

Gujarat

-. -- ..

,,-

Andhra Pradesh ••I' ~."

,._.

"""->

Rarosthan _•• __ _ _

Smallest Union Territory ~_. ..,.". State Having Maximum Cities

.••••__

Largest Museum

- ._. ~",-,-~...,,....

Govind Sagar IBhakra)

•.~--~---'-

,State With Highest Output .-Mineral _. ~

Goa

State Having Highest Literacy Rate

Lorg~t ~n!on Territory .• A~.daman and Nic6B~r Isl~nds .

Thang~~IMdd'~~~'i)-=capacity over 2500 seats .._

...

Madhya Pradesh

~....J~

~.

L,..• "JlJf

~ __ t;J:~J~ _4..~

.-......-....,.;l,...

Jharkhand

-

Largest Residence

.••..

~

Smallest State (Areawise)

Large~ Lake

-- ---

,....-

~ __''''''''_'~'

. Largest Cinema Hall

-

Sunderbans (West Bengal) ~".~'h~_~~. ~,_ States and Union Territories

Kolkata

_

..,.

.'.

,• Largest Delta .

Chambal~ridge

Largest City

Lakshadweep Uttar Pradesh

'*'("'"

,~_.~-•...........•. --

,

~

: Union Territory Having • Highest Literacy Rate

',-~,",--'"

Kerala

-

....•.

Most Populous State

Chandigarh --~'"

~_._...

"-

'~'

... ... __

_ _-,-~~ ..

"'_.-'

Uttar Pradesh

.L?~g~~_D~!:O_._ •...... '.• .':iirakud Dam.

__ ,_~",~

1. Mrs Shakuntala Devi holds the world record of fastest computing-faster than a computer. 2. Dr Rajinder Singh of Himachal Pradesh holds the world record of accurate and fastest typing (96.8words per minute, 1988).

."

( Highest Gateway

Largest Auditorium

Individual Achievements

Largest Man-made Lake

Qutub Minar

Statue, Mysore

..

Bihar -- --.1L~'::',.-i

\ State With maximum , Forest Area • ,-_.,~ .... --

Therm.al Power Station of Toto, Electric Co. Mumbail275 m high)

IStructures Highest Tower (Minaret)

~_ ~-

Gomateshwar

.•.,- --"

.. '~

1Irt.'

1. The Ganges and Brahmaputra Delta (Sunderbans) form the world's (7500sq krn) largest Delta. 2. Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU) has emerged as the world's largest open university with over 3 million students in 2014. 3. India has the world's largest reserves (approximately one-fourth of the world's known reserves) of iron. -

Most densely populated State

Red Fort, Delhi

; Tallest Light House ."'

INDIA'S SUPERLATIVES Miscellaneous

C.413

__

~,_,

__

Sri Shanmukhananda IMumbai)

~_,~~,

_~.~~

Largest Zoo

____ .__. .~---,-

I L~~gest

"",'''',-

-----

. ....------

•••• --.-~~

.••••.,~"''".-.i.'_-'"-.-.'''~

~~~~~~.c: __ ~C?~I~~!e~I:I~,_~rr.'~!~~~_

_.",

-4;1"

•.•

.:p'~''Oo.

Sri Shanmukhananda, (301 2 seats) ~

~

.•••..•.

'~ ..•

"'" ••..

~,.,

_

"' ••.•

,.,1,,"'"'~~, ..• ~

Mumbai

.•

St Cathedral, Goa .' ,'.«-

~

."

-' ..-

.. ,

Largest Mosque

Jama Masjid, Delhi

Largest Dome

Gol Gumbaj,Bijapur

Largest Cantilever Bridge

Howrah Bridge

,LongesLRi~er B~idge ...

.-<~

Ellora

.':'"' ..,----""

Largest Church

1 _'"

-- -'"'

._.j<::_Cl!cu~~L_ ,.

Largest Auditorium ~

...-._.-

Zoological Garden, Alipur

Largest Cave Temple ----,,"'-,_

__ '.'_~h_.'"

Hall

"", .•_" .~...••... ~.

Longest' Corridor

i"_Mahatma

IMysore)

Gandhi Setu, Patna

Rameshwaram Temple Corridor

Longest Platform IRly)

Kharagpur lworld's longest)

Longest Road Bridge

Sone Bridge, Bihar

Longest B.~ad

GJ. Road

Largest Desert

Thor (Rajasthan)

(Continued)

'.J

'...J

I'tt f'

C.414

National Insignia and Other Facts

Chapter 10

___________________

~» Topic.wise Assessment (a) (b) (c) (d)

Notional Insignia National Flag 1.

The National designed by (a) (b) (c) (d)

2.

(b) (c) (d)

(b) (c) (d)

White Stripe Ashoka Chakra Saffron Stripe Green Stripe

(a) (b) (c) (d) 9.

11 24 29 33

centre

of

the

spokes spokes spokes spokes

(a) (c)

1:2 3:4

(b)

2:3

(d)

4:5

10. The National Flag of India can be flown on half-mast throughout India in case of death of (a) (b) (c) (d)

Hinduism Faith and Chivalry Courage and Sacrifice Ancient Culture and Peaceful Change Flag of India

(a)

1890

(b)

1901

(c)

1911

(d)

1947

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

(c) (d)

11. In the State Emblem of India,

19. Vande Mataram posed in

(b) (d)

Two Four

Three Five

12. Which of the following inscribed on the State

words are Emblem of

India? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Satyameva jayate Satya me jayate Satyameva Vijayi Satya me Vijayi

14. The inscription of India is in (a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (d)

1945 1950

1947 1954

on the State Emblem

Devanagari Script Devmukhi Script Devalakshya Script None ofthese

(c) (d)

in

(a) (b)

(a) (c)

Bhagat Singh Mahatma Gandhi

(a) (c) (d)

(a) (c)

Song was sung for the

1857 1905

(b) (d)

1896 1950

Aurobindo Bankim Chandra Chatterjee Rabindranath Tagore None of these

(a) (b) (c) (d)

National

Animal

of

Panthera uncial Panthera tigris Panthera onca None ofthese tiger reserves.

13 25

(b) (d)

20 27

(b) (d)

1950 1960

National Language of India Official language of the Government of India Regional Language of India None ofthese

1954 1973

(b) (d)

1964 1998

1954 1964

(b) (d)

September 5 October 3

(d)

March 5

37. Birthday of as Teacher's day.

is celebrated

Mahatma Gandhi S. Radhakrishnan jawaharlal Nehru Rajendra Nath Prasad

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

March 3 August4 September 6 October 2

Lotus Rose Bamboo Cauliflower

(a) (b) (c) (d)

12 13 14 15

is the National

I. II. III. IV.

Tamil Telugu Kuki Malayalam belongs to

family.

Dravidian Sino-Tibetan Altaic Indo-Aryan

(a) (b) (c) (d) days in the

Quit India Day National Youth Day National Integration Day Flag Day

Underground Cut into cliffs of solid rock Natural Caves None ofthese

48. Which of the following are the most important early examples of Indian paintings? '

Air Force Day Navy Day Armed Forces Day Rededication Day

41. Arrange the following order in which they fall

Dravidian Sino-Tibetan Altaic Indo-Aryan

47. Ajanta caves are

40. October 8 is celebrated as (a) (b) (c) (d)

Kashmiri

The Arts

39. Army Day falls on

1961 1990

5000 BC 3000 BC 1500BC 500 BC

46. Manipuri

38. Gandhi jayanti is celebrated on

january january january january

India approximately

45. Which of the following language does NOT belong to Dr,!vidian family?

Other Important Days

is the National Flower of

33. Which of the following Tree of India?

(a) (b) (c) (d)

january 30

(b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

invaded

44. Bengali, Oriya and languages are part of

(c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Pavo cristatus Pavo muticus Afropavo congensis None of these

(a) (b) (c) (d)

of origi-

Aryans Dravidians Indo-Aryans None ofthese

43. Aryans around

36. Martyr's day is on

(a) (b) (c) (d)

were the decedents nal inhabitants of India. (a) (b) (c) (d)

35. Hindi is

(a)

India. (a) (b) (c) (d)

I, III, II and IV II, I, III and IV III, II, IV and I IV,', II and III-

The People 42.

Apple Mango Imli Bir

National Day

National Flower, National Tree and National Fruit 32.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)

31. Peacock was adopted as National Bird of India in (a) (c)

is regarded as a National

(a) (b)

30. Indian National Bird is called

Song was first

Bodhni Patrika Ananda Math jag Vani Smadhi

1947 1957

is

National Bird

Song was written

23. Indian National Calendar was adopted

ten by

day

Chaitra Asildha Pausa Phulguna

is the

(b)

(a)' (b) (c) (d)

National language

India.

com-

National Calendar was writ-

of

Magha Phalguna Vaishaka jyeshtha

27.

(a) (c)

22. The Indian National published in (a) (b) (c) (d)

National Emblem 15. The Indian National Anthem

(b)

month

National Animal

by (a)

last

29. Project Tiger was launched in

21. The Indian national by the

is the

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Mango Neem Pipal Indian Fig

Fruit of India.

Indian National Calendar. (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d) 34.

28. India has was originally

Bengali Sanskrit Hindi Urdu

20. The National first time in (a) (c)

13. State emblem was adopted Government of India in (a) (c)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

National

26. During leap year, an extra added to the month of

The anthem is played as part of the film There is war going on in which India is involved The President is sitting There is solo playing of anthem

National Song

of Indian

Chaitra Kartika Aswin Pausha

25.

is

President Governor Prime Minister Lieutenant Governor

National Emblem _

Anthem

18. It is compulsory for the audience to stand at attention during the playing of the Indian National Anthem unless

(b)

Prime Minister Former President Queen of England None of these

Flag of India

Flag of India

Subhash Chandra Bose Rabindranath Tagore

17. Normally Indian National NOT played for the

The ratio of the width of the National Flag to its length is

(a) (c)

Truth and Peace Faith and Chivalry Courage and Sacrifice Ancient Culture and Peaceful Change

Green in the National signifies

The Chakra at the National Flag has

(a) (b) (c) (d)

16. The Indian National Anthem was sung for the first time in

lions are visible.

All the communities excluding Hindu and Muslim Truth and Peace Faith and Chivalry Ancient Culture and Peaceful Change

Saffron in the National signifies (a) (b) (c) (d)

7.

all India in 1890 all India in 1913 all India in 1918 all India in 1921

Ashoka Chakra in the National Flag of India signifies (a) (b) (c) (d)

6.

8.

The flag adopted by Congress Committee The flag adopted by Congress Committee The flag adopted by Congress Committee The flag adopted by Congress Committee

(c) (d)

Islam Truth and Peace Faith and Chivalry Courage and Sacrifice

was

Mahatma Gandhi Subhash Chandra Bose Bhikaiji Cama Pingali Venkayyaand

White in the National signifies (a)

5.

India

When the Constituent Assembly adopted the flag of Congress Party as Flag of India, what did it change? (a) (b) (c) (d)

4.

of

Which of the following flags was used as a battle ensign of the Indian National Army? (a)

3.

Flag

24. The first month Calendar is

C.415

49.

Frescoes in Ajanta Caves Frescoes in Ellor.ilCa\les Paintings found in Taj Mahal None of these is the earliest written

work of Indian Literature. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Ramayana Vedas Mahabharata Gita

"

r I

"

.......,..

C.416

Chapter 10

50. The oldest collection is called (a) (b) (c) (d)

of fables in India

Aesop's Fables Pancastikayasara Pancatantra Yavanesvara

(a)

Jnaneshwar Mirabai Surdas Tansen

52. Which of the following from North India?

iI,

~

IIIi

~

~

I

t

(a) (b) (c) (d)

dance style is

Kathak Bharatnatyam Kathakkali None of these

Social issues Indian nationalism Hindu Religion Islamic Militancy

54. In which of the following did the highest percentage vote? 1977 1952-

I: \

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)

elections, of public (b) (d)

(d)

is

(a) (c)

(b) (d)

(b) (d)

1977 1998 is

1984 2000

(a) (c)

Hyderabad Lakshadweep Chandni Chowk . Karol Bagh -

Mother Teresa

(b) (c) (d)

Anna George Dina Vikil None of these

70. The first Everest

Indian

(a)

Anna Chandi

National National Nagaland Nagaland

(b) (c) (d)

Tenzing Norgay Mihir Sen W. C. Bannerjee

I

Column

(b)

1954 1968

67. Who was the first Muslim sit on the throne of Delhi?

First to be crowned Miss Universe

III

First to be crowned Miss World

Chand Sultana Rani Rashmoni

IV First to be crowned Miss India

B

C

0

I

III

II

IV

IV

(c)

III

(d)

IV

(a)

(c) (d)

I

II

I

II

IV

I

III

II

77. Consider the following statement: 'Hero Cycles is the largest manufacturer of cycles in the world' The statement(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)

eral of free India. (a) (b)

Warren Hasting Rajendra Prashad

(c)

S. Radhakrishana

(d)

C. Rajagopalachari

(a) (b)

W. C. Banerjee Chandr Mukh Bose

(c) (d)

Nagendra Singh Dadabhai Naoroji

Is false Is true Was true till 2000 Was true till 2010

78. Which of the following hold true for India?

was the Last Governor, Gen-

National Congress? to

The first Judge to be impeached in the Lok Sabha The first Judge against whom the impeachment proceedings were started in Lok Sabha The first Judge of free India The first Indian origin Judge of International Court of Justice

Trade and Industry

India is the largest cut diamonds India is the largest cut diamonds India is the largest coffee India is the largest coffee

79. Which of the following largest employer?

73. Who was the first president of Indian woman

The First Indian Commander-inChief of India The First Chief of Army Staff The First Chief of Navy Staff The First Chief of the Air Force Staff

I and I and II and II and

of sugar

of sugar in the •.

IV. Second largest consumer in the world (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

of sugar in the

III. Largest consumer world

i'

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (c)

statements

(c)

25 60

(b) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c)

The largest producer of tea The largest producer of coffee The largest producer of coffee beans

(d)

The largest producer of grapes

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Largest importer of sugar cane Largest exporter of sugar cane Largest producer of sugar cane None of these

Producer of apples Importer of apples Exporter of apples None of these

importer

of

is the world's

of coffee beans of coffee beans of tea of tea

(a) (b) (c) (d)

87. Which of the following largest river barrage? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) is the world's (b)

Sunkesula Farakka Khutaghat None of these

88. Which of the following Universities has emerged as the world's largest based on the enrolment?

I

and

Rajinder Singh Ramesh Kumar Shakuntala Devi Sharmila Kumari

50 123

(b)

80

(d)

173

(c) (d)

max-

Dr Rajinder Singh Dr M. C. Modi Dr Mihir Sen None of these

95. Lata Mangeshkar record for

Miscellaneous

I

Leh Ledakh Srinagar Hikkim

94. The world record for performing imum eye operations lies with'

Ladakh Leh Shimla Dharamshala

I

93. Shamboo Anbhawane holds the world record for m'arathon typing because he typed non-stop for _ hours. (c)

86. The highest radio station in the world is situated in (a) (b) (c) (d)

Oxford International South Point High School City Montessori School Cambridge'lnternational,

92. The ~orld's record of accurate fasting typing is held by

(a)

importer

exporter of

50 90

Individual Achievements

84. India is the

Building/Roads/Bridges

of

(a) (b) (c) (d)

83. India is

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (d)

iron

91. The World's highest Post Office is in

30 80

exporter of

State Bank of India Indian Railways Indian Army None of these

Exporter Importer Importer Exporter

approximately of the world's

cardamom.

(a)

25 75

'_'__

proven

90. Which of the following school is largest in the world in term of students?

85. India is the largest

80. India is the largest (a) (b) (c) (d)

produces per cent

__

per cent of the wbrld's reserves.

of sugar

III IV III IV

JawaharlalNehru University Indira Gandhi Open University Osmania University None ofthese

89. India. has approximately

Agriculture/Natural Resources 82. Kerala

(d)

1961 1990

I. Largest producer world

II. Second largest producer in the world

World Records Held by Indio

II

II

A

III

72.

independence (b) (d)

Mount

I First Lady Magistrate

D. Ester Victoria Abraham

its

G. V. Mavlankar H. L. Kania Nagendra Singh S. P. Sinha

II

Reita Faria

(a)

climb

I with the correct

DMK DMKRA

People Front Political Front Political Front People Front

(a)

(b)

B. Omana Kunjamma

Rashtriye Samajwadi Party Revolutionary Social Party Rashtriye Social Party Revolutionary Samajwadi Party

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(b) (c) (d)

to

C. Sushmita Sen (b) (d)

Indian

81. India is

76. Justice V. Ramaswami was the

Jayaram was the founder

AIADMK ADMK

first

74. Who among the following has served as the President of International Court of Justice?

75. K. M. Cariappa was

(a)

A.

Record Makers (Indio) (a) (b)

Arti Saha Anna George

Column

Karol Bagh is

(c) (d)

entries in column

CPI-M All India Forward Block Peasants and Workers party Republican Party of India

66. CPI-M declared from Beijing in

Hyderabad Lakshadweep Chandni Chowk

Suchetra Kripalani Ujwala Rai

71. Match the column

65. NPF is short form of (a) (b) (c) (d)

the

(a) (b)

in

64. RSPis short form of (a) (b) (c) (d)

58. Which of the following constituency smallest in terms of electors? (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

63. jayalalitha leader of

1984 2014

57. Which of the following constituency smallest in terms of area? (a) (b) (c)

statements

It merged with other groups to form Janata Dal United Breakaway group from RJD has formed Janata Dal United It broke away from Indian National Congress It formed as a breakaway group from the Janata Dal

1965 1990

was

69. Who among the following is the only Indian woman to win the Noble Prize?

62. Netaji Subash Chandra Bose formed

Ladakh Mandi Bastar Jodhpur

1967 1989

Rajiv Gandhi was assassinated

(c)

56. The Congress lost the Lok Sabha elections for the first time in (a) (c)

(d)

61. Bahujan Samaj Party was founded

55. Which of the following constituency largest in terms of area?

I:

The leaders were not satisfied with Indian National Congress

Indira Gandhi died

(d)

Razia Sultana

women to sail around the world.

(c)

(c)

Rani Avantibai

(d) 68.

Sharad Pawar was expelled from Indian National Congress

(a)

(c) was

(b)

(b)

General Elections and Politicol Parties

(a) (c)

Party

60. Which of the following hold true for RJD?

53. Saratchandra novels mainly deal with (a) (b) (c) (d)

Political Parties 59. Nationalist Congress formed because

51. Who among the following is NOT a poet of the bhakti movement? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Co:!"

National Insignia and Other Facts

holds

the

world

Maximum number of song recordings Maximum number of released albums Singing maximum number of English songs Conducting maximum number of concerts

Indio's Superlatives 96.

is the highest

dam

in

India.

~

11"'1

~.I

I C.418

Chapter 10

(a) (b)

Cheruthoni Dam Tehri Dam

(c) (d)

Indira Sagar Dam Bhakra Dam

100. Largest.Zoo in India is situated in (a) (b) (c) (d)

97. Highest bridge in India is (a) (b) (c) (d)

101. Sunderbans is the

Sevoke Bridge Naini Bridge Chambal Bridge Ellis Bridge

99.

Dal Wullar Ramgarh Tal Bhimtal

____

(a) (b) (c) (d)

lakes is the

(a) (b) (c) (d)

India. (a) (b) (c) (d)

Pir Panjal Hemkunth Yttar Marg Jawahar Tunnel

States is the

New Delhi

(c)

Chandigarh

(d)

Andaman and Nicobar

is the

(a)

Uttar Pradesh

(b)

Madhya Pradesh

(c)

Jharkhand

(d)

Bihar

105. Which of the following

states have

largest Union

Territory in India.

(a)

Chandigarh

(b)

New Delhi

~[E(C¥~(Q)~

[Q) I

>1>,

~

Union Terri-

tories have the highest literacy rate?

Himachal Pradesh Punjab Goa Sikkim

103.

Lakshadweep

(b)

the maximum forest area in India?

Only I I and II I, II and III None of these

102. Which of the following smallest in area?

is the longest tunnel in

(a)

104. Which of the following

I. Largest delta in India II. Largest delta in Asia III. Largest delta in the World

98. Which of the following largest? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Delhi Mumbai Kolkata Ahmedabad

(c)

Lakshadweep

(d)

Andaman and Nicobar

CURRENT AFFAIRS

Answers Topic-wise Assessment 1. (d) 11. (b) 21. (b) 31. (c) 41. (b) 51. (d) 61. (b) 71. (c) 81. (c) 91. (d) 101. (c)

2. (d) 12. (a) 22. (b) 32. (a) 42. (b) 52. (a) 62. (b) 72. (d) 82. (c) 92. (a) 102. (c)

3. 13. 23. 33. 43. 53. 63. 73. 83. 93. 103.

(b) (c) (c) (d) (c) (a) (a) (a) (a) (c) (d)

4. 14. 24. 34. 44. 54. 64. 74. 84. 94. 104.

(b) (a) (a) (b) (d) (d) (b) (c) (c) (b) (b)

5. 15. 25. 35. 45. 55. 65. 75. 85. 95. 105.

(d) (d) (b) (b) (c) (a) (d) (a) (d) (a) (a)

6. 16. 26. 36. 46. 56. 66. 76. 86. 96.

(c) (c) (a) (a) (b) (b) (c) (b) (b) (d)

7. 17. 27. 37. 47. 57. 67. 77. 87. 97.

(c) (c) (b) (b) (b) (b) (d) (b) (c) (c)

8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88. 98.

(b) (a) (d) (d) (a) (b) (b) (a) (b) (b)

9. 19. 29. 39. 49. 59. 69. 79. 89. 99.

(b) (b) (c) (d) (b) (b) (a) (b) (a) (a)

10. 20. 30. 40. 50. 60. 70. 80. 90. 100.

(a) (b) (a) (a) (c) (d) (b) (d) (c) (c)

J

-I

(G[\jJfRifRi lE~iL6\fft\~fRi 5) 0------

~

-'--/

.

0

,I

NATIONAL CURRENT AFFAIRS ASSEMBLY ELECTIONS 2018

sworn in as the Chief Minister; along with eleven other ministers on Mar 6, 2018. .

, ~r.~,j,

Tripura Assembly elections for 59 out of 60 constituencies of the Legislative Assembly of Tripura were held on 18th February 2018. In this election Bharatiya Janta Party along with Indigenous People front government won majority of seats defeating the Manik Sarkar led Left Front. With this victory, BJP was able to break the stronghold of Communist party. Communist Party has been governing Tripura continuously since 1998. Nobody has been able to defeat them during this period. In 2013 elections, Indian National Congress won the second largest number of votes, but in this election, they did not win any seat. Biplab Kumar Deb, MtA from Banamalipur, took over as the Chief Minister of Tripura on Mar 9, 2018. Parties anq COalitions

SeafsWon

Bharatiya Janta Party (BJP)

t~'--'-"W--~-c-~r-'_.c---~~-"':~",,--::, ':\'~__ :'__ ~~c.\_~_~,_""~" Commun'is(PartY Of India-Marxist.

(CPIM)~." :C-",

"-

.,

'.'~

.• -

-

. -."'."

'"

16.

."

SeafsWon

_~_<..... __""__~_...

Indian National Congress (INC) -'" -

••••.

.,~~=" ... ~ .•.-_.~._--,... -._~-_.",'0""

.- '~._ ..,_..,._..,•••

y-

--21

.••••••

N<:Hional Pe.ople's Party (~P'P~

19

United Democratic Party (UDPj

6

Others

14

Total

60

Nagaland Assembly elections for.59 out of 60 constituencies of the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland were. held on 27th February 2018. Before elections, Naga People's Front was ruling the state. National Democratic Progressive Party (an ally of the Bharatiya Janta Party) and allies won majority of'seats defeating the Naga People's Front. Neiphiu Rio was sworn in as the Chief Minister of Nagaland on Mar 8, 2018.

(

Indigenous Peoples Front of Tripura (IPTF) Total,

36 . 0''\''':,''1'''':

Parties and Coalitions

lPartiesandCoaliti()ns

8 ;f-'$:~~"')'

'\

.60.

Nagaland "",''''

""

--

SeafsWon

People's Front (NPF) -~-"."

,',.

~

26

~.".-

Nationalist Democratic Progressive Party (~DPPL

Meghalaya Assembly elections for 59 out of 60 constituencies of the Legislative Assembly of Meghalaya were held on 27th February 2018. Before elections, Indian National Congress and allies were ruling,in the state; The.elections led to a hung parliament as no single party had the seats to form government. Conrad Sangma, leader of the National People's Party along with the United Democratic Party and other regional parties came forward for forming the government. He was

Bhar~tiya }9~t~""~~~tJBJ~L~ Others * . Total

Karnataka

•.

18

,,--.~_: ..••.._-,,; ••---

,

12

.. -,""",.~<~

4

60 t

~~i

Assembly elections for 222 out of 224 constituencies of the Legislative Assembly of Karnataka were' held on 12th May, 2018. Before elections, Indian Na~onal Congress was ruling the state. The electio~led to a h~g

,.. II

f'I I

D.4

Current Affairs

National Current Affairs

assembly. Bharatiya Janta Party emerged as a single largest party with 104 seats. Indian National Congress and Janta Dal (Secular) entered into post-poll coalition with the majority of seats. The Governor invited Bharatiya Janta Party for forming the government and B. S. Yeddyurappa was appointed as the Chief Minister. Governor gave him 15 days to prove the majority. Indian National Congress and Janta Dal went to court. The Supreme Court quashed the 15 days period and asked B.S. Yeddyurappa to prove majority within 24 hours. B.S.Yeddyurappa did not have majority because the alliance of INC and JD(S) had majority of seats with them. Therefore, he resigned without facing the floor test. On May 23, 2018, B.D. Kumaraswamy of Janata Dal (Secular) was subsequently appointed Chief Minister.

Future Assembly Elections after June 2018 • • • •

Mizoram(Not later than 18th Dec 2018) Chhattisgarh (Not later than 18th Dec 2018) Madhya Pradesh (Not later than 18th Dec 2018) Rajasthan (Not later than 18th Dec 2018)

Table 0.1.2 Results

By-Electionsto the lok Sabha in 2018

Kerala Disaster

Alwar-Rajasthan

[Winner: Karan Singh (INC)]

Uluberia - West Bengal

[Winner: Sultan Ahmed (TMC)] ;-""~'7"/'

,> '~!,1F+,. ,.'-----

r:Pravin Kul'i:la~Nishad d Party contesting on SP

224

Total

Phulpur-Uttar Pradesh

[Winner: Nagendra Pratap Singh Patel (SPI] ,

Kairana-Uttar Pradesh

[Winner: Tabassum Hasan (RlD)]

Table 0.1.1 State Assembly By-Pollsin 2018 Results (10 Assembly Seats across 9 States) Noorpur-Uttar Pradesh

Winner: Naimul Hasan (SP)]

Palghar.Maharashtra

[Winner: Rajendra Gavit (BJPI]

[Winner: Shahnawaz Alam (RID)]

JayanagarKaranatka

[Winner: Sowmya Reddy (INC)]

Jokihat- Bihar

Silli - Jharkhand

[Winner: Seema Devi UMMI]

.Chengannur-:Kerala Palus-Kadegaon Maharashtra

[Wil')nec Soii Cheriyar\(CP1(Mn' [Winner: Kadam Viswajeet Patangrao (INC)]

>.?~~;

"""1.,,""'"'

t.

Ampdti' -'-MeghdldY.aTharali - Uttarakhand

Maheshtala~ West-I Bengal RRNagar-Karnataka

.[Winner:.¥iontD.

ShiroHNC)}i"\;. .

Elections to the Rajya Sabha On 23rd March, 2018 elections for 59 seats of Rajya Sabha were held and the result declared. Bharatiya Janta Party won 28 out of these 58 seats. Currently BJP-led NDA has 87 seats, Congress-led UPArhas 57 seats and the smaller parties together hold 100 seats in the 245 seats Rajya Sabha.

[Winner: Munni Devi Shah (BJP)]

OTHER NATIONAL NEWS

.~f'f"

[Winner: Dulol Ch(Jndra'das

Atal Bihari Vajpayee Death

'-{I

.(AllCn

India's former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee died at the age of 93 on 16th, August 2018 after a prolonged critical illness. Atal Bihari Vajpayee debuted

,/

>.

[Winner: Munirathna (INC)]

in parliament in 1962 after being elected to the Rajya Sabha. He was elected to the.Lok Sabha seven times. He ruled the country for 13 days in 1996, 13 months in 1998 and for almost six years from 1999. His role was instrumental in making India a global nuclear power. In his 47 years in parliament, the former prime minister captivated the nation with his dry wit and oratory.

~l

In July, 2018 Kerala was hit by severe floods that shook the nation. About 324 people losttheir lives and more than 2,20,000 people were rendered homeless. Over 2 lakh people were shifted to more than 1500 relief camps in what turned out to be the worst flooding in 100 years. The state government estimated a loss of Rs 20,000 crore as about 10,000 Km of roads washed away and more than a lakh houses damaged.

Science and Technology, India and France recently signed an agreement to collaborate on ISRO's first human space mission Gaganyaan to be launched in 2022. The announcement was made at the 6th edition of Bengaluru space Expo. ISRO also aims to launch 19 space missions up to March 2019. These missions include launch of four satellites to accomplish the Digital India programme by providing higher bandwidth for connectivity. Scientists at the Indian Council of Agricultural Research developed a pea variety in August, 2018 that bears more flowers per stalk and therefore yields more peas per plant.

D.S

smog. With this pledge, Taj Mahal is,setto become' plastic pollution free. The Pledge was taken by The Government of India on World Environment Day (5th June, 2018).

Confining Illegal Rohingyas to Designated Camps

"

Due to on-going conflicts within Myanmar, approximately 40,000 Rohingya Muslim refugees have entered India illegally and settled in different parts of the country. For tackling this issue, Government of India has asked States to restrict illegal Rohingya refugees to pre'-identified sites withiritheir borders, to collect basic information from them (including biometric details) 'and not to issue them with any,identity proof. This collection of information is for sharing with Myanmar authorities cmd for repatriation.

Zoii La Proiect in leh The working on the Zoji La tunnel connecting Srinagar and Leh has started. This tunnel will provide all weather connectivity between Srinagar and Leh. Zoji La tunnel will be the longest bi-directional tunnel in Asia. The construction of the tunnel is expected to take five years due to the terrain in which the temperature can dip to minus 45 degree Celsius is many areas.

Section 377 Historical Judgement

Swachh Rating (Indore Cleanest City)

A five-judge Constitutional bench of the Supreme Court Thursday, in four separate but concurring judgments, legalized same-sex relations between consenting adults. The apex court was hearing a clutch of petitions challenging criminalization of homosexuality. The five-judge bench was headed by Chief Justice of India Dipak Misra and comprised Justices Fali Nariman, AM Khanwilkar, DY Chandrachud and Indu Malhotra.

Swachh Survekshan 2018 has ranked Indore as the cleanest city of India followed by Bhopal. The other highlights are:

lai Mahal Declaration Taj Mahal Declaration is a pledge to end use of disposable or single-use plastic around the Taj Mahal. The Taj Mahal regarded as one of the seven wonders of the modern world is situated at the banks of garbage-filled river and is often covered with

• Vijayawada in Andhra Pradesh was ranked as India's cleanest big city • Ghaziabad in Uttar Pradesh won the fastest mover big city tag. Its ranked 36 this year, compared to 351 last year • Kota in Rajasthan was ranked as India( s, !Jest city based on the feedback of citizens • Nagpur in Maharashtra was tagged as the best city in innovation arid best practices • Navi Mumbai, Maharashtra won the best city in solid waste management ,, • Mysuru in Karnataka won the cleanest medium city status

"

I D.G

Current Affairs

• New Delhi Municipal Council area was selected as the cleanest small city • Delhi got India's cleanest cantonment tag, followed by Almora, Ranikhet and Nainital in Uttarakhand, St Thomas Mount Cantt in Chennai (Tamil Nadu) and Jutogh Cantt, Shimla (Himachal Pradesh).

No Permanent Accommodation for Ex-CMs In 2016,the Uttar Pradesh LegislativeAssembly passed a law providing lifetime housing to former chief ministers. This was challenged in the Court. The Supreme Court held that the Former CMs of the state are not enti-' tied to government accommodation and struck down Section4(3)of UP Ministers (salaries,allowances & miscellaneous provisions) Act, 2016as unconstitutional.

New Draft National Forest Policy 2018 The draft of National Forest Policy 2018has been prepared and circulated for comments. On enactment, the policy will guide the forest management in India for a period of 25 to 30 years. The salient features of the policy are: • Restricting the schemes and projects, which interfere with forests, catchments of rivers, lakes, and reservoirs, geologically unstable terrain and such other ecologically sensitive areas. • The ecologically sensitive catchment areas will be stabilised using suitable soil and water conservation measures. • Suitable grass and trees will be planted in sensitive catchment area. • Two national level bodies of National Community Forest Management (CFM) and Mission and National Board of Forestry (NBF) will be established. • Bring one third of India's total geographical area under forest or tree cover. The first national forest policy of independent India was enacted in 1952, followed by the second policy in 1988.

SATH-EProied Roadmaps SATH-E or Sustainable Action for Transforming Human Capital in Education isa project for bringing structural changes to the government school education system by making it more responsive,

National Current Affairs aspirational and transformational: On 17th March, 2018 the NIT! Aayog released a comprehensive roadmap and detailed timelines for this initiative.

Key Highlights of the Proiect • The comprehensive roadmap has been made for two years i.e., 2018-2020. • The project puts the onus of transforming educa~ tion system on the states. The project will focus on creating role model states for education and centres of excellence. Qualitative and quantitative transformation of learning outcomes will be encouraged through these states and centres. . • There are three participating states (Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh and Odisha) that have shown willingness to become role model states in school education. • The project will intervene at all the three levels i.e. individual schools, district and state. • The roadmap and timelines have been prepared by NITI Aayog, the three States and the knowledge partners of the SATH-E Initiatives, the Boston Consulting Group (BCG) and Piramal Foundation for Education Leadership (PFEL).

TB-Free India Campaign In March, 2018 the Government of India launched a National Strategic Plan for TB Elimination aimed at eradicating tuberculosis from India by 2025. The UN Sustainable Development Goal sets 2030 as a deadline for removing tuberculosis from the world. Around 10 million people are affected by TB annually and more than 1.7 million individuals died due to TB during 2016. This is despite the fact that most of the cases of TB are curable.

Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Bill, 2018 Government of India is focused on improving the ease of doing business in India and on improving the business climate of the country. For furthering this goal the Government has introduced the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Bill, 2018 in the Parliament for creating an independent body for improving institutional arbitration and for increasing the time and cost efficiency of arbitration process. With this bill the Government of India wants to create a robust Alternative

Dispute Resolution (ADR) mechanism in India.

Telephone Subscribers Base in India (May 2018 Report) • The total number of telephone subscribers in India at March 2018 end were 1,206.22 million. This is a 2.24% increase over February. • The urban subscription increased from 669.63 million at the end of February to 681.61 million at the end of March 2018 and the rural subscription also went up from 510.20 million to 524.61 million during the same period. • The overall tele-density in India touched 92.84 at the end of March 2018. • The total mobile subscribers (GSM, CDMA & LTE) touched 1,183.41 million at the end of March. This was 2.29 per cent more than the February figures. • At the end of March 2018 the wireless tele-density of India touched 91.09. • The decline in number of wireless subscribers is still continuing and at the end of March 2018 their number dropped to 22.81 million. • 19.67 million requests of mobile number portability were received during March 2018: This brings the cumulative mobile number portability requests since the inception of the MNP scheme to 370.83 million.

Airport-like Railway Stations The Indian Railways is constructing two state of the art airport like railway stations at Habibganj (Bhopal), Madhya Pradesh and Gandhinagar, Gujarat. These are going to be the first two railway stations constructed under the government's 1,00,000 crore station upgradation program. These railway stations will have futuristic look, waiting lounge at par with the leading airports, dedicated food plaza, cafeterias etc.

NEWS FROM STATESAND UNION TERRITORIES Andhra Pradesh TDP exits NDA at Centre Andhra Pradesh was promised special category status after the bifurcation of Telangana and Andhra Pradesh in 2014. N Chandrababu Naidu's Telugu

D. 7.

Desam Party (TDP) has been campaigning and asking the centre to fulfil its promise: ,The centre did not relent and the TDP walked out of the BJP led coalition. Special category status leads to increase in the funds received from the centre. This increase in funds will help in development of Andhra Pradesh's new capital Amaravati. The TDP was the prst party to extend its support to the BJP in 2014. TDP has 16 members in the 545-member parliament. Y'

Arunachal Pradesh State on the Aviation Map On May 22, 2018 after seven decades ofindependence Arunachal Pradesh finally' saw its first 'commercial flight. The flight lanclEfdaf th~ advandd~nding ground. at Pasighat (305km from the state capital Itangar). The advance landing groUnds are used by armed forces and small aircrafts for limited operations: The next airport to be developed for cOnIDl.ercialflights is located at Tezu in Lohit district, 306 km from Itanagar. I

AFSPA Removed in Some Parts of the Stpte The application of Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act has been reduced from certain areas of Arunachal Pradesh. Prev~ously it was applicable in the station limits of sixteen police stations. Now, its applicability has been reduced tp eight police stations near the border with Assam and My:anmar.

Assam P~otes~sagainst the Citizen (Amendment}Bill, 2016 In May 2018, large-scale protests took place across Assam against the Citizenship (Amendment) Bill,2016 which proposes to give citizenship to non-Muslims from neighbouring countries. The Bill seeks to grant citizenship to members of the minority community from Bangladesh, Pakistan and Afghanistan who came to Ind.iadue to religious persecution in those countries. Therehave been strong protests against the Billin the Brahmaputra Valley as it was feared that it would lead to widespread influx of Hindu Bangladeshis, thereby changing the demographic pattern of the state.

Bihar Back in Ranji Trophy Fold.

tl

.,'

,

Bihar is once again fielding its cricket teafu in the. Ranji Trophy (September 2018) after-a gap of 18 years.

I

""lli I

D.S

r

Current Affairs National Current Affairs- D.9

Jamshedpur was the cricketing headquarter of undivided Bihar. On creation of Jharkhand in 2000 Bihar lost Jamshedpur and as such did not get any opportunity for participating in domestic cricket tournaments.

Special Category Status Denied Bihar has been demanding special category status based on the fact that Raghuram Rajan Report notified it as one of the ten least developed states in India. The Centre Government has denied this demand along with denying special category status to Andhra Pradesh. According to the Centre the 14th Finance Commission recommendations has abolished the special category status and as such it cannot be granted state in India. The Centre has reinstated its commitment to provide special packages to states as and when needed for development work. The Nitish Kumar Government in Bihar has been repeatedly demanding the special category status and saying that it will support any party that provides it with this status. '

case. These convicts have been awarded 10 years' rigorous imprisonment. On February 28, 2002, in the aftermath of Godhra torching incident, a mob entered into the Naroda Patiya area of Ahmedabad and kille1d 97 people. The special SIT court held 32 out of 61 accused as guilty in August 2012.

Narrow-Gauge Lines to be Preseroed On 19th June, 2018 the Railway Ministry declared that it would not upgrade five narrow gauge rail lines in Gujarat. These lines (204 km long in total) were built and owned by princely state's Gaekwad Baroda State Railway (GBSR).Currently they are under the control of Western Railways. The narrow gauge lines are 2 feet 6 inches apart and the broad gauge lines are 5 ft 6 inches apart. Both narrow gauge and broad gauge lines require their own separate coaches, engines, machinery etc.

For conducting the Karnataka elections in a transparent manner and encouraging free and fair polls the ElectIon Commission mandated the use of Global Positioning System (GPS) devices in the poll duty cars. This is the first time in history of India that such devices are being used. .

Haryana

Fraud Reporting at'Karnataka Bank

Sports Award Controversy

Goa No Selfie Zone There have been multiple incidents of drowning at beaches in Goa due to clicking of selfies and the State is taking the issue seriously. The state appointed lifeguard agency, has looked into the matter and selected 24 high risk points along the coast- in which taking of selfies will not be allowed. These points will have 'No Selfie' signages. Baga River, Dona Paula Jetty, Sinquerim Fort, Anjuna, Vagator, Morjim, Ashwem, Arambol, Kerim, area between Bambolim and Siridao in North Goa and Agonda, Bogmalo, Hollant, Baina, Japanese Garden, BetuI, Canaguinim, Palolem, Khola, Cabo De Rama, Polem, Galgibagh, Talpona and Rajbagh in South Goa will be 'no selfie' zones.

State-owned App-Based Taxi SerVice The Goa Tourism Development Corporation (GTDC) has launched its own ride sharing service to certain tourist destinations within the state. For this the state had invited taxi operators to register for this mobile app based service. At present the taxi operators in the state are not attached with ride sharing services.

Guiarat Naroda Patiya Case Verdict In June 2018, the Gujarat High Court has convicted three individuals in the 2002 Naroda Patiya massacre

after the BJPannounced its decision to pull out of the alliance with Mehbooba Mufti-ledPDP. The Governor assessed the situation and forwarded the report to the President for imposing the Governor's rule in the state. The President approved and the Governor's rule was imposed in Jammu and Kashmir from 20th June, 2018.

The Haryana Government issued a notification in June 2018 requiring the sportspersons in the state government employment to deposit one third of their earnings from professional sports and/ or commercial endorsements with the Haryana Sports Council, in cases where the participation was with the approval of the government and if the sportsperson were treated as on duty while participating in the sports. This has created serious controversy and the State Government has put the notification on hold.

Himachal Pradesh Shimla Water Crisis Shimla (State capital of Himachal Pradesh) is suffering from a serious water crisis that has caused residents of Shimla to take to social media for stopping tourists. They are claiming that water is being diverted to VIP areas and major hotels causing rest of them to suffer. On 29th May, 2018,the Himachal Pradesh High Court intervened and stopped all construction activities in core areas of Shimla to save water.

Jammu & Kashmir Governor Rule in the State On June 19th, 2018 the alliance between theBharatiya Janata Party (BJP)and People's Democratic Party (PDP) in the state of Jammu and Kashmir broke down

addressing the challenges of panchayati;raj system and for improving their position. The goal of. the scheme is to: /. ' , .

GPS Fitted Cars on Poll Duty

IMahadayi Water Dispute Tribunal 'The Mahadayi Water Disputes Tribunal which has been hearing the tussle over sharing of the Mahadayi 'or Mandovi river between Goa, Kamataka and Maharashtra, delivered its final verdict on Tuesday. Ending 50-year-old dispute, the tribunal allowed Kamataka access to 13.4 tmc (Thousand million cubic) of water for its consumptive use (5.4 tmc) and power generation (8.02 tmc).The Mahadayi river basin drains an 'area of 2032 square kilometres of which 375 square km lies in Karnataka, 77 sq km in Maharashtra and ~e remaining in Goa. '

'a

The tribunal also directed the Centre to set up the Mahadayi Water Management AuthoritY to implement its report and final decision.

Madhya Pradesh Rashtriya Gram Swaraj Abhiyan (RGSA) Launched The Government of India launched the Rashtriya Gram Swaraj Abhiyan scheme on 24th April, 2018 for

..~.

, ~

.

I

."

0

Karnataka

The Gitanjali Gems has committed a f86.5 crore fraud in the fund-based working capital facilities, which they maintained with the Karnataka Bank. This fraud is in connection with non-realisation of export bills arid diversion of fund. The Karnataka Bank has also clarified that it does not have any Letter of Understanding (LoU) exposure in Mehul Choksi's company. Mehul Choksi and his nephew Nirav Modi are already facing .investigation in the fI3,540-crore fraud they committed on the state-run Punjab National Bank.

. 'J . .I'......

• Augment capacities and usefulness of Panchayats and the Gram Sabhas . • Facilitate autonomous decision-making and ac., countability in Panchayats and encouraging people's involvement ~ • Improve the institutional structure for knowl~ edge forma~or and capacity building of Panchayats ' • Encourage ~evolutiol). of powers and responsibilities to' PanCf~yat~ accot:d~g to the spirit of the Constitution and PESAAct ' " , ' • Improve Gram Sabhasso that they'are able to fulfil their role of the bask forum of 'people Jor improving grass root par"ticipation,' transparencY'and accoitntabili,ty within' the' Panchayat system ' . , ,'. I .,

•

,(.

• Form 'arid improve the democr~tic local self':goyerimient institutions in placesl where . "Panchayats are not present .. , ,', I.

Maharashtra Statue of Shivaji The Maharashtra Government has increased the height of, the under construction statue 0'£ Shivaji to 212,meters so that on completion it will Be the world's tallest statue. The statue is being erected in the memory onhe warrior king on the reclaimed area of around 6.8 hectares in the Arabian Sea near Mumbai: '

,~aw to Encourage Inter-caste, Inter-religion Marriages' The National Crime Record Bureau (NCRB), has ranked Maharashtra fourth in the list of honour killings in the country. For dealing with the issue Maharashtra Government is preparing to enact a law encouraging inter-caste and inter~religious marriages and for improving the protection enjoyed by such couples. " i ""'Ok ' .".~

MeghalaYG. '

.. ,

AFSPA Removed

11'0

f~

..

,':i" ii'

. )';f I 1

, ~',.:..:j ~n

The centre has removed Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act (AFSPA) from all the areas in Meghalaya from 23rd April, 2018. The AFSPA was enacted

I

11

'1'1\1 n D.1 0

I

Current Affairs

for helping the security forces to deal with situations while operating in a hostile environment within the borders of the country. The right activists across the nation have criticised the application of AFSPA for dealing with the citizens of our own country. Currently AFSPA is in force in Nagaland, Manipur, Assam and Jammu and Kashmir.

Odisha Mahanadi Water Sharing Dispute The Government of India has constituted a tribunal for sorting out the Mahanadi river water dispute between Odisha and Chhattisgarh. The dispute between the two has nearly continued for three decades. Chhattisgarh government is constructing dams on the Mahanadi flowing within its borders. The Odisha is claiming that this is creating water shortage for its farmers who' are dependent on Mahanadi. The tribunal has been constituted under the provisions of the Inter State River Water Disputes Act, and will submit its report within three years unless an .extension is granted.

InternationalCurrenfAffaks 'D.11 first of these world-class institutions will be 'set up in an area of 100 acres in Alwar, Rajasthan.

Tamil Madu ' Sterlite Plant Controversy The Sterlite smelting plant has been centre of controversies since it was proposed in 1995.Gujarat, Goa and Maharashtra refused Sterlite the permission to set up 4-lakh tonne capacity smelting plant within their borders. The Tamil Nadu Government allowed the enactment of plant at Tuticorin. The residents of Tuticorin are concerned about the environmental and health hazards associated with , ., 1 the plant, and they have been demanding,the closure of the plant for almost 10 years. It has once again come into limelight when on 22nd May, 2018 the police opened fire on the protestors protesting against the plant. This led to death of 10 persons and injury to more than 50. .

Bharat Bandh Call by Dalit Organizations The Supreme Court has expressed concern over misuse of the Scheduled Castes and Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989, or the SC/ST Act and ruled against automatic arrest of the accused and introduced the provision of anticipatory bail for the same. The Dalit organizations saw this as the dilution of Act that is protecting them against discriminations and mistreatment. Consequently they made a call for Bharat Bandh on 2nd April, 2018. This led to the countrywide protests against the Supreme Court's orders and against the Central Government. Punjab, which according to estimates has 32 per cent SC/ST population, became the epicentre of protests and the ,army had to be called in.

Raiasthan The Centre Govetnment is planning to set five international educational institutions across India for improving the education levels of minorities. The

According to the Comptroller and Auditor General, Telangana has'surpassed all other states of India in the growth in state OWned tax revenues. In the last four financial years, Telangana has achieved average growth rate of17.2% followed by Haryana with 14.2%, Maharashtra with 13.9%, Odisha with 12.4% and West Bengal with 10.3%growth. The growth rate of all the other states was below 10%.

Andaman and' Micobaf'lsliinds' , ",,' ".

~

< . ,.

~;~

The ruling TrinamoolCongress has won the rural local bodies elections i,n,West Bengal. T~e elections were held for total of 58,692seats. Out of which 20~075 or 34.2% were won uncontested (most of these were wo'n by TMC). These include 16,814 of the 48,650 Gram panchayats seats, 3,059 of the 9,217 panchayat Samiti seats and 203 of the 825 Zila Parishadseats.

Delhi

."

i,

.

,.1

\.i

is,.J. 'I'~':'

~i

l'~

1

A:h:

TheDe~i NCR region\\Ta~.c.9~~!~~~itb-.'lth!-~J.< cloud dust duri~.gJune; 2018.,TN~ ~~d.!().the'An:tp~ementation ()f,the emergency meas~!~~a.ng al~,~j,::ilcons~ct~().n wOF~sin Delhi an.,glia!Y~!2(l.Jw_~r~ s!~pped. This dust cloud was because ,of g13st~!()~msltaking place in western India, particularly Rajasthan. ~i

f~;"'

o{,'

'

'-J

.

,

J

)"

•

ji'

-'j ••.,~I

.

"

if'

i.:..

~, :.;

~'

"

J~.

l'~

't~ "~~:~',

J

INTERNATIONAL CURRENT-AFFAIRS.,

• Bifurcation of Hyderabad High Court; and establishment of a separate High Court for Telangana. , • Releasing. of, sptrcial assistan~~ of ~450 crores for various distriCts. ' .' • Establishm,entof Indian Institute of Manag~!nent (11M),Indian InstitUtion of Technology at K31rimnagar and, Jawab,ar Navodaya Vidyalaya~.in 21 new districts. ', • Speedy clearance and completion of the, following railway projects: . o Manoharabad-Kothapalli prQject o Kazipet-Vijayawadathird lineof electrification o Raghavapuram-Mandamari patch triplilig o . Akkannapet-Medak line o Bhadrachalam-Sathupally railway project. o Armoor-Nirmal-Adilabadnew broad gauge line o Doubling of tracks in Secunde,rabadMahbubnagar and Secunderabad-Zaheerabad routes . \,'

F ~..

~,,_

Dust Cloud over p'~lhi-NCR.:J!J-".(h)

,!,i(,1.

The Telangana state Government has been demanding certain concessions, facilities and help from the Central Government for the growth of the newly formed Telangana State. These demands include: .

•

, r.'

} ,

West Bengal West Bengal Panchayat Polls

.1:

~'"""".jJ

J

~',}

~{

r1

" 7',1' .i

i.

'-~- ~-

i'<~.f' _.:,

•

<•••

J

THE TRUMP - KIM SUMMIT

• US a~su~irlgsec~rity guaraI)-teestoNorth:Korea

On June 12, 2018, the historical'singapore Summit 2018'between North Korea and United States-the first meeting between a sitting North Korean andian American Leadership-was held at Capella Hotel in Sentosa Island. The presidents of !hesetwo nations issued a joint statement that is considered as a positive and historical step towards ending the North Korean nuclear crisis through reaffirmations of the denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula.

• , Peaceful relations and follow-up.With diplomatic relations :, ',? t ,'.',' '

The US President, however, clarified that the economic sanctiot)Sagainst North Korea will not be lifted nor a new US embassy established in Pyongyang until there is proof of denuclearization. America and North Korea also express~d desire for ending of the Ko~ean War which technically never ended.

• 'US to strip Hsjoint militHry exercises 'with South . K'orea ,. '. ' , ~v~.

r

if'!<

"

.

'j'~-

'\'

I'"

t-,. _'

:~~,:

I

• North Korea agreed in writing to complete denuclearization

~

'

- ~.

Jl!,

• South Korea was su,rprised by these m,oves and has objected that the joint' stat,e~~ilt pas not mentioned how to materialize the proposed de~ nuclearization process"complete, verifiable an'd irreversibl~".' .

'"

)

Backgroii.nder:

•: ,

Salient Features of this 400-worded Joint Statement included the following points.

r.

• US alsQhinted 'at the future pos~ibP!ty,of withdrawing. its troops from South Ko!ea while clarifying"thaf.the option is not on the table currently. ....

.' t.

,.,r.

'

f~ I'"

I

j '!

"

•

<1fl')

•

• North Korea's desire to access nuclear w~apons is not new."Ithas roots iri the ~or~arrwfr during which North'Korea 'wanted to'hav~'deferrence capabilitY because US wag 'c6~sidering ~se, of atom bombs in the war iri-l950. ", '. . . '1

--------~-

~.- 't;

The nav~l ships froIl) 16 cOuritI:i,eshav,eiparti'cipated in the recently held 'Milan' Naval WarGame~: These war' exercises' are led by Iildiin ml~y ~nd' aiined at improving regional' cooperation for tackling illegal activities in the ocean. These exercises'are held once every two years. "', q I! " r 'I. .~~.•..}

Telangana

•

.

'Milan'~ 16'Nation Naval. Wtit ,Games,..

-

'..II;

International Educational Institution for Ming,rities

.Highest Growth Rate among Indian States

~

Demands for Growth ofTelangana

Puniab

rlI

j

4

l .

t

~1

ill

I',I

r.....

D.12

Current Affairs

• The North Korean nuclear program began in 1980s with the 'support of the former USSR. During the early days North Korea insisted that its aim was peaceful. North Korea signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) in 1985. In 1991,South Korea and North Korea signed an agreement pledging not to produce or use nuclear weapons. • In 1994,the conditions between the North Korea and US deteriorated. North Korea threatened to produce nuclear weapons. During the crisis Kim II-sung, the founding dictator of North Korea, passed away. Later, his son, Kim Jong-II became the ruler. • This crisis ended with an Agreed Framework in which North Korea agreed to dismantle its nuclear facilities and US agreed to provide fuel oil and assistance in constructing light-water reactor power plants. • With the installation of George W. Bush as the president of America in 2001, the dynamics between US and North Korea changed. Bush administration tooka hardline approach, it postponed talks and listed North Korea among one of the three nations in an "axis of evil". • America claimed that North Korea was secretly enriching uranium. North Korea denied this claim, the fuel oil shipments under the Agreed Framework were stopped and North Korea outstared the IAEA inspectors from the country. The Agreed Framework collapsed and consequently, North Korea withdrew from the non-proliferation treaty. • In 2006, North Korea began testing of medium and long-range missiles. It launched seven ballistic missiles including the long-range Taepo Dong-2. This was followed by North Korea's first nuclear test. • In 2009, North Korea conducted its second nuclear test. This led to impositions of sanctions by UN and US. During this crisis, Kim Jong-II passed away and his youngest son, Kim Jongun, came to power. • Under Kim Jong-un the testing of ballistic missiles and nuclear weapons increased. Between 2b1~ 16, North Korea conducted three more nuclear tests. In 2017, it successfully test fired its first intercontinental ballistic missile.

International Current Affairs This started a battle of words between Donald Trump and Kim Jong-un. • An improvement in the situation started with 2018 Winter Olympics. Kim Jong-un accepted South Korea's invitation to participate. North Korea invited President Trump to sit for negotiations, the president agreed. • In April 2018, North Korea announced suspension of nuclear and missile testing, and closure of the site where its six previous nuclear tests were carried out. The unprecedented meeting between a sitting US president and a North Korean leader took place on June 12 in Singapore.

MORE POWER FOR XI JINPING IN CHINA' On March 17, 2018, the Chinese parliament amended the constitution by removing the section stipulation that the president and vice president "shall serve no more than two consecutive-terms of 5-years each" and has re-elected Xi Jinping as the President of China. This unanimous decision of the China's legislature has increased the already considerable power of Xi Jinping;who is regarded as the China's most influential President since Mao Zedong. Backgrounder: • Over the period, the influence of Xi Jinping has been slowly increasing. In 2017,his political philosophy known as Xi Jinping Thought was added to the constitution of China. • The China is a model of non-democratic authoritarian government that is both efficient and effective. This has been made possible due to the traditions of collective leadership and rotation of power. • Mao Zedong, the father of Communist China, passed away in 1976. There was a struggle for power after his death and Deng Xiaoping was victorious. • Deng Xiaoping changed the pattern of working of the government. Deng did not monopolize power as Mao Zedong. He rather laid the foundation for the rule of elites, that is, decision making by consensus of elites. • Deng selected and trained the next two leaders: Jiang Zemin (President 1993,-2003)and.Hu Jintao (President 2003,-13)'.Deng passed away in 1997,but his system survived till 2013.

D.13

• In 2013, Xi Jinping became the president of China. Like Mao, he also monopolized power. He leveraged his popular anti-corruption campaign to jail an unprecedented number of potential opponellts and rivals

will include more than 7,000 infrastructure projects across more than 64 countries. This infrastructure will need defendmg. By cre'atmgdeoftrap's in these countries China will be in -unique position for defending the,m. .,'. ..

• China's non-democratic authoritarian model is once again changing into similar strongman dictatorship models found around the globe.

Important

DISPLACED POPULATION WORLD OVER According to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees, the number of people displaced due to war and persecution reached 68.5 million during 2017. This number includes refugees from South Sudan, Congo and Myanmar. Approximately 16.2 million people have been displaced during 2017; Equivalent to 44,500 people being displaced each day. The rest were displaced in previous years. Most of these refugees are forced to flee multiple times. For the fourth year, Turkey-with 3.5 million refugees at the end of 2017-was the home to the largest number of refugees in the world. Most of the refugees in Turkey are from Syria. Major Source Countries .. .

'of RefUgees

• Syria [6.3 million] • Afghanistan [2.6 million] • South Sudan [2.4 million] • Myanmar [1.2 millionL • Somalia [1 million]

• Turkey [3.5 million] • Pakistan [1.4 million] • Uganda '[1.4 million] • • • •

lebanon [1.0 million] Iran. [0.98 million] Germany [0.97 million] Bangladesh [0.93 million]

• Sudan [0.91 million] • Ethiopia [0.88 million] • Jordan [0.69 million]

CHINA'S 'IDEBT-TRAP DIPLOMACY" . China is investing billions of dollars in countries that do not have repayment capabilities. These funds are being invested in dual use infrastructure projects under China's "Belt and Road" or "One Belt, One Road (OBOR)" initia.tive. Belt and Road initiative is a project for creating a new Silk Road with links across Asia, Africa and Europe. The OBOR

•

~;,

•

"

II

l

• China. h~s alre.a.4y;committed $90,0bWion for project,s that are ~~ady being ,implem~nted or planned. ,~ ., .; ,.. .. .. • 'Debt.trap' refers ,to !oans,that c~ot b~ rep~d. By investing in f!lese ~o~~~s~ China i~shifting , the strategic advantage from US towards China. • China has already invested in ~astructure projects in the contested.South, China, Sea. for diluting the opposition to Beijing's territorial ambitions: Now, Sri Lanka~'Djibouti; Pakistan and Vanu~tu are considerea as vwnerable. '..' -, • Sri Lanka had to lease ~trategicAllrsituat~d Ha~pantota to"Ch~~.f.or' 99 years;ln 2017,..... bes:a~se it ~~s.im~J;>let~. ~epay-th~~~.8_1;,~ d;bf that It owned to the Chmese state-controlled compan.!es. Th~re is' fear 'that ,p{i~a Alight convert this port into a military base:' " • In Djibouti, China has taken over the control of Doraleh Container Terminal in exchange for debt. US, France and China already have military bases in Djibouti. ' . • Pakistan had added $62bn of Chinese loans on top of extemalidebt standing at $82bn. or" l

)Il..ol

!"i-j',Arc

,.I

'.

.'Ji....

~'

CHANGE OF GUARD •

HI,

:I~'_:_

'..;

_

J"

South Korea':""" President South Korea'sPiesident Park Geun~hye wa.soffici
,

,

.,

;

"

II

III

lit.....-

-D.14

r~l International Current Affairs) D.15-

Current Affairs

Nepal- Prime Minister

Malaysia

Nepal held its first free and fair elections under its new constitution between 26th November and 7th December 2017. KP. ali of The Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist) was sworn in as the prime minister on 15 February, 2018. The last elections in Nepal were held in 1999. The elected House of Representatives was dissolved in 2002 with the intentions of holding new election, but the civil war within Nepal made election impossible. The new constitution of Nepal was finalized on 20th September, 2015,by the Constituent Assembly.

In May 2018, former Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad (aged 92) defeated the Barisan Nasional coalition which has been ruling Malaysia for over 60 years. This victory is significant because Southeast Asia has seen little democratic progress in recent years. Hope Pact (Mahathir-Ied opposition alliance) along with additional allied party won 122 out of 222 seats. In 2013, the last general election, its predecessor opposition coalition won 89 seats. With this victory, Mahathir became the oldest elected leader in the world.

'"

Germany - Chancellor

Turlley - President

On Mar 15, 2018, the German Chancellor Angela Merkel embarked on a fourth term after securing a coalition deal between her conservative Christian Democrat Union/Christian Social Union and the centre-left Social Democrats ..The anti~immigrant party, Alternative for Germany (AID), enters the federal parliament for the first time with over 12% of the vote, and now makes up the largest opposition group.

On 25th June, 2018, President Recep Tayyip Erdogan of Turkey was re-elected for one more term of five years. He will be the first president under Turkey's new constitution that was accepted by a referendum in 2017. Under the new constitution the president holds the power to directly appoint top public officials, including ministers and vice-presidents; intervene in the country's legal system and impose a state of emergency. This constitution has also abolished the post of the prime minister.

Russia - President In March, 2018, the Russian President Vladimir Putin won a landslide victory in the Russia's legislative elections. With this victory Vladimir's dominance over Russia will continue until ~024 making him the longest ruler. of Russia after Josef Stalin. Elections s.aw 67% turnout and Vladimir won with a 76.7% share of the vote. He won 53% of the vote in the 2000 presidential election, 71% in 2004 and 63% in 2012.

Spain-PM On Jun 2, 2018 Spanish Socialist Pedro Sanchez was elected as the Spain's. Prime Minister. He is succeeding Mariano'Rajoy's who has beeri one of the Europe's longest-serving prime ministers. Pedro Sanchez brought a no-confidence motion in Spain's fragmented parliament and won enough support for taking over the control from Mariano Rajoy. Pedro was helped by the recent Court decision in Gudel affair.in which many people linked with the ruling People's Party (PP) were sent to jail for corruption.

Mexico - President On 2nd July, 2018, the Left-wing Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador (also known as AMLO) won a lar;tdslide victory in Mexico's presidential elections. AMLO has been vocal in criticizing the Mexican political establishments, This victory has given him the mandate to reshape these establishments.

Colombia - President Ivan Duque (Conservative Party) won the Colombia's presidential elections on the promise of changing the landmark peace accord with FARC rebels which ended decades of conflict in Colombia. Marta Lucia Ramirez has become Colombia's first female vice president. l\ "

Italy - Key Ministers The populists in Italy were able to end the three months old political stalemate and to form a government on 1st June, 2018. This is Western Europe's first

populist government. The new cabinet includes Guiseppe Conte (Prime Miniser), Enso Moavero Milan-" esi (Foreign Minister), Luigi Di Maio (Industry and Deputy Prime Minister), Matteo Salvini (Interior and Deputy Prime Minister), Giovanni Tria (Economy Minister), Elisabetta (Defence Minister) and Paolo Savona (European Affairs Minister).

INDIAN PRIME MINISTER'S FOREIGN VISITS AND AGREEMENTS SIGNED IN 2018 Indonesia •

.l

In May 2018,Prime Minister Narendra Modi, made his first trip to Indonesia. During the.trip the discussions regarding mutual benefits of enhancing infrastructure development cooperation with Indonesian president Joko Widodo were held. Indonesia and India agre'ed to upgrade their relations by signing 15 agreements on areas related to cooperation in defense, exploration and use of outer space, science and technology, health, railways, capacity building of public officials,dialogue and interaction between governments, etc.

In June 2018, Prime Minister Narendra Modi met his Singaporean counterpart Lee Hsien Loong, and both emphasized on strengthening bilateral qefense ties between India and Singapore. Eight memorandum of understandings (MOUs) were signed between the two countries. The MOUs were signed by the two countries in the following fields: 1. Joint statement on the conclusion of the second review of CECA. 2. Mutual recognition agreement on nursing. 3. Implementation agreement between the Indian Nayy and the Republic of Singapore Navy concerning mutual coordination, logistics and services support for naval ships', submarines and naval aircraft (includingship-borne aviation assets) visits. 4. Extension of the Memorandum of Understanding between the Indian Computer EmergencyResponse Team (CERT-IN) Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology,Government of India and the Singapore Computer Emergency Response Team(SINGCERT),the cyber-securityagencyof the

I,

.

II

!

Republicof Singapore on cooperation in the area of; cyber security. 'J,A 1" I nb, .A, ( -i T,:, i 5. Memorandum of Understanding between1thei Narcotics Control Bureau (NCB)of the Republic of! ,India and the CentralNarcoticsBureau (CNB)of the Republic of Singapore on Coopefation to combat illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances and their precursors. " _. ... .: , 6. Memorandum of Understi:m:din:g'between the 'v Ministry, of Personnel, Public Grievances and) . ,Pen~ions,of the Republic of India.ap.d the Public . ?ervic.~Division of the Republ,i~ofIS~gapo~~.~J;l! ,C~!JP~J!ltion in ~~-field of t:>er~o~e~!YI~~gem~pt , ; r,ap.,d,~~ER-,c.A~stratj.9n,', ," __ ',,;, .: , 7.';L¥!:Il,1-or,~I}durri of UndE;ret~m?~I}-gJ?etween,tllei r; D,epart!Uent of Ec.?n9n;i~)~ff.ai~s,.Jy1ipi~try.of . Finance, Government of India and the Monetary "A~thoritY~fS~gapore on the constit1J.tion of a Joint", Working G~(>up(JWG)o;t Fm'techb~twee~Indian and Singapore. :$+ • 1 8. Memorandum of Understanding between the NIT! ;" " 'A:;{Yog ~d SingaporeCoopei:1itioJA Ent~rPrise(SCE) ! ..'on. Cooperation iIi.the Field of Plannu.;,g.'" . ' J

•.:'i

,.,rf..

Singapore

I

-"'.!J

~

i ~,. .

j

~

, •

•

, ,J

1

•...

N~TlONS,QF. THE WORLD R~~ia.-;j ,,',,;., '0",.'-: FloatingNuclear •

\ I.;"' ~.I!

'",

- ~ ,.

j

Power Plant ~~

/-

"

'_'

'

.,,"'!

I'

.

i

Tne Russia'sfirst floating nuclear plant Akademik J"'iJ.w J' ... ~~_ Lomonosov, has started Its Journey towards Pevek, District Chukotka where it will shirt its oper~t{on in 2019. Akademik Lomonosov Nucleadloating power unit (FPU) (named after the Russian scientist Mikhail LOIp_onosov)'hassta~ted"its journey from'S\:' Pefersburg (where it was built) to Pevek via Murmansk (for refueling). This power plant is expected to repl('icea coal-fired power stati~n and ~ ageing nuclear plant ill. Pevek. This project nas been widely criticized ~:Yenvironmentalists and dubbed as a "floating ChernobyL" I

i,',I-<.,

'

"Y'

'_..

.'

.',

-

I •.

•

Pakistan On Grey List of Terror Funding:'

<.

In February, 2018, the F.inancial Action Task Force (FATF) added'pakistanb.ack to the grey list after a period of four years. The Pakistan delegation met with FATFiri June'2018"aild discussed.the steps takeri by the Pakistani government for restricting finan~ cial 'assistance for terroriSm. But global anti-terror.

.....•

Ij

CurrentAffairs

D.1 6

I

International Currerit Affairs ,D~ 17 financing watchdog, Financial Action Task Force (FATF)decided to keep Pakistan on its 'grey list'. The FATF is an inter-goverrurtental body established in 1989to combat money laundering, terrorist financing and other related threats to the integrity of the international financial system.

Chinese Investment China's investment in the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) between 2013-18 has touched $62 billion while US economic and security aid to Pakistan in the last fifteen years has been around $33.9 billion. The US Government, under President Donald Trump, has suspended over $1.1 billion in security assistance to Pakistan. China is using this growing tension between US and Pakistan for investing in Pakistan's energy and infrastructure projects.

• Chinese Naval base at Jiwani---ehina is planning to build a naval base on the Jiwani peninsula close to the Pakistani port of Gwadar. China also holds a 4O-yearlease on the Gwadar port. • Gwadar Port-China wants " to develop the Gwadar port as a trans..:shipmenthub and mega port. This port will be used as an important part of 'Belt and Road Initiative' for shipping Chinese goods to Africa, Europe and beyond. The Gwadar port will also host a liquefied natural gas (LNG) terminal linked to the $2.3bn GwadarNawabshah LNG pipeline. '

Gwadar Port

US$ 793 million.

~

'_,_'~

,_,,_,_~U5$ 9,784 rnilliqn.

lahore Metro t

US$ 1,620 million. ; ..

i~~\'

---Addn. loans

..

-~

Lener~y' ..

U5$33,793 millioh-:~_._J

ITotal

U5$ 61,900 million.

-,

Economic ecuri'Y..

.. ~

Central American Migration Between October 1, 2017, and May 31, 2018, the US Customs and Border Protection has caught more than 32,372 unaccompanied children and 59,113 family units at the US southwestern border under President Donald Trumps' "zero tolerance" policy for migrants. This policy resulted in the separation of children from their parents, and this caused a backlash throughout the country. President Trump has justified it as a harsh measure, but a necessary step for securing the US. On 20th June, 2018, President Trump was forced to relent due to political pressure. He signed an executive order meant to end the separation of families'at the border by detaining parents and children together for an indefinite period. ."

'Ca13'./nitiative

Important:

.

.,

USA

US$ 16,000 million.

US$ 11,095 million. US$ 8,295 million.

tFS* ,

US$ 14,573 million. ,

Total

US$ 33,927 million.

'Coalition Support Funds (pentagon Budget)

.~

The state of California will vote in 2018 Noveinber's general election on the important "Cal 3" initiative. The Cal 3 initiative i~ an initiative driven by ventUre capitalist Tim Draper who is arguing that California has become ungovernable due to its economic'and geographical peculiarities. The initiative, if cleared, will divide California (America's most populous state) into three states of Northern California, California and Southern California. '

CAATSA Sanctions ,

,,[

On May 29, 2018, the United States of America applied CAATSA Sanctions [Countering America's Adversaries Through Sanctions Act (CAAtSA)] on 39 entities in Russia and secondary sanctions on countries doing business with them. These 39 entities are from defense and intelligence sectors. This move comes after America has threatened secondary sanctions against some of Europe's largest companies (France's Total and Airbus, Norway's Saga Energy and Denmark's shipping group AP. Moller-Maersk) over their trade with Iran. The idea is to target Russia's strategic ties around the world. These secondary sanctions will force many of America's allies to reduce their defence and energy dependence with Russia. Backgrounder: The Section 231 of CAATSA, empowers the US government to impose secondary sanctions on third-country business or individual that engages in a "significant transaction" with Russia's defence or intelligence sectors. :'

India: Washington is pressurizing India to cancel a proposed $4.5 billion deal with Russia for purchase of five S-400 Triumf air defence missile systems.

poUution in 2013 which included establishriientof ai national cap on coal use.' His replacing coal with gasl for residential and'industrial use, alongwithclosmgl outdated or illegal steelmills;, coal "mines a'nd:
Indonesia: Indonesia has ignored pressure,' froin America and signing a $1.1bn order for 11 Russian-made Su-35 warplanes. Vietnam is also refusing to bow down to US for dumping Russian weapons in favour of American weapons. ~rance: The US may slap sanctions on France's, Engie, the UK-Dutch Royal Dutch Shell, Austria's OMV Group and Germany's Uniper and Wintershall, all partners in Nord Stream 2.

1~

lo,

European Union: The European Union has already suffered a loss of billions of euros after the Trump administration quit the Iran nuclear deal. European companies that are partners in Russia's planned Nord Stream 2 gas pipeline to Germany are now facing penalties.

Macedonia Name Dispute

On

June 12, 2018, the Greece and Macedonia have said that they are on the brink ofreachirtg a draft agreement for solving the decades old name dispute. But, the proposed compromise will not,be accepted" in Doth the c0l;ffitrieswithout problem. Greece is not happy with the former Yugoslav republic's name Macedonia. They fear that the name, the potential of making claims to the territory and a~cient herit,age of Greece's r~gion of Macedonia. Greece is,objecting to Macedonia's accession to NATO. The solution to the name dispute will lead to Greece withdrawing its objection. . Backgrounder: The Republic of Macedonia gained independence from.Yugoslavia in 1991.Greece is not allowing Maceqonia to jOin NATO and European Union (Ell). Greece is saying that Macedonia's name implies territorial claim to Greek region of same name. Macedonia is denying it.-It is saying that that the full name of Macedonia is' 'The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (FYROM)' which does not lend itself to any implied claims.

China Combating Air Pollution For dealing with the increasing level of air pollution, China developed a National Action Plan on air

I

~L

UK Ea~esvi;itRilles" ~l".I~

~';

..•

'

f 1

_"~

" ••

";": {..,

._~

Frpm'January'I~, 2018, onwards international students, in the ,United. Kingdom are finding it easier to obtai~ work1visas. As per'the previous rules, international, students had, to wait for, obtaining a,degree; before becoming eligible for applying forTier:-2 visa; (skilled worker visa). This 'reduced the time they had for searching for jobs. The new rules which became operational from January 11,2018, allow foreign stu: dents tp apply for Tier-2 visas as soon as they complete theu course.

III "

Maldives fl r'

t,'

I,

i

Declaration of Emergency , Maldives president Abdulla Yameen imposed a 15 days state emergency'on, February 5; for annulling the Supreme'Court ruling that quashed convictions against nine 'opposition leaders and ordered- his governmenfto' free those held in prison: The emer~' gency was' extended for further 30 days with the approval 6f the p'arliament. The 45 day state of emergency expired in March. During this perIod, former' president Maumoon Abdul Gayoom, the chief justice, another Supreme Courtjudge,and a Supreme' Court ~dministrator, wer~ arres_~ed,ona.llegations'9ft attempting.to overthrow the,government. '," ""J

"

Switzerland

!)

-..

Financial Secrecy Index

>

"1

.~..

,,' 1

~~ J ).ij '-I

I,' '~"',

The Tax Justice NetWork's study has found Switzer-l land to be the "global capital of bank secrecy". andJ placed it at the top of FinanCial Secrecy-Index, 2018: Switzerland has been followed by-the Umted States,

~'!I'

I~ II"

I"'I' I 1[1

i~' "1I, "

,

"

h i'l

i,

I 't',

u

D.18

Current Affairs

because its share of global offshore financial services has increased steadily in the recent years. The biennial Index analyzed 110countries on the basis of different criteria that included how much information they provide about the ownership of trusts or foundations and the degree to which they respect money-laundering rules. In addition to US and Switzerland, the index also included Cayman Islands, Luxembourg and Germany. Hong Kong and Singapore lists among the top 10 financially secret countries.

Saudi Arabia Anti-Corruption

Drive

In January 2018, Saudi Arabia claimed to have recovered more than $100bn through its anti-corruption drive that has left 56 high-profile royal family members and businessmen in jails. More than 381 individuals were called for questioning and theses 56 individuals were detained because they were found guilty and they refused to settle.

Iran Invites China and Pakistan to join Chabahar Port On 13th March, 2018, the Iranian Foreign Minister Javad Zarif invited Pakistan and China to participate in the Chabahar port project that connects India to Afghanistan, Central Asia and Eastern Europe. This was done for dealing with, the increasing concerns in Pakistan about Indian's involvement in Chabahar port. A trilateral agreement was signed by India, Iran and Afghanistan in 2016 for jointly developing the Chabahar port. This port provides a strategic option to.India and Afghanistan for reaching the Central Asian nations while bypassing Pakistan.

Set to BoOst Enrichment-Capacity Iran: is looking at increasing its internal uranium enrichment capacity if a nuclear deal with world powers falls apart after the US. withdrawal. Iran is not looking at exceeding its limits under the,2915 nuclear accord. The Obama administration along with Britain, France, Germany, China and Russia reached an accord with Iran that lifted international sanctions on Iran, and Iran promised to curb its nuclear activities. The problems started when Trump administration withdrew from the accord

International Current Affairs and started pressurizing back off.

other countries to also,

Israel US Opens Embassy in Jerusalem

Turkey Waterway to Bypass Bosphorus Strait Turkey is working on its lCirgestinfrastructure project-a waterway to bypass the congested Bosphorus Strait. The $16 billion, 45 Km canal connecting the Black Sea to the Sea of Marmara, is one of the most ambitious of Turkey's engineering mega-projects. But the environmentalists are worried about the potential ecological disaster that the project encourages. Backgrounder: The Bosphorus is one of world's busiest, waterways. In 2017, 53,000vessels pass~dthrough it, compare this with 17,000in Suez Can~l and 12,000 Panama Canai and you get the idea about its magrntude.' The bypass Bosphorus Strait project is the canal that will take the pressure off the Bosphorus and prevent accidents. In addition projects related to it will be major contributors to the Turkey's economy.' But' opponents are claiming that this project will result in' the displacement of thousands of people, destruction of forests, threatening of the city's fresh water supply, increase in oxygen levels in Black Sea etc. In addition the experts are also questioning if such a canal would, violate the Montreux Convention, a 1936 treaty that' ensures the free passage of commercial v.essels and' naval ships of countries along the BlackSea. ' ,

m'

,

TANAP Gas Pipeline On Jun 12, 2918, the Trans-Anatolian Natural Gas Pipeline (TANAP) project has become operational, bringing' Azeri natural gas to Turkey and the EU,',' This link will reduce Europe's dependence on Russian supplies. The TANAP is the longest sectionof.the $40bn Southern Gas Corridor connecting Azerbaijan, Georgia, Turkey, Greece, Albania and,the Adriatic Sea to southern Italy, The TANAP will initially operate at 16 billion cubic meters (bern) of gas per year and this will be gradually increased to 31 bern of gas peryear.' Around 6 bern of gas will be delivered to Turkey and the remaining volume will be supplied to Europe. ,J

Iran Moqtada AI-Sadr Wins

h

On 16th May, 2018 the Populist Shiite cleriCMoqtada al-Sadr has formed a government in Iran defeating both Iranian and US influence.

On May 14,2018the United States shifted its Embassy to Jerusalem from TelAviv,where it has beensince 1966. During the first Arab-Israeli conflict in 1948~Is"raei captured Arab territory beyond the UN-man,dated' partition plan of 1947.Israel's control over Jerusalem is not recognized by United Nations. East Jerusalem is still regarded as a disputed territory.

, Ireland

D.19 > I

I

, "

t"o

'; •. Vll

BILATERALjMULTILATERALAGREEMENTS USA - Pakistan

'1

Abortion Legalized

Reduction in Aid

In May.2018, a referendum was held in Ireland regarding abortion., The Irish voters, in a landslide judgement, have decided to repeal its near-total ban on abortion. This move showcases,the country's transformation from bastion of religious conservatism to one of Europe's most tolerant democracies. About 66.4% of the voters voted yes in the referendum that drew the highest turnout for a ballot on social issues,

The Trump administration -haslcut almost all :the se~u~ity aid to PakistaI)- until deals with terror-. ist networks operating on its soil. The US has not. ann~u~cf'<;i tJ;lequantum ot'the cu,ts, ~ut.~xp'frtsl e~p~e.crit)?/~e. inth.e range, of $,1 b}Pi.?p'j T.hi~~ exp~c;t~4.t.o,.cr.:;at...-e at least short-tE;~1J1-.p'ro~lern,sjp Pakist~'~. E;c0r-0~Y., . 11'1 , •. d:'

Yemen

USA Quii~_!rqn Nil~learDeal

Hodeida Port Capmred

On 8th May, 2018;1 the Trump, administration announced its decision to withdraw from P5+1 or Iranian Nuclear Deal by reimposing sanctions on Iran's oil sector that had been lifted as part of tre deal. By taking this action US has violate-d its obli~' gations under. the,,:r,~;t~ ~greem-e~r, ;rhe in~~,rnational commun}ty is not happy wit,h th!s because all eviden~ecsl-l.ow-s'Ii"a.'n:c'omplyirig with the' terms' of this' deaI:Ameritais' withdrawal does imr,ly' the colIapse'\5f the deal. Iran fTI'aycontinue to follow' tne 'deat 'if 'rest of'the P5+ 1'ke'ep' theirsanc'tions off.' c' " ",' • ( •..

On June 6, 2018, the pro-government forces in Yemen were able to successfully capture the Red Sea port of Hodeida. Hodeida is strategica1ly,locab:idand it is the main point of entry for aid into Yemen.,Majority of Yemenipopulation is getting food and m~dicinethrough this port. Capturing it is key to stemming suspected flow ofarms and suppliers to Houthis from Iran.

!~

completely destroyed by lahars, slurry of pyroclastic material, rocky debris and water. In~teep are'as,' lahars can exceed speeds of,200'kp1/h,(liO mph).l More than 3,000 peoplehavebeen,e~a,cy.at~d..,T-he) ashfall from the !nc~den~.i~affec,ting.rppre th~fl ,t?r-r ~llion people: Shelters. ~av~ R~en opened for those forcedto fl~e. This e~ption is the biggest erupti?I)-in; the country since 1974.

1'.,

---

it

~s

., ~J'

USA~lran

not

Backgrounder: Government forces backed by a Saudi-led coalition have-been fighting the Iranian''l.t... backed Shiite Houthi movement in Yemen since March,2015. The government forces are accusing Ba~gl~d.~s.~.Mycl'nmar . :'JJ the Houthis of bringing Iranian arms in through Hodeida. This is being denied by Houthis group, Rohingya Refugees Crisis - "' . I The three-year conflict has led to d~ath of}.OiOOO,and Bangladesh is turning Bhasan Char, an island in the displacement of more than three million people.' Bay of Bengal, into a home fO!:\190,00q,g.9.J::ti.r):gya: Muslims who are escaping violence in neighboring Guatemala Myanmar. British and Chinese engineers ha\ie be'eh"working for prepating.the islandio receive refugees: Volcan de Fuego , and to sustain, monsoon ,rains. The, monsoons rainsj The Guatemala's Fuego, volCano's eruption in have the potential of creating 4isastrous flooding of' June 2016, 2018 left more than 75 dead and atleast ramshackle camps in the ar~a ~osting about 1 million 192 people m:issi~g. The village of El Rodeo was Rohingyas. ,, , .,'" ,', \,

..

i

J

! II

II

;~

D.20

Current Affairs

China - Nepal India's Monopoly on Internet Ends On January 12, 2018, China ended India's internet monopoly in Nepal by becoming the second internet service provider in the country. China Telecom Global has entered into an agreement with Nepal Telecom, for providing alternative cyber connectivity to NepaL Until this agreement, Nepal was linked to global internet network through Indian telecom operators.

TAPI Pipeline Breaks Ground on Afghan Section On 23rd February, 2018 Turkmenistan, Afghanistan, Pakistan and India (TAPI) ceremonially broke ground on the Afghan section of the TAPI pipeline. Afghan President Ashraf Gnani,' his Turkmen counterpart Gurbanguly Berdymukhamedov joined Pakistani Premier Shahid Khaqan Abbasi and India's Minister of State for External Affairs M.J. Akbar for the ceremony at the Turkmenistan and Afghanistan border. The TAPI pipeline project is a multi-billion dollar 1,840 km gas pipeline between Turkmenistan and India and is expected to help ease energy deficits in South Asia.

InternationalCurrent.Affairs he was open to dialogues with the United States. He, also committed to the denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula. \

India -'Japan Strategic Dialogue External Affairs Minister, Sushma Swaraj, attended the 9th India-Japan Strategic Dialogue in Tokyo on 29th March 2018. Sushma Swaraj and her counterpart Taro Kono, Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs, discussed strategic areas related to politics and security, economic relations including highspeed railway and aDA as well as people-to-peo~ pIe exchanges including Japanese language education; sports exchange and regional exchange. The importance of further strategic cooperation on maritime security including port calls in India by vessels of the Japan Coast Guard and the Maritime Self-Defense Forces were acknowledged by the two ministers. They also agreed to strengthen the Japan-India Track 1.5 Dialogue, a framework for dialogue between governments and private sectors of the two countries, and to hold the dialogue as the "Indo-Pacific Dialogue".

China - Bangladesh To Build Economic Hub

Pakistan - China Pakistan's Borrowing from China In April 2018, Pakistan borrowed $1 billion from Chinese banks for dealing with the ongoing financial crisis. Pakistan's foreign exchange reserves have dropped from $18.1 billion in April last year to $10.8 billion in May this year. In addition, US have decided' to cut aid to Pakistan. By borrowing from China, Pakistan wants to avoid seeking help from IMP. In recent years China has invested more than $60 billion in Pakistan.

North Korea - China Kim's Secret Visit to China In March 2018, North Korea's Kim Jong-un, made an unannounced visit to Beijing for having a meeting with President Xi Jinping. This was the first international visit of Kim long-un after his taking over of North Korea. In this meeting, Kim reinstated that

China is developing a 750-acre industrial park in Bangladesh for hosting Chinese manufacturing firms. The industrial park is a joint venture between staterun China Harbour Engineering Company (70%) and the Bangladesh Special Economic Zone Authority (30%). China is investing billions of dollars in infrastructure projects across nations, like Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Nepal,.Pakistan as part of its Belt and Road Initiative. The industrial park will be in Bangladesh's main port city of Chittagong and will take five years to become fully operational.

India - Pakistan Gilgit-Baltistan Order On 27th May, 2018, Pakistan's Prime Minister Shahid Khaqan Abbasi's passed an executive order for integrating the legislative, judicial and administrative measures of Gilgit,.Baltistanwith the rest of the federal structure of Pakistan. The idea of providing provincial status to Gilgit-Baltistan and for integrating it ~to

Pakistan has gained momentum due to the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC)passing through the region which requires greater coordination between the local and central-level leaders. Gilgit-Baltistan region is part of Jammu and Kashmir that is under the control of Pakistan.

industrial heartland with the North and, then. with China and- Russia. This will start witn. reopening of raillinks between South and North-Koreas.

SUMMITS AND ORGANIZATIONS } . -. .

,

.

E~rop,ean Uni~p

India - Nepal i

]anakpur-Ayodhya

'D.21.

Bus Link

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi visited Nepal on 11th and 12th May, 2018. During the visit, he announced the Janakpur-Ayodhya bus service besides pledging noo crore aid to develop Janakpur city. This is Modi's first yisit toNepal since the 2015 border blockade. Nepal blames lndia for the blockade and sees it as an attempt for crippling Nepal's economy. The Indian Prime Minister said that his government gave top priority to relations with Kathmandu under the Neighbourhood First policy.

Ethiopia - Eritrea Chance to End Border Dispute On 7th June, 2017, Ethiopia has taken steps to end the border war with Eritrea by agreeing to abide by a 2002 border commission ruling. This will entail ceding of disputed town of Badme to Eritrea. This, if accepted, can end the Africa's longest war. This initiative is part of the radical reform agenda initiated by Ethiopia's new,Prime Minister, Abiy Ahmed, to qpen up the country after 26 years of authoritarian rule.

North Korea - South. Korea, Historical Summit -On April 27, 2018, KimJong:"un of North Korea and South Korean President Moon Jae-in met for the first time at the "truce village" of Panmunjom for talks aimed at extending the recent detente on the Peninsula. This was the first time that a North Korean leader has set foot in South Korea since the Korean War.Only two talks took place between the,Korean le;lders since 1950-53Korean War,in 2000and 2007. ' , Economic Upturn for Koreas - The Koreas are situated in one of the world's most dynamic economic regions. The success of the talks can lead to success,of South Korea's plan of developing three economic belts that would link his country's

Defence Force Plan

-".-

On Jun 25, 2018, nine EU countries have signed' a letter of intent for creation of the European Intervention Initiative (ElI). The creation of this"European military intervention force was championed by French President Emma:hu'el"Ma:db-n.andl now li:a'~a strong British backing,"Fran.ce~lGermany, Belgiurn, Britain, Denmark, the Netherland,s; Estonia; Spain and Portugal have signed the letter of intent. Italyis yet undecided. Role of Ell: Members of the' ElI a'~e'expe'cte~f t~ cl~ploy troops and coord~nate planning to count~r threats to Europe.

I

I

!I

Effectiveness: Small groups of countries can react to external threats more quickly, because they do not have to go through the framework that governs EU and NATO actions.

I

,';

,I"'"

,'I'li

NATO Summit

I

,'",

,

NATO Summit in Brusselsduring}uly-ll':"'12, 2018, was themed a,t 'gie~teriPuide~sl}aring': The NATO members have made a commi~ent t~ sp~nd at le~~t tWo percent of their'GDP on defence. But only eight of the twenty nine' mem,bers are followmg tne commitment. Accordingto the estitnates, only 15 members will be "able toineet thecommitme'nt oy 2024, the target!lgreed by alLrnembercounfries in 20t~ ihthe aftermath of Russia's annexation of Crime'a. Spain informed its inabilityto" meet the 2024'target, whereas, 'Belgium~ the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Italy, Portugal, Norway\ arid Denmark 'were" also reported lagging behind. Hungary expects to meet the goal only by 2026.' 1 OJ

~

•••

_

-

•

•

_

'.

°

'

_

"

~

[',

i.-,

~ ~

,

j:

I,

I

'

CPEC

..\"~.i-~:~ i'

l

Afghanistan's Entry l ',_ •• ' __ '-.:1 > On April 8,2018, Asian Comp.~tit!veness_,A-nnual Report 2018 released 0!l the sidelines of puna' s Boao Forum for Asia (BFA)annual conference stat~d that

I I

• D.22

-----

Current Affairs

Sports & Tournament

the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor was being extended to Afghanistan. In December 2017, China had revealed its plan to invest $50billion in CPEC-related projects into Afghanistan. The CPEC is the flagship project of China's ambitious Belt and Road Initiative (BRI)which airrls to create a new silk route. India is opposed to CPEe. It maintains that there are certain aspects of CPEC that violates the sovereignty and territorial integrity of a nation.

UNICEF Illiteracy in Conflict-Ridden Countries On 31st January, 2018, UNICEF reported that 59 million young people aged between 15-24 years living in conflict or disaster-affected countries were illiterate. According to UNICEF, four countries including Niger, Chad, South Sudan and Central African Republic have 76 per cent, 69 per cent, 68 per cent and 64 per cent young people who

could neither read nor write. UNICEF is urgin'g countries to take the challenge of educating these children. '1

United Nations New Funding for Ethiopian Crisis On 23rd March, 2018, the UN Migration Agency, 10M, made an appeal for $88,550,00q tohelp people in need of humanitarian assistance in Ethiopia. This funding will be used for activities under the Humanitarian Community and Government's Ethiopia Humanitarian and Disaster Resilience Plan (HDRP), 10M's assistance to Ethiopian ritigrant returnees from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) and humanitarian support to refugees from neighboring countries. 10M expects to help approximately 1.7 million displaced Ethiopians. Ethiopia remains the second largest refugee-hosting country in Africa, hosting over 909,000refugees (more than 428,928South Sudanese and 254,274Somali).

• Brazil has won it five times (1958, 1962, 1970, 1994and 2002) • Italy has won it four times (1934,1938,1982,ahd 2006)

Group-H: Colombia, Japan, Senegal and Poland [Next Round-Colombia and Japan]

Round of16 Uruguay def. Portugal (2-1) France def. Argentina (4-3) Brazil def. Mexico (2..::0) Belgium def. Japan (3-2) Russia def. Spain (l-l)/(shoot-out 4-3) Croatia def. Denmark (l-l)/(Shoot-out 3-2) Sweden def. Switzerland (1-D)

• Germany has won it four times (1954, 1974, 1990,2014) " • France has won it twice (1998,2018) • Uruguay has won it twice (1930,1950) • Argentina has won it twice (1978,1986) • England has wort it once (1966) , • Spain has won it once (2010) The FIFA2018World Cup progressed from Group Stage to Final as follows:

,n

Group Stage Group-A: Uruguay, Russia, Saudi Arabia and' Egypt [Next Round-Uruguay and Russia] ,.~, Group-B: Spain, Portugal, Iran, and Morocco [Next Round-Spain and Portugal]' .,~: Group~C: France, Denmark, Peru and Australia [Next Round-France and Denmark] Group~D: Croatia, Argentina, Nigeria, and Iceland [Next Round-Brazil and Switzerland] i

'\'

Quarterfinals France def. Uruguay (2-D) Belgium def. Brazil (2-1) England def. Sweden (2-D) Croatia def. Russia (2-2)/(Shoot out 4-3) Semi-finals France def. Belgium (1-D) Croatia def. England (2-1) 3rd Place match Belgium def. England (2-D)

D.23

iii !

cOMMONWEALTH'GAMES 2018 '" r ~,. (4TH~ 15TH APRil, 2018). .' 1

.

~il~

1".

~

.:"

I

,

,

'-,

,.:."

')

t

,•. ,

.

;

.'

I

The 21st edition of the Commonwealth Games (CWG) was host~~ bY'G~ld 'Coast City, ,Queensland-Australia. There were a total of 4426 athletes from 71 nations ~h~ particiPated in 275 ev~nts of 19 sporting discipli~es~al<-£ng it among the biggest "r'_'~l'~ ',' CWG event. Borobi (a bluiko'ala) was the mascot of the .games; and a spec~alsong~Days ~f Gold---:~~s composed for it by the'l\~strali;;n'~o band BJsbyMarou. Other important pOi1J:s f?r t~~gam,e.s,are- ~en\e of the Game, ('share the Dream ); and OffiCIalsong-'Welcome to 'Ea~th'
.

Knockout Stage

England def. Columbia (l-l)/(Shootout(3-4)

.,'

The 21st FIFA World Cup was hosted by Russia where 32 teams from five confederations participated. Germany was the defending champion and in 2018 edition, it was eliminated in the group stage itself. Importantly, some big footballing nations like Italy, the Netherlands, Chile, Cameroon, Ivory Coast, and USA could not qualify in the FIFA 2018, while Iceland and Panama were the notable first-tim'ers. There were some comeback countries such as Egypt (last participated in 1990 World Cup), Morocco (last participated in 1998 World Cup), Peru (last participated in 1982World Cup). In the last 21st editions of the tournament the winners of the World Cups are:

Group-F: Sweden, Mexico, South Korea and Germany [Next Round-Sweden and Mexico] Group-G: Belgium, England, Tunisia and Panal\la [Next Round-Belgium and England]

SPORTS & TOURNAMENT

FIFAWORLD CUP 20 18 (14th JUNE-15th JULY,2018)

Group-E: Brazil,.Swjtzt;;rlCl?d,Serbia'and ~~s!a Rica [Next Round-Uruguay and Russia]

[""1 I' III

,

,l.J~'~'

1']1.

.

J'

-'':''J~j

t~.;!

:

1 •..• _.1

J

I,"'!~}'

,J,.'

l. t ~

~

l

/}'

.'}...

I.

ICountry

Gold

Australici'

c,

'.

~_nglan~

Silver

80

2620 ~'-"-"""---'-'_.'-.' ,[C Canada 15' .. -

-

If'

.-.

.•

.,New Zealand

r;:-:- .

.._._.,~.,

82'

j

15

16

15

13

11

13

---------_ _' . ..---."'... Wales

Nigeria

" 66

_•..•.... _...._-----_

",,,,",,,,--.-,-cO».,-~"""'--'-~""'---'----i-'i'--~.---"-----'"".

I Scotland

198

46

~~----~-----~~-- ..,,---... -.,- --'-. __...

L~o~th Africa -,--'.. '-'--;

.59 .C'

20 -. -_._~~ 40 27

,~'

.-

I

Total

45 -,~~.~~~--]

~~_'

.,Inaia')

!..

Bronze

' 59

I

I"

10

12

14

9

13

_.-E

I ..••...• - .,.,..

~

9

"

9, ,',

6..

37 -

--- ".',-

,,,- ,,","'~

36

...-•...•.•........ ~

•

~

~.. 24 •

[C~;r:-.----..T-~~I~'---5 -,_ t.i"'

-1

*A total of 840 medals (275 Gold; 276 Silver; and 289 Bronze) w~;e won at eWG 2018, . ,. , , l " t.

Finals France def. Croatia (4-2) Awards Golden Ball-Luka Modric(Croatia); Silver BallEden Hazard (Belgium); Bronze ball-AntoiJ:le Gr~~zmann (France) ,. Golden Boot-Harry Kane (England); Silver BootAntoine Griezmann (France); Bronze Boot-Romelu Lokaku (Belgium) Golden Glove- ThibautCourtois (Belgium) Best Young Player-Kylian Mbappe (France)

India at CWG-2018 • 216 Indian athletes (113 males & 103 females) participated in the CWG"2018and won a total of 66 medals (26 Gold; 20 Silvers; and 20 Bronze). • Shooting--'-16 medals .(7 Gold/4. 'Silver/5 Bronze); Wrestling-12 medals (5 Gold; 3 Silver; and'4 Bronze); Weightiifting~9 medals.(.5Gold; 2 Silver; and, 2 Bronze) 'were among' tt\e"topl3 disciplines where 'India won the'medals~ ", ....,..' • India finish~d third in the 'medals' tally rat' 'the Commonwe'alth Gan\es' 2018 with'66,medals (26 Gold, 20' Silverand~20'B'ronzer'OnIy' Atistnilia with 198 medals and'England'with:136 were ahead. ', , . ... '

FIFA Fair Play Award-Spain

..•

--

'. D.24

.-it"It.-1

Current Affairs

• India's combined 66 medals is its third best performance in the history of the CWG (lQ1 in CWG-2010 New Delhi; arid 69 in CWG-2002 Manchester). • India's mixed badminton team's Gold medal is India's first in that category at the Games. • Saina Nehwal became the first Indian to win two singles Gold Medals at the Games. • Table tennis team secured 8 (3Gold, 2 Silver and 3 Bronze) medals; its best-ever performance; with Manika Batra winning medals in all events she competed in-Women's Singles event (Gold), Women's Doubles Event (Gold), Women's Team (Gold) and Mixed Doubles (Bronze). • Manika Batra also made Indian record by becoming the first Indian woman to win' an individual table tennis Gold at the CWG. • Anish Bhanwala~ aged 15, created history by becoming the country's youngest ever Gold medal winner in the Commonwealth Games; in the men's 25 m rapid fire pistol. • Neeraj Chopra from Haryana became the first Indian javelin thrower to claim a Gold medal at the Games. • Deepak Lather from Haryana became the youngest Indian weightlifter to claim a Commonwealth Games medal, clinching a Bronze in the men's 69 kg category.

Sports & Tournament

UEFACHAMPIONS LEAGUEFOOTBALL2018 ,

Wheelchair Women's Singles-Diede (Netherlands)

Real Madrid (Spain) defeated Liverpool (England) in the final of the 2017-18 UEFA Champions League~t the NSC Olimpiyskiy Stadium in Kiev, Ukraine. Real Madrid had defeated Bayem Munich (Germany), while Liverpool defeated Roffia (Italy) on their way to the finals of this prestigious tournament. Cristiano Ronaldo (Real Madrid) top-scored with 15 goals in the tournament.

Wheelchair Quad Singles-Dylan

Men's Singles-Rafael

Australia defeated India to clinch the Rabobank Hockey Champions Trophy 2018 in the finals played on July 1, 2018. The winner was decided after a penalty shoot-out, after the game ended in 1-1 draw after the final whistle.

Men's Singles-Roger

Individual Awards->- Best goal, presented by Auping: Mirco Pruyser (Ne~erlands)-Fifth goal of the match versus Belgium; > Best Coach, presented by Deloitte: Colin Batch (Australia) > Best Rising Player, presented by Volvo: Jake Harvie (Australia) > Best Goalkeeper, Presented by ONVZ: PR Sreejesh (India) > Hero Top scorer: Gonzalo Peillat (Argentina)-6 goals> Best Player, presented by Rabobank: Aran Zelewski (Australia).

Women's Singles-Simona

Women's Singles-Caroline Men's Doubles-Oliver Pavic (Croatia)

Marach (Austria) / M~te

Women's Doubles- Timea Babos (Hungary) / Kristina Mladenovic (France) Mixed Doubles-Mate Dabrowski (Canada)

Pavic (Croatia)/

Boys' Singles-Sebastian

Korda (USA)

Girls' Singles-En

Gabriela .:

Shuo LIANG (Chinese Taipei) .. .J

Boys' Doubles-Hugo Tabur (France)lt_

Gaston (France) / Clement

Girls' Doubles-Liang WangXinyu

En-shuo (Chinese Taip~i) /

Wheelchair Men's Singles-Shingo

Kunieda (Japan)

Alcott (Aus-

~

T

Women's Single$~Ai1gelique Kerber (Germany) .. : ;'J;~ : l Men's Doubles-Mike Bryan (USA)/Jack SOd<(USA) Women's Doubies-Barbora' Krejcikov~ (Czech Rep)/Katei'ina Siniakova (Czech Rep) •

.

l

f,

~ixed J)~ubl~s-Alexander Melichar (USA) t.;

Herbert (France)/

~

._..,..

~,j V

.":

I

Pey'; (A~stri~)/N~cole , J., • .

." _ "

.

•.•

Boys' Singles~ Tseng Chun-hsin (Chinese Taipei) Girls' Singles-Iga Swi'ltek (Poland) Boys' Do~bles-Yankl Erel (Turkey)/Otto Virtanen (Finland)' " .

Women's Doubles-Barbora Krejcikova (Czech Republic)/ Katei'ina Siniakova (Czech Republic)

Girts"D'~ubles-Wang (China)

Mixed Doubles-Latisha Ivan Dodig (Croatia)

Gentlemen's Invitation Doubles-Tommy (Germany)/Mark Philippoussis (Australia) .

Boys' Singles-Tseng Girls' Singles-Cori

Chan (Chinese Taipei)/

Chun-hsin (Chinese Taipei) Gauff (USA) Styler (Czech Republic)/ McNally (USA)/lga Swilltek

Legends Under 45 Doubles-Alex Juan Carlos Ferrero (Spain)

Wozniacki (Denmark)

the Women's singles and Men's singles championship on 14th & J5th of July, respectively. Novak Djokovic. cla.im~dhis 4th Wimbledon title 9Yt ,qefeating Kevin Ai1dersonin straight sets. Ai1gelique Gerber ,defeated Serena Williams in a historic match to claim her first Wiffibled01:llitle.' " Men's Singles-Novak Djokovic (Serbia) :

Halep (Romania)

Men's Doubles-Pierre-Hugues Nicolas Mahut (France)

Girls' Doubles-Caty (Poland)

Federer (Switzerland)

Bui~

Nadal (Spain)

Boys' Doubles-Ondfej Naoki Tajima (Japan)

Australian Open 2018

Final Standing-> 1st-Australia (Gold) > 2ndIndia (Silver» 3rd-Netherlands (Bronze) > 4thArgentina> 5th-Belgium > 6th~Pakistan.

Wheelchair Quad Doubles-Dylan tralia) / Heath Davidson (Australia)

Indian Premier League (IPL) in 2018 was its 11th season. The final was played between Chennai Super Kings (CSK) and Sunrisers Hyderabad (SRH). In the final played at Wankhede Stadium on May 27, 2018 CSK defeated SRH by eight wickets to clinch their third IPL title. This IPL boasts of 872 sixes, 720 wickets, 4754 dot balls, and 101fifties.

CHAMPIONS TROPHY 2018

Houdet

Wheelchair Women's Doubles-Marjoleirt (Netherlands)/ YuiKamiji (Japan)

French Open 2018

TENNIS GRAND SLAMS 2018

Alcott

Wheelchair Men's Doubles-Stephane (France) / Nicolas Peifer (France)

IPL 2018 EDITION

Individual Awards: Orange Cap-Kane Williamson (Sunrisers Hyderabad); Purple Cap-Andrew Ty~ (Kings XI Punjab); Highest Score-128 runs Rishab Pant (Delhi Dare Devils); Best Bowling Figures-5/14 Ankit Rajpoot (Kings XI Punjab).

de Groot

Correlja (Spain)/

Women's Legends Doubles-Nathalie (France)/ Amelie Mauresmo (France) Legends Over 45 Doubles-Mansour (France)/ Fabrice Santoro (France) Wheelchair Men's Singles-Shingo

Dechy Bahrami

Kunieda (Japan)

Wheelchair Women's Singles- Yui Kamiji (Japan) Wheelchair Men's Doubles-Stephane (France)/ Nicolas Peifer (France)

Houdet

Wheelchair Women's Doubles-Diede de Groot (Netherlands)/ Aniek van Koot (Netherlands)

Wimbledon Open 2018 The 132nd edition of Wimbledon, began on Monday, 2nd July at the All England Club and concluded with

D.25

i

Xinyu (China)/Wa'ng Xiyu

l

•

'...

Ladies' "Invitation Doubl~s~Kim' (Belgium)/Rennae Stubbs (Australia)

r

.'

Haas

Ciijsters'

Senior Gentlemen's Invitation Doubles-Jonas Bjorkman (Sweden) /Todd Woodbridge (Au~tralia) Wheelchair Men's Singles-Stefan Olsson (Sweden) Wheelchair Women's Singles-Diede de Groot (Netherlands)' • Wheel~'h~ir Men's Ooubles-Alfie Hewett"(UK)/ Gordon 'Reid (UK) " Wheelchair Women's Doubles-Diede (Nethermands)/Yui Kamiji (Japan) Wheelchair Quad Doubles-Andrew (UK)/David Wagner (USA)

de Groot Lapthome II

US Open 2018 .•. . ..

~

/

.

.

•

_ .•.

I.

Th~ 138thedition of the US Open was held during Aug 37-~ep 9, 2018. Novak Djokovic (~~bi,a) <;l':lirried):~is ~rd .uS. op'~n (2011, 2015 and 2018) ~9-,over~ll l~th career Grand Slam in men's singles; w~e" ,~aomi Osaka Gapan) became the first Japanese tennis player to win a Grand Slam ~inglestourna.went when she won the Women's singles final against SeJ;~ra"Y~am(US); The overall results are: .!

fJ

Men's Singles-Novak Djokovic (Serbia) ..... ' , Women's Singles--Naomi Osaka"(Japan)-' ~ . ~,.

.,)

,

...• I

~I'

r D.26

Current Affairs

Men's (USA)

Doubles-Mike

Sports & Tournament Bryan

Women's Doubles-Ashleigh CoCo Vandeweghe (USA) Mixed Doubles-Bethanie Jamie Murray (UK) Boys' Singles-

Mattek-Sands

Andreev

Girls' Doubles-Cori (USA)

/

(USA) /

Women's

Hewett

Singles-Diede

Quad Singles-Dylan

Wheelchair Men's Gordon Reid (UK)

(Bulgaria)

/ Anton

Gauff (USA) / Caty McNally

Men's Singles-Alfie

Wheelchair (Netherlands)

(Australia)

Xiyu (China)

Boys' Doubles-Adrian Matusevich (UK)

Wheelchair

Barty

/ Jack Sock

A total of 570 participants (312 males and 258 females) represented India in the 18th edition of the mega-event. Neeraj Chopra (Javelin Throw, Athletics) and Rani Rampal (Captain, Women's Hockey Team) were the flag bearers, represented the Indian squad at the opening ceremony and the closing ceremony, respectively.

ISports

de Groot

Alcott (Australia)

Doubles-Alfie

Hewett (UK) /

Wheelchair Women's Doubles-Diede (Netherlands) / Yui Kamij i (Japan) Wheelchair Quad Doubles-Andrew David Wagner (US)

(UK)

de Groot

Lapthorne (UK) /

The 18th edition of the Asian Games was hosted by Jakarta and Palembang cities in Indonesia. The games were held from 18th August to 2nd September, 2018. Mascots of the Asian Games 2018 are: Bhin Bhin (a Cenderawasih), Atung (a Bawean deer) and Kaka (a Javan rhinoceros). The 462 events in 40 disciplines makes this edition of the ASIAD as the second-largest program in the Asian Games history.

18th Asian Games 2018 Asian Games 2018 were held in Jakarta and Palembang, Indonesia, from 18th August to 2nd Septem~er, 2018. It was for the first time the games were hosted in two cities. A total of 11,646 athletes from 45 nations competed in 40 sports (465 events) for a total of 1,552 medals (465 Gold, 465 Silver and 622 Bronze medals). Among the major highpoints: South Korean'and North Korean nations marched under a common 'Korean Unification Flag'; and, for some events they also participated as a common team. Two sports-'eSports' and 'Canoe Polo' were showcased as demonstration sports during the Games.

Silver

7

10

Shooting

2 2

1

Rowing

1

The Mascot and Motto

Tennis

1

Mascot of the Games: The Asian Games in Indonesia

Boxing

1

._----_

..

_-- -----

19

3 __.9

[ SwapnaBarman

L-_.....

_]

0'-' "-2'=~'~-U

~='--=~== _.~___ 2

3

3 ]

012

~~_J

.--2'~--'

Archery

Equestrian

0

2

0

Motto of the Games: 'Energi

~q~ash

0

1

4

Sailing

0

1

2

3

Badminton

0

1

1

2

Hockey

0

1

1

2

Kabaddi

0

1

1

2

Kurash

0

1

1

2

Wushu

0

o

4

4

0

o

2

2

~:p~k~akraw

0

o

1

1

INDIA

15

24

30

69

Asia'

in Indonesian

(in

English 'The Energy of Asia') Table

0.1.4

Top 10 Nations at the Asian Games

2018

tRqnk

Gold

Counl1'y

Total

Silver. Bronze

1

China

132

92

65

289

2

Japan

75

56

74

205

3

Rep. of Korea

49

58

70

177

~.

Table Tennis

1

"'0,_~~"

4

Indonesia .--,

31

' 24'

43

98

5

Uzbekistan

21

24

25

70

6

Iran ..

20

22,

62

Table

7

Chinese Taipei

17

19

31

67

India.

15

24

30

I Name

8 9

Kazakhstan

15

17

44

0

,.,..-""

,~-_._ ..,,~~----

2

l"l

Event

Athletics ..

Women's heptathlon

Athletics

"Men's 1,500 m

Amit.Pang hal

__

_--

..'Pranab Bardhan/ ~Shibhnath Sarkar .

•..

,

Bridge

Men's pair

Silver MedaIWinners'for.lndia

Deepak Kumar

jO

DPRKorea

I'

TOTALin the Games n'

1",

~.

12

- 12'

465

465

"

,13622

'

,69 76 37

~

Men's 10m air 1 rifle ! ._.,,-------_ .. .~---,

Shooting

-_ --._._ _-,.....

__

._-

..

lakshay Sheoran Sanjeev Rajput

Sh_o~ti~~.__..0:n .!tra~ .~~.... Shooting Men's 50 m rifle thr.=e pos~i?~s

Shardul Yihan

Shooting

India Women's National Kabaddi .. Team -,._~ -

Kabaddi

Fouaad Mirza

Equestrian

Fouaad Mirza/Rakesh Kumar/ Ashish Malik/

Equestrian

.•....

Event

Sport

_

•....__ .~ .._"~.__..__.~_

for India

; li!~der~i~g!:. Hima Das

Wrestling - .•.. :- ~...••.•...... ,'", Men':£re.::tyle 6~_~g Wrestling ..... -. ,...

Rahi Sarnobat

Total of 37 countries could win the medals in this edition of the Asian Games.

India and the Asian Games 2018 r~"'''

Sawarn Singh/Dattu Baban Bhokanal/Om Prakash/Sukhmeet S.ingh

Rowing

Rohan Bopanna/ Divij Sharan 'r'_.__ .

lawn tennis

__

Neeraj Chopra

""-~-'-',--'«"

,

_._.~,-'-----..,. -~ .••-.•.••• '-

-,

Men's 400 m

Dutee Chand

Athletics

Women's 100 m

"-

__

Athletics

Me~~-400-;;-1 hurdles

___

. __

Athletics

Sudha Singh ,

-'

...•.

_- -

•••

•.

~,_,_

•.

__-A

Women's 3,000 m steeplechase

-----,

-..........

Athletics

Women's long

j

_ .., ' _ .. ._.i~~p Athletics

~~. - _._.~,.--

Men's doubles "'-----.".,-

-.,-..""""_-..._,-

....•••.....

-_.--_.,-,.---"

Men's shot put

w_

~a~j~Singh

Athletics ~

Men's 800 m ....~-

Arpinder Singh

Athletics

Men's triple jump

~

._""")'

Team eventing

.._ .._...""_._ ..,_. .._ ..._ .. " Athletics Women's 400 in

"._

; Dharun Ayyasamy

Men's quadruple sculls

Men's javelin throw

~---~-~

. _.'w'_." ..••"._~..o..o--.."... __ "."'._~~_

Women's 25 m pistol

Athletics

~-wr'r~"",._'

Individual eventing

Athletics

__

Neena Yarakil

''''-'_''''~''''_'

. Tajinderpal Singh Toor

Men's double

Muhammed Anas u

~-._._._.'.=Tkg..._._... _...•.-.._"_.~-_.~_--,.c.-'-"--~

Shooting

., ,__

~.~~..,..<~~-.•..,.._~-_.~,.~.,~--_"#

Women's freestyle 50

Sourab_h_S:h~<:udha~y Sh?~~~g._. Men's l~~.2.ir_pist.?L!

."

Here is how India did in different sporting events at 2018 Asian Games:

Gold Medal Winners

• Bajrang ..,lJ!nio.. Yinesh Phogat

1,552

India's final tally at the 18th Asian Games in Jakarta and Palembang, Indonesia read 69 medals-IS gold, 24 silver and 30 bronze to surpass the medal count from 2010 Games in Guangzhou, China; and, matched the gold medal tally from the first-ever Asian Games in 1951.

0.1.5

l

Event

_.

.20

I

1 ,

Muskan Kirar/ Madhumita Kumari/ Jyothi~Surekha Yennam __ .

Archery ~

Women's team compound

._~_ __~_._.

Abhishek Yerma/Rajat Archery . c:hauh.~n/ Amon Sa!~L"_"_ _.

.'_~w ~"_...

Men's team c~~p0.tJn9

__

P.Y. Sindhu Badminton ...... ........,."'".~.. _-'.",' .•. -----~_.- ---~~~._~. Jinson Johnson Athletics ._ ~. ~_. _ _ _ . ",_ _~ .. ~ ...

Women's singles

.

-_._------~-~,

-- ... ~~

,

.i

light flyweight .. (49 kg)

Sport

..

x"400 m

Boxing ..

IName

_,

r

Sport

M,"R,'P,;,o~~m~a/ .~-Athleti.c~Wo~~;s4 Saritaben Gaikwad/ relay ~ i~_o.a:/Vis ..ma)'a

Table 0.1.6

.-_. _.- ..

-_.---"'-

_ .__

Jinson Johnson

013

had three mascots-Bhin bhin, the colourful bird of paradise; Atung, the Bawean deer; and Kaka, the onehomed Javan rhino.

~'.

I Name

Total!

2

o

--- ---_ ...•.••... ~-

.~,._-

Bronze

._';

_._--~--~,.,-..•..._ ... ~-

,Bridge

~.,"'- ,..~

AS lAD 2018

Gold

Athletics

Wrestling --_.~~_.

Thiago Seyboth Wild (Brazil)

Girls' Singles-Wang

Wheelchair

(USA)

I I

D.27

Men's 800 m .

.

, oJ

~I

1"1' il D.28

Current Affairs

Sports & Tournament

II

D.29

. I

!'If ~'

(Continued)

Heena Sidhu

I Name

Sport

Event

Kurash

Women's 52 kg

Athletics

Mixed 4 x 400 m relay

Athletics

Women's 200 m

Dharun Ayyasamy/ Kunhu Mohammed/ Rajiv Arokia/ Muhammed Anas

Athletics

Men's 4 x 400 m relay

Shweta Shervegar/ Yarsha Gautham

Sailing

4ger FX women

Indio Women's Notional Field Hockey Team

Field hockey

Women's tournament

Dipika Pallikal/Joshna Chinappa/Tanvi Khanna/Sunayna Kuruvilla

Squash

Women's team

Pincky Balhara .

"'-~.- ~ ...

Dutee Chand .. -

M'"

Table 0.1.7

Bronze Medal

I Name

Winners

Event

Ravi Kumar / Apurvi Chandela

Shooting

10m air rifle mixed team

Abhishek Verma

Shooting

Men's 10m air pistol

Indio Men's Nationol

Sepak

Men's team regu

Sep~. TakraY'T~am

Squash

Hopman Cup 2018, Perth-Australia Winners:Switzerland (def. Germany)

Joshna Chinappa

Squash

Women's singles

Saurav Ghosal

Squash

Men's singles

Bridge

Men's team

.

Bachiraju Satya narayana/ Rajeev Khandelwal/ Gopinath Manna/ Himani Khandelwal/ Hema Deera/Kiran Nadar

Bridge

Saino Nehwal

Badminton

•

-~

__~_

Malopr~b~a

Table tennis

Mixed team

. Women's ~i~gle$ Men's team

Kurdsh

Women!s5?- kg Mixed doubles

Achanta Sharath Kamal/Manika Batra

Table tennis

68 kg Women's s~~~~ 60

P. U. Chitra

Athletics

Women's

kg

Seema Punia

Athletics

Women's discus throw

Harshita Tomar

Sailing

Open la?er 4.7

Yarun Thakkar/ Ganapathy Chengappa

Sailing

4ger men

Saurav Ghosal/ Harinder Pal Sandhu/Ramit Tandon/Mahesh Mangaon~ar •

Squash

Me~rt';C:T.

Yikas Krishan Yadav

Boxing

Women's freestyle

Wushu

R6shibina Noorem Santhosh Kumar S~~;~ Bh~~u'P;~t~p Singh "

Wushu

Men's sanda 56 kg

'Wushu'

Men's sonda' 60'

.

Narender Grewal

Wushu

Men's sanda 65 kg ..

"-

--,"

~

-"'

Ankita Raina

lawn tennis

Women's singles

India men's national kabaddi team

Kabaddi

Men's kabaddi

Dushyant Chauhan

Rowing

."

""-,,,--,-.-

Men's lightweight singl~ sculls,.

RohitKumar _ ...~._, . ..,. , Bhagwan Singh

k~'

"

1,5qO

Middleweight

(75 kg) Rowing

Men's lightweight double sculls

India Men's National Field Hockey Team

Field hockey

Monte Carlo Masters 2018,Monte Carlo-,-Monaco Winners: > Men's Singles-Rafael Nadal (Spain) > Men's Double-Bob Bryan (USA); and Mike Bryan (USA)

Brisbane International 2018, Brisbane-Australia Winners: > Women's Singles-Elina Svitolina (Ukraine) > Women's Double-Kiki Betrens (Netherlands), and Demi Schuurs (Netherlands)

Barcelona Open 2018, Barcelona-Spain Winners: > Men's Singles-Rafael Nadal (Spain) > Men's Double-Feliciano Lopez (Spain); and Mark Lopez (Spain)

Rotterdam Open 2018,Rotterdam-Netherlands Winners: > Men's Singles-Rodger Federer (Switzerland) > Men's Double-Pierre-Hugues (France), and Nicolas Mahut (France)

Madrid Open' 2018, Madrid-Spain Winners: > Men's Singles-Alexander Zvrev (Germany) > Men's Double-Nikola Mektic (Croatia), and Alexander Peya (Austria) > Women's Singles-Petra Kvitova (Czech Republic) > Women's Double-Ekaterina Makarova (Russia), and Elena Vesnina (Russi~)

Mexican Open 2018,Acapulco-Mexico Winners: > Men's Singles-Juan Martin del Porto (Argentina) > Men's Double-Jamie Murray (UK), and Bruno Soares (Brazil) > Women's Singles-Lesia Tsurenko (Ukraine) > Women's Double-Tatjana Maria (Germany), and Heather Watson (UK)

...~.

...'

Maharashtra Open 2018, Pune-India Winners: > Men's Singles-Gilles Simon (France) > Men's Double-Robin Hasse (Netherlands), and Matwe Middlekoop (Netherlands)

Dubai Tennis Championship 2018, Dubai-UAE Winners: > Men's Singles~Roberto Bautista (Spain) > Men's Double-Jean-Julien Rojet (Netherlands), and Horia Tecau (Romania) > Women's Singles~Elina Svitolina (Ukraine) > Women's Double-ehan Haoching (Chinese Taipei),and Yang Zhaoxuan (China).

.

;. _~_ .,n~.

Miami Open 2018, Miami-USA Winners: > Men's Singles-John Isner (USA) > Men's Double-Bob Bryan (USA), and Mike Bryan (USA) > Women's Singles-Sloane Stephens (USA) > Women's Double-Ashleigh Barty (Australia), and Coco Vandeweghe (USA)

Rio Open 2018, Rio de Janeiro-Brazil Winners: > Men's Singles-Diego Schwartzman" (Argentina) > Men's Double-David Marrero (Spain), and Fernando Verdasco (Spain)

m

'~. ,..

Men's tournament

Indian Wells Masters 2018,Indian WelJs-USA, ; Winners: > Men's Singles-Juan Martin del-Porto (Argentina) > Men's Double-John Isner (USA), and Jack Sock (USA) > Women's Singles-Naomi.osaka (Japan) > Women's Double-Hsieh Su-wei (Chinese Taipei), and aarbara Strycova (Czech 'Republic)

Qatar Open 2018, Doha-Qatar 2018 Winners: > Men's Singles-Gael Monfils (France) > Men's Doubles-Oliver Marach (Austria), and Mate Pavic (Croatia) > Women's Singles-Petra Kvitova (Czech Republic) > Women's Double-Gabriela Dabrowski (Canada), and Jelena Ostapenko (Latvia)

Sydney International 2018, Sydney-Australia Winners: > Women's Singles-Angelique Kerber (Germany) > Women's Double-Gabriela Dabrowski (Canada), and Xu Yifan (China)

--We

Jadhav

.""<

"''''''_'_'0>._,,-_~,~r,~

~~

Dipika Pallikal

Women's singles

Sathiyan Gnanasekaran/ Achanta Sharath Kamal/Anthony Amalraj Harmeet Desai/ Manav Thakkar

J~~~Cl.':':. . Wrestling

Divya Kakran

TENNIS

Sumit Mukherjee/ Debabrata Majumder/Jaggy Shivdasani/ Rajeshwar Tewari/ . .Ajoy Khore/Raju Tolani

for India

Sport

Men's singles

..

.• '

TOURNAMENT RESULTS

Women's 10m air pistol

lawn tennis

Prajnesh Gunneswaran

""

Rajiv Arokia/ Muhammed Anas/Hima Das/M. R. Poovamma

i

Shooting

I

r

.

i

!. i

Italian Open 2018, Rome-Italy , Winners: > Men's Singles-Rafael Nadal (Spain) > Men's Double-Juan Sebastian (Colombia), and Rob~rt ,Farah (Colombia): > Women's Singles-Elina Svit9lina (Ukraine) > Women's Double-Ashleigh Barty (Australia), and Demi Schuurs (Netherlands) Halle Open 2018,Halle-Germany Winners: > Men's Singles-Borna Coric (Croatia) > Men's Double-Lukasz Kubot (Poland), and Marcelo Melo (Brazil). Queens' Open Championship 2018, London-Great Britain . Winners: > Men's Singles-Marin Cilic (Croatia) > Men's Double-Henri Kontinen (Finl~nd), and John Peers (Australia) . Davis Cup 2018 First Round Winners: >:prance (def. Netherlands) >- Italy (def. Japan) > Spain (def. Great Britain) >

I I

......••...

....I

'I

\

\

D.30

l Sports & Tournament

Current Affairs

Germany (def. Australia) > Kazakhstan (def. Switzerland) > Croatia (def. Canada) > USA (def. Serbia) > Belgium (def. Hungary) Quarterfinals-> France (def. Italy); Spain (def. Germany) > Croatia (def. Kazakhstan) > USA (def. Belgium)

Cricket Indian Domestic Tournaments Vijay Hazare Trophy 2017-18 Final played on Feb 27, 2018, at Delhi [Scores: Karnataka 253 def. Saurashtra 212] Karnataka won by 41 runs. Deodhar Trophy 2018:

Final played on Mar 8, 2018, at Dharamshala (day / night) [Scores: Karnataka 279/8 def. India-B 281/4] India-B won by six wickets. Duleep Trophy 2017

Final played on Sep 25-28, 2017, at Ekana International Cricket Stadium, Lucknow (day/night) [Scores: India Red 483 & 208; and, India Blue 299 & 229 (target: 393)] India Red won by 163 runs. Irani Cup 2018

Final played on Mar 14-18, 2018, at Vidarbha Cricket Association Stadium, Jamtha, Nagpur [Scores: Vidarbha 800/7d & 79/0; and, Rest of India 390] Match drawn (Vidarbha won on 1st innings). Ranji Trophy 2017-18:

Final played on Dec 29, 2017-Jan I, 2018, Final at Holkar Cricket Stadium, Indore [Scores: Delhi 295 & 280 and Vidarbha 547 & 32/1 (target: 29)] Vidarbha won by nine wickets.

International Series & Tournaments Tests • The Ashes, Nov 2017-Jan 2018 (England in Australia)-Result Australia 4-0 (5) • West Indies in New Zealand Test Series, Dec 2017-Result New Zealand 2.:..0(2) • Zimbabwe in South Africa Test Match, Dec 2017-Winner South Africa •. India in South Africa Test Series, Jan 2018Result Sou!h Africa 2-1 (3) .

• Sri Lanka in Bangladesh T20I Series, Feb 2018Result Sri Lanka 2-D (2) • India in South Africa T20I Series, Feb 2018Result India 2-1 (3) • Nidahas Twenty20 Tri-Series, Mar 2018 (Bangladesh, India, Sri Lanka in Sri Lanka)Winner India • West Indies in Pakistan T20I Series, Apr 2018Result Pakistan 3-D (3) • ICC World XI v West Indies T20I Match, May 2018 (in England)-Winner West Indies • Afghanistan v Bangladesh T20I Series, Jun 2018 (in India)-Result Afghanistan 3-D (3)

• Sri Lanka in Bangladesh Test Series, Jan-Feb 2018-Result Sri Lanka I-D (2) • Australia in South Africa Test Series, Feb-Apr 2018-Result South Africa 3-1 (4) • England in New Zealand Test Series, Mar-Apr 2018-Result New Zealand I-D (2) • Pakistan in Ireland Test Match, May 2018Winner Pakistan • Pakistan in England Test Series, May-Jun 2018Result Drawn 1-1 (2) • Sobers/Tissera Trophy, Jun 2018 (Sri Lanka in West Indies)-Result Drawn 1-1 (3) • Afghanistan in India Test Match, Jun 2018Winner India

One-Day Internationals • Pakistan in New Zealand am Series, Jan 2018Result New Zealand 5-D (5) • United Arab Emirates Tri-Nation Series, Jan 2018 (Ireland, Scotland, UAE)-Winner Ireland • England inAustralia 001 Series, Jan2018-Result England 4-1 (5) • Bangladesh Tri-Nation Series, Jan 2018 (Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Zimbabwe)-Winner Sri Lanka • India in South Africa am Series, Feb 2018Result India 5-1 (6) • Afghanistan v Zimbabwe am Series, Feb 2018 (in United Arab Emirates)-Result Afghanistan

Men's Single-

Women's Single-

Men~ Double- Tinn

Women~ Double-

Mixec/Double-

i

Tommy Sugiarto

Nitchaon Jindapol

Isriyanet/ Kittisak Namdash .

Jongkolphan.. Kititharakul/Rawinda Prajongjai"''''

Chan Peng Soon/ Goh Liu Ying . .

I

M~I~y~~~'-'~"Me~~-.si~gi;="-- Wom;n's Si~g7;'~'-M~~~; ti,~ble=F~ja7"-W~;;;;~~ Double----"-Mixec/ DoubleMasters 2018 Yiktor Axelsen Ratchanok Intanon Alfian /Muhammad Kamilla Rytter Juhl / Tang Chun Man _.

Indonesia Masters 2018

; India Open i 2018

• England in New Zealand 001 Series, Feb-Mar 2018-Result England 3-2 (5) • ICC Cricket World Cup Qualifier, Mar 2018 (in Zimbabwe)-Winner Afghanistan • England in Scotland am Match, Jun 2018Winner Scotland • Australia' in England am Series, Jun 2018Result England 5-D (5)

•

. _ _.~iCln.

Ardianto

._C~ristinn~~~er~~~

Tse.Ying Suet

Men's Single-

Women~ Single-

Men's Double-

Women~ Double-

Mixec/Double-

Anthony Sinisuka Ginting

Tai Tzu-ying (def. Saina Nehwal)

Marcus Fernaldi Gideon / Kevin Sanjaya Sukamuljo

Mis~ki Matsutomo / Ayaka Takahashi

Zheng Siwei / Huang Yaqiong

M~;;~Sfug/~'-

Women~ Sfug,~='--M;n's Double-

Shi Yuqi

Zhang Beiwen (def. PY Sindhu)

. / : .

Greysia Polii / Apriyani Rahayu

Mathias Christiansen / Christinna Pedersen

Women~ Double-,-'

Mixed Double-

Men's Single-

Women~ Single""': Men's Double-

Sameer Yerma

Sayaka Takahashi

German Open 2018

Men~ Single-

Women~ Single-

Chou Tien-chen

Akane Yamaguchi

Inoue/ Yuki Kaneko

All England Open 2018

Men~ Single-

-- .- .-,_.Women's Single-

Yuki Fukushima / Sayaka Hirota

Men's Double-

Wo~en-~sDouble"- '--Mixed-Double~~--'

Shi Yuqi

Tai Tzu-ying

Malaysia Open 2018

Meh~Si~gle-

Women's Single-

lee Chong Wei

Tai Tzu-ying

.._~._~.-

_. -~--_.-

~ --._~..........,...".-~-~-q--'-~

Twenty-20 Internationals

I

Ii j

I ,

. . -"Wo~en'sDO~j,i~'=-"-"'Mixec/ Double-

Marcus Fernaldi Gideon / Kevin Sanjaya Sukamuljo

Swiss Open 2018

_._-~--

I

I. I'I!

,.

! l~

4-1 (5)

• Pakistan in New Zealand T-20 International Series, Jan 2018-Result Pakistan 2-1 (3) • Trans-Tasman Twenty-20 Tri-Series, Feb 2018 (Australia, England, New Zealand in Australia/ New Zealand)-Winner Australia • Afghanistan v Zimbabwe T-20 International Series, Feb 2018 (in United Arab Emirates)Result Afghanistan 2-D (2)

• Netherlands Tri-Nation T20I Series, Jun 2018 (Ireland, Netherlands, Scotland) • Pakistan in Scotland T20ISeries,Jun2018-Result Pakistan 2-D (2) . . • Australia in Engi~d T20I Match, Jun 2018Winner England . " . • India ih Ireland T20I Series, hID 2018-Result India 2-D (2) • India in England T20I Series, Jul 2018-Result India (2-1)

Badminton Thailand Masters 2018

D.31

Mathias Boe/ Carsten Mogensen

Ayako Sakuramoto / Mark Lam~fus! .....Yukiko Takahata' ~~.' Isabel Herttrich

"M~~~Do~ble- Takui~-W;;~en's o;,;;bi;;::~'-'Mi~;'

D;;~bi;:: ,

Goh Soon Huat / ! Shevon Jemie Lai

,Marcus Fernaldi I . Kamill6 R0te~ JiJhl / Gideon! Kevin '. '. Christinna Pedersen Sanjaya Sukamuljo . ;" ." .

,Yuia Watanabe! . Arisa Higashino:

'M~~~Double~"

Wo~~~~sD~~ble= -

Mixec/Double-

Takeshi Kamura / Keigo Sonoda

Misaki Matsutomo / Ayaka Takahashi

Zheng Siwei / Huang Yaqiong

~

~;.~

-')

,-I

/'1'

-lI;'.)

':1_

., ,

,.

t~~

.J

...Jil

~f II D.32

Current Affairs

Sports & Tournament . D.33 Glenmark 45th Junior National Aquatic Championships 2018,Pune-Maharashtra

'Golf ITourname~t/Cup

I

Champion

~u.?h.a_~~ HSB£...C_h(~~p~o~s~ip~~O~l ~~~~~.E~.a~i, ~AE _.__",' TommyF~ee,:,oo~JE~~land) ~merican. Family Insurance Champl~nshie?Q}?'t'!~consi~,. US~. ." ..._S<:.o!f !!,~<::.a,!r~!l..lU.SAt. '_'_. ANA Inspiration Champions (Women) 2018-California, USA Pernilla Lindberg (Sweden) Bass Pro'S~ops l;g~~ds. of

G?lf 20.1 8-Missouri,

KirkTriplett (~SA) 2018-lnsper~'Y

U.S~:~

.,

'i~~1

Br9.~~Eu;~t-(En'919nd):~~i;kT7i~f~~(U'SA)i

Invita!ion~ 2018.- Texas, USA:

.~~~~~ar9,~a>~g,:r~:!"man}') ._~.

~MW P
B.-Florida, USA:

Chubb Classic £()l~-Florida,

~SA:

,Eurasia

.........-

__

~,~;.,_

• .,.,

.~,

USA:

Malaysia .... __

. ".

lili~~is:.USA

~it~.~i~i Elec.tr~c9~.s~~JO 18_:-(;El.2:9i9, USA: Open de Espana 2018-Madrid, Spain

._

~.~~...~~c1!"!<.1~'~~~Ey~~J~~~th eo~e9) .' Patrick.ReedJUSA) . .",,---S~ub~_nkar Shar:m2.Jlnd,i9L_.

•••

1liII:

,~",_~,_'

Senior PGA.Championship 2018-Michigan,

1""'""'---"'---

-'

.. _,--_

....

~.

".--"'_..-

,_.,~~_~,_-_,,,,--"-~"',.,..._

USA: -

~-'--~"-'--~'---'

: ~:~:_~~'!'.~i-Qp~n~?lf.9a;Ei;M~hi~'2()1'8:'}:~~~~~,_~~'~=~=='~ya USA

Swimming FINA Diving World Cup 2018, Wuhan-China Winners: > Men's 10m Synchronized [Gold-Hao YangI Aisen c:hen (China)]> Mixed 3 m Synchronized [Gol~-Han Wang/XhengLi(China)] > Women's 3 m Springbpard[GoH-Tingmao Shi (China)] .> Womenis 3 ill Synchronized [Gold- Tingmao Shi I YaniChang (China)] > Men's 10 m Platform [GoldAisen Chen (China)] > Mixed 3 m & 10 m Team [Gold-Bo Qiu I Yiwn Chen (China)] > Men's 10 m Synchronized [Gold-Junjie Lian I YajieSi (China)];> Women's 10m Platform [Gold-Jiaqi Zhang (China)]

.

St~ve.Flesc.h.(USA) Jon Rahm (Spain) ..

>'-"".w_""'-'~'~

•••

""

•.

;0.- •• ..,.;;,

,_-,--~~-

•••••• _

"

Tom---,.. lehman (USA) ~,--"-'_•.. ••'~.,"~~'.,.,'~-.",'''"''"-.",.. .•.... "".''''--------

-,

.. _.~ __._ ......._.~ ~ .._~.____ __ ..

;..T.9s~ibaClassic 2018.=S:..s!liforni9,_US~~ U.S, Senior Open 201B-Colorado, USA: Wodd Gold Championship 2018-0hio,

- •• :~

.

)erry.Kelly(~SAl

.__ . ~'_~.

..'

.!~i()~s Tradition ~,O_1..~-:J\!(]br~~'-~~~~" .. ~o~Forte Sicilian 0p.~", 2018-Sicily~lt~y

...,

...

PrindF'al Charity..__Classic 201S...,lowa, USA: ~'''. -_ .._._''-';'<-~"",_ ..-... ..,,',_.....•. ,",-"'~,-,..--_ .. ,,,,,"

Winners: > Recurve Men-Mauro Nespoli (Italy) > .Recurve Women-Deepika Kumari (India) > Compound Men-Stephan Hansen (Denmark) [Abhishek Verma (India) won Silver medal] > Compound Women-Sarah Lopez (Colombia) > Recurve Men Team-Netherlands> Recurve Women Team-Chinese Taipei> Compound Men TeamUSA> Compound Women Team-Colombia> Compound Mixed Team-France> Recurve Mixed Team-USA

Matt W~llace>(England) Thorbjorn Olesen (Denmark)

'>.0i~u~ishi,Ele~t~c C~a.I!'J?io~shipaLHu?~alai_~~18=l:'!a~C1ii, ~SA:

,_.,,~.,~,..~ ....•••• __

Archery World Cup 2018, Salt Lake City-US

-~.-~

I~elan~-::-:~aulDunne & G<:~in.0o.y.niha~ __._

_.~. ...•

_~aste_rs S:~C1.~pi?~S~,~p2?18::~ugusta/.~S_A " _~~ybank Chamei.9."ship, 2018-Kuala lu~P'!!~_0al~ysia

•

--.""-"""..

Europe (14-10)

Albans, E~~land

f'KPM(;.t1;m~.~i}-(;A_Cba~pi~~ryip~

,'"<~__

Archery

Scott Parel (USA) h

Hero l.!:ldi~nOp~n 20_18-'::-~~\NP.El.lhi! India Italian Open, 2018-Brescia, Italy

.••..

Ma!~.C~lc~vec<:~ia (U~A)

.•

C~e2() 18 -.Kualatump~r,

GolfSixe.z?~!.a_-St

Francesco Molinari (Italy) _.•.

.. _.J!?ep~r_a!lL(~~~t

Diamond Resorts Invitational 2018-Florida, ,~,._ ... ,_ •__ ,..,«""~•••.__.,,,..•••. ..,,~.~» .•• '~"".A

,".

...•.

...

> Best Swimmer (Boys)-Sri Hari Natraj (Karnataka) [5 Golds, 4 Records, 1 Best Indian]; (Girls)Suvana C Baskar (Karnataka) [4 Golds, 1 Silver, 2 Records] > Team Championship (Boys)-Karnataka, 114Points; (Girls)-Karnataka, 143 points. > Overall Championship-Karnataka (447points) > Water Polo (Boys)-lst: W. Bengal, 2nd: SF!. 3rd. Kerala; (Girls)-lst. W. Bengal, 2nd. Kerala, 3rd. SF!.

•.~~el An~:I~i~e!1~zJS.?C1i_n) __ 19akim l?ge!g~njSweden) __ Paul Broadhurst (England)

~.. ~_.-_._-~,..-

...

.•

_.~,

--

._ .

--_.

_y!i9Y Sj~!;lh(F!Jit David Toms (USA) Ju~nU~!M' .(T-_f-a-i.~a-n-9'i.--.~.' . Phil Mickelson (USA)

FINA Women's Water Polo World League Super Final ,2018,I{unshan-C~ina

Archery Asia Cup (Stage-I) World Ranking Event 2018, Bangkok.,.-Thailand

Winners: > Recurve Men-Tomtsu Daisuke (Japan) [Gaurav Trambak Lambe wins Bronze] > Recurve Women-Promila Daimary (India) [Madhu Vedwan (India) wins BroI).ze]> CompqundMen-Alexand~r Dambaev (Russian Federation) > Compound Women-Muskan Kirar (India) >: Recurve Men Team-India> Recurve Women Team-Russian Federation> Compound Men Team-Russian Federation> Compound Women Team-Vietnam [Indian wins Bronze medal] > Compound Mixed Team-Vietnam> Recurve Mixed Team-France.

Winners: > Gold-USA; Silver-Netherlands; Bronze-Russian Federation

Athletics

.Glenmark 35th Sub-Junior National .Championships 2018, Pune-Maharashtra

IAAF World Indoor Championship UK

Aquatic

> Best Swimmer (Boys)-Vidith S. Shankar (Karnataka) [2 Gold, 1 Bronze, 1 Record]; (Girls)-Kiara Bangera (SFI) [4 Gold] > Team Championship (Boys)-Tamil Nadu, 61 Points; (Girls)-Karnataka, 78 points. > Overall Championship-Karnataka (250 points).

2018, Birmingham-

Winners: *EN's EVENTS-> High Jump-Daniel Lysenko (ANA*) > 60m Event-Christian Coleman (USA) > 400m Event-Pavel Maslak (Czech Republie) > 800 m Event-Adam Kszczot (Poland) > 1500 m Event-Samuel Tefera(Ethiopia)> 3000m EventYomifKejelcha (Ethiopia) > 60m Hurdles-Andrew

Pozzi (UK» 4x400m Relay...:...Poland > Pole VaultRenaud Lavillenie (France» Lorig'Jump-Juan Miguel Echevarria (Cuba» Triple Jump~Will Claye (USA) > Shot Put~ Thomas Walsh (New Zealand) > Heptathlon-Kevin Mayer (France).

,

WOMEN's EVENTS-> High Jump Women's Event-Mariya Lasitskene (ANA) > 60 m EventMurielle Ahoure (Ivory Coast) > 400m EventCourtney Okolo (USA) >: 800 m Event-Frailcine Niyonsaba (Burundi» 1500 m Even.t-Genezene Dibaba (Ethiopia» 3000 m Women Event-Genzebe Diababa (Ethiopia) > 60 m Hurdles-Kendra Harrison (USA» ,4x400 m Relay-USA> Pole Vault-Sandi Moiris (USA» Long Jump.,.-Ivana Spanovic (Serbia» Triple Jump.,.-Yulimar Rojas (Venezuela) > Shot Put-Anita Marton (Hungary) > Pentathlon-Katarina Johnson-Thompson (Great Britain). (Note: *ANA -+ Authorized

Neutral Athlete)

. ••

_l"'

Medal Tally (Top-S): >

I

'.

J

•

[> 1st USA (6 Gold/10 Silver /2 Bronze.:.-Total 18 medals> 2nd Ethiopia (4 Gold/1 Silver"":"Total 5 medals> 3rd Poland (2 Gold/2 Silver/l BronzeTotal 5 medals >4th Great Britain & N. Ireland (2 Gold/1 Silver/4 Bronze-Total 7 medals> 5th France (2 Goldl 1 Bronze-Total 3 medals .'

Hockey. Sultan Azlan Shah Cup 2018

Australia (def. England) to win the fin~ls played on 10 March 2018. Final standing: 1st Australia; 2nd: Englang; 3rd: Argentina;. 4th: Malaysia; 5th: India; 6th: Ireland. . 3rd Major Dhyan Chand Memorial All India Invitation Women Hockey Championship, Rourkela-Odisha

Sports HostEdBhubaneswar (def. North Central Railways, Allahabad) to win the finals pl9-yedon 7th Jan 2018.' .. 8th Hockey India Sub-Junior Championship, Hojai-Assam

Nation,al

Hock,ey . '.

Men's-Assam (def. Rajasthan) to wi~ the finals played on 14th Jan 2018. Women's-Haryana (def. Madhy'a Pradesh) to win the finals played on 21st Jan 2018.

.1 I

I

i

~

!

"i

--1 D.34

CurrentAffairs

Sports & TournamentD.35

8th Hockey India Senior National (A-Division) Hockey Championship, Ranchi-Jharkhand

Men's-Punjab

(def. Petroleum Sports Promotion Board) to win the finals played on 25th Feb 2018.

Women's-Railways (def. Madhya the finals played on 11th Feb 2018.

Pradesh)

to win

AWARD AND HONOURS Civilian Awards 2018 Padma Vibhushan Winners: >- Illaiyaraja-Art-MusicTamil Nadu >- Ghulam Mustafa Khan-Art-MusicMaharashtra>- ParameswaranParameswaran-Literature and Education-Kerala Padma Bhushan: >- Pankaj Advani-Sports- Billiards! Snooker-Karnataka >- Philipose Mar Chrysostom-OthersSpiritualism-Kerala >- Mahendra Singh Dhoni-SportsCricket-Jharkhand >- Alexander Kadakin(Foreigner/ Posthumous)-Public Affairs-Russia >- Ramachandran Nagaswamy-Others-Archaeology-Tamil Nadu >- Ved Prakash Nanda (OCI)-Literature and Education-USA >Laxman Pai-Art-Painting-Goa >- Arvind Parikh-ArtMusic-Maharashtra >- Ms. Sharda Sinha-Art-MusicBihar Padma Shri: >- Abhay Bang (Duo)-MedicineMaharashtra >- Ms. Rani Bang (Duo)-MedicineMaharashtra I Damodar Ganesh Bapat-Social WorkChhattisgarh >- Prafulla Govinda Baruah-Literature and -Education-Journalism-Assam >- Mohan Swaroop Bhatia-Art-Folk Music-Uttar Pradesh >- Sudhanshu Biswas-Social Work-West Bengal >- Ms. Saikhom Mirabai Chanu-Sports" Weightlifting-Manipur >Pandit Shyamlal Chaturvedi-Literature and EducationJournalism-Chhattisgarh >- Jose Ma Joey Concepcion III (Foreigner)-Trade & Industry-Philippines >Langpoklakpam Subadani Devi-Art- Weaving-Manipur >- Somdev Devvarman-SportsTennis- Tripura IYeshi Dhoden-Medicine-Himachal Pradesh >- Arup Kumar Dutta-Literature and Education-Assam >Doddarange Gowda-Art-Lyrics-Karnataka >- Arvind Gupta-Literature and Education-Maharashtra >Digamber Hansda-Literature and Education-Jharkhand >- Ramli Bin Ibrahim (Foreigner)-Art-Dance-Malaysia >Anwar Jalalpuri (Posthumous)-Literature and EducationUttar Pradesh >- Piyong Temjen Jamir-Literature and Education-Nagaland >- Sitavva Joddati-Social WorkKarnataka >- Ms. Malti Joshi-Literature and EducationMadhya Pradesh >- Manoj Joshi-Art-Acting-Maharashtra

>- Rameshwarlal Kabra- Trade & Industry-Maharashtra IPran Kishore Kaul-Art-Jammu and Kashmir >Bounlap Keokangna (Foreigner)-Others-ArchitectureLaos >- Vijay Kichlu-Art-Music-West Bengal >Tommy Koh (Foreigner)-Public Affairs-:Singapore >Lakshmikutty-Medicine- Traditional-Kerala >- Joyshree' Goswami Mahanta-Literature and Education-Assam >Narayan Das Maharaj-Others-Spiritualism-Rajasthan >Pravakara Maharana-Art-Sculpture-Odisha >- Hun Many (Foreigner)-Public Affairs-Cambodia >- Nouf Marwaai (Foreigner)-OthersYoga-Saudi Arabia >- Zaverilal Mehta-Literature and Education-Journalish-Gujarat >- Krishna Bihari Mishra-Literature and EducationWest Bengal >- Sisir Purushottam Mishra-Art-CinemaMaharashtra >- Ms. Subhasini Mistry-Social WorkWest Bengal >- Tomio Mizokami (Foreigner)-Literature and Education-Japan >- Somdet Phra Maha Muniwong (Foreigner)-Others-SpiritualismThailand >- Keshav Rao Musalgaonkar-Literature and Education-Madhya Pradesh>- Dr Thant Myint-U (Foreigner) Public AffairsMyanmar>- Ms. V Nanammal-Others-Yoga-Tamil Nadu >- Ms. Sulagitti Narasamma-Social Work-Karnataka >- Ms. Vijayalakshmi Navaneethakrishnan-Art-Folk Music-Tamil Nadu >- I Nyoman Nuarta (Foreigner)-ArtSculpture-Indonesia>- Malai Haji Abdullah Bin Malai Haji Othman (Foreigner)-Social Work-Brunei Darussalam >- Gobaradhan Panika-Art-Weaving-Odisha >- Bhabani Charan Pattanaik-Public Affairs-Odisha I M uri i k ant Petkar-Sports-Swimming-Maharashtra >- Habibullo Rajabov (Foreigner)-Literature and Education-Tajikistan >- M R Rajagopal-Medicine-Palliative Care-Kerala >SampatRamteke (Posthumous)-Social Work-Maharashtra >- Chandra Sekhar Rath-Literature and Education-Odisha >- S S Rathore-Civil Service-Gujarat >- Amitava Roy-Science and Engineering-West Bengal >- Sanduk Ruit (Foreigner)-Medi~ineOphthalmology-Nepal >- R Sathyanarayana-Art-Music-Karnataka >- Pankaj M Shah-Medicine-Ortcology-Gujarat>- Bhajju Shyam-ArtPainting-Madhya Pradesh >- Maharao Raghuveer SinghLiterature and Education-Rajasthan >- Kidambi SrikanthSports-Badminton-Andhra Pradesh >- Ibrahim SutarArt-Music-Karnataka >- Siddeshwara Swamiji-OthersSpiritualism-Karnataka >- Ms. Lentina Ao Thakkar-Social Work-Nagai and >- Vikram Chandra Thakur-Science and Engineering-Uttarakhand >- Rudrapatnam-ArtMusic-Karnataka >- Narayanaswamy Tharanathan Rudrapatnam (Duo)-Art-Music-Karnataka >- Nguyen Tien Thien (Foreigner)-Others-SpiritualismVietnam >- Bhagirath Prasad Tripathi-Literature & EducationU. P. Rajagopalan Vasudevan-Science & EngineeringTamil Nadu >- Manas Bihari Verma-Science & EnggBihar >- Panatawane Gangadhar Vithobaji-Literature and Education-Maharashtra >- Romulus Whitaker-Others-

Wildlife Conservation-Tamil Nadu >- Baba YogendraArt-Madhya Pradesh >- A Zakia-Literature and Education-Mizoram.

Military Awards The awards include one Ashok Chakra, one Kirti Chakra, 14 Shaurya Chakras and 28 Param Vishisht Seva Medals among others. Others include four Uttam Yudh Seva Medals, two Bar to Ati Vishisht'Seva Medals, 49 Ati Vishisht Sevq Medals, 10 Yudh Seva Medals, two Bar to Sena Medals (Gallantry), 86 Sena Medals (Gallantry), one Nao Sena Medal (Gallantry), three Vayu Sena Medals (Gallantry), two Bar to Sena Medals (Devotion to Duty), 38 Sena Medals (Devotion to Duty), 13 Nao Sena Medals (Devotion to Duty), 14 Vayu Sena Medals (Devotion to Duty), one Bar to Vishisht Seva Medal and 121 Vishisht Seva Medals. Ashok Chakra: Jytoi Prakash Narula (posthumously)-Gaur Commando, Indian Air Force Kirti Chakra: Major Vijayant Bisht, 4th BattalionThe Jammu and Kashmir Light Infantry. Shaurya Chakra:

I I. I

D Indian Armed' forces: Major Akhil Raj RV, Capt Rohit Shukla, Captain Abhinav Shukla, Capt Pradip Sharya Arya, Havaldar Mubarik Ali, Havaldar Rabindra Thapa, Nayak Narendra Singh, Lance Naik Badher Hussain and Paratrooper Manchu . D Indian Air Force: Karporel Devendra Mehta, Air Force Medal Wing Commander Anshul Saxena, Squadron Leader Rajiv Chauhan and Squadron Leader Kamal Sharma were named. D Paramilitary Force: Vikas Jakhar and Riaz Alam Ansari (both CRPF cobra commandos)

Literature Awards National 30th Moortidevi award 2017-Joy Goswami for his work 'Du Dando Phowara Matro' (Bengali) Mathrubhumi

Literary Award 2017-MK Sanu

Saraswati Samman 2017-Sitanshu Yashaschandra for his work 'Vakhar' (Poetry collection in Bengali) Kalidas Samman 2018 (Visual Arts)-Anjolie Ela Menon in recognition of her insightful and sensitive portrayal of the identity and spirit of women through her meaningful paintings in a variety of media.

World Sanskrit Award 2017 (lCCR Awa'rd).,...,..Robert P. Goldman'for his work on Sanskrit languag~'and literature and for the completion'-"-under: his,direction-of the seven-volume, 5,OOO-page translation and annotation of the monumental Sanskrit epic poem the R[imayalJaof Viilmlki. / Vyas Samman 2107-Mamta

Kalia for her work Duk-

kham Sukkham. Jnanpith Award 2017-Krishna writer and essayist)

Sobti (Hindi fiction

International Man Booker Pr{ze 2017-George Saunders (USA), for his historicaliexperimental novel 'Lincoln in the Bardo' Pen Pinter Prize 2018-ehirnarnanda Ngozi Adichie (Nigeria), a writer of short stories, and non-fiction. . International Dublin Literary Award 2018-Mike McCormack for his novel 'solar Bones' (English). Pulitzer Prize 2018 >- Public Service: The New York Times, for repot:ting led by Jodi Kantor and Megan Twohey, and The New Yorker, for reporting by Ronan Farrow. >- Breaking News Reporting: Staff of The Press Democrat, Santa Rosa, Calif. >- Investigative Reporting: Staff of The Washington Post >- Explanatory Reporting: Staffs of The Arizona Republic and USA Today Network>- Local Reporting: Staff of The Cincinnati Enquirer >- National Reporting: Staffs of The New York Times and The Washington Post> International Reporting: Clare Baldwin, Andrew R.c. Marshall arid Manuel Mogato of ,Reuters >- Feature Writ,ing: Rachel Kaadzi Ghansah, freelance reporter, GQ >- Commentary: John Archibald of Alabama Media Grou'p, Birmingham, Ala. >- Criticism: Jerry Saltz of New York magazine >- Editorial Writing: Andie Dominick of The Des Moines Register >- Editorial Cartooning: Jake Halpern, freelance writer, and Michael Sloan,' freelance cartoonist, The New York Times >- Breaking News Photography: Ryan Kelly of The Daily Progress, Charlottesville, Va. >- Feature Photography: Photography Staff of Reuters. •.

I

Journalism-

Letters, Drama And Music->Fiction: Less, by Andrew Sean Greer (Lee Boudrea,ux'Books/Little, Brown and Company) >- Drama: Cost of Living, by Martyna Majok >- History: The Gulf: The Making of an American Sea, by Jack E. Davis (Liveright/W.W.Norton) >

111

I'

I

!il

---I I D.36

Current Affairs

Sports & Tournament

Biography or Autobiography: Prairie Fires: The American Dreams of Laura Ingalls Wilder, by Caroline Fraser (Metropolitan Books) > Poetry: Half-light: Collected Poems 1965-2016, by Frank Bidart (Farrar, Straus and Giroux) > General Nonfiction: Locking Up Our Own: Crime and Punishment in Black America, by James Forman Jr. (Farrar, Straus and Giroux) > Music: DAMN., by Kendrick Lamar

I

spacetechnologies.

> Best Feature Film: Village Rockstars (Assamese) > Best Actor: Ridhhi Sen for Nagar Kirtan (Bengali) > Best Actress: Sridevi for Mom (Hindi) > Best Supporting Actor: Fahadh Faasil for Thondimuthalum Driksakshiyum(Malayalam) > Best supporting actress: Divya Dutta for Irada (Hindi) > Best Action Direction: Baahubali 2 (Telugu) > Best Choreography: Ganesh Acharya for Toilet Ek Prem Katha> Best Popular Film: Baahubali - The Conclusion (Telugu) > Best Debut Film of a Director: Pampally for Sinjar (Jasari) > Best film on Social Issues: Aalorukkam (Malayalam) > Best Child artist: Bhanita Das for Village Rockstars (Assamese) > Best Children's Film: Mhorkya(Marathi) > Best Cinematography: Nikhil S Praveen for Bhayanakam (Malayalam) > Best Special Effects; Baahubali - The Conclusion (Telugu) > Special Jury Award: Nagar Kirtan (Bengali) > Special Mention: Mhorkyti (Marathi), Hello RC (Odiya), Take Off (Malayalam), Pankaj Tripathi for Newton (Hindi), Malayalam actor Parvathy > Best Film on Environment Conservation/Preservation: Irada(Hindi) > Best I{egional films-Kaccha Limbu (Marathi), Thondimuthalum Driksakshiyum (Malayalam), Newton (Hindi), Mayurakshi (Bengali), Ishu (Assamese), To Let (Tamil), Gazi (Telugu), DHH (Gujarati), Hebbettu Ramakka (Kannada), Sinjar (Jasari), Hello Arsi (Odiya), Walking' With The Wind (Ladakhi), Paddayi (Tulu). > Indira Gandhi Award for Best Debut Film of a Director: Sinjar (Jasari language, director Pampally) > Nargis Dutt Award for Best Feature Film on National Integration: Dhappa (Marathi)

> Matmagi Manipur- The first Manipuri Feature Film--;-BobbyWahengbam'sbook Matmagi Manipur. The first Manipuri Feature Film provides a vivid acco~t of the socio-political scenario in w.hichManipur regional cinema "Yasborn. The book denotes a corp:pas~ionate account of the dreams, challenges, preparation, execution and success of the, t~am involved. The critical analysis of the film makes it more prfliseworthy and insightful.

tributions to behavioural economics"

Music

BestCriticon Cinema

Abel Prize 2018:Robert Langlands-for his visionary program connecting representation theory to number theory."

> Best Lyrics: Muthu Ratna for March 22 (Kannada) > Best Music Direction (Songs): A.R. Rahman for Kaatru Veliyidai (Tamil) > Best Music Direction (Background score): A.R. Rahman for Mom (Hindu) >" Best Location Sound Recordist: Mallika Das, Village Rockstar (Assamese) > Best Sound Design: Walking With The Wind (Ladakhi) > Best Female playback Singer: Shasha Tirupati for Vaan Varuvaan from Kaatru Veliyidai (Tamil) > Best Male Playback Singer: Yesudas for Poy Maranja Kalam from Viswasapoorva M Mansoor (Malayalam).

> Giridhar'Jha has a keen eye on current cinema trends. In'Lucid and simple English language, he writes about both popular and serious cinema with equal command; His writings cover vast horizon of Hindi cinema with authenticity and originality.

Infosys Prize 2016-> Engineering and Computer Science: Sanghamitra Bandyopadhyay > Humanities: Ananya Jahanara Kabir > Life Sciences: Upinder S. Bhalla > Mathematical Sciences: Ritabrata Munshi > Physical Sciences: Yamuna Krishna> Social Sciences: Lawrance Liang

International

Beauty Pageant Awards National 55thFeminaMissIndia 2018: Winner: Anukreethy Vas (TamilNadu) 1st Runners-up: Meenakshi Chaudhary (Haryana) 2nd Runners-up: Shreya Rao Kamavarapu (Andhra Pradesh)

International ~ MissWorld2017: Winner: Manushi Chhillar (India) 1st Runners-up: Andrea Meza (Mexico). 2nd Runners-up: Stephanie Hill (England) MissUniverse2017 Winner: Demi-Leigh Nel-Peters (South Africa) 1st Runners-up: Laura Gonzalez (Colombia) 2nd Runners-up: Davina Bennett (Jamaica) Miss Asia-Pacific (Philippines)

World 2017-Beatrice Andrada

Miss Earth 2017:Karen Ibasco (Philippines) Miss International 2017:Kevin Lilliana (Indonesia)

Science and Technology & Other Category Awards National GD Birla Award2017-Dr. RajanShankarnarayanan (Centre for CellularandMolecularBiology,Hyderabad)in the fieldof 'structuralBiology'. National Geoscience Awards 2017 (Young Scientist Award)-Dr. Shib ShankarGanguli(lIT Kanpur) Aryabhatta Award 201S-Dr. VK Saraswat,the DRDO Chief, for his lifetime contributionsto missiles and aero-

Nobel Prizes 2017: > The Nobel Prize in Physics 1017-Rainer Weiss, Barry C. Barish and Kip S. Thorne, for decisive contributions to the LIGO detector and the observation of gravitational waves". > The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1017-Jacques Dubochet, Joachim Frank and Richard Henderson, "for developing cryo-electron microscopy for the high-resolution structure determination of biomolecules in solution". > The Nobel Prize in Physiology

or Medicine

1017-

Jeffrey c. Hall, Michael Rosbash and Michael W. Young, "for their discoveries of molecular mechanisms controlling the circadian rhythm". > The Nobel Prize in Literature 1017-Kazuo Ishiguro, "who, in novels of great emotional force, has uncovered the abyss beneath our illusory sense of connection with the world". > The Nobel Peace Prize 1017-International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons (ICAN), "for its work to draw attention to the catastrophic humanitarian consequences of any use of nuclear weapons and for its ground-breaking efforts to achieve a treaty-basedprohibition of such weapons". > The Sveriges Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel1017-Richard H. Thaler, "for his con-

Prince Mahidol Award 2017: > Field of Medicine: The Human Genome Project. > Field of Public Health: John B. Robbins (USA); Mathuram Santosham (India); Porter W. Anderson, Jr. (USA);Rachel Schneerson (USA).

Film/Music/Art / Culture 65th National Film Award 20l7-Winners: FeatureFilms >Dada Saheb Phalke Award: Vinod Khanna> Best Director: Jayaraj for Bhayanakam (Malaya lam)

Production > Best Make Up artist: Ram Razak for Nagar Kirtan (Bengali) > Best Production Design: Santosh Rajan for Take off (Malayalam) > Best Editing: Reema Das

,"

D.37

~I

for Village Rockstar (Assamese) > Best Costume: Gobinda MandaI for Nagar Kirtan(Bengali) ..

11

Screenplay > Best Original Screenplay: Saje,ev Pazhoor forDriksakshiyum(Malayalam) > Best Adapted Screenplay: Jairaj for Bhayankam (Malayalam) > Best Dialogues: Sambit Mohanty for Hello Arsi (Odiya). Thondimuthalum

t.' "

Non-FeatureFilm > Best Direction: Pavasacha Nibabdha (Director: Nagraj Manjule) > Best Debut Film of a:Director: Water Baby (Director: Pia Shah) > Best BiographiCall Historical Reconstruction: NaachiSe Baanchi'(Director: Biju Toppo Meghnath); and, Sword of Liberty (Director: Shiny Jacob Benjamin) > Best Art/Culturid Film: Giriju (Director: Debrapriya Adhikary, Samanwaya Sarkar, Sankalp Meshram). '

, Iii

I'

:1

I

II

BestBook'onCinema

' ..

II 1 I

1

u

!

SpecialMention .

;

~ Sunil Mishra: His articles on cinema, written in eloquent Hindi, are del~ghtful readings rang~gl~0!11; biography of an individual to critical analysis.<;>qhe films. His insightful writings on varied subjects of Indian cinema are usef~i'f~r all~ine IOV:t;~~:

',.n~;,':"

l;i.

5thYashChopraMemorialAwards201~ \ Asha Bhosle, the legendary smger •

.• ~ .6.

I,.

,

!

I J

i

I

I

11

" D.38

Current Affairs

SahityaAkademi Awards 2018

Bal Sahitya Puraskar: > Assamese-Sonbali Bagichar Bhoot (Novel): Jugallochan Das > BengaliTotal Contribution: Shrishendu Mukhopadhyay> Bodo-Gotho Gothaini Solo Bhata (Short Stories): Sitaram Basumatary >English-Son of the Thundercloud (Fables):Easterine Kire > Gujarati-Total Contribution: Chandrakant Sheth> Hindi-Mere Man Ki Bal Kahaniyan (Short Stories): Divik Ramesh > Kannada- Total Contribution: Kanchyani Sharanappa Shivasangappa > Kashmiri-Tchonchi Poot (Poetry): Zareef Ahmad Zareef > Konkani-Monitor (Short Stories): Vaidya Nath Jha > Maithili-Khissa Sunu Bau (Short Stories): Vaidya Nath Jha > MalayalamOlachoottintte Velicham (Short Stories): P.K.Gopi > Manipuri-Mahousha Lairembigee Mashaigonda Thirushi Lao Yenglushi Lao (Poetry): Khangembam Shamungou > Marathi- Total Contribution: Ratnakar Matkari > Nepali-Baal Koseli (Short Stories): Bhim Pradhan > Odia-Rumku Jhuma (Poetry): Birendra Mohanty > Punjabi-Tahli Wali Gali (Novel): Tarsem > Rajasthani-Chada Chadi Ki Kheti (Short Stories): c.L. Sankhla > Sanskrit-Shanaih Shanaih (Poetry): Sampadanand Mishra > Santali-Budi Goag Gam Thaylag (Short Stories): Laxminarayan Hansda > Sindhi-Suhini Daian (Short Stories): Kalpana Ashok Chellani > Tamil-Siragu Mulaitha Yaanai (Poetry): Kriungai Sethupathy > Telugu-Aananda Lokam: Naramshetti Umamaheswar Rao > Urdu-Batooni Ladki (Short Stories): Rais Siddiqui- Yuva Puraskar: > Assamese-MouMakshi Samrajya (Short Stories):Bipasha Bora> Bengali-Khelnabatir Din Sesh (Poetry): Samragnee Bandyopadhyay > Gujarati-Janmaaro (Poetry): Esha Dadawala > Hindi- Thartharahat (Poetry): Aasteek Vajpeyi > Kannada-Kepina Dabbi (Short Stories): Padmanabha Bhat > Kashmiri-Za'reen Zakham (Short Stories): Dheeba Nazir > Konkani-Mukhaddin (Poetry): Vilma Bantwal > Maithili-Varnit Rasa (Poetry): Umesh Paswan > Malayalam-Vyasanasamuchayam (Novel): Amal > Manipuri-Loubukki Manam (Poetry): Tongbram Amarjit Singh> Marathi-Fesati (Novel): Navnath Gore> Nepali-1986 (Short Stories): Chhuden Kabimu > Odia-Sosa (Poetry): Jayadratha Suna > Punjabi-Balora (Novel): Gurpreet Sehji > Rajasthani-Ekar Aajya Re Chand (Poetry): Dushyant Joshi> Sanskrit--ehitrakavyadarshanam (Poetry): Muni Rajsundar Vijay > Santhali-Hopon Mayak Kukmu (Short Stories): Rani Murmu > Sindhi-Sabla Nari (Play): Champa Chetnarni> Tamil-Ambu Padukkai (Short Stories):

Sports & Tournament

i Suneel Krishnan> Telugu-Aaku Kadalani Chota (Poetry): Bala Sudhakar Mouli > Urdu-Nairang-EJunoon (Short Stories): Shahnaz Rahman International Oscar Awards 2018

>-

Best Picture: "The Shape of Water" > Director: Guillermo del Toro, "The Shape of Water" > Actor: Gary Oldman, "Darkest Hour" > Actress: Frances McDormand, "Three Billboards Outside Ebbing, Missouri" > Supporting Actor: Sam Rockwell, "Three Billboards Outside Ebbing, Missouri"> Supporting Actress: Allison Janney, "I, Tonya" > Original Screenplay: "Get Out" > Adapted Screenplay: "Call Me by Your Name"> Foreign Language Film: "A Fantastic Woman" > Animated Feature: "Coco" > Visual Effects: "Blade Runner 2049" > Film Editing: "Dunkirk" > Animated Short: "Dear Basketball" > Live Action Short: "The Silent Child" > Documentary Short: "Heaven Is a Traffic Jam on the 405" > Score: "The Shape of Water': > Song: "Remember Me" from "Coco" > Production Design: "The Shape of Water" > Cinematography: "Blade Runner 2049" > Costume Design: "Phantom Thread" > Makeup and Hairstyling: "Darkest Hour" > Documentary Feature: "Icarus" > Sound Editing: "Dunkirk" > Sound Mixing: "Dunkirk" Fukuoka Prize 2018

> Grand: Jia Zhangke (China/Film Director) > Academic: Suehiro Akira (Japan/Economist) > Arts & Culture: Teejan Bai (India/Pandavani Performer) Golden Globes Awards 2018

> Best Performance by an Actress in a Limited Series or Motion Picture Made for Television-Nicole Kidman, Big Little Lies> Best Performance by an Actor in a Supporting Role in Any Motion Picture-Sam Rockwell, Three Billboards Outside Ebbing, Missouri > Best Performance by an Actress in a Television Series (Comedy)-Rachel Brosnahan, The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel> Best Performance by an Actress in a Television Series (Drama)-Elisabeth Moss, The Handmaid's Tale > Best Performance by an Actor in a Television Series (Drama)-Sterling K. Brown, This Is Us > Best Television Series (Drama)-The Handmaid's Tale, Hulu > Best Performance by an Actor in a Supporting Role in a Series, Limited Series, or Motion Picture Made for Television-Alexander Skarsgard, Big Little Lies> Best Original Score (Motion Picture)-Alexandre Desplat,

I

I

I I

D.39

The Shape of Water> Best Original Song (Motion Picture)-"This Is Me," The Greatest Showman> Best Performance by an Actor in a Motion Picture (Musical or Comedy)-James Franco, The Disaster Artist> Best Performance by an Actress in a Supporting Role in a Series, Limited Series, or Motion Picture Made for Television-Laura Dern, Big Little Lies> Best Motion Picture (Animated)-Coco > Best Performance by an Actress in a Supporting Role in Any Motion PictureAlison Janney, I, Tonya > Best Screenplay (Motion Pic~ ture)-Martin McDonagh, Three Billboards Outside Ebbing, Missouri> Best Picture (ForeignLanguage)In the Fade (Germany/France) > Best Performance By an Actor in a Television Limited Series or Motion Picture Made for Television-Ewan McGregor, Fargo> Best Television Series (Comedy)-The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel, Amazon> Best Performance by an Actor in a Television Series (Comedy)-Aziz Ansari, Master of None> Best Director (Motion Picture)-Guillermo del Toro, The Shape of Water> Best Television Limited Series or Motion Picture Made for Television-Big Little Lies, HBO > Best Performance by an Actress in a Motion Picture (Musical or Comedy)-Saoirse Ronan, Lady Bird> Best Picture (Comedy or Musical)-Lady Bird> Best Performance by an Actor in a Motion Picture (Drama)-Gary Oldman, The Darkest Hour > Best Performance by an Actress in a Motion Picture (Drama)-Frances McDormand, Three Billboards Outside Ebbing, Missouri> Best Picture (Drama)Three Billboards Outside Ebbing, Missouri.

Marylebone, PC (Founder & Chairman,'The Caparo Group PIc,UK) > Golden PeacockInnovative Leadership' Award for Philanthropy & Social Change--;:-Vine~tNayar (Founder Chairman, Sampark Foundation & Former CEO, HCL Technologies).

Thrner Prize 2017

Right Livelihood Award 2017

Luniba Himid, a British contemporary artist and curator, for her work that focuses on themes of cultural history and reclaiming identities~'

Winners: > Robert Billot (USA) > Colin Gonsalves (India) >' Khadija Ismayilova (Azerbaijan) > Yetnebersh Nigussie (Ethiopia)

Industry/Business / Corporate/Service

UNESCO Confucius Prize for Literacy 2017

National

Winners: > AdulTICoProgram (Columbia)-for teaching digital competencies to senior citizens> The Citizens Foundation (Pakistan)-for its Aagahi'Lite eracy Programme for Women and Out-of-school girls> FunDz~ (South Africa)-for its readersrmd U?riterspro~, ject to develop a culture of reading and writing for pleasure' through an online platform. . . ,

ET Awards 2017:

> Business Leader of the year':"-Mukesh Ambani > Global Indian of the Year-Prem Watsa >Company of the Year-Maruti Suzuki> Policy Change Agent Award~Arun Jaitley > Lifetime Achievement AwardYC Deveshwar > Entrepreneur of the Year-Bhavish Aggarwal> Corporate Citizen of the Year-Mahindra & Mahindra. Golden Peacock Award 2018:

> Golden Peacock Award for Lifetime Achievement in Business Leadership-The T. Hon. Lord Swaraj Paul of

FICCI Healthcare ExdmenceAward

2017

Winners: Skill Development:. Bhaktivedanta Hospital > Social Initiative: Bhaktivedanta Hospital (NGO), Fortis La Femme (Corporate Sector) > Patient Centricity: Ramesh Hospital (Private Hospitals); Health, Medical & Family Welfare Department, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh (PHCs) > Medical Technology and Devices: BPL Medical Technologies' > Health Insurance Products: Aditya Birlii.Health > Preventive Care: Sri Ganga Ram Hospital, New Delhi> Patient Safety: PGIMER, Chandigarh > Healthcare Startup: PathShodh Healthcare > Lifetime Achievement Award: Dr. Arvind Lal, Chairman and MD, Dr. Lal PathLabs International Mother Teresa International tf

Memorial Award 2017

,

•

Winners: >: UNHCR > Priyanka Chopra > Fr. Tom Uzhunnalil > A21 > Hellenic Rescue Team> Shigeru Ban> Mercy Corp> Khalsa Aid> Caritas Internationalis > Bayat Foundation> Zakat Foundation of India> IsraAID

I

I,

['I,

, ,

.

Ramon Magsaysay Award 2017

,

, ; , ',;

Il ,

Winners: > Uncategorized: Yoshiaki Ishizawa (Japan); Philippine Educational TheatreAssociation (Philippines); Tony Tay (Singapore); Abdon Nababan (Indonesia); Lilia de Lima (Philippines)

~ D.40

CurrentAffairs

International

IndianEconomyD.41

Press Freedom Award 2017

Pravit Rojanaohruk (Thailand); Ahmed Abba (Cameroon); Patricia Mayorga (Mexico);Afrah Nasser (Yemen) Winners:

ICFT UNESCO Gandhi International Film Festival)

Medal

Prize

2017

(48th

Winners: 'Kshitij A Horizon', a Marathi film directed by Manouj Kadaamh

Mirabai Chanu-Weightlifting > Sanjita ChanuWeightlifting > Venkat Rahul Ragala-Weightlifting> Ritu Phogat-Wrestling > Jyoti-Wrestling > Pawan Kumar-Wrestling> Vinod OmprakashWrestling> Sumit-Wrestling > Gaurav BidhuriBoxing> Sonia Lather-Boxing> Rohan BopannaTennis> Yuki Bhambri-Tennis > Jeje LalpekhluaFootball> Gurpreet Singh-Football. 2018 Dronacharya Awards

2017 Sakharov Human RightAward Winners: Democratic Opposition in Venezuela (Venezuela)--jor the courage of student activists and protesters in face of repression by Nicolas Maduro's government.

Winners: > Coach BS Chauhan-Hockey> P.T. Usha-Athletics > Sanjay Garnaik-Athletics > G Sudhakar Reddy-Badminton> Vijay SharmaWeightlifting > Shiv Singh-Boxing> Bhaskar Bhatt-Boxing> Sandhya Gurung-Boxing

Sharma (Punjab) > Raj Singh Dungarpur Award (Highest wicket-taker in U-16 Vijay Merchant Trophy in 2015-16): Abhishek Sharma (Punjab) >Jaglrtohan Dallrtiya Award (Best Woman ~ricketer (Sr.) of 2015-16):Mithali Raj (Railways) >- Jagmohan Dalmiya Award (Best Woman cricketer <Jr.) of 201516): Deepti Sharma (Uttar Pradesh) >- Best Umpire in domestic Cricket: Nitin Menon> Best pedor,;. lrtance in Bcel Domestic tournaments: Mumbai Cricket Association (MCA). International IAAF's 2017 Athlete of the Year Winners: > Male-Mutaz Essa Barshim (Qatar) Female-Nafissatou Thiam (Belgium). .

>-

Global Teacher Prize 2018 2018 Dhyan Chand Awards

Winners: Andria Zafirakou (UK) International

> Amal Khalifa Idris Habbani (Sudan)-a freelance journalist and contributor to the Sudanese news outlet AI-Taghyeer > Nguyen Ngoc Nhu Quynh (Vietnam)-an independent blogger, who is best known by her penname, "Mother Mushroom." > Luz Mely Reyes (Venezuela)-an investigative reporter and co-founder of the independent news website Efecto Cocuyo > Anastasiya (Nastya) Stanko (Ukraine)-a journalist and TV presenter who is a member of the "Stop censorship" movement. Winners:

Sports Awards National 2018 Rajiv Gandhi Khel RatnaAwards

> Virat Chopra-Athletics Winners:

Kohli-Cricket>

Neeraj

2018 ArjunaAwards Winners: >Manpreet Singh-Hockey> Dharamvir Singh-Hockey> Savita-Hockey > Manika Batra-Table Tennis> Harmeet DesaiTable Tennis > Shikhar Dhawan-Cricket > Smriti Mandhana-Cticket > Neeraj ChopraAthletics> Annu Rani-Athletics> Seema Antil-Athletics > Gaurav Gill-Motor Sports> N Sikki Reddy-Badminton> Shahzar Rizvi-Shooting > Shreyasi Singh-Shooting> Pooja GhatkarShooting> Ankur Mittal-Shooting > Saikhom

~-

> Bobby Aloysis-Athletics > Kuldeep Singh Bhullar-Athletics> Jata Shankar-Athletics > Sunil Gavaskar-Cricket > T.P.Ouseph-Athletics Winners:

Press Freedom Award 2017

BCCI awards 2017-18

> Col. CK. Nayudu Lifetime achievement award: Rajinder Goel, Padmakar Shivalkar >BCCI Lifetime achievement award for women: Shantha Rangaswamy > BCCI special awards: VV Kumar, Late Ramakant Desai> Polly Umrigar award: Virat Kohli> Dilip Sardesai award (For India's best cricketer in the West Indies series, 2016):Ravichandran Ashwin > Lala Amarnath Award (best allrounder in the Ranji Trophy2015-16): Jalaj Saxena (Madhya Pradesh) > Lala Amarnath Award (best all-rounder in domestic limited-overs competitions 2015-16):Axar Patel (Gujarat) > Madhavrao Scindia Award (Highest scorer in the Ranji Trophy 2015-16): Shreyas Iyer (Mumbai) > Madhavrao Scindia Award (Highest wicket-taker in the Ranji Trophy 2015-16): Shahbaz Nadeem Oharkhand) > M.A. Chidambaram Trophy (Highest scorer in U-23 Col. CK. Nayudu Trophy 2015-16): Jay Bista (Mumbai) > M.A. Chidambaram Trophy (Highest wicket-taker in U-23 Col. CK. Nayudu Trophy 2015-16):Satyajeet Bachhav (Maharashtra) > NKP Salve Award (Highest scorer in U-19 Cooch Behar Trophy in 2015-16):Arman Jaffer (Mumbai) > NKP Salve Award (Highest wicket-taker in U-19 Cooch Behar Trophy in 2015-16): Ninad Rathva (Baroda) > Raj Singh Dungarpur Award (Highest scorer in U-16 Vijay Merchant Trophy in 2015-16):Abhishek

ICC Cricket Awards 2017:

> Sir Garfield Sobers Trophy for ICC Men's Cricketer of the Year-Virat Kohli (India) > ICC Men's Test Cricketer of the Year-Steve Smith (Australia) > ICC Men's aDI Cricketer of the Year-Virat Kohli (India) > ICC Men's Emerging Cricketer of the Year-Hasan Ali (Pakistan) > ICC Men's Associate

Cricketer of the Year-Rashid Khan (Afghanistan) > ICC Men's T201 Performa~ce of theJYe~r-; Yuz.:" vendra Chahal (6.,..25v England for Indi.a) >: D!lyid Shepherd Trophy. for, ICC. UlIlpire of the I):'ea.!--'Marais Erasmus >- ICC Spirit of ,Cric~et--'-"-Anya. Shiubsole (England) >- ICCFans:"I\~ornent ~f the Year--,-Pakistanstun India to win the ICC Champions Trophy 2017. ' .. l

~~ ~l

'l

~~ ""

>- ICC Men's

Test Team of the Year 2017:Dean Elgar (South Africa), David Warner (Australia), ViiaJ Kohli (captaih) (India), Steve Smith, (Australia), Cheteshwar Pujara (India), Ben Stokes (England), Qufuton d.e Kock (wicket~ke.eper)(South Africa), Ravichandran Ashwin (India), Mitchell Starc (Austhilia), kagiso Rabada (South Africa), James ~derson (England). ICC Men's aDI Team of. the Year 2017: David Warner (Australia), Rohit Sharma' (India), Virat Kohli (captain) (India), BabarAzam (Pakistan), AB de Villi-' erS (South Africa), Quinton de Kock (wicket-keeper) (South Africa), Ben Stokes (England); Trent Boult' (New Zealand), Hasan Ali (Pakistan), Rashid Kh~n (Afghanistan), Jasprit B'umrah (India).

I, I

I; !

I

INDIAN ECONOMY

OVERVIEW OF INDIAN ECONOMY Between 2014and 2017,the annual growth rate of the Indian GDP was 7+ percent. Advance Estimates released by Central Statistics Office (CSO)of Ministry of Statistics and' Programme Implementation estimates that this rate will for 2017-18will be around 6.5 percent. The annual GDP growth rate for 2014-18 will be around 7.3 percent (after adjusting for lower growth). The growth rate of 7.3 percent is the highest GDP growth rate among the major economies in the world. In recent period the denomination of nooo and 600 notes was done, GST was launched, steps were taken for addressing the issue of non-performing assets of the banks and liberalisation of FDI norms was undertaken by the government of India. The shrinking of the exports happening in recent period stopped during 2016-17 and their position improved in 2017-18. There was an increase in the

I I

I

levels of foreign exchange reverses. 'The increasing protectionism tendencies shown bi some countries (United States of America remains a concern) is a concern and its effects will only become apparent in the future. The rising of average crude oil prices is concern. Compared to 2016-17, there was approximately 14% increase in the crude oil prices in 2017-18. Based 'on the current trend this can increase by further 10 to 15 percent in 2018-19. !li~~e',~m ~egatiy~IY.faffectthe GDP growth. rate. In !~e neflr future, the GST should stabilize investments levels. should recover and the governmen! shoul,! ~eep on-track ,with its structural improvemeI);t~.Based on this we can expect India's economic p~!fopn~ce to improve in 2018-19. .

1.

'..•. t

_~&~

.,

"

_

J

.• '

'-

a

, .•

,.

Economic Suroey.2017-18 ,'; The Economic survey of India 2017-18 was released by Mr. Arun Jaitley, the Union Minister of Finance and Corporate Affairs, in the Parliament on 29th

iiII

.+!

January, 2018. According to the survey, the reforms made by the government should make the GOP growth rate touch 7.0 to 7.5 percent in 2018-19. This growth rate will make India the fastest growing major economy in the world. Ten New Facts of the Indian Economy 1. The number of registered indirect and direct taxpayers has increased considerably. 2. Non~agr:icultural payroll in the formal sector is higher than what was previously assumed. It is more than 50%in terms of GSTnet and more than 30%in terms of socialsecurityprovisions,i.e.,EPFO and ESICprovisions. 3. The states with higher exports and inter-state trading are richer than states with lesser exports and inter-state trading. 4. India's firm export structure is better than the export structure of other large countries in the sense that it is substantially more egalitarian. 5. The exports of readymade garments saw an increase. This increase was due to the clothing incentive package of the government of India. 6. The lack of government clarifications in the area of tax has led to a large number of avoidable litigations. 7. Growth is more dependent on investment than savings. All the savings do not necessarily get transformed into investments. 8. The direct tax collectionin India is much lower than the direct tax collectionsin other federal countries. 9. Agriculture in India is highly sensitive to weather. Extremeweather has significantlynegative impact of agricultural yields.

Highlights of Economic Survey 2017-18 • The GOP growth rate for 2017-18 is 6.75%. • The GOP growth rate for 2018-19 is expected to be between 7 and 7.5%. This will cause India to become the fastest growing major economy in the world. • ~20,339CR was approved for interest subvention for farmers in current fiscal. • Due to reforms the FDI in service sector increased by 15%in 2017-18. • There has been 50% increase in the number of indirect taxpayers in post GST period. • The government has decided to focus on three major policy targets: supporting agriculture, privatising of Air-India and finishing bank recapitalisation.

-

•...•.

--

-?

Current Affairs

D.42

L

~

-~

------

••......

_---.

Indian Economy • There is a need for closely observing oil prices. Persisting high oil prices or sharp corrections in prices can have significant recuperations. • The banks have started using Insolvency Code for dealing with non~performing assets. • The retail inflation during 2017-18 was the lowest in last six years .. • There is urgent need of judicial reforms for clearing the pendency, delays and backlogs. • The increasing urban migration in India is leading to feminisation of the India farm sector. • Insolvency Code is being actively used to resolve NPA woes • The improvement in global trade will encourage India's external sector to remain strong. • The usage of technology can improve the enforcement of labour laws. • Sanitation coverage in rural areas improved from 39% in 2014 to 76% in January 2018 due to the Swachh Bharat initiative. • There is need of increased Centre-State cooperation for combating the instances of severe air pollution. • For encouraging inclusive growth, the government should prioritise social infrastructure (such as education and health).

Union Budget 2018-19 The Union Budget 2018-19 was presented by Mr Arun Jaitley, the Union Minister for Finance and Corporate Affairs presented the General Budget 2018-19 in Parliament, on 1st February, 2018. The budget expects the Indian economy to grow at the rate of 8% in future. The Direct Benefit Mechanism of delivering benefits to the beneficiaries is being claimed as the biggest such exercise in the world and as a global success story. The main Aims of the Budgets 2018-19 are: • Consolidation of gains and focusing on strengthening agriculture and rural economy, • Providing good health care to individuals who are economically challenged, • Caring for senior citizens, • Creating infrastructure and • Cooperating with States for improving the quality of education.

!

I I I

,I

,I .'

,

I I

Budget 2018-19 Highlights • According to the Government the Indian society, polity and economy has shbwnremarkable resilience in adjusting with the structural reforms. • As per International Monetary Fund's (IMP) forecast, India is expected to grow at 7.4% in 2018-19. This growth is dependent ,of service sector growth of 8%+ and export sector growth of 15%. • The total Government expenditure ouring 2018-19 is estimated to be around ~24.42 lakh crore. This is ~2,24,463 crores more than the expenditure during 2017-19. • Fiscal Deficit was brought down to 4.1% in 201415 to 3.9% in 2015-16, and to 3.5% in 2016-17. Revised Fiscal Deficit estimates for 2017-18 are 6.95 lakh crore at 3.5% of GOP.The fiscal Deficit during 2018-19 is expected to be a ~6,24,276 Cr or 3.3% of the GOP for 2017-18. This fiscal deficit will beflnanced by borrowings. • During 2018-19 the government is focusing on strengthening: agriculture, rural development, health, education, employment, MSME and infrastructure sectors. • Government expects the growth to touch 8% in near future, making India as one of the fastest growing economies in the world. • The government has set MSP of unannounced kharif crops at one and a half time of their production cost. The production cost and method of determining production cost has not been specified. • The Institutional Farm Credit has been raised to 11 lakh crore ill,2018-19 from 8.5 lakh crore in 2014-15. • The government is planning up-gradation of 22,000 rural haats into Gramin Agricultural Markets. • The crops like potato, tomato and onion are showing substantial. price fluctuations. Operation Greens have been launched for dealing with these fluctuations: • The government announced two New Funds' of ~10,OOOcrore for Fisheries and Animal Husbandry sectors and re-structured National Bamboo Mission gets n,290 crore. • The government will disburse around ~75,o'OO crores as loans to Women Self Groups. This is an increase of ~32,500crores over last year.

D.43

• The targets for Ujjwala, Saubhagya and Swachh Mission have been h1:c~a~~d. These schemes provide free LPG connections, electricity and toilets. • An amount' of~1.38 crore has been set aside for health, education and /social protection. The government is planning to set at least one Ekalavya Residential School in every tribal block by 2020 ...• The government has launched the world's largest Health Protection Scheme covering over 10 crore poor and vulnerable families. . • An amount of 6.971akh crore has been set aside for the infrastructure. , • The government has decided to develop ten prominent sites in India as Iconic tourist destinations. • The government has announced initiation of the National Programme on Artificial Intelligenc~ (AI).The program will be under the NTI1Aaayog. • The government will establish Centres for Excellence in the fields of robotics, artificial intelligen~e; internet of things. • The disinvestment target of ~80,OOOcrore has been set up for the year. The disinvestments of ~72,OOO were done during 2016-17. • Government is bringing out a comprehensive Gold Policy for developing gold as an asset class. • The comparues registered as Farmer Producers Companies will enjoy an income tax holiday for a period of five years from 2018-19. • The companies with turnover up to ~250 crotes in 2016-17 cari pay the income tax at the reduced rate of 25%.This aim has been aimed at benefiting micro, small and medium enterprises. • The income tax exemptions" for transport allowance and reimbursement of miscellaneous medical expenses has been removed. A standard deduction of ~40,OOO for salaried employees has been' introduced. " ! • Senior Citizens will get the following 'added benefits: o They will need not pay tax on incom~-of up to ~50,OOO from deposits with banks and 'postoffices. o Theyare not required to deduct IDS upder section 194Aof tl:).eIncome Tax,Act: ,..,'J:.. ,.' • ".I o The limit under section 80Dof the income tax for deduction related to health insurance premium a~d/ o~,~edical expendihJ:rehas' be~ri ip~reased to~50,OOO ;"

._.

I

••

1

rill

f

I

I,

I ,I

D.44

IQd.ianEconomy

Current Affairs

D.45

I

Table 0.1.8

(Figure$ in ,reI Revenue Receipts

Union Budget Key Figures

2016-17 Actuals

20172017-18 20'17-18 Budget Budget Revised EstiEstimates Estimates mates

1374,203

G~;;it~r'-~~~,,,.

.....,.,,~""""r'-

15,15,771

15,05,428

,-,..,,,.._,,,,,,_ .•,,,-,,,---~

17,25738

""""" __ ''''",!i~,,,,%:;_~-,:,,

Receipts (except

Market Stabilization

6,00,991

6,30,964

7,12,322

,~cheme) Total Receipts

1975,194

lotaL: ..,..... ', 1,9,751~4 ~)(p~!1£l,lu~e);h<' , . Revenue 3,16,381 Deficit .1

21,46735

22,17750

L'.,<"';~iti.,

21,4673522,1775011 .f'"

24,42,213 '.'

'.t

24,42,213

,-t{:-",,_'_,=,-~- .l*~\r:~\_ ~?[,':_¥,;-fu4,,':x~,jl,\

3,21,163

4,38,877

4,16,034

o The limit under section80DDBfor medical expenditure on certain criticalillness has been raised to n,oo,OOO o The Pradhan Mantri

•

•

•

•

Vaya Vandana Yojana has

been extended up to March 2020.The investment limit has been increased to n5 lakhs. The government has disallowed trusts and institutions to make cash payments of more than ~10,OOO. Such payments will attract tax. The Long Term Capital Gains exceeding n lakh will be taxed at the uniform rate of 10 percent without any benefit of indexation. The government has purposed to tax the income distributed by the equity mutual fund at the uniform rate of 10 percent. The cess on personal and corporate income tax has been increased from 3 to 4 percent.

Table 0.1.9

• 5,000 km of tracks will be converted into Broad Gauge. This will convert almost the entire railway network to Broad Gauge. • During 2017-18, 4,000 km of the track will be electrified. • The work on Eastern and Western Dedicated Freight Corridors is continuing. • Target of procuring 12,000 wagons, 5,160 coaches and approximately 700 locomotives during 2018-19. • During 2018-19, 3,699 km of track will be renewed. • During 2018-19, 600 major railways stations will be upgraded. • The railway department will lay down 90 km of double line track at the cost of ~l1,OOO crores in Mumbai suburban network. • An amount of NO,OOO has been set aside for laying 150 km of additional suburban network. • A suburban train network with 160 km of track is being planned for Bengaluru. • Escalators will be provided at all stations having footfall of 25,000 or more. • All railway stations will be provided with Wi-Fi facility in phases. • All stations will be provided with CCTV facility. • Integrated Coach Factory, Perambur is developing modem trains with state-of-the-art amenities and features. First of these trains will be commissioned during 2018-19. • 4,267 unmanned level crossings will be eliminated in the phase manner in the next two years.

,

Budget at a Glance (In ~Crorel Actuels

RevenueReceipts

,'!:~:_"~_'~'

""""",,,,,,",,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,, ~-~

!l'---."',...

Tax' Revenue

"CZ~'

"-',~; ~",

-iJ;"';;';,-

y-:,~.,...",,,,,,,,~, -__~ ~~

.

_ .. _.

"'_~

8udgetEstimates

13,7.4,203

_",,,,,"_

15,15,771 "•......._..~.. 12,27,014

.....

, _,

' "__

""_

_.~_M._~~.~~_

.

. .~., ... '. _

CapitalReceipts

2,88,757 6,30,964

Recoveryof Loans

17,630

11,933._.

,_

_.,

""_~""~

<',

"',

'",',

,_,,_, __~M.,'

"'-_', __ A

~_

,.....,;-

"""":.",,,,"';l',,

~or[():-vln.t;J~,ondOth~r

,"',

__

,

"'::-"'~~""""'1", •..""

~~,

Jiabi,rities

~

••..•.•."" ••

~~',;;"~,.;t.-,,,

~.•_._..•._. _,8

19,75,194

On Revenue Account, of which,

16,90,584

~"b"'::"" ,".,.",,"",~"~y--"+'=-""~~-~"'~~"'-=--c,*"'~~:~_:"'''~~-'~¥''''~;:

(?rantsin Ajdforcreatiol'l Account ","~h, .•.'" _,~,, __

",,<'o~__ ,.

of Capitol

.-_..

....,.

'--.,_._~_~L,.o..:i...;:.1.._~

_

-

__ "_.

3,09,801

:

'.

_~_'_-

.

.•••. ~.~~

12,199 -,-"'--.- ..i-.--'-----.l

_'.1

5,23,078

2,84,610

-,

80,000

-y__ ,-_,-.r-~.._~";_

j

. '",,<;-""""'""',

..•.••.•••. __

22,17,750;,,' "i ')'24,42,213. ,"'< 19'44 305' ~t>,,, ; 2Y'41-772:,. _

: ,\\'"

y__ -,,:_~,,_~J.)~.....,;,.;_ ..•.. __

I

~.~~t - 'J{;J

,5,30,843

~~"~:~=_~..,,J':---~~~,,",,,",'

1,95,350

,

5,94,849 6,24,276 I .. ----..-.- ~, ~----._._-,----"7'..-.,'----.~'-'-~-,..-.#

,

1,65,733

.. _

2,45,089

17,473


..."-__

_

2,35,974

'_A

,

~

".

',"

,

j

J

L ••.

~,_,,\

5,75,795

:_~ ...!__ ~__,.;,.._ .1,...L:..J...•... t.:.--...:..:.:,-~,_....,.:;...,.._;-;;,_,..;._:_'

1,89,245

-'

••••

1,95,345

'.-.
o ••:,,' __ '"",, __

On Capital Account ~,_,,0":-:-:-_"- U':',..

"''''''.-''~ .... """., .."~w,

'.' '""

"i,lii22 ..... _...--7,li475

21,46,735 1836 934

4,80,714

Interest Payments

~--.-

')<,

--_.

5,46,531 ,,,,.-,,,,, ..,.,,.,'

TotalReceipts(1 + 4)

.

.... _....

72,500 1,00,000 _'-_'_' """"'"-'4-._,...",.~."""'-...--_.;...;.._::..._.~.. _"0,_

47,743

Other Receipts ' ••.. "" ',-'~:--,"'.,.'):""

" •• ',,

_

; ,

2,72/~~J 6,00,991

Non.T()!R_~venu~"_

I

Budg~testimates

15,05,428~, =.~----_.--,_ )f, '17,25~73,8_ " ...••.. ~_ .......•.•... _-_-...--~ 12,69,454 14,80,649; -.....-~.w ." . ~

__

.__........•

(N~t to Centre)

.d

RevisedEstilnates

....~

..... _

~h

"'w"'-'''~--'~'-''-----"'F''~='"~',.'':-''''0!!'''''=~'~-3y'y'''

[()fal~REllldi~~e(lO+d~)~. RevenueDeficit(10- 1)

••''~'~'''''~--'_, '__

L•.

,-'r ~~'-""--,-- ..." ,w",,""''''',--,",,",,-,_

19~7~!1~~_ 3,16,381 ..••• ,•••..••........•

,~" __,,-,,,,_,

..__

2,73,445 .

.

_.

~1~~~_~_ 3,21,163 "..

5,35,618

5,46,531.

Inpercentiles PrimaryDeficit(1~1

-3.50% 54,904

-3.29% 23;453 '

.,,~~.

~

".";'..".:..--'

~-

••

.•..~,;-~ __'v

""',,'

5,94,849

i,

..,.;.-.;.~-.

",,0,

,'._

6,24,276

')J,

-3,50%, 64,006

Ll

.,' .... _, ,,-0.40%'

-0.10%

I

")~

~

,7~~~0%' 48;481 ~ :

-0.40"k

=''',",,~''~''1

!

-0.30"k

,

, ••

'

•

",

, ~;r~

~

-1.20% t

~

,.

r

•

.- ....~-~,'"--==,,-"""~-_. -- ~~,,;---~--=""""""='<%'=---"'''',*'',"",,,,'''''''''''''",,'~--'''--~'--'-'''''''

--"'''-''1''

'"percentiles

h_='"

•••

. -',

M'~---w-~~.~~""_,""",,~,~'-',,

FiscalDeficit,[9- (1 + 5 + 6)]

F'0"0('wrc-""'''I'-'''""',,,,*,ff<'''-4'''

y¥~

2~A-.~,213~

-1.50%

,.,

"y

"'.'"::;'-;'-"':':""'.,~~;~~~""""""--r+~---'~-~"~'T';-~.~'{1

..-- .•••---,-.""""'----"""""~._--,--"

,

3,00,441; to"'

..•.•....

-2.60% -2.20% 2;49,6322,20,689

•....-,.,'-'

0,-",""".""

....,,=_-""""'----'

~,

22,17,75~ 4,38)877'.

-1.90% -'-"

__

, .••

_ ••••. _,~_~

.~ •_t . t. ~~

Few Initiatives in Detail

Y

_

I

'.:

"

t

',.L

Setting-up of FAIDF and AHIDF: The Government has announced setting up of a Fisheries and Aqua culture Infrastructure Development Fund (FAIDF) for fisheries sector and an Animal Husbandry Infrastructure Development Fund (AHIDF) for financing infrastructure requirement of animal husbandry sector. These schemes will have a corpus of no,ooo crore. '

Customs

Union excise duties 8% Market borrowings and other liabilities 19%

,

j Finance.l commission and other transactians 0.' "8%'"

~, "

..I.

,

,I""

Subsidies'

4%

I

1891/i

t,~q

,

...,.

9% GST 23%

t

Other'expenditures ,"" 8%' :"Inter~st payment

,," <J

Ceritral'sect~r; "':'-I. ~" . I.... .1 V,. State's Shar:. ' schemes 't I' . ( '. ."'.•.....•.. j.o ,.J • taxes and duties, 10% «.... ' ... : '\' ~ ~ '~d',"~Defence 24% Centr,al,l~spons~r~. ' ') 9%!~" . ",_' . schemes 9% d

.

.

~

'Il

Railways Budget • The government has decided to set aside a large part of 2018-10' Railways Capital Expenditure for capacity creation. • The government is planning to lay down 18,0000 km of second, third and fourth line works.

'Operation Greens' Scheme: Government of India has set aside ~500 Crore under Operation Green for dealing with the issue of price volatility in perishable commodities.

Corporation tax ~ 'P, '19%

I)I(J

Figure 0.1.1

Money Comes from

Figure 0.1.2 ,Money Goes tS>" f,.

Upgrading of Rural Haats into GrAMs: Existing 22,000 rural haats are going to be upgraded into

• ~

!

~

I 7~;'. :.JIl.~,.",

'l,1

,t.;~0

,

i

j

...•..

"r ~.;.'"

h:

J

_~ f_

~~I

. ./

.~

i1

LL- (-~

D.46

Current Affairs

Gramin Agricultural Markets (GrAMs). It is expected that 85% of the small and marginal farmers will benefit from this move. These GrAMs will not be regulated by APMCs and they will be directly linked to e-NAM electronically. This will allow the farmers to directly sell to consumers and bulk purchasers. Greed Gold: Government is focusing on development of bamboo (also known as green gold) sector by restructuring the National Bamboo Mission with an outlay of n,290 crore. Special Scheme to Address Air Pollution in DelhiNCR: The air pollution in Delhi-NCR region has reached extreme levels. For tackling this menace the government has announced a special scheme for supporting the efforts of the governments of Haryana, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh and the NCT of Delhi to address air pollution in the region by subsidizing machinery required for in-situ management of crop residue.

I'

I'

RISE by 2022: RISE2022initiative has been launched for increasing the research and research related investment in premier education institutions. Revitalising Infrastructure and Systems in Education (RISE) by 2022' envisions investment of n,oo,OOO crores over a period of next four years. i

,

I I

PMRF Scheme launched: The 'Prime Minister's Research -Fellows (PMRF) Scheme' will select -1000 best B. Tech students annually at the national level and provide them facilities to do Ph.D. in IITs and IISc with a handsome fellowship. National Health Protection Scheme: This budget has announced the world's largest government funded health care programme, i.e., National Health Protection Scheme for providing cover to more than 50 crore beneficiaries. The cover will provide coverage of up to ~5lakh per family per year. Mission on,Cyber Physical.Systems: This mission has been laU"nch~dby the Department of ScieIl,ce& Technology for e'stablishing Centres of Excellence in the areas of Robotics, Artificial Intelligence (AI), Digital Manufacturing, Big Data Analysis, Quantum Communication" and Internet of Things (loT). Initiates in Gold Trading: The Government has announced formulation of a comprehensive Gold Policy for developing gold as an asset class. This will include establishment of regulated gold exchanges. In addition the current Gold Monetization Scheme

Indian Economy will be revamped to enable opening of a hassle-free Gold Deposit Account.

supply and demand of health services. These centres 'Yill provide comprehensive health care and include the facility of free essential drugs and diagnostic services.

Reforms for Enterprises: The Ministry of commerce is planning setting up of a National Logistics Portal. This portal will link all the stakeholders together. Every individual enterprise in India will be provided with a unique 10. Defence Budget: Under defence budget two defence industrial production corridors will be set up. Private investment in defence production will be opened up along with the relaxed foreign direct investment norms. Defence Production Policy 2018 will be formulated. This policy will be industry friendly policy that will encourage private sector to invest in defence related production. Disinvestment: The government has set a disinvestment target of ~80,000crores for 2018-19.The government has also announced the merger of the three Public Sector Insurance companies: (i)National Insurance Co. Ltd., (ii) United India Assurance Co. Ltd. and (iii)Oriental India insurance Co.'Ltd., into a single insurance company. Tax Initiatives: GSThas been finally implemented on an all India basis. Now the government is renaming the Central Board of Excise and Customs (CBEC)as Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC). The old assessment procedure is being updated by implementation of e-Assessment system for income ,tax. The Customs Act will be updated for improving the 'Ease of Doing Business' in India. The government has also increased custom duties on mobile phones and TV parts for encouraging the 'Make-in-India' scheme. Gobar-Dhan Scheme: The government is encouraging conversion of cattle dung and solid waste into compost, biogas and CNG through the Galvanizing Organic Bio-Agro Resources Dhan (Gobar-Dhan) scheme. This scheme will have two pronged impacts on the villages. On one hand it will help in keeping the villages clean and on the other hand it will increase the income levels. In the first phase the scheme will be implemented on pilot basis in 350 districts. The target is to cover 700 districts by the end of 2018-19. Health and Wellness Centre: The National Health Policy, 2017 is focusing on developing Health and Wellness Centres, which will act as corner stones'of the Indian Health System. The government of India has allocated ~1,200crore for this program. 1.5 lakhs of these centres will bridge the gap between the

I,

Allocations and Updates Of Existing Schemes • The Government has allocated 6,35,000 crore for construction of 35,000 kms of road under Phase I of the Bharatmalil Pariyojana. • The Government wants to provide 8 crore free LPG connections to poor women under the Ujjwala Scheme this year. • The Government has set aside ~16,000crore for providing free electricity connections to 4 crore poor households. • The Government is going to build 1 crore houses in 2018-'19under the Housing for All scheme. • The target of constructing 6 crore toilets in 2018-'19 has been set under Swachh Bharat Mission • An amount of ~5,750 crore has been set aside for the National Rural Livelihood Mission in 2018-19; • ~,975 crore has been allocated for the National Social Assistance Programme. • ~1,200 crore has been set aside under the National Health Policy 2017. • n6,713' crore has been allocated to the Namami Gange Programme. 187 projects have been sanctioned till date under the programmes. These projects deal with infrastructure development, river surface cleaning, ruralsarutation etc. • • The target for lending under. MUDRA Loan Scheme set at ~3lakh crore. • Under the Regional cOI1llectivity scheme of UDAN (Ude Desh ka Aam Nagrik), 56 unserved airports and 31 unserved helipads will be connected in 2018-'19. ', • ~3,073 crore allocated for the Digital India programme. • The Government has proposed to set up five lakh 'Wi-Fi Hotspots' for providing internet connectivity in villages: These hotspots will allow approximately 5 crore rural individuals to come online. • ~10,000 crore allocated for building Telecom infrastructure in the country. • Indigenous 5G Test Bed will be established at IIT Chennai for harnessing the benefits of the emerging technologies. r

D.47

• The Government has taken a strong stand against the use of crypto-assets for' financing illegitimate acHvities ih India.' .,', , • The Government is experimenting with block chains technology' for helping with the digital economy initiative. , • ~150 crore allocated for celebrating the 150th Birth Anniversary of Mahatma Gandhi. • The Government has made. a commitment to improve skill and capacity development of poor households by more efficient implementation of DDUGKY~' (Deen Dayal ",Upa~yay?Grameen Kaushalya Yojana) skill development programme andRSE'fI (Ru'ral Self-Employment Training Institutes) progia-mmes: ' ,,' • 'The'. all-weatlld'roao' c9nriec'tivitY'to'-1~78,184 habitations will'tbetaken' up 'under' PMGSY (Pradhan Maritri' Gfam SadaK Yojana). The Government wants tobuild 51,000 km nen:Vork in 2018-'19at the rate of 140km per day.. " -' • The Budget hasaliocated~2,600 crore"tmder the Prime Minister Ki'ishi SiilchiliYojna -Har Khet ko Patii scheme. The focus 'Under the scheme is to improve irrigation facility in the 96 deprived irrigation districts. ' a The National Heritage City Development and Augmentation Yojana (HRIDAY) has been taken-up to revitalize heritage cities.

., MISCEltANEOUS SECTOR NEWS

.

,

,

.,

ECONOMIC' '

'

GeM '3.0.Version Launclied 'J"

,f

I

I

The Third Government e-Marketplace (G~M3.0) was launched on 30th January, 2018, one and ,a half years after the; launch of, GeM 2.0 in August 201.~.. The Government has developed theGeM 3.0 as the I National Procurement Portal of India. GeM 3.0 ,offers standardised and enriched catalogue management, powerful search engine, real time price comparison, template~based Bid and. RA creation, demand aggregation, e-EMD, e-PBG, user rating, 1.'; I advanced MIS and analytics etc. . ',-~-" ,_ ~, _ '. to Some ,of. the additional notable enhancements made in GeM 3.0 are: .. .. ',- 1-'" _

'i\

'_

. '~,

:

f

,_

.> ••••••

,

~j

..11.,::",

'\"l'

J'; J'"

",'

';. ~ • \.,

1 t ~.

..

~.

"

~,'l

'

_

"

I

:1._,I'f

"

~

'p ~

l • '.'

.'

-

I

)

i

.,.,

,

J'"

1 ;

1

j

'~

L

' '

.'

. ,I . ~

I

,

'J.~

~

• All government agencies, a!"e served through Market Based gener~crequirements., .}!: i

:1

II I

!

D.48

Current Affairs Indian Economy

• For improving price comparability and for removing the human bias, it standardises specifications of the required products and services. • It ensures transparency of transactions across the board. • It provides users with a market place that is open and dynamic. • It provides for rating of the users based on their performance.

Action Plan for Champion Sectors in Services ,. I,

iii,

iI I:

The Government of India has identified 12 Champion Service Sectors for developing them and for realising the potential contained in them. The government has set aside ~5,OOO crore for supporting the Action Plan for Champion Sectors in Services. These sectors include Information Technology & Information Technology enabled Services (IT & ITeS),Tourism and Hospitality Services, Medical Value Travel, Transport and Logistics Services, Accounting and Finance Services, Audio. Visual Services, Legal Services, Communication Services, Construction and Related Engineering Services, Environmental Services, Financial Services and Education Services.

NEIDS,2017 I!I

,.

• '11

,1 :

i~

North East Industrial Development Scheme (NEIDS), 2017 is a scheme for promoting employment in the North East States. Previously two separate schemes were running, the Government combined the benefits of these two schemes, increased the outlay and rebranded them as NEIDS. This scheme has primary focus on MSME sector. The maximum possible incentive to a unit cannot exceed ~200crore under the scheme. The government wants to promote industrialisation, boost employment and increase income generation ave~ues through this scheme.

Additional World Bank Financing for PMGSY , The World Bank has provided additional loan of $500' million for partial financing of the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) Rural Roads Project which is being implemented by Ministry of Rural Development. The project entails building of 7,000 km of climate resilient roads. 50% of the length of these roads will be constructed using green,

low-carbon designs and new technologies. The World Bank has been associated with this project since its launch in 2004.

XV Finance Commission: High Level Group on Health Sector A High Level Group on Health Sector under the convenorship of Dr. Randeep Guleria, Director,AIIMS New Delhi has been instituted by the XVth Finance Commission on 24th May, 2018. The Group will contain eminent experts from across the country in the Health Sector in addition to Dr Randeep. The Group has been formed for: [] Evaluating the existing the regulatory framework in the Health Sector and conducting SWOT analysis for determining the specific strengths and weaknesses of the sector. Special focus will be on the India's unique demographic profile; [] Making suggestions for the best utilisation of existing financial resources' [] Finding out - the best method of providing incentives to the state government based on their performance in meeting pre-set health parameters and; [] Examining the best international practices in the health sector, formulating benchmarking framework based on these international practices while paying attention to the unique Indian conditions.

Atal Pension Yoina(APY) subscribers Bases crosses 1 Crore mark The subscriber _base of the Atal Pension Yojna crossed 1 crore mark in early 2018.For increasing the enrolment under the scheme an outreach campaign called' APY Formation Day' campaign was organised. Pension Fund Regulatory Development Authority' (PFRDA) and Department of Financial Services,' Ministry of Finance coordinated for making this campaign successful. Atal Pension Yojna is a guaranteed Pension Scheme Jor the workers working in the unorganised sector. The significance of the scheme can be seen from the fact that almost 85% of the Indian workforce is engaged in unorganised sector. The pension under the scheme depends on the contributions made by the subscriber and can be of n,ooo or 2,000or 3,000or 4,000or 5,000per month. The pension starts when the subscriber reaches the

age of 60 years. This pension can be claimed by the surviving spouse and the nominee is eligible for claiming the accumulated pension wealth.

Innovate in India for Inclusiveness Proiect The World Bankhas agreed to provide USD 135million for financing the 'Innovate in India for Inclusiveness Project'. The project deals with promoting in country innovation, encouraging local product development and fast tracking commercialization process. The

D.49

project will achieve its target by reducing the gap between the current critical skills and infrastructure requirements, and the required critical skills and infrastructure requirements in the healthcare product generation sector. This project included the following components: (i) reinforcing from pilot to market innovation environment; (ii) reducing the time gap between development of pilot and the launching of the product, for specific selectedproducts; and (iii) projectmanagement, monitoring and evaluation.

,